diff --git a/apps/api/documents/api.js b/apps/api/documents/api.js index 56edaaab0..b54f3e35f 100644 --- a/apps/api/documents/api.js +++ b/apps/api/documents/api.js @@ -24,10 +24,8 @@ key: 'key', vkey: 'vkey', info: { - author: 'author name', // must be deprecated, use owner instead owner: 'owner name', folder: 'path to document', - created: '', // must be deprecated, use uploaded instead uploaded: '', sharingSettings: [ { @@ -36,7 +34,8 @@ isLink: false }, ... - ] + ], + favorite: '' // true/false/undefined (undefined - don't show fav. button) }, permissions: { edit: , // default = true @@ -48,7 +47,10 @@ modifyFilter: // default = true modifyContentControl: // default = true fillForms: // default = edit || review, - copy: // default = true + copy: // default = true, + editCommentAuthorOnly: // default = false + deleteCommentAuthorOnly: // default = false, + reviewGroup: ["Group1", ""] // current user can accept/reject review changes made by users from Group1 and users without a group. [] - use groups, but can't change any group's changes } }, editorConfig: { @@ -124,6 +126,10 @@ "Group2": ["Group1", "Group2"] // users from Group2 can accept/reject review changes made by users from Group1 and Group2 "Group3": [""] // users from Group3 can accept/reject review changes made by users without a group }, + anonymous: { // set name for anonymous user + request: bool (default: true), // enable set name + label: string (default: "Guest") // postfix for user name + } chat: true, comments: true, zoom: 100, @@ -135,7 +141,7 @@ statusBar: true, autosave: true, forcesave: false, - commentAuthorOnly: false, + commentAuthorOnly: false, // must be deprecated. use permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly and permissions.deleteCommentAuthorOnly instead showReviewChanges: false, help: true, compactHeader: false, @@ -332,6 +338,8 @@ if ( msg ) { if ( msg.type === "onExternalPluginMessage" ) { _sendCommand(msg); + } else if (msg.type === "onExternalPluginMessageCallback") { + postMessage(window.parent, msg); } else if ( msg.frameEditorId == placeholderId ) { var events = _config.events || {}, @@ -388,7 +396,7 @@ if (typeof _config.document.fileType === 'string' && _config.document.fileType != '') { _config.document.fileType = _config.document.fileType.toLowerCase(); - var type = /^(?:(xls|xlsx|ods|csv|xlst|xlsy|gsheet|xlsm|xlt|xltm|xltx|fods|ots)|(pps|ppsx|ppt|pptx|odp|pptt|ppty|gslides|pot|potm|potx|ppsm|pptm|fodp|otp)|(doc|docx|doct|odt|gdoc|txt|rtf|pdf|mht|htm|html|epub|djvu|xps|docm|dot|dotm|dotx|fodt|ott))$/ + var type = /^(?:(xls|xlsx|ods|csv|xlst|xlsy|gsheet|xlsm|xlt|xltm|xltx|fods|ots)|(pps|ppsx|ppt|pptx|odp|pptt|ppty|gslides|pot|potm|potx|ppsm|pptm|fodp|otp)|(doc|docx|doct|odt|gdoc|txt|rtf|pdf|mht|htm|html|epub|djvu|xps|docm|dot|dotm|dotx|fodt|ott|fb2))$/ .exec(_config.document.fileType); if (!type) { window.alert("The \"document.fileType\" parameter for the config object is invalid. Please correct it."); @@ -636,6 +644,13 @@ }); }; + var _setFavorite = function(data) { + _sendCommand({ + command: 'setFavorite', + data: data + }); + }; + var _processMouse = function(evt) { var r = iframe.getBoundingClientRect(); var data = { @@ -681,7 +696,8 @@ setSharingSettings : _setSharingSettings, insertImage : _insertImage, setMailMergeRecipients: _setMailMergeRecipients, - setRevisedFile : _setRevisedFile + setRevisedFile : _setRevisedFile, + setFavorite : _setFavorite } }; @@ -880,7 +896,7 @@ iframe.allowFullscreen = true; iframe.setAttribute("allowfullscreen",""); // for IE11 iframe.setAttribute("onmousewheel",""); // for Safari on Mac - iframe.setAttribute("allow", "autoplay"); + iframe.setAttribute("allow", "autoplay; camera; microphone; display-capture"); if (config.type == "mobile") { diff --git a/apps/common/Gateway.js b/apps/common/Gateway.js index e36822565..35a04ec82 100644 --- a/apps/common/Gateway.js +++ b/apps/common/Gateway.js @@ -122,6 +122,10 @@ if (Common === undefined) { 'setRevisedFile': function(data) { $me.trigger('setrevisedfile', data); + }, + + 'setFavorite': function(data) { + $me.trigger('setfavorite', data); } }; diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Button.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Button.js index 20537209d..db9c97066 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Button.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Button.js @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ define([ changeIcon: function(opts) { var me = this; - if ( opts && (opts.curr || opts.next)) { + if ( opts && (opts.curr || opts.next) && me.$icon) { !!opts.curr && (me.$icon.removeClass(opts.curr)); !!opts.next && !me.$icon.hasClass(opts.next) && (me.$icon.addClass(opts.next)); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorButton.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorButton.js index 039eea3e0..a0c85769b 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorButton.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorButton.js @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ define([ var me = this; options.menu = me.getMenu(options); me.on('render:after', function(btn) { - me.getPicker(options.color); + me.getPicker(options.color, options.colors); }); } @@ -83,16 +83,22 @@ define([ render: function(parentEl) { Common.UI.Button.prototype.render.call(this, parentEl); + if (this.options.auto) + this.autocolor = (typeof this.options.auto == 'object') ? this.options.auto.color || '000000' : '000000'; + if (this.options.color!==undefined) this.setColor(this.options.color); }, onColorSelect: function(picker, color) { this.setColor(color); + this.setAutoColor(false); this.trigger('color:select', this, color); }, setColor: function(color) { + if (color == 'auto' && this.options.auto) + color = this.autocolor; var span = $(this.cmpEl).find('button span:nth-child(1)'); this.color = color; @@ -100,15 +106,21 @@ define([ span.css({'background-color': (color=='transparent') ? color : ((typeof(color) == 'object') ? '#'+color.color : '#'+color)}); }, - getPicker: function(color) { + getPicker: function(color, colors) { if (!this.colorPicker) { this.colorPicker = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: this.cmpEl.find('#' + this.menu.id + '-color-menu'), transparent: this.options.transparent, - value: color + value: color, + colors: colors }); this.colorPicker.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorSelect, this)); this.cmpEl.find('#' + this.menu.id + '-color-new').on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this)); + if (this.options.auto) { + this.cmpEl.find('#' + this.menu.id + '-color-auto').on('click', _.bind(this.onAutoColorSelect, this)); + this.colorAuto = this.cmpEl.find('#' + this.menu.id + '-color-auto > a'); + (color == 'auto') && this.setAutoColor(true); + } } return this.colorPicker; }, @@ -116,13 +128,25 @@ define([ getMenu: function(options) { if (typeof this.menu !== 'object') { options = options || this.options; - var id = Common.UI.getId(), - menu = new Common.UI.Menu({ + var height = options.paletteHeight || 216, + id = Common.UI.getId(), + auto = []; + if (options.auto) { + this.autocolor = (typeof options.auto == 'object') ? options.auto.color || '000000' : '000000'; + auto.push({ + id: id + '-color-auto', + caption: (typeof options.auto == 'object') ? options.auto.caption || this.textAutoColor : this.textAutoColor, + template: _.template('<%= caption %>') + }); + auto.push({caption: '--'}); + } + + var menu = new Common.UI.Menu({ id: id, cls: 'shifted-left', additionalAlign: options.additionalAlign, - items: (options.additionalItems ? options.additionalItems : []).concat([ - { template: _.template('
') }, + items: (options.additionalItems ? options.additionalItems : []).concat(auto).concat([ + { template: _.template('
') }, { template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + '') } ]) }); @@ -134,14 +158,53 @@ define([ setMenu: function (m) { m = m || this.getMenu(); Common.UI.Button.prototype.setMenu.call(this, m); - this.getPicker(this.options.color); + this.getPicker(this.options.color, this.options.colors); }, addNewColor: function() { this.colorPicker && this.colorPicker.addNewColor((typeof(this.color) == 'object') ? this.color.color : this.color); }, - textNewColor: 'Add New Custom Color' + onAutoColorSelect: function() { + this.setColor('auto'); + this.setAutoColor(true); + this.colorPicker && this.colorPicker.clearSelection(); + this.trigger('auto:select', this, this.autocolor); + }, + + setAutoColor: function(selected) { + if (!this.colorAuto) return; + if (selected && !this.colorAuto.hasClass('selected')) + this.colorAuto.addClass('selected'); + else if (!selected && this.colorAuto.hasClass('selected')) + this.colorAuto.removeClass('selected'); + }, + + isAutoColor: function() { + return this.colorAuto && this.colorAuto.hasClass('selected'); + }, + + textNewColor: 'Add New Custom Color', + textAutoColor: 'Automatic' }, Common.UI.ColorButton || {})); + + + Common.UI.ButtonColored = Common.UI.Button.extend(_.extend({ + render: function(parentEl) { + Common.UI.Button.prototype.render.call(this, parentEl); + + $('button:first-child', this.cmpEl).append( $('
')); + this.colorEl = this.cmpEl.find('.btn-color-value-line'); + }, + + setColor: function(color) { + if (this.colorEl) { + this.colorEl.css({'background-color': (color=='transparent') ? color : ((typeof(color) == 'object') ? '#'+color.color : '#'+color)}); + this.colorEl.toggleClass('bordered', color=='transparent'); + } + } + + }, Common.UI.ButtonColored || {})); + }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBox.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBox.js index 6ce06e261..121f4570c 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBox.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBox.js @@ -305,6 +305,9 @@ define([ if ($list.hasClass('menu-absolute')) { var offset = this.cmpEl.offset(); $list.css({left: offset.left, top: offset.top + this.cmpEl.outerHeight() + 2}); + } else if ($list.hasClass('menu-aligned')) { + var offset = this.cmpEl.offset(); + $list.toggleClass('show-top', offset.top + this.cmpEl.outerHeight() + $list.outerHeight() > Common.Utils.innerHeight()); } }, @@ -359,15 +362,15 @@ define([ return false; } else if (e.keyCode == Common.UI.Keys.RETURN && (this.editable || this.isMenuOpen())) { + var isopen = this.isMenuOpen(); $(e.target).click(); - var me = this; if (this.rendered) { if (Common.Utils.isIE) this._input.trigger('change', { onkeydown: true }); else this._input.blur(); } - return false; + return !isopen; } else if (e.keyCode == Common.UI.Keys.ESC && this.isMenuOpen()) { this._input.val(this.lastValue); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBoxFonts.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBoxFonts.js index 0fdac2f33..8558d83a4 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBoxFonts.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBoxFonts.js @@ -131,6 +131,8 @@ define([ if ($(e.target).closest('input').length) { // enter in input field if (this.lastValue !== this._input.val()) this._input.trigger('change'); + else + return true; } else { // enter in dropdown list $(e.target).click(); if (this.rendered) { @@ -139,7 +141,7 @@ define([ else this._input.blur(); } - } + } return false; } else if (e.keyCode == Common.UI.Keys.ESC && this.isMenuOpen()) { this._input.val(this.lastValue); @@ -343,10 +345,9 @@ define([ var me = this; var name = (_.isFunction(font.get_Name) ? font.get_Name() : font.asc_getFontName()); if (this.__name !== name) { - this.__name = name; if (!this.__nameId) { this.__nameId = setTimeout(function () { - me.onApiChangeFontInternal(me.__name); + me.onApiChangeFontInternal(name); me.__nameId = null; }, 100); } @@ -356,6 +357,7 @@ define([ onApiChangeFontInternal: function(name) { if (this.inFormControl) return; + this.__name = name; if (this.getRawValue() !== name) { var record = this.store.findWhere({ name: name diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/DataView.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/DataView.js index 9a44423f0..d26baa762 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/DataView.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/DataView.js @@ -200,11 +200,12 @@ define([ allowScrollbar: true, scrollAlwaysVisible: false, showLast: true, - useBSKeydown: false + useBSKeydown: false, + cls: '' }, template: _.template([ - '
', + '
', '<% _.each(groups, function(group) { %>', '<% if (group.headername !== undefined) { %>', '
<%= group.headername %>
', @@ -238,6 +239,7 @@ define([ me.useBSKeydown = me.options.useBSKeydown; // only with enableKeyEvents && parentMenu me.showLast = me.options.showLast; me.style = me.options.style || ''; + me.cls = me.options.cls || ''; me.emptyText = me.options.emptyText || ''; me.listenStoreEvents= (me.options.listenStoreEvents!==undefined) ? me.options.listenStoreEvents : true; me.allowScrollbar = (me.options.allowScrollbar!==undefined) ? me.options.allowScrollbar : true; @@ -267,7 +269,8 @@ define([ this.setElement(parentEl, false); this.cmpEl = $(this.template({ groups: me.groups ? me.groups.toJSON() : null, - style: me.style + style: me.style, + cls: me.cls })); parentEl.html(this.cmpEl); @@ -275,7 +278,8 @@ define([ this.cmpEl = me.$el || $(this.el); this.cmpEl.html(this.template({ groups: me.groups ? me.groups.toJSON() : null, - style: me.style + style: me.style, + cls: me.cls })); } @@ -454,7 +458,8 @@ define([ $(this.el).html(this.template({ groups: this.groups ? this.groups.toJSON() : null, - style: this.style + style: this.style, + cls: this.cls })); if (!_.isUndefined(this.scroller)) { diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/FocusManager.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/FocusManager.js index 24b62cb43..b14d9b595 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/FocusManager.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/FocusManager.js @@ -74,11 +74,11 @@ Common.UI.FocusManager = new(function() { trapFirst.on('focus', function() { if (current.hidden) return; var fields = current.fields; - for (var i=0; i=0; i--) { var field = fields[i]; if ((field.cmp.isVisible ? field.cmp.isVisible() : field.cmp.is(':visible')) && !(field.cmp.isDisabled && field.cmp.isDisabled())) { var el = (field.selector) ? (field.cmp.$el || $(field.cmp.el || field.cmp)).find(field.selector).addBack().filter(field.selector) : field.el; - el.focus(); + el && setTimeout(function(){ el.focus(); }, 10); break; } } @@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ Common.UI.FocusManager = new(function() { trapLast.on('focus', function() { if (current.hidden) return; var fields = current.fields; - for (var i=fields.length-1; i>=0; i--) { + for (var i=0; i' + + '
' + '<% var me = this; %>' + '<% $(colors).each(function(num, item) { %>' + '<% if (me.isBlankSeparator(item)) { %>
' + diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Window.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Window.js index fe066541d..55b52c4ed 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Window.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Window.js @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ define([ if (b.value !== undefined) newBtns[b.value] = {text: b.caption, cls: 'custom' + ((b.primary || options.primary==b.value) ? ' primary' : '')}; } else { - newBtns[b] = {text: (b=='custom') ? options.customButtonText : arrBtns[b], cls: (options.primary==b) ? 'primary' : ''}; + newBtns[b] = {text: (b=='custom') ? options.customButtonText : arrBtns[b], cls: (options.primary==b || _.indexOf(options.primary, b)>-1) ? 'primary' : ''}; if (b=='custom') newBtns[b].cls += ' custom'; } diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Chat.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Chat.js index 5731e4721..aa895823d 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Chat.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Chat.js @@ -169,6 +169,7 @@ define([ })); } else { user.set({online: change.asc_getState()}); + user.set({username: change.asc_getUserName()}); } } }, diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Comments.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Comments.js index 660d60bba..f07c5b31c 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Comments.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Comments.js @@ -169,7 +169,6 @@ define([ if (data) { this.currentUserId = data.config.user.id; - this.currentUserName = data.config.user.fullname; this.sdkViewName = data['sdkviewname'] || this.sdkViewName; this.hintmode = data['hintmode'] || false; this.viewmode = data['viewmode'] || false; @@ -217,7 +216,7 @@ define([ comment.asc_putTime(this.utcDateToString(new Date())); comment.asc_putOnlyOfficeTime(this.ooDateToString(new Date())); comment.asc_putUserId(this.currentUserId); - comment.asc_putUserName(this.currentUserName); + comment.asc_putUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName()); comment.asc_putSolved(false); if (!_.isUndefined(comment.asc_putDocumentFlag)) { @@ -238,7 +237,7 @@ define([ }, onRemoveComments: function (type) { if (this.api) { - this.api.asc_RemoveAllComments(type=='my' || !this.mode.canEditComments, type=='current');// 1 param = true if remove only my comments, 2 param - remove current comments + this.api.asc_RemoveAllComments(type=='my' || !this.mode.canDeleteComments, type=='current');// 1 param = true if remove only my comments, 2 param - remove current comments } }, onResolveComment: function (uid) { @@ -291,7 +290,7 @@ define([ return false; }, - onShowComment: function (id, selected) { + onShowComment: function (id, selected, fromLeftPanelSelection) { var comment = this.findComment(id); if (comment) { if (null !== comment.get('quote')) { @@ -319,9 +318,11 @@ define([ this.isSelectedComment = selected; } - this.api.asc_selectComment(id); - this._dontScrollToComment = true; - this.api.asc_showComment(id,false); + if (!fromLeftPanelSelection || !((0 === _.difference(this.uids, [id]).length) && (0 === _.difference([id], this.uids).length))) { + this.api.asc_selectComment(id); + this._dontScrollToComment = true; + this.api.asc_showComment(id,false); + } } } else { @@ -353,7 +354,7 @@ define([ ascComment.asc_putTime(t.utcDateToString(new Date(comment.get('time')))); ascComment.asc_putOnlyOfficeTime(t.ooDateToString(new Date(comment.get('time')))); ascComment.asc_putUserId(t.currentUserId); - ascComment.asc_putUserName(t.currentUserName); + ascComment.asc_putUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName()); ascComment.asc_putSolved(comment.get('resolved')); ascComment.asc_putGuid(comment.get('guid')); ascComment.asc_putUserData(comment.get('userdata')); @@ -430,7 +431,7 @@ define([ if (reply.get('id') === replyId && !_.isUndefined(replyVal)) { addReply.asc_putText(replyVal); addReply.asc_putUserId(me.currentUserId); - addReply.asc_putUserName(me.currentUserName); + addReply.asc_putUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName()); } else { addReply.asc_putText(reply.get('reply')); addReply.asc_putUserId(reply.get('userid')); @@ -510,7 +511,7 @@ define([ addReply.asc_putTime(me.utcDateToString(new Date())); addReply.asc_putOnlyOfficeTime(me.ooDateToString(new Date())); addReply.asc_putUserId(me.currentUserId); - addReply.asc_putUserName(me.currentUserName); + addReply.asc_putUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName()); ascComment.asc_addReply(addReply); @@ -775,6 +776,8 @@ define([ comment.set('userdata', data.asc_getUserData()); comment.set('time', date.getTime()); comment.set('date', t.dateToLocaleTimeString(date)); + comment.set('editable', t.mode.canEditComments || (data.asc_getUserId() == t.currentUserId)); + comment.set('removable', t.mode.canDeleteComments || (data.asc_getUserId() == t.currentUserId)); replies = _.clone(comment.get('replys')); @@ -800,7 +803,8 @@ define([ editTextInPopover : false, showReplyInPopover : false, scope : t.view, - editable : t.mode.canEditComments || (data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId() == t.currentUserId) + editable : t.mode.canEditComments || (data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId() == t.currentUserId), + removable : t.mode.canDeleteComments || (data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId() == t.currentUserId) })); } @@ -1240,6 +1244,7 @@ define([ hideAddReply : !_.isUndefined(this.hidereply) ? this.hidereply : (this.showPopover ? true : false), scope : this.view, editable : this.mode.canEditComments || (data.asc_getUserId() == this.currentUserId), + removable : this.mode.canDeleteComments || (data.asc_getUserId() == this.currentUserId), hint : !this.mode.canComments, groupName : (groupname && groupname.length>1) ? groupname[1] : null }); @@ -1276,7 +1281,8 @@ define([ editTextInPopover : false, showReplyInPopover : false, scope : this.view, - editable : this.mode.canEditComments || (data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId() == this.currentUserId) + editable : this.mode.canEditComments || (data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId() == this.currentUserId), + removable : this.mode.canDeleteComments || (data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId() == this.currentUserId) })); } } @@ -1306,7 +1312,7 @@ define([ time: date.getTime(), date: this.dateToLocaleTimeString(date), userid: this.currentUserId, - username: this.currentUserName, + username: Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName(), usercolor: (user) ? user.get('color') : null, editTextInPopover: true, showReplyInPopover: false, @@ -1370,7 +1376,7 @@ define([ comment.asc_putTime(this.utcDateToString(new Date())); comment.asc_putOnlyOfficeTime(this.ooDateToString(new Date())); comment.asc_putUserId(this.currentUserId); - comment.asc_putUserName(this.currentUserName); + comment.asc_putUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName()); comment.asc_putSolved(false); if (!_.isUndefined(comment.asc_putDocumentFlag)) @@ -1437,7 +1443,7 @@ define([ for (i = 0; i < comments.length; ++i) { comment = this.findComment(comments[i].asc_getId()); if (comment) { - comment.set('editTextInPopover', t.mode.canEditComments);// dont't edit comment when customization->commentAuthorOnly is true + comment.set('editTextInPopover', t.mode.canEditComments);// dont't edit comment when customization->commentAuthorOnly is true or when permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly is true comment.set('hint', false); this.popoverComments.push(comment); } diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/History.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/History.js index b261bc3a5..b3714940d 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/History.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/History.js @@ -139,6 +139,12 @@ define([ Common.Gateway.requestHistoryData(rev); // получаем url-ы для ревизий }, 10); } else { + var commentsController = this.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.Comments'); + if (commentsController) { + commentsController.onApiHideComment(); + commentsController.clearCollections(); + } + var urlDiff = record.get('urlDiff'), token = record.get('token'), hist = new Asc.asc_CVersionHistory(); @@ -152,11 +158,6 @@ define([ hist.asc_setServerVersion(this.currentServerVersion); this.api.asc_showRevision(hist); - var commentsController = this.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.Comments'); - if (commentsController) { - commentsController.onApiHideComment(); - commentsController.clearCollections(); - } var reviewController = this.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges'); if (reviewController) reviewController.onApiShowChange(); @@ -175,6 +176,12 @@ define([ }; Common.UI.alert(config); } else { + var commentsController = this.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.Comments'); + if (commentsController) { + commentsController.onApiHideComment(); + commentsController.clearCollections(); + } + var data = opts.data; var historyStore = this.getApplication().getCollection('Common.Collections.HistoryVersions'); if (historyStore && data!==null) { @@ -210,11 +217,6 @@ define([ hist.asc_setServerVersion(this.currentServerVersion); this.api.asc_showRevision(hist); - var commentsController = this.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.Comments'); - if (commentsController) { - commentsController.onApiHideComment(); - commentsController.clearCollections(); - } var reviewController = this.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges'); if (reviewController) reviewController.onApiShowChange(); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Plugins.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Plugins.js index b305b8649..14c430cc6 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Plugins.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Plugins.js @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ define([ if (!btn) return; var _group = $('> .group', me.$toolbarPanelPlugins); - var $slot = $('').appendTo(_group); + var $slot = $('').appendTo(_group); btn.render($slot); } }, @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ define([ var btn = me.panelPlugins.createPluginButton(model); if (btn) { - var $slot = $('').appendTo(_group); + var $slot = $('').appendTo(_group); btn.render($slot); rank_plugins++; } @@ -644,23 +644,23 @@ define([ arr = [], plugins = this.configPlugins, warn = false; - if (plugins.plugins && plugins.plugins.length>0) { + if (plugins.plugins && plugins.plugins.length>0) arr = plugins.plugins; - var val = plugins.config.autostart || plugins.config.autoStartGuid; - if (typeof (val) == 'string') - val = [val]; - warn = !!plugins.config.autoStartGuid; - autostart = val || []; - } + var val = plugins.config.autostart || plugins.config.autoStartGuid; + if (typeof (val) == 'string') + val = [val]; + warn = !!plugins.config.autoStartGuid; + autostart = val || []; + plugins = this.serverPlugins; - if (plugins.plugins && plugins.plugins.length>0) { + if (plugins.plugins && plugins.plugins.length>0) arr = arr.concat(plugins.plugins); - var val = plugins.config.autostart || plugins.config.autoStartGuid; - if (typeof (val) == 'string') - val = [val]; - (warn || plugins.config.autoStartGuid) && console.warn("Obsolete: The autoStartGuid parameter is deprecated. Please check the documentation for new plugin connection configuration."); - autostart = autostart.concat(val || []); - } + val = plugins.config.autostart || plugins.config.autoStartGuid; + if (typeof (val) == 'string') + val = [val]; + (warn || plugins.config.autoStartGuid) && console.warn("Obsolete: The autoStartGuid parameter is deprecated. Please check the documentation for new plugin connection configuration."); + autostart = autostart.concat(val || []); + this.autostart = autostart; this.parsePlugins(arr, false); } diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ReviewChanges.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ReviewChanges.js index 7e8639f33..3fe77ee36 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ReviewChanges.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ReviewChanges.js @@ -118,16 +118,6 @@ define([ if (data) { this.currentUserId = data.config.user.id; - if (this.appConfig && this.appConfig.canUseReviewPermissions) { - var permissions = this.appConfig.customization.reviewPermissions, - arr = [], - groups = Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedGroups(data.config.user.fullname); - groups && groups.forEach(function(group) { - var item = permissions[group.trim()]; - item && (arr = arr.concat(item)); - }); - this.currentUserGroups = arr; - } this.sdkViewName = data['sdkviewname'] || this.sdkViewName; } return this; @@ -482,7 +472,7 @@ define([ checkUserGroups: function(username) { var groups = Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedGroups(username); - return this.currentUserGroups && groups && (_.intersection(this.currentUserGroups, (groups.length>0) ? groups : [""]).length>0); + return Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentGroups() && groups && (_.intersection(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentGroups(), (groups.length>0) ? groups : [""]).length>0); }, getUserName: function(id){ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/model/Comment.js b/apps/common/main/lib/model/Comment.js index 0c64da83e..80c8667ba 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/model/Comment.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/model/Comment.js @@ -79,7 +79,8 @@ define([ hide : false, hint : false, dummy : undefined, - editable : true + editable : true, + removable : true } }); Common.Models.Reply = Backbone.Model.extend({ @@ -96,7 +97,8 @@ define([ editText : false, editTextInPopover : false, scope : null, - editable : true + editable : true, + removable : true } }); }); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/template/AutoCorrectDialog.template b/apps/common/main/lib/template/AutoCorrectDialog.template index 872521c14..6aa2fcc25 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/template/AutoCorrectDialog.template +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/template/AutoCorrectDialog.template @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ - - - + + + diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/template/Comments.template b/apps/common/main/lib/template/Comments.template index 51b315778..2ff20c34e 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/template/Comments.template +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/template/Comments.template @@ -36,6 +36,8 @@
<% if (item.get("editable")) { %>
">
+ <% } %> + <% if (item.get("removable")) { %>
">
<% } %>
@@ -67,6 +69,8 @@
<% if (editable) { %>
+ <% } %> + <% if (removable) { %>
<% } %>
diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/template/CommentsPopover.template b/apps/common/main/lib/template/CommentsPopover.template index 430adab72..d74214b34 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/template/CommentsPopover.template +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/template/CommentsPopover.template @@ -36,7 +36,9 @@
<% if (item.get("editable")) { %>
">
-
">
+ <%}%> + <% if (item.get("removable")) { %> +
">
<%}%>
<%}%> @@ -68,6 +70,8 @@
<% if (editable) { %>
+ <% } %> + <% if (removable) { %>
<% } %>
diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/util/LocalStorage.js b/apps/common/main/lib/util/LocalStorage.js index 764492111..7c55eba5a 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/util/LocalStorage.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/util/LocalStorage.js @@ -98,12 +98,19 @@ define(['gateway'], function () { var value = _getItem(name); defValue = defValue || false; return (value!==null) ? (parseInt(value) != 0) : defValue; - } + }; var _getItemExists = function (name) { var value = _getItem(name); return value !== null; - } + }; + + var _removeItem = function(name) { + if (_lsAllowed) + localStorage.removeItem(name); + else + delete _store[name]; + }; try { var _lsAllowed = !!window.localStorage; @@ -122,6 +129,7 @@ define(['gateway'], function () { getBool: _getItemAsBool, setBool: _setItemAsBool, setItem: _setItem, + removeItem: _removeItem, setKeysFilter: function(value) { _filter = value; }, diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/util/define.js b/apps/common/main/lib/util/define.js index bb448a41c..6cfe52f04 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/util/define.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/util/define.js @@ -430,6 +430,32 @@ define(function(){ 'use strict'; textLineSpark: 'Line', textColumnSpark: 'Column', textWinLossSpark: 'Win/Loss', + textCombo: 'Combo', + textBarNormal: 'Clustered column', + textBarStacked: 'Stacked column', + textBarStackedPer: '100% Stacked column', + textBarNormal3d: '3-D Clustered column', + textBarStacked3d: '3-D Stacked column', + textBarStackedPer3d: '3-D 100% Stacked column', + textBarNormal3dPerspective: '3-D column', + textLineStacked: 'Stacked line', + textLineStackedPer: '100% Stacked line', + textLine3d: '3-D line', + textDoughnut: 'Doughnut', + textPie3d: '3-D pie', + textHBarNormal: 'Clustered bar', + textHBarStacked: 'Stacked bar', + textHBarStackedPer: '100% Stacked bar', + textHBarNormal3d: '3-D Clustered bar', + textHBarStacked3d: '3-D Stacked bar', + textHBarStackedPer3d: '3-D 100% Stacked bar', + textAreaStacked: 'Stacked area', + textAreaStackedPer: '100% Stacked area', + textScatter: 'Scatter', + textComboBarLine: 'Clustered column - line', + textComboBarLineSecondary: 'Clustered column - line on secondary axis', + textComboAreaBar: 'Stacked area - clustered column', + textComboCustom: 'Custom combination', getChartGroupData: function(headername) { return [ @@ -439,38 +465,43 @@ define(function(){ 'use strict'; {id: 'menu-chart-group-hbar', caption: this.textBar}, {id: 'menu-chart-group-area', caption: this.textArea, inline: true}, {id: 'menu-chart-group-scatter', caption: this.textPoint, inline: true}, - {id: 'menu-chart-group-stock', caption: this.textStock, inline: true} + {id: 'menu-chart-group-stock', caption: this.textStock, inline: true}, + {id: 'menu-chart-group-combo', caption: this.textCombo} // {id: 'menu-chart-group-surface', caption: this.textSurface} ]; }, getChartData: function() { return [ - { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barNormal, iconCls: 'column-normal'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barStacked, iconCls: 'column-stack'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barStackedPer, iconCls: 'column-pstack'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barNormal3d, iconCls: 'column-3d-normal'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barStacked3d, iconCls: 'column-3d-stack'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barStackedPer3d, iconCls: 'column-3d-pstack'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barNormal3dPerspective, iconCls: 'column-3d-normal-per'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-line', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.lineNormal, iconCls: 'line-normal'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-line', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.lineStacked, iconCls: 'line-stack'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-line', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.lineStackedPer, iconCls: 'line-pstack'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-line', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.line3d, iconCls: 'line-3d'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-pie', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.pie, iconCls: 'pie-normal'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-pie', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.doughnut, iconCls: 'pie-doughnut'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-pie', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.pie3d, iconCls: 'pie-3d-normal'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-hbar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarNormal, iconCls: 'bar-normal'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-hbar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStacked, iconCls: 'bar-stack'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-hbar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStackedPer, iconCls: 'bar-pstack'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-hbar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarNormal3d, iconCls: 'bar-3d-normal'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-hbar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStacked3d, iconCls: 'bar-3d-stack'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-hbar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStackedPer3d, iconCls: 'bar-3d-pstack'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-area', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.areaNormal, iconCls: 'area-normal'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-area', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.areaStacked, iconCls: 'area-stack'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-area', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.areaStackedPer, iconCls: 'area-pstack'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-scatter', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.scatter, iconCls: 'point-normal'}, - { group: 'menu-chart-group-stock', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.stock, iconCls: 'stock-normal'} + { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barNormal, iconCls: 'column-normal', tip: this.textBarNormal}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barStacked, iconCls: 'column-stack', tip: this.textBarStacked}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barStackedPer, iconCls: 'column-pstack', tip: this.textBarStackedPer}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barNormal3d, iconCls: 'column-3d-normal', tip: this.textBarNormal3d, is3d: true}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barStacked3d, iconCls: 'column-3d-stack', tip: this.textBarStacked3d, is3d: true}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barStackedPer3d, iconCls: 'column-3d-pstack', tip: this.textBarStackedPer3d, is3d: true}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-bar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barNormal3dPerspective, iconCls: 'column-3d-normal-per', tip: this.textBarNormal3dPerspective, is3d: true}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-line', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.lineNormal, iconCls: 'line-normal', tip: this.textLine}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-line', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.lineStacked, iconCls: 'line-stack', tip: this.textLineStacked}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-line', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.lineStackedPer, iconCls: 'line-pstack', tip: this.textLineStackedPer}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-line', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.line3d, iconCls: 'line-3d', tip: this.textLine3d, is3d: true}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-pie', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.pie, iconCls: 'pie-normal', tip: this.textPie}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-pie', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.doughnut, iconCls: 'pie-doughnut', tip: this.textDoughnut}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-pie', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.pie3d, iconCls: 'pie-3d-normal', tip: this.textPie3d, is3d: true}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-hbar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarNormal, iconCls: 'bar-normal', tip: this.textHBarNormal}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-hbar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStacked, iconCls: 'bar-stack', tip: this.textHBarStacked}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-hbar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStackedPer, iconCls: 'bar-pstack', tip: this.textHBarStackedPer}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-hbar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarNormal3d, iconCls: 'bar-3d-normal', tip: this.textHBarNormal3d, is3d: true}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-hbar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStacked3d, iconCls: 'bar-3d-stack', tip: this.textHBarStacked3d, is3d: true}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-hbar', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStackedPer3d, iconCls: 'bar-3d-pstack', tip: this.textHBarStackedPer3d, is3d: true}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-area', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.areaNormal, iconCls: 'area-normal', tip: this.textArea}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-area', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.areaStacked, iconCls: 'area-stack', tip: this.textAreaStacked}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-area', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.areaStackedPer, iconCls: 'area-pstack', tip: this.textAreaStackedPer}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-scatter', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.scatter, iconCls: 'point-normal', tip: this.textScatter}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-stock', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.stock, iconCls: 'stock-normal', tip: this.textStock}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-combo', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine, iconCls: 'combo-bar-line', tip: this.textComboBarLine}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-combo', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary, iconCls: 'combo-bar-line-sec', tip: this.textComboBarLineSecondary}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-combo', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar, iconCls: 'combo-area-bar', tip: this.textComboAreaBar}, + { group: 'menu-chart-group-combo', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom, iconCls: 'combo-custom', tip: this.textComboCustom} // { group: 'menu-chart-group-surface', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.surfaceNormal, iconCls: 'surface-normal'}, // { group: 'menu-chart-group-surface', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.surfaceWireframe, iconCls: 'surface-wireframe'}, // { group: 'menu-chart-group-surface', type: Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.contourNormal, iconCls: 'contour-normal'}, diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/util/utils.js b/apps/common/main/lib/util/utils.js index 68b5f826d..9ad6bb999 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/util/utils.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/util/utils.js @@ -714,6 +714,7 @@ Common.Utils.fillUserInfo = function(info, lang, defname) { !_user.id && (_user.id = ('uid-' + Date.now())); _user.fullname = _.isEmpty(_user.name) ? defname : _user.name; _user.group && (_user.fullname = (_user.group).toString() + Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getSeparator() + _user.fullname); + _user.guest = _.isEmpty(_user.name); return _user; }; @@ -879,23 +880,24 @@ Common.Utils.warningDocumentIsLocked = function (opts) { opts.disablefunc(true); var app = window.DE || window.PE || window.SSE; - var tip = new Common.UI.SynchronizeTip({ - extCls : 'simple', - text : Common.Locale.get("warnFileLocked",{name:"Common.Translation", default:'Document is in use by another application. You can continue editing and save it as a copy.'}), - textLink : Common.Locale.get("txtContinueEditing",{name:app.nameSpace + ".Views.SignatureSettings", default:'Edit anyway'}), - placement : 'document' - }); - tip.on({ - 'dontshowclick': function() { - if ( opts.disablefunc ) opts.disablefunc(false); - app.getController('Main').api.asc_setIsReadOnly(false); - this.close(); - }, - 'closeclick': function() { - this.close(); + + Common.UI.warning({ + msg: Common.Locale.get("warnFileLocked",{name:"Common.Translation", default: "You can't edit this file. Document is in use by another application."}), + buttons: [{ + value: 'view', + caption: Common.Locale.get("warnFileLockedBtnView",{name:"Common.Translation", default: "Open for viewing"}) + }, { + value: 'edit', + caption: Common.Locale.get("warnFileLockedBtnEdit",{name:"Common.Translation", default: "Create a copy"}) + }], + primary: 'view', + callback: function(btn){ + if (btn == 'edit') { + if ( opts.disablefunc ) opts.disablefunc(false); + app.getController('Main').api.asc_setIsReadOnly(false); + } } }); - tip.show(); }; jQuery.fn.extend({ @@ -966,8 +968,12 @@ Common.Utils.ModalWindow = new(function() { })(); Common.Utils.UserInfoParser = new(function() { - var parse = false; - var separator = String.fromCharCode(160); + var parse = false, + separator = String.fromCharCode(160), + username = '', + usergroups, + reviewPermissions, + reviewGroups; return { setParser: function(value) { parse = !!value; @@ -993,6 +999,36 @@ Common.Utils.UserInfoParser = new(function() { return groups; } else return undefined; + }, + + setCurrentName: function(name) { + username = name; + this.setReviewPermissions(reviewGroups, reviewPermissions); + }, + + getCurrentName: function() { + return username; + }, + + setReviewPermissions: function(groups, permissions) { + if (groups) { + if (typeof groups == 'object' && groups.length>0) + usergroups = groups; + reviewGroups = groups; + } else if (permissions) { + var arr = [], + arrgroups = this.getParsedGroups(username); + arrgroups && arrgroups.forEach(function(group) { + var item = permissions[group.trim()]; + item && (arr = arr.concat(item)); + }); + usergroups = arr; + reviewPermissions = permissions; + } + }, + + getCurrentGroups: function() { + return usergroups; } } })(); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/AutoCorrectDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/AutoCorrectDialog.js index 36e0065e8..952dd23ce 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/AutoCorrectDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/AutoCorrectDialog.js @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ define([ 'text!common/main/lib/template/AutoCorrectDialog.template', template: _.template(['
'].join('')), itemTemplate: _.template([ '
', - '
<%= replaced %>
', - '
<%= by %>
', + '
<%= replaced %>
', + '
<%= by %>
', '
' ].join('')), scrollAlwaysVisible: true, @@ -146,6 +146,7 @@ define([ 'text!common/main/lib/template/AutoCorrectDialog.template', el : $window.find('#auto-correct-replace'), allowBlank : true, validateOnChange : true, + maxLength : 31, validation : function () { return true; } }).on ('changing', function (input, value) { var _selectedItem; @@ -186,6 +187,7 @@ define([ 'text!common/main/lib/template/AutoCorrectDialog.template', el : $window.find('#auto-correct-by'), allowBlank : true, validateOnChange : true, + maxLength : 255, validation : function () { return true; } }).on ('changing', function (input, value) { me.updateControls(); @@ -216,7 +218,7 @@ define([ 'text!common/main/lib/template/AutoCorrectDialog.template', simpleAddMode: false, template: _.template(['
'].join('')), itemTemplate: _.template([ - '
<%= value %>
' + '
<%= value %>
' ].join('')), scrollAlwaysVisible: true, tabindex: 1 @@ -227,6 +229,7 @@ define([ 'text!common/main/lib/template/AutoCorrectDialog.template', el : $window.find('#auto-correct-rec-find'), allowBlank : true, validateOnChange : true, + maxLength : 255, validation : function () { return true; } }).on ('changing', function (input, value) { var _selectedItem; diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Comments.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Comments.js index 4c77e66bd..bc5bc47f1 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Comments.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Comments.js @@ -283,7 +283,16 @@ define([ } else if (!btn.hasClass('msg-reply') && !btn.hasClass('btn-resolve-check') && !btn.hasClass('btn-resolve')) { - me.fireEvent('comment:show', [commentId, false]); + var isTextSelected = false; + if (btn.hasClass('user-message')) { + if (window.getSelection) { + var selection = window.getSelection(); + isTextSelected = (selection.toString()!=='') + } else if (document.selection) { + isTextSelected = document.selection; + } + } + me.fireEvent('comment:show', [commentId, false, isTextSelected]); } } }, diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/EditNameDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/EditNameDialog.js index d4f6d4f51..aa68e7e2d 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/EditNameDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/EditNameDialog.js @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ define([ blankError : me.options.error ? me.options.error : me.textLabelError, style : 'width: 100%;', validateOnBlur: false, - validation : function(value) { + validation : me.options.validation || function(value) { return value ? true : ''; } }); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExtendedColorDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExtendedColorDialog.js index a5b9d4906..47f001032 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExtendedColorDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExtendedColorDialog.js @@ -125,6 +125,9 @@ define([ this.spinB.on('change', _.bind(this.showColor, this, null, true)).on('changing', _.bind(this.onChangingRGB, this, 3)); this.textColor.on('change', _.bind(this.onChangeMaskedField, this)); this.textColor.on('changed', _.bind(this.onChangedMaskedField, this)); + this.textColor.$el.on('focus', function() { + setTimeout(function(){me.textColor.$el && me.textColor.$el.select();}, 1); + }); this.spinR.$el.find('input').attr('maxlength', 3); this.spinG.$el.find('input').attr('maxlength', 3); this.spinB.$el.find('input').attr('maxlength', 3); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Header.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Header.js index edc32f215..ef4565e76 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Header.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Header.js @@ -98,8 +98,15 @@ define([ '
' + '
' + '
' + + '
' + '
' + '
' + + '
' + + '
' + + '' + + '
' + '' + ''; @@ -118,7 +125,7 @@ define([ '
' + '
' + - '' + + '' + ''; function onResetUsers(collection, opts) { @@ -232,6 +239,14 @@ define([ Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('goback'); }); + me.btnFavorite.on('click', function (e) { + // wait for setFavorite method + // me.options.favorite = !me.options.favorite; + // me.btnFavorite.changeIcon(me.options.favorite ? {next: 'btn-in-favorite'} : {curr: 'btn-in-favorite'}); + // me.btnFavorite.updateHint(!me.options.favorite ? me.textAddFavorite : me.textRemoveFavorite); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('markfavorite', !me.options.favorite); + }); + if ( me.logo ) me.logo.children(0).on('click', function (e) { var _url = !!me.branding && !!me.branding.logo && (me.branding.logo.url!==undefined) ? @@ -273,6 +288,20 @@ define([ $panelUsers[(editingUsers > 1 || editingUsers > 0 && !appConfig.isEdit && !appConfig.isRestrictedEdit || !mode.isOffline && (mode.sharingSettingsUrl && mode.sharingSettingsUrl.length || mode.canRequestSharingSettings)) ? 'show' : 'hide'](); } + + if (appConfig.user.guest && appConfig.canRenameAnonymous) { + if (me.labelUserName) { + me.labelUserName.addClass('clickable'); + me.labelUserName.on('click', function (e) { + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('user:rename'); + }); + } else if (me.btnUserName) { + me.btnUserName.on('click', function (e) { + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('user:rename'); + }); + } + } + if ( me.btnPrint ) { me.btnPrint.updateHint(me.tipPrint + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+P')); me.btnPrint.on('click', function (e) { @@ -402,6 +431,12 @@ define([ me.mnuZoom = {options: {value: 100}}; + me.btnFavorite = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'btn-favorite', + cls: 'btn-header', + iconCls: 'toolbar__icon icon--inverse btn-favorite' + }); + Common.NotificationCenter.on({ 'app:ready': function(mode) {Common.Utils.asyncCall(onAppReady, me, mode);}, 'app:face': function(mode) {Common.Utils.asyncCall(onAppShowed, me, mode);} @@ -463,6 +498,14 @@ define([ $html.find('#slot-btn-back').hide(); } + if ( this.options.favorite !== undefined && this.options.favorite!==null) { + me.btnFavorite.render($html.find('#slot-btn-favorite')); + me.btnFavorite.changeIcon(!!me.options.favorite ? {next: 'btn-in-favorite'} : {curr: 'btn-in-favorite'}); + me.btnFavorite.updateHint(!me.options.favorite ? me.textAddFavorite : me.textRemoveFavorite); + } else { + $html.find('#slot-btn-favorite').hide(); + } + if ( !config.isEdit ) { if ( (config.canDownload || config.canDownloadOrigin) && !config.isOffline ) this.btnDownload = createTitleButton('toolbar__icon icon--inverse btn-download', $html.findById('#slot-hbtn-download')); @@ -475,6 +518,16 @@ define([ } me.btnOptions.render($html.find('#slot-btn-options')); + if (!config.isEdit || config.customization && !!config.customization.compactHeader) { + if (config.user.guest && config.canRenameAnonymous) + me.btnUserName = createTitleButton('toolbar__icon icon--inverse btn-user', $html.findById('#slot-btn-user-name')); + else { + me.elUserName = $html.find('.btn-current-user'); + me.elUserName.removeClass('hidden'); + } + me.setUserName(me.options.userName); + } + $userList = $html.find('.cousers-list'); $panelUsers = $html.find('.box-cousers'); $btnUsers = $html.find('.btn-users'); @@ -582,6 +635,19 @@ define([ return this.options.canBack; }, + setFavorite: function (value) { + this.options.favorite = value; + this.btnFavorite[value!==undefined && value!==null ? 'show' : 'hide'](); + this.btnFavorite.changeIcon(!!value ? {next: 'btn-in-favorite'} : {curr: 'btn-in-favorite'}); + this.btnFavorite.updateHint(!value ? this.textAddFavorite : this.textRemoveFavorite); + + return this; + }, + + getFavorite: function () { + return this.options.favorite; + }, + setCanRename: function (rename) { rename = false; @@ -622,6 +688,15 @@ define([ } else this.labelUserName.hide(); } else { this.options.userName = name; + if ( this.btnUserName ) { + this.btnUserName.updateHint(name); + } else if (this.elUserName) { + this.elUserName.tooltip({ + title: name, + placement: 'cursor', + html: true + }); + } } return this; @@ -691,7 +766,9 @@ define([ textHideLines: 'Hide Rulers', textZoom: 'Zoom', textAdvSettings: 'Advanced Settings', - tipViewSettings: 'View Settings' + tipViewSettings: 'View Settings', + textRemoveFavorite: 'Remove from Favorites', + textAddFavorite: 'Mark as favorite' } }(), Common.Views.Header || {})) }); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/OpenDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/OpenDialog.js index 659d4b7df..6123d15f5 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/OpenDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/OpenDialog.js @@ -68,6 +68,7 @@ define([ preview : options.preview, warning : options.warning, codepages : options.codepages, + warningMsg : options.warningMsg, width : width, height : height, header : true, @@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ define([ '<% if (warning) { %>', '
', '
', - '
' + t.txtProtected+ '
', + '
' + (typeof _options.warningMsg=='string' ? _options.warningMsg : t.txtProtected) + '
', '', '
', '
', diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Plugins.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Plugins.js index a1bee256d..9a1296b17 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Plugins.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Plugins.js @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ define([ hint: model.get('name') }); - var $slot = $('').appendTo(_group); + var $slot = $('').appendTo(_group); btn.render($slot); model.set('button', btn); @@ -210,6 +210,7 @@ define([ this.iframePlugin.align = "top"; this.iframePlugin.frameBorder = 0; this.iframePlugin.scrolling = "no"; + this.iframePlugin.allow = "camera; microphone; display-capture"; this.iframePlugin.onload = _.bind(this._onLoad,this); this.currentPluginFrame.append(this.iframePlugin); @@ -393,6 +394,7 @@ define([ iframe.align = "top"; iframe.frameBorder = 0; iframe.scrolling = "no"; + iframe.allow = "camera; microphone; display-capture"; iframe.onload = _.bind(this._onLoad,this); var me = this; diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ReviewChanges.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ReviewChanges.js index 33cf281dd..0ff9da8cb 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ReviewChanges.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ReviewChanges.js @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ define([ if (me.btnCommentRemove) { var items = [ { - caption: config.canEditComments ? me.txtCommentRemCurrent : me.txtCommentRemMyCurrent, + caption: config.canDeleteComments ? me.txtCommentRemCurrent : me.txtCommentRemMyCurrent, value: 'current' }, { @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ define([ value: 'my' } ]; - if (config.canEditComments) + if (config.canDeleteComments) items.push({ caption: me.txtCommentRemAll, value: 'all' diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/SymbolTableDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/SymbolTableDialog.js index 8b0e97407..f95f03d1e 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/SymbolTableDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/SymbolTableDialog.js @@ -800,13 +800,16 @@ define([ }, getPasteSymbol: function(cellId) { - var bUpdateRecents = cellId[0] === 'c'; + var bUpdateRecents = false; var sFont; - if(bUpdateRecents){ - sFont = aFontSelects[nCurrentFont].displayValue; - } else { - var nFontId = parseInt(cellId.split('_')[2]); - sFont = aFontSelects[nFontId].displayValue; + if (cellId && cellId.length>0) { + bUpdateRecents = (cellId[0] === 'c'); + if(bUpdateRecents){ + sFont = aFontSelects[nCurrentFont].displayValue; + } else { + var nFontId = parseInt(cellId.split('_')[2]); + sFont = aFontSelects[nFontId].displayValue; + } } return {font: sFont, symbol: this.encodeSurrogateChar(nCurrentSymbol), code: nCurrentSymbol, updateRecents: bUpdateRecents}; }, @@ -831,7 +834,7 @@ define([ } var special = this.btnSpecial.isActive(); - var settings = special ? this.getSpecialSymbol() : this.getPasteSymbol(this.$window.find('.cell-selected').attr('id')); + var settings = (state=='ok') ? (special ? this.getSpecialSymbol() : this.getPasteSymbol(this.$window.find('.cell-selected').attr('id'))) : {}; if (this.options.handler) { this.options.handler.call(this, this, state, settings); } diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/UserNameDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/UserNameDialog.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5076d9bd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/UserNameDialog.js @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/* + * + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System SIA 2010-2020 + * + * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) + * version 3 as published by the Free Software Foundation. In accordance with + * Section 7(a) of the GNU AGPL its Section 15 shall be amended to the effect + * that Ascensio System SIA expressly excludes the warranty of non-infringement + * of any third-party rights. + * + * This program is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + * warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. For + * details, see the GNU AGPL at: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/agpl-3.0.html + * + * You can contact Ascensio System SIA at 20A-12 Ernesta Birznieka-Upisha + * street, Riga, Latvia, EU, LV-1050. + * + * The interactive user interfaces in modified source and object code versions + * of the Program must display Appropriate Legal Notices, as required under + * Section 5 of the GNU AGPL version 3. + * + * Pursuant to Section 7(b) of the License you must retain the original Product + * logo when distributing the program. Pursuant to Section 7(e) we decline to + * grant you any rights under trademark law for use of our trademarks. + * + * All the Product's GUI elements, including illustrations and icon sets, as + * well as technical writing content are licensed under the terms of the + * Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International. See the License + * terms at http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode + * + */ +/** + * UserNameDialog.js + * + * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 09.12.2020 + * Copyright (c) 2020 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * + */ + +define([ + 'common/main/lib/component/Window', + 'common/main/lib/component/InputField' +], function () { 'use strict'; + + Common.Views.UserNameDialog = Common.UI.Window.extend(_.extend({ + options: { + width: 330, + header: false, + modal : false, + cls: 'modal-dlg', + buttons: ['ok', 'cancel'] + }, + + initialize : function(options) { + _.extend(this.options, options || {}); + + this.template = [ + '
', + '
' + (this.options.label ? this.options.label : this.textLabel) + '
', + '
', + '
', + '
' + ].join(''); + + this.options.tpl = _.template(this.template)(this.options); + + Common.UI.Window.prototype.initialize.call(this, this.options); + }, + + render: function() { + Common.UI.Window.prototype.render.call(this); + + var me = this; + me.inputLabel = new Common.UI.InputField({ + el : $('#id-dlg-username-caption'), + allowBlank : true, + style : 'width: 100%;', + maxLength : 128, + validateOnBlur: false, + validation : me.options.validation || function(value) { + return value ? true : ''; + } + }); + me.inputLabel.setValue(this.options.value || '' ); + + me.chDontShow = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ + el: $('#id-dlg-username-chk-use'), + labelText: this.textDontShow, + value: this.options.check + }); + + var $window = this.getChild(); + $window.find('.btn').on('click', _.bind(this.onBtnClick, this)); + }, + + show: function() { + Common.UI.Window.prototype.show.apply(this, arguments); + + var me = this; + _.delay(function(){ + me.getChild('input').focus(); + },50); + }, + + onPrimary: function(event) { + this._handleInput('ok'); + return false; + }, + + onBtnClick: function(event) { + this._handleInput(event.currentTarget.attributes['result'].value); + }, + + _handleInput: function(state) { + if (this.options.handler) { + if (state == 'ok') { + if (this.inputLabel.checkValidate() !== true) { + this.inputLabel.cmpEl.find('input').focus(); + return; + } + } + + this.options.handler.call(this, state, {input: this.inputLabel.getValue(), checkbox: this.chDontShow.getValue()=='checked'}); + } + + this.close(); + }, + + textLabel: 'Label:', + textLabelError: 'Label must not be empty.', + textDontShow: 'Don\'t ask me again' + }, Common.Views.UserNameDialog || {})); +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls.png index 8694bd120..03fb0999d 100755 Binary files a/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls.png and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls.png differ diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls@1.5x.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls@1.5x.png index 1d29d593f..1fd7da019 100644 Binary files a/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls@1.5x.png and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls@1.5x.png differ diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls@2x.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls@2x.png index 1c1de5bcb..7d368d53e 100755 Binary files a/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls@2x.png and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls@2x.png differ diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-change-case.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-change-case.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca5a2172f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-change-case.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-higlight.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-higlight.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-higlight.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-higlight.png diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-user.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-user.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21d84e54a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-user.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/columns-one.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/columns-one.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/columns-one.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/columns-one.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/columns-three.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/columns-three.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/columns-three.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/columns-three.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/columns-two.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/columns-two.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/columns-two.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/columns-two.png diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-change-case.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-change-case.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a12092531 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-change-case.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-highlight.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-highlight.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-highlight.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-highlight.png diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-user.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-user.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aaf8b3178 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-user.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/columns-one.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/columns-one.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/columns-one.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/columns-one.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/columns-three.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/columns-three.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/columns-three.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/columns-three.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/columns-two.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/columns-two.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/columns-two.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/columns-two.png diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-change-case.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-change-case.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7027fd0a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-change-case.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-higlight.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-higlight.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-higlight.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-higlight.png diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-user.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-user.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8557526b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-user.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/columns-one.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/columns-one.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/columns-one.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/columns-one.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/columns-three.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/columns-three.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/columns-three.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/columns-three.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/columns-two.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/columns-two.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/columns-two.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/columns-two.png diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-change-case.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-change-case.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c41b8eb0a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-change-case.png differ diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-favorite.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-favorite.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6398a2e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-favorite.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-highlight.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-highlight.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-highlight.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-highlight.png diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-in-favorite.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-in-favorite.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c49c405c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-in-favorite.png differ diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-user.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-user.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc693d9c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-user.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/columns-one.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/columns-one.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/columns-one.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/columns-one.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/columns-three.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/columns-three.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/columns-three.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/columns-three.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/columns-two.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/columns-two.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/columns-two.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/columns-two.png diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-change-case.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-change-case.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eab41b52c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-change-case.png differ diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-favorite.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-favorite.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb5aae94a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-favorite.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-highlight.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-highlight.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-highlight.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-highlight.png diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-in-favorite.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-in-favorite.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4069c1cc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-in-favorite.png differ diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-user.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-user.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6eb464375 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-user.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/columns-one.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/columns-one.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/columns-one.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/columns-one.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/columns-three.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/columns-three.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/columns-three.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/columns-three.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/columns-two.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/columns-two.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/columns-two.png rename to apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/columns-two.png diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/charttypes.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/charttypes.svg index 478e972c5..630f20959 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/charttypes.svg +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/toolbar/charttypes.svg @@ -109,6 +109,41 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/asc-mixins.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/asc-mixins.less index d81b32507..4a12dcd46 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/asc-mixins.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/asc-mixins.less @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ @common-controls-width: 100px; .img-commonctrl, - .dropdown-menu li .checked:before, .input-error:before, + .dropdown-menu li .checked:before, .input-error:before, .input-warning:before, .btn-toolbar .icon.img-commonctrl, .list-item div.checked:before { background-image: if(@icon-src-base64, data-uri(%("%s",'@{common-image-path}/@{common-controls}')), ~"url(@{common-image-const-path}/@{common-controls})"); diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/buttons.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/buttons.less index cce8777a1..f7784fa34 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/buttons.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/buttons.less @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ &.x-huge { @icon-size: 28px; - min-width: 45px; + min-width: 35px; height: @x-huge-btn-height; img { @@ -371,6 +371,10 @@ width: 14px; height: 3px; background-color: red; + &.bordered { + border: 1px solid @border-regular-control; + } + } } @@ -598,6 +602,18 @@ } } +// for color button auto color +.dropdown-menu { + li > a.selected, + li > a:hover { + span.color-auto { + outline: 1px solid #000; + border: 1px solid #fff; + } + } +} + + .btn-options { padding: 0; margin:0; @@ -882,11 +898,11 @@ svg.icon { only screen and (min-resolution: 144dpi), only screen and (min-resolution: 240dpi) { .@{class100} { - display: none; + //display: none; } .@{class150} { - display: block; + //display: block; } } diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/combobox.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/combobox.less index e43fea56a..8754ee532 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/combobox.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/combobox.less @@ -139,6 +139,11 @@ .dropdown-menu.menu-absolute { position: fixed; } + + .dropdown-menu.show-top { + top: auto; + bottom: 100%; + } } .open > .combobox.combo-dataview-menu { diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/dataview.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/dataview.less index d016d75ac..f1df11fd7 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/dataview.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/dataview.less @@ -73,4 +73,9 @@ font-weight: bold; cursor: default; } + + &.bordered { + border: 1px solid @input-border; + .border-radius(@border-radius-small); + } } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/header.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/header.less index fb801ad49..d3245970c 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/header.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/header.less @@ -194,6 +194,38 @@ } } +.btn-current-user { + display: flex; + align-items: center; + height: 100%; + width: 40px; + padding: 0 10px; + + .icon { + width: 20px; + height: 20px; + display: inline-block; + background-repeat: no-repeat; + padding: 0; + + &.icon--inverse { + background-position-x: -20px; + } + } + + svg.icon { + vertical-align: middle; + + @media + only screen and (-webkit-min-device-pixel-ratio: 1.5), + only screen and (min-resolution: 1.5dppx), + only screen and (min-resolution: 144dpi) { + width:calc(~"28px/1.5"); + height:calc(~"28px/1.5"); + } + } +} + .cousers-menu { position: fixed; top: @height-tabs - 8px; @@ -399,6 +431,11 @@ height: 100%; padding: 0 12px; line-height: @height-title; + pointer-events: none; + &.clickable { + cursor: pointer; + pointer-events: auto; + } } .lr-separator { diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/input.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/input.less index 6c363b3e4..85e621ac8 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/input.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/input.less @@ -64,6 +64,18 @@ display: block; } } + + &.warning { + input:not([disabled]) + .input-error { + display: block; + } + + .input-error { + &:before { + background-position: @input-warning-offset-x @input-warning-offset-y; + } + } + } } input:required:focus:invalid, diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/loadmask.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/loadmask.less index d4163cda9..f3e13daea 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/loadmask.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/loadmask.less @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ line-height: @loadmask-image-height; border: none; background-image: none; - background-color: rgba(0,0,0,.9); - color: @background-toolbar; + background-color: @background-loader; + color: @text-contrast-background; .border-radius(@border-radius-large); left: 50%; @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ } } -@keyframes slidein { +@keyframes rotation { from { transform: rotate(0); } @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ #loadmask-spinner { animation-duration: .8s; - animation-name: slidein; + animation-name: rotation; animation-iteration-count: infinite; animation-timing-function: linear; } diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/plugins.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/plugins.less index 3f246f4a3..feac4d488 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/plugins.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/plugins.less @@ -135,10 +135,6 @@ } } - .slot:not(:first-child) { - margin-left: 2px; - } - .dropdown-menu { min-width: 100px; } diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/toolbar.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/toolbar.less index 8a66b865e..c8fd9dd92 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/toolbar.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/toolbar.less @@ -199,11 +199,11 @@ display: table-cell; vertical-align: middle; white-space: nowrap; - padding-left: 12px; + padding-left: 6px; font-size: 0; &:last-child { - padding-right: 12px; + padding-right: 6px; } } @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ } .separator { - margin-left: 12px; + margin-left: 6px; &.close { margin-left: 5px; @@ -241,6 +241,10 @@ width: 31px; } + &.split-small { + width: 26px; + } + &.text { width: auto; } @@ -413,6 +417,16 @@ } } + .btn-current-user { + .icon--inverse { + background-position-x: 0; + } + + svg.icon { + fill: @icon-toolbar-header; + } + } + #rib-doc-name { color: @text-normal; } diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/variables.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/variables.less index ca3858b53..f58d0bf68 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/variables.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/variables.less @@ -771,6 +771,10 @@ @input-error-offset-x: -73px; @input-error-offset-y: -170px; +// Input warning +@input-warning-offset-x: -57px; +@input-warning-offset-y: -170px; + // Spinner @spinner-offset-x: -41px; @spinner-offset-y: -187px; diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/window.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/window.less index 6fd14187e..a76b42703 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/window.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/window.less @@ -161,34 +161,40 @@ z-index: @zindex-modal - 2; } - &.alert { - min-height: 90px; - min-width: 230px; + .icon { + &.warn { + width: 35px; + height: 32px; + background-position: @alerts-offset-x @alerts-offset-y - 105px; + } - .icon { - float: left; + &.error, &.info, &.confirm { width: 35px; height: 35px; - margin: 0 0 0 10px; - - &.warn { - height: 32px; - background-position: @alerts-offset-x @alerts-offset-y - 105px; - } - - &.error { - background-position: @alerts-offset-x @alerts-offset-y - 0; - } - - &.info { - background-position: @alerts-offset-x @alerts-offset-y - 35px; - } - - &.confirm { - background-position: @alerts-offset-x @alerts-offset-y - 70px; - } } + &.error { + background-position: @alerts-offset-x @alerts-offset-y - 0; + } + + &.info { + background-position: @alerts-offset-x @alerts-offset-y - 35px; + } + + &.confirm { + background-position: @alerts-offset-x @alerts-offset-y - 70px; + } + } + + &.alert { + .icon { + float: left; + margin: 0 0 0 10px; + } + + min-height: 90px; + min-width: 230px; + .body { .info-box { padding: 20px 20px 20px 10px; diff --git a/apps/common/mobile/lib/controller/Collaboration.js b/apps/common/mobile/lib/controller/Collaboration.js index 0043bdb77..5b8896eb9 100644 --- a/apps/common/mobile/lib/controller/Collaboration.js +++ b/apps/common/mobile/lib/controller/Collaboration.js @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ define([ if (mode && mode.canUseReviewPermissions) { var permissions = mode.customization.reviewPermissions, arr = [], - groups = Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedGroups(mode.user.fullname); + groups = Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedGroups(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName()); groups && groups.forEach(function(group) { var item = permissions[group.trim()]; item && (arr = arr.concat(item)); @@ -264,14 +264,11 @@ define([ }, getUsersInfo: function() { + var me = this; var usersArray = []; _.each(editUsers, function(item){ var name = Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedName(item.asc_getUserName()); - var fio = name.split(' '); - var initials = fio[0].substring(0, 1).toUpperCase(); - if (fio.length > 1) { - initials += fio[fio.length - 1].substring(0, 1).toUpperCase(); - } + var initials = me.getInitials(name); if((item.asc_getState()!==false) && !item.asc_getView()) { var userAttr = { color: item.asc_getColor(), @@ -411,6 +408,7 @@ define([ } !suppressEvent && this.initReviewingSettingsView(); DE.getController('Toolbar').setDisplayMode(displayMode); + DE.getController('DocumentHolder').setDisplayMode(displayMode); }, @@ -791,8 +789,11 @@ define([ getInitials: function(name) { var fio = Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedName(name).split(' '); var initials = fio[0].substring(0, 1).toUpperCase(); - if (fio.length > 1) { - initials += fio[fio.length - 1].substring(0, 1).toUpperCase(); + for (var i=fio.length-1; i>0; i--) { + if (fio[i][0]!=='(' && fio[i][0]!==')') { + initials += fio[i].substring(0, 1).toUpperCase(); + break; + } } return initials; }, @@ -853,7 +854,7 @@ define([ } } else { $('.comment-resolve, .comment-menu, .add-reply, .reply-menu').removeClass('disabled'); - if (this.showComments.length > 1) { + if (this.showComments && this.showComments.length > 1) { $('.prev-comment, .next-comment').removeClass('disabled'); } } @@ -865,7 +866,7 @@ define([ $('.comment-menu').single('click', _.buffered(this.initMenuComments, 100, this)); $('.reply-menu').single('click', _.buffered(this.initReplyMenu, 100, this)); $('.comment-resolve').single('click', _.bind(this.onClickResolveComment, this, false)); - if (this.showComments.length === 1) { + if (this.showComments && this.showComments.length === 1) { $('.prev-comment, .next-comment').addClass('disabled'); } }, @@ -892,28 +893,31 @@ define([ }); mainView.hideNavbar(); } else { - me.modalViewComment = uiApp.popover( - '
' + - '
' + - me.view.getTemplateContainerViewComments() + - '
' + - '
', - $$('#toolbar-collaboration') - ); - this.picker = $$(me.modalViewComment); - var $overlay = $('.modal-overlay'); - - $$(this.picker).on('opened', function () { - $overlay.on('removeClass', function () { - if (!$overlay.hasClass('modal-overlay-visible')) { - $overlay.addClass('modal-overlay-visible') - } + if (!me.openModal) { + me.modalViewComment = uiApp.popover( + '
' + + '
' + + me.view.getTemplateContainerViewComments() + + '
' + + '
', + $$('#toolbar-collaboration') + ); + this.picker = $$(me.modalViewComment); + var $overlay = $('.modal-overlay'); + me.openModal = true; + $$(this.picker).on('opened', function () { + $overlay.on('removeClass', function () { + if (!$overlay.hasClass('modal-overlay-visible')) { + $overlay.addClass('modal-overlay-visible') + } + }); + }).on('close', function () { + $overlay.off('removeClass'); + $overlay.removeClass('modal-overlay-visible'); + $('.popover').remove(); + me.openModal = false; }); - }).on('close', function () { - $overlay.off('removeClass'); - $overlay.removeClass('modal-overlay-visible'); - $('.popover').remove(); - }); + } } me.getView('Common.Views.Collaboration').renderViewComments(me.showComments, me.indexCurrentComment); $('.prev-comment').single('click', _.bind(me.onViewPrevComment, me)); @@ -923,7 +927,7 @@ define([ $('.reply-menu').single('click', _.buffered(me.initReplyMenu, 100, me)); $('.comment-resolve').single('click', _.bind(me.onClickResolveComment, me, false)); - if (me.showComments.length === 1) { + if (me.showComments && me.showComments.length === 1) { $('.prev-comment, .next-comment').addClass('disabled'); } @@ -1000,7 +1004,7 @@ define([ }, onViewPrevComment: function() { - if (this.showComments.length > 0) { + if (this.showComments && this.showComments.length > 0) { if (this.indexCurrentComment - 1 < 0) { this.indexCurrentComment = this.showComments.length - 1; } else { @@ -1017,7 +1021,7 @@ define([ }, onViewNextComment: function() { - if (this.showComments.length > 0) { + if (this.showComments && this.showComments.length > 0) { if (this.indexCurrentComment + 1 === this.showComments.length) { this.indexCurrentComment = 0; } else { @@ -1140,7 +1144,7 @@ define([ var me = this; _.delay(function () { var _menuItems = []; - _menuItems.push({ + comment.editable && _menuItems.push({ caption: me.textEdit, event: 'edit' }); @@ -1161,7 +1165,7 @@ define([ event: 'addreply' }); } - _menuItems.push({ + comment.removable && _menuItems.push({ caption: me.textDeleteComment, event: 'delete', color: 'red' @@ -1199,13 +1203,15 @@ define([ if (_.isNumber(idComment)) { idComment = idComment.toString(); } - _.delay(function () { + var comment = this.findComment(idComment); + var reply = comment && comment.replys ? comment.replys[ind] : null; + reply && _.delay(function () { var _menuItems = []; - _menuItems.push({ + reply.editable && _menuItems.push({ caption: me.textEdit, event: 'editreply' }); - _menuItems.push({ + reply.removable && _menuItems.push({ caption: me.textDeleteReply, event: 'deletereply', color: 'red' @@ -1551,7 +1557,8 @@ define([ reply : data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getText(), time : date.getTime(), userInitials : this.getInitials(username), - editable : this.appConfig.canEditComments || (data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId() == _userId) + editable : this.appConfig.canEditComments || (data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId() == _userId), + removable : this.appConfig.canDeleteComments || (data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId() == _userId) }); } } @@ -1580,7 +1587,8 @@ define([ replys : [], groupName : (groupname && groupname.length>1) ? groupname[1] : null, userInitials : this.getInitials(username), - editable : this.appConfig.canEditComments || (data.asc_getUserId() == _userId) + editable : this.appConfig.canEditComments || (data.asc_getUserId() == _userId), + removable : this.appConfig.canDeleteComments || (data.asc_getUserId() == _userId) }; if (comment) { var replies = this.readSDKReplies(data); @@ -1616,6 +1624,8 @@ define([ comment.quote = data.asc_getQuoteText(); comment.time = date.getTime(); comment.date = me.dateToLocaleTimeString(date); + comment.editable = me.appConfig.canEditComments || (data.asc_getUserId() == _userId); + comment.removable = me.appConfig.canDeleteComments || (data.asc_getUserId() == _userId); replies = _.clone(comment.replys); @@ -1640,7 +1650,8 @@ define([ reply : data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getText(), time : dateReply.getTime(), userInitials : me.getInitials(username), - editable : me.appConfig.canEditComments || (data.asc_getUserId() == _userId) + editable : me.appConfig.canEditComments || (data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId() == _userId), + removable : me.appConfig.canDeleteComments || (data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId() == _userId) }); } comment.replys = replies; diff --git a/apps/common/mobile/lib/view/Collaboration.js b/apps/common/mobile/lib/view/Collaboration.js index 37701504b..eaccfe03f 100644 --- a/apps/common/mobile/lib/view/Collaboration.js +++ b/apps/common/mobile/lib/view/Collaboration.js @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ define([ '
' + '
'; if (isAndroid) { - template += '
' + comment.userInitials + '
'; + template += '
' + comment.userInitials + '
'; } template += '
' + me.getUserName(comment.username) + '
' + '
' + comment.date + '
'; @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ define([ template += '
'; } template += '
'; - if (comment.editable && !me.viewmode) { + if (!me.viewmode) { template += '
' + '
' + '
' + @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ define([ '
' + '
'; if (isAndroid) { - template += '
' + reply.userInitials + '
' + template += '
' + reply.userInitials + '
' } template += '
' + me.getUserName(reply.username) + '
' + '
' + reply.date + '
' + @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ define([ if (isAndroid) { template += '
'; } - if (reply.editable && !me.viewmode) { + if ((reply.editable || reply.removable) && !me.viewmode) { template += '
'; } template += '
' + @@ -248,12 +248,12 @@ define([ '
  • ', '
    ', '
    ', - '<% if (android) { %>
    <%= item.userInitials %>
    <% } %>', + '<% if (android) { %>
    <%= item.userInitials %>
    <% } %>', '
    <%= scope.getUserName(item.username) %>
    ', '
    <%= item.date %>
    ', '<% if (android) { %>
    <% } %>', '
    ', - '<% if (item.editable && !viewmode) { %>', + '<% if (!viewmode) { %>', '
    ', '
    ', '
    ', @@ -270,12 +270,12 @@ define([ '
  • ', '
    ', '
    ', - '<% if (android) { %>
    <%= reply.userInitials %>
    <% } %>', + '<% if (android) { %>
    <%= reply.userInitials %>
    <% } %>', '
    <%= scope.getUserName(reply.username) %>
    ', '
    <%= reply.date %>
    ', '
    ', '<% if (android) { %>
    <% } %>', - '<% if (reply.editable && !viewmode) { %>', + '<% if ((reply.editable || reply.removable) && !viewmode) { %>', '
    ', '<% } %>', '
    ', @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ define([ var $pageEdit = $('.page-edit-comment .page-content'); var isAndroid = Framework7.prototype.device.android === true; var template = '
    ' + - (isAndroid ? '
    ' + comment.userInitials + '
    ' : '') + + (isAndroid ? '
    ' + comment.userInitials + '
    ' : '') + '
    ' + this.getUserName(comment.username) + '
    ' + '
    ' + comment.date + '
    ' + (isAndroid ? '
    ' : '') + @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ define([ var $pageEdit = $('.page-edit-reply .page-content'); var isAndroid = Framework7.prototype.device.android === true; var template = '
    ' + - (isAndroid ? '
    ' + reply.userInitials + '
    ' : '') + + (isAndroid ? '
    ' + reply.userInitials + '
    ' : '') + '
    ' + this.getUserName(reply.username) + '
    ' + '
    ' + reply.date + '
    ' + (isAndroid ? '
    ' : '') + @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ define([ '
    ' + '
    ' + '
    ' + - (isAndroid ? '
    ' + comment.userInitials + '
    ' : '') + + (isAndroid ? '
    ' + comment.userInitials + '
    ' : '') + '
    ' + this.getUserName(comment.username) + '
    ' + '
    ' + comment.date + '
    ' + (isAndroid ? '
    ' : '') + @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ define([ '
    ' + '
    ' + '
    ' + - (isAndroid ? '
    ' + reply.userInitials + '
    ' : '') + + (isAndroid ? '
    ' + reply.userInitials + '
    ' : '') + '
    ' + this.getUserName(reply.username) + '
    ' + '
    ' + reply.date + '
    ' + (isAndroid ? '
    ' : '') + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/hu.json b/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/hu.json index ee18969a7..b11971151 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/hu.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/hu.json @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ { - "common.view.modals.txtCopy": "Másolás a vágólapra", + "common.view.modals.txtCopy": "Másolás vágólapra", "common.view.modals.txtEmbed": "Beágyazás", "common.view.modals.txtHeight": "Magasság", "common.view.modals.txtShare": "Hivatkozás megosztása", @@ -26,5 +26,6 @@ "DE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "Letöltés", "DE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "Beágyazás", "DE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "Teljes képernyő", + "DE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "Nyomtatás", "DE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "Megosztás" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/lo.json b/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/lo.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000..125d1489c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/lo.json @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +{ + "common.view.modals.txtCopy": "ເກັບໄວ້ໃນຄຣິບບອດ", + "common.view.modals.txtEmbed": "ຝັງໄວ້", + "common.view.modals.txtHeight": "ລວງສູງ", + "common.view.modals.txtShare": "ແບ່ງປັນລິ້ງ", + "common.view.modals.txtWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ", + "DE.ApplicationController.convertationErrorText": " ການປ່ຽນແປງບໍ່ສຳເລັດ.", + "DE.ApplicationController.convertationTimeoutText": "ໝົດເວລາການປ່ຽນແປງ.", + "DE.ApplicationController.criticalErrorTitle": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ", + "DE.ApplicationController.downloadErrorText": "ດາວໂຫຼດບໍ່ສຳເລັດ.", + "DE.ApplicationController.downloadTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດເອກະສານ", + "DE.ApplicationController.errorAccessDeny": "ທ່ານບໍ່ມີສິດຈະດຳເນີນການອັນນີ້.
    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "DE.ApplicationController.errorDefaultMessage": "ລະຫັດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ: %1", + "DE.ApplicationController.errorFilePassProtect": "ມີລະຫັດປົກປ້ອງຟາຍນີ້ຈຶ່ງບໍ່ສາມາດເປີດໄດ້", + "DE.ApplicationController.errorFileSizeExceed": "ຂະໜາດຂອງຟາຍໃຫຍ່ກວ່າທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນລະບົບ.
    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "DE.ApplicationController.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "ການເຊື່ອຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຫາກໍ່ກັບມາ, ແລະຟາຍເອກະສານໄດ້ມີການປ່ຽນແປງແລ້ວ. ກ່ອນທີ່ທ່ານຈະດຳເນີການຕໍ່ໄປ, ທ່ານຕ້ອງໄດ້ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍ ຫຼືສຳເນົາເນື້ອຫາ ເພື່ອປ້ອງການການສູນເສຍ, ແລະກໍ່ທຳການໂຫຼດໜ້າຄືນອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "DE.ApplicationController.errorUserDrop": "ບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງຟາຍໄດ້", + "DE.ApplicationController.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ເຕືອນ", + "DE.ApplicationController.scriptLoadError": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຊ້າເກີນໄປ, ບາງອົງປະກອບບໍ່ສາມາດໂຫຼດໄດ້. ກະລຸນາໂຫຼດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່", + "DE.ApplicationController.textLoadingDocument": "ກຳລັງໂຫຼດເອກະສານ", + "DE.ApplicationController.textOf": "ຂອງ", + "DE.ApplicationController.txtClose": " ປິດ", + "DE.ApplicationController.unknownErrorText": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ບໍ່ຮູ້ສາເຫດ", + "DE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "ບຣາວເຊີຂອງທ່ານບໍ່ສາມານຳໃຊ້ໄດ້", + "DE.ApplicationController.waitText": "ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ...", + "DE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "ດາວໂຫຼດ", + "DE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "ຝັງໄວ້", + "DE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "ເຕັມຈໍ", + "DE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "ພິມ", + "DE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "ແບ່ງປັນ" +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/pl.json b/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/pl.json index a347a3f66..b7b983c42 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/pl.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/pl.json @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ { "common.view.modals.txtCopy": "Skopiuj do schowka", + "common.view.modals.txtEmbed": "Osadź", "common.view.modals.txtHeight": "Wysokość", "common.view.modals.txtShare": "Udostępnij link", "common.view.modals.txtWidth": "Szerokość", @@ -23,6 +24,7 @@ "DE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "Twoja przeglądarka nie jest wspierana.", "DE.ApplicationController.waitText": "Proszę czekać...", "DE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "Pobierz", + "DE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "Osadź", "DE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "Pełny ekran", "DE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "Drukuj", "DE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "Udostępnij" diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/sl.json b/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/sl.json index 6564e9534..69203a9ff 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/sl.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/sl.json @@ -26,5 +26,6 @@ "DE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "Prenesi", "DE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "Vdelano", "DE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "Celozaslonski", + "DE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "Natisni", "DE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "Deli" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/zh.json b/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/zh.json index 5ecc104d7..3305185d9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/zh.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/embed/locale/zh.json @@ -13,18 +13,19 @@ "DE.ApplicationController.errorDefaultMessage": "错误代码：%1", "DE.ApplicationController.errorFilePassProtect": "该文档受密码保护，无法被打开。", "DE.ApplicationController.errorFileSizeExceed": "文件大小超出了为服务器设置的限制.
    有关详细信息，请与文档服务器管理员联系。", - "DE.ApplicationController.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "网连接已还原文件版本已更改。.
    在继续工作之前，需要下载文件或复制其内容以确保没有丢失任何内容，然后重新加载此页。", + "DE.ApplicationController.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "网络连接已恢复，文件版本已变更。
    在继续工作之前，需要下载文件或复制其内容以避免丢失数据，然后刷新此页。", "DE.ApplicationController.errorUserDrop": "该文件现在无法访问。", "DE.ApplicationController.notcriticalErrorTitle": "警告", "DE.ApplicationController.scriptLoadError": "连接速度过慢，部分组件无法被加载。请重新加载页面。", "DE.ApplicationController.textLoadingDocument": "文件加载中…", "DE.ApplicationController.textOf": "的", "DE.ApplicationController.txtClose": "关闭", - "DE.ApplicationController.unknownErrorText": "示知错误", - "DE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "你的浏览器不支持", + "DE.ApplicationController.unknownErrorText": "未知错误。", + "DE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "您的浏览器不受支持", "DE.ApplicationController.waitText": "请稍候...", "DE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "下载", "DE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "嵌入", "DE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "全屏", + "DE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "打印", "DE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "共享" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/FormsTab.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/FormsTab.js index 8869661fd..facf19713 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/FormsTab.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/FormsTab.js @@ -69,7 +69,6 @@ define([ this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCoAuthoringDisconnect',_.bind(this.onCoAuthoringDisconnect, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('api:disconnect', _.bind(this.onCoAuthoringDisconnect, this)); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onChangeSpecialFormsGlobalSettings', _.bind(this.onChangeSpecialFormsGlobalSettings, this)); - this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onSendThemeColors', _.bind(this.onSendThemeColors, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:ready', this.onAppReady.bind(this)); // this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onShowContentControlsActions',_.bind(this.onShowContentControlsActions, this)); @@ -90,7 +89,6 @@ define([ 'forms:clear': this.onClearClick, 'forms:no-color': this.onNoControlsColor, 'forms:select-color': this.onSelectControlsColor, - 'forms:open-color': this.onColorsShow, 'forms:mode': this.onModeClick } }); @@ -145,36 +143,6 @@ define([ } }, - onSendThemeColors: function() { - this._needUpdateColors = true; - }, - - updateThemeColors: function() { - var updateColors = function(picker, defaultColorIndex) { - if (picker) { - var clr; - - var effectcolors = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(); - for (var i = 0; i < effectcolors.length; i++) { - if (typeof(picker.currentColor) == 'object' && - clr === undefined && - picker.currentColor.effectId == effectcolors[i].effectId) - clr = effectcolors[i]; - } - - picker.updateColors(effectcolors, Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); - if (picker.currentColor === undefined) { - picker.currentColor = effectcolors[defaultColorIndex]; - } else if ( clr!==undefined ) { - picker.currentColor = clr; - } - } - }; - - this.view && this.view.mnuFormsColorPicker && updateColors(this.view.mnuFormsColorPicker, 1); - this.onChangeSpecialFormsGlobalSettings(); - }, - onChangeSpecialFormsGlobalSettings: function() { if (this.view && this.view.mnuFormsColorPicker) { var clr = this.api.asc_GetSpecialFormsHighlightColor(), @@ -186,15 +154,10 @@ define([ this.view.mnuFormsColorPicker.selectByRGB(clr, true); } this.view.btnHighlight.currentColor = clr; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.view.btnHighlight.cmpEl).css('background-color', clr ? '#' + clr : 'transparent'); + this.view.btnHighlight.setColor(this.view.btnHighlight.currentColor || 'transparent'); } }, - onColorsShow: function(menu) { - this._needUpdateColors && this.updateThemeColors(); - this._needUpdateColors = false; - }, - onControlsSelect: function(type) { if (!(this.toolbar.mode && this.toolbar.mode.canFeatureContentControl)) return; diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Links.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Links.js index f74c13152..9c5e43e65 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Links.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Links.js @@ -78,14 +78,15 @@ define([ }, 'DocumentHolder': { 'links:contents': this.onTableContents, - 'links:update': this.onTableContentsUpdate + 'links:update': this.onTableContentsUpdate, + 'links:caption': this.onCaptionClick } }); }, onLaunch: function () { this._state = { prcontrolsdisable:undefined, - in_object: false + in_object: undefined }; Common.Gateway.on('setactionlink', function (url) { console.log('url with actions: ' + url); @@ -137,7 +138,8 @@ define([ in_equation = false, in_image = false, in_table = false, - frame_pr = null; + frame_pr = null, + object_type; while (++i < selectedObjects.length) { type = selectedObjects[i].get_ObjectType(); @@ -151,14 +153,17 @@ define([ in_header = true; } else if (type === Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Image) { in_image = true; + object_type = type; } else if (type === Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Math) { in_equation = true; + object_type = type; } else if (type === Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Table) { in_table = true; + object_type = type; } } this._state.prcontrolsdisable = paragraph_locked || header_locked; - this._state.in_object = in_image || in_table || in_equation; + this._state.in_object = object_type; var control_props = this.api.asc_IsContentControl() ? this.api.asc_GetContentControlProperties() : null, control_plain = (control_props) ? (control_props.get_ContentControlType()==Asc.c_oAscSdtLevelType.Inline) : false, @@ -325,7 +330,9 @@ define([ })).show(); break; case 'settings': - var isEndNote = me.api.asc_IsCursorInEndnote(); + var isEndNote = me.api.asc_IsCursorInEndnote(), + isFootNote = me.api.asc_IsCursorInFootnote(); + isEndNote = (isEndNote || isFootNote) ? isEndNote : Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get("de-settings-note-last") || false; (new DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog({ api: me.api, handler: function (result, settings) { @@ -336,10 +343,14 @@ define([ setTimeout(function() { settings.isEndNote ? me.api.asc_AddEndnote(settings.custom) : me.api.asc_AddFootnote(settings.custom); }, 1); + if (result == 'insert' || result == 'apply') { + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-settings-note-last", settings.isEndNote); + } } Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.toolbar); }, isEndNote: isEndNote, + hasSections: me.api.asc_GetSectionsCount()>1, props: isEndNote ? me.api.asc_GetEndnoteProps() : me.api.asc_GetFootnoteProps() })).show(); break; @@ -405,7 +416,7 @@ define([ onCaptionClick: function(btn) { var me = this; (new DE.Views.CaptionDialog({ - isObject: this._state.in_object, + objectType: this._state.in_object, handler: function (result, settings) { if (result == 'ok') { me.api.asc_AddObjectCaption(settings); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Main.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Main.js index cda407f3b..78da46bca 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Main.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Main.js @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ define([ 'common/main/lib/controller/Fonts', 'common/main/lib/collection/TextArt', 'common/main/lib/view/OpenDialog', + 'common/main/lib/view/UserNameDialog', 'common/main/lib/util/LocalStorage', 'documenteditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups', 'documenteditor/main/app/collection/EquationGroups' @@ -203,8 +204,11 @@ define([ Common.NotificationCenter.on('api:disconnect', _.bind(this.onCoAuthoringDisconnect, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('goback', _.bind(this.goBack, this)); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('markfavorite', _.bind(this.markFavorite, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('download:advanced', _.bind(this.onAdvancedOptions, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('showmessage', _.bind(this.onExternalMessage, this)); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('showerror', _.bind(this.onError, this)); + this.isShowOpenDialog = false; @@ -339,8 +343,19 @@ define([ loadConfig: function(data) { this.editorConfig = $.extend(this.editorConfig, data.config); + this.appOptions.customization = this.editorConfig.customization; + this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous = !((typeof (this.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (this.appOptions.customization.anonymous) == 'object') && (this.appOptions.customization.anonymous.request===false)); + this.appOptions.guestName = (typeof (this.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (this.appOptions.customization.anonymous) == 'object') && + (typeof (this.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label) == 'string') && this.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label.trim()!=='' ? + Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(this.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label) : this.textGuest; + var value; + if (this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous) { + value = Common.localStorage.getItem("guest-username"); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("guest-username", value); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("save-guest-username", !!value); + } this.editorConfig.user = - this.appOptions.user = Common.Utils.fillUserInfo(this.editorConfig.user, this.editorConfig.lang, this.textAnonymous); + this.appOptions.user = Common.Utils.fillUserInfo(this.editorConfig.user, this.editorConfig.lang, value ? (value + ' (' + this.appOptions.guestName + ')' ) : this.textAnonymous); this.appOptions.isDesktopApp = this.editorConfig.targetApp == 'desktop'; this.appOptions.canCreateNew = this.editorConfig.canRequestCreateNew || !_.isEmpty(this.editorConfig.createUrl); this.appOptions.canOpenRecent = this.editorConfig.recent !== undefined && !this.appOptions.isDesktopApp; @@ -356,7 +371,6 @@ define([ this.appOptions.saveAsUrl = this.editorConfig.saveAsUrl; this.appOptions.canAnalytics = false; this.appOptions.canRequestClose = this.editorConfig.canRequestClose; - this.appOptions.customization = this.editorConfig.customization; this.appOptions.canBackToFolder = (this.editorConfig.canBackToFolder!==false) && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization.goback) == 'object') && (!_.isEmpty(this.editorConfig.customization.goback.url) || this.editorConfig.customization.goback.requestClose && this.appOptions.canRequestClose); this.appOptions.canBack = this.appOptions.canBackToFolder === true; @@ -374,6 +388,8 @@ define([ this.appOptions.canFeatureContentControl = !!this.api.asc_isSupportFeature("content-controls"); this.appOptions.mentionShare = !((typeof (this.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (this.appOptions.customization.mentionShare==false)); + this.appOptions.user.guest && this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous && Common.NotificationCenter.on('user:rename', _.bind(this.showRenameUserDialog, this)); + appHeader = this.getApplication().getController('Viewport').getView('Common.Views.Header'); appHeader.setCanBack(this.appOptions.canBackToFolder === true, (this.appOptions.canBackToFolder) ? this.editorConfig.customization.goback.text : ''); @@ -389,7 +405,7 @@ define([ $('#editor-container').append('
    ' + '
    '.repeat(20) + '
    '); } - var value = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-macros-mode"); + value = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-macros-mode"); if (value === null) { value = this.editorConfig.customization ? this.editorConfig.customization.macrosMode : 'warn'; value = (value == 'enable') ? 1 : (value == 'disable' ? 2 : 0); @@ -699,6 +715,18 @@ define([ } }, + markFavorite: function(favorite) { + if ( !Common.Controllers.Desktop.process('markfavorite') ) { + Common.Gateway.metaChange({ + favorite: favorite + }); + } + }, + + onSetFavorite: function(favorite) { + this.appOptions.canFavorite && appHeader.setFavorite(!!favorite); + }, + onEditComplete: function(cmp) { // this.getMainMenu().closeFullScaleMenu(); var application = this.getApplication(), @@ -1092,6 +1120,8 @@ define([ } else { documentHolderController.getView().createDelayedElementsViewer(); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('document:ready', 'main'); + if (me.editorConfig.mode !== 'view') // if want to open editor, but viewer is loaded + me.applyLicense(); } // TODO bug 43960 @@ -1108,6 +1138,7 @@ define([ Common.Gateway.on('processmouse', _.bind(me.onProcessMouse, me)); Common.Gateway.on('refreshhistory', _.bind(me.onRefreshHistory, me)); Common.Gateway.on('downloadas', _.bind(me.onDownloadAs, me)); + Common.Gateway.on('setfavorite', _.bind(me.onSetFavorite, me)); Common.Gateway.sendInfo({mode:me.appOptions.isEdit?'edit':'view'}); @@ -1117,6 +1148,7 @@ define([ $('#editor-container').css('overflow', ''); $('.doc-placeholder').remove(); + this.appOptions.user.guest && this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous && (Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get("guest-username")===null) && this.showRenameUserDialog(); $('#header-logo').children(0).click(e => { e.stopImmediatePropagation(); @@ -1129,7 +1161,8 @@ define([ onLicenseChanged: function(params) { var licType = params.asc_getLicenseType(); if (licType !== undefined && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view' && - (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS)) + (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS + || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit && (this.appOptions.trialMode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Limited) !== 0)) this._state.licenseType = licType; if (this._isDocReady) @@ -1141,7 +1174,11 @@ define([ var license = this._state.licenseType, buttons = ['ok'], primary = 'ok'; - if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { + if ((this.appOptions.trialMode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Limited) !== 0 && + (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited || this.appOptions.permissionsLicense===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit)) { + (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited) && this.getApplication().getController('LeftMenu').leftMenu.setLimitMode();// show limited hint + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited) ? this.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess : this.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed; + } else if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnLicenseExceeded : this.warnLicenseUsersExceeded; } else { license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; @@ -1149,15 +1186,17 @@ define([ primary = 'buynow'; } - this.disableEditing(true); - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + if (this._state.licenseType!==Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit && this.appOptions.isEdit) { + this.disableEditing(true); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + } var value = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-license-warning"); value = (value!==null) ? parseInt(value) : 0; var now = (new Date).getTime(); if (now - value > 86400000) { Common.UI.info({ - width: 500, + maxwidth: 500, title: this.textNoLicenseTitle, msg : license, buttons: buttons, @@ -1204,6 +1243,8 @@ define([ }); return; } + if (Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited === licType) + this._state.licenseType = licType; if ( this.onServerVersion(params.asc_getBuildVersion()) ) return; @@ -1212,6 +1253,7 @@ define([ if (params.asc_getRights() !== Asc.c_oRights.Edit) this.permissions.edit = this.permissions.review = false; + this.appOptions.permissionsLicense = licType; this.appOptions.canAnalytics = params.asc_getIsAnalyticsEnable(); this.appOptions.canLicense = (licType === Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Success || licType === Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit); this.appOptions.isLightVersion = params.asc_getIsLight(); @@ -1243,15 +1285,21 @@ define([ this.appOptions.buildVersion = params.asc_getBuildVersion(); this.appOptions.canForcesave = this.appOptions.isEdit && !this.appOptions.isOffline && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object' && !!this.editorConfig.customization.forcesave); this.appOptions.forcesave = this.appOptions.canForcesave; - this.appOptions.canEditComments= this.appOptions.isOffline || !(typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object' && this.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly); + this.appOptions.canEditComments= this.appOptions.isOffline || !this.permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly; + this.appOptions.canDeleteComments= this.appOptions.isOffline || !this.permissions.deleteCommentAuthorOnly; + if ((typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && this.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly===true) { + console.log("Obsolete: The 'commentAuthorOnly' parameter of the 'customization' section is deprecated. Please use 'editCommentAuthorOnly' and 'deleteCommentAuthorOnly' parameters in the permissions instead."); + if (this.permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly===undefined && this.permissions.deleteCommentAuthorOnly===undefined) + this.appOptions.canEditComments = this.appOptions.canDeleteComments = this.appOptions.isOffline; + } this.appOptions.trialMode = params.asc_getLicenseMode(); this.appOptions.isBeta = params.asc_getIsBeta(); this.appOptions.isSignatureSupport= this.appOptions.isEdit && this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && this.appOptions.isOffline && this.api.asc_isSignaturesSupport(); - this.appOptions.isPasswordSupport = this.appOptions.isEdit && this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && this.appOptions.isOffline && this.api.asc_isProtectionSupport(); + this.appOptions.isPasswordSupport = this.appOptions.isEdit && this.api.asc_isProtectionSupport(); this.appOptions.canProtect = (this.appOptions.isSignatureSupport || this.appOptions.isPasswordSupport); this.appOptions.canEditContentControl = (this.permissions.modifyContentControl!==false); this.appOptions.canHelp = !((typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && this.editorConfig.customization.help===false); - this.appOptions.canFillForms = ((this.permissions.fillForms===undefined) ? this.appOptions.isEdit : this.permissions.fillForms) && (this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view'); + this.appOptions.canFillForms = this.appOptions.canLicense && ((this.permissions.fillForms===undefined) ? this.appOptions.isEdit : this.permissions.fillForms) && (this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view'); this.appOptions.isRestrictedEdit = !this.appOptions.isEdit && (this.appOptions.canComments || this.appOptions.canFillForms); if (this.appOptions.isRestrictedEdit && this.appOptions.canComments && this.appOptions.canFillForms) // must be one restricted mode, priority for filling forms this.appOptions.canComments = false; @@ -1276,9 +1324,15 @@ define([ if (this.appOptions.canBranding) appHeader.setBranding(this.editorConfig.customization); - this.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions = this.appOptions.canLicense && this.editorConfig.customization && this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions) == 'object'); + this.appOptions.canFavorite = this.document.info && (this.document.info.favorite!==undefined && this.document.info.favorite!==null) && !this.appOptions.isOffline; + this.appOptions.canFavorite && appHeader.setFavorite(this.document.info.favorite); + + this.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions = this.appOptions.canLicense && (!!this.permissions.reviewGroup || + this.editorConfig.customization && this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions) == 'object')); Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setParser(this.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions); - appHeader.setUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedName(this.appOptions.user.fullname)); + Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setCurrentName(this.appOptions.user.fullname); + this.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions && Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setReviewPermissions(this.permissions.reviewGroup, this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions); + appHeader.setUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName())); this.appOptions.canRename && appHeader.setCanRename(true); this.appOptions.canBrandingExt = params.asc_getCanBranding() && (typeof this.editorConfig.customization == 'object' || this.editorConfig.plugins); @@ -1322,6 +1376,7 @@ define([ this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onDownloadUrl', _.bind(this.onDownloadUrl, this)); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onAuthParticipantsChanged', _.bind(this.onAuthParticipantsChanged, this)); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onParticipantsChanged', _.bind(this.onAuthParticipantsChanged, this)); + this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onConnectionStateChanged', _.bind(this.onUserConnection, this)); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onDocumentModifiedChanged', _.bind(this.onDocumentModifiedChanged, this)); }, @@ -1442,7 +1497,7 @@ define([ break; case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.ConvertationSaveError: - config.msg = this.saveErrorText; + config.msg = (this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && this.appOptions.isOffline) ? this.saveErrorTextDesktop : this.saveErrorText; break; case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DownloadError: @@ -1598,6 +1653,14 @@ define([ config.msg = this.errorCompare; break; + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.ComboSeriesError: + config.msg = this.errorComboSeries; + break; + + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.Password: + config.msg = this.errorSetPassword; + break; + default: config.msg = (typeof id == 'string') ? id : this.errorDefaultMessage.replace('%1', id); break; @@ -2094,7 +2157,8 @@ define([ title: Common.Views.OpenDialog.prototype.txtTitleProtected, closeFile: me.appOptions.canRequestClose, type: Common.Utils.importTextType.DRM, - warning: !(me.appOptions.isDesktopApp && me.appOptions.isOffline), + warning: !(me.appOptions.isDesktopApp && me.appOptions.isOffline) && (typeof advOptions == 'string'), + warningMsg: advOptions, validatePwd: !!me._state.isDRM, handler: function (result, value) { me.isShowOpenDialog = false; @@ -2155,6 +2219,25 @@ define([ this._state.usersCount = length; }, + onUserConnection: function(change){ + if (change && this.appOptions.user.guest && this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous && (change.asc_getIdOriginal() == this.appOptions.user.id)) { // change name of the current user + var name = change.asc_getUserName(); + if (name && name !== Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName() ) { + this._renameDialog && this._renameDialog.close(); + Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setCurrentName(name); + appHeader.setUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedName(name)); + + var idx1 = name.lastIndexOf('('), + idx2 = name.lastIndexOf(')'), + str = (idx1>0) && (idx1Do you want to run macros?', - textRemember: 'Remember my choice' + textRemember: 'Remember my choice', + warnLicenseLimitedRenewed: 'License needs to be renewed.
    You have a limited access to document editing functionality.
    Please contact your administrator to get full access', + warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess: 'License expired.
    You have no access to document editing functionality.
    Please contact your administrator.', + saveErrorTextDesktop: 'This file cannot be saved or created.
    Possible reasons are:
    1. The file is read-only.
    2. The file is being edited by other users.
    3. The disk is full or corrupted.', + errorComboSeries: 'To create a combination chart, select at least two series of data.', + errorSetPassword: 'Password could not be set.', + textRenameLabel: 'Enter a name to be used for collaboration', + textRenameError: 'User name must not be empty.', + textLongName: 'Enter a name that is less than 128 characters.', + textGuest: 'Guest' } })(), DE.Controllers.Main || {})) }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/PageLayout.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/PageLayout.js index 6faf7b35b..c485d615a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/PageLayout.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/PageLayout.js @@ -139,6 +139,7 @@ define([ _.each(me.toolbar.btnImgWrapping.menu.items, function(item) { item.setDisabled(notflow); }); + me.toolbar.btnImgWrapping.menu.items[8].setDisabled(!me.api.CanChangeWrapPolygon()); var control_props = me.api.asc_IsContentControl() ? this.api.asc_GetContentControlProperties() : null, lock_type = (control_props) ? control_props.get_Lock() : Asc.c_oAscSdtLockType.Unlocked, @@ -210,6 +211,12 @@ define([ }, onClickMenuWrapping: function (menu, item, e) { + if (item.options.wrapType=='edit') { + this.api.StartChangeWrapPolygon(); + this.toolbar.fireEvent('editcomplete', this.toolbar); + return; + } + var props = new Asc.asc_CImgProperty(); props.put_WrappingStyle(item.options.wrapType); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js index d15dec586..baac421e7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js @@ -53,12 +53,15 @@ define([ initialize: function() { this.editMode = true; + this._initSettings = true; this.addListeners({ 'RightMenu': { 'rightmenuclick': this.onRightMenuClick } }); + + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-rightpanel-active-form", 1); }, onLaunch: function() { @@ -94,8 +97,29 @@ define([ this.editMode = mode.isEdit; }, - onRightMenuClick: function(menu, type, minimized) { + onRightMenuClick: function(menu, type, minimized, event) { if (!minimized && this.editMode) { + if (event) { // user click event + if (!this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Form].hidden) { + if (type == Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Form) { + if (!this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Paragraph].hidden) + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-rightpanel-active-para", 0); + if (!this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Image].hidden) + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-rightpanel-active-image", 0); + if (!this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Shape].hidden) + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-rightpanel-active-shape", 0); + } else if (type == Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Paragraph) { + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-rightpanel-active-para", 2); + } else if (type == Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Image) { + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-rightpanel-active-image", 2); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-rightpanel-active-shape", 0); + } else if (type == Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Shape) { + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-rightpanel-active-shape", 2); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-rightpanel-active-image", 0); + } + } + } + var panel = this._settings[type].panel; var props = this._settings[type].props; if (props && panel) @@ -107,10 +131,13 @@ define([ this.rightmenu.fireEvent('editcomplete', this.rightmenu); }, - onFocusObject: function(SelectedObjects, open) { + onFocusObject: function(SelectedObjects) { if (!this.editMode) return; + var open = this._initSettings ? !Common.localStorage.getBool("de-hide-right-settings", this.rightmenu.defaultHideRightMenu) : false; + this._initSettings = false; + var can_add_table = false, in_equation = false, needhide = true; @@ -170,7 +197,7 @@ define([ this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Signature].locked = value.get_Locked(); } - if (control_props && control_props.get_FormPr()) { + if (control_props && control_props.get_FormPr() && this.rightmenu.formSettings) { var spectype = control_props.get_SpecificType(); if (spectype==Asc.c_oAscContentControlSpecificType.CheckBox || spectype==Asc.c_oAscContentControlSpecificType.Picture || spectype==Asc.c_oAscContentControlSpecificType.ComboBox || spectype==Asc.c_oAscContentControlSpecificType.DropDownList || spectype==Asc.c_oAscContentControlSpecificType.None) { @@ -219,6 +246,26 @@ define([ if (!this.rightmenu.minimizedMode || open) { var active; + if (priorityactive<0 && !this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Form].hidden && + (!this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Paragraph].hidden || !this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Image].hidden + || !this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Shape].hidden)) { + var imageactive = Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get("de-rightpanel-active-image") || 0, + shapeactive = Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get("de-rightpanel-active-shape") || 0, + paraactive = Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get("de-rightpanel-active-para") || 0, + formactive = Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get("de-rightpanel-active-form") || 0; + + if (!this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Paragraph].hidden) { + priorityactive = (formactive>paraactive) ? Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Form : Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Paragraph; + } else if (!this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Paragraph].Image || !this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Shape].hidden) { + if (formactive>shapeactive && formactive>imageactive) + priorityactive = Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Form; + else if (shapeactive>formactive && shapeactive>imageactive) + priorityactive = Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Shape; + else + priorityactive = Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Image; + } + } + if (priorityactive>-1) active = priorityactive; else if (lastactive>=0 && currentactive<0) active = lastactive; else if (currentactive>=0) active = currentactive; @@ -274,7 +321,6 @@ define([ this.rightmenu.tableSettings.UpdateThemeColors(); this.rightmenu.shapeSettings.UpdateThemeColors(); this.rightmenu.textartSettings.UpdateThemeColors(); - this.rightmenu.formSettings && this.rightmenu.formSettings.UpdateThemeColors(); }, updateMetricUnit: function() { @@ -302,7 +348,7 @@ define([ // this.rightmenu.shapeSettings.createDelayedElements(); var selectedElements = this.api.getSelectedElements(); if (selectedElements.length>0) { - this.onFocusObject(selectedElements, !Common.localStorage.getBool("de-hide-right-settings", this.rightmenu.defaultHideRightMenu)); + this.onFocusObject(selectedElements); } } }, @@ -362,7 +408,7 @@ define([ SetDisabled: function(disabled, allowMerge, allowSignature) { this.setMode({isEdit: !disabled}); - if (this.rightmenu) { + if (this.rightmenu && this.rightmenu.paragraphSettings) { this.rightmenu.paragraphSettings.disableControls(disabled); this.rightmenu.shapeSettings.disableControls(disabled); this.rightmenu.textartSettings.disableControls(disabled); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js index b86b8c340..3029ce7d0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js @@ -260,6 +260,7 @@ define([ toolbar.btnPaste.on('click', _.bind(this.onCopyPaste, this, false)); toolbar.btnIncFontSize.on('click', _.bind(this.onIncrease, this)); toolbar.btnDecFontSize.on('click', _.bind(this.onDecrease, this)); + toolbar.mnuChangeCase.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onChangeCase, this)); toolbar.btnBold.on('click', _.bind(this.onBold, this)); toolbar.btnItalic.on('click', _.bind(this.onItalic, this)); toolbar.btnUnderline.on('click', _.bind(this.onUnderline, this)); @@ -1015,13 +1016,13 @@ define([ onChangeSdtGlobalSettings: function() { var show = this.api.asc_GetGlobalContentControlShowHighlight(); - this.toolbar.mnuNoControlsColor.setChecked(!show, true); - this.toolbar.mnuControlsColorPicker.clearSelection(); + this.toolbar.mnuNoControlsColor && this.toolbar.mnuNoControlsColor.setChecked(!show, true); + this.toolbar.mnuControlsColorPicker && this.toolbar.mnuControlsColorPicker.clearSelection(); if (show){ var clr = this.api.asc_GetGlobalContentControlHighlightColor(); if (clr) { clr = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(clr.get_r(), clr.get_g(), clr.get_b()); - this.toolbar.mnuControlsColorPicker.selectByRGB(clr, true); + this.toolbar.mnuControlsColorPicker && this.toolbar.mnuControlsColorPicker.selectByRGB(clr, true); } } }, @@ -1321,8 +1322,8 @@ define([ } } else { value = Common.Utils.String.parseFloat(record.value); - value = value > 100 - ? 100 + value = value > 300 + ? 300 : value < 1 ? 1 : Math.floor((value+0.4)*2)/2; @@ -1337,6 +1338,12 @@ define([ } }, + onChangeCase: function(menu, item, e) { + if (this.api) + this.api.asc_ChangeTextCase(item.value); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); + }, + onSelectBullets: function(btn, picker, itemView, record) { var rawData = {}, isPickerSelect = _.isFunction(record.toJSON); @@ -1699,6 +1706,7 @@ define([ if (this.api && item.checked) { var props = new Asc.CSectionLnNumType(); props.put_Restart(item.value==1 ? Asc.c_oAscLineNumberRestartType.Continuous : (item.value==2 ? Asc.c_oAscLineNumberRestartType.NewPage : Asc.c_oAscLineNumberRestartType.NewSection)); + !!this.api.asc_GetLineNumbersProps() && props.put_CountBy(undefined); this.api.asc_SetLineNumbersProps(Asc.c_oAscSectionApplyType.Current, props); } break; @@ -2049,11 +2057,12 @@ define([ } if (chart) { - var props = new Asc.asc_CImgProperty(); - chart.changeType(type); - props.put_ChartProperties(chart); - this.api.ImgApply(props); - + var isCombo = (type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom); + if (isCombo && chart.getSeries().length<2) { + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('showerror', Asc.c_oAscError.ID.ComboSeriesError, Asc.c_oAscError.Level.NoCritical); + } else + chart.changeType(type); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); } else { var controller = this.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor'); @@ -2373,7 +2382,7 @@ define([ this.api.put_TextColor(color); this.toolbar.btnFontColor.currentColor = {color: color, isAuto: true}; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.toolbar.btnFontColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', '#000'); + this.toolbar.btnFontColor.setColor('000'); this.toolbar.mnuFontColorPicker.clearSelection(); this.toolbar.mnuFontColorPicker.currentColor = {color: color, isAuto: true}; @@ -2390,10 +2399,8 @@ define([ onSelectFontColor: function(picker, color) { this._state.clrtext = this._state.clrtext_asccolor = undefined; - var clr = (typeof(color) == 'object') ? (color.isAuto ? '#000' : color.color) : color; - this.toolbar.btnFontColor.currentColor = color; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.toolbar.btnFontColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', '#' + clr); + this.toolbar.btnFontColor.setColor((typeof(color) == 'object') ? (color.isAuto ? '000' : color.color) : color); this.toolbar.mnuFontColorPicker.currentColor = color; if (this.api) @@ -2405,10 +2412,8 @@ define([ onParagraphColorPickerSelect: function(picker, color) { this._state.clrback = this._state.clrshd_asccolor = undefined; - var clr = (typeof(color) == 'object') ? color.color : color; - this.toolbar.btnParagraphColor.currentColor = color; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.toolbar.btnParagraphColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', color!='transparent'?'#'+clr:clr); + this.toolbar.btnParagraphColor.setColor(color); this.toolbar.mnuParagraphColorPicker.currentColor = color; if (this.api) { @@ -2444,7 +2449,7 @@ define([ this._setMarkerColor('transparent', 'menu'); item.setChecked(true, true); this.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.currentColor = 'transparent'; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', 'transparent'); + this.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.setColor(this.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.currentColor); }, onParagraphColor: function(shd) { @@ -2846,7 +2851,7 @@ define([ updateColors(this.toolbar.mnuFontColorPicker, 1); if (this.toolbar.btnFontColor.currentColor===undefined || !this.toolbar.btnFontColor.currentColor.isAuto) { this.toolbar.btnFontColor.currentColor = this.toolbar.mnuFontColorPicker.currentColor.color || this.toolbar.mnuFontColorPicker.currentColor; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.toolbar.btnFontColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', '#' + this.toolbar.btnFontColor.currentColor); + this.toolbar.btnFontColor.setColor(this.toolbar.btnFontColor.currentColor); } if (this._state.clrtext_asccolor!==undefined) { this._state.clrtext = undefined; @@ -2856,15 +2861,12 @@ define([ updateColors(this.toolbar.mnuParagraphColorPicker, 0); this.toolbar.btnParagraphColor.currentColor = this.toolbar.mnuParagraphColorPicker.currentColor.color || this.toolbar.mnuParagraphColorPicker.currentColor; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.toolbar.btnParagraphColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', '#' + this.toolbar.btnParagraphColor.currentColor); + this.toolbar.btnParagraphColor.setColor(this.toolbar.btnParagraphColor.currentColor); if (this._state.clrshd_asccolor!==undefined) { this._state.clrback = undefined; this.onParagraphColor(this._state.clrshd_asccolor); } this._state.clrshd_asccolor = undefined; - - updateColors(this.toolbar.mnuControlsColorPicker, 1); - this.onChangeSdtGlobalSettings(); }, _onInitEditorStyles: function(styles) { @@ -2917,8 +2919,7 @@ define([ me.toolbar.mnuHighlightTransparent.setChecked(false); me.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.currentColor = strcolor; - $('.btn-color-value-line', me.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', '#' + strcolor); - + me.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.setColor(me.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.currentColor); me.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.toggle(true, true); } @@ -3065,8 +3066,10 @@ define([ var tab = {action: 'review', caption: me.toolbar.textTabCollaboration}; var $panel = me.application.getController('Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges').createToolbarPanel(); - if ( $panel ) + if ( $panel ) { me.toolbar.addTab(tab, $panel, 5); + me.toolbar.setVisible('review', config.isEdit || config.canViewReview || config.canCoAuthoring && config.canComments); + } if ( config.isEdit ) { me.toolbar.setMode(config); @@ -3105,6 +3108,7 @@ define([ me.toolbar.addTab(tab, $panel, 4); me.toolbar.setVisible('forms', true); Array.prototype.push.apply(me.toolbar.toolbarControls, forms.getView('FormsTab').getButtons()); + me.onChangeSdtGlobalSettings(); } } }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettings.template b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettings.template index b4d293b9a..880e21134 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettings.template +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettings.template @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
    - +
    @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ - + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/FormSettings.template b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/FormSettings.template index 2bbd04311..5caed0fa8 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/FormSettings.template +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/FormSettings.template @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ -
    +
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/ParagraphSettings.template b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/ParagraphSettings.template index 644f6e5bc..4d63e2d7e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/ParagraphSettings.template +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/ParagraphSettings.template @@ -32,6 +32,39 @@
    + + +
    + + + + + + + + + + +
    + + + +
    + + + + + + + + + +
    + + +
    + +
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template index ceb4d53d4..69a8c91ca 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template @@ -30,11 +30,12 @@
    -
    +
    +
    @@ -45,10 +46,9 @@ -
    -
    +
    @@ -64,9 +64,10 @@ +
    -
    +
    @@ -183,7 +184,7 @@
    -
    +
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/BookmarksDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/BookmarksDialog.js index f051b9ab7..d6d305194 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/BookmarksDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/BookmarksDialog.js @@ -332,6 +332,8 @@ define([ }, onSelectBookmark: function(listView, itemView, record) { + if (!record) return; + var value = record.get('value'); this.txtName.setValue(value); this.btnAdd.setDisabled(false); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/CaptionDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/CaptionDialog.js index 5beb4b80b..2bbe2427c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/CaptionDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/CaptionDialog.js @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ define([ ].join('') }, options); - this.isObject = options.isObject; + this.objectType = options.objectType; this.handler = options.handler; this.props = options.props; @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ define([ cls: 'input-group-nr', menuStyle: 'min-width: 75px;', editable: false, - disabled: !this.isObject, + disabled: (this.objectType===undefined), takeFocusOnClose: true, data: [ { displayValue: this.textBefore, value: 1 }, @@ -206,7 +206,13 @@ define([ if (curLabel && findIndLabel !== -1) { recLabel = this.cmbLabel.store.at(findIndLabel); } else { - recLabel = this.cmbLabel.store.at(this.arrLabel.length-1); + var index = this.arrLabel.length-1; + if (this.objectType === Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Math) { + index = this.arrLabel.length-3; + } else if (this.objectType === Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Image) { + index = this.arrLabel.length-2; + } + recLabel = this.cmbLabel.store.at(index); } this.cmbLabel.selectRecord(recLabel); @@ -439,11 +445,11 @@ define([ }, 0); } } else if (key === 'Backspace') { - if ((event.target.selectionStart === event.target.selectionEnd && event.target.selectionStart < me.positionCaption + 1) || event.target.selectionStart < me.positionCaption - 1) { + if ((event.target.selectionStart === event.target.selectionEnd && event.target.selectionStart < me.positionCaption + 1) || event.target.selectionStart < me.positionCaption) { event.preventDefault(); } } else if (key === 'Delete') { - if (event.target.selectionStart < me.positionCaption - 1) { + if (event.target.selectionStart < me.positionCaption) { event.preventDefault(); } } else if (key !== 'End') { diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js index 3fa55df2e..0c346314f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js @@ -94,6 +94,7 @@ define([ this.labelWidth = el.find('#chart-label-width'); this.labelHeight = el.find('#chart-label-height'); + this.NotCombinedSettings = $('.not-combined'); }, setApi: function(api) { @@ -147,34 +148,39 @@ define([ this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon ' + 'chart-' + record.get('iconCls')); } else this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon'); - this.updateChartStyles(this.api.asc_getChartPreviews(type)); + this.ShowCombinedProps(type); + !(type===null || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom) && this.updateChartStyles(this.api.asc_getChartPreviews(type)); this._state.ChartType = type; } } - value = props.get_SeveralChartStyles(); - if (this._state.SeveralCharts && value) { - this.cmbChartStyle.fieldPicker.deselectAll(); - this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.deselectAll(); - this._state.ChartStyle = null; - } else { - value = this.chartProps.getStyle(); - if (this._state.ChartStyle!==value || this._isChartStylesChanged) { - this.cmbChartStyle.suspendEvents(); - var rec = this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.findWhere({data: value}); - this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.selectRecord(rec); - this.cmbChartStyle.resumeEvents(); + if (!(type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom)) { + value = props.get_SeveralChartStyles(); + if (this._state.SeveralCharts && value) { + this.cmbChartStyle.fieldPicker.deselectAll(); + this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.deselectAll(); + this._state.ChartStyle = null; + } else { + value = this.chartProps.getStyle(); + if (this._state.ChartStyle !== value || this._isChartStylesChanged) { + this.cmbChartStyle.suspendEvents(); + var rec = this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.findWhere({data: value}); + this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.selectRecord(rec); + this.cmbChartStyle.resumeEvents(); - if (this._isChartStylesChanged) { - if (rec) - this.cmbChartStyle.fillComboView(this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.getSelectedRec(),true); - else - this.cmbChartStyle.fillComboView(this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.at(0), true); + if (this._isChartStylesChanged) { + if (rec) + this.cmbChartStyle.fillComboView(this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.getSelectedRec(), true); + else + this.cmbChartStyle.fillComboView(this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.at(0), true); + } + this._state.ChartStyle = value; } - this._state.ChartStyle=value; } + this._isChartStylesChanged = false; } - this._isChartStylesChanged = false; this._noApply = false; @@ -386,14 +392,17 @@ define([ rawData = record; } - this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon ' + 'chart-' + rawData.iconCls); - this._state.ChartType = -1; - if (this.api && !this._noApply && this.chartProps) { - var props = new Asc.asc_CImgProperty(); - this.chartProps.changeType(rawData.type); - props.put_ChartProperties(this.chartProps); - this.api.ImgApply(props); + var isCombo = (rawData.type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || rawData.type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + rawData.type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || rawData.type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom); + if (isCombo && this.chartProps.getSeries().length<2) { + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('showerror', Asc.c_oAscError.ID.ComboSeriesError, Asc.c_oAscError.Level.NoCritical); + this.mnuChartTypePicker.selectRecord(this.mnuChartTypePicker.store.findWhere({type: this.chartProps.getType()}), true); + } else { + this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon ' + 'chart-' + rawData.iconCls); + this._state.ChartType = -1; + this.chartProps.changeType(rawData.type); + } } this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); }, @@ -411,7 +420,9 @@ define([ }, _onUpdateChartStyles: function() { - if (this.api && this._state.ChartType!==null && this._state.ChartType>-1) + if (this.api && this._state.ChartType!==null && this._state.ChartType>-1 && + !(this._state.ChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || this._state.ChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + this._state.ChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || this._state.ChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom)) this.updateChartStyles(this.api.asc_getChartPreviews(this._state.ChartType)); }, @@ -468,6 +479,11 @@ define([ this.cmbChartStyle.setDisabled(!styles || styles.length<1 || this._locked); }, + ShowCombinedProps: function(type) { + this.NotCombinedSettings.toggleClass('settings-hidden', type===null || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom); + }, + setLocked: function (locked) { this._locked = locked; }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ControlSettingsDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ControlSettingsDialog.js index 863793b91..8717bdfe5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ControlSettingsDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ControlSettingsDialog.js @@ -130,18 +130,20 @@ define([ 'text!documenteditor/main/app/template/ControlSettingsDialog.template', this.btnColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ parentEl: $('#control-settings-color-btn'), - additionalItems: [{ - id: 'control-settings-system-color', - caption: this.textSystemColor, - template: _.template('<%= caption %>') - }, - {caption: '--'}], + auto: { + caption: this.textSystemColor, + color: Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(220, 220, 220) + }, additionalAlign: this.menuAddAlign, - color: '000000' + color: 'auto', + colors: ['000000', '993300', '333300', '003300', '003366', '000080', '333399', '333333', '800000', 'FF6600', + '808000', '00FF00', '008080', '0000FF', '666699', '808080', 'FF0000', 'FF9900', '99CC00', '339966', + '33CCCC', '3366FF', '800080', '999999', 'FF00FF', 'FFCC00', 'FFFF00', '00FF00', '00FFFF', '00CCFF', + '993366', 'C0C0C0', 'FF99CC', 'FFCC99', 'FFFF99', 'CCFFCC', 'CCFFFF', '99CCFF', 'CC99FF', 'FFFFFF' + ], + paletteHeight: 94 }); - this.btnColor.on('color:select', _.bind(this.onColorsSelect, this)); this.colors = this.btnColor.getPicker(); - $('#control-settings-system-color').on('click', _.bind(this.onSystemColor, this)); this.btnApplyAll = new Common.UI.Button({ el: $('#control-settings-btn-all') @@ -375,27 +377,7 @@ define([ 'text!documenteditor/main/app/template/ControlSettingsDialog.template', }, 100); }, - onColorsSelect: function(btn, color) { - var clr_item = this.btnColor.menu.$el.find('#control-settings-system-color > a'); - clr_item.hasClass('selected') && clr_item.removeClass('selected'); - this.isSystemColor = false; - }, - - updateThemeColors: function() { - this.colors.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); - }, - - onSystemColor: function(e) { - var color = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(220, 220, 220); - this.btnColor.setColor(color); - this.colors.clearSelection(); - var clr_item = this.btnColor.menu.$el.find('#control-settings-system-color > a'); - !clr_item.hasClass('selected') && clr_item.addClass('selected'); - this.isSystemColor = true; - }, - afterRender: function() { - this.updateThemeColors(); this.updateMetricUnit(); this._setDefaults(this.props); if (this.storageName) { @@ -423,16 +405,14 @@ define([ 'text!documenteditor/main/app/template/ControlSettingsDialog.template', (val!==null && val!==undefined) && this.cmbShow.setValue(val); val = props.get_Color(); - this.isSystemColor = (val===null); if (val) { val = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(val.get_r(), val.get_g(), val.get_b()); this.colors.selectByRGB(val,true); } else { this.colors.clearSelection(); - var clr_item = this.btnColor.menu.$el.find('#control-settings-system-color > a'); - !clr_item.hasClass('selected') && clr_item.addClass('selected'); - val = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(220, 220, 220); + val = 'auto'; } + this.btnColor.setAutoColor(val == 'auto'); this.btnColor.setColor(val); val = props.get_Lock(); @@ -567,7 +547,7 @@ define([ 'text!documenteditor/main/app/template/ControlSettingsDialog.template', props.put_PlaceholderText(this.txtPlaceholder.getValue() || ' '); props.put_Appearance(this.cmbShow.getValue()); - if (this.isSystemColor) { + if (this.btnColor.isAutoColor()) { props.put_Color(null); } else { var color = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getRgbColor(this.colors.getColor()); @@ -677,7 +657,7 @@ define([ 'text!documenteditor/main/app/template/ControlSettingsDialog.template', if (this.api) { var props = new AscCommon.CContentControlPr(); props.put_Appearance(this.cmbShow.getValue()); - if (this.isSystemColor) { + if (this.btnColor.isAutoColor()) { props.put_Color(null); } else { var color = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getRgbColor(this.colors.getColor()); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/CrossReferenceDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/CrossReferenceDialog.js index cfc5b6f61..f2a436813 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/CrossReferenceDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/CrossReferenceDialog.js @@ -200,6 +200,15 @@ define([ afterRender: function() { this._setDefaults(); + + var me = this; + var onApiEndCalculate = function() { + me.refreshReferences(me.cmbType.getSelectedRecord(), true); + }; + this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onEndCalculate', onApiEndCalculate); + this.on('close', function(obj){ + me.api.asc_unregisterCallback('asc_onEndCalculate', onApiEndCalculate); + }); }, _handleInput: function(state, fromButton) { @@ -278,7 +287,7 @@ define([ refreshReferenceTypes: function(record, currentRef) { var arr = [], - str = this.textWhich, type = 5; + str = this.textWhich; if (record.type==1 || record.value > 4) { // custom labels from caption dialog and Equation, Figure, Table arr = [ @@ -289,7 +298,6 @@ define([ { value: Asc.c_oAscDocumentRefenceToType.AboveBelow, displayValue: this.textAboveBelow } ]; } else { - type = record.value; switch (record.value) { case 0: // paragraph arr = [ @@ -345,16 +353,24 @@ define([ } } this.cmbReference.setData(arr); - this.cmbReference.setValue(currentRef ? currentRef : arr[0].value); + + var rec = this.cmbReference.store.findWhere({value: currentRef}); + this.cmbReference.setValue(rec ? currentRef : arr[0].value); this.onReferenceSelected(this.cmbReference, this.cmbReference.getSelectedRecord()); this.lblWhich.text(str); - this.refreshReferences(type); + this.refreshReferences(record); }, - refreshReferences: function(type) { + refreshReferences: function(record, reselect) { + if (!record) return; + var store = this.refList.store, + type = (record.type==1 || record.value > 4) ? 5 : record.value, arr = [], - props; + props, + oldlength = store.length, + oldidx = _.indexOf(store.models, this.refList.getSelectedRec()); + switch (type) { case 0: // paragraph props = this.api.asc_GetAllNumberedParagraphs(); @@ -383,7 +399,7 @@ define([ arr.push({value: name}); } } - } else { + } else if (props) { for (var i=0; i0) { - var rec = store.at(0); + var rec = (reselect && store.length == oldlength && oldidx>=0 && oldidx4) ? 5 : typeRec.value; diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js index f0ce18a2b..ae8bd17d0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js @@ -1880,23 +1880,14 @@ define([ } })).show(); } else if (item.value == 'remove') { - this.api.asc_RemoveContentControlWrapper(props.get_InternalId()); + props.get_FormPr() ? this.api.asc_RemoveContentControl(props.get_InternalId()) : this.api.asc_RemoveContentControlWrapper(props.get_InternalId()); } } me.fireEvent('editcomplete', me); }, onInsertCaption: function() { - var me = this; - (new DE.Views.CaptionDialog({ - isObject: true, - handler: function (result, settings) { - if (result == 'ok') { - me.api.asc_AddObjectCaption(settings); - } - me.fireEvent('editcomplete', me); - } - })).show(); + this.fireEvent('links:caption'); }, onContinueNumbering: function(item, e) { @@ -2515,6 +2506,21 @@ define([ }) }); + var menuImgRemoveControl = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + iconCls: 'menu__icon cc-remove', + caption: me.textRemoveControl, + value: 'remove' + }).on('click', _.bind(me.onControlsSelect, me)); + + var menuImgControlSettings = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.textEditControls, + value: 'settings' + }).on('click', _.bind(me.onControlsSelect, me)); + + var menuImgControlSeparator = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption : '--' + }); + this.pictureMenu = new Common.UI.Menu({ cls: 'shifted-right', initMenu: function(value){ @@ -2589,9 +2595,19 @@ define([ me.menuOriginalSize.setVisible(value.imgProps.isOnlyImg || !value.imgProps.isChart && !value.imgProps.isShape); - var control_props = me.api.asc_IsContentControl() ? me.api.asc_GetContentControlProperties() : null, + var in_control = me.api.asc_IsContentControl(), + control_props = in_control ? me.api.asc_GetContentControlProperties() : null, lock_type = (control_props) ? control_props.get_Lock() : Asc.c_oAscSdtLockType.Unlocked, - content_locked = lock_type==Asc.c_oAscSdtLockType.SdtContentLocked || lock_type==Asc.c_oAscSdtLockType.ContentLocked; + content_locked = lock_type==Asc.c_oAscSdtLockType.SdtContentLocked || lock_type==Asc.c_oAscSdtLockType.ContentLocked, + is_form = control_props && control_props.get_FormPr(); + + menuImgRemoveControl.setVisible(in_control); + menuImgControlSettings.setVisible(in_control && me.mode.canEditContentControl && !is_form); + menuImgControlSeparator.setVisible(in_control); + if (in_control) { + menuImgRemoveControl.setDisabled(lock_type==Asc.c_oAscSdtLockType.SdtContentLocked || lock_type==Asc.c_oAscSdtLockType.SdtLocked); + menuImgRemoveControl.setCaption(is_form ? me.getControlLabel(control_props) : me.textRemoveControl); + } var islocked = value.imgProps.locked || (value.headerProps!==undefined && value.headerProps.locked) || content_locked; var pluginGuid = value.imgProps.value.asc_getPluginGuid(); @@ -2611,7 +2627,7 @@ define([ if (menuChartEdit.isVisible()) menuChartEdit.setDisabled(islocked || value.imgProps.value.get_SeveralCharts()); - me.pictureMenu.items[19].setVisible(menuChartEdit.isVisible()); + me.pictureMenu.items[22].setVisible(menuChartEdit.isVisible()); me.menuOriginalSize.setDisabled(islocked || value.imgProps.value.get_ImageUrl()===null || value.imgProps.value.get_ImageUrl()===undefined); menuImageAdvanced.setDisabled(islocked); @@ -2660,6 +2676,9 @@ define([ menuSignatureEditSign, menuSignatureEditSetup, menuEditSignSeparator, + menuImgRemoveControl, + menuImgControlSettings, + menuImgControlSeparator, menuImageArrange, menuImageAlign, me.menuImageWrap, @@ -3311,7 +3330,6 @@ define([ menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ cls: 'shifted-right', menuAlign: 'tl-tr', - style : 'width: 100px', items : [ new Common.UI.MenuItem({ caption: me.insertColumnLeftText @@ -4334,6 +4352,10 @@ define([ return; } this.api.asc_addImage(obj); + var me = this; + setTimeout(function(){ + me.api.asc_UncheckContentControlButtons(); + }, 500); break; case Asc.c_oAscContentControlSpecificType.DropDownList: case Asc.c_oAscContentControlSpecificType.ComboBox: diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DropcapSettingsAdvanced.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DropcapSettingsAdvanced.js index b11b9e374..eab91f096 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DropcapSettingsAdvanced.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DropcapSettingsAdvanced.js @@ -163,11 +163,15 @@ define([ this.btnBorderColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ parentEl: $('#drop-advanced-button-bordercolor'), additionalAlign: this.menuAddAlign, - color: '000000' + color: 'auto', + auto: true }); this.btnBorderColor.on('color:select', _.bind(function(btn, color) { this.tableStyler.setVirtualBorderColor((typeof(color) == 'object') ? color.color : color); }, this)); + this.btnBorderColor.on('auto:select', _.bind(function(btn, color) { + this.tableStyler.setVirtualBorderColor((typeof(color) == 'object') ? color.color : color); + }, this)); this.colorsBorder = this.btnBorderColor.getPicker(); this.btnBackColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ @@ -548,8 +552,15 @@ define([ }) .on('changed:after', _.bind(function(combo, record) { if (me._changedProps) { - me._changedProps.put_XAlign(undefined); - me._changedProps.put_X(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcToMM(Common.Utils.String.parseFloat(record.value))); + if (combo.getSelectedRecord()) { + me._changedProps.put_XAlign(record.value); + } else { + var number = Common.Utils.String.parseFloat(record.value); + if (!isNaN(number)) { + me._changedProps.put_XAlign(undefined); + me._changedProps.put_X(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcToMM(number)); + } + } } }, me)) .on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { @@ -593,8 +604,15 @@ define([ }) .on('changed:after', _.bind(function(combo, record) { if (me._changedProps) { - me._changedProps.put_YAlign(undefined); - me._changedProps.put_Y(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcToMM(Common.Utils.String.parseFloat(record.value))); + if (combo.getSelectedRecord()) { + me._changedProps.put_YAlign(record.value); + } else { + var number = Common.Utils.String.parseFloat(record.value); + if (!isNaN(number)) { + me._changedProps.put_YAlign(undefined); + me._changedProps.put_Y(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcToMM(Common.Utils.String.parseFloat(record.value))); + } + } } }, me)) .on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { @@ -654,13 +672,16 @@ define([ if (this.borderProps !== undefined) { this.btnBorderColor.setColor(this.borderProps.borderColor); - this.tableStyler.setVirtualBorderColor((typeof(this.borderProps.borderColor) == 'object') ? this.borderProps.borderColor.color : this.borderProps.borderColor); + this.btnBorderColor.setAutoColor(this.borderProps.borderColor=='auto'); + this.tableStyler.setVirtualBorderColor((typeof(this.btnBorderColor.color) == 'object') ? this.btnBorderColor.color.color : this.btnBorderColor.color); + if (this.borderProps.borderColor=='auto') + this.colorsBorder.clearSelection(); + else + this.colorsBorder.select(this.borderProps.borderColor,true); this.cmbBorderSize.setValue(this.borderProps.borderSize.ptValue); this.BorderSize = {ptValue: this.borderProps.borderSize.ptValue, pxValue: this.borderProps.borderSize.pxValue}; this.tableStyler.setVirtualBorderSize(this.BorderSize.pxValue); - - this.colorsBorder.select(this.borderProps.borderColor); } this.setTitle((this.isFrame) ? this.textTitleFrame : this.textTitle); @@ -761,7 +782,7 @@ define([ paragraphProps : this._changedProps, borderProps : { borderSize : this.BorderSize, - borderColor : this.btnBorderColor.color + borderColor : this.btnBorderColor.isAutoColor() ? 'auto' : this.btnBorderColor.color } }; }, @@ -1072,7 +1093,13 @@ define([ var size = parseFloat(this.BorderSize.ptValue); border.put_Value(1); border.put_Size(size * 25.4 / 72.0); - var color = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getRgbColor(this.btnBorderColor.color); + var color; + if (this.btnBorderColor.isAutoColor()) { + color = new Asc.asc_CColor(); + color.put_auto(true); + } else { + color = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getRgbColor(this.btnBorderColor.color); + } border.put_Color(color); } else { diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js index c9d7e6058..ad0818416 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js @@ -266,13 +266,17 @@ define([ '
    ', '
    ', '','', + '', + '', + '', + '', '', '
    ', - '
    ', + '' @@ -429,6 +433,7 @@ define([ el : $markup.findById('#fms-cmb-macros'), style : 'width: 160px;', editable : false, + menuCls : 'menu-aligned', cls : 'input-group-nr', data : [ { value: 2, displayValue: this.txtStopMacros, descValue: this.txtStopMacrosDesc }, @@ -450,7 +455,6 @@ define([ }); this.btnAutoCorrect.on('click', _.bind(this.autoCorrect, this)); - this.cmbTheme = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ el : $markup.findById('#fms-cmb-theme'), style : 'width: 160px;', @@ -462,13 +466,16 @@ define([ ] }); - this.btnApply = new Common.UI.Button({ - el: $markup.findById('#fms-btn-apply') + $markup.find('.btn.primary').each(function(index, el){ + (new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $(el) + })).on('click', _.bind(me.applySettings, me)); }); - this.btnApply.on('click', this.applySettings.bind(this)); - this.pnlSettings = $markup.find('.flex-settings').addBack().filter('.flex-settings'); + this.pnlApply = $markup.find('.fms-flex-apply').addBack().filter('.fms-flex-apply'); + this.pnlTable = this.pnlSettings.find('table'); + this.trApply = $markup.find('.fms-btn-apply'); this.$el = $(node).html($markup); @@ -498,6 +505,11 @@ define([ updateScroller: function() { if (this.scroller) { + Common.UI.Menu.Manager.hideAll(); + var scrolled = this.$el.height()< this.pnlTable.height() + 25 + this.pnlApply.height(); + this.pnlApply.toggleClass('hidden', !scrolled); + this.trApply.toggleClass('hidden', scrolled); + this.pnlSettings.css('overflow', scrolled ? 'hidden' : 'visible'); this.scroller.update(); this.pnlSettings.toggleClass('bordered', this.scroller.isVisible()); } @@ -1123,11 +1135,6 @@ define([ }, updateInfo: function(doc) { - if (!this.doc && doc && doc.info) { - doc.info.author && console.log("Obsolete: The 'author' parameter of the document 'info' section is deprecated. Please use 'owner' instead."); - doc.info.created && console.log("Obsolete: The 'created' parameter of the document 'info' section is deprecated. Please use 'uploaded' instead."); - } - this.doc = doc; if (!this.rendered) return; @@ -1139,11 +1146,11 @@ define([ if (doc.info.folder ) this.lblPlacement.text( doc.info.folder ); visible = this._ShowHideInfoItem(this.lblPlacement, doc.info.folder!==undefined && doc.info.folder!==null) || visible; - var value = doc.info.owner || doc.info.author; + var value = doc.info.owner; if (value) this.lblOwner.text(value); visible = this._ShowHideInfoItem(this.lblOwner, !!value) || visible; - value = doc.info.uploaded || doc.info.created; + value = doc.info.uploaded; if (value) this.lblUploaded.text(value); visible = this._ShowHideInfoItem(this.lblUploaded, !!value) || visible; diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FormSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FormSettings.js index c46df84f4..5665a36ea 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FormSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FormSettings.js @@ -185,6 +185,7 @@ define([ minValue: 0.1 }); this.lockedControls.push(this.spnWidth); + this.spinners.push(this.spnWidth); this.spnWidth.on('change', this.onWidthChange.bind(this)); this.spnWidth.on('inputleave', function(){ me.fireEvent('editcomplete', me);}); @@ -212,8 +213,8 @@ define([ value : '' }); this.lockedControls.push(this.txtNewValue); - this.txtNewValue.on('changed:after', this.onAddItem.bind(this)); this.txtNewValue.on('inputleave', function(){ me.fireEvent('editcomplete', me);}); + this.txtNewValue._input.on('keydown', _.bind(this.onNewValueKeydown, this)); this.list = new Common.UI.ListView({ el: $markup.findById('#form-list-list'), @@ -294,7 +295,7 @@ define([ style : 'text-align: left;' }); this.btnRemForm.on('click', _.bind(function(btn){ - this.api.asc_RemoveContentControlWrapper(this._state.id); + this.api.asc_RemoveContentControl(this._state.id); }, this)); this.lockedControls.push(this.btnRemForm); @@ -341,22 +342,24 @@ define([ }, onPlaceholderChanged: function(input, newValue, oldValue, e) { - if (this.api && !this._noApply) { + if (this.api && !this._noApply && (newValue!==oldValue)) { var props = this._originalProps || new AscCommon.CContentControlPr(); props.put_PlaceholderText(newValue || ' '); this.api.asc_SetContentControlProperties(props, this.internalId); - this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); + if (!e.relatedTarget || (e.relatedTarget.localName != 'input' && e.relatedTarget.localName != 'textarea') || !/form-control/.test(e.relatedTarget.className)) + this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); } }, onHelpChanged: function(input, newValue, oldValue, e) { - if (this.api && !this._noApply) { + if (this.api && !this._noApply && (newValue!==oldValue)) { var props = this._originalProps || new AscCommon.CContentControlPr(); var formPr = this._originalFormProps || new AscCommon.CSdtFormPr(); formPr.put_HelpText(newValue); props.put_FormPr(formPr); this.api.asc_SetContentControlProperties(props, this.internalId); - this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); + if (!e.relatedTarget || (e.relatedTarget.localName != 'input' && e.relatedTarget.localName != 'textarea') || !/form-control/.test(e.relatedTarget.className)) + this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); } }, @@ -405,7 +408,7 @@ define([ formTextPr.put_MaxCharacters(this.spnMaxChars.getNumberValue() || 10); if (this.spnWidth.getValue()) { var value = this.spnWidth.getNumberValue(); - formTextPr.put_Width(value<=0 ? 0 : parseInt(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcToMM(value) * 72 * 20 / 25.4)); + formTextPr.put_Width(value<=0 ? 0 : parseInt(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcToMM(value) * 72 * 20 / 25.4 + 0.1)); } else formTextPr.put_Width(0); } @@ -421,7 +424,7 @@ define([ var formTextPr = this._originalTextFormProps || new AscCommon.CSdtTextFormPr(); if (this.spnWidth.getValue()) { var value = this.spnWidth.getNumberValue(); - formTextPr.put_Width(value<=0 ? 0 : parseInt(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcToMM(value) * 72 * 20 / 25.4)); + formTextPr.put_Width(value<=0 ? 0 : parseInt(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcToMM(value) * 72 * 20 / 25.4 + 0.1)); } else formTextPr.put_Width(0); @@ -455,6 +458,12 @@ define([ } }, + onNewValueKeydown: function(event) { + if (this.api && !this._noApply && event.keyCode == Common.UI.Keys.RETURN) { + this.onAddItem(); + } + }, + onAddItem: function() { var store = this.list.store, value = this.txtNewValue.getValue(); @@ -533,7 +542,7 @@ define([ onColorPickerSelect: function(btn, color) { this.BorderColor = color; - this._state.BorderColor = this.BorderColor; + this._state.BorderColor = undefined; if (this.api && !this._noApply) { var props = this._originalProps || new AscCommon.CContentControlPr(); @@ -554,6 +563,20 @@ define([ } }, + onNoBorderClick: function(item) { + this.BorderColor = 'transparent'; + this._state.BorderColor = undefined; + + if (this.api && !this._noApply) { + var props = this._originalProps || new AscCommon.CContentControlPr(); + var formTextPr = this._originalTextFormProps || new AscCommon.CSdtTextFormPr(); + formTextPr.put_CombBorder(); + props.put_TextFormPr(formTextPr); + this.api.asc_SetContentControlProperties(props, this.internalId); + this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); + } + }, + ChangeSettings: function(props) { if (this._initSettings) this.createDelayedElements(); @@ -631,14 +654,20 @@ define([ this.labelFormName.text(this.textImage); } else data = this.api.asc_GetTextFormKeys(); - var arr = []; - data.forEach(function(item) { - arr.push({ displayValue: item, value: item }); - }); - this.cmbKey.setData(arr); + if (!this._state.arrKey || this._state.arrKey.length!==data.length || _.difference(this._state.arrKey, data).length>0) { + var arr = []; + data.forEach(function(item) { + arr.push({ displayValue: item, value: item }); + }); + this.cmbKey.setData(arr); + this._state.arrKey=data; + } val = formPr.get_Key(); - this.cmbKey.setValue(val ? val : ''); + if (this._state.Key!==val) { + this.cmbKey.setValue(val ? val : ''); + this._state.Key=val; + } if (val) { val = this.api.asc_GetFormsCountByKey(val); @@ -656,12 +685,20 @@ define([ val = specProps.get_GroupKey(); var ischeckbox = (typeof val !== 'string'); if (!ischeckbox) { - var arr = []; - this.api.asc_GetRadioButtonGroupKeys().forEach(function(item) { - arr.push({ displayValue: item, value: item }); - }); - this.cmbGroupKey.setData(arr); - this.cmbGroupKey.setValue(val ? val : ''); + data = this.api.asc_GetRadioButtonGroupKeys(); + if (!this._state.arrGroupKey || this._state.arrGroupKey.length!==data.length || _.difference(this._state.arrGroupKey, data).length>0) { + var arr = []; + data.forEach(function(item) { + arr.push({ displayValue: item, value: item }); + }); + this.cmbGroupKey.setData(arr); + this._state.arrGroupKey=data; + } + + if (this._state.groupKey!==val) { + this.cmbGroupKey.setValue(val ? val : ''); + this._state.groupKey=val; + } } this.labelFormName.text(ischeckbox ? this.textCheckbox : this.textRadiobox); @@ -697,7 +734,10 @@ define([ val = formTextPr.get_MaxCharacters(); this.chMaxChars.setValue(val && val>=0); this.spnMaxChars.setDisabled(!val || val<0); - this.spnMaxChars.setValue(val && val>=0 ? val : 10); + if ( (val===undefined || this._state.MaxChars===undefined)&&(this._state.MaxChars!==val) || Math.abs(this._state.MaxChars-val)>0.1) { + this.spnMaxChars.setValue(val && val>=0 ? val : 10, true); + this._state.MaxChars=val; + } var brd = formTextPr.get_CombBorder(); if (brd) { @@ -721,7 +761,8 @@ define([ this.btnColor.setColor(this.BorderColor); this.mnuColorPicker.clearSelection(); - this.mnuColorPicker.selectByRGB(typeof(this.BorderColor) == 'object' ? this.BorderColor.color : this.BorderColor,true); + this.mnuNoBorder.setChecked(this.BorderColor == 'transparent', true); + (this.BorderColor != 'transparent') && this.mnuColorPicker.selectByRGB(typeof(this.BorderColor) == 'object' ? this.BorderColor.color : this.BorderColor,true); this._state.BorderColor = this.BorderColor; } } @@ -743,8 +784,11 @@ define([ for (var i=0; i
    ')}, + {template: _.template('
    ')}, {template: _.template('' + me.textNewColor + '')} ] })); me.mnuFormsColorPicker = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ - el: $('#id-toolbar-menu-form-color') + el: $('#id-toolbar-menu-form-color'), + colors: ['000000', '993300', '333300', '003300', '003366', '000080', '333399', '333333', '800000', 'FF6600', + '808000', '00FF00', '008080', '0000FF', '666699', '808080', 'FF0000', 'FF9900', '99CC00', '339966', + '33CCCC', '3366FF', '800080', '999999', 'FF00FF', 'FFCC00', 'FFFF00', '00FF00', '00FFFF', '00CCFF', + '993366', 'C0C0C0', 'FF99CC', 'FFCC99', 'FFFF99', 'CCFFCC', 'CCFFFF', '99CCFF', 'CC99FF', 'FFFFFF' + ], + value: me.btnHighlight.currentColor }); - var colorVal = $('
    '); - $('button:first-child', me.btnHighlight.cmpEl).append(colorVal); - colorVal.css('background-color', me.btnHighlight.currentColor ? '#' + me.btnHighlight.currentColor : 'transparent'); + me.btnHighlight.setColor(me.btnHighlight.currentColor || 'transparent'); } else { me.btnHighlight.cmpEl.parents('.group').hide().prev('.separator').hide(); } diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/HeaderFooterSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/HeaderFooterSettings.js index 35d5c03b2..941ef201e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/HeaderFooterSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/HeaderFooterSettings.js @@ -214,6 +214,7 @@ define([ spinner.setDefaultUnit(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetricName()); spinner.setStep(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetric()==Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits.pt ? 1 : 0.01); } + this.numPosition && this.numPosition.setValue(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.Position), true); } }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js index a6cc7ebd1..d21790d10 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js @@ -383,25 +383,25 @@ define([ setDeveloperMode: function(mode, beta, version) { if ( !this.$el.is(':visible') ) return; - if (mode) { + + if ((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial) || (mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Developer)) { if (!this.developerHint) { - var str = (mode == Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial) ? this.txtTrial.toLowerCase() : this.txtDeveloper.toLowerCase(); - var arr = str.split(' '); - str = ''; - arr.forEach(function(item){ - item = item.trim(); - if (item!=='') { - str += (item.charAt(0).toUpperCase() + item.substring(1, item.length)); - str += ' '; - } - }); - str = str.trim(); + var str = ''; + if ((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial) && (mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Developer)) + str = this.txtTrialDev; + else if ((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial)!==0) + str = this.txtTrial; + else if ((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Developer)!==0) + str = this.txtDeveloper; + str = str.toUpperCase(); this.developerHint = $('
    ' + str + '
    ').appendTo(this.$el); this.devHeight = this.developerHint.outerHeight(); - $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + !this.devHintInited && $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + this.devHintInited = true; } - this.developerHint.toggleClass('hidden', !mode); } + this.developerHint && this.developerHint.toggleClass('hidden', !((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial) || (mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Developer))); + if (beta) { if (!this.betaHint) { var style = (mode) ? 'style="margin-top: 4px;"' : '', @@ -411,10 +411,30 @@ define([ (arr.length>1) && (ver += ('.' + arr[0])); this.betaHint = $('
    ' + (ver + ' (beta)' ) + '
    ').appendTo(this.$el); this.betaHeight = this.betaHint.outerHeight(); - $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + !this.devHintInited && $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + this.devHintInited = true; } - this.betaHint.toggleClass('hidden', !beta); } + this.betaHint && this.betaHint.toggleClass('hidden', !beta); + + var btns = this.$el.find('button.btn-category:visible'), + lastbtn = (btns.length>0) ? $(btns[btns.length-1]) : null; + this.minDevPosition = (lastbtn) ? (lastbtn.offset().top - lastbtn.offsetParent().offset().top + lastbtn.height() + 20) : 20; + this.onWindowResize(); + }, + + setLimitMode: function() { + if ( !this.$el.is(':visible') ) return; + + if (!this.limitHint) { + var str = this.txtLimit.toUpperCase(); + this.limitHint = $('
    ' + str + '
    ').appendTo(this.$el); + this.limitHeight = this.limitHint.outerHeight(); + !this.devHintInited && $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + this.devHintInited = true; + } + this.limitHint && this.limitHint.toggleClass('hidden', false); + var btns = this.$el.find('button.btn-category:visible'), lastbtn = (btns.length>0) ? $(btns[btns.length-1]) : null; this.minDevPosition = (lastbtn) ? (lastbtn.offset().top - lastbtn.offsetParent().offset().top + lastbtn.height() + 20) : 20; @@ -422,13 +442,17 @@ define([ }, onWindowResize: function() { - var height = (this.devHeight || 0) + (this.betaHeight || 0); + var height = (this.devHeight || 0) + (this.betaHeight || 0) + (this.limitHeight || 0); var top = Math.max((this.$el.height()-height)/2, this.minDevPosition); if (this.developerHint) { this.developerHint.css('top', top); top += this.devHeight; } - this.betaHint && this.betaHint.css('top', top); + if (this.betaHint) { + this.betaHint.css('top', top); + top += (this.betaHeight + 4); + } + this.limitHint && this.limitHint.css('top', top); }, /** coauthoring begin **/ tipComments : 'Comments', @@ -440,6 +464,8 @@ define([ tipPlugins : 'Plugins', txtDeveloper: 'DEVELOPER MODE', txtTrial: 'TRIAL MODE', - tipNavigation: 'Navigation' + txtTrialDev: 'Trial Developer Mode', + tipNavigation: 'Navigation', + txtLimit: 'Limit Access' }, DE.Views.LeftMenu || {})); }); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/LineNumbersDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/LineNumbersDialog.js index f1c37058e..39713eaf2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/LineNumbersDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/LineNumbersDialog.js @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ define([ DE.Views.LineNumbersDialog = Common.UI.Window.extend(_.extend({ options: { width: 290, - height: 308, + height: 320, header: true, style: 'min-width: 290px;', cls: 'modal-dlg', @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ define([ '
    ', '
    ', '
    ', - '
    ', + '
    ', '
    ', '
    ' ].join(''); @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ define([ this.cmbApply = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ el: $('#line-numbers-combo-apply'), cls: 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle: 'min-width: 125px;', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 150px;', editable: false, data: [ { displayValue: this.textSection, value: Asc.c_oAscSectionApplyType.Current }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/NoteSettingsDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/NoteSettingsDialog.js index 83b479591..5ff80e096 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/NoteSettingsDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/NoteSettingsDialog.js @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ define([ DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog = Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.extend(_.extend({ options: { contentWidth: 300, - height: 380, + height: 395, buttons: null }, @@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ define([ '', '', '', - '', - '
    ', + '', + '
    ', '', '', '', @@ -130,6 +130,7 @@ define([ this.handler = options.handler; this.props = options.props; this.isEndNote = options.isEndNote || false; + this.hasSections = options.hasSections || false; Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.initialize.call(this, this.options); @@ -199,11 +200,11 @@ define([ editable: false, takeFocusOnClose: true, data: [ - { displayValue: this.textSectEnd, value: Asc.c_oAscFootnotePos.SectEnd }, - { displayValue: this.textPageBottom, value: Asc.c_oAscFootnotePos.PageBottom } + { displayValue: this.textSectEnd, value: Asc.c_oAscEndnotePos.SectEnd }, + { displayValue: this.textDocEnd, value: Asc.c_oAscEndnotePos.DocEnd } ] }); - this.cmbEndnote.setValue(Asc.c_oAscFootnotePos.PageBottom); + this.cmbEndnote.setValue(Asc.c_oAscEndnotePos.DocEnd); this.cmbFormat = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ el: $('#note-settings-combo-format'), @@ -233,6 +234,10 @@ define([ allowDecimal: false, maskExp: /[0-9]/ }); + this.spnStart.on('change', function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ + if (field.getNumberValue()>1 && me.cmbNumbering.getValue()!==Asc.c_oAscFootnoteRestart.Continuous) + me.cmbNumbering.setValue(Asc.c_oAscFootnoteRestart.Continuous); + }); this._arrNumbering = [ { displayValue: this.textContinue, value: Asc.c_oAscFootnoteRestart.Continuous }, @@ -248,6 +253,10 @@ define([ data: this._arrNumbering }); this.cmbNumbering.setValue(Asc.c_oAscFootnoteRestart.Continuous); + this.cmbNumbering.on('selected', function(combo, record){ + if (record.value == Asc.c_oAscFootnoteRestart.EachSect || record.value == Asc.c_oAscFootnoteRestart.EachPage) + me.spnStart.setValue(1, true); + }); this.txtCustom = new Common.UI.InputField({ el : $('#note-settings-txt-custom'), @@ -262,18 +271,17 @@ define([ me.btnApply.setDisabled(value.length>0); }); + var arr = this.hasSections ? [{ displayValue: this.textSection, value: 0 }] : []; + arr.push({ displayValue: this.textDocument, value: 1 }); this.cmbApply = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ el: $('#note-settings-combo-apply'), cls: 'input-group-nr', menuStyle: 'min-width: 150px;', editable: false, takeFocusOnClose: true, - data: [ - { displayValue: this.textDocument, value: 1 }, - { displayValue: this.textSection, value: 0 } - ] + data: arr }); - this.cmbApply.setValue(1); + this.cmbApply.setValue(arr[0].value); this.btnApply = new Common.UI.Button({ el: $('#note-settings-btn-apply') @@ -466,6 +474,7 @@ define([ } result += val; + prev = Math.abs(val); } return result; @@ -510,6 +519,7 @@ define([ textInsert: 'Insert', textCustom: 'Custom Mark', textSectEnd: 'End of section', + textDocEnd: 'End of document', textEndnote: 'Endnote' }, DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog || {})) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/NumberingValueDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/NumberingValueDialog.js index 399289f67..b0f555db7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/NumberingValueDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/NumberingValueDialog.js @@ -248,6 +248,7 @@ define([ } result += val; + prev = Math.abs(val); } return result; diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js index 148b62b63..dcb530521 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js @@ -77,7 +77,11 @@ define([ AddInterval: false, BackColor: '#000000', DisabledControls: true, - HideTextOnlySettings: false + HideTextOnlySettings: false, + LeftIndent: null, + RightIndent: null, + FirstLine: null, + CurSpecial: undefined }; this.spinners = []; this.lockedControls = []; @@ -90,6 +94,12 @@ define([ {displayValue: this.textExact, defaultValue: 5, value: c_paragraphLinerule.LINERULE_EXACT, minValue: 0.03, step: 0.01, defaultUnit: 'cm'} ]; + this._arrSpecial = [ + {displayValue: this.textNoneSpecial, value: c_paragraphSpecial.NONE_SPECIAL, defaultValue: 0}, + {displayValue: this.textFirstLine, value: c_paragraphSpecial.FIRST_LINE, defaultValue: 12.7}, + {displayValue: this.textHanging, value: c_paragraphSpecial.HANGING, defaultValue: 12.7} + ]; + this.render(); }, @@ -169,6 +179,60 @@ define([ }); this.lockedControls.push(this.btnColor); + this.numIndentsLeft = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ + el: $markup.findById('#paragraph-spin-indent-left'), + step: .1, + width: 85, + defaultUnit : "cm", + defaultValue : 0, + value: '0 cm', + maxValue: 55.87, + minValue: -55.87, + disabled: this._locked + }); + this.spinners.push(this.numIndentsLeft); + this.lockedControls.push(this.numIndentsLeft); + + this.numIndentsRight = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ + el: $markup.findById('#paragraph-spin-indent-right'), + step: .1, + width: 85, + defaultUnit : "cm", + defaultValue : 0, + value: '0 cm', + maxValue: 55.87, + minValue: -55.87, + disabled: this._locked + }); + this.spinners.push(this.numIndentsRight); + this.lockedControls.push(this.numIndentsRight); + + this.cmbSpecial = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $markup.findById('#paragraph-combo-special'), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + editable: false, + data: this._arrSpecial, + style: 'width: 85px;', + menuStyle : 'min-width: 85px;', + disabled: this._locked + }); + this.cmbSpecial.setValue(''); + this.lockedControls.push(this.cmbSpecial); + + this.numSpecialBy = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ + el: $markup.findById('#paragraph-spin-special-by'), + step: .1, + width: 85, + defaultUnit : "cm", + defaultValue : 0, + value: '0 cm', + maxValue: 55.87, + minValue: 0, + disabled: this._locked + }); + this.spinners.push(this.numSpecialBy); + this.lockedControls.push(this.numSpecialBy); + this.numLineHeight.on('change', this.onNumLineHeightChange.bind(this)); this.numSpacingBefore.on('change', this.onNumSpacingBeforeChange.bind(this)); this.numSpacingAfter.on('change', this.onNumSpacingAfterChange.bind(this)); @@ -179,6 +243,11 @@ define([ this.cmbLineRule.on('selected', this.onLineRuleSelect.bind(this)); this.cmbLineRule.on('hide:after', this.onHideMenus.bind(this)); this.btnColor.on('color:select', this.onColorPickerSelect.bind(this)); + this.numIndentsLeft.on('change', this.onNumIndentsLeftChange.bind(this)); + this.numIndentsRight.on('change', this.onNumIndentsRightChange.bind(this)); + this.numSpecialBy.on('change', this.onFirstLineChange.bind(this)); + this.cmbSpecial.on('selected', _.bind(this.onSpecialSelect, this)); + this.linkAdvanced = $markup.findById('#paragraph-advanced-link'); this.linkAdvanced.toggleClass('disabled', this._locked); @@ -280,6 +349,61 @@ define([ this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); }, + onSpecialSelect: function(combo, record) { + var special = record.value, + specialBy = (special === c_paragraphSpecial.NONE_SPECIAL) ? 0 : this.numSpecialBy.getNumberValue(); + specialBy = Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcToMM(specialBy); + if (specialBy === 0) { + specialBy = this._arrSpecial[special].defaultValue; + } + if (special === c_paragraphSpecial.HANGING) { + specialBy = -specialBy; + } + + var props = new Asc.asc_CParagraphProperty(); + props.put_Ind(new Asc.asc_CParagraphInd()); + props.get_Ind().put_FirstLine(specialBy); + if (this.api) + this.api.paraApply(props); + this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); + }, + + onFirstLineChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ + var specialBy = Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcToMM(field.getNumberValue()); + if (this._state.CurSpecial === c_paragraphSpecial.HANGING) { + specialBy = -specialBy; + } + + var props = new Asc.asc_CParagraphProperty(); + props.put_Ind(new Asc.asc_CParagraphInd()); + props.get_Ind().put_FirstLine(specialBy); + if (this.api) + this.api.paraApply(props); + this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); + }, + + onNumIndentsLeftChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ + var left = field.getNumberValue(); + if (this._state.FirstLine<0) { + left = left-this._state.FirstLine; + } + var props = new Asc.asc_CParagraphProperty(); + props.put_Ind(new Asc.asc_CParagraphInd()); + props.get_Ind().put_Left(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcToMM(left)); + if (this.api) + this.api.paraApply(props); + this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); + }, + + onNumIndentsRightChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ + var props = new Asc.asc_CParagraphProperty(); + props.put_Ind(new Asc.asc_CParagraphInd()); + props.get_Ind().put_Right(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcToMM(field.getNumberValue())); + if (this.api) + this.api.paraApply(props); + this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); + }, + ChangeSettings: function(prop) { if (this._initSettings) this.createDelayedElements(); @@ -340,6 +464,36 @@ define([ this._state.AddInterval=other.ContextualSpacing; } + var indents = prop.get_Ind(), + first = (indents !== null) ? indents.get_FirstLine() : null, + left = (indents !== null) ? indents.get_Left() : null; + if (first<0 && left !== null) + left = left + first; + if ( Math.abs(this._state.LeftIndent-left)>0.001 || + (this._state.LeftIndent===null || left===null)&&(this._state.LeftIndent!==left)) { + this.numIndentsLeft.setValue(left!==null ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(left) : '', true); + this._state.LeftIndent=left; + } + + if ( Math.abs(this._state.FirstLine-first)>0.001 || + (this._state.FirstLine===null || first===null)&&(this._state.FirstLine!==first)) { + this.numSpecialBy.setValue(first!==null ? Math.abs(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(first)) : '', true); + this._state.FirstLine=first; + } + + var value = (indents !== null) ? indents.get_Right() : null; + if ( Math.abs(this._state.RightIndent-value)>0.001 || + (this._state.RightIndent===null || value===null)&&(this._state.RightIndent!==value)) { + this.numIndentsRight.setValue(value!==null ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(value) : '', true); + this._state.RightIndent=value; + } + + value = (first === 0) ? c_paragraphSpecial.NONE_SPECIAL : ((first > 0) ? c_paragraphSpecial.FIRST_LINE : c_paragraphSpecial.HANGING); + if ( this._state.CurSpecial!==value ) { + this.cmbSpecial.setValue(value); + this._state.CurSpecial=value; + } + var shd = prop.get_Shade(); if (shd!==null && shd!==undefined && shd.get_Value()===Asc.c_oAscShdClear) { var color = shd.get_Color(); @@ -394,7 +548,19 @@ define([ if (this._state.LineRuleIdx !== null) { this.numLineHeight.setDefaultUnit(this._arrLineRule[this._state.LineRuleIdx].defaultUnit); this.numLineHeight.setStep(this._arrLineRule[this._state.LineRuleIdx].step); + var val = ''; + if ( this._state.LineRuleIdx == c_paragraphLinerule.LINERULE_AUTO ) { + val = this._state.LineHeight; + } else if (this._state.LineHeight !== null ) { + val = Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.LineHeight); + } + this.numLineHeight && this.numLineHeight.setValue((val !== null) ? val : '', true); } + + var val = this._state.LineSpacingBefore; + this.numSpacingBefore && this.numSpacingBefore.setValue((val !== null) ? ((val<0) ? val : Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(val) ) : '', true); + val = this._state.LineSpacingAfter; + this.numSpacingAfter && this.numSpacingAfter.setValue((val !== null) ? ((val<0) ? val : Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(val) ) : '', true); }, createDelayedElements: function() { @@ -485,6 +651,13 @@ define([ textAdvanced: 'Show advanced settings', textAt: 'At', txtAutoText: 'Auto', - textBackColor: 'Background color' + textBackColor: 'Background color', + strIndent: 'Indents', + strIndentsLeftText: 'Left', + strIndentsRightText: 'Right', + strIndentsSpecial: 'Special', + textNoneSpecial: '(none)', + textFirstLine: 'First line', + textHanging: 'Hanging' }, DE.Views.ParagraphSettings || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js index 6eb3ee1e9..c948f4679 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js @@ -376,10 +376,12 @@ define([ 'text!documenteditor/main/app/template/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.tem this.btnBorderColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ parentEl: $('#paragraphadv-border-color-btn'), additionalAlign: this.menuAddAlign, - color: '000000' + color: 'auto', + auto: true }); this.colorsBorder = this.btnBorderColor.getPicker(); this.btnBorderColor.on('color:select', _.bind(this.onColorsBorderSelect, this)); + this.btnBorderColor.on('auto:select', _.bind(this.onColorsBorderSelect, this)); this.BordersImage = new Common.UI.TableStyler({ el: $('#id-deparagraphstyler'), @@ -781,7 +783,7 @@ define([ 'text!documenteditor/main/app/template/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.tem var horizontalAlign = this.cmbTextAlignment.getValue(); this._changedProps.asc_putJc((horizontalAlign !== undefined && horizontalAlign !== null) ? horizontalAlign : c_paragraphTextAlignment.LEFT); - return { paragraphProps: this._changedProps, borderProps: {borderSize: this.BorderSize, borderColor: this.btnBorderColor.color} }; + return { paragraphProps: this._changedProps, borderProps: {borderSize: this.BorderSize, borderColor: this.btnBorderColor.isAutoColor() ? 'auto' : this.btnBorderColor.color} }; }, _setDefaults: function(props) { @@ -962,14 +964,18 @@ define([ 'text!documenteditor/main/app/template/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.tem if (this.borderProps !== undefined) { this.btnBorderColor.setColor(this.borderProps.borderColor); - this.BordersImage.setVirtualBorderColor((typeof(this.borderProps.borderColor) == 'object') ? this.borderProps.borderColor.color : this.borderProps.borderColor); + this.btnBorderColor.setAutoColor(this.borderProps.borderColor=='auto'); + this.BordersImage.setVirtualBorderColor((typeof(this.btnBorderColor.color) == 'object') ? this.btnBorderColor.color.color : this.btnBorderColor.color); + + if (this.borderProps.borderColor=='auto') + this.colorsBorder.clearSelection(); + else + this.colorsBorder.select(this.borderProps.borderColor,true); this.cmbBorderSize.setValue(this.borderProps.borderSize.ptValue); var rec = this.cmbBorderSize.getSelectedRecord(); if (rec) this.onBorderSizeSelect(this.cmbBorderSize, rec); - - this.colorsBorder.select(this.borderProps.borderColor,true); } for (var i=0; i<%= caption %>') }, {caption: '--'}, - {template: _.template('
    ')}, + {template: _.template('
    ')}, {template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + '')} ] }) }); this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnFontColor); - this.btnParagraphColor = new Common.UI.Button({ + this.btnParagraphColor = new Common.UI.ButtonColored({ id: 'id-toolbar-btn-paracolor', cls: 'btn-toolbar', iconCls: 'toolbar__icon btn-paracolor', split: true, menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ items: [ - {template: _.template('
    ')}, + {template: _.template('
    ')}, {template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + '')} ] }) @@ -290,6 +290,22 @@ define([ this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnParagraphColor); this.textOnlyControls.push(this.btnParagraphColor); + this.btnChangeCase = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-case', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'toolbar__icon btn-change-case', + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + {caption: this.mniSentenceCase, value: Asc.c_oAscChangeTextCaseType.SentenceCase}, + {caption: this.mniLowerCase, value: Asc.c_oAscChangeTextCaseType.LowerCase}, + {caption: this.mniUpperCase, value: Asc.c_oAscChangeTextCaseType.UpperCase}, + {caption: this.mniCapitalizeWords, value: Asc.c_oAscChangeTextCaseType.CapitalizeWords}, + {caption: this.mniToggleCase, value: Asc.c_oAscChangeTextCaseType.ToggleCase} + ] + }) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnChangeCase); + this.btnAlignLeft = new Common.UI.Button({ id: 'id-toolbar-btn-align-left', cls: 'btn-toolbar', @@ -437,7 +453,6 @@ define([ iconCls: 'toolbar__icon btn-inserttable', caption: me.capBtnInsTable, menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - cls: 'shifted-left', items: [ {template: _.template('
    ')}, {caption: this.mniCustomTable, value: 'custom'}, @@ -621,7 +636,7 @@ define([ }, { caption: this.textPictureControl, - // iconCls: 'mnu-control-rich', + iconCls: 'menu__icon btn-menu-image', value: 'picture' }, { @@ -667,7 +682,7 @@ define([ checkable: true }), {caption: '--'}, - {template: _.template('
    ')}, + {template: _.template('
    ')}, {template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + '')} ] }) @@ -1096,6 +1111,7 @@ define([ this.mnuInsertImage = this.btnInsertImage.menu; this.mnuPageSize = this.btnPageSize.menu; this.mnuColorSchema = this.btnColorSchemas.menu; + this.mnuChangeCase = this.btnChangeCase.menu; this.cmbFontSize = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ cls: 'input-group-nr', @@ -1348,6 +1364,7 @@ define([ _injectComponent('#slot-btn-subscript', this.btnSubscript); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-highlight', this.btnHighlightColor); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-fontcolor', this.btnFontColor); + _injectComponent('#slot-btn-changecase', this.btnChangeCase); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-align-left', this.btnAlignLeft); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-align-center', this.btnAlignCenter); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-align-right', this.btnAlignRight); @@ -1545,7 +1562,7 @@ define([ me.btnImgWrapping.updateHint(me.tipImgWrapping); me.btnImgWrapping.setMenu(new Common.UI.Menu({ - cls: 'ppm-toolbar', + cls: 'ppm-toolbar shifted-right', items: [{ caption : _holder_view.txtInline, iconCls : 'menu__icon wrap-inline', @@ -1595,6 +1612,11 @@ define([ wrapType : Asc.c_oAscWrapStyle2.Behind, checkmark : false, checkable : true + }, + { caption: '--' }, + { + caption : _holder_view.textEditWrapBoundary, + wrapType : 'edit' } ] })); @@ -1634,6 +1656,7 @@ define([ this.btnHighlightColor.updateHint(this.tipHighlightColor); this.btnFontColor.updateHint(this.tipFontColor); this.btnParagraphColor.updateHint(this.tipPrColor); + this.btnChangeCase.updateHint(this.tipChangeCase); this.btnAlignLeft.updateHint(this.tipAlignLeft + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+L')); this.btnAlignCenter.updateHint(this.tipAlignCenter + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+E')); this.btnAlignRight.updateHint(this.tipAlignRight + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+R')); @@ -1750,7 +1773,7 @@ define([ this.paragraphControls.push(this.mnuInsertPageCount); this.btnInsertChart.setMenu( new Common.UI.Menu({ - style: 'width: 364px;', + style: 'width: 364px;padding-top: 12px;', items: [ {template: _.template('')} ] @@ -1762,7 +1785,7 @@ define([ parentMenu: menu, showLast: false, restoreHeight: 421, - groups: new Common.UI.DataViewGroupStore(Common.define.chartData.getChartGroupData(true)), + groups: new Common.UI.DataViewGroupStore(Common.define.chartData.getChartGroupData()), store: new Common.UI.DataViewStore(Common.define.chartData.getChartData()), itemTemplate: _.template('
    \">
    ') }); @@ -1925,10 +1948,8 @@ define([ // var colorVal; if (this.btnHighlightColor.cmpEl) { - colorVal = $('
    '); - $('button:first-child', this.btnHighlightColor.cmpEl).append(colorVal); this.btnHighlightColor.currentColor = 'FFFF00'; - colorVal.css('background-color', '#' + this.btnHighlightColor.currentColor); + this.btnHighlightColor.setColor(this.btnHighlightColor.currentColor); this.mnuHighlightColorPicker = new Common.UI.ColorPalette({ el: $('#id-toolbar-menu-highlight'), colors: [ @@ -1940,18 +1961,14 @@ define([ } if (this.btnFontColor.cmpEl) { - colorVal = $('
    '); - $('button:first-child', this.btnFontColor.cmpEl).append(colorVal); - colorVal.css('background-color', this.btnFontColor.currentColor || 'transparent'); + this.btnFontColor.setColor(this.btnFontColor.currentColor || 'transparent'); this.mnuFontColorPicker = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#id-toolbar-menu-fontcolor') }); } if (this.btnParagraphColor.cmpEl) { - colorVal = $('
    '); - $('button:first-child', this.btnParagraphColor.cmpEl).append(colorVal); - colorVal.css('background-color', this.btnParagraphColor.currentColor || 'transparent'); + this.btnParagraphColor.setColor(this.btnParagraphColor.currentColor || 'transparent'); this.mnuParagraphColorPicker = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#id-toolbar-menu-paracolor'), transparent: true @@ -1960,7 +1977,12 @@ define([ if (this.btnContentControls.cmpEl) { this.mnuControlsColorPicker = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ - el: $('#id-toolbar-menu-controls-color') + el: $('#id-toolbar-menu-controls-color'), + colors: ['000000', '993300', '333300', '003300', '003366', '000080', '333399', '333333', '800000', 'FF6600', + '808000', '00FF00', '008080', '0000FF', '666699', '808080', 'FF0000', 'FF9900', '99CC00', '339966', + '33CCCC', '3366FF', '800080', '999999', 'FF00FF', 'FFCC00', 'FFFF00', '00FF00', '00FFFF', '00CCFF', + '993366', 'C0C0C0', 'FF99CC', 'FFCC99', 'FFFF99', 'CCFFCC', 'CCFFFF', '99CCFF', 'CC99FF', 'FFFFFF' + ] }); } }, @@ -2388,7 +2410,13 @@ define([ textRestartEachSection: 'Restart Each Section', textSuppressForCurrentParagraph: 'Suppress for Current Paragraph', textCustomLineNumbers: 'Line Numbering Options', - tipLineNumbers: 'Show line numbers' + tipLineNumbers: 'Show line numbers', + tipChangeCase: 'Change case', + mniSentenceCase: 'Sentence case.', + mniLowerCase: 'lowercase', + mniUpperCase: 'UPPERCASE', + mniCapitalizeWords: 'Capitalize Each Word', + mniToggleCase: 'tOGGLE cASE' } })(), DE.Views.Toolbar || {})); }); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/WatermarkSettingsDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/WatermarkSettingsDialog.js index b38825d16..3d2fc432c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/WatermarkSettingsDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/WatermarkSettingsDialog.js @@ -316,10 +316,8 @@ define(['text!documenteditor/main/app/template/WatermarkSettings.template', var initNewColor = function(btn, picker_el) { if (btn && btn.cmpEl) { - btn.currentColor = '#c0c0c0'; - var colorVal = $('
    '); - $('button:first-child', btn.cmpEl).append(colorVal); - colorVal.css('background-color', btn.currentColor); + btn.currentColor = 'c0c0c0'; + btn.setColor( btn.currentColor); var picker = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $(picker_el) }); @@ -330,13 +328,14 @@ define(['text!documenteditor/main/app/template/WatermarkSettings.template', picker.on('select', _.bind(me.onColorSelect, me)); return picker; }; - this.btnTextColor = new Common.UI.Button({ + this.btnTextColor = new Common.UI.ButtonColored({ parentEl: $('#watermark-textcolor'), cls : 'btn-toolbar', iconCls : 'toolbar__icon btn-fontcolor', hint : this.textColor, menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ cls: 'shifted-left', + additionalAlign: this.menuAddAlign, items: [ { id: 'watermark-auto-color', @@ -344,7 +343,7 @@ define(['text!documenteditor/main/app/template/WatermarkSettings.template', template: _.template('<%= caption %>') }, {caption: '--'}, - { template: _.template('
    ') }, + { template: _.template('
    ') }, { template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + '') } ] }) @@ -406,9 +405,8 @@ define(['text!documenteditor/main/app/template/WatermarkSettings.template', clr_item.hasClass('selected') && clr_item.removeClass('selected'); this.isAutoColor = false; - var clr = (typeof(color) == 'object') ? color.color : color; this.btnTextColor.currentColor = color; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.btnTextColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', '#' + clr); + this.btnTextColor.setColor( this.btnTextColor.currentColor); }, updateThemeColors: function() { @@ -424,9 +422,8 @@ define(['text!documenteditor/main/app/template/WatermarkSettings.template', !clr_item.hasClass('selected') && clr_item.addClass('selected'); this.isAutoColor = true; - var color = "000"; - this.btnTextColor.currentColor = color; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.btnTextColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', '#' + color); + this.btnTextColor.currentColor = "000"; + this.btnTextColor.setColor( this.btnTextColor.currentColor); this.mnuTextColorPicker.clearSelection(); }, @@ -613,7 +610,7 @@ define(['text!documenteditor/main/app/template/WatermarkSettings.template', } } this.btnTextColor.currentColor = clr; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.btnTextColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', '#' + ((typeof(clr) == 'object') ? clr.color : clr)); + this.btnTextColor.setColor( this.btnTextColor.currentColor); } val = props.get_Text(); val && this.cmbText.setValue(val); @@ -638,7 +635,7 @@ define(['text!documenteditor/main/app/template/WatermarkSettings.template', val = props.get_TextPr() || new Asc.CTextProp(); if (val) { - val.put_FontSize(this.cmbFontSize.getValue()); + val.put_FontSize(Math.min(this.cmbFontSize.getValue(), 1638)); var font = new AscCommon.asc_CTextFontFamily(); font.put_Name(this.fontName); font.put_Index(-1); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/index.html b/apps/documenteditor/main/index.html index a6b8a0094..f17e7b8b7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/index.html +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/index.html @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ background: #f1f1f1; border-bottom: 1px solid #cfcfcf; height: 46px; - padding: 10px 12px; + padding: 10px 6px; box-sizing: content-box; } @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.space { background: none; - width: 12px; + width: 0; } .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.fat { @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ right: 0; top: 0; bottom: 0; - left: 612px; + left: 525px; width: inherit; height: 44px; } @@ -220,10 +220,10 @@
    -
    +
    -
    -
    +
    +
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/index.html.deploy b/apps/documenteditor/main/index.html.deploy index f1a891883..d7a58163a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/index.html.deploy +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/index.html.deploy @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ background: #f1f1f1; border-bottom: 1px solid #cfcfcf; height: 46px; - padding: 10px 12px; + padding: 10px 6px; box-sizing: content-box; } @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.space { background: none; - width: 12px; + width: 0; } .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.fat { @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ right: 0; top: 0; bottom: 0; - left: 612px; + left: 525px; width: inherit; height: 44px; } @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ var re = /chrome\/(\d+)/i.exec(userAgent); if (!!re && !!re[1] && !(re[1] > 49)) { setTimeout(function () { - document.getElementsByTagName('body')[0].className += "winxp"; + document.getElementsByTagName('html')[0].className += "winxp"; },0); } } @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ -
    +
    + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Die Dokumente vergleichen

    +

    Hinweis: Diese Option steht zur Verfügung nur in der kostenpflichtigen Online-Version im Dokument Server v. 5.5 und höher.

    +

    Wenn Sie zwei Dokumente vergleichen und zusammenführen wollen,verwenden Sie das Tool Vergleichen. Sie können die Unterschiede zwischen zwei Dokumenten anzeigen und die Dokumente zusammenführen, wo Sie die Änderungen einzeln oder alle gleichzeitig akzeptieren können.

    +

    Nach dem Vergleichen und Zusammenführen von zwei Dokumenten wird das Ergebnis als neue Version der Originaldatei im Portal gespeichert.

    +

    Wenn Sie die verglichenen Dokumente nicht zusammenführen wollen, können Sie alle Änderungen ablehnen, sodass das Originaldokument unverändert bleibt.

    + +

    Wählen Sie ein Dokument zum Vergleichen aus

    +

    Öffnen Sie das Originaldokument und wählen Sie ein Dokument zum Vergleichen aus, um die zwei Dokumente zu vergleichen:

    +
      +
    1. öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Vergleichen Schaltfläche Vergleichen an,
      2. +
    2. + wählen Sie einer der zwei Optionen aus, um das Dokument hochzuladen: +
        +
      • die Option Dokument aus Datei öffnet das Standarddialogfenster für Dateiauswahl. Finden Sie die gewünschte .docx Datei und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Öffnen an.
        • +
      • + die Option Dokument aus URL öffnet das Fenster, wo Sie die Datei-URL zum anderen Online-Speicher eingeben können (z.B., Nextcloud). Die URL muss direkt zum Datei-Herunterladen sein. Wenn die URL eingegeben ist, klicken Sie OK an. +

        Hinweis: Die direkte URL lässt die Datei herunterladen, ohne diese Datei im Browser zu öffnen. Z.B., im Nextcloud kann man die direkte URL so erhalten: Finden Sie die gewünschte Datei in der Dateiliste, wählen Sie die Option Details im Menü aus. Klicken Sie die Option Direkte URL kopieren (nur für die Benutzer, die den Zugriff zur diesen Datei haben rechts auf dem Detailspanel an. Wie kann man eine direkte URL an anderen Online-Services erhalten, lesen Sie die entsprechende Servicedokumentation.

        +
        • +
      • die Option Dokument aus dem Speicher öffnet das Datei-Speicher-Auswahlfenster. Da finden Sie alle .docx Dateien, die Sie auf dem Online-Speicher haben. Sie können den Dokumente-Module navigieren durch den Menü links. Wählen Sie die gewünschte .docx Datei aus und klicken Sie OK an.
        • +
      +
      3. +
    +

    Wenn das zweite Dokument zum Vergleichen ausgewählt wird, der Vergleichprozess wird gestartet und das Dokument wird angezeigt, als ob er im Überarbeitungsmodus geöffnet ist. Alle Änderungen werden hervorgehoben und Sie können die Änderungen Stück für Stück oder alle gleichzeitig sehen, navigieren, übernehmen oder ablehnen. Sie können auch den Anueogemodus ändern und sehen, wie das Dokument vor, während und nach dem Vergleichprozess sieht aus.

    + +

    Wählen Sie den Anzeigemodus für die Änderungen aus

    +

    Klicken Sie die Anzeigemodus Schaltfläche Schaltfläche Anzeigemodus nach oben und wählen Sie einen der Modi aus:

    +
      +
    • + Markup - diese Option ist standardmäßig. Verwenden Sie sie, um das Dokument während des Vergleichsprozesses anzuzeigen. Im diesen Modus können Sie das Dokument sehen sowie bearbeiten. +

      Dokumente Vergleichen - Markup

      +
      • +
    • + Endgültig - der Modus zeigt das Dokument an, als ob alle Änderungen übernommen sind, nämlich nach dem Vergleichsprozess. Diese Option nimmt alle Änderungen nicht, sie zeigt nur das Dokument an, als ob die Änderungen schon übernommen sind. Im diesen Modus können Sie das Dokument nicht bearbeiten. +

      Dokumente Vergleichen - Endgültig

      +
      • +
    • + Original - der Modus zeigt das Originaldokument an, nämlich vor dem Vergleichsprozess, als ob alle Änderungen abgelehnt sind. Diese Option lehnt alle Änderungen nicht am, sie zeigt nur das Dokument an, als ob die Änderungen nicht abgelehnt sind. Im diesen Modus können Sie das Dokument nicht bearbeiten. +

      Dokumente Vergleichen - Original

      +
      • +
    + +

    Änderungen übernehmen oder ablehnen

    +

    Verwenden Sie die Schaltflächen Zur vorherigen Änderung Schaltfläche Zur vorherigen Änderung und Zur nächsten Änderung Schaltfläche Zur nächsten Änderung, um die Änderungen zu navigieren.

    +

    Um die Änderungen zu übernehmen oder abzulehnen:

    +
      +
    • klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Übernehmen Schaltfläche Annehmen nach oben oder
      • +
    • klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Annehmen an und wählen Sie die Option Aktuelle Änderungen annehmen aus (die Änderung wird übernommen und Sie übergehen zur nächsten Änderung) oder
      • +
    • klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Annehmen Annehmen Schaltfläche im Pop-Up-Fenster an.
      • +
    +

    Um alle Änderungen anzunehmen, klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Annehmen Schaltfläche Annehmen an und wählen Sie die Option Alle Änderungen annehmen aus.

    +

    Um die aktuelle Änderung abzulehnen:

    +
      +
    • klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Ablehnen Schaltfläche Ablehnen an oder
      • +
    • klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Ablehnen an und wählen Sie die Option Aktuelle Änderung ablehnen aus (die Änderung wird abgelehnt und Sie übergehen zur nächsten Änderung) oder
      • +
    • klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Ablehnen Ablehnen Schaltfläche im Pop-Up-Fenster an.
      • +
    +

    Um alle Änderungen abzulehnen, klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Ablehnen Schaltfläche Ablehnen an und wählen Sie die Option Alle Änderungen ablehnen aus.

    + +

    Zusatzinformation für die Vergleich-Option

    +
    Die Vergleichsmethode
    +

    In die Dokumenten werden nur die Wörter verglichen. Falls das Wort eine Änderung hat (z.B. eine Buchstabe ist abgelöst oder verändert), werden das ganze Wort als eine Änderung angezeigt.

    +

    Das folgende Bild zeigt den Fall, in dem das Originaldokument das Wort "Symbole" enthält und das Vergleichsdokument das Wort "Symbol" enthält.

    +

    Dokumente Vergleichen - Methode

    + +
    Urheberschaft des Dokuments
    +

    Wenn der Vergleichsprozess gestartet wird, wird das zweite Dokument zum Vergleichen geladen und mit dem aktuellen verglichen.

    +
      +
    • Wenn das geladene Dokument Daten enthält, die nicht im Originaldokument enthalten sind, werden die Daten als hinzugefügt markiert.
      • +
    • Wenn das Originaldokument einige Daten enthält, die nicht im geladenen Dokument enthalten sind, werden die Daten als gelöscht markiert.
      • +
    +

    Wenn die Autoren des Originaldokuments und des geladenen Dokuments dieselbe Person sind, ist der Prüfer derselbe Benutzer. Sein/Ihr Name wird in der Sprechblase angezeigt.

    +

    Wenn die Autoren von zwei Dokumenten unterschiedliche Benutzer sind, ist der Autor der zweiten zum Vergleich geladenen Dokument der Autor der hinzugefügten / entfernten Änderungen.

    + +
    Die nachverfolgte Änderungen im verglichenen Dokument
    +

    Wenn das Originaldokument einige Änderungen enthält, die im Überprüfungsmodus vorgenommen wurden, werden diese im Vergleichsprozess übernommen. Wenn Sie das zweite Dokument zum Vergleich auswählen, wird die entsprechende Warnmeldung angezeigt.

    +

    In diesem Fall enthält das Dokument im Originalanzeigemodus keine Änderungen.

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 0392898dd..f4cf836f9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -10,10 +10,10 @@
    -
    - -
    -

    Unterstützte Formate von elektronischen Dokumenten

    +
    + +
    +

    Unterstützte Formate von elektronischen Dokumenten

    Elektronische Dokumente stellen die am meisten benutzte Computerdateien dar. Dank des inzwischen hoch entwickelten Computernetzwerks ist es bequemer anstatt von gedruckten Dokumenten elektronische Dokumente zu verbreiten. Aufgrund der Vielfältigkeit der Geräte, die für die Anzeige der Dokumente verwendet werden, gibt es viele proprietäre und offene Dateiformate. Der Dokumenteneditor unterstützt die geläufigsten Formate.

    @@ -37,13 +37,20 @@ - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -51,13 +58,13 @@ - - - - - - - + + + + + + + @@ -79,13 +86,13 @@ - - - - - - - + + + + + + + @@ -113,20 +120,23 @@ -
    + +
    DOTXWord Open XML Dokumenten-Vorlage
    Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft für Dokumentenvorlagen entwickeltes Dateiformat. Eine DOTX-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Dokumente mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden.    		+++
    DOTXWord Open XML Dokumenten-Vorlage
    Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft für Dokumentenvorlagen entwickeltes Dateiformat. Eine DOTX-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Dokumente mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden.    		+++
    FB2Eine E-Book-Dateierweiterung, mit der Sie Bücher auf Ihrem Computer oder Mobilgerät lesen können+
    ODT Textverarbeitungsformat von OpenDocument, ein offener Standard für elektronische Dokumente+ +
    OTTOpenDocument-Dokumentenvorlage
    OpenDocument-Dateiformat für Dokumentenvorlagen. Eine OTT-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Dokumente mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden.    		+++
    OTTOpenDocument-Dokumentenvorlage
    OpenDocument-Dateiformat für Dokumentenvorlagen. Eine OTT-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Dokumente mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden.    		+++
    RTF Rich Text Format
    Plattformunabhängiges Datei- und Datenaustauschformat von Microsoft für formatierte Texte    		 +
    PDF/APortable Document Format / A
    Eine ISO-standardisierte Version des Portable Document Format (PDF), die auf die Archivierung und Langzeitbewahrung elektronischer Dokumente spezialisiert ist.    		++
    PDF/APortable Document Format / A
    Eine ISO-standardisierte Version des Portable Document Format (PDF), die auf die Archivierung und Langzeitbewahrung elektronischer Dokumente spezialisiert ist.    		++
    HTML HyperText Markup Language
    Hauptauszeichnungssprache für Webseiten    		+
    + + +

    Hinweis: Die HTML/EPUB/MHT Dateiformate werden ohne Chromium ausgeführt und sind auf allen Plattformen verfügbar.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 137cadc81..8105ad627 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -32,9 +32,10 @@
  • OCR ermöglicht es, in einem Bild enthaltene Texte zu erkennen und es in den Dokumenttext einzufügen.
  • PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: zuschneiden, umlegen, rotieren, Linien und Formen zeichnen, Icons und Text einzufügen, eine Bildmaske zu laden und verschiedene Filter anzuwenden, wie zum Beispiel Grauskala, Invertiert, Verschwimmen, Verklaren, Emboss, usw.
  • Speech ermöglicht es, ausgewählten Text in Sprache zu konvertieren.
    • -
  • Tabellensymbole - erlaubt es spezielle Symbole in Ihren Text einzufügen (nur in der Desktop version verfügbar).
  • Thesaurus - erlaubt es nach Synonymen und Antonymen eines Wortes zu suchen und es durch das ausgewählte Wort zu ersetzen.
    • -
  • Translator - erlaubt es den ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen zu übersetzen.
    • +
  • Translator - erlaubt es den ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen zu übersetzen. +

    Hinweis: dieses plugin funktioniert nicht im Internet Explorer.

    +
  • YouTube erlaubt es YouTube-Videos in Ihr Dokument einzubinden.

    • Die Plug-ins Wordpress und EasyBib können verwendet werden, wenn Sie die entsprechenden Dienste in Ihren Portaleinstellungen einrichten. Sie können die folgenden Anleitungen für die Serverversion oder für die SaaS-Version verwenden.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8e9ac4b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + + + + Beschriftungen einfügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Beschriftungen einfügen

    +

    Eine Beschriftung ist eine nummerierte Bezeichnung eines Objektes, z.B. Gleichungen, Tabellen, Formen und Bilder.

    +

    Eine Beschriftung bedeutet eine Quellenangabe, um ein Objekt im Text schnell zu finden.

    +

    Um eine Beschriftung einzufügen:

    +
      +
    • wählen Sie das gewünschte Objekt aus;
      • +
    • öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Quellenangaben;
      • +
    • + klicken Sie die Rich Text Inhaltssteuerelement Beschriftungbild oder drücken Sie die rechte Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Beschriftung einfügen aus, um das Feld Beschriftung einfügen zu öffnen: +
        +
      • öffnen Sie den Bezeichnung-Dropdown-Menü, um den Bezeichnungstyp für die Beschriftung auszuwählen oder
        • +
      • klicken Sie die Hinzufügen-Taste, um eine neue Bezeichnung zu erstellen. Geben Sie den neuen Namen im Textfeld Bezeichnung ein. Klicken Sie OK, um eine neue Bezeichnung zu erstellen;
        • +
      +
    • markieren Sie das Kästchen Kapitelnummer einschließen, um die Nummerierung für die Beschriftung zu ändern;
      • +
    • öffnen Sie den Einfügen-Dropdown-Menü und wählen Sie die Option Vor aus, um die Beschriftung über das Objekt zu stellen, oder wählen Sie die Option Nach aus, um die Beschriftung unter das Objekt zu stellen;
      • +
    • markieren Sie das Kästchen Bezeichnung aus Beschriftung ausschließen, um die Sequenznummer nur für diese Beschriftung zu hinterlassen;
      • +
    • wählen Sie die Nummerierungsart aus und fügen Sie ein Trennzeichnen ein;
      • +
    • klicken Sie OK, um die Beschriftung einzufügen.
      • +
    +

    Einstellungen für das Inhaltssteuerelement

    +

    Bezeichnungen löschen

    +

    + Um eine erstellte Bezeichnung zu löschen, wählen Sie diese Bezeichnung in dem Bezeichnung-Dropdown-Menü aus und klicken Sie Löschen. Diese Bezeichnung wird gelöscht.

    +

    Hinweis: Sie können die erstellten Bezeichnungen löschen aber die Standardbezeichnungen sind unlöschbar.

    +

    Formatierung der Beschriftungen

    +

    Sobald Sie die Beschriftung eingefügt haben, ein neuer Stil wird erstellt. Um den Stil für alle Beschriftungen im Dokument zu ändern:

    +
      +
    • wählen Sie den Text mit dem neuen Stil für die Beschriftung aus;
      • +
    • finden Sie den Beschriftungenstil (standardmäßig ist er blau) in der Stilgalerie auf der Registerkarte Startseite;
      • +
    • drücken Sie die rechte Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Aus der Auswahl neu aktualisieren aus.
      • +
    +

    Einstellungen für das Inhaltssteuerelement

    +

    Beschriftungen gruppieren

    +

    + Um das Objekt mit der Beschriftung zusammen zu verschieben, gruppieren Sie sie zusammen:

    +
      +
    • wählen Sie das Objekt aus;
      • +
    • wählen Sie einen der Textumbrüche im Feld rechts aus;
      • +
    • fügen Sie die Beschriftung ein (obengenannt);
      • +
    • drücken und halten Sie die Umschalttaste und wählen Sie die gewünschte Objekte aus;
      • +
    • drücken Sie die rechte Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Anordnen > Gruppieren aus.
      • +
    +

    Einstellungen für das Inhaltssteuerelement

    +

    Jetzt werden die Objekte zusammen bearbeitet.

    +

    Um die Objekte zu trennen, wählen Sie die Option Anordnen > Gruppierung aufheben aus.

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..539ee9e08 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + Fußnoten und Endnoten konvertieren + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Fußnoten und Endnoten konvertieren

    +

    Der ONLYOFFICE Dokumenteneditor ermöglicht das schnelle Konvertieren von Fuß- und Endnotes und umgekehrt, z. B. wenn Sie sehen, dass einige Fußnoten im resultierenden Dokument am Ende platziert werden sollten. Verwenden Sie das entsprechende Tool für eine mühelose Konvertierung, anstatt sie als Endnoten neu zu erstellen.

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnoten Symbol Fußnote auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste,
      2. +
    2. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Menüpunkt Alle Anmerkungen konvertieren und wählen Sie eine der Optionen aus der Liste rechts aus: +

      Fußnoten_Endnoten konvertieren

      3. +
    3. +
        +
      • Alle Fußnoten in Endnoten konvertieren, um alle Fußnoten in Endnoten zu konvertieren;
        • +
      • Alle Endnotes in Fußnoten konvertieren, um alle Endnoten in Fußnoten zu konvertieren;
        • +
      • Fußnoten und Endnoten wechseln, um alle Fußnoten in Endnoten und alle Endnoten in Fußnoten zu konvertieren.
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm index 899b55060..be591e9eb 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@

    Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Formatierung auf Text anwenden möchten, der bereits im Dokument vorhanden ist, wählen Sie diesen mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus und legen Sie die gewünschte Formatierung fest.

    - - + + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 626bc02f1..67bf2499e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -50,12 +50,33 @@
  • Farbfüllung - Wählen Sie diese Option aus, um die Volltonfarbe anzugeben, mit der Sie den Innenraum der ausgewählten Autoform füllen möchten.

    Einfarbige Füllung

    Klicken Sie auf das farbige Feld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus den verfügbaren Farbsätzen aus oder geben Sie eine beliebige Farbe an:

    • -
  • Verlaufsfüllung - Wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit zwei Farben zu füllen, die sich reibungslos von einer zur anderen ändern.

    Füllung mit Farbverlauf

    -
      -
    • Stil - Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich in einer geraden Linie, d. H. Entlang einer horizontalen / vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem Winkel von 45 Grad) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich in einer Kreisbahn von der Mitte zu den Kanten).
      • -
    • Richtung - Wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü. Wenn der lineare Verlauf ausgewählt ist, stehen folgende Richtungen zur Verfügung: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, unten -links nach rechts oben, von links nach rechts. Wenn der radiale Farbverlauf ausgewählt ist, ist nur eine Vorlage verfügbar.
      • -
    • Farbverlauf - klicken Sie auf den linken Schieberegler Schieberegler unter der Verlaufsleiste, um das Farbfeld zu aktivieren, das der ersten Farbe entspricht. Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld rechtsum die erste Farbe in der Palette zu wählen. Ziehen Sie den Schieberegler, um den Verlaufsstopp festzulegen, d. H. Den Punkt, an dem sich eine Farbe in eine andere ändert. Verwenden Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Verlaufsleiste, um die zweite Farbe festzulegen und den Verlaufsstopp festzulegen.
      • -
    +
  • + Füllung mit Farbverlauf - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem sanften Übergang von einer Farbe zu einer anderen zu füllen.

    Füllung mit Farbverlauf

    +
      +
    • Stil - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich linear, d.h. entlang der horizontalen/vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem 45-Grad Winkel) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich kreisförmig vom Zentrum zu den Kanten).
      • +
    • Richtung - wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü aus. Wenn der Farbverlauf Linear ausgewählt ist, sind die folgenden Richtungen verfügbar: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, von unten links nach oben rechts, von links nach rechts. Wenn der Farbverlauf Radial ausgewählt ist, steht nur eine Vorlage zur Verfügung.
      • +
    • + Farbverlauf - verwenden Sie diese Option, um die Form mit zwei oder mehr verblassenden Farben zu füllen. Passen Sie Ihre Farbverlaufsfüllung ohne Einschränkungen an. Klicken Sie auf die Form, um das rechte Füllungsmenü zu öffnen. +

      Die verfügbare Menüoptionen:

      +
        +
      • + Stil - wählen Sie Linear oder Radial aus: +
          +
        • Linear wird verwendet, wenn Ihre Farben von links nach rechts, von oben nach unten oder in einem beliebigen Winkel in eine Richtung fließen sollen. Klicken Sie auf Richtung, um eine voreingestellte Richtung auszuwählen, und klicken Sie auf Winke, um einen genauen Verlaufswinkel einzugeben.
          • +
        • Radial wird verwendet, um sich von der Mitte zu bewegen, da die Farbe an einem einzelnen Punkt beginnt und nach außen ausstrahlt.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + Punkt des Farbverlaufs ist ein bestimmter Punkt für den Verlauf von einer Farbe zur anderen. +
          +
        • Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Punkt des Farbverlaufs einfügen Punkt des Farbverlaufs einfügen oder den Schieberegler, um einen Punkt des Verlaufs einzufügen. Sie können bis zu 10 Punkte einfügen. Jeder nächste eingefügte Punkt des Farbverlaufs beeinflusst in keiner Weise die aktuelle Darstellung der Farbverlaufsfüllung. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Punkt des Farbverlaufs entfernen Punkt des Farbverlaufs entfernen, um den bestimmten Punkt zu löschen.
          • +
        • Verwenden Sie den Schieberegler, um die Position des Farbverlaufspunkts zu ändern, oder geben Sie Position in Prozent an, um eine genaue Position zu erhalten.
          • +
        • Um eine Farbe auf einen Verlaufspunkt anzuwenden, klicken Sie auf einen Punkt im Schieberegler und dann auf Farbe, um die gewünschte Farbe auszuwählen.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +
      • +
  • Bild oder Textur - Wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vordefinierte Textur als Formhintergrund zu verwenden.

    Bild- oder Texturfüllung

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06f0858a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ + + + + Querverweise einfügen + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Querverweise einfügen

      +

      Querverweise werden verwendet, um Links zu erstellen, die zu anderen Teilen desselben Dokuments führen, z.B. Überschriften oder Objekte wie Diagramme oder Tabellen. Solche Verweise erscheinen in Form eines Hyperlinks.

      +

      Querverweis erstellen

      +
        +
      1. Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie einen Querverweis einfügen möchten.
        2. +
      2. Öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Verweise und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Querverweis.
        3. +
      3. + Im geöffneten Fenster Querverweis stellen Sie die gewünschten Parameter ein: +

        Querverweis Fenster

        +
          +
        • Das Drop-Down-Menü Bezugstyp gibt das Element an, auf das Sie sich beziehen möchten, z.B. ein nummeriertes Element (standarmäßig), eine Überschrift,, ein Lesezeichen, eine Fuß-/Endnote, eine Gleichung, eine Tabelle. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Typ aus.
          • +
        • + Das Drop-Down-Menü Verweisen auf gibt den Text oder den numerische Wert des Verweises an, abhängig vom Element, das Sie im Menü Bezugstyp ausgewählt haben. Z.B., wenn Sie die Option Überschrift ausgewählt haben, können Sie den folgenden Inhalt angeben: Überschriftentext, Seitennummer, Nummer der Überschrift, Nummer der Überschrift (kein Kontext), Nummer der Überschrift (der ganze Text), Oben/unten. +
          + Die vollständige Liste der verfügbaren Optionen im Menü "Bezugstyp": +
    • SchriftartSchriftartSchriftartSchriftart Wird verwendet, um eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den verfügbaren Schriftarten zu wählen. Wenn eine gewünschte Schriftart nicht in der Liste verfügbar ist, können Sie diese runterladen und in Ihrem Betriebssystem speichern. Anschließend steht Ihnen diese Schrift in der Desktop-Version zur Nutzung zur Verfügung.
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BezugstypVerweisen aufBeschreibung
    Nummeriertes ElementSeitennummerDie Seitennummer des nummerierten Elements wird eingefügt
    AbsatznummerDie Absatznummer des nummerierten Elements wird eingefügt
    Absatznummer (kein Kontext)Die abgekürzte Absatznummer wird eingefügt. Der Verweis bezieht sich nur auf das spezifische Element der nummerierten Liste, z.B. beziehen Sie sich anstelle von "4.1.1" nur auf "1"
    Absatznummer (der ganze Kontext)Die ganze Absatznummer wird eingefügt, z.B. "4.1.1"
    Text im AbsatzDer Textwert des Absatzes wird eingefügt, z.B anstelle von "4.1.1. Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen" beziehen Sie sich nur auf "Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen"
    Oben/untenDie Wörter "oben" oder "unten" werden je nach Position des Elements eingefügt
    ÜberschriftÜberschriftentextDer ganze Überschriftentext wird eingefügt
    SeitennummerDie Seitennummer der Überschrift wird eingefügt
    Nummer der ÜberschriftDie Sequenznummer der Überschrift wird eingefügt
    Nummer der Überschrift (kein Kontext)Die abgekürzte Nummer der Überschrift wird eingefügt. Stellen Sie den Cursorpunkt in dem Abschnitt, auf den Sie sich beziehen, z.B. im Abschnitt 4. Anstelle von „4.B“ erhalten Sie also nur „B“
    Nummer der Überschrift (der ganze Kontext)Die ganze Nummer der Überschrift wird eingefügt, auch wenn sich der Cursorpunkt im selben Abschnitt befindet
    Oben/untenDie Wörter "oben" oder "unten" werden je nach Position des Elements eingefügt
    LesezeichenText des LesezeichensDer gesamten Text des Lesezeichens wird eingefügt
    SeitennummerDie Seitennummer des Lesezeichnis wird eingefügt
    AbsatznummerDie Absatznummer des Lesezeichnis wird eingefügt
    Absatznummer (kein Kontext)Die abgekürzte Absatznummer wird eingefügt. Der Verweis bezieht sich nur auf das spezifische Element, z.B. beziehen Sie sich anstelle von "4.1.1" nur auf "1"
    Absatznummer (der ganze Kontext)Die ganze Absatznummer wird eingefügt, z.B., "4.1.1"
    Oben/untenDie Wörter "oben" oder "unten" werden je nach Position des Elements eingefügt
    FußnoteNummer der FußnoteDie Nummer der Fußnote wird eingefügt
    SeitennummerDie Seitennummer der Fußnote wird eingefügt
    Oben/untenDie Wörter "oben" oder "unten" werden je nach Position des Elements eingefügt
    Nummer der Fußnote (formatiert)Die Nummer wird eingefügt, die als Fußnote formatiert ist. Die Nummerierung der tatsächlichen Fußnoten ist nicht betroffen
    EndnoteNummer der EndnoteDie Nummer der Endnote wird eingefügt
    SeitennummerDie Seitennummer der Endnote wird eingefügt
    Oben/untenDie Wörter "oben" oder "unten" werden je nach Position des Elements eingefügt
    Nummer der Endnote (formatiert)Die Nummer wird eingefügt, die als Endnote formatiert ist. Die Nummerierung der tatsächlichen Endnoten ist nicht betroffen
    Gleichung / Abbildung / TabelleGanze BeschriftungDer ganze Text der Beschriftung wird eingefügt
    Nur Bezeichnung und NummerNur die Beschriftung und die Objektnummer werden eingefügt, z.B. "Tabelle 1.1"
    Nur der Text von der LegendeNur der Text der Beschriftung wird eingefügt
    SeitennummerDie Seitennummer des verweisenden Objekts wird eingefügt
    Oben/untenDie Wörter "oben" oder "unten" werden je nach Position des Elements eingefügt
    + +
    +
    • + +
  • Markieren Sie das Kästchen Als Hyperlink einfügen, um der Verweis in einen aktiven Link zu verwandeln.
    • +
  • Markieren Sie das Kästchen Oben/unten einschließen (wenn verfügbar), um die Position des Elements anzugeben, auf das Sie sich beziehen. Der ONLYOFFICE-Dokumenteneditor fügt je nach Position des Elements automatisch die Wörter "oben" und "unten" ein.
    • +
  • Markieren Sie das Kästchen Nummern trennen mit, um das Trennzeichen im Feld rechts anzugeben. Die Trennzeichen werden für vollständige Kontextverweise benötigt.
    • +
  • Das Feld Für welche bietet Ihnen die verfügbaren Elemente gemäß dem von Ihnen ausgewählten Bezugstyp, z.B. wenn Sie die Option Überschrift ausgewählt haben, wird die vollständige Liste der Überschriften im Dokument angezeigt.
    • + + +
  • Klicken Sie auf Einfügen, um einen Querverweis zu erstellen..
    • + +

    Querverweise löschen

    +

    Um einen Querverweis zu löschen, wählen Sie den gewünschten Querverweis und drücken Sie die Entfernen-Taste.

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a411fb456 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + Datum und Uhrzeit einfügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Datum und Uhrzeit einfügen

    +

    Um Datum und Uhrzeit einzufügen,

    +
      +
    1. positionieren Sie den Textkursor an der Stelle, an der Sie das Datum und die Uhrzeit einfügen wollen,
      2. +
    2. öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen,
      3. +
    3. klicken Sie das Symbol Datum & Uhrzeit Datum und Uhrzeit Symbol an,
      4. +
    4. + im geöffneten Fenster Datum & Uhrzeit konfigurieren Sie die folgenden Einstellungen: +
        +
      • Wählen Sie die Sprache aus.
        • +
      • + Wählen Sie das Format aus.
        • +
      • + Markieren Sie das Kästchen Automatisch aktualisieren, damit das Datum und die Uhrzeit immer aktuell sind. +

        + Hinweis: verwenden Sie die Kontextmenüoption Aktualisieren, um das Datum und die Uhrzeit manuell zu ändern.

        +
        • +
      • Klicken Sie Als Standard setzen an, um das aktive Format als Standard für diese Sprache zu setzen.
        • +
      +
      5. +
    5. Klicken Sie OK an.
      6. +
    +

    Datum und Uhrzeit Fenster

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b65c83cd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ + + + + Endnotes einfügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Endnotes einfügen

    +

    Sie können Endnoten einfügen, um Kommentare zu bestimmten Sätzen oder Begriffen in Ihrem Text einzufügen, Referenzen und Quellen anzugeben usw., die am Ende des Dokuments angezeigt werden.

    +

    Endnoten einfügen

    +

    Um eine Endnote einzufügen,

    +
      +
    1. positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt am Ende der Textpassage, der Sie eine Endnote hinzufügen möchten,
      2. +
    2. wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Verweise,
      3. +
    3. + klicken Sie auf das Symbol Fußnote Fußnote in der oberen Symbolleiste oder
      klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol FußnoteFußnote und wählen Sie die Option Endnote einfügen aus dem Menü aus.
      +

      Das Endnotenzeichen (d.h. das hochgestellte Zeichen, das eine Endnote anzeigt) wird im Dokumenttext angezeigt und die Textmarke springt zum Ende des Dokuments.

      +
      4. +
    4. geben Sie den Text der Endnote ein.
      5. +
    +

    Wiederholen Sie den beschriebenen Vorgang, um weitere Endnoten für andere Textpassagen in Ihrem Dokument hinzuzufügen. Die Endnoten werden automatisch nummeriert: i, ii, iii, usw. (standardmäßig).

    +

    Endnoten

    +

    Darstellung der Endnoten im Dokument

    +

    Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über das Endnotenzeichen bewegen, öffnet sich ein kleines Popup-Fenster mit dem Endnotentext.

    +

    Endnoten Text

    +

    Navigieren durch Endnoten

    +

    Um zwischen den hinzugefügten Endnoten im Dokument zu navigieren,

    +
      +
    1. klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote,
      2. +
    2. navigieren Sie im Abschnitt Zu Endnoten über die Pfeile Vorherige Endnote und Nächste Endnote zur nächsten oder zur vorherigen Endnote.
      3. +
    +

    Endnoten bearbeiten

    +

    Um die Einstellungen der Endnoten zu ändern,

    +
      +
    1. klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote.
      2. +
    2. wählen Sie die Option Hinweise Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus,
      3. +
    3. ändern Sie im Fenster Hinweise Einstellungen die aktuellen Parameter:

      Fenster Endnoteneinstellungen

      +
        +
      • Legen Sie die Position der Endnoten auf der Seite fest, indem Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen aus dem Drop-Down-Menü rechts auswählen: +
          +
        • Ende des Abschnitts - um Endnoten am ende des aktiven Abschnitts zu positionieren.
          • +
        • Ende des Dokuments - um Endnoten am Ende des Dokuments zu positionieren (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt).
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Markieren Sie das Kästchen Endnote, um nur die Endnoten zu bearbeiten.
        • +
      • + Format der Endnoten anpassen: +
          +
        • Zahlenformat - wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus der Liste mit verfügbaren Formaten aus: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
          • +
        • Starten - über die Pfeiltasten können Sie festlegen, bei welchem Buchstaben oder welcher Zahl Sie beginnen möchten.
          • +
        • + Nummerierung - wählen Sie aus, auf welche Weise Sie Ihre Endnoten nummerieren möchten: +
            +
          • Kontinuierlich - um Endnoten im gesamten Dokument fortlaufend zu nummerieren.
            • +
          • Jeden Abschnitt neu beginnen - die Nummerierung der Endnoten beginnt in jedem neuen Abschnitt wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert).
            • +
          • Jede Seite neu beginnen - die Nummerierung der Endnoten beginnt auf jeder neuen Seite wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert).
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Benutzerdefiniert - Legen Sie ein Sonderzeichen oder ein Wort fest, das Sie als Endnotenzeichen verwenden möchten (z. B. * oder Note1). Geben Sie das gewünschte Wort/Zeichen in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein und klicken Sie auf Einfügen im Fenster Hinweise Einstellungen
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + Legen Sie in der Dropdown-Liste Änderungen anwenden fest, ob Sie die angegebenen Endnoteneinstellungen auf das ganze Dokument oder nur den aktuellen Abschnitt anwenden wollen. +

        Hinweis: Um unterschiedliche Endnotenformatierungen in verschiedenen Teilen des Dokuments zu verwenden, müssen Sie zunächst Abschnittsumbrüche einfügen.

        +
        • +
      +
      4. +
    4. Wenn Sie bereits sind, klicken Sie auf Anwenden.
      5. +
    + +

    Endnoten entfernen

    +

    Um eine einzelne Endnote zu entfernen, positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt direkt vor der Endnotenmarkierung und drücken Sie auf ENTF. Andere Endnoten werden automatisch neu nummeriert.

    +

    Um alle Endnoten in einem Dokument zu entfernen,

    +
      +
    1. klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote,
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Alle Anmerkungen löschen aus dem Menü aus und klicken Sie auf die Option Alle Endnoten löschen im geöffneten Fenster Anmerkungen löschen.
      3. +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm index c52a690bf..3703811a2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Fußnoten einfügen - + @@ -14,61 +14,69 @@

    Fußnoten einfügen

    -

    Sie haben die Möglichkeit Fußnoten einzufügen, um Kommentare zu bestimmten Sätzen oder Begriffen in Ihrem Text einzufügen, Referenzen und Quellen anzugeben usw.

    -

    Eine Fußnote einfügen:

    +

    Sie können Fußnoten einfügen, um Kommentare zu bestimmten Sätzen oder Begriffen in Ihrem Text einzufügen, Referenzen und Quellen anzugeben usw.

    +

    Fußnoten einfügen

    +

    Eine Fußnote einfügen:

      -
    1. Positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt am Ende der Textpassage, der Sie eine Fußnote hinzufügen möchten.
      2. -
    2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Verweise.
      3. -
    3. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Fußnote Fußnote in der oberen Symbolleiste oder
      klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote und wählen Sie die Option Fußnote einfügen aus dem Menü aus.

      Das Fußnotenzeichen (d.h. das hochgestellte Zeichen, das eine Fußnote anzeigt) wird im Dokumenttext angezeigt und die Textmarke springt an das unteren Ende der aktuellen Seite.

      +
    4. positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt am Ende der Textpassage, der Sie eine Fußnote hinzufügen möchten,
      5. +
    5. wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Verweise,
      6. +
    6. klicken Sie auf das Symbol Fußnote Fußnote in der oberen Symbolleiste oder
      klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote und wählen Sie die Option Fußnote einfügen aus dem Menü aus. +

      Das Fußnotenzeichen (d.h. das hochgestellte Zeichen, das eine Fußnote anzeigt) wird im Dokumenttext angezeigt und die Textmarke springt an das unteren Ende der aktuellen Seite.

    7. Geben Sie den Text der Fußnote ein.

    Wiederholen Sie den beschriebenen Vorgang, um weitere Fußnoten für andere Textpassagen in Ihrem Dokument hinzuzufügen. Die Fußnoten werden automatisch nummeriert.

    Fußnoten

    +

    Darstellung der Fußnoten im Dokument

    Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über das Fußnotenzeichen bewegen, öffnet sich ein kleines Popup-Fenster mit dem Fußnotentext.

    Fußnotentext

    -

    Um zwischen den hinzugefügten Fußnoten im Dokumenttext zu navigieren,

    +

    Navigieren durch Fußnoten

    +

    Um zwischen den hinzugefügten Fußnoten im Dokument zu navigieren,

      -
    1. klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote.
      2. -
    2. Navigieren Sie nun im Abschnitt Zu Fußnoten wechseln über die Pfeile Vorherige Fußnote und Nächste Fußnote zur nächsten oder zur vorherigen Fußnote.
      3. +
    3. klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote,
      4. +
    4. navigieren Sie im Abschnitt Zu Fußnoten übergehen über die Pfeile Vorherige Fußnote und Nächste Fußnote zur nächsten oder zur vorherigen Fußnote.
    -

    Einstellungen der Fußnoten ändern:

    +

    Fußnoten bearbeiten

    +

    Um die Einstellungen der Fußnoten zu ändern,

      -
    1. Klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote.
      2. -
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Einstellungen Fußnoten aus dem Menü aus.
      3. -
    3. Ändern Sie im Fenster Einstellungen Fußnoten die aktuellen Parameter:

      Fenster Fußnoteneinstellungen

      +
    4. klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote.
      5. +
    5. wählen Sie die Option Hinweise Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus,
      6. +
    6. ändern Sie im Fenster Hinweise Einstellungen die aktuellen Parameter:

      Fenster Fußnoteneinstellungen

        -
      • Legen Sie die Position der Fußnoten auf der Seite fest, indem Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen auswählen:
          +
        • Markieren Sie das Kästchen Fußnote, um nur die Fußnoten zu bearbeiten.
          • +
        • Legen Sie die Position der Fußnoten auf der Seite fest, indem Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen aus dem Drop-Down-Menü rechts auswählen:
          • Seitenende - um Fußnoten am unteren Seitenrand zu positionieren (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt).
          • Unter dem Text - um Fußnoten dicht am entsprechenden Textabschnitt zu positionieren. Diese Option ist nützlich, wenn eine Seite nur einen kurzen Textabschnitt enthält.
        • Format der Fußnoten anpassen:
          • Zahlenformat - wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus der Liste mit verfügbaren Formaten aus: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
            • -
          • Beginnen mit - über die Pfeiltasten können Sie festlegen, bei welchem Buchstaben oder welcher Zahl Sie beginnen möchten.
            • +
          • Starten - über die Pfeiltasten können Sie festlegen, bei welchem Buchstaben oder welcher Zahl Sie beginnen möchten.
          • Nummerierung - wählen Sie aus, auf welche Weise Sie Ihre Fußnoten nummerieren möchten:
              -
            • Fortlaufend - um Fußnoten im gesamten Dokument fortlaufend zu nummerieren.
              • -
            • Jeder Abschnitt neu - die Nummerierung der Fußnoten beginnt in jedem neuen Abschnitt wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert).
              • -
            • Jede Seite neu - die Nummerierung der Fußnoten beginnt auf jeder neuen Seite wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert).
              • +
            • Kontinuierlich - um Fußnoten im gesamten Dokument fortlaufend zu nummerieren.
              • +
            • Jeden Abschnitt neu beginnen - die Nummerierung der Fußnoten beginnt in jedem neuen Abschnitt wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert).
              • +
            • Jede Seite neu beginnen - die Nummerierung der Fußnoten beginnt auf jeder neuen Seite wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert).
            • -
          • Benutzerdefinierte Markierung - Legen Sie ein Sonderzeichen oder ein Wort fest, das Sie als Fußnotenzeichen verwenden möchten (z. B. * oder Note1). Geben Sie das gewünschte Wort/Zeichen in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein und klicken Sie auf Einfügen im Fenster Fußnoteneinstellungen.
            • +
          • Benutzerdefiniert - Legen Sie ein Sonderzeichen oder ein Wort fest, das Sie als Fußnotenzeichen verwenden möchten (z. B. * oder Note1). Geben Sie das gewünschte Wort/Zeichen in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein und klicken Sie auf Einfügen im Fenster Hinweise Einstellungen.
          • -
        • Legen Sie in der Dropdown-Liste Änderungen anwenden auf auf fest, ob Sie die angegebenen Fußnoteneinstellungen auf das gesamte Dokument oder nur den aktuellen Abschnitt anwenden wollen.

          Hinweis: Um unterschiedliche Fußnotenformatierungen in verschiedenen Teilen des Dokuments zu verwenden, müssen Sie zunächst Abschnittsumbrüche einfügen.

          +
        • Legen Sie in der Dropdown-Liste Änderungen anwenden fest, ob Sie die angegebenen Fußnoteneinstellungen auf das ganze Dokument oder nur den aktuellen Abschnitt anwenden wollen. +

          Hinweis: Um unterschiedliche Fußnotenformatierungen in verschiedenen Teilen des Dokuments zu verwenden, müssen Sie zunächst Abschnittsumbrüche einfügen.

        • -
      • Wenn Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf Übernehmen.
        • +
      • Wenn Sie bereits sind, klicken Sie auf Anwenden.
    +

    Fußnoten entfernen

    Um eine einzelne Fußnote zu entfernen, positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt direkt vor der Fußnotenmarkierung und drücken Sie auf ENTF. Andere Fußnoten werden automatisch neu nummeriert.

    -

    Um alle Fußnoten in einem Dokument zu entferen,

    +

    Um alle Fußnoten in einem Dokument zu entfernen,

      -
    1. Klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote.
      2. -
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Alle Fußnoten löschen aus dem Menü aus.
      3. +
    3. klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote,
      4. +
    4. wählen Sie die Option Alle Anmerkungen löschen aus dem Menü aus und klicken Sie auf die Option Alle Fußnoten löschen im geöffneten Fenster Anmerkungen löschen.
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8861950d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + Zeilennummern einfügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Zeilennummern einfügen

    +

    Der ONLYOFFICE Dokumenteneditor kann Zeilen in Ihrem Dokument automatisch zählen. Diese Funktion kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie auf eine bestimmte Zeile des Dokuments verweisen müssen, z.B. in einer Vereinbarung oder einem Code-Skript. Verwenden Sie das Tool Zeilennummern Symbol Zeilennummern, um die Zeilennummerierung auf das Dokument anzuwenden. Bitte beachten Sie, dass die Zeilennummerierungssequenz nicht auf den Text in den Objekten wie Tabellen, Textfeldern, Diagrammen, Kopf- / Fußzeilen usw. angewendet wird. Diese Objekte werden als eine Zeile behandelt.

    +

    Zeilennummern anwenden

    +
      +
    1. Öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Layout in der oberen Symbolleiste und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zeilennummern SymbolZeilennummern.
      2. +
    2. + Wählen Sie im geöffneten Drop-Down-Menü die gewünschten Parameter für eine schnelle Einrichtung: +
        +
      • Ununterbrochen - jeder Zeile des Dokuments wird eine Sequenznummer zugewiesen.
        • +
      • Jede Seite neu beginnen - die Zeilennummerierungssequenz wird auf jeder Seite des Dokuments neu gestartet.
        • +
      • Jeden Abschnitt neu beginnen - die Zeilennummerierungssequenz wird in jedem Abschnitt des Dokuments neu gestartet. Bitte lesen Sie diese Anleitung, um mehr über die Abschnittsümbrüche zu lernen.
        • +
      • Im aktuellen Absatz verbieten - der aktuelle Absatz wird in der Zeilennummerierungssequenz übersprungen. Um mehrere Absätze von der Sequenz auszuschließen, wählen Sie sie mit der linken Maustaste aus, bevor Sie diesen Parameter anwenden.
        • +
      +
      3. +
    3. + Geben Sie bei Bedarf die erweiterten Parameter an. Klicken Sie auf dem Menüpunkt Zeilennummerierungsoptionen im Drop-Down-Menü Zeilennummern. Markieren Sie das Kästchen Zeilennummer hinzufügen, um die Zeilennummerierung auf das Dokument anzuwenden und auf die erweiterten Einstellungen zuzugreifen: +

      Zeilennummern Fenster

      +
        +
      • Die Option Beginnen mit legt den numerischen Startwert der Zeilennummerierungssequenz fest. Der Parameter ist auf 1 standarmäßig eingestellt.
        • +
      • Die Option Aus dem Text gibt den Abstand zwischen den Zeilennummern und dem Text an. Geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in cm ein. Der Parameter ist auf Auto standarmäßig eingestellt.
        • +
      • Die Option Zählintervall bestimmt, wie viel Zeilen eine Zeilennummerierung erscheinen soll, d.h. die Zahlen werden in einem Bündel (zweifach, dreifach usw.) gezählt. Geben Sie den erforderlichen numerischen Wert ein. Der Parameter ist auf 1 standardmäßig eingestellt.
        • +
      • Die Option Jede Seite neu beginnen: Die Zeilennummerierungssequenz wird auf jeder Seite des Dokuments neu gestartet.
        • +
      • Die Option Jeden Abschnitt neu beginnen: Die Zeilennummerierungssequenz wird in jedem Abschnitt des Dokuments neu gestartet.
        • +
      • Die Option Ununterbrochen: Jeder Zeile des Dokuments wird eine Sequenznummer zugewiesen.
        • +
      • Die Option Anwendung von Änderungen auf gibt den Teil des Dokuments an, dem Sie Sequenznummern zuweisen möchten. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Voreinstellungen: Aktueller Abschnitt, um die Zeilennummerierung auf den ausgewählten Abschnitt des Dokuments anzuwenden; Bis zum Ende des Dokuments, um die Zeilennummerierung auf den Text anzuwenden, der der aktuellen Cursorposition folgt; Zum ganzen Dokument, um die Zeilennummerierung auf das gesamte Dokument anzuwenden. Der Parameter ist auf Zum ganzen Dokument standardmäßig eingestellt.
        • +
      • Klicken Sie auf OK, um die Änderungen anzunehmen.
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +

    Zeilennummern entfernen

    +

    Um die Zeilennummerierungssequenz zu entfernen,

    +
      +
    1. öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Layout in der oberen Symbolleiste und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zeilennummern SymbolZeilennummern,
      2. +
    2. wählen Sie die Option Kein im geöffneten Drop-Down-Menü oder wählen Sie den Menüpunkt Zeilennummerierungsoptionen aus und im geöffneten Fenster Zeilennummern deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Zeilennummer hinzufügen.
      3. +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b2e12a4e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ + + + + Symbole und Sonderzeichen einfügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Symbole und Sonderzeichen einfügen

    +

    Während des Arbeitsprozesses wollen Sie ein Symbol einfügen, das sich nicht auf der Tastatur befindet. Um solche Symbole einzufügen, verwenden Sie die Option Symbolbild Symbol einfügen: +

    +
      +
    • positionieren Sie den Textcursor an der Stelle für das Sonderzeichen,
      • +
    • öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen,
      • +
    • + klicken Sie Symbolbild Symbol an, +

      Symbolrandleiste

      +
      • +
    • Das Dialogfeld Symbol wird angezeigt, in dem Sie das gewünschte Symbol auswählen können,
      • +
    • +

      öffnen Sie das Dropdown-Menü Bereich, um ein Symbol schnell zu finden. Alle Symbole sind in Gruppen unterteilt, wie z.B. “Währungssymbole” für Währungszeichen.

      +

      Falls Sie das gewünschte Symbol nicht finden können, wählen Sie eine andere Schriftart aus. Viele von ihnen haben auch die Sonderzeichen, die es nicht in den Standartsatz gibt.

      +

      Sie können auch das Unicode HEX Wert-Feld verwenden, um den Code einzugeben. Die Codes können Sie in der Zeichentabelle finden.

      +

      Verwenden Sie auch die Registerkarte Sonderzeichen, um ein Sonderzeichen auszuwählen.

      +

      Symbolrandleiste

      +

      Die Symbole, die zuletzt verwendet wurden, befinden sich in dem Feld Kürzlich verwendete Symbole,

      +
      • +
    • klicken Sie Einfügen an. Das ausgewählte Symbol wird eingefügt.
      • +
    + +

    ASCII-Symbole einfügen

    +

    Man kann auch die ASCII Tabelle verwenden, um die Zeichen und Symbole einzufügen.

    +

    Drücken und halten Sie die ALT-Taste und verwenden Sie den Ziffernblock, um einen Zeichencode einzugeben.

    +

    Hinweis: verwenden Sie nur den Ziffernblock. Um den Ziffernblock zu aktivieren, drücken Sie die NumLock-Taste.

    +

    Z.B., um das Paragraphenzeichen (§) einzufügen, drücken und halten Sie die ALT-Taste und geben Sie 789 ein, dann lassen Sie die ALT-Taste los.

    + +

    Symbole per Unicode-Tabelle einfügen

    +

    Sonstige Symbole und Zeichen befinden sich auch in der Windows-Symboltabelle. Um diese Tabelle zu öffnen:

    +
      +
    • geben Sie “Zeichentabelle” in dem Suchfeld ein,
      • +
    • + drücken Sie die Windows-Taste+R und geben Sie charmap.exe in dem Suchfeld ein, dann klicken Sie OK. +

      Symboltabelle einfügen

      +
      • +
    +

    Wählen Sie die Zeichensätze, Gruppen und Schriftarten aus. Klicken Sie die gewünschte Zeichen an, dann kopieren und fügen an der gewünschten Stelle ein.

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f85d8c22 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2553 @@ + + + + AutoKorrekturfunktionen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    AutoKorrekturfunktionen

    +

    Die Autokorrekturfunktionen in ONLYOFFICE Docs werden verwendet, um Text automatisch zu formatieren, wenn sie erkannt werden, oder um spezielle mathematische Symbole einzufügen, indem bestimmte Zeichen verwendet werden.

    +

    Die verfügbaren AutoKorrekturoptionen werden im entsprechenden Dialogfeld aufgelistet. Um darauf zuzugreifen, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur.

    +

    + Das Dialogfeld Autokorrektur besteht aus drei Registerkarten: Mathematische Autokorrektur, Erkannte Funktionen und AutoFormat während der Eingabe. +

    +

    Math. AutoKorrektur

    +

    Sie können manuell die Symbole, Akzente und mathematische Symbole für die Gleichungen mit der Tastatur statt der Galerie eingeben.

    +

    Positionieren Sie die Einfügemarke am Platzhalter im Formel-Editor, geben Sie den mathematischen AutoKorrektur-Code ein, drücken Sie die Leertaste.

    +

    Hinweis: Bei den Codes muss die Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachtet werden.

    +

    Sie können Autokorrektur-Einträge zur Autokorrektur-Liste hinzufügen, ändern, wiederherstellen und entfernen. Wechseln Sie zur Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur -> Mathematische Autokorrektur.

    +

    Einträge zur Autokorrekturliste hinzufügen

    +

    +

      +
    • Geben Sie den Autokorrekturcode, den Sie verwenden möchten, in das Feld Ersetzen ein.
      • +
    • Geben Sie das Symbol ein, das dem früher eingegebenen Code zugewiesen werden soll, in das Feld Nach ein.
      • +
    • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Hinzufügen.
      • +
    +

    +

    Einträge in der Autokorrekturliste bearbeiten

    +

    +

      +
    • Wählen Sie den Eintrag, den Sie bearbeiten möchten.
      • +
    • Sie können die Informationen in beiden Feldern ändern: den Code im Feld Ersetzen oder das Symbol im Feld Nach.
      • +
    • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Ersetzen.
      • +
    +

    +

    Einträge aus der Autokorrekturliste entfernen

    +

    +

      +
    • Wählen Sie den Eintrag, den Sie entfernen möchten.
      • +
    • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Löschen.
      • +
    +

    +

    Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zurücksetzen auf die Standardeinstellungen, um die Standardeinstellungen wiederherzustellen. Alle von Ihnen hinzugefügten Autokorrektur-Einträge werden entfernt und die geänderten werden auf ihre ursprünglichen Werte zurückgesetzt.

    +

    Deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Text bei der Eingabe ersetzen, um Math AutoKorrektur zu deaktivieren und automatische Änderungen und Ersetzungen zu verbieten.

    +

    Text bei der Eingabe ersetzen

    +

    Die folgende Tabelle enthält alle derzeit unterstützten Codes, die im Dokumenteneditor verfügbar sind. Die vollständige Liste der unterstützten Codes finden Sie auch auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur -> Mathematische Autokorrektur.

    +
    + Die unterstützte Codes + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    CodeSymbolBereich
    !!DoppelfakultätSymbole
    ...AuslassungspunktePunkte
    ::Doppelter DoppelpunktOperatoren
    :=ErgibtzeichenOperatoren
    /<Kleiner-als-ZeichenVergleichsoperatoren
    />Größer-als-ZeichenVergleichsoperatoren
    /=UngleichheitszeichenVergleichsoperatoren
    \aboveSymbolHochgestellte/Tiefgestellte Skripts
    \acuteSymbolAkzente
    \alephSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
    \alphaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \AlphaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \amalgSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \angleSymbolGeometrische Notation
    \aointSymbolIntegrale
    \approxSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \asmashSymbolPfeile
    \astSternBinäre Operatoren
    \asympSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \atopSymbolOperatoren
    \barSymbolÜber-/Unterstrich
    \BarSymbolAkzente
    \becauseSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \beginSymbolTrennzeichen
    \belowSymbolAbove/Below Skripts
    \betSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
    \betaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \BetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \bethSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
    \bigcapSymbolGroße Operatoren
    \bigcupSymbolGroße Operatoren
    \bigodotSymbolGroße Operatoren
    \bigoplusSymbolGroße Operatoren
    \bigotimesSymbolGroße Operatoren
    \bigsqcupSymbolGroße Operatoren
    \biguplusSymbolGroße Operatoren
    \bigveeSymbolGroße Operatoren
    \bigwedgeSymbolGroße Operatoren
    \binomialSymbolGleichungen
    \botSymbolLogische Notation
    \bowtieSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \boxSymbolSymbole
    \boxdotSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \boxminusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \boxplusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \braSymbolTrennzeichen
    \breakSymbolSymbole
    \breveSymbolAkzente
    \bulletSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \capSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \cbrtSymbolWurzeln
    \casesSymbolSymbole
    \cdotSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \cdotsSymbolPunkte
    \checkSymbolAkzente
    \chiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \ChiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \circSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \closeSymbolTrennzeichen
    \clubsuitSymbolSymbole
    \cointSymbolIntegrale
    \congSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \coprodSymbolMathematische Operatoren
    \cupSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \daletSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
    \dalethSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
    \dashvSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \ddSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \DdSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \ddddotSymbolAkzente
    \dddotSymbolAkzente
    \ddotSymbolAkzente
    \ddotsSymbolPunkte
    \defeqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \degcSymbolSymbole
    \degfSymbolSymbole
    \degreeSymbolSymbole
    \deltaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \DeltaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \DeltaeqSymbolOperatoren
    \diamondSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \diamondsuitSymbolSymbole
    \divSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \dotSymbolAkzente
    \doteqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \dotsSymbolPunkte
    \doubleaSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleASymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublebSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleBSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublecSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleCSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubledSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleDSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleeSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleESymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublefSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleFSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublegSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleGSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublehSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleHSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleiSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleISymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublejSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleJSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublekSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleKSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublelSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleLSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublemSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleMSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublenSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleNSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleoSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleOSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublepSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublePSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleqSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleQSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublerSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleRSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublesSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleSSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubletSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleTSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleuSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleUSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublevSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleVSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublewSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleWSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublexSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleXSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleySymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleYSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doublezSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \doubleZSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \downarrowSymbolPfeile
    \DownarrowSymbolPfeile
    \dsmashSymbolPfeile
    \eeSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \ellSymbolSymbole
    \emptysetSymbolNotationen von Mengen
    \emspLeerzeichen
    \endSymbolTrennzeichen
    \enspLeerzeichen
    \epsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \EpsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \eqarraySymbolSymbole
    \equivSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \etaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \EtaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \existsSymbolLogische Notationen
    \forallSymbolLogische Notationen
    \frakturaSymbolFraktur
    \frakturASymbolFraktur
    \frakturbSymbolFraktur
    \frakturBSymbolFraktur
    \frakturcSymbolFraktur
    \frakturCSymbolFraktur
    \frakturdSymbolFraktur
    \frakturDSymbolFraktur
    \fraktureSymbolFraktur
    \frakturESymbolFraktur
    \frakturfSymbolFraktur
    \frakturFSymbolFraktur
    \frakturgSymbolFraktur
    \frakturGSymbolFraktur
    \frakturhSymbolFraktur
    \frakturHSymbolFraktur
    \frakturiSymbolFraktur
    \frakturISymbolFraktur
    \frakturkSymbolFraktur
    \frakturKSymbolFraktur
    \frakturlSymbolFraktur
    \frakturLSymbolFraktur
    \frakturmSymbolFraktur
    \frakturMSymbolFraktur
    \frakturnSymbolFraktur
    \frakturNSymbolFraktur
    \frakturoSymbolFraktur
    \frakturOSymbolFraktur
    \frakturpSymbolFraktur
    \frakturPSymbolFraktur
    \frakturqSymbolFraktur
    \frakturQSymbolFraktur
    \frakturrSymbolFraktur
    \frakturRSymbolFraktur
    \fraktursSymbolFraktur
    \frakturSSymbolFraktur
    \frakturtSymbolFraktur
    \frakturTSymbolFraktur
    \frakturuSymbolFraktur
    \frakturUSymbolFraktur
    \frakturvSymbolFraktur
    \frakturVSymbolFraktur
    \frakturwSymbolFraktur
    \frakturWSymbolFraktur
    \frakturxSymbolFraktur
    \frakturXSymbolFraktur
    \frakturySymbolFraktur
    \frakturYSymbolFraktur
    \frakturzSymbolFraktur
    \frakturZSymbolFraktur
    \frownSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \funcapplyBinäre Operatoren
    \GSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \gammaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \GammaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \geSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \geqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \getsSymbolPfeile
    \ggSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \gimelSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
    \graveSymbolAkzente
    \hairspLeerzeichen
    \hatSymbolAkzente
    \hbarSymbolSymbole
    \heartsuitSymbolSymbole
    \hookleftarrowSymbolPfeile
    \hookrightarrowSymbolPfeile
    \hphantomSymbolPfeile
    \hsmashSymbolPfeile
    \hvecSymbolAkzente
    \identitymatrixSymbolMatrizen
    \iiSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \iiintSymbolIntegrale
    \iintSymbolIntegrale
    \iiiintSymbolIntegrale
    \ImSymbolSymbole
    \imathSymbolSymbole
    \inSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \incSymbolSymbole
    \inftySymbolSymbole
    \intSymbolIntegrale
    \integralSymbolIntegrale
    \iotaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \IotaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \itimesMathematische Operatoren
    \jSymbolSymbole
    \jjSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
    \jmathSymbolSymbole
    \kappaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \KappaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \ketSymbolTrennzeichen
    \lambdaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \LambdaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \langleSymbolTrennzeichen
    \lbbrackSymbolTrennzeichen
    \lbraceSymbolTrennzeichen
    \lbrackSymbolTrennzeichen
    \lceilSymbolTrennzeichen
    \ldivSymbolBruchteile
    \ldivideSymbolBruchteile
    \ldotsSymbolPunkte
    \leSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \leftSymbolTrennzeichen
    \leftarrowSymbolPfeile
    \LeftarrowSymbolPfeile
    \leftharpoondownSymbolPfeile
    \leftharpoonupSymbolPfeile
    \leftrightarrowSymbolPfeile
    \LeftrightarrowSymbolPfeile
    \leqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \lfloorSymbolTrennzeichen
    \lhvecSymbolAkzente
    \limitSymbolGrenzwerte
    \llSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \lmoustSymbolTrennzeichen
    \LongleftarrowSymbolPfeile
    \LongleftrightarrowSymbolPfeile
    \LongrightarrowSymbolPfeile
    \lrharSymbolPfeile
    \lvecSymbolAkzente
    \mapstoSymbolPfeile
    \matrixSymbolMatrizen
    \medspLeerzeichen
    \midSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \middleSymbolSymbole
    \modelsSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \mpSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \muSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \MuSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \nablaSymbolSymbole
    \naryandSymbolOperatoren
    \nbspLeerzeichen
    \neSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \nearrowSymbolPfeile
    \neqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \niSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \normSymbolTrennzeichen
    \notcontainSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \notelementSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \notinSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \nuSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \NuSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \nwarrowSymbolPfeile
    \oSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \OSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \odotSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \ofSymbolOperatoren
    \oiiintSymbolIntegrale
    \oiintSymbolIntegrale
    \ointSymbolIntegrale
    \omegaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \OmegaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \ominusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \openSymbolTrennzeichen
    \oplusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \otimesSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \overSymbolTrennzeichen
    \overbarSymbolAkzente
    \overbraceSymbolAkzente
    \overbracketSymbolAkzente
    \overlineSymbolAkzente
    \overparenSymbolAkzente
    \overshellSymbolAkzente
    \parallelSymbolGeometrische Notation
    \partialSymbolSymbole
    \pmatrixSymbolMatrizen
    \perpSymbolGeometrische Notation
    \phantomSymbolSymbole
    \phiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \PhiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \piSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \PiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \pmSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \pppprimeSymbolPrime-Zeichen
    \ppprimeSymbolPrime-Zeichen
    \pprimeSymbolPrime-Zeichen
    \precSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \preceqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \primeSymbolPrime-Zeichen
    \prodSymbolMathematische Operatoren
    \proptoSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \psiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \PsiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \qdrtSymbolWurzeln
    \quadraticSymbolWurzeln
    \rangleSymbolTrennzeichen
    \RangleSymbolTrennzeichen
    \ratioSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \rbraceSymbolTrennzeichen
    \rbrackSymbolTrennzeichen
    \RbrackSymbolTrennzeichen
    \rceilSymbolTrennzeichen
    \rddotsSymbolPunkte
    \ReSymbolSymbole
    \rectSymbolSymbole
    \rfloorSymbolTrennzeichen
    \rhoSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \RhoSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \rhvecSymbolAkzente
    \rightSymbolTrennzeichen
    \rightarrowSymbolPfeile
    \RightarrowSymbolPfeile
    \rightharpoondownSymbolPfeile
    \rightharpoonupSymbolPfeile
    \rmoustSymbolTrennzeichen
    \rootSymbolSymbole
    \scriptaSymbolSkripts
    \scriptASymbolSkripts
    \scriptbSymbolSkripts
    \scriptBSymbolSkripts
    \scriptcSymbolSkripts
    \scriptCSymbolSkripts
    \scriptdSymbolSkripts
    \scriptDSymbolSkripts
    \scripteSymbolSkripts
    \scriptESymbolSkripts
    \scriptfSymbolSkripts
    \scriptFSymbolSkripts
    \scriptgSymbolSkripts
    \scriptGSymbolSkripts
    \scripthSymbolSkripts
    \scriptHSymbolSkripts
    \scriptiSymbolSkripts
    \scriptISymbolSkripts
    \scriptkSymbolSkripts
    \scriptKSymbolSkripts
    \scriptlSymbolSkripts
    \scriptLSymbolSkripts
    \scriptmSymbolSkripts
    \scriptMSymbolSkripts
    \scriptnSymbolSkripts
    \scriptNSymbolSkripts
    \scriptoSymbolSkripts
    \scriptOSymbolSkripts
    \scriptpSymbolSkripts
    \scriptPSymbolSkripts
    \scriptqSymbolSkripts
    \scriptQSymbolSkripts
    \scriptrSymbolSkripts
    \scriptRSymbolSkripts
    \scriptsSymbolSkripts
    \scriptSSymbolSkripts
    \scripttSymbolSkripts
    \scriptTSymbolSkripts
    \scriptuSymbolSkripts
    \scriptUSymbolSkripts
    \scriptvSymbolSkripts
    \scriptVSymbolSkripts
    \scriptwSymbolSkripts
    \scriptWSymbolSkripts
    \scriptxSymbolSkripts
    \scriptXSymbolSkripts
    \scriptySymbolSkripts
    \scriptYSymbolSkripts
    \scriptzSymbolSkripts
    \scriptZSymbolSkripts
    \sdivSymbolBruchteile
    \sdivideSymbolBruchteile
    \searrowSymbolPfeile
    \setminusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \sigmaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \SigmaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \simSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \simeqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \smashSymbolPfeile
    \smileSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \spadesuitSymbolSymbole
    \sqcapSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \sqcupSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \sqrtSymbolWurzeln
    \sqsubseteqSymbolNotation von Mengen
    \sqsuperseteqSymbolNotation von Mengen
    \starSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \subsetSymbolNotation von Mengen
    \subseteqSymbolNotation von Mengen
    \succSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \succeqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \sumSymbolMathematische Operatoren
    \supersetSymbolNotation von Mengen
    \superseteqSymbolNotation von Mengen
    \swarrowSymbolPfeile
    \tauSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \TauSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \thereforeSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \thetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \ThetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \thickspLeerzeichen
    \thinspLeerzeichen
    \tildeSymbolAkzente
    \timesSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \toSymbolPfeile
    \topSymbolLogische Notationen
    \tvecSymbolPfeile
    \ubarSymbolAkzente
    \UbarSymbolAkzente
    \underbarSymbolAkzente
    \underbraceSymbolAkzente
    \underbracketSymbolAkzente
    \underlineSymbolAkzente
    \underparenSymbolAkzente
    \uparrowSymbolPfeile
    \UparrowSymbolPfeile
    \updownarrowSymbolPfeile
    \UpdownarrowSymbolPfeile
    \uplusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \upsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \UpsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \varepsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \varphiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \varpiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \varrhoSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \varsigmaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \varthetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \vbarSymbolTrennzeichen
    \vdashSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    \vdotsSymbolPunkte
    \vecSymbolAkzente
    \veeSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \vertSymbolTrennzeichen
    \VertSymbolTrennzeichen
    \VmatrixSymbolMatrizen
    \vphantomSymbolPfeile
    \vthickspLeerzeichen
    \wedgeSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \wpSymbolSymbole
    \wrSymbolBinäre Operatoren
    \xiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \XiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \zetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \ZetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
    \zwnjLeerzeichen
    \zwspLeerzeichen
    ~=deckungsgleichVergleichsoperatoren
    -+Minus oder PlusBinäre Operatoren
    +-Plus oder MinusBinäre Operatoren
    <<SymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    <=Kleiner gleichVergleichsoperatoren
    ->SymbolPfeile
    >=Grösser gleichVergleichsoperatoren
    >>SymbolVergleichsoperatoren
    +
    +
    +

    Erkannte Funktionen

    +

    Auf dieser Registerkarte finden Sie die Liste der mathematischen Ausdrücke, die vom Gleichungseditor als Funktionen erkannt und daher nicht automatisch kursiv dargestellt werden. Die Liste der erkannten Funktionen finden Sie auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von Autokorrektur -> Erkannte Funktionen.

    +

    Um der Liste der erkannten Funktionen einen Eintrag hinzuzufügen, geben Sie die Funktion in das leere Feld ein und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Hinzufügen.

    +

    Um einen Eintrag aus der Liste der erkannten Funktionen zu entfernen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Funktion aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Löschen.

    +

    Um die zuvor gelöschten Einträge wiederherzustellen, wählen Sie den gewünschten Eintrag aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Wiederherstellen.

    +

    Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zurücksetzen auf die Standardeinstellungen, um die Standardeinstellungen wiederherzustellen. Alle von Ihnen hinzugefügten Funktionen werden entfernt und die entfernten Funktionen werden wiederhergestellt.

    +

    Erkannte Funktionen

    +

    AutoFormat während der Eingabe

    +

    Standardmäßig formatiert der Editor den Text während der Eingabe gemäß den Voreinstellungen für die automatische Formatierung. Beispielsweise startet er automatisch eine Aufzählungsliste oder eine nummerierte Liste, wenn eine Liste erkannt wird, ersetzt Anführungszeichen oder konvertiert Bindestriche in Gedankenstriche.

    +

    Wenn Sie die Voreinstellungen für die automatische Formatierung deaktivieren möchten, deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen für die unnötige Optionen, öffnen Sie dazu die Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von Autokorrektur -> AutoFormat während der Eingabe.

    +

    AutoFormat As You Type

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 78838a5d3..5ba3cbd83 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    Ein neues Dokument erstellen oder ein vorhandenes öffnen

    -
    Ein neues Dokument erstellen:
    +

    Ein neues Dokument erstellen:

    Online-Editor

      @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
    -
    Ein vorhandenes Dokument öffnen:
    +

    Ein vorhandenes Dokument öffnen:

    Desktop-Editor

    1. Wählen Sie in der linken Seitenleiste im Hauptfenster des Programms den Menüpunkt Lokale Datei öffnen.
      2. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@

      Alle Verzeichnisse, auf die Sie mit dem Desktop-Editor zugegriffen haben, werden in der Liste Aktuelle Ordner angezeigt, um Ihnen einen schnellen Zugriff zu ermöglichen. Klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Ordner, um eine der darin gespeicherten Dateien auszuwählen.

    -
    Öffnen eines kürzlich bearbeiteten Dokuments:
    +

    Öffnen eines kürzlich bearbeiteten Dokuments:

    Online-Editor

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..07f4d48a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + Gliederungsebene konfigurieren + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Gliederungsebene konfigurieren

      + +

      + Eine Gliederungsebene ist die Absatzebene in der Dokumentstruktur. Folgende Ebenen stehen zur Verfügung: Basictext, Ebene 1 - Ebene 9. Die Gliederungsebene kann auf verschiedene Arten festgelegt werden, z. B. mithilfe von Überschriftenstilen: Wenn Sie einem Absatz einen Überschriftenstil (Überschrift 1 - Überschrift 9) zuweisen, es erhält die entsprechende Gliederungsstufe. Wenn Sie einem Absatz mithilfe der erweiterten Absatzeinstellungen eine Ebene zuweisen, erhält der Absatz die Strukturebene nur, während sein Stil unverändert bleibt. Die Gliederungsebene kann auch im Navigationsbereich links über die Kontextmenüoptionen geändert werden.

      +

      Um die Gliederungsebene zu ändern,

      +
        +
      1. drücken Sie die rechte Maustaste auf dem Text und wählen Sie die Option Absatz - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Kontextmenü aus oder verwenden Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen im rechten Navigationsbereich,
        2. +
      2. öffnen Sie das Feld Absatz - Erweiterte Einstellungen, dann öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einzüge und Abstände,
        3. +
      3. wählen Sie die gewünschte Gliederungsebene im Dropdown-Menü Gliederungsebene aus.
        4. +
      4. Klicken Sie OK an.
        5. +
      +

      Absatz - Erweiterte Einstellungen - Einzüge und Abstände

      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css index cbedb7bef..4e3f9d697 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css @@ -6,11 +6,21 @@ color: #444; background: #fff; } +.cross-reference th{ +text-align: center; +vertical-align: middle; +} + +.cross-reference td{ +text-align: center; +vertical-align: middle; +} + img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft @@ -186,4 +196,41 @@ kbd { box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(85,85,85,.35); margin: 0.2em 0.1em; color: #000; +} +.shortcut_variants { + margin: 20px 0 -20px; + padding: 0; +} +.shortcut_toggle { + display: inline-block; + margin: 0; + padding: 1px 10px; + list-style-type: none; + cursor: pointer; + font-size: 11px; + line-height: 18px; + white-space: nowrap +} +.shortcut_toggle.enabled { + color: #fff; + background-color: #7D858C; + border: 1px solid #7D858C; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled { + color: #444; + background-color: #fff; + border: 1px solid #CFCFCF; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled:hover { + background-color: #D8DADC; +} +.left_option { + border-radius: 2px 0 0 2px; + float: left; +} +.right_option { + border-radius: 0 2px 2px 0; +} +.forms { + display: inline-block; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addgradientpoint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addgradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4ca4cc4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addgradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoformatasyoutype.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoformatasyoutype.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f06c4737 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoformatasyoutype.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png index 5929239d6..d9d5a8c21 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png index 8b50580a0..ff78d284e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/caption_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/caption_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe9dcb22f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/caption_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/compare_final.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/compare_final.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56c07efbe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/compare_final.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/compare_markup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/compare_markup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aedd002a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/compare_markup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/compare_method.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/compare_method.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0ca2630f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/compare_method.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/compare_original.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/compare_original.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ded7b1ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/compare_original.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comparebutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comparebutton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18026984a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comparebutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/convert_all_notes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/convert_all_notes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9b271903 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/convert_all_notes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/convert_footnotes_endnotes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/convert_footnotes_endnotes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5fbf92de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/convert_footnotes_endnotes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cross_refference_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cross_refference_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7611ee5d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cross_refference_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date_time.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date_time.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..195286460 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date_time.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date_time_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date_time_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14748b290 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date_time_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/endnotes_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/endnotes_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c196b3188 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/endnotes_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/endnotesadded.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/endnotesadded.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9162c9c82 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/endnotesadded.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/endnotetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/endnotetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..315605202 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/endnotetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png index 32dae36fa..298feeda5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotes_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotes_settings.png index 3d4e93872..2bba5cf1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotes_settings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotes_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/groupup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/groupup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7467e50b2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/groupup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png index 85ef0822b..ba856daf1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/vector.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/vector.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_icon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81058ed69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..daf40846e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbols_windows.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbols_windows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6388c3aba Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbols_windows.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertcaptionbox.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertcaptionbox.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b44dfae6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertcaptionbox.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png index 4bb6ecbeb..63ec40661 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png index a3e64fa6e..6fa6aee82 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png index 08fd67a4d..7d5e6d062 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png index 1a461a817..39a51760e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linenumbers_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linenumbers_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee9cce34f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linenumbers_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linenumbers_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linenumbers_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..07c9630d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linenumbers_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_indents.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_indents.png index 809ea293d..6e2044354 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_indents.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_indents.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/proofing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/proofing.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ddcd38fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/proofing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/recognizedfunctions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/recognizedfunctions.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17ce64d1e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/recognizedfunctions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removegradientpoint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removegradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0675fbbb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removegradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/replacetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/replacetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7714da5be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/replacetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png index d24f79a22..d087549c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking.png index 7f0b4ca47..f35ac4890 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png index 5aa076a4a..742143a34 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png index 40f36f42a..b99d9c1df 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png index 2390f6aa2..7a32fc135 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/above.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/above.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97f2005e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/above.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/acute.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/acute.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12d62abab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/acute.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aleph.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aleph.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7355dba4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aleph.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca68e0fe0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea3a6aac4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/amalg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/amalg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b66c134d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/amalg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/angle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/angle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de11fe22d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/angle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aoint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35a228fb4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/approx.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/approx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67b770f72 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/approx.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/arrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/arrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asmash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df40f9f2c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ast.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ast.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33be7687a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ast.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asymp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asymp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7d21a268 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asymp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/atop.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/atop.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d4395beb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/atop.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..774a06eb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5321fe5b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/because.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/because.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3456d38c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/because.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/begin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/begin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd50e8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/begin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/below.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/below.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8acb835b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/below.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748f2b1be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c1ccb707 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcap.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af7e48ad8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e27fb3bb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigodot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigodot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ebddf66c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigodot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigoplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigoplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f555afb0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigoplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigotimes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigotimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43457dc4b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigotimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..614264a01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/biguplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/biguplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ec39889f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/biguplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigvee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigvee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57851a676 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigvee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigwedge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigwedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c7cac1e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigwedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/binomial.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/binomial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72bc36e68 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/binomial.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ded03e82 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bowtie.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bowtie.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ddfa28c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bowtie.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/box.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/box.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20d4a835b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/box.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxdot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222e1c7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxminus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caf1ddddb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1ee49522 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bra.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bra.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3c8b4c83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bra.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/break.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/break.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..859fbf8b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/break.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/breve.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/breve.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2392724b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/breve.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bullet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bullet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05e268132 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bullet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cap.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76139f161 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cap.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cases.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cases.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5a1d5ffe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cases.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cbrt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cbrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..580d0d0d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cbrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..199773081 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6246a1f0d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/check.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/check.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d57528ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/check.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ee801d17 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a27cce57e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/circ.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/circ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a6aa27c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/circ.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/close.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/close.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7438a6f0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/close.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/clubsuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/clubsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ecec4509 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/clubsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2f305a81 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/colonequal.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/colonequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79fb3a795 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/colonequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cong.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cong.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d48ef05a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cong.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coprod.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coprod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d90054fb5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coprod.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b3915395 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dalet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dalet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dalet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/daleth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/daleth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/daleth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dashv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dashv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a07ecf03 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dashv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b96137d73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51e50c6ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddddot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2512dd96 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dddot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c261bdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc158338d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b15677a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/defeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/defeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4728e579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/defeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8512ce6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degf.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d5b4f234 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degf.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degree.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degree.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42881ff13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degree.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14d5d2386 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6541350c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/deltaeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/deltaeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1dac99daf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/deltaeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamond.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamond.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e692a462 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bff5edf92 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/div.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/div.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..059758d9c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/div.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0d4f093f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddef5eb4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9cb5ed78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eee509760 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d98b1da6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cdc8d687 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4e564fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3e5ccc8a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublecolon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublecolon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56cfcafd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublecolon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bca050ea8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e222d501 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e03f999a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6627ded4f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c99ee88a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f97effdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81a4360f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97ff9ceed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19f3727f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca4f14ca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea40b9965 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb4d100de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..313453e56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43de921d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55063df14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6dc9ee87c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aee85567c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e4aad8c8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7382f3652 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f6d8538d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..100097a98 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f1373128 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ef2738aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a13023552 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..468459457 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8db731325 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18bfb16ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc4b77c78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25b230947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f0e988a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6e40f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c05d7f9cd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d24cb2f27 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c27fe3875 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32f2294a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0f54d440 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ce700d2f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5b0cb2be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da1089327 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0400ddbed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a151c1777 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..648ce4467 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c2a1de43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ed589d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e2733f6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d1061f6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f12b3eebb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71146333a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f20d8728 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dsmash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49e2e5855 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1c8f6b16 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ell.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ell.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/emptyset.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/emptyset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28b0f75d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/emptyset.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/end.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/end.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33d901831 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/end.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7a53ad49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd54bb471 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eqarray.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eqarray.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dbb07eff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eqarray.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/equiv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/equiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac3c147eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/equiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6c37c23 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93a5f8f3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/exists.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/exists.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2e078f08 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/exists.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/forall.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/forall.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c58ecb41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/forall.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8570b166c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3db328e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e682b9c49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..570b7daad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3296e1bf7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e1c9065f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c29587e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5afeeb59 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a56e7c5a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c9236af6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a460b206 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f59cc1a49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c71a7f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a96d7939 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afff96507 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c77ddc227 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b690840e0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93494c9f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6ec69273 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88b5d5dd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4719aa67a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73365c050 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8d412077 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6823b765f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7562b1587 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5817d5af7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed9ee60d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6becfb0d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9c2ef5ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fbe142a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aac2cafe2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7026dc172 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c14dc2aee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad6eb3a2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b68a51481 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be9bce9ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a274312f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff4ffbad5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3835c5e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7c2dfce0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ae44b0d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06951ec52 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e492dd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c08b19614 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7af677f4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dd4eefc0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea98c092d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf8f1fb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b44487f74 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afd922249 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2fcd6e3a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/g.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/g.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/g.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f088aa79 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/geq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/geq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/geq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gets.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab7c9df5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2b964579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gimel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gimel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e6cccb60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gimel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/grave.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/grave.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcda94a6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/grave.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hat.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3be83a4c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hat.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6025b5d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/heartsuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/heartsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b26f4fe3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/heartsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14f255fb0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b22e5b07a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc8f0fa47 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hphantom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb072eee0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hsmash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce90638d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3531cd2fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ii.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ii.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e064923e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ii.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7b9990d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f56aff057 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e73f05c2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/im.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/im.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1470295b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/im.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/imath.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/imath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6493cfef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/imath.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/in.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/in.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca1f84e4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/in.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/inc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/inc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ac8c1bcd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/inc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/infty.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/infty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fa3570fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/infty.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/int.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/int.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f296cc46 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/int.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/integral.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/integral.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65e56f23b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/integral.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0aefb684e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4341851a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/j.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/j.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004b30b69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/j.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jj.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a1e11920 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jj.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jmath.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jmath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9409b6d2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jmath.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..788d84c11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fae000a00 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ket.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ket.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f98af8017 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3016c6ece Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/langle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/langle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73ccafba9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/langle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbbrack.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dbb14049 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004d22d05 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrack.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cf789daa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lceil.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48d4f69b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldiv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba17e3ae6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldivide.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1071483b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/le.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/le.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/le.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/left.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/left.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f27f6310 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/left.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bafaf636c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60f405f7e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d15921dc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d02cea5c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c0305093 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..923152c61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lfloor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc34c4345 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lhvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10407df0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/limit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/limit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5669a329 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/limit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ll.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ll.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e31ee790 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ll.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lmoust.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3547706a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9647da6b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e0e50d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bed54fe7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lrhar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lrhar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a54ae201 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lrhar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6ab35fac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mapsto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mapsto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11e8e411a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mapsto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/matrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/matrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36dd9f3ef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/matrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mid.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mid.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21fca0ac1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mid.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/middle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/middle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e47884724 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/middle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/models.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/models.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a87cdc82e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/models.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f295f402 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4698faf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96d5b82b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nabla.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nabla.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c4283a5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nabla.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/naryand.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/naryand.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c43d7a980 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/naryand.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ne.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ne.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ne.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nearrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nearrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e95d358a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nearrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/neq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/neq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/neq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ni.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ni.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce8864 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ni.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/norm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/norm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/norm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notcontain.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notcontain.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b6ac81ce Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notcontain.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notelement.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c5d182db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notequal.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a8af203d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f2abe531 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notlessthan.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notlessthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e9fc8ef2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notlessthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b32087c3d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e0f14582 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nwarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nwarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35ad2ee95 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nwarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cbbaaf6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86a488451 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/odot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/odot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbd0f8b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/odot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/of.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/of.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8a2567c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/of.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c66dc2947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5587f29d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30b5bbab3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3224bcc5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6689087de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ominus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ominus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a07e9ce7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ominus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/open.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/open.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2874320d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/open.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab9c8d22 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/otimes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/otimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a2de09e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/otimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/over.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/over.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de78bfdde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/over.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71c7d4729 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbracket.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbd4f3598 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overparen.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..645d88650 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overshell.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overshell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..907e993d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overshell.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/parallel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/parallel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b42a5958 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/parallel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/partial.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/partial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb198b44d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/partial.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/perp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/perp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecc490ff4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/perp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phantom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3a11e75a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a42a2bdea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9f811dab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6c5da9c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11486a83b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13cccaad2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pmatrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37b0ed5ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pppprime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4aec7dd87 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ppprime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..460f07d5d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pprime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c60382c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc174cb73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/preceq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/preceq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..185576937 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/preceq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2144d9f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prod.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fbe6e266 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prod.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/propto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/propto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11a52f90b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/propto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce71e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71faedd0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/qdrt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/qdrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2b8a5518 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/qdrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/quadratic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/quadratic.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26116211c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/quadratic.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fd0b87a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ratio.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ratio.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d480fe90c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ratio.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31decded8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..772a722da Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5aa46c098 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rceil.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c96575404 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rddots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17f60c0bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/re.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/re.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36ffb2a8e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/re.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rect.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7942dbe1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rect.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rfloor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0303da681 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6020c1f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7242001a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rhvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/right.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/right.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc933121f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/right.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d8b7b90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c25b921a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a33c56ea0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rmoust.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e85cdefb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/root.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/root.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bdcb3d60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/root.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4305bc75 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4df4c10ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16801f863 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f395bf2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..292f64223 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7d64e076 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a52adbda Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db75ffaee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9cea6589 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..908b98abf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16b2839e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fc78029f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e2b4e5c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83ecfa7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce9052e49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b669be42d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8650af640 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35253e28d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23a0b18d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..964ca2f83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..605b16e12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c34227b6a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20327fde5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cdd4bc43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b257e5e69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22b214f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cd942d5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64efc9545 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f8bdc904 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec9874130 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2df092612 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c07bbff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eb2e1182 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49b85ae2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46dea0796 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74caee45b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acf23f10 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb6ace16a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9407b3372 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cffb832bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f85cd60c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6e628a61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..346dd8c56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e5d381db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..953ee2de5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db732c630 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..166c889a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7784bb149 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3003ade0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8d5a0cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8197fe515 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdiv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdivide.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/searrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/searrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a7f64b14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/searrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/setminus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/setminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa6c2cfee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/setminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cb2bb178 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e9f5ee7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sim.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sim.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a056eda0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sim.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/simeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/simeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eade7ebc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/simeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90896057d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smile.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smile.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83b716c6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smile.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/spadesuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/spadesuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bdec8945 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/spadesuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcap.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf43990e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..426d02fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqrt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acfaa8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14365cc02 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6db6d42fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/star.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/star.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f15f019f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/star.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subset.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f23368a90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subset.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d867e2df0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succ.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b7c0526b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succ.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22eff46c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sum.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44106f72f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sum.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superset.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67f46e1ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superset.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89521782c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/swarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/swarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66df3fa2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/swarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abd5bf872 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f15d8e443 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/therefore.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/therefore.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3f02aba3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/therefore.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2d89e82b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13f05f84f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tilde.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tilde.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b08ef3a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tilde.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/times.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/times.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da3afaf8b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/times.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/to.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/to.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/to.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/top.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/top.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbe5b832 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/top.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee71f7105 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e27b66816 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c20216a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..938c658e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2c080b58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbracket.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a78aa1cdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b55100731 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underparen.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccaac1590 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eccaa488d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cff2b9de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65ea76252 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c10bc8fef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39109a95b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69b7226c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2012f0408 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varepsilon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varepsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1788b80e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varepsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varphi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varphi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebcb44f39 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varphi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varpi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varpi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82e5e48bd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varpi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varrho.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varrho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d719b4e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varrho.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varsigma.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varsigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b154dede3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varsigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vartheta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vartheta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e49bc074 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vartheta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..197c22ee5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2387c2d76 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1220d68b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a50d9fe6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be2573ef8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adc50b15c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vmatrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8dba6fd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vphantom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd8194604 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wedge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34e02a584 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00c630d38 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bceef6f19 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f83b1dfd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c59fd3e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aaf47b628 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb04db0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/toccustomize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/toccustomize.png index b9b35320d..1bdb5f99c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/toccustomize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/toccustomize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png index 902f2a85c..70151d443 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png index 793ad5b94..4c82ff29b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/updatefromseleciton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/updatefromseleciton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52f3d8f95 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/updatefromseleciton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js index 858a7d7db..41dba16c1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js @@ -15,6 +15,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Gemeinsame Bearbeitung von Dokumenten", "body": "Im Dokumenteneditor haben Sie die Möglichkeit, gemeinsam mit anderen Nutzern an einem Dokument zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion umfasst: gleichzeitiger Zugriff von mehreren Benutzern auf das bearbeitete Dokument visuelle Markierung von Textabschnitten, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden Anzeige von Änderungen in Echtzeit oder Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick. Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten des Dokuments Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen (es ist auch möglich, im Offline-Modus mit Kommentaren zu arbeiten, ohne eine Verbindung zur Online-Version herzustellen). Verbindung mit der Online-Version herstellen Öffnen Sie im Desktop-Editor die Option mit Cloud verbinden in der linken Seitenleiste des Hauptprogrammfensters. Geben Sie Ihren Anmeldenamen und Ihr Passwort an und stellen Sie eine Verbindung zu Ihrem Cloud Office her. Co-Bearbeitung Im Dokumenteneditor stehen die folgenden Modelle für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung. Hinweis: Wenn Sie ein Dokument im Modus Schnell gemeinsam bearbeiten, ist die Option letzten rückgängig gemachten Vorgang wiederherstellen nicht verfügbar. Wenn ein Dokument im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Textpassagen mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Passagen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Passage aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben. Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die am aktuellen Dokument arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - . Wenn Sie sehen möchten wer die Datei aktuell bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält. Wenn kein Benutzer die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: - über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus dem Dokument auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen, Kommentieren, Ausfüllen von Formularen oder Betrachten des Dokuments erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol , um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige des Dokuments beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen. Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der Statusleiste eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf . Die Updates werden hervorgehoben, damit Sie nachvollziehen können, was genau geändert wurde. Sie können festlegen, welche Änderungen bei der Co-Bearbeitung hervorgehoben werden sollen: Klicken Sie dazu in der Registerkarte Datei auf die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen und wählen Sie zwischen keine, alle und letzte Änderungen in Echtzeit. Wenn Sie die Option Alle anzeigen auswählen, werden alle während der aktuellen Sitzung vorgenommenen Änderungen hervorgehoben. Wenn Sie die Option Letzte anzeigen auswählen, werden alle Änderungen hervorgehoben, die Sie vorgenommen haben, seit Sie das letzte Mal das Symbol Speichern angeklickt haben. Wenn Sie die Option Keine anzeigen auswählen, werden die während der aktuellen Sitzung vorgenommenen Änderungen nicht hervorgehoben. Chat Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Absatz Sie jetzt bearbeiten usw. Die Chat-Nachrichten werden nur während einer aktiven Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Inhalt der Präsentation zu besprechen, ist es besser die Kommentarfunktion zu verwenden, da Kommentare bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden. Chat nutzen und Nachrichten für andere Benutzer erstellen: Klicken Sie im linken Seitenbereich auf das Symbol oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Chat. Geben Sie Ihren Text in das entsprechende Feld unten ein. klicken Sie auf Senden. Alle Nachrichten, die von Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden links in der Leiste angezeigt. Liegen ungelesene neue Nachrichten vor, sieht das Chat-Symbol wie folgt aus - . Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste erneut auf Chat. Kommentare Es ist möglich, im Offline-Modus mit Kommentaren zu arbeiten, ohne eine Verbindung zur Online-Version herzustellen). Einen Kommentar hinterlassen: Wählen Sie einen Textabschnitt, der Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem enthält. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Kommentare oder nutzen Sie das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste, um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den gewünschten Textabschnitt und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein. Klicken Sie auf Kommentar hinzufügen/Hinzufügen. Der Kommentar wird im linken Seitenbereich angezeigt. Alle Nutzer können nun auf hinzugefügte Kommentare antworten, Fragen stellen oder über durchgeführte Aktionen berichten. Klicken Sie dazu einfach in das Feld Antworten, direkt unter dem Kommentar. Der von Ihnen kommentierte Textabschnitt wird im Dokument markiert. Um den Kommentar einzusehen, klicken Sie einfach auf den entsprechenden Abschnitt. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Live-Kommentare einblenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, wenn Sie auf klicken. Hinzugefügte Kommentare verwalten: bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf , wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf . Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Gelöste Kommentare einblenden, klicken Sie anschließend auf Anwenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, wenn Sie auf klicken. Wenn Sie im Modus Strikt arbeiten, werden neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, erst eingeblendet, wenn Sie in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf geklickt haben. Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf ." }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm", + "title": "Dokumente vergleichen", + "body": "Die Dokumente vergleichen Hinweis: Diese Option steht zur Verfügung nur in der kostenpflichtigen Online-Version im Dokument Server v. 5.5 und höher. Wenn Sie zwei Dokumente vergleichen und zusammenführen wollen,verwenden Sie das Tool Vergleichen. Sie können die Unterschiede zwischen zwei Dokumenten anzeigen und die Dokumente zusammenführen, wo Sie die Änderungen einzeln oder alle gleichzeitig akzeptieren können. Nach dem Vergleichen und Zusammenführen von zwei Dokumenten wird das Ergebnis als neue Version der Originaldatei im Portal gespeichert. Wenn Sie die verglichenen Dokumente nicht zusammenführen wollen, können Sie alle Änderungen ablehnen, sodass das Originaldokument unverändert bleibt. Wählen Sie ein Dokument zum Vergleichen aus Öffnen Sie das Originaldokument und wählen Sie ein Dokument zum Vergleichen aus, um die zwei Dokumente zu vergleichen: öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Vergleichen an, wählen Sie einer der zwei Optionen aus, um das Dokument hochzuladen: die Option Dokument aus Datei öffnet das Standarddialogfenster für Dateiauswahl. Finden Sie die gewünschte .docx Datei und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Öffnen an. die Option Dokument aus URL öffnet das Fenster, wo Sie die Datei-URL zum anderen Online-Speicher eingeben können (z.B., Nextcloud). Die URL muss direkt zum Datei-Herunterladen sein. Wenn die URL eingegeben ist, klicken Sie OK an. Hinweis: Die direkte URL lässt die Datei herunterladen, ohne diese Datei im Browser zu öffnen. Z.B., im Nextcloud kann man die direkte URL so erhalten: Finden Sie die gewünschte Datei in der Dateiliste, wählen Sie die Option Details im Menü aus. Klicken Sie die Option Direkte URL kopieren (nur für die Benutzer, die den Zugriff zur diesen Datei haben rechts auf dem Detailspanel an. Wie kann man eine direkte URL an anderen Online-Services erhalten, lesen Sie die entsprechende Servicedokumentation. die Option Dokument aus dem Speicher öffnet das Datei-Speicher-Auswahlfenster. Da finden Sie alle .docx Dateien, die Sie auf dem Online-Speicher haben. Sie können den Dokumente-Module navigieren durch den Menü links. Wählen Sie die gewünschte .docx Datei aus und klicken Sie OK an. Wenn das zweite Dokument zum Vergleichen ausgewählt wird, der Vergleichprozess wird gestartet und das Dokument wird angezeigt, als ob er im Überarbeitungsmodus geöffnet ist. Alle Änderungen werden hervorgehoben und Sie können die Änderungen Stück für Stück oder alle gleichzeitig sehen, navigieren, übernehmen oder ablehnen. Sie können auch den Anueogemodus ändern und sehen, wie das Dokument vor, während und nach dem Vergleichprozess sieht aus. Wählen Sie den Anzeigemodus für die Änderungen aus Klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Anzeigemodus nach oben und wählen Sie einen der Modi aus: Markup - diese Option ist standardmäßig. Verwenden Sie sie, um das Dokument während des Vergleichsprozesses anzuzeigen. Im diesen Modus können Sie das Dokument sehen sowie bearbeiten. Endgültig - der Modus zeigt das Dokument an, als ob alle Änderungen übernommen sind, nämlich nach dem Vergleichsprozess. Diese Option nimmt alle Änderungen nicht, sie zeigt nur das Dokument an, als ob die Änderungen schon übernommen sind. Im diesen Modus können Sie das Dokument nicht bearbeiten. Original - der Modus zeigt das Originaldokument an, nämlich vor dem Vergleichsprozess, als ob alle Änderungen abgelehnt sind. Diese Option lehnt alle Änderungen nicht am, sie zeigt nur das Dokument an, als ob die Änderungen nicht abgelehnt sind. Im diesen Modus können Sie das Dokument nicht bearbeiten. Änderungen übernehmen oder ablehnen Verwenden Sie die Schaltflächen Zur vorherigen Änderung und Zur nächsten Änderung, um die Änderungen zu navigieren. Um die Änderungen zu übernehmen oder abzulehnen: klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Annehmen nach oben oder klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Annehmen an und wählen Sie die Option Aktuelle Änderungen annehmen aus (die Änderung wird übernommen und Sie übergehen zur nächsten Änderung) oder klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Annehmen im Pop-Up-Fenster an. Um alle Änderungen anzunehmen, klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Annehmen an und wählen Sie die Option Alle Änderungen annehmen aus. Um die aktuelle Änderung abzulehnen: klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Ablehnen an oder klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Ablehnen an und wählen Sie die Option Aktuelle Änderung ablehnen aus (die Änderung wird abgelehnt und Sie übergehen zur nächsten Änderung) oder klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Ablehnen im Pop-Up-Fenster an. Um alle Änderungen abzulehnen, klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Ablehnen an und wählen Sie die Option Alle Änderungen ablehnen aus. Zusatzinformation für die Vergleich-Option Die Vergleichsmethode In die Dokumenten werden nur die Wörter verglichen. Falls das Wort eine Änderung hat (z.B. eine Buchstabe ist abgelöst oder verändert), werden das ganze Wort als eine Änderung angezeigt. Das folgende Bild zeigt den Fall, in dem das Originaldokument das Wort \"Symbole\" enthält und das Vergleichsdokument das Wort \"Symbol\" enthält. Urheberschaft des Dokuments Wenn der Vergleichsprozess gestartet wird, wird das zweite Dokument zum Vergleichen geladen und mit dem aktuellen verglichen. Wenn das geladene Dokument Daten enthält, die nicht im Originaldokument enthalten sind, werden die Daten als hinzugefügt markiert. Wenn das Originaldokument einige Daten enthält, die nicht im geladenen Dokument enthalten sind, werden die Daten als gelöscht markiert. Wenn die Autoren des Originaldokuments und des geladenen Dokuments dieselbe Person sind, ist der Prüfer derselbe Benutzer. Sein/Ihr Name wird in der Sprechblase angezeigt. Wenn die Autoren von zwei Dokumenten unterschiedliche Benutzer sind, ist der Autor der zweiten zum Vergleich geladenen Dokument der Autor der hinzugefügten / entfernten Änderungen. Die nachverfolgte Änderungen im verglichenen Dokument Wenn das Originaldokument einige Änderungen enthält, die im Überprüfungsmodus vorgenommen wurden, werden diese im Vergleichsprozess übernommen. Wenn Sie das zweite Dokument zum Vergleich auswählen, wird die entsprechende Warnmeldung angezeigt. In diesem Fall enthält das Dokument im Originalanzeigemodus keine Änderungen." + }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Tastaturkürzel", @@ -43,7 +48,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Unterstützte Formate von elektronischen Dokumenten", - "body": "Elektronische Dokumente stellen die am meisten benutzte Computerdateien dar. Dank des inzwischen hoch entwickelten Computernetzwerks ist es bequemer anstatt von gedruckten Dokumenten elektronische Dokumente zu verbreiten. Aufgrund der Vielfältigkeit der Geräte, die für die Anzeige der Dokumente verwendet werden, gibt es viele proprietäre und offene Dateiformate. Der Dokumenteneditor unterstützt die geläufigsten Formate. Formate Beschreibung Anzeige Bearbeitung Download DOC Dateierweiterung für Textverarbeitungsdokumente, die mit Microsoft Word erstellt werden + + DOCX Office Open XML Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft entwickeltes Dateiformat zur Präsentation von Kalkulationstabellen, Diagrammen, Präsentationen und Textverarbeitungsdokumenten + + + DOTX Word Open XML Dokumenten-Vorlage Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft für Dokumentenvorlagen entwickeltes Dateiformat. Eine DOTX-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Dokumente mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden. + + + ODT Textverarbeitungsformat von OpenDocument, ein offener Standard für elektronische Dokumente + + + OTT OpenDocument-Dokumentenvorlage OpenDocument-Dateiformat für Dokumentenvorlagen. Eine OTT-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Dokumente mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden. + + + RTF Rich Text Format Plattformunabhängiges Datei- und Datenaustauschformat von Microsoft für formatierte Texte + + + TXT Dateierweiterung reiner Textdateien mit wenig Formatierung + + + PDF Portable Document Format Dateiformat, mit dem Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und der Hardware originalgetreu wiedergegeben werden können. + + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A Eine ISO-standardisierte Version des Portable Document Format (PDF), die auf die Archivierung und Langzeitbewahrung elektronischer Dokumente spezialisiert ist. + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Hauptauszeichnungssprache für Webseiten + + Online-Version EPUB Electronic Publication Offener Standard für E-Books vom International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Offenes, lizenzfreies Dokumentenformat von Microsoft mit festem Layout + DjVu Dateiformat, das hauptsächlich zur Speicherung gescannter Dokumente (vor allem solcher mit Text, Rastergrafiken und Fotos) konzipiert wurde +" + "body": "Elektronische Dokumente stellen die am meisten benutzte Computerdateien dar. Dank des inzwischen hoch entwickelten Computernetzwerks ist es bequemer anstatt von gedruckten Dokumenten elektronische Dokumente zu verbreiten. Aufgrund der Vielfältigkeit der Geräte, die für die Anzeige der Dokumente verwendet werden, gibt es viele proprietäre und offene Dateiformate. Der Dokumenteneditor unterstützt die geläufigsten Formate. Formate Beschreibung Anzeige Bearbeitung Download DOC Dateierweiterung für Textverarbeitungsdokumente, die mit Microsoft Word erstellt werden + + DOCX Office Open XML Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft entwickeltes Dateiformat zur Präsentation von Kalkulationstabellen, Diagrammen, Präsentationen und Textverarbeitungsdokumenten + + + DOTX Word Open XML Dokumenten-Vorlage Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft für Dokumentenvorlagen entwickeltes Dateiformat. Eine DOTX-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Dokumente mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden. + + + FB2 Eine E-Book-Dateierweiterung, mit der Sie Bücher auf Ihrem Computer oder Mobilgerät lesen können + ODT Textverarbeitungsformat von OpenDocument, ein offener Standard für elektronische Dokumente + + + OTT OpenDocument-Dokumentenvorlage OpenDocument-Dateiformat für Dokumentenvorlagen. Eine OTT-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Dokumente mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden. + + + RTF Rich Text Format Plattformunabhängiges Datei- und Datenaustauschformat von Microsoft für formatierte Texte + + + TXT Dateierweiterung reiner Textdateien mit wenig Formatierung + + + PDF Portable Document Format Dateiformat, mit dem Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und der Hardware originalgetreu wiedergegeben werden können. + + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A Eine ISO-standardisierte Version des Portable Document Format (PDF), die auf die Archivierung und Langzeitbewahrung elektronischer Dokumente spezialisiert ist. + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Hauptauszeichnungssprache für Webseiten + + Online-Version EPUB Electronic Publication Offener Standard für E-Books vom International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Offenes, lizenzfreies Dokumentenformat von Microsoft mit festem Layout + DjVu Dateiformat, das hauptsächlich zur Speicherung gescannter Dokumente (vor allem solcher mit Text, Rastergrafiken und Fotos) konzipiert wurde + Hinweis: Die HTML/EPUB/MHT Dateiformate werden ohne Chromium ausgeführt und sind auf allen Plattformen verfügbar." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", @@ -68,7 +73,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte Plug-ins", - "body": "Die Registerkarte Plug-ins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen. Dialogbox Online-Dokumenteneditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Dokumenteneditor: Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Einstellungen öffnet sich das Fenster, in dem Sie alle installierten Plugins anzeigen und verwalten sowie eigene Plugins hinzufügen können. Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Makros öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Derzeit stehen standardmäßig folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung: Senden erlaubt das versenden des Dokumentes durch das Standard Desktop Email Programm (nur in der Desktop-Version verfügbar). Code hervorheben - Hervorhebung der Syntax des Codes durch Auswahl der erforderlichen Sprache, des Stils, der Hintergrundfarbe. OCR ermöglicht es, in einem Bild enthaltene Texte zu erkennen und es in den Dokumenttext einzufügen. PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: zuschneiden, umlegen, rotieren, Linien und Formen zeichnen, Icons und Text einzufügen, eine Bildmaske zu laden und verschiedene Filter anzuwenden, wie zum Beispiel Grauskala, Invertiert, Verschwimmen, Verklaren, Emboss, usw. Speech ermöglicht es, ausgewählten Text in Sprache zu konvertieren. Tabellensymbole - erlaubt es spezielle Symbole in Ihren Text einzufügen (nur in der Desktop version verfügbar). Thesaurus - erlaubt es nach Synonymen und Antonymen eines Wortes zu suchen und es durch das ausgewählte Wort zu ersetzen. Translator - erlaubt es den ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen zu übersetzen. YouTube erlaubt es YouTube-Videos in Ihr Dokument einzubinden. Die Plug-ins Wordpress und EasyBib können verwendet werden, wenn Sie die entsprechenden Dienste in Ihren Portaleinstellungen einrichten. Sie können die folgenden Anleitungen für die Serverversion oder für die SaaS-Version verwenden. Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar." + "body": "Die Registerkarte Plug-ins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen. Dialogbox Online-Dokumenteneditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Dokumenteneditor: Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Einstellungen öffnet sich das Fenster, in dem Sie alle installierten Plugins anzeigen und verwalten sowie eigene Plugins hinzufügen können. Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Makros öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Derzeit stehen standardmäßig folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung: Senden erlaubt das versenden des Dokumentes durch das Standard Desktop Email Programm (nur in der Desktop-Version verfügbar). Code hervorheben - Hervorhebung der Syntax des Codes durch Auswahl der erforderlichen Sprache, des Stils, der Hintergrundfarbe. OCR ermöglicht es, in einem Bild enthaltene Texte zu erkennen und es in den Dokumenttext einzufügen. PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: zuschneiden, umlegen, rotieren, Linien und Formen zeichnen, Icons und Text einzufügen, eine Bildmaske zu laden und verschiedene Filter anzuwenden, wie zum Beispiel Grauskala, Invertiert, Verschwimmen, Verklaren, Emboss, usw. Speech ermöglicht es, ausgewählten Text in Sprache zu konvertieren. Thesaurus - erlaubt es nach Synonymen und Antonymen eines Wortes zu suchen und es durch das ausgewählte Wort zu ersetzen. Translator - erlaubt es den ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen zu übersetzen. YouTube erlaubt es YouTube-Videos in Ihr Dokument einzubinden. Die Plug-ins Wordpress und EasyBib können verwendet werden, wenn Sie die entsprechenden Dienste in Ihren Portaleinstellungen einrichten. Sie können die folgenden Anleitungen für die Serverversion oder für die SaaS-Version verwenden. Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", @@ -90,6 +95,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Rahmen hinzufügen", "body": "Hinzufügen eines Rahmens in einen Absatz eine Seite oder das ganze Dokument: Postitionieren Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus aus oder markieren Sie den gesamten Text mithilfe der Tastenkombination Strg+A. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen aus oder nutzen Sie die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Wechseln Sie nun im Fenster Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen in die Registerkarte Rahmen & Füllung. Geben Sie den gewünschten Wert für die Linienstärke an und wählen Sie eine Linienfarbe aus. Klicken Sie nun in das verfügbare Diagramm oder gestalten Sie Ihre Ränder über die entsprechenden Schaltflächen. Klicken Sie auf OK. Nach dem Hinzufügen von Rahmen können Sie die Innenabstände festlegen, d.h. den Abstand zwischen den rechten, linken, oberen und unteren Rahmen und dem darin befindlichen Text. Um die gewünschten Werte einzustellen, wechseln Sie im Fenster Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen in die Registerkarte Innenabstände:" }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm", + "title": "Beschriftungen einfügen", + "body": "Eine Beschriftung ist eine nummerierte Bezeichnung eines Objektes, z.B. Gleichungen, Tabellen, Formen und Bilder. Eine Beschriftung bedeutet eine Quellenangabe, um ein Objekt im Text schnell zu finden. Um eine Beschriftung einzufügen: wählen Sie das gewünschte Objekt aus; öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Quellenangaben; klicken Sie die Beschriftungbild oder drücken Sie die rechte Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Beschriftung einfügen aus, um das Feld Beschriftung einfügen zu öffnen: öffnen Sie den Bezeichnung-Dropdown-Menü, um den Bezeichnungstyp für die Beschriftung auszuwählen oder klicken Sie die Hinzufügen-Taste, um eine neue Bezeichnung zu erstellen. Geben Sie den neuen Namen im Textfeld Bezeichnung ein. Klicken Sie OK, um eine neue Bezeichnung zu erstellen; markieren Sie das Kästchen Kapitelnummer einschließen, um die Nummerierung für die Beschriftung zu ändern; öffnen Sie den Einfügen-Dropdown-Menü und wählen Sie die Option Vor aus, um die Beschriftung über das Objekt zu stellen, oder wählen Sie die Option Nach aus, um die Beschriftung unter das Objekt zu stellen; markieren Sie das Kästchen Bezeichnung aus Beschriftung ausschließen, um die Sequenznummer nur für diese Beschriftung zu hinterlassen; wählen Sie die Nummerierungsart aus und fügen Sie ein Trennzeichnen ein; klicken Sie OK, um die Beschriftung einzufügen. Bezeichnungen löschen Um eine erstellte Bezeichnung zu löschen, wählen Sie diese Bezeichnung in dem Bezeichnung-Dropdown-Menü aus und klicken Sie Löschen. Diese Bezeichnung wird gelöscht. Hinweis: Sie können die erstellten Bezeichnungen löschen aber die Standardbezeichnungen sind unlöschbar. Formatierung der Beschriftungen Sobald Sie die Beschriftung eingefügt haben, ein neuer Stil wird erstellt. Um den Stil für alle Beschriftungen im Dokument zu ändern: wählen Sie den Text mit dem neuen Stil für die Beschriftung aus; finden Sie den Beschriftungenstil (standardmäßig ist er blau) in der Stilgalerie auf der Registerkarte Startseite; drücken Sie die rechte Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Aus der Auswahl neu aktualisieren aus. Beschriftungen gruppieren Um das Objekt mit der Beschriftung zusammen zu verschieben, gruppieren Sie sie zusammen: wählen Sie das Objekt aus; wählen Sie einen der Textumbrüche im Feld rechts aus; fügen Sie die Beschriftung ein (obengenannt); drücken und halten Sie die Umschalttaste und wählen Sie die gewünschte Objekte aus; drücken Sie die rechte Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Anordnen > Gruppieren aus. Jetzt werden die Objekte zusammen bearbeitet. Um die Objekte zu trennen, wählen Sie die Option Anordnen > Gruppierung aufheben aus." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", "title": "Formeln in Tabellen verwenden", @@ -130,6 +140,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Textumbruch ändern", "body": "Die Option Textumbruch legt fest, wie ein Objekt relativ zum Text positioniert wird. Sie können den Umbruchstil für eingefügt Objekte ändern, wie beispielsweise Formen, Bilder, Diagramme, Textfelder oder Tabellen. Textumbruch für Formen, Bilder, Diagramme oder Tabellen ändern Ändern des aktuellen Umbruchstils: Wählen Sie über einen Linksklick ein einzelnes Objekt auf der Seite aus. Um ein Textfeld auszuwählen, klicken Sie auf den Rahmen und nicht auf den darin befindlichen Text. Öffnen Sie die Einstellungen für den Textumbruch: Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Layout und klicken Sie auf das den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Textumbruch oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Textumbruch im Kontextmenü aus oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Erweitere Einstellungen in die Gruppe Textumbruch. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Umbruchstil aus: Mit Text verschieben - das Bild wird als Teil vom Text behandelt und wenn der Text verschoben wird, wird auch das Bild verschoben. In diesem Fall sind die Positionsoptionen nicht verfügbar. Falls einer der folgenden Stile gewählt ist, kann das Bild unabhängig vom Text verschoben werden und genau auf der Seite positioniert werden: Quadrat - der Text bricht um den rechteckigen Kasten, der das Bild begrenzt. Eng - der Text bricht um die Bildkanten um. Transparent - der Text bricht um die Bildkanten um und füllt den offenen weißen Raum innerhalb des Bildes. Wählen Sie für diesen Effekt die Option Umbruchsgrenze bearbeiten aus dem Rechtsklickmenü aus. Oben und unten - der Text ist nur oberhalb und unterhalb des Bildes. Vor den Text - das Bild überlappt mit dem Text. Hinter den Text - der Text überlappt sich mit dem Bild. Wenn Sie die Formate Quadrat, Eng, Transparent oder Oben und unten auswählen, haben Sie die Möglichkeit zusätzliche Parameter festzulegen - Abstand vom Text auf allen Seiten (oben, unten, links, rechts). Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Gruppe Textumbruch. Wählen Sie die gewünschten Werte und klicken Sie auf OK. Wenn Sie die Option Position auf der Seite fixieren wählen, steht Ihnen im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen auch die Gruppe Position zur Verfügung. Weitere Informationen zu diesen Parametern finden Sie auf den entsprechenden Seiten mit Anweisungen zum Umgang mit Formen, Bildern oder Diagrammen. Wenn Sie die Option Position auf der Seite fixieren wählen, haben Sie außerdem die Möglichkeit, die Umbruchränder für Bilder oder Formen zu bearbeiten. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt, wählen Sie die Option Textumbruch im Kontextmenü aus und klicken Sie auf Bearbeitung der Umbruchsgrenze. Ziehen Sie die Umbruchpunkte, um die Grenze benutzerdefiniert anzupassen. Um einen neuen Rahmenpunkt zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle auf der roten Linie und ziehen Sie diese an die gewünschte Position. Textumbruch für Tabellen ändern Für Tabellen stehen die folgenden Umbruchstile zur Verfügung: Mit Text verschieben und Umgebend. Ändern des aktuellen Umbruchstils: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Tabelle und wählen Sie die Option Tabelle-Erweiterte Einstellungen. Wechseln Sie nun im Fenster Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Gruppe Textumbruch und wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen: Textumbruch - Mit Text in Zeile: der Text wird durch die Tabelle umgebrochen, außerdem können Sie die Ausrichtung wählen: linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig. Textumbruch - Umgebend: bei diesem Format wird die Tabelle innerhalb des Textes eingefügt und entsprechend an allen Seiten vom Text umgeben. Über die Gruppe Textumbruch im Fenster Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen, können Sie außerdem die folgenden Parameter einrichten. Für Tabellen, die mit dem Text verschoben werden, können Sie die Ausrichtung der Tabelle festlegen (linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig) sowie den Einzug vom linken Seitenrand. Für Tabellen, deren Position auf einer Seite fixiert ist, können Sie den Abstand vom Text sowie die Tabellenposition in der Gruppe Tabellenposition festlegen." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm", + "title": "Fußnoten und Endnoten konvertieren", + "body": "Der ONLYOFFICE Dokumenteneditor ermöglicht das schnelle Konvertieren von Fuß- und Endnotes und umgekehrt, z. B. wenn Sie sehen, dass einige Fußnoten im resultierenden Dokument am Ende platziert werden sollten. Verwenden Sie das entsprechende Tool für eine mühelose Konvertierung, anstatt sie als Endnoten neu zu erstellen. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste, Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Menüpunkt Alle Anmerkungen konvertieren und wählen Sie eine der Optionen aus der Liste rechts aus: Alle Fußnoten in Endnoten konvertieren, um alle Fußnoten in Endnoten zu konvertieren; Alle Endnotes in Fußnoten konvertieren, um alle Endnoten in Fußnoten zu konvertieren; Fußnoten und Endnoten wechseln, um alle Fußnoten in Endnoten und alle Endnoten in Fußnoten zu konvertieren." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "title": "Textformatierung übernehmen/entfernen", @@ -168,7 +183,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "AutoFormen einfügen", - "body": "Fügen Sie eine automatische Form ein So fügen Sie Ihrem Dokument eine automatische Form hinzu: Wechseln Sie zur Registerkarte Einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste. Klicken Sie auf das Formsymbol in der oberen Symbolleiste. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Autoshape-Gruppen aus: Grundformen, figürliche Pfeile, Mathematik, Diagramme, Sterne und Bänder, Beschriftungen, Schaltflächen, Rechtecke, Linien, Klicken Sie auf die erforderliche automatische Form innerhalb der ausgewählten Gruppe. Platzieren Sie den Mauszeiger an der Stelle, an der die Form plaziert werden soll. Sobald die automatische Form hinzugefügt wurde, können Sie ihre Größe, Position und Eigenschaften ändern.Hinweis: Um eine Beschriftung innerhalb der automatischen Form hinzuzufügen, stellen Sie sicher, dass die Form auf der Seite ausgewählt ist, und geben Sie Ihren Text ein. Der auf diese Weise hinzugefügte Text wird Teil der automatischen Form (wenn Sie die Form verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text mit verschoben oder gedreht). Es ist auch möglich, der automatischen Form eine Beschriftung hinzuzufügen. Weitere Informationen zum Arbeiten mit Untertiteln für Autoformen finden Sie in diesem Artikel. Verschieben und ändern Sie die Größe von Autoformen Um die Größe der automatischen Form zu ändern, ziehen Sie kleine Quadrate an den Formkanten. Halten Sie die Umschalttaste gedrückt und ziehen Sie eines der Eckensymbole, um die ursprünglichen Proportionen der ausgewählten automatischen Form während der Größenänderung beizubehalten. Wenn Sie einige Formen ändern, z. B. abgebildete Pfeile oder Beschriftungen, ist auch das gelbe rautenförmige Symbol verfügbar. Hier können Sie einige Aspekte der Form anpassen, z. B. die Länge der Pfeilspitze. Verwenden Sie zum Ändern der Position für die automatische Form das Symbol, das angezeigt wird, nachdem Sie den Mauszeiger über die automatische Form bewegt haben. Ziehen Sie die automatische Form an die gewünschte Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Wenn Sie die automatische Form verschieben, werden Hilfslinien angezeigt, mit denen Sie das Objekt präzise auf der Seite positionieren können (wenn ein anderer Umbruchstil als Inline ausgewählt ist). Um die automatische Form in Schritten von einem Pixel zu verschieben, halten Sie die Strg-Taste gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Tastenkombinationen. Halten Sie beim Ziehen die Umschalttaste gedrückt, um die automatische Form streng horizontal / vertikal zu verschieben und zu verhindern, dass sie sich senkrecht bewegt. Um die automatische Form zu drehen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Drehgriff und ziehen Sie ihn im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn. Halten Sie die Umschalttaste gedrückt, um den Drehwinkel auf Schritte von 15 Grad zu beschränken. Hinweis: Die Liste der Tastaturkürzel, die beim Arbeiten mit Objekten verwendet werden können, finden Sie hier. Passen Sie die Autoshape-Einstellungen an Verwenden Sie das Rechtsklick-Menü, um Autoshapes auszurichten und anzuordnen. Die Menüoptionen sind: Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen - Standardoptionen, mit denen ein ausgewählter Text / ein ausgewähltes Objekt ausgeschnitten oder kopiert und eine zuvor ausgeschnittene / kopierte Textpassage oder ein Objekt an die aktuelle Zeigerposition eingefügt wird. Anordnen wird verwendet, um die ausgewählte automatische Form in den Vordergrund zu bringen, in den Hintergrund zu senden, vorwärts oder rückwärts zu bewegen sowie Formen zu gruppieren oder die Gruppierung aufzuheben, um Operationen mit mehreren von ihnen gleichzeitig auszuführen. Weitere Informationen zum Anordnen von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Ausrichten wird verwendet, um die Form links, mittig, rechts, oben, Mitte, unten auszurichten. Weitere Informationen zum Ausrichten von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Der Umbruchstil wird verwendet, um einen Textumbruchstil aus den verfügbaren auszuwählen - inline, quadratisch, eng, durch, oben und unten, vorne, hinten - oder um die Umbruchgrenze zu bearbeiten. Die Option Wrap-Grenze bearbeiten ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Wrap-Stil als Inline auswählen. Ziehen Sie die Umbruchpunkte, um die Grenze anzupassen. Um einen neuen Umbruchpunkt zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle auf der roten Linie und ziehen Sie sie an die gewünschte Position. Drehen wird verwendet, um die Form um 90 Grad im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen sowie um die Form horizontal oder vertikal zu drehen. Mit den Erweiterten Einstellungen der Form wird das Fenster \"Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen\" geöffnet. Einige der Einstellungen für die automatische Form können über die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um es zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf die Form und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Formeinstellungen . Hier können Sie folgende Eigenschaften ändern: Füllen - Verwenden Sie diesen Abschnitt, um die automatische Formfüllung auszuwählen. Sie können folgende Optionen auswählen: Farbfüllung - Wählen Sie diese Option aus, um die Volltonfarbe anzugeben, mit der Sie den Innenraum der ausgewählten Autoform füllen möchten. Klicken Sie auf das farbige Feld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus den verfügbaren Farbsätzen aus oder geben Sie eine beliebige Farbe an: Verlaufsfüllung - Wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit zwei Farben zu füllen, die sich reibungslos von einer zur anderen ändern. Stil - Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich in einer geraden Linie, d. H. Entlang einer horizontalen / vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem Winkel von 45 Grad) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich in einer Kreisbahn von der Mitte zu den Kanten). Richtung - Wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü. Wenn der lineare Verlauf ausgewählt ist, stehen folgende Richtungen zur Verfügung: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, unten -links nach rechts oben, von links nach rechts. Wenn der radiale Farbverlauf ausgewählt ist, ist nur eine Vorlage verfügbar. Farbverlauf - klicken Sie auf den linken Schieberegler unter der Verlaufsleiste, um das Farbfeld zu aktivieren, das der ersten Farbe entspricht. Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld rechtsum die erste Farbe in der Palette zu wählen. Ziehen Sie den Schieberegler, um den Verlaufsstopp festzulegen, d. H. Den Punkt, an dem sich eine Farbe in eine andere ändert. Verwenden Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Verlaufsleiste, um die zweite Farbe festzulegen und den Verlaufsstopp festzulegen. Bild oder Textur - Wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vordefinierte Textur als Formhintergrund zu verwenden. Wenn Sie ein Bild als Hintergrund für die Form verwenden möchten, können Sie ein Bild aus der Datei hinzufügen, indem Sie es auf der Festplatte Ihres Computers auswählen, oder aus der URL, indem Sie die entsprechende URL-Adresse in das geöffnete Fenster einfügen. Wenn Sie eine Textur als Hintergrund für die Form verwenden möchten, öffnen Sie das Menü Von Textur und wählen Sie die gewünschte Texturvoreinstellung aus.Derzeit sind folgende Texturen verfügbar: Leinwand, Karton, dunkler Stoff, Maserung, Granit, graues Papier, Strick, Leder, braunes Papier, Papyrus, Holz. Falls das ausgewählte Bild weniger oder mehr Abmessungen als die automatische Form hat, können Sie die Einstellung Dehnen oder Kacheln aus der Dropdown-Liste auswählen.

      Mit der Option Kacheln können Sie nur einen Teil des größeren Bilds anzeigen, wobei die ursprünglichen Abmessungen beibehalten werden, oder das kleinere Bild wiederholen, wobei die ursprünglichen Abmessungen über der Oberfläche der automatischen Form beibehalten werden, sodass der Raum vollständig ausgefüllt werden kann. Hinweis: Jede ausgewählte Texturvoreinstellung füllt den Raum vollständig aus. Sie können jedoch bei Bedarf den Dehnungseffekt anwenden. Muster - Wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, das aus regelmäßig wiederholten Elementen besteht. Muster - Wählen Sie eines der vordefinierten Designs aus dem Menü. Vordergrundfarbe - Klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe der Musterelemente zu ändern. Hintergrundfarbe - Klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe des Musterhintergrunds zu ändern. Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten. Deckkraft - Verwenden Sie diesen Abschnitt, um eine Deckkraftstufe festzulegen, indem Sie den Schieberegler ziehen oder den Prozentwert manuell eingeben. Der Standardwert ist 100%. Es entspricht der vollen Deckkraft. Der Wert 0% entspricht der vollen Transparenz. Strich - Verwenden Sie diesen Abschnitt, um die Breite, Farbe oder den Typ des Strichs für die automatische Formgebung zu ändern. Um die Strichbreite zu ändern, wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen aus der Dropdown-Liste Größe. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind: 0,5 pt, 1 pt, 1,5 pt, 2,25 pt, 3 pt, 4,5 pt, 6 pt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Keine Linie auswählen, wenn Sie keinen Strich verwenden möchten. Um die Strichfarbe zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das farbige Feld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus. Um den Strich-Typ zu ändern, wählen Sie die erforderliche Option aus der entsprechenden Dropdown-Liste aus (standardmäßig wird eine durchgezogene Linie angewendet, Sie können sie in eine der verfügbaren gestrichelten Linien ändern). Die Drehung wird verwendet, um die Form um 90 Grad im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen sowie um die Form horizontal oder vertikal zu drehen. Klicken Sie auf eine der Schaltflächen: um die Form um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um die Form um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um die Form horizontal zu drehen (von links nach rechts) um die Form vertikal zu drehen (verkehrt herum) Umbruchstil - Verwenden Sie diesen Abschnitt, um einen Textumbruchstil aus den verfügbaren auszuwählen - inline, quadratisch, eng, durch, oben und unten, vorne, hinten (weitere Informationen finden Sie in der Beschreibung der erweiterten Einstellungen unten). Autoshape ändern - Verwenden Sie diesen Abschnitt, um die aktuelle Autoshape durch eine andere zu ersetzen, die aus der Dropdown-Liste ausgewählt wurde. Schatten anzeigen - Aktivieren Sie diese Option, um die Form mit Schatten anzuzeigen. Passen Sie die erweiterten Einstellungen für die automatische Form an Um die erweiterten Einstellungen der automatischen Form zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste darauf und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen im Menü oder verwenden Sie den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Das Fenster 'Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen' wird geöffnet: Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter: Breite - Verwenden Sie eine dieser Optionen, um die automatische Formbreite zu ändern. Absolut - Geben Sie einen genauen Wert an, der in absoluten Einheiten gemessen wird, d. H. Zentimeter / Punkte / Zoll (abhängig von der auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen ... angegebenen Option). Relativ - Geben Sie einen Prozentsatz relativ zur linken Randbreite, dem Rand (d. H. Dem Abstand zwischen dem linken und rechten Rand), der Seitenbreite oder der rechten Randbreite an. Höhe - Verwenden Sie eine dieser Optionen, um die Höhe der automatischen Form zu ändern. Absolut - Geben Sie einen genauen Wert an, der in absoluten Einheiten gemessen wird, d. H. Zentimeter / Punkte / Zoll (abhängig von der auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen ... angegebenen Option). Relativ - Geben Sie einen Prozentsatz relativ zum Rand (d. H. Dem Abstand zwischen dem oberen und unteren Rand), der Höhe des unteren Randes, der Seitenhöhe oder der Höhe des oberen Randes an. Wenn die Option Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert ist, werden Breite und Höhe zusammen geändert, wobei das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis beibehalten wird. Die Registerkarte Rotation enthält die folgenden Parameter: Winkel - Verwenden Sie diese Option, um die Form um einen genau festgelegten Winkel zu drehen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld ein oder passen Sie ihn mit den Pfeilen rechts an. Gekippt - Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Horizontal, um die Form horizontal umzudrehen (von links nach rechts), oder aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Vertikal, um die Form vertikal zu spiegeln (verkehrt herum). Die Registerkarte Textumbruch enthält die folgenden Parameter: Umbruchstil - Verwenden Sie diese Option, um die Position der Form relativ zum Text zu ändern: Sie ist entweder Teil des Textes (falls Sie den Inline-Stil auswählen) oder wird von allen Seiten umgangen (wenn Sie einen auswählen) die anderen Stile). Inline - Die Form wird wie ein Zeichen als Teil des Textes betrachtet. Wenn sich der Text bewegt, bewegt sich auch die Form. In diesem Fall sind die Positionierungsoptionen nicht zugänglich. Wenn einer der folgenden Stile ausgewählt ist, kann die Form unabhängig vom Text verschoben und genau auf der Seite positioniert werden: Quadratisch - Der Text umschließt das rechteckige Feld, das die Form begrenzt. Eng - Der Text umschließt die tatsächlichen Formkanten. Durch - Der Text wird um die Formkanten gewickelt und füllt den offenen weißen Bereich innerhalb der Form aus. Verwenden Sie die Option Umbruchgrenze bearbeiten im Kontextmenü, damit der Effekt angezeigt wird. Oben und unten - der Text befindet sich nur über und unter der Form. Vorne - die Form überlappt den Text. Dahinter - der Text überlappt die Form. Wenn Sie den quadratischen, engen, durchgehenden oder oberen und unteren Stil auswählen, können Sie einige zusätzliche Parameter festlegen - Abstand zum Text an allen Seiten (oben, unten, links, rechts). Die Registerkarte Position ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als Inline auswählen. Diese Registerkarte enthält die folgenden Parameter, die je nach ausgewähltem Verpackungsstil variieren: Im horizontalen Bereich können Sie einen der folgenden drei Positionierungstypen für die automatische Form auswählen: Ausrichtung (links, Mitte, rechts) relativ zu Zeichen, Spalte, linkem Rand, Rand, Seite oder rechtem Rand, Absolute Position, gemessen in absoluten Einheiten, d. H. Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen... angegebenen Option), rechts neben Zeichen, Spalte, linkem Rand, Rand, Seite oder rechtem Rand. Relative Position gemessen in Prozent relativ zum linken Rand, Rand, Seite oder rechten Rand. Im vertikalen Bereich können Sie einen der folgenden drei Positionierungstypen für die automatische Form auswählen: Ausrichtung (oben, Mitte, unten) relativ zu Linie, Rand, unterem Rand, Absatz, Seite oder oberem Rand, Absolute Position gemessen in absoluten Einheiten, d. H. Zentimeter / Punkte / Zoll (abhängig von der auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen... angegebenen Option), unter Linie, Rand, unterem Rand, Absatz, Seite oder oberem Rand, Relative Position gemessen in Prozent relativ zum Rand, unteren Rand, Seite oder oberen Rand. Objekt mit Text verschieben steuert, ob sich die automatische Form so bewegt, wie sich der Text bewegt, an dem sie verankert ist. Überlappungssteuerung zulassen steuert, ob sich zwei automatische Formen überlappen oder nicht, wenn Sie sie auf der Seite nebeneinander ziehen Die Registerkarte Gewichte und Pfeile enthält die folgenden Parameter: Linienstil - In dieser Optionsgruppe können die folgenden Parameter angegeben werden: Kappentyp - Mit dieser Option können Sie den Stil für das Ende der Linie festlegen. Daher kann er nur auf Formen mit offenem Umriss angewendet werden, z. B. Linien, Polylinien usw.: Flach - Die Endpunkte sind flach. Runden - Die Endpunkte werden gerundet. Quadrat - Die Endpunkte sind quadratisch. Verbindungstyp - Mit dieser Option können Sie den Stil für den Schnittpunkt zweier Linien festlegen. Dies kann sich beispielsweise auf eine Polylinie oder die Ecken des Dreiecks oder Rechteckumrisses auswirken: Rund - die Ecke wird abgerundet. Abschrägung - die Ecke wird eckig abgeschnitten. Gehrung - die Ecke wird spitz. Es passt gut zu Formen mit scharfen Winkeln. Hinweis: Der Effekt macht sich stärker bemerkbar, wenn Sie eine große Umrissbreite verwenden. Pfeile - Diese Optionsgruppe ist verfügbar, wenn eine Form aus der Formgruppe Linien ausgewählt ist. Sie können den Pfeil Start- und Endstil und -größe festlegen, indem Sie die entsprechende Option aus den Dropdown-Listen auswählen. Auf der Registerkarte Textauffüllung können Sie die inneren Ränder der oberen, unteren, linken und rechten Form der automatischen Form ändern (d. H. Den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Form und den Rahmen der automatischen Form). Hinweis: Diese Registerkarte ist nur verfügbar, wenn Text innerhalb der automatischen Form hinzugefügt wird. Andernfalls ist die Registerkarte deaktiviert. Auf der Registerkarte Alternativer Text können Sie einen Titel und eine Beschreibung angeben, die Personen mit Seh- oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden, damit sie besser verstehen, welche Informationen in der Form enthalten sind." + "body": "Fügen Sie eine automatische Form ein So fügen Sie Ihrem Dokument eine automatische Form hinzu: Wechseln Sie zur Registerkarte Einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste. Klicken Sie auf das Formsymbol in der oberen Symbolleiste. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Autoshape-Gruppen aus: Grundformen, figürliche Pfeile, Mathematik, Diagramme, Sterne und Bänder, Beschriftungen, Schaltflächen, Rechtecke, Linien, Klicken Sie auf die erforderliche automatische Form innerhalb der ausgewählten Gruppe. Platzieren Sie den Mauszeiger an der Stelle, an der die Form plaziert werden soll. Sobald die automatische Form hinzugefügt wurde, können Sie ihre Größe, Position und Eigenschaften ändern.Hinweis: Um eine Beschriftung innerhalb der automatischen Form hinzuzufügen, stellen Sie sicher, dass die Form auf der Seite ausgewählt ist, und geben Sie Ihren Text ein. Der auf diese Weise hinzugefügte Text wird Teil der automatischen Form (wenn Sie die Form verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text mit verschoben oder gedreht). Es ist auch möglich, der automatischen Form eine Beschriftung hinzuzufügen. Weitere Informationen zum Arbeiten mit Untertiteln für Autoformen finden Sie in diesem Artikel. Verschieben und ändern Sie die Größe von Autoformen Um die Größe der automatischen Form zu ändern, ziehen Sie kleine Quadrate an den Formkanten. Halten Sie die Umschalttaste gedrückt und ziehen Sie eines der Eckensymbole, um die ursprünglichen Proportionen der ausgewählten automatischen Form während der Größenänderung beizubehalten. Wenn Sie einige Formen ändern, z. B. abgebildete Pfeile oder Beschriftungen, ist auch das gelbe rautenförmige Symbol verfügbar. Hier können Sie einige Aspekte der Form anpassen, z. B. die Länge der Pfeilspitze. Verwenden Sie zum Ändern der Position für die automatische Form das Symbol, das angezeigt wird, nachdem Sie den Mauszeiger über die automatische Form bewegt haben. Ziehen Sie die automatische Form an die gewünschte Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Wenn Sie die automatische Form verschieben, werden Hilfslinien angezeigt, mit denen Sie das Objekt präzise auf der Seite positionieren können (wenn ein anderer Umbruchstil als Inline ausgewählt ist). Um die automatische Form in Schritten von einem Pixel zu verschieben, halten Sie die Strg-Taste gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Tastenkombinationen. Halten Sie beim Ziehen die Umschalttaste gedrückt, um die automatische Form streng horizontal / vertikal zu verschieben und zu verhindern, dass sie sich senkrecht bewegt. Um die automatische Form zu drehen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Drehgriff und ziehen Sie ihn im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn. Halten Sie die Umschalttaste gedrückt, um den Drehwinkel auf Schritte von 15 Grad zu beschränken. Hinweis: Die Liste der Tastaturkürzel, die beim Arbeiten mit Objekten verwendet werden können, finden Sie hier. Passen Sie die Autoshape-Einstellungen an Verwenden Sie das Rechtsklick-Menü, um Autoshapes auszurichten und anzuordnen. Die Menüoptionen sind: Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen - Standardoptionen, mit denen ein ausgewählter Text / ein ausgewähltes Objekt ausgeschnitten oder kopiert und eine zuvor ausgeschnittene / kopierte Textpassage oder ein Objekt an die aktuelle Zeigerposition eingefügt wird. Anordnen wird verwendet, um die ausgewählte automatische Form in den Vordergrund zu bringen, in den Hintergrund zu senden, vorwärts oder rückwärts zu bewegen sowie Formen zu gruppieren oder die Gruppierung aufzuheben, um Operationen mit mehreren von ihnen gleichzeitig auszuführen. Weitere Informationen zum Anordnen von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Ausrichten wird verwendet, um die Form links, mittig, rechts, oben, Mitte, unten auszurichten. Weitere Informationen zum Ausrichten von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Der Umbruchstil wird verwendet, um einen Textumbruchstil aus den verfügbaren auszuwählen - inline, quadratisch, eng, durch, oben und unten, vorne, hinten - oder um die Umbruchgrenze zu bearbeiten. Die Option Wrap-Grenze bearbeiten ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Wrap-Stil als Inline auswählen. Ziehen Sie die Umbruchpunkte, um die Grenze anzupassen. Um einen neuen Umbruchpunkt zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle auf der roten Linie und ziehen Sie sie an die gewünschte Position. Drehen wird verwendet, um die Form um 90 Grad im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen sowie um die Form horizontal oder vertikal zu drehen. Mit den Erweiterten Einstellungen der Form wird das Fenster \"Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen\" geöffnet. Einige der Einstellungen für die automatische Form können über die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um es zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf die Form und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Formeinstellungen . Hier können Sie folgende Eigenschaften ändern: Füllen - Verwenden Sie diesen Abschnitt, um die automatische Formfüllung auszuwählen. Sie können folgende Optionen auswählen: Farbfüllung - Wählen Sie diese Option aus, um die Volltonfarbe anzugeben, mit der Sie den Innenraum der ausgewählten Autoform füllen möchten. Klicken Sie auf das farbige Feld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus den verfügbaren Farbsätzen aus oder geben Sie eine beliebige Farbe an: Füllung mit Farbverlauf - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem sanften Übergang von einer Farbe zu einer anderen zu füllen. Stil - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich linear, d.h. entlang der horizontalen/vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem 45-Grad Winkel) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich kreisförmig vom Zentrum zu den Kanten). Richtung - wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü aus. Wenn der Farbverlauf Linear ausgewählt ist, sind die folgenden Richtungen verfügbar: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, von unten links nach oben rechts, von links nach rechts. Wenn der Farbverlauf Radial ausgewählt ist, steht nur eine Vorlage zur Verfügung. Farbverlauf - verwenden Sie diese Option, um die Form mit zwei oder mehr verblassenden Farben zu füllen. Passen Sie Ihre Farbverlaufsfüllung ohne Einschränkungen an. Klicken Sie auf die Form, um das rechte Füllungsmenü zu öffnen. Die verfügbare Menüoptionen: Stil - wählen Sie Linear oder Radial aus: Linear wird verwendet, wenn Ihre Farben von links nach rechts, von oben nach unten oder in einem beliebigen Winkel in eine Richtung fließen sollen. Klicken Sie auf Richtung, um eine voreingestellte Richtung auszuwählen, und klicken Sie auf Winke, um einen genauen Verlaufswinkel einzugeben. Radial wird verwendet, um sich von der Mitte zu bewegen, da die Farbe an einem einzelnen Punkt beginnt und nach außen ausstrahlt. Punkt des Farbverlaufs ist ein bestimmter Punkt für den Verlauf von einer Farbe zur anderen. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Punkt des Farbverlaufs einfügen oder den Schieberegler, um einen Punkt des Verlaufs einzufügen. Sie können bis zu 10 Punkte einfügen. Jeder nächste eingefügte Punkt des Farbverlaufs beeinflusst in keiner Weise die aktuelle Darstellung der Farbverlaufsfüllung. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Punkt des Farbverlaufs entfernen, um den bestimmten Punkt zu löschen. Verwenden Sie den Schieberegler, um die Position des Farbverlaufspunkts zu ändern, oder geben Sie Position in Prozent an, um eine genaue Position zu erhalten. Um eine Farbe auf einen Verlaufspunkt anzuwenden, klicken Sie auf einen Punkt im Schieberegler und dann auf Farbe, um die gewünschte Farbe auszuwählen. Bild oder Textur - Wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vordefinierte Textur als Formhintergrund zu verwenden. Wenn Sie ein Bild als Hintergrund für die Form verwenden möchten, können Sie ein Bild aus der Datei hinzufügen, indem Sie es auf der Festplatte Ihres Computers auswählen, oder aus der URL, indem Sie die entsprechende URL-Adresse in das geöffnete Fenster einfügen. Wenn Sie eine Textur als Hintergrund für die Form verwenden möchten, öffnen Sie das Menü Von Textur und wählen Sie die gewünschte Texturvoreinstellung aus.Derzeit sind folgende Texturen verfügbar: Leinwand, Karton, dunkler Stoff, Maserung, Granit, graues Papier, Strick, Leder, braunes Papier, Papyrus, Holz. Falls das ausgewählte Bild weniger oder mehr Abmessungen als die automatische Form hat, können Sie die Einstellung Dehnen oder Kacheln aus der Dropdown-Liste auswählen.

      Mit der Option Kacheln können Sie nur einen Teil des größeren Bilds anzeigen, wobei die ursprünglichen Abmessungen beibehalten werden, oder das kleinere Bild wiederholen, wobei die ursprünglichen Abmessungen über der Oberfläche der automatischen Form beibehalten werden, sodass der Raum vollständig ausgefüllt werden kann. Hinweis: Jede ausgewählte Texturvoreinstellung füllt den Raum vollständig aus. Sie können jedoch bei Bedarf den Dehnungseffekt anwenden. Muster - Wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, das aus regelmäßig wiederholten Elementen besteht. Muster - Wählen Sie eines der vordefinierten Designs aus dem Menü. Vordergrundfarbe - Klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe der Musterelemente zu ändern. Hintergrundfarbe - Klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe des Musterhintergrunds zu ändern. Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten. Deckkraft - Verwenden Sie diesen Abschnitt, um eine Deckkraftstufe festzulegen, indem Sie den Schieberegler ziehen oder den Prozentwert manuell eingeben. Der Standardwert ist 100%. Es entspricht der vollen Deckkraft. Der Wert 0% entspricht der vollen Transparenz. Strich - Verwenden Sie diesen Abschnitt, um die Breite, Farbe oder den Typ des Strichs für die automatische Formgebung zu ändern. Um die Strichbreite zu ändern, wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen aus der Dropdown-Liste Größe. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind: 0,5 pt, 1 pt, 1,5 pt, 2,25 pt, 3 pt, 4,5 pt, 6 pt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Keine Linie auswählen, wenn Sie keinen Strich verwenden möchten. Um die Strichfarbe zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das farbige Feld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus. Um den Strich-Typ zu ändern, wählen Sie die erforderliche Option aus der entsprechenden Dropdown-Liste aus (standardmäßig wird eine durchgezogene Linie angewendet, Sie können sie in eine der verfügbaren gestrichelten Linien ändern). Die Drehung wird verwendet, um die Form um 90 Grad im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen sowie um die Form horizontal oder vertikal zu drehen. Klicken Sie auf eine der Schaltflächen: um die Form um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um die Form um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um die Form horizontal zu drehen (von links nach rechts) um die Form vertikal zu drehen (verkehrt herum) Umbruchstil - Verwenden Sie diesen Abschnitt, um einen Textumbruchstil aus den verfügbaren auszuwählen - inline, quadratisch, eng, durch, oben und unten, vorne, hinten (weitere Informationen finden Sie in der Beschreibung der erweiterten Einstellungen unten). Autoshape ändern - Verwenden Sie diesen Abschnitt, um die aktuelle Autoshape durch eine andere zu ersetzen, die aus der Dropdown-Liste ausgewählt wurde. Schatten anzeigen - Aktivieren Sie diese Option, um die Form mit Schatten anzuzeigen. Passen Sie die erweiterten Einstellungen für die automatische Form an Um die erweiterten Einstellungen der automatischen Form zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste darauf und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen im Menü oder verwenden Sie den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Das Fenster 'Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen' wird geöffnet: Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter: Breite - Verwenden Sie eine dieser Optionen, um die automatische Formbreite zu ändern. Absolut - Geben Sie einen genauen Wert an, der in absoluten Einheiten gemessen wird, d. H. Zentimeter / Punkte / Zoll (abhängig von der auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen ... angegebenen Option). Relativ - Geben Sie einen Prozentsatz relativ zur linken Randbreite, dem Rand (d. H. Dem Abstand zwischen dem linken und rechten Rand), der Seitenbreite oder der rechten Randbreite an. Höhe - Verwenden Sie eine dieser Optionen, um die Höhe der automatischen Form zu ändern. Absolut - Geben Sie einen genauen Wert an, der in absoluten Einheiten gemessen wird, d. H. Zentimeter / Punkte / Zoll (abhängig von der auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen ... angegebenen Option). Relativ - Geben Sie einen Prozentsatz relativ zum Rand (d. H. Dem Abstand zwischen dem oberen und unteren Rand), der Höhe des unteren Randes, der Seitenhöhe oder der Höhe des oberen Randes an. Wenn die Option Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert ist, werden Breite und Höhe zusammen geändert, wobei das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis beibehalten wird. Die Registerkarte Rotation enthält die folgenden Parameter: Winkel - Verwenden Sie diese Option, um die Form um einen genau festgelegten Winkel zu drehen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld ein oder passen Sie ihn mit den Pfeilen rechts an. Gekippt - Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Horizontal, um die Form horizontal umzudrehen (von links nach rechts), oder aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Vertikal, um die Form vertikal zu spiegeln (verkehrt herum). Die Registerkarte Textumbruch enthält die folgenden Parameter: Umbruchstil - Verwenden Sie diese Option, um die Position der Form relativ zum Text zu ändern: Sie ist entweder Teil des Textes (falls Sie den Inline-Stil auswählen) oder wird von allen Seiten umgangen (wenn Sie einen auswählen) die anderen Stile). Inline - Die Form wird wie ein Zeichen als Teil des Textes betrachtet. Wenn sich der Text bewegt, bewegt sich auch die Form. In diesem Fall sind die Positionierungsoptionen nicht zugänglich. Wenn einer der folgenden Stile ausgewählt ist, kann die Form unabhängig vom Text verschoben und genau auf der Seite positioniert werden: Quadratisch - Der Text umschließt das rechteckige Feld, das die Form begrenzt. Eng - Der Text umschließt die tatsächlichen Formkanten. Durch - Der Text wird um die Formkanten gewickelt und füllt den offenen weißen Bereich innerhalb der Form aus. Verwenden Sie die Option Umbruchgrenze bearbeiten im Kontextmenü, damit der Effekt angezeigt wird. Oben und unten - der Text befindet sich nur über und unter der Form. Vorne - die Form überlappt den Text. Dahinter - der Text überlappt die Form. Wenn Sie den quadratischen, engen, durchgehenden oder oberen und unteren Stil auswählen, können Sie einige zusätzliche Parameter festlegen - Abstand zum Text an allen Seiten (oben, unten, links, rechts). Die Registerkarte Position ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als Inline auswählen. Diese Registerkarte enthält die folgenden Parameter, die je nach ausgewähltem Verpackungsstil variieren: Im horizontalen Bereich können Sie einen der folgenden drei Positionierungstypen für die automatische Form auswählen: Ausrichtung (links, Mitte, rechts) relativ zu Zeichen, Spalte, linkem Rand, Rand, Seite oder rechtem Rand, Absolute Position, gemessen in absoluten Einheiten, d. H. Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen... angegebenen Option), rechts neben Zeichen, Spalte, linkem Rand, Rand, Seite oder rechtem Rand. Relative Position gemessen in Prozent relativ zum linken Rand, Rand, Seite oder rechten Rand. Im vertikalen Bereich können Sie einen der folgenden drei Positionierungstypen für die automatische Form auswählen: Ausrichtung (oben, Mitte, unten) relativ zu Linie, Rand, unterem Rand, Absatz, Seite oder oberem Rand, Absolute Position gemessen in absoluten Einheiten, d. H. Zentimeter / Punkte / Zoll (abhängig von der auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen... angegebenen Option), unter Linie, Rand, unterem Rand, Absatz, Seite oder oberem Rand, Relative Position gemessen in Prozent relativ zum Rand, unteren Rand, Seite oder oberen Rand. Objekt mit Text verschieben steuert, ob sich die automatische Form so bewegt, wie sich der Text bewegt, an dem sie verankert ist. Überlappungssteuerung zulassen steuert, ob sich zwei automatische Formen überlappen oder nicht, wenn Sie sie auf der Seite nebeneinander ziehen Die Registerkarte Gewichte und Pfeile enthält die folgenden Parameter: Linienstil - In dieser Optionsgruppe können die folgenden Parameter angegeben werden: Kappentyp - Mit dieser Option können Sie den Stil für das Ende der Linie festlegen. Daher kann er nur auf Formen mit offenem Umriss angewendet werden, z. B. Linien, Polylinien usw.: Flach - Die Endpunkte sind flach. Runden - Die Endpunkte werden gerundet. Quadrat - Die Endpunkte sind quadratisch. Verbindungstyp - Mit dieser Option können Sie den Stil für den Schnittpunkt zweier Linien festlegen. Dies kann sich beispielsweise auf eine Polylinie oder die Ecken des Dreiecks oder Rechteckumrisses auswirken: Rund - die Ecke wird abgerundet. Abschrägung - die Ecke wird eckig abgeschnitten. Gehrung - die Ecke wird spitz. Es passt gut zu Formen mit scharfen Winkeln. Hinweis: Der Effekt macht sich stärker bemerkbar, wenn Sie eine große Umrissbreite verwenden. Pfeile - Diese Optionsgruppe ist verfügbar, wenn eine Form aus der Formgruppe Linien ausgewählt ist. Sie können den Pfeil Start- und Endstil und -größe festlegen, indem Sie die entsprechende Option aus den Dropdown-Listen auswählen. Auf der Registerkarte Textauffüllung können Sie die inneren Ränder der oberen, unteren, linken und rechten Form der automatischen Form ändern (d. H. Den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Form und den Rahmen der automatischen Form). Hinweis: Diese Registerkarte ist nur verfügbar, wenn Text innerhalb der automatischen Form hinzugefügt wird. Andernfalls ist die Registerkarte deaktiviert. Auf der Registerkarte Alternativer Text können Sie einen Titel und eine Beschreibung angeben, die Personen mit Seh- oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden, damit sie besser verstehen, welche Informationen in der Form enthalten sind." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm", @@ -185,11 +200,26 @@ var indexes = "title": "Inhaltssteuerelemente einfügen", "body": "Mithilfe von Inhaltssteuerelementen können Sie ein Formular mit Eingabefeldern erstellen, die von anderen Benutzern ausgefüllt werden können; oder Sie können Teile des Dokuments davor schützen, bearbeitet oder gelöscht zu werden. Inhaltssteuerelemente sind Objekte die Text enthalten, der formatiert werden kann. Inhaltssteuerelemente für einfachen Text können nur einen Absatz enthalten, während Steuerelemente für Rich-Text-Inhalte mehrere Absätze, Listen und Objekte (Bilder, Formen, Tabellen usw.) enthalten können. Inhaltssteuerelemente hinzufügen Neues Inhaltssteuerelement für einfachen Text erstellen: Positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt innerhalb einer Textzeile, in die das Steuerelement eingefügt werden soll oder wählen Sie eine Textpassage aus, die Sie zum Steuerungsinhalt machen wollen. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Inhaltssteuerelemente. Wählen sie die Option Inhaltssteuerelement für einfachen Text einfügen aus dem Menü aus. Das Steuerelement wird an der Einfügemarke innerhalb einer Zeile des vorhandenen Texts eingefügt. Bei Steuerelementen für einfachen Text können keine Zeilenumbrüche hinzugefügt werden und sie dürfen keine anderen Objekte wie Bilder, Tabellen usw. enthalten. Neues Inhaltssteuerelement für Rich-Text erstellen: Positionieren Sie die Einfügemarke am Ende eines Absatzes, nach dem das Steuerelement hinzugefügt werden soll oder wählen Sie einen oder mehrere der vorhandenen Absätze aus, die Sie zum Steuerungsinhalt machen wollen. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Inhaltssteuerelemente. Wählen sie die Option Inhaltssteuerelement für Rich-Text einfügen aus dem Menü aus. Das Steuerungselement wird in einem neuen Paragraphen eingefügt. Rich-Text-Inhaltssteuerelemente ermöglichen das Hinzufügen von Zeilenumbrüchen und Sie können multiple Absätze sowie auch Objekte enthalten z. B. Bilder, Tabellen, andere Inhaltssteuerelemente usw. Hinweis: Der Rahmen des Textfelds für das Inhaltssteuerelement ist nur sichtbar, wenn das Steuerelement ausgewählt ist. In der gedruckten Version sind die Ränder nicht zu sehen. Inhaltssteuerelemente verschieben Steuerelemente können an eine andere Stelle im Dokument verschoben werden: Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche links neben dem Rahmen des Steuerelements, um das Steuerelement auszuwählen, und ziehen Sie es bei gedrückter Maustaste an die gewünschte Position. Sie können Inhaltssteuerelemente auch kopieren und einfügen: wählen Sie das entsprechende Steuerelement aus und verwenden Sie die Tastenkombinationen STRG+C/STRG+V. Inhaltssteuerelemente bearbeiten Ersetzen Sie den Standardtext im Steuerelement („Text eingeben\") durch Ihren eigenen Text: Wählen Sie den Standardtext aus und geben Sie einen neuen Text ein oder kopieren Sie eine beliebige Textpassage und fügen Sie diese in das Inhaltssteuerelement ein. Der Text im Inhaltssteuerelement eines beliebigen Typs (für einfachen Text und Rich-Text) kann mithilfe der Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste formatiert werden: Sie können Schriftart, -größe und -farbe anpassen und DekoSchriften und Formatierungsvorgaben anwenden. Es ist auch möglich die Texteigenschaften im Fenster Paragraph - Erweiterte Einstellungen zu ändern, das Ihnen im Kontextmenü oder in der rechten Seitenleiste zur Verfügung steht. Text in Rich-Text-Inhaltssteuerelementen kann wie normaler Dokumententext formatiert werden, Sie können beispielsweise den Zeilenabstand festlegen, Absatzeinzüge ändern oder Tab-Stopps anpassen. Einstellungen für Inhaltssteuerelemente ändern Die Einstellungen für Inhaltssteuerelemente öffnen Sie wie folgt: Wählen Sie das gewünschte Inhaltssteuerelement aus und klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Inhaltssteuerelemente in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie dann die Option Einstellungen Inhaltssteuerelemente aus dem Menü aus. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine beliebige Stelle im Inhaltssteuerelement und nutzen Sie die Option Einstellungen Steuerungselement im Kontextmenü. Im sich nun öffnenden Fenstern können Sie die folgenden Parameter festlegen: Legen Sie in den entsprechenden Feldern Titel oder Tag des Steuerelements fest. Der Titel wird angezeigt, wenn das Steuerelement im Dokument ausgewählt wird. Tags werden verwendet, um Inhaltssteuerelemente zu identifizieren, damit Sie im Code darauf verweisen können. Wählen Sie aus, ob Sie Steuerelemente mit einem Begrenzungsrahmen anzeigen möchten oder nicht. Wählen Sie die Option Keine, um das Steuerelement ohne Begrenzungsrahmen anzuzeigen. Über die Option Begrenzungsrahmen können Sie die Feldfarbe im untenstehenden Feld auswählen. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Auf alle anwenden, um die festgelegten Darstellungseinstellungen auf alle Inhaltssteuerelemente im Dokument anzuwenden. Im Abschnitt Sperren können Sie das Inhaltssteuerelement mit der entsprechenden Option vor ungewolltem Löschen oder Bearbeiten schützen: Inhaltssteuerelement kann nicht gelöscht werden - Aktivieren Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen, um ein Löschen des Steuerelements zu verhindern. Inhaltssteuerelement kann nicht bearbeitet werden - Aktivieren Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen, um ein Bearbeiten des Steuerelements zu verhindern. Klicken Sie im Fenster Einstellungen auf OK, um die Änderungen zu bestätigen. Es ist auch möglich Inhaltssteuerelemente mit einer bestimmten Farbe hervorzuheben. Inhaltssteuerelemente farblich hervorheben: Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche links neben dem Rahmen des Steuerelements, um das Steuerelement auszuwählen. Klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Inhaltssteuerelemente. Wählen Sie die Option Einstellungen hervorheben aus dem Menü aus. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus den verfügbaren Paletten aus: Themenfarben, Standardfarben oder neue benutzerdefinierte Farbe angeben. Um zuvor angewendete Farbmarkierungen zu entfernen, verwenden Sie die Option Keine Markierung. Die ausgewählten Hervorhebungsoptionen werden auf alle Inhaltssteuerelemente im Dokument angewendet. Inhaltssteuerelemente entfernen Um ein Steuerelement zu entfernen ohne den Inhalt zu löschen, klicken Sie auf das entsprechende Steuerelement und gehen Sie vor wie folgt: Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Inhaltssteuerelemente in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie dann die Option Steuerelement entfernen aus dem Menü aus. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Steuerelement und wählen Sie die Option Steuerungselement entfernen im Kontextmenü aus. Um ein Steuerelement einschließlich Inhalt zu entfernen, wählen Sie das entsprechende Steuerelement aus und drücken Sie die Taste Löschen auf der Tastatur." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm", + "title": "Querverweise einfügen", + "body": "Querverweise werden verwendet, um Links zu erstellen, die zu anderen Teilen desselben Dokuments führen, z.B. Überschriften oder Objekte wie Diagramme oder Tabellen. Solche Verweise erscheinen in Form eines Hyperlinks. Querverweis erstellen Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie einen Querverweis einfügen möchten. Öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Verweise und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Querverweis. Im geöffneten Fenster Querverweis stellen Sie die gewünschten Parameter ein: Das Drop-Down-Menü Bezugstyp gibt das Element an, auf das Sie sich beziehen möchten, z.B. ein nummeriertes Element (standarmäßig), eine Überschrift,, ein Lesezeichen, eine Fuß-/Endnote, eine Gleichung, eine Tabelle. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Typ aus. Das Drop-Down-Menü Verweisen auf gibt den Text oder den numerische Wert des Verweises an, abhängig vom Element, das Sie im Menü Bezugstyp ausgewählt haben. Z.B., wenn Sie die Option Überschrift ausgewählt haben, können Sie den folgenden Inhalt angeben: Überschriftentext, Seitennummer, Nummer der Überschrift, Nummer der Überschrift (kein Kontext), Nummer der Überschrift (der ganze Text), Oben/unten. Die vollständige Liste der verfügbaren Optionen im Menü \"Bezugstyp\": Bezugstyp Verweisen auf Beschreibung Nummeriertes Element Seitennummer Die Seitennummer des nummerierten Elements wird eingefügt Absatznummer Die Absatznummer des nummerierten Elements wird eingefügt Absatznummer (kein Kontext) Die abgekürzte Absatznummer wird eingefügt. Der Verweis bezieht sich nur auf das spezifische Element der nummerierten Liste, z.B. beziehen Sie sich anstelle von \"4.1.1\" nur auf \"1\" Absatznummer (der ganze Kontext) Die ganze Absatznummer wird eingefügt, z.B. \"4.1.1\" Text im Absatz Der Textwert des Absatzes wird eingefügt, z.B anstelle von \"4.1.1. Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen\" beziehen Sie sich nur auf \"Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen\" Oben/unten Die Wörter \"oben\" oder \"unten\" werden je nach Position des Elements eingefügt Überschrift Überschriftentext Der ganze Überschriftentext wird eingefügt Seitennummer Die Seitennummer der Überschrift wird eingefügt Nummer der Überschrift Die Sequenznummer der Überschrift wird eingefügt Nummer der Überschrift (kein Kontext) Die abgekürzte Nummer der Überschrift wird eingefügt. Stellen Sie den Cursorpunkt in dem Abschnitt, auf den Sie sich beziehen, z.B. im Abschnitt 4. Anstelle von „4.B“ erhalten Sie also nur „B“ Nummer der Überschrift (der ganze Kontext) Die ganze Nummer der Überschrift wird eingefügt, auch wenn sich der Cursorpunkt im selben Abschnitt befindet Oben/unten Die Wörter \"oben\" oder \"unten\" werden je nach Position des Elements eingefügt Lesezeichen Text des Lesezeichens Der gesamten Text des Lesezeichens wird eingefügt Seitennummer Die Seitennummer des Lesezeichnis wird eingefügt Absatznummer Die Absatznummer des Lesezeichnis wird eingefügt Absatznummer (kein Kontext) Die abgekürzte Absatznummer wird eingefügt. Der Verweis bezieht sich nur auf das spezifische Element, z.B. beziehen Sie sich anstelle von \"4.1.1\" nur auf \"1\" Absatznummer (der ganze Kontext) Die ganze Absatznummer wird eingefügt, z.B., \"4.1.1\" Oben/unten Die Wörter \"oben\" oder \"unten\" werden je nach Position des Elements eingefügt Fußnote Nummer der Fußnote Die Nummer der Fußnote wird eingefügt Seitennummer Die Seitennummer der Fußnote wird eingefügt Oben/unten Die Wörter \"oben\" oder \"unten\" werden je nach Position des Elements eingefügt Nummer der Fußnote (formatiert) Die Nummer wird eingefügt, die als Fußnote formatiert ist. Die Nummerierung der tatsächlichen Fußnoten ist nicht betroffen Endnote Nummer der Endnote Die Nummer der Endnote wird eingefügt Seitennummer Die Seitennummer der Endnote wird eingefügt Oben/unten Die Wörter \"oben\" oder \"unten\" werden je nach Position des Elements eingefügt Nummer der Endnote (formatiert) Die Nummer wird eingefügt, die als Endnote formatiert ist. Die Nummerierung der tatsächlichen Endnoten ist nicht betroffen Gleichung / Abbildung / Tabelle Ganze Beschriftung Der ganze Text der Beschriftung wird eingefügt Nur Bezeichnung und Nummer Nur die Beschriftung und die Objektnummer werden eingefügt, z.B. \"Tabelle 1.1\" Nur der Text von der Legende Nur der Text der Beschriftung wird eingefügt Seitennummer Die Seitennummer des verweisenden Objekts wird eingefügt Oben/unten Die Wörter \"oben\" oder \"unten\" werden je nach Position des Elements eingefügt Markieren Sie das Kästchen Als Hyperlink einfügen, um der Verweis in einen aktiven Link zu verwandeln. Markieren Sie das Kästchen Oben/unten einschließen (wenn verfügbar), um die Position des Elements anzugeben, auf das Sie sich beziehen. Der ONLYOFFICE-Dokumenteneditor fügt je nach Position des Elements automatisch die Wörter \"oben\" und \"unten\" ein. Markieren Sie das Kästchen Nummern trennen mit, um das Trennzeichen im Feld rechts anzugeben. Die Trennzeichen werden für vollständige Kontextverweise benötigt. Das Feld Für welche bietet Ihnen die verfügbaren Elemente gemäß dem von Ihnen ausgewählten Bezugstyp, z.B. wenn Sie die Option Überschrift ausgewählt haben, wird die vollständige Liste der Überschriften im Dokument angezeigt. Klicken Sie auf Einfügen, um einen Querverweis zu erstellen.. Querverweise löschen Um einen Querverweis zu löschen, wählen Sie den gewünschten Querverweis und drücken Sie die Entfernen-Taste." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm", + "title": "Datum und Uhrzeit einfügen", + "body": "Um Datum und Uhrzeit einzufügen, positionieren Sie den Textkursor an der Stelle, an der Sie das Datum und die Uhrzeit einfügen wollen, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen, klicken Sie das Symbol Datum & Uhrzeit an, im geöffneten Fenster Datum & Uhrzeit konfigurieren Sie die folgenden Einstellungen: Wählen Sie die Sprache aus. Wählen Sie das Format aus. Markieren Sie das Kästchen Automatisch aktualisieren, damit das Datum und die Uhrzeit immer aktuell sind. Hinweis: verwenden Sie die Kontextmenüoption Aktualisieren, um das Datum und die Uhrzeit manuell zu ändern. Klicken Sie Als Standard setzen an, um das aktive Format als Standard für diese Sprache zu setzen. Klicken Sie OK an." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "title": "Initialbuchstaben einfügen", "body": "Ein Initial ist der erste Buchstabe eines Absatzes, der viel größer als die anderen ist sich in der Höhe über mehrere Zeilen erstreckt. Ein Initial einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger an der gewünschten Stelle. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Initial einfügen. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Listenmenü die gewünschte Option: Im Text - um das Initial innerhalb des Absatzes zu positionieren. Am Seitenrand - um das Initial am linken Seitenrand zu positionieren. Das erste Zeichen des ausgewählten Absatzes wird in ein Initial umgewandelt. Wenn das Initial mehrere Zeichen umfassen soll, fügen Sie diese manuell hinzu - wählen Sie das Initial aus und geben Sie die restlichen gewünschten Buchstaben ein. Um das Initial anzupassen (d.h. Schriftgrad, Typ, Formatvorlage oder Farbe), markieren Sie den Buchstaben und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste. Wenn das Initial markiert ist, wird es von einem Rahmen umgeben (eine Box, um das Initial auf der Seite zu positionieren). Sie können die Rahmengröße leicht ändern, indem Sie mit dem Mauszeiger an den Rahmenlinien ziehen, oder die Position ändern, indem Sie auf das Symbol klicken, das angezeigt wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über den Rahmen bewegen. Um das hinzugefügte Initial zu löschen, wählen Sie es aus, klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Einfügen auf das Symbol Intial und wählen Sie die Option Keins aus dem Listenmenü aus. Um die Parameter des hinzugefügten Initials anzupassen, wählen Sie es aus, klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Einfügen auf die Option Initial und wählen Sie die Option Initialformatierung aus dem Listenmenü aus. Das Fenster Initial - Erweiterte Einstellungen wird geöffnet: Über die Gruppe Initial können Sie die folgenden Parameter festlegen: Position - die Platzierung des Initials ändern. Wählen Sie die Option Im Text oder Am Seitenrand oder klicken Sie auf Keins, um das Initial zu löschen. Schriftart - eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den Vorlagen auswählen. Höhe in Zeilen - gibt an, über wie viele Zeilen sich das Initial erstrecht. Der Wert kann von 1 bis 10 gewählt werden. Abstand vom Text - gibt den Abstand zwischen dem Absatztext und der rechten Rahmenlinie des Rahmens an, der das Initial umgibt. Auf der Registerkarte Rahmen & Füllung können Sie dem Initial einen Rahmen hinzufügen und die zugehörigen Parameter anpassen. Folgende Parameter lassen sich anpassen: Rahmen (Größe, Farbe und das Vorhandensein oder Fehlen) - legen Sie die Rahmengröße fest und wählen Sie die Farbe und die Art der gewünschten Rahmenlinien aus (oben, unten, links, rechts oder eine Kombination). Hintergrundfarbe - wählen Sie die Hintergrundfarbe für das Initial aus. Über die Registerkarte Ränder können Sie den Abstand zwischen dem Initial und den Oberen, Unteren, Linken und Rechten Rahmenlinien festlegen (falls diese vorher hinzugefügt wurden). Sobald das Initial hinzugefügt wurde, können Sie auch die Parameter des Rahmens ändern. Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste innerhalb des Rahmens und wählen Sie Rahmen - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Menü aus. Das Fenster Rahmen - Erweiterte Einstellungen wird geöffnet: In der Gruppe Rahmen können Sie die folgenden Parameter festlegen: Position - wird genutzt, um den Textumbruch Fixiert oder Schwebend zu wählen. Alternativ können Sie auf Keine klicken, um den Rahmen zu löschen. Breite und Höhe - zum Ändern der Rahmendimensionen. Über die Option Auto können Sie die Rahmengröße automatisch an das Initial anpassen. Im Feld Genau können Sie bestimmte Werte festlegen. Mit der Option Mindestens wird der Wert für die Mindesthöhe festgelegt (wenn Sie die Größe des Initials ändern, ändert sich die Rahmenhöhe entsprechend, wird jedoch nicht kleiner als der angegebene Wert). Über die Parameter Horizontal kann die genaue Position des Rahmens in den gewählten Maßeinheiten in Bezug auf den Randn, die Seite oder die Spalte, oder um den Rahmen (links, zentriert oder rechts) in Bezug auf einen der Referenzpunkte auszurichten. Sie können auch die horizontale Distanz vom Text festlegen, d.h. den Platz zwischen dem Text des Absatzes und den horizontalen Rahmenlinien des Rahmens. Die Parameter Vertikal werden genutzt, entweder um die genaue Position des Rahmens in gewählten Maßeinheiten relativ zu einem Rand, einer Seite oder einem Absatz festzulegen oder um den Rahmen (oben, zentriert oder unten) relativ zu einem dieser Referenzpunkte auszurichten. Außerdem können auch den vertikalen Abstand des Texts festlegen, also den Abstand zwischen den horizontalen Rahmenrändern und dem Text des Absatzes. Mit Text verschieben - kontrolliert, ob der Rahmen verschoben wird, wenn der Absatz, mit dem der Rahmen verankert ist, verschoben wird. Über die Gruppen Rahmen & Füllung und Ränder können sie dieselben Parameter festlegen wie über die gleichnamigen Gruppen im Fenster Initial - Erweiterte Einstellungen." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm", + "title": "Endnotes einfügen", + "body": "Sie können Endnoten einfügen, um Kommentare zu bestimmten Sätzen oder Begriffen in Ihrem Text einzufügen, Referenzen und Quellen anzugeben usw., die am Ende des Dokuments angezeigt werden. Endnoten einfügen Um eine Endnote einzufügen, positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt am Ende der Textpassage, der Sie eine Endnote hinzufügen möchten, wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Verweise, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Fußnote in der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote und wählen Sie die Option Endnote einfügen aus dem Menü aus. Das Endnotenzeichen (d.h. das hochgestellte Zeichen, das eine Endnote anzeigt) wird im Dokumenttext angezeigt und die Textmarke springt zum Ende des Dokuments. geben Sie den Text der Endnote ein. Wiederholen Sie den beschriebenen Vorgang, um weitere Endnoten für andere Textpassagen in Ihrem Dokument hinzuzufügen. Die Endnoten werden automatisch nummeriert: i, ii, iii, usw. (standardmäßig). Darstellung der Endnoten im Dokument Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über das Endnotenzeichen bewegen, öffnet sich ein kleines Popup-Fenster mit dem Endnotentext. Navigieren durch Endnoten Um zwischen den hinzugefügten Endnoten im Dokument zu navigieren, klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote, navigieren Sie im Abschnitt Zu Endnoten über die Pfeile und zur nächsten oder zur vorherigen Endnote. Endnoten bearbeiten Um die Einstellungen der Endnoten zu ändern, klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote. wählen Sie die Option Hinweise Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus, ändern Sie im Fenster Hinweise Einstellungen die aktuellen Parameter: Legen Sie die Position der Endnoten auf der Seite fest, indem Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen aus dem Drop-Down-Menü rechts auswählen: Ende des Abschnitts - um Endnoten am ende des aktiven Abschnitts zu positionieren. Ende des Dokuments - um Endnoten am Ende des Dokuments zu positionieren (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt). Markieren Sie das Kästchen Endnote, um nur die Endnoten zu bearbeiten. Format der Endnoten anpassen: Zahlenformat - wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus der Liste mit verfügbaren Formaten aus: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Starten - über die Pfeiltasten können Sie festlegen, bei welchem Buchstaben oder welcher Zahl Sie beginnen möchten. Nummerierung - wählen Sie aus, auf welche Weise Sie Ihre Endnoten nummerieren möchten: Kontinuierlich - um Endnoten im gesamten Dokument fortlaufend zu nummerieren. Jeden Abschnitt neu beginnen - die Nummerierung der Endnoten beginnt in jedem neuen Abschnitt wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert). Jede Seite neu beginnen - die Nummerierung der Endnoten beginnt auf jeder neuen Seite wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert). Benutzerdefiniert - Legen Sie ein Sonderzeichen oder ein Wort fest, das Sie als Endnotenzeichen verwenden möchten (z. B. * oder Note1). Geben Sie das gewünschte Wort/Zeichen in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein und klicken Sie auf Einfügen im Fenster Hinweise Einstellungen Legen Sie in der Dropdown-Liste Änderungen anwenden fest, ob Sie die angegebenen Endnoteneinstellungen auf das ganze Dokument oder nur den aktuellen Abschnitt anwenden wollen. Hinweis: Um unterschiedliche Endnotenformatierungen in verschiedenen Teilen des Dokuments zu verwenden, müssen Sie zunächst Abschnittsumbrüche einfügen. Wenn Sie bereits sind, klicken Sie auf Anwenden. Endnoten entfernen Um eine einzelne Endnote zu entfernen, positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt direkt vor der Endnotenmarkierung und drücken Sie auf ENTF. Andere Endnoten werden automatisch neu nummeriert. Um alle Endnoten in einem Dokument zu entfernen, klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote, Wählen Sie die Option Alle Anmerkungen löschen aus dem Menü aus und klicken Sie auf die Option Alle Endnoten löschen im geöffneten Fenster Anmerkungen löschen." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Formeln einfügen", @@ -198,7 +228,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", "title": "Fußnoten einfügen", - "body": "Sie haben die Möglichkeit Fußnoten einzufügen, um Kommentare zu bestimmten Sätzen oder Begriffen in Ihrem Text einzufügen, Referenzen und Quellen anzugeben usw. Eine Fußnote einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt am Ende der Textpassage, der Sie eine Fußnote hinzufügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Verweise. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Fußnote in der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote und wählen Sie die Option Fußnote einfügen aus dem Menü aus.Das Fußnotenzeichen (d.h. das hochgestellte Zeichen, das eine Fußnote anzeigt) wird im Dokumenttext angezeigt und die Textmarke springt an das unteren Ende der aktuellen Seite. Geben Sie den Text der Fußnote ein. Wiederholen Sie den beschriebenen Vorgang, um weitere Fußnoten für andere Textpassagen in Ihrem Dokument hinzuzufügen. Die Fußnoten werden automatisch nummeriert. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über das Fußnotenzeichen bewegen, öffnet sich ein kleines Popup-Fenster mit dem Fußnotentext. Um zwischen den hinzugefügten Fußnoten im Dokumenttext zu navigieren, klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote. Navigieren Sie nun im Abschnitt Zu Fußnoten wechseln über die Pfeile und zur nächsten oder zur vorherigen Fußnote. Einstellungen der Fußnoten ändern: Klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote. Wählen Sie die Option Einstellungen Fußnoten aus dem Menü aus. Ändern Sie im Fenster Einstellungen Fußnoten die aktuellen Parameter: Legen Sie die Position der Fußnoten auf der Seite fest, indem Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen auswählen: Seitenende - um Fußnoten am unteren Seitenrand zu positionieren (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt). Unter dem Text - um Fußnoten dicht am entsprechenden Textabschnitt zu positionieren. Diese Option ist nützlich, wenn eine Seite nur einen kurzen Textabschnitt enthält. Format der Fußnoten anpassen: Zahlenformat - wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus der Liste mit verfügbaren Formaten aus: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Beginnen mit - über die Pfeiltasten können Sie festlegen, bei welchem Buchstaben oder welcher Zahl Sie beginnen möchten. Nummerierung - wählen Sie aus, auf welche Weise Sie Ihre Fußnoten nummerieren möchten: Fortlaufend - um Fußnoten im gesamten Dokument fortlaufend zu nummerieren. Jeder Abschnitt neu - die Nummerierung der Fußnoten beginnt in jedem neuen Abschnitt wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert). Jede Seite neu - die Nummerierung der Fußnoten beginnt auf jeder neuen Seite wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert). Benutzerdefinierte Markierung - Legen Sie ein Sonderzeichen oder ein Wort fest, das Sie als Fußnotenzeichen verwenden möchten (z. B. * oder Note1). Geben Sie das gewünschte Wort/Zeichen in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein und klicken Sie auf Einfügen im Fenster Fußnoteneinstellungen. Legen Sie in der Dropdown-Liste Änderungen anwenden auf auf fest, ob Sie die angegebenen Fußnoteneinstellungen auf das gesamte Dokument oder nur den aktuellen Abschnitt anwenden wollen.Hinweis: Um unterschiedliche Fußnotenformatierungen in verschiedenen Teilen des Dokuments zu verwenden, müssen Sie zunächst Abschnittsumbrüche einfügen. Wenn Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf Übernehmen. Um eine einzelne Fußnote zu entfernen, positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt direkt vor der Fußnotenmarkierung und drücken Sie auf ENTF. Andere Fußnoten werden automatisch neu nummeriert. Um alle Fußnoten in einem Dokument zu entferen, Klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote. Wählen Sie die Option Alle Fußnoten löschen aus dem Menü aus." + "body": "Sie können Fußnoten einfügen, um Kommentare zu bestimmten Sätzen oder Begriffen in Ihrem Text einzufügen, Referenzen und Quellen anzugeben usw. Fußnoten einfügen Eine Fußnote einfügen: positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt am Ende der Textpassage, der Sie eine Fußnote hinzufügen möchten, wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Verweise, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Fußnote in der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote und wählen Sie die Option Fußnote einfügen aus dem Menü aus. Das Fußnotenzeichen (d.h. das hochgestellte Zeichen, das eine Fußnote anzeigt) wird im Dokumenttext angezeigt und die Textmarke springt an das unteren Ende der aktuellen Seite. Geben Sie den Text der Fußnote ein. Wiederholen Sie den beschriebenen Vorgang, um weitere Fußnoten für andere Textpassagen in Ihrem Dokument hinzuzufügen. Die Fußnoten werden automatisch nummeriert. Darstellung der Fußnoten im Dokument Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über das Fußnotenzeichen bewegen, öffnet sich ein kleines Popup-Fenster mit dem Fußnotentext. Navigieren durch Fußnoten Um zwischen den hinzugefügten Fußnoten im Dokument zu navigieren, klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote, navigieren Sie im Abschnitt Zu Fußnoten übergehen über die Pfeile und zur nächsten oder zur vorherigen Fußnote. Fußnoten bearbeiten Um die Einstellungen der Fußnoten zu ändern, klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote. wählen Sie die Option Hinweise Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus, ändern Sie im Fenster Hinweise Einstellungen die aktuellen Parameter: Markieren Sie das Kästchen Fußnote, um nur die Fußnoten zu bearbeiten. Legen Sie die Position der Fußnoten auf der Seite fest, indem Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen aus dem Drop-Down-Menü rechts auswählen: Seitenende - um Fußnoten am unteren Seitenrand zu positionieren (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt). Unter dem Text - um Fußnoten dicht am entsprechenden Textabschnitt zu positionieren. Diese Option ist nützlich, wenn eine Seite nur einen kurzen Textabschnitt enthält. Format der Fußnoten anpassen: Zahlenformat - wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus der Liste mit verfügbaren Formaten aus: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Starten - über die Pfeiltasten können Sie festlegen, bei welchem Buchstaben oder welcher Zahl Sie beginnen möchten. Nummerierung - wählen Sie aus, auf welche Weise Sie Ihre Fußnoten nummerieren möchten: Kontinuierlich - um Fußnoten im gesamten Dokument fortlaufend zu nummerieren. Jeden Abschnitt neu beginnen - die Nummerierung der Fußnoten beginnt in jedem neuen Abschnitt wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert). Jede Seite neu beginnen - die Nummerierung der Fußnoten beginnt auf jeder neuen Seite wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert). Benutzerdefiniert - Legen Sie ein Sonderzeichen oder ein Wort fest, das Sie als Fußnotenzeichen verwenden möchten (z. B. * oder Note1). Geben Sie das gewünschte Wort/Zeichen in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein und klicken Sie auf Einfügen im Fenster Hinweise Einstellungen. Legen Sie in der Dropdown-Liste Änderungen anwenden fest, ob Sie die angegebenen Fußnoteneinstellungen auf das ganze Dokument oder nur den aktuellen Abschnitt anwenden wollen. Hinweis: Um unterschiedliche Fußnotenformatierungen in verschiedenen Teilen des Dokuments zu verwenden, müssen Sie zunächst Abschnittsumbrüche einfügen. Wenn Sie bereits sind, klicken Sie auf Anwenden. Fußnoten entfernen Um eine einzelne Fußnote zu entfernen, positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt direkt vor der Fußnotenmarkierung und drücken Sie auf ENTF. Andere Fußnoten werden automatisch neu nummeriert. Um alle Fußnoten in einem Dokument zu entfernen, klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote, wählen Sie die Option Alle Anmerkungen löschen aus dem Menü aus und klicken Sie auf die Option Alle Fußnoten löschen im geöffneten Fenster Anmerkungen löschen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", @@ -210,11 +240,21 @@ var indexes = "title": "Bilder einfügen", "body": "Im Dokumenteditor können Sie Bilder in den gängigsten Formaten in Ihr Dokument einfügen. Die folgenden Bildformate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Fügen Sie ein Bild ein Um ein Bild in den Dokumenttext einzufügen, Plazieren Sie den Zeiger an der Stelle, an der das Bild platziert werden soll. Wechseln Sie zur Registerkarte Einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste. Klicken Sie auf das Bildsymbol in der oberen Symbolleiste. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen, um das Bild zu laden: Die Option Bild aus Datei öffnet das Standarddialogfenster für die Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie das Festplattenlaufwerk Ihres Computers nach der erforderlichen Date und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Öffnen. Die Option Bild von URL öffnet das Fenster, in dem Sie die erforderliche Bild-Webadresse eingeben und auf die Schaltfläche OK klicken können. Die Option Bild aus Speicher öffnet das Fenster Datenquelle auswählen. Wählen Sie ein in Ihrem Portal gespeichertes Bild aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche OK. Sobald das Bild hinzugefügt wurde, können Sie seine Größe, Eigenschaften und Position ändern. Es ist auch möglich, dem Bild eine Beschriftung hinzuzufügen. Weitere Informationen zum Arbeiten mit Bildunterschriften finden Sie in diesem Artikel. Verschieben und ändern Sie die Größe von Bildern Um die Bildgröße zu ändern, ziehen Sie kleine Quadrate an den Rändern. Halten Sie die Umschalttaste gedrückt und ziehen Sie eines der Eckensymbole, um die ursprünglichen Proportionen des ausgewählten Bilds während der Größenänderung beizubehalten. Verwenden Sie zum Ändern der Bildposition das Symbol , das angezeigt wird, nachdem Sie den Mauszeiger über das Bild bewegt haben. Ziehen Sie das Bild an die gewünschte Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Wenn Sie das Bild verschieben, werden Hilfslinien angezeigt, mit denen Sie das Objekt präzise auf der Seite positionieren können (wenn ein anderer Umbruchstil als Inline ausgewählt ist). Um das Bild zu drehen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Drehgriff und ziehen Sie ihn im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn. Halten Sie die Umschalttaste gedrückt, um den Drehwinkel auf Schritte von 15 Grad zu beschränken. Hinweis: Die Liste der Tastaturkürzel, die beim Arbeiten mit Objekten verwendet werden können, finden Sie hier Passen Sie die Bildeinstellungen an Einige der Bildeinstellungen können über die Registerkarte Bildeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um es zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Bild und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Bildeinstellungen . Hier können Sie folgende Eigenschaften ändern: Größe wird verwendet, um die aktuelle Bildbreite und -höhe anzuzeigen. Bei Bedarf können Sie die tatsächliche Bildgröße wiederherstellen, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche Tatsächliche Größe klicken. Mit der Schaltfläche An Rand anpassen können Sie die Größe des Bilds so ändern, dass es den gesamten Abstand zwischen dem linken und rechten Seitenrand einnimmt.Mit der Schaltfläche Zuschneiden können Sie das Bild zuschneiden. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden, um die Beschneidungsgriffe zu aktivieren, die an den Bildecken und in der Mitte jeder Seite angezeigt werden. Ziehen Sie die Ziehpunkte manuell, um den Zuschneidebereich festzulegen. Sie können den Mauszeiger über den Rand des Zuschneidebereichs bewegen, sodass er zum Symbol wird, und den Bereich ziehen. Um eine einzelne Seite zuzuschneiden, ziehen Sie den Griff in der Mitte dieser Seite. Ziehen Sie einen der Eckgriffe, um zwei benachbarte Seiten gleichzeitig zuzuschneiden. Um zwei gegenüberliegende Seiten des Bildes gleichermaßen zuzuschneiden, halten Sie die Strg-Taste gedrückt, wenn Sie den Griff in die Mitte einer dieser Seiten ziehen. Um alle Seiten des Bildes gleichmäßig zuzuschneiden, halten Sie die Strg-Taste gedrückt, wenn Sie einen der Eckgriffe ziehen. Wenn der Zuschneidebereich angegeben ist, klicken Sie erneut auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden oder drücken Sie die Esc-Taste oder klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle außerhalb des Zuschneidebereichs, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen. Nachdem der Zuschneidebereich ausgewählt wurde, können Sie auch die Optionen Ausfüllen und Anpassen verwenden, die im Dropdown-Menü Zuschneiden verfügbar sind. Klicken Sie erneut auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus: Wenn Sie die Option Füllen auswählen, bleibt der zentrale Teil des Originalbilds erhalten und wird zum Füllen des ausgewählten Zuschneidebereichs verwendet, während andere Teile des Bildes entfernt werden. Wenn Sie die Option Anpassen auswählen, wird die Größe des Bilds so angepasst, dass es der Höhe oder Breite des Zuschneidebereichs entspricht. Es werden keine Teile des Originalbilds entfernt, es können jedoch leere Bereiche innerhalb des ausgewählten Zuschneidebereichs angezeigt werden. Durch Drehen wird das Bild um 90 Grad im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn gedreht sowie das Bild horizontal oder vertikal gespiegelt. Klicken Sie auf eine der Schaltflächen: um das Bild um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um das Bild um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um das Bild horizontal zu drehen (von links nach rechts) um das Bild vertikal zu drehen (verkehrt herum) Der Umbruchstil wird verwendet, um einen Textumbruchstil aus den verfügbaren auszuwählen - Inline, Quadrat, Eng, Durch, Oben und Unten, vorne, hinten (weitere Informationen finden Sie in der Beschreibung der erweiterten Einstellungen unten). Bild ersetzen wird verwendet, um das aktuelle Bild zu ersetzen, das ein anderes aus Datei oder Von URL lädt. Einige dieser Optionen finden Sie auch im Kontextmenü. Die Menüoptionen sind: Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen - Standardoptionen, mit denen ein ausgewählter Text / ein ausgewähltes Objekt ausgeschnitten oder kopiert und eine zuvor ausgeschnittene / kopierte Textpassage oder ein Objekt an die aktuelle Zeigerposition eingefügt wird. Anordnen wird verwendet, um das ausgewählte Bild in den Vordergrund zu bringen, in den Hintergrund zu senden, vorwärts oder rückwärts zu bewegen sowie Bilder zu gruppieren oder die Gruppierung aufzuheben, um Operationen mit sieben auszuführen von ihnen sofort. Weitere Informationen zum Anordnen von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Ausrichten wird verwendet, um das Bild links, in der Mitte, rechts, oben, in der Mitte und unten auszurichten. Weitere Informationen zum Ausrichten von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Der Umbruchstil wird verwendet, um einen Textumbruchstil aus den verfügbaren auszuwählen - inline, quadratisch, eng, durch, oben und unten, vorne, hinten - oder um die Umbruchgrenze zu bearbeiten. Die Option Wrap-Grenze bearbeiten ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Wrap-Stil als Inline auswählen. Ziehen Sie die Umbruchpunkte, um die Grenze anzupassen. Um einen neuen Umbruchpunkt zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle auf der roten Linie und ziehen Sie sie an die gewünschte Position. Drehen wird verwendet, um das Bild um 90 Grad im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen sowie um das Bild horizontal oder vertikal zu spiegeln. Zuschneiden wird verwendet, um eine der Zuschneideoptionen anzuwenden: Zuschneiden, Füllen oder Anpassen. Wählen Sie im Untermenü die Option Zuschneiden, ziehen Sie dann die Zuschneidegriffe, um den Zuschneidebereich festzulegen, und klicken Sie im Untermenü erneut auf eine dieser drei Optionen, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen. Die Tatsächliche Größe wird verwendet, um die aktuelle Bildgröße in die tatsächliche zu ändern. Bild ersetzen wird verwendet, um das aktuelle Bild zu ersetzen, das ein anderes aus Datei oder Von URL lädt. Mit den Erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes wird das Fenster \"Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen\" geöffnet. Wenn das Bild ausgewählt ist, ist rechts auch das Symbol für die Formeinstellungen verfügbar. Sie können auf dieses Symbol klicken, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und die Form anzupassen. Strichart, -größe und -farbe sowie den Formtyp ändern, indem Sie im Menü Autoshape ändern eine andere Form auswählen. Die Form des Bildes ändert sich entsprechend. Auf der Registerkarte Formeinstellungen können Sie auch die Option Schatten anzeigen verwenden, um dem Bild einen Schatten hinzuzufügen. Passen Sie die erweiterten Bildeinstellungen an Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen oder klicken Sie einfach auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet: Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter: Breite und Höhe - Verwenden Sie diese Optionen, um die Bildbreite und / oder -höhe zu ändern. Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche Konstante Proportionen klicken (in diesem Fall sieht es so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe zusammen geändert, wobei das ursprüngliche Bildseitenverhältnis beibehalten wird. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Tatsächliche Größe, um die tatsächliche Größe des hinzugefügten Bilds wiederherzustellen. Die Registerkarte Rotation enthält die folgenden Parameter: Winkel - Verwenden Sie diese Option, um das Bild um einen genau festgelegten Winkel zu drehen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld ein oder passen Sie ihn mit den Pfeilen rechts an. Spiegeln - Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Horizontal, um das Bild horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts), oder aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Vertikal, um das Bild vertikal zu spiegeln (verkehrt herum). Die Registerkarte Textumbruch enthält die folgenden Parameter: Umbruchstil - Verwenden Sie diese Option, um die Position des Bilds relativ zum Text zu ändern: Es ist entweder Teil des Textes (falls Sie den Inline-Stil auswählen) oder wird von allen Seiten umgangen (wenn Sie einen auswählen) die anderen Stile). Inline - Das Bild wird wie ein Zeichen als Teil des Textes betrachtet. Wenn sich der Text bewegt, bewegt sich auch das Bild. In diesem Fall sind die Positionierungsoptionen nicht zugänglich. Wenn einer der folgenden Stile ausgewählt ist, kann das Bild unabhängig vom Text verschoben und genau auf der Seite positioniert werden: Quadratisch - Der Text umschließt das rechteckige Feld, das das Bild begrenzt. Eng - Der Text umschließt die eigentlichen Bildkanten. Durch - Der Text wird um die Bildränder gewickelt und füllt den offenen weißen Bereich innerhalb des Bildes aus. Verwenden Sie die Option Umbruchgrenze bearbeiten im Kontextmenü, damit der Effekt angezeigt wird. Oben und unten - der Text befindet sich nur über und unter dem Bild. Vorne - das Bild überlappt den Text. Dahinter - der Text überlappt das Bild. Wenn Sie den quadratischen, engen, durchgehenden oder oberen und unteren Stil auswählen, können Sie einige zusätzliche Parameter festlegen - Abstand zum Text an allen Seiten (oben, unten, links, rechts). Die Registerkarte Position ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als Inline auswählen. Diese Registerkarte enthält die folgenden Parameter, die je nach ausgewähltem Verpackungsstil variieren: Im horizontalen Bereich können Sie einen der folgenden drei Bildpositionierungstypen auswählen: Ausrichtung (links, Mitte, rechts) relativ zu Zeichen, Spalte, linkem Rand, Rand, Seite oder rechtem Rand, Absolute Position gemessen in absoluten Einheiten, d. H. Zentimeter / Punkte / Zoll (abhängig von der auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen... angegebenen Option), rechts neben Zeichen, Spalte, linkem Rand, Rand, Seite oder rechtem Rand, Relative Position gemessen in Prozent relativ zum linken Rand, Rand, Seite oder rechten Rand. Im vertikalen Bereich können Sie einen der folgenden drei Bildpositionierungstypen auswählen: Ausrichtung (oben, Mitte, unten) relativ zu Linie, Rand, unterem Rand, Absatz, Seite oder oberem Rand, Absolute Position gemessen in absoluten Einheiten, d. H. Zentimeter / Punkte / Zoll (abhängig von der auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen... angegebenen Option) unter Zeile, Rand, unterem Rand, Absatz, Seite oder oberem Rand, Relative Position gemessen in Prozent relativ zum Rand, unteren Rand, Seite oder oberen Rand. Objekt mit Text verschieben steuert, ob sich das Bild bewegt, während sich der Text, an dem es verankert ist, bewegt. Überlappungssteuerung zulassen steuert, ob sich zwei Bilder überlappen oder nicht, wenn Sie sie auf der Seite nebeneinander ziehen. Auf der Registerkarte Alternativer Text können Sie einen Titel und eine Beschreibung angeben, die Personen mit Seh- oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden, damit sie besser verstehen, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm", + "title": "Zeilennummern einfügen", + "body": "Der ONLYOFFICE Dokumenteneditor kann Zeilen in Ihrem Dokument automatisch zählen. Diese Funktion kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie auf eine bestimmte Zeile des Dokuments verweisen müssen, z.B. in einer Vereinbarung oder einem Code-Skript. Verwenden Sie das Tool Zeilennummern, um die Zeilennummerierung auf das Dokument anzuwenden. Bitte beachten Sie, dass die Zeilennummerierungssequenz nicht auf den Text in den Objekten wie Tabellen, Textfeldern, Diagrammen, Kopf- / Fußzeilen usw. angewendet wird. Diese Objekte werden als eine Zeile behandelt. Zeilennummern anwenden Öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Layout in der oberen Symbolleiste und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zeilennummern. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Drop-Down-Menü die gewünschten Parameter für eine schnelle Einrichtung: Ununterbrochen - jeder Zeile des Dokuments wird eine Sequenznummer zugewiesen. Jede Seite neu beginnen - die Zeilennummerierungssequenz wird auf jeder Seite des Dokuments neu gestartet. Jeden Abschnitt neu beginnen - die Zeilennummerierungssequenz wird in jedem Abschnitt des Dokuments neu gestartet. Bitte lesen Sie diese Anleitung, um mehr über die Abschnittsümbrüche zu lernen. Im aktuellen Absatz verbieten - der aktuelle Absatz wird in der Zeilennummerierungssequenz übersprungen. Um mehrere Absätze von der Sequenz auszuschließen, wählen Sie sie mit der linken Maustaste aus, bevor Sie diesen Parameter anwenden. Geben Sie bei Bedarf die erweiterten Parameter an. Klicken Sie auf dem Menüpunkt Zeilennummerierungsoptionen im Drop-Down-Menü Zeilennummern. Markieren Sie das Kästchen Zeilennummer hinzufügen, um die Zeilennummerierung auf das Dokument anzuwenden und auf die erweiterten Einstellungen zuzugreifen: Die Option Beginnen mit legt den numerischen Startwert der Zeilennummerierungssequenz fest. Der Parameter ist auf 1 standarmäßig eingestellt. Die Option Aus dem Text gibt den Abstand zwischen den Zeilennummern und dem Text an. Geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in cm ein. Der Parameter ist auf Auto standarmäßig eingestellt. Die Option Zählintervall bestimmt, wie viel Zeilen eine Zeilennummerierung erscheinen soll, d.h. die Zahlen werden in einem Bündel (zweifach, dreifach usw.) gezählt. Geben Sie den erforderlichen numerischen Wert ein. Der Parameter ist auf 1 standardmäßig eingestellt. Die Option Jede Seite neu beginnen: Die Zeilennummerierungssequenz wird auf jeder Seite des Dokuments neu gestartet. Die Option Jeden Abschnitt neu beginnen: Die Zeilennummerierungssequenz wird in jedem Abschnitt des Dokuments neu gestartet. Die Option Ununterbrochen: Jeder Zeile des Dokuments wird eine Sequenznummer zugewiesen. Die Option Anwendung von Änderungen auf gibt den Teil des Dokuments an, dem Sie Sequenznummern zuweisen möchten. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Voreinstellungen: Aktueller Abschnitt, um die Zeilennummerierung auf den ausgewählten Abschnitt des Dokuments anzuwenden; Bis zum Ende des Dokuments, um die Zeilennummerierung auf den Text anzuwenden, der der aktuellen Cursorposition folgt; Zum ganzen Dokument, um die Zeilennummerierung auf das gesamte Dokument anzuwenden. Der Parameter ist auf Zum ganzen Dokument standardmäßig eingestellt. Klicken Sie auf OK, um die Änderungen anzunehmen. Zeilennummern entfernen Um die Zeilennummerierungssequenz zu entfernen, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Layout in der oberen Symbolleiste und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zeilennummern, wählen Sie die Option Kein im geöffneten Drop-Down-Menü oder wählen Sie den Menüpunkt Zeilennummerierungsoptionen aus und im geöffneten Fenster Zeilennummern deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Zeilennummer hinzufügen." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "title": "Seitenzahlen einfügen", "body": "Um Seitenzahlen in ein Dokument einfügen: Wechseln Sie zu der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopf- und Fußzeile bearbeiten . Klicken Sie auf Seitenzahl einfügen. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen: Wählen Sie die Position der Seitenzahl aus, um zu jeder Dokumentseite eine Seitenzahl hinzuzufügen. Um an der aktuellen Zeigerposition eine Seitenzahl einzufügen, wählen Sie die Option An aktueller Position. Hinweis: Um in der aktuellen Seite an der derzeitigen Position eine Seitennummer einzufügen, kann die Tastenkombination STRG+UMSCHALT+P benutzt werden. Um die Anzahl der Seiten einfügen (z.B. wenn Sie den Eintrag Seite X von Y erstellen möchten): Platzieren Sie den Zeiger an die Position an der Sie die Anzahl der Seiten einfügen wollen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopf- und Fußzeile bearbeiten . Wählen Sie die Option Anzahl der Seiten einfügen. Einstellungen der Seitenzahlen ändern: Klicken Sie zweimal auf die hinzugefügte Seitenzahl. Ändern Sie die aktuellen Parameter in der rechten Seitenleiste: Legen Sie die aktuelle Position der Seitenzahlen auf der Seite sowie im Verhältnis zum oberen und unteren Teil der Seite fest. Wenn Sie der ersten Seite eine andere Zahl zuweisen wollen oder als dem restlichen Dokument oder keine Seitenzahl auf der ersten Seite einfügen wollen, aktivieren Sie die Option Erste Seite anders. Wenn Sie geraden und ungeraden Seiten unterschiedliche Seitenzahlen hinzufügen wollen, aktivieren Sie die Option Gerade & ungerade Seiten unterschiedlich. Die Option Mit vorheriger verknüpfen ist verfügbar, wenn Sie zuvor Abschnitte in Ihr Dokument eingefügt haben. Sind keine Abschnitte vorhanden, ist die Option ausgeblendet. Außerdem ist diese Option auch für den allerersten Abschnitt nicht verfügbar (oder wenn eine Kopf- oder Fußzeile ausgewählt ist, die zu dem ersten Abschnitt gehört). Standardmäßig ist dieses Kontrollkästchen aktiviert, sodass auf alle Abschnitte die vereinheitlichte Nummerierung angewendet wird. Wenn Sie einen Kopf- oder Fußzeilenbereich auswählen, sehen Sie, dass der Bereich mit der Verlinkung Wie vorherige markiert ist. Deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Wie vorherige, um in jedem Abschnitt des Dokuments eine andere Seitennummerierung anzuwenden. Die Markierung Wie vorherige wird nicht mehr angezeigt. Um zur Dokumentbearbeitung zurückzukehren, führen Sie einen Doppelklick im Arbeitsbereich aus." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", + "title": "Symbole und Sonderzeichen einfügen", + "body": "Während des Arbeitsprozesses wollen Sie ein Symbol einfügen, das sich nicht auf der Tastatur befindet. Um solche Symbole einzufügen, verwenden Sie die Option Symbol einfügen: positionieren Sie den Textcursor an der Stelle für das Sonderzeichen, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen, klicken Sie Symbol an, Das Dialogfeld Symbol wird angezeigt, in dem Sie das gewünschte Symbol auswählen können, öffnen Sie das Dropdown-Menü Bereich, um ein Symbol schnell zu finden. Alle Symbole sind in Gruppen unterteilt, wie z.B. “Währungssymbole” für Währungszeichen. Falls Sie das gewünschte Symbol nicht finden können, wählen Sie eine andere Schriftart aus. Viele von ihnen haben auch die Sonderzeichen, die es nicht in den Standartsatz gibt. Sie können auch das Unicode HEX Wert-Feld verwenden, um den Code einzugeben. Die Codes können Sie in der Zeichentabelle finden. Verwenden Sie auch die Registerkarte Sonderzeichen, um ein Sonderzeichen auszuwählen. Die Symbole, die zuletzt verwendet wurden, befinden sich in dem Feld Kürzlich verwendete Symbole, klicken Sie Einfügen an. Das ausgewählte Symbol wird eingefügt. ASCII-Symbole einfügen Man kann auch die ASCII Tabelle verwenden, um die Zeichen und Symbole einzufügen. Drücken und halten Sie die ALT-Taste und verwenden Sie den Ziffernblock, um einen Zeichencode einzugeben. Hinweis: verwenden Sie nur den Ziffernblock. Um den Ziffernblock zu aktivieren, drücken Sie die NumLock-Taste. Z.B., um das Paragraphenzeichen (§) einzufügen, drücken und halten Sie die ALT-Taste und geben Sie 789 ein, dann lassen Sie die ALT-Taste los. Symbole per Unicode-Tabelle einfügen Sonstige Symbole und Zeichen befinden sich auch in der Windows-Symboltabelle. Um diese Tabelle zu öffnen: geben Sie “Zeichentabelle” in dem Suchfeld ein, drücken Sie die Windows-Taste+R und geben Sie charmap.exe in dem Suchfeld ein, dann klicken Sie OK. Wählen Sie die Zeichensätze, Gruppen und Schriftarten aus. Klicken Sie die gewünschte Zeichen an, dann kopieren und fügen an der gewünschten Stelle ein." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Tabellen einfügen", @@ -230,6 +270,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Zeilenabstand in Absätzen festlegen", "body": "Im Dokumenteditor können Sie die Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen innerhalb des Absatzes sowie die Ränder zwischen dem aktuellen und dem vorhergehenden oder dem nachfolgenden Absatz festlegen. Um das zu tun, setzen Sie den Zeiger in den gewünschten Absatz oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus oder selektieren Sie den gesamten Text im Dokument aus, indem Sie die Tastenkombination STRG + A drücken. verwenden Sie die entsprechenden Felder in der rechten Seitenleiste, um die gewünschten Ergebnisse zu erzielen: Zeilenabstand - Legen Sie die Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen innerhalb des Absatzes fest. Sie können zwischen drei Optionen wählen: mindestens (legt den minimalen Zeilenabstand fest, der für die größte Schriftart oder Grafik auf der Zeile erforderlich ist), mehrfach (legt den Zeilenabstand fest, der in Zahlen größer als 1 ausgedrückt werden kann), genau (setzt fest Zeilenabstand). Den erforderlichen Wert können Sie im Feld rechts angeben. Absatzabstand - Legen Sie den Abstand zwischen den Absätzen fest. Vorher - Legen Sie den Platz vor dem Absatz fest. Nachher - Legen Sie den Platz nach dem Absatz. Fügen Sie kein Intervall zwischen Absätzen desselben Stils hinzu. - Aktivieren Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen, falls Sie keinen Abstand zwischen Absätzen desselben Stils benötigen. Diese Parameter finden Sie auch im Fenster Absatz - Erweiterte Einstellungen. Um das Fenster Absatz - Erweiterte Einstellungen zu öffnen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text und wählen Sie im Menü die Option Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen oder verwenden Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Wechseln Sie dann zur Registerkarte Einrückungen und Abstände und gehen Sie zum Abschnitt Abstand. Um den aktuellen Absatzzeilenabstand schnell zu ändern, können Sie auch das Symbol für den Absatzzeilenabstand verwenden. Wählen Sie auf der Registerkarte Startseite in der oberen Symbolleiste das Symbol für den Absatzwert aus der Liste aus: 1,0; 1,15; 1,5; 2,0; 2,5; oder 3,0." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", + "title": "AutoKorrekturfunktionen", + "body": "Die Autokorrekturfunktionen in ONLYOFFICE Docs werden verwendet, um Text automatisch zu formatieren, wenn sie erkannt werden, oder um spezielle mathematische Symbole einzufügen, indem bestimmte Zeichen verwendet werden. Die verfügbaren AutoKorrekturoptionen werden im entsprechenden Dialogfeld aufgelistet. Um darauf zuzugreifen, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur. Das Dialogfeld Autokorrektur besteht aus drei Registerkarten: Mathematische Autokorrektur, Erkannte Funktionen und AutoFormat während der Eingabe. Math. AutoKorrektur Sie können manuell die Symbole, Akzente und mathematische Symbole für die Gleichungen mit der Tastatur statt der Galerie eingeben. Positionieren Sie die Einfügemarke am Platzhalter im Formel-Editor, geben Sie den mathematischen AutoKorrektur-Code ein, drücken Sie die Leertaste. Hinweis: Bei den Codes muss die Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachtet werden. Sie können Autokorrektur-Einträge zur Autokorrektur-Liste hinzufügen, ändern, wiederherstellen und entfernen. Wechseln Sie zur Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur -> Mathematische Autokorrektur. Einträge zur Autokorrekturliste hinzufügen Geben Sie den Autokorrekturcode, den Sie verwenden möchten, in das Feld Ersetzen ein. Geben Sie das Symbol ein, das dem früher eingegebenen Code zugewiesen werden soll, in das Feld Nach ein. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Hinzufügen. Einträge in der Autokorrekturliste bearbeiten Wählen Sie den Eintrag, den Sie bearbeiten möchten. Sie können die Informationen in beiden Feldern ändern: den Code im Feld Ersetzen oder das Symbol im Feld Nach. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Ersetzen. Einträge aus der Autokorrekturliste entfernen Wählen Sie den Eintrag, den Sie entfernen möchten. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Löschen. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zurücksetzen auf die Standardeinstellungen, um die Standardeinstellungen wiederherzustellen. Alle von Ihnen hinzugefügten Autokorrektur-Einträge werden entfernt und die geänderten werden auf ihre ursprünglichen Werte zurückgesetzt. Deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Text bei der Eingabe ersetzen, um Math AutoKorrektur zu deaktivieren und automatische Änderungen und Ersetzungen zu verbieten. Die folgende Tabelle enthält alle derzeit unterstützten Codes, die im Dokumenteneditor verfügbar sind. Die vollständige Liste der unterstützten Codes finden Sie auch auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur -> Mathematische Autokorrektur. Die unterstützte Codes Code Symbol Bereich !! Symbole ... Punkte :: Operatoren := Operatoren /< Vergleichsoperatoren /> Vergleichsoperatoren /= Vergleichsoperatoren \\above Hochgestellte/Tiefgestellte Skripts \\acute Akzente \\aleph Hebräische Buchstaben \\alpha Griechische Buchstaben \\Alpha Griechische Buchstaben \\amalg Binäre Operatoren \\angle Geometrische Notation \\aoint Integrale \\approx Vergleichsoperatoren \\asmash Pfeile \\ast Binäre Operatoren \\asymp Vergleichsoperatoren \\atop Operatoren \\bar Über-/Unterstrich \\Bar Akzente \\because Vergleichsoperatoren \\begin Trennzeichen \\below Above/Below Skripts \\bet Hebräische Buchstaben \\beta Griechische Buchstaben \\Beta Griechische Buchstaben \\beth Hebräische Buchstaben \\bigcap Große Operatoren \\bigcup Große Operatoren \\bigodot Große Operatoren \\bigoplus Große Operatoren \\bigotimes Große Operatoren \\bigsqcup Große Operatoren \\biguplus Große Operatoren \\bigvee Große Operatoren \\bigwedge Große Operatoren \\binomial Gleichungen \\bot Logische Notation \\bowtie Vergleichsoperatoren \\box Symbole \\boxdot Binäre Operatoren \\boxminus Binäre Operatoren \\boxplus Binäre Operatoren \\bra Trennzeichen \\break Symbole \\breve Akzente \\bullet Binäre Operatoren \\cap Binäre Operatoren \\cbrt Wurzeln \\cases Symbole \\cdot Binäre Operatoren \\cdots Punkte \\check Akzente \\chi Griechische Buchstaben \\Chi Griechische Buchstaben \\circ Binäre Operatoren \\close Trennzeichen \\clubsuit Symbole \\coint Integrale \\cong Vergleichsoperatoren \\coprod Mathematische Operatoren \\cup Binäre Operatoren \\dalet Hebräische Buchstaben \\daleth Hebräische Buchstaben \\dashv Vergleichsoperatoren \\dd Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\Dd Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\ddddot Akzente \\dddot Akzente \\ddot Akzente \\ddots Punkte \\defeq Vergleichsoperatoren \\degc Symbole \\degf Symbole \\degree Symbole \\delta Griechische Buchstaben \\Delta Griechische Buchstaben \\Deltaeq Operatoren \\diamond Binäre Operatoren \\diamondsuit Symbole \\div Binäre Operatoren \\dot Akzente \\doteq Vergleichsoperatoren \\dots Punkte \\doublea Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleA Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleb Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleB Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublec Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleC Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubled Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleD Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublee Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleE Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublef Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleF Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleg Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleG Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleh Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleH Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublei Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleI Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublej Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleJ Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublek Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleK Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublel Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleL Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublem Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleM Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublen Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleN Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleo Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleO Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublep Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleP Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleq Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleQ Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubler Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleR Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubles Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleS Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublet Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleT Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleu Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleU Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublev Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleV Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublew Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleW Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublex Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleX Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubley Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleY Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublez Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleZ Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\downarrow Pfeile \\Downarrow Pfeile \\dsmash Pfeile \\ee Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\ell Symbole \\emptyset Notationen von Mengen \\emsp Leerzeichen \\end Trennzeichen \\ensp Leerzeichen \\epsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\Epsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\eqarray Symbole \\equiv Vergleichsoperatoren \\eta Griechische Buchstaben \\Eta Griechische Buchstaben \\exists Logische Notationen \\forall Logische Notationen \\fraktura Fraktur \\frakturA Fraktur \\frakturb Fraktur \\frakturB Fraktur \\frakturc Fraktur \\frakturC Fraktur \\frakturd Fraktur \\frakturD Fraktur \\frakture Fraktur \\frakturE Fraktur \\frakturf Fraktur \\frakturF Fraktur \\frakturg Fraktur \\frakturG Fraktur \\frakturh Fraktur \\frakturH Fraktur \\frakturi Fraktur \\frakturI Fraktur \\frakturk Fraktur \\frakturK Fraktur \\frakturl Fraktur \\frakturL Fraktur \\frakturm Fraktur \\frakturM Fraktur \\frakturn Fraktur \\frakturN Fraktur \\frakturo Fraktur \\frakturO Fraktur \\frakturp Fraktur \\frakturP Fraktur \\frakturq Fraktur \\frakturQ Fraktur \\frakturr Fraktur \\frakturR Fraktur \\frakturs Fraktur \\frakturS Fraktur \\frakturt Fraktur \\frakturT Fraktur \\frakturu Fraktur \\frakturU Fraktur \\frakturv Fraktur \\frakturV Fraktur \\frakturw Fraktur \\frakturW Fraktur \\frakturx Fraktur \\frakturX Fraktur \\fraktury Fraktur \\frakturY Fraktur \\frakturz Fraktur \\frakturZ Fraktur \\frown Vergleichsoperatoren \\funcapply Binäre Operatoren \\G Griechische Buchstaben \\gamma Griechische Buchstaben \\Gamma Griechische Buchstaben \\ge Vergleichsoperatoren \\geq Vergleichsoperatoren \\gets Pfeile \\gg Vergleichsoperatoren \\gimel Hebräische Buchstaben \\grave Akzente \\hairsp Leerzeichen \\hat Akzente \\hbar Symbole \\heartsuit Symbole \\hookleftarrow Pfeile \\hookrightarrow Pfeile \\hphantom Pfeile \\hsmash Pfeile \\hvec Akzente \\identitymatrix Matrizen \\ii Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\iiint Integrale \\iint Integrale \\iiiint Integrale \\Im Symbole \\imath Symbole \\in Vergleichsoperatoren \\inc Symbole \\infty Symbole \\int Integrale \\integral Integrale \\iota Griechische Buchstaben \\Iota Griechische Buchstaben \\itimes Mathematische Operatoren \\j Symbole \\jj Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\jmath Symbole \\kappa Griechische Buchstaben \\Kappa Griechische Buchstaben \\ket Trennzeichen \\lambda Griechische Buchstaben \\Lambda Griechische Buchstaben \\langle Trennzeichen \\lbbrack Trennzeichen \\lbrace Trennzeichen \\lbrack Trennzeichen \\lceil Trennzeichen \\ldiv Bruchteile \\ldivide Bruchteile \\ldots Punkte \\le Vergleichsoperatoren \\left Trennzeichen \\leftarrow Pfeile \\Leftarrow Pfeile \\leftharpoondown Pfeile \\leftharpoonup Pfeile \\leftrightarrow Pfeile \\Leftrightarrow Pfeile \\leq Vergleichsoperatoren \\lfloor Trennzeichen \\lhvec Akzente \\limit Grenzwerte \\ll Vergleichsoperatoren \\lmoust Trennzeichen \\Longleftarrow Pfeile \\Longleftrightarrow Pfeile \\Longrightarrow Pfeile \\lrhar Pfeile \\lvec Akzente \\mapsto Pfeile \\matrix Matrizen \\medsp Leerzeichen \\mid Vergleichsoperatoren \\middle Symbole \\models Vergleichsoperatoren \\mp Binäre Operatoren \\mu Griechische Buchstaben \\Mu Griechische Buchstaben \\nabla Symbole \\naryand Operatoren \\nbsp Leerzeichen \\ne Vergleichsoperatoren \\nearrow Pfeile \\neq Vergleichsoperatoren \\ni Vergleichsoperatoren \\norm Trennzeichen \\notcontain Vergleichsoperatoren \\notelement Vergleichsoperatoren \\notin Vergleichsoperatoren \\nu Griechische Buchstaben \\Nu Griechische Buchstaben \\nwarrow Pfeile \\o Griechische Buchstaben \\O Griechische Buchstaben \\odot Binäre Operatoren \\of Operatoren \\oiiint Integrale \\oiint Integrale \\oint Integrale \\omega Griechische Buchstaben \\Omega Griechische Buchstaben \\ominus Binäre Operatoren \\open Trennzeichen \\oplus Binäre Operatoren \\otimes Binäre Operatoren \\over Trennzeichen \\overbar Akzente \\overbrace Akzente \\overbracket Akzente \\overline Akzente \\overparen Akzente \\overshell Akzente \\parallel Geometrische Notation \\partial Symbole \\pmatrix Matrizen \\perp Geometrische Notation \\phantom Symbole \\phi Griechische Buchstaben \\Phi Griechische Buchstaben \\pi Griechische Buchstaben \\Pi Griechische Buchstaben \\pm Binäre Operatoren \\pppprime Prime-Zeichen \\ppprime Prime-Zeichen \\pprime Prime-Zeichen \\prec Vergleichsoperatoren \\preceq Vergleichsoperatoren \\prime Prime-Zeichen \\prod Mathematische Operatoren \\propto Vergleichsoperatoren \\psi Griechische Buchstaben \\Psi Griechische Buchstaben \\qdrt Wurzeln \\quadratic Wurzeln \\rangle Trennzeichen \\Rangle Trennzeichen \\ratio Vergleichsoperatoren \\rbrace Trennzeichen \\rbrack Trennzeichen \\Rbrack Trennzeichen \\rceil Trennzeichen \\rddots Punkte \\Re Symbole \\rect Symbole \\rfloor Trennzeichen \\rho Griechische Buchstaben \\Rho Griechische Buchstaben \\rhvec Akzente \\right Trennzeichen \\rightarrow Pfeile \\Rightarrow Pfeile \\rightharpoondown Pfeile \\rightharpoonup Pfeile \\rmoust Trennzeichen \\root Symbole \\scripta Skripts \\scriptA Skripts \\scriptb Skripts \\scriptB Skripts \\scriptc Skripts \\scriptC Skripts \\scriptd Skripts \\scriptD Skripts \\scripte Skripts \\scriptE Skripts \\scriptf Skripts \\scriptF Skripts \\scriptg Skripts \\scriptG Skripts \\scripth Skripts \\scriptH Skripts \\scripti Skripts \\scriptI Skripts \\scriptk Skripts \\scriptK Skripts \\scriptl Skripts \\scriptL Skripts \\scriptm Skripts \\scriptM Skripts \\scriptn Skripts \\scriptN Skripts \\scripto Skripts \\scriptO Skripts \\scriptp Skripts \\scriptP Skripts \\scriptq Skripts \\scriptQ Skripts \\scriptr Skripts \\scriptR Skripts \\scripts Skripts \\scriptS Skripts \\scriptt Skripts \\scriptT Skripts \\scriptu Skripts \\scriptU Skripts \\scriptv Skripts \\scriptV Skripts \\scriptw Skripts \\scriptW Skripts \\scriptx Skripts \\scriptX Skripts \\scripty Skripts \\scriptY Skripts \\scriptz Skripts \\scriptZ Skripts \\sdiv Bruchteile \\sdivide Bruchteile \\searrow Pfeile \\setminus Binäre Operatoren \\sigma Griechische Buchstaben \\Sigma Griechische Buchstaben \\sim Vergleichsoperatoren \\simeq Vergleichsoperatoren \\smash Pfeile \\smile Vergleichsoperatoren \\spadesuit Symbole \\sqcap Binäre Operatoren \\sqcup Binäre Operatoren \\sqrt Wurzeln \\sqsubseteq Notation von Mengen \\sqsuperseteq Notation von Mengen \\star Binäre Operatoren \\subset Notation von Mengen \\subseteq Notation von Mengen \\succ Vergleichsoperatoren \\succeq Vergleichsoperatoren \\sum Mathematische Operatoren \\superset Notation von Mengen \\superseteq Notation von Mengen \\swarrow Pfeile \\tau Griechische Buchstaben \\Tau Griechische Buchstaben \\therefore Vergleichsoperatoren \\theta Griechische Buchstaben \\Theta Griechische Buchstaben \\thicksp Leerzeichen \\thinsp Leerzeichen \\tilde Akzente \\times Binäre Operatoren \\to Pfeile \\top Logische Notationen \\tvec Pfeile \\ubar Akzente \\Ubar Akzente \\underbar Akzente \\underbrace Akzente \\underbracket Akzente \\underline Akzente \\underparen Akzente \\uparrow Pfeile \\Uparrow Pfeile \\updownarrow Pfeile \\Updownarrow Pfeile \\uplus Binäre Operatoren \\upsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\Upsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\varepsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\varphi Griechische Buchstaben \\varpi Griechische Buchstaben \\varrho Griechische Buchstaben \\varsigma Griechische Buchstaben \\vartheta Griechische Buchstaben \\vbar Trennzeichen \\vdash Vergleichsoperatoren \\vdots Punkte \\vec Akzente \\vee Binäre Operatoren \\vert Trennzeichen \\Vert Trennzeichen \\Vmatrix Matrizen \\vphantom Pfeile \\vthicksp Leerzeichen \\wedge Binäre Operatoren \\wp Symbole \\wr Binäre Operatoren \\xi Griechische Buchstaben \\Xi Griechische Buchstaben \\zeta Griechische Buchstaben \\Zeta Griechische Buchstaben \\zwnj Leerzeichen \\zwsp Leerzeichen ~= Vergleichsoperatoren -+ Binäre Operatoren +- Binäre Operatoren << Vergleichsoperatoren <= Vergleichsoperatoren -> Pfeile >= Vergleichsoperatoren >> Vergleichsoperatoren Erkannte Funktionen Auf dieser Registerkarte finden Sie die Liste der mathematischen Ausdrücke, die vom Gleichungseditor als Funktionen erkannt und daher nicht automatisch kursiv dargestellt werden. Die Liste der erkannten Funktionen finden Sie auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von Autokorrektur -> Erkannte Funktionen. Um der Liste der erkannten Funktionen einen Eintrag hinzuzufügen, geben Sie die Funktion in das leere Feld ein und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Hinzufügen. Um einen Eintrag aus der Liste der erkannten Funktionen zu entfernen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Funktion aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Löschen. Um die zuvor gelöschten Einträge wiederherzustellen, wählen Sie den gewünschten Eintrag aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Wiederherstellen. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zurücksetzen auf die Standardeinstellungen, um die Standardeinstellungen wiederherzustellen. Alle von Ihnen hinzugefügten Funktionen werden entfernt und die entfernten Funktionen werden wiederhergestellt. AutoFormat während der Eingabe Standardmäßig formatiert der Editor den Text während der Eingabe gemäß den Voreinstellungen für die automatische Formatierung. Beispielsweise startet er automatisch eine Aufzählungsliste oder eine nummerierte Liste, wenn eine Liste erkannt wird, ersetzt Anführungszeichen oder konvertiert Bindestriche in Gedankenstriche. Wenn Sie die Voreinstellungen für die automatische Formatierung deaktivieren möchten, deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen für die unnötige Optionen, öffnen Sie dazu die Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von Autokorrektur -> AutoFormat während der Eingabe." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "title": "Formatierungszeichen ein-/ausblenden", @@ -260,6 +305,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Abschnittsumbrüche einfügen", "body": "Mithilfe von Abschnittsumbrüchen können Sie ein anderes Layout oder eine andere Formatierung für bestimmten Abschnitte in Ihrem Dokument festlegen. Sie können beispielsweise Kopf- und Fußzeilen, Seitennummerierungen, Fußnotenformate, Ränder, Größe, Ausrichtung oder Spaltennummer für jeden einzelnen Abschnitt individuell festlegen. Hinweis: Ein eingefügter Abschnittswechsel definiert die Formatierung des vorangegangenen Abschnitts. Einfügen eines Abschnittsumbruchs an der aktuellen Cursorposition: Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf das Symbol Umbrüche in den Registerkarten Einfügen oder Layout. Wählen Sie das Untermenü Abschnittsumbruch einfügen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Umbruch: Nächste Seite - um auf der nächsten Seite einen neuen Abschnitt zu beginnen Fortlaufend - um auf der aktuellen Seite einen neuen Abschnitt beginnen Gerade Seite - um auf der nächsten geraden Seite einen neuen Abschnitt zu beginnen Ungerade Seite - um auf der nächsten ungeraden Seite einen neuen Abschnitt zu beginnen Abschnittswechsel werden in Ihrem Dokument durch eine doppelt gepunktete Linie angezeigt: Wenn die eingefügten Abschnittsumbrüche nicht angezeigt werden, klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol. Um einen Abschnittsumbruch zu entfernen, wählen Sie diesen mit der Maus aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF. Da ein Abschnittsumbruch die Formatierung des vorherigen Abschnitts definiert, wird durch das Löschen des Abschnittsumbruch auch die Formatierung des vorangegangenen Abschnitts entfernt. Ein solcher Abschnitt wird dann entsprechend der Formatierung des nachfolgenden Abschnitts formatiert." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm", + "title": "Gliederungsebene konfigurieren", + "body": "Eine Gliederungsebene ist die Absatzebene in der Dokumentstruktur. Folgende Ebenen stehen zur Verfügung: Basictext, Ebene 1 - Ebene 9. Die Gliederungsebene kann auf verschiedene Arten festgelegt werden, z. B. mithilfe von Überschriftenstilen: Wenn Sie einem Absatz einen Überschriftenstil (Überschrift 1 - Überschrift 9) zuweisen, es erhält die entsprechende Gliederungsstufe. Wenn Sie einem Absatz mithilfe der erweiterten Absatzeinstellungen eine Ebene zuweisen, erhält der Absatz die Strukturebene nur, während sein Stil unverändert bleibt. Die Gliederungsebene kann auch im Navigationsbereich links über die Kontextmenüoptionen geändert werden. Um die Gliederungsebene zu ändern, drücken Sie die rechte Maustaste auf dem Text und wählen Sie die Option Absatz - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Kontextmenü aus oder verwenden Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen im rechten Navigationsbereich, öffnen Sie das Feld Absatz - Erweiterte Einstellungen, dann öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einzüge und Abstände, wählen Sie die gewünschte Gliederungsebene im Dropdown-Menü Gliederungsebene aus. Klicken Sie OK an." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", "title": "Seitenparameter festlegen", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/js/keyboard-switch.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/js/keyboard-switch.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..267160c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/js/keyboard-switch.js @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +$(function(){ + function shortcutToggler(enabled,disabled,enabled_opt,disabled_opt){ + var selectorTD_en = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + enabled + ')', + selectorTD_dis = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + disabled + ')'; + $(disabled_opt).removeClass('enabled').addClass('disabled'); + $(enabled_opt).removeClass('disabled').addClass('enabled'); + $(selectorTD_dis).hide(); + $(selectorTD_en).show().each(function() { + if($(this).text() == ''){ + $(this).parent('tr').hide(); + } else { + $(this).parent('tr').show(); + } + }); + } + if (navigator.platform.toUpperCase().indexOf('MAC') >= 0) { + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + $('.mac_option').removeClass('right_option').addClass('left_option'); + $('.pc_option').removeClass('left_option').addClass('right_option'); + } else { + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + $('.shortcut_toggle').on('click', function() { + if($(this).hasClass('mac_option')){ + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + } else if ($(this).hasClass('pc_option')){ + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + }); +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json index 87cb63d90..61b53c1c2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json @@ -4,7 +4,8 @@ {"src": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "name": "Home Tab"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "name": "Insert tab"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "name": "Layout tab" }, - {"src": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", "name": "References tab"}, + { "src": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", "name": "References tab" }, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/FormsTab.htm", "name": "Forms tab"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", "name": "Collaboration tab"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Plugins tab"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Create a new document or open an existing one", "headername": "Basic operations"}, @@ -15,8 +16,11 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", "name": "Insert section breaks" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "name": "Insert headers and footers" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm", "name": "Insert date and time"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "name": "Insert page numbers"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "name": "Insert page numbers" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm", "name": "Insert line numbers"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", "name": "Insert footnotes" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm", "name": "Insert endnotes" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm", "name": "Convert endnotes and footnotes" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm", "name": "Add bookmarks" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm", "name": "Add watermark"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "name": "Align your text in a paragraph", "headername": "Paragraph formatting" }, @@ -33,6 +37,7 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "name": "Apply font decoration styles"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "name": "Copy/clear text formatting" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "name": "Add hyperlinks"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm", "name": "Insert cross-references"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "name": "Insert a drop cap"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "name": "Insert tables", "headername": "Operations on objects" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", "name": "Use formulas in tables"}, @@ -45,19 +50,30 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Align and arrange objects on a page" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", "name": "Change wrapping style" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", "name": "Insert content controls" }, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", "name": "Create table of contents" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", "name": "Create table of contents" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddTableofFigures.htm", "name": "Add and Format a Table of Figures" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/CreateFillableForms.htm", "name": "Create fillable forms", "headername": "Fillable forms" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "name": "Use mail merge", "headername": "Mail Merge"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Insert equations", "headername": "Math equations" }, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "Use Math AutoCorrect" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Collaborative document editing", "headername": "Document co-editing"}, { "src": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", "name": "Document Review" }, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm", "name": "Compare documents"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm", "name": "Compare documents" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm", "name": "Edit an image", "headername": "Plugins"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm", "name": "Include a video" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm", "name": "Insert highlighted code" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertReferences.htm", "name": "Insert references" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Translator.htm", "name": "Translate text" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/OCR.htm", "name": "Extract text from an image" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Speech.htm", "name": "Read the text out loud" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm", "name": "Replace a word by a synonym" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Wordpress.htm", "name": "Upload a document to Wordpress"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "name": "View document information", "headername": "Tools and settings"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Save/download/print your document" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "name": "Advanced settings of Document Editor"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "name": "View settings and navigation tools"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Search and replace function"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Spell-checking"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "AutoCorrect features" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "About Document Editor", "headername": "Helpful hints"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "name": "Supported formats of electronic documents" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "name": "Keyboard shortcuts"} diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 5491f2729..e5275322a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -53,18 +53,6 @@
    1. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files.
      2. -
    2. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when an issue in the Google Chrome browser with the enabled hardware acceleration occurs. -

      The Document Editor has two cache modes:

      -
        -
      1. In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture.
        2. -
      2. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc.
        3. -
      -

      The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers:

      -
        -
      • When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode.
        • -
      • When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode.
        • -
      -
    3. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option.
    4. Cut, copy and paste - used to show the Paste Options button when content is pasted. Check the box to enable this feature.
    5. Macros Settings - used to set macros display with a notification. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm index 857497b92..77ee0499c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    Compare documents

    -

    Note: this option is available in the paid online version only starting from Document Server v. 5.5.

    +

    Note: this option is available in the paid online version only starting from Document Server v. 5.5. To enable this feature in the desktop version, refer to this article.

    If you need to compare and merge two documents, you can use the document Compare feature. It allows displaying the differences between two documents and merge the documents by accepting the changes one by one or all at once.

    After comparing and merging two documents, the result will be stored on the portal as a new version of the original file.

    If you do not need to merge documents which are being compared, you can reject all the changes so that the original document remains unchanged.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 52b32ca02..f221e5e1f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -241,6 +241,12 @@ ↓ Move the cursor one line down. + + Navigate between controls in modal dialogues + Tab/Shift+Tab + ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab + Navigate between controls to give focus to the next or previous control in modal dialogues. + Writing @@ -678,7 +684,7 @@ Insert a non-breaking hyphen ‘-’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. - Insert a no-break space + Insert a no-break space Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Insert a no-break space ‘o’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index c601541c3..098cc288e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -49,6 +49,13 @@ + + + + FB2 + An ebook extension that lets you read books on your computer or mobile devices + + + + + ODT Word processing file format of OpenDocument, an open standard for electronic documents @@ -134,6 +141,7 @@ --> +

    Note: the HTML/EPUB/MHT formats run without Chromium and are available on all platforms.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FormsTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FormsTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e421cb9d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FormsTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + Forms tab + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Forms tab

    +

    The Forms tab allows you to create fillable forms in your documents, e.g. agreement drafts or surveys. Depending on the selected form type, you can create input fields that can be filled in by other users, or protect some parts of the document from being edited or deleted, etc.

    +
    +

    The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor:

    +

    Forms tab

    +
    +

    Using this tab, you can:

    +
      +
    • insert and edit +
        +
      • text fields,
        • +
      • combo boxes,
        • +
      • drop-down lists,
        • +
      • checkboxes,
        • +
      • radio buttons,
        • +
      • images,
        • +
      +
    • lock the forms to prevent their further editing,
      • +
    • view the resulting forms in your document.
      • +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm index 9b8b04c6c..5d177508f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm @@ -28,6 +28,7 @@
  • adjust page margins, orientation and size,
  • add columns,
  • insert page breaks, section breaks and column breaks,
    • +
  • insert line numbers
  • align and arrange objects (tables, pictures, charts, shapes),
  • change the wrapping style,
  • add a watermark.
    • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 3da29402a..e77c8e5e8 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -27,19 +27,22 @@

    The Macros button allows you to create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation.

    Currently, the following plugins are available by default:

      -
    • Send allows sending a document via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only),
      • -
    • Highlight code allows highlighting the code syntax selecting the required language, style and background color,
      • -
    • OCR recognizing text in any picture and inserting the recognized text to the document,
      • -
    • PhotoEditor allows editing images: cropping, flipping, rotating, drawing lines and shapes, adding icons and text, loading a mask and applying filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc.,
      • -
    • Speech allows converting the selected text to speech (available in the online version only),
      • -
    • Thesaurus allows finding synonyms and antonyms for the selected word and replacing it with the chosen one,
      • -
    • Translator allows translating the selected text into other languages,
      • -
    • YouTube allows embedding YouTube videos into the document,
      • -
    • Mendeley allows managing papers researches and generating bibliographies for scholarly articles,
      • -
    • Zotero allows managing bibliographic data and related research materials.
      • +
    • Send allows to send the document via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only),
      • +
    • Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color,
      • +
    • OCR allows to recognize text included into a picture and insert it into the document text,
      • +
    • Photo Editor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc.,
      • +
    • Speech allows to convert the selected text into speech (available in the online version only),
      • +
    • Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one,
      • +
    • Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, +

      Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer.

      +
      • +
    • YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your document,
      • +
    • Mendeley allows to manage research papers and generate bibliographies for scholarly articles (available in the online version only),
      • +
    • Zotero allows to manage bibliographic data and related research materials (available in the online version only),
      • +
    • EasyBib helps to find and insert related books, journal articles and websites (available in the online version only).
    -

    The Wordpress and EasyBib plugins can be used if you connect the corresponding services in your portal settings. You can use the following instructions for the server version or for the SaaS version.

    -

    To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the existing examples of open source plugins are currently available on GitHub.

    +

    The Wordpress and EasyBib plugins can be used if you connect the corresponding services in your portal settings. You can use the following instructions for the server version or for the SaaS version.

    +

    To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index 48b7bce43..c1ff91628 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Introducing the Document Editor user interface + Introducing the user interface of the Document Editor @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
    -

    Introducing the user interface of the Document Editor

    -

    The Document Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality.

    +

    Introducing the user interface of the Document Editor

    +

    The Document Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality.

    Main window of the Online Document Editor:

    Online Document Editor window

    @@ -27,17 +27,17 @@
    1. The Editor header displays the ONLYOFFICE logo, tabs for all opened documents with their names and menu tabs. -

      On the left side of the Editor header the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located

      +

      On the left side of the Editor header, the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located.

      Icons in the editor header

      -

      On the right side of the Editor header along with the user name the following icons are displayed:

      +

      On the right side of the Editor header, along with the user name the following icons are displayed:

        -
      • Open file location Open file location. In the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows to opening the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored in a new browser tab.
        • +
      • Open file location Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab.
      • View Settings icon It allows adjusting the View Settings and access the Advanced Settings of the editor.
        • -
      • Manage document access rights icon Manage document access rights (available in the online version only). It allows adjusting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud.
        • -
      +
    2. Manage document access rights icon Manage document access rights (available in the online version only). It allows adjusting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud.
      3. + -
    3. The Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, References, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. -

      The Copy icon Copy and Paste icon Paste options are always available at the left part on the left side of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab.

      +
    4. The Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, References, Forms, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. +

      The Copy icon Copy and Paste icon Paste options are always available on the left side of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab.

    5. The Status bar located at the bottom of the editor window indicates the page number and displays some notifications (for example, "All changes saved", etc.). It also allows setting the text language, enabling spell checking, turning on the track changes mode and adjusting zoom.
    6. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: @@ -50,10 +50,10 @@
    7. About icon - (available in the online version only) allows to view the information about the program.
      8. -
    8. The Right sidebar allows to adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in the text, the corresponding icon is activated on the Right sidebar. Click the icon to expand the Right sidebar.
      9. -
    9. The Horizontal and vertical Rulers makes it possible to align the text and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents.
      10. -
    10. The Working area allows viewing document content, entering and editing data.
      11. -
    11. The Scroll bar on the right allows scrolling up and down multi-page documents.
      12. +
    12. Right sidebar sidebar allows adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in the text, the corresponding icon is activated on the Right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the Right sidebar.
      13. +
    13. The horizontal and vertical Rulers make it possible to align the text and other elements in the document, set up margins, tab stops and paragraph indents.
      14. +
    14. Working area allows to view document content, enter and edit data.
      15. +
    15. Scroll bar on the right allows to scroll up and down multi-page documents.

    For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when them when necessary. To learn more about adjusting view settings, please refer to this page.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm index e08af8156..7e1a65c12 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm @@ -26,10 +26,12 @@

    Using this tab, you can:

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm index 48842b5ec..d91161152 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@

    Add captions

    A caption is a numbered label that can be applied to objects, such as equations, tables, figures, and images in the document.

    A caption allows making a reference in the text - an easily recognizable label on an object.

    +

    You can also use captions to create a table of figures.

    To add a caption to an object:

    • select the required object to apply a caption;
      • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddTableofFigures.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddTableofFigures.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79948e674 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddTableofFigures.htm @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ + + + + Add and Format a Table of Figures + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Add and Format a Table of Figures

      +

      Table of Figures provides an overview of equations, figures and tables added to a document. Similar to a table of contents, a Table of Figures lists, sorts out and arranges captioned objects or text headings that have a certain style applied. This makes it easy to reference them in your document and to navigate between figures. Click the link in the Table of Figures formatted as links and you will be taken directly to the figure or the heading. Any table, equation, diagram, drawing, graph, chart, map, photograph or another type of illustration is presented as a figure. +

      References Tab

      +

      To add a Table of Figures go to the References tab and use the Table of Figures Table of Figures Button toolbar button to set up and format a table of figures. Use the Refresh button to update a table of figures each time you add a new figure to your document.

      +

      Creating a Table of Figures

      +

      Note: You can create a Table of Figures using either captioned figures or styles. Before proceeding, a caption must be added to each equation, table or figure, or a style must be applied to the text so that it is correctly included in a Table of Figures.

      +
        +
      1. Once you have added captions or styles, place your cursor where you want to inset a Table of Figures and go to the References tab then click the Table of Figures button to open the Table of Figures dialog box, and generate the list of figures. +

        Table of Figures Settings

        +
        2. +
      2. Choose an option to build a Table of Figures from the Caption or Style group. +
          +
        • You can create a Table of Figures based on captioned objects. Check the Caption box and select a captioned object from the drop-down list: +
            +
          • None
            • +
          • Equation
            • +
          • Figure
            • +
          • Table +

            Table of Figures Captioned

            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • You can create a Table of Figures based on the styles used to format text. Check the Style box and select a style from the drop-down list. The list of options may vary depending on the style applied: +
            +
          • Heading 1
            • +
          • Heading 2
            • +
          • Caption
            • +
          • Table of Figures
            • +
          • Normal +

            Table of Figures Style

            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        +
        3. +
      +

      Formatting a Table of Figures

      +

      The check box options allow you to format a Table of Figures. All formatting check boxes are activated by default as in most cases it is more reasonable to have them. Uncheck the boxes you don’t need.

      +
        +
      • Show page numbers - to display the page number the figure appears on;
        • +
      • Right align page numbers - to display page numbers on the right when Show page numbers is active; uncheck it to display page numbers right after the title;
        • +
      • Format table and contents as links - to add hyperlinks to the Table of Figures;
        • +
      • Include label and number - to add a label and number to the Table of Figures.
        • +
      +
        +
      • Choose the Leader style from the drop-down list to connect titles to page numbers for a better visualization.
        • +
      • Choose the Leader style from the drop-down list to connect titles to page numbers for a better visualization.
        • +
      • Customize the table of figures text styles by choosing one of the available styles from the drop-down list: +
          +
        • Current - displays the style chosen previously.
          • +
        • Simple - highlights text in bold.
          • +
        • Simple - highlights text in bold.
          • +
        • Online - highlights and arranges text as a hyperlink
          • +
        • Classic - makes the text all caps
          • +
        • Distinctive - highlights text in italic
          • +
        • Distinctive - highlights text in italic
          • +
        • Centered - centers the text and displays no leader
          • +
        • Formal - displays text in 11 pt Arial to give a more formal look
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Preview window displays how the Table of Figures appears in the document or when printed.
        • +
      +

      Updating a Table of Figures

      +

      Update a Table of Figures each time you add a new equation, figure or table to your document.The Refresh button becomes active when you click or select the Table of Figures. Click the Refresh Refresh Button button on the References tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the menu:

      + Refresh Popup +
        +
      • Refresh page numbers only - to update page numbers without applying changes to the headings.
        • +
      • Refresh entire table - to update all the headings that have been modified and page numbers.
        • +
      +

      Click OK to confirm your choice,

      +

      or

      +

      Right-click the Table of Figures in your document to open the contextual menu, then choose the Refresh field to update the Table of Figures.

      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm index 7c7d02a97..914f8e437 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
    • Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the document.
    • Standard Colors - a set of default colors. The selected color scheme does not affect them.
    • - Custom Color - click this caption if the required color is missing among the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range moving the vertical color slider and set a specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also define a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the corresponding numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is defined, click the Add button: + Custom Color - click this caption if the required color is missing among the available palettes. Select the necessary color range moving the vertical color slider and set a specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also define a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the corresponding numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is defined, click the Add button:

      Palette - Custom Color

      The custom color will be applied to the selected element and added to the Custom color palette.

      • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b55b85ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + Convert footnotes and endnotes + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Convert footnotes and endnotes

      +

      The ONLYOFFICE Document Editor allows you to quickly convert footnotes to endnotes, and vice versa, e.g., if you see that some footnotes in the resulting document should be placed in the end. Instead of recreating them as endnotes, use the corresponding tool for effortless conversion.

      +
        +
      1. Click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar,
        2. +
      2. Hover over the Convert all notes menu item and choose one of the options from the list to the right: +

        Convert footnotes_endnotes

        3. +
      3. +
          +
        • Convert all Footnotes to Endnotes to change all footnotes into endnotes;
          • +
        • Convert all Endnotes to Footnotes to change all endnotes to footnotes;
          • +
        • Swap Footnotes and Endnotes to change all endnotes to footnotes, and all footnotes to endnotes.
          • +
        +
        4. +
      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateFillableForms.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateFillableForms.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c339439d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateFillableForms.htm @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ + + + + Create fillable forms + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      + +

      Create fillable forms

      +

      ONLYOFFICE Document Editor allows you to effortlessly create fillable forms in your documents, e.g. agreement drafts or surveys. Creating fillable forms is enabled through user-editable objects that ensure overall consistency of the resulting documents and allow for advanced form interaction experience.

      +

      Currently, you can insert editable plain text fields, combo boxes, dropdown lists, checkboxes, radio buttons, and assign designated areas for images. Access these features on the Forms tab.

      +

      Creating a new Plain Text Field

      +

      Text fields are user-editable plain text form fields; the text within cannot be formatted and no other objects can be added.

      +
      +
      + To insert a text field, +
        +
      1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added,
        2. +
      2. switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. + click the text field icon Text Field icon. +
        4. +
      +

      text field inserted

      +

      The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right.

      +

      + text field settings +

        +
      • Key: a key to group fields to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each text field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button.
        • +
      • Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted text field; “Your text here” is set by default.
        • +
      • + Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the text field. +
        tip inserted +
        • +
      • Characters limit: no limits by default; check this box to set the maximum characters number in the field to the right.
        • +
      • + Comb of characters: spread the text evenly within the inserted text field and configure its general appearance. Leave the box unchecked to preserve the default settings or check it to set the following parameters: +
          +
        • Cell width: type in the required value or use the arrows to the right to set the width of the inserted text field. The text within will be justified accordingly.
          • +
        • Border color: click the icon no fill to set the color for the borders of the inserted text field. Choose the preferred color out of Standard Colors. You can add a new custom color if necessary.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +

      +

      comb of characters

      +

      Click within the inserted text field and adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets.

      +
      +
      + + +

      Creating a new Combo box

      +

      Combo boxes contain a dropdown list with a set of choices that can be edited by users.

      +
      +
      + To insert a combo box, +
        +
      1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added,
        2. +
      2. switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. + click the combo box icon Combo box icon. +
        4. +
      +

      combo box inserted

      +

      The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right.

      +

      + combo box settings +

        +
      • Key: a key to group combo boxes to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each combo box using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button.
        • +
      • Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted combo box; “Choose an item” is set by default.
        • +
      • + Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the form field. +
        tip inserted +
        • +
      • Value Options: addadd values new values, deletedelete values them, or move them upvalues up and values downdown in the list.
        • +
      +

      +

      You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Combo box to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Once the necessary item is selected, you can edit the displayed text entirely or partially by replacing it with yours.

      +

      combo box opened

      +
      +

      You can change font decoration, color, and size. Click within the inserted combo box and proceed according to the instructions.

      +
      + + +

      Creating a new Dropdown list form field

      +

      Dropdown lists contain a list with a set of choices that cannot be edited by the users.

      +
      +
      + To insert a dropdown list, +
        +
      1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added,
        2. +
      2. switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. + click the dropdown list icon Dropdown icon. +
        4. +
      +

      dropdown list inserted

      +

      The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right.

      +
        +
      • Key: a key to group dropdown lists to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each form field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button.
        • +
      • Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted dropdown list; “Choose an item” is set by default.
        • +
      • + Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the form field. +
        tip inserted +
        • +
      • Value Options: addadd values new values, deletedelete values them, or move them upvalues up and values downdown in the list.
        • +
      +

      +

      You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Dropdown list form field to open the item list and choose the necessary one.

      +

      dropdown list opened

      +
      +
      + + +

      Creating a new Checkbox

      +

      Checkboxes are used to provide users with a variety of options, any number of which can be selected. Checkboxes operate individually, so they can be checked or unchecked independently.

      +
      +
      + To insert a checkbox, +
        +
      1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added,
        2. +
      2. switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. + click the checkbox icon Checkbox icon. +
        4. +
      +

      checkbox inserted

      +

      The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right.

      +

      + checkbox settings +

        +
      • Key: a key to group checkboxes to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each form field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button.
        • +
      • + Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the checkbox. +
        tip inserted +
        • +
      +

      +

      To check the box, click it once.

      +

      checkbox checked

      +
      +
      + + +

      Creating a new Radio Button

      +

      Radio buttons are used to provide users with a variety of options, only one of which can be selected. Radio buttons can be grouped so that there is no selecting several buttons within one group.

      +
      +
      + To insert a radio button, +
        +
      1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added,
        2. +
      2. switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. + click the radio button icon Radio Button icon. +
        4. +
      +

      radio button inserted

      +

      The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right.

      +

      + radio button settings +

        +
      • Group key: to create a new group of radio buttons, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each radio button.
        • +
      • + Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the radio button. +
        tip inserted +
        • +
      +

      +

      To check the radio button, click it once.

      +

      radio button checked

      +
      +
      + + +

      Creating a new Image

      +

      Images are form fields which are used to enable inserting an image with the limitations you set, i.e. the location of the image or its size.

      +
      +
      + To insert an image form field, +
        +
      1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added,
        2. +
      2. switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. + click the image form icon Image icon. +
        4. +
      +

      image form inserted

      +

      The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right.

      +

      + image form settings +

        +
      • Key: a key to group dropdown lists to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each form field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button.
        • +
      • Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted image form field; “Click to load image” is set by default.
        • +
      • + Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the bottom border of the image. +
        • +
      • Select Image: click this button to upload an image either From File, From URL, or From Storage.
        • +
      +

      +

      To replace the image, click the image icon image icon above the form field border and select another one.

      +

      To adjust the image settings, open the Image Settings tab on the right toolbar. To learn more, please read the guide on image settings.

      +
      +
      + + +

      Highlight forms

      +

      You can highlight inserted form fields with a certain color.

      +
      +
      + To highlight fields, +

      + highlight settings +

        +
      • open the Highlight Settings on the Forms tab of the top toolbar,
        • +
      • choose a color from the Standard Colors. You can also add a new custom color,
        • +
      • to remove previously applied color highlighting, use the No highlighting option.
        • +
      +

      +

      The selected highlight options will be applied to all form fields in the document.

      +

      + Note: The form field border is only visible when the field is selected. The borders do not appear on a printed version. +

      +
      +
      + +

      Enabling the View form

      +

      + Note: Once you have entered the View form mode, all editing options will become unavailable. +

      +

      Click the view form button View form button on the Forms tab of the top toolbar to see how all the inserted forms will be displayed in your document.

      +

      view form active

      +

      To exit the viewing mode, click the same icon again.

      + +

      Moving form fields

      +

      Form fields can be moved to another place in the document: click the button on the left of the control border to select the field and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the text.

      +

      moving form fields

      +

      You can also copy and paste form fields: select the necessary field and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations.

      + +

      Locking form fields

      +

      To prevent further editing of the inserted form field, click the lock form icon Lock icon. Filling the fields remains available.

      + +

      Clearing form fields

      +

      To clear all inserted fields and delete all values, click the clear fields icon Clear All Fields button on the Forms tab on the top toolbar.

      + +

      Removing form fields

      +

      To remove a form field and leave all its contents, select it and click the delete form icon Delete icon (make sure the field is not locked) or press the Delete key on the keyboard.

      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm index 3c7ba59a0..742e101af 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Font size Font size - Used to choose from the preset font size values in the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value in the font size field and then press Enter. + Used to choose from the preset font size values in the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value up to 300 pt in the font size field. Press Enter to confirm. Increment font size diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm index 92a233693..40a496c53 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@

    Apply formatting styles

    Each formatting style is a set of predefined formatting options: (font size, color, line spacing, alignment etc.). The styles allow you to quickly format different parts of the document (headings, subheadings, lists, normal text, quotes) instead of applying several formatting options individually each time. This also ensures the consistent appearance of the whole document.

    +

    You can also use styles to create a table of contents or a table of figures.

    Applying a style depends on whether this style is a paragraph style (normal, no spacing, headings, list paragraph etc.), or a text style (based on the font type, size, color). It also depends on whether a text passage is selected, or the mouse cursor is placed on a word. In some cases you might need to select the required style from the style library twice, so that it can be applied correctly: when you click the style in the style panel for the first time, the paragraph style properties are applied. When you click it for the second time, the text properties are applied.

    Use default styles

    To apply one of the available text formatting styles,

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cdc3ab6d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + Insert highlighted code + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insert highlighted code

    +

    You can embed highlighted code with the already adjusted style in accordance with the programming language and coloring style of the program you have chosen.

    +
      +
    1. Go to your document and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the code.
      2. +
    2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Highlight code plugin icon Highlight code.
      3. +
    3. Specify the programming Language.
      4. +
    4. Select a Style of the code so that it appears as if it were open in this program.
      5. +
    5. Specify if you want to replace tabs with spaces.
      6. +
    6. Choose Background color. To do this, manually move the cursor over the palette or insert the RBG/HSL/HEX value.
      7. +
    7. Click OK to insert the code.
      8. +
    + Highlight plugin gif +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index bf37d125e..63fca535f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -60,14 +60,28 @@

    Color Fill

    Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like:

    -
  • Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. -

    Gradient Fill

    -
      -
    • Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges).
      • -
    • Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available.
      • -
    • Gradient - click on the left slider Slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop.
      • -
    -
    • +
  • + Gradient Fill - use this option to fill the shape with two or more fading colors. Customize your gradient fill with no constraints. Click the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon to open the Fill menu on the right sidebar: +

    Gradient Fill

    +

    Available menu options:

    +
      +
    • + Style - choose between Linear or Radial: +
        +
      • Linear is used  when you need your colors to flow from left-to-right, top-to-bottom, or at any angle you chose in a single direction. Click Direction to choose a preset direction and click Angle for a precise gradient angle.
        • +
      • Radial is used to move from the center as it starts at a single point and emanates outward.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • + Gradient Point is a specific point for transition from one color to another. +
        +
      • Use the Add Gradient Point Add Gradient Point button or slider bar to add a gradient point. You can add up to 10 gradient points. Each next gradient point added will in no way affect the current gradient fill appearance. Use the Remove Gradient Point Remove Gradient Point button to delete a certain gradient point.
        • +
      • Use the slider bar to change the location of the gradient point or specify Position in percentage for precise location.
        • +
      • To apply a color to a gradient point, click a point on the slider bar, and then click Color to choose the color you want.
        • +
      +
      • +
    +
  • Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background.

    Picture or Texture Fill

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 8e05b847a..e561f6723 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -33,17 +33,52 @@

    Chart Editor window

    • +
  • Click the Select Data button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart Data window will open. +
      +
    1. + Use the Chart Data dialog to manage Chart Data Range, Legend Entries (Series), Horizontal (Category) Axis Label and Switch Row/Column. +

      Chart Data window

      +
        +
      • + Chart Data Range - select data for your chart. +
          +
        • + Click the Source data range icon icon on the right of the Chart data range box to select data range. +

          Select Data Range window

          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + Legend Entries (Series) - add, edit, or remove legend entries. Type or select series name for legend entries. +
          +
        • In Legend Entries (Series), click Add button.
          • +
        • + In Edit Series, type a new legend entry or click the Source data range icon icon on the right of the Select name box. +

          Edit Series window

          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + Horizontal (Category) Axis Labels - change text for category labels. +
          +
        • In Horizontal (Category) Axis Labels, click Edit.
          • +
        • + In Axis label range, type the labels you want to add or click the Source data range icon icon on the right of the Axis label range box to select data range. +

          Axis Labels window

          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Switch Row/Column - rearrange the worksheet data that is configured in the chart not in the way that you want it. Switch rows to columns to display data on a different axis.
        • +
      +
      2. +
    2. Click OK button to apply the changes and close the window.
      3. +
    +
  • change the chart settings by clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open.

    Chart - Advanced Settings window

    -

    The Type & Data tab allows you to change the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart.

    +

    The Type tab allows you to change the chart type.

    • Select a chart Type you wish to apply: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock.
      • -
    • - Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the Source data range icon icon. -

      Select Data Range window

      -

      In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK.

      -
      • -
    • Choose the way to arrange the data. You can select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns.

    Chart - Advanced Settings window

    The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements.

    @@ -169,6 +204,13 @@
    • +

    Chart - Advanced Settings: Cell Snapping

    +

    The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters:

    +
      +
    • Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the chart to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the chart will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the chart will change its size as well.
      • +
    • Move but don't size with cells - this option allows to snap the chart to the cell behind it preventing the chart from being resized. If the cell moves, the chart will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the chart dimensions remain unchanged.
      • +
    • Don't move or size with cells - this option allows to prevent the chart from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed.
      • +

    Chart - Advanced Settings

    The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the chart contains.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm index bb55fe798..c5611253a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm @@ -14,9 +14,10 @@

    Insert content controls

    -

    Content controls are objects containing different types of contents, such as text, objects etc. Depending on the selected content control type, you can create a form with input fields that can be filled in by other users, or protect some parts of the document from being edited or deleted, etc.

    -

    Note: the feature to add new content controls is available in the paid version only. In the free Community version, you can edit existing content controls, as well as copy and paste them.

    -

    Currently, you can add the following types of content controls: Plain Text, Rich Text, Picture, Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box.

    +

    Content controls are objects containing different types of content, such as text, objects, etc. Depending on the selected content control type, you can collaborate on documents by using the available content controls array, or lock the ones that do not need further editing and unlock those that require your colleagues’ input, etc. Content controls are typically used to facilitate data gathering and processing or to set necessary boundaries for documents edited by other users.

    +

    ONLYOFFICE Document Editor allows you to insert classic content controls, i.e. they are fully backward compatible with the third-party word processors such as Microsoft Word.

    +

    Note: the feature to add new content controls is available in the paid version only. In the free Community version, you can edit existing content controls, as well as copy and paste them. To enable this feature in the desktop version, refer to this article.

    +

    ONLYOFFICE Document Editor supports the following classic content controls: Plain Text, Rich Text, Picture, Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box.

    • Plain Text is an object containing text that cannot be formatted. Plain text content controls cannot contain more than one paragraph.
    • Rich Text is an object containing text that can be formatted. Rich text content controls can contain several paragraphs, lists, and objects (images, shapes, tables etc.).
      • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8c3bf9e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ + + + + Insert cross-references + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Insert cross-references

      +

      Cross-references are used to create links leading to other parts of the same document, e.g. headings or objects such as charts or tables. Such references appear in the form of a hyperlink.

      +

      Creating a cross-reference

      +
        +
      1. Position your cursor in the place you want to insert a cross-reference.
        2. +
      2. Go to the References tab and click on the Cross-reference icon.
        3. +
      3. + Set the required parameters in the opened Cross-reference window: +

        Cross-reference window

        +
          +
        • The Reference type drop-down menu specifies the item you wish to refer to, i.e. a numbered item (set by default), a heading, a bookmark, a footnote, an endnote, an equation, a figure, and a table. Choose the required item type.
          • +
        • + The Insert reference to drop-down menu specifies the text or numeric value of a reference you want to insert depending on the item you chose in the Reference type menu. For example, if you chose the Heading option, you may specify the following contents: Heading text, Page number, Heading number, Heading number (no context), Heading number (full context), Above/below. +
          + The full list of the options provided depending on the chosen reference type + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
          Reference typeInsert reference toDescription
          Numbered itemPage numberInserts the page number of the numbered item
          Paragraph numberInserts the paragraph number of the numbered item
          Paragraph number (no context)Inserts an abbreviated paragraph number. The reference is made to the specific item of the numbered list only, e.g., instead of “4.1.1” you refer to “1” only
          Paragraph number (full context)Inserts a full paragraph number, e.g., “4.1.1”
          Paragraph textInserts the text value of the paragraph, e.g., if you have “4.1.1. Terms and Conditions”, you refer to “Terms and Conditions” only
          Above/belowInserts the words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item
          HeadingHeading textInserts the entire text of the heading
          Page numberInserts the page number of the heading
          Heading numberInserts the sequence number of the heading
          Heading number (no context)Inserts an abbreviated heading number. Make sure the cursor point is in the section you are referencing to, e.g., you are in section 4 and you wish to refer to heading 4.B, so instead of “4.B” you receive “B” only
          Heading number (full context)Inserts a full heading number even if the cursor point is in the same section
          Above/belowInserts the words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item
          BookmarkBookmark textInserts the entire text of the bookmark
          Page numberInserts the page number of the bookmark
          Paragraph numberInserts the paragraph number of the bookmark
          Paragraph number (no context)Inserts an abbreviated paragraph number. The reference is made to the specific item only, e.g., instead of “4.1.1” you refer to “1” only
          Paragraph number (full context)Inserts a full paragraph number, e.g., “4.1.1”
          Above/belowInserts the words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item
          FootnoteFootnote numberInserts the footnote number
          Page numberInserts the page number of the footnote
          Above/belowInserts the words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item
          Footnote number (formatted)Inserts the number of the footnote formatted as a footnote. The numbering of the actual footnotes is not affected
          EndnoteEndnote numberInserts the endnote number
          Page numberInserts the page number of the endnote
          Above/belowInserts the words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item
          Endnote number (formatted)Inserts the number of the endnote formatted as an endnote. The numbering of the actual endnotes is not affected
          Equation / Figure / TableEntire captionInserts the full text of the caption
          Only label and numberInserts the label and object number only, e.g., “Table 1.1”
          Only caption textInserts the text of the caption only
          Page numberInserts the page number containing the referenced object
          Above/belowInserts the words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item
          +
          +
          +
          • + +
        • Check the Insert as hyperlink box to turn the reference into an active link.
          • +
        • Check the Include above/below box (if available) to specify the position of the item you refer to. The ONLYOFFICE Document Editor will automatically insert words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item.
          • +
        • Check the Separate numbers with box to specify the separator in the box to the right. The separators are needed for full context references.
          • +
        • The For which field offers you the items available according to the Reference type you have chosen, e.g. if you chose the Heading option, you will see the full list of the headings in the document.
          • +
        +
        4. +
      4. Click Insert to create a cross-reference.
        5. +
      +

      Removing a cross-reference

      +

      To delete a cross-reference, select the cross-reference you wish to remove and press the Delete key.

      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a9938158a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + + Insert endnotes + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Insert endnotes

      +

      You can insert endnotes to add explanations or comments to specific terms or sentences, make references to the sources, etc. that are displayed at end of the document.

      +

      Inserting endnotes

      +

      To insert an endnote into your document,

      +
        +
      1. position the insertion point at the end of the text passage or at the word that you want to add the endnote to,
        2. +
      2. switch to the References tab located at the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. + click the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the top toolbar and select the Insert Endnote option from the menu.
        +

        The endnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates an endnote) appears in the text of the document, and the insertion point moves to the end of the document.

        +
        4. +
      4. type in the endnote text.
        5. +
      +

      Repeat the above mentioned operations to add subsequent endnotes for other text passages in the document. The endnotes are numbered automatically: i, ii, iii, etc. by default.

      +

      Endnotes

      +

      Display of endnotes in the document

      +

      If you hover the mouse pointer over the endnote mark in the document text, a small pop-up window with the endnote text appears.

      +

      Endnote text

      +

      Navigating through endnotes

      +

      To easily navigate through the added endnotes in the text of the document,

      +
        +
      1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar,
        2. +
      2. in the Go to Endnotes section, use the Previous endnote icon arrow to go to the previous endnote or the Next endnote icon arrow to go to the next endnote.
        3. +
      +

      Editing endnotes

      +

      To edit the endnotes settings,

      +
        +
      1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar,
        2. +
      2. select the Notes Settings option from the menu,
        3. +
      3. + change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that will appear: +

        Endnotes Settings window

        +
          +
        • + Set the Location of endnotes on the page selecting one of the available options from the drop-down menu to the right: +
            +
          • End of section - to position endnotes at the end of the sections.
            • +
          • End of document - to position endnotes at the end of the document (set by default).
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Adjust the endnotes Format: +
            +
          • Number Format - select the necessary number format from the available ones: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
            • +
          • Start at - use the arrows to set the number or letter you want to start numbering with.
            • +
          • + Numbering - select a way to number your endnotes: +
              +
            • Continuous - to number endnotes sequentially throughout the document,
              • +
            • Restart each section - to start endnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each section,
              • +
            • Restart each page - to start endnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each page.
              • +
            +
            • +
          • Custom Mark - set a special character or a word you want to use as the endnote mark (e.g. * or Note1). Enter the necessary character/word into the text entry field and click the Insert button at the bottom of the Notes Settings window.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Use the Apply changes to drop-down list if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. +

          Note: to use different endnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first.

          +
          • +
        +
        4. +
      4. When you finish, click the Apply button.
        5. +
      + +

      Removing endnotes

      +

      To remove a single endnote, position the insertion point directly before the endtnote mark in the text and press Delete. Other endnotes will be renumbered automatically.

      +

      To delete all the endnotes in the document,

      +
        +
      1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar,
        2. +
      2. select the Delete All Notes option from the menu.
        3. +
      3. choose the Delete All Endnotes option in the appeared window and click OK.
        4. +
      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm index 7871eb8f1..9bb6a035b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm @@ -1,82 +1,93 @@  - - Insert footnotes - - - - - - - -
      + + Insert footnotes + + + + + + + +
      -

      Insert footnotes

      -

      You can insert footnotes to add explanations or comments for certain sentences or terms used in your text, make references to the sources, etc.

      -

      To insert a footnote into your document,

      -
        -
      1. position the insertion point at the end of the text passage that you want to add the footnote to,
        2. -
      2. switch to the References tab of the top toolbar,
        3. -
      3. click the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the top toolbar, or
        +

        Insert footnotes

        +

        You can insert footnotes to add explanations or comments for certain sentences or terms used in your text, make references to the sources, etc.

        +

        Inserting footnotes

        +

        To insert a footnote into your document,

        +
          +
        1. position the insertion point at the end of the text passage that you want to add the footnote to,
          2. +
        2. switch to the References tab located at the top toolbar,
          3. +
        3. + click the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the top toolbar, or
          click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon and select the Insert Footnote option from the menu,

          The footnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates a footnote) appears in the text of the document, and the insertion point moves to the bottom of the current page.

          -
          4. -
        4. type in the footnote text.
          5. -
        -

        Repeat the above mentioned operations to add subsequent footnotes for other text passages in the document. The footnotes are numbered automatically.

        -

        Footnotes

        -

        If you hover the mouse pointer over the footnote mark in the document text, a small pop-up window with the footnote text appears.

        -

        Footnote text

        -

        To easily navigate through the added footnotes in the text of the document,

        -
          -
        1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the References tab of the top toolbar,
          2. -
        2. in the Go to Footnotes section, use the Previous footnote icon arrow to go to the previous footnote or the Next footnote icon arrow to go to the next footnote.
          3. -
        -
        -

        To edit the footnotes settings,

        -
          -
        1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the References tab of the top toolbar,
          2. -
        2. select the Notes Settings option from the menu,
          3. -
        3. change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that will appear: -

          Footnotes Settings window

          -
            -
          • Set the Location of footnotes on the page selecting one of the available options: -
              -
            • Bottom of page - to position footnotes at the bottom of the page (this option is selected by default).
              • -
            • Below text - to position footnotes closer to the text. This option can be useful in cases when the page contains a short text.
              • -
            -
            • -
          • Adjust the footnotes Format: -
              -
            • Number Format - select the necessary number format from the available ones: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
              • -
            • Start at - use the arrows to set the number or letter you want to start numbering with.
              • -
            • Numbering - select a way to number your footnotes: +
              • +
            • type in the footnote text.
              • +
        +

        Repeat the above mentioned operations to add subsequent footnotes for other text passages in the document. The footnotes are numbered automatically.

        +

        Footnotes

        +

        Display of footnotes in the document

        +

        If you hover the mouse pointer over the footnote mark in the document text, a small pop-up window with the footnote text appears.

        +

        Footnote text

        +

        Navigating through footnotes

        +

        To easily navigate through the added footnotes in the text of the document,

        +
          +
        1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar,
          2. +
        2. in the Go to Footnotes section, use the Previous footnote icon arrow to go to the previous footnote or the Next footnote icon arrow to go to the next footnote.
          3. +
        +

        Editing footnotes

        +

        To edit the footnotes settings,

        +
          +
        1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar,
          2. +
        2. select the Notes Settings option from the menu,
          3. +
        3. + change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that will appear: +

          Footnotes Settings window

          +
            +
          • Activate the Footnote box to edit the footnotes only.
            • +
          • + Set the Location of footnotes on the page selecting one of the available options from the drop-down menu to the right:
              -
            • Continuous - to number footnotes sequentially throughout the document,
              • -
            • Restart each section - to start footnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each section,
              • -
            • Restart each page - to start footnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each page.
              • +
            • Bottom of page - to position footnotes at the bottom of the page (this option is selected by default).
              • +
            • Below text - to position footnotes closer to the text. This option can be useful in cases when the page contains a short text.
            -
            • -
          • Custom Mark - set a special character or a word you want to use as the footnote mark (e.g. * or Note1). Enter the necessary character/word into the text entry field and click the Insert button at the bottom of the Notes Settings window.
            • -
          -
          4. -
        4. Use the Apply changes to drop-down list if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. -

          Note: to use different footnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first.

          -
          5. -
    - -
  • When you finish, click the Apply button.
    • - - -
    -

    To remove a single footnote, position the insertion point directly before the footnote mark in the text and press Delete. Other footnotes will be renumbered automatically.

    -

    To delete all the footnotes in the document,

    -
      -
    1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the References tab of the top toolbar,
      2. -
    2. select the Delete All Footnotes option from the menu.
      3. -
    -
    - + +
  • + Adjust the footnotes Format: +
      +
    • Number Format - select the necessary number format from the available ones: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
      • +
    • Start at - use the arrows to set the number or letter you want to start numbering with.
      • +
    • + Numbering - select a way to number your footnotes: +
        +
      • Continuous - to number footnotes sequentially throughout the document,
        • +
      • Restart each section - to start footnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each section,
        • +
      • Restart each page - to start footnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each page.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Custom Mark - set a special character or a word you want to use as the footnote mark (e.g. * or Note1). Enter the necessary character/word into the text entry field and click the Insert button at the bottom of the Notes Settings window.
      • +
    +
    • +
  • + Use the Apply changes to drop-down list if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. +

    Note: to use different footnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first.

    +
    • + + +
  • When you finish, click the Apply button.
    • + + +

    Removing footnotes

    +

    To remove a single footnote, position the insertion point directly before the footnote mark in the text and press Delete. Other footnotes will be renumbered automatically.

    +

    To delete all the footnotes in the document,

    +
      +
    1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar,
      2. +
    2. select the Delete All Notes option from the menu.
      3. +
    3. choose the Delete All Footnotes option in the appeared window and click OK.
      4. +
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ea5d0a51 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + Insert line numbers + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insert line numbers

    +

    The ONLYOFFICE Document Editor can count lines in your document automatically. This feature can be useful when you need to refer to a specific line of the document, e.g. in a legal agreement or a code script. Use the Line Numbers icon Line Numbers tool to apply line numbering to the document. Please note that the line numbering sequence is not applied to the text in the objects such as tables, text boxes, charts, headers/footers, etc. These objects are treated as one line.

    +

    Applying line numbering

    +
      +
    1. Open the Layout tab located at the top toolbar and click on the Line Numbers iconLine Numbers icon.
      2. +
    2. + Choose the required parameters for a quick set-up in the opened drop-down menu: +
        +
      • Continuous - each line of the document will be assigned a sequence number.
        • +
      • Restart Each Page - the line numbering sequence will restart on each page of the document.
        • +
      • Restart Each Section - the line numbering sequence will restart in each section of the document. Please refer to this guide to learn more about section breaks.
        • +
      • Suppress for Current Paragraph - the current paragraph will be skipped in the line numbering sequence. To exclude several paragraphs from the sequence, select them via the left-mouse button before applying this parameter.
        • +
      +
      3. +
    3. + Specify the advanced parameters if needed. Click the Line Numbering Options item in the Line Numbers drop-down menu. Check the Add line numbering box to apply the line numbering to the document and to access the advanced parameters of the option: +

      Line Numbering window

      +
        +
      • Start at sets the starting numeric value of the line numbering sequence. The parameter is set to 1 by default.
        • +
      • From text specifies the distance between the line numbers and the text. Enter the required value in cm. The parameter is set to Auto by default.
        • +
      • Count by specifies the sequence numbers that are displayed if not counted by 1, i.e. the numbers are counted in a bunch by 2s, 3s, 4s, etc. Enter the required numeric value. The parameter is set to 1 by default.
        • +
      • Restart Each Page - the line numbering sequence will restart on each page of the document.
        • +
      • Restart Each Sectionthe line numbering sequence will restart in each section of the document.
        • +
      • Continuous - each line of the document will be assigned a sequence number.
        • +
      • The Apply changes to parameter specifies the part of the document you want to assign sequence numbers to. Choose one of the available presets: Current section to apply line numbering to the selected section of the document; This point forward to apply line numbering to the text following the current cursor position; Whole document to apply line numbering to the whole document. The parameter is set to Whole document by default.
        • +
      • Click OK to apply the changes.
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +

    Removing line numbering

    +

    To remove the line numbering sequence,

    +
      +
    1. open the Layout tab located at the top toolbar and click on the Line Numbers icon Line Numbers icon,
      2. +
    2. choose the None option in the opened drop-down menu or choose the Line Numbering Options item in the menu and deactivate the Add line numbering box in the opened Line Numbers window.
      3. +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertReferences.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertReferences.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..922a69fee --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertReferences.htm @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ + + + + Insert references + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insert references

    +

    ONLYOFFICE supports Mendeley, Zotero and EasyBib reference managers to insert references into your document.

    + +

    Mendeley

    +

    Connect ONLYOFFICE to Mendeley

    +
      +
    1. Login to your Mendeley account.
      2. +
    2. In your document, switch to the Plugins tab and choose Mendeley plugin icon Mendeley, a sidebar will open on the left side of your document. +
    3. + Click the Copy Link and Open Form button.
      + The browser opens a form on the Mendeley site. Complete this form and note the Application ID for ONLYOFFICE. +
      4. +
    4. Switch back to your document.
      5. +
    5. Enter the Application ID and click Save.
      6. +
    6. Click Login.
      7. +
    7. Click Proceed.
      8. +
    +

    Now ONLYOFFICE is connected to your Mendeley account.

    +

    Inserting references

    +
      +
    1. Open the document and place the cursor on the spot where you want to insert the reference(s).
      2. +
    2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Mendeley plugin icon Mendeley.
      3. +
    3. Enter a search text and hit Enter on your keyboard.
      4. +
    4. Click on or more check-boxes.
      5. +
    5. [Optional] Enter a new search text and click on one or more check-boxes.
      6. +
    6. Choose the reference style from the Style pull-down menu.
      7. +
    7. Click the Insert Bibliography button.
      8. +
    + +

    Zotero

    +

    Connect ONLYOFFICE to Zotero

    +
      +
    1. Login to your Zotero account.
      2. +
    2. In your document, switch to the Plugins tab and choose Zotero plugin icon Zotero, a sidebar will open on the left side of your document.
      3. +
    3. Click the Zotero API settings link.
      4. +
    4. On the Zotero site, create a new key for Zotero, copy it and save it for later use.
      5. +
    5. Switch to your document and paste the API key.
      6. +
    6. Click Save.
      7. +
    +

    Now ONLYOFFICE is connected to your Zotero account.

    +

    Inserting references

    +
      +
    1. Open the document and place the cursor on the spot where you want to insert the reference(s).
      2. +
    2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Zotero plugin icon Zotero.
      3. +
    3. Enter a search text and hit Enter on your keyboard.
      4. +
    4. Click on or more check-boxes.
      5. +
    5. [Optional] Enter a new search text and click on one or more check-boxes.
      6. +
    6. Choose the reference style from the Style pull-down menu.
      7. +
    7. Click the Insert Bibliography button.
      8. +
    + +

    EasyBib

    +
      +
    1. Open the document and place the cursor on the spot where you want to insert the reference(s).
      2. +
    2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose EasyBib plugin icon EasyBib.
      3. +
    3. Select the type of sourse you want to find.
      4. +
    4. Enter a search text and hit Enter on your keyboard.
      5. +
    5. Click '+' on the right side of the suitable Book/Journal article/Website. It will be added to Bibliography.
      6. +
    6. Select references style.
      7. +
    7. Click the Add Bibliography to Doc to insert the references.
      8. +
    + Easybib plugin gif +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm index ba684637c..104bd62c8 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

    Insert symbols and characters

    -

    To insert a special symbol which can not be typed on the keyboard, use the Symbol table icon Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps:

    +

    To insert a special symbol which can not be typed on the keyboard, use the Symbol table icon Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps:

    • place the cursor where a special symbol should be inserted,
    • switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
    • - click the Symbol table icon Symbol, + click the Symbol table icon Symbol,

      Insert symbol sidebar

    • The Symbol dialog box will appear, and you will be able to select the required symbol,
      • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm index dc08b7c6a..6c4e44a99 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm @@ -1,2506 +1,2554 @@  - Use Math AutoCorrect + AutoCorrect Features - + -
      -
      - -
      -

      Use Math AutoCorrect

      -

      When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery.

      +
      +
      + +
      +

      AutoCorrect Features

      +

      The AutoCorrect features in ONLYOFFICE Docs are used to automatically format text when detected or insert special math symbols by recognizing particular character usage.

      +

      The available AutoCorrect options are listed in the corresponding dialog box. To access it, go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options.

      +

      + The AutoCorrect dialog box consists of three tabs: Math Autocorrect, Recognized Functions, and AutoFormat As You Type. +

      +

      Math AutoCorrect

      +

      When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents, and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery.

      In the equation editor, place the insertion point within the necessary placeholder, type a math autocorrect code, then press Spacebar. The entered code will be converted into the corresponding symbol, and the space will be eliminated.

      Note: The codes are case sensitive.

      -

      The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Document Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Proofing section.

      -

      AutoCorrect window

      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      CodeSymbolCategory
      !!Double factorialSymbols
      ...Horizontal ellipsisDots
      ::Double colonOperators
      :=Colon equalOperators
      /<Not less thanRelational operators
      />Not greater thanRelational operators
      /=Not equalRelational operators
      \aboveSymbolAbove/Below scripts
      \acuteSymbolAccents
      \alephSymbolHebrew letters
      \alphaSymbolGreek letters
      \AlphaSymbolGreek letters
      \amalgSymbolBinary operators
      \angleSymbolGeometry notation
      \aointSymbolIntegrals
      \approxSymbolRelational operators
      \asmashSymbolArrows
      \astAsteriskBinary operators
      \asympSymbolRelational operators
      \atopSymbolOperators
      \barSymbolOver/Underbar
      \BarSymbolAccents
      \becauseSymbolRelational operators
      \beginSymbolDelimiters
      \belowSymbolAbove/Below scripts
      \betSymbolHebrew letters
      \betaSymbolGreek letters
      \BetaSymbolGreek letters
      \bethSymbolHebrew letters
      \bigcapSymbolLarge operators
      \bigcupSymbolLarge operators
      \bigodotSymbolLarge operators
      \bigoplusSymbolLarge operators
      \bigotimesSymbolLarge operators
      \bigsqcupSymbolLarge operators
      \biguplusSymbolLarge operators
      \bigveeSymbolLarge operators
      \bigwedgeSymbolLarge operators
      \binomialSymbolEquations
      \botSymbolLogic notation
      \bowtieSymbolRelational operators
      \boxSymbolSymbols
      \boxdotSymbolBinary operators
      \boxminusSymbolBinary operators
      \boxplusSymbolBinary operators
      \braSymbolDelimiters
      \breakSymbolSymbols
      \breveSymbolAccents
      \bulletSymbolBinary operators
      \capSymbolBinary operators
      \cbrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
      \casesSymbolSymbols
      \cdotSymbolBinary operators
      \cdotsSymbolDots
      \checkSymbolAccents
      \chiSymbolGreek letters
      \ChiSymbolGreek letters
      \circSymbolBinary operators
      \closeSymbolDelimiters
      \clubsuitSymbolSymbols
      \cointSymbolIntegrals
      \congSymbolRelational operators
      \coprodSymbolMath operators
      \cupSymbolBinary operators
      \daletSymbolHebrew letters
      \dalethSymbolHebrew letters
      \dashvSymbolRelational operators
      \ddSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \DdSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \ddddotSymbolAccents
      \dddotSymbolAccents
      \ddotSymbolAccents
      \ddotsSymbolDots
      \defeqSymbolRelational operators
      \degcSymbolSymbols
      \degfSymbolSymbols
      \degreeSymbolSymbols
      \deltaSymbolGreek letters
      \DeltaSymbolGreek letters
      \DeltaeqSymbolOperators
      \diamondSymbolBinary operators
      \diamondsuitSymbolSymbols
      \divSymbolBinary operators
      \dotSymbolAccents
      \doteqSymbolRelational operators
      \dotsSymbolDots
      \doubleaSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleASymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublebSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleBSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublecSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleCSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubledSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleDSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleeSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleESymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublefSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleFSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublegSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleGSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublehSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleHSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleiSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleISymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublejSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleJSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublekSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleKSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublelSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleLSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublemSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleMSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublenSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleNSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleoSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleOSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublepSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublePSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleqSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleQSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublerSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleRSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublesSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleSSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubletSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleTSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleuSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleUSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublevSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleVSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublewSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleWSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublexSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleXSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleySymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleYSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublezSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleZSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \downarrowSymbolArrows
      \DownarrowSymbolArrows
      \dsmashSymbolArrows
      \eeSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \ellSymbolSymbols
      \emptysetSymbolSet notations
      \emspSpace characters
      \endSymbolDelimiters
      \enspSpace characters
      \epsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \EpsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \eqarraySymbolSymbols
      \equivSymbolRelational operators
      \etaSymbolGreek letters
      \EtaSymbolGreek letters
      \existsSymbolLogic notations
      \forallSymbolLogic notations
      \frakturaSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturASymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturbSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturBSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturcSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturCSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturdSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturDSymbolFraktur letters
      \fraktureSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturESymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturfSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturFSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturgSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturGSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturhSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturHSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturiSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturISymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturkSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturKSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturlSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturLSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturmSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturMSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturnSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturNSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturoSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturOSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturpSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturPSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturqSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturQSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturrSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturRSymbolFraktur letters
      \fraktursSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturSSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturtSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturTSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturuSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturUSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturvSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturVSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturwSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturWSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturxSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturXSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturySymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturYSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturzSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturZSymbolFraktur letters
      \frownSymbolRelational operators
      \funcapplyBinary operators
      \GSymbolGreek letters
      \gammaSymbolGreek letters
      \GammaSymbolGreek letters
      \geSymbolRelational operators
      \geqSymbolRelational operators
      \getsSymbolArrows
      \ggSymbolRelational operators
      \gimelSymbolHebrew letters
      \graveSymbolAccents
      \hairspSpace characters
      \hatSymbolAccents
      \hbarSymbolSymbols
      \heartsuitSymbolSymbols
      \hookleftarrowSymbolArrows
      \hookrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \hphantomSymbolArrows
      \hsmashSymbolArrows
      \hvecSymbolAccents
      \identitymatrixSymbolMatrices
      \iiSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \iiintSymbolIntegrals
      \iintSymbolIntegrals
      \iiiintSymbolIntegrals
      \ImSymbolSymbols
      \imathSymbolSymbols
      \inSymbolRelational operators
      \incSymbolSymbols
      \inftySymbolSymbols
      \intSymbolIntegrals
      \integralSymbolIntegrals
      \iotaSymbolGreek letters
      \IotaSymbolGreek letters
      \itimesMath operators
      \jSymbolSymbols
      \jjSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \jmathSymbolSymbols
      \kappaSymbolGreek letters
      \KappaSymbolGreek letters
      \ketSymbolDelimiters
      \lambdaSymbolGreek letters
      \LambdaSymbolGreek letters
      \langleSymbolDelimiters
      \lbbrackSymbolDelimiters
      \lbraceSymbolDelimiters
      \lbrackSymbolDelimiters
      \lceilSymbolDelimiters
      \ldivSymbolFraction slashes
      \ldivideSymbolFraction slashes
      \ldotsSymbolDots
      \leSymbolRelational operators
      \leftSymbolDelimiters
      \leftarrowSymbolArrows
      \LeftarrowSymbolArrows
      \leftharpoondownSymbolArrows
      \leftharpoonupSymbolArrows
      \leftrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \LeftrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \leqSymbolRelational operators
      \lfloorSymbolDelimiters
      \lhvecSymbolAccents
      \limitSymbolLimits
      \llSymbolRelational operators
      \lmoustSymbolDelimiters
      \LongleftarrowSymbolArrows
      \LongleftrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \LongrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \lrharSymbolArrows
      \lvecSymbolAccents
      \mapstoSymbolArrows
      \matrixSymbolMatrices
      \medspSpace characters
      \midSymbolRelational operators
      \middleSymbolSymbols
      \modelsSymbolRelational operators
      \mpSymbolBinary operators
      \muSymbolGreek letters
      \MuSymbolGreek letters
      \nablaSymbolSymbols
      \naryandSymbolOperators
      \nbspSpace characters
      \neSymbolRelational operators
      \nearrowSymbolArrows
      \neqSymbolRelational operators
      \niSymbolRelational operators
      \normSymbolDelimiters
      \notcontainSymbolRelational operators
      \notelementSymbolRelational operators
      \notinSymbolRelational operators
      \nuSymbolGreek letters
      \NuSymbolGreek letters
      \nwarrowSymbolArrows
      \oSymbolGreek letters
      \OSymbolGreek letters
      \odotSymbolBinary operators
      \ofSymbolOperators
      \oiiintSymbolIntegrals
      \oiintSymbolIntegrals
      \ointSymbolIntegrals
      \omegaSymbolGreek letters
      \OmegaSymbolGreek letters
      \ominusSymbolBinary operators
      \openSymbolDelimiters
      \oplusSymbolBinary operators
      \otimesSymbolBinary operators
      \overSymbolDelimiters
      \overbarSymbolAccents
      \overbraceSymbolAccents
      \overbracketSymbolAccents
      \overlineSymbolAccents
      \overparenSymbolAccents
      \overshellSymbolAccents
      \parallelSymbolGeometry notation
      \partialSymbolSymbols
      \pmatrixSymbolMatrices
      \perpSymbolGeometry notation
      \phantomSymbolSymbols
      \phiSymbolGreek letters
      \PhiSymbolGreek letters
      \piSymbolGreek letters
      \PiSymbolGreek letters
      \pmSymbolBinary operators
      \pppprimeSymbolPrimes
      \ppprimeSymbolPrimes
      \pprimeSymbolPrimes
      \precSymbolRelational operators
      \preceqSymbolRelational operators
      \primeSymbolPrimes
      \prodSymbolMath operators
      \proptoSymbolRelational operators
      \psiSymbolGreek letters
      \PsiSymbolGreek letters
      \qdrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
      \quadraticSymbolSquare roots and radicals
      \rangleSymbolDelimiters
      \RangleSymbolDelimiters
      \ratioSymbolRelational operators
      \rbraceSymbolDelimiters
      \rbrackSymbolDelimiters
      \RbrackSymbolDelimiters
      \rceilSymbolDelimiters
      \rddotsSymbolDots
      \ReSymbolSymbols
      \rectSymbolSymbols
      \rfloorSymbolDelimiters
      \rhoSymbolGreek letters
      \RhoSymbolGreek letters
      \rhvecSymbolAccents
      \rightSymbolDelimiters
      \rightarrowSymbolArrows
      \RightarrowSymbolArrows
      \rightharpoondownSymbolArrows
      \rightharpoonupSymbolArrows
      \rmoustSymbolDelimiters
      \rootSymbolSymbols
      \scriptaSymbolScripts
      \scriptASymbolScripts
      \scriptbSymbolScripts
      \scriptBSymbolScripts
      \scriptcSymbolScripts
      \scriptCSymbolScripts
      \scriptdSymbolScripts
      \scriptDSymbolScripts
      \scripteSymbolScripts
      \scriptESymbolScripts
      \scriptfSymbolScripts
      \scriptFSymbolScripts
      \scriptgSymbolScripts
      \scriptGSymbolScripts
      \scripthSymbolScripts
      \scriptHSymbolScripts
      \scriptiSymbolScripts
      \scriptISymbolScripts
      \scriptkSymbolScripts
      \scriptKSymbolScripts
      \scriptlSymbolScripts
      \scriptLSymbolScripts
      \scriptmSymbolScripts
      \scriptMSymbolScripts
      \scriptnSymbolScripts
      \scriptNSymbolScripts
      \scriptoSymbolScripts
      \scriptOSymbolScripts
      \scriptpSymbolScripts
      \scriptPSymbolScripts
      \scriptqSymbolScripts
      \scriptQSymbolScripts
      \scriptrSymbolScripts
      \scriptRSymbolScripts
      \scriptsSymbolScripts
      \scriptSSymbolScripts
      \scripttSymbolScripts
      \scriptTSymbolScripts
      \scriptuSymbolScripts
      \scriptUSymbolScripts
      \scriptvSymbolScripts
      \scriptVSymbolScripts
      \scriptwSymbolScripts
      \scriptWSymbolScripts
      \scriptxSymbolScripts
      \scriptXSymbolScripts
      \scriptySymbolScripts
      \scriptYSymbolScripts
      \scriptzSymbolScripts
      \scriptZSymbolScripts
      \sdivSymbolFraction slashes
      \sdivideSymbolFraction slashes
      \searrowSymbolArrows
      \setminusSymbolBinary operators
      \sigmaSymbolGreek letters
      \SigmaSymbolGreek letters
      \simSymbolRelational operators
      \simeqSymbolRelational operators
      \smashSymbolArrows
      \smileSymbolRelational operators
      \spadesuitSymbolSymbols
      \sqcapSymbolBinary operators
      \sqcupSymbolBinary operators
      \sqrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
      \sqsubseteqSymbolSet notation
      \sqsuperseteqSymbolSet notation
      \starSymbolBinary operators
      \subsetSymbolSet notation
      \subseteqSymbolSet notation
      \succSymbolRelational operators
      \succeqSymbolRelational operators
      \sumSymbolMath operators
      \supersetSymbolSet notation
      \superseteqSymbolSet notation
      \swarrowSymbolArrows
      \tauSymbolGreek letters
      \TauSymbolGreek letters
      \thereforeSymbolRelational operators
      \thetaSymbolGreek letters
      \ThetaSymbolGreek letters
      \thickspSpace characters
      \thinspSpace characters
      \tildeSymbolAccents
      \timesSymbolBinary operators
      \toSymbolArrows
      \topSymbolLogic notation
      \tvecSymbolArrows
      \ubarSymbolAccents
      \UbarSymbolAccents
      \underbarSymbolAccents
      \underbraceSymbolAccents
      \underbracketSymbolAccents
      \underlineSymbolAccents
      \underparenSymbolAccents
      \uparrowSymbolArrows
      \UparrowSymbolArrows
      \updownarrowSymbolArrows
      \UpdownarrowSymbolArrows
      \uplusSymbolBinary operators
      \upsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \UpsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \varepsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \varphiSymbolGreek letters
      \varpiSymbolGreek letters
      \varrhoSymbolGreek letters
      \varsigmaSymbolGreek letters
      \varthetaSymbolGreek letters
      \vbarSymbolDelimiters
      \vdashSymbolRelational operators
      \vdotsSymbolDots
      \vecSymbolAccents
      \veeSymbolBinary operators
      \vertSymbolDelimiters
      \VertSymbolDelimiters
      \VmatrixSymbolMatrices
      \vphantomSymbolArrows
      \vthickspSpace characters
      \wedgeSymbolBinary operators
      \wpSymbolSymbols
      \wrSymbolBinary operators
      \xiSymbolGreek letters
      \XiSymbolGreek letters
      \zetaSymbolGreek letters
      \ZetaSymbolGreek letters
      \zwnjSpace characters
      \zwspSpace characters
      ~=Is congruent toRelational operators
      -+Minus or plusBinary operators
      +-Plus or minusBinary operators
      <<SymbolRelational operators
      <=Less than or equal toRelational operators
      ->SymbolArrows
      >=Greater than or equal toRelational operators
      >>SymbolRelational operators
      -
      +

      You can add, modify, restore, and remove autocorrect entries from the AutoCorrect list. Go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Math AutoCorrect.

      +

      Adding an entry to the AutoCorrect list

      +

      +

        +
      • Enter the autocorrect code you want to use in the Replace box.
        • +
      • Enter the symbol to be assigned to the code you entered in the By box.
        • +
      • Click the Add button.
        • +
      +

      +

      Modifying an entry on the AutoCorrect list

      +

      +

        +
      • Select the entry to be modified.
        • +
      • You can change the information in both fields: the code in the Replace box or the symbol in the By box.
        • +
      • Click the Replace button.
        • +
      +

      +

      Removing entries from the AutoCorrect list

      +

      +

        +
      • Select an entry to remove from the list.
        • +
      • Click the Delete button.
        • +
      +

      +

      To restore the previously deleted entries, select the entry to be restored from the list and click the Restore button.

      +

      Use the Reset to default button to restore default settings. Any autocorrect entry you added will be removed and the changed ones will be restored to their original values.

      +

      To disable Math AutoCorrect and to avoid automatic changes and replacements, uncheck the Replace text as you type box.

      +

      Replace text as you type

      +

      The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Document Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Math AutoCorrect.

      +
      + The supported codes + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      CodeSymbolCategory
      !!Double factorialSymbols
      ...Horizontal ellipsisDots
      ::Double colonOperators
      :=Colon equalOperators
      /<Not less thanRelational operators
      />Not greater thanRelational operators
      /=Not equalRelational operators
      \aboveSymbolAbove/Below scripts
      \acuteSymbolAccents
      \alephSymbolHebrew letters
      \alphaSymbolGreek letters
      \AlphaSymbolGreek letters
      \amalgSymbolBinary operators
      \angleSymbolGeometry notation
      \aointSymbolIntegrals
      \approxSymbolRelational operators
      \asmashSymbolArrows
      \astAsteriskBinary operators
      \asympSymbolRelational operators
      \atopSymbolOperators
      \barSymbolOver/Underbar
      \BarSymbolAccents
      \becauseSymbolRelational operators
      \beginSymbolDelimiters
      \belowSymbolAbove/Below scripts
      \betSymbolHebrew letters
      \betaSymbolGreek letters
      \BetaSymbolGreek letters
      \bethSymbolHebrew letters
      \bigcapSymbolLarge operators
      \bigcupSymbolLarge operators
      \bigodotSymbolLarge operators
      \bigoplusSymbolLarge operators
      \bigotimesSymbolLarge operators
      \bigsqcupSymbolLarge operators
      \biguplusSymbolLarge operators
      \bigveeSymbolLarge operators
      \bigwedgeSymbolLarge operators
      \binomialSymbolEquations
      \botSymbolLogic notation
      \bowtieSymbolRelational operators
      \boxSymbolSymbols
      \boxdotSymbolBinary operators
      \boxminusSymbolBinary operators
      \boxplusSymbolBinary operators
      \braSymbolDelimiters
      \breakSymbolSymbols
      \breveSymbolAccents
      \bulletSymbolBinary operators
      \capSymbolBinary operators
      \cbrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
      \casesSymbolSymbols
      \cdotSymbolBinary operators
      \cdotsSymbolDots
      \checkSymbolAccents
      \chiSymbolGreek letters
      \ChiSymbolGreek letters
      \circSymbolBinary operators
      \closeSymbolDelimiters
      \clubsuitSymbolSymbols
      \cointSymbolIntegrals
      \congSymbolRelational operators
      \coprodSymbolMath operators
      \cupSymbolBinary operators
      \daletSymbolHebrew letters
      \dalethSymbolHebrew letters
      \dashvSymbolRelational operators
      \ddSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \DdSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \ddddotSymbolAccents
      \dddotSymbolAccents
      \ddotSymbolAccents
      \ddotsSymbolDots
      \defeqSymbolRelational operators
      \degcSymbolSymbols
      \degfSymbolSymbols
      \degreeSymbolSymbols
      \deltaSymbolGreek letters
      \DeltaSymbolGreek letters
      \DeltaeqSymbolOperators
      \diamondSymbolBinary operators
      \diamondsuitSymbolSymbols
      \divSymbolBinary operators
      \dotSymbolAccents
      \doteqSymbolRelational operators
      \dotsSymbolDots
      \doubleaSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleASymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublebSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleBSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublecSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleCSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubledSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleDSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleeSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleESymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublefSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleFSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublegSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleGSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublehSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleHSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleiSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleISymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublejSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleJSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublekSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleKSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublelSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleLSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublemSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleMSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublenSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleNSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleoSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleOSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublepSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublePSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleqSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleQSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublerSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleRSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublesSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleSSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubletSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleTSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleuSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleUSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublevSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleVSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublewSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleWSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublexSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleXSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleySymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleYSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doublezSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \doubleZSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \downarrowSymbolArrows
      \DownarrowSymbolArrows
      \dsmashSymbolArrows
      \eeSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \ellSymbolSymbols
      \emptysetSymbolSet notations
      \emspSpace characters
      \endSymbolDelimiters
      \enspSpace characters
      \epsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \EpsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \eqarraySymbolSymbols
      \equivSymbolRelational operators
      \etaSymbolGreek letters
      \EtaSymbolGreek letters
      \existsSymbolLogic notations
      \forallSymbolLogic notations
      \frakturaSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturASymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturbSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturBSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturcSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturCSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturdSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturDSymbolFraktur letters
      \fraktureSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturESymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturfSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturFSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturgSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturGSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturhSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturHSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturiSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturISymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturkSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturKSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturlSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturLSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturmSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturMSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturnSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturNSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturoSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturOSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturpSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturPSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturqSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturQSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturrSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturRSymbolFraktur letters
      \fraktursSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturSSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturtSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturTSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturuSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturUSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturvSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturVSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturwSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturWSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturxSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturXSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturySymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturYSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturzSymbolFraktur letters
      \frakturZSymbolFraktur letters
      \frownSymbolRelational operators
      \funcapplyBinary operators
      \GSymbolGreek letters
      \gammaSymbolGreek letters
      \GammaSymbolGreek letters
      \geSymbolRelational operators
      \geqSymbolRelational operators
      \getsSymbolArrows
      \ggSymbolRelational operators
      \gimelSymbolHebrew letters
      \graveSymbolAccents
      \hairspSpace characters
      \hatSymbolAccents
      \hbarSymbolSymbols
      \heartsuitSymbolSymbols
      \hookleftarrowSymbolArrows
      \hookrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \hphantomSymbolArrows
      \hsmashSymbolArrows
      \hvecSymbolAccents
      \identitymatrixSymbolMatrices
      \iiSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \iiintSymbolIntegrals
      \iintSymbolIntegrals
      \iiiintSymbolIntegrals
      \ImSymbolSymbols
      \imathSymbolSymbols
      \inSymbolRelational operators
      \incSymbolSymbols
      \inftySymbolSymbols
      \intSymbolIntegrals
      \integralSymbolIntegrals
      \iotaSymbolGreek letters
      \IotaSymbolGreek letters
      \itimesMath operators
      \jSymbolSymbols
      \jjSymbolDouble-struck letters
      \jmathSymbolSymbols
      \kappaSymbolGreek letters
      \KappaSymbolGreek letters
      \ketSymbolDelimiters
      \lambdaSymbolGreek letters
      \LambdaSymbolGreek letters
      \langleSymbolDelimiters
      \lbbrackSymbolDelimiters
      \lbraceSymbolDelimiters
      \lbrackSymbolDelimiters
      \lceilSymbolDelimiters
      \ldivSymbolFraction slashes
      \ldivideSymbolFraction slashes
      \ldotsSymbolDots
      \leSymbolRelational operators
      \leftSymbolDelimiters
      \leftarrowSymbolArrows
      \LeftarrowSymbolArrows
      \leftharpoondownSymbolArrows
      \leftharpoonupSymbolArrows
      \leftrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \LeftrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \leqSymbolRelational operators
      \lfloorSymbolDelimiters
      \lhvecSymbolAccents
      \limitSymbolLimits
      \llSymbolRelational operators
      \lmoustSymbolDelimiters
      \LongleftarrowSymbolArrows
      \LongleftrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \LongrightarrowSymbolArrows
      \lrharSymbolArrows
      \lvecSymbolAccents
      \mapstoSymbolArrows
      \matrixSymbolMatrices
      \medspSpace characters
      \midSymbolRelational operators
      \middleSymbolSymbols
      \modelsSymbolRelational operators
      \mpSymbolBinary operators
      \muSymbolGreek letters
      \MuSymbolGreek letters
      \nablaSymbolSymbols
      \naryandSymbolOperators
      \nbspSpace characters
      \neSymbolRelational operators
      \nearrowSymbolArrows
      \neqSymbolRelational operators
      \niSymbolRelational operators
      \normSymbolDelimiters
      \notcontainSymbolRelational operators
      \notelementSymbolRelational operators
      \notinSymbolRelational operators
      \nuSymbolGreek letters
      \NuSymbolGreek letters
      \nwarrowSymbolArrows
      \oSymbolGreek letters
      \OSymbolGreek letters
      \odotSymbolBinary operators
      \ofSymbolOperators
      \oiiintSymbolIntegrals
      \oiintSymbolIntegrals
      \ointSymbolIntegrals
      \omegaSymbolGreek letters
      \OmegaSymbolGreek letters
      \ominusSymbolBinary operators
      \openSymbolDelimiters
      \oplusSymbolBinary operators
      \otimesSymbolBinary operators
      \overSymbolDelimiters
      \overbarSymbolAccents
      \overbraceSymbolAccents
      \overbracketSymbolAccents
      \overlineSymbolAccents
      \overparenSymbolAccents
      \overshellSymbolAccents
      \parallelSymbolGeometry notation
      \partialSymbolSymbols
      \pmatrixSymbolMatrices
      \perpSymbolGeometry notation
      \phantomSymbolSymbols
      \phiSymbolGreek letters
      \PhiSymbolGreek letters
      \piSymbolGreek letters
      \PiSymbolGreek letters
      \pmSymbolBinary operators
      \pppprimeSymbolPrimes
      \ppprimeSymbolPrimes
      \pprimeSymbolPrimes
      \precSymbolRelational operators
      \preceqSymbolRelational operators
      \primeSymbolPrimes
      \prodSymbolMath operators
      \proptoSymbolRelational operators
      \psiSymbolGreek letters
      \PsiSymbolGreek letters
      \qdrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
      \quadraticSymbolSquare roots and radicals
      \rangleSymbolDelimiters
      \RangleSymbolDelimiters
      \ratioSymbolRelational operators
      \rbraceSymbolDelimiters
      \rbrackSymbolDelimiters
      \RbrackSymbolDelimiters
      \rceilSymbolDelimiters
      \rddotsSymbolDots
      \ReSymbolSymbols
      \rectSymbolSymbols
      \rfloorSymbolDelimiters
      \rhoSymbolGreek letters
      \RhoSymbolGreek letters
      \rhvecSymbolAccents
      \rightSymbolDelimiters
      \rightarrowSymbolArrows
      \RightarrowSymbolArrows
      \rightharpoondownSymbolArrows
      \rightharpoonupSymbolArrows
      \rmoustSymbolDelimiters
      \rootSymbolSymbols
      \scriptaSymbolScripts
      \scriptASymbolScripts
      \scriptbSymbolScripts
      \scriptBSymbolScripts
      \scriptcSymbolScripts
      \scriptCSymbolScripts
      \scriptdSymbolScripts
      \scriptDSymbolScripts
      \scripteSymbolScripts
      \scriptESymbolScripts
      \scriptfSymbolScripts
      \scriptFSymbolScripts
      \scriptgSymbolScripts
      \scriptGSymbolScripts
      \scripthSymbolScripts
      \scriptHSymbolScripts
      \scriptiSymbolScripts
      \scriptISymbolScripts
      \scriptkSymbolScripts
      \scriptKSymbolScripts
      \scriptlSymbolScripts
      \scriptLSymbolScripts
      \scriptmSymbolScripts
      \scriptMSymbolScripts
      \scriptnSymbolScripts
      \scriptNSymbolScripts
      \scriptoSymbolScripts
      \scriptOSymbolScripts
      \scriptpSymbolScripts
      \scriptPSymbolScripts
      \scriptqSymbolScripts
      \scriptQSymbolScripts
      \scriptrSymbolScripts
      \scriptRSymbolScripts
      \scriptsSymbolScripts
      \scriptSSymbolScripts
      \scripttSymbolScripts
      \scriptTSymbolScripts
      \scriptuSymbolScripts
      \scriptUSymbolScripts
      \scriptvSymbolScripts
      \scriptVSymbolScripts
      \scriptwSymbolScripts
      \scriptWSymbolScripts
      \scriptxSymbolScripts
      \scriptXSymbolScripts
      \scriptySymbolScripts
      \scriptYSymbolScripts
      \scriptzSymbolScripts
      \scriptZSymbolScripts
      \sdivSymbolFraction slashes
      \sdivideSymbolFraction slashes
      \searrowSymbolArrows
      \setminusSymbolBinary operators
      \sigmaSymbolGreek letters
      \SigmaSymbolGreek letters
      \simSymbolRelational operators
      \simeqSymbolRelational operators
      \smashSymbolArrows
      \smileSymbolRelational operators
      \spadesuitSymbolSymbols
      \sqcapSymbolBinary operators
      \sqcupSymbolBinary operators
      \sqrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
      \sqsubseteqSymbolSet notation
      \sqsuperseteqSymbolSet notation
      \starSymbolBinary operators
      \subsetSymbolSet notation
      \subseteqSymbolSet notation
      \succSymbolRelational operators
      \succeqSymbolRelational operators
      \sumSymbolMath operators
      \supersetSymbolSet notation
      \superseteqSymbolSet notation
      \swarrowSymbolArrows
      \tauSymbolGreek letters
      \TauSymbolGreek letters
      \thereforeSymbolRelational operators
      \thetaSymbolGreek letters
      \ThetaSymbolGreek letters
      \thickspSpace characters
      \thinspSpace characters
      \tildeSymbolAccents
      \timesSymbolBinary operators
      \toSymbolArrows
      \topSymbolLogic notation
      \tvecSymbolArrows
      \ubarSymbolAccents
      \UbarSymbolAccents
      \underbarSymbolAccents
      \underbraceSymbolAccents
      \underbracketSymbolAccents
      \underlineSymbolAccents
      \underparenSymbolAccents
      \uparrowSymbolArrows
      \UparrowSymbolArrows
      \updownarrowSymbolArrows
      \UpdownarrowSymbolArrows
      \uplusSymbolBinary operators
      \upsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \UpsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \varepsilonSymbolGreek letters
      \varphiSymbolGreek letters
      \varpiSymbolGreek letters
      \varrhoSymbolGreek letters
      \varsigmaSymbolGreek letters
      \varthetaSymbolGreek letters
      \vbarSymbolDelimiters
      \vdashSymbolRelational operators
      \vdotsSymbolDots
      \vecSymbolAccents
      \veeSymbolBinary operators
      \vertSymbolDelimiters
      \VertSymbolDelimiters
      \VmatrixSymbolMatrices
      \vphantomSymbolArrows
      \vthickspSpace characters
      \wedgeSymbolBinary operators
      \wpSymbolSymbols
      \wrSymbolBinary operators
      \xiSymbolGreek letters
      \XiSymbolGreek letters
      \zetaSymbolGreek letters
      \ZetaSymbolGreek letters
      \zwnjSpace characters
      \zwspSpace characters
      ~=Is congruent toRelational operators
      -+Minus or plusBinary operators
      +-Plus or minusBinary operators
      <<SymbolRelational operators
      <=Less than or equal toRelational operators
      ->SymbolArrows
      >=Greater than or equal toRelational operators
      >>SymbolRelational operators
      +
      +
      +

      Recognized Functions

      +

      In this tab, you will find the list of math expressions that will be recognized by the Equation editor as functions and therefore will not be automatically italicized. For the list of recognized functions go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Recognized Functions.

      +

      To add an entry to the list of recognized functions, enter the function in the blank field and click the Add button.

      +

      To remove an entry from the list of recognized functions, select the function to be removed and click the Delete button.

      +

      To restore the previously deleted entries, select the entry to be restored from the list and click the Restore button.

      +

      Use the Reset to default button to restore default settings. Any function you added will be removed and the removed ones will be restored.

      +

      Recognized Functions

      +

      AutoFormat As You Type

      +

      By default, the editor formats the text while you are typing according to the auto-formatting presets, for instance, it automatically starts a bullet list or a numbered list when a list is detected, or replaces quotation marks, or converts hyphens to dashes.

      +

      If you need to disable auto-formatting presets, uncheck the box for the unnecessary options, go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> AutoFormat As You Type.

      +

      AutoFormat As You Type

      +
      \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OCR.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OCR.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29ebb6e87 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OCR.htm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + Extract text from an image + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Extract text from an image

      +

      With ONLYOFFICE you can extract text from an image (.png .jpg) and insert it in your document.

      +
        +
      1. Open your document and place the cursor on the spot where you want to insert the text.
        2. +
      2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose OCR plugin icon OCR from the menu.
        3. +
      3. Click Load File and select the image.
        4. +
      4. Choose the recognition language from the Choose Language pull-down menu.
        5. +
      5. Click Recognize.
        6. +
      6. Click Insert text.
        7. +
      +

      You should check the inserted text for errors and layout.

      + OCR plugin gif +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c18c247e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ + + + + Edit an image + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Edit an image

      +

      ONLYOFFICE comes with a very powerful photo editor, that allows you to adjust the image with filters and make all kinds of annotations.

      +
        +
      1. Select an image in your document.
        2. +
      2. + Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Photo Editor plugin icon Photo Editor.
        + You are now in the editing environment. +
          +
        • Below the image you will find the following checkboxes and slider filters: +
            +
          • Grayscale, Sepia, Sepia 2, Blur, Emboss, Invert, Sharpen;
            • +
          • Remove White (Threshhold, Distance), Gradient transparency, Brightness, Noise, Pixelate, Color Filter;
            • +
          • Tint, Multiply, Blend.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Below the filters you will find buttons for +
            +
          • Undo, Redo and Resetting;
            • +
          • Delete, Delete all;
            • +
          • Crop (Custom, Square, 3:2, 4:3, 5:4, 7:5, 16:9);
            • +
          • Flip (Flip X, Flip Y, Reset);
            • +
          • Rotate (30 degree, -30 degree,Manual rotation slider);
            • +
          • Draw (Free, Straight, Color, Size slider);
            • +
          • Shape (Recrangle, Circle, Triangle, Fill, Stroke, Stroke size);
            • +
          • Icon (Arrows, Stars, Polygon, Location, Heart, Bubble, Custom icon, Color);
            • +
          • Text (Bold, Italic, Underline, Left, Center, Right, Color, Text size);
            • +
          • Mask.
            • +
          +
          • +
        + Feel free to try all of these and remember you can always undo them.
        +
      3. + When finished, click the OK button. +
        4. +
      +

      The edited picture is now included in the document.

      + Image plugin gif +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Speech.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Speech.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b0ee97c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Speech.htm @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + + Read the text out loud + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Read the text out loud

      +

      ONLYOFFICE has a plugin that can read out the text for you.

      +
        +
      1. Select the text to be read out.
        2. +
      2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Speech plugin icon Speech.
        3. +
      +

      The text will now be read out.

      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..064017e70 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + Replace a word by a synonym + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Replace a word by a synonym

      +

      + If you are using the same word multiple times, or a word is just not quite the word you are looking for, ONLYOFFICE let you look up synonyms. + It will show you the antonyms too. +

      +
        +
      1. Select the word in your document.
        2. +
      2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Thesaurus plugin icon Thesaurus.
        3. +
      3. The synonyms and antonyms will show up in the left sidebar.
        4. +
      4. Click a word to replace the word in your document.
        5. +
      + Thesaurus plugin gif +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Translator.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Translator.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c43e5e930 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Translator.htm @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + + + + Translate text + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Translate text

      +

      You can translate your document from and to numerous languages.

      +
        +
      1. Select the text that you want to translate.
        2. +
      2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Translator plugin icon Translator, the Translator appears in a sidebar on the left.
        3. +
      3. Click the drop-down box and choose the preferred language.
        4. +
      +

      The text will be translated to the required language.

      + Translator plugin gif + +

      Changing the language of your result:

      +
        +
      1. Click the drop-down box and choose the preferred language.
        2. +
      +

      The translation will change immediately.

      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Wordpress.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Wordpress.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2e1c3f8c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Wordpress.htm @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + + Upload a document to Wordpress + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Upload a document to Wordpress

      +

      You can write your articles in your ONLYOFFICE environment and upload them as a Wordpress-article.

      +

      Connect to Wordpress

      +
        +
      1. Open your document.
        2. +
      2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Wordpress plugin icon Wordpress.
        3. +
      3. Log in into your Wordpress account and choose the website page you want to post your document on.
        4. +
      4. Enter a title for your article.
        5. +
      5. Click Publish to publish immediatly or Save as draft to publish later from your WordPress site or app.
        6. +
      + Wordpress plugin gif +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9cbadadac --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + Include a video + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Include a video

      +

      You can include a video in your document. It will be shown as an image. By double-clicking the image the video dialog opens. Here you can start the video.

      +
        +
      1. + Copy the URL of the video you want to include.
        + (the complete address shown in the address line of your browser) +
        2. +
      2. Go to your document and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the video.
        3. +
      3. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Youtube plugin icon YouTube.
        4. +
      4. Paste the URL and click OK.
        5. +
      5. Check if it is the correct video and click the OK button below the video.
        6. +
      +

      The video is now included in your document.

      + Youtube plugin gif +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/editor.css b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/editor.css index 7a743ebc1..7d27e6f75 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/editor.css +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/editor.css @@ -6,11 +6,21 @@ color: #444; background: #fff; } +.cross-reference th{ +text-align: center; +vertical-align: middle; +} + +.cross-reference td{ +text-align: center; +vertical-align: middle; +} + img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft @@ -220,4 +230,8 @@ kbd { } .right_option { border-radius: 0 2px 2px 0; -} \ No newline at end of file +} + +.forms { + display: inline-block; +} diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addgradientpoint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addgradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4ca4cc4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addgradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoformatasyoutype.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoformatasyoutype.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ab4dcd51 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoformatasyoutype.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/axislabels.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/axislabels.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42e80c763 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/axislabels.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartdata.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..367d507a1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png index 6e5b86e38..391fbcd6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png index 6de6a6538..85f15cb79 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png index 56c7789ad..21438a692 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png index e5bf1738e..3be286683 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png index 82dc42b11..b4e32d7e8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png index eb13de886..5abc6a4ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings6.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c79590e3f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_checked.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_checked.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..165ea714b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_checked.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d6de681d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_inserted.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_inserted.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..381a3a53c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_inserted.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1baf42b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_tip.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_tip.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97395e1c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/checkbox_tip.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clear_fields_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clear_fields_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4485112bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clear_fields_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comb_of_characters.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comb_of_characters.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..595c238eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comb_of_characters.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_add_values.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_add_values.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ddf002fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_add_values.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88111989f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_inserted.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_inserted.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bccca5b3a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_inserted.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_opened.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_opened.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69faaa0aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_opened.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b091c3668 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_tip.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_tip.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5a7773e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_box_tip.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_delete_values.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_delete_values.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46bacf19c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_delete_values.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_values_down.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_values_down.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6df06fd92 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_values_down.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_values_up.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_values_up.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..396643119 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/combo_values_up.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/convert_footnotes_endnotes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/convert_footnotes_endnotes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e92e0557e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/convert_footnotes_endnotes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cross_refference_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cross_refference_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..704cf4594 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cross_refference_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropdown_list_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropdown_list_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ffb6ab70 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropdown_list_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropdown_list_opened.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropdown_list_opened.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf5933b00 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropdown_list_opened.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropdown_list_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropdown_list_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a8a6ce6b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropdown_list_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/easybib.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/easybib.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..661aaf3c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/easybib.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/easybib_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/easybib_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47d46ef1f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/easybib_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editseries.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editseries.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bbb308b2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editseries.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/endnotes_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/endnotes_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9a6cbc60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/endnotes_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/endnotesadded.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/endnotesadded.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57f3c82fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/endnotesadded.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/endnotetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/endnotetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..295bd9c21 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/endnotetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png index 36b959f2c..20e68fca6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotes_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotes_settings.png index 8112c9f17..93e6b71d3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotes_settings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotes_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/groupup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/groupup.png index 2123c33fd..ba0c08aac 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/groupup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/groupup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06d524ef2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe3252c6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc3be3b40 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_form_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_form_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56338c5d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_form_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_form_inserted.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_form_inserted.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5653b5eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_form_inserted.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_form_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_form_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42eca5489 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_form_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f9c14cb1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/vector.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/vector.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_icon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbols_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbols_window.png deleted file mode 100644 index dee8c8fae..000000000 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbols_window.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png index 3b5c8e618..8c1b9fe7c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png index 9cb708a23..5d0ecd9b5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png index a778601ff..a2a6fc8f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png index 95a93f40c..141a70618 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_reviewtab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_reviewtab.png index 5d51acb46..05690d2d2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_reviewtab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_reviewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png index c73408b43..bb667f5d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png index 148daf4a8..338626c76 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/formstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/formstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e742b5dc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/formstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png index 6cd4e259f..827d8d39e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png index 59a9f9d7d..b530dbbf4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png index 3332ef1ef..2201cc980 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 5bcd9da4c..d4de27924 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/referencestab.png index cb93f92ba..399fb87fe 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/referencestab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/reviewtab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/reviewtab.png index 88b21c893..cf8918abf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/reviewtab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/reviewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linenumbers_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linenumbers_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee9cce34f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linenumbers_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linenumbers_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linenumbers_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..320c6a0bb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linenumbers_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/lock_form_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/lock_form_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..405d344a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/lock_form_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mendeley.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mendeley.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14d112510 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mendeley.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moving_form_fields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moving_form_fields.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be5d3e52c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moving_form_fields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ocr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ocr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd2c79988 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ocr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ocr_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ocr_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..928695b14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ocr_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/photoeditor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/photoeditor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e34d6996 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/photoeditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_checked.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_checked.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c38dfcd35 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_checked.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..487d80034 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_inserted.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_inserted.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e272dfd40 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_inserted.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..61d12b4e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_tip.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_tip.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e209b7edd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_tip.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/recognizedfunctions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/recognizedfunctions.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2532b0fca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/recognizedfunctions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/referencestab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74603527b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/refresh_button.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/refresh_button.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd6079d36 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/refresh_button.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/refresh_table-figures_popup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/refresh_table-figures_popup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a67827d41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/refresh_table-figures_popup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removegradientpoint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removegradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0675fbbb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removegradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/replacetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/replacetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c52f40bf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/replacetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_autoshape.png index 27a5a2a91..04fecf9d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_chart.png index ecacdc526..9002daaf2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_chart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_headerfooter.png index 893f71622..505074092 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_headerfooter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image.png index 1b56cef22..2db4709c8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_mailmerge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_mailmerge.png index 2948a6550..0adb94b76 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_mailmerge.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_mailmerge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png index 299e8226c..4f33e4e93 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png index 2c8ecc255..33f3766a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/speech.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/speech.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7361ee245 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/speech.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking.png index 5f0c86a41..676608a3a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_figures_button.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_figures_button.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d7d3a979 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_figures_button.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_figures_captioned.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_figures_captioned.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78dc9e0f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_figures_captioned.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_figures_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_figures_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86235b28a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_figures_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_figures_style.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_figures_style.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..742645353 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_figures_style.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_field_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_field_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2368b4a21 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_field_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_field_inserted.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_field_inserted.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70be71d79 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_field_inserted.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_field_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_field_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9049af0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_field_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_field_tip.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_field_tip.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..683658f13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_field_tip.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7d644e93 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84c135e53 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/toccustomize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/toccustomize.png index 165f7b029..72b5d7ac0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/toccustomize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/toccustomize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png index 809a63e13..fe9ae6fc0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01e39d4b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0d79132c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/view_form_active.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/view_form_active.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d4c14bee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/view_form_active.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/view_form_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/view_form_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67432c986 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/view_form_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wordpress.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wordpress.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1804b22a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wordpress.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wordpress_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wordpress_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0416dfc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wordpress_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf957207 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1e3e976c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zotero.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zotero.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55f372fe2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zotero.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js index 7dbcce905..7c478f2c2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Advanced Settings of Document Editor", - "body": "Advanced Settings of the Document Editor The Document Editor allows you to change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option. The advanced settings are: Commenting Display is used to turn on/off the live commenting option: Turn on display of the comments - if you disable this feature, the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Turn on display of the resolved comments - this feature is disabled by default so that the resolved comments were hidden in the document text. You can view such comments only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Enable this option if you want to display resolved comments in the document text. Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option. Proofing - used to automatically replace word or symbol typed in the Replace: box or chosen from the list by a new word or symbol displayed in the By: box. Alternate Input is used to turn on/off hieroglyphs. Alignment Guides is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects and allow you to position them on the page precisely. Compatibility is used to make the files compatible with older MS Word versions when saved as DOCX. Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Autorecover - is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows automatically recovering documents in case the program closes unexpectedly. Co-editing Mode is used to select the display of the changes made during the co-editing: By default the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. If you prefer not to see other user changes (so that they do not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save icon notifying you that there are changes from other users. Real-time Collaboration Changes is used to specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing: Selecting the View None option, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Selecting the View All option, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting the View Last option, only the changes made since you last time clicked the Save icon will be highlighted. This option is only available when the Strict co-editing mode is selected. Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. You can also choose the Fit to Page or Fit to Width option. Font Hinting is used to select the type a font is displayed in the Document Editor: Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when an issue in the Google Chrome browser with the enabled hardware acceleration occurs. The Document Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option. Cut, copy and paste - used to show the Paste Options button when content is pasted. Check the box to enable this feature. Macros Settings - used to set macros display with a notification. Choose Disable all to disable all macros within the document; Show notification to receive notifications about macros within the document; Enable all to automatically run all macros within the document. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." + "body": "Advanced Settings of the Document Editor The Document Editor allows you to change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option. The advanced settings are: Commenting Display is used to turn on/off the live commenting option: Turn on display of the comments - if you disable this feature, the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Turn on display of the resolved comments - this feature is disabled by default so that the resolved comments were hidden in the document text. You can view such comments only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Enable this option if you want to display resolved comments in the document text. Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option. Proofing - used to automatically replace word or symbol typed in the Replace: box or chosen from the list by a new word or symbol displayed in the By: box. Alternate Input is used to turn on/off hieroglyphs. Alignment Guides is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects and allow you to position them on the page precisely. Compatibility is used to make the files compatible with older MS Word versions when saved as DOCX. Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Autorecover - is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows automatically recovering documents in case the program closes unexpectedly. Co-editing Mode is used to select the display of the changes made during the co-editing: By default the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. If you prefer not to see other user changes (so that they do not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save icon notifying you that there are changes from other users. Real-time Collaboration Changes is used to specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing: Selecting the View None option, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Selecting the View All option, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting the View Last option, only the changes made since you last time clicked the Save icon will be highlighted. This option is only available when the Strict co-editing mode is selected. Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. You can also choose the Fit to Page or Fit to Width option. Font Hinting is used to select the type a font is displayed in the Document Editor: Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option. Cut, copy and paste - used to show the Paste Options button when content is pasted. Check the box to enable this feature. Macros Settings - used to set macros display with a notification. Choose Disable all to disable all macros within the document; Show notification to receive notifications about macros within the document; Enable all to automatically run all macros within the document. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", @@ -18,12 +18,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm", "title": "Compare documents", - "body": "Note: this option is available in the paid online version only starting from Document Server v. 5.5. If you need to compare and merge two documents, you can use the document Compare feature. It allows displaying the differences between two documents and merge the documents by accepting the changes one by one or all at once. After comparing and merging two documents, the result will be stored on the portal as a new version of the original file. If you do not need to merge documents which are being compared, you can reject all the changes so that the original document remains unchanged. Choose a document for comparison To compare two documents, open the original document that you need to compare and select the second document for comparison: switch to the Collaboration tab on the top toolbar and press the Compare button, select one of the following options to load the document: the Document from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary .docx file and click the Open button. the Document from URL option will open the window where you can enter a link to the file stored in a third-party web storage (for example, Nextcloud) if you have corresponding access rights to it. The link must be a direct link for downloading the file. When the link is specified, click the OK button. Note: The direct link allows downloading the file directly without opening it in a web browser. For example, to get a direct link in Nextcloud, find the necessary document in the file list, select the Details option from the file menu. Click the Copy direct link (only works for users who have access to this file/folder) icon on the right of the file name on the details panel. To find out how to get a direct link for downloading the file in a different third-party web storage, please refer to the corresponding third-party service documentation. the Document from Storage option will open the Select Data Source window. It displays the list of all the .docx documents stored on your portal you have corresponding access rights to. To navigate through the sections of the Documents module, use the menu on the left part of the window. Select the necessary .docx document and click the OK button. When the second document for comparison is selected, the comparison process will start and the document will look as if it was opened in the Review mode. All the changes are highlighted with a color, and you can view the changes, navigate between them, accept or reject them one by one or all the changes at once. It's also possible to change the display mode and see how the document looks before comparison, in the process of comparison, or how it will look after comparison if you accept all changes. Choose the changes display mode Click the Display Mode button on the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list: Markup - this option is selected by default. It is used to display the document in the process of comparison. This mode allows both viewing the changes and editing the document. Final - this mode is used to display the document after comparison as if all the changes were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Original - this mode is used to display the document before comparison as if all the changes were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Accept or reject changes Use the Previous and the Next buttons on the top toolbar to navigate through the changes. To accept the currently selected change, you can: click the Accept button on the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept Current Change option (in this case, the change will be accepted and you will proceed to the next change), or click the Accept button of the change pop-up window. To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option. To reject the current change you can: click the Reject button on the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject Current Change option (in this case, the change will be rejected and you will move on to the next available change), or click the Reject button of the change pop-up window. To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option. Additional info on the comparison feature Method of comparison Documents are compared by words. If a word contains a change of at least one character (e.g. if a character was removed or replaced), in the result, the difference will be displayed as the change of the entire word, not the character. The image below illustrates the case when the original file contains the word 'Characters' and the document for comparison contains the word 'Character'. Authorship of the document When the comparison process is launched, the second document for comparison is being loaded and compared to the current one. If the loaded document contains some data which is not represented in the original document, the data will be marked as added by a reviewer. If the original document contains some data which is not represented in the loaded document, the data will be marked as deleted by a reviewer. If the authors of the original and loaded documents are the same person, the reviewer is the same user. His/her name is displayed in the change balloon. If the authors of two files are different users, then the author of the second file loaded for comparison is the author of the added/removed changes. Presence of the tracked changes in the compared document If the original document contains some changes made in the review mode, they will be accepted in the comparison process. When you choose the second file for comparison, you'll see the corresponding warning message. In this case, when you choose the Original display mode, the document will not contain any changes." + "body": "Note: this option is available in the paid online version only starting from Document Server v. 5.5. To enable this feature in the desktop version, refer to this article. If you need to compare and merge two documents, you can use the document Compare feature. It allows displaying the differences between two documents and merge the documents by accepting the changes one by one or all at once. After comparing and merging two documents, the result will be stored on the portal as a new version of the original file. If you do not need to merge documents which are being compared, you can reject all the changes so that the original document remains unchanged. Choose a document for comparison To compare two documents, open the original document that you need to compare and select the second document for comparison: switch to the Collaboration tab on the top toolbar and press the Compare button, select one of the following options to load the document: the Document from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary .docx file and click the Open button. the Document from URL option will open the window where you can enter a link to the file stored in a third-party web storage (for example, Nextcloud) if you have corresponding access rights to it. The link must be a direct link for downloading the file. When the link is specified, click the OK button. Note: The direct link allows downloading the file directly without opening it in a web browser. For example, to get a direct link in Nextcloud, find the necessary document in the file list, select the Details option from the file menu. Click the Copy direct link (only works for users who have access to this file/folder) icon on the right of the file name on the details panel. To find out how to get a direct link for downloading the file in a different third-party web storage, please refer to the corresponding third-party service documentation. the Document from Storage option will open the Select Data Source window. It displays the list of all the .docx documents stored on your portal you have corresponding access rights to. To navigate through the sections of the Documents module, use the menu on the left part of the window. Select the necessary .docx document and click the OK button. When the second document for comparison is selected, the comparison process will start and the document will look as if it was opened in the Review mode. All the changes are highlighted with a color, and you can view the changes, navigate between them, accept or reject them one by one or all the changes at once. It's also possible to change the display mode and see how the document looks before comparison, in the process of comparison, or how it will look after comparison if you accept all changes. Choose the changes display mode Click the Display Mode button on the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list: Markup - this option is selected by default. It is used to display the document in the process of comparison. This mode allows both viewing the changes and editing the document. Final - this mode is used to display the document after comparison as if all the changes were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Original - this mode is used to display the document before comparison as if all the changes were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Accept or reject changes Use the Previous and the Next buttons on the top toolbar to navigate through the changes. To accept the currently selected change, you can: click the Accept button on the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept Current Change option (in this case, the change will be accepted and you will proceed to the next change), or click the Accept button of the change pop-up window. To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option. To reject the current change you can: click the Reject button on the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject Current Change option (in this case, the change will be rejected and you will move on to the next available change), or click the Reject button of the change pop-up window. To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option. Additional info on the comparison feature Method of comparison Documents are compared by words. If a word contains a change of at least one character (e.g. if a character was removed or replaced), in the result, the difference will be displayed as the change of the entire word, not the character. The image below illustrates the case when the original file contains the word 'Characters' and the document for comparison contains the word 'Character'. Authorship of the document When the comparison process is launched, the second document for comparison is being loaded and compared to the current one. If the loaded document contains some data which is not represented in the original document, the data will be marked as added by a reviewer. If the original document contains some data which is not represented in the loaded document, the data will be marked as deleted by a reviewer. If the authors of the original and loaded documents are the same person, the reviewer is the same user. His/her name is displayed in the change balloon. If the authors of two files are different users, then the author of the second file loaded for comparison is the author of the added/removed changes. Presence of the tracked changes in the compared document If the original document contains some changes made in the review mode, they will be accepted in the comparison process. When you choose the second file for comparison, you'll see the corresponding warning message. In this case, when you choose the Original display mode, the document will not contain any changes." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Keyboard Shortcuts", - "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Working with Document Open 'File' panel Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Open the File panel panel to save, download, print the current document, view its info, create a new document or open an existing one, access the Document Editor Help Center or advanced settings. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited document. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Repeat the last 'Find' action ⇧ Shift+F4 ⇧ Shift+F4, ⌘ Cmd+G, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+F4 Repeat the previous Find performed before the key combination was pressed. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save document Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the document currently edited with The Document Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print document Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print the document with one of the available printers or save it as a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited document to the hard disk drive of your computer in one of the supported formats: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit the Document Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open the Document Editor Help menu. Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O On the Open local file tab in the Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current document window in the Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current document to a default 100%. Navigation Jump to the beginning of the line Home Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the document Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Put the cursor to the very beginning of the currently edited document. Jump to the end of the line End End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the document Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Put the cursor to the very end of the currently edited document. Jump to the beginning of the previous page Alt+Ctrl+Page Up Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which preceeds the currently edited one. Jump to the beginning of the next page Alt+Ctrl+Page Down ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Page Down Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which follows the currently edited one. Scroll down Page Down Page Down, ⌥ Option+Fn+↑ Scroll the document approximately one visible page down. Scroll up Page Up Page Up, ⌥ Option+Fn+↓ Scroll the document approximately one visible page up. Next page Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Go to the next page in the currently edited document. Previous page Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Go to the previous page in the currently edited document. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited document. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited document. Move one character to the left ← ← Move the cursor one character to the left. Move one character to the right → → Move the cursor one character to the right. Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the left Ctrl+← ^ Ctrl+←, ⌘ Cmd+← Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left. Move one word to the right Ctrl+→ ^ Ctrl+→, ⌘ Cmd+→ Move the cursor one word to the right. Move one line up ↑ ↑ Move the cursor one line up. Move one line down ↓ ↓ Move the cursor one line down. Writing End paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return End the current paragraph and start a new one. Add line break ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Add a line break without starting a new paragraph. Delete ← Backspace, Delete ← Backspace, Delete Delete one character to the left (← Backspace) or to the right (Delete) of the cursor. Delete word to the left of cursor Ctrl+← Backspace ^ Ctrl+← Backspace, ⌘ Cmd+← Backspace Delete one word to the left of the cursor. Delete word to the right of cursor Ctrl+Delete ^ Ctrl+Delete, ⌘ Cmd+Delete Delete one word to the right of the cursor. Create nonbreaking space Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Create a space between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Create nonbreaking hyphen Ctrl+⇧ Shift+_ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Create a hyphen between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Z Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete Delete the selected text fragment and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected text fragment to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program. Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address. Copy style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same document. Apply style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited document. Text Selection Select all Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A Select all the document text with tables and images. Select fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select the text character by character. Select from cursor to beginning of line ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select from cursor to end of line ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select one character to the right ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Select to the end of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word. Select to the beginning of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word. Select one line up ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Select one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select the page up ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Select the page part from the cursor position to the upper part of the screen. Select the page down ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Select the page part from the cursor position to the lower part of the screen. Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment darker and heavier than normal. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized and slightly slanted. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going below the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+>, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+<, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Heading 1 style Alt+1 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+1 Apply the style of the heading 1 to the selected text fragment. Heading 2 style Alt+2 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+2 Apply the style of the heading 2 to the selected text fragment. Heading 3 style Alt+3 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+3 Apply the style of the heading 3 to the selected text fragment. Bulleted list Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Remove formatting Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Remove formatting from the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] ⌘ Cmd+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ ⌘ Cmd+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center/left Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Switch a paragraph between centered and left-aligned. Align justified/left Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Switch a paragraph between justified and left-aligned. Align right/left Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R Switch a paragraph between right-aligned and left-aligned. Apply subscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+= Apply subscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Apply superscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+⇧ Shift++ Apply superscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Insert page break Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return Insert a page break at the current cursor position. Increase indent Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Indent a paragraph from the left incrementally. Decrease indent Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M Remove a paragraph indent from the left incrementally. Add page number Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P Add the current page number at the current cursor position. Nonprinting characters Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Num8 Show or hide the display of nonprinting characters. Delete one character to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left of the cursor. Delete one character to the right Delete Delete Delete one character to the right of the cursor. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time. Working with Tables Move to the next cell in a row ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Go to the next cell in a table row. Move to the previous cell in a row ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Go to the previous cell in a table row. Move to the next row ↓ ↓ Go to the next row in a table. Move to the previous row ↑ ↑ Go to the previous row in a table. Start new paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return Start a new paragraph within a cell. Add new row ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. Add a new row at the bottom of the table. Inserting special characters Insert formula Alt+= Insert a formula at the current cursor position. Insert an em dash Alt+Ctrl+Num- Insert an em dash ‘—’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. Insert a non-breaking hyphen Ctrl+⇧ Shift+_ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Insert a non-breaking hyphen ‘-’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. Insert a no-break space Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Insert a no-break space ‘o’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor." + "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Working with Document Open 'File' panel Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Open the File panel panel to save, download, print the current document, view its info, create a new document or open an existing one, access the Document Editor Help Center or advanced settings. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited document. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Repeat the last 'Find' action ⇧ Shift+F4 ⇧ Shift+F4, ⌘ Cmd+G, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+F4 Repeat the previous Find performed before the key combination was pressed. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save document Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the document currently edited with The Document Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print document Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print the document with one of the available printers or save it as a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited document to the hard disk drive of your computer in one of the supported formats: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit the Document Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open the Document Editor Help menu. Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O On the Open local file tab in the Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current document window in the Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current document to a default 100%. Navigation Jump to the beginning of the line Home Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the document Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Put the cursor to the very beginning of the currently edited document. Jump to the end of the line End End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the document Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Put the cursor to the very end of the currently edited document. Jump to the beginning of the previous page Alt+Ctrl+Page Up Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which preceeds the currently edited one. Jump to the beginning of the next page Alt+Ctrl+Page Down ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Page Down Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which follows the currently edited one. Scroll down Page Down Page Down, ⌥ Option+Fn+↑ Scroll the document approximately one visible page down. Scroll up Page Up Page Up, ⌥ Option+Fn+↓ Scroll the document approximately one visible page up. Next page Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Go to the next page in the currently edited document. Previous page Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Go to the previous page in the currently edited document. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited document. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited document. Move one character to the left ← ← Move the cursor one character to the left. Move one character to the right → → Move the cursor one character to the right. Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the left Ctrl+← ^ Ctrl+←, ⌘ Cmd+← Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left. Move one word to the right Ctrl+→ ^ Ctrl+→, ⌘ Cmd+→ Move the cursor one word to the right. Move one line up ↑ ↑ Move the cursor one line up. Move one line down ↓ ↓ Move the cursor one line down. Navigate between controls in modal dialogues Tab/Shift+Tab ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Navigate between controls to give focus to the next or previous control in modal dialogues. Writing End paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return End the current paragraph and start a new one. Add line break ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Add a line break without starting a new paragraph. Delete ← Backspace, Delete ← Backspace, Delete Delete one character to the left (← Backspace) or to the right (Delete) of the cursor. Delete word to the left of cursor Ctrl+← Backspace ^ Ctrl+← Backspace, ⌘ Cmd+← Backspace Delete one word to the left of the cursor. Delete word to the right of cursor Ctrl+Delete ^ Ctrl+Delete, ⌘ Cmd+Delete Delete one word to the right of the cursor. Create nonbreaking space Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Create a space between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Create nonbreaking hyphen Ctrl+⇧ Shift+_ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Create a hyphen between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Z Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete Delete the selected text fragment and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected text fragment to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program. Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address. Copy style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same document. Apply style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited document. Text Selection Select all Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A Select all the document text with tables and images. Select fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select the text character by character. Select from cursor to beginning of line ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select from cursor to end of line ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select one character to the right ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Select to the end of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word. Select to the beginning of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word. Select one line up ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Select one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select the page up ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Select the page part from the cursor position to the upper part of the screen. Select the page down ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Select the page part from the cursor position to the lower part of the screen. Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment darker and heavier than normal. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized and slightly slanted. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going below the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+>, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+<, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Heading 1 style Alt+1 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+1 Apply the style of the heading 1 to the selected text fragment. Heading 2 style Alt+2 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+2 Apply the style of the heading 2 to the selected text fragment. Heading 3 style Alt+3 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+3 Apply the style of the heading 3 to the selected text fragment. Bulleted list Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Remove formatting Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Remove formatting from the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] ⌘ Cmd+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ ⌘ Cmd+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center/left Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Switch a paragraph between centered and left-aligned. Align justified/left Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Switch a paragraph between justified and left-aligned. Align right/left Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R Switch a paragraph between right-aligned and left-aligned. Apply subscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+= Apply subscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Apply superscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+⇧ Shift++ Apply superscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Insert page break Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return Insert a page break at the current cursor position. Increase indent Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Indent a paragraph from the left incrementally. Decrease indent Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M Remove a paragraph indent from the left incrementally. Add page number Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P Add the current page number at the current cursor position. Nonprinting characters Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Num8 Show or hide the display of nonprinting characters. Delete one character to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left of the cursor. Delete one character to the right Delete Delete Delete one character to the right of the cursor. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time. Working with Tables Move to the next cell in a row ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Go to the next cell in a table row. Move to the previous cell in a row ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Go to the previous cell in a table row. Move to the next row ↓ ↓ Go to the next row in a table. Move to the previous row ↑ ↑ Go to the previous row in a table. Start new paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return Start a new paragraph within a cell. Add new row ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. Add a new row at the bottom of the table. Inserting special characters Insert formula Alt+= Insert a formula at the current cursor position. Insert an em dash Alt+Ctrl+Num- Insert an em dash ‘—’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. Insert a non-breaking hyphen Ctrl+⇧ Shift+_ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Insert a non-breaking hyphen ‘-’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. Insert a no-break space Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Insert a no-break space ‘o’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", @@ -48,13 +48,18 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Supported Formats of Electronic Documents", - "body": "An electronic document is one of the most commonly used computer. Due to the highly developed modern computer network, it's more convenient to distribute electronic documents than printed ones. Nowadays, a lot of devices are used for document presentation, so there are plenty of proprietary and open file formats. The Document Editor handles the most popular of them. Formats Description View Edit Download DOC Filename extension for word processing documents created with Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for representing spreadsheets, charts, presentations, and word processing documents + + + DOTX Word Open XML Document Template Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for text document templates. A DOTX template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + + ODT Word processing file format of OpenDocument, an open standard for electronic documents + + + OTT OpenDocument Document Template OpenDocument file format for text document templates. An OTT template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + + RTF Rich Text Format Document file format developed by Microsoft for cross-platform document interchange + + + TXT Filename extension for text files usually containing very little formatting + + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents regardless of the used software, hardware, and operating systems + + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) specialized for use in the archiving and long-term preservation of electronic documents. + + HTML HyperText Markup Language The main markup language for web pages + + in the online version EPUB Electronic Publication Free and open e-book standard created by the International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Open royalty-free fixed-layout document format developed by Microsoft + DjVu File format designed primarily to store scanned documents, especially those containing a combination of text, line drawings, and photographs +" + "body": "An electronic document is one of the most commonly used computer. Due to the highly developed modern computer network, it's more convenient to distribute electronic documents than printed ones. Nowadays, a lot of devices are used for document presentation, so there are plenty of proprietary and open file formats. The Document Editor handles the most popular of them. Formats Description View Edit Download DOC Filename extension for word processing documents created with Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for representing spreadsheets, charts, presentations, and word processing documents + + + DOTX Word Open XML Document Template Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for text document templates. A DOTX template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + + FB2 An ebook extension that lets you read books on your computer or mobile devices + ODT Word processing file format of OpenDocument, an open standard for electronic documents + + + OTT OpenDocument Document Template OpenDocument file format for text document templates. An OTT template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + + RTF Rich Text Format Document file format developed by Microsoft for cross-platform document interchange + + + TXT Filename extension for text files usually containing very little formatting + + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents regardless of the used software, hardware, and operating systems + + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) specialized for use in the archiving and long-term preservation of electronic documents. + + HTML HyperText Markup Language The main markup language for web pages + + in the online version EPUB Electronic Publication Free and open e-book standard created by the International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Open royalty-free fixed-layout document format developed by Microsoft + DjVu File format designed primarily to store scanned documents, especially those containing a combination of text, line drawings, and photographs + Note: the HTML/EPUB/MHT formats run without Chromium and are available on all platforms." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "title": "File tab", "body": "The File tab allows performing some basic operations. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: With this tab, you can use the following options: in the online version: save the current file (in case the Autosave option is disabled), save it in the required format on the hard disk drive of your computer with the Download as option, save a copy of the file in the selected format to the portal documents with the Save copy as option, print or rename the current file. in the desktop version: save the current file without changing its format and location using the Save option, save it changing its name, location or format using the Save as option or print the current file. protect the file using a password, change or remove the password (available in the desktop version only); create a new document or open a recently edited one (available in the online version only), view general information about the document or change some file properties, manage access rights (available in the online version only), track version history (available in the online version only), access the Advanced Settings of the editor, in the desktop version, open the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, open the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab." }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/FormsTab.htm", + "title": "Forms tab", + "body": "The Forms tab allows you to create fillable forms in your documents, e.g. agreement drafts or surveys. Depending on the selected form type, you can create input fields that can be filled in by other users, or protect some parts of the document from being edited or deleted, etc. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: insert and edit text fields, combo boxes, drop-down lists, checkboxes, radio buttons, images, lock the forms to prevent their further editing, view the resulting forms in your document." + }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Home tab", @@ -68,22 +73,22 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "title": "Layout tab", - "body": "The Layout tab allows changing the appearance of a document: setting up page parameters and defining the arrangement of visual elements. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: adjust page margins, orientation and size, add columns, insert page breaks, section breaks and column breaks, align and arrange objects (tables, pictures, charts, shapes), change the wrapping style, add a watermark." + "body": "The Layout tab allows changing the appearance of a document: setting up page parameters and defining the arrangement of visual elements. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: adjust page margins, orientation and size, add columns, insert page breaks, section breaks and column breaks, insert line numbers align and arrange objects (tables, pictures, charts, shapes), change the wrapping style, add a watermark." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Plugins tab", - "body": "The Plugins tab allows accessing the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. This tab also makes it possible to use macros to simplify routine operations. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: The Settings button allows viewing and managing all the installed plugins as well as adding new ones. The Macros button allows you to create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available by default: Send allows sending a document via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows highlighting the code syntax selecting the required language, style and background color, OCR recognizing text in any picture and inserting the recognized text to the document, PhotoEditor allows editing images: cropping, flipping, rotating, drawing lines and shapes, adding icons and text, loading a mask and applying filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Speech allows converting the selected text to speech (available in the online version only), Thesaurus allows finding synonyms and antonyms for the selected word and replacing it with the chosen one, Translator allows translating the selected text into other languages, YouTube allows embedding YouTube videos into the document, Mendeley allows managing papers researches and generating bibliographies for scholarly articles, Zotero allows managing bibliographic data and related research materials. The Wordpress and EasyBib plugins can be used if you connect the corresponding services in your portal settings. You can use the following instructions for the server version or for the SaaS version. To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the existing examples of open source plugins are currently available on GitHub." + "body": "The Plugins tab allows accessing the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. This tab also makes it possible to use macros to simplify routine operations. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: The Settings button allows viewing and managing all the installed plugins as well as adding new ones. The Macros button allows you to create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available by default: Send allows to send the document via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color, OCR allows to recognize text included into a picture and insert it into the document text, Photo Editor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Speech allows to convert the selected text into speech (available in the online version only), Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one, Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer. YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your document, Mendeley allows to manage research papers and generate bibliographies for scholarly articles (available in the online version only), Zotero allows to manage bibliographic data and related research materials (available in the online version only), EasyBib helps to find and insert related books, journal articles and websites (available in the online version only). The Wordpress and EasyBib plugins can be used if you connect the corresponding services in your portal settings. You can use the following instructions for the server version or for the SaaS version. To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", - "title": "Introducing the Document Editor user interface", - "body": "Introducing the user interface of the Document Editor The Document Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Main window of the Online Document Editor: Main window of the Desktop Document Editor: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: The Editor header displays the ONLYOFFICE logo, tabs for all opened documents with their names and menu tabs. On the left side of the Editor header the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located On the right side of the Editor header along with the user name the following icons are displayed: Open file location. In the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows to opening the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored in a new browser tab. It allows adjusting the View Settings and access the Advanced Settings of the editor. Manage document access rights (available in the online version only). It allows adjusting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. The Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, References, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy and Paste options are always available at the left part on the left side of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. The Status bar located at the bottom of the editor window indicates the page number and displays some notifications (for example, \"All changes saved\", etc.). It also allows setting the text language, enabling spell checking, turning on the track changes mode and adjusting zoom. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - allows opening the Comments panel, - allows going to the Navigation panel and managing headings, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows to contact our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows to view the information about the program. The Right sidebar allows to adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in the text, the corresponding icon is activated on the Right sidebar. Click the icon to expand the Right sidebar. The Horizontal and vertical Rulers makes it possible to align the text and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents. The Working area allows viewing document content, entering and editing data. The Scroll bar on the right allows scrolling up and down multi-page documents. For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when them when necessary. To learn more about adjusting view settings, please refer to this page." + "title": "Introducing the user interface of the Document Editor", + "body": "The Document Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Main window of the Online Document Editor: Main window of the Desktop Document Editor: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: The Editor header displays the ONLYOFFICE logo, tabs for all opened documents with their names and menu tabs. On the left side of the Editor header, the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located. On the right side of the Editor header, along with the user name the following icons are displayed: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab. It allows adjusting the View Settings and access the Advanced Settings of the editor. Manage document access rights (available in the online version only). It allows adjusting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. The Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, References, Forms, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy and Paste options are always available on the left side of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. The Status bar located at the bottom of the editor window indicates the page number and displays some notifications (for example, \"All changes saved\", etc.). It also allows setting the text language, enabling spell checking, turning on the track changes mode and adjusting zoom. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - allows opening the Comments panel, - allows going to the Navigation panel and managing headings, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows to contact our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows to view the information about the program. Right sidebar sidebar allows adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in the text, the corresponding icon is activated on the Right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the Right sidebar. The horizontal and vertical Rulers make it possible to align the text and other elements in the document, set up margins, tab stops and paragraph indents. Working area allows to view document content, enter and edit data. Scroll bar on the right allows to scroll up and down multi-page documents. For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when them when necessary. To learn more about adjusting view settings, please refer to this page." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", "title": "References tab", - "body": "The References tab allows managing different types of references: adding and refreshing tables of contents, creating and editing footnotes, inserting hyperlinks. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: create and automatically update a table of contents, insert footnotes, insert hyperlinks, add bookmarks. add captions." + "body": "The References tab allows managing different types of references: adding and refreshing tables of contents, creating and editing footnotes, inserting hyperlinks. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: create and automatically update a table of contents, insert footnotes and endnotes, insert hyperlinks, add bookmarks. add captions, insert cross-references, create a table of figures." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", @@ -98,7 +103,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm", "title": "Add caption", - "body": "s A caption is a numbered label that can be applied to objects, such as equations, tables, figures and images in the document. A caption allows making a reference in the text - an easily recognizable label on an object. To add a caption to an object: select the required object to apply a caption; switch to the References tab of the top toolbar; click the Caption icon on the top toolbar or right click on the object and select the Insert Caption option to open the Insert Caption dialogue box choose the label to use for your caption by clicking the label drop-down and choosing the object. or create a new label by clicking the Add label button to open the Add label dialogue box. Enter a name for the label into the label text box. Then click the OK button to add a new label into the label list; check the Include chapter number checkbox to change the numbering for your caption; in Insert drop-down menu choose Before to place the label above the object or After to place it below the object; check the Exclude label from caption checkbox to leave only a number for this particular caption in accordance with a sequence number; you can then choose how to number your caption by assigning a specific style to the caption and adding a separator; to apply the caption click the OK button. Deleting a label To delete a label you have created, choose the label from the label list within the caption dialogue box then click the Delete label button. The label you created will be immediately deleted. Note:You may delete labels you have created but you cannot delete the default labels. Formatting captions As soon as you add a caption, a new style for captions is automatically added to the styles section. In order to change the style for all captions throughout the document, you should follow these steps: select the text to copy a new Caption style; search for the Caption style (highlighted in blue by default) in the styles gallery on the Home tab of the top toolbar; right click on it and choose the Update from selection option. Grouping captions up To move the object and the caption as one unit, you need to group the object and the caption together: select the object; select one of the Wrapping styles using the right sidebar; add the caption as it is mentioned above; hold down Shift and select the items to be grouped up; right click item and choose Arrange > Group. Now both items will move simultaneously if you drag them somewhere else in the document. To unbind the objects, click on Arrange > Ungroup respectively." + "body": "s A caption is a numbered label that can be applied to objects, such as equations, tables, figures, and images in the document. A caption allows making a reference in the text - an easily recognizable label on an object. You can also use captions to create a table of figures. To add a caption to an object: select the required object to apply a caption; switch to the References tab of the top toolbar; click the Caption icon on the top toolbar or right-click on the object and select the Insert Caption option to open the Insert Caption dialogue box choose the label to use for your caption by clicking the label drop-down and choosing the object. or create a new label by clicking the Add label button to open the Add label dialogue box. Enter a name for the label into the label text box. Then click the OK button to add a new label into the label list; check the Include chapter number checkbox to change the numbering for your caption; in Insert drop-down menu choose Before to place the label above the object or After to place it below the object; check the Exclude label from caption checkbox to leave only a number for this particular caption in accordance with a sequence number; you can then choose how to number your caption by assigning a specific style to the caption and adding a separator; to apply the caption click the OK button. Deleting a label To delete a label you have created, choose the label from the label list within the caption dialogue box then click the Delete label button. The label you created will be immediately deleted. Note: You may delete labels you have created but you cannot delete the default labels. Formatting captions As soon as you add a caption, a new style for captions is automatically added to the styles section. To change the style for all captions throughout the document, you should follow these steps: select the text to copy a new Caption style; search for the Caption style (highlighted in blue by default) in the styles gallery on the Home tab of the top toolbar; right-click on it and choose the Update from selection option. Grouping captions up To move the object and the caption as one unit, you need to group the object and the caption: select the object; select one of the Wrapping styles using the right sidebar; add the caption as it is mentioned above; hold down Shift and select the items to be grouped up; right-click item and choose Arrange > Group. Now both items will move simultaneously if you drag them somewhere else in the document. To unbind the objects, click on Arrange > Ungroup respectively." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", @@ -110,6 +115,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Add hyperlinks", "body": "To add a hyperlink, place the cursor in the text that you want to display as a hyperlink, switch to the Insert or References tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon on the top toolbar, after that the Hyperlink Settings window will appear, and you will be able to specify the hyperlink parameters: Select a link type you wish to insert: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. Use the Place in Document option and select one of the existing headings in the document text or one of previously added bookmarks if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain place in the same document. Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the address specified in the upper field. ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window with a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink to be pointed. Click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. Note: it's also possible to select a character, word, word combination, text passage with the mouse or using the keyboard and then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected. By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your document. To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/AddTableofFigures.htm", + "title": "Add and Format a Table of Figures", + "body": "Table of Figures provides an overview of equations, figures and tables added to a document. Similar to a table of contents, a Table of Figures lists, sorts out and arranges captioned objects or text headings that have a certain style applied. This makes it easy to reference them in your document and to navigate between figures. Click the link in the Table of Figures formatted as links and you will be taken directly to the figure or the heading. Any table, equation, diagram, drawing, graph, chart, map, photograph or another type of illustration is presented as a figure. To add a Table of Figures go to the References tab and use the Table of Figures toolbar button to set up and format a table of figures. Use the Refresh button to update a table of figures each time you add a new figure to your document. Creating a Table of Figures Note: You can create a Table of Figures using either captioned figures or styles. Before proceeding, a caption must be added to each equation, table or figure, or a style must be applied to the text so that it is correctly included in a Table of Figures. Once you have added captions or styles, place your cursor where you want to inset a Table of Figures and go to the References tab then click the Table of Figures button to open the Table of Figures dialog box, and generate the list of figures. Choose an option to build a Table of Figures from the Caption or Style group. You can create a Table of Figures based on captioned objects. Check the Caption box and select a captioned object from the drop-down list: None Equation Figure Table You can create a Table of Figures based on the styles used to format text. Check the Style box and select a style from the drop-down list. The list of options may vary depending on the style applied: Heading 1 Heading 2 Caption Table of Figures Normal Formatting a Table of Figures The check box options allow you to format a Table of Figures. All formatting check boxes are activated by default as in most cases it is more reasonable to have them. Uncheck the boxes you don’t need. Show page numbers - to display the page number the figure appears on; Right align page numbers - to display page numbers on the right when Show page numbers is active; uncheck it to display page numbers right after the title; Format table and contents as links - to add hyperlinks to the Table of Figures; Include label and number - to add a label and number to the Table of Figures. Choose the Leader style from the drop-down list to connect titles to page numbers for a better visualization. Choose the Leader style from the drop-down list to connect titles to page numbers for a better visualization. Customize the table of figures text styles by choosing one of the available styles from the drop-down list: Current - displays the style chosen previously. Simple - highlights text in bold. Simple - highlights text in bold. Online - highlights and arranges text as a hyperlink Classic - makes the text all caps Distinctive - highlights text in italic Distinctive - highlights text in italic Centered - centers the text and displays no leader Formal - displays text in 11 pt Arial to give a more formal look Preview window displays how the Table of Figures appears in the document or when printed. Updating a Table of Figures Update a Table of Figures each time you add a new equation, figure or table to your document.The Refresh button becomes active when you click or select the Table of Figures. Click the Refresh button on the References tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the menu: Refresh page numbers only - to update page numbers without applying changes to the headings. Refresh entire table - to update all the headings that have been modified and page numbers. Click OK to confirm your choice, or Right-click the Table of Figures in your document to open the contextual menu, then choose the Refresh field to update the Table of Figures." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm", "title": "Add watermark", @@ -133,13 +143,18 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm", "title": "Change color scheme", - "body": "Color schemes are applied to the whole document. They are used to quickly change the appearance of your document because they define the Theme Colors palette for different document elements (font, background, tables, autoshapes, charts). If you applied some Theme Colors to the document elements and then select a different Color Scheme, the applied colors in your document will change correspondingly. To change a color scheme, click the downward arrow next to the Change color scheme icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the required color scheme from the list: Office, Grayscale, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Paper, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, Verve. The selected color scheme will be highlighted in the list. Once you select the preferred color scheme, you can select other colors in the color palettes window that corresponds to the document element you want to apply the color to. For most document elements, the color palettes window can be accessed by clicking the colored box on the right sidebar when the required element is selected. For the font, this window can be opened using the downward arrow next to the Font color icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following palettes are available: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the document. Standard Colors - a set of default colors. The selected color scheme does not affect them. Custom Color - click this caption if the required color is missing among the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range moving the vertical color slider and set a specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also define a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the corresponding numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is defined, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected element and added to the Custom color palette." + "body": "Color schemes are applied to the whole document. They are used to quickly change the appearance of your document because they define the Theme Colors palette for different document elements (font, background, tables, autoshapes, charts). If you applied some Theme Colors to the document elements and then select a different Color Scheme, the applied colors in your document will change correspondingly. To change a color scheme, click the downward arrow next to the Change color scheme icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the required color scheme from the list: Office, Grayscale, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Paper, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, Verve. The selected color scheme will be highlighted in the list. Once you select the preferred color scheme, you can select other colors in the color palettes window that corresponds to the document element you want to apply the color to. For most document elements, the color palettes window can be accessed by clicking the colored box on the right sidebar when the required element is selected. For the font, this window can be opened using the downward arrow next to the Font color icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following palettes are available: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the document. Standard Colors - a set of default colors. The selected color scheme does not affect them. Custom Color - click this caption if the required color is missing among the available palettes. Select the necessary color range moving the vertical color slider and set a specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also define a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the corresponding numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is defined, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected element and added to the Custom color palette." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", "title": "Change text wrapping", "body": "Change the text wrapping The Wrapping Style option determines the way the object is positioned relative to the text. You can change the text wrapping style for inserted objects, such as shapes, images, charts, text boxes or tables. Change text wrapping for shapes, images, charts, text boxes To change the currently selected wrapping style: left-click a separate object to select it. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. open the text wrapping settings: switch to the the Layout tab of the top toolbar and click the arrow next to the Wrapping icon, or right-click the object and select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu, or right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. select the necessary wrapping style: Inline - the object is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the object moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the object can be moved independently of the text and precisely positioned on the page: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the object. Tight - the text wraps the actual object edges. Through - the text wraps around the object edges and fills the open white space within the object. To apply this effect, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the object. In front - the object overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the object. If you select the Square, Tight, Through, or Top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - Distance from Text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). To access these parameters, right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. Set the required values and click OK. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, the Position tab is also available in the object Advanced Settings window. To learn more on these parameters, please refer to the corresponding pages with the instructions on how to work with shapes, images or charts. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, you can also edit the wrap boundary for images or shapes. Right-click the object, select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu and click the Edit Wrap Boundary option. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the required position. Change text wrapping for tables For tables, the following two wrapping styles are available: Inline table and Flow table. To change the currently selected wrapping style: right-click the table and select the Table Advanced Settings option, switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, select one of the following options: Inline table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is broken by the table as well as to set the alignment: left, center, right. Flow table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is wrapped around the table. Using the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, you can also set up the following additional parameters: For inline tables, you can set the table Alignment type (left, center or right) and Indent from left. For floating tables, you can set the Distance from text and the table position on the Table Position tab." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm", + "title": "Convert footnotes and endnotes", + "body": "The ONLYOFFICE Document Editor allows you to quickly convert footnotes to endnotes, and vice versa, e.g., if you see that some footnotes in the resulting document should be placed in the end. Instead of recreating them as endnotes, use the corresponding tool for effortless conversion. Click the arrow next to the Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar, Hover over the Convert all notes menu item and choose one of the options from the list to the right: Convert all Footnotes to Endnotes to change all footnotes into endnotes; Convert all Endnotes to Footnotes to change all endnotes to footnotes; Swap Footnotes and Endnotes to change all endnotes to footnotes, and all footnotes to endnotes." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "title": "Copy/clear text formatting", @@ -150,6 +165,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Copy/paste text passages, undo/redo your actions", "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste text passages and inserted objects (autoshapes, images, charts) in the current document, select the corresponding options from the right-click menu or click the icons located on any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select a text fragment or an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selected text and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut text can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Copy – select a text fragment or an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu, or the Copy icon on the top toolbar to copy the selected text to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Paste – find the place in your document where you need to paste the previously copied text fragment/object and use the the Paste option from the right-click menu, or the Paste icon on the top toolbar. The copied text/object will be inserted to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same document. In the online version, the key combinations below are only used to copy or paste data from/into another document or a program. In the desktop version, both corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting; Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting. Note: instead of cutting and pasting text fragments in the same document, you can just select the required text passage and drag and drop it to the necessary position. Use the Paste Special feature Once the copied text is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting a text paragraph or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Paste - allows pasting the copied text keeping its original formatting. Keep text only - allows pasting the text without its original formatting. If you copy a table and paste it into an already existing table, the following options are available: Overwrite cells - allows replacing the contents of the existing table with the copied data. This option is selected by default. Nest table - allows pasting the copied table as a nested table into the selected cell of the existing table. Keep text only - allows pasting the table contents as text values separated by the tab character. To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings... and check / uncheck the Cut, copy and paste checkbox. Undo/redo your actions To perform undo/redo operations, click the corresponding icons in the editor header or use the following keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon on the left side of the editor header or the Ctrl+Z key combination to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon on the left part of the editor header or the Ctrl+Y key combination to redo the last undone operation. Note: when you co-edit a document in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateFillableForms.htm", + "title": "Create fillable forms", + "body": "ONLYOFFICE Document Editor allows you to effortlessly create fillable forms in your documents, e.g. agreement drafts or surveys. Creating fillable forms is enabled through user-editable objects that ensure overall consistency of the resulting documents and allow for advanced form interaction experience. Currently, you can insert editable plain text fields, combo boxes, dropdown lists, checkboxes, radio buttons, and assign designated areas for images. Access these features on the Forms tab. Creating a new Plain Text Field Text fields are user-editable plain text form fields; the text within cannot be formatted and no other objects can be added. To insert a text field, position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Text Field icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Key: a key to group fields to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each text field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted text field; “Your text here” is set by default. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the text field. Characters limit: no limits by default; check this box to set the maximum characters number in the field to the right. Comb of characters: spread the text evenly within the inserted text field and configure its general appearance. Leave the box unchecked to preserve the default settings or check it to set the following parameters: Cell width: type in the required value or use the arrows to the right to set the width of the inserted text field. The text within will be justified accordingly. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted text field. Choose the preferred color out of Standard Colors. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Click within the inserted text field and adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. Creating a new Combo box Combo boxes contain a dropdown list with a set of choices that can be edited by users. To insert a combo box, position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Combo box icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Key: a key to group combo boxes to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each combo box using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted combo box; “Choose an item” is set by default. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the form field. Value Options: add new values, delete them, or move them up and down in the list. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Combo box to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Once the necessary item is selected, you can edit the displayed text entirely or partially by replacing it with yours. You can change font decoration, color, and size. Click within the inserted combo box and proceed according to the instructions. Creating a new Dropdown list form field Dropdown lists contain a list with a set of choices that cannot be edited by the users. To insert a dropdown list, position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Dropdown icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Key: a key to group dropdown lists to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each form field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted dropdown list; “Choose an item” is set by default. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the form field. Value Options: add new values, delete them, or move them up and down in the list. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Dropdown list form field to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Creating a new Checkbox Checkboxes are used to provide users with a variety of options, any number of which can be selected. Checkboxes operate individually, so they can be checked or unchecked independently. To insert a checkbox, position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Checkbox icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Key: a key to group checkboxes to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each form field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the checkbox. To check the box, click it once. Creating a new Radio Button Radio buttons are used to provide users with a variety of options, only one of which can be selected. Radio buttons can be grouped so that there is no selecting several buttons within one group. To insert a radio button, position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Radio Button icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Group key: to create a new group of radio buttons, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each radio button. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the radio button. To check the radio button, click it once. Creating a new Image Images are form fields which are used to enable inserting an image with the limitations you set, i.e. the location of the image or its size. To insert an image form field, position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Image icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Key: a key to group dropdown lists to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each form field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted image form field; “Click to load image” is set by default. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the bottom border of the image. Select Image: click this button to upload an image either From File, From URL, or From Storage. To replace the image, click the  image icon above the form field border and select another one. To adjust the image settings, open the Image Settings tab on the right toolbar. To learn more, please read the guide on image settings. Highlight forms You can highlight inserted form fields with a certain color. To highlight fields, open the Highlight Settings on the Forms tab of the top toolbar, choose a color from the Standard Colors. You can also add a new custom color, to remove previously applied color highlighting, use the No highlighting option. The selected highlight options will be applied to all form fields in the document. Note: The form field border is only visible when the field is selected. The borders do not appear on a printed version. Enabling the View form Note: Once you have entered the View form mode, all editing options will become unavailable. Click the View form button on the Forms tab of the top toolbar to see how all the inserted forms will be displayed in your document. To exit the viewing mode, click the same icon again. Moving form fields Form fields can be moved to another place in the document: click the button on the left of the control border to select the field and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the text. You can also copy and paste form fields: select the necessary field and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations. Locking form fields To prevent further editing of the inserted form field, click the Lock icon. Filling the fields remains available. Clearing form fields To clear all inserted fields and delete all values, click the Clear All Fields button on the Forms tab on the top toolbar. Removing form fields To remove a form field and leave all its contents, select it and click the Delete icon (make sure the field is not locked) or press the Delete key on the keyboard." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "title": "Create lists", @@ -168,17 +188,22 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", "title": "Set font type, size, and color", - "body": "Set the font type, size, and color You can select the font type, its size and color using the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the already existing text in the document, select it with the mouse or use the keyboard and apply the formatting. Font Used to select a font from the list of the the available fonts. If the required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, and the font will be available in the desktop version. Font size Used to choose from the preset font size values in the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value in the font size field and then press Enter. Increment font size Used to change the font size making it one point bigger each time the button is pressed. Decrement font size Used to change the font size making it one point smaller each time the button is pressed. Highlight color Used to mark separate sentences, phrases, words, or even characters by adding a color band that imitates the highlighter pen effect throughout the text. You can select the required part of the text and click the downward arrow next to the icon to select a color in the palette (this color set does not depend on the selected Color scheme and includes 16 colors) - the color will be applied to the selected text. Alternatively, you can first choose a highlight color and then start selecting the text with the mouse - the mouse pointer will look like this and you'll be able to highlight several different parts of your text sequentially. To stop highlighting, just click the icon once again. To delete the highlight color, choose the No Fill option. The Highlight color is different from the Background color as the latter is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin. Font color Used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. By default, the automatic font color is set in a new blank document. It is displayed as a black font on the white background. If you change the background color to black, the font color will automatically change to white to keep the text clearly visible. To choose a different color, click the downward arrow next to the icon and select a color from the available palettes (the colors in the Theme Colors palette depend on the selected color scheme). After you change the default font color, you can use the Automatic option in the color palettes window to quickly restore the automatic color for the selected text passage. Note: to learn more about color palettes, please refer to this page." + "body": "Set the font type, size, and color You can select the font type, its size and color using the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the already existing text in the document, select it with the mouse or use the keyboard and apply the formatting. Font Used to select a font from the list of the the available fonts. If the required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, and the font will be available in the desktop version. Font size Used to choose from the preset font size values in the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value up to 300 pt in the font size field. Press Enter to confirm. Increment font size Used to change the font size making it one point bigger each time the button is pressed. Decrement font size Used to change the font size making it one point smaller each time the button is pressed. Highlight color Used to mark separate sentences, phrases, words, or even characters by adding a color band that imitates the highlighter pen effect throughout the text. You can select the required part of the text and click the downward arrow next to the icon to select a color in the palette (this color set does not depend on the selected Color scheme and includes 16 colors) - the color will be applied to the selected text. Alternatively, you can first choose a highlight color and then start selecting the text with the mouse - the mouse pointer will look like this and you'll be able to highlight several different parts of your text sequentially. To stop highlighting, just click the icon once again. To delete the highlight color, choose the No Fill option. The Highlight color is different from the Background color as the latter is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin. Font color Used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. By default, the automatic font color is set in a new blank document. It is displayed as a black font on the white background. If you change the background color to black, the font color will automatically change to white to keep the text clearly visible. To choose a different color, click the downward arrow next to the icon and select a color from the available palettes (the colors in the Theme Colors palette depend on the selected color scheme). After you change the default font color, you can use the Automatic option in the color palettes window to quickly restore the automatic color for the selected text passage. Note: to learn more about color palettes, please refer to this page." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", "title": "Apply formatting styles", - "body": "Each formatting style is a set of predefined formatting options: (font size, color, line spacing, alignment etc.). The styles allow you to quickly format different parts of the document (headings, subheadings, lists, normal text, quotes) instead of applying several formatting options individually each time. This also ensures the consistent appearance of the whole document. Applying a style depends on whether this style is a paragraph style (normal, no spacing, headings, list paragraph etc.), or a text style (based on the font type, size, color). It also depends on whether a text passage is selected, or the mouse cursor is placed on a word. In some cases you might need to select the required style from the style library twice, so that it can be applied correctly: when you click the style in the style panel for the first time, the paragraph style properties are applied. When you click it for the second time, the text properties are applied. Use default styles To apply one of the available text formatting styles, place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs, select the required style from the style gallery on the right on the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following formatting styles are available: normal, no spacing, heading 1-9, title, subtitle, quote, intense quote, list paragraph, footer, header, footnote text. Edit existing styles and create new ones To change an existing style: Apply the necessary style to a paragraph. Select the paragraph text and change all the formatting parameters you need. Save the changes made: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Update 'StyleName' Style option ('StyleName' corresponds to the style you've applied at the step 1), or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery, right-click the style you want to change and select the Update from selection option. Once the style is modified, all the paragraphs in the document formatted with this style will change their appearance correspondingly. To create a completely new style: Format a text passage as you need. Select an appropriate way to save the style: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Create new Style option, or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery and click the New style from selection option. Set the new style parameters in the opened Create New Style window: Specify the new style name in the text entry field. Select the desired style for the subsequent paragraph from the Next paragraph style list. It's also possible to choose the Same as created new style option. Click the OK button. The created style will be added to the style gallery. Manage your custom styles: To restore the default settings of a certain style you've changed, right-click the style you want to restore and select the Restore to default option. To restore the default settings of all the styles you've changed, right-click any default style in the style gallery and select the Restore all to default styles option. To delete one of the new styles you've created, right-click the style you want to delete and select the Delete style option. To delete all the new styles you've created, right-click any new style you've created and select the Delete all custom styles option." + "body": "Each formatting style is a set of predefined formatting options: (font size, color, line spacing, alignment etc.). The styles allow you to quickly format different parts of the document (headings, subheadings, lists, normal text, quotes) instead of applying several formatting options individually each time. This also ensures the consistent appearance of the whole document. You can also use styles to create a table of contents or a table of figures. Applying a style depends on whether this style is a paragraph style (normal, no spacing, headings, list paragraph etc.), or a text style (based on the font type, size, color). It also depends on whether a text passage is selected, or the mouse cursor is placed on a word. In some cases you might need to select the required style from the style library twice, so that it can be applied correctly: when you click the style in the style panel for the first time, the paragraph style properties are applied. When you click it for the second time, the text properties are applied. Use default styles To apply one of the available text formatting styles, place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs, select the required style from the style gallery on the right on the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following formatting styles are available: normal, no spacing, heading 1-9, title, subtitle, quote, intense quote, list paragraph, footer, header, footnote text. Edit existing styles and create new ones To change an existing style: Apply the necessary style to a paragraph. Select the paragraph text and change all the formatting parameters you need. Save the changes made: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Update 'StyleName' Style option ('StyleName' corresponds to the style you've applied at the step 1), or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery, right-click the style you want to change and select the Update from selection option. Once the style is modified, all the paragraphs in the document formatted with this style will change their appearance correspondingly. To create a completely new style: Format a text passage as you need. Select an appropriate way to save the style: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Create new Style option, or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery and click the New style from selection option. Set the new style parameters in the opened Create New Style window: Specify the new style name in the text entry field. Select the desired style for the subsequent paragraph from the Next paragraph style list. It's also possible to choose the Same as created new style option. Click the OK button. The created style will be added to the style gallery. Manage your custom styles: To restore the default settings of a certain style you've changed, right-click the style you want to restore and select the Restore to default option. To restore the default settings of all the styles you've changed, right-click any default style in the style gallery and select the Restore all to default styles option. To delete one of the new styles you've created, right-click the style you want to delete and select the Delete style option. To delete all the new styles you've created, right-click any new style you've created and select the Delete all custom styles option." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm", + "title": "Insert highlighted code", + "body": "You can embed highlighted code with the already adjusted style in accordance with the programming language and coloring style of the program you have chosen. Go to your document and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the code. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Highlight code. Specify the programming Language. Select a Style of the code so that it appears as if it were open in this program. Specify if you want to replace tabs with spaces. Choose Background color. To do this, manually move the cursor over the palette or insert the RBG/HSL/HEX value. Click OK to insert the code." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Insert autoshapes", - "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape to your document, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Shape icon on the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: basic shapes, figured arrows, math, charts, stars & ribbons, callouts, buttons, rectangles, lines, click the necessary autoshape within the selected group, place the mouse cursor where the shape should be added, once the autoshape is added, you can change its size, position and properties. Note: to add a caption to an autoshape, make sure the required shape is selected on the page and start typing your text. The added text becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it). It's also possible to add a caption to the autoshape. To learn more on how to work with captions for autoshapes, you can refer to this article. Move and resize autoshapes To change the autoshape size, drag small squares situated on the shape edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected autoshape while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. When modifying some shapes, for example figured arrows or callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped icon is also available. It allows you to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow. To alter the autoshape position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the autoshape. Drag the autoshape to the required position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the autoshape, the guide lines are displayed to help you precisely position the object on the page (if the selected wrapping style is not inline). To move the autoshape by one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the autoshape strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. To rotate the autoshape, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Adjust autoshape settings To align and arrange autoshapes, use the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy the selected text/object and paste the previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected autoshape to foreground, send it to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup shapes to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects, please refer to this page. Align is used to align the shape to the left, in the center, to the right, at the top, in the middle, at the bottom. To learn more on how to align objects, please refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Rotate is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Shape Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window. Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the shape and choose the Shape settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color to fill the inner space of the selected autoshape. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. If you wish to use an image as a background for the shape, you can add an image From File by selecting it on your computer hard disc drive, From URL by inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window, or From Storage by selecting the required image stored on your portal. If you wish to use a texture as a background for the shape, open the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. Currently, the following textures are available: canvas, carton, dark fabric, grain, granite, grey paper, knit, leather, brown paper, papyrus, wood. In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the dropdown list. The Stretch option allows you to adjust the image size to fit the autoshape size so that it could fill the space completely. The Tile option allows you to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely. Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary. Pattern - select this option to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Opacity - use this section to set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. Stroke - use this section to change the autoshape stroke width, color or type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Rotation is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the shape by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) to flip the shape vertically (upside down) Wrapping Style - use this section to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Autoshape - use this section to replace the current autoshape with another one selected from the dropdown list. Show shadow - check this option to display the shape with a shadow. Adjust autoshape advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, right-click it and select the Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width - use one of these options to change the autoshape width. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the left margin width, the margin (i.e. the distance between the left and right margins), the page width, or the right margin width. Height - use one of these options to change the autoshape height. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the margin (i.e. the distance between the top and bottom margins), the bottom margin height, the page height, or the top margin height. If the Lock aspect ratio option is checked, the width and height will be changed together preserving the original shape aspect ratio. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the shape by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the shape vertically (upside down). The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the shape is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the shape is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the shape moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the shape can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the shape. Tight - the text wraps the actual shape edges. Through - the text wraps around the shape edges and fills in the open white space within the shape. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the shape. In front - the shape overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the shape. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom styles, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if the selected wrapping style is not inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text ensures that the autoshape moves along with the text to which it is anchored. Allow overlap makes it possible for two autoshapes to overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows specifying the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows setting the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows setting the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows setting the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the dropdown lists. The Text Padding tab allows changing the Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins of the autoshape (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the shape contains." + "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape to your document, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Shape icon on the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: basic shapes, figured arrows, math, charts, stars & ribbons, callouts, buttons, rectangles, lines, click the necessary autoshape within the selected group, place the mouse cursor where the shape should be added, once the autoshape is added, you can change its size, position and properties. Note: to add a caption to an autoshape, make sure the required shape is selected on the page and start typing your text. The added text becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it). It's also possible to add a caption to the autoshape. To learn more on how to work with captions for autoshapes, you can refer to this article. Move and resize autoshapes To change the autoshape size, drag small squares situated on the shape edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected autoshape while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. When modifying some shapes, for example figured arrows or callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped icon is also available. It allows you to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow. To alter the autoshape position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the autoshape. Drag the autoshape to the required position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the autoshape, the guide lines are displayed to help you precisely position the object on the page (if the selected wrapping style is not inline). To move the autoshape by one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the autoshape strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. To rotate the autoshape, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Adjust autoshape settings To align and arrange autoshapes, use the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy the selected text/object and paste the previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected autoshape to foreground, send it to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup shapes to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects, please refer to this page. Align is used to align the shape to the left, in the center, to the right, at the top, in the middle, at the bottom. To learn more on how to align objects, please refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Rotate is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Shape Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window. Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the shape and choose the Shape settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color to fill the inner space of the selected autoshape. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Gradient Fill - use this option to fill the shape with two or more fading colors. Customize your gradient fill with no constraints. Click the Shape settings icon to open the Fill menu on the right sidebar: Available menu options: Style - choose between Linear or Radial: Linear is used  when you need your colors to flow from left-to-right, top-to-bottom, or at any angle you chose in a single direction. Click Direction to choose a preset direction and click Angle for a precise gradient angle. Radial is used to move from the center as it starts at a single point and emanates outward. Gradient Point is a specific point for transition from one color to another. Use the Add Gradient Point button or slider bar to add a gradient point. You can add up to 10 gradient points. Each next gradient point added will in no way affect the current gradient fill appearance. Use the Remove Gradient Point button to delete a certain gradient point. Use the slider bar to change the location of the gradient point or specify Position in percentage for precise location. To apply a color to a gradient point, click a point on the slider bar, and then click Color to choose the color you want. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. If you wish to use an image as a background for the shape, you can add an image From File by selecting it on your computer hard disc drive, From URL by inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window, or From Storage by selecting the required image stored on your portal. If you wish to use a texture as a background for the shape, open the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. Currently, the following textures are available: canvas, carton, dark fabric, grain, granite, grey paper, knit, leather, brown paper, papyrus, wood. In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the dropdown list. The Stretch option allows you to adjust the image size to fit the autoshape size so that it could fill the space completely. The Tile option allows you to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely. Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary. Pattern - select this option to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Opacity - use this section to set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. Stroke - use this section to change the autoshape stroke width, color or type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Rotation is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the shape by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) to flip the shape vertically (upside down) Wrapping Style - use this section to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Autoshape - use this section to replace the current autoshape with another one selected from the dropdown list. Show shadow - check this option to display the shape with a shadow. Adjust autoshape advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, right-click it and select the Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width - use one of these options to change the autoshape width. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the left margin width, the margin (i.e. the distance between the left and right margins), the page width, or the right margin width. Height - use one of these options to change the autoshape height. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the margin (i.e. the distance between the top and bottom margins), the bottom margin height, the page height, or the top margin height. If the Lock aspect ratio option is checked, the width and height will be changed together preserving the original shape aspect ratio. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the shape by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the shape vertically (upside down). The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the shape is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the shape is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the shape moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the shape can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the shape. Tight - the text wraps the actual shape edges. Through - the text wraps around the shape edges and fills in the open white space within the shape. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the shape. In front - the shape overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the shape. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom styles, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if the selected wrapping style is not inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text ensures that the autoshape moves along with the text to which it is anchored. Allow overlap makes it possible for two autoshapes to overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows specifying the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows setting the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows setting the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows setting the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the dropdown lists. The Text Padding tab allows changing the Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins of the autoshape (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the shape contains." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm", @@ -188,23 +213,33 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Insert charts", - "body": "Insert a chart To insert a chart into your document, place the cursor where the chart should be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Chart icon on the top toolbar, select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock, Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. after that the Chart Editor window will appear where you can enter the necessary data into the cells using the following controls: and for copying and pasting the copied data and for undoing and redoing actions for inserting a function and for decreasing and increasing decimal places for changing the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in cells change the chart settings by clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. The Type & Data tab allows you to change the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart. Select a chart Type you wish to apply: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. Choose the way to arrange the data. You can select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows specifying whether to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not by selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows specifying which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows setting the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify the lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify the highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine the representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in a more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in the opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows adjusting the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows adjusting the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows setting the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in the opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows adjusting the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows adjusting the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the chart contains. Move and resize charts Once the chart is added, you can change its size and position. To change the chart size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected chart while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the chart position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the chart. Drag the chart to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the chart, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type the required text. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, size, color or its decoration style. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust Fill, Stroke and Wrapping Style of the shape. Note that you cannot change the shape type. Using the Shape Settings tab on the right panel, you can both adjust the chart area itself and change the chart elements, such as plot area, data series, chart title, legend etc and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available at the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, you can refer to this page. Note: the Show shadow option is also available at the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements. If you need to resize chart elements, left-click to select the needed element and drag one of 8 white squares located along the perimeter of the element. To change the position of the element, left-click on it, make sure your cursor changed to , hold the left mouse button and drag the element to the needed position. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. Adjust chart settings Some of the chart settings can be altered using the Chart settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the Width and Height of the current chart. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Chart Type is used to change the selected chart type and/or style. To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window you can also double-click the chart in the document. You can also find some of these options in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy the selected text/object and paste the previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected chart to foreground, send it to the background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup charts to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects, please refer to this page. Align is used to align the chart left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is unavailable for charts. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Chart Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Chart - Advanced Settings' window. To change the chart advanced settings, click the needed chart with the right mouse button and select Chart Advanced Settings from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The chart properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the width and/or height of the chart. If the Constant Proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the chart is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the chart is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the chart moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the chart can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the chart. Tight - the text wraps the actual chart edges. Through - the text wraps around the chart edges and fills in the open white space within the chart. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the chart. In front - the chart overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the chart. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom styles, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if the selected wrapping style is not inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text ensures that the chart moves along with the text to which it is anchored. Allow overlap makes it possible for two charts to overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the chart contains." + "body": "Insert a chart To insert a chart into your document, place the cursor where the chart should be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Chart icon on the top toolbar, select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock, Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. after that the Chart Editor window will appear where you can enter the necessary data into the cells using the following controls: and for copying and pasting the copied data and for undoing and redoing actions for inserting a function and for decreasing and increasing decimal places for changing the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in cells Click the Select Data button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart Data window will open. Use the Chart Data dialog to manage Chart Data Range, Legend Entries (Series), Horizontal (Category) Axis Label and Switch Row/Column. Chart Data Range - select data for your chart. Click the icon on the right of the Chart data range box to select data range. Legend Entries (Series) - add, edit, or remove legend entries. Type or select series name for legend entries. In Legend Entries (Series), click Add button. In Edit Series, type a new legend entry or click the icon on the right of the Select name box. Horizontal (Category) Axis Labels - change text for category labels. In Horizontal (Category) Axis Labels, click Edit. In Axis label range, type the labels you want to add or click the icon on the right of the Axis label range box to select data range. Switch Row/Column - rearrange the worksheet data that is configured in the chart not in the way that you want it. Switch rows to columns to display data on a different axis. Click OK button to apply the changes and close the window. change the chart settings by clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. The Type tab allows you to change the chart type. Select a chart Type you wish to apply: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows specifying whether to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not by selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows specifying which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows setting the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify the lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify the highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine the representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in a more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in the opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows adjusting the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows adjusting the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows setting the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in the opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows adjusting the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows adjusting the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the chart to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the chart will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the chart will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows to snap the chart to the cell behind it preventing the chart from being resized. If the cell moves, the chart will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the chart dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows to prevent the chart from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the chart contains. Move and resize charts Once the chart is added, you can change its size and position. To change the chart size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected chart while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the chart position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the chart. Drag the chart to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the chart, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type the required text. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, size, color or its decoration style. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust Fill, Stroke and Wrapping Style of the shape. Note that you cannot change the shape type. Using the Shape Settings tab on the right panel, you can both adjust the chart area itself and change the chart elements, such as plot area, data series, chart title, legend etc and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available at the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, you can refer to this page. Note: the Show shadow option is also available at the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements. If you need to resize chart elements, left-click to select the needed element and drag one of 8 white squares located along the perimeter of the element. To change the position of the element, left-click on it, make sure your cursor changed to , hold the left mouse button and drag the element to the needed position. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. Adjust chart settings Some of the chart settings can be altered using the Chart settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the Width and Height of the current chart. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Chart Type is used to change the selected chart type and/or style. To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window you can also double-click the chart in the document. You can also find some of these options in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy the selected text/object and paste the previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected chart to foreground, send it to the background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup charts to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects, please refer to this page. Align is used to align the chart left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is unavailable for charts. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Chart Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Chart - Advanced Settings' window. To change the chart advanced settings, click the needed chart with the right mouse button and select Chart Advanced Settings from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The chart properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the width and/or height of the chart. If the Constant Proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the chart is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the chart is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the chart moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the chart can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the chart. Tight - the text wraps the actual chart edges. Through - the text wraps around the chart edges and fills in the open white space within the chart. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the chart. In front - the chart overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the chart. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom styles, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if the selected wrapping style is not inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text ensures that the chart moves along with the text to which it is anchored. Allow overlap makes it possible for two charts to overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the chart contains." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", "title": "Insert content controls", - "body": "Content controls are objects containing different types of contents, such as text, objects etc. Depending on the selected content control type, you can create a form with input fields that can be filled in by other users, or protect some parts of the document from being edited or deleted, etc. Note: the feature to add new content controls is available in the paid version only. In the free Community version, you can edit existing content controls, as well as copy and paste them. Currently, you can add the following types of content controls: Plain Text, Rich Text, Picture, Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box. Plain Text is an object containing text that cannot be formatted. Plain text content controls cannot contain more than one paragraph. Rich Text is an object containing text that can be formatted. Rich text content controls can contain several paragraphs, lists, and objects (images, shapes, tables etc.). Picture is an object containing a single image. Combo box is an object containing a drop-down list with a set of choices. It allows choosing one of the predefined values from the list and edit the selected value if necessary. Drop-down list is an object containing a drop-down list with a set of choices. It allows choosing one of the predefined values from the list. The selected value cannot be edited. Date is an object containing a calendar that allows choosing a date. Check box is an object that allows displaying two states: the check box is selected and the check box is cleared. Adding content controls Create a new Plain Text content control position the insertion point within the text line where the content control should be added, or select a text passage to transform it into a content control. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Plain Text option from the menu. The content control will be inserted at the insertion point within existing text line. Replace the default text within the content control (\"Your text here\") with your own text: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. The Plain text content controls do not allow adding line breaks and cannot contain other objects such as images, tables, etc. Create a new Rich Text content control position the insertion point within the text line where the content control should be added, or select one or more of the existing paragraphs you want to become the control contents. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Rich Text option from the menu. The control will be inserted in a new paragraph. Replace the default text within the control (\"Your text here\") with your own one: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. Rich text content controls allow adding line breaks, i.e. can contain multiple paragraphs as well as some objects, such as images, tables, other content controls etc. Create a new Picture content control position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Picture option from the menu - the content control will be inserted at the insertion point. click the image icon in the button above the content control border - a standard file selection window will open. Choose an image stored on your computer and click Open. The selected image will be displayed within the content control. To replace the image, click the image icon in the button above the content control border and select another image. Create a new Combo box or Drop-down list content control The Combo box and Drop-down list content controls contain a drop-down list with a set of choices. They can be created amost in the same way. The main difference between them is that the selected value in the drop-down list cannot be edited, while the selected value in the combo box can be replaced. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Combo box or Drop-down list option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the the opened Content Control Settings window, switch to the Combo box or Drop-down list tab, depending on the selected content control type. to add a new list item, click the Add button and fill in the available fields in the the opened window: specify the necessary text in the Display name field, e.g. Yes, No, Other. This text will be displayed in the content control within the document. by default, the text in the Value field corresponds to the one entered in the Display name field. If you want to edit the text in the Value field, note that the entered value must be unique for each item. click the OK button. you can edit or delete the list items by using the Edit or Delete buttons on the right or change the item order using the Up and Down button. when all the necessary choices are set, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Combo box or Drop-down list content control to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Once the necessary item is selected from the Combo box, you can edit the displayed text by replacing it with your text entirely or partially. The Drop-down list does not allow editing the selected item. Create a new Date content control position the insertion point within the text where content control should be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Date option from the menu - the content control with the current date will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added content control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the opened Content Control Settings window, switch to the Date format tab. choose the necessary Language and select the necessary date format in the Display the date like this list. click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Date content control to open the calendar and choose the necessary date. Create a new Check box content control position the insertion point within the text line where the content control should be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Check box option from the menu - the content control will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added content control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the opened Content Control Settings window, switch to the Check box tab. click the Checked symbol button to specify the necessary symbol for the selected check box or the Unchecked symbol to select how the cleared check box should look like. The Symbol window will open. To learn more on how to work with symbols, please refer to this article. when the symbols are specified, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. The added check box is displayed in the unchecked mode. If you click the added check box it will be checked with the symbol selected in the Checked symbol list. Note: The content control border is only visible when the control is selected. The borders do not appear on a printed version. Moving content controls Content controls can be moved to another place in the document: click the button on the left of the control border to select the control and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the text. You can also copy and paste content controls: select the necessary control and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations. Editing plain text and rich text content controls Text within plain text and rich text content controls can be formatted by using the icons on the top toolbar: you can adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. It's also possible to use the Paragraph - Advanced settings window accessible from the contextual menu or from the right sidebar to change the text properties. Text within rich text content controls can be formatted like a regular text, i.e. you can set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops, etc. Changing content control settings No matter which type of content controls is selected, you can change the content control settings in the General and Locking sections of the Content Control Settings window. To open the content control settings, you can proceed in the following ways: Select the necessary content control, click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon on the top toolbar and select the Control Settings option from the menu. Right-click anywhere within the content control and use the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. A new window will open. Ot the General tab, you can adjust the following settings: Specify the content control Title, Placeholder, or Tag in the corresponding fields. The title will be displayed when the control is selected. The placeholder is the main text displayed within the content control element. Tags are used to identify content controls so that you can make a reference to them in your code. Choose if you want to display the content control with a Bounding box or not. Use the None option to display the control without the bounding box. If you select the Bounding box option, you can choose the Color of this box using the field below. Click the Apply to All button to apply the specified Appearance settings to all the content controls in the document. On the Locking tab, you can protect the content control from being deleted or edited using the following settings: Content control cannot be deleted - check this box to protect the content control from being deleted. Contents cannot be edited - check this box to protect the contents of the content control from being edited. For certain types of content controls, the third tab that contains the specific settings for the selected content control type is also available: Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box. These settings are described above in the sections about adding the corresponding content controls. Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes. It's also possible to highlight content controls with a certain color. To highlight controls with a color: Click the button on the left of the control border to select the control, Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon on the top toolbar, Select the Highlight Settings option from the menu, Choose the required color from the available palettes: Theme Colors, Standard Colors or specify a new Custom Color. To remove previously applied color highlighting, use the No highlighting option. The selected highlight options will be applied to all the content controls in the document. Removing content controls To remove a content control and leave all its contents, select a content control, then proceed in one of the following ways: Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon on the top toolbar and select the Remove content control option from the menu. Right-click the content control and use the Remove content control option from the contextual menu. To remove a control and all its contents, select the necessary control and press the Delete key on the keyboard." + "body": "Content controls are objects containing different types of content, such as text, objects, etc. Depending on the selected content control type, you can collaborate on documents by using the available content controls array, or lock the ones that do not need further editing and unlock those that require your colleagues’ input, etc. Content controls are typically used to facilitate data gathering and processing or to set necessary boundaries for documents edited by other users. ONLYOFFICE Document Editor allows you to insert classic content controls, i.e. they are fully backward compatible with the third-party word processors such as Microsoft Word. Note: the feature to add new content controls is available in the paid version only. In the free Community version, you can edit existing content controls, as well as copy and paste them. To enable this feature in the desktop version, refer to this article. ONLYOFFICE Document Editor supports the following classic content controls: Plain Text, Rich Text, Picture, Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box. Plain Text is an object containing text that cannot be formatted. Plain text content controls cannot contain more than one paragraph. Rich Text is an object containing text that can be formatted. Rich text content controls can contain several paragraphs, lists, and objects (images, shapes, tables etc.). Picture is an object containing a single image. Combo box is an object containing a drop-down list with a set of choices. It allows choosing one of the predefined values from the list and edit the selected value if necessary. Drop-down list is an object containing a drop-down list with a set of choices. It allows choosing one of the predefined values from the list. The selected value cannot be edited. Date is an object containing a calendar that allows choosing a date. Check box is an object that allows displaying two states: the check box is selected and the check box is cleared. Adding content controls Create a new Plain Text content control position the insertion point within the text line where the content control should be added, or select a text passage to transform it into a content control. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Plain Text option from the menu. The content control will be inserted at the insertion point within existing text line. Replace the default text within the content control (\"Your text here\") with your own text: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. The Plain text content controls do not allow adding line breaks and cannot contain other objects such as images, tables, etc. Create a new Rich Text content control position the insertion point within the text line where the content control should be added, or select one or more of the existing paragraphs you want to become the control contents. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Rich Text option from the menu. The control will be inserted in a new paragraph. Replace the default text within the control (\"Your text here\") with your own one: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. Rich text content controls allow adding line breaks, i.e. can contain multiple paragraphs as well as some objects, such as images, tables, other content controls etc. Create a new Picture content control position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Picture option from the menu - the content control will be inserted at the insertion point. click the image icon in the button above the content control border - a standard file selection window will open. Choose an image stored on your computer and click Open. The selected image will be displayed within the content control. To replace the image, click the image icon in the button above the content control border and select another image. Create a new Combo box or Drop-down list content control The Combo box and Drop-down list content controls contain a drop-down list with a set of choices. They can be created amost in the same way. The main difference between them is that the selected value in the drop-down list cannot be edited, while the selected value in the combo box can be replaced. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Combo box or Drop-down list option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the the opened Content Control Settings window, switch to the Combo box or Drop-down list tab, depending on the selected content control type. to add a new list item, click the Add button and fill in the available fields in the the opened window: specify the necessary text in the Display name field, e.g. Yes, No, Other. This text will be displayed in the content control within the document. by default, the text in the Value field corresponds to the one entered in the Display name field. If you want to edit the text in the Value field, note that the entered value must be unique for each item. click the OK button. you can edit or delete the list items by using the Edit or Delete buttons on the right or change the item order using the Up and Down button. when all the necessary choices are set, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Combo box or Drop-down list content control to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Once the necessary item is selected from the Combo box, you can edit the displayed text by replacing it with your text entirely or partially. The Drop-down list does not allow editing the selected item. Create a new Date content control position the insertion point within the text where content control should be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Date option from the menu - the content control with the current date will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added content control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the opened Content Control Settings window, switch to the Date format tab. choose the necessary Language and select the necessary date format in the Display the date like this list. click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Date content control to open the calendar and choose the necessary date. Create a new Check box content control position the insertion point within the text line where the content control should be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Check box option from the menu - the content control will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added content control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the opened Content Control Settings window, switch to the Check box tab. click the Checked symbol button to specify the necessary symbol for the selected check box or the Unchecked symbol to select how the cleared check box should look like. The Symbol window will open. To learn more on how to work with symbols, please refer to this article. when the symbols are specified, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. The added check box is displayed in the unchecked mode. If you click the added check box it will be checked with the symbol selected in the Checked symbol list. Note: The content control border is only visible when the control is selected. The borders do not appear on a printed version. Moving content controls Content controls can be moved to another place in the document: click the button on the left of the control border to select the control and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the text. You can also copy and paste content controls: select the necessary control and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations. Editing plain text and rich text content controls Text within plain text and rich text content controls can be formatted by using the icons on the top toolbar: you can adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. It's also possible to use the Paragraph - Advanced settings window accessible from the contextual menu or from the right sidebar to change the text properties. Text within rich text content controls can be formatted like a regular text, i.e. you can set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops, etc. Changing content control settings No matter which type of content controls is selected, you can change the content control settings in the General and Locking sections of the Content Control Settings window. To open the content control settings, you can proceed in the following ways: Select the necessary content control, click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon on the top toolbar and select the Control Settings option from the menu. Right-click anywhere within the content control and use the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. A new window will open. Ot the General tab, you can adjust the following settings: Specify the content control Title, Placeholder, or Tag in the corresponding fields. The title will be displayed when the control is selected. The placeholder is the main text displayed within the content control element. Tags are used to identify content controls so that you can make a reference to them in your code. Choose if you want to display the content control with a Bounding box or not. Use the None option to display the control without the bounding box. If you select the Bounding box option, you can choose the Color of this box using the field below. Click the Apply to All button to apply the specified Appearance settings to all the content controls in the document. On the Locking tab, you can protect the content control from being deleted or edited using the following settings: Content control cannot be deleted - check this box to protect the content control from being deleted. Contents cannot be edited - check this box to protect the contents of the content control from being edited. For certain types of content controls, the third tab that contains the specific settings for the selected content control type is also available: Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box. These settings are described above in the sections about adding the corresponding content controls. Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes. It's also possible to highlight content controls with a certain color. To highlight controls with a color: Click the button on the left of the control border to select the control, Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon on the top toolbar, Select the Highlight Settings option from the menu, Choose the required color from the available palettes: Theme Colors, Standard Colors or specify a new Custom Color. To remove previously applied color highlighting, use the No highlighting option. The selected highlight options will be applied to all the content controls in the document. Removing content controls To remove a content control and leave all its contents, select a content control, then proceed in one of the following ways: Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon on the top toolbar and select the Remove content control option from the menu. Right-click the content control and use the Remove content control option from the contextual menu. To remove a control and all its contents, select the necessary control and press the Delete key on the keyboard." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm", + "title": "Insert cross-references", + "body": "Cross-references are used to create links leading to other parts of the same document, e.g. headings or objects such as charts or tables. Such references appear in the form of a hyperlink. Creating a cross-reference Position your cursor in the place you want to insert a cross-reference. Go to the References tab and click on the Cross-reference icon. Set the required parameters in the opened Cross-reference window: The Reference type drop-down menu specifies the item you wish to refer to, i.e. a numbered item (set by default), a heading, a bookmark, a footnote, an endnote, an equation, a figure, and a table. Choose the required item type. The Insert reference to drop-down menu specifies the text or numeric value of a reference you want to insert depending on the item you chose in the Reference type menu. For example, if you chose the Heading option, you may specify the following contents: Heading text, Page number, Heading number, Heading number (no context), Heading number (full context), Above/below. The full list of the options provided depending on the chosen reference type Reference type Insert reference to Description Numbered item Page number Inserts the page number of the numbered item Paragraph number Inserts the paragraph number of the numbered item Paragraph number (no context) Inserts an abbreviated paragraph number. The reference is made to the specific item of the numbered list only, e.g., instead of “4.1.1” you refer to “1” only Paragraph number (full context) Inserts a full paragraph number, e.g., “4.1.1” Paragraph text Inserts the text value of the paragraph, e.g., if you have “4.1.1. Terms and Conditions”, you refer to “Terms and Conditions” only Above/below Inserts the words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item Heading Heading text Inserts the entire text of the heading Page number Inserts the page number of the heading Heading number Inserts the sequence number of the heading Heading number (no context) Inserts an abbreviated heading number. Make sure the cursor point is in the section you are referencing to, e.g., you are in section 4 and you wish to refer to heading 4.B, so instead of “4.B” you receive “B” only Heading number (full context) Inserts a full heading number even if the cursor point is in the same section Above/below Inserts the words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item Bookmark Bookmark text Inserts the entire text of the bookmark Page number Inserts the page number of the bookmark Paragraph number Inserts the paragraph number of the bookmark Paragraph number (no context) Inserts an abbreviated paragraph number. The reference is made to the specific item only, e.g., instead of “4.1.1” you refer to “1” only Paragraph number (full context) Inserts a full paragraph number, e.g., “4.1.1” Above/below Inserts the words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item Footnote Footnote number Inserts the footnote number Page number Inserts the page number of the footnote Above/below Inserts the words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item Footnote number (formatted) Inserts the number of the footnote formatted as a footnote. The numbering of the actual footnotes is not affected Endnote Endnote number Inserts the endnote number Page number Inserts the page number of the endnote Above/below Inserts the words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item Endnote number (formatted) Inserts the number of the endnote formatted as an endnote. The numbering of the actual endnotes is not affected Equation / Figure / Table Entire caption Inserts the full text of the caption Only label and number Inserts the label and object number only, e.g., “Table 1.1” Only caption text Inserts the text of the caption only Page number Inserts the page number containing the referenced object Above/below Inserts the words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item Check the Insert as hyperlink box to turn the reference into an active link. Check the Include above/below box (if available) to specify the position of the item you refer to. The ONLYOFFICE Document Editor will automatically insert words “above” or “below” depending on the position of the item. Check the Separate numbers with box to specify the separator in the box to the right. The separators are needed for full context references. The For which field offers you the items available according to the Reference type you have chosen, e.g. if you chose the Heading option, you will see the full list of the headings in the document. Click Insert to create a cross-reference. Removing a cross-reference To delete a cross-reference, select the cross-reference you wish to remove and press the Delete key." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm", "title": "Insert date and time", - "body": "To isnert Date and time into your document, put the cursor where you want to insert Date and time, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Date & time icon on the top toolbar, in the Date & time window that will appear, specify the following parameters: Select the required language. Select one of the suggested formats. Check the Update automatically checkbox to let the date & time update automatically based on the current state. Note: you can also update the date and time manually by using the Refresh field option from the contextual menu. Click the Set as default button to make the current format the default for this language. Click the OK button." + "body": "To insert Date and time into your document, put the cursor where you want to insert Date and time, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Date & time icon on the top toolbar, in the Date & time window that will appear, specify the following parameters: Select the required language. Select one of the suggested formats. Check the Update automatically checkbox to let the date & time update automatically based on the current state. Note: you can also update the date and time manually by using the Refresh field option from the contextual menu. Click the Set as default button to make the current format the default for this language. Click the OK button." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "title": "Insert a drop cap", "body": "A drop cap is a large capital letter used at the beginning of a paragraph or section. The size of a drop cap is usually several lines. To add a drop cap, place the cursor within the required paragraph, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Drop Cap icon on the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the option you need: In Text - to place the drop cap within the paragraph. In Margin - to place the drop cap in the left margin. The first character of the selected paragraph will be transformed into a drop cap. If you need the drop cap to include some more characters, add them manually: select the drop cap and type in other letters you need. To adjust the drop cap appearance (i.e. font size, type, decoration style or color), select the letter and use the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. When the drop cap is selected, it's surrounded by a frame (a container used to position the drop cap on the page). You can quickly change the frame size dragging its borders or change its position using the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the frame. To delete the added drop cap, select it, click the Drop Cap icon on the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the None option from the drop-down list. To adjust the added drop cap parameters, select it, click the Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the Drop Cap Settings option from the drop-down list. The Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window will appear: The Drop Cap tab allows adjusting the following parameters: Position is used to change the placement of a drop cap. Select the In Text or In Margin option, or click None to delete the drop cap. Font is used to select a font from the list of the available fonts. Height in rows is used to define how many lines a drop cap should span. It's possible to select a value from 1 to 10. Distance from text is used to specify the amount of spacing between the text of the paragraph and the right border of the drop cap frame. The Borders & Fill tab allows adding a border around a drop cap and adjusting its parameters. They are the following: Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the borders (top, bottom, left, right or their combination) you want to apply these settings to. Background color - choose the color for the drop cap background. The Margins tab allows setting the distance between the drop cap and the Top, Bottom, Left and Right borders around it (if the borders have previously been added). Once the drop cap is added you can also change the Frame parameters. To access them, right click within the frame and select the Frame Advanced Settings from the menu. The Frame - Advanced Settings window will open: The Frame tab allows adjusting the following parameters: Position is used to select the Inline or Flow wrapping style. You can also click None to delete the frame. Width and Height are used to change the frame dimensions. The Auto option allows automatically adjusting the frame size to fit the drop cap. The Exactly option allows specifying fixed values. The At least option is used to set the minimum height value (if you change the drop cap size, the frame height changes accordingly, but it cannot be less than the specified value). Horizontal parameters are used either to set the exact position of the frame in the selected units of measurement with respect to a margin, page or column, or to align the frame (left, center or right) with respect to one of these reference points. You can also set the horizontal Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the vertical frame borders and the text of the paragraph. Vertical parameters are used either to set the exact position of the frame is the selected units of measurement with respect to a margin, page or paragraph, or to align the frame (top, center or bottom) with respect to one of these reference points. You can also set the vertical Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the horizontal frame borders and the text of the paragraph. Move with text is used to make sure that the frame moves as the paragraph to which it is anchored. The Borders & Fill and Margins allow adjusting the same parameters as the corresponding tabs in the Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm", + "title": "Insert endnotes", + "body": "You can insert endnotes to add explanations or comments to specific terms or sentences, make references to the sources, etc. that are displayed at end of the document. Inserting endnotes To insert an endnote into your document, position the insertion point at the end of the text passage or at the word that you want to add the endnote to, switch to the References tab located at the top toolbar, click the Footnote icon on the top toolbar and select the Insert Endnote option from the menu. The endnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates an endnote) appears in the text of the document, and the insertion point moves to the end of the document. type in the endnote text. Repeat the above mentioned operations to add subsequent endnotes for other text passages in the document. The endnotes are numbered automatically: i, ii, iii, etc. by default. Display of endnotes in the document If you hover the mouse pointer over the endnote mark in the document text, a small pop-up window with the endnote text appears. Navigating through endnotes To easily navigate through the added endnotes in the text of the document, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar, in the Go to Endnotes section, use the arrow to go to the previous endnote or the arrow to go to the next endnote. Editing endnotes To edit the endnotes settings, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar, select the Notes Settings option from the menu, change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that will appear: Set the Location of endnotes on the page selecting one of the available options from the drop-down menu to the right: End of section - to position endnotes at the end of the sections. End of document - to position endnotes at the end of the document (set by default). Adjust the endnotes Format: Number Format - select the necessary number format from the available ones: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Start at - use the arrows to set the number or letter you want to start numbering with. Numbering - select a way to number your endnotes: Continuous - to number endnotes sequentially throughout the document, Restart each section - to start endnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each section, Restart each page - to start endnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each page. Custom Mark - set a special character or a word you want to use as the endnote mark (e.g. * or Note1). Enter the necessary character/word into the text entry field and click the Insert button at the bottom of the Notes Settings window. Use the Apply changes to drop-down list if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. Note: to use different endnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first. When you finish, click the Apply button. Removing endnotes To remove a single endnote, position the insertion point directly before the endtnote mark in the text and press Delete. Other endnotes will be renumbered automatically. To delete all the endnotes in the document, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar, select the Delete All Notes option from the menu. choose the Delete All Endnotes option in the appeared window and click OK." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Insert equations", @@ -213,7 +248,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", "title": "Insert footnotes", - "body": "You can insert footnotes to add explanations or comments for certain sentences or terms used in your text, make references to the sources, etc. To insert a footnote into your document, position the insertion point at the end of the text passage that you want to add the footnote to, switch to the References tab of the top toolbar, click the Footnote icon on the top toolbar, or click the arrow next to the Footnote icon and select the Insert Footnote option from the menu, The footnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates a footnote) appears in the text of the document, and the insertion point moves to the bottom of the current page. type in the footnote text. Repeat the above mentioned operations to add subsequent footnotes for other text passages in the document. The footnotes are numbered automatically. If you hover the mouse pointer over the footnote mark in the document text, a small pop-up window with the footnote text appears. To easily navigate through the added footnotes in the text of the document, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon on the References tab of the top toolbar, in the Go to Footnotes section, use the arrow to go to the previous footnote or the arrow to go to the next footnote. To edit the footnotes settings, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon on the References tab of the top toolbar, select the Notes Settings option from the menu, change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that will appear: Set the Location of footnotes on the page selecting one of the available options: Bottom of page - to position footnotes at the bottom of the page (this option is selected by default). Below text - to position footnotes closer to the text. This option can be useful in cases when the page contains a short text. Adjust the footnotes Format: Number Format - select the necessary number format from the available ones: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Start at - use the arrows to set the number or letter you want to start numbering with. Numbering - select a way to number your footnotes: Continuous - to number footnotes sequentially throughout the document, Restart each section - to start footnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each section, Restart each page - to start footnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each page. Custom Mark - set a special character or a word you want to use as the footnote mark (e.g. * or Note1). Enter the necessary character/word into the text entry field and click the Insert button at the bottom of the Notes Settings window. Use the Apply changes to drop-down list if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. Note: to use different footnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first. When you finish, click the Apply button. To remove a single footnote, position the insertion point directly before the footnote mark in the text and press Delete. Other footnotes will be renumbered automatically. To delete all the footnotes in the document, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon on the References tab of the top toolbar, select the Delete All Footnotes option from the menu." + "body": "You can insert footnotes to add explanations or comments for certain sentences or terms used in your text, make references to the sources, etc. Inserting footnotes To insert a footnote into your document, position the insertion point at the end of the text passage that you want to add the footnote to, switch to the References tab located at the top toolbar, click the Footnote icon on the top toolbar, or click the arrow next to the Footnote icon and select the Insert Footnote option from the menu, The footnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates a footnote) appears in the text of the document, and the insertion point moves to the bottom of the current page. type in the footnote text. Repeat the above mentioned operations to add subsequent footnotes for other text passages in the document. The footnotes are numbered automatically. Display of footnotes in the document If you hover the mouse pointer over the footnote mark in the document text, a small pop-up window with the footnote text appears. Navigating through footnotes To easily navigate through the added footnotes in the text of the document, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar, in the Go to Footnotes section, use the arrow to go to the previous footnote or the arrow to go to the next footnote. Editing footnotes To edit the footnotes settings, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar, select the Notes Settings option from the menu, change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that will appear: Activate the Footnote box to edit the footnotes only. Set the Location of footnotes on the page selecting one of the available options from the drop-down menu to the right: Bottom of page - to position footnotes at the bottom of the page (this option is selected by default). Below text - to position footnotes closer to the text. This option can be useful in cases when the page contains a short text. Adjust the footnotes Format: Number Format - select the necessary number format from the available ones: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Start at - use the arrows to set the number or letter you want to start numbering with. Numbering - select a way to number your footnotes: Continuous - to number footnotes sequentially throughout the document, Restart each section - to start footnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each section, Restart each page - to start footnote numbering with 1 (or another specified character) at the beginning of each page. Custom Mark - set a special character or a word you want to use as the footnote mark (e.g. * or Note1). Enter the necessary character/word into the text entry field and click the Insert button at the bottom of the Notes Settings window. Use the Apply changes to drop-down list if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. Note: to use different footnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first. When you finish, click the Apply button. Removing footnotes To remove a single footnote, position the insertion point directly before the footnote mark in the text and press Delete. Other footnotes will be renumbered automatically. To delete all the footnotes in the document, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon on the References tab located at the top toolbar, select the Delete All Notes option from the menu. choose the Delete All Footnotes option in the appeared window and click OK." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", @@ -225,15 +260,25 @@ var indexes = "title": "Insert images", "body": "In the Document Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your document. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Insert an image To insert an image into the document text, place the cursor where you want the image to be put, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Image icon on the top toolbar, select one of the following options to load the image: the Image from File option will open a standard dialog window for to select a file. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the web address of the requiredimage, and click the OK button the Image from Storage option will open the Select data source window. Select an image stored on your portal and click the OK button once the image is added, you can change its size, properties, and position. It's also possible to add a caption to the image. To learn more on how to work with captions for images, you can refer to this article. Move and resize images To change the image size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected image while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the image position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the image. Drag the image to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the image, the guide lines are displayed to help you precisely position the object on the page (if the selected wrapping style is different from the inline). To rotate the image, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Adjust image settings Some of the image settings can be altered using the Image settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the image and choose the Image settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the Width and Height of the current image. If necessary, you can restore the actual image size clicking the Actual Size button. The Fit to Margin button allows you to resize the image, so that it occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. The Crop button is used to crop the image. Click the Crop button to activate cropping handles which appear on the image corners and in the center of each its side. Manually drag the handles to set the cropping area. You can move the mouse cursor over the cropping area border so that it turns into the icon and drag the area. To crop a single side, drag the handle located in the center of this side. To simultaneously crop two adjacent sides, drag one of the corner handles. To equally crop the two opposite sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the handle in the center of one of these sides. To equally crop all sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging any of the corner handles. When the cropping area is specified, click the Crop button once again, or press the Esc key, or click anywhere outside of the cropping area to apply the changes. After the cropping area is selected, it's also possible to use the Fill and Fit options available from the Crop drop-down menu. Click the Crop button once again and select the option you need: If you select the Fill option, the central part of the original image will be preserved and used to fill the selected cropping area, while the other parts of the image will be removed. If you select the Fit option, the image will be resized so that it fits the height and the width of the cropping area. No parts of the original image will be removed, but empty spaces may appear within the selected cropping area. Rotation is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the image by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the image horizontally (left to right) to flip the image vertically (upside down) Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Replace Image is used to replace the current image by loading another one From File, From Storage, or From URL. You can also find some of these options in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy the selected text/object and paste the previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected image to foreground, send it to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup images to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects, please refer to this page. Align is used to align the image to the left, in the center, to the right, at the top, in the middle or at the bottom. To learn more on how to align objects, please refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if the selected wrapping style is not inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Rotate is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Crop is used to apply one of the cropping options: Crop, Fill or Fit. Select the Crop option from the submenu, then drag the cropping handles to set the cropping area, and click one of these three options from the submenu once again to apply the changes. Actual Size is used to change the current image size to the actual one. Replace image is used to replace the current image by loading another one From File or From URL. Image Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Image - Advanced Settings' window. When the image is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly. On the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image. Adjust image advanced settings To change the image advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The image properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the actual size of the added image, click the Actual Size button. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the image by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the image horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the image vertically (upside down). The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the image is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the image is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the image moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the image can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the image. Tight - the text wraps the actual image edges. Through - the text wraps around the image edges and fills in the open white space within the image. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the image. In front - the image overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the image. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified on the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text ensures that the image moves along with the text to which it is anchored. Allow overlap makes is possible for two images to overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying a Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the image contains." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm", + "title": "Insert line numbers", + "body": "The ONLYOFFICE Document Editor can count lines in your document automatically. This feature can be useful when you need to refer to a specific line of the document, e.g. in a legal agreement or a code script. Use the Line Numbers tool to apply line numbering to the document. Please note that the line numbering sequence is not applied to the text in the objects such as tables, text boxes, charts, headers/footers, etc. These objects are treated as one line. Applying line numbering Open the Layout tab located at the top toolbar and click on the Line Numbers icon. Choose the required parameters for a quick set-up in the opened drop-down menu: Continuous - each line of the document will be assigned a sequence number. Restart Each Page - the line numbering sequence will restart on each page of the document. Restart Each Section - the line numbering sequence will restart in each section of the document. Please refer to this guide to learn more about section breaks. Suppress for Current Paragraph - the current paragraph will be skipped in the line numbering sequence. To exclude several paragraphs from the sequence, select them via the left-mouse button before applying this parameter. Specify the advanced parameters if needed. Click the Line Numbering Options item in the Line Numbers drop-down menu. Check the Add line numbering box to apply the line numbering to the document and to access the advanced parameters of the option: Start at sets the starting numeric value of the line numbering sequence. The parameter is set to 1 by default. From text specifies the distance between the line numbers and the text. Enter the required value in cm. The parameter is set to Auto by default. Count by specifies the sequence numbers that are displayed if not counted by 1, i.e. the numbers are counted in a bunch by 2s, 3s, 4s, etc. Enter the required numeric value. The parameter is set to 1 by default. Restart Each Page - the line numbering sequence will restart on each page of the document. Restart Each Sectionthe line numbering sequence will restart in each section of the document. Continuous - each line of the document will be assigned a sequence number. The Apply changes to parameter specifies the part of the document you want to assign sequence numbers to. Choose one of the available presets: Current section to apply line numbering to the selected section of the document; This point forward to apply line numbering to the text following the current cursor position; Whole document to apply line numbering to the whole document. The parameter is set to Whole document by default. Click OK to apply the changes. Removing line numbering To remove the line numbering sequence, open the Layout tab located at the top toolbar and click on the Line Numbers icon, choose the None option in the opened drop-down menu or choose the Line Numbering Options item in the menu and deactivate the Add line numbering box in the opened Line Numbers window." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "title": "Insert page numbers", "body": "To insert page numbers into your document, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Header/Footer icon on the top toolbar, choose the Insert Page Number submenu, select one of the following options: To add a page number to each page of your document, select the page number position on the page. To insert a page number at the current cursor position, select the To Current Position option. Note: to insert a current page number at the current cursor position you can also use the Ctrl+Shift+P key combination. To insert the total number of pages in your document (e.g. if you want to create the Page X of Y entry): put the cursor where you want to insert the total number of pages, click the Header/Footer icon on the top toolbar, select the Insert number of pages option. To edit the page number settings, double-click the page number added, change the current parameters on the right sidebar: Set the Position of page numbers on the page accordingly to the top and bottom of the page. Check the Different first page box to apply a different page number to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any number to it at all. Use the Different odd and even pages box to insert different page numbers for odd and even pages. The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). By default, this box is checked, so that unified numbering is applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different page numbering for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed. The Page Numbering section allows adjusting page numbering options throughout different sections of the document. The Continue from previous section option is selected by default and makes it possible to keep continuous page numbering after a section break. If you want to start page numbering with a specific number in the current section of the document, select the Start at radio button and enter the required starting value in the field on the right. To return to the document editing, double-click within the working area." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertReferences.htm", + "title": "Insert references", + "body": "ONLYOFFICE supports Mendeley, Zotero and EasyBib reference managers to insert references into your document. Mendeley Connect ONLYOFFICE to Mendeley Login to your Mendeley account. In your document, switch to the Plugins tab and choose Mendeley, a sidebar will open on the left side of your document. Click the Copy Link and Open Form button. The browser opens a form on the Mendeley site. Complete this form and note the Application ID for ONLYOFFICE. Switch back to your document. Enter the Application ID and click Save. Click Login. Click Proceed. Now ONLYOFFICE is connected to your Mendeley account. Inserting references Open the document and place the cursor on the spot where you want to insert the reference(s). Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Mendeley. Enter a search text and hit Enter on your keyboard. Click on or more check-boxes. [Optional] Enter a new search text and click on one or more check-boxes. Choose the reference style from the Style pull-down menu. Click the Insert Bibliography button. Zotero Connect ONLYOFFICE to Zotero Login to your Zotero account. In your document, switch to the Plugins tab and choose Zotero, a sidebar will open on the left side of your document. Click the Zotero API settings link. On the Zotero site, create a new key for Zotero, copy it and save it for later use. Switch to your document and paste the API key. Click Save. Now ONLYOFFICE is connected to your Zotero account. Inserting references Open the document and place the cursor on the spot where you want to insert the reference(s). Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Zotero. Enter a search text and hit Enter on your keyboard. Click on or more check-boxes. [Optional] Enter a new search text and click on one or more check-boxes. Choose the reference style from the Style pull-down menu. Click the Insert Bibliography button. EasyBib Open the document and place the cursor on the spot where you want to insert the reference(s). Switch to the Plugins tab and choose EasyBib. Select the type of sourse you want to find. Enter a search text and hit Enter on your keyboard. Click '+' on the right side of the suitable Book/Journal article/Website. It will be added to Bibliography. Select references style. Click the Add Bibliography to Doc to insert the references." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "title": "Insert symbols and characters", - "body": "To insert a special symbol which can not be typed on the keybord, use the Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps: place the cursor where a special symbol should be inserted, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Symbol, The Symbol dialog box will appear, and you will be able to select the required symbol, use the Range section to quickly find the nesessary symbol. All symbols are divided into specific groups, for example, select 'Currency Symbols' if you want to insert a currency character. If the required character is not in the set, select a different font. Many of them also have characters which differ from the standard set. Or enter the Unicode hex value of the required symbol you want into the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map. You can also use the Special characters tab to choose a special character from the list. The previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field, click Insert. The selected character will be added to the document. Insert ASCII symbols The ASCII table is also used to add characters. To do this, hold down the ALT key and use the numeric keypad to enter the character code. Note: be sure to use the numeric keypad, not the numbers on the main keyboard. To enable the numeric keypad, press the Num Lock key. For example, to add a paragraph character (§), press and hold down ALT while typing 789, and then release the ALT key. Insert symbols using the Unicode table Additional charachters and symbols can also be found in the Windows symbol table. To open this table, do of the following: in the Search field write 'Character table' and open it, simultaneously presss Win + R, and then in the following window type charmap.exe and click OK. In the opened Character Map, select one of the Character sets, Groups and Fonts. Next, click on the required characters, copy them to the clipboard and paste where necessary." + "body": "To insert a special symbol which can not be typed on the keyboard, use the Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps: place the cursor where a special symbol should be inserted, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Symbol, The Symbol dialog box will appear, and you will be able to select the required symbol, use the Range section to quickly find the necessary symbol. All symbols are divided into specific groups, for example, select 'Currency Symbols' if you want to insert a currency character. If the required character is not in the set, select a different font. Many of them also have characters that differ from the standard set. Or enter the Unicode hex value of the required symbol you want into the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map. You can also use the Special characters tab to choose a special character from the list. The previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field, click Insert. The selected character will be added to the document. Insert ASCII symbols The ASCII table is also used to add characters. To do this, hold down the ALT key and use the numeric keypad to enter the character code. Note: be sure to use the numeric keypad, not the numbers on the main keyboard. To enable the numeric keypad, press the Num Lock key. For example, to add a paragraph character (§), press and hold down ALT while typing 789, and then release the ALT key. Insert symbols using the Unicode table Additional characters and symbols can also be found in the Windows symbol table. To open this table, do of the following: in the Search field write 'Character table' and open it, simultaneously press Win + R, and then in the following window type charmap.exe and click OK. In the opened Character Map, select one of the Character sets, Groups, and Fonts. Next, click on the required characters, copy them to the clipboard, and paste where necessary." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", @@ -252,14 +297,19 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", - "title": "Use Math AutoCorrect", - "body": "When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery. In the equation editor, place the insertion point within the necessary placeholder, type a math autocorrect code, then press Spacebar. The entered code will be converted into the corresponding symbol, and the space will be eliminated. Note: The codes are case sensitive. The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Document Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Proofing section. Code Symbol Category !! Symbols ... Dots :: Operators := Operators /< Relational operators /> Relational operators /= Relational operators \\above Above/Below scripts \\acute Accents \\aleph Hebrew letters \\alpha Greek letters \\Alpha Greek letters \\amalg Binary operators \\angle Geometry notation \\aoint Integrals \\approx Relational operators \\asmash Arrows \\ast Binary operators \\asymp Relational operators \\atop Operators \\bar Over/Underbar \\Bar Accents \\because Relational operators \\begin Delimiters \\below Above/Below scripts \\bet Hebrew letters \\beta Greek letters \\Beta Greek letters \\beth Hebrew letters \\bigcap Large operators \\bigcup Large operators \\bigodot Large operators \\bigoplus Large operators \\bigotimes Large operators \\bigsqcup Large operators \\biguplus Large operators \\bigvee Large operators \\bigwedge Large operators \\binomial Equations \\bot Logic notation \\bowtie Relational operators \\box Symbols \\boxdot Binary operators \\boxminus Binary operators \\boxplus Binary operators \\bra Delimiters \\break Symbols \\breve Accents \\bullet Binary operators \\cap Binary operators \\cbrt Square roots and radicals \\cases Symbols \\cdot Binary operators \\cdots Dots \\check Accents \\chi Greek letters \\Chi Greek letters \\circ Binary operators \\close Delimiters \\clubsuit Symbols \\coint Integrals \\cong Relational operators \\coprod Math operators \\cup Binary operators \\dalet Hebrew letters \\daleth Hebrew letters \\dashv Relational operators \\dd Double-struck letters \\Dd Double-struck letters \\ddddot Accents \\dddot Accents \\ddot Accents \\ddots Dots \\defeq Relational operators \\degc Symbols \\degf Symbols \\degree Symbols \\delta Greek letters \\Delta Greek letters \\Deltaeq Operators \\diamond Binary operators \\diamondsuit Symbols \\div Binary operators \\dot Accents \\doteq Relational operators \\dots Dots \\doublea Double-struck letters \\doubleA Double-struck letters \\doubleb Double-struck letters \\doubleB Double-struck letters \\doublec Double-struck letters \\doubleC Double-struck letters \\doubled Double-struck letters \\doubleD Double-struck letters \\doublee Double-struck letters \\doubleE Double-struck letters \\doublef Double-struck letters \\doubleF Double-struck letters \\doubleg Double-struck letters \\doubleG Double-struck letters \\doubleh Double-struck letters \\doubleH Double-struck letters \\doublei Double-struck letters \\doubleI Double-struck letters \\doublej Double-struck letters \\doubleJ Double-struck letters \\doublek Double-struck letters \\doubleK Double-struck letters \\doublel Double-struck letters \\doubleL Double-struck letters \\doublem Double-struck letters \\doubleM Double-struck letters \\doublen Double-struck letters \\doubleN Double-struck letters \\doubleo Double-struck letters \\doubleO Double-struck letters \\doublep Double-struck letters \\doubleP Double-struck letters \\doubleq Double-struck letters \\doubleQ Double-struck letters \\doubler Double-struck letters \\doubleR Double-struck letters \\doubles Double-struck letters \\doubleS Double-struck letters \\doublet Double-struck letters \\doubleT Double-struck letters \\doubleu Double-struck letters \\doubleU Double-struck letters \\doublev Double-struck letters \\doubleV Double-struck letters \\doublew Double-struck letters \\doubleW Double-struck letters \\doublex Double-struck letters \\doubleX Double-struck letters \\doubley Double-struck letters \\doubleY Double-struck letters \\doublez Double-struck letters \\doubleZ Double-struck letters \\downarrow Arrows \\Downarrow Arrows \\dsmash Arrows \\ee Double-struck letters \\ell Symbols \\emptyset Set notations \\emsp Space characters \\end Delimiters \\ensp Space characters \\epsilon Greek letters \\Epsilon Greek letters \\eqarray Symbols \\equiv Relational operators \\eta Greek letters \\Eta Greek letters \\exists Logic notations \\forall Logic notations \\fraktura Fraktur letters \\frakturA Fraktur letters \\frakturb Fraktur letters \\frakturB Fraktur letters \\frakturc Fraktur letters \\frakturC Fraktur letters \\frakturd Fraktur letters \\frakturD Fraktur letters \\frakture Fraktur letters \\frakturE Fraktur letters \\frakturf Fraktur letters \\frakturF Fraktur letters \\frakturg Fraktur letters \\frakturG Fraktur letters \\frakturh Fraktur letters \\frakturH Fraktur letters \\frakturi Fraktur letters \\frakturI Fraktur letters \\frakturk Fraktur letters \\frakturK Fraktur letters \\frakturl Fraktur letters \\frakturL Fraktur letters \\frakturm Fraktur letters \\frakturM Fraktur letters \\frakturn Fraktur letters \\frakturN Fraktur letters \\frakturo Fraktur letters \\frakturO Fraktur letters \\frakturp Fraktur letters \\frakturP Fraktur letters \\frakturq Fraktur letters \\frakturQ Fraktur letters \\frakturr Fraktur letters \\frakturR Fraktur letters \\frakturs Fraktur letters \\frakturS Fraktur letters \\frakturt Fraktur letters \\frakturT Fraktur letters \\frakturu Fraktur letters \\frakturU Fraktur letters \\frakturv Fraktur letters \\frakturV Fraktur letters \\frakturw Fraktur letters \\frakturW Fraktur letters \\frakturx Fraktur letters \\frakturX Fraktur letters \\fraktury Fraktur letters \\frakturY Fraktur letters \\frakturz Fraktur letters \\frakturZ Fraktur letters \\frown Relational operators \\funcapply Binary operators \\G Greek letters \\gamma Greek letters \\Gamma Greek letters \\ge Relational operators \\geq Relational operators \\gets Arrows \\gg Relational operators \\gimel Hebrew letters \\grave Accents \\hairsp Space characters \\hat Accents \\hbar Symbols \\heartsuit Symbols \\hookleftarrow Arrows \\hookrightarrow Arrows \\hphantom Arrows \\hsmash Arrows \\hvec Accents \\identitymatrix Matrices \\ii Double-struck letters \\iiint Integrals \\iint Integrals \\iiiint Integrals \\Im Symbols \\imath Symbols \\in Relational operators \\inc Symbols \\infty Symbols \\int Integrals \\integral Integrals \\iota Greek letters \\Iota Greek letters \\itimes Math operators \\j Symbols \\jj Double-struck letters \\jmath Symbols \\kappa Greek letters \\Kappa Greek letters \\ket Delimiters \\lambda Greek letters \\Lambda Greek letters \\langle Delimiters \\lbbrack Delimiters \\lbrace Delimiters \\lbrack Delimiters \\lceil Delimiters \\ldiv Fraction slashes \\ldivide Fraction slashes \\ldots Dots \\le Relational operators \\left Delimiters \\leftarrow Arrows \\Leftarrow Arrows \\leftharpoondown Arrows \\leftharpoonup Arrows \\leftrightarrow Arrows \\Leftrightarrow Arrows \\leq Relational operators \\lfloor Delimiters \\lhvec Accents \\limit Limits \\ll Relational operators \\lmoust Delimiters \\Longleftarrow Arrows \\Longleftrightarrow Arrows \\Longrightarrow Arrows \\lrhar Arrows \\lvec Accents \\mapsto Arrows \\matrix Matrices \\medsp Space characters \\mid Relational operators \\middle Symbols \\models Relational operators \\mp Binary operators \\mu Greek letters \\Mu Greek letters \\nabla Symbols \\naryand Operators \\nbsp Space characters \\ne Relational operators \\nearrow Arrows \\neq Relational operators \\ni Relational operators \\norm Delimiters \\notcontain Relational operators \\notelement Relational operators \\notin Relational operators \\nu Greek letters \\Nu Greek letters \\nwarrow Arrows \\o Greek letters \\O Greek letters \\odot Binary operators \\of Operators \\oiiint Integrals \\oiint Integrals \\oint Integrals \\omega Greek letters \\Omega Greek letters \\ominus Binary operators \\open Delimiters \\oplus Binary operators \\otimes Binary operators \\over Delimiters \\overbar Accents \\overbrace Accents \\overbracket Accents \\overline Accents \\overparen Accents \\overshell Accents \\parallel Geometry notation \\partial Symbols \\pmatrix Matrices \\perp Geometry notation \\phantom Symbols \\phi Greek letters \\Phi Greek letters \\pi Greek letters \\Pi Greek letters \\pm Binary operators \\pppprime Primes \\ppprime Primes \\pprime Primes \\prec Relational operators \\preceq Relational operators \\prime Primes \\prod Math operators \\propto Relational operators \\psi Greek letters \\Psi Greek letters \\qdrt Square roots and radicals \\quadratic Square roots and radicals \\rangle Delimiters \\Rangle Delimiters \\ratio Relational operators \\rbrace Delimiters \\rbrack Delimiters \\Rbrack Delimiters \\rceil Delimiters \\rddots Dots \\Re Symbols \\rect Symbols \\rfloor Delimiters \\rho Greek letters \\Rho Greek letters \\rhvec Accents \\right Delimiters \\rightarrow Arrows \\Rightarrow Arrows \\rightharpoondown Arrows \\rightharpoonup Arrows \\rmoust Delimiters \\root Symbols \\scripta Scripts \\scriptA Scripts \\scriptb Scripts \\scriptB Scripts \\scriptc Scripts \\scriptC Scripts \\scriptd Scripts \\scriptD Scripts \\scripte Scripts \\scriptE Scripts \\scriptf Scripts \\scriptF Scripts \\scriptg Scripts \\scriptG Scripts \\scripth Scripts \\scriptH Scripts \\scripti Scripts \\scriptI Scripts \\scriptk Scripts \\scriptK Scripts \\scriptl Scripts \\scriptL Scripts \\scriptm Scripts \\scriptM Scripts \\scriptn Scripts \\scriptN Scripts \\scripto Scripts \\scriptO Scripts \\scriptp Scripts \\scriptP Scripts \\scriptq Scripts \\scriptQ Scripts \\scriptr Scripts \\scriptR Scripts \\scripts Scripts \\scriptS Scripts \\scriptt Scripts \\scriptT Scripts \\scriptu Scripts \\scriptU Scripts \\scriptv Scripts \\scriptV Scripts \\scriptw Scripts \\scriptW Scripts \\scriptx Scripts \\scriptX Scripts \\scripty Scripts \\scriptY Scripts \\scriptz Scripts \\scriptZ Scripts \\sdiv Fraction slashes \\sdivide Fraction slashes \\searrow Arrows \\setminus Binary operators \\sigma Greek letters \\Sigma Greek letters \\sim Relational operators \\simeq Relational operators \\smash Arrows \\smile Relational operators \\spadesuit Symbols \\sqcap Binary operators \\sqcup Binary operators \\sqrt Square roots and radicals \\sqsubseteq Set notation \\sqsuperseteq Set notation \\star Binary operators \\subset Set notation \\subseteq Set notation \\succ Relational operators \\succeq Relational operators \\sum Math operators \\superset Set notation \\superseteq Set notation \\swarrow Arrows \\tau Greek letters \\Tau Greek letters \\therefore Relational operators \\theta Greek letters \\Theta Greek letters \\thicksp Space characters \\thinsp Space characters \\tilde Accents \\times Binary operators \\to Arrows \\top Logic notation \\tvec Arrows \\ubar Accents \\Ubar Accents \\underbar Accents \\underbrace Accents \\underbracket Accents \\underline Accents \\underparen Accents \\uparrow Arrows \\Uparrow Arrows \\updownarrow Arrows \\Updownarrow Arrows \\uplus Binary operators \\upsilon Greek letters \\Upsilon Greek letters \\varepsilon Greek letters \\varphi Greek letters \\varpi Greek letters \\varrho Greek letters \\varsigma Greek letters \\vartheta Greek letters \\vbar Delimiters \\vdash Relational operators \\vdots Dots \\vec Accents \\vee Binary operators \\vert Delimiters \\Vert Delimiters \\Vmatrix Matrices \\vphantom Arrows \\vthicksp Space characters \\wedge Binary operators \\wp Symbols \\wr Binary operators \\xi Greek letters \\Xi Greek letters \\zeta Greek letters \\Zeta Greek letters \\zwnj Space characters \\zwsp Space characters ~= Relational operators -+ Binary operators +- Binary operators << Relational operators <= Relational operators -> Arrows >= Relational operators >> Relational operators" + "title": "AutoCorrect Features", + "body": "The AutoCorrect features in ONLYOFFICE Docs are used to automatically format text when detected or insert special math symbols by recognizing particular character usage. The available AutoCorrect options are listed in the corresponding dialog box. To access it, go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options. The AutoCorrect dialog box consists of three tabs: Math Autocorrect, Recognized Functions, and AutoFormat As You Type. Math AutoCorrect When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents, and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery. In the equation editor, place the insertion point within the necessary placeholder, type a math autocorrect code, then press Spacebar. The entered code will be converted into the corresponding symbol, and the space will be eliminated. Note: The codes are case sensitive. You can add, modify, restore, and remove autocorrect entries from the AutoCorrect list. Go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Math AutoCorrect. Adding an entry to the AutoCorrect list Enter the autocorrect code you want to use in the Replace box. Enter the symbol to be assigned to the code you entered in the By box. Click the Add button. Modifying an entry on the AutoCorrect list Select the entry to be modified. You can change the information in both fields: the code in the Replace box or the symbol in the By box. Click the Replace button. Removing entries from the AutoCorrect list Select an entry to remove from the list. Click the Delete button. To restore the previously deleted entries, select the entry to be restored from the list and click the Restore button. Use the Reset to default button to restore default settings. Any autocorrect entry you added will be removed and the changed ones will be restored to their original values. To disable Math AutoCorrect and to avoid automatic changes and replacements, uncheck the Replace text as you type box. The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Document Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Math AutoCorrect. The supported codes Code Symbol Category !! Symbols ... Dots :: Operators := Operators /< Relational operators /> Relational operators /= Relational operators \\above Above/Below scripts \\acute Accents \\aleph Hebrew letters \\alpha Greek letters \\Alpha Greek letters \\amalg Binary operators \\angle Geometry notation \\aoint Integrals \\approx Relational operators \\asmash Arrows \\ast Binary operators \\asymp Relational operators \\atop Operators \\bar Over/Underbar \\Bar Accents \\because Relational operators \\begin Delimiters \\below Above/Below scripts \\bet Hebrew letters \\beta Greek letters \\Beta Greek letters \\beth Hebrew letters \\bigcap Large operators \\bigcup Large operators \\bigodot Large operators \\bigoplus Large operators \\bigotimes Large operators \\bigsqcup Large operators \\biguplus Large operators \\bigvee Large operators \\bigwedge Large operators \\binomial Equations \\bot Logic notation \\bowtie Relational operators \\box Symbols \\boxdot Binary operators \\boxminus Binary operators \\boxplus Binary operators \\bra Delimiters \\break Symbols \\breve Accents \\bullet Binary operators \\cap Binary operators \\cbrt Square roots and radicals \\cases Symbols \\cdot Binary operators \\cdots Dots \\check Accents \\chi Greek letters \\Chi Greek letters \\circ Binary operators \\close Delimiters \\clubsuit Symbols \\coint Integrals \\cong Relational operators \\coprod Math operators \\cup Binary operators \\dalet Hebrew letters \\daleth Hebrew letters \\dashv Relational operators \\dd Double-struck letters \\Dd Double-struck letters \\ddddot Accents \\dddot Accents \\ddot Accents \\ddots Dots \\defeq Relational operators \\degc Symbols \\degf Symbols \\degree Symbols \\delta Greek letters \\Delta Greek letters \\Deltaeq Operators \\diamond Binary operators \\diamondsuit Symbols \\div Binary operators \\dot Accents \\doteq Relational operators \\dots Dots \\doublea Double-struck letters \\doubleA Double-struck letters \\doubleb Double-struck letters \\doubleB Double-struck letters \\doublec Double-struck letters \\doubleC Double-struck letters \\doubled Double-struck letters \\doubleD Double-struck letters \\doublee Double-struck letters \\doubleE Double-struck letters \\doublef Double-struck letters \\doubleF Double-struck letters \\doubleg Double-struck letters \\doubleG Double-struck letters \\doubleh Double-struck letters \\doubleH Double-struck letters \\doublei Double-struck letters \\doubleI Double-struck letters \\doublej Double-struck letters \\doubleJ Double-struck letters \\doublek Double-struck letters \\doubleK Double-struck letters \\doublel Double-struck letters \\doubleL Double-struck letters \\doublem Double-struck letters \\doubleM Double-struck letters \\doublen Double-struck letters \\doubleN Double-struck letters \\doubleo Double-struck letters \\doubleO Double-struck letters \\doublep Double-struck letters \\doubleP Double-struck letters \\doubleq Double-struck letters \\doubleQ Double-struck letters \\doubler Double-struck letters \\doubleR Double-struck letters \\doubles Double-struck letters \\doubleS Double-struck letters \\doublet Double-struck letters \\doubleT Double-struck letters \\doubleu Double-struck letters \\doubleU Double-struck letters \\doublev Double-struck letters \\doubleV Double-struck letters \\doublew Double-struck letters \\doubleW Double-struck letters \\doublex Double-struck letters \\doubleX Double-struck letters \\doubley Double-struck letters \\doubleY Double-struck letters \\doublez Double-struck letters \\doubleZ Double-struck letters \\downarrow Arrows \\Downarrow Arrows \\dsmash Arrows \\ee Double-struck letters \\ell Symbols \\emptyset Set notations \\emsp Space characters \\end Delimiters \\ensp Space characters \\epsilon Greek letters \\Epsilon Greek letters \\eqarray Symbols \\equiv Relational operators \\eta Greek letters \\Eta Greek letters \\exists Logic notations \\forall Logic notations \\fraktura Fraktur letters \\frakturA Fraktur letters \\frakturb Fraktur letters \\frakturB Fraktur letters \\frakturc Fraktur letters \\frakturC Fraktur letters \\frakturd Fraktur letters \\frakturD Fraktur letters \\frakture Fraktur letters \\frakturE Fraktur letters \\frakturf Fraktur letters \\frakturF Fraktur letters \\frakturg Fraktur letters \\frakturG Fraktur letters \\frakturh Fraktur letters \\frakturH Fraktur letters \\frakturi Fraktur letters \\frakturI Fraktur letters \\frakturk Fraktur letters \\frakturK Fraktur letters \\frakturl Fraktur letters \\frakturL Fraktur letters \\frakturm Fraktur letters \\frakturM Fraktur letters \\frakturn Fraktur letters \\frakturN Fraktur letters \\frakturo Fraktur letters \\frakturO Fraktur letters \\frakturp Fraktur letters \\frakturP Fraktur letters \\frakturq Fraktur letters \\frakturQ Fraktur letters \\frakturr Fraktur letters \\frakturR Fraktur letters \\frakturs Fraktur letters \\frakturS Fraktur letters \\frakturt Fraktur letters \\frakturT Fraktur letters \\frakturu Fraktur letters \\frakturU Fraktur letters \\frakturv Fraktur letters \\frakturV Fraktur letters \\frakturw Fraktur letters \\frakturW Fraktur letters \\frakturx Fraktur letters \\frakturX Fraktur letters \\fraktury Fraktur letters \\frakturY Fraktur letters \\frakturz Fraktur letters \\frakturZ Fraktur letters \\frown Relational operators \\funcapply Binary operators \\G Greek letters \\gamma Greek letters \\Gamma Greek letters \\ge Relational operators \\geq Relational operators \\gets Arrows \\gg Relational operators \\gimel Hebrew letters \\grave Accents \\hairsp Space characters \\hat Accents \\hbar Symbols \\heartsuit Symbols \\hookleftarrow Arrows \\hookrightarrow Arrows \\hphantom Arrows \\hsmash Arrows \\hvec Accents \\identitymatrix Matrices \\ii Double-struck letters \\iiint Integrals \\iint Integrals \\iiiint Integrals \\Im Symbols \\imath Symbols \\in Relational operators \\inc Symbols \\infty Symbols \\int Integrals \\integral Integrals \\iota Greek letters \\Iota Greek letters \\itimes Math operators \\j Symbols \\jj Double-struck letters \\jmath Symbols \\kappa Greek letters \\Kappa Greek letters \\ket Delimiters \\lambda Greek letters \\Lambda Greek letters \\langle Delimiters \\lbbrack Delimiters \\lbrace Delimiters \\lbrack Delimiters \\lceil Delimiters \\ldiv Fraction slashes \\ldivide Fraction slashes \\ldots Dots \\le Relational operators \\left Delimiters \\leftarrow Arrows \\Leftarrow Arrows \\leftharpoondown Arrows \\leftharpoonup Arrows \\leftrightarrow Arrows \\Leftrightarrow Arrows \\leq Relational operators \\lfloor Delimiters \\lhvec Accents \\limit Limits \\ll Relational operators \\lmoust Delimiters \\Longleftarrow Arrows \\Longleftrightarrow Arrows \\Longrightarrow Arrows \\lrhar Arrows \\lvec Accents \\mapsto Arrows \\matrix Matrices \\medsp Space characters \\mid Relational operators \\middle Symbols \\models Relational operators \\mp Binary operators \\mu Greek letters \\Mu Greek letters \\nabla Symbols \\naryand Operators \\nbsp Space characters \\ne Relational operators \\nearrow Arrows \\neq Relational operators \\ni Relational operators \\norm Delimiters \\notcontain Relational operators \\notelement Relational operators \\notin Relational operators \\nu Greek letters \\Nu Greek letters \\nwarrow Arrows \\o Greek letters \\O Greek letters \\odot Binary operators \\of Operators \\oiiint Integrals \\oiint Integrals \\oint Integrals \\omega Greek letters \\Omega Greek letters \\ominus Binary operators \\open Delimiters \\oplus Binary operators \\otimes Binary operators \\over Delimiters \\overbar Accents \\overbrace Accents \\overbracket Accents \\overline Accents \\overparen Accents \\overshell Accents \\parallel Geometry notation \\partial Symbols \\pmatrix Matrices \\perp Geometry notation \\phantom Symbols \\phi Greek letters \\Phi Greek letters \\pi Greek letters \\Pi Greek letters \\pm Binary operators \\pppprime Primes \\ppprime Primes \\pprime Primes \\prec Relational operators \\preceq Relational operators \\prime Primes \\prod Math operators \\propto Relational operators \\psi Greek letters \\Psi Greek letters \\qdrt Square roots and radicals \\quadratic Square roots and radicals \\rangle Delimiters \\Rangle Delimiters \\ratio Relational operators \\rbrace Delimiters \\rbrack Delimiters \\Rbrack Delimiters \\rceil Delimiters \\rddots Dots \\Re Symbols \\rect Symbols \\rfloor Delimiters \\rho Greek letters \\Rho Greek letters \\rhvec Accents \\right Delimiters \\rightarrow Arrows \\Rightarrow Arrows \\rightharpoondown Arrows \\rightharpoonup Arrows \\rmoust Delimiters \\root Symbols \\scripta Scripts \\scriptA Scripts \\scriptb Scripts \\scriptB Scripts \\scriptc Scripts \\scriptC Scripts \\scriptd Scripts \\scriptD Scripts \\scripte Scripts \\scriptE Scripts \\scriptf Scripts \\scriptF Scripts \\scriptg Scripts \\scriptG Scripts \\scripth Scripts \\scriptH Scripts \\scripti Scripts \\scriptI Scripts \\scriptk Scripts \\scriptK Scripts \\scriptl Scripts \\scriptL Scripts \\scriptm Scripts \\scriptM Scripts \\scriptn Scripts \\scriptN Scripts \\scripto Scripts \\scriptO Scripts \\scriptp Scripts \\scriptP Scripts \\scriptq Scripts \\scriptQ Scripts \\scriptr Scripts \\scriptR Scripts \\scripts Scripts \\scriptS Scripts \\scriptt Scripts \\scriptT Scripts \\scriptu Scripts \\scriptU Scripts \\scriptv Scripts \\scriptV Scripts \\scriptw Scripts \\scriptW Scripts \\scriptx Scripts \\scriptX Scripts \\scripty Scripts \\scriptY Scripts \\scriptz Scripts \\scriptZ Scripts \\sdiv Fraction slashes \\sdivide Fraction slashes \\searrow Arrows \\setminus Binary operators \\sigma Greek letters \\Sigma Greek letters \\sim Relational operators \\simeq Relational operators \\smash Arrows \\smile Relational operators \\spadesuit Symbols \\sqcap Binary operators \\sqcup Binary operators \\sqrt Square roots and radicals \\sqsubseteq Set notation \\sqsuperseteq Set notation \\star Binary operators \\subset Set notation \\subseteq Set notation \\succ Relational operators \\succeq Relational operators \\sum Math operators \\superset Set notation \\superseteq Set notation \\swarrow Arrows \\tau Greek letters \\Tau Greek letters \\therefore Relational operators \\theta Greek letters \\Theta Greek letters \\thicksp Space characters \\thinsp Space characters \\tilde Accents \\times Binary operators \\to Arrows \\top Logic notation \\tvec Arrows \\ubar Accents \\Ubar Accents \\underbar Accents \\underbrace Accents \\underbracket Accents \\underline Accents \\underparen Accents \\uparrow Arrows \\Uparrow Arrows \\updownarrow Arrows \\Updownarrow Arrows \\uplus Binary operators \\upsilon Greek letters \\Upsilon Greek letters \\varepsilon Greek letters \\varphi Greek letters \\varpi Greek letters \\varrho Greek letters \\varsigma Greek letters \\vartheta Greek letters \\vbar Delimiters \\vdash Relational operators \\vdots Dots \\vec Accents \\vee Binary operators \\vert Delimiters \\Vert Delimiters \\Vmatrix Matrices \\vphantom Arrows \\vthicksp Space characters \\wedge Binary operators \\wp Symbols \\wr Binary operators \\xi Greek letters \\Xi Greek letters \\zeta Greek letters \\Zeta Greek letters \\zwnj Space characters \\zwsp Space characters ~= Relational operators -+ Binary operators +- Binary operators << Relational operators <= Relational operators -> Arrows >= Relational operators >> Relational operators Recognized Functions In this tab, you will find the list of math expressions that will be recognized by the Equation editor as functions and therefore will not be automatically italicized. For the list of recognized functions go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Recognized Functions. To add an entry to the list of recognized functions, enter the function in the blank field and click the Add button. To remove an entry from the list of recognized functions, select the function to be removed and click the Delete button. To restore the previously deleted entries, select the entry to be restored from the list and click the Restore button. Use the Reset to default button to restore default settings. Any function you added will be removed and the removed ones will be restored. AutoFormat As You Type By default, the editor formats the text while you are typing according to the auto-formatting presets, for instance, it automatically starts a bullet list or a numbered list when a list is detected, or replaces quotation marks, or converts hyphens to dashes. If you need to disable auto-formatting presets, uncheck the box for the unnecessary options, go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> AutoFormat As You Type." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "title": "Show/hide nonprinting characters", "body": "Nonprinting characters help you edit a document. They indicate the presence of various types of formatting elements, but they cannot be printed with the document even if they are displayed on the screen. To show or hide nonprinting characters, click the Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab on the top toolbar. Alternatively, you can use the Ctrl+Shift+Num8 key combination. Nonprinting characters include: Spaces Inserted when you press the Spacebar on the keyboard. They create a space between characters. Tabs Inserted when you press the Tab key. They are used to advance the cursor to the next tab stop. Paragraph marks (i.e. hard returns) Inserted when you press the Enter key. They ends a paragraph and adds a bit of space after it. They also contain information about the paragraph formatting. Line breaks (i.e. soft returns) Inserted when you use the Shift+Enter key combination. They break the current line and put the text lines close together. Soft return are primarily used in titles and headings. Nonbreaking spaces Inserted when you use the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar key combination. They create a space between characters which can't be used to start a new line. Page breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon on the Insert or Layout tabs of the top toolbar and then select one of the Insert Page Break submenu options (the section break indicator differs depending on which option is selected: Next Page, Continuous Page, Even Page or Odd Page). Section breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon on the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select one of the Insert Section Break submenu options (the section break indicator differs depending on which option is selected: Next Page, Continuous Page, Even Page or Odd Page). Column breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon on the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option. End-of-cell and end-of row markers in tables Contain formatting codes for an individual cell and a row, respectively. Small black square in the margin to the left of a paragraph Indicates that at least one of the paragraph options was applied, e.g. Keep lines together, Page break before. Anchor symbols Indicate the position of floating objects (objects whose wrapping style is different from Inline), e.g. images, autoshapes, charts. You should select an object to make its anchor visible." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/OCR.htm", + "title": "Extract text from an image", + "body": "With ONLYOFFICE you can extract text from an image (.png .jpg) and insert it in your document. Open your document and place the cursor on the spot where you want to insert the text. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose OCR from the menu. Click Load File and select the image. Choose the recognition language from the Choose Language pull-down menu. Click Recognize. Click Insert text. You should check the inserted text for errors and layout." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "title": "Create a new document or open an existing one", @@ -275,6 +325,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Change paragraph indents", "body": "the Document Editor, you can change the first line offset from the left side of the page as well as the paragraph offset from the left and right sides of the page. To do that, place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar, in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab and set the necessary parameters in the Indents section: Left - set the paragraph offset from the left side of the page specifying the necessary numeric value, Right - set the paragraph offset from the right side of the page specifying the necessary numeric value, Special - set an indent for the first line of the paragraph: select the corresponding menu item ((none), First line, Hanging) and change the default numeric value specified for First Line or Hanging, click the OK button. To quickly change the paragraph offset from the left side of the page, you can also use the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent and Increase indent . You can also use the horizontal ruler to set indents. Select the necessary paragraph(s) and drag the indent markers along the ruler. The First Line Indent marker is used to set an offset from the left side of the page for the first line of the paragraph. The Hanging Indent marker is used to set an offset from the left side of the page for the second line and all the subsequent lines of the paragraph. The Left Indent marker is used to set an offset for the entire paragraph from the left side of the page. The Right Indent marker is used to set a paragraph offset from the right side of the page." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm", + "title": "Edit an image", + "body": "ONLYOFFICE comes with a very powerful photo editor, that allows you to adjust the image with filters and make all kinds of annotations. Select an image in your document. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Photo Editor. You are now in the editing environment. Below the image you will find the following checkboxes and slider filters: Grayscale, Sepia, Sepia 2, Blur, Emboss, Invert, Sharpen; Remove White (Threshhold, Distance), Gradient transparency, Brightness, Noise, Pixelate, Color Filter; Tint, Multiply, Blend. Below the filters you will find buttons for Undo, Redo and Resetting; Delete, Delete all; Crop (Custom, Square, 3:2, 4:3, 5:4, 7:5, 16:9); Flip (Flip X, Flip Y, Reset); Rotate (30 degree, -30 degree,Manual rotation slider); Draw (Free, Straight, Color, Size slider); Shape (Recrangle, Circle, Triangle, Fill, Stroke, Stroke size); Icon (Arrows, Stars, Polygon, Location, Heart, Bubble, Custom icon, Color); Text (Bold, Italic, Underline, Left, Center, Right, Color, Text size); Mask. Feel free to try all of these and remember you can always undo them. When finished, click the OK button. The edited picture is now included in the document." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Save/download/print your document", @@ -288,7 +343,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm", "title": "Set up a paragraph outline level", - "body": "Set up paragraph outline level An outline level is the paragraph level in the document structure. The following levels are available: Basic Text, Level 1 - Level 9. The outline level can be specified in different ways, for example, by using heading styles: once you assign a heading style (Heading 1 - Heading 9) to a paragraph, it acquires yje corresponding outline level. If you assign a level to a paragraph using the paragraph advanced settings, the paragraph acquires the structure level only while its style remains unchanged. The outline level can be also changed in the Navigation panel on the left using the contextual menu options. To change a paragraph outline level using the paragraph advanced settings, right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or use the Show advanced settings option on the right sidebar, open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab, select the necessary outline level from the Outline level list. click the OK button to apply the changes." + "body": "Set up paragraph outline level An outline level is the paragraph level in the document structure. The following levels are available: Basic Text, Level 1 - Level 9. The outline level can be specified in different ways, for example, by using heading styles: once you assign a heading style (Heading 1 - Heading 9) to a paragraph, it acquires the corresponding outline level. If you assign a level to a paragraph using the paragraph advanced settings, the paragraph acquires the structure level only while its style remains unchanged. The outline level can be also changed in the Navigation panel on the left using the contextual menu options. To change a paragraph outline level using the paragraph advanced settings, right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or use the Show advanced settings option on the right sidebar, open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab, select the necessary outline level from the Outline level list. click the OK button to apply the changes." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", @@ -300,6 +355,21 @@ var indexes = "title": "Set tab stops", "body": "In the Document Editor, you can change tab stops. A tab stop is a term used to describe the location where the cursor stops after the Tab key is pressed. To set tab stops you can use the horizontal ruler: Select the necessary tab stop type by clicking the button in the upper left corner of the working area. The following three tab types are available: Left Tab Stop lines up the text to the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop while you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler with the Left Tab Stop marker. Center Tab Stop centers the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler with the Center Tab Stop marker. Right Tab Stop lines up the text to the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop while you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler with the Right Tab Stop marker. Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. You can also use the paragraph properties window to adjust tab stops. Click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar, and switch to the Tabs tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. You can set the following parameters: Default Tab is set at 1.25 cm. You can decrease or increase this value by using the arrow buttons or entering the required value in the box. Tab Position is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the required value in this box, adjust it more precisely by using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. If you've previously added some tab stops using the ruler, all these tab positions will also be displayed in the list. Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. Leader - allows choosing a character to create a leader for each tab positions. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between tabs. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the leader type from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. To delete tab stops from the list, select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Speech.htm", + "title": "Read the text out loud", + "body": "ONLYOFFICE has a plugin that can read out the text for you. Select the text to be read out. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Speech. The text will now be read out." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm", + "title": "Replace a word by a synonym", + "body": "If you are using the same word multiple times, or a word is just not quite the word you are looking for, ONLYOFFICE let you look up synonyms. It will show you the antonyms too. Select the word in your document. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Thesaurus. The synonyms and antonyms will show up in the left sidebar. Click a word to replace the word in your document." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Translator.htm", + "title": "Translate text", + "body": "You can translate your document from and to numerous languages. Select the text that you want to translate. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Translator, the Translator appears in a sidebar on the left. Click the drop-down box and choose the preferred language. The text will be translated to the required language. Changing the language of your result: Click the drop-down box and choose the preferred language. The translation will change immediately." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "title": "Use Mail Merge", @@ -309,5 +379,15 @@ var indexes = "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "title": "View document information", "body": "To access the detailed information about the currently edited document, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Document Info... option. General Information The document information includes a number of the file properties which describe the document. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited. Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who has created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only. Statistics - the number of pages, paragraphs, words, symbols, symbols with spaces. Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow yoy to simplify your documents classification. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields. Last Modified - the date and time when the file was last modified. Last Modified By - the name of the user who has made the latest change to the document. This option is available if the document has been shared and can be edited by several users. Application - the application the document has been created with. Author - the person who has created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows you to specify one more author. If you changed the file properties, click the Apply button to apply the changes. Note: The online Editors allow you to change the name of the document directly in the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in a new window that will appear and click OK. Permission Information In the online version, you can view the information about permissions to the files stored in the cloud. Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To find out who have rights to view or edit the document, select the Access Rights... option on the left sidebar. You can also change currently selected access rights by pressing the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section. Version History In the online version, you can view the version history for the files stored in the cloud. Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To view all the changes made to this document, select the Version History option at the left sidebar. It's also possible to open the history of versions using the Version History icon on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. You'll see the list of this document versions (major changes) and revisions (minor changes) with the indication of each version/revision author and creation date and time. For document versions, the version number is also specified (e.g. ver. 2). To know exactly which changes have been made in each separate version/revision, you can view the one you need by clicking it on the left sidebar. The changes made by the version/revision author are marked with the color which is displayed next to the author's name on the left sidebar. You can use the Restore link below the selected version/revision to restore it. To return to the current version of the document, use the Close History option on the top of the version list. To close the File panel and return to document editing, select the Close Menu option." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Wordpress.htm", + "title": "Upload a document to Wordpress", + "body": "You can write your articles in your ONLYOFFICE environment and upload them as a Wordpress-article. Connect to Wordpress Open your document. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Wordpress. Log in into your Wordpress account and choose the website page you want to post your document on. Enter a title for your article. Click Publish to publish immediatly or Save as draft to publish later from your WordPress site or app." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm", + "title": "Include a video", + "body": "You can include a video in your document. It will be shown as an image. By double-clicking the image the video dialog opens. Here you can start the video. Copy the URL of the video you want to include. (the complete address shown in the address line of your browser) Go to your document and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the video. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose YouTube. Paste the URL and click OK. Check if it is the correct video and click the OK button below the video. The video is now included in your document." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json index 87c830861..9b99586f7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", - "name": "Pestaña Configuración de Formato" + "name": "Pestaña Diseño" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", - "name": "Pestaña de Referencias" + "name": "Pestaña de referencias" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", - "name": "Pestaña de Colaboración" + "name": "Pestaña de colaboración" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", - "name": "Pestaña de Plugins" + "name": "Pestaña de Extensiones" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", @@ -70,6 +70,10 @@ "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", "name": "Insertar pies de página" }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm", + "name": "Añada marcadores" + }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "name": "Alinee su texto en un párrafo", @@ -122,7 +126,7 @@ }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", - "name": "Añadir hiperenlace" + "name": "Añada hiperenlaces" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", @@ -133,6 +137,10 @@ "name": "Inserte tablas", "headername": "Operaciones en objetos" }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", + "name": "Usar fórmulas en tablas" + }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "name": "Inserte imágenes" diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 3ef9263a0..e9d1ae56e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Sobre el editor de documentos + Sobre Document Editor @@ -13,10 +13,10 @@
      -

      Sobre el editor de documentos

      +

      Sobre Document Editor

      El Editor de documentos es una aplicación en línea que le permite revisar y editar documentos directamente en su navegador.

      -

      Cuando usa el Editor de documentos, puede realizar varias operaciones de edición como en cualquier editor desktop, imprimir los documentos editados manteniendo todos los detalles de formato o descargarlos en el disco duro de su ordenador como archivos DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF o HTML.

      -

      Para ver la versión de software actual y los detalles de licenciador, haga clic en el icono Icono Acerca de en la barra de menú a la izquierda.

      +

      Con el Editor de documentos puede realizar varias operaciones de edición, como en cualquier herramienta de autoedición, imprimir los documentos editados, manteniendo todo los detalles de formato o descargarlos en el disco duro de su ordenador como archivos DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF o HTML.

      +

      Para ver la versión actual de software y la información de la licencia en la versión en línea, haga clic en el icono Icono Acerca de en la barra izquierda lateral. Para ver la versión actual de software y la información de la licencia en la versión de escritorio, selecciona la opción Acerca de en la barra lateral izquierda de la ventana principal del programa.

      \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 7ddd2a140..e4d98dc1a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -14,21 +14,21 @@

      Ajustes avanzados del editor de documentos

      -

      El editor de documentos le permite cambiar los ajustes avanzados. Para acceder a ellos, pulse la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados.... También puede usar el Icono de Ajustes avanzados icono en la esquina derecha de arriba en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior.

      +

      El editor de documentos le permite cambiar los ajustes avanzados. Para acceder a ellos, abra la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados.... También puede hacer clic en el icono Mostrar Ajustes Icono Mostrar ajustes a la derecha del editor de encabezado y seleccionar la opción Ajustes Avanzados.

      Los ajustes avanzados son:

        -
      • La Demostración de Comentarios se usa para activar/desactivar la opción de comentar en tiempo real.
          +
        • Visualización de Comentarios se usa para activar/desactivar la opción de comentar en tiempo real.
          • Active la demostración de los comentarios -Si desactiva esta opción, los pasajes comentados se resaltarán solo si hace clic en el icono Comentarios Icono Comentarios en la barra de herramientas de la parte izquierda.
            • -
          • Active la demostración de los comentarios resueltos - Si desactiva esta función, los comentarios resueltos se esconderán en el texto del documento. Será capaz de ver estos comentarios solo si hace clic en el Icono Comentarios icono de Comentarios en la barra de herramientas de la parte izquierda.
            • +
          • Mostrar los comentarios resueltos - esta característica está desactivada por defecto de manera que los comentarios resueltos queden ocultos en el texto del documento. Será capaz de ver estos comentarios solo si hace clic en el Icono Comentarios icono de Comentarios en la barra de herramientas izquierda. Active esta opción si desea mostrar los comentarios resueltos en el texto del documento.
        • La Corrección ortográfica se usa para activar/desactivar la opción de corrección ortográfica.
        • La Entrada alternativa se usa para activar/desactivar jeroglíficos.
        • La Guía de alineación se usa para activar/desactivar las guías de alineación que aparecen cuando mueve objetos y le permite posicionarlos en la página de forma precisa.
          • -
        • El Guardado automático se usa para activar/desactivar el guardado automático de cambios mientras está editando.
          • -
        • El Modo Co-edición se usa para seleccionar la visualización de los cambios hechos durante la co-edición:
            -
          • De forma predeterminada se selecciona el modo Rápido, los usuarios que participan en el documento co-editando verán los cambios en tiempo real una vez que los otros usuarios los realicen.
            • -
          • Si prefiere no ver los cambios de otros usuarios (para que no le moleste, o por otros motivos), seleccione el modo Estricto y todos los cambios se mostrarán solo después de hacer clic en el Icono Guardar icono Guardar, y le notificará que hay cambios de otros usuarios.
            • +
          • Guardar automáticamente se usa en la versión en línea para activar/desactivar el autoguardado de los cambios mientras edita. La Autorecuperación - se usa en la versión de escritorio para activar/desactivar la opción que permite recuperar automáticamente los documentos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa.
            • +
          • El Modo Co-edición se usa para seleccionar la visualización de los cambios hechos durante la co-edición:
              +
            • De forma predeterminada, el modo Rápido es seleccionado, los usuarios que participan en la co-edición del documento verán los cambios a tiempo real una vez que estos se lleven a cabo por otros usuarios.
              • +
            • Si prefiere no ver los cambios de otros usuarios (para que no le moleste, o por otros motivos), seleccione el modo Estricto, y todos los cambios se mostrarán solo una vez que haga clic en el icono Icono Guardar Guardar, notificándole que hay cambios de otros usuarios.
          • Los Cambios colaborativos a tiempo real se usan para especificar los cambios que quiere que destaquen durante la fase de co-edición:
              @@ -37,16 +37,16 @@
            • Al seleccionar la opción Ver últimos, solo tales cambios producidos desde la última vez que hiciste clic en el Icono Guardar icono Guardar se resaltarán. Esta opción solo está disponible cuando el modo de co-edición Estricto está seleccionado.
            • -
          • El Valor de zoom predeterminado se usa para establecer el valor de zoom predeterminado seleccionándolo en la lista de las opciones disponibles, desde un 50% hasta un 200%. También puede elegir la opción Ajustar a la página o Ajustar al ancho.
            • +
          • Valor de Zoom Predeterminado se usa para establecer el valor de zoom predeterminado seleccionándolo en la lista de las opciones disponibles que van desde 50% hasta 200%. También puede elegir la opción Ajustar a la página o Ajustar al ancho.
          • La Optimización de fuentes se usa para seleccionar el tipo de letra que se muestra en el editor de documentos:
              -
            • Elija Como Windows si le gusta cómo se muestran los tipos de letra en Windows (usando la optimización de fuentes de Windows).
              • -
            • Elija Como OS X si le gusta cómo se muestran los tipos de letra en Mac (sin optimización de fuentes).
              • -
            • Elija Nativo si quiere que su texto se muestre con sugerencias incorporadas en archivos de fuentes.
              • +
            • Elija como Windows si a usted le gusta cómo se muestran los tipos de letra en Windows (usando hinting de Windows).
              • +
            • Elija como OS X si a usted le gusta como se muestran los tipos de letra en Mac (sin hinting).
              • +
            • Elija Nativo si usted quiere que su texto se muestre con sugerencias de hinting incorporadas en archivos de fuentes.
            • -
          • La Unidad de medida se usa para especificar qué unidades se usan en las reglas y las ventanas de propiedades para medir ancho, altura, espaciado, márgenes y otros parámetros de elementos. Puede seleccionar la opción Centímetro o Punto.
            • +
          • Unidad de medida se usa para especificar qué unidades se usan en las reglas y en las ventanas de propiedades para medir el ancho, la altura, el espaciado y los márgenes, entre otros. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Centímetro, Punto o Pulgada.
          -

          Para guardar los cambios realizados, pulse el botón Aplicar.

          +

          Para guardar los cambios realizados, haga clic en el botón Aplicar.

          \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 35743febb..e776d0dad 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -20,15 +20,25 @@
        • indicación visual de pasajes que se están editando por otros usuarios
        • visualización de cambios en tiempo real o sincronización de cambios al pulsar un botón
        • chat para compartir ideas respecto a las partes particulares de documento
          • -
        • comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o un problema que hay que resolver
          • +
        • comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o problema que hay que resolver (también es posible trabajar con comentarios en modo sin conexión, sin necesidad de conectarse a la versión en línea)
        +
        +

        Conectándose a la versión en línea

        +

        En el editor de escritorio, abra la opción de Conectar a la nube del menú de la izquierda en la ventana principal del programa. Conéctese a su suite de ofimática en la nube especificando el nombre de usuario y la contraseña de su cuenta.

        +

        Co-edición

        -

        Editor de documentos permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar Icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Icono del modo de Co-edición Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

        -

        Menú del modo de Co-edición

        +

        Editor de documentos permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles:

        +
          +
        • Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real.
          • +
        • Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar Icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios.
          • +
        +

        El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Icono del modo de Co-edición Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

        +

        Menú del modo de Co-edición

        +

        Nota: cuando co-edita un documento en modo Rápido la posibilidad de Rehacer la última operación que se deshizo no está disponible.

        Cuando un documento se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, los pasajes de texto editados aparecen marcados con línea discontinua de diferentes colores. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre uno de los pasajes editados se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editandolo en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los coeditores cuando ellos están editando el texto.

        El número de los usuarios que están trabajando en el documento actual se especifica en la esquina inferior izquierda del encabezado para editar - Icono Número de usuarios. Si quiere ver quién está editando el archivo en ese preciso momento, pulse este icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios.

        -

        Cuando ningún usuario esté viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editar se verá así Gestionar derechos de acceso de documentos permitiéndole gestionar qué usuarios tienen acceso a los derechos del archivo desde el documento: invite a nuevos usuarios dándoles permiso para editar, leer, o revisar el documento, o niegue el acceso a los derechos del archivo a usuarios. Haga clic en este icono para manejar acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como Icono Número de usuarios. También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Icono de comparitr Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

        +

        Cuando ningún usuario esté viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editor se verá así Gestionar derechos de acceso de documentos, permitiéndole gestionar a los usuarios que tienen acceso al archivo desde el documento: invitar a nuevos usuarios dándoles permisos para editar, leer, comentar, rellenar formularioso revisar el documento, o denegar a algunos usuarios los derechos de acceso al archivo. Haga clic en este icono para manejar acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como Icono Número de usuarios. También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Icono de comparitr Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

        Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono Icono Guardar, los otros verán una nota dentro de la barra de estado indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono Icono Guardar en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Las actualizaciones se resaltarán para que usted pueda verificar qué se ha cambiado de forma concreta.

        Puede especificar qué cambios se requiere resaltar durante el proceso de co-edición si hace clic en la pestaña d la barra de herramientas superior, selecciona la opción Ajustes Avanzados... y elija entre Ver ningunos, Ver todo y Ver últimos cambios de colaboración en tiempo real. Seleccionando la opción Ver todo, todos los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual serán resaltados. Seleccinando la opción Ver últimos, solo tales cambios que han sido introducidos desde la última vez que hizo clic en el icono Icono Guardar se resaltarán. Seleccionando la opción Ver ningunos, los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual no serán resaltados.

        Chat

        @@ -44,6 +54,7 @@

        Para cerrar el panel con mensajes de chat, haga clic en el ícono Icono Chat en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda o el botón Icono Chat Chat en la barra de herramientas superior una vez más.

        Comentarios

        +

        Es posible trabajar con comentarios en el modo sin conexión, sin necesidad de conectarse a la versión en línea.

        Para dejar un comentario,

        1. seleccione un pasaje de texto donde hay un error o problema, en su opinión,
          2. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 7257e2b00..7e97c2e74 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ + +
          @@ -14,334 +16,641 @@

          Atajos de teclado

          - +
            +
          • Windows/Linux
          • Mac OS
            • +
          +
          - + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - + + + - - + + + - + + - - + + + - + + - - + + + - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + + - + + - + - + + - + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + - - + + + - + + - + - + + - + + - - + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + - - - + + + + - - + + + - + + - + + - + + - - + + + - - + + + - + + - + + - + + - - + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + + - + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - - + + + - + + - - + + + + + + + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
          Trabajando con DocumentoTrabajando con Documento
          Abrir panel 'Archivo'Alt+FAbre el panel Archivo para guardar, descargar, imprimir el documento corriente, revisar la información, crear un documento nuevo o abrir uno que ya existe, acceder a ayuda o a ajustes avanzados del editor de documentos.Abrir panel 'Archivo'Alt+F⌥ Opción+FAbre el panel Archivo para guardar, descargar, imprimir el documento corriente, revisar la información, crear un documento nuevo o abrir uno que ya existe, acceder a ayuda o a ajustes avanzados del editor de documentos.
          Abrir panel de 'Búsqueda'Ctrl+FAbre el panel Búsqueda para empezar a buscar un carácter/palabra/frase en el documento actualmente editado.Abrir ventana 'Encontrar y Reemplazar’Ctrl+F^ Ctrl+F,
          ⌘ Cmd+F          		Abra el cuadro de diálogo Buscar y reemplazar para comenzar a buscar un carácter/palabra/frase en el documento que se está editando.
          Abra el cuadro de diálogo 'Buscar y reemplazar’ con el campo de reemplazoCtrl+H^ Ctrl+HAbra el cuadro de diálogo Buscar y reemplazar con el campo de reemplazo para reemplazar una o más apariciones de los caracteres encontrados.
          Repita la última acción de ‘Buscar’⇧ Mayús+F4⇧ Mayús+F4,
          ⌘ Cmd+G,
          ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+F4          		Repita la acción Buscar que se ha realizado antes de pulsar la combinación de teclas.
          Abrir panel 'Comentarios'Ctrl+Shift+HAbre el panel Comentarios para añadir su propio comentario o contestar a comentarios de otros usuarios.Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+H^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+H,
          ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+H          		Abra el panel Comentarios para añadir sus propios comentarios o contestar a los comentarios de otros usuarios.
          Abrir campo de comentariosAlt+HAbre un campo a donde usted puede añadir un texto o su comentario.Alt+H⌥ Opción+HAbra un campo de entrada de datos en el que se pueda añadir el texto de su comentario.
          Abrir panel 'Chat'Alt+QAlt+Q⌥ Opción+Q Abre el panel Chat y envía un mensaje.
          Guardar documentoCtrl+SGuarde todos los cambios del documento actualmente editado usando el editor de documentos.Ctrl+S^ Ctrl+S,
          ⌘ Cmd+S          		Guarde todos los cambios del documento actualmente editado usando el editor de documentos. El archivo activo se guardará con su actual nombre, ubicación y formato de archivo.
          Imprimir documentoCtrl+PCtrl+P^ Ctrl+P,
          ⌘ Cmd+P          		 Imprime el documento usando una de las impresoras o guárdalo en un archivo.
          Descargar como...Ctrl+Shift+SGuarda el documento actualmente editado en la unidad de disco duro del ordenador en uno de los formatos admitidos: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML.Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+S^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+S,
          ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+S          		Abra el panel Descargar como... para guardar el documento que se está editando en la unidad de disco duro del ordenador en uno de los formatos compatibles: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML.
          Pantalla completaF11F11 Cambia a vista de pantalla completa para ajustar el editor de documentos a su pantalla.
          Menú de ayudaF1F1F1 Abre el menú de Ayuda de el editor de documentos.
          Abrir un archivo existente (Editores de escritorio)Ctrl+OEn la pestaña Abrir archivo local de los Editores de escritorio, abre el cuadro de diálogo estándar que permite seleccionar un archivo existente.
          Cerrar archivo (Editores de escritorio)Ctrl+W,
          Ctrl+F4          		^ Ctrl+W,
          ⌘ Cmd+W          		Cierra la ventana del documento actual en los Editores de escritorio.
          Menú contextual de elementos⇧ Mayús+F10⇧ Mayús+F10Abre el menú contextual del elementos seleccionado.
          NavegaciónNavegación
          Saltar al principio de la líneaInicioInicioInicio Poner el cursor al principio de la línea actualmente editada .
          Saltar al principio del documentoCtrl+HomeCtrl+Inicio^ Ctrl+Inicio Poner el cursor al principio del documento actualmente editado.
          Saltar al fin de la líneaFinFinFin Mete el cursor al fin de la línea actualmente editada.
          Saltar al pie del documentoCtrl+EndCtrl+Fin^ Ctrl+Fin Poner el cursor al pie del documento actualmente editado.
          Saltar al principio de la página anteriorAlt+Ctrl+Re PágColoca el cursor al principio de la página que precede a la página que se está editando.
          Saltar al principio de la página siguienteAlt+Ctrl+Av Pág⌥ Opción+⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+Av PágColoca el cursor al principio de la página siguiente a la página que se está editando.
          Desplazar abajoPgDnAv PágAv Pág,
          ⌥ Opción+Fn+↑          		 Desplaza el documento aproximadamente una página visible abajo.
          Desplazar arribaPgUpRe PágRe Pág,
          ⌥ Opción+Fn+↓          		 Desplaza el documento aproximadamente una página visible arriba.
          Página siguienteAlt+PgDnAlt+Av Pág⌥ Opción+Av Pág Traslada a la página siguiente del documento actualmente editado.
          Página anteriorAlt+PgUpAlt+Re Pág⌥ Opción+Re Pág Traslada a la página anterior del documento actualmente editado.
          AcercarCtrl++Ctrl++^ Ctrl+=,
          ⌘ Cmd+=          		 Acerca el documento actualmente editado.
          AlejarCtrl+-Ctrl+-^ Ctrl+-,
          ⌘ Cmd+-          		 Aleja el documento actualmente editado.
          Mover un carácter a la izquierda←←Mover el cursor un carácter a la izquierda.
          Mover un carácter a la derecha→→Mover el cursor un carácter a la derecha.
          Ir al principio de una palabra o una palabra a la izquierdaCtrl+←^ Ctrl+←,
          ⌘ Cmd+←          		Mueva el cursor al principio de una palabra o una palabra a la izquierda.
          Mover una palabra a la derechaCtrl+→^ Ctrl+→,
          ⌘ Cmd+→          		Mover el cursor una palabra a la derecha.
          Mover una línea hacia arriba↑↑Mover el cursor una línea hacia arriba.
          Mover una línea hacia abajo↓↓Mover el cursor una línea hacia abajo.
          EscribiendoEscribiendo
          Terminar párrafoEnter↵ Entrar↵ Volver Termina el párrafo corriente y empieza el otro.
          Añadir salto de líneaShift+Enter⇧ Mayús+↵ Entrar⇧ Mayús+↵ Volver Añade un salto de línea sin empezar el párrafo nuevo.
          BorrarBackspace, EliminarBorra un carácter a la izquierda (Backspace) o a la derecha (Delete) del cursor.← Retroceso,
          Borrar          		← Retroceso,
          Borrar          		Eliminar un carácter a la izquierda (← Retroceso) o a la derecha (Borrar) del cursor.
          Eliminar palabra a la izquierda del cursorCtrl+← Retroceso^ Ctrl+← Retroceso,
          ⌘ Cmd+← Retroceso          		Eliminar una palabra a la izquierda del cursor.
          Eliminar palabra a la derecha del cursorCtrl+Borrar^ Ctrl+Borrar,
          ⌘ Cmd+Borrar          		Eliminar una palabra a la derecha del cursor.
          Crear espacio de no separaciónCtrl+Shift+SpacebarCtrl+⇧ Mayús+␣ Barra espaciadora^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+␣ Barra espaciadora Crea un espacio entre caracteres que no puede ser usado para empezar la línea nueva.
          Crear guión de no separaciónCtrl+Shift+HyphenCtrl+⇧ Mayús+Guion^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+Guion Crea a guión entre caracteres que no puede ser usado para empezar la línea nueva.
          Deshacer y RehacerDeshacer y Rehacer
          DeshacerCtrl+ZCtrl+Z^ Ctrl+Z,
          ⌘ Cmd+Z          		 Invierte las últimas acciones realizadas.
          RehacerCtrl+YCtrl+A^ Ctrl+A,
          ⌘ Cmd+A,
          ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+Z          		 Repite la última acción deshecha.
          Cortar, copiar, y pegarCortar, copiar, y pegar
          CortarCtrl+X, Shift+DeleteCtrl+X,
          ⇧ Mayús+Borrar          		⌘ Cmd+X,
          ⇧ Mayús+Borrar          		 Elimina el fragmento de texto seleccionado y lo envía al portapapeles de su ordenador. Después el texto copiado se puede insertar en el otro lugar del mismo documento, en otro documento o en otro programa.
          CopiarCtrl+C, Ctrl+InsertCtrl+C,
          Ctrl+Insert          		⌘ Cmd+C Envía el fragmento seleccionado de texto a la memoria portapapeles de su ordenador. Después el texto copiado se puede insertar en el otro lugar del mismo documento, en otro documento o en otro programa.
          PegarCtrl+V, Shift+InsertCtrl+V,
          ⇧ Mayús+Insert          		⌘ Cmd+V Inserta el fragmento anteriormente copiado de texto de memoria portapapeles del ordenador en la posición corriente del cursor. El texto se puede copiar anteriormente del mismo documento, de otro documento o de otro programa .
          Insertar hiperenlaceCtrl+KCtrl+K⌘ Cmd+K Inserta un hiperenlace que puede ser usado para ir a la dirección web.
          Copiar estiloCtrl+Shift+CCopia el formato del fragmento seleccionado del texto actualmente editado. Después el formato copiado puede ser aplicado al otro fragmento del mismo texto.Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+C⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+CCopia el formato del fragmento seleccionado del texto que se está editando actualmente. Después el formato copiado puede ser aplicado al otro fragmento del mismo texto.
          Aplicar estiloCtrl+Shift+VCtrl+⇧ Mayús+V⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+V Aplica el formato anteriormente copiado al texto del documento actualmente editado.
          Selección de textoSelección de texto
          Seleccionar todoCtrl+ACtrl+A⌘ Cmd+A Selecciona todo el texto del documento con tablas y imágenes.
          Seleccionar fragmentoShift+Flecha⇧ Mayús+→ ←⇧ Mayús+→ ← Selecciona el texto carácter por carácter.
          Seleccionar de cursor a principio de línea.Shift+HomeSelecciona un fragmento del texto del cursor al principio de la línea actual.⇧ Mayús+Inicio⇧ Mayús+InicioSeleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el principio de la línea actual.
          Seleccionar de cursor a extremo de líneaShift+EndSelecciona un fragmento del texto del cursor al extremo de la línea actual.⇧ Mayús+Fin⇧ Mayús+FinSeleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el final de la línea actual.
          Seleccione un carácter a la derecha⇧ Mayús+→⇧ Mayús+→Seleccione un carácter a la derecha de la posición del cursor.
          Seleccione un carácter a la izquierda⇧ Mayús+←⇧ Mayús+←Seleccione un carácter a la izquierda de la posición del cursor.
          Seleccione hasta el final de una palabraCtrl+⇧ Mayús+→Seleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el final de una palabra.
          Seleccione al principio de una palabraCtrl+⇧ Mayús+←Seleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el principio de una palabra.
          Seleccione una línea hacia arriba⇧ Mayús+↑⇧ Mayús+↑Seleccione una línea hacia arriba (con el cursor al principio de una línea).
          Seleccione una línea hacia abajo⇧ Mayús+↓⇧ Mayús+↓Seleccione una línea hacia abajo (con el cursor al principio de una línea).
          Seleccione la página hacia arriba⇧ Mayús+Re Pág⇧ Mayús+Re PágSeleccione la parte de la página desde la posición del cursor hasta la parte superior de la pantalla.
          Seleccione la página hacia abajo⇧ Mayús+Av Pág⇧ Mayús+Av PágSeleccione la parte de la página desde la posición del cursor hasta la parte inferior de la pantalla.
          Estilo de textoEstilo de texto
          NegritaCtrl+BCtrl+B^ Ctrl+B,
          ⌘ Cmd+B          		 Pone la letra de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en negrita dándole más peso.
          CursivaCtrl+ICtrl+I^ Ctrl+I,
          ⌘ Cmd+I          		 Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha.
          SubrayadoCtrl+UCtrl+U^ Ctrl+U,
          ⌘ Cmd+U          		 Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado.
          TachadoCtrl+5Ctrl+5^ Ctrl+5,
          ⌘ Cmd+5          		 Aplica el estilo tachado a un fragmento de texto seleccionado.
          SobreíndiceCtrl+.(punto)Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y lo ubica en la parte baja de la línea del texto, como en formulas químicas.SubíndiceCtrl+.^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+>,
          ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+>          		Reducir el fragmento de texto seleccionado y situarlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas.
          SubíndiceCtrl+,(coma)Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y lo ubica en la parte superior de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones.Ctrl+,^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+<,
          ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+<          		Reducir el fragmento de texto seleccionado y situarlo en la parte superior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fracciones.
          Heading 1Alt+1 (for Windows and Linux browsers)
          Alt+Ctrl+1 (for Mac browsers)          		Alt+1⌥ Opción+^ Ctrl+1 Aplica el estilo de título 1 a un fragmento del texto seleccionado.
          Heading 2Alt+2 (for Windows and Linux browsers)
          Alt+Ctrl+2 (for Mac browsers)          		Alt+2⌥ Opción+^ Ctrl+2 Aplica el estilo de título 2 a un fragmento del texto seleccionado.
          Heading 3Alt+3 (for Windows and Linux browsers)
          Alt+Ctrl+3 (for Mac browsers)          		Alt+3⌥ Opción+^ Ctrl+3 Aplica el estilo de título 3 a un fragmento del texto seleccionado.
          Lista con viñetasCtrl+Shift+LCrea una lista con viñetas desordenada de un fragmento del texto seleccionado o inicia uno nuevo.Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+L^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+L,
          ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+L          		Cree una lista desordenada de puntos a partir del fragmento de texto seleccionado o inicie una nueva.
          Eliminar formatoCtrl+SpacebarElimina el formato de un fragmento del texto seleccionado.Ctrl+␣ Barra espaciadoraEliminar el formato del fragmento de texto seleccionado.
          Aumenta el tipo de letraCtrl+]Ctrl+]⌘ Cmd+] Aumenta el tamaño de las letras de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en un punto.
          Disminuye el tipo de letraCtrl+[Ctrl+[⌘ Cmd+[ Disminuye el tamaño de las letras de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en un punto.
          Alinea centro/izquierdaCtrl+ECtrl+E^ Ctrl+E,
          ⌘ Cmd+E          		 Alterna un párrafo entre el centro y alineado a la izquierda.
          Alinea justificado/izquierdaCtrl+J, Ctrl+LCambia un párrafo entre justificado y alineado a la izquierda.Ctrl+J,
          Ctrl+L          		^ Ctrl+J,
          ⌘ Cmd+J          		Cambiar un párrafo entre justificado y alineado a la izquierda.
          Alinea derecha /izquierdaCtrl+RAlinear derecha /izquierdaCtrl+R^ Ctrl+R Alterna un párrafo entre alineado a la derecha y alineado a la izquierda.
          Aplicar formato de subíndice (espaciado automático)Ctrl+=Aplicar formato de subíndice al fragmento de texto seleccionado.
          Aplicar formato de superíndice (espaciado automático)Ctrl+⇧ Mayús++Aplicar formato de superíndice al fragmento de texto seleccionado.
          Insertar salto de páginaCtrl+↵ Entrar^ Ctrl+↵ VolverInsertar un salto de página en la posición actual del cursor.
          Aumentar sangríaCtrl+MCtrl+M^ Ctrl+M Aumenta la sangría del párrafo de la izquierda incrementalmente.
          Disminuir sangríaCtrl+Shift+MCtrl+⇧ Mayús+M^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+M Disminuye la sangría del párrafo de la izquierda incrementalmente.
          Add page numberCtrl+Shift+PAdd the current page number to the text or to the page footer.Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+P^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+PAñada el número de página actual en la posición actual del cursor.
          Caracteres no imprimiblesCtrl+⇧ Mayús+Num8Muestra u oculta la visualización de los caracteres que no se imprimen.
          Eliminar un carácter a la izquierda← Retroceso← RetrocesoBorrar un carácter a la izquierda del cursor.
          Eliminar un carácter a la derechaBorrarBorrarEliminar un carácter a la derecha del cursor.
          Modificación de objetosModificación de objetos
          Limitar movimientoShift+dragLimita el movimiento del objeto seleccionado en su desplace horizontal o vertical.⇧ Mayús + arrastrar⇧ Mayús + arrastrarLimita el movimiento horizontal o vertical del objeto seleccionado.
          Estableсer rotación en 15 gradosShift+arrastrar(mientras rotación)⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras rotación)⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras rotación) Limita el ángulo de rotación al incremento de 15 grados.
          Mantener proporcionesShift+arrastrar(mientras redimensionamiento)Mantiene las proporciones del objeto seleccionado mientras redimensionamiento.⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras redimensiona)⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras redimensiona)Mantener las proporciones del objeto seleccionado al redimensionar.
          Dibujar una línea recta o una flecha⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (al dibujar líneas/flechas)⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (al dibujar líneas/flechas)Dibujar una línea o flecha recta vertical/horizontal/45 grados.
          Desplazar en incrementos de tres píxelesCtrlMantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas del teclado para desplazar el objeto seleccionado un píxel cada vez.Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓Mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas del teclado para desplazar el objeto seleccionado un píxel a la vez.
          Trabajar con tablas
          Desplazarse a la siguiente celda en una fila↹ Tab↹ TabIr a la celda siguiente en una fila de la tabla.
          Desplazarse a la celda anterior en una fila⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab⇧ Mayús+↹ TabIr a la celda anterior en una fila de la tabla.
          Desplazarse a la siguiente fila↓↓Ir a la siguiente fila de una tabla.
          Desplazarse a la fila anterior↑↑Ir a la fila anterior de una tabla.
          Empezar un nuevo párrafo↵ Entrar↵ VolverEmpezar un nuevo párrafo dentro de una celda.
          Añadir nueva fila↹ Tab en la celda inferior derecha de la tabla.↹ Tab en la celda inferior derecha de la tabla.Añadir una nueva fila al final de la tabla.
          Inserción de caracteres especiales
          Insertar fórmulaAlt+=Insertar una fórmula en la posición actual del cursor.
          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index ffe2588af..a496684cf 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -16,18 +16,18 @@

          Configuración de la vista y herramientas de navegación

          Editor de Documentos ofrece varias herramientas para ayudarle a ver y navegar por su documento: ampliación (zoom), botones de la página anterior/siguiente, indicador de número de la página.

          Ajuste la configuración de la vista

          -

          Para ajustar la configuración de vista predeterminada y fijar un modo más conveniente para trabajar con el documento haga clic en el la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono de Mostrar ajustes Icono Mostrar ajustes en la esquina superior derecha de la barra superior de herramientas y seleccione los elementos de interfaz que quiere ocultar o mostrar. Puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes en la lista desplegable Mostrar ajustes:

          +

          Para ajustar la configuración de la vista predeterminada y establecer el modo más conveniente para trabajar con un documento, haga clic en el icono Icono Mostrar ajustes Mostrar ajustes de la parte derecha del encabezado del editor y seleccione los elementos de la interfaz que desea ocultar o mostrar. Puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones de la lista desplegable Mostrar ajustes:

            -
          • Ocultar Barra de Herramientas - oculta la barra de herramientas superior que contiene comandos mientras las pestañas permanecen visibles. Cuando esta opción está deshabilitada, puede hacer clic en cualquier pestaña para mostrar en la barra de herramientas. La barra de herramientas se muestra hasta que haga clic fuera de esta.
            Para desactivar este modo, cambie a la pestaña de Inicio, luego haga clic en el Icono Mostrar ajustes icono Mostrar ajustes y haga clic en la opción de Ocultar Barra de Herramientas de nuevo. La barra de herramientas superior se mostrará todo el tiempo.

            Nota: de forma alternativa, puede simplemente hacer doble clic en cualquier pestaña para ocultar la barra de herramientas superior o mostrarla de nuevo.

            +
          • Ocultar barra de herramientas - oculta la barra de herramientas superior que contiene comandos mientras que las pestañas permanecen visibles. Cuando esta opción está desactivada, puede hacer clic en cualquier pestaña para mostrar la barra de herramientas. La barra de herramientas se muestra hasta que haga clic en cualquier lugar fuera de esta.
            Para desactivar este modo, haga clic en el icono Icono Mostrar ajustes Mostrar ajustes y vuelva a hacer clic en la opción de Ocultar Barra de Herramientas. La barra de herramientas superior se mostrará todo el tiempo.

            Nota: alternativamente, puede hacer doble clic en cualquier pestaña para ocultar la barra de herramientas superior o mostrarla de nuevo.

          • Ocultar barra de estado - oculta la barra más inferior donde se situan los botones Indicador de número de la página y Zoom. Para mostrar la Barra de estado ocultada pulse esta opción una vez más.
          • Ocultar reglas - oculta las reglas que se usan para alinear el texto, gráficos, tablas y otros elementos en un documento, establecer márgenes, tabuladores y guiones de párrafos. Para mostrar las Reglas ocultadas, pulse esta opción una vez más.

          La barra derecha lateral se minimiza de manera predeterminada. Para expandirla, seleccione cualquier objeto (imagen, gráfico, forma) o pasaje de texto y haga clic en el icono de dicha pestaña ya activada a la derecha. Para minimizar la barra de herramientas de la derecha, haga clic en el icono de nuevo.

          -

          Cuando los paneles Comentarios o Chat se abren, se puede ajustar la barra lateral izquierda por arrastrar y soltar: mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde de la barra lateral izquierda hasta que el cursor se convierta en la flecha bidireccional y arrastre el borde a la derecha para extender el ancho de la barra lateral. Para restaurar el ancho original, mueva el borde a la izquierda.

          +

          Cuando los paneles Comentarios o Chat se abren, el ancho de la barra lateral izquierda se ajusta simplemente arrastrando y soltando: mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde izquierdo de la barra lateral para que se convierta en la flecha bidireccional y arrastre el borde hacia la derecha para ampliar el ancho de la barra lateral. Para restaurar el ancho original, mueva el borde a la izquierda.

          Utilice las herramientas de navegación

          Para navegar por su documento use las herramientas siguientes:

          -

          Los botones Zoom se sitúan en la esquina inferior derecha y se usan para acercar y alejar el documento actual. Para cambiar el valor de zoom seleccionado que se muestra en porcentajes, haga clic en este y seleccione una de las opciones de zoom disponibles de la lista o use los botones Acercar Botón acercar o Alejar Botón alejar. Haga clic en el icono Ajustar a ancho Botón Ajustar ancho para adaptar el ancho de la página de documento a la parte visible del espacio de trabajo. Para adaptar toda la página de documento a la parte visible del espacio de trabajo, haga clic en el icono Botón ajustar a la página Ajustar a la página. los ajustes de acercar también están disponibles en la lista despegable Ver ajustes Icono Mostrar ajustes que puede ser beneficiosa si decide ocultar la Barra de estado.

          +

          Los botones Zoom se sitúan en la esquina inferior derecha y se usan para acercar y alejar el documento actual. Para cambiar el valor de zoom seleccionado que se muestra en porcentajes, haga clic en este y seleccione una de las opciones de zoom disponibles de la lista o use los botones Acercar Botón acercar o Alejar Botón alejar. Haga clic en el icono Ajustar a ancho Botón de ajuste de ancho para adaptar el ancho de la página de documento a la parte visible del espacio de trabajo. Para adaptar toda la página de documento a la parte visible del espacio de trabajo, haga clic en el icono Botón ajustar a la página Ajustar a la página. los ajustes de acercar también están disponibles en la lista despegable Ver ajustes Icono Mostrar ajustes que puede ser beneficiosa si decide ocultar la Barra de estado.

          El Indicador de número de la página muestra la página actual como parte de todas las páginas en el documento actual (página 'n' de 'nn'). Haga clic en este texto para abrir la ventana donde usted puede introducir el número de la página y pasar a esta página rápidamente.

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 4189bb470..ce2adebc4 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ DOC Extensión de archivo para los documentos de texto creados con Microsoft Word + - + + @@ -37,6 +37,13 @@ + + + + DOTX + Plantilla de documento Word Open XML
          Formato de archivo comprimido, basado en XML, desarrollado por Microsoft para plantillas de documentos de texto. Una plantilla DOTX contiene ajustes de formato o estilos, entre otros y se puede usar para crear múltiples documentos con el mismo formato. + + + + + + + ODT Formato de los archivos de texto OpenDocument, un estándar abierto para documentos electrónicos @@ -44,6 +51,13 @@ + + + + OTT + Plantilla de documento OpenDocument
          Formato de archivo OpenDocument para plantillas de documentos de texto. Una plantilla OTT contiene ajustes de formato o estilos, entre otros y se puede usar para crear múltiples documentos con el mismo formato. + + + + + + + RTF Rich Text Format
          Formato de archivos de documentos desarrollado por Microsoft para intercambio de documentos entre plataformas @@ -60,17 +74,24 @@ PDF - Formato de documento portátil
          es un formato de archivo usado para la representación de documentos de manera independiente de software de aplicación, hardware, y sistema operativo + Formato de documento portátil
          Es un formato de archivo que se usa para la representación de documentos de manera independiente a la aplicación software, hardware, y sistemas operativos + + + + PDF + Formato de documento portátil / A
          Una versión ISO estandarizada del Formato de Documento Portátil (PDF por sus siglas en inglés) especializada para su uso en el archivo y la preservación a largo plazo de documentos electrónicos. + + + + + + HTML HyperText Markup Language
          Lenguaje de marcado principal para páginas web - - + + + + en la versión en línea EPUB diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index a24dfbd54..af4f351b1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Pestaña Archivo + Pestaña de archivo @@ -13,18 +13,26 @@
          -

          Pestaña Archivo

          -

          La pestaña Archivo permite realizar algunas operaciones básicas en la carpeta actual.

          -

          Pestaña Archivo

          +

          Pestaña de archivo

          +

          La pestaña de Archivo permite realizar operaciones básicas en el archivo actual.

          +
          +

          Editor de documentos en línea:

          +

          Pestaña de archivo

          +
          +
          +

          Editor de documentos de escritorio:

          +

          Pestaña de archivo

          +

          Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

            -
          • salvar el archivo actual (en caso de Guardado automático esta opción no está disponible), descargar, imprimir o cambiar el nombre,
            • -
          • crear un documento nuevo o abrir un documente que se ha editado de forma reciente,
            • +
          • en la versión en línea, guardar el archivo actual (en el caso de que la opción de Guardar automáticamente esté desactivada), descargar como (guarda el documento en el formato seleccionado en el disco duro del ordenador), guardar una copia como (guarda una copia del documento en el formato seleccionado en los documentos del portal), imprimir o renombrar, en la versión de escritorio, guardar el archivo actual manteniendo el formato y la ubicación actual utilizando la opción de Guardar o guarda el archivo actual con un nombre, ubicación o formato diferente utilizando la opción de Guardar como, imprimir el archivo.
            • +
          • proteger el archivo con una contraseña, cambiar o eliminar la contraseña (disponible solamente en la versión de escritorio);
            • +
          • crear un nuevo documento o abrir uno recientemente editado (disponible solamente en la versión en línea),
          • ver información general del documento,
            • -
          • gestionar derechos de acceso,
            • -
          • seguir el historial de versiones,
            • -
          • acceder al editor de Ajustes Avanzados,
            • -
          • Volver a la lista del Documento.
            • +
          • gestionar los derechos de acceso (disponible solamente en la versión en línea),
            • +
          • hacer un seguimiento del historial de versiones (disponible solamente en la versión en línea),
            • +
          • acceder al los Ajustes avanzados del editor,
            • +
          • en la versión de escritorio, abre la carpeta donde está guardado el archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. En la versión en línea, abre la carpeta del módulo Documentos donde está guardado el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador.
          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index f404659e7..a8b00651c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -14,8 +14,15 @@

          Pestaña de Inicio

          -

          La pestaña de Inicio se abre por defecto cuando abre un documento. Le permite cambiar el tipo de letra y los párrafos. También hay más opciones disponibles como Combinación de Correspondencia, combinación de colores y ajustes de vista.

          -

          Pestaña de Inicio

          +

          La pestaña de Inicio se abre por defecto cuando abre un documento. Le permite cambiar el tipo de letra y los párrafos. También hay otras opciones disponibles aquí, como la combinación de correspondencia y los esquemas de color.

          +
          +

          Editor de documentos en línea:

          +

          Pestaña de Inicio

          +
          +
          +

          Editor de documentos de escritorio:

          +

          Pestaña de Inicio

          +

          Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index 6b13682c6..235478fa3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -15,9 +15,17 @@

          Pestaña Insertar

          La pestaña de Insertar le permite añadir elementos para editar, así como objetos visuales y comentarios.

          -

          Pestaña Insertar

          +
          +

          Editor de documentos en línea:

          +

          Pestaña Insertar

          +
          +
          +

          Editor de documentos de escritorio:

          +

          Pestaña Insertar

          +

          Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

            +
          • insertar una página en blanco,
          • insertar saltos de página, saltos de sección y saltos de columnas,
          • insertar encabezados y pies de página y números de página,
          • insertar tablas, imágenes , gráficos, formas,
            • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm index c79cb884f..a56e72147 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Pestaña Diseño - + @@ -15,7 +15,14 @@

            Pestaña Diseño

            La pestaña de Diseño le permite cambiar el formato del documento: configurar parámetros de la página y definir la disposición de los elementos visuales.

            -

            Pestaña Diseño

            +
            +

            Editor de documentos en línea:

            +

            Pestaña Diseño

            +
            +
            +

            Editor de documentos de escritorio:

            +

            Pestaña Diseño

            +

            Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

            • ajustar los márgenes, orientación, y tamaño de la página,
              • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 0f74e55d3..6ecc7f7c7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -15,20 +15,32 @@

              Pestaña de Extensiones

              La pestaña de Extensiones permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Aquí también puede utilizar macros para simplificar las operaciones rutinarias.

              -

              Pestaña Plugins

              -

              El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre macros puede referirse a nuestra Documentación de API.

              +
              +

              Editor de documentos en línea:

              +

              Pestaña de Extensiones

              +
              +
              +

              Editor de documentos de escritorio:

              +

              Pestaña de Extensiones

              +
              +

              El botón Ajustes permite abrir la ventana donde puede ver y administrador todas las extensiones instaladas y añadir las suyas propias.

              +

              El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre los plugins refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API.

              Actualmente, los siguientes plugins están disponibles por defecto:

              • ArteClip permite añadir imágenes de la colección de arteclip a su documento,
                • +
              • Resaltar código permite resaltar la sintaxis del código, seleccionando el idioma, el estilo y el color de fondo necesarios,
              • OCR permite reconocer el texto incluido en una imagen e insertarlo en el texto de un documento,
                • -
              • EditordeImágenes permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar el tamaño, aplicar efectos etc.,
                • -
              • Discurso permite convertir el texto seleccionado en un discurso,
                • -
              • Tabla de Símbolos permite insertar símbolos especiales en su texto,
                • -
              • Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado en otros idiomas,
                • +
              • Editor de Fotos permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar tamaño, usar efectos etc.
                • +
              • Discurso permite convertir el texto seleccionado en un discurso,
                • +
              • Tabla de símbolos permite introducir símbolos especiales en su texto,
                • +
              • El Diccionario de sinónimos permite buscar tanto sinónimos como antónimos de una palabra y reemplazar esta palabra por la seleccionada,
                • +
              • Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado a otros idiomas, +

                Nota: este complemento no funciona en Internet Explorer.

                +
              • YouTube permite incorporar vídeos en su documento.
              -

              Los plugins Wordpress y EasyBib pueden usarse si conecta los servicios correspondientes en la configuración de su portal. Puede utilizar las siguientes instrucciones para la versión de servidor o para la versión SaaS.

              -

              Para aprender más sobre los plugins por favor refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API. Todos los ejemplos de plugin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub

              +

              Los plugins Wordpress y EasyBib pueden usarse si conecta los servicios correspondientes en la configuración de su portal. Puede utilizar las siguientes instrucciones para la versión de servidor o para la versión SaaS.

              +

              Para aprender más sobre plugins, por favor, lea nuestra Documentación API. Todos los ejemplos de puglin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub

              \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index c80c19d1e..956ca103f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -15,16 +15,35 @@

              Introduciendo el Editor de Documento Interfaz de Usuario

              El Editor del Documento usa un interfaz intercalada donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de forma funcional.

              -

              Ventana Editor

              +
              +

              Editor de documentos en línea:

              +

              Editor de documentos en línea

              +
              +
              +

              Editor de documentos de escritorio:

              +

              Editor de documentos de escritorio

              +

              El interfaz de edición consiste en los siguientes elementos principales:

                -
              1. El Editor de Encabezado muestra el logo, pestañas de menú, nombre del documento así como tres iconos a la derecha que permiten ajustar los derechos de acceso, regresar a la lista de Documentos, configurar los Ajustes de Visualización y acceder al editor de Ajustes Avanzados.

                Iconos en el encabezado del editor

                +
              2. El encabezado del editor muestra el logotipo, las pestañas de los documentos abiertos, el nombre del documento y las pestañas del menú.

                En la parte izquierda del encabezado del editor están los botones de Guardar, Imprimir archivo, Deshacer y Rehacer.

                +

                Iconos en el encabezado del editor

                +

                En la parte derecha del encabezado del editor se muestra el nombre del usuario y los siguientes iconos:

                +
                  +
                • Abrir ubicación de archivo Abrir ubicación del archivo - en la versión de escritorio, permite abrir la carpeta donde está guardado el archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. En la versión en línea, permite abrir la carpeta del módulo Documentos donde está guardado el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador.
                  • +
                • Icono mostrar ajustes - permite ajustar los ajustes de visualización y acceder a los ajustes avanzados del editor.
                  • +
                • Gestionar derechos de acceso de documentos Gestionar los derechos de acceso a los documentos - (disponible solamente en la versión en línea) permite establecer los derechos de acceso a los documentos guardados en la nube.
                  • +
                3. -
              3. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Diseño, Referencias, Colaboración, Plugins.

                Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer y Rehacer están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de Herramientas, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada.

                -

                Iconos en la barra de herramientas superior

                +
              4. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Diseño, Referencias, Colaboración, Protección, Extensiones.

                Las opciones Icono copiar Copiar y Icono pegar Pegar están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada.

              5. Estatus de Barras al final de la ventana de edición contiene el indicador de la numeración de páginas, muestra algunas notificaciones (como «Todos los cambios se han guardado»), permite ajustar el idioma del texto, mostar revisión de ortografía, activar el modo de rastrear cambios, ajustar el zoom.
                6. -
              6. La barra de herramientas izquierda contiene iconos que permiten el uso de la herramienta de Buscar y Reemplazar, abrir el panel de Comentarios, Chat y and Navegación contactar a nuestro equipo de soporte y mostrar la información sobre el programa.
                7. +
              7. La barra lateral izquierda incluye los siguientes iconos:
                  +
                • Icono Buscar - permite utilizar la herramienta Buscar y reemplazar,
                  • +
                • Icono Comentarios - permite abrir el panel de Comentarios,
                  • +
                • Icono de navegación - permite ir al panel de Navegación y gestionar las cabeceras,
                  • +
                • Icono Chat - (disponible solamente en la versión en línea) permite abrir el panel Chat, así como los iconos que permite contactar con nuestro equipo de soporte y ver la información del programa.
                  • +
                +
              8. La Barra lateral derecha permite ajustar parámetros adicionales de objetos distintos. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en el texto, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha.
              9. Las Reglas horizontales y verticales permiten alinear el texto y otros elementos en un documento, establecer márgenes, tabuladores y sangrados de párrafos.
              10. El área de trabajo permite ver el contenido del documento, introducir y editar datos.
                11. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm index 09c9c7602..3cfab1c90 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm @@ -15,12 +15,20 @@

                Pestaña de referencias

                La pestaña de Referencias permite gestionar diferentes tipos de referencias: añadir y actualizar una tabla de contenidos, crear y editar notas en el pie de página, insertar hipervínculos.

                -

                Pestaña de referencias

                -

                Usando esta pestaña podrá:

                +
                +

                Editor de documentos en línea:

                +

                Pestaña de referencias

                +
                +
                +

                Editor de documentos de escritorio:

                +

                Pestaña de referencias

                +
                +

                Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm index d58c25b37..c843725cd 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm @@ -14,18 +14,25 @@

                Pestaña de colaboración

                -

                La pestaña de Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en el documento: compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición, gestionar comentarios, realizar un seguimiento de los cambios realizados por un revisor, ver todas las versiones y revisiones.

                -

                Pestaña de colaboración

                -

                Si usa esta pestaña podrá:

                +

                La pestaña Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en el documento. En la versión en línea, puede compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición, administrar los comentarios, realizar un seguimiento de los cambios realizados por un revisor, ver todas las versiones y revisiones. En la versión de escritorio, puede gestionar los comentarios y utilizar la característica de Control de cambios.

                +
                +

                Editor de documentos en línea:

                +

                Pestaña de colaboración

                +
                +
                +

                Editor de documentos de escritorio:

                +

                Pestaña de colaboración

                +
                +

                Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3569491bc --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ + + + + Usar fórmulas en tablas + + + + + + + +
                +
                + +
                +

                Usar fórmulas en tablas

                +

                Insertar una fórmula

                +

                Puede realizar cálculos simples a partir de los datos de las celdas de la tabla añadiendo fórmulas. Para insertar una fórmula en una celda de tabla,

                +
                  +
                1. coloque el cursor dentro de la celda en la que desea visualizar el resultado,
                  2. +
                2. haga clic en el botón Añadir fórmula en la barra lateral derecha,
                  3. +
                3. en la ventana Ajustes de fórmula que se abre, introduzca la fórmula deseada en el campo Fórmula.

                  Puede introducir manualmente la fórmula deseada utilizando los operadores matemáticos comunes (+, -, *, /), por ejemplo =A1*B2 o usar la lista desplegable Función pegar para seleccionar una de las funciones integradas, por ejemplo =PRODUCT(A1,B2).

                  +

                  Añadir fórmula

                  +
                  4. +
                4. especificar manualmente los argumentos necesarios entre paréntesis en el campo Fórmula. Si la función necesita varios argumentos, tienen que ir separados por comas.
                  5. +
                5. use la lista desplegable Formato de número si desea mostrar el resultado en un formato de número determinado,
                  6. +
                6. haga clic en OK.
                  7. +
                +

                El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida.

                +

                Para editar la fórmula añadida, seleccione el resultado en la celda y haga clic en el botón Añadir fórmula en la barra lateral derecha, efectúe los cambios necesarios en la ventana Ajustes de fórmula y haga clic en OK.

                +
                +

                Añadir referencias a celdas

                +

                Puede usar los siguientes argumentos para añadir rápidamente referencias a los intervalos de celdas:

                +
                  +
                • ARRIBA - una referencia a todas las celdas en la columna de arriba de la celda seleccionada
                  • +
                • IZQUIERDA - una referencia a todas las celdas de la fila a la izquierda de la celda seleccionada
                  • +
                • ABAJO - una referencia a todas las celdas de la columna situada debajo de la celda seleccionada
                  • +
                • DERECHA - una referencia a todas las celdas de la fila a la derecha de la celda seleccionada
                  • +
                +

                Estos argumentos se pueden utilizar con las funciones PROMEDIO, CONTAR, MAX, MIN, PRODUCTO, SUMA.

                +

                También puede introducir manualmente referencias a una celda determinada (por ejemplo, A1) o a un intervalo de celdas (por ejemplo, A1:B3).

                +

                Usar marcadores

                +

                Si ha añadido algunos marcadores a ciertas celdas de su tabla, puede usarlos como argumentos al introducir fórmulas.

                +

                En la ventana Ajustes de fórmula sitúe el cursor entre paréntesis en el campo de entrada Fórmula donde desea que se añada el argumento y use la lista desplegable Pegar marcador para seleccionar uno de los marcadores añadidos anteriormente.

                +

                Actualizar resultados de fórmula

                +

                Si modifica algunos valores en las celdas de la tabla, necesitará actualizar manualmente los resultados de la fórmula:

                +
                  +
                • Para actualizar un resultado de fórmula individual, seleccione el resultado deseado y pulse F9 o haga clic con el botón derecho del ratón en el resultado y utilice la opción Actualizar campo del menú.
                  • +
                • Para actualizar varios resultados de fórmula, seleccione las celdas correspondientes o toda la tabla y pulse F9.
                  • +
                +
                +

                Funciones integradas

                +

                Puede utilizar las siguientes funciones matemáticas, de estadística y lógicas:

                + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                CategoríaFunciónDescripciónEjemplo
                MatemáticasABS(x)La función se utiliza para devolver el valor absoluto de un número.=ABS(-10)
                Devuelve 10
                LógicaY(lógico1, lógico2, ...)La función se utiliza para verificar si el valor lógico introducido es VERDADERO o FALSO. La función devuelve 1 (VERDADERO) si todos los argumentos son VERDADEROS.=Y(1>0,1>3)
                Devuelve 0
                EstadísticasPROMEDIO(lista-argumento)La función se utiliza para analizar el intervalo de datos y encontrar el valor medio.=PROMEDIO(4,10)
                Devuelve 7
                EstadísticasCONTAR(lista-argumento)La función se utiliza para contar el número de celdas seleccionadas que contienen números, ignorando las celdas vacías o las que contienen texto.=CONTAR(A1:B3)
                Devuelve 6
                LógicaDEFINIDO()La función evalúa si se ha definido un valor en la celda. La función devuelve 1 si el valor está definido y calculado sin errores y 0 si el valor no está definido o calculado con un error.=DEFINIDO(A1)
                LógicaFALSO()La función devuelve 0 (FALSO) y no requiere ningún argumento.=FALSO
                Devuelve 0
                MatemáticasENTERO(x)La función se utiliza para analizar y devolver la parte entera del número especificado.=ENTERO(2.5)
                Devuelve 2
                EstadísticasMAX(número1, número2, ...)La función se utiliza para analizar el intervalo de datos y encontrar el número más grande.=MAX(15,18,6)
                Devuelve 18
                EstadísticasMIN(número1, número2, ...)La función se utiliza para analizar el intervalo de datos y encontrar el número más pequeño.=MIN(15,18,6)
                Devuelve 6
                MatemáticasRESIDUO(x, y)La función se utiliza para devolver el residuo después de la división de un número por el divisor especificado.=RESIDUO(6,3)
                Devuelve 0
                LógicaNO(lógico)La función se utiliza para verificar si el valor lógico introducido es VERDADERO o FALSO. La función devuelve 1 (VERDADERO) si el argumento es FALSO y 0 (FALSO) si el argumento es VERDADERO.=NO(2<5)
                Devuelve 0
                LógicaO(lógico1, lógico2, ...)La función se utiliza para verificar si el valor lógico introducido es VERDADERO o FALSO. La función devuelve 0 (FALSO) si todos los argumentos son FALSOS.=O(1>0,1>3)
                Devuelve 1
                MatemáticasPRODUCTO(número1, número2, ...)La función se utiliza para multiplicar todos los números en el intervalo de celdas seleccionado y devuelve el producto.=PRODUCTO(2,5)
                Devuelve 10
                MatemáticasREDONDEAR(x, núm_dígitos)La función se utiliza para redondear el número hasta el número de dígitos deseado.=REDONDEAR(2.25,1)
                Devuelve 2.3
                MatemáticasSIGNO(x)La función se utiliza para devolver el signo de un número. Si el número es positivo la función devolverá 1. Si el número es negativo la función devolverá -1. Si el número vale 0, la función devolverá 0.=SIGNO(-12)
                Devuelve -1
                MatemáticasSUMA(número1, número2, ...)La función se utiliza para sumar todos los números en el intervalo de celdas seleccionado y devuelve el resultado.=SUMA(5,3,2)
                Devuelve 10
                LógicaVERDADERO()La función devuelve 1 (VERDADERO) y no requiere ningún argumento.=VERDADERO
                Devuelve 1
                +
                + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index a44f7d327..0285b7cfd 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -14,26 +14,55 @@

                Alinee y arregle objetos en una página

                -

                Los bloques de texto o autoformas, gráficos e imágenes añadidos, pueden ser alineados, agrupados y ordenados en una página. Para realizar una de estas acciones, primero seleccione un objeto o varios objetos en la página. Para seleccionar varios objetos, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y haga clic sobre los objetos necesarios. Para seleccionar un bloque de texto, haga clic en su borde, no en el texto de dentro. Después, puede usar o los iconos de la barra de herramientas superior de Formato que se describen más abajo o las opciones análogas del menú contextual.

                -

                Icono Alinear

                -

                Para alinear el (los) objeto(s) seleccionado(s), haga clic en el icono Alinear en la barra de herramientas superior de Formato y seleccione el tipo de alineación necesario en la lista:

                -
                  -
                • Alinear a la izquierda Icono alinear a la izquierda - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente a la parte izquierda de la página,
                  • -
                • Alinear al centro Icono alinear al centro - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente al centro de la página,
                  • -
                • Alinear a la derecha Icono alinear a la derecha - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente a la parte derecha de una página,
                  • -
                • Alinear en la parte superior Icono Alinear arriba - para alinear los objetos verticalmente a la parte superior de la página,
                  • -
                • Alinear al medio Icono Alinear al medio - para alinear los objetos verticalmente al medio de una página,
                  • -
                • Alinear en la parte inferior Icono Alinear abajo - para alinear los objetos verticalmente en la parte inferior de la página.
                  • -
                +

                Los bloques de texto o autoformas, gráficos e imágenes añadidos, pueden ser alineados, agrupados y ordenados en una página. Para realizar una de estas acciones, primero seleccione un objeto o varios objetos en la página. Para seleccionar varios objetos, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y haga clic sobre los objetos necesarios. Para seleccionar un cuadro de texto, haga clic en su borde y no en el texto. Después, puede usar o los iconos de la barra de herramientas superior de Formato que se describen más abajo o las opciones análogas del menú contextual.

                +

                Alinear objetos

                +

                Para alinear dos o más objetos seleccionados,

                +
                  +
                1. Haga clic en el icono Icono Alinear Alinear en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione una de las siguientes opciones:
                    +
                  • Alinear a página para alinear objetos en relación con los bordes de la página,
                    • +
                  • Alinear a márgenes para alinear objetos en relación con los márgenes de la página,
                    • +
                  • Alinear objetos seleccionados (esta opción se selecciona de forma predeterminada) para alinear objetos entre sí,
                    • +
                  +
                  2. +
                2. Haga clic de nuevo en el icono Icono Alinear Alinear y seleccione el tipo de alineación que desee de la lista:
                    +
                  • Alinear a la izquierda Icono alinear a la izquierda - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente por el borde izquierdo del objeto situado más a la izquierda/el borde izquierdo de la página/el margen izquierdo de la página,
                    • +
                  • Alinear al centro Icono alinear al centro - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente por sus centros/centro de la página/centro del espacio entre los márgenes izquierdo y derecho de la página,
                    • +
                  • Alinear a la derecha Icono alinear a la derecha - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente por el borde derecho del objeto situado más a la derecha / borde derecho de la página / margen derecho de la página,
                    • +
                  • Alinear arriba Icono Alinear arriba - para alinear los objetos verticalmente por el borde superior del objeto situado más arriba/en el borde superior de la página/en el margen superior de la página,
                    • +
                  • Alinear al medio Icono Alinear al medio - para alinear los objetos verticalmente por sus centros/mitad de la página/mitad del espacio entre los márgenes superior e inferior de la página,
                    • +
                  • Alinear abajo Icono Alinear abajo - para alinear los objetos verticalmente por el borde inferior del objeto situado más abajo/borde inferior de la página/borde inferior de la página.
                    • +
                  +
                  3. +
                +

                Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción Alinear en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de alineación disponibles.

                +

                Si desea alinear un solo objeto, puede alinearlo en relación a los bordes de la página o a los márgenes de la página. La opción Alinear a margen se encuentra seleccionada por defecto en este caso.

                +

                Distribuir objetos

                +

                Para distribuir tres o más objetos seleccionados de forma horizontal o vertical de tal forma que aparezca la misma distancia entre ellos,

                +
                  +
                1. Haga clic en el icono Icono Alinear Alinear en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione una de las siguientes opciones:
                    +
                  • Alinear a página para distribuir objetos entre los bordes de la página,
                    • +
                  • Alinear a márgenes para distribuir objetos entre los márgenes de la página,
                    • +
                  • Alinear objetos seleccionados (esta opción se selecciona de forma predeterminada) para distribuir objetos entre dos objetos seleccionados situados en la parte más alejada,
                    • +
                  +
                  2. +
                2. Haga clic de nuevo en el icono Icono Alinear Alinear y seleccione el tipo de distribución que desee de la lista:
                    +
                  • Distribuir horizontalmente Icono distribuir horizontalmente - para distribuir los objetos uniformemente entre los objetos seleccionados situados en el extremo izquierdo y en el extremo derecho/los bordes izquierdo y derecho de la página/los márgenes izquierdo y derecho de la página.
                    • +
                  • Distribuir verticalmente Icono distribuir verticalmente - Distribuir verticalmente - para distribuir los objetos uniformemente entre los objetos situados en el extremo superior e inferior de la página/en los bordes superior e inferior de los márgenes de la página/en la parte superior e inferior de la página.
                    • +
                  +
                  3. +
                +

                Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción Alinear en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de distribución disponibles.

                +

                Nota: las opciones de distribución no están disponibles si selecciona menos de tres objetos.

                Agrupar objetos

                -

                Para agrupar un objeto seleccionado o más de uno o desagruparlos, pulse el Icono Agrupar icono Agrupar en la pestaña Formato en la barra de herramientas superior de y seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista:

                +

                Para agrupar dos o más objetos seleccionados o desagruparlos, haga clic en la flecha situada junto al icono Icono Agrupar Grupo en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción deseada de la lista:

                • Agrupar - para unir varios objetos al grupo para que sea posible girarlos, desplazarlos, cambiar el tamaño y formato, alinearlos, arreglarlos, copiarlos y pegarlos como si fuera un solo objeto.
                  • -
                • Desagrupar - para desagrupar el grupo de los objetos seleccionado anteriormente para juntar.
                  • +
                • Desagrupar Icono Desagrupar - para desagrupar el grupo de los objetos previamente seleccionados.

                De forma alternativa, puede hacer clic derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción de Organizar del menú contextual y luego usar la opción de Agrupar o des-agrupar.

                +

                Nota: la opción Grupo no está disponible si selecciona menos de dos objetos. La opción Desagrupar solo está disponible cuando se selecciona un grupo de objetos previamente unidos.

                Organizar objetos

                -

                Para organizar objetos (por ejemplo cambiar su orden cuando unos objetos sobreponen uno al otro), pulse los Icono Traer adelante iconos Adelantar y Icono Mandar atrás Mandar atrás en la barra de herramientas superior de Formato y seleccione el tipo de disposición necesaria en la lista:

                +

                Para organizar objetos (por ejemplo cambiar su orden cuando unos objetos sobreponen uno al otro), pulse los Icono Traer adelante iconos Adelantar y Icono Enviar atrás Mandar atrás en la barra de herramientas superior de Formato y seleccione el tipo de disposición necesaria en la lista:

                Para mover el (los) objeto(s) seleccionado(s) hacia delante, haga clic en el Icono Traer adelante icono Mover hacia delante en la barra de herramientas superior de Formato y seleccione el tipo de organización necesaria de la lista:

                • Traer al frente Icono Traer al frente - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) delante de los otros,
                  • @@ -44,6 +73,7 @@
                • Enviar al fondo Icono Enviar al fondo- para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) detrás de los otros,
                • Enviar atrás Icono Enviar atrás - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia atrás de otros objetos.
                +

                Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, seleccionar la opción Organizar en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de organización disponibles.

                \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index c60897c7a..789dcc83e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@

                Use operaciones de portapapeles básico

                Para cortar, copiar y pegar pasajes de texto y objetos insertados (autoformas, imágenes, gráficos) en el documento actual use las opciones correspondientes del menú contextual o iconos de la barra de herramientas superior:

                  -
                • Cortar – seleccione un fragmento de texto o un objeto y use la opción Cortar del menú conextual para borrar la selección y enviarla a portapapeles. Los datos que se han cortado se pueden insertar más adelante en otros lugares del mismo documento.
                  • -
                • Copiar – seleccione un fragmento de texto o un objeto y use la opción Copiar del menú contextual, o use el Icono copiar icono Copiar para copiar el fragmento seleccionado a la memoria portapapeles de su ordenador. Los datos que se han copiado se pueden insertar más adelante en otros lugares del mismo documento.
                  • -
                • Pegar – busque un lugar en su documento donde necesite pegar el fragmento de texto anteriormente copiado y use la opción Pegar del menú contextual, o el Icono pegar icono Pegar de la barra de herramientas. El texto se insertará en la posición actual del cursor. Los datos se pueden copiar previamente del mismo documento.
                  • +
                • Cortar – seleccione un fragmento de texto o un objeto y use la opción Cortar del menú conextual para borrar la selección y enviarla a portapapeles. Los datos que se han cortado se pueden insertar más adelante en otros lugares del mismo documento.
                  • +
                • Copiar – seleccione un fragmento de texto o un objeto y use la opción Copiar del menú contextual, o use el Icono copiar icono Copiar para copiar el fragmento seleccionado a la memoria portapapeles de su ordenador. Los datos que se han copiado se pueden insertar más adelante en otros lugares del mismo documento.
                  • +
                • Pegar – busque un lugar en su documento donde necesite pegar el fragmento de texto anteriormente copiado y use la opción Pegar del menú contextual, o el Icono pegar icono Pegar de la barra de herramientas. El texto se insertará en la posición actual del cursor. Los datos se pueden copiar previamente del mismo documento.
                -

                Para copiar o pegar datos de/en otro documento u otro programa use las combinaciones de teclas siguientes:

                +

                En la versión en línea, las siguientes combinaciones de teclas solo se usan para copiar o pegar datos desde/hacia otro documento o algún otro programa, en la versión de escritorio, tanto los botones/menú correspondientes como las opciones de menú y combinaciones de teclas se pueden usar para cualquier operación de copiar/pegar:

                • La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar:
                • La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+C para copiar;
                  • @@ -42,11 +42,12 @@
                • Solo Mantener Texto - permite pegar el contenido de la tabla como valores de texto separados por el carácter de tabulación.

                Deshaga/rehaga sus acciones

                -

                Para deshacer/rehacer la última operación, use los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior o atajos de teclado:

                +

                Para realizar las operaciones de deshacer/rehacer, use los iconos correspondientes en la cabecera del editor o mediante los atajos de teclado:

                  -
                • Deshacer – use el Icono deshacer icono Deshacer en la barra de herramientas o la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Z para deshacer la última operación que usted ha realizado.
                  • -
                • Rehacer – use el Icono rehacer icono Rehacer en la barra de herramientas o la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Y para rehacer la última operación deshecha.
                  • +
                • Deshacer – use el icono Icono deshacer Deshacer en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor o la combinación de teclas Ctrl+Z para deshacer la última operación que realizó.
                  • +
                • Rehacer – use el Icono rehacer icono Rehacer en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor o la combinación de teclas Ctrl+Y para rehacer la última operación deshecha.
                +

                Nota: cuando co-edita un documento en modo Rápido la posibilidad de Rehacer la última operación que se deshizo no está disponible.

                \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm index fba3a73f0..9c26448f0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm @@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ Negrita Negrita - Se usa para poner la letra en negrita dándole más peso. + Se utiliza para poner la fuente en negrita, dándole más peso. Cursiva Cursiva - Pone la letra en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha. + Se utiliza para poner la fuente en cursiva, dándole un poco de inclinación hacia el lado derecho. Subrayado @@ -40,25 +40,26 @@ Subíndice Subíndice - Se usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. + Se utiliza para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte superior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fracciones. - Sobreíndice - Sobreíndice - Se usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte superior de la línea del texto, como en fórmulas químicas. + Subíndice + Subíndice + Se utiliza para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas.

                Para acceder a ajustes avanzados de letra, haga clic con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de párrafo en el menú o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral. Se abrirá la ventana Párrafo-Ajustes avanzados, aquí necesita pasar a la sección Letra.

                Aquí puede usar los estilos de decoración y ajustes de letra:

                • Tachado se usa para tachar el texto con una línea que va por el centro de las letras.
                  • -
                • Doble tachado se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras.
                  • -
                • Sobreíndice se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones.
                  • -
                • Subíndice se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas.
                  • -
                • Minúsculas se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas.
                  • -
                • Mayúsculas se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas.
                  • -
                • Espaciado se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres.
                  • -
                • Posición se usa para establecer la posición de caracteres en una línea.
                  • +
                • Doble tachado se utiliza para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras.
                  • +
                • Sobreíndice se utiliza para hacer el texto más pequeño y ponerlo en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en las fracciones.
                  • +
                • Subíndice se utiliza para hacer el texto más pequeño y ponerlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas.
                  • +
                • Mayúsculas pequeñas - se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas.
                  • +
                • Mayúsculas - se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas.
                  • +
                • Espaciado se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres. Incremente el valor predeterminado para aplicar el espaciado Expandido o disminuya el valor predeterminado para aplicar el espaciado Comprimido. Use los botones de flecha o introduzca el valor deseado en la casilla.
                  • +
                • Posición se utiliza para establecer la posición de los caracteres (desplazamiento vertical) en la línea. Incremente el valor por defecto para mover los caracteres hacia arriba, o disminuya el valor por defecto para mover los caracteres hacia abajo. Use los botones de flecha o introduzca el valor deseado en la casilla.

                  Todos los cambios se mostrarán en el campo de vista previa a continuación.

                  +

                Ajustes de Párrafo Avanzados - Fuente

                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm index 44d37edb2..36fe79415 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm @@ -18,14 +18,14 @@

                Nota: si quiere aplicar el formato al texto existente en el documento, selecciónelo con el ratón o use el teclado y aplique el formato.

                - - - + + + - + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index b645f4e88..021f64532 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@

                Inserte un autoforma

                Para añadir un autoforma a su documento,

                  -
                1. cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior,
                  2. -
                2. pulse el Icono forma icono Forma en la barra de herramientas superior,
                  3. -
                3. seleccione uno de los grupos de autoformas disponibles: formas básicas, formas de flechas, matemáticas, gráficos, cintas y estrellas, leyendas, botones, rectángulos, líneas,
                  4. +
                4. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
                  5. +
                5. pulse el icono Icono forma Forma en la barra de herramientas superior,
                  6. +
                6. seleccione uno de los grupos de autoformas disponibles: formas básicas, formas de flechas, matemáticas, gráficos, cintas y estrellas, llamadas, botones, rectángulos, líneas,
                7. elija un autoforma necesaria dentro del grupo seleccionado,
                  8. -
                8. coloque el cursor del ratón en el lugar donde quiere insertar la forma,
                  9. +
                9. coloque el cursor del ratón en el lugar donde desea que se incluya la forma,
                10. una vez añadida autoforma, cambie su tamaño, posición, y parámetros.

                  Nota: para añadir una leyenda al autoforma asegúrese que la forma está seleccionada y empiece a introducir su texto. El texto introducido de tal modo forma la parte del autoforma (cuando usted mueva o gira el autoforma, el texto realiza las mismas acciones).

                @@ -29,41 +29,43 @@

                Para cambiar el tamaño de autoforma, arrastre pequeños cuadrados Icono cuadrado situados en los bordes de la autoforma. Para mantener las proporciones originales de la autoforma seleccionada mientras cambia de tamaño, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina.

                Al modificar unas formas, por ejemplo flechas o leyendas, el icono de un rombo amarillo también estará disponibleIcono rombo amarillo. Esta función le permite a usted ajustar unos aspectos de la forma, por ejemplo, la longitud de la punta de flecha.

                Para cambiar la posición de la autoforma, use el Flecha icono que aparecerá si mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el autoforma. Arrastre la autoforma a la posición necesaria apretando el botón del ratón. Cuando mueve la autoforma, las líneas guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página de forma más precisa. Para desplazar la autoforma en incrementos de tres píxeles, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar el autoforma solo horizontalmente/verticalmente y evitar que se mueva en dirección perpendicular, al arrastrar mantenga apretada la tecla Shift.

                -

                Para girar la autoforma, mantenga el cursor sobre el controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas Controlador de giro de reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta el incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota.

                -
                -

                Ajuste la configuración de la autoforma

                -

                Para alinear y arreglar autoformas, use el menú contextual: Las opciones del menú son las siguientes:

                +

                Para girar la autoforma, mantenga el cursor sobre el controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas Controlador de giro de reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota.

                +

                Nota: la lista de atajos de teclado que puede ser usada al trabajar con objetos está disponible aquí.

                +
                +

                Ajustar la configuración de autoforma

                +

                Para alinear y arreglar autoformas, use el menú contextual: Aquí tiene las opciones:

                • Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual.
                • Arreglar se usa para traer al primer plano la autoforma seleccionada, enviarla al fondo, traerla adelante o enviarla atrás. También agrupar o desagrupar autoformas para realizar operaciones con varias imágenes a la vez. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página.
                • Alinear se usa para alinear la autoforma a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página.
                  • -
                • Ajuste de texto se usa para seleccionar el ajuste de texto de los estilos disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás - o editar límite de ajuste. La opción Editar límites de ajuste estará disponible solo si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto Alineado. Arrastre puntos de ajuste para personalizar el borde. Para crear un punto de ajuste nuevo, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea roja y arrástrela a la posición necesaria. Editar límite de ajuste
                  • -
                • Ajustes avanzados se usa para abrir la ventana 'Imagen - Ajustes avanzados'.
                  • +
                • Ajuste de texto se usa para seleccionar el ajuste de texto de los estilos disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás - o editar límite de ajuste. La opción Editar límite de ajuste estará disponible solo si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Arrastre puntos de ajuste para personalizar el borde. Para crear un punto de ajuste nuevo, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea roja y arrástrela a la posición necesaria. Editar límite de ajuste
                  • +
                • Rotar se utiliza para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la forma horizontal o verticalmente.
                  • +
                • Ajustes avanzados se usa para abrir la ventana 'Imagen - Ajustes avanzados'.
                -

                Se puede cambiar algunos parámetros de la autoforma usando la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la derecha barra lateral. Para activarla haga clic en la autoforma y elija el icono Ajustes de forma Icono Ajustes de forma a la derecha. Aquí puede cambiar los ajustes siguientes:

                +

                Se puede cambiar algunos parámetros de la autoforma usando la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la derecha barra lateral. Para activarla haga clic en la autoforma y elija el icono Ajustes de forma Icono Ajustes de forma a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar los siguientes ajustes:

                  -
                • Relleno - utilice esta sección para seleccionar el relleno de la autoforma. Puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes:
                    -
                  • Color de relleno - seleccione esta opción para especificar el color que quiere aplicar al espacio interior del autoforma seleccionada.

                    Color de relleno

                    +
                  • Relleno - utilice esta sección para seleccionar el relleno de la autoforma. Puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones:
                      +
                    • Color de relleno - seleccione esta opción para especificar el color sólido que usted quiere aplicar al espacio interior de la autoforma seleccionada.

                      Color de relleno

                      Pulse la casilla de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario en el conjunto de colores o especifique algún color deseado:

                    • Relleno degradado - seleccione esta opción para rellenar la forma de dos colores que de forma sutil cambian de un color a otro.

                      Relleno degradado

                        -
                      • Estilo - elija una de las opciones disponibles: Lineal (colores cambian por una línea recta por ejemplo por un eje horizontal/vertical o por una línea diagonal que forma un ángulo recto) o Radial (colores cambian por una trayectoria circular del centro a los bordes).
                        • -
                      • Dirección - elija una plantilla en el menú. Si selecciona la gradiente Lineal, las siguientes direcciones serán disponible: de la parte superior izquierda a la inferior derecha, de la parte superior a la inferior, de la parte superior derecha a la inferior izquierda, de la parte derecha a la izquierda,de la parte inferior derecha a la superior izquierda, de la parte inferior a la superior, de la parte inferior izquierda a la superior derecha, de la parte izquierda a la derecha. Si selecciona la gradiente Radial, solo una plantilla estará disponible.
                        • -
                      • Gradiente - utilice el control deslizante izquierdo Control deslizante debajo de la barra de gradiente para activar la casilla de color que corresponde al primer color. Pulse la casilla de color para elegir el primer color. Arrastre el control deslizante para establecer el punto de degradado - el punto donde un color cambia a otro color. Utilice el control deslizante derecho debajo de la barra de gradiente para especificar el segundo color y establecer el punto de degradado.
                        • +
                      • Estilo - elija una de las opciones disponibles: Lineal (los colores cambian en línea recta; es decir, sobre un eje horizontal/vertical o por una línea diagonal que forma un ángulo de 45 grados) o Radial (los colores cambian por una trayectoria circular desde el centro hacia los bordes).
                        • +
                      • Dirección - elija una plantilla en el menú. Si se selecciona el gradiente Lineal las siguientes direcciones están disponibles: de arriba izquierda a abajo derecha, de arriba abajo, de arriba derecha a abajo izquierda, de arriba a abajo izquierda, de abajo derecha a arriba izquierda, de abajo a arriba izquierda, de abajo izquierda a arriba derecha, de abajo izquierda a arriba derecha, de izquierda a derecha. Si selecciona la gradiente Radial, estará disponible solo una plantilla.
                        • +
                      • Gradiente - utilice el control deslizante izquierdo Control deslizante debajo de la barra de gradiente para activar la casilla de color que corresponde al primer color. Haga clic en el cuadro de color de la derecha para elegir el primer color de la paleta. Arrastre el control deslizante para establecer la parada del degradado, es decir, el punto en el que un color cambia a otro. Utilice el control deslizante derecho debajo de la barra de gradiente para especificar el segundo color y establecer el punto de degradado.
                      • -
                    • Imagen o textura - seleccione esta opción para usar una imagen o textura predefinida como el fondo de forma.

                      Relleno de imagen o textura

                      +
                    • Imagen o textura - seleccione esta opción para utilizar una imagen o una textura predefinida como fondo de la forma.

                      Relleno de imagen o textura

                        -
                      • Si quiere usar una imagen de fondo de autoforma, usted puede añadir una imagen De archivo seleccionándolo en el disco duro de su ordenador o De URL insertando la dirección URL apropiada en la ventana abierta.
                        • -
                      • Si quiere usar una textura como fondo de forma, abra el menú de textura y seleccione la variante más apropiada.

                        Ahora puede seleccionar las siguientes texturas: lienzo, algodón, tela oscura, grano, granito, papel gris, tejido, piel, papel marrón, papiro, madera.

                        +
                      • Si desea utilizar una imagen de fondo de para la forma, puede añadir una imagen De archivo seleccionándola desde el disco duro de su ordenador o De URL insertando la dirección URL correspondiente en la ventana abierta.
                        • +
                      • Si usted quiere usar una textura como el fondo de forma, abra el menú de textura y seleccione la variante más apropiada.

                        Actualmente usted puede seleccionar tales texturas: lienzo, algodón, tela oscura, grano, granito, papel gris, tejido, piel, papel marrón, papiro, madera.

                        -
                      • Si la imagen seleccionada tiene más o menos dimensiones que la autoforma, puede seleccionar la opción Estirar o Mosaico en la lista desplegable.

                        La opción Estirar le permite ajustar el tamaño de imagen al tamaño de la autoforma para que la imagen ocupe el espacio completamente.

                        -

                        La opción Mosaico le permite mostrar solo una parte de imagen más grande manteniendo su extensión original o repetir la imagen más pequeña manteniendo su dimensión original para que se rellene todo el espacio completamente.

                        -

                        Nota: cualquier Textura predeterminada ocupa el espacio completamente, pero puede aplicar el efecto Estirar si es necesario.

                        +
                      • Si la imagen seleccionada tiene más o menos dimensiones que la autoforma, usted puede seleccionar la opción Estirar o Mosaico en la lista desplegable.

                        La opción Estirar le permite ajustar el tamaño de imagen al tamaño de la autoforma para que la imagen ocupe el espacio completamente.

                        +

                        La opción Mosaico le permite mostrar solo una parte de la imagen más grande manteniendo sus dimensiones originales o repetir la imagen más pequeña manteniendo sus dimensiones originales sobre la superficie de la autoforma para que pueda llenar el espacio completamente.

                        +

                        Nota: cualquier Textura predeterminada ocupa el espacio completamente, pero usted puede aplicar el efecto Estirar si es necesario.

                      • @@ -80,13 +82,20 @@

                    pestaña Ajustes de autoforma

                      -
                    • Opacidad - use esta sección para establecer la nivel de Opacidad arrastrando el control deslizante o introduciendo el valor porcentual manualmente. El valor predeterminado es 100%. Esto corresponde a la capacidad completa. El valor 0% corresponde a la plena transparencia.
                      • -
                    • Trazo - use esta sección para cambiar el color, ancho o tipo del trazo del autoforma.
                        -
                      • Para cambiar el ancho de trazo, seleccione una de las opciones disponibles en la lista desplegable Tamaño. Las opciones disponibles: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternativamente, seleccione la opción Sin línea si no quiere usar ningún trazo.
                        • +
                      • Opacidad - use esta sección para establecer la nivel de Opacidad arrastrando el control deslizante o introduciendo el valor porcentual manualmente. El valor predeterminado es 100%. Corresponde a la opacidad total. El valor 0% corresponde a la plena transparencia.
                        • +
                      • Trazo - utilice esta sección para cambiar el ancho, color o tipo de trazo de la autoforma.
                          +
                        • Para cambiar el ancho del trazo, seleccione una de las opciones disponibles en la lista desplegable Tamaño. Las opciones disponibles son: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternativamente, seleccione la opción Sin relleno si no quiere usar ningún trazo.
                        • Para cambiar el color del trazo, pulse el rectángulo de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario.
                          • -
                        • Para cambiar el tipo de trazo, pulse la casilla de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario de la lista despegable (una línea sólida se aplicará de forma predeterminada, puede cambiarla a una que está disponible con guiones).
                          • +
                        • Para cambiar el tipo de trazo, seleccione la opción deseada de la lista desplegable correspondiente (se aplica una línea sólida por defecto, puede cambiarla por una de las líneas punteadas disponibles).
                        • +
                      • La rotación se utiliza para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la forma horizontal o verticalmente. Haga clic en uno de los botones:
                          +
                        • Icono de rotación en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar la forma 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj
                          • +
                        • Icono de rotación en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj
                          • +
                        • Icono de voltear horizontalmente para voltear la forma horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha)
                          • +
                        • Icono de voltear verticalmente para voltear la forma verticalmente (al revés)
                          • +
                        +
                      • Ajuste de texto - use esta sección para seleccionar el estilo de ajuste de texto en la lista de los que están disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados más adelante).
                      • Cambiar autoforma - use esta sección para reemplazar la autoforma actual con la otra seleccionada en la lista desplegable.
                      @@ -107,6 +116,12 @@
                    • Si la opción de Bloquear la relación de aspecto está activada, la altura y anchura se cambiarán juntas, preservando la forma original del radio de aspecto.
                    +

                    Forma - Ajustes avanzados

                    +

                    La pestaña Rotación contiene los siguientes parámetros:

                    +
                      +
                    • Ángulo - utilice esta opción para girar la forma en un ángulo exactamente especificado. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha.
                      • +
                    • Volteado - marque la casilla Horizontalmente para voltear la forma horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) o la casillaVerticalmente para voltear la forma verticalmente (al revés).
                      • +

                    Forma - Ajustes avanzados

                    La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes:

                      @@ -117,15 +132,15 @@

                    • Ajuste de texto - cuadrado Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita la forma.

                    • Ajuste de texto - estrecho Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales de la forma.

                    • Ajuste de texto - a través A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellena el espacio en blanco de la forma. Para que se muestre este efecto, utilice la opción Editar límite de ajuste en el menú contextual.

                      • -

                    • Ajuste de texto - superior e inferior Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo de la forma.

                      • -

                    • Ajuste de texto - adelante Adelante - la forma solapa el texto.

                      • +

                    • Estilo de justificación - superior e inferior Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo de la forma.

                      • +

                    • Estilo de justificación- adelante Adelante - la forma solapa el texto.

                    • Ajuste de texto - detrás Detrás - el texto solapa la forma.

                  Si usted selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha).

                  Forma - Ajustes avanzados

                  -

                  La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los parámetros siguientes que dependen del estilo de ajuste del texto seleccionado:

                  +

                  La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los siguientes parámetros varían dependiendo del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado:

                  • La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de autoformas:
                    • Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación al carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho,
                      • @@ -143,21 +158,21 @@
                    • La opción Superposición controla si dos formas sobreponen o no cuando usted las arrastra una cerca de la otra en la página.

                    Forma - Ajustes avanzados

                    -

                    La sección Ajustes de forma contiene los parámetros siguientes:

                    +

                    La pestaña Grosores y flechas contiene los siguientes parámetros:

                    • Estilo de línea - este grupo de opciones permite especificar los parámetros siguientes:
                        -
                      • Tipo de remate - esta opción le permite establecer el estilo para el final de la línea, se aplica solo a las formas con contorno abierto, como líneas, polilíneas etc.:
                          +
                        • Tipo de remate - esta opción permite definir el estilo para el final de la línea, por lo que solo se puede aplicar a las formas con el contorno abierto, como líneas, polilíneas etc.:
                          • Plano - los extremos serán planos.
                          • Redondeado - los extremos serán redondeados.
                          • Cuadrado - los extremos serán cuadrados.
                          • -
                        • Tipo de combinación - esta opción le permite establecer el estilo de intersección de dos líneas, por ejemplo, puede afectar a polilínea o esquinas de triángulo o contorno de triángulo:
                            +
                          • Tipo de combinación - esta opción permite establecer el estilo para la intersección de dos líneas, por ejemplo, puede afectar a una polilínea o a las esquinas del contorno de un triángulo o rectángulo:
                            • Redondeado - la esquina será redondeada.
                            • Biselado - la esquina será sesgada.
                              • -
                            • Ángulo - la esquina será puntiaguda. Vale para ángulos agudos.
                              • +
                            • Ángulo - la esquina será puntiaguda. Se adapta bien a formas con ángulos agudos.
                            -

                            Nota: el efecto será más visible si usa una mucha anchura de contorno.

                            +

                            Nota: el efecto será más visible si usa una gran anchura de contorno.

                          • @@ -165,7 +180,7 @@

                        Forma - Ajustes avanzados

                        La pestaña Márgenes interiores permite cambiar los márgenes internos superiores, inferiores, izquierdos y derechos (es decir, la distancia entre el texto y los bordes del autoforma dentro del autoforma).

                        -

                        Nota: la pestaña está disponible solo si un texto se añada en autoforma, si no, la pestaña está desactivada.

                        +

                        Nota: esta pestaña solo está disponible si el texto se añade dentro de la autoforma, de lo contrario la pestaña no estará disponible.

                        Forma - Ajustes avanzados

                        La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma.

                        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm index 70d142800..a90dfc6ef 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm @@ -17,7 +17,11 @@

                        Los marcadores permiten saltar rápidamente hacia cierta posición en el documento actual o añadir un enlace a esta ubicación dentro del documento.

                        Para añadir un marcador dentro de un documento:

                          -
                        1. coloque el puntero del ratón al inicio del pasaje de texto donde desea agregar el marcador,
                          2. +
                        2. especifique el lugar donde desea que se añada el marcador:
                            +
                          • coloque el cursor del ratón al principio del pasaje correspondiente del texto, o
                            • +
                          • seleccione el pasaje de texto deseado,
                            • +
                          +
                        3. cambie a la pestaña Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior,
                        4. haga clic en el icono Icono marcador Marcadoren la barra de herramientas superior,
                        5. en la ventana de Marcadores que se abre, introduzca el Nombre del marcador y haga clic en el botón Agregar - se añadirá un marcador a la lista de marcadores mostrada a continuación,

                          Nota: el nombre del marcador debe comenzar con una letra, pero también debe contener números. El nombre del marcador no puede contener espacios, pero sí el carácter guión bajo "_".

                          @@ -29,7 +33,7 @@
                        6. haga clic en el icono Icono marcador marcador en la pestaña de Referencias de la barra de herramientas superior,
                        7. en la ventana Marcadores que se abre, seleccione el marcador al que desea ir. Para encontrar el fácilmente el marcador requerido puede ordenar la lista de marcadores por Nombre o Ubicación del marcador dentro del texto del documento,
                        8. marque la opción Marcadores ocultos para mostrar los marcadores ocultos en la lista (por ej. los marcadores creados automáticamente por el programa cuando añade referencias a cierta parte del documento. Por ejemplo, si usted crea un hiperenlace a cierto encabezado dentro del documento, el editor de documentos automáticamente crea un marcador oculto hacia el destino de este enlace).
                          9. -
                        9. haga clic en el botón Ir a - el puntero será posicionado en la ubicación dentro del documento donde el marcador seleccionado ha sido añadido,
                          10. +
                        10. haga clic en el botón Ir a - el cursor se posicionará en la ubicación dentro del documento donde se añadió el marcador seleccionado, o se seleccionará el pasaje de texto en cuestión,
                        11. haga clic en el botón Cerrar para cerrar la ventana.

                        Para eliminar un marcador seleccione el mismo en la lista de marcadores y use el botón Eliminar.

                        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 7d227af0a..d38f2258a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -18,25 +18,25 @@

                        Para insertar un gráfico en su documento,

                        1. coloque el cursor en el lugar donde quiere insertar un gráfico,
                          2. -
                        2. cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior,
                          3. +
                        3. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
                        4. pulse el Icono gráfico icono Gráfico en la barra de herramientas superior,
                        5. Seleccione el tipo de gráfico de las diferentes opciones disponibles - Columnas, Líneas, Pastel, Barras, Área, XY (dispersa), o Cotizaciones,

                          Nota: para los gráficos de Columna, Línea, Pastel o Barras, un formato en 3D también se encuentra disponible.

                        6. después aparecerá la ventana Editor de gráfico donde puede introducir los datos necesarios en las celdas usando los siguientes controles:
                          • Copiar y Pegar para copiar y pegar los datos copiados
                            • -
                          • Deshacer y Rehacer para deshacer o rehacer acciones
                            • +
                          • Deshacer y Rehacer para deshacer o rehacer acciones
                          • Inserte una función para insertar una función
                          • Disminuir decimales y Aumentar decimales para disminuir o aumentar decimales
                          • Formato de número para cambiar el formato del número, es decir, la manera en que los números introducidos se muestran en las celdas

                          Ventana Editor de gráfico

                          7. -
                        7. cambie los ajustes de gráfico pulsando el botón Editar gráfico situado en la ventana Editor de gráfico. Se abrirá la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados.

                          Gráfico - ventana de Ajustes Avanzados

                          +
                        8. cambie los ajustes de gráfico pulsando el botón Editar gráfico situado en la ventana Editor de gráfico. Se abrirá la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados.

                          Ventana Gráfico - ajustes avanzados

                          La pestaña Tipo y datos le permite seleccionar el tipo de gráfico, su estilo y también los datos.

                          • Seleccione un Tipo de gráfico que quiere aplicar: Columna, Línea, Pastel, Barras, Áreas, XY (disperso), o Cotizaciones.
                          • Compruebe el Rango de datos y modifíquelo, si es necesario, pulsando el botón Selección de datos e introduciendo el rango de datos deseado en el formato siguiente: Sheet1!A1:B4.
                            • -
                          • Elija el modo de arreglar los datos. Puede seleccionar Serie de datos para el eje X: en filas o en columnas.
                            • +
                          • Elija el modo de arreglar los datos. Puede seleccionar la Serie de datos que se utilizará en el eje X: en filas o en columnas.

                          Ventana Gráfico - ajustes avanzados

                          La pestaña Diseño le permite cambiar el diseño de elementos del gráfico.

                          @@ -91,12 +91,12 @@

                      Ventana Gráfico - ajustes avanzados

                      Nota: las pestañas Eje vertical/horizontal estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes.

                      -

                      La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta, que para los ejes verticales habrá una categoría ejes que mostrará etiquetas de texto para los Gráficos de barras por lo tanto en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a las descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de punto, los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

                      +

                      La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta, que para los ejes verticales habrá una categoría ejes que mostrará etiquetas de texto para los Gráficos de barras por lo tanto en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a las descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

                      • La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes:
                        • Valor mínimo - se usa para especificar el valor mínimo en el comienzo del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor mínimo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha.
                        • Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo en el final de eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha.
                          • -
                        • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor de punto de intersección de ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical.
                          • +
                        • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical.
                        • Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Miles de millones, Billones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volver a las unidades por defecto.
                        • Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada el valor mínimo está en la parte inferior y el valor máximo en la parte superior del eje. Cuando la casilla está activada, los valores se ordenan de la parte superior a la parte inferior.
                        @@ -137,15 +137,16 @@
                    -

                    Gráfico - Ajustes Avanzados:

                    +

                    Gráfico - Ajustes Avanzados

                    La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información del gráfico.

                    • Mover y cambiar el tamaño de gráficos

                    -

                    Desplazar gráfico Una vez añadido el gráfico, puede cambiar su tamaño y posición. Para cambiar el tamaño de gráfico, arrastre pequeños cuadrados Icono Cuadrado situados en sus bordes. Para mantener las proporciones originales del gráfico seleccionado, mientras redimensionamiento mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina.

                    +

                    Desplazar gráfico Una vez añadido el gráfico, puede cambiar su tamaño y posición. Para cambiar el tamaño de gráfico, arrastre pequeños cuadrados Icono cuadrado situados en sus bordes. Para mantener las proporciones originales del gráfico seleccionado, mientras redimensionamiento mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina.

                    Para cambiar la posición de gráfico, use el Flecha icono que aparece cuando mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el gráfico. Arrastre el gráfico a la posición necesaria manteniendo apretado el botón del ratón. Cuando mueve el gráfico, las líneas guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página más precisamente.

                    -
                    +

                    Nota: la lista de atajos de teclado que puede ser usada al trabajar con objetos está disponible aquí.

                    +

                    Editar elementos del gráfico

                    Para editar el gráfico Título seleccione el texto predeterminado con el ratón y escriba el suyo propio en su lugar.

                    Para cambiar el formato del tipo de letra de texto dentro de elementos, como el título del gráfico, títulos de ejes, leyendas, etiquetas de datos etc, seleccione los elementos del texto apropiados haciendo clic izquierdo en estos. Luego, use los iconos en la pestaña Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para cambiar el tipo, tamaño, color de la fuente o su estilo decorativo.

                    @@ -155,16 +156,16 @@

                    Ajustes de gráfico

                    Pestaña Ajustes de gráfico

                    -

                    Puede cambiar algunos ajustes usando la pestaña Ajustes de gráfico en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, pulse el gráfico y elija el icono Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar las siguientes propiedades:

                    +

                    Puede cambiar algunos ajustes usando la pestaña Ajustes de gráfico en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, pulse el gráfico y elija el icono Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar los siguientes ajustes:

                    • Tamaño - se usa para ver los Ancho y Altura del gráfico actual.
                      • -
                    • Justificación de texto se usa para seleccionar un estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados más abajo).
                      • +
                    • Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar el estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados debajo).
                    • Cambiar tipo de gráfico - se usa para cambiar el tipo o estilo del gráfico seleccionado.

                      Para seleccionar los Estilos de gráfico necesarios, use el segundo menú despegable en la sección de Cambiar Tipo de Gráfico.

                    • Editar datos - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico'.

                      Nota: si quiere abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico', haga doble clic sobre el gráfico en el documento.

                    -

                    También puede encontrar unas opciones en el menú contextual. Las opciones del menú son:

                    +

                    También puede encontrar estas opciones en el menú contextual. Aquí tiene las opciones:

                    • Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual.
                    • Arreglar - se usa para traer el gráfico seleccionado al primer plano, enviarlo al fondo, traerlo adelante o enviarlo atrás, así como para agrupar o des-agrupar gráficos para realizar operaciones con unos gráficos a la vez. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página.
                      • @@ -191,20 +192,20 @@

                    • Ajuste de texto - cuadrado Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita el gráfico.

                    • Ajuste de texto - estrecho Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales del gráfico.

                    • Ajuste de texto - a través A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellene el espacio en blanco del gráfico.

                      • -

                    • Estilo de ajuste- superior e inferior Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo del gráfico.

                      • -

                    • Estilo de ajuste - adelante Adelante - el gráfico solapa el texto.

                      • +

                    • Estilo de justificación - superior e inferior Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo del gráfico.

                      • +

                    • Estilo de justificación- adelante Adelante - el gráfico solapa el texto.

                    • Ajuste de texto - detrás Detrás - el texto solapa el gráfico.

                  Si usted selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha).

                  Gráfico-ajustes avanzados: Posición

                  -

                  La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los siguientes parámetros, los cuales dependen del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado:

                  +

                  La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los siguientes parámetros varían dependiendo del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado:

                  • La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de gráficos:
                      -
                    • Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación con el carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, margen de la página o margen derecho,
                      • -
                    • La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) a la derecha del carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, margen de la página o margen derecho,
                      • -
                    • La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen izquierdo, margen, margen de la página o margen derecho.
                      • +
                    • Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación al carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho,
                      • +
                    • La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes avanzados...) a la derecha del carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho,
                      • +
                    • La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho.
                  • La sección Vertical permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de gráficos:
                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm index 7e6149ed0..a676025fb 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@

                      Ventana de ajustes de control de contenido

                      • Especifique el Título o Etiqueta del control de contenido en los campos correspondientes. El título será mostrado cuando el control esté seleccionado en el documento. Las etiquetas se usan para identificar el contenido de los controles de manera que pueda hacer referencia a ellos en su código.
                        • -
                      • Escoja si desea mostrar el control de contenido con una Casilla entorno o no. Utilice la opción Ninguno para mostrar el control sin una casilla entorno. Si selecciona la opción Casilla entorno, usted puede escoger el Color de esta casilla empleando el campo a continuación.
                        • +
                      • Escoja si desea mostrar el control de contenido con una Casilla entorno o no. Utilice la opción Ninguno para mostrar el control sin una casilla entorno. Si selecciona la opción Casilla entorno, usted puede escoger el Color de esta casilla empleando el campo a continuación. Haga clic en el botón Aplicar a todos para aplicar los ajustes de Apariencia especificados a todos los controles de contenido del documento.
                      • Proteja el control de contenido para que no sea eliminado o editado usando la opción de la sección Bloqueando:
                        • No se puede eliminar el control de contenido - marque esta casilla para proteger el control de contenido de ser eliminado.
                        • No se puede editar el contenido - marque esta casilla para proteger el contenido de ser editado.
                          • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 461ac6548..cb4f92259 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -22,8 +22,9 @@
                        • cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
                        • haga clic en el icono Icono Imagen Imagen en la barra de herramientas superior,
                        • seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para cargar la imagen:
                            -
                          • la opción Imagen desde Archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir
                            • +
                          • la opción Imagen desde archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir
                          • la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen correspondiente; después haga clic en el botón OK
                            • +
                          • la opción Imagen desde almacenamiento abrirá la ventana Seleccionar fuente de datos. Seleccione una imagen almacenada en su portal y haga clic en el botón OK
                        • una vez añadida la imagen cambie su tamaño, parámetros y posición.
                          • @@ -38,8 +39,28 @@

                          Ajustes de ajuste de imagen

                          Pestaña de ajustes de imagen Se puede cambiar unos ajustes de la imagen usando la pestaña Ajustes de imagen en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla pulse la imagen y elija el Icono Ajustes de imagen icono Ajustes de imagen a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar los siguientes ajustes:

                            -
                          • Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen. Si es necesario, puede restaurar el tamaño por defecto de la imagen si hace clic en el botón de Tamaño por Defecto. El botón Ajustar al Margen le permite volver a dar tamaño a la imagen, para que ocupe todo el espacio entre el margen de la página izquierdo y derecho.
                            • -
                          • Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar el estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados debajo).
                            • +
                          • Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen. Si es necesario, puede restaurar el tamaño por defecto de la imagen si hace clic en el botón de Tamaño por Defecto. El botón Ajustar al Margen le permite volver a dar tamaño a la imagen, para que ocupe todo el espacio entre el margen de la página izquierdo y derecho.

                            El botón Recortar se utiliza para recortar la imagen. Haga clic en el botón Recortar para activar las manijas de recorte que aparecen en las esquinas de la imagen y en el centro de cada lado. Arrastre manualmente los controles para establecer el área de recorte. Puede mover el cursor del ratón sobre el borde del área de recorte para que se convierta en el icono Flecha y arrastrar el área.

                            +
                              +
                            • Para recortar un solo lado, arrastre la manija situada en el centro de este lado.
                              • +
                            • Para recortar simultáneamente dos lados adyacentes, arrastre una de las manijas de las esquinas.
                              • +
                            • Para recortar por igual dos lados opuestos de la imagen, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl al arrastrar la manija en el centro de uno de estos lados.
                              • +
                            • Para recortar por igual todos los lados de la imagen, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl al arrastrar cualquiera de las manijas de las esquinas.
                              • +
                            +

                            Cuando se especifique el área de recorte, haga clic en el botón Recortar de nuevo, o pulse la tecla Esc, o haga clic en cualquier lugar fuera del área de recorte para aplicar los cambios.

                            +

                            Una vez seleccionada el área de recorte, también es posible utilizar las opciones de Rellenar y Ajustar disponibles en el menú desplegable Recortar. Haga clic de nuevo en el botón Recortar y elija la opción que desee:

                            +
                              +
                            • Si selecciona la opción Rellenar, la parte central de la imagen original se conservará y se utilizará para rellenar el área de recorte seleccionada, mientras que las demás partes de la imagen se eliminarán.
                              • +
                            • Si selecciona la opción Ajustar, la imagen se redimensionará para que se ajuste a la altura o anchura del área de recorte. No se eliminará ninguna parte de la imagen original, pero pueden aparecer espacios vacíos dentro del área de recorte seleccionada.
                              • +
                            +
                            • +
                          • La rotación se utiliza para girar la imagen 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la imagen horizontal o verticalmente. Haga clic en uno de los botones:
                              +
                            • Icono de rotación en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar la imagen 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj
                              • +
                            • Icono de rotación en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para girar la imagen 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj
                              • +
                            • Icono de voltear horizontalmente para voltear la imagen horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha)
                              • +
                            • Icono de voltear verticalmente para voltear la imagen verticalmente (al revés)
                              • +
                            +
                            • +
                          • Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar el estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados debajo).
                          • Reemplazar Imagen se usa para reemplazar la imagen actual cargando otra Desde Archivo o Desde URL.

                          También puede encontrar estas opciones en el menú contextual. Aquí tiene las opciones:

                          @@ -48,8 +69,10 @@
                        • Arreglar - se usa para traer al primer plano la imagen seleccionada, enviarla al fondo, traerla adelante o enviarla atrás. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página.
                        • Alinear - se usa para alinear la imagen a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página.
                        • Ajuste de texto se usa para seleccionar el ajuste de texto de los estilos disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás - o editar límite de ajuste. La opción Editar límite de ajuste estará disponible solo si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Arrastre puntos de ajuste para personalizar el borde. Para crear un punto de ajuste nuevo, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea roja y arrástrela a la posición necesaria. Editar límite de ajuste
                          • -
                        • Predeterminado - se usa para cambiar el tamaño actual de la imagen al tamaño predeterminado.
                          • -
                        • Reemplazar Imagen se usa para reemplazar la imagen actual cargando otra Desde Archivo o Desde URL.
                          • +
                        • La rotación se utiliza para girar la imagen 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la imagen horizontal o verticalmente.
                          • +
                        • Recortar se utiliza para aplicar una de las opciones de recorte: Recortar, Rellenar o Ajustar. Seleccione la opción Recortar del submenú, luego arrastre las manijas de recorte para establecer el área de recorte, y haga clic de nuevo en una de estas tres opciones del submenú para aplicar los cambios.
                          • +
                        • Predeterminado - se usa para cambiar el tamaño actual de la imagen al tamaño predeterminado.
                          • +
                        • Reemplazar imagen se utiliza para reemplazar la imagen actual cargando otra De archivo o De URL.
                        • Ajustes avanzados - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Imagen - Ajustes avanzados'.

                        Pestaña Ajustes de forma Cuando se selecciona la imagen, el icono Ajustes de forma Icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha. Puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestañaAjustes de forma en la barra de tareas derecha y ajustar la forma, tipo de estilo, tamaño y color así como cambiar el tipo de forma seleccionando otra forma del menú Cambiar autoforma. La forma de la imagen cambiará correspondientemente.

                        @@ -60,6 +83,12 @@
                        • Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho o altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así Icono de proporciones constantes activado), el ancho y la altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, pulse el botón Tamaño Predeterminado.
                        +

                        Imagen - ajustes avanzados: Rotación

                        +

                        La pestaña Rotación contiene los siguientes parámetros:

                        +
                          +
                        • Ángulo - utilice esta opción para girar la imagen en un ángulo exactamente especificado. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha.
                          • +
                        • Volteado - marque la casilla Horizontalmente para voltear la imagen horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) o la casillaVerticalmente para voltear imagen verticalmente (al revés).
                          • +

                        Imagen - ajustes avanzados: Ajuste de texto

                        La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes:

                          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm index da6e042e8..6ea8992cc 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

                          Para insertar números de las páginas en su documento,

                          1. cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior,
                            2. -
                          2. pulse el icono Encabezado/pie de página en la barra de herramientas superior,
                            3. +
                          3. pulse el icono Encabezado/pie de página Icono encabezado/pie de página en la barra de herramientas superior,
                          4. elija el submenú Insertar número de página,
                          5. seleccione una de las opciones siguientes:
                            • Para meter número en cada página de su documento, seleccione la posición de número en la página.
                              • @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@

                              Para insertar el número de páginas total en su documento (por ejemplo, si quiere crear la entrada de Página X de Y):

                              1. ponga el cursos donde quiera insertar el número total de páginas,
                                2. -
                              2. pulse el Icono encabezado/pie de página icono Editar encabezado y pie de página en la barra de herramientas superior,
                                3. +
                              3. pulse el icono Editar encabezado y pie de página Icono encabezado/pie de página en la barra de herramientas superior,
                              4. Seleccione la opción de Insertar número de páginas.
                              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index 28b8cca8e..bc3156160 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@

                              Para añadir una tabla al texto del documento,

                              1. ponga el cursor en un lugar donde usted quiere insertar la tabla,
                                2. -
                              2. cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior,
                                3. +
                              3. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
                              4. pulse el Icono tabla icono Tabla en la barra de herramientas superior,
                              5. seleccione la opción para crear una tabla:

                                • tanto una tabla con un número de celdas predefinido (máximo de 10 por 8 celdas)

                                  @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@

                                  Para seleccionar una fila determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón al borde izquierdo de la tabla junto a la fila necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra Seleccionar fila, luego haga clic izquierdo.

                                  Para seleccionar una columna determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón al borde superior de la columna necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra Seleccionar columna, luego haga clic izquierdo.

                                  También es posible seleccionar una celda, fila, columna o tabla utilizando las opciones del menú contextual o de la sección Filas y Columnas en la barra de tareas derecha.

                                  +

                                  Nota: para desplazarse por una tabla puede utilizar los atajos de teclado.

                                  Ajustes de tablas

                                  Unos parámetros de la tabla y también su estructura pueden ser cambiados usando el menú contextual: Aquí tiene las opciones:

                                  @@ -55,7 +56,7 @@
                                • Distribuir filas se utiliza para ajustar las celdas seleccionadas para que tengan la misma altura sin cambiar la altura total de la tabla.
                                • Distribuir columnas se utiliza para ajustar las celdas seleccionadas para que tengan el mismo ancho sin cambiar el ancho total de la tabla.
                                • Alineación vertical de celda se usa para alinear la parte superior central o inferior de un texto en la celda seleccionada.
                                  • -
                                • Dirección del Texto - se usa para cambiar la orientación del texto en una celda. Puede poner el texto de forma horizontal, vertical de arriba hacia abajo (Rotación a 90°), o vertical de abajo a arriba (Rotación a 270°).
                                  • +
                                • Dirección del Texto - se usa para cambiar la orientación del texto en una celda. Puede colocar el texto horizontalmente, verticalmente de arriba hacia abajo (Girar texto hacia abajo), o verticalmente de abajo hacia arriba (Girar texto hacia arriba).
                                • Ajustes avanzados de tabla se usa para abrir la ventana 'Tabla - Ajustes avanzados'.
                                • Hiperenlace se usa para insertar un hiperenlace.
                                • Párrafo se usa para mantener las líneas juntas o abrir la ventana 'Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados'.
                                  • @@ -82,7 +83,8 @@

                                • Estilo de bordes se usa para seleccionar el tamaño, color, estilo de bordes y también el color de fondo.

                                • Filas & columnas se usa para realizar unas operaciones con la tabla: seleccionar, borrar, insertar filas y columnas, unir celdas, dividir una celda.

                                • Tamaño de celda se usa para ajustar el ancho y alto de la celda actualmente seleccionada. En esta sección, usted también puede Distribuir filas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan la misma altura o Distribuir columnas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan el mismo ancho.

                                  • -

                                • Repetir con una fila de encabezado en la parte superior se usa para insertar el mismo encabezado en la parte superior de cada página en las tablas largas.

                                  • +

                                • Añadir fórmula se utiliza para insertar una fórmula en la celda seleccionada de la tabla.

                                  • +

                                • Repetir con una fila de encabezado en la parte superior se usa para insertar el mismo encabezado en la parte superior de cada página en las tablas largas.

                                • Mostrar ajustes avanzados se usa para abrir la ventana 'Tabla - Ajustes avanzados'.

                                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm index 1bcc1c570..749f1e586 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@

                                Añada un objeto con texto.

                                Puede añadir un objeto con texto en cualquier lugar de la página. Para hacerlo:

                                  -
                                1. cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior,
                                  2. -
                                2. seleccione el tipo de objeto con texto necesario:
                                    -
                                  • Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el Icono de Cuadro de Texto icono de Cuadro de Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.

                                    Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el Icono forma icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma Inserte texto en una autoforma del grupo Formas Básicas.

                                    +
                                  • cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
                                    • +
                                  • seleccione la clase de objeto de texto deseada:
                                      +
                                    • Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el Icono de Cuadro de Texto icono de Cuadro de Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.

                                      Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el Icono forma icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma Insertar autoforma de texto del grupo Formas Básicas.

                                    • para añadir un objeto de Arte de Texto, haga clic en el Icono de Arte de Texto icono Arte Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic en la plantilla del estilo deseada - el objeto de Arte de Texto se añadirá en la posición del cursor actual. Seleccione el texto por defecto dentro del cuadro de texto con el ratón y reemplázelo con su texto.
                                    @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@
                                    • para cambiar el tamaño, mover, rotar el cuadro de texto use las manillas especiales en los bordes de la forma.
                                    • para editar el relleno, trazo, estilo de ajuste del cuadro de texto o reemplazar el cuadro rectangular con una forma distinta, haga clic en el Icono Ajustes de forma icono de ajustes de forma a la derecha de la barra de herramientas y use las opciones correspondientes.
                                      • -
                                    • para alinear el cuadro de texto en la página, organice cuadros de texto según se relacionan con otros objetos, cambie un estilo de ajuste o acceda a la forma en ajustes avanzados, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro del texto y use las opciones del menú contextual. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página.
                                      • +
                                    • para alinear el cuadro de texto en la página, organizar cuadros de texto en relación con otros objetos, cambie un girar o voltear un cuadro de texto, cambiar un estilo de ajuste o acceder a los ajustes avanzados de la forma, haga clic con el botón derecho del ratón en el borde del cuadro de texto y utilice las opciones del menú contextual. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página.

                                    Formatee su texto en el cuadro del texto

                                    Haga clic en el texto dentro del cuadro de texto para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el texto está seleccionado, los bordes del cuadro de texto se muestran con líneas con puntos.

                                    Texto seleccionado

                                    Nota: también es posible cambiar el formato de texto cuando el cuadrado de texto (no el texto) se selecciona. En este caso, cualquier cambio se aplicará a todo el texto dentro del cuadrado de texto. Algunas opciones de formateo de letra (tipo de letra, tamaño, color y estilo de diseño) se pueden aplicar a una porción previamente seleccionada del texto de forma separada.

                                    -

                                    Para rotar el texto dentro del cuadro del texto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Rote a 90° (fija la dirección vertical, de arriba a abajo) o Rote a 270° (fija la dirección vertical, de abajo a arriba).

                                    +

                                    Para rotar el texto dentro del cuadro del texto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Girar texto hacia abajo (establece una dirección vertical, de arriba hacia abajo) o Girar texto hacia arriba (establece una dirección vertical, de abajo hacia arriba).

                                    Para alinear el texto de manera vertical dentro del cuadro de texto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción alineamiento vertical y luego elija una de las opciones disponibles: Alinear en la parte superior, Alinear al centro, o Alinear en la parte inferior.

                                    Otras opciones de formato que puede aplicar son las mismas que las del texto regular. Por favor, refiérase a las secciones de ayuda correspondientes para aprender más sobre las operaciones necesarias. Puede:

                                      @@ -56,18 +56,18 @@

                                      Seleccione un objeto de texto y haga clic en el Icono de ajustes Arte de Texto icono Ajustes de Arte de Texto en la barra lateral.

                                      Pestaña Ajustes de Texto de Arte

                                      Cambie el estilo de texto aplicado seleccionando una nueva Plantilla de la galería. También puede cambiar los estilos básicos adicionales seleccionando un tipo de letra o tamaño diferente.

                                      -

                                      Cambie el tipo de letra Relleno. Puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes:

                                      +

                                      Cambie el tipo de letra Relleno. Puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones:

                                      • Color de relleno - seleccione esta opción para especificar el color sólido que quiere aplicar al espacio interior de las letras de dentro.

                                        Color de relleno

                                        Pulse la casilla de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario en el conjunto de colores o especifique algún color deseado:

                                      • Relleno Degradado - seleccione esta opción para rellenar las letras con dos colores que suavemente cambian de un color a otro.

                                        Relleno degradado

                                          -
                                        • Estilo - elija una de las opciones disponibles: Lineal (colores cambian por una línea recta por ejemplo por un eje horizontal/vertical o por una línea diagonal que forma un ángulo recto) o Radial (colores cambian por una trayectoria circular del centro a los bordes).
                                          • -
                                        • Dirección - elija una plantilla en el menú. Si selecciona la gradiente Lineal, serán disponible las direcciones siguientes: de la parte superior izquierda a la inferior derecha, de la parte superior a la inferior, de la parte superior derecha a la inferior izquierda, de la parte derecha a la izquierda,de la parte inferior derecha a la superior izquierda, de la parte inferior a la superior, de la parte inferior izquierda a la superior derecha, de la parte izquierda a la derecha. Si selecciona la gradiente Radial, estará disponible solo una plantilla.
                                          • -
                                        • Gradiente - utilice el control deslizante izquierdo Control deslizante debajo de la barra de gradiente para activar la casilla de color que corresponde al primer color. Pulse la casilla de color para elegir el primer color. Arrastre el control deslizante para establecer el punto de degradado - el punto donde un color cambie el otro. Utilice el control deslizante derecho debajo de la barra de gradiente para especificar el segundo color y establecer el punto de degradado.
                                          • +
                                        • Estilo - elija una de las opciones disponibles: Lineal (los colores cambian en línea recta; es decir, sobre un eje horizontal/vertical o por una línea diagonal que forma un ángulo de 45 grados) o Radial (los colores cambian por una trayectoria circular desde el centro hacia los bordes).
                                          • +
                                        • Dirección - elija una plantilla en el menú. Si se selecciona el gradiente Lineal las siguientes direcciones están disponibles: de arriba izquierda a abajo derecha, de arriba abajo, de arriba derecha a abajo izquierda, de arriba a abajo izquierda, de abajo derecha a arriba izquierda, de abajo a arriba izquierda, de abajo izquierda a arriba derecha, de abajo izquierda a arriba derecha, de izquierda a derecha. Si selecciona la gradiente Radial, estará disponible solo una plantilla.
                                          • +
                                        • Gradiente - utilice el control deslizante izquierdo Control deslizante debajo de la barra de gradiente para activar la casilla de color que corresponde al primer color. Haga clic en el cuadro de color de la derecha para elegir el primer color de la paleta. Arrastre el control deslizante para establecer la parada del degradado, es decir, el punto en el que un color cambia a otro. Utilice el control deslizante derecho debajo de la barra de gradiente para especificar el segundo color y establecer el punto de degradado.
                                        -

                                        Nota: si una de estas dos opciones está seleccionada, usted también puede establecer el nivel de Opacidad arrastrando el control deslizante o introduciendo el valor manualmente. El valor predeterminado es 100%. Esto corresponde a la capacidad completa. El valor 0% corresponde a la plena transparencia.

                                        +

                                        Nota: si una de estas dos opciones está seleccionada, usted también puede establecer el nivel de Opacidad arrastrando el control deslizante o introduciendo el valor manualmente. El valor predeterminado es 100%. Corresponde a la opacidad total. El valor 0% corresponde a la plena transparencia.

                                      • Sin relleno - seleccione esta opción si no desea usar ningún relleno.
                                      @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
                                      • Para cambiar el ancho de trazo, seleccione una de las opciones disponibles en la lista desplegable Tamaño. Las opciones disponibles: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternativamente, seleccione la opción Sin línea si no quiere usar ningún trazo.
                                      • Para cambiar el color del trazo, pulse el rectángulo de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario.
                                        • -
                                      • Para cambiar el tipo de trazo, pulse la opción necesaria de la lista correspondiente despegable (una línea sólida se aplicará por defecto, puede cambiarla a una de las líneas disponibles con líneas con puntos.
                                        • +
                                      • Para cambiar el tipo de trazo, seleccione la opción deseada de la lista desplegable correspondiente (se aplica una línea sólida por defecto, puede cambiarla por una de las líneas punteadas disponibles).

                                      Aplique un efecto de texto seleccionando el texto necesario para el tipo de transformación de la galería de Transformar. Puede ajustar el grado de la distorsión del texto si arrastra la manivela con forma de diamante rosa.

                                      Transformación del Texto de Arte

                                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 9ba94b214..39fac5618 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -14,19 +14,52 @@

                                      Cree un documento nuevo o abra el documento existente

                                      -

                                      Cuando usted ha terminado de trabajar con un documento, usted puede dirigirse al documento que ha sido editado últimamente, crear un documento nuevo, o volver a la lista de documentos existentes.

                                      -

                                      Para crear un documento nuevo,

                                      -
                                        -
                                      1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo de la barra de herramientas superior,
                                        2. -
                                      2. seleccione la opción Crear nuevo.
                                        3. -
                                      -

                                      Para abrir el documento últimamente editado con el editor de documentos,

                                      -
                                        -
                                      1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo de la barra de herramientas superior,
                                        2. -
                                      2. seleccione la opción Abrir reciente,
                                        3. -
                                      3. elija el documento necesario de la lista de documentos últimamente editados.
                                        4. -
                                      -

                                      Para volver a la lista de documentos existente, haga clic en el Ir a Documentos icono de Ir a Documentos en la parte derecha del encabezado del editor. De forma alternativa, puede cambiar a la pestaña de Archivo en la barra de herramientas y seleccionar la opción de Ir a Documentos.

                                      - +
                                      Para crear un nuevo documento
                                      +
                                      +

                                      En el editor en línea

                                      +
                                        +
                                      1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                                        2. +
                                      2. seleccione la opción Crear nuevo.
                                        3. +
                                      +
                                      +
                                      +

                                      En el editor de escritorio

                                      +
                                        +
                                      1. En la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción del menú Documento de la sección Crear nuevo de la barra lateral izquierda - se abrirá un nuevo archivo en una nueva pestaña,
                                        2. +
                                      2. cuando se hayan realizado todos los cambios deseados, haga clic en el icono Icono Guardar Guardar de la esquina superior izquierda o cambie a la pestaña Archivoy seleccione la opción Guardar como del menú.
                                        3. +
                                      3. en la ventana de gestión de archivos, seleccione la ubicación del archivo, especifique su nombre, elija el formato en el que desea guardar el documento (DOCX, Plantilla de documento (DOTX), ODT, OTT, RTF, TXT, PDF o PDFA) y haga clic en el botón Guardar.
                                        4. +
                                      +
                                      + +
                                      +
                                      Para abrir un documento existente
                                      +

                                      En el editor de escritorio

                                      +
                                        +
                                      1. en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción Abrir archivo local en la barra lateral izquierda,
                                        2. +
                                      2. seleccione el documento deseado en la ventana de gestión de archivos y haga clic en el botón Abrir.
                                        3. +
                                      +

                                      También puede hacer clic con el botón derecho sobre el documento deseado en la ventana de gestión de archivos, seleccionar la opción Abrir con y elegir la aplicación correspondiente en el menú. Si los archivos de documentos de Office están asociados con la aplicación, también puede abrir documentos haciendo doble clic sobre el nombre del archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos.

                                      +

                                      Todos los directorios a los que ha accedido utilizando el editor de escritorio se mostrarán en la lista de Carpetas recientes para que posteriormente pueda acceder rápidamente a ellos. Haga clic en la carpeta correspondiente para seleccionar uno de los archivos almacenados en ella.

                                      +
                                      + +
                                      Para abrir un documento recientemente editado
                                      +
                                      +

                                      En el editor en línea

                                      +
                                        +
                                      1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                                        2. +
                                      2. seleccione la opción Abrir reciente,
                                        3. +
                                      3. elija el documento necesario de la lista de documentos últimamente editados.
                                        4. +
                                      +
                                      +
                                      +

                                      En el editor de escritorio

                                      +
                                        +
                                      1. en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción Archivos recientes en la barra lateral izquierda,
                                        2. +
                                      2. elija el documento necesario de la lista de documentos últimamente editados.
                                        3. +
                                      +
                                      + +

                                      Para abrir la carpeta donde se encuentra el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador en la versión en línea, en la ventana del explorador de archivos en la versión de escritorio, haga clic en el icono Abrir ubicación de archivo Abrir ubicación de archivo en el lado derecho de la cabecera del editor. Como alternativa, puede cambiar a la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionar la opción Abrir ubicación de archivo.

                                      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm index 6cdd457a2..d61cb6a75 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm @@ -14,9 +14,10 @@

                                      Inserte saltos de página

                                      -

                                      En el editor de documentos, usted puede añadir un salto de página para empezar una página nueva y ajustar las opciones de paginación.

                                      -

                                      Para insertar un salto de página en la posición de cursor actual pulse el icono Insertar salto de página o Diseño Icono de saltos en la barra de herramientas superior o pulse la flecha al lado de este icono y seleccione la opción Insertar salto de página en el menú.

                                      -

                                      Para insertar un salto de página antes del párrafo seleccionado, a saber, para empezar este párrafo en una página nueva:

                                      +

                                      En el editor de documentos, puede añadir un salto de página para empezar una nueva página, insertar una página en blanco y ajustar las opciones de paginación.

                                      +

                                      Para insertar un salto de página en la posición actual del cursor, haga clic en el icono Icono de saltos Saltos en la pestñana Insertar o Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior o haga clic en la flecha que se encuentra al lado de este icono y seleccione la opción de Insertar salto de página en el menú. También puede utilizar la combinación de teclas Ctrl+Intro.

                                      +

                                      Para insertar una página en blanco en la posición actual del cursor, haga clic en el icono Icono de página en blanco Página en blanco en la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior. Esto insertará dos saltos de página creando una página en blanco.

                                      +

                                      Para insertar un salto de página antes del párrafo seleccionado, a saber, para empezar este párrafo en una página nueva:

                                      • haga clic derecho y seleccione la opción Mantener líneas juntas en el menú, o
                                      • haga clic derecho, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de párrafo en el menú o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral, y elija la opción Salto de página antes en la ventana Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados.
                                        • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 2dc2121a5..7a52e250f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -14,28 +14,48 @@

                                        Guarde/imprima/descargue su documento

                                        -

                                        Cuando usted trabaja en su documento el editor de documentos guarda su archivo cada 2 segundos automáticamente preveniendo la pérdida de datos en caso de un cierre inesperado del programa. Si co-edita el archivo en el modo Rápido, el tiempo requerido para actualizaciones es de 25 cada segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias prsonas a la vez, los cambios se guardan cada 10 minutos. Se puede fácilmente desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados.

                                        -

                                        Para guardar su documento actual manualmente,

                                        +

                                        Guardando

                                        +

                                        Por defecto, el Editor de documentos guarda automáticamente el archivo cada 2 segundos cuando trabaja en él, evitando la pérdida de datos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa. Si co-edita el archivo en el modo Rápido, el tiempo requerido para actualizaciones es de 25 cada segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias prsonas a la vez, los cambios se guardan cada 10 minutos. Se puede fácilmente desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados.

                                        +

                                        Para guardar el documento actual de forma manual en su formato y ubicación actuales,

                                          -
                                        • pulse el icono Guardar en la barra de herramientas superior, o
                                          • +
                                        • Pulse el icono Icono Guardar Guardar en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor, o
                                        • use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+S, o
                                          • -
                                        • pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Guardar.
                                          • +
                                        • pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Guardar.
                                        +

                                        Nota: en la versión de escritorio, para evitar la pérdida de datos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa, puede activar la opción Autorecuperación en la página de Ajustes avanzados .

                                        +
                                        +

                                        En la versión de escritorio, puede guardar el documento con otro nombre, en una nueva ubicación o con otro formato,

                                        +
                                          +
                                        1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                                          2. +
                                        2. seleccione la opción Guardar como...,
                                          3. +
                                        3. elija uno de los formatos disponibles: DOCX, ODT, RTF, TXT, PDF, PDFA. También puede seleccionar la opción Plantilla de documento (DOTX o OTT).
                                          4. +
                                        +
                                        -

                                        Para descargar el documento resultante en el disco duro de su ordenador,

                                        +

                                        Descargando

                                        +

                                        En la versión en línea, puede descargar el documento creado en el disco duro de su ordenador,

                                          -
                                        1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo de la barra de herramientas superior,
                                          2. -
                                        2. seleccione la opción Descargar como...,
                                          3. -
                                        3. elija uno de los formatos disponibles dependiendo en sus necesidades: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML.
                                          4. +
                                        4. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                                          5. +
                                        5. seleccione la opción Descargar como,
                                          6. +
                                        6. elija uno de los formatos disponibles: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML.
                                        +

                                        Guardando una copia

                                        +

                                        En la versión en línea, puede guardar una copia del archivo en su portal,

                                        +
                                          +
                                        1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                                          2. +
                                        2. seleccione la opción Guardar copia como...,
                                          3. +
                                        3. elija uno de los formatos disponibles: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML.
                                          4. +
                                        4. seleccione una ubicación para el archivo en el portal y pulse Guardar.
                                          5. +
                                        +

                                        Imprimiendo

                                        Para imprimir el documento corriente,

                                          -
                                        • pulse el icono Imprimir en la barra de herramientas superior, o
                                          • +
                                        • haga clic en el icono Icono Imprimir Imprimir en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor, o bien
                                        • use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+P, o
                                          • -
                                        • pulse el icono Archivo en la barra de herramientas y seleccione la opción Imprimir.
                                          • +
                                        • pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Imprimir.
                                        -

                                        Luego el archivo PDF, basándose en el documento editado, será creado. Puede abrirlo e imprimirlo, o guardarlo en el disco duro de su ordenador o en un medio extraíble para imprimirlo más tarde.

                                        +

                                        En la versión de escritorio, el archivo se imprimirá directamente.En laversión en línea, se generará un archivo PDF a partir del documento. Puede abrirlo e imprimirlo, o guardarlo en el disco duro de su ordenador o en un medio extraíble para imprimirlo más tarde. Algunos navegadores (como Chrome y Opera) permiten la impresión directa.

                                        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm index fbd7603b2..7c9d8827e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
                                        1. Seleccione un tipo de tabulador pulsando el botón Botón de tabulador izquierdo en la esquina izquierda superior del área de trabajo. Hay tres tipos de tabuladores disponibles:
                                          • Izquierdo Botón de tabulador izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueva a la derecha del tabulador cuando escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el Marcador de tabulador izquierdo marcador .
                                            • -
                                          • Centro - alinea el texto por el centro en la posición de tabulador. Tal tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador Marcador de tabulador central.
                                            • +
                                          • Centro Center Tab Stop button - alinea el texto por el centro en la posición de tabulador. Tal tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador Marcador de tabulador central.
                                          • Derecho Botón Tabulador derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueva a la izquierda del tabulador cuando escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador Marcador de tabulador derecho.
                                          2. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm index 34fb204dd..63d625977 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

                                          Usar la Combinación de Correspondencia

                                          -

                                          Nota: esta opción solo está disponible para versiones de pago.

                                          +

                                          Nota: esta opción está solamente disponible en la versión en línea.

                                          La característica de Combinación de Correspondencia se usa para crear un set de documentos que combinen un contenido común, el cual se toma de un texto de un documento y varios componentes individuales (variables, como nombres, saludos etc.) tomados de una hoja de cálculo (por ejemplo, una lista de consumidores). Puede ser útil si necesita crear muchas cartas personalizadas y enviarlas a los recipientes.

                                          Para empezar a trabajar con la característica de Combinación de Correspondencia,

                                            @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
                                          1. Aquí puede añadir información nueva editar o borrar los datos existentes, si es necesario. Para simplificar el trabajo con datos, puede usar los iconos en la parte superior de la ventana:
                                            • Copiar y Pegar - para copiar y pegar los datos copiados
                                              • -
                                            • Deshacer y Rehacer - para deshacer o rehacer acciones
                                              • +
                                            • Deshacer y Rehacer - para deshacer o rehacer acciones
                                            • Icono organizar de menor a mayor y Icono organizar de mayor a menor - para organizar sus datos dentro de un rango de celdas seleccionado de manera ascendiente o descendiente
                                            • Icono Filtro - para habilitar el filtro del rango de celdas previamente seleccionado o para eliminar los filtros aplicados
                                            • Icono eliminar filtro - para eliminar todos los parámetros de filtros aplicados

                                              Nota: para aprender más sobre cómo usar el filtro puede referirse a la sección de Organizar y Filtrar Datos de la ayuda de Editor de hojas de cálculo.

                                              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm index c7b345c62..48107b713 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm @@ -16,17 +16,19 @@

                                              Vea información sobre documento

                                              Para acceder a la información detallada sobre el documento actualmente editado, pulse el icono Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Información sobre documento....

                                              Información General

                                              -

                                              La información del documento incluye el título del documento, autor, localización, fecha de creación, y estadísticas: el número de páginas, párrafos, palabras, símbolos, símbolos con espacios.

                                              +

                                              La información del documento incluye el título del documento, la aplicación con la que se creó el documento y las estadísticas: el número de páginas, párrafos, palabras, símbolos, símbolos con espacios. En la versión en línea, también se muestra la siguiente información: autor, ubicación, fecha de creación.

                                              Nota: Los editores en línea le permiten cambiar el título del documento directamente desde el interfaz del editor. Para realizar esto, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, y seleccione la opción Renombrar luego introduzca el Nombre de archivo necesario en una nueva ventana que se abre y haga clic en OK.

                                              Información de Permiso

                                              +

                                              En la versión en línea, puede ver la información sobre los permisos de los archivos guardados en la nube.

                                              Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con los permisos de Solo Lectura.

                                              Para descubrir quién tiene derechos para ver o editar el documento, seleccione la opción Acceder a Derechos... en la barra lateral de la izquierda.

                                              También puede cambiar los derechos de acceso actualmente seleccionados pulsando el botón Cambiar derechos de acceso en la sección Personas que tienen derechos.

                                              Historial de versión

                                              -

                                              Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con una cuenta gratis así como usuarios con permisos de Solo Lectura.

                                              +

                                              En la versión en línea, puede ver el historial de versiones de los archivos guardados en la nube.

                                              +

                                              Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con los permisos de Solo Lectura.

                                              para ver todos los cambios que se han producido en este documento, seleccione la opción de Historial de Versiones en la barra lateral de la izquierda. También es posible abrir el historial de versiones usando el icono Icono de historial de versión Historial de versión en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior. Podrá ver la lista de versiones de este documento (los cambios más grandes) y revisiones (los cambios más pequeños) con el indicador de cada versión/revisión del autor y fecha y hora de creación. Para versiones de documentos, el número de versión también se especifica (por ejemplo, ver. 2). Para saber de forma exacta qué cambios se han realizado en cada versión/revisión separada, puede ver el que necesita haciendo clic en este en la barra lateral izquierda. Los cambios hecho por el autor en la versión/revisión se marcan con el color que se muestra al lado del nombre del autor en la barra lateral izquierda. Puede usar el enlace de Restaurar que se encuentra abajo de la versión/revisión seleccionada para restaurarlo.

                                              Historial de versión

                                              Para volver a la versión del documento actual, use la opción de Cerrar Historia arriba de la lista de versiones.

                                              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/editor.css b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/editor.css index 465b9fbe1..4e3f9d697 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/editor.css +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/editor.css @@ -6,11 +6,21 @@ color: #444; background: #fff; } +.cross-reference th{ +text-align: center; +vertical-align: middle; +} + +.cross-reference td{ +text-align: center; +vertical-align: middle; +} + img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft @@ -149,6 +159,7 @@ text-decoration: none; .search-field { display: block; float: right; + margin-top: 10px; } .search-field input { width: 250px; @@ -185,4 +196,41 @@ kbd { box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(85,85,85,.35); margin: 0.2em 0.1em; color: #000; +} +.shortcut_variants { + margin: 20px 0 -20px; + padding: 0; +} +.shortcut_toggle { + display: inline-block; + margin: 0; + padding: 1px 10px; + list-style-type: none; + cursor: pointer; + font-size: 11px; + line-height: 18px; + white-space: nowrap +} +.shortcut_toggle.enabled { + color: #fff; + background-color: #7D858C; + border: 1px solid #7D858C; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled { + color: #444; + background-color: #fff; + border: 1px solid #CFCFCF; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled:hover { + background-color: #D8DADC; +} +.left_option { + border-radius: 2px 0 0 2px; + float: left; +} +.right_option { + border-radius: 0 2px 2px 0; +} +.forms { + display: inline-block; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor.png index 5929239d6..d9d5a8c21 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/blankpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/blankpage.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11180c591 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/blankpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png index 8b50580a0..ff78d284e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bookmark.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bookmark.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7339d3f35 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bookmark.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bookmark_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bookmark_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..832720900 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bookmark_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ccsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ccsettingswindow.png index bb16a0b93..80ba38a36 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ccsettingswindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ccsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/comments.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/comments.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa8f7f62e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/comments.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/custompagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/custompagesize.png index fdc1d3d78..330bc8338 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/custompagesize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/custompagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributehorizontally.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributehorizontally.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e33a0c28 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributehorizontally.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributevertically.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributevertically.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e5f39011 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributevertically.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png index 6f203dea0..13b5db442 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fliplefttoright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fliplefttoright.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6babc560 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fliplefttoright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/flipupsidedown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/flipupsidedown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8ce45f8f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/flipupsidedown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formula_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formula_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23857bd62 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formula_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/Frame_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/frame_properties.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/Frame_properties_1.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/frame_properties.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/frame_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/frame_properties_1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00224b6b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/frame_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/frame_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/frame_properties_2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bcc7dfdab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/frame_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/frame_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/frame_properties_3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39d896b0e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/frame_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlightcolor.png index 85ef0822b..ba856daf1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow.png index 7e30f08c9..1b74047d2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80d59eb4b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png index 1073ed2a9..640dcdb5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_1.png index 0662661ff..8624119bb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_2.png index f6f20a27c..b7d5adda3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_3.png index e24d0713e..ae66d8a6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_4.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3794e7797 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/vector.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insert_symbol_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/vector.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insert_symbol_icon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed2ad358a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1500dd3ca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01c15a30e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d62b4cca8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae6eb03f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aa59a40ab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d2d5439 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_reviewtab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_reviewtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8368ac38e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_reviewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png index 663d34a25..78674d487 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png index bffcdb6e8..14ac7625a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png index e6816f604..4b5c421cf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png index be4aaa483..9da5bc210 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/layouttab.png index fa2b5d74f..7056f55da 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/layouttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png index f3f1306f3..e8d22566a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 3646bd76a..4b7427f0a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/referencestab.png index 68af11eae..3f70926d7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/referencestab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/reviewtab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/reviewtab.png index 88b4b8fe4..9f6df87c8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/reviewtab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/reviewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png index 08fd67a4d..7d5e6d062 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png index 1a461a817..39a51760e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png index 03fd49783..d05c08b29 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png index 5002b4109..d71647013 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/redo1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo1.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/redo1.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo1.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_autoshape.png index 4ef165fe5..e2cb2581c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image.png index afe85a3c5..966a04548 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_table.png index 79236cf74..f41dc1995 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotateclockwise.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotateclockwise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d27f575b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotateclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43e6a1064 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png index e6a82d6ac..bef90f537 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png index 022b31529..d4e58e825 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png index a62d2c35d..a3defd211 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png index 93daea6a8..07718e795 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_1.png index 92463640c..2700a8761 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_2.png index c06202042..1a4b7ac87 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_3.png index 90bd8223d..9b7edd8b9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_4.png index e544e04d7..3f7eaa4c5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_5.png index 411d50e0f..067ac123e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_6.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..426f72f1e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png index d24f79a22..d087549c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png index 14d99736a..65e7ed85c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png index f55473551..2f324b661 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png index 7daa327ba..064d722f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png index 5aa076a4a..742143a34 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png index 40f36f42a..b99d9c1df 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png index 2390f6aa2..7a32fc135 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png index 793ad5b94..4c82ff29b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png index bb7f9407d..68978e596 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/undo1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo1.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/undo1.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo1.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js index 31123e2e3..98a45c747 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js @@ -2,28 +2,28 @@ var indexes = [ { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", - "title": "Sobre el editor de documentos", - "body": "El Editor de documentos es una aplicación en línea que le permite revisar y editar documentos directamente en su navegador . Cuando usa el Editor de documentos, puede realizar varias operaciones de edición como en cualquier editor desktop, imprimir los documentos editados manteniendo todos los detalles de formato o descargarlos en el disco duro de su ordenador como archivos DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF o HTML. Para ver la versión de software actual y los detalles de licenciador, haga clic en el icono en la barra de menú a la izquierda." + "title": "Sobre Document Editor", + "body": "El Editor de documentos es una aplicación en línea que le permite revisar y editar documentos directamente en su navegador . Con el Editor de documentos puede realizar varias operaciones de edición, como en cualquier herramienta de autoedición, imprimir los documentos editados, manteniendo todo los detalles de formato o descargarlos en el disco duro de su ordenador como archivos DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF o HTML. Para ver la versión actual de software y la información de la licencia en la versión en línea, haga clic en el icono en la barra izquierda lateral. Para ver la versión actual de software y la información de la licencia en la versión de escritorio, selecciona la opción Acerca de en la barra lateral izquierda de la ventana principal del programa." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Ajustes avanzados del editor de documentos", - "body": "El editor de documentos le permite cambiar los ajustes avanzados. Para acceder a ellos, pulse la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados.... También puede usar el icono en la esquina derecha de arriba en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Los ajustes avanzados son: La Demostración de Comentarios se usa para activar/desactivar la opción de comentar en tiempo real. Active la demostración de los comentarios -Si desactiva esta opción, los pasajes comentados se resaltarán solo si hace clic en el icono Comentarios en la barra de herramientas de la parte izquierda. Active la demostración de los comentarios resueltos - Si desactiva esta función, los comentarios resueltos se esconderán en el texto del documento. Será capaz de ver estos comentarios solo si hace clic en el icono de Comentarios en la barra de herramientas de la parte izquierda. La Corrección ortográfica se usa para activar/desactivar la opción de corrección ortográfica. La Entrada alternativa se usa para activar/desactivar jeroglíficos. La Guía de alineación se usa para activar/desactivar las guías de alineación que aparecen cuando mueve objetos y le permite posicionarlos en la página de forma precisa. El Guardado automático se usa para activar/desactivar el guardado automático de cambios mientras está editando. El Modo Co-edición se usa para seleccionar la visualización de los cambios hechos durante la co-edición: De forma predeterminada se selecciona el modo Rápido, los usuarios que participan en el documento co-editando verán los cambios en tiempo real una vez que los otros usuarios los realicen. Si prefiere no ver los cambios de otros usuarios (para que no le moleste, o por otros motivos), seleccione el modo Estricto y todos los cambios se mostrarán solo después de hacer clic en el icono Guardar, y le notificará que hay cambios de otros usuarios. Los Cambios colaborativos a tiempo real se usan para especificar los cambios que quiere que destaquen durante la fase de co-edición: Al seleccionar la opción Ver ningunos, los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual no se destacarán. Al seleccionar la opción Ver todo, todos los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual se destacarán. Al seleccionar la opción Ver últimos, solo tales cambios producidos desde la última vez que hiciste clic en el icono Guardar se resaltarán. Esta opción solo está disponible cuando el modo de co-edición Estricto está seleccionado. El Valor de zoom predeterminado se usa para establecer el valor de zoom predeterminado seleccionándolo en la lista de las opciones disponibles, desde un 50% hasta un 200%. También puede elegir la opción Ajustar a la página o Ajustar al ancho. La Optimización de fuentes se usa para seleccionar el tipo de letra que se muestra en el editor de documentos: Elija Como Windows si le gusta cómo se muestran los tipos de letra en Windows (usando la optimización de fuentes de Windows). Elija Como OS X si le gusta cómo se muestran los tipos de letra en Mac (sin optimización de fuentes). Elija Nativo si quiere que su texto se muestre con sugerencias incorporadas en archivos de fuentes. La Unidad de medida se usa para especificar qué unidades se usan en las reglas y las ventanas de propiedades para medir ancho, altura, espaciado, márgenes y otros parámetros de elementos. Puede seleccionar la opción Centímetro o Punto. Para guardar los cambios realizados, pulse el botón Aplicar." + "body": "El editor de documentos le permite cambiar los ajustes avanzados. Para acceder a ellos, abra la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados.... También puede hacer clic en el icono Mostrar Ajustes a la derecha del editor de encabezado y seleccionar la opción Ajustes Avanzados. Los ajustes avanzados son: Visualización de Comentarios se usa para activar/desactivar la opción de comentar en tiempo real. Active la demostración de los comentarios -Si desactiva esta opción, los pasajes comentados se resaltarán solo si hace clic en el icono Comentarios en la barra de herramientas de la parte izquierda. Mostrar los comentarios resueltos - esta característica está desactivada por defecto de manera que los comentarios resueltos queden ocultos en el texto del documento. Será capaz de ver estos comentarios solo si hace clic en el icono de Comentarios en la barra de herramientas izquierda. Active esta opción si desea mostrar los comentarios resueltos en el texto del documento. La Corrección ortográfica se usa para activar/desactivar la opción de corrección ortográfica. La Entrada alternativa se usa para activar/desactivar jeroglíficos. La Guía de alineación se usa para activar/desactivar las guías de alineación que aparecen cuando mueve objetos y le permite posicionarlos en la página de forma precisa. Guardar automáticamente se usa en la versión en línea para activar/desactivar el autoguardado de los cambios mientras edita. La Autorecuperación - se usa en la versión de escritorio para activar/desactivar la opción que permite recuperar automáticamente los documentos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa. El Modo Co-edición se usa para seleccionar la visualización de los cambios hechos durante la co-edición: De forma predeterminada, el modo Rápido es seleccionado, los usuarios que participan en la co-edición del documento verán los cambios a tiempo real una vez que estos se lleven a cabo por otros usuarios. Si prefiere no ver los cambios de otros usuarios (para que no le moleste, o por otros motivos), seleccione el modo Estricto, y todos los cambios se mostrarán solo una vez que haga clic en el icono Guardar, notificándole que hay cambios de otros usuarios. Los Cambios colaborativos a tiempo real se usan para especificar los cambios que quiere que destaquen durante la fase de co-edición: Al seleccionar la opción Ver ningunos, los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual no se destacarán. Al seleccionar la opción Ver todo, todos los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual se destacarán. Al seleccionar la opción Ver últimos, solo tales cambios producidos desde la última vez que hiciste clic en el icono Guardar se resaltarán. Esta opción solo está disponible cuando el modo de co-edición Estricto está seleccionado. Valor de Zoom Predeterminado se usa para establecer el valor de zoom predeterminado seleccionándolo en la lista de las opciones disponibles que van desde 50% hasta 200%. También puede elegir la opción Ajustar a la página o Ajustar al ancho. La Optimización de fuentes se usa para seleccionar el tipo de letra que se muestra en el editor de documentos: Elija como Windows si a usted le gusta cómo se muestran los tipos de letra en Windows (usando hinting de Windows). Elija como OS X si a usted le gusta como se muestran los tipos de letra en Mac (sin hinting). Elija Nativo si usted quiere que su texto se muestre con sugerencias de hinting incorporadas en archivos de fuentes. Unidad de medida se usa para especificar qué unidades se usan en las reglas y en las ventanas de propiedades para medir el ancho, la altura, el espaciado y los márgenes, entre otros. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Centímetro, Punto o Pulgada. Para guardar los cambios realizados, haga clic en el botón Aplicar." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Edición Colaborativa de Documentos", - "body": "Editor de Documentos le ofrece la posibilidad de trabajar en el documento en colaboración con otros usuarios. Esta función incluye: acceso simultáneo de multi-usuarios al documento editado indicación visual de pasajes que se están editando por otros usuarios visualización de cambios en tiempo real o sincronización de cambios al pulsar un botón chat para compartir ideas respecto a las partes particulares de documento comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o un problema que hay que resolver Co-edición Editor de documentos permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Cuando un documento se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, los pasajes de texto editados aparecen marcados con línea discontinua de diferentes colores. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre uno de los pasajes editados se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editandolo en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los coeditores cuando ellos están editando el texto. El número de los usuarios que están trabajando en el documento actual se especifica en la esquina inferior izquierda del encabezado para editar - . Si quiere ver quién está editando el archivo en ese preciso momento, pulse este icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios. Cuando ningún usuario esté viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editar se verá así permitiéndole gestionar qué usuarios tienen acceso a los derechos del archivo desde el documento: invite a nuevos usuarios dándoles permiso para editar, leer, o revisar el documento, o niegue el acceso a los derechos del archivo a usuarios. Haga clic en este icono para manejar acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como . También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono , los otros verán una nota dentro de la barra de estado indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Las actualizaciones se resaltarán para que usted pueda verificar qué se ha cambiado de forma concreta. Puede especificar qué cambios se requiere resaltar durante el proceso de co-edición si hace clic en la pestaña d la barra de herramientas superior, selecciona la opción Ajustes Avanzados... y elija entre Ver ningunos, Ver todo y Ver últimos cambios de colaboración en tiempo real. Seleccionando la opción Ver todo, todos los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual serán resaltados. Seleccinando la opción Ver últimos, solo tales cambios que han sido introducidos desde la última vez que hizo clic en el icono se resaltarán. Seleccionando la opción Ver ningunos, los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual no serán resaltados. Chat Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para asignar los párrafos a cada compañero de trabajo y especificar, que párrafo va a editar ahora usted. Los mensajes de Chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido del documento es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenen hasta que decida eliminarlos. Para acceder al chat y dejar un mensaje para otros usuarios, Haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda, o cambie a la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón de Chat, introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente debajo, pulse el botón Enviar. Todos los mensajes dejados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel a la izquierda. Si hay mensajes nuevos que no ha leído todavía, el icono de chat aparecerá así - . Para cerrar el panel con mensajes de chat, haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda o el botón Chat en la barra de herramientas superior una vez más. Comentarios Para dejar un comentario, seleccione un pasaje de texto donde hay un error o problema, en su opinión, Cambie a la pestaña de Insertar o Colaboración en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón Comentarios, o use el icono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda para abrir el panel de Comentarios y haga clic en el enlace de Añadir comentarios al Documento, o haga clic derecho en el pasaje del texto seleccionado y seleccione la opción Añadir Comentario del menú contextual, introduzca el texto necesario, Haga clic en el botón Añadir comentario/Añadir. El comentario se mostrará en el panel izquierdo. Otro usuario puede contestar al comentario añadido haciendo preguntas o informando sobre el trabajo realizado. Para hacerlo, pulse el enlace Añadir respuesta que se sitúa debajo del comentario. El pasaje de texto que ha comentado será resaltado en el documento. Para ver el comentario solo haga clic dentro de este pasaje. Si tiene que desactivar esta función, pulse lapestana Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios en tiempo real. En este caso los pasajes comentados serán resaltados solo si hace clic en el icono . Puede gestionar sus comentarios añadidos de esta manera: editar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , eliminar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , cierre la discusión haciendo clic en el icono si la tarea o el problema que usted ha indicado en su comentario se ha solucionado, después de esto la discusión que usted ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelta. Para abrir la discusión de nuevo, haga clic en el icono . Si tiene que esconder comentarios resueltos, haga clic en la pestaña de Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios resueltos y haga clic en Aplicar. En este caso los comentarios resueltos se resaltarán solo si usted hace clic en el icono . Si está usando el modo de co-edición Estricto, nuevos comentarios añadidos por otros usuarios serán visibles solo después de hacer clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, haga clic en el icono situado en la barra de herramientas izquierda una vez más." + "body": "Editor de Documentos le ofrece la posibilidad de trabajar en el documento en colaboración con otros usuarios. Esta función incluye: acceso simultáneo de multi-usuarios al documento editado indicación visual de pasajes que se están editando por otros usuarios visualización de cambios en tiempo real o sincronización de cambios al pulsar un botón chat para compartir ideas respecto a las partes particulares de documento comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o problema que hay que resolver (también es posible trabajar con comentarios en modo sin conexión, sin necesidad de conectarse a la versión en línea) Conectándose a la versión en línea En el editor de escritorio, abra la opción de Conectar a la nube del menú de la izquierda en la ventana principal del programa. Conéctese a su suite de ofimática en la nube especificando el nombre de usuario y la contraseña de su cuenta. Co-edición Editor de documentos permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles: Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Nota: cuando co-edita un documento en modo Rápido la posibilidad de Rehacer la última operación que se deshizo no está disponible. Cuando un documento se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, los pasajes de texto editados aparecen marcados con línea discontinua de diferentes colores. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre uno de los pasajes editados se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editandolo en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los coeditores cuando ellos están editando el texto. El número de los usuarios que están trabajando en el documento actual se especifica en la esquina inferior izquierda del encabezado para editar - . Si quiere ver quién está editando el archivo en ese preciso momento, pulse este icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios. Cuando ningún usuario esté viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editor se verá así , permitiéndole gestionar a los usuarios que tienen acceso al archivo desde el documento: invitar a nuevos usuarios dándoles permisos para editar, leer, comentar, rellenar formularioso revisar el documento, o denegar a algunos usuarios los derechos de acceso al archivo. Haga clic en este icono para manejar acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como . También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono , los otros verán una nota dentro de la barra de estado indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Las actualizaciones se resaltarán para que usted pueda verificar qué se ha cambiado de forma concreta. Puede especificar qué cambios se requiere resaltar durante el proceso de co-edición si hace clic en la pestaña d la barra de herramientas superior, selecciona la opción Ajustes Avanzados... y elija entre Ver ningunos, Ver todo y Ver últimos cambios de colaboración en tiempo real. Seleccionando la opción Ver todo, todos los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual serán resaltados. Seleccinando la opción Ver últimos, solo tales cambios que han sido introducidos desde la última vez que hizo clic en el icono se resaltarán. Seleccionando la opción Ver ningunos, los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual no serán resaltados. Chat Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para asignar los párrafos a cada compañero de trabajo y especificar, que párrafo va a editar ahora usted. Los mensajes de Chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido del documento es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenen hasta que decida eliminarlos. Para acceder al chat y dejar un mensaje para otros usuarios, Haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda, o cambie a la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón de Chat, introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente debajo, pulse el botón Enviar. Todos los mensajes dejados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel a la izquierda. Si hay mensajes nuevos que no ha leído todavía, el icono de chat aparecerá así - . Para cerrar el panel con mensajes de chat, haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda o el botón Chat en la barra de herramientas superior una vez más. Comentarios Es posible trabajar con comentarios en el modo sin conexión, sin necesidad de conectarse a la versión en línea. Para dejar un comentario, seleccione un pasaje de texto donde hay un error o problema, en su opinión, Cambie a la pestaña de Insertar o Colaboración en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón Comentarios, o use el icono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda para abrir el panel de Comentarios y haga clic en el enlace de Añadir comentarios al Documento, o haga clic derecho en el pasaje del texto seleccionado y seleccione la opción Añadir Comentario del menú contextual, introduzca el texto necesario, Haga clic en el botón Añadir comentario/Añadir. El comentario se mostrará en el panel izquierdo. Otro usuario puede contestar al comentario añadido haciendo preguntas o informando sobre el trabajo realizado. Para hacerlo, pulse el enlace Añadir respuesta que se sitúa debajo del comentario. El pasaje de texto que ha comentado será resaltado en el documento. Para ver el comentario solo haga clic dentro de este pasaje. Si tiene que desactivar esta función, pulse lapestana Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios en tiempo real. En este caso los pasajes comentados serán resaltados solo si hace clic en el icono . Puede gestionar sus comentarios añadidos de esta manera: editar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , eliminar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , cierre la discusión haciendo clic en el icono si la tarea o el problema que usted ha indicado en su comentario se ha solucionado, después de esto la discusión que usted ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelta. Para abrir la discusión de nuevo, haga clic en el icono . Si tiene que esconder comentarios resueltos, haga clic en la pestaña de Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios resueltos y haga clic en Aplicar. En este caso los comentarios resueltos se resaltarán solo si usted hace clic en el icono . Si está usando el modo de co-edición Estricto, nuevos comentarios añadidos por otros usuarios serán visibles solo después de hacer clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, haga clic en el icono situado en la barra de herramientas izquierda una vez más." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Atajos de teclado", - "body": "Trabajando con Documento Abrir panel 'Archivo' Alt+F Abre el panel Archivo para guardar, descargar, imprimir el documento corriente, revisar la información, crear un documento nuevo o abrir uno que ya existe, acceder a ayuda o a ajustes avanzados del editor de documentos. Abrir panel de 'Búsqueda' Ctrl+F Abre el panel Búsqueda para empezar a buscar un carácter/palabra/frase en el documento actualmente editado. Abrir panel 'Comentarios' Ctrl+Shift+H Abre el panel Comentarios para añadir su propio comentario o contestar a comentarios de otros usuarios. Abrir campo de comentarios Alt+H Abre un campo a donde usted puede añadir un texto o su comentario. Abrir panel 'Chat' Alt+Q Abre el panel Chat y envía un mensaje. Guardar documento Ctrl+S Guarde todos los cambios del documento actualmente editado usando el editor de documentos. Imprimir documento Ctrl+P Imprime el documento usando una de las impresoras o guárdalo en un archivo. Descargar como... Ctrl+Shift+S Guarda el documento actualmente editado en la unidad de disco duro del ordenador en uno de los formatos admitidos: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML. Pantalla completa F11 Cambia a vista de pantalla completa para ajustar el editor de documentos a su pantalla. Menú de ayuda F1 Abre el menú de Ayuda de el editor de documentos. Navegación Saltar al principio de la línea Inicio Poner el cursor al principio de la línea actualmente editada . Saltar al principio del documento Ctrl+Home Poner el cursor al principio del documento actualmente editado. Saltar al fin de la línea Fin Mete el cursor al fin de la línea actualmente editada. Saltar al pie del documento Ctrl+End Poner el cursor al pie del documento actualmente editado. Desplazar abajo PgDn Desplaza el documento aproximadamente una página visible abajo. Desplazar arriba PgUp Desplaza el documento aproximadamente una página visible arriba. Página siguiente Alt+PgDn Traslada a la página siguiente del documento actualmente editado. Página anterior Alt+PgUp Traslada a la página anterior del documento actualmente editado. Acercar Ctrl++ Acerca el documento actualmente editado. Alejar Ctrl+- Aleja el documento actualmente editado. Escribiendo Terminar párrafo Enter Termina el párrafo corriente y empieza el otro. Añadir salto de línea Shift+Enter Añade un salto de línea sin empezar el párrafo nuevo. Borrar Backspace, Eliminar Borra un carácter a la izquierda (Backspace) o a la derecha (Delete) del cursor. Crear espacio de no separación Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar Crea un espacio entre caracteres que no puede ser usado para empezar la línea nueva. Crear guión de no separación Ctrl+Shift+Hyphen Crea a guión entre caracteres que no puede ser usado para empezar la línea nueva. Deshacer y Rehacer Deshacer Ctrl+Z Invierte las últimas acciones realizadas. Rehacer Ctrl+Y Repite la última acción deshecha. Cortar, copiar, y pegar Cortar Ctrl+X, Shift+Delete Elimina el fragmento de texto seleccionado y lo envía al portapapeles de su ordenador. Después el texto copiado se puede insertar en el otro lugar del mismo documento, en otro documento o en otro programa. Copiar Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert Envía el fragmento seleccionado de texto a la memoria portapapeles de su ordenador. Después el texto copiado se puede insertar en el otro lugar del mismo documento, en otro documento o en otro programa. Pegar Ctrl+V, Shift+Insert Inserta el fragmento anteriormente copiado de texto de memoria portapapeles del ordenador en la posición corriente del cursor. El texto se puede copiar anteriormente del mismo documento, de otro documento o de otro programa . Insertar hiperenlace Ctrl+K Inserta un hiperenlace que puede ser usado para ir a la dirección web. Copiar estilo Ctrl+Shift+C Copia el formato del fragmento seleccionado del texto actualmente editado. Después el formato copiado puede ser aplicado al otro fragmento del mismo texto. Aplicar estilo Ctrl+Shift+V Aplica el formato anteriormente copiado al texto del documento actualmente editado. Selección de texto Seleccionar todo Ctrl+A Selecciona todo el texto del documento con tablas y imágenes. Seleccionar fragmento Shift+Flecha Selecciona el texto carácter por carácter. Seleccionar de cursor a principio de línea. Shift+Home Selecciona un fragmento del texto del cursor al principio de la línea actual. Seleccionar de cursor a extremo de línea Shift+End Selecciona un fragmento del texto del cursor al extremo de la línea actual. Estilo de texto Negrita Ctrl+B Pone la letra de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en negrita dándole más peso. Cursiva Ctrl+I Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha. Subrayado Ctrl+U Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Tachado Ctrl+5 Aplica el estilo tachado a un fragmento de texto seleccionado. Sobreíndice Ctrl+.(punto) Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y lo ubica en la parte baja de la línea del texto, como en formulas químicas. Subíndice Ctrl+,(coma) Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y lo ubica en la parte superior de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. Heading 1 Alt+1 (for Windows and Linux browsers) Alt+Ctrl+1 (for Mac browsers) Aplica el estilo de título 1 a un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Heading 2 Alt+2 (for Windows and Linux browsers) Alt+Ctrl+2 (for Mac browsers) Aplica el estilo de título 2 a un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Heading 3 Alt+3 (for Windows and Linux browsers) Alt+Ctrl+3 (for Mac browsers) Aplica el estilo de título 3 a un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Lista con viñetas Ctrl+Shift+L Crea una lista con viñetas desordenada de un fragmento del texto seleccionado o inicia uno nuevo. Eliminar formato Ctrl+Spacebar Elimina el formato de un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Aumenta el tipo de letra Ctrl+] Aumenta el tamaño de las letras de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en un punto. Disminuye el tipo de letra Ctrl+[ Disminuye el tamaño de las letras de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en un punto. Alinea centro/izquierda Ctrl+E Alterna un párrafo entre el centro y alineado a la izquierda. Alinea justificado/izquierda Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L Cambia un párrafo entre justificado y alineado a la izquierda. Alinea derecha /izquierda Ctrl+R Alterna un párrafo entre alineado a la derecha y alineado a la izquierda. Aumentar sangría Ctrl+M Aumenta la sangría del párrafo de la izquierda incrementalmente. Disminuir sangría Ctrl+Shift+M Disminuye la sangría del párrafo de la izquierda incrementalmente. Add page number Ctrl+Shift+P Add the current page number to the text or to the page footer. Modificación de objetos Limitar movimiento Shift+drag Limita el movimiento del objeto seleccionado en su desplace horizontal o vertical. Estableсer rotación en 15 grados Shift+arrastrar(mientras rotación) Limita el ángulo de rotación al incremento de 15 grados. Mantener proporciones Shift+arrastrar(mientras redimensionamiento) Mantiene las proporciones del objeto seleccionado mientras redimensionamiento. Desplazar en incrementos de tres píxeles Ctrl Mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas del teclado para desplazar el objeto seleccionado un píxel cada vez." + "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Trabajando con Documento Abrir panel 'Archivo' Alt+F ⌥ Opción+F Abre el panel Archivo para guardar, descargar, imprimir el documento corriente, revisar la información, crear un documento nuevo o abrir uno que ya existe, acceder a ayuda o a ajustes avanzados del editor de documentos. Abrir ventana 'Encontrar y Reemplazar’ Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Abra el cuadro de diálogo Buscar y reemplazar para comenzar a buscar un carácter/palabra/frase en el documento que se está editando. Abra el cuadro de diálogo 'Buscar y reemplazar’ con el campo de reemplazo Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Abra el cuadro de diálogo Buscar y reemplazar con el campo de reemplazo para reemplazar una o más apariciones de los caracteres encontrados. Repita la última acción de ‘Buscar’ ⇧ Mayús+F4 ⇧ Mayús+F4, ⌘ Cmd+G, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+F4 Repita la acción Buscar que se ha realizado antes de pulsar la combinación de teclas. Abrir panel 'Comentarios' Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+H Abra el panel Comentarios para añadir sus propios comentarios o contestar a los comentarios de otros usuarios. Abrir campo de comentarios Alt+H ⌥ Opción+H Abra un campo de entrada de datos en el que se pueda añadir el texto de su comentario. Abrir panel 'Chat' Alt+Q ⌥ Opción+Q Abre el panel Chat y envía un mensaje. Guardar documento Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Guarde todos los cambios del documento actualmente editado usando el editor de documentos. El archivo activo se guardará con su actual nombre, ubicación y formato de archivo. Imprimir documento Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Imprime el documento usando una de las impresoras o guárdalo en un archivo. Descargar como... Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+S Abra el panel Descargar como... para guardar el documento que se está editando en la unidad de disco duro del ordenador en uno de los formatos compatibles: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Pantalla completa F11 Cambia a vista de pantalla completa para ajustar el editor de documentos a su pantalla. Menú de ayuda F1 F1 Abre el menú de Ayuda de el editor de documentos. Abrir un archivo existente (Editores de escritorio) Ctrl+O En la pestaña Abrir archivo local de los Editores de escritorio, abre el cuadro de diálogo estándar que permite seleccionar un archivo existente. Cerrar archivo (Editores de escritorio) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Cierra la ventana del documento actual en los Editores de escritorio. Menú contextual de elementos ⇧ Mayús+F10 ⇧ Mayús+F10 Abre el menú contextual del elementos seleccionado. Navegación Saltar al principio de la línea Inicio Inicio Poner el cursor al principio de la línea actualmente editada . Saltar al principio del documento Ctrl+Inicio ^ Ctrl+Inicio Poner el cursor al principio del documento actualmente editado. Saltar al fin de la línea Fin Fin Mete el cursor al fin de la línea actualmente editada. Saltar al pie del documento Ctrl+Fin ^ Ctrl+Fin Poner el cursor al pie del documento actualmente editado. Saltar al principio de la página anterior Alt+Ctrl+Re Pág Coloca el cursor al principio de la página que precede a la página que se está editando. Saltar al principio de la página siguiente Alt+Ctrl+Av Pág ⌥ Opción+⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+Av Pág Coloca el cursor al principio de la página siguiente a la página que se está editando. Desplazar abajo Av Pág Av Pág, ⌥ Opción+Fn+↑ Desplaza el documento aproximadamente una página visible abajo. Desplazar arriba Re Pág Re Pág, ⌥ Opción+Fn+↓ Desplaza el documento aproximadamente una página visible arriba. Página siguiente Alt+Av Pág ⌥ Opción+Av Pág Traslada a la página siguiente del documento actualmente editado. Página anterior Alt+Re Pág ⌥ Opción+Re Pág Traslada a la página anterior del documento actualmente editado. Acercar Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Acerca el documento actualmente editado. Alejar Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Aleja el documento actualmente editado. Mover un carácter a la izquierda ← ← Mover el cursor un carácter a la izquierda. Mover un carácter a la derecha → → Mover el cursor un carácter a la derecha. Ir al principio de una palabra o una palabra a la izquierda Ctrl+← ^ Ctrl+←, ⌘ Cmd+← Mueva el cursor al principio de una palabra o una palabra a la izquierda. Mover una palabra a la derecha Ctrl+→ ^ Ctrl+→, ⌘ Cmd+→ Mover el cursor una palabra a la derecha. Mover una línea hacia arriba ↑ ↑ Mover el cursor una línea hacia arriba. Mover una línea hacia abajo ↓ ↓ Mover el cursor una línea hacia abajo. Escribiendo Terminar párrafo ↵ Entrar ↵ Volver Termina el párrafo corriente y empieza el otro. Añadir salto de línea ⇧ Mayús+↵ Entrar ⇧ Mayús+↵ Volver Añade un salto de línea sin empezar el párrafo nuevo. Borrar ← Retroceso, Borrar ← Retroceso, Borrar Eliminar un carácter a la izquierda (← Retroceso) o a la derecha (Borrar) del cursor. Eliminar palabra a la izquierda del cursor Ctrl+← Retroceso ^ Ctrl+← Retroceso, ⌘ Cmd+← Retroceso Eliminar una palabra a la izquierda del cursor. Eliminar palabra a la derecha del cursor Ctrl+Borrar ^ Ctrl+Borrar, ⌘ Cmd+Borrar Eliminar una palabra a la derecha del cursor. Crear espacio de no separación Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+␣ Barra espaciadora ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+␣ Barra espaciadora Crea un espacio entre caracteres que no puede ser usado para empezar la línea nueva. Crear guión de no separación Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+Guion ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+Guion Crea a guión entre caracteres que no puede ser usado para empezar la línea nueva. Deshacer y Rehacer Deshacer Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Invierte las últimas acciones realizadas. Rehacer Ctrl+A ^ Ctrl+A, ⌘ Cmd+A, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+Z Repite la última acción deshecha. Cortar, copiar, y pegar Cortar Ctrl+X, ⇧ Mayús+Borrar ⌘ Cmd+X, ⇧ Mayús+Borrar Elimina el fragmento de texto seleccionado y lo envía al portapapeles de su ordenador. Después el texto copiado se puede insertar en el otro lugar del mismo documento, en otro documento o en otro programa. Copiar Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Envía el fragmento seleccionado de texto a la memoria portapapeles de su ordenador. Después el texto copiado se puede insertar en el otro lugar del mismo documento, en otro documento o en otro programa. Pegar Ctrl+V, ⇧ Mayús+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Inserta el fragmento anteriormente copiado de texto de memoria portapapeles del ordenador en la posición corriente del cursor. El texto se puede copiar anteriormente del mismo documento, de otro documento o de otro programa . Insertar hiperenlace Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Inserta un hiperenlace que puede ser usado para ir a la dirección web. Copiar estilo Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+C ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+C Copia el formato del fragmento seleccionado del texto que se está editando actualmente. Después el formato copiado puede ser aplicado al otro fragmento del mismo texto. Aplicar estilo Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+V ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+V Aplica el formato anteriormente copiado al texto del documento actualmente editado. Selección de texto Seleccionar todo Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A Selecciona todo el texto del documento con tablas y imágenes. Seleccionar fragmento ⇧ Mayús+→ ← ⇧ Mayús+→ ← Selecciona el texto carácter por carácter. Seleccionar de cursor a principio de línea. ⇧ Mayús+Inicio ⇧ Mayús+Inicio Seleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el principio de la línea actual. Seleccionar de cursor a extremo de línea ⇧ Mayús+Fin ⇧ Mayús+Fin Seleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el final de la línea actual. Seleccione un carácter a la derecha ⇧ Mayús+→ ⇧ Mayús+→ Seleccione un carácter a la derecha de la posición del cursor. Seleccione un carácter a la izquierda ⇧ Mayús+← ⇧ Mayús+← Seleccione un carácter a la izquierda de la posición del cursor. Seleccione hasta el final de una palabra Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+→ Seleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el final de una palabra. Seleccione al principio de una palabra Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+← Seleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el principio de una palabra. Seleccione una línea hacia arriba ⇧ Mayús+↑ ⇧ Mayús+↑ Seleccione una línea hacia arriba (con el cursor al principio de una línea). Seleccione una línea hacia abajo ⇧ Mayús+↓ ⇧ Mayús+↓ Seleccione una línea hacia abajo (con el cursor al principio de una línea). Seleccione la página hacia arriba ⇧ Mayús+Re Pág ⇧ Mayús+Re Pág Seleccione la parte de la página desde la posición del cursor hasta la parte superior de la pantalla. Seleccione la página hacia abajo ⇧ Mayús+Av Pág ⇧ Mayús+Av Pág Seleccione la parte de la página desde la posición del cursor hasta la parte inferior de la pantalla. Estilo de texto Negrita Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Pone la letra de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en negrita dándole más peso. Cursiva Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha. Subrayado Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Tachado Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Aplica el estilo tachado a un fragmento de texto seleccionado. Subíndice Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+>, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+> Reducir el fragmento de texto seleccionado y situarlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas. Subíndice Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+<, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+< Reducir el fragmento de texto seleccionado y situarlo en la parte superior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fracciones. Heading 1 Alt+1 ⌥ Opción+^ Ctrl+1 Aplica el estilo de título 1 a un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Heading 2 Alt+2 ⌥ Opción+^ Ctrl+2 Aplica el estilo de título 2 a un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Heading 3 Alt+3 ⌥ Opción+^ Ctrl+3 Aplica el estilo de título 3 a un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Lista con viñetas Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+L Cree una lista desordenada de puntos a partir del fragmento de texto seleccionado o inicie una nueva. Eliminar formato Ctrl+␣ Barra espaciadora Eliminar el formato del fragmento de texto seleccionado. Aumenta el tipo de letra Ctrl+] ⌘ Cmd+] Aumenta el tamaño de las letras de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en un punto. Disminuye el tipo de letra Ctrl+[ ⌘ Cmd+[ Disminuye el tamaño de las letras de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en un punto. Alinea centro/izquierda Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Alterna un párrafo entre el centro y alineado a la izquierda. Alinea justificado/izquierda Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Cambiar un párrafo entre justificado y alineado a la izquierda. Alinear derecha /izquierda Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R Alterna un párrafo entre alineado a la derecha y alineado a la izquierda. Aplicar formato de subíndice (espaciado automático) Ctrl+= Aplicar formato de subíndice al fragmento de texto seleccionado. Aplicar formato de superíndice (espaciado automático) Ctrl+⇧ Mayús++ Aplicar formato de superíndice al fragmento de texto seleccionado. Insertar salto de página Ctrl+↵ Entrar ^ Ctrl+↵ Volver Insertar un salto de página en la posición actual del cursor. Aumentar sangría Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Aumenta la sangría del párrafo de la izquierda incrementalmente. Disminuir sangría Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+M Disminuye la sangría del párrafo de la izquierda incrementalmente. Add page number Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+P ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+P Añada el número de página actual en la posición actual del cursor. Caracteres no imprimibles Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+Num8 Muestra u oculta la visualización de los caracteres que no se imprimen. Eliminar un carácter a la izquierda ← Retroceso ← Retroceso Borrar un carácter a la izquierda del cursor. Eliminar un carácter a la derecha Borrar Borrar Eliminar un carácter a la derecha del cursor. Modificación de objetos Limitar movimiento ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar Limita el movimiento horizontal o vertical del objeto seleccionado. Estableсer rotación en 15 grados ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras rotación) ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras rotación) Limita el ángulo de rotación al incremento de 15 grados. Mantener proporciones ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras redimensiona) ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras redimensiona) Mantener las proporciones del objeto seleccionado al redimensionar. Dibujar una línea recta o una flecha ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (al dibujar líneas/flechas) ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (al dibujar líneas/flechas) Dibujar una línea o flecha recta vertical/horizontal/45 grados. Desplazar en incrementos de tres píxeles Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas del teclado para desplazar el objeto seleccionado un píxel a la vez. Trabajar con tablas Desplazarse a la siguiente celda en una fila ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Ir a la celda siguiente en una fila de la tabla. Desplazarse a la celda anterior en una fila ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab Ir a la celda anterior en una fila de la tabla. Desplazarse a la siguiente fila ↓ ↓ Ir a la siguiente fila de una tabla. Desplazarse a la fila anterior ↑ ↑ Ir a la fila anterior de una tabla. Empezar un nuevo párrafo ↵ Entrar ↵ Volver Empezar un nuevo párrafo dentro de una celda. Añadir nueva fila ↹ Tab en la celda inferior derecha de la tabla. ↹ Tab en la celda inferior derecha de la tabla. Añadir una nueva fila al final de la tabla. Inserción de caracteres especiales Insertar fórmula Alt+= Insertar una fórmula en la posición actual del cursor." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "Configuración de la vista y herramientas de navegación", - "body": "Editor de Documentos ofrece varias herramientas para ayudarle a ver y navegar por su documento: ampliación (zoom), botones de la página anterior/siguiente, indicador de número de la página. Ajuste la configuración de la vista Para ajustar la configuración de vista predeterminada y fijar un modo más conveniente para trabajar con el documento haga clic en el la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono de Mostrar ajustes en la esquina superior derecha de la barra superior de herramientas y seleccione los elementos de interfaz que quiere ocultar o mostrar. Puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes en la lista desplegable Mostrar ajustes: Ocultar Barra de Herramientas - oculta la barra de herramientas superior que contiene comandos mientras las pestañas permanecen visibles. Cuando esta opción está deshabilitada, puede hacer clic en cualquier pestaña para mostrar en la barra de herramientas. La barra de herramientas se muestra hasta que haga clic fuera de esta. Para desactivar este modo, cambie a la pestaña de Inicio, luego haga clic en el icono Mostrar ajustes y haga clic en la opción de Ocultar Barra de Herramientas de nuevo. La barra de herramientas superior se mostrará todo el tiempo.Nota: de forma alternativa, puede simplemente hacer doble clic en cualquier pestaña para ocultar la barra de herramientas superior o mostrarla de nuevo. Ocultar barra de estado - oculta la barra más inferior donde se situan los botones Indicador de número de la página y Zoom. Para mostrar la Barra de estado ocultada pulse esta opción una vez más. Ocultar reglas - oculta las reglas que se usan para alinear el texto, gráficos, tablas y otros elementos en un documento, establecer márgenes, tabuladores y guiones de párrafos. Para mostrar las Reglas ocultadas, pulse esta opción una vez más. La barra derecha lateral se minimiza de manera predeterminada. Para expandirla, seleccione cualquier objeto (imagen, gráfico, forma) o pasaje de texto y haga clic en el icono de dicha pestaña ya activada a la derecha. Para minimizar la barra de herramientas de la derecha, haga clic en el icono de nuevo. Cuando los paneles Comentarios o Chat se abren, se puede ajustar la barra lateral izquierda por arrastrar y soltar: mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde de la barra lateral izquierda hasta que el cursor se convierta en la flecha bidireccional y arrastre el borde a la derecha para extender el ancho de la barra lateral. Para restaurar el ancho original, mueva el borde a la izquierda. Utilice las herramientas de navegación Para navegar por su documento use las herramientas siguientes: Los botones Zoom se sitúan en la esquina inferior derecha y se usan para acercar y alejar el documento actual. Para cambiar el valor de zoom seleccionado que se muestra en porcentajes, haga clic en este y seleccione una de las opciones de zoom disponibles de la lista o use los botones Acercar o Alejar . Haga clic en el icono Ajustar a ancho para adaptar el ancho de la página de documento a la parte visible del espacio de trabajo. Para adaptar toda la página de documento a la parte visible del espacio de trabajo, haga clic en el icono Ajustar a la página. los ajustes de acercar también están disponibles en la lista despegable Ver ajustes que puede ser beneficiosa si decide ocultar la Barra de estado. El Indicador de número de la página muestra la página actual como parte de todas las páginas en el documento actual (página 'n' de 'nn'). Haga clic en este texto para abrir la ventana donde usted puede introducir el número de la página y pasar a esta página rápidamente." + "body": "Editor de Documentos ofrece varias herramientas para ayudarle a ver y navegar por su documento: ampliación (zoom), botones de la página anterior/siguiente, indicador de número de la página. Ajuste la configuración de la vista Para ajustar la configuración de la vista predeterminada y establecer el modo más conveniente para trabajar con un documento, haga clic en el icono Mostrar ajustes de la parte derecha del encabezado del editor y seleccione los elementos de la interfaz que desea ocultar o mostrar. Puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones de la lista desplegable Mostrar ajustes: Ocultar barra de herramientas - oculta la barra de herramientas superior que contiene comandos mientras que las pestañas permanecen visibles. Cuando esta opción está desactivada, puede hacer clic en cualquier pestaña para mostrar la barra de herramientas. La barra de herramientas se muestra hasta que haga clic en cualquier lugar fuera de esta. Para desactivar este modo, haga clic en el icono Mostrar ajustes y vuelva a hacer clic en la opción de Ocultar Barra de Herramientas. La barra de herramientas superior se mostrará todo el tiempo.Nota: alternativamente, puede hacer doble clic en cualquier pestaña para ocultar la barra de herramientas superior o mostrarla de nuevo. Ocultar barra de estado - oculta la barra más inferior donde se situan los botones Indicador de número de la página y Zoom. Para mostrar la Barra de estado ocultada pulse esta opción una vez más. Ocultar reglas - oculta las reglas que se usan para alinear el texto, gráficos, tablas y otros elementos en un documento, establecer márgenes, tabuladores y guiones de párrafos. Para mostrar las Reglas ocultadas, pulse esta opción una vez más. La barra derecha lateral se minimiza de manera predeterminada. Para expandirla, seleccione cualquier objeto (imagen, gráfico, forma) o pasaje de texto y haga clic en el icono de dicha pestaña ya activada a la derecha. Para minimizar la barra de herramientas de la derecha, haga clic en el icono de nuevo. Cuando los paneles Comentarios o Chat se abren, el ancho de la barra lateral izquierda se ajusta simplemente arrastrando y soltando: mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde izquierdo de la barra lateral para que se convierta en la flecha bidireccional y arrastre el borde hacia la derecha para ampliar el ancho de la barra lateral. Para restaurar el ancho original, mueva el borde a la izquierda. Utilice las herramientas de navegación Para navegar por su documento use las herramientas siguientes: Los botones Zoom se sitúan en la esquina inferior derecha y se usan para acercar y alejar el documento actual. Para cambiar el valor de zoom seleccionado que se muestra en porcentajes, haga clic en este y seleccione una de las opciones de zoom disponibles de la lista o use los botones Acercar o Alejar . Haga clic en el icono Ajustar a ancho para adaptar el ancho de la página de documento a la parte visible del espacio de trabajo. Para adaptar toda la página de documento a la parte visible del espacio de trabajo, haga clic en el icono Ajustar a la página. los ajustes de acercar también están disponibles en la lista despegable Ver ajustes que puede ser beneficiosa si decide ocultar la Barra de estado. El Indicador de número de la página muestra la página actual como parte de todas las páginas en el documento actual (página 'n' de 'nn'). Haga clic en este texto para abrir la ventana donde usted puede introducir el número de la página y pasar a esta página rápidamente." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", @@ -43,53 +43,58 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Formatos Soportados de Documentos Electrónicos", - "body": "Documentos electrónicos representan uno de los archivos infórmaticos más comúnmente utilizados. Gracias a un nivel alto de desarrollo de las redes infórmaticas actuales es más conveniente distribuir documentos de forma electrónica. Debido a una variedad de dispositivos usados para presentación de documentos existen muchos formatos de archivos patentados y abiertos. Document Editor soporta los formatos más populares. Formatos Descripción Ver Editar Descargar DOC Extensión de archivo para los documentos de texto creados con Microsoft Word + DOCX Office Open XML Formato de archivo desarrollado por Microsoft basado en XML, comprimido usando la tecnología ZIP se usa para presentación de hojas de cálculo, gráficos, presentaciones y documentos de texto + + + ODT Formato de los archivos de texto OpenDocument, un estándar abierto para documentos electrónicos + + + RTF Rich Text Format Formato de archivos de documentos desarrollado por Microsoft para intercambio de documentos entre plataformas + + + TXT Extensión de archivo para archivos de texto que normalmente contiene un formateo mínimo + + + PDF Formato de documento portátil es un formato de archivo usado para la representación de documentos de manera independiente de software de aplicación, hardware, y sistema operativo + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Lenguaje de marcado principal para páginas web + EPUB Electronic Publication Estándar abierto y gratuito para libros electrónicos creado por el Foro Internacional de Publicación Digital (International Digital Publishing Forum) + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Formato de documento abierto de diseño fijo desarrollado por Microsoft + DjVu Formato de archivo diseñado principalmente para almacenar los documentos escaneados, especialmente para tales que contienen una combinación de texto, imágenes y fotografías +" + "body": "Documentos electrónicos representan uno de los archivos infórmaticos más comúnmente utilizados. Gracias a un nivel alto de desarrollo de las redes infórmaticas actuales es más conveniente distribuir documentos de forma electrónica. Debido a una variedad de dispositivos usados para presentación de documentos existen muchos formatos de archivos patentados y abiertos. Document Editor soporta los formatos más populares. Formatos Descripción Ver Editar Descargar DOC Extensión de archivo para los documentos de texto creados con Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML Formato de archivo desarrollado por Microsoft basado en XML, comprimido usando la tecnología ZIP se usa para presentación de hojas de cálculo, gráficos, presentaciones y documentos de texto + + + DOTX Plantilla de documento Word Open XML Formato de archivo comprimido, basado en XML, desarrollado por Microsoft para plantillas de documentos de texto. Una plantilla DOTX contiene ajustes de formato o estilos, entre otros y se puede usar para crear múltiples documentos con el mismo formato. + + + ODT Formato de los archivos de texto OpenDocument, un estándar abierto para documentos electrónicos + + + OTT Plantilla de documento OpenDocument Formato de archivo OpenDocument para plantillas de documentos de texto. Una plantilla OTT contiene ajustes de formato o estilos, entre otros y se puede usar para crear múltiples documentos con el mismo formato. + + + RTF Rich Text Format Formato de archivos de documentos desarrollado por Microsoft para intercambio de documentos entre plataformas + + + TXT Extensión de archivo para archivos de texto que normalmente contiene un formateo mínimo + + + PDF Formato de documento portátil Es un formato de archivo que se usa para la representación de documentos de manera independiente a la aplicación software, hardware, y sistemas operativos + + PDF Formato de documento portátil / A Una versión ISO estandarizada del Formato de Documento Portátil (PDF por sus siglas en inglés) especializada para su uso en el archivo y la preservación a largo plazo de documentos electrónicos. + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Lenguaje de marcado principal para páginas web + + en la versión en línea EPUB Electronic Publication Estándar abierto y gratuito para libros electrónicos creado por el Foro Internacional de Publicación Digital (International Digital Publishing Forum) + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Formato de documento abierto de diseño fijo desarrollado por Microsoft + DjVu Formato de archivo diseñado principalmente para almacenar los documentos escaneados, especialmente para tales que contienen una combinación de texto, imágenes y fotografías +" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", - "title": "Pestaña Archivo", - "body": "La pestaña Archivo permite realizar algunas operaciones básicas en la carpeta actual. Al usar esta pestaña podrás: salvar el archivo actual (en caso de Guardado automático esta opción no está disponible), descargar, imprimir o cambiar el nombre, crear un documento nuevo o abrir un documente que se ha editado de forma reciente, ver información general del documento, gestionar derechos de acceso, seguir el historial de versiones, acceder al editor de Ajustes Avanzados, Volver a la lista del Documento." + "title": "Pestaña de archivo", + "body": "La pestaña de Archivo permite realizar operaciones básicas en el archivo actual. Editor de documentos en línea: Editor de documentos de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: en la versión en línea, guardar el archivo actual (en el caso de que la opción de Guardar automáticamente esté desactivada), descargar como (guarda el documento en el formato seleccionado en el disco duro del ordenador), guardar una copia como (guarda una copia del documento en el formato seleccionado en los documentos del portal), imprimir o renombrar, en la versión de escritorio, guardar el archivo actual manteniendo el formato y la ubicación actual utilizando la opción de Guardar o guarda el archivo actual con un nombre, ubicación o formato diferente utilizando la opción de Guardar como, imprimir el archivo. proteger el archivo con una contraseña, cambiar o eliminar la contraseña (disponible solamente en la versión de escritorio); crear un nuevo documento o abrir uno recientemente editado (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), ver información general del documento, gestionar los derechos de acceso (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), hacer un seguimiento del historial de versiones (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), acceder al los Ajustes avanzados del editor, en la versión de escritorio, abre la carpeta donde está guardado el archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. En la versión en línea, abre la carpeta del módulo Documentos donde está guardado el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de Inicio", - "body": "La pestaña de Inicio se abre por defecto cuando abre un documento. Le permite cambiar el tipo de letra y los párrafos. También hay más opciones disponibles como Combinación de Correspondencia, combinación de colores y ajustes de vista. Al usar esta pestaña podrás: establecer el tipo,tamaño y color de letra, aplicar estilos decorativos a la letra, seleccionar color de fondo para un párrafo, crear listas con puntos y numeradas, cambiar las sangrías de un párrafo, establecer el espaciado de línea de un párrafo, alinear su texto en un párrafo, mostrar/ocultar caracteres no imprimibles, copiar/borrar el formato de texto, cambiar la combinación de colores, usar la Combinación de Correspondencia, gestionar estilos, ajustar los Ajustes de Vista y acceder al editor de Ajustes Avanzados." + "body": "La pestaña de Inicio se abre por defecto cuando abre un documento. Le permite cambiar el tipo de letra y los párrafos. También hay otras opciones disponibles aquí, como la combinación de correspondencia y los esquemas de color. Editor de documentos en línea: Editor de documentos de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: establecer el tipo,tamaño y color de letra, aplicar estilos decorativos a la letra, seleccionar color de fondo para un párrafo, crear listas con puntos y numeradas, cambiar las sangrías de un párrafo, establecer el espaciado de línea de un párrafo, alinear su texto en un párrafo, mostrar/ocultar caracteres no imprimibles, copiar/borrar el formato de un texto, cambiar la combinación de colores, usar combinación de correspondencia (disponible solo en la versión el línea), gestionar estilos." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña Insertar", - "body": "La pestaña de Insertar le permite añadir elementos para editar, así como objetos visuales y comentarios. Al usar esta pestaña podrás: insertar saltos de página, saltos de sección y saltos de columnas, insertar encabezados y pies de página y números de página, insertar tablas, imágenes , gráficos, formas, insertar hyperlinks, comentarios, insertar cuadros de texto y Cuadros para Objetos de Arte, ecuaciones, mayúsculas olvidadas, controles de contenido." + "body": "La pestaña de Insertar le permite añadir elementos para editar, así como objetos visuales y comentarios. Editor de documentos en línea: Editor de documentos de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: insertar una página en blanco, insertar saltos de página, saltos de sección y saltos de columnas, insertar encabezados y pies de página y números de página, insertar tablas, imágenes , gráficos, formas, insertar hyperlinks, comentarios, insertar cuadros de texto y Cuadros para Objetos de Arte, ecuaciones, mayúsculas olvidadas, controles de contenido." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña Diseño", - "body": "La pestaña de Diseño le permite cambiar el formato del documento: configurar parámetros de la página y definir la disposición de los elementos visuales. Al usar esta pestaña podrás: ajustar los márgenes, orientación, y tamaño de la página, añadir columnas, insertar saltos de página, saltos de sección y saltos de columnas, alinear y organizar objetos (tablas, imágenes, gráficos, formas), cambiar el estilo de envolturas." + "body": "La pestaña de Diseño le permite cambiar el formato del documento: configurar parámetros de la página y definir la disposición de los elementos visuales. Editor de documentos en línea: Editor de documentos de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: ajustar los márgenes, orientación, y tamaño de la página, añadir columnas, insertar saltos de página, saltos de sección y saltos de columnas, alinear y organizar objetos (tablas, imágenes, gráficos, formas), cambiar el estilo de envolturas." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de Extensiones", - "body": "La pestaña de Extensiones permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Aquí también puede utilizar macros para simplificar las operaciones rutinarias. El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre macros puede referirse a nuestra Documentación de API. Actualmente, los siguientes plugins están disponibles por defecto: ArteClip permite añadir imágenes de la colección de arteclip a su documento, OCR permite reconocer el texto incluido en una imagen e insertarlo en el texto de un documento, EditordeImágenes permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar el tamaño, aplicar efectos etc., Discurso permite convertir el texto seleccionado en un discurso, Tabla de Símbolos permite insertar símbolos especiales en su texto, Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado en otros idiomas, YouTube permite incorporar vídeos en su documento. Los plugins Wordpress y EasyBib pueden usarse si conecta los servicios correspondientes en la configuración de su portal. Puede utilizar las siguientes instrucciones para la versión de servidor o para la versión SaaS. Para aprender más sobre los plugins por favor refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API. Todos los ejemplos de plugin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub" + "body": "La pestaña de Extensiones permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Aquí también puede utilizar macros para simplificar las operaciones rutinarias. Editor de documentos en línea: Editor de documentos de escritorio: El botón Ajustes permite abrir la ventana donde puede ver y administrador todas las extensiones instaladas y añadir las suyas propias. El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre los plugins refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API. Actualmente, los siguientes plugins están disponibles por defecto: ArteClip permite añadir imágenes de la colección de arteclip a su documento, Resaltar código permite resaltar la sintaxis del código, seleccionando el idioma, el estilo y el color de fondo necesarios, OCR permite reconocer el texto incluido en una imagen e insertarlo en el texto de un documento, Editor de Fotos permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar tamaño, usar efectos etc. Discurso permite convertir el texto seleccionado en un discurso, Tabla de símbolos permite introducir símbolos especiales en su texto, El Diccionario de sinónimos permite buscar tanto sinónimos como antónimos de una palabra y reemplazar esta palabra por la seleccionada, Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado a otros idiomas, YouTube permite incorporar vídeos en su documento. Los plugins Wordpress y EasyBib pueden usarse si conecta los servicios correspondientes en la configuración de su portal. Puede utilizar las siguientes instrucciones para la versión de servidor o para la versión SaaS. Para aprender más sobre plugins, por favor, lea nuestra Documentación API. Todos los ejemplos de puglin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Introduciendo el Editor de Documento Interfaz de Usuario", - "body": "El Editor del Documento usa un interfaz intercalada donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de forma funcional. El interfaz de edición consiste en los siguientes elementos principales: El Editor de Encabezado muestra el logo, pestañas de menú, nombre del documento así como tres iconos a la derecha que permiten ajustar los derechos de acceso, regresar a la lista de Documentos, configurar los Ajustes de Visualización y acceder al editor de Ajustes Avanzados. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Diseño, Referencias, Colaboración, Plugins.Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer y Rehacer están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de Herramientas, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada. Estatus de Barras al final de la ventana de edición contiene el indicador de la numeración de páginas, muestra algunas notificaciones (como «Todos los cambios se han guardado»), permite ajustar el idioma del texto, mostar revisión de ortografía, activar el modo de rastrear cambios, ajustar el zoom. La barra de herramientas izquierda contiene iconos que permiten el uso de la herramienta de Buscar y Reemplazar, abrir el panel de Comentarios, Chat y and Navegación contactar a nuestro equipo de soporte y mostrar la información sobre el programa. La Barra lateral derecha permite ajustar parámetros adicionales de objetos distintos. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en el texto, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha. Las Reglas horizontales y verticales permiten alinear el texto y otros elementos en un documento, establecer márgenes, tabuladores y sangrados de párrafos. El área de trabajo permite ver el contenido del documento, introducir y editar datos. La barra de desplazamiento a la derecha permite desplazarte arriba y abajo en documentos de varias páginas. Para su conveniencia, puede ocultar varios componentes y mostrarlos de nuevo cuando sea necesario. Para aprender más sobre cómo ajustar los ajustes de vista vaya a esta página." + "body": "El Editor del Documento usa un interfaz intercalada donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de forma funcional. Editor de documentos en línea: Editor de documentos de escritorio: El interfaz de edición consiste en los siguientes elementos principales: El encabezado del editor muestra el logotipo, las pestañas de los documentos abiertos, el nombre del documento y las pestañas del menú.En la parte izquierda del encabezado del editor están los botones de Guardar, Imprimir archivo, Deshacer y Rehacer. En la parte derecha del encabezado del editor se muestra el nombre del usuario y los siguientes iconos: Abrir ubicación del archivo - en la versión de escritorio, permite abrir la carpeta donde está guardado el archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. En la versión en línea, permite abrir la carpeta del módulo Documentos donde está guardado el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador. - permite ajustar los ajustes de visualización y acceder a los ajustes avanzados del editor. Gestionar los derechos de acceso a los documentos - (disponible solamente en la versión en línea) permite establecer los derechos de acceso a los documentos guardados en la nube. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Diseño, Referencias, Colaboración, Protección, Extensiones.Las opciones Copiar y Pegar están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada. Estatus de Barras al final de la ventana de edición contiene el indicador de la numeración de páginas, muestra algunas notificaciones (como «Todos los cambios se han guardado»), permite ajustar el idioma del texto, mostar revisión de ortografía, activar el modo de rastrear cambios, ajustar el zoom. La barra lateral izquierda incluye los siguientes iconos: - permite utilizar la herramienta Buscar y reemplazar, - permite abrir el panel de Comentarios, - permite ir al panel de Navegación y gestionar las cabeceras, - (disponible solamente en la versión en línea) permite abrir el panel Chat, así como los iconos que permite contactar con nuestro equipo de soporte y ver la información del programa. La Barra lateral derecha permite ajustar parámetros adicionales de objetos distintos. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en el texto, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha. Las Reglas horizontales y verticales permiten alinear el texto y otros elementos en un documento, establecer márgenes, tabuladores y sangrados de párrafos. El área de trabajo permite ver el contenido del documento, introducir y editar datos. La barra de desplazamiento a la derecha permite desplazarte arriba y abajo en documentos de varias páginas. Para su conveniencia, puede ocultar varios componentes y mostrarlos de nuevo cuando sea necesario. Para aprender más sobre cómo ajustar los ajustes de vista vaya a esta página." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de referencias", - "body": "La pestaña de Referencias permite gestionar diferentes tipos de referencias: añadir y actualizar una tabla de contenidos, crear y editar notas en el pie de página, insertar hipervínculos. Usando esta pestaña podrá: Crear y actualizar automáticamente tablas de contenidos, Insertar pies de página Insertar hiperenlaces" + "body": "La pestaña de Referencias permite gestionar diferentes tipos de referencias: añadir y actualizar una tabla de contenidos, crear y editar notas en el pie de página, insertar hipervínculos. Editor de documentos en línea: Editor de documentos de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: Crear y actualizar automáticamente tablas de contenidos, Insertar pies de página Insertar hiperenlaces Añadir marcadores." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de colaboración", - "body": "La pestaña de Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en el documento: compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición, gestionar comentarios, realizar un seguimiento de los cambios realizados por un revisor, ver todas las versiones y revisiones. Si usa esta pestaña podrá: especificar configuraciones de compartir, cambiar entre los modos de co-ediciónEstricto y Rápido, añadir comentarios al documento, activar la característica de rastrear cambios, elegir el modo de mostrar cambios, controlar los cambios sugeridos abrir el panel Chat seguir el historial de versiones," + "body": "La pestaña Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en el documento. En la versión en línea, puede compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición, administrar los comentarios, realizar un seguimiento de los cambios realizados por un revisor, ver todas las versiones y revisiones. En la versión de escritorio, puede gestionar los comentarios y utilizar la característica de Control de cambios . Editor de documentos en línea: Editor de documentos de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: especificar los ajustes de uso compartido (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), cambiar entre los modos de co-edición Estricto y Rápido (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), añadir comentarios al documento, activar la característica de rastrear cambios, elegir el modo de mostrar cambios, controlar los cambios sugeridos abrir el panel Chat (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), hacer un seguimiento del historial de versiones (disponible solamente en la versión en línea)." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "title": "Añadir bordes", "body": "Para añadir bordes a un párrafo, una página o a un documento, Ponga el cursor en el párrafo que usted necesita, o elija varios párrafos usando el ratón, o todo el texto pulsando combinación de teclas Ctrl+A, haga clic derecho y elija la opción Ajustes de párrafo avanzados en el menú, o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral, pase a la sección Bordes y relleno en la ventana Párrafo - ajustes avanzados, establezca el valor necesario para Tamaño de borde y elija Color de borde, pulse un diagrama disponible o use botones para seleccionar bordes y aplique el estilo seleccionado, pulse el botón OK. Después de añadir los bordes puede fijar los márgenes, es decir, la distancia entre los bordes derecho, izquierdo, superior, inferior y el texto de párrafo dentro ellos. Para establecer los valores necesarios, cambie a la pestaña Espaciados internos en la ventana Párrafo - ajustes avanzados:" }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", + "title": "Usar fórmulas en tablas", + "body": "Insertar una fórmula Puede realizar cálculos simples a partir de los datos de las celdas de la tabla añadiendo fórmulas. Para insertar una fórmula en una celda de tabla, coloque el cursor dentro de la celda en la que desea visualizar el resultado, haga clic en el botón Añadir fórmula en la barra lateral derecha, en la ventana Ajustes de fórmula que se abre, introduzca la fórmula deseada en el campo Fórmula.Puede introducir manualmente la fórmula deseada utilizando los operadores matemáticos comunes (+, -, *, /), por ejemplo =A1*B2 o usar la lista desplegable Función pegar para seleccionar una de las funciones integradas, por ejemplo =PRODUCT(A1,B2). especificar manualmente los argumentos necesarios entre paréntesis en el campo Fórmula. Si la función necesita varios argumentos, tienen que ir separados por comas. use la lista desplegable Formato de número si desea mostrar el resultado en un formato de número determinado, haga clic en OK. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida. Para editar la fórmula añadida, seleccione el resultado en la celda y haga clic en el botón Añadir fórmula en la barra lateral derecha, efectúe los cambios necesarios en la ventana Ajustes de fórmula y haga clic en OK. Añadir referencias a celdas Puede usar los siguientes argumentos para añadir rápidamente referencias a los intervalos de celdas: ARRIBA - una referencia a todas las celdas en la columna de arriba de la celda seleccionada IZQUIERDA - una referencia a todas las celdas de la fila a la izquierda de la celda seleccionada ABAJO - una referencia a todas las celdas de la columna situada debajo de la celda seleccionada DERECHA - una referencia a todas las celdas de la fila a la derecha de la celda seleccionada Estos argumentos se pueden utilizar con las funciones PROMEDIO, CONTAR, MAX, MIN, PRODUCTO, SUMA. También puede introducir manualmente referencias a una celda determinada (por ejemplo, A1) o a un intervalo de celdas (por ejemplo, A1:B3). Usar marcadores Si ha añadido algunos marcadores a ciertas celdas de su tabla, puede usarlos como argumentos al introducir fórmulas. En la ventana Ajustes de fórmula sitúe el cursor entre paréntesis en el campo de entrada Fórmula donde desea que se añada el argumento y use la lista desplegable Pegar marcador para seleccionar uno de los marcadores añadidos anteriormente. Actualizar resultados de fórmula Si modifica algunos valores en las celdas de la tabla, necesitará actualizar manualmente los resultados de la fórmula: Para actualizar un resultado de fórmula individual, seleccione el resultado deseado y pulse F9 o haga clic con el botón derecho del ratón en el resultado y utilice la opción Actualizar campo del menú. Para actualizar varios resultados de fórmula, seleccione las celdas correspondientes o toda la tabla y pulse F9. Funciones integradas Puede utilizar las siguientes funciones matemáticas, de estadística y lógicas: Categoría Función Descripción Ejemplo Matemáticas ABS(x) La función se utiliza para devolver el valor absoluto de un número. =ABS(-10) Devuelve 10 Lógica Y(lógico1, lógico2, ...) La función se utiliza para verificar si el valor lógico introducido es VERDADERO o FALSO. La función devuelve 1 (VERDADERO) si todos los argumentos son VERDADEROS. =Y(1>0,1>3) Devuelve 0 Estadísticas PROMEDIO(lista-argumento) La función se utiliza para analizar el intervalo de datos y encontrar el valor medio. =PROMEDIO(4,10) Devuelve 7 Estadísticas CONTAR(lista-argumento) La función se utiliza para contar el número de celdas seleccionadas que contienen números, ignorando las celdas vacías o las que contienen texto. =CONTAR(A1:B3) Devuelve 6 Lógica DEFINIDO() La función evalúa si se ha definido un valor en la celda. La función devuelve 1 si el valor está definido y calculado sin errores y 0 si el valor no está definido o calculado con un error. =DEFINIDO(A1) Lógica FALSO() La función devuelve 0 (FALSO) y no requiere ningún argumento. =FALSO Devuelve 0 Matemáticas ENTERO(x) La función se utiliza para analizar y devolver la parte entera del número especificado. =ENTERO(2.5) Devuelve 2 Estadísticas MAX(número1, número2, ...) La función se utiliza para analizar el intervalo de datos y encontrar el número más grande. =MAX(15,18,6) Devuelve 18 Estadísticas MIN(número1, número2, ...) La función se utiliza para analizar el intervalo de datos y encontrar el número más pequeño. =MIN(15,18,6) Devuelve 6 Matemáticas RESIDUO(x, y) La función se utiliza para devolver el residuo después de la división de un número por el divisor especificado. =RESIDUO(6,3) Devuelve 0 Lógica NO(lógico) La función se utiliza para verificar si el valor lógico introducido es VERDADERO o FALSO. La función devuelve 1 (VERDADERO) si el argumento es FALSO y 0 (FALSO) si el argumento es VERDADERO. =NO(2<5) Devuelve 0 Lógica O(lógico1, lógico2, ...) La función se utiliza para verificar si el valor lógico introducido es VERDADERO o FALSO. La función devuelve 0 (FALSO) si todos los argumentos son FALSOS. =O(1>0,1>3) Devuelve 1 Matemáticas PRODUCTO(número1, número2, ...) La función se utiliza para multiplicar todos los números en el intervalo de celdas seleccionado y devuelve el producto. =PRODUCTO(2,5) Devuelve 10 Matemáticas REDONDEAR(x, núm_dígitos) La función se utiliza para redondear el número hasta el número de dígitos deseado. =REDONDEAR(2.25,1) Devuelve 2.3 Matemáticas SIGNO(x) La función se utiliza para devolver el signo de un número. Si el número es positivo la función devolverá 1. Si el número es negativo la función devolverá -1. Si el número vale 0, la función devolverá 0. =SIGNO(-12) Devuelve -1 Matemáticas SUMA(número1, número2, ...) La función se utiliza para sumar todos los números en el intervalo de celdas seleccionado y devuelve el resultado. =SUMA(5,3,2) Devuelve 10 Lógica VERDADERO() La función devuelve 1 (VERDADERO) y no requiere ningún argumento. =VERDADERO Devuelve 1" + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Añada hiperenlaces", @@ -98,7 +103,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "title": "Alinee y arregle objetos en una página", - "body": "Los bloques de texto o autoformas, gráficos e imágenes añadidos, pueden ser alineados, agrupados y ordenados en una página. Para realizar una de estas acciones, primero seleccione un objeto o varios objetos en la página. Para seleccionar varios objetos, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y haga clic sobre los objetos necesarios. Para seleccionar un bloque de texto, haga clic en su borde, no en el texto de dentro. Después, puede usar o los iconos de la barra de herramientas superior de Formato que se describen más abajo o las opciones análogas del menú contextual. Icono Alinear Para alinear el (los) objeto(s) seleccionado(s), haga clic en el icono Alinear en la barra de herramientas superior de Formato y seleccione el tipo de alineación necesario en la lista: Alinear a la izquierda - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente a la parte izquierda de la página, Alinear al centro - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente al centro de la página, Alinear a la derecha - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente a la parte derecha de una página, Alinear en la parte superior - para alinear los objetos verticalmente a la parte superior de la página, Alinear al medio - para alinear los objetos verticalmente al medio de una página, Alinear en la parte inferior - para alinear los objetos verticalmente en la parte inferior de la página. Agrupar objetos Para agrupar un objeto seleccionado o más de uno o desagruparlos, pulse el icono Agrupar en la pestaña Formato en la barra de herramientas superior de y seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista: Agrupar - para unir varios objetos al grupo para que sea posible girarlos, desplazarlos, cambiar el tamaño y formato, alinearlos, arreglarlos, copiarlos y pegarlos como si fuera un solo objeto. Desagrupar - para desagrupar el grupo de los objetos seleccionado anteriormente para juntar. De forma alternativa, puede hacer clic derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción de Organizar del menú contextual y luego usar la opción de Agrupar o des-agrupar. Organizar objetos Para organizar objetos (por ejemplo cambiar su orden cuando unos objetos sobreponen uno al otro), pulse los iconos Adelantar y Mandar atrás en la barra de herramientas superior de Formato y seleccione el tipo de disposición necesaria en la lista: Para mover el (los) objeto(s) seleccionado(s) hacia delante, haga clic en el icono Mover hacia delante en la barra de herramientas superior de Formato y seleccione el tipo de organización necesaria de la lista: Traer al frente - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) delante de los otros, Traer adelante - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia delante de otros objetos. Para mover el (los) objeto(s) seleccionado(s) hacia detrás, haga clic en la flecha de al lado del icono Mover hacia detrás en la pestaña Formato en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de organización necesaria en la lista: Enviar al fondo - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) detrás de los otros, Enviar atrás - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia atrás de otros objetos." + "body": "Los bloques de texto o autoformas, gráficos e imágenes añadidos, pueden ser alineados, agrupados y ordenados en una página. Para realizar una de estas acciones, primero seleccione un objeto o varios objetos en la página. Para seleccionar varios objetos, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y haga clic sobre los objetos necesarios. Para seleccionar un cuadro de texto, haga clic en su borde y no en el texto. Después, puede usar o los iconos de la barra de herramientas superior de Formato que se describen más abajo o las opciones análogas del menú contextual. Alinear objetos Para alinear dos o más objetos seleccionados, Haga clic en el icono Alinear en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione una de las siguientes opciones: Alinear a página para alinear objetos en relación con los bordes de la página, Alinear a márgenes para alinear objetos en relación con los márgenes de la página, Alinear objetos seleccionados (esta opción se selecciona de forma predeterminada) para alinear objetos entre sí, Haga clic de nuevo en el icono Alinear y seleccione el tipo de alineación que desee de la lista: Alinear a la izquierda - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente por el borde izquierdo del objeto situado más a la izquierda/el borde izquierdo de la página/el margen izquierdo de la página, Alinear al centro - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente por sus centros/centro de la página/centro del espacio entre los márgenes izquierdo y derecho de la página, Alinear a la derecha - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente por el borde derecho del objeto situado más a la derecha / borde derecho de la página / margen derecho de la página, Alinear arriba - para alinear los objetos verticalmente por el borde superior del objeto situado más arriba/en el borde superior de la página/en el margen superior de la página, Alinear al medio - para alinear los objetos verticalmente por sus centros/mitad de la página/mitad del espacio entre los márgenes superior e inferior de la página, Alinear abajo - para alinear los objetos verticalmente por el borde inferior del objeto situado más abajo/borde inferior de la página/borde inferior de la página. Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción Alinear en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de alineación disponibles. Si desea alinear un solo objeto, puede alinearlo en relación a los bordes de la página o a los márgenes de la página. La opción Alinear a margen se encuentra seleccionada por defecto en este caso. Distribuir objetos Para distribuir tres o más objetos seleccionados de forma horizontal o vertical de tal forma que aparezca la misma distancia entre ellos, Haga clic en el icono Alinear en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione una de las siguientes opciones: Alinear a página para distribuir objetos entre los bordes de la página, Alinear a márgenes para distribuir objetos entre los márgenes de la página, Alinear objetos seleccionados (esta opción se selecciona de forma predeterminada) para distribuir objetos entre dos objetos seleccionados situados en la parte más alejada, Haga clic de nuevo en el icono Alinear y seleccione el tipo de distribución que desee de la lista: Distribuir horizontalmente - para distribuir los objetos uniformemente entre los objetos seleccionados situados en el extremo izquierdo y en el extremo derecho/los bordes izquierdo y derecho de la página/los márgenes izquierdo y derecho de la página. Distribuir verticalmente - Distribuir verticalmente - para distribuir los objetos uniformemente entre los objetos situados en el extremo superior e inferior de la página/en los bordes superior e inferior de los márgenes de la página/en la parte superior e inferior de la página. Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción Alinear en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de distribución disponibles. Nota: las opciones de distribución no están disponibles si selecciona menos de tres objetos. Agrupar objetos Para agrupar dos o más objetos seleccionados o desagruparlos, haga clic en la flecha situada junto al icono Grupo en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción deseada de la lista: Agrupar - para unir varios objetos al grupo para que sea posible girarlos, desplazarlos, cambiar el tamaño y formato, alinearlos, arreglarlos, copiarlos y pegarlos como si fuera un solo objeto. Desagrupar - para desagrupar el grupo de los objetos previamente seleccionados. De forma alternativa, puede hacer clic derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción de Organizar del menú contextual y luego usar la opción de Agrupar o des-agrupar. Nota: la opción Grupo no está disponible si selecciona menos de dos objetos. La opción Desagrupar solo está disponible cuando se selecciona un grupo de objetos previamente unidos. Organizar objetos Para organizar objetos (por ejemplo cambiar su orden cuando unos objetos sobreponen uno al otro), pulse los iconos Adelantar y Mandar atrás en la barra de herramientas superior de Formato y seleccione el tipo de disposición necesaria en la lista: Para mover el (los) objeto(s) seleccionado(s) hacia delante, haga clic en el icono Mover hacia delante en la barra de herramientas superior de Formato y seleccione el tipo de organización necesaria de la lista: Traer al frente - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) delante de los otros, Traer adelante - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia delante de otros objetos. Para mover el (los) objeto(s) seleccionado(s) hacia detrás, haga clic en la flecha de al lado del icono Mover hacia detrás en la pestaña Formato en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de organización necesaria en la lista: Enviar al fondo - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) detrás de los otros, Enviar atrás - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia atrás de otros objetos. Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, seleccionar la opción Organizar en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de organización disponibles." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", @@ -128,7 +133,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Copie/pegue pasajes de texto, deshaga/rehaga sus acciones", - "body": "Use operaciones de portapapeles básico Para cortar, copiar y pegar pasajes de texto y objetos insertados (autoformas, imágenes, gráficos) en el documento actual use las opciones correspondientes del menú contextual o iconos de la barra de herramientas superior: Cortar – seleccione un fragmento de texto o un objeto y use la opción Cortar del menú conextual para borrar la selección y enviarla a portapapeles. Los datos que se han cortado se pueden insertar más adelante en otros lugares del mismo documento. Copiar – seleccione un fragmento de texto o un objeto y use la opción Copiar del menú contextual, o use el icono Copiar para copiar el fragmento seleccionado a la memoria portapapeles de su ordenador. Los datos que se han copiado se pueden insertar más adelante en otros lugares del mismo documento. Pegar – busque un lugar en su documento donde necesite pegar el fragmento de texto anteriormente copiado y use la opción Pegar del menú contextual, o el icono Pegar de la barra de herramientas. El texto se insertará en la posición actual del cursor. Los datos se pueden copiar previamente del mismo documento. Para copiar o pegar datos de/en otro documento u otro programa use las combinaciones de teclas siguientes: La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar: La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+C para copiar; La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar; Nota: en vez de cortar y pegar texto del mismo documento usted puede seleccionar un pasaje de texto necesario, arrastrar y soltarlo en un lugar necesario. Use la característica de Pegar Especial una vez que el texto copiado se ha pegado, el botón de Pegado Especial aparece al lado del pasaje del texto insertado. Haga clic en el botón para seleccionar la opción de pegado necesaria. Cuando pegue el texto del párrafo u otro texto con autoformas, las siguientes opciones estarán disponibles: Pegar - permite pegar el texto copiado manteniendo el formato original. Mantener solo el texto - permite pegar el texto sin su formato original. Si pega la tabla copiada en una tabla existente, dispone de las siguientes opciones: Sobre escribir celdas - le permite sustituir el contenido de la tabla existente por los datos pegados. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Anidar tabla - permite pegar la tabla copiada como una tabla anidada en la celda seleccionada de la tabla existente. Solo Mantener Texto - permite pegar el contenido de la tabla como valores de texto separados por el carácter de tabulación. Deshaga/rehaga sus acciones Para deshacer/rehacer la última operación, use los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior o atajos de teclado: Deshacer – use el icono Deshacer en la barra de herramientas o la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Z para deshacer la última operación que usted ha realizado. Rehacer – use el icono Rehacer en la barra de herramientas o la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Y para rehacer la última operación deshecha." + "body": "Use operaciones de portapapeles básico Para cortar, copiar y pegar pasajes de texto y objetos insertados (autoformas, imágenes, gráficos) en el documento actual use las opciones correspondientes del menú contextual o iconos de la barra de herramientas superior: Cortar – seleccione un fragmento de texto o un objeto y use la opción Cortar del menú conextual para borrar la selección y enviarla a portapapeles. Los datos que se han cortado se pueden insertar más adelante en otros lugares del mismo documento. Copiar – seleccione un fragmento de texto o un objeto y use la opción Copiar del menú contextual, o use el icono Copiar para copiar el fragmento seleccionado a la memoria portapapeles de su ordenador. Los datos que se han copiado se pueden insertar más adelante en otros lugares del mismo documento. Pegar – busque un lugar en su documento donde necesite pegar el fragmento de texto anteriormente copiado y use la opción Pegar del menú contextual, o el icono Pegar de la barra de herramientas. El texto se insertará en la posición actual del cursor. Los datos se pueden copiar previamente del mismo documento. En la versión en línea, las siguientes combinaciones de teclas solo se usan para copiar o pegar datos desde/hacia otro documento o algún otro programa, en la versión de escritorio, tanto los botones/menú correspondientes como las opciones de menú y combinaciones de teclas se pueden usar para cualquier operación de copiar/pegar: La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar: La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+C para copiar; La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar; Nota: en vez de cortar y pegar texto del mismo documento usted puede seleccionar un pasaje de texto necesario, arrastrar y soltarlo en un lugar necesario. Use la característica de Pegar Especial una vez que el texto copiado se ha pegado, el botón de Pegado Especial aparece al lado del pasaje del texto insertado. Haga clic en el botón para seleccionar la opción de pegado necesaria. Cuando pegue el texto del párrafo u otro texto con autoformas, las siguientes opciones estarán disponibles: Pegar - permite pegar el texto copiado manteniendo el formato original. Mantener solo el texto - permite pegar el texto sin su formato original. Si pega la tabla copiada en una tabla existente, dispone de las siguientes opciones: Sobre escribir celdas - le permite sustituir el contenido de la tabla existente por los datos pegados. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Anidar tabla - permite pegar la tabla copiada como una tabla anidada en la celda seleccionada de la tabla existente. Solo Mantener Texto - permite pegar el contenido de la tabla como valores de texto separados por el carácter de tabulación. Deshaga/rehaga sus acciones Para realizar las operaciones de deshacer/rehacer, use los iconos correspondientes en la cabecera del editor o mediante los atajos de teclado: Deshacer – use el icono Deshacer en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor o la combinación de teclas Ctrl+Z para deshacer la última operación que realizó. Rehacer – use el icono Rehacer en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor o la combinación de teclas Ctrl+Y para rehacer la última operación deshecha. Nota: cuando co-edita un documento en modo Rápido la posibilidad de Rehacer la última operación que se deshizo no está disponible." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", @@ -143,12 +148,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "title": "Aplique estilos de letra", - "body": "Puede aplicar varios estilos de letra usando los iconos correspondientes que se sitúan en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Nota: Si quiere aplicar el formato al texto existente ya en documento, selecciónelo con el ratón o use el teclado y aplique el formato. Negrita Se usa para poner la letra en negrita dándole más peso. Cursiva Pone la letra en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha. Subrayado Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Tachado Se usa para tachar el fragmento del texto seleccionado con una línea que va a través de las letras. Subíndice Se usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. Sobreíndice Se usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte superior de la línea del texto, como en fórmulas químicas. Para acceder a ajustes avanzados de letra, haga clic con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de párrafo en el menú o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral. Se abrirá la ventana Párrafo-Ajustes avanzados, aquí necesita pasar a la sección Letra. Aquí puede usar los estilos de decoración y ajustes de letra: Tachado se usa para tachar el texto con una línea que va por el centro de las letras. Doble tachado se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras. Sobreíndice se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. Subíndice se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas. Minúsculas se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas. Mayúsculas se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas. Espaciado se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres. Posición se usa para establecer la posición de caracteres en una línea." + "body": "Puede aplicar varios estilos de letra usando los iconos correspondientes que se sitúan en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Nota: Si quiere aplicar el formato al texto existente ya en documento, selecciónelo con el ratón o use el teclado y aplique el formato. Negrita Se utiliza para poner la fuente en negrita, dándole más peso. Cursiva Se utiliza para poner la fuente en cursiva, dándole un poco de inclinación hacia el lado derecho. Subrayado Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Tachado Se usa para tachar el fragmento del texto seleccionado con una línea que va a través de las letras. Subíndice Se utiliza para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte superior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fracciones. Subíndice Se utiliza para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas. Para acceder a ajustes avanzados de letra, haga clic con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de párrafo en el menú o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral. Se abrirá la ventana Párrafo-Ajustes avanzados, aquí necesita pasar a la sección Letra. Aquí puede usar los estilos de decoración y ajustes de letra: Tachado se usa para tachar el texto con una línea que va por el centro de las letras. Doble tachado se utiliza para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras. Sobreíndice se utiliza para hacer el texto más pequeño y ponerlo en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en las fracciones. Subíndice se utiliza para hacer el texto más pequeño y ponerlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas. Mayúsculas pequeñas - se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas. Mayúsculas - se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas. Espaciado se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres. Incremente el valor predeterminado para aplicar el espaciado Expandido o disminuya el valor predeterminado para aplicar el espaciado Comprimido. Use los botones de flecha o introduzca el valor deseado en la casilla. Posición se utiliza para establecer la posición de los caracteres (desplazamiento vertical) en la línea. Incremente el valor por defecto para mover los caracteres hacia arriba, o disminuya el valor por defecto para mover los caracteres hacia abajo. Use los botones de flecha o introduzca el valor deseado en la casilla.Todos los cambios se mostrarán en el campo de vista previa a continuación." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", "title": "Establezca tipo,tamaño y color de letra", - "body": "Puede seleccionar el tipo, tamaño y color de la letra usando los iconos correspondientes que están disponibles en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Nota: si quiere aplicar el formato al texto existente en el documento, selecciónelo con el ratón o use el teclado y aplique el formato. Fuente Se usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles. Tamaño de letra Se usa para elegir un tamaño de la letra en el menú desplegable, también puede introducirlo a mano en el campo de tamaño de letra. Aumentar tamaño de letra Se usa para cambiar el tamaño de letra, y se hace más grande cada vez que pulsa el icono. Reducir tamaño de letra Se usa para cambiar el tamaño de letra, y se hace más pequeño cada vez que pulsa el botón. Color de resaltado Se usa para separar oraciones, frases, palabras, o caracteres añadiendo una banda de colores que imita el efecto de marcador en el texto. Puede seleccionar una parte necesaria del texto y después hacer clic en la flecha hacia abajo al lado del icono para seleccionar un color en la paleta (este conjunto de colores no depende de la Combinación de colores seleccionada e incluye 16 colores) - el color se aplica a la selección de texto. O, elija el color de resaltado y seleccione el texto con el ratón - el cursor del ratón será así y será capaz de resaltar distintas partes de su texto de forma secuencial. Para terminar el proceso pulse este icono una vez más. Para limpar el color de resaltado, seleccione la opción Sin relleno. Color de resaltado difiere del Color de fondo porque el segundo se aplica a todo el párrafo y rellena completamente todo el espacio de párrafo del margen izquierdo al margen derecho de la página. Color de letra Se usa para cambiar el color de letras/caracteres del texto. Por defecto, el color de letra automático se fija en un documento en blanco nuevo. Se muestra como letra negra en el fondo blanco. Si usted cambia el color de fondo al negro, el color de fondo se cambiará automáticamente al blanco para que se pueda ver el texto. Para elegir otro color, pulse la flecha hacia abajo y seleccione un color en las paletas disponibles (los colores de la paleta Colores de tema dependen de la combinación de colores). Después de cambiar el color de fondo predeterminado, usted puede usar la opción Automático en la ventana con paletas de colores para restaurar el color automático de un fragmento de texto seleccionado. Nota: para saber más sobre cómo trabajar con paletas de colores, consulte esta página." + "body": "Puede seleccionar el tipo, tamaño y color de la letra usando los iconos correspondientes que están disponibles en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Nota: si quiere aplicar el formato al texto existente en el documento, selecciónelo con el ratón o use el teclado y aplique el formato. Fuente Se usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles. Si una fuente determinada no está disponible en la lista, puede descargarla e instalarla en su sistema operativo, y después la fuente estará disponible para su uso en la versión de escritorio. Tamaño de letra Se utiliza para seleccionar entre los valores de tamaño de fuente preestablecidos de la lista desplegable (los valores predeterminados son: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 y 96). También es posible introducir manualmente un valor personalizado en el campo de tamaño de fuente y, a continuación, pulsar Intro. Aumentar tamaño de letra Se usa para cambiar el tamaño de letra, y se hace más grande cada vez que pulsa el icono. Reducir tamaño de letra Se usa para cambiar el tamaño de letra, y se hace más pequeño cada vez que pulsa el botón. Color de resaltado Se usa para separar oraciones, frases, palabras, o caracteres añadiendo una banda de colores que imita el efecto de marcador en el texto. Puede seleccionar una parte necesaria del texto y después hacer clic en la flecha hacia abajo al lado del icono para seleccionar un color en la paleta (este conjunto de colores no depende de la Combinación de colores seleccionada e incluye 16 colores) - el color se aplica a la selección de texto. O, elija el color de resaltado y seleccione el texto con el ratón - el cursor del ratón será así y será capaz de resaltar distintas partes de su texto de forma secuencial. Para terminar el proceso pulse este icono una vez más. Para limpar el color de resaltado, seleccione la opción Sin relleno. Color de resaltado difiere del Color de fondo porque el segundo se aplica a todo el párrafo y rellena completamente todo el espacio de párrafo del margen izquierdo al margen derecho de la página. Color de letra Se usa para cambiar el color de letras/caracteres del texto. Por defecto, el color de letra automático se fija en un documento en blanco nuevo. Se muestra como letra negra en el fondo blanco. Si usted cambia el color de fondo al negro, el color de fondo se cambiará automáticamente al blanco para que se pueda ver el texto. Para elegir otro color, pulse la flecha hacia abajo y seleccione un color en las paletas disponibles (los colores de la paleta Colores de tema dependen de la combinación de colores). Después de cambiar el color de fondo predeterminado, usted puede usar la opción Automático en la ventana con paletas de colores para restaurar el color automático de un fragmento de texto seleccionado. Nota: para saber más sobre cómo trabajar con paletas de colores, consulte esta página." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", @@ -158,22 +163,22 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Inserte autoformas", - "body": "Inserte un autoforma Para añadir un autoforma a su documento, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Forma en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione uno de los grupos de autoformas disponibles: formas básicas, formas de flechas, matemáticas, gráficos, cintas y estrellas, leyendas, botones, rectángulos, líneas, elija un autoforma necesaria dentro del grupo seleccionado, coloque el cursor del ratón en el lugar donde quiere insertar la forma, una vez añadida autoforma, cambie su tamaño, posición, y parámetros.Nota: para añadir una leyenda al autoforma asegúrese que la forma está seleccionada y empiece a introducir su texto. El texto introducido de tal modo forma la parte del autoforma (cuando usted mueva o gira el autoforma, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). Mover y cambiar el tamaño de gráficos Para cambiar el tamaño de autoforma, arrastre pequeños cuadrados situados en los bordes de la autoforma. Para mantener las proporciones originales de la autoforma seleccionada mientras cambia de tamaño, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina. Al modificar unas formas, por ejemplo flechas o leyendas, el icono de un rombo amarillo también estará disponible. Esta función le permite a usted ajustar unos aspectos de la forma, por ejemplo, la longitud de la punta de flecha. Para cambiar la posición de la autoforma, use el icono que aparecerá si mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el autoforma. Arrastre la autoforma a la posición necesaria apretando el botón del ratón. Cuando mueve la autoforma, las líneas guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página de forma más precisa. Para desplazar la autoforma en incrementos de tres píxeles, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar el autoforma solo horizontalmente/verticalmente y evitar que se mueva en dirección perpendicular, al arrastrar mantenga apretada la tecla Shift. Para girar la autoforma, mantenga el cursor sobre el controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas de reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta el incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota. Ajuste la configuración de la autoforma Para alinear y arreglar autoformas, use el menú contextual: Las opciones del menú son las siguientes: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Arreglar se usa para traer al primer plano la autoforma seleccionada, enviarla al fondo, traerla adelante o enviarla atrás. También agrupar o desagrupar autoformas para realizar operaciones con varias imágenes a la vez. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página. Alinear se usa para alinear la autoforma a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página. Ajuste de texto se usa para seleccionar el ajuste de texto de los estilos disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás - o editar límite de ajuste. La opción Editar límites de ajuste estará disponible solo si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto Alineado. Arrastre puntos de ajuste para personalizar el borde. Para crear un punto de ajuste nuevo, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea roja y arrástrela a la posición necesaria. Ajustes avanzados se usa para abrir la ventana 'Imagen - Ajustes avanzados'. Se puede cambiar algunos parámetros de la autoforma usando la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la derecha barra lateral. Para activarla haga clic en la autoforma y elija el icono Ajustes de forma a la derecha. Aquí puede cambiar los ajustes siguientes: Relleno - utilice esta sección para seleccionar el relleno de la autoforma. Puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Color de relleno - seleccione esta opción para especificar el color que quiere aplicar al espacio interior del autoforma seleccionada. Pulse la casilla de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario en el conjunto de colores o especifique algún color deseado: Relleno degradado - seleccione esta opción para rellenar la forma de dos colores que de forma sutil cambian de un color a otro. Estilo - elija una de las opciones disponibles: Lineal (colores cambian por una línea recta por ejemplo por un eje horizontal/vertical o por una línea diagonal que forma un ángulo recto) o Radial (colores cambian por una trayectoria circular del centro a los bordes). Dirección - elija una plantilla en el menú. Si selecciona la gradiente Lineal, las siguientes direcciones serán disponible: de la parte superior izquierda a la inferior derecha, de la parte superior a la inferior, de la parte superior derecha a la inferior izquierda, de la parte derecha a la izquierda,de la parte inferior derecha a la superior izquierda, de la parte inferior a la superior, de la parte inferior izquierda a la superior derecha, de la parte izquierda a la derecha. Si selecciona la gradiente Radial, solo una plantilla estará disponible. Gradiente - utilice el control deslizante izquierdo debajo de la barra de gradiente para activar la casilla de color que corresponde al primer color. Pulse la casilla de color para elegir el primer color. Arrastre el control deslizante para establecer el punto de degradado - el punto donde un color cambia a otro color. Utilice el control deslizante derecho debajo de la barra de gradiente para especificar el segundo color y establecer el punto de degradado. Imagen o textura - seleccione esta opción para usar una imagen o textura predefinida como el fondo de forma. Si quiere usar una imagen de fondo de autoforma, usted puede añadir una imagen De archivo seleccionándolo en el disco duro de su ordenador o De URL insertando la dirección URL apropiada en la ventana abierta. Si quiere usar una textura como fondo de forma, abra el menú de textura y seleccione la variante más apropiada.Ahora puede seleccionar las siguientes texturas: lienzo, algodón, tela oscura, grano, granito, papel gris, tejido, piel, papel marrón, papiro, madera. Si la imagen seleccionada tiene más o menos dimensiones que la autoforma, puede seleccionar la opción Estirar o Mosaico en la lista desplegable.La opción Estirar le permite ajustar el tamaño de imagen al tamaño de la autoforma para que la imagen ocupe el espacio completamente. La opción Mosaico le permite mostrar solo una parte de imagen más grande manteniendo su extensión original o repetir la imagen más pequeña manteniendo su dimensión original para que se rellene todo el espacio completamente. Nota: cualquier Textura predeterminada ocupa el espacio completamente, pero puede aplicar el efecto Estirar si es necesario. Patrón - seleccione esta opción para rellenar la forma del diseño de dos colores que está compuesto de los elementos repetidos. Patrón - seleccione uno de los diseños predeterminados en el menú. Color de primer plano - pulse esta casilla de color para cambiar el color de elementos de patrón. Color de fondo - pulse esta casilla de color para cambiar el color de fondo de patrón. Sin relleno - seleccione esta opción si no desea usar ningún relleno. Opacidad - use esta sección para establecer la nivel de Opacidad arrastrando el control deslizante o introduciendo el valor porcentual manualmente. El valor predeterminado es 100%. Esto corresponde a la capacidad completa. El valor 0% corresponde a la plena transparencia. Trazo - use esta sección para cambiar el color, ancho o tipo del trazo del autoforma. Para cambiar el ancho de trazo, seleccione una de las opciones disponibles en la lista desplegable Tamaño. Las opciones disponibles: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternativamente, seleccione la opción Sin línea si no quiere usar ningún trazo. Para cambiar el color del trazo, pulse el rectángulo de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario. Para cambiar el tipo de trazo, pulse la casilla de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario de la lista despegable (una línea sólida se aplicará de forma predeterminada, puede cambiarla a una que está disponible con guiones). Ajuste de texto - use esta sección para seleccionar el estilo de ajuste de texto en la lista de los que están disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados más adelante). Cambiar autoforma - use esta sección para reemplazar la autoforma actual con la otra seleccionada en la lista desplegable. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de laautoforma, haga clic con el botón derecho sobre la autoforma y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral. Se abrirá la ventana 'Forma - Ajustes avanzados': La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho - usa una de estas opciones para cambiar el ancho de la autoforma. Absoluto - especifica un valor específico que se mide en valores absolutos por ejemplo Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...). Relativo - especifica un porcentaje relativo al margen izquierdo ancho, el margen (por ejemplo, la distancia entre los márgenes izquierdos y derechos), el ancho de la página, o el ancho del margen derecho. Altura - usa una de estas opciones para cambiar la altura de la autoforma. Absoluto - especifica un valor específico que se mide en valores absolutos; por ejemplo Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo en la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...). Relativo - especifica un porcentaje en relación al margen (por ejemplo, la distancia entre los márgenes de arriba y de abajo), la altura del margen de abajo, la altura de la página, o la altura del margen de arriba. Si la opción de Bloquear la relación de aspecto está activada, la altura y anchura se cambiarán juntas, preservando la forma original del radio de aspecto. La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ajuste de texto - use esta opción para cambiar la posición de la forma en relación al texto: puede ser una parte de texto (si usted selecciona el estilo alineado) o rodeada por texto (si selecciona uno de los otros estilos). Alineado - la forma se considera una parte del texto, como un carácter, así cuando se mueva el texto, la forma se moverá también. En este caso no se puede acceder a las opciones de posición. Si selecciona uno de estos estilos, la forma se moverá independientemente del texto: Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita la forma. Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales de la forma. A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellena el espacio en blanco de la forma. Para que se muestre este efecto, utilice la opción Editar límite de ajuste en el menú contextual. Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo de la forma. Adelante - la forma solapa el texto. Detrás - el texto solapa la forma. Si usted selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha). La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los parámetros siguientes que dependen del estilo de ajuste del texto seleccionado: La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de autoformas: Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación al carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes avanzados...) a la derecha del carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho. La sección Vertical permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de autoformas: Alineación (arriba, centro, abajo) en relación con la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) debajo de la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si la forma insertada en el texto se mueve a la vez que el texto cuando este se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos formas sobreponen o no cuando usted las arrastra una cerca de la otra en la página. La sección Ajustes de forma contiene los parámetros siguientes: Estilo de línea - este grupo de opciones permite especificar los parámetros siguientes: Tipo de remate - esta opción le permite establecer el estilo para el final de la línea, se aplica solo a las formas con contorno abierto, como líneas, polilíneas etc.: Plano - los extremos serán planos. Redondeado - los extremos serán redondeados. Cuadrado - los extremos serán cuadrados. Tipo de combinación - esta opción le permite establecer el estilo de intersección de dos líneas, por ejemplo, puede afectar a polilínea o esquinas de triángulo o contorno de triángulo: Redondeado - la esquina será redondeada. Biselado - la esquina será sesgada. Ángulo - la esquina será puntiaguda. Vale para ángulos agudos. Nota: el efecto será más visible si usa una mucha anchura de contorno. Flechas - esta sección está disponible para el grupo de autoformas Líneas. Le permite seleccionar el estilo y tamaño Inicial y Final eligiendo la opción apropiada en la lista desplegable. La pestaña Márgenes interiores permite cambiar los márgenes internos superiores, inferiores, izquierdos y derechos (es decir, la distancia entre el texto y los bordes del autoforma dentro del autoforma). Nota: la pestaña está disponible solo si un texto se añada en autoforma, si no, la pestaña está desactivada. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma." + "body": "Inserte un autoforma Para añadir un autoforma a su documento, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Forma en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione uno de los grupos de autoformas disponibles: formas básicas, formas de flechas, matemáticas, gráficos, cintas y estrellas, llamadas, botones, rectángulos, líneas, elija un autoforma necesaria dentro del grupo seleccionado, coloque el cursor del ratón en el lugar donde desea que se incluya la forma, una vez añadida autoforma, cambie su tamaño, posición, y parámetros.Nota: para añadir una leyenda al autoforma asegúrese que la forma está seleccionada y empiece a introducir su texto. El texto introducido de tal modo forma la parte del autoforma (cuando usted mueva o gira el autoforma, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). Mover y cambiar el tamaño de gráficos Para cambiar el tamaño de autoforma, arrastre pequeños cuadrados situados en los bordes de la autoforma. Para mantener las proporciones originales de la autoforma seleccionada mientras cambia de tamaño, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina. Al modificar unas formas, por ejemplo flechas o leyendas, el icono de un rombo amarillo también estará disponible. Esta función le permite a usted ajustar unos aspectos de la forma, por ejemplo, la longitud de la punta de flecha. Para cambiar la posición de la autoforma, use el icono que aparecerá si mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el autoforma. Arrastre la autoforma a la posición necesaria apretando el botón del ratón. Cuando mueve la autoforma, las líneas guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página de forma más precisa. Para desplazar la autoforma en incrementos de tres píxeles, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar el autoforma solo horizontalmente/verticalmente y evitar que se mueva en dirección perpendicular, al arrastrar mantenga apretada la tecla Shift. Para girar la autoforma, mantenga el cursor sobre el controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas de reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota. Nota: la lista de atajos de teclado que puede ser usada al trabajar con objetos está disponible aquí. Ajustar la configuración de autoforma Para alinear y arreglar autoformas, use el menú contextual: Aquí tiene las opciones: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Arreglar se usa para traer al primer plano la autoforma seleccionada, enviarla al fondo, traerla adelante o enviarla atrás. También agrupar o desagrupar autoformas para realizar operaciones con varias imágenes a la vez. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página. Alinear se usa para alinear la autoforma a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página. Ajuste de texto se usa para seleccionar el ajuste de texto de los estilos disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás - o editar límite de ajuste. La opción Editar límite de ajuste estará disponible solo si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Arrastre puntos de ajuste para personalizar el borde. Para crear un punto de ajuste nuevo, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea roja y arrástrela a la posición necesaria. Rotar se utiliza para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la forma horizontal o verticalmente. Ajustes avanzados se usa para abrir la ventana 'Imagen - Ajustes avanzados'. Se puede cambiar algunos parámetros de la autoforma usando la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la derecha barra lateral. Para activarla haga clic en la autoforma y elija el icono Ajustes de forma a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar los siguientes ajustes: Relleno - utilice esta sección para seleccionar el relleno de la autoforma. Puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Color de relleno - seleccione esta opción para especificar el color sólido que usted quiere aplicar al espacio interior de la autoforma seleccionada. Pulse la casilla de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario en el conjunto de colores o especifique algún color deseado: Relleno degradado - seleccione esta opción para rellenar la forma de dos colores que de forma sutil cambian de un color a otro. Estilo - elija una de las opciones disponibles: Lineal (los colores cambian en línea recta; es decir, sobre un eje horizontal/vertical o por una línea diagonal que forma un ángulo de 45 grados) o Radial (los colores cambian por una trayectoria circular desde el centro hacia los bordes). Dirección - elija una plantilla en el menú. Si se selecciona el gradiente Lineal las siguientes direcciones están disponibles: de arriba izquierda a abajo derecha, de arriba abajo, de arriba derecha a abajo izquierda, de arriba a abajo izquierda, de abajo derecha a arriba izquierda, de abajo a arriba izquierda, de abajo izquierda a arriba derecha, de abajo izquierda a arriba derecha, de izquierda a derecha. Si selecciona la gradiente Radial, estará disponible solo una plantilla. Gradiente - utilice el control deslizante izquierdo debajo de la barra de gradiente para activar la casilla de color que corresponde al primer color. Haga clic en el cuadro de color de la derecha para elegir el primer color de la paleta. Arrastre el control deslizante para establecer la parada del degradado, es decir, el punto en el que un color cambia a otro. Utilice el control deslizante derecho debajo de la barra de gradiente para especificar el segundo color y establecer el punto de degradado. Imagen o textura - seleccione esta opción para utilizar una imagen o una textura predefinida como fondo de la forma. Si desea utilizar una imagen de fondo de para la forma, puede añadir una imagen De archivo seleccionándola desde el disco duro de su ordenador o De URL insertando la dirección URL correspondiente en la ventana abierta. Si usted quiere usar una textura como el fondo de forma, abra el menú de textura y seleccione la variante más apropiada.Actualmente usted puede seleccionar tales texturas: lienzo, algodón, tela oscura, grano, granito, papel gris, tejido, piel, papel marrón, papiro, madera. Si la imagen seleccionada tiene más o menos dimensiones que la autoforma, usted puede seleccionar la opción Estirar o Mosaico en la lista desplegable.La opción Estirar le permite ajustar el tamaño de imagen al tamaño de la autoforma para que la imagen ocupe el espacio completamente. La opción Mosaico le permite mostrar solo una parte de la imagen más grande manteniendo sus dimensiones originales o repetir la imagen más pequeña manteniendo sus dimensiones originales sobre la superficie de la autoforma para que pueda llenar el espacio completamente. Nota: cualquier Textura predeterminada ocupa el espacio completamente, pero usted puede aplicar el efecto Estirar si es necesario. Patrón - seleccione esta opción para rellenar la forma del diseño de dos colores que está compuesto de los elementos repetidos. Patrón - seleccione uno de los diseños predeterminados en el menú. Color de primer plano - pulse esta casilla de color para cambiar el color de elementos de patrón. Color de fondo - pulse esta casilla de color para cambiar el color de fondo de patrón. Sin relleno - seleccione esta opción si no desea usar ningún relleno. Opacidad - use esta sección para establecer la nivel de Opacidad arrastrando el control deslizante o introduciendo el valor porcentual manualmente. El valor predeterminado es 100%. Corresponde a la opacidad total. El valor 0% corresponde a la plena transparencia. Trazo - utilice esta sección para cambiar el ancho, color o tipo de trazo de la autoforma. Para cambiar el ancho del trazo, seleccione una de las opciones disponibles en la lista desplegable Tamaño. Las opciones disponibles son: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternativamente, seleccione la opción Sin relleno si no quiere usar ningún trazo. Para cambiar el color del trazo, pulse el rectángulo de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario. Para cambiar el tipo de trazo, seleccione la opción deseada de la lista desplegable correspondiente (se aplica una línea sólida por defecto, puede cambiarla por una de las líneas punteadas disponibles). La rotación se utiliza para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la forma horizontal o verticalmente. Haga clic en uno de los botones: para girar la forma 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para voltear la forma horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) para voltear la forma verticalmente (al revés) Ajuste de texto - use esta sección para seleccionar el estilo de ajuste de texto en la lista de los que están disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados más adelante). Cambiar autoforma - use esta sección para reemplazar la autoforma actual con la otra seleccionada en la lista desplegable. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de laautoforma, haga clic con el botón derecho sobre la autoforma y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral. Se abrirá la ventana 'Forma - Ajustes avanzados': La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho - usa una de estas opciones para cambiar el ancho de la autoforma. Absoluto - especifica un valor específico que se mide en valores absolutos por ejemplo Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...). Relativo - especifica un porcentaje relativo al margen izquierdo ancho, el margen (por ejemplo, la distancia entre los márgenes izquierdos y derechos), el ancho de la página, o el ancho del margen derecho. Altura - usa una de estas opciones para cambiar la altura de la autoforma. Absoluto - especifica un valor específico que se mide en valores absolutos; por ejemplo Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo en la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...). Relativo - especifica un porcentaje en relación al margen (por ejemplo, la distancia entre los márgenes de arriba y de abajo), la altura del margen de abajo, la altura de la página, o la altura del margen de arriba. Si la opción de Bloquear la relación de aspecto está activada, la altura y anchura se cambiarán juntas, preservando la forma original del radio de aspecto. La pestaña Rotación contiene los siguientes parámetros: Ángulo - utilice esta opción para girar la forma en un ángulo exactamente especificado. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha. Volteado - marque la casilla Horizontalmente para voltear la forma horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) o la casillaVerticalmente para voltear la forma verticalmente (al revés). La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ajuste de texto - use esta opción para cambiar la posición de la forma en relación al texto: puede ser una parte de texto (si usted selecciona el estilo alineado) o rodeada por texto (si selecciona uno de los otros estilos). Alineado - la forma se considera una parte del texto, como un carácter, así cuando se mueva el texto, la forma se moverá también. En este caso no se puede acceder a las opciones de posición. Si selecciona uno de estos estilos, la forma se moverá independientemente del texto: Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita la forma. Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales de la forma. A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellena el espacio en blanco de la forma. Para que se muestre este efecto, utilice la opción Editar límite de ajuste en el menú contextual. Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo de la forma. Adelante - la forma solapa el texto. Detrás - el texto solapa la forma. Si usted selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha). La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los siguientes parámetros varían dependiendo del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado: La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de autoformas: Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación al carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes avanzados...) a la derecha del carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho. La sección Vertical permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de autoformas: Alineación (arriba, centro, abajo) en relación con la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) debajo de la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si la forma insertada en el texto se mueve a la vez que el texto cuando este se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos formas sobreponen o no cuando usted las arrastra una cerca de la otra en la página. La pestaña Grosores y flechas contiene los siguientes parámetros: Estilo de línea - este grupo de opciones permite especificar los parámetros siguientes: Tipo de remate - esta opción permite definir el estilo para el final de la línea, por lo que solo se puede aplicar a las formas con el contorno abierto, como líneas, polilíneas etc.: Plano - los extremos serán planos. Redondeado - los extremos serán redondeados. Cuadrado - los extremos serán cuadrados. Tipo de combinación - esta opción permite establecer el estilo para la intersección de dos líneas, por ejemplo, puede afectar a una polilínea o a las esquinas del contorno de un triángulo o rectángulo: Redondeado - la esquina será redondeada. Biselado - la esquina será sesgada. Ángulo - la esquina será puntiaguda. Se adapta bien a formas con ángulos agudos. Nota: el efecto será más visible si usa una gran anchura de contorno. Flechas - esta sección está disponible para el grupo de autoformas Líneas. Le permite seleccionar el estilo y tamaño Inicial y Final eligiendo la opción apropiada en la lista desplegable. La pestaña Márgenes interiores permite cambiar los márgenes internos superiores, inferiores, izquierdos y derechos (es decir, la distancia entre el texto y los bordes del autoforma dentro del autoforma). Nota: esta pestaña solo está disponible si el texto se añade dentro de la autoforma, de lo contrario la pestaña no estará disponible. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm", "title": "Añada marcadores", - "body": "Los marcadores permiten saltar rápidamente hacia cierta posición en el documento actual o añadir un enlace a esta ubicación dentro del documento. Para añadir un marcador dentro de un documento: coloque el puntero del ratón al inicio del pasaje de texto donde desea agregar el marcador, cambie a la pestaña Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Marcadoren la barra de herramientas superior, en la ventana de Marcadores que se abre, introduzca el Nombre del marcador y haga clic en el botón Agregar - se añadirá un marcador a la lista de marcadores mostrada a continuación,Nota: el nombre del marcador debe comenzar con una letra, pero también debe contener números. El nombre del marcador no puede contener espacios, pero sí el carácter guión bajo \"_\". Para ir a uno de los marcadores añadidos dentro del texto del documento: haga clic en el icono marcador en la pestaña de Referencias de la barra de herramientas superior, en la ventana Marcadores que se abre, seleccione el marcador al que desea ir. Para encontrar el fácilmente el marcador requerido puede ordenar la lista de marcadores por Nombre o Ubicación del marcador dentro del texto del documento, marque la opción Marcadores ocultos para mostrar los marcadores ocultos en la lista (por ej. los marcadores creados automáticamente por el programa cuando añade referencias a cierta parte del documento. Por ejemplo, si usted crea un hiperenlace a cierto encabezado dentro del documento, el editor de documentos automáticamente crea un marcador oculto hacia el destino de este enlace). haga clic en el botón Ir a - el puntero será posicionado en la ubicación dentro del documento donde el marcador seleccionado ha sido añadido, haga clic en el botón Cerrar para cerrar la ventana. Para eliminar un marcador seleccione el mismo en la lista de marcadores y use el botón Eliminar. Para aprender cómo usar marcadores al crear enlaces por favor revise la sección sobre Añadir hiperenlaces." + "body": "Los marcadores permiten saltar rápidamente hacia cierta posición en el documento actual o añadir un enlace a esta ubicación dentro del documento. Para añadir un marcador dentro de un documento: especifique el lugar donde desea que se añada el marcador: coloque el cursor del ratón al principio del pasaje correspondiente del texto, o seleccione el pasaje de texto deseado, cambie a la pestaña Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Marcadoren la barra de herramientas superior, en la ventana de Marcadores que se abre, introduzca el Nombre del marcador y haga clic en el botón Agregar - se añadirá un marcador a la lista de marcadores mostrada a continuación,Nota: el nombre del marcador debe comenzar con una letra, pero también debe contener números. El nombre del marcador no puede contener espacios, pero sí el carácter guión bajo \"_\". Para ir a uno de los marcadores añadidos dentro del texto del documento: haga clic en el icono marcador en la pestaña de Referencias de la barra de herramientas superior, en la ventana Marcadores que se abre, seleccione el marcador al que desea ir. Para encontrar el fácilmente el marcador requerido puede ordenar la lista de marcadores por Nombre o Ubicación del marcador dentro del texto del documento, marque la opción Marcadores ocultos para mostrar los marcadores ocultos en la lista (por ej. los marcadores creados automáticamente por el programa cuando añade referencias a cierta parte del documento. Por ejemplo, si usted crea un hiperenlace a cierto encabezado dentro del documento, el editor de documentos automáticamente crea un marcador oculto hacia el destino de este enlace). haga clic en el botón Ir a - el cursor se posicionará en la ubicación dentro del documento donde se añadió el marcador seleccionado, o se seleccionará el pasaje de texto en cuestión, haga clic en el botón Cerrar para cerrar la ventana. Para eliminar un marcador seleccione el mismo en la lista de marcadores y use el botón Eliminar. Para aprender cómo usar marcadores al crear enlaces por favor revise la sección sobre Añadir hiperenlaces." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Inserte gráficos", - "body": "Inserte un gráfico Para insertar un gráfico en su documento, coloque el cursor en el lugar donde quiere insertar un gráfico, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Gráfico en la barra de herramientas superior, Seleccione el tipo de gráfico de las diferentes opciones disponibles - Columnas, Líneas, Pastel, Barras, Área, XY (dispersa), o Cotizaciones,Nota: para los gráficos de Columna, Línea, Pastel o Barras, un formato en 3D también se encuentra disponible. después aparecerá la ventana Editor de gráfico donde puede introducir los datos necesarios en las celdas usando los siguientes controles: y para copiar y pegar los datos copiados y para deshacer o rehacer acciones para insertar una función y para disminuir o aumentar decimales para cambiar el formato del número, es decir, la manera en que los números introducidos se muestran en las celdas cambie los ajustes de gráfico pulsando el botón Editar gráfico situado en la ventana Editor de gráfico. Se abrirá la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados. La pestaña Tipo y datos le permite seleccionar el tipo de gráfico, su estilo y también los datos. Seleccione un Tipo de gráfico que quiere aplicar: Columna, Línea, Pastel, Barras, Áreas, XY (disperso), o Cotizaciones. Compruebe el Rango de datos y modifíquelo, si es necesario, pulsando el botón Selección de datos e introduciendo el rango de datos deseado en el formato siguiente: Sheet1!A1:B4. Elija el modo de arreglar los datos. Puede seleccionar Serie de datos para el eje X: en filas o en columnas. La pestaña Diseño le permite cambiar el diseño de elementos del gráfico. Especifique la posición del Título del gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título de gráfico, Superposición - si quiere que el gráfico superponga el título, Sin superposición - si quiere que el título se muestre arriba del gráfico. Especifique la posición de la Leyenda respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestre una leyenda, Inferior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte inferior del área del gráfico, Superior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte superior del área del gráfico, Derecho - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Izquierdo - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico, Superposición a la izquierda - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Superposición a la derecha - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico. Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal, Las siguientes opciones varían dependiendo del tipo de gráfico seleccionado. Para los gráficos Columnas/Barras, usted puede elegir las opciones siguientes: Ninguno, Centrado, Interior Inferior, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráficos Línea/ Puntos XY (Esparcido)/Cotizaciones, puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Izquierda, Derecha, Superior, Inferior. Para los gráficos Circulares, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Ajustar al ancho, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráfico Área, así como los gráficos 3D Columnas, Líneas y Barras, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado. seleccione los datos que usted quiere añadir a sus etiquetas marcando las casillas correspondientes: Nombre de serie, Nombre de categoría, Valor, Introduzca un carácter (coma, punto y coma, etc.) que quiera usar para separar varias etiquetas en el campo de entrada Separador de Etiquetas de Datos. Líneas - se usa para elegir un estilo de línea para gráficos de Línea/Punto XY (Esparcido). Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Recto para usar líneas rectas entre puntos de datos, Uniforme para usar curvas uniformes entre puntos de datos, o Nada para no mostrar líneas. Marcadores - se usa para especificar si los marcadores se deben mostrar (si la casilla se verifica) o no (si la casilla no se verifica) para gráficos de Línea/Puntos XY (Esparcidos).Nota: las opciones de Líneas y Marcadores solo están disponibles para gráficos de líneas y Puntos XY (Esparcidos). La sección de Ajustes del eje permite especificar si desea mostrar Ejes Horizontales/Verticales o no, seleccionando la opción Mostrar o Esconder de la lista despegable. También puede especificar los parámetros Título de Ejes Horizontal/Vertical: Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguna - si no quiere mostrar un título del eje horizontal, Sin superposición - si quiere mostrar el título debajo del eje horizontal. Especifique la orientación del Título de eje vertical seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguna - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje vertical, Girada - si quiere que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical, Horizontal - si quiere que el título se muestre de abajo hacia arriba a la izquierda del eje vertical. Elija la opción necesaria para Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales en la lista desplegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, usted puede ocultar las líneas de cuadrícula usando la opción Ninguno.Nota: las secciones Ajustes de eje y Líneas de cuadrícula estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes y líneas de cuadrículas. Nota: las pestañas Eje vertical/horizontal estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes. La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta, que para los ejes verticales habrá una categoría ejes que mostrará etiquetas de texto para los Gráficos de barras por lo tanto en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a las descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de punto, los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Valor mínimo - se usa para especificar el valor mínimo en el comienzo del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor mínimo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha. Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo en el final de eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha. Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor de punto de intersección de ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical. Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Miles de millones, Billones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volver a las unidades por defecto. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada el valor mínimo está en la parte inferior y el valor máximo en la parte superior del eje. Cuando la casilla está activada, los valores se ordenan de la parte superior a la parte inferior. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de las marcas de graduación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación principales que muestran valores. Para especificar Posición de etiqueta respecto al eje vertical, seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren etiquetas de las marcas de graduación, Bajo - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la izquierda del gráfico, Alto - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la derecha del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren al lado del eje. La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Tenga en cuenta que el eje horizontal para el Gráfico de barras será el valor del eje de mostrará valores numéricos, y que más en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a las descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal. Posición del eje - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas de texto del eje deben colocarse: Marcas de graduación o Entre marcas de graduación. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada las categorías se muestran de izquierda a derecha. Cuando la casilla está activada, las categorías se ordenan de derecha a izquierda. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de las marcas de graduación en el eje horizontal. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los parámetros de marcas de graduación siguientes: Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestren marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. Intervalo entre marcas - se usa para especificar cuantas categorías deben mostrarse entre dos marcas de graduación vecinas. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar posición de etiquetas que muestran categorías. Posición de etiqueta - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas deben colocarse respecto al eje horizontal. Seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las etiquetas de categorías, Bajo - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías debajo del gráfico, Alto - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías arriba del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías al lado de eje. Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más valor esté fijado, mas será la distancia entre el eje y las etiquetas. Intervalo entre etiquetas - se usa para especificar con que frecuencia deben colocarse las etiquetas. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso las etiquetas se muestran para cada categoría. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Manualmente en la lista desplegable y especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente a la derecha. Por ejemplo, introduzca 2 para mostrar etiquetas para cada segunda categoría, etc. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información del gráfico. Mover y cambiar el tamaño de gráficos Una vez añadido el gráfico, puede cambiar su tamaño y posición. Para cambiar el tamaño de gráfico, arrastre pequeños cuadrados situados en sus bordes. Para mantener las proporciones originales del gráfico seleccionado, mientras redimensionamiento mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina. Para cambiar la posición de gráfico, use el icono que aparece cuando mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el gráfico. Arrastre el gráfico a la posición necesaria manteniendo apretado el botón del ratón. Cuando mueve el gráfico, las líneas guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página más precisamente. Editar elementos del gráfico Para editar el gráfico Título seleccione el texto predeterminado con el ratón y escriba el suyo propio en su lugar. Para cambiar el formato del tipo de letra de texto dentro de elementos, como el título del gráfico, títulos de ejes, leyendas, etiquetas de datos etc, seleccione los elementos del texto apropiados haciendo clic izquierdo en estos. Luego, use los iconos en la pestaña Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para cambiar el tipo, tamaño, color de la fuente o su estilo decorativo. Para borrar un elemento del gráfico, haga clic en él con el ratón izquierdo y seleccione la tecla Borrar en su teclado. También puede rotar gráficos 3D usando el ratón. Haga clic izquierdo en el área del gráfico y mantenga el botón del ratón presionado. Arrastre el cursor sin soltar el botón del ratón para cambiar la orientación del gráfico en 3D. Ajustes de gráfico Puede cambiar algunos ajustes usando la pestaña Ajustes de gráfico en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, pulse el gráfico y elija el icono Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar las siguientes propiedades: Tamaño - se usa para ver los Ancho y Altura del gráfico actual. Justificación de texto se usa para seleccionar un estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados más abajo). Cambiar tipo de gráfico - se usa para cambiar el tipo o estilo del gráfico seleccionado.Para seleccionar los Estilos de gráfico necesarios, use el segundo menú despegable en la sección de Cambiar Tipo de Gráfico. Editar datos - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico'.Nota: si quiere abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico', haga doble clic sobre el gráfico en el documento. También puede encontrar unas opciones en el menú contextual. Las opciones del menú son: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Arreglar - se usa para traer el gráfico seleccionado al primer plano, enviarlo al fondo, traerlo adelante o enviarlo atrás, así como para agrupar o des-agrupar gráficos para realizar operaciones con unos gráficos a la vez. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página. Alinear - se usa para alinear el gráfico a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página. Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar un estilo de ajuste de texto - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás. La opción Editar límite de ajuste no está disponible para los gráficos. Editar datos - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico'. Ajustes avanzados - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados'. Una vez seleccionado el gráfico, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha, porque la forma se usa como el fondo para el gráfico. Puede pulsar este icono para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha y ajustar Relleno , Trazo y Estilo de Justificación de la forma. Note por favor, que no puede cambiar el tipo de forma. Para cambiar ajustes avanzados del gráfico, pulse el gráfico necesario con el botón derecho del ratón y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú contextual o solo haga clic en el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral de la derecha. La ventana con propiedades del gráfico se abrirá: La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho/altura de autoforma. Si el botón Proporciones constantes está apretado (en este caso estará así ), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de gráfico. La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ajuste de texto - use esta opción para cambiar la posición del gráfico en relativo al texto: puede ser una parte de texto (si usted seleccione estilo alineado) o rodeado por texto (si selecciona uno de los otros estilos). Alineado - el gráfico se considera una parte del texto, como un carácter, así cuando se mueva el texto, el gráfico se moverá también. En este caso no se puede acceder a las opciones de posición. Si selecciona uno de estos estilos, el gráfico se moverá de forma independiente al texto: Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita el gráfico. Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales del gráfico. A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellene el espacio en blanco del gráfico. Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo del gráfico. Adelante - el gráfico solapa el texto. Detrás - el texto solapa el gráfico. Si usted selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha). La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los siguientes parámetros, los cuales dependen del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado: La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de gráficos: Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación con el carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, margen de la página o margen derecho, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) a la derecha del carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, margen de la página o margen derecho, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen izquierdo, margen, margen de la página o margen derecho. La sección Vertical permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de gráficos: Alineación (arriba, centro, abajo) en relación con la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) debajo de la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si el gráfico insertado en el texto se mueve junto con este si el texto se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos gráficos se sobreponen o no cuando usted los arrastra uno cerca del otro en la página. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información del gráfico." + "body": "Inserte un gráfico Para insertar un gráfico en su documento, coloque el cursor en el lugar donde quiere insertar un gráfico, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Gráfico en la barra de herramientas superior, Seleccione el tipo de gráfico de las diferentes opciones disponibles - Columnas, Líneas, Pastel, Barras, Área, XY (dispersa), o Cotizaciones,Nota: para los gráficos de Columna, Línea, Pastel o Barras, un formato en 3D también se encuentra disponible. después aparecerá la ventana Editor de gráfico donde puede introducir los datos necesarios en las celdas usando los siguientes controles: y para copiar y pegar los datos copiados y para deshacer o rehacer acciones para insertar una función y para disminuir o aumentar decimales para cambiar el formato del número, es decir, la manera en que los números introducidos se muestran en las celdas cambie los ajustes de gráfico pulsando el botón Editar gráfico situado en la ventana Editor de gráfico. Se abrirá la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados. La pestaña Tipo y datos le permite seleccionar el tipo de gráfico, su estilo y también los datos. Seleccione un Tipo de gráfico que quiere aplicar: Columna, Línea, Pastel, Barras, Áreas, XY (disperso), o Cotizaciones. Compruebe el Rango de datos y modifíquelo, si es necesario, pulsando el botón Selección de datos e introduciendo el rango de datos deseado en el formato siguiente: Sheet1!A1:B4. Elija el modo de arreglar los datos. Puede seleccionar la Serie de datos que se utilizará en el eje X: en filas o en columnas. La pestaña Diseño le permite cambiar el diseño de elementos del gráfico. Especifique la posición del Título del gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título de gráfico, Superposición - si quiere que el gráfico superponga el título, Sin superposición - si quiere que el título se muestre arriba del gráfico. Especifique la posición de la Leyenda respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestre una leyenda, Inferior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte inferior del área del gráfico, Superior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte superior del área del gráfico, Derecho - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Izquierdo - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico, Superposición a la izquierda - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Superposición a la derecha - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico. Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal, Las siguientes opciones varían dependiendo del tipo de gráfico seleccionado. Para los gráficos Columnas/Barras, usted puede elegir las opciones siguientes: Ninguno, Centrado, Interior Inferior, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráficos Línea/ Puntos XY (Esparcido)/Cotizaciones, puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Izquierda, Derecha, Superior, Inferior. Para los gráficos Circulares, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Ajustar al ancho, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráfico Área, así como los gráficos 3D Columnas, Líneas y Barras, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado. seleccione los datos que usted quiere añadir a sus etiquetas marcando las casillas correspondientes: Nombre de serie, Nombre de categoría, Valor, Introduzca un carácter (coma, punto y coma, etc.) que quiera usar para separar varias etiquetas en el campo de entrada Separador de Etiquetas de Datos. Líneas - se usa para elegir un estilo de línea para gráficos de Línea/Punto XY (Esparcido). Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Recto para usar líneas rectas entre puntos de datos, Uniforme para usar curvas uniformes entre puntos de datos, o Nada para no mostrar líneas. Marcadores - se usa para especificar si los marcadores se deben mostrar (si la casilla se verifica) o no (si la casilla no se verifica) para gráficos de Línea/Puntos XY (Esparcidos).Nota: las opciones de Líneas y Marcadores solo están disponibles para gráficos de líneas y Puntos XY (Esparcidos). La sección de Ajustes del eje permite especificar si desea mostrar Ejes Horizontales/Verticales o no, seleccionando la opción Mostrar o Esconder de la lista despegable. También puede especificar los parámetros Título de Ejes Horizontal/Vertical: Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguna - si no quiere mostrar un título del eje horizontal, Sin superposición - si quiere mostrar el título debajo del eje horizontal. Especifique la orientación del Título de eje vertical seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguna - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje vertical, Girada - si quiere que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical, Horizontal - si quiere que el título se muestre de abajo hacia arriba a la izquierda del eje vertical. Elija la opción necesaria para Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales en la lista desplegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, usted puede ocultar las líneas de cuadrícula usando la opción Ninguno.Nota: las secciones Ajustes de eje y Líneas de cuadrícula estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes y líneas de cuadrículas. Nota: las pestañas Eje vertical/horizontal estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes. La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta, que para los ejes verticales habrá una categoría ejes que mostrará etiquetas de texto para los Gráficos de barras por lo tanto en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a las descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Valor mínimo - se usa para especificar el valor mínimo en el comienzo del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor mínimo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha. Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo en el final de eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha. Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical. Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Miles de millones, Billones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volver a las unidades por defecto. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada el valor mínimo está en la parte inferior y el valor máximo en la parte superior del eje. Cuando la casilla está activada, los valores se ordenan de la parte superior a la parte inferior. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de las marcas de graduación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación principales que muestran valores. Para especificar Posición de etiqueta respecto al eje vertical, seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren etiquetas de las marcas de graduación, Bajo - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la izquierda del gráfico, Alto - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la derecha del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren al lado del eje. La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Tenga en cuenta que el eje horizontal para el Gráfico de barras será el valor del eje de mostrará valores numéricos, y que más en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a las descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal. Posición del eje - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas de texto del eje deben colocarse: Marcas de graduación o Entre marcas de graduación. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada las categorías se muestran de izquierda a derecha. Cuando la casilla está activada, las categorías se ordenan de derecha a izquierda. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de las marcas de graduación en el eje horizontal. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los parámetros de marcas de graduación siguientes: Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestren marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. Intervalo entre marcas - se usa para especificar cuantas categorías deben mostrarse entre dos marcas de graduación vecinas. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar posición de etiquetas que muestran categorías. Posición de etiqueta - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas deben colocarse respecto al eje horizontal. Seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las etiquetas de categorías, Bajo - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías debajo del gráfico, Alto - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías arriba del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías al lado de eje. Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más valor esté fijado, mas será la distancia entre el eje y las etiquetas. Intervalo entre etiquetas - se usa para especificar con que frecuencia deben colocarse las etiquetas. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso las etiquetas se muestran para cada categoría. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Manualmente en la lista desplegable y especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente a la derecha. Por ejemplo, introduzca 2 para mostrar etiquetas para cada segunda categoría, etc. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información del gráfico. Mover y cambiar el tamaño de gráficos Una vez añadido el gráfico, puede cambiar su tamaño y posición. Para cambiar el tamaño de gráfico, arrastre pequeños cuadrados situados en sus bordes. Para mantener las proporciones originales del gráfico seleccionado, mientras redimensionamiento mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina. Para cambiar la posición de gráfico, use el icono que aparece cuando mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el gráfico. Arrastre el gráfico a la posición necesaria manteniendo apretado el botón del ratón. Cuando mueve el gráfico, las líneas guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página más precisamente. Nota: la lista de atajos de teclado que puede ser usada al trabajar con objetos está disponible aquí. Editar elementos del gráfico Para editar el gráfico Título seleccione el texto predeterminado con el ratón y escriba el suyo propio en su lugar. Para cambiar el formato del tipo de letra de texto dentro de elementos, como el título del gráfico, títulos de ejes, leyendas, etiquetas de datos etc, seleccione los elementos del texto apropiados haciendo clic izquierdo en estos. Luego, use los iconos en la pestaña Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para cambiar el tipo, tamaño, color de la fuente o su estilo decorativo. Para borrar un elemento del gráfico, haga clic en él con el ratón izquierdo y seleccione la tecla Borrar en su teclado. También puede rotar gráficos 3D usando el ratón. Haga clic izquierdo en el área del gráfico y mantenga el botón del ratón presionado. Arrastre el cursor sin soltar el botón del ratón para cambiar la orientación del gráfico en 3D. Ajustes de gráfico Puede cambiar algunos ajustes usando la pestaña Ajustes de gráfico en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, pulse el gráfico y elija el icono Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar los siguientes ajustes: Tamaño - se usa para ver los Ancho y Altura del gráfico actual. Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar el estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados debajo). Cambiar tipo de gráfico - se usa para cambiar el tipo o estilo del gráfico seleccionado.Para seleccionar los Estilos de gráfico necesarios, use el segundo menú despegable en la sección de Cambiar Tipo de Gráfico. Editar datos - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico'.Nota: si quiere abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico', haga doble clic sobre el gráfico en el documento. También puede encontrar estas opciones en el menú contextual. Aquí tiene las opciones: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Arreglar - se usa para traer el gráfico seleccionado al primer plano, enviarlo al fondo, traerlo adelante o enviarlo atrás, así como para agrupar o des-agrupar gráficos para realizar operaciones con unos gráficos a la vez. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página. Alinear - se usa para alinear el gráfico a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página. Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar un estilo de ajuste de texto - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás. La opción Editar límite de ajuste no está disponible para los gráficos. Editar datos - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico'. Ajustes avanzados - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados'. Una vez seleccionado el gráfico, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha, porque la forma se usa como el fondo para el gráfico. Puede pulsar este icono para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha y ajustar Relleno , Trazo y Estilo de Justificación de la forma. Note por favor, que no puede cambiar el tipo de forma. Para cambiar ajustes avanzados del gráfico, pulse el gráfico necesario con el botón derecho del ratón y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú contextual o solo haga clic en el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral de la derecha. La ventana con propiedades del gráfico se abrirá: La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho/altura de autoforma. Si el botón Proporciones constantes está apretado (en este caso estará así ), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de gráfico. La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ajuste de texto - use esta opción para cambiar la posición del gráfico en relativo al texto: puede ser una parte de texto (si usted seleccione estilo alineado) o rodeado por texto (si selecciona uno de los otros estilos). Alineado - el gráfico se considera una parte del texto, como un carácter, así cuando se mueva el texto, el gráfico se moverá también. En este caso no se puede acceder a las opciones de posición. Si selecciona uno de estos estilos, el gráfico se moverá de forma independiente al texto: Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita el gráfico. Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales del gráfico. A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellene el espacio en blanco del gráfico. Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo del gráfico. Adelante - el gráfico solapa el texto. Detrás - el texto solapa el gráfico. Si usted selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha). La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los siguientes parámetros varían dependiendo del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado: La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de gráficos: Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación al carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes avanzados...) a la derecha del carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho. La sección Vertical permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de gráficos: Alineación (arriba, centro, abajo) en relación con la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) debajo de la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si el gráfico insertado en el texto se mueve junto con este si el texto se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos gráficos se sobreponen o no cuando usted los arrastra uno cerca del otro en la página. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información del gráfico." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", "title": "Insertar controles de contenido", - "body": "Utilizar los controles de contenido puede crear un formulario con campos de entrada que pueden ser rellenados por otros usuarios, o proteger algunas partes del documento para que no sean editadas o eliminadas. Los controles de contenido son objetos que contienen texto que se puede formatear. Los controles de contenido de texto sin formato no pueden contener más de un párrafo, mientras que los controles de contenido de texto enriquecido pueden contener varios párrafos, listas y objetos (imágenes, formas, tablas, etc.). Insertar controles de contenido Para crear un nuevo control de contenido de texto simple, posicione el punto de inserción dentro de una línea del texto donde desea que se añada el control, o seleccione un pasaje de texto que desee que se convierta en el control del contenido. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Controles de contenido. escoja la opción Insertar control de contenido de texto simple del menú. El control se insertará en el punto de inserción dentro de una línea del texto existente. Los controles de contenido del texto plano no permiten añadir saltos de línea y no pueden contener otros objetos como imágenes, tablas, etc. Para crear un nuevo control de contenido de texto enriquecido, posicione el punto de inserción al final de un párrafo después del que desee que se añada el control, o seleccione uno o más de los pasajes de texto existentes que desea que se conviertan en el control del contenido. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Controles de contenido. escoja la opción Insertar control de contenido de texto enriquecido del menú. El control se insertará en un nuevo párrafo. Los controles de contenido de texto enriquecido permiten añadir saltos de línea, es decir, pueden contener varios párrafos, así como algunos objetos, como imágenes, tablas, otros controles de contenido, etc. Nota: El borde del control de contenido es visible solo cuando se selecciona el control. Los bordes no aparecen en una versión impresa. Moviendo controles de contenido Los controles pueden ser movidos a otro lugar del documento: haga clic en el botón situado a la izquierda del borde de control para seleccionar el control y arrástrelo sin soltar el botón del ratón a otra posición del texto del documento. Usted también puede copiar y pegar controles de contenido: seleccione el control necesario y utilice las combinaciones de teclas Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V. Editando los controles de contenido Reemplace el texto predeterminado dentro del control (\"Su texto aquí\") con el suyo propio: seleccione el texto predeterminado y escriba un nuevo texto o copie un pasaje de texto desde cualquier lugar y péguelo en el control de contenido. El texto dentro del control de contenido de cualquier tipo (tanto de texto sin formato como de texto enriquecido) puede formatearse utilizando los iconos de la barra de herramientas superior: usted puede ajustar tipo, tamaño y color de fuente, aplicar estilos de decoración y preajustes de formato. También es posible usar la ventana de Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados accesible desde el menú contextual o desde la barra de tareas derecha para cambiar las propiedades del texto. El texto dentro de los controles de contenido de texto enriquecido se puede formatear como un texto normal del documento, es decir, se puede establecer interlineado, cambiar indentaciones de párrafo, ajustar topes de tabulaciones. Cambiando la configuración del control de contenido Para abrir las configuraciones de la tabla de contenidos, puede proceder de las siguientes maneras: Seleccione el control de contenido necesario y haga clic en la flecha situada junto al icono Controles de contenido en la barra de tareas superior y seleccione la opción de Ajustes de Control del menú. Haga clic con el botón derecho en cualquier parte del control de contenido y use la opción Ajustes de control de contenido del menú contextual. Se abrirá una nueva ventana donde podrá ajustar los siguientes ajustes: Especifique el Título o Etiqueta del control de contenido en los campos correspondientes. El título será mostrado cuando el control esté seleccionado en el documento. Las etiquetas se usan para identificar el contenido de los controles de manera que pueda hacer referencia a ellos en su código. Escoja si desea mostrar el control de contenido con una Casilla entorno o no. Utilice la opción Ninguno para mostrar el control sin una casilla entorno. Si selecciona la opción Casilla entorno, usted puede escoger el Color de esta casilla empleando el campo a continuación. Proteja el control de contenido para que no sea eliminado o editado usando la opción de la sección Bloqueando: No se puede eliminar el control de contenido - marque esta casilla para proteger el control de contenido de ser eliminado. No se puede editar el contenido - marque esta casilla para proteger el contenido de ser editado. Haga clic en el botón OK dentro de las ventanas de ajustes para aplicar los cambios. También es posible resaltar los controles de contenido con un color específico. Para resaltar los controles con un color: Haga clic en el botón a la izquierda del borde del control para seleccionarlo, Haga clic en la flecha junto al icono de Controles de Contenido en la barra de herramientas superior, Seleccione la opción Ajustes de Resaltado en el menú, Seleccione el color necesario de la paleta provista: Colores del Tema, Colores Estándar o especifique un nuevo Color Personalizado. Para quitar el resaltado de color previamente aplicado, utilice la opción Sin resaltado. Las opciones de resaltado seleccionadas serán aplicadas a todos los controles de contenido en el documento. Removiendo controles de contenido Para eliminar un control y dejar todo su contenido, haga clic en el control de contenido para seleccionarlo y, a continuación, proceda de una de las siguientes maneras: Haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Controles de contenidos en la barra de tareas superior y seleccione la opción Remover control de contenido del menú. Haga clic derecho en el control de contenido y use la opción de Eliminar control de contenido del menú contextual, Para eliminar un control y todo su contenido, seleccione el control necesario y pulse la tecla Borrar en el teclado." + "body": "Utilizar los controles de contenido puede crear un formulario con campos de entrada que pueden ser rellenados por otros usuarios, o proteger algunas partes del documento para que no sean editadas o eliminadas. Los controles de contenido son objetos que contienen texto que se puede formatear. Los controles de contenido de texto sin formato no pueden contener más de un párrafo, mientras que los controles de contenido de texto enriquecido pueden contener varios párrafos, listas y objetos (imágenes, formas, tablas, etc.). Insertar controles de contenido Para crear un nuevo control de contenido de texto simple, posicione el punto de inserción dentro de una línea del texto donde desea que se añada el control, o seleccione un pasaje de texto que desee que se convierta en el control del contenido. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Controles de contenido. escoja la opción Insertar control de contenido de texto simple del menú. El control se insertará en el punto de inserción dentro de una línea del texto existente. Los controles de contenido del texto plano no permiten añadir saltos de línea y no pueden contener otros objetos como imágenes, tablas, etc. Para crear un nuevo control de contenido de texto enriquecido, posicione el punto de inserción al final de un párrafo después del que desee que se añada el control, o seleccione uno o más de los pasajes de texto existentes que desea que se conviertan en el control del contenido. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Controles de contenido. escoja la opción Insertar control de contenido de texto enriquecido del menú. El control se insertará en un nuevo párrafo. Los controles de contenido de texto enriquecido permiten añadir saltos de línea, es decir, pueden contener varios párrafos, así como algunos objetos, como imágenes, tablas, otros controles de contenido, etc. Nota: El borde del control de contenido es visible solo cuando se selecciona el control. Los bordes no aparecen en una versión impresa. Moviendo controles de contenido Los controles pueden ser movidos a otro lugar del documento: haga clic en el botón situado a la izquierda del borde de control para seleccionar el control y arrástrelo sin soltar el botón del ratón a otra posición del texto del documento. Usted también puede copiar y pegar controles de contenido: seleccione el control necesario y utilice las combinaciones de teclas Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V. Editando los controles de contenido Reemplace el texto predeterminado dentro del control (\"Su texto aquí\") con el suyo propio: seleccione el texto predeterminado y escriba un nuevo texto o copie un pasaje de texto desde cualquier lugar y péguelo en el control de contenido. El texto dentro del control de contenido de cualquier tipo (tanto de texto sin formato como de texto enriquecido) puede formatearse utilizando los iconos de la barra de herramientas superior: usted puede ajustar tipo, tamaño y color de fuente, aplicar estilos de decoración y preajustes de formato. También es posible usar la ventana de Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados accesible desde el menú contextual o desde la barra de tareas derecha para cambiar las propiedades del texto. El texto dentro de los controles de contenido de texto enriquecido se puede formatear como un texto normal del documento, es decir, se puede establecer interlineado, cambiar indentaciones de párrafo, ajustar topes de tabulaciones. Cambiando la configuración del control de contenido Para abrir las configuraciones de la tabla de contenidos, puede proceder de las siguientes maneras: Seleccione el control de contenido necesario y haga clic en la flecha situada junto al icono Controles de contenido en la barra de tareas superior y seleccione la opción de Ajustes de Control del menú. Haga clic con el botón derecho en cualquier parte del control de contenido y use la opción Ajustes de control de contenido del menú contextual. Se abrirá una nueva ventana donde podrá ajustar los siguientes ajustes: Especifique el Título o Etiqueta del control de contenido en los campos correspondientes. El título será mostrado cuando el control esté seleccionado en el documento. Las etiquetas se usan para identificar el contenido de los controles de manera que pueda hacer referencia a ellos en su código. Escoja si desea mostrar el control de contenido con una Casilla entorno o no. Utilice la opción Ninguno para mostrar el control sin una casilla entorno. Si selecciona la opción Casilla entorno, usted puede escoger el Color de esta casilla empleando el campo a continuación. Haga clic en el botón Aplicar a todos para aplicar los ajustes de Apariencia especificados a todos los controles de contenido del documento. Proteja el control de contenido para que no sea eliminado o editado usando la opción de la sección Bloqueando: No se puede eliminar el control de contenido - marque esta casilla para proteger el control de contenido de ser eliminado. No se puede editar el contenido - marque esta casilla para proteger el contenido de ser editado. Haga clic en el botón OK dentro de las ventanas de ajustes para aplicar los cambios. También es posible resaltar los controles de contenido con un color específico. Para resaltar los controles con un color: Haga clic en el botón a la izquierda del borde del control para seleccionarlo, Haga clic en la flecha junto al icono de Controles de Contenido en la barra de herramientas superior, Seleccione la opción Ajustes de Resaltado en el menú, Seleccione el color necesario de la paleta provista: Colores del Tema, Colores Estándar o especifique un nuevo Color Personalizado. Para quitar el resaltado de color previamente aplicado, utilice la opción Sin resaltado. Las opciones de resaltado seleccionadas serán aplicadas a todos los controles de contenido en el documento. Removiendo controles de contenido Para eliminar un control y dejar todo su contenido, haga clic en el control de contenido para seleccionarlo y, a continuación, proceda de una de las siguientes maneras: Haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Controles de contenidos en la barra de tareas superior y seleccione la opción Remover control de contenido del menú. Haga clic derecho en el control de contenido y use la opción de Eliminar control de contenido del menú contextual, Para eliminar un control y todo su contenido, seleccione el control necesario y pulse la tecla Borrar en el teclado." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", @@ -198,7 +203,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Inserte imágenes", - "body": "En el editor de documentos, usted puede insertar imágenes de formatos más populares en su documento. Los siguientes formatos de imágenes son compatibles: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Inserte una imagen Para insertar una imagen en texto de su documento, ponga el cursor en un lugar donde quiera que aparezca la imagen, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Imagen en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para cargar la imagen: la opción Imagen desde Archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen correspondiente; después haga clic en el botón OK una vez añadida la imagen cambie su tamaño, parámetros y posición. Mover y cambiar el tamaño de imágenes Para cambiar el tamaño de la imagen, arrastre pequeños cuadrados situados en sus bordes. Para mantener las proporciones originales de una imagen seleccionada mientras el proceso de redimensionamiento, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina. Para cambiar la posición de la imagen, use el icono que aparece cuando usted mantiene cursor del ratón sobre la imagen. Arrastre la imagen a la posición necesaria apretando el botón del ratón. Cuando mueve la imagen, las línes guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página más precisamente. Para girar la imagen, mantenga el cursor del ratón encima del controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota. Nota: la lista de atajos de teclado que puede ser usada al trabajar con objetos está disponible aquí. Ajustes de ajuste de imagen Se puede cambiar unos ajustes de la imagen usando la pestaña Ajustes de imagen en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla pulse la imagen y elija el icono Ajustes de imagen a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar los siguientes ajustes: Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen. Si es necesario, puede restaurar el tamaño por defecto de la imagen si hace clic en el botón de Tamaño por Defecto. El botón Ajustar al Margen le permite volver a dar tamaño a la imagen, para que ocupe todo el espacio entre el margen de la página izquierdo y derecho. Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar el estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados debajo). Reemplazar Imagen se usa para reemplazar la imagen actual cargando otra Desde Archivo o Desde URL. También puede encontrar estas opciones en el menú contextual. Aquí tiene las opciones: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Arreglar - se usa para traer al primer plano la imagen seleccionada, enviarla al fondo, traerla adelante o enviarla atrás. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página. Alinear - se usa para alinear la imagen a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página. Ajuste de texto se usa para seleccionar el ajuste de texto de los estilos disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás - o editar límite de ajuste. La opción Editar límite de ajuste estará disponible solo si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Arrastre puntos de ajuste para personalizar el borde. Para crear un punto de ajuste nuevo, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea roja y arrástrela a la posición necesaria. Predeterminado - se usa para cambiar el tamaño actual de la imagen al tamaño predeterminado. Reemplazar Imagen se usa para reemplazar la imagen actual cargando otra Desde Archivo o Desde URL. Ajustes avanzados - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Imagen - Ajustes avanzados'. Cuando se selecciona la imagen, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha. Puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestañaAjustes de forma en la barra de tareas derecha y ajustar la forma, tipo de estilo, tamaño y color así como cambiar el tipo de forma seleccionando otra forma del menú Cambiar autoforma. La forma de la imagen cambiará correspondientemente. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados, haga clic derecho sobre la imagen y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú contextual o pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana con parámetros de la imagen: La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho o altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así ), el ancho y la altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, pulse el botón Tamaño Predeterminado. La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ajuste de texto - use esta opción para cambiar la posición de la imagen en relativo al texto: puede ser una parte de texto (si usted seleccione estilo alineado) o rodeada por texto (si selecciona uno de los otros estilos). Alineado - la imagen se considera una parte del texto, como un carácter, así cuando se mueva el texto, la imagen se moverá también. En este caso no se puede acceder a las opciones de posición. Si seleccione uno de estos estilos, la imagen se moverá independientemente del texto: Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita la imagen. Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales de la imagen. A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellene el espacio en blanco de la imagen. Para que se muestre este efecto, utilice la opción Editar límite de ajuste en el menú contextual. Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo de la imagen. Adelante - la imagen solapa el texto. Detrás - el texto solapa la imagen. Si usted selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha). La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los siguientes parámetros varían dependiendo del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado: La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de autoformas: Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación al carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes avanzados...) a la derecha del carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho. La sección Vertical permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de imágenes: Alineación (arriba, centro, abajo) en relación con la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) debajo de la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si la imagen insertada en el texto se mueve junto con ello si el texto se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos imágenes sobreponen o no cuando usted las arrastra una cerca de la otra en la página. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma." + "body": "En el editor de documentos, usted puede insertar imágenes de formatos más populares en su documento. Los siguientes formatos de imágenes son compatibles: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Inserte una imagen Para insertar una imagen en texto de su documento, ponga el cursor en un lugar donde quiera que aparezca la imagen, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Imagen en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para cargar la imagen: la opción Imagen desde archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen correspondiente; después haga clic en el botón OK la opción Imagen desde almacenamiento abrirá la ventana Seleccionar fuente de datos. Seleccione una imagen almacenada en su portal y haga clic en el botón OK una vez añadida la imagen cambie su tamaño, parámetros y posición. Mover y cambiar el tamaño de imágenes Para cambiar el tamaño de la imagen, arrastre pequeños cuadrados situados en sus bordes. Para mantener las proporciones originales de una imagen seleccionada mientras el proceso de redimensionamiento, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina. Para cambiar la posición de la imagen, use el icono que aparece cuando usted mantiene cursor del ratón sobre la imagen. Arrastre la imagen a la posición necesaria apretando el botón del ratón. Cuando mueve la imagen, las línes guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página más precisamente. Para girar la imagen, mantenga el cursor del ratón encima del controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota. Nota: la lista de atajos de teclado que puede ser usada al trabajar con objetos está disponible aquí. Ajustes de ajuste de imagen Se puede cambiar unos ajustes de la imagen usando la pestaña Ajustes de imagen en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla pulse la imagen y elija el icono Ajustes de imagen a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar los siguientes ajustes: Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen. Si es necesario, puede restaurar el tamaño por defecto de la imagen si hace clic en el botón de Tamaño por Defecto. El botón Ajustar al Margen le permite volver a dar tamaño a la imagen, para que ocupe todo el espacio entre el margen de la página izquierdo y derecho.El botón Recortar se utiliza para recortar la imagen. Haga clic en el botón Recortar para activar las manijas de recorte que aparecen en las esquinas de la imagen y en el centro de cada lado. Arrastre manualmente los controles para establecer el área de recorte. Puede mover el cursor del ratón sobre el borde del área de recorte para que se convierta en el icono y arrastrar el área. Para recortar un solo lado, arrastre la manija situada en el centro de este lado. Para recortar simultáneamente dos lados adyacentes, arrastre una de las manijas de las esquinas. Para recortar por igual dos lados opuestos de la imagen, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl al arrastrar la manija en el centro de uno de estos lados. Para recortar por igual todos los lados de la imagen, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl al arrastrar cualquiera de las manijas de las esquinas. Cuando se especifique el área de recorte, haga clic en el botón Recortar de nuevo, o pulse la tecla Esc, o haga clic en cualquier lugar fuera del área de recorte para aplicar los cambios. Una vez seleccionada el área de recorte, también es posible utilizar las opciones de Rellenar y Ajustar disponibles en el menú desplegable Recortar. Haga clic de nuevo en el botón Recortar y elija la opción que desee: Si selecciona la opción Rellenar, la parte central de la imagen original se conservará y se utilizará para rellenar el área de recorte seleccionada, mientras que las demás partes de la imagen se eliminarán. Si selecciona la opción Ajustar, la imagen se redimensionará para que se ajuste a la altura o anchura del área de recorte. No se eliminará ninguna parte de la imagen original, pero pueden aparecer espacios vacíos dentro del área de recorte seleccionada. La rotación se utiliza para girar la imagen 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la imagen horizontal o verticalmente. Haga clic en uno de los botones: para girar la imagen 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar la imagen 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para voltear la imagen horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) para voltear la imagen verticalmente (al revés) Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar el estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados debajo). Reemplazar Imagen se usa para reemplazar la imagen actual cargando otra Desde Archivo o Desde URL. También puede encontrar estas opciones en el menú contextual. Aquí tiene las opciones: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Arreglar - se usa para traer al primer plano la imagen seleccionada, enviarla al fondo, traerla adelante o enviarla atrás. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página. Alinear - se usa para alinear la imagen a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página. Ajuste de texto se usa para seleccionar el ajuste de texto de los estilos disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás - o editar límite de ajuste. La opción Editar límite de ajuste estará disponible solo si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Arrastre puntos de ajuste para personalizar el borde. Para crear un punto de ajuste nuevo, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea roja y arrástrela a la posición necesaria. La rotación se utiliza para girar la imagen 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la imagen horizontal o verticalmente. Recortar se utiliza para aplicar una de las opciones de recorte: Recortar, Rellenar o Ajustar. Seleccione la opción Recortar del submenú, luego arrastre las manijas de recorte para establecer el área de recorte, y haga clic de nuevo en una de estas tres opciones del submenú para aplicar los cambios. Predeterminado - se usa para cambiar el tamaño actual de la imagen al tamaño predeterminado. Reemplazar imagen se utiliza para reemplazar la imagen actual cargando otra De archivo o De URL. Ajustes avanzados - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Imagen - Ajustes avanzados'. Cuando se selecciona la imagen, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha. Puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestañaAjustes de forma en la barra de tareas derecha y ajustar la forma, tipo de estilo, tamaño y color así como cambiar el tipo de forma seleccionando otra forma del menú Cambiar autoforma. La forma de la imagen cambiará correspondientemente. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados, haga clic derecho sobre la imagen y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú contextual o pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana con parámetros de la imagen: La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho o altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así ), el ancho y la altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, pulse el botón Tamaño Predeterminado. La pestaña Rotación contiene los siguientes parámetros: Ángulo - utilice esta opción para girar la imagen en un ángulo exactamente especificado. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha. Volteado - marque la casilla Horizontalmente para voltear la imagen horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) o la casillaVerticalmente para voltear imagen verticalmente (al revés). La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ajuste de texto - use esta opción para cambiar la posición de la imagen en relativo al texto: puede ser una parte de texto (si usted seleccione estilo alineado) o rodeada por texto (si selecciona uno de los otros estilos). Alineado - la imagen se considera una parte del texto, como un carácter, así cuando se mueva el texto, la imagen se moverá también. En este caso no se puede acceder a las opciones de posición. Si seleccione uno de estos estilos, la imagen se moverá independientemente del texto: Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita la imagen. Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales de la imagen. A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellene el espacio en blanco de la imagen. Para que se muestre este efecto, utilice la opción Editar límite de ajuste en el menú contextual. Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo de la imagen. Adelante - la imagen solapa el texto. Detrás - el texto solapa la imagen. Si usted selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha). La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los siguientes parámetros varían dependiendo del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado: La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de autoformas: Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación al carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes avanzados...) a la derecha del carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho. La sección Vertical permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de imágenes: Alineación (arriba, centro, abajo) en relación con la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) debajo de la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si la imagen insertada en el texto se mueve junto con ello si el texto se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos imágenes sobreponen o no cuando usted las arrastra una cerca de la otra en la página. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", @@ -208,12 +213,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Inserte tablas", - "body": "Inserte una tabla Para añadir una tabla al texto del documento, ponga el cursor en un lugar donde usted quiere insertar la tabla, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Tabla en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción para crear una tabla: tanto una tabla con un número de celdas predefinido (máximo de 10 por 8 celdas) Si usted quiere añadir una tabla de forma rápida, seleccione el número de filas (8 máximo) y columnas (10 máximo). o una tabla personalizada En caso de que usted necesite una tabla de más de 10 por 8 celdas, seleccione la opción Insertar tabla personalizada y se abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir el número necesario de filas y columnas, respectivamente, después pulse el botón OK. una vez añadida la tabla usted puede cambiar sus propiedades, tamaño y posición. Para cambiar el tamaño de una tabla, pase el cursor del ratón sobre la manija en su esquina inferior derecha y arrástrela hasta que la tabla alcance el tamaño necesario. También se puede modificar manualmente el ancho de una columna determinada o la altura de una línea. Mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde derecho de la columna para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha bidireccional. y arrastre el borde hacia la izquierda o hacia la derecha para establecer el ancho necesario. Para cambiar la anchura de una sola columna de forma manual, mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde inferior de la fila hasta que el cursor cambie a una flecha con doble sentido y arrástrelo hacia arriba o hacia abajo. Para mover una tabla, mantenga pulsada la manija en su esquina superior izquierda y arrástrela hasta el lugar necesario en el documento. Seleccionar una tabla o su parte Para seleccionar una tabla completa, haga clic en el icono en su esquina superior izquierda. Para seleccionar una celda determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón a la parte izquierda de la celda necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra , luego haga clic izquierdo. Para seleccionar una fila determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón al borde izquierdo de la tabla junto a la fila necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra , luego haga clic izquierdo. Para seleccionar una columna determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón al borde superior de la columna necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra , luego haga clic izquierdo. También es posible seleccionar una celda, fila, columna o tabla utilizando las opciones del menú contextual o de la sección Filas y Columnas en la barra de tareas derecha. Ajustes de tablas Unos parámetros de la tabla y también su estructura pueden ser cambiados usando el menú contextual: Aquí tiene las opciones: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Seleccionar se usa para seleccionar una fila, columna, celda o tabla. Insertar se usa para insertar una fila arriba o debajo de la fila donde usted ha colocado cursor o para insertar una columna al lado izquierdo o derecho de la columna donde usted ha colocado el cursor. Borrar se usa para borrar una fila, columna o tabla. Unir celdas está disponible si usted ha seleccionado dos o más celdas, se usa para unirlas. Dividir celda... se usa para abrir una ventana donde usted puede seleccionar el número necesario de columnas y filas para dividir la celda. Distribuir filas se utiliza para ajustar las celdas seleccionadas para que tengan la misma altura sin cambiar la altura total de la tabla. Distribuir columnas se utiliza para ajustar las celdas seleccionadas para que tengan el mismo ancho sin cambiar el ancho total de la tabla. Alineación vertical de celda se usa para alinear la parte superior central o inferior de un texto en la celda seleccionada. Dirección del Texto - se usa para cambiar la orientación del texto en una celda. Puede poner el texto de forma horizontal, vertical de arriba hacia abajo (Rotación a 90°), o vertical de abajo a arriba (Rotación a 270°). Ajustes avanzados de tabla se usa para abrir la ventana 'Tabla - Ajustes avanzados'. Hiperenlace se usa para insertar un hiperenlace. Párrafo se usa para mantener las líneas juntas o abrir la ventana 'Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados'. Usted también puede cambiar los parámetros de tabla usando la barra derecha lateral: Se usan Filas y Columnas para seleccionar las partes de una tabla para que sean resaltadas. Para filas: Encabezado - para resaltar la primera fila Total - para resaltar la última fila Con bandas - para resaltar cualquier otra fila Para columnas: Primera - para resaltar la primera columna Última - para resaltar la última columna Con bandas - para resaltar cualquier otra columna Seleccionar de plantilla se usa para elegir la plantilla de tabla de las disponibles. Estilo de bordes se usa para seleccionar el tamaño, color, estilo de bordes y también el color de fondo. Filas & columnas se usa para realizar unas operaciones con la tabla: seleccionar, borrar, insertar filas y columnas, unir celdas, dividir una celda. Tamaño de celda se usa para ajustar el ancho y alto de la celda actualmente seleccionada. En esta sección, usted también puede Distribuir filas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan la misma altura o Distribuir columnas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan el mismo ancho. Repetir con una fila de encabezado en la parte superior se usa para insertar el mismo encabezado en la parte superior de cada página en las tablas largas. Mostrar ajustes avanzados se usa para abrir la ventana 'Tabla - Ajustes avanzados'. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de una tabla, haga clic con el botón derecho sobre la tabla y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de tabla en el menú contextual o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana con propiedades: La pestaña de Tabla le permite cambiar las propiedades de la tabla entera. La sección del Tamaño de la tabla contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho - de forma predeterminada, el ancho de la tabla se ajusta de manera automática para ajustarse al ancho de la página, es decir, la tabla ocupa todo el espacio entre el margen izquierdo y derecho de la página. Puede verificar esta casilla y especificar el ancho necesario de la tabla de forma manual. Medida en - permite especificar si quiere ajustar el ancho de la tabla en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) o en Porcentaje del ancho general de la página.Nota: también puede ajustar el tamaño de la tabla manualmente cambiando altura de fila y ancho de columna. Mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde de fila/columna hasta que conviértase en una flecha bidireccional y arrastre el borde. También puede usar los marcadores en la regla horizontal para cambiar el ancho de la columna y los marcadores en la regla vertical para cambiar la altura de fila. Cambiar tamaño automáticamente para ajustar a contenido - activa el cambio automático de ancho de cada columna de acuerdo con el texto dentro de celdas. Márgenes predeterminados - el espacio entre el texto en celdas y el borde de celdas que se utiliza de manera predeterminada. La sección Opciones le permite cambiar los parámetros siguientes: Permitir espacio entre celdas - el espacio entre celdas que será llenado de color Fondo de tabla . La pestaña Celda permite cambiar las propiedades de celdas individuales. Primero, tiene que seleccionar las celdas en las que quiere aplicar los cambios o seleccionar la tabla por completo para cambiar propiedades de todas sus celdas. La sección de Tamaño de Celda contiene los siguientes parámetros: Ancho preferido - permite ajustar el ancho de la celda que desee. Este es el amano que una celda aspira a ajustarse, pero en algunos casos, no será posible hacerlo al valor exacto. Por ejemplo, si el texto dentro de una celda excede el ancho especificado, se partirá en la línea siguiente para que la anchura de la celda preferida permanezca sin cambiar, pero si inserta una columna nueva, el ancho preferido se reducirá. Medida en - permite especificar si quiere ajustar el ancho de la tabla en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) o en Porcentaje del ancho general de la página.Nota: también puede ajustar el ancho de la celda de forma manual. Para aumentar o disminuir el ancho de una celda en una columna más que al ancho de la columna en general, seleccione la celda necesaria y mueva el cursor del ratón por su borde derecho hasta que se vuelva en una flecha con doble sentido, luego arrastre el borde. Para cambiar el ancho de todas las celdas en una columna, use los marcadores en la regla horizontal para cambiar el ancho de la columna. La sección de Márgenes de celda le permite ajustar el espacio entre el texto de las celdas y el borde de la celda. Por defecto, los valores estándares se usan (los valores por defecto también se pueden alterar en la pestaña de Tabla, pero puede no validar la casilla Usar márgenes de defecto e introducir los valores necesarios de forma manual. La sección Opciones de celda permite cambiar los parámetros siguientes: La opción Ajuste de Texto está disponible por defecto. Permite ajustar el texto dentro de una celda que excede su anchura en la línea siguiente, expandiendo la altura de la fila y manteniendo la anchura de la columna sin cambiar. La pestaña Bordes & fondo contiene los parámetros siguientes: Parámetros de Borde (tamaño, color, presencia o ausencia) - establezca el tamaño, seleccione el color de borde y elija como se muestra en las celdas.Nota: si desea ocultar los bordes de la tabla pulse el botón o cancele la selección de todos los bordes manualmente en una diagrama, en el documento los bordes se indicarán con una línea de puntos. Si quiere eliminarlos completamente, haga clic en el icono Caracteres no imprimibles en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Bordes de Tabla Ocultos. Fondo de celda - el color de fondo en celdas (disponible solo si usted ha seleccionado dos o más celdas o si la opción Permitir espacio entre celdas está activada en la sección Ancho y espacios). Fondo de tabla - el color de fondo de una tabla o de espacio entre las celdas, está disponible si la opción Permitir espacio entre celdas está activada en la sección Ancho y espacios. La sección Posición de Tabla está disponible solo si la opción Tabla de Flujo en la tabla Ajuste de Texto está activada y contiene los parámetros siguientes: Los parámetros Horizontal consisten en alineación de la tabla (izquierdo, al centro, derecho) en relación a margen, página o texto y también posición de la tabla a la derecha de margen, página o texto. Los parámetros Vertical consisten en alineación de la tabla (superior, al centro, inferior) en relación a margen, página o texto y también posición de la tabla debajo de margen, página o texto. La sección Opciones permite cambiar los parámetros siguientes: La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si la tabla insertada en el texto se mueve junto con ello si el texto se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos tablas se unen en una tabla grande o sobreponen cuando usted las arrastra una cerca de la otra en la página. La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Texto Estilo de ajuste - Tabla en línea o Tabla de Flujo. Use la opción necesaria para cambiar la posición en que la tabla está relacionada con el texto: puede ser una parte del texto (si selecciona estilo en línea) o rodeada por texto (si selecciona tabla de flujo). Cuando usted seleccione el estilo de flujo, los parámetros adicionales del estilo de flujo pueden aplicarse para los dos estilos de texto - en línea y flujo: Para el estilo en línea usted puede especificar alineación y sangría a la izquierda. Para el estilo de flujo, usted puede especificar distancia del texto y posición en la pestaña Posición de Tabla. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma." + "body": "Inserte una tabla Para añadir una tabla al texto del documento, ponga el cursor en un lugar donde usted quiere insertar la tabla, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Tabla en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción para crear una tabla: tanto una tabla con un número de celdas predefinido (máximo de 10 por 8 celdas) Si usted quiere añadir una tabla de forma rápida, seleccione el número de filas (8 máximo) y columnas (10 máximo). o una tabla personalizada En caso de que usted necesite una tabla de más de 10 por 8 celdas, seleccione la opción Insertar tabla personalizada y se abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir el número necesario de filas y columnas, respectivamente, después pulse el botón OK. una vez añadida la tabla usted puede cambiar sus propiedades, tamaño y posición. Para cambiar el tamaño de una tabla, pase el cursor del ratón sobre la manija en su esquina inferior derecha y arrástrela hasta que la tabla alcance el tamaño necesario. También se puede modificar manualmente el ancho de una columna determinada o la altura de una línea. Mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde derecho de la columna para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha bidireccional. y arrastre el borde hacia la izquierda o hacia la derecha para establecer el ancho necesario. Para cambiar la anchura de una sola columna de forma manual, mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde inferior de la fila hasta que el cursor cambie a una flecha con doble sentido y arrástrelo hacia arriba o hacia abajo. Para mover una tabla, mantenga pulsada la manija en su esquina superior izquierda y arrástrela hasta el lugar necesario en el documento. Seleccionar una tabla o su parte Para seleccionar una tabla completa, haga clic en el icono en su esquina superior izquierda. Para seleccionar una celda determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón a la parte izquierda de la celda necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra , luego haga clic izquierdo. Para seleccionar una fila determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón al borde izquierdo de la tabla junto a la fila necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra , luego haga clic izquierdo. Para seleccionar una columna determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón al borde superior de la columna necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra , luego haga clic izquierdo. También es posible seleccionar una celda, fila, columna o tabla utilizando las opciones del menú contextual o de la sección Filas y Columnas en la barra de tareas derecha. Nota: para desplazarse por una tabla puede utilizar los atajos de teclado. Ajustes de tablas Unos parámetros de la tabla y también su estructura pueden ser cambiados usando el menú contextual: Aquí tiene las opciones: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Seleccionar se usa para seleccionar una fila, columna, celda o tabla. Insertar se usa para insertar una fila arriba o debajo de la fila donde usted ha colocado cursor o para insertar una columna al lado izquierdo o derecho de la columna donde usted ha colocado el cursor. Borrar se usa para borrar una fila, columna o tabla. Unir celdas está disponible si usted ha seleccionado dos o más celdas, se usa para unirlas. Dividir celda... se usa para abrir una ventana donde usted puede seleccionar el número necesario de columnas y filas para dividir la celda. Distribuir filas se utiliza para ajustar las celdas seleccionadas para que tengan la misma altura sin cambiar la altura total de la tabla. Distribuir columnas se utiliza para ajustar las celdas seleccionadas para que tengan el mismo ancho sin cambiar el ancho total de la tabla. Alineación vertical de celda se usa para alinear la parte superior central o inferior de un texto en la celda seleccionada. Dirección del Texto - se usa para cambiar la orientación del texto en una celda. Puede colocar el texto horizontalmente, verticalmente de arriba hacia abajo (Girar texto hacia abajo), o verticalmente de abajo hacia arriba (Girar texto hacia arriba). Ajustes avanzados de tabla se usa para abrir la ventana 'Tabla - Ajustes avanzados'. Hiperenlace se usa para insertar un hiperenlace. Párrafo se usa para mantener las líneas juntas o abrir la ventana 'Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados'. Usted también puede cambiar los parámetros de tabla usando la barra derecha lateral: Se usan Filas y Columnas para seleccionar las partes de una tabla para que sean resaltadas. Para filas: Encabezado - para resaltar la primera fila Total - para resaltar la última fila Con bandas - para resaltar cualquier otra fila Para columnas: Primera - para resaltar la primera columna Última - para resaltar la última columna Con bandas - para resaltar cualquier otra columna Seleccionar de plantilla se usa para elegir la plantilla de tabla de las disponibles. Estilo de bordes se usa para seleccionar el tamaño, color, estilo de bordes y también el color de fondo. Filas & columnas se usa para realizar unas operaciones con la tabla: seleccionar, borrar, insertar filas y columnas, unir celdas, dividir una celda. Tamaño de celda se usa para ajustar el ancho y alto de la celda actualmente seleccionada. En esta sección, usted también puede Distribuir filas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan la misma altura o Distribuir columnas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan el mismo ancho. Añadir fórmula se utiliza para insertar una fórmula en la celda seleccionada de la tabla. Repetir con una fila de encabezado en la parte superior se usa para insertar el mismo encabezado en la parte superior de cada página en las tablas largas. Mostrar ajustes avanzados se usa para abrir la ventana 'Tabla - Ajustes avanzados'. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de una tabla, haga clic con el botón derecho sobre la tabla y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de tabla en el menú contextual o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana con propiedades: La pestaña de Tabla le permite cambiar las propiedades de la tabla entera. La sección del Tamaño de la tabla contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho - de forma predeterminada, el ancho de la tabla se ajusta de manera automática para ajustarse al ancho de la página, es decir, la tabla ocupa todo el espacio entre el margen izquierdo y derecho de la página. Puede verificar esta casilla y especificar el ancho necesario de la tabla de forma manual. Medida en - permite especificar si quiere ajustar el ancho de la tabla en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) o en Porcentaje del ancho general de la página.Nota: también puede ajustar el tamaño de la tabla manualmente cambiando altura de fila y ancho de columna. Mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde de fila/columna hasta que conviértase en una flecha bidireccional y arrastre el borde. También puede usar los marcadores en la regla horizontal para cambiar el ancho de la columna y los marcadores en la regla vertical para cambiar la altura de fila. Cambiar tamaño automáticamente para ajustar a contenido - activa el cambio automático de ancho de cada columna de acuerdo con el texto dentro de celdas. Márgenes predeterminados - el espacio entre el texto en celdas y el borde de celdas que se utiliza de manera predeterminada. La sección Opciones le permite cambiar los parámetros siguientes: Permitir espacio entre celdas - el espacio entre celdas que será llenado de color Fondo de tabla . La pestaña Celda permite cambiar las propiedades de celdas individuales. Primero, tiene que seleccionar las celdas en las que quiere aplicar los cambios o seleccionar la tabla por completo para cambiar propiedades de todas sus celdas. La sección de Tamaño de Celda contiene los siguientes parámetros: Ancho preferido - permite ajustar el ancho de la celda que desee. Este es el amano que una celda aspira a ajustarse, pero en algunos casos, no será posible hacerlo al valor exacto. Por ejemplo, si el texto dentro de una celda excede el ancho especificado, se partirá en la línea siguiente para que la anchura de la celda preferida permanezca sin cambiar, pero si inserta una columna nueva, el ancho preferido se reducirá. Medida en - permite especificar si quiere ajustar el ancho de la tabla en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) o en Porcentaje del ancho general de la página.Nota: también puede ajustar el ancho de la celda de forma manual. Para aumentar o disminuir el ancho de una celda en una columna más que al ancho de la columna en general, seleccione la celda necesaria y mueva el cursor del ratón por su borde derecho hasta que se vuelva en una flecha con doble sentido, luego arrastre el borde. Para cambiar el ancho de todas las celdas en una columna, use los marcadores en la regla horizontal para cambiar el ancho de la columna. La sección de Márgenes de celda le permite ajustar el espacio entre el texto de las celdas y el borde de la celda. Por defecto, los valores estándares se usan (los valores por defecto también se pueden alterar en la pestaña de Tabla, pero puede no validar la casilla Usar márgenes de defecto e introducir los valores necesarios de forma manual. La sección Opciones de celda permite cambiar los parámetros siguientes: La opción Ajuste de Texto está disponible por defecto. Permite ajustar el texto dentro de una celda que excede su anchura en la línea siguiente, expandiendo la altura de la fila y manteniendo la anchura de la columna sin cambiar. La pestaña Bordes & fondo contiene los parámetros siguientes: Parámetros de Borde (tamaño, color, presencia o ausencia) - establezca el tamaño, seleccione el color de borde y elija como se muestra en las celdas.Nota: si desea ocultar los bordes de la tabla pulse el botón o cancele la selección de todos los bordes manualmente en una diagrama, en el documento los bordes se indicarán con una línea de puntos. Si quiere eliminarlos completamente, haga clic en el icono Caracteres no imprimibles en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Bordes de Tabla Ocultos. Fondo de celda - el color de fondo en celdas (disponible solo si usted ha seleccionado dos o más celdas o si la opción Permitir espacio entre celdas está activada en la sección Ancho y espacios). Fondo de tabla - el color de fondo de una tabla o de espacio entre las celdas, está disponible si la opción Permitir espacio entre celdas está activada en la sección Ancho y espacios. La sección Posición de Tabla está disponible solo si la opción Tabla de Flujo en la tabla Ajuste de Texto está activada y contiene los parámetros siguientes: Los parámetros Horizontal consisten en alineación de la tabla (izquierdo, al centro, derecho) en relación a margen, página o texto y también posición de la tabla a la derecha de margen, página o texto. Los parámetros Vertical consisten en alineación de la tabla (superior, al centro, inferior) en relación a margen, página o texto y también posición de la tabla debajo de margen, página o texto. La sección Opciones permite cambiar los parámetros siguientes: La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si la tabla insertada en el texto se mueve junto con ello si el texto se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos tablas se unen en una tabla grande o sobreponen cuando usted las arrastra una cerca de la otra en la página. La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Texto Estilo de ajuste - Tabla en línea o Tabla de Flujo. Use la opción necesaria para cambiar la posición en que la tabla está relacionada con el texto: puede ser una parte del texto (si selecciona estilo en línea) o rodeada por texto (si selecciona tabla de flujo). Cuando usted seleccione el estilo de flujo, los parámetros adicionales del estilo de flujo pueden aplicarse para los dos estilos de texto - en línea y flujo: Para el estilo en línea usted puede especificar alineación y sangría a la izquierda. Para el estilo de flujo, usted puede especificar distancia del texto y posición en la pestaña Posición de Tabla. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "title": "Insertar objetos con texto", - "body": "Para hacer su texto más enfático y captar atención a una parte concreta del documento, puede insertar una casilla de texto (un marco rectangular que permita introducir texto) o un objeto de Arte de texto (una casilla de texto con un estilo de letra y color predeterminado que permite aplicar algunos efectos de texto). Añada un objeto con texto. Puede añadir un objeto con texto en cualquier lugar de la página. Para hacerlo: cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el tipo de objeto con texto necesario: Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el icono de Cuadro de Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma del grupo Formas Básicas. para añadir un objeto de Arte de Texto, haga clic en el icono Arte Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic en la plantilla del estilo deseada - el objeto de Arte de Texto se añadirá en la posición del cursor actual. Seleccione el texto por defecto dentro del cuadro de texto con el ratón y reemplázelo con su texto. haga clic fuera del objeto con texto para aplicar los cambios y vuelva al documento. El texto dentro del objeto de texto es parte de este último (cuando mueve o gira el objeto de texto, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). A la vez que un objeto con texto insertado representa un marco rectangular con texto en este (objetos de Texto Arte tienen bordes de cuadros de texto invisibles de manera predeterminada) y este marco es una autoforma común, se puede cambiar tanto la forma como las propiedades del texto. Para eliminar el objeto de texto añadido, haga clic en el borde del cuadro de texto y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado. el texto dentro del cuadro de texto también se eliminará. Formatee un cuadro de texto Seleccione el cuadro de texto haciendo clic en sus bordes para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el cuadro de texto está seleccionado, sus bordes se muestran con líneas sólidas (no con puntos). para cambiar el tamaño, mover, rotar el cuadro de texto use las manillas especiales en los bordes de la forma. para editar el relleno, trazo, estilo de ajuste del cuadro de texto o reemplazar el cuadro rectangular con una forma distinta, haga clic en el icono de ajustes de forma a la derecha de la barra de herramientas y use las opciones correspondientes. para alinear el cuadro de texto en la página, organice cuadros de texto según se relacionan con otros objetos, cambie un estilo de ajuste o acceda a la forma en ajustes avanzados, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro del texto y use las opciones del menú contextual. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página. Formatee su texto en el cuadro del texto Haga clic en el texto dentro del cuadro de texto para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el texto está seleccionado, los bordes del cuadro de texto se muestran con líneas con puntos. Nota: también es posible cambiar el formato de texto cuando el cuadrado de texto (no el texto) se selecciona. En este caso, cualquier cambio se aplicará a todo el texto dentro del cuadrado de texto. Algunas opciones de formateo de letra (tipo de letra, tamaño, color y estilo de diseño) se pueden aplicar a una porción previamente seleccionada del texto de forma separada. Para rotar el texto dentro del cuadro del texto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Rote a 90° (fija la dirección vertical, de arriba a abajo) o Rote a 270° (fija la dirección vertical, de abajo a arriba). Para alinear el texto de manera vertical dentro del cuadro de texto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción alineamiento vertical y luego elija una de las opciones disponibles: Alinear en la parte superior, Alinear al centro, o Alinear en la parte inferior. Otras opciones de formato que puede aplicar son las mismas que las del texto regular. Por favor, refiérase a las secciones de ayuda correspondientes para aprender más sobre las operaciones necesarias. Puede: alinear el texto de forma horizontal dentro del cuadrado del texto ajustar el tipo de letra, tamaño, color, aplicar los estilos de diseño, y pre-ajustes de formato aplicar el espaciado, cambiar sangrías de párrafo, ajustar las paradas de espaciado para los textos de multi-líneas dentro del cuadro de texto. Insertar hiperenlace También puede hacer clic en el icono Ajustes de Texto Arte en la barra lateral derecha y cambiar algunos de los parámetros de estilo. Editar un estilo de Texto de Arte Seleccione un objeto de texto y haga clic en el icono Ajustes de Arte de Texto en la barra lateral. Cambie el estilo de texto aplicado seleccionando una nueva Plantilla de la galería. También puede cambiar los estilos básicos adicionales seleccionando un tipo de letra o tamaño diferente. Cambie el tipo de letra Relleno. Puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Color de relleno - seleccione esta opción para especificar el color sólido que quiere aplicar al espacio interior de las letras de dentro. Pulse la casilla de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario en el conjunto de colores o especifique algún color deseado: Relleno Degradado - seleccione esta opción para rellenar las letras con dos colores que suavemente cambian de un color a otro. Estilo - elija una de las opciones disponibles: Lineal (colores cambian por una línea recta por ejemplo por un eje horizontal/vertical o por una línea diagonal que forma un ángulo recto) o Radial (colores cambian por una trayectoria circular del centro a los bordes). Dirección - elija una plantilla en el menú. Si selecciona la gradiente Lineal, serán disponible las direcciones siguientes: de la parte superior izquierda a la inferior derecha, de la parte superior a la inferior, de la parte superior derecha a la inferior izquierda, de la parte derecha a la izquierda,de la parte inferior derecha a la superior izquierda, de la parte inferior a la superior, de la parte inferior izquierda a la superior derecha, de la parte izquierda a la derecha. Si selecciona la gradiente Radial, estará disponible solo una plantilla. Gradiente - utilice el control deslizante izquierdo debajo de la barra de gradiente para activar la casilla de color que corresponde al primer color. Pulse la casilla de color para elegir el primer color. Arrastre el control deslizante para establecer el punto de degradado - el punto donde un color cambie el otro. Utilice el control deslizante derecho debajo de la barra de gradiente para especificar el segundo color y establecer el punto de degradado. Nota: si una de estas dos opciones está seleccionada, usted también puede establecer el nivel de Opacidad arrastrando el control deslizante o introduciendo el valor manualmente. El valor predeterminado es 100%. Esto corresponde a la capacidad completa. El valor 0% corresponde a la plena transparencia. Sin relleno - seleccione esta opción si no desea usar ningún relleno. Ajuste el Trazo del ancho del tipo de letra, color y tipo. Para cambiar el ancho de trazo, seleccione una de las opciones disponibles en la lista desplegable Tamaño. Las opciones disponibles: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternativamente, seleccione la opción Sin línea si no quiere usar ningún trazo. Para cambiar el color del trazo, pulse el rectángulo de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario. Para cambiar el tipo de trazo, pulse la opción necesaria de la lista correspondiente despegable (una línea sólida se aplicará por defecto, puede cambiarla a una de las líneas disponibles con líneas con puntos. Aplique un efecto de texto seleccionando el texto necesario para el tipo de transformación de la galería de Transformar. Puede ajustar el grado de la distorsión del texto si arrastra la manivela con forma de diamante rosa." + "body": "Para hacer su texto más enfático y captar atención a una parte concreta del documento, puede insertar una casilla de texto (un marco rectangular que permita introducir texto) o un objeto de Arte de texto (una casilla de texto con un estilo de letra y color predeterminado que permite aplicar algunos efectos de texto). Añada un objeto con texto. Puede añadir un objeto con texto en cualquier lugar de la página. Para hacerlo: cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la clase de objeto de texto deseada: Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el icono de Cuadro de Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma del grupo Formas Básicas. para añadir un objeto de Arte de Texto, haga clic en el icono Arte Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic en la plantilla del estilo deseada - el objeto de Arte de Texto se añadirá en la posición del cursor actual. Seleccione el texto por defecto dentro del cuadro de texto con el ratón y reemplázelo con su texto. haga clic fuera del objeto con texto para aplicar los cambios y vuelva al documento. El texto dentro del objeto de texto es parte de este último (cuando mueve o gira el objeto de texto, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). A la vez que un objeto con texto insertado representa un marco rectangular con texto en este (objetos de Texto Arte tienen bordes de cuadros de texto invisibles de manera predeterminada) y este marco es una autoforma común, se puede cambiar tanto la forma como las propiedades del texto. Para eliminar el objeto de texto añadido, haga clic en el borde del cuadro de texto y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado. el texto dentro del cuadro de texto también se eliminará. Formatee un cuadro de texto Seleccione el cuadro de texto haciendo clic en sus bordes para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el cuadro de texto está seleccionado, sus bordes se muestran con líneas sólidas (no con puntos). para cambiar el tamaño, mover, rotar el cuadro de texto use las manillas especiales en los bordes de la forma. para editar el relleno, trazo, estilo de ajuste del cuadro de texto o reemplazar el cuadro rectangular con una forma distinta, haga clic en el icono de ajustes de forma a la derecha de la barra de herramientas y use las opciones correspondientes. para alinear el cuadro de texto en la página, organizar cuadros de texto en relación con otros objetos, cambie un girar o voltear un cuadro de texto, cambiar un estilo de ajuste o acceder a los ajustes avanzados de la forma, haga clic con el botón derecho del ratón en el borde del cuadro de texto y utilice las opciones del menú contextual. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página. Formatee su texto en el cuadro del texto Haga clic en el texto dentro del cuadro de texto para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el texto está seleccionado, los bordes del cuadro de texto se muestran con líneas con puntos. Nota: también es posible cambiar el formato de texto cuando el cuadrado de texto (no el texto) se selecciona. En este caso, cualquier cambio se aplicará a todo el texto dentro del cuadrado de texto. Algunas opciones de formateo de letra (tipo de letra, tamaño, color y estilo de diseño) se pueden aplicar a una porción previamente seleccionada del texto de forma separada. Para rotar el texto dentro del cuadro del texto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Girar texto hacia abajo (establece una dirección vertical, de arriba hacia abajo) o Girar texto hacia arriba (establece una dirección vertical, de abajo hacia arriba). Para alinear el texto de manera vertical dentro del cuadro de texto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción alineamiento vertical y luego elija una de las opciones disponibles: Alinear en la parte superior, Alinear al centro, o Alinear en la parte inferior. Otras opciones de formato que puede aplicar son las mismas que las del texto regular. Por favor, refiérase a las secciones de ayuda correspondientes para aprender más sobre las operaciones necesarias. Puede: alinear el texto de forma horizontal dentro del cuadrado del texto ajustar el tipo de letra, tamaño, color, aplicar los estilos de diseño, y pre-ajustes de formato aplicar el espaciado, cambiar sangrías de párrafo, ajustar las paradas de espaciado para los textos de multi-líneas dentro del cuadro de texto. Insertar hiperenlace También puede hacer clic en el icono Ajustes de Texto Arte en la barra lateral derecha y cambiar algunos de los parámetros de estilo. Editar un estilo de Texto de Arte Seleccione un objeto de texto y haga clic en el icono Ajustes de Arte de Texto en la barra lateral. Cambie el estilo de texto aplicado seleccionando una nueva Plantilla de la galería. También puede cambiar los estilos básicos adicionales seleccionando un tipo de letra o tamaño diferente. Cambie el tipo de letra Relleno. Puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Color de relleno - seleccione esta opción para especificar el color sólido que quiere aplicar al espacio interior de las letras de dentro. Pulse la casilla de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario en el conjunto de colores o especifique algún color deseado: Relleno Degradado - seleccione esta opción para rellenar las letras con dos colores que suavemente cambian de un color a otro. Estilo - elija una de las opciones disponibles: Lineal (los colores cambian en línea recta; es decir, sobre un eje horizontal/vertical o por una línea diagonal que forma un ángulo de 45 grados) o Radial (los colores cambian por una trayectoria circular desde el centro hacia los bordes). Dirección - elija una plantilla en el menú. Si se selecciona el gradiente Lineal las siguientes direcciones están disponibles: de arriba izquierda a abajo derecha, de arriba abajo, de arriba derecha a abajo izquierda, de arriba a abajo izquierda, de abajo derecha a arriba izquierda, de abajo a arriba izquierda, de abajo izquierda a arriba derecha, de abajo izquierda a arriba derecha, de izquierda a derecha. Si selecciona la gradiente Radial, estará disponible solo una plantilla. Gradiente - utilice el control deslizante izquierdo debajo de la barra de gradiente para activar la casilla de color que corresponde al primer color. Haga clic en el cuadro de color de la derecha para elegir el primer color de la paleta. Arrastre el control deslizante para establecer la parada del degradado, es decir, el punto en el que un color cambia a otro. Utilice el control deslizante derecho debajo de la barra de gradiente para especificar el segundo color y establecer el punto de degradado. Nota: si una de estas dos opciones está seleccionada, usted también puede establecer el nivel de Opacidad arrastrando el control deslizante o introduciendo el valor manualmente. El valor predeterminado es 100%. Corresponde a la opacidad total. El valor 0% corresponde a la plena transparencia. Sin relleno - seleccione esta opción si no desea usar ningún relleno. Ajuste el Trazo del ancho del tipo de letra, color y tipo. Para cambiar el ancho de trazo, seleccione una de las opciones disponibles en la lista desplegable Tamaño. Las opciones disponibles: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternativamente, seleccione la opción Sin línea si no quiere usar ningún trazo. Para cambiar el color del trazo, pulse el rectángulo de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario. Para cambiar el tipo de trazo, seleccione la opción deseada de la lista desplegable correspondiente (se aplica una línea sólida por defecto, puede cambiarla por una de las líneas punteadas disponibles). Aplique un efecto de texto seleccionando el texto necesario para el tipo de transformación de la galería de Transformar. Puede ajustar el grado de la distorsión del texto si arrastra la manivela con forma de diamante rosa." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", @@ -228,12 +233,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "title": "Cree un documento nuevo o abra el documento existente", - "body": "Cuando usted ha terminado de trabajar con un documento, usted puede dirigirse al documento que ha sido editado últimamente, crear un documento nuevo, o volver a la lista de documentos existentes. Para crear un documento nuevo, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo de la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Crear nuevo. Para abrir el documento últimamente editado con el editor de documentos, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo de la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Abrir reciente, elija el documento necesario de la lista de documentos últimamente editados. Para volver a la lista de documentos existente, haga clic en el icono de Ir a Documentos en la parte derecha del encabezado del editor. De forma alternativa, puede cambiar a la pestaña de Archivo en la barra de herramientas y seleccionar la opción de Ir a Documentos." + "body": "Para crear un nuevo documento En el editor en línea haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Crear nuevo. En el editor de escritorio En la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción del menú Documento de la sección Crear nuevo de la barra lateral izquierda - se abrirá un nuevo archivo en una nueva pestaña, cuando se hayan realizado todos los cambios deseados, haga clic en el icono Guardar de la esquina superior izquierda o cambie a la pestaña Archivoy seleccione la opción Guardar como del menú. en la ventana de gestión de archivos, seleccione la ubicación del archivo, especifique su nombre, elija el formato en el que desea guardar el documento (DOCX, Plantilla de documento (DOTX), ODT, OTT, RTF, TXT, PDF o PDFA) y haga clic en el botón Guardar. Para abrir un documento existente En el editor de escritorio en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción Abrir archivo local en la barra lateral izquierda, seleccione el documento deseado en la ventana de gestión de archivos y haga clic en el botón Abrir. También puede hacer clic con el botón derecho sobre el documento deseado en la ventana de gestión de archivos, seleccionar la opción Abrir con y elegir la aplicación correspondiente en el menú. Si los archivos de documentos de Office están asociados con la aplicación, también puede abrir documentos haciendo doble clic sobre el nombre del archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. Todos los directorios a los que ha accedido utilizando el editor de escritorio se mostrarán en la lista de Carpetas recientes para que posteriormente pueda acceder rápidamente a ellos. Haga clic en la carpeta correspondiente para seleccionar uno de los archivos almacenados en ella. Para abrir un documento recientemente editado En el editor en línea haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Abrir reciente, elija el documento necesario de la lista de documentos últimamente editados. En el editor de escritorio en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción Archivos recientes en la barra lateral izquierda, elija el documento necesario de la lista de documentos últimamente editados. Para abrir la carpeta donde se encuentra el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador en la versión en línea, en la ventana del explorador de archivos en la versión de escritorio, haga clic en el icono Abrir ubicación de archivo en el lado derecho de la cabecera del editor. Como alternativa, puede cambiar a la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionar la opción Abrir ubicación de archivo." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm", "title": "Inserte saltos de página", - "body": "En el editor de documentos, usted puede añadir un salto de página para empezar una página nueva y ajustar las opciones de paginación. Para insertar un salto de página en la posición de cursor actual pulse el icono Insertar salto de página o Diseño en la barra de herramientas superior o pulse la flecha al lado de este icono y seleccione la opción Insertar salto de página en el menú. Para insertar un salto de página antes del párrafo seleccionado, a saber, para empezar este párrafo en una página nueva: haga clic derecho y seleccione la opción Mantener líneas juntas en el menú, o haga clic derecho, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de párrafo en el menú o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral, y elija la opción Salto de página antes en la ventana Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados. Para mantener líneas juntas, con el objetivo de mover solo los párrafos enteros a la página nueva (a saber, no habrá un salto de página entre las líneas de un párrafo), haga clic derecho y seleccione la opción Mantener líneas juntas en el menú, o haga clic derecho y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de párrafo en el menú o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral, y elija la opción Mantener líneas juntas en la ventana Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados. La ventana Párrafo - ajustes avanzados le permite establecer dos o más opciones de paginación: Conservar con el siguiente - se utiliza para evitar que se inserte un salto de página entre un párrafo seleccionado y el siguiente. Control de líneas huérfanas - la opción está seleccionada de manera predeterminada y se utiliza para evitar que una sola línea del párrafo (la primera o última) se quede en la parte superior o inferior de la página." + "body": "En el editor de documentos, puede añadir un salto de página para empezar una nueva página, insertar una página en blanco y ajustar las opciones de paginación. Para insertar un salto de página en la posición actual del cursor, haga clic en el icono Saltos en la pestñana Insertar o Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior o haga clic en la flecha que se encuentra al lado de este icono y seleccione la opción de Insertar salto de página en el menú. También puede utilizar la combinación de teclas Ctrl+Intro. Para insertar una página en blanco en la posición actual del cursor, haga clic en el icono Página en blanco en la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior. Esto insertará dos saltos de página creando una página en blanco. Para insertar un salto de página antes del párrafo seleccionado, a saber, para empezar este párrafo en una página nueva: haga clic derecho y seleccione la opción Mantener líneas juntas en el menú, o haga clic derecho, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de párrafo en el menú o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral, y elija la opción Salto de página antes en la ventana Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados. Para mantener líneas juntas, con el objetivo de mover solo los párrafos enteros a la página nueva (a saber, no habrá un salto de página entre las líneas de un párrafo), haga clic derecho y seleccione la opción Mantener líneas juntas en el menú, o haga clic derecho y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de párrafo en el menú o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral, y elija la opción Mantener líneas juntas en la ventana Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados. La ventana Párrafo - ajustes avanzados le permite establecer dos o más opciones de paginación: Conservar con el siguiente - se utiliza para evitar que se inserte un salto de página entre un párrafo seleccionado y el siguiente. Control de líneas huérfanas - la opción está seleccionada de manera predeterminada y se utiliza para evitar que una sola línea del párrafo (la primera o última) se quede en la parte superior o inferior de la página." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm", @@ -243,7 +248,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Guarde/imprima/descargue su documento", - "body": "Cuando usted trabaja en su documento el editor de documentos guarda su archivo cada 2 segundos automáticamente preveniendo la pérdida de datos en caso de un cierre inesperado del programa. Si co-edita el archivo en el modo Rápido, el tiempo requerido para actualizaciones es de 25 cada segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias prsonas a la vez, los cambios se guardan cada 10 minutos. Se puede fácilmente desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados. Para guardar su documento actual manualmente, pulse el icono Guardar en la barra de herramientas superior, o use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+S, o pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Guardar. Para descargar el documento resultante en el disco duro de su ordenador, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo de la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Descargar como..., elija uno de los formatos disponibles dependiendo en sus necesidades: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML. Para imprimir el documento corriente, pulse el icono Imprimir en la barra de herramientas superior, o use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+P, o pulse el icono Archivo en la barra de herramientas y seleccione la opción Imprimir. Luego el archivo PDF, basándose en el documento editado, será creado. Puede abrirlo e imprimirlo, o guardarlo en el disco duro de su ordenador o en un medio extraíble para imprimirlo más tarde." + "body": "Guardando Por defecto, el Editor de documentos guarda automáticamente el archivo cada 2 segundos cuando trabaja en él, evitando la pérdida de datos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa. Si co-edita el archivo en el modo Rápido, el tiempo requerido para actualizaciones es de 25 cada segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias prsonas a la vez, los cambios se guardan cada 10 minutos. Se puede fácilmente desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados. Para guardar el documento actual de forma manual en su formato y ubicación actuales, Pulse el icono Guardar en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor, o use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+S, o pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Guardar. Nota: en la versión de escritorio, para evitar la pérdida de datos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa, puede activar la opción Autorecuperación en la página de Ajustes avanzados . En la versión de escritorio, puede guardar el documento con otro nombre, en una nueva ubicación o con otro formato, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Guardar como..., elija uno de los formatos disponibles: DOCX, ODT, RTF, TXT, PDF, PDFA. También puede seleccionar la opción Plantilla de documento (DOTX o OTT). Descargando En la versión en línea, puede descargar el documento creado en el disco duro de su ordenador, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Descargar como, elija uno de los formatos disponibles: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Guardando una copia En la versión en línea, puede guardar una copia del archivo en su portal, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Guardar copia como..., elija uno de los formatos disponibles: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. seleccione una ubicación para el archivo en el portal y pulse Guardar. Imprimiendo Para imprimir el documento corriente, haga clic en el icono Imprimir en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor, o bien use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+P, o pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Imprimir. En la versión de escritorio, el archivo se imprimirá directamente. En laversión en línea, se generará un archivo PDF a partir del documento. Puede abrirlo e imprimirlo, o guardarlo en el disco duro de su ordenador o en un medio extraíble para imprimirlo más tarde. Algunos navegadores (como Chrome y Opera) permiten la impresión directa." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", @@ -263,11 +268,11 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "title": "Usar la Combinación de Correspondencia", - "body": "Nota: esta opción solo está disponible para versiones de pago. La característica de Combinación de Correspondencia se usa para crear un set de documentos que combinen un contenido común, el cual se toma de un texto de un documento y varios componentes individuales (variables, como nombres, saludos etc.) tomados de una hoja de cálculo (por ejemplo, una lista de consumidores). Puede ser útil si necesita crear muchas cartas personalizadas y enviarlas a los recipientes. Para empezar a trabajar con la característica de Combinación de Correspondencia, Prepare una fuente de datos y cárgala al documento principal Una fuente de datos que se usa para la combinación de correspondencia debe ser una hoja de cálculo .xlsx que se encuentra almacenada en su portal. Abra una hoja de cálculo existente o cree una nueva y asegúrese de que contiene los siguientes requisitos.La hoja de cálculo debe tener una columna de encabezado con los títulos de las columnas, como los valores en la primera celda de cada columna designarán los campos de combinación (es decir, las variables que puede introducir en el texto). Cada columna debe contener un set de valores actuales para cada variable. Cada fila en la hoja de cálculo debe corresponder a un registro separado (es decir, un set de valores que pertenecen a un recipiente en concreto). Durante el proceso de combinación, se creará una copia del documento principal para cada registro y cada campo de combinación insertado en el texto principal se reemplazará con el valor actual de la columna correspondiente. Si va a mandar los resultados por correo electrónico, la hoja de cálculo también debe incluir una columna con los correos electrónicos de los recipientes. Abra un documento existente o cree uno nuevo. Debe contener el texto principal, que será el mismo para cada versión del documento combinado. Haga clic en el icono Combinación de Correspondencia en la pestaña de Inicio barra de herramientas superior. Se abrirá la ventana Seleccione la Fuente de Datos. La lista se muestra con todas sus hojas de cálculo .xlsx almacenadas en la sección de Mis Documentos. Para navegar entre las secciones de módulos de Documentos, use el menú en la parte izquierda de la ventana. Seleccione el archivo que necesita y haga clic en OK. Una vez que la fuente de datos está cargada, la pestaña de Ajustes de Combinación de Correspondencia estará disponible en la barra lateral de la derecha. Verifique o cambie la lista de recipientes Haga clic en el botón de Editar la lista de recipientes arriba de la barra lateral derecha para abrir la ventana de Recipientes de Combinación de Correspondencia, donde el contenido de la fuente de datos seleccionada se muestra. Aquí puede añadir información nueva editar o borrar los datos existentes, si es necesario. Para simplificar el trabajo con datos, puede usar los iconos en la parte superior de la ventana: y - para copiar y pegar los datos copiados y - para deshacer o rehacer acciones y - para organizar sus datos dentro de un rango de celdas seleccionado de manera ascendiente o descendiente - para habilitar el filtro del rango de celdas previamente seleccionado o para eliminar los filtros aplicados - para eliminar todos los parámetros de filtros aplicadosNota: para aprender más sobre cómo usar el filtro puede referirse a la sección de Organizar y Filtrar Datos de la ayuda de Editor de hojas de cálculo. - para buscar un valor en concreto y reemplazarlo con otro, si es necesarioNota: para aprender más sobre cómo usar la herramienta de Búsqueda y Sustitución puede referirse a la sección de Funciones de Búsqueda y Sustitución de la ayuda del Editor de Hojas de Cálculo. Después de que todos los cambios necesarios se han hecho, haga clic en el botón de Guardar y Salir. Para descartar los cambios realizados, pulse el botón Cerrar. Introduzca los campos de combinación y valide los resultados Ponga el cursos del ratón en el texto del documento principal donde quiera combinar un campo para que se inserte, haga clic en el botón de Introduzca Campo de Combinación a la derecha de la barra lateral y seleccione el campo necesario de la lista. Los campos disponibles corresponden a los datos en la primera celda de cada columna de la fuente de datos seleccionados. Añada todos los campos que necesite en cualquier parte del documento. Active el cambiador Destacar campos de combinación en la barra lateral derecha para crear los campos introducidos más visibles en el texto del documento. Active el cambiador Visualizar resultados en la barra lateral derecha para ver el texto de documento con los campos combinados reemplazados con valores reales de la fuente de datos. Use los botones de las flechas para visualizar versiones de los documentos combinados para cada registro. Para eliminar un campo insertado, deshabilite el modo de Visualizar resultados, seleccione el campo con el ratón y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado. Para reemplazar e introducir un campo, deshabilite el modo de Visualizar resultados, seleccione el campo con el ratón, haga clic en el botón Insertar Campos de Combinación en la barra lateral derecha y elija un campo nuevo de la lista. Especifique los parámetros de combinación Seleccione el tipo de combinación. Puede empezar a o guardar los resultados como un documento PDF o Docx para poder imprimir o editarlo más adelante. Seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista Combinar a: PDF - para crear un solo documento en formato PDF que incluya todas las copias combinadas para que las pueda imprimir más adelante Docx - para crear un solo documento en formato Docx que incluya todas las copias combinadas para que las pueda editar de forma individual más adelante Email - para enviar los resultados a recipientes por correo electrónicoNota: los correos electrónicos de los recipientes deben especificarse en la fuente de datos cargados y tiene que tener al menos un correo electrónico conectado en el módulo de Correo en su portal. Elija los registros a los que quiere aplicar la combinación: Todos los registros (esta opción está seleccionada por defecto) - para crear documentos combinados para todos los registros de la fuente de datos cargados Registro actual - para crear un documento combinado para el registro que está mostrándose de forma actual Desde... A - para crear documentos combinados para una variedad de registros (en este caso necesita especificar dos valores: el número del primer registro y el último registro en el rango deseado)Nota: la cantidad máxima permitida de recipientes es de 100. Si tiene más de 100 recipientes en su fuente de datos, por favor, realice la combinación de correspondencia en pasos: especifique los valores del 1 al 100, espere hasta que el proceso de combinación de correspondencia se termine, luego repita la operación especificando los valores del 101 a N etc. Completar la combinación Si ha decidido guardar los resultados de combinación como un archivo, Haga clic en el botón de Descarga para almacenar el archivo en cualquier sitio de su PC. Encontrará el archivo descargado en su carpeta de defecto de Descargas. haga clic en el botón Guardar para guardar el archivo en su portal. En la ventana de Archivo para guardar que se abre, puede cambiar el nombre del archivo y especificar la carpeta donde quiera guardar el archivo. También puede verificar la casilla Abrir documento combinado en nueva pestaña para ver el resultado una vez que el proceso haya terminado. Finalmente, haga clic en Guardar en la ventana de Archivo para guardar. si has seleccionado la opción de Correo Electrónico, el botón de Combinar estará disponible en la barra lateral de la derecha. Después de hacer clic, la ventana de Mandar a correo electrónico se abrirá: En la lista de Desde, seleccione la cuenta de correo que quiera usar para mandar el correo electrónico, si tiene varias cuentas conectadas en el módulo de Correo electrónico. En la lista de Para, seleccione el campo de combinación correspondiente a las direcciones de correo electrónico de los recipiente, si no se ha elegido de forma automática. Introduzca el tema de su mensaje en el campo Línea de Tema. Seleccione el formato del correo electrónico de la lista: HTML, Adjunto como DOCX, o Adjunto como PDF. Cuando una de las dos últimas opciones se selecciona, también necesita especificar el Nombre de Archivo de los adjuntos e introducir el Mensaje (el texto de su correo que se enviará a los recipientes). Pulse el botón Enviar. Una vez que que el envío de correo electrónicos haya finalizado, recibirá una notificación a su email en el campo de Desde." + "body": "Nota: esta opción está solamente disponible en la versión en línea. La característica de Combinación de Correspondencia se usa para crear un set de documentos que combinen un contenido común, el cual se toma de un texto de un documento y varios componentes individuales (variables, como nombres, saludos etc.) tomados de una hoja de cálculo (por ejemplo, una lista de consumidores). Puede ser útil si necesita crear muchas cartas personalizadas y enviarlas a los recipientes. Para empezar a trabajar con la característica de Combinación de Correspondencia, Prepare una fuente de datos y cárgala al documento principal Una fuente de datos que se usa para la combinación de correspondencia debe ser una hoja de cálculo .xlsx que se encuentra almacenada en su portal. Abra una hoja de cálculo existente o cree una nueva y asegúrese de que contiene los siguientes requisitos.La hoja de cálculo debe tener una columna de encabezado con los títulos de las columnas, como los valores en la primera celda de cada columna designarán los campos de combinación (es decir, las variables que puede introducir en el texto). Cada columna debe contener un set de valores actuales para cada variable. Cada fila en la hoja de cálculo debe corresponder a un registro separado (es decir, un set de valores que pertenecen a un recipiente en concreto). Durante el proceso de combinación, se creará una copia del documento principal para cada registro y cada campo de combinación insertado en el texto principal se reemplazará con el valor actual de la columna correspondiente. Si va a mandar los resultados por correo electrónico, la hoja de cálculo también debe incluir una columna con los correos electrónicos de los recipientes. Abra un documento existente o cree uno nuevo. Debe contener el texto principal, que será el mismo para cada versión del documento combinado. Haga clic en el icono Combinación de Correspondencia en la pestaña de Inicio barra de herramientas superior. Se abrirá la ventana Seleccione la Fuente de Datos. La lista se muestra con todas sus hojas de cálculo .xlsx almacenadas en la sección de Mis Documentos. Para navegar entre las secciones de módulos de Documentos, use el menú en la parte izquierda de la ventana. Seleccione el archivo que necesita y haga clic en OK. Una vez que la fuente de datos está cargada, la pestaña de Ajustes de Combinación de Correspondencia estará disponible en la barra lateral de la derecha. Verifique o cambie la lista de recipientes Haga clic en el botón de Editar la lista de recipientes arriba de la barra lateral derecha para abrir la ventana de Recipientes de Combinación de Correspondencia, donde el contenido de la fuente de datos seleccionada se muestra. Aquí puede añadir información nueva editar o borrar los datos existentes, si es necesario. Para simplificar el trabajo con datos, puede usar los iconos en la parte superior de la ventana: y - para copiar y pegar los datos copiados y - para deshacer o rehacer acciones y - para organizar sus datos dentro de un rango de celdas seleccionado de manera ascendiente o descendiente - para habilitar el filtro del rango de celdas previamente seleccionado o para eliminar los filtros aplicados - para eliminar todos los parámetros de filtros aplicadosNota: para aprender más sobre cómo usar el filtro puede referirse a la sección de Organizar y Filtrar Datos de la ayuda de Editor de hojas de cálculo. - para buscar un valor en concreto y reemplazarlo con otro, si es necesarioNota: para aprender más sobre cómo usar la herramienta de Búsqueda y Sustitución puede referirse a la sección de Funciones de Búsqueda y Sustitución de la ayuda del Editor de Hojas de Cálculo. Después de que todos los cambios necesarios se han hecho, haga clic en el botón de Guardar y Salir. Para descartar los cambios realizados, pulse el botón Cerrar. Introduzca los campos de combinación y valide los resultados Ponga el cursos del ratón en el texto del documento principal donde quiera combinar un campo para que se inserte, haga clic en el botón de Introduzca Campo de Combinación a la derecha de la barra lateral y seleccione el campo necesario de la lista. Los campos disponibles corresponden a los datos en la primera celda de cada columna de la fuente de datos seleccionados. Añada todos los campos que necesite en cualquier parte del documento. Active el cambiador Destacar campos de combinación en la barra lateral derecha para crear los campos introducidos más visibles en el texto del documento. Active el cambiador Visualizar resultados en la barra lateral derecha para ver el texto de documento con los campos combinados reemplazados con valores reales de la fuente de datos. Use los botones de las flechas para visualizar versiones de los documentos combinados para cada registro. Para eliminar un campo insertado, deshabilite el modo de Visualizar resultados, seleccione el campo con el ratón y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado. Para reemplazar e introducir un campo, deshabilite el modo de Visualizar resultados, seleccione el campo con el ratón, haga clic en el botón Insertar Campos de Combinación en la barra lateral derecha y elija un campo nuevo de la lista. Especifique los parámetros de combinación Seleccione el tipo de combinación. Puede empezar a o guardar los resultados como un documento PDF o Docx para poder imprimir o editarlo más adelante. Seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista Combinar a: PDF - para crear un solo documento en formato PDF que incluya todas las copias combinadas para que las pueda imprimir más adelante Docx - para crear un solo documento en formato Docx que incluya todas las copias combinadas para que las pueda editar de forma individual más adelante Email - para enviar los resultados a recipientes por correo electrónicoNota: los correos electrónicos de los recipientes deben especificarse en la fuente de datos cargados y tiene que tener al menos un correo electrónico conectado en el módulo de Correo en su portal. Elija los registros a los que quiere aplicar la combinación: Todos los registros (esta opción está seleccionada por defecto) - para crear documentos combinados para todos los registros de la fuente de datos cargados Registro actual - para crear un documento combinado para el registro que está mostrándose de forma actual Desde... A - para crear documentos combinados para una variedad de registros (en este caso necesita especificar dos valores: el número del primer registro y el último registro en el rango deseado)Nota: la cantidad máxima permitida de recipientes es de 100. Si tiene más de 100 recipientes en su fuente de datos, por favor, realice la combinación de correspondencia en pasos: especifique los valores del 1 al 100, espere hasta que el proceso de combinación de correspondencia se termine, luego repita la operación especificando los valores del 101 a N etc. Completar la combinación Si ha decidido guardar los resultados de combinación como un archivo, Haga clic en el botón de Descarga para almacenar el archivo en cualquier sitio de su PC. Encontrará el archivo descargado en su carpeta de defecto de Descargas. haga clic en el botón Guardar para guardar el archivo en su portal. En la ventana de Archivo para guardar que se abre, puede cambiar el nombre del archivo y especificar la carpeta donde quiera guardar el archivo. También puede verificar la casilla Abrir documento combinado en nueva pestaña para ver el resultado una vez que el proceso haya terminado. Finalmente, haga clic en Guardar en la ventana de Archivo para guardar. si has seleccionado la opción de Correo Electrónico, el botón de Combinar estará disponible en la barra lateral de la derecha. Después de hacer clic, la ventana de Mandar a correo electrónico se abrirá: En la lista de Desde, seleccione la cuenta de correo que quiera usar para mandar el correo electrónico, si tiene varias cuentas conectadas en el módulo de Correo electrónico. En la lista de Para, seleccione el campo de combinación correspondiente a las direcciones de correo electrónico de los recipiente, si no se ha elegido de forma automática. Introduzca el tema de su mensaje en el campo Línea de Tema. Seleccione el formato del correo electrónico de la lista: HTML, Adjunto como DOCX, o Adjunto como PDF. Cuando una de las dos últimas opciones se selecciona, también necesita especificar el Nombre de Archivo de los adjuntos e introducir el Mensaje (el texto de su correo que se enviará a los recipientes). Pulse el botón Enviar. Una vez que que el envío de correo electrónicos haya finalizado, recibirá una notificación a su email en el campo de Desde." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "title": "Vea información sobre documento", - "body": "Para acceder a la información detallada sobre el documento actualmente editado, pulse el icono Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Información sobre documento.... Información General La información del documento incluye el título del documento, autor, localización, fecha de creación, y estadísticas: el número de páginas, párrafos, palabras, símbolos, símbolos con espacios. Nota: Los editores en línea le permiten cambiar el título del documento directamente desde el interfaz del editor. Para realizar esto, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, y seleccione la opción Renombrar luego introduzca el Nombre de archivo necesario en una nueva ventana que se abre y haga clic en OK. Información de Permiso Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con los permisos de Solo Lectura. Para descubrir quién tiene derechos para ver o editar el documento, seleccione la opción Acceder a Derechos... en la barra lateral de la izquierda. También puede cambiar los derechos de acceso actualmente seleccionados pulsando el botón Cambiar derechos de acceso en la sección Personas que tienen derechos. Historial de versión Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con una cuenta gratis así como usuarios con permisos de Solo Lectura. para ver todos los cambios que se han producido en este documento, seleccione la opción de Historial de Versiones en la barra lateral de la izquierda. También es posible abrir el historial de versiones usando el icono Historial de versión en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior. Podrá ver la lista de versiones de este documento (los cambios más grandes) y revisiones (los cambios más pequeños) con el indicador de cada versión/revisión del autor y fecha y hora de creación. Para versiones de documentos, el número de versión también se especifica (por ejemplo, ver. 2). Para saber de forma exacta qué cambios se han realizado en cada versión/revisión separada, puede ver el que necesita haciendo clic en este en la barra lateral izquierda. Los cambios hecho por el autor en la versión/revisión se marcan con el color que se muestra al lado del nombre del autor en la barra lateral izquierda. Puede usar el enlace de Restaurar que se encuentra abajo de la versión/revisión seleccionada para restaurarlo. Para volver a la versión del documento actual, use la opción de Cerrar Historia arriba de la lista de versiones. Para cerrar el panel de Archivo y volver a la edición del documento, seleccione la opción Cerrar Menú." + "body": "Para acceder a la información detallada sobre el documento actualmente editado, pulse el icono Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Información sobre documento.... Información General La información del documento incluye el título del documento, la aplicación con la que se creó el documento y las estadísticas: el número de páginas, párrafos, palabras, símbolos, símbolos con espacios. En la versión en línea, también se muestra la siguiente información: autor, ubicación, fecha de creación. Nota: Los editores en línea le permiten cambiar el título del documento directamente desde el interfaz del editor. Para realizar esto, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, y seleccione la opción Renombrar luego introduzca el Nombre de archivo necesario en una nueva ventana que se abre y haga clic en OK. Información de Permiso En la versión en línea, puede ver la información sobre los permisos de los archivos guardados en la nube. Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con los permisos de Solo Lectura. Para descubrir quién tiene derechos para ver o editar el documento, seleccione la opción Acceder a Derechos... en la barra lateral de la izquierda. También puede cambiar los derechos de acceso actualmente seleccionados pulsando el botón Cambiar derechos de acceso en la sección Personas que tienen derechos. Historial de versión En la versión en línea, puede ver el historial de versiones de los archivos guardados en la nube. Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con los permisos de Solo Lectura. para ver todos los cambios que se han producido en este documento, seleccione la opción de Historial de Versiones en la barra lateral de la izquierda. También es posible abrir el historial de versiones usando el icono Historial de versión en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior. Podrá ver la lista de versiones de este documento (los cambios más grandes) y revisiones (los cambios más pequeños) con el indicador de cada versión/revisión del autor y fecha y hora de creación. Para versiones de documentos, el número de versión también se especifica (por ejemplo, ver. 2). Para saber de forma exacta qué cambios se han realizado en cada versión/revisión separada, puede ver el que necesita haciendo clic en este en la barra lateral izquierda. Los cambios hecho por el autor en la versión/revisión se marcan con el color que se muestra al lado del nombre del autor en la barra lateral izquierda. Puede usar el enlace de Restaurar que se encuentra abajo de la versión/revisión seleccionada para restaurarlo. Para volver a la versión del documento actual, use la opción de Cerrar Historia arriba de la lista de versiones. Para cerrar el panel de Archivo y volver a la edición del documento, seleccione la opción Cerrar Menú." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/js/keyboard-switch.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/js/keyboard-switch.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..267160c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/js/keyboard-switch.js @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +$(function(){ + function shortcutToggler(enabled,disabled,enabled_opt,disabled_opt){ + var selectorTD_en = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + enabled + ')', + selectorTD_dis = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + disabled + ')'; + $(disabled_opt).removeClass('enabled').addClass('disabled'); + $(enabled_opt).removeClass('disabled').addClass('enabled'); + $(selectorTD_dis).hide(); + $(selectorTD_en).show().each(function() { + if($(this).text() == ''){ + $(this).parent('tr').hide(); + } else { + $(this).parent('tr').show(); + } + }); + } + if (navigator.platform.toUpperCase().indexOf('MAC') >= 0) { + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + $('.mac_option').removeClass('right_option').addClass('left_option'); + $('.pc_option').removeClass('left_option').addClass('right_option'); + } else { + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + $('.shortcut_toggle').on('click', function() { + if($(this).hasClass('mac_option')){ + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + } else if ($(this).hasClass('pc_option')){ + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + }); +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/Contents.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/Contents.json index 31ace0f66..0927251bf 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/Contents.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/Contents.json @@ -58,18 +58,22 @@ "src": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", "name": "Insérer les sauts de section" }, - { - "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", - "name": "Insérer les en-têtes et pieds de page" - }, - { - "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", - "name": "Insérer les numéros de page" - }, - { - "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", - "name": "Insérer les notes de bas de page" - }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", + "name": "Insérer les en-têtes et pieds de page" + }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm", "name": "Insérer la date et l'heure"}, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", + "name": "Insérer les numéros de page" + }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm", "name": "Insérer des numéros de ligne"}, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", + "name": "Insérer les notes de bas de page" + }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm", "name": "Insérer des notes de fin" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm", "name": "Conversion de notes de bas de page en notes de fin" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm", "name": "Ajouter des marque-pages" @@ -126,10 +130,11 @@ "src": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "name": "Copier/effacer la mise en forme du texte" }, - { - "src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", - "name": "Ajouter des liens hypertextes" - }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", + "name": "Ajouter des liens hypertextes" + }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm", "name": "Insertion de renvoi"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "name": "Insérer une lettrine" @@ -196,7 +201,16 @@ "src": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", "name": "Révision du document" }, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm", "name": "Comparer les documents"}, + { "src": "HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm", "name": "Comparer les documents" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm", "name": "Modification d'une image", "headername": "Plugins"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm", "name": "Insérer une vidéo" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm", "name": "Insérer le code en surbrillance" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertReferences.htm", "name": "Insérer les références" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Translator.htm", "name": "Traduire un texte" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/OCR.htm", "name": "Extraction du texte incrusté dans l'image" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Speech.htm", "name": "Lire un texte à haute voix" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm", "name": "Remplacer un mot par synonyme" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Wordpress.htm", "name": "Télécharger un document sur Wordpress"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "name": "Afficher les informations sur le document", @@ -218,10 +232,11 @@ "src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Fonctions de recherche et remplacement" }, - { - "src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", - "name": "Vérification de l'orthographe" - }, + { + "src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", + "name": "Vérification de l'orthographe" + }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "Fonctionnalités de correction automatique" }, { "src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "À propos de Document Editor", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/About.htm index ad37ded32..6259ddac7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ À propos de Document Editor - + @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
                                              - +

                                              À propos de Document Editor

                                              -

                                              Document Editor est une application en ligne qui vous permet de parcourir et de modifier des documents directement sur le portail .

                                              +

                                              Document Editor est une application en ligne qui vous permet de parcourir et de modifier des documents dans votre navigateur .

                                              En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez effectuer différentes opérations d'édition comme avec n'importe quel éditeur de bureau, imprimer les documents modifiés en gardant la mise en forme ou les télécharger sur votre disque dur au format DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML.

                                              Pour afficher la version actuelle du logiciel et les informations de licence dans la version en ligne, cliquez sur l'icône Icône À propos dans la barre latérale gauche. Pour afficher la version actuelle du logiciel et les informations de licence dans la version de bureau, sélectionnez l'élément de menu À propos dans la barre latérale gauche de la fenêtre principale du programme.

                                              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 7e0e22932..070e66214 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Paramètres avancés de Document Editor - + @@ -11,20 +11,23 @@
                                              - +

                                              Paramètres avancés de Document Editor

                                              Document Editor vous permet de modifier ses paramètres avancés. Pour y accéder, ouvrez l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés.... Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'icône Paramètres d'affichage Icône Paramètres d'affichage sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur et sélectionner l'option Paramètres avancés.

                                              Les paramètres avancés sont les suivants :

                                                -
                                              • Commentaires en temps réel sert à activer / désactiver les commentaires en temps réel.
                                                  +
                                                • Commentaires en temps réel sert à activer / désactiver les commentaires en temps réel. +
                                                  • Activer l'affichage des commentaires - si cette option est désactivée, les passages commentés seront mis en surbrillance uniquement si vous cliquez sur l'icône Commentaires Icône Commentaires de la barre latérale gauche.
                                                  • Activer l'affichage des commentaires résolus - cette fonction est désactivée par défaut pour que les commentaires résolus soient cachés dans le texte du document. Vous ne pourrez voir ces commentaires que si vous cliquez sur l'icône Commentaires Icône Commentaires dans la barre latérale de gauche. Activez cette option si vous voulez afficher les commentaires résolus dans le texte du document.
                                                • Vérification orthographique sert à activer/désactiver la vérification orthographique.
                                                  • +
                                                • Vérification sert à remplacer un mot ou un symbole que vous avez saisi dans la casse Remplacer ou que vous avez choisi de la liste de corrections automatiques avec un autre mot ou symbole qui s’affiche dans la casse Par.
                                                • Entrée alternative sert à activer / désactiver les hiéroglyphes.
                                                • Guides d'alignement est utilisé pour activer/désactiver les guides d'alignement qui apparaissent lorsque vous déplacez des objets et vous permettent de les positionner précisément sur la page.
                                                  • +
                                                • Compatibilité sert à rendre les fichiers compatibles avec les anciennes versions de MS Word lorsqu’ils sont enregistrés au format DOCX.
                                                • Enregistrement automatique est utilisé dans la version en ligne pour activer/désactiver l'enregistrement automatique des modifications que vous effectuez pendant l'édition. Récupération automatique - est utilisé dans la version de bureau pour activer/désactiver l'option qui permet de récupérer automatiquement les documents en cas de fermeture inattendue du programme.
                                                • Le Mode de co-édition permet de sélectionner l'affichage des modifications effectuées lors de la co-édition :
                                                  • Par défaut, le mode Rapide est sélectionné, les utilisateurs qui participent à la co-édition du document verront les changements en temps réel une fois qu'ils sont faits par d'autres utilisateurs.
                                                    • @@ -38,13 +41,21 @@
                                                • Valeur du zoom par défaut sert à définir la valeur de zoom par défaut en la sélectionnant de la liste des options disponibles de 50% à 200%. Vous pouvez également choisir l'option Ajuster à la page ou Ajuster à la largeur.
                                                  • -
                                                • Hinting sert à sélectionner le type d'affichage de la police dans Document Editor :
                                                    +
                                                  • Hinting de la police sert à sélectionner le type d'affichage de la police dans Document Editor :
                                                    • Choisissez comme Windows si vous aimez la façon dont les polices sont habituellement affichées sous Windows, c'est à dire en utilisant la police de Windows.
                                                    • Choisissez comme OS X si vous aimez la façon dont les polices sont habituellement affichées sous Mac, c'est à dire sans hinting.
                                                    • Choisissez Natif si vous voulez que votre texte sera affiché avec les hintings intégrés dans les fichiers de polices.
                                                    • -
                                                  • Unité de mesure sert à spécifier les unités de mesure utilisées sur les règles et dans les fenêtres de paramètres pour les paramètres tels que largeur, hauteur, espacement, marges etc. Vous pouvez choisir l'option Centimètre ou Point.
                                                    • +
                                                  • Unité de mesure sert à spécifier les unités de mesure utilisées sur les règles et dans les fenêtres de paramètres pour les paramètres tels que largeur, hauteur, espacement, marges etc. Vous pouvez choisir l'option Centimètre, Point ou Pouce.
                                                    • +
                                                  • Couper, copier et coller - sert à afficher le bouton Options de collage lorsque le contenu est collé. Cochez la case pour activer cette option.
                                                    • +
                                                  • Réglages macros - sert à désactiver toutes les macros avec notification. +
                                                      +
                                                    • Choisissez Désactivez tout pour désactiver toutes les macros dans un document;
                                                      • +
                                                    • Montrer la notification pour afficher les notifications lorsque des macros sont présentes dans un document;
                                                      • +
                                                    • Activer tout pour exécuter automatiquement toutes les macros dans un document.
                                                      • +
                                                    +

                                                  Pour enregistrer les paramètres modifiés, cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer.

                                              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index e0cb6a78a..8881ad78f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Edition collaborative des documents - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                                              - +

                                              Edition collaborative des documents

                                              Document Editor vous offre la possibilité de travailler sur un document simultanément avec d'autres utilisateurs. Cette fonction inclut :

                                              @@ -27,33 +27,33 @@

                                              Dans l'éditeur de bureau, ouvrez l'option Se connecter au cloud du menu de gauche dans la fenêtre principale du programme. Connectez-vous à votre bureau dans le cloud en spécifiant l’identifiant et le mot de passe de votre compte.

                                              -

                                              Edition collaborative

                                              -

                                              Document Editor permet de sélectionner l'un des deux modes de co-édition disponibles :

                                              -
                                                -
                                              • Rapide est utilisé par défaut et affiche les modifications effectuées par d'autres utilisateurs en temps réel.
                                                • -
                                              • Strict est sélectionné pour masquer les modifications des autres utilisateurs jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez sur l'icône Enregistrer Icône Enregistrer pour enregistrer vos propres modifications et accepter les modifications apportées par d'autres utilisateurs.
                                                • -
                                              +

                                              Edition collaborative

                                              +

                                              Document Editor permet de sélectionner l'un des deux modes de co-édition disponibles :

                                              +
                                                +
                                              • Rapide est utilisé par défaut et affiche les modifications effectuées par d'autres utilisateurs en temps réel.
                                                • +
                                              • Strict est sélectionné pour masquer les modifications des autres utilisateurs jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez sur l'icône Enregistrer Icône Enregistrer pour enregistrer vos propres modifications et accepter les modifications apportées par d'autres utilisateurs.
                                                • +

                                              Le mode peut être sélectionné dans les Paramètres avancés. Il est également possible de choisir le mode voulu à l'aide de l'icône Icône Mode de co-édition Mode de coédition dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure:

                                              Menu Mode de co-édition

                                              Remarque : lorsque vous co-éditez un document en mode Rapide, la possibilité de Rétablir la dernière opération annulée n'est pas disponible.

                                              -

                                              Lorsqu'un document est en cours de modification par plusieurs utilisateurs simultanément dans le mode Strict, les passages de texte modifiés sont marqués avec des lignes pointillées de couleurs différentes. Pour voir qui est en train d'éditer le fichier au présent, placez le curseur de la souris sur cette icône - les noms des utilisateurs seront affichés dans la fenêtre contextuelle. Le mode Rapide affichera les actions et les noms des co-éditeurs tandis qu'ils modifient le texte.

                                              -

                                              Le nombre d'utilisateurs qui travaillent sur le document actuel est spécifié sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur - Icône Nombre d'utilisateurs. S'il y a trop d'utilisateurs, cliquez sur cette icône pour ouvrir le panneau Chat avec la liste complète affichée.

                                              -

                                              Lorsqu'aucun utilisateur ne visualise ou n'édite le fichier, l'icône dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur aura l'aspect suivant Icône Gérer les droits d'accès au document vous permettant de gérer les utilisateurs qui ont accès au fichier directement à partir du document : inviter de nouveaux utilisateurs leur donnant les permissions de modifier, lire, commenter, remplir des formulaires ou réviser le document, ou refuser à certains utilisateurs des droits d'accès au fichier. Cliquez sur cette icône pour gérer l'accès au fichier ; cela peut être fait aussi bien lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'autres utilisateurs qui voient ou co-éditent le document pour le moment que quand il y a d'autres utilisateurs. L'icône ressemble à ceci Icône Nombre d'utilisateurs. Il est également possible de définir des droits d'accès à l'aide de l'icône Icône Partage Partage dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure.

                                              -

                                              Dès que l'un des utilisateurs enregistre ses modifications en cliquant sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer, les autres verront une note dans la barre d'état indiquant qu'il y a des mises à jour. Pour enregistrer les changements effectués et récupérer les mises à jour de vos co-éditeurs cliquez sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer dans le coin supérieur gauche de la barre supérieure. Les mises à jour seront marquées pour vous aider à controller ce qui a été exactement modifié.

                                              -

                                              Vous pouvez spécifier les modifications que vous souhaitez mettre en surbrillance pendant la co-édition si vous cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... et choisissez entre aucune, toutes et récentes modifications de collaboration en temps réel. Quand l'option Afficher toutes les modifications sélectionnée, toutes les modifications effectuées au cours de la session seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant Afficher les modifications récentes, seules les modifications effectuées depuis la dernière fois que vous avez cliqué sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant N'afficher aucune modification, aucune des modifications effectuées au cours de la session ne sera mise en surbrillance.

                                              -

                                              Chat

                                              -

                                              Vous pouvez utiliser cet outil pour coordonner en temps réel le processus de co-édition, par exemple, pour décider avec vos collaborateurs de qui fait quoi, quel paragraphe vous allez éditer maintenant, etc.

                                              -

                                              Les messages de discussion sont stockés pendant une session seulement. Pour discuter du contenu du document, il est préférable d'utiliser les commentaires qui sont stockés jusqu'à ce que vous décidiez de les supprimer.

                                              -

                                              Pour accéder à Chat et envoyer un message à d'autres utilisateurs :

                                              -
                                                -
                                              1. cliquez sur l'icône Chat dans la barre latérale gauche ou
                                                passez à l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Chat Chat,
                                                2. -
                                              2. saisissez le texte dans le champ correspondant,
                                                3. -
                                              3. cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer.
                                                4. -
                                              -

                                              Tous les messages envoyés par les utilisateurs seront affichés sur le panneau à gauche. S'il y a de nouveaux messages à lire, l'icône chat sera affichée de la manière suivante - Chat.

                                              -

                                              Pour fermer le panneau avec des messages de discussion, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône Chat dans la barre latérale gauche ou sur le bouton Chat Chat dans la barre d'outils supérieure.

                                              +

                                              Lorsqu'un document est en cours de modification par plusieurs utilisateurs simultanément dans le mode Strict, les passages de texte modifiés sont marqués avec des lignes pointillées de couleurs différentes. Pour voir qui est en train d'éditer le fichier au présent, placez le curseur de la souris sur cette icône - les noms des utilisateurs seront affichés dans la fenêtre contextuelle. Le mode Rapide affichera les actions et les noms des co-éditeurs tandis qu'ils modifient le texte.

                                              +

                                              Le nombre d'utilisateurs qui travaillent sur le document actuel est spécifié sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur - Icône Nombre d'utilisateurs. S'il y a trop d'utilisateurs, cliquez sur cette icône pour ouvrir le panneau Chat avec la liste complète affichée.

                                              +

                                              Lorsqu'aucun utilisateur ne visualise ou n'édite le fichier, l'icône dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur aura l'aspect suivant Icône Gérer les droits d'accès au document vous permettant de gérer les utilisateurs qui ont accès au fichier directement à partir du document : inviter de nouveaux utilisateurs leur donnant les permissions de modifier, lire, commenter, remplir des formulaires ou réviser le document, ou refuser à certains utilisateurs des droits d'accès au fichier. Cliquez sur cette icône pour gérer l'accès au fichier ; cela peut être fait aussi bien lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'autres utilisateurs qui voient ou co-éditent le document pour le moment que quand il y a d'autres utilisateurs. L'icône ressemble à ceci Icône Nombre d'utilisateurs. Il est également possible de définir des droits d'accès à l'aide de l'icône Icône Partage Partage dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure.

                                              +

                                              Dès que l'un des utilisateurs enregistre ses modifications en cliquant sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer, les autres verront une note dans la barre d'état indiquant qu'il y a des mises à jour. Pour enregistrer les changements effectués et récupérer les mises à jour de vos co-éditeurs cliquez sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer dans le coin supérieur gauche de la barre supérieure. Les mises à jour seront marquées pour vous aider à controller ce qui a été exactement modifié.

                                              +

                                              Vous pouvez spécifier les modifications que vous souhaitez mettre en surbrillance pendant la co-édition si vous cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... et choisissez entre aucune, toutes et récentes modifications de collaboration en temps réel. Quand l'option Afficher toutes les modifications sélectionnée, toutes les modifications effectuées au cours de la session seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant Afficher les modifications récentes, seules les modifications effectuées depuis la dernière fois que vous avez cliqué sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant N'afficher aucune modification, aucune des modifications effectuées au cours de la session ne sera mise en surbrillance.

                                              +

                                              Chat

                                              +

                                              Vous pouvez utiliser cet outil pour coordonner en temps réel le processus de co-édition, par exemple, pour décider avec vos collaborateurs de qui fait quoi, quel paragraphe vous allez éditer maintenant, etc.

                                              +

                                              Les messages de discussion sont stockés pendant une session seulement. Pour discuter du contenu du document, il est préférable d'utiliser les commentaires qui sont stockés jusqu'à ce que vous décidiez de les supprimer.

                                              +

                                              Pour accéder à Chat et envoyer un message à d'autres utilisateurs :

                                              +
                                                +
                                              1. cliquez sur l'icône Chat dans la barre latérale gauche ou
                                                passez à l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Chat Chat,
                                                2. +
                                              2. saisissez le texte dans le champ correspondant,
                                                3. +
                                              3. cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer.
                                                4. +
                                              +

                                              Tous les messages envoyés par les utilisateurs seront affichés sur le panneau à gauche. S'il y a de nouveaux messages à lire, l'icône chat sera affichée de la manière suivante - Chat.

                                              +

                                              Pour fermer le panneau avec des messages de discussion, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône Chat dans la barre latérale gauche ou sur le bouton Chat Chat dans la barre d'outils supérieure.

                                              -

                                              Commentaires

                                              +

                                              Commentaires

                                              Il est possible de travailler avec des commentaires en mode hors ligne, sans se connecter à la version en ligne.

                                              Pour laisser un commentaire :

                                                @@ -63,6 +63,7 @@
                                              1. cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter commentaire/Ajouter.

                                              Le commentaire sera affiché sur le panneau à gauche. Tout autre utilisateur peut répondre au commentaire ajouté en posant une question ou en faisant référance au travail fait. Pour le faire il suffit de cliquer sur le lien Ajouter une réponse situé au-dessus du commentaire.

                                              +

                                              Si vous utilisez le mode de co-édition Strict, les nouveaux commentaires ajoutés par d'autres utilisateurs ne seront visibles qu'après un clic sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer dans le coin supérieur gauche de la barre supérieure.

                                              Le fragment du texte commenté sera marqué dans le document. Pour voir le commentaire, cliquez à l'intérieur du fragment. Si vous devez désactiver cette fonctionnalité, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... et décochez la case Activer l'affichage des commentaires. Dans ce cas, les passages commentés ne seront mis en évidence que si vous cliquez sur l'icône Icône Commentaires.

                                              Pour gérer les commentaires ajoutés, procédez de la manière suivante :

                                                @@ -70,8 +71,23 @@
                                              • pour les supprimer, cliquez sur l'icône Supprimer,
                                              • fermez la discussion en cliquant sur l'icône Icône Résoudre si la tâche ou le problème décrit dans votre commentaire est résolu, après quoi la discussion ouverte par votre commentaire reçoit le statut résolu. Pour l'ouvrir à nouveau, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Ouvrir à nouveau. Si vous souhaitez masquer les commentaires résolus, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés..., décochez la case Activer l'affichage des commentaires résolus puis cliquez sur Appliquer. Dans ce cas, les commentaires résolus ne seront mis en évidence que si vous cliquez sur l'icône Icône Commentaires.
                                              -

                                              Si vous utilisez le mode de co-édition Strict, les nouveaux commentaires ajoutés par d'autres utilisateurs ne seront visibles qu'après un clic sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer dans le coin supérieur gauche de la barre supérieure.

                                              -

                                              Pour fermer le panneau avec les commentaires cliquez sur l'icône Icône Commentaires encore une fois.

                                              -
                                              - +

                                              Ajouter les mentions

                                              +

                                              Lorsque vous ajoutez un commentaire sur lequel vous voulez attirer l’attention d’une personne, vous pouvez utiliser la fonction de mentions et envoyer une notification par courrier électronique ou Talk.

                                              +

                                              Ajoutez une mention en tapant le signe "+" ou "@" n'importe où dans votre commentaire, alors la liste de tous les utilisateurs sur votre portail s'affiche. Pour faire la recherche plus rapide, tapez les premières lettres du prénom de la personne, la liste propose les suggestions au cours de la frappe. Puis sélectionnez le nom souhaité dans la liste. Si la personne mentionnée n’a pas l’autorisation d’ouvrir ce fichier, la fenêtre Paramètres de partage va apparaître. Par défaut, un document est partagé en Lecture seule. Configurez les paramètres de partage selon vos besoins et cliquez sur OK.

                                              +

                                              La personne mentionnée recevra une notification par courrier électronique la informant que son nom est mentionné dans un commentaire. La personne recevra encore une notification lorsque un fichier commenté est partagé.

                                              +

                                              Pour supprimer les commentaires,

                                              +
                                                +
                                              1. appuyez sur le bouton L'icône Supprimer le commentaire Supprimer sous l'onglet Collaboration dans la barre d'outils en haut,
                                                2. +
                                              2. + sélectionnez l'option convenable du menu: +
                                                  +
                                                • Supprimer les commentaires actuels à supprimer la sélection du moment. Toutes les réponses qui déjà ont été ajoutées seront supprimées aussi.
                                                  • +
                                                • Supprimer mes commentaires à supprimer vos commentaire et laisser les commentaires des autres. Toutes les réponses qui déjà ont été ajoutées à vos commentaires seront supprimées aussi.
                                                  • +
                                                • Supprimer tous les commentaires à supprimer tous les commentaires du document.
                                                  • +
                                                +
                                                3. +
                                              +

                                              Pour fermer le panneau avec les commentaires, cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Commentaires de la barre latérale de gauche encore une fois.

                                              + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a205aadb --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ + + + + Compare documents + + + + + + + +
                                              +
                                              + +
                                              +

                                              Comparer les documents

                                              +

                                              Remarque : cette option est disponible uniquement dans la version payante de la suite bureautique en ligne à partir de Document Server v. 5.5.

                                              +

                                              Si vous devez comparer et fusionner deux documents, vous pouvez utiliser la fonction de Comparaison de documents. Il permet d’afficher les différences entre deux documents et de fusionner les documents en acceptant les modifications une par une ou toutes en même temps.

                                              +

                                              Après avoir comparé et fusionné deux documents, le résultat sera stocké sur le portail en tant que nouvelle version du fichier original..

                                              +

                                              Si vous n’avez pas besoin de fusionner les documents qui sont comparés, vous pouvez rejeter toutes les modifications afin que le document d’origine reste inchangé.

                                              + +

                                              Choisissez un document à comparer

                                              +

                                              Pour comparer deux documents, ouvrez le document d’origine et sélectionnez le deuxième à comparer :

                                              +
                                                +
                                              1. Basculez vers l’onglet Collaboration dans la barre d’outils supérieure et appuyez sur le Bouton Comparer bouton Comparer,
                                                2. +
                                              2. + Sélectionnez l’une des options suivantes pour charger le document : +
                                                  +
                                                • L’option Document à partir du fichier ouvrira la fenêtre de dialogue standard pour la sélection de fichiers. Parcourez le disque dur de votre ordinateur pour le fichier DOCX nécessaire et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir.
                                                  • +
                                                • + L’option Document à partir de l’URL ouvrira la fenêtre dans laquelle vous pouvez saisir un lien vers le fichier stocké dans le stockage Web tiers (par exemple, Nextcloud) si vous disposez des droits d’accès correspondants. Le lien doit être un lien direct pour télécharger le fichier. Une fois le lien spécifié, cliquez sur le bouton OK. +

                                                  Remarque : le lien direct permet de télécharger le fichier directement sans l’ouvrir dans un navigateur Web. Par exemple, pour obtenir un lien direct dans Nextcloud, recherchez le document nécessaire dans la liste des fichiers, sélectionnez l’option Détails dans le menu fichier. Cliquez sur l’icône Copier le lien direct (ne fonctionne que pour les utilisateurs qui ont accès à ce fichier/dossier) à droite du nom du fichier dans le panneau de détails. Pour savoir comment obtenir un lien direct pour télécharger le fichier dans un autre stockage Web tiers, reportez-vous à la documentation de service tiers correspondant.

                                                  +
                                                  • +
                                                • L’option Document à partir du stockage ouvrira la fenêtre Sélectionnez la source de données. Il affiche la liste de tous les documents DOCX stockés sur votre portail pour lesquels vous disposez des droits d’accès correspondants. Pour naviguer entre les sections du module Documents, utilisez le menu dans la partie gauche de la fenêtre. Sélectionnez le document DOCX nécessaire et cliquez sur le bouton OK.
                                                  • +
                                                +
                                                3. +
                                              +

                                              Lorsque le deuxième document à comparer est sélectionné, le processus de comparaison démarre et le document peut être ouvert en mode Révision. Toutes modifications sont mises en surbrillance avec une couleur, et vous pouvez afficher les modifications, naviguer entre elles, les accepter ou les rejeter une par une ou toutes les modifications à la fois. Il est également possible de changer le mode d’affichage et de voir le document avant la comparaison, en cours de comparaison, ou après la comparaison si vous acceptez toutes les modifications.

                                              + +

                                              Choisissez le mode d’affichage des modifications

                                              +

                                              Cliquez sur le Bouton Mode d’affichage bouton Mode d’affichage dans la barre d’outils supérieure et sélectionnez l’un des modes disponibles dans la liste :

                                              +
                                                +
                                              • + Balisage - cette option est sélectionnée par défaut. Il est utilisé pour afficher le document en cours de comparaison. Ce mode permet à la fois de visualiser les modifications et de modifier le document. +

                                                Comparer les document - Annotation

                                                +
                                                • +
                                              • + Final - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher le document après la comparaison comme si toutes les modifications avaient été acceptées. Cette option n’accepte pas réellement toutes les modifications, elle vous permet uniquement de voir à quoi ressemblera le document si vous les acceptez. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas éditer le document. +

                                                Comparer les document - Final

                                                +
                                                • +
                                              • + Original - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher le document avant la comparaison comme si toutes les modifications avaient été rejetées. Cette option ne rejette pas réellement toutes les modifications, elle vous permet uniquement d’afficher le document sans modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas éditer le document. +

                                                Comparer les document - Original

                                                +
                                                • +
                                              + +

                                              Accepter ou rejeter les modifications

                                              +

                                              Utilisez les boutons Bouton Précédent Précédent et To Next Change button Suivant dans la barre d’outils supérieure pour naviguer parmi les modifications.

                                              +

                                              Pour accepter la modification actuellement sélectionnée, vous pouvez :

                                              +
                                                +
                                              • Cliquer sur le Bouton Accepter bouton Accepter dans la barre d’outils supérieure, ou
                                                • +
                                              • Cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Accepter et sélectionner l’option Accepter la modification actuelle (dans ce cas, la modification sera acceptée et vous passerez à la modification suivante), ou
                                                • +
                                              • Cliquer sur le Bouton Accepter bouton Accepter de la fenêtre contextuelle de modification.
                                                • +
                                              +

                                              Pour accepter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le Bouton Accepter bouton Accepter et sélectionnez l’option Accepter toutes les modifications.

                                              +

                                              Pour rejeter la modification en cours, vous pouvez :

                                              +
                                                +
                                              • Cliquer sur le Bouton Rejeter bouton Rejeter dans la barre d’outils supérieure, ou
                                                • +
                                              • Cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Rejeter et sélectionner l’option Rejeter la Modification Actuelle (dans ce cas, la modification sera rejetée et vous passerez à la prochaine modification disponible, ou
                                                • +
                                              • Cliquer sur le Bouton Rejeter bouton Rejeter de fenêtre contextuelle de modification.
                                                • +
                                              +

                                              Pour rejeter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le Bouton Rejeter bouton Rejeter et sélectionnez l’option Refuser tous les changements.

                                              + +

                                              Informations supplémentaires sur la fonction de comparaison

                                              +
                                              Méthode de comparaison
                                              +

                                              Les documents sont comparés par des mots. Si un mot contient un changement d’au moins un caractère (par exemple, si un caractère a été supprimé ou remplacé), dans le résultat, la différence sera affichée comme le changement du mot entier, pas le caractère.

                                              +

                                              L’image ci-dessous illustre le cas où le fichier d’origine contient le mot « caractères » et le document de comparaison contient le mot « Caractères ».

                                              +

                                              Comparer les documents - méthode

                                              + +
                                              Auteur du document
                                              +

                                              Lorsque le processus de comparaison est lancé, le deuxième document de comparaison est chargé et comparé au document actuel.

                                              +
                                                +
                                              • Si le document chargé contient des données qui ne sont pas représentées dans le document d’origine, les données seront marquées comme ajoutées par un réviseur.
                                                • +
                                              • Si le document d’origine contient des données qui ne sont représentées dans le document chargé, les données seront marquées comme supprimées par un réviseur.
                                                • +
                                              +

                                              Si les auteurs de documents originaux et chargés sont la même personne, le réviseur est le même utilisateur. Son nom est affiché dans la bulle de changement.

                                              +

                                              Si les auteurs de deux fichiers sont des utilisateurs différents, l’auteur du deuxième fichier chargé à des fins de comparaison est l’auteur des modifications ajoutées/supprimées.

                                              + +
                                              Présence des modifications suivies dans le document comparé
                                              +

                                              Si le document d’origine contient des modifications apportées en mode révision, elles seront acceptées dans le processus de comparaison. Lorsque vous choisissez le deuxième fichier à comparer, vous verrez le message d’avertissement correspondant.

                                              +

                                              Dans ce cas, lorsque vous choisissez le mode d’affichage Original, le document ne contient aucune modification.

                                              +
                                              + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 63d7e665a..da44ded3d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Raccourcis clavier - + @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
                                              - +

                                              Raccourcis clavier

                                                @@ -113,6 +113,12 @@
                + + + + + + @@ -212,7 +218,8 @@ - + --> + @@ -505,11 +513,13 @@ - + --> + @@ -544,11 +554,13 @@ - + --> + @@ -641,15 +653,35 @@ - + --> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                FuenteFuenteSe usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles.FuenteFuenteSe usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles. Si una fuente determinada no está disponible en la lista, puede descargarla e instalarla en su sistema operativo, y después la fuente estará disponible para su uso en la versión de escritorio.
                Tamaño de letra Tamaño de letraSe usa para elegir un tamaño de la letra en el menú desplegable, también puede introducirlo a mano en el campo de tamaño de letra.Se utiliza para seleccionar entre los valores de tamaño de fuente preestablecidos de la lista desplegable (los valores predeterminados son: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 y 96). También es posible introducir manualmente un valor personalizado en el campo de tamaño de fuente y, a continuación, pulsar Intro.
                Aumentar tamaño de letra ⇧ Maj+F10 ⇧ Maj+F10 Ouvrir le menu contextuel de l'élément sélectionné.
                Réinitialiser le niveau de zoomCtrl+0^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0Réinitialiser le niveau de zoom du document actuel par défaut à 100%.
                NavigationCtrl+→ ^ Ctrl+→,
                ⌘ Cmd+→                		 Déplacer le curseur d'un mot vers la droite.
                Déplacer une ligne vers le haut ↑ ↑Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R Passer de l'aligné à droite à l'aligné à gauche.
                Appliquer la mise en forme de l'indice (espacement automatique) Ctrl+= Ctrl+⇧ Maj+P ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+P Ajoutez le numéro de page actuel à la position actuelle du curseur.
                Caractères non imprimables Ctrl+⇧ Maj+Num8
                Insertion des caractères spéciaux
                Insérer une formule Alt+= Insérer une formule à la position actuelle du curseur.
                Insérer un tiret sur cadratinAlt+Ctrl+Verr.num-Insérer un tiret sur cadratin ‘—’ dans le document actuel à droite du curseur.
                Insérer un trait d'union insécable Ctrl+⇧ Maj+_^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+Trait d’unionInsérer un trait d'union insécable ‘—’ dans le document actuel à droite du curseur.
                Insérer un espace insécableCtrl+⇧ Maj+␣ Barre d'espaceCtrl+⇧ Maj+␣ Barre d'espaceInsérer un espace insécable ‘o’ dans le document actuel à droite du curseur.
                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index e05b4917c..899563300 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Paramètres d'affichage et outils de navigation - + @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
                - +

                Paramètres d'affichage et outils de navigation

                -

                Document Editor est doté de plusieurs outils qui vous aide à visionner et naviguer à travers votre document : les règles, le zoom, les boutons page précédente / suivante, l'affichage des numéros de page.

                +

                Document Editor est doté de plusieurs outils qui vous aide à visionner et naviguer à travers votre document: le zoom, l'affichage des numéros de page etc.

                Régler les paramètres d'affichage

                Pour ajuster les paramètres d'affichage par défaut et définir le mode le plus pratique pour travailler avec le document, cliquez sur le bouton cliquez sur l'icône Afficher les paramètres Icône Paramètres d'affichage située sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur et sélectionnez les éléments d'interface que vous souhaitez masquer ou afficher. Vous pouvez choisir une des options suivantes de la liste déroulante Afficher les paramètres :

                  @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
                • Masquer les règles - masque les règles qui sont utilisées pour aligner le texte, les graphiques, les tableaux et d'autres éléments dans un document, définir des marges, des tabulations et des retraits de paragraphe. Pour afficher les Règles masquées cliquez sur cette option encore une fois.

                La barre latérale droite est réduite par défaut. Pour l'agrandir, sélectionnez un objet (par exemple, image, graphique, forme) ou un passage de texte et cliquez sur l'icône de l'onglet actuellement activé sur la droite. Pour réduire la barre latérale droite, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône.

                -

                Quand le panneau Commentaires ou Chat est ouvert, vous pouvez régler la largeur de la barre gauche avec un simple glisser-déposer : placez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure gauche de la barre latérale. Pour rétablir sa largeur originale faites glisser le bord à droite.

                +

                Quand le panneau Commentaires ou Chat est ouvert, vous pouvez régler la largeur de la barre gauche avec un simple glisser-déposer: déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure gauche de la barre latérale lorsque les flèches pointent vers les côtés et faites glisser la bordure vers la droite pour augmenter la barre latérale. Pour rétablir sa largeur originale faites glisser le bord à gauche.

                Utiliser les outils de navigation

                Pour naviguer à travers votre document, utilisez les outils suivants :

                Les boutons Zoom sont situés en bas à droite et sont utilisés pour faire un zoom avant et arrière dans le document actif. Pour modifier la valeur de zoom sélectionnée en pourcentage, cliquez dessus et sélectionnez l'une des options de zoom disponibles dans la liste ou utilisez les boutons Zoom avant Bouton Zoom avant ou Zoom arrière Bouton Zoom arrière. Cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la largeur Bouton Ajuster à la largeur pour adapter la largeur de la page du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail. Pour adapter la page entière du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail, cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la page bouton Ajuster à la largeur. Les paramètres de Zoom sont également disponibles dans la liste déroulante Paramètres d'affichage Icône Paramètres d'affichage qui peuvent être bien utiles si vous décidez de masquer la Barre d'état.

                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Review.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Review.htm index 46d36cd77..c79ae2b89 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Review.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Review.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Révision du document - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Révision du document

                Lorsque quelqu'un partage avec vous un fichier disposant des autorisations de révision, vous devez utiliser la fonction Révision du document.

                @@ -24,10 +24,16 @@
              11. passez à l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Bouton Suivi des modifications Suivi des modifications.

            Remarque : il n'est pas nécessaire que le réviseur active l'option Suivi des modifications. Elle est activée par défaut et ne peut pas être désactivée lorsque le document est partagé avec des droits d'accès de révision uniquement.

            +

            Suivi des modifications

            +

            Toutes les modifications apportées par un autre utilisateur sont marquées par différentes couleurs dans le texte. Quand vous cliquez sur le texte modifié, l'information sur l'utilisateur, la date et l'heure de la modification et la modification la-même apparaît dans une fenêtre d'information contextuelle. Les icônes Accepter et Rejeter s'affichent aussi dans la même fenêtre contextuelle.

            +

            La fenêtre d'information contextuelle.

            +

            Lorsque vous glissez et déposez du texte dans un document, ce texte est marqué d’un soulignement double. Le texte d'origine est signalé par un barré double. Ceux-ci sont considérés comme une seule modification

            +

            Cliquez sur le texte mis en forme de double barré dans la position initiale et appuyer sur la flèche Le bouton Suivre le mouvement dans la fenêtre d'information contextuelle de la modification pour vous déplacer vers le texte en position nouvelle.

            +

            Cliquez sur le texte mis en forme d'un soulignement double dans la nouvelle position et appuyer sur la flèche Le bouton Suivre le mouvement dans la fenêtre d'information contextuelle de la modification pour vous déplacer vers le texte en position initiale.

            Choisir le mode d'affichage des modifications,

            Cliquez sur le bouton bouton Mode d'affichage Mode d'affichage dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'un des modes disponibles dans la liste :

              -
            • Marques de révision - cette option est sélectionnée par défaut. Elle permet à la fois d'afficher les modifications suggérées et de modifier le document.
              • +
            • Balisage - cette option est sélectionnée par défaut. Elle permet à la fois d'afficher les modifications suggérées et de modifier le document.
            • Final - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles étaient acceptées. Cette option n'accepte pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet seulement de voir à quoi ressemblera le document après avoir accepté toutes les modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document.
            • Original - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles avaient été rejetées. Cette option ne rejette pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet uniquement d'afficher le document sans modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document.
            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 415b44e42..62fdb71bc 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Fonctions de recherche et remplacement - + @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
            - +

            Fonctions de recherche et remplacement

            -

            Pour rechercher les caractères voulus, des mots ou des phrases utilisés dans le document en cours d'édition, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Recherche située sur la barre latérale gauche.

            +

            Pour rechercher les caractères voulus, des mots ou des phrases utilisés dans le document en cours d'édition, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Recherche située sur la barre latérale gauche ou appuyez sur la combinaison de touches Ctrl+F.

            La fenêtre Rechercher et remplacer s'ouvre :

            Fenêtre Rechercher et remplacer

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index c43c10bb3..89530ce33 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Vérification de l'orthographe - + @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
              - +

              Vérification de l'orthographe

              -

              Document Editor vous permet de vérifier l'orthographe du texte saisi dans une certaine langue et corriger des fautes lors de l'édition.

              +

              Document Editor vous permet de vérifier l'orthographe du texte saisi dans une certaine langue et corriger des fautes lors de l'édition. L'édition de bureau de tous les trois éditeurs permet d'ajouter les mots au dictionaire personnel.

              Tout d'abord, choisissez la langue pour tout le document. cliquer sur l'icône Définir la langue du document Définir la langue du document dans la barre d'état. Dans la fenêtre ouverte sélectionnez la langue nécessaire et cliquez sur OK. La langue sélectionnée sera appliquée à tout le document.

              Définir la langue du document

              Pour sélectionner une langue différente pour un fragment, sélectionnez le fragment nécessaire avec la souris et utilisez le menu Vérification de l'orthographe - Langue du texte de la barre d'état.

              @@ -28,13 +28,14 @@
              • choisissez une des variantes suggérées pour remplacer le mot mal orthographié. S'il y a trop de variantes, l'option Plus de variantes... apparaît dans le menu ;
              • utilisez l'option Ignorer pour ignorer juste ce mot et supprimer le surlignage ou Ignorer tout pour ignorer tous les mots identiques présentés dans le texte;
                • +
              • si le mot n’est pas dans le dictionnaire, vous pouvez l’ajouter au votre dictionnaire personnel. La foi prochaine ce mot ne sera donc plus considéré comme erroné. Cette option est disponible sur l’édition de bureau.
              • sélectionnez une autre langue pour ce mot.

              Vérification de l'orthographe

              Pour désactiver l'option de vérification orthographique, vous pouvez :

              • cliquer sur l'icône Icône Vérification orthographique activée Vérification orthographique dans la barre d'état, ou
                • -
              • Ouvrir l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionner l'option , décocher la case et cliquer sur le bouton .
                • +
              • ouvrir l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionner l'option Paramètres avancés..., décocher la case Activer la vérification orthographique, et cliquer sur le bouton Appliquer.
              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 702d7c7c4..ea24d52f8 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Formats des documents électroniques pris en charge - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Formats des documents électroniques pris en charge

              Les documents électroniques représentent l'un des types des fichiers les plus utilisés en informatique. Grâce à l'utilisation du réseau informatique tant développé aujourd'hui, il est possible et plus pratique de distribuer des documents électroniques que des versions imprimées. Les formats de fichier ouverts et propriétaires sont bien nombreux à cause de la variété des périphériques utilisés pour la présentation des documents. Document Editor prend en charge les formats les plus populaires.

              @@ -45,6 +45,14 @@ + + FB2 + Une extention de livres électroniques qui peut être lancé par votre ordinateur ou appareil mobile + + + + + + + ODT Le format de fichier du traitement textuel d'OpenDocument, le standard ouvert pour les documents électroniques + @@ -126,7 +134,9 @@ + - --> + --> + +

              Remarque: Les formats HTML/EPUB/MHT n'ont pas besoin de Chromium et sont disponibles sur toutes les plateformes.

              \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index c4efa6904..eddef15f7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Onglet Fichier - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Onglet Fichier

              L'onglet Fichier permet d'effectuer certaines opérations de base sur le fichier en cours.

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index 4feacab79..55c07231a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Onglet Accueil - + @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
              - +

              Onglet Accueil

              -

              L'onglet Accueil s'ouvre par défaut lorsque vous ouvrez un document. Il permet de formater la police et les paragraphes. D'autres options sont également disponibles ici, telles que Fusion et publipostage et les agencements de couleurs.

              +

              L'onglet Accueil s'ouvre par défaut lorsque vous ouvrez un document. Il permet de formater la police et les paragraphes. D'autres options sont également disponibles ici, telles que Fusion et publipostage et les agencements de couleurs.

              Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor :

              Onglet Accueil

              @@ -28,15 +28,15 @@
            1. Définir le type de police, la taille et la couleur,
            2. Appliquer les styles de police,
            3. Sélectionner la couleur d'arrière-plan pour un paragraphe,
              4. -
            4. créer des listes à puces et numérotées,
              5. +
            5. Créer des listes à puces et numérotées,
            6. Changer les retraits de paragraphe,
            7. Régler l'interligne du paragraphe,
            8. Aligner le texte d'un paragraphe,
            9. Afficher/masquer les caractères non imprimables,
              10. -
            10. copier/effacer la mise en forme du texte,
              11. +
            11. Copier/effacer la mise en forme du texte,
            12. Modifier le jeu de couleurs,
              13. -
            13. utiliser Fusion et publipostage (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne),
              14. -
            14. gérer les styles.
              15. +
            15. Utiliser Fusion et publipostage (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne),
              16. +
            16. Gérer les styles.
          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index e2e8f98de..53947567a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Onglet Insertion - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Onglet Insertion

          L'onglet Insertion permet d'ajouter des éléments de mise en page, ainsi que des objets visuels et des commentaires.

          @@ -27,10 +27,10 @@
          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm index 61832d345..1e6bd9cdb 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Onglet Mise en page + Onglet Disposition - + @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
          - +
          -

          Onglet Mise en page

          -

          L'onglet Mise en page permet de modifier l'apparence du document : configurer les paramètres de la page et définir la disposition des éléments visuels.

          +

          Onglet Disposition

          +

          L'onglet Disposition permet de modifier l'apparence du document : configurer les paramètres de la page et définir la disposition des éléments visuels.

          Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor :

          Onglet Mise en page

          @@ -28,9 +28,11 @@
        2. ajuster les marges, l'orientation, la taille de la page,
        3. ajouter des colonnes,
        4. insérer des sauts de page, des sauts de section et des sauts de colonne,
          5. +
        5. insérer des numéros des lignes
        6. aligner et organiser les objets (tableaux, images, graphiques, formes),
        7. changer le style d'habillage.
          8. -
      +
    • ajouter un filigrane.
      • +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 52ebc08c2..4621e1128 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Onglet Modules complémentaires - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Onglet Modules complémentaires

    L'onglet Modules complémentaires permet d'accéder à des fonctions d'édition avancées à l'aide de composants tiers disponibles. Ici vous pouvez également utiliser des macros pour simplifier les opérations de routine.

    @@ -27,17 +27,21 @@

    Le bouton Macros permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez créer vos propres macros et les exécuter. Pour en savoir plus sur les macros, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API.

    Actuellement, les modules suivants sont disponibles :

      -
    • ClipArt permet d'ajouter des images de la collection clipart dans votre document,
      • -
    • Code en surbrillance permet de surligner la syntaxe du code en sélectionnant la langue, le style, la couleur de fond appropriés,
      • -
    • ROC permet de reconnaître le texte inclus dans une image et l'insérer dans le texte du document,
      • -
    • Éditeur photo permet d'éditer des images : recadrer, redimensionner, appliquer des effets, etc.
      • -
    • Synthèse vocale permet de convertir le texte sélectionné en paroles,
      • -
    • Table de symboles permet d'insérer des symboles spéciaux dans votre texte,
      • -
    • Dictionnaire des synonymes permet de rechercher les synonymes et les antonymes d'un mot et de le remplacer par le mot sélectionné,
      • -
    • Traducteur permet de traduire le texte sélectionné dans d'autres langues,
      • -
    • YouTube permet d'intégrer des vidéos YouTube dans votre document.
      • +
    • Send sert à envoyer les documents par courriel en utilisant un client de messagerie de bureau (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne),
      • +
    • Code en surbrillance sert à surligner la syntaxe du code en sélectionnant la langue, le style, la couleur de fond appropriés,
      • +
    • OCR sert à extraire le texte incrusté dans des images et l'insérer dans votre document,
      • +
    • Éditeur de photos sert à modifier les images: rogner, retourner, pivoter, dessiner les lignes et le formes, ajouter des icônes et du texte, charger l’image de masque et appliquer des filtres comme Niveaux de gris, Inverser, Sépia, Flou, Embosser, Affûter etc.,
      • +
    • Parole permet la lecture du texte sélectionné à voix haute (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne),
      • +
    • Thésaurus sert à trouver les synonymes et les antonymes et les utiliser à remplacer le mot sélectionné,
      • +
    • Traducteur sert à traduire le texte dans des langues disponibles, +

      Remarque: ce plugin ne fonctionne pas dans Internet Explorer.

      +
      • +
    • You Tube permet d’ajouter les videos YouTube dans votre document,
      • +
    • Mendeley permet de gérer les mémoires de recherche et de générer une bibliographie pour les articles scientifiques (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne),
      • +
    • Zotero permet de gérer des références bibliographiques et des documents associés (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne),
      • +
    • EasyBib sert à trouver et ajouter les livres, les journaux, les articles et les sites Web (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne).
    -

    Les modules Wordpress et EasyBib peuvent être utilisés si vous connectez les services correspondants dans les paramètres de votre portail. Vous pouvez utiliser les instructions suivantes pour la version serveur ou pour la version SaaS.

    +

    Les modulesWordpress et EasyBib peuvent être utilisés si vous connectez les services correspondants dans les paramètres de votre portail. Vous pouvez utiliser les instructions suivantes pour la version serveur ou pour la version SaaS.

    Pour en savoir plus sur les modules complémentaires, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API. Tous les exemples de modules open source actuellement disponibles sont disponibles sur GitHub.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index ac21ac4de..a4313be0f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Présentation de l'interface de Document Editor - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Présentation de l'interface de Document Editor

    Document Editor utilise une interface à onglets où les commandes d'édition sont regroupées en onglets par fonctionnalité.

    @@ -41,10 +41,13 @@
  • Icône Recherche - permet d'utiliser l'outil Rechercher et remplacer,
  • Icône Commentaires - permet d'ouvrir le panneau Commentaires,
  • Icône Navigation - permet d'accéder au panneau de Navigation et de gérer les rubriques,
    • -
  • Chat - (disponible dans la version en ligne seulement) permet d'ouvrir le panneau de Chat, ainsi que les icônes qui permettent de contacter notre équipe de support et de visualiser les informations sur le programme.
    • +
  • Chat - (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne) permet d'ouvrir le panneau de Chat,
    • +
  • Feedback and Support icon - (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne) permet de contacter notre équipe d'assistance technique,
    • +
  • About icon - (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne) permet de visualiser les informations sur le programme.
    • + -
  • La barre latérale droite permet d'ajuster les paramètres supplémentaires de différents objets. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un objet particulier dans le texte, l'icône correspondante est activée dans la barre latérale droite. Cliquez sur cette icône pour développer la barre latérale droite.
    • +
  • La barre latérale droite permet d'ajuster les paramètres supplémentaires de différents objets. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un objet particulier dans le texte, l'icône correspondante est activée dans la barre latérale droite. Cliquez sur cette icône pour développer la barre latérale droite.
  • Les Règles horizontales et verticales permettent d'aligner le texte et d'autres éléments dans un document, définir des marges, des taquets et des retraits de paragraphe.
  • La Zone de travail permet d'afficher le contenu du document, d'entrer et de modifier les données.
  • La Barre de défilement sur la droite permet de faire défiler vers le haut et vers le bas des documents multi-page.
    • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm index 08b4a9879..46431e816 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Onglet Références - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Onglet Références

    L'onglet Références permet de gérer différents types de références: ajouter et rafraîchir une table des matières, créer et éditer des notes de bas de page, insérer des hyperliens.

    @@ -26,9 +26,11 @@

    En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez :

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm index b5306bdab..1632b27e7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Onglet Collaboration - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Onglet Collaboration

    L'onglet Collaboration permet d'organiser le travail collaboratif sur le document. Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez partager le fichier, sélectionner un mode de co-édition, gérer les commentaires, suivre les modifications apportées par un réviseur, visualiser toutes les versions et révisions. Dans la version de bureau, vous pouvez gérer les commentaires et utiliser la fonction Suivi des modifications.

    @@ -31,6 +31,8 @@
  • activer la fonctionnalité Suivi des modifications,
  • choisir le mode d'affichage des modifications,
  • gérer les changements suggérés.
    • +
  • télécharger le document à comparer (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne),
    • +
  • ouvrir la fenêtre de Chat (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne),
  • suivre l’historique des versions (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne).
    • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm index 38409dd3b..48d0c19c2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Ajouter des bordures - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Ajouter des bordures

    Pour ajouter des bordures à un paragraphe, à une page ou à tout le document,

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm index 1f01b64ea..3c5d587f3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Ajouter une légende

    La légende est une étiquette agrafée que vous pouvez appliquer à un objet, comme des tableaux d’équations, des figures et des images dans vos documents.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm index 29487ef84..88e2bd3c6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Utiliser des formules dans les tableaux - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Utiliser des formules dans les tableaux

    Insérer une formule

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index f3e1ba7c7..afa5ccbc2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Ajouter des liens hypertextes - + @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@
    - +

    Ajouter des liens hypertextes

    Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte,

    1. placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer un lien hypertexte,
      2. -
    2. passez à l'onglet Insertion ou Références de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      3. +
    3. passez à l'onglet Insérer ou Références de la barre d'outils supérieure,
    4. cliquez sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte Icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      5. -
    5. dans la fenêtre ouverte précisez les paramètres du lien hypertexte :
        +
      • dans la fenêtre ouverte précisez les Paramètres du lien hypertexte :
        • Sélectionnez le type de lien que vous voulez insérer :

          Utilisez l'option Lien externe et entrez une URL au format http://www.example.com dans le champ Lien vers si vous avez besoin d'ajouter un lien hypertexte menant vers un site externe.

          Fenêtre Paramètres de lien hypertexte

          Utilisez l'option Emplacement dans le document et sélectionnez l'un des titres existants dans le texte du document ou l'un des marque-pages précédemment ajoutés si vous devez ajouter un lien hypertexte menant à un certain emplacement dans le même document.

          @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
        • Cliquez sur le bouton OK.
    -

    Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, vous pouvez également utiliser la combinaison des touches Ctrl+K ou cliquer avec le bouton droit à l’emplacement choisi et sélectionner l'option Lien hypertexte du menu contextuel.

    -

    Note : il est également possible de sélectionner un caractère, un mot, une combinaison de mots, un passage de texte avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier, puis d'ouvrir la fenêtre Paramètres de lien hypertexte comme décrit ci-dessus. Dans ce cas, le champ Afficher sera rempli avec le fragment de texte que vous avez sélectionné.

    +

    Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, vous pouvez également utiliser la combinaison des touches Ctrl+K ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l’emplacement choisi et sélectionnez l'option Lien hypertexte du menu contextuel.

    +

    Note : il est également possible de sélectionner un caractère, un mot, une combinaison de mots, un passage de texte avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier, puis d'ouvrir la fenêtre Paramètres de lien hypertexte comme décrit ci-dessus. Dans ce cas, le champ Afficher sera rempli avec le fragment de texte que vous avez sélectionné.

    Si vous placez le curseur sur le lien hypertexte ajouté, vous verrez l'info-bulle contenant le texte que vous avez spécifié. Pour suivre le lien appuyez sur la touche CTRL et cliquez sur le lien dans votre document.

    Pour modifier ou supprimer le lien hypertexte ajouté, cliquez-le droit, sélectionnez l'option Lien hypertexte et l'opération à effectuer - Modifier le lien hypertexte ou Supprimer le lien hypertexte.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm index bcd587abb..ebcd83c36 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Ajouter un filigrane

    Le filigrane est un texte ou une image placé sous le calque de texte principal. Les filigranes de texte permettent d’indiquer l’état de votre document (par exemple, confidentiel, brouillon, etc.), les filigranes d’image permettent d’ajouter une image par exemple de logo de votre entreprise.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index 3ddbb0a27..e5b619e04 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Aligner et organiser des objets sur une page - + @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
    - +

    Aligner et organiser des objets sur une page

    -

    Les blocs de texte, les formes automatiques, les images et les graphiques ajoutés peuvent être alignés, regroupés, triés, répartis horizontalement et verticalement sur une page. Pour effectuer une de ces actions, sélectionnez d'abord un ou plusieurs objets sur la page. Pour sélectionner plusieurs objets, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur les objets nécessaires. Pour sélectionner un bloc de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur. Après quoi vous pouvez utiliser soit les icônes de l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure décrites ci-après soit les options similaires du menu contextuel.

    +

    Les formes automatiques, les images, les graphiques ou les zones de texte ajoutés peuvent être alignés, regroupés et ordonnésr sur une page. Pour effectuer une de ces actions, sélectionnez d'abord un ou plusieurs objets sur la page. Pour sélectionner plusieurs objets, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur les objets nécessaires. Pour sélectionner une zone de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur. Après quoi vous pouvez utiliser soit les icônes de l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure décrites ci-après soit les options similaires du menu contextuel.

    Aligner des objets

    Pour aligner deux ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés,

      @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
    1. Dissocier icône Dissocier - pour dissocier le groupe sélectionné d'objets préalablement combinés.

      2. Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Ordonner dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser l'option Grouper ou Dissocier.

      -

      Remarque : l'option Grouper est désactivée si vous sélectionnez moins de deux objets. L'option Dégrouper n'est disponible que lorsqu'un groupe des objets précédemment joints est sélectionné.

      +

      Remarque: l'option Grouper est désactivée si vous sélectionnez moins de deux objets. L'option Dissocier n'est disponible que lorsqu'un groupe des objets précédemment joints est sélectionné.

      Ordonner plusieurs objets

      Pour ordonner les objets sélectionnés (c'est à dire pour modifier leur ordre lorsque plusieurs objets se chevauchent), vous pouvez utiliser les icônes icône Avancer d'un plan Avancer et icône Reculer d'un plan Reculer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionner le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste.

      Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'avant, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône icône Avancer d'un plan Avancer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste :

      @@ -71,9 +71,9 @@

      Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'arrière, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône icône Reculer d'un plan Reculer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste :

      • Mettre en arrière-plan icône Mettre en arrière-plan - pour déplacer les objets derrière tous les autres objets,
        • -
      • Reculer d'un plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en arrière par rapport à d'autres objets.
        • +
      • Reculer d'un plan icône Mettre en arrière-plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en arrière par rapport à d'autres objets.
      -

      Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Ranger dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser une des options de rangement disponibles.

      +

      Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Organiser dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser une des options de rangement disponibles.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm index 768dd3ebe..bd000bd05 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Alignement du texte d'un paragraphe - + @@ -11,21 +11,30 @@
    - +

    Alignement du texte d'un paragraphe

    -

    Le texte peut être aligné de quatre façons : aligné à gauche, centré, aligné à droite et justifié. Pour le faire,

    +

    Le texte peut être aligné de quatre façons : aligné à gauche, au centre, aligné à droite et justifié. Pour le faire,

    1. placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez appliquer l'alignement (une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi ),
    2. passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure,
    3. sélectionnez le type d'alignement que vous allez appliquer :
      • Gauche - pour aligner du texte à gauche de la page (le côté droit reste non aligné), cliquez sur l'icône Aligner à gauche Icône Aligner à gauche située sur la barre d'outils supérieure.
        • -
      • Centrer - pour aligner du texte au centre de la page (le côté droit et le côté gauche restent non alignés), cliquez sur l'icône Aligner au centre Icône Aligner au centre située sur la barre d'outils supérieure.
        • +
      • Centre - pour aligner du texte au centre de la page (le côté droit et le côté gauche restent non alignés), cliquez sur l'icône Aligner au centre Icône Aligner au centre située sur la barre d'outils supérieure.
      • Droit - pour aligner du texte à droite de la page (le côté gauche reste non aligné), cliquez sur l'icône Aligner à droite Icône Aligner à droite située sur la barre d'outils supérieure.
        • -
      • Justifier - pour aligner du texte à gauche et à droite à la fois ( l'espacement supplémentaire est ajouté si nécessaire pour garder l'alignement), cliquez sur l'icône Justifier l'icône Justifié située sur la barre d'outils supérieure.
        • +
      • Justifier - pour aligner du texte à gauche et à droite à la fois (l'espacement supplémentaire est ajouté si nécessaire pour garder l'alignement), cliquez sur l'icône Justifier l'icône Justifié située sur la barre d'outils supérieure.
    +

    Configuration des paramètres d'alignement est aussi disponible dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés.

    +
      +
    1. faites un clic droit sur le texte et sélectionnez Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés du menu contextuel ou utilisez l'option Afficher le paramètres avancée sur la barre d'outils à droite,
      2. +
    2. ouvrez la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés, passez à l'onglet Retraits et espacement,
      3. +
    3. sélectionnez le type d'alignement approprié de la Liste d'Alignement: À gauche, Au centre, À droite, Justifié,
      4. +
    4. cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les modifications apportées.
      5. +
    +

    Paragraph Advanced Settings - Indents & Spacing

    +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm index 0ac11aa5e..bf2a9f4d2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Sélectionner la couleur d'arrière-plan pour un paragraphe - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Sélectionner la couleur d'arrière-plan pour un paragraphe

    La couleur d'arrière-plan est appliquée au paragraphe entier et remplit complètement l’espace du paragraphe de la marge de page gauche à la marge de page droite.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm index 2d88896c1..67bd2b2c5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Modifier le jeu de couleurs - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Modifier le jeu de couleurs

    Les jeux de couleurs s'appliquent au document entier. Utilisés pour le changement rapide de l'apparence de votre document, les jeux de couleurs définissent la palette Couleurs de thème pour les éléments du document (police, arrière-plan, tableaux, formes automatiques, graphiques). Si vous appliquez des Couleurs de thèmes aux éléments du document et sélectionnez un nouveau Jeu de couleurs, les couleurs appliquées aux éléments de votre document, par conséquent, seront modifiées.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm index 289f17e8e..b779b6ea0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Changer l'habillage du texte - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Changer l'habillage du texte

    L'option Style d'habillage détermine la position de l'objet par rapport au texte. Vous pouvez modifier le style d'habillage de texte pour les objets insérés, tels que les formes, les images, les graphiques, les zones de texte ou les tableaux.

    @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

    Si vous sélectionnez un style d'habillage autre que Aligné, l'onglet Position est également disponible dans la fenêtre Paramètres avancés de l'objet. Pour en savoir plus sur ces paramètres, reportez-vous aux pages correspondantes avec les instructions sur la façon de travailler avec des formes, des images ou des graphiques.

    Si vous sélectionnez un style d'habillage autre que Aligné, vous pouvez également modifier la limite d'habillage pour les images ou les formes. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Style d'habillage dans le menu contextuel et cliquez sur l'option . Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne

    Modifier l'habillage de texte pour les tableaux

    -

    Pour les tableaux, les deux styles d'habillage suivants sont disponibles : Tableau aligné et Tableau flottant.

    +

    Pour les tableaux, les deux styles d'habillage suivants sont disponibles : Tableau aligné et Tableau flottant.

    Pour changer le style d'habillage actuellement sélectionné :

    1. cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le tableau et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau,
      2. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..928a4fa9f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + Conversion de notes de bas de page en notes de fin + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Conversion de notes de bas de page en notes de fin

      +

      Document Editor ONLYOFFICE vous permet de convertir les notes de bas de page en notes de fin et vice versa, par exemple, quand vous voyez que les notes de bas de page dans le document résultant doivent être placées à la fin. Au lieu de créer les notes de fin à nouveau, utiliser les outils appropriés pour conversion rapide et sans effort.

      +
        +
      1. Cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône L'icône Note de fin Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut,
        2. +
      2. Glisser votre curseur sur Convertir toutes les notes et sélectionnez l'une des options dans le menu à droite: +

        Coversion notes de bas de page_notes de fin

        3. +
      3. +
          +
        • Convertir tous les pieds de page aux notes de fin pour transformer toutes les notes de bas de page en notes de fin;
          • +
        • Convertir toutes les notes de fin aux pieds de page pour transformer toutes les notes de fin en notes de bas de page;
          • +
        • Changer les notes de pied de page et les notes de fin pour changer un type de note à un autre.
          • +
        +
        4. +
      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index a1e3f3d6f..e76c2f02a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Copier/effacer la mise en forme du texte - + @@ -11,26 +11,26 @@
      - +

      Copier/effacer la mise en forme du texte

      Pour copier une certaine mise en forme du texte,

      1. sélectionnez le fragment du texte contenant la mise en forme à copier en utilisant la souris ou le clavier,
        2. -
      2. cliquez sur l'icône Copier le style Copier le style sur la barre d'outils supérieure ( le pointeur de la souris aura la forme suivante Pointeur de la souris lors du collage du style),
        3. +
      3. cliquez sur l'icône Copier le style Copier le style sous l'onglet Acceuil sur la barre d'outils supérieure ( le pointeur de la souris aura la forme suivante Pointeur de la souris lors du collage du style),
      4. sélectionnez le fragment de texte à mettre en forme.

      Pour appliquer la mise en forme copiée aux plusieurs fragments du texte,

      1. sélectionnez le fragment du texte contenant la mise en forme à copier en utilisant la souris ou le clavier,
        2. -
      2. double-cliquez sur l'icône Copier le style Copier le style dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure ( le pointeur de la souris aura la forme suivante Pointeur de la souris lors du collage du style et l'icône Copier le style restera sélectionnée : Multiples copies de styles),
        3. +
      3. double-cliquez sur l'icône Copier le style Copier le style sous l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure ( le pointeur de la souris aura la forme suivante Pointeur de la souris lors du collage du style et l'icône Copier le style restera sélectionnée : Multiples copies de styles),
      4. sélectionnez les fragments du texte nécessaires un par un pour appliquer la même mise en forme pour chacun d'eux,
      5. pour quitter ce mode, cliquez sur l'icône Copier le style Multiples copies de styles encore une fois ou appuyez sur la touche Échap sur le clavier.

      Pour effacer la mise en forme appliquée à partir de votre texte,

      1. sélectionnez le fragment de texte dont vous souhaitez supprimer la mise en forme,
        2. -
      2. cliquez sur l'icône Effacer le style Effacer le style dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.
        3. +
      3. cliquez sur l'icône Effacer le style Effacer le style sous l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.
      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index 4723659a9..771788031 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Copier/coller les passages de texte, annuler/rétablir vos actions - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Copier/coller les passages de texte, annuler/rétablir vos actions

      Utiliser les opérations de base du presse-papiers

      @@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
    2. Imbriquer le tableau - permet de coller le tableau copié en tant que tableau imbriqué dans la cellule sélectionnée du tableau existant.
    3. Conserver le texte uniquement - permet de coller le contenu du tableau sous forme de valeurs de texte séparées par le caractère de tabulation.
      4. +

      Pour activer / désactiver l'affichage du bouton Collage spécial lorsque vous collez le texte, passez à l'onglet Fichier > Paramètres avancés... et cochez / décochez la casse Couper, copier, coller.

      Annuler/rétablir vos actions

      Pour effectuer les opérations annuler/rétablir, utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur ou les raccourcis clavier :

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index 2c24259ce..53298e8ad 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Créer des listes - + @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@
        - +

        Créer des listes

        Pour créer une liste dans votre document,

          -
        1. placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez commencer la liste ( une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi),
          2. +
        2. placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez commencer la liste (une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi),
        3. passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        4. sélectionnez le type de liste à créer :
          • Liste à puces avec des marqueurs. Pour la créer, utilisez l'icône Puces Icône Liste à puces de la barre d'outils supérieure
            • @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
          • appuyez sur la touche Entrée à la fin de la ligne pour ajouter un nouvel élément à la liste. Pour terminer la liste, appuyez sur la touche Retour arrière et continuez le travail.

        Le programme crée également des listes numérotées automatiquement lorsque vous entrez le chiffre 1 avec un point ou une parenthèse suivis d’un espace : 1., 1). Les listes à puces peuvent être créées automatiquement lorsque vous saisissez les caractères -, * suivis d’un espace.

        -

        Vous pouvez aussi changer le retrait du texte dans les listes et leur imbrication en utilisant les icônes Liste multi-niveaux Icône Liste multi-niveaux, Réduire le retrait Réduire le retrait, et Augmenter le retrait Augmenter le retrait sur la barre d'outils supérieure.

        +

        Vous pouvez aussi changer le retrait du texte dans les listes et leur imbrication en utilisant les icônes Liste multi-niveaux Icône Liste multi-niveaux, Réduire le retrait Réduire le retrait, et Augmenter le retrait Augmenter le retrait sous l'onglet Acceuil sur la barre d'outils supérieure.

        Remarque: les paramètres supplémentaires du retrait et de l'espacemente peuvent être modifiés à l'aide de la barre latérale droite et la fenêtre des paramètres avancés. Pour en savoir plus, consultez les pages Modifier le retrait des paragraphes et Régler l'interligne du paragraphe.

        Joindre et séparer des listes

        @@ -59,6 +59,48 @@
      • sélectionnez l'option Définit la valeur de la numérotation du menu contextuel,
      • dans une nouvelle fenêtre qui s'ouvre, définissez la valeur numérique voulue et cliquez sur le bouton OK.
    +

    Configurer les paramètres de la liste

    +

    Pour configurer les paramètres de la liste comme la puce/la numérotation, l'alignement, la taille et la couleur:

    +
      +
    1. cliquez sur l'élément de la liste actuelle ou sélectionnez le texte à partir duquel vous souhaitez créer une liste,
      2. +
    2. cliquez sur l'icône Puces L'icône Liste non ordonnée ou Numérotation L'icône Liste ordonnée sous l'onglet Acceuil dans la barre d'outils en haut,
      3. +
    3. sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de la liste,
      4. +
    4. + la fenêtre Paramètres de la liste s'affiche. La fenêtre Paramètres de la liste à puces se présente sous cet aspect: +

      La fenêtre Paramètres de la liste à puces

      +

      La fenêtre Paramètres de la liste numérotée se présente sous cet aspect:

      +

      La fenêtre Paramètres de la liste numérotée

      +

      Pour la liste à puces on peut choisir le caractère à utiliser comme puce et pour la liste numérotée on peut choisir le type de numérotation. Les options Alignement, Taille et Couleur sont identiques pour toutes les listes soit à puces soit numérotée.

      +
        +
      • Puce permet de sélectionner le caractère approprié pour les éléments de la liste. Lorsque vous appuyez sur le champ Symboles et caractères, la fenêtre Symbole va apparaître dans laquelle vous pouvez choisir parmi les caractères disponibles. Veuillez consulter cet article pour en savoir plus sur utilisation des symboles.
        • +
      • Type permet de sélectionner la numérotation appropriée pour la liste. Les options suivantes sont disponibles: Rien, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
        • +
      • Alignement permet de sélectionner le type d'alignement approprié pour aligner les puces/nombres horizontalement. Les options d'alignement disponibles: À gauche, Au centre, À droite.
        • +
      • Taille permet d'ajuster la taille des puces/numéros. L'option par défaut est En tant que texte. Lorsque cette option est active, la taille des puces correspond à la taille du texte Ajustez la taille en utilisant les valeurs prédéfinies de 8 à 96.
        • +
      • Couleur permet de choisir la couleur des puces/numéros. L'option par défaut est En tant que texte. Lorsque cette option est active, la couleur des puces correspond à la couleur du texte. Choisissez l'option Automatique pour appliquer la couleur automatiquement, sélectionnez les Couleurs de thème ou les Couleurs standard de la palette ou définissez la Couleur personnalisée.
        • +
      +

      Toutes les modifications sont affichées dans le champ Aperçu.

      +
      5. +
    5. Cliquez sur OK pour appliquer toutes les modifications et fermer la fenêtre.
      6. +
    +

    Pour configurer les paramètres de la liste à plusieurs niveaux,

    +
      +
    1. appuyez sur un élément de la liste,
      2. +
    2. cliquez sur l'icône Liste multiniveaux L'icône Liste multiniveaux sous l'onglet Acceuil dans la barre d'outils en haut,
      3. +
    3. sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de la liste,
      4. +
    4. + la fenêtre Paramètres de la liste s'affiche. La fenêtre Paramètres de la liste multiniveaux se présente sous cet aspect: +

      La fenêtre Paramètres de la liste multiniveaux

      +

      Choisissez le niveau approprié dans la liste Niveau à gauche, puis personnalisez l'aspect des puces et des nombres pour le niveau choisi:

      +
        +
      • Type permet de sélectionner la numérotation appropriée pour la liste numérotée ou le caractère approprié pour la liste à puces. Les options disponibles pour la liste numérotée: Rien, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Pour la liste à puces vous pouvez choisir un des symboles prédéfinis ou utiliser l'option Nouvelle puce. Lorsque vous appuyez sur cette option, la fenêtre Symbole va apparaître dans laquelle vous pouvez choisir parmi les caractères disponibles. Veuillez consulter cet article pour en savoir plus sur utilisation des symboles.
        • +
      • Alignement permet de sélectionner le type d'alignement approprié pour aligner les puces/nombres horizontalement du début du paragraphe. Les options d'alignement disponibles: À gauche, Au centre, À droite.
        • +
      • Taille permet d'ajuster la taille des puces/numéros. L'option par défaut est En tant que texte. Ajustez la taille en utilisant les paramètres prédéfinis de 8 à 96.
        • +
      • Couleur permet de choisir la couleur des puces/numéros. L'option par défaut est En tant que texte. Lorsque cette option est active, la couleur des puces correspond à la couleur du texte. Choisissez l'option Automatique pour appliquer la couleur automatiquement, sélectionnez les Couleurs de thème ou les Couleurs standard de la palette ou définissez la Couleur personnalisée.
        • +
      +

      Toutes les modifications sont affichées dans le champ Aperçu.

      +
      5. +
    5. Cliquez sur OK pour appliquer toutes les modifications et fermer la fenêtre.
      6. +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm index df9a09554..392569c84 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Créer une table des matières - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Créer une table des matières

    Une table des matières contient une liste de tous les chapitres (sections, etc.) d'un document et affiche les numéros des pages où chaque chapitre est démarré. Cela permet de naviguer facilement dans un document de plusieurs pages en passant rapidement à la partie voulue du texte. La table des matières est générée automatiquement sur la base des titres de document formatés à l'aide de styles prédéfinis. Cela facilite la mise à jour de la table des matières créée sans qu'il soit nécessaire de modifier les titres et de changer manuellement les numéros de page si le texte du document a été modifié.

    @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
    • Promouvoir - pour déplacer le titre actuellement sélectionné vers le niveau supérieur de la structure hiérarchique, par ex. le changer de Titre 2 à Titre 1.
    • Abaisser - pour déplacer le titre actuellement sélectionné vers le niveau inférieur de la structure hiérarchique, par ex. le changer de à .
      • -
    • Nouveau titre avant - pour ajouter un nouveau titre vide du même niveau avant celui actuellement sélectionné.
      • -
    • - pour ajouter un nouveau titre vide du même niveau après celui actuellement sélectionné.
      • +
    • Nouvel en-tête avant - pour ajouter un nouveau titre vide du même niveau avant celui actuellement sélectionné.
      • +
    • Nouvel en-tête après- pour ajouter un nouveau titre vide du même niveau après celui actuellement sélectionné.
    • Nouveau sous-titre - pour ajouter un nouveau sous-titre vide (c'est-à-dire un titre de niveau inférieur) après le titre actuellement sélectionné.

      Lorsque le titre ou la sous-rubrique est ajouté, cliquez sur l'en-tête vide ajouté dans la liste et tapez votre propre texte. Cela peut être fait à la fois dans le texte du document et sur le panneau Navigation lui-même.

    • Sélectionner le contenu - pour sélectionner le texte sous le titre actuel du document (y compris le texte relatif à tous les sous-titres de cette rubrique).
      • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm index fd3425415..a87724ccd 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Appliquer les styles de police - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Appliquer les styles de police

      Vous pouvez appliquer différents styles de police à l'aide des icônes correspondantes situées dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm index e9715584b..c59ba0417 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Définir le type de police, la taille et la couleur - + @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@
      - +

      Définir le type de police, la taille et la couleur

      Vous pouvez sélectionner le type, la taille et la couleur de police à l'aide des icônes correspondantes situées dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.

      Remarque : si vous voulez appliquer la mise en forme au texte déjà saisi, sélectionnez-le avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier et appliquez la mise en forme.

      - - + + @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ - - + + - - + + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm index 32ccdaf9e..0466fa145 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Appliquer les styles de formatage - + @@ -15,6 +15,8 @@

      Appliquer les styles de formatage

      Chaque style de mise en forme représente un ensemble des options de mise en forme : (taille de la police, couleur, interligne, alignment etc.). Les styles permettent de mettre en forme rapidement les parties différentes du texte (en-têtes, sous-titres, listes,texte normal, citations) au lieu d'appliquer les options de mise en forme différentes individuellement chaque fois que vous en avez besoin. Cela permet également d'assurer une apparence uniforme de tout le document. Un style n'est appliqué au'au paragraphe entier.

      +

      Le style à appliquer depend du fait si c'est le paragraphe (normal, pas d'espace, titres, paragraphe de liste etc.) ou le texte (d'aprèz type, taille et couleur de police) que vous souhaitez mettre en forme. Différents styles sont aussi appliqués quand vous sélectionnez une partie du texte ou seulement placez le curseur sur un mot. Parfois, il faut sélectionner le style approprié deux fois de la bibliothèque de styles pour le faire appliquer correctement: lorsque vous appuyer sur le style dans le panneau pour la première fois, le style de paragraphe est appliqué. Lorsque vous appuyez pour la deuxième fois, le style du texte est appliqué.

      +

      Appliquer des styles par défault

      Pour appliquer un des styles de mise en forme disponibles,

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..813c51151 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + Insérer le code en surbrillance + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Insérer le code en surbrillance

        +

        Vous pouvez intégrer votre code mis en surbrillance auquel le style est déjà appliqué à correspondre avec le langage de programmation et le style de coloration dans le programme choisi.

        +
          +
        1. Accédez à votre document et placez le curseur à l'endroit où le code doit être inséré.
          2. +
        2. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez L'icône de l'extension Code en surbrillance Code en surbrillance.
          3. +
        3. Spécifiez la Langue de programmation.
          4. +
        4. Choisissez le Style du code pour qu'il apparaisse de manière à sembler celui dans le programme.
          5. +
        5. Spécifiez si on va remplacer les tabulations par des espaces.
          6. +
        6. Choisissez la Couleur de fond. Pour le faire manuellement, déplacez le curseur sur la palette de couleurs ou passez la valeur de type RBG/HSL/HEX.
          7. +
        7. Cliquez sur OK pour insérer le code.
          8. +
        + Gif de l'extension Surbrillance +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 6e807f457..55fa743b7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Insérer les formes automatiques - + @@ -11,13 +11,13 @@
        - +

        Insérer les formes automatiques

        Insérer une forme automatique

        Pour insérer une forme automatique à votre document,

          -
        1. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
          2. +
        2. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        3. cliquez sur l'icône Insérer une forme automatique Forme de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        4. sélectionnez l'un des groupes des formes automatiques disponibles : Formes de base, Flèches figurées, Maths, Graphiques, Étoiles et rubans, Légendes, Boutons, Rectangles, Lignes,
        5. cliquez sur la forme automatique nécessaire du groupe sélectionné,
          6. @@ -45,20 +45,37 @@

          Certains paramètres de la forme automatique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres de la forme de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, sélectionnez la forme ajoutée avec la souris et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de la forme Paramètres de la forme à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants :

            -
          • Remplissage - utilisez cette section pour sélectionner le remplissage de la forme automatique. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes :
              -
            • Couleur - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie à remplir l'espace intérieur de la forme automatique sélectionnée.

              Couleur

              +
            • Remplissage - utilisez cette section pour sélectionner le remplissage de la forme automatique. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes: +
                +
              • Couleur de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie à remplir l'espace intérieur de la forme automatique sélectionnée.

                Couleur

                Cliquez sur la case de couleur et sélectionnez la couleur voulue à partir de l'ensemble de couleurs disponibles ou spécifiez n'importe quelle couleur de votre choix :

                • -
              • Dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour specifier deux couleurs pour créer une transition douce entre elles et remplir la forme.

                Dégradé

                -
                  -
                • Style - choisissez une des options disponibles : Linéaire (la transition se fait selon un axe horizontal/vertical ou en diagonale, sous l'angle de 45 degrés) ou Radial (la transition se fait autour d'un point, les couleurs se fondent progressivement du centre aux bords en formant un cercle).
                  • -
                • Direction - choisissez un modèle du menu. Si vous avez sélectionné le style Linéaire, vous pouvez choisir une des directions suivantes : du haut à gauche vers le bas à droite, du haut en bas, du haut à droite vers le bas à gauche, de droite à gauche, du bas à droite vers le haut à gauche, du bas en haut, du bas à gauche vers le haut à droite, de gauche à droite. Si vous avez choisi le style Radial, il n'est disponible qu'un seul modèle.
                  • -
                • Dégradé - cliquez sur le curseur de dégradé gauche Curseur au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour activer la palette de couleurs qui correspond à la première couleur. Cliquez sur la palette de couleurs à droite pour sélectionner la première couleur. Faites glisser le curseur pour définir le point de dégradé c'est-à-dire le point quand une couleur se fond dans une autre. Utilisez le curseur droit au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour spécifier la deuxième couleur et définir le point de dégradé.
                  • -
                -
                • -
              • Image ou texture - sélectionnez cette option pour utiliser une image ou une texture prédéfinie en tant que arrière-plan de la forme.

                Remplissage avec Image ou texture

                +
              • + Remplissage en dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour remplir une forme avec deux ou plusieurs couleurs et créer une transition douce entre elles. Particulariser le remplissage en dégrédé sans limites. Cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres de la forme Shape settings icon pour ouvrir le menu de Remplissage de la barre latérale droite: +

                Dégradé

                +

                Les options de menu disponibles :

                +
                  +
                • + Style - choisissez une des options disponibles: Linéaire ou Radial: +
                    +
                  • Linéaire - la transition se fait selon un axe horizontal/vertical ou selon la direction sous l'angle de votre choix. Cliquez sur Direction pour choisir la direction prédéfinie et cliquez sur Angle pour préciser l'angle du dégragé. +
                  • Radial - la transition se fait autour d'un point, les couleurs se fondent progressivement du centre aux bords en formant un cercle.
                    • +
                  +
                  • +
                • + Point de dégradé est un points spécifique dans lequel se fait la transition dégradé de couleurs. +
                    +
                  • Utiliser le bouton Add Gradient Point Ajouter un point de dégradé dans la barre de défilement pour ajouter un dégradé. Le nombre maximal de points est de 10. Chaque dégradé suivant n'affecte pas l'apparence du remplissage en dégradé actuel. Utilisez le bouton Remove Gradient Point Supprimer le point de dégradé pour supprimer un certain dégradé.
                    • +
                  • Ajustez la position du dégradé en glissant l'arrêt dans la barre de défilement ou utiliser le pourcentage de Position pour préciser l'emplacement du point.
                    • +
                  • Pour appliquer une couleur à un point de dégradé, cliquez sur un point dans la barre de défilement, puis cliquez sur Couleur pour sélectionner la couleur appropriée.
                    • +
                  +
                  • +
                +
                • +
              • Image ou texture - sélectionnez cette option pour utiliser une image ou une texture prédéfinie en tant que arrière-plan de la forme. +

                Remplissage avec Image ou texture

                  -
                • Si vous souhaitez utiliser une image en tant que l'arrière-plan de la forme, vous pouvez ajouter une image D'un fichier en la sélectionnant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur ou D'une URL en insérant l'adresse URL appropriée dans la fenêtre ouverte.
                  • +
                • Si vous souhaitez utiliser une image en tant que l'arrière-plan de la forme, vous pouvez ajouter une image D'un fichier en la sélectionnant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur ou D'une URL en insérant l'adresse URL appropriée dans la fenêtre ouverte ou À partir de l'espace de stockage en sélectionnant l'image enregistrée sur vortre portail.
                • Si vous souhaitez utiliser une texture en tant que arrière-plan de la forme, utilisez le menu déroulant D'une texture et sélectionnez le préréglage de la texture nécessaire.

                  Actuellement, les textures suivantes sont disponibles : Toile, Carton, Tissu foncé, Grain, Granit, Papier gris, Tricot, Cuir, Papier brun, Papyrus, Bois.

                @@ -98,8 +115,10 @@
              • Style d'habillage - utilisez cette section pour sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous).
              • Modifier la forme - utilisez cette section pour remplacer la forme automatique insérée par une autre sélectionnée de la liste déroulante.
                • +
              • Ajouter une ombre - cochez cette case pour affichage de la forme ombré.
              +

              Adjuster les paramètres avancés d'une forme automatique

              Pour changer les paramètres avancés de la forme automatique, cliquez sur la forme avec le bouton droit et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés dans le menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre "Forme - Paramètres avancés" s'ouvre :

              Forme - Paramètres avancés

              L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants :

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm index 30d6dc3d6..0eeee4229 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Ajouter des marque-pages

              Les marque-pages permettent d’aller rapidement à une certaine position dans le document en cours ou d'ajouter un lien vers cette position dans le document.

              @@ -34,9 +34,14 @@
            • dans la fenêtre Marque-pages qui s'ouvre, sélectionnez le marque-pages vers lequel vous voulez vous déplacer. Pour trouver facilement le marque-pages voulu dans la liste, vous pouvez trier la liste par Nom ou par Emplacement de marque-pages dans le texte du document,
            • cochez l'option Marque-pages cachés pour afficher les marque-pages cachés dans la liste (c'est-à-dire les marque-pages automatiquement créés par le programme lors de l'ajout de références à une certaine partie du document. Par exemple, si vous créez un lien hypertexte vers un certain titre dans le document, l'éditeur de document crée automatiquement un marque-pages caché vers la cible de ce lien).
            • cliquez sur le bouton Aller à - le curseur sera positionné à l'endroit du document où le marque-pages sélectionné a été ajouté, ou le passage de texte correspondant sera sélectionné,
              • +
            • + cliquez sur le bouton Obtenir le lien - une nouvelle fenêtre va apparaître dans laquelle vous pouvez appuyer sur Copier pour copier le lien vers le fichier spécifiant la position du marque-pages référencé. Lorsque vous collez le lien dans la barre d'adresse de votre navigateur et appuyez sur la touche Entrée, le document s'ouvre à l'endroit où le marque-pages est ajouté. +

              Bookmarks window

              +

              Remarque: si vous voulez partager un lien avec d'autres personnes, vous devez définir les autorisations d’accès en utilisant l'option Partage soul l'onglet Collaboration.

              +
            • cliquez sur le bouton Fermer pour fermer la fenêtre.
        -

        Pour supprimer un marque-pages, sélectionnez-le dans la liste et cliquez sur le bouton Suppr.

        +

        Pour supprimer un marque-pages, sélectionnez-le dans la liste et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer.

        Pour savoir comment utiliser les marque-pages lors de la création de liens, veuillez consulter la section Ajouter des liens hypertextes.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 729ef9794..d815e919c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Insérer des graphiques - + @@ -11,214 +11,305 @@
        - +

        Insérer des graphiques

        Insérer un graphique

        Pour insérer un graphique dans votre document,

          -
        1. placez le curseur là où vous souhaitez ajouter un graphique,
          2. -
        2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
          3. -
        3. cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un graphique Insérer un graphique de la barre d'outils supérieure,
          4. -
        4. sélectionnez le type de graphique nécessaire parmi ceux qui sont disponibles - colonne, ligne, secteurs, barres, aires, graphique en points , boursier - et sélectionnez son style,

          Remarque : les graphiques Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, ou Barre sont aussi disponibles au format 3D.

          +
        5. placez le curseur là où vous souhaitez ajouter un graphique,
          6. +
        6. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
          7. +
        7. cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Insérer un graphique Insérer un graphique de la barre d'outils supérieure,
          8. +
        8. sélectionnez le type de graphique nécessaire parmi ceux qui sont disponibles - Colonne, Graphique en ligne, Graphique à secteurs, En barres, En aires, Nuages de points (XY) , Boursier - et sélectionnez son style, +

          Remarque: les graphiques Colonne, Graphique en ligne, Graphique à secteurs, En barres sont aussi disponibles au format 3D.

          9. -
        9. après une fenêtre Éditeur de graphique s'ouvre où vous pouvez entrer les données nécessaires dans les cellules en utilisant les commandes suivantes :
            +
          • après une fenêtre Éditeur de graphique s'ouvre où vous pouvez entrer les données nécessaires dans les cellules en utilisant les commandes suivantes: +
            • Copier et Coller pour copier et coller les données copiées
            • Annuler et Rétablir pour annuler et rétablir les actions
            • Insérer une fonction pour insérer une fonction
            • Réduire les décimales et Ajouter une décimale pour diminuer et augmenter les décimales
              • -
            • Format de numéro pour changer le format de nombre, c'est à dire la façon d'afficher les chiffres dans les cellules
              • +
            • Format numérique pour changer le format de nombre, c'est à dire la façon d'afficher les chiffres dans les cellules

            Éditeur de graphique

            • -
          • modifiez les paramètres du graphique en cliquant sur le bouton Modifier graphique situé dans la fenêtre Éditeur de graphique. La fenêtre Paramètres du graphique s'ouvre.

            Paramètres du graphique

            -

            L'onglet Type et données vous permet de sélectionner le type de graphique ainsi que les données que vous souhaitez utiliser pour créer un graphique.

            +
          • Cliquez sur le bouton Modifier les données situé dans la fenêtre Éditeur de graphique. La fenêtre Données du graphique s'ouvre. +
              +
            1. + Utiliser la boîte de dialogue Données du graphique pour gérer la Plage de données du graphique, la Série de la légende, le Nom de l'axe horizontal, et Changer de ligne ou de colonne. +

              La fenêtre Données du graphique

              +
                +
              • + Plage de données du graphique - sélectionnez les données pour votre graphique. +
                  +
                • + Cliquez sur l'icône Plage de données source à droite de la boîte Plage de données du graphique pour sélectionner la plage de données. +

                  La fenêtre Sélectionner une plage de données

                  +
                  • +
                +
                • +
              • + Série de la légende - ajouter, modifier ou supprimer les entrées de légende. Tapez ou sélectionnez le nom de série des entrées de légende. +
                  +
                • Dans la Série de la légende, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter.
                  • +
                • + Dans la fenêtre Modifier la série saisissez une nouvelle entrée de légende ou cliquez sur l'icône Plage de données source à droite de la boîte Nom de la série. +

                  La fenêtre Modifier la série

                  +
                  • +
                +
                • +
              • + Nom de l'axe horizontal - modifier le texte de l'étiquette de l'axe +
                  +
                • Dans la fenêtre Nom de l'axe horizontal cliquez sur Modifier.
                  • +
                • + Dans la fenêtre Étiquette de l'axe, saisissez les étiquettes que vous souhaitez ajouter ou cliquez sur l'icône Plage de données source à droite de la boîte Plage de données de l'étiquette de l'axe pour sélectionner la plage de données. +

                  La fenêtre Étiquettes de l'axe

                  +
                  • +
                +
                • +
              • Changer de ligne ou de colonne - modifier le façon de traçage des données dans la feuille de calcul. Changer de ligne ou de colonne pour afficher des données sur un autre axe.
                • +
              +
              2. +
            2. Cliquez sur OK pour appliquer toutes les modifications et fermer la fenêtre.
              3. +
            +
            • +
          • Configurez les paramètres du graphique en cliquant sur le bouton Modifier les données dans la fenêtre Éditeur de graphique. La fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre: +

            La fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés

            +

            L'onglet Type vous permet de modifier le type du graphique et les données à utiliser pour créer un graphique.

              -
            • Sélectionnez le Type de graphique que vous souhaitez utiliser : Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, Barre, Aire, XY(Nuage) ou Boursier.
              • -
            • Vérifiez la Plage de données sélectionnée et modifiez-la, si nécessaire, en cliquant sur le bouton Sélectionner les données et en entrant la plage de données souhaitée dans le format suivant : Sheet1!A1:B4.
              • -
            • Choisissez la disposition des données. Vous pouvez sélectionner la Série de données à utiliser sur l'axe X : en lignes ou en colonnes.
              • +
            • Sélectionnez le Type du graphique à ajouter: Colonne, Graphique en ligne, Graphique à secteurs, En barres, En aires, Nuages de points (XY), Boursier.
            -

            Paramètres du graphique

            -

            L'onglet Disposition vous permet de modifier la disposition des éléments de graphique.

            +

            La fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés

            +

            L'onglet Disposition vous permet de modifier la disposition des éléments de graphique.

              -
            • Spécifiez la position du Titre du graphique sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante:
                -
              • Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre du graphique,
                • -
              • Superposition pour superposer et centrer le titre sur la zone de tracé,
                • -
              • Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre au-dessus de la zone de tracé.
                • +
              • + Spécifiez la position du Titre du graphique sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante: +
                  +
                • Rien pour ne pas afficher le titre du graphique,
                  • +
                • Superposition pour superposer et centrer le titre sur la zone de tracé, Bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé,
                  • +
                • Sans superposition pour afficher le titre au-dessus de la zone de tracé.
                • -
              • Spécifiez la position de la Légende sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                  -
                • Aucun pour ne pas afficher de légende,
                  • -
                • Bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé,
                  • -
                • Haut pour afficher la légende et l'aligner en haut de la zone de tracé,
                  • -
                • Droite pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à droite de la zone de tracé,
                  • -
                • Gauche pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                  • -
                • Superposer à gauche pour superposer et centrer la légende à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                  • -
                • Superposer à droite pour superposer et centrer la légende à droite de la zone de tracé.
                  • +
                • + Spécifiez la position de la Légende sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante: +
                    +
                  • Aucun pour ne pas afficher de légende,
                    • +
                  • Bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé,
                    • +
                  • Haut pour afficher la légende et l'aligner en haut de la zone de tracé,
                    • +
                  • Droite pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à droite de la zone de tracé,
                    • +
                  • Gauche pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                    • +
                  • Superposer à gauche pour superposer et centrer la légende à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                    • +
                  • Superposer à droite pour superposer et centrer la légende à droite de la zone de tracé.
                  • -
                • Spécifiez les paramètres des Étiquettes de données (c'est-à-dire les étiquettes de texte représentant les valeurs exactes des points de données) :
                    -
                  • spécifiez la position des Étiquettes de données par rapport aux points de données en sélectionnant l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de graphique sélectionné.
                      -
                    • Pour les graphiques en Colonnes/Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Intérieur bas,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut.
                      • -
                    • Pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage)/Boursier, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Gauche, Droite, Haut, Bas.
                      • -
                    • Pour les graphiques Secteur, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Ajusté à la largeur,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut.
                      • -
                    • Pour les graphiques en Aire ainsi que pour les graphiques 3D en Colonnes, en Lignes et en Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre.
                      • +
                    • + Spécifiez les paramètres des Étiquettes de données (c'est-à-dire les étiquettes de texte représentant les valeurs exactes des points de données):
                      +
                        +
                      • spécifiez la position des Étiquettes de données par rapport aux points de données en sélectionnant l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de graphique sélectionné. +
                          +
                        • Pour les graphiques en Colonnes/Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes: Aucune, Centre, Intérieur bas, Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut.
                          • +
                        • Pour les graphiques en Ligne/ Nuage de points (XY)/Boursier, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes: Aucune, Centre, Gauche, Droite, Haut.
                          • +
                        • Pour les graphiques Secteur, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes: Aucune, Centre, Ajusté à la largeur, Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut.
                          • +
                        • Pour les graphiques en Aire ainsi que pour les graphiques 3D en Colonnes, en Lignes et en Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre.
                        • -
                      • sélectionnez les données que vous souhaitez inclure dans vos étiquettes en cochant les cases correspondantes: Nom de la série, Nom de la catégorie, Valeur,
                        • -
                      • Entrez un caractère (virgule, point-virgule, etc.) que vous souhaitez utiliser pour séparer plusieurs étiquettes dans le champ de saisie Séparateur d'étiquettes de données.
                        • +
                      • sélectionnez les données que vous souhaitez inclure dans vos étiquettes en cochant les cases correspondantes: Nom de la série, Nom de la catégorie, Valeur,
                        • +
                      • entrez un caractère (virgule, point-virgule, etc.) que vous souhaitez utiliser pour séparer plusieurs étiquettes dans le champ de saisie Séparateur d'étiquettes de données.
                      • -
                    • Lignes - permet de choisir un style de ligne pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage). Vous pouvez choisir parmi les options suivantes : Droite pour utiliser des lignes droites entre les points de données, Courbe pour utiliser des courbes lisses entre les points de données, ou Aucune pour ne pas afficher les lignes.
                      • -
                    • Marqueurs - est utilisé pour spécifier si les marqueurs doivent être affichés (si la case est cochée) ou non (si la case n'est pas cochée) pour les graphiques Ligne/XY(Nuage).

                      Remarque : les options Lignes et Marqueurs sont disponibles uniquement pour les graphiques en Ligne et XY(Nuage).

                      +
                    • Lignes - permet de choisir un style de ligne pour les graphiques en Ligne/Nuage de points (XY). Vous pouvez choisir parmi les options suivantes: Droite pour utiliser des lignes droites entre les points de données, Courbe pour utiliser des courbes lisses entre les points de données, ou Aucune pour ne pas afficher les lignes.
                      • +
                    • + Marqueurs - est utilisé pour spécifier si les marqueurs doivent être affichés (si la case est cochée) ou non (si la case n'est pas cochée) pour les graphiques Ligne/Nuage de points (XY). +

                      Remarque: les options Lignes et Marqueurs sont disponibles uniquement pour les graphiques en Ligne et Ligne/Nuage de points (XY).

                      • -
                    • La section Paramètres de l'axe permet de spécifier si vous souhaitez afficher l'Axe horizontal/vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option Afficher ou Masquer dans la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez également spécifier les paramètres de Titre d'axe horizontal/vertical :
                        -
                      • Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe horizontal ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                          -
                        • Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe horizontal,
                          • -
                        • Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre en-dessous de l'axe horizontal.
                          • +
                        • + La section Paramètres de l'axe permet de spécifier si vous souhaitez afficher l'Axe horizontal/vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option Afficher ou Masquer dans la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez également spécifier les paramètres de Titre d'axe horizontal/vertical: +
                            +
                          • + Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe horizontal ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante: +
                              +
                            • Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe horizontal,
                              • +
                            • Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre en-dessous de l'axe horizontal.
                            • -
                          • Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                              -
                            • Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe vertical,
                              • -
                            • Tourné pour afficher le titre de bas en haut à gauche de l'axe vertical,
                              • -
                            • Horizontal pour afficher le titre horizontalement à gauche de l'axe vertical.
                              • +
                            • + Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante: +
                                +
                              • Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe vertical,
                                • +
                              • Tourné pour afficher le titre de bas en haut à gauche de l'axe vertical,
                                • +
                              • Horizontal pour afficher le titre horizontalement à gauche de l'axe vertical.
                            • -
                          • La section Quadrillage permet de spécifier les lignes du Quadrillage horizontal/vertical que vous souhaitez afficher en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Majeures, Mineures ou Majeures et mineures. Vous pouvez masquer le quadrillage à l'aide de l'option Aucun.

                            Remarque : les sections Paramètres des axes et Quadrillage seront désactivées pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont ni axes ni lignes de quadrillage.

                            +
                          • + La section Quadrillage permet de spécifier les lignes du Quadrillage horizontal/vertical que vous souhaitez afficher en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Principaux, Secondaires ou Principaux et secondaires. Vous pouvez masquer le quadrillage à l'aide de l'option Aucun. +

                            Remarque: les sections Paramètres des axes et Quadrillage seront désactivées pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont ni axes ni lignes de quadrillage.

                          -

                          Paramètres du graphique

                          -

                          Remarque : les onglets Axe Horizontal/vertical seront désactivés pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont pas d'axes.

                          -

                          L'onglet Axe vertical vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe vertical, également appelés axe des valeurs ou axe y, qui affiche des valeurs numériques. Notez que l'axe vertical sera l'axe des catégories qui affiche des étiquettes de texte pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe vertical correspondront à celles décrites dans la section suivante. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur.

                          +

                          La fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés

                          +

                          Remarque: les onglets Axe Horizontal/vertical seront désactivés pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont pas d'axes.

                          +

                          L'onglet Axe vertical vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe vertical, également appelé axe des valeurs ou axe y, qui affiche des valeurs numériques. Notez que l'axe vertical sera l'axe des catégories qui affiche des étiquettes de texte pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe vertical correspondront à celles décrites dans la section suivante. Pour les Graphiques Nuage de points (XY), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur.

                            -
                          • La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants :
                              -
                            • Valeur minimale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus basse affichée au début de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur minimale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite.
                              • -
                            • Valeur maximale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus élevée affichée à la fin de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur maximale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite.
                              • -
                            • Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum sur l'axe vertical.
                              • -
                            • Unités d'affichage - est utilisé pour déterminer la représentation des valeurs numériques le long de l'axe vertical. Cette option peut être utile si vous travaillez avec de grands nombres et souhaitez que les valeurs sur l'axe soient affichées de manière plus compacte et plus lisible (par exemple, vous pouvez représenter 50 000 comme 50 en utilisant les unités d'affichage de Milliers). Sélectionnez les unités souhaitées dans la liste déroulante : Centaines, Milliers, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Milliards, Billions, ou choisissez l'option Aucun pour retourner aux unités par défaut.
                              • -
                            • Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les valeurs dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, la valeur la plus basse est en bas et la valeur la plus haute est en haut de l'axe. Lorsque la case est cochée, les valeurs sont triées de haut en bas.
                              • +
                            • La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants: +
                                +
                              • Valeur minimale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus basse affichée au début de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur minimale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite.
                                • +
                              • Valeur maximale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus élevée affichée à la fin de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur maximale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite.
                                • +
                              • Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum sur l'axe vertical.
                                • +
                              • Unités d'affichage - est utilisé pour déterminer la représentation des valeurs numériques le long de l'axe vertical. Cette option peut être utile si vous travaillez avec de grands nombres et souhaitez que les valeurs sur l'axe soient affichées de manière plus compacte et plus lisible (par exemple, vous pouvez représenter 50 000 comme 50 en utilisant les unités d'affichage de Milliers). Sélectionnez les unités souhaitées dans la liste déroulante : Centaines, Milliers, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Milliards, Billions, ou choisissez l'option Aucun pour retourner aux unités par défaut.
                                • +
                              • Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les valeurs dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, la valeur la plus basse est en bas et la valeur la plus haute est en haut de l'axe. Lorsque la case est cochée, les valeurs sont triées de haut en bas.
                              • -
                            • La section Options de graduationspermet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle verticale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant des valeurs numériques. Les graduations mineures sont les subdivisions d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Les listes déroulantes Type de majeure/mineure contiennent les options de placement suivantes :
                                -
                              • Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures,
                                • -
                              • Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe,
                                • -
                              • Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe,
                                • -
                              • Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe.
                                • -
                              +
                            • + La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle verticale. Les graduations du type principal sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant des valeurs numériques. Les graduations du type secondaire sont les subdivisions d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations principales et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Les listes déroulantes Type principal/secondaire contiennent les options de placement suivantes: +
                                +
                              • Rien pour ne pas afficher les graduations principales/secondaires,
                                • +
                              • Sur l'axe pour afficher les graduations principales/secondaires des deux côtés de l'axe,
                                • +
                              • Dans pour afficher les graduations principales/secondaires dans l'axe,
                                • +
                              • A l'extérieur pour afficher les graduations principales/secondaires à l'extérieur de l'axe.
                                • +
                              • -
                            • La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés de graduations majeures qui affichent des valeurs. Pour spécifier la Position du libellé par rapport à l'axe vertical, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                                -
                              • Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations,
                                • -
                              • Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                                • -
                              • Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations à droite de la zone de tracé,
                                • -
                              • À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe.
                                • -
                              +
                            • La section Options d'étiquettes permet d'ajuster l'apparence des étiquettes de graduations du type principal qui affichent des valeurs. Pour spécifier la Position de l'étiquette par rapport à l'axe vertical, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante: +
                                +
                              • Rien pour ne pas afficher les étiquettes de graduations,
                                • +
                              • En bas pour afficher les étiquettes de graduations à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                                • +
                              • En haut pour afficher les étiquettes de graduations à droite de la zone de tracé,
                                • +
                              • À côté de l'axe pour afficher les étiquettes de graduations à côté de l'axe.
                                • +
                            -

                            Paramètres du graphique

                            -

                            L'onglet Axe horizontal vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe horizontal, également appelés axe des catégories ou axe x, qui affiche des libellés textuels. Notez que l'axe horizontal sera l'axe des valeurs qui affiche des valeurs numériques pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe horizontal correspondent à celles décrites dans la section précédente. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur.

                            +

                            La fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés

                            +

                            L'onglet Axe horizontal vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe horizontal, également appelés axe des catégories ou axe x, qui affiche des étiquettes textuels. Notez que l'axe horizontal sera l'axe des valeurs qui affiche des valeurs numériques pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe horizontal correspondent à celles décrites dans la section précédente. Pour les Graphiques Nuage de points (XY), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur.

                              -
                            • La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants :
                                -
                              • Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe horizontal où l'axe vertical doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum(qui correspond à la première/dernière catégorie) sur l'axe horizontal.
                                • -
                              • Position de l'axe - permet de spécifier où les étiquettes de texte de l'axe doivent être placées : Sur les graduations ou Entre les graduations.
                                • -
                              • Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les catégories dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, les catégories sont affichées de gauche à droite. Lorsque la case est cochée, les catégories sont triées de droite à gauche.
                                • +
                              • La section Options d'axe permet de modifier les paramètres suivants: +
                                  +
                                • Intersection de l'axe - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum (correspondant à la première et la dernière catégorie) sur l'axe vertical.
                                  • +
                                • Position de l'étiquette - est utilisé pour spécifier où les étiquettes de l'axe doivent être placés: Graduation ou Entre graduations.
                                  • +
                                • Valeurs en ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les catégories en ordre inverse. Lorsque la case est désactivée, les valeurs sont affichées de gauche à droite. Lorsque la case est activée, les valeurs sont affichées de droite à gauche.
                                • -
                              • La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle horizontale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant les catégories. Les graduations mineures sont les divisions plus petites qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Vous pouvez ajuster les paramètres de graduation suivants :
                                  -
                                • Type de majeure/mineure est utilisé pour spécifier les options de placement suivantes : Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe.
                                  • -
                                • Intervalle entre les graduations - est utilisé pour spécifier le nombre de catégories à afficher entre deux marques de graduation adjacentes.
                                  • +
                                • + La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle horizontale. Les graduations du type principal sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant des valeurs de catégorie. Les graduations du type secondaire sont les divisions à moins grande d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations principales et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Vous pouvez ajuster les paramètres de graduation suivants: +
                                    +
                                  • Type principal/secondaire - est utilisé pour spécifier les options de placement suivantes: Rien pour ne pas afficher les graduations principales/secondaires, Sur l'axe pour afficher les graduations principales/secondaires des deux côtés de l'axe, Dans pour afficher les graduations principales/secondaires dans l'axe, A l'extérieur pour afficher les graduations principales/secondaires à l'extérieur de l'axe.
                                    • +
                                  • Intervalle entre les marques - est utilisé pour spécifier le nombre de catégories à afficher entre deux marques de graduation adjacentes.
                                  • -
                                • La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés qui affichent les catégories.
                                    -
                                  • Position du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier où les libellés doivent être placés par rapport à l'axe horizontal. Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations, Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations au bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations en haut de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe.
                                    • -
                                  • Distance du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier la distance entre les libellés et l'axe. Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Plus la valeur que vous définissez est élevée, plus la distance entre l'axe et les libellés est grande.
                                    • -
                                  • Intervalle entre les libellés - est utilisé pour spécifier la fréquence à laquelle les libellés doivent être affichés. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas les libellés sont affichés pour chaque catégorie. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Manuel dans la liste déroulante et spécifier la valeur voulue dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Par exemple, entrez 2 pour afficher les libellés pour une catégorie sur deux.
                                    • -
                                  +
                                • La section Options d'étiquettes permet d'ajuster l'apparence des étiquettes qui affichent des catégories. +
                                    +
                                  • Position de l'étiquette - est utilisé pour spécifier où les étiquettes de l'axe doivent être placés par rapport à l'axe horizontal: Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante: Rien pour ne pas afficher les étiquettes de catégorie, En bas pour afficher les étiquettes de catégorie au bas de la zone de tracé, En haut pour afficher les étiquettes de catégorie en haut de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les étiquettes de catégorie à côté de l'axe.
                                    • +
                                  • Distance de l'étiquette de l'axe - est utilisé pour spécifier la distance entre les étiquettes et l'axe. Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Plus la valeur que vous définissez est élevée, plus la distance entre l'axe et les étiquettes est grande.
                                    • +
                                  • Intervalle entre les étiquettes - est utilisé pour spécifier la fréquence à laquelle les étiquettes doivent être affichés. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas les étiquettes sont affichés pour chaque catégorie. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Manuel dans la liste déroulante et spécifier la valeur voulue dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Par exemple, entrez 2 pour afficher les étiquettes pour une catégorie sur deux.
                                    • +
                                -

                                Graphique - Paramètres avancés

                                -

                                L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique.

                                +

                                La fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés Alignement dans une cellule

                                +

                                L'onglet Alignement dans une cellule comprend les options suivantes:

                                +
                                  +
                                • Déplacer et dimensionner avec des cellules - cette option permet de placer le graphique derrière la cellule. Quand une cellule se déplace (par exemple: insertion ou suppression des lignes/colonnes), le graphique se déplace aussi. Quand vous ajustez la largeur ou la hauteur de la cellule, la dimension du graphique s'ajuste aussi.
                                  • +
                                • Déplacer sans dimensionner avec les cellules - cette option permet de placer le graphique derrière la cellule mais d'empêcher son redimensionnement. Quand une cellule se déplace, le graphique se déplace aussi, mais si vous redimensionnez la cellule, le graphique demeure inchangé.
                                  • +
                                • Ne pas déplacer et dimensionner avec les cellules - cette option empêche le déplacement ou redimensionnement du graphique si la position ou la dimension de la cellule restent inchangées.
                                  • +
                                +

                                La fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés

                                +

                                L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique.

        Déplacer et redimensionner des graphiques

        -

        Déplacer un graphique une fois le graphique ajouté, vous pouvez modifier sa taille et sa position. Pour changer la taille du graphique, faites glisser les petits carreaux Icône Carreaux situés sur ses bords. Pour garder les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin.

        +

        Déplacer un graphiqueUne fois le graphique ajouté, vous pouvez modifier sa taille et sa position. Pour changer la taille du graphique, faites glisser les petits carreaux Icône Carreaux situés sur ses bords. Pour garder les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin.

        Pour modifier la position du graphique, utilisez l'icône Flèche qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'image. Faites glisser l'objet vers la position choisie sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Lorsque vous déplacez le graphique, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à positionner l'objet sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné).

        -

        Note : la liste des raccourcis clavier qui peuvent être utilisés lorsque vous travaillez avec des objets est disponible ici.

        +

        + Remarque: la liste des raccourcis clavier qui peuvent être utilisés lorsque vous travaillez avec des objets est disponible ici. +

        Modifier les éléments de graphique

        -

        Pour modifier le Titre du graphique, sélectionnez le texte par défaut à l'aide de la souris et saisissez le vôtre à la place.

        -

        Pour modifier la mise en forme de la police dans les éléments de texte, tels que le titre du graphique, les titres des axes, les entrées de légende, les étiquettes de données, etc., sélectionnez l'élément de texte nécessaire en cliquant dessus. Utilisez ensuite les icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour modifier le type de police, la taille, la couleur ou le style de décoration.

        -

        Pour supprimer un élément de graphique, sélectionnez-le avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr.

        +

        Pour modifier le Titre du graphique, sélectionnez le texte par défaut à l'aide de la souris et saisissez le vôtre à la place.

        +

        Pour modifier la mise en forme de la police dans les éléments de texte, tels que le titre du graphique, les titres des axes, les entrées de légende, les étiquettes de données, etc., sélectionnez l'élément de texte nécessaire en cliquant dessus. Utilisez ensuite les icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour modifier le type de police, la taille, la couleur ou le style de décoration.

        +

        Une fois le graphique sélectionné, l'icône Paramètres de la forme L'icône Paramètres de la forme est aussi disponible à la droite car une forme est utilisé en arrière plan du graphique. Vous pouvez appuyer sur cette icône pour accéder l'onglet Paramètres de la forme dans la barre latérale droite et configurer le Remplissage, le Trait et le Style d'habillage de la forme. Veuillez noter qu'on ne peut pas modifier le type de la forme.

        +

        + Sous l'onglet Paramètres de la forme dans le panneau droit, vous pouvez configurer la zone du graphique là-même aussi que les éléments du graphique tels que la zone de tracé, la série de données, le titre du graphique, la légende et les autres et ajouter les différents types de remplissage. Sélectionnez l'élément du graphique nécessaire en cliquant sur le bouton gauche de la souris et choisissez le type de remplissage appropié: couleur de remplissage, remplissage en dégradé, image ou texture, modèle. Configurez les paramètres du remplissage et spécifier le niveau d'opacité si nécessaire. Lorsque vous sélectionnez l'axe vertical ou horizontal ou le quadrillage, vous pouvez configurer le paramètres du trait seulement sous l'onglet Paramètres de la forme: couleur, taille et type. Pour plus de détails sur utilisation veuillez accéder à cette page. +

        +

        Remarque: l'option Ajouter un ombre est aussi disponible sous l'onglet Paramètres de la forme, mais elle est désactivée pour les éléments du graphique.

        +

        Si vous voulez redimensionner les éléments du graphique, sélectionnez l'élément nécessaire en cliquant sur le bouton gauche de la souris et faites glisser un des huit carreaux blancs L'icône Carreaux le long du périmètre de l'élément.

        +

        Redimensionnement des éléments du graphique

        +

        Pour modifier la position d'un élément, cliquez sur cet élément avec le bouton gauche de souris, Flèche, maintenir le bouton gauche de la souris enfoncé et faites-le glisser avers la position souhaité.

        +

        Déplacer les éléments du graphique

        +

        Pour supprimer un élément de graphique, sélectionnez-le en cliquant sur le bouton gauche et appuyez sur la touche Suppr.

        Vous pouvez également faire pivoter les graphiques 3D à l'aide de la souris. Faites un clic gauche dans la zone de tracé et maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé. Faites glisser le curseur sans relâcher le bouton de la souris pour modifier l'orientation du graphique 3D.

        Graphique 3D

        Ajuster les paramètres du graphique

        -

        Onglet Paramètres du graphique

        -

        Certains paramètres du graphique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres du graphique de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur le graphique et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres du graphique Paramètres du graphique à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants :

        +

        L'onglet Paramètres du graphique

        +

        Certains paramètres du graphique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres du graphique de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur le graphique et sélectionne l'icône Paramètres du graphique L'icône Paramètres du graphique à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants:

          -
        • Taille est utilisée pour afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur du graphique actuel.
          • -
        • Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous).
          • -
        • Changer le type de graphique permet de modifier le type et/ou le style du graphique sélectionné.

          Pour sélectionner le Style de graphique nécessaire, utilisez le deuxième menu déroulant de la section Modifier le type de graphique.

          +
        • Taille est utilisée pour afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur du graphique actuel.
          • +
        • Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous).
          • +
        • Changer le type de graphique permet de modifier le type et/ou le style du graphique sélectionné. +

          Pour sélectionner le Style de graphique nécessaire, utilisez le deuxième menu déroulant de la section Modifier le type de graphique.

          • -
        • Modifier les données est utilisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre « Éditeur de graphique ».

          Remarque : pour ouvrir rapidement la fenêtre "Éditeur de graphiques", vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur le graphique dans le document.

          +
        • Modifier les données est utilisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre «Éditeur de graphique». +

          Remarque: pour ouvrir rapidement la fenêtre "Éditeur de graphiques", vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur le graphique dans le document.

        -

        Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes :

        +

        Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes:

          -
        • Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur.
          • -
        • Organiser sert à placer le graphique sélectionné au premier plan, envoyer à l'arrière-plan, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper des graphiques pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page.
          • -
        • Aligner sert à aligner le texte à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page.
          • -
        • Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte. L'option Modifier la limite d'habillage n'est pas disponible pour les graphiques.
          • -
        • Modifier les données est utilisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre « Éditeur de graphique ».
          • -
        • Paramètres avancés du graphique sert à ouvrir la fenêtre "Graphique - Paramètres avancés".
          • -
        -

        Lorsque le graphique est sélectionné, l'icône Paramètres de forme Paramètres de la forme est également disponible sur la droite, car une forme est utilisée comme arrière-plan pour le graphique. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le Remplissage, le Contour et le Style d'habillage de la forme. Notez que vous ne pouvez pas modifier le type de forme.

        +
      1. Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précédemment coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur.
        2. +
      2. Organiser sert à placer le graphique sélectionné au premier plan, envoyer à l'arrière-plan, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper des graphiques pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page.
        3. +
      3. Aligner sert à aligner le texte à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page.
        4. +
      4. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte. L'option Modifier la limite d'habillage n'est pas disponible pour les graphiques.
        5. +
      5. Modifier les données est utilisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre «Éditeur de graphique».
        6. +
      6. Paramètres avancés du graphique sert à ouvrir la fenêtre "Graphique - Paramètres avancés".
        7. +
        -

        Pour modifier les paramètres avancés, cliquez sur le graphique avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés du graphique du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien de la barre latérale droite Afficher paramètres avancés. La fenêtre propriétés du graphique s'ouvre :

        -

        Graphique - Paramètres avancés : Taille

        -

        L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants :

        +

        Pour modifier les paramètres avancés, cliquez sur le graphique avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés du graphique du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien de la barre latérale droite Afficher les paramètres avancés. La fenêtre paramètres du graphique s'ouvre:

        +

        La fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés Taille

        +

        L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants:

          -
        • Largeur et Hauteur - utilisez ces options pour changer la largeur et/ou la hauteur du graphique. Si vous cliquez sur le bouton Proportions constantes (dans ce cas, il ressemble à ceci Icône Proportions constantes active), la largeur et la hauteur seront changées en même temps, le ratio d'aspect du graphique original sera préservé.
          • +
        • Largeur et Hauteur utilisez ces options pour changer la largeur et/ou la hauteur du graphique. Lorsque le bouton Proportions constantes L'icône Proportions constantes est activé (dans ce cas, il ressemble à ceci) L'icône Proportions constantes activée), la largeur et la hauteur seront changées en même temps, le ratio d'aspect du graphique original sera préservé.
        -

        Graphique - Paramètres avancés : Habillage du texte

        -

        L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants :

        +

        La fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés Habillage du texte

        +

        L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants:

          -
        • Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la manière dont le graphique est positionné par rapport au texte : il peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style « aligné sur le texte ») ou être contourné par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles).
            -

          • Style d'habillage - Aligné sur le texte Aligné sur le texte - le graphique fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, le graphique est déplacé lui aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles.

            -

            Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer le graphique indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte :

            +
          • Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la manière dont le graphique est positionné par rapport au texte : il peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style « aligné sur le texte ») ou être contourné par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). +
              +

            • Style d'habillage - Aligné sur le texte Aligné sur le texte - le graphique fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, le graphique est déplacé lui aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles.

              +

              Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer le graphique indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte:

              • -

            • Style d'habillage - Carré Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique.

              • -

            • Style d'habillage - Rapproché Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour du graphique.

              • -

            • Style d'habillage - Au travers Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur de celui-ci.

              • -

            • Style d'habillage - Haut et bas Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas du graphique.

              • -

            • Style d'habillage - Devant le texte Devant le texte - le graphique est affiché sur le texte.

              • -

            • Style d'habillage - Derrière le texte Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur le graphique.

              • +

            • Style d'habillage - Carré Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique.

              • +

            • Style d'habillage - Rapproché Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour du graphique.

              • +

            • Style d'habillage - Au travers Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur de celui-ci.

              • +

            • Style d'habillage - Haut et bas Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas du graphique.

              • +

            • Style d'habillage - Devant le texte Devant le texte - le graphique est affiché sur le texte.

              • +

            • Style d'habillage - Derrière le texte Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur le graphique.

          -

          Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche).

          -

          Graphique - Paramètres avancés : Position

          -

          L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné :

          +

          Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche).

          +

          La fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés Position

          +

          L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné:

            -
          • La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de graphique suivants :
              -
            • Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite,
              • -
            • Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite,
              • -
            • Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite.
              • +
            • + La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de graphique suivants: +
                +
              • Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite,
                • +
              • Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite,
                • +
              • Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite.
              • -
            • La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de graphique suivants :
                -
              • Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure,
                • -
              • Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) sous la ligne, la marge, la marge inférieure, le paragraphe, la page la marge supérieure,
                • -
              • Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure.
                • +
              • + La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de graphique suivants: +
                  +
                • Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure,
                  • +
                • Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) au-dessous de la ligne, de la marge, de la marge inférieure, du paragraphe, de la page ou la marge supérieure,
                  • +
                • Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure.
                • -
              • Déplacer avec le texte détermine si le graphique se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel il est aligné.
                • -
              • Chevauchement détermine si deux graphiques se chevauchent ou non si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page.
                • +
              • Déplacer avec le texte détermine si le graphique se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel il est aligné.
                • +
              • Chevauchement détermine si deux graphiques se chevauchent ou non si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page.
              -

              Graphique - Paramètres avancés

              -

              L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique.

              +

              La fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés

              +

              L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique.

        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm index 7c78e8a0f..04afd6775 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Insérer des contrôles de contenu - + @@ -11,70 +11,158 @@
        - +

        Insérer des contrôles de contenu

        -

        À l'aide des contrôles de contenu, vous pouvez créer un formulaire avec des champs de saisie pouvant être renseignés par d'autres utilisateurs ou protéger certaines parties du document contre l'édition ou la suppression. Les contrôles de contenu sont des objets contenant du texte pouvant être mis en forme. Les contrôles de contenu de texte brut ne peuvent pas contenir plus d'un paragraphe, tandis que les contrôles de contenu en texte enrichi peuvent contenir plusieurs paragraphes, listes et objets (images, formes, tableaux, etc.).

        -

        Ajouter des contrôles de contenu

        -

        Pour créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de texte brut,

        +

        Les contrôles de contenu sont des objets comportant du contenu spécifique tel que le texte, les objets etc. En fonction du contrôle de contenu choisi, vous pouvez créer un formulaire contenant les zones de texte modifiable pouvant être rempli par d'autres utilisateurs, ou protéger certains éléments qu'on ne puisse les modifier ou supprimer.

        +

        Remarque: la possibilité d'ajouter de nouveaux contrôles de contenu n'est disponible que dans la version payante. Dans la version gratuite Community vous pouvez modifier les contrôles de contenu existants ainsi que les copier et coller.

        +

        Actuellement, vous pouvez ajouter les contrôles de contenu suivants: Texte brut, Texte enrichi, Image, Zone de liste déroulante, Liste déroulante, Date, Case à cocher.

        +
          +
        • Texte est le texte comportant un objet qui ne peut pas être modifié. C'est seulement un paragraphe que le contrôle en texte brut peut contenir.
          • +
        • Texte enrichi est le texte comportant un objet qui peut être modifié. Les contrôles en texte enrichi peuvent contenir plusieurs paragraphes, listes et objets (images, formes, tableaux etc.).
          • +
        • Image est un objet comportant une image.
          • +
        • Zone de liste déroulante est un objet comportant une liste déroulante avec un ensemble de choix. Ce contrôle permet de choisir une valeur prédéfinie et la modifier au besoin.
          • +
        • Liste déroulante est un objet comportant une liste déroulante avec un ensemble de choix. Ce contrôle permet de choisir une valeur prédéfinie. La valeur choisie ne peut pas être modifiée.
          • +
        • Date est l'objet comportant le calendrier qui permet de choisir une date.
          • +
        • Case à cocher est un objet permettant d'afficher deux options: la case cochée et la case décochée.
          • +
        +

        Ajouter des contrôles de contenu

        +

        Créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de texte brut

          -
        1. positionnez le point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle,
          ou sélectionnez un passage de texte que vous souhaitez transformer en contenu du contrôle.
          2. -
        2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure.
          3. -
        3. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu.
          4. -
        4. choisissez l'option Insérer un contrôle de contenu de texte brut dans le menu.
          5. +
        5. positionnez le point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle,
          ou sélectionnez un passage de texte que vous souhaitez transformer en contrôle du contenu.
          6. +
        6. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure.
          7. +
        7. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône l'icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu.
          8. +
        8. choisissez l'option Insérer un contrôle de contenu en texte brut dans le menu.
        -

        Le contrôle sera inséré au point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte existant. Les contrôles de contenu de texte brut ne permettent pas l'ajout de sauts de ligne et ne peuvent pas contenir d'autres objets tels que des images, des tableaux, etc.

        +

        Le contrôle sera inséré au point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte existant. Tapez votre texte à remplacer du texte par défaut à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu (Votre texte ici): sélectionnez le texte par défaut et tapez du texte approprié ou copiez le texte que vous voulez et collez le à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu. Les contrôles de contenu de texte brut ne permettent pas l'ajout de sauts de ligne et ne peuvent pas contenir d'autres objets tels que des images, des tableaux, etc.

        Nouveau contrôle du contenu de texte brut

        -

        Pour créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de texte enrichi,

        +

        Créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de texte enrichi

          -
        1. positionnez le point d'insertion à la fin d'un paragraphe après lequel vous voulez ajouter le contrôle,
          ou sélectionnez un ou plusieurs des paragraphes existants que vous voulez convertir en contenu du contrôle.
          2. -
        2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure.
          3. -
        3. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu.
          4. -
        4. choisissez l'option Insérer un contrôle de contenu de texte enrichi dans le menu.
          5. +
        5. positionnez le point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle,
          ou sélectionnez un passage de texte que vous souhaitez transformer en contrôle du contenu.
          6. +
        6. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure.
          7. +
        7. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône l'icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu.
          8. +
        8. choisissez l'option Insérer un contrôle de contenu en texte enrichi dans le menu.
        -

        Le contrôle sera inséré dans un nouveau paragraphe. Les contrôles de contenu de texte enrichi permettent d'ajouter des sauts de ligne, c'est-à-dire peuvent contenir plusieurs paragraphes ainsi que certains objets, tels que des images, des tableaux, d'autres contrôles de contenu, etc.

        -

        Contrôle du contenu de texte enrichi

        -

        Remarque : La bordure du contrôle de contenu est visible uniquement lorsque le contrôle est sélectionné. Les bordures n'apparaissent pas sur une version imprimée.

        +

        Le contrôle sera inséré dans un nouveau paragraphe du texte. Tapez votre texte à remplacer du texte par défaut à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu (Votre texte ici): sélectionnez le texte par défaut et tapez du texte approprié ou copiez le texte que vous voulez et collez le à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu. Les contrôles de contenu de texte enrichi permettent d'ajouter des sauts de ligne, c'est-à-dire peuvent contenir plusieurs paragraphes ainsi que certains objets, tels que des images, des tableaux, d'autres contrôles de contenu, etc.

        +

        Contrôle de contenu de texte enrichi

        +

        Créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu d'image

        +
          +
        1. positionnez le point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle.
          2. +
        2. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure.
          3. +
        3. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône l'icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu.
          4. +
        4. choisissez l'option Image dans le menu et le contrôle de contenu sera inséré au point d'insertion.
          5. +
        5. cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Insérer fonction Image dans le bouton au dessus de la bordure du contrôle de contenu, la fenêtre de sélection standard va apparaître. Choisissez l'image stockée sur votre ordinateur et cliquez sur Ouvrir.
          6. +
        +

        L'image choisie sera affichée à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu. Pour remplacer l'image, cliquez sur l'icône d'image L'icône Insérer image dans le bouton au dessus de la bordure du contrôle de contenu et sélectionnez une autre image.

        +

        Un nouveau contrôle de contenu d'image

        +

        Créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu Zone de liste déroulante ou Liste déroulante

        +

        Zone de liste déroulante et la Liste déroulante sont des objets comportant une liste déroulante avec un ensemble de choix. Ces contrôles de contenu sont crées de la même façon. La différence entre les contrôles Zone de liste déroulante et Liste déroulante est que la liste déroulante propose des choix que vous êtes obligé de sélectionner tandis que la Zone de liste déroulante accepte la saisie d’un autre élément.

        +
          +
        1. positionnez le point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle de contenu.
          2. +
        2. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure.
          3. +
        3. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône l'icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu.
          4. +
        4. choisissez l'option Zone de liste déroulante et Liste déroulante dans le menu et le contrôle de contenu sera inséré au point d'insertion.
          5. +
        5. cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le contrôle de contenu ajouté et sélectionnez Paramètres du contrôle de contenu du menu contextuel.
          6. +
        6. dans la fenêtre Paramètres du contrôle de contenu qui s'ouvre, passez à l'onglet Zone de liste déroulante ou Liste déroulante en fonction du type de contrôle de contenu sélectionné. +

          La fenêtre Paramètres de la Zone de liste déroulante

          +
          7. +
        7. + pour ajouter un nouveau élément à la liste, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter et remplissez les rubriques disponibles dans la fenêtre qui s'ouvre: +

          Zone de liste déroulante - ajouter une valeur

          +
            +
          1. saisissez le texte approprié dans le champ Nom d'affichage, par exemple, Oui, Non, Autre option. Ce texte sera affiché à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu dans le document.
            2. +
          2. par défaut le texte du champ Valeur coïncide avec celui-ci du champ Nom d'affichage. Si vous souhaitez modifier le texte du champ Valeur, veuillez noter que la valeur doit être unique pour chaque élément.
            3. +
          3. Cliquez sur OK.
            4. +
          +
          8. +
        8. les boutons Modifier et Effacer à droite servent à modifier ou supprimer les éléments de la liste et les boutons En haut et Bas à changer l'ordre d'affichage des éléments.
          9. +
        9. Une fois les paramètres configurés, cliquez sur OK pour enregistrer la configuration et fermer la fenêtre.
          10. +
        +

        Nouveau contrôle du contenu de la zone de liste déroulante

        +

        Vous pouvez cliquez sur la flèche à droite du contrôle de contenu Zone de liste déroulante ou Liste déroulante ajouté pour ouvrir la liste et sélectionner l'élément approprié. Une fois sélectionné dans la Zone de liste déroulante, on peut modifier le texte affiché en saisissant propre texte partiellement ou entièrement. La Liste déroulante ne permet pas la saisie d’un autre élément.

        +

        Le contrôle de contenu de la zone de liste déroulante

        +

        Créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu sélecteur des dates

        +
          +
        1. positionnez le point d'insertion dans le texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle de contenu.
          2. +
        2. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure.
          3. +
        3. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône l'icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu.
          4. +
        4. choisissez l'option Date dans le menu et le contrôle de contenu indiquant la date actuelle sera inséré au point d'insertion.
          5. +
        5. cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le contrôle de contenu ajouté et sélectionnez Paramètres du contrôle de contenu du menu contextuel.
          6. +
        6. + dans la fenêtre Paramètres du contrôle de contenu, passez à l'onglet Format de date. +

          Le fenêtre Paramètres de date

          +
          7. +
        7. Sélectionnez la Langue et le format de date appropriée dans la liste Afficher le date comme suit.
          8. +
        8. Cliquez sur OK pour appliquer toutes les modifications et fermer la fenêtre.
          9. +
        +

        Un nouveau contrôle de contenu de date

        +

        Vous pouvez cliquez sur la flèche à droite du contrôle de contenu Date ajouté pour ouvrir le calendrier et sélectionner la date appropriée.

        +

        Le contrôle de contenu de date

        +

        Créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de case à cocher

        +
          +
        1. positionnez le point d'insertion dans le texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle de contenu.
          2. +
        2. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure.
          3. +
        3. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône l'icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu.
          4. +
        4. choisissez l'option Case à cocher dans le menu et le contrôle de contenu sera inséré au point d'insertion.
          5. +
        5. cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le contrôle de contenu ajouté et sélectionnez Paramètres du contrôle de contenu du menu contextuel.
          6. +
        6. + dans la fenêtre Paramètres du contrôle de contenu, passez à l'onglet Case à cocher. +

          La fenêtre Paramètres de la case à cocher

          +
          7. +
        7. cliquez sur le bouton Symbole Activé pour spécifier le symbole indiquant la case cochée ou le Symbole Désactivé pour spécifier la façon d'afficher la case décochée. La fenêtre Symbole s'ouvre. Veuillez consulter cet articlepour en savoir plus sur utilisation des symboles.
          8. +
        8. Une fois les paramètres configurés, cliquez sur OK pour enregistrer la configuration et fermer la fenêtre.
          9. +
        +

        La case à cocher s'affiche désactivée.

        +

        Nouveau contrôle du contenu de la case à cocher

        +

        Une fois que vous cliquiez la case à cocher, le symbole qu'on a spécifié comme le Symbole Activé est inséré.

        +

        Le contrôle de contenu de la case à cocher

        + +

        Remarque: La bordure du contrôle de contenu est visible uniquement lorsque le contrôle est sélectionné. Les bordures n'apparaissent pas sur une version imprimée.

        +

        Déplacer des contrôles de contenu

        -

        Les contrôles peuvent être déplacés à un autre endroit du document: cliquez sur le bouton à gauche de la bordure de contrôle pour sélectionner le contrôle et faites-le glisser sans relâcher le bouton de la souris à un autre endroit dans le texte du document.

        +

        Les contrôles peuvent être déplacés à un autre endroit du document: cliquez sur le bouton à gauche de la bordure de contrôle pour sélectionner le contrôle et faites-le glisser sans relâcher le bouton de la souris à un autre endroit dans le texte du document.

        Déplacer des contrôles de contenu

        -

        Vous pouvez également copier et coller des contrôles de contenu: sélectionnez le contrôle voulu et utilisez les combinaisons de touches Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V.

        -

        Modifier des contrôles de contenu

        -

        Remplacez le texte par défaut dans le contrôle ("Votre texte ici") par votre propre texte: sélectionnez le texte par défaut, et tapez un nouveau texte ou copiez un passage de texte de n'importe où et collez-le dans le contrôle de contenu.

        -

        Le texte contenu dans le contrôle de contenu (texte brut ou texte enrichi) peut être formaté à l'aide des icônes de la barre d'outils supérieure: vous pouvez ajuster le type, la taille, la couleur de police, appliquer des styles de décoration et les préréglages de mise en forme. Il est également possible d'utiliser la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés accessible depuis le menu contextuel ou depuis la barre latérale de droite pour modifier les propriétés du texte. Le texte contenu dans les contrôles de contenu de texte enrichi peut être mis en forme comme un texte normal du document, c'est-à-dire que vous pouvez définir l'interlignage, modifier les retraits de paragraphe, ajuster les taquets de tabulation.

        +

        Vous pouvez également copier et coller des contrôles de contenu: sélectionnez le contrôle voulu et utilisez les combinaisons de touches Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V.

        + +

        Modifier des contrôles de contenu en texte brut et en texte enrichi

        +

        On peut modifier le texte à l'intérieur des contrôles de contenu en texte brut et en texte enrichi à l'aide des icônes de la barre d'outils supérieure: vous pouvez ajuster le type, la taille et la couleur de police, appliquer des styles de décoration et les configurations de mise en forme. Il est également possible d'utiliser la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés accessible depuis le menu contextuel ou depuis la barre latérale de droite pour modifier les propriétés du texte. Le texte contenu dans les contrôles de contenu de texte enrichi peut être mis en forme comme un texte normal du document, c'est-à-dire que vous pouvez définir l'interlignage, modifier les retraits de paragraphe, ajuster les taquets de tabulation, etc.

        +

        Modification des paramètres de contrôle du contenu

        +

        Quel que soit le type du contrôle de contenu, on peut configurer ses paramètres sous les onglets Général et Verrouillage dans la fenêtre Paramètres du contrôle de contenu.

        Pour ouvrir les paramètres de contrôle du contenu, vous pouvez procéder de la manière suivante:

          -
        • Sélectionnez le contrôle de contenu nécessaire, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de contrôle dans le menu.
          • -
        • Cliquez avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans le contrôle de contenu et utilisez l'option Paramètres de contrôle du contenu dans le menu contextuel.
          • +
        • Sélectionnez le contrôle de contenu nécessaire, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône l'icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de contrôle du menu.
          • +
        • Cliquez avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans le contrôle de contenu et utilisez l'option Paramètres de contrôle du contenu dans le menu contextuel.
        -

        Une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvrira où vous pourrez ajuster les paramètres suivants:

        -

        Fenêtre des paramètres de contrôle du contenu

        +

        Une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvrira. Sous l'onglet Général vous pouvez configurer les paramètres suivants:

        +

        Fenêtre des Paramètres de contrôle du contenu - Général

          -
        • Spécifiez le Titre ou l'Étiquette du contrôle de contenu dans les champs correspondants. Le titre s'affiche lorsque le contrôle est sélectionné dans le document. Les étiquettes sont utilisées pour identifier les contrôles de contenu afin que vous puissiez y faire référence dans votre code.
          • -
        • Choisissez si vous voulez afficher le contrôle de contenu avec une Zone de délimitation ou non. Utilisez l'option Aucune pour afficher le contrôle sans la zone de délimitation. Si vous sélectionnez l'option Zone de délimitation, vous pouvez choisir la Couleur de cette zone à l'aide du champ ci-dessous. Cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer à tous pour appliquer les paramètres d’apparence spécifiés à tous les contrôles de contenu du document.
          • -
        • Empêchez le contrôle de contenu d'être supprimé ou modifié en utilisant l'option de la section Verrouillage:
            -
          • Le contrôle du contenu ne peut pas être supprimé - cochez cette case pour empêcher la suppression du contrôle de contenu.
            • -
          • Le contenu ne peut pas être modifié - cochez cette case pour protéger le contenu du contrôle de contenu contre une modification.
            • -
          -
          • +
        • Spécifiez le Titre, l'Espace réservé ou le Tag dans les champs correspondants. Le titre s'affiche lorsque le contrôle est sélectionné dans le document. L'espace réservé est le texte principal qui s'affiche à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu. Les Tags sont utilisées pour identifier les contrôles de contenu afin que vous puissiez y faire référence dans votre code.
          • +
        • Choisissez si vous voulez afficher le contrôle de contenu avec une Boîte d'encombrement ou non. Utilisez l'option Aucun pour afficher le contrôle sans aucune boîte d'encombrement. Si vous sélectionnez l'option Boîte d'encombrement, vous pouvez choisir la Couleur de la boîte à l'aide du champ ci-dessous. Cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer à tous pour appliquer les paramètres d’Apparence spécifiés à tous les contrôles de contenu du document.
        -

        cliquez sur le bouton OK dans la fenêtre des paramètres pour appliquer les changements.

        -

        Il est également possible de surligner les contrôles de contenu avec une certaine couleur. Pour surligner les contrôles avec une couleur :

        +

        Sous l'onglet Verrouillage vous pouvez empêchez toute suppression ou modifcation du contrôle de contenu en utilisant les paramètres suivants:

        +

        Fenêtre des Paramètres de contrôle du contenu - Verrouillage

        +
          +
        • Le contrôle du contenu ne peut pas être supprimé - cochez cette case pour empêcher la suppression du contrôle de contenu.
          • +
        • Le contenu ne peut pas être modifié - cochez cette case pour protéger le contenu du contrôle de contenu contre une modification.
          • +
        +

        Sous le troisième onglet on peut configurer les paramètres spécifiques de certain type du contrôle de contenu, comme: Zone de liste déroulante, Liste déroulante, Date, Case à cocher. Tous ces paramètres ont déjà été décrits ci-dessus dans la section appropriée à chaque contrôle de contenu.

        +

        Cliquez sur le bouton OK dans la fenêtre des paramètres pour appliquer les changements.

        +

        Il est également possible de surligner les contrôles de contenu avec une certaine couleur. Pour surligner les contrôles avec une couleur:

          -
        1. Cliquez sur le bouton situé à gauche de la bordure du champ pour sélectionner le champ,
          2. -
        2. Cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure,
          3. -
        3. Sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de surlignage du menu contextuel,
          4. -
        4. Sélectionnez la couleur souhaitée dans les palettes disponibles : Couleurs du thème, Couleurs standard ou spécifiez une nouvelle Couleur personnalisée. Pour supprimer la surbrillance des couleurs précédemment appliquée, utilisez l'option Pas de surbrillance.
          5. +
        5. Cliquez sur le bouton situé à gauche de la bordure du champ pour sélectionner le contrôle,
          6. +
        6. Cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône l'icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure,
          7. +
        7. Sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de surbrillance du menu,
          8. +
        8. Sélectionnez la couleur souhaitée dans les palettes disponibles: Couleurs du thème, Couleurs standard ou spécifiez une nouvelle Couleur personnalisée. Pour supprimer la surbrillance des couleurs précédemment appliquée, utilisez l'option Pas de surbrillance.

        Les options de surbrillance sélectionnées seront appliquées à tous les contrôles de contenu du document.

        -

        Retirer des contrôles de contenu

        +

        Supprimer des contrôles de contenu

        Pour supprimer un contrôle et laisser tout son contenu, cliquez sur le contrôle de contenu pour le sélectionner, puis procédez de l'une des façons suivantes:

          -
        • Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles du contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Retirer le contrôle du contenu dans le menu.
          • -
        • Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la sélection et choisissez l'option Supprimer le contrôle de contenu dans le menu contextuel,
          • +
        • Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône l'icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer le contrôle du contenu dans le menu.
          • +
        • Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le contrôle de contenu et utilisez l'option Supprimer le contrôle du contenu dans le menu contextuel.
        -

        Pour supprimer un contrôle et tout son contenu, sélectionnez le contrôle nécessaire et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier.

        +

        Pour supprimer un contrôle et tout son contenu, sélectionnez le contrôle nécessaire et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf3809f63 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ + + + + Insertion de renvoi + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Insertion de renvoi

        +

        Les renvois permettent de créer les liens vers d'autres parties du même document telles que les diagrammes ou les tableaux. Le renvoi apparaît sous la forme d'un lien hypertexte.

        +

        Créer un renvoi

        +
          +
        1. Positionnez le curseur dans le texte à l'endroit où vous souhaitez insérer un renvoi.
          2. +
        2. Passez à l'onglet Références et cliquez sur l'icône Renvoi.
          3. +
        3. + Paramétrez le renvoi dans la fenêtre contextuelle Renvoi. +

          La fenêtre Renvoi.

          +
            +
          • Dans la liste déroulante Type de référence spécifiez l'élément vers lequel on veut renvoyer, par exemple, l'objet numéroté (option par défaut), en-tête, signet, note de bas de page, note de fin, équation, figure, et tableau. Sélectionnez l'élément approprié.
            • +
          • + Dans la liste Insérer la référence à spécifiez les informations que vous voulez insérer dans le document. Votre choix dépend de la nature des éléments que vous avez choisi dans la liste Type de référence. Par exemple, pour l'option En-tête on peut spécifier les informations suivantes: Texte de l'en-tête, Numéro de page, Numéro de l'en-tête, Numéro de l'en-tête (pas de contexte), Numéro de l'en-tête (contexte global), Au-dessus/au-dessous.
            La liste complète des options dépend du type de référence choisi: +
      Nom de la policeNom de la policeNom de la policeNom de la police Sert à sélectionner l'une des polices disponibles dans la liste. Si une police requise n'est pas disponible dans la liste, vous pouvez la télécharger et l'installer sur votre système d'exploitation, après quoi la police sera disponible pour utilisation dans la version de bureau.
      Sert à sélectionner la taille de la police parmi les valeurs disponibles dans la liste déroulante (les valeurs par défaut sont : 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 et 96). Il est également possible d'entrer manuellement une valeur personnalisée dans le champ de taille de police, puis d'appuyer sur Entrée.
      Incrémenter la taille de la policeIncrémenter la taille de la policeAugmenter la taille de la policeAugmenter la taille de la police Sert à modifier la taille de la police en la randant plus grande à un point chaque fois que vous appuyez sur le bouton.
      Décrementer la taille de la policeDécrementer la taille de la policeRéduire la taille de la policeRéduire la taille de la police Sert à modifier la taille de la police en la randant plus petite à un point chaque fois que vous appuyez sur le bouton.
      + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      Type de référenceInsérer la référence àDescription
      Objet numérotéNuméro de pagePour insérer le numéro de page du l'objet numéroté
      Numéro de paragraphePour insérer le numéro de paragraphe du l'objet numéroté
      Numéro de paragraphe (pas de contexte)Pour insérer le numéro de paragraphe abrégé. On fait la référence à un élément spécifique de la liste numérotée, par exemple vous faites une référence seulement à 1 au lieu de 4.1.1.
      Numéro de paragraphe (contexte global)Pour insérer le numéro de paragraphe complet, par exemple 4.1.1.
      Texte du paragraphePour insérer la valeur textuelle du paragraphe, par exemple pour 4.1.1. Conditions générales on fait référence seulement à Conditions générales
      Au-dessus/au-dessousPour insérer automatiquement des mots Au-dessus ou Au-dessous en fonction de la position de l'élément.
      En-têteTexte de l'en-têtePour insérer le texte complet de l'en-tête
      Numéro de pagePour insérer le numéro de page d'un en-tête
      Numéro de l'en-têtePour insérer la numérotation consécutive de l'en-tête
      Numéro de l'en-tête (pas de contexte)Pour insérer le numéro de l'en-tête abrégé. Assurez-vous de placer le curseur dans la section à laquelle vous souhaiter faire une référence, par exemple, vous êtes dans la section 4 et vous souhaiter faire référence à l'en-tête 4.B alors au lieu de 4.B s'affiche seulement B.
      Numéro de l'en-tête (contexte global)Pour insérer le numéro de l'en-tête complet même si le curseur est dans la même section
      Au-dessus/au-dessousPour insérer automatiquement des mots Au-dessus ou Au-dessous en fonction de la position de l'élément.
      SignetLe texte du signetPour insérer le texte complet du signet
      Numéro de pagePour insérer le numéro de page du signet
      Numéro de paragraphePour insérer le numéro de paragraphe du signet
      Numéro de paragraphe (pas de contexte)Pour insérer le numéro de paragraphe abrégé. On fait la référence seulement à un élément spécifique, par exemple vous faites une référence seulement à 1 au lieu de 4.1.1.
      Numéro de paragraphe (contexte global)Pour insérer le numéro de paragraphe complet, par exemple 4.1.1.
      Au-dessus/au-dessousPour insérer automatiquement des mots Au-dessus ou Au-dessous en fonction de la position de l'élément.
      Note de bas de pageNuméro de la note de bas de pagePour insérer le numéro de la note de bas de page
      Numéro de pagePour insérer le numéro de page de la note de bas de page
      Au-dessus/au-dessousPour insérer automatiquement des mots Au-dessus ou Au-dessous en fonction de la position de l'élément.
      Le numéro de la note de bas de page (mis en forme)Pour insérer le numéro de la note de bas de page mis en forme d'une note de bas de page. La numérotation de notes de bas de page existantes n'est pas affectée
      Note de finLe numéro de la note de finPour insérer le numéro de la note de fin
      Numéro de pagePour insérer le numéro de page de la note de fin
      Au-dessus/au-dessousPour insérer automatiquement des mots Au-dessus ou Au-dessous en fonction de la position de l'élément.
      Le numéro de la note de fin (mis en forme)Pour insérer le numéro de la note de fin mis en forme d'une note de fin. La numérotation de notes de fin existantes n'est pas affectée
      Équation / Figure / TableauLa légende complètePour insérer le texte complet de la légende
      Seulement l'étiquette et le numéroPour insérer l'étiquette et le numéro de l'objet, par exemple, Tableau 1.1
      Seulement le texte de la légendePour insérer seulement le texte de la légende
      Numéro de pagePour insérer le numéro de la page comportant du l'objet référencé
      Au-dessus/au-dessousPour insérer automatiquement des mots Au-dessus ou Au-dessous en fonction de la position de l'élément.
      +
      + + +
    • Pour faire apparaître une référence comme un lien actif, cochez la case Insérer en tant que lien hypertexte.
      • +
    • Pour spécifier la position de l'élément référencé, cochez la case Inclure au-dessus/au-dessous (si disponible). ONLYOFFICE Document Editor insère automatiquement des mots “au-dessus” ou “au-dessous” en fonction de la position de l'élément.
      • +
    • Pour spécifier le séparateur, cochez la case à droite Séparer les numéros avec. Il faut spécifier le séparateur pour les références dans le contexte global.
      • +
    • Dans la zone Pour quel en-tête choisissez l’élément spécifique auquel renvoyer en fonction de la Type référence choisi, par exemple: pour l'option En-tête on va afficher la liste complète des en-têtes dans ce document.
      • +
    + +
  • Pour créer le renvoi cliquez sur Insérer.
    • + +

    Supprimer des renvois

    +

    Pour supprimer un renvoi, sélectionnez le renvoi que vous souhaitez supprimer et appuyez sur la touche Suppr.

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39c1383f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + Insérer la date et l'heure + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insérer la date et l'heure

    +

    Pour insérer la Date et l'heure dans votre document,

    +
      +
    1. placer le curseur à l'endroit où vous voulez insérer la Date et heure,
      2. +
    2. passez à l'onglet Insérer dans la barre d'outils en haut,
      3. +
    3. cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Date et heure Date et heure dans la barre d'outils en haut,
      4. +
    4. + dans la fenêtre Date et l'heure qui s'affiche, configurez les paramètres, comme suit: +
        +
      • Sélectionnez la langue visée.
        • +
      • Sélectionnez le format parmi ceux proposés.
        • +
      • + Cochez la case Mettre à jour automatiquement en tant que la date et l'heure sont automatiquement mis à jour. +

        + Remarque: Si vous préférez mettre à jour la date et l'heure manuellement, vous pouvez utiliser l'option de Mettre à jour dans le menu contextuel. +

        +
        • +
      • Sélectionnez l'option Définir par défaut pour utiliser ce format par défaut pour cette langue.
        • +
      +
      5. +
    5. Cliquez sur OK.
      6. +
    +

    La fenêtre Date et heure

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm index a9df42c82..574a9ccd9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm @@ -11,54 +11,59 @@
    - +

    Insérer une lettrine

    -

    Une Lettrine est une lettre initiale du paragraphe, elle est plus grande que les autres lettres et occupe une hauteur supérieure à la ligne courante.

    +

    Une Lettrine est une lettre initiale majuscule placée au début d'un paragraphe ou d'une section. La taille d'une lettrine est généralement plusieurs lignes.

    Pour ajouter une lettrine,

    1. placez le curseur à l'intérieur du paragraphe dans lequel vous voulez insérer une lettrine,
      2. -
    2. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      3. -
    3. cliquez sur l'icône Insérer une lettrine Insérer une lettrine sur la barre d'outils supérieure,
      4. -
    4. sélectionnez l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante :
        -
      • Dans le texte Insérer une lettrine - Dans le texte - pour insérer une lettrine dans le paragraphe.
        • -
      • Dans la marge Insérer une lettrine - Dans la marge - pour placer une lettrine dans la marge gauche.
        • +
      • passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • +
      • cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Lettrine Lettrine sur la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • +
      • sélectionnez l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante: +
          +
        • Dans le texte Insérer une lettrine - Dans le texte - pour insérer une lettrine dans le paragraphe.
          • +
        • Dans la marge Insérer une lettrine - Dans la marge - pour placer une lettrine dans la marge gauche.
    -

    Exemple de la lettrineLa lettre initiale du paragraphe sélectionné sera transformée en une lettrine. Si vous avez besoin d'ajouter quelques lettres, vous pouvez le faire manuellement : sélectionnez la lettrine et tapez les lettres nécessaires.

    -

    Pour régler l'apparence de la lettrine (par exemple, taille de police, type, style de décoration ou couleur), sélectionnez la lettre et utilisez les icônes correspondantes sur la barre d'outils supérieure.

    -

    La lettrine sélectionnée est entourée par un cadre (un conteneur utilisé pour positionner la lettrine sur la page). Vous pouvez facilement changer la taille du cadre en faisant glisser ses bordures ou changer sa position en utilisant l'icône Flèche qui apparaît si vous positionnez le curseur sur le cadre.

    -

    Pour supprimer la lettrine ajoutée, sélectionnez-la, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer une lettrine Insérer une lettrine de la barre d'outils supérieure et choisissez l'option Aucune Insérer une lettrine - Aucune dans la liste déroulante.

    +

    Exemple de la lettrineLa lettre initiale du paragraphe sélectionné sera transformée en une lettrine. Si vous avez besoin d'ajouter quelques lettres, vous pouvez le faire manuellement: sélectionnez la lettrine et tapez les lettres nécessaires.

    +

    Pour régler l'apparence de la lettrine (par exemple, taille de police, type, style de décoration ou couleur), sélectionnez la lettre et utilisez les icônes correspondantes sous l'onglet Accueil sur la barre d'outils supérieure.

    +

    La lettrine sélectionnée est entourée par un cadre (un conteneur utilisé pour positionner la lettrine sur la page). Vous pouvez facilement changer la taille du cadre en faisant glisser ses bordures ou changer sa position en utilisant l'icône Flèche qui apparaît si vous positionnez le curseur sur le cadre.

    +

    Pour supprimer la lettrine ajoutée, sélectionnez-la, cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Lettrine Lettrine sous l'onglet Insérer sur la barre d'outils supérieure et choisissez l'option Aucune Insérer une lettrine - Aucune dans la liste déroulante.

    -

    Pour modifier les paramètres de la lettrine ajoutée, sélectionnez-la, cliquez sur l'icône de la barre d'outils supérieure Insérer une lettrine Insérer une lettrine et choisissez l'option Paramètres de la lettrine dans la liste déroulante. La fenêtre Lettrine - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre :

    +

    Pour modifier les paramètres de la lettrine ajoutée, sélectionnez-la, cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Lettrine Lettrine sous l'onglet Insérer sur la barre d'outils supérieure et choisissez l'option Paramètres de la lettrine dans la liste déroulante. La fenêtre Lettrine - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre:

    Lettrine - Paramètres avancés

    -

    L'onglet Lettrine vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants :

    +

    L'onglet Lettrine vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants:

      -
    • Position sert à changer l'emplacement de la lettrine. Sélectionnez l'option Dans le texte ou Dans la marge, ou cliquez sur Aucune pour supprimer la lettrine.
      • -
    • Police sert à sélectionner la police dans la liste des polices disponibles.
      • -
    • Hauteur des lignes sert à spécifier le nombre des lignes occupées par la lettrine. Il est possible de sélectionner de 1 à 10 lignes.
      • -
    • Distance du texte sert à spécifier l'espace entre le texte du paragraphe et la bordure droite du cadre qui entoure la lettrine.
      • +
    • Position sert à changer l'emplacement de la lettrine. Sélectionnez l'option Dans le texte ou Dans la marge, ou cliquez sur Aucune pour supprimer la lettrine.
      • +
    • Police sert à sélectionner la police dans la liste des polices disponibles.
      • +
    • Hauteur des lignes sert à spécifier le nombre des lignes occupées par la lettrine. Il est possible de sélectionner de 1 à 10 lignes.
      • +
    • Distance du texte sert à spécifier l'espace entre le texte du paragraphe et la bordure droite du cadre qui entoure la lettrine.

    Lettrine - Paramètres avancés

    -

    L'onglet Bordures et remplissage vous permet d'ajouter une bordure autour de la lettrine et de régler ses paramètres. Ils sont les suivants :

    +

    L'onglet Bordures et remplissage vous permet d'ajouter une bordure autour de la lettrine et de régler ses paramètres. Ils sont les suivants:

      -
    • Paramètres de la Bordure (taille, couleur, sa présence ou absence) - définissez la taille des bordures, sélectionnez leur couleur et choisissez les bordures auxquelles (en haut, en bas, à gauche, à droite ou quelques unes à la fois) vous voulez appliquer ces paramètres.
      • -
    • Couleur d'arrère-plan - choisissez la couleur pour l'arrère-plan de la lettrine.
      • +
    • Paramètres de la Bordure (taille, couleur, sa présence ou absence) - définissez la taille des bordures, sélectionnez leur couleur et choisissez les bordures auxquelles (en haut, en bas, à gauche, à droite ou quelques unes à la fois) vous voulez appliquer ces paramètres.
      • +
    • Couleur d'arrière-plan - choisissez la couleur pour l'arrère-plan de la lettrine.

    Lettrine - Paramètres avancés

    -

    L'onglet Marges vous permet de définir la distance entre la lettrine et les bordures En haut, En bas, A gauche et A droite autour d'elle (si les bordures ont été préalablement ajoutées).

    +

    L'onglet Marges vous permet de définir la distance entre la lettrine et les bordures En haut, En bas, A gauche et A droite autour d'elle (si les bordures ont été préalablement ajoutées).

    -

    Après avoir ajouté la lettrine vous pouvez également changer les paramètres du Cadre. Pour y accéder, cliquez droit à l'intérieur du cadre et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancées du cadre du menu contextuel. La fenêtre Cadre - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre :

    +

    Après avoir ajouté la lettrine vous pouvez également changer les paramètres du Cadre. Pour y accéder, cliquez droit à l'intérieur du cadre et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancées du cadre du menu contextuel. La fenêtre Cadre - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre:

    Cadre - Paramètres avancés

    -

    L'onglet Cadre vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants :

    +

    L'onglet Cadre vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants:

      -
    • Position sert à sélectionner une des styles d'habillage Aligné ou Flottant. Ou vous pouvez cliquer sur Aucune pour supprimer le cadre.
      • -
    • Largeur et Hauteur servent à changer la taille du cadre. L'option Auto vous permet de régler la taille du cadre automatiquement en l'ajustant à la lettrine à l'intérieur. L'option Exactement vous permet de spécifier les valeurs fixes. L'option Au moins est utilisée pour définir la hauteur minimale (si vous changez la taille du cadre, la hauteur du cadre change en conséquence, mais elle ne peut pas être inférieure à la valeur spécifiée).
      • -
    • Horizontal sert à définir la position exacte du cadre des unités sélectionnées par rapport à la marge, la page ou la colonne, ou à aligner le cadre (à gauche, au centre ou à droite) par rapport à un des points de référence. Vous pouvez également définir la Distance du texte horizontale c'est-à-dire l'espace entre les bordures verticales du cadre et le texte du paragraphe.
      • -
    • Vertical sert à définir la position exacte du cadre des unités sélectionnées par rapport à la marge, la page ou le paragraphe, ou à aligner le cadre (en haut, au centre ou en bas) par rapport à un des points de référence. Vous pouvez également définir la Distance du texte verticale c'est-à-dire l'espace entre les bordures horizontales et le texte du paragraphe.
      • -
    • Déplacer avec le texte contrôle si la litterine se déplace comme le paragraphe auquel elle est liée.
      • -

    Les onglets Bordures et remplissage et Marges permettent de définir les mêmes paramètres que dans les onglets de la fenêtre Lettrine - Paramètres avancés.

    +
  • Position sert à sélectionner une des styles d'habillage Aligné ou Flottant. Ou vous pouvez cliquer sur Aucune pour supprimer le cadre.
    • +
  • Largeur et Hauteur servent à changer la taille du cadre. L'option Auto vous permet de régler la taille du cadre automatiquement en l'ajustant à la lettrine à l'intérieur. L'option Exactement vous permet de spécifier les valeurs fixes. L'option Au moins est utilisée pour définir la hauteur minimale (si vous changez la taille du cadre, la hauteur du cadre change en conséquence, mais elle ne peut pas être inférieure à la valeur spécifiée).
    • +
  • Horizontal sert à définir la position exacte du cadre des unités sélectionnées par rapport à la marge, la page ou la colonne, ou à aligner le cadre (à gauche, au centre ou à droite) par rapport à un des points de référence. Vous pouvez également définir la Distance du texte horizontale c'est-à-dire l'espace entre les bordures verticales du cadre et le texte du paragraphe.
    • +
  • Vertical sert à définir la position exacte du cadre des unités sélectionnées par rapport à la marge, la page ou le paragraphe, ou à aligner le cadre (en haut, au centre ou en bas) par rapport à un des points de référence. Vous pouvez également définir la Distance du texte verticale c'est-à-dire l'espace entre les bordures horizontales et le texte du paragraphe.
    • +
  • Déplacer avec le texte contrôle si la lettrine se déplace comme le paragraphe auquel elle est liée.
    • + + +

    Les onglets Bordures et remplissage et Marges permettent de définir les mêmes paramètres que dans les onglets de la fenêtre Lettrine - Paramètres avancés.

    + +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c248f9561 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + + Insérer des notes de fin + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insérer des notes de fin

    +

    Utilisez les notes de fin pour donner des explications ou ajouter des commentaires à un terme ou une proposition et citer une source à la fin du document.

    +

    Insertion de notes de fin

    +

    Pour insérer la note de fin dans votre document,

    +
      +
    1. placez un point d'insertion à la fin du texte ou du mot concerné,
      2. +
    2. passez à l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut,
      3. +
    3. + cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans la barre d'outils en haut et sélectionnez dans la liste Insérer une note de fin.
      +

      Le symbole de la note de fin est alors ajouté dans le corps de texte (symbole en exposant qui indique la note de fin), et le point d'insertion se déplace à la fin de document.

      +
      4. +
    4. Vous pouvez saisir votre texte.
      5. +
    +

    Il faut suivre la même procédure pour insérer une note de fin suivante sur un autre fragment du texte. La numérotation des notes de fin est appliquée automatiquement. i, ii, iii, etc. par défaut.

    +

    Notes de fin

    +

    Affichage des notes de fin dans le document

    +

    Faites glisser le curseur au symbole de la note de fin dans le texte du document, la note de fin s'affiche dans une petite fenêtre contextuelle.

    +

    Texte d'une note de fin

    +

    Parcourir les notes de fin

    +

    Vous pouvez facilement passer d'une note de fin à une autre dans votre document,

    +
      +
    1. cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône L'icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut,
      2. +
    2. dans la section Passer aux notes de fin utilisez la flèche gauche L'icône Note de fin précédente pour se déplacer à la note de fin suivante ou la flèche droite L'icône Note de fin suivante pour se déplacer à la note de fin précédente.
      3. +
    +

    Modification des notes de fin

    +

    Pour particulariser les notes de fin,

    +
      +
    1. cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône L'icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut,
      2. +
    2. appuyez sur Paramètres des notes dans le menu,
      3. +
    3. + modifiez les paramètres dans la boîte de dialogue Paramètres des notes qui va apparaître: +

      Le fenêtre Paramètres des notes de fin

      +
        +
      • + Spécifiez l'Emplacement des notes de fin et sélectionnez l'une des options dans la liste déroulante à droite: +
          +
        • Fin de section - les notes de fin son placées à la fin de la section.
          • +
        • Fin de document - les notes de fin son placées à la fin du document.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + Modifiez le Format des notes de fin: +
          +
        • Format de nombre - sélectionnez le format de nombre disponible dans la liste: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
          • +
        • Début - utilisez les flèches pour spécifier le nombre ou la lettre à utiliser pour la première note de fin.
          • +
        • + Numérotation - sélectionnez les options de numérotation: +
            +
          • Continue - numérotation de manière séquentielle dans le document,
            • +
          • À chaque section - numérotation redémarre à 1 (ou à une autre séquence de symboles) au début de chaque section du document,
            • +
          • À chaque page - numérotation redémarre à 1 (ou à une autre séquence de symboles) au début de chaque page du document.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Marque particularisée - séquence de symboles ou mots spéciaux à utiliser comme symbole de note de fin (Exemple: * ou Note1). Tapez le symbole/mot dans le champ et cliquez sur Insérer en bas de la boîte dialogue Paramètres des notes.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + Dans la liste déroulante Appliquer les modifications à sélectionnez si vous voulez appliquer les modifications À tout le document ou seulement À cette section. +

        Remarque: pour définir un format différent pour les notes de fin sur différentes sections du document, il faut tout d'abord utiliser les sauts de sections .

        +
        • +
      +
      4. +
    4. Une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur Appliquer.
      5. +
    + +

    Supprimer le notes de fin

    +

    Pour supprimer une note de fin, placez un point d'insertion devant le symbole de note de fin dans le texte et cliquez sur la touche Suppr. Toutes les autres notes de fin sont renumérotées.

    +

    Pour supprimer toutes les notes de fin du document,

    +
      +
    1. cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône L'icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut,
      2. +
    2. sélectionnez Supprimer les notes dans le menu.
      3. +
    3. dans la boîte de dialogue sélectionnez Supprimer toutes les notes de fin et cliquez sur OK.
      4. +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index c23e4aa2d..436dde77a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Insérer des équations - + @@ -11,75 +11,91 @@
    - +
    -

    Insérer des équations

    -

    Document Editor vous permet de créer des équations à l'aide des modèles intégrés, de les modifier, d'insérer des caractères spéciaux (à savoir des opérateurs mathématiques, des lettres grecques, des accents, etc.).

    +

    Insertion des équations

    +

    Document Editor vous permet de créer des équations à l'aide des modèles intégrés, de les modifier, d'insérer des caractères spéciaux (à savoir des opérateurs mathématiques, des lettres grecques, des accents, etc.).

    Ajouter une nouvelle équation

    Pour insérer une équation depuis la galerie,

    1. placez le curseur à l'intérieur de la ligne choisie,
      2. -
    2. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      3. -
    3. cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône icône Équation Équation sur la barre d'outils supérieure,
      4. -
    4. sélectionnez la catégorie d'équation souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Les catégories suivantes sont actuellement disponibles : Symboles, Fractions, Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Crochets, Fonctions, Accentuations, Limites et logarithmes, Opérateurs, Matrices,
      5. +
    5. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      6. +
    6. cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône L'icône Équation Équation sur la barre d'outils supérieure,
      7. +
    7. sélectionnez la catégorie d'équation souhaitée dans la liste déroulante: Les catégories suivantes sont actuellement disponibles: Symboles, Fractions, Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Crochets, Fonctions, Accentuations, Limites et logarithmes, Opérateurs, Matrices,
    8. cliquez sur le symbole/l'équation voulu(e) dans l'ensemble de modèles correspondant.
    -

    La boîte de symbole/équation sélectionnée sera insérée à la position du curseur. Si la ligne sélectionnée est vide, l'équation sera centrée. Pour aligner une telle équation à gauche ou à droite, cliquez sur la boîte d'équation et utilisez l'icône icône Aligner à gauche ou icône Aligner à droite dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.

    Équation Insérée

    Chaque modèle d'équation comporte un ensemble d'emplacements. Un emplacement est une position pour chaque élément qui compose l'équation. Un emplacement vide (également appelé un espace réservé) a un contour en pointillé Espace Réservé. Vous devez remplir tous les espaces réservés en spécifiant les valeurs nécessaires.

    -

    Remarque : pour commencer à créer une équation, vous pouvez également utiliser le raccourci clavier Alt + =.

    +

    La boîte de symbole/équation sélectionnée sera insérée à la position du curseur. Si la ligne sélectionnée est vide, l'équation sera centrée. Pour aligner une telle équation à gauche ou à droite, cliquez sur la boîte d'équation et utilisez l'icône L'icône Aligner à gauche ou l'icône L'icône Aligner à droite sous l'onglet Accueil dans la barre d'outils supérieure.

    + Équation Insérée +

    Chaque modèle d'équation comporte un ensemble d'emplacements. Un emplacement est une position pour chaque élément qui compose l'équation. Un emplacement vide (également appelé un espace réservé) a un contour en pointillé Espace Réservé. Vous devez remplir tous les espaces réservés en spécifiant les valeurs nécessaires.

    +

    Remarque: pour commencer à créer une équation, vous pouvez également utiliser le raccourci clavier Alt + =.

    +

    On peut aussi ajouter une légende à l'équation. Veuillez consulter cet article pour en savoir plus sur utilisation des légendes.

    Entrer des valeurs

    -

    Le point d'insertion spécifie où le prochain caractère que vous entrez apparaîtra. Pour positionner le point d'insertion avec précision, cliquez dans un espace réservé et utilisez les flèches du clavier pour déplacer le point d'insertion d'un caractère vers la gauche/la droite ou d'une ligne vers le haut/bas.

    -

    Si vous devez créer un espace réservé sous l'emplacement avec le point d'insertion dans le modèle sélectionné, appuyez sur Entrée.

    Équation éditée

    Une fois le point d'insertion positionné, vous pouvez remplir l'espace réservé :

      +

      Le point d'insertion spécifie où le prochain caractère que vous entrez apparaîtra. Pour positionner le point d'insertion avec précision, cliquez dans un espace réservé et utilisez les flèches du clavier pour déplacer le point d'insertion d'un caractère vers la gauche/la droite ou d'une ligne vers le haut/bas.

      +

      Si vous devez créer un espace réservé sous l'emplacement avec le point d'insertion dans le modèle sélectionné, appuyez sur Entrée.

      + Équation éditée +

      Une fois le point d'insertion positionné, vous pouvez remplir l'espace réservé: +

      • entrez la valeur numérique/littérale souhaitée à l'aide du clavier,
        • -
      • insérer un caractère spécial à l'aide de la palette Symboles dans le menu icône Équation Équation de l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • +
      • insérer un caractère spécial à l'aide de la palette Symboles dans le menu L'icône Équation Équation sous l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure ou saisissez les à l'aide du clavier (consultez la description de l'option AutoMaths ),
      • ajoutez un autre modèle d'équation à partir de la palette pour créer une équation imbriquée complexe. La taille de l'équation primaire sera automatiquement ajustée pour s'adapter à son contenu. La taille des éléments de l'équation imbriquée dépend de la taille de l'espace réservé de l'équation primaire, mais elle ne peut pas être inférieure à la taille de sous-indice.

      Équation éditée

      -

      Pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel :

      +

      Pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel:

        -
      • Pour ajouter un nouvel argument avant ou après celui existant dans les Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument existant et sélectionner l'option Insérer un argument avant/après dans le menu.
        • -
      • Pour ajouter une nouvelle équation dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets (ou des équations d'autres types, si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces en appuyant sur Entrée), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé vide ou une équation entrée et sélectionner l'option Insérer une équation avant/après dans le menu.
        • -
      • Pour ajouter une nouvelle ligne ou une colonne dans une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé, sélectionner l'option Insérer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Ligne au-dessus/en dessous ou Colonne à gauche/à droite.
        • +
      • Pour ajouter un nouvel argument avant ou après celui existant dans les Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument existant et sélectionner l'option Insérer un argument avant/après dans le menu.
        • +
      • Pour ajouter une nouvelle équation dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets (ou des équations d'autres types, si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces en appuyant sur Entrée), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé vide ou une équation entrée et sélectionner l'option Insérer une équation avant/après dans le menu.
        • +
      • Pour ajouter une nouvelle ligne ou une colonne dans une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé, sélectionner l'option Insérer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Ligne au-dessus/en dessous ou Colonne à gauche/à droite.
      -

      Remarque : actuellement, les équations ne peuvent pas être entrées en utilisant le format linéaire, c'est-à-dire \sqrt(4&x^3).

      -

      Lorsque vous entrez les valeurs des expressions mathématiques, vous n'avez pas besoin d'utiliser la Barre d'espace car les espaces entre les caractères et les signes des opérations sont définis automatiquement.

      -

      Si l'équation est trop longue et ne tient pas en une seule ligne, le saut de ligne automatique se produit pendant que vous tapez. Vous pouvez également insérer un saut de ligne à une position spécifique en cliquant avec le bouton droit sur un opérateur mathématique et en sélectionnant l'option Insérer un saut manuel dans le menu. L'opérateur sélectionné va commencer une nouvelle ligne. Une fois le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, vous pouvez appuyer sur la touche Tab pour aligner la nouvelle ligne avec n'importe quel opérateur mathématique de la ligne précédente. Pour supprimer le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'opérateur mathématique qui commence une nouvelle ligne et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer un saut manuel.

      +

      Remarque: actuellement, les équations ne peuvent pas être entrées en utilisant le format linéaire, c'est-à-dire \sqrt(4&x^3).

      +

      Lorsque vous entrez les valeurs des expressions mathématiques, vous n'avez pas besoin d'utiliser la Barre d'espace car les espaces entre les caractères et les signes des opérations sont définis automatiquement.

      +

      Si l'équation est trop longue et ne tient pas en une seule ligne, le saut de ligne automatique se produit pendant que vous tapez. Vous pouvez également insérer un saut de ligne à une position spécifique en cliquant avec le bouton droit sur un opérateur mathématique et en sélectionnant l'option Insérer un saut manuel dans le menu. L'opérateur sélectionné va commencer une nouvelle ligne. Une fois le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, vous pouvez appuyer sur la touche Tab pour aligner la nouvelle ligne avec n'importe quel opérateur mathématique de la ligne précédente. Pour supprimer le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'opérateur mathématique qui commence une nouvelle ligne et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer un saut manuel.

      Mise en forme des équations

      -

      Pour augmenter ou diminuer la taille de la police d'équation, cliquez n'importe où dans la boîte d'équation et utilisez les boutons Incrémenter la taille de la police et Décrémenter la taille de la police de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure ou sélectionnez la taille de police nécessaire dans la liste. Tous les éléments d'équation changeront en conséquence.

      -

      Les lettres de l'équation sont en italique par défaut. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez changer le style de police (gras, italique, barré) ou la couleur pour une équation entière ou une portion. Le style souligné peut être appliqué uniquement à l'équation entière et non aux caractères individuels. Sélectionnez la partie de l'équation voulue en cliquant et en faisant glisser. La partie sélectionnée sera surlignée en bleu. Utilisez ensuite les boutons nécessaires dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour formater la sélection. Par exemple, vous pouvez supprimer le format italique pour les mots ordinaires qui ne sont pas des variables ou des constantes.

      Équation éditée

      Pour modifier certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel :

      -
      • Pour modifier le format des Fractions, vous pouvez cliquer sur une fraction avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Changer en fraction en biais/linéaire/empilée dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de fraction sélectionné).
        • -
      • Pour modifier la position des Scripts par rapport au texte, vous pouvez faire un clic droit sur l'équation contenant des scripts et sélectionner l'option Scripts avant/après le texte dans le menu.
        • -
      • Pour modifier la taille des arguments pour Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Limites et Logarithmes, Opérateurs ainsi que pour les accolades supérieures/inférieures et les Modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument que vous souhaitez modifier. sélectionnez l'option Augmenter/Diminuer la taille de l'argument dans le menu.
        • -
      • Pour spécifier si un espace libre vide doit être affiché ou non pour un Radical, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher le degré dans le menu.
        • -
      • Pour spécifier si un espace réservé de limite vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Intégrale ou un Grand opérateur, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher la limite supérieure/inférieure dans le menu.
        • -
      • Pour modifier la position des limites relative au signe d'intégrale ou d'opérateur pour les Intégrales ou les Grands opérateurs, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Modifier l'emplacement des limites dans le menu. Les limites peuvent être affichées à droite du signe de l'opérateur (sous forme d'indices et d'exposants) ou directement au-dessus et au-dessous du signe de l'opérateur.
        • -
      • Pour modifier la position des limites par rapport au texte des Limites et des Logarithmes et des modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Limites sur/sous le texte dans le menu.
        • -
      • Pour choisir lequel des Crochets doit être affiché, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qui s'y trouve et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher les parenthèses ouvrantes/fermantes dans le menu.
        • -
      • Pour contrôler la taille des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui s'y trouve. L'option Étirer les parenthèses est sélectionnée par défaut afin que les parenthèses puissent croître en fonction de l'expression qu'elles contiennent, mais vous pouvez désélectionner cette option pour empêcher l'étirement des parenthèses. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez également utiliser l'option Faire correspondre les crochets à la hauteur de l'argument.
        • -
      • Pour modifier la position du caractère par rapport au texte des accolades ou des barres supérieures/inférieures du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur le modèle et sélectionner l'option Caractère/Barre sur/sous le texte dans le menu.
        • -
      • Pour choisir les bordures à afficher pour une Formule encadrée du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Propriétés de bordure dans le menu, puis sélectionner Masquer/Afficher bordure supérieure/inférieure/gauche/droite ou Ajouter/Masquer ligne horizontale/verticale/diagonale.
        • -
      • Pour spécifier si un espace réservé vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher l'espace réservé dans le menu.
        • +

        Pour augmenter ou diminuer la taille de la police d'équation, cliquez n'importe où dans la boîte d'équation et utilisez les boutons Incrémenter la taille de la police et Décrémenter la taille de la police sous l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure ou sélectionnez la taille de police nécessaire dans la liste. Tous les éléments d'équation changeront en conséquence.

        +

        Les lettres de l'équation sont en italique par défaut. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez changer le style de police (gras, italique, barré) ou la couleur pour une équation entière ou une portion. Le style souligné peut être appliqué uniquement à l'équation entière et non aux caractères individuels. Sélectionnez la partie de l'équation voulue en cliquant et en faisant glisser. La partie sélectionnée sera surlignée en bleu. Utilisez ensuite les boutons nécessaires dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour formater la sélection. Par exemple, vous pouvez supprimer le format italique pour les mots ordinaires qui ne sont pas des variables ou des constantes.

        + Équation éditée +

        Pour modifier certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel:

        +
        • Pour modifier le format des Fractions, vous pouvez cliquer sur une fraction avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Changer en fraction en biais/linéaire/empilée dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de fraction sélectionné).
          • +
        • Pour modifier la position des Scripts par rapport au texte, vous pouvez faire un clic droit sur l'équation contenant des scripts et sélectionner l'option Scripts avant/après le texte dans le menu.
          • +
        • Pour modifier la taille des arguments pour Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Limites et Logarithmes, Opérateurs ainsi que pour les accolades supérieures/inférieures et les Modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument que vous souhaitez modifier et sélectionner l'option Augmenter/Diminuer la taille de l'argument dans le menu.
          • +
        • Pour spécifier si un espace libre vide doit être affiché ou non pour un Radical, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher le degré dans le menu.
          • +
        • Pour spécifier si un espace réservé de limite vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Intégrale ou un Grand opérateur, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher la limite supérieure/inférieure dans le menu.
          • +
        • Pour modifier la position des limites relative au signe d'intégrale ou d'opérateur pour les Intégrales ou les Grands opérateurs, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Modifier l'emplacement des limites dans le menu. Les limites peuvent être affichées à droite du signe de l'opérateur (sous forme d'indices et d'exposants) ou directement au-dessus et au-dessous du signe de l'opérateur.
          • +
        • Pour modifier la position des limites par rapport au texte des Limites et des Logarithmes et des modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Limites sur/sous le texte dans le menu.
          • +
        • Pour choisir lequel des Crochets doit être affiché, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qui s'y trouve et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher les parenthèses ouvrantes/fermantes dans le menu.
          • +
        • Pour contrôler la taille des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui s'y trouve. L'option Étirer les parenthèses est sélectionnée par défaut afin que les parenthèses puissent croître en fonction de l'expression qu'elles contiennent, mais vous pouvez désélectionner cette option pour empêcher l'étirement des parenthèses. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez également utiliser l'option Faire correspondre les crochets à la hauteur de l'argument.
          • +
        • Pour modifier la position du caractère par rapport au texte des accolades ou des barres supérieures/inférieures du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur le modèle et sélectionner l'option Caractère/Barre sur/sous le texte dans le menu.
          • +
        • Pour choisir les bordures à afficher pour une Formule encadrée du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Propriétés de bordure dans le menu, puis sélectionner Masquer/Afficher bordure supérieure/inférieure/gauche/droite ou Ajouter/Masquer ligne horizontale/verticale/diagonale.
          • +
        • Pour spécifier si un espace réservé vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher l'espace réservé dans le menu.
        -

        Pour aligner certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez utiliser les options du menu contextuel :

        +

        Pour aligner certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez utiliser les options du menu contextuel:

          -
        • Pour aligner des équations dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets (ou des équations d'autres types, si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces en appuyant sur Entrée), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur une équation, sélectionner l'option Alignement dans le menu, puis sélectionnez le type d'alignement : Haut, Centre ou Bas
          • -
        • Pour aligner une Matrice verticalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la matrice, sélectionner l'option Alignement de Matrice dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement : Haut, Centre ou Bas
          • -
        • Pour aligner les éléments d'une colonne Matrice horizontalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la colonne, sélectionner l'option Alignement de Colonne dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement : Gauche, Centre ou Droite.
          • +
        • Pour aligner des équations dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets (ou des équations d'autres types, si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces en appuyant sur Entrée), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur une équation, sélectionner l'option Alignement dans le menu, puis sélectionnez le type d'alignement: Haut, Centre ou Bas
          • +
        • Pour aligner une Matrice verticalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la matrice, sélectionner l'option Alignement de Matrice dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement: Haut, Centre ou Bas
          • +
        • Pour aligner les éléments d'une colonne Matrice horizontalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la colonne, sélectionner l'option Alignement de Colonne dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement: Gauche, Centre ou Droite.

        Supprimer les éléments d'une équation

        -

        Pour supprimer une partie de l'équation, sélectionnez la partie que vous souhaitez supprimer en faisant glisser la souris ou en maintenant la touche Maj enfoncée et en utilisant les boutons fléchés, puis appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier.

        +

        Pour supprimer une partie de l'équation, sélectionnez la partie que vous souhaitez supprimer en faisant glisser la souris ou en maintenant la touche Maj enfoncée et en utilisant les boutons fléchés, puis appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier.

        Un emplacement ne peut être supprimé qu'avec le modèle auquel il appartient.

        -

        Pour supprimer toute l'équation, sélectionnez-la complètement en faisant glisser la souris ou en double-cliquant sur la boîte d'équation et en appuyant sur la touche Suppr du clavier.

        Supprimer l'équation

        Pour supprimer certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel :

        +

        Pour supprimer toute l'équation, sélectionnez-la complètement en faisant glisser la souris ou en double-cliquant sur la boîte d'équation et en appuyant sur la touche Suppr du clavier.

        + Supprimer l'équation +

        Pour supprimer certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel:

          -
        • Pour supprimer un Radical, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer radical dans le menu.
          • -
        • Pour supprimer un Indice et/ou un Exposant, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui les contient et sélectionner l'option Supprimer indice/exposant dans le menu. Si l'expression contient des scripts qui viennent avant le texte, l'option Supprimer les scripts est disponible.
          • -
        • Pour supprimer des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qu'ils contiennent et sélectionner l'option Supprimer les caractères englobants ou Supprimer les caractères et séparateurs englobants dans le menu.
          • -
        • Si l'expression contenue dans les Crochets comprend plus d'un argument, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'argument que vous voulez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'argument dans le menu.
          • -
        • Si les Crochets contiennent plus d'une équation (c'est-à-dire des Cas avec plusieurs conditions), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation que vous souhaitez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'équation dans le menu. Cette option est également disponible pour les équations d'autres types si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces réservés en appuyant sur Entrée.
          • -
        • Pour supprimer une Limite, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer limite dans le menu.
          • -
        • Pour supprimer une Accentuation, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Supprimer le caractère d'accentuation, Supprimer le caractère ou Supprimer la barre dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction de l'accent sélectionné).
          • -
        • Pour supprimer une ligne ou une colonne d'une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'espace réservé dans la ligne/colonne à supprimer, sélectionner l'option Supprimer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Supprimer la ligne/Colonne.
          • +
        • Pour supprimer un Radical, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer radical dans le menu.
          • +
        • Pour supprimer un Indice et/ou un Exposant, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui les contient et sélectionner l'option Supprimer indice/exposant dans le menu. Si l'expression contient des scripts qui viennent avant le texte, l'option Supprimer les scripts est disponible.
          • +
        • Pour supprimer des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qu'ils contiennent et sélectionner l'option Supprimer les caractères englobants ou Supprimer les caractères et séparateurs englobants dans le menu.
          • +
        • Si l'expression contenue dans les Crochets comprend plus d'un argument, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'argument que vous voulez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'argument dans le menu.
          • +
        • Si les Crochets contiennent plus d'une équation (c'est-à-dire des Cas avec plusieurs conditions), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation que vous souhaitez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'équation dans le menu. Cette option est également disponible pour les équations d'autres types si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces réservés en appuyant sur Entrée.
          • +
        • Pour supprimer une Limite, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer limite dans le menu.
          • +
        • Pour supprimer une Accentuation, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Supprimer le caractère d'accentuation, Supprimer le caractère ou Supprimer la barre dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction de l'accent sélectionné).
          • +
        • Pour supprimer une ligne ou une colonne d'une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'espace réservé dans la ligne/colonne à supprimer, sélectionner l'option Supprimer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Supprimer la ligne/Colonne.
        +

        Conversion des équations

        +

        Si vous disposez d'un document contenant des équations créées avec l'éditeur d'équations dans les versions plus anciennes (par exemple, avec MS Office version antérieure à 2007) vous devez convertir toutes les équations au format Office Math ML pour pouvoir les modifier.

        +

        Faites un double-clic sur l'équation pour la convertir. La fenêtre d'avertissement s'affiche:

        +

        Conversion des équations

        +

        Pour ne convertir que l'équation sélectionnée, cliquez sur OK dans la fenêtre d'avertissement. Pour convertir toutes les équations du document, activez la case Appliquer à toutes les équations et cliquez sur OK.

        +

        Une fois converti, l'équation peut être modifiée.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm index 28a899537..849525259 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm @@ -1,75 +1,92 @@  - - Insérer les notes de bas de page - - - - - - - -
    + + Insérer des notes de bas de page + + + + + + + +
    - +
    -

    Insérer les notes de bas de page

    -

    Vous pouvez ajouter des notes de bas de page pour fournir des explications ou des commentaires sur certaines phrases ou termes utilisés dans votre texte, faire des références aux sources, etc.

    -

    Pour insérer une note de bas de page dans votre document,

    -
      -
    1. positionnez le point d'insertion à la fin du passage de texte auquel vous souhaitez ajouter une note de bas de page,
      2. -
    2. passez à l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      3. -
    3. cliquez sur l'icône Icône note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans la barre d'outils supérieure ou
      cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône et sélectionnez l'option dans le menu,

      La marque de note de bas de page (c'est-à-dire le caractère en exposant qui indique une note de bas de page) apparaît dans le texte du document et le point d'insertion se déplace vers le bas de la page actuelle.

      -
      4. -
    4. tapez le texte de la note de bas de page.
      5. -
    -

    Répétez les opérations mentionnées ci-dessus pour ajouter les notes de bas de page suivantes à d'autres passages de texte dans le document. Les notes de bas de page sont numérotées automatiquement.

    -

    Notes de bas de page

    -

    Si vous placez le pointeur de la souris sur la marque de la note de bas de page dans le texte du document, une petite fenêtre contextuelle avec le texte de la note apparaît.

    -

    Texte de la note

    -

    Pour naviguer facilement entre les notes de bas de page ajoutées dans le texte du document,

    -
      -
    1. cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      2. -
    2. dans la section Aller aux notes de bas de page, utilisez la flèche icône note de bas de page suivante pour accéder à la note de bas de page précédente ou la flèche icône note de bas de page précédente pour accéder à la note de bas de page suivante.
      3. -
    -
    -

    Pour modifier les paramètres des notes de bas de page,

    -
      -
    1. cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      2. -
    2. sélectionnez l'option Paramètres des notes du menu contextuel,
      3. -
    3. changez les paramètres actuels dans la fenêtre Paramètres de Notes qui s'ouvre :

      Fenêtre Paramètres d'impression

      -
        -
      • Définissez l'Emplacement des notes de bas de page sur la page en sélectionnant l'une des options disponibles :
          -
        • Bas de la page - pour positionner les notes de bas de page au bas de la page (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut).
          • -
        • Sous le texte - pour positionner les notes de bas de page plus près du texte. Cette option peut être utile dans les cas où la page contient un court texte.
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Ajuster le Format des notes de bas de page :
          -
        • Format de numérotation - sélectionnez le format de numérotation voulu parmi ceux disponibles : 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
          • -
        • Commencer par - utilisez les flèches pour définir le numéro ou la lettre par laquelle vous voulez commencer à numéroter.
          • -
        • Numérotation - sélectionnez un moyen de numéroter vos notes de bas de page :
            -
          • Continu - pour numéroter les notes de bas de page de manière séquentielle dans tout le document,
            • -
          • Redémarrer à chaque section - pour commencer la numérotation des notes de bas de page avec le numéro 1 (ou un autre caractère spécifié) au début de chaque section,
            • -
          • Redémarrer à chaque page - pour commencer la numérotation des notes de bas de page avec le numéro 1 (ou un autre caractère spécifié) au début de chaque page.
            • +

            Insérer des notes de bas de page

            +

            Utilisez les notes de bas de page pour donner des explications ou ajouter des commentaires à un terme ou une proposition et citer une source.

            +

            Insérer des notes de bas de page

            +

            Pour insérer une note de bas de page dans votre document,

            +
              +
            1. placez un point d'insertion à la fin du texte ou du mot concerné,
              2. +
            2. passez à l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut,
              3. +
            3. + cliquez sur l'icône les L'icône Note de bas de page Notes de bas de page dans la barre d'outils en haut ou
              appuyez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône L'icône Note de bas de page Notes de bas de page et sélectionnez l'option Insérer une note de bas de page du menu, +

              Le symbole de la note de bas de page est alors ajouté dans le corps de texte (symbole en exposant qui indique la note de bas de page), et le point d'insertion se déplace à la fin de document.

              +
              4. +
            4. Vous pouvez saisir votre texte.
              5. +
            +

            Il faut suivre la même procédure pour insérer une note de bas de page suivante sur un autre fragment du texte. La numérotation des notes de fin est appliquée automatiquement.

            +

            Notes de bas de page

            +

            Affichage des notes de fin dans le document

            +

            Faites glisser le curseur au symbole de la note de bas de page dans le texte du document, la note de bas de page s'affiche dans une petite fenêtre contextuelle.

            +

            Le texte de la note de bas de page

            +

            Parcourir les notes de bas de page

            +

            Vous pouvez facilement passer d'une note de bas de page à une autre dans votre document,

            +
              +
            1. cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône L'icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut,
              2. +
            2. dans la section Accéder aux notes de bas de page utilisez la flèche gauche L'icône Note de bas de page précédente pour se déplacer à la note de bas de page suivante ou la flèche droite L'icône Note de bas de page suivante pour se déplacer à la note de bas de page précédente.
              3. +
            +

            Modification des notes de bas de page

            +

            Pour particulariser les notes de bas de page,

            +
              +
            1. cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône L'icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut,
              2. +
            2. appuyez sur Paramètres des notes dans le menu,
              3. +
            3. + modifiez les paramètres dans la boîte de dialogue Paramètres des notes qui va apparaître: +

              Le fenêtre Paramètres des notes de bas de page

              +
                +
              • Cochez la casse Note de bas de page pour modifier seulement les notes de bas de page.
                • +
              • + Spécifiez l'Emplacement des notes de bas de page et sélectionnez l'une des options dans la liste déroulante à droite: +
                  +
                • Bas de page - les notes de bas de page sont placées au bas de la page (cette option est activée par défaut).
                  • +
                • Sous le texte - les notes de bas de page sont placées près du texte. Cette fonction est utile si le texte sur une page est court.
                -
                • -
              • Marque personnalisée - définissez un caractère spécial ou un mot que vous souhaitez utiliser comme marque de note de bas de page (par exemple, * ou Note1). Entrez le caractère/mot choisie dans le champ de saisie de texte et cliquez sur le bouton Insérer en bas de la fenêtre Paramètres de Notes.
                • -
              -
              4. -
            4. Utilisez la liste déroulante Appliquer les modifications à pour sélectionner si vous souhaitez appliquer les paramètres de notes spécifiés au Document entier ou à la Section en cours uniquement.

              Remarque : pour utiliser différentes mises en forme de notes de bas de page dans des parties distinctes du document, vous devez d'abord ajouter des sauts de section.

              -
              5. -
          -
          • -
        • Lorsque vous êtes prêt, cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer.
          • -
    - -
    -

    Pour supprimer une seule note de bas de page, positionnez le point d'insertion directement avant le repère de note de bas de page dans le texte du document et appuyez sur Suppr. Les autres notes de bas de page seront automatiquement renumérotées.

    -

    Pour supprimer toutes les notes de bas de page du document,

    -
      -
    1. cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      2. -
    2. sélectionnez l'option Supprimer toutes les notes du menu contextuel,
      3. -
    -
    - + +
  • + Modifiez le Format des notes de bas de page: +
      +
    • Format de nombre- sélectionnez le format de nombre disponible dans la liste: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
      • +
    • Début- utilisez les flèches pour spécifier le nombre ou la lettre à utiliser pour la première note de fin.
      • +
    • + Numérotation- sélectionnez les options de numérotation des notes de bas de page: +
        +
      • Continue- numérotation de manière séquentielle dans le document,
        • +
      • À chaque section- numérotation redémarre à 1 (ou à une autre séquence de symboles) au début de chaque section du document,
        • +
      • À chaque page- numérotation redémarre à 1 (ou à une autre séquence de symboles) au début de chaque page du document.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Marque personalisée - séquence de symboles ou mots spéciaux à utiliser comme symbole de note de bas de page (Exemple: * ou Note1). Tapez le symbole/mot dans le champ et cliquez sur Insérer en bas de la boîte dialogue Paramètres des notes.
      • +
    +
    • +
  • + Dans la liste déroulante Appliquer les modifications à sélectionnez si vous voulez appliquer les modifications À tout le document ou seulement À cette section. +

    Remarque: pour définir un format différent pour les notes de fin sur différentes sections du document, il faut tout d'abord utiliser les sauts de sections .

    +
    • + + +
  • Une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur Appliquer.
    • + + +

    Supprimer les notes de bas de page

    +

    Pour supprimer une note de bas de page, placez un point d'insertion devant le symbole de note de bas de page dans le texte et cliquez sur la touche Supprimer. Toutes les autres notes de bas de page sont renumérotées.

    +

    Pour supprimer toutes les notes de bas de page du document,

    +
      +
    1. cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône L'icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut,
      2. +
    2. sélectionnez Supprimer les notes dans le menu.
      3. +
    3. dans la boîte de dialogue sélectionnez Supprimer les notes de bas de page et cliquez sur OK.
      4. +
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm index d65a1c65f..65a92bc20 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Insérer les en-têtes et pieds de page - + @@ -11,31 +11,33 @@
    - +
    -

    Insérer les en-têtes et pieds de page

    -

    Pour ajouter un en-tête ou un pied de page à votre document ou modifier ceux qui déjà existent ,

    +

    Insérer les en-têtes et les pieds de page

    +

    Pour ajouter un en-tête ou un pied de page à votre document ou modifier ceux qui déjà existent,

      -
    1. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      2. -
    2. cliquez sur l'icône icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page sur la barre d'outils supérieure,
      3. -
    3. sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes :
        -
      • Modifier l'en-tête pour insérer ou modifier le texte d'en-tête.
        • -
      • Modifier le pied de page pour insérer ou modifier le texte de pied de page.
        • +
      • passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • +
      • cliquez sur l'icône L'icône En-tête/Pied de page En-tête/Pied de page sur la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • +
      • sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes: +
          +
        • Modifier l'en-tête pour insérer ou modifier le texte d'en-tête.
          • +
        • Modifier le pied de page pour insérer ou modifier le texte de pied de page.
        • -
      • modifiez les paramètres actuels pour les en-têtes ou pieds de page sur la barre latérale droite

        Barre latérale droite - Paramètres de l'en-tête ou du pied de page

        -
          -
        • Définissez la Position du texte par rapport à la partie supérieure (en-têtes) ou inférieure (pour pieds) de la page.
          • -
        • Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un en-tête ou un pied de page différent pour la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas ajouter un en-tête / un pied de page.
          • -
        • Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour ajouter de différents en-têtes ou pieds de page pour les pages paires et impaires.
          • -
        • L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, alors que les mêmes en-têtes/pieds de page sont appliqués à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d’en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que сette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Identique au précédent. Décochez la case Lien vers Préсédent pour utiliser de différents en-têtes et pieds de page pour chaque section du document. L'étiquette Identique au précédent sera indisponible.
          • -
        -

        Same as previous label

        +
      • modifiez les paramètres actuels pour les en-têtes ou les pieds de page sur la barre latérale droite: +

        Barre latérale droite - Paramètres de l'en-tête ou du pied de page

        +
          +
        • Définissez la Position du texte par rapport à la partie supérieure pour les en-têtes ou à la partie inférieure pour pieds de la page.
          • +
        • Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un en-tête ou un pied de page différent pour la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas ajouter un en-tête / un pied de page.
          • +
        • Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour ajouter de différents en-têtes ou pieds de page pour les pages paires et impaires.
          • +
        • L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, alors que les mêmes en-têtes/pieds de page sont appliqués à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d'en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que cette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Identique au précédent. Décochez la case Lien vers précédent pour utiliser de différents en-têtes et pieds de page pour chaque section du document. L'étiquette Identique au précédent ne sera plus affichée.
          • +
        +

        L'étiquette Identique au précédent

    -

    Pour saisir un texte ou modifier le texte déjà saisi et régler les paramètres de l'en-tête ou le pied de page, vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur la partie supérieure ou inférieure de la page ou cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option - Modifier l'en-tête ou Modifier le pied de page du menu contextuel.

    +

    Pour saisir un texte ou modifier le texte déjà saisi et régler les paramètres de l'en-tête ou du pied de page, vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur la partie supérieure ou inférieure de la page ou cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option - Modifier l'en-tête ou Modifier le pied de page du menu contextuel.

    Pour passer au corps du document, double-cliquez sur la zone de travail. Le texte que vous utilisez dans l'en-tête ou dans le pied de page sera affiché en gris.

    -

    Remarque : consultez la section Insérer les numéros de page pour apprendre à ajouter des numéros de page à votre document.

    +

    Remarque: consultez la section Insérer les numéros de page pour apprendre à ajouter des numéros de page à votre document.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 6ae8c01bb..98f401e10 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Insérer des images - + @@ -11,121 +11,135 @@
    - +

    Insérer des images

    -

    Document Editor vous permet d'insérer des images aux formats populaires. Les formats d'image pris en charge sont les suivants : BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

    +

    Document Editor vous permet d'insérer des images aux formats populaires. Les formats d'image pris en charge sont les suivants: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

    Insérer une image

    Pour insérer une image dans votre document de texte,

    1. placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer l'image,
      2. -
    2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      3. -
    3. cliquez sur l'icône icône Image Imagede la barre d'outils supérieure,
      4. -
    4. sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes pour charger l'image :
        -
      • l'option Image à partir d'un fichier ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue standard pour sélectionner le fichier. Sélectionnez le fichier de votre choix sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir
        • -
      • l'option Image à partir d'une URL ouvre la fenêtre où vous pouvez saisir l'adresse Web de l'image et cliquer sur le bouton OK
        • -
      • l'option Image provenant du stockage ouvrira la fenêtre Sélectionner la source de données. Sélectionnez une image stockée sur votre portail et cliquez sur le bouton OK
        • +
      • passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • +
      • cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Image Image de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • +
      • sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes pour charger l'image: +
          +
        • l'option Image à partir d'un fichier ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue standard pour sélectionner le fichier. Sélectionnez le fichier de votre choix sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir
          • +
        • l'option Image à partir d'une URL ouvre la fenêtre où vous pouvez saisir l'adresse Web de l'image et cliquer sur le bouton OK
          • +
        • l'option Image de stockage ouvrira la fenêtre Sélectionner la source de données. Sélectionnez une image stockée sur votre portail et cliquez sur le bouton OK
        • -
      • après avoir ajouté l'image, vous pouvez modifier sa taille, ses propriétés et sa position.
        • +
      • après avoir ajouté l'image, vous pouvez modifier sa taille, ses paramètres et sa position.
    +

    On peut aussi ajouter une légende à l'image. Veuillez consulter cet article pour en savoir plus sur utilisation des légendes.

    Déplacer et redimensionner des images

    -

    Image en mouvement Pour changer la taille de l'image, faites glisser les petits carreaux Icône Carreaux situés sur ses bords. Pour garder les proportions de l'image sélectionnée lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin.

    -

    Pour modifier la position de l'image, utilisez l'icône Flèche qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'image. Faites glisser l'image à la position nécessaire sans relâcher le bouton de la souris.

    -

    Lorsque vous déplacez l'image, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à positionner l'objet sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné).

    -

    Pour faire pivoter l'image, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée de rotation ronde Poignée de rotation et faites-la glisser vers la droite ou la gauche. Pour limiter la rotation de l'angle à des incréments de 15 degrés, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée.

    -

    Note : la liste des raccourcis clavier qui peuvent être utilisés lorsque vous travaillez avec des objets est disponible ici.

    +

    Déplacement de l'imagePour changer la taille de l'image, faites glisser les petits carreaux L'icône Carreaux situés sur ses bords. Pour garder les proportions de l'image sélectionnée lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin.

    +

    Pour modifier la position de l'image, utilisez l'icône Flèche qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'image. Faites glisser l'image vers la position choisie sans relâcher le bouton de la souris.

    +

    Lorsque vous déplacez l'image, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à la positionner sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné).

    +

    Pour faire pivoter une image, déplacer le curseur vers la poignée de rotation Poignée de rotation et faites la glisser dans le sens horaire ou antihoraire. Pour faire pivoter par incréments de 15 degrés, maintenez enfoncée la touche Maj tout en faisant pivoter.

    +

    + Remarque: la liste des raccourcis clavier qui peuvent être utilisés lorsque vous travaillez avec des objets est disponible ici. +

    Ajuster les paramètres de l'image

    -

    Onglet Paramètres de l'imageCertains paramètres de l'image peuvent être modifiés dans l'onglet Paramètres de l'image de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur l'image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de l'image Paramètres de l'image à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants :

    +

    L'onglet Paramètres de l'imageCertains paramètres de l'image peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres de l'image de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur l'image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de l'image L'icône Paramètres de l'image à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants:

      -
    • Taille est utilisée pour afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur de l'image actuelle. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez restaurer la taille d'image par défaut en cliquant sur le bouton Taille par défaut. Le bouton Ajuster à la marge permet de redimensionner l'image, de sorte qu'elle occupe tout l'espace entre les marges gauche et droite de la page.

      Le bouton Rogner permet de rogner l'image. Cliquez sur le bouton Rogner pour activer les poignées de recadrage qui apparaissent sur les coins de l'image et au milieu de chaque côté. Faites glisser manuellement les poignées pour définir la zone de recadrage. Vous pouvez déplacer le curseur de la souris sur la bordure de la zone de recadrage pour qu'il se transforme en icône Flèche et faire glisser la zone.

      -
        -
      • Pour rogner un seul côté, faites glisser la poignée située au milieu de ce côté.
        • -
      • Pour rogner simultanément deux côtés adjacents, faites glisser l'une des poignées d'angle.
        • -
      • Pour rogner également deux côtés opposés de l'image, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée lorsque vous faites glisser la poignée au milieu de l'un de ces côtés.
        • -
      • Pour rogner également tous les côtés de l'image, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée lorsque vous faites glisser l'une des poignées d'angle.
        • -
      -

      Lorsque la zone de recadrage est définie, cliquez à nouveau sur le bouton Rogner, ou appuyez sur la touche Echap, ou cliquez n'importe où à l'extérieur de la zone de recadrage pour appliquer les modifications.

      -

      Une fois la zone de recadrage sélectionnée, il est également possible d'utiliser les options Remplir et Ajuster disponibles dans le menu déroulant Rogner. Cliquez de nouveau sur le bouton Rogner et sélectionnez l'option de votre choix :

      -
        -
      • Si vous sélectionnez l'option Remplir, la partie centrale de l'image originale sera conservée et utilisée pour remplir la zone de cadrage sélectionnée, tandis que les autres parties de l'image seront supprimées.
        • -
      • Si vous sélectionnez l'option Ajuster, l'image sera redimensionnée pour correspondre à la hauteur ou à la largeur de la zone de recadrage. Aucune partie de l'image originale ne sera supprimée, mais des espaces vides peuvent apparaître dans la zone de recadrage sélectionnée.
        • -
      +
    • Taille est utilisée pour afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur de l'image actuel. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez restaurer la taille d'origine de l'image en cliquant sur le bouton Taille actuelle. Le bouton Ajuster aux marges permet de redimensionner l'image et de l'ajuster dans les marges gauche et droite. +

      Le bouton Rogner sert à recadrer l'image. Cliquez sur le bouton Rogner pour activer les poignées de recadrage qui appairaient par chaque coin et sur les côtés. Faites glisser manuellement les pognées pour définir la zone de recadrage. Vous pouvez positionner le curseur sur la bordure de la zone de recadrage lorsque il se transforme en Flèche et faites la glisser.

      +
        +
      • Pour rogner un seul côté, faites glisser la poignée située au milieu de ce côté.
        • +
      • Pour rogner simultanément deux côtés adjacents, faites glisser l'une des poignées d'angle.
        • +
      • Pour rogner également deux côtés opposés de l'image, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée lorsque vous faites glisser la poignée au milieu de l'un de ces côtés.
        • +
      • Pour rogner également tous les côtés de l'image, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée lorsque vous faites glisser l'une des poignées d'angle.
        • +
      +

      Lorsque la zone de recadrage est définie, cliquez à nouveau sur le bouton Rogner, ou appuyez sur la touche Echap, ou cliquez n'importe où à l'extérieur de la zone de recadrage pour appliquer les modifications.

      +

      Une fois la zone de recadrage sélectionnée, il est également possible d'utiliser les options Remplissage et Ajuster disponibles dans le menu déroulant Rogner. Cliquez de nouveau sur le bouton Rogner et sélectionnez l'option de votre choix:

      +
        +
      • Si vous sélectionnez l'option Remplissage, la partie centrale de l'image originale sera conservée et utilisée pour remplir la zone de cadrage sélectionnée, tandis que les autres parties de l'image seront supprimées.
        • +
      • Si vous sélectionnez l'option Ajuster, l'image sera redimensionnée pour correspondre à la hauteur ou à la largeur de la zone de recadrage. Aucune partie de l'image originale ne sera supprimée, mais des espaces vides peuvent apparaître dans la zone de recadrage sélectionnée.
        • +
      • -
    • Rotation permet de faire pivoter l’image de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre ou dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre, ainsi que de retourner l’image horizontalement ou verticalement. Cliquez sur l'un des boutons :
        -
      • icône Pivoter dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre pour faire pivoter l’image de 90 degrés dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre
        • -
      • icône Pivoter dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre pour faire pivoter l’image de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre
        • -
      • icône Retourner horizontalement pour retourner l’image horizontalement (de gauche à droite)
        • -
      • icône Retourner verticalement pour retourner l’image verticalement (à l'envers)
        • +
      • Rotation permet de faire pivoter l'image de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre ou dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre, ainsi que de retourner l'image horizontalement ou verticalement. Cliquez sur l'un des boutons: +
          +
        • Icône Pivoter dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre pour faire pivoter l'image de 90 degrés dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre
          • +
        • Icône Pivoter dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre pour faire pivoter l'image de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre
          • +
        • Icône Retourner horizontalement pour retourner l'image horizontalement (de gauche à droite)
          • +
        • Icône Retourner verticalement pour retourner l'image verticalement (à l'envers)
        • -
      • Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous).
        • -
      • Remplacer l’image sert à remplacer l'image actuelle et charger une autre À partir d'un fichier ou À partir d'une URL.
        • +
      • Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous).
        • +
      • Remplacer l'image sert à remplacer l'image actuelle et charger une autre À partir d'un fichier ou À partir d'une URL.
      -

      Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes :

      +

      Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes:

        -
      • Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur.
        • -
      • Organiser sert à placer l'image sélectionnée au premier plan, envoyer à fond, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper des images pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs images à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page.
        • -
      • Aligner sert à aligner le texte à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page.
        • -
      • Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte - ou modifier le contour de l'habillage. L'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous sélectionnez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne
        • -
      • Faire pivoter permet de faire pivoter l’image de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre ou dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre, ainsi que de retourner l’image horizontalement ou verticalement.
        • -
      • Rogner est utilisé pour appliquer l'une des options de rognage : Rogner, Remplir ou Ajuster. Sélectionnez l'option Rogner dans le sous-menu, puis faites glisser les poignées de recadrage pour définir la zone de rognage, puis cliquez à nouveau sur l'une de ces trois options dans le sous-menu pour appliquer les modifications.
        • -
      • Taille par défaut sert à changer la taille actuelle de l'image ou rétablir la taille par défaut.
        • -
      • Remplacer l’image sert à remplacer l'image actuelle et charger une autre À partir d'un fichier ou À partir d'une URL.
        • -
      • Paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Image - Paramètres avancés'.
        • +
      • Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précédemment coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur.
        • +
      • Organiser sert à placer l'image sélectionnée au premier plan, envoyer à fond, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper des images pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs images à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page.
        • +
      • Aligner sert à aligner le texte à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page.
        • +
      • Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte - ou modifier le contour de l'habillage. L'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous sélectionnez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne
        • +
      • Faire pivoter permet de faire pivoter l'image de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre ou dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre, ainsi que de retourner l'image horizontalement ou verticalement.
        • +
      • Rogner est utilisé pour appliquer l'une des options de rognage: Rogner, Remplir ou Ajuster. Sélectionnez l'option Rogner dans le sous-menu, puis faites glisser les poignées de recadrage pour définir la zone de rognage, puis cliquez à nouveau sur l'une de ces trois options dans le sous-menu pour appliquer les modifications.
        • +
      • Taille actuelle sert à changer la taille actuelle de l'image et rétablir la taille d'origine.
        • +
      • Remplacer l'image sert à remplacer l'image actuelle et charger une autre À partir d'un fichier ou À partir d'une URL.
        • +
      • Paramètres avancés de l'image sert à ouvrir la fenêtre "Image - Paramètres avancés".
      -

      Onglet Paramètres de la forme Lorsque l'image est sélectionnée, l'icône Paramètres de forme Paramètres de la forme est également disponible sur la droite. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le type de contour, la taille et la couleur ainsi que le type de forme en sélectionnant une autre forme dans le menu Modifier la forme automatique. La forme de l'image changera en conséquence.

      +

      L'onglet Paramètres de la forme Lorsque l'image est sélectionnée, l'icône Paramètres de la forme L'icône Paramètres de la forme est également disponible sur la droite. + Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de la forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le type du Trait a taille et la couleur ainsi que le type de forme en sélectionnant une autre forme dans le menu Modifier la forme automatique. La forme de l'image changera en conséquence.

      +

      Sous l'onglet Paramètres de la forme, vous pouvez utiliser l'option Ajouter une ombre pour créer une zone ombrée autour de l'image.

      -

      Pour modifier les paramètres avancés de l’image, cliquez sur celle-ci avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés de la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre des propriétés de l'image sera ouverte :

      -

      Image - Paramètres avancés : Taille

      -

      L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants :

      +

      Ajuster les paramètres de l'image

      +

      Pour modifier les paramètres avancés, cliquez sur l'image avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés de l'image du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien de la barre latérale droite Afficher les paramètres avancés. La fenêtre paramètres de l'image s'ouvre:

      +

      La fenêtre Image - Paramètres avancés Taille

      +

      L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants:

        -
      • Largeur et Hauteur - utilisez ces options pour modifier langeur / hauteur de l'image. Si le bouton Proportions constantes Icône Proportions constantes est cliqué(auquel cas il ressemble à ceci Icône Proportions constantes activée), les proportions d'image originales sera gardées lors de la modification de la largeur/hauteur. Pour rétablir la taille par défaut de l'image ajoutée, cliquez sur le bouton Par défaut.
        • +
      • Largeur et Hauteur - utilisez ces options pour changer la largeur et/ou la hauteur. Lorsque le bouton Proportions constantes L'icône Proportions constantes est activé (Ajouter un ombre) L'icône Proportions constantes activée), le rapport largeur/hauteur d'origine s'ajuste proportionnellement. Pour rétablir la taille par défaut de l'image ajoutée, cliquez sur le bouton Taille actuelle.
      -

      Image - Paramètres avancés : Rotation

      -

      L'onglet Rotation comporte les paramètres suivants :

      +

      La fenêtre Image - Paramètres avancés Rotation

      +

      L'onglet Rotation comporte les paramètres suivants:

        -
      • Angle - utilisez cette option pour faire pivoter l’image d'un angle exactement spécifié. Entrez la valeur souhaitée mesurée en degrés dans le champ ou réglez-la à l'aide des flèches situées à droite.
        • -
      • Retourné - cochez la case Horizontalement pour retourner l’image horizontalement (de gauche à droite) ou la case Verticalement pour retourner l’image verticalement (à l'envers).
        • +
      • Angle - utilisez cette option pour faire pivoter l'image d'un angle exactement spécifié. Entrez la valeur souhaitée mesurée en degrés dans le champ ou réglez-la à l'aide des flèches situées à droite.
        • +
      • Retourné - cochez la case Horizontalement pour retourner l'image horizontalement (de gauche à droite) ou la case Verticalement pour retourner l'image verticalement (à l'envers).
      -

      Image - Paramètres avancés : Habillage du texte

      -

      L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants :

      +

      La fenêtre Image - Paramètres avancés Habillage du texte

      +

      L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants:

        -
      • Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la manière dont l'image est positionnée par rapport au texte : elle peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style 'aligné sur le texte') ou être contournée par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles).
          -

        • Style d'habillage - Aligné sur le texte Aligné sur le texte - l'image fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, l'image est déplacée elle aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles.

          -

          Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer l'image indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte :

          +
        • Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la manière dont l'image est positionnée par rapport au texte : elle peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style 'aligné sur le texte') ou être contournée par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). +
            +

          • Style d'habillage - Aligné sur le texte Aligné sur le texte - l'image fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, le graphique est déplacé lui aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles.

            +

            Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer l'image indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte:

            • -

          • Style d'habillage - Carré Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image.

            • -

          • Style d'habillage - Rapproché Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour de l' image.

            • -

          • Style d'habillage - Au travers Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur d'elle. Pour créer l'effet, utilisez l'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne du menu contextuel.

            • -

          • Style d'habillage - Haut et bas Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas de l'image.

            • -

          • Style d'habillage - Devant le texte Devant le texte - l'image est affichée sur le texte.

            • -

          • Style d'habillage - Derrière le texte Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur l'image.

            • +

          • Style d'habillage - Carré Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image.

            • +

          • Style d'habillage - Rapproché Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour de l'image.

            • +

          • Style d'habillage - Au travers Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur de celui-ci. Pour créer l'effet, utilisez l'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne du menu contextuel.

            • +

          • Style d'habillage - Haut et bas Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas de l'image.

            • +

          • Style d'habillage - Devant le texte Devant le texte - l'image est affichée sur le texte

            • +

          • Style d'habillage - Derrière le texte Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur l'image.

        -

        Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche).

        -

        Image - Paramètres avancés : Position

        -

        L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné :

        +

        Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, gauche, droit).

        +

        La fenêtre Image - Paramètres avancés Position

        +

        L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné:

          -
        • La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement d'image suivants :
            -
          • Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite,
            • -
          • Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite,
            • -
          • Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite.
            • +
          • + La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement d'image suivants: +
              +
            • Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite,
              • +
            • Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite,
              • +
            • Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite.
            • -
          • La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement d'image suivants :
              -
            • Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure,
              • -
            • Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) sous la ligne, la marge, la marge inférieure, le paragraphe, la page la marge supérieure,
              • -
            • Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure.
              • +
            • + La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement d'image suivants: +
                +
              • Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure,
                • +
              • Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) au-dessous de la ligne, de la marge, de la marge inférieure, du paragraphe, de la page ou la marge supérieure,
                • +
              • Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure.
              • -
            • Déplacer avec le texte détermine si l'image se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel elle est alignée.
              • -
            • Chevauchement détermine si deux images sont fusionnées en une seule ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page.
              • +
            • Déplacer avec le texte détermine si l'image se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel il est aligné.
              • +
            • Chevauchement détermine si deux images sont fusionnées en une seule ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page.
            -

            Image - Paramètres avancés

            -

            L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information de l'image.

            +

            La fenêtre Image - Paramètres avancés

            +

            L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information de l'image.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af0bdaae7 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + + + + Insérer des numéros de ligne + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insérer des numéros de ligne

    +

    ONLYOFFICE Document Editor peut automatiquement compter les lignes dans votre document. Cette fonction est utile lorsque vous devez faire référence à des lignes spécifiques dans un document, comme un contrat juridique ou un code de script. Pour ajouter la numérotation de ligne dans un document, utiliser la fonction L'icône Numéros de ligne Numéros de ligne. Veuillez noter que le texte ajouté aux objets tels que les tableaux, les zones de texte, les graphiques, les en-têtes/pieds de page etc n'est pas inclus dans la numérotation consécutive. Tous ces objets comptent pour une ligne.

    +

    Ajouter des numéros de ligne

    +
      +
    1. Accédez à l'onglet Disposition dans la barre d'outils en haut et appuyez sur l'icône L'icône Numéros de ligneNuméros de ligne.
      2. +
    2. + Pour une configuration rapide, sélectionnez les paramètres appropriés dans la liste déroulante: +
        +
      • Continue - pour une numérotation consécutive dans l'ensemble du document.
        • +
      • Restaurer chaque page - pour commencer la numérotation consécutive sur chaque page.
        • +
      • Restaurer chaque section - pour commencer la numérotation consécutive sur chaque section du document. Veuillez consulter ce guide pour en savoir plus sur le sauts de sections.
        • +
      • Supprimer pour le paragraphe actif - pour supprimer la numérotation de ligne du paragraphe actuel. Cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris et sélectionnez les paragraphes pour lesquels on veut supprimer les numéros de ligne avant d'opter pour cette option.
        • +
      +
      3. +
    3. + Configurez les paramètres avancés si vous en avez besoin. Cliquez sur Paramètres de la numérotation de ligne dans le menu déroulant Numéros de ligne. Cochez la case Ajouter la numérotation des lignes pour ajouter des numéros de ligne au document et pour accéder aux paramètres avancées: +

      La fenêtre Numéros de lignes.

      +
        +
      • Commencer par - spécifiez à quelle ligne la numérotation doit commencer. Par défaut, il démarre à 1.
        • +
      • À partir du texte - saisissez les valeurs de l'espace situé entre le texte et le numéro de ligne. Les unités de distance sont affichées en cm. Le paramètre par défaut est Auto.
        • +
      • Compter par - spécifiez la valeur de variable si celle-ci n' augmente pas à 1, c'est-à-dire numéroter chaque ligne ou seulement une sur deux, une sur 3, une sur 4, une sur 5 etc. Saisissez une valeur numérique. Par défaut, il démarre à 1.
        • +
      • Restaurer chaque page - pour commencer la numérotation consécutive sur chaque page.
        • +
      • Restaurer chaque section - pour commencer la numérotation consécutive sur chaque section du document.
        • +
      • Continue - pour une numérotation consécutive dans l'ensemble du document.
        • +
      • Dans la liste déroulante Appliquer les modifications à sélectionnez la partie du document à laquelle vous souhaitez ajouter des numéros de lignes. Choisissez parmi les options suivantes: À cette section pour ajouter des numéros de ligne à la section du document spécifiée; A partir de ce point pour ajouter des numéros de ligne à partir du point où votre curseur est placé; A tout le document pour ajouter des numéros de ligne à tout ce document. Par défaut, le paramètre est A tout le document.
        • +
      • Cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les modifications.
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +

    Supprimer les numéros de ligne

    +

    Pour supprimer les numéros de ligne,

    +
      +
    1. accédez à l'onglet Disposition dans la barre d'outils en haut et appuyez sur l'icône L'icône Numéros de ligne Numéros de ligne.
      2. +
    2. sélectionnez l'option Aucune dans le menu déroulant ou appuyez sur Paramètres de numérotation des lignes et décochez la case Ajouter la numérotation de ligne dans la boîte de dialogue Numéros de ligne.
      3. +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm index 825ce78ce..b11f00f40 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm @@ -1,48 +1,56 @@  - - Insérer les numéros de page - - - - - - + + Insérer les numéros de page + + + + + +
    - +

    Insérer les numéros de page

    Pour insérer des numéros de page dans votre document,

      -
    1. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      2. -
    2. cliquez sur l'icône icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      3. -
    3. sélectionnez l'option Insérer le numéro de page du sous-menu,
      4. -
    4. sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes :
        +
      • passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • +
      • cliquez sur l'icône L'icône En-tête/Pied de page En-tête/Pied de page sur la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • +
      • sélectionnez l'option Insérer le numéro de page du sous-menu,
        • +
      • sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes: +
        • Pour mettre un numéro de page à chaque page de votre document, sélectionnez la position de numéro de page sur la page.
          • -
        • Pour insérer un numéro de page à la position actuelle du curseur, sélectionnez l'option À la position actuelle.
          • +
        • Pour insérer un numéro de page à la position actuelle du curseur, sélectionnez l'option À la position actuelle. +

          + Remarque: pour insérer le numéro de page courante à la position actuelle du curseur vous pouvez aussi utiliser des raccourcis clavier Ctrl+Maj+P. +

          +
    -

    Pour insérer le nombre total de pages dans votre document (par ex. si vous souhaitez créer une saisie Page X de Y):

    +

    Pour insérer le nombre total de pages dans votre document (par ex. si vous souhaitez créer une saisie Page X de Y):

    1. placez le curseur où vous souhaitez insérer le nombre total de pages,
      2. -
    2. cliquez sur l'icône icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      3. -
    3. sélectionnez l'option Insérer le nombre de pages.
      4. +
    4. cliquez sur l'icône L'icône En-tête/Pied de page En-tête/Pied de page sur la barre d'outils supérieure,
      5. +
    5. sélectionnez l'option Insérer le nombre de pages.

    Pour modifier les paramètres de la numérotation des pages,

    1. double-cliquez sur le numéro de page ajouté,
      2. -
    2. modifiez les paramètres actuels en utilisant la barre latérale droite :

      Barre latérale droite - Paramètres de l'en-tête ou du pied de page

      +
    3. modifiez les paramètres actuels en utilisant la barre latérale droite: +

      Barre latérale droite - Paramètres de l'en-tête ou du pied de page

        -
      • Définissez la Position des numéros de page ainsi que la position par rapport à la partie supérieure et inférieure de la page.
        • -
      • Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un numéro différent à la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas du tout ajouter le numéro.
        • -
      • Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour insérer des numéros de page différents pour les pages paires et impaires.
        • -
      • L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, de sorte que la numérotation unifiée est appliquée à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d’en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que сette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Identique au précédent. Décochez la case Lier au précédent pour utiliser la numérotation des pages différente pour chaque section du document, par exemple, pour commencer la numérotation de chaque section à 1. L'étiquette Identique au précédent sera indisponible.
        • +
      • Définissez la Position des numéros de page ainsi que la position par rapport à la partie supérieure et inférieure de la page.
        • +
      • Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un numéro différent à la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas du tout ajouter le numéro.
        • +
      • Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour insérer des numéros de page différents pour les pages paires et impaires.
        • +
      • L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, de sorte que la numérotation unifiée est appliquée à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d'en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que cette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Identique au précédent. Décochez la case Lier au précédent pour utiliser la numérotation des pages différente pour chaque section du document. L'étiquette Identique au précédent ne sera plus affichée. +

        L'étiquette Identique au précédent

        • +
      • La section Numérotation des pages sert à configurer les paramètres de numérotation des pages de à travers des différentes sections du document. L' option Continuer à partir de la section précédente est active par défaut pour maintenir la numérotation séquentielle après un saut de section. Si vous voulez que la numérotation commence avec un chiffre ou nombre spécifique sur cette section du document, activez le bouton radio Début et saisissez la valeur initiale dans le champ à droite. +
      -

      Same as previous label

    Pour retourner à l'édition du document, double-cliquez sur la zone de travail.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertReferences.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertReferences.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..446e23b46 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertReferences.htm @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + + Insérer les références + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insérer les références

    +

    ONLYOFFICE supporte les logiciels de gestion de références bibliographiques Mendeley, Zotero et EasyBib pour insérer des références dans votre document.

    + +

    Mendeley

    +

    Intégrer Mendeley à ONLYOFFICE

    +
      +
    1. Connectez vous à votre compte personnel Mendeley.
      2. +
    2. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez L'icône de l'extension Mendeley Mendeley, le panneau de gauche s'ouvre dans votre document. +
    3. + Appuyez sur Copier le lien et ouvrir la fiche.
      Le navigateur ouvre la fiche du site Mendeley. Complétez la fiche et notez l'identifiant de l'application ONLYOFFICE. +
      4. +
    4. Revenez à votre document.
      5. +
    5. Entrez l'identifiant de l'application et cliquez sur le bouton Enregistrer.
      6. +
    6. Appuyez sur Me connecter.
      7. +
    7. Appuyez sur Continuer.
      8. +
    +

    Or, ONLYOFFICE s'est connecté à votre compte Mendeley.

    +

    Insertion des références

    +
      +
    1. Accédez à votre document et placez le curseur à l'endroit où la référence doit être insérée.
      2. +
    2. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez L'icône de l'extension Mendeley Mendeley.
      3. +
    3. Tapez le texte à chercher et appuyez sur la touche Entrée du clavier.
      4. +
    4. Activez une ou plusieurs cases à cocher.
      5. +
    5. [Facultatif] Tapez le texte nouveau à chercher et activez une ou plusieurs cases à cocher.
      6. +
    6. Sélectionnez le style pour référence de la liste déroulante Style.
      7. +
    7. Cliquez sur le bouton Insérer la bibliographie.
      8. +
    + +

    Zotero

    +

    Intégrer Zotero à ONLYOFFICE

    +
      +
    1. Connectez-vous à votre compte personnel Zotero.
      2. +
    2. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires de votre document ouvert et choisissez L'icône de l'extension Zotero Zotero, le panneau de gauche s'ouvre dans votre document.
      3. +
    3. Cliquez sur le lien Configuration Zotero API.
      4. +
    4. Il faut obtenir une clé sur le site Zotéro, la copier et la conserver en vue d'une utilisation ultérieure.
      5. +
    5. Revenez à votre document et coller la clé API.
      6. +
    6. Appuyez sur Enregistrer.
      7. +
    +

    Or, ONLYOFFICE s'est connecté à votre compte Zotero.

    +

    Insertion des références

    +
      +
    1. Accédez à votre document et placez le curseur à l'endroit où la référence doit être insérée.
      2. +
    2. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez L'icône de l'extension Zotero Zotero.
      3. +
    3. Tapez le texte à chercher et appuyez sur la touche Entrée du clavier.
      4. +
    4. Activez une ou plusieurs cases à cocher.
      5. +
    5. [Facultatif] Tapez le texte nouveau à chercher et activez une ou plusieurs cases à cocher.
      6. +
    6. Sélectionnez le style pour référence de la liste déroulante Style.
      7. +
    7. Cliquez sur le bouton Insérer la bibliographie.
      8. +
    + +

    EasyBib

    +
      +
    1. Accédez à votre document et placez le curseur à l'endroit où la référence doit être insérée.
      2. +
    2. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez L'icône de l'extension EasyBib EasyBib.
      3. +
    3. Sélectionnez le type de source à trouver.
      4. +
    4. Tapez le texte à chercher et appuyez sur la touche Entrée du clavier.
      5. +
    5. Cliquez sur '+' de la partie droite du Livre/Journal, de l'article/site Web. Cette source sera ajoutée dans la Bibliographie.
      6. +
    6. Sélectionnez le style de référence.
      7. +
    7. Appuyez sur Ajouter la bibliographie dans le document pour insérer les références.
      8. +
    + Gif de l'extension Easybib +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm index ee1a22f82..0520d38df 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Insérer des symboles et des caractères - + @@ -14,40 +14,42 @@

    Insérer des symboles et des caractères

    -

    Que faire si vous avez besoin de symboles ou de caractères spéciaux qui ne sont pas sur votre clavier? Pour insérer de tels symboles dans votre documents, utilisez l’option L’icône Table de symboles Insérer un symbole et suivez ces étapes simples:

    +

    Pour insérer des symboles qui ne sont pas sur votre clavier, utilisez l'option L'icône Tableau des symboles Insérer un symbole option et suivez ces étapes simples:

      -
    • Placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer un symbole spécial,
      • -
    • Basculez vers l’onglet Insérer de la barre d’outils supérieure.
      • +
    • placez le curseur là où vous souhaitez ajouter un symbole spécifique,
      • +
    • passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
    • - Cliquez sur L’icône Table de symbolesSymbole, -

      Symbole

      + cliquez sur L'icône Tableau des symboles Symbole, +

      La barre latérale Insérer des symboles

      • -
    • De la fenêtre Symbole qui apparaît sélectionnez le symbole approprié.
      • +
    • De la fenêtre Symbole qui apparaît sélectionnez le symbole approprié,
    • -

      Utilisez la section Plage pour trouvez rapidement le symbole nécessaire. Tous les symboles sont divisés en groupes spécifiques, par exemple, sélectionnez des «symboles monétaires» spécifiques si vous souhaitez insérer un caractère monétaire.

      -

      Si ce caractère n’est pas dans le jeu, sélectionnez une police différente. Plusieurs d’entre elles ont également des caractères différents que ceux du jeu standard.

      -

      Ou, entrez la valeur hexadécimale Unicode du symbole souhaité dans le champ Valeur hexadécimale Unicode. Ce code se trouve dans la carte des Caractères.

      -

      Les symboles précédemment utilisés sont également affichés dans le champ des Caractères spéciaux récemment utilisés.

      +

      Utilisez la section Plage pour trouvez rapidement le symbole nécessaire. Tous les symboles sont divisés en groupes spécifiques, par exemple, sélectionnez des «symboles monétaires» spécifiques si vous souhaitez insérer un caractère monétaire.

      +

      Si ce caractère n'est pas dans le jeu, sélectionnez une police différente. Plusieurs d'entre elles ont également des caractères différents que ceux du jeu standard.

      +

      Ou, entrez la valeur hexadécimale Unicode du symbole souhaité dans le champ Valeur hexadécimale Unicode. Ce code se trouve dans la Carte des caractères.

      +

      Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'onglet Symboles spéciaux pour choisir un symbole spéciale proposé dans la liste.

      +

      La barre latérale Insérer des symboles

      +

      Les symboles précédemment utilisés sont également affichés dans le champ des Caractères spéciaux récemment utilisés,

      • -
    • Cliquez sur Insérer. Le caractère sélectionné sera ajouté au document.
      • +
    • cliquez sur Insérer. Le caractère sélectionné sera ajouté au document.

    Insérer des symboles ASCII

    La table ASCII est utilisée pour ajouter des caractères.

    Pour le faire, maintenez la touche ALT enfoncée et utilisez le pavé numérique pour saisir le code de caractère.

    -

    Remarque: utilisez le pavé numérique, pas les chiffres du clavier principal. Pour activer le pavé numérique, appuyez sur la touche verrouillage numérique.

    +

    Remarque: utilisez le pavé numérique, pas les chiffres du clavier principal. Pour activer le pavé numérique, appuyez sur la touche verrouillage numérique.

    Par exemple, pour ajouter un caractère de paragraphe (§), maintenez la touche ALT tout en tapant 789, puis relâchez la touche ALT.

    -

    Insérer des symboles à l’aide de la table des caractères Unicode

    -

    Des caractères et symboles supplémentaires peuvent également être trouvés dans la table des symboles Windows. Pour ouvrir cette table, effectuez l’une des opérations suivantes:

    +

    Insérer des symboles à l'aide de la table des caractères Unicode

    +

    Des caractères et symboles supplémentaires peuvent également être trouvés dans la table des symboles Windows. Pour ouvrir cette table, effectuez l'une des opérations suivantes:

      -
    • Dans le champ Rechercher, tapez « table de caractères » et ouvrez –la,
      • +
    • Dans le champ Rechercher, tapez 'Table de caractères' et ouvrez-la,
    • - Appuyez simultanément sur Win+R, puis dans la fenêtre ouverte tapez charmap.exe et cliquez sur OK. -

      Caractères

      + Appuyez simultanément sur Win+R, puis dans la fenêtre ouverte tapez charmap.exe et cliquez sur OK. +

      La fenêtre Insérer des symboles

    -

    Dans la Table des Caractères ouverte, sélectionnez l’un des Jeux de caractères, Groupes et Polices. Ensuite, cliquez sur le caractère nécessaire, copiéz-les dans le presse-papier et collez-les au bon endroit du document.

    +

    Dans la Table des caractères ouverte, sélectionnez l'un des Jeux de caractères, Groupes et Polices. Ensuite, cliquez sur le caractère nécessaire, copiez-les dans le presse-papier et collez-les au bon endroit du document.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index c801bc8fc..78012b98d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Insérer des tableaux - + @@ -11,146 +11,179 @@
    - +

    Insérer des tableaux

    Insérer un tableau

    Pour insérer un tableau dans le texte de votre document,

      -
    1. placez le curseur à l'endroit où vous voulez insérer le tableau,
      2. -
    2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      3. -
    3. cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un tableau icône Insérer un tableau sur la la barre d'outils supérieure,
      4. -
    4. sélectionnez une des options pour créer le tableau :
        +
      • placez le curseur à l'endroit où vous voulez insérer le tableau,
        • +
      • passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • +
      • cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Tableau Tableau sur la la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • +
      • sélectionnez une des options pour créer le tableau: +

        • soit un tableau avec le nombre prédéfini de cellules (10 par 8 cellules maximum)

          Si vous voulez ajouter rapidement un tableau, il vous suffit de sélectionner le nombre de lignes (8 au maximum) et de colonnes (10 au maximum).

        • soit un tableau personnalisé

          -

          Si vous avez besoin d'un tableau de plus de 10 par 8 cellules, sélectionnez l'option Insérer un tableau personnalisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre et spécifiez le nombre nécessaire de lignes et de colonnes, ensuite cliquez sur le bouton OK.

          +

          Si vous avez besoin d'un tableau de plus de 10 par 8 cellules, sélectionnez l'option Insérer un tableau personnalisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre et spécifiez le nombre nécessaire de lignes et de colonnes, ensuite cliquez sur le bouton OK.

          Tableau personnalisé

          • +
        • Sélectionnez l'option Dessiner un tableau, si vous souhaitez dessiner un tableau à la souris. Cette option est utile lorsque vous devez créer un tableau et délimiter des lignes et des colonnes de tailles différentes. Le pointeur de la souris se transforme en crayon Le pointeur de la souris en dessinant le tableau.. Tracez le contour du tableau où vous souhaitez l'ajouter, puis tracez les traits horizontaux pour délimiter des lignes et les traits verticaux pour délimiter des colonnes à l'intérieur du contour.
        • -
      • après avoir ajouté le tableau, vous pouvez modifier ses propriétés, sa taille et sa position.
        • +
      • après avoir ajouté le tableau, vous pouvez modifier sa taille, ses paramètres et sa position.
    -

    Pour redimensionner un tableau, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée Icône Carreaux dans son coin inférieur droit et faites-la glisser jusqu'à ce que la taille du tableau soit atteinte.

    +

    Pour redimensionner un tableau, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée L'icône Carreaux dans son coin inférieur droit et faites-la glisser jusqu'à ce que la taille du tableau soit atteinte.

    Redimensionner le tableau

    Vous pouvez également modifier manuellement la largeur d'une certaine colonne ou la hauteur d'une ligne. Déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure droite de la colonne de sorte que le curseur se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle Curseur de la souris lors de la modification de la largeur d'une colonne et faites glisser la bordure vers la gauche ou la droite pour définir la largeur nécessaire. Pour modifier manuellement la hauteur d'une seule ligne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure inférieure de la ligne afin que le curseur devienne la flèche bidirectionnelle Curseur de la souris lors de la modification de la hauteur d'une ligne et déplacez la bordure vers le haut ou le bas.

    Pour déplacer une table, maintenez la poignée Poignée Sélectionner un tableau dans son coin supérieur gauche et faites-la glisser à l'endroit voulu dans le document.

    +

    On peut aussi ajouter une légende au tableau. Veuillez consulter cet article pour en savoir plus sur utilisation des légendes avec les tableaux.

    Sélectionnez un tableau ou une portion de tableau

    Pour sélectionner un tableau entier, cliquez sur la poignée Poignée Sélectionner un tableau dans son coin supérieur gauche.

    Pour sélectionner une certaine cellule, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur le côté gauche de la cellule nécessaire pour que le curseur devienne la flèche noire Sélectionner la cellule, puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris.

    Pour sélectionner une certaine ligne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure gauche du tableau à côté de la ligne voulue pour que le curseur devienne la flèche noire horizontale Sélectionner une ligne, puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris.

    Pour sélectionner une certaine colonne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure supérieure de la colonne voulue pour que le curseur se transforme en flèche noire dirigée vers le bas Sélectionner une colonne, puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris.

    -

    Il est également possible de sélectionner une cellule, une ligne, une colonne ou un tableau à l'aide des options du menu contextuel ou de la section Lignes et colonnes de la barre latérale droite.

    -

    Remarque : pour vous déplacer dans un tableau, vous pouvez utiliser des raccourcis clavier.

    +

    Il est également possible de sélectionner une cellule, une ligne, une colonne ou un tableau à l'aide des options du menu contextuel ou de la section Lignes et colonnes de la barre latérale droite.

    +

    + Remarque: pour vous déplacer dans un tableau, vous pouvez utiliser des raccourcis clavier. +

    Ajuster les paramètres du tableau

    -

    Certaines paramètres du tableau ainsi que sa structure peuvent être modifiés à l'aide du menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes :

    +

    Certaines paramètres du tableau ainsi que sa structure peuvent être modifiés à l'aide du menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes:

      -
    • Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur.
      • -
    • Sélectionner sert à sélectionner une ligne, une colonne, une cellule ou un tableau.
      • -
    • Insérer sert à insérer une ligne au-dessus ou en dessous de la ligne où le curseur est placé ainsi qu'insérer une colonne à gauche ou à droite de la сolonne à la position actuelle du curseur.
      • -
    • Supprimer sert à supprimer une ligne, une colonne ou un tableau.
      • -
    • Fusionner les cellules est disponible si deux ou plusieurs cellules sont sélectionnées et est utilisé pour les fusionner.
      • -
    • Fractionner la cellule... sert à ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez sélectionner le nombre nécessaire de colonnes et de lignes de la cellule qui doit être divisée.
      • -
    • Distribuer les lignes est utilisé pour ajuster les cellules sélectionnées afin qu'elles aient la même hauteur sans changer la hauteur globale du tableau.
      • -
    • Distribuer les colonnes est utilisé pour ajuster les cellules sélectionnées afin qu'elles aient la même largeur sans modifier la largeur globale du tableau.
      • -
    • Alignement vertical de cellule sert à aligner le texte en haut, au centre ou en bas de la cellule sélectionnée.
      • -
    • Orientation du texte - sert à modifier l'orientation du texte dans une cellule. Vous pouvez placer le texte horizontalement, verticalement de haut en bas (Rotation du texte vers le bas), ou verticalement de bas en haut (Rotation du texte vers le haut).
      • -
    • Paramètres avancés du tableau sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'.
      • -
    • Lien hypertexte sert à insérer un lien hypertexte.
      • -
    • Paramètres avancés du paragraphe- sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés'.
      • +
    • Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précédemment coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur.
      • +
    • Sélectionner sert à sélectionner une ligne, une colonne, une cellule ou un tableau.
      • +
    • Insérer sert à insérer une ligne au-dessus ou en dessous de la ligne où le curseur est placé ainsi qu'insérer une colonne à gauche ou à droite de la colonne à la position actuelle du curseur. +

      Il est possible d'insérer plusieurs lignes ou colonnes. Lorsque l'option Plusieurs lignes/colonnes est sélectionnée, la fenêtre Insérer plusieurs apparaît. Sélectionnez Lignes ou Colonnes dans la liste, spécifiez le nombre de colonnes/lignes que vous souhaitez insérer et spécifiez l'endroit où les insérer: Au-dessus du curseur ou Au-dessous du curseur et cliquez sur OK.

      +
      • +
    • Supprimer sert à supprimer une ligne, une colonne ou un tableau. Lorsque l'option Cellule est sélectionnée, la fenêtre Supprimer les cellules apparaît où on peut choisir parmi les options: Décaler les cellules vers la gauche, Supprimer la ligne entière ou Supprimer la colonne entière.
      • +
    • Fusionner les cellules est disponible si deux ou plusieurs cellules sont sélectionnées et est utilisé pour les fusionner. +

      + Il est aussi possible de fusionner les cellules en effaçant la bordure à l'aide de l'outil gomme. Pour le faire, cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Tableau Tableau dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer un tableau. Le pointeur de la souris se transforme en gomme Le pointeur de la souris effaçant les bordures. Faites glisser le pointeur de la souris vers la bordure séparant les cellules que vous souhaitez fusionner et effacez-la. +

      +
      • +
    • Fractionner la cellule... sert à ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez sélectionner le nombre nécessaire de colonnes et de lignes de la cellule qui doit être divisée. +

      + Il est aussi possible de fractionner la cellule en dessinant les lignes et les colonnes à l'aide de l'outil crayon. Pour le faire, cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Tableau Tableau dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Dessiner un tableau. Le pointeur de la souris se transforme en crayon Le pointeur de la souris en dessinant le tableau.. Tracez un trait horizontal pour délimiter une ligne ou un trait vertical pour délimiter une colonne. +

      +
      • +
    • Distribuer les lignes est utilisé pour ajuster les cellules sélectionnées afin qu'elles aient la même hauteur sans changer la hauteur globale du tableau.
      • +
    • Distribuer les colonnes est utilisé pour ajuster les cellules sélectionnées afin qu'elles aient la même largeur sans modifier la largeur globale du tableau.
      • +
    • Alignement vertical de cellule sert à aligner le texte en haut, au centre ou en bas de la cellule sélectionnée.
      • +
    • Orientation du texte sert à modifier l'orientation du texte dans une cellule. Vous pouvez placer le texte horizontalement, verticalement de haut en bas (Rotation du texte vers le bas), ou verticalement de bas en haut (Rotation du texte vers le haut).
      • +
    • Paramètres avancés du tableau sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'.
      • +
    • Lien hypertexte sert à insérer un lien hypertexte.
      • +
    • Paramètres avancés du paragraphe sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés'.
    -

    Barre latérale droite - Paramètres du tableau

    -

    Vous pouvez également modifier les propriétés du tableau en utilisant la barre latérale droite :

    +

    Right Sidebar - Table Settings

    +

    Vous pouvez également modifier les propriétés du tableau en utilisant la barre latérale droite:

      -

    • Lignes et Colonnes servent à sélectionner les parties du tableau à souligner.

      -

      Pour les lignes :

      +

    • Lignes et Colonnes servent à sélectionner les parties du tableau à mettre en surbrillance.

      +

      Pour les lignes:

        -
      • En-tête - pour souligner la première ligne
        • -
      • Total - pour souligner la dernière ligne
        • -
      • À bandes - pour souligner chaque deuxième ligne
        • +
      • En-tête - pour souligner la première ligne
        • +
      • Total - pour souligner la dernière ligne
        • +
      • À bandes - pour souligner chaque deuxième ligne
      -

      Pour les colonnes :

      +

      Pour les colonnes:

        -
      • Premier - pour souligner la première colonne
        • -
      • Dernier - pour souligner la dernière colonne
        • -
      • À bandes - pour souligner chaque deuxième colonne
        • +
      • Premier - pour souligner la première colonne
        • +
      • Dernier - pour souligner la dernière colonne
        • +
      • À bandes - pour souligner chaque deuxième colonne
      • -

    • Sélectionner à partir d'un modèle sert à choisir un modèle de tableau à partir de ceux qui sont disponibles.

      • -

    • Style des bordures sert à sélectionner la taille de la bordure, la couleur, le style ainsi que la couleur d'arrière-plan.

      • -

    • Lignes & colonnes sert à effectuer certaines opérations avec le tableau : sélectionner, supprimer, insérer des lignes et des colonnes, fusionner des cellules, fractionner une cellule.

      • -

    • Taille de cellule est utilisée pour ajuster la largeur et la hauteur de la cellule actuellement sélectionnée. Dans cette section, vous pouvez également Distribuer les lignes afin que toutes les cellules sélectionnées aient la même hauteur ou Distribuer les colonnes de sorte que toutes les cellules sélectionnées aient la même largeur.

      • -

    • Ajouter une formule permet d'insérer une formule dans la cellule de tableau sélectionnée.

      • -

    • Répéter en haut de chaque page en tant que ligne d'en-tête sert à insérer la même rangée d'en-tête en haut de chaque page dans les tableaux longs.

      • -

    • Afficher les paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'.

      • +

    • Sélectionner à partir d'un modèle sert à choisir un modèle de tableau à partir de ceux qui sont disponibles.

      • +

    • Style des bordures sert à sélectionner la taille de la bordure, la couleur, le style ainsi que la couleur d'arrière-plan.

      • +

    • Lignes et colonnes sert à effectuer certaines opérations avec le tableau : sélectionner, supprimer, insérer des lignes et des colonnes, fusionner des cellules, fractionner une cellule.

      • +

    • Taille des lignes et des colonnes est utilisée pour ajuster la largeur et la hauteur de la cellule actuellement sélectionnée. Dans cette section, vous pouvez également Distribuer les lignes afin que toutes les cellules sélectionnées aient la même hauteur ou Distribuer les colonnes de sorte que toutes les cellules sélectionnées aient la même largeur.

      • +

    • Ajouter une formule permet d'insérer une formule dans la cellule de tableau sélectionnée.

      • +

    • Répéter en haut de chaque page en tant que ligne d'en-tête sert à insérer la même rangée d'en-tête en haut de chaque page dans les tableaux longs.

      • +

    • Afficher les paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'.

    -

    Pour modifier les paramètres du tableau avancés, cliquez sur le tableau avec le clic droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre Propriétés du tableau s'ouvre :

    +

    Configurer les paramètres avancés du tableau

    +

    Pour modifier les paramètres du tableau avancés, cliquez sur le tableau avec le clic droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre des paramètres du tableau s'ouvre:

    Tableau - Paramètres avancés

    -

    L'onglet Tableau permet de modifier les paramètres de tout le tableau.

    +

    L'onglet Tableau permet de modifier les paramètres de tout le tableau.

      -
    • La section Taille du tableau contient les paramètres suivants :
        -
      • Largeur - par défaut, la largeur du tableau est ajustée automatiquement à la largeur de la page, c-à-d le tableau occupe tout l'espace entre la marge gauche et la marge droite de la page. Vous pouvez cocher cette case et spécifier la largeur du tableau manuellement.
        • -
      • Mesure en - permet de définir la largeur du tableau en unités absolues c-à-d Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option choisie dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés... tab) ou en Pour cent de la largeur totale de la page.

        Remarque: vous pouvez aussi ajuster la taille du tableau manuellement en changeant la hauteur des lignes et la largeur des colonnes. Déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure de la ligne/ de la colonne jusqu'à ce qu'elle se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle et faites glisser la bordure. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les marqueurs sur la règle horizontale pour changer la largeur de la colonne et les marqueurs sur la règle verticale pour modifier la hauteur de la ligne.

        +
      • La section Taille du tableau contient les paramètres suivants: +
          +
        • + Largeur - par défaut, la largeur du tableau est ajustée automatiquement à la largeur de la page, c-à-d le tableau occupe tout l'espace entre la marge gauche et la marge droite de la page. Vous pouvez cocher cette case et spécifier la largeur du tableau manuellement.
          • -
        • Redimensionner automatiquement pour ajuster au contenu - permet de changer automatiquement la largeur de chaque colonne selon le texte dans ses cellules.
          • +
        • Mesure en permet de définir la largeur du tableau en unités absolues c-à-d Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option choisie dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés... tab) ou en Pour cent de la largeur totale de la page. +

          Remarque: vous pouvez aussi ajuster la taille du tableau manuellement en changeant la hauteur des lignes et la largeur des colonnes. Déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure de la ligne/ de la colonne jusqu'à ce qu'elle se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle et faites glisser la bordure. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les marqueurs Tableau - Marqueur de largeur de la colonne sur la règle horizontale pour changer la largeur de la colonne et les marqueurs Tableau - Marqueur de hauteur de la ligne sur la règle verticale pour modifier la hauteur de la ligne.

          +
          • +
        • Redimensionner automatiquement pour ajuster au contenu - permet de changer automatiquement la largeur de chaque colonne selon le texte dans ses cellules.
        • -
      • La section Marges des cellules par défaut permet de changer l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule utilisé par défaut.
        • -
      • La section Options permet de modifier les paramètres suivants :
          -
        • Espacement entre les cellules - l'espacement des cellules qui sera rempli par la couleur de l'Arrière-plan de tableau.
          • -
        +
      • La section Marges des cellules par défaut permet de changer l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule utilisé par défaut.
        • +
      • La section Options permet de modifier les paramètres suivants: +
          +
        • Espacement entre les cellules - l'espacement des cellules qui sera rempli par la couleur de l'Arrière-plan de tableau.
          • +

      Tableau - Paramètres avancés

      -

      L'onglet Cellule permet de modifier les paramètres des cellules individuelles. D'abord vous devez sélectionner la cellule à appliquer les modifications ou sélectionner le tableau à modifier les propriétés de toutes ses cellules.

      +

      L'onglet Cellule permet de modifier les paramètres des cellules individuelles. D'abord vous devez sélectionner la cellule à appliquer les modifications ou sélectionner le tableau à modifier les propriétés de toutes ses cellules.

        -
      • La section Taille de la cellule contient les paramètres suivants :
          -
        • Largeur préférée - permet de définir la largeur de la cellule par défaut. C'est la taille à laquelle la cellule essaie de correspondre, mais dans certains cas ce n'est pas possible se s'adapter à cette valeur exacte. Par exemple, si le texte dans une cellule dépasse la largeur spécifiée, il sera rompu par la ligne suivante de sorte que la largeur de cellule préférée reste intacte, mais si vous insérez une nouvelle colonne, la largeur préférée sera réduite.
          • -
        • Mesure en - permet de définir la largeur de la cellule en unités absolues c-à-d Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) ou en Pour cent de la largeur totale du tableau.

          Remarque : vous pouvez aussi définir la largeur de la cellule manuellement. Pour rendre une cellule plus large ou plus étroite dans une colonne, sélectionnez la cellule nécessaire et déplacez le curseur de la souris sur sa bordure droite jusqu'à ce qu'elle se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle, puis faites glisser la bordure. Pour modifier la largeur de toutes les cellules d'une colonne, utilisez les marqueurs sur la règle horizontale pour modifier la largeur de la colonne.

          +
        • + La section Taille de la cellule contient les paramètres suivants: +
            +
          • Largeur préférée - permet de définir la largeur de la cellule par défaut. C'est la taille à laquelle la cellule essaie de correspondre, mais dans certains cas ce n'est pas possible se s'adapter à cette valeur exacte. Par exemple, si le texte dans une cellule dépasse la largeur spécifiée, il sera rompu par la ligne suivante de sorte que la largeur de cellule préférée reste intacte, mais si vous insérez une nouvelle colonne, la largeur préférée sera réduite.
            • +
          • Mesure en - permet de définir la largeur de la cellule en unités absolues c-à-d Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) ou en Pour cent de la largeur totale du tableau. +

            Remarque: vous pouvez aussi définir la largeur de la cellule manuellement. Pour rendre une cellule plus large ou plus étroite dans une colonne, sélectionnez la cellule nécessaire et déplacez le curseur de la souris sur sa bordure droite jusqu'à ce qu'elle se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle, puis faites glisser la bordure. Pour modifier la largeur de toutes les cellules d'une colonne, utilisez les marqueurs Tableau - Marqueur de largeur de la colonne sur la règle horizontale pour modifier la largeur de la colonne.

          • -
        • La section Marges de la cellule permet d'ajuster l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule. Par défaut, les valeurs standard sont utilisées (les valeurs par défaut peuvent être modifiées également en utilisant l'onglet Tableau), mais vous pouvez désactiver l'option Utiliser marges par défaut et entrer les valeurs nécessaires manuellement.
          • -
        • La section Option de la cellule permet de modifier le paramètre suivant :
            -
          • L'option Envelopper le texte est activée par défaut. Il permet d'envelopper le texte dans une cellule qui dépasse sa largeur sur la ligne suivante en agrandissant la hauteur de la rangée et en gardant la largeur de la colonne inchangée.
            • +
          • La section Marges de la cellule permet d'ajuster l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule. Par défaut, les valeurs standard sont utilisées (les valeurs par défaut peuvent être modifiées également en utilisant l'onglet Tableau), mais vous pouvez désactiver l'option Utiliser marges par défaut et entrer les valeurs nécessaires manuellement.
            • +
          • + La section Option de la cellule permet de modifier le paramètre suivant: +
              +
            • L'option Envelopper le texte est activée par défaut. Il permet d'envelopper le texte dans une cellule qui dépasse sa largeur sur la ligne suivante en agrandissant la hauteur de la rangée et en gardant la largeur de la colonne inchangée.

          Tableau - Paramètres avancés

          -

          L'onglet Bordures & arrière-plan contient les paramètres suivants:

          +

          L'onglet Bordures et arrière-plan contient les paramètres suivants:

            -
          • Les paramètres de la Bordure (taille, couleur, présence ou absence) - définissez la taille de la bordure, sélectionnez sa couleur et choisissez la façon d'affichage dans les cellules.

            Remarque : si vous choisissez de ne pas afficher les bordures du tableau en cliquant sur le bouton Pas de bordures ou en désélectionnant toutes les bordures manuellement sur le diagramme, les bordures seront indiquées par une ligne pointillée. Pour les faire disparaître, cliquez sur l'icône Caractères non imprimables Caractères non imprimables sur la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Bordures du tableau cachées.

            +
          • + Les paramètres de la Bordure (taille, couleur, présence ou absence) - définissez la taille de la bordure, sélectionnez sa couleur et choisissez la façon d'affichage dans les cellules. +

            + Remarque: si vous choisissez de ne pas afficher les bordures du tableau en cliquant sur le bouton Pas de bordures ou en désélectionnant toutes les bordures manuellement sur le diagramme, les bordures seront indiquées par une ligne pointillée. Pour les faire disparaître, cliquez sur l'icône Caractères non imprimables Caractères non imprimables sur la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Bordures du tableau cachées. +

            • -
          • Fond de la cellule - la couleur d'arrière plan dans les cellules (disponible uniquement si une ou plusieurs cellules sont sélectionnées ou l'option Espacement entre les cellules est sélectionnée dans l'onglet Tableau ).
            • -
          • Fond du tableau - la couleur d'arrière plan du tableau ou le fond de l'espacement entre les cellules dans le cas où l'option Espacement entre les cellules est chosie dans l'onglet Tableau.
            • +
          • Fond de la cellule - la couleur d'arrière plan dans les cellules (disponible uniquement si une ou plusieurs cellules sont sélectionnées ou l'option Espacement entre les cellules est sélectionnée dans l'onglet Tableau).
            • +
          • Fond du tableau - la couleur d'arrière plan du tableau ou le fond de l'espacement entre les cellules dans le cas où l'option Espacement entre les cellules est choisie dans l'onglet Tableau.

          Tableau - Paramètres avancés

          -

          L'onglet Position du tableau est disponible uniquement si l'option Flottant de l'onglet Habillage du texte est sélectionnée et contient les paramètres suivants :

          +

          L'onglet Position du tableau est disponible uniquement si l'option Tableau flottant sous l'onglet Habillage du texte est sélectionnée et contient les paramètres suivants:

            -
          • Horizontal sert à régler l'alignment du tableau (à gauche, au centre, à droite) par rapport à la marge, la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position à droite de la marge, la page ou le texte.
            • -
          • Vertical sert à régler l'alignment du tableau (à gauche, au centre, à droite) par rapport à la marge, la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position en dessous de la marge, la page ou le texte.
            • -
          • La section Options permet de modifier les paramètres suivants :
              -
            • Déplacer avec le texte contrôle si la tableau se déplace comme le texte dans lequel il est inséré.
              • -
            • Autoriser le chevauchement sert à déterminer si deux tableaux sont fusionnés en un seul grand tableau ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les uns près des autres sur la page.
              • +
            • Horizontal sert à régler l'alignement du tableau par rapport à la marge (à gauche, au centre, à droite), la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position à droite de la marge, la page ou le texte.
              • +
            • Vertical sert à régler l'alignement du tableau par rapport à la marge (à gauche, au centre, à droite), la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position en dessous de la marge, la page ou le texte.
              • +
            • La section Options permet de modifier les paramètres suivants: +
                +
              • Déplacer avec le texte contrôle si la tableau se déplace comme le texte dans lequel il est inséré.
                • +
              • Autoriser le chevauchement sert à déterminer si deux tableaux sont fusionnés en un seul grand tableau ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les uns près des autres sur la page.

            Tableau - Paramètres avancés

            -

            L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants :

            +

            L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants:

              -
            • Style d'habillage du texte - Tableau aligné ou Tableau flottant. Utilisez l'option voulue pour changer la façon de positionner le tableau par rapport au texte : soit il sera une partie du texte ( si vous avez choisi le style aligné), soit il sera entouré par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous avez choisi le style flottant).
              • -
            • Après avoir sélectionné le style d'habillage, les paramètres d'habillage supplémentaires peuvent être définis pour les tableaux alignés et flottants :
                -
              • Pour les tableaux alignés, vous pouvez spécifier l'Alignement du tableau et le Retrait à gauche.
                • -
              • Pour les tableaux flottants, vous pouvez spécifier la distance du texte et la position du tableau dans l'onglet Position du tableau.
                • +
              • Style d'habillage du texte - Tableau aligné ou Tableau flottant. Utilisez l'option voulue pour changer la façon de positionner le tableau par rapport au texte : soit il sera une partie du texte ( si vous avez choisi le style aligné), soit il sera entouré par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous avez choisi le style flottant).
                • +
              • + Après avoir sélectionné le style d'habillage, les paramètres d'habillage supplémentaires peuvent être définis pour les tableaux alignés et flottants: +
                  +
                • Pour les tableaux alignés, vous pouvez spécifier l'Alignement du tableau et le Retrait à gauche.
                  • +
                • Pour les tableaux flottants, vous pouvez spécifier la distance du texte et la position du tableau sous l'onglet Position du tableau.

              Tableau - Paramètres avancés

              -

              L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du tableau.

              +

              L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du tableau.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm index caaee2a3f..fe5559611 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Insérer des objets textuels - + @@ -11,73 +11,81 @@
    - +

    Insérer des objets textuels

    Pour rendre votre texte plus explicite et attirer l'attention sur une partie spécifique du document, vous pouvez insérer une zone de texte (un cadre rectangulaire qui permet de saisir du texte) ou un objet Text Art (une zone de texte avec un style de police prédéfini et couleur qui permet d'appliquer certains effets de texte).

    Ajouter un objet textuel

    -

    Vous pouvez ajouter un objet texte n'importe où sur la page. Pour le faire :

    +

    Vous pouvez ajouter un objet texte n'importe où sur la page. Pour le faire:

      -
    1. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      2. -
    2. sélectionnez le type d'objet textuel voulu :
        -
      • Pour ajouter une zone de texte, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Zone de texte Zone de texte de la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur l'emplacement où vous souhaitez insérer la zone de texte, maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé et faites glisser la bordure pour définir sa taille. Lorsque vous relâchez le bouton de la souris, le point d'insertion apparaîtra dans la zone de texte ajoutée, vous permettant d'entrer votre texte.

        Remarque: il est également possible d'insérer une zone de texte en cliquant sur l'icône Insérer une forme automatique Forme dans la barre d'outils supérieure et en sélectionnant la forme Insérer une forme automatique textuelle dans le groupe Formes de base.

        +
      • passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • +
      • sélectionnez le type d'objet textuel voulu: +
          +
        • + Pour ajouter une zone de texte, cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Zone de texte Zone de texte de la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur l'emplacement où vous souhaitez insérer la zone de texte, maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé et faites glisser la bordure pour définir sa taille. Lorsque vous relâchez le bouton de la souris, le point d'insertion apparaîtra dans la zone de texte ajoutée, vous permettant d'entrer votre texte. +

          Remarque: il est également possible d'insérer une zone de texte en cliquant sur l'icône L'icône Forme Forme dans la barre d'outils supérieure et en sélectionnant la forme Insérer une forme automatique textuelle dans le groupe Formes de base.

          • -
        • Pour ajouter un objet Text Art, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Text Art Text Art dans la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur le modèle de style souhaité - l'objet Text Art sera ajouté à la position actuelle du curseur. Sélectionnez le texte par défaut dans la zone de texte avec la souris et remplacez-le par votre propre texte.
          • +
        • Pour ajouter un objet Text Art, cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Text Art Text Art dans la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur le modèle de style souhaité - l'objet Text Art sera ajouté à la position actuelle du curseur. Sélectionnez le texte par défaut dans la zone de texte avec la souris et remplacez-le par votre propre texte.
      • cliquez en dehors de l'objet texte pour appliquer les modifications et revenir au document.
    -

    Le texte dans l'objet textuel fait partie de celui ci (ainsi si vous déplacez ou faites pivoter l'objet textuel, le texte change de position lui aussi).

    +

    Le texte dans l'objet textuel fait partie de celui-ci (ainsi si vous déplacez ou faites pivoter l'objet textuel, le texte change de position lui aussi).

    Comme un objet textuel inséré représente un cadre rectangulaire (avec des bordures de zone de texte invisibles par défaut) avec du texte à l'intérieur et que ce cadre est une forme automatique commune, vous pouvez modifier aussi bien les propriétés de forme que de texte.

    -

    Pour supprimer l'objet textuel ajouté, cliquez sur la bordure de la zone de texte et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Le texte dans la zone de texte sera également supprimé.

    +

    Pour supprimer l'objet textuel ajouté, cliquez sur la bordure de la zone de texte et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Le texte dans la zone de texte sera également supprimé.

    Mettre en forme une zone de texte

    Sélectionnez la zone de texte en cliquant sur sa bordure pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque la zone de texte est sélectionnée, ses bordures sont affichées en tant que lignes pleines (non pointillées).

    Zone de texte sélectionnée

    • Pour redimensionner, déplacer, faire pivoter la zone de texte, utilisez les poignées spéciales sur les bords de la forme.
      • -
    • Pour modifier le remplissage, le contour, le style d'habillage de la zone de texte ou remplacer la boîte rectangulaire par une forme différente, cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres de forme Paramètres de la forme dans la barre latérale de droite et utilisez les options correspondantes.
      • -
    • pour aligner la zone de texte sur la page, organiser les zones de texte en fonction d'autres objets, pivoter ou retourner une zone de texte, modifier un style d'habillage ou accéder aux paramètres avancés de forme, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la bordure de zone de texte et utilisez les options du menu contextuel. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation et l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page.
      • +
    • Pour modifier le remplissage, le contour, le style d'habillage de la zone de texte ou remplacer la boîte rectangulaire par une forme différente, cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres de forme L'icône Paramètres de la forme dans la barre latérale de droite et utilisez les options correspondantes.
      • +
    • Pour aligner la zone de texte sur la page, organiser les zones de texte en fonction d'autres objets, pivoter ou retourner une zone de texte, modifier un style d'habillage ou accéder aux paramètres avancés de forme, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la bordure de zone de texte et utilisez les options du menu contextuel. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation et l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page.

    Mettre en forme le texte dans la zone de texte

    Cliquez sur le texte dans la zone de texte pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque le texte est sélectionné, les bordures de la zone de texte sont affichées en lignes pointillées.

    Texte sélectionné

    -

    Remarque : il est également possible de modifier le formatage du texte lorsque la zone de texte (et non le texte lui-même) est sélectionnée. Dans ce cas, toutes les modifications seront appliquées à tout le texte dans la zone de texte. Certaines options de mise en forme de police (type de police, taille, couleur et styles de décoration) peuvent être appliquées séparément à une partie du texte précédemment sélectionnée.

    -

    Pour faire pivoter le texte dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Direction du texte, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles : Horizontal (sélectionné par défaut), Rotation du texte vers le bas (définit une direction verticale, de haut en bas) ou Rotation du texte vers le haut (définit une direction verticale, de bas en haut).

    -

    Pour aligner le texte verticalement dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Alignement vertical, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles : Aligner en haut, Aligner au centre ou Aligner en bas.

    -

    Les autres options de mise en forme que vous pouvez appliquer sont les mêmes que celles du texte standard. Veuillez vous reporter aux sections d'aide correspondantes pour en savoir plus sur l'opération concernée. Vous pouvez :

    +

    Remarque: il est également possible de modifier le formatage du texte lorsque la zone de texte (et non le texte lui-même) est sélectionnée. Dans ce cas, toutes les modifications seront appliquées à tout le texte dans la zone de texte. Certaines options de mise en forme de police (type de police, taille, couleur et styles de décoration) peuvent être appliquées séparément à une partie du texte précédemment sélectionnée.

    +

    Pour faire pivoter le texte dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Direction du texte, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles: Horizontal (sélectionné par défaut), Rotation du texte vers le bas (définit une direction verticale, de haut en bas) ou Rotation du texte vers le haut (définit une direction verticale, de bas en haut).

    +

    Pour aligner le texte verticalement dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Alignement vertical, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles: Aligner en haut, Aligner au centre ou Aligner en bas.

    +

    Les autres options de mise en forme que vous pouvez appliquer sont les mêmes que celles du texte standard. Veuillez vous reporter aux sections d'aide correspondantes pour en savoir plus sur l'opération concernée. Vous pouvez:

    -

    Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'icône des Paramètres du Text Art Icône Paramètres Text Art dans la barre latérale droite et modifier certains paramètres de style.

    +

    Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'icône des Paramètres de Text Art L'icône Paramètres de Text Art dans la barre latérale droite et modifier certains paramètres de style.

    Modifier un style Text Art

    -

    Sélectionnez un objet texte et cliquez sur l'icône des Paramètres Text Art Icône Paramètres Text Art dans la barre latérale de droite.

    -

    Onglet Paramètres Text Art

    -

    Modifiez le style de texte appliqué en sélectionnant un nouveau Modèle dans la galerie. Vous pouvez également modifier le style de base en sélectionnant un type de police différent, une autre taille, etc.

    -

    Changer le Remplissage de la police. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes :

    +

    Sélectionnez un objet texte et cliquez sur l'icône des Paramètres de Text Art L'icône Paramètres de Text Art dans la barre latérale de droite.

    +

    Onglet Paramètres de Text Art

    +

    Modifiez le style de texte appliqué en sélectionnant un nouveau Modèle dans la galerie. Vous pouvez également modifier le style de base en sélectionnant un type de police différent, une autre taille, etc.

    +

    Changer le Remplissage de la police. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes:

      -
    • Couleur - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie pour le remplissage de l'espace intérieur de la forme automatique sélectionnée.

      Couleur

      -

      Cliquez sur la case de couleur et sélectionnez la couleur voulue à partir de l'ensemble de couleurs disponibles ou spécifiez n'importe quelle couleur de votre choix :

      +
    • + Couleur de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie pour le remplissage de l'espace intérieur des lettres. +

      Couleur de remplissage

      +

      Cliquez sur la case de couleur et sélectionnez la couleur voulue à partir de l'ensemble de couleurs disponibles ou spécifiez n'importe quelle couleur de votre choix:

      • -
    • Dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour sélectionner deux couleurs et remplir les lettres d'une transition douce entre elles.

      Dégradé

      +
    • + Remplissage en dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour sélectionner deux couleurs et remplir les lettres d'une transition douce entre elles. +

      Remplissage en dégradé

        -
      • Style - choisissez une des options disponibles : Linéaire (la transition se fait selon un axe horizontal/vertical ou en diagonale, sous l'angle de 45 degrés) ou Radial (la transition se fait autour d'un point, les couleurs se fondent progressivement du centre aux bords en formant un cercle).
        • -
      • Direction - choisissez un modèle du menu. Si vous avez sélectionné le style Linéaire, vous pouvez choisir une des directions suivantes : du haut à gauche vers le bas à droite, du haut en bas, du haut à droite vers le bas à gauche, de droite à gauche, du bas à droite vers le haut à gauche, du bas en haut, du bas à gauche vers le haut à droite, de gauche à droite. Si vous avez choisi le style Radial, il n'est disponible qu'un seul modèle.
        • -
      • Dégradé - cliquez sur le curseur de dégradé gauche Curseur au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour activer la palette de couleurs qui correspond à la première couleur. Cliquez sur la palette de couleurs à droite pour sélectionner la première couleur. Faites glisser le curseur pour définir le point de dégradé c'est-à-dire le point quand une couleur se fond dans une autre. Utilisez le curseur droit au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour spécifier la deuxième couleur et définir le point de dégradé.
        • +
      • Style - choisissez une des options disponibles: Linéaire (la transition se fait selon un axe horizontal/vertical ou en diagonale, sous l'angle de 45 degrés) ou Radial (la transition se fait autour d'un point, les couleurs se fondent progressivement du centre aux bords en formant un cercle).
        • +
      • Direction - choisissez un modèle du menu. Si vous avez sélectionné le style Linéaire, vous pouvez choisir une des directions suivantes: du haut à gauche vers le bas à droite, du haut en bas, du haut à droite vers le bas à gauche, de droite à gauche, du bas à droite vers le haut à gauche, du bas en haut, du bas à gauche vers le haut à droite, de gauche à droite. Si vous avez choisi le style Radial, il n'est disponible qu'un seul modèle.
        • +
      • Dégradé - cliquez sur le curseur de dégradé gauche Curseur au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour activer la palette de couleurs qui correspond à la première couleur. Cliquez sur la palette de couleurs à droite pour sélectionner la première couleur. Faites glisser le curseur pour définir le point de dégradé c'est-à-dire le point quand une couleur se fond dans une autre. Utilisez le curseur droit au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour spécifier la deuxième couleur et définir le point de dégradé.
      -

      Remarque : si une de ces deux options est sélectionnée, vous pouvez toujours régler le niveau d'Opacité en faisant glisser le curseur ou en saisissant la valeur de pourcentage à la main. La valeur par défaut est 100%. Elle correspond à l'opacité complète. La valeur 0% correspond à la transparence totale.

      +

      Remarque: si une de ces deux options est sélectionnée, vous pouvez toujours régler le niveau d'Opacité en faisant glisser le curseur ou en saisissant la valeur de pourcentage à la main. La valeur par défaut est 100%. Elle correspond à l'opacité complète. La valeur 0% correspond à la transparence totale.

      • -
    • Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser un remplissage.
      • +
    • Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser un remplissage.
    -

    Ajustez la largeur, la couleur et le type du Contour de la police.

    +

    Ajustez la largeur, la couleur et le type du Contour de la police.

      -
    • Pour modifier la largeur du trait, sélectionnez une des options disponibles depuis la liste déroulante Taille. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : 0,5 pt, 1 pt, 1,5 pt, 2,25 pt, 3 pt, 4,5 pt, 6 pt ou Pas de ligne si vous ne voulez pas utiliser de trait.
      • -
    • Pour changer la couleur du contour, cliquez sur la case colorée et sélectionnez la couleur voulue.
      • -
    • Pour modifier le type de contour, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante correspondante (une ligne continue est appliquée par défaut, vous pouvez la remplacer par l'une des lignes pointillées disponibles).
      • +
    • Pour modifier la largeur du trait, sélectionnez une des options disponibles depuis la liste déroulante Taille. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes: 0,5 pt, 1 pt, 1,5 pt, 2,25 pt, 3 pt, 4,5 pt, 6 pt ou Pas de ligne si vous ne voulez pas utiliser de trait.
      • +
    • Pour changer la couleur du contour, cliquez sur la case colorée et sélectionnez la couleur voulue.
      • +
    • Pour modifier le type de contour, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante correspondante (une ligne continue est appliquée par défaut, vous pouvez la remplacer par l'une des lignes pointillées disponibles).
    -

    Appliquez un effet de texte en sélectionnant le type de transformation de texte voulu dans la galerie Transformation. Vous pouvez ajuster le degré de distorsion du texte en faisant glisser la poignée en forme de diamant rose.

    +

    Appliquez un effet de texte en sélectionnant le type de transformation de texte voulu dans la galerie Transformation. Vous pouvez ajuster le degré de distorsion du texte en faisant glisser la poignée en forme de diamant rose.

    Transformation de Text Art

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm index da76e1468..2d8cc35ab 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm @@ -1,36 +1,42 @@  - - Régler l'interligne du paragraphe - - - - - - + + Régler l'interligne du paragraphe + + + + + +
    - +

    Régler l'interligne du paragraphe

    En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez définir la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe ainsi que les marges entre le paragraphe courant et précédent ou suivant.

    -

    Pour le faire,

    +

    Pour ce faire,

      -
    1. placez le curseur dans le paragraphe choisi, ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes avec la souris ou tout le texte en utilisant la combinaison de touches Ctrl+A,
      2. -
    2. utilisez les champs correspondants de la barre latérale droite pour obtenir les résultats nécessaires :
        -
      • Interligne - réglez la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe. Vous pouvez choisir parmi trois options : Au moins (sert à régler l'interligne minimale qui est nécessaire pour adapter la plus grande police ou le graphique à la ligne), Multiple (sert à régler l'interligne exprimée en nombre supérieur à 1), Exactement (sert à définir l'interligne fixe). Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite.
        • -
      • Espacement de paragraphe - définissez l'espace entre les paragraphes.
          -
        • Avant - réglez la taille de l'espace avant le paragraphe.
          • -
        • Après - réglez la taille de l'espace après le paragraphe.
          • -
        • N'ajoutez pas l'intervalle entre les paragraphes du même style - cochez cette case si vous n'avez pas besoin d'espace entre les paragraphes du même style.

          Barre latérale droite - Paramètres du paragraphe

          -
          • -
        -
        • +
      • placez le curseur dans le paragraphe choisi, ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes avec la souris ou tout le texte en utilisant la combinaison de touches Ctrl+A,
        • +
      • utilisez les champs correspondants de la barre latérale droite pour obtenir les résultats nécessaires: +
          +
        • Interligne - réglez la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe. Vous pouvez choisir parmi trois options: Au moins (sert à régler l'interligne minimale qui est nécessaire pour adapter la plus grande police ou le graphique à la ligne), Multiple (sert à régler l'interligne exprimée en nombre supérieur à 1), Exactement (sert à définir l'interligne fixe). Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite.
          • +
        • Espacement de paragraphe - définissez l'espace entre les paragraphes. +
            +
          • Avant - réglez la taille de l'espace avant le paragraphe.
            • +
          • Après - réglez la taille de l'espace après le paragraphe.
            • +
          • + N'ajoutez pas l'intervalle entre les paragraphes du même style - cochez cette case si vous n'avez pas besoin d'espace entre les paragraphes du même style. +

            Barre latérale droite - Paramètres du paragraphe

            +
            • +
          +
    -

    Pour modifier rapidement l'interligne du paragraphe actuel, vous cliquez sur l'icône Interligne du paragraphe de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez la valeur nécessaire dans la liste : 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, ou 3.0 lignes.

    +

    On peut configurer les mêmes paramètres dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés. Pour ouvrir la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés, cliquer avec le bouton droit sur le texte et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe dans le menu ou utilisez l'option Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. Passez à l'onglet Retraits et espacement, section Espacement.

    +

    Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés - Retraits et espacement

    +

    Pour modifier rapidement l'interligne du paragraphe actuel, vous pouvez aussi cliquer sur l'icône Interligne du paragraphe Interligne du paragraphe sous l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez la valeur nécessaire dans la liste: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, ou 3.0 lignes.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a9f05592f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2552 @@ +; + + + Fonctionnalités de correction automatique + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Fonctionnalités de correction automatique

    +

    Les fonctionnalités de correction automatique ONLYOFFICE Docs fournissent des options pour définir les éléments à mettre en forme automatiquement ou insérer des symboles mathématiques à remplacer les caractères reconnus.

    +

    Toutes les options sont disponibles dans la boîte de dialogue appropriée. Pour y accéder, passez à l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés -> Vérification-> Options de correction automatique.

    +

    + La boîte de dialogue Correction automatique comprend trois onglets: AutoMaths, Fonctions reconnues et Mise en forme automatique au cours de la frappe. +

    +

    AutoMaths

    +

    Lorsque vous travailler dans l'éditeur d'équations, vous pouvez insérer plusieurs symboles, accents et opérateurs mathématiques en tapant sur clavier plutôt que de les rechercher dans la bibliothèque.

    +

    Dans l'éditeur d'équations, placez le point d'insertion dans l'espace réservé et tapez le code de correction mathématique, puis touchez la Barre d'espace. Le code que vous avez saisi, serait converti en symbole approprié mais l'espace est supprimé.

    +

    Remarque: Les codes sont sensibles à la casse

    +

    Vous pouvez ajouter, modifier, rétablir et supprimer les éléments de la liste de corrections automatiques. Passez à l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés -> Vérification-> Options de correction automatique -> AutoMaths.

    +

    Ajoutez un élément à la liste de corrections automatiques.

    +

    +

      +
    • Saisissez le code de correction automatique dans la zone Remplacer.
      • +
    • Saisissez le symbole que vous souhaitez attribuer au code approprié dans la zone Par.
      • +
    • Cliquez sur Ajouter.
      • +
    +

    +

    Modifier un élément de la liste de corrections automatiques.

    +

    +

      +
    • Sélectionnez l'élément à modifier.
      • +
    • Vous pouvez modifier les informations dans toutes les deux zones: le code dans la zone Remplacer et le symbole dans la zone Par.
      • +
    • Cliquez sur Remplacer.
      • +
    +

    +

    Supprimer les éléments de la liste de corrections automatiques.

    +

    +

      +
    • Sélectionnez l'élément que vous souhaitez supprimer de la liste.
      • +
    • Cliquez sur Supprimer.
      • +
    +

    +

    Pour rétablir les éléments supprimés, sélectionnez l'élément que vous souhaitez rétablir dans la liste et appuyez sur Restaurer.

    +

    Utilisez l'option Rétablir paramètres par défaut pour réinitialiser les réglages par défaut. Tous les éléments que vous avez ajouté, seraient supprimés et toutes les modifications seraient annulées pour rétablir sa valeur d'origine.

    +

    Pour désactiver la correction automatique mathématique et éviter les changements et les remplacements automatiques, il faut décocher la case Remplacer le texte au cours de la frappe.

    +

    Remplacer le texte au cours de la frappe

    +

    Le tableau ci-dessous affiche tous le codes disponibles dans Document Editor à présent. On peut trouver la liste complète de codes disponibles sous l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés -> Vérification-> Options de correction automatique -> AutoMaths.

    +
    Les codes disponibles + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ; + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    CodeSymboleCatégorie
    !!Double factorielleSymboles
    ...Horizontal ellipsisDots
    ::Double colonOpérateurs
    :=Colon equalOpérateurs
    /<Not less thanOpérateurs relationnels
    />Not greater thanOpérateurs relationnels
    /=Not equalOpérateurs relationnels
    \aboveSymboleIndices et exposants
    \acuteSymboleAccentuation
    \alephSymboleLettres hébraïques
    \alphaSymboleLettres grecques
    \AlphaSymboleLettres grecques
    \amalgSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \angleSymboleNotation de géométrie
    \aointSymboleIntégrales
    \approxSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \asmashSymboleFlèches
    \astAsteriskOpérateurs binaires
    \asympSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \atopSymboleOpérateurs
    \barSymboleTrait suscrit/souscrit
    \BarSymboleAccentuation
    \becauseSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \beginSymboleSéparateurs
    \belowSymboleIndices et exposants
    \betSymboleLettres hébraïques
    \betaSymboleLettres grecques
    \BetaSymboleLettres grecques
    \bethSymboleLettres hébraïques
    \bigcapSymboleGrands opérateurs
    \bigcupSymboleGrands opérateurs
    \bigodotSymboleGrands opérateurs
    \bigoplusSymboleGrands opérateurs
    \bigotimesSymboleGrands opérateurs
    \bigsqcupSymboleGrands opérateurs
    \biguplusSymboleGrands opérateurs
    \bigveeSymboleGrands opérateurs
    \bigwedgeSymboleGrands opérateurs
    \binomialSymboleÉquations
    \botSymboleNotations logiques
    \bowtieSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \boxSymboleSymboles
    \boxdotSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \boxminusSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \boxplusSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \braSymboleSéparateurs
    \breakSymboleSymboles
    \breveSymboleAccentuation
    \bulletSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \capSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \cbrtSymboleRacine carrée et radicaux
    \casesSymboleSymboles
    \cdotSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \cdotsSymboleDots
    \checkSymboleAccentuation
    \chiSymboleLettres grecques
    \ChiSymboleLettres grecques
    \circSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \closeSymboleSéparateurs
    \clubsuitSymboleSymboles
    \cointSymboleIntégrales
    \congSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \coprodSymboleOpérateurs mathématiques
    \cupSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \daletSymboleLettres hébraïques
    \dalethSymboleLettres hébraïques
    \dashvSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \ddSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \DdSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \ddddotSymboleAccentuation
    \dddotSymboleAccentuation
    \ddotSymboleAccentuation
    \ddotsSymboleDots
    \defeqSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \degcSymboleSymboles
    \degfSymboleSymboles
    \degreeSymboleSymboles
    \deltaSymboleLettres grecques
    \DeltaSymboleLettres grecques
    \DeltaeqSymboleOperateurs
    \diamondSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \diamondsuitSymboleSymboles
    \divSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \dotSymboleAccentuation
    \doteqSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \dotsSymboleDots
    \doubleaSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleASymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublebSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleBSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublecSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleCSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubledSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleDSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleeSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleESymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublefSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleFSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublegSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleGSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublehSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleHSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleiSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleISymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublejSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleJSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublekSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleKSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublelSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleLSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublemSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleMSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublenSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleNSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleoSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleOSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublepSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublePSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleqSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleQSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublerSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleRSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublesSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleSSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubletSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleTSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleuSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleUSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublevSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleVSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublewSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleWSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublexSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleXSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleySymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleYSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doublezSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \doubleZSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \downarrowSymboleFlèches
    \DownarrowSymboleFlèches
    \dsmashSymboleFlèches
    \eeSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \ellSymboleSymboles
    \emptysetSymboleEnsemble de notations
    \emspCaractères d'espace
    \endSymboleSéparateurs
    \enspCaractères d'espace
    \epsilonSymboleLettres grecques
    \EpsilonSymboleLettres grecques
    \eqarraySymboleSymboles
    \equivSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \etaSymboleLettres grecques
    \EtaSymboleLettres grecques
    \existsSymboleNotations logiques
    \forallSymboleNotations logiques
    \frakturaSymboleFraktur
    \frakturASymboleFraktur
    \frakturbSymboleFraktur
    \frakturBSymboleFraktur
    \frakturcSymboleFraktur
    \frakturCSymboleFraktur
    \frakturdSymboleFraktur
    \frakturDSymboleFraktur
    \fraktureSymboleFraktur
    \frakturESymboleFraktur
    \frakturfSymboleFraktur
    \frakturFSymboleFraktur
    \frakturgSymboleFraktur
    \frakturGSymboleFraktur
    \frakturhSymboleFraktur
    \frakturHSymboleFraktur
    \frakturiSymboleFraktur
    \frakturISymboleFraktur
    \frakturkSymboleFraktur
    \frakturKSymboleFraktur
    \frakturlSymboleFraktur
    \frakturLSymboleFraktur
    \frakturmSymboleFraktur
    \frakturMSymboleFraktur
    \frakturnSymboleFraktur
    \frakturNSymboleFraktur
    \frakturoSymboleFraktur
    \frakturOSymboleFraktur
    \frakturpSymboleFraktur
    \frakturPSymboleFraktur
    \frakturqSymboleFraktur
    \frakturQSymboleFraktur
    \frakturrSymboleFraktur
    \frakturRSymboleFraktur
    \fraktursSymboleFraktur
    \frakturSSymboleFraktur
    \frakturtSymboleFraktur
    \frakturTSymboleFraktur
    \frakturuSymboleFraktur
    \frakturUSymboleFraktur
    \frakturvSymboleFraktur
    \frakturVSymboleFraktur
    \frakturwSymboleFraktur
    \frakturWSymboleFraktur
    \frakturxSymboleFraktur
    \frakturXSymboleFraktur
    \frakturySymboleFraktur
    \frakturYSymboleFraktur
    \frakturzSymboleFraktur
    \frakturZSymboleFraktur
    \frownSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \funcapplyOpérateurs binaires
    \GSymboleLettres grecques
    \gammaSymboleLettres grecques
    \GammaSymboleLettres grecques
    \geSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \geqSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \getsSymboleFlèches
    \ggSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \gimelSymboleLettres hébraïques
    \graveSymboleAccentuation
    \hairspCaractères d'espace
    \hatSymboleAccentuation
    \hbarSymboleSymboles
    \heartsuitSymboleSymboles
    \hookleftarrowSymboleFlèches
    \hookrightarrowSymboleFlèches
    \hphantomSymboleFlèches
    \hsmashSymboleFlèches
    \hvecSymboleAccentuation
    \identitymatrixSymboleMatrices
    \iiSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \iiintSymboleIntégrales
    \iintSymboleIntégrales
    \iiiintSymboleIntégrales
    \ImSymboleSymboles
    \imathSymboleSymboles
    \inSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \incSymboleSymboles
    \inftySymboleSymboles
    \intSymboleIntégrales
    \integralSymboleIntégrales
    \iotaSymboleLettres grecques
    \IotaSymboleLettres grecques
    \itimesOpérateurs mathématiques
    \jSymboleSymboles
    \jjSymboleLettres avec double barres
    \jmathSymboleSymboles
    \kappaSymboleLettres grecques
    \KappaSymboleLettres grecques
    \ketSymboleSéparateurs
    \lambdaSymboleLettres grecques
    \LambdaSymboleLettres grecques
    \langleSymboleSéparateurs
    \lbbrackSymboleSéparateurs
    \lbraceSymboleSéparateurs
    \lbrackSymboleSéparateurs
    \lceilSymboleSéparateurs
    \ldivSymboleBarres obliques
    \ldivideSymboleBarres obliques
    \ldotsSymboleDots
    \leSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \leftSymboleSéparateurs
    \leftarrowSymboleFlèches
    \LeftarrowSymboleFlèches
    \leftharpoondownSymboleFlèches
    \leftharpoonupSymboleFlèches
    \leftrightarrowSymboleFlèches
    \LeftrightarrowSymboleFlèches
    \leqSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \lfloorSymboleSéparateurs
    \lhvecSymboleAccentuation
    \limitSymboleLimites
    \llSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \lmoustSymboleSéparateurs
    \LongleftarrowSymboleFlèches
    \LongleftrightarrowSymboleFlèches
    \LongrightarrowSymboleFlèches
    \lrharSymboleFlèches
    \lvecSymboleAccentuation
    \mapstoSymboleFlèches
    \matrixSymboleMatrices
    \medspCaractères d'espace
    \midSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \middleSymboleSymboles
    \modelsSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \mpSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \muSymboleLettres grecques
    \MuSymboleLettres grecques
    \nablaSymboleSymboles
    \naryandSymboleOpérateurs
    \nbspCaractères d'espace
    \neSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \nearrowSymboleFlèches
    \neqSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \niSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \normSymboleSéparateurs
    \notcontainSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \notelementSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \notinSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \nuSymboleLettres grecques
    \NuSymboleLettres grecques
    \nwarrowSymboleFlèches
    \oSymboleLettres grecques
    \OSymboleLettres grecques
    \odotSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \ofSymboleOpérateurs
    \oiiintSymboleIntégrales
    \oiintSymboleIntégrales
    \ointSymboleIntégrales
    \omegaSymboleLettres grecques
    \OmegaSymboleLettres grecques
    \ominusSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \openSymboleSéparateurs
    \oplusSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \otimesSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \overSymboleSéparateurs
    \overbarSymboleAccentuation
    \overbraceSymboleAccentuation
    \overbracketSymboleAccentuation
    \overlineSymboleAccentuation
    \overparenSymboleAccentuation
    \overshellSymboleAccentuation
    \parallelSymboleNotation de géométrie
    \partialSymboleSymboles
    \pmatrixSymboleMatrices
    \perpSymboleNotation de géométrie
    \phantomSymboleSymboles
    \phiSymboleLettres grecques
    \PhiSymboleLettres grecques
    \piSymboleLettres grecques
    \PiSymboleLettres grecques
    \pmSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \pppprimeSymboleNombres premiers
    \ppprimeSymboleNombres premiers
    \pprimeSymboleNombres premiers
    \precSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \preceqSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \primeSymboleNombres premiers
    \prodSymboleOpérateurs mathématiques
    \proptoSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \psiSymboleLettres grecques
    \PsiSymboleLettres grecques
    \qdrtSymboleRacine carrée et radicaux
    \quadraticSymboleRacine carrée et radicaux
    \rangleSymboleSéparateurs
    \RangleSymboleSéparateurs
    \ratioSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \rbraceSymboleSéparateurs
    \rbrackSymboleSéparateurs
    \RbrackSymboleSéparateurs
    \rceilSymboleSéparateurs
    \rddotsSymboleDots
    \ReSymboleSymboles
    \rectSymboleSymboles
    \rfloorSymboleSéparateurs
    \rhoSymboleLettres grecques
    \RhoSymboleLettres grecques
    \rhvecSymboleAccentuation
    \rightSymboleSéparateurs
    \rightarrowSymboleFlèches
    \RightarrowSymboleFlèches
    \rightharpoondownSymboleFlèches
    \rightharpoonupSymboleFlèches
    \rmoustSymboleSéparateurs
    \rootSymboleSymboles
    \scriptaSymboleScripts
    \scriptASymboleScripts
    \scriptbSymboleScripts
    \scriptBSymboleScripts
    \scriptcSymboleScripts
    \scriptCSymboleScripts
    \scriptdSymboleScripts
    \scriptDSymboleScripts
    \scripteSymboleScripts
    \scriptESymboleScripts
    \scriptfSymboleScripts
    \scriptFSymboleScripts
    \scriptgSymboleScripts
    \scriptGSymboleScripts
    \scripthSymboleScripts
    \scriptHSymboleScripts
    \scriptiSymboleScripts
    \scriptISymboleScripts
    \scriptkSymboleScripts
    \scriptKSymboleScripts
    \scriptlSymboleScripts
    \scriptLSymboleScripts
    \scriptmSymboleScripts
    \scriptMSymboleScripts
    \scriptnSymboleScripts
    \scriptNSymboleScripts
    \scriptoSymboleScripts
    \scriptOSymboleScripts
    \scriptpSymboleScripts
    \scriptPSymboleScripts
    \scriptqSymboleScripts
    \scriptQSymboleScripts
    \scriptrSymboleScripts
    \scriptRSymboleScripts
    \scriptsSymboleScripts
    \scriptSSymboleScripts
    \scripttSymboleScripts
    \scriptTSymboleScripts
    \scriptuSymboleScripts
    \scriptUSymboleScripts
    \scriptvSymboleScripts
    \scriptVSymboleScripts
    \scriptwSymboleScripts
    \scriptWSymboleScripts
    \scriptxSymboleScripts
    \scriptXSymboleScripts
    \scriptySymboleScripts
    \scriptYSymboleScripts
    \scriptzSymboleScripts
    \scriptZSymboleScripts
    \sdivSymboleBarres obliques
    \sdivideSymboleBarres obliques
    \searrowSymboleFlèches
    \setminusSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \sigmaSymboleLettres grecques
    \SigmaSymboleLettres grecques
    \simSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \simeqSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \smashSymboleFlèches
    \smileSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \spadesuitSymboleSymboles
    \sqcapSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \sqcupSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \sqrtSymboleRacine carrée et radicaux
    \sqsubseteqSymboleEnsemble de notations
    \sqsuperseteqSymboleEnsemble de notations
    \starSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \subsetSymboleEnsemble de notations
    \subseteqSymboleEnsemble de notations
    \succSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \succeqSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \sumSymboleOpérateurs mathématiques
    \supersetSymboleEnsemble de notations
    \superseteqSymboleEnsemble de notations
    \swarrowSymboleFlèches
    \tauSymboleLettres grecques
    \TauSymboleLettres grecques
    \thereforeSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \thetaSymboleLettres grecques
    \ThetaSymboleLettres grecques
    \thickspCaractères d'espace
    \thinspCaractères d'espace
    \tildeSymboleAccentuation
    \timesSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \toSymboleFlèches
    \topSymboleNotations logiques
    \tvecSymboleFlèches
    \ubarSymboleAccentuation
    \UbarSymboleAccentuation
    \underbarSymboleAccentuation
    \underbraceSymboleAccentuation
    \underbracketSymboleAccentuation
    \underlineSymboleAccentuation
    \underparenSymboleAccentuation
    \uparrowSymboleFlèches
    \UparrowSymboleFlèches
    \updownarrowSymboleFlèches
    \UpdownarrowSymboleFlèches
    \uplusSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \upsilonSymboleLettres grecques
    \UpsilonSymboleLettres grecques
    \varepsilonSymboleLettres grecques
    \varphiSymboleLettres grecques
    \varpiSymboleLettres grecques
    \varrhoSymboleLettres grecques
    \varsigmaSymboleLettres grecques
    \varthetaSymboleLettres grecques
    \vbarSymboleSéparateurs
    \vdashSymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    \vdotsSymboleDots
    \vecSymboleAccentuation
    \veeSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \vertSymboleSéparateurs
    \VertSymboleSéparateurs
    \VmatrixSymboleMatrices
    \vphantomSymboleFlèches
    \vthickspCaractères d'espace
    \wedgeSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \wpSymboleSymboles
    \wrSymboleOpérateurs binaires
    \xiSymboleLettres grecques
    \XiSymboleLettres grecques
    \zetaSymboleLettres grecques
    \ZetaSymboleLettres grecques
    \zwnjCaractères d'espace
    \zwspCaractères d'espace
    ~=Is congruent toOpérateurs relationnels
    -+Minus or plusOpérateurs binaires
    +-Plus or minusOpérateurs binaires
    <<SymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    <=Less than or equal toOpérateurs relationnels
    ->SymboleFlèches
    >=Greater than or equal toOpérateurs relationnels
    >>SymboleOpérateurs relationnels
    +

    +

    Fonctions reconnues

    +

    Sous cet onglet, vous pouvez trouver les expressions mathématiques que l'éditeur d'équations reconnait comme les fonctions et lesquelles ne seront pas mises en italique automatiquement. Pour accéder à la liste de fonctions reconnues, passez à l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés -> Vérification-> Options de correction automatique -> Fonctions reconnues.

    +

    Pour ajouter un élément à la liste de fonctions reconnues, saisissez la fonction dans le champ vide et appuyez sur Ajouter.

    +

    Pour supprimer un élément de la liste de fonctions reconnues, sélectionnez la fonction à supprimer et appuyez sur Supprimer.

    +

    Pour rétablir les éléments supprimés, sélectionnez l'élément que vous souhaitez rétablir dans la liste et appuyez sur Restaurer.

    +

    Utilisez l'option Rétablir paramètres par défaut pour réinitialiser les réglages par défaut. Toutes les fonctions que vous avez ajoutées, seraient supprimées et celles qui ont été supprimées, seraient rétablies.

    +

    Fonctions reconnues

    +

    Mise en forme automatique au cours de la frappe

    +

    Par défaut, l'éditeur met en forme automatiquement lors de la saisie selon les paramètres de format automatique, comme par exemple appliquer une liste à puces ou une liste numérotée lorsqu'il détecte que vous tapez une liste, remplacer les guillemets ou les traits d'union par un tiret demi-cadratin.

    +

    Si vous souhaitez désactiver une des options de mise en forme automatique, désactivez la case à coche de l'élément pour lequel vous ne souhaitez pas de mise en forme automatique sous l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés -> Vérification-> Options de correction automatique -> Mise en forme automatique au cours de la frappe

    +

    Mise en forme automatique au cours de la frappe

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm index d948321df..914013fe5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Afficher/masquer les caractères non imprimables - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Afficher/masquer les caractères non imprimables

    Les caractères non imprimables aident à éditer le document. Ils indiquent la présence de différents types de mises en forme, mais ils ne sont pas imprimés, même quand ils sont affichés à l'écran.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OCR.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OCR.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9aea76773 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OCR.htm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + Extraction du texte incrusté dans l'image + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Extraction du texte incrusté dans l'image

    +

    En utilisant ONLYOFFICE vous pouvez extraire du texte incrusté dans des images (.png .jpg) et l'insérer dans votre document.

    +
      +
    1. Accédez à votre document et placez le curseur à l'endroit où le texte doit être inséré.
      2. +
    2. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez L'icône de l'extension OCR OCR dans le menu.
      3. +
    3. Appuyez sur Charger fichier et choisissez l'image.
      4. +
    4. Sélectionnez la langue à reconnaître de la liste déroulante Choisir la langue.
      5. +
    5. Appuyez sur Reconnaître.
      6. +
    6. Appuyez sur Insérer le texte.
      7. +
    +

    Vérifiez les erreurs et la mise en page.

    + Gif de l'extension OCR +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index ba64ea2dd..441321803 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

    Créer un nouveau document ou ouvrir un document existant

    -
    Pour créer un nouveau document
    +

    Pour créer un nouveau document

    Dans la version en ligne

      @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
    -
    Pour ouvrir un document existant
    +

    Pour ouvrir un document existant

    Dans l’éditeur de bureau

    1. dans la fenêtre principale du programme, sélectionnez l'élément de menu Ouvrir fichier local dans la barre latérale gauche,
      2. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@

      Tous les répertoires auxquels vous avez accédé à l'aide de l'éditeur de bureau seront affichés dans la liste Dossiers récents afin que vous puissiez y accéder rapidement. Cliquez sur le dossier nécessaire pour sélectionner l'un des fichiers qui y sont stockés.

    -
    Pour ouvrir un document récemment édité
    +

    Pour ouvrir un document récemment édité

    Dans la version en ligne

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm index ff6d7ecbb..6cae470a1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Insérer des sauts de page - + @@ -11,28 +11,29 @@
      - +

      Insérer des sauts de page

      Dans Document Editor, vous pouvez ajouter un saut de page pour commencer une nouvelle page, insérer une page blanche et régler les options de pagination.

      -

      Pour insérer un saut de page à la position actuelle du curseur, cliquez sur l'icône icône Saut de section Sauts de page de l'onglet Insertion ou Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de cette icône et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de page dans le menu. Vous pouvez également utiliser la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Entrée.

      -

      Pour insérer une page blanche à la position actuelle du curseur, cliquez sur l'icône Icône de page blanche Page vierge dans l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure. Cela insère deux sauts de page qui créent une page blanche.

      -

      Pour insérer un saut de page avant le paragraphe sélectionné c'est-à-dire pour commencer ce paragraphe en haut d'une nouvelle page :

      +

      Pour insérer un saut de page à la position actuelle du curseur, cliquez sur l'icône L'icône de Sauts Sauts de page sous l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de cette icône et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de page dans le menu. Vous pouvez également utiliser la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Entrée.

      +

      Pour insérer une page blanche à la position actuelle du curseur, cliquez sur l'icône L'icône de page blanche Page vierge sous l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure. Cela insère deux sauts de page qui créent une page blanche.

      +

      Pour insérer un saut de page avant le paragraphe sélectionné c'est-à-dire pour commencer ce paragraphe en haut d'une nouvelle page:

        -
      • cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Saut de page avant du menu contextuel, ou
        • -
      • cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite et cochez la case Saut de page avant dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés ouverte.
        • +
      • cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Saut de page avant du menu contextuel, ou
        • +
      • cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite et cochez la case Saut de page avant sous l'onglet Enchaînements dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés ouverte. +
      -

      Pour garder les lignes solidaires de sorte que seuleument des paragraphes entiers seront placés sur la nouvelle page (c'est-à-dire il n'y aura aucun saut de page entre les lignes dans un seul paragraphe),

      +

      Pour garder les lignes solidaires de sorte que seulement des paragraphes entiers seront placés sur la nouvelle page (c'est-à-dire il n'y aura aucun saut de page entre les lignes dans un seul paragraphe),

        -
      • cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Lignes solidaires du menu contextuel, ou
        • -
      • cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite et cochez la case Lignes solidaires dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés ouverte.
        • +
      • cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Lignes solidaires du menu contextuel, ou
        • +
      • cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite et cochez la case Lignes solidaires sous l'onglet Enchaînements dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés ouverte.
      -

      La fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés vous permet de définir deux autres options de pagination :

      +

      L'onglet Enchaînements dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés vous permet de définir deux autres options de pagination:

        -
      • Paragraphes solidaires sert à empêcher l’application du saut de page entre le paragraphe sélectionné et celui-ci qui le suit.
        • -
      • Éviter orphelines est sélectionné par défaut et sert à empêcher l’application d'une ligne (première ou dernière) d'un paragraphe en haut ou en bas d'une page.
        • +
      • Paragraphes solidaires sert à empêcher l'application du saut de page entre le paragraphe sélectionné et celui-ci qui le suit.
        • +
      • Éviter orphelines est sélectionné par défaut et sert à empêcher l'application d'une ligne (première ou dernière) d'un paragraphe en haut ou en bas d'une page.
      -

      Paramètres du paragraphe avancés - Retraits et emplacement

      +

      Paramètres avancés du paragraphe - Enchaînements

      \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm index 4848a208e..8d93b1eb1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Changer les retraits de paragraphe - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Changer les retraits de paragraphe

      En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez changer le premier décalage de la ligne sur la partie gauche de la page aussi bien que le décalage du paragraphe du côté gauche et du côté droit de la page.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a969ddab --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + + Modification d'une image + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Modification d'une image

      +

      ONLYOFFICE dispose d'un éditeur de photos puissant qui permet aux utilisateurs d'appliquer divers effets de filtre à vos images et de faire les différents types d'annotations.

      +
        +
      1. Sélectionnez une image incorporée dans votre document.
        2. +
      2. + Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez L'icône de l'extension Photo Editor Photo Editor.
        Vous êtes dans l'environnement de traitement des images. +
          +
        • Au-dessous de l'image il y a les cases à cocher et les filtres en curseur suivants: +
            +
          • Niveaux de gris, Sépia 1, Sépia 2, Flou, Embosser, Inverser, Affûter;
            • +
          • Enlever les blancs (Seuil, Distance), Transparence des dégradés, Brillance, Bruit, Pixélateur, Filtre de couleur;
            • +
          • Teinte, Multiplication, Mélange.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Au-dessous, les filtres dont vous pouvez accéder avec les boutons +
            +
          • Annuler, Rétablir et Remettre à zéro;
            • +
          • Supprimer, Supprimer tout;
            • +
          • Rogner (Personnalisé, Carré, 3:2, 4:3, 5:4, 7:5, 16:9);
            • +
          • Retournement (Retourner X, Retourner Y, Remettre à zéro);
            • +
          • Rotation (à 30 degrés, -30 degrés, Gamme);
            • +
          • Dessiner (Libre, Direct, Couleur, Gamme);
            • +
          • Forme (Rectangle, Cercle, Triangle, Remplir, Trait, Largeur du trait);
            • +
          • Icône (Flèches, Étoiles, Polygone, Emplacement, Cœur, Bulles, Icône personnalisée, Couleur);
            • +
          • Texte (Gras, Italique, Souligné, Gauche, Centre, Droite, Couleur, Taille de texte);
            • +
          • Masque.
            • +
          +
          • +
        + N'hésitez pas à les essayer tous et rappelez-vous que vous pouvez annuler les modifications à tout moment.
        +
      3. + Une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur OK. +
        4. +
      +

      Maintenant l'image modifiée est insérée dans votre document.

      + Gif de l'extension Images +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 005e5977b..13465e6e9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Enregistrer / télécharger / imprimer votre document - + @@ -11,51 +11,52 @@
      - -
      -

      Enregistrer / télécharger / imprimer votre document

      + +
      +

      Enregistrer /télécharger /imprimer votre document

      Enregistrement

      -

      Par défaut, en ligne Document Editor enregistre automatiquement votre fichier toutes les 2 secondes afin de prévenir la perte des données en cas de fermeture inattendue de l'éditeur. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Rapide, le minuteur récupère les mises à jour 25 fois par seconde et enregistre les modifications si elles ont été effectuées. Lorsque le fichier est co-édité en mode Strict, les modifications sont automatiquement sauvegardées à des intervalles de 10 minutes. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez facilement changer la périodicité de l'enregistrement automatique ou même désactiver cette fonction sur la page Paramètres avancés.

      +

      Par défaut, Document Editor en ligne enregistre automatiquement votre fichier toutes les 2 secondes afin de prévenir la perte des données en cas de fermeture inattendue de l'éditeur. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Rapide, le minuteur récupère les mises à jour 25 fois par seconde et enregistre les modifications si elles ont été effectuées. Lorsque le fichier est co-édité en mode Strict, les modifications sont automatiquement sauvegardées à des intervalles de 10 minutes. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez facilement changer la périodicité de l'enregistrement automatique ou même désactiver cette fonction sur la page Paramètres avancés .

      Pour enregistrer manuellement votre document actuel dans le format et l'emplacement actuels,

        -
      • cliquez sur l'icône Enregistrer Icône Enregistrer dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur, ou
        • -
      • utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+S, ou
        • -
      • cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer.
        • +
      • cliquez sur l'icône Enregistrer L'icône Enregistrer dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur, ou
        • +
      • utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+S, ou
        • +
      • cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer.
      -

      Remarque : dans la version de bureau, pour éviter la perte de données en cas de fermeture inattendue du programme, vous pouvez activer l'option Récupération automatique sur la page Paramètres avancés.

      +

      Remarque: dans la version de bureau, pour éviter la perte de données en cas de fermeture inattendue du programme, vous pouvez activer l'option Récupération automatique sur la page Paramètres avancés .

      -

      Dans la version de bureau, vous pouvez enregistrer le document sous un autre nom, dans un nouvel emplacement ou format,

      +

      Dans la version de bureau, vous pouvez enregistrer le document sous un autre nom, dans un nouvel emplacement ou format,

        -
      1. cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        2. -
      2. sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer sous...,
        3. -
      3. sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : DOCX, ODT, RTF, TXT, PDF, PDFA. Vous pouvez également choisir l'option Modèle de document (DOTX ou OTT).
        4. +
      4. cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        5. +
      5. sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer sous...,
        6. +
      6. sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins: DOCX, ODT, RTF, TXT, PDF, PDFA. Vous pouvez également choisir l'option Modèle de document (DOTX ou OTT).

      Téléchargement en cours

      -

      Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez télécharger le document résultant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur,

      +

      Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez télécharger le document résultant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur,

        -
      1. cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        2. -
      2. sélectionnez l'option Télécharger comme,
        3. -
      3. sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML.
        4. +
      4. cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        5. +
      5. sélectionnez l'option Télécharger comme...,
        6. +
      6. sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML.

      Enregistrer une copie

      -

      Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez enregistrer une copie du fichier sur votre portail,

      +

      Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez enregistrer une copie du fichier sur votre portail,

        -
      1. cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        2. -
      2. sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer la copie sous...,
        3. -
      3. sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML,
        4. -
      4. sélectionnez un emplacement pour le fichier sur le portail et appuyez sur Enregistrer.
        5. +
      5. cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        6. +
      6. sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer la copie sous...,
        7. +
      7. sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML,
        8. +
      8. sélectionnez un emplacement pour le fichier sur le portail et appuyez sur Enregistrer.

      Impression

      Pour imprimer le document actif,

        -
      • cliquez sur l'icône Imprimer Icône Imprimer dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur, ou
        • -
      • utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+P, ou
        • -
      • cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Imprimer.
        • +
      • cliquez sur l'icône Imprimer L'icône Imprimer dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur, ou
        • +
      • utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+P, ou
        • +
      • cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Imprimer.
      -

      Dans la version de bureau, le fichier sera imprimé directement.Dans la version en ligne, un fichier PDF sera généré à partir du document. Vous pouvez l'ouvrir et l'imprimer, ou l'enregistrer sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur ou sur un support amovible pour l'imprimer plus tard. Certains navigateurs (par ex. Chrome et Opera) supportent l'impression directe.

      +

      Il est aussi possible d'imprimer un passage de texte en utilisant l'option Imprimer la sélection dans le menu contextuel aussi bien dans la mode Édition que dans la mode Affichage (cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Imprimer la sélection).

      +

      Dans la version de bureau, le fichier sera imprimé directement. Dans la version en ligne, un fichier PDF sera généré à partir du document. Vous pouvez l'ouvrir et l'imprimer, ou l'enregistrer sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur ou sur un support amovible pour l'imprimer plus tard. Certains navigateurs (par ex. Chrome et Opera) supportent l'impression directe.

      \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm index bc91c2018..fd5a7f6fd 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Insérer les sauts de section - + @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@

    Des sauts d'une section ajoutés sont indiqués dans votre document par un double trait pointillé: Section break

    Si vous ne voyez pas de sauts de section insérés, cliquez sur l'icône icône Caractères non imprimables de l'onglet Accueil sur la barre d'outils supérieure pour les afficher.

    -

    Pour supprimer un saut de section, sélectionnez-le avec le souris et appuyez sur la touche Supprimer. Lorsque vous supprimez un saut de section, la mise en forme de cette section sera également supprimée, car un saut de section définit la mise en forme de la section précédente. La partie du document qui précède le saut de section supprimé acquiert la mise en forme de la partie qui la suive.

    +

    Pour supprimer un saut de section, sélectionnez-le avec le souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr. Lorsque vous supprimez un saut de section, la mise en forme de cette section sera également supprimée, car un saut de section définit la mise en forme de la section précédente. La partie du document qui précède le saut de section supprimé acquiert la mise en forme de la partie qui la suive.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm index 1048e3a97..b05057b01 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm @@ -3,23 +3,23 @@ Régler les paramètres de page - + -
    -
    - -
    -

    Régler les paramètres de page

    -

    Pour modifier la mise en page, c'est-à-dire définir l'orientation et la taille de la page, ajuster les marges et insérer des colonnes, utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure.

    -

    Remarque: tous ces paramètres sont appliqués au document entier. Si vous voulez définir de différentes marges de page, l'orientation, la taille, ou le numéro de colonne pour les parties différentes de votre document, consultez cette page.

    -

    Orientation de page

    -

    Changez l'orientation de page actuelle en cliquant sur l'icône Orientation de page Icône Orientation. Le type d'orientation par défaut est Portrait qui peut être commuté sur Album.

    +
    +
    + +
    +

    Régler les paramètres de page

    +

    Pour modifier la mise en page, c'est-à-dire définir l'orientation et la taille de la page, ajuster les marges et insérer des colonnes, utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure.

    +

    Remarque: tous ces paramètres sont appliqués au document entier. Si vous voulez définir de différentes marges de page, l'orientation, la taille, ou le numéro de colonne pour les parties différentes de votre document, consultez cette page.

    +

    Orientation de page

    +

    Changez l'orientation de page actuelle en cliquant sur l'icône Orientation L'icône Orientation . Le type d'orientation par défaut est Portrait qui peut être commuté sur Paysage.

    Taille de la page

    -

    Changez le format A4 par défaut en cliquant sur l'icône Taille de la page icône Taille de la page et sélectionnez la taille nécessaire dans la liste. Les formats offerts sont les suivants :

    +

    Changez le format A4 par défaut en cliquant sur l'icône Taille de la page L'icône Taille de la page et sélectionnez la taille nécessaire dans la liste. Les formats offerts sont les suivants:

    • US Letter (21,59cm x 27,94cm)
    • US Legal (21,59cm x 35,56cm)
      • @@ -35,28 +35,34 @@
    • Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99cm x 23,49cm)
    • Super B/A3 (33,02cm x 48,25cm)
    -

    Vous pouvez définir une taille de la page particulière en utilisant l'option Taille personnalisée dans la liste. La fenêtre Taille de la page s'ouvrira où vous pourrez sélectionner le Préréglage voulu (US Letter, US Legal, A4, A5, B5, Enveloppe #10, Enveloppe DL, Tabloid, AЗ, Tabloid Oversize, ROC 16K, Enveloppe Choukei 3, Super B/A3, A0, A1, A2, A6) ou définir des valeurs personnalisées de Largeur et Hauteur. Entrez vos nouvelles valeurs dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les changements.

    -

    Custom Page Size

    +

    Vous pouvez définir une taille de la page particulière en utilisant l'option Taille personnalisée dans la liste. La fenêtre Taille de la page s'ouvrira où vous pourrez sélectionner le Préréglage voulu (US Letter, US Legal, A4, A5, B5, Enveloppe #10, Enveloppe DL, Tabloid, AЗ, Tabloid Oversize, ROC 16K, Enveloppe Choukei 3, Super B/A3, A0, A1, A2, A6) ou définir des valeurs personnalisées de Largeur et Hauteur. Entrez vos nouvelles valeurs dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les changements.

    +

    Taille personnalisée de page

    Marges de la page

    -

    Modifiez les marges par défaut, c-à-d l’espace entre les bords de la page et le texte du paragraphe, en cliquant sur l'icône icône Marges de page Marges et sélectionnez un des paramètres prédéfinis : Normal, US Normal, Étroit, Modérer, Large. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'option Marges personnalisées pour définir les valeurs nécessaires dans la fenêtre Marges qui s'ouvre. Entrez les valeurs des marges Haut, Bas, Gauche et Droite de la page dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK. Les marges personnalisées seront appliquées au document actuel et l'option Dernière mesure avec les paramètres spécifiés apparaît dans la liste des Marges de la page icône Marges de page pour que vous puissiez les appliquer à d'autres documents.

    +

    Modifiez les marges par défaut, c-à-d l'espace entre les bords de la page et le texte du paragraphe, en cliquant sur l'icône Marges L'icône Marge et sélectionnez un des paramètres prédéfinis: Normal, US Normal, Étroit, Modérer, Large. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'option Marges personnalisées pour définir les valeurs nécessaires dans la fenêtre Marges qui s'ouvre. Entrez les valeurs des marges Haut, Bas, Gauche et Droite de la page dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction.

    Marges personnalisées

    +

    Position de la reliure permet de définir l'espace supplémentaire à la marge latérale gauche ou supérieure du document. La Position de reliure assure que la reliure n'empiète pas sur le texte. Dans la fenêtre Marges spécifiez la talle de marge et la position de la reliure appropriée.

    +

    Remarque: ce n'est pas possible de définir la Position de reliure lorsque l'option des Pages en vis-à-vis est active.

    +

    Dans le menu déroulante Plusieurs pages, choisissez l'option des Pages en vis-à-vis pour configurer des pages en regard dans des documents recto verso. Lorsque cette option est activée, les marges Gauche et Droite se transforment en marges A l'intérieur et A l'extérieur respectivement.

    +

    Dans le menu déroulante Orientation choisissez Portrait ou Paysage.

    +

    Toutes les modifications apportées s'affichent dans la fenêtre Aperçu.

    +

    Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK. Les marges personnalisées seront appliquées au document actuel et l'option Dernière mesure avec les paramètres spécifiés apparaît dans la liste des Marges de la page L'icône Marge pour que vous puissiez les appliquer à d'autres documents.

    Vous pouvez également modifier les marges manuellement en faisant glisser la bordure entre les zones grises et blanches sur les règles (les zones grises des règles indiquent les marges de page):

    Ajustement des marges

    Colonnes

    -

    Pour appliquez une mise en page multicolonne, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer des colonnes icône Insérer des colonnes et sélectionnez le type de la colonne nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options suivantes sont disponibles :

    +

    Pour appliquez une mise en page multicolonne, cliquez sur l'icône Colonnes L'icône Colonnes et sélectionnez le type de la colonne nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options suivantes sont disponibles:

      -
    • Deux icône deux colonnes - pour ajouter deux colonnes de la même largeur,
      • -
    • Trois icône trois colonnes - pour ajouter trois colonnes de la même largeur,
      • -
    • A gauche icône colonne gauche - pour ajouter deux colonnes: une étroite colonne à gauche et une large colonne à droite,
      • -
    • A droite icône colonne droite - pour ajouter deux colonnes: une étroite colonne à droite et une large colonne à gauche.
      • +
    • Deux L'icône deux colonnes - pour ajouter deux colonnes de la même largeur,
      • +
    • Trois L'icône trois colonnes - pour ajouter trois colonnes de la même largeur,
      • +
    • A gauche L'icône colonne gauche - pour ajouter deux colonnes: une étroite colonne à gauche et une large colonne à droite,
      • +
    • A droite L'icône colonne droite - pour ajouter deux colonnes: une étroite colonne à droite et une large colonne à gauche.
    -

    Si vous souhaitez ajuster les paramètres de colonne, sélectionnez l'option Colonnes personnalisées dans la liste. La fenêtre Colonnes s'ouvrira où vous pourrez définir le Nombre de colonnes nécessaire (il est possible d'ajouter jusqu'à 12 colonnes) et l'Espacement entre les colonnes. Entrez vos nouvelles valeurs dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Cochez la case Diviseur de colonne pour ajouter une ligne verticale entre les colonnes. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les changements.

    +

    Si vous souhaitez ajuster les paramètres de colonne, sélectionnez l'option Colonnes personnalisées dans la liste. La fenêtre Colonnes s'ouvrira où vous pourrez définir le Nombre de colonnes nécessaire (il est possible d'ajouter jusqu'à 12 colonnes) et l'Espacement entre les colonnes. Entrez vos nouvelles valeurs dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Cochez la case Diviseur de colonne pour ajouter une ligne verticale entre les colonnes. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les changements.

    Colonnes personnalisées

    -

    Pour spécifier exactement la position d'une nouvelle colonne, placez le curseur avant le texte à déplacer dans une nouvelle colonne, cliquez sur l'icône icône Saut de section Sauts de page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de colonne. Le texte sera déplacé vers la colonne suivante.

    -

    Les sauts de colonne ajoutés sont indiqués dans votre document par une ligne pointillée: Saut de colonne. Si vous ne voyez pas de sauts de section insérés, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Caractères non imprimables de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour les afficher. Pour supprimer un saut de colonne,sélectionnez-le avec le souris et appuyez sur une touche Supprimer.

    +

    Pour spécifier exactement la position d'une nouvelle colonne, placez le curseur avant le texte à déplacer dans une nouvelle colonne, cliquez sur l'icône Sauts L'icône Saut de section de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de colonne. Le texte sera déplacé vers la colonne suivante.

    +

    Les sauts de colonne ajoutés sont indiqués dans votre document par une ligne pointillée: Saut de colonne. Si vous ne voyez pas de sauts de section insérés, cliquez sur l'icône L'icône Caractères non imprimables sous l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour les afficher. Pour supprimer un saut de colonne,sélectionnez-le avec le souris et appuyez sur une touche Suppr.

    Pour modifier manuellement la largeur et l'espacement entre les colonnes, vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale.

    -

    Espacemment entre les colonnes

    -

    Pour annuler les colonnes et revenir à la disposition en une seule colonne, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer des colonnes icône Insérer des colonnes de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Une icône Une colonne dans la liste.

    -
    +

    L'espacement entre les colonnes

    +

    Pour annuler les colonnes et revenir à la disposition en une seule colonne, cliquez sur l'icône Colonnes L'icône Colonnes de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Une L'icône Une colonne dans la liste.

    +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm index 8edda4958..e8016d95e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Définir des taquets de tabulation - + @@ -11,29 +11,35 @@
    - +

    Définir des taquets de tabulation

    -

    Document Editor vous permet de changer des taquets de tabulation c'est-à-dire l'emplacement où le curseur s'arrête quand vous appuyez sur la touche Tab du clavier.

    -

    Pour définir les taquets de tabulation vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale :

    +

    Document Editor vous permet de changer des taquets de tabulation. Taquet de tabulation est l'emplacement où le curseur s'arrête quand vous appuyez sur la touche Tab du clavier.

    +

    Pour définir les taquets de tabulation vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale:

      -
    1. Sélectionnez le type du taquet de tabulation en cliquant sur le bouton Taquet de tabulation de gauche dans le coin supérieur gauche de la zone de travail. Trois types de taquets de tabulationsont disponibles :
        -
      • De gauche Taquet de tabulation de gauche - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté gauche du taquet de tabulation ; le texte se déplace à droite du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur Marqueur du taquet de tabulation de gauche.
        • -
      • Du centre Taquet de tabulation du centre - sert à centrer le texte à l'emplacement du taquet de tabulation. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur Marqueur du taquet de tabulation du centre.
        • -
      • De droite Taquet de tabulation de droite - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté droit du taquet de tabulation ; le texte se déplace à gauche du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur Marqueur du taquet de tabulation de droite.
        • +
      • Sélectionnez le type du taquet de tabulation en cliquant sur le bouton Bouton de Taquet de tabulation de gauche dans le coin supérieur gauche de la zone de travail. Trois types de taquets de tabulation sont disponibles: +
          +
        • De gauche Bouton de Taquet de tabulation de gauche sert à aligner le texte sur le côté gauche du taquet de tabulation; le texte se déplace à droite du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur de Taquet de tabulation de gauche Marqueur de Taquet de tabulation de gauche .
          • +
        • Du centre Bouton de Taquet de tabulation centré sert à centrer le texte à l'emplacement du taquet de tabulation. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur de Taquet de tabulation centré Marqueur de Taquet de tabulation centré .
          • +
        • De droite Bouton de taquet de tabulation de droite sert à aligner le texte sur le côté droit du taquet de tabulation; le texte se déplace à gauche du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur de Taquet de tabulation de droite Marqueur de taquet de tabulation de droite .
        • -
      • Cliquez sur le bord inférieur de la règle là où vous voulez positionner le taquet de tabulation. Faites-le glisser tout au long de la règle pour changer son emplacement. Pour supprimer le taquet de tabulation ajouté faites-le glisser en dehors de la règle.

        Règle horizontale avec les taquets de tabulation ajoutés

        +
      • Cliquez sur le bord inférieur de la règle là où vous voulez positionner le taquet de tabulation. Faites-le glisser tout au long de la règle pour changer son emplacement. Pour supprimer le taquet de tabulation ajouté faites-le glisser en dehors de la règle. +

        Règle horizontale avec les taquets de tabulation ajoutés

    -

    Vous pouvez également utiliser la fenêtre des paramètres avancés du paragraphe pour régler les taquets de tabulation. Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite, et passez à l'onglet Tabulation de la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés.

    Paramètres du paragraphe - onglet Tabulation

    Vous y pouvez définir les paramètres suivants :

    +

    Vous pouvez également utiliser la fenêtre des paramètres avancés du paragraphe pour régler les taquets de tabulation. Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite, et passez à l'onglet Tabulation de la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés.

    + Paramètres du paragraphe - onglet Tabulation +

    Vous y pouvez définir les paramètres suivants:

      -
    • Position sert à personnaliser les taquets de tabulation. Saisissez la valeur nécessaire dans ce champ, réglez-la en utilisant les boutons à flèche et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. La position du taquet de tabulation personnalisée sera ajoutée à la liste dans le champ au-dessous. Si vous avez déjà ajouté qualques taquets de tabulation en utilisant la règle, tous ces taquets seront affichés dans cette liste.
      • -
    • La tabulation Par défaut est 1.25 cm. Vous pouvez augmenter ou diminuer cette valeur en utilisant les boutons à flèche ou en saisissant la valeur nécessaire dans le champ.
      • -
    • Alignement sert à définir le type d'alignment pour chaque taquet de tabulation de la liste. Sélectionnez le taquet nécessaire dans la liste, choisissez l'option A gauche, Au centre ou A droite dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier.
      • -
    • Points de suite - permet de choisir un caractère utilisé pour créer des points de suite pour chacune des positions de tabulation. Les points de suite sont une ligne de caractères (points ou traits d'union) qui remplissent l'espace entre les taquets. Sélectionnez le taquet voulu dans la liste, choisissez le type de points de suite dans la liste dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur le bouton .

      Pour supprimer un taquet de tabulation de la liste sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer ou utilisez le bouton Supprimer tout pour vider la liste.

      -
      • +
    • La tabulation Par défaut est 1.25 cm. Vous pouvez augmenter ou diminuer cette valeur en utilisant les boutons à flèche ou en saisissant la valeur nécessaire dans le champ.
      • +
    • Position sert à personnaliser les taquets de tabulation. Saisissez la valeur nécessaire dans ce champ, réglez-la en utilisant les boutons à flèche et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. La position du taquet de tabulation personnalisée sera ajoutée à la liste dans le champ au-dessous. Si vous avez déjà ajouté quelques taquets de tabulation en utilisant la règle, tous ces taquets seront affichés dans cette liste.
      • +
    • Alignement sert à définir le type d'alignement pour chaque taquet de tabulation de la liste. Sélectionnez le taquet nécessaire dans la liste, choisissez l'option A gauche, Au centre ou A droite dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier.
      • +
    • + Guide permet de choisir un caractère utilisé pour créer un guide pour chacune des positions de tabulation. Le guide est une ligne de caractères (points ou traits d'union) qui remplissent l'espace entre les taquets. Sélectionnez le taquet voulu dans la liste, choisissez le type de points de suite dans la liste dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. +

      Pour supprimer un taquet de tabulation de la liste sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer ou utilisez le bouton Supprimer tout pour vider la liste.

      +
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/Speech.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/Speech.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b38ea5337 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/Speech.htm @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ + + + + Lire un texte à haute voix + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Lire un texte à haute voix

    +

    ONLYOFFICE dispose d'une extension qui va lire un texte à voix haute.

    +
      +
    1. Sélectionnez le texte à lire à haute voix.
      2. +
    2. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez L'icône de l'extension Parole Parole.
      3. +
    +

    Le texte sera lu à haute voix.

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2a5aab09 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + + Remplacer un mot par synonyme + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Remplacer un mot par synonyme

    +

    + Si on répète plusieurs fois le même mot ou il ne semble pas que le mot est juste, ONLYOFFICE vous permet de trouver les synonymes. Retrouvez les antonymes du mot affiché aussi. +

    +
      +
    1. Sélectionnez le mot dans votre document.
      2. +
    2. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez L'icône de l'extension Thésaurus Thésaurus.
      3. +
    3. Le panneau gauche liste les synonymes et les antonymes.
      4. +
    4. Cliquez sur le mot à remplacer dans votre document.
      5. +
    + Gif de l'extension Thésaurus +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/Translator.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/Translator.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39fce6925 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/Translator.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + Traduire un texte + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Traduire un texte

    +

    Vous pouvez traduire votre document dans de nombreuses langues disponibles.

    +
      +
    1. Sélectionnez le texte à traduire.
      2. +
    2. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez L'icône de l'extension Traducteur Traducteur, l'application de traduction fait son apparition dans le panneau de gauche.
      3. +
    +

    La langue du texte choisie est détectée automatiquement et le texte est traduit dans la langue par défaut.

    + Gif de l'extension Traducteur + +

    Changez la langue cible:

    +
      +
    1. Cliquer sur la liste déroulante en bas du panneau et sélectionnez la langue préférée.
      2. +
    +

    La traduction va changer tout de suite.

    + +

    Détection erronée de la langue source

    +

    Lorsqu'une détection erronée se produit, il faut modifier les paramètres de l'application:

    +
      +
    1. Cliquer sur la liste déroulante en haut du panneau et sélectionnez la langue préférée.
      2. +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm index 25ed67ac6..f9cb7fa8d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Utiliser le Publipostage - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Utiliser le Publipostage

    Remarque : cette option n'est disponible que dans la version en ligne.

    @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
    • PDF - pour créer un document unique au format PDF qui inclut toutes les copies fusionnées afin que vous puissiez les imprimer plus tard
    • Docx - pour créer un document unique au format Docx qui inclut toutes les copies fusionnées afin que vous puissiez éditer les copies individuelles plus tard
      • -
    • Email - pour envoyer les résultats aux destinataires par email

      Remarque : les adresses e-mail des destinataires doivent être spécifiées dans la source de données chargée et vous devez disposer d'au moins un compte de messagerie connecté dans le module Courrier de votre portail.

      +
    • Email - pour envoyer les résultats aux destinataires par email

      Remarque : les adresses e-mail des destinataires doivent être spécifiées dans la source de données chargée et vous devez disposer d'au moins un compte de messagerie connecté dans le module Mail de votre portail.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm index 4c654ef2d..5fa0c2198 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Afficher les informations sur le document - + @@ -11,29 +11,39 @@
    - +

    Afficher les informations sur le document

    -

    Pour accéder aux informations détaillées sur le document actuellement édité, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Informations sur le document....

    +

    Pour accéder aux informations détaillées sur le document actuellement édité, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Descriptif du document....

    Informations générales

    -

    Les informations du document comprennent le titre du document, l'application avec laquelle le document a été créé et les statistiques : le nombre de pages, paragraphes, mots, symboles, symboles avec espaces. Dans la version en ligne, les informations suivantes sont également affichées : auteur, lieu, date de création.

    +

    Le descriptif du document comprend l'ensemble des propriétés d'un document. Certains de ces paramètres sont mis à jour automatiquement mais les autres peuvent être modifiés.

    +
      +
    • Emplacement - le dossier dans le module Documents où le fichier est stocké. Propriétaire - le nom de l'utilisateur qui a créé le fichier. Chargé - la date et l'heure quand le fichier a été créé. Ces paramètres ne sont disponibles que sous la version en ligne.
      • +
    • Statistiques - le nombre de pages, paragraphes, mots, symboles, symboles avec des espaces.
      • +
    • Titre, sujet, commentaire - ces paramètres facilitent la classification des documents. Vos pouvez saisir l'information nécessaire dans les champs appropriés.
      • +
    • Dernière modification - la date et l'heure quand le fichier a été modifié la dernière fois.
      • +
    • Dernière modification par - le nom de l'utilisateur qui a apporté la dernière modification au document. Cette option est disponible pour édition collaborative du document quand plusieurs utilisateurs travaillent sur un même document.
      • +
    • Application - l'application dans laquelle on a créé le document.
      • +
    • Auteur - la personne qui a créé le fichier. Saisissez le nom approprié dans ce champ. Appuyez sur la touche Entrée pour ajouter un nouveau champ et spécifier encore un auteur.
      • +
    +

    Si vous avez modifié les paramètres du fichier, cliquez sur Appliquer pour enregistrer les modifications.

    -

    Remarque : Les éditeurs en ligne vous permettent de modifier le titre du document directement à partir de l'interface de l'éditeur. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Renommer..., puis entrez le Nom de fichier voulu dans la nouvelle fenêtre qui s'ouvre et cliquez sur OK.

    +

    Remarque: Les Éditeurs en ligne vous permettent de modifier le titre du document directement à partir de l'interface de l'éditeur. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Renommer..., puis entrez le Nom de fichier voulu dans la nouvelle fenêtre qui s'ouvre et cliquez sur OK.

    Informations d'autorisation

    -

    Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez consulter les informations sur les permissions des fichiers stockés dans le cloud.

    -

    Remarque : cette option n'est pas disponible pour les utilisateurs disposant des autorisations en Lecture seule.

    -

    Pour savoir qui a le droit d'afficher ou de modifier le document, sélectionnez l'option Droits d'accès... dans la barre latérale de gauche.

    -

    Si vous avez l'accès complet à cette présentation, vous pouvez également changer les droits d'accès actuels en cliquant sur le bouton Changer les droits d'accès dans la section Personnes qui ont des droits.

    +

    Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez consulter les informations sur les permissions des fichiers stockés dans le cloud.

    +

    Remarque: cette option n'est disponible que pour les utilisateurs disposant des autorisations en Lecture seule.

    +

    Pour savoir qui a le droit d'afficher ou de modifier le document, sélectionnez l'option Droits d'accès... dans la barre latérale de gauche.

    +

    Vous pouvez également changer les droits d'accès actuels en cliquant sur le bouton Changer les droits d'accès dans la section Personnes qui ont des droits.

    Historique des versions

    -

    Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez consulter l'historique des versions des fichiers stockés dans le cloud.

    -

    Remarque : cette option n'est pas disponible pour les utilisateurs disposant des autorisations en Lecture seule.

    -

    Pour afficher toutes les modifications apportées à ce document, sélectionnez l'option Historique des versions dans la barre latérale de gauche. Il est également possible d'ouvrir l'historique des versions à l'aide de l'icône Icône Historique des versions Historique des versions de l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure. Vous verrez la liste des versions de ce document (changements majeurs) et des révisions (modifications mineures) avec l'indication de l'auteur de chaque version/révision et la date et l'heure de création. Pour les versions de document, le numéro de version est également spécifié (par exemple ver. 2). Pour savoir exactement quels changements ont été apportés à chaque version/révision, vous pouvez voir celle qui vous intéresse en cliquant dessus dans la barre latérale de gauche. Les modifications apportées par l'auteur de la version/révision sont marquées avec la couleur qui est affichée à côté du nom de l'auteur dans la barre latérale gauche. Vous pouvez utiliser le lien Restaurer sous la version/révision sélectionnée pour la restaurer.

    +

    Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez consulter l'historique des versions des fichiers stockés dans le cloud.

    +

    Remarque: cette option n'est disponible que pour les utilisateurs disposant des autorisations en Lecture seule.

    +

    Pour afficher toutes les modifications apportées à ce document, sélectionnez l'option Historique des versions dans la barre latérale de gauche. Il est également possible d'ouvrir l'historique des versions à l'aide de l'icône L'icône Historique des versions Historique des versions de l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure. Vous verrez la liste des versions de ce document (changements majeurs) et des révisions (modifications mineures) avec l'indication de l'auteur de chaque version/révision et la date et l'heure de création. Pour les versions de document, le numéro de version est également spécifié (par exemple ver. 2). Pour savoir exactement quels changements ont été apportés à chaque version/révision, vous pouvez voir celle qui vous intéresse en cliquant dessus dans la barre latérale de gauche. Les modifications apportées par l'auteur de la version/révision sont marquées avec la couleur qui est affichée à côté du nom de l'auteur dans la barre latérale gauche. Vous pouvez utiliser le lien Restaurer sous la version/révision sélectionnée pour la restaurer.

    Historique des versions

    -

    Pour revenir à la version actuelle du document, utilisez l'option Fermer l'historique en haut de la liste des versions.

    +

    Pour revenir à la version actuelle du document, utilisez l'option Fermer l'historique en haut de la liste des versions.

    -

    Pour fermer l'onglet Fichier et reprendre le travail sur votre document, sélectionnez l'option Retour au document.

    +

    Pour fermer l'onglet Fichier et reprendre le travail sur votre document, sélectionnez l'option Retour au document.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/Wordpress.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/Wordpress.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..178b18266 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/Wordpress.htm @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + + Télécharger un document sur Wordpress + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Télécharger un document sur Wordpress

    +

    Vous pouvez écrire vos articles dans l'environnement ONLYOFFICE et les télécharger sur Wordpress.

    +

    Se connecter à Wordpress

    +
      +
    1. Ouvrez un document.
      2. +
    2. Passez à l'onglet Module complémentaires et choisissez L'icône de l'extension Wordpress Wordpress.
      3. +
    3. Connectez-vous à votre compte Wordpress et choisissez la page web à laquelle vous souhaitez ajouter votre document.
      4. +
    4. Tapez le titre de votre article.
      5. +
    5. Cliquer sur Publier pour le publier tout de suite ou sur Enregistrer comme brouillon pour le publier plus tard de votre site ou application Wordpress.
      6. +
    + Gif de l'extension Wordpress +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1452bb44e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + + + + Insérer une vidéo + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insérer une vidéo

    +

    Vous pouvez insérer une vidéo dans votre document. Celle-ci sera affichée comme une image. Faites un double-clic sur l'image pour faire apparaître la boîte de dialogue vidéo. Vous pouvez démarrer votre vidéo ici.

    +
      +
    1. + Copier l'URL de la vidéo à insérer.
      (l'adresse complète dans la barre d'adresse du navigateur) +
      2. +
    2. Accédez à votre document et placez le curseur à l'endroit où la vidéo doit être insérée.
      3. +
    3. Passezà l'onglet Modules compléméntaires et choisissez L'icône de l'extension Youtube YouTube.
      4. +
    4. Collez l'URL et cliquez sur OK.
      5. +
    5. Vérifiez si la vidéo est vrai et cliquez sur OK au-dessous la vidéo.
      6. +
    +

    Maintenant la vidéo est insérée dans votre document

    + Gif de l'extension Youtube +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/editor.css b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/editor.css index cbedb7bef..fbe1796a6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/editor.css +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/editor.css @@ -6,11 +6,21 @@ color: #444; background: #fff; } +.cross-reference th{ +text-align: center; +vertical-align: middle; +} + +.cross-reference td{ +text-align: center; +vertical-align: middle; +} + img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft @@ -186,4 +196,38 @@ kbd { box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(85,85,85,.35); margin: 0.2em 0.1em; color: #000; +} +.shortcut_variants { + margin: 20px 0 -20px; + padding: 0; +} +.shortcut_toggle { + display: inline-block; + margin: 0; + padding: 1px 10px; + list-style-type: none; + cursor: pointer; + font-size: 11px; + line-height: 18px; + white-space: nowrap +} +.shortcut_toggle.enabled { + color: #fff; + background-color: #7D858C; + border: 1px solid #7D858C; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled { + color: #444; + background-color: #fff; + border: 1px solid #CFCFCF; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled:hover { + background-color: #D8DADC; +} +.left_option { + border-radius: 2px 0 0 2px; + float: left; +} +.right_option { + border-radius: 0 2px 2px 0; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/abouticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/abouticon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29b5a244c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/abouticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addfootnote.png index b0baf66eb..309c55e5e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addgradientpoint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addgradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4ca4cc4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addgradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/align_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/align_toptoolbar.png index 547bb0afa..1e454ee21 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/align_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/align_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectbottom.png index 77c129b08..beb3b4079 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectbottom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectcenter.png index d5dfa006b..f7c1d6ea6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectcenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectleft.png index f517f1408..3ba7ab2d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectmiddle.png index aeb9b0b60..848493cf1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectmiddle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectright.png index db5acf7f4..0b5a9d2c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjecttop.png index 05c1957f6..1c00650c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjecttop.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/autoformatasyoutype.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/autoformatasyoutype.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5276a4d2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/autoformatasyoutype.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/axislabels.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/axislabels.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0489808df Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/axislabels.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/backgroundcolor.png index 5929239d6..d9d5a8c21 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/backgroundcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bold.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bold.png index 8b50580a0..ff78d284e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bold.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bookmark_window2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bookmark_window2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66b5098b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bookmark_window2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bulletedlistsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bulletedlistsettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..451650f72 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bulletedlistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ccsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ccsettingswindow.png index 3b05c425b..6daad088b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ccsettingswindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ccsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ccsettingswindow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ccsettingswindow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4828d61e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ccsettingswindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellvalue.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellvalue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8ad1152a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellvalue.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellvalueformula.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellvalueformula.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4e9643eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellvalueformula.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolorscheme.png index f9464e5f4..9ef44daaf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changerange.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changerange.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17df78932 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changerange.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png index d479753b6..a490b12e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartdata.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c14dc1ae7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings.png index 0e5e126e7..c386a8388 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings2.png index 1488fa269..c276e3142 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png index 4d523807b..362d702c6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png index d96d8961a..c35a7eeb4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png index 5b43a9184..25f26d8db 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings6.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d604b1e35 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/checkboxcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/checkboxcontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4138e5af6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/checkboxcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/checkboxcontentcontrol2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/checkboxcontentcontrol2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dd74901c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/checkboxcontentcontrol2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/checkboxsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/checkboxsettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba629b9c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/checkboxsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/close_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/close_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ee2f1cb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/close_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comboboxaddvalue.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comboboxaddvalue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db9705b2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comboboxaddvalue.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comboboxcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comboboxcontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31277bec6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comboboxcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comboboxcontentcontrol2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comboboxcontentcontrol2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ed3dee1c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comboboxcontentcontrol2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comboboxsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comboboxsettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4532c5be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comboboxsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comparison.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comparison.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20f2396d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comparison.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/convert_footnotes_endnotes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/convert_footnotes_endnotes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52c99187c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/convert_footnotes_endnotes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/convertequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/convertequation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc17e9a56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/convertequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/converttorange.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/converttorange.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e07ac2e4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/converttorange.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle.png index 45c836fa2..522438ec8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle_selected.png index c51b1a456..b865f76ce 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle_selected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/create_pivot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/create_pivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f872b1a7d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/create_pivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cross_refference_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cross_refference_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ca65227f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cross_refference_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/custommargins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/custommargins.png index 4ae63136d..98e50a61d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/custommargins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/custommargins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customtable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customtable.png index fc46f500f..0db1118e8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customtable.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customtable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/databars.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/databars.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac2c4bdaa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/databars.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/date_time.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/date_time.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc7e876c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/date_time.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/date_time_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/date_time_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14748b290 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/date_time_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/datecontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/datecontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5f8f5e63 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/datecontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/datecontentcontrol2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/datecontentcontrol2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..680d8de39 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/datecontentcontrol2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/datesettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/datesettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43693eda4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/datesettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributehorizontally.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributehorizontally.png index 8e33a0c28..edf546273 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributehorizontally.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributehorizontally.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributevertically.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributevertically.png index 1e5f39011..720dab074 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributevertically.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributevertically.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_example.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_example.png index 0259039ce..5b1838829 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_example.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_example.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_margin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_margin.png index 4aee9c1d5..a3086bb10 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_margin.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_margin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_1.png index 2dbcc5e62..af08e4bb6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_text.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_text.png index a5722ed5d..2c4ffd1a5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_text.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_text.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropdownarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropdownarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3990baf2b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropdownarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/easybib.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/easybib.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..661aaf3c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/easybib.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/easybib_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/easybib_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47d46ef1f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/easybib_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editseries.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editseries.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6f1877e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editseries.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/endnotes_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/endnotes_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1823d4cfa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/endnotes_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/endnotesadded.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/endnotesadded.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1fe7772f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/endnotesadded.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/endnotetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/endnotetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff75baecd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/endnotetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/eraser_tool.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/eraser_tool.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a626da579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/eraser_tool.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/feedbackicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/feedbackicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1734e2336 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/feedbackicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_gradient.png index c46b644d7..e4668d7ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_picture.png index edcfcc655..82dc472d3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/filterbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/filterbutton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02dd884b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/filterbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/follow_move.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/follow_move.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..496d62547 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/follow_move.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotes_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotes_settings.png index 41c891799..06a2414ad 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotes_settings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotes_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gradient.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gradient.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ead647421 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group.png index 4c6c848ed..d1330ed44 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06d524ef2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlight_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlight_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe3252c6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlight_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlightcolor.png index 85ef0822b..ba856daf1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/iconsetbikerating.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/iconsetbikerating.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7251111c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/iconsetbikerating.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/iconsetrevenue.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/iconsetrevenue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..945ce676c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/iconsetrevenue.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/iconsettrafficlights.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/iconsettrafficlights.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8750b92a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/iconsettrafficlights.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/iconsettrends.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/iconsettrends.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1099f2ef0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/iconsettrends.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image.png index a94916449..c692a2074 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f9c14cb1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_settings_icon.png index 7bcb03f2e..2693e9fc1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insert_pivot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insert_pivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..852443f44 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insert_pivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/vector.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insert_symbol_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/vector.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insert_symbol_icon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insert_symbol_window2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insert_symbol_window2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..077e15cac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insert_symbol_window2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertccicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertccicon.png index 98b11b4c5..01255cd54 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertccicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertccicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertchart.png index 10d247f7b..b0b965c50 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertchart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertpivot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertpivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6582b2c9b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertpivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertslicer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertslicer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..099bc6907 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertslicer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertslicer_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertslicer_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3be65be9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertslicer_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/inserttab.png index e7bf4cfa2..5f51bbc03 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/layouttab.png index af261c945..e3b4eeabe 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/layouttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 9d1d1c57b..f53a9371f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/referencestab.png index 18859633f..642baf0b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/referencestab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/reviewtab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/reviewtab.png index 57665761c..e53709f63 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/reviewtab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/reviewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/italic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/italic.png index 08fd67a4d..7d5e6d062 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/italic.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/larger.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/larger.png index 1a461a817..39a51760e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/larger.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linenumberinglinenumbers_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linenumberinglinenumbers_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b525072e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linenumberinglinenumbers_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linenumbers_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linenumbers_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee9cce34f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linenumbers_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linenumbers_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linenumbers_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..699e5fed8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linenumbers_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linespacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linespacing.png index d9324fbfe..b9ef8a37a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linespacing.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linespacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mendeley.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mendeley.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14d112510 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mendeley.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/moveelement.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/moveelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74ead64a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/moveelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/multilevellistsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/multilevellistsettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eec3cb0e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/multilevellistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/multiselect.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/multiselect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9b75a987 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/multiselect.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/new_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/new_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6132de3e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/new_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nonetemplate.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nonetemplate.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13b12015a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nonetemplate.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numbering.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numbering.png index c637c9272..7975aee90 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numbering.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ocr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ocr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd2c79988 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ocr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ocr_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ocr_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..928695b14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ocr_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orderedlistsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orderedlistsettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1228076de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orderedlistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orientation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orientation.png index e800cc47b..6296a359a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orientation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orientation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagesize.png index bffdbaaa0..d6b212540 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagesize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_borders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_borders.png index c897bbe92..952098be6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_borders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_borders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_breaks.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_breaks.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ca452275 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_breaks.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_font.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_font.png index ab0128e5f..7088b21a1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_font.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_font.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_indents.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_indents.png index 5e9e4ee93..c874e65e5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_indents.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_indents.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_margins.png index 237347394..6a41389fd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_margins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pencil_tool.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pencil_tool.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e006637a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pencil_tool.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/photoeditor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/photoeditor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e34d6996 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/photoeditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/picturecontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/picturecontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7082dcf03 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/picturecontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_advanced.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_advanced.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5495cbcb7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_advanced.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_advanced2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_advanced2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cad756b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_advanced2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_advanced3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_advanced3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7308dc606 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_advanced3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_columns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_columns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee95bf3a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_columns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_compact.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_compact.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6d40af98 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_compact.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..578e4a98c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filter_field.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filter_field.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8adbe14d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filter_field.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filter_field_layout.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filter_field_layout.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da54467fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filter_field_layout.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filter_field_subtotals.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filter_field_subtotals.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..805760308 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filter_field_subtotals.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filterwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filterwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8505950d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_filterwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_menu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_menu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ef0fc10f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_menu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_outline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_outline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..735056905 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_refresh.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_refresh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83d92f93f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_refresh.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_rows.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_rows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed4315b74 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_rows.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_selectdata.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_selectdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d57649bdb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_selectdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_selectdata2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_selectdata2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1a4cd75b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_selectdata2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_selectfields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_selectfields.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4db81b52 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_selectfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_sort.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_sort.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..752bada40 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_sort.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_tabular.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_tabular.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..600d7d196 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_tabular.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_top.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_top.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58652419e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_top.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_topten.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_topten.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d75ef100b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_topten.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_values.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_values.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddbca51aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_values.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_values_field_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_values_field_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c736c9c15 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivot_values_field_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivotselecticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivotselecticon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f44d2efa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivotselecticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivottoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivottoptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..febbc5157 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pivottoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/recognizedfunctions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/recognizedfunctions.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bc9dfa41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/recognizedfunctions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removecomment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removecomment_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2351f20be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removecomment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removeduplicates.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removeduplicates.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..acdb32e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removeduplicates.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removeduplicates_result.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removeduplicates_result.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4998cf4b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removeduplicates_result.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removeduplicates_warning.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removeduplicates_warning.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37efe33fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removeduplicates_warning.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removeduplicates_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removeduplicates_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f89e2cd73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removeduplicates_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removegradientpoint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removegradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0675fbbb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/removegradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/replacetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/replacetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5f942663 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/replacetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/replacetext.png.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/replacetext.png.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c58a1e115 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/replacetext.png.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resizeelement.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resizeelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..206959166 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resizeelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_popup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_popup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a583a152 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_popup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right heaterfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right heaterfooter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a3328584 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right heaterfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image.png index 899b8b528..d781a15dc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image_shape.png index 884ce4a43..36b4ca0d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image_shape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_pivot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_pivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cd156634 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_pivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_slicer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_slicer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abc9b8c92 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_slicer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_table.png index 30dcd2d2a..515f768a8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowsandcolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowsandcolumns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57b0c7834 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowsandcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectcolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectcolumn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf2e03387 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectdata.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29e756dee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd67f664c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selecttable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selecttable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ccfe3731 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selecttable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward.png index 1387bf2bf..d3fd940b9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoback.png index c126f4534..8c55548e4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoback.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shaderows.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shaderows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d7dad68d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shaderows.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shadeunique.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shadeunique.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca29d106c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shadeunique.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shading.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shading.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d52b6144 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shading.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties.png index 250b4c6fe..88caf792a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_1.png index 04d6829f4..4310642cc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_2.png index 035ad0991..1f80ece3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_3.png index 9fc721226..e2023a35f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_4.png index 15873ac6f..e77d32ab7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_5.png index aad2c5b3c..8bd495b53 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_6.png index 589823f32..9b9f16bec 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_6.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sheetview_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sheetview_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dcf14254 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sheetview_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6e5db339 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_clearfilter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_clearfilter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb08729e8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_clearfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_columns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_columns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc898bedb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_columns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_filter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_filter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..554379054 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_filter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c170a8eef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_nodata.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_nodata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d947277c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_nodata.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..800ed37fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..148393d8c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..147ae1df1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties4.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df582e2c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties5.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..879c97962 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_properties5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_scroll.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_scroll.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cfe06f1fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_scroll.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..099bc6907 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slicer_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/smaller.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/smaller.png index d24f79a22..d087549c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/smaller.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/speech.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/speech.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7361ee245 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/speech.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/strike.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/strike.png index 5aa076a4a..742143a34 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/strike.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sub.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sub.png index 40f36f42a..b99d9c1df 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sub.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/summary.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/summary.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d70bba41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/summary.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sup.png index 2390f6aa2..7a32fc135 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/above.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/above.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97f2005e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/above.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/acute.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/acute.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12d62abab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/acute.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/aleph.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/aleph.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7355dba4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/aleph.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/alpha.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/alpha.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca68e0fe0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/alpha.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/alpha2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/alpha2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea3a6aac4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/alpha2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/amalg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/amalg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b66c134d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/amalg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/angle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/angle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de11fe22d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/angle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/aoint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/aoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35a228fb4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/aoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/approx.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/approx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67b770f72 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/approx.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/arrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/arrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/asmash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/asmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df40f9f2c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/asmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ast.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ast.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33be7687a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ast.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/asymp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/asymp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7d21a268 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/asymp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/atop.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/atop.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d4395beb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/atop.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..774a06eb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bar2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5321fe5b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/because.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/because.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3456d38c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/because.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/begin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/begin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd50e8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/begin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/below.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/below.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8acb835b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/below.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/beta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/beta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748f2b1be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/beta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/beta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/beta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c1ccb707 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/beta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/beth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/beth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/beth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigcap.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af7e48ad8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigcup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e27fb3bb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigodot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigodot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ebddf66c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigodot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigoplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigoplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f555afb0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigoplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigotimes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigotimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43457dc4b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigotimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..614264a01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/biguplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/biguplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ec39889f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/biguplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigvee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigvee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57851a676 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigvee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigwedge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigwedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c7cac1e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bigwedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/binomial.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/binomial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72bc36e68 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/binomial.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ded03e82 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bowtie.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bowtie.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ddfa28c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bowtie.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/box.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/box.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20d4a835b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/box.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/boxdot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/boxdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222e1c7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/boxdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/boxminus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/boxminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caf1ddddb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/boxminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/boxplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/boxplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1ee49522 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/boxplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bra.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bra.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3c8b4c83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bra.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/break.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/break.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..859fbf8b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/break.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/breve.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/breve.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2392724b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/breve.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bullet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bullet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05e268132 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/bullet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cap.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76139f161 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cap.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cases.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cases.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5a1d5ffe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cases.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cbrt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cbrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..580d0d0d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cbrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cdot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..199773081 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cdots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6246a1f0d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/check.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/check.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d57528ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/check.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/chi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/chi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ee801d17 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/chi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/chi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/chi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a27cce57e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/chi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/circ.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/circ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a6aa27c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/circ.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/close.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/close.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7438a6f0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/close.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/clubsuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/clubsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ecec4509 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/clubsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/coint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/coint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2f305a81 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/coint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/colonequal.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/colonequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79fb3a795 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/colonequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cong.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cong.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d48ef05a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cong.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/coprod.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/coprod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d90054fb5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/coprod.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b3915395 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/cup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dalet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dalet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dalet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/daleth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/daleth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/daleth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dashv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dashv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a07ecf03 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dashv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dd.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b96137d73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dd.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dd2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51e50c6ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ddddot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ddddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2512dd96 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ddddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dddot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c261bdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ddot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc158338d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ddots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b15677a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/defeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/defeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4728e579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/defeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/degc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/degc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8512ce6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/degc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/degf.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/degf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d5b4f234 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/degf.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/degree.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/degree.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42881ff13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/degree.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/delta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/delta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14d5d2386 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/delta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/delta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/delta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6541350c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/delta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/deltaeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/deltaeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1dac99daf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/deltaeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/diamond.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/diamond.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e692a462 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/diamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bff5edf92 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/div.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/div.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..059758d9c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/div.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0d4f093f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddef5eb4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/double.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/double.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69b432297 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/double.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublea.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublea.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9cb5ed78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublea.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublea2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublea2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eee509760 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublea2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleb.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d98b1da6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleb.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleb2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cdc8d687 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4e564fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublec2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublec2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3e5ccc8a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublec2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublecolon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublecolon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56cfcafd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublecolon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubled.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubled.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bca050ea8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubled.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubled2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubled2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e222d501 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubled2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e03f999a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublee2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublee2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6627ded4f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublee2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublef.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublef.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c99ee88a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublef.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublef2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublef2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f97effdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublef2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81a4360f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97ff9ceed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleg2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19f3727f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleh.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca4f14ca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleh.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleh2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea40b9965 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublei.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublei.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb4d100de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublei.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublei2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublei2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..313453e56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublei2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublej.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublej.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43de921d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublej.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublej2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublej2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55063df14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublej2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublek.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublek.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6dc9ee87c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublek.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublek2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublek2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aee85567c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublek2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e4aad8c8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublel2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublel2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7382f3652 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublel2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublem.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublem.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f6d8538d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublem.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublem2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublem2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..100097a98 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublem2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublen.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f1373128 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublen.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublen2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublen2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ef2738aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublen2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a13023552 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleo2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..468459457 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublep.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublep.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8db731325 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublep.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublep2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublep2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18bfb16ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublep2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc4b77c78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleq2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25b230947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubler.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f0e988a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubler2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubler2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6e40f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubler2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubles.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubles.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c05d7f9cd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubles.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubles2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubles2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d24cb2f27 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubles2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c27fe3875 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublet2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublet2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32f2294a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublet2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0f54d440 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ce700d2f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubleu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublev.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublev.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5b0cb2be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublev.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublev2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublev2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da1089327 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublev2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublew.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublew.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0400ddbed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublew.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublew2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublew2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a151c1777 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublew2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublex.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublex.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..648ce4467 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublex.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublex2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublex2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c2a1de43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublex2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubley.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubley.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ed589d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubley.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubley2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubley2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e2733f6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doubley2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublez.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublez.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d1061f6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublez.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublez2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublez2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f12b3eebb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/doublez2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/downarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/downarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71146333a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/downarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/downarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/downarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f20d8728 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/downarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dsmash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49e2e5855 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/dsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1c8f6b16 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ell.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ell.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/emptyset.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/emptyset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28b0f75d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/emptyset.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/end.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/end.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33d901831 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/end.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/epsilon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/epsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7a53ad49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/epsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/epsilon2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/epsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd54bb471 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/epsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/eqarray.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/eqarray.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dbb07eff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/eqarray.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/equiv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/equiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac3c147eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/equiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/eta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/eta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6c37c23 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/eta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/eta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/eta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93a5f8f3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/eta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/exists.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/exists.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2e078f08 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/exists.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/forall.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/forall.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c58ecb41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/forall.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/fraktura.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/fraktura.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8570b166c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/fraktura.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/fraktura2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/fraktura2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3db328e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/fraktura2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturb.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e682b9c49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturb.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturb2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..570b7daad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3296e1bf7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturc2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e1c9065f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturd.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c29587e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturd.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturd2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5afeeb59 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakture.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a56e7c5a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakture.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakture2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakture2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c9236af6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakture2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturf.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a460b206 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturf.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturf2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f59cc1a49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c71a7f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturg2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a96d7939 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturh.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afff96507 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturh.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturh2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c77ddc227 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b690840e0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93494c9f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturk.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6ec69273 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturk.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturk2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88b5d5dd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturl.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4719aa67a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturl.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturl2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73365c050 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8d412077 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturm2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6823b765f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7562b1587 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturn2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5817d5af7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed9ee60d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturo2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6becfb0d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9c2ef5ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturp2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fbe142a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aac2cafe2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturq2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7026dc172 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c14dc2aee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturr2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad6eb3a2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturs.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b68a51481 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturs.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturs2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturs2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be9bce9ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturs2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a274312f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturt2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff4ffbad5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3835c5e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7c2dfce0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ae44b0d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturv2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06951ec52 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturw.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e492dd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturw.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturw2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c08b19614 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturx.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7af677f4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturx.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturx2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dd4eefc0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/fraktury.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/fraktury.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea98c092d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/fraktury.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/fraktury2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/fraktury2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf8f1fb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/fraktury2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b44487f74 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturz2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afd922249 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frakturz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2fcd6e3a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/frown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/g.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/g.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/g.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gamma.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gamma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f088aa79 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gamma.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gamma2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gamma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gamma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/geq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/geq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/geq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gets.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab7c9df5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2b964579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gimel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gimel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e6cccb60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/gimel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/grave.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/grave.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcda94a6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/grave.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hat.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3be83a4c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hat.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6025b5d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/heartsuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/heartsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b26f4fe3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/heartsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14f255fb0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b22e5b07a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc8f0fa47 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hphantom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb072eee0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hsmash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce90638d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/hvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3531cd2fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ii.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ii.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e064923e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ii.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iiiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7b9990d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f56aff057 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e73f05c2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/im.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/im.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1470295b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/im.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/imath.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/imath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6493cfef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/imath.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/in.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/in.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca1f84e4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/in.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/inc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/inc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ac8c1bcd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/inc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/infty.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/infty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fa3570fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/infty.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/int.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/int.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f296cc46 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/int.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/integral.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/integral.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65e56f23b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/integral.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iota.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iota.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0aefb684e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iota.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iota2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iota2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4341851a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/iota2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/j.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/j.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004b30b69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/j.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/jj.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/jj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a1e11920 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/jj.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/jmath.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/jmath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9409b6d2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/jmath.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/kappa.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/kappa.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..788d84c11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/kappa.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/kappa2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/kappa2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fae000a00 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/kappa2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ket.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ket.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lambda.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lambda.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f98af8017 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lambda.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lambda2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lambda2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3016c6ece Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lambda2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/langle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/langle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73ccafba9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/langle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lbbrack.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lbbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dbb14049 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lbbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004d22d05 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lbrack.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cf789daa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lceil.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48d4f69b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ldiv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ldiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba17e3ae6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ldiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ldivide.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ldivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1071483b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ldivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ldots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ldots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ldots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/le.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/le.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/le.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/left.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/left.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f27f6310 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/left.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bafaf636c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60f405f7e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d15921dc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d02cea5c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c0305093 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..923152c61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/leq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lfloor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc34c4345 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lhvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10407df0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/limit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/limit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5669a329 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/limit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ll.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ll.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e31ee790 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ll.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lmoust.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3547706a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9647da6b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e0e50d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bed54fe7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lrhar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lrhar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a54ae201 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lrhar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6ab35fac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/lvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mapsto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mapsto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11e8e411a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mapsto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/matrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/matrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36dd9f3ef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/matrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mid.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mid.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21fca0ac1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mid.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/middle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/middle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e47884724 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/middle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/minusplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/minusplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0ee7a395 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/minusplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/models.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/models.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a87cdc82e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/models.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f295f402 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4698faf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96d5b82b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/mu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nabla.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nabla.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c4283a5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nabla.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/naryand.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/naryand.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c43d7a980 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/naryand.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ne.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ne.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ne.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nearrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nearrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e95d358a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nearrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/neq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/neq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/neq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ni.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ni.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce8864 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ni.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/norm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/norm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/norm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notcontain.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notcontain.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b6ac81ce Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notcontain.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notelement.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c5d182db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notequal.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a8af203d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f2abe531 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notlessthan.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notlessthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e9fc8ef2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/notlessthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b32087c3d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e0f14582 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nwarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nwarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35ad2ee95 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/nwarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/o.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/o.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cbbaaf6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/o.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/o2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/o2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86a488451 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/o2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/odot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/odot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbd0f8b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/odot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/of.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/of.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8a2567c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/of.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/oiiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/oiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c66dc2947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/oiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/oiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/oiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5587f29d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/oiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/oint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/oint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30b5bbab3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/oint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/omega.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/omega.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3224bcc5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/omega.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/omega2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/omega2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6689087de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/omega2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ominus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ominus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a07e9ce7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ominus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/open.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/open.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2874320d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/open.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/oplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/oplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab9c8d22 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/oplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/otimes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/otimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a2de09e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/otimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/over.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/over.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de78bfdde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/over.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71c7d4729 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overbracket.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbd4f3598 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overparen.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..645d88650 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overshell.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overshell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..907e993d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/overshell.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/parallel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/parallel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b42a5958 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/parallel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/partial.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/partial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb198b44d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/partial.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/perp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/perp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecc490ff4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/perp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/phantom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/phantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3a11e75a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/phantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/phi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/phi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a42a2bdea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/phi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/phi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/phi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9f811dab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/phi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6c5da9c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11486a83b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/plusminus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/plusminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5937d66d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/plusminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13cccaad2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pmatrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37b0ed5ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pppprime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4aec7dd87 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ppprime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..460f07d5d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pprime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c60382c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/pprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc174cb73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/preceq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/preceq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..185576937 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/preceq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2144d9f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prime2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prime2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fba10e2ca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prime2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prime3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prime3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd61109c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prime3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prod.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fbe6e266 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/prod.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/propto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/propto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11a52f90b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/propto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/psi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/psi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce71e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/psi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/psi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/psi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71faedd0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/psi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/qdrt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/qdrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2b8a5518 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/qdrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/quadratic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/quadratic.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26116211c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/quadratic.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rangle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rangle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rangle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rangle2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rangle2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fd0b87a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rangle2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ratio.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ratio.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d480fe90c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ratio.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31decded8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rbrack.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..772a722da Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rbrack2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rbrack2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5aa46c098 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rbrack2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rceil.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c96575404 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rddots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17f60c0bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/re.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/re.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36ffb2a8e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/re.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rect.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7942dbe1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rect.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rfloor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0303da681 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rho.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6020c1f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rho.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rho2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rho2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7242001a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rho2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rhvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/right.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/right.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc933121f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/right.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d8b7b90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c25b921a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a33c56ea0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rmoust.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e85cdefb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/rmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/root.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/root.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bdcb3d60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/root.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/script.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/script.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f5de1202 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/script.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4305bc75 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4df4c10ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptb.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16801f863 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptb.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptb2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f395bf2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..292f64223 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptc2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7d64e076 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptd.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a52adbda Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptd.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptd2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db75ffaee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripte.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripte.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9cea6589 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripte.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripte2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripte2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..908b98abf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripte2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptf.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16b2839e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptf.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptf2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fc78029f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e2b4e5c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptg2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83ecfa7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce9052e49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripth2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripth2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b669be42d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripth2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripti.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripti.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8650af640 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripti.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripti2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripti2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35253e28d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripti2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptj.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23a0b18d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptj.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptj2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptj2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..964ca2f83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptj2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptk.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..605b16e12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptk.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptk2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c34227b6a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptl.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptl.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptl2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20327fde5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cdd4bc43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptm2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b257e5e69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22b214f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptn2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cd942d5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64efc9545 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripto2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripto2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f8bdc904 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripto2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec9874130 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptp2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2df092612 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c07bbff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptq2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eb2e1182 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49b85ae2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptr2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46dea0796 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripts.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripts.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74caee45b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripts.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripts2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripts2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acf23f10 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripts2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb6ace16a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptt2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9407b3372 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cffb832bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f85cd60c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6e628a61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptv2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..346dd8c56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptw.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e5d381db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptw.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptw2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..953ee2de5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptx.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db732c630 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptx.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptx2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..166c889a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripty.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7784bb149 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripty.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripty2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripty2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3003ade0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scripty2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8d5a0cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptz2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8197fe515 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/scriptz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sdiv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sdiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sdiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sdivide.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sdivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sdivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/searrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/searrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a7f64b14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/searrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/setminus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/setminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa6c2cfee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/setminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sigma.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cb2bb178 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sigma2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sigma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e9f5ee7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sigma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sim.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sim.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a056eda0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sim.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/simeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/simeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eade7ebc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/simeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/smash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/smash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90896057d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/smash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/smile.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/smile.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83b716c6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/smile.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/spadesuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/spadesuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bdec8945 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/spadesuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqcap.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf43990e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqcup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..426d02fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqrt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acfaa8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14365cc02 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6db6d42fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/star.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/star.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f15f019f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/star.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/subset.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/subset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f23368a90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/subset.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/subseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/subseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d867e2df0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/subseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/succ.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/succ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b7c0526b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/succ.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/succeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/succeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22eff46c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/succeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sum.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44106f72f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/sum.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/superset.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/superset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67f46e1ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/superset.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/superseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/superseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89521782c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/superseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/swarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/swarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66df3fa2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/swarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/tau.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/tau.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abd5bf872 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/tau.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/tau2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/tau2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f15d8e443 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/tau2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/therefore.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/therefore.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3f02aba3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/therefore.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/theta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/theta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2d89e82b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/theta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/theta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/theta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13f05f84f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/theta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/tilde.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/tilde.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b08ef3a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/tilde.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/times.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/times.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da3afaf8b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/times.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/to.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/to.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/to.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/top.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/top.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbe5b832 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/top.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/tvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/tvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee71f7105 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/tvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ubar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ubar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e27b66816 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ubar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ubar2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ubar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c20216a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/ubar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..938c658e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2c080b58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underbracket.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a78aa1cdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b55100731 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underparen.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccaac1590 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/underparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/uparrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/uparrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eccaa488d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/uparrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/uparrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/uparrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cff2b9de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/uparrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/updownarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/updownarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65ea76252 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/updownarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c10bc8fef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/uplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/uplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39109a95b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/uplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/upsilon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/upsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69b7226c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/upsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/upsilon2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/upsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2012f0408 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/upsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varepsilon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varepsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1788b80e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varepsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varphi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varphi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebcb44f39 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varphi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varpi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varpi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82e5e48bd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varpi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varrho.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varrho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d719b4e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varrho.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varsigma.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varsigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b154dede3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/varsigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vartheta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vartheta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e49bc074 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vartheta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..197c22ee5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vdash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vdash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2387c2d76 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vdash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vdots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1220d68b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a50d9fe6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be2573ef8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vert.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vert.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adc50b15c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vert.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vert2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vert2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vert2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vmatrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8dba6fd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vphantom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd8194604 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/vphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/wedge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/wedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34e02a584 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/wedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/wp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/wp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00c630d38 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/wp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/wr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/wr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bceef6f19 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/wr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/xi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/xi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f83b1dfd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/xi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/xi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/xi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c59fd3e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/xi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/zeta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/zeta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aaf47b628 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/zeta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/zeta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/zeta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb04db0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/symbols/zeta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table.png index dd883315b..373854ac8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_settings_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19b5b37fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tableadvancedsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tableadvancedsettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65a658c3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tableadvancedsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tablesettingstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tablesettingstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a1ae4136 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tablesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabletemplate.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabletemplate.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..698e80591 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabletemplate.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/templateslist.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/templateslist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01aceb8be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/templateslist.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/thesaurus_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/thesaurus_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7d644e93 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/thesaurus_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/thesaurus_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/thesaurus_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84c135e53 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/thesaurus_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/topbottomvalue.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/topbottomvalue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1678d2236 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/topbottomvalue.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/translator.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/translator.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ac2eeeba Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/translator.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/translator_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/translator_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17c6058a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/translator_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/underline.png index 793ad5b94..4c82ff29b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/underline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/undoautoexpansion.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/undoautoexpansion.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ffad0a9ff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/undoautoexpansion.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ungroup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ungroup.png index 4586364f7..3fd822b68 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ungroup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/uniqueduplicates.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/uniqueduplicates.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e20c2f50d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/uniqueduplicates.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/viewtab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/viewtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa336ae22 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/viewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wordpress.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wordpress.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1804b22a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wordpress.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wordpress_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wordpress_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0416dfc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wordpress_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/youtube.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/youtube.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf957207 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/youtube.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/youtube_plugin.gif b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/youtube_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1e3e976c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/youtube_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zotero.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zotero.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55f372fe2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zotero.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/indexes.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/indexes.js index 4df47d0e7..70d411cb2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/indexes.js @@ -3,47 +3,52 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "À propos de Document Editor", - "body": "Document Editor est une application en ligne qui vous permet de parcourir et de modifier des documents directement sur le portail . En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez effectuer différentes opérations d'édition comme avec n'importe quel éditeur de bureau, imprimer les documents modifiés en gardant la mise en forme ou les télécharger sur votre disque dur au format DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Pour afficher la version actuelle du logiciel et les informations de licence dans la version en ligne, cliquez sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche. Pour afficher la version actuelle du logiciel et les informations de licence dans la version de bureau, sélectionnez l'élément de menu À propos dans la barre latérale gauche de la fenêtre principale du programme." + "body": "Document Editor est une application en ligne qui vous permet de parcourir et de modifier des documents dans votre navigateur . En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez effectuer différentes opérations d'édition comme avec n'importe quel éditeur de bureau, imprimer les documents modifiés en gardant la mise en forme ou les télécharger sur votre disque dur au format DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Pour afficher la version actuelle du logiciel et les informations de licence dans la version en ligne, cliquez sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche. Pour afficher la version actuelle du logiciel et les informations de licence dans la version de bureau, sélectionnez l'élément de menu À propos dans la barre latérale gauche de la fenêtre principale du programme." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Paramètres avancés de Document Editor", - "body": "Document Editor vous permet de modifier ses paramètres avancés. Pour y accéder, ouvrez l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés.... Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'icône Paramètres d'affichage sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur et sélectionner l'option Paramètres avancés. Les paramètres avancés sont les suivants : Commentaires en temps réel sert à activer / désactiver les commentaires en temps réel. Activer l'affichage des commentaires - si cette option est désactivée, les passages commentés seront mis en surbrillance uniquement si vous cliquez sur l'icône Commentaires de la barre latérale gauche. Activer l'affichage des commentaires résolus - cette fonction est désactivée par défaut pour que les commentaires résolus soient cachés dans le texte du document. Vous ne pourrez voir ces commentaires que si vous cliquez sur l'icône Commentaires dans la barre latérale de gauche. Activez cette option si vous voulez afficher les commentaires résolus dans le texte du document. Vérification orthographique sert à activer/désactiver la vérification orthographique. Entrée alternative sert à activer / désactiver les hiéroglyphes. Guides d'alignement est utilisé pour activer/désactiver les guides d'alignement qui apparaissent lorsque vous déplacez des objets et vous permettent de les positionner précisément sur la page. Enregistrement automatique est utilisé dans la version en ligne pour activer/désactiver l'enregistrement automatique des modifications que vous effectuez pendant l'édition. Récupération automatique - est utilisé dans la version de bureau pour activer/désactiver l'option qui permet de récupérer automatiquement les documents en cas de fermeture inattendue du programme. Le Mode de co-édition permet de sélectionner l'affichage des modifications effectuées lors de la co-édition : Par défaut, le mode Rapide est sélectionné, les utilisateurs qui participent à la co-édition du document verront les changements en temps réel une fois qu'ils sont faits par d'autres utilisateurs. Si vous préférez ne pas voir d'autres changements d'utilisateur (pour ne pas vous déranger, ou pour toute autre raison), sélectionnez le mode Strict et tous les changements apparaîtront seulement après avoir cliqué sur l'icône Enregistrer pour vous informer qu'il y a des changements effectués par d'autres utilisateurs. Changements de collaboration en temps réel sert à spécifier quels sont les changements que vous souhaitez mettre en surbrillance lors de l'édition collaborative : En sélectionnant N'afficher aucune modification, aucune des modifications effectuées au cours de la session ne sera mise en surbrillance. L'option Tout sélectionnée, toutes les modifications effectuées au cours de la session seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant Afficher les modifications récentes, seules les modifications effectuées depuis la dernière fois que vous avez cliqué sur l'icône Enregistrer seront mises en surbrillance. Cette option n'est disponible que lorsque le mode Strict est sélectionné. Valeur du zoom par défaut sert à définir la valeur de zoom par défaut en la sélectionnant de la liste des options disponibles de 50% à 200%. Vous pouvez également choisir l'option Ajuster à la page ou Ajuster à la largeur. Hinting sert à sélectionner le type d'affichage de la police dans Document Editor : Choisissez comme Windows si vous aimez la façon dont les polices sont habituellement affichées sous Windows, c'est à dire en utilisant la police de Windows. Choisissez comme OS X si vous aimez la façon dont les polices sont habituellement affichées sous Mac, c'est à dire sans hinting. Choisissez Natif si vous voulez que votre texte sera affiché avec les hintings intégrés dans les fichiers de polices. Unité de mesure sert à spécifier les unités de mesure utilisées sur les règles et dans les fenêtres de paramètres pour les paramètres tels que largeur, hauteur, espacement, marges etc. Vous pouvez choisir l'option Centimètre ou Point. Pour enregistrer les paramètres modifiés, cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer." + "body": "Document Editor vous permet de modifier ses paramètres avancés. Pour y accéder, ouvrez l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés.... Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'icône Paramètres d'affichage sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur et sélectionner l'option Paramètres avancés. Les paramètres avancés sont les suivants : Commentaires en temps réel sert à activer / désactiver les commentaires en temps réel. Activer l'affichage des commentaires - si cette option est désactivée, les passages commentés seront mis en surbrillance uniquement si vous cliquez sur l'icône Commentaires de la barre latérale gauche. Activer l'affichage des commentaires résolus - cette fonction est désactivée par défaut pour que les commentaires résolus soient cachés dans le texte du document. Vous ne pourrez voir ces commentaires que si vous cliquez sur l'icône Commentaires dans la barre latérale de gauche. Activez cette option si vous voulez afficher les commentaires résolus dans le texte du document. Vérification orthographique sert à activer/désactiver la vérification orthographique. Vérification sert à remplacer un mot ou un symbole que vous avez saisi dans la casse Remplacer ou que vous avez choisi de la liste de corrections automatiques avec un autre mot ou symbole qui s’affiche dans la casse Par. Entrée alternative sert à activer / désactiver les hiéroglyphes. Guides d'alignement est utilisé pour activer/désactiver les guides d'alignement qui apparaissent lorsque vous déplacez des objets et vous permettent de les positionner précisément sur la page. Compatibilité sert à rendre les fichiers compatibles avec les anciennes versions de MS Word lorsqu’ils sont enregistrés au format DOCX. Enregistrement automatique est utilisé dans la version en ligne pour activer/désactiver l'enregistrement automatique des modifications que vous effectuez pendant l'édition. Récupération automatique - est utilisé dans la version de bureau pour activer/désactiver l'option qui permet de récupérer automatiquement les documents en cas de fermeture inattendue du programme. Le Mode de co-édition permet de sélectionner l'affichage des modifications effectuées lors de la co-édition : Par défaut, le mode Rapide est sélectionné, les utilisateurs qui participent à la co-édition du document verront les changements en temps réel une fois qu'ils sont faits par d'autres utilisateurs. Si vous préférez ne pas voir d'autres changements d'utilisateur (pour ne pas vous déranger, ou pour toute autre raison), sélectionnez le mode Strict et tous les changements apparaîtront seulement après avoir cliqué sur l'icône Enregistrer pour vous informer qu'il y a des changements effectués par d'autres utilisateurs. Changements de collaboration en temps réel sert à spécifier quels sont les changements que vous souhaitez mettre en surbrillance lors de l'édition collaborative : En sélectionnant N'afficher aucune modification, aucune des modifications effectuées au cours de la session ne sera mise en surbrillance. L'option Tout sélectionnée, toutes les modifications effectuées au cours de la session seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant Afficher les modifications récentes, seules les modifications effectuées depuis la dernière fois que vous avez cliqué sur l'icône Enregistrer seront mises en surbrillance. Cette option n'est disponible que lorsque le mode Strict est sélectionné. Valeur du zoom par défaut sert à définir la valeur de zoom par défaut en la sélectionnant de la liste des options disponibles de 50% à 200%. Vous pouvez également choisir l'option Ajuster à la page ou Ajuster à la largeur. Hinting de la police sert à sélectionner le type d'affichage de la police dans Document Editor : Choisissez comme Windows si vous aimez la façon dont les polices sont habituellement affichées sous Windows, c'est à dire en utilisant la police de Windows. Choisissez comme OS X si vous aimez la façon dont les polices sont habituellement affichées sous Mac, c'est à dire sans hinting. Choisissez Natif si vous voulez que votre texte sera affiché avec les hintings intégrés dans les fichiers de polices. Unité de mesure sert à spécifier les unités de mesure utilisées sur les règles et dans les fenêtres de paramètres pour les paramètres tels que largeur, hauteur, espacement, marges etc. Vous pouvez choisir l'option Centimètre, Point ou Pouce. Couper, copier et coller - sert à afficher le bouton Options de collage lorsque le contenu est collé. Cochez la case pour activer cette option. Réglages macros - sert à désactiver toutes les macros avec notification. Choisissez Désactivez tout pour désactiver toutes les macros dans un document; Montrer la notification pour afficher les notifications lorsque des macros sont présentes dans un document; Activer tout pour exécuter automatiquement toutes les macros dans un document. Pour enregistrer les paramètres modifiés, cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Edition collaborative des documents", - "body": "Document Editor vous offre la possibilité de travailler sur un document simultanément avec d'autres utilisateurs. Cette fonction inclut : accès simultané au document édité par plusieurs utilisateurs indication visuelle des fragments qui sont en train d'être édités par d'autres utilisateurs affichage des changements en temps réel ou synchronisation des changements en un seul clic chat pour partager des idées concernant certaines parties du document les commentaires avec la description d'une tâche ou d'un problème à résoudre (il est également possible de travailler avec les commentaires en mode hors ligne, sans se connecter à la version en ligne) Connexion à la version en ligne Dans l'éditeur de bureau, ouvrez l'option Se connecter au cloud du menu de gauche dans la fenêtre principale du programme. Connectez-vous à votre bureau dans le cloud en spécifiant l’identifiant et le mot de passe de votre compte. Edition collaborative Document Editor permet de sélectionner l'un des deux modes de co-édition disponibles : Rapide est utilisé par défaut et affiche les modifications effectuées par d'autres utilisateurs en temps réel. Strict est sélectionné pour masquer les modifications des autres utilisateurs jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez sur l'icône Enregistrer pour enregistrer vos propres modifications et accepter les modifications apportées par d'autres utilisateurs. Le mode peut être sélectionné dans les Paramètres avancés. Il est également possible de choisir le mode voulu à l'aide de l'icône Mode de coédition dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure: Remarque : lorsque vous co-éditez un document en mode Rapide, la possibilité de Rétablir la dernière opération annulée n'est pas disponible. Lorsqu'un document est en cours de modification par plusieurs utilisateurs simultanément dans le mode Strict, les passages de texte modifiés sont marqués avec des lignes pointillées de couleurs différentes. Pour voir qui est en train d'éditer le fichier au présent, placez le curseur de la souris sur cette icône - les noms des utilisateurs seront affichés dans la fenêtre contextuelle. Le mode Rapide affichera les actions et les noms des co-éditeurs tandis qu'ils modifient le texte. Le nombre d'utilisateurs qui travaillent sur le document actuel est spécifié sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur - . S'il y a trop d'utilisateurs, cliquez sur cette icône pour ouvrir le panneau Chat avec la liste complète affichée. Lorsqu'aucun utilisateur ne visualise ou n'édite le fichier, l'icône dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur aura l'aspect suivant vous permettant de gérer les utilisateurs qui ont accès au fichier directement à partir du document : inviter de nouveaux utilisateurs leur donnant les permissions de modifier, lire, commenter, remplir des formulaires ou réviser le document, ou refuser à certains utilisateurs des droits d'accès au fichier. Cliquez sur cette icône pour gérer l'accès au fichier ; cela peut être fait aussi bien lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'autres utilisateurs qui voient ou co-éditent le document pour le moment que quand il y a d'autres utilisateurs. L'icône ressemble à ceci . Il est également possible de définir des droits d'accès à l'aide de l'icône Partage dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure. Dès que l'un des utilisateurs enregistre ses modifications en cliquant sur l'icône , les autres verront une note dans la barre d'état indiquant qu'il y a des mises à jour. Pour enregistrer les changements effectués et récupérer les mises à jour de vos co-éditeurs cliquez sur l'icône dans le coin supérieur gauche de la barre supérieure. Les mises à jour seront marquées pour vous aider à controller ce qui a été exactement modifié. Vous pouvez spécifier les modifications que vous souhaitez mettre en surbrillance pendant la co-édition si vous cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... et choisissez entre aucune, toutes et récentes modifications de collaboration en temps réel. Quand l'option Afficher toutes les modifications sélectionnée, toutes les modifications effectuées au cours de la session seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant Afficher les modifications récentes, seules les modifications effectuées depuis la dernière fois que vous avez cliqué sur l'icône seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant N'afficher aucune modification, aucune des modifications effectuées au cours de la session ne sera mise en surbrillance. Chat Vous pouvez utiliser cet outil pour coordonner en temps réel le processus de co-édition, par exemple, pour décider avec vos collaborateurs de qui fait quoi, quel paragraphe vous allez éditer maintenant, etc. Les messages de discussion sont stockés pendant une session seulement. Pour discuter du contenu du document, il est préférable d'utiliser les commentaires qui sont stockés jusqu'à ce que vous décidiez de les supprimer. Pour accéder à Chat et envoyer un message à d'autres utilisateurs : cliquez sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche ou passez à l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Chat, saisissez le texte dans le champ correspondant, cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer. Tous les messages envoyés par les utilisateurs seront affichés sur le panneau à gauche. S'il y a de nouveaux messages à lire, l'icône chat sera affichée de la manière suivante - . Pour fermer le panneau avec des messages de discussion, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche ou sur le bouton Chat dans la barre d'outils supérieure. Commentaires Il est possible de travailler avec des commentaires en mode hors ligne, sans se connecter à la version en ligne. Pour laisser un commentaire : sélectionnez le fragment du texte que vous voulez commenter, passez à l'onglet Insertion ou Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Commentaire ou utilisez l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche pour ouvrir le panneau Commentaires et cliquez sur le lien Ajouter un commentaire au document ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le passage de texte sélectionné et sélectionnez l'option Ajouter un commentaire dans le menu contextuel, saisissez le texte nécessaire, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter commentaire/Ajouter. Le commentaire sera affiché sur le panneau à gauche. Tout autre utilisateur peut répondre au commentaire ajouté en posant une question ou en faisant référance au travail fait. Pour le faire il suffit de cliquer sur le lien Ajouter une réponse situé au-dessus du commentaire. Le fragment du texte commenté sera marqué dans le document. Pour voir le commentaire, cliquez à l'intérieur du fragment. Si vous devez désactiver cette fonctionnalité, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... et décochez la case Activer l'affichage des commentaires. Dans ce cas, les passages commentés ne seront mis en évidence que si vous cliquez sur l'icône . Pour gérer les commentaires ajoutés, procédez de la manière suivante : pour les modifier, cliquez sur l'icône , pour les supprimer, cliquez sur l'icône , fermez la discussion en cliquant sur l'icône si la tâche ou le problème décrit dans votre commentaire est résolu, après quoi la discussion ouverte par votre commentaire reçoit le statut résolu. Pour l'ouvrir à nouveau, cliquez sur l'icône . Si vous souhaitez masquer les commentaires résolus, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés..., décochez la case Activer l'affichage des commentaires résolus puis cliquez sur Appliquer. Dans ce cas, les commentaires résolus ne seront mis en évidence que si vous cliquez sur l'icône . Si vous utilisez le mode de co-édition Strict, les nouveaux commentaires ajoutés par d'autres utilisateurs ne seront visibles qu'après un clic sur l'icône dans le coin supérieur gauche de la barre supérieure. Pour fermer le panneau avec les commentaires cliquez sur l'icône encore une fois." + "body": "Document Editor vous offre la possibilité de travailler sur un document simultanément avec d'autres utilisateurs. Cette fonction inclut : accès simultané au document édité par plusieurs utilisateurs indication visuelle des fragments qui sont en train d'être édités par d'autres utilisateurs affichage des changements en temps réel ou synchronisation des changements en un seul clic chat pour partager des idées concernant certaines parties du document les commentaires avec la description d'une tâche ou d'un problème à résoudre (il est également possible de travailler avec les commentaires en mode hors ligne, sans se connecter à la version en ligne) Connexion à la version en ligne Dans l'éditeur de bureau, ouvrez l'option Se connecter au cloud du menu de gauche dans la fenêtre principale du programme. Connectez-vous à votre bureau dans le cloud en spécifiant l’identifiant et le mot de passe de votre compte. Edition collaborative Document Editor permet de sélectionner l'un des deux modes de co-édition disponibles : Rapide est utilisé par défaut et affiche les modifications effectuées par d'autres utilisateurs en temps réel. Strict est sélectionné pour masquer les modifications des autres utilisateurs jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez sur l'icône Enregistrer pour enregistrer vos propres modifications et accepter les modifications apportées par d'autres utilisateurs. Le mode peut être sélectionné dans les Paramètres avancés. Il est également possible de choisir le mode voulu à l'aide de l'icône Mode de coédition dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure: Remarque : lorsque vous co-éditez un document en mode Rapide, la possibilité de Rétablir la dernière opération annulée n'est pas disponible. Lorsqu'un document est en cours de modification par plusieurs utilisateurs simultanément dans le mode Strict, les passages de texte modifiés sont marqués avec des lignes pointillées de couleurs différentes. Pour voir qui est en train d'éditer le fichier au présent, placez le curseur de la souris sur cette icône - les noms des utilisateurs seront affichés dans la fenêtre contextuelle. Le mode Rapide affichera les actions et les noms des co-éditeurs tandis qu'ils modifient le texte. Le nombre d'utilisateurs qui travaillent sur le document actuel est spécifié sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur - . S'il y a trop d'utilisateurs, cliquez sur cette icône pour ouvrir le panneau Chat avec la liste complète affichée. Lorsqu'aucun utilisateur ne visualise ou n'édite le fichier, l'icône dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur aura l'aspect suivant vous permettant de gérer les utilisateurs qui ont accès au fichier directement à partir du document : inviter de nouveaux utilisateurs leur donnant les permissions de modifier, lire, commenter, remplir des formulaires ou réviser le document, ou refuser à certains utilisateurs des droits d'accès au fichier. Cliquez sur cette icône pour gérer l'accès au fichier ; cela peut être fait aussi bien lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'autres utilisateurs qui voient ou co-éditent le document pour le moment que quand il y a d'autres utilisateurs. L'icône ressemble à ceci . Il est également possible de définir des droits d'accès à l'aide de l'icône Partage dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure. Dès que l'un des utilisateurs enregistre ses modifications en cliquant sur l'icône , les autres verront une note dans la barre d'état indiquant qu'il y a des mises à jour. Pour enregistrer les changements effectués et récupérer les mises à jour de vos co-éditeurs cliquez sur l'icône dans le coin supérieur gauche de la barre supérieure. Les mises à jour seront marquées pour vous aider à controller ce qui a été exactement modifié. Vous pouvez spécifier les modifications que vous souhaitez mettre en surbrillance pendant la co-édition si vous cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... et choisissez entre aucune, toutes et récentes modifications de collaboration en temps réel. Quand l'option Afficher toutes les modifications sélectionnée, toutes les modifications effectuées au cours de la session seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant Afficher les modifications récentes, seules les modifications effectuées depuis la dernière fois que vous avez cliqué sur l'icône seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant N'afficher aucune modification, aucune des modifications effectuées au cours de la session ne sera mise en surbrillance. Chat Vous pouvez utiliser cet outil pour coordonner en temps réel le processus de co-édition, par exemple, pour décider avec vos collaborateurs de qui fait quoi, quel paragraphe vous allez éditer maintenant, etc. Les messages de discussion sont stockés pendant une session seulement. Pour discuter du contenu du document, il est préférable d'utiliser les commentaires qui sont stockés jusqu'à ce que vous décidiez de les supprimer. Pour accéder à Chat et envoyer un message à d'autres utilisateurs : cliquez sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche ou passez à l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Chat, saisissez le texte dans le champ correspondant, cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer. Tous les messages envoyés par les utilisateurs seront affichés sur le panneau à gauche. S'il y a de nouveaux messages à lire, l'icône chat sera affichée de la manière suivante - . Pour fermer le panneau avec des messages de discussion, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche ou sur le bouton Chat dans la barre d'outils supérieure. Commentaires Il est possible de travailler avec des commentaires en mode hors ligne, sans se connecter à la version en ligne. Pour laisser un commentaire : sélectionnez le fragment du texte que vous voulez commenter, passez à l'onglet Insertion ou Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Commentaire ou utilisez l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche pour ouvrir le panneau Commentaires et cliquez sur le lien Ajouter un commentaire au document ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le passage de texte sélectionné et sélectionnez l'option Ajouter un commentaire dans le menu contextuel, saisissez le texte nécessaire, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter commentaire/Ajouter. Le commentaire sera affiché sur le panneau à gauche. Tout autre utilisateur peut répondre au commentaire ajouté en posant une question ou en faisant référance au travail fait. Pour le faire il suffit de cliquer sur le lien Ajouter une réponse situé au-dessus du commentaire. Si vous utilisez le mode de co-édition Strict, les nouveaux commentaires ajoutés par d'autres utilisateurs ne seront visibles qu'après un clic sur l'icône dans le coin supérieur gauche de la barre supérieure. Le fragment du texte commenté sera marqué dans le document. Pour voir le commentaire, cliquez à l'intérieur du fragment. Si vous devez désactiver cette fonctionnalité, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... et décochez la case Activer l'affichage des commentaires. Dans ce cas, les passages commentés ne seront mis en évidence que si vous cliquez sur l'icône . Pour gérer les commentaires ajoutés, procédez de la manière suivante : pour les modifier, cliquez sur l'icône , pour les supprimer, cliquez sur l'icône , fermez la discussion en cliquant sur l'icône si la tâche ou le problème décrit dans votre commentaire est résolu, après quoi la discussion ouverte par votre commentaire reçoit le statut résolu. Pour l'ouvrir à nouveau, cliquez sur l'icône . Si vous souhaitez masquer les commentaires résolus, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés..., décochez la case Activer l'affichage des commentaires résolus puis cliquez sur Appliquer. Dans ce cas, les commentaires résolus ne seront mis en évidence que si vous cliquez sur l'icône . Ajouter les mentions Lorsque vous ajoutez un commentaire sur lequel vous voulez attirer l’attention d’une personne, vous pouvez utiliser la fonction de mentions et envoyer une notification par courrier électronique ou Talk. Ajoutez une mention en tapant le signe \"+\" ou \"@\" n'importe où dans votre commentaire, alors la liste de tous les utilisateurs sur votre portail s'affiche. Pour faire la recherche plus rapide, tapez les premières lettres du prénom de la personne, la liste propose les suggestions au cours de la frappe. Puis sélectionnez le nom souhaité dans la liste. Si la personne mentionnée n’a pas l’autorisation d’ouvrir ce fichier, la fenêtre Paramètres de partage va apparaître. Par défaut, un document est partagé en Lecture seule. Configurez les paramètres de partage selon vos besoins et cliquez sur OK. La personne mentionnée recevra une notification par courrier électronique la informant que son nom est mentionné dans un commentaire. La personne recevra encore une notification lorsque un fichier commenté est partagé. Pour supprimer les commentaires, appuyez sur le bouton Supprimer sous l'onglet Collaboration dans la barre d'outils en haut, sélectionnez l'option convenable du menu: Supprimer les commentaires actuels à supprimer la sélection du moment. Toutes les réponses qui déjà ont été ajoutées seront supprimées aussi. Supprimer mes commentaires à supprimer vos commentaire et laisser les commentaires des autres. Toutes les réponses qui déjà ont été ajoutées à vos commentaires seront supprimées aussi. Supprimer tous les commentaires à supprimer tous les commentaires du document. Pour fermer le panneau avec les commentaires, cliquez sur l'icône de la barre latérale de gauche encore une fois." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm", + "title": "Compare documents", + "body": "Comparer les documents Remarque : cette option est disponible uniquement dans la version payante de la suite bureautique en ligne à partir de Document Server v. 5.5. Si vous devez comparer et fusionner deux documents, vous pouvez utiliser la fonction de Comparaison de documents. Il permet d’afficher les différences entre deux documents et de fusionner les documents en acceptant les modifications une par une ou toutes en même temps. Après avoir comparé et fusionné deux documents, le résultat sera stocké sur le portail en tant que nouvelle version du fichier original.. Si vous n’avez pas besoin de fusionner les documents qui sont comparés, vous pouvez rejeter toutes les modifications afin que le document d’origine reste inchangé. Choisissez un document à comparer Pour comparer deux documents, ouvrez le document d’origine et sélectionnez le deuxième à comparer : Basculez vers l’onglet Collaboration dans la barre d’outils supérieure et appuyez sur le bouton Comparer, Sélectionnez l’une des options suivantes pour charger le document : L’option Document à partir du fichier ouvrira la fenêtre de dialogue standard pour la sélection de fichiers. Parcourez le disque dur de votre ordinateur pour le fichier DOCX nécessaire et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir. L’option Document à partir de l’URL ouvrira la fenêtre dans laquelle vous pouvez saisir un lien vers le fichier stocké dans le stockage Web tiers (par exemple, Nextcloud) si vous disposez des droits d’accès correspondants. Le lien doit être un lien direct pour télécharger le fichier. Une fois le lien spécifié, cliquez sur le bouton OK. Remarque : le lien direct permet de télécharger le fichier directement sans l’ouvrir dans un navigateur Web. Par exemple, pour obtenir un lien direct dans Nextcloud, recherchez le document nécessaire dans la liste des fichiers, sélectionnez l’option Détails dans le menu fichier. Cliquez sur l’icône Copier le lien direct (ne fonctionne que pour les utilisateurs qui ont accès à ce fichier/dossier) à droite du nom du fichier dans le panneau de détails. Pour savoir comment obtenir un lien direct pour télécharger le fichier dans un autre stockage Web tiers, reportez-vous à la documentation de service tiers correspondant. L’option Document à partir du stockage ouvrira la fenêtre Sélectionnez la source de données. Il affiche la liste de tous les documents DOCX stockés sur votre portail pour lesquels vous disposez des droits d’accès correspondants. Pour naviguer entre les sections du module Documents, utilisez le menu dans la partie gauche de la fenêtre. Sélectionnez le document DOCX nécessaire et cliquez sur le bouton OK. Lorsque le deuxième document à comparer est sélectionné, le processus de comparaison démarre et le document peut être ouvert en mode Révision. Toutes modifications sont mises en surbrillance avec une couleur, et vous pouvez afficher les modifications, naviguer entre elles, les accepter ou les rejeter une par une ou toutes les modifications à la fois. Il est également possible de changer le mode d’affichage et de voir le document avant la comparaison, en cours de comparaison, ou après la comparaison si vous acceptez toutes les modifications. Choisissez le mode d’affichage des modifications Cliquez sur le bouton Mode d’affichage dans la barre d’outils supérieure et sélectionnez l’un des modes disponibles dans la liste : Balisage - cette option est sélectionnée par défaut. Il est utilisé pour afficher le document en cours de comparaison. Ce mode permet à la fois de visualiser les modifications et de modifier le document. Final - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher le document après la comparaison comme si toutes les modifications avaient été acceptées. Cette option n’accepte pas réellement toutes les modifications, elle vous permet uniquement de voir à quoi ressemblera le document si vous les acceptez. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas éditer le document. Original - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher le document avant la comparaison comme si toutes les modifications avaient été rejetées. Cette option ne rejette pas réellement toutes les modifications, elle vous permet uniquement d’afficher le document sans modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas éditer le document. Accepter ou rejeter les modifications Utilisez les boutons Précédent et Suivant dans la barre d’outils supérieure pour naviguer parmi les modifications. Pour accepter la modification actuellement sélectionnée, vous pouvez : Cliquer sur le bouton Accepter dans la barre d’outils supérieure, ou Cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Accepter et sélectionner l’option Accepter la modification actuelle (dans ce cas, la modification sera acceptée et vous passerez à la modification suivante), ou Cliquer sur le bouton Accepter de la fenêtre contextuelle de modification. Pour accepter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Accepter et sélectionnez l’option Accepter toutes les modifications. Pour rejeter la modification en cours, vous pouvez : Cliquer sur le bouton Rejeter dans la barre d’outils supérieure, ou Cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Rejeter et sélectionner l’option Rejeter la Modification Actuelle (dans ce cas, la modification sera rejetée et vous passerez à la prochaine modification disponible, ou Cliquer sur le bouton Rejeter de fenêtre contextuelle de modification. Pour rejeter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Rejeter et sélectionnez l’option Refuser tous les changements. Informations supplémentaires sur la fonction de comparaison Méthode de comparaison Les documents sont comparés par des mots. Si un mot contient un changement d’au moins un caractère (par exemple, si un caractère a été supprimé ou remplacé), dans le résultat, la différence sera affichée comme le changement du mot entier, pas le caractère. L’image ci-dessous illustre le cas où le fichier d’origine contient le mot « caractères » et le document de comparaison contient le mot « Caractères ». Auteur du document Lorsque le processus de comparaison est lancé, le deuxième document de comparaison est chargé et comparé au document actuel. Si le document chargé contient des données qui ne sont pas représentées dans le document d’origine, les données seront marquées comme ajoutées par un réviseur. Si le document d’origine contient des données qui ne sont représentées dans le document chargé, les données seront marquées comme supprimées par un réviseur. Si les auteurs de documents originaux et chargés sont la même personne, le réviseur est le même utilisateur. Son nom est affiché dans la bulle de changement. Si les auteurs de deux fichiers sont des utilisateurs différents, l’auteur du deuxième fichier chargé à des fins de comparaison est l’auteur des modifications ajoutées/supprimées. Présence des modifications suivies dans le document comparé Si le document d’origine contient des modifications apportées en mode révision, elles seront acceptées dans le processus de comparaison. Lorsque vous choisissez le deuxième fichier à comparer, vous verrez le message d’avertissement correspondant. Dans ce cas, lorsque vous choisissez le mode d’affichage Original, le document ne contient aucune modification." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Raccourcis clavier", - "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Traitement du document Ouvrir le panneau \"Fichier\" Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Ouvrir le volet Fichier pour enregistrer, télécharger, imprimer le document actuel, afficher ses informations, créer un nouveau document ou ouvrir un existant, accéder à l'aide de Document Editor ou aux paramètres avancés. Ouvrir la fenêtre \"Rechercher et remplacer\" Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Ouvrir la fenêtre Rechercher et remplacer pour commencer à chercher un caractère/mot/phrase dans le document actuellement édité. Ouvrir la fenêtre \"Rechercher et remplacer\" avec le champ de remplacement Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Ouvrir la fenêtre Rechercher et remplacer avec le champ de remplacement pour remplacer une ou plusieurs occurrences des caractères trouvés. Répéter la dernière action « Rechercher ». ⇧ Maj+F4 ⇧ Maj+F4, ⌘ Cmd+G, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+F4 Répéter l'action de Rechercher qui a été effectuée avant d'appuyer sur la combinaison de touches. Ouvir le panneau \"Commentaires\" Ctrl+⇧ Maj+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+H Ouvrir le volet Commentaires pour ajouter votre commentaire ou pour répondre aux commentaires des autres utilisateurs. Ouvrir le champ de commentaires Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Ouvrir un champ de saisie où vous pouvez ajouter le texte de votre commentaire. Ouvrir le panneau \"Chat\" Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Ouvrir le panneau Chat et envoyer un message. Enregistrer le document Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Enregistrer toutes les modifications dans le document actuellement modifié à l'aide de Document Editor. Le fichier actif sera enregistré avec son nom de fichier actuel, son emplacement et son format de fichier. Imprimer le document Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Imprimer le document avec l'une des imprimantes disponibles ou l'enregistrer sous forme de fichier. Enregistrer (Télécharger comme) Ctrl+⇧ Maj+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+S Ouvrir l'onglet Télécharger comme pour enregistrer le document actuellement affiché sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur dans l'un des formats pris en charge : DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Plein écran F11 Passer à l'affichage plein écran pour adapter Document Editor à votre écran. Menu d'aide F1 F1 Ouvrir le menu Aide de Document Editor Ouvrir un fichier existant (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O L’onglet Ouvrir fichier local dans Desktop Editors, ouvre la boîte de dialogue standard qui permet de sélectionner un fichier existant. Fermer un fichier (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Fermer la fenêtre du document en cours de modification dans Desktop Editors. Menu contextuel de l’élément ⇧ Maj+F10 ⇧ Maj+F10 Ouvrir le menu contextuel de l'élément sélectionné. Navigation Sauter au début de la ligne Début Début Placer le curseur au début de la ligne en cours d'édition. Sauter au début du document Ctrl+Début ^ Ctrl+Début Placer le curseur au début du document en cours d'édition. Sauter à la fin de la ligne Fin Fin Placer le curseur à la fin de la ligne en cours d'édition. Sauter à la fin du document Ctrl+Fin ^ Ctrl+Fin Placer le curseur à la fin du document en cours d'édition. Sauter au début de la page précédente Alt+Ctrl+Pg. préc Placez le curseur au tout début de la page qui précède la page en cours d'édition. Sauter au début de la page suivante Alt+Ctrl+Pg. suiv ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+Pg. suiv Placez le curseur au tout début de la page qui suit la page en cours d'édition. Faire défiler vers le bas Pg. suiv Pg. suiv, ⌥ Option+Fn+↑ Faire défiler le document vers le bas d'une page visible. Faire défiler vers le haut Pg. préc Pg. préc, ⌥ Option+Fn+↓ Faire défiler le document vers le haut d'une page visible. Page suivante Alt+Pg. suiv ⌥ Option+Pg. suiv Passer à la page suivante du document en cours d'édition. Page précédente Alt+Pg. préc ⌥ Option+Pg. préc Passer à la page précédente du document en cours d'édition. Zoom avant Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Agrandir le zoom du document en cours d'édition. Zoom arrière Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Réduire le zoom du document en cours d'édition. Déplacer un caractère vers la gauche ← ← Déplacer le curseur d'un caractère vers la gauche. Déplacer un caractère vers la droite → → Déplacer le curseur d'un caractère vers la droite. Déplacer vers le début d'un mot ou un mot vers la gauche Ctrl+← ^ Ctrl+←, ⌘ Cmd+← Déplacer le curseur au début d'un mot ou d'un mot vers la gauche. Déplacer un caractère vers la droite Ctrl+→ ^ Ctrl+→, ⌘ Cmd+→ Déplacer le curseur d'un mot vers la droite. Déplacer une ligne vers le haut ↑ ↑ Déplacer le curseur d'une ligne vers le haut. Déplacer une ligne vers le bas ↓ ↓ Déplacer le curseur d'une ligne vers le bas. Écriture Terminer le paragraphe ↵ Entrée ↵ Retour Terminer le paragraphe actuel et commencer un nouveau. Ajouter un saut de ligne ⇧ Maj+↵ Entrée ⇧ Maj+↵ Retour Ajouter un saut de ligne sans commencer un nouveau paragraphe. Supprimer ← Retour arrière, Supprimer ← Retour arrière, Supprimer Supprimer un caractère à gauche (← Retour arrière) ou vers la droite (Supprimer) du curseur. Supprimer le mot à gauche du curseur Ctrl+← Retour arrière ^ Ctrl+← Retour arrière, ⌘ Cmd+← Retour arrière Supprimer un mot à gauche du curseur. Supprimer le mot à droite du curseur Ctrl+Supprimer ^ Ctrl+Supprimer, ⌘ Cmd+Supprimer Supprimer un mot à droite du curseur. Créer un espace insécable Ctrl+⇧ Maj+␣ Barre d'espace ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+␣ Barre d'espace Créer un espace entre les caractères qui ne peuvent pas être utilisés pour passer à la ligne suivante. Créer un trait d'union insécable Ctrl+⇧ Maj+Trait d'union ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+Trait d'union Créer un trait d'union entre les caractères qui ne peuvent pas être utilisés pour passer à la ligne suivante. Annuler et Rétablir Annuler Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Inverser la dernière action effectuée. Rétablir Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+Z Répéter la dernière action annulée. Couper, Copier et Coller Couper Ctrl+X, ⇧ Maj+Supprimer ⌘ Cmd+X, ⇧ Maj+Supprimer Supprimer le fragment du texte sélectionné et l'envoyer vers le presse-papiers. Le texte copié peut être inséré ensuite à un autre endroit dans le même document, dans un autre document, ou dans un autre programme. Copier Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Inser ⌘ Cmd+C Envoyer le fragment du texte sélectionné et l'envoyer vers le presse-papiers. Le texte copié peut être inséré ensuite à un autre endroit dans le même document, dans un autre document, ou dans un autre programme. Coller Ctrl+V, ⇧ Maj+Inser ⌘ Cmd+V Insérer le fragment du texte précédemment copié du presse-papiers à la position actuelle du texte. Le texte peut être copié précédemment à partir du même document, à partir d'un autre document, ou provenant d'un autre programme. Insérer un lien hypertexte Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Insérer un lien hypertexte qui peut être utilisé pour accéder à une adresse web. Copier le style Ctrl+⇧ Maj+C ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+C Copier la mise en forme du fragment sélectionné du texte en cours d'édition. La mise en forme copiée peut être ensuite appliquée à un autre texte dans le même document. Appliquer le style Ctrl+⇧ Maj+V ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+V Appliquer la mise en forme précédemment copiée dans le texte du document en cours d'édition. Sélection de texte Sélectionner tout Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A Sélectionner tout le texte du document avec des tableaux et des images. Sélectionner une plage ⇧ Maj+→ ← ⇧ Maj+→ ← Sélectionner le texte caractère par caractère. Sélectionner depuis le curseur jusqu'au début de la ligne ⇧ Maj+Début ⇧ Maj+Début Sélectionner le fragment du texte depuis le curseur jusqu'au début de la ligne actuelle. Sélectionner depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin de la ligne ⇧ Maj+Fin ⇧ Maj+Fin Sélectionner le fragment du texte depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin de la ligne actuelle. Sélectionner un caractère à droite ⇧ Maj+→ ⇧ Maj+→ Sélectionner un caractère à droite de la position du curseur. Sélectionner un caractère à gauche ⇧ Maj+← ⇧ Maj+← Sélectionner un caractère à gauche de la position du curseur. Sélectionner jusqu'à la fin d'un mot Ctrl+⇧ Maj+→ Sélectionner un fragment de texte depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin d'un mot. Sélectionner au début d'un mot Ctrl+⇧ Maj+← Sélectionner un fragment de texte depuis le curseur jusqu'au début d'un mot. Sélectionner une ligne vers le haut ⇧ Maj+↑ ⇧ Maj+↑ Sélectionner une ligne vers le haut (avec le curseur au début d'une ligne). Sélectionner une ligne vers le bas ⇧ Maj+↓ ⇧ Maj+↓ Sélectionner une ligne vers le bas (avec le curseur au début d'une ligne). Sélectionner la page vers le haut ⇧ Maj+Pg. préc ⇧ Maj+Pg. préc Sélectionner la partie de page de la position du curseur à la partie supérieure de l'écran. Sélectionner la page vers le bas ⇧ Maj+Pg. suiv ⇧ Maj+Pg. suiv Sélectionner la partie de page de la position du curseur à la partie inférieure de l'écran. Style de texte Gras Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Mettre la police du fragment de texte sélectionné en gras pour lui donner plus de poids. Italique Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Mettre la police du fragment de texte sélectionné en italique pour lui donner une certaine inclinaison à droite. Souligné Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Souligner le fragment de texte sélectionné avec la ligne qui passe sous les lettres. Barré Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Souligner le fragment de texte sélectionné avec la ligne qui passe sous les lettres. Indice Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+>, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+> Rendre le fragment du texte sélectionné plus petit et le placer à la partie inférieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les formules chimiques. Exposant Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+<, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+< Sélectionner le fragment du texte et le placer sur la partie supérieure de la ligne de texte, par exemple comme dans les fractions. Style Titre 1 Alt+1 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+1 Appliquer le style Titre 1 au fragment du texte sélectionné. Style Titre 2 Alt+2 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+2 Appliquer le style Titre 2 au fragment du texte sélectionné. Style Titre 3 Alt+3 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+3 Appliquer le style Titre 3 au fragment du texte sélectionné. Liste à puces Ctrl+⇧ Maj+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+L Créer une liste à puces non numérotée du fragment de texte sélectionné ou créer une nouvelle liste. Supprimer la mise en forme Ctrl+␣ Barre d'espace Supprimer la mise en forme du fragment du texte sélectionné. Agrandir la police Ctrl+] ⌘ Cmd+] Augmenter la taille de la police du fragment de texte sélectionné de 1 point. Réduire la police Ctrl+[ ⌘ Cmd+[ Réduire la taille de la police du fragment de texte sélectionné de 1 point. Alignement centré/à gauche Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Passer de l'alignement centré à l'alignement à gauche. Justifié/à gauche Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Passer de l'alignement justifié à gauche. Alignement à droite/à gauche Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R Passer de l'aligné à droite à l'aligné à gauche. Appliquer la mise en forme de l'indice (espacement automatique) Ctrl+= Appliquer la mise en forme d'indice au fragment de texte sélectionné. Appliquer la mise en forme d’exposant (espacement automatique) Ctrl+⇧ Maj++ Appliquer la mise en forme d'exposant au fragment de texte sélectionné. Insérer des sauts de page Ctrl+↵ Entrée ^ Ctrl+↵ Retour Insérer un saut de page à la position actuelle du curseur. Augmenter le retrait Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Augmenter le retrait gauche. Réduire le retrait Ctrl+⇧ Maj+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+M Diminuer le retrait gauche. Ajouter un numéro de page Ctrl+⇧ Maj+P ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+P Ajoutez le numéro de page actuel à la position actuelle du curseur. Caractères non imprimables Ctrl+⇧ Maj+Num8 Afficher ou masque l'affichage des caractères non imprimables. Supprimer un caractère à gauche ← Retour arrière ← Retour arrière Supprimer un caractère à gauche du curseur. Supprimer un caractère à droite Supprimer Supprimer Supprimer un caractère à droite du curseur. Modification des objets Limiter le déplacement ⇧ Maj + faire glisser ⇧ Maj + faire glisser Limiter le déplacement de l'objet sélectionné horizontalement ou verticalement. Régler une rotation de 15 degrés ⇧ Maj + faire glisser (lors de la rotation) ⇧ Maj + faire glisser (lors de la rotation) Contraindre une rotation à un angle de 15 degrés. Conserver les proportions ⇧ Maj + faire glisser (lors du redimensionnement) ⇧ Maj + faire glisser (lors du redimensionnement) Conserver les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement. Tracer une ligne droite ou une flèche ⇧ Maj + faire glisser (lors du tracé de lignes/flèches) ⇧ Maj + faire glisser (lors du tracé de lignes/flèches) Tracer une ligne droite ou une flèche verticale/horizontale/inclinée de 45 degrés. Mouvement par incréments de 1 pixel Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée en faisant glisser et utilisez les flèches pour déplacer l'objet sélectionné d'un pixel à la fois. Utilisation des tableaux Passer à la cellule suivante d’une ligne ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Aller à la cellule suivante d’une ligne de tableau. Passer à la cellule précédente d’une ligne ⇧ Maj+↹ Tab ⇧ Maj+↹ Tab Aller à la cellule précédente d’une ligne de tableau. Passer à la ligne suivante ↓ ↓ Aller à la ligne suivante d’un tableau. Passer à la ligne précédente ↑ ↑ Aller à la ligne précédente d’un tableau. Commencer un nouveau paragraphe ↵ Entrée ↵ Retour Commencer un nouveau paragraphe dans une cellule. Ajouter une nouvelle ligne ↹ Tab dans la cellule inférieure droite du tableau. ↹ Tab dans la cellule inférieure droite du tableau. Ajouter une nouvelle ligne au bas du tableau. Insertion des caractères spéciaux Insérer une formule Alt+= Insérer une formule à la position actuelle du curseur." + "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Traitement du document Ouvrir le panneau \"Fichier\" Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Ouvrir le volet Fichier pour enregistrer, télécharger, imprimer le document actuel, afficher ses informations, créer un nouveau document ou ouvrir un existant, accéder à l'aide de Document Editor ou aux paramètres avancés. Ouvrir la fenêtre \"Rechercher et remplacer\" Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Ouvrir la fenêtre Rechercher et remplacer pour commencer à chercher un caractère/mot/phrase dans le document actuellement édité. Ouvrir la fenêtre \"Rechercher et remplacer\" avec le champ de remplacement Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Ouvrir la fenêtre Rechercher et remplacer avec le champ de remplacement pour remplacer une ou plusieurs occurrences des caractères trouvés. Répéter la dernière action « Rechercher ». ⇧ Maj+F4 ⇧ Maj+F4, ⌘ Cmd+G, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+F4 Répéter l'action de Rechercher qui a été effectuée avant d'appuyer sur la combinaison de touches. Ouvir le panneau \"Commentaires\" Ctrl+⇧ Maj+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+H Ouvrir le volet Commentaires pour ajouter votre commentaire ou pour répondre aux commentaires des autres utilisateurs. Ouvrir le champ de commentaires Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Ouvrir un champ de saisie où vous pouvez ajouter le texte de votre commentaire. Ouvrir le panneau \"Chat\" Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Ouvrir le panneau Chat et envoyer un message. Enregistrer le document Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Enregistrer toutes les modifications dans le document actuellement modifié à l'aide de Document Editor. Le fichier actif sera enregistré avec son nom de fichier actuel, son emplacement et son format de fichier. Imprimer le document Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Imprimer le document avec l'une des imprimantes disponibles ou l'enregistrer sous forme de fichier. Enregistrer (Télécharger comme) Ctrl+⇧ Maj+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+S Ouvrir l'onglet Télécharger comme pour enregistrer le document actuellement affiché sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur dans l'un des formats pris en charge : DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Plein écran F11 Passer à l'affichage plein écran pour adapter Document Editor à votre écran. Menu d'aide F1 F1 Ouvrir le menu Aide de Document Editor Ouvrir un fichier existant (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O L’onglet Ouvrir fichier local dans Desktop Editors, ouvre la boîte de dialogue standard qui permet de sélectionner un fichier existant. Fermer un fichier (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Fermer la fenêtre du document en cours de modification dans Desktop Editors. Menu contextuel de l’élément ⇧ Maj+F10 ⇧ Maj+F10 Ouvrir le menu contextuel de l'élément sélectionné. Réinitialiser le niveau de zoom Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Réinitialiser le niveau de zoom du document actuel par défaut à 100%. Navigation Sauter au début de la ligne Début Début Placer le curseur au début de la ligne en cours d'édition. Sauter au début du document Ctrl+Début ^ Ctrl+Début Placer le curseur au début du document en cours d'édition. Sauter à la fin de la ligne Fin Fin Placer le curseur à la fin de la ligne en cours d'édition. Sauter à la fin du document Ctrl+Fin ^ Ctrl+Fin Placer le curseur à la fin du document en cours d'édition. Sauter au début de la page précédente Alt+Ctrl+Pg. préc Placez le curseur au tout début de la page qui précède la page en cours d'édition. Sauter au début de la page suivante Alt+Ctrl+Pg. suiv ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+Pg. suiv Placez le curseur au tout début de la page qui suit la page en cours d'édition. Faire défiler vers le bas Pg. suiv Pg. suiv, ⌥ Option+Fn+↑ Faire défiler le document vers le bas d'une page visible. Faire défiler vers le haut Pg. préc Pg. préc, ⌥ Option+Fn+↓ Faire défiler le document vers le haut d'une page visible. Page suivante Alt+Pg. suiv ⌥ Option+Pg. suiv Passer à la page suivante du document en cours d'édition. Page précédente Alt+Pg. préc ⌥ Option+Pg. préc Passer à la page précédente du document en cours d'édition. Zoom avant Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Agrandir le zoom du document en cours d'édition. Zoom arrière Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Réduire le zoom du document en cours d'édition. Déplacer un caractère vers la gauche ← ← Déplacer le curseur d'un caractère vers la gauche. Déplacer un caractère vers la droite → → Déplacer le curseur d'un caractère vers la droite. Déplacer vers le début d'un mot ou un mot vers la gauche Ctrl+← ^ Ctrl+←, ⌘ Cmd+← Déplacer le curseur au début d'un mot ou d'un mot vers la gauche. Déplacer un caractère vers la droite Ctrl+→ ^ Ctrl+→, ⌘ Cmd+→ Déplacer le curseur d'un mot vers la droite. Déplacer une ligne vers le haut ↑ ↑ Déplacer le curseur d'une ligne vers le haut. Déplacer une ligne vers le bas ↓ ↓ Déplacer le curseur d'une ligne vers le bas. Écriture Terminer le paragraphe ↵ Entrée ↵ Retour Terminer le paragraphe actuel et commencer un nouveau. Ajouter un saut de ligne ⇧ Maj+↵ Entrée ⇧ Maj+↵ Retour Ajouter un saut de ligne sans commencer un nouveau paragraphe. Supprimer ← Retour arrière, Supprimer ← Retour arrière, Supprimer Supprimer un caractère à gauche (← Retour arrière) ou vers la droite (Supprimer) du curseur. Supprimer le mot à gauche du curseur Ctrl+← Retour arrière ^ Ctrl+← Retour arrière, ⌘ Cmd+← Retour arrière Supprimer un mot à gauche du curseur. Supprimer le mot à droite du curseur Ctrl+Supprimer ^ Ctrl+Supprimer, ⌘ Cmd+Supprimer Supprimer un mot à droite du curseur. Créer un espace insécable Ctrl+⇧ Maj+␣ Barre d'espace ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+␣ Barre d'espace Créer un espace entre les caractères qui ne peuvent pas être utilisés pour passer à la ligne suivante. Créer un trait d'union insécable Ctrl+⇧ Maj+Trait d'union ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+Trait d'union Créer un trait d'union entre les caractères qui ne peuvent pas être utilisés pour passer à la ligne suivante. Annuler et Rétablir Annuler Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Inverser la dernière action effectuée. Rétablir Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+Z Répéter la dernière action annulée. Couper, Copier et Coller Couper Ctrl+X, ⇧ Maj+Supprimer ⌘ Cmd+X, ⇧ Maj+Supprimer Supprimer le fragment du texte sélectionné et l'envoyer vers le presse-papiers. Le texte copié peut être inséré ensuite à un autre endroit dans le même document, dans un autre document, ou dans un autre programme. Copier Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Inser ⌘ Cmd+C Envoyer le fragment du texte sélectionné et l'envoyer vers le presse-papiers. Le texte copié peut être inséré ensuite à un autre endroit dans le même document, dans un autre document, ou dans un autre programme. Coller Ctrl+V, ⇧ Maj+Inser ⌘ Cmd+V Insérer le fragment du texte précédemment copié du presse-papiers à la position actuelle du texte. Le texte peut être copié précédemment à partir du même document, à partir d'un autre document, ou provenant d'un autre programme. Insérer un lien hypertexte Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Insérer un lien hypertexte qui peut être utilisé pour accéder à une adresse web. Copier le style Ctrl+⇧ Maj+C ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+C Copier la mise en forme du fragment sélectionné du texte en cours d'édition. La mise en forme copiée peut être ensuite appliquée à un autre texte dans le même document. Appliquer le style Ctrl+⇧ Maj+V ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+V Appliquer la mise en forme précédemment copiée dans le texte du document en cours d'édition. Sélection de texte Sélectionner tout Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A Sélectionner tout le texte du document avec des tableaux et des images. Sélectionner une plage ⇧ Maj+→ ← ⇧ Maj+→ ← Sélectionner le texte caractère par caractère. Sélectionner depuis le curseur jusqu'au début de la ligne ⇧ Maj+Début ⇧ Maj+Début Sélectionner le fragment du texte depuis le curseur jusqu'au début de la ligne actuelle. Sélectionner depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin de la ligne ⇧ Maj+Fin ⇧ Maj+Fin Sélectionner le fragment du texte depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin de la ligne actuelle. Sélectionner un caractère à droite ⇧ Maj+→ ⇧ Maj+→ Sélectionner un caractère à droite de la position du curseur. Sélectionner un caractère à gauche ⇧ Maj+← ⇧ Maj+← Sélectionner un caractère à gauche de la position du curseur. Sélectionner jusqu'à la fin d'un mot Ctrl+⇧ Maj+→ Sélectionner un fragment de texte depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin d'un mot. Sélectionner au début d'un mot Ctrl+⇧ Maj+← Sélectionner un fragment de texte depuis le curseur jusqu'au début d'un mot. Sélectionner une ligne vers le haut ⇧ Maj+↑ ⇧ Maj+↑ Sélectionner une ligne vers le haut (avec le curseur au début d'une ligne). Sélectionner une ligne vers le bas ⇧ Maj+↓ ⇧ Maj+↓ Sélectionner une ligne vers le bas (avec le curseur au début d'une ligne). Sélectionner la page vers le haut ⇧ Maj+Pg. préc ⇧ Maj+Pg. préc Sélectionner la partie de page de la position du curseur à la partie supérieure de l'écran. Sélectionner la page vers le bas ⇧ Maj+Pg. suiv ⇧ Maj+Pg. suiv Sélectionner la partie de page de la position du curseur à la partie inférieure de l'écran. Style de texte Gras Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Mettre la police du fragment de texte sélectionné en gras pour lui donner plus de poids. Italique Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Mettre la police du fragment de texte sélectionné en italique pour lui donner une certaine inclinaison à droite. Souligné Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Souligner le fragment de texte sélectionné avec la ligne qui passe sous les lettres. Barré Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Souligner le fragment de texte sélectionné avec la ligne qui passe sous les lettres. Indice Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+>, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+> Rendre le fragment du texte sélectionné plus petit et le placer à la partie inférieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les formules chimiques. Exposant Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+<, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+< Sélectionner le fragment du texte et le placer sur la partie supérieure de la ligne de texte, par exemple comme dans les fractions. Style Titre 1 Alt+1 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+1 Appliquer le style Titre 1 au fragment du texte sélectionné. Style Titre 2 Alt+2 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+2 Appliquer le style Titre 2 au fragment du texte sélectionné. Style Titre 3 Alt+3 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+3 Appliquer le style Titre 3 au fragment du texte sélectionné. Liste à puces Ctrl+⇧ Maj+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Maj+L Créer une liste à puces non numérotée du fragment de texte sélectionné ou créer une nouvelle liste. Supprimer la mise en forme Ctrl+␣ Barre d'espace Supprimer la mise en forme du fragment du texte sélectionné. Agrandir la police Ctrl+] ⌘ Cmd+] Augmenter la taille de la police du fragment de texte sélectionné de 1 point. Réduire la police Ctrl+[ ⌘ Cmd+[ Réduire la taille de la police du fragment de texte sélectionné de 1 point. Alignement centré/à gauche Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Passer de l'alignement centré à l'alignement à gauche. Justifié/à gauche Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Passer de l'alignement justifié à gauche. Alignement à droite/à gauche Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R Passer de l'aligné à droite à l'aligné à gauche. Appliquer la mise en forme de l'indice (espacement automatique) Ctrl+= Appliquer la mise en forme d'indice au fragment de texte sélectionné. Appliquer la mise en forme d’exposant (espacement automatique) Ctrl+⇧ Maj++ Appliquer la mise en forme d'exposant au fragment de texte sélectionné. Insérer des sauts de page Ctrl+↵ Entrée ^ Ctrl+↵ Retour Insérer un saut de page à la position actuelle du curseur. Augmenter le retrait Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Augmenter le retrait gauche. Réduire le retrait Ctrl+⇧ Maj+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+M Diminuer le retrait gauche. Ajouter un numéro de page Ctrl+⇧ Maj+P ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+P Ajoutez le numéro de page actuel à la position actuelle du curseur. Caractères non imprimables Ctrl+⇧ Maj+Num8 Afficher ou masque l'affichage des caractères non imprimables. Supprimer un caractère à gauche ← Retour arrière ← Retour arrière Supprimer un caractère à gauche du curseur. Supprimer un caractère à droite Supprimer Supprimer Supprimer un caractère à droite du curseur. Modification des objets Limiter le déplacement ⇧ Maj + faire glisser ⇧ Maj + faire glisser Limiter le déplacement de l'objet sélectionné horizontalement ou verticalement. Régler une rotation de 15 degrés ⇧ Maj + faire glisser (lors de la rotation) ⇧ Maj + faire glisser (lors de la rotation) Contraindre une rotation à un angle de 15 degrés. Conserver les proportions ⇧ Maj + faire glisser (lors du redimensionnement) ⇧ Maj + faire glisser (lors du redimensionnement) Conserver les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement. Tracer une ligne droite ou une flèche ⇧ Maj + faire glisser (lors du tracé de lignes/flèches) ⇧ Maj + faire glisser (lors du tracé de lignes/flèches) Tracer une ligne droite ou une flèche verticale/horizontale/inclinée de 45 degrés. Mouvement par incréments de 1 pixel Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée en faisant glisser et utilisez les flèches pour déplacer l'objet sélectionné d'un pixel à la fois. Utilisation des tableaux Passer à la cellule suivante d’une ligne ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Aller à la cellule suivante d’une ligne de tableau. Passer à la cellule précédente d’une ligne ⇧ Maj+↹ Tab ⇧ Maj+↹ Tab Aller à la cellule précédente d’une ligne de tableau. Passer à la ligne suivante ↓ ↓ Aller à la ligne suivante d’un tableau. Passer à la ligne précédente ↑ ↑ Aller à la ligne précédente d’un tableau. Commencer un nouveau paragraphe ↵ Entrée ↵ Retour Commencer un nouveau paragraphe dans une cellule. Ajouter une nouvelle ligne ↹ Tab dans la cellule inférieure droite du tableau. ↹ Tab dans la cellule inférieure droite du tableau. Ajouter une nouvelle ligne au bas du tableau. Insertion des caractères spéciaux Insérer une formule Alt+= Insérer une formule à la position actuelle du curseur. Insérer un tiret sur cadratin Alt+Ctrl+Verr.num- Insérer un tiret sur cadratin ‘—’ dans le document actuel à droite du curseur. Insérer un trait d'union insécable Ctrl+⇧ Maj+_ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Maj+Trait d’union Insérer un trait d'union insécable ‘—’ dans le document actuel à droite du curseur. Insérer un espace insécable Ctrl+⇧ Maj+␣ Barre d'espace Ctrl+⇧ Maj+␣ Barre d'espace Insérer un espace insécable ‘o’ dans le document actuel à droite du curseur." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "Paramètres d'affichage et outils de navigation", - "body": "Document Editor est doté de plusieurs outils qui vous aide à visionner et naviguer à travers votre document : les règles, le zoom, les boutons page précédente / suivante, l'affichage des numéros de page. Régler les paramètres d'affichage Pour ajuster les paramètres d'affichage par défaut et définir le mode le plus pratique pour travailler avec le document, cliquez sur le bouton cliquez sur l'icône Afficher les paramètres située sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur et sélectionnez les éléments d'interface que vous souhaitez masquer ou afficher. Vous pouvez choisir une des options suivantes de la liste déroulante Afficher les paramètres : Masquer la barre d'outils - masque la barre d'outils supérieure contenant les commandes pendant que les onglets restent visibles. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez cliquer sur n'importe quel onglet pour afficher la barre d'outils. La barre d'outils s'affiche jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez ailleurs. Pour désactiver ce mode, cliquez sur l’icône Afficher les paramètres puis cliquez de nouveau sur l'option Masquer la barre d'outils. La barre d'outils supérieure sera affichée tout le temps.Remarque : vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur un onglet pour masquer la barre d'outils supérieure ou l'afficher à nouveau. Masquer la barre d'état sert à masquer la barre qui se situe tout en bas avec les boutons Affichage des numéros de page et Zoom. Pour afficher la Barre d'état masquée cliquez sur cette option encore une fois. Masquer les règles - masque les règles qui sont utilisées pour aligner le texte, les graphiques, les tableaux et d'autres éléments dans un document, définir des marges, des tabulations et des retraits de paragraphe. Pour afficher les Règles masquées cliquez sur cette option encore une fois. La barre latérale droite est réduite par défaut. Pour l'agrandir, sélectionnez un objet (par exemple, image, graphique, forme) ou un passage de texte et cliquez sur l'icône de l'onglet actuellement activé sur la droite. Pour réduire la barre latérale droite, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône. Quand le panneau Commentaires ou Chat est ouvert, vous pouvez régler la largeur de la barre gauche avec un simple glisser-déposer : placez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure gauche de la barre latérale. Pour rétablir sa largeur originale faites glisser le bord à droite. Utiliser les outils de navigation Pour naviguer à travers votre document, utilisez les outils suivants : Les boutons Zoom sont situés en bas à droite et sont utilisés pour faire un zoom avant et arrière dans le document actif. Pour modifier la valeur de zoom sélectionnée en pourcentage, cliquez dessus et sélectionnez l'une des options de zoom disponibles dans la liste ou utilisez les boutons Zoom avant ou Zoom arrière . Cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la largeur pour adapter la largeur de la page du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail. Pour adapter la page entière du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail, cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la page . Les paramètres de Zoom sont également disponibles dans la liste déroulante Paramètres d'affichage qui peuvent être bien utiles si vous décidez de masquer la Barre d'état. L'Indicateur de numéros de page affiche la page active dans l'ensemble des pages du document actif (page 'n' sur 'nn'). Cliquez sur ce libellé pour ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez entrer le numéro de la page et y accéder rapidement." + "body": "Document Editor est doté de plusieurs outils qui vous aide à visionner et naviguer à travers votre document: le zoom, l'affichage des numéros de page etc. Régler les paramètres d'affichage Pour ajuster les paramètres d'affichage par défaut et définir le mode le plus pratique pour travailler avec le document, cliquez sur le bouton cliquez sur l'icône Afficher les paramètres située sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur et sélectionnez les éléments d'interface que vous souhaitez masquer ou afficher. Vous pouvez choisir une des options suivantes de la liste déroulante Afficher les paramètres : Masquer la barre d'outils - masque la barre d'outils supérieure contenant les commandes pendant que les onglets restent visibles. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez cliquer sur n'importe quel onglet pour afficher la barre d'outils. La barre d'outils s'affiche jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez ailleurs. Pour désactiver ce mode, cliquez sur l’icône Afficher les paramètres puis cliquez de nouveau sur l'option Masquer la barre d'outils. La barre d'outils supérieure sera affichée tout le temps.Remarque : vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur un onglet pour masquer la barre d'outils supérieure ou l'afficher à nouveau. Masquer la barre d'état sert à masquer la barre qui se situe tout en bas avec les boutons Affichage des numéros de page et Zoom. Pour afficher la Barre d'état masquée cliquez sur cette option encore une fois. Masquer les règles - masque les règles qui sont utilisées pour aligner le texte, les graphiques, les tableaux et d'autres éléments dans un document, définir des marges, des tabulations et des retraits de paragraphe. Pour afficher les Règles masquées cliquez sur cette option encore une fois. La barre latérale droite est réduite par défaut. Pour l'agrandir, sélectionnez un objet (par exemple, image, graphique, forme) ou un passage de texte et cliquez sur l'icône de l'onglet actuellement activé sur la droite. Pour réduire la barre latérale droite, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône. Quand le panneau Commentaires ou Chat est ouvert, vous pouvez régler la largeur de la barre gauche avec un simple glisser-déposer: déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure gauche de la barre latérale lorsque les flèches pointent vers les côtés et faites glisser la bordure vers la droite pour augmenter la barre latérale. Pour rétablir sa largeur originale faites glisser le bord à gauche. Utiliser les outils de navigation Pour naviguer à travers votre document, utilisez les outils suivants : Les boutons Zoom sont situés en bas à droite et sont utilisés pour faire un zoom avant et arrière dans le document actif. Pour modifier la valeur de zoom sélectionnée en pourcentage, cliquez dessus et sélectionnez l'une des options de zoom disponibles dans la liste ou utilisez les boutons Zoom avant ou Zoom arrière . Cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la largeur pour adapter la largeur de la page du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail. Pour adapter la page entière du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail, cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la page . Les paramètres de Zoom sont également disponibles dans la liste déroulante Paramètres d'affichage qui peuvent être bien utiles si vous décidez de masquer la Barre d'état. L'Indicateur de numéros de page affiche la page active dans l'ensemble des pages du document actif (page 'n' sur 'nn'). Cliquez sur ce libellé pour ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez entrer le numéro de la page et y accéder rapidement." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", "title": "Révision du document", - "body": "Lorsque quelqu'un partage avec vous un fichier disposant des autorisations de révision, vous devez utiliser la fonction Révision du document. Si vous êtes le relecteur, vous pouvez utiliser l'option Révision pour réviser le document, modifier les phrases, les expressions et les autres éléments de la page, corriger l'orthographe et faire d'autres choses dans le document sans l'éditer. Toutes vos modifications seront enregistrées et montrées à la personne qui vous a envoyé le document. Si vous êtes la personne qui envoie le fichier pour la révision, vous devrez afficher toutes les modifications qui y ont été apportées, les afficher et les accepter ou les rejeter. Activer la fonctionnalité Suivi des modifications Pour voir les modifications suggérées par un réviseur, activez l'option Suivi des modifications de l'une des manières suivantes : cliquez sur le bouton dans le coin inférieur droit de la barre d'état, ou passez à l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Suivi des modifications. Remarque : il n'est pas nécessaire que le réviseur active l'option Suivi des modifications. Elle est activée par défaut et ne peut pas être désactivée lorsque le document est partagé avec des droits d'accès de révision uniquement. Choisir le mode d'affichage des modifications, Cliquez sur le bouton Mode d'affichage dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'un des modes disponibles dans la liste : Marques de révision - cette option est sélectionnée par défaut. Elle permet à la fois d'afficher les modifications suggérées et de modifier le document. Final - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles étaient acceptées. Cette option n'accepte pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet seulement de voir à quoi ressemblera le document après avoir accepté toutes les modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document. Original - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles avaient été rejetées. Cette option ne rejette pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet uniquement d'afficher le document sans modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document. Accepter ou rejeter les modifications Utilisez les boutons Modification précédente et Modification suivante de la barre d'outils supérieure pour naviguer parmi les modifications. Pour accepter la modification actuellement sélectionnée, vous pouvez : cliquer sur le bouton Accepter de la barre d'outils supérieure, ou cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Accepter et sélectionnez l'option Accepter la modification en cours (dans ce cas, la modification sera acceptée et vous passerez à la modification suivante), ou cliquez sur le bouton Accepter de la notification de modification. Pour accepter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Accepter et sélectionnez l'option Accepter toutes les modifications. Pour rejeter la modification actuelle, vous pouvez : cliquez sur le bouton Rejeter de la barre d'outils supérieure, ou cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Rejeter et sélectionnez l'option Rejeter la modification en cours (dans ce cas, la modification sera rejetée et vous passerez à la modification suivante), ou cliquez sur le bouton Rejeter de la notification de modification. Pour rejeter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Rejeter et sélectionnez l'option Rejeter toutes les modifications. Remarque : si vous révisez le document, les options Accepter et Rejeter ne sont pas disponibles pour vous. Vous pouvez supprimer vos modifications en utilisant l'icône dans le ballon de changement." + "body": "Lorsque quelqu'un partage avec vous un fichier disposant des autorisations de révision, vous devez utiliser la fonction Révision du document. Si vous êtes le relecteur, vous pouvez utiliser l'option Révision pour réviser le document, modifier les phrases, les expressions et les autres éléments de la page, corriger l'orthographe et faire d'autres choses dans le document sans l'éditer. Toutes vos modifications seront enregistrées et montrées à la personne qui vous a envoyé le document. Si vous êtes la personne qui envoie le fichier pour la révision, vous devrez afficher toutes les modifications qui y ont été apportées, les afficher et les accepter ou les rejeter. Activer la fonctionnalité Suivi des modifications Pour voir les modifications suggérées par un réviseur, activez l'option Suivi des modifications de l'une des manières suivantes : cliquez sur le bouton dans le coin inférieur droit de la barre d'état, ou passez à l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Suivi des modifications. Remarque : il n'est pas nécessaire que le réviseur active l'option Suivi des modifications. Elle est activée par défaut et ne peut pas être désactivée lorsque le document est partagé avec des droits d'accès de révision uniquement. Suivi des modifications Toutes les modifications apportées par un autre utilisateur sont marquées par différentes couleurs dans le texte. Quand vous cliquez sur le texte modifié, l'information sur l'utilisateur, la date et l'heure de la modification et la modification la-même apparaît dans une fenêtre d'information contextuelle. Les icônes Accepter et Rejeter s'affichent aussi dans la même fenêtre contextuelle. Lorsque vous glissez et déposez du texte dans un document, ce texte est marqué d’un soulignement double. Le texte d'origine est signalé par un barré double. Ceux-ci sont considérés comme une seule modification Cliquez sur le texte mis en forme de double barré dans la position initiale et appuyer sur la flèche dans la fenêtre d'information contextuelle de la modification pour vous déplacer vers le texte en position nouvelle. Cliquez sur le texte mis en forme d'un soulignement double dans la nouvelle position et appuyer sur la flèche dans la fenêtre d'information contextuelle de la modification pour vous déplacer vers le texte en position initiale. Choisir le mode d'affichage des modifications, Cliquez sur le bouton Mode d'affichage dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'un des modes disponibles dans la liste : Balisage - cette option est sélectionnée par défaut. Elle permet à la fois d'afficher les modifications suggérées et de modifier le document. Final - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles étaient acceptées. Cette option n'accepte pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet seulement de voir à quoi ressemblera le document après avoir accepté toutes les modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document. Original - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles avaient été rejetées. Cette option ne rejette pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet uniquement d'afficher le document sans modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document. Accepter ou rejeter les modifications Utilisez les boutons Modification précédente et Modification suivante de la barre d'outils supérieure pour naviguer parmi les modifications. Pour accepter la modification actuellement sélectionnée, vous pouvez : cliquer sur le bouton Accepter de la barre d'outils supérieure, ou cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Accepter et sélectionnez l'option Accepter la modification en cours (dans ce cas, la modification sera acceptée et vous passerez à la modification suivante), ou cliquez sur le bouton Accepter de la notification de modification. Pour accepter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Accepter et sélectionnez l'option Accepter toutes les modifications. Pour rejeter la modification actuelle, vous pouvez : cliquez sur le bouton Rejeter de la barre d'outils supérieure, ou cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Rejeter et sélectionnez l'option Rejeter la modification en cours (dans ce cas, la modification sera rejetée et vous passerez à la modification suivante), ou cliquez sur le bouton Rejeter de la notification de modification. Pour rejeter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Rejeter et sélectionnez l'option Rejeter toutes les modifications. Remarque : si vous révisez le document, les options Accepter et Rejeter ne sont pas disponibles pour vous. Vous pouvez supprimer vos modifications en utilisant l'icône dans le ballon de changement." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "title": "Fonctions de recherche et remplacement", - "body": "Pour rechercher les caractères voulus, des mots ou des phrases utilisés dans le document en cours d'édition, cliquez sur l'icône située sur la barre latérale gauche. La fenêtre Rechercher et remplacer s'ouvre : Saisissez votre enquête dans le champ correspondant. Spécifiez les paramètres de recherche en cliquant sur l'icône et en cochant les options nécessaires : Respecter la casse sert à trouver les occurrences saisies de la même casse (par exemple, si votre enquête est 'Editeur' et cette option est sélectionnée, les mots tels que 'éditeur' ou 'EDITEUR' etc. ne seront pas trouvés). Pour désactiver cette option décochez la case. Surligner les résultats sert à surligner toutes les occurrences trouvées à la fois. Pour désactiver cette option et supprimer le surlignage, décochez la case. Cliquez sur un des boutons à flèche à droite. La recherche sera effectuée soit vers le début du document (si vous cliquez sur le bouton ) ou vers la fin du document (si vous cliquez sur le bouton ) à partir de la position actuelle.Remarque: si l'option Surligner les résultats est activée, utilisez ces boutons pour naviguer à travers les résultats surlignés. La première occurrence des caractères requis dans la direction choisie sera surlignée sur la page. Si ce n'est pas le mot que vous cherchez, cliquez sur le bouton à flèche encore une fois pour trouver l'occurrence suivante des caractères saisis. Pour remplacer une ou plusieurs occurrences des caractères saisis, cliquez sur le bouton Remplacer au-dessous du champ d'entrée. La fenêtre Rechercher et remplacer change : Saisissez le texte du replacement dans le champ au-dessous. Cliquez sur le bouton Remplacer pour remplacer l'occurrence actuellement sélectionnée ou le bouton Remplacer tout pour remplacer toutes occurrences trouvées. Pour masquer le champ remplacer, cliquez sur le lien Masquer Remplacer." + "body": "Pour rechercher les caractères voulus, des mots ou des phrases utilisés dans le document en cours d'édition, cliquez sur l'icône située sur la barre latérale gauche ou appuyez sur la combinaison de touches Ctrl+F. La fenêtre Rechercher et remplacer s'ouvre : Saisissez votre enquête dans le champ correspondant. Spécifiez les paramètres de recherche en cliquant sur l'icône et en cochant les options nécessaires : Respecter la casse sert à trouver les occurrences saisies de la même casse (par exemple, si votre enquête est 'Editeur' et cette option est sélectionnée, les mots tels que 'éditeur' ou 'EDITEUR' etc. ne seront pas trouvés). Pour désactiver cette option décochez la case. Surligner les résultats sert à surligner toutes les occurrences trouvées à la fois. Pour désactiver cette option et supprimer le surlignage, décochez la case. Cliquez sur un des boutons à flèche à droite. La recherche sera effectuée soit vers le début du document (si vous cliquez sur le bouton ) ou vers la fin du document (si vous cliquez sur le bouton ) à partir de la position actuelle.Remarque: si l'option Surligner les résultats est activée, utilisez ces boutons pour naviguer à travers les résultats surlignés. La première occurrence des caractères requis dans la direction choisie sera surlignée sur la page. Si ce n'est pas le mot que vous cherchez, cliquez sur le bouton à flèche encore une fois pour trouver l'occurrence suivante des caractères saisis. Pour remplacer une ou plusieurs occurrences des caractères saisis, cliquez sur le bouton Remplacer au-dessous du champ d'entrée. La fenêtre Rechercher et remplacer change : Saisissez le texte du replacement dans le champ au-dessous. Cliquez sur le bouton Remplacer pour remplacer l'occurrence actuellement sélectionnée ou le bouton Remplacer tout pour remplacer toutes occurrences trouvées. Pour masquer le champ remplacer, cliquez sur le lien Masquer Remplacer." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "title": "Vérification de l'orthographe", - "body": "Document Editor vous permet de vérifier l'orthographe du texte saisi dans une certaine langue et corriger des fautes lors de l'édition. Tout d'abord, choisissez la langue pour tout le document. cliquer sur l'icône Définir la langue du document dans la barre d'état. Dans la fenêtre ouverte sélectionnez la langue nécessaire et cliquez sur OK. La langue sélectionnée sera appliquée à tout le document. Pour sélectionner une langue différente pour un fragment, sélectionnez le fragment nécessaire avec la souris et utilisez le menu de la barre d'état. Pour activer l'option de vérification orthographique, vous pouvez : cliquer sur l'icône Vérification orthographique dans la barre d'état, ou Basculer vers l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, aller à la section Paramètres avancés..., cocher la case Activer la vérification orthographique et cliquer sur le bouton Appliquer. Les mots mal orthographiés seront soulignés par une ligne rouge. Cliquez droit sur le mot nécessaire pour activer le menu et : choisissez une des variantes suggérées pour remplacer le mot mal orthographié. S'il y a trop de variantes, l'option Plus de variantes... apparaît dans le menu ; utilisez l'option Ignorer pour ignorer juste ce mot et supprimer le surlignage ou Ignorer tout pour ignorer tous les mots identiques présentés dans le texte; sélectionnez une autre langue pour ce mot. Pour désactiver l'option de vérification orthographique, vous pouvez : cliquer sur l'icône Vérification orthographique dans la barre d'état, ou Ouvrir l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionner l'option , décocher la case et cliquer sur le bouton ." + "body": "Document Editor vous permet de vérifier l'orthographe du texte saisi dans une certaine langue et corriger des fautes lors de l'édition. L'édition de bureau de tous les trois éditeurs permet d'ajouter les mots au dictionaire personnel. Tout d'abord, choisissez la langue pour tout le document. cliquer sur l'icône Définir la langue du document dans la barre d'état. Dans la fenêtre ouverte sélectionnez la langue nécessaire et cliquez sur OK. La langue sélectionnée sera appliquée à tout le document. Pour sélectionner une langue différente pour un fragment, sélectionnez le fragment nécessaire avec la souris et utilisez le menu de la barre d'état. Pour activer l'option de vérification orthographique, vous pouvez : cliquer sur l'icône Vérification orthographique dans la barre d'état, ou Basculer vers l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, aller à la section Paramètres avancés..., cocher la case Activer la vérification orthographique et cliquer sur le bouton Appliquer. Les mots mal orthographiés seront soulignés par une ligne rouge. Cliquez droit sur le mot nécessaire pour activer le menu et : choisissez une des variantes suggérées pour remplacer le mot mal orthographié. S'il y a trop de variantes, l'option Plus de variantes... apparaît dans le menu ; utilisez l'option Ignorer pour ignorer juste ce mot et supprimer le surlignage ou Ignorer tout pour ignorer tous les mots identiques présentés dans le texte; si le mot n’est pas dans le dictionnaire, vous pouvez l’ajouter au votre dictionnaire personnel. La foi prochaine ce mot ne sera donc plus considéré comme erroné. Cette option est disponible sur l’édition de bureau. sélectionnez une autre langue pour ce mot. Pour désactiver l'option de vérification orthographique, vous pouvez : cliquer sur l'icône Vérification orthographique dans la barre d'état, ou ouvrir l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionner l'option Paramètres avancés..., décocher la case Activer la vérification orthographique, et cliquer sur le bouton Appliquer." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Formats des documents électroniques pris en charge", - "body": "Les documents électroniques représentent l'un des types des fichiers les plus utilisés en informatique. Grâce à l'utilisation du réseau informatique tant développé aujourd'hui, il est possible et plus pratique de distribuer des documents électroniques que des versions imprimées. Les formats de fichier ouverts et propriétaires sont bien nombreux à cause de la variété des périphériques utilisés pour la présentation des documents. Document Editor prend en charge les formats les plus populaires. Formats Description Affichage Edition Téléchargement DOC L'extension de nom de fichier pour les documents du traitement textuel créé avec Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML Le format de fichier compressé basé sur XML développé par Microsoft pour représenter des feuilles de calcul et les graphiques, les présentations et les document du traitement textuel + + + DOTX Word Open XML Document Template Format de fichier zippé, basé sur XML, développé par Microsoft pour les modèles de documents texte. Un modèle DOTX contient des paramètres de mise en forme, des styles, etc. et peut être utilisé pour créer plusieurs documents avec la même mise en forme. + + + ODT Le format de fichier du traitement textuel d'OpenDocument, le standard ouvert pour les documents électroniques + + + OTT OpenDocument Document Template Format de fichier OpenDocument pour les modèles de document texte. Un modèle OTT contient des paramètres de mise en forme, des styles, etc. et peut être utilisé pour créer plusieurs documents avec la même mise en forme. + + + RTF Rich Text Format Le format de fichier du document développé par Microsoft pour la multiplateforme d'échange des documents + + + TXT L'extension de nom de fichier pour les fichiers de texte contenant habituellement une mise en forme minimale + + + PDF Portable Document Format Format de fichier utilisé pour représenter les documents d'une manière indépendante du logiciel, du matériel et des systèmes d'exploitation + + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A Une version normalisée ISO du format PDF (Portable Document Format) conçue pour l'archivage et la conservation à long terme des documents électroniques. + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Le principale langage de balisage pour les pages web + + dans la version en ligne EPUB Electronic Publication Le format ebook standardisé, gratuit et ouvert créé par l'International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Le format ouvert de la mise en page fixe, libre de redevance créé par Microsoft + DjVu Le format de fichier conçu principalement pour stocker les documents numérisés, en particulier ceux qui contiennent une combinaison du texte, des dessins au trait et des photographies +" + "body": "Les documents électroniques représentent l'un des types des fichiers les plus utilisés en informatique. Grâce à l'utilisation du réseau informatique tant développé aujourd'hui, il est possible et plus pratique de distribuer des documents électroniques que des versions imprimées. Les formats de fichier ouverts et propriétaires sont bien nombreux à cause de la variété des périphériques utilisés pour la présentation des documents. Document Editor prend en charge les formats les plus populaires. Formats Description Affichage Edition Téléchargement DOC L'extension de nom de fichier pour les documents du traitement textuel créé avec Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML Le format de fichier compressé basé sur XML développé par Microsoft pour représenter des feuilles de calcul et les graphiques, les présentations et les document du traitement textuel + + + DOTX Word Open XML Document Template Format de fichier zippé, basé sur XML, développé par Microsoft pour les modèles de documents texte. Un modèle DOTX contient des paramètres de mise en forme, des styles, etc. et peut être utilisé pour créer plusieurs documents avec la même mise en forme. + + + FB2 Une extention de livres électroniques qui peut être lancé par votre ordinateur ou appareil mobile + ODT Le format de fichier du traitement textuel d'OpenDocument, le standard ouvert pour les documents électroniques + + + OTT OpenDocument Document Template Format de fichier OpenDocument pour les modèles de document texte. Un modèle OTT contient des paramètres de mise en forme, des styles, etc. et peut être utilisé pour créer plusieurs documents avec la même mise en forme. + + + RTF Rich Text Format Le format de fichier du document développé par Microsoft pour la multiplateforme d'échange des documents + + + TXT L'extension de nom de fichier pour les fichiers de texte contenant habituellement une mise en forme minimale + + + PDF Portable Document Format Format de fichier utilisé pour représenter les documents d'une manière indépendante du logiciel, du matériel et des systèmes d'exploitation + + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A Une version normalisée ISO du format PDF (Portable Document Format) conçue pour l'archivage et la conservation à long terme des documents électroniques. + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Le principale langage de balisage pour les pages web + + dans la version en ligne EPUB Electronic Publication Le format ebook standardisé, gratuit et ouvert créé par l'International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Le format ouvert de la mise en page fixe, libre de redevance créé par Microsoft + DjVu Le format de fichier conçu principalement pour stocker les documents numérisés, en particulier ceux qui contiennent une combinaison du texte, des dessins au trait et des photographies + Remarque: Les formats HTML/EPUB/MHT n'ont pas besoin de Chromium et sont disponibles sur toutes les plateformes." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", @@ -53,37 +58,37 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Onglet Accueil", - "body": "L'onglet Accueil s'ouvre par défaut lorsque vous ouvrez un document. Il permet de formater la police et les paragraphes. D'autres options sont également disponibles ici, telles que Fusion et publipostage et les agencements de couleurs. Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez : Définir le type de police, la taille et la couleur, Appliquer les styles de police, Sélectionner la couleur d'arrière-plan pour un paragraphe, créer des listes à puces et numérotées, Changer les retraits de paragraphe, Régler l'interligne du paragraphe, Aligner le texte d'un paragraphe, Afficher/masquer les caractères non imprimables, copier/effacer la mise en forme du texte, Modifier le jeu de couleurs, utiliser Fusion et publipostage (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne), gérer les styles." + "body": "L'onglet Accueil s'ouvre par défaut lorsque vous ouvrez un document. Il permet de formater la police et les paragraphes. D'autres options sont également disponibles ici, telles que Fusion et publipostage et les agencements de couleurs. Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez : Définir le type de police, la taille et la couleur, Appliquer les styles de police, Sélectionner la couleur d'arrière-plan pour un paragraphe, Créer des listes à puces et numérotées, Changer les retraits de paragraphe, Régler l'interligne du paragraphe, Aligner le texte d'un paragraphe, Afficher/masquer les caractères non imprimables, Copier/effacer la mise en forme du texte, Modifier le jeu de couleurs, Utiliser Fusion et publipostage (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne), Gérer les styles." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Onglet Insertion", - "body": "L'onglet Insertion permet d'ajouter des éléments de mise en page, ainsi que des objets visuels et des commentaires. Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez : insérer une page vierge, insérer des sauts de page, des sauts de section et des sauts de colonne, insérer des en-têtes et pieds de page et des numéros de page, insérer des tableaux, des images, des graphiques, des formes, insérer des liens hypertexte, et des commentaires, insérer des des zones de texte et des objets Text Art, des équations, des lettrines, des contrôles de contenu." + "body": "L'onglet Insertion permet d'ajouter des éléments de mise en page, ainsi que des objets visuels et des commentaires. Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez : insérer une page vierge, insérer des sauts de page, des sauts de section et des sauts de colonne, insérer des tableaux, des images, des graphiques, des formes, insérer des liens hypertexte, et des commentaires, insérer des en-têtes et pieds de page et des numéros de page, date et heure, insérer des des zones de texte et des objets Text Art, des équations, des symboles, des lettrines, des contrôles de contenu." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", - "title": "Onglet Mise en page", - "body": "L'onglet Mise en page permet de modifier l'apparence du document : configurer les paramètres de la page et définir la disposition des éléments visuels. Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez : ajuster les marges, l'orientation, la taille de la page, ajouter des colonnes, insérer des sauts de page, des sauts de section et des sauts de colonne, aligner et organiser les objets (tableaux, images, graphiques, formes), changer le style d'habillage." + "title": "Onglet Disposition", + "body": "L'onglet Disposition permet de modifier l'apparence du document : configurer les paramètres de la page et définir la disposition des éléments visuels. Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez : ajuster les marges, l'orientation, la taille de la page, ajouter des colonnes, insérer des sauts de page, des sauts de section et des sauts de colonne, insérer des numéros des lignes aligner et organiser les objets (tableaux, images, graphiques, formes), changer le style d'habillage. ajouter un filigrane." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Onglet Modules complémentaires", - "body": "L'onglet Modules complémentaires permet d'accéder à des fonctions d'édition avancées à l'aide de composants tiers disponibles. Ici vous pouvez également utiliser des macros pour simplifier les opérations de routine. Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : Le bouton Paramètres permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez visualiser et gérer tous les modules complémentaires installés et ajouter vos propres modules. Le bouton Macros permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez créer vos propres macros et les exécuter. Pour en savoir plus sur les macros, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API. Actuellement, les modules suivants sont disponibles : ClipArt permet d'ajouter des images de la collection clipart dans votre document, Code en surbrillance permet de surligner la syntaxe du code en sélectionnant la langue, le style, la couleur de fond appropriés, ROC permet de reconnaître le texte inclus dans une image et l'insérer dans le texte du document, Éditeur photo permet d'éditer des images : recadrer, redimensionner, appliquer des effets, etc. Synthèse vocale permet de convertir le texte sélectionné en paroles, Table de symboles permet d'insérer des symboles spéciaux dans votre texte, Dictionnaire des synonymes permet de rechercher les synonymes et les antonymes d'un mot et de le remplacer par le mot sélectionné, Traducteur permet de traduire le texte sélectionné dans d'autres langues, YouTube permet d'intégrer des vidéos YouTube dans votre document. Les modules Wordpress et EasyBib peuvent être utilisés si vous connectez les services correspondants dans les paramètres de votre portail. Vous pouvez utiliser les instructions suivantes pour la version serveur ou pour la version SaaS. Pour en savoir plus sur les modules complémentaires, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API. Tous les exemples de modules open source actuellement disponibles sont disponibles sur GitHub." + "body": "L'onglet Modules complémentaires permet d'accéder à des fonctions d'édition avancées à l'aide de composants tiers disponibles. Ici vous pouvez également utiliser des macros pour simplifier les opérations de routine. Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : Le bouton Paramètres permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez visualiser et gérer tous les modules complémentaires installés et ajouter vos propres modules. Le bouton Macros permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez créer vos propres macros et les exécuter. Pour en savoir plus sur les macros, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API. Actuellement, les modules suivants sont disponibles : Send sert à envoyer les documents par courriel en utilisant un client de messagerie de bureau (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne), Code en surbrillance sert à surligner la syntaxe du code en sélectionnant la langue, le style, la couleur de fond appropriés, OCR sert à extraire le texte incrusté dans des images et l'insérer dans votre document, Éditeur de photos sert à modifier les images: rogner, retourner, pivoter, dessiner les lignes et le formes, ajouter des icônes et du texte, charger l’image de masque et appliquer des filtres comme Niveaux de gris, Inverser, Sépia, Flou, Embosser, Affûter etc., Parole permet la lecture du texte sélectionné à voix haute (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne), Thésaurus sert à trouver les synonymes et les antonymes et les utiliser à remplacer le mot sélectionné, Traducteur sert à traduire le texte dans des langues disponibles, Remarque: ce plugin ne fonctionne pas dans Internet Explorer. You Tube permet d’ajouter les videos YouTube dans votre document, Mendeley permet de gérer les mémoires de recherche et de générer une bibliographie pour les articles scientifiques (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne), Zotero permet de gérer des références bibliographiques et des documents associés (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne), EasyBib sert à trouver et ajouter les livres, les journaux, les articles et les sites Web (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne). Les modulesWordpress et EasyBib peuvent être utilisés si vous connectez les services correspondants dans les paramètres de votre portail. Vous pouvez utiliser les instructions suivantes pour la version serveur ou pour la version SaaS. Pour en savoir plus sur les modules complémentaires, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API. Tous les exemples de modules open source actuellement disponibles sont disponibles sur GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Présentation de l'interface de Document Editor", - "body": "Document Editor utilise une interface à onglets où les commandes d'édition sont regroupées en onglets par fonctionnalité. Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : L'interface de l'éditeur est composée des éléments principaux suivants : L’en-tête de l'éditeur affiche le logo, les onglets des documents ouverts, le nom du document et les onglets du menu.Dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur se trouvent les boutons Enregistrer, Imprimer le fichier, Annuler et Rétablir. Dans la partie droite de l'en-tête de l'éditeur, le nom de l'utilisateur est affiché ainsi que les icônes suivantes : Ouvrir l'emplacement du fichier - dans la version de bureau, elle permet d'ouvrir le dossier où le fichier est stocké dans la fenêtre de l'Explorateur de fichiers. Dans la version en ligne, elle permet d'ouvrir le dossier du module Documents où le fichier est stocké dans un nouvel onglet du navigateur. - permet d’ajuster les Paramètres d'affichage et d’accéder aux Paramètres avancés de l'éditeur. Gérer les droits d'accès au document - (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne) permet de définir les droits d'accès aux documents stockés dans le cloud. La Barre d'outils supérieure affiche un ensemble de commandes d'édition en fonction de l'onglet de menu sélectionné. Actuellement, les onglets suivants sont disponibles : Fichier, Accueil, Insertion, Disposition, Références, Collaboration, Protection, Modules complémentaires.Les options Copier, et Coller sont toujours disponibles dans la partie gauche de la Barre d'outils supérieure, quel que soit l'onglet sélectionné. La Barre d'état au bas de la fenêtre de l'éditeur contient l'indicateur du numéro de page, affiche certaines notifications (telles que \"Toutes les modifications sauvegardées\", etc.), permet de définir la langue du texte, activer la vérification orthographique, activer le mode suivi des modifications, régler le zoom. La barre latérale gauche contient les icônes suivantes : - permet d'utiliser l'outil Rechercher et remplacer, - permet d'ouvrir le panneau Commentaires, - permet d'accéder au panneau de Navigation et de gérer les rubriques, - (disponible dans la version en ligne seulement) permet d'ouvrir le panneau de Chat, ainsi que les icônes qui permettent de contacter notre équipe de support et de visualiser les informations sur le programme. La barre latérale droite permet d'ajuster les paramètres supplémentaires de différents objets. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un objet particulier dans le texte, l'icône correspondante est activée dans la barre latérale droite. Cliquez sur cette icône pour développer la barre latérale droite. Les Règles horizontales et verticales permettent d'aligner le texte et d'autres éléments dans un document, définir des marges, des taquets et des retraits de paragraphe. La Zone de travail permet d'afficher le contenu du document, d'entrer et de modifier les données. La Barre de défilement sur la droite permet de faire défiler vers le haut et vers le bas des documents multi-page. Pour plus de commodité, vous pouvez masquer certains composants et les afficher à nouveau lorsque cela est nécessaire. Pour en savoir plus sur l'ajustement des paramètres d'affichage, reportez-vous à cette page." + "body": "Document Editor utilise une interface à onglets où les commandes d'édition sont regroupées en onglets par fonctionnalité. Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : L'interface de l'éditeur est composée des éléments principaux suivants : L’en-tête de l'éditeur affiche le logo, les onglets des documents ouverts, le nom du document et les onglets du menu.Dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur se trouvent les boutons Enregistrer, Imprimer le fichier, Annuler et Rétablir. Dans la partie droite de l'en-tête de l'éditeur, le nom de l'utilisateur est affiché ainsi que les icônes suivantes : Ouvrir l'emplacement du fichier - dans la version de bureau, elle permet d'ouvrir le dossier où le fichier est stocké dans la fenêtre de l'Explorateur de fichiers. Dans la version en ligne, elle permet d'ouvrir le dossier du module Documents où le fichier est stocké dans un nouvel onglet du navigateur. - permet d’ajuster les Paramètres d'affichage et d’accéder aux Paramètres avancés de l'éditeur. Gérer les droits d'accès au document - (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne) permet de définir les droits d'accès aux documents stockés dans le cloud. La Barre d'outils supérieure affiche un ensemble de commandes d'édition en fonction de l'onglet de menu sélectionné. Actuellement, les onglets suivants sont disponibles : Fichier, Accueil, Insertion, Disposition, Références, Collaboration, Protection, Modules complémentaires.Les options Copier, et Coller sont toujours disponibles dans la partie gauche de la Barre d'outils supérieure, quel que soit l'onglet sélectionné. La Barre d'état au bas de la fenêtre de l'éditeur contient l'indicateur du numéro de page, affiche certaines notifications (telles que \"Toutes les modifications sauvegardées\", etc.), permet de définir la langue du texte, activer la vérification orthographique, activer le mode suivi des modifications, régler le zoom. La barre latérale gauche contient les icônes suivantes : - permet d'utiliser l'outil Rechercher et remplacer, - permet d'ouvrir le panneau Commentaires, - permet d'accéder au panneau de Navigation et de gérer les rubriques, - (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne) permet d'ouvrir le panneau de Chat, - (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne) permet de contacter notre équipe d'assistance technique, - (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne) permet de visualiser les informations sur le programme. La barre latérale droite permet d'ajuster les paramètres supplémentaires de différents objets. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un objet particulier dans le texte, l'icône correspondante est activée dans la barre latérale droite. Cliquez sur cette icône pour développer la barre latérale droite. Les Règles horizontales et verticales permettent d'aligner le texte et d'autres éléments dans un document, définir des marges, des taquets et des retraits de paragraphe. La Zone de travail permet d'afficher le contenu du document, d'entrer et de modifier les données. La Barre de défilement sur la droite permet de faire défiler vers le haut et vers le bas des documents multi-page. Pour plus de commodité, vous pouvez masquer certains composants et les afficher à nouveau lorsque cela est nécessaire. Pour en savoir plus sur l'ajustement des paramètres d'affichage, reportez-vous à cette page." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", "title": "Onglet Références", - "body": "L'onglet Références permet de gérer différents types de références: ajouter et rafraîchir une table des matières, créer et éditer des notes de bas de page, insérer des hyperliens. Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez : créer et mettre à jour automatiquement une table des matières, Insérer ses notes de bas de page, insérer des liens hypertexte, Ajouter des marque-pages." + "body": "L'onglet Références permet de gérer différents types de références: ajouter et rafraîchir une table des matières, créer et éditer des notes de bas de page, insérer des hyperliens. Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez : créer et mettre à jour automatiquement une table des matières, insérer des notes de bas de page et des notes de fin insérer des liens hypertexte, ajouter des marque-pages, ajouter des légendes, insérer des renvois." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", "title": "Onglet Collaboration", - "body": "L'onglet Collaboration permet d'organiser le travail collaboratif sur le document. Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez partager le fichier, sélectionner un mode de co-édition, gérer les commentaires, suivre les modifications apportées par un réviseur, visualiser toutes les versions et révisions. Dans la version de bureau, vous pouvez gérer les commentaires et utiliser la fonction Suivi des modifications . Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez : spécifier les paramètres de partage (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne), basculer entre les modes d’édition collaborative Strict et Rapide (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne), ajouter des commentaires au document, activer la fonctionnalité Suivi des modifications, choisir le mode d'affichage des modifications, gérer les changements suggérés. ouvrir la fenêtre de Chat (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne), suivre l’historique des versions (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne)." + "body": "L'onglet Collaboration permet d'organiser le travail collaboratif sur le document. Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez partager le fichier, sélectionner un mode de co-édition, gérer les commentaires, suivre les modifications apportées par un réviseur, visualiser toutes les versions et révisions. Dans la version de bureau, vous pouvez gérer les commentaires et utiliser la fonction Suivi des modifications . Fenêtre de l'éditeur en ligne Document Editor : Fenêtre de l'éditeur de bureau Document Editor : En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez : spécifier les paramètres de partage (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne), basculer entre les modes d’édition collaborative Strict et Rapide (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne), ajouter des commentaires au document, activer la fonctionnalité Suivi des modifications, choisir le mode d'affichage des modifications, gérer les changements suggérés. télécharger le document à comparer (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne), ouvrir la fenêtre de Chat (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne), suivre l’historique des versions (disponible uniquement dans la version en ligne)." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", @@ -103,7 +108,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Ajouter des liens hypertextes", - "body": "Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer un lien hypertexte, passez à l'onglet Insertion ou Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte de la barre d'outils supérieure, dans la fenêtre ouverte précisez les paramètres du lien hypertexte : Sélectionnez le type de lien que vous voulez insérer :Utilisez l'option Lien externe et entrez une URL au format http://www.example.com dans le champ Lien vers si vous avez besoin d'ajouter un lien hypertexte menant vers un site externe. Utilisez l'option Emplacement dans le document et sélectionnez l'un des titres existants dans le texte du document ou l'un des marque-pages précédemment ajoutés si vous devez ajouter un lien hypertexte menant à un certain emplacement dans le même document. Afficher - entrez un texte qui sera cliquable et amènera à l'adresse Web indiquée dans le champ supérieur. Texte de l'infobulle - entrez un texte qui sera visible dans une petite fenêtre contextuelle offrant une courte note ou étiquette lorsque vous placez le curseur sur un lien hypertexte. Cliquez sur le bouton OK. Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, vous pouvez également utiliser la combinaison des touches Ctrl+K ou cliquer avec le bouton droit à l’emplacement choisi et sélectionner l'option Lien hypertexte du menu contextuel. Note : il est également possible de sélectionner un caractère, un mot, une combinaison de mots, un passage de texte avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier, puis d'ouvrir la fenêtre Paramètres de lien hypertexte comme décrit ci-dessus. Dans ce cas, le champ Afficher sera rempli avec le fragment de texte que vous avez sélectionné. Si vous placez le curseur sur le lien hypertexte ajouté, vous verrez l'info-bulle contenant le texte que vous avez spécifié. Pour suivre le lien appuyez sur la touche CTRL et cliquez sur le lien dans votre document. Pour modifier ou supprimer le lien hypertexte ajouté, cliquez-le droit, sélectionnez l'option Lien hypertexte et l'opération à effectuer - Modifier le lien hypertexte ou Supprimer le lien hypertexte." + "body": "Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer un lien hypertexte, passez à l'onglet Insérer ou Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte de la barre d'outils supérieure, dans la fenêtre ouverte précisez les Paramètres du lien hypertexte : Sélectionnez le type de lien que vous voulez insérer :Utilisez l'option Lien externe et entrez une URL au format http://www.example.com dans le champ Lien vers si vous avez besoin d'ajouter un lien hypertexte menant vers un site externe. Utilisez l'option Emplacement dans le document et sélectionnez l'un des titres existants dans le texte du document ou l'un des marque-pages précédemment ajoutés si vous devez ajouter un lien hypertexte menant à un certain emplacement dans le même document. Afficher - entrez un texte qui sera cliquable et amènera à l'adresse Web indiquée dans le champ supérieur. Texte de l'infobulle - entrez un texte qui sera visible dans une petite fenêtre contextuelle offrant une courte note ou étiquette lorsque vous placez le curseur sur un lien hypertexte. Cliquez sur le bouton OK. Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, vous pouvez également utiliser la combinaison des touches Ctrl+K ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l’emplacement choisi et sélectionnez l'option Lien hypertexte du menu contextuel. Note : il est également possible de sélectionner un caractère, un mot, une combinaison de mots, un passage de texte avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier, puis d'ouvrir la fenêtre Paramètres de lien hypertexte comme décrit ci-dessus. Dans ce cas, le champ Afficher sera rempli avec le fragment de texte que vous avez sélectionné. Si vous placez le curseur sur le lien hypertexte ajouté, vous verrez l'info-bulle contenant le texte que vous avez spécifié. Pour suivre le lien appuyez sur la touche CTRL et cliquez sur le lien dans votre document. Pour modifier ou supprimer le lien hypertexte ajouté, cliquez-le droit, sélectionnez l'option Lien hypertexte et l'opération à effectuer - Modifier le lien hypertexte ou Supprimer le lien hypertexte." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm", @@ -113,12 +118,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "title": "Aligner et organiser des objets sur une page", - "body": "Les blocs de texte, les formes automatiques, les images et les graphiques ajoutés peuvent être alignés, regroupés, triés, répartis horizontalement et verticalement sur une page. Pour effectuer une de ces actions, sélectionnez d'abord un ou plusieurs objets sur la page. Pour sélectionner plusieurs objets, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur les objets nécessaires. Pour sélectionner un bloc de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur. Après quoi vous pouvez utiliser soit les icônes de l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure décrites ci-après soit les options similaires du menu contextuel. Aligner des objets Pour aligner deux ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés, cliquez sur l'icône Aligner située dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez une des options disponibles : Aligner sur la page pour aligner les objets par rapport aux bords de la page, Aligner sur la marge pour aligner les objets par rapport aux bords de la marge, Aligner les objets sélectionnés (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut) pour aligner les objets les uns par rapport aux autres, Cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône Aligner et sélectionnez le type d'alignement nécessaire dans la liste : Aligner à gauche - pour aligner les objets horizontalement par le bord gauche de l'objet le plus à gauche / bord gauche de la page / marge gauche de la page, Aligner au centre - pour aligner les objets horizontalement par leur centre/centre de la page/centre de l'espace entre les marges gauche et droite de la page, Aligner à droite - pour aligner les objets horizontalement par le bord droit de l'objet le plus à droite / bord droit de la page / marge droite de la page, Aligner en haut - pour aligner les objets verticalement par le bord supérieur de l'objet le plus haut/bord supérieur de la page / marge supérieure de la page, Aligner au milieu - pour aligner les objets verticalement par leur milieu/milieu de la page/milieu de l'espace entre les marges de la page supérieure et de la page inférieure, Aligner en bas - pour aligner les objets verticalement par le bord inférieur de l'objet le plus bas/bord inférieur de la page/bord inférieur de la page. Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Aligner dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser une des options d’alignement disponibles. Si vous voulez aligner un objet unique, il peut être aligné par rapport aux bords de la page ou aux marges de la page. L'option Aligner sur la marge est sélectionnée par défaut dans ce cas. Distribuer des objets Pour distribuer horizontalement ou verticalement trois objets sélectionnés ou plus de façon à ce que la même distance apparaisse entre eux, cliquez sur l'icône Aligner située dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez une des options disponibles : Aligner sur la page pour répartir les objets entre les bords de la page, Aligner sur la marge pour répartir les objets entre les marges de la page, Aligner les objets sélectionnés (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut) pour distribuer les objets entre les deux objets les plus externes sélectionnés, Cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône Aligner et sélectionnez le type de distribution nécessaire dans la liste : Distribuer horizontalement - pour répartir uniformément les objets entre les bords gauche et droit des objets sélectionnés/bords gauche et droit de la page/marges gauche et droite de la page. Distribuer verticalement - pour répartir uniformément les objets entre les objets les plus en haut et les objets les plus bas sélectionnés/bords supérieur et inférieur de la page/marges de la page/bord supérieur et inférieur de la page. Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Aligner dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser une des options de distribution disponibles. Remarque : les options de distribution sont désactivées si vous sélectionnez moins de trois objets. Grouper plusieurs objets Pour grouper deux ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés ou les dissocier, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Grouper dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option nécessaire depuis la liste : Grouper - pour combiner plusieurs objets de sorte que vous puissiez les faire pivoter, déplacer, redimensionner, aligner, organiser, copier, coller, mettre en forme simultanément comme un objet unique. Dissocier - pour dissocier le groupe sélectionné d'objets préalablement combinés. Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Ordonner dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser l'option Grouper ou Dissocier. Remarque : l'option Grouper est désactivée si vous sélectionnez moins de deux objets. L'option Dégrouper n'est disponible que lorsqu'un groupe des objets précédemment joints est sélectionné. Ordonner plusieurs objets Pour ordonner les objets sélectionnés (c'est à dire pour modifier leur ordre lorsque plusieurs objets se chevauchent), vous pouvez utiliser les icônes Avancer et Reculer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionner le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste. Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'avant, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Avancer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste : Mettre au premier plan - pour déplacer les objets devant tous les autres objets, Avancer d'un plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en avant par rapport à d'autres objets. Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'arrière, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Reculer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste : Mettre en arrière-plan - pour déplacer les objets derrière tous les autres objets, Reculer d'un plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en arrière par rapport à d'autres objets. Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Ranger dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser une des options de rangement disponibles." + "body": "Les formes automatiques, les images, les graphiques ou les zones de texte ajoutés peuvent être alignés, regroupés et ordonnésr sur une page. Pour effectuer une de ces actions, sélectionnez d'abord un ou plusieurs objets sur la page. Pour sélectionner plusieurs objets, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur les objets nécessaires. Pour sélectionner une zone de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur. Après quoi vous pouvez utiliser soit les icônes de l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure décrites ci-après soit les options similaires du menu contextuel. Aligner des objets Pour aligner deux ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés, cliquez sur l'icône Aligner située dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez une des options disponibles : Aligner sur la page pour aligner les objets par rapport aux bords de la page, Aligner sur la marge pour aligner les objets par rapport aux bords de la marge, Aligner les objets sélectionnés (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut) pour aligner les objets les uns par rapport aux autres, Cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône Aligner et sélectionnez le type d'alignement nécessaire dans la liste : Aligner à gauche - pour aligner les objets horizontalement par le bord gauche de l'objet le plus à gauche / bord gauche de la page / marge gauche de la page, Aligner au centre - pour aligner les objets horizontalement par leur centre/centre de la page/centre de l'espace entre les marges gauche et droite de la page, Aligner à droite - pour aligner les objets horizontalement par le bord droit de l'objet le plus à droite / bord droit de la page / marge droite de la page, Aligner en haut - pour aligner les objets verticalement par le bord supérieur de l'objet le plus haut/bord supérieur de la page / marge supérieure de la page, Aligner au milieu - pour aligner les objets verticalement par leur milieu/milieu de la page/milieu de l'espace entre les marges de la page supérieure et de la page inférieure, Aligner en bas - pour aligner les objets verticalement par le bord inférieur de l'objet le plus bas/bord inférieur de la page/bord inférieur de la page. Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Aligner dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser une des options d’alignement disponibles. Si vous voulez aligner un objet unique, il peut être aligné par rapport aux bords de la page ou aux marges de la page. L'option Aligner sur la marge est sélectionnée par défaut dans ce cas. Distribuer des objets Pour distribuer horizontalement ou verticalement trois objets sélectionnés ou plus de façon à ce que la même distance apparaisse entre eux, cliquez sur l'icône Aligner située dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez une des options disponibles : Aligner sur la page pour répartir les objets entre les bords de la page, Aligner sur la marge pour répartir les objets entre les marges de la page, Aligner les objets sélectionnés (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut) pour distribuer les objets entre les deux objets les plus externes sélectionnés, Cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône Aligner et sélectionnez le type de distribution nécessaire dans la liste : Distribuer horizontalement - pour répartir uniformément les objets entre les bords gauche et droit des objets sélectionnés/bords gauche et droit de la page/marges gauche et droite de la page. Distribuer verticalement - pour répartir uniformément les objets entre les objets les plus en haut et les objets les plus bas sélectionnés/bords supérieur et inférieur de la page/marges de la page/bord supérieur et inférieur de la page. Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Aligner dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser une des options de distribution disponibles. Remarque : les options de distribution sont désactivées si vous sélectionnez moins de trois objets. Grouper plusieurs objets Pour grouper deux ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés ou les dissocier, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Grouper dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option nécessaire depuis la liste : Grouper - pour combiner plusieurs objets de sorte que vous puissiez les faire pivoter, déplacer, redimensionner, aligner, organiser, copier, coller, mettre en forme simultanément comme un objet unique. Dissocier - pour dissocier le groupe sélectionné d'objets préalablement combinés. Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Ordonner dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser l'option Grouper ou Dissocier. Remarque: l'option Grouper est désactivée si vous sélectionnez moins de deux objets. L'option Dissocier n'est disponible que lorsqu'un groupe des objets précédemment joints est sélectionné. Ordonner plusieurs objets Pour ordonner les objets sélectionnés (c'est à dire pour modifier leur ordre lorsque plusieurs objets se chevauchent), vous pouvez utiliser les icônes Avancer et Reculer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionner le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste. Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'avant, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Avancer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste : Mettre au premier plan - pour déplacer les objets devant tous les autres objets, Avancer d'un plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en avant par rapport à d'autres objets. Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'arrière, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Reculer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste : Mettre en arrière-plan - pour déplacer les objets derrière tous les autres objets, Reculer d'un plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en arrière par rapport à d'autres objets. Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Organiser dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser une des options de rangement disponibles." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "title": "Alignement du texte d'un paragraphe", - "body": "Le texte peut être aligné de quatre façons : aligné à gauche, centré, aligné à droite et justifié. Pour le faire, placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez appliquer l'alignement (une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi ), passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type d'alignement que vous allez appliquer : Gauche - pour aligner du texte à gauche de la page (le côté droit reste non aligné), cliquez sur l'icône Aligner à gauche située sur la barre d'outils supérieure. Centrer - pour aligner du texte au centre de la page (le côté droit et le côté gauche restent non alignés), cliquez sur l'icône Aligner au centre située sur la barre d'outils supérieure. Droit - pour aligner du texte à droite de la page (le côté gauche reste non aligné), cliquez sur l'icône Aligner à droite située sur la barre d'outils supérieure. Justifier - pour aligner du texte à gauche et à droite à la fois ( l'espacement supplémentaire est ajouté si nécessaire pour garder l'alignement), cliquez sur l'icône Justifier située sur la barre d'outils supérieure." + "body": "Le texte peut être aligné de quatre façons : aligné à gauche, au centre, aligné à droite et justifié. Pour le faire, placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez appliquer l'alignement (une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi ), passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type d'alignement que vous allez appliquer : Gauche - pour aligner du texte à gauche de la page (le côté droit reste non aligné), cliquez sur l'icône Aligner à gauche située sur la barre d'outils supérieure. Centre - pour aligner du texte au centre de la page (le côté droit et le côté gauche restent non alignés), cliquez sur l'icône Aligner au centre située sur la barre d'outils supérieure. Droit - pour aligner du texte à droite de la page (le côté gauche reste non aligné), cliquez sur l'icône Aligner à droite située sur la barre d'outils supérieure. Justifier - pour aligner du texte à gauche et à droite à la fois (l'espacement supplémentaire est ajouté si nécessaire pour garder l'alignement), cliquez sur l'icône Justifier située sur la barre d'outils supérieure. Configuration des paramètres d'alignement est aussi disponible dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés. faites un clic droit sur le texte et sélectionnez Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés du menu contextuel ou utilisez l'option Afficher le paramètres avancée sur la barre d'outils à droite, ouvrez la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés, passez à l'onglet Retraits et espacement, sélectionnez le type d'alignement approprié de la Liste d'Alignement: À gauche, Au centre, À droite, Justifié, cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les modifications apportées." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm", @@ -135,25 +140,30 @@ var indexes = "title": "Changer l'habillage du texte", "body": "L'option Style d'habillage détermine la position de l'objet par rapport au texte. Vous pouvez modifier le style d'habillage de texte pour les objets insérés, tels que les formes, les images, les graphiques, les zones de texte ou les tableaux. Modifier l'habillage de texte pour les formes, les images, les graphiques, les zones de texte Pour changer le style d'habillage actuellement sélectionné : sélectionnez un objet séparé sur la page en cliquant dessus. Pour sélectionner un bloc de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur. ouvrez les paramètres d'habillage du texte : Passez à l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur la flèche située en regard de l'icône Habillage, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet et sélectionnez l'option Style d'habillage dans le menu contextuel, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés et passez à l'onglet Habillage du texte de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés de l'objet. sélectionnez le style d'habillage voulu : Aligné sur le texte - l'image fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, l'image est déplacée elle aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer l'image indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte : Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour de l' image. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur de celle-ci. Pour créer l'effet, utilisez l'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne du menu contextuel. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas de l'image. Devant le texte - l'image est affichée sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur l'image. Si vous avez choisi l'un des styles Carré, Rapproché, Au travers, Haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droite, gauche). Pour accéder à ces paramètres, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés et passez à l'onglet Habillage du texte de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés de l'objet. Définissez les valeurs voulues et cliquez sur OK. Si vous sélectionnez un style d'habillage autre que Aligné, l'onglet Position est également disponible dans la fenêtre Paramètres avancés de l'objet. Pour en savoir plus sur ces paramètres, reportez-vous aux pages correspondantes avec les instructions sur la façon de travailler avec des formes, des images ou des graphiques. Si vous sélectionnez un style d'habillage autre que Aligné, vous pouvez également modifier la limite d'habillage pour les images ou les formes. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Style d'habillage dans le menu contextuel et cliquez sur l'option . Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Modifier l'habillage de texte pour les tableaux Pour les tableaux, les deux styles d'habillage suivants sont disponibles : Tableau aligné et Tableau flottant. Pour changer le style d'habillage actuellement sélectionné : cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le tableau et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau, passez à l'onglet Habillage du texte dans la fenêtre Tableau - Paramètres avancés ouverte, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes : Tableau aligné est utilisé pour sélectionner le style d’habillage où le texte est interrompu par le tableau ainsi que l'alignement : gauche, au centre, droit. Tableau flottant est utilisé pour sélectionner le style d’habillage où le texte est enroulé autour du tableau. À l'aide de l'onglet Habillage du texte de la fenêtre Tableau - Paramètres avancés vous pouvez également configurer les paramètres suivants : Pour les tableaux alignés, vous pouvez définir le type d'Alignement du tableau (gauche, centre ou droite) et le Retrait de gauche. Pour les tableaux flottants, vous pouvez spécifier la Distance du texte et la position du tableau dans l'onglet Position du tableau." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm", + "title": "Conversion de notes de bas de page en notes de fin", + "body": "Document Editor ONLYOFFICE vous permet de convertir les notes de bas de page en notes de fin et vice versa, par exemple, quand vous voyez que les notes de bas de page dans le document résultant doivent être placées à la fin. Au lieu de créer les notes de fin à nouveau, utiliser les outils appropriés pour conversion rapide et sans effort. Cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut, Glisser votre curseur sur Convertir toutes les notes et sélectionnez l'une des options dans le menu à droite: Convertir tous les pieds de page aux notes de fin pour transformer toutes les notes de bas de page en notes de fin; Convertir toutes les notes de fin aux pieds de page pour transformer toutes les notes de fin en notes de bas de page; Changer les notes de pied de page et les notes de fin pour changer un type de note à un autre." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "title": "Copier/effacer la mise en forme du texte", - "body": "Pour copier une certaine mise en forme du texte, sélectionnez le fragment du texte contenant la mise en forme à copier en utilisant la souris ou le clavier, cliquez sur l'icône Copier le style sur la barre d'outils supérieure ( le pointeur de la souris aura la forme suivante ), sélectionnez le fragment de texte à mettre en forme. Pour appliquer la mise en forme copiée aux plusieurs fragments du texte, sélectionnez le fragment du texte contenant la mise en forme à copier en utilisant la souris ou le clavier, double-cliquez sur l'icône Copier le style dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure ( le pointeur de la souris aura la forme suivante et l'icône Copier le style restera sélectionnée : ), sélectionnez les fragments du texte nécessaires un par un pour appliquer la même mise en forme pour chacun d'eux, pour quitter ce mode, cliquez sur l'icône Copier le style encore une fois ou appuyez sur la touche Échap sur le clavier. Pour effacer la mise en forme appliquée à partir de votre texte, sélectionnez le fragment de texte dont vous souhaitez supprimer la mise en forme, cliquez sur l'icône Effacer le style dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure." + "body": "Pour copier une certaine mise en forme du texte, sélectionnez le fragment du texte contenant la mise en forme à copier en utilisant la souris ou le clavier, cliquez sur l'icône Copier le style sous l'onglet Acceuil sur la barre d'outils supérieure ( le pointeur de la souris aura la forme suivante ), sélectionnez le fragment de texte à mettre en forme. Pour appliquer la mise en forme copiée aux plusieurs fragments du texte, sélectionnez le fragment du texte contenant la mise en forme à copier en utilisant la souris ou le clavier, double-cliquez sur l'icône Copier le style sous l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure ( le pointeur de la souris aura la forme suivante et l'icône Copier le style restera sélectionnée : ), sélectionnez les fragments du texte nécessaires un par un pour appliquer la même mise en forme pour chacun d'eux, pour quitter ce mode, cliquez sur l'icône Copier le style encore une fois ou appuyez sur la touche Échap sur le clavier. Pour effacer la mise en forme appliquée à partir de votre texte, sélectionnez le fragment de texte dont vous souhaitez supprimer la mise en forme, cliquez sur l'icône Effacer le style sous l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Copier/coller les passages de texte, annuler/rétablir vos actions", - "body": "Utiliser les opérations de base du presse-papiers Pour couper, copier, coller des passages de texte et des objets insérés (formes automatiques, images, graphiques) dans le document actuel utilisez les options correspondantes dans le menu contextuel ou les icônes de la barre d'outils supérieure : Couper – sélectionnez un fragment de texte ou un objet et utilisez l'option Couper dans le menu contextuel pour supprimer la sélection et l'envoyer dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. Les données coupées peuvent être insérées plus tard dans un autre endroit dans le même document. Copier – sélectionnez un fragment de texte ou un objet et utilisez l'option Copier dans le menu contextuel, ou l'icône Copier de la barre d'outils supérieure pour copier la sélection dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. Les données coupées peuvent être insérées plus tard dans un autre endroit dans le même document. Coller – trouvez l'endroit dans votre document où vous voulez coller le fragment de texte/l'objet précédemment copié et utilisez l'option Coller dans le menu contextuel, ou l'icône Coller de la barre d'outils supérieure. Le texte / objet sera inséré à la position actuelle du curseur. Le texte peut être copié à partir du même document. Dans la version en ligne, les combinaisons de touches suivantes ne sont utilisées que pour copier ou coller des données de/vers un autre document ou un autre programme, dans la version de bureau, les boutons/options de menu et les combinaisons de touches correspondantes peuvent être utilisées pour toute opération copier/coller : Ctrl+X pour couper ; Ctrl+C pour copier ; Ctrl+V pour coller. Remarque : au lieu de couper et coller du texte dans le même document, vous pouvez sélectionner le passage de texte nécessaire et le faire glisser à la position nécessaire. Utiliser la fonctionnalité Collage spécial Une fois le texte copié collé, le bouton Collage spécial apparaît à côté du passage de texte inséré. Cliquez sur ce bouton pour sélectionner l'option de collage requise. Lorsque vous collez le texte de paragraphe ou du texte dans des formes automatiques, les options suivantes sont disponibles : Coller - permet de coller le texte copié en conservant sa mise en forme d'origine. Conserver le texte uniquement - permet de coller le texte sans sa mise en forme d'origine. Si vous collez le tableau copié dans un tableau existant, les options suivantes sont disponibles: Remplacer les cellules - permet de remplacer le contenu de la table existante par les données collées. Cette option est sélectionnée par défaut. Imbriquer le tableau - permet de coller le tableau copié en tant que tableau imbriqué dans la cellule sélectionnée du tableau existant. Conserver le texte uniquement - permet de coller le contenu du tableau sous forme de valeurs de texte séparées par le caractère de tabulation. Annuler/rétablir vos actions Pour effectuer les opérations annuler/rétablir, utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur ou les raccourcis clavier : Annuler – utilisez l'icône Annuler située dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur ou la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Z pour annuler la dernière opération effectuée. Rétablir – utilisez l'icône Rétablir située dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur ou la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Y pour rétablir l’opération précédemment annulée. Remarque : lorsque vous co-éditez un document en mode Rapide, la possibilité de Rétablir la dernière opération annulée n'est pas disponible." + "body": "Utiliser les opérations de base du presse-papiers Pour couper, copier, coller des passages de texte et des objets insérés (formes automatiques, images, graphiques) dans le document actuel utilisez les options correspondantes dans le menu contextuel ou les icônes de la barre d'outils supérieure : Couper – sélectionnez un fragment de texte ou un objet et utilisez l'option Couper dans le menu contextuel pour supprimer la sélection et l'envoyer dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. Les données coupées peuvent être insérées plus tard dans un autre endroit dans le même document. Copier – sélectionnez un fragment de texte ou un objet et utilisez l'option Copier dans le menu contextuel, ou l'icône Copier de la barre d'outils supérieure pour copier la sélection dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. Les données coupées peuvent être insérées plus tard dans un autre endroit dans le même document. Coller – trouvez l'endroit dans votre document où vous voulez coller le fragment de texte/l'objet précédemment copié et utilisez l'option Coller dans le menu contextuel, ou l'icône Coller de la barre d'outils supérieure. Le texte / objet sera inséré à la position actuelle du curseur. Le texte peut être copié à partir du même document. Dans la version en ligne, les combinaisons de touches suivantes ne sont utilisées que pour copier ou coller des données de/vers un autre document ou un autre programme, dans la version de bureau, les boutons/options de menu et les combinaisons de touches correspondantes peuvent être utilisées pour toute opération copier/coller : Ctrl+X pour couper ; Ctrl+C pour copier ; Ctrl+V pour coller. Remarque : au lieu de couper et coller du texte dans le même document, vous pouvez sélectionner le passage de texte nécessaire et le faire glisser à la position nécessaire. Utiliser la fonctionnalité Collage spécial Une fois le texte copié collé, le bouton Collage spécial apparaît à côté du passage de texte inséré. Cliquez sur ce bouton pour sélectionner l'option de collage requise. Lorsque vous collez le texte de paragraphe ou du texte dans des formes automatiques, les options suivantes sont disponibles : Coller - permet de coller le texte copié en conservant sa mise en forme d'origine. Conserver le texte uniquement - permet de coller le texte sans sa mise en forme d'origine. Si vous collez le tableau copié dans un tableau existant, les options suivantes sont disponibles: Remplacer les cellules - permet de remplacer le contenu de la table existante par les données collées. Cette option est sélectionnée par défaut. Imbriquer le tableau - permet de coller le tableau copié en tant que tableau imbriqué dans la cellule sélectionnée du tableau existant. Conserver le texte uniquement - permet de coller le contenu du tableau sous forme de valeurs de texte séparées par le caractère de tabulation. Pour activer / désactiver l'affichage du bouton Collage spécial lorsque vous collez le texte, passez à l'onglet Fichier > Paramètres avancés... et cochez / décochez la casse Couper, copier, coller. Annuler/rétablir vos actions Pour effectuer les opérations annuler/rétablir, utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur ou les raccourcis clavier : Annuler – utilisez l'icône Annuler située dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur ou la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Z pour annuler la dernière opération effectuée. Rétablir – utilisez l'icône Rétablir située dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur ou la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Y pour rétablir l’opération précédemment annulée. Remarque : lorsque vous co-éditez un document en mode Rapide, la possibilité de Rétablir la dernière opération annulée n'est pas disponible." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "title": "Créer des listes", - "body": "Pour créer une liste dans votre document, placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez commencer la liste ( une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi), passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type de liste à créer : Liste à puces avec des marqueurs. Pour la créer, utilisez l'icône Puces de la barre d'outils supérieure Liste numérotée avec des chiffres ou des lettres. Pour la créer, utilisez l'icône Numérotation de la barre d'outils supérieureRemarque : cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône Puces ou Numérotation pour sélectionner le format de puces ou de numérotation souhaité. appuyez sur la touche Entrée à la fin de la ligne pour ajouter un nouvel élément à la liste. Pour terminer la liste, appuyez sur la touche Retour arrière et continuez le travail. Le programme crée également des listes numérotées automatiquement lorsque vous entrez le chiffre 1 avec un point ou une parenthèse suivis d’un espace : 1., 1). Les listes à puces peuvent être créées automatiquement lorsque vous saisissez les caractères -, * suivis d’un espace. Vous pouvez aussi changer le retrait du texte dans les listes et leur imbrication en utilisant les icônes Liste multi-niveaux , Réduire le retrait , et Augmenter le retrait sur la barre d'outils supérieure. Remarque: les paramètres supplémentaires du retrait et de l'espacemente peuvent être modifiés à l'aide de la barre latérale droite et la fenêtre des paramètres avancés. Pour en savoir plus, consultez les pages Modifier le retrait des paragraphes et Régler l'interligne du paragraphe. Joindre et séparer des listes Pour joindre une liste à la précédente : cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le premier élément de la seconde liste, utilisez l'option Joindre à la liste précédente du menu contextuel. Les listes seront jointes et la numérotation se poursuivra conformément à la numérotation de la première liste. Pour séparer une liste : cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'élément de la liste où vous voulez commencer une nouvelle liste, sélectionnez l'option Séparer la liste du menu contextuel. La liste sera séparée et la numérotation dans la deuxième liste recommencera. Modifier la numérotation Poursuivre la numérotation séquentielle dans la deuxième liste selon la numérotation de la liste précédente : cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le premier élément de la seconde liste, sélectionnez l'option Continuer la numérotation du menu contextuel. La numérotation se poursuivra conformément à la numérotation de la première liste. Pour définir une certaine valeur initiale de numérotation : cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'élément de la liste où vous souhaitez appliquer une nouvelle valeur de numérotation, sélectionnez l'option Définit la valeur de la numérotation du menu contextuel, dans une nouvelle fenêtre qui s'ouvre, définissez la valeur numérique voulue et cliquez sur le bouton OK." + "body": "Pour créer une liste dans votre document, placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez commencer la liste (une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi), passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type de liste à créer : Liste à puces avec des marqueurs. Pour la créer, utilisez l'icône Puces de la barre d'outils supérieure Liste numérotée avec des chiffres ou des lettres. Pour la créer, utilisez l'icône Numérotation de la barre d'outils supérieureRemarque : cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône Puces ou Numérotation pour sélectionner le format de puces ou de numérotation souhaité. appuyez sur la touche Entrée à la fin de la ligne pour ajouter un nouvel élément à la liste. Pour terminer la liste, appuyez sur la touche Retour arrière et continuez le travail. Le programme crée également des listes numérotées automatiquement lorsque vous entrez le chiffre 1 avec un point ou une parenthèse suivis d’un espace : 1., 1). Les listes à puces peuvent être créées automatiquement lorsque vous saisissez les caractères -, * suivis d’un espace. Vous pouvez aussi changer le retrait du texte dans les listes et leur imbrication en utilisant les icônes Liste multi-niveaux , Réduire le retrait , et Augmenter le retrait sous l'onglet Acceuil sur la barre d'outils supérieure. Remarque: les paramètres supplémentaires du retrait et de l'espacemente peuvent être modifiés à l'aide de la barre latérale droite et la fenêtre des paramètres avancés. Pour en savoir plus, consultez les pages Modifier le retrait des paragraphes et Régler l'interligne du paragraphe. Joindre et séparer des listes Pour joindre une liste à la précédente : cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le premier élément de la seconde liste, utilisez l'option Joindre à la liste précédente du menu contextuel. Les listes seront jointes et la numérotation se poursuivra conformément à la numérotation de la première liste. Pour séparer une liste : cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'élément de la liste où vous voulez commencer une nouvelle liste, sélectionnez l'option Séparer la liste du menu contextuel. La liste sera séparée et la numérotation dans la deuxième liste recommencera. Modifier la numérotation Poursuivre la numérotation séquentielle dans la deuxième liste selon la numérotation de la liste précédente : cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le premier élément de la seconde liste, sélectionnez l'option Continuer la numérotation du menu contextuel. La numérotation se poursuivra conformément à la numérotation de la première liste. Pour définir une certaine valeur initiale de numérotation : cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'élément de la liste où vous souhaitez appliquer une nouvelle valeur de numérotation, sélectionnez l'option Définit la valeur de la numérotation du menu contextuel, dans une nouvelle fenêtre qui s'ouvre, définissez la valeur numérique voulue et cliquez sur le bouton OK. Configurer les paramètres de la liste Pour configurer les paramètres de la liste comme la puce/la numérotation, l'alignement, la taille et la couleur: cliquez sur l'élément de la liste actuelle ou sélectionnez le texte à partir duquel vous souhaitez créer une liste, cliquez sur l'icône Puces ou Numérotation sous l'onglet Acceuil dans la barre d'outils en haut, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de la liste, la fenêtre Paramètres de la liste s'affiche. La fenêtre Paramètres de la liste à puces se présente sous cet aspect: La fenêtre Paramètres de la liste numérotée se présente sous cet aspect: Pour la liste à puces on peut choisir le caractère à utiliser comme puce et pour la liste numérotée on peut choisir le type de numérotation. Les options Alignement, Taille et Couleur sont identiques pour toutes les listes soit à puces soit numérotée. Puce permet de sélectionner le caractère approprié pour les éléments de la liste. Lorsque vous appuyez sur le champ Symboles et caractères, la fenêtre Symbole va apparaître dans laquelle vous pouvez choisir parmi les caractères disponibles. Veuillez consulter cet article pour en savoir plus sur utilisation des symboles. Type permet de sélectionner la numérotation appropriée pour la liste. Les options suivantes sont disponibles: Rien, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Alignement permet de sélectionner le type d'alignement approprié pour aligner les puces/nombres horizontalement. Les options d'alignement disponibles: À gauche, Au centre, À droite. Taille permet d'ajuster la taille des puces/numéros. L'option par défaut est En tant que texte. Lorsque cette option est active, la taille des puces correspond à la taille du texte Ajustez la taille en utilisant les valeurs prédéfinies de 8 à 96. Couleur permet de choisir la couleur des puces/numéros. L'option par défaut est En tant que texte. Lorsque cette option est active, la couleur des puces correspond à la couleur du texte. Choisissez l'option Automatique pour appliquer la couleur automatiquement, sélectionnez les Couleurs de thème ou les Couleurs standard de la palette ou définissez la Couleur personnalisée. Toutes les modifications sont affichées dans le champ Aperçu. Cliquez sur OK pour appliquer toutes les modifications et fermer la fenêtre. Pour configurer les paramètres de la liste à plusieurs niveaux, appuyez sur un élément de la liste, cliquez sur l'icône Liste multiniveaux sous l'onglet Acceuil dans la barre d'outils en haut, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de la liste, la fenêtre Paramètres de la liste s'affiche. La fenêtre Paramètres de la liste multiniveaux se présente sous cet aspect: Choisissez le niveau approprié dans la liste Niveau à gauche, puis personnalisez l'aspect des puces et des nombres pour le niveau choisi: Type permet de sélectionner la numérotation appropriée pour la liste numérotée ou le caractère approprié pour la liste à puces. Les options disponibles pour la liste numérotée: Rien, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Pour la liste à puces vous pouvez choisir un des symboles prédéfinis ou utiliser l'option Nouvelle puce. Lorsque vous appuyez sur cette option, la fenêtre Symbole va apparaître dans laquelle vous pouvez choisir parmi les caractères disponibles. Veuillez consulter cet article pour en savoir plus sur utilisation des symboles. Alignement permet de sélectionner le type d'alignement approprié pour aligner les puces/nombres horizontalement du début du paragraphe. Les options d'alignement disponibles: À gauche, Au centre, À droite. Taille permet d'ajuster la taille des puces/numéros. L'option par défaut est En tant que texte. Ajustez la taille en utilisant les paramètres prédéfinis de 8 à 96. Couleur permet de choisir la couleur des puces/numéros. L'option par défaut est En tant que texte. Lorsque cette option est active, la couleur des puces correspond à la couleur du texte. Choisissez l'option Automatique pour appliquer la couleur automatiquement, sélectionnez les Couleurs de thème ou les Couleurs standard de la palette ou définissez la Couleur personnalisée. Toutes les modifications sont affichées dans le champ Aperçu. Cliquez sur OK pour appliquer toutes les modifications et fermer la fenêtre." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", "title": "Créer une table des matières", - "body": "Une table des matières contient une liste de tous les chapitres (sections, etc.) d'un document et affiche les numéros des pages où chaque chapitre est démarré. Cela permet de naviguer facilement dans un document de plusieurs pages en passant rapidement à la partie voulue du texte. La table des matières est générée automatiquement sur la base des titres de document formatés à l'aide de styles prédéfinis. Cela facilite la mise à jour de la table des matières créée sans qu'il soit nécessaire de modifier les titres et de changer manuellement les numéros de page si le texte du document a été modifié. Définir la structure des titres Formater les titres Tout d'abord, formatez les titres dans votre document en utilisant l'un des styles prédéfinis. Pour le faire, Sélectionnez le texte que vous souhaitez inclure dans la table des matières. Ouvrez le menu Style sur le côté droit de l'onglet Accueil dans la barre d'outils supérieure. Cliquez sur le style que vous souhaitez appliquer. Par défaut, vous pouvez utiliser les styles Titre 1 - Titre 9.Remarque: si vous souhaitez utiliser d'autres styles (par exemple Titre, Sous-titre, etc.) pour formater les titres qui seront inclus dans la table des matières, vous devrez d'abord ajuster les paramètres de la table des matières (voir la section correspondante ci-dessous). Pour en savoir plus sur les styles de mise en forme disponibles, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Gérer les titres Une fois les titres formatés, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'icône Navigation dans la barre latérale de gauche pour ouvrir le panneau qui affiche la liste de tous les titres avec les niveaux d'imbrication correspondants. Ce panneau permet de naviguer facilement entre les titres dans le texte du document et de gérer la structure de titre. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur un titre de la liste et utilisez l'une des options disponibles dans le menu: Promouvoir - pour déplacer le titre actuellement sélectionné vers le niveau supérieur de la structure hiérarchique, par ex. le changer de Titre 2 à Titre 1. Abaisser - pour déplacer le titre actuellement sélectionné vers le niveau inférieur de la structure hiérarchique, par ex. le changer de à . Nouveau titre avant - pour ajouter un nouveau titre vide du même niveau avant celui actuellement sélectionné. - pour ajouter un nouveau titre vide du même niveau après celui actuellement sélectionné. Nouveau sous-titre - pour ajouter un nouveau sous-titre vide (c'est-à-dire un titre de niveau inférieur) après le titre actuellement sélectionné.Lorsque le titre ou la sous-rubrique est ajouté, cliquez sur l'en-tête vide ajouté dans la liste et tapez votre propre texte. Cela peut être fait à la fois dans le texte du document et sur le panneau Navigation lui-même. Sélectionner le contenu - pour sélectionner le texte sous le titre actuel du document (y compris le texte relatif à tous les sous-titres de cette rubrique). Tout développer - pour développer tous les niveaux de titres dans le panneau Navigation. Tout réduire - pour réduire tous les niveaux de titres excepté le niveau 1 dans le panneau . Développer au niveau - pour étendre la structure de titre au niveau sélectionné. Par exemple. Si vous sélectionnez le niveau 3, les niveaux 1, 2 et 3 seront développés, tandis que le niveau 4 et tous les niveaux inférieurs seront réduits. Pour développer ou réduire manuellement des niveaux de titre différents, utilisez les flèches situées à gauche des en-têtes. Pour fermer le panneau Navigation cliquez sur l'icône encore une fois. Insérer une table des matières dans le document Pour insérer une table des matières dans votre document: Positionnez le point d'insertion à l'endroit où vous souhaitez ajouter la table des matières. passez à l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Table des matières dans la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de cette icône et sélectionnez l'option voulue dans le menu. Vous pouvez sélectionner la table des matières qui affiche les titres, les numéros de page et les repères, ou les en-têtes uniquement. Remarque: l'apparence de la table des matières peut être ajustée ultérieurement via les paramètres de la table des matières. La table des matières sera insérée à la position actuelle du curseur. Pour modifier la position de la table des matières, vous pouvez sélectionner le champ de la table des matières (contrôle du contenu) et le faire simplement glisser vers l'emplacement souhaité. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton dans le coin supérieur gauche du champ Table des matières et faites-le glisser sans relâcher le bouton de la souris sur une autre position dans le texte du document. Pour naviguer entre les titres, appuyez sur la touche Ctrl et cliquez sur le titre souhaité dans le champ de la table des matières. Vous serez ramené à la page correspondante. Ajuster la table des matières créée Actualiser la table des matières Une fois la table des matières créée, vous pouvez continuer à modifier votre texte en ajoutant de nouveaux chapitres, en modifiant leur ordre, en supprimant certains paragraphes ou en développant le texte associé à un titre de manière à changer les numéros de page correspondants à la section considérée. Dans ce cas, utilisez l'option Actualiser pour appliquer automatiquement toutes les modifications à la table des matières. Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Actualiser dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option voulue dans le menu: Actualiser la totalité de la table: pour ajouter les titres que vous avez ajoutés au document, supprimer ceux que vous avez supprimés du document, mettre à jour les titres modifiés (renommés) et les numéros de page. Actualiser uniquement les numéros de page pour mettre à jour les numéros de page sans appliquer de modifications aux titres. Vous pouvez également sélectionner la table des matières dans le texte du document et cliquer sur l'icône Actualiser en haut du champ Table des matières pour afficher les options mentionnées ci-dessus. Il est également possible de cliquer avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans la table des matières et d'utiliser les options correspondantes dans le menu contextuel. Ajuster les paramètres de la table des matières Pour ouvrir les paramètres de la table des matières, vous pouvez procéder de la manière suivante: Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Table des matières dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres dans le menu. Sélectionnez la table des matières dans le texte du document, cliquez sur la flèche à côté du titre du champ Table des matières et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres dans le menu. Cliquez avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans la table des matières et utilisez l'option Paramètres de table des matières dans le menu contextuel. Une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvrira où vous pourrez ajuster les paramètres suivants: Afficher les numéros de page - cette option permet de choisir si vous souhaitez afficher les numéros de page ou non. Aligner à droite les numéros de page - cette option permet de choisir si vous souhaitez aligner les numéros de page sur le côté droit de la page ou non. Points de suite - cette option permet de choisir le type de points de suite que vous voulez utiliser. Un point de suite est une ligne de caractères (points ou traits d'union) qui remplit l'espace entre un titre et le numéro de page correspondant. Il est également possible de sélectionner l'option Aucun si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser de points de suite. Mettre en forme la table des matières en tant que liens - cette option est cochée par défaut. Si vous le décochez, vous ne pourrez pas passer au chapitre souhaité en appuyant sur Ctrl et en cliquant sur le titre correspondant. Créer une table des matières à partir de - cette section permet de spécifier le nombre de niveaux hiérarchiques voulus ainsi que les styles par défaut qui seront utilisés pour créer la table des matières. Cochez le champ correspondant: Niveaux hiérarchiques - lorsque cette option est sélectionnée, vous pouvez ajuster le nombre de niveaux hiérarchiques utilisés dans la table des matières. Cliquez sur les flèches dans le champ Niveaux pour diminuer ou augmenter le nombre de niveaux (les valeurs de 1 à 9 sont disponibles). Par exemple, si vous sélectionnez la valeur 3, les en-têtes de niveau 4 à 9 ne seront pas inclus dans la table des matières. Styles sélectionnés - lorsque cette option est sélectionnée, vous pouvez spécifier des styles supplémentaires pouvant être utilisés pour créer la table des matières et affecter un niveau de plan correspondant à chacun d'eux. Spécifiez la valeur de niveau souhaitée dans le champ situé à droite du style. Une fois les paramètres enregistrés, vous pourrez utiliser ce style lors de la création de la table des matières. Styles - cette option permet de sélectionner l'apparence souhaitée de la table des matières. Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Le champ d'aperçu ci-dessus affiche l'apparence de la table des matières.Les quatre styles par défaut suivants sont disponibles: Simple, Standard, Moderne, Classique. L'option Actuel est utilisée si vous personnalisez le style de la table des matières. cliquez sur le bouton OK dans la fenêtre des paramètres pour appliquer les changements. Personnaliser le style de la table des matières Après avoir appliqué l'un des styles de table des matières par défaut dans la fenêtre des paramètres de la Table des matières, vous pouvez le modifier afin que le texte figurant dans le champ de la table des matières ressemble au résultat que vous recherchez. Sélectionnez le texte dans le champ de la table des matières, par ex. en appuyant sur le bouton dans le coin supérieur gauche du contrôle du contenu de la table des matières. Mettez en forme la table des matières en modifiant le type de police, la taille, la couleur ou en appliquant les styles de décoration de police. Mettez à jour les styles pour les éléments de chaque niveau. Pour mettre à jour le style, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'élément mis en forme, sélectionnez l'option Mise en forme du style dans le menu contextuel et cliquez sur l'option Mettre à jour le style TM N (le style TM 2 correspond aux éléments de niveau 2, le style correspond aux éléments de et ainsi de suite). Actualiser la table des matières. Supprimer la table des matières Pour supprimer la table des matières du document: cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Table des matières dans la barre d'outils supérieure et utilisez l'option Supprimer la table des matières, ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard du titre de contrôle du contenu de la table des matières et utilisez l'option Supprimer la table des matières." + "body": "Une table des matières contient une liste de tous les chapitres (sections, etc.) d'un document et affiche les numéros des pages où chaque chapitre est démarré. Cela permet de naviguer facilement dans un document de plusieurs pages en passant rapidement à la partie voulue du texte. La table des matières est générée automatiquement sur la base des titres de document formatés à l'aide de styles prédéfinis. Cela facilite la mise à jour de la table des matières créée sans qu'il soit nécessaire de modifier les titres et de changer manuellement les numéros de page si le texte du document a été modifié. Définir la structure des titres Formater les titres Tout d'abord, formatez les titres dans votre document en utilisant l'un des styles prédéfinis. Pour le faire, Sélectionnez le texte que vous souhaitez inclure dans la table des matières. Ouvrez le menu Style sur le côté droit de l'onglet Accueil dans la barre d'outils supérieure. Cliquez sur le style que vous souhaitez appliquer. Par défaut, vous pouvez utiliser les styles Titre 1 - Titre 9.Remarque: si vous souhaitez utiliser d'autres styles (par exemple Titre, Sous-titre, etc.) pour formater les titres qui seront inclus dans la table des matières, vous devrez d'abord ajuster les paramètres de la table des matières (voir la section correspondante ci-dessous). Pour en savoir plus sur les styles de mise en forme disponibles, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Gérer les titres Une fois les titres formatés, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'icône Navigation dans la barre latérale de gauche pour ouvrir le panneau qui affiche la liste de tous les titres avec les niveaux d'imbrication correspondants. Ce panneau permet de naviguer facilement entre les titres dans le texte du document et de gérer la structure de titre. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur un titre de la liste et utilisez l'une des options disponibles dans le menu: Promouvoir - pour déplacer le titre actuellement sélectionné vers le niveau supérieur de la structure hiérarchique, par ex. le changer de Titre 2 à Titre 1. Abaisser - pour déplacer le titre actuellement sélectionné vers le niveau inférieur de la structure hiérarchique, par ex. le changer de à . Nouvel en-tête avant - pour ajouter un nouveau titre vide du même niveau avant celui actuellement sélectionné. Nouvel en-tête après- pour ajouter un nouveau titre vide du même niveau après celui actuellement sélectionné. Nouveau sous-titre - pour ajouter un nouveau sous-titre vide (c'est-à-dire un titre de niveau inférieur) après le titre actuellement sélectionné.Lorsque le titre ou la sous-rubrique est ajouté, cliquez sur l'en-tête vide ajouté dans la liste et tapez votre propre texte. Cela peut être fait à la fois dans le texte du document et sur le panneau Navigation lui-même. Sélectionner le contenu - pour sélectionner le texte sous le titre actuel du document (y compris le texte relatif à tous les sous-titres de cette rubrique). Tout développer - pour développer tous les niveaux de titres dans le panneau Navigation. Tout réduire - pour réduire tous les niveaux de titres excepté le niveau 1 dans le panneau . Développer au niveau - pour étendre la structure de titre au niveau sélectionné. Par exemple. Si vous sélectionnez le niveau 3, les niveaux 1, 2 et 3 seront développés, tandis que le niveau 4 et tous les niveaux inférieurs seront réduits. Pour développer ou réduire manuellement des niveaux de titre différents, utilisez les flèches situées à gauche des en-têtes. Pour fermer le panneau Navigation cliquez sur l'icône encore une fois. Insérer une table des matières dans le document Pour insérer une table des matières dans votre document: Positionnez le point d'insertion à l'endroit où vous souhaitez ajouter la table des matières. passez à l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Table des matières dans la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de cette icône et sélectionnez l'option voulue dans le menu. Vous pouvez sélectionner la table des matières qui affiche les titres, les numéros de page et les repères, ou les en-têtes uniquement. Remarque: l'apparence de la table des matières peut être ajustée ultérieurement via les paramètres de la table des matières. La table des matières sera insérée à la position actuelle du curseur. Pour modifier la position de la table des matières, vous pouvez sélectionner le champ de la table des matières (contrôle du contenu) et le faire simplement glisser vers l'emplacement souhaité. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton dans le coin supérieur gauche du champ Table des matières et faites-le glisser sans relâcher le bouton de la souris sur une autre position dans le texte du document. Pour naviguer entre les titres, appuyez sur la touche Ctrl et cliquez sur le titre souhaité dans le champ de la table des matières. Vous serez ramené à la page correspondante. Ajuster la table des matières créée Actualiser la table des matières Une fois la table des matières créée, vous pouvez continuer à modifier votre texte en ajoutant de nouveaux chapitres, en modifiant leur ordre, en supprimant certains paragraphes ou en développant le texte associé à un titre de manière à changer les numéros de page correspondants à la section considérée. Dans ce cas, utilisez l'option Actualiser pour appliquer automatiquement toutes les modifications à la table des matières. Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Actualiser dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option voulue dans le menu: Actualiser la totalité de la table: pour ajouter les titres que vous avez ajoutés au document, supprimer ceux que vous avez supprimés du document, mettre à jour les titres modifiés (renommés) et les numéros de page. Actualiser uniquement les numéros de page pour mettre à jour les numéros de page sans appliquer de modifications aux titres. Vous pouvez également sélectionner la table des matières dans le texte du document et cliquer sur l'icône Actualiser en haut du champ Table des matières pour afficher les options mentionnées ci-dessus. Il est également possible de cliquer avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans la table des matières et d'utiliser les options correspondantes dans le menu contextuel. Ajuster les paramètres de la table des matières Pour ouvrir les paramètres de la table des matières, vous pouvez procéder de la manière suivante: Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Table des matières dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres dans le menu. Sélectionnez la table des matières dans le texte du document, cliquez sur la flèche à côté du titre du champ Table des matières et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres dans le menu. Cliquez avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans la table des matières et utilisez l'option Paramètres de table des matières dans le menu contextuel. Une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvrira où vous pourrez ajuster les paramètres suivants: Afficher les numéros de page - cette option permet de choisir si vous souhaitez afficher les numéros de page ou non. Aligner à droite les numéros de page - cette option permet de choisir si vous souhaitez aligner les numéros de page sur le côté droit de la page ou non. Points de suite - cette option permet de choisir le type de points de suite que vous voulez utiliser. Un point de suite est une ligne de caractères (points ou traits d'union) qui remplit l'espace entre un titre et le numéro de page correspondant. Il est également possible de sélectionner l'option Aucun si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser de points de suite. Mettre en forme la table des matières en tant que liens - cette option est cochée par défaut. Si vous le décochez, vous ne pourrez pas passer au chapitre souhaité en appuyant sur Ctrl et en cliquant sur le titre correspondant. Créer une table des matières à partir de - cette section permet de spécifier le nombre de niveaux hiérarchiques voulus ainsi que les styles par défaut qui seront utilisés pour créer la table des matières. Cochez le champ correspondant: Niveaux hiérarchiques - lorsque cette option est sélectionnée, vous pouvez ajuster le nombre de niveaux hiérarchiques utilisés dans la table des matières. Cliquez sur les flèches dans le champ Niveaux pour diminuer ou augmenter le nombre de niveaux (les valeurs de 1 à 9 sont disponibles). Par exemple, si vous sélectionnez la valeur 3, les en-têtes de niveau 4 à 9 ne seront pas inclus dans la table des matières. Styles sélectionnés - lorsque cette option est sélectionnée, vous pouvez spécifier des styles supplémentaires pouvant être utilisés pour créer la table des matières et affecter un niveau de plan correspondant à chacun d'eux. Spécifiez la valeur de niveau souhaitée dans le champ situé à droite du style. Une fois les paramètres enregistrés, vous pourrez utiliser ce style lors de la création de la table des matières. Styles - cette option permet de sélectionner l'apparence souhaitée de la table des matières. Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Le champ d'aperçu ci-dessus affiche l'apparence de la table des matières.Les quatre styles par défaut suivants sont disponibles: Simple, Standard, Moderne, Classique. L'option Actuel est utilisée si vous personnalisez le style de la table des matières. cliquez sur le bouton OK dans la fenêtre des paramètres pour appliquer les changements. Personnaliser le style de la table des matières Après avoir appliqué l'un des styles de table des matières par défaut dans la fenêtre des paramètres de la Table des matières, vous pouvez le modifier afin que le texte figurant dans le champ de la table des matières ressemble au résultat que vous recherchez. Sélectionnez le texte dans le champ de la table des matières, par ex. en appuyant sur le bouton dans le coin supérieur gauche du contrôle du contenu de la table des matières. Mettez en forme la table des matières en modifiant le type de police, la taille, la couleur ou en appliquant les styles de décoration de police. Mettez à jour les styles pour les éléments de chaque niveau. Pour mettre à jour le style, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'élément mis en forme, sélectionnez l'option Mise en forme du style dans le menu contextuel et cliquez sur l'option Mettre à jour le style TM N (le style TM 2 correspond aux éléments de niveau 2, le style correspond aux éléments de et ainsi de suite). Actualiser la table des matières. Supprimer la table des matières Pour supprimer la table des matières du document: cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Table des matières dans la barre d'outils supérieure et utilisez l'option Supprimer la table des matières, ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard du titre de contrôle du contenu de la table des matières et utilisez l'option Supprimer la table des matières." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", @@ -163,88 +173,128 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", "title": "Définir le type de police, la taille et la couleur", - "body": "Vous pouvez sélectionner le type, la taille et la couleur de police à l'aide des icônes correspondantes situées dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Remarque : si vous voulez appliquer la mise en forme au texte déjà saisi, sélectionnez-le avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier et appliquez la mise en forme. Nom de la police Sert à sélectionner l'une des polices disponibles dans la liste. Si une police requise n'est pas disponible dans la liste, vous pouvez la télécharger et l'installer sur votre système d'exploitation, après quoi la police sera disponible pour utilisation dans la version de bureau. Taille de la police Sert à sélectionner la taille de la police parmi les valeurs disponibles dans la liste déroulante (les valeurs par défaut sont : 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 et 96). Il est également possible d'entrer manuellement une valeur personnalisée dans le champ de taille de police, puis d'appuyer sur Entrée. Incrémenter la taille de la police Sert à modifier la taille de la police en la randant plus grande à un point chaque fois que vous appuyez sur le bouton. Décrementer la taille de la police Sert à modifier la taille de la police en la randant plus petite à un point chaque fois que vous appuyez sur le bouton. Couleur de surlignage Est utilisé pour marquer des phrases, des fragments, des mots ou même des caractères séparés en ajoutant une bande de couleur qui imite l'effet du surligneur sur le texte. Vous pouvez sélectionner la partie voulue du texte, puis cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône pour sélectionner une couleur dans la palette (ce jeu de couleurs ne dépend pas du Jeu de couleurs sélectionné et comprend 16 couleurs). La couleur sera appliquée à la sélection. Alternativement, vous pouvez d'abord choisir une couleur de surbrillance et ensuite commencer à sélectionner le texte avec la souris - le pointeur de la souris ressemblera à ceci et vous serez en mesure de surligner plusieurs parties différentes de votre texte de manière séquentielle. Arrêter de surligne, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône. Pour effacer la couleur de surbrillance, choisissez l'option Pas de remplissage. La Couleur de surlignage est différente de la Couleur de fond car cette dernière est appliquée au paragraphe entier et remplit complètement l’espace du paragraphe de la marge de page gauche à la marge de page droite. Couleur de police Sert à changer la couleur des lettres /characters dans le texte. Par défaut, la couleur de police automatique est définie dans un nouveau document vide. Elle s'affiche comme la police noire sur l'arrière-plan blanc. Si vous choisissez le noir comme la couleur d'arrière-plan, la couleur de la police se change automatiquement à la couleur blanche pour que le texte soit visible. Pour choisir une autre couleur, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas située à côté de l'icône et sélectionnez une couleur disponible dans les palettes (les couleurs de la palette Couleurs de thème dépend du jeu de couleurs sélectionné). Après avoir modifié la couleur de police par défaut, vous pouvez utiliser l'option Automatique dans la fenêtre des palettes de couleurs pour restaurer rapidement la couleur automatique pour le fragment du texte sélectionné. Remarque: pour en savoir plus sur l'utilisation des palettes de couleurs, consultez cette page." + "body": "Vous pouvez sélectionner le type, la taille et la couleur de police à l'aide des icônes correspondantes situées dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Remarque : si vous voulez appliquer la mise en forme au texte déjà saisi, sélectionnez-le avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier et appliquez la mise en forme. Nom de la police Sert à sélectionner l'une des polices disponibles dans la liste. Si une police requise n'est pas disponible dans la liste, vous pouvez la télécharger et l'installer sur votre système d'exploitation, après quoi la police sera disponible pour utilisation dans la version de bureau. Taille de la police Sert à sélectionner la taille de la police parmi les valeurs disponibles dans la liste déroulante (les valeurs par défaut sont : 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 et 96). Il est également possible d'entrer manuellement une valeur personnalisée dans le champ de taille de police, puis d'appuyer sur Entrée. Augmenter la taille de la police Sert à modifier la taille de la police en la randant plus grande à un point chaque fois que vous appuyez sur le bouton. Réduire la taille de la police Sert à modifier la taille de la police en la randant plus petite à un point chaque fois que vous appuyez sur le bouton. Couleur de surlignage Est utilisé pour marquer des phrases, des fragments, des mots ou même des caractères séparés en ajoutant une bande de couleur qui imite l'effet du surligneur sur le texte. Vous pouvez sélectionner la partie voulue du texte, puis cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône pour sélectionner une couleur dans la palette (ce jeu de couleurs ne dépend pas du Jeu de couleurs sélectionné et comprend 16 couleurs). La couleur sera appliquée à la sélection. Alternativement, vous pouvez d'abord choisir une couleur de surbrillance et ensuite commencer à sélectionner le texte avec la souris - le pointeur de la souris ressemblera à ceci et vous serez en mesure de surligner plusieurs parties différentes de votre texte de manière séquentielle. Arrêter de surligne, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône. Pour effacer la couleur de surbrillance, choisissez l'option Pas de remplissage. La Couleur de surlignage est différente de la Couleur de fond car cette dernière est appliquée au paragraphe entier et remplit complètement l’espace du paragraphe de la marge de page gauche à la marge de page droite. Couleur de police Sert à changer la couleur des lettres /characters dans le texte. Par défaut, la couleur de police automatique est définie dans un nouveau document vide. Elle s'affiche comme la police noire sur l'arrière-plan blanc. Si vous choisissez le noir comme la couleur d'arrière-plan, la couleur de la police se change automatiquement à la couleur blanche pour que le texte soit visible. Pour choisir une autre couleur, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas située à côté de l'icône et sélectionnez une couleur disponible dans les palettes (les couleurs de la palette Couleurs de thème dépend du jeu de couleurs sélectionné). Après avoir modifié la couleur de police par défaut, vous pouvez utiliser l'option Automatique dans la fenêtre des palettes de couleurs pour restaurer rapidement la couleur automatique pour le fragment du texte sélectionné. Remarque: pour en savoir plus sur l'utilisation des palettes de couleurs, consultez cette page." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", "title": "Appliquer les styles de formatage", - "body": "Chaque style de mise en forme représente un ensemble des options de mise en forme : (taille de la police, couleur, interligne, alignment etc.). Les styles permettent de mettre en forme rapidement les parties différentes du texte (en-têtes, sous-titres, listes,texte normal, citations) au lieu d'appliquer les options de mise en forme différentes individuellement chaque fois que vous en avez besoin. Cela permet également d'assurer une apparence uniforme de tout le document. Un style n'est appliqué au'au paragraphe entier. Appliquer des styles par défault Pour appliquer un des styles de mise en forme disponibles, placez le curseur dans le paragraphe nécessaire, ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes pour appliquer un des styles de mise en forme, sélectionnez le style nécessaire à partir de la galerie de styles située à droite de la barre d'outils supérieure. Les styles de mise en forme disponibles sont : normal, non-espacemen, titre 1-9, title, sous-titre, citation, citation intense, paragraphe de liste. Modifier des styles disponibles et créer de nouveaux Pour modifier le style existant : Appliquez le style nécessaire à un paragraphe. Sélectionnez le texte du paragraphe et modifiez tous les paramètres de mise en forme dont vous avez besoin. Enregistrez les modifications effectuées : cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le texte en cours de modification, sélectionnez l'option En tant que style et sélectionnez l'option Mettre à jour le style 'Nomdestyle' ('Nomdestyle' correspond au style appliqué à l'étape 1), ou sélectionnez le fragment du texte en cours de modification avec la souris, ouvrez le menu déroulant de la galerie des styles, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le style à modifier et sélectionnez l'option Mettre à jour selon la sélection. Une fois que le style est modifié, tous les paragraphes dans le document qui a été mis en forme à l'aide de ce style vont changer leur apparence de manière correspondante. Pour créer un tout nouveau style: Mettez en forme un fragment du texte d'une manière nécessaire. Choisissez une façon appropriée de sauvegarder le style: cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le texte en cours de modification, sélectionnez l'option En tant que style et puis choisissez l'option Créer un nouveau style, ou sélectionnez le fragment du texte à l'aide de la souris, ouvrez la liste déroulante de la galerie de styles et cliquez sur l'option Nouveau style à partir du fragment sélectionné. Définissez les paramètres du nouveau style dans la fenêtre Créer un nouveau style qui s'ouvre : Spécifiez un nom du nouveau style en utilisant le champ correspondant. Chosissez le style nécessaire du paragraphe suivant en utilisant la liste Style du nouveau paragraphe. Cliquez sur le bouton OK. Le style créé sera ajouté à la galerie des styles. Gérez vos styles personnalisés: Pour restaurer les paramètres par défaut d'un style que vous avez modifié, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le style que vous voulez restaurer et sélectionnez l'option Restaurer les paramètres par défaut. Pour restaurer les paramètres par défaut de tous les styles que vous avez modifiés, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le style dans la galerie des styles et sélectionnez l'option Restaurer tous les styles par défaut. Pour supprimer un des styles que vous avez créé, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le style à supprimer et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer le style. Pour supprimer tous les nouveaux style que vous avez crées, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un des nouveaux styles crées et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer tous les styles personnalisés." + "body": "Chaque style de mise en forme représente un ensemble des options de mise en forme : (taille de la police, couleur, interligne, alignment etc.). Les styles permettent de mettre en forme rapidement les parties différentes du texte (en-têtes, sous-titres, listes,texte normal, citations) au lieu d'appliquer les options de mise en forme différentes individuellement chaque fois que vous en avez besoin. Cela permet également d'assurer une apparence uniforme de tout le document. Un style n'est appliqué au'au paragraphe entier. Le style à appliquer depend du fait si c'est le paragraphe (normal, pas d'espace, titres, paragraphe de liste etc.) ou le texte (d'aprèz type, taille et couleur de police) que vous souhaitez mettre en forme. Différents styles sont aussi appliqués quand vous sélectionnez une partie du texte ou seulement placez le curseur sur un mot. Parfois, il faut sélectionner le style approprié deux fois de la bibliothèque de styles pour le faire appliquer correctement: lorsque vous appuyer sur le style dans le panneau pour la première fois, le style de paragraphe est appliqué. Lorsque vous appuyez pour la deuxième fois, le style du texte est appliqué. Appliquer des styles par défault Pour appliquer un des styles de mise en forme disponibles, placez le curseur dans le paragraphe nécessaire, ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes pour appliquer un des styles de mise en forme, sélectionnez le style nécessaire à partir de la galerie de styles située à droite de la barre d'outils supérieure. Les styles de mise en forme disponibles sont : normal, non-espacemen, titre 1-9, title, sous-titre, citation, citation intense, paragraphe de liste. Modifier des styles disponibles et créer de nouveaux Pour modifier le style existant : Appliquez le style nécessaire à un paragraphe. Sélectionnez le texte du paragraphe et modifiez tous les paramètres de mise en forme dont vous avez besoin. Enregistrez les modifications effectuées : cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le texte en cours de modification, sélectionnez l'option En tant que style et sélectionnez l'option Mettre à jour le style 'Nomdestyle' ('Nomdestyle' correspond au style appliqué à l'étape 1), ou sélectionnez le fragment du texte en cours de modification avec la souris, ouvrez le menu déroulant de la galerie des styles, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le style à modifier et sélectionnez l'option Mettre à jour selon la sélection. Une fois que le style est modifié, tous les paragraphes dans le document qui a été mis en forme à l'aide de ce style vont changer leur apparence de manière correspondante. Pour créer un tout nouveau style: Mettez en forme un fragment du texte d'une manière nécessaire. Choisissez une façon appropriée de sauvegarder le style: cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le texte en cours de modification, sélectionnez l'option En tant que style et puis choisissez l'option Créer un nouveau style, ou sélectionnez le fragment du texte à l'aide de la souris, ouvrez la liste déroulante de la galerie de styles et cliquez sur l'option Nouveau style à partir du fragment sélectionné. Définissez les paramètres du nouveau style dans la fenêtre Créer un nouveau style qui s'ouvre : Spécifiez un nom du nouveau style en utilisant le champ correspondant. Chosissez le style nécessaire du paragraphe suivant en utilisant la liste Style du nouveau paragraphe. Cliquez sur le bouton OK. Le style créé sera ajouté à la galerie des styles. Gérez vos styles personnalisés: Pour restaurer les paramètres par défaut d'un style que vous avez modifié, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le style que vous voulez restaurer et sélectionnez l'option Restaurer les paramètres par défaut. Pour restaurer les paramètres par défaut de tous les styles que vous avez modifiés, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le style dans la galerie des styles et sélectionnez l'option Restaurer tous les styles par défaut. Pour supprimer un des styles que vous avez créé, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le style à supprimer et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer le style. Pour supprimer tous les nouveaux style que vous avez crées, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un des nouveaux styles crées et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer tous les styles personnalisés." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm", + "title": "Insérer le code en surbrillance", + "body": "Vous pouvez intégrer votre code mis en surbrillance auquel le style est déjà appliqué à correspondre avec le langage de programmation et le style de coloration dans le programme choisi. Accédez à votre document et placez le curseur à l'endroit où le code doit être inséré. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez Code en surbrillance. Spécifiez la Langue de programmation. Choisissez le Style du code pour qu'il apparaisse de manière à sembler celui dans le programme. Spécifiez si on va remplacer les tabulations par des espaces. Choisissez la Couleur de fond. Pour le faire manuellement, déplacez le curseur sur la palette de couleurs ou passez la valeur de type RBG/HSL/HEX. Cliquez sur OK pour insérer le code." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Insérer les formes automatiques", - "body": "Insérer une forme automatique Pour insérer une forme automatique à votre document, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Forme de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'un des groupes des formes automatiques disponibles : Formes de base, Flèches figurées, Maths, Graphiques, Étoiles et rubans, Légendes, Boutons, Rectangles, Lignes, cliquez sur la forme automatique nécessaire du groupe sélectionné, placez le curseur de la souris là où vous voulez insérer la forme, après avoir ajouté la forme automatique vous pouvez modifier sa taille, sa position et ses propriétés.Remarque: pour ajouter une légende à la forme, assurez-vous que la forme est sélectionnée et commencez à taper le texte. Le texte que vous ajoutez fait partie de la forme (ainsi si vous déplacez ou faites pivoter la forme, le texte change de position lui aussi). Déplacer et redimensionner des formes automatiques Pour modifier la taille de la forme automatique, faites glisser les petits carreaux situés sur les bords de la forme. Pour garder les proportions de la forme automatique sélectionnée lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Lors de la modification des formes, par exemple des flèches figurées ou les légendes, l'icône jaune en forme de diamant est aussi disponible. Elle permet d'ajuster certains aspects de la forme, par exemple, la longueur de la pointe d'une flèche. Pour modifier la position de la forme automatique, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur la forme. Faites glisser la forme à la position nécessaire sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Lorsque vous déplacez la forme automatique, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à positionner l'objet sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné). Pour déplacer la forme automatique de trois incréments, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et utilisez les flèches du clavier. Pour déplacer la forme automatique strictement horizontallement / verticallement et l'empêcher de se déplacer dans une direction perpendiculaire, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée lors du déplacement. Pour faire pivoter la forme automatique, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée de rotation ronde et faites-la glisser vers la droite ou la gauche. Pour limiter la rotation de l'angle à des incréments de 15 degrés, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée. Note : la liste des raccourcis clavier qui peuvent être utilisés lorsque vous travaillez avec des objets est disponible ici. Modifier les paramètres de la forme automatique Pour aligner et organiser les formes automatiques, utilisez le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes : Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Organiser sert à placer la forme automatique choisie au premier plan, envoyer à fond, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper les formes pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs formes à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Aligner sert à aligner la forme à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte - ou modifier le contour de l'habillage. L'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous sélectionnez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Rotation permet de faire pivoter la forme de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre ou dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre, ainsi que de retourner la forme horizontalement ou verticalement. Paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Forme - Paramètres avancés'. Certains paramètres de la forme automatique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres de la forme de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, sélectionnez la forme ajoutée avec la souris et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de la forme à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants : Remplissage - utilisez cette section pour sélectionner le remplissage de la forme automatique. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : Couleur - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie à remplir l'espace intérieur de la forme automatique sélectionnée. Cliquez sur la case de couleur et sélectionnez la couleur voulue à partir de l'ensemble de couleurs disponibles ou spécifiez n'importe quelle couleur de votre choix : Dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour specifier deux couleurs pour créer une transition douce entre elles et remplir la forme. Style - choisissez une des options disponibles : Linéaire (la transition se fait selon un axe horizontal/vertical ou en diagonale, sous l'angle de 45 degrés) ou Radial (la transition se fait autour d'un point, les couleurs se fondent progressivement du centre aux bords en formant un cercle). Direction - choisissez un modèle du menu. Si vous avez sélectionné le style Linéaire, vous pouvez choisir une des directions suivantes : du haut à gauche vers le bas à droite, du haut en bas, du haut à droite vers le bas à gauche, de droite à gauche, du bas à droite vers le haut à gauche, du bas en haut, du bas à gauche vers le haut à droite, de gauche à droite. Si vous avez choisi le style Radial, il n'est disponible qu'un seul modèle. Dégradé - cliquez sur le curseur de dégradé gauche au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour activer la palette de couleurs qui correspond à la première couleur. Cliquez sur la palette de couleurs à droite pour sélectionner la première couleur. Faites glisser le curseur pour définir le point de dégradé c'est-à-dire le point quand une couleur se fond dans une autre. Utilisez le curseur droit au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour spécifier la deuxième couleur et définir le point de dégradé. Image ou texture - sélectionnez cette option pour utiliser une image ou une texture prédéfinie en tant que arrière-plan de la forme. Si vous souhaitez utiliser une image en tant que l'arrière-plan de la forme, vous pouvez ajouter une image D'un fichier en la sélectionnant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur ou D'une URL en insérant l'adresse URL appropriée dans la fenêtre ouverte. Si vous souhaitez utiliser une texture en tant que arrière-plan de la forme, utilisez le menu déroulant D'une texture et sélectionnez le préréglage de la texture nécessaire.Actuellement, les textures suivantes sont disponibles : Toile, Carton, Tissu foncé, Grain, Granit, Papier gris, Tricot, Cuir, Papier brun, Papyrus, Bois. Si l'Image sélectionnée est plus grande ou plus petite que la forme automatique, vous pouvez profiter d'une des options : Étirement ou Mosaïque depuis la liste déroulante.L'option Étirement permet de régler la taille de l'image pour l'adapter à la taille de la forme automatique afin qu'elle puisse remplir tout l'espace uniformément. L'option Mosaïque permet d'afficher seulement une partie de l'image plus grande en gardant ses dimensions d'origine, ou de répéter l'image plus petite en conservant ses dimensions initiales sur la surface de la forme automatique afin qu'elle puisse remplir tout l'espace uniformément. Remarque : tout préréglage Texture sélectionné remplit l'espace de façon uniforme, mais vous pouvez toujours appliquer l'effet Étirement, si nécessaire. Modèle - sélectionnez cette option pour sélectionner le modèle à deux couleurs composé des éléments répétés. Modèle - sélectionnez un des modèles prédéfinis du menu. Couleur de premier plan - cliquez sur cette palette de couleurs pour changer la couleur des éléments du modèle. Couleur d'arrière-plan - cliquez sur cette palette de couleurs pour changer de l'arrière-plan du modèle. Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser un remplissage. Opacité - utilisez cette section pour régler le niveau d'Opacité des formes automatiques en faisant glisser le curseur ou en saisissant la valeur de pourcentage à la main. La valeur par défaut est 100%. Elle correspond à l'opacité complète. La valeur 0% correspond à la transparence totale. Trait - utilisez cette section pour changer la largeur et la couleur du trait de la forme automatique. Pour modifier la largeur du trait, sélectionnez une des options disponibles depuis la liste déroulante Taille. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : 0,5 pt, 1 pt, 1,5 pt, 2,25 pt, 3 pt, 4,5 pt, 6 pt ou Pas de ligne si vous ne voulez pas utiliser de trait. Pour changer la couleur du contour, cliquez sur la case colorée et sélectionnez la couleur voulue. Pour modifier le type de contour, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante correspondante (une ligne continue est appliquée par défaut, vous pouvez la remplacer par l'une des lignes pointillées disponibles). Rotation permet de faire pivoter la forme de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre ou dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre, ainsi que de retourner la forme horizontalement ou verticalement. Cliquez sur l'un des boutons : pour faire pivoter la forme de 90 degrés dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre pour faire pivoter la forme de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre pour retourner la forme horizontalement (de gauche à droite) pour retourner la forme verticalement (à l'envers) Style d'habillage - utilisez cette section pour sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous). Modifier la forme - utilisez cette section pour remplacer la forme automatique insérée par une autre sélectionnée de la liste déroulante. Pour changer les paramètres avancés de la forme automatique, cliquez sur la forme avec le bouton droit et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés dans le menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre \"Forme - Paramètres avancés\" s'ouvre : L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants : Largeur - utilisez l'une de ces options pour modifier la largeur de la forme automatique. Absolue - spécifiez une valeur exacte mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...). Relatif - spécifiez un pourcentage relatif à la largeur de la marge de gauche, la marge (c'est-à-dire la distance entre les marges gauche et droite), la largeur de la page ou la largeur de la marge de droite. Hauteur - utilisez l'une de ces options pour modifier la hauteur de la forme automatique. Absolue - spécifiez une valeur exacte mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...). Relatif - spécifiez un pourcentage relatif à la marge (c'est-à-dire la distance entre les marges supérieure et inférieure), la hauteur de la marge inférieure, la hauteur de la page ou la hauteur de la marge supérieure. Si l'option Verrouiller le ratio d'aspect est cochée, la largeur et la hauteur seront modifiées en conservant le ratio d'aspect original. L'onglet Rotation comporte les paramètres suivants : Angle - utilisez cette option pour faire pivoter la forme d'un angle exactement spécifié. Entrez la valeur souhaitée mesurée en degrés dans le champ ou réglez-la à l'aide des flèches situées à droite. Retourné - cochez la case Horizontalement pour retourner la forme horizontalement (de gauche à droite) ou la case Verticalement pour retourner la forme verticalement (à l'envers). L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants : Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la façon dont la forme est positionnée par rapport au texte : elle peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style 'aligné sur le texte') ou être contournée par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). Aligné sur le texte - la forme fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, la forme est déplacée elle aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer l'image indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte : Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de la forme. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour de la forme. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de la forme et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur d'elle. Pour créer l'effet, utilisez l'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne du menu contextuel. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas de la forme. Devant le texte - la forme est affichée sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur la forme. Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche). L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné : La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de forme automatique suivants : Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite. La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de forme automatique suivants : Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) sous la ligne, la marge, la marge inférieure, le paragraphe, la page la marge supérieure, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure. Déplacer avec le texte détermine si la forme automatique se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel elle est alignée. Chevauchement détermine si deux formes automatiques sont fusionnées en une seule ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Poids et flèches contient les paramètres suivants : Style de ligne - ce groupe d'options vous permet de spécifier les paramètres suivants : Type de litterine - cette option permet de définir le style de la fin de la ligne, ainsi elle peut être appliquée seulement aux formes avec un contour ouvert telles que des lignes, des polylignes etc.: Plat - les points finaux seront plats. Arrondi - les points finaux seront arrondis. Carré - les points finaux seront carrés. Type de jointure - cette option permet de définir le style de l'intersection de deux lignes, par exemple, une polyligne, les coins du triangle ou le contour du rectangle : Arrondi - le coin sera arrondi. Plaque - le coin sera coupé d'une manière angulaire. Onglet - l'angle sera aiguisé. Bien adapté pour les formes à angles vifs. Remarque : l'effet sera plus visible si vous utilisez un contour plus épais. Flèches - ce groupe d'options est disponible pour les formes du groupe Lignes. Il permet de définir le Style de début et Style de fin aussi bien que la Taille des flèches en sélectionnant l'option appropriée de la liste déroulante. L'onglet Marges vous permet de changer les marges internes En haut, En bas, A gauche et A droite (c'est-à-dire la distance entre le texte à l'intérieur de la forme et les bordures de la forme automatique). Remarque : cet onglet n'est disponible que si tu texte est ajouté dans la forme automatique, sinon l'onglet est désactivé. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du tableau." + "body": "Insérer une forme automatique Pour insérer une forme automatique à votre document, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Forme de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'un des groupes des formes automatiques disponibles : Formes de base, Flèches figurées, Maths, Graphiques, Étoiles et rubans, Légendes, Boutons, Rectangles, Lignes, cliquez sur la forme automatique nécessaire du groupe sélectionné, placez le curseur de la souris là où vous voulez insérer la forme, après avoir ajouté la forme automatique vous pouvez modifier sa taille, sa position et ses propriétés.Remarque: pour ajouter une légende à la forme, assurez-vous que la forme est sélectionnée et commencez à taper le texte. Le texte que vous ajoutez fait partie de la forme (ainsi si vous déplacez ou faites pivoter la forme, le texte change de position lui aussi). Déplacer et redimensionner des formes automatiques Pour modifier la taille de la forme automatique, faites glisser les petits carreaux situés sur les bords de la forme. Pour garder les proportions de la forme automatique sélectionnée lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Lors de la modification des formes, par exemple des flèches figurées ou les légendes, l'icône jaune en forme de diamant est aussi disponible. Elle permet d'ajuster certains aspects de la forme, par exemple, la longueur de la pointe d'une flèche. Pour modifier la position de la forme automatique, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur la forme. Faites glisser la forme à la position nécessaire sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Lorsque vous déplacez la forme automatique, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à positionner l'objet sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné). Pour déplacer la forme automatique de trois incréments, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et utilisez les flèches du clavier. Pour déplacer la forme automatique strictement horizontallement / verticallement et l'empêcher de se déplacer dans une direction perpendiculaire, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée lors du déplacement. Pour faire pivoter la forme automatique, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée de rotation ronde et faites-la glisser vers la droite ou la gauche. Pour limiter la rotation de l'angle à des incréments de 15 degrés, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée. Note : la liste des raccourcis clavier qui peuvent être utilisés lorsque vous travaillez avec des objets est disponible ici. Modifier les paramètres de la forme automatique Pour aligner et organiser les formes automatiques, utilisez le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes : Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Organiser sert à placer la forme automatique choisie au premier plan, envoyer à fond, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper les formes pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs formes à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Aligner sert à aligner la forme à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte - ou modifier le contour de l'habillage. L'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous sélectionnez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Rotation permet de faire pivoter la forme de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre ou dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre, ainsi que de retourner la forme horizontalement ou verticalement. Paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Forme - Paramètres avancés'. Certains paramètres de la forme automatique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres de la forme de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, sélectionnez la forme ajoutée avec la souris et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de la forme à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants : Remplissage - utilisez cette section pour sélectionner le remplissage de la forme automatique. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes: Couleur de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie à remplir l'espace intérieur de la forme automatique sélectionnée. Cliquez sur la case de couleur et sélectionnez la couleur voulue à partir de l'ensemble de couleurs disponibles ou spécifiez n'importe quelle couleur de votre choix : Remplissage en dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour remplir une forme avec deux ou plusieurs couleurs et créer une transition douce entre elles. Particulariser le remplissage en dégrédé sans limites. Cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres de la forme pour ouvrir le menu de Remplissage de la barre latérale droite: Les options de menu disponibles : Style - choisissez une des options disponibles: Linéaire ou Radial: Linéaire - la transition se fait selon un axe horizontal/vertical ou selon la direction sous l'angle de votre choix. Cliquez sur Direction pour choisir la direction prédéfinie et cliquez sur Angle pour préciser l'angle du dégragé. Radial - la transition se fait autour d'un point, les couleurs se fondent progressivement du centre aux bords en formant un cercle. Point de dégradé est un points spécifique dans lequel se fait la transition dégradé de couleurs. Utiliser le bouton Ajouter un point de dégradé dans la barre de défilement pour ajouter un dégradé. Le nombre maximal de points est de 10. Chaque dégradé suivant n'affecte pas l'apparence du remplissage en dégradé actuel. Utilisez le bouton Supprimer le point de dégradé pour supprimer un certain dégradé. Ajustez la position du dégradé en glissant l'arrêt dans la barre de défilement ou utiliser le pourcentage de Position pour préciser l'emplacement du point. Pour appliquer une couleur à un point de dégradé, cliquez sur un point dans la barre de défilement, puis cliquez sur Couleur pour sélectionner la couleur appropriée. Image ou texture - sélectionnez cette option pour utiliser une image ou une texture prédéfinie en tant que arrière-plan de la forme. Si vous souhaitez utiliser une image en tant que l'arrière-plan de la forme, vous pouvez ajouter une image D'un fichier en la sélectionnant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur ou D'une URL en insérant l'adresse URL appropriée dans la fenêtre ouverte ou À partir de l'espace de stockage en sélectionnant l'image enregistrée sur vortre portail. Si vous souhaitez utiliser une texture en tant que arrière-plan de la forme, utilisez le menu déroulant D'une texture et sélectionnez le préréglage de la texture nécessaire.Actuellement, les textures suivantes sont disponibles : Toile, Carton, Tissu foncé, Grain, Granit, Papier gris, Tricot, Cuir, Papier brun, Papyrus, Bois. Si l'Image sélectionnée est plus grande ou plus petite que la forme automatique, vous pouvez profiter d'une des options : Étirement ou Mosaïque depuis la liste déroulante.L'option Étirement permet de régler la taille de l'image pour l'adapter à la taille de la forme automatique afin qu'elle puisse remplir tout l'espace uniformément. L'option Mosaïque permet d'afficher seulement une partie de l'image plus grande en gardant ses dimensions d'origine, ou de répéter l'image plus petite en conservant ses dimensions initiales sur la surface de la forme automatique afin qu'elle puisse remplir tout l'espace uniformément. Remarque : tout préréglage Texture sélectionné remplit l'espace de façon uniforme, mais vous pouvez toujours appliquer l'effet Étirement, si nécessaire. Modèle - sélectionnez cette option pour sélectionner le modèle à deux couleurs composé des éléments répétés. Modèle - sélectionnez un des modèles prédéfinis du menu. Couleur de premier plan - cliquez sur cette palette de couleurs pour changer la couleur des éléments du modèle. Couleur d'arrière-plan - cliquez sur cette palette de couleurs pour changer de l'arrière-plan du modèle. Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser un remplissage. Opacité - utilisez cette section pour régler le niveau d'Opacité des formes automatiques en faisant glisser le curseur ou en saisissant la valeur de pourcentage à la main. La valeur par défaut est 100%. Elle correspond à l'opacité complète. La valeur 0% correspond à la transparence totale. Trait - utilisez cette section pour changer la largeur et la couleur du trait de la forme automatique. Pour modifier la largeur du trait, sélectionnez une des options disponibles depuis la liste déroulante Taille. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : 0,5 pt, 1 pt, 1,5 pt, 2,25 pt, 3 pt, 4,5 pt, 6 pt ou Pas de ligne si vous ne voulez pas utiliser de trait. Pour changer la couleur du contour, cliquez sur la case colorée et sélectionnez la couleur voulue. Pour modifier le type de contour, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante correspondante (une ligne continue est appliquée par défaut, vous pouvez la remplacer par l'une des lignes pointillées disponibles). Rotation permet de faire pivoter la forme de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre ou dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre, ainsi que de retourner la forme horizontalement ou verticalement. Cliquez sur l'un des boutons : pour faire pivoter la forme de 90 degrés dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre pour faire pivoter la forme de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre pour retourner la forme horizontalement (de gauche à droite) pour retourner la forme verticalement (à l'envers) Style d'habillage - utilisez cette section pour sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous). Modifier la forme - utilisez cette section pour remplacer la forme automatique insérée par une autre sélectionnée de la liste déroulante. Ajouter une ombre - cochez cette case pour affichage de la forme ombré. Adjuster les paramètres avancés d'une forme automatique Pour changer les paramètres avancés de la forme automatique, cliquez sur la forme avec le bouton droit et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés dans le menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre \"Forme - Paramètres avancés\" s'ouvre : L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants : Largeur - utilisez l'une de ces options pour modifier la largeur de la forme automatique. Absolue - spécifiez une valeur exacte mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...). Relatif - spécifiez un pourcentage relatif à la largeur de la marge de gauche, la marge (c'est-à-dire la distance entre les marges gauche et droite), la largeur de la page ou la largeur de la marge de droite. Hauteur - utilisez l'une de ces options pour modifier la hauteur de la forme automatique. Absolue - spécifiez une valeur exacte mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...). Relatif - spécifiez un pourcentage relatif à la marge (c'est-à-dire la distance entre les marges supérieure et inférieure), la hauteur de la marge inférieure, la hauteur de la page ou la hauteur de la marge supérieure. Si l'option Verrouiller le ratio d'aspect est cochée, la largeur et la hauteur seront modifiées en conservant le ratio d'aspect original. L'onglet Rotation comporte les paramètres suivants : Angle - utilisez cette option pour faire pivoter la forme d'un angle exactement spécifié. Entrez la valeur souhaitée mesurée en degrés dans le champ ou réglez-la à l'aide des flèches situées à droite. Retourné - cochez la case Horizontalement pour retourner la forme horizontalement (de gauche à droite) ou la case Verticalement pour retourner la forme verticalement (à l'envers). L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants : Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la façon dont la forme est positionnée par rapport au texte : elle peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style 'aligné sur le texte') ou être contournée par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). Aligné sur le texte - la forme fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, la forme est déplacée elle aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer l'image indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte : Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de la forme. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour de la forme. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de la forme et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur d'elle. Pour créer l'effet, utilisez l'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne du menu contextuel. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas de la forme. Devant le texte - la forme est affichée sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur la forme. Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche). L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné : La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de forme automatique suivants : Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite. La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de forme automatique suivants : Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) sous la ligne, la marge, la marge inférieure, le paragraphe, la page la marge supérieure, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure. Déplacer avec le texte détermine si la forme automatique se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel elle est alignée. Chevauchement détermine si deux formes automatiques sont fusionnées en une seule ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Poids et flèches contient les paramètres suivants : Style de ligne - ce groupe d'options vous permet de spécifier les paramètres suivants : Type de litterine - cette option permet de définir le style de la fin de la ligne, ainsi elle peut être appliquée seulement aux formes avec un contour ouvert telles que des lignes, des polylignes etc.: Plat - les points finaux seront plats. Arrondi - les points finaux seront arrondis. Carré - les points finaux seront carrés. Type de jointure - cette option permet de définir le style de l'intersection de deux lignes, par exemple, une polyligne, les coins du triangle ou le contour du rectangle : Arrondi - le coin sera arrondi. Plaque - le coin sera coupé d'une manière angulaire. Onglet - l'angle sera aiguisé. Bien adapté pour les formes à angles vifs. Remarque : l'effet sera plus visible si vous utilisez un contour plus épais. Flèches - ce groupe d'options est disponible pour les formes du groupe Lignes. Il permet de définir le Style de début et Style de fin aussi bien que la Taille des flèches en sélectionnant l'option appropriée de la liste déroulante. L'onglet Marges vous permet de changer les marges internes En haut, En bas, A gauche et A droite (c'est-à-dire la distance entre le texte à l'intérieur de la forme et les bordures de la forme automatique). Remarque : cet onglet n'est disponible que si tu texte est ajouté dans la forme automatique, sinon l'onglet est désactivé. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du tableau." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm", "title": "Ajouter des marque-pages", - "body": "Les marque-pages permettent d’aller rapidement à une certaine position dans le document en cours ou d'ajouter un lien vers cette position dans le document. Pour ajouter un marque-pages dans un document : spécifiez l'endroit où vous voulez que le marque-pages soit ajouté : placez le curseur de la souris au début du passage de texte nécessaire, ou sélectionnez le passage de texte nécessaire, passez à l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Marque-pages de la barre d'outils supérieure, dans la fenêtre Marque-pages qui s'ouvre, entrez le Nom du marque-pages et cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter - un marque-pages sera ajouté à la liste des marque-pages affichée ci-dessous,Note : le nom du marque-pages doit commencer par une lettre, mais il peut aussi contenir des chiffres. Le nom du marque-pages ne peut pas contenir d'espaces, mais peut inclure le caractère de soulignement \"_\". Pour accéder à un des marque-pages ajoutés dans le texte du document : cliquez sur l'icône Marque-pages dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, dans la fenêtre Marque-pages qui s'ouvre, sélectionnez le marque-pages vers lequel vous voulez vous déplacer. Pour trouver facilement le marque-pages voulu dans la liste, vous pouvez trier la liste par Nom ou par Emplacement de marque-pages dans le texte du document, cochez l'option Marque-pages cachés pour afficher les marque-pages cachés dans la liste (c'est-à-dire les marque-pages automatiquement créés par le programme lors de l'ajout de références à une certaine partie du document. Par exemple, si vous créez un lien hypertexte vers un certain titre dans le document, l'éditeur de document crée automatiquement un marque-pages caché vers la cible de ce lien). cliquez sur le bouton Aller à - le curseur sera positionné à l'endroit du document où le marque-pages sélectionné a été ajouté, ou le passage de texte correspondant sera sélectionné, cliquez sur le bouton Fermer pour fermer la fenêtre. Pour supprimer un marque-pages, sélectionnez-le dans la liste et cliquez sur le bouton Suppr. Pour savoir comment utiliser les marque-pages lors de la création de liens, veuillez consulter la section Ajouter des liens hypertextes." + "body": "Les marque-pages permettent d’aller rapidement à une certaine position dans le document en cours ou d'ajouter un lien vers cette position dans le document. Pour ajouter un marque-pages dans un document : spécifiez l'endroit où vous voulez que le marque-pages soit ajouté : placez le curseur de la souris au début du passage de texte nécessaire, ou sélectionnez le passage de texte nécessaire, passez à l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Marque-pages de la barre d'outils supérieure, dans la fenêtre Marque-pages qui s'ouvre, entrez le Nom du marque-pages et cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter - un marque-pages sera ajouté à la liste des marque-pages affichée ci-dessous,Note : le nom du marque-pages doit commencer par une lettre, mais il peut aussi contenir des chiffres. Le nom du marque-pages ne peut pas contenir d'espaces, mais peut inclure le caractère de soulignement \"_\". Pour accéder à un des marque-pages ajoutés dans le texte du document : cliquez sur l'icône Marque-pages dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, dans la fenêtre Marque-pages qui s'ouvre, sélectionnez le marque-pages vers lequel vous voulez vous déplacer. Pour trouver facilement le marque-pages voulu dans la liste, vous pouvez trier la liste par Nom ou par Emplacement de marque-pages dans le texte du document, cochez l'option Marque-pages cachés pour afficher les marque-pages cachés dans la liste (c'est-à-dire les marque-pages automatiquement créés par le programme lors de l'ajout de références à une certaine partie du document. Par exemple, si vous créez un lien hypertexte vers un certain titre dans le document, l'éditeur de document crée automatiquement un marque-pages caché vers la cible de ce lien). cliquez sur le bouton Aller à - le curseur sera positionné à l'endroit du document où le marque-pages sélectionné a été ajouté, ou le passage de texte correspondant sera sélectionné, cliquez sur le bouton Obtenir le lien - une nouvelle fenêtre va apparaître dans laquelle vous pouvez appuyer sur Copier pour copier le lien vers le fichier spécifiant la position du marque-pages référencé. Lorsque vous collez le lien dans la barre d'adresse de votre navigateur et appuyez sur la touche Entrée, le document s'ouvre à l'endroit où le marque-pages est ajouté. Remarque: si vous voulez partager un lien avec d'autres personnes, vous devez définir les autorisations d’accès en utilisant l'option Partage soul l'onglet Collaboration. cliquez sur le bouton Fermer pour fermer la fenêtre. Pour supprimer un marque-pages, sélectionnez-le dans la liste et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer. Pour savoir comment utiliser les marque-pages lors de la création de liens, veuillez consulter la section Ajouter des liens hypertextes." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Insérer des graphiques", - "body": "Insérer un graphique Pour insérer un graphique dans votre document, placez le curseur là où vous souhaitez ajouter un graphique, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un graphique de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type de graphique nécessaire parmi ceux qui sont disponibles - colonne, ligne, secteurs, barres, aires, graphique en points , boursier - et sélectionnez son style,Remarque : les graphiques Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, ou Barre sont aussi disponibles au format 3D. après une fenêtre Éditeur de graphique s'ouvre où vous pouvez entrer les données nécessaires dans les cellules en utilisant les commandes suivantes : et pour copier et coller les données copiées et pour annuler et rétablir les actions pour insérer une fonction et pour diminuer et augmenter les décimales pour changer le format de nombre, c'est à dire la façon d'afficher les chiffres dans les cellules modifiez les paramètres du graphique en cliquant sur le bouton Modifier graphique situé dans la fenêtre Éditeur de graphique. La fenêtre Paramètres du graphique s'ouvre. L'onglet Type et données vous permet de sélectionner le type de graphique ainsi que les données que vous souhaitez utiliser pour créer un graphique. Sélectionnez le Type de graphique que vous souhaitez utiliser : Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, Barre, Aire, XY(Nuage) ou Boursier. Vérifiez la Plage de données sélectionnée et modifiez-la, si nécessaire, en cliquant sur le bouton Sélectionner les données et en entrant la plage de données souhaitée dans le format suivant : Sheet1!A1:B4. Choisissez la disposition des données. Vous pouvez sélectionner la Série de données à utiliser sur l'axe X : en lignes ou en colonnes. L'onglet Disposition vous permet de modifier la disposition des éléments de graphique. Spécifiez la position du Titre du graphique sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante: Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre du graphique, Superposition pour superposer et centrer le titre sur la zone de tracé, Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre au-dessus de la zone de tracé. Spécifiez la position de la Légende sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher de légende, Bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher la légende et l'aligner en haut de la zone de tracé, Droite pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à droite de la zone de tracé, Gauche pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à gauche de la zone de tracé, Superposer à gauche pour superposer et centrer la légende à gauche de la zone de tracé, Superposer à droite pour superposer et centrer la légende à droite de la zone de tracé. Spécifiez les paramètres des Étiquettes de données (c'est-à-dire les étiquettes de texte représentant les valeurs exactes des points de données) : spécifiez la position des Étiquettes de données par rapport aux points de données en sélectionnant l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de graphique sélectionné. Pour les graphiques en Colonnes/Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Intérieur bas,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut. Pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage)/Boursier, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Gauche, Droite, Haut, Bas. Pour les graphiques Secteur, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Ajusté à la largeur,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut. Pour les graphiques en Aire ainsi que pour les graphiques 3D en Colonnes, en Lignes et en Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre. sélectionnez les données que vous souhaitez inclure dans vos étiquettes en cochant les cases correspondantes: Nom de la série, Nom de la catégorie, Valeur, Entrez un caractère (virgule, point-virgule, etc.) que vous souhaitez utiliser pour séparer plusieurs étiquettes dans le champ de saisie Séparateur d'étiquettes de données. Lignes - permet de choisir un style de ligne pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage). Vous pouvez choisir parmi les options suivantes : Droite pour utiliser des lignes droites entre les points de données, Courbe pour utiliser des courbes lisses entre les points de données, ou Aucune pour ne pas afficher les lignes. Marqueurs - est utilisé pour spécifier si les marqueurs doivent être affichés (si la case est cochée) ou non (si la case n'est pas cochée) pour les graphiques Ligne/XY(Nuage).Remarque : les options Lignes et Marqueurs sont disponibles uniquement pour les graphiques en Ligne et XY(Nuage). La section Paramètres de l'axe permet de spécifier si vous souhaitez afficher l'Axe horizontal/vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option Afficher ou Masquer dans la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez également spécifier les paramètres de Titre d'axe horizontal/vertical : Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe horizontal ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe horizontal, Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre en-dessous de l'axe horizontal. Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe vertical, Tourné pour afficher le titre de bas en haut à gauche de l'axe vertical, Horizontal pour afficher le titre horizontalement à gauche de l'axe vertical. La section Quadrillage permet de spécifier les lignes du Quadrillage horizontal/vertical que vous souhaitez afficher en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Majeures, Mineures ou Majeures et mineures. Vous pouvez masquer le quadrillage à l'aide de l'option Aucun.Remarque : les sections Paramètres des axes et Quadrillage seront désactivées pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont ni axes ni lignes de quadrillage. Remarque : les onglets Axe Horizontal/vertical seront désactivés pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont pas d'axes. L'onglet Axe vertical vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe vertical, également appelés axe des valeurs ou axe y, qui affiche des valeurs numériques. Notez que l'axe vertical sera l'axe des catégories qui affiche des étiquettes de texte pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe vertical correspondront à celles décrites dans la section suivante. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur. La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Valeur minimale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus basse affichée au début de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur minimale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Valeur maximale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus élevée affichée à la fin de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur maximale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum sur l'axe vertical. Unités d'affichage - est utilisé pour déterminer la représentation des valeurs numériques le long de l'axe vertical. Cette option peut être utile si vous travaillez avec de grands nombres et souhaitez que les valeurs sur l'axe soient affichées de manière plus compacte et plus lisible (par exemple, vous pouvez représenter 50 000 comme 50 en utilisant les unités d'affichage de Milliers). Sélectionnez les unités souhaitées dans la liste déroulante : Centaines, Milliers, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Milliards, Billions, ou choisissez l'option Aucun pour retourner aux unités par défaut. Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les valeurs dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, la valeur la plus basse est en bas et la valeur la plus haute est en haut de l'axe. Lorsque la case est cochée, les valeurs sont triées de haut en bas. La section Options de graduationspermet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle verticale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant des valeurs numériques. Les graduations mineures sont les subdivisions d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Les listes déroulantes Type de majeure/mineure contiennent les options de placement suivantes : Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe. La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés de graduations majeures qui affichent des valeurs. Pour spécifier la Position du libellé par rapport à l'axe vertical, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations, Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations à gauche de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations à droite de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe. L'onglet Axe horizontal vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe horizontal, également appelés axe des catégories ou axe x, qui affiche des libellés textuels. Notez que l'axe horizontal sera l'axe des valeurs qui affiche des valeurs numériques pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe horizontal correspondent à celles décrites dans la section précédente. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur. La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe horizontal où l'axe vertical doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum(qui correspond à la première/dernière catégorie) sur l'axe horizontal. Position de l'axe - permet de spécifier où les étiquettes de texte de l'axe doivent être placées : Sur les graduations ou Entre les graduations. Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les catégories dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, les catégories sont affichées de gauche à droite. Lorsque la case est cochée, les catégories sont triées de droite à gauche. La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle horizontale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant les catégories. Les graduations mineures sont les divisions plus petites qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Vous pouvez ajuster les paramètres de graduation suivants : Type de majeure/mineure est utilisé pour spécifier les options de placement suivantes : Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe. Intervalle entre les graduations - est utilisé pour spécifier le nombre de catégories à afficher entre deux marques de graduation adjacentes. La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés qui affichent les catégories. Position du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier où les libellés doivent être placés par rapport à l'axe horizontal. Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations, Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations au bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations en haut de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe. Distance du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier la distance entre les libellés et l'axe. Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Plus la valeur que vous définissez est élevée, plus la distance entre l'axe et les libellés est grande. Intervalle entre les libellés - est utilisé pour spécifier la fréquence à laquelle les libellés doivent être affichés. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas les libellés sont affichés pour chaque catégorie. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Manuel dans la liste déroulante et spécifier la valeur voulue dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Par exemple, entrez 2 pour afficher les libellés pour une catégorie sur deux. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique. Déplacer et redimensionner des graphiques une fois le graphique ajouté, vous pouvez modifier sa taille et sa position. Pour changer la taille du graphique, faites glisser les petits carreaux situés sur ses bords. Pour garder les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Pour modifier la position du graphique, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'image. Faites glisser l'objet vers la position choisie sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Lorsque vous déplacez le graphique, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à positionner l'objet sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné). Note : la liste des raccourcis clavier qui peuvent être utilisés lorsque vous travaillez avec des objets est disponible ici. Modifier les éléments de graphique Pour modifier le Titre du graphique, sélectionnez le texte par défaut à l'aide de la souris et saisissez le vôtre à la place. Pour modifier la mise en forme de la police dans les éléments de texte, tels que le titre du graphique, les titres des axes, les entrées de légende, les étiquettes de données, etc., sélectionnez l'élément de texte nécessaire en cliquant dessus. Utilisez ensuite les icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour modifier le type de police, la taille, la couleur ou le style de décoration. Pour supprimer un élément de graphique, sélectionnez-le avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr. Vous pouvez également faire pivoter les graphiques 3D à l'aide de la souris. Faites un clic gauche dans la zone de tracé et maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé. Faites glisser le curseur sans relâcher le bouton de la souris pour modifier l'orientation du graphique 3D. Ajuster les paramètres du graphique Certains paramètres du graphique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres du graphique de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur le graphique et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres du graphique à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants : Taille est utilisée pour afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur du graphique actuel. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous). Changer le type de graphique permet de modifier le type et/ou le style du graphique sélectionné.Pour sélectionner le Style de graphique nécessaire, utilisez le deuxième menu déroulant de la section Modifier le type de graphique. Modifier les données est utilisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre « Éditeur de graphique ».Remarque : pour ouvrir rapidement la fenêtre \"Éditeur de graphiques\", vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur le graphique dans le document. Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes : Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Organiser sert à placer le graphique sélectionné au premier plan, envoyer à l'arrière-plan, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper des graphiques pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Aligner sert à aligner le texte à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte. L'option Modifier la limite d'habillage n'est pas disponible pour les graphiques. Modifier les données est utilisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre « Éditeur de graphique ». Paramètres avancés du graphique sert à ouvrir la fenêtre \"Graphique - Paramètres avancés\". Lorsque le graphique est sélectionné, l'icône Paramètres de forme est également disponible sur la droite, car une forme est utilisée comme arrière-plan pour le graphique. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le Remplissage, le Contour et le Style d'habillage de la forme. Notez que vous ne pouvez pas modifier le type de forme. Pour modifier les paramètres avancés, cliquez sur le graphique avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés du graphique du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien de la barre latérale droite Afficher paramètres avancés. La fenêtre propriétés du graphique s'ouvre : L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants : Largeur et Hauteur - utilisez ces options pour changer la largeur et/ou la hauteur du graphique. Si vous cliquez sur le bouton Proportions constantes (dans ce cas, il ressemble à ceci ), la largeur et la hauteur seront changées en même temps, le ratio d'aspect du graphique original sera préservé. L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants : Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la manière dont le graphique est positionné par rapport au texte : il peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style « aligné sur le texte ») ou être contourné par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). Aligné sur le texte - le graphique fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, le graphique est déplacé lui aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer le graphique indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte : Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour du graphique. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur de celui-ci. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas du graphique. Devant le texte - le graphique est affiché sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur le graphique. Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche). L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné : La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de graphique suivants : Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite. La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de graphique suivants : Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) sous la ligne, la marge, la marge inférieure, le paragraphe, la page la marge supérieure, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure. Déplacer avec le texte détermine si le graphique se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel il est aligné. Chevauchement détermine si deux graphiques se chevauchent ou non si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique." + "body": "Insérer un graphique Pour insérer un graphique dans votre document, placez le curseur là où vous souhaitez ajouter un graphique, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un graphique de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type de graphique nécessaire parmi ceux qui sont disponibles - Colonne, Graphique en ligne, Graphique à secteurs, En barres, En aires, Nuages de points (XY) , Boursier - et sélectionnez son style, Remarque: les graphiques Colonne, Graphique en ligne, Graphique à secteurs, En barres sont aussi disponibles au format 3D. après une fenêtre Éditeur de graphique s'ouvre où vous pouvez entrer les données nécessaires dans les cellules en utilisant les commandes suivantes: et pour copier et coller les données copiées et pour annuler et rétablir les actions pour insérer une fonction et pour diminuer et augmenter les décimales pour changer le format de nombre, c'est à dire la façon d'afficher les chiffres dans les cellules Cliquez sur le bouton Modifier les données situé dans la fenêtre Éditeur de graphique. La fenêtre Données du graphique s'ouvre. Utiliser la boîte de dialogue Données du graphique pour gérer la Plage de données du graphique, la Série de la légende, le Nom de l'axe horizontal, et Changer de ligne ou de colonne. Plage de données du graphique - sélectionnez les données pour votre graphique. Cliquez sur l'icône à droite de la boîte Plage de données du graphique pour sélectionner la plage de données. Série de la légende - ajouter, modifier ou supprimer les entrées de légende. Tapez ou sélectionnez le nom de série des entrées de légende. Dans la Série de la légende, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter. Dans la fenêtre Modifier la série saisissez une nouvelle entrée de légende ou cliquez sur l'icône à droite de la boîte Nom de la série. Nom de l'axe horizontal - modifier le texte de l'étiquette de l'axe Dans la fenêtre Nom de l'axe horizontal cliquez sur Modifier. Dans la fenêtre Étiquette de l'axe, saisissez les étiquettes que vous souhaitez ajouter ou cliquez sur l'icône à droite de la boîte Plage de données de l'étiquette de l'axe pour sélectionner la plage de données. Changer de ligne ou de colonne - modifier le façon de traçage des données dans la feuille de calcul. Changer de ligne ou de colonne pour afficher des données sur un autre axe. Cliquez sur OK pour appliquer toutes les modifications et fermer la fenêtre. Configurez les paramètres du graphique en cliquant sur le bouton Modifier les données dans la fenêtre Éditeur de graphique. La fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre: L'onglet Type vous permet de modifier le type du graphique et les données à utiliser pour créer un graphique. Sélectionnez le Type du graphique à ajouter: Colonne, Graphique en ligne, Graphique à secteurs, En barres, En aires, Nuages de points (XY), Boursier. L'onglet Disposition vous permet de modifier la disposition des éléments de graphique. Spécifiez la position du Titre du graphique sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante: Rien pour ne pas afficher le titre du graphique, Superposition pour superposer et centrer le titre sur la zone de tracé, Bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé, Sans superposition pour afficher le titre au-dessus de la zone de tracé. Spécifiez la position de la Légende sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante: Aucun pour ne pas afficher de légende, Bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher la légende et l'aligner en haut de la zone de tracé, Droite pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à droite de la zone de tracé, Gauche pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à gauche de la zone de tracé, Superposer à gauche pour superposer et centrer la légende à gauche de la zone de tracé, Superposer à droite pour superposer et centrer la légende à droite de la zone de tracé. Spécifiez les paramètres des Étiquettes de données (c'est-à-dire les étiquettes de texte représentant les valeurs exactes des points de données): spécifiez la position des Étiquettes de données par rapport aux points de données en sélectionnant l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de graphique sélectionné. Pour les graphiques en Colonnes/Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes: Aucune, Centre, Intérieur bas, Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut. Pour les graphiques en Ligne/ Nuage de points (XY)/Boursier, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes: Aucune, Centre, Gauche, Droite, Haut. Pour les graphiques Secteur, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes: Aucune, Centre, Ajusté à la largeur, Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut. Pour les graphiques en Aire ainsi que pour les graphiques 3D en Colonnes, en Lignes et en Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre. sélectionnez les données que vous souhaitez inclure dans vos étiquettes en cochant les cases correspondantes: Nom de la série, Nom de la catégorie, Valeur, entrez un caractère (virgule, point-virgule, etc.) que vous souhaitez utiliser pour séparer plusieurs étiquettes dans le champ de saisie Séparateur d'étiquettes de données. Lignes - permet de choisir un style de ligne pour les graphiques en Ligne/Nuage de points (XY). Vous pouvez choisir parmi les options suivantes: Droite pour utiliser des lignes droites entre les points de données, Courbe pour utiliser des courbes lisses entre les points de données, ou Aucune pour ne pas afficher les lignes. Marqueurs - est utilisé pour spécifier si les marqueurs doivent être affichés (si la case est cochée) ou non (si la case n'est pas cochée) pour les graphiques Ligne/Nuage de points (XY). Remarque: les options Lignes et Marqueurs sont disponibles uniquement pour les graphiques en Ligne et Ligne/Nuage de points (XY). La section Paramètres de l'axe permet de spécifier si vous souhaitez afficher l'Axe horizontal/vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option Afficher ou Masquer dans la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez également spécifier les paramètres de Titre d'axe horizontal/vertical: Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe horizontal ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante: Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe horizontal, Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre en-dessous de l'axe horizontal. Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante: Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe vertical, Tourné pour afficher le titre de bas en haut à gauche de l'axe vertical, Horizontal pour afficher le titre horizontalement à gauche de l'axe vertical. La section Quadrillage permet de spécifier les lignes du Quadrillage horizontal/vertical que vous souhaitez afficher en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Principaux, Secondaires ou Principaux et secondaires. Vous pouvez masquer le quadrillage à l'aide de l'option Aucun. Remarque: les sections Paramètres des axes et Quadrillage seront désactivées pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont ni axes ni lignes de quadrillage. Remarque: les onglets Axe Horizontal/vertical seront désactivés pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont pas d'axes. L'onglet Axe vertical vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe vertical, également appelé axe des valeurs ou axe y, qui affiche des valeurs numériques. Notez que l'axe vertical sera l'axe des catégories qui affiche des étiquettes de texte pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe vertical correspondront à celles décrites dans la section suivante. Pour les Graphiques Nuage de points (XY), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur. La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants: Valeur minimale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus basse affichée au début de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur minimale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Valeur maximale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus élevée affichée à la fin de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur maximale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum sur l'axe vertical. Unités d'affichage - est utilisé pour déterminer la représentation des valeurs numériques le long de l'axe vertical. Cette option peut être utile si vous travaillez avec de grands nombres et souhaitez que les valeurs sur l'axe soient affichées de manière plus compacte et plus lisible (par exemple, vous pouvez représenter 50 000 comme 50 en utilisant les unités d'affichage de Milliers). Sélectionnez les unités souhaitées dans la liste déroulante : Centaines, Milliers, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Milliards, Billions, ou choisissez l'option Aucun pour retourner aux unités par défaut. Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les valeurs dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, la valeur la plus basse est en bas et la valeur la plus haute est en haut de l'axe. Lorsque la case est cochée, les valeurs sont triées de haut en bas. La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle verticale. Les graduations du type principal sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant des valeurs numériques. Les graduations du type secondaire sont les subdivisions d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations principales et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Les listes déroulantes Type principal/secondaire contiennent les options de placement suivantes: Rien pour ne pas afficher les graduations principales/secondaires, Sur l'axe pour afficher les graduations principales/secondaires des deux côtés de l'axe, Dans pour afficher les graduations principales/secondaires dans l'axe, A l'extérieur pour afficher les graduations principales/secondaires à l'extérieur de l'axe. La section Options d'étiquettes permet d'ajuster l'apparence des étiquettes de graduations du type principal qui affichent des valeurs. Pour spécifier la Position de l'étiquette par rapport à l'axe vertical, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante: Rien pour ne pas afficher les étiquettes de graduations, En bas pour afficher les étiquettes de graduations à gauche de la zone de tracé, En haut pour afficher les étiquettes de graduations à droite de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les étiquettes de graduations à côté de l'axe. L'onglet Axe horizontal vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe horizontal, également appelés axe des catégories ou axe x, qui affiche des étiquettes textuels. Notez que l'axe horizontal sera l'axe des valeurs qui affiche des valeurs numériques pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe horizontal correspondent à celles décrites dans la section précédente. Pour les Graphiques Nuage de points (XY), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur. La section Options d'axe permet de modifier les paramètres suivants: Intersection de l'axe - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum (correspondant à la première et la dernière catégorie) sur l'axe vertical. Position de l'étiquette - est utilisé pour spécifier où les étiquettes de l'axe doivent être placés: Graduation ou Entre graduations. Valeurs en ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les catégories en ordre inverse. Lorsque la case est désactivée, les valeurs sont affichées de gauche à droite. Lorsque la case est activée, les valeurs sont affichées de droite à gauche. La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle horizontale. Les graduations du type principal sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant des valeurs de catégorie. Les graduations du type secondaire sont les divisions à moins grande d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations principales et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Vous pouvez ajuster les paramètres de graduation suivants: Type principal/secondaire - est utilisé pour spécifier les options de placement suivantes: Rien pour ne pas afficher les graduations principales/secondaires, Sur l'axe pour afficher les graduations principales/secondaires des deux côtés de l'axe, Dans pour afficher les graduations principales/secondaires dans l'axe, A l'extérieur pour afficher les graduations principales/secondaires à l'extérieur de l'axe. Intervalle entre les marques - est utilisé pour spécifier le nombre de catégories à afficher entre deux marques de graduation adjacentes. La section Options d'étiquettes permet d'ajuster l'apparence des étiquettes qui affichent des catégories. Position de l'étiquette - est utilisé pour spécifier où les étiquettes de l'axe doivent être placés par rapport à l'axe horizontal: Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante: Rien pour ne pas afficher les étiquettes de catégorie, En bas pour afficher les étiquettes de catégorie au bas de la zone de tracé, En haut pour afficher les étiquettes de catégorie en haut de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les étiquettes de catégorie à côté de l'axe. Distance de l'étiquette de l'axe - est utilisé pour spécifier la distance entre les étiquettes et l'axe. Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Plus la valeur que vous définissez est élevée, plus la distance entre l'axe et les étiquettes est grande. Intervalle entre les étiquettes - est utilisé pour spécifier la fréquence à laquelle les étiquettes doivent être affichés. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas les étiquettes sont affichés pour chaque catégorie. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Manuel dans la liste déroulante et spécifier la valeur voulue dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Par exemple, entrez 2 pour afficher les étiquettes pour une catégorie sur deux. L'onglet Alignement dans une cellule comprend les options suivantes: Déplacer et dimensionner avec des cellules - cette option permet de placer le graphique derrière la cellule. Quand une cellule se déplace (par exemple: insertion ou suppression des lignes/colonnes), le graphique se déplace aussi. Quand vous ajustez la largeur ou la hauteur de la cellule, la dimension du graphique s'ajuste aussi. Déplacer sans dimensionner avec les cellules - cette option permet de placer le graphique derrière la cellule mais d'empêcher son redimensionnement. Quand une cellule se déplace, le graphique se déplace aussi, mais si vous redimensionnez la cellule, le graphique demeure inchangé. Ne pas déplacer et dimensionner avec les cellules - cette option empêche le déplacement ou redimensionnement du graphique si la position ou la dimension de la cellule restent inchangées. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique. Déplacer et redimensionner des graphiques Une fois le graphique ajouté, vous pouvez modifier sa taille et sa position. Pour changer la taille du graphique, faites glisser les petits carreaux situés sur ses bords. Pour garder les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Pour modifier la position du graphique, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'image. Faites glisser l'objet vers la position choisie sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Lorsque vous déplacez le graphique, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à positionner l'objet sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné). Remarque: la liste des raccourcis clavier qui peuvent être utilisés lorsque vous travaillez avec des objets est disponible ici. Modifier les éléments de graphique Pour modifier le Titre du graphique, sélectionnez le texte par défaut à l'aide de la souris et saisissez le vôtre à la place. Pour modifier la mise en forme de la police dans les éléments de texte, tels que le titre du graphique, les titres des axes, les entrées de légende, les étiquettes de données, etc., sélectionnez l'élément de texte nécessaire en cliquant dessus. Utilisez ensuite les icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour modifier le type de police, la taille, la couleur ou le style de décoration. Une fois le graphique sélectionné, l'icône Paramètres de la forme est aussi disponible à la droite car une forme est utilisé en arrière plan du graphique. Vous pouvez appuyer sur cette icône pour accéder l'onglet Paramètres de la forme dans la barre latérale droite et configurer le Remplissage, le Trait et le Style d'habillage de la forme. Veuillez noter qu'on ne peut pas modifier le type de la forme. Sous l'onglet Paramètres de la forme dans le panneau droit, vous pouvez configurer la zone du graphique là-même aussi que les éléments du graphique tels que la zone de tracé, la série de données, le titre du graphique, la légende et les autres et ajouter les différents types de remplissage. Sélectionnez l'élément du graphique nécessaire en cliquant sur le bouton gauche de la souris et choisissez le type de remplissage appropié: couleur de remplissage, remplissage en dégradé, image ou texture, modèle. Configurez les paramètres du remplissage et spécifier le niveau d'opacité si nécessaire. Lorsque vous sélectionnez l'axe vertical ou horizontal ou le quadrillage, vous pouvez configurer le paramètres du trait seulement sous l'onglet Paramètres de la forme: couleur, taille et type. Pour plus de détails sur utilisation veuillez accéder à cette page. Remarque: l'option Ajouter un ombre est aussi disponible sous l'onglet Paramètres de la forme, mais elle est désactivée pour les éléments du graphique. Si vous voulez redimensionner les éléments du graphique, sélectionnez l'élément nécessaire en cliquant sur le bouton gauche de la souris et faites glisser un des huit carreaux blancs le long du périmètre de l'élément. Pour modifier la position d'un élément, cliquez sur cet élément avec le bouton gauche de souris, , maintenir le bouton gauche de la souris enfoncé et faites-le glisser avers la position souhaité. Pour supprimer un élément de graphique, sélectionnez-le en cliquant sur le bouton gauche et appuyez sur la touche Suppr. Vous pouvez également faire pivoter les graphiques 3D à l'aide de la souris. Faites un clic gauche dans la zone de tracé et maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé. Faites glisser le curseur sans relâcher le bouton de la souris pour modifier l'orientation du graphique 3D. Ajuster les paramètres du graphique Certains paramètres du graphique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres du graphique de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur le graphique et sélectionne l'icône Paramètres du graphique à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants: Taille est utilisée pour afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur du graphique actuel. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous). Changer le type de graphique permet de modifier le type et/ou le style du graphique sélectionné. Pour sélectionner le Style de graphique nécessaire, utilisez le deuxième menu déroulant de la section Modifier le type de graphique. Modifier les données est utilisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre «Éditeur de graphique». Remarque: pour ouvrir rapidement la fenêtre "Éditeur de graphiques", vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur le graphique dans le document. Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes: Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précédemment coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Organiser sert à placer le graphique sélectionné au premier plan, envoyer à l'arrière-plan, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper des graphiques pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Aligner sert à aligner le texte à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte. L'option Modifier la limite d'habillage n'est pas disponible pour les graphiques. Modifier les données est utilisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre «Éditeur de graphique». Paramètres avancés du graphique sert à ouvrir la fenêtre "Graphique - Paramètres avancés". Pour modifier les paramètres avancés, cliquez sur le graphique avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés du graphique du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien de la barre latérale droite Afficher les paramètres avancés. La fenêtre paramètres du graphique s'ouvre: L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants: Largeur et Hauteur utilisez ces options pour changer la largeur et/ou la hauteur du graphique. Lorsque le bouton Proportions constantes est activé (dans ce cas, il ressemble à ceci) ), la largeur et la hauteur seront changées en même temps, le ratio d'aspect du graphique original sera préservé. L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants: Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la manière dont le graphique est positionné par rapport au texte : il peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style « aligné sur le texte ») ou être contourné par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). Aligné sur le texte - le graphique fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, le graphique est déplacé lui aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer le graphique indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte: Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour du graphique. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur de celui-ci. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas du graphique. Devant le texte - le graphique est affiché sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur le graphique. Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche). L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné: La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de graphique suivants: Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite. La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de graphique suivants: Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) au-dessous de la ligne, de la marge, de la marge inférieure, du paragraphe, de la page ou la marge supérieure, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure. Déplacer avec le texte détermine si le graphique se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel il est aligné. Chevauchement détermine si deux graphiques se chevauchent ou non si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", "title": "Insérer des contrôles de contenu", - "body": "À l'aide des contrôles de contenu, vous pouvez créer un formulaire avec des champs de saisie pouvant être renseignés par d'autres utilisateurs ou protéger certaines parties du document contre l'édition ou la suppression. Les contrôles de contenu sont des objets contenant du texte pouvant être mis en forme. Les contrôles de contenu de texte brut ne peuvent pas contenir plus d'un paragraphe, tandis que les contrôles de contenu en texte enrichi peuvent contenir plusieurs paragraphes, listes et objets (images, formes, tableaux, etc.). Ajouter des contrôles de contenu Pour créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de texte brut, positionnez le point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle, ou sélectionnez un passage de texte que vous souhaitez transformer en contenu du contrôle. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu. choisissez l'option Insérer un contrôle de contenu de texte brut dans le menu. Le contrôle sera inséré au point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte existant. Les contrôles de contenu de texte brut ne permettent pas l'ajout de sauts de ligne et ne peuvent pas contenir d'autres objets tels que des images, des tableaux, etc. Pour créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de texte enrichi, positionnez le point d'insertion à la fin d'un paragraphe après lequel vous voulez ajouter le contrôle, ou sélectionnez un ou plusieurs des paragraphes existants que vous voulez convertir en contenu du contrôle. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu. choisissez l'option Insérer un contrôle de contenu de texte enrichi dans le menu. Le contrôle sera inséré dans un nouveau paragraphe. Les contrôles de contenu de texte enrichi permettent d'ajouter des sauts de ligne, c'est-à-dire peuvent contenir plusieurs paragraphes ainsi que certains objets, tels que des images, des tableaux, d'autres contrôles de contenu, etc. Remarque : La bordure du contrôle de contenu est visible uniquement lorsque le contrôle est sélectionné. Les bordures n'apparaissent pas sur une version imprimée. Déplacer des contrôles de contenu Les contrôles peuvent être déplacés à un autre endroit du document: cliquez sur le bouton à gauche de la bordure de contrôle pour sélectionner le contrôle et faites-le glisser sans relâcher le bouton de la souris à un autre endroit dans le texte du document. Vous pouvez également copier et coller des contrôles de contenu: sélectionnez le contrôle voulu et utilisez les combinaisons de touches Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V. Modifier des contrôles de contenu Remplacez le texte par défaut dans le contrôle (\"Votre texte ici\") par votre propre texte: sélectionnez le texte par défaut, et tapez un nouveau texte ou copiez un passage de texte de n'importe où et collez-le dans le contrôle de contenu. Le texte contenu dans le contrôle de contenu (texte brut ou texte enrichi) peut être formaté à l'aide des icônes de la barre d'outils supérieure: vous pouvez ajuster le type, la taille, la couleur de police, appliquer des styles de décoration et les préréglages de mise en forme. Il est également possible d'utiliser la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés accessible depuis le menu contextuel ou depuis la barre latérale de droite pour modifier les propriétés du texte. Le texte contenu dans les contrôles de contenu de texte enrichi peut être mis en forme comme un texte normal du document, c'est-à-dire que vous pouvez définir l'interlignage, modifier les retraits de paragraphe, ajuster les taquets de tabulation. Modification des paramètres de contrôle du contenu Pour ouvrir les paramètres de contrôle du contenu, vous pouvez procéder de la manière suivante: Sélectionnez le contrôle de contenu nécessaire, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de contrôle dans le menu. Cliquez avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans le contrôle de contenu et utilisez l'option Paramètres de contrôle du contenu dans le menu contextuel. Une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvrira où vous pourrez ajuster les paramètres suivants: Spécifiez le Titre ou l'Étiquette du contrôle de contenu dans les champs correspondants. Le titre s'affiche lorsque le contrôle est sélectionné dans le document. Les étiquettes sont utilisées pour identifier les contrôles de contenu afin que vous puissiez y faire référence dans votre code. Choisissez si vous voulez afficher le contrôle de contenu avec une Zone de délimitation ou non. Utilisez l'option Aucune pour afficher le contrôle sans la zone de délimitation. Si vous sélectionnez l'option Zone de délimitation, vous pouvez choisir la Couleur de cette zone à l'aide du champ ci-dessous. Cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer à tous pour appliquer les paramètres d’apparence spécifiés à tous les contrôles de contenu du document. Empêchez le contrôle de contenu d'être supprimé ou modifié en utilisant l'option de la section Verrouillage: Le contrôle du contenu ne peut pas être supprimé - cochez cette case pour empêcher la suppression du contrôle de contenu. Le contenu ne peut pas être modifié - cochez cette case pour protéger le contenu du contrôle de contenu contre une modification. cliquez sur le bouton OK dans la fenêtre des paramètres pour appliquer les changements. Il est également possible de surligner les contrôles de contenu avec une certaine couleur. Pour surligner les contrôles avec une couleur : Cliquez sur le bouton situé à gauche de la bordure du champ pour sélectionner le champ, Cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Contrôles de contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure, Sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de surlignage du menu contextuel, Sélectionnez la couleur souhaitée dans les palettes disponibles : Couleurs du thème, Couleurs standard ou spécifiez une nouvelle Couleur personnalisée. Pour supprimer la surbrillance des couleurs précédemment appliquée, utilisez l'option Pas de surbrillance. Les options de surbrillance sélectionnées seront appliquées à tous les contrôles de contenu du document. Retirer des contrôles de contenu Pour supprimer un contrôle et laisser tout son contenu, cliquez sur le contrôle de contenu pour le sélectionner, puis procédez de l'une des façons suivantes: Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles du contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Retirer le contrôle du contenu dans le menu. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la sélection et choisissez l'option Supprimer le contrôle de contenu dans le menu contextuel, Pour supprimer un contrôle et tout son contenu, sélectionnez le contrôle nécessaire et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier." + "body": "Les contrôles de contenu sont des objets comportant du contenu spécifique tel que le texte, les objets etc. En fonction du contrôle de contenu choisi, vous pouvez créer un formulaire contenant les zones de texte modifiable pouvant être rempli par d'autres utilisateurs, ou protéger certains éléments qu'on ne puisse les modifier ou supprimer. Remarque: la possibilité d'ajouter de nouveaux contrôles de contenu n'est disponible que dans la version payante. Dans la version gratuite Community vous pouvez modifier les contrôles de contenu existants ainsi que les copier et coller. Actuellement, vous pouvez ajouter les contrôles de contenu suivants: Texte brut, Texte enrichi, Image, Zone de liste déroulante, Liste déroulante, Date, Case à cocher. Texte est le texte comportant un objet qui ne peut pas être modifié. C'est seulement un paragraphe que le contrôle en texte brut peut contenir. Texte enrichi est le texte comportant un objet qui peut être modifié. Les contrôles en texte enrichi peuvent contenir plusieurs paragraphes, listes et objets (images, formes, tableaux etc.). Image est un objet comportant une image. Zone de liste déroulante est un objet comportant une liste déroulante avec un ensemble de choix. Ce contrôle permet de choisir une valeur prédéfinie et la modifier au besoin. Liste déroulante est un objet comportant une liste déroulante avec un ensemble de choix. Ce contrôle permet de choisir une valeur prédéfinie. La valeur choisie ne peut pas être modifiée. Date est l'objet comportant le calendrier qui permet de choisir une date. Case à cocher est un objet permettant d'afficher deux options: la case cochée et la case décochée. Ajouter des contrôles de contenu Créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de texte brut positionnez le point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle, ou sélectionnez un passage de texte que vous souhaitez transformer en contrôle du contenu. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu. choisissez l'option Insérer un contrôle de contenu en texte brut dans le menu. Le contrôle sera inséré au point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte existant. Tapez votre texte à remplacer du texte par défaut à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu (Votre texte ici): sélectionnez le texte par défaut et tapez du texte approprié ou copiez le texte que vous voulez et collez le à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu. Les contrôles de contenu de texte brut ne permettent pas l'ajout de sauts de ligne et ne peuvent pas contenir d'autres objets tels que des images, des tableaux, etc. Créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de texte enrichi positionnez le point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle, ou sélectionnez un passage de texte que vous souhaitez transformer en contrôle du contenu. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu. choisissez l'option Insérer un contrôle de contenu en texte enrichi dans le menu. Le contrôle sera inséré dans un nouveau paragraphe du texte. Tapez votre texte à remplacer du texte par défaut à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu (Votre texte ici): sélectionnez le texte par défaut et tapez du texte approprié ou copiez le texte que vous voulez et collez le à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu. Les contrôles de contenu de texte enrichi permettent d'ajouter des sauts de ligne, c'est-à-dire peuvent contenir plusieurs paragraphes ainsi que certains objets, tels que des images, des tableaux, d'autres contrôles de contenu, etc. Créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu d'image positionnez le point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu. choisissez l'option Image dans le menu et le contrôle de contenu sera inséré au point d'insertion. cliquez sur l'icône Image dans le bouton au dessus de la bordure du contrôle de contenu, la fenêtre de sélection standard va apparaître. Choisissez l'image stockée sur votre ordinateur et cliquez sur Ouvrir. L'image choisie sera affichée à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu. Pour remplacer l'image, cliquez sur l'icône d'image dans le bouton au dessus de la bordure du contrôle de contenu et sélectionnez une autre image. Créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu Zone de liste déroulante ou Liste déroulante Zone de liste déroulante et la Liste déroulante sont des objets comportant une liste déroulante avec un ensemble de choix. Ces contrôles de contenu sont crées de la même façon. La différence entre les contrôles Zone de liste déroulante et Liste déroulante est que la liste déroulante propose des choix que vous êtes obligé de sélectionner tandis que la Zone de liste déroulante accepte la saisie d’un autre élément. positionnez le point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle de contenu. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu. choisissez l'option Zone de liste déroulante et Liste déroulante dans le menu et le contrôle de contenu sera inséré au point d'insertion. cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le contrôle de contenu ajouté et sélectionnez Paramètres du contrôle de contenu du menu contextuel. dans la fenêtre Paramètres du contrôle de contenu qui s'ouvre, passez à l'onglet Zone de liste déroulante ou Liste déroulante en fonction du type de contrôle de contenu sélectionné. pour ajouter un nouveau élément à la liste, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter et remplissez les rubriques disponibles dans la fenêtre qui s'ouvre: saisissez le texte approprié dans le champ Nom d'affichage, par exemple, Oui, Non, Autre option. Ce texte sera affiché à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu dans le document. par défaut le texte du champ Valeur coïncide avec celui-ci du champ Nom d'affichage. Si vous souhaitez modifier le texte du champ Valeur, veuillez noter que la valeur doit être unique pour chaque élément. Cliquez sur OK. les boutons Modifier et Effacer à droite servent à modifier ou supprimer les éléments de la liste et les boutons En haut et Bas à changer l'ordre d'affichage des éléments. Une fois les paramètres configurés, cliquez sur OK pour enregistrer la configuration et fermer la fenêtre. Vous pouvez cliquez sur la flèche à droite du contrôle de contenu Zone de liste déroulante ou Liste déroulante ajouté pour ouvrir la liste et sélectionner l'élément approprié. Une fois sélectionné dans la Zone de liste déroulante, on peut modifier le texte affiché en saisissant propre texte partiellement ou entièrement. La Liste déroulante ne permet pas la saisie d’un autre élément. Créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu sélecteur des dates positionnez le point d'insertion dans le texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle de contenu. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu. choisissez l'option Date dans le menu et le contrôle de contenu indiquant la date actuelle sera inséré au point d'insertion. cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le contrôle de contenu ajouté et sélectionnez Paramètres du contrôle de contenu du menu contextuel. dans la fenêtre Paramètres du contrôle de contenu, passez à l'onglet Format de date. Sélectionnez la Langue et le format de date appropriée dans la liste Afficher le date comme suit. Cliquez sur OK pour appliquer toutes les modifications et fermer la fenêtre. Vous pouvez cliquez sur la flèche à droite du contrôle de contenu Date ajouté pour ouvrir le calendrier et sélectionner la date appropriée. Créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de case à cocher positionnez le point d'insertion dans le texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle de contenu. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu. choisissez l'option Case à cocher dans le menu et le contrôle de contenu sera inséré au point d'insertion. cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le contrôle de contenu ajouté et sélectionnez Paramètres du contrôle de contenu du menu contextuel. dans la fenêtre Paramètres du contrôle de contenu, passez à l'onglet Case à cocher. cliquez sur le bouton Symbole Activé pour spécifier le symbole indiquant la case cochée ou le Symbole Désactivé pour spécifier la façon d'afficher la case décochée. La fenêtre Symbole s'ouvre. Veuillez consulter cet articlepour en savoir plus sur utilisation des symboles. Une fois les paramètres configurés, cliquez sur OK pour enregistrer la configuration et fermer la fenêtre. La case à cocher s'affiche désactivée. Une fois que vous cliquiez la case à cocher, le symbole qu'on a spécifié comme le Symbole Activé est inséré. Remarque: La bordure du contrôle de contenu est visible uniquement lorsque le contrôle est sélectionné. Les bordures n'apparaissent pas sur une version imprimée. Déplacer des contrôles de contenu Les contrôles peuvent être déplacés à un autre endroit du document: cliquez sur le bouton à gauche de la bordure de contrôle pour sélectionner le contrôle et faites-le glisser sans relâcher le bouton de la souris à un autre endroit dans le texte du document. Vous pouvez également copier et coller des contrôles de contenu: sélectionnez le contrôle voulu et utilisez les combinaisons de touches Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V. Modifier des contrôles de contenu en texte brut et en texte enrichi On peut modifier le texte à l'intérieur des contrôles de contenu en texte brut et en texte enrichi à l'aide des icônes de la barre d'outils supérieure: vous pouvez ajuster le type, la taille et la couleur de police, appliquer des styles de décoration et les configurations de mise en forme. Il est également possible d'utiliser la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés accessible depuis le menu contextuel ou depuis la barre latérale de droite pour modifier les propriétés du texte. Le texte contenu dans les contrôles de contenu de texte enrichi peut être mis en forme comme un texte normal du document, c'est-à-dire que vous pouvez définir l'interlignage, modifier les retraits de paragraphe, ajuster les taquets de tabulation, etc. Modification des paramètres de contrôle du contenu Quel que soit le type du contrôle de contenu, on peut configurer ses paramètres sous les onglets Général et Verrouillage dans la fenêtre Paramètres du contrôle de contenu. Pour ouvrir les paramètres de contrôle du contenu, vous pouvez procéder de la manière suivante: Sélectionnez le contrôle de contenu nécessaire, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de contrôle du menu. Cliquez avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans le contrôle de contenu et utilisez l'option Paramètres de contrôle du contenu dans le menu contextuel. Une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvrira. Sous l'onglet Général vous pouvez configurer les paramètres suivants: Spécifiez le Titre, l'Espace réservé ou le Tag dans les champs correspondants. Le titre s'affiche lorsque le contrôle est sélectionné dans le document. L'espace réservé est le texte principal qui s'affiche à l'intérieur du contrôle de contenu. Les Tags sont utilisées pour identifier les contrôles de contenu afin que vous puissiez y faire référence dans votre code. Choisissez si vous voulez afficher le contrôle de contenu avec une Boîte d'encombrement ou non. Utilisez l'option Aucun pour afficher le contrôle sans aucune boîte d'encombrement. Si vous sélectionnez l'option Boîte d'encombrement, vous pouvez choisir la Couleur de la boîte à l'aide du champ ci-dessous. Cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer à tous pour appliquer les paramètres d’Apparence spécifiés à tous les contrôles de contenu du document. Sous l'onglet Verrouillage vous pouvez empêchez toute suppression ou modifcation du contrôle de contenu en utilisant les paramètres suivants: Le contrôle du contenu ne peut pas être supprimé - cochez cette case pour empêcher la suppression du contrôle de contenu. Le contenu ne peut pas être modifié - cochez cette case pour protéger le contenu du contrôle de contenu contre une modification. Sous le troisième onglet on peut configurer les paramètres spécifiques de certain type du contrôle de contenu, comme: Zone de liste déroulante, Liste déroulante, Date, Case à cocher. Tous ces paramètres ont déjà été décrits ci-dessus dans la section appropriée à chaque contrôle de contenu. Cliquez sur le bouton OK dans la fenêtre des paramètres pour appliquer les changements. Il est également possible de surligner les contrôles de contenu avec une certaine couleur. Pour surligner les contrôles avec une couleur: Cliquez sur le bouton situé à gauche de la bordure du champ pour sélectionner le contrôle, Cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Contrôles de contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure, Sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de surbrillance du menu, Sélectionnez la couleur souhaitée dans les palettes disponibles: Couleurs du thème, Couleurs standard ou spécifiez une nouvelle Couleur personnalisée. Pour supprimer la surbrillance des couleurs précédemment appliquée, utilisez l'option Pas de surbrillance. Les options de surbrillance sélectionnées seront appliquées à tous les contrôles de contenu du document. Supprimer des contrôles de contenu Pour supprimer un contrôle et laisser tout son contenu, cliquez sur le contrôle de contenu pour le sélectionner, puis procédez de l'une des façons suivantes: Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer le contrôle du contenu dans le menu. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le contrôle de contenu et utilisez l'option Supprimer le contrôle du contenu dans le menu contextuel. Pour supprimer un contrôle et tout son contenu, sélectionnez le contrôle nécessaire et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm", + "title": "Insertion de renvoi", + "body": "Les renvois permettent de créer les liens vers d'autres parties du même document telles que les diagrammes ou les tableaux. Le renvoi apparaît sous la forme d'un lien hypertexte. Créer un renvoi Positionnez le curseur dans le texte à l'endroit où vous souhaitez insérer un renvoi. Passez à l'onglet Références et cliquez sur l'icône Renvoi. Paramétrez le renvoi dans la fenêtre contextuelle Renvoi. Dans la liste déroulante Type de référence spécifiez l'élément vers lequel on veut renvoyer, par exemple, l'objet numéroté (option par défaut), en-tête, signet, note de bas de page, note de fin, équation, figure, et tableau. Sélectionnez l'élément approprié. Dans la liste Insérer la référence à spécifiez les informations que vous voulez insérer dans le document. Votre choix dépend de la nature des éléments que vous avez choisi dans la liste Type de référence. Par exemple, pour l'option En-tête on peut spécifier les informations suivantes: Texte de l'en-tête, Numéro de page, Numéro de l'en-tête, Numéro de l'en-tête (pas de contexte), Numéro de l'en-tête (contexte global), Au-dessus/au-dessous. La liste complète des options dépend du type de référence choisi: Type de référence Insérer la référence à Description Objet numéroté Numéro de page Pour insérer le numéro de page du l'objet numéroté Numéro de paragraphe Pour insérer le numéro de paragraphe du l'objet numéroté Numéro de paragraphe (pas de contexte) Pour insérer le numéro de paragraphe abrégé. On fait la référence à un élément spécifique de la liste numérotée, par exemple vous faites une référence seulement à 1 au lieu de 4.1.1. Numéro de paragraphe (contexte global) Pour insérer le numéro de paragraphe complet, par exemple 4.1.1. Texte du paragraphe Pour insérer la valeur textuelle du paragraphe, par exemple pour 4.1.1. Conditions générales on fait référence seulement à Conditions générales Au-dessus/au-dessous Pour insérer automatiquement des mots Au-dessus ou Au-dessous en fonction de la position de l'élément. En-tête Texte de l'en-tête Pour insérer le texte complet de l'en-tête Numéro de page Pour insérer le numéro de page d'un en-tête Numéro de l'en-tête Pour insérer la numérotation consécutive de l'en-tête Numéro de l'en-tête (pas de contexte) Pour insérer le numéro de l'en-tête abrégé. Assurez-vous de placer le curseur dans la section à laquelle vous souhaiter faire une référence, par exemple, vous êtes dans la section 4 et vous souhaiter faire référence à l'en-tête 4.B alors au lieu de 4.B s'affiche seulement B. Numéro de l'en-tête (contexte global) Pour insérer le numéro de l'en-tête complet même si le curseur est dans la même section Au-dessus/au-dessous Pour insérer automatiquement des mots Au-dessus ou Au-dessous en fonction de la position de l'élément. Signet Le texte du signet Pour insérer le texte complet du signet Numéro de page Pour insérer le numéro de page du signet Numéro de paragraphe Pour insérer le numéro de paragraphe du signet Numéro de paragraphe (pas de contexte) Pour insérer le numéro de paragraphe abrégé. On fait la référence seulement à un élément spécifique, par exemple vous faites une référence seulement à 1 au lieu de 4.1.1. Numéro de paragraphe (contexte global) Pour insérer le numéro de paragraphe complet, par exemple 4.1.1. Au-dessus/au-dessous Pour insérer automatiquement des mots Au-dessus ou Au-dessous en fonction de la position de l'élément. Note de bas de page Numéro de la note de bas de page Pour insérer le numéro de la note de bas de page Numéro de page Pour insérer le numéro de page de la note de bas de page Au-dessus/au-dessous Pour insérer automatiquement des mots Au-dessus ou Au-dessous en fonction de la position de l'élément. Le numéro de la note de bas de page (mis en forme) Pour insérer le numéro de la note de bas de page mis en forme d'une note de bas de page. La numérotation de notes de bas de page existantes n'est pas affectée Note de fin Le numéro de la note de fin Pour insérer le numéro de la note de fin Numéro de page Pour insérer le numéro de page de la note de fin Au-dessus/au-dessous Pour insérer automatiquement des mots Au-dessus ou Au-dessous en fonction de la position de l'élément. Le numéro de la note de fin (mis en forme) Pour insérer le numéro de la note de fin mis en forme d'une note de fin. La numérotation de notes de fin existantes n'est pas affectée Équation / Figure / Tableau La légende complète Pour insérer le texte complet de la légende Seulement l'étiquette et le numéro Pour insérer l'étiquette et le numéro de l'objet, par exemple, Tableau 1.1 Seulement le texte de la légende Pour insérer seulement le texte de la légende Numéro de page Pour insérer le numéro de la page comportant du l'objet référencé Au-dessus/au-dessous Pour insérer automatiquement des mots Au-dessus ou Au-dessous en fonction de la position de l'élément. Pour faire apparaître une référence comme un lien actif, cochez la case Insérer en tant que lien hypertexte. Pour spécifier la position de l'élément référencé, cochez la case Inclure au-dessus/au-dessous (si disponible). ONLYOFFICE Document Editor insère automatiquement des mots “au-dessus” ou “au-dessous” en fonction de la position de l'élément. Pour spécifier le séparateur, cochez la case à droite Séparer les numéros avec. Il faut spécifier le séparateur pour les références dans le contexte global. Dans la zone Pour quel en-tête choisissez l’élément spécifique auquel renvoyer en fonction de la Type référence choisi, par exemple: pour l'option En-tête on va afficher la liste complète des en-têtes dans ce document. Pour créer le renvoi cliquez sur Insérer. Supprimer des renvois Pour supprimer un renvoi, sélectionnez le renvoi que vous souhaitez supprimer et appuyez sur la touche Suppr." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm", + "title": "Insérer la date et l'heure", + "body": "Pour insérer la Date et l'heure dans votre document, placer le curseur à l'endroit où vous voulez insérer la Date et heure, passez à l'onglet Insérer dans la barre d'outils en haut, cliquez sur l'icône Date et heure dans la barre d'outils en haut, dans la fenêtre Date et l'heure qui s'affiche, configurez les paramètres, comme suit: Sélectionnez la langue visée. Sélectionnez le format parmi ceux proposés. Cochez la case Mettre à jour automatiquement en tant que la date et l'heure sont automatiquement mis à jour. Remarque: Si vous préférez mettre à jour la date et l'heure manuellement, vous pouvez utiliser l'option de Mettre à jour dans le menu contextuel. Sélectionnez l'option Définir par défaut pour utiliser ce format par défaut pour cette langue. Cliquez sur OK." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "title": "Insérer une lettrine", - "body": "Une Lettrine est une lettre initiale du paragraphe, elle est plus grande que les autres lettres et occupe une hauteur supérieure à la ligne courante. Pour ajouter une lettrine, placez le curseur à l'intérieur du paragraphe dans lequel vous voulez insérer une lettrine, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer une lettrine sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante : Dans le texte - pour insérer une lettrine dans le paragraphe. Dans la marge - pour placer une lettrine dans la marge gauche. La lettre initiale du paragraphe sélectionné sera transformée en une lettrine. Si vous avez besoin d'ajouter quelques lettres, vous pouvez le faire manuellement : sélectionnez la lettrine et tapez les lettres nécessaires. Pour régler l'apparence de la lettrine (par exemple, taille de police, type, style de décoration ou couleur), sélectionnez la lettre et utilisez les icônes correspondantes sur la barre d'outils supérieure. La lettrine sélectionnée est entourée par un cadre (un conteneur utilisé pour positionner la lettrine sur la page). Vous pouvez facilement changer la taille du cadre en faisant glisser ses bordures ou changer sa position en utilisant l'icône qui apparaît si vous positionnez le curseur sur le cadre. Pour supprimer la lettrine ajoutée, sélectionnez-la, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer une lettrine de la barre d'outils supérieure et choisissez l'option Aucune dans la liste déroulante. Pour modifier les paramètres de la lettrine ajoutée, sélectionnez-la, cliquez sur l'icône de la barre d'outils supérieure Insérer une lettrine et choisissez l'option Paramètres de la lettrine dans la liste déroulante. La fenêtre Lettrine - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre : L'onglet Lettrine vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants : Position sert à changer l'emplacement de la lettrine. Sélectionnez l'option Dans le texte ou Dans la marge, ou cliquez sur Aucune pour supprimer la lettrine. Police sert à sélectionner la police dans la liste des polices disponibles. Hauteur des lignes sert à spécifier le nombre des lignes occupées par la lettrine. Il est possible de sélectionner de 1 à 10 lignes. Distance du texte sert à spécifier l'espace entre le texte du paragraphe et la bordure droite du cadre qui entoure la lettrine. L'onglet Bordures et remplissage vous permet d'ajouter une bordure autour de la lettrine et de régler ses paramètres. Ils sont les suivants : Paramètres de la Bordure (taille, couleur, sa présence ou absence) - définissez la taille des bordures, sélectionnez leur couleur et choisissez les bordures auxquelles (en haut, en bas, à gauche, à droite ou quelques unes à la fois) vous voulez appliquer ces paramètres. Couleur d'arrère-plan - choisissez la couleur pour l'arrère-plan de la lettrine. L'onglet Marges vous permet de définir la distance entre la lettrine et les bordures En haut, En bas, A gauche et A droite autour d'elle (si les bordures ont été préalablement ajoutées). Après avoir ajouté la lettrine vous pouvez également changer les paramètres du Cadre. Pour y accéder, cliquez droit à l'intérieur du cadre et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancées du cadre du menu contextuel. La fenêtre Cadre - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre : L'onglet Cadre vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants : Position sert à sélectionner une des styles d'habillage Aligné ou Flottant. Ou vous pouvez cliquer sur Aucune pour supprimer le cadre. Largeur et Hauteur servent à changer la taille du cadre. L'option Auto vous permet de régler la taille du cadre automatiquement en l'ajustant à la lettrine à l'intérieur. L'option Exactement vous permet de spécifier les valeurs fixes. L'option Au moins est utilisée pour définir la hauteur minimale (si vous changez la taille du cadre, la hauteur du cadre change en conséquence, mais elle ne peut pas être inférieure à la valeur spécifiée). Horizontal sert à définir la position exacte du cadre des unités sélectionnées par rapport à la marge, la page ou la colonne, ou à aligner le cadre (à gauche, au centre ou à droite) par rapport à un des points de référence. Vous pouvez également définir la Distance du texte horizontale c'est-à-dire l'espace entre les bordures verticales du cadre et le texte du paragraphe. Vertical sert à définir la position exacte du cadre des unités sélectionnées par rapport à la marge, la page ou le paragraphe, ou à aligner le cadre (en haut, au centre ou en bas) par rapport à un des points de référence. Vous pouvez également définir la Distance du texte verticale c'est-à-dire l'espace entre les bordures horizontales et le texte du paragraphe. Déplacer avec le texte contrôle si la litterine se déplace comme le paragraphe auquel elle est liée. Les onglets Bordures et remplissage et Marges permettent de définir les mêmes paramètres que dans les onglets de la fenêtre Lettrine - Paramètres avancés." + "body": "Une Lettrine est une lettre initiale majuscule placée au début d'un paragraphe ou d'une section. La taille d'une lettrine est généralement plusieurs lignes. Pour ajouter une lettrine, placez le curseur à l'intérieur du paragraphe dans lequel vous voulez insérer une lettrine, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Lettrine sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante: Dans le texte - pour insérer une lettrine dans le paragraphe. Dans la marge - pour placer une lettrine dans la marge gauche. La lettre initiale du paragraphe sélectionné sera transformée en une lettrine. Si vous avez besoin d'ajouter quelques lettres, vous pouvez le faire manuellement: sélectionnez la lettrine et tapez les lettres nécessaires. Pour régler l'apparence de la lettrine (par exemple, taille de police, type, style de décoration ou couleur), sélectionnez la lettre et utilisez les icônes correspondantes sous l'onglet Accueil sur la barre d'outils supérieure. La lettrine sélectionnée est entourée par un cadre (un conteneur utilisé pour positionner la lettrine sur la page). Vous pouvez facilement changer la taille du cadre en faisant glisser ses bordures ou changer sa position en utilisant l'icône qui apparaît si vous positionnez le curseur sur le cadre. Pour supprimer la lettrine ajoutée, sélectionnez-la, cliquez sur l'icône Lettrine sous l'onglet Insérer sur la barre d'outils supérieure et choisissez l'option Aucune dans la liste déroulante. Pour modifier les paramètres de la lettrine ajoutée, sélectionnez-la, cliquez sur l'icône Lettrine sous l'onglet Insérer sur la barre d'outils supérieure et choisissez l'option Paramètres de la lettrine dans la liste déroulante. La fenêtre Lettrine - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre: L'onglet Lettrine vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants: Position sert à changer l'emplacement de la lettrine. Sélectionnez l'option Dans le texte ou Dans la marge, ou cliquez sur Aucune pour supprimer la lettrine. Police sert à sélectionner la police dans la liste des polices disponibles. Hauteur des lignes sert à spécifier le nombre des lignes occupées par la lettrine. Il est possible de sélectionner de 1 à 10 lignes. Distance du texte sert à spécifier l'espace entre le texte du paragraphe et la bordure droite du cadre qui entoure la lettrine. L'onglet Bordures et remplissage vous permet d'ajouter une bordure autour de la lettrine et de régler ses paramètres. Ils sont les suivants: Paramètres de la Bordure (taille, couleur, sa présence ou absence) - définissez la taille des bordures, sélectionnez leur couleur et choisissez les bordures auxquelles (en haut, en bas, à gauche, à droite ou quelques unes à la fois) vous voulez appliquer ces paramètres. Couleur d'arrière-plan - choisissez la couleur pour l'arrère-plan de la lettrine. L'onglet Marges vous permet de définir la distance entre la lettrine et les bordures En haut, En bas, A gauche et A droite autour d'elle (si les bordures ont été préalablement ajoutées). Après avoir ajouté la lettrine vous pouvez également changer les paramètres du Cadre. Pour y accéder, cliquez droit à l'intérieur du cadre et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancées du cadre du menu contextuel. La fenêtre Cadre - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre: L'onglet Cadre vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants: Position sert à sélectionner une des styles d'habillage Aligné ou Flottant. Ou vous pouvez cliquer sur Aucune pour supprimer le cadre. Largeur et Hauteur servent à changer la taille du cadre. L'option Auto vous permet de régler la taille du cadre automatiquement en l'ajustant à la lettrine à l'intérieur. L'option Exactement vous permet de spécifier les valeurs fixes. L'option Au moins est utilisée pour définir la hauteur minimale (si vous changez la taille du cadre, la hauteur du cadre change en conséquence, mais elle ne peut pas être inférieure à la valeur spécifiée). Horizontal sert à définir la position exacte du cadre des unités sélectionnées par rapport à la marge, la page ou la colonne, ou à aligner le cadre (à gauche, au centre ou à droite) par rapport à un des points de référence. Vous pouvez également définir la Distance du texte horizontale c'est-à-dire l'espace entre les bordures verticales du cadre et le texte du paragraphe. Vertical sert à définir la position exacte du cadre des unités sélectionnées par rapport à la marge, la page ou le paragraphe, ou à aligner le cadre (en haut, au centre ou en bas) par rapport à un des points de référence. Vous pouvez également définir la Distance du texte verticale c'est-à-dire l'espace entre les bordures horizontales et le texte du paragraphe. Déplacer avec le texte contrôle si la lettrine se déplace comme le paragraphe auquel elle est liée. Les onglets Bordures et remplissage et Marges permettent de définir les mêmes paramètres que dans les onglets de la fenêtre Lettrine - Paramètres avancés." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm", + "title": "Insérer des notes de fin", + "body": "Utilisez les notes de fin pour donner des explications ou ajouter des commentaires à un terme ou une proposition et citer une source à la fin du document. Insertion de notes de fin Pour insérer la note de fin dans votre document, placez un point d'insertion à la fin du texte ou du mot concerné, passez à l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut, cliquez sur l'icône Note de bas de page dans la barre d'outils en haut et sélectionnez dans la liste Insérer une note de fin. Le symbole de la note de fin est alors ajouté dans le corps de texte (symbole en exposant qui indique la note de fin), et le point d'insertion se déplace à la fin de document. Vous pouvez saisir votre texte. Il faut suivre la même procédure pour insérer une note de fin suivante sur un autre fragment du texte. La numérotation des notes de fin est appliquée automatiquement. i, ii, iii, etc. par défaut. Affichage des notes de fin dans le document Faites glisser le curseur au symbole de la note de fin dans le texte du document, la note de fin s'affiche dans une petite fenêtre contextuelle. Parcourir les notes de fin Vous pouvez facilement passer d'une note de fin à une autre dans votre document, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut, dans la section Passer aux notes de fin utilisez la flèche gauche pour se déplacer à la note de fin suivante ou la flèche droite pour se déplacer à la note de fin précédente. Modification des notes de fin Pour particulariser les notes de fin, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut, appuyez sur Paramètres des notes dans le menu, modifiez les paramètres dans la boîte de dialogue Paramètres des notes qui va apparaître: Spécifiez l'Emplacement des notes de fin et sélectionnez l'une des options dans la liste déroulante à droite: Fin de section - les notes de fin son placées à la fin de la section. Fin de document - les notes de fin son placées à la fin du document. Modifiez le Format des notes de fin: Format de nombre - sélectionnez le format de nombre disponible dans la liste: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Début - utilisez les flèches pour spécifier le nombre ou la lettre à utiliser pour la première note de fin. Numérotation - sélectionnez les options de numérotation: Continue - numérotation de manière séquentielle dans le document, À chaque section - numérotation redémarre à 1 (ou à une autre séquence de symboles) au début de chaque section du document, À chaque page - numérotation redémarre à 1 (ou à une autre séquence de symboles) au début de chaque page du document. Marque particularisée - séquence de symboles ou mots spéciaux à utiliser comme symbole de note de fin (Exemple: * ou Note1). Tapez le symbole/mot dans le champ et cliquez sur Insérer en bas de la boîte dialogue Paramètres des notes. Dans la liste déroulante Appliquer les modifications à sélectionnez si vous voulez appliquer les modifications À tout le document ou seulement À cette section. Remarque: pour définir un format différent pour les notes de fin sur différentes sections du document, il faut tout d'abord utiliser les sauts de sections . Une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur Appliquer. Supprimer le notes de fin Pour supprimer une note de fin, placez un point d'insertion devant le symbole de note de fin dans le texte et cliquez sur la touche Suppr. Toutes les autres notes de fin sont renumérotées. Pour supprimer toutes les notes de fin du document, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut, sélectionnez Supprimer les notes dans le menu. dans la boîte de dialogue sélectionnez Supprimer toutes les notes de fin et cliquez sur OK." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Insérer des équations", - "body": "Document Editor vous permet de créer des équations à l'aide des modèles intégrés, de les modifier, d'insérer des caractères spéciaux (à savoir des opérateurs mathématiques, des lettres grecques, des accents, etc.). Ajouter une nouvelle équation Pour insérer une équation depuis la galerie, placez le curseur à l'intérieur de la ligne choisie, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône Équation sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez la catégorie d'équation souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Les catégories suivantes sont actuellement disponibles : Symboles, Fractions, Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Crochets, Fonctions, Accentuations, Limites et logarithmes, Opérateurs, Matrices, cliquez sur le symbole/l'équation voulu(e) dans l'ensemble de modèles correspondant. La boîte de symbole/équation sélectionnée sera insérée à la position du curseur. Si la ligne sélectionnée est vide, l'équation sera centrée. Pour aligner une telle équation à gauche ou à droite, cliquez sur la boîte d'équation et utilisez l'icône ou dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.Chaque modèle d'équation comporte un ensemble d'emplacements. Un emplacement est une position pour chaque élément qui compose l'équation. Un emplacement vide (également appelé un espace réservé) a un contour en pointillé . Vous devez remplir tous les espaces réservés en spécifiant les valeurs nécessaires. Remarque : pour commencer à créer une équation, vous pouvez également utiliser le raccourci clavier Alt + =. Entrer des valeurs Le point d'insertion spécifie où le prochain caractère que vous entrez apparaîtra. Pour positionner le point d'insertion avec précision, cliquez dans un espace réservé et utilisez les flèches du clavier pour déplacer le point d'insertion d'un caractère vers la gauche/la droite ou d'une ligne vers le haut/bas. Si vous devez créer un espace réservé sous l'emplacement avec le point d'insertion dans le modèle sélectionné, appuyez sur Entrée.Une fois le point d'insertion positionné, vous pouvez remplir l'espace réservé : entrez la valeur numérique/littérale souhaitée à l'aide du clavier, insérer un caractère spécial à l'aide de la palette Symboles dans le menu Équation de l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, ajoutez un autre modèle d'équation à partir de la palette pour créer une équation imbriquée complexe. La taille de l'équation primaire sera automatiquement ajustée pour s'adapter à son contenu. La taille des éléments de l'équation imbriquée dépend de la taille de l'espace réservé de l'équation primaire, mais elle ne peut pas être inférieure à la taille de sous-indice. Pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour ajouter un nouvel argument avant ou après celui existant dans les Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument existant et sélectionner l'option Insérer un argument avant/après dans le menu. Pour ajouter une nouvelle équation dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets (ou des équations d'autres types, si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces en appuyant sur Entrée), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé vide ou une équation entrée et sélectionner l'option Insérer une équation avant/après dans le menu. Pour ajouter une nouvelle ligne ou une colonne dans une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé, sélectionner l'option Insérer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Ligne au-dessus/en dessous ou Colonne à gauche/à droite. Remarque : actuellement, les équations ne peuvent pas être entrées en utilisant le format linéaire, c'est-à-dire \\sqrt(4&x^3). Lorsque vous entrez les valeurs des expressions mathématiques, vous n'avez pas besoin d'utiliser la Barre d'espace car les espaces entre les caractères et les signes des opérations sont définis automatiquement. Si l'équation est trop longue et ne tient pas en une seule ligne, le saut de ligne automatique se produit pendant que vous tapez. Vous pouvez également insérer un saut de ligne à une position spécifique en cliquant avec le bouton droit sur un opérateur mathématique et en sélectionnant l'option Insérer un saut manuel dans le menu. L'opérateur sélectionné va commencer une nouvelle ligne. Une fois le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, vous pouvez appuyer sur la touche Tab pour aligner la nouvelle ligne avec n'importe quel opérateur mathématique de la ligne précédente. Pour supprimer le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'opérateur mathématique qui commence une nouvelle ligne et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer un saut manuel. Mise en forme des équations Pour augmenter ou diminuer la taille de la police d'équation, cliquez n'importe où dans la boîte d'équation et utilisez les boutons et de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure ou sélectionnez la taille de police nécessaire dans la liste. Tous les éléments d'équation changeront en conséquence. Les lettres de l'équation sont en italique par défaut. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez changer le style de police (gras, italique, barré) ou la couleur pour une équation entière ou une portion. Le style souligné peut être appliqué uniquement à l'équation entière et non aux caractères individuels. Sélectionnez la partie de l'équation voulue en cliquant et en faisant glisser. La partie sélectionnée sera surlignée en bleu. Utilisez ensuite les boutons nécessaires dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour formater la sélection. Par exemple, vous pouvez supprimer le format italique pour les mots ordinaires qui ne sont pas des variables ou des constantes.Pour modifier certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour modifier le format des Fractions, vous pouvez cliquer sur une fraction avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Changer en fraction en biais/linéaire/empilée dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de fraction sélectionné). Pour modifier la position des Scripts par rapport au texte, vous pouvez faire un clic droit sur l'équation contenant des scripts et sélectionner l'option Scripts avant/après le texte dans le menu. Pour modifier la taille des arguments pour Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Limites et Logarithmes, Opérateurs ainsi que pour les accolades supérieures/inférieures et les Modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument que vous souhaitez modifier. sélectionnez l'option Augmenter/Diminuer la taille de l'argument dans le menu. Pour spécifier si un espace libre vide doit être affiché ou non pour un Radical, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher le degré dans le menu. Pour spécifier si un espace réservé de limite vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Intégrale ou un Grand opérateur, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher la limite supérieure/inférieure dans le menu. Pour modifier la position des limites relative au signe d'intégrale ou d'opérateur pour les Intégrales ou les Grands opérateurs, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Modifier l'emplacement des limites dans le menu. Les limites peuvent être affichées à droite du signe de l'opérateur (sous forme d'indices et d'exposants) ou directement au-dessus et au-dessous du signe de l'opérateur. Pour modifier la position des limites par rapport au texte des Limites et des Logarithmes et des modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Limites sur/sous le texte dans le menu. Pour choisir lequel des Crochets doit être affiché, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qui s'y trouve et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher les parenthèses ouvrantes/fermantes dans le menu. Pour contrôler la taille des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui s'y trouve. L'option Étirer les parenthèses est sélectionnée par défaut afin que les parenthèses puissent croître en fonction de l'expression qu'elles contiennent, mais vous pouvez désélectionner cette option pour empêcher l'étirement des parenthèses. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez également utiliser l'option Faire correspondre les crochets à la hauteur de l'argument. Pour modifier la position du caractère par rapport au texte des accolades ou des barres supérieures/inférieures du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur le modèle et sélectionner l'option Caractère/Barre sur/sous le texte dans le menu. Pour choisir les bordures à afficher pour une Formule encadrée du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Propriétés de bordure dans le menu, puis sélectionner Masquer/Afficher bordure supérieure/inférieure/gauche/droite ou Ajouter/Masquer ligne horizontale/verticale/diagonale. Pour spécifier si un espace réservé vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher l'espace réservé dans le menu. Pour aligner certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour aligner des équations dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets (ou des équations d'autres types, si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces en appuyant sur Entrée), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur une équation, sélectionner l'option Alignement dans le menu, puis sélectionnez le type d'alignement : Haut, Centre ou Bas Pour aligner une Matrice verticalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la matrice, sélectionner l'option Alignement de Matrice dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement : Haut, Centre ou Bas Pour aligner les éléments d'une colonne Matrice horizontalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la colonne, sélectionner l'option Alignement de Colonne dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement : Gauche, Centre ou Droite. Supprimer les éléments d'une équation Pour supprimer une partie de l'équation, sélectionnez la partie que vous souhaitez supprimer en faisant glisser la souris ou en maintenant la touche Maj enfoncée et en utilisant les boutons fléchés, puis appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Un emplacement ne peut être supprimé qu'avec le modèle auquel il appartient. Pour supprimer toute l'équation, sélectionnez-la complètement en faisant glisser la souris ou en double-cliquant sur la boîte d'équation et en appuyant sur la touche Suppr du clavier.Pour supprimer certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour supprimer un Radical, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer radical dans le menu. Pour supprimer un Indice et/ou un Exposant, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui les contient et sélectionner l'option Supprimer indice/exposant dans le menu. Si l'expression contient des scripts qui viennent avant le texte, l'option Supprimer les scripts est disponible. Pour supprimer des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qu'ils contiennent et sélectionner l'option Supprimer les caractères englobants ou Supprimer les caractères et séparateurs englobants dans le menu. Si l'expression contenue dans les Crochets comprend plus d'un argument, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'argument que vous voulez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'argument dans le menu. Si les Crochets contiennent plus d'une équation (c'est-à-dire des Cas avec plusieurs conditions), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation que vous souhaitez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'équation dans le menu. Cette option est également disponible pour les équations d'autres types si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces réservés en appuyant sur Entrée. Pour supprimer une Limite, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer limite dans le menu. Pour supprimer une Accentuation, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Supprimer le caractère d'accentuation, Supprimer le caractère ou Supprimer la barre dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction de l'accent sélectionné). Pour supprimer une ligne ou une colonne d'une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'espace réservé dans la ligne/colonne à supprimer, sélectionner l'option Supprimer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Supprimer la ligne/Colonne." + "body": "Insertion des équations Document Editor vous permet de créer des équations à l'aide des modèles intégrés, de les modifier, d'insérer des caractères spéciaux (à savoir des opérateurs mathématiques, des lettres grecques, des accents, etc.). Ajouter une nouvelle équation Pour insérer une équation depuis la galerie, placez le curseur à l'intérieur de la ligne choisie, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône Équation sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez la catégorie d'équation souhaitée dans la liste déroulante: Les catégories suivantes sont actuellement disponibles: Symboles, Fractions, Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Crochets, Fonctions, Accentuations, Limites et logarithmes, Opérateurs, Matrices, cliquez sur le symbole/l'équation voulu(e) dans l'ensemble de modèles correspondant. La boîte de symbole/équation sélectionnée sera insérée à la position du curseur. Si la ligne sélectionnée est vide, l'équation sera centrée. Pour aligner une telle équation à gauche ou à droite, cliquez sur la boîte d'équation et utilisez l'icône ou l'icône sous l'onglet Accueil dans la barre d'outils supérieure. Chaque modèle d'équation comporte un ensemble d'emplacements. Un emplacement est une position pour chaque élément qui compose l'équation. Un emplacement vide (également appelé un espace réservé) a un contour en pointillé . Vous devez remplir tous les espaces réservés en spécifiant les valeurs nécessaires. Remarque: pour commencer à créer une équation, vous pouvez également utiliser le raccourci clavier Alt + =. On peut aussi ajouter une légende à l'équation. Veuillez consulter cet article pour en savoir plus sur utilisation des légendes. Entrer des valeurs Le point d'insertion spécifie où le prochain caractère que vous entrez apparaîtra. Pour positionner le point d'insertion avec précision, cliquez dans un espace réservé et utilisez les flèches du clavier pour déplacer le point d'insertion d'un caractère vers la gauche/la droite ou d'une ligne vers le haut/bas. Si vous devez créer un espace réservé sous l'emplacement avec le point d'insertion dans le modèle sélectionné, appuyez sur Entrée. Une fois le point d'insertion positionné, vous pouvez remplir l'espace réservé: entrez la valeur numérique/littérale souhaitée à l'aide du clavier, insérer un caractère spécial à l'aide de la palette Symboles dans le menu Équation sous l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure ou saisissez les à l'aide du clavier (consultez la description de l'option AutoMaths ), ajoutez un autre modèle d'équation à partir de la palette pour créer une équation imbriquée complexe. La taille de l'équation primaire sera automatiquement ajustée pour s'adapter à son contenu. La taille des éléments de l'équation imbriquée dépend de la taille de l'espace réservé de l'équation primaire, mais elle ne peut pas être inférieure à la taille de sous-indice. Pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel: Pour ajouter un nouvel argument avant ou après celui existant dans les Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument existant et sélectionner l'option Insérer un argument avant/après dans le menu. Pour ajouter une nouvelle équation dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets (ou des équations d'autres types, si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces en appuyant sur Entrée), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé vide ou une équation entrée et sélectionner l'option Insérer une équation avant/après dans le menu. Pour ajouter une nouvelle ligne ou une colonne dans une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé, sélectionner l'option Insérer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Ligne au-dessus/en dessous ou Colonne à gauche/à droite. Remarque: actuellement, les équations ne peuvent pas être entrées en utilisant le format linéaire, c'est-à-dire \\sqrt(4&x^3). Lorsque vous entrez les valeurs des expressions mathématiques, vous n'avez pas besoin d'utiliser la Barre d'espace car les espaces entre les caractères et les signes des opérations sont définis automatiquement. Si l'équation est trop longue et ne tient pas en une seule ligne, le saut de ligne automatique se produit pendant que vous tapez. Vous pouvez également insérer un saut de ligne à une position spécifique en cliquant avec le bouton droit sur un opérateur mathématique et en sélectionnant l'option Insérer un saut manuel dans le menu. L'opérateur sélectionné va commencer une nouvelle ligne. Une fois le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, vous pouvez appuyer sur la touche Tab pour aligner la nouvelle ligne avec n'importe quel opérateur mathématique de la ligne précédente. Pour supprimer le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'opérateur mathématique qui commence une nouvelle ligne et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer un saut manuel. Mise en forme des équations Pour augmenter ou diminuer la taille de la police d'équation, cliquez n'importe où dans la boîte d'équation et utilisez les boutons et sous l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure ou sélectionnez la taille de police nécessaire dans la liste. Tous les éléments d'équation changeront en conséquence. Les lettres de l'équation sont en italique par défaut. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez changer le style de police (gras, italique, barré) ou la couleur pour une équation entière ou une portion. Le style souligné peut être appliqué uniquement à l'équation entière et non aux caractères individuels. Sélectionnez la partie de l'équation voulue en cliquant et en faisant glisser. La partie sélectionnée sera surlignée en bleu. Utilisez ensuite les boutons nécessaires dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour formater la sélection. Par exemple, vous pouvez supprimer le format italique pour les mots ordinaires qui ne sont pas des variables ou des constantes. Pour modifier certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel: Pour modifier le format des Fractions, vous pouvez cliquer sur une fraction avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Changer en fraction en biais/linéaire/empilée dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de fraction sélectionné). Pour modifier la position des Scripts par rapport au texte, vous pouvez faire un clic droit sur l'équation contenant des scripts et sélectionner l'option Scripts avant/après le texte dans le menu. Pour modifier la taille des arguments pour Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Limites et Logarithmes, Opérateurs ainsi que pour les accolades supérieures/inférieures et les Modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument que vous souhaitez modifier et sélectionner l'option Augmenter/Diminuer la taille de l'argument dans le menu. Pour spécifier si un espace libre vide doit être affiché ou non pour un Radical, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher le degré dans le menu. Pour spécifier si un espace réservé de limite vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Intégrale ou un Grand opérateur, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher la limite supérieure/inférieure dans le menu. Pour modifier la position des limites relative au signe d'intégrale ou d'opérateur pour les Intégrales ou les Grands opérateurs, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Modifier l'emplacement des limites dans le menu. Les limites peuvent être affichées à droite du signe de l'opérateur (sous forme d'indices et d'exposants) ou directement au-dessus et au-dessous du signe de l'opérateur. Pour modifier la position des limites par rapport au texte des Limites et des Logarithmes et des modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Limites sur/sous le texte dans le menu. Pour choisir lequel des Crochets doit être affiché, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qui s'y trouve et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher les parenthèses ouvrantes/fermantes dans le menu. Pour contrôler la taille des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui s'y trouve. L'option Étirer les parenthèses est sélectionnée par défaut afin que les parenthèses puissent croître en fonction de l'expression qu'elles contiennent, mais vous pouvez désélectionner cette option pour empêcher l'étirement des parenthèses. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez également utiliser l'option Faire correspondre les crochets à la hauteur de l'argument. Pour modifier la position du caractère par rapport au texte des accolades ou des barres supérieures/inférieures du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur le modèle et sélectionner l'option Caractère/Barre sur/sous le texte dans le menu. Pour choisir les bordures à afficher pour une Formule encadrée du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Propriétés de bordure dans le menu, puis sélectionner Masquer/Afficher bordure supérieure/inférieure/gauche/droite ou Ajouter/Masquer ligne horizontale/verticale/diagonale. Pour spécifier si un espace réservé vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher l'espace réservé dans le menu. Pour aligner certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez utiliser les options du menu contextuel: Pour aligner des équations dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets (ou des équations d'autres types, si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces en appuyant sur Entrée), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur une équation, sélectionner l'option Alignement dans le menu, puis sélectionnez le type d'alignement: Haut, Centre ou Bas Pour aligner une Matrice verticalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la matrice, sélectionner l'option Alignement de Matrice dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement: Haut, Centre ou Bas Pour aligner les éléments d'une colonne Matrice horizontalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la colonne, sélectionner l'option Alignement de Colonne dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement: Gauche, Centre ou Droite. Supprimer les éléments d'une équation Pour supprimer une partie de l'équation, sélectionnez la partie que vous souhaitez supprimer en faisant glisser la souris ou en maintenant la touche Maj enfoncée et en utilisant les boutons fléchés, puis appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Un emplacement ne peut être supprimé qu'avec le modèle auquel il appartient. Pour supprimer toute l'équation, sélectionnez-la complètement en faisant glisser la souris ou en double-cliquant sur la boîte d'équation et en appuyant sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Pour supprimer certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel: Pour supprimer un Radical, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer radical dans le menu. Pour supprimer un Indice et/ou un Exposant, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui les contient et sélectionner l'option Supprimer indice/exposant dans le menu. Si l'expression contient des scripts qui viennent avant le texte, l'option Supprimer les scripts est disponible. Pour supprimer des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qu'ils contiennent et sélectionner l'option Supprimer les caractères englobants ou Supprimer les caractères et séparateurs englobants dans le menu. Si l'expression contenue dans les Crochets comprend plus d'un argument, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'argument que vous voulez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'argument dans le menu. Si les Crochets contiennent plus d'une équation (c'est-à-dire des Cas avec plusieurs conditions), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation que vous souhaitez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'équation dans le menu. Cette option est également disponible pour les équations d'autres types si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces réservés en appuyant sur Entrée. Pour supprimer une Limite, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer limite dans le menu. Pour supprimer une Accentuation, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Supprimer le caractère d'accentuation, Supprimer le caractère ou Supprimer la barre dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction de l'accent sélectionné). Pour supprimer une ligne ou une colonne d'une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'espace réservé dans la ligne/colonne à supprimer, sélectionner l'option Supprimer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Supprimer la ligne/Colonne. Conversion des équations Si vous disposez d'un document contenant des équations créées avec l'éditeur d'équations dans les versions plus anciennes (par exemple, avec MS Office version antérieure à 2007) vous devez convertir toutes les équations au format Office Math ML pour pouvoir les modifier. Faites un double-clic sur l'équation pour la convertir. La fenêtre d'avertissement s'affiche: Pour ne convertir que l'équation sélectionnée, cliquez sur OK dans la fenêtre d'avertissement. Pour convertir toutes les équations du document, activez la case Appliquer à toutes les équations et cliquez sur OK. Une fois converti, l'équation peut être modifiée." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", - "title": "Insérer les notes de bas de page", - "body": "Vous pouvez ajouter des notes de bas de page pour fournir des explications ou des commentaires sur certaines phrases ou termes utilisés dans votre texte, faire des références aux sources, etc. Pour insérer une note de bas de page dans votre document, positionnez le point d'insertion à la fin du passage de texte auquel vous souhaitez ajouter une note de bas de page, passez à l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Note de bas de page dans la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône et sélectionnez l'option dans le menu,La marque de note de bas de page (c'est-à-dire le caractère en exposant qui indique une note de bas de page) apparaît dans le texte du document et le point d'insertion se déplace vers le bas de la page actuelle. tapez le texte de la note de bas de page. Répétez les opérations mentionnées ci-dessus pour ajouter les notes de bas de page suivantes à d'autres passages de texte dans le document. Les notes de bas de page sont numérotées automatiquement. Si vous placez le pointeur de la souris sur la marque de la note de bas de page dans le texte du document, une petite fenêtre contextuelle avec le texte de la note apparaît. Pour naviguer facilement entre les notes de bas de page ajoutées dans le texte du document, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, dans la section Aller aux notes de bas de page, utilisez la flèche pour accéder à la note de bas de page précédente ou la flèche pour accéder à la note de bas de page suivante. Pour modifier les paramètres des notes de bas de page, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres des notes du menu contextuel, changez les paramètres actuels dans la fenêtre Paramètres de Notes qui s'ouvre : Définissez l'Emplacement des notes de bas de page sur la page en sélectionnant l'une des options disponibles : Bas de la page - pour positionner les notes de bas de page au bas de la page (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut). Sous le texte - pour positionner les notes de bas de page plus près du texte. Cette option peut être utile dans les cas où la page contient un court texte. Ajuster le Format des notes de bas de page : Format de numérotation - sélectionnez le format de numérotation voulu parmi ceux disponibles : 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Commencer par - utilisez les flèches pour définir le numéro ou la lettre par laquelle vous voulez commencer à numéroter. Numérotation - sélectionnez un moyen de numéroter vos notes de bas de page : Continu - pour numéroter les notes de bas de page de manière séquentielle dans tout le document, Redémarrer à chaque section - pour commencer la numérotation des notes de bas de page avec le numéro 1 (ou un autre caractère spécifié) au début de chaque section, Redémarrer à chaque page - pour commencer la numérotation des notes de bas de page avec le numéro 1 (ou un autre caractère spécifié) au début de chaque page. Marque personnalisée - définissez un caractère spécial ou un mot que vous souhaitez utiliser comme marque de note de bas de page (par exemple, * ou Note1). Entrez le caractère/mot choisie dans le champ de saisie de texte et cliquez sur le bouton Insérer en bas de la fenêtre Paramètres de Notes. Utilisez la liste déroulante Appliquer les modifications à pour sélectionner si vous souhaitez appliquer les paramètres de notes spécifiés au Document entier ou à la Section en cours uniquement.Remarque : pour utiliser différentes mises en forme de notes de bas de page dans des parties distinctes du document, vous devez d'abord ajouter des sauts de section. Lorsque vous êtes prêt, cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer. Pour supprimer une seule note de bas de page, positionnez le point d'insertion directement avant le repère de note de bas de page dans le texte du document et appuyez sur Suppr. Les autres notes de bas de page seront automatiquement renumérotées. Pour supprimer toutes les notes de bas de page du document, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Supprimer toutes les notes du menu contextuel," + "title": "Insérer des notes de bas de page", + "body": "Utilisez les notes de bas de page pour donner des explications ou ajouter des commentaires à un terme ou une proposition et citer une source. Insérer des notes de bas de page Pour insérer une note de bas de page dans votre document, placez un point d'insertion à la fin du texte ou du mot concerné, passez à l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut, cliquez sur l'icône les Notes de bas de page dans la barre d'outils en haut ou appuyez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Notes de bas de page et sélectionnez l'option Insérer une note de bas de page du menu, Le symbole de la note de bas de page est alors ajouté dans le corps de texte (symbole en exposant qui indique la note de bas de page), et le point d'insertion se déplace à la fin de document. Vous pouvez saisir votre texte. Il faut suivre la même procédure pour insérer une note de bas de page suivante sur un autre fragment du texte. La numérotation des notes de fin est appliquée automatiquement. Affichage des notes de fin dans le document Faites glisser le curseur au symbole de la note de bas de page dans le texte du document, la note de bas de page s'affiche dans une petite fenêtre contextuelle. Parcourir les notes de bas de page Vous pouvez facilement passer d'une note de bas de page à une autre dans votre document, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut, dans la section Accéder aux notes de bas de page utilisez la flèche gauche pour se déplacer à la note de bas de page suivante ou la flèche droite pour se déplacer à la note de bas de page précédente. Modification des notes de bas de page Pour particulariser les notes de bas de page, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut, appuyez sur Paramètres des notes dans le menu, modifiez les paramètres dans la boîte de dialogue Paramètres des notes qui va apparaître: Cochez la casse Note de bas de page pour modifier seulement les notes de bas de page. Spécifiez l'Emplacement des notes de bas de page et sélectionnez l'une des options dans la liste déroulante à droite: Bas de page - les notes de bas de page sont placées au bas de la page (cette option est activée par défaut). Sous le texte - les notes de bas de page sont placées près du texte. Cette fonction est utile si le texte sur une page est court. Modifiez le Format des notes de bas de page: Format de nombre- sélectionnez le format de nombre disponible dans la liste: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Début- utilisez les flèches pour spécifier le nombre ou la lettre à utiliser pour la première note de fin. Numérotation- sélectionnez les options de numérotation des notes de bas de page: Continue- numérotation de manière séquentielle dans le document, À chaque section- numérotation redémarre à 1 (ou à une autre séquence de symboles) au début de chaque section du document, À chaque page- numérotation redémarre à 1 (ou à une autre séquence de symboles) au début de chaque page du document. Marque personalisée - séquence de symboles ou mots spéciaux à utiliser comme symbole de note de bas de page (Exemple: * ou Note1). Tapez le symbole/mot dans le champ et cliquez sur Insérer en bas de la boîte dialogue Paramètres des notes. Dans la liste déroulante Appliquer les modifications à sélectionnez si vous voulez appliquer les modifications À tout le document ou seulement À cette section. Remarque: pour définir un format différent pour les notes de fin sur différentes sections du document, il faut tout d'abord utiliser les sauts de sections . Une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur Appliquer. Supprimer les notes de bas de page Pour supprimer une note de bas de page, placez un point d'insertion devant le symbole de note de bas de page dans le texte et cliquez sur la touche Supprimer. Toutes les autres notes de bas de page sont renumérotées. Pour supprimer toutes les notes de bas de page du document, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références dans la barre d'outils en haut, sélectionnez Supprimer les notes dans le menu. dans la boîte de dialogue sélectionnez Supprimer les notes de bas de page et cliquez sur OK." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "title": "Insérer les en-têtes et pieds de page", - "body": "Pour ajouter un en-tête ou un pied de page à votre document ou modifier ceux qui déjà existent , passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes : Modifier l'en-tête pour insérer ou modifier le texte d'en-tête. Modifier le pied de page pour insérer ou modifier le texte de pied de page. modifiez les paramètres actuels pour les en-têtes ou pieds de page sur la barre latérale droite Définissez la Position du texte par rapport à la partie supérieure (en-têtes) ou inférieure (pour pieds) de la page. Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un en-tête ou un pied de page différent pour la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas ajouter un en-tête / un pied de page. Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour ajouter de différents en-têtes ou pieds de page pour les pages paires et impaires. L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, alors que les mêmes en-têtes/pieds de page sont appliqués à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d’en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que сette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Identique au précédent. Décochez la case Lien vers Préсédent pour utiliser de différents en-têtes et pieds de page pour chaque section du document. L'étiquette Identique au précédent sera indisponible. Pour saisir un texte ou modifier le texte déjà saisi et régler les paramètres de l'en-tête ou le pied de page, vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur la partie supérieure ou inférieure de la page ou cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option - Modifier l'en-tête ou Modifier le pied de page du menu contextuel. Pour passer au corps du document, double-cliquez sur la zone de travail. Le texte que vous utilisez dans l'en-tête ou dans le pied de page sera affiché en gris. Remarque : consultez la section Insérer les numéros de page pour apprendre à ajouter des numéros de page à votre document." + "body": "Insérer les en-têtes et les pieds de page Pour ajouter un en-tête ou un pied de page à votre document ou modifier ceux qui déjà existent, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône En-tête/Pied de page sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes: Modifier l'en-tête pour insérer ou modifier le texte d'en-tête. Modifier le pied de page pour insérer ou modifier le texte de pied de page. modifiez les paramètres actuels pour les en-têtes ou les pieds de page sur la barre latérale droite: Définissez la Position du texte par rapport à la partie supérieure pour les en-têtes ou à la partie inférieure pour pieds de la page. Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un en-tête ou un pied de page différent pour la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas ajouter un en-tête / un pied de page. Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour ajouter de différents en-têtes ou pieds de page pour les pages paires et impaires. L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, alors que les mêmes en-têtes/pieds de page sont appliqués à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d'en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que cette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Identique au précédent. Décochez la case Lien vers précédent pour utiliser de différents en-têtes et pieds de page pour chaque section du document. L'étiquette Identique au précédent ne sera plus affichée. Pour saisir un texte ou modifier le texte déjà saisi et régler les paramètres de l'en-tête ou du pied de page, vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur la partie supérieure ou inférieure de la page ou cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option - Modifier l'en-tête ou Modifier le pied de page du menu contextuel. Pour passer au corps du document, double-cliquez sur la zone de travail. Le texte que vous utilisez dans l'en-tête ou dans le pied de page sera affiché en gris. Remarque: consultez la section Insérer les numéros de page pour apprendre à ajouter des numéros de page à votre document." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Insérer des images", - "body": "Document Editor vous permet d'insérer des images aux formats populaires. Les formats d'image pris en charge sont les suivants : BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Insérer une image Pour insérer une image dans votre document de texte, placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer l'image, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Imagede la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes pour charger l'image : l'option Image à partir d'un fichier ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue standard pour sélectionner le fichier. Sélectionnez le fichier de votre choix sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir l'option Image à partir d'une URL ouvre la fenêtre où vous pouvez saisir l'adresse Web de l'image et cliquer sur le bouton OK l'option Image provenant du stockage ouvrira la fenêtre Sélectionner la source de données. Sélectionnez une image stockée sur votre portail et cliquez sur le bouton OK après avoir ajouté l'image, vous pouvez modifier sa taille, ses propriétés et sa position. Déplacer et redimensionner des images Pour changer la taille de l'image, faites glisser les petits carreaux situés sur ses bords. Pour garder les proportions de l'image sélectionnée lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Pour modifier la position de l'image, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'image. Faites glisser l'image à la position nécessaire sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Lorsque vous déplacez l'image, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à positionner l'objet sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné). Pour faire pivoter l'image, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée de rotation ronde et faites-la glisser vers la droite ou la gauche. Pour limiter la rotation de l'angle à des incréments de 15 degrés, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée. Note : la liste des raccourcis clavier qui peuvent être utilisés lorsque vous travaillez avec des objets est disponible ici. Ajuster les paramètres de l'image Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être modifiés dans l'onglet Paramètres de l'image de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur l'image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de l'image à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants : Taille est utilisée pour afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur de l'image actuelle. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez restaurer la taille d'image par défaut en cliquant sur le bouton Taille par défaut. Le bouton Ajuster à la marge permet de redimensionner l'image, de sorte qu'elle occupe tout l'espace entre les marges gauche et droite de la page.Le bouton Rogner permet de rogner l'image. Cliquez sur le bouton Rogner pour activer les poignées de recadrage qui apparaissent sur les coins de l'image et au milieu de chaque côté. Faites glisser manuellement les poignées pour définir la zone de recadrage. Vous pouvez déplacer le curseur de la souris sur la bordure de la zone de recadrage pour qu'il se transforme en icône et faire glisser la zone. Pour rogner un seul côté, faites glisser la poignée située au milieu de ce côté. Pour rogner simultanément deux côtés adjacents, faites glisser l'une des poignées d'angle. Pour rogner également deux côtés opposés de l'image, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée lorsque vous faites glisser la poignée au milieu de l'un de ces côtés. Pour rogner également tous les côtés de l'image, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée lorsque vous faites glisser l'une des poignées d'angle. Lorsque la zone de recadrage est définie, cliquez à nouveau sur le bouton Rogner, ou appuyez sur la touche Echap, ou cliquez n'importe où à l'extérieur de la zone de recadrage pour appliquer les modifications. Une fois la zone de recadrage sélectionnée, il est également possible d'utiliser les options Remplir et Ajuster disponibles dans le menu déroulant Rogner. Cliquez de nouveau sur le bouton Rogner et sélectionnez l'option de votre choix : Si vous sélectionnez l'option Remplir, la partie centrale de l'image originale sera conservée et utilisée pour remplir la zone de cadrage sélectionnée, tandis que les autres parties de l'image seront supprimées. Si vous sélectionnez l'option Ajuster, l'image sera redimensionnée pour correspondre à la hauteur ou à la largeur de la zone de recadrage. Aucune partie de l'image originale ne sera supprimée, mais des espaces vides peuvent apparaître dans la zone de recadrage sélectionnée. Rotation permet de faire pivoter l’image de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre ou dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre, ainsi que de retourner l’image horizontalement ou verticalement. Cliquez sur l'un des boutons : pour faire pivoter l’image de 90 degrés dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre pour faire pivoter l’image de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre pour retourner l’image horizontalement (de gauche à droite) pour retourner l’image verticalement (à l'envers) Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous). Remplacer l’image sert à remplacer l'image actuelle et charger une autre À partir d'un fichier ou À partir d'une URL. Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes : Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Organiser sert à placer l'image sélectionnée au premier plan, envoyer à fond, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper des images pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs images à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Aligner sert à aligner le texte à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte - ou modifier le contour de l'habillage. L'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous sélectionnez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Faire pivoter permet de faire pivoter l’image de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre ou dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre, ainsi que de retourner l’image horizontalement ou verticalement. Rogner est utilisé pour appliquer l'une des options de rognage : Rogner, Remplir ou Ajuster. Sélectionnez l'option Rogner dans le sous-menu, puis faites glisser les poignées de recadrage pour définir la zone de rognage, puis cliquez à nouveau sur l'une de ces trois options dans le sous-menu pour appliquer les modifications. Taille par défaut sert à changer la taille actuelle de l'image ou rétablir la taille par défaut. Remplacer l’image sert à remplacer l'image actuelle et charger une autre À partir d'un fichier ou À partir d'une URL. Paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Image - Paramètres avancés'. Lorsque l'image est sélectionnée, l'icône Paramètres de forme est également disponible sur la droite. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le type de contour, la taille et la couleur ainsi que le type de forme en sélectionnant une autre forme dans le menu Modifier la forme automatique. La forme de l'image changera en conséquence. Pour modifier les paramètres avancés de l’image, cliquez sur celle-ci avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés de la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre des propriétés de l'image sera ouverte : L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants : Largeur et Hauteur - utilisez ces options pour modifier langeur / hauteur de l'image. Si le bouton Proportions constantes est cliqué(auquel cas il ressemble à ceci ), les proportions d'image originales sera gardées lors de la modification de la largeur/hauteur. Pour rétablir la taille par défaut de l'image ajoutée, cliquez sur le bouton Par défaut. L'onglet Rotation comporte les paramètres suivants : Angle - utilisez cette option pour faire pivoter l’image d'un angle exactement spécifié. Entrez la valeur souhaitée mesurée en degrés dans le champ ou réglez-la à l'aide des flèches situées à droite. Retourné - cochez la case Horizontalement pour retourner l’image horizontalement (de gauche à droite) ou la case Verticalement pour retourner l’image verticalement (à l'envers). L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants : Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la manière dont l'image est positionnée par rapport au texte : elle peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style 'aligné sur le texte') ou être contournée par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). Aligné sur le texte - l'image fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, l'image est déplacée elle aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer l'image indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte : Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour de l' image. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur d'elle. Pour créer l'effet, utilisez l'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne du menu contextuel. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas de l'image. Devant le texte - l'image est affichée sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur l'image. Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche). L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné : La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement d'image suivants : Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite. La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement d'image suivants : Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) sous la ligne, la marge, la marge inférieure, le paragraphe, la page la marge supérieure, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure. Déplacer avec le texte détermine si l'image se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel elle est alignée. Chevauchement détermine si deux images sont fusionnées en une seule ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information de l'image." + "body": "Document Editor vous permet d'insérer des images aux formats populaires. Les formats d'image pris en charge sont les suivants: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Insérer une image Pour insérer une image dans votre document de texte, placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer l'image, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Image de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes pour charger l'image: l'option Image à partir d'un fichier ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue standard pour sélectionner le fichier. Sélectionnez le fichier de votre choix sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir l'option Image à partir d'une URL ouvre la fenêtre où vous pouvez saisir l'adresse Web de l'image et cliquer sur le bouton OK l'option Image de stockage ouvrira la fenêtre Sélectionner la source de données. Sélectionnez une image stockée sur votre portail et cliquez sur le bouton OK après avoir ajouté l'image, vous pouvez modifier sa taille, ses paramètres et sa position. On peut aussi ajouter une légende à l'image. Veuillez consulter cet article pour en savoir plus sur utilisation des légendes. Déplacer et redimensionner des images Pour changer la taille de l'image, faites glisser les petits carreaux situés sur ses bords. Pour garder les proportions de l'image sélectionnée lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Pour modifier la position de l'image, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'image. Faites glisser l'image vers la position choisie sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Lorsque vous déplacez l'image, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à la positionner sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné). Pour faire pivoter une image, déplacer le curseur vers la poignée de rotation et faites la glisser dans le sens horaire ou antihoraire. Pour faire pivoter par incréments de 15 degrés, maintenez enfoncée la touche Maj tout en faisant pivoter. Remarque: la liste des raccourcis clavier qui peuvent être utilisés lorsque vous travaillez avec des objets est disponible ici. Ajuster les paramètres de l'image Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres de l'image de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur l'image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de l'image à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants: Taille est utilisée pour afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur de l'image actuel. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez restaurer la taille d'origine de l'image en cliquant sur le bouton Taille actuelle. Le bouton Ajuster aux marges permet de redimensionner l'image et de l'ajuster dans les marges gauche et droite. Le bouton Rogner sert à recadrer l'image. Cliquez sur le bouton Rogner pour activer les poignées de recadrage qui appairaient par chaque coin et sur les côtés. Faites glisser manuellement les pognées pour définir la zone de recadrage. Vous pouvez positionner le curseur sur la bordure de la zone de recadrage lorsque il se transforme en et faites la glisser. Pour rogner un seul côté, faites glisser la poignée située au milieu de ce côté. Pour rogner simultanément deux côtés adjacents, faites glisser l'une des poignées d'angle. Pour rogner également deux côtés opposés de l'image, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée lorsque vous faites glisser la poignée au milieu de l'un de ces côtés. Pour rogner également tous les côtés de l'image, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée lorsque vous faites glisser l'une des poignées d'angle. Lorsque la zone de recadrage est définie, cliquez à nouveau sur le bouton Rogner, ou appuyez sur la touche Echap, ou cliquez n'importe où à l'extérieur de la zone de recadrage pour appliquer les modifications. Une fois la zone de recadrage sélectionnée, il est également possible d'utiliser les options Remplissage et Ajuster disponibles dans le menu déroulant Rogner. Cliquez de nouveau sur le bouton Rogner et sélectionnez l'option de votre choix: Si vous sélectionnez l'option Remplissage, la partie centrale de l'image originale sera conservée et utilisée pour remplir la zone de cadrage sélectionnée, tandis que les autres parties de l'image seront supprimées. Si vous sélectionnez l'option Ajuster, l'image sera redimensionnée pour correspondre à la hauteur ou à la largeur de la zone de recadrage. Aucune partie de l'image originale ne sera supprimée, mais des espaces vides peuvent apparaître dans la zone de recadrage sélectionnée. Rotation permet de faire pivoter l'image de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre ou dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre, ainsi que de retourner l'image horizontalement ou verticalement. Cliquez sur l'un des boutons: pour faire pivoter l'image de 90 degrés dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre pour faire pivoter l'image de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre pour retourner l'image horizontalement (de gauche à droite) pour retourner l'image verticalement (à l'envers) Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous). Remplacer l'image sert à remplacer l'image actuelle et charger une autre À partir d'un fichier ou À partir d'une URL. Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes: Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précédemment coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Organiser sert à placer l'image sélectionnée au premier plan, envoyer à fond, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper des images pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs images à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Aligner sert à aligner le texte à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte - ou modifier le contour de l'habillage. L'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous sélectionnez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Faire pivoter permet de faire pivoter l'image de 90 degrés dans le sens des aiguilles d'une montre ou dans le sens inverse des aiguilles d'une montre, ainsi que de retourner l'image horizontalement ou verticalement. Rogner est utilisé pour appliquer l'une des options de rognage: Rogner, Remplir ou Ajuster. Sélectionnez l'option Rogner dans le sous-menu, puis faites glisser les poignées de recadrage pour définir la zone de rognage, puis cliquez à nouveau sur l'une de ces trois options dans le sous-menu pour appliquer les modifications. Taille actuelle sert à changer la taille actuelle de l'image et rétablir la taille d'origine. Remplacer l'image sert à remplacer l'image actuelle et charger une autre À partir d'un fichier ou À partir d'une URL. Paramètres avancés de l'image sert à ouvrir la fenêtre "Image - Paramètres avancés". Lorsque l'image est sélectionnée, l'icône Paramètres de la forme est également disponible sur la droite. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de la forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le type du Trait a taille et la couleur ainsi que le type de forme en sélectionnant une autre forme dans le menu Modifier la forme automatique. La forme de l'image changera en conséquence. Sous l'onglet Paramètres de la forme, vous pouvez utiliser l'option Ajouter une ombre pour créer une zone ombrée autour de l'image. Ajuster les paramètres de l'image Pour modifier les paramètres avancés, cliquez sur l'image avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés de l'image du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien de la barre latérale droite Afficher les paramètres avancés. La fenêtre paramètres de l'image s'ouvre: L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants: Largeur et Hauteur - utilisez ces options pour changer la largeur et/ou la hauteur. Lorsque le bouton Proportions constantes est activé (Ajouter un ombre) ), le rapport largeur/hauteur d'origine s'ajuste proportionnellement. Pour rétablir la taille par défaut de l'image ajoutée, cliquez sur le bouton Taille actuelle. L'onglet Rotation comporte les paramètres suivants: Angle - utilisez cette option pour faire pivoter l'image d'un angle exactement spécifié. Entrez la valeur souhaitée mesurée en degrés dans le champ ou réglez-la à l'aide des flèches situées à droite. Retourné - cochez la case Horizontalement pour retourner l'image horizontalement (de gauche à droite) ou la case Verticalement pour retourner l'image verticalement (à l'envers). L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants: Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la manière dont l'image est positionnée par rapport au texte : elle peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style 'aligné sur le texte') ou être contournée par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). Aligné sur le texte - l'image fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, le graphique est déplacé lui aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer l'image indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte: Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour de l'image. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur de celui-ci. Pour créer l'effet, utilisez l'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne du menu contextuel. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas de l'image. Devant le texte - l'image est affichée sur le texte Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur l'image. Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, gauche, droit). L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné: La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement d'image suivants: Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite. La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement d'image suivants: Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) au-dessous de la ligne, de la marge, de la marge inférieure, du paragraphe, de la page ou la marge supérieure, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure. Déplacer avec le texte détermine si l'image se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel il est aligné. Chevauchement détermine si deux images sont fusionnées en une seule ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information de l'image." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm", + "title": "Insérer des numéros de ligne", + "body": "ONLYOFFICE Document Editor peut automatiquement compter les lignes dans votre document. Cette fonction est utile lorsque vous devez faire référence à des lignes spécifiques dans un document, comme un contrat juridique ou un code de script. Pour ajouter la numérotation de ligne dans un document, utiliser la fonction Numéros de ligne. Veuillez noter que le texte ajouté aux objets tels que les tableaux, les zones de texte, les graphiques, les en-têtes/pieds de page etc n'est pas inclus dans la numérotation consécutive. Tous ces objets comptent pour une ligne. Ajouter des numéros de ligne Accédez à l'onglet Disposition dans la barre d'outils en haut et appuyez sur l'icône Numéros de ligne. Pour une configuration rapide, sélectionnez les paramètres appropriés dans la liste déroulante: Continue - pour une numérotation consécutive dans l'ensemble du document. Restaurer chaque page - pour commencer la numérotation consécutive sur chaque page. Restaurer chaque section - pour commencer la numérotation consécutive sur chaque section du document. Veuillez consulter ce guide pour en savoir plus sur le sauts de sections. Supprimer pour le paragraphe actif - pour supprimer la numérotation de ligne du paragraphe actuel. Cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris et sélectionnez les paragraphes pour lesquels on veut supprimer les numéros de ligne avant d'opter pour cette option. Configurez les paramètres avancés si vous en avez besoin. Cliquez sur Paramètres de la numérotation de ligne dans le menu déroulant Numéros de ligne. Cochez la case Ajouter la numérotation des lignes pour ajouter des numéros de ligne au document et pour accéder aux paramètres avancées: Commencer par - spécifiez à quelle ligne la numérotation doit commencer. Par défaut, il démarre à 1. À partir du texte - saisissez les valeurs de l'espace situé entre le texte et le numéro de ligne. Les unités de distance sont affichées en cm. Le paramètre par défaut est Auto. Compter par - spécifiez la valeur de variable si celle-ci n' augmente pas à 1, c'est-à-dire numéroter chaque ligne ou seulement une sur deux, une sur 3, une sur 4, une sur 5 etc. Saisissez une valeur numérique. Par défaut, il démarre à 1. Restaurer chaque page - pour commencer la numérotation consécutive sur chaque page. Restaurer chaque section - pour commencer la numérotation consécutive sur chaque section du document. Continue - pour une numérotation consécutive dans l'ensemble du document. Dans la liste déroulante Appliquer les modifications à sélectionnez la partie du document à laquelle vous souhaitez ajouter des numéros de lignes. Choisissez parmi les options suivantes: À cette section pour ajouter des numéros de ligne à la section du document spécifiée; A partir de ce point pour ajouter des numéros de ligne à partir du point où votre curseur est placé; A tout le document pour ajouter des numéros de ligne à tout ce document. Par défaut, le paramètre est A tout le document. Cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les modifications. Supprimer les numéros de ligne Pour supprimer les numéros de ligne, accédez à l'onglet Disposition dans la barre d'outils en haut et appuyez sur l'icône Numéros de ligne. sélectionnez l'option Aucune dans le menu déroulant ou appuyez sur Paramètres de numérotation des lignes et décochez la case Ajouter la numérotation de ligne dans la boîte de dialogue Numéros de ligne." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "title": "Insérer les numéros de page", - "body": "Pour insérer des numéros de page dans votre document, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Insérer le numéro de page du sous-menu, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes : Pour mettre un numéro de page à chaque page de votre document, sélectionnez la position de numéro de page sur la page. Pour insérer un numéro de page à la position actuelle du curseur, sélectionnez l'option À la position actuelle. Pour insérer le nombre total de pages dans votre document (par ex. si vous souhaitez créer une saisie Page X de Y): placez le curseur où vous souhaitez insérer le nombre total de pages, cliquez sur l'icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Insérer le nombre de pages. Pour modifier les paramètres de la numérotation des pages, double-cliquez sur le numéro de page ajouté, modifiez les paramètres actuels en utilisant la barre latérale droite : Définissez la Position des numéros de page ainsi que la position par rapport à la partie supérieure et inférieure de la page. Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un numéro différent à la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas du tout ajouter le numéro. Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour insérer des numéros de page différents pour les pages paires et impaires. L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, de sorte que la numérotation unifiée est appliquée à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d’en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que сette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Identique au précédent. Décochez la case Lier au précédent pour utiliser la numérotation des pages différente pour chaque section du document, par exemple, pour commencer la numérotation de chaque section à 1. L'étiquette Identique au précédent sera indisponible. Pour retourner à l'édition du document, double-cliquez sur la zone de travail." + "body": "Pour insérer des numéros de page dans votre document, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône En-tête/Pied de page sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Insérer le numéro de page du sous-menu, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes: Pour mettre un numéro de page à chaque page de votre document, sélectionnez la position de numéro de page sur la page. Pour insérer un numéro de page à la position actuelle du curseur, sélectionnez l'option À la position actuelle. Remarque: pour insérer le numéro de page courante à la position actuelle du curseur vous pouvez aussi utiliser des raccourcis clavier Ctrl+Maj+P. Pour insérer le nombre total de pages dans votre document (par ex. si vous souhaitez créer une saisie Page X de Y): placez le curseur où vous souhaitez insérer le nombre total de pages, cliquez sur l'icône En-tête/Pied de page sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Insérer le nombre de pages. Pour modifier les paramètres de la numérotation des pages, double-cliquez sur le numéro de page ajouté, modifiez les paramètres actuels en utilisant la barre latérale droite: Définissez la Position des numéros de page ainsi que la position par rapport à la partie supérieure et inférieure de la page. Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un numéro différent à la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas du tout ajouter le numéro. Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour insérer des numéros de page différents pour les pages paires et impaires. L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, de sorte que la numérotation unifiée est appliquée à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d'en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que cette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Identique au précédent. Décochez la case Lier au précédent pour utiliser la numérotation des pages différente pour chaque section du document. L'étiquette Identique au précédent ne sera plus affichée. La section Numérotation des pages sert à configurer les paramètres de numérotation des pages de à travers des différentes sections du document. L' option Continuer à partir de la section précédente est active par défaut pour maintenir la numérotation séquentielle après un saut de section. Si vous voulez que la numérotation commence avec un chiffre ou nombre spécifique sur cette section du document, activez le bouton radio Début et saisissez la valeur initiale dans le champ à droite. Pour retourner à l'édition du document, double-cliquez sur la zone de travail." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertReferences.htm", + "title": "Insérer les références", + "body": "ONLYOFFICE supporte les logiciels de gestion de références bibliographiques Mendeley, Zotero et EasyBib pour insérer des références dans votre document. Mendeley Intégrer Mendeley à ONLYOFFICE Connectez vous à votre compte personnel Mendeley. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez Mendeley, le panneau de gauche s'ouvre dans votre document. Appuyez sur Copier le lien et ouvrir la fiche. Le navigateur ouvre la fiche du site Mendeley. Complétez la fiche et notez l'identifiant de l'application ONLYOFFICE. Revenez à votre document. Entrez l'identifiant de l'application et cliquez sur le bouton Enregistrer. Appuyez sur Me connecter. Appuyez sur Continuer. Or, ONLYOFFICE s'est connecté à votre compte Mendeley. Insertion des références Accédez à votre document et placez le curseur à l'endroit où la référence doit être insérée. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez Mendeley. Tapez le texte à chercher et appuyez sur la touche Entrée du clavier. Activez une ou plusieurs cases à cocher. [Facultatif] Tapez le texte nouveau à chercher et activez une ou plusieurs cases à cocher. Sélectionnez le style pour référence de la liste déroulante Style. Cliquez sur le bouton Insérer la bibliographie. Zotero Intégrer Zotero à ONLYOFFICE Connectez-vous à votre compte personnel Zotero. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires de votre document ouvert et choisissez Zotero, le panneau de gauche s'ouvre dans votre document. Cliquez sur le lien Configuration Zotero API. Il faut obtenir une clé sur le site Zotéro, la copier et la conserver en vue d'une utilisation ultérieure. Revenez à votre document et coller la clé API. Appuyez sur Enregistrer. Or, ONLYOFFICE s'est connecté à votre compte Zotero. Insertion des références Accédez à votre document et placez le curseur à l'endroit où la référence doit être insérée. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez Zotero. Tapez le texte à chercher et appuyez sur la touche Entrée du clavier. Activez une ou plusieurs cases à cocher. [Facultatif] Tapez le texte nouveau à chercher et activez une ou plusieurs cases à cocher. Sélectionnez le style pour référence de la liste déroulante Style. Cliquez sur le bouton Insérer la bibliographie. EasyBib Accédez à votre document et placez le curseur à l'endroit où la référence doit être insérée. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez EasyBib. Sélectionnez le type de source à trouver. Tapez le texte à chercher et appuyez sur la touche Entrée du clavier. Cliquez sur '+' de la partie droite du Livre/Journal, de l'article/site Web. Cette source sera ajoutée dans la Bibliographie. Sélectionnez le style de référence. Appuyez sur Ajouter la bibliographie dans le document pour insérer les références." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "title": "Insérer des symboles et des caractères", - "body": "Que faire si vous avez besoin de symboles ou de caractères spéciaux qui ne sont pas sur votre clavier? Pour insérer de tels symboles dans votre documents, utilisez l’option Insérer un symbole et suivez ces étapes simples: Placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer un symbole spécial, Basculez vers l’onglet Insérer de la barre d’outils supérieure. Cliquez sur Symbole, De la fenêtre Symbole qui apparaît sélectionnez le symbole approprié. Utilisez la section Plage pour trouvez rapidement le symbole nécessaire. Tous les symboles sont divisés en groupes spécifiques, par exemple, sélectionnez des «symboles monétaires» spécifiques si vous souhaitez insérer un caractère monétaire. Si ce caractère n’est pas dans le jeu, sélectionnez une police différente. Plusieurs d’entre elles ont également des caractères différents que ceux du jeu standard. Ou, entrez la valeur hexadécimale Unicode du symbole souhaité dans le champ Valeur hexadécimale Unicode. Ce code se trouve dans la carte des Caractères. Les symboles précédemment utilisés sont également affichés dans le champ des Caractères spéciaux récemment utilisés. Cliquez sur Insérer. Le caractère sélectionné sera ajouté au document. Insérer des symboles ASCII La table ASCII est utilisée pour ajouter des caractères. Pour le faire, maintenez la touche ALT enfoncée et utilisez le pavé numérique pour saisir le code de caractère. Remarque: utilisez le pavé numérique, pas les chiffres du clavier principal. Pour activer le pavé numérique, appuyez sur la touche verrouillage numérique. Par exemple, pour ajouter un caractère de paragraphe (§), maintenez la touche ALT tout en tapant 789, puis relâchez la touche ALT. Insérer des symboles à l’aide de la table des caractères Unicode Des caractères et symboles supplémentaires peuvent également être trouvés dans la table des symboles Windows. Pour ouvrir cette table, effectuez l’une des opérations suivantes: Dans le champ Rechercher, tapez « table de caractères » et ouvrez –la, Appuyez simultanément sur Win+R, puis dans la fenêtre ouverte tapez charmap.exe et cliquez sur OK. Dans la Table des Caractères ouverte, sélectionnez l’un des Jeux de caractères, Groupes et Polices. Ensuite, cliquez sur le caractère nécessaire, copiéz-les dans le presse-papier et collez-les au bon endroit du document." + "body": "Pour insérer des symboles qui ne sont pas sur votre clavier, utilisez l'option Insérer un symbole option et suivez ces étapes simples: placez le curseur là où vous souhaitez ajouter un symbole spécifique, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur Symbole, De la fenêtre Symbole qui apparaît sélectionnez le symbole approprié, Utilisez la section Plage pour trouvez rapidement le symbole nécessaire. Tous les symboles sont divisés en groupes spécifiques, par exemple, sélectionnez des «symboles monétaires» spécifiques si vous souhaitez insérer un caractère monétaire. Si ce caractère n'est pas dans le jeu, sélectionnez une police différente. Plusieurs d'entre elles ont également des caractères différents que ceux du jeu standard. Ou, entrez la valeur hexadécimale Unicode du symbole souhaité dans le champ Valeur hexadécimale Unicode. Ce code se trouve dans la Carte des caractères. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'onglet Symboles spéciaux pour choisir un symbole spéciale proposé dans la liste. Les symboles précédemment utilisés sont également affichés dans le champ des Caractères spéciaux récemment utilisés, cliquez sur Insérer. Le caractère sélectionné sera ajouté au document. Insérer des symboles ASCII La table ASCII est utilisée pour ajouter des caractères. Pour le faire, maintenez la touche ALT enfoncée et utilisez le pavé numérique pour saisir le code de caractère. Remarque: utilisez le pavé numérique, pas les chiffres du clavier principal. Pour activer le pavé numérique, appuyez sur la touche verrouillage numérique. Par exemple, pour ajouter un caractère de paragraphe (§), maintenez la touche ALT tout en tapant 789, puis relâchez la touche ALT. Insérer des symboles à l'aide de la table des caractères Unicode Des caractères et symboles supplémentaires peuvent également être trouvés dans la table des symboles Windows. Pour ouvrir cette table, effectuez l'une des opérations suivantes: Dans le champ Rechercher, tapez 'Table de caractères' et ouvrez-la, Appuyez simultanément sur Win+R, puis dans la fenêtre ouverte tapez charmap.exe et cliquez sur OK. Dans la Table des caractères ouverte, sélectionnez l'un des Jeux de caractères, Groupes et Polices. Ensuite, cliquez sur le caractère nécessaire, copiez-les dans le presse-papier et collez-les au bon endroit du document." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Insérer des tableaux", - "body": "Insérer un tableau Pour insérer un tableau dans le texte de votre document, placez le curseur à l'endroit où vous voulez insérer le tableau, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un tableau sur la la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez une des options pour créer le tableau : soit un tableau avec le nombre prédéfini de cellules (10 par 8 cellules maximum) Si vous voulez ajouter rapidement un tableau, il vous suffit de sélectionner le nombre de lignes (8 au maximum) et de colonnes (10 au maximum). soit un tableau personnalisé Si vous avez besoin d'un tableau de plus de 10 par 8 cellules, sélectionnez l'option Insérer un tableau personnalisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre et spécifiez le nombre nécessaire de lignes et de colonnes, ensuite cliquez sur le bouton OK. après avoir ajouté le tableau, vous pouvez modifier ses propriétés, sa taille et sa position. Pour redimensionner un tableau, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée dans son coin inférieur droit et faites-la glisser jusqu'à ce que la taille du tableau soit atteinte. Vous pouvez également modifier manuellement la largeur d'une certaine colonne ou la hauteur d'une ligne. Déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure droite de la colonne de sorte que le curseur se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle et faites glisser la bordure vers la gauche ou la droite pour définir la largeur nécessaire. Pour modifier manuellement la hauteur d'une seule ligne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure inférieure de la ligne afin que le curseur devienne la flèche bidirectionnelle et déplacez la bordure vers le haut ou le bas. Pour déplacer une table, maintenez la poignée dans son coin supérieur gauche et faites-la glisser à l'endroit voulu dans le document. Sélectionnez un tableau ou une portion de tableau Pour sélectionner un tableau entier, cliquez sur la poignée dans son coin supérieur gauche. Pour sélectionner une certaine cellule, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur le côté gauche de la cellule nécessaire pour que le curseur devienne la flèche noire , puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris. Pour sélectionner une certaine ligne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure gauche du tableau à côté de la ligne voulue pour que le curseur devienne la flèche noire horizontale , puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris. Pour sélectionner une certaine colonne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure supérieure de la colonne voulue pour que le curseur se transforme en flèche noire dirigée vers le bas , puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris. Il est également possible de sélectionner une cellule, une ligne, une colonne ou un tableau à l'aide des options du menu contextuel ou de la section Lignes et colonnes de la barre latérale droite. Remarque : pour vous déplacer dans un tableau, vous pouvez utiliser des raccourcis clavier. Ajuster les paramètres du tableau Certaines paramètres du tableau ainsi que sa structure peuvent être modifiés à l'aide du menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes : Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Sélectionner sert à sélectionner une ligne, une colonne, une cellule ou un tableau. Insérer sert à insérer une ligne au-dessus ou en dessous de la ligne où le curseur est placé ainsi qu'insérer une colonne à gauche ou à droite de la сolonne à la position actuelle du curseur. Supprimer sert à supprimer une ligne, une colonne ou un tableau. Fusionner les cellules est disponible si deux ou plusieurs cellules sont sélectionnées et est utilisé pour les fusionner. Fractionner la cellule... sert à ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez sélectionner le nombre nécessaire de colonnes et de lignes de la cellule qui doit être divisée. Distribuer les lignes est utilisé pour ajuster les cellules sélectionnées afin qu'elles aient la même hauteur sans changer la hauteur globale du tableau. Distribuer les colonnes est utilisé pour ajuster les cellules sélectionnées afin qu'elles aient la même largeur sans modifier la largeur globale du tableau. Alignement vertical de cellule sert à aligner le texte en haut, au centre ou en bas de la cellule sélectionnée. Orientation du texte - sert à modifier l'orientation du texte dans une cellule. Vous pouvez placer le texte horizontalement, verticalement de haut en bas (Rotation du texte vers le bas), ou verticalement de bas en haut (Rotation du texte vers le haut). Paramètres avancés du tableau sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'. Lien hypertexte sert à insérer un lien hypertexte. Paramètres avancés du paragraphe- sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés'. Vous pouvez également modifier les propriétés du tableau en utilisant la barre latérale droite : Lignes et Colonnes servent à sélectionner les parties du tableau à souligner. Pour les lignes : En-tête - pour souligner la première ligne Total - pour souligner la dernière ligne À bandes - pour souligner chaque deuxième ligne Pour les colonnes : Premier - pour souligner la première colonne Dernier - pour souligner la dernière colonne À bandes - pour souligner chaque deuxième colonne Sélectionner à partir d'un modèle sert à choisir un modèle de tableau à partir de ceux qui sont disponibles. Style des bordures sert à sélectionner la taille de la bordure, la couleur, le style ainsi que la couleur d'arrière-plan. Lignes & colonnes sert à effectuer certaines opérations avec le tableau : sélectionner, supprimer, insérer des lignes et des colonnes, fusionner des cellules, fractionner une cellule. Taille de cellule est utilisée pour ajuster la largeur et la hauteur de la cellule actuellement sélectionnée. Dans cette section, vous pouvez également Distribuer les lignes afin que toutes les cellules sélectionnées aient la même hauteur ou Distribuer les colonnes de sorte que toutes les cellules sélectionnées aient la même largeur. Ajouter une formule permet d'insérer une formule dans la cellule de tableau sélectionnée. Répéter en haut de chaque page en tant que ligne d'en-tête sert à insérer la même rangée d'en-tête en haut de chaque page dans les tableaux longs. Afficher les paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'. Pour modifier les paramètres du tableau avancés, cliquez sur le tableau avec le clic droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre Propriétés du tableau s'ouvre : L'onglet Tableau permet de modifier les paramètres de tout le tableau. La section Taille du tableau contient les paramètres suivants : Largeur - par défaut, la largeur du tableau est ajustée automatiquement à la largeur de la page, c-à-d le tableau occupe tout l'espace entre la marge gauche et la marge droite de la page. Vous pouvez cocher cette case et spécifier la largeur du tableau manuellement. Mesure en - permet de définir la largeur du tableau en unités absolues c-à-d Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option choisie dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés... tab) ou en Pour cent de la largeur totale de la page.Remarque: vous pouvez aussi ajuster la taille du tableau manuellement en changeant la hauteur des lignes et la largeur des colonnes. Déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure de la ligne/ de la colonne jusqu'à ce qu'elle se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle et faites glisser la bordure. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les marqueurs sur la règle horizontale pour changer la largeur de la colonne et les marqueurs sur la règle verticale pour modifier la hauteur de la ligne. Redimensionner automatiquement pour ajuster au contenu - permet de changer automatiquement la largeur de chaque colonne selon le texte dans ses cellules. La section Marges des cellules par défaut permet de changer l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule utilisé par défaut. La section Options permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Espacement entre les cellules - l'espacement des cellules qui sera rempli par la couleur de l'Arrière-plan de tableau. L'onglet Cellule permet de modifier les paramètres des cellules individuelles. D'abord vous devez sélectionner la cellule à appliquer les modifications ou sélectionner le tableau à modifier les propriétés de toutes ses cellules. La section Taille de la cellule contient les paramètres suivants : Largeur préférée - permet de définir la largeur de la cellule par défaut. C'est la taille à laquelle la cellule essaie de correspondre, mais dans certains cas ce n'est pas possible se s'adapter à cette valeur exacte. Par exemple, si le texte dans une cellule dépasse la largeur spécifiée, il sera rompu par la ligne suivante de sorte que la largeur de cellule préférée reste intacte, mais si vous insérez une nouvelle colonne, la largeur préférée sera réduite. Mesure en - permet de définir la largeur de la cellule en unités absolues c-à-d Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) ou en Pour cent de la largeur totale du tableau.Remarque : vous pouvez aussi définir la largeur de la cellule manuellement. Pour rendre une cellule plus large ou plus étroite dans une colonne, sélectionnez la cellule nécessaire et déplacez le curseur de la souris sur sa bordure droite jusqu'à ce qu'elle se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle, puis faites glisser la bordure. Pour modifier la largeur de toutes les cellules d'une colonne, utilisez les marqueurs sur la règle horizontale pour modifier la largeur de la colonne. La section Marges de la cellule permet d'ajuster l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule. Par défaut, les valeurs standard sont utilisées (les valeurs par défaut peuvent être modifiées également en utilisant l'onglet Tableau), mais vous pouvez désactiver l'option Utiliser marges par défaut et entrer les valeurs nécessaires manuellement. La section Option de la cellule permet de modifier le paramètre suivant : L'option Envelopper le texte est activée par défaut. Il permet d'envelopper le texte dans une cellule qui dépasse sa largeur sur la ligne suivante en agrandissant la hauteur de la rangée et en gardant la largeur de la colonne inchangée. L'onglet Bordures & arrière-plan contient les paramètres suivants: Les paramètres de la Bordure (taille, couleur, présence ou absence) - définissez la taille de la bordure, sélectionnez sa couleur et choisissez la façon d'affichage dans les cellules.Remarque : si vous choisissez de ne pas afficher les bordures du tableau en cliquant sur le bouton ou en désélectionnant toutes les bordures manuellement sur le diagramme, les bordures seront indiquées par une ligne pointillée. Pour les faire disparaître, cliquez sur l'icône Caractères non imprimables sur la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Bordures du tableau cachées. Fond de la cellule - la couleur d'arrière plan dans les cellules (disponible uniquement si une ou plusieurs cellules sont sélectionnées ou l'option Espacement entre les cellules est sélectionnée dans l'onglet Tableau ). Fond du tableau - la couleur d'arrière plan du tableau ou le fond de l'espacement entre les cellules dans le cas où l'option Espacement entre les cellules est chosie dans l'onglet Tableau. L'onglet Position du tableau est disponible uniquement si l'option Flottant de l'onglet Habillage du texte est sélectionnée et contient les paramètres suivants : Horizontal sert à régler l'alignment du tableau (à gauche, au centre, à droite) par rapport à la marge, la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position à droite de la marge, la page ou le texte. Vertical sert à régler l'alignment du tableau (à gauche, au centre, à droite) par rapport à la marge, la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position en dessous de la marge, la page ou le texte. La section Options permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Déplacer avec le texte contrôle si la tableau se déplace comme le texte dans lequel il est inséré. Autoriser le chevauchement sert à déterminer si deux tableaux sont fusionnés en un seul grand tableau ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les uns près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants : Style d'habillage du texte - Tableau aligné ou Tableau flottant. Utilisez l'option voulue pour changer la façon de positionner le tableau par rapport au texte : soit il sera une partie du texte ( si vous avez choisi le style aligné), soit il sera entouré par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous avez choisi le style flottant). Après avoir sélectionné le style d'habillage, les paramètres d'habillage supplémentaires peuvent être définis pour les tableaux alignés et flottants : Pour les tableaux alignés, vous pouvez spécifier l'Alignement du tableau et le Retrait à gauche. Pour les tableaux flottants, vous pouvez spécifier la distance du texte et la position du tableau dans l'onglet Position du tableau. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du tableau." + "body": "Insérer un tableau Pour insérer un tableau dans le texte de votre document, placez le curseur à l'endroit où vous voulez insérer le tableau, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Tableau sur la la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez une des options pour créer le tableau: soit un tableau avec le nombre prédéfini de cellules (10 par 8 cellules maximum) Si vous voulez ajouter rapidement un tableau, il vous suffit de sélectionner le nombre de lignes (8 au maximum) et de colonnes (10 au maximum). soit un tableau personnalisé Si vous avez besoin d'un tableau de plus de 10 par 8 cellules, sélectionnez l'option Insérer un tableau personnalisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre et spécifiez le nombre nécessaire de lignes et de colonnes, ensuite cliquez sur le bouton OK. Sélectionnez l'option Dessiner un tableau, si vous souhaitez dessiner un tableau à la souris. Cette option est utile lorsque vous devez créer un tableau et délimiter des lignes et des colonnes de tailles différentes. Le pointeur de la souris se transforme en crayon . Tracez le contour du tableau où vous souhaitez l'ajouter, puis tracez les traits horizontaux pour délimiter des lignes et les traits verticaux pour délimiter des colonnes à l'intérieur du contour. après avoir ajouté le tableau, vous pouvez modifier sa taille, ses paramètres et sa position. Pour redimensionner un tableau, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée dans son coin inférieur droit et faites-la glisser jusqu'à ce que la taille du tableau soit atteinte. Vous pouvez également modifier manuellement la largeur d'une certaine colonne ou la hauteur d'une ligne. Déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure droite de la colonne de sorte que le curseur se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle et faites glisser la bordure vers la gauche ou la droite pour définir la largeur nécessaire. Pour modifier manuellement la hauteur d'une seule ligne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure inférieure de la ligne afin que le curseur devienne la flèche bidirectionnelle et déplacez la bordure vers le haut ou le bas. Pour déplacer une table, maintenez la poignée dans son coin supérieur gauche et faites-la glisser à l'endroit voulu dans le document. On peut aussi ajouter une légende au tableau. Veuillez consulter cet article pour en savoir plus sur utilisation des légendes avec les tableaux. Sélectionnez un tableau ou une portion de tableau Pour sélectionner un tableau entier, cliquez sur la poignée dans son coin supérieur gauche. Pour sélectionner une certaine cellule, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur le côté gauche de la cellule nécessaire pour que le curseur devienne la flèche noire , puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris. Pour sélectionner une certaine ligne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure gauche du tableau à côté de la ligne voulue pour que le curseur devienne la flèche noire horizontale , puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris. Pour sélectionner une certaine colonne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure supérieure de la colonne voulue pour que le curseur se transforme en flèche noire dirigée vers le bas , puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris. Il est également possible de sélectionner une cellule, une ligne, une colonne ou un tableau à l'aide des options du menu contextuel ou de la section Lignes et colonnes de la barre latérale droite. Remarque: pour vous déplacer dans un tableau, vous pouvez utiliser des raccourcis clavier. Ajuster les paramètres du tableau Certaines paramètres du tableau ainsi que sa structure peuvent être modifiés à l'aide du menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes: Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précédemment coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Sélectionner sert à sélectionner une ligne, une colonne, une cellule ou un tableau. Insérer sert à insérer une ligne au-dessus ou en dessous de la ligne où le curseur est placé ainsi qu'insérer une colonne à gauche ou à droite de la colonne à la position actuelle du curseur. Il est possible d'insérer plusieurs lignes ou colonnes. Lorsque l'option Plusieurs lignes/colonnes est sélectionnée, la fenêtre Insérer plusieurs apparaît. Sélectionnez Lignes ou Colonnes dans la liste, spécifiez le nombre de colonnes/lignes que vous souhaitez insérer et spécifiez l'endroit où les insérer: Au-dessus du curseur ou Au-dessous du curseur et cliquez sur OK. Supprimer sert à supprimer une ligne, une colonne ou un tableau. Lorsque l'option Cellule est sélectionnée, la fenêtre Supprimer les cellules apparaît où on peut choisir parmi les options: Décaler les cellules vers la gauche, Supprimer la ligne entière ou Supprimer la colonne entière. Fusionner les cellules est disponible si deux ou plusieurs cellules sont sélectionnées et est utilisé pour les fusionner. Il est aussi possible de fusionner les cellules en effaçant la bordure à l'aide de l'outil gomme. Pour le faire, cliquez sur l'icône Tableau dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer un tableau. Le pointeur de la souris se transforme en gomme . Faites glisser le pointeur de la souris vers la bordure séparant les cellules que vous souhaitez fusionner et effacez-la. Fractionner la cellule... sert à ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez sélectionner le nombre nécessaire de colonnes et de lignes de la cellule qui doit être divisée. Il est aussi possible de fractionner la cellule en dessinant les lignes et les colonnes à l'aide de l'outil crayon. Pour le faire, cliquez sur l'icône Tableau dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Dessiner un tableau. Le pointeur de la souris se transforme en crayon . Tracez un trait horizontal pour délimiter une ligne ou un trait vertical pour délimiter une colonne. Distribuer les lignes est utilisé pour ajuster les cellules sélectionnées afin qu'elles aient la même hauteur sans changer la hauteur globale du tableau. Distribuer les colonnes est utilisé pour ajuster les cellules sélectionnées afin qu'elles aient la même largeur sans modifier la largeur globale du tableau. Alignement vertical de cellule sert à aligner le texte en haut, au centre ou en bas de la cellule sélectionnée. Orientation du texte sert à modifier l'orientation du texte dans une cellule. Vous pouvez placer le texte horizontalement, verticalement de haut en bas (Rotation du texte vers le bas), ou verticalement de bas en haut (Rotation du texte vers le haut). Paramètres avancés du tableau sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'. Lien hypertexte sert à insérer un lien hypertexte. Paramètres avancés du paragraphe sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés'. Vous pouvez également modifier les propriétés du tableau en utilisant la barre latérale droite: Lignes et Colonnes servent à sélectionner les parties du tableau à mettre en surbrillance. Pour les lignes: En-tête - pour souligner la première ligne Total - pour souligner la dernière ligne À bandes - pour souligner chaque deuxième ligne Pour les colonnes: Premier - pour souligner la première colonne Dernier - pour souligner la dernière colonne À bandes - pour souligner chaque deuxième colonne Sélectionner à partir d'un modèle sert à choisir un modèle de tableau à partir de ceux qui sont disponibles. Style des bordures sert à sélectionner la taille de la bordure, la couleur, le style ainsi que la couleur d'arrière-plan. Lignes et colonnes sert à effectuer certaines opérations avec le tableau : sélectionner, supprimer, insérer des lignes et des colonnes, fusionner des cellules, fractionner une cellule. Taille des lignes et des colonnes est utilisée pour ajuster la largeur et la hauteur de la cellule actuellement sélectionnée. Dans cette section, vous pouvez également Distribuer les lignes afin que toutes les cellules sélectionnées aient la même hauteur ou Distribuer les colonnes de sorte que toutes les cellules sélectionnées aient la même largeur. Ajouter une formule permet d'insérer une formule dans la cellule de tableau sélectionnée. Répéter en haut de chaque page en tant que ligne d'en-tête sert à insérer la même rangée d'en-tête en haut de chaque page dans les tableaux longs. Afficher les paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'. Configurer les paramètres avancés du tableau Pour modifier les paramètres du tableau avancés, cliquez sur le tableau avec le clic droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre des paramètres du tableau s'ouvre: L'onglet Tableau permet de modifier les paramètres de tout le tableau. La section Taille du tableau contient les paramètres suivants: Largeur - par défaut, la largeur du tableau est ajustée automatiquement à la largeur de la page, c-à-d le tableau occupe tout l'espace entre la marge gauche et la marge droite de la page. Vous pouvez cocher cette case et spécifier la largeur du tableau manuellement. Mesure en permet de définir la largeur du tableau en unités absolues c-à-d Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option choisie dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés... tab) ou en Pour cent de la largeur totale de la page. Remarque: vous pouvez aussi ajuster la taille du tableau manuellement en changeant la hauteur des lignes et la largeur des colonnes. Déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure de la ligne/ de la colonne jusqu'à ce qu'elle se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle et faites glisser la bordure. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les marqueurs sur la règle horizontale pour changer la largeur de la colonne et les marqueurs sur la règle verticale pour modifier la hauteur de la ligne. Redimensionner automatiquement pour ajuster au contenu - permet de changer automatiquement la largeur de chaque colonne selon le texte dans ses cellules. La section Marges des cellules par défaut permet de changer l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule utilisé par défaut. La section Options permet de modifier les paramètres suivants: Espacement entre les cellules - l'espacement des cellules qui sera rempli par la couleur de l'Arrière-plan de tableau. L'onglet Cellule permet de modifier les paramètres des cellules individuelles. D'abord vous devez sélectionner la cellule à appliquer les modifications ou sélectionner le tableau à modifier les propriétés de toutes ses cellules. La section Taille de la cellule contient les paramètres suivants: Largeur préférée - permet de définir la largeur de la cellule par défaut. C'est la taille à laquelle la cellule essaie de correspondre, mais dans certains cas ce n'est pas possible se s'adapter à cette valeur exacte. Par exemple, si le texte dans une cellule dépasse la largeur spécifiée, il sera rompu par la ligne suivante de sorte que la largeur de cellule préférée reste intacte, mais si vous insérez une nouvelle colonne, la largeur préférée sera réduite. Mesure en - permet de définir la largeur de la cellule en unités absolues c-à-d Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) ou en Pour cent de la largeur totale du tableau. Remarque: vous pouvez aussi définir la largeur de la cellule manuellement. Pour rendre une cellule plus large ou plus étroite dans une colonne, sélectionnez la cellule nécessaire et déplacez le curseur de la souris sur sa bordure droite jusqu'à ce qu'elle se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle, puis faites glisser la bordure. Pour modifier la largeur de toutes les cellules d'une colonne, utilisez les marqueurs sur la règle horizontale pour modifier la largeur de la colonne. La section Marges de la cellule permet d'ajuster l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule. Par défaut, les valeurs standard sont utilisées (les valeurs par défaut peuvent être modifiées également en utilisant l'onglet Tableau), mais vous pouvez désactiver l'option Utiliser marges par défaut et entrer les valeurs nécessaires manuellement. La section Option de la cellule permet de modifier le paramètre suivant: L'option Envelopper le texte est activée par défaut. Il permet d'envelopper le texte dans une cellule qui dépasse sa largeur sur la ligne suivante en agrandissant la hauteur de la rangée et en gardant la largeur de la colonne inchangée. L'onglet Bordures et arrière-plan contient les paramètres suivants: Les paramètres de la Bordure (taille, couleur, présence ou absence) - définissez la taille de la bordure, sélectionnez sa couleur et choisissez la façon d'affichage dans les cellules. Remarque: si vous choisissez de ne pas afficher les bordures du tableau en cliquant sur le bouton ou en désélectionnant toutes les bordures manuellement sur le diagramme, les bordures seront indiquées par une ligne pointillée. Pour les faire disparaître, cliquez sur l'icône Caractères non imprimables sur la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Bordures du tableau cachées. Fond de la cellule - la couleur d'arrière plan dans les cellules (disponible uniquement si une ou plusieurs cellules sont sélectionnées ou l'option Espacement entre les cellules est sélectionnée dans l'onglet Tableau). Fond du tableau - la couleur d'arrière plan du tableau ou le fond de l'espacement entre les cellules dans le cas où l'option Espacement entre les cellules est choisie dans l'onglet Tableau. L'onglet Position du tableau est disponible uniquement si l'option Tableau flottant sous l'onglet Habillage du texte est sélectionnée et contient les paramètres suivants: Horizontal sert à régler l'alignement du tableau par rapport à la marge (à gauche, au centre, à droite), la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position à droite de la marge, la page ou le texte. Vertical sert à régler l'alignement du tableau par rapport à la marge (à gauche, au centre, à droite), la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position en dessous de la marge, la page ou le texte. La section Options permet de modifier les paramètres suivants: Déplacer avec le texte contrôle si la tableau se déplace comme le texte dans lequel il est inséré. Autoriser le chevauchement sert à déterminer si deux tableaux sont fusionnés en un seul grand tableau ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les uns près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants: Style d'habillage du texte - Tableau aligné ou Tableau flottant. Utilisez l'option voulue pour changer la façon de positionner le tableau par rapport au texte : soit il sera une partie du texte ( si vous avez choisi le style aligné), soit il sera entouré par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous avez choisi le style flottant). Après avoir sélectionné le style d'habillage, les paramètres d'habillage supplémentaires peuvent être définis pour les tableaux alignés et flottants: Pour les tableaux alignés, vous pouvez spécifier l'Alignement du tableau et le Retrait à gauche. Pour les tableaux flottants, vous pouvez spécifier la distance du texte et la position du tableau sous l'onglet Position du tableau. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du tableau." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "title": "Insérer des objets textuels", - "body": "Pour rendre votre texte plus explicite et attirer l'attention sur une partie spécifique du document, vous pouvez insérer une zone de texte (un cadre rectangulaire qui permet de saisir du texte) ou un objet Text Art (une zone de texte avec un style de police prédéfini et couleur qui permet d'appliquer certains effets de texte). Ajouter un objet textuel Vous pouvez ajouter un objet texte n'importe où sur la page. Pour le faire : passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type d'objet textuel voulu : Pour ajouter une zone de texte, cliquez sur l'icône Zone de texte de la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur l'emplacement où vous souhaitez insérer la zone de texte, maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé et faites glisser la bordure pour définir sa taille. Lorsque vous relâchez le bouton de la souris, le point d'insertion apparaîtra dans la zone de texte ajoutée, vous permettant d'entrer votre texte.Remarque: il est également possible d'insérer une zone de texte en cliquant sur l'icône Forme dans la barre d'outils supérieure et en sélectionnant la forme dans le groupe Formes de base. Pour ajouter un objet Text Art, cliquez sur l'icône Text Art dans la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur le modèle de style souhaité - l'objet Text Art sera ajouté à la position actuelle du curseur. Sélectionnez le texte par défaut dans la zone de texte avec la souris et remplacez-le par votre propre texte. cliquez en dehors de l'objet texte pour appliquer les modifications et revenir au document. Le texte dans l'objet textuel fait partie de celui ci (ainsi si vous déplacez ou faites pivoter l'objet textuel, le texte change de position lui aussi). Comme un objet textuel inséré représente un cadre rectangulaire (avec des bordures de zone de texte invisibles par défaut) avec du texte à l'intérieur et que ce cadre est une forme automatique commune, vous pouvez modifier aussi bien les propriétés de forme que de texte. Pour supprimer l'objet textuel ajouté, cliquez sur la bordure de la zone de texte et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Le texte dans la zone de texte sera également supprimé. Mettre en forme une zone de texte Sélectionnez la zone de texte en cliquant sur sa bordure pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque la zone de texte est sélectionnée, ses bordures sont affichées en tant que lignes pleines (non pointillées). Pour redimensionner, déplacer, faire pivoter la zone de texte, utilisez les poignées spéciales sur les bords de la forme. Pour modifier le remplissage, le contour, le style d'habillage de la zone de texte ou remplacer la boîte rectangulaire par une forme différente, cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale de droite et utilisez les options correspondantes. pour aligner la zone de texte sur la page, organiser les zones de texte en fonction d'autres objets, pivoter ou retourner une zone de texte, modifier un style d'habillage ou accéder aux paramètres avancés de forme, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la bordure de zone de texte et utilisez les options du menu contextuel. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation et l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Mettre en forme le texte dans la zone de texte Cliquez sur le texte dans la zone de texte pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque le texte est sélectionné, les bordures de la zone de texte sont affichées en lignes pointillées. Remarque : il est également possible de modifier le formatage du texte lorsque la zone de texte (et non le texte lui-même) est sélectionnée. Dans ce cas, toutes les modifications seront appliquées à tout le texte dans la zone de texte. Certaines options de mise en forme de police (type de police, taille, couleur et styles de décoration) peuvent être appliquées séparément à une partie du texte précédemment sélectionnée. Pour faire pivoter le texte dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Direction du texte, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles : Horizontal (sélectionné par défaut), Rotation du texte vers le bas (définit une direction verticale, de haut en bas) ou Rotation du texte vers le haut (définit une direction verticale, de bas en haut). Pour aligner le texte verticalement dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Alignement vertical, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles : Aligner en haut, Aligner au centre ou Aligner en bas. Les autres options de mise en forme que vous pouvez appliquer sont les mêmes que celles du texte standard. Veuillez vous reporter aux sections d'aide correspondantes pour en savoir plus sur l'opération concernée. Vous pouvez : Aligner le texte horizontalement dans la zone de texte ajuster le type, la taille, la couleur de police, appliquer des styles de décoration et des préréglages de formatage définir l'interligne, modifier les retraits de paragraphe, ajuster les taquets pour le texte multiligne dans la zone de texte Insérer un lien hypertexte Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'icône des Paramètres du Text Art dans la barre latérale droite et modifier certains paramètres de style. Modifier un style Text Art Sélectionnez un objet texte et cliquez sur l'icône des Paramètres Text Art dans la barre latérale de droite. Modifiez le style de texte appliqué en sélectionnant un nouveau Modèle dans la galerie. Vous pouvez également modifier le style de base en sélectionnant un type de police différent, une autre taille, etc. Changer le Remplissage de la police. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : Couleur - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie pour le remplissage de l'espace intérieur de la forme automatique sélectionnée. Cliquez sur la case de couleur et sélectionnez la couleur voulue à partir de l'ensemble de couleurs disponibles ou spécifiez n'importe quelle couleur de votre choix : Dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour sélectionner deux couleurs et remplir les lettres d'une transition douce entre elles. Style - choisissez une des options disponibles : Linéaire (la transition se fait selon un axe horizontal/vertical ou en diagonale, sous l'angle de 45 degrés) ou Radial (la transition se fait autour d'un point, les couleurs se fondent progressivement du centre aux bords en formant un cercle). Direction - choisissez un modèle du menu. Si vous avez sélectionné le style Linéaire, vous pouvez choisir une des directions suivantes : du haut à gauche vers le bas à droite, du haut en bas, du haut à droite vers le bas à gauche, de droite à gauche, du bas à droite vers le haut à gauche, du bas en haut, du bas à gauche vers le haut à droite, de gauche à droite. Si vous avez choisi le style Radial, il n'est disponible qu'un seul modèle. Dégradé - cliquez sur le curseur de dégradé gauche au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour activer la palette de couleurs qui correspond à la première couleur. Cliquez sur la palette de couleurs à droite pour sélectionner la première couleur. Faites glisser le curseur pour définir le point de dégradé c'est-à-dire le point quand une couleur se fond dans une autre. Utilisez le curseur droit au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour spécifier la deuxième couleur et définir le point de dégradé. Remarque : si une de ces deux options est sélectionnée, vous pouvez toujours régler le niveau d'Opacité en faisant glisser le curseur ou en saisissant la valeur de pourcentage à la main. La valeur par défaut est 100%. Elle correspond à l'opacité complète. La valeur 0% correspond à la transparence totale. Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser un remplissage. Ajustez la largeur, la couleur et le type du Contour de la police. Pour modifier la largeur du trait, sélectionnez une des options disponibles depuis la liste déroulante Taille. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : 0,5 pt, 1 pt, 1,5 pt, 2,25 pt, 3 pt, 4,5 pt, 6 pt ou Pas de ligne si vous ne voulez pas utiliser de trait. Pour changer la couleur du contour, cliquez sur la case colorée et sélectionnez la couleur voulue. Pour modifier le type de contour, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante correspondante (une ligne continue est appliquée par défaut, vous pouvez la remplacer par l'une des lignes pointillées disponibles). Appliquez un effet de texte en sélectionnant le type de transformation de texte voulu dans la galerie Transformation. Vous pouvez ajuster le degré de distorsion du texte en faisant glisser la poignée en forme de diamant rose." + "body": "Pour rendre votre texte plus explicite et attirer l'attention sur une partie spécifique du document, vous pouvez insérer une zone de texte (un cadre rectangulaire qui permet de saisir du texte) ou un objet Text Art (une zone de texte avec un style de police prédéfini et couleur qui permet d'appliquer certains effets de texte). Ajouter un objet textuel Vous pouvez ajouter un objet texte n'importe où sur la page. Pour le faire: passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type d'objet textuel voulu: Pour ajouter une zone de texte, cliquez sur l'icône Zone de texte de la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur l'emplacement où vous souhaitez insérer la zone de texte, maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé et faites glisser la bordure pour définir sa taille. Lorsque vous relâchez le bouton de la souris, le point d'insertion apparaîtra dans la zone de texte ajoutée, vous permettant d'entrer votre texte. Remarque: il est également possible d'insérer une zone de texte en cliquant sur l'icône Forme dans la barre d'outils supérieure et en sélectionnant la forme dans le groupe Formes de base. Pour ajouter un objet Text Art, cliquez sur l'icône Text Art dans la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur le modèle de style souhaité - l'objet Text Art sera ajouté à la position actuelle du curseur. Sélectionnez le texte par défaut dans la zone de texte avec la souris et remplacez-le par votre propre texte. cliquez en dehors de l'objet texte pour appliquer les modifications et revenir au document. Le texte dans l'objet textuel fait partie de celui-ci (ainsi si vous déplacez ou faites pivoter l'objet textuel, le texte change de position lui aussi). Comme un objet textuel inséré représente un cadre rectangulaire (avec des bordures de zone de texte invisibles par défaut) avec du texte à l'intérieur et que ce cadre est une forme automatique commune, vous pouvez modifier aussi bien les propriétés de forme que de texte. Pour supprimer l'objet textuel ajouté, cliquez sur la bordure de la zone de texte et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Le texte dans la zone de texte sera également supprimé. Mettre en forme une zone de texte Sélectionnez la zone de texte en cliquant sur sa bordure pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque la zone de texte est sélectionnée, ses bordures sont affichées en tant que lignes pleines (non pointillées). Pour redimensionner, déplacer, faire pivoter la zone de texte, utilisez les poignées spéciales sur les bords de la forme. Pour modifier le remplissage, le contour, le style d'habillage de la zone de texte ou remplacer la boîte rectangulaire par une forme différente, cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale de droite et utilisez les options correspondantes. Pour aligner la zone de texte sur la page, organiser les zones de texte en fonction d'autres objets, pivoter ou retourner une zone de texte, modifier un style d'habillage ou accéder aux paramètres avancés de forme, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la bordure de zone de texte et utilisez les options du menu contextuel. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation et l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Mettre en forme le texte dans la zone de texte Cliquez sur le texte dans la zone de texte pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque le texte est sélectionné, les bordures de la zone de texte sont affichées en lignes pointillées. Remarque: il est également possible de modifier le formatage du texte lorsque la zone de texte (et non le texte lui-même) est sélectionnée. Dans ce cas, toutes les modifications seront appliquées à tout le texte dans la zone de texte. Certaines options de mise en forme de police (type de police, taille, couleur et styles de décoration) peuvent être appliquées séparément à une partie du texte précédemment sélectionnée. Pour faire pivoter le texte dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Direction du texte, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles: Horizontal (sélectionné par défaut), Rotation du texte vers le bas (définit une direction verticale, de haut en bas) ou Rotation du texte vers le haut (définit une direction verticale, de bas en haut). Pour aligner le texte verticalement dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Alignement vertical, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles: Aligner en haut, Aligner au centre ou Aligner en bas. Les autres options de mise en forme que vous pouvez appliquer sont les mêmes que celles du texte standard. Veuillez vous reporter aux sections d'aide correspondantes pour en savoir plus sur l'opération concernée. Vous pouvez: aligner le texte horizontalement dans la zone de texte ajuster le type, la taille, la couleur de police, appliquer des styles de décoration et des préréglages de formatage définir l'interligne, modifier les retraits de paragraphe, ajuster les taquets pour le texte multiligne dans la zone de texte insérer un lien hypertexte Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'icône des Paramètres de Text Art dans la barre latérale droite et modifier certains paramètres de style. Modifier un style Text Art Sélectionnez un objet texte et cliquez sur l'icône des Paramètres de Text Art dans la barre latérale de droite. Modifiez le style de texte appliqué en sélectionnant un nouveau Modèle dans la galerie. Vous pouvez également modifier le style de base en sélectionnant un type de police différent, une autre taille, etc. Changer le Remplissage de la police. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes: Couleur de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie pour le remplissage de l'espace intérieur des lettres. Cliquez sur la case de couleur et sélectionnez la couleur voulue à partir de l'ensemble de couleurs disponibles ou spécifiez n'importe quelle couleur de votre choix: Remplissage en dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour sélectionner deux couleurs et remplir les lettres d'une transition douce entre elles. Style - choisissez une des options disponibles: Linéaire (la transition se fait selon un axe horizontal/vertical ou en diagonale, sous l'angle de 45 degrés) ou Radial (la transition se fait autour d'un point, les couleurs se fondent progressivement du centre aux bords en formant un cercle). Direction - choisissez un modèle du menu. Si vous avez sélectionné le style Linéaire, vous pouvez choisir une des directions suivantes: du haut à gauche vers le bas à droite, du haut en bas, du haut à droite vers le bas à gauche, de droite à gauche, du bas à droite vers le haut à gauche, du bas en haut, du bas à gauche vers le haut à droite, de gauche à droite. Si vous avez choisi le style Radial, il n'est disponible qu'un seul modèle. Dégradé - cliquez sur le curseur de dégradé gauche au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour activer la palette de couleurs qui correspond à la première couleur. Cliquez sur la palette de couleurs à droite pour sélectionner la première couleur. Faites glisser le curseur pour définir le point de dégradé c'est-à-dire le point quand une couleur se fond dans une autre. Utilisez le curseur droit au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour spécifier la deuxième couleur et définir le point de dégradé. Remarque: si une de ces deux options est sélectionnée, vous pouvez toujours régler le niveau d'Opacité en faisant glisser le curseur ou en saisissant la valeur de pourcentage à la main. La valeur par défaut est 100%. Elle correspond à l'opacité complète. La valeur 0% correspond à la transparence totale. Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser un remplissage. Ajustez la largeur, la couleur et le type du Contour de la police. Pour modifier la largeur du trait, sélectionnez une des options disponibles depuis la liste déroulante Taille. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes: 0,5 pt, 1 pt, 1,5 pt, 2,25 pt, 3 pt, 4,5 pt, 6 pt ou Pas de ligne si vous ne voulez pas utiliser de trait. Pour changer la couleur du contour, cliquez sur la case colorée et sélectionnez la couleur voulue. Pour modifier le type de contour, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante correspondante (une ligne continue est appliquée par défaut, vous pouvez la remplacer par l'une des lignes pointillées disponibles). Appliquez un effet de texte en sélectionnant le type de transformation de texte voulu dans la galerie Transformation. Vous pouvez ajuster le degré de distorsion du texte en faisant glisser la poignée en forme de diamant rose." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "title": "Régler l'interligne du paragraphe", - "body": "En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez définir la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe ainsi que les marges entre le paragraphe courant et précédent ou suivant. Pour le faire, placez le curseur dans le paragraphe choisi, ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes avec la souris ou tout le texte en utilisant la combinaison de touches Ctrl+A, utilisez les champs correspondants de la barre latérale droite pour obtenir les résultats nécessaires : Interligne - réglez la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe. Vous pouvez choisir parmi trois options : Au moins (sert à régler l'interligne minimale qui est nécessaire pour adapter la plus grande police ou le graphique à la ligne), Multiple (sert à régler l'interligne exprimée en nombre supérieur à 1), Exactement (sert à définir l'interligne fixe). Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Espacement de paragraphe - définissez l'espace entre les paragraphes. Avant - réglez la taille de l'espace avant le paragraphe. Après - réglez la taille de l'espace après le paragraphe. N'ajoutez pas l'intervalle entre les paragraphes du même style - cochez cette case si vous n'avez pas besoin d'espace entre les paragraphes du même style. Pour modifier rapidement l'interligne du paragraphe actuel, vous cliquez sur l'icône Interligne du paragraphe de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez la valeur nécessaire dans la liste : 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, ou 3.0 lignes." + "body": "En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez définir la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe ainsi que les marges entre le paragraphe courant et précédent ou suivant. Pour ce faire, placez le curseur dans le paragraphe choisi, ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes avec la souris ou tout le texte en utilisant la combinaison de touches Ctrl+A, utilisez les champs correspondants de la barre latérale droite pour obtenir les résultats nécessaires: Interligne - réglez la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe. Vous pouvez choisir parmi trois options: Au moins (sert à régler l'interligne minimale qui est nécessaire pour adapter la plus grande police ou le graphique à la ligne), Multiple (sert à régler l'interligne exprimée en nombre supérieur à 1), Exactement (sert à définir l'interligne fixe). Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Espacement de paragraphe - définissez l'espace entre les paragraphes. Avant - réglez la taille de l'espace avant le paragraphe. Après - réglez la taille de l'espace après le paragraphe. N'ajoutez pas l'intervalle entre les paragraphes du même style - cochez cette case si vous n'avez pas besoin d'espace entre les paragraphes du même style. On peut configurer les mêmes paramètres dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés. Pour ouvrir la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés, cliquer avec le bouton droit sur le texte et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe dans le menu ou utilisez l'option Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. Passez à l'onglet Retraits et espacement, section Espacement. Pour modifier rapidement l'interligne du paragraphe actuel, vous pouvez aussi cliquer sur l'icône Interligne du paragraphe sous l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez la valeur nécessaire dans la liste: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, ou 3.0 lignes." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", + "title": "Fonctionnalités de correction automatique", + "body": "Les fonctionnalités de correction automatique ONLYOFFICE Docs fournissent des options pour définir les éléments à mettre en forme automatiquement ou insérer des symboles mathématiques à remplacer les caractères reconnus. Toutes les options sont disponibles dans la boîte de dialogue appropriée. Pour y accéder, passez à l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés -> Vérification-> Options de correction automatique. La boîte de dialogue Correction automatique comprend trois onglets: AutoMaths, Fonctions reconnues et Mise en forme automatique au cours de la frappe. AutoMaths Lorsque vous travailler dans l'éditeur d'équations, vous pouvez insérer plusieurs symboles, accents et opérateurs mathématiques en tapant sur clavier plutôt que de les rechercher dans la bibliothèque. Dans l'éditeur d'équations, placez le point d'insertion dans l'espace réservé et tapez le code de correction mathématique, puis touchez la Barre d'espace. Le code que vous avez saisi, serait converti en symbole approprié mais l'espace est supprimé. Remarque: Les codes sont sensibles à la casse Vous pouvez ajouter, modifier, rétablir et supprimer les éléments de la liste de corrections automatiques. Passez à l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés -> Vérification-> Options de correction automatique -> AutoMaths. Ajoutez un élément à la liste de corrections automatiques. Saisissez le code de correction automatique dans la zone Remplacer. Saisissez le symbole que vous souhaitez attribuer au code approprié dans la zone Par. Cliquez sur Ajouter. Modifier un élément de la liste de corrections automatiques. Sélectionnez l'élément à modifier. Vous pouvez modifier les informations dans toutes les deux zones: le code dans la zone Remplacer et le symbole dans la zone Par. Cliquez sur Remplacer. Supprimer les éléments de la liste de corrections automatiques. Sélectionnez l'élément que vous souhaitez supprimer de la liste. Cliquez sur Supprimer. Pour rétablir les éléments supprimés, sélectionnez l'élément que vous souhaitez rétablir dans la liste et appuyez sur Restaurer. Utilisez l'option Rétablir paramètres par défaut pour réinitialiser les réglages par défaut. Tous les éléments que vous avez ajouté, seraient supprimés et toutes les modifications seraient annulées pour rétablir sa valeur d'origine. Pour désactiver la correction automatique mathématique et éviter les changements et les remplacements automatiques, il faut décocher la case Remplacer le texte au cours de la frappe. Le tableau ci-dessous affiche tous le codes disponibles dans Document Editor à présent. On peut trouver la liste complète de codes disponibles sous l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés -> Vérification-> Options de correction automatique -> AutoMaths. Les codes disponibles Code Symbole Catégorie !! Symboles ... Dots :: Opérateurs := Opérateurs /<; Opérateurs relationnels /> Opérateurs relationnels /= Opérateurs relationnels \\above Indices et exposants \\acute Accentuation \\aleph Lettres hébraïques \\alpha Lettres grecques \\Alpha Lettres grecques \\amalg Opérateurs binaires \\angle Notation de géométrie \\aoint Intégrales \\approx Opérateurs relationnels \\asmash Flèches \\ast Opérateurs binaires \\asymp Opérateurs relationnels \\atop Opérateurs \\bar Trait suscrit/souscrit \\Bar Accentuation \\because Opérateurs relationnels \\begin Séparateurs \\below Indices et exposants \\bet Lettres hébraïques \\beta Lettres grecques \\Beta Lettres grecques \\beth Lettres hébraïques \\bigcap Grands opérateurs \\bigcup Grands opérateurs \\bigodot Grands opérateurs \\bigoplus Grands opérateurs \\bigotimes Grands opérateurs \\bigsqcup Grands opérateurs \\biguplus Grands opérateurs \\bigvee Grands opérateurs \\bigwedge Grands opérateurs \\binomial Équations \\bot Notations logiques \\bowtie Opérateurs relationnels \\box Symboles \\boxdot Opérateurs binaires \\boxminus Opérateurs binaires \\boxplus Opérateurs binaires \\bra Séparateurs \\break Symboles \\breve Accentuation \\bullet Opérateurs binaires \\cap Opérateurs binaires \\cbrt Racine carrée et radicaux \\cases Symboles \\cdot Opérateurs binaires \\cdots Dots \\check Accentuation \\chi Lettres grecques \\Chi Lettres grecques \\circ Opérateurs binaires \\close Séparateurs \\clubsuit Symboles \\coint Intégrales \\cong Opérateurs relationnels \\coprod Opérateurs mathématiques \\cup Opérateurs binaires \\dalet Lettres hébraïques \\daleth Lettres hébraïques \\dashv Opérateurs relationnels \\dd Lettres avec double barres \\Dd Lettres avec double barres \\ddddot Accentuation \\dddot Accentuation \\ddot Accentuation \\ddots Dots \\defeq Opérateurs relationnels \\degc Symboles \\degf Symboles \\degree Symboles \\delta Lettres grecques \\Delta Lettres grecques \\Deltaeq Operateurs \\diamond Opérateurs binaires \\diamondsuit Symboles \\div Opérateurs binaires \\dot Accentuation \\doteq Opérateurs relationnels \\dots Dots \\doublea Lettres avec double barres \\doubleA Lettres avec double barres \\doubleb Lettres avec double barres \\doubleB Lettres avec double barres \\doublec Lettres avec double barres \\doubleC Lettres avec double barres \\doubled Lettres avec double barres \\doubleD Lettres avec double barres \\doublee Lettres avec double barres \\doubleE Lettres avec double barres \\doublef Lettres avec double barres \\doubleF Lettres avec double barres \\doubleg Lettres avec double barres \\doubleG Lettres avec double barres \\doubleh Lettres avec double barres \\doubleH Lettres avec double barres \\doublei Lettres avec double barres \\doubleI Lettres avec double barres \\doublej Lettres avec double barres \\doubleJ Lettres avec double barres \\doublek Lettres avec double barres \\doubleK Lettres avec double barres \\doublel Lettres avec double barres \\doubleL Lettres avec double barres \\doublem Lettres avec double barres \\doubleM Lettres avec double barres \\doublen Lettres avec double barres \\doubleN Lettres avec double barres \\doubleo Lettres avec double barres \\doubleO Lettres avec double barres \\doublep Lettres avec double barres \\doubleP Lettres avec double barres \\doubleq Lettres avec double barres \\doubleQ Lettres avec double barres \\doubler Lettres avec double barres \\doubleR Lettres avec double barres \\doubles Lettres avec double barres \\doubleS Lettres avec double barres \\doublet Lettres avec double barres \\doubleT Lettres avec double barres \\doubleu Lettres avec double barres \\doubleU Lettres avec double barres \\doublev Lettres avec double barres \\doubleV Lettres avec double barres \\doublew Lettres avec double barres \\doubleW Lettres avec double barres \\doublex Lettres avec double barres \\doubleX Lettres avec double barres \\doubley Lettres avec double barres \\doubleY Lettres avec double barres \\doublez Lettres avec double barres \\doubleZ Lettres avec double barres \\downarrow Flèches \\Downarrow Flèches \\dsmash Flèches \\ee Lettres avec double barres \\ell Symboles \\emptyset Ensemble de notations \\emsp Caractères d'espace \\end Séparateurs \\ensp Caractères d'espace \\epsilon Lettres grecques \\Epsilon Lettres grecques \\eqarray Symboles \\equiv Opérateurs relationnels \\eta Lettres grecques \\Eta Lettres grecques \\exists Notations logiques \\forall Notations logiques \\fraktura Fraktur \\frakturA Fraktur \\frakturb Fraktur \\frakturB Fraktur \\frakturc Fraktur \\frakturC Fraktur \\frakturd Fraktur \\frakturD Fraktur \\frakture Fraktur \\frakturE Fraktur \\frakturf Fraktur \\frakturF Fraktur \\frakturg Fraktur \\frakturG Fraktur \\frakturh Fraktur \\frakturH Fraktur \\frakturi Fraktur \\frakturI Fraktur \\frakturk Fraktur \\frakturK Fraktur \\frakturl Fraktur \\frakturL Fraktur \\frakturm Fraktur \\frakturM Fraktur \\frakturn Fraktur \\frakturN Fraktur \\frakturo Fraktur \\frakturO Fraktur \\frakturp Fraktur \\frakturP Fraktur \\frakturq Fraktur \\frakturQ Fraktur \\frakturr Fraktur \\frakturR Fraktur \\frakturs Fraktur \\frakturS Fraktur \\frakturt Fraktur \\frakturT Fraktur \\frakturu Fraktur \\frakturU Fraktur \\frakturv Fraktur \\frakturV Fraktur \\frakturw Fraktur \\frakturW Fraktur \\frakturx Fraktur \\frakturX Fraktur \\fraktury Fraktur \\frakturY Fraktur \\frakturz Fraktur \\frakturZ Fraktur \\frown Opérateurs relationnels \\funcapply Opérateurs binaires \\G Lettres grecques \\gamma Lettres grecques \\Gamma Lettres grecques \\ge Opérateurs relationnels \\geq Opérateurs relationnels \\gets Flèches \\gg Opérateurs relationnels \\gimel Lettres hébraïques \\grave Accentuation \\hairsp Caractères d'espace \\hat Accentuation \\hbar Symboles \\heartsuit Symboles \\hookleftarrow Flèches \\hookrightarrow Flèches \\hphantom Flèches \\hsmash Flèches \\hvec Accentuation \\identitymatrix Matrices \\ii Lettres avec double barres \\iiint Intégrales \\iint Intégrales \\iiiint Intégrales \\Im Symboles \\imath Symboles \\in Opérateurs relationnels \\inc Symboles \\infty Symboles \\int Intégrales \\integral Intégrales \\iota Lettres grecques \\Iota Lettres grecques \\itimes Opérateurs mathématiques \\j Symboles \\jj Lettres avec double barres \\jmath Symboles \\kappa Lettres grecques \\Kappa Lettres grecques \\ket Séparateurs \\lambda Lettres grecques \\Lambda Lettres grecques \\langle Séparateurs \\lbbrack Séparateurs \\lbrace Séparateurs \\lbrack Séparateurs \\lceil Séparateurs \\ldiv Barres obliques \\ldivide Barres obliques \\ldots Dots \\le Opérateurs relationnels \\left Séparateurs \\leftarrow Flèches \\Leftarrow Flèches \\leftharpoondown Flèches \\leftharpoonup Flèches \\leftrightarrow Flèches \\Leftrightarrow Flèches \\leq Opérateurs relationnels \\lfloor Séparateurs \\lhvec Accentuation \\limit Limites \\ll Opérateurs relationnels \\lmoust Séparateurs \\Longleftarrow Flèches \\Longleftrightarrow Flèches \\Longrightarrow Flèches \\lrhar Flèches \\lvec Accentuation \\mapsto Flèches \\matrix Matrices \\medsp Caractères d'espace \\mid Opérateurs relationnels \\middle Symboles \\models Opérateurs relationnels \\mp Opérateurs binaires \\mu Lettres grecques \\Mu Lettres grecques \\nabla Symboles \\naryand Opérateurs \\nbsp Caractères d'espace \\ne Opérateurs relationnels \\nearrow Flèches \\neq Opérateurs relationnels \\ni Opérateurs relationnels \\norm Séparateurs \\notcontain Opérateurs relationnels \\notelement Opérateurs relationnels \\notin Opérateurs relationnels \\nu Lettres grecques \\Nu Lettres grecques \\nwarrow Flèches \\o Lettres grecques \\O Lettres grecques \\odot Opérateurs binaires \\of Opérateurs \\oiiint Intégrales \\oiint Intégrales \\oint Intégrales \\omega Lettres grecques \\Omega Lettres grecques \\ominus Opérateurs binaires \\open Séparateurs \\oplus Opérateurs binaires \\otimes Opérateurs binaires \\over Séparateurs \\overbar Accentuation \\overbrace Accentuation \\overbracket Accentuation \\overline Accentuation \\overparen Accentuation \\overshell Accentuation \\parallel Notation de géométrie \\partial Symboles \\pmatrix Matrices \\perp Notation de géométrie \\phantom Symboles \\phi Lettres grecques \\Phi Lettres grecques \\pi Lettres grecques \\Pi Lettres grecques \\pm Opérateurs binaires \\pppprime Nombres premiers \\ppprime Nombres premiers \\pprime Nombres premiers \\prec Opérateurs relationnels \\preceq Opérateurs relationnels \\prime Nombres premiers \\prod Opérateurs mathématiques \\propto Opérateurs relationnels \\psi Lettres grecques \\Psi Lettres grecques \\qdrt Racine carrée et radicaux \\quadratic Racine carrée et radicaux \\rangle Séparateurs \\Rangle Séparateurs \\ratio Opérateurs relationnels \\rbrace Séparateurs \\rbrack Séparateurs \\Rbrack Séparateurs \\rceil Séparateurs \\rddots Dots \\Re Symboles \\rect Symboles \\rfloor Séparateurs \\rho Lettres grecques \\Rho Lettres grecques \\rhvec Accentuation \\right Séparateurs \\rightarrow Flèches \\Rightarrow Flèches \\rightharpoondown Flèches \\rightharpoonup Flèches \\rmoust Séparateurs \\root Symboles \\scripta Scripts \\scriptA Scripts \\scriptb Scripts \\scriptB Scripts \\scriptc Scripts \\scriptC Scripts \\scriptd Scripts \\scriptD Scripts \\scripte Scripts \\scriptE Scripts \\scriptf Scripts \\scriptF Scripts \\scriptg Scripts \\scriptG Scripts \\scripth Scripts \\scriptH Scripts \\scripti Scripts \\scriptI Scripts \\scriptk Scripts \\scriptK Scripts \\scriptl Scripts \\scriptL Scripts \\scriptm Scripts \\scriptM Scripts \\scriptn Scripts \\scriptN Scripts \\scripto Scripts \\scriptO Scripts \\scriptp Scripts \\scriptP Scripts \\scriptq Scripts \\scriptQ Scripts \\scriptr Scripts \\scriptR Scripts \\scripts Scripts \\scriptS Scripts \\scriptt Scripts \\scriptT Scripts \\scriptu Scripts \\scriptU Scripts \\scriptv Scripts \\scriptV Scripts \\scriptw Scripts \\scriptW Scripts \\scriptx Scripts \\scriptX Scripts \\scripty Scripts \\scriptY Scripts \\scriptz Scripts \\scriptZ Scripts \\sdiv Barres obliques \\sdivide Barres obliques \\searrow Flèches \\setminus Opérateurs binaires \\sigma Lettres grecques \\Sigma Lettres grecques \\sim Opérateurs relationnels \\simeq Opérateurs relationnels \\smash Flèches \\smile Opérateurs relationnels \\spadesuit Symboles \\sqcap Opérateurs binaires \\sqcup Opérateurs binaires \\sqrt Racine carrée et radicaux \\sqsubseteq Ensemble de notations \\sqsuperseteq Ensemble de notations \\star Opérateurs binaires \\subset Ensemble de notations \\subseteq Ensemble de notations \\succ Opérateurs relationnels \\succeq Opérateurs relationnels \\sum Opérateurs mathématiques \\superset Ensemble de notations \\superseteq Ensemble de notations \\swarrow Flèches \\tau Lettres grecques \\Tau Lettres grecques \\therefore Opérateurs relationnels \\theta Lettres grecques \\Theta Lettres grecques \\thicksp Caractères d'espace \\thinsp Caractères d'espace \\tilde Accentuation \\times Opérateurs binaires \\to Flèches \\top Notations logiques \\tvec Flèches \\ubar Accentuation \\Ubar Accentuation \\underbar Accentuation \\underbrace Accentuation \\underbracket Accentuation \\underline Accentuation \\underparen Accentuation \\uparrow Flèches \\Uparrow Flèches \\updownarrow Flèches \\Updownarrow Flèches \\uplus Opérateurs binaires \\upsilon Lettres grecques \\Upsilon Lettres grecques \\varepsilon Lettres grecques \\varphi Lettres grecques \\varpi Lettres grecques \\varrho Lettres grecques \\varsigma Lettres grecques \\vartheta Lettres grecques \\vbar Séparateurs \\vdash Opérateurs relationnels \\vdots Dots \\vec Accentuation \\vee Opérateurs binaires \\vert Séparateurs \\Vert Séparateurs \\Vmatrix Matrices \\vphantom Flèches \\vthicksp Caractères d'espace \\wedge Opérateurs binaires \\wp Symboles \\wr Opérateurs binaires \\xi Lettres grecques \\Xi Lettres grecques \\zeta Lettres grecques \\Zeta Lettres grecques \\zwnj Caractères d'espace \\zwsp Caractères d'espace ~= Opérateurs relationnels -+ Opérateurs binaires +- Opérateurs binaires << Opérateurs relationnels <= Opérateurs relationnels -> Flèches >= Opérateurs relationnels >> Opérateurs relationnels Fonctions reconnues Sous cet onglet, vous pouvez trouver les expressions mathématiques que l'éditeur d'équations reconnait comme les fonctions et lesquelles ne seront pas mises en italique automatiquement. Pour accéder à la liste de fonctions reconnues, passez à l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés -> Vérification-> Options de correction automatique -> Fonctions reconnues. Pour ajouter un élément à la liste de fonctions reconnues, saisissez la fonction dans le champ vide et appuyez sur Ajouter. Pour supprimer un élément de la liste de fonctions reconnues, sélectionnez la fonction à supprimer et appuyez sur Supprimer. Pour rétablir les éléments supprimés, sélectionnez l'élément que vous souhaitez rétablir dans la liste et appuyez sur Restaurer. Utilisez l'option Rétablir paramètres par défaut pour réinitialiser les réglages par défaut. Toutes les fonctions que vous avez ajoutées, seraient supprimées et celles qui ont été supprimées, seraient rétablies. Mise en forme automatique au cours de la frappe Par défaut, l'éditeur met en forme automatiquement lors de la saisie selon les paramètres de format automatique, comme par exemple appliquer une liste à puces ou une liste numérotée lorsqu'il détecte que vous tapez une liste, remplacer les guillemets ou les traits d'union par un tiret demi-cadratin. Si vous souhaitez désactiver une des options de mise en forme automatique, désactivez la case à coche de l'élément pour lequel vous ne souhaitez pas de mise en forme automatique sous l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés -> Vérification-> Options de correction automatique -> Mise en forme automatique au cours de la frappe" }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "title": "Afficher/masquer les caractères non imprimables", "body": "Les caractères non imprimables aident à éditer le document. Ils indiquent la présence de différents types de mises en forme, mais ils ne sont pas imprimés, même quand ils sont affichés à l'écran. Pour afficher ou masquer les caractères non imprimables, cliquez sur l'icône Caractères non imprimables dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Les caractères non imprimables sont les suivants : Espaces Il est inséré lorsque vous appuyez sur la Barre d'espacement sur le clavier. Il crée un espace entre les caractères. Tabulations Il est inséré lorsque vous appuyez sur la touche Tabulation. Il est utilisé pour faire avancer le curseur sur le prochain taquet de tabulation. Marques de paragraphe Il est inséré lorsque vous appuyez sur la touche Entrée. Il est utilisé pour terminer un paragraphe et ajouter un peu d'espace après. Il contient des informations sur la mise en forme du paragraphe. Sauts de ligne Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez la combinaison de touches Maj+Entrée. Il rompt la ligne actuelle et met des lignes de texte très rapprochées. Retour à la ligne est principalement utilisé dans les titres et les en-têtes. Espace insécable Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Maj+Espace. Il crée un espace entre les caractères qui ne peuvent pas être utilisés pour commencer une nouvelle ligne. Sauts de page Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de page ou sélectionnez l'option Saut de page avant du menu contextuel ou de la fenêtre des paramètres avancés. Sauts de section Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure puis sélectionnez une des options du sous-menu Insérer un saut de section (l’indicateur de saut de section diffère selon l'option choisie : Page suivante, Page continue, Page paire ou Page impaire). Sauts de colonne Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure puis sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de colonne. Marquers des tableaux Fin de cellule et Fin de ligne Ces marqueurs contiennent des codes de mise en forme de la cellule individuelle et de la ligne respectivement. Petit carré noir dans la marge gauche d'un paragraphe Il indique qu'au moins une des options de paragraphe a été appliquée, par exemple Lignes solidaires, Saut de page avant. Symboles d'ancre Ils indiquent la position des objets flottants ( valables pour tout style d'habillage sauf le style En ligne), par exemple images, formes automatiques, graphiques. Vous devez sélectionner un objet pour faire son ancre visible." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/OCR.htm", + "title": "Extraction du texte incrusté dans l'image", + "body": "En utilisant ONLYOFFICE vous pouvez extraire du texte incrusté dans des images (.png .jpg) et l'insérer dans votre document. Accédez à votre document et placez le curseur à l'endroit où le texte doit être inséré. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez OCR dans le menu. Appuyez sur Charger fichier et choisissez l'image. Sélectionnez la langue à reconnaître de la liste déroulante Choisir la langue. Appuyez sur Reconnaître. Appuyez sur Insérer le texte. Vérifiez les erreurs et la mise en page." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "title": "Créer un nouveau document ou ouvrir un document existant", @@ -253,22 +303,27 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm", "title": "Insérer des sauts de page", - "body": "Dans Document Editor, vous pouvez ajouter un saut de page pour commencer une nouvelle page, insérer une page blanche et régler les options de pagination. Pour insérer un saut de page à la position actuelle du curseur, cliquez sur l'icône Sauts de page de l'onglet Insertion ou Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de cette icône et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de page dans le menu. Vous pouvez également utiliser la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Entrée. Pour insérer une page blanche à la position actuelle du curseur, cliquez sur l'icône Page vierge dans l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure. Cela insère deux sauts de page qui créent une page blanche. Pour insérer un saut de page avant le paragraphe sélectionné c'est-à-dire pour commencer ce paragraphe en haut d'une nouvelle page : cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Saut de page avant du menu contextuel, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite et cochez la case Saut de page avant dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés ouverte. Pour garder les lignes solidaires de sorte que seuleument des paragraphes entiers seront placés sur la nouvelle page (c'est-à-dire il n'y aura aucun saut de page entre les lignes dans un seul paragraphe), cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Lignes solidaires du menu contextuel, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite et cochez la case Lignes solidaires dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés ouverte. La fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés vous permet de définir deux autres options de pagination : Paragraphes solidaires sert à empêcher l’application du saut de page entre le paragraphe sélectionné et celui-ci qui le suit. Éviter orphelines est sélectionné par défaut et sert à empêcher l’application d'une ligne (première ou dernière) d'un paragraphe en haut ou en bas d'une page." + "body": "Dans Document Editor, vous pouvez ajouter un saut de page pour commencer une nouvelle page, insérer une page blanche et régler les options de pagination. Pour insérer un saut de page à la position actuelle du curseur, cliquez sur l'icône Sauts de page sous l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de cette icône et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de page dans le menu. Vous pouvez également utiliser la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Entrée. Pour insérer une page blanche à la position actuelle du curseur, cliquez sur l'icône Page vierge sous l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure. Cela insère deux sauts de page qui créent une page blanche. Pour insérer un saut de page avant le paragraphe sélectionné c'est-à-dire pour commencer ce paragraphe en haut d'une nouvelle page: cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Saut de page avant du menu contextuel, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite et cochez la case Saut de page avant sous l'onglet Enchaînements dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés ouverte. Pour garder les lignes solidaires de sorte que seulement des paragraphes entiers seront placés sur la nouvelle page (c'est-à-dire il n'y aura aucun saut de page entre les lignes dans un seul paragraphe), cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Lignes solidaires du menu contextuel, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite et cochez la case Lignes solidaires sous l'onglet Enchaînements dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés ouverte. L'onglet Enchaînements dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés vous permet de définir deux autres options de pagination: Paragraphes solidaires sert à empêcher l'application du saut de page entre le paragraphe sélectionné et celui-ci qui le suit. Éviter orphelines est sélectionné par défaut et sert à empêcher l'application d'une ligne (première ou dernière) d'un paragraphe en haut ou en bas d'une page." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm", "title": "Changer les retraits de paragraphe", "body": "En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez changer le premier décalage de la ligne sur la partie gauche de la page aussi bien que le décalage du paragraphe du côté gauche et du côté droit de la page. Pour le faire, placez le curseur dans le paragraphe de votre choix, ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes avec la souris ou tout le texte en utilisant la combinaison de touches Ctrl+A, cliquez sur le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite, dans la fenêtre ouverte Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés, définissez le retrait nécessaire pour la Première ligne et le décalage du paragraphe du côté gauche et du côté droit de la page, cliquez sur le bouton OK. Pour modifier rapidement le retrait de paragraphe du côté gauche de la page, vous pouvez également utiliser les icônes respectives dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure : Réduire le retrait et Augmenter le retrait . Vous pouvez également utilisez la régle horizontale pour changer les retraits.Sélectionnez le(s) paragraphe(s) et faites glisser les marqueurs tout au long de la règle. Le marqueur Retrait de première ligne sert à définir le décalage du côté gauche de la page pour la première ligne du paragraphe. Le marqueur Retrait négatif sert à définir le décalage du côté gauche de la page pour la deuxième ligne et toutes les lignes suivantes du paragraphe. Le marqueur Retrait de gauche sert à définir le décalage du paragraphe du côté gauche de la page. Le marqueur Retrait de droite sert à définir le décalage du paragraphe du côté droit de la page." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm", + "title": "Modification d'une image", + "body": "ONLYOFFICE dispose d'un éditeur de photos puissant qui permet aux utilisateurs d'appliquer divers effets de filtre à vos images et de faire les différents types d'annotations. Sélectionnez une image incorporée dans votre document. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez Photo Editor. Vous êtes dans l'environnement de traitement des images. Au-dessous de l'image il y a les cases à cocher et les filtres en curseur suivants: Niveaux de gris, Sépia 1, Sépia 2, Flou, Embosser, Inverser, Affûter; Enlever les blancs (Seuil, Distance), Transparence des dégradés, Brillance, Bruit, Pixélateur, Filtre de couleur; Teinte, Multiplication, Mélange. Au-dessous, les filtres dont vous pouvez accéder avec les boutons Annuler, Rétablir et Remettre à zéro; Supprimer, Supprimer tout; Rogner (Personnalisé, Carré, 3:2, 4:3, 5:4, 7:5, 16:9); Retournement (Retourner X, Retourner Y, Remettre à zéro); Rotation (à 30 degrés, -30 degrés, Gamme); Dessiner (Libre, Direct, Couleur, Gamme); Forme (Rectangle, Cercle, Triangle, Remplir, Trait, Largeur du trait); Icône (Flèches, Étoiles, Polygone, Emplacement, Cœur, Bulles, Icône personnalisée, Couleur); Texte (Gras, Italique, Souligné, Gauche, Centre, Droite, Couleur, Taille de texte); Masque. N'hésitez pas à les essayer tous et rappelez-vous que vous pouvez annuler les modifications à tout moment. Une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez sur OK. Maintenant l'image modifiée est insérée dans votre document." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Enregistrer / télécharger / imprimer votre document", - "body": "Enregistrement Par défaut, en ligne Document Editor enregistre automatiquement votre fichier toutes les 2 secondes afin de prévenir la perte des données en cas de fermeture inattendue de l'éditeur. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Rapide, le minuteur récupère les mises à jour 25 fois par seconde et enregistre les modifications si elles ont été effectuées. Lorsque le fichier est co-édité en mode Strict, les modifications sont automatiquement sauvegardées à des intervalles de 10 minutes. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez facilement changer la périodicité de l'enregistrement automatique ou même désactiver cette fonction sur la page Paramètres avancés. Pour enregistrer manuellement votre document actuel dans le format et l'emplacement actuels, cliquez sur l'icône Enregistrer dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur, ou utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+S, ou cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer. Remarque : dans la version de bureau, pour éviter la perte de données en cas de fermeture inattendue du programme, vous pouvez activer l'option Récupération automatique sur la page Paramètres avancés. Dans la version de bureau, vous pouvez enregistrer le document sous un autre nom, dans un nouvel emplacement ou format, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer sous..., sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : DOCX, ODT, RTF, TXT, PDF, PDFA. Vous pouvez également choisir l'option Modèle de document (DOTX ou OTT). Téléchargement en cours Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez télécharger le document résultant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Télécharger comme, sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Enregistrer une copie Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez enregistrer une copie du fichier sur votre portail, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer la copie sous..., sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML, sélectionnez un emplacement pour le fichier sur le portail et appuyez sur Enregistrer. Impression Pour imprimer le document actif, cliquez sur l'icône Imprimer dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur, ou utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+P, ou cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Imprimer. Dans la version de bureau, le fichier sera imprimé directement. Dans la version en ligne, un fichier PDF sera généré à partir du document. Vous pouvez l'ouvrir et l'imprimer, ou l'enregistrer sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur ou sur un support amovible pour l'imprimer plus tard. Certains navigateurs (par ex. Chrome et Opera) supportent l'impression directe." + "body": "Enregistrer /télécharger / imprimer votre document Enregistrement Par défaut, Document Editor en ligne enregistre automatiquement votre fichier toutes les 2 secondes afin de prévenir la perte des données en cas de fermeture inattendue de l'éditeur. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Rapide, le minuteur récupère les mises à jour 25 fois par seconde et enregistre les modifications si elles ont été effectuées. Lorsque le fichier est co-édité en mode Strict, les modifications sont automatiquement sauvegardées à des intervalles de 10 minutes. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez facilement changer la périodicité de l'enregistrement automatique ou même désactiver cette fonction sur la page Paramètres avancés . Pour enregistrer manuellement votre document actuel dans le format et l'emplacement actuels, cliquez sur l'icône Enregistrer dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur, ou utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+S, ou cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer. Remarque: dans la version de bureau, pour éviter la perte de données en cas de fermeture inattendue du programme, vous pouvez activer l'option Récupération automatique sur la page Paramètres avancés . Dans la version de bureau, vous pouvez enregistrer le document sous un autre nom, dans un nouvel emplacement ou format, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer sous..., sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins: DOCX, ODT, RTF, TXT, PDF, PDFA. Vous pouvez également choisir l'option Modèle de document (DOTX ou OTT). Téléchargement en cours Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez télécharger le document résultant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Télécharger comme..., sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Enregistrer une copie Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez enregistrer une copie du fichier sur votre portail, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer la copie sous..., sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML, sélectionnez un emplacement pour le fichier sur le portail et appuyez sur Enregistrer. Impression Pour imprimer le document actif, cliquez sur l'icône Imprimer dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur, ou utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+P, ou cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Imprimer. Il est aussi possible d'imprimer un passage de texte en utilisant l'option Imprimer la sélection dans le menu contextuel aussi bien dans la mode Édition que dans la mode Affichage (cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Imprimer la sélection). Dans la version de bureau, le fichier sera imprimé directement. Dans la version en ligne, un fichier PDF sera généré à partir du document. Vous pouvez l'ouvrir et l'imprimer, ou l'enregistrer sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur ou sur un support amovible pour l'imprimer plus tard. Certains navigateurs (par ex. Chrome et Opera) supportent l'impression directe." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", "title": "Insérer les sauts de section", - "body": "Les sauts de section vous permettent d'appliquer des mises en page et mises en formes différentes pour de certaines parties de votre document. Par exemple, vous pouvez utiliser des en-têtes et pieds de page, des numérotations des pages, des marges, la taille, l'orientation, ou le numéro de colonne individuels pour chaque section séparée. Remarque : un saut de section inséré définit la mise en page de la partie précédente du document. Pour insérer un saut de section à la position actuelle du curseur : cliquez sur l'icône Saut de section dans l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de section sélectionnez le type du saut de section nécessaire: Page suivante - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page suivante Page continue - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page actuelle Page paire - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page suivante paire Page impaire - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page suivante impaire Des sauts d'une section ajoutés sont indiqués dans votre document par un double trait pointillé: Si vous ne voyez pas de sauts de section insérés, cliquez sur l'icône de l'onglet Accueil sur la barre d'outils supérieure pour les afficher. Pour supprimer un saut de section, sélectionnez-le avec le souris et appuyez sur la touche Supprimer. Lorsque vous supprimez un saut de section, la mise en forme de cette section sera également supprimée, car un saut de section définit la mise en forme de la section précédente. La partie du document qui précède le saut de section supprimé acquiert la mise en forme de la partie qui la suive." + "body": "Les sauts de section vous permettent d'appliquer des mises en page et mises en formes différentes pour de certaines parties de votre document. Par exemple, vous pouvez utiliser des en-têtes et pieds de page, des numérotations des pages, des marges, la taille, l'orientation, ou le numéro de colonne individuels pour chaque section séparée. Remarque : un saut de section inséré définit la mise en page de la partie précédente du document. Pour insérer un saut de section à la position actuelle du curseur : cliquez sur l'icône Saut de section dans l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de section sélectionnez le type du saut de section nécessaire: Page suivante - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page suivante Page continue - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page actuelle Page paire - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page suivante paire Page impaire - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page suivante impaire Des sauts d'une section ajoutés sont indiqués dans votre document par un double trait pointillé: Si vous ne voyez pas de sauts de section insérés, cliquez sur l'icône de l'onglet Accueil sur la barre d'outils supérieure pour les afficher. Pour supprimer un saut de section, sélectionnez-le avec le souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr. Lorsque vous supprimez un saut de section, la mise en forme de cette section sera également supprimée, car un saut de section définit la mise en forme de la section précédente. La partie du document qui précède le saut de section supprimé acquiert la mise en forme de la partie qui la suive." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm", @@ -278,21 +333,46 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", "title": "Régler les paramètres de page", - "body": "Pour modifier la mise en page, c'est-à-dire définir l'orientation et la taille de la page, ajuster les marges et insérer des colonnes, utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure. Remarque: tous ces paramètres sont appliqués au document entier. Si vous voulez définir de différentes marges de page, l'orientation, la taille, ou le numéro de colonne pour les parties différentes de votre document, consultez cette page. Orientation de page Changez l'orientation de page actuelle en cliquant sur l'icône Orientation de page . Le type d'orientation par défaut est Portrait qui peut être commuté sur Album. Taille de la page Changez le format A4 par défaut en cliquant sur l'icône Taille de la page et sélectionnez la taille nécessaire dans la liste. Les formats offerts sont les suivants : US Letter (21,59cm x 27,94cm) US Legal (21,59cm x 35,56cm) A4 (21cm x 29,7cm) A5 (14,81cm x 20,99cm) B5 (17,6cm x 25,01cm) Envelope #10 (10,48cm x 24,13cm) Envelope DL (11,01cm x 22,01cm) Tabloid (27,94cm x 43,17cm) AЗ (29,7cm x 42,01cm) Tabloid Oversize (30,48cm x 45,71cm) ROC 16K (19,68cm x 27,3cm) Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99cm x 23,49cm) Super B/A3 (33,02cm x 48,25cm) Vous pouvez définir une taille de la page particulière en utilisant l'option Taille personnalisée dans la liste. La fenêtre Taille de la page s'ouvrira où vous pourrez sélectionner le Préréglage voulu (US Letter, US Legal, A4, A5, B5, Enveloppe #10, Enveloppe DL, Tabloid, AЗ, Tabloid Oversize, ROC 16K, Enveloppe Choukei 3, Super B/A3, A0, A1, A2, A6) ou définir des valeurs personnalisées de Largeur et Hauteur. Entrez vos nouvelles valeurs dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les changements. Marges de la page Modifiez les marges par défaut, c-à-d l’espace entre les bords de la page et le texte du paragraphe, en cliquant sur l'icône Marges et sélectionnez un des paramètres prédéfinis : Normal, US Normal, Étroit, Modérer, Large. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'option Marges personnalisées pour définir les valeurs nécessaires dans la fenêtre Marges qui s'ouvre. Entrez les valeurs des marges Haut, Bas, Gauche et Droite de la page dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK. Les marges personnalisées seront appliquées au document actuel et l'option Dernière mesure avec les paramètres spécifiés apparaît dans la liste des Marges de la page pour que vous puissiez les appliquer à d'autres documents. Vous pouvez également modifier les marges manuellement en faisant glisser la bordure entre les zones grises et blanches sur les règles (les zones grises des règles indiquent les marges de page): Colonnes Pour appliquez une mise en page multicolonne, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer des colonnes et sélectionnez le type de la colonne nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options suivantes sont disponibles : Deux - pour ajouter deux colonnes de la même largeur, Trois - pour ajouter trois colonnes de la même largeur, A gauche - pour ajouter deux colonnes: une étroite colonne à gauche et une large colonne à droite, A droite - pour ajouter deux colonnes: une étroite colonne à droite et une large colonne à gauche. Si vous souhaitez ajuster les paramètres de colonne, sélectionnez l'option Colonnes personnalisées dans la liste. La fenêtre Colonnes s'ouvrira où vous pourrez définir le Nombre de colonnes nécessaire (il est possible d'ajouter jusqu'à 12 colonnes) et l'Espacement entre les colonnes. Entrez vos nouvelles valeurs dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Cochez la case Diviseur de colonne pour ajouter une ligne verticale entre les colonnes. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les changements. Pour spécifier exactement la position d'une nouvelle colonne, placez le curseur avant le texte à déplacer dans une nouvelle colonne, cliquez sur l'icône Sauts de page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de colonne. Le texte sera déplacé vers la colonne suivante. Les sauts de colonne ajoutés sont indiqués dans votre document par une ligne pointillée: . Si vous ne voyez pas de sauts de section insérés, cliquez sur l'icône de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour les afficher. Pour supprimer un saut de colonne,sélectionnez-le avec le souris et appuyez sur une touche Supprimer. Pour modifier manuellement la largeur et l'espacement entre les colonnes, vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale. Pour annuler les colonnes et revenir à la disposition en une seule colonne, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer des colonnes de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Une dans la liste." + "body": "Pour modifier la mise en page, c'est-à-dire définir l'orientation et la taille de la page, ajuster les marges et insérer des colonnes, utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure. Remarque: tous ces paramètres sont appliqués au document entier. Si vous voulez définir de différentes marges de page, l'orientation, la taille, ou le numéro de colonne pour les parties différentes de votre document, consultez cette page. Orientation de page Changez l'orientation de page actuelle en cliquant sur l'icône Orientation . Le type d'orientation par défaut est Portrait qui peut être commuté sur Paysage. Taille de la page Changez le format A4 par défaut en cliquant sur l'icône Taille de la page et sélectionnez la taille nécessaire dans la liste. Les formats offerts sont les suivants: US Letter (21,59cm x 27,94cm) US Legal (21,59cm x 35,56cm) A4 (21cm x 29,7cm) A5 (14,81cm x 20,99cm) B5 (17,6cm x 25,01cm) Envelope #10 (10,48cm x 24,13cm) Envelope DL (11,01cm x 22,01cm) Tabloid (27,94cm x 43,17cm) AЗ (29,7cm x 42,01cm) Tabloid Oversize (30,48cm x 45,71cm) ROC 16K (19,68cm x 27,3cm) Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99cm x 23,49cm) Super B/A3 (33,02cm x 48,25cm) Vous pouvez définir une taille de la page particulière en utilisant l'option Taille personnalisée dans la liste. La fenêtre Taille de la page s'ouvrira où vous pourrez sélectionner le Préréglage voulu (US Letter, US Legal, A4, A5, B5, Enveloppe #10, Enveloppe DL, Tabloid, AЗ, Tabloid Oversize, ROC 16K, Enveloppe Choukei 3, Super B/A3, A0, A1, A2, A6) ou définir des valeurs personnalisées de Largeur et Hauteur. Entrez vos nouvelles valeurs dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les changements. Marges de la page Modifiez les marges par défaut, c-à-d l'espace entre les bords de la page et le texte du paragraphe, en cliquant sur l'icône Marges et sélectionnez un des paramètres prédéfinis: Normal, US Normal, Étroit, Modérer, Large. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'option Marges personnalisées pour définir les valeurs nécessaires dans la fenêtre Marges qui s'ouvre. Entrez les valeurs des marges Haut, Bas, Gauche et Droite de la page dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Position de la reliure permet de définir l'espace supplémentaire à la marge latérale gauche ou supérieure du document. La Position de reliure assure que la reliure n'empiète pas sur le texte. Dans la fenêtre Marges spécifiez la talle de marge et la position de la reliure appropriée. Remarque: ce n'est pas possible de définir la Position de reliure lorsque l'option des Pages en vis-à-vis est active. Dans le menu déroulante Plusieurs pages, choisissez l'option des Pages en vis-à-vis pour configurer des pages en regard dans des documents recto verso. Lorsque cette option est activée, les marges Gauche et Droite se transforment en marges A l'intérieur et A l'extérieur respectivement. Dans le menu déroulante Orientation choisissez Portrait ou Paysage. Toutes les modifications apportées s'affichent dans la fenêtre Aperçu. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK. Les marges personnalisées seront appliquées au document actuel et l'option Dernière mesure avec les paramètres spécifiés apparaît dans la liste des Marges de la page pour que vous puissiez les appliquer à d'autres documents. Vous pouvez également modifier les marges manuellement en faisant glisser la bordure entre les zones grises et blanches sur les règles (les zones grises des règles indiquent les marges de page): Colonnes Pour appliquez une mise en page multicolonne, cliquez sur l'icône Colonnes et sélectionnez le type de la colonne nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options suivantes sont disponibles: Deux - pour ajouter deux colonnes de la même largeur, Trois - pour ajouter trois colonnes de la même largeur, A gauche - pour ajouter deux colonnes: une étroite colonne à gauche et une large colonne à droite, A droite - pour ajouter deux colonnes: une étroite colonne à droite et une large colonne à gauche. Si vous souhaitez ajuster les paramètres de colonne, sélectionnez l'option Colonnes personnalisées dans la liste. La fenêtre Colonnes s'ouvrira où vous pourrez définir le Nombre de colonnes nécessaire (il est possible d'ajouter jusqu'à 12 colonnes) et l'Espacement entre les colonnes. Entrez vos nouvelles valeurs dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Cochez la case Diviseur de colonne pour ajouter une ligne verticale entre les colonnes. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les changements. Pour spécifier exactement la position d'une nouvelle colonne, placez le curseur avant le texte à déplacer dans une nouvelle colonne, cliquez sur l'icône Sauts de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de colonne. Le texte sera déplacé vers la colonne suivante. Les sauts de colonne ajoutés sont indiqués dans votre document par une ligne pointillée: . Si vous ne voyez pas de sauts de section insérés, cliquez sur l'icône sous l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour les afficher. Pour supprimer un saut de colonne,sélectionnez-le avec le souris et appuyez sur une touche Suppr. Pour modifier manuellement la largeur et l'espacement entre les colonnes, vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale. Pour annuler les colonnes et revenir à la disposition en une seule colonne, cliquez sur l'icône Colonnes de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Une dans la liste." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "title": "Définir des taquets de tabulation", - "body": "Document Editor vous permet de changer des taquets de tabulation c'est-à-dire l'emplacement où le curseur s'arrête quand vous appuyez sur la touche Tab du clavier. Pour définir les taquets de tabulation vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale : Sélectionnez le type du taquet de tabulation en cliquant sur le bouton dans le coin supérieur gauche de la zone de travail. Trois types de taquets de tabulationsont disponibles : De gauche - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté gauche du taquet de tabulation ; le texte se déplace à droite du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . Du centre - sert à centrer le texte à l'emplacement du taquet de tabulation. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . De droite - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté droit du taquet de tabulation ; le texte se déplace à gauche du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . Cliquez sur le bord inférieur de la règle là où vous voulez positionner le taquet de tabulation. Faites-le glisser tout au long de la règle pour changer son emplacement. Pour supprimer le taquet de tabulation ajouté faites-le glisser en dehors de la règle. Vous pouvez également utiliser la fenêtre des paramètres avancés du paragraphe pour régler les taquets de tabulation. Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite, et passez à l'onglet Tabulation de la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés.Vous y pouvez définir les paramètres suivants : Position sert à personnaliser les taquets de tabulation. Saisissez la valeur nécessaire dans ce champ, réglez-la en utilisant les boutons à flèche et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. La position du taquet de tabulation personnalisée sera ajoutée à la liste dans le champ au-dessous. Si vous avez déjà ajouté qualques taquets de tabulation en utilisant la règle, tous ces taquets seront affichés dans cette liste. La tabulation Par défaut est 1.25 cm. Vous pouvez augmenter ou diminuer cette valeur en utilisant les boutons à flèche ou en saisissant la valeur nécessaire dans le champ. Alignement sert à définir le type d'alignment pour chaque taquet de tabulation de la liste. Sélectionnez le taquet nécessaire dans la liste, choisissez l'option A gauche, Au centre ou A droite dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. Points de suite - permet de choisir un caractère utilisé pour créer des points de suite pour chacune des positions de tabulation. Les points de suite sont une ligne de caractères (points ou traits d'union) qui remplissent l'espace entre les taquets. Sélectionnez le taquet voulu dans la liste, choisissez le type de points de suite dans la liste dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur le bouton .Pour supprimer un taquet de tabulation de la liste sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer ou utilisez le bouton Supprimer tout pour vider la liste." + "body": "Document Editor vous permet de changer des taquets de tabulation. Taquet de tabulation est l'emplacement où le curseur s'arrête quand vous appuyez sur la touche Tab du clavier. Pour définir les taquets de tabulation vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale: Sélectionnez le type du taquet de tabulation en cliquant sur le bouton dans le coin supérieur gauche de la zone de travail. Trois types de taquets de tabulation sont disponibles: De gauche sert à aligner le texte sur le côté gauche du taquet de tabulation; le texte se déplace à droite du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur de Taquet de tabulation de gauche . Du centre sert à centrer le texte à l'emplacement du taquet de tabulation. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur de Taquet de tabulation centré . De droite sert à aligner le texte sur le côté droit du taquet de tabulation; le texte se déplace à gauche du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur de Taquet de tabulation de droite . Cliquez sur le bord inférieur de la règle là où vous voulez positionner le taquet de tabulation. Faites-le glisser tout au long de la règle pour changer son emplacement. Pour supprimer le taquet de tabulation ajouté faites-le glisser en dehors de la règle. Vous pouvez également utiliser la fenêtre des paramètres avancés du paragraphe pour régler les taquets de tabulation. Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite, et passez à l'onglet Tabulation de la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés. Vous y pouvez définir les paramètres suivants: La tabulation Par défaut est 1.25 cm. Vous pouvez augmenter ou diminuer cette valeur en utilisant les boutons à flèche ou en saisissant la valeur nécessaire dans le champ. Position sert à personnaliser les taquets de tabulation. Saisissez la valeur nécessaire dans ce champ, réglez-la en utilisant les boutons à flèche et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. La position du taquet de tabulation personnalisée sera ajoutée à la liste dans le champ au-dessous. Si vous avez déjà ajouté quelques taquets de tabulation en utilisant la règle, tous ces taquets seront affichés dans cette liste. Alignement sert à définir le type d'alignement pour chaque taquet de tabulation de la liste. Sélectionnez le taquet nécessaire dans la liste, choisissez l'option A gauche, Au centre ou A droite dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. Guide permet de choisir un caractère utilisé pour créer un guide pour chacune des positions de tabulation. Le guide est une ligne de caractères (points ou traits d'union) qui remplissent l'espace entre les taquets. Sélectionnez le taquet voulu dans la liste, choisissez le type de points de suite dans la liste dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. Pour supprimer un taquet de tabulation de la liste sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer ou utilisez le bouton Supprimer tout pour vider la liste." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Speech.htm", + "title": "Lire un texte à haute voix", + "body": "ONLYOFFICE dispose d'une extension qui va lire un texte à voix haute. Sélectionnez le texte à lire à haute voix. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez Parole. Le texte sera lu à haute voix." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm", + "title": "Remplacer un mot par synonyme", + "body": "Si on répète plusieurs fois le même mot ou il ne semble pas que le mot est juste, ONLYOFFICE vous permet de trouver les synonymes. Retrouvez les antonymes du mot affiché aussi. Sélectionnez le mot dans votre document. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez Thésaurus. Le panneau gauche liste les synonymes et les antonymes. Cliquez sur le mot à remplacer dans votre document." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Translator.htm", + "title": "Traduire un texte", + "body": "Vous pouvez traduire votre document dans de nombreuses langues disponibles. Sélectionnez le texte à traduire. Passez à l'onglet Modules complémentaires et choisissez Traducteur, l'application de traduction fait son apparition dans le panneau de gauche. La langue du texte choisie est détectée automatiquement et le texte est traduit dans la langue par défaut. Changez la langue cible: Cliquer sur la liste déroulante en bas du panneau et sélectionnez la langue préférée. La traduction va changer tout de suite. Détection erronée de la langue source Lorsqu'une détection erronée se produit, il faut modifier les paramètres de l'application: Cliquer sur la liste déroulante en haut du panneau et sélectionnez la langue préférée." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "title": "Utiliser le Publipostage", - "body": "Remarque : cette option n'est disponible que dans la version en ligne. La fonctionnalité Publipostage est utilisée pour créer un ensemble de documents combinant un contenu commun provenant d'un document texte et des composants individuels (variables, tels que des noms, des messages d'accueil, etc.) extraits d'une feuille de calcul (d'une liste de clients par exemple). Elle peut se révéler utile si vous devez créer beaucoup de lettres personnalisées à envoyer aux destinataires. Pour commencer à travailler avec la fonctionnalité Publipostage, Préparer une source de données et la charger dans le document principal La source de données utilisée pour le publipostage doit être une feuille de calcul .xlsx stockée sur votre portail. Ouvrez une feuille de calcul existante ou créez-en une nouvelle et assurez-vous qu'elle réponde aux exigences suivantes.La feuille de calcul doit comporter une ligne d'en-tête avec les titres des colonnes, car les valeurs de la première cellule de chaque colonne désignent des champs de fusion (c'est-à-dire des variables que vous pouvez insérer dans le texte). Chaque colonne doit contenir un ensemble de valeurs réelles pour une variable. Chaque ligne de la feuille de calcul doit correspondre à un enregistrement distinct (c'est-à-dire un ensemble de valeurs appartenant à un destinataire donné). Pendant le processus de fusion, une copie du document principal sera créée pour chaque enregistrement et chaque champ de fusion inséré dans le texte principal sera remplacé par une valeur réelle de la colonne correspondante. Si vous devez envoyer le résultat par courrier électronique, la feuille de calcul doit également inclure une colonne avec les adresses électroniques des destinataires. Ouvrez un document texte existant ou créez-en un nouveau. Il doit contenir le texte principal qui sera le même pour chaque version du document fusionné. Cliquez sur l'icône Fusionner dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. La fenêtre Sélectionner la source de données s'ouvre : Elle affiche la liste de toutes vos feuilles de calcul .xlsx stockées dans la section Mes documents. Pour naviguer entre les autres sections du module Documents, utilisez le menu dans la partie gauche de la fenêtre. Sélectionnez le fichier dont vous avez besoin et cliquez sur OK. Une fois la source de données chargée, l'onglet Paramètres de publipostage sera disponible dans la barre latérale droite. Vérifier ou modifier la liste des destinataires Cliquez sur le bouton Modifier la liste des destinataires en haut de la barre latérale droite pour ouvrir la fenêtre Fusionner les destinataires, où le contenu de la source de données sélectionnée est affiché. Ici, vous pouvez ajouter de nouvelles informations, modifier ou supprimer les données existantes, si nécessaire. Pour simplifier l'utilisation des données, vous pouvez utiliser les icônes situées au haut de la fenêtre : et pour copier et coller les données copiées et pour annuler et rétablir les actions et - pour trier vos données dans une plage sélectionnée de cellules dans l'ordre croissant ou décroissant - pour activer le filtre pour la plage de cellules sélectionnée précédemment ou supprimer le filtre appliqué - pour effacer tous les paramètres de filtre appliquésRemarque : pour en savoir plus sur l'utilisation des filtres, reportez-vous à la section Trier et filtrer les données de l'aide de Spreadsheet Editor. - pour rechercher une certaine valeur et la remplacer par une autre, si nécessaireRemarque : pour en savoir plus sur l'utilisation de l'outil Rechercher et remplacer, reportez-vous à la section Fonctions rechercher et remplacer de l'aide de Spreadsheet Editor. Une fois toutes les modifications nécessaires effectuées, cliquez sur le bouton Enregistrer et quitter. Pour annuler les modifications, cliquez sur le bouton Fermer. Insérer des champs de fusion et vérifier les résultats Placez le curseur de la souris dans le texte du document principal où vous souhaitez insérer un champ de fusion, cliquez sur le bouton Insérer un champ de fusion dans la barre latérale droite et sélectionnez le champ voulu dans la liste. Les champs disponibles correspondent aux données de la première cellule de chaque colonne de la source de données sélectionnée. Ajoutez tous les champs que vous voulez n'importe où dans le document. Activez l'option Mettre en surbrillance les champs de fusion dans la barre latérale droite pour rendre les champs insérés plus visibles dans le texte du document. Activez le sélecteur Aperçu des résultats dans la barre latérale droite pour afficher le texte du document avec les champs de fusion remplacés par les valeurs réelles de la source de données. Utilisez les boutons fléchés pour prévisualiser les versions du document fusionné pour chaque enregistrement. Pour supprimer un champ inséré, désactivez le mode Aperçu des résultats, sélectionnez le champ avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Pour remplacer un champ inséré, désactivez le mode Aperçu des résultats, sélectionnez le champ avec la souris, cliquez sur le bouton Insérer un champ de fusion dans la barre latérale de droite et choisissez un nouveau champ dans la liste. Spécifier les paramètres de fusion Sélectionnez le type de fusion. Vous pouvez lancer le publipostage ou enregistrer le résultat sous forme de fichier au format PDF ou Docx pour pouvoir l'imprimer ou le modifier ultérieurement. Sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste Fusionner vers : PDF - pour créer un document unique au format PDF qui inclut toutes les copies fusionnées afin que vous puissiez les imprimer plus tard Docx - pour créer un document unique au format Docx qui inclut toutes les copies fusionnées afin que vous puissiez éditer les copies individuelles plus tard Email - pour envoyer les résultats aux destinataires par emailRemarque : les adresses e-mail des destinataires doivent être spécifiées dans la source de données chargée et vous devez disposer d'au moins un compte de messagerie connecté dans le module Courrier de votre portail. Choisissez les enregistrements auxquels vous voulez appliquer la fusion : Tous les enregistrements (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut) - pour créer des documents fusionnés pour tous les enregistrements de la source de données chargée Enregistrement actuel - pour créer un document fusionné pour l'enregistrement actuellement affiché De ... À - pour créer des documents fusionnés pour une série d'enregistrements (dans ce cas, vous devez spécifier deux valeurs : le numéro du premier enregistrement et celui du dernier enregistrement dans la plage souhaitée)Remarque : la quantité maximale autorisée de destinataires est de 100. Si vous avez plus de 100 destinataires dans votre source de données, exécutez le publipostage par étapes : spécifiez les valeurs comprises entre 1 et 100, attendez la fin du processus de fusion, puis répétez l'opération en spécifiant les valeurs comprises entre 101 et N etc. . Terminer la fusion Si vous avez décidé d'enregistrer les résultats de la fusion sous forme de fichier, cliquez sur le bouton Télécharger pour stocker le fichier n'importe où sur votre PC. Vous trouverez le fichier téléchargé dans votre dossier Téléchargements par défaut. cliquez sur le bouton Enregistrer pour enregistrer le fichier sur votre portail. Dans la fenêtre Dossier de sauvegarde qui s'ouvre, vous pouvez modifier le nom du fichier et spécifier le dossier dans lequel vous souhaitez enregistrer le fichier. Vous pouvez également cocher la case Ouvrir le document fusionné dans un nouvel onglet pour vérifier le résultat une fois le processus de fusion terminé. Enfin, cliquez sur Enregistrer dans la fenêtre Dossier de sauvegarde. Si vous avez sélectionné l'option Email, le bouton Fusionner sera disponible dans la barre latérale droite. Après avoir cliqué dessus, la fenêtre Envoyer par Email s'ouvre : Dans la liste De, sélectionnez le compte de messagerie que vous souhaitez utiliser pour l'envoi du mail, si plusieurs comptes sont connectés dans le module Courrier. Dans la liste À, sélectionnez le champ de fusion correspondant aux adresses e-mail des destinataires, s'il n'a pas été sélectionné automatiquement. Entrez l'objet de votre message dans le champ Objet. Sélectionnez le format du mail dans la liste déroulante : HTML, Joindre en DOCX ou Joindre en PDF. Lorsque l'une des deux dernières options est sélectionnée, vous devez également spécifier le Nom du fichier pour les pièces jointes et entrer le Message (le texte qui sera envoyé aux destinataires). Cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer. Une fois l'envoi terminé, vous recevrez une notification à votre adresse e-mail spécifiée dans le champ De." + "body": "Remarque : cette option n'est disponible que dans la version en ligne. La fonctionnalité Publipostage est utilisée pour créer un ensemble de documents combinant un contenu commun provenant d'un document texte et des composants individuels (variables, tels que des noms, des messages d'accueil, etc.) extraits d'une feuille de calcul (d'une liste de clients par exemple). Elle peut se révéler utile si vous devez créer beaucoup de lettres personnalisées à envoyer aux destinataires. Pour commencer à travailler avec la fonctionnalité Publipostage, Préparer une source de données et la charger dans le document principal La source de données utilisée pour le publipostage doit être une feuille de calcul .xlsx stockée sur votre portail. Ouvrez une feuille de calcul existante ou créez-en une nouvelle et assurez-vous qu'elle réponde aux exigences suivantes.La feuille de calcul doit comporter une ligne d'en-tête avec les titres des colonnes, car les valeurs de la première cellule de chaque colonne désignent des champs de fusion (c'est-à-dire des variables que vous pouvez insérer dans le texte). Chaque colonne doit contenir un ensemble de valeurs réelles pour une variable. Chaque ligne de la feuille de calcul doit correspondre à un enregistrement distinct (c'est-à-dire un ensemble de valeurs appartenant à un destinataire donné). Pendant le processus de fusion, une copie du document principal sera créée pour chaque enregistrement et chaque champ de fusion inséré dans le texte principal sera remplacé par une valeur réelle de la colonne correspondante. Si vous devez envoyer le résultat par courrier électronique, la feuille de calcul doit également inclure une colonne avec les adresses électroniques des destinataires. Ouvrez un document texte existant ou créez-en un nouveau. Il doit contenir le texte principal qui sera le même pour chaque version du document fusionné. Cliquez sur l'icône Fusionner dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. La fenêtre Sélectionner la source de données s'ouvre : Elle affiche la liste de toutes vos feuilles de calcul .xlsx stockées dans la section Mes documents. Pour naviguer entre les autres sections du module Documents, utilisez le menu dans la partie gauche de la fenêtre. Sélectionnez le fichier dont vous avez besoin et cliquez sur OK. Une fois la source de données chargée, l'onglet Paramètres de publipostage sera disponible dans la barre latérale droite. Vérifier ou modifier la liste des destinataires Cliquez sur le bouton Modifier la liste des destinataires en haut de la barre latérale droite pour ouvrir la fenêtre Fusionner les destinataires, où le contenu de la source de données sélectionnée est affiché. Ici, vous pouvez ajouter de nouvelles informations, modifier ou supprimer les données existantes, si nécessaire. Pour simplifier l'utilisation des données, vous pouvez utiliser les icônes situées au haut de la fenêtre : et pour copier et coller les données copiées et pour annuler et rétablir les actions et - pour trier vos données dans une plage sélectionnée de cellules dans l'ordre croissant ou décroissant - pour activer le filtre pour la plage de cellules sélectionnée précédemment ou supprimer le filtre appliqué - pour effacer tous les paramètres de filtre appliquésRemarque : pour en savoir plus sur l'utilisation des filtres, reportez-vous à la section Trier et filtrer les données de l'aide de Spreadsheet Editor. - pour rechercher une certaine valeur et la remplacer par une autre, si nécessaireRemarque : pour en savoir plus sur l'utilisation de l'outil Rechercher et remplacer, reportez-vous à la section Fonctions rechercher et remplacer de l'aide de Spreadsheet Editor. Une fois toutes les modifications nécessaires effectuées, cliquez sur le bouton Enregistrer et quitter. Pour annuler les modifications, cliquez sur le bouton Fermer. Insérer des champs de fusion et vérifier les résultats Placez le curseur de la souris dans le texte du document principal où vous souhaitez insérer un champ de fusion, cliquez sur le bouton Insérer un champ de fusion dans la barre latérale droite et sélectionnez le champ voulu dans la liste. Les champs disponibles correspondent aux données de la première cellule de chaque colonne de la source de données sélectionnée. Ajoutez tous les champs que vous voulez n'importe où dans le document. Activez l'option Mettre en surbrillance les champs de fusion dans la barre latérale droite pour rendre les champs insérés plus visibles dans le texte du document. Activez le sélecteur Aperçu des résultats dans la barre latérale droite pour afficher le texte du document avec les champs de fusion remplacés par les valeurs réelles de la source de données. Utilisez les boutons fléchés pour prévisualiser les versions du document fusionné pour chaque enregistrement. Pour supprimer un champ inséré, désactivez le mode Aperçu des résultats, sélectionnez le champ avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Pour remplacer un champ inséré, désactivez le mode Aperçu des résultats, sélectionnez le champ avec la souris, cliquez sur le bouton Insérer un champ de fusion dans la barre latérale de droite et choisissez un nouveau champ dans la liste. Spécifier les paramètres de fusion Sélectionnez le type de fusion. Vous pouvez lancer le publipostage ou enregistrer le résultat sous forme de fichier au format PDF ou Docx pour pouvoir l'imprimer ou le modifier ultérieurement. Sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste Fusionner vers : PDF - pour créer un document unique au format PDF qui inclut toutes les copies fusionnées afin que vous puissiez les imprimer plus tard Docx - pour créer un document unique au format Docx qui inclut toutes les copies fusionnées afin que vous puissiez éditer les copies individuelles plus tard Email - pour envoyer les résultats aux destinataires par emailRemarque : les adresses e-mail des destinataires doivent être spécifiées dans la source de données chargée et vous devez disposer d'au moins un compte de messagerie connecté dans le module Mail de votre portail. Choisissez les enregistrements auxquels vous voulez appliquer la fusion : Tous les enregistrements (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut) - pour créer des documents fusionnés pour tous les enregistrements de la source de données chargée Enregistrement actuel - pour créer un document fusionné pour l'enregistrement actuellement affiché De ... À - pour créer des documents fusionnés pour une série d'enregistrements (dans ce cas, vous devez spécifier deux valeurs : le numéro du premier enregistrement et celui du dernier enregistrement dans la plage souhaitée)Remarque : la quantité maximale autorisée de destinataires est de 100. Si vous avez plus de 100 destinataires dans votre source de données, exécutez le publipostage par étapes : spécifiez les valeurs comprises entre 1 et 100, attendez la fin du processus de fusion, puis répétez l'opération en spécifiant les valeurs comprises entre 101 et N etc. . Terminer la fusion Si vous avez décidé d'enregistrer les résultats de la fusion sous forme de fichier, cliquez sur le bouton Télécharger pour stocker le fichier n'importe où sur votre PC. Vous trouverez le fichier téléchargé dans votre dossier Téléchargements par défaut. cliquez sur le bouton Enregistrer pour enregistrer le fichier sur votre portail. Dans la fenêtre Dossier de sauvegarde qui s'ouvre, vous pouvez modifier le nom du fichier et spécifier le dossier dans lequel vous souhaitez enregistrer le fichier. Vous pouvez également cocher la case Ouvrir le document fusionné dans un nouvel onglet pour vérifier le résultat une fois le processus de fusion terminé. Enfin, cliquez sur Enregistrer dans la fenêtre Dossier de sauvegarde. Si vous avez sélectionné l'option Email, le bouton Fusionner sera disponible dans la barre latérale droite. Après avoir cliqué dessus, la fenêtre Envoyer par Email s'ouvre : Dans la liste De, sélectionnez le compte de messagerie que vous souhaitez utiliser pour l'envoi du mail, si plusieurs comptes sont connectés dans le module Courrier. Dans la liste À, sélectionnez le champ de fusion correspondant aux adresses e-mail des destinataires, s'il n'a pas été sélectionné automatiquement. Entrez l'objet de votre message dans le champ Objet. Sélectionnez le format du mail dans la liste déroulante : HTML, Joindre en DOCX ou Joindre en PDF. Lorsque l'une des deux dernières options est sélectionnée, vous devez également spécifier le Nom du fichier pour les pièces jointes et entrer le Message (le texte qui sera envoyé aux destinataires). Cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer. Une fois l'envoi terminé, vous recevrez une notification à votre adresse e-mail spécifiée dans le champ De." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "title": "Afficher les informations sur le document", - "body": "Pour accéder aux informations détaillées sur le document actuellement édité, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Informations sur le document.... Informations générales Les informations du document comprennent le titre du document, l'application avec laquelle le document a été créé et les statistiques : le nombre de pages, paragraphes, mots, symboles, symboles avec espaces. Dans la version en ligne, les informations suivantes sont également affichées : auteur, lieu, date de création. Remarque : Les éditeurs en ligne vous permettent de modifier le titre du document directement à partir de l'interface de l'éditeur. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Renommer..., puis entrez le Nom de fichier voulu dans la nouvelle fenêtre qui s'ouvre et cliquez sur OK. Informations d'autorisation Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez consulter les informations sur les permissions des fichiers stockés dans le cloud. Remarque : cette option n'est pas disponible pour les utilisateurs disposant des autorisations en Lecture seule. Pour savoir qui a le droit d'afficher ou de modifier le document, sélectionnez l'option Droits d'accès... dans la barre latérale de gauche. Si vous avez l'accès complet à cette présentation, vous pouvez également changer les droits d'accès actuels en cliquant sur le bouton Changer les droits d'accès dans la section Personnes qui ont des droits. Historique des versions Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez consulter l'historique des versions des fichiers stockés dans le cloud. Remarque : cette option n'est pas disponible pour les utilisateurs disposant des autorisations en Lecture seule. Pour afficher toutes les modifications apportées à ce document, sélectionnez l'option Historique des versions dans la barre latérale de gauche. Il est également possible d'ouvrir l'historique des versions à l'aide de l'icône Historique des versions de l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure. Vous verrez la liste des versions de ce document (changements majeurs) et des révisions (modifications mineures) avec l'indication de l'auteur de chaque version/révision et la date et l'heure de création. Pour les versions de document, le numéro de version est également spécifié (par exemple ver. 2). Pour savoir exactement quels changements ont été apportés à chaque version/révision, vous pouvez voir celle qui vous intéresse en cliquant dessus dans la barre latérale de gauche. Les modifications apportées par l'auteur de la version/révision sont marquées avec la couleur qui est affichée à côté du nom de l'auteur dans la barre latérale gauche. Vous pouvez utiliser le lien Restaurer sous la version/révision sélectionnée pour la restaurer. Pour revenir à la version actuelle du document, utilisez l'option Fermer l'historique en haut de la liste des versions. Pour fermer l'onglet Fichier et reprendre le travail sur votre document, sélectionnez l'option Retour au document." + "body": "Pour accéder aux informations détaillées sur le document actuellement édité, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Descriptif du document.... Informations générales Le descriptif du document comprend l'ensemble des propriétés d'un document. Certains de ces paramètres sont mis à jour automatiquement mais les autres peuvent être modifiés. Emplacement - le dossier dans le module Documents où le fichier est stocké. Propriétaire - le nom de l'utilisateur qui a créé le fichier. Chargé - la date et l'heure quand le fichier a été créé. Ces paramètres ne sont disponibles que sous la version en ligne. Statistiques - le nombre de pages, paragraphes, mots, symboles, symboles avec des espaces. Titre, sujet, commentaire - ces paramètres facilitent la classification des documents. Vos pouvez saisir l'information nécessaire dans les champs appropriés. Dernière modification - la date et l'heure quand le fichier a été modifié la dernière fois. Dernière modification par - le nom de l'utilisateur qui a apporté la dernière modification au document. Cette option est disponible pour édition collaborative du document quand plusieurs utilisateurs travaillent sur un même document. Application - l'application dans laquelle on a créé le document. Auteur - la personne qui a créé le fichier. Saisissez le nom approprié dans ce champ. Appuyez sur la touche Entrée pour ajouter un nouveau champ et spécifier encore un auteur. Si vous avez modifié les paramètres du fichier, cliquez sur Appliquer pour enregistrer les modifications. Remarque: Les Éditeurs en ligne vous permettent de modifier le titre du document directement à partir de l'interface de l'éditeur. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Renommer..., puis entrez le Nom de fichier voulu dans la nouvelle fenêtre qui s'ouvre et cliquez sur OK. Informations d'autorisation Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez consulter les informations sur les permissions des fichiers stockés dans le cloud. Remarque: cette option n'est disponible que pour les utilisateurs disposant des autorisations en Lecture seule. Pour savoir qui a le droit d'afficher ou de modifier le document, sélectionnez l'option Droits d'accès... dans la barre latérale de gauche. Vous pouvez également changer les droits d'accès actuels en cliquant sur le bouton Changer les droits d'accès dans la section Personnes qui ont des droits. Historique des versions Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez consulter l'historique des versions des fichiers stockés dans le cloud. Remarque: cette option n'est disponible que pour les utilisateurs disposant des autorisations en Lecture seule. Pour afficher toutes les modifications apportées à ce document, sélectionnez l'option Historique des versions dans la barre latérale de gauche. Il est également possible d'ouvrir l'historique des versions à l'aide de l'icône Historique des versions de l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure. Vous verrez la liste des versions de ce document (changements majeurs) et des révisions (modifications mineures) avec l'indication de l'auteur de chaque version/révision et la date et l'heure de création. Pour les versions de document, le numéro de version est également spécifié (par exemple ver. 2). Pour savoir exactement quels changements ont été apportés à chaque version/révision, vous pouvez voir celle qui vous intéresse en cliquant dessus dans la barre latérale de gauche. Les modifications apportées par l'auteur de la version/révision sont marquées avec la couleur qui est affichée à côté du nom de l'auteur dans la barre latérale gauche. Vous pouvez utiliser le lien Restaurer sous la version/révision sélectionnée pour la restaurer. Pour revenir à la version actuelle du document, utilisez l'option Fermer l'historique en haut de la liste des versions. Pour fermer l'onglet Fichier et reprendre le travail sur votre document, sélectionnez l'option Retour au document." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Wordpress.htm", + "title": "Télécharger un document sur Wordpress", + "body": "Vous pouvez écrire vos articles dans l'environnement ONLYOFFICE et les télécharger sur Wordpress. Se connecter à Wordpress Ouvrez un document. Passez à l'onglet Module complémentaires et choisissez Wordpress. Connectez-vous à votre compte Wordpress et choisissez la page web à laquelle vous souhaitez ajouter votre document. Tapez le titre de votre article. Cliquer sur Publier pour le publier tout de suite ou sur Enregistrer comme brouillon pour le publier plus tard de votre site ou application Wordpress." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm", + "title": "Insérer une vidéo", + "body": "Vous pouvez insérer une vidéo dans votre document. Celle-ci sera affichée comme une image. Faites un double-clic sur l'image pour faire apparaître la boîte de dialogue vidéo. Vous pouvez démarrer votre vidéo ici. Copier l'URL de la vidéo à insérer. (l'adresse complète dans la barre d'adresse du navigateur) Accédez à votre document et placez le curseur à l'endroit où la vidéo doit être insérée. Passezà l'onglet Modules compléméntaires et choisissez YouTube. Collez l'URL et cliquez sur OK. Vérifiez si la vidéo est vrai et cliquez sur OK au-dessous la vidéo. Maintenant la vidéo est insérée dans votre document" } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/js/keyboard-switch.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/js/keyboard-switch.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..267160c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/js/keyboard-switch.js @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +$(function(){ + function shortcutToggler(enabled,disabled,enabled_opt,disabled_opt){ + var selectorTD_en = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + enabled + ')', + selectorTD_dis = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + disabled + ')'; + $(disabled_opt).removeClass('enabled').addClass('disabled'); + $(enabled_opt).removeClass('disabled').addClass('enabled'); + $(selectorTD_dis).hide(); + $(selectorTD_en).show().each(function() { + if($(this).text() == ''){ + $(this).parent('tr').hide(); + } else { + $(this).parent('tr').show(); + } + }); + } + if (navigator.platform.toUpperCase().indexOf('MAC') >= 0) { + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + $('.mac_option').removeClass('right_option').addClass('left_option'); + $('.pc_option').removeClass('left_option').addClass('right_option'); + } else { + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + $('.shortcut_toggle').on('click', function() { + if($(this).hasClass('mac_option')){ + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + } else if ($(this).hasClass('pc_option')){ + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + }); +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/Contents.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/Contents.json index a54379ed9..b684c681b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/Contents.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/Contents.json @@ -25,16 +25,16 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "name": "Impostare interlinea di paragrafo"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm", "name": "Inserire interruzione di pagina"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "name": "Aggiungere bordi"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "name": "Impostare punti di tabulazione"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "name": "Impostare le tabulazioni"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "name": "Creare elenchi"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", "name": "Applicare preset di formattazione", "headername": "Formattazione del testo"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", "name": "Impostare tipo di carattere, dimensione e colore"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "name": "Applicare stili di decorazione"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "name": "Copiare/cancellare formattazione" }, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "name": "Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", "name": "Applicare stili di formattazione", "headername": "Formattazione del testo"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", "name": "Impostare il tipo, la dimensione e il colore del carattere"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "name": "Applicare stili di decorazione dei caratteri"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "name": "Copiare/cancellare la formattazione del testo" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "name": "Aggiungere collegamenti ipertestuali"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "name": "Inserire un capolettera"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "name": "Inserire tabelle", "headername": "Operazioni sugli oggetti" }, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", "name": "Use formulas in tables"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", "name": "Usare formule nelle tabelle"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "name": "Inserire immagini"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "name": "Inserire forme"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "name": "Inserire grafici" }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index d42d8f09e..4604bc96b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -33,7 +33,9 @@
  • PhotoEditor consente di modificare le immagini: ritagliare, capovolgere, ruotare, disegnare linee e forme, aggiungere icone e testo, caricare una maschera e applicare filtri come Scala di grigi, Inverti, Seppia, Sfocatura, Precisione, Rilievo, ecc.,
  • Speech consente di convertire il testo selezionato in voce (disponibile solo nella versione online),
  • Thesaurus consente di cercare sinonimi e contrari di una parola e sostituirla con quella selezionata,
    • -
  • Translator consente di tradurre il testo selezionato in altre lingue,
    • +
  • Translator consente di tradurre il testo selezionato in altre lingue, +

    Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer.

    +
  • YouTube consente d’incorporare video di YouTube nel tuo documento.

    • I plugin Wordpress ed EasyBib possono essere utilizzati se si collegano i servizi corrispondenti nelle impostazioni del portale. È possibile utilizzare le seguenti istruzioni per la versione server o per la versione SaaS.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm index a70d2bd2a..a376c59c3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm @@ -1,167 +1,168 @@  - - Use formulas in tables - - - - - - - -
    + + Usare formule nelle tabelle + + + + + + + +
    -

    Use formulas in tables

    -

    Insert a formula

    -

    You can perform simple calculations on data in table cells by adding formulas. To insert a formula into a table cell,

    -
      -
    1. place the cursor within the cell where you want to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Add formula button at the right sidebar,
      3. -
    3. in the Formula Settings window that opens, enter the necessary formula into the Formula field. -

      You can enter a needed formula manually using the common mathematical operators (+, -, *, /), e.g. =A1*B2 or use the Paste Function drop-down list to select one of the embedded functions, e.g. =PRODUCT(A1,B2).

      -

      Add formula

      -
      4. -
    4. manually specify necessary arguments within the parentheses in the Formula field. If the function requires several arguments, they must be separated by commas.
      5. -
    5. use the Number Format drop-down list if you want to display the result in a certain number format,
      6. -
    6. click OK.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    To edit the added formula, select the result in the cell and click the Add formula button at the right sidebar, make the necessary changes in the Formula Settings window and click OK.

    -
    -

    Add references to cells

    -

    You can use the following arguments to quickly add references to cell ranges:

    -
      -
    • ABOVE - a reference to all the cells in the column above the selected cell
      • -
    • LEFT - a reference to all the cells in the row to the left of the selected cell
      • -
    • BELOW - a reference to all the cells in the column below the selected cell
      • -
    • RIGHT - a reference to all the cells in the row to the right of the selected cell
      • -
    -

    These arguments can be used with the AVERAGE, COUNT, MAX, MIN, PRODUCT, SUM functions.

    -

    You can also manually enter references to a certain cell (e.g., A1) or a range of cells (e.g., A1:B3).

    -

    Use bookmarks

    -

    If you have added some bookmarks to certain cells within your table, you can use these bookmarks as arguments when entering formulas.

    -

    In the Formula Settings window, place the cursor within the parentheses in the Formula entry field where you want the argument to be added and use the Paste Bookmark drop-down list to select one of the previously added bookmarks.

    -

    Update formula results

    -

    If you change some values in the table cells, you will need to manually update formula results:

    -
      -
    • To update a single formula result, select the necessary result and press F9 or right-click the result and use the Update field option from the menu.
      • -
    • To update several formula results, select the necessary cells or the entire table and press F9.
      • -
    -
    -

    Embedded functions

    -

    You can use the following standard math, statistical and logical functions:

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    CategoryFunctionDescriptionExample
    MathematicalABS(x)The function is used to return the absolute value of a number.=ABS(-10)
    Returns 10
    LogicalAND(logical1, logical2, ...)The function is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 1 (TRUE) if all the arguments are TRUE.=AND(1>0,1>3)
    Returns 0
    StatisticalAVERAGE(argument-list)The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the average value.=AVERAGE(4,10)
    Returns 7
    StatisticalCOUNT(argument-list)The function is used to count the number of the selected cells which contain numbers ignoring empty cells or those contaning text.=COUNT(A1:B3)
    Returns 6
    LogicalDEFINED()The function evaluates if a value in the cell is defined. The function returns 1 if the value is defined and calculated without errors and returns 0 if the value is not defined or calculated with an error.=DEFINED(A1)
    LogicalFALSE()The function returns 0 (FALSE) and does not require any argument.=FALSE
    Returns 0
    MathematicalINT(x)The function is used to analyze and return the integer part of the specified number.=INT(2.5)
    Returns 2
    StatisticalMAX(number1, number2, ...)The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number.=MAX(15,18,6)
    Returns 18
    StatisticalMIN(number1, number2, ...)The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number.=MIN(15,18,6)
    Returns 6
    MathematicalMOD(x, y)The function is used to return the remainder after the division of a number by the specified divisor.=MOD(6,3)
    Returns 0
    LogicalNOT(logical)The function is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 1 (TRUE) if the argument is FALSE and 0 (FALSE) if the argument is TRUE.=NOT(2<5)
    Returns 0
    LogicalOR(logical1, logical2, ...)The function is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 0 (FALSE) if all the arguments are FALSE.=OR(1>0,1>3)
    Returns 1
    MathematicalPRODUCT(argument-list)The function is used to multiply all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the product.=PRODUCT(2,5)
    Returns 10
    MathematicalROUND(x, num_digits)The function is used to round the number to the desired number of digits.=ROUND(2.25,1)
    Returns 2.3
    MathematicalSIGN(x)The function is used to return the sign of a number. If the number is positive, the function returns 1. If the number is negative, the function returns -1. If the number is 0, the function returns 0.=SIGN(-12)
    Returns -1
    MathematicalSUM(argument-list)The function is used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the result.=SUM(5,3,2)
    Returns 10
    LogicalTRUE()The function returns 1 (TRUE) and does not require any argument.=TRUE
    Returns 1
    -
    - +

    Usare formule nelle tabelle

    +

    Inserire una formula

    +

    È possibile eseguire semplici calcoli sui dati nelle celle della tabella aggiungendo formule. Per inserire una formula in una cella di una tabella,

    +
      +
    1. posizionare il cursore all'interno della cella in cui si desidera visualizzare il risultato,
      2. +
    2. fare clic sul pulsante Aggiungi formula nella barra laterale destra,
      3. +
    3. + nella finestra Impostazioni formula visualizzata immettere la formula necessaria nel campo Formula. +

      È possibile immettere manualmente una formula necessaria utilizzando gli operatori matematici comuni, (+, -, *, /), ad esempio =A1*B2 o utilizzare l'elenco a discesa Incolla funzione per selezionare una delle funzioni incorporate, ad esempio =PRODUCT(A1,B2).

      +

      Inserire una formula

      +
      4. +
    4. specificare manualmente gli argomenti necessari tra parentesi nel campo Formula. Se la funzione richiede diversi argomenti, devono essere separati da virgole.
      5. +
    5. utilizzare l'elenco a discesa Formato numero se si desidera visualizzare il risultato in un determinato formato numerico,
      6. +
    6. fare clic su OK.
      7. +
    +

    Il risultato verrà visualizzato nella cella selezionata.

    +

    Per modificare la formula aggiunta, seleziona il risultato nella cella e fai clic sul pulsante Aggiungi formula nella barra laterale destra, apporta le modifiche necessarie nella finestra Impostazioni formula e fai clic su OK.

    +
    +

    Aggiungere riferimenti alle celle

    +

    È possibile utilizzare i seguenti argomenti per aggiungere rapidamente riferimenti agli intervalli di celle:

    +
      +
    • SOPRA - un riferimento a tutte le celle nella colonna sopra la cella selezionata
      • +
    • SINISTRA - un riferimento a tutte le celle nella riga a sinistra della cella selezionata
      • +
    • SOTTO - un riferimento a tutte le celle nella colonna sotto la cella selezionata
      • +
    • DESTRA - un riferimento a tutte le celle nella riga a destra della cella selezionata
      • +
    +

    Questi argomenti possono essere utilizzati con le funzioni AVERAGE, COUNT, MAX, MIN, PRODUCT, SUM.

    +

    È inoltre possibile immettere manualmente i riferimenti a una determinata cella (ad esempio, A1) o a un intervallo di celle (ad esempio, A1:B3).

    +

    Utilizzare i segnalibri

    +

    Se sono stati aggiunti alcuni segnalibri a determinate celle all'interno della tabella, è possibile utilizzare questi segnalibri come argomenti quando si immettono formule.

    +

    Nella finestra Impostazioni formula, posizionare il cursore tra parentesi nel campo di immissione Formula in cui si desidera aggiungere l'argomento e utilizzare l'elenco a discesa Incolla segnalibro per selezionare uno dei segnalibri aggiunti in precedenza.

    +

    Aggiornare i risultati delle formule

    +

    Se vengono modificati alcuni valori nelle celle della tabella, sarà necessario aggiornare manualmente i risultati delle formule:

    +
      +
    • Per aggiornare un singolo risultato della formula, selezionare il risultato necessario e premere F9 o fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse sul risultato e utilizzare l'opzione Aggiorna campo dal menu.
      • +
    • Per aggiornare diversi risultati di formule, seleziona le celle necessarie o l'intera tabella e premi F9.
      • +
    +
    +

    Funzioni incorporate

    +

    È possibile utilizzare le seguenti funzioni matematiche, statistiche e logiche standard:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    CategoriaFunzioneDescrizioneEsempio
    MatematicaABS(x)La funzione viene utilizzata per restituire il valore assoluto di un numero.=ABS(-10)
    Restituisce 10
    LogicaAND(Logica1, Logica2, ...)La funzione viene utilizzata per verificare se il valore logico immesso è VERO o FALSO. La funzione restituisce 1 (VERO) se tutti gli argomenti sono VERI.=AND(1>0,1>3)
    Restituisce 0
    StatisticaAVERAGE(argument-list)La funzione viene utilizzata per analizzare l'intervallo di dati e trovare il valore medio.=AVERAGE(4,10)
    Restituisce 7
    StatisticaCOUNT(argument-list)La funzione viene utilizzata per contare il numero delle celle selezionate che contengono numeri ignorando le celle vuote o quelle che contengono testo.=COUNT(A1:B3)
    Restituisce 6
    LogicaDEFINED()La funzione valuta se è definito un valore nella cella. La funzione restituisce 1 se il valore è definito e calcolato senza errori e restituisce 0 se il valore non è definito o calcolato con un errore.=DEFINED(A1)
    LogicaFALSE()La funzione restituisce 0 (FALSO) e non richiede alcun argomento.=FALSE
    Restituisce 0
    MatematicaINT(x)La funzione viene utilizzata per analizzare e restituire la parte intera del numero specificato.=INT(2.5)
    Restituisce 2
    StatisticaMAX(number1, number2, ...)La funzione viene utilizzata per analizzare l'intervallo di dati e trovare il numero più grande.=MAX(15,18,6)
    Restituisce 18
    StatisticaMIN(number1, number2, ...)La funzione viene utilizzata per analizzare l'intervallo di dati e trovare il numero più piccolo.=MIN(15,18,6)
    Restituisce 6
    MatematicaMOD(x, y)La funzione viene utilizzata per restituire il resto dopo la divisione di un numero per il divisore specificato.=MOD(6,3)
    Restituisce 0
    LogicaNOT(Logical)La funzione viene utilizzata per verificare se il valore logico immesso è VERO o FALSO. La funzione restituisce 1 (VERO) se l'argomento è FALSO e 0 (FALSO) se l'argomento è VERO.=NOT(2<5)
    Restituisce 0
    LogicaOR(Logical1, Logical2, ...)La funzione viene utilizzata per verificare se il valore logico immesso è VERO o FALSO. La funzione restituisce 0 (FALSE) se tutti gli argomenti sono FALSI.=OR(1>0,1>3)
    Restituisce 1
    MatematicaPRODUCT(argument-list)La funzione viene utilizzata per moltiplicare tutti i numeri nell'intervallo di celle selezionato e restituire il prodotto.=PRODUCT(2,5)
    Restituisce 10
    MatematicaROUND(x, num_digits)La funzione viene utilizzata per arrotondare il numero al numero di cifre desiderato.=ROUND(2.25,1)
    Restituisce 2.3
    MatematicaSIGN(x)La funzione viene utilizzata per restituire il segno di un numero. Se il numero è positivo, la funzione restituisce 1. Se il numero è negativo, la funzione restituisce -1. Se il numero è 0, la funzione restituisce 0.=SIGN(-12)
    Restituisce -1
    MatematicaSUM(argument-list)La funzione viene utilizzata per sommare tutti i numeri nell'intervallo di celle selezionato e restituire il risultato.=SUM(5,3,2)
    Restituisce 10
    LogicaTRUE()La funzione restituisce 1 (VERO) e non richiede alcun argomento.=TRUE
    Restituisce 1
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index 1e14af14f..d780a5256 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -1,45 +1,50 @@  - - Add hyperlinks - - - - - - - -
    + + Aggiungere collegamenti ipertestuali + + + + + + + +
    -

    Add hyperlinks

    -

    To add a hyperlink,

    -
      -
    1. place the cursor to a position where a hyperlink will be added,
      2. -
    2. switch to the Insert or References tab of the top toolbar,
      3. -
    3. click the Hyperlink icon Hyperlink icon at the top toolbar,
      4. -
    4. after that the Hyperlink Settings window will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters: -
        -
      • - Select a link type you wish to insert: -

        Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website.

        -

        Hyperlink Settings window

        -

        Use the Place in Document option and select one of the existing headings in the document text or one of previously added bookmarks if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain place in the same document.

        -

        Hyperlink Settings window

        -
        • -
      • Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the address specified in the upper field.
        • -
      • ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to.
        • -
      -
      5. -
    5. Click the OK button.
      6. -
    -

    To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu.

    -

    Note: it's also possible to select a character, word, word combination, text passage with the mouse or using the keyboard and - then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected.

    -

    By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. - You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your document.

    -

    To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink.

    -
    - +

    Aggiungere collegamenti ipertestuali

    +

    Per aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale,

    +
      +
    1. posizionare il cursore nella posizione in cui verrà aggiunto un collegamento ipertestuale,
      2. +
    2. passare alla scheda Inserisci o Riferimenti della barra degli strumenti superiore,
      3. +
    3. fare clic sull'icona Collegamento ipertestuale Collegamento ipertestuale nella barra degli strumenti superiore,
      4. +
    4. + dopo di che apparirà la finestra Impostazioni collegamento ipertestuale in cui è possibile specificare i parametri del collegamento ipertestuale: +
        +
      • + Selezionare il tipo di link che si desidera inserire: +

        Utilizzare l'opzione Collegamento esterno e immettere un URL nel formato http://www.example.com nel campo sottostante Collega a se è necessario aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale che conduce a un sito Web esterno.

        +

        Impostazioni collegamento ipertestuale

        +

        Utilizzare l'opzione Inserisci nel documento e selezionare una delle intestazioni esistenti nel testo del documento o uno dei segnalibri aggiunti in precedenza se è necessario aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale che porta a una determinata posizione nello stesso documento.

        +

        Impostazioni collegamento ipertestuale

        +
        • +
      • Visualizza - inserire un testo che sarà cliccabile e porterà all'indirizzo specificato nel campo superiore.
        • +
      • Testo del Seggerimento - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to.
        • +
      +
      5. +
    5. Fare clic sul pulsante OK.
      6. +
    +

    Per aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale, è anche possibile utilizzare la combinazione di tasti Ctrl+K o fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse nella posizione in cui verrà aggiunto un collegamento ipertestuale e selezionare l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale nel menu di scelta rapida.

    +

    + Nota: è anche possibile selezionare un carattere, una parola, una combinazione di parole, un passaggio di testo con il mouse o utilizzando la tastiera e + quindi aprire la finestra Impostazioni collegamento ipertestuale come descritto sopra.  In questo caso, il campo Visualizza verrà compilato con il frammento di testo selezionato. +

    +

    + Passando il cursore sul collegamento ipertestuale aggiunto, verrà visualizzato il suggerimento contenente il testo specificato. + È possibile seguire il collegamento premendo il tasto CTRL e facendo clic sul collegamento nel documento. +

    +

    Per modificare o eliminare il collegamento ipertestuale aggiunto, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse, selezionare l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale e quindi l'azione che si desidera eseguire - Modifica collegamento ipertestuale o Elimina collegamento ipertestuale.

    +
    + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm index ee991f38f..5b48f08a6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm @@ -1,32 +1,33 @@  - - Change color scheme - - - - - - - -
    + + Change color scheme + + + + + + + +
    -

    Change color scheme

    -

    Le combinazioni di colori vengono applicate all'intero documento. Vengono utilizzati per modificare rapidamente l'aspetto del documento, poiché definiscono la tavolozza Temi Colori per gli elementi del documento font, sfondo, tabelle, forme automatiche, grafici). Se hai applicato alcuni Tema Colori agli elementi del documento e poi hai selezionato una combinazione di colori, diversa, i colori applicati nel documento cambieranno di conseguenza.

    -

    Per modificare una combinazione di colori, fai clic sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona Cambia combinazione di colori Cambia combinazione di colori nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti in alto e seleziona la combinazione di colori necessaria tra quelle disponibili: Office, Scala di grigi, Apice, Aspetto, Civico, Concorso, Equità, Flow, Fonderia, Mediana, Metro, Modulo, Odulent, Oriel, Origine, Carta, Solstizio, Technic, Trek, Urbana, Verve. La combinazione di colori selezionata verrà evidenziata nell'elenco.

    -

    Color Schemes

    -

    Dopo aver selezionato la combinazione di colori preferita, è possibile selezionare i colori in una finestra tavolozze colori che corrisponde all'elemento del documento a cui si desidera applicare il colore. Per la maggior parte degli elementi del documento, è possibile accedere alla finestra delle tavolozze dei colori facendo clic sulla casella colorata nella barra laterale destra quando viene selezionato l'elemento necessario. Per il carattere, questa finestra può essere aperta usando la freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona Colore carattere Font color nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti in alto. Sono disponibili le seguenti tavolozze:

    -

    Palette

    -
      -
    • Tema Colori - i colori che corrispondono alla combinazione di colori selezionata del documento.
      • -
    • Colori Standard - i colori predefiniti impostati. La combinazione di colori selezionata non li influenza.
      • -
    • Colori personalizzati - fai clic su questa voce se non è disponibile il colore desiderato nelle tavolozze a disposizione. Seleziona la gamma dei colori desiderata spostando il cursore verticale del colore e poi imposta il colore specifico trascinando il selettore colore all'interno del grande campo quadrato del colore. Dopo aver selezionato un colore con il selettore colori, i valori di colore RGB e sRGB appropriati verranno visualizzati nei campi a destra. È inoltre possibile specificare un colore sulla base del modello di colore RGB inserendo i valori numerici necessari nei campi R, G, B (rosso, verde, blu) o immettendo il codice esadecimale sRGB nel campo contrassegnato dal segno #. Il colore selezionato apparirà in anteprima nella casella Nuova. Se l'oggetto è stato precedentemente riempito con un qualsiasi colore personalizzato, questo colore verrà visualizzato nella casella Corrente , in modo da poter confrontare i colori originali con quelli modificati. Quando hai definito il colore, fai clic sul pulsante Aggiungi: -

      Palette - Custom Color

      -

      Il colore personalizzato verrà applicato all'elemento selezionato e aggiunto alla tavolozza Colori personalizzati.

      -
      • -
    -
    - +

    Change color scheme

    +

    Le combinazioni di colori vengono applicate all'intero documento. Vengono utilizzati per modificare rapidamente l'aspetto del documento, poiché definiscono la tavolozza Temi Colori per gli elementi del documento font, sfondo, tabelle, forme automatiche, grafici). Se hai applicato alcuni Tema Colori agli elementi del documento e poi hai selezionato una combinazione di colori, diversa, i colori applicati nel documento cambieranno di conseguenza.

    +

    Per modificare una combinazione di colori, fai clic sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona Cambia combinazione di colori Cambia combinazione di colori nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti in alto e seleziona la combinazione di colori necessaria tra quelle disponibili: Office, Scala di grigi, Apice, Aspetto, Civico, Concorso, Equità, Flow, Fonderia, Mediana, Metro, Modulo, Odulent, Oriel, Origine, Carta, Solstizio, Technic, Trek, Urbana, Verve. La combinazione di colori selezionata verrà evidenziata nell'elenco.

    +

    Color Schemes

    +

    Dopo aver selezionato la combinazione di colori preferita, è possibile selezionare i colori in una finestra tavolozze colori che corrisponde all'elemento del documento a cui si desidera applicare il colore. Per la maggior parte degli elementi del documento, è possibile accedere alla finestra delle tavolozze dei colori facendo clic sulla casella colorata nella barra laterale destra quando viene selezionato l'elemento necessario. Per il carattere, questa finestra può essere aperta usando la freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona Colore carattere Font color nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti in alto. Sono disponibili le seguenti tavolozze:

    +

    Palette

    +
      +
    • Tema Colori - i colori che corrispondono alla combinazione di colori selezionata del documento.
      • +
    • Colori Standard - i colori predefiniti impostati. La combinazione di colori selezionata non li influenza.
      • +
    • + Colori personalizzati - fai clic su questa voce se non è disponibile il colore desiderato nelle tavolozze a disposizione. Seleziona la gamma dei colori desiderata spostando il cursore verticale del colore e poi imposta il colore specifico trascinando il selettore colore all'interno del grande campo quadrato del colore. Dopo aver selezionato un colore con il selettore colori, i valori di colore RGB e sRGB appropriati verranno visualizzati nei campi a destra. È inoltre possibile specificare un colore sulla base del modello di colore RGB inserendo i valori numerici necessari nei campi R, G, B (rosso, verde, blu) o immettendo il codice esadecimale sRGB nel campo contrassegnato dal segno #. Il colore selezionato apparirà in anteprima nella casella Nuova. Se l'oggetto è stato precedentemente riempito con un qualsiasi colore personalizzato, questo colore verrà visualizzato nella casella Corrente , in modo da poter confrontare i colori originali con quelli modificati. Quando hai definito il colore, fai clic sul pulsante Aggiungi: +

      Palette - Custom Color

      +

      Il colore personalizzato verrà applicato all'elemento selezionato e aggiunto alla tavolozza Colori personalizzati.

      +
      • +
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index c4c83509f..26ecaaacc 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -1,37 +1,37 @@  - - Copy/clear text formatting - - - - - - - -
    + + Copiare/cancellare la formattazione del testo + + + + + + + +
    -

    Copy/clear text formatting

    -

    To copy a certain text formatting,

    -
      -
    1. select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard,
      2. -
    2. click the Copy style Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this Mouse pointer while pasting style),
      3. -
    3. select the text passage you want to apply the same formatting to.
      4. -
    -

    To apply the copied formatting to multiple text passages,

    -
      -
    1. select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard,
      2. -
    2. double-click the Copy style Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this Mouse pointer while pasting style and the Copy style icon will remain selected: Multiple copying style),
      3. -
    3. select the necessary text passages one by one to apply the same formatting to each of them,
      4. -
    4. to exit this mode, click the Copy style Multiple copying style icon once again or press the Esc key on the keyboard.
      5. -
    -

    To quickly remove the applied formatting from your text,

    -
      -
    1. select the text passage which formatting you want to remove,
      2. -
    2. click the Clear style Clear style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar.
      3. -
    -
    - +

    Copiare/cancellare la formattazione del testo

    +

    Per copiare una determinata formattazione del testo,

    +
      +
    1. selezionare il passaggio di testo la cui formattazione è necessario copiare con il mouse o utilizzando la tastiera,
      2. +
    2. fare clic sull'icona Copia stile Copia stile nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore (il puntatore del mouse sarà simile al seguente Puntatore del mouse - Stile),
      3. +
    3. selezionare il passaggio di testo a cui si desidera applicare la stessa formattazione.
      4. +
    +

    Per applicare la formattazione copiata a più passaggi di testo,

    +
      +
    1. selezionare il passaggio di testo la cui formattazione è necessario copiare con il mouse o utilizzando la tastiera,
      2. +
    2. fare doppio clic sull'icona Copia stile Copia stile nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore (il puntatore del mouse sarà simile al seguente Puntatore del mouse - Stile e l'icona Copia stile rimarrà selezionata: Copia stile - Molteplici),
      3. +
    3. selezionare i passaggi di testo necessari uno ad uno per applicare la stessa formattazione a ciascuno di essi,
      4. +
    4. per uscire da questa modalità, fare di nuovo clic sull'icona Copia stile Copia stile - Molteplici o premere il tasto Esc sulla tastiera.
      5. +
    +

    Per rimuovere rapidamente la formattazione applicata dal testo,

    +
      +
    1. selezionare il passaggio di testo di cui si desidera rimuovere la formattazione,
      2. +
    2. fare clic sull'icona Cancella stile Cancella stile nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore.
      3. +
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index b12aa7b83..f81652a36 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -1,111 +1,106 @@  - - Create lists - - - - - - - -
    -
    - -
    -

    Create lists

    -

    To create a list in your document,

    -
      -
    1. place the cursor to the position where a list will be started (this can be a new line or the already entered text),
      2. -
    2. switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar,
      3. -
    3. - select the list type you would like to start: -
        -
      • Unordered list with markers is created using the Bullets Unordered List icon icon situated at the top toolbar
        • -
      • - Ordered list with digits or letters is created using the Numbering Ordered List icon icon situated at the top toolbar -

        Note: click the downward arrow next to the Bullets or Numbering icon to select how the list is going to look like.

        -
        • -
      -
      4. -
    4. now each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and continue with the common text paragraph.
      5. -
    -

    The program also creates numbered lists automatically when you enter digit 1 with a dot or a bracket and a space after it: 1., 1). Bulleted lists can be created automatically when you enter the -, * characters and a space after them.

    -

    You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Multilevel list Multilevel list icon, Decrease indent Decrease indent icon, and Increase indent Increase indent icon icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    -

    Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed at the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Change paragraph indents and Set paragraph line spacing section.

    - -

    Join and separate lists

    -

    To join a list to the preceding one:

    -
      -
    1. click the first item of the second list with the right mouse button,
      2. -
    2. use the Join to previous list option from the contextual menu.
      3. -
    -

    The lists will be joined and the numbering will continue in accordance with the first list numbering.

    - -

    To separate a list:

    -
      -
    1. click the list item where you want to begin a new list with the right mouse button,
      2. -
    2. use the Separate list option from the contextual menu.
      3. -
    -

    The list will be separated, and the numbering in the second list will begin anew.

    - -

    Change numbering

    -

    To continue sequential numbering in the second list according to the previous list numbering:

    -
      -
    1. click the first item of the second list with the right mouse button,
      2. -
    2. use the Continue numbering option from the contextual menu.
      3. -
    -

    The numbering will continue in accordance with the first list numbering.

    - -

    To set a certain numbering initial value:

    -
      -
    1. click the list item where you want to apply a new numbering value with the right mouse button,
      2. -
    2. use the Set numbering value option from the contextual menu,
      3. -
    3. in a new window that opens, set the necessary numeric value and click the OK button.
      4. -
    - -

    Change the list settings

    -

    To change the bulleted or numbered list settings, such as a bullet/number type, alignment, size and color:

    -
      -
    1. click an existing list item or select the text you want to format as a list,
      2. -
    2. click the Bullets Unordered List icon or Numbering Ordered List icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
      3. -
    3. select the List Settings option,
      4. -
    4. - the List Settings window will open. The bulleted list settings window looks like this: -

      Bulleted List Settings window

      -

      The numbered list settings window looks like this:

      -

      Numbered List Settings window

      -

      For the bulleted list, you can choose a character used as a bullet, while for the numbered list you can choose the numbering type. The Alignment, Size and Color options are the same both for the bulleted and numbered lists.

      -
        -
      • Bullet - allows to select the necessary character used for the bulleted list. When you click on the Font and Symbol field, the Symbol window opens that allows to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article.
        • -
      • Type - allows to select the necessary numbering type used for the numbered list. The following options are available: None, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
        • -
      • Alignment - allows to select the necessary bullet/number alignment type that is used to align bullets/numbers horizontally within the space designated for them. The available alignment types are the following: Left, Center, Right.
        • -
      • Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number size corresponds to the text size. You can choose one of the predefined sizes from 8 to 96.
        • -
      • Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number color corresponds to the text color. You can choose the Automatic option to apply the automatic color, or select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color.
        • -
      -

      All the changes are displayed in the Preview field.

      -
      5. -
    5. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window.
      6. -
    -

    To change the multilevel list settings,

    -
      -
    1. click a list item,
      2. -
    2. click the Multilevel list Multilevel list icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
      3. -
    3. select the List Settings option,
      4. -
    4. - the List Settings window will open. The multilevel list settings window looks like this: -

      Multilevel List Settings window

      -

      Choose the necessary level of the list in the Level field on the left, then use the buttons on the top to adjust the bullet or number appearance for the selected level:

      -
        -
      • Type - allows to select the necessary numbering type used for the numbered list or the necessary character used for the bulleted list. The following options are available for the numbered list: None, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... For the bulleted list, you can choose one of the default symbols or use the New bullet option. When you click this option, the Symbol window opens that allows to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article.
        • -
      • Alignment - allows to select the necessary bullet/number alignment type that is used to align bullets/numbers horizontally within the space designated for them at the beginning of the paragraph. The available alignment types are the following: Left, Center, Right.
        • -
      • Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size. The Like a text option is selected by default. You can choose one of the predefined sizes from 8 to 96.
        • -
      • Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number color corresponds to the text color. You can choose the Automatic option to apply the automatic color, or select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color.
        • -
      -

      All the changes are displayed in the Preview field.

      -
      5. -
    5. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window.
      6. -
    + + Creare elenchi + + + + + + + +
    +
    +
    - +

    Creare elenchi

    +

    Per creare un elenco nel documento,

    +
      +
    1. posiziona il cursore sulla posizione in cui verrà avviato un elenco (può trattarsi di una nuova riga o del testo già inserito),
      2. +
    2. passare alla scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore,
      3. +
    3. + selezionare il tipo di elenco che si desidera avviare: +
        +
      • Elenco non ordinato con marcatori, viene creato utilizzando l'icona Elenchi puntati Elenco non ordinato situata nella barra degli strumenti superiore
        • +
      • + Elenco ordinato con cifre o lettere viene creato utilizzando l'icona Elenchi numerati Elenco ordinato situata nella barra degli strumenti superiore +

        Nota: fare clic sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona Elenchi puntati o Elenchi numerati per selezionare l'aspetto dell'elenco.

        +
        • +
      +
      4. +
    4. ora ogni volta che si preme il tasto Invio alla fine della riga apparirà una nuova voce di elenco ordinata o non ordinata. Per evitare questo, premere il tasto Backspace e continuare con il paragrafo di testo comune.
      5. +
    +

    Il programma crea automaticamente elenchi numerati quando si immette la cifra 1 con un punto o una parentesi e uno spazio dopo di essa: 1., 1). Gli elenchi puntati possono essere creati automaticamente quando si immettono i caratteri -, * e uno spazio dopo di essi.

    +

    È inoltre possibile modificare il rientro del testo negli elenchi e nella relativa nidificazione utilizzando le icone Elenco a più livelli Elenco a più livelli, Riduci rientro Riduci rientro, Aumenta rientro Aumenta rientro nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore.

    +

    Nota: i parametri di rientro e spaziatura aggiuntivi possono essere modificati nella barra laterale destra e nella finestra delle impostazioni avanzate. Per ulteriori informazioni, leggere la sezione Modificare i rientri di paragrafo e Impostare l’interliane del paragrafo.

    +

    Unire e separare elenchi

    +

    Per unire un elenco a quello precedente:

    +
      +
    1. fare clic sulla prima voce del secondo elenco con il tasto destro del mouse,
      2. +
    2. utilizzare l'opzione Unisci all'elenco precedente dal menu contestuale.
      3. +
    +

    Gli elenchi saranno uniti e la numerazione continuerà in conformità con la prima numerazione.

    +

    Per separare un elenco:

    +
      +
    1. fare clic sulla voce dell'elenco in cui si desidera iniziare un nuovo elenco con il tasto destro del mouse,
      2. +
    2. utilizzare l'opzione Inizia nuovo elenco dal menu contestuale.
      3. +
    +

    L'elenco verrà separato e la numerazione nel secondo elenco inizierà di nuovo.

    +

    Modificare la numerazione

    +

    Per continuare la numerazione sequenziale nel secondo elenco in base alla numerazione dell'elenco precedente:

    +
      +
    1. fare clic sulla prima voce del secondo elenco con il tasto destro del mouse,
      2. +
    2. utilizzare l'opzione Continua la numerazione dal menu contestuale.
      3. +
    +

    La numerazione continuerà in conformità con la prima numerazione dell'elenco.

    +

    Per impostare un determinato valore iniziale di numerazione:

    +
      +
    1. fare clic sulla voce dell'elenco in cui si desidera applicare un nuovo valore di numerazione con il pulsante destro del mouse,
      2. +
    2. utilizzare l'opzione Imposta valore di numerazione dal menu contestuale,
      3. +
    3. nella nuova finestra che si apre, impostare il valore numerico necessario e fare clic sul pulsante OK.
      4. +
    +

    Modificare le impostazioni dell'elenco

    +

    Per modificare le impostazioni dell'elenco puntato o numerato, ad esempio un tipo di punto elenco/numero, l'allineamento, le dimensioni e il colore:

    +
      +
    1. fare clic su una voce di elenco esistente o selezionare il testo che si desidera formattare come elenco,
      2. +
    2. fare click sull’icona Elenchi puntati Elenchi puntati o Elenchi numerati Elenchi numerati inella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore,
      3. +
    3. selezionare l'opzione Impostazioni elenco,
      4. +
    4. + si aprirà la finestra Impostazioni elenco. La finestra delle impostazioni dell'elenco puntato è simile alla seguente: +

      Impostazioni elenco

      +

      La finestra delle impostazioni dell'elenco numerato è simile alla seguente:

      +

      Impostazioni elenco

      +

      Per l'elenco puntato, è possibile scegliere un carattere utilizzato come punto elenco, mentre per l'elenco numerato è possibile scegliere il tipo di numerazione. Le opzioni Allineamento, Dimensione e Colore sono le stesse sia per gli elenchi puntati che per quelli numerati.

      +
        +
      • Punto elenco - consente di selezionare il carattere necessario utilizzato per l'elenco puntato. Quando si fa clic sul campo Carattere e simbolo, viene visualizzata la finestra Simbolo che consente di scegliere uno dei caratteri disponibili. Per ulteriori informazioni su come lavorare con i simboli, è possibile fare riferimento a questo articolo.
        • +
      • Tipo - consente di selezionare il tipo di numerazione necessaria utilizzata per l'elenco numerato. Sono disponibili le seguenti opzioni: Nessuno, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
        • +
      • Allineamento - consente di selezionare il tipo di allineamento del punto elenco/numero necessario, utilizzato per allineare i punti elenco/numeri orizzontalmente all'interno dello spazio a loro designato. I tipi di allineamento disponibili sono i seguenti: A sinistra, Al centro, A destra.
        • +
      • Dimensione - consente di selezionare la dimensione necessaria del punto elenco/numero. L'opzione Come un testo è selezionata per impostazione predefinita. Quando questa opzione è selezionata, la dimensione del punto elenco o del numero corrisponde alla dimensione del testo. È possibile scegliere una delle dimensioni predefinite da 8 a 96.
        • +
      • Colore - permette di selezionare il colore necessario del punto elenco/numero. L'opzione Come un testo è selezionata per impostazione predefinita. Quando questa opzione è selezionata, il colore del punto elenco o del numero corrisponde al colore del testo. È possibile scegliere l'opzione Automatico per applicare il colore automatico oppure selezionare uno dei colori del tema o i colori standard nella tavolozza oppure specificare un colore personalizzato.
        • +
      +

      Tutte le modifiche vengono visualizzate nel campo Anteprima.

      +
      5. +
    5. fare clic su OK per applicare le modifiche e chiudere la finestra delle impostazioni.
      6. +
    +

    Per modificare le impostazioni dell'elenco a più livelli,

    +
      +
    1. fare clic su una voce dell’elenco,
      2. +
    2. fare clic sull'icona Elenco a più livelli Elenco a più livelli nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore,
      3. +
    3. selezionare l'opzione Impostazioni elenco,
      4. +
    4. + si aprirà la finestra Impostazioni elenco. La finestra delle impostazioni Elenco a più livelli è simile alla seguente: +

      Elenco a più livelli - Impostazioni elenco

      +

      Scegliere il livello desiderato dell'elenco nel campo Livello a sinistra, quindi utilizzare i pulsanti in alto per regolare l'aspetto del punto elenco o del numero per il livello selezionato:

      +
        +
      • Tipo - consente di selezionare il tipo di numerazione necessario utilizzato per l'elenco numerato o il carattere necessario utilizzato per l'elenco puntato. Le seguenti opzioni sono disponibili per l'elenco numerato: Nessuno, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Per l'elenco puntato, è possibile scegliere uno dei simboli predefiniti o utilizzare l'opzione Nuovo punto elenco. Quando si fa clic su questa opzione, viene visualizzata la finestra Simbolo che consente di scegliere uno dei caratteri disponibili. Per ulteriori informazioni su come lavorare con i simboli, è possibile fare riferimento a questo articolo.
        • +
      • Allineamento - consente di selezionare il tipo di allineamento di punti elenco/numeri necessario, utilizzato per allineare i punti elenco/numeri orizzontalmente all'interno dello spazio a loro designato all'inizio del paragrafo. I tipi di allineamento disponibili sono i seguenti: A sinistra, Al centro, A destra.
        • +
      • Dimensione - consente di selezionare la dimensione necessaria del punto elenco/numero. L'opzione Come un testo è selezionata per impostazione predefinita. È possibile scegliere una delle dimensioni predefinite da 8 a 96.
        • +
      • Colore - consente di selezionare il colore del punto elenco/numero necessario. L'opzione Come un testo è selezionata per impostazione predefinita. Quando questa opzione è selezionata, il colore del punto elenco o del numero corrisponde al colore del testo. È possibile scegliere l'opzione Automatico per applicare il colore automatico, oppure selezionare uno dei colori del tema o colori standard nella tavolozza o specificare un colore personalizzato.
        • +
      +

      Tutte le modifiche vengono visualizzate nel campo Anteprima.

      +
      5. +
    5. fare clic su OK per applicare le modifiche e chiudere la finestra delle impostazioni.
      6. +
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm index 1b315857e..624d88898 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm @@ -1,68 +1,69 @@  - - Apply font decoration styles - - - - - - - -
    + + Applicare stili di decorazione dei caratteri + + + + + + + +
    -

    Apply font decoration styles

    -

    You can apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    -

    Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the document, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting.

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    BoldBoldIs used to make the font bold giving it more weight.
    ItalicItalicIs used to make the font italicized giving it some right side tilt.
    UnderlineUnderlineIs used to make the text underlined with the line going under the letters.
    StrikeoutStrikeoutIs used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters.
    SuperscriptSuperscriptIs used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions.
    SubscriptSubscriptIs used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas.
    -

    To access advanced font settings, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. Then the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window will open where you need to switch to the Font tab.

    -

    Here you can use the following font decoration styles and settings:

    -
      -
    • Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters.
      • -
    • Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the double line going through the letters.
      • -
    • Superscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions.
      • -
    • Subscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas.
      • -
    • Small caps is used to make all letters lower case.
      • -
    • All caps is used to make all letters upper case.
      • -
    • Spacing is used to set the space between the characters. Increase the default value to apply the Expanded spacing, or decrease the default value to apply the Condensed spacing. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box.
      • -
    • Position is used to set the characters position (vertical offset) in the line. Increase the default value to move characters upwards, or decrease the default value to move characters downwards. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. -

      All the changes will be displayed in the preview field below.

      -
      • -
    -

    Paragraph Advanced Settings - Font

    -
    - +

    Applicare stili di decorazione dei caratteri

    +

    È possibile applicare vari stili di decorazione dei caratteri utilizzando le icone corrispondenti situate nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore.

    +

    Nota: nel caso in cui si desidera applicare la formattazione al testo già presente nel documento, selezionarlo con il mouse o utilizzando la tastiera e applicare la formattazione.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    GrassettoGrassettoViene utilizzato per rendere grassetto il carattere dandogli più peso.
    CorsivoCorsivoViene utilizzato per rendere il carattere in corsivo dandogli un po' d’inclinazione sul lato destro.
    SottolineatoSottolineatoViene utilizzato per rendere il testo sottolineato con la linea che va sotto le lettere.
    BarratoBarratoViene utilizzato per rendere il testo barrato con la linea che attraversa le lettere.
    ApiceApiceViene utilizzato per rendere il testo più piccolo e posizionarlo nella parte superiore della riga di testo, ad esempio come nelle frazioni.
    PedicePediceViene utilizzato per rendere il testo più piccolo e posizionarlo nella parte inferiore della riga di testo, ad esempio come nelle formule chimiche.
    +

    Per accedere alle impostazioni avanzate del carattere, fai clic con il pulsante destro del mouse e seleziona l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o utilizza il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate nella barra laterale destra. Quindi si aprirà la finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate in cui è necessario passare alla scheda Carattere.

    +

    Qui è possibile utilizzare i seguenti stili e impostazioni di decorazione dei caratteri:

    +
      +
    • Barrato viene utilizzato per rendere il testo barrato con la linea che attraversa le lettere.
      • +
    • Barrato doppio viene utilizzata per rendere il testo barrato con la doppia linea che attraversa le lettere.
      • +
    • Apice viene utilizzato per rendere il testo più piccolo e posizionarlo nella parte superiore della riga di testo, ad esempio come nelle frazioni.
      • +
    • Pedice viene utilizzato per rendere il testo più piccolo e posizionarlo nella parte inferiore della riga di testo, ad esempio come nelle formule chimiche.
      • +
    • Minuscole viene utilizzato per rendere tutte le lettere minuscole.
      • +
    • Maiuscole viene utilizzato per rendere tutte le lettere maiuscole.
      • +
    • Spaziatura viene utilizzata per impostare lo spazio tra i caratteri. Aumentare il valore predefinito per applicare la spaziatura Estesa o diminuire il valore predefinito per applicare la spaziatura Condensata. Utilizzare i pulsanti freccia o immettere il valore necessario nella casella.
      • +
    • + Posizione viene utilizzata per impostare la posizione dei caratteri (offset verticale) nella riga. Aumentare il valore predefinito per spostare i caratteri verso l'alto o diminuire il valore predefinito per spostare i caratteri verso il basso. Utilizzare i pulsanti freccia o immettere il valore necessario nella casella. +

      Tutte le modifiche verranno visualizzate nel campo di anteprima sottostante.

      +
      • +
    +

    Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate - - Carattere

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm index 0c604481e..7761f664d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm @@ -1,54 +1,54 @@  - - Set font type, size, and color - - - - - - - -
    + + Impostare il tipo, la dimensione e il colore del carattere + + + + + + + +
    -

    Set font type, size, and color

    -

    You can select the font type, its size and color using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    -

    Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the document, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting.

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    FontFontIs used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. If a required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, after that the font will be available for use in the desktop version.
    Font sizeFont sizeIs used to select among the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value to the font size field and then press Enter.
    Increment font sizeIncrement font sizeIs used to change the font size making it larger one point each time the button is pressed.
    Decrement font sizeDecrement font sizeIs used to change the font size making it smaller one point each time the button is pressed.
    Highlight colorHighlight colorIs used to mark separate sentences, phrases, words, or even characters by adding a color band that imitates highlighter pen effect around the text. You can select the necessary part of the text and then click the downward arrow next to the icon to select a color on the palette (this color set does not depend on the selected Color scheme and includes 16 colors) - the color will be applied to the text selection. Alternatively, you can first choose a highlight color and then start selecting the text with the mouse - the mouse pointer will look like this Mouse pointer while highlighting and you'll be able to highlight several different parts of your text sequentially. To stop highlighting just click the icon once again. To clear the highlight color, choose the No Fill option. Highlight color is different from the Background color Paragraph background color icon as the latter is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin.
    Font colorFont colorIs used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. By default, the automatic font color is set in a new blank document. It is displayed as a black font on the white background. If you change the background color into black, the font color will automatically change into white to keep the text clearly visible. To choose a different color, click the downward arrow next to the icon and select a color from the available palettes (the colors on the Theme Colors palette depend on the selected color scheme). After you change the default font color, you can use the Automatic option in the color palettes window to quickly restore the automatic color for the selected text passage.
    -

    Note: to learn more about the work with color palettes, please refer to this page.

    -
    - +

    Impostare il tipo, la dimensione e il colore del carattere

    +

    È possibile selezionare il tipo di carattere, la dimensione e il colore utilizzando le icone corrispondenti situate nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore.

    +

    Nota: nel caso in cui si desidera applicare la formattazione al testo già presente nel documento, selezionarlo con il mouse o utilizzando la tastiera e applicare la formattazione.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    FontFontViene utilizzato per selezionare uno dei font dall'elenco di quelli disponibili. Se un font richiesto non è disponibile nell'elenco, puoi scaricarlo e installarlo sul tuo sistema operativo, dopodiché il font sarà disponibile per l'uso nella versione desktop.
    Dimensione carattereDimensione carattereViene utilizzato per selezionare tra i valori di dimensione del carattere preimpostati dall'elenco a discesa (i valori predefiniti sono: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). È anche possibile inserire manualmente un valore personalizzato nel campo della dimensione del carattere e quindi premere Invio.
    Aumenta dimensione carattereAumenta dimensione carattereViene utilizzato per modificare la dimensione del carattere rendendolo più grande di un punto ogni volta che si preme il pulsante.
    Riduci dimensione carattereRiduci dimensione carattereViene utilizzato per modificare la dimensione del carattere rendendolo più piccolo di un punto ogni volta che si preme il pulsante.
    Colore di evidenziazioneColore di evidenziazioneViene utilizzato per contrassegnare frasi, locuzioni, parole o persino caratteri separati aggiungendo una banda colorata che imita l'effetto dell’evidenziatore attorno al testo. È possibile selezionare la parte necessaria del testo e quindi fare clic sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona per selezionare un colore sulla tavolozza (questo set di colori non dipende dalla Combinazione di colori selezionata e include 16 colori) - il colore verrà applicato alla selezione del testo. In alternativa, è possibile scegliere prima un colore di evidenziazione e quindi iniziare a selezionare il testo con il mouse - il puntatore del mouse sarà simile a questo Puntatore del mouse sarà simile a questo e sarà possibile evidenziare diverse parti del testo in sequenza. Per interrompere l'evidenziazione basta fare di nuovo clic sull'icona. Per cancellare il colore di evidenziazione, scegliere l'opzione Nessun riempimento. Il colore di evidenziazione è diverso dal Colore di sfondo Colore di sfondo poiché quest'ultimo viene applicato all'intero paragrafo e riempie completamente tutto lo spazio del paragrafo dal margine sinistro della pagina al margine destro della pagina.
    Colore carattereColore carattereViene utilizzato per modificare il colore delle lettere/caratteri nel testo. Per impostazione predefinita, il colore automatico del carattere è impostato in un nuovo documento vuoto. Viene visualizzato come carattere nero sullo sfondo bianco. Se si modifica il colore di sfondo in nero, il colore del carattere si trasformerà automaticamente in bianco per mantenere il testo chiaramente visibile. Per scegliere un colore diverso, fare clic sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona e selezionare un colore tra le tavolozze disponibili (i colori nella tavolozza Colori tema dipendono dalla combinazione di colori). Dopo aver modificato il colore del carattere predefinito, è possibile utilizzare l'opzione Automatico nella finestra delle tavolozze dei colori per ripristinare rapidamente il colore automatico per il passaggio di testo selezionato.
    +

    Nota: per saperne di più sul lavoro con le tavolozze dei colori, fare riferimento a questa pagina.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm index 7d1a4cd95..190ba27a9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm @@ -1,72 +1,77 @@  - - Apply formatting styles - - - - - - - -
    + + Applicare stili di formattazione + + + + + + + +
    -

    Apply formatting styles

    -

    Each formatting style is a set of predefined formatting options: (font size, color, line spacing, alignment etc.). The styles allow you to quickly format different parts of the document (headings, subheadings, lists, normal text, quotes) instead of applying several formatting options individually each time. This also ensures a consistent appearance throughout the entire document.

    -

    Style application depends on whether a style is a paragraph style (normal, no spacing, headings, list paragraph etc.), or the text style (based on the font type, size, color), as well as on whether a text passage is selected, or the mouse cursor is positioned within a word. In some cases you might need to select the necessary style from the style library twice so that it can be applied correctly: when you click the style at the style panel for the first time, the paragraph style properties are applied. When you click it for the second time, the text properties are applied.

    -

    Use default styles

    -

    To apply one of the available text formatting styles,

    -
      -
    1. place the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs you want to apply one of the formatting styles to,
      2. -
    2. select the needed style from the style gallery on the right at the Home tab of the top toolbar.
      3. -
    -

    The following formatting styles are available: normal, no spacing, heading 1-9, title, subtitle, quote, intense quote, list paragraph, footer, header, footnote text.

    -

    Formatting styles

    -

    Edit existing styles and create new ones

    -

    To change an existing style:

    -
      -
    1. Apply the necessary style to a paragraph.
      2. -
    2. Select the paragraph text and change all the formatting parameters you need.
      3. -
    3. Save the changes made: +

      Applicare stili di formattazione

      +

      Ogni stile di formattazione è un insieme di opzioni di formattazione predefinite: (dimensione del carattere, colore, interlinea, allineamento, ecc.). Gli stili consentono di formattare rapidamente diverse parti del documento (intestazioni, sottotitoli, elenchi, testo normale, citazioni) invece di applicare diverse opzioni di formattazione singolarmente ogni volta. Ciò garantisce anche un aspetto coerente in tutto il documento.

      +

      L'applicazione dello stile dipende dal fatto che uno stile sia uno stile di paragrafo (normale, senza spaziatura, intestazioni, elenco paragrafo ecc.), o dallo stile del testo (in base al tipo di carattere, alla dimensione, al colore), nonché dal fatto che sia selezionato un passaggio di testo o che il cursore del mouse sia posizionato all'interno di una parola. In alcuni casi potrebbe essere necessario selezionare due volte lo stile necessario dalla libreria di stili in modo che possa essere applicato correttamente: quando si fa clic per la prima volta sullo stile nel pannello degli stili, vengono applicate le proprietà dello stile di paragrafo. Quando si fa clic per la seconda volta, vengono applicate le proprietà del testo.

      +

      Utilizzare gli stili predefiniti

      +

      Per applicare uno degli stili di formattazione del testo disponibili,

      +
        +
      1. posizionare il cursore all'interno del paragrafo che interessa o selezionare diversi paragrafi a cui si desidera applicare uno degli stili di formattazione,
        2. +
      2. selezionare lo stile necessario dalla raccolta stili a destra nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore.
        3. +
      +

      Sono disponibili i seguenti stili di formattazione: normale, senza spaziatura, titolo 1-9, titolo, sottotitolo, citazione, citazione profonda, elenco paragrafo, piè di pagina, intestazione, testo della nota a piè di pagina.

      +

      Stili di formattazione

      +

      Modificare gli stili esistenti e crearne di nuovi

      +

      Per modificare uno stile esistente:

      +
        +
      1. Applicare lo stile necessario a un paragrafo.
        2. +
      2. Selezionare il testo del paragrafo e modificare tutti i parametri di formattazione di cui si ha bisogno.
        3. +
      3. + Salvare le modifiche apportate:
          -
        • right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Update 'StyleName' Style option ('StyleName' corresponds to the style you've applied at the step 1),
          • -
        • or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery, right-click the style you want to change and select the Update from selection option.
          • +
        • selezionare l'opzione Formatta come stile e quindi scegliere l'opzione Aggiorna stile 'NomeStile' ('NomeStile' corrisponde allo stile applicato al passaggio 1),
          • +
        • oppure selezionare il passaggio di testo modificato con il mouse, fare scorrere la galleria di stili, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse sullo stile che si desidera modificare e selezionare l'opzione Aggiorna da selezione.
        -
        4. -
      -

      Once the style is modified, all the paragraphs within the document formatted using this style will change their appearance correspondingly.

      -

      To create a completely new style:

      -
        -
      1. Format a text passage as you need.
        2. -
      2. Select an appropriate way to save the style: -
          -
        • right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Create new Style option,
          • -
        • or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery and click the New style from selection option.
          • -
        -
        3. -
      3. Set the new style parameters in the Create New Style window that opens: -

        Create New Style window

        +
        4. +
      +

      Una volta modificato lo stile, tutti i paragrafi all'interno del documento formattati utilizzando questo stile cambieranno di conseguenza.

      +

      Per creare uno stile completamente nuovo:

      +
        +
      1. Formattare un passaggio di testo di cui si ha bisogno.
        2. +
      2. + Selezionare un modo appropriato per salvare lo stile:
          -
        • Specify the new style name in the text entry field.
          • -
        • Select the desired style for the subsequent paragraph from the Next paragraph style list. It's also possible to choose the Same as created new style option.
          • -
        • Click the OK button.
          • +
        • Fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse sul testo modificato, selezionare l'opzione Formatta come stile, quindi scegliere l'opzione Crea nuovo stile,
          • +
        • oppure seleziona il passaggio di testo modificato con il mouse, fai scorrere la galleria di stili e fai clic sull'opzione Nuovo stile da selezione.
        -
        3. -
      -

      The created style will be added to the style gallery.

      -

      Manage your custom styles:

      -
        -
      • To restore the default settings of a certain style you've changed, right-click the style you want to restore and select the Restore to default option.
        • -
      • To restore the default settings of all the styles you've changed, right-click any default style in the style gallery and select the Restore all to default styles option. -

        Edited style menu

        -
        • -
      • To delete one of the new styles you've created, right-click the style you want to delete and select the Delete style option.
        • -
      • To delete all the new styles you've created, right-click any new style you've created and select the Delete all custom styles option. -

        Custom style menu

        -
        • -
      -
    - + +
  • + Impostare i nuovi parametri dello stile nella finestra Crea nuovo stile che si apre: +

    Crea nuovo stile

    +
      +
    • Specificare il nome del nuovo stile nel campo di immissione testo.
      • +
    • Selezionare lo stile desiderato per il paragrafo successivo dall'elenco Stile paragrafo successivo. È anche possibile scegliere l'opzione Come il nuovo stile creato.
      • +
    • Fare clic sul pulsante OK.
      • +
    +
    • + +

    Lo stile creato verrà aggiunto alla galleria degli stili.

    +

    Gestire gli stili personalizzati:

    +
      +
    • Per ripristinare le impostazioni predefinite di un determinato stile modificato, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse sullo stile da ripristinare e selezionare l'opzione Ripristina predefinito.
      • +
    • + Per ripristinare le impostazioni predefinite di tutti gli stili modificati, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse su uno stile predefinito nella raccolta stili e selezionare l'opzione Ripristina tutti gli stili predefiniti. +

      Edited style menu

      +
      • +
    • Per eliminare uno dei nuovi stili creati, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse sullo stile da eliminare e selezionare l'opzione Elimina stile.
      • +
    • + Per eliminare tutti i nuovi stili creati, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse su qualsiasi nuovo stile creato e selezionare l'opzione Elimina tutti gli stili personalizzati. +

      Custom style menu

      +
      • +
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm index 538529e69..08174c191 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm @@ -1,69 +1,70 @@  - - Insert a drop cap - - - - - - - -
    + + Inserire un capolettera + + + + + + + +
    -

    Insert a drop cap

    -

    A Drop cap is the first letter of a paragraph that is much larger than others and takes up several lines in height.

    -

    To add a drop cap,

    -
      -
    1. put the cursor within the paragraph you need,
      2. -
    2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
      3. -
    3. click the Drop Cap icon Drop Cap icon at the top toolbar,
      4. -
    4. in the opened drop-down list select the option you need: -
        -
      • In Text Insert Drop Cap - In Text - to place the drop cap within the paragraph.
        • -
      • In Margin Insert Drop Cap - In Margin - to place the drop cap in the left margin.
        • -
      -
      5. -
    -

    Drop Cap exampleThe first character of the selected paragraph will be transformed into a drop cap. If you need the drop cap to include some more characters, add them manually: select the drop cap and type in other letters you need.

    -

    To adjust the drop cap appearance (i.e. font size, type, decoration style or color), select the letter and use the corresponding icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    -

    When the drop cap is selected, it's surrounded by a frame (a container used to position the drop cap on the page). You can quickly change the frame size dragging its borders or change its position using the Arrow icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the frame.

    -

    To delete the added drop cap, select it, click the Drop Cap icon Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the None Insert Drop Cap - None option from the drop-down list.

    -
    -

    To adjust the added drop cap parameters, select it, click the Drop Cap icon Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the Drop Cap Settings option from the drop-down list. The Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window will open:

    -

    Drop Cap - Advanced Settings

    -

    The Drop Cap tab allows to set the following parameters:

    -
      -
    • Position - is used to change the drop cap placement. Select the In Text or In Margin option, or click None to delete the drop cap.
      • -
    • Font - is used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones.
      • -
    • Height in rows - is used to specify how many lines the drop cap should span. It's possible to select a value from 1 to 10.
      • -
    • Distance from text - is used to specify the amount of space between the text of the paragraph and the right border of the frame that surrounds the drop cap.
      • -
    -

    Drop Cap - Advanced Settings

    -

    The Borders & Fill tab allows to add a border around the drop cap and adjust its parameters. They are the following:

    -
      -
    • Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the borders (top, bottom, left, right or their combination) you want to apply these settings to.
      • -
    • Background color - choose the color for the drop cap background.
      • -
    -

    Drop Cap - Advanced Settings

    -

    The Margins tab allows to set the distance between the drop cap and the Top, Bottom, Left and Right borders around it (if the borders have previously been added).

    -
    -

    Once the drop cap is added you can also change the Frame parameters. To access them, right click within the frame and select the Frame Advanced Settings from the menu. The Frame - Advanced Settings window will open:

    -

    Frame - Advanced Settings

    -

    The Frame tab allows to set the following parameters:

    -
      -
    • Position - is used to select the Inline or Flow wrapping style. Or you can click None to delete the frame.
      • -
    • Width and Height - are used to change the frame dimensions. The Auto option allows to automatically adjust the frame size to fit the drop cap in it. The Exactly option allows to specify fixed values. The At least option is used to set the minimum height value (if you change the drop cap size, the frame height changes accordingly, but it cannot be less than the specified value).
      • -
    • Horizontal parameters are used either to set the frame exact position in the selected units of measurement relative to a margin, page or column, or to align the frame (left, center or right) relative to one of these reference points. You can also set the horizontal Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the vertical frame borders and the text of the paragraph.
      • -
    • Vertical parameters are used either to set the frame exact position in the selected units of measurement relative to a margin, page or paragraph, or to align the frame (top, center or bottom) relative to one of these reference points. You can also set the vertical Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the horizontal frame borders and the text of the paragraph.
      • -
    • Move with text - controls whether the frame moves as the paragraph to which it is anchored moves.
      • -
    - -

    The Borders & Fill and Margins tabs allow to set just the same parameters as at the tabs of the same name in the Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window.

    - -
    - +

    Inserire un capolettera

    +

    Un Capolettera è la prima lettera di un paragrafo che è molto più grande di altre e occupa diverse righe di altezza.

    +

    Per aggiungere un capolettera,

    +
      +
    1. posizionare il cursore all'interno del paragrafo necessario,
      2. +
    2. passare alla scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti superiore,
      3. +
    3. fare clic sull'icona Capolettera Capolettera nella barra degli strumenti superiore,
      4. +
    4. + nell'elenco a discesa aperto selezionare l'opzione desiderata: +
        +
      • Nel Testo Capolettera - Nel Testo - per posizionare il capolettera all'interno del paragrafo.
        • +
      • Nel Margine Capolettera - Nel Margine - per posizionare il capolettera nel margine sinistro.
        • +
      +
      5. +
    +

    Capolettera - Esempio Il primo carattere del paragrafo selezionato verrà trasformato in un capolettera. Se si ha bisogno che il capolettera includa altri caratteri, aggiungerli manualmente: selezionare il capolettera e digitare le altre lettere di cui si ha bisogno.

    +

    Per regolare l'aspetto del capolettera (ad esempio la dimensione del carattere, il tipo, lo stile della decorazione o il colore), selezionate la lettera e utilizzate le icone corrispondenti nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore.

    +

    Quando il capolettera è selezionato, è circondato da una cornice (un contenitore utilizzato per posizionare il capolettera sulla pagina). È possibile modificare rapidamente le dimensioni della cornice trascinandone i bordi o la posizione utilizzando l'icona Freccia visualizzata dopo aver posizionato il cursore del mouse sulla cornice.

    +

    Per eliminare il capolettera aggiunto, selezionarlo, fare clic sull'icona Capolettera Capolettera nella scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti superiore e scegliere l'opzione Nessuno Capolettera - Nessuno dall'elenco a discesa.

    +
    +

    Per regolare i parametri del capolettera aggiunto, selezionarlo, fare clic sull'icona Capolettera Capolettera nella scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti superiore e scegliere l'opzione Impostazioni capolettera dall'elenco a discesa. Si aprirà la finestra Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate:

    +

    Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate

    +

    La scheda Capolettera consente di impostare i seguenti parametri:

    +
      +
    • Posizione - viene utilizzato per modificare il posizionamento del capolettera. Selezionare l'opzione Nel testo o Nel margine oppure fare clic su Nessuno per eliminare il capolettera.
      • +
    • Font - consente di selezionare uno dei font dall'elenco di quelli disponibili.
      • +
    • Altezza in righe - viene utilizzato per specificare il numero di righe su cui il capolettera deve estendersi. È possibile selezionare un valore compreso tra 1 e 10.
      • +
    • Distanza dal testo - viene utilizzato per specificare la quantità di spazio tra il testo del paragrafo e il bordo destro della cornice che circonda il capolettera.
      • +
    +

    Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate

    +

    La scheda Bordi e riempimento consente di aggiungere un bordo intorno al capolettera e di regolarne i parametri. Essi sono i seguenti:

    +
      +
    • Parametri del bordo (dimensioni, colore e presenza o assenza) - impostare le dimensioni del bordo, selezionare il colore e scegliere i bordi (superiore, inferiore, sinistra, destra o la loro combinazione) a cui si desidera applicare queste impostazioni.
      • +
    • Colore sfondo - scegliere il colore per lo sfondo del capolettera.
      • +
    +

    Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate

    +

    La scheda Margini consente di impostare la distanza tra il capolettera e i bordi Superiore, Inferiore, Sinistra e Destra intorno ad esso (se i bordi sono stati aggiunti in precedenza).

    +
    +

    Una volta aggiunto il capolettera, puoi anche modificare i parametri della cornice. Per accedervi, fare clic con il tasto destro all'interno della cornice e selezionare Impostazioni avanzate della cornice dal menu. Si aprirà la finestra Cornice - Impostazioni avanzate:

    +

    Impostazioni avanzate della cornice

    +

    La scheda Cornice permette di impostare i seguenti parametri:

    +
      +
    • Posizione - consente di selezionare lo stile In linea o Dinamica. In alternativa, è possibile fare clic su Nessuno per eliminare la cornice.
      • +
    • Larghezza e Altezza - vengono utilizzati per modificare le dimensioni della cornice. L'opzione Auto consente di regolare automaticamente le dimensioni della cornice per adattarle al capolettera. L'opzione Esatta consente di specificare valori fissi. L'opzione Minima viene utilizzata per impostare il valore di altezza minima (se si modifica la dimensione del capolettera, l'altezza del riquadro cambia di conseguenza, ma non può essere inferiore al valore specificato).
      • +
    • I parametri orizzontali vengono utilizzati per impostare la posizione esatta della cornice nelle unità di misura selezionate rispetto a un margine, pagina o colonna, oppure per allineare la cornice (a sinistra, al centro o a destra) rispetto a uno di questi punti di riferimento. È inoltre possibile impostare la distanza orizzontale dal testo, ovvero la quantità di spazio tra i bordi della cornice verticale e il testo del paragrafo.
      • +
    • I parametri verticali vengono utilizzati per impostare la posizione esatta della cornice nelle unità di misura selezionate rispetto a un margine, pagina o paragrafo, oppure per allineare la cornice (in alto, al centro o in basso) rispetto a uno di questi punti di riferimento. È inoltre possibile impostare la distanza verticale dal testo, ovvero la quantità di spazio tra i bordi della cornice orizzontale e il testo del paragrafo.
      • +
    • Sposta col testo - controlla che la cornice si sposti mentre il paragrafo a cui è ancorata si sposta.
      • +
    + +

    Le schede Bordi e Riempimento e Margini consentono di impostare solo gli stessi parametri delle schede con lo stesso nome nella finestra Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate.

    + +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index e7225051d..0870fb7ae 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -1,144 +1,149 @@  - - Insert images - - - - - - - -
    + + Inserire immagini + + + + + + + +
    -

    Insert images

    -

    In Document Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your document. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

    -

    Insert an image

    -

    To insert an image into the document text,

    -
      -
    1. place the cursor where you want the image to be put,
      2. -
    2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
      3. -
    3. click the Image icon Image icon at the top toolbar,
      4. -
    4. select one of the following options to load the image: -
        -
      • the Image from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button
        • -
      • the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the necessary image web address and click the OK button
        • -
      • the Image from Storage option will open the Select data source window. Select an image stored on your portal and click the OK button
        • -
      -
      5. -
    5. once the image is added you can change its size, properties, and position.
      6. -
    -

    It's also possible to add a caption to the image. To learn more on how to work with captions for images, you can refer to this article.

    -

    Move and resize images

    -

    Moving imageTo change the image size, drag small squares Square icon situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected image while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons.

    -

    To alter the image position, use the Arrow icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the image. Drag the image to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button.

    -

    When you move the image, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected).

    -

    To rotate the image, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle Rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating.

    -

    - Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. -

    -
    -

    Adjust image settings

    -

    Image Settings tabSome of the image settings can be altered using the Image settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the image and choose the Image settings Image settings icon icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties:

    -
      -
    • Size is used to view the current image Width and Height. If necessary, you can restore the actual image size clicking the Actual Size button. The Fit to Margin button allows to resize the image, so that it occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. -

      The Crop button is used to crop the image. Click the Crop button to activate cropping handles which appear on the image corners and in the center of each its side. Manually drag the handles to set the cropping area. You can move the mouse cursor over the cropping area border so that it turns into the Arrow icon and drag the area.

      +

      Inserire immagini

      +

      Nell'Editor di documenti è possibile inserire nel documento immagini nei formati più diffusi. Sono supportati i seguenti formati di immagine: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

      +

      Inserire un'immagine

      +

      Per inserire un'immagine nel testo del documento,

      +
        +
      1. posizionare il cursore nel punto in cui si desidera inserire l'immagine,
        2. +
      2. passare alla scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. fare clic sull'icona Immagine Immagine nella barra degli strumenti in alto,
        4. +
      4. + selezionare una delle seguenti opzioni per caricare l'immagine:
          -
        • To crop a single side, drag the handle located in the center of this side.
          • -
        • To simultaneously crop two adjacent sides, drag one of the corner handles.
          • -
        • To equally crop two opposite sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the handle in the center of one of these sides.
          • -
        • To equally crop all sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging any of the corner handles.
          • -
        -

        When the cropping area is specified, click the Crop button once again, or press the Esc key, or click anywhere outside of the cropping area to apply the changes.

        -

        After the cropping area is selected, it's also possible to use the Fill and Fit options available from the Crop drop-down menu. Click the Crop button once again and select the option you need:

        -
          -
        • If you select the Fill option, the central part of the original image will be preserved and used to fill the selected cropping area, while other parts of the image will be removed.
          • -
        • If you select the Fit option, the image will be resized so that it fits the cropping area height or width. No parts of the original image will be removed, but empty spaces may appear within the selected cropping area.
          • +
        • l'opzione Immagine da file aprirà la finestra di dialogo standard per la selezione del file. Sfogliare l'unità disco rigido del computer per il file necessario e fare clic sul pulsante Apri
          • +
        • l'opzione Immagine da URL aprirà la finestra in cui è possibile inserire l'indirizzo web dell'immagine necessario e fare clic sul pulsante OK
          • +
        • l'opzione Immagine da archiviazione aprirà la finestra Seleziona origine dati. Selezionare un'immagine memorizzata sul tuo portale e fai clic sul pulsante OK
        -
        5. -
      5. Rotation is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: -
          -
        • Rotate counterclockwise icon to rotate the image by 90 degrees counterclockwise
          • -
        • Rotate clockwise icon to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise
          • -
        • Flip horizontally icon to flip the image horizontally (left to right)
          • -
        • Flip vertically icon to flip the image vertically (upside down)
          • -
        -
        6. -
      6. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below).
        7. -
      7. Replace Image is used to replace the current image loading another one From File or From URL.
        8. -
    -

    Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are:

    -
      -
    • Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position.
      • -
    • Arrange is used to bring the selected image to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup images to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page.
      • -
    • Align is used to align the image left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page.
      • -
    • Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Editing Wrap Boundary
      • -
    • Rotate is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically.
      • -
    • Crop is used to apply one of the cropping options: Crop, Fill or Fit. Select the Crop option from the submenu, then drag the cropping handles to set the cropping area, and click one of these three options from the submenu once again to apply the changes.
      • -
    • Actual Size is used to change the current image size to the actual one.
      • -
    • Replace image is used to replace the current image loading another one From File or From URL.
      • -
    • Image Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Image - Advanced Settings' window.
      • -
    -

    Shape Settings tab When the image is selected, the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly.

    -

    At the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image.

    -
    -

    Adjust image advanced settings

    -

    To change the image advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will open:

    -

    Image - Advanced Settings: Size

    -

    The Size tab contains the following parameters:

    -
      -
    • Width and Height - use these options to change the image width and/or height. If the Constant proportions Constant proportions icon button is clicked (in this case it looks like this Constant proportions icon activated), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the actual size of the added image, click the Actual Size button.
      • -
    -

    Image - Advanced Settings: Rotation

    -

    The Rotation tab contains the following parameters:

    -
      -
    • Angle - use this option to rotate the image by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right.
      • -
    • Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the image horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the image vertically (upside down).
      • -
    -

    Image - Advanced Settings: Text Wrapping

    -

    The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters:

    -
      -
    • Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the image is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). -
        -

      • Wrapping Style - Inline Inline - the image is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the image moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible.

        -

        If one of the following styles is selected, the image can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly:

        -
        • -

      • Wrapping Style - Square Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the image.

        • -

      • Wrapping Style - Tight Tight - the text wraps the actual image edges.

        • -

      • Wrapping Style - Through Through - the text wraps around the image edges and fills in the open white space within the image. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu.

        • -

      • Wrapping Style - Top and bottom Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the image.

        • -

      • Wrapping Style - In front In front - the image overlaps the text.

        • -

      • Wrapping Style - Behind Behind - the text overlaps the image.

        • -
      -
      • -
    -

    If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right).

    -

    Image - Advanced Settings: Position

    -

    The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style:

    -
      -
    • - The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: -
        -
      • Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin,
        • -
      • Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin,
        • -
      • Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin.
        • -
      -
      • -
    • - The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: -
        -
      • Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin,
        • -
      • Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin,
        • -
      • Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin.
        • -
      -
      • -
    • Move object with text controls whether the image moves as the text to which it is anchored moves.
      • -
    • Allow overlap controls whether two images overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page.
      • -
    -

    Image - Advanced Settings

    -

    The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the image.

    -
    - + +
  • una volta aggiunta l'immagine, è possibile modificarne le dimensioni, le proprietà e la posizione.
    • + +

    È anche possibile aggiungere una didascalia all'immagine. Per saperne di più su come lavorare con le didascalie per le immagini, puoi fare riferimento a questo articolo.

    +

    Spostare e ridimensionare le immagini

    +

    Spostare le immaginiPer modificare le dimensioni dell'immagine, trascinare i quadratini quadratini situati sui bordi. Per mantenere le proporzioni originali dell'immagine selezionata durante il ridimensionamento, tenere premuto il tasto Maiusc e trascinare una delle icone agli angoli.

    +

    Per modificare la posizione dell'immagine, utilizzare l'icona Freccia che appare dopo aver posizionato il cursore del mouse sull'immagine. Trascinare l'immagine nella posizione desiderata senza rilasciare il pulsante del mouse.

    +

    Quando si sposta l'immagine, vengono visualizzate linee guida che consentono di posizionare con precisione l'oggetto sulla pagina (se è selezionato uno stile di disposizione diverso da quello in linea).

    +

    Per ruotare l'immagine, posizionare il cursore del mouse sulla maniglia di rotazione rotazione e trascinala in senso orario o antiorario. Per vincolare l'angolo di rotazione a incrementi di 15 gradi, tenete premuto il tasto Maiusc durante la rotazione.

    +

    + Nota: l'elenco delle scorciatoie da tastiera che possono essere utilizzate quando si lavora con gli oggetti è disponibile qui. +

    +
    +

    Regolare le impostazioni dell'immagine

    +

    Impostazioni immagineAlcune delle impostazioni dell'immagine possono essere modificate utilizzando la scheda Impostazioni immagine della barra laterale destra. Per attivarla clicca sull'immagine e scegli l'icona Impostazioni immagine Impostazioni immagine a destra. Qui è possibile modificare le seguenti proprietà:

    +
      +
    • + Dimensione viene utilizzata per visualizzare la Larghezza e l'Altezza dell'immagine corrente. Se necessario, è possibile ripristinare le dimensioni effettive dell'immagine facendo clic sul pulsante Dimensioni effettive. Il pulsante Adatta al margine consente di ridimensionare l'immagine, in modo da occupare tutto lo spazio tra il margine sinistro e quello destro della pagina. +

      Il pulsante Ritaglia viene utilizzato per ritagliare l'immagine. Fare clic sul pulsante Ritaglia per attivare le maniglie di ritaglio che appaiono agli angoli dell'immagine e al centro di ciascun lato. Trascinare manualmente le maniglie per impostare l'area di ritaglio. È possibile spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo dell'area di ritaglio in modo che si trasformi nell'icona Freccia e trascinare l'area.

      +
        +
      • Per ritagliare un solo lato, trascinare la maniglia situata al centro di questo lato.
        • +
      • Per ritagliare contemporaneamente due lati adiacenti, trascinare una delle maniglie d'angolo.
        • +
      • Per ritagliare equamente due lati opposti dell'immagine, tenere premuto il tasto Ctrl mentre si trascina la maniglia al centro di uno di questi lati.
        • +
      • Per ritagliare equamente tutti i lati dell'immagine, tenere premuto il tasto Ctrl quando si trascina una delle maniglie d'angolo.
        • +
      +

      Quando l'area di ritaglio è specificata, fare di nuovo clic sul pulsante Ritaglia o premere il tasto Esc oppure fare clic in un punto qualsiasi al di fuori dell'area di ritaglio per applicare le modifiche.

      +

      Dopo aver selezionato l'area di ritaglio, è anche possibile utilizzare le opzioni Riempimento e Adatta disponibili dal menu a discesa Ritaglia. Fare di nuovo clic sul pulsante Ritaglia e selezionare l'opzione desiderata:

      +
        +
      • Se si seleziona l'opzione Riempimento , la parte centrale dell'immagine originale verrà mantenuta e utilizzata per riempire l'area di ritaglio selezionata, mentre altre parti dell'immagine verranno rimosse.
        • +
      • Se si seleziona l'opzione Adatta, , l'immagine verrà ridimensionata in modo da adattarla all'altezza o alla larghezza dell'area di ritaglio. Nessuna parte dell'immagine originale verrà rimossa, ma potrebbero apparire spazi vuoti all'interno dell'area di ritaglio selezionata.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • + Rotazione viene utilizzata per ruotare l'immagine di 90 gradi in senso orario o antiorario, nonché per capovolgere l'immagine orizzontalmente o verticalmente. Fare clic su uno dei pulsanti: +
        +
      • Ruota in senso antiorario per ruotare l'immagine di 90 gradi in senso antiorario
        • +
      • Ruotare in senso orario per ruotare l'immagine di 90 gradi in senso orario
        • +
      • Rifletti orizzontalmente per capovolgere l'immagine orizzontalmente (da sinistra a destra)
        • +
      • Rifletti verticalmente per capovolgere l'immagine verticalmente (sottosopra)
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Stile di siposizione viene utilizzato per selezionare uno stile di disposizione del testo tra quelli disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all’interno, sopra e sotto, davantial testo, dietro al testo (per ulteriori informazioni vedere la descrizione delle impostazioni avanzate di seguito).
      • +
    • Sostituisci immagine viene utilizzata per sostituire l'immagine corrente caricandone un'altra Da file o Da URL.
      • +
    +

    Alcune di queste opzioni si possono trovare anche nel menu di scelta rapida. Le opzioni del menu sono:

    +
      +
    • Taglia, Copia, Incolla - opzioni standard utilizzate per tagliare o copiare un testo/oggetto selezionato e incollare un passaggio di testo o un oggetto precedentemente tagliato/copiato nella posizione corrente del cursore.
      • +
    • Disponi viene utilizzata per portare l'immagine selezionata in primo piano, inviarla sullo sfondo, spostarsi avanti o indietro, nonché raggruppare o separare le immagini per eseguire operazioni con più di esse contemporaneamente. Per ulteriori informazioni su come disporre gli oggetti è possibile fare riferimento a questa pagina.
      • +
    • Allinea viene utilizzata per allineare l'immagine a sinistra, al centro, a destra, in alto, al centro, in basso. Per ulteriori informazioni su come allineare gli oggetti è possibile fare riferimento a questa pagina.
      • +
    • Stile di siposizione viene utilizzato per selezionare uno stile di disposizione del testo tra quelli disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all’interno, sopra e sotto, davantial testo, dietro al testo - modificare il contorno di avvolgimento. L'opzione Modifica contorno avvolgimento è disponibile solo se si seleziona uno stile di disposizione diverso da In linea . Trascinare i punti di ritorno a capo per personalizzare il contorno. Per creare un nuovo punto di avvolgimento, fare clic in un punto qualsiasi della linea rossa e trascinarlo nella posizione desiderata. Modifica contorno avvolgimento
      • +
    • Ruota viene utilizzata per ruotare l'immagine di 90 gradi in senso orario o antiorario, nonché per capovolgere l'immagine orizzontalmente o verticalmente.
      • +
    • Ritaglia viene utilizzata per applicare una delle opzioni di ritaglio: Ritaglia, Riempimento o Adatta. Selezionare l'opzione Ritaglia dal sottomenu, quindi trascinare le maniglie di ritaglio per impostare l'area di ritaglio e fare nuovamente clic su una di queste tre opzioni dal sottomenu per applicare le modifiche.
      • +
    • Dimensione reale viene utilizzato per modificare le dimensioni correnti dell'immagine in quella effettiva.
      • +
    • Sostituisci immagine viene utilizzata per sostituire l'immagine corrente caricandone un'altra Da file o Da URL.
      • +
    • Impostazioni avanzate dell'immagine viene utilizzata per aprire la finestra "Immagine - Impostazioni avanzate".
      • +
    +

    Impostazioni forma Quando l'immagine è selezionata, l'icona Impostazioni forma Impostazioni forma è disponibile anche sulla destra. È possibile fare clic su questa icona per aprire la scheda Impostazioni forma nella barra laterale destra e regolare il tipo di tratto, , le dimensioni e il colore della forma, nonché modificare il tipo di forma selezionando un'altra forma dal menu Cambia forma automatica. La forma dell'immagine cambierà di conseguenza.

    +

    Nella scheda Impostazioni forma, è inoltre possibile utilizzare l'opzione Mostra ombreggiatura per aggiungere un'ombreggiatura all'immagine.

    +
    +

    Regolare le impostazioni avanzate dell'immagine

    +

    Per modificare le impostazioni avanzate dell'immagine, fare clic sull'immagine con il pulsante destro del mouse e selezionare l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate dell’immagine dal menu di scelta rapida o fare semplicemente clic sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate nella barra laterale destra. Si aprirà la finestra delle proprietà dell'immagine:

    +

    Impostazioni avanzate dell’immagine - Dimensione

    +

    La scheda Dimensione contiene i seguenti parametri:

    +
      +
    • Larghezza e Altezza - utilizzare queste opzioni per modificare la larghezza e/o l'altezza dell'immagine. Se si fa clic sul pulsante Proporzioni costanti Proporzioni costanti (in questo caso ha questo aspetto Proporzioni costanti), la larghezza e l'altezza verranno modificate insieme mantenendo le proporzioni originali dell'immagine. Per ripristinare le dimensioni effettive dell'immagine aggiunta, fare clic sul pulsante Dimensioni effettive.
      • +
    +

    Impostazioni avanzate dell’immagine - Rotazione

    +

    La scheda Rotazione contiene i seguenti parametri:

    +
      +
    • Angolo - utilizzare questa opzione per ruotare l'immagine di un angolo esattamente specificato. Immettere il valore necessario misurato in gradi nel campo o regolarlo utilizzando le frecce a destra.
      • +
    • Capovolto - selezionare la casella Orizzontalmente per capovolgere l'immagine orizzontalmente (da sinistra a destra) o selezionare la casella Verticalmente per capovolgere l'immagine verticalmente (sottosopra).
      • +
    +

    Impostazioni avanzate dell’immagine - Disposizione testo

    +

    La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri:

    +
      +
    • + Stile di disposizione - utilizzare questa opzione per modificare il modo in cui l'immagine viene posizionata rispetto al testo: sarà una parte del testo (nel caso in cui si seleziona lo stile In linea) o bypassata da esso da tutti i lati (se si seleziona uno degli altri stili). +
        +
      • +

        Stile di disposizione - In linea In linea - l'immagine è considerata una parte del testo, come un carattere, quindi quando il testo si sposta, si sposta anche l'immagine. In questo caso le opzioni di posizionamento sono inaccessibili.

        +

        Se si seleziona uno dei seguenti stili, l'immagine può essere spostata indipendentemente dal testo e posizionata esattamente sulla pagina:

        +
        • +

      • Stile di disposizione - Quadrato Quadrato - il testo avvolge il riquadro rettangolare che delimita l'immagine.

        • +

      • Stile di disposizione - Ravvicinato Ravvicinato - il testo avvolge i bordi dell'immagine reale.

        • +

      • Stile di disposizione - All’intero All’intero - il testo va a capo attorno ai bordi dell'immagine e riempie lo spazio bianco aperto all'interno dell'immagine. Per visualizzare l'effetto, utilizzare l'opzione Modifica contorno avvolgimento dal menu di scelta rapida.

        • +

      • Stile di disposizione - Sopra e sotto Sopra e sotto - il testo è solo sopra e sotto l'immagine.

        • +

      • Stile di disposizione - Davanti al testo Davanti al testo - l'immagine si sovrappone al testo.

        • +

      • Stile di disposizione - Dietro al testo Dietro al testo - il testo si sovrappone all'immagine.

        • +
      +
      • +
    +

    Se si seleziona lo stile quadrato, ravvicinato, all’interno o sopra e sotto, sarà possibile impostare alcuni parametri aggiuntivi: distanza dal testo su tutti i lati (in alto, in basso, a sinistra, a destra).

    +

    Impostazioni avanzate dell’immagine - Posizione

    +

    La scheda Posizione è disponibile solo se si seleziona uno stile di disposizione diverso da quello in linea. Questa scheda contiene i seguenti parametri che variano a seconda dello stile di disposizione selezionato:

    +
      +
    • + La sezione Orizzontale consente di selezionare uno dei seguenti tre tipi di posizionamento dell'immagine: +
        +
      • Allineamento (a sinistra, al centro, a destra) rispetto a carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margini, pagina o margine destro,
        • +
      • Posizione assoluta misurata in unità assolute, ad esempio Centimetri/Punti/Pollici (a seconda dell'opzione specificata nella scheda File -> Impostazioni avanzate...) a destra del carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margini, pagina o margine destro,
        • +
      • Posizione relativa misurata in percentuale rispetto al margine sinistro, ai margini, alla pagina o al margine destro.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • + La sezione Verticale consente di selezionare uno dei seguenti tre tipi di posizionamento dell'immagine: +
        +
      • Allineamento (in alto, al centro, in basso) rispetto a riga, margini, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore,
        • +
      • Posizione assoluta misurata in unità assolute, ad esempio Centimetri/Punti/Pollici (a seconda dell'opzione specificata nella scheda File -> Impostazioni avanzate...) sotto la linea, i margini, il margine inferiore, il paragrafo, la pagina o il margine superiore,
        • +
      • Posizione relativa misurata in percentuale rispetto a margini, al margine inferiore, alla pagina o al margine superiore.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Sposta oggetto con testo controlla se l'immagine si sposta mentre il testo a cui è ancorata si sposta.
      • +
    • Consenti sovrapposizione controlla se due immagini si sovrappongono o meno se trascinate una accanto all'altra sulla pagina.
      • +
    +

    Impostazioni avanzate dell’immagine - Testo alternativo

    +

    La scheda Testo alternativo consente di specificare un Titolo e una Descrizione che verranno letti alle persone con disabilità visive o cognitive per aiutarle a capire meglio quali informazioni ci sono nell'immagine.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm index 5d6fa03ba..bb7d65ee7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

    Inserire simboli e caratteri

    -

    Durante il processo di lavoro potrebbe essere necessario inserire un simbolo che non si trova sulla tastiera. Per inserire tali simboli nel tuo documento, usa l’opzione Inserisci simbolo Inserisci simbolo e segui questi semplici passaggi:

    +

    Durante il processo di lavoro potrebbe essere necessario inserire un simbolo che non si trova sulla tastiera. Per inserire tali simboli nel tuo documento, usa l’opzione Inserisci simbolo Inserisci simbolo e segui questi semplici passaggi:

    • posiziona il cursore nella posizione in cui deve essere inserito un simbolo speciale,
    • passa alla scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti in alto,
    • - fai clic sull’icona Simbolo Simbolo, + fai clic sull’icona Simbolo Simbolo,

      Inserisci simbolo

    • viene visualizzata la scheda di dialogo Simbolo da cui è possibile selezionare il simbolo appropriato,
      • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index 836f3c9ee..d3046ecb5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -1,191 +1,204 @@  - - Insert tables - - - - - - - -
      + + Inserire tabelle + + + + + + + +
      -

      Insert tables

      -

      Insert a table

      -

      To insert a table into the document text,

      -
        -
      1. place the cursor where you want the table to be put,
        2. -
      2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
        3. -
      3. click the Table icon Table icon at the top toolbar,
        4. -
      4. select the option to create a table: -
          -

        • either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum)

          -

          If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum).

          • -

        • or a custom table

          -

          In case you need more than 10 by 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button.

          -

          Custom table

          -
          • -
        • If you want to draw a table using the mouse, select the Draw Table option. This can be useful, if you want to create a table with rows and colums of different sizes. The mouse cursor will turn into the pencil Mouse Cursor when drawing a table. Draw a rectangular shape where you want to add a table, then add rows by drawing horizontal lines and columns by drawing vertical lines within the table boundary.
          • -
        -
        5. -
      5. once the table is added you can change its properties, size and position.
        6. -
      -

      To resize a table, hover the mouse cursor over the Square icon handle in its lower right corner and drag it until the table reaches the necessary size.

      -

      Resize table

      -

      You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow Mouse Cursor when changing column width and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow Mouse Cursor when changing row height and drag the border up or down.

      -

      To move a table, hold down the Select table handle handle in its upper left corner and drag it to the necessary place in the document.

      -

      It's also possible to add a caption to the table. To learn more on how to work with captions for tables, you can refer to this article.

      -
      -

      Select a table or its part

      -

      To select an entire table, click the Select table handle handle in its upper left corner.

      -

      To select a certain cell, move the mouse cursor to the left side of the necessary cell so that the cursor turns into the black arrow Select cell, then left-click.

      -

      To select a certain row, move the mouse cursor to the left border of the table next to the necessary row so that the cursor turns into the horizontal black arrow Select row, then left-click.

      -

      To select a certain column, move the mouse cursor to the top border of the necessary column so that the cursor turns into the downward black arrow Select column, then left-click.

      -

      It's also possible to select a cell, row, column or table using options from the contextual menu or from the Rows & Columns section at the right sidebar.

      -

      - Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts. -

      -
      -

      Adjust table settings

      -

      Some of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right-click menu. The menu options are:

      -
        -
      • Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position.
        • -
      • Select is used to select a row, column, cell, or table.
        • -
      • Insert is used to insert a row above or row below the row where the cursor is placed as well as to insert a column at the left or right side from the column where the cursor is placed. -

        It's also possible to insert several rows or columns. If you select the Several Rows/Columns option, the Insert Several window opens. Select the Rows or Columns option from the list, specify the number of rows/column you want to add, choose where they should be added: Above the cursor or Below the cursor and click OK.

        -
        • -
      • Delete is used to delete a row, column, table or cells. If you select the Cells option, the Delete Cells window will open, where you can select if you want to Shift cells left, Delete entire row, or Delete entire column.
        • -
      • Merge Cells is available if two or more cells are selected and is used to merge them. -

        - It's also possible to merge cells by erasing a boundary between them using the eraser tool. To do this, click the Table icon Table icon at the top toolbar, choose the Erase Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the eraser Mouse Cursor when erasing borders. Move the mouse cursor over the border between the cells you want to merge and erase it. -

        -
        • -
      • Split Cell... is used to open a window where you can select the needed number of columns and rows the cell will be split in. -

        - It's also possible to split a cell by drawing rows or columns using the pencil tool. To do this, click the Table icon Table icon at the top toolbar, choose the Draw Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the pencil Mouse Cursor when drawing a table. Draw a horizontal line to create a row or a vertical line to create a column. -

        -
        • -
      • Distribute rows is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same height without changing the overall table height.
        • -
      • Distribute columns is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same width without changing the overall table width.
        • -
      • Cell Vertical Alignment is used to align the text top, center or bottom in the selected cell.
        • -
      • Text Direction - is used to change the text orientation in a cell. You can place the text horizontally, vertically from top to bottom (Rotate Text Down), or vertically from bottom to top (Rotate Text Up).
        • -
      • Table Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window.
        • -
      • Hyperlink is used to insert a hyperlink.
        • -
      • Paragraph Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window.
        • -
      -
      -

      Right Sidebar - Table Settings

      -

      You can also change the table properties at the right sidebar:

      -
        -

      • Rows and Columns are used to select the table parts that you want to be highlighted.

        -

        For rows:

        -
          -
        • Header - to highlight the first row
          • -
        • Total - to highlight the last row
          • -
        • Banded - to highlight every other row
          • -
        -

        For columns:

        -
          -
        • First - to highlight the first column
          • -
        • Last - to highlight the last column
          • -
        • Banded - to highlight every other column
          • -
        -
        • -

      • Select from Template is used to choose a table template from the available ones.

        • -

      • Borders Style is used to select the border size, color, style as well as background color.

        • -

      • Rows & Columns is used to perform some operations with the table: select, delete, insert rows and columns, merge cells, split a cell.

        • -

      • Rows & Columns Size is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells have equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells have equal width.

        • -

      • Add formula is used to insert a formula into the selected table cell.

        • -

      • Repeat as header row at the top of each page is used to insert the same header row at the top of each page in long tables.

        • -

      • Show advanced settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window.

        • -
      -
      -

      Adjust table advanced settings

      -

      To change the advanced table properties, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will open:

      -

      Table - Advanced Settings

      -

      The Table tab allows to change properties of the entire table.

      -
        -
      • The Table Size section contains the following parameters: +

        Inserire tabelle

        +

        Inserire una tabella

        +

        Per inserire una tabella nel testo del documento,

        +
          +
        1. posizionare il cursore nel punto in cui si desidera inserire la tabella,
          2. +
        2. passare alla scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti superiore,
          3. +
        3. fare clic sull'icona Tabella Tabella nella barra degli strumenti superiore,
          4. +
        4. + selezionare l'opzione per creare una tabella:
          • - Width - by default, the table width is automatically adjusted to fit the page width, i.e. the table occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. You can check this box and specify the necessary table width manually. +

            una tabella con un numero predefinito di celle (massimo 10 per 8 celle)

            +

            Se si desidera aggiungere rapidamente una tabella, è sufficiente selezionare il numero di righe (8 massimo) e colonne (10 massimo).

            • -
          • Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the table width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall page width. -

            Note: you can also adjust the table size manually changing the row height and column width. Move the mouse cursor over a row/column border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border. You can also use the Table - Column Width Marker markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width and the Table - Row Height Marker markers on the vertical ruler to change the row height.

            +
          • +

            o una tabella personalizzata

            +

            Nel caso in cui sia necessaria una tabella con più di 10 per 8 celle, selezionare l'opzione Inserisci tabella personalizzata che aprirà la finestra in cui è possibile inserire rispettivamente il numero necessario di righe e colonne, quindi fare clic sul pulsante OK.

            +

            Una tabella personalizzata

            • -
          • Automatically resize to fit contents - enables automatic change of each column width in accordance with the text within its cells.
            • +
          • Se si desidera disegnare una tabella con il mouse, selezionare l'opzione Disegna tabella. Ciò può essere utile se si desidera creare una tabella con righe e colonne di dimensioni diverse. Il cursore del mouse si trasformerà nella matita Strumento Matita. Disegnare una forma rettangolare in cui si desidera aggiungere una tabella, quindi aggiungere righe disegnando linee e colonne orizzontali disegnando linee verticali all'interno del contorno della tabella.
          -
          5. -
        5. The Default Cell Margins section allows to change the space between the text within the cells and the cell border used by default.
          6. -
        6. The Options section allows to change the following parameter: +
          7. +
        7. una volta aggiunta la tabella, è possibile modificarne le proprietà, le dimensioni e la posizione.
          8. +
        +

        Per ridimensionare una tabella, posizionare il cursore del mouse sul quadratino Quadratino  nell'angolo inferiore destro e trascinarlo fino a quando la tabella non raggiunge le dimensioni necessarie.

        +

        Per ridimensionare una tabella

        +

        È inoltre possibile modificare manualmente la larghezza di una determinata colonna o l'altezza di una riga. Spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo destro della colonna in modo che il cursore si trasformi nella freccia bidirezionale Freccia bidirezionale e trascinare il bordo verso sinistra o verso destra per impostare la larghezza necessaria. Per modificare manualmente l'altezza di una singola riga, spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo inferiore della riga in modo che il cursore si trasformi nella freccia bidirezionale Freccia bidirezionale e trascini il bordo verso l'alto o verso il basso.

        +

        Per spostare una tabella, tenere premuto il quadratino Quadratino nell'angolo superiore sinistro e trascinarla nella posizione necessaria nel documento.

        +

        È anche possibile aggiungere una didascalia alla tabella. Per saperne di più su come lavorare con le didascalie per le tabelle, puoi fare riferimento a questo articolo.

        +
        +

        Selezionare una tabella o una sua parte

        +

        Per selezionare un'intera tabella, fare clic sul quadratino Quadratino nell'angolo superiore sinistro.

        +

        Per selezionare una determinata cella, spostare il cursore del mouse sul lato sinistro della cella necessaria in modo che il cursore si trasformi nella freccia nera Selezionare una determinata cella, quindi fare clic con il pulsante sinistro del mouse.

        +

        Per selezionare una determinata riga, spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo sinistro della tabella accanto alla riga necessaria in modo che il cursore si trasformi nella freccia nera orizzontale Selezionare una determinata riga, quindi fare clic con il pulsante sinistro del mouse.

        +

        Per selezionare una determinata colonna, spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo superiore della colonna necessaria in modo che il cursore si trasformi nella freccia nera verso il basso Selezionare una determinata colonna, quindi fare clic con il pulsante sinistro del mouse.

        +

        È anche possibile selezionare una cella, una riga, una colonna o una tabella utilizzando le opzioni del menu contestuale o dalla sezione Righe e colonne nella barra laterale destra.

        +

        + Nota: per spostarsi in una tabella è possibile utilizzare le scelte rapide da tastiera. +

        +
        +

        Regolare le impostazioni della tabella

        +

        Alcune delle proprietà della tabella e la sua struttura possono essere modificate utilizzando il menu di scelta rapida. Le opzioni del menu sono:

        +
          +
        • Taglia, Copia, Incolla - opzioni standard utilizzate per tagliare o copiare un testo / oggetto selezionato e incollare un passaggio di testo o un oggetto precedentemente tagliato / copiato nella posizione corrente del cursore.
          • +
        • Seleziona viene utilizzata per selezionare una riga, una colonna, una cella o una tabella.
          • +
        • + Inserisci viene utilizzata per inserire una riga sopra o sotto la riga in cui è posizionato il cursore, nonché per inserire una colonna a sinistra oa destra dalla colonna in cui è posizionato il cursore. +

          È anche possibile inserire più righe o colonne. Se si seleziona l'opzione Più righe/colonne, viene visualizzata la finestra Inserisci più righe/colonne. Selezionare l'opzione Righe o Colonne dall'elenco, specificare il numero di righe/colonne da aggiungere, scegliere dove aggiungerle: Sopra il cursore o Sotto il cursore e fare clic su OK.

          +
          • +
        • Elimina viene utilizzato per eliminare una riga, una colonna, una tabella o celle. Se si seleziona l'opzione Celle, si aprirà la finestra Elimina celle, in cui è possibile selezionare se si desidera Spostare le celle a sinistra, Elimina l'intera riga o Elimina l'intera colonna.
          • +
        • + Unisci celle è disponibile se sono selezionate due o più celle e viene utilizzata per unirle. +

          + È anche possibile unire le celle cancellando una linea tra di loro utilizzando lo strumento gomma. Per fare ciò, fare clic sull'icona Tabella Tabella nella barra degli strumenti superiore, scegliere l'opzione Cancella tabella. Il cursore del mouse si trasformerà nella gomma Strumento gomma. Spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo tra le celle da unire e cancellarlo. +

          +
          • +
        • + Dividi cella... viene utilizzata per aprire una finestra in cui è possibile selezionare il numero necessario di colonne e righe in cui verrà divisa la cella. +

          + È anche possibile dividere una cella disegnando righe o colonne utilizzando lo strumento matita. Per fare ciò, fare clic sull'icona Tabella Tabella nella barra degli strumenti superiore, scegliere l'opzione Disegna tabella. Il cursore del mouse si trasformerà nella matita Strumento matita. Disegnare una linea orizzontale per creare una riga o una linea verticale per creare una colonna. +

          +
          • +
        • Distribuisci righe viene utilizzata per regolare le celle selezionate in modo che abbiano la stessa altezza senza modificare l'altezza complessiva della tabella.
          • +
        • Distribuisci colonne viene utilizzata per regolare le celle selezionate in modo che abbiano la stessa larghezza senza modificare la larghezza complessiva della tabella.
          • +
        • Allineamento verticale cella viene utilizzata per allineare il testo in alto, al centro o in basso nella cella selezionata.
          • +
        • Direzione testo - viene utilizzata per modificare l'orientamento del testo in una cella. È possibile posizionare il testo orizzontalmente, verticalmente dall'alto verso il basso (Ruota testo in basso), o verticalmente dal basso verso l'alto (Ruota testo in alto).
          • +
        • Tabella Impostazioni avanzate viene utilizzata per aprire la finestra 'Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate'.
          • +
        • Collegamento ipertestuale viene utilizzato per inserire un collegamento ipertestuale.
          • +
        • Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo viene utilizzata per aprire la finestra 'Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate'.
          • +
        +
        +

        Barra laterale destra - Tabella Impostazioni

        +

        È possibile modificare le proprietà della tabella nella barra laterale destra:

        +
          +
        • +

          Righe e Colonne vengono utilizzate per selezionare le parti della tabella che si desidera evidenziare.

          +

          Per le righe:

            -
          • Spacing between cells - the cell spacing which will be filled with the Table Background color.
            • +
          • Intestazione - per evidenziare la prima riga
            • +
          • Totale - per evidenziare l'ultima riga
            • +
          • A strisce - per evidenziare ogni altra riga
          -
          • -
        -

        Table - Advanced Settings

        -

        The Cell tab allows to change properties of individual cells. First you need to select the cell you want to apply the changes to or select the entire table to change properties of all its cells.

        -
          -
        • - The Cell Size section contains the following parameters: -
            -
          • Preferred width - allows to set a preferred cell width. This is the size that a cell strives to fit to, but in some cases it may not be possible to fit to this exact value. For example, if the text within a cell exceeds the specified width, it will be broken into the next line so that the preferred cell width remains unchanged, but if you insert a new column, the preferred width will be reduced.
            • -
          • Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the cell width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall table width. -

            Note: you can also adjust the cell width manually. To make a single cell in a column wider or narrower than the overall column width, select the necessary cell and move the mouse cursor over its right border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow, then drag the border. To change the width of all the cells in a column, use the Table - Column Width Marker markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width.

            -
            • -
          -
          • -
        • The Cell Margins section allows to adjust the space between the text within the cells and the cell border. By default, standard values are used (the default values can also be altered at the Table tab), but you can uncheck the Use default margins box and enter the necessary values manually.
          • -
        • - The Cell Options section allows to change the following parameter: -
            -
          • The Wrap text option is enabled by default. It allows to wrap text within a cell that exceeds its width onto the next line expanding the row height and keeping the column width unchanged.
            • -
          -
          • -
        -

        Table - Advanced Settings

        -

        The Borders & Background tab contains the following parameters:

        -
          -
        • - Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the way it will be displayed in the cells. -

          - Note: in case you select not to show table borders clicking the No borders button or deselecting all the borders manually on the diagram, they will be indicated by a dotted line in the document. - To make them disappear at all, click the Nonprinting characters Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Hidden Table Borders option. -

          -
          • -
        • Cell Background - the color for the background within the cells (available only if one or more cells are selected or the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab).
          • -
        • Table Background - the color for the table background or the space background between the cells in case the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab.
          • -
        -

        Table - Advanced Settings

        -

        The Table Position tab is available only if the Flow table option at the Text Wrapping tab is selected and contains the following parameters:

        -
          -
        • Horizontal parameters include the table alignment (left, center, right) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position to the right of margin, page or text.
          • -
        • Vertical parameters include the table alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position below margin, page or text.
          • -
        • The Options section allows to change the following parameters: +

          Per le colonne:

            -
          • Move object with text controls whether the table moves as the text into which it is inserted moves.
            • -
          • Allow overlap controls whether two tables are merged into one large table or overlap if you drag them near each other on the page.
            • +
          • Prima - per evidenziare la prima colonna
            • +
          • Ultima - per evidenziare l'ultima colonna
            • +
          • A strisce - per evidenziare ogni altra colonna
          -
          • -
        -

        Table - Advanced Settings

        -

        The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters:

        -
          -
        • Text wrapping style - Inline table or Flow table. Use the necessary option to change the way the table is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline table) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select the flow table).
          • -
        • - After you select the wrapping style, the additional wrapping parameters can be set both for inline and flow tables: -
            -
          • For the inline table, you can specify the table alignment and indent from left.
            • -
          • For the flow table, you can specify the distance from text and table position at the Table Position tab.
            • -
          -
          • -
        -

        Table - Advanced Settings

        -

        The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table.

        - -
      - + +

    • Seleziona da modello viene utilizzato per scegliere un modello di tabella tra quelli disponibili.

      • +

    • Stile bordi viene utilizzato per selezionare la dimensione, il colore, lo stile e il colore di sfondo del bordo.

      • +

    • Righe e colonne viene utilizzato per eseguire alcune operazioni con la tabella: selezionare, eliminare, inserire righe e colonne, unire celle, dividere una cella.

      • +

    • Dimensione di righe e colonne viene utilizzato per regolare la larghezza e l'altezza della cella attualmente selezionata. In questa sezione, è anche possibile Distribuire righe in modo che tutte le celle selezionate abbiano la stessa altezza o Distribuire colonne in modo che tutte le celle selezionate abbiano la stessa larghezza.

      • +

    • Aggiungi formula viene utilizzato per inserire una formula nella cella della tabella selezionata.

      • +

    • Ripeti come riga di intestazione nella parte superiore di ogni pagina viene utilizzata per inserire la stessa riga di intestazione nella parte superiore di ogni pagina in tabelle lunghe.

      • +

    • Mostra impostazioni avanzate viene utilizzato per aprire la finestra 'Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate'.

      • +
    +
    +

    Regolare le impostazioni avanzate della tabella

    +

    Per modificare le proprietà avanzate della tabella, fare clic sulla tabella con il pulsante destro del mouse e selezionare l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate tabella dal menu di scelta rapida o utilizzare il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate nella barra laterale destra. Si aprirà la finestra delle proprietà della tabella:

    +

    Tabella Impostazioni avanzate

    +

    La scheda Tabella consente di modificare le proprietà dell'intera tabella.

    +
      +
    • + La sezione Dimensioni tabella contiene i seguenti parametri: +
        +
      • + Larghezza - per impostazione predefinita, la larghezza della tabella viene regolata automaticamente per adattarsi alla larghezza della pagina, ovvero la tabella occupa tutto lo spazio tra il margine sinistro e destro della pagina. È possibile selezionare questa casella e specificare manualmente la larghezza della tabella necessaria. +
        • +
      • + Misura in - consente di specificare se si desidera impostare la larghezza della tabella in unità assolute, ovvero Centimetri/Punti/Pollici (a seconda dell'opzione specificata nella scheda File -> Impostazioni avanzate...) o in Percentuale della larghezza complessiva della pagina. +

        Nota: è anche possibile regolare le dimensioni della tabella modificando manualmente l'altezza della riga e la larghezza della colonna. Spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo di una riga/colonna finché non si trasforma nella freccia bidirezionale e trascinare il bordo. È inoltre possibile utilizzare gli indicatori Tabella - Larghezza della colonna - Marcatore sul righello orizzontale per modificare la larghezza della colonna e gli indicatori Tabella - Altezza delle righe - Marcatore sul righello verticale per modificare l'altezza della riga.

        +
        • +
      • Adatta automaticamente al contenuto - consente la modifica automatica della larghezza di ogni colonna in base al testo all'interno delle sue celle.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • La sezione Margini predefiniti delle celle consente di modificare lo spazio tra il testo all'interno delle celle e il bordo della cella utilizzato per impostazione predefinita.
      • +
    • + La sezione Opzioni consente di modificare il seguente parametro: +
        +
      • Consenti spaziatura tra le celle - la spaziatura delle celle che verrà riempita con il colore di sfondo della tabella.
        • +
      +
      • +
    +

    Tabella Impostazioni avanzate

    +

    La scheda Cella consente di modificare le proprietà delle singole celle. In primo luogo è necessario selezionare la cella a cui si desidera applicare le modifiche o selezionare l'intera tabella per modificare le proprietà di tutte le sue celle.

    +
      +
    • + La sezione Dimensioni cella contiene i seguenti parametri: +
        +
      • Larghezza preferita - permette di impostare una larghezza di cella preferita. Questa è la dimensione a cui una cellula si sforza di adattarsi, ma in alcuni casi potrebbe non essere possibile adattarsi a questo valore esatto. Ad esempio, se il testo all'interno di una cella supera la larghezza specificata, verrà suddiviso nella riga successiva in modo che la larghezza della cella preferita rimanga invariata, ma se si inserisce una nuova colonna, la larghezza preferita verrà ridotta.
        • +
      • + Misura in - consente di specificare se si desidera impostare la larghezza della cella in unità assolute, ovvero Centimetri/Punti/Pollici (a seconda dell'opzione specificata nella scheda File -> Impostazioni avanzate...) o in Percentuale della larghezza complessiva della tabella. +

        Nota: è anche possibile regolare manualmente la larghezza della cella. Per rendere una singola cella in una colonna più larga o più stretta della larghezza complessiva della colonna, selezionare la cella necessaria e spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo destro fino a quando non si trasforma nella freccia bidirezionale, quindi trascinare il bordo. Per modificare la larghezza di tutte le celle in una colonna, utilizzare gli indicatori Tabella - Larghezza della colonna - Marcatore sul righello orizzontale per modificare la larghezza della colonna.

        +
        • +
      +
      • +
    • La sezione Margini cella consente di regolare lo spazio tra il testo all'interno delle celle e il bordo della cella. Per impostazione predefinita, vengono utilizzati valori standard (i valori predefiniti possono essere modificati anche nella scheda Tabella), ma è possibile deselezionare la casella Utilizzaa margini predefiniti e immettere manualmente i valori necessari.
      • +
    • + La sezione Opzioni cella consente di modificare il seguente parametro: +
        +
      • L’opzione Disponi testo è abilitata per impostazione predefinita. Consente di disporre il testo all'interno di una cella che supera la sua larghezza sulla riga successiva espandendo l'altezza della riga e mantenendo invariata la larghezza della colonna.
        • +
      +
      • +
    +

    Tabella Impostazioni avanzate

    +

    La scheda Bordi e sfondo contiene i seguenti parametri:

    +
      +
    • + Parametri del bordo (dimensione, colore e presenza o assenza) - impostare le dimensioni del bordo, selezionare il colore e scegliere il modo in cui verrà visualizzato nelle celle. +

      + Nota: inel caso in cui si seleziona di non mostrare i bordi della tabella facendo clic sul pulsante Nessun bordo o deselezionando manualmente tutti i bordi sul diagramma, saranno indicati da una linea tratteggiata nel documento. + Per farli scomparire, fare clic sull'icona Caratteri non stampabili Caratteri non stampabili nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionare l'opzione Bordi tabella nascosti. +

      +
      • +
    • Sfondo cella - il colore dello sfondo all'interno delle celle (disponibile solo se una o più celle sono selezionate o l'opzione Consenti spaziatura tra le celle è selezionata nella scheda Tabella).
      • +
    • Sfondo tabella - il colore per lo sfondo della tabella o lo sfondo dello spazio tra le celle nel caso in cui l'opzione Consenti spaziatura tra le celle sia selezionata nella scheda Tabella.
      • +
    +

    Tabella Impostazioni avanzate

    +

    La scheda Posizione tabella è disponibile solo se è selezionata l'opzione Tabella dinamica nella scheda Disposizione testo e contiene i seguenti parametri:

    +
      +
    • I parametri orizzontali includono l'allineamento della tabella (a sinistra, al centro, a destra) rispetto al margine, alla pagina o al testo, nonché la posizione della tabella a destra del margine, della pagina o del testo.
      • +
    • I parametri verticali includono l'allineamento della tabella (in alto, al centro, in basso) rispetto al margine, alla pagina o al testo, nonché la posizione della tabella sotto il margine, la pagina o il testo.
      • +
    • + La sezione Opzioni consente di modificare i seguenti parametri: +
        +
      • Sposta l'oggetto con il testo controlla se la tabella si sposta quando il testo in cui è inserita si sposta.
        • +
      • Consenti sovrapposizione controlla se due tabelle vengono unite in una tabella di grandi dimensioni o sovrapposte se vengono trascinate l'una vicino all'altra nella pagina.
        • +
      +
      • +
    +

    Tabella Impostazioni avanzate

    +

    La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri:

    +
      +
    • Stile di disposizione del testo - Tabella in linea o Tabella dinamica. Utilizzare l'opzione necessaria per modificare il modo in cui la tabella viene posizionata rispetto al testo: sarà una parte del testo (nel caso in cui si seleziona la tabella in linea) o bypassata da tutti i lati (se si seleziona la tabella dinamica).
      • +
    • + Dopo aver selezionato lo stile di disposizione, è possibile impostare parametri di disposizione aggiuntivi sia per le tabelle in linea che per le tabelle dinamica: +
        +
      • Per la tabella in linea, è possibile specificare l'allineamento e il rientro da sinistra della tabella.
        • +
      • Per la tabella dinamica, è possibile specificare la distanza dal testo e la posizione della tabella nella scheda Posizione tabella.
        • +
      +
      • +
    +

    Tabella Impostazioni avanzate

    +

    La scheda Testo alternativo consente di specificare un Titolo e una Descrizione che verranno letti alle persone con disabilità visive o cognitive per aiutarle a capire meglio quali informazioni ci sono nella tabella.

    + +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm index b09b576d9..f0af69057 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm @@ -1,45 +1,48 @@  - - Set tab stops - - - - - - - -
    + + Impostare le tabulazioni + + + + + + + +
    -

    Set tab stops

    -

    In Document Editor, you can change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard.

    -

    To set tab stops you can use the horizontal ruler:

    -
      -
    1. Select the necessary tab stop type clicking the Left Tab Stop button button in the upper left corner of the working area. The following three tab types are available: -
        -
      • Left Left Tab Stop button - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Left Tab Stop marker marker.
        • -
      • Center Center Tab Stop button - centers the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Center Tab Stop marker marker.
        • -
      • Right Right Tab Stop button - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Right Tab Stop marker marker.
        • -
      -
      2. -
    2. Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. -

      Horizontal Ruler with the Tab stops added

      -
      3. -
    -
    -

    You can also use the paragraph properties window to adjust tab stops. Click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and switch to the Tabs tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window.

    - Paragraph Properties - Tabs tab -

    You can set the following parameters:

    -
      -
    • Default Tab is set at 1.25 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box.
      • -
    • Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. If you've previously added some tab stops using the ruler, all these tab positions will also be displayed in the list.
      • -
    • Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option from the drop-down list and press the Specify button.
      • -
    • Leader - allows to choose a character used to create a leader for each of the tab positions. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between tabs. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the leader type from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. -

      To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button.

      -
      • -
    -
    - +

    Impostare le tabulazioni

    +

    Nell'Editor documenti è possibile modificare le tabulazioni, ovvero la posizione in cui il cursore avanza quando si preme il tasto Tab sulla tastiera.

    +

    Per impostare le tabulazioni è possibile utilizzare il righello orizzontale:

    +
      +
    1. + Selezionare il tipo di tabulazione necessario facendo clic sul pulsante Sinistra nell'angolo superiore sinistro dell'area di lavoro. Sono disponibili i seguenti tre tipi di tabulazioni: +
        +
      • Sinistra Sinistra - allinea il testo sul lato sinistro nella posizione di tabulazione; il testo si sposta a destra dalla tabulazione durante la digitazione. Tale punto di tabulazione sarà indicato sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Sinistra.
        • +
      • Centrata Centrata - centra il testo nella posizione di tabulazione. Tale tabulazione sarà indicata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Centrata.
        • +
      • Destra Destra - allinea il testo dal lato destro nella posizione di tabulazione; il testo si sposta a sinistra dalla tabulazione durante la digitazione. Tale punto di tabulazione sarà indicato sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Destra.
        • +
      +
      2. +
    2. + Fare clic sul bordo inferiore del righello in cui si desidera posizionare la tabulazione. Trascinarlo lungo il righello per modificarne la posizione. Per rimuovere la tabulazione aggiunta, trascinarla fuori dal righello. +

      Righello orizzontale - Tabulazioni

      +
      3. +
    +
    +

    È inoltre possibile utilizzare la finestra delle proprietà del paragrafo per regolare le tabulazioni. Fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse, selezionare l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo nel menu o utilizzare il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate nella barra laterale destra e passare alla scheda Tabulazioni nella finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate aperta.

    + Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate - Tabulazioni +

    È possibile impostare i seguenti parametri:

    +
      +
    • Tabulazione predefinita è impostata su 1,25 cm. È possibile ridurre o aumentare questo valore utilizzando i pulsanti freccia o immettere quello necessario nella casella.
      • +
    • Posizione tabulazione - consente di impostare tabulazioni personalizzate. Immettere il valore necessario in questa casella, regolarlo in modo più preciso utilizzando i pulsanti freccia e premere il pulsante Specifica. La posizione di tabulazione personalizzata verrà aggiunta all'elenco nel campo sottostante. Se in precedenza sono state aggiunte alcune tabulazioni utilizzando il righello, tutte queste posizioni verranno visualizzate anche nell'elenco.
      • +
    • Allineamento - consente di impostare il tipo di allineamento necessario per ciascuna delle posizioni di tabulazione nell'elenco precedente. Selezionare la posizione di tabulazione desiderata nell'elenco, scegliere l'opzione Sinistra, Centrata o Destra dall'elenco a discesa e premere il pulsante Specifica.
      • +
    • + Leader - consente di scegliere un carattere utilizzato per creare una direttrice per ciascuna delle posizioni di tabulazione. Una direttrice è una riga di caratteri (punti o trattini) che riempie lo spazio tra le tabulazioni. Selezionare la posizione di tabulazione desiderata nell'elenco, scegliere il tipo di direttrice dall'elenco a discesa e premere il pulsante Specifica. +

      Per eliminare i punti di tabulazione dall'elenco selezionare un punto di tabulazione e premere il pulsante Elimina o Elimina tutto.

      +
      • +
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css index 0b550e306..66db82aed 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css @@ -6,11 +6,21 @@ color: #444; background: #fff; } +.cross-reference th{ +text-align: center; +vertical-align: middle; +} + +.cross-reference td{ +text-align: center; +vertical-align: middle; +} + img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft @@ -152,4 +162,53 @@ text-decoration: none; font-size: 1em; font-weight: bold; color: #444; +} +kbd { + display: inline-block; + padding: 0.2em 0.3em; + border-radius: .2em; + line-height: 1em; + background-color: #f2f2f2; + font-family: monospace; + white-space: nowrap; + box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(85,85,85,.35); + margin: 0.2em 0.1em; + color: #000; +} +.shortcut_variants { + margin: 20px 0 -20px; + padding: 0; +} +.shortcut_toggle { + display: inline-block; + margin: 0; + padding: 1px 10px; + list-style-type: none; + cursor: pointer; + font-size: 11px; + line-height: 18px; + white-space: nowrap +} +.shortcut_toggle.enabled { + color: #fff; + background-color: #7D858C; + border: 1px solid #7D858C; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled { + color: #444; + background-color: #fff; + border: 1px solid #CFCFCF; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled:hover { + background-color: #D8DADC; +} +.left_option { + border-radius: 2px 0 0 2px; + float: left; +} +.right_option { + border-radius: 0 2px 2px 0; +} +.forms { + display: inline-block; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/vector.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insert_symbol_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/vector.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insert_symbol_icon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/search/indexes.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/search/indexes.js index ab1c70b7d..bf806bd90 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/search/indexes.js @@ -102,13 +102,13 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", - "title": "Use formulas in tables", - "body": "Insert a formula You can perform simple calculations on data in table cells by adding formulas. To insert a formula into a table cell, place the cursor within the cell where you want to display the result, click the Add formula button at the right sidebar, in the Formula Settings window that opens, enter the necessary formula into the Formula field. You can enter a needed formula manually using the common mathematical operators (+, -, *, /), e.g. =A1*B2 or use the Paste Function drop-down list to select one of the embedded functions, e.g. =PRODUCT(A1,B2). manually specify necessary arguments within the parentheses in the Formula field. If the function requires several arguments, they must be separated by commas. use the Number Format drop-down list if you want to display the result in a certain number format, click OK. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. To edit the added formula, select the result in the cell and click the Add formula button at the right sidebar, make the necessary changes in the Formula Settings window and click OK. Add references to cells You can use the following arguments to quickly add references to cell ranges: ABOVE - a reference to all the cells in the column above the selected cell LEFT - a reference to all the cells in the row to the left of the selected cell BELOW - a reference to all the cells in the column below the selected cell RIGHT - a reference to all the cells in the row to the right of the selected cell These arguments can be used with the AVERAGE, COUNT, MAX, MIN, PRODUCT, SUM functions. You can also manually enter references to a certain cell (e.g., A1) or a range of cells (e.g., A1:B3). Use bookmarks If you have added some bookmarks to certain cells within your table, you can use these bookmarks as arguments when entering formulas. In the Formula Settings window, place the cursor within the parentheses in the Formula entry field where you want the argument to be added and use the Paste Bookmark drop-down list to select one of the previously added bookmarks. Update formula results If you change some values in the table cells, you will need to manually update formula results: To update a single formula result, select the necessary result and press F9 or right-click the result and use the Update field option from the menu. To update several formula results, select the necessary cells or the entire table and press F9. Embedded functions You can use the following standard math, statistical and logical functions: Category Function Description Example Mathematical ABS(x) The function is used to return the absolute value of a number. =ABS(-10) Returns 10 Logical AND(logical1, logical2, ...) The function is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 1 (TRUE) if all the arguments are TRUE. =AND(1>0,1>3) Returns 0 Statistical AVERAGE(argument-list) The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the average value. =AVERAGE(4,10) Returns 7 Statistical COUNT(argument-list) The function is used to count the number of the selected cells which contain numbers ignoring empty cells or those contaning text. =COUNT(A1:B3) Returns 6 Logical DEFINED() The function evaluates if a value in the cell is defined. The function returns 1 if the value is defined and calculated without errors and returns 0 if the value is not defined or calculated with an error. =DEFINED(A1) Logical FALSE() The function returns 0 (FALSE) and does not require any argument. =FALSE Returns 0 Mathematical INT(x) The function is used to analyze and return the integer part of the specified number. =INT(2.5) Returns 2 Statistical MAX(number1, number2, ...) The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number. =MAX(15,18,6) Returns 18 Statistical MIN(number1, number2, ...) The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number. =MIN(15,18,6) Returns 6 Mathematical MOD(x, y) The function is used to return the remainder after the division of a number by the specified divisor. =MOD(6,3) Returns 0 Logical NOT(logical) The function is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 1 (TRUE) if the argument is FALSE and 0 (FALSE) if the argument is TRUE. =NOT(2<5) Returns 0 Logical OR(logical1, logical2, ...) The function is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 0 (FALSE) if all the arguments are FALSE. =OR(1>0,1>3) Returns 1 Mathematical PRODUCT(argument-list) The function is used to multiply all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the product. =PRODUCT(2,5) Returns 10 Mathematical ROUND(x, num_digits) The function is used to round the number to the desired number of digits. =ROUND(2.25,1) Returns 2.3 Mathematical SIGN(x) The function is used to return the sign of a number. If the number is positive, the function returns 1. If the number is negative, the function returns -1. If the number is 0, the function returns 0. =SIGN(-12) Returns -1 Mathematical SUM(argument-list) The function is used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the result. =SUM(5,3,2) Returns 10 Logical TRUE() The function returns 1 (TRUE) and does not require any argument. =TRUE Returns 1" + "title": "Usare formule nelle tabelle", + "body": "Inserire una formula È possibile eseguire semplici calcoli sui dati nelle celle della tabella aggiungendo formule. Per inserire una formula in una cella di una tabella, posizionare il cursore all'interno della cella in cui si desidera visualizzare il risultato, fare clic sul pulsante Aggiungi formula nella barra laterale destra, nella finestra Impostazioni formula visualizzata immettere la formula necessaria nel campo Formula. È possibile immettere manualmente una formula necessaria utilizzando gli operatori matematici comuni, (+, -, *, /), ad esempio =A1*B2 o utilizzare l'elenco a discesa Incolla funzione per selezionare una delle funzioni incorporate, ad esempio =PRODUCT(A1,B2). specificare manualmente gli argomenti necessari tra parentesi nel campo Formula. Se la funzione richiede diversi argomenti, devono essere separati da virgole. utilizzare l'elenco a discesa Formato numero se si desidera visualizzare il risultato in un determinato formato numerico, fare clic su OK. Il risultato verrà visualizzato nella cella selezionata. Per modificare la formula aggiunta, seleziona il risultato nella cella e fai clic sul pulsante Aggiungi formula nella barra laterale destra, apporta le modifiche necessarie nella finestra Impostazioni formula e fai clic su OK. Aggiungere riferimenti alle celle È possibile utilizzare i seguenti argomenti per aggiungere rapidamente riferimenti agli intervalli di celle: SOPRA - un riferimento a tutte le celle nella colonna sopra la cella selezionata SINISTRA - un riferimento a tutte le celle nella riga a sinistra della cella selezionata SOTTO - un riferimento a tutte le celle nella colonna sotto la cella selezionata DESTRA - un riferimento a tutte le celle nella riga a destra della cella selezionata Questi argomenti possono essere utilizzati con le funzioni AVERAGE, COUNT, MAX, MIN, PRODUCT, SUM. È inoltre possibile immettere manualmente i riferimenti a una determinata cella (ad esempio, A1) o a un intervallo di celle (ad esempio, A1:B3). Utilizzare i segnalibri Se sono stati aggiunti alcuni segnalibri a determinate celle all'interno della tabella, è possibile utilizzare questi segnalibri come argomenti quando si immettono formule. Nella finestra Impostazioni formula, posizionare il cursore tra parentesi nel campo di immissione Formula in cui si desidera aggiungere l'argomento e utilizzare l'elenco a discesa Incolla segnalibro per selezionare uno dei segnalibri aggiunti in precedenza. Aggiornare i risultati delle formule Se vengono modificati alcuni valori nelle celle della tabella, sarà necessario aggiornare manualmente i risultati delle formule: Per aggiornare un singolo risultato della formula, selezionare il risultato necessario e premere F9 o fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse sul risultato e utilizzare l'opzione Aggiorna campo dal menu. Per aggiornare diversi risultati di formule, seleziona le celle necessarie o l'intera tabella e premi F9. Funzioni incorporate È possibile utilizzare le seguenti funzioni matematiche, statistiche e logiche standard: Categoria Funzione Descrizione Esempio Matematica ABS(x) La funzione viene utilizzata per restituire il valore assoluto di un numero. =ABS(-10) Restituisce 10 Logica AND(Logica1, Logica2, ...) La funzione viene utilizzata per verificare se il valore logico immesso è VERO o FALSO. La funzione restituisce 1 (VERO) se tutti gli argomenti sono VERI. =AND(1>0,1>3) Restituisce 0 Statistica AVERAGE(argument-list) La funzione viene utilizzata per analizzare l'intervallo di dati e trovare il valore medio. =AVERAGE(4,10) Restituisce 7 Statistica COUNT(argument-list) La funzione viene utilizzata per contare il numero delle celle selezionate che contengono numeri ignorando le celle vuote o quelle che contengono testo. =COUNT(A1:B3) Restituisce 6 Logica DEFINED() La funzione valuta se è definito un valore nella cella. La funzione restituisce 1 se il valore è definito e calcolato senza errori e restituisce 0 se il valore non è definito o calcolato con un errore. =DEFINED(A1) Logica FALSE() La funzione restituisce 0 (FALSO) e non richiede alcun argomento. =FALSE Restituisce 0 Matematica INT(x) La funzione viene utilizzata per analizzare e restituire la parte intera del numero specificato. =INT(2.5) Restituisce 2 Statistica MAX(number1, number2, ...) La funzione viene utilizzata per analizzare l'intervallo di dati e trovare il numero più grande. =MAX(15,18,6) Restituisce 18 Statistica MIN(number1, number2, ...) La funzione viene utilizzata per analizzare l'intervallo di dati e trovare il numero più piccolo. =MIN(15,18,6) Restituisce 6 Matematica MOD(x, y) La funzione viene utilizzata per restituire il resto dopo la divisione di un numero per il divisore specificato. =MOD(6,3) Restituisce 0 Logica NOT(Logical) La funzione viene utilizzata per verificare se il valore logico immesso è VERO o FALSO. La funzione restituisce 1 (VERO) se l'argomento è FALSO e 0 (FALSO) se l'argomento è VERO. =NOT(2<5) Restituisce 0 Logica OR(Logical1, Logical2, ...) La funzione viene utilizzata per verificare se il valore logico immesso è VERO o FALSO. La funzione restituisce 0 (FALSE) se tutti gli argomenti sono FALSI. =OR(1>0,1>3) Restituisce 1 Matematica PRODUCT(argument-list) La funzione viene utilizzata per moltiplicare tutti i numeri nell'intervallo di celle selezionato e restituire il prodotto. =PRODUCT(2,5) Restituisce 10 Matematica ROUND(x, num_digits) La funzione viene utilizzata per arrotondare il numero al numero di cifre desiderato. =ROUND(2.25,1) Restituisce 2.3 Matematica SIGN(x) La funzione viene utilizzata per restituire il segno di un numero. Se il numero è positivo, la funzione restituisce 1. Se il numero è negativo, la funzione restituisce -1. Se il numero è 0, la funzione restituisce 0. =SIGN(-12) Restituisce -1 Matematica SUM(argument-list) La funzione viene utilizzata per sommare tutti i numeri nell'intervallo di celle selezionato e restituire il risultato. =SUM(5,3,2) Restituisce 10 Logica TRUE() La funzione restituisce 1 (VERO) e non richiede alcun argomento. =TRUE Restituisce 1" }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", - "title": "Add hyperlinks", - "body": "To add a hyperlink, place the cursor to a position where a hyperlink will be added, switch to the Insert or References tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon at the top toolbar, after that the Hyperlink Settings window will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters: Select a link type you wish to insert: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. Use the Place in Document option and select one of the existing headings in the document text or one of previously added bookmarks if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain place in the same document. Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the address specified in the upper field. ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to. Click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. Note: it's also possible to select a character, word, word combination, text passage with the mouse or using the keyboard and then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected. By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your document. To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink." + "title": "Aggiungere collegamenti ipertestuali", + "body": "Per aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale, posizionare il cursore nella posizione in cui verrà aggiunto un collegamento ipertestuale, passare alla scheda Inserisci o Riferimenti della barra degli strumenti superiore, fare clic sull'icona Collegamento ipertestuale nella barra degli strumenti superiore, dopo di che apparirà la finestra Impostazioni collegamento ipertestuale in cui è possibile specificare i parametri del collegamento ipertestuale: Selezionare il tipo di link che si desidera inserire: Utilizzare l'opzione Collegamento esterno e immettere un URL nel formato http://www.example.com nel campo sottostante Collega a se è necessario aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale che conduce a un sito Web esterno. Utilizzare l'opzione Inserisci nel documento e selezionare una delle intestazioni esistenti nel testo del documento o uno dei segnalibri aggiunti in precedenza se è necessario aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale che porta a una determinata posizione nello stesso documento. Visualizza - inserire un testo che sarà cliccabile e porterà all'indirizzo specificato nel campo superiore. Testo del Seggerimento - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to. Fare clic sul pulsante OK. Per aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale, è anche possibile utilizzare la combinazione di tasti Ctrl+K o fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse nella posizione in cui verrà aggiunto un collegamento ipertestuale e selezionare l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale nel menu di scelta rapida. Nota: è anche possibile selezionare un carattere, una parola, una combinazione di parole, un passaggio di testo con il mouse o utilizzando la tastiera e quindi aprire la finestra Impostazioni collegamento ipertestuale come descritto sopra.  In questo caso, il campo Visualizza verrà compilato con il frammento di testo selezionato. Passando il cursore sul collegamento ipertestuale aggiunto, verrà visualizzato il suggerimento contenente il testo specificato. È possibile seguire il collegamento premendo il tasto CTRL e facendo clic sul collegamento nel documento. Per modificare o eliminare il collegamento ipertestuale aggiunto, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse, selezionare l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale e quindi l'azione che si desidera eseguire - Modifica collegamento ipertestuale o Elimina collegamento ipertestuale." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm", @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", - "title": "Copy/clear text formatting", - "body": "To copy a certain text formatting, select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard, click the Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this ), select the text passage you want to apply the same formatting to. To apply the copied formatting to multiple text passages, select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard, double-click the Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this and the Copy style icon will remain selected: ), select the necessary text passages one by one to apply the same formatting to each of them, to exit this mode, click the Copy style icon once again or press the Esc key on the keyboard. To quickly remove the applied formatting from your text, select the text passage which formatting you want to remove, click the Clear style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar." + "title": "Copiare/cancellare la formattazione del testo", + "body": "Per copiare una determinata formattazione del testo, selezionare il passaggio di testo la cui formattazione è necessario copiare con il mouse o utilizzando la tastiera, fare clic sull'icona Copia stile nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore (il puntatore del mouse sarà simile al seguente ), selezionare il passaggio di testo a cui si desidera applicare la stessa formattazione. Per applicare la formattazione copiata a più passaggi di testo, selezionare il passaggio di testo la cui formattazione è necessario copiare con il mouse o utilizzando la tastiera, fare doppio clic sull'icona Copia stile nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore (il puntatore del mouse sarà simile al seguente e l'icona Copia stile rimarrà selezionata: ), selezionare i passaggi di testo necessari uno ad uno per applicare la stessa formattazione a ciascuno di essi, per uscire da questa modalità, fare di nuovo clic sull'icona Copia stile o premere il tasto Esc sulla tastiera. Per rimuovere rapidamente la formattazione applicata dal testo, selezionare il passaggio di testo di cui si desidera rimuovere la formattazione, fare clic sull'icona Cancella stile nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", - "title": "Create lists", - "body": "To create a list in your document, place the cursor to the position where a list will be started (this can be a new line or the already entered text), switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the list type you would like to start: Unordered list with markers is created using the Bullets icon situated at the top toolbar Ordered list with digits or letters is created using the Numbering icon situated at the top toolbar Note: click the downward arrow next to the Bullets or Numbering icon to select how the list is going to look like. now each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and continue with the common text paragraph. The program also creates numbered lists automatically when you enter digit 1 with a dot or a bracket and a space after it: 1., 1). Bulleted lists can be created automatically when you enter the -, * characters and a space after them. You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Multilevel list , Decrease indent , and Increase indent icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed at the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Change paragraph indents and Set paragraph line spacing section. Join and separate lists To join a list to the preceding one: click the first item of the second list with the right mouse button, use the Join to previous list option from the contextual menu. The lists will be joined and the numbering will continue in accordance with the first list numbering. To separate a list: click the list item where you want to begin a new list with the right mouse button, use the Separate list option from the contextual menu. The list will be separated, and the numbering in the second list will begin anew. Change numbering To continue sequential numbering in the second list according to the previous list numbering: click the first item of the second list with the right mouse button, use the Continue numbering option from the contextual menu. The numbering will continue in accordance with the first list numbering. To set a certain numbering initial value: click the list item where you want to apply a new numbering value with the right mouse button, use the Set numbering value option from the contextual menu, in a new window that opens, set the necessary numeric value and click the OK button. Change the list settings To change the bulleted or numbered list settings, such as a bullet/number type, alignment, size and color: click an existing list item or select the text you want to format as a list, click the Bullets or Numbering icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the List Settings option, the List Settings window will open. The bulleted list settings window looks like this: The numbered list settings window looks like this: For the bulleted list, you can choose a character used as a bullet, while for the numbered list you can choose the numbering type. The Alignment, Size and Color options are the same both for the bulleted and numbered lists. Bullet - allows to select the necessary character used for the bulleted list. When you click on the Font and Symbol field, the Symbol window opens that allows to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article. Type - allows to select the necessary numbering type used for the numbered list. The following options are available: None, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Alignment - allows to select the necessary bullet/number alignment type that is used to align bullets/numbers horizontally within the space designated for them. The available alignment types are the following: Left, Center, Right. Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number size corresponds to the text size. You can choose one of the predefined sizes from 8 to 96. Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number color corresponds to the text color. You can choose the Automatic option to apply the automatic color, or select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color. All the changes are displayed in the Preview field. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window. To change the multilevel list settings, click a list item, click the Multilevel list icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the List Settings option, the List Settings window will open. The multilevel list settings window looks like this: Choose the necessary level of the list in the Level field on the left, then use the buttons on the top to adjust the bullet or number appearance for the selected level: Type - allows to select the necessary numbering type used for the numbered list or the necessary character used for the bulleted list. The following options are available for the numbered list: None, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... For the bulleted list, you can choose one of the default symbols or use the New bullet option. When you click this option, the Symbol window opens that allows to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article. Alignment - allows to select the necessary bullet/number alignment type that is used to align bullets/numbers horizontally within the space designated for them at the beginning of the paragraph. The available alignment types are the following: Left, Center, Right. Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size. The Like a text option is selected by default. You can choose one of the predefined sizes from 8 to 96. Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number color corresponds to the text color. You can choose the Automatic option to apply the automatic color, or select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color. All the changes are displayed in the Preview field. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window." + "title": "Creare elenchi", + "body": "Per creare un elenco nel documento, posiziona il cursore sulla posizione in cui verrà avviato un elenco (può trattarsi di una nuova riga o del testo già inserito), passare alla scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore, selezionare il tipo di elenco che si desidera avviare: Elenco non ordinato con marcatori, viene creato utilizzando l'icona Elenchi puntati situata nella barra degli strumenti superiore Elenco ordinato con cifre o lettere viene creato utilizzando l'icona Elenchi numerati situata nella barra degli strumenti superiore Nota: fare clic sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona Elenchi puntati o Elenchi numerati per selezionare l'aspetto dell'elenco. ora ogni volta che si preme il tasto Invio alla fine della riga apparirà una nuova voce di elenco ordinata o non ordinata. Per evitare questo, premere il tasto Backspace e continuare con il paragrafo di testo comune. Il programma crea automaticamente elenchi numerati quando si immette la cifra 1 con un punto o una parentesi e uno spazio dopo di essa: 1., 1). Gli elenchi puntati possono essere creati automaticamente quando si immettono i caratteri -, * e uno spazio dopo di essi. È inoltre possibile modificare il rientro del testo negli elenchi e nella relativa nidificazione utilizzando le icone Elenco a più livelli , Riduci rientro , Aumenta rientro nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore. Nota: i parametri di rientro e spaziatura aggiuntivi possono essere modificati nella barra laterale destra e nella finestra delle impostazioni avanzate. Per ulteriori informazioni, leggere la sezione Modificare i rientri di paragrafo e Impostare l’interliane del paragrafo. Unire e separare elenchi Per unire un elenco a quello precedente: fare clic sulla prima voce del secondo elenco con il tasto destro del mouse, utilizzare l'opzione Unisci all'elenco precedente dal menu contestuale. Gli elenchi saranno uniti e la numerazione continuerà in conformità con la prima numerazione. Per separare un elenco: fare clic sulla voce dell'elenco in cui si desidera iniziare un nuovo elenco con il tasto destro del mouse, utilizzare l'opzione Inizia nuovo elenco dal menu contestuale. L'elenco verrà separato e la numerazione nel secondo elenco inizierà di nuovo. Modificare la numerazione Per continuare la numerazione sequenziale nel secondo elenco in base alla numerazione dell'elenco precedente: fare clic sulla prima voce del secondo elenco con il tasto destro del mouse, utilizzare l'opzione Continua la numerazione dal menu contestuale. La numerazione continuerà in conformità con la prima numerazione dell'elenco. Per impostare un determinato valore iniziale di numerazione: fare clic sulla voce dell'elenco in cui si desidera applicare un nuovo valore di numerazione con il pulsante destro del mouse, utilizzare l'opzione Imposta valore di numerazione dal menu contestuale, nella nuova finestra che si apre, impostare il valore numerico necessario e fare clic sul pulsante OK. Modificare le impostazioni dell'elenco Per modificare le impostazioni dell'elenco puntato o numerato, ad esempio un tipo di punto elenco/numero, l'allineamento, le dimensioni e il colore: fare clic su una voce di elenco esistente o selezionare il testo che si desidera formattare come elenco, fare click sull’icona Elenchi puntati o Elenchi numerati inella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore, selezionare l'opzione Impostazioni elenco, si aprirà la finestra Impostazioni elenco. La finestra delle impostazioni dell'elenco puntato è simile alla seguente: La finestra delle impostazioni dell'elenco numerato è simile alla seguente: Per l'elenco puntato, è possibile scegliere un carattere utilizzato come punto elenco, mentre per l'elenco numerato è possibile scegliere il tipo di numerazione. Le opzioni Allineamento, Dimensione e Colore sono le stesse sia per gli elenchi puntati che per quelli numerati. Punto elenco - consente di selezionare il carattere necessario utilizzato per l'elenco puntato. Quando si fa clic sul campo Carattere e simbolo, viene visualizzata la finestra Simbolo che consente di scegliere uno dei caratteri disponibili. Per ulteriori informazioni su come lavorare con i simboli, è possibile fare riferimento a questo articolo. Tipo - consente di selezionare il tipo di numerazione necessaria utilizzata per l'elenco numerato. Sono disponibili le seguenti opzioni: Nessuno, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Allineamento - consente di selezionare il tipo di allineamento del punto elenco/numero necessario, utilizzato per allineare i punti elenco/numeri orizzontalmente all'interno dello spazio a loro designato. I tipi di allineamento disponibili sono i seguenti: A sinistra, Al centro, A destra. Dimensione - consente di selezionare la dimensione necessaria del punto elenco/numero. L'opzione Come un testo è selezionata per impostazione predefinita. Quando questa opzione è selezionata, la dimensione del punto elenco o del numero corrisponde alla dimensione del testo. È possibile scegliere una delle dimensioni predefinite da 8 a 96. Colore - permette di selezionare il colore necessario del punto elenco/numero. L'opzione Come un testo è selezionata per impostazione predefinita. Quando questa opzione è selezionata, il colore del punto elenco o del numero corrisponde al colore del testo. È possibile scegliere l'opzione Automatico per applicare il colore automatico oppure selezionare uno dei colori del tema o i colori standard nella tavolozza oppure specificare un colore personalizzato. Tutte le modifiche vengono visualizzate nel campo Anteprima. fare clic su OK per applicare le modifiche e chiudere la finestra delle impostazioni. Per modificare le impostazioni dell'elenco a più livelli, fare clic su una voce dell’elenco, fare clic sull'icona Elenco a più livelli nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore, selezionare l'opzione Impostazioni elenco, si aprirà la finestra Impostazioni elenco. La finestra delle impostazioni Elenco a più livelli è simile alla seguente: Scegliere il livello desiderato dell'elenco nel campo Livello a sinistra, quindi utilizzare i pulsanti in alto per regolare l'aspetto del punto elenco o del numero per il livello selezionato: Tipo - consente di selezionare il tipo di numerazione necessario utilizzato per l'elenco numerato o il carattere necessario utilizzato per l'elenco puntato. Le seguenti opzioni sono disponibili per l'elenco numerato: Nessuno, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Per l'elenco puntato, è possibile scegliere uno dei simboli predefiniti o utilizzare l'opzione Nuovo punto elenco. Quando si fa clic su questa opzione, viene visualizzata la finestra Simbolo che consente di scegliere uno dei caratteri disponibili. Per ulteriori informazioni su come lavorare con i simboli, è possibile fare riferimento a questo articolo. Allineamento - consente di selezionare il tipo di allineamento di punti elenco/numeri necessario, utilizzato per allineare i punti elenco/numeri orizzontalmente all'interno dello spazio a loro designato all'inizio del paragrafo. I tipi di allineamento disponibili sono i seguenti: A sinistra, Al centro, A destra. Dimensione - consente di selezionare la dimensione necessaria del punto elenco/numero. L'opzione Come un testo è selezionata per impostazione predefinita. È possibile scegliere una delle dimensioni predefinite da 8 a 96. Colore - consente di selezionare il colore del punto elenco/numero necessario. L'opzione Come un testo è selezionata per impostazione predefinita. Quando questa opzione è selezionata, il colore del punto elenco o del numero corrisponde al colore del testo. È possibile scegliere l'opzione Automatico per applicare il colore automatico, oppure selezionare uno dei colori del tema o colori standard nella tavolozza o specificare un colore personalizzato. Tutte le modifiche vengono visualizzate nel campo Anteprima. fare clic su OK per applicare le modifiche e chiudere la finestra delle impostazioni." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", @@ -162,18 +162,18 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", - "title": "Apply font decoration styles", - "body": "You can apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the document, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting. Bold Is used to make the font bold giving it more weight. Italic Is used to make the font italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Is used to make the text underlined with the line going under the letters. Strikeout Is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Superscript Is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript Is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. To access advanced font settings, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. Then the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window will open where you need to switch to the Font tab. Here you can use the following font decoration styles and settings: Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the double line going through the letters. Superscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Small caps is used to make all letters lower case. All caps is used to make all letters upper case. Spacing is used to set the space between the characters. Increase the default value to apply the Expanded spacing, or decrease the default value to apply the Condensed spacing. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. Position is used to set the characters position (vertical offset) in the line. Increase the default value to move characters upwards, or decrease the default value to move characters downwards. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. All the changes will be displayed in the preview field below." + "title": "Applicare stili di decorazione dei caratteri", + "body": "È possibile applicare vari stili di decorazione dei caratteri utilizzando le icone corrispondenti situate nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore. Nota: nel caso in cui si desidera applicare la formattazione al testo già presente nel documento, selezionarlo con il mouse o utilizzando la tastiera e applicare la formattazione. Grassetto Viene utilizzato per rendere grassetto il carattere dandogli più peso. Corsivo Viene utilizzato per rendere il carattere in corsivo dandogli un po' d’inclinazione sul lato destro. Sottolineato Viene utilizzato per rendere il testo sottolineato con la linea che va sotto le lettere. Barrato Viene utilizzato per rendere il testo barrato con la linea che attraversa le lettere. Apice Viene utilizzato per rendere il testo più piccolo e posizionarlo nella parte superiore della riga di testo, ad esempio come nelle frazioni. Pedice Viene utilizzato per rendere il testo più piccolo e posizionarlo nella parte inferiore della riga di testo, ad esempio come nelle formule chimiche. Per accedere alle impostazioni avanzate del carattere, fai clic con il pulsante destro del mouse e seleziona l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o utilizza il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate nella barra laterale destra. Quindi si aprirà la finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate in cui è necessario passare alla scheda Carattere. Qui è possibile utilizzare i seguenti stili e impostazioni di decorazione dei caratteri: Barrato viene utilizzato per rendere il testo barrato con la linea che attraversa le lettere. Barrato doppio viene utilizzata per rendere il testo barrato con la doppia linea che attraversa le lettere. Apice viene utilizzato per rendere il testo più piccolo e posizionarlo nella parte superiore della riga di testo, ad esempio come nelle frazioni. Pedice viene utilizzato per rendere il testo più piccolo e posizionarlo nella parte inferiore della riga di testo, ad esempio come nelle formule chimiche. Minuscole viene utilizzato per rendere tutte le lettere minuscole. Maiuscole viene utilizzato per rendere tutte le lettere maiuscole. Spaziatura viene utilizzata per impostare lo spazio tra i caratteri. Aumentare il valore predefinito per applicare la spaziatura Estesa o diminuire il valore predefinito per applicare la spaziatura Condensata. Utilizzare i pulsanti freccia o immettere il valore necessario nella casella. Posizione viene utilizzata per impostare la posizione dei caratteri (offset verticale) nella riga. Aumentare il valore predefinito per spostare i caratteri verso l'alto o diminuire il valore predefinito per spostare i caratteri verso il basso. Utilizzare i pulsanti freccia o immettere il valore necessario nella casella. Tutte le modifiche verranno visualizzate nel campo di anteprima sottostante." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", - "title": "Set font type, size, and color", - "body": "You can select the font type, its size and color using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the document, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting. Font Is used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. If a required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, after that the font will be available for use in the desktop version. Font size Is used to select among the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value to the font size field and then press Enter. Increment font size Is used to change the font size making it larger one point each time the button is pressed. Decrement font size Is used to change the font size making it smaller one point each time the button is pressed. Highlight color Is used to mark separate sentences, phrases, words, or even characters by adding a color band that imitates highlighter pen effect around the text. You can select the necessary part of the text and then click the downward arrow next to the icon to select a color on the palette (this color set does not depend on the selected Color scheme and includes 16 colors) - the color will be applied to the text selection. Alternatively, you can first choose a highlight color and then start selecting the text with the mouse - the mouse pointer will look like this and you'll be able to highlight several different parts of your text sequentially. To stop highlighting just click the icon once again. To clear the highlight color, choose the No Fill option. Highlight color is different from the Background color as the latter is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin. Font color Is used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. By default, the automatic font color is set in a new blank document. It is displayed as a black font on the white background. If you change the background color into black, the font color will automatically change into white to keep the text clearly visible. To choose a different color, click the downward arrow next to the icon and select a color from the available palettes (the colors on the Theme Colors palette depend on the selected color scheme). After you change the default font color, you can use the Automatic option in the color palettes window to quickly restore the automatic color for the selected text passage. Note: to learn more about the work with color palettes, please refer to this page." + "title": "Impostare il tipo, la dimensione e il colore del carattere", + "body": "È possibile selezionare il tipo di carattere, la dimensione e il colore utilizzando le icone corrispondenti situate nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore. Nota: nel caso in cui si desidera applicare la formattazione al testo già presente nel documento, selezionarlo con il mouse o utilizzando la tastiera e applicare la formattazione. Font Viene utilizzato per selezionare uno dei font dall'elenco di quelli disponibili. Se un font richiesto non è disponibile nell'elenco, puoi scaricarlo e installarlo sul tuo sistema operativo, dopodiché il font sarà disponibile per l'uso nella versione desktop. Dimensione carattere Viene utilizzato per selezionare tra i valori di dimensione del carattere preimpostati dall'elenco a discesa (i valori predefiniti sono: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). È anche possibile inserire manualmente un valore personalizzato nel campo della dimensione del carattere e quindi premere Invio. Aumenta dimensione carattere Viene utilizzato per modificare la dimensione del carattere rendendolo più grande di un punto ogni volta che si preme il pulsante. Riduci dimensione carattere Viene utilizzato per modificare la dimensione del carattere rendendolo più piccolo di un punto ogni volta che si preme il pulsante. Colore di evidenziazione Viene utilizzato per contrassegnare frasi, locuzioni, parole o persino caratteri separati aggiungendo una banda colorata che imita l'effetto dell’evidenziatore attorno al testo. È possibile selezionare la parte necessaria del testo e quindi fare clic sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona per selezionare un colore sulla tavolozza (questo set di colori non dipende dalla Combinazione di colori selezionata e include 16 colori) - il colore verrà applicato alla selezione del testo. In alternativa, è possibile scegliere prima un colore di evidenziazione e quindi iniziare a selezionare il testo con il mouse - il puntatore del mouse sarà simile a questo e sarà possibile evidenziare diverse parti del testo in sequenza. Per interrompere l'evidenziazione basta fare di nuovo clic sull'icona. Per cancellare il colore di evidenziazione, scegliere l'opzione Nessun riempimento. Il colore di evidenziazione è diverso dal Colore di sfondo poiché quest'ultimo viene applicato all'intero paragrafo e riempie completamente tutto lo spazio del paragrafo dal margine sinistro della pagina al margine destro della pagina. Colore carattere Viene utilizzato per modificare il colore delle lettere/caratteri nel testo. Per impostazione predefinita, il colore automatico del carattere è impostato in un nuovo documento vuoto. Viene visualizzato come carattere nero sullo sfondo bianco. Se si modifica il colore di sfondo in nero, il colore del carattere si trasformerà automaticamente in bianco per mantenere il testo chiaramente visibile. Per scegliere un colore diverso, fare clic sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona e selezionare un colore tra le tavolozze disponibili (i colori nella tavolozza Colori tema dipendono dalla combinazione di colori). Dopo aver modificato il colore del carattere predefinito, è possibile utilizzare l'opzione Automatico nella finestra delle tavolozze dei colori per ripristinare rapidamente il colore automatico per il passaggio di testo selezionato. Nota: per saperne di più sul lavoro con le tavolozze dei colori, fare riferimento a questa pagina." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", - "title": "Apply formatting styles", - "body": "Each formatting style is a set of predefined formatting options: (font size, color, line spacing, alignment etc.). The styles allow you to quickly format different parts of the document (headings, subheadings, lists, normal text, quotes) instead of applying several formatting options individually each time. This also ensures a consistent appearance throughout the entire document. Style application depends on whether a style is a paragraph style (normal, no spacing, headings, list paragraph etc.), or the text style (based on the font type, size, color), as well as on whether a text passage is selected, or the mouse cursor is positioned within a word. In some cases you might need to select the necessary style from the style library twice so that it can be applied correctly: when you click the style at the style panel for the first time, the paragraph style properties are applied. When you click it for the second time, the text properties are applied. Use default styles To apply one of the available text formatting styles, place the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs you want to apply one of the formatting styles to, select the needed style from the style gallery on the right at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following formatting styles are available: normal, no spacing, heading 1-9, title, subtitle, quote, intense quote, list paragraph, footer, header, footnote text. Edit existing styles and create new ones To change an existing style: Apply the necessary style to a paragraph. Select the paragraph text and change all the formatting parameters you need. Save the changes made: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Update 'StyleName' Style option ('StyleName' corresponds to the style you've applied at the step 1), or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery, right-click the style you want to change and select the Update from selection option. Once the style is modified, all the paragraphs within the document formatted using this style will change their appearance correspondingly. To create a completely new style: Format a text passage as you need. Select an appropriate way to save the style: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Create new Style option, or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery and click the New style from selection option. Set the new style parameters in the Create New Style window that opens: Specify the new style name in the text entry field. Select the desired style for the subsequent paragraph from the Next paragraph style list. It's also possible to choose the Same as created new style option. Click the OK button. The created style will be added to the style gallery. Manage your custom styles: To restore the default settings of a certain style you've changed, right-click the style you want to restore and select the Restore to default option. To restore the default settings of all the styles you've changed, right-click any default style in the style gallery and select the Restore all to default styles option. To delete one of the new styles you've created, right-click the style you want to delete and select the Delete style option. To delete all the new styles you've created, right-click any new style you've created and select the Delete all custom styles option." + "title": "Applicare stili di formattazione", + "body": "Ogni stile di formattazione è un insieme di opzioni di formattazione predefinite: (dimensione del carattere, colore, interlinea, allineamento, ecc.). Gli stili consentono di formattare rapidamente diverse parti del documento (intestazioni, sottotitoli, elenchi, testo normale, citazioni) invece di applicare diverse opzioni di formattazione singolarmente ogni volta. Ciò garantisce anche un aspetto coerente in tutto il documento. L'applicazione dello stile dipende dal fatto che uno stile sia uno stile di paragrafo (normale, senza spaziatura, intestazioni, elenco paragrafo ecc.), o dallo stile del testo (in base al tipo di carattere, alla dimensione, al colore), nonché dal fatto che sia selezionato un passaggio di testo o che il cursore del mouse sia posizionato all'interno di una parola. In alcuni casi potrebbe essere necessario selezionare due volte lo stile necessario dalla libreria di stili in modo che possa essere applicato correttamente: quando si fa clic per la prima volta sullo stile nel pannello degli stili, vengono applicate le proprietà dello stile di paragrafo. Quando si fa clic per la seconda volta, vengono applicate le proprietà del testo. Utilizzare gli stili predefiniti Per applicare uno degli stili di formattazione del testo disponibili, posizionare il cursore all'interno del paragrafo che interessa o selezionare diversi paragrafi a cui si desidera applicare uno degli stili di formattazione, selezionare lo stile necessario dalla raccolta stili a destra nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore. Sono disponibili i seguenti stili di formattazione: normale, senza spaziatura, titolo 1-9, titolo, sottotitolo, citazione, citazione profonda, elenco paragrafo, piè di pagina, intestazione, testo della nota a piè di pagina. Modificare gli stili esistenti e crearne di nuovi Per modificare uno stile esistente: Applicare lo stile necessario a un paragrafo. Selezionare il testo del paragrafo e modificare tutti i parametri di formattazione di cui si ha bisogno. Salvare le modifiche apportate: selezionare l'opzione Formatta come stile e quindi scegliere l'opzione Aggiorna stile 'NomeStile' ('NomeStile' corrisponde allo stile applicato al passaggio 1), oppure selezionare il passaggio di testo modificato con il mouse, fare scorrere la galleria di stili, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse sullo stile che si desidera modificare e selezionare l'opzione Aggiorna da selezione. Una volta modificato lo stile, tutti i paragrafi all'interno del documento formattati utilizzando questo stile cambieranno di conseguenza. Per creare uno stile completamente nuovo: Formattare un passaggio di testo di cui si ha bisogno. Selezionare un modo appropriato per salvare lo stile: Fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse sul testo modificato, selezionare l'opzione Formatta come stile, quindi scegliere l'opzione Crea nuovo stile, oppure seleziona il passaggio di testo modificato con il mouse, fai scorrere la galleria di stili e fai clic sull'opzione Nuovo stile da selezione. Impostare i nuovi parametri dello stile nella finestra Crea nuovo stile che si apre: Specificare il nome del nuovo stile nel campo di immissione testo. Selezionare lo stile desiderato per il paragrafo successivo dall'elenco Stile paragrafo successivo. È anche possibile scegliere l'opzione Come il nuovo stile creato. Fare clic sul pulsante OK. Lo stile creato verrà aggiunto alla galleria degli stili. Gestire gli stili personalizzati: Per ripristinare le impostazioni predefinite di un determinato stile modificato, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse sullo stile da ripristinare e selezionare l'opzione Ripristina predefinito. Per ripristinare le impostazioni predefinite di tutti gli stili modificati, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse su uno stile predefinito nella raccolta stili e selezionare l'opzione Ripristina tutti gli stili predefiniti. Per eliminare uno dei nuovi stili creati, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse sullo stile da eliminare e selezionare l'opzione Elimina stile. Per eliminare tutti i nuovi stili creati, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse su qualsiasi nuovo stile creato e selezionare l'opzione Elimina tutti gli stili personalizzati." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", @@ -197,8 +197,8 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", - "title": "Insert a drop cap", - "body": "A Drop cap is the first letter of a paragraph that is much larger than others and takes up several lines in height. To add a drop cap, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Drop Cap icon at the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the option you need: In Text - to place the drop cap within the paragraph. In Margin - to place the drop cap in the left margin. The first character of the selected paragraph will be transformed into a drop cap. If you need the drop cap to include some more characters, add them manually: select the drop cap and type in other letters you need. To adjust the drop cap appearance (i.e. font size, type, decoration style or color), select the letter and use the corresponding icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. When the drop cap is selected, it's surrounded by a frame (a container used to position the drop cap on the page). You can quickly change the frame size dragging its borders or change its position using the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the frame. To delete the added drop cap, select it, click the Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the None option from the drop-down list. To adjust the added drop cap parameters, select it, click the Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the Drop Cap Settings option from the drop-down list. The Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window will open: The Drop Cap tab allows to set the following parameters: Position - is used to change the drop cap placement. Select the In Text or In Margin option, or click None to delete the drop cap. Font - is used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. Height in rows - is used to specify how many lines the drop cap should span. It's possible to select a value from 1 to 10. Distance from text - is used to specify the amount of space between the text of the paragraph and the right border of the frame that surrounds the drop cap. The Borders & Fill tab allows to add a border around the drop cap and adjust its parameters. They are the following: Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the borders (top, bottom, left, right or their combination) you want to apply these settings to. Background color - choose the color for the drop cap background. The Margins tab allows to set the distance between the drop cap and the Top, Bottom, Left and Right borders around it (if the borders have previously been added). Once the drop cap is added you can also change the Frame parameters. To access them, right click within the frame and select the Frame Advanced Settings from the menu. The Frame - Advanced Settings window will open: The Frame tab allows to set the following parameters: Position - is used to select the Inline or Flow wrapping style. Or you can click None to delete the frame. Width and Height - are used to change the frame dimensions. The Auto option allows to automatically adjust the frame size to fit the drop cap in it. The Exactly option allows to specify fixed values. The At least option is used to set the minimum height value (if you change the drop cap size, the frame height changes accordingly, but it cannot be less than the specified value). Horizontal parameters are used either to set the frame exact position in the selected units of measurement relative to a margin, page or column, or to align the frame (left, center or right) relative to one of these reference points. You can also set the horizontal Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the vertical frame borders and the text of the paragraph. Vertical parameters are used either to set the frame exact position in the selected units of measurement relative to a margin, page or paragraph, or to align the frame (top, center or bottom) relative to one of these reference points. You can also set the vertical Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the horizontal frame borders and the text of the paragraph. Move with text - controls whether the frame moves as the paragraph to which it is anchored moves. The Borders & Fill and Margins tabs allow to set just the same parameters as at the tabs of the same name in the Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window." + "title": "Inserire un capolettera", + "body": "Un Capolettera è la prima lettera di un paragrafo che è molto più grande di altre e occupa diverse righe di altezza. Per aggiungere un capolettera, posizionare il cursore all'interno del paragrafo necessario, passare alla scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti superiore, fare clic sull'icona Capolettera nella barra degli strumenti superiore, nell'elenco a discesa aperto selezionare l'opzione desiderata: Nel Testo - per posizionare il capolettera all'interno del paragrafo. Nel Margine - per posizionare il capolettera nel margine sinistro. Il primo carattere del paragrafo selezionato verrà trasformato in un capolettera. Se si ha bisogno che il capolettera includa altri caratteri, aggiungerli manualmente: selezionare il capolettera e digitare le altre lettere di cui si ha bisogno. Per regolare l'aspetto del capolettera (ad esempio la dimensione del carattere, il tipo, lo stile della decorazione o il colore), selezionate la lettera e utilizzate le icone corrispondenti nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore. Quando il capolettera è selezionato, è circondato da una cornice (un contenitore utilizzato per posizionare il capolettera sulla pagina). È possibile modificare rapidamente le dimensioni della cornice trascinandone i bordi o la posizione utilizzando l'icona visualizzata dopo aver posizionato il cursore del mouse sulla cornice. Per eliminare il capolettera aggiunto, selezionarlo, fare clic sull'icona Capolettera nella scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti superiore e scegliere l'opzione Nessuno dall'elenco a discesa. Per regolare i parametri del capolettera aggiunto, selezionarlo, fare clic sull'icona Capolettera nella scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti superiore e scegliere l'opzione Impostazioni capolettera dall'elenco a discesa. Si aprirà la finestra Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate: La scheda Capolettera consente di impostare i seguenti parametri: Posizione - viene utilizzato per modificare il posizionamento del capolettera. Selezionare l'opzione Nel testo o Nel margine oppure fare clic su Nessuno per eliminare il capolettera. Font - consente di selezionare uno dei font dall'elenco di quelli disponibili. Altezza in righe - viene utilizzato per specificare il numero di righe su cui il capolettera deve estendersi. È possibile selezionare un valore compreso tra 1 e 10. Distanza dal testo - viene utilizzato per specificare la quantità di spazio tra il testo del paragrafo e il bordo destro della cornice che circonda il capolettera. La scheda Bordi e riempimento consente di aggiungere un bordo intorno al capolettera e di regolarne i parametri. Essi sono i seguenti: Parametri del bordo (dimensioni, colore e presenza o assenza) - impostare le dimensioni del bordo, selezionare il colore e scegliere i bordi (superiore, inferiore, sinistra, destra o la loro combinazione) a cui si desidera applicare queste impostazioni. Colore sfondo - scegliere il colore per lo sfondo del capolettera. La scheda Margini consente di impostare la distanza tra il capolettera e i bordi Superiore, Inferiore, Sinistra e Destra intorno ad esso (se i bordi sono stati aggiunti in precedenza). Una volta aggiunto il capolettera, puoi anche modificare i parametri della cornice. Per accedervi, fare clic con il tasto destro all'interno della cornice e selezionare Impostazioni avanzate della cornice dal menu. Si aprirà la finestra Cornice - Impostazioni avanzate: La scheda Cornice permette di impostare i seguenti parametri: Posizione - consente di selezionare lo stile In linea o Dinamica. In alternativa, è possibile fare clic su Nessuno per eliminare la cornice. Larghezza e Altezza - vengono utilizzati per modificare le dimensioni della cornice. L'opzione Auto consente di regolare automaticamente le dimensioni della cornice per adattarle al capolettera. L'opzione Esatta consente di specificare valori fissi. L'opzione Minima viene utilizzata per impostare il valore di altezza minima (se si modifica la dimensione del capolettera, l'altezza del riquadro cambia di conseguenza, ma non può essere inferiore al valore specificato). I parametri orizzontali vengono utilizzati per impostare la posizione esatta della cornice nelle unità di misura selezionate rispetto a un margine, pagina o colonna, oppure per allineare la cornice (a sinistra, al centro o a destra) rispetto a uno di questi punti di riferimento. È inoltre possibile impostare la distanza orizzontale dal testo, ovvero la quantità di spazio tra i bordi della cornice verticale e il testo del paragrafo. I parametri verticali vengono utilizzati per impostare la posizione esatta della cornice nelle unità di misura selezionate rispetto a un margine, pagina o paragrafo, oppure per allineare la cornice (in alto, al centro o in basso) rispetto a uno di questi punti di riferimento. È inoltre possibile impostare la distanza verticale dal testo, ovvero la quantità di spazio tra i bordi della cornice orizzontale e il testo del paragrafo. Sposta col testo - controlla che la cornice si sposti mentre il paragrafo a cui è ancorata si sposta. Le schede Bordi e Riempimento e Margini consentono di impostare solo gli stessi parametri delle schede con lo stesso nome nella finestra Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", @@ -217,8 +217,8 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", - "title": "Insert images", - "body": "In Document Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your document. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Insert an image To insert an image into the document text, place the cursor where you want the image to be put, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Image icon at the top toolbar, select one of the following options to load the image: the Image from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the necessary image web address and click the OK button the Image from Storage option will open the Select data source window. Select an image stored on your portal and click the OK button once the image is added you can change its size, properties, and position. It's also possible to add a caption to the image. To learn more on how to work with captions for images, you can refer to this article. Move and resize images To change the image size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected image while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the image position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the image. Drag the image to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the image, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). To rotate the image, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Adjust image settings Some of the image settings can be altered using the Image settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the image and choose the Image settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the current image Width and Height. If necessary, you can restore the actual image size clicking the Actual Size button. The Fit to Margin button allows to resize the image, so that it occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. The Crop button is used to crop the image. Click the Crop button to activate cropping handles which appear on the image corners and in the center of each its side. Manually drag the handles to set the cropping area. You can move the mouse cursor over the cropping area border so that it turns into the icon and drag the area. To crop a single side, drag the handle located in the center of this side. To simultaneously crop two adjacent sides, drag one of the corner handles. To equally crop two opposite sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the handle in the center of one of these sides. To equally crop all sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging any of the corner handles. When the cropping area is specified, click the Crop button once again, or press the Esc key, or click anywhere outside of the cropping area to apply the changes. After the cropping area is selected, it's also possible to use the Fill and Fit options available from the Crop drop-down menu. Click the Crop button once again and select the option you need: If you select the Fill option, the central part of the original image will be preserved and used to fill the selected cropping area, while other parts of the image will be removed. If you select the Fit option, the image will be resized so that it fits the cropping area height or width. No parts of the original image will be removed, but empty spaces may appear within the selected cropping area. Rotation is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the image by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the image horizontally (left to right) to flip the image vertically (upside down) Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Replace Image is used to replace the current image loading another one From File or From URL. Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected image to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup images to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page. Align is used to align the image left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Rotate is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Crop is used to apply one of the cropping options: Crop, Fill or Fit. Select the Crop option from the submenu, then drag the cropping handles to set the cropping area, and click one of these three options from the submenu once again to apply the changes. Actual Size is used to change the current image size to the actual one. Replace image is used to replace the current image loading another one From File or From URL. Image Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Image - Advanced Settings' window. When the image is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly. At the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image. Adjust image advanced settings To change the image advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the image width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the actual size of the added image, click the Actual Size button. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the image by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the image horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the image vertically (upside down). The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the image is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the image is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the image moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the image can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the image. Tight - the text wraps the actual image edges. Through - the text wraps around the image edges and fills in the open white space within the image. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the image. In front - the image overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the image. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text controls whether the image moves as the text to which it is anchored moves. Allow overlap controls whether two images overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the image." + "title": "Inserire immagini", + "body": "Nell'Editor di documenti è possibile inserire nel documento immagini nei formati più diffusi. Sono supportati i seguenti formati di immagine: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Inserire un'immagine Per inserire un'immagine nel testo del documento, posizionare il cursore nel punto in cui si desidera inserire l'immagine, passare alla scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti superiore, fare clic sull'icona Immagine nella barra degli strumenti in alto, selezionare una delle seguenti opzioni per caricare l'immagine: l'opzione Immagine da file aprirà la finestra di dialogo standard per la selezione del file. Sfogliare l'unità disco rigido del computer per il file necessario e fare clic sul pulsante Apri l'opzione Immagine da URL aprirà la finestra in cui è possibile inserire l'indirizzo web dell'immagine necessario e fare clic sul pulsante OK l'opzione Immagine da archiviazione aprirà la finestra Seleziona origine dati. Selezionare un'immagine memorizzata sul tuo portale e fai clic sul pulsante OK una volta aggiunta l'immagine, è possibile modificarne le dimensioni, le proprietà e la posizione. È anche possibile aggiungere una didascalia all'immagine. Per saperne di più su come lavorare con le didascalie per le immagini, puoi fare riferimento a questo articolo. Spostare e ridimensionare le immagini Per modificare le dimensioni dell'immagine, trascinare i quadratini situati sui bordi. Per mantenere le proporzioni originali dell'immagine selezionata durante il ridimensionamento, tenere premuto il tasto Maiusc e trascinare una delle icone agli angoli. Per modificare la posizione dell'immagine, utilizzare l'icona che appare dopo aver posizionato il cursore del mouse sull'immagine. Trascinare l'immagine nella posizione desiderata senza rilasciare il pulsante del mouse. Quando si sposta l'immagine, vengono visualizzate linee guida che consentono di posizionare con precisione l'oggetto sulla pagina (se è selezionato uno stile di disposizione diverso da quello in linea). Per ruotare l'immagine, posizionare il cursore del mouse sulla maniglia di rotazione e trascinala in senso orario o antiorario. Per vincolare l'angolo di rotazione a incrementi di 15 gradi, tenete premuto il tasto Maiusc durante la rotazione. Nota: l'elenco delle scorciatoie da tastiera che possono essere utilizzate quando si lavora con gli oggetti è disponibile qui. Regolare le impostazioni dell'immagine Alcune delle impostazioni dell'immagine possono essere modificate utilizzando la scheda Impostazioni immagine della barra laterale destra. Per attivarla clicca sull'immagine e scegli l'icona Impostazioni immagine a destra. Qui è possibile modificare le seguenti proprietà: Dimensione viene utilizzata per visualizzare la Larghezza e l'Altezza dell'immagine corrente. Se necessario, è possibile ripristinare le dimensioni effettive dell'immagine facendo clic sul pulsante Dimensioni effettive. Il pulsante Adatta al margine consente di ridimensionare l'immagine, in modo da occupare tutto lo spazio tra il margine sinistro e quello destro della pagina. Il pulsante Ritaglia viene utilizzato per ritagliare l'immagine. Fare clic sul pulsante Ritaglia per attivare le maniglie di ritaglio che appaiono agli angoli dell'immagine e al centro di ciascun lato. Trascinare manualmente le maniglie per impostare l'area di ritaglio. È possibile spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo dell'area di ritaglio in modo che si trasformi nell'icona e trascinare l'area. Per ritagliare un solo lato, trascinare la maniglia situata al centro di questo lato. Per ritagliare contemporaneamente due lati adiacenti, trascinare una delle maniglie d'angolo. Per ritagliare equamente due lati opposti dell'immagine, tenere premuto il tasto Ctrl mentre si trascina la maniglia al centro di uno di questi lati. Per ritagliare equamente tutti i lati dell'immagine, tenere premuto il tasto Ctrl quando si trascina una delle maniglie d'angolo. Quando l'area di ritaglio è specificata, fare di nuovo clic sul pulsante Ritaglia o premere il tasto Esc oppure fare clic in un punto qualsiasi al di fuori dell'area di ritaglio per applicare le modifiche. Dopo aver selezionato l'area di ritaglio, è anche possibile utilizzare le opzioni Riempimento e Adatta disponibili dal menu a discesa Ritaglia. Fare di nuovo clic sul pulsante Ritaglia e selezionare l'opzione desiderata: Se si seleziona l'opzione Riempimento , la parte centrale dell'immagine originale verrà mantenuta e utilizzata per riempire l'area di ritaglio selezionata, mentre altre parti dell'immagine verranno rimosse. Se si seleziona l'opzione Adatta, , l'immagine verrà ridimensionata in modo da adattarla all'altezza o alla larghezza dell'area di ritaglio. Nessuna parte dell'immagine originale verrà rimossa, ma potrebbero apparire spazi vuoti all'interno dell'area di ritaglio selezionata. Rotazione viene utilizzata per ruotare l'immagine di 90 gradi in senso orario o antiorario, nonché per capovolgere l'immagine orizzontalmente o verticalmente. Fare clic su uno dei pulsanti: per ruotare l'immagine di 90 gradi in senso antiorario per ruotare l'immagine di 90 gradi in senso orario per capovolgere l'immagine orizzontalmente (da sinistra a destra) per capovolgere l'immagine verticalmente (sottosopra) Stile di siposizione viene utilizzato per selezionare uno stile di disposizione del testo tra quelli disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all’interno, sopra e sotto, davantial testo, dietro al testo (per ulteriori informazioni vedere la descrizione delle impostazioni avanzate di seguito). Sostituisci immagine viene utilizzata per sostituire l'immagine corrente caricandone un'altra Da file o Da URL. Alcune di queste opzioni si possono trovare anche nel menu di scelta rapida. Le opzioni del menu sono: Taglia, Copia, Incolla - opzioni standard utilizzate per tagliare o copiare un testo/oggetto selezionato e incollare un passaggio di testo o un oggetto precedentemente tagliato/copiato nella posizione corrente del cursore. Disponi viene utilizzata per portare l'immagine selezionata in primo piano, inviarla sullo sfondo, spostarsi avanti o indietro, nonché raggruppare o separare le immagini per eseguire operazioni con più di esse contemporaneamente. Per ulteriori informazioni su come disporre gli oggetti è possibile fare riferimento a questa pagina. Allinea viene utilizzata per allineare l'immagine a sinistra, al centro, a destra, in alto, al centro, in basso. Per ulteriori informazioni su come allineare gli oggetti è possibile fare riferimento a questa pagina. Stile di siposizione viene utilizzato per selezionare uno stile di disposizione del testo tra quelli disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all’interno, sopra e sotto, davantial testo, dietro al testo - modificare il contorno di avvolgimento. L'opzione Modifica contorno avvolgimento è disponibile solo se si seleziona uno stile di disposizione diverso da In linea . Trascinare i punti di ritorno a capo per personalizzare il contorno. Per creare un nuovo punto di avvolgimento, fare clic in un punto qualsiasi della linea rossa e trascinarlo nella posizione desiderata. Ruota viene utilizzata per ruotare l'immagine di 90 gradi in senso orario o antiorario, nonché per capovolgere l'immagine orizzontalmente o verticalmente. Ritaglia viene utilizzata per applicare una delle opzioni di ritaglio: Ritaglia, Riempimento o Adatta. Selezionare l'opzione Ritaglia dal sottomenu, quindi trascinare le maniglie di ritaglio per impostare l'area di ritaglio e fare nuovamente clic su una di queste tre opzioni dal sottomenu per applicare le modifiche. Dimensione reale viene utilizzato per modificare le dimensioni correnti dell'immagine in quella effettiva. Sostituisci immagine viene utilizzata per sostituire l'immagine corrente caricandone un'altra Da file o Da URL. Impostazioni avanzate dell'immagine viene utilizzata per aprire la finestra \"Immagine - Impostazioni avanzate\". Quando l'immagine è selezionata, l'icona Impostazioni forma è disponibile anche sulla destra. È possibile fare clic su questa icona per aprire la scheda Impostazioni forma nella barra laterale destra e regolare il tipo di tratto, , le dimensioni e il colore della forma, nonché modificare il tipo di forma selezionando un'altra forma dal menu Cambia forma automatica. La forma dell'immagine cambierà di conseguenza. Nella scheda Impostazioni forma, è inoltre possibile utilizzare l'opzione Mostra ombreggiatura per aggiungere un'ombreggiatura all'immagine. Regolare le impostazioni avanzate dell'immagine Per modificare le impostazioni avanzate dell'immagine, fare clic sull'immagine con il pulsante destro del mouse e selezionare l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate dell’immagine dal menu di scelta rapida o fare semplicemente clic sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate nella barra laterale destra. Si aprirà la finestra delle proprietà dell'immagine: La scheda Dimensione contiene i seguenti parametri: Larghezza e Altezza - utilizzare queste opzioni per modificare la larghezza e/o l'altezza dell'immagine. Se si fa clic sul pulsante Proporzioni costanti (in questo caso ha questo aspetto ), la larghezza e l'altezza verranno modificate insieme mantenendo le proporzioni originali dell'immagine. Per ripristinare le dimensioni effettive dell'immagine aggiunta, fare clic sul pulsante Dimensioni effettive. La scheda Rotazione contiene i seguenti parametri: Angolo - utilizzare questa opzione per ruotare l'immagine di un angolo esattamente specificato. Immettere il valore necessario misurato in gradi nel campo o regolarlo utilizzando le frecce a destra. Capovolto - selezionare la casella Orizzontalmente per capovolgere l'immagine orizzontalmente (da sinistra a destra) o selezionare la casella Verticalmente per capovolgere l'immagine verticalmente (sottosopra). La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri: Stile di disposizione - utilizzare questa opzione per modificare il modo in cui l'immagine viene posizionata rispetto al testo: sarà una parte del testo (nel caso in cui si seleziona lo stile In linea) o bypassata da esso da tutti i lati (se si seleziona uno degli altri stili). In linea - l'immagine è considerata una parte del testo, come un carattere, quindi quando il testo si sposta, si sposta anche l'immagine. In questo caso le opzioni di posizionamento sono inaccessibili. Se si seleziona uno dei seguenti stili, l'immagine può essere spostata indipendentemente dal testo e posizionata esattamente sulla pagina: Quadrato - il testo avvolge il riquadro rettangolare che delimita l'immagine. Ravvicinato - il testo avvolge i bordi dell'immagine reale. All’intero - il testo va a capo attorno ai bordi dell'immagine e riempie lo spazio bianco aperto all'interno dell'immagine. Per visualizzare l'effetto, utilizzare l'opzione Modifica contorno avvolgimento dal menu di scelta rapida. Sopra e sotto - il testo è solo sopra e sotto l'immagine. Davanti al testo - l'immagine si sovrappone al testo. Dietro al testo - il testo si sovrappone all'immagine. Se si seleziona lo stile quadrato, ravvicinato, all’interno o sopra e sotto, sarà possibile impostare alcuni parametri aggiuntivi: distanza dal testo su tutti i lati (in alto, in basso, a sinistra, a destra). La scheda Posizione è disponibile solo se si seleziona uno stile di disposizione diverso da quello in linea. Questa scheda contiene i seguenti parametri che variano a seconda dello stile di disposizione selezionato: La sezione Orizzontale consente di selezionare uno dei seguenti tre tipi di posizionamento dell'immagine: Allineamento (a sinistra, al centro, a destra) rispetto a carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margini, pagina o margine destro, Posizione assoluta misurata in unità assolute, ad esempio Centimetri/Punti/Pollici (a seconda dell'opzione specificata nella scheda File -> Impostazioni avanzate...) a destra del carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margini, pagina o margine destro, Posizione relativa misurata in percentuale rispetto al margine sinistro, ai margini, alla pagina o al margine destro. La sezione Verticale consente di selezionare uno dei seguenti tre tipi di posizionamento dell'immagine: Allineamento (in alto, al centro, in basso) rispetto a riga, margini, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore, Posizione assoluta misurata in unità assolute, ad esempio Centimetri/Punti/Pollici (a seconda dell'opzione specificata nella scheda File -> Impostazioni avanzate...) sotto la linea, i margini, il margine inferiore, il paragrafo, la pagina o il margine superiore, Posizione relativa misurata in percentuale rispetto a margini, al margine inferiore, alla pagina o al margine superiore. Sposta oggetto con testo controlla se l'immagine si sposta mentre il testo a cui è ancorata si sposta. Consenti sovrapposizione controlla se due immagini si sovrappongono o meno se trascinate una accanto all'altra sulla pagina. La scheda Testo alternativo consente di specificare un Titolo e una Descrizione che verranno letti alle persone con disabilità visive o cognitive per aiutarle a capire meglio quali informazioni ci sono nell'immagine." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", @@ -232,8 +232,8 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", - "title": "Insert tables", - "body": "Insert a table To insert a table into the document text, place the cursor where you want the table to be put, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, select the option to create a table: either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum) If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum). or a custom table In case you need more than 10 by 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button. If you want to draw a table using the mouse, select the Draw Table option. This can be useful, if you want to create a table with rows and colums of different sizes. The mouse cursor will turn into the pencil . Draw a rectangular shape where you want to add a table, then add rows by drawing horizontal lines and columns by drawing vertical lines within the table boundary. once the table is added you can change its properties, size and position. To resize a table, hover the mouse cursor over the handle in its lower right corner and drag it until the table reaches the necessary size. You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border up or down. To move a table, hold down the handle in its upper left corner and drag it to the necessary place in the document. It's also possible to add a caption to the table. To learn more on how to work with captions for tables, you can refer to this article. Select a table or its part To select an entire table, click the handle in its upper left corner. To select a certain cell, move the mouse cursor to the left side of the necessary cell so that the cursor turns into the black arrow , then left-click. To select a certain row, move the mouse cursor to the left border of the table next to the necessary row so that the cursor turns into the horizontal black arrow , then left-click. To select a certain column, move the mouse cursor to the top border of the necessary column so that the cursor turns into the downward black arrow , then left-click. It's also possible to select a cell, row, column or table using options from the contextual menu or from the Rows & Columns section at the right sidebar. Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts. Adjust table settings Some of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Select is used to select a row, column, cell, or table. Insert is used to insert a row above or row below the row where the cursor is placed as well as to insert a column at the left or right side from the column where the cursor is placed. It's also possible to insert several rows or columns. If you select the Several Rows/Columns option, the Insert Several window opens. Select the Rows or Columns option from the list, specify the number of rows/column you want to add, choose where they should be added: Above the cursor or Below the cursor and click OK. Delete is used to delete a row, column, table or cells. If you select the Cells option, the Delete Cells window will open, where you can select if you want to Shift cells left, Delete entire row, or Delete entire column. Merge Cells is available if two or more cells are selected and is used to merge them. It's also possible to merge cells by erasing a boundary between them using the eraser tool. To do this, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, choose the Erase Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the eraser . Move the mouse cursor over the border between the cells you want to merge and erase it. Split Cell... is used to open a window where you can select the needed number of columns and rows the cell will be split in. It's also possible to split a cell by drawing rows or columns using the pencil tool. To do this, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, choose the Draw Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the pencil . Draw a horizontal line to create a row or a vertical line to create a column. Distribute rows is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same height without changing the overall table height. Distribute columns is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same width without changing the overall table width. Cell Vertical Alignment is used to align the text top, center or bottom in the selected cell. Text Direction - is used to change the text orientation in a cell. You can place the text horizontally, vertically from top to bottom (Rotate Text Down), or vertically from bottom to top (Rotate Text Up). Table Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window. Hyperlink is used to insert a hyperlink. Paragraph Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window. You can also change the table properties at the right sidebar: Rows and Columns are used to select the table parts that you want to be highlighted. For rows: Header - to highlight the first row Total - to highlight the last row Banded - to highlight every other row For columns: First - to highlight the first column Last - to highlight the last column Banded - to highlight every other column Select from Template is used to choose a table template from the available ones. Borders Style is used to select the border size, color, style as well as background color. Rows & Columns is used to perform some operations with the table: select, delete, insert rows and columns, merge cells, split a cell. Rows & Columns Size is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells have equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells have equal width. Add formula is used to insert a formula into the selected table cell. Repeat as header row at the top of each page is used to insert the same header row at the top of each page in long tables. Show advanced settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window. Adjust table advanced settings To change the advanced table properties, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will open: The Table tab allows to change properties of the entire table. The Table Size section contains the following parameters: Width - by default, the table width is automatically adjusted to fit the page width, i.e. the table occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. You can check this box and specify the necessary table width manually. Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the table width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall page width. Note: you can also adjust the table size manually changing the row height and column width. Move the mouse cursor over a row/column border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border. You can also use the markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width and the markers on the vertical ruler to change the row height. Automatically resize to fit contents - enables automatic change of each column width in accordance with the text within its cells. The Default Cell Margins section allows to change the space between the text within the cells and the cell border used by default. The Options section allows to change the following parameter: Spacing between cells - the cell spacing which will be filled with the Table Background color. The Cell tab allows to change properties of individual cells. First you need to select the cell you want to apply the changes to or select the entire table to change properties of all its cells. The Cell Size section contains the following parameters: Preferred width - allows to set a preferred cell width. This is the size that a cell strives to fit to, but in some cases it may not be possible to fit to this exact value. For example, if the text within a cell exceeds the specified width, it will be broken into the next line so that the preferred cell width remains unchanged, but if you insert a new column, the preferred width will be reduced. Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the cell width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall table width. Note: you can also adjust the cell width manually. To make a single cell in a column wider or narrower than the overall column width, select the necessary cell and move the mouse cursor over its right border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow, then drag the border. To change the width of all the cells in a column, use the markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width. The Cell Margins section allows to adjust the space between the text within the cells and the cell border. By default, standard values are used (the default values can also be altered at the Table tab), but you can uncheck the Use default margins box and enter the necessary values manually. The Cell Options section allows to change the following parameter: The Wrap text option is enabled by default. It allows to wrap text within a cell that exceeds its width onto the next line expanding the row height and keeping the column width unchanged. The Borders & Background tab contains the following parameters: Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the way it will be displayed in the cells. Note: in case you select not to show table borders clicking the button or deselecting all the borders manually on the diagram, they will be indicated by a dotted line in the document. To make them disappear at all, click the Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Hidden Table Borders option. Cell Background - the color for the background within the cells (available only if one or more cells are selected or the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab). Table Background - the color for the table background or the space background between the cells in case the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab. The Table Position tab is available only if the Flow table option at the Text Wrapping tab is selected and contains the following parameters: Horizontal parameters include the table alignment (left, center, right) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position to the right of margin, page or text. Vertical parameters include the table alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position below margin, page or text. The Options section allows to change the following parameters: Move object with text controls whether the table moves as the text into which it is inserted moves. Allow overlap controls whether two tables are merged into one large table or overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Text wrapping style - Inline table or Flow table. Use the necessary option to change the way the table is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline table) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select the flow table). After you select the wrapping style, the additional wrapping parameters can be set both for inline and flow tables: For the inline table, you can specify the table alignment and indent from left. For the flow table, you can specify the distance from text and table position at the Table Position tab. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table." + "title": "Inserire tabelle", + "body": "Inserire una tabella Per inserire una tabella nel testo del documento, posizionare il cursore nel punto in cui si desidera inserire la tabella, passare alla scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti superiore, fare clic sull'icona Tabella nella barra degli strumenti superiore, selezionare l'opzione per creare una tabella: una tabella con un numero predefinito di celle (massimo 10 per 8 celle) Se si desidera aggiungere rapidamente una tabella, è sufficiente selezionare il numero di righe (8 massimo) e colonne (10 massimo). o una tabella personalizzata Nel caso in cui sia necessaria una tabella con più di 10 per 8 celle, selezionare l'opzione Inserisci tabella personalizzata che aprirà la finestra in cui è possibile inserire rispettivamente il numero necessario di righe e colonne, quindi fare clic sul pulsante OK. Se si desidera disegnare una tabella con il mouse, selezionare l'opzione Disegna tabella. Ciò può essere utile se si desidera creare una tabella con righe e colonne di dimensioni diverse. Il cursore del mouse si trasformerà nella matita . Disegnare una forma rettangolare in cui si desidera aggiungere una tabella, quindi aggiungere righe disegnando linee e colonne orizzontali disegnando linee verticali all'interno del contorno della tabella. una volta aggiunta la tabella, è possibile modificarne le proprietà, le dimensioni e la posizione. Per ridimensionare una tabella, posizionare il cursore del mouse sul quadratino nell'angolo inferiore destro e trascinarlo fino a quando la tabella non raggiunge le dimensioni necessarie. È inoltre possibile modificare manualmente la larghezza di una determinata colonna o l'altezza di una riga. Spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo destro della colonna in modo che il cursore si trasformi nella freccia bidirezionale e trascinare il bordo verso sinistra o verso destra per impostare la larghezza necessaria. Per modificare manualmente l'altezza di una singola riga, spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo inferiore della riga in modo che il cursore si trasformi nella freccia bidirezionale e trascini il bordo verso l'alto o verso il basso. Per spostare una tabella, tenere premuto il quadratino nell'angolo superiore sinistro e trascinarla nella posizione necessaria nel documento. È anche possibile aggiungere una didascalia alla tabella. Per saperne di più su come lavorare con le didascalie per le tabelle, puoi fare riferimento a questo articolo. Selezionare una tabella o una sua parte Per selezionare un'intera tabella, fare clic sul quadratino nell'angolo superiore sinistro. Per selezionare una determinata cella, spostare il cursore del mouse sul lato sinistro della cella necessaria in modo che il cursore si trasformi nella freccia nera , quindi fare clic con il pulsante sinistro del mouse. Per selezionare una determinata riga, spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo sinistro della tabella accanto alla riga necessaria in modo che il cursore si trasformi nella freccia nera orizzontale , quindi fare clic con il pulsante sinistro del mouse. Per selezionare una determinata colonna, spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo superiore della colonna necessaria in modo che il cursore si trasformi nella freccia nera verso il basso , quindi fare clic con il pulsante sinistro del mouse. È anche possibile selezionare una cella, una riga, una colonna o una tabella utilizzando le opzioni del menu contestuale o dalla sezione Righe e colonne nella barra laterale destra. Nota: per spostarsi in una tabella è possibile utilizzare le scelte rapide da tastiera. Regolare le impostazioni della tabella Alcune delle proprietà della tabella e la sua struttura possono essere modificate utilizzando il menu di scelta rapida. Le opzioni del menu sono: Taglia, Copia, Incolla - opzioni standard utilizzate per tagliare o copiare un testo / oggetto selezionato e incollare un passaggio di testo o un oggetto precedentemente tagliato / copiato nella posizione corrente del cursore. Seleziona viene utilizzata per selezionare una riga, una colonna, una cella o una tabella. Inserisci viene utilizzata per inserire una riga sopra o sotto la riga in cui è posizionato il cursore, nonché per inserire una colonna a sinistra oa destra dalla colonna in cui è posizionato il cursore. È anche possibile inserire più righe o colonne. Se si seleziona l'opzione Più righe/colonne, viene visualizzata la finestra Inserisci più righe/colonne. Selezionare l'opzione Righe o Colonne dall'elenco, specificare il numero di righe/colonne da aggiungere, scegliere dove aggiungerle: Sopra il cursore o Sotto il cursore e fare clic su OK. Elimina viene utilizzato per eliminare una riga, una colonna, una tabella o celle. Se si seleziona l'opzione Celle, si aprirà la finestra Elimina celle, in cui è possibile selezionare se si desidera Spostare le celle a sinistra, Elimina l'intera riga o Elimina l'intera colonna. Unisci celle è disponibile se sono selezionate due o più celle e viene utilizzata per unirle. È anche possibile unire le celle cancellando una linea tra di loro utilizzando lo strumento gomma. Per fare ciò, fare clic sull'icona Tabella nella barra degli strumenti superiore, scegliere l'opzione Cancella tabella. Il cursore del mouse si trasformerà nella gomma . Spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo tra le celle da unire e cancellarlo. Dividi cella... viene utilizzata per aprire una finestra in cui è possibile selezionare il numero necessario di colonne e righe in cui verrà divisa la cella. È anche possibile dividere una cella disegnando righe o colonne utilizzando lo strumento matita. Per fare ciò, fare clic sull'icona Tabella nella barra degli strumenti superiore, scegliere l'opzione Disegna tabella. Il cursore del mouse si trasformerà nella matita . Disegnare una linea orizzontale per creare una riga o una linea verticale per creare una colonna. Distribuisci righe viene utilizzata per regolare le celle selezionate in modo che abbiano la stessa altezza senza modificare l'altezza complessiva della tabella. Distribuisci colonne viene utilizzata per regolare le celle selezionate in modo che abbiano la stessa larghezza senza modificare la larghezza complessiva della tabella. Allineamento verticale cella viene utilizzata per allineare il testo in alto, al centro o in basso nella cella selezionata. Direzione testo - viene utilizzata per modificare l'orientamento del testo in una cella. È possibile posizionare il testo orizzontalmente, verticalmente dall'alto verso il basso (Ruota testo in basso), o verticalmente dal basso verso l'alto (Ruota testo in alto). Tabella Impostazioni avanzate viene utilizzata per aprire la finestra 'Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate'. Collegamento ipertestuale viene utilizzato per inserire un collegamento ipertestuale. Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo viene utilizzata per aprire la finestra 'Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate'. È possibile modificare le proprietà della tabella nella barra laterale destra: Righe e Colonne vengono utilizzate per selezionare le parti della tabella che si desidera evidenziare. Per le righe: Intestazione - per evidenziare la prima riga Totale - per evidenziare l'ultima riga A strisce - per evidenziare ogni altra riga Per le colonne: Prima - per evidenziare la prima colonna Ultima - per evidenziare l'ultima colonna A strisce - per evidenziare ogni altra colonna Seleziona da modello viene utilizzato per scegliere un modello di tabella tra quelli disponibili. Stile bordi viene utilizzato per selezionare la dimensione, il colore, lo stile e il colore di sfondo del bordo. Righe e colonne viene utilizzato per eseguire alcune operazioni con la tabella: selezionare, eliminare, inserire righe e colonne, unire celle, dividere una cella. Dimensione di righe e colonne viene utilizzato per regolare la larghezza e l'altezza della cella attualmente selezionata. In questa sezione, è anche possibile Distribuire righe in modo che tutte le celle selezionate abbiano la stessa altezza o Distribuire colonne in modo che tutte le celle selezionate abbiano la stessa larghezza. Aggiungi formula viene utilizzato per inserire una formula nella cella della tabella selezionata. Ripeti come riga di intestazione nella parte superiore di ogni pagina viene utilizzata per inserire la stessa riga di intestazione nella parte superiore di ogni pagina in tabelle lunghe. Mostra impostazioni avanzate viene utilizzato per aprire la finestra 'Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate'. Regolare le impostazioni avanzate della tabella Per modificare le proprietà avanzate della tabella, fare clic sulla tabella con il pulsante destro del mouse e selezionare l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate tabella dal menu di scelta rapida o utilizzare il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate nella barra laterale destra. Si aprirà la finestra delle proprietà della tabella: La scheda Tabella consente di modificare le proprietà dell'intera tabella. La sezione Dimensioni tabella contiene i seguenti parametri: Larghezza - per impostazione predefinita, la larghezza della tabella viene regolata automaticamente per adattarsi alla larghezza della pagina, ovvero la tabella occupa tutto lo spazio tra il margine sinistro e destro della pagina. È possibile selezionare questa casella e specificare manualmente la larghezza della tabella necessaria. Misura in - consente di specificare se si desidera impostare la larghezza della tabella in unità assolute, ovvero Centimetri/Punti/Pollici (a seconda dell'opzione specificata nella scheda File -> Impostazioni avanzate...) o in Percentuale della larghezza complessiva della pagina. Nota: è anche possibile regolare le dimensioni della tabella modificando manualmente l'altezza della riga e la larghezza della colonna. Spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo di una riga/colonna finché non si trasforma nella freccia bidirezionale e trascinare il bordo. È inoltre possibile utilizzare gli indicatori sul righello orizzontale per modificare la larghezza della colonna e gli indicatori sul righello verticale per modificare l'altezza della riga. Adatta automaticamente al contenuto - consente la modifica automatica della larghezza di ogni colonna in base al testo all'interno delle sue celle. La sezione Margini predefiniti delle celle consente di modificare lo spazio tra il testo all'interno delle celle e il bordo della cella utilizzato per impostazione predefinita. La sezione Opzioni consente di modificare il seguente parametro: Consenti spaziatura tra le celle - la spaziatura delle celle che verrà riempita con il colore di sfondo della tabella. La scheda Cella consente di modificare le proprietà delle singole celle. In primo luogo è necessario selezionare la cella a cui si desidera applicare le modifiche o selezionare l'intera tabella per modificare le proprietà di tutte le sue celle. La sezione Dimensioni cella contiene i seguenti parametri: Larghezza preferita - permette di impostare una larghezza di cella preferita. Questa è la dimensione a cui una cellula si sforza di adattarsi, ma in alcuni casi potrebbe non essere possibile adattarsi a questo valore esatto. Ad esempio, se il testo all'interno di una cella supera la larghezza specificata, verrà suddiviso nella riga successiva in modo che la larghezza della cella preferita rimanga invariata, ma se si inserisce una nuova colonna, la larghezza preferita verrà ridotta. Misura in - consente di specificare se si desidera impostare la larghezza della cella in unità assolute, ovvero Centimetri/Punti/Pollici (a seconda dell'opzione specificata nella scheda File -> Impostazioni avanzate...) o in Percentuale della larghezza complessiva della tabella. Nota: è anche possibile regolare manualmente la larghezza della cella. Per rendere una singola cella in una colonna più larga o più stretta della larghezza complessiva della colonna, selezionare la cella necessaria e spostare il cursore del mouse sul bordo destro fino a quando non si trasforma nella freccia bidirezionale, quindi trascinare il bordo. Per modificare la larghezza di tutte le celle in una colonna, utilizzare gli indicatori sul righello orizzontale per modificare la larghezza della colonna. La sezione Margini cella consente di regolare lo spazio tra il testo all'interno delle celle e il bordo della cella. Per impostazione predefinita, vengono utilizzati valori standard (i valori predefiniti possono essere modificati anche nella scheda Tabella), ma è possibile deselezionare la casella Utilizzaa margini predefiniti e immettere manualmente i valori necessari. La sezione Opzioni cella consente di modificare il seguente parametro: L’opzione Disponi testo è abilitata per impostazione predefinita. Consente di disporre il testo all'interno di una cella che supera la sua larghezza sulla riga successiva espandendo l'altezza della riga e mantenendo invariata la larghezza della colonna. La scheda Bordi e sfondo contiene i seguenti parametri: Parametri del bordo (dimensione, colore e presenza o assenza) - impostare le dimensioni del bordo, selezionare il colore e scegliere il modo in cui verrà visualizzato nelle celle. Nota: inel caso in cui si seleziona di non mostrare i bordi della tabella facendo clic sul pulsante o deselezionando manualmente tutti i bordi sul diagramma, saranno indicati da una linea tratteggiata nel documento. Per farli scomparire, fare clic sull'icona Caratteri non stampabili nella scheda Home della barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionare l'opzione Bordi tabella nascosti. Sfondo cella - il colore dello sfondo all'interno delle celle (disponibile solo se una o più celle sono selezionate o l'opzione Consenti spaziatura tra le celle è selezionata nella scheda Tabella). Sfondo tabella - il colore per lo sfondo della tabella o lo sfondo dello spazio tra le celle nel caso in cui l'opzione Consenti spaziatura tra le celle sia selezionata nella scheda Tabella. La scheda Posizione tabella è disponibile solo se è selezionata l'opzione Tabella dinamica nella scheda Disposizione testo e contiene i seguenti parametri: I parametri orizzontali includono l'allineamento della tabella (a sinistra, al centro, a destra) rispetto al margine, alla pagina o al testo, nonché la posizione della tabella a destra del margine, della pagina o del testo. I parametri verticali includono l'allineamento della tabella (in alto, al centro, in basso) rispetto al margine, alla pagina o al testo, nonché la posizione della tabella sotto il margine, la pagina o il testo. La sezione Opzioni consente di modificare i seguenti parametri: Sposta l'oggetto con il testo controlla se la tabella si sposta quando il testo in cui è inserita si sposta. Consenti sovrapposizione controlla se due tabelle vengono unite in una tabella di grandi dimensioni o sovrapposte se vengono trascinate l'una vicino all'altra nella pagina. La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri: Stile di disposizione del testo - Tabella in linea o Tabella dinamica. Utilizzare l'opzione necessaria per modificare il modo in cui la tabella viene posizionata rispetto al testo: sarà una parte del testo (nel caso in cui si seleziona la tabella in linea) o bypassata da tutti i lati (se si seleziona la tabella dinamica). Dopo aver selezionato lo stile di disposizione, è possibile impostare parametri di disposizione aggiuntivi sia per le tabelle in linea che per le tabelle dinamica: Per la tabella in linea, è possibile specificare l'allineamento e il rientro da sinistra della tabella. Per la tabella dinamica, è possibile specificare la distanza dal testo e la posizione della tabella nella scheda Posizione tabella. La scheda Testo alternativo consente di specificare un Titolo e una Descrizione che verranno letti alle persone con disabilità visive o cognitive per aiutarle a capire meglio quali informazioni ci sono nella tabella." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", @@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", - "title": "Set tab stops", - "body": "In Document Editor, you can change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard. To set tab stops you can use the horizontal ruler: Select the necessary tab stop type clicking the button in the upper left corner of the working area. The following three tab types are available: Left - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Center - centers the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Right - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. You can also use the paragraph properties window to adjust tab stops. Click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and switch to the Tabs tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. You can set the following parameters: Default Tab is set at 1.25 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box. Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. If you've previously added some tab stops using the ruler, all these tab positions will also be displayed in the list. Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. Leader - allows to choose a character used to create a leader for each of the tab positions. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between tabs. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the leader type from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button." + "title": "Impostare le tabulazioni", + "body": "Nell'Editor documenti è possibile modificare le tabulazioni, ovvero la posizione in cui il cursore avanza quando si preme il tasto Tab sulla tastiera. Per impostare le tabulazioni è possibile utilizzare il righello orizzontale: Selezionare il tipo di tabulazione necessario facendo clic sul pulsante nell'angolo superiore sinistro dell'area di lavoro. Sono disponibili i seguenti tre tipi di tabulazioni: Sinistra - allinea il testo sul lato sinistro nella posizione di tabulazione; il testo si sposta a destra dalla tabulazione durante la digitazione. Tale punto di tabulazione sarà indicato sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore . Centrata - centra il testo nella posizione di tabulazione. Tale tabulazione sarà indicata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore . Destra - allinea il testo dal lato destro nella posizione di tabulazione; il testo si sposta a sinistra dalla tabulazione durante la digitazione. Tale punto di tabulazione sarà indicato sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore . Fare clic sul bordo inferiore del righello in cui si desidera posizionare la tabulazione. Trascinarlo lungo il righello per modificarne la posizione. Per rimuovere la tabulazione aggiunta, trascinarla fuori dal righello. È inoltre possibile utilizzare la finestra delle proprietà del paragrafo per regolare le tabulazioni. Fare clic con il tasto destro del mouse, selezionare l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo nel menu o utilizzare il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate nella barra laterale destra e passare alla scheda Tabulazioni nella finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate aperta. È possibile impostare i seguenti parametri: Tabulazione predefinita è impostata su 1,25 cm. È possibile ridurre o aumentare questo valore utilizzando i pulsanti freccia o immettere quello necessario nella casella. Posizione tabulazione - consente di impostare tabulazioni personalizzate. Immettere il valore necessario in questa casella, regolarlo in modo più preciso utilizzando i pulsanti freccia e premere il pulsante Specifica. La posizione di tabulazione personalizzata verrà aggiunta all'elenco nel campo sottostante. Se in precedenza sono state aggiunte alcune tabulazioni utilizzando il righello, tutte queste posizioni verranno visualizzate anche nell'elenco. Allineamento - consente di impostare il tipo di allineamento necessario per ciascuna delle posizioni di tabulazione nell'elenco precedente. Selezionare la posizione di tabulazione desiderata nell'elenco, scegliere l'opzione Sinistra, Centrata o Destra dall'elenco a discesa e premere il pulsante Specifica. Leader - consente di scegliere un carattere utilizzato per creare una direttrice per ciascuna delle posizioni di tabulazione. Una direttrice è una riga di caratteri (punti o trattini) che riempie lo spazio tra le tabulazioni. Selezionare la posizione di tabulazione desiderata nell'elenco, scegliere il tipo di direttrice dall'elenco a discesa e premere il pulsante Specifica. Per eliminare i punti di tabulazione dall'elenco selezionare un punto di tabulazione e premere il pulsante Elimina o Elimina tutto." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json index b1507fd04..e57a0198b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json @@ -14,8 +14,11 @@ {"src":"UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "name": "Отображение/скрытие непечатаемых символов"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", "name": "Вставка разрывов раздела"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "name": "Вставка колонтитулов"}, - {"src":"UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "name": "Вставка номеров страниц" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "name": "Вставка номеров страниц" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm", "name": "Вставка нумерации строк"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", "name": "Вставка сносок" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm", "name": "Вставка концевых сносок" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm", "name": "Преобразование сносок и концевых сносок" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm", "name": "Добавление закладок" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm", "name": "Добавление подложки"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "name": "Выравнивание текста в абзаце", "headername": "Форматирование абзаца" }, @@ -32,6 +35,7 @@ {"src":"UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "name": "Применение стилей оформления шрифта"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "name": "Копирование/очистка форматирования текста" }, {"src":"UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "name": "Добавление гиперссылок"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm", "name": "Вставка перекрестной ссылки"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "name": "Вставка буквицы"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "name": "Вставка таблиц", "headername": "Действия над объектами" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", "name": "Использование формул в таблицах"}, @@ -46,7 +50,7 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", "name": "Вставка элементов управления содержимым" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", "name": "Создание оглавления" }, {"src":"UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "name": "Использование слияния", "headername": "Слияние"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Вставка формул", "headername": "Математические формулы" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Вставка формул", "headername": "Математические формулы" }, {"src":"HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Совместное редактирование документа", "headername": "Совместное редактирование документов"}, { "src": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", "name": "Рецензирование документа" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm", "name": "Сравнение документов"}, @@ -54,8 +58,9 @@ {"src":"UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Сохранение/скачивание/печать документа" }, {"src":"HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "name": "Дополнительные параметры редактора документов" }, {"src":"HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "name": "Параметры представления и инструменты навигации"}, - {"src":"HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Функция поиска и замены"}, - {"src":"HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Проверка орфографии"}, + {"src":"HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Функция поиска и замены"}, + { "src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Проверка орфографии" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "Функции автозамены" }, {"src":"HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "О редакторе документов", "headername": "Полезные советы"}, {"src":"HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "name": "Поддерживаемые форматы электронных документов"}, {"src":"HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "name": "Сочетания клавиш"} diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 077cf0768..d0224a520 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
  • Проверка орфографии - используется для включения/отключения опции проверки орфографии.
    • +
  • Правописание - используется для автоматической замены слова или символа, введенного в поле Заменить: или выбранного из списка, на новое слово или символ, отображенные в поле На:.
  • Альтернативный ввод - используется для включения/отключения иероглифов.
  • Направляющие выравнивания - используется для включения/отключения направляющих выравнивания, которые появляются при перемещении объектов и позволяют точно расположить их на странице.
  • Совместимость - используется чтобы сделать файлы совместимыми с более старыми версиями MS Word при сохранении как DOCX.
    • @@ -50,20 +51,16 @@
  • Выберите опцию Собственный, если хотите, чтобы текст отображался с хинтингом, встроенным в файлы шрифтов.
    • +
  • Единица измерения - используется для определения единиц, которые должны использоваться на линейках и в окнах свойств для измерения параметров элементов, таких как ширина, высота, интервалы, поля и т.д. Можно выбрать опцию Сантиметр, Пункт или Дюйм.
    • +
  • Вырезание, копирование и вставка - используется для отображения кнопки Параметры вставки при вставке содержимого. Установите эту галочку, чтобы включить данную функцию.
  • - Режим кэширования по умолчанию - используется для выбора режима кэширования символов шрифта. Не рекомендуется переключать без особых причин. Это может быть полезно только в некоторых случаях, например, при возникновении проблемы в браузере Google Chrome с включенным аппаратным ускорением. -

    В редакторе документов есть два режима кэширования:

    -
      -
    1. В первом режиме кэширования каждая буква кэшируется как отдельная картинка.
      2. -
    2. Во втором режиме кэширования выделяется картинка определенного размера, в которой динамически располагаются буквы, а также реализован механизм выделения и удаления памяти в этой картинке. Если памяти недостаточно, создается другая картинка, и так далее.
      3. -
    -

    Настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию применяет два вышеуказанных режима кэширования по отдельности для разных браузеров:

    + Настройки макросов - используется для настройки отображения макросов с уведомлением.
      -
    • Когда настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию включена, в Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) используется второй режим кэширования, в других браузерах используется первый режим кэширования.
      • -
    • Когда настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию выключена, в Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) используется первый режим кэширования, в других браузерах используется второй режим кэширования.
      • +
    • Выберите опцию Отключить все, чтобы отключить все макросы в документе;
      • +
    • Показывать уведомление, чтобы получать уведомления о макросах в документе;
      • +
    • Включить все, чтобы автоматически запускать все макросы в документе.
    • -
  • Единица измерения - используется для определения единиц, которые должны использоваться на линейках и в окнах свойств для измерения параметров элементов, таких как ширина, высота, интервалы, поля и т.д. Можно выбрать опцию Сантиметр, Пункт или Дюйм.

    • Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 08ef74738..de1093afc 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ -

    Чтобы закрыть панель с комментариями, нажмите на значок Значок Комментарии еще раз.

    +

    Чтобы закрыть панель с комментариями, нажмите на значок Значок Комментарии еще раз.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 612d05543..0a6b4d566 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -116,6 +116,12 @@ ⇧ Shift+F10 Открыть контекстное меню выбранного элемента. + + Сбросить масштаб + Ctrl+0 + ^ Ctrl+0 или ⌘ Cmd+0 + Сбросить масштаб текущего документа до значения по умолчанию 100%. + +
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index d4b82b2c8..567e37a49 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@

    С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия:

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm index 7dc8faa7c..92c4bf199 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm @@ -28,6 +28,7 @@
  • настраивать поля, ориентацию, размер страницы,
  • добавлять колонки,
  • вставлять разрывы страниц, разрывы разделов и разрывы колонок,
    • +
  • вставить нумерацию строк
  • выравнивать и располагать в определенном порядке объекты (таблицы, изображения, диаграммы, фигуры),
  • изменять стиль обтекания,
  • добавлять подложку.
    • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 5aeedcd6f..1e8b94808 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -33,7 +33,9 @@
  • Фоторедактор - позволяет редактировать изображения: обрезать, отражать, поворачивать их, рисовать линии и фигуры, добавлять иконки и текст, загружать маску и применять фильтры, такие как Оттенки серого, Инверсия, Сепия, Размытие, Резкость, Рельеф и другие,
  • Речь - позволяет преобразовать выделенный текст в речь (доступно только в онлайн-версии),
  • Синонимы - позволяет находить синонимы и антонимы какого-либо слова и заменять его на выбранный вариант,
    • -
  • Переводчик - позволяет переводить выделенный текст на другие языки,
    • +
  • Переводчик - позволяет переводить выделенный текст на другие языки, +

    Примечание: этот плагин не работает в Internet Explorer.

    +
  • YouTube - позволяет встраивать в документ видео с YouTube.

    • Плагины Wordpress и EasyBib можно использовать, если подключить соответствующие сервисы в настройках портала. Можно воспользоваться следующими инструкциями для серверной версии или для SaaS-версии.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm index 9803d1960..db5b19cbf 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm @@ -26,10 +26,11 @@

    С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия:

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm index 150654fa6..2aca178f6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
  • Используйте опцию Графическая подложка и настройте доступные параметры:

    Окно Параметры подложки

      -
    • Выберите источник графического файла, используя одну из кнопок: Из файла или По URL - изображение будет отображено в окне предварительного просмотра справа,
      • +
    • Выберите источник графического файла, используя одну из кнопок: Из файла, Из хранилища или По URL - изображение будет отображено в окне предварительного просмотра справа,
    • Масштаб - выберите нужное значение масштаба из доступных: Авто, 500%, 200%, 150%, 100%, 50%.
    • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f734e5790 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + Преобразование сносок и концевых сносок + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Преобразование сносок и концевых сносок

    +

    Редактор документов позволяет быстро преобразовать сноски в концевые сноски и наоборот, например, если вы видите, что некоторые сноски в документе должны быть помещены в конец. Вместо того, чтобы воссоздавать их как концевые сноски, используйте соответствующий инструмент для легкого преобразования.

    +
      +
    1. На вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов нажмите на стрелочку рядом со значком Иконка Сноска Сноска,
      2. +
    2. Наведите указатель мыши на пункт меню Преобразовать все сноски и выберите один из вариантов в списке справа: +

      Convert footnotes_endnotes

      3. +
    3. +
        +
      • Преобразовать все обычные сноски в концевые сноски, чтобы заменить все сноски в концевые сноски;
        • +
      • Преобразовать все концевые сноски в обычные сноски, чтобы заменить все концевые сноски на сноски;
        • +
      • Поменять сноски, чтобы заменить все концевые сноски на сноски, а все сноски на концевые сноски.
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index f05c784d3..971200f34 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
  • Вставить как вложенную таблицу - позволяет вставить скопированную таблицу как вложенную таблицу в выделенную ячейку существующей таблицы.
  • Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить содержимое таблицы как текстовые значения, разделенные символом табуляции.
    • +

    Чтобы включить / отключить автоматическое появление кнопки Специальная вставка после вставки, перейдите на вкладку Файл > Дополнительные параметры... и поставьте / снимите галочку Вырезание, копирование и вставка.

    Отмена / повтор действий

    Для выполнения операций отмены/повтора используйте соответствующие значки в шапке редактора или сочетания клавиш:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 2d735c45e..c24dc10dd 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -60,16 +60,28 @@
    • Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга.

      Градиентная заливка

      -
        -
      • Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям).
        • -
      • Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления: из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон.
        • -
      • Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку Ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента.
        • -
      +
        +
      • + Стиль - выберите Линейный или Радиальный: +
          +
        • Линейный используется, когда вам нужно, чтобы цвета изменялись слева направо, сверху вниз или под любым выбранным вами углом в одном направлении. Чтобы выбрать предустановленное направление, щелкните Направление или же задайте точное значение угла градиента в поле Угол.
          • +
        • Радиальный используется, когда вам нужно, чтобы цвета изменялись по кругу от центра к краям.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + Точка градиента - это определенная точка перехода от одного цвета к другому. +
          +
        • Чтобы добавить точку градиента, Используйте кнопку Добавить точку градиента Добавить точку градиента или ползунок. Вы можете добавить до 10 точек градиента. Каждая следующая добавленная точка градиента никоим образом не повлияет на внешний вид текущей градиентной заливки. Чтобы удалить определенную точку градиента, используйте кнопку Удалить точку градиента Удалить точку градиента.
          • +
        • Чтобы изменить положение точки градиента, используйте ползунок или укажите Положение в процентах для точного местоположения.
          • +
        • Чтобы применить цвет к точке градиента, щелкните точку на панели ползунка, а затем нажмите Цвет, чтобы выбрать нужный цвет.
          • +
        +
        • +
    • Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру.

      Заливка с помощью изображения или текстуры

        -
      • Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры, можно добавить изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес.
        • +
      • Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры, можно добавить изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес, или Из хранилища, выбрав нужное изображение, сохраненное на портале.
      • Если Вы хотите использовать текстуру в качестве фона фигуры, разверните меню Из текстуры и выберите нужную предустановленную текстуру.

        В настоящее время доступны следующие текстуры: Холст, Картон, Темная ткань, Песок, Гранит, Серая бумага, Вязание, Кожа, Крафт-бумага, Папирус, Дерево.

        • @@ -209,7 +221,7 @@
      • Стрелки - эта группа опций доступна только в том случае, если выбрана фигура из группы автофигур Линии. Она позволяет задать Начальный и Конечный стиль и Размер стрелки, выбрав соответствующие опции из выпадающих списков.

      Фигура - дополнительные параметры

      -

      На вкладке Поля вокруг текста можно изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры).

      +

      На вкладке Текстовое поле можно Подгонять размер фигуры под текст или изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры).

      Примечание: эта вкладка доступна, только если в автофигуру добавлен текст, в противном случае вкладка неактивна.

      Фигура - дополнительные параметры

      Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит фигура.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 7f93af0b7..35618637d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -9,286 +9,335 @@ -
      -
      - -
      -

      Вставка диаграмм

      +
      +
      + +
      +

      Вставка диаграмм

      Вставка диаграммы

      -

      Для вставки диаграммы в документ:

      -
        -
      1. установите курсор там, где требуется поместить диаграмму,
        2. +

        Для вставки диаграммы в документ:

        +
          +
        1. установите курсор там, где требуется поместить диаграмму,
        2. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
        3. щелкните по значку Значок Диаграмма Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов,
          4. -
        4. выберите из доступных типов диаграммы тот, который вам нужен - гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая, -

          Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D.

          -
          5. -
        5. после этого появится окно Редактор диаграмм, в котором можно ввести в ячейки необходимые данные при помощи следующих элементов управления: -
            -
          • Копировать и Вставить для копирования и вставки скопированных данных
            • -
          • Отменить и Повторить для отмены и повтора действий
            • -
          • Вставить функцию для вставки функции
            • -
          • Уменьшить разрядность и Увеличить разрядность для уменьшения и увеличения числа десятичных знаков
            • -
          • Формат чисел для изменения числового формата, то есть того, каким образом выглядят введенные числа в ячейках
            • -
          -

          Окно Редактор диаграмм

          -
          6. -
        6. измените параметры диаграммы, нажав на кнопку Изменить диаграмму в окне Редактор диаграмм. Откроется окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. -

          Окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

          - На вкладке Тип и данные можно изменить тип диаграммы, а также данные, которые вы хотите использовать для создания диаграммы. -
            -
          • Выберите Тип диаграммы, который требуется применить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая.
            • -
          • - Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и при необходимости измените его, нажав на кнопку Выбор данных и указав желаемый диапазон данных в следующем формате: Лист1!A1:B4. -
            • -
          • - Измените способ расположения данных. Можно выбрать ряды данных для использования по оси X: в строках или в столбцах. -
            • -
          -

          Окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

          -

          На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы:

          -
            -
          • - Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
            • - Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался, + выберите из доступных типов диаграммы тот, который вам нужен - гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая, +

              Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D.

            • - Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру, + после этого появится окно Редактор диаграмм, в котором можно ввести в ячейки необходимые данные при помощи следующих элементов управления: +
                +
              • Копировать и Вставить для копирования и вставки скопированных данных
                • +
              • Отменить и Повторить для отмены и повтора действий
                • +
              • Вставить функцию для вставки функции
                • +
              • Уменьшить разрядность и Увеличить разрядность для уменьшения и увеличения числа десятичных знаков
                • +
              • Формат чисел для изменения числового формата, то есть того, каким образом выглядят введенные числа в ячейках
                • +
              +

              Окно Редактор диаграмм

            • - Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы. -
              • -
            -
            • -
          • - Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
              -
            • - Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались, + Нажмите кнопку Выбрать данные, расположенную в окне Редактора диаграмм. Откроется окно Данные диаграммы. +
                +
              1. + Используйте диалоговое окно Данные диаграммы для управления диапазоном данных диаграммы, элементами легенды (ряды), подписями горизонтальной оси (категории) и переключием строк / столбцов. +

                Окно Диапазон данных

                +
                  +
                • + Диапазон данных для диаграммы - выберите данные для вашей диаграммы. +
                    +
                  • + Щелкните значок Иконка Выбор данных справа от поля Диапазон данных для диаграммы, чтобы выбрать диапазон ячеек. +

                    Окно Диапазон данных для диаграммы

                    +
                    • +
                  +
                  • +
                • + Элементы легенды (ряды) - добавляйте, редактируйте или удаляйте записи легенды. Введите или выберите ряд для записей легенды. +
                    +
                  • В Элементах легенды (ряды) нажмите кнопку Добавить.
                    • +
                  • + В диалоговом окне Изменить ряд выберите диапазон ячеек для легенды или нажмите на иконку Иконка Выбор данных справа от поля Имя ряда. +

                    Окно Изменить ряд

                    +
                    • +
                  +
                  • +
                • + Подписи горизонтальной оси (категории) - изменяйте текст подписи категории. +
                    +
                  • В Подписях горизонтальной оси (категории) нажмите Редактировать.
                    • +
                  • + В поле Диапазон подписей оси введите названия для категорий или нажмите на иконку Иконка Выбор данных, чтобы выбрать диапазон ячеек. +

                    Окно Подписи оси

                    +
                    • +
                  +
                  • +
                • Переключить строку/столбец - переставьте местами данные, которые расположены на диаграмме. Переключите строки на столбцы, чтобы данные отображались на другой оси.
                  • +
                +
                2. +
              2. Нажмите кнопку ОК, чтобы применить изменения и закрыть окно.
                3. +
            • - Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы, -
              • -
            • - Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы, -
              • -
            • - Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы, -
              • -
            • - Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, -
              • -
            • - Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, -
              • -
            • - Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа. -
              • -
            -
            • -
          • - Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных):
            -
              -
            • укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. -
                -
              • Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
                • -
              • Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу.
                • -
              • Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
                • -
              • Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру.
                • -
              -
              • -
            • выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение,
              • -
            • введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных.
              • -
            -
            • -
          • Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались.
            • -
          • - Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. -

            Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм.

            -
            • -
          • - В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: -
              -
            • - Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
                -
              • Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось,
                • -
              • Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью.
                • -
              -
              • -
            • - Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
                -
              • Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось,
                • -
              • Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси,
                • -
              • По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси.
                • -
              -
              • -
            -
            • -
          • - В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. -

            Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки.

            -
            • -
          -

          - Окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры -

          -

          - Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей. -

          -

          - На вкладке Вертикальная ось можно изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, где указываются числовые значения. - Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующей вкладке. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. -

          -
            -
          • - Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: -
              -
            • - Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; - в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать - из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. -
              • -
            • - Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; - в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать - из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. -
              • -
            • - Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. - По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. - Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. -
              • -
            • - Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция - может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым - (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения - из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, - Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. -
              • -
            • - Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится - внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. -
              • -
            -
            • -
          • - Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные - деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, - которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться - линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся - следующие опции размещения: -
              -
            • - Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, -
              • -
            • - На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, -
              • -
            • - Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, -
              • -
            • - Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. -
              • -
            -
            • -
          • - Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. - Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
              -
            • - Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, -
              • -
            • - Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, -
              • -
            • - Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, -
              • -
            • - Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. -
              • -
            -
            • -
          -

          - Окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры -

          -

          - На вкладке Горизонтальная ось можно изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют - осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, - так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. -

          -
            -
          • - Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: -
              -
            • - Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. - Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум - (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. -
              • -
            • - Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. -
              • -
            • - Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. - Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. -
              • -
            -
            • -
          • - Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные - деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, - которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться - линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: -
              -
            • - Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: - Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы - отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы - отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы - отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. -
              • -
            • - Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. -
              • -
            -
            • -
          • - Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. -
              -
            • - Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. - Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: - Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, - Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. -
              • -
            • - Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. - Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. -
              • -
            • - Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция - Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. - Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. -
              • -
            -
            • -
          + измените параметры диаграммы, нажав на кнопку Изменить диаграмму в окне Редактор диаграмм. Откроется окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. +

          Окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

          + На вкладке Тип можно изменить тип диаграммы. +
            +
          • Выберите Тип диаграммы, который вы ходите применить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая.
            • +
          +

          Окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

          +

          На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы:

          +
            +
          • + Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: +
              +
            • + Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался, +
              • +
            • + Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру, +
              • +
            • + Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы. +
              • +
            +
            • +
          • + Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: +
              +
            • + Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались, +
              • +
            • + Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы, +
              • +
            • + Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы, +
              • +
            • + Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы, +
              • +
            • + Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, +
              • +
            • + Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, +
              • +
            • + Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа. +
              • +
            +
            • +
          • + Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных):
            +
              +
            • + укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. +
                +
              • Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
                • +
              • Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу.
                • +
              • Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
                • +
              • Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру.
                • +
              +
              • +
            • выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение,
              • +
            • введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных.
              • +
            +
            • +
          • Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались.
            • +
          • + Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. +

            Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм.

            +
            • +
          • + В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: +
              +
            • + Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: +
                +
              • Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось,
                • +
              • Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью.
                • +
              +
              • +
            • + Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: +
                +
              • Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось,
                • +
              • Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси,
                • +
              • По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси.
                • +
              +
              • +
            +
            • +
          • + В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. +

            Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки.

            +
            • +
          +

          + Окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры +

          +

          + Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей. +

          +

          + На вкладке Вертикальная ось можно изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, где указываются числовые значения. + Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующей вкладке. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. +

          +
            +
          • + Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: +
              +
            • + Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; + в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать + из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. +
              • +
            • + Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; + в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать + из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. +
              • +
            • + Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. + По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. + Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. +
              • +
            • + Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция + может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым + (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения + из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, + Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. +
              • +
            • + Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится + внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. +
              • +
            +
            • +
          • + Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные + деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, + которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться + линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся + следующие опции размещения: +
              +
            • + Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, +
              • +
            • + На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, +
              • +
            • + Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, +
              • +
            • + Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. +
              • +
            +
            • +
          • + Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. + Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: +
              +
            • + Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, +
              • +
            • + Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, +
              • +
            • + Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, +
              • +
            • + Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. +
              • +
            +
            • +
          +

          + Окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры +

          +

          + На вкладке Горизонтальная ось можно изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют + осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, + так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. +

          +
            +
          • + Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: +
              +
            • + Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. + Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум + (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. +
              • +
            • + Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. +
              • +
            • + Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. + Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. +
              • +
            +
            • +
          • + Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные + деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, + которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться + линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: +
              +
            • + Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: + Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы + отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы + отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы + отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. +
              • +
            • + Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. +
              • +
            +
            • +
          • + Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. +
              +
            • + Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. + Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: + Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, + Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. +
              • +
            • + Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. + Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. +
              • +
            • + Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция + Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. + Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. +
              • +
            +
            • +
          +

          Окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

          +

          Вкладка Привязка к ячейке содержит следующие параметры:

          +
            +
          • Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее. Если ячейка перемещается (например, при вставке или удалении нескольких строк/столбцов), диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой. При увеличении или уменьшении ширины или высоты ячейки размер диаграммы также будет изменяться.
            • +
          • Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее, не допуская изменения размера диаграммы. Если ячейка перемещается, диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры диаграммы останутся неизменными.
            • +
          • Не перемещать и не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера диаграммы при изменении положения или размера ячейки.
            • +

          Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

          Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма.

          -
          7. -
        -
        -

        Перемещение и изменение размера диаграмм

        -

        Перемещение диаграммы - После того, как диаграмма будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер и положение. Для изменения размера диаграммы перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты Значок Квадрат , расположенные по ее краям. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранной диаграммы при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков.

        -

        Для изменения местоположения диаграммы используйте значок Стрелка, который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на диаграмму. Перетащите диаграмму на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении диаграммы на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля "В тексте").

        + +
      +
      +

      Перемещение и изменение размера диаграмм

      +

      + Перемещение диаграммы + После того, как диаграмма будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер и положение. Для изменения размера диаграммы перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты Значок Квадрат , расположенные по ее краям. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранной диаграммы при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. +

      +

      Для изменения местоположения диаграммы используйте значок Стрелка, который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на диаграмму. Перетащите диаграмму на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении диаграммы на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля "В тексте").

      Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь.

      @@ -303,68 +352,83 @@ и задать заливку, обводку и Стиль обтекания. Обратите внимание на то, что тип фигуры изменить нельзя. -

      +

      C помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели можно изменить не только саму область диаграммы, но и элементы диаграммы, такие как область построения, ряды данных, заголовок диаграммы, легенда и другие, и применить к ним различные типы заливки. Выберите элемент диаграммы, нажав на него левой кнопкой мыши, и выберите нужный тип заливки: сплошной цвет, градиент, текстура или изображение, узор. Настройте параметры заливки и при необходимости задайте уровень прозрачности. При выделении вертикальной или горизонтальной оси или линий сетки на вкладке Параметры фигуры будут доступны только параметры обводки: цвет, толщина и тип линии. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с цветами, заливками и обводкой фигур можно обратиться к этой странице.

      Обратите внимание: параметр Отображать тень также доступен на вкладке Параметры фигуры, но для элементов диаграммы он неактивен.

      +

      Если вам нужно изменить размер элементов диаграммы, щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, чтобы выбрать нужный элемент, и перетащите один из 8 белых квадратов Значок Квадратик, расположенных по периметру элемента.

      +

      Изменить размер элемент диаграммы

      +

      Чтобы изменить положение элемента, щелкните по нему левой кнопкой мыши, убедитесь, что ваш курсор изменился на Стрелка, удерживайте левую кнопку мыши и перетащите элемент в нужное положение.

      +

      Передвинуть элемент диаграммы

      +

      Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выберите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре.

      Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы.

      3D-диаграмма

      Изменение параметров диаграммы

      Вкладка Параметры диаграммы

      -

      Некоторые параметры диаграммы можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры диаграммы на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по диаграмме и выберите значок Параметры диаграммы Значок Параметры диаграммы справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства:

      -
        -
      • Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту диаграммы.
        • -
      • Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже).
        • -
      • Изменить тип диаграммы - используется, чтобы изменить выбранный тип и/или стиль диаграммы. -

        Для выбора нужного Стиля диаграммы используйте второе выпадающее меню в разделе Изменить тип диаграммы.

        +

        Некоторые параметры диаграммы можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры диаграммы на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по диаграмме и выберите значок Параметры диаграммы Значок Параметры диаграммы справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства:

        +
          +
        • Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту диаграммы.
          • +
        • Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже).
          • +
        • + Изменить тип диаграммы - используется, чтобы изменить выбранный тип и/или стиль диаграммы. +

          Для выбора нужного Стиля диаграммы используйте второе выпадающее меню в разделе Изменить тип диаграммы.

          • -
        • Изменить данные - используется для вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм'. -

          - Примечание: для быстрого вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм' можно также дважды щелкнуть мышкой по диаграмме в документе. -

          -
          • -
        -

        Некоторые из этих опций можно также найти в контекстном меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты:

        -
          -
        • Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор.
          • -
        • Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранную диаграмму на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать диаграммы для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице.
          • -
        • Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять диаграмму по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице.
          • -
        • Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом. Опция Изменить границу обтекания для диаграмм недоступна.
          • +
        • + Изменить данные - используется для вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм'. +

          + Примечание: для быстрого вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм' можно также дважды щелкнуть мышкой по диаграмме в документе. +

          +
          • +
        +

        Некоторые из этих опций можно также найти в контекстном меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты:

        +
          +
        • Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор.
          • +
        • Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранную диаграмму на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать диаграммы для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице.
          • +
        • Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять диаграмму по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице.
          • +
        • Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом. Опция Изменить границу обтекания для диаграмм недоступна.
        • Изменить данные - используется для вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм'.
        • Дополнительные параметры диаграммы - используется для вызова окна 'Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры'.
          • -
        - -
        -

        Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры диаграммы, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры диаграммы. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств диаграммы:

        -

        Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры: Размер

        -

        Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры:

        -
          -
        • Ширина и Высота - используйте эти опции, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту диаграммы. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции Кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: Кнопка Сохранять пропорции нажата), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон диаграммы.
          • -
        -

        Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры: Обтекание текстом

        -

        Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры:

        -
          -
        • Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения диаграммы относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания "В тексте") или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). -
            -

          • Стиль обтекания - В тексте В тексте - диаграмма считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста диаграмма тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны.

            -

            Если выбран один из следующих стилей, диаграмму можно перемещать независимо от текста и и точно задавать положение диаграммы на странице:

            -
            • -

          • Стиль обтекания - Вокруг рамки Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает диаграмму.

            • -

          • Стиль обтекания - По контуру По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры диаграммы.

            • -

          • Стиль обтекания - Сквозное Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров диаграммы и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри диаграммы.

            • -

          • Стиль обтекания - Сверху и снизу Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже диаграммы.

            • -

          • Стиль обтекания - Перед текстом Перед текстом - диаграмма перекрывает текст.

            • -

          • Стиль обтекания - За текстом За текстом - текст перекрывает диаграмму.

            • -
          -
          • -
        -

        При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа).

        +
      +

      + При выборе диаграммы справа также появляется значок Параметры фигуры Значок Параметры фигуры, + поскольку фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Щелкнув по этому значку, можно открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов + и задать заливку, + обводку + и Стиль обтекания. Обратите внимание на то, что тип фигуры изменить нельзя. +

      +
      +

      Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры диаграммы, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры диаграммы. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств диаграммы:

      +

      Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры: Размер

      +

      Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры:

      +
        +
      • Ширина и Высота - используйте эти опции, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту диаграммы. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции Кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: Кнопка Сохранять пропорции нажата), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон диаграммы.
        • +
      +

      Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры: Обтекание текстом

      +

      Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры:

      +
        +
      • + Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения диаграммы относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания "В тексте") или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). +
          +
        • +

          Стиль обтекания - В тексте В тексте - диаграмма считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста диаграмма тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны.

          +

          Если выбран один из следующих стилей, диаграмму можно перемещать независимо от текста и и точно задавать положение диаграммы на странице:

          +
          • +

        • Стиль обтекания - Вокруг рамки Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает диаграмму.

          • +

        • Стиль обтекания - По контуру По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры диаграммы.

          • +

        • Стиль обтекания - Сквозное Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров диаграммы и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри диаграммы.

          • +

        • Стиль обтекания - Сверху и снизу Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже диаграммы.

          • +

        • Стиль обтекания - Перед текстом Перед текстом - диаграмма перекрывает текст.

          • +

        • Стиль обтекания - За текстом За текстом - текст перекрывает диаграмму.

          • +
        +
        • +
      +

      При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа).

      Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры: Положение

      Вкладка Положение доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля "В тексте". Вкладка содержит следующие параметры, которые различаются в зависимости от выбранного стиля обтекания:

      -
        +
        • В разделе По горизонтали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования диаграммы:
            @@ -381,11 +445,11 @@
          • Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно поля, нижнего поля, страницы или верхнего поля.
          • -
        • Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли диаграмма перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому она привязана.
          • -
        • Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться две диаграммы, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице.
          • -
        +
      • Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли диаграмма перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому она привязана.
        • +
      • Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться две диаграммы, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице.
        • +

      Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

      Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма.

      -
      +
      \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm index ccdb7f8b6..b5e849f6e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

      Откроется новое окно. На вкладке Общие можно настроить следующие параметры:

      Окно настроек элемента управления содержимым - Общие

        -
      • Укажите Заголовок или Тег элемента управления содержимым в соответствующих полях. Заголовок будет отображаться при выделении элемента управления в документе. Теги используются для идентификации элементов управления, чтобы можно было ссылаться на них в коде.
        • +
      • Укажите Заголовок, Заполнитель или Тег элемента управления содержимым в соответствующих полях. Заголовок будет отображаться при выделении элемента управления в документе. Заполнитель - это основной текст, отображаемый внутри элемента управления содержимым. Теги используются для идентификации элементов управления, чтобы можно было ссылаться на них в коде.
      • Выберите, требуется ли отображать элемент управления C ограничивающей рамкой или Без рамки. В том случае, если вы выбрали вариант C ограничивающей рамкой, можно выбрать Цвет рамки в расположенном ниже поле. Нажмите кнопку Применить ко всем, чтобы применить указанные настройки из раздела Вид ко всем элементам управления в документе.

      На вкладке Блокировка можно защитить элемент управления содержимым от удаления или редактирования, используя следующие параметры:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..235e2aec9 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ + + + + Вставка перекрестной ссылки + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Вставка перекрестной ссылки

      +

      Перекрестные ссылки используются для создания ссылок, ведущих на другие части того же документа, например заголовки или объекты, такие как диаграммы или таблицы. Такие ссылки отображаются в виде гиперссылки.

      +

      Создание перекрестной ссылки

      +
        +
      1. Поместите курсор в то место, куда вы хотите вставить перекрестную ссылку.
        2. +
      2. Перейдите на вкладку Ссылки верхней панели инструментов и щелкните значок Перекрестная ссылка иконкаПерекрестнаяя ссылка.
        3. +
      3. + В открывшемся окне Перекрестная ссылка задайте необходимые параметры: +

        Перекрестная ссылка окно

        +
          +
        • В раскрывающемся списке Тип ссылки указывается элемент, на который вы хотите сослаться, т.е. нумерованный список (установлен по умолчанию), заголовок, закладку, сноску, концевую сноску, уравнение, фигуру или таблицу.
          • +
        • + В раскрывающемся списке Вставить ссылку на указывается текстовое или числовое значение ссылки, которую вы хотите вставить, в зависимости от элемента, выбранного в меню Тип ссылки. Например, если вы выбрали параметр Заголовок, вы можете указать следующее содержимое: текст заголовка, номер страницы, номер заголовка, номер заголовка (краткий), номер заголовка (полный), Выше / ниже . +
          + Полный список доступных опций в зависимости от выбранного типа ссылки + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
          Тип ссылкиВставить ссылку наОписание
          Пронумерованный списокНомер страницыВставляет номер страницы пронумерованного элемента
          Номер абзацаВставляет номер абзаца пронумерованного элемента
          Номер абзаца (краткий)Вставляет сокращенный номер абзаца. Ссылка делается только на конкретный элемент нумерованного списка, например, вместо «4.1.1» вы ссылаетесь только на «1»
          Номер абзаца (полный)Вставляет полный номер абзаца, например, «4.1.1»
          Текст абзацаВставляет текстовое значение абзаца, например, абзац называется «4.1.1. Положения и условия», вы ссылаетесь только на «Положения и условия»
          Выше/нижеВставляет текст «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента
          ЗаголовокТекст заголовкаВставляет весь текст заголовка
          Номер страницыВставляет номер страницы заголовка
          Номер заголовкаВставляет порядковый номер заголовка
          Номер заголовка (краткий)Вставляет сокращенный номер заголовка. Убедитесь, что курсор находится в разделе, на который вы ссылаетесь, например, вы находитесь в разделе 4 и хотите сослаться на заголовок 4.B, поэтому вместо «4.B» результатом будет только «B»
          Номер заголовка (полный)Вставляет полный номер заголовка, даже если курсор находится в том же разделе
          Выше/нижеВставляет текст «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента
          ЗакладкаТекст закладкиВставляет весь текст закладки
          Номер страницыВставляет номер страницы закладки
          Номер абзацаВставляет номер абзаца закладки
          Номер абзаца (краткий)Вставляет сокращенный номер абзаца. Ссылка делается только на конкретный элемент, например, вместо «4.1.1» вы ссылаетесь только на «1».
          Номер абзаца (полный)Вставляет полный номер абзаца, например, «4.1.1»
          Выше/нижеВставляет текст «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента
          СноскаНомер сноскиВставляет номер сноски
          Номер страницыВставляет номер страницы сноски
          Выше/нижеВставляет текст «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента
          Номер сноски (форм)Вставляет номер сноски, отформатированной как сноска. Нумерация реальных сносок не изменяется.
          Концевая сноскаНомер коцневой сноскиВставляет номер концевой сноски
          Номер страницыВставляет номер страницы концевой сноски
          Выше/нижеВставляет текст «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента
          Номер коцневой сноски (форм)Вставляет номер концевой сноски в формате концевой сноски. Нумерация фактических примечаний не изменяется.
          Рисунок / Таблица / УравнениеНазвание целикомВставляет полный текст
          Постоянная часть и номерВставляет только название и номер объекта, например, «Таблица 1.1»
          Только текст названияВставляет только текст названия
          Номер страницыВставляет номер страницы, содержащей указанный объект
          Выше/нижеВставляет текст «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента
          +
          +
          +
          • + +
        • Установите галочку напротив Вставить как гиперссылку, чтобы превратить ссылку в активную ссылку.
          • +
        • Установите галочку напротив Добавить слово "выше" или "ниже" (если доступно), чтобы указать положение элемента, на который вы ссылаетесь. Редактор документов автоматически вставляет слова «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента.
          • +
        • Установите галочку напротив Разделитель номеров, чтобы указать разделитель в поле справа. Разделители необходимы для полных контекстных ссылок.
          • +
        • В поле Для какого... представлены элементы, доступные в соответствии с выбранным типом ссылки, например если вы выбрали вариант Заголовок, вы увидите полный список заголовков в документе.
          • +
        +
        4. +
      4. Нажмите Вставить, чтобы создать перекрестную ссылку.
        5. +
      +

      Удаление перекрестной ссылки

      +

      Чтобы удалить перекрестную ссылку, выберите перекрестную ссылку, которую вы хотите удалить, и нажмите кнопку Удалить.

      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af2e4648b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + Вставка даты и времени + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Вставка даты и времени

      +

      Чтобы вставить в документ Дату и время,

      +
        +
      1. установите курсор там, где требуется вставить Дату и время,
        2. +
      2. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
        3. +
      3. нажмите кнопку Кнопка Дата и время Дата и время,
        4. +
      4. + в открывшемся окне Дата и время укажите следующие параметры: +
          +
        • Выберите нужный язык.
          • +
        • Выберите один из предложенных форматов.
          • +
        • + Поставьте галочку Обновлять автоматически, чтобы дата и время обновлялись автоматически на основе текущего состояния. +

          + Примечание: также можно обновлять дату и время вручную, используя пункт контекстного меню Обновить поле. +

          +
          • +
        • Нажмите кнопку Установить по умолчанию, чтобы установить текущий формат как формат по умолчанию для указанного языка.
          • +
        +
        5. +
      5. Нажмите кнопку ОК.
        6. +
      +

      Окно Дата и время

      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a60e52307 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ + + + + Вставка концевых сносок + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Вставка концевых сносок

      +

      Вы можете вставлять концевые сноски, чтобы добавлять пояснения или комментарии к определенным терминам или предложениям, делать ссылки на источники и т.д., которые отображаются в конце документа.

      +

      Чтобы вставить концевую сноску в документ,

      +
        +
      1. поместите курсор в конец текста или у слова, к которому вы хотите добавить концевую сноску,
        2. +
      2. Перейдите на вкладку Ссылки верхней панели инструментов,
        3. +
      3. + щелкните на значок Footnote icon Сноска на верхней панели инструментов и в выпадающем меню выберите опцию Вставить концевую сноску.
        +

        Знак концевой сноски (т.е. надстрочный символ, обозначающий концевую сноску) появляется в тексте документа, а точка вставки перемещается в конец документа.

        +
        4. +
      4. введите текст концевой сноски.
        5. +
      +

      Повторите вышеупомянутые операции, чтобы добавить последующие концевые сноски для других фрагментов текста в документе. Концевые сноски нумеруются автоматически. По умолчанию i, ii, iii, и т. д.

      +

      Endnotes

      +

      При наведении курсора на знак сноски в тексте документа появляется небольшое всплывающее окно с текстом концевой сноски.

      +

      Endnote text

      +

      Чтобы легко переходить между добавленными сносками в тексте документа,

      +
        +
      1. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Сноска Сноска на вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов,
        2. +
      2. в разделе Перейти к сноскам используйте стрелку Значок Предыдущая сноска для перехода к предыдущей сноске или стрелку Значок Следующая сноска для перехода к следующей сноске.
        3. +
      +
      +

      Чтобы изменить параметры сносок,

      +
        +
      1. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Сноска Сноска на вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов,
        2. +
      2. выберите в меню опцию Параметры сносок,
        3. +
      3. + измените текущие параметры в открывшемся окне Параметры сносок: +

        Endnotes Settings window

        +
          +
        • + Задайте Положение концевых сносок, выбрав один из доступных вариантов: +
            +
          • В конце раздела - чтобы расположить концевые сноски в конце раздела. Эта опция может быть полезна в тех случаях, когда в разделе содержится короткий текст.
            • +
          • В конце документа - чтобы расположить концевые сноски на последней странице документа (эта опция выбрана по умолчанию).
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Настройте Формат концевых сносок: +
            +
          • Формат номера - выберите нужный формат номера из доступных вариантов: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
            • +
          • Начать с - используйте стрелки, чтобы задать цифру или букву, с которой должна начинаться нумерация.
            • +
          • + Нумерация - выберите способ нумерации концевых сносок: +
              +
            • Непрерывная - чтобы нумеровать концевые сноски последовательно во всем документе,
              • +
            • В каждом разделе - чтобы начинать нумерацию концевых сносок с цифры 1 (или другого заданного символа) в начале каждого раздела,
              • +
            • На каждой странице - чтобы начинать нумерацию концевых сносок с цифры 1 (или другого заданного символа) в начале каждой страницы.
              • +
            +
            • +
          • Особый символ - задайте специальный символ или слово, которые требуется использовать в качестве знака сноски (например, * или Прим.1). Введите в поле ввода текста нужный символ или слово и нажмите кнопку Вставить в нижней части окна Параметры сносок.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Используйте раскрывающийся список Применить изменения, чтобы выбрать, требуется ли применить указанные параметры концевых сносок Ко всему документу или только К текущему разделу. +

          Примечание: чтобы использовать различное форматирование концевых сносок в отдельных частях документа, сначала необходимо добавить разрывы раздела.

          +
          • +
        +
        4. +
      4. Когда все будет готово, нажмите на кнопку Применить.
        5. +
      + +
      +

      Чтобы удалить отдельную концевую сноску, установите курсор непосредственно перед знаком сноски в тексте документа и нажмите клавишу Delete. Нумерация оставшихся концевых сносок изменится автоматически.

      +

      Чтобы удалить все концевые сноски в документе,

      +
        +
      1. щелкните стрелку рядом со значком Footnote icon Сноска на вкладке ссылки верхенй панели иснтрументов,
        2. +
      2. выберите в меню опцию Удалить все сноски.
        3. +
      3. в открывшимся окне нажмите Удалить все концевые сноски и щелкните OK.
        4. +
      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index 892f808c3..0ee446624 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Когда курсор будет установлен в нужную позицию, можно заполнить поле:
      • введите требуемое цифровое или буквенное значение с помощью клавиатуры,
        • -
      • вставьте специальный символ, используя палитру Символы из меню Значок Уравнение Уравнение на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
        • +
      • вставьте специальный символ, используя палитру Символы из меню Значок Уравнение Уравнение на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов или вводя их с клавиатуры (см. описание функции Автозамена математическими символами),
      • добавьте шаблон другого уравнения с палитры, чтобы создать сложное вложенное уравнение. Размер начального уравнения будет автоматически изменен в соответствии с содержимым. Размер элементов вложенного уравнения зависит от размера поля начального уравнения, но не может быть меньше, чем размер мелкого индекса.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index b4da14242..8129c1e7e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
  • Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже).
    • -
  • Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы заменить текущее изображение, загрузив другое Из файла или По URL.
    • +
  • Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы заменить текущее изображение, загрузив другое Из файла, Из хранилища или По URL.

    • Некоторые из этих опций можно также найти в контекстном меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..490a43ba2 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + + Вставка нумерации строк + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Вставка нумерации строк

      +

      Редактор документов может автоматически подсчитывать строки в документе. Эта функция может быть полезна, когда вам нужно найти определенную строку документа, например, в юридическом соглашении или скрипте кода. Используйте функцию Нумерация строк иконка Нумерация строк, чтобы пронумеровать строки в документе. Обратите внимание, что последовательность нумерации строк не применяется к тексту в таких объектах, как таблицы, текстовые поля, диаграммы, верхние / нижние колонтитулы и т.д. Эти объекты обрабатываются как одна строка.

      +

      Применение нумерации строк

      +
        +
      1. Перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов и щелкните значок Нумерация строк иконкаНумерация строк.
        2. +
      2. + В открывшемся выпадающем меню выберите необходимые параметры для быстрой настройки: +
          +
        • Непрерывная - каждой строке документа будет присвоен порядковый номер.
          • +
        • На каждой странице - последовательность нумерации строк будет перезапущена на каждой странице документа.
          • +
        • В каждом разделе - последовательность нумерации строк будет перезапущена в каждом разделе документа. Чтобы узнать больше о разрывах раздела, пожалуйста, обратитесь к этому руководству.
          • +
        • Отключить для текущего абзаца - текущий абзац будет пропущен в последовательности нумерации строк. Чтобы исключить несколько абзацев из последовательности, выберите их левой кнопкой мыши перед применением этого параметра.
          • +
        +
        3. +
      3. + При необходимости укажите дополнительные параметры. Для этого щелкните на Варианты нумерации строк в раскрывающемся меню Нумерация строк. Установите флажок Добавить нумерацию строк, чтобы применить нумерацию строк к документу и получить доступ к расширенным параметрам параметра: +

        Нумерация строк окно

        +
          +
        • Начать с устанавливает начальное числовое значение последовательности нумерации строк. По умолчанию для параметра установлено значение 1.
          • +
        • От текста указывает расстояние между номерами строк и текстом. Введите необходимое значение в см. По умолчанию для параметра установлено значение Авто.
          • +
        • Шаг задает порядковые номера, которые отображаются, если не подсчитываются по 1, то есть числа считаются в группе по 2, 3, 4 и т. д. Введите необходимое числовое значение. По умолчанию для параметра установлено значение 1.
          • +
        • На каждой странице - последовательность нумерации строк будет перезапущена на каждой странице документа.
          • +
        • В каждом разделе - последовательность нумерации строк будет перезапущена в каждом разделе документа.
          • +
        • Непрерывная - каждой строке документа будет присвоен порядковый номер.
          • +
        • Параметр Применить изменения к определяет часть документа, к которой вы хотите применить порядковые номера. Выберите одну из доступных предустановок: К текущему разделу, чтобы применить нумерацию строк к выбранному разделу документа; До конца документа, чтобы применить нумерацию строк к тексту, следующему за текущей позицией курсора; Ко всему документу, чтобы применить нумерацию строк ко всему документу. По умолчанию для параметра установлено значение Ко всему документу.
          • +
        • Нажмите OK, чтобы применить изменения.
          • +
        +
        4. +
      +

      Удаление нумерации строк

      +

      Чтобы удалить последовательность нумерации строк,

      +
        +
      1. Перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов и щелкните значок Нумерация строк иконкаНумерация строк,
        2. +
      2. В открывшемся выпадающем меню выберите пункт Нет или выберите в меню пункт Варианты нумерации строк и в открывшемся окне Нумерация строк уберите галочку с поля Добавить нумерацию строк.
        3. +
      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm index d86bd2693..27d061e81 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@

    Вставка символов и знаков

    -

    При работе может возникнуть необходимость поставить символ, которого нет на вашей клавиатуре. Для вставки таких символов используйте функцию Таблица символов иконкаВставить символ.

    +

    При работе может возникнуть необходимость поставить символ, которого нет на вашей клавиатуре. Для вставки таких символов используйте функцию Таблица символов иконка Вставить символ.

    Для этого выполните следующие шаги:

    • установите курсор, куда будет помещен символ,
    • перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
    • - щелкните по значку Таблица символов иконкаСимвол, + щелкните по значку Таблица символов иконка Символ,

      Таблица символов панель слева

    • в открывшемся окне выберите необходимый символ,
      • @@ -28,6 +28,8 @@

      чтобы быстрее найти нужный символ, используйте раздел Набор. В нем все символы распределены по группам, например, выберите «Символы валют», если нужно вставить знак валют.

      Если же данный символ отсутствует в наборе, выберите другой шрифт. Во многих из них также есть символы, отличные от стандартного набора.

      Или же впишите в строку шестнадцатеричный Код знака из Юникод нужного вам символа. Данный код можно найти в Таблице символов.

      +

      Также можно использовать вкладку Специальные символы для выбора специального символа из списка.

      +

      Таблица символов панель слева

      Для быстрого доступа к нужным символам также используйте Ранее использовавшиеся символы, где хранятся несколько последних использованных символов,

    • нажмите Вставить. Выбранный символ будет добавлен в документ.
      • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm index 596ca4039..99841d4e7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -69,9 +69,21 @@ Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить буквы двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга.

      Градиентная заливка

        -
      • Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям).
        • -
      • Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления: из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон.
        • -
      • Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку Ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента.
        • +
      • + Стиль - выберите Линейный или Радиальный: +
          +
        • Линейный используется, когда вам нужно, чтобы цвета изменялись слева направо, сверху вниз или под любым выбранным вами углом в одном направлении. Чтобы выбрать предустановленное направление, щелкните Направление или же задайте точное значение угла градиента в поле Угол.
          • +
        • Радиальный используется, когда вам нужно, чтобы цвета изменялись по кругу от центра к краям.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + Точка градиента - это определенная точка перехода от одного цвета к другому. +
          +
        • Чтобы добавить точку градиента, Используйте кнопку Добавить точку градиента Добавить точку градиента или ползунок. Вы можете добавить до 10 точек градиента. Каждая следующая добавленная точка градиента никоим образом не повлияет на внешний вид текущей градиентной заливки. Чтобы удалить определенную точку градиента, используйте кнопку Удалить точку градиента Удалить точку градиента.
          • +
        • Чтобы изменить положение точки градиента, используйте ползунок или укажите Положение в процентах для точного местоположения.
          • +
        • Чтобы применить цвет к точке градиента, щелкните точку на панели ползунка, а затем нажмите Цвет, чтобы выбрать нужный цвет.
          • +
        +

      Примечание: при выборе одной из этих двух опций можно также задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..314a7f3c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2554 @@ + + + + Функции автозамены + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Функции автозамены

      +

      Функции автозамены используются для автоматического форматирования текста при обнаружении или вставки специальных математических символов путем распознавания определенных символов.

      +

      Доступные параметры автозамены перечислены в соответствующем диалоговом окне. Чтобы его открыть, перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены.

      +

      + В диалоговом окне Автозамена содержит три вкладки: Автозамена математическими символами, Распознанные функции и Автоформат при вводе. +

      +

      Автозамена математическими символами

      +

      При работе с уравнениями множество символов, диакритических знаков и знаков математических действий можно добавить путем ввода с клавиатуры, а не выбирая шаблон из коллекции.

      +

      В редакторе уравнений установите курсор в нужном поле для ввода, введите специальный код и нажмите Пробел. Введенный код будет преобразован в соответствующий символ, а пробел будет удален.

      +

      Примечание: коды чувствительны к регистру.

      +

      Вы можете добавлять, изменять, восстанавливать и удалять записи автозамены из списка автозамены. Перейдите во вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автозамена математическими символами.

      +

      Чтобы добавить запись в список автозамены,

      +

      +

        +
      • Введите код автозамены, который хотите использовать, в поле Заменить.
        • +
      • Введите символ, который будет присвоен введенному вами коду, в поле На.
        • +
      • Щелкните на кнопку Добавить.
        • +
      +

      +

      Чтобы изменить запись в списке автозамены,

      +

      +

        +
      • Выберите запись, которую хотите изменить.
        • +
      • Вы можете изменить информацию в полях Заменить для кода и На для символа.
        • +
      • Щелкните на кнопку Добавить.
        • +
      +

      +

      Чтобы удалить запись из списка автозамены,

      +

      +

        +
      • Выберите запись, которую хотите удалить.
        • +
      • Щелкните на кнопку Удалить.
        • +
      +

      +

      Чтобы восстановить ранее удаленные записи, выберите из списка запись, которую нужно восстановить, и нажмите кнопку Восстановить.

      +

      Чтобы восстановить настройки по умолчанию, нажмите кнопку Сбросить настройки. Любая добавленная вами запись автозамены будет удалена, а измененные значения будут восстановлены до их исходных значений.

      +

      Чтобы отключить автозамену математическими символами и избежать автоматических изменений и замен, снимите флажок Заменять текст при вводе.

      +

      Автозамена

      +

      В таблице ниже приведены все поддерживаемые в настоящее время коды, доступные в Редакторе презентаций. Полный список поддерживаемых кодов также можно найти на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительыне параметры... -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автозамена математическими символами.

      +
      + Поддерживаемые коды + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      КодСимволКатегория
      !!Двойной факториалСимволы
      ...Горизонтальное многоточиеТочки
      ::Двойное двоеточиеОператоры
      :=Двоеточие равноОператоры
      /<Не меньше чемОператоры отношения
      />Не больше чемОператоры отношения
      /=Не равноОператоры отношения
      \aboveСимволСимволы Above/Below
      \acuteСимволАкценты
      \alephСимволБуквы иврита
      \alphaСимволГреческие буквы
      \AlphaСимволГреческие буквы
      \amalgСимволБинарные операторы
      \angleСимволГеометрические обозначения
      \aointСимволИнтегралы
      \approxСимволОператоры отношений
      \asmashСимволСтрелки
      \astЗвездочкаБинарные операторы
      \asympСимволОператоры отношений
      \atopСимволОператоры
      \barСимволЧерта сверху/снизу
      \BarСимволАкценты
      \becauseСимволОператоры отношений
      \beginСимволРазделители
      \belowСимволСимволы Above/Below
      \betСимволБуквы иврита
      \betaСимволГреческие буквы
      \BetaСимволГреческие буквы
      \bethСимволБуквы иврита
      \bigcapСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigcupСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigodotСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigoplusСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigotimesСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigsqcupСимволКрупные операторы
      \biguplusСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigveeСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigwedgeСимволКрупные операторы
      \binomialСимволУравнения
      \botСимволЛогические обозначения
      \bowtieСимволОператоры отношений
      \boxСимволСимволы
      \boxdotСимволБинарные операторы
      \boxminusСимволБинарные операторы
      \boxplusСимволБинарные операторы
      \braСимволРазделители
      \breakСимволСимволы
      \breveСимволАкценты
      \bulletСимволБинарные операторы
      \capСимволБинарные операторы
      \cbrtСимволКвадратные корни и радикалы
      \casesСимволСимволы
      \cdotСимволБинарные операторы
      \cdotsСимволТочки
      \checkСимволАкценты
      \chiСимволГреческие буквы
      \ChiСимволГреческие буквы
      \circСимволБинарные операторы
      \closeСимволРазделители
      \clubsuitСимволСимволы
      \cointСимволИнтегралы
      \congСимволОператоры отношений
      \coprodСимволМатематические операторы
      \cupСимволБинарные операторы
      \daletСимволБуквы иврита
      \dalethСимволБуквы иврита
      \dashvСимволОператоры отношений
      \ddСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \DdСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \ddddotСимволАкценты
      \dddotСимволАкценты
      \ddotСимволАкценты
      \ddotsСимволТочки
      \defeqСимволОператоры отношений
      \degcСимволСимволы
      \degfСимволСимволы
      \degreeСимволСимволы
      \deltaСимволГреческие буквы
      \DeltaСимволГреческие буквы
      \DeltaeqСимволОператоры
      \diamondСимволБинарные операторы
      \diamondsuitСимволСимволы
      \divСимволБинарные операторы
      \dotСимволАкценты
      \doteqСимволОператоры отношений
      \dotsСимволТочки
      \doubleaСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleAСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublebСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleBСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublecСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleCСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubledСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleDСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleeСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleEСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublefСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleFСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublegСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleGСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublehСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleHСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleiСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleIСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublejСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleJСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublekСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleKСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublelСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleLСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublemСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleMСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublenСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleNСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleoСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleOСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublepСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublePСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleqСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleQСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublerСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleRСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublesСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleSСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubletСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleTСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleuСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleUСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublevСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleVСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublewСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleWСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublexСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleXСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleyСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleYСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublezСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleZСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \downarrowСимволСтрелки
      \DownarrowСимволСтрелки
      \dsmashСимволСтрелки
      \eeСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \ellСимволСимволы
      \emptysetСимволОбозначения множествs
      \emspЗнаки пробела
      \endСимволРазделители
      \enspЗнаки пробела
      \epsilonСимволГреческие буквы
      \EpsilonСимволГреческие буквы
      \eqarrayСимволСимволы
      \equivСимволОператоры отношений
      \etaСимволГреческие буквы
      \EtaСимволГреческие буквы
      \existsСимволЛогические обозначенияs
      \forallСимволЛогические обозначенияs
      \frakturaСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturAСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturbСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturBСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturcСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturCСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturdСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturDСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \fraktureСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturEСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturfСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturFСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturgСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturGСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturhСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturHСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturiСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturIСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturkСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturKСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturlСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturLСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturmСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturMСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturnСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturNСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturoСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturOСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturpСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturPСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturqСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturQСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturrСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturRСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \fraktursСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturSСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturtСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturTСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturuСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturUСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturvСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturVСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturwСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturWСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturxСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturXСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturyСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturYСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturzСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturZСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frownСимволОператоры отношений
      \funcapplyБинарные операторы
      \GСимволГреческие буквы
      \gammaСимволГреческие буквы
      \GammaСимволГреческие буквы
      \geСимволОператоры отношений
      \geqСимволОператоры отношений
      \getsСимволСтрелки
      \ggСимволОператоры отношений
      \gimelСимволБуквы иврита
      \graveСимволАкценты
      \hairspЗнаки пробела
      \hatСимволАкценты
      \hbarСимволСимволы
      \heartsuitСимволСимволы
      \hookleftarrowСимволСтрелки
      \hookrightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \hphantomСимволСтрелки
      \hsmashСимволСтрелки
      \hvecСимволАкценты
      \identitymatrixСимволМатрицы
      \iiСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \iiintСимволИнтегралы
      \iintСимволИнтегралы
      \iiiintСимволИнтегралы
      \ImСимволСимволы
      \imathСимволСимволы
      \inСимволОператоры отношений
      \incСимволСимволы
      \inftyСимволСимволы
      \intСимволИнтегралы
      \integralСимволИнтегралы
      \iotaСимволГреческие буквы
      \IotaСимволГреческие буквы
      \itimesМатематические операторы
      \jСимволСимволы
      \jjСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \jmathСимволСимволы
      \kappaСимволГреческие буквы
      \KappaСимволГреческие буквы
      \ketСимволРазделители
      \lambdaСимволГреческие буквы
      \LambdaСимволГреческие буквы
      \langleСимволРазделители
      \lbbrackСимволРазделители
      \lbraceСимволРазделители
      \lbrackСимволРазделители
      \lceilСимволРазделители
      \ldivСимволДробная черта
      \ldivideСимволДробная черта
      \ldotsСимволТочки
      \leСимволОператоры отношений
      \leftСимволРазделители
      \leftarrowСимволСтрелки
      \LeftarrowСимволСтрелки
      \leftharpoondownСимволСтрелки
      \leftharpoonupСимволСтрелки
      \leftrightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \LeftrightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \leqСимволОператоры отношений
      \lfloorСимволРазделители
      \lhvecСимволАкценты
      \limitСимволЛимиты
      \llСимволОператоры отношений
      \lmoustСимволРазделители
      \LongleftarrowСимволСтрелки
      \LongleftrightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \LongrightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \lrharСимволСтрелки
      \lvecСимволАкценты
      \mapstoСимволСтрелки
      \matrixСимволМатрицы
      \medspЗнаки пробела
      \midСимволОператоры отношений
      \middleСимволСимволы
      \modelsСимволОператоры отношений
      \mpСимволБинарные операторы
      \muСимволГреческие буквы
      \MuСимволГреческие буквы
      \nablaСимволСимволы
      \naryandСимволОператоры
      \nbspЗнаки пробела
      \neСимволОператоры отношений
      \nearrowСимволСтрелки
      \neqСимволОператоры отношений
      \niСимволОператоры отношений
      \normСимволРазделители
      \notcontainСимволОператоры отношений
      \notelementСимволОператоры отношений
      \notinСимволОператоры отношений
      \nuСимволГреческие буквы
      \NuСимволГреческие буквы
      \nwarrowСимволСтрелки
      \oСимволГреческие буквы
      \OСимволГреческие буквы
      \odotСимволБинарные операторы
      \ofСимволОператоры
      \oiiintСимволИнтегралы
      \oiintСимволИнтегралы
      \ointСимволИнтегралы
      \omegaСимволГреческие буквы
      \OmegaСимволГреческие буквы
      \ominusСимволБинарные операторы
      \openСимволРазделители
      \oplusСимволБинарные операторы
      \otimesСимволБинарные операторы
      \overСимволРазделители
      \overbarСимволАкценты
      \overbraceСимволАкценты
      \overbracketСимволАкценты
      \overlineСимволАкценты
      \overparenСимволАкценты
      \overshellСимволАкценты
      \parallelСимволГеометрические обозначения
      \partialСимволСимволы
      \pmatrixСимволМатрицы
      \perpСимволГеометрические обозначения
      \phantomСимволСимволы
      \phiСимволГреческие буквы
      \PhiСимволГреческие буквы
      \piСимволГреческие буквы
      \PiСимволГреческие буквы
      \pmСимволБинарные операторы
      \pppprimeСимволШтрихи
      \ppprimeСимволШтрихи
      \pprimeСимволШтрихи
      \precСимволОператоры отношений
      \preceqСимволОператоры отношений
      \primeСимволШтрихи
      \prodСимволМатематические операторы
      \proptoСимволОператоры отношений
      \psiСимволГреческие буквы
      \PsiСимволГреческие буквы
      \qdrtСимволКвадратные корни и радикалы
      \quadraticСимволКвадратные корни и радикалы
      \rangleСимволРазделители
      \RangleСимволРазделители
      \ratioСимволОператоры отношений
      \rbraceСимволРазделители
      \rbrackСимволРазделители
      \RbrackСимволРазделители
      \rceilСимволРазделители
      \rddotsСимволТочки
      \ReСимволСимволы
      \rectСимволСимволы
      \rfloorСимволРазделители
      \rhoСимволГреческие буквы
      \RhoСимволГреческие буквы
      \rhvecСимволАкценты
      \rightСимволРазделители
      \rightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \RightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \rightharpoondownСимволСтрелки
      \rightharpoonupСимволСтрелки
      \rmoustСимволРазделители
      \rootСимволСимволы
      \scriptaСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptAСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptbСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptBСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptcСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptCСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptdСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptDСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scripteСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptEСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptfСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptFСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptgСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptGСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scripthСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptHСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptiСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptIСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptkСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptKСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptlСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptLСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptmСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptMСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptnСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptNСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptoСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptOСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptpСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptPСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptqСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptQСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptrСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptRСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptsСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptSСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scripttСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptTСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptuСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptUСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptvСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptVСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptwСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptWСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptxСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptXСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptyСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptYСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptzСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptZСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \sdivСимволДробная черта
      \sdivideСимволДробная черта
      \searrowСимволСтрелки
      \setminusСимволБинарные операторы
      \sigmaСимволГреческие буквы
      \SigmaСимволГреческие буквы
      \simСимволОператоры отношений
      \simeqСимволОператоры отношений
      \smashСимволСтрелки
      \smileСимволОператоры отношений
      \spadesuitСимволСимволы
      \sqcapСимволБинарные операторы
      \sqcupСимволБинарные операторы
      \sqrtСимволКвадратные корни и радикалы
      \sqsubseteqСимволОбозначения множеств
      \sqsuperseteqСимволОбозначения множеств
      \starСимволБинарные операторы
      \subsetСимволОбозначения множеств
      \subseteqСимволОбозначения множеств
      \succСимволОператоры отношений
      \succeqСимволОператоры отношений
      \sumСимволМатематические операторы
      \supersetСимволОбозначения множеств
      \superseteqСимволОбозначения множеств
      \swarrowСимволСтрелки
      \tauСимволГреческие буквы
      \TauСимволГреческие буквы
      \thereforeСимволОператоры отношений
      \thetaСимволГреческие буквы
      \ThetaСимволГреческие буквы
      \thickspЗнаки пробела
      \thinspЗнаки пробела
      \tildeСимволАкценты
      \timesСимволБинарные операторы
      \toСимволСтрелки
      \topСимволЛогические обозначения
      \tvecСимволСтрелки
      \ubarСимволАкценты
      \UbarСимволАкценты
      \underbarСимволАкценты
      \underbraceСимволАкценты
      \underbracketСимволАкценты
      \underlineСимволАкценты
      \underparenСимволАкценты
      \uparrowСимволСтрелки
      \UparrowСимволСтрелки
      \updownarrowСимволСтрелки
      \UpdownarrowСимволСтрелки
      \uplusСимволБинарные операторы
      \upsilonСимволГреческие буквы
      \UpsilonСимволГреческие буквы
      \varepsilonСимволГреческие буквы
      \varphiСимволГреческие буквы
      \varpiСимволГреческие буквы
      \varrhoСимволГреческие буквы
      \varsigmaСимволГреческие буквы
      \varthetaСимволГреческие буквы
      \vbarСимволРазделители
      \vdashСимволОператоры отношений
      \vdotsСимволТочки
      \vecСимволАкценты
      \veeСимволБинарные операторы
      \vertСимволРазделители
      \VertСимволРазделители
      \VmatrixСимволМатрицы
      \vphantomСимволСтрелки
      \vthickspЗнаки пробела
      \wedgeСимволБинарные операторы
      \wpСимволСимволы
      \wrСимволБинарные операторы
      \xiСимволГреческие буквы
      \XiСимволГреческие буквы
      \zetaСимволГреческие буквы
      \ZetaСимволГреческие буквы
      \zwnjЗнаки пробела
      \zwspЗнаки пробела
      ~=КонгруэнтноОператоры отношений
      -+Минус или плюсБинарные операторы
      +-Плюс или минусБинарные операторы
      <<СимволОператоры отношений
      <=Меньше или равноОператоры отношений
      ->СимволСтрелки
      >=Больше или равноОператоры отношений
      >>СимволОператоры отношений
      +
      +
      +

      Распознанные функции

      +

      На этой вкладке вы найдете список математических выражений, которые будут распознаваться редактором формул как функции и поэтому не будут автоматически выделены курсивом. Чтобы просмотреть список распознанных функций, перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Распознанные функции.

      +

      Чтобы добавить запись в список распознаваемых функций, введите функцию в пустое поле и нажмите кнопку Добавить.

      +

      Чтобы удалить запись из списка распознанных функций, выберите функцию, которую нужно удалить, и нажмите кнопку Удалить.

      +

      Чтобы восстановить ранее удаленные записи, выберите в списке запись, которую нужно восстановить, и нажмите кнопку Восстановить.

      +

      Чтобы восстановить настройки по умолчанию, нажмите кнопку Сбросить настройки. Любая добавленная вами функция будет удалена, а удаленные - восстановлены.

      +

      Распознанные функции

      +

      Автоформат при вводе

      +

      По умолчанию редактор форматирует текст во время набора текста в соответствии с предустановками автоматического форматирования, например, он автоматически запускает маркированный список или нумерованный список при обнаружении списка, заменяет кавычки или преобразует дефисы в тире.

      +

      Если вам нужно отключить предустановки автоформатирования, снимите отметку с ненужных опций, для этого перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автоформат при вводе.

      +

      Автоформат при вводе

      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index b9dd75c10..ce7593bac 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
    • используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+P, или
    • нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Печать.
    -

    Также можно распечатать выделенный фрагмент текста с помощью пункта контекстного меню Напечатать выделенное.

    +

    Также можно распечатать выделенный фрагмент текста с помощью пункта контекстного меню Напечатать выделенное как в режиме Редактирования, так и в режиме Просмотра (кликните правой кнопкой мыши и выберите опцию Напечатать выделенное).

    В десктопной версии документ будет напрямую отправлен на печать. В онлайн-версии на основе данного документа будет сгенерирован файл PDF. Вы можете открыть и распечатать его, или сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера или съемном носителе чтобы распечатать позже. В некоторых браузерах, например Хром и Опера, есть встроенная возможность для прямой печати.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/editor.css b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/editor.css index 7a743ebc1..ecaa6b72d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/editor.css +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/editor.css @@ -6,11 +6,21 @@ color: #444; background: #fff; } +.cross-reference th{ +text-align: center; +vertical-align: middle; +} + +.cross-reference td{ +text-align: center; +vertical-align: middle; +} + img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft @@ -220,4 +230,7 @@ kbd { } .right_option { border-radius: 0 2px 2px 0; +} +.forms { + display: inline-block; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addgradientpoint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addgradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..addcfb252 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addgradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/autoformatasyoutype.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/autoformatasyoutype.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0580876c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/autoformatasyoutype.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/axislabels.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/axislabels.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4ed4ea7b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/axislabels.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor.png index 5929239d6..918dc9686 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png index 673b22ccf..7af662f5a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ccsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ccsettingswindow.png index caed102bd..038fe0b42 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ccsettingswindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ccsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme.png index 9ef44daaf..6a8d7a72c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerange.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerange.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17df78932 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerange.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartdata.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d4cb1e68 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png index 8b97db994..bacc43baf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png index dc56b8b2e..689aa67df 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png index f4709617a..92f701766 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png index 533dc0e82..5394432c0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png index 2b1029ffc..f849be913 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings6.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..efed7f465 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/convert_footnotes_endnotes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/convert_footnotes_endnotes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9e8f929f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/convert_footnotes_endnotes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cross_refference_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cross_refference_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32e69852b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cross_refference_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cross_refference_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cross_refference_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52ed84329 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cross_refference_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/date_time.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/date_time.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5008c7829 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/date_time.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/date_time_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/date_time_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b3e768e8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/date_time_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editseries.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editseries.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0699da2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editseries.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/endnotes_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/endnotes_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e58ce04eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/endnotes_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/endnotesadded.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/endnotesadded.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2014ef25d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/endnotesadded.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/endnotetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/endnotetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9250cfcc3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/endnotetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png index 5fb32cfb5..48b12688b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png index 74e0ee90b..74f02345e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png index cf37048ae..460498e6f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png index fcca12be0..c7cf9ed44 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlightcolor.png index 85ef0822b..ba856daf1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/vector.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/vector.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_icon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window.png index 4bbd8b745..5cb6a3b05 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e76849b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbols_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbols_window.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4c6674ea4..000000000 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbols_window.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png index c2482a625..e82774052 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png index 727653555..b2cee1527 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png index 81de24e0b..776687430 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png index 8cbb26618..5357d76f3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png index 6007928dc..30a6ac19d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png index f954d657e..417c8d5d0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png index cb8719f1e..9e92c68c5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/layouttab.png index 9ec9ba3be..ceab30d43 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/layouttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png index c7d9e2268..1de2187ca 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/referencestab.png index 99286cb96..a6fae6b29 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/referencestab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linenumbers_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linenumbers_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d87a8c798 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linenumbers_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linenumbers_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linenumbers_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34d88d3f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linenumbers_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moveelement.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moveelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74ead64a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moveelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/proofing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/proofing.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af9162d15 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/proofing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/recognizedfunctions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/recognizedfunctions.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1013597d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/recognizedfunctions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removegradientpoint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removegradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c282ea1a6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removegradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/replacetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/replacetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9192d66fd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/replacetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizeelement.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizeelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..206959166 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizeelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_autoshape.png index bff0dacd6..4f33bac76 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image.png index 97648e68a..4ff59b2db 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png index 85170ac68..da3f26dd4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_table.png index 4193bc9ab..fa450b3b2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png index 758946a4c..9eec1d822 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectdata.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a64e40f0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png index 29811e0aa..fd745995f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_1.png index af17aae51..d8fa8e7d8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_2.png index 57bfe4364..970a0b743 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_3.png index 064813545..2ece8e6a6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_4.png index 582adc056..f5b95fb1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_5.png index 9fdc28021..1c7bad514 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_6.png index a85bb6145..78e106f8b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_6.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/above.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/above.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97f2005e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/above.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/acute.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/acute.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12d62abab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/acute.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aleph.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aleph.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7355dba4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aleph.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca68e0fe0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea3a6aac4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/amalg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/amalg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b66c134d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/amalg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/angle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/angle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de11fe22d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/angle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aoint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35a228fb4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/approx.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/approx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67b770f72 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/approx.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/arrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/arrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asmash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df40f9f2c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ast.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ast.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33be7687a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ast.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asymp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asymp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7d21a268 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asymp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/atop.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/atop.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d4395beb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/atop.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..774a06eb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5321fe5b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/because.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/because.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3456d38c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/because.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/begin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/begin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd50e8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/begin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/below.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/below.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8acb835b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/below.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748f2b1be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c1ccb707 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcap.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af7e48ad8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e27fb3bb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigodot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigodot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ebddf66c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigodot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigoplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigoplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f555afb0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigoplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigotimes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigotimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43457dc4b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigotimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..614264a01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/biguplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/biguplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ec39889f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/biguplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigvee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigvee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57851a676 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigvee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigwedge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigwedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c7cac1e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigwedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/binomial.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/binomial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72bc36e68 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/binomial.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ded03e82 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bowtie.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bowtie.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ddfa28c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bowtie.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/box.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/box.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20d4a835b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/box.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxdot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222e1c7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxminus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caf1ddddb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1ee49522 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bra.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bra.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3c8b4c83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bra.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/break.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/break.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..859fbf8b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/break.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/breve.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/breve.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2392724b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/breve.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bullet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bullet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05e268132 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bullet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cap.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76139f161 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cap.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cases.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cases.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5a1d5ffe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cases.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cbrt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cbrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..580d0d0d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cbrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..199773081 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6246a1f0d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/check.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/check.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d57528ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/check.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ee801d17 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a27cce57e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/circ.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/circ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a6aa27c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/circ.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/close.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/close.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7438a6f0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/close.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/clubsuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/clubsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ecec4509 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/clubsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2f305a81 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/colonequal.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/colonequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79fb3a795 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/colonequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cong.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cong.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d48ef05a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cong.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coprod.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coprod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d90054fb5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coprod.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b3915395 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dalet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dalet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dalet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/daleth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/daleth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/daleth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dashv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dashv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a07ecf03 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dashv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b96137d73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51e50c6ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddddot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2512dd96 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dddot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c261bdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc158338d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b15677a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/defeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/defeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4728e579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/defeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8512ce6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degf.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d5b4f234 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degf.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degree.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degree.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42881ff13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degree.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14d5d2386 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6541350c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/deltaeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/deltaeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1dac99daf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/deltaeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamond.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamond.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e692a462 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bff5edf92 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/div.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/div.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..059758d9c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/div.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0d4f093f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddef5eb4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9cb5ed78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eee509760 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d98b1da6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cdc8d687 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4e564fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3e5ccc8a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublecolon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublecolon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56cfcafd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublecolon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bca050ea8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e222d501 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e03f999a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6627ded4f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c99ee88a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f97effdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81a4360f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97ff9ceed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19f3727f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca4f14ca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea40b9965 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb4d100de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..313453e56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43de921d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55063df14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6dc9ee87c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aee85567c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e4aad8c8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7382f3652 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f6d8538d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..100097a98 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f1373128 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ef2738aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a13023552 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..468459457 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8db731325 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18bfb16ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc4b77c78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25b230947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f0e988a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6e40f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c05d7f9cd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d24cb2f27 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c27fe3875 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32f2294a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0f54d440 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ce700d2f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5b0cb2be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da1089327 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0400ddbed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a151c1777 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..648ce4467 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c2a1de43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ed589d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e2733f6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d1061f6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f12b3eebb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71146333a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f20d8728 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dsmash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49e2e5855 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1c8f6b16 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ell.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ell.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/emptyset.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/emptyset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28b0f75d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/emptyset.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/end.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/end.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33d901831 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/end.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7a53ad49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd54bb471 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eqarray.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eqarray.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dbb07eff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eqarray.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/equiv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/equiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac3c147eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/equiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6c37c23 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93a5f8f3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/exists.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/exists.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2e078f08 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/exists.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/forall.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/forall.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c58ecb41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/forall.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8570b166c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3db328e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e682b9c49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..570b7daad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3296e1bf7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e1c9065f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c29587e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5afeeb59 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a56e7c5a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c9236af6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a460b206 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f59cc1a49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c71a7f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a96d7939 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afff96507 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c77ddc227 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b690840e0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93494c9f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6ec69273 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88b5d5dd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4719aa67a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73365c050 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8d412077 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6823b765f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7562b1587 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5817d5af7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed9ee60d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6becfb0d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9c2ef5ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fbe142a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aac2cafe2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7026dc172 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c14dc2aee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad6eb3a2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b68a51481 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be9bce9ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a274312f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff4ffbad5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3835c5e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7c2dfce0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ae44b0d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06951ec52 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e492dd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c08b19614 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7af677f4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dd4eefc0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea98c092d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf8f1fb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b44487f74 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afd922249 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2fcd6e3a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/g.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/g.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/g.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f088aa79 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/geq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/geq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/geq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gets.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab7c9df5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2b964579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gimel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gimel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e6cccb60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gimel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/grave.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/grave.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcda94a6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/grave.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hat.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3be83a4c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hat.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6025b5d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/heartsuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/heartsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b26f4fe3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/heartsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14f255fb0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b22e5b07a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc8f0fa47 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hphantom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb072eee0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hsmash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce90638d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3531cd2fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ii.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ii.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e064923e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ii.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7b9990d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f56aff057 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e73f05c2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/im.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/im.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1470295b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/im.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/imath.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/imath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6493cfef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/imath.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/in.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/in.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca1f84e4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/in.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/inc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/inc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ac8c1bcd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/inc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/infty.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/infty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fa3570fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/infty.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/int.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/int.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f296cc46 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/int.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/integral.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/integral.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65e56f23b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/integral.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0aefb684e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4341851a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/j.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/j.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004b30b69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/j.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jj.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a1e11920 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jj.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jmath.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jmath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9409b6d2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jmath.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..788d84c11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fae000a00 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ket.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ket.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f98af8017 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3016c6ece Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/langle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/langle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73ccafba9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/langle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbbrack.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dbb14049 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004d22d05 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrack.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cf789daa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lceil.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48d4f69b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldiv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba17e3ae6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldivide.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1071483b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/le.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/le.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/le.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/left.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/left.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f27f6310 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/left.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bafaf636c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60f405f7e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d15921dc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d02cea5c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c0305093 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..923152c61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lfloor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc34c4345 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lhvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10407df0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/limit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/limit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5669a329 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/limit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ll.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ll.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e31ee790 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ll.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lmoust.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3547706a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9647da6b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e0e50d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bed54fe7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lrhar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lrhar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a54ae201 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lrhar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6ab35fac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mapsto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mapsto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11e8e411a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mapsto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/matrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/matrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36dd9f3ef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/matrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mid.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mid.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21fca0ac1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mid.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/middle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/middle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e47884724 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/middle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/models.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/models.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a87cdc82e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/models.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f295f402 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4698faf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96d5b82b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nabla.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nabla.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c4283a5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nabla.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/naryand.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/naryand.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c43d7a980 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/naryand.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ne.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ne.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ne.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nearrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nearrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e95d358a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nearrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/neq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/neq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/neq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ni.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ni.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce8864 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ni.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/norm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/norm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/norm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notcontain.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notcontain.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b6ac81ce Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notcontain.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notelement.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c5d182db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notequal.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a8af203d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f2abe531 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notlessthan.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notlessthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e9fc8ef2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notlessthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b32087c3d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e0f14582 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nwarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nwarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35ad2ee95 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nwarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cbbaaf6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86a488451 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/odot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/odot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbd0f8b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/odot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/of.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/of.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8a2567c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/of.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c66dc2947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5587f29d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oint.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30b5bbab3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oint.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3224bcc5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6689087de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ominus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ominus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a07e9ce7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ominus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/open.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/open.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2874320d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/open.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab9c8d22 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/otimes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/otimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a2de09e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/otimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/over.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/over.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de78bfdde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/over.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71c7d4729 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbracket.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbd4f3598 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overparen.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..645d88650 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overshell.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overshell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..907e993d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overshell.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/parallel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/parallel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b42a5958 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/parallel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/partial.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/partial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb198b44d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/partial.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/perp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/perp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecc490ff4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/perp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phantom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3a11e75a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a42a2bdea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9f811dab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6c5da9c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11486a83b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13cccaad2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pmatrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37b0ed5ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pppprime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4aec7dd87 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ppprime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..460f07d5d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pprime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c60382c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc174cb73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/preceq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/preceq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..185576937 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/preceq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prime.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2144d9f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prime.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prod.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fbe6e266 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prod.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/propto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/propto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11a52f90b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/propto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce71e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71faedd0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/qdrt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/qdrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2b8a5518 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/qdrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/quadratic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/quadratic.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26116211c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/quadratic.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fd0b87a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ratio.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ratio.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d480fe90c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ratio.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31decded8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..772a722da Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5aa46c098 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rceil.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c96575404 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rddots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17f60c0bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/re.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/re.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36ffb2a8e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/re.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rect.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7942dbe1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rect.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rfloor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0303da681 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6020c1f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7242001a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rhvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/right.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/right.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc933121f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/right.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d8b7b90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c25b921a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a33c56ea0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rmoust.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e85cdefb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/root.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/root.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bdcb3d60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/root.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4305bc75 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4df4c10ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16801f863 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f395bf2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..292f64223 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7d64e076 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a52adbda Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db75ffaee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9cea6589 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..908b98abf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16b2839e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fc78029f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e2b4e5c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83ecfa7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce9052e49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b669be42d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8650af640 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35253e28d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23a0b18d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..964ca2f83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..605b16e12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c34227b6a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20327fde5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cdd4bc43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b257e5e69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22b214f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cd942d5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64efc9545 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f8bdc904 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec9874130 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2df092612 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c07bbff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eb2e1182 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49b85ae2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46dea0796 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74caee45b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acf23f10 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb6ace16a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9407b3372 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cffb832bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f85cd60c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6e628a61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..346dd8c56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e5d381db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..953ee2de5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db732c630 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..166c889a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7784bb149 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3003ade0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8d5a0cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8197fe515 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdiv.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdivide.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/searrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/searrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a7f64b14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/searrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/setminus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/setminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa6c2cfee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/setminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cb2bb178 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e9f5ee7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sim.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sim.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a056eda0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sim.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/simeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/simeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eade7ebc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/simeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90896057d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smile.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smile.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83b716c6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smile.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/spadesuit.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/spadesuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bdec8945 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/spadesuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcap.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf43990e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..426d02fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqrt.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acfaa8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14365cc02 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6db6d42fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/star.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/star.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f15f019f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/star.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subset.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f23368a90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subset.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d867e2df0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succ.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b7c0526b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succ.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succeq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22eff46c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sum.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44106f72f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sum.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superset.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67f46e1ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superset.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superseteq.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89521782c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/swarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/swarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66df3fa2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/swarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abd5bf872 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f15d8e443 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/therefore.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/therefore.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3f02aba3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/therefore.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2d89e82b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13f05f84f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tilde.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tilde.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b08ef3a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tilde.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/times.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/times.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da3afaf8b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/times.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/to.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/to.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/to.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/top.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/top.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbe5b832 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/top.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tvec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee71f7105 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e27b66816 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c20216a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..938c658e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbrace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2c080b58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbracket.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a78aa1cdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b55100731 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underparen.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccaac1590 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eccaa488d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cff2b9de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65ea76252 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c10bc8fef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uplus.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39109a95b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69b7226c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2012f0408 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varepsilon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varepsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1788b80e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varepsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varphi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varphi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebcb44f39 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varphi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varpi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varpi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82e5e48bd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varpi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varrho.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varrho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d719b4e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varrho.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varsigma.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varsigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b154dede3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varsigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vartheta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vartheta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e49bc074 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vartheta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..197c22ee5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdash.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2387c2d76 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdash.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdots.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1220d68b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a50d9fe6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vee.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be2573ef8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vee.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adc50b15c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vmatrix.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8dba6fd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vphantom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd8194604 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wedge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34e02a584 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wp.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00c630d38 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wp.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wr.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bceef6f19 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wr.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f83b1dfd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c59fd3e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aaf47b628 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb04db0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols_windows.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols_windows.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4c6674ea4..000000000 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols_windows.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_3.png index 0e5f24f62..92c28ba7b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/watermark_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/watermark_settings.png index 5b7bc22b1..1e4b8f56d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/watermark_settings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/watermark_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/watermark_settings2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/watermark_settings2.png index 7bede9077..e50ecf497 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/watermark_settings2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/watermark_settings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js index eaa3139f3..0e4307ea2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Дополнительные параметры редактора документов", - "body": "Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора документов. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также нажать на значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выбрать опцию Дополнительные параметры. Доступны следующие дополнительные параметры: Отображение комментариев - используется для включения/отключения опции комментирования в реальном времени: Включить отображение комментариев в тексте - если отключить эту функцию, прокомментированные фрагменты будут подсвечиваться, только когда Вы нажмете на значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели. Включить отображение решенных комментариев - эта функция отключена по умолчанию, чтобы решенные комментарии были скрыты в тексте документа. Просмотреть такие комментарии можно только при нажатии на значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели. Включите эту опцию, если требуется отображать решенные комментарии в тексте документа. Проверка орфографии - используется для включения/отключения опции проверки орфографии. Альтернативный ввод - используется для включения/отключения иероглифов. Направляющие выравнивания - используется для включения/отключения направляющих выравнивания, которые появляются при перемещении объектов и позволяют точно расположить их на странице. Совместимость - используется чтобы сделать файлы совместимыми с более старыми версиями MS Word при сохранении как DOCX. Автосохранение - используется в онлайн-версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического сохранения изменений, внесенных при редактировании. Автовосстановление - используется в десктопной версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического восстановления документа в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Режим совместного редактирования - используется для выбора способа отображения изменений, вносимых в ходе совместного редактирования: По умолчанию выбран Быстрый режим, при котором пользователи, участвующие в совместном редактировании документа, будут видеть изменения в реальном времени, как только они внесены другими пользователями. Если вы не хотите видеть изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, (чтобы они не мешали вам или по какой-то другой причине), выберите Строгий режим, и все изменения будут отображаться только после того, как вы нажмете на значок Сохранить с оповещением о наличии изменений от других пользователей. Отображать изменения при совместной работе - используется для определения изменений, которые необходимо подсвечивать во время совместного редактирования: При выборе опции Никакие изменения, внесенные за время текущей сессии, подсвечиваться не будут. При выборе опции Все будут подсвечиваться все изменения, внесенные за время текущей сессии. При выборе опции Последние будут подсвечиваться только те изменения, которые были внесены с момента, когда Вы последний раз нажимали на значок Сохранить . Эта опция доступна только в том случае, если выбран Строгий режим совместного редактирования. Стандартное значение масштаба - используется для установки стандартного значения масштаба путем его выбора из списка доступных вариантов от 50% до 200%. Можно также выбрать опцию По размеру страницы или По ширине. Хинтинг шрифтов - используется для выбора типа отображения шрифта в редакторе документов: Выберите опцию Как Windows, если вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Windows, то есть с использованием хинтинга шрифтов Windows. Выберите опцию Как OS X, если вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Mac, то есть вообще без хинтинга шрифтов. Выберите опцию Собственный, если хотите, чтобы текст отображался с хинтингом, встроенным в файлы шрифтов. Режим кэширования по умолчанию - используется для выбора режима кэширования символов шрифта. Не рекомендуется переключать без особых причин. Это может быть полезно только в некоторых случаях, например, при возникновении проблемы в браузере Google Chrome с включенным аппаратным ускорением. В редакторе документов есть два режима кэширования: В первом режиме кэширования каждая буква кэшируется как отдельная картинка. Во втором режиме кэширования выделяется картинка определенного размера, в которой динамически располагаются буквы, а также реализован механизм выделения и удаления памяти в этой картинке. Если памяти недостаточно, создается другая картинка, и так далее. Настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию применяет два вышеуказанных режима кэширования по отдельности для разных браузеров: Когда настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию включена, в Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) используется второй режим кэширования, в других браузерах используется первый режим кэширования. Когда настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию выключена, в Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) используется первый режим кэширования, в других браузерах используется второй режим кэширования. Единица измерения - используется для определения единиц, которые должны использоваться на линейках и в окнах свойств для измерения параметров элементов, таких как ширина, высота, интервалы, поля и т.д. Можно выбрать опцию Сантиметр, Пункт или Дюйм. Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить." + "body": "Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора документов. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также нажать на значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выбрать опцию Дополнительные параметры. Доступны следующие дополнительные параметры: Отображение комментариев - используется для включения/отключения опции комментирования в реальном времени: Включить отображение комментариев в тексте - если отключить эту функцию, прокомментированные фрагменты будут подсвечиваться, только когда Вы нажмете на значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели. Включить отображение решенных комментариев - эта функция отключена по умолчанию, чтобы решенные комментарии были скрыты в тексте документа. Просмотреть такие комментарии можно только при нажатии на значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели. Включите эту опцию, если требуется отображать решенные комментарии в тексте документа. Проверка орфографии - используется для включения/отключения опции проверки орфографии. Правописание - используется для автоматической замены слова или символа, введенного в поле Заменить: или выбранного из списка, на новое слово или символ, отображенные в поле На:. Альтернативный ввод - используется для включения/отключения иероглифов. Направляющие выравнивания - используется для включения/отключения направляющих выравнивания, которые появляются при перемещении объектов и позволяют точно расположить их на странице. Совместимость - используется чтобы сделать файлы совместимыми с более старыми версиями MS Word при сохранении как DOCX. Автосохранение - используется в онлайн-версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического сохранения изменений, внесенных при редактировании. Автовосстановление - используется в десктопной версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического восстановления документа в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Режим совместного редактирования - используется для выбора способа отображения изменений, вносимых в ходе совместного редактирования: По умолчанию выбран Быстрый режим, при котором пользователи, участвующие в совместном редактировании документа, будут видеть изменения в реальном времени, как только они внесены другими пользователями. Если вы не хотите видеть изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, (чтобы они не мешали вам или по какой-то другой причине), выберите Строгий режим, и все изменения будут отображаться только после того, как вы нажмете на значок Сохранить с оповещением о наличии изменений от других пользователей. Отображать изменения при совместной работе - используется для определения изменений, которые необходимо подсвечивать во время совместного редактирования: При выборе опции Никакие изменения, внесенные за время текущей сессии, подсвечиваться не будут. При выборе опции Все будут подсвечиваться все изменения, внесенные за время текущей сессии. При выборе опции Последние будут подсвечиваться только те изменения, которые были внесены с момента, когда Вы последний раз нажимали на значок Сохранить . Эта опция доступна только в том случае, если выбран Строгий режим совместного редактирования. Стандартное значение масштаба - используется для установки стандартного значения масштаба путем его выбора из списка доступных вариантов от 50% до 200%. Можно также выбрать опцию По размеру страницы или По ширине. Хинтинг шрифтов - используется для выбора типа отображения шрифта в редакторе документов: Выберите опцию Как Windows, если вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Windows, то есть с использованием хинтинга шрифтов Windows. Выберите опцию Как OS X, если вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Mac, то есть вообще без хинтинга шрифтов. Выберите опцию Собственный, если хотите, чтобы текст отображался с хинтингом, встроенным в файлы шрифтов. Единица измерения - используется для определения единиц, которые должны использоваться на линейках и в окнах свойств для измерения параметров элементов, таких как ширина, высота, интервалы, поля и т.д. Можно выбрать опцию Сантиметр, Пункт или Дюйм. Вырезание, копирование и вставка - используется для отображения кнопки Параметры вставки при вставке содержимого. Установите эту галочку, чтобы включить данную функцию. Настройки макросов - используется для настройки отображения макросов с уведомлением. Выберите опцию Отключить все, чтобы отключить все макросы в документе; Показывать уведомление, чтобы получать уведомления о макросах в документе; Включить все, чтобы автоматически запускать все макросы в документе. Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Сочетания клавиш", - "body": "Windows/Linux Mac OS Работа с документом Открыть панель 'Файл' Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Открыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, скачать, распечатать текущий документ, просмотреть сведения о нем, создать новый документ или открыть существующий, получить доступ к Справке по редактору документов или дополнительным параметрам. Открыть окно 'Поиск и замена' Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск и замена, чтобы начать поиск символа/слова/фразы в редактируемом документе. Открыть окно 'Поиск и замена' с полем замены Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск и замена с полем замены, чтобы заменить одно или более вхождений найденных символов. Повторить последнее действие 'Найти' ⇧ Shift+F4 ⇧ Shift+F4, ⌘ Cmd+G, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+F4 Повторить действие Найти, которое было выполнено до нажатия этого сочетания клавиш. Открыть панель 'Комментарии' Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Открыть панель Комментарии, чтобы добавить свой комментарий или ответить на комментарии других пользователей. Открыть поле комментария Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Открыть поле ввода данных, в котором можно добавить текст комментария. Открыть панель 'Чат' Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Открыть панель Чат и отправить сообщение. Сохранить документ Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Сохранить все изменения в редактируемом документе. Активный файл будет сохранен с текущим именем, в том же местоположении и формате. Печать документа Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Распечатать документ на одном из доступных принтеров или сохранить в файл. Скачать как... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Открыть панель Скачать как..., чтобы сохранить редактируемый документ на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Полноэкранный режим F11 Переключиться в полноэкранный режим, чтобы развернуть редактор документов на весь экран. Меню Справка F1 F1 Открыть меню Справка редактора документов. Открыть существующий файл (десктопные редакторы) Ctrl+O На вкладке Открыть локальный файл в десктопных редакторах позволяет открыть стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора существующего файла. Закрыть файл (десктопные редакторы) Ctrl+W ⌘ Cmd+W Закрыть выбранный документ в десктопных редакторах . Контекстное меню элемента ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Открыть контекстное меню выбранного элемента. Навигация Перейти в начало строки Home Home Установить курсор в начале редактируемой строки. Перейти в начало документа Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Установить курсор в самом начале редактируемого документа. Перейти в конец строки End End Установить курсор в конце редактируемой строки. Перейти в конец документа Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Установить курсор в самом конце редактируемого документа. Перейти в начало предыдущей страницы Alt+Ctrl+Page Up Установить курсор в самом начале страницы, которая идет перед редактируемой страницей. Перейти в начало следующей страницы Alt+Ctrl+Page Down ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Page Down Установить курсор в самом начале страницы, которая идет после редактируемой страницы. Прокрутить вниз Page Down Page Down, ⌥ Option+Fn+↑ Прокрутить документ примерно на одну видимую область страницы вниз. Прокрутить вверх Page Up Page Up, ⌥ Option+Fn+↓ Прокрутить документ примерно на одну видимую область страницы вверх. Следующая страница Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Перейти на следующую страницу редактируемого документа. Предыдущая страница Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Перейти на предыдущую страницу редактируемого документа. Увеличить Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl++, ⌘ Cmd++ Увеличить масштаб редактируемого документа. Уменьшить Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Уменьшить масштаб редактируемого документа. Перейти на один символ влево ← ← Переместить курсор на один символ влево. Перейти на один символ вправо → → Переместить курсор на один символ вправо. Перейти в начало слова или на одно слово влево Ctrl+← ^ Ctrl+←, ⌘ Cmd+← Переместить курсор в начало слова или на одно слово влево. Перейти на одно слово вправо Ctrl+→ ^ Ctrl+→, ⌘ Cmd+→ Переместить курсор на одно слово вправо. Перейти на одну строку вверх ↑ ↑ Переместить курсор на одну строку вверх. Перейти на одну строку вниз ↓ ↓ Переместить курсор на одну строку вниз. Написание Закончить абзац ↵ Enter ↵ Return Завершить текущий абзац и начать новый. Добавить разрыв строки ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Сделать перевод строки, не начиная новый абзац. Удалить ← Backspace, Delete ← Backspace, Delete Удалить один символ слева (Backspace) или справа (Delete) от курсора. Удалить слово слева от курсора Ctrl+Backspace ^ Ctrl+Backspace, ⌘ Cmd+Backspace Удалить одно слово слева от курсора. Удалить слово справа от курсора Ctrl+Delete ^ Ctrl+Delete, ⌘ Cmd+Delete Удалить одно слово справа от курсора. Создать неразрываемый пробел Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Создать между символами пробел, который нельзя использовать для начала новой строки. Создать неразрываемый дефис Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Создать между символами дефис, который нельзя использовать для начала новой строки. Отмена и повтор Отменить Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Z Повторить последнее отмененное действие. Вырезание, копирование и вставка Вырезать Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete Удалить выделенный фрагмент текста и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный текст можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа, в другой документ или в какую-то другую программу. Копировать Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Отправить выделенный фрагмент текста в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный текст можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа, в другой документ или в какую-то другую программу. Вставить Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Вставить ранее скопированный текст из буфера обмена компьютера в текущей позиции курсора. Текст может быть ранее скопирован из того же самого документа, из другого документа или из какой-то другой программы. Вставить гиперссылку Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Вставить гиперссылку, которую можно использовать для перехода по веб-адресу. Копировать форматирование Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+C Скопировать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента редактируемого текста. Скопированное форматирование можно затем применить к другому тексту в этом же документе. Применить форматирование Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Применить ранее скопированное форматирование к тексту редактируемого документа. Выделение текста Выделить все Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A Выделить весь текст документа вместе с таблицами и изображениями. Выделить фрагмент ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Выделить текст посимвольно. Выделить с позиции курсора до начала строки ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала текущей строки. Выделить с позиции курсора до конца строки ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца текущей строки. Выделить один символ справа ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Выделить один символ справа от позиции курсора. Выделить один символ слева ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Выделить один символ слева от позиции курсора. Выделить до конца слова Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца слова. Выделить до начала слова Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала слова. Выделить одну строку выше ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Выделить одну строку выше (курсор находится в начале строки). Выделить одну строку ниже ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Выделить одну строку ниже (курсор находится в начале строки). Выделить страницу вверх ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Выделить часть страницы с позиции курсора до верхней части экрана. Выделить страницу вниз ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Выделить часть страницы с позиции курсора до нижней части экрана. Оформление текста Полужирный шрифт Ctrl+B ⌘ Cmd+B Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста полужирным, придав ему большую насыщенность. Курсив Ctrl+I ⌘ Cmd+I Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста курсивным, придав ему наклон вправо. Подчеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+U ⌘ Cmd+U Подчеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной под буквами. Зачеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+5 ⌘ Cmd+5 Зачеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной по буквам. Подстрочные знаки Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+>, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Надстрочные знаки Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+<, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Стиль Заголовок 1 Alt+1 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+1 Применить к выделенному фрагменту текста стиль Заголовок 1. Стиль Заголовок 2 Alt+2 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+2 Применить к выделенному фрагменту текста стиль Заголовок 2. Стиль Заголовок 3 Alt+3 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+3 Применить к выделенному фрагменту текста стиль Заголовок 3. Маркированный список Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Создать из выделенного фрагмента текста неупорядоченный маркированный список или начать новый список. Убрать форматирование Ctrl+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Убрать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента текста. Увеличить шрифт Ctrl+] ⌘ Cmd+] Увеличить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Уменьшить шрифт Ctrl+[ ⌘ Cmd+[ Уменьшить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Выровнять по центру/левому краю Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Переключать абзац между выравниванием по центру и по левому краю. Выровнять по ширине/левому краю Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Переключать абзац между выравниванием по ширине и по левому краю. Выровнять по правому краю/левому краю Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R Переключать абзац между выравниванием по правому краю и по левому краю. Применение форматирования подстрочного текста (с автоматической установкой интервалов) Ctrl+= Применить форматирование подстрочного текста к выделенному фрагменту текста. Применение форматирования надстрочного текста (с автоматической установкой интервалов) Ctrl+⇧ Shift++ Применить форматирование надстрочного текста к выделенному фрагменту текста. Вставка разрыва страницы Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return Вставить разрыв страницы в текущей позиции курсора. Увеличить отступ Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Увеличить отступ абзаца слева на одну позицию табуляции. Уменьшить отступ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M Уменьшить отступ абзаца слева на одну позицию табуляции. Добавить номер страницы Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P Добавить номер текущей страницы в текущей позиции курсора. Непечатаемые символы Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Num8 Показать или скрыть непечатаемые символы. Удалить один символ слева ← Backspace ← Backspace Удалить один символ слева от курсора. Удалить один символ справа Delete Delete Удалить один символ справа от курсора. Модификация объектов Ограничить движение ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание Ограничить перемещение выбранного объекта по горизонтали или вертикали. Задать угол поворота в 15 градусов ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при поворачивании) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при поворачивании) Ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов. Сохранять пропорции ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при изменении размера) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при изменении размера) Сохранять пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера. Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку: горизонтальную, вертикальную или под углом 45 градусов. Перемещение с шагом в один пиксель Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре, чтобы перемещать выбранный объект на один пиксель за раз. Работа с таблицами Перейти к следующей ячейке в строке ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Перейти к следующей ячейке в строке таблицы. Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке таблицы. Перейти к следующей строке ↓ ↓ Перейти к следующей строке таблицы. Перейти к предыдущей строке ↑ ↑ Перейти к предыдущей строке таблицы. Начать новый абзац ↵ Enter ↵ Return Начать новый абзац внутри ячейки. Добавить новую строку ↹ Tab в правой нижней ячейке таблицы. ↹ Tab в правой нижней ячейке таблицы. Добавить новую строку внизу таблицы. Вставка специальных символов Вставка формулы Alt+= Вставить формулу в текущей позиции курсора." + "body": "Windows/Linux Mac OS Работа с документом Открыть панель 'Файл' Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Открыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, скачать, распечатать текущий документ, просмотреть сведения о нем, создать новый документ или открыть существующий, получить доступ к Справке по редактору документов или дополнительным параметрам. Открыть окно 'Поиск и замена' Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск и замена, чтобы начать поиск символа/слова/фразы в редактируемом документе. Открыть окно 'Поиск и замена' с полем замены Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск и замена с полем замены, чтобы заменить одно или более вхождений найденных символов. Повторить последнее действие 'Найти' ⇧ Shift+F4 ⇧ Shift+F4, ⌘ Cmd+G, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+F4 Повторить действие Найти, которое было выполнено до нажатия этого сочетания клавиш. Открыть панель 'Комментарии' Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Открыть панель Комментарии, чтобы добавить свой комментарий или ответить на комментарии других пользователей. Открыть поле комментария Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Открыть поле ввода данных, в котором можно добавить текст комментария. Открыть панель 'Чат' Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Открыть панель Чат и отправить сообщение. Сохранить документ Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Сохранить все изменения в редактируемом документе. Активный файл будет сохранен с текущим именем, в том же местоположении и формате. Печать документа Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Распечатать документ на одном из доступных принтеров или сохранить в файл. Скачать как... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Открыть панель Скачать как..., чтобы сохранить редактируемый документ на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Полноэкранный режим F11 Переключиться в полноэкранный режим, чтобы развернуть редактор документов на весь экран. Меню Справка F1 F1 Открыть меню Справка редактора документов. Открыть существующий файл (десктопные редакторы) Ctrl+O На вкладке Открыть локальный файл в десктопных редакторах позволяет открыть стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора существующего файла. Закрыть файл (десктопные редакторы) Ctrl+W ⌘ Cmd+W Закрыть выбранный документ в десктопных редакторах . Контекстное меню элемента ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Открыть контекстное меню выбранного элемента. Сбросить масштаб Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 или ⌘ Cmd+0 Сбросить масштаб текущего документа до значения по умолчанию 100%. Навигация Перейти в начало строки Home Home Установить курсор в начале редактируемой строки. Перейти в начало документа Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Установить курсор в самом начале редактируемого документа. Перейти в конец строки End End Установить курсор в конце редактируемой строки. Перейти в конец документа Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Установить курсор в самом конце редактируемого документа. Перейти в начало предыдущей страницы Alt+Ctrl+Page Up Установить курсор в самом начале страницы, которая идет перед редактируемой страницей. Перейти в начало следующей страницы Alt+Ctrl+Page Down ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Page Down Установить курсор в самом начале страницы, которая идет после редактируемой страницы. Прокрутить вниз Page Down Page Down, ⌥ Option+Fn+↑ Прокрутить документ примерно на одну видимую область страницы вниз. Прокрутить вверх Page Up Page Up, ⌥ Option+Fn+↓ Прокрутить документ примерно на одну видимую область страницы вверх. Следующая страница Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Перейти на следующую страницу редактируемого документа. Предыдущая страница Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Перейти на предыдущую страницу редактируемого документа. Увеличить Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl++, ⌘ Cmd++ Увеличить масштаб редактируемого документа. Уменьшить Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Уменьшить масштаб редактируемого документа. Перейти на один символ влево ← ← Переместить курсор на один символ влево. Перейти на один символ вправо → → Переместить курсор на один символ вправо. Перейти в начало слова или на одно слово влево Ctrl+← ^ Ctrl+←, ⌘ Cmd+← Переместить курсор в начало слова или на одно слово влево. Перейти на одно слово вправо Ctrl+→ ^ Ctrl+→, ⌘ Cmd+→ Переместить курсор на одно слово вправо. Перейти на одну строку вверх ↑ ↑ Переместить курсор на одну строку вверх. Перейти на одну строку вниз ↓ ↓ Переместить курсор на одну строку вниз. Написание Закончить абзац ↵ Enter ↵ Return Завершить текущий абзац и начать новый. Добавить разрыв строки ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Сделать перевод строки, не начиная новый абзац. Удалить ← Backspace, Delete ← Backspace, Delete Удалить один символ слева (Backspace) или справа (Delete) от курсора. Удалить слово слева от курсора Ctrl+Backspace ^ Ctrl+Backspace, ⌘ Cmd+Backspace Удалить одно слово слева от курсора. Удалить слово справа от курсора Ctrl+Delete ^ Ctrl+Delete, ⌘ Cmd+Delete Удалить одно слово справа от курсора. Создать неразрываемый пробел Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Создать между символами пробел, который нельзя использовать для начала новой строки. Создать неразрываемый дефис Ctrl+⇧ Shift+_ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Создать между символами дефис, который нельзя использовать для начала новой строки. Отмена и повтор Отменить Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Z Повторить последнее отмененное действие. Вырезание, копирование и вставка Вырезать Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete Удалить выделенный фрагмент текста и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный текст можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа, в другой документ или в какую-то другую программу. Копировать Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Отправить выделенный фрагмент текста в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный текст можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа, в другой документ или в какую-то другую программу. Вставить Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Вставить ранее скопированный текст из буфера обмена компьютера в текущей позиции курсора. Текст может быть ранее скопирован из того же самого документа, из другого документа или из какой-то другой программы. Вставить гиперссылку Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Вставить гиперссылку, которую можно использовать для перехода по веб-адресу. Копировать форматирование Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+C Скопировать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента редактируемого текста. Скопированное форматирование можно затем применить к другому тексту в этом же документе. Применить форматирование Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Применить ранее скопированное форматирование к тексту редактируемого документа. Выделение текста Выделить все Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A Выделить весь текст документа вместе с таблицами и изображениями. Выделить фрагмент ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Выделить текст посимвольно. Выделить с позиции курсора до начала строки ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала текущей строки. Выделить с позиции курсора до конца строки ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца текущей строки. Выделить один символ справа ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Выделить один символ справа от позиции курсора. Выделить один символ слева ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Выделить один символ слева от позиции курсора. Выделить до конца слова Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца слова. Выделить до начала слова Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала слова. Выделить одну строку выше ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Выделить одну строку выше (курсор находится в начале строки). Выделить одну строку ниже ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Выделить одну строку ниже (курсор находится в начале строки). Выделить страницу вверх ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Выделить часть страницы с позиции курсора до верхней части экрана. Выделить страницу вниз ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Выделить часть страницы с позиции курсора до нижней части экрана. Оформление текста Полужирный шрифт Ctrl+B ⌘ Cmd+B Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста полужирным, придав ему большую насыщенность. Курсив Ctrl+I ⌘ Cmd+I Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста курсивным, придав ему наклон вправо. Подчеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+U ⌘ Cmd+U Подчеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной под буквами. Зачеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+5 ⌘ Cmd+5 Зачеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной по буквам. Подстрочные знаки Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+>, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Надстрочные знаки Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+<, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Стиль Заголовок 1 Alt+1 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+1 Применить к выделенному фрагменту текста стиль Заголовок 1. Стиль Заголовок 2 Alt+2 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+2 Применить к выделенному фрагменту текста стиль Заголовок 2. Стиль Заголовок 3 Alt+3 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+3 Применить к выделенному фрагменту текста стиль Заголовок 3. Маркированный список Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Создать из выделенного фрагмента текста неупорядоченный маркированный список или начать новый список. Убрать форматирование Ctrl+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Убрать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента текста. Увеличить шрифт Ctrl+] ⌘ Cmd+] Увеличить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Уменьшить шрифт Ctrl+[ ⌘ Cmd+[ Уменьшить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Выровнять по центру/левому краю Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Переключать абзац между выравниванием по центру и по левому краю. Выровнять по ширине/левому краю Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Переключать абзац между выравниванием по ширине и по левому краю. Выровнять по правому краю/левому краю Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R Переключать абзац между выравниванием по правому краю и по левому краю. Применение форматирования подстрочного текста (с автоматической установкой интервалов) Ctrl+= Применить форматирование подстрочного текста к выделенному фрагменту текста. Применение форматирования надстрочного текста (с автоматической установкой интервалов) Ctrl+⇧ Shift++ Применить форматирование надстрочного текста к выделенному фрагменту текста. Вставка разрыва страницы Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return Вставить разрыв страницы в текущей позиции курсора. Увеличить отступ Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Увеличить отступ абзаца слева на одну позицию табуляции. Уменьшить отступ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M Уменьшить отступ абзаца слева на одну позицию табуляции. Добавить номер страницы Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P Добавить номер текущей страницы в текущей позиции курсора. Непечатаемые символы Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Num8 Показать или скрыть непечатаемые символы. Удалить один символ слева ← Backspace ← Backspace Удалить один символ слева от курсора. Удалить один символ справа Delete Delete Удалить один символ справа от курсора. Модификация объектов Ограничить движение ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание Ограничить перемещение выбранного объекта по горизонтали или вертикали. Задать угол поворота в 15 градусов ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при поворачивании) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при поворачивании) Ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов. Сохранять пропорции ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при изменении размера) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при изменении размера) Сохранять пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера. Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку: горизонтальную, вертикальную или под углом 45 градусов. Перемещение с шагом в один пиксель Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре, чтобы перемещать выбранный объект на один пиксель за раз. Работа с таблицами Перейти к следующей ячейке в строке ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Перейти к следующей ячейке в строке таблицы. Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке таблицы. Перейти к следующей строке ↓ ↓ Перейти к следующей строке таблицы. Перейти к предыдущей строке ↑ ↑ Перейти к предыдущей строке таблицы. Начать новый абзац ↵ Enter ↵ Return Начать новый абзац внутри ячейки. Добавить новую строку ↹ Tab в правой нижней ячейке таблицы. ↹ Tab в правой нижней ячейке таблицы. Добавить новую строку внизу таблицы. Вставка специальных символов Вставка формулы Alt+= Вставить формулу в текущей позиции курсора. Вставка длинного тире Alt+Ctrl+Num- Вставить длинное тире ‘—’ в текущем документе справа от позиции курсора. Вставка неразрывного дефиса Ctrl+⇧ Shift+_ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Вставить неразрывный дефис ‘-’ в текущем документе справа от позиции курсора. Вставка неразрывного пробела Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Вставить неразрывный пробел ‘o’ в текущем документе справа от позиции курсора." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Поддерживаемые форматы электронных документов", - "body": "Электронные документы - это одни из наиболее широко используемых компьютерных файлов. Благодаря высокому уровню развития современных компьютерных сетей распространять электронные документы становится удобнее, чем печатные. Многообразие устройств, используемых для представления документов, обуславливает большое количество проприетарных и открытых файловых форматов. Редактор документов работает с самыми популярными из них. Форматы Описание Просмотр Редактирование Скачивание DOC Расширение имени файла для текстовых документов, созданных программой Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML разработанный компанией Microsoft формат файлов на основе XML, сжатых по технологии ZIP. Предназначен для представления электронных таблиц, диаграмм, презентаций и текстовых документов + + + DOTX Word Open XML Document Template разработанный компанией Microsoft формат файлов на основе XML, сжатых по технологии ZIP. Предназначен для шаблонов текстовых документов. Шаблон DOTX содержит настройки форматирования, стили и т.д. и может использоваться для создания множества документов со схожим форматированием + + + ODT Формат текстовых файлов OpenDocument, открытый стандарт для электронных документов + + + OTT OpenDocument Document Template Формат текстовых файлов OpenDocument для шаблонов текстовых документов. Шаблон OTT содержит настройки форматирования, стили и т.д. и может использоваться для создания множества документов со схожим форматированием + + + RTF Rich Text Format Формат документов, разработанный компанией Microsoft, для кроссплатформенного обмена документами + + + TXT Расширение имени файла для текстовых файлов, как правило, с минимальным форматированием + + + PDF Portable Document Format Формат файлов, используемый для представления документов независимо от программного обеспечения, аппаратных средств и операционных систем + + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A Подмножество формата PDF, содержащее ограниченный набор возможностей представления данных. Данный формат является стандартом ISO и предназначен для долгосрочного архивного хранения электронных документов. + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Основной язык разметки веб-страниц + + в онлайн-версии EPUB Electronic Publication Бесплатный открытый стандарт для электронных книг, созданный Международным форумом по цифровым публикациям (International Digital Publishing Forum) + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Открытый бесплатный формат фиксированной разметки, разработанный компанией Microsoft + DjVu Формат файлов, предназначенный главным образом для хранения отсканированных документов, особенно тех, которые содержат комбинацию текста, рисунков и фотографий +" + "body": "Электронные документы - это одни из наиболее широко используемых компьютерных файлов. Благодаря высокому уровню развития современных компьютерных сетей распространять электронные документы становится удобнее, чем печатные. Многообразие устройств, используемых для представления документов, обуславливает большое количество проприетарных и открытых файловых форматов. Редактор документов работает с самыми популярными из них. Форматы Описание Просмотр Редактирование Скачивание DOC Расширение имени файла для текстовых документов, созданных программой Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML разработанный компанией Microsoft формат файлов на основе XML, сжатых по технологии ZIP. Предназначен для представления электронных таблиц, диаграмм, презентаций и текстовых документов + + + DOTX Word Open XML Document Template разработанный компанией Microsoft формат файлов на основе XML, сжатых по технологии ZIP. Предназначен для шаблонов текстовых документов. Шаблон DOTX содержит настройки форматирования, стили и т.д. и может использоваться для создания множества документов со схожим форматированием + + + ODT Формат текстовых файлов OpenDocument, открытый стандарт для электронных документов + + + OTT OpenDocument Document Template Формат текстовых файлов OpenDocument для шаблонов текстовых документов. Шаблон OTT содержит настройки форматирования, стили и т.д. и может использоваться для создания множества документов со схожим форматированием + + + RTF Rich Text Format Формат документов, разработанный компанией Microsoft, для кроссплатформенного обмена документами + + + TXT Расширение имени файла для текстовых файлов, как правило, с минимальным форматированием + + + PDF Portable Document Format Формат файлов, используемый для представления документов независимо от программного обеспечения, аппаратных средств и операционных систем + + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A Подмножество формата PDF, содержащее ограниченный набор возможностей представления данных. Данный формат является стандартом ISO и предназначен для долгосрочного архивного хранения электронных документов. + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Основной язык разметки веб-страниц + + в онлайн-версии EPUB Electronic Publication Бесплатный открытый стандарт для электронных книг, созданный Международным форумом по цифровым публикациям (International Digital Publishing Forum) + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Открытый бесплатный формат фиксированной разметки, разработанный компанией Microsoft + DjVu Формат файлов, предназначенный главным образом для хранения отсканированных документов, особенно тех, которые содержат комбинацию текста, рисунков и фотографий + fb2 формат представления электронных версий книг в виде XML-документов +" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", @@ -63,12 +63,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Вставка", - "body": "Вкладка Вставка позволяет добавлять элементы форматирования страницы, а также визуальные объекты и комментарии. Окно онлайн-редактора документов: Окно десктопного редактора документов: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: вставлять пустую страницу, вставлять разрывы страниц, разрывы разделов и разрывы колонок, вставлять колонтитулы и номера страниц, вставлять таблицы, изображения, диаграммы, фигуры, вставлять гиперссылки, комментарии, вставлять текстовые поля и объекты Text Art, уравнения, символы, буквицы, элементы управления содержимым." + "body": "Вкладка Вставка позволяет добавлять элементы форматирования страницы, а также визуальные объекты и комментарии. Окно онлайн-редактора документов: Окно десктопного редактора документов: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: вставлять пустую страницу, вставлять разрывы страниц, разрывы разделов и разрывы колонок, вставлять таблицы, изображения, диаграммы, фигуры, вставлять гиперссылки, комментарии, вставлять колонтитулы и номера страниц, дату и время, вставлять текстовые поля и объекты Text Art, уравнения, символы, буквицы, элементы управления содержимым." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Макет", - "body": "Вкладка Макет позволяет изменить внешний вид документа: задать параметры страницы и определить расположение визуальных элементов. Окно онлайн-редактора документов: Окно десктопного редактора документов: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: настраивать поля, ориентацию, размер страницы, добавлять колонки, вставлять разрывы страниц, разрывы разделов и разрывы колонок, выравнивать и располагать в определенном порядке объекты (таблицы, изображения, диаграммы, фигуры), изменять стиль обтекания, добавлять подложку." + "body": "Вкладка Макет позволяет изменить внешний вид документа: задать параметры страницы и определить расположение визуальных элементов. Окно онлайн-редактора документов: Окно десктопного редактора документов: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: настраивать поля, ориентацию, размер страницы, добавлять колонки, вставлять разрывы страниц, разрывы разделов и разрывы колонок, вставить нумерацию строк выравнивать и располагать в определенном порядке объекты (таблицы, изображения, диаграммы, фигуры), изменять стиль обтекания, добавлять подложку." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Ссылки", - "body": "Вкладка Ссылки позволяет управлять различными типами ссылок: добавлять и обновлять оглавление, создавать и редактировать сноски, вставлять гиперссылки. Окно онлайн-редактора документов: Окно десктопного редактора документов: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: создавать и автоматически обновлять оглавление, вставлять сноски, вставлять гиперссылки, добавлять закладки. добавлять названия" + "body": "Вкладка Ссылки позволяет управлять различными типами ссылок: добавлять и обновлять оглавление, создавать и редактировать сноски, вставлять гиперссылки. Окно онлайн-редактора документов: Окно десктопного редактора документов: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: создавать и автоматически обновлять оглавление, вставлять сноски и концевые сноски, вставлять гиперссылки, добавлять закладки, добавлять названия. вставлять перекрестные ссылки." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", "title": "Использование формул в таблицах", - "body": "Вставка формулы Вы можете выполнять простые вычисления с данными в ячейках таблицы с помощью формул. Для вставки формулы в ячейку таблицы: установите курсор в ячейке, где требуется отобразить результат, нажмите кнопку Добавить формулу на правой боковой панели, в открывшемся окне Настройки формулы введите нужную формулу в поле Формула. Нужную формулу можно ввести вручную, используя общепринятые математические операторы (+, -, *, /), например, =A1*B2 или использовать выпадающий список Вставить функцию, чтобы выбрать одну из встроенных функций, например, =PRODUCT(A1,B2). вручную задайте нужные аргументы в скобках в поле Формула. Если функция требует несколько аргументов, их надо вводить через запятую. используйте выпадающий список Формат числа, если требуется отобразить результат в определенном числовом формате, нажмите кнопку OK. Результат будет отображен в выбранной ячейке. Чтобы отредактировать добавленную формулу, выделите результат в ячейке и нажмите на кнопку Добавить формулу на правой боковой панели, внесите нужные изменения в окне Настройки формулы и нажмите кнопку OK. Добавление ссылок на ячейки Чтобы быстро добавить ссылки на диапазоны ячеек, можно использовать следующие аргументы: ABOVE - ссылка на все ячейки в столбце, расположенные выше выделенной ячейки LEFT - ссылка на все ячейки в строке, расположенные слева от выделенной ячейки BELOW - ссылка на все ячейки в столбце, расположенные ниже выделенной ячейки RIGHT - ссылка на все ячейки в строке, расположенные справа от выделенной ячейки Эти аргументы можно использовать с функциями AVERAGE, COUNT, MAX, MIN, PRODUCT, SUM. Также можно вручную вводить ссылки на определенную ячейку (например, A1) или диапазон ячеек (например, A1:B3). Использование закладок Если вы добавили какие-то закладки на определенные ячейки в таблице, при вводе формул можно использовать эти закладки в качестве аргументов. В окне Настройки формулы установите курсор внутри скобок в поле ввода Формула, где требуется добавить аргумент, и используйте выпадающий список Вставить закладку, чтобы выбрать одну из ранее добавленных закладок. Обновление результатов формул Если вы изменили какие-то значения в ячейках таблицы, потребуется вручную обновить результаты формул: Чтобы обновить результат отдельной формулы, выделите нужный результат и нажмите клавишу F9 или щелкните по результату правой кнопкой мыши и используйте пункт меню Обновить поле. Чтобы обновить результаты нескольких формул, выделите нужные ячейки или всю таблицу и нажмите клавишу F9. Встроенные функции Можно использовать следующие стандартные математические, статистические и логические функции: Категория Функция Описание Пример Математические ABS(x) Функция используется для нахождения модуля (абсолютной величины) числа. =ABS(-10) Возвращает 10 Логические AND(logical1, logical2, ...) Функция используется для проверки, является ли введенное логическое значение истинным или ложным. Функция возвращает значение 1 (ИСТИНА), если все аргументы имеют значение ИСТИНА. =AND(1>0,1>3) Возвращает 0 Статистические AVERAGE(argument-list) Функция анализирует диапазон данных и вычисляет среднее значение. =AVERAGE(4,10) Возвращает 7 Статистические COUNT(argument-list) Функция используется для подсчета количества ячеек в выбранном диапазоне, содержащих числа, без учета пустых или содержащих текст ячеек. =COUNT(A1:B3) Возвращает 6 Логические DEFINED() Функция оценивает, определено ли значение в ячейке. Функция возвращает 1, если значение определено и вычисляется без ошибок, и возвращает 0, если значение не определено или вычисляется с офибкой. =DEFINED(A1) Логические FALSE() Функция возвращает значение 0 (ЛОЖЬ) и не требует аргумента. =FALSE Возвращает 0 Математические INT(x) Функция анализирует и возвращает целую часть заданного числа. =INT(2.5) Возвращает 2 Статистические MAX(number1, number2, ...) Функция используется для анализа диапазона данных и поиска наибольшего числа. =MAX(15,18,6) Возвращает 18 Статистические MIN(number1, number2, ...) Функция используется для анализа диапазона данных и поиска наименьшего числа. =MIN(15,18,6) Возвращает 6 Математические MOD(x, y) Функция возвращает остаток от деления числа на заданный делитель. =MOD(6,3) Возвращает 0 Логические NOT(logical) Функция используется для проверки, является ли введенное логическое значение истинным или ложным. Функция возвращает значение 1 (ИСТИНА), если аргумент имеет значение ЛОЖЬ, и 0 (ЛОЖЬ), если аргумент имеет значение ИСТИНА. =NOT(2<5) Возвращает 0 Логические OR(logical1, logical2, ...) Функция используется для проверки, является ли введенное логическое значение истинным или ложным. Функция возвращает значение 0 (ЛОЖЬ), если все аргументы имеют значение ЛОЖЬ. =OR(1>0,1>3) Возвращает 1 Математические PRODUCT(argument-list) Функция перемножает все числа в заданном диапазоне ячеек и возвращает произведение.. =PRODUCT(2,5) Возвращает 10 Математические ROUND(x, num_digits) Функция округляет число до заданного количества десятичных разрядов. =ROUND(2.25,1) Возвращает 2.3 Математические SIGN(x) Функция определяет знак числа. Если число положительное, функция возвращает значение 1. Если число отрицательное, функция возвращает значение -1. Если число равно 0, функция возвращает значение 0. =SIGN(-12) Возвращает -1 Математические SUM(argument-list) Функция возвращает результат сложения всех чисел в выбранном диапазоне ячеек. =SUM(5,3,2) Возвращает 10 Логические TRUE() Функция возвращает значение 1 (ИСТИНА) и не требует аргумента. =TRUE Возвращает 1" + "body": "Вставка формулы Вы можете выполнять простые вычисления с данными в ячейках таблицы с помощью формул. Для вставки формулы в ячейку таблицы: установите курсор в ячейке, где требуется отобразить результат, нажмите кнопку Добавить формулу на правой боковой панели, в открывшемся окне Настройки формулы введите нужную формулу в поле Формула. Нужную формулу можно ввести вручную, используя общепринятые математические операторы (+, -, *, /), например, =A1*B2 или использовать выпадающий список Вставить функцию, чтобы выбрать одну из встроенных функций, например, =PRODUCT(A1,B2). вручную задайте нужные аргументы в скобках в поле Формула. Если функция требует несколько аргументов, их надо вводить через запятую. используйте выпадающий список Формат числа, если требуется отобразить результат в определенном числовом формате, нажмите кнопку OK. Результат будет отображен в выбранной ячейке. Чтобы отредактировать добавленную формулу, выделите результат в ячейке и нажмите на кнопку Добавить формулу на правой боковой панели, внесите нужные изменения в окне Настройки формулы и нажмите кнопку OK. Добавление ссылок на ячейки Чтобы быстро добавить ссылки на диапазоны ячеек, можно использовать следующие аргументы: ABOVE - ссылка на все ячейки в столбце, расположенные выше выделенной ячейки LEFT - ссылка на все ячейки в строке, расположенные слева от выделенной ячейки BELOW - ссылка на все ячейки в столбце, расположенные ниже выделенной ячейки RIGHT - ссылка на все ячейки в строке, расположенные справа от выделенной ячейки Эти аргументы можно использовать с функциями AVERAGE, COUNT, MAX, MIN, PRODUCT, SUM. Также можно вручную вводить ссылки на определенную ячейку (например, A1) или диапазон ячеек (например, A1:B3). Использование закладок Если вы добавили какие-то закладки на определенные ячейки в таблице, при вводе формул можно использовать эти закладки в качестве аргументов. В окне Настройки формулы установите курсор внутри скобок в поле ввода Формула, где требуется добавить аргумент, и используйте выпадающий список Вставить закладку, чтобы выбрать одну из ранее добавленных закладок. Обновление результатов формул Если вы изменили какие-то значения в ячейках таблицы, потребуется вручную обновить результаты формул: Чтобы обновить результат отдельной формулы, выделите нужный результат и нажмите клавишу F9 или щелкните по результату правой кнопкой мыши и используйте пункт меню Обновить поле. Чтобы обновить результаты нескольких формул, выделите нужные ячейки или всю таблицу и нажмите клавишу F9. Встроенные функции Можно использовать следующие стандартные математические, статистические и логические функции: Категория Функция Описание Пример Математические ABS(x) Функция используется для нахождения модуля (абсолютной величины) числа. =ABS(-10) Возвращает 10 Логические AND(logical1, logical2, ...) Функция используется для проверки, является ли введенное логическое значение истинным или ложным. Функция возвращает значение 1 (ИСТИНА), если все аргументы имеют значение ИСТИНА. =AND(1>0,1>3) Возвращает 0 Статистические AVERAGE(argument-list) Функция анализирует диапазон данных и вычисляет среднее значение. =AVERAGE(4,10) Возвращает 7 Статистические COUNT(argument-list) Функция используется для подсчета количества ячеек в выбранном диапазоне, содержащих числа, без учета пустых или содержащих текст ячеек. =COUNT(A1:B3) Возвращает 6 Логические DEFINED() Функция оценивает, определено ли значение в ячейке. Функция возвращает 1, если значение определено и вычисляется без ошибок, и возвращает 0, если значение не определено или вычисляется с офибкой. =DEFINED(A1) Логические FALSE() Функция возвращает значение 0 (ЛОЖЬ) и не требует аргумента. =FALSE Возвращает 0 Логические IF(logical_test, value_if_true, value_if_false) Функция используется для проверки логического выражения и возвращает одно значение, если проверяемое условие имеет значение ИСТИНА, и другое, если оно имеет значение ЛОЖЬ. =IF(3>1,1,0) Возвращает 1 Математические INT(x) Функция анализирует и возвращает целую часть заданного числа. =INT(2.5) Возвращает 2 Статистические MAX(number1, number2, ...) Функция используется для анализа диапазона данных и поиска наибольшего числа. =MAX(15,18,6) Возвращает 18 Статистические MIN(number1, number2, ...) Функция используется для анализа диапазона данных и поиска наименьшего числа. =MIN(15,18,6) Возвращает 6 Математические MOD(x, y) Функция возвращает остаток от деления числа на заданный делитель. =MOD(6,3) Возвращает 0 Логические NOT(logical) Функция используется для проверки, является ли введенное логическое значение истинным или ложным. Функция возвращает значение 1 (ИСТИНА), если аргумент имеет значение ЛОЖЬ, и 0 (ЛОЖЬ), если аргумент имеет значение ИСТИНА. =NOT(2<5) Возвращает 0 Логические OR(logical1, logical2, ...) Функция используется для проверки, является ли введенное логическое значение истинным или ложным. Функция возвращает значение 0 (ЛОЖЬ), если все аргументы имеют значение ЛОЖЬ. =OR(1>0,1>3) Возвращает 1 Математические PRODUCT(argument-list) Функция перемножает все числа в заданном диапазоне ячеек и возвращает произведение.. =PRODUCT(2,5) Возвращает 10 Математические ROUND(x, num_digits) Функция округляет число до заданного количества десятичных разрядов. =ROUND(2.25,1) Возвращает 2.3 Математические SIGN(x) Функция определяет знак числа. Если число положительное, функция возвращает значение 1. Если число отрицательное, функция возвращает значение -1. Если число равно 0, функция возвращает значение 0. =SIGN(-12) Возвращает -1 Математические SUM(argument-list) Функция возвращает результат сложения всех чисел в выбранном диапазоне ячеек. =SUM(5,3,2) Возвращает 10 Логические TRUE() Функция возвращает значение 1 (ИСТИНА) и не требует аргумента. =TRUE Возвращает 1" }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm", "title": "Добавление подложки", - "body": "Подложка - это текст или изображение, расположенные под слоем основного текста. Текстовые подложки позволяют указать статус документа (например, секретно, черновик и т.д.), графические подложки позволяют добавить изображение, например логотип компании. Для добавления подложки в документ: Перейдите на вкладку Макет на верхней панели инструментов. Нажмите на значок Подложка на верхней панели инструментов и выберите пункт меню Настраиваемая подложка. Откроется окно Параметры подложки. Выберите тип подложки, которую требуется вставить: Используйте опцию Текстовая подложка и настройте доступные параметры: Язык - выберите из списка один из доступных языков, Текст - выберите один из доступных примеров текста на выбранном языке. Для русского языка доступны следующие тексты подложки: ДЛЯ СЛУЖЕБНОГО ПОЛЬЗОВАНИЯ, ДСП, КОПИРОВАТЬ НЕ РАЗРЕШАЕТСЯ, КОПИЯ, ЛИЧНОЕ, ОБРАЗЕЦ, ОРИГИНАЛ, СЕКРЕТНО, СОВ. СЕКРЕТНО, СОВЕРШЕННО СЕКРЕТНО, СРОЧНО, ЧЕРНОВИК. Шрифт - выберите название шрифта и его размер из соответствующих выпадающих списков. Используйте расположенные справа значки, чтобы задать цвет шрифта или применить один из стилей оформления шрифта: Полужирный, Курсив, Подчеркнутый, Зачеркнутый, Полупрозрачный - установите эту галочку, если вы хотите применить прозрачность, Расположение - выберите опцию По диагонали или По горизонтали. Используйте опцию Графическая подложка и настройте доступные параметры: Выберите источник графического файла, используя одну из кнопок: Из файла или По URL - изображение будет отображено в окне предварительного просмотра справа, Масштаб - выберите нужное значение масштаба из доступных: Авто, 500%, 200%, 150%, 100%, 50%. Нажмите кнопку OK. Чтобы отредактировать добавленную подложку, откройте окно Параметры подложки как описано выше, измените нужные параметры и нажмите кнопку OK. Чтобы удалить добавленную подложку, нажмите значок Подложка на вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Удалить подложку. Также можно использовать опцию Нет в окне Параметры подложки." + "body": "Подложка - это текст или изображение, расположенные под слоем основного текста. Текстовые подложки позволяют указать статус документа (например, секретно, черновик и т.д.), графические подложки позволяют добавить изображение, например логотип компании. Для добавления подложки в документ: Перейдите на вкладку Макет на верхней панели инструментов. Нажмите на значок Подложка на верхней панели инструментов и выберите пункт меню Настраиваемая подложка. Откроется окно Параметры подложки. Выберите тип подложки, которую требуется вставить: Используйте опцию Текстовая подложка и настройте доступные параметры: Язык - выберите из списка один из доступных языков, Текст - выберите один из доступных примеров текста на выбранном языке. Для русского языка доступны следующие тексты подложки: ДЛЯ СЛУЖЕБНОГО ПОЛЬЗОВАНИЯ, ДСП, КОПИРОВАТЬ НЕ РАЗРЕШАЕТСЯ, КОПИЯ, ЛИЧНОЕ, ОБРАЗЕЦ, ОРИГИНАЛ, СЕКРЕТНО, СОВ. СЕКРЕТНО, СОВЕРШЕННО СЕКРЕТНО, СРОЧНО, ЧЕРНОВИК. Шрифт - выберите название шрифта и его размер из соответствующих выпадающих списков. Используйте расположенные справа значки, чтобы задать цвет шрифта или применить один из стилей оформления шрифта: Полужирный, Курсив, Подчеркнутый, Зачеркнутый, Полупрозрачный - установите эту галочку, если вы хотите применить прозрачность, Расположение - выберите опцию По диагонали или По горизонтали. Используйте опцию Графическая подложка и настройте доступные параметры: Выберите источник графического файла, используя одну из кнопок: Из файла, Из хранилища или По URL - изображение будет отображено в окне предварительного просмотра справа, Масштаб - выберите нужное значение масштаба из доступных: Авто, 500%, 200%, 150%, 100%, 50%. Нажмите кнопку OK. Чтобы отредактировать добавленную подложку, откройте окно Параметры подложки как описано выше, измените нужные параметры и нажмите кнопку OK. Чтобы удалить добавленную подложку, нажмите значок Подложка на вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Удалить подложку. Также можно использовать опцию Нет в окне Параметры подложки." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", @@ -140,6 +140,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Изменение стиля обтекания текстом", "body": "Опция Стиль обтекания определяет способ размещения объекта относительно текста. Можно изменить стиль обтекания текстом для вставленных объектов, таких как фигуры, изображения, диаграммы, текстовые поля или таблицы. Изменение стиля обтекания текстом для фигур, изображений, диаграмм, текстовых полей Для изменения выбранного в данный момент стиля обтекания: выделите отдельный объект на странице, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Чтобы выделить текстовое поле, щелкайте по его границе, а не по тексту внутри него. откройте настройки обтекания текстом: перейдите на вкладку Макет верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Обтекание или щелкните по объекту правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Стиль обтекания или щелкните по объекту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры и перейдите на вкладку Обтекание текстом в окне Дополнительные параметры объекта. выберите нужный стиль обтекания: В тексте - объект считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста объект тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, объект можно перемещать независимо от текста и и точно задавать положение объекта на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает объект. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры объекта. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров объекта и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри объекта. Чтобы этот эффект проявился, используйте опцию Изменить границу обтекания из контекстного меню. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже объекта. Перед текстом - объект перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает объект. При выборе стиля обтекания Вокруг рамки, По контуру, Сквозное или Сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - Расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Чтобы открыть эти настройки, щелкните по объекту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры и перейдите на вкладку Обтекание текстом в окне Дополнительные параметры объекта. Укажите нужные значения и нажмите кнопку OK. Если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля В тексте, в окне Дополнительные параметры объекта также становится доступна вкладка Положение. Для получения дополнительной информации об этих параметрах обратитесь к соответствующим страницам с инструкциями по работе с фигурами, изображениями или диаграммами. Если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля В тексте, можно также редактировать контур обтекания для изображений или фигур. Щелкните по объекту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите в контекстном меню пункт Стиль обтекания и щелкните по опции Изменить границу обтекания. Чтобы произвольно изменить границу, перетаскивайте точки границы обтекания. Чтобы создать новую точку границы обтекания, щелкните в любом месте на красной линии и перетащите ее в нужную позицию. Изменение стиля обтекания текстом для таблиц Для таблиц доступны два следующих стиля обтекания: Встроенная таблица и Плавающая таблица. Для изменения выбранного в данный момент стиля обтекания: щелкните по таблице правой кнопкой мыши и выберите пункт контекстного меню Дополнительные параметры таблицы, перейдите на вкладку Обтекание текстом окна Таблица - дополнительные параметры выберите одну из следующих опций: Встроенная таблица - используется для выбора стиля обтекания, при котором таблица разрывает текст, а также для настройки выравнивания: по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю. Плавающая таблица - используется для выбора стиля обтекания, при котором текст размещается вокруг таблицы. На вкладке Обтекание текстом окна Таблица - дополнительные параметры можно также задать следующие дополнительные параметры: Для встроенных таблиц можно задать тип Выравнивания таблицы (по левому краю, по центру или по правому краю) и Отступ слева. Для плавающих таблиц можно задать Расстояние до текста и положение на вкладке Положение таблицы." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm", + "title": "Преобразование сносок и концевых сносок", + "body": "Редактор документов позволяет быстро преобразовать сноски в концевые сноски и наоборот, например, если вы видите, что некоторые сноски в документе должны быть помещены в конец. Вместо того, чтобы воссоздавать их как концевые сноски, используйте соответствующий инструмент для легкого преобразования. На вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов нажмите на стрелочку рядом со значком Сноска, Наведите указатель мыши на пункт меню Преобразовать все сноски и выберите один из вариантов в списке справа: Преобразовать все обычные сноски в концевые сноски, чтобы заменить все сноски в концевые сноски; Преобразовать все концевые сноски в обычные сноски, чтобы заменить все концевые сноски на сноски; Поменять сноски, чтобы заменить все концевые сноски на сноски, а все сноски на концевые сноски." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "title": "Копирование/очистка форматирования текста", @@ -148,7 +153,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Копирование/вставка текста, отмена/повтор действий", - "body": "Использование основных операций с буфером обмена Для выполнения операций вырезания, копирования и вставки фрагментов текста и вставленных объектов (автофигур, рисунков, диаграмм) в текущем документе используйте соответствующие команды контекстного меню или значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов: Вырезать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вырезать, чтобы удалить выделенный фрагмент и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа. Копировать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Копировать или значок Копировать на верхней панели инструментов, чтобы скопировать выделенный фрагмент в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа. Вставить – найдите в документе то место, куда необходимо вставить ранее скопированный фрагмент текста/объект, и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вставить или значок Вставить на верхней панели инструментов. Текст/объект будет вставлен в текущей позиции курсора. Данные могут быть ранее скопированы из того же самого документа. В онлайн-версии для копирования данных из другого документа или какой-то другой программы или вставки данных в них используются только сочетания клавиш, в десктопной версии для любых операций копирования и вставки можно использовать как кнопки на панели инструментов или опции контекстного меню, так и сочетания клавиш: сочетание клавиш Ctrl+X для вырезания; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C для копирования; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V для вставки. Примечание: вместо того чтобы вырезать и вставлять текст в рамках одного и того же документа, можно просто выделить нужный фрагмент текста и перетащить его мышкой в нужное место. Использование функции Специальная вставка После вставки скопированного текста рядом со вставленным фрагментом текста появляется кнопка Специальная вставка . Нажмите на эту кнопку, чтобы выбрать нужный параметр вставки. При вставке текста абзаца или текста в автофигурах доступны следующие параметры: Вставить - позволяет вставить скопированный текст, сохранив его исходное форматирование. Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить текст без исходного форматирования. При вставке скопированной таблицы в существующую таблицу доступны следующие параметры: Заменить содержимое ячеек - позволяет заменить текущее содержимое таблицы вставленными данными. Эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Вставить как вложенную таблицу - позволяет вставить скопированную таблицу как вложенную таблицу в выделенную ячейку существующей таблицы. Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить содержимое таблицы как текстовые значения, разделенные символом табуляции. Отмена / повтор действий Для выполнения операций отмены/повтора используйте соответствующие значки в шапке редактора или сочетания клавиш: Отменить – чтобы отменить последнее выполненное действие, используйте значок Отменить в левой части шапки редактора или сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Z. Повторить – чтобы повторить последнее отмененное действие, используйте значок Повторить в левой части шапки редактора или сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Y. Обратите внимание: при совместном редактировании документа в Быстром режиме недоступна возможность Повторить последнее отмененное действие." + "body": "Использование основных операций с буфером обмена Для выполнения операций вырезания, копирования и вставки фрагментов текста и вставленных объектов (автофигур, рисунков, диаграмм) в текущем документе используйте соответствующие команды контекстного меню или значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов: Вырезать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вырезать, чтобы удалить выделенный фрагмент и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа. Копировать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Копировать или значок Копировать на верхней панели инструментов, чтобы скопировать выделенный фрагмент в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа. Вставить – найдите в документе то место, куда необходимо вставить ранее скопированный фрагмент текста/объект, и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вставить или значок Вставить на верхней панели инструментов. Текст/объект будет вставлен в текущей позиции курсора. Данные могут быть ранее скопированы из того же самого документа. В онлайн-версии для копирования данных из другого документа или какой-то другой программы или вставки данных в них используются только сочетания клавиш, в десктопной версии для любых операций копирования и вставки можно использовать как кнопки на панели инструментов или опции контекстного меню, так и сочетания клавиш: сочетание клавиш Ctrl+X для вырезания; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C для копирования; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V для вставки. Примечание: вместо того чтобы вырезать и вставлять текст в рамках одного и того же документа, можно просто выделить нужный фрагмент текста и перетащить его мышкой в нужное место. Использование функции Специальная вставка После вставки скопированного текста рядом со вставленным фрагментом текста появляется кнопка Специальная вставка . Нажмите на эту кнопку, чтобы выбрать нужный параметр вставки. При вставке текста абзаца или текста в автофигурах доступны следующие параметры: Вставить - позволяет вставить скопированный текст, сохранив его исходное форматирование. Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить текст без исходного форматирования. При вставке скопированной таблицы в существующую таблицу доступны следующие параметры: Заменить содержимое ячеек - позволяет заменить текущее содержимое таблицы вставленными данными. Эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Вставить как вложенную таблицу - позволяет вставить скопированную таблицу как вложенную таблицу в выделенную ячейку существующей таблицы. Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить содержимое таблицы как текстовые значения, разделенные символом табуляции. Чтобы включить / отключить автоматическое появление кнопки Специальная вставка после вставки, перейдите на вкладку Файл > Дополнительные параметры... и поставьте / снимите галочку Вырезание, копирование и вставка. Отмена / повтор действий Для выполнения операций отмены/повтора используйте соответствующие значки в шапке редактора или сочетания клавиш: Отменить – чтобы отменить последнее выполненное действие, используйте значок Отменить в левой части шапки редактора или сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Z. Повторить – чтобы повторить последнее отмененное действие, используйте значок Повторить в левой части шапки редактора или сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Y. Обратите внимание: при совместном редактировании документа в Быстром режиме недоступна возможность Повторить последнее отмененное действие." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", @@ -178,7 +183,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Вставка автофигур", - "body": "Вставка автофигуры Для добавления автофигуры в документ: перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов, выберите одну из доступных групп автофигур: Основные фигуры, Фигурные стрелки, Математические знаки, Схемы, Звезды и ленты, Выноски, Кнопки, Прямоугольники, Линии, щелкните по нужной автофигуре внутри выбранной группы, установите курсор там, где требуется поместить автофигуру, после того, как автофигура будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер, местоположение и свойства. Примечание: чтобы добавить надпись внутри фигуры, убедитесь, что фигура на странице выделена, и начинайте печатать текст. Текст, добавленный таким способом, становится частью автофигуры (при перемещении или повороте автофигуры текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ней). К автофигуре также можно добавить подпись. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с подписями к автофигурам вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Перемещение и изменение размера автофигур Для изменения размера автофигуры перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по краям автофигуры. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранной автофигуры при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. При изменении некоторых фигур, например, фигурных стрелок или выносок, также доступен желтый значок в форме ромба . Он позволяет изменять отдельные параметры формы, например, длину указателя стрелки. Для изменения местоположения автофигуры используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на автофигуру. Перетащите автофигуру на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении автофигуры на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\"). Чтобы перемещать автофигуру с шагом в один пиксель, удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре. Чтобы перемещать автофигуру строго по горизонтали/вертикали и предотвратить ее смещение в перпендикулярном направлении, при перетаскивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Чтобы повернуть автофигуру, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. Изменение параметров автофигуры Чтобы выровнять или расположить автофигуры в определенном порядке, используйте контекстное меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранную автофигуру на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать автофигуры для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять фигуру по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом - или для изменения границы обтекания. Опция Изменить границу обтекания доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Чтобы произвольно изменить границу, перетаскивайте точки границы обтекания. Чтобы создать новую точку границы обтекания, щелкните в любом месте на красной линии и перетащите ее в нужную позицию. Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить фигуру слева направо или сверху вниз. Дополнительные параметры фигуры - используется для вызова окна 'Фигура - дополнительные параметры'. Некоторые параметры автофигуры можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по фигуре и выберите значок Параметры фигуры справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Заливка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать заливку автофигуры. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить внутреннее пространство выбранной фигуры. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите нужный цвет из доступных наборов цветов или задайте любой цвет, который вам нравится. Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям). Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления: из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон. Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента. Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру. Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры, можно добавить изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес. Если Вы хотите использовать текстуру в качестве фона фигуры, разверните меню Из текстуры и выберите нужную предустановленную текстуру. В настоящее время доступны следующие текстуры: Холст, Картон, Темная ткань, Песок, Гранит, Серая бумага, Вязание, Кожа, Крафт-бумага, Папирус, Дерево. В том случае, если выбранное изображение имеет большие или меньшие размеры, чем автофигура, можно выбрать из выпадающего списка параметр Растяжение или Плитка. Опция Растяжение позволяет подогнать размер изображения под размер автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Опция Плитка позволяет отображать только часть большего изображения, сохраняя его исходные размеры, или повторять меньшее изображение, сохраняя его исходные размеры, по всей площади автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Примечание: любая выбранная предустановленная текстура полностью заполняет пространство, но в случае необходимости можно применить эффект Растяжение. Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Узор - выберите один из готовых рисунков в меню. Цвет переднего плана - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет элементов узора. Цвет фона - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет фона узора. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если Вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Непрозрачность - используйте этот раздел, чтобы задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности. Обводка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы изменить толщину, цвет или тип обводки. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 пт, 1 пт, 1.5 пт, 2.25 пт, 3 пт, 4.5 пт, 6 пт. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить фигуру слева направо или сверху вниз. Нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить фигуру по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить фигуру по вертикали (сверху вниз) Стиль обтекания - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже). Изменить автофигуру - используйте этот раздел, чтобы заменить текущую автофигуру на другую, выбрав ее из выпадающего списка. Отображать тень - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы отображать фигуру с тенью. Изменение дополнительных параметров автофигуры Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры автофигуры, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно 'Фигура - дополнительные параметры': Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина - используйте одну из этих опций, чтобы изменить ширину автофигуры. Абсолютная - укажите точное значение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...). Относительная - укажите размер в процентах относительно ширины левого поля, поля (то есть расстояния между левым и правым полями), ширины страницы или ширины правого поля. Высота - используйте одну из этих опций, чтобы изменить высоту автофигуры. Абсолютная - укажите точное значение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...). Относительная - укажите размер в процентах относительно поля (то есть расстояния между верхним и нижним полями), высоты нижнего поля, высоты страницы или высоты верхнего поля. Если установлен флажок Сохранять пропорции, ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон фигуры. Вкладка Поворот содержит следующие параметры: Угол - используйте эту опцию, чтобы повернуть фигуру на точно заданный угол. Введите в поле нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Отражено - отметьте галочкой опцию По горизонтали, чтобы отразить фигуру по горизонтали (слева направо), или отметьте галочкой опцию По вертикали, чтобы отразить фигуру по вертикали (сверху вниз). Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения автофигуры относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания \"В тексте\") или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). В тексте - автофигура считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста фигура тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, автофигуру можно перемещать независимо от текста и и точно задавать положение фигуры на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает автофигуру. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры автофигуры. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров автофигуры и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри фигуры. Чтобы этот эффект проявился, используйте опцию Изменить границу обтекания из контекстного меню. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже автофигуры. Перед текстом - автофигура перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает автофигуру. При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Вкладка Положение доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Вкладка содержит следующие параметры, которые различаются в зависимости от выбранного стиля обтекания: В разделе По горизонтали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования автофигуры: Выравнивание (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), справа от символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля. В разделе По вертикали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования автофигуры: Выравнивание (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), ниже строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно поля, нижнего поля, страницы или верхнего поля. Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли автофигура перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому она привязана. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться две автофигуры, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Линии и стрелки содержит следующие параметры: Стиль линии - эта группа опций позволяет задать такие параметры: Тип окончания - эта опция позволяет задать стиль окончания линии, поэтому ее можно применить только для фигур с разомкнутым контуром, таких как линии, ломаные линии и т.д.: Плоский - конечные точки будут плоскими. Закругленный - конечные точки будут закругленными. Квадратный - конечные точки будут квадратными. Тип соединения - эта опция позволяет задать стиль пересечения двух линий, например, она может повлиять на контур ломаной линии или углов треугольника или прямоугольника: Закругленный - угол будет закругленным. Скошенный - угол будет срезан наискось. Прямой - угол будет заостренным. Хорошо подходит для фигур с острыми углами. Примечание: эффект будет лучше заметен при использовании контура большей толщины. Стрелки - эта группа опций доступна только в том случае, если выбрана фигура из группы автофигур Линии. Она позволяет задать Начальный и Конечный стиль и Размер стрелки, выбрав соответствующие опции из выпадающих списков. На вкладке Поля вокруг текста можно изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры). Примечание: эта вкладка доступна, только если в автофигуру добавлен текст, в противном случае вкладка неактивна. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит фигура." + "body": "Вставка автофигуры Для добавления автофигуры в документ: перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов, выберите одну из доступных групп автофигур: Основные фигуры, Фигурные стрелки, Математические знаки, Схемы, Звезды и ленты, Выноски, Кнопки, Прямоугольники, Линии, щелкните по нужной автофигуре внутри выбранной группы, установите курсор там, где требуется поместить автофигуру, после того, как автофигура будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер, местоположение и свойства. Примечание: чтобы добавить надпись внутри фигуры, убедитесь, что фигура на странице выделена, и начинайте печатать текст. Текст, добавленный таким способом, становится частью автофигуры (при перемещении или повороте автофигуры текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ней). К автофигуре также можно добавить подпись. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с подписями к автофигурам вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Перемещение и изменение размера автофигур Для изменения размера автофигуры перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по краям автофигуры. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранной автофигуры при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. При изменении некоторых фигур, например, фигурных стрелок или выносок, также доступен желтый значок в форме ромба . Он позволяет изменять отдельные параметры формы, например, длину указателя стрелки. Для изменения местоположения автофигуры используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на автофигуру. Перетащите автофигуру на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении автофигуры на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\"). Чтобы перемещать автофигуру с шагом в один пиксель, удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре. Чтобы перемещать автофигуру строго по горизонтали/вертикали и предотвратить ее смещение в перпендикулярном направлении, при перетаскивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Чтобы повернуть автофигуру, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. Изменение параметров автофигуры Чтобы выровнять или расположить автофигуры в определенном порядке, используйте контекстное меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранную автофигуру на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать автофигуры для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять фигуру по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом - или для изменения границы обтекания. Опция Изменить границу обтекания доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Чтобы произвольно изменить границу, перетаскивайте точки границы обтекания. Чтобы создать новую точку границы обтекания, щелкните в любом месте на красной линии и перетащите ее в нужную позицию. Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить фигуру слева направо или сверху вниз. Дополнительные параметры фигуры - используется для вызова окна 'Фигура - дополнительные параметры'. Некоторые параметры автофигуры можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по фигуре и выберите значок Параметры фигуры справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Заливка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать заливку автофигуры. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить внутреннее пространство выбранной фигуры. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите нужный цвет из доступных наборов цветов или задайте любой цвет, который вам нравится. Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Стиль - выберите Линейный или Радиальный: Линейный используется, когда вам нужно, чтобы цвета изменялись слева направо, сверху вниз или под любым выбранным вами углом в одном направлении. Чтобы выбрать предустановленное направление, щелкните Направление или же задайте точное значение угла градиента в поле Угол. Радиальный используется, когда вам нужно, чтобы цвета изменялись по кругу от центра к краям. Точка градиента - это определенная точка перехода от одного цвета к другому. Чтобы добавить точку градиента, Используйте кнопку Добавить точку градиента или ползунок. Вы можете добавить до 10 точек градиента. Каждая следующая добавленная точка градиента никоим образом не повлияет на внешний вид текущей градиентной заливки. Чтобы удалить определенную точку градиента, используйте кнопку Удалить точку градиента. Чтобы изменить положение точки градиента, используйте ползунок или укажите Положение в процентах для точного местоположения. Чтобы применить цвет к точке градиента, щелкните точку на панели ползунка, а затем нажмите Цвет, чтобы выбрать нужный цвет. Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру. Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры, можно добавить изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес, или Из хранилища, выбрав нужное изображение, сохраненное на портале. Если Вы хотите использовать текстуру в качестве фона фигуры, разверните меню Из текстуры и выберите нужную предустановленную текстуру. В настоящее время доступны следующие текстуры: Холст, Картон, Темная ткань, Песок, Гранит, Серая бумага, Вязание, Кожа, Крафт-бумага, Папирус, Дерево. В том случае, если выбранное изображение имеет большие или меньшие размеры, чем автофигура, можно выбрать из выпадающего списка параметр Растяжение или Плитка. Опция Растяжение позволяет подогнать размер изображения под размер автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Опция Плитка позволяет отображать только часть большего изображения, сохраняя его исходные размеры, или повторять меньшее изображение, сохраняя его исходные размеры, по всей площади автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Примечание: любая выбранная предустановленная текстура полностью заполняет пространство, но в случае необходимости можно применить эффект Растяжение. Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Узор - выберите один из готовых рисунков в меню. Цвет переднего плана - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет элементов узора. Цвет фона - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет фона узора. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если Вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Непрозрачность - используйте этот раздел, чтобы задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности. Обводка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы изменить толщину, цвет или тип обводки. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 пт, 1 пт, 1.5 пт, 2.25 пт, 3 пт, 4.5 пт, 6 пт. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить фигуру слева направо или сверху вниз. Нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить фигуру по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить фигуру по вертикали (сверху вниз) Стиль обтекания - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже). Изменить автофигуру - используйте этот раздел, чтобы заменить текущую автофигуру на другую, выбрав ее из выпадающего списка. Отображать тень - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы отображать фигуру с тенью. Изменение дополнительных параметров автофигуры Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры автофигуры, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно 'Фигура - дополнительные параметры': Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина - используйте одну из этих опций, чтобы изменить ширину автофигуры. Абсолютная - укажите точное значение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...). Относительная - укажите размер в процентах относительно ширины левого поля, поля (то есть расстояния между левым и правым полями), ширины страницы или ширины правого поля. Высота - используйте одну из этих опций, чтобы изменить высоту автофигуры. Абсолютная - укажите точное значение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...). Относительная - укажите размер в процентах относительно поля (то есть расстояния между верхним и нижним полями), высоты нижнего поля, высоты страницы или высоты верхнего поля. Если установлен флажок Сохранять пропорции, ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон фигуры. Вкладка Поворот содержит следующие параметры: Угол - используйте эту опцию, чтобы повернуть фигуру на точно заданный угол. Введите в поле нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Отражено - отметьте галочкой опцию По горизонтали, чтобы отразить фигуру по горизонтали (слева направо), или отметьте галочкой опцию По вертикали, чтобы отразить фигуру по вертикали (сверху вниз). Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения автофигуры относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания \"В тексте\") или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). В тексте - автофигура считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста фигура тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, автофигуру можно перемещать независимо от текста и и точно задавать положение фигуры на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает автофигуру. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры автофигуры. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров автофигуры и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри фигуры. Чтобы этот эффект проявился, используйте опцию Изменить границу обтекания из контекстного меню. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже автофигуры. Перед текстом - автофигура перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает автофигуру. При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Вкладка Положение доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Вкладка содержит следующие параметры, которые различаются в зависимости от выбранного стиля обтекания: В разделе По горизонтали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования автофигуры: Выравнивание (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), справа от символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля. В разделе По вертикали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования автофигуры: Выравнивание (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), ниже строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно поля, нижнего поля, страницы или верхнего поля. Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли автофигура перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому она привязана. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться две автофигуры, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Линии и стрелки содержит следующие параметры: Стиль линии - эта группа опций позволяет задать такие параметры: Тип окончания - эта опция позволяет задать стиль окончания линии, поэтому ее можно применить только для фигур с разомкнутым контуром, таких как линии, ломаные линии и т.д.: Плоский - конечные точки будут плоскими. Закругленный - конечные точки будут закругленными. Квадратный - конечные точки будут квадратными. Тип соединения - эта опция позволяет задать стиль пересечения двух линий, например, она может повлиять на контур ломаной линии или углов треугольника или прямоугольника: Закругленный - угол будет закругленным. Скошенный - угол будет срезан наискось. Прямой - угол будет заостренным. Хорошо подходит для фигур с острыми углами. Примечание: эффект будет лучше заметен при использовании контура большей толщины. Стрелки - эта группа опций доступна только в том случае, если выбрана фигура из группы автофигур Линии. Она позволяет задать Начальный и Конечный стиль и Размер стрелки, выбрав соответствующие опции из выпадающих списков. На вкладке Текстовое поле можно Подгонять размер фигуры под текст или изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры). Примечание: эта вкладка доступна, только если в автофигуру добавлен текст, в противном случае вкладка неактивна. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит фигура." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm", @@ -188,22 +193,37 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Вставка диаграмм", - "body": "Вставка диаграммы Для вставки диаграммы в документ: установите курсор там, где требуется поместить диаграмму, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов, выберите из доступных типов диаграммы тот, который вам нужен - гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая, Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D. после этого появится окно Редактор диаграмм, в котором можно ввести в ячейки необходимые данные при помощи следующих элементов управления: и для копирования и вставки скопированных данных и для отмены и повтора действий для вставки функции и для уменьшения и увеличения числа десятичных знаков для изменения числового формата, то есть того, каким образом выглядят введенные числа в ячейках измените параметры диаграммы, нажав на кнопку Изменить диаграмму в окне Редактор диаграмм. Откроется окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. На вкладке Тип и данные можно изменить тип диаграммы, а также данные, которые вы хотите использовать для создания диаграммы. Выберите Тип диаграммы, который требуется применить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая. Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и при необходимости измените его, нажав на кнопку Выбор данных и указав желаемый диапазон данных в следующем формате: Лист1!A1:B4. Измените способ расположения данных. Можно выбрать ряды данных для использования по оси X: в строках или в столбцах. На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы: Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался, Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру, Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы. Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались, Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы, Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы, Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы, Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа. Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных): укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу. Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру. выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение, введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных. Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались. Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм. В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось, Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью. Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось, Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси, По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси. В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки. Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей. На вкладке Вертикальная ось можно изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, где указываются числовые значения. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующей вкладке. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся следующие опции размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. На вкладке Горизонтальная ось можно изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма. Перемещение и изменение размера диаграмм После того, как диаграмма будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер и положение. Для изменения размера диаграммы перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по ее краям. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранной диаграммы при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. Для изменения местоположения диаграммы используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на диаграмму. Перетащите диаграмму на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении диаграммы на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\"). Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. Редактирование элементов диаграммы Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный. Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта или его стиль оформления. Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. При выборе диаграммы справа также появляется значок Параметры фигуры , поскольку фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Щелкнув по этому значку, можно открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов и задать заливку, обводку и Стиль обтекания. Обратите внимание на то, что тип фигуры изменить нельзя. C помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели можно изменить не только саму область диаграммы, но и элементы диаграммы, такие как область построения, ряды данных, заголовок диаграммы, легенда и другие, и применить к ним различные типы заливки. Выберите элемент диаграммы, нажав на него левой кнопкой мыши, и выберите нужный тип заливки: сплошной цвет, градиент, текстура или изображение, узор. Настройте параметры заливки и при необходимости задайте уровень прозрачности. При выделении вертикальной или горизонтальной оси или линий сетки на вкладке Параметры фигуры будут доступны только параметры обводки: цвет, толщина и тип линии. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с цветами, заливками и обводкой фигур можно обратиться к этой странице. Обратите внимание: параметр Отображать тень также доступен на вкладке Параметры фигуры, но для элементов диаграммы он неактивен. Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы. Изменение параметров диаграммы Некоторые параметры диаграммы можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры диаграммы на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по диаграмме и выберите значок Параметры диаграммы справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту диаграммы. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже). Изменить тип диаграммы - используется, чтобы изменить выбранный тип и/или стиль диаграммы. Для выбора нужного Стиля диаграммы используйте второе выпадающее меню в разделе Изменить тип диаграммы. Изменить данные - используется для вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм'. Примечание: для быстрого вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм' можно также дважды щелкнуть мышкой по диаграмме в документе. Некоторые из этих опций можно также найти в контекстном меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранную диаграмму на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать диаграммы для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять диаграмму по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом. Опция Изменить границу обтекания для диаграмм недоступна. Изменить данные - используется для вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм'. Дополнительные параметры диаграммы - используется для вызова окна 'Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры'. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры диаграммы, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры диаграммы. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств диаграммы: Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина и Высота - используйте эти опции, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту диаграммы. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон диаграммы. Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения диаграммы относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания \"В тексте\") или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). В тексте - диаграмма считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста диаграмма тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, диаграмму можно перемещать независимо от текста и и точно задавать положение диаграммы на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает диаграмму. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры диаграммы. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров диаграммы и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри диаграммы. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже диаграммы. Перед текстом - диаграмма перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает диаграмму. При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Вкладка Положение доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Вкладка содержит следующие параметры, которые различаются в зависимости от выбранного стиля обтекания: В разделе По горизонтали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования диаграммы: Выравнивание (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), справа от символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля. В разделе По вертикали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования диаграммы: Выравнивание (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), ниже строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно поля, нижнего поля, страницы или верхнего поля. Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли диаграмма перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому она привязана. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться две диаграммы, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма." + "body": "Вставка диаграммы Для вставки диаграммы в документ: установите курсор там, где требуется поместить диаграмму, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов, выберите из доступных типов диаграммы тот, который вам нужен - гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая, Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D. после этого появится окно Редактор диаграмм, в котором можно ввести в ячейки необходимые данные при помощи следующих элементов управления: и для копирования и вставки скопированных данных и для отмены и повтора действий для вставки функции и для уменьшения и увеличения числа десятичных знаков для изменения числового формата, то есть того, каким образом выглядят введенные числа в ячейках Нажмите кнопку Выбрать данные, расположенную в окне Редактора диаграмм. Откроется окно Данные диаграммы. Используйте диалоговое окно Данные диаграммы для управления диапазоном данных диаграммы, элементами легенды (ряды), подписями горизонтальной оси (категории) и переключием строк / столбцов. Диапазон данных для диаграммы - выберите данные для вашей диаграммы. Щелкните значок справа от поля Диапазон данных для диаграммы, чтобы выбрать диапазон ячеек. Элементы легенды (ряды) - добавляйте, редактируйте или удаляйте записи легенды. Введите или выберите ряд для записей легенды. В Элементах легенды (ряды) нажмите кнопку Добавить. В диалоговом окне Изменить ряд выберите диапазон ячеек для легенды или нажмите на иконку справа от поля Имя ряда. Подписи горизонтальной оси (категории) - изменяйте текст подписи категории. В Подписях горизонтальной оси (категории) нажмите Редактировать. В поле Диапазон подписей оси введите названия для категорий или нажмите на иконку , чтобы выбрать диапазон ячеек. Переключить строку/столбец - переставьте местами данные, которые расположены на диаграмме. Переключите строки на столбцы, чтобы данные отображались на другой оси. Нажмите кнопку ОК, чтобы применить изменения и закрыть окно. измените параметры диаграммы, нажав на кнопку Изменить диаграмму в окне Редактор диаграмм. Откроется окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. На вкладке Тип можно изменить тип диаграммы. Выберите Тип диаграммы, который вы ходите применить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая. На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы: Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался, Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру, Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы. Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались, Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы, Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы, Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы, Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа. Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных): укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу. Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру. выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение, введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных. Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались. Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм. В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось, Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью. Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось, Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси, По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси. В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки. Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей. На вкладке Вертикальная ось можно изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, где указываются числовые значения. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующей вкладке. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся следующие опции размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. На вкладке Горизонтальная ось можно изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. Вкладка Привязка к ячейке содержит следующие параметры: Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее. Если ячейка перемещается (например, при вставке или удалении нескольких строк/столбцов), диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой. При увеличении или уменьшении ширины или высоты ячейки размер диаграммы также будет изменяться. Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее, не допуская изменения размера диаграммы. Если ячейка перемещается, диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры диаграммы останутся неизменными. Не перемещать и не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера диаграммы при изменении положения или размера ячейки. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма. Перемещение и изменение размера диаграмм После того, как диаграмма будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер и положение. Для изменения размера диаграммы перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по ее краям. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранной диаграммы при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. Для изменения местоположения диаграммы используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на диаграмму. Перетащите диаграмму на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении диаграммы на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\"). Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. Редактирование элементов диаграммы Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный. Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта или его стиль оформления. Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. При выборе диаграммы справа также появляется значок Параметры фигуры , поскольку фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Щелкнув по этому значку, можно открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов и задать заливку, обводку и Стиль обтекания. Обратите внимание на то, что тип фигуры изменить нельзя. C помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели можно изменить не только саму область диаграммы, но и элементы диаграммы, такие как область построения, ряды данных, заголовок диаграммы, легенда и другие, и применить к ним различные типы заливки. Выберите элемент диаграммы, нажав на него левой кнопкой мыши, и выберите нужный тип заливки: сплошной цвет, градиент, текстура или изображение, узор. Настройте параметры заливки и при необходимости задайте уровень прозрачности. При выделении вертикальной или горизонтальной оси или линий сетки на вкладке Параметры фигуры будут доступны только параметры обводки: цвет, толщина и тип линии. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с цветами, заливками и обводкой фигур можно обратиться к этой странице. Обратите внимание: параметр Отображать тень также доступен на вкладке Параметры фигуры, но для элементов диаграммы он неактивен. Если вам нужно изменить размер элементов диаграммы, щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, чтобы выбрать нужный элемент, и перетащите один из 8 белых квадратов , расположенных по периметру элемента. Чтобы изменить положение элемента, щелкните по нему левой кнопкой мыши, убедитесь, что ваш курсор изменился на , удерживайте левую кнопку мыши и перетащите элемент в нужное положение. Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выберите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы. Изменение параметров диаграммы Некоторые параметры диаграммы можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры диаграммы на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по диаграмме и выберите значок Параметры диаграммы справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту диаграммы. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже). Изменить тип диаграммы - используется, чтобы изменить выбранный тип и/или стиль диаграммы. Для выбора нужного Стиля диаграммы используйте второе выпадающее меню в разделе Изменить тип диаграммы. Изменить данные - используется для вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм'. Примечание: для быстрого вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм' можно также дважды щелкнуть мышкой по диаграмме в документе. Некоторые из этих опций можно также найти в контекстном меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранную диаграмму на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать диаграммы для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять диаграмму по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом. Опция Изменить границу обтекания для диаграмм недоступна. Изменить данные - используется для вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм'. Дополнительные параметры диаграммы - используется для вызова окна 'Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры'. При выборе диаграммы справа также появляется значок Параметры фигуры , поскольку фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Щелкнув по этому значку, можно открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов и задать заливку, обводку и Стиль обтекания. Обратите внимание на то, что тип фигуры изменить нельзя. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры диаграммы, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры диаграммы. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств диаграммы: Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина и Высота - используйте эти опции, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту диаграммы. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон диаграммы. Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения диаграммы относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания \"В тексте\") или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). В тексте - диаграмма считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста диаграмма тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, диаграмму можно перемещать независимо от текста и и точно задавать положение диаграммы на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает диаграмму. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры диаграммы. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров диаграммы и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри диаграммы. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже диаграммы. Перед текстом - диаграмма перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает диаграмму. При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Вкладка Положение доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Вкладка содержит следующие параметры, которые различаются в зависимости от выбранного стиля обтекания: В разделе По горизонтали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования диаграммы: Выравнивание (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), справа от символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля. В разделе По вертикали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования диаграммы: Выравнивание (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), ниже строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно поля, нижнего поля, страницы или верхнего поля. Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли диаграмма перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому она привязана. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться две диаграммы, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", "title": "Вставка элементов управления содержимым", - "body": "Элементы управления содержимым - это объекты, содержащие различные типы контента, например, текст, изображения и так далее. В зависимости от выбранного типа элемента управления содержимым, вы можете создать форму с полями ввода, которую могут заполнять другие пользователи, или защитить некоторые части документа от редактирования или удаления и так далее. Примечание: возможность добавления новых элементов управления содержимым доступна только в платной версии. В бесплатной версии Community можно редактировать существующие элементы управления содержимым, а также копировать и вставлять их. В настоящее время можно добавить следующие типы элементов управления содержимым: Обычный текст, Форматированный текст, Рисунок, Поле со списком, Выпадающий список, Дата, Флажок. Обычный текст - это объект, содержащий текст, который можно форматировать. Элементы управления содержимым \"Обычный текст\" могут содержать не более одного абзаца. Форматированный текст - это объект, содержащий текст, который можно форматировать. Элементы управления содержимым \"Форматированный текст\" могут содержать несколько абзацев, списки и объекты (изображения, фигуры, таблицы и так далее). Рисунок - это объект, содержащий отдельное изображение. Поле со списком - это объект, содержащий выпадающий список с рядом вариантов для выбора. Он позволяет выбрать из списка одно из предварительно заданных значений и при необходимости отредактировать выбранное значение. Выпадающий список - это объект, содержащий выпадающий список с рядом вариантов для выбора. Он позволяет выбрать из списка одно из предварительно заданных значений. выбранное значение нельзя отредактировать. Дата - это объект, содержащий календарь, из которого можно выбрать дату. Флажок - это объект, позволяющий отобразить два состояния: флажок выбран и флажок снят. Добавление элементов управления содержимым Создание нового элемента управления содержимым \"Обычный текст\" установите курсор в строке текста там, где требуется добавить элемент управления, или выделите фрагмент текста, который должен стать содержимым элемента управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Обычный текст. Элемент управления будет вставлен в позиции курсора в строке существующего текста. Замените стандартный текст в элементе управления (\"Введите ваш текст\") на свой собственный: выделите стандартный текст и введите новый текст или скопируйте откуда-нибудь фрагмент текста и вставьте его в элемент управления содержимым. Элементы управления содержимым \"Обычный текст\" не позволяют добавлять разрывы строки и не могут содержать другие объекты, такие как изображения, таблицы и так далее. Создание нового элемента управления содержимым \"Форматированный текст\" установите курсор в конце абзаца, после которого требуется добавить элемент управления, или выделите один или несколько существующих абзацев, которые должны стать содержимым элемента управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Форматированный текст. Элемент управления содержимым \"Форматированный текст\" будет вставлен в новом абзаце. Замените стандартный текст в элементе управления (\"Введите ваш текст\") на свой собственный: выделите стандартный текст и введите новый текст или скопируйте откуда-нибудь фрагмент текста и вставьте его в элемент управления содержимым. Элементы управления содержимым \"Форматированный текст\" позволяют добавлять разрывы строки, то есть могут содержать несколько абзацев, а также какие-либо объекты, такие как изображения, таблицы, другие элементы управления содержимым и так далее. Создание нового элемента управления содержимым \"Рисунок\" установите курсор в строке текста там, где требуется добавить элемент управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Изображение - элемент управления будет вставлен в позиции курсора. нажмите на значок в кнопке, расположенной над границей элемента управления, - откроется стандартное окно выбора файла. Выберите изображение, сохраненное на компьютере, и нажмите кнопку Открыть. Выбранное изображение будет отображено внутри элемента управления содержимым. Чтобы заменить изображение, нажмите на значок в кнопке, расположенной над границей элемента управления и выберите другое изображение. Создание нового элемента управления содержимым \"Поле со списком\" или \"Выпадающий список\" Элементы управления содержимым Поле со списком и Выпадающий список содержат выпадающий список с рядом вариантов для выбора. Их можно создавать почти одним и тем же образом. Основное различие между ними заключается в том, что выбранное значение в выпадающем списке нельзя отредактировать, тогда как выбранное значение в поле со списком можно заменить на ваше собственное. установите курсор в строке текста там, где требуется добавить элемент управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Поле со списком или Выпадающий список - элемент управления будет вставлен в позиции курсора. щелкните по добавленному элементу управления правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Параметры элемента управления содержимым. в открывшемся окне Параметры элемента управления содержимым перейдите на вкладку Поле со списком или Выпадающий список, в зависимости от выбранного типа элемента управления содержимым. для добавления нового пункта списка нажмите кнопку Добавить и заполните доступные поля в открывшемся окне: укажите нужный текст в поле Отображаемое имя, например, Да, Нет, Другое. Этот текст будет отображаться в элементе управления содержимым в документе. по умолчанию текст в поле Значение соответствует введенному в поле Отображаемое имя. Если вы хотите отредактировать текст в поле Значение, обратите внимание на то, что веденное значение должно быть уникальным для каждого элемента. нажмите кнопку OK. можно редактировать или удалять пункты списка, используя кнопки Редактировать или Удалить справа, или изменять порядок элементов с помощью кнопок Вверх и Вниз. когда все нужные варианты выбора будут заданы, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы сохранить изменения и закрыть окно. Вы можете нажать на кнопку со стрелкой справа, чтобы открыть список значений и выбрать нужное. Когда нужный элемент будет выбран из Поля со списком, можно отредактировать значение, заменив его на свое собственное полностью или частично. В Выпадающем списке нельзя отредактировать выбранное значение. Создание нового элемента управления содержимым \"Дата\" установите курсор в строке текста там, где требуется добавить элемент управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Дата - элемент управления будет вставлен в позиции курсора. щелкните по добавленному элементу управления правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Параметры элемента управления содержимым. в открывшемся окне Параметры элемента управления содержимым перейдите на вкладку Формат даты. выберите нужный Язык и нужный формат даты в списке Отображать дату следующим образом. нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы сохранить изменения и закрыть окно. Вы можете нажать на кнопку со стрелкой в правой части добавленного элемента управления содержимым Дата, чтобы открыть календарь и выбрать нужную дату. Создание нового элемента управления содержимым \"Флажок\" установите курсор в строке текста там, где требуется добавить элемент управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Флажок - элемент управления будет вставлен в позиции курсора. щелкните по добавленному элементу управления правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Параметры элемента управления содержимым. в открывшемся окне Параметры элемента управления содержимым перейдите на вкладку Флажок. нажмите на кнопку Символ установленного флажка, чтобы задать нужный символ для выбранного флажка, или Символ снятого флажка, чтобы выбрать, как должен выглядеть снятый флажок. Откроется окно Символ. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с символами вы можете обратиться к этой статье. когда символы будут заданы, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы сохранить изменения и закрыть окно. Добавленный флажок отображается в режиме снятого флажка. Если щелкнуть по добавленному флажку, он будет отмечен символом, выбранным в списке Символ установленного флажка. Примечание: Граница элемента управления содержимым видна только при выделении элемента управления. Границы не отображаются в печатной версии. Перемещение элементов управления содержимым Элементы управления можно перемещать на другое место в документе: нажмите на кнопку слева от границы элемента управления, чтобы выделить элемент управления, и перетащите его, не отпуская кнопку мыши, на другое место в тексте документа. Элементы управления содержимым можно также копировать и вставлять: выделите нужный элемент управления и используйте сочетания клавиш Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V. Редактирование содержимого элементов управления \"Обычный текст\" и \"Форматированный текст\" Текст внутри элемента управления содержимым \"Обычный текст\" и \"Форматированный текст\" можно отформатировать с помощью значков на верхней панели инструментов: вы можете изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта, применить стили оформления и предустановленные стили форматирования. Для изменения свойств текста можно также использовать окно Абзац - Дополнительные параметры, доступное из контекстного меню или с правой боковой панели. Текст в элементах управления \"Форматированный текст\" можно форматировать, как обычный текст документа, то есть вы можете задать междустрочный интервал, изменить отступы абзаца, настроить позиции табуляции. Изменение настроек элементов управления содержимым Независимо от того, какой тип элемента управления содержимым выбран, вы можете изменить настройки элемента управления в разделах Общие и Блокировка окна Параметры элемента управления содержимым. Чтобы открыть настройки элемента управления содержимым, можно действовать следующим образом: Выделите нужный элемент управления содержимым, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым на верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Параметры элемента управления. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по элементу управления содержимым и используйте команду контекстного меню Параметры элемента управления содержимым. Откроется новое окно. На вкладке Общие можно настроить следующие параметры: Укажите Заголовок или Тег элемента управления содержимым в соответствующих полях. Заголовок будет отображаться при выделении элемента управления в документе. Теги используются для идентификации элементов управления, чтобы можно было ссылаться на них в коде. Выберите, требуется ли отображать элемент управления C ограничивающей рамкой или Без рамки. В том случае, если вы выбрали вариант C ограничивающей рамкой, можно выбрать Цвет рамки в расположенном ниже поле. Нажмите кнопку Применить ко всем, чтобы применить указанные настройки из раздела Вид ко всем элементам управления в документе. На вкладке Блокировка можно защитить элемент управления содержимым от удаления или редактирования, используя следующие параметры: Элемент управления содержимым нельзя удалить - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы защитить элемент управления содержимым от удаления. Содержимое нельзя редактировать - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы защитить содержимое элемента управления от редактирования. Для определенных типов элементов управления содержимым также доступна третья вкладка, которая содержит настройки, специфичные только для выбранного типа элементов управления: Поле со списком, Выпадающий список, Дата, Флажок. Эти настройки описаны выше в разделах о добавлении соответствующих элементов управления содержимым. Нажмите кнопку OK в окне настроек, чтобы применить изменения. Также доступна возможность выделения элементов управления определенным цветом. Для того, чтобы выделить элементы цветом: Нажмите на кнопку слева от границы элемента управления, чтобы выделить элемент управления, Нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым на верхней панели инструментов, Выберите в меню опцию Параметры выделения, Выберите нужный цвет на одной из доступных палитр: Цвета темы, Стандартные цвета или задайте Пользовательский цвет. Чтобы убрать ранее примененное выделение цветом, используйте опцию Без выделения. Выбранные параметры выделения будут применены ко всем элементам управления в документе. Удаление элементов управления содержимым Чтобы удалить элемент управления и оставить все его содержимое, щелкните по элементу управления содержимым, чтобы выделить его, затем действуйте одним из следующих способов: Нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым на верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Удалить элемент управления содержимым. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по элементу управления содержимым и используйте команду контекстного меню Удалить элемент управления содержимым. Чтобы удалить элемент управления и все его содержимое, выделите нужный элемент управления и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре." + "body": "Элементы управления содержимым - это объекты, содержащие различные типы контента, например, текст, изображения и так далее. В зависимости от выбранного типа элемента управления содержимым, вы можете создать форму с полями ввода, которую могут заполнять другие пользователи, или защитить некоторые части документа от редактирования или удаления и так далее. Примечание: возможность добавления новых элементов управления содержимым доступна только в платной версии. В бесплатной версии Community можно редактировать существующие элементы управления содержимым, а также копировать и вставлять их. В настоящее время можно добавить следующие типы элементов управления содержимым: Обычный текст, Форматированный текст, Рисунок, Поле со списком, Выпадающий список, Дата, Флажок. Обычный текст - это объект, содержащий текст, который можно форматировать. Элементы управления содержимым \"Обычный текст\" могут содержать не более одного абзаца. Форматированный текст - это объект, содержащий текст, который можно форматировать. Элементы управления содержимым \"Форматированный текст\" могут содержать несколько абзацев, списки и объекты (изображения, фигуры, таблицы и так далее). Рисунок - это объект, содержащий отдельное изображение. Поле со списком - это объект, содержащий выпадающий список с рядом вариантов для выбора. Он позволяет выбрать из списка одно из предварительно заданных значений и при необходимости отредактировать выбранное значение. Выпадающий список - это объект, содержащий выпадающий список с рядом вариантов для выбора. Он позволяет выбрать из списка одно из предварительно заданных значений. выбранное значение нельзя отредактировать. Дата - это объект, содержащий календарь, из которого можно выбрать дату. Флажок - это объект, позволяющий отобразить два состояния: флажок выбран и флажок снят. Добавление элементов управления содержимым Создание нового элемента управления содержимым \"Обычный текст\" установите курсор в строке текста там, где требуется добавить элемент управления, или выделите фрагмент текста, который должен стать содержимым элемента управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Обычный текст. Элемент управления будет вставлен в позиции курсора в строке существующего текста. Замените стандартный текст в элементе управления (\"Введите ваш текст\") на свой собственный: выделите стандартный текст и введите новый текст или скопируйте откуда-нибудь фрагмент текста и вставьте его в элемент управления содержимым. Элементы управления содержимым \"Обычный текст\" не позволяют добавлять разрывы строки и не могут содержать другие объекты, такие как изображения, таблицы и так далее. Создание нового элемента управления содержимым \"Форматированный текст\" установите курсор в конце абзаца, после которого требуется добавить элемент управления, или выделите один или несколько существующих абзацев, которые должны стать содержимым элемента управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Форматированный текст. Элемент управления содержимым \"Форматированный текст\" будет вставлен в новом абзаце. Замените стандартный текст в элементе управления (\"Введите ваш текст\") на свой собственный: выделите стандартный текст и введите новый текст или скопируйте откуда-нибудь фрагмент текста и вставьте его в элемент управления содержимым. Элементы управления содержимым \"Форматированный текст\" позволяют добавлять разрывы строки, то есть могут содержать несколько абзацев, а также какие-либо объекты, такие как изображения, таблицы, другие элементы управления содержимым и так далее. Создание нового элемента управления содержимым \"Рисунок\" установите курсор в строке текста там, где требуется добавить элемент управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Изображение - элемент управления будет вставлен в позиции курсора. нажмите на значок в кнопке, расположенной над границей элемента управления, - откроется стандартное окно выбора файла. Выберите изображение, сохраненное на компьютере, и нажмите кнопку Открыть. Выбранное изображение будет отображено внутри элемента управления содержимым. Чтобы заменить изображение, нажмите на значок в кнопке, расположенной над границей элемента управления и выберите другое изображение. Создание нового элемента управления содержимым \"Поле со списком\" или \"Выпадающий список\" Элементы управления содержимым Поле со списком и Выпадающий список содержат выпадающий список с рядом вариантов для выбора. Их можно создавать почти одним и тем же образом. Основное различие между ними заключается в том, что выбранное значение в выпадающем списке нельзя отредактировать, тогда как выбранное значение в поле со списком можно заменить на ваше собственное. установите курсор в строке текста там, где требуется добавить элемент управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Поле со списком или Выпадающий список - элемент управления будет вставлен в позиции курсора. щелкните по добавленному элементу управления правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Параметры элемента управления содержимым. в открывшемся окне Параметры элемента управления содержимым перейдите на вкладку Поле со списком или Выпадающий список, в зависимости от выбранного типа элемента управления содержимым. для добавления нового пункта списка нажмите кнопку Добавить и заполните доступные поля в открывшемся окне: укажите нужный текст в поле Отображаемое имя, например, Да, Нет, Другое. Этот текст будет отображаться в элементе управления содержимым в документе. по умолчанию текст в поле Значение соответствует введенному в поле Отображаемое имя. Если вы хотите отредактировать текст в поле Значение, обратите внимание на то, что веденное значение должно быть уникальным для каждого элемента. нажмите кнопку OK. можно редактировать или удалять пункты списка, используя кнопки Редактировать или Удалить справа, или изменять порядок элементов с помощью кнопок Вверх и Вниз. когда все нужные варианты выбора будут заданы, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы сохранить изменения и закрыть окно. Вы можете нажать на кнопку со стрелкой справа, чтобы открыть список значений и выбрать нужное. Когда нужный элемент будет выбран из Поля со списком, можно отредактировать значение, заменив его на свое собственное полностью или частично. В Выпадающем списке нельзя отредактировать выбранное значение. Создание нового элемента управления содержимым \"Дата\" установите курсор в строке текста там, где требуется добавить элемент управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Дата - элемент управления будет вставлен в позиции курсора. щелкните по добавленному элементу управления правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Параметры элемента управления содержимым. в открывшемся окне Параметры элемента управления содержимым перейдите на вкладку Формат даты. выберите нужный Язык и нужный формат даты в списке Отображать дату следующим образом. нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы сохранить изменения и закрыть окно. Вы можете нажать на кнопку со стрелкой в правой части добавленного элемента управления содержимым Дата, чтобы открыть календарь и выбрать нужную дату. Создание нового элемента управления содержимым \"Флажок\" установите курсор в строке текста там, где требуется добавить элемент управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Флажок - элемент управления будет вставлен в позиции курсора. щелкните по добавленному элементу управления правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Параметры элемента управления содержимым. в открывшемся окне Параметры элемента управления содержимым перейдите на вкладку Флажок. нажмите на кнопку Символ установленного флажка, чтобы задать нужный символ для выбранного флажка, или Символ снятого флажка, чтобы выбрать, как должен выглядеть снятый флажок. Откроется окно Символ. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с символами вы можете обратиться к этой статье. когда символы будут заданы, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы сохранить изменения и закрыть окно. Добавленный флажок отображается в режиме снятого флажка. Если щелкнуть по добавленному флажку, он будет отмечен символом, выбранным в списке Символ установленного флажка. Примечание: Граница элемента управления содержимым видна только при выделении элемента управления. Границы не отображаются в печатной версии. Перемещение элементов управления содержимым Элементы управления можно перемещать на другое место в документе: нажмите на кнопку слева от границы элемента управления, чтобы выделить элемент управления, и перетащите его, не отпуская кнопку мыши, на другое место в тексте документа. Элементы управления содержимым можно также копировать и вставлять: выделите нужный элемент управления и используйте сочетания клавиш Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V. Редактирование содержимого элементов управления \"Обычный текст\" и \"Форматированный текст\" Текст внутри элемента управления содержимым \"Обычный текст\" и \"Форматированный текст\" можно отформатировать с помощью значков на верхней панели инструментов: вы можете изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта, применить стили оформления и предустановленные стили форматирования. Для изменения свойств текста можно также использовать окно Абзац - Дополнительные параметры, доступное из контекстного меню или с правой боковой панели. Текст в элементах управления \"Форматированный текст\" можно форматировать, как обычный текст документа, то есть вы можете задать междустрочный интервал, изменить отступы абзаца, настроить позиции табуляции. Изменение настроек элементов управления содержимым Независимо от того, какой тип элемента управления содержимым выбран, вы можете изменить настройки элемента управления в разделах Общие и Блокировка окна Параметры элемента управления содержимым. Чтобы открыть настройки элемента управления содержимым, можно действовать следующим образом: Выделите нужный элемент управления содержимым, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым на верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Параметры элемента управления. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по элементу управления содержимым и используйте команду контекстного меню Параметры элемента управления содержимым. Откроется новое окно. На вкладке Общие можно настроить следующие параметры: Укажите Заголовок, Заполнитель или Тег элемента управления содержимым в соответствующих полях. Заголовок будет отображаться при выделении элемента управления в документе. Заполнитель - это основной текст, отображаемый внутри элемента управления содержимым. Теги используются для идентификации элементов управления, чтобы можно было ссылаться на них в коде. Выберите, требуется ли отображать элемент управления C ограничивающей рамкой или Без рамки. В том случае, если вы выбрали вариант C ограничивающей рамкой, можно выбрать Цвет рамки в расположенном ниже поле. Нажмите кнопку Применить ко всем, чтобы применить указанные настройки из раздела Вид ко всем элементам управления в документе. На вкладке Блокировка можно защитить элемент управления содержимым от удаления или редактирования, используя следующие параметры: Элемент управления содержимым нельзя удалить - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы защитить элемент управления содержимым от удаления. Содержимое нельзя редактировать - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы защитить содержимое элемента управления от редактирования. Для определенных типов элементов управления содержимым также доступна третья вкладка, которая содержит настройки, специфичные только для выбранного типа элементов управления: Поле со списком, Выпадающий список, Дата, Флажок. Эти настройки описаны выше в разделах о добавлении соответствующих элементов управления содержимым. Нажмите кнопку OK в окне настроек, чтобы применить изменения. Также доступна возможность выделения элементов управления определенным цветом. Для того, чтобы выделить элементы цветом: Нажмите на кнопку слева от границы элемента управления, чтобы выделить элемент управления, Нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым на верхней панели инструментов, Выберите в меню опцию Параметры выделения, Выберите нужный цвет на одной из доступных палитр: Цвета темы, Стандартные цвета или задайте Пользовательский цвет. Чтобы убрать ранее примененное выделение цветом, используйте опцию Без выделения. Выбранные параметры выделения будут применены ко всем элементам управления в документе. Удаление элементов управления содержимым Чтобы удалить элемент управления и оставить все его содержимое, щелкните по элементу управления содержимым, чтобы выделить его, затем действуйте одним из следующих способов: Нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым на верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Удалить элемент управления содержимым. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по элементу управления содержимым и используйте команду контекстного меню Удалить элемент управления содержимым. Чтобы удалить элемент управления и все его содержимое, выделите нужный элемент управления и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCrossReference.htm", + "title": "Вставка перекрестной ссылки", + "body": "Перекрестные ссылки используются для создания ссылок, ведущих на другие части того же документа, например заголовки или объекты, такие как диаграммы или таблицы. Такие ссылки отображаются в виде гиперссылки. Создание перекрестной ссылки Поместите курсор в то место, куда вы хотите вставить перекрестную ссылку. Перейдите на вкладку Ссылки верхней панели инструментов и щелкните значок Перекрестнаяя ссылка. В открывшемся окне Перекрестная ссылка задайте необходимые параметры: В раскрывающемся списке Тип ссылки указывается элемент, на который вы хотите сослаться, т.е. нумерованный список (установлен по умолчанию), заголовок, закладку, сноску, концевую сноску, уравнение, фигуру или таблицу. В раскрывающемся списке Вставить ссылку на указывается текстовое или числовое значение ссылки, которую вы хотите вставить, в зависимости от элемента, выбранного в меню Тип ссылки. Например, если вы выбрали параметр Заголовок, вы можете указать следующее содержимое: текст заголовка, номер страницы, номер заголовка, номер заголовка (краткий), номер заголовка (полный), Выше / ниже . Полный список доступных опций в зависимости от выбранного типа ссылки Тип ссылки Вставить ссылку на Описание Пронумерованный список Номер страницы Вставляет номер страницы пронумерованного элемента Номер абзаца Вставляет номер абзаца пронумерованного элемента Номер абзаца (краткий) Вставляет сокращенный номер абзаца. Ссылка делается только на конкретный элемент нумерованного списка, например, вместо «4.1.1» вы ссылаетесь только на «1» Номер абзаца (полный) Вставляет полный номер абзаца, например, «4.1.1» Текст абзаца Вставляет текстовое значение абзаца, например, абзац называется «4.1.1. Положения и условия», вы ссылаетесь только на «Положения и условия» Выше/ниже Вставляет текст «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента Заголовок Текст заголовка Вставляет весь текст заголовка Номер страницы Вставляет номер страницы заголовка Номер заголовка Вставляет порядковый номер заголовка Номер заголовка (краткий) Вставляет сокращенный номер заголовка. Убедитесь, что курсор находится в разделе, на который вы ссылаетесь, например, вы находитесь в разделе 4 и хотите сослаться на заголовок 4.B, поэтому вместо «4.B» результатом будет только «B» Номер заголовка (полный) Вставляет полный номер заголовка, даже если курсор находится в том же разделе Выше/ниже Вставляет текст «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента Закладка Текст закладки Вставляет весь текст закладки Номер страницы Вставляет номер страницы закладки Номер абзаца Вставляет номер абзаца закладки Номер абзаца (краткий) Вставляет сокращенный номер абзаца. Ссылка делается только на конкретный элемент, например, вместо «4.1.1» вы ссылаетесь только на «1». Номер абзаца (полный) Вставляет полный номер абзаца, например, «4.1.1» Выше/ниже Вставляет текст «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента Сноска Номер сноски Вставляет номер сноски Номер страницы Вставляет номер страницы сноски Выше/ниже Вставляет текст «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента Номер сноски (форм) Вставляет номер сноски, отформатированной как сноска. Нумерация реальных сносок не изменяется. Концевая сноска Номер коцневой сноски Вставляет номер концевой сноски Номер страницы Вставляет номер страницы концевой сноски Выше/ниже Вставляет текст «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента Номер коцневой сноски (форм) Вставляет номер концевой сноски в формате концевой сноски. Нумерация фактических примечаний не изменяется. Рисунок / Таблица / Уравнение Название целиком Вставляет полный текст Постоянная часть и номер Вставляет только название и номер объекта, например, «Таблица 1.1» Только текст названия Вставляет только текст названия Номер страницы Вставляет номер страницы, содержащей указанный объект Выше/ниже Вставляет текст «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента Установите галочку напротив Вставить как гиперссылку, чтобы превратить ссылку в активную ссылку. Установите галочку напротив Добавить слово \"выше\" или \"ниже\" (если доступно), чтобы указать положение элемента, на который вы ссылаетесь. Редактор документов автоматически вставляет слова «выше» или «ниже» в зависимости от положения элемента. Установите галочку напротив Разделитель номеров, чтобы указать разделитель в поле справа. Разделители необходимы для полных контекстных ссылок. В поле Для какого... представлены элементы, доступные в соответствии с выбранным типом ссылки, например если вы выбрали вариант Заголовок, вы увидите полный список заголовков в документе. Нажмите Вставить, чтобы создать перекрестную ссылку. Удаление перекрестной ссылки Чтобы удалить перекрестную ссылку, выберите перекрестную ссылку, которую вы хотите удалить, и нажмите кнопку Удалить." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDateTime.htm", + "title": "Вставка даты и времени", + "body": "Чтобы вставить в документ Дату и время, установите курсор там, где требуется вставить Дату и время, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите кнопку Дата и время, в открывшемся окне Дата и время укажите следующие параметры: Выберите нужный язык. Выберите один из предложенных форматов. Поставьте галочку Обновлять автоматически, чтобы дата и время обновлялись автоматически на основе текущего состояния. Примечание: также можно обновлять дату и время вручную, используя пункт контекстного меню Обновить поле. Нажмите кнопку Установить по умолчанию, чтобы установить текущий формат как формат по умолчанию для указанного языка. Нажмите кнопку ОК." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "title": "Вставка буквицы", "body": "Буквица - это первая буква абзаца, которая намного больше всех остальных и занимает в высоту несколько строк. Для добавления буквицы: установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на значок Буквица на верхней панели инструментов, в открывшемся выпадающем списке выберите нужную опцию: В тексте - чтобы поместить буквицу внутри абзаца. На поле - чтобы поместить буквицу на левом поле. Первый символ выбранного абзаца будет преобразован в буквицу. Если требуется, чтобы буквица включала в себя еще несколько символов, добавьте их вручную: выделите буквицу и впишите нужные буквы. Чтобы изменить вид буквицы (то есть размер, тип, стиль оформления или цвет шрифта), выделите букву и используйте соответствующие значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Когда буквица выделена, она окружена рамкой (рамка - это контейнер, который используется для позиционирования буквицы на странице). Можно быстро изменить размер рамки путем перетаскивания ее границ или изменить ее положение с помощью значка , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на рамку. Чтобы удалить добавленную буквицу, выделите ее, нажмите на значок Буквица на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов и выберите из выпадающего списка опцию Нет . Чтобы настроить параметры добавленной буквицы, выделите ее, нажмите на значок Буквица на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов и выберите из выпадающего списка опцию Параметры буквицы. Откроется окно Буквица - дополнительные параметры: На вкладке Буквица можно задать следующие параметры: Положение - используется, чтобы изменить расположение буквицы. Выберите опцию В тексте или На поле или нажмите на значок Нет, чтобы удалить буквицу. Шрифт - используется, чтобы выбрать шрифт из списка доступных. Высота в строках - используется, чтобы указать, сколько строк должна занимать буквица. Можно выбрать значение от 1 до 10. Расстояние до текста - используется, чтобы указать величину свободного пространства между текстом абзаца и правым краем рамки, окружающей буквицу. На вкладке Границы и заливка можно добавить вокруг буквицы границы и настроить их параметры. Это следующие параметры: Параметры Границ (ширина, цвет и наличие и отсутствие) - задайте толщину границ, выберите их цвет и укажите, к каким границам (верхней, нижней, левой, правой или их сочетанию) надо применить эти параметры. Цвет фона - выберите цвет фона буквицы. На вкладке Поля можно задать расстояние между буквицей и границами сверху, снизу, слева и справа вокруг нее (если границы были предварительно добавлены). После добавления буквицы можно также изменить параметры Рамки. Чтобы получить к ним доступ, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши внутри рамки и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Дополнительные параметры рамки. Откроется окно Рамка - дополнительные параметры: На вкладке Рамка можно задать следующие параметры: Положение - используется, чтобы выбрать Встроенный или Плавающий стиль обтекания текстом. Или можно нажать на значок Нет, чтобы удалить рамку. Ширина и Высота - используются, чтобы изменить размеры рамки. Параметр Авто позволяет автоматически корректировать размер рамки в соответствии с размером буквицы в ней. Параметр Точно позволяет задать фиксированные значения. Параметр Минимум используется, чтобы задать минимальное значение высоты (при изменении размера буквицы высота рамки изменяется соответственно, но не может быть меньше указанного значения). Параметры По горизонтали используются или для того, чтобы задать точное положение рамки в выбранных единицах измерения относительно поля, страницы или столбца, или для того, чтобы выровнять рамку (слева, по центру или справа) относительно одной из этих опорных точек. Можно также задать Расстояние до текста по горизонтали, то есть величину свободного пространства между вертикальными границами рамки и текстом абзаца. Параметры По вертикали используются или для того, чтобы задать точное положение рамки в выбранных единицах измерения относительно поля, страницы или абзаца, или для того, чтобы выровнять рамку (сверху, по центру или снизу) относительно одной из этих опорных точек. Можно также задать Расстояние до текста по вертикали, то есть величину свободного пространства между горизонтальными границами рамки и текстом абзаца. Перемещать с текстом - определяет, будет ли перемещаться рамка при перемещении абзаца, к которому она привязана. На вкладках Границы и заливка и Поля можно задать те же самые параметры, что и на одноименных вкладках в окне Буквица - дополнительные параметры." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEndnotes.htm", + "title": "Вставка концевых сносок", + "body": "Вы можете вставлять концевые сноски, чтобы добавлять пояснения или комментарии к определенным терминам или предложениям, делать ссылки на источники и т.д., которые отображаются в конце документа. Чтобы вставить концевую сноску в документ, поместите курсор в конец текста или у слова, к которому вы хотите добавить концевую сноску, Перейдите на вкладку Ссылки верхней панели инструментов, щелкните на значок Сноска на верхней панели инструментов и в выпадающем меню выберите опцию Вставить концевую сноску. Знак концевой сноски (т.е. надстрочный символ, обозначающий концевую сноску) появляется в тексте документа, а точка вставки перемещается в конец документа. введите текст концевой сноски. Повторите вышеупомянутые операции, чтобы добавить последующие концевые сноски для других фрагментов текста в документе. Концевые сноски нумеруются автоматически. По умолчанию i, ii, iii, и т. д. При наведении курсора на знак сноски в тексте документа появляется небольшое всплывающее окно с текстом концевой сноски. Чтобы легко переходить между добавленными сносками в тексте документа, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Сноска на вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов, в разделе Перейти к сноскам используйте стрелку для перехода к предыдущей сноске или стрелку для перехода к следующей сноске. Чтобы изменить параметры сносок, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Сноска на вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню опцию Параметры сносок, измените текущие параметры в открывшемся окне Параметры сносок: Задайте Положение концевых сносок, выбрав один из доступных вариантов: В конце раздела - чтобы расположить концевые сноски в конце раздела. Эта опция может быть полезна в тех случаях, когда в разделе содержится короткий текст. В конце документа - чтобы расположить концевые сноски на последней странице документа (эта опция выбрана по умолчанию). Настройте Формат концевых сносок: Формат номера - выберите нужный формат номера из доступных вариантов: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Начать с - используйте стрелки, чтобы задать цифру или букву, с которой должна начинаться нумерация. Нумерация - выберите способ нумерации концевых сносок: Непрерывная - чтобы нумеровать концевые сноски последовательно во всем документе, В каждом разделе - чтобы начинать нумерацию концевых сносок с цифры 1 (или другого заданного символа) в начале каждого раздела, На каждой странице - чтобы начинать нумерацию концевых сносок с цифры 1 (или другого заданного символа) в начале каждой страницы. Особый символ - задайте специальный символ или слово, которые требуется использовать в качестве знака сноски (например, * или Прим.1). Введите в поле ввода текста нужный символ или слово и нажмите кнопку Вставить в нижней части окна Параметры сносок. Используйте раскрывающийся список Применить изменения, чтобы выбрать, требуется ли применить указанные параметры концевых сносок Ко всему документу или только К текущему разделу. Примечание: чтобы использовать различное форматирование концевых сносок в отдельных частях документа, сначала необходимо добавить разрывы раздела. Когда все будет готово, нажмите на кнопку Применить. Чтобы удалить отдельную концевую сноску, установите курсор непосредственно перед знаком сноски в тексте документа и нажмите клавишу Delete. Нумерация оставшихся концевых сносок изменится автоматически. Чтобы удалить все концевые сноски в документе, щелкните стрелку рядом со значком Сноска на вкладке ссылки верхенй панели иснтрументов, выберите в меню опцию Удалить все сноски. в открывшимся окне нажмите Удалить все концевые сноски и щелкните OK." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Вставка уравнений", - "body": "В редакторе документов вы можете создавать уравнения, используя встроенные шаблоны, редактировать их, вставлять специальные символы (в том числе математические знаки, греческие буквы, диакритические знаки и т.д.). Добавление нового уравнения Чтобы вставить уравнение из коллекции, установите курсор на нужной строке, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Уравнение на верхней панели инструментов, в открывшемся выпадающем списке выберите нужную категорию уравнений. В настоящее время доступны следующие категории: Символы, Дроби, Индексы, Радикалы, Интегралы, Крупные операторы, Скобки, Функции, Диакритические знаки, Пределы и логарифмы, Операторы, Матрицы, щелкните по определенному символу/уравнению в соответствующем наборе шаблонов. Выбранный символ или уравнение будут вставлены в позиции курсора. Если выбранная строка пуста, уравнение будет выровнено по центру. Чтобы выровнять такое уравнение по левому или правому краю, щелкните по рамке уравнения и используйте значки или на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Каждый шаблон уравнения представляет собой совокупность слотов. Слот - это позиция для каждого элемента, образующего уравнение. Пустой слот, также называемый полем для заполнения, имеет пунктирный контур . Необходимо заполнить все поля, указав нужные значения. Примечание: чтобы начать создание уравнения, можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Alt + =. К уравнению также можно добавить подпись. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с подписями к уравнениям вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Ввод значений Курсор определяет, где появится следующий символ, который вы введете. Чтобы точно установить курсор, щелкните внутри поля для заполнения и используйте клавиши со стрелками на клавиатуре для перемещения курсора на один символ влево/вправо или на одну строку вверх/вниз. Если в выбранном шаблоне требуется добавить новое поле для заполнения под слотом, в котором находится курсор, нажмите клавишу Enter. Когда курсор будет установлен в нужную позицию, можно заполнить поле: введите требуемое цифровое или буквенное значение с помощью клавиатуры, вставьте специальный символ, используя палитру Символы из меню Уравнение на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов, добавьте шаблон другого уравнения с палитры, чтобы создать сложное вложенное уравнение. Размер начального уравнения будет автоматически изменен в соответствии с содержимым. Размер элементов вложенного уравнения зависит от размера поля начального уравнения, но не может быть меньше, чем размер мелкого индекса. Для добавления некоторых новых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы добавить новый аргумент, идущий до или после имеющегося аргумента в Скобках, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по существующему аргументу и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Вставить аргумент перед/после. Чтобы добавить новое уравнение в Наборах условий из группы Скобки (или в уравнениях других типов, в которых вы ранее добавили новые поля для заполнения путем нажатия на Enter), можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по пустому полю для заполнения или по введенному в него уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Вставить уравнение перед/после. Чтобы добавить новую строку или новый столбец в Матрице, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри нее, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Добавить, а затем - опцию Строку выше/ниже или Столбец слева/справа. Примечание: в настоящее время не поддерживается ввод уравнений в линейном формате, то есть в виде \\sqrt(4&x^3). При вводе значений математических выражений не требуется использовать клавишу Пробел, так как пробелы между символами и знаками действий устанавливаются автоматически. Если уравнение слишком длинное и не помещается на одной строке, перенос на другую строку в процессе ввода осуществляется автоматически. Можно также вставить перенос строки в строго определенном месте, щелкнув правой кнопкой мыши по математическому оператору и выбрав из контекстного меню пункт Вставить принудительный разрыв. Выбранный оператор будет перенесен на новую строку. После добавления принудительного разрыва строки можно использовать клавишу Tab, чтобы выровнять новую строку по какому-либо математическому знаку из предыдущей строки. Чтобы удалить добавленный принудительный разрыв строки, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по математическому оператору в начале новой строки и выберите пункт меню Удалить принудительный разрыв. Форматирование уравнений Чтобы увеличить или уменьшить размер шрифта в уравнении, щелкните мышью внутри рамки уравнения и используйте кнопки и на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов или выберите нужный размер шрифта из списка. Все элементы уравнения изменятся соответственно. По умолчанию буквы в уравнении форматируются курсивом. В случае необходимости можно изменить стиль шрифта (выделение полужирным, курсив, зачеркивание) или цвет для всего уравнения или его части. Подчеркивание можно применить только ко всему уравнению, а не к отдельным символам. Выделите нужную часть уравнения путем перетаскивания. Выделенная часть будет подсвечена голубым цветом. Затем используйте нужные кнопки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы отформатировать выделенный фрагмент. Например, можно убрать форматирование курсивом для обычных слов, которые не являются переменными или константами. Для изменения некоторых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы изменить формат Дробей, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по дроби и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Изменить на диагональную/горизонтальную/вертикальную простую дробь (доступные опции отличаются в зависимости от типа выбранной дроби). Чтобы изменить положение Индексов относительно текста, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, содержащему индексы, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Индексы перед текстом/после текста. Чтобы изменить размер аргумента для уравнений из групп Индексы, Радикалы, Интегралы, Крупные операторы, Пределы и логарифмы, Операторы, а также для горизонтальных фигурных скобок и шаблонов с группирующим знаком из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по аргументу, который требуется изменить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Увеличить/Уменьшить размер аргумента. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустое поле для ввода степени в уравнении из группы Радикалы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по радикалу и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать степень. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустое поле для ввода предела в уравнение из группы Интегралы или Крупные операторы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать верхний/нижний предел. Чтобы изменить положение пределов относительно знака интеграла или оператора в уравнениях из группы Интегралы или Крупные операторы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Изменить положение пределов. Пределы могут отображаться справа от знака оператора (как верхние и нижние индексы) или непосредственно над и под знаком оператора. Чтобы изменить положение пределов относительно текста в уравнениях из группы Пределы и логарифмы и в шаблонах с группирующим знаком из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Предел над текстом/под текстом. Чтобы выбрать, какие из Скобок надо отображать, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать открывающую/закрывающую скобку. Чтобы управлять размером Скобок, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках. Пункт меню Растянуть скобки выбран по умолчанию, так что скобки могут увеличиваться в соответствии с размером выражения, заключенного в них, но вы можете снять выделение с этой опции, чтобы запретить растяжение скобок. Когда эта опция активирована, можно также использовать пункт меню Изменить размер скобок в соответствии с высотой аргумента. Чтобы изменить положение символа относительно текста для горизонтальных фигурных скобок или горизонтальной черты над/под уравнением из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по шаблону и и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Символ/Черта над/под текстом. Чтобы выбрать, какие границы надо отображать для Уравнения в рамке из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Свойства границ, а затем - Скрыть/Показать верхнюю/нижнюю/левую/правую границу или Добавить/Скрыть горизонтальную/вертикальную/диагональную линию. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустые поля для заполнения в Матрице, можно щелкнуть по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать поля для заполнения. Для выравнивания некоторых элементов уравнений можно использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы выровнять уровнения в Наборах условий из группы Скобки (или в уравнениях других типов, в которых вы ранее добавили новые поля для заполнения путем нажатия на Enter), можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Чтобы выровнять Матрицу по вертикали, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по матрице, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание матрицы, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Чтобы выровнять по горизонтали элементы внутри отдельного столбца Матрицы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри столбца, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание столбца, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю. Удаление элементов уравнения Чтобы удалить часть уравнения, выделите фрагмент, который требуется удалить, путем перетаскивания или удерживая клавишу Shift и используя клавиши со стрелками, затем нажмите на клавиатуре клавишу Delete. Слот можно удалить только вместе с шаблоном, к которому он относится. Чтобы удалить всё уравнение, выделите его полностью путем перетаскивания или с помощью двойного щелчка по рамке уравнения и нажмите на клавиатуре клавишу Delete. Для удаления некоторых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы удалить Радикал, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить радикал. Чтобы удалить Нижний индекс и/или Верхний индекс, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по содержащему их выражению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить верхний индекс/нижний индекс. Если выражение содержит индексы, расположенные перед текстом, доступна опция Удалить индексы. Чтобы удалить Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить вложенные знаки или Удалить вложенные знаки и разделители. Если выражение в Скобках содержит несколько аргументов, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по аргументу, который требуется удалить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить аргумент. Если в Скобках заключено несколько уравнений (а именно, в Наборах условий), можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, которое требуется удалить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить уравнение. Эта опция также доступна для уравнений других типов, в которых вы ранее добавили новые поля для заполнения путем нажатия на Enter. Чтобы удалить Предел, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить предел. Чтобы удалить Диакритический знак, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить диакритический знак, Удалить символ или Удалить черту (доступные опции отличаются в зависимости от выбранного диакритического знака). Чтобы удалить строку или столбец Матрицы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри строки/столбца, который требуется удалить, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить, а затем - Удалить строку/столбец." + "body": "В редакторе документов вы можете создавать уравнения, используя встроенные шаблоны, редактировать их, вставлять специальные символы (в том числе математические знаки, греческие буквы, диакритические знаки и т.д.). Добавление нового уравнения Чтобы вставить уравнение из коллекции, установите курсор на нужной строке, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Уравнение на верхней панели инструментов, в открывшемся выпадающем списке выберите нужную категорию уравнений. В настоящее время доступны следующие категории: Символы, Дроби, Индексы, Радикалы, Интегралы, Крупные операторы, Скобки, Функции, Диакритические знаки, Пределы и логарифмы, Операторы, Матрицы, щелкните по определенному символу/уравнению в соответствующем наборе шаблонов. Выбранный символ или уравнение будут вставлены в позиции курсора. Если выбранная строка пуста, уравнение будет выровнено по центру. Чтобы выровнять такое уравнение по левому или правому краю, щелкните по рамке уравнения и используйте значки или на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Каждый шаблон уравнения представляет собой совокупность слотов. Слот - это позиция для каждого элемента, образующего уравнение. Пустой слот, также называемый полем для заполнения, имеет пунктирный контур . Необходимо заполнить все поля, указав нужные значения. Примечание: чтобы начать создание уравнения, можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Alt + =. К уравнению также можно добавить подпись. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с подписями к уравнениям вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Ввод значений Курсор определяет, где появится следующий символ, который вы введете. Чтобы точно установить курсор, щелкните внутри поля для заполнения и используйте клавиши со стрелками на клавиатуре для перемещения курсора на один символ влево/вправо или на одну строку вверх/вниз. Если в выбранном шаблоне требуется добавить новое поле для заполнения под слотом, в котором находится курсор, нажмите клавишу Enter. Когда курсор будет установлен в нужную позицию, можно заполнить поле: введите требуемое цифровое или буквенное значение с помощью клавиатуры, вставьте специальный символ, используя палитру Символы из меню Уравнение на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов или вводя их с клавиатуры (см. описание функции Автозамена математическими символами), добавьте шаблон другого уравнения с палитры, чтобы создать сложное вложенное уравнение. Размер начального уравнения будет автоматически изменен в соответствии с содержимым. Размер элементов вложенного уравнения зависит от размера поля начального уравнения, но не может быть меньше, чем размер мелкого индекса. Для добавления некоторых новых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы добавить новый аргумент, идущий до или после имеющегося аргумента в Скобках, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по существующему аргументу и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Вставить аргумент перед/после. Чтобы добавить новое уравнение в Наборах условий из группы Скобки (или в уравнениях других типов, в которых вы ранее добавили новые поля для заполнения путем нажатия на Enter), можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по пустому полю для заполнения или по введенному в него уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Вставить уравнение перед/после. Чтобы добавить новую строку или новый столбец в Матрице, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри нее, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Добавить, а затем - опцию Строку выше/ниже или Столбец слева/справа. Примечание: в настоящее время не поддерживается ввод уравнений в линейном формате, то есть в виде \\sqrt(4&x^3). При вводе значений математических выражений не требуется использовать клавишу Пробел, так как пробелы между символами и знаками действий устанавливаются автоматически. Если уравнение слишком длинное и не помещается на одной строке, перенос на другую строку в процессе ввода осуществляется автоматически. Можно также вставить перенос строки в строго определенном месте, щелкнув правой кнопкой мыши по математическому оператору и выбрав из контекстного меню пункт Вставить принудительный разрыв. Выбранный оператор будет перенесен на новую строку. После добавления принудительного разрыва строки можно использовать клавишу Tab, чтобы выровнять новую строку по какому-либо математическому знаку из предыдущей строки. Чтобы удалить добавленный принудительный разрыв строки, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по математическому оператору в начале новой строки и выберите пункт меню Удалить принудительный разрыв. Форматирование уравнений Чтобы увеличить или уменьшить размер шрифта в уравнении, щелкните мышью внутри рамки уравнения и используйте кнопки и на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов или выберите нужный размер шрифта из списка. Все элементы уравнения изменятся соответственно. По умолчанию буквы в уравнении форматируются курсивом. В случае необходимости можно изменить стиль шрифта (выделение полужирным, курсив, зачеркивание) или цвет для всего уравнения или его части. Подчеркивание можно применить только ко всему уравнению, а не к отдельным символам. Выделите нужную часть уравнения путем перетаскивания. Выделенная часть будет подсвечена голубым цветом. Затем используйте нужные кнопки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы отформатировать выделенный фрагмент. Например, можно убрать форматирование курсивом для обычных слов, которые не являются переменными или константами. Для изменения некоторых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы изменить формат Дробей, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по дроби и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Изменить на диагональную/горизонтальную/вертикальную простую дробь (доступные опции отличаются в зависимости от типа выбранной дроби). Чтобы изменить положение Индексов относительно текста, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, содержащему индексы, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Индексы перед текстом/после текста. Чтобы изменить размер аргумента для уравнений из групп Индексы, Радикалы, Интегралы, Крупные операторы, Пределы и логарифмы, Операторы, а также для горизонтальных фигурных скобок и шаблонов с группирующим знаком из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по аргументу, который требуется изменить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Увеличить/Уменьшить размер аргумента. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустое поле для ввода степени в уравнении из группы Радикалы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по радикалу и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать степень. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустое поле для ввода предела в уравнение из группы Интегралы или Крупные операторы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать верхний/нижний предел. Чтобы изменить положение пределов относительно знака интеграла или оператора в уравнениях из группы Интегралы или Крупные операторы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Изменить положение пределов. Пределы могут отображаться справа от знака оператора (как верхние и нижние индексы) или непосредственно над и под знаком оператора. Чтобы изменить положение пределов относительно текста в уравнениях из группы Пределы и логарифмы и в шаблонах с группирующим знаком из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Предел над текстом/под текстом. Чтобы выбрать, какие из Скобок надо отображать, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать открывающую/закрывающую скобку. Чтобы управлять размером Скобок, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках. Пункт меню Растянуть скобки выбран по умолчанию, так что скобки могут увеличиваться в соответствии с размером выражения, заключенного в них, но вы можете снять выделение с этой опции, чтобы запретить растяжение скобок. Когда эта опция активирована, можно также использовать пункт меню Изменить размер скобок в соответствии с высотой аргумента. Чтобы изменить положение символа относительно текста для горизонтальных фигурных скобок или горизонтальной черты над/под уравнением из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по шаблону и и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Символ/Черта над/под текстом. Чтобы выбрать, какие границы надо отображать для Уравнения в рамке из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Свойства границ, а затем - Скрыть/Показать верхнюю/нижнюю/левую/правую границу или Добавить/Скрыть горизонтальную/вертикальную/диагональную линию. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустые поля для заполнения в Матрице, можно щелкнуть по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать поля для заполнения. Для выравнивания некоторых элементов уравнений можно использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы выровнять уровнения в Наборах условий из группы Скобки (или в уравнениях других типов, в которых вы ранее добавили новые поля для заполнения путем нажатия на Enter), можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Чтобы выровнять Матрицу по вертикали, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по матрице, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание матрицы, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Чтобы выровнять по горизонтали элементы внутри отдельного столбца Матрицы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри столбца, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание столбца, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю. Удаление элементов уравнения Чтобы удалить часть уравнения, выделите фрагмент, который требуется удалить, путем перетаскивания или удерживая клавишу Shift и используя клавиши со стрелками, затем нажмите на клавиатуре клавишу Delete. Слот можно удалить только вместе с шаблоном, к которому он относится. Чтобы удалить всё уравнение, выделите его полностью путем перетаскивания или с помощью двойного щелчка по рамке уравнения и нажмите на клавиатуре клавишу Delete. Для удаления некоторых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы удалить Радикал, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить радикал. Чтобы удалить Нижний индекс и/или Верхний индекс, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по содержащему их выражению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить верхний индекс/нижний индекс. Если выражение содержит индексы, расположенные перед текстом, доступна опция Удалить индексы. Чтобы удалить Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить вложенные знаки или Удалить вложенные знаки и разделители. Если выражение в Скобках содержит несколько аргументов, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по аргументу, который требуется удалить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить аргумент. Если в Скобках заключено несколько уравнений (а именно, в Наборах условий), можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, которое требуется удалить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить уравнение. Эта опция также доступна для уравнений других типов, в которых вы ранее добавили новые поля для заполнения путем нажатия на Enter. Чтобы удалить Предел, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить предел. Чтобы удалить Диакритический знак, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить диакритический знак, Удалить символ или Удалить черту (доступные опции отличаются в зависимости от выбранного диакритического знака). Чтобы удалить строку или столбец Матрицы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри строки/столбца, который требуется удалить, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить, а затем - Удалить строку/столбец. Преобразование уравнений Если вы открываете существующий документ с уравнениями, которые были созданы с помощью старой версии редактора уравнений (например, в версиях, предшествующих MS Office 2007), эти уравнения необходимо преобразовать в формат Office Math ML, чтобы иметь возможность их редактировать. Чтобы преобразовать уравнение, дважды щелкните по нему. Откроется окно с предупреждением: Чтобы преобразовать только выбранное уравнение, нажмите кнопку Да в окне предупреждения. Чтобы преобразовать все уравнения в документе, поставьте галочку Применить ко всем уравнениям и нажмите кнопку Да. После преобразования уравнения вы сможете его редактировать." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", @@ -218,7 +238,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Вставка изображений", - "body": "В редакторе документов можно вставлять в документ изображения самых популярных форматов. Поддерживаются следующие форматы изображений: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Вставка изображения Для вставки изображения в текст документа: установите курсор там, где требуется поместить изображение, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Изображение на верхней панели инструментов, для загрузки изображения выберите одну из следующих опций: при выборе опции Изображение из файла откроется стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора файлов. Выберите нужный файл на жестком диске компьютера и нажмите кнопку Открыть при выборе опции Изображение по URL откроется окно, в котором Вы можете ввести веб-адрес нужного изображения, а затем нажмите кнопку OK при выборе опции Изображение из хранилища откроется окно Выбрать источник данных. Выберите изображение, сохраненное на вашем портале, и нажмите кнопку OK после того, как изображение будет добавлено, можно изменить его размер, свойства и положение. К изображению также можно добавить подпись. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с подписями к изображениям вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Перемещение и изменение размера изображений Для изменения размера изображения перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по его краям. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранного изображения при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. Для изменения местоположения изображения используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на изображение. Перетащите изображение на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении изображения на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\"). Чтобы повернуть изображение, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. Изменение параметров изображения Некоторые параметры изображения можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры изображения на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по изображению и выберите значок Параметры изображения справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту изображения. При необходимости можно восстановить размер изображения по умолчанию, нажав кнопку По умолчанию. Кнопка Вписать позволяет изменить размер изображения таким образом, чтобы оно занимало все пространство между левым и правым полями страницы. Кнопка Обрезать используется, чтобы обрезать изображение. Нажмите кнопку Обрезать, чтобы активировать маркеры обрезки, которые появятся в углах изображения и в центре каждой его стороны. Вручную перетаскивайте маркеры, чтобы задать область обрезки. Вы можете навести курсор мыши на границу области обрезки, чтобы курсор превратился в значок , и перетащить область обрезки. Чтобы обрезать одну сторону, перетащите маркер, расположенный в центре этой стороны. Чтобы одновременно обрезать две смежных стороны, перетащите один из угловых маркеров. Чтобы равномерно обрезать две противоположные стороны изображения, удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании маркера в центре одной из этих сторон. Чтобы равномерно обрезать все стороны изображения, удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании любого углового маркера. Когда область обрезки будет задана, еще раз нажмите на кнопку Обрезать, или нажмите на клавишу Esc, или щелкните мышью за пределами области обрезки, чтобы применить изменения. После того, как область обрезки будет задана, также можно использовать опции Заливка и Вписать, доступные в выпадающем меню Обрезать. Нажмите кнопку Обрезать еще раз и выберите нужную опцию: При выборе опции Заливка центральная часть исходного изображения будет сохранена и использована в качестве заливки выбранной области обрезки, в то время как остальные части изображения будут удалены. При выборе опции Вписать размер изображения будет изменен, чтобы оно соответствовало высоте или ширине области обрезки. Никакие части исходного изображения не будут удалены, но внутри выбранной области обрезки могут появится пустые пространства. Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить изображение слева направо или сверху вниз. Нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить изображение по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить изображение по вертикали (сверху вниз) Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже). Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы заменить текущее изображение, загрузив другое Из файла или По URL. Некоторые из этих опций можно также найти в контекстном меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранное изображение на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать изображения для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять изображение по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом - или для изменения границы обтекания. Опция Изменить границу обтекания доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Чтобы произвольно изменить границу, перетаскивайте точки границы обтекания. Чтобы создать новую точку границы обтекания, щелкните в любом месте на красной линии и перетащите ее в нужную позицию. Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить изображение слева направо или сверху вниз. Обрезать - используется, чтобы применить один из вариантов обрезки: Обрезать, Заливка или Вписать. Выберите из подменю пункт Обрезать, затем перетащите маркеры обрезки, чтобы задать область обрезки, и нажмите на одну из этих трех опций в подменю еще раз, чтобы применить изменения. Реальный размер - используется для смены текущего размера изображения на реальный размер. Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы заменить текущее изображение, загрузив другое Из файла или По URL. Дополнительные параметры изображения - используется для вызова окна 'Изображение - дополнительные параметры'. Когда изображение выделено, справа также доступен значок Параметры фигуры . Можно щелкнуть по нему, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и настроить тип, толщину и цвет Обводки фигуры, а также изменить тип фигуры, выбрав другую фигуру в меню Изменить автофигуру. Форма изображения изменится соответствующим образом. На вкладке Параметры фигуры также можно использовать опцию Отображать тень, чтобы добавить тень к изображеню. Изменение дополнительных параметров изображения Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры изображения, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры изображения. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств изображения: Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина и Высота - используйте эти опции, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту изображения. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон изображения. Чтобы восстановить реальный размер добавленного изображения, нажмите кнопку Реальный размер. Вкладка Поворот содержит следующие параметры: Угол - используйте эту опцию, чтобы повернуть изображение на точно заданный угол. Введите в поле нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Отражено - отметьте галочкой опцию По горизонтали, чтобы отразить изображение по горизонтали (слева направо), или отметьте галочкой опцию По вертикали, чтобы отразить изображение по вертикали (сверху вниз). Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения изображения относительно текста: или оно будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания \"В тексте\") или текст будет обтекать его со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). В тексте - изображение считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста изображение тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, изображение можно перемещать независимо от текста и точно задавать положение изображения на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает изображение. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры изображения. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров изображения и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри него. Чтобы этот эффект проявился, используйте опцию Изменить границу обтекания из контекстного меню. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже изображения. Перед текстом - изображение перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает изображение. При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Вкладка Положение доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Вкладка содержит следующие параметры, которые различаются в зависимости от выбранного стиля обтекания: В разделе По горизонтали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования изображения: Выравнивание (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), справа от символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля. В разделе По вертикали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования изображения: Выравнивание (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), ниже строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно поля, нижнего поля, страницы или верхнего поля. Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли изображение перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому оно привязано. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться два изображения, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит изображение." + "body": "В редакторе документов можно вставлять в документ изображения самых популярных форматов. Поддерживаются следующие форматы изображений: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Вставка изображения Для вставки изображения в текст документа: установите курсор там, где требуется поместить изображение, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Изображение на верхней панели инструментов, для загрузки изображения выберите одну из следующих опций: при выборе опции Изображение из файла откроется стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора файлов. Выберите нужный файл на жестком диске компьютера и нажмите кнопку Открыть при выборе опции Изображение по URL откроется окно, в котором Вы можете ввести веб-адрес нужного изображения, а затем нажмите кнопку OK при выборе опции Изображение из хранилища откроется окно Выбрать источник данных. Выберите изображение, сохраненное на вашем портале, и нажмите кнопку OK после того, как изображение будет добавлено, можно изменить его размер, свойства и положение. К изображению также можно добавить подпись. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с подписями к изображениям вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Перемещение и изменение размера изображений Для изменения размера изображения перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по его краям. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранного изображения при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. Для изменения местоположения изображения используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на изображение. Перетащите изображение на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении изображения на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\"). Чтобы повернуть изображение, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. Изменение параметров изображения Некоторые параметры изображения можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры изображения на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по изображению и выберите значок Параметры изображения справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту изображения. При необходимости можно восстановить размер изображения по умолчанию, нажав кнопку По умолчанию. Кнопка Вписать позволяет изменить размер изображения таким образом, чтобы оно занимало все пространство между левым и правым полями страницы. Кнопка Обрезать используется, чтобы обрезать изображение. Нажмите кнопку Обрезать, чтобы активировать маркеры обрезки, которые появятся в углах изображения и в центре каждой его стороны. Вручную перетаскивайте маркеры, чтобы задать область обрезки. Вы можете навести курсор мыши на границу области обрезки, чтобы курсор превратился в значок , и перетащить область обрезки. Чтобы обрезать одну сторону, перетащите маркер, расположенный в центре этой стороны. Чтобы одновременно обрезать две смежных стороны, перетащите один из угловых маркеров. Чтобы равномерно обрезать две противоположные стороны изображения, удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании маркера в центре одной из этих сторон. Чтобы равномерно обрезать все стороны изображения, удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании любого углового маркера. Когда область обрезки будет задана, еще раз нажмите на кнопку Обрезать, или нажмите на клавишу Esc, или щелкните мышью за пределами области обрезки, чтобы применить изменения. После того, как область обрезки будет задана, также можно использовать опции Заливка и Вписать, доступные в выпадающем меню Обрезать. Нажмите кнопку Обрезать еще раз и выберите нужную опцию: При выборе опции Заливка центральная часть исходного изображения будет сохранена и использована в качестве заливки выбранной области обрезки, в то время как остальные части изображения будут удалены. При выборе опции Вписать размер изображения будет изменен, чтобы оно соответствовало высоте или ширине области обрезки. Никакие части исходного изображения не будут удалены, но внутри выбранной области обрезки могут появится пустые пространства. Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить изображение слева направо или сверху вниз. Нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить изображение по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить изображение по вертикали (сверху вниз) Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже). Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы заменить текущее изображение, загрузив другое Из файла, Из хранилища или По URL. Некоторые из этих опций можно также найти в контекстном меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранное изображение на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать изображения для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять изображение по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом - или для изменения границы обтекания. Опция Изменить границу обтекания доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Чтобы произвольно изменить границу, перетаскивайте точки границы обтекания. Чтобы создать новую точку границы обтекания, щелкните в любом месте на красной линии и перетащите ее в нужную позицию. Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить изображение слева направо или сверху вниз. Обрезать - используется, чтобы применить один из вариантов обрезки: Обрезать, Заливка или Вписать. Выберите из подменю пункт Обрезать, затем перетащите маркеры обрезки, чтобы задать область обрезки, и нажмите на одну из этих трех опций в подменю еще раз, чтобы применить изменения. Реальный размер - используется для смены текущего размера изображения на реальный размер. Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы заменить текущее изображение, загрузив другое Из файла или По URL. Дополнительные параметры изображения - используется для вызова окна 'Изображение - дополнительные параметры'. Когда изображение выделено, справа также доступен значок Параметры фигуры . Можно щелкнуть по нему, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и настроить тип, толщину и цвет Обводки фигуры, а также изменить тип фигуры, выбрав другую фигуру в меню Изменить автофигуру. Форма изображения изменится соответствующим образом. На вкладке Параметры фигуры также можно использовать опцию Отображать тень, чтобы добавить тень к изображеню. Изменение дополнительных параметров изображения Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры изображения, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры изображения. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств изображения: Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина и Высота - используйте эти опции, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту изображения. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон изображения. Чтобы восстановить реальный размер добавленного изображения, нажмите кнопку Реальный размер. Вкладка Поворот содержит следующие параметры: Угол - используйте эту опцию, чтобы повернуть изображение на точно заданный угол. Введите в поле нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Отражено - отметьте галочкой опцию По горизонтали, чтобы отразить изображение по горизонтали (слева направо), или отметьте галочкой опцию По вертикали, чтобы отразить изображение по вертикали (сверху вниз). Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения изображения относительно текста: или оно будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания \"В тексте\") или текст будет обтекать его со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). В тексте - изображение считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста изображение тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, изображение можно перемещать независимо от текста и точно задавать положение изображения на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает изображение. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры изображения. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров изображения и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри него. Чтобы этот эффект проявился, используйте опцию Изменить границу обтекания из контекстного меню. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже изображения. Перед текстом - изображение перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает изображение. При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Вкладка Положение доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Вкладка содержит следующие параметры, которые различаются в зависимости от выбранного стиля обтекания: В разделе По горизонтали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования изображения: Выравнивание (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), справа от символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля. В разделе По вертикали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования изображения: Выравнивание (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), ниже строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно поля, нижнего поля, страницы или верхнего поля. Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли изображение перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому оно привязано. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться два изображения, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит изображение." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertLineNumbers.htm", + "title": "Вставка нумерации строк", + "body": "Редактор документов может автоматически подсчитывать строки в документе. Эта функция может быть полезна, когда вам нужно найти определенную строку документа, например, в юридическом соглашении или скрипте кода. Используйте функцию Нумерация строк, чтобы пронумеровать строки в документе. Обратите внимание, что последовательность нумерации строк не применяется к тексту в таких объектах, как таблицы, текстовые поля, диаграммы, верхние / нижние колонтитулы и т.д. Эти объекты обрабатываются как одна строка. Применение нумерации строк Перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов и щелкните значок Нумерация строк. В открывшемся выпадающем меню выберите необходимые параметры для быстрой настройки: Непрерывная - каждой строке документа будет присвоен порядковый номер. На каждой странице - последовательность нумерации строк будет перезапущена на каждой странице документа. В каждом разделе - последовательность нумерации строк будет перезапущена в каждом разделе документа. Чтобы узнать больше о разрывах раздела, пожалуйста, обратитесь к этому руководству. Отключить для текущего абзаца - текущий абзац будет пропущен в последовательности нумерации строк. Чтобы исключить несколько абзацев из последовательности, выберите их левой кнопкой мыши перед применением этого параметра. При необходимости укажите дополнительные параметры. Для этого щелкните на Варианты нумерации строк в раскрывающемся меню Нумерация строк. Установите флажок Добавить нумерацию строк, чтобы применить нумерацию строк к документу и получить доступ к расширенным параметрам параметра: Начать с устанавливает начальное числовое значение последовательности нумерации строк. По умолчанию для параметра установлено значение 1. От текста указывает расстояние между номерами строк и текстом. Введите необходимое значение в см. По умолчанию для параметра установлено значение Авто. Шаг задает порядковые номера, которые отображаются, если не подсчитываются по 1, то есть числа считаются в группе по 2, 3, 4 и т. д. Введите необходимое числовое значение. По умолчанию для параметра установлено значение 1. На каждой странице - последовательность нумерации строк будет перезапущена на каждой странице документа. В каждом разделе - последовательность нумерации строк будет перезапущена в каждом разделе документа. Непрерывная - каждой строке документа будет присвоен порядковый номер. Параметр Применить изменения к определяет часть документа, к которой вы хотите применить порядковые номера. Выберите одну из доступных предустановок: К текущему разделу, чтобы применить нумерацию строк к выбранному разделу документа; До конца документа, чтобы применить нумерацию строк к тексту, следующему за текущей позицией курсора; Ко всему документу, чтобы применить нумерацию строк ко всему документу. По умолчанию для параметра установлено значение Ко всему документу. Нажмите OK, чтобы применить изменения. Удаление нумерации строк Чтобы удалить последовательность нумерации строк, Перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов и щелкните значок Нумерация строк, В открывшемся выпадающем меню выберите пункт Нет или выберите в меню пункт Варианты нумерации строк и в открывшемся окне Нумерация строк уберите галочку с поля Добавить нумерацию строк." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", @@ -228,7 +253,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "title": "Вставка символов и знаков", - "body": "При работе может возникнуть необходимость поставить символ, которого нет на вашей клавиатуре. Для вставки таких символов используйте функцию Вставить символ. Для этого выполните следующие шаги: установите курсор, куда будет помещен символ, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Символ, в открывшемся окне выберите необходимый символ, чтобы быстрее найти нужный символ, используйте раздел Набор. В нем все символы распределены по группам, например, выберите «Символы валют», если нужно вставить знак валют. Если же данный символ отсутствует в наборе, выберите другой шрифт. Во многих из них также есть символы, отличные от стандартного набора. Или же впишите в строку шестнадцатеричный Код знака из Юникод нужного вам символа. Данный код можно найти в Таблице символов. Для быстрого доступа к нужным символам также используйте Ранее использовавшиеся символы, где хранятся несколько последних использованных символов, нажмите Вставить. Выбранный символ будет добавлен в документ. Вставка символов ASCII Для добавления символов также используется таблица символов ASCII. Для этого зажмите клавишу ALT и при помощи цифровой клавиатуры введите код знака. Обратите внимание: убедитесь, что используете цифровую клавиатуру, а не цифры на основной клавиатуре. Чтобы включить цифровую клавиатуру, нажмите клавишу Num Lock. Например, для добавления символа параграфа (§) нажмите и удерживайте клавишу ALT, введите цифры 789, а затем отпустите клавишу ALT. Вставка символов при помощи таблицы символов С помощью таблицы символов Windows так же можно найти символы, которых нет на клавиатуре. Чтобы открыть данную таблицу, выполните одно из следующих действий: В строке Поиск напишите «Таблица символов» и откройте ее Одновременно нажмите клавиши Win+R, в появившемся окне введите charmap.exe и щелкните ОК. В открывшемся окне Таблица символов выберите один из представленных Набор символов, их Группировку и Шрифт. Далее щелкните на нужные символы, скопируйте их в буфер обмена и вставьте в нужное место в документе." + "body": "При работе может возникнуть необходимость поставить символ, которого нет на вашей клавиатуре. Для вставки таких символов используйте функцию Вставить символ. Для этого выполните следующие шаги: установите курсор, куда будет помещен символ, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Символ, в открывшемся окне выберите необходимый символ, чтобы быстрее найти нужный символ, используйте раздел Набор. В нем все символы распределены по группам, например, выберите «Символы валют», если нужно вставить знак валют. Если же данный символ отсутствует в наборе, выберите другой шрифт. Во многих из них также есть символы, отличные от стандартного набора. Или же впишите в строку шестнадцатеричный Код знака из Юникод нужного вам символа. Данный код можно найти в Таблице символов. Также можно использовать вкладку Специальные символы для выбора специального символа из списка. Для быстрого доступа к нужным символам также используйте Ранее использовавшиеся символы, где хранятся несколько последних использованных символов, нажмите Вставить. Выбранный символ будет добавлен в документ. Вставка символов ASCII Для добавления символов также используется таблица символов ASCII. Для этого зажмите клавишу ALT и при помощи цифровой клавиатуры введите код знака. Обратите внимание: убедитесь, что используете цифровую клавиатуру, а не цифры на основной клавиатуре. Чтобы включить цифровую клавиатуру, нажмите клавишу Num Lock. Например, для добавления символа параграфа (§) нажмите и удерживайте клавишу ALT, введите цифры 789, а затем отпустите клавишу ALT. Вставка символов при помощи таблицы символов С помощью таблицы символов Windows так же можно найти символы, которых нет на клавиатуре. Чтобы открыть данную таблицу, выполните одно из следующих действий: В строке Поиск напишите «Таблица символов» и откройте ее Одновременно нажмите клавиши Win+R, в появившемся окне введите charmap.exe и щелкните ОК. В открывшемся окне Таблица символов выберите один из представленных Набор символов, их Группировку и Шрифт. Далее щелкните на нужные символы, скопируйте их в буфер обмена и вставьте в нужное место в документе." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", @@ -238,13 +263,18 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "title": "Вставка текстовых объектов", - "body": "Чтобы сделать текст более выразительным и привлечь внимание к определенной части документа, можно вставить надпись (прямоугольную рамку, внутри которой вводится текст) или объект Text Art (текстовое поле с предварительно заданным стилем и цветом шрифта, позволяющее применять текстовые эффекты). Добавление текстового объекта Текстовый объект можно добавить в любом месте страницы. Для этого: перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите нужный тип текстового объекта: чтобы добавить текстовое поле, щелкните по значку Надпись на верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните там, где требуется поместить надпись, удерживайте кнопку мыши и перетаскивайте границу текстового поля, чтобы задать его размер. Когда вы отпустите кнопку мыши, в добавленном текстовом поле появится курсор, и вы сможете ввести свой текст. Примечание: надпись можно также вставить, если щелкнуть по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов и выбрать фигуру из группы Основные фигуры. чтобы добавить объект Text Art, щелкните по значку Text Art, затем щелкните по нужному шаблону стиля – объект Text Art будет добавлен в текущей позиции курсора. Выделите мышью стандартный текст внутри текстового поля и напишите вместо него свой текст. щелкните за пределами текстового объекта, чтобы применить изменения и вернуться к документу. Текст внутри текстового объекта является его частью (при перемещении или повороте текстового объекта текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ним). Поскольку вставленный текстовый объект представляет собой прямоугольную рамку с текстом внутри (у объектов Text Art по умолчанию невидимые границы), а эта рамка является обычной автофигурой, можно изменять свойства и фигуры, и текста. Чтобы удалить добавленный текстовый объект, щелкните по краю текстового поля и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Текст внутри текстового поля тоже будет удален. Форматирование текстового поля Выделите текстовое поле, щелкнув по его границе, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текстовое поле выделено, его границы отображаются как сплошные, а не пунктирные линии. чтобы изменить размер текстового поля, переместить, повернуть его, используйте специальные маркеры по краям фигуры. чтобы изменить заливку, обводку, стиль обтекания текстового поля или заменить прямоугольное поле на какую-то другую фигуру, щелкните по значку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и используйте соответствующие опции. чтобы выровнять текстовое поле на странице, расположить текстовые поля в определенном порядке относительно других объектов, повернуть или отразить текстовое поле, изменить стиль обтекания или открыть дополнительные параметры фигуры, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по границе текстового поля и используйте опции контекстного меню. Подробнее о выравнивании и расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Форматирование текста внутри текстового поля Щелкните по тексту внутри текстового поля, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текст выделен, границы текстового поля отображаются как пунктирные линии. Примечание: форматирование текста можно изменить и в том случае, если выделено текстовое поле, а не сам текст. В этом случае любые изменения будут применены ко всему тексту в текстовом поле. Некоторые параметры форматирования шрифта (тип, размер, цвет и стили оформления шрифта) можно отдельно применить к предварительно выделенному фрагменту текста. Чтобы повернуть текст внутри текстового поля, щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Направление текста, а затем - один из доступных вариантов: Горизонтальное (выбран по умолчанию), Повернуть текст вниз (задает вертикальное направление, сверху вниз) или Повернуть текст вверх (задает вертикальное направление, снизу вверх). Чтобы выровнять текст внутри текстового поля по вертикали, щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Вертикальное выравнивание, а затем - один из доступных вариантов: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Другие параметры форматирования, которые можно применить, точно такие же, как и для обычного текста. Обратитесь к соответствующим разделам справки за дополнительными сведениями о нужном действии. Вы можете: выровнять текст внутри текстового поля по горизонтали изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта, применить стили оформления и предустановленные стили форматирования задать междустрочный интервал, изменить отступы абзаца, настроить позиции табуляции для многострочного текста внутри текстового поля вставить гиперссылку Можно также нажать на значок Параметры объекта Text Art на правой боковой панели и изменить некоторые параметры стиля. Изменение стиля объекта Text Art Выделите текстовый объект и щелкните по значку Параметры объекта Text Art на правой боковой панели. Измените примененный стиль текста, выбрав из галереи новый Шаблон. Можно также дополнительно изменить этот базовый стиль, выбрав другой тип, размер шрифта и т.д. Измените Заливку шрифта. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить внутреннее пространство букв. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите нужный цвет из доступных наборов цветов или задайте любой цвет, который вам нравится: Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить буквы двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям). Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления: из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон. Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента. Примечание: при выборе одной из этих двух опций можно также задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если Вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Настройте толщину, цвет и тип Обводки шрифта. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 пт, 1 пт, 1.5 пт, 2.25 пт, 3 пт, 4.5 пт, 6 пт. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Примените текстовый эффект, выбрав нужный тип трансформации текста из галереи Трансформация. Можно скорректировать степень искривления текста, перетаскивая розовый маркер в форме ромба." + "body": "Чтобы сделать текст более выразительным и привлечь внимание к определенной части документа, можно вставить надпись (прямоугольную рамку, внутри которой вводится текст) или объект Text Art (текстовое поле с предварительно заданным стилем и цветом шрифта, позволяющее применять текстовые эффекты). Добавление текстового объекта Текстовый объект можно добавить в любом месте страницы. Для этого: перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите нужный тип текстового объекта: чтобы добавить текстовое поле, щелкните по значку Надпись на верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните там, где требуется поместить надпись, удерживайте кнопку мыши и перетаскивайте границу текстового поля, чтобы задать его размер. Когда вы отпустите кнопку мыши, в добавленном текстовом поле появится курсор, и вы сможете ввести свой текст. Примечание: надпись можно также вставить, если щелкнуть по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов и выбрать фигуру из группы Основные фигуры. чтобы добавить объект Text Art, щелкните по значку Text Art, затем щелкните по нужному шаблону стиля – объект Text Art будет добавлен в текущей позиции курсора. Выделите мышью стандартный текст внутри текстового поля и напишите вместо него свой текст. щелкните за пределами текстового объекта, чтобы применить изменения и вернуться к документу. Текст внутри текстового объекта является его частью (при перемещении или повороте текстового объекта текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ним). Поскольку вставленный текстовый объект представляет собой прямоугольную рамку с текстом внутри (у объектов Text Art по умолчанию невидимые границы), а эта рамка является обычной автофигурой, можно изменять свойства и фигуры, и текста. Чтобы удалить добавленный текстовый объект, щелкните по краю текстового поля и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Текст внутри текстового поля тоже будет удален. Форматирование текстового поля Выделите текстовое поле, щелкнув по его границе, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текстовое поле выделено, его границы отображаются как сплошные, а не пунктирные линии. чтобы изменить размер текстового поля, переместить, повернуть его, используйте специальные маркеры по краям фигуры. чтобы изменить заливку, обводку, стиль обтекания текстового поля или заменить прямоугольное поле на какую-то другую фигуру, щелкните по значку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и используйте соответствующие опции. чтобы выровнять текстовое поле на странице, расположить текстовые поля в определенном порядке относительно других объектов, повернуть или отразить текстовое поле, изменить стиль обтекания или открыть дополнительные параметры фигуры, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по границе текстового поля и используйте опции контекстного меню. Подробнее о выравнивании и расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Форматирование текста внутри текстового поля Щелкните по тексту внутри текстового поля, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текст выделен, границы текстового поля отображаются как пунктирные линии. Примечание: форматирование текста можно изменить и в том случае, если выделено текстовое поле, а не сам текст. В этом случае любые изменения будут применены ко всему тексту в текстовом поле. Некоторые параметры форматирования шрифта (тип, размер, цвет и стили оформления шрифта) можно отдельно применить к предварительно выделенному фрагменту текста. Чтобы повернуть текст внутри текстового поля, щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Направление текста, а затем - один из доступных вариантов: Горизонтальное (выбран по умолчанию), Повернуть текст вниз (задает вертикальное направление, сверху вниз) или Повернуть текст вверх (задает вертикальное направление, снизу вверх). Чтобы выровнять текст внутри текстового поля по вертикали, щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Вертикальное выравнивание, а затем - один из доступных вариантов: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Другие параметры форматирования, которые можно применить, точно такие же, как и для обычного текста. Обратитесь к соответствующим разделам справки за дополнительными сведениями о нужном действии. Вы можете: выровнять текст внутри текстового поля по горизонтали изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта, применить стили оформления и предустановленные стили форматирования задать междустрочный интервал, изменить отступы абзаца, настроить позиции табуляции для многострочного текста внутри текстового поля вставить гиперссылку Можно также нажать на значок Параметры объекта Text Art на правой боковой панели и изменить некоторые параметры стиля. Изменение стиля объекта Text Art Выделите текстовый объект и щелкните по значку Параметры объекта Text Art на правой боковой панели. Измените примененный стиль текста, выбрав из галереи новый Шаблон. Можно также дополнительно изменить этот базовый стиль, выбрав другой тип, размер шрифта и т.д. Измените Заливку шрифта. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить внутреннее пространство букв. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите нужный цвет из доступных наборов цветов или задайте любой цвет, который вам нравится: Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить буквы двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Стиль - выберите Линейный или Радиальный: Линейный используется, когда вам нужно, чтобы цвета изменялись слева направо, сверху вниз или под любым выбранным вами углом в одном направлении. Чтобы выбрать предустановленное направление, щелкните Направление или же задайте точное значение угла градиента в поле Угол. Радиальный используется, когда вам нужно, чтобы цвета изменялись по кругу от центра к краям. Точка градиента - это определенная точка перехода от одного цвета к другому. Чтобы добавить точку градиента, Используйте кнопку Добавить точку градиента или ползунок. Вы можете добавить до 10 точек градиента. Каждая следующая добавленная точка градиента никоим образом не повлияет на внешний вид текущей градиентной заливки. Чтобы удалить определенную точку градиента, используйте кнопку Удалить точку градиента. Чтобы изменить положение точки градиента, используйте ползунок или укажите Положение в процентах для точного местоположения. Чтобы применить цвет к точке градиента, щелкните точку на панели ползунка, а затем нажмите Цвет, чтобы выбрать нужный цвет. Примечание: при выборе одной из этих двух опций можно также задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если Вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Настройте толщину, цвет и тип Обводки шрифта. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 пт, 1 пт, 1.5 пт, 2.25 пт, 3 пт, 4.5 пт, 6 пт. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Примените текстовый эффект, выбрав нужный тип трансформации текста из галереи Трансформация. Можно скорректировать степень искривления текста, перетаскивая розовый маркер в форме ромба." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "title": "Настройка междустрочного интервала в абзацах", "body": "В редакторе документов можно задать высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце, а также поля между текущим и предыдущим или последующим абзацем. Для этого: установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца или выделите мышью несколько абзацев или весь текст документа, нажав сочетание клавиш Ctrl+A, используйте соответствующие поля на правой боковой панели для получения нужного результата: Междустрочный интервал - задайте высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце. Можно выбрать одну из трех опций: минимум (устанавливает минимальный междустрочный интервал, который требуется, чтобы соответствовать самому крупному шрифту или графическому элементу на строке), множитель (устанавливает междустрочный интервал, который может быть выражен в числах больше 1), точно (устанавливает фиксированный междустрочный интервал). Необходимое значение можно указать в поле справа. Интервал между абзацами - задайте величину свободного пространства между абзацами. Перед - задайте величину свободного пространства перед абзацем. После - задайте величину свободного пространства после абзаца. Не добавлять интервал между абзацами одного стиля - установите этот флажок, если свободное пространство между абзацами одного стиля не требуется. Эти параметры также можно найти в окне Абзац - Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы открыть окно Абзац - Дополнительные параметры, щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Дополнительные параметры абзаца или используйте опцию Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Затем переключитесь на вкладку Отступы и интервалы и перейдите в раздел Интервал между абзацами. Чтобы быстро изменить междустрочный интервал в текущем абзаце, можно также использовать значок Междустрочный интервал в абзацах на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выбрав нужное значение из списка: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, или 3.0 строки." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", + "title": "Функции автозамены", + "body": "Функции автозамены используются для автоматического форматирования текста при обнаружении или вставки специальных математических символов путем распознавания определенных символов. Доступные параметры автозамены перечислены в соответствующем диалоговом окне. Чтобы его открыть, перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены. В диалоговом окне Автозамена содержит три вкладки: Автозамена математическими символами, Распознанные функции и Автоформат при вводе. Автозамена математическими символами При работе с уравнениями множество символов, диакритических знаков и знаков математических действий можно добавить путем ввода с клавиатуры, а не выбирая шаблон из коллекции. В редакторе уравнений установите курсор в нужном поле для ввода, введите специальный код и нажмите Пробел. Введенный код будет преобразован в соответствующий символ, а пробел будет удален. Примечание: коды чувствительны к регистру. Вы можете добавлять, изменять, восстанавливать и удалять записи автозамены из списка автозамены. Перейдите во вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автозамена математическими символами. Чтобы добавить запись в список автозамены, Введите код автозамены, который хотите использовать, в поле Заменить. Введите символ, который будет присвоен введенному вами коду, в поле На. Щелкните на кнопку Добавить. Чтобы изменить запись в списке автозамены, Выберите запись, которую хотите изменить. Вы можете изменить информацию в полях Заменить для кода и На для символа. Щелкните на кнопку Добавить. Чтобы удалить запись из списка автозамены, Выберите запись, которую хотите удалить. Щелкните на кнопку Удалить. Чтобы восстановить ранее удаленные записи, выберите из списка запись, которую нужно восстановить, и нажмите кнопку Восстановить. Чтобы восстановить настройки по умолчанию, нажмите кнопку Сбросить настройки. Любая добавленная вами запись автозамены будет удалена, а измененные значения будут восстановлены до их исходных значений. Чтобы отключить автозамену математическими символами и избежать автоматических изменений и замен, снимите флажок Заменять текст при вводе. В таблице ниже приведены все поддерживаемые в настоящее время коды, доступные в Редакторе презентаций. Полный список поддерживаемых кодов также можно найти на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительыне параметры... -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автозамена математическими символами. Поддерживаемые коды Код Символ Категория !! Символы ... Точки :: Операторы := Операторы /< Операторы отношения /> Операторы отношения /= Операторы отношения \\above Символы Above/Below \\acute Акценты \\aleph Буквы иврита \\alpha Греческие буквы \\Alpha Греческие буквы \\amalg Бинарные операторы \\angle Геометрические обозначения \\aoint Интегралы \\approx Операторы отношений \\asmash Стрелки \\ast Бинарные операторы \\asymp Операторы отношений \\atop Операторы \\bar Черта сверху/снизу \\Bar Акценты \\because Операторы отношений \\begin Разделители \\below Символы Above/Below \\bet Буквы иврита \\beta Греческие буквы \\Beta Греческие буквы \\beth Буквы иврита \\bigcap Крупные операторы \\bigcup Крупные операторы \\bigodot Крупные операторы \\bigoplus Крупные операторы \\bigotimes Крупные операторы \\bigsqcup Крупные операторы \\biguplus Крупные операторы \\bigvee Крупные операторы \\bigwedge Крупные операторы \\binomial Уравнения \\bot Логические обозначения \\bowtie Операторы отношений \\box Символы \\boxdot Бинарные операторы \\boxminus Бинарные операторы \\boxplus Бинарные операторы \\bra Разделители \\break Символы \\breve Акценты \\bullet Бинарные операторы \\cap Бинарные операторы \\cbrt Квадратные корни и радикалы \\cases Символы \\cdot Бинарные операторы \\cdots Точки \\check Акценты \\chi Греческие буквы \\Chi Греческие буквы \\circ Бинарные операторы \\close Разделители \\clubsuit Символы \\coint Интегралы \\cong Операторы отношений \\coprod Математические операторы \\cup Бинарные операторы \\dalet Буквы иврита \\daleth Буквы иврита \\dashv Операторы отношений \\dd Дважды начерченные буквы \\Dd Дважды начерченные буквы \\ddddot Акценты \\dddot Акценты \\ddot Акценты \\ddots Точки \\defeq Операторы отношений \\degc Символы \\degf Символы \\degree Символы \\delta Греческие буквы \\Delta Греческие буквы \\Deltaeq Операторы \\diamond Бинарные операторы \\diamondsuit Символы \\div Бинарные операторы \\dot Акценты \\doteq Операторы отношений \\dots Точки \\doublea Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleA Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleb Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleB Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublec Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleC Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubled Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleD Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublee Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleE Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublef Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleF Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleg Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleG Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleh Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleH Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublei Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleI Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublej Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleJ Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublek Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleK Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublel Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleL Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublem Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleM Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublen Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleN Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleo Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleO Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublep Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleP Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleq Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleQ Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubler Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleR Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubles Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleS Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublet Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleT Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleu Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleU Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublev Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleV Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublew Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleW Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublex Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleX Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubley Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleY Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublez Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleZ Дважды начерченные буквы \\downarrow Стрелки \\Downarrow Стрелки \\dsmash Стрелки \\ee Дважды начерченные буквы \\ell Символы \\emptyset Обозначения множествs \\emsp Знаки пробела \\end Разделители \\ensp Знаки пробела \\epsilon Греческие буквы \\Epsilon Греческие буквы \\eqarray Символы \\equiv Операторы отношений \\eta Греческие буквы \\Eta Греческие буквы \\exists Логические обозначенияs \\forall Логические обозначенияs \\fraktura Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturA Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturb Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturB Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturc Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturC Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturd Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturD Буквы готического шрифта \\frakture Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturE Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturf Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturF Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturg Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturG Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturh Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturH Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturi Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturI Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturk Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturK Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturl Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturL Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturm Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturM Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturn Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturN Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturo Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturO Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturp Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturP Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturq Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturQ Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturr Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturR Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturs Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturS Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturt Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturT Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturu Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturU Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturv Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturV Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturw Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturW Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturx Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturX Буквы готического шрифта \\fraktury Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturY Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturz Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturZ Буквы готического шрифта \\frown Операторы отношений \\funcapply Бинарные операторы \\G Греческие буквы \\gamma Греческие буквы \\Gamma Греческие буквы \\ge Операторы отношений \\geq Операторы отношений \\gets Стрелки \\gg Операторы отношений \\gimel Буквы иврита \\grave Акценты \\hairsp Знаки пробела \\hat Акценты \\hbar Символы \\heartsuit Символы \\hookleftarrow Стрелки \\hookrightarrow Стрелки \\hphantom Стрелки \\hsmash Стрелки \\hvec Акценты \\identitymatrix Матрицы \\ii Дважды начерченные буквы \\iiint Интегралы \\iint Интегралы \\iiiint Интегралы \\Im Символы \\imath Символы \\in Операторы отношений \\inc Символы \\infty Символы \\int Интегралы \\integral Интегралы \\iota Греческие буквы \\Iota Греческие буквы \\itimes Математические операторы \\j Символы \\jj Дважды начерченные буквы \\jmath Символы \\kappa Греческие буквы \\Kappa Греческие буквы \\ket Разделители \\lambda Греческие буквы \\Lambda Греческие буквы \\langle Разделители \\lbbrack Разделители \\lbrace Разделители \\lbrack Разделители \\lceil Разделители \\ldiv Дробная черта \\ldivide Дробная черта \\ldots Точки \\le Операторы отношений \\left Разделители \\leftarrow Стрелки \\Leftarrow Стрелки \\leftharpoondown Стрелки \\leftharpoonup Стрелки \\leftrightarrow Стрелки \\Leftrightarrow Стрелки \\leq Операторы отношений \\lfloor Разделители \\lhvec Акценты \\limit Лимиты \\ll Операторы отношений \\lmoust Разделители \\Longleftarrow Стрелки \\Longleftrightarrow Стрелки \\Longrightarrow Стрелки \\lrhar Стрелки \\lvec Акценты \\mapsto Стрелки \\matrix Матрицы \\medsp Знаки пробела \\mid Операторы отношений \\middle Символы \\models Операторы отношений \\mp Бинарные операторы \\mu Греческие буквы \\Mu Греческие буквы \\nabla Символы \\naryand Операторы \\nbsp Знаки пробела \\ne Операторы отношений \\nearrow Стрелки \\neq Операторы отношений \\ni Операторы отношений \\norm Разделители \\notcontain Операторы отношений \\notelement Операторы отношений \\notin Операторы отношений \\nu Греческие буквы \\Nu Греческие буквы \\nwarrow Стрелки \\o Греческие буквы \\O Греческие буквы \\odot Бинарные операторы \\of Операторы \\oiiint Интегралы \\oiint Интегралы \\oint Интегралы \\omega Греческие буквы \\Omega Греческие буквы \\ominus Бинарные операторы \\open Разделители \\oplus Бинарные операторы \\otimes Бинарные операторы \\over Разделители \\overbar Акценты \\overbrace Акценты \\overbracket Акценты \\overline Акценты \\overparen Акценты \\overshell Акценты \\parallel Геометрические обозначения \\partial Символы \\pmatrix Матрицы \\perp Геометрические обозначения \\phantom Символы \\phi Греческие буквы \\Phi Греческие буквы \\pi Греческие буквы \\Pi Греческие буквы \\pm Бинарные операторы \\pppprime Штрихи \\ppprime Штрихи \\pprime Штрихи \\prec Операторы отношений \\preceq Операторы отношений \\prime Штрихи \\prod Математические операторы \\propto Операторы отношений \\psi Греческие буквы \\Psi Греческие буквы \\qdrt Квадратные корни и радикалы \\quadratic Квадратные корни и радикалы \\rangle Разделители \\Rangle Разделители \\ratio Операторы отношений \\rbrace Разделители \\rbrack Разделители \\Rbrack Разделители \\rceil Разделители \\rddots Точки \\Re Символы \\rect Символы \\rfloor Разделители \\rho Греческие буквы \\Rho Греческие буквы \\rhvec Акценты \\right Разделители \\rightarrow Стрелки \\Rightarrow Стрелки \\rightharpoondown Стрелки \\rightharpoonup Стрелки \\rmoust Разделители \\root Символы \\scripta Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptA Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptb Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptB Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptc Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptC Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptd Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptD Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripte Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptE Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptf Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptF Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptg Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptG Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripth Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptH Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripti Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptI Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptk Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptK Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptl Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptL Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptm Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptM Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptn Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptN Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripto Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptO Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptp Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptP Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptq Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptQ Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptr Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptR Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripts Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptS Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptt Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptT Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptu Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptU Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptv Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptV Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptw Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptW Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptx Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptX Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripty Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptY Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptz Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptZ Буквы рукописного шрифта \\sdiv Дробная черта \\sdivide Дробная черта \\searrow Стрелки \\setminus Бинарные операторы \\sigma Греческие буквы \\Sigma Греческие буквы \\sim Операторы отношений \\simeq Операторы отношений \\smash Стрелки \\smile Операторы отношений \\spadesuit Символы \\sqcap Бинарные операторы \\sqcup Бинарные операторы \\sqrt Квадратные корни и радикалы \\sqsubseteq Обозначения множеств \\sqsuperseteq Обозначения множеств \\star Бинарные операторы \\subset Обозначения множеств \\subseteq Обозначения множеств \\succ Операторы отношений \\succeq Операторы отношений \\sum Математические операторы \\superset Обозначения множеств \\superseteq Обозначения множеств \\swarrow Стрелки \\tau Греческие буквы \\Tau Греческие буквы \\therefore Операторы отношений \\theta Греческие буквы \\Theta Греческие буквы \\thicksp Знаки пробела \\thinsp Знаки пробела \\tilde Акценты \\times Бинарные операторы \\to Стрелки \\top Логические обозначения \\tvec Стрелки \\ubar Акценты \\Ubar Акценты \\underbar Акценты \\underbrace Акценты \\underbracket Акценты \\underline Акценты \\underparen Акценты \\uparrow Стрелки \\Uparrow Стрелки \\updownarrow Стрелки \\Updownarrow Стрелки \\uplus Бинарные операторы \\upsilon Греческие буквы \\Upsilon Греческие буквы \\varepsilon Греческие буквы \\varphi Греческие буквы \\varpi Греческие буквы \\varrho Греческие буквы \\varsigma Греческие буквы \\vartheta Греческие буквы \\vbar Разделители \\vdash Операторы отношений \\vdots Точки \\vec Акценты \\vee Бинарные операторы \\vert Разделители \\Vert Разделители \\Vmatrix Матрицы \\vphantom Стрелки \\vthicksp Знаки пробела \\wedge Бинарные операторы \\wp Символы \\wr Бинарные операторы \\xi Греческие буквы \\Xi Греческие буквы \\zeta Греческие буквы \\Zeta Греческие буквы \\zwnj Знаки пробела \\zwsp Знаки пробела ~= Операторы отношений -+ Бинарные операторы +- Бинарные операторы << Операторы отношений <= Операторы отношений -> Стрелки >= Операторы отношений >> Операторы отношений Распознанные функции На этой вкладке вы найдете список математических выражений, которые будут распознаваться редактором формул как функции и поэтому не будут автоматически выделены курсивом. Чтобы просмотреть список распознанных функций, перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Распознанные функции. Чтобы добавить запись в список распознаваемых функций, введите функцию в пустое поле и нажмите кнопку Добавить. Чтобы удалить запись из списка распознанных функций, выберите функцию, которую нужно удалить, и нажмите кнопку Удалить. Чтобы восстановить ранее удаленные записи, выберите в списке запись, которую нужно восстановить, и нажмите кнопку Восстановить. Чтобы восстановить настройки по умолчанию, нажмите кнопку Сбросить настройки. Любая добавленная вами функция будет удалена, а удаленные - восстановлены. Автоформат при вводе По умолчанию редактор форматирует текст во время набора текста в соответствии с предустановками автоматического форматирования, например, он автоматически запускает маркированный список или нумерованный список при обнаружении списка, заменяет кавычки или преобразует дефисы в тире. Если вам нужно отключить предустановки автоформатирования, снимите отметку с ненужных опций, для этого перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автоформат при вводе." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "title": "Отображение/скрытие непечатаемых символов", @@ -268,7 +298,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Сохранение / скачивание / печать документа", - "body": "Сохранение По умолчанию онлайн-редактор документов автоматически сохраняет файл каждые 2 секунды, когда вы работаете над ним, чтобы не допустить потери данных в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Если вы совместно редактируете файл в Быстром режиме, таймер запрашивает наличие изменений 25 раз в секунду и сохраняет их, если они были внесены. При совместном редактировании файла в Строгом режиме изменения автоматически сохраняются каждые 10 минут. При необходимости можно легко выбрать предпочтительный режим совместного редактирования или отключить функцию автоматического сохранения на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы сохранить текущий документ вручную в текущем формате и местоположении, нажмите значок Сохранить в левой части шапки редактора, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+S, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сохранить. Примечание: чтобы не допустить потери данных в десктопной версии в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы, вы можете включить опцию Автовосстановление на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы в десктопной версии сохранить документ под другим именем, в другом местоположении или в другом формате, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Сохранить как, выберите один из доступных форматов: DOCX, ODT, RTF, TXT, PDF, PDFA. Также можно выбрать вариант Шаблон документа DOTX или OTT. Скачивание Чтобы в онлайн-версии скачать готовый документ и сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Скачать как..., выберите один из доступных форматов: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Сохранение копии Чтобы в онлайн-версии сохранить копию документа на портале, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Сохранить копию как..., выберите один из доступных форматов: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML, выберите местоположение файла на портале и нажмите Сохранить. Печать Чтобы распечатать текущий документ, нажмите значок Напечатать файл в левой части шапки редактора, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+P, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Печать. Также можно распечатать выделенный фрагмент текста с помощью пункта контекстного меню Напечатать выделенное. В десктопной версии документ будет напрямую отправлен на печать. В онлайн-версии на основе данного документа будет сгенерирован файл PDF. Вы можете открыть и распечатать его, или сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера или съемном носителе чтобы распечатать позже. В некоторых браузерах, например Хром и Опера, есть встроенная возможность для прямой печати." + "body": "Сохранение По умолчанию онлайн-редактор документов автоматически сохраняет файл каждые 2 секунды, когда вы работаете над ним, чтобы не допустить потери данных в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Если вы совместно редактируете файл в Быстром режиме, таймер запрашивает наличие изменений 25 раз в секунду и сохраняет их, если они были внесены. При совместном редактировании файла в Строгом режиме изменения автоматически сохраняются каждые 10 минут. При необходимости можно легко выбрать предпочтительный режим совместного редактирования или отключить функцию автоматического сохранения на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы сохранить текущий документ вручную в текущем формате и местоположении, нажмите значок Сохранить в левой части шапки редактора, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+S, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сохранить. Примечание: чтобы не допустить потери данных в десктопной версии в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы, вы можете включить опцию Автовосстановление на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы в десктопной версии сохранить документ под другим именем, в другом местоположении или в другом формате, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Сохранить как, выберите один из доступных форматов: DOCX, ODT, RTF, TXT, PDF, PDFA. Также можно выбрать вариант Шаблон документа DOTX или OTT. Скачивание Чтобы в онлайн-версии скачать готовый документ и сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Скачать как..., выберите один из доступных форматов: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Сохранение копии Чтобы в онлайн-версии сохранить копию документа на портале, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Сохранить копию как..., выберите один из доступных форматов: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML, выберите местоположение файла на портале и нажмите Сохранить. Печать Чтобы распечатать текущий документ, нажмите значок Напечатать файл в левой части шапки редактора, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+P, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Печать. Также можно распечатать выделенный фрагмент текста с помощью пункта контекстного меню Напечатать выделенное как в режиме Редактирования, так и в режиме Просмотра (кликните правой кнопкой мыши и выберите опцию Напечатать выделенное). В десктопной версии документ будет напрямую отправлен на печать. В онлайн-версии на основе данного документа будет сгенерирован файл PDF. Вы можете открыть и распечатать его, или сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера или съемном носителе чтобы распечатать позже. В некоторых браузерах, например Хром и Опера, есть встроенная возможность для прямой печати." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less index 51ed180ff..6c3155844 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ overflow: hidden; } -#developer-hint, #beta-hint { +#developer-hint, #beta-hint, #limit-hint { position: absolute; left: 0; padding: 12px 0; diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less index b1fc43218..09e331c59 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ .font-attr { > .btn-slot:not(:last-child):not(.split) { - margin-right: 6px; + margin-right: 4px; } > .btn-slot:not(:last-child).split { @@ -138,8 +138,9 @@ } #id-toolbar-menu-auto-fontcolor > a.selected, -#control-settings-system-color > a.selected, -#control-settings-system-color > a:hover { +#id-toolbar-menu-auto-fontcolor > a:hover, +#watermark-auto-color > a.selected, +#watermark-auto-color > a:hover { span { outline: 1px solid @icon-normal; border: 1px solid @background-normal; @@ -178,7 +179,7 @@ #slot-field-fontname { float: left; - width: 158px; + width: 84px; } #slot-field-fontsize { @@ -187,7 +188,7 @@ margin-left: 2px; } -#slot-btn-incfont, #slot-btn-decfont { +#slot-btn-incfont, #slot-btn-decfont, #slot-btn-changecase { margin-left: 2px; } diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js index 4684d4a32..23d8a035e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js @@ -65,7 +65,8 @@ define([ _timer = 0, _canViewComments = true, _isRestrictedEdit = false, - _canFillForms = true; + _canFillForms = true, + _stateDisplayMode = false; return { models: [], @@ -439,6 +440,7 @@ define([ })); } else { user.set({online: change.asc_getState()}); + user.set({username: change.asc_getUserName()}); } } }, @@ -553,7 +555,7 @@ define([ items[indexAfter] = items.splice(indexBefore, 1, items[indexAfter])[0]; }; - if (_isEdit && !me.isDisconnected) { + if (_isEdit && !me.isDisconnected && !_stateDisplayMode) { if (!lockedText && !lockedTable && !lockedImage && !lockedHeader && canCopy) { arrItemsIcon.push({ caption: me.menuCut, @@ -673,6 +675,10 @@ define([ this.isDisconnected = true; }, + setDisplayMode: function(displayMode) { + _stateDisplayMode = displayMode == "final" || displayMode == "original" ? true : false; + }, + textGuest: 'Guest', textCancel: 'Cancel', textColumns: 'Columns', diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js index 4cc806463..2e35aca21 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js @@ -110,7 +110,16 @@ define([ 'Y Axis': this.txtYAxis, 'Your text here': this.txtArt, 'Header': this.txtHeader, - 'Footer': this.txtFooter + 'Footer': this.txtFooter, + "above": this.txtAbove, + "below": this.txtBelow, + "on page ": this.txtOnPage + " ", + " -Section ": " " + this.txtSection + " ", + "First Page ": this.txtFirstPage + " ", + "Even Page ": this.txtEvenPage + " ", + "Odd Page ": this.txtOddPage + " ", + "Same as Previous": this.txtSameAsPrev, + "Current Document": this.txtCurrentDocument }; styleNames.forEach(function(item){ translate[item] = me['txtStyle_' + item.replace(/ /g, '_')] || item; @@ -198,8 +207,19 @@ define([ me.editorConfig = $.extend(me.editorConfig, data.config); + me.appOptions.customization = me.editorConfig.customization; + me.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous = !((typeof (me.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (me.appOptions.customization.anonymous) == 'object') && (me.appOptions.customization.anonymous.request===false)); + me.appOptions.guestName = (typeof (me.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (me.appOptions.customization.anonymous) == 'object') && + (typeof (me.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label) == 'string') && me.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label.trim()!=='' ? + Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(me.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label) : me.textGuest; + var value; + if (me.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous) { + value = Common.localStorage.getItem("guest-username"); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("guest-username", value); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("save-guest-username", !!value); + } me.editorConfig.user = - me.appOptions.user = Common.Utils.fillUserInfo(me.editorConfig.user, me.editorConfig.lang, me.textAnonymous); + me.appOptions.user = Common.Utils.fillUserInfo(me.editorConfig.user, me.editorConfig.lang, value ? (value + ' (' + me.appOptions.guestName + ')' ) : me.textAnonymous); me.appOptions.isDesktopApp = me.editorConfig.targetApp == 'desktop'; me.appOptions.canCreateNew = !_.isEmpty(me.editorConfig.createUrl) && !me.appOptions.isDesktopApp; me.appOptions.canOpenRecent = me.editorConfig.recent !== undefined && !me.appOptions.isDesktopApp; @@ -213,7 +233,6 @@ define([ me.appOptions.mergeFolderUrl = me.editorConfig.mergeFolderUrl; me.appOptions.canAnalytics = false; me.appOptions.canRequestClose = me.editorConfig.canRequestClose; - me.appOptions.customization = me.editorConfig.customization; me.appOptions.canBackToFolder = (me.editorConfig.canBackToFolder!==false) && (typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (me.editorConfig.customization.goback) == 'object') && (!_.isEmpty(me.editorConfig.customization.goback.url) || me.editorConfig.customization.goback.requestClose && me.appOptions.canRequestClose); me.appOptions.canBack = me.appOptions.canBackToFolder === true; @@ -226,7 +245,7 @@ define([ if (!me.editorConfig.customization || !(me.editorConfig.customization.loaderName || me.editorConfig.customization.loaderLogo)) $('#editor-container').append('
    '); - var value = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-mobile-macros-mode"); + value = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-mobile-macros-mode"); if (value === null) { value = this.editorConfig.customization ? this.editorConfig.customization.macrosMode : 'warn'; value = (value == 'enable') ? 1 : (value == 'disable' ? 2 : 0); @@ -286,10 +305,6 @@ define([ if (data.doc) { DE.getController('Toolbar').setDocumentTitle(data.doc.title); - if (data.doc.info) { - data.doc.info.author && console.log("Obsolete: The 'author' parameter of the document 'info' section is deprecated. Please use 'owner' instead."); - data.doc.info.created && console.log("Obsolete: The 'created' parameter of the document 'info' section is deprecated. Please use 'uploaded' instead."); - } } }, @@ -555,12 +570,6 @@ define([ var zf = (value!==null) ? parseInt(value) : (this.appOptions.customization && this.appOptions.customization.zoom ? parseInt(this.appOptions.customization.zoom) : 100); (zf == -1) ? this.api.zoomFitToPage() : ((zf == -2) ? this.api.zoomFitToWidth() : this.api.zoom(zf>0 ? zf : 100)); - value = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-show-hiddenchars"); - me.api.put_ShowParaMarks((value!==null) ? eval(value) : false); - - value = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-show-tableline"); - me.api.put_ShowTableEmptyLine((value!==null) ? eval(value) : true); - value = Common.localStorage.getBool("de-mobile-spellcheck", !(this.appOptions.customization && this.appOptions.customization.spellcheck===false)); Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-mobile-spellcheck", value); me.api.asc_setSpellCheck(value); @@ -575,10 +584,10 @@ define([ me.api.SetTextBoxInputMode(Common.localStorage.getBool("de-settings-inputmode")); value = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-mobile-no-characters"); - me.api.put_ShowParaMarks((value!==null) ? eval(value) : false); + me.api.put_ShowParaMarks(value==='true'); value = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-mobile-hidden-borders"); - me.api.put_ShowTableEmptyLine((value!==null) ? eval(value) : true); + me.api.put_ShowTableEmptyLine(value===null || value==='true'); /** coauthoring begin **/ if (me.appOptions.isEdit && me.appOptions.canLicense && !me.appOptions.isOffline && me.appOptions.canCoAuthoring) { @@ -659,7 +668,8 @@ define([ onLicenseChanged: function(params) { var licType = params.asc_getLicenseType(); if (licType !== undefined && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view' && - (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS)) + (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS + || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit && (this.appOptions.trialMode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Limited) !== 0)) this._state.licenseType = licType; if (this._isDocReady && this._state.licenseType) @@ -687,7 +697,10 @@ define([ if (this._state.licenseType) { var license = this._state.licenseType, buttons = [{text: 'OK'}]; - if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { + if ((this.appOptions.trialMode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Limited) !== 0 && + (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited || this.appOptions.permissionsLicense===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit)) { + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited) ? this.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess : this.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed; + } else if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnLicenseExceeded : this.warnLicenseUsersExceeded; } else { license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; @@ -705,9 +718,13 @@ define([ } }]; } - DE.getController('Toolbar').activateViewControls(); - DE.getController('Toolbar').deactivateEditControls(); - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + if (this._state.licenseType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit) { + DE.getController('Toolbar').activateControls(); + } else { + DE.getController('Toolbar').activateViewControls(); + DE.getController('Toolbar').deactivateEditControls(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + } var value = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-license-warning"); value = (value!==null) ? parseInt(value) : 0; @@ -753,7 +770,6 @@ define([ onEditorPermissions: function(params) { var me = this, licType = params.asc_getLicenseType(); - if (Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Expired === licType || Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Error === licType || Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredTrial === licType) { @@ -763,9 +779,12 @@ define([ }); return; } + if (Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited === licType) + me._state.licenseType = licType; if ( me.onServerVersion(params.asc_getBuildVersion()) ) return; + me.appOptions.permissionsLicense = licType; me.permissions.review = (me.permissions.review === undefined) ? (me.permissions.edit !== false) : me.permissions.review; me.appOptions.canAnalytics = params.asc_getIsAnalyticsEnable(); me.appOptions.canLicense = (licType === Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Success || licType === Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit); @@ -789,15 +808,22 @@ define([ me.appOptions.canComments = me.appOptions.canLicense && (me.permissions.comment===undefined ? me.appOptions.isEdit : me.permissions.comment) && (me.editorConfig.mode !== 'view'); me.appOptions.canComments = me.appOptions.canComments && !((typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && me.editorConfig.customization.comments===false); me.appOptions.canViewComments = me.appOptions.canComments || !((typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && me.editorConfig.customization.comments===false); - me.appOptions.canEditComments = me.appOptions.isOffline || !(typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object' && me.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly); + me.appOptions.canEditComments= me.appOptions.isOffline || !me.permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly; + me.appOptions.canDeleteComments= me.appOptions.isOffline || !me.permissions.deleteCommentAuthorOnly; + if ((typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && me.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly===true) { + console.log("Obsolete: The 'commentAuthorOnly' parameter of the 'customization' section is deprecated. Please use 'editCommentAuthorOnly' and 'deleteCommentAuthorOnly' parameters in the permissions instead."); + if (me.permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly===undefined && me.permissions.deleteCommentAuthorOnly===undefined) + me.appOptions.canEditComments = me.appOptions.canDeleteComments = me.appOptions.isOffline; + } me.appOptions.canChat = me.appOptions.canLicense && !me.appOptions.isOffline && !((typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && me.editorConfig.customization.chat===false); me.appOptions.canEditStyles = me.appOptions.canLicense && me.appOptions.canEdit; me.appOptions.canPrint = (me.permissions.print !== false); me.appOptions.fileKey = me.document.key; - me.appOptions.canFillForms = ((me.permissions.fillForms===undefined) ? me.appOptions.isEdit : me.permissions.fillForms) && (me.editorConfig.mode !== 'view'); + me.appOptions.canFillForms = me.appOptions.canLicense && ((me.permissions.fillForms===undefined) ? me.appOptions.isEdit : me.permissions.fillForms) && (me.editorConfig.mode !== 'view'); me.appOptions.isRestrictedEdit = !me.appOptions.isEdit && (me.appOptions.canComments || me.appOptions.canFillForms); if (me.appOptions.isRestrictedEdit && me.appOptions.canComments && me.appOptions.canFillForms) // must be one restricted mode, priority for filling forms me.appOptions.canComments = false; + me.appOptions.trialMode = params.asc_getLicenseMode(); var type = /^(?:(pdf|djvu|xps))$/.exec(me.document.fileType); me.appOptions.canDownloadOrigin = me.permissions.download !== false && (type && typeof type[1] === 'string'); @@ -811,8 +837,11 @@ define([ me.appOptions.canUseHistory = me.appOptions.canReview = me.appOptions.isReviewOnly = false; } - me.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions = me.appOptions.canLicense && me.editorConfig.customization && me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions && (typeof (me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions) == 'object'); + me.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions = me.appOptions.canLicense && (!!me.permissions.reviewGroup || + me.editorConfig.customization && me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions && (typeof (me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions) == 'object')); Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setParser(me.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions); + Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setCurrentName(me.appOptions.user.fullname); + me.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions && Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setReviewPermissions(me.permissions.reviewGroup, me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions); me.applyModeCommonElements(); me.applyModeEditorElements(); @@ -850,6 +879,7 @@ define([ me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onDownloadUrl', _.bind(me.onDownloadUrl, me)); me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onAuthParticipantsChanged', _.bind(me.onAuthParticipantsChanged, me)); me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onParticipantsChanged', _.bind(me.onAuthParticipantsChanged, me)); + me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onConnectionStateChanged', _.bind(me.onUserConnection, me)); } }, @@ -883,10 +913,6 @@ define([ } }, - returnUserCount: function() { - return this._state.usersCount; - }, - onExternalMessage: function(msg) { if (msg && msg.msg) { msg.msg = (msg.msg).toString(); @@ -1305,7 +1331,10 @@ define([ var buttons = [{ text: 'OK', bold: true, + close: false, onClick: function () { + if (!me._state.openDlg) return; + $(me._state.openDlg).hasClass('modal-in') && uiApp.closeModal(me._state.openDlg); var password = $(me._state.openDlg).find('.modal-text-input[name="modal-password"]').val(); me.api.asc_setAdvancedOptions(type, new Asc.asc_CDRMAdvancedOptions(password)); @@ -1326,7 +1355,7 @@ define([ me._state.openDlg = uiApp.modal({ title: me.advDRMOptions, - text: me.txtProtected, + text: (typeof advOptions=='string' ? advOptions : me.txtProtected), afterText: '
    ', buttons: buttons }); @@ -1354,6 +1383,15 @@ define([ this._state.usersCount = length; }, + onUserConnection: function(change){ + if (change && this.appOptions.user.guest && this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous && (change.asc_getIdOriginal() == this.appOptions.user.id)) { // change name of the current user + var name = change.asc_getUserName(); + if (name && name !== Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName() ) { + Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setCurrentName(name); + } + } + }, + onDocumentName: function(name) { // this.getApplication().getController('Viewport').getView('Common.Views.Header').setDocumentCaption(name); this.updateWindowTitle(true); @@ -1592,7 +1630,19 @@ define([ textNo: 'No', errorSessionAbsolute: 'The document editing session has expired. Please reload the page.', errorSessionIdle: 'The document has not been edited for quite a long time. Please reload the page.', - errorSessionToken: 'The connection to the server has been interrupted. Please reload the page.' + errorSessionToken: 'The connection to the server has been interrupted. Please reload the page.', + warnLicenseLimitedRenewed: 'License needs to be renewed.
    You have a limited access to document editing functionality.
    Please contact your administrator to get full access', + warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess: 'License expired.
    You have no access to document editing functionality.
    Please contact your administrator.', + textGuest: 'Guest', + txtAbove: "above", + txtBelow: "below", + txtOnPage: "on page", + txtSection: "-Section", + txtFirstPage: "First Page", + txtEvenPage: "Even Page", + txtOddPage: "Odd Page", + txtSameAsPrev: "Same as Previous", + txtCurrentDocument: "Current Document" } })(), DE.Controllers.Main || {})) }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js index aa653f314..37b8a1484 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ define([ matchword = Common.SharedSettings.get('search-highlight') || false; if (search && search.length) { - if (!this.api.asc_replaceText(search, replace, false, matchcase, matchword)) { + if (!this.api.asc_replaceText(search, replace || '', false, matchcase, matchword)) { var me = this; uiApp.alert( '', @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ define([ matchword = Common.SharedSettings.get('search-highlight') || false; if (search && search.length) { - this.api.asc_replaceText(search, replace, true, matchcase, matchword); + this.api.asc_replaceText(search, replace || '', true, matchcase, matchword); } }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js index 8a2ca4205..e1c6ea319 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js @@ -143,13 +143,17 @@ define([ setMode: function (mode) { this.getView('Settings').setMode(mode); - if (mode.canBranding) - _licInfo = mode.customization; - _canReview = mode.canReview; - _isReviewOnly = mode.isReviewOnly; - _fileKey = mode.fileKey; - _isEdit = mode.isEdit; - _lang = mode.lang; + if (mode.isDisconnected) { + _canReview = _isReviewOnly = _isEdit = false; + } else { + if (mode.canBranding) + _licInfo = mode.customization; + _canReview = mode.canReview; + _isReviewOnly = mode.isReviewOnly; + _fileKey = mode.fileKey; + _isEdit = mode.isEdit; + _lang = mode.lang; + } }, initEvents: function () { @@ -232,9 +236,10 @@ define([ me.initPageAdvancedSettings(); $('#settings-spellcheck input:checkbox').attr('checked', Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get("de-mobile-spellcheck")); $('#settings-spellcheck input:checkbox').single('change', _.bind(me.onSpellcheck, me)); - $('#settings-no-characters input:checkbox').attr('checked', (Common.localStorage.getItem("de-mobile-no-characters") == 'true') ? true : false); + $('#settings-no-characters input:checkbox').attr('checked', Common.localStorage.getItem("de-mobile-no-characters") === 'true'); $('#settings-no-characters input:checkbox').single('change', _.bind(me.onNoCharacters, me)); - $('#settings-hidden-borders input:checkbox').attr('checked', (Common.localStorage.getItem("de-mobile-hidden-borders") == 'true') ? true : false); + var value = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-mobile-hidden-borders"); + $('#settings-hidden-borders input:checkbox').attr('checked', value===null || value==='true'); $('#settings-hidden-borders input:checkbox').single('change', _.bind(me.onShowTableEmptyLine, me)); $('#settings-orthography').single('click', _.bind(me.onOrthographyCheck, me)); var displayComments = Common.localStorage.getBool("de-mobile-settings-livecomment", true); @@ -269,10 +274,7 @@ define([ if(_stateDisplayMode == "final" || _stateDisplayMode == "original") { $('#settings-document').addClass('disabled'); } - var _userCount = DE.getController('Main').returnUserCount(); - if (_userCount > 0) { - $('#settings-collaboration').show(); - } + DE.getController('Toolbar').getDisplayCollaboration() && $('#settings-collaboration').show(); } }, @@ -344,8 +346,8 @@ define([ me.localSectionProps = me.api.asc_GetSectionProps(); if (me.localSectionProps) { - me.maxMarginsH = me.localSectionProps.get_H() - 26; - me.maxMarginsW = me.localSectionProps.get_W() - 127; + me.maxMarginsH = me.localSectionProps.get_H() - 2.6; + me.maxMarginsW = me.localSectionProps.get_W() - 12.7; var top = parseFloat(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(me.localSectionProps.get_TopMargin()).toFixed(2)), bottom = parseFloat(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(me.localSectionProps.get_BottomMargin()).toFixed(2)), @@ -434,9 +436,9 @@ define([ info = document.info || {}; document.title ? $('#settings-document-title').html(document.title) : $('.display-document-title').remove(); - var value = info.owner || info.author; + var value = info.owner; value ? $('#settings-document-owner').html(value) : $('.display-owner').remove(); - value = info.uploaded || info.created; + value = info.uploaded; value ? $('#settings-doc-uploaded').html(value) : $('.display-uploaded').remove(); info.folder ? $('#settings-doc-location').html(info.folder) : $('.display-location').remove(); @@ -606,9 +608,9 @@ define([ ); }); } else { - _.defer(function () { + _.delay(function () { me.api.asc_DownloadAs(new Asc.asc_CDownloadOptions(format)); - }); + }, 300); } me.hideModal(); @@ -627,9 +629,9 @@ define([ onPrint: function(e) { var me = this; - _.defer(function () { + _.delay(function () { me.api.asc_Print(); - }); + }, 300); me.hideModal(); }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js index da1b50097..85d67bbbe 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js @@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ define([ // private var stateDisplayMode = false; var _users = []; + var _displayCollaboration = false; return { models: [], @@ -180,13 +181,17 @@ define([ $('#toolbar-search, #document-back, #toolbar-collaboration').removeClass('disabled'); }, - deactivateEditControls: function() { - $('#toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add, #toolbar-settings').addClass('disabled'); + deactivateEditControls: function(enableDownload) { + $('#toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add').addClass('disabled'); + if (enableDownload) + DE.getController('Settings').setMode({isDisconnected: true, enableDownload: enableDownload}); + else + $('#toolbar-settings').addClass('disabled'); }, - onCoAuthoringDisconnect: function() { + onCoAuthoringDisconnect: function(enableDownload) { this.isDisconnected = true; - this.deactivateEditControls(); + this.deactivateEditControls(enableDownload); $('#toolbar-undo').toggleClass('disabled', true); $('#toolbar-redo').toggleClass('disabled', true); DE.getController('AddContainer').hideModal(); @@ -201,10 +206,8 @@ define([ if ((item.asc_getState()!==false) && !item.asc_getView()) length++; }); - if (length < 1 && this.mode && !this.mode.canViewComments && !this.mode.canReview && !this.mode.canViewReview) - $('#toolbar-collaboration').hide(); - else - $('#toolbar-collaboration').show(); + _displayCollaboration = (length >= 1 || !this.mode || this.mode.canViewComments || this.mode.canReview || this.mode.canViewReview); + _displayCollaboration ? $('#toolbar-collaboration').show() : $('#toolbar-collaboration').hide(); } }, @@ -228,6 +231,10 @@ define([ this.displayCollaboration(); }, + getDisplayCollaboration: function() { + return _displayCollaboration; + }, + dlgLeaveTitleText : 'You leave the application', dlgLeaveMsgText : 'You have unsaved changes in this document. Click \'Stay on this Page\' to await the autosave of the document. Click \'Leave this Page\' to discard all the unsaved changes.', leaveButtonText : 'Leave this Page', diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddOther.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddOther.js index 454ac1826..9dca563e3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddOther.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddOther.js @@ -456,6 +456,7 @@ define([ } result += val; + prev = Math.abs(val); } return result; diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditParagraph.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditParagraph.js index b0ac19f25..114601e6a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditParagraph.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditParagraph.js @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ define([ $('#paragraph-distance-before .item-after label').text(_paragraphInfo.spaceBefore < 0 ? 'Auto' : distanceBeforeFix + ' ' + metricText); $('#paragraph-distance-after .item-after label').text(_paragraphInfo.spaceAfter < 0 ? 'Auto' : distanceAfterFix + ' ' + metricText); - $('#paragraph-space input:checkbox').prop('checked', me._paragraphObject.get_ContextualSpacing()); + $('#paragraph-space input:checkbox').prop('checked', !me._paragraphObject.get_ContextualSpacing()); $('#paragraph-page-break input:checkbox').prop('checked', me._paragraphObject.get_PageBreakBefore()); $('#paragraph-page-orphan input:checkbox').prop('checked', me._paragraphObject.get_WidowControl()); $('#paragraph-page-keeptogether input:checkbox').prop('checked', me._paragraphObject.get_KeepLines()); @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ define([ onSpaceBetween: function (e) { var $checkbox = $(e.currentTarget); - this.api.put_AddSpaceBetweenPrg($checkbox.is(':checked')); + this.api.put_AddSpaceBetweenPrg(!$checkbox.is(':checked')); }, onBreakBefore: function (e) { diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js index 0382a0f5b..171396166 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js @@ -227,7 +227,8 @@ define([ $('#edit-shape-bordersize .item-after').text(((borderType == Asc.c_oAscStrokeType.STROKE_NONE) ? 0 : borderSizeTransform.sizeByValue(borderSize)) + ' ' + Common.Utils.Metric.getMetricName(Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits.pt)); // Init style opacity - $('#edit-shape-effect input').val([shapeProperties.get_fill().asc_getTransparent() ? shapeProperties.get_fill().asc_getTransparent() / 2.55 : 100]); + var transparent = shapeProperties.get_fill().asc_getTransparent(); + $('#edit-shape-effect input').val([transparent!==null && transparent!==undefined ? transparent / 2.55 : 100]); $('#edit-shape-effect .item-after').text($('#edit-shape-effect input').val() + ' ' + "%"); paletteFillColor && paletteFillColor.on('select', _.bind(me.onFillColor, me)); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/EditText.template b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/EditText.template index 6701dc869..3cc739904 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/EditText.template +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/EditText.template @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
    - <%= scope.textCharacterBold %> - <%= scope.textCharacterItalic %> - <%= scope.textCharacterUnderline %> - <%= scope.textCharacterStrikethrough %> + <%= scope.textCharacterBold %> + <%= scope.textCharacterItalic %> + <%= scope.textCharacterUnderline %> + <%= scope.textCharacterStrikethrough %>
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template index 61c926c4b..1424ad858 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template @@ -828,9 +828,9 @@
    <% if (!android) { %><% } %>

    - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> <% if (android) { %><% } %> - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %>

    @@ -843,9 +843,9 @@
    <% if (!android) { %><% } %>

    - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> <% if (android) { %><% } %> - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %>

    @@ -858,9 +858,9 @@
    <% if (!android) { %><% } %>

    - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> <% if (android) { %><% } %> - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %>

    @@ -873,9 +873,9 @@
    <% if (!android) { %><% } %>

    - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> <% if (android) { %><% } %> - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %>

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js index a776baf18..ec3744151 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js @@ -106,22 +106,29 @@ define([ }, setMode: function (mode) { - _isEdit = mode.isEdit; - _canEdit = !mode.isEdit && mode.canEdit && mode.canRequestEditRights; - _canDownload = mode.canDownload; - _canDownloadOrigin = mode.canDownloadOrigin; - _canReader = !mode.isEdit && !mode.isRestrictedEdit && mode.canReader; - _canPrint = mode.canPrint; - _canReview = mode.canReview; - _isReviewOnly = mode.isReviewOnly; + if (mode.isDisconnected) { + _canEdit = _isEdit = false; + _canReview = false; + _isReviewOnly = false; + if (!mode.enableDownload) + _canPrint = _canDownload = _canDownloadOrigin = false; + } else { + _isEdit = mode.isEdit; + _canEdit = !mode.isEdit && mode.canEdit && mode.canRequestEditRights; + _canReader = !mode.isEdit && !mode.isRestrictedEdit && mode.canReader; + _canReview = mode.canReview; + _isReviewOnly = mode.isReviewOnly; + _canDownload = mode.canDownload; + _canDownloadOrigin = mode.canDownloadOrigin; + _canPrint = mode.canPrint; + if (mode.customization && mode.canBrandingExt) { + _canAbout = (mode.customization.about!==false); + } - if (mode.customization && mode.canBrandingExt) { - _canAbout = (mode.customization.about!==false); - } - - if (mode.customization) { - _canHelp = (mode.customization.help!==false); - _isShowMacros = (mode.customization.macros!==false); + if (mode.customization) { + _canHelp = (mode.customization.help!==false); + _isShowMacros = (mode.customization.macros!==false); + } } }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js index 7cd0b61c2..d551fd515 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ define([ _.delay(function () { var $commentInfo = $('#comment-info'); var template = [ - '<% if (android) { %>
    <%= comment.userInitials %>
    <% } %>', + '<% if (android) { %>
    <%= comment.userInitials %>
    <% } %>', '
    <%= scope.getUserName(comment.username) %>
    ', '
    <%= comment.date %>
    ', '<% if (android) { %>
    <% } %>', diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/bg.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/bg.json index e37ca1de4..5bf04ed0e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/bg.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/bg.json @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaInserted": "Вмъкнат е параграф", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveFromDown": "Преместени надолу:", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveFromUp": "Преместени нагоре:", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveTo": "<Ь>Преместен", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveTo": "Преместен", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textPosition": "Позиция", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textRight": "Подравняване в дясно", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textShape": "Форма", @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Subscript", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Superscript", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Промените в табличните настройки", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Добавени редове на таблицата", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Изтрити редове в таблицата", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Добавени редове на таблицата", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Изтрити редове в таблицата", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Промяна на разделите", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Подчертано", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "Widow control", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ca.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ca.json index 962122f78..bf54f24ae 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ca.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ca.json @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Subíndex", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Superíndex", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Configuració de la Taula Canviada", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Files de Taula Afegides", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Files de Taula Suprimides", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Files de Taula Afegides", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Files de Taula Suprimides", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Canviar tabulació", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Subratllar", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "Control Finestra", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/cs.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/cs.json index cc90bb315..4dca9f204 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/cs.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/cs.json @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textStrikeout": "Přeškrnuté", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Dolní index", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Horní index", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Nastavení tabulky změněna", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Řádky tabulky vloženy", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Řádky tabulky smazány", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Nastavení tabulky změněna", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Řádky tabulky vloženy", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Řádky tabulky smazány", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Změnit záložky", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Podtržené", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "Ovládací prvek okna", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/da.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/da.json index 86e886e1f..ea450b236 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/da.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/da.json @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textRight": "Tilpas til højre", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textShd": "Baggrundsfarve", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Tabel indstillinger ændret", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Tabel-rækker tilføjet", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Tabel rækker slettet", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Tabel-rækker tilføjet", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Tabel rækker slettet", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textCustomColors": "Brugerdefineret Farver", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "cm", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAccept": "Accepter", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/de.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/de.json index 3c4f1ddbb..046efc0f0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/de.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/de.json @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Tiefgestellt", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Hochgestellt", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Tabelleneinstellungen sind geändert", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Tabellenzeilen sind hinzugefügt", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Tabellenzeilen sind gelöscht", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Tabellenzeilen sind hinzugefügt", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Tabellenzeilen sind gelöscht", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Registerkarten ändern", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Unterstrichen", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "Absatzkontrolle (alleinstehende Absatzzeilen)", @@ -256,12 +256,21 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Lizenz ist abgelaufen", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editor wurde aktualisiert", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "Version wurde geändert", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtAbove": "Oben", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Hier den Text eingeben", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBelow": "Unten", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "Aktuelles Dokument", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Diagrammtitel", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Bearbeitungsmodus einschalten...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEvenPage": "Gerade Seite", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFirstPage": "Erste Seite", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Fußzeile", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Kopfzeile", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "Ungerade Seite", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "auf Seite", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Sobald Sie das Passwort eingegeben und die Datei geöffnet haben, wird das aktuelle Passwort für die Datei zurückgesetzt", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "Wie vorherige", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Abschnitt", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Reihen", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Fußnotentext", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Überschrift 1", @@ -292,6 +301,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Bitte warten...", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Sie haben das Limit für gleichzeitige Verbindungen in %1-Editoren erreicht. Dieses Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
    Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Ihre Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
    Bitte aktualisieren Sie Ihre Lizenz und laden Sie die Seite neu.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Die Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
    Die Bearbeitungsfunktionen sind nicht verfügbar.
    Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihrem Administrator.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Die Lizenz soll aktualisiert werden.
    Die Bearbeitungsfunktionen sind eingeschränkt.
    Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihrem Administrator für vollen Zugriff", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Sie haben das Benutzerlimit für %1-Editoren erreicht. Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Sie haben das Limit für gleichzeitige Verbindungen in %1-Editoren erreicht. Dieses Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
    Bitte kontaktieren Sie unser Verkaufsteam, um persönliche Upgrade-Bedingungen zu erhalten.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Sie haben das Benutzerlimit für %1-Editoren erreicht. Bitte kontaktieren Sie unser Verkaufsteam, um persönliche Upgrade-Bedingungen zu erhalten.", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/el.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/el.json index 05a994cd7..069766393 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/el.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/el.json @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ { - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη απάντησης", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη Απάντησης", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAtLeast": "τουλάχιστον", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAuto": "αυτόματα", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textBaseline": "Γραμμή Αναφοράς", @@ -39,17 +39,17 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMultiple": "πολλαπλό", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoBreakBefore": "Όχι αλλαγή σελίδας πριν", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoChanges": "Δεν υπάρχουν αλλαγές.", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoContextual": "Προσθέστε διάστημα μεταξύ παραγράφων της ίδιας τεχνοτροπίας", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoContextual": "Προσθήκη διαστήματος μεταξύ παραγράφων της ίδιας τεχνοτροπίας", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoKeepLines": "Μην διατηρείτε τις γραμμές μαζί", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoKeepNext": "Να μην διατηρηθεί με επόμενο", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNot": "Όχι", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoWidow": "Χωρίς έλεγχο παραθύρου", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNum": "Αλλαγή αρίθμησης", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaDeleted": "Παράγραφος Διαγράφηκε", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaFormatted": "Παράγραφος", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaFormatted": "Παράγραφος Μορφοποιήθηκε", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaInserted": "Παράγραφος Εισήχθη", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveFromDown": "Μετακίνηση κάτω:", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveFromUp": "Μετακίνηση επάνω:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveFromDown": "Μετακινήθηκαν Κάτω:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveFromUp": "Μετακινήθηκαν Πάνω:", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveTo": "Μετακινήθηκαν:", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textPosition": "Θέση", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textReopen": "Άνοιγμα ξανά", @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textStrikeout": "Διαγραφή", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Δείκτης", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Εκθέτης", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Άλλαξαν οι ρυθμίσεις πίνακα", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Άλλαξαν οι Ρυθμίσεις Πίνακα", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Προστέθηκαν Γραμμές Πίνακα", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Διαγράφηκαν Γραμμές Του Πίνακα", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Διαγράφηκαν Γραμμές Του Πίνακα", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Αλλαγή καρτελών", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Υπογράμμιση", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "Έλεγχος παραθύρου", @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "εκ", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAccept": "Αποδοχή", - "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAcceptAllChanges": "Αποδοχή όλων των αλλαγών", - "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη απάντησης", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAcceptAllChanges": "Αποδοχή Όλων των Αλλαγών", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη Απάντησης", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesAcceptedPreview": "Όλες οι αλλαγές έγιναν αποδεκτές (Προεπισκόπηση)", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesEditing": "Όλες οι αλλαγές (Επεξεργασία)", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesRejectedPreview": "Όλες οι αλλαγές απορρίφθηκαν (Προεπισκόπηση)", @@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textRows": "Γραμμές", "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textTableSize": "Μέγεθος πίνακα", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.errorCopyCutPaste": "Οι ενέργειες αντιγραφής, αποκοπής και επικόλλησης μέσω του μενού περιβάλλοντος θα εκτελούνται μόνο στο τρέχον αρχείο.", - "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddComment": "Προσθήκη σχολίου", - "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddLink": "Προσθήκη συνδέσμου", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddComment": "Προσθήκη Σχολίου", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddLink": "Προσθήκη Συνδέσμου", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCopy": "Αντιγραφή", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCut": "Αποκοπή", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuDelete": "Διαγραφή", @@ -249,19 +249,28 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Δυνατότητα επί πληρωμή", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Συνθηματικό", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Φόρτωση ...", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Να θυμάσαι την επιλογή μου", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Να θυμάσαι την επιλογή μου για όλα τα αρχεία", "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Οι λειτουργίες Αναίρεση/Επανάληψη απενεργοποιούνται για τη λειτουργία γρήγορης συν-επεξεργασίας.", "DE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "Όνομα χρήστη", "DE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Ναι", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Η άδεια έληξε", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Το πρόγραμμα επεξεργασίας ενημερώθηκε", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "Η έκδοση άλλαξε", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtAbove": "από πάνω", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Το κείμενό σας εδώ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBelow": "από κάτω", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "Τρέχον Έγγραφο", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Τίτλος διαγράμματος", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Ορισμός κατάστασης επεξεργασίας...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEvenPage": "Ζυγή Σελίδα", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFirstPage": "Πρώτη Σελίδα", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Υποσέλιδο", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Κεφαλίδα", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "Μονή Σελίδα", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "στη σελίδα", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Μόλις εισαγάγετε το συνθηματικό και ανοίξετε το αρχείο, θα γίνει επαναφορά του τρέχοντος συνθηματικού του αρχείου", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "Ίδιο με το Προηγούμενο", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Τμήμα", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Σειρά", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Κείμενο υποσημείωσης", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Επικεφαλίδα 1", @@ -299,7 +308,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Έχετε φτάσει το όριο χρήστη για %1 επεξεργαστές.
    Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με την ομάδα πωλήσεων %1 για προσωπικούς όρους αναβάθμισης.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Σας έχει απαγορευτεί το δικαίωμα επεξεργασίας του αρχείου.", "DE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Δεν βρέθηκε κείμενο", - "DE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Αντικατάσταση όλων", + "DE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Αντικατάσταση Όλων", "DE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", "DE.Controllers.Settings.textCustomSize": "Προσαρμοσμένο μέγεθος", "DE.Controllers.Settings.txtLoading": "Φόρτωση ...", @@ -317,7 +326,7 @@ "DE.Views.AddImage.textImageURL": "Διεύθυνση εικόνας", "DE.Views.AddImage.textInsertImage": "Εισαγωγή εικόνας", "DE.Views.AddImage.textLinkSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις συνδέσμου", - "DE.Views.AddOther.textAddComment": "Προσθήκη σχολίου", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textAddComment": "Προσθήκη Σχολίου", "DE.Views.AddOther.textAddLink": "Προσθήκη συνδέσμου", "DE.Views.AddOther.textBack": "Πίσω", "DE.Views.AddOther.textBreak": "Αλλαγή σελίδας", @@ -346,9 +355,9 @@ "DE.Views.AddOther.textRightBottom": "Δεξιά κάτω", "DE.Views.AddOther.textRightTop": "Δεξιά επάνω", "DE.Views.AddOther.textSectionBreak": "Αλλαγή Τμήματος", - "DE.Views.AddOther.textStartFrom": "Εκκίνηση Σε", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textStartFrom": "Έναρξη Σε", "DE.Views.AddOther.textTip": "Συμβουλή οθόνης", - "DE.Views.EditChart.textAddCustomColor": "Προσθήκη προσαρμοσμένου χρώματος", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textAddCustomColor": "Προσθήκη Προσαρμοσμένου Χρώματος", "DE.Views.EditChart.textAlign": "Στοίχιση", "DE.Views.EditChart.textBack": "Πίσω", "DE.Views.EditChart.textBackward": "Μετακίνηση προς τα πίσω", @@ -362,7 +371,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditChart.textInFront": "Μπροστά", "DE.Views.EditChart.textInline": "Εντός γραμμής κειμένου", "DE.Views.EditChart.textMoveText": "Μετακίνηση με κείμενο", - "DE.Views.EditChart.textOverlap": "Να επιτρέπεται η επικάλυψη", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textOverlap": "Να Επιτρέπεται η Επικάλυψη", "DE.Views.EditChart.textRemoveChart": "Αφαίρεση διαγράμματος", "DE.Views.EditChart.textReorder": "Επανατακτοποίηση", "DE.Views.EditChart.textSize": "Μέγεθος", @@ -377,7 +386,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditChart.textWrap": "Αναδίπλωση", "DE.Views.EditHeader.textDiffFirst": "Διαφορετική πρώτη σελίδα", "DE.Views.EditHeader.textDiffOdd": "Διαφορετικές μονές και ζυγές σελίδες", - "DE.Views.EditHeader.textFrom": "Εκκίνηση σε", + "DE.Views.EditHeader.textFrom": "Έναρξη σε", "DE.Views.EditHeader.textPageNumbering": "Αρίθμηση σελίδας", "DE.Views.EditHeader.textPrev": "Συνέχεια από το προηγούμενο τμήμα", "DE.Views.EditHeader.textSameAs": "Σύνδεσμος προς το προηγούμενο", @@ -391,7 +400,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditImage.textBack": "Πίσω", "DE.Views.EditImage.textBackward": "Μετακίνηση προς τα πίσω", "DE.Views.EditImage.textBehind": "Πίσω", - "DE.Views.EditImage.textDefault": "Πλήρες μέγεθος", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textDefault": "Πραγματικό Μέγεθος", "DE.Views.EditImage.textDistanceText": "Απόσταση από το κείμενο", "DE.Views.EditImage.textForward": "Μετακίνηση προς τα εμπρός", "DE.Views.EditImage.textFromLibrary": "Εικόνα από τη βιβλιοθήκη", @@ -401,11 +410,11 @@ "DE.Views.EditImage.textInline": "Εντός γραμμής κειμένου", "DE.Views.EditImage.textLinkSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις συνδέσμου", "DE.Views.EditImage.textMoveText": "Μετακίνηση με κείμενο", - "DE.Views.EditImage.textOverlap": "Να επιτρέπεται η επικάλυψη", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textOverlap": "Να Επιτρέπεται η Επικάλυψη", "DE.Views.EditImage.textRemove": "Αφαίρεση εικόνας", "DE.Views.EditImage.textReorder": "Επανατακτοποίηση", "DE.Views.EditImage.textReplace": "Αντικατάσταση", - "DE.Views.EditImage.textReplaceImg": "Αντικατάσταση εικόνας", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textReplaceImg": "Αντικατάσταση Εικόνας", "DE.Views.EditImage.textSquare": "Τετράγωνο", "DE.Views.EditImage.textThrough": "Διά μέσου", "DE.Views.EditImage.textTight": "Σφιχτό", @@ -413,9 +422,9 @@ "DE.Views.EditImage.textToForeground": "Μεταφορά στο προσκήνιο", "DE.Views.EditImage.textTopBottom": "Πάνω και Κάτω Μέρος", "DE.Views.EditImage.textWrap": "Αναδίπλωση", - "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAddCustomColor": "Προσθήκη προσαρμοσμένου χρώματος", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAddCustomColor": "Προσθήκη Προσαρμοσμένου Χρώματος", "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAdvanced": "Για προχωρημένους", - "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAdvSettings": "Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAdvSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις για Προχωρημένους", "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAfter": "Μετά", "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAuto": "Αυτόματα", "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textBack": "Πίσω", @@ -430,7 +439,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textPageBreak": "Αλλαγή σελίδας πριν", "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textPrgStyles": "Τεχνοτροπίες παραγράφου", "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textSpaceBetween": "Διάστημα Μεταξύ Παραγράφων", - "DE.Views.EditShape.textAddCustomColor": "Προσθήκη προσαρμοσμένου χρώματος", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textAddCustomColor": "Προσθήκη Προσαρμοσμένου Χρώματος", "DE.Views.EditShape.textAlign": "Στοίχιση", "DE.Views.EditShape.textBack": "Πίσω", "DE.Views.EditShape.textBackward": "Μετακίνηση προς τα πίσω", @@ -445,7 +454,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditShape.textInFront": "Μπροστά", "DE.Views.EditShape.textInline": "Εντός γραμμής κειμένου", "DE.Views.EditShape.textOpacity": "Αδιαφάνεια", - "DE.Views.EditShape.textOverlap": "Να επιτρέπεται η επικάλυψη", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textOverlap": "Να Επιτρέπεται η Επικάλυψη", "DE.Views.EditShape.textRemoveShape": "Αφαίρεση σχήματος", "DE.Views.EditShape.textReorder": "Επανατακτοποίηση", "DE.Views.EditShape.textReplace": "Αντικατάσταση", @@ -459,7 +468,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditShape.textTopAndBottom": "Πάνω και Κάτω Μέρος", "DE.Views.EditShape.textWithText": "Μετακίνηση με κείμενο", "DE.Views.EditShape.textWrap": "Αναδίπλωση", - "DE.Views.EditTable.textAddCustomColor": "Προσθήκη προσαρμοσμένου χρώματος", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textAddCustomColor": "Προσθήκη Προσαρμοσμένου Χρώματος", "DE.Views.EditTable.textAlign": "Στοίχιση", "DE.Views.EditTable.textBack": "Πίσω", "DE.Views.EditTable.textBandedColumn": "Στήλη Εναλλαγής Σκίασης", @@ -486,10 +495,10 @@ "DE.Views.EditTable.textTotalRow": "Συνολική γραμμή", "DE.Views.EditTable.textWithText": "Μετακίνηση με κείμενο", "DE.Views.EditTable.textWrap": "Αναδίπλωση", - "DE.Views.EditText.textAddCustomColor": "Προσθήκη προσαρμοσμένου χρώματος", + "DE.Views.EditText.textAddCustomColor": "Προσθήκη Προσαρμοσμένου Χρώματος", "DE.Views.EditText.textAdditional": "Επιπρόσθετα", - "DE.Views.EditText.textAdditionalFormat": "Πρόσθετη μορφοποίηση", - "DE.Views.EditText.textAllCaps": "Όλα κεφαλαία", + "DE.Views.EditText.textAdditionalFormat": "Πρόσθετη Μορφοποίηση", + "DE.Views.EditText.textAllCaps": "Όλα Κεφαλαία", "DE.Views.EditText.textAutomatic": "Αυτόματα", "DE.Views.EditText.textBack": "Πίσω", "DE.Views.EditText.textBullets": "Κουκκίδες", @@ -511,12 +520,12 @@ "DE.Views.EditText.textNumbers": "Αριθμοί", "DE.Views.EditText.textSize": "Μέγεθος", "DE.Views.EditText.textSmallCaps": "Μικρά Κεφαλαία", - "DE.Views.EditText.textStrikethrough": "Διακριτή διαγραφή", + "DE.Views.EditText.textStrikethrough": "Διακριτική διαγραφή", "DE.Views.EditText.textSubscript": "Δείκτης", "DE.Views.Search.textCase": "Με διάκριση πεζών - κεφαλαίων γραμμάτων", "DE.Views.Search.textDone": "Ολοκληρώθηκε", "DE.Views.Search.textFind": "Εύρεση", - "DE.Views.Search.textFindAndReplace": "Εύρεση και αντικατάσταση", + "DE.Views.Search.textFindAndReplace": "Εύρεση και Αντικατάσταση", "DE.Views.Search.textHighlight": "Επισήμανση αποτελεσμάτων", "DE.Views.Search.textReplace": "Αντικατάσταση", "DE.Views.Search.textSearch": "Αναζήτηση", @@ -553,7 +562,7 @@ "DE.Views.Settings.textEnableAll": "Ενεργοποίηση όλων", "DE.Views.Settings.textEnableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "Ενεργοποίηση όλων των μακροεντολών χωρίς ειδοποίηση", "DE.Views.Settings.textFind": "Εύρεση", - "DE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "Εύρεση και αντικατάσταση", + "DE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "Εύρεση και Αντικατάσταση", "DE.Views.Settings.textFormat": "Μορφή", "DE.Views.Settings.textHelp": "Βοήθεια", "DE.Views.Settings.textHiddenTableBorders": "Κρυμμένα Όρια Πίνακα", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/en.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/en.json index e41733c7b..1502c85da 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/en.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/en.json @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Subscript", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Superscript", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Table Settings Changed", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Table Rows Added", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Table Rows Deleted", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Table Rows Added", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Table Rows Deleted", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Change tabs", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Underline", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "Widow control", @@ -241,6 +241,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contact sales", "DE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "Please note that according to the terms of the license you are not entitled to change the loader.
    Please contact our Sales Department to get a quote.", "DE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "Done", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textGuest": "Guest", "DE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "The file contains automatic macros.
    Do you want to run macros?", "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Loading document", "DE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "No", @@ -249,19 +250,28 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Paid feature", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Password", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Loading... ", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Remember my choice", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Remember my choice for all files", "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "The Undo/Redo functions are disabled for the Fast co-editing mode.", "DE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "Username", "DE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Yes", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "License expired", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editor updated", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "Version changed", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtAbove": "above", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Your text here", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBelow": "below", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "Current Document", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Chart Title", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Set editing mode...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEvenPage": "Even Page", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFirstPage": "First Page", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Footer", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Header", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "Odd Page", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "on page", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Once you enter the password and open the file, the current password to the file will be reset", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "Same as Previous", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Section", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Series", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Footnote Text", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Heading 1", @@ -292,6 +302,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Please, wait...", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "You've reached the limit for simultaneous connections to %1 editors. This document will be opened for viewing only.
    Contact your administrator to learn more.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Your license has expired.
    Please update your license and refresh the page.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "License expired.
    You have no access to document editing functionality.
    Please contact your administrator.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "License needs to be renewed.
    You have a limited access to document editing functionality.
    Please contact your administrator to get full access", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "You've reached the user limit for %1 editors. Contact your administrator to learn more.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "You've reached the limit for simultaneous connections to %1 editors. This document will be opened for viewing only.
    Contact %1 sales team for personal upgrade terms.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "You've reached the user limit for %1 editors. Contact %1 sales team for personal upgrade terms.", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/es.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/es.json index 6d327a8ca..eba4fb19f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/es.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/es.json @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Subíndice", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Superíndice", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Se cambió configuración de la tabla", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Se añadieron filas de la tabla", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Se eliminaron filas de la tabla", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Se añadieron filas de la tabla", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Se eliminaron filas de la tabla", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Cambiar tabuladores", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Subrayado", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "Widow control", @@ -292,6 +292,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Por favor, espere...", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de conexiones simultáneas con %1 editores. Este documento se abrirá sólo para su visualización.
    Por favor, contacte con su administrador para recibir más información.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Su licencia ha expirado.
    Por favor, actualice su licencia y después recargue la página.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licencia expirada.
    No tiene acceso a la funcionalidad de edición de documentos.
    Por favor, póngase en contacto con su administrador.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "La licencia requiere ser renovada.
    Tiene un acceso limitado a la funcionalidad de edición de documentos.
    Por favor, póngase en contacto con su administrador para obtener un acceso completo", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de usuarios para los editores de %1. Por favor, contacte con su administrador para recibir más información.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de conexiones simultáneas con %1 editores. Este documento se abrirá sólo para su visualización.
    Contacte con el equipo de ventas de %1 para conocer los términos de actualización personal.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de usuarios para los editores de %1.
    Contacte con el equipo de ventas de %1 para conocer los términos de actualización personal.", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/fr.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/fr.json index f495975b4..8c638e16d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/fr.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/fr.json @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Indice", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Exposant", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Paramètres du tableau modifiés", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Lignes de tableau ajoutées", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Lignes de tableau supprimées", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Lignes de tableau ajoutées", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Lignes de tableau supprimées", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Changer les tabulations", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Souligné", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "Contrôle des veuves", @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Ajouter une réponse", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesAcceptedPreview": "Toutes les modifications acceptées (aperçu)", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesEditing": "Toutes les modifications (édition)", - "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesRejectedPreview": "Toutes les modifications rejetées", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesRejectedPreview": "Toutes les modifications rejetées (Aperçu)", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textBack": "Retour", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCancel": "Annuler", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textChange": "Réviser modifications", @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Les modifications chiffrées ont été reçues, elle ne peuvent pas être déchiffrées.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Plage de données incorrecte.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Code d'erreur: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "Une erreure s'est produite lors du travail sur le document.
    Utilisez l'option \"Télécharger\" pour enregistrer la copie de sauvegarde sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "Une erreur s'est produite lors du travail sur le document.
    Utilisez l'option \"Télécharger\" pour enregistrer la copie de sauvegarde sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Le fichier est protégé par le mot de passe et ne peut être ouvert.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "La taille du fichier dépasse les limites établies sur votre serveur.
    Veuillez contacter votre administrateur de Document Server pour obtenir plus d'information. ", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descripteur de clés inconnu", @@ -256,12 +256,21 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Licence expirée", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "L'éditeur est mis à jour", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "Version a été modifiée", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtAbove": "Au-dessus", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Entrez votre texte", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBelow": "En dessous", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "Document actuel", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Titre du graphique", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Définition du mode d'édition...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEvenPage": "Page paire", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFirstPage": "Première Page", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Pied de page", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "En-tête", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "Page impaire", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "sur la page", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Une fois le mot de passe saisi et le ficher ouvert, le mot de passe actuel sera réinitialisé", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "Identique au précédent", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Section", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Séries", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Texte de la note de bas de page", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Titre 1", @@ -292,6 +301,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Veuillez patienter...", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal de connexions simultanées aux éditeurs %1. Ce document sera ouvert à la lecture seulement.
    Contactez votre administrateur pour en savoir davantage.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Votre licence a expiré.
    Veuillez mettre à jour votre licence et actualisez la page.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "La licence est expirée.
    Vous n'avez plus d'accès aux outils d'édition.
    Veuillez contacter votre administrateur.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Il est indispensable de renouveler la licence.
    Vous avez un accès limité aux outils d'édition des documents.
    Veuillez contacter votre administrateur pour obtenir un accès complet", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal d’utilisateurs des éditeurs %1. Contactez votre administrateur pour en savoir davantage.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal de connexions simultanées aux éditeurs %1. Ce document sera ouvert à la lecture seulement.
    Contactez l’équipe des ventes %1 pour mettre à jour les termes de la licence.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal d’utilisateurs des éditeurs %1. Contactez l’équipe des ventes %1 pour mettre à jour les termes de la licence.", @@ -389,7 +400,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditImage.textBack": "Retour", "DE.Views.EditImage.textBackward": "Déplacer vers l'arrière", "DE.Views.EditImage.textBehind": "Derrière", - "DE.Views.EditImage.textDefault": "Taille par défaut", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textDefault": "Taille actuelle", "DE.Views.EditImage.textDistanceText": "Distance du texte", "DE.Views.EditImage.textForward": "Déplacer vers l'avant", "DE.Views.EditImage.textFromLibrary": "Image de la bibliothèque", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/hu.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/hu.json index 1bdb90b1d..025a67896 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/hu.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/hu.json @@ -1,16 +1,23 @@ { + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Válasz hozzáadása", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAtLeast": "legalább", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAuto": "Auto", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textBaseline": "Alapvonal", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textBold": "Félkövér", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textBreakBefore": "Oldaltörés elötte", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCancel": "Mégsem", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCaps": "Csupa nagybetűs", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCenter": "Középre igazít", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textChart": "Diagram", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textColor": "Betűszín", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textContextual": "Ne adjon távolságot azonos stílusú bekezdések közé", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDelete": "Törlés", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteComment": "Hozzászólás törlése", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleted": "Törölve:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteReply": "Válasz törlése", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDone": "Kész", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDStrikeout": "Dupla áthúzás", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEdit": "Szerkesztés", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEditUser": "A fájlt szerkesztő felhasználók:", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEquation": "Egyenlet", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textExact": "Pontosan", @@ -27,8 +34,11 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textKeepNext": "Következővel együtt tartás", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textLeft": "Balra igazít", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textLineSpacing": "Sortávolság:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteComment": "Biztosan töröljük a hozzászólást?", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteReply": "Biztosan töröljük a választ?", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMultiple": "Többszörös", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoBreakBefore": "Nincs oldaltörés előtte", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoChanges": "Nincsenek változások.", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoContextual": "Térköz hozzáadása azonos stílusú bekezdések közé", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoKeepLines": "Ne tartsa egyben a sorokat", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoKeepNext": "Ne tartsa meg a következőnél", @@ -42,6 +52,8 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveFromUp": "Lemozgatva:", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveTo": "Mozgatva:", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textPosition": "Pozíció", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textReopen": "Újranyitás", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textResolve": "Felold", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textRight": "Jobbra igazít", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textShape": "Alakzat", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textShd": "Háttérszín", @@ -58,21 +70,32 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Tabok módosítása", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Aláhúzott", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "Özvegy sor", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textYes": "Igen", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textCustomColors": "Egyéni színek", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Sztenderd színek", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Téma színek", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "cm", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAccept": "Elfogad", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAcceptAllChanges": "Minden módosítás elfogadása", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Válasz hozzáadása", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesAcceptedPreview": "Minden módosítás elfogadva (előnézet)", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesEditing": "Minden módosítás (szerkesztés)", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesRejectedPreview": "Minden módosítás visszautasítva (előnézet)", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textBack": "Vissza", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCancel": "Mégsem", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textChange": "Felülvizsgálat változás", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCollaboration": "Együttműködés", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textDisplayMode": "Megjelenítési mód", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textDone": "Kész", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditReply": "Válasz szerkesztése", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditUsers": "Felhasználók", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditСomment": "Hozzászólás szerkesztése", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textFinal": "Végső", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textMarkup": "Struktúra", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textNoComments": "Ebben a dokumentumban nincsenek hozzászólások", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textOriginal": "Eredeti", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textReject": "Elutasít", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textRejectAllChanges": "Elutasít minden módosítást", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textReview": "Módosítások követése", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textReviewing": "Felülvizsgálat", @@ -81,16 +104,23 @@ "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textOther": "Egyéb", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "Alakzat", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textTable": "Táblázat", + "DE.Controllers.AddImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "DE.Controllers.AddImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Meg kell adni a kép URL linkjét.", "DE.Controllers.AddImage.txtNotUrl": "Ennek a mezőnek egy 'http://www.example.com' formátumú hivatkozásnak kellene lennie", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textBelowText": "Szöveg alatt", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textBottomOfPage": "Az oldal alja", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textCancel": "Mégsem", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textContinue": "Folytatás", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textDelete": "Törlés", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textDeleteDraft": "Biztosan töröljük a vázlatot?", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.txtNotUrl": "Ennek a mezőnek egy 'http://www.example.com' formátumú hivatkozásnak kellene lennie", "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textCancel": "Mégse", "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textColumns": "Oszlopok", "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textRows": "Sorok", "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textTableSize": "Táblázat méret", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.errorCopyCutPaste": "A másolás, kivágás és beillesztés a helyi menü segítségével csak az aktuális fájlon belül történik.", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddComment": "Hozzászólás hozzáadása", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddLink": "Link hozzáadása", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCopy": "Másol", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCut": "Kivág", @@ -104,6 +134,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuReview": "Összefoglaló", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuReviewChange": "Felülvizsgálat változás", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuSplit": "Cella felosztása", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuViewComment": "Hozzászólás megtekintése", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Mégse", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCancel": "Mégse", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textColumns": "Oszlopok", @@ -121,6 +152,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textShape": "Alakzat", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "Táblázat", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "Szöveg", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textEmptyImgUrl": "Meg kell adni a kép hivatkozását.", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.txtNotUrl": "Ennek a mezőnek egy 'http://www.example.com' formátumú hivatkozásnak kellene lennie", + "DE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "DE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Meg kell adni a kép URL linkjét.", "DE.Controllers.EditImage.txtNotUrl": "Ennek a mezőnek egy 'http://www.example.com' formátumú hivatkozásnak kellene lennie", "DE.Controllers.EditText.textAuto": "Auto", @@ -149,15 +184,19 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Titkosított változások érkeztek, melyek feloldása sikertelen.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Hibás adattartomány.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Hibakód: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "Hiba történt a dokumentummal végzett munka során.
    Használja a 'Letölt' opciót, hogy elmentse a fájl biztonsági másolatát a számítógép merevlemezére.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "Hiba történt a dokumentummal végzett munka során.
    Használja a 'Letöltés' opciót, hogy elmentse a fájl biztonsági másolatát a számítógép merevlemezére.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "A dokumentum jelszóval védett, és nem nyitható meg.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "A fájlméret meghaladja a szerverre beállított korlátozást.
    Kérjük, forduljon a Document Server rendszergazdájához a részletekért.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Ismeretlen kulcsleíró", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Lejárt kulcsleíró", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "A dokumentum megnyitása sikertelen. Kérjük, válasszon egy másik fájlt.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeSaveFile": "Sikertelen összevonás.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorOpensource": "Az ingyenes közösségi verzió használatával dokumentumokat csak megtekintésre nyithat meg. A mobil webszerkesztőkhöz való hozzáféréshez kereskedelmi licensz szükséges.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Sikertelen mentés.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "A szerkesztő verziója frissült. Az oldal újratöltésre kerül a módosítások alkalmazásához.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "A dokumentumszerkesztési munkamenet lejárt. Kérjük, töltse újra az oldalt.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "A dokumentumot sokáig nem szerkesztették. Kérjük, töltse újra az oldalt.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "A szerverrel való kapcsolat megszakadt. Töltse újra az oldalt.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "Helytelen sor sorrend. Tőzsdei diagram létrehozásához az adatokat az alábbi sorrendben vigye fel:
    nyitó ár, maximum ár, minimum ár, záró ár.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersion": "A dokumentum verziója megváltozott. Az oldal újratöltődik.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "Az internet kapcsolat helyreállt, és a fájl verziója megváltozott.
    Mielőtt folytatná a munkát, töltse le a fájlt, vagy másolja vágólapra annak tartalmát, hogy megbizonyosodjon arról, hogy semmi nem veszik el, majd töltse újra az oldalt.", @@ -202,14 +241,18 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Értékesítési osztály", "DE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "Kérjük, vegye figyelembe, hogy az engedély feltételei szerint nem jogosult a betöltő cseréjére.
    Kérjük, forduljon értékesítési osztályunkhoz, hogy árajánlatot kapjon.", "DE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "Kész", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "A fájl automatikus makrókat tartalmaz.
    Szeretne makrókat futtatni?", "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Dokumentum betöltése", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "%1 kapcsoat limit", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "Nem", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Elérte a licenckorlátot", "DE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "OK", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Fizetett funkció", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Jelszó", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Betöltés...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Emlékezzen a választásomra", "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "A Visszavonás/Újra funkciók nem elérhetőek Gyors közös szerkesztés módban.", "DE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "Felhasználói név", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Igen", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Lejárt licenc", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Szerkesztő frissítve", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "A verzió megváltozott", @@ -247,15 +290,18 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Kép feltöltése...", "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Kép feltöltése", "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Kérjük, várjon...", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "A párhuzamos kapcsolódások száma elérte a maximumot, így a dokumentum csak olvasható módban nyílik meg.
    Kérjük lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszer adminisztrátorral bővebb információkért.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó egyidejű csatlakozás korlátját. Ez a dokumentum csak megtekintésre nyílik meg.
    További információért forduljon rendszergazdájához.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "A licence lejárt.
    Kérem frissítse a licencét, majd az oldalt.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "A párhuzamos felhasználók száma elérte a maximumot, így a dokumentum csak olvasható módban nyílik meg.
    Kérjük lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszer adminisztrátorral bővebb információkért.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Ez a verziója az %1 szerkesztőnek bizonyos limitációkat tartalmaz párhuzamos kapcsolódások terén a dokumentum szerverhez.
    Amennyiben többre van szüksége, fontolja meg hogy kereskedelmi licenc megvásárlását.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Ez a verziója az %1 szerkesztőnek bizonyos limitációkat tartalmaz párhuzamosan kapcsolódott felhasználók terén.
    Amennyiben többre van szüksége, fontolja meg hogy kereskedelmi licenc megvásárlását.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "A licenc lejárt.
    Nincs hozzáférése a dokumentumszerkesztő funkciókhoz.
    Kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszergazdával.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "A licencet meg kell újítani.
    Korlátozott hozzáférése van a dokumentumszerkesztési funkciókhoz.
    A teljes hozzáférésért forduljon rendszergazdájához", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó felhasználói korlátját. További információért forduljon rendszergazdájához.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó egyidejű csatlakozás korlátját. Ez a dokumentum csak megtekintésre nyílik meg.
    Vegye fel a kapcsolatot a(z) %1 értékesítési csapattal a személyes frissítési feltételekért.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó felhasználói korlátját. Vegye fel a kapcsolatot a(z) %1 értékesítési csapattal a személyes frissítési feltételekért.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Nincs joga szerkeszteni a fájl-t.", "DE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "A szöveg nem található", "DE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Mindent cserél", "DE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", + "DE.Controllers.Settings.textCustomSize": "Egyéni méret", "DE.Controllers.Settings.txtLoading": "Betöltés...", "DE.Controllers.Settings.unknownText": "Ismeretlen", "DE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Ha ebbe a formátumba ment, a nyers szövegen kívül minden elveszik.
    Biztos benne, hogy folytatni akarja?", @@ -271,14 +317,18 @@ "DE.Views.AddImage.textImageURL": "Kép URL", "DE.Views.AddImage.textInsertImage": "Kép beszúrása", "DE.Views.AddImage.textLinkSettings": "Link beállítások", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textAddComment": "Hozzászólás hozzáadása", "DE.Views.AddOther.textAddLink": "Link hozzáadása", "DE.Views.AddOther.textBack": "Vissza", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textBreak": "Szünet", "DE.Views.AddOther.textCenterBottom": "Alul középen", "DE.Views.AddOther.textCenterTop": "Felül középen", "DE.Views.AddOther.textColumnBreak": "Oszlop törés", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textComment": "Hozzászólás", "DE.Views.AddOther.textContPage": "Előző oldal", "DE.Views.AddOther.textCurrentPos": "Jelenlegi pozíció", "DE.Views.AddOther.textDisplay": "Megmutat", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textDone": "Kész", "DE.Views.AddOther.textEvenPage": "Páros oldal", "DE.Views.AddOther.textFootnote": "Lábjegyzet", "DE.Views.AddOther.textFormat": "Formátum", @@ -486,6 +536,9 @@ "DE.Views.Settings.textCreateDate": "Létrehozás dátuma", "DE.Views.Settings.textCustom": "Egyéni", "DE.Views.Settings.textCustomSize": "Egyéni méret", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDisableAll": "Összes letiltása", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithNotification": "Minden értesítéssel rendelkező makró letiltása", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "Minden értesítés nélküli makró letiltása", "DE.Views.Settings.textDisplayComments": "Hozzászólások", "DE.Views.Settings.textDisplayResolvedComments": "Lezárt hozzászólások", "DE.Views.Settings.textDocInfo": "Dokumentum info", @@ -497,6 +550,8 @@ "DE.Views.Settings.textDownloadAs": "Letöltés mint...", "DE.Views.Settings.textEditDoc": "Dokumentum szerkesztése", "DE.Views.Settings.textEmail": "Email", + "DE.Views.Settings.textEnableAll": "Összes engedélyezése", + "DE.Views.Settings.textEnableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "Minden értesítés nélküli makró engedélyezése", "DE.Views.Settings.textFind": "Keres", "DE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "Keres és cserél", "DE.Views.Settings.textFormat": "Formátum", @@ -509,6 +564,7 @@ "DE.Views.Settings.textLeft": "Bal", "DE.Views.Settings.textLoading": "Betöltés...", "DE.Views.Settings.textLocation": "Hely", + "DE.Views.Settings.textMacrosSettings": "Makró beállítások", "DE.Views.Settings.textMargins": "Margók", "DE.Views.Settings.textNoCharacters": "Nem nyomtatható karakterek", "DE.Views.Settings.textOrientation": "Tájolás", @@ -523,6 +579,7 @@ "DE.Views.Settings.textReview": "Módosítások követése", "DE.Views.Settings.textRight": "Jobb", "DE.Views.Settings.textSettings": "Beállítások", + "DE.Views.Settings.textShowNotification": "Értesítés mutatása", "DE.Views.Settings.textSpaces": "Térközök", "DE.Views.Settings.textSpellcheck": "Helyesírás-ellenőrzés", "DE.Views.Settings.textStatistic": "Statisztika", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/it.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/it.json index 18fa79eb2..b9873e474 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/it.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/it.json @@ -104,8 +104,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textOther": "Altro", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "Forma", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textTable": "Tabella", + "DE.Controllers.AddImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avviso", "DE.Controllers.AddImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Specifica URL immagine.", "DE.Controllers.AddImage.txtNotUrl": "Questo campo dovrebbe contenere un URL nel formato 'http://www.example.com'", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avviso", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textBelowText": "Sotto al testo", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textBottomOfPage": "Fondo pagina", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textCancel": "Annulla", @@ -150,6 +152,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textShape": "Forma", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "Tabella", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "Testo", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avviso", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textEmptyImgUrl": "Specifica URL immagine.", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.txtNotUrl": "Questo campo dovrebbe contenere un URL nel formato 'http://www.example.com'", + "DE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avviso", "DE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Specifica URL immagine.", "DE.Controllers.EditImage.txtNotUrl": "Questo campo dovrebbe contenere un URL nel formato 'http://www.example.com'", "DE.Controllers.EditText.textAuto": "Auto", @@ -286,6 +292,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Attendere prego...", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Hai raggiunto il limite per le connessioni simultanee agli editor %1. Questo documento verrà aperto in sola lettura.
    Contatta l’amministratore per saperne di più.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "La tua licenza è scaduta.
    Si prega di aggiornare la licenza e ricaricare la pagina.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licenza scaduta. Non puoi modificare il documento. Per favore, contatta l'amministratore", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "La licenza dev'essere rinnovata. Hai un accesso limitato alle funzioni di modifica del documento. Per favore, contatta l'amministratore per il pieno accesso", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Hai raggiunto il limite per gli utenti con accesso agli editor %1. Contatta l’amministratore per saperne di più.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Hai raggiunto il limite per le connessioni simultanee agli editor %1. Questo documento verrà aperto in sola lettura.
    Contatta il team di vendita di %1 per i termini di aggiornamento personali.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Hai raggiunto il limite per gli utenti con accesso agli editor %1. Contatta il team di vendita di %1 per i termini di aggiornamento personali.", @@ -312,6 +320,7 @@ "DE.Views.AddOther.textAddComment": "Aggiungi commento", "DE.Views.AddOther.textAddLink": "Aggiungi collegamento", "DE.Views.AddOther.textBack": "Indietro", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textBreak": "Interruzione", "DE.Views.AddOther.textCenterBottom": "Centrato in basso", "DE.Views.AddOther.textCenterTop": "Centrato in alto", "DE.Views.AddOther.textColumnBreak": "Interrompi Colonna", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ja.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ja.json index 7a96aac60..bf538e35c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ja.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ja.json @@ -69,6 +69,7 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "テーブル行が削除された", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "タブの変更", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "下線", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": " 改ページ時 1 行残して段落を区切らない]", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textYes": "はい", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textCustomColors": "ユーザー設定色", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "標準の色", @@ -183,7 +184,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "暗号化された変更を受け取りましたが、解読できません。", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "データ範囲が正しくありません", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "エラー コード:%1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "の処理中にエラーが発生しました", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "ドキュメントの操作中にエラーが発生しました。
    [ダウンロード]オプションを使用して、ファイルのバックアップコピーをコンピューターのハードドライブにご保存ください。", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "文書がパスワードで保護されているため、開くことができません。", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "ファイルサイズがサーバーで設定された制限を超過しています。
    Documentサーバー管理者に詳細をお問い合わせください。", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "不明なキーの記述子", @@ -202,6 +203,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUserDrop": "今、ファイルにアクセスすることはできません。", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUsersExceed": "ユーザー数を超えました", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "接続が失われました。 ドキュメントを表示することはできますが、
    接続が復元されてページが再読み込みされるまでダウンロードできません。", + "DE.Controllers.Main.leavePageText": "このドキュメントには未保存の変更があります。 [このページに留まる]をクリックして、ドキュメントの自動保存をお待ちください。 保存されていない変更をすべて破棄するには、[このページから移動する]をクリックください。", "DE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTextText": "データを読み込んでいます", "DE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTitleText": "データを読み込んでいます", "DE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTextText": "データを読み込んでいます", @@ -231,21 +233,24 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.splitDividerErrorText": "行数は％1の約数である必要があります", "DE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxColsErrorText": "列の数は％1未満である必要があります", "DE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxRowsErrorText": "行の数は％1未満である必要があります", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "匿名の", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "匿名者", "DE.Controllers.Main.textBack": "戻る", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textBuyNow": "ウェブサイトを訪問する", "DE.Controllers.Main.textCancel": "キャンセル", "DE.Controllers.Main.textClose": "閉じる", "DE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "営業部に連絡する", "DE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "ライセンスの条件によっては、ローダーを変更する権利がないことにご注意ください。
    見積もりについては、営業部門にお問い合わせください。", "DE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "完了", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "ファイルには自動マクロが含まれています。
    マクロを実行しますか？", "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "ドキュメントを読み込んでいます", "DE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "いいえ", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "接続制限", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ライセンス制限に達しました", "DE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "OK", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "有料機能", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "パスワード", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "読み込み中...", "DE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "選択内容を保存する", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "高速共同編集モードでは、元に戻す/やり直し機能が無効になります。", "DE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "ユーザー名", "DE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "はい", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "ライセンスの有効期限が切れています", @@ -273,6 +278,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_No_Spacing": "間隔無し", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Normal": "標準", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "引用", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "小見出し", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "タイトル", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X 軸", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y 軸", @@ -286,10 +292,13 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "少々お待ちください...", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "％1エディターへの同時接続の制限に達しました。 このドキュメントは表示専用で開かれます。
    詳細については、管理者にお問い合わせください。", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "ライセンスの期限が切れました。
    ライセンスを更新して、ページをリロードしてください。", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "ライセンスの有効期限が切れています。
    ドキュメント編集機能にアクセスできません。
    管理者にご連絡ください。", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "ライセンスを更新する必要があります。
    ドキュメント編集機能へのアクセスが制限されています。
    フルアクセスを取得するには、管理者にご連絡ください", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "％1エディターのユーザー制限に達しました。 詳細については、管理者にお問い合わせください。", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "％1エディターへの同時接続の制限に達しました。 このドキュメントは閲覧のみを目的として開かれます。
    個人的なアップグレード条件については、％1セールスチームにお問い合わせください。", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "％1エディターのユーザー制限に達しました。 個人的なアップグレード条件については、％1営業チームにお問い合わせください。", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "ファイルを編集する権限を拒否されています。", + "DE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "テキストが見つかりません", "DE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "全てを置き換える", "DE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "警告", "DE.Controllers.Settings.textCustomSize": "ユーザ設定サイズ", @@ -297,7 +306,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.Settings.unknownText": "不明", "DE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "この形式で保存し続ける場合は、テキスト以外のすべての機能が失われます。
    続行してもよろしいですか？", "DE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAsRTF": "この形式で保存を続けると、一部の書式が失われる可能性があります。
    続行しますか？", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveMsgText": "このドキュメントには未保存の変更があります。 [このページに留まる]をクリックして、ドキュメントの自動保存をお待ちください。 保存されていない変更をすべて破棄するには、[このページから移動する]をクリックください。", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveTitleText": "アプリケーションを終了します", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.leaveButtonText": "このページから移動する", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.stayButtonText": "このページに留まる", "DE.Views.AddImage.textAddress": "アドレス", "DE.Views.AddImage.textBack": "戻る", "DE.Views.AddImage.textFromLibrary": "ライブラリから写真を選択", @@ -357,6 +369,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditChart.textSquare": "四角", "DE.Views.EditChart.textStyle": "スタイル", "DE.Views.EditChart.textThrough": "内部", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textTight": "外周", "DE.Views.EditChart.textToBackground": "背景へ移動", "DE.Views.EditChart.textToForeground": "前に移動", "DE.Views.EditChart.textTopBottom": "上と下", @@ -395,13 +408,14 @@ "DE.Views.EditImage.textReplaceImg": "画像を置き換える", "DE.Views.EditImage.textSquare": "四角", "DE.Views.EditImage.textThrough": "内部", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textTight": "外周", "DE.Views.EditImage.textToBackground": "背景へ移動", "DE.Views.EditImage.textToForeground": "前に移動", "DE.Views.EditImage.textTopBottom": "上と下", "DE.Views.EditImage.textWrap": "折り返しスタイル", "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAddCustomColor": "カストム色を追加する", "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAdvanced": "高度な", - "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAdvSettings": "高度な設定", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAdvSettings": "詳細設定", "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAfter": "後に", "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAuto": "自動", "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textBack": "戻る", @@ -439,6 +453,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditShape.textSquare": "四角", "DE.Views.EditShape.textStyle": "スタイル", "DE.Views.EditShape.textThrough": "内部", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textTight": "外周", "DE.Views.EditShape.textToBackground": "背景へ移動", "DE.Views.EditShape.textToForeground": "前に移動", "DE.Views.EditShape.textTopAndBottom": "上と下", @@ -462,6 +477,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditTable.textLastColumn": "最後の列", "DE.Views.EditTable.textOptions": "設定", "DE.Views.EditTable.textRemoveTable": "テーブルを削除する", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textRepeatHeader": "ヘッダー行として繰り返す", "DE.Views.EditTable.textResizeFit": "内容に合わせてサイズを変更する", "DE.Views.EditTable.textSize": "太さ", "DE.Views.EditTable.textStyle": "スタイル", @@ -479,6 +495,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditText.textBullets": "箇条書き", "DE.Views.EditText.textCharacterBold": "B", "DE.Views.EditText.textCharacterItalic": "I", + "DE.Views.EditText.textCharacterStrikethrough": "S", "DE.Views.EditText.textCharacterUnderline": "U", "DE.Views.EditText.textCustomColor": "ユーザー設定色", "DE.Views.EditText.textDblStrikethrough": "二重取り消し線", @@ -571,6 +588,7 @@ "DE.Views.Settings.textTel": "電話", "DE.Views.Settings.textTitle": "タイトル", "DE.Views.Settings.textTop": "上", + "DE.Views.Settings.textUnitOfMeasurement": "測定単位", "DE.Views.Settings.textUploaded": "アップロードされた", "DE.Views.Settings.textVersion": "バージョン", "DE.Views.Settings.textWords": "言葉", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/lo.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/lo.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dba69c9a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/lo.json @@ -0,0 +1,597 @@ +{ + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAddReply": "ຕອບຄີືນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAtLeast": "ຢ່າງນ້ອຍ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAuto": "ໂອໂຕ້", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textBaseline": "ເສັ້ນພື້ນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textBold": "ໂຕເຂັມ ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textBreakBefore": "ແຍກໜ້າເອກະສານກ່ອນໜ້າ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCaps": "ໂຕໃຫຍ່ທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCenter": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textChart": "ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textColor": "ສີຂອງຕົວອັກສອນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textContextual": "ບໍ່ຕ້ອງເພີ່ມໄລຍະຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງແຖວ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDelete": "ລົບ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteComment": "ລົບຄໍາເຫັນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleted": "ລຶບ:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteReply": "ລົບການຕອບກັບ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDStrikeout": "ຂິດຂ້າ ສອງຄັ້ງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEditUser": "ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ກໍາລັງແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEquation": "ສົມຜົນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textExact": "ແນ່ນອນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textFirstLine": "ເສັ້ນທໍາອິດ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textFormatted": "ຈັດຮູບແບບ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textHighlight": "ທາສີໄຮໄລ້", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textImage": "ຮູບພາບ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textIndentLeft": "ຢັບມາຊ້າຍ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textIndentRight": "ຢັບມາຂວາ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textInserted": "ສອດໃສ່:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textItalic": "ໂຕໜັງສືອ່ຽງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textJustify": "ປັບການຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textKeepLines": "ໃຫ້ເສັ້ນເຂົ້ານໍາກັນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textKeepNext": "ເກັບໄວ້ຕໍ່ໄປ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textLeft": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຕິດຊ້າຍ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textLineSpacing": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງເສັ້ນ:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteComment": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງການລົບຄຳເຫັນນີ້ແທ້ບໍ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteReply": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງການລົບແທ້ບໍ?", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMultiple": "ຕົວຄູນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoBreakBefore": "ບໍ່ໄດ້ຂັ້ນໜ້າກ່ອນໜ້ານີ້", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoChanges": "ບໍ່ມີການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoContextual": "ຕື່ມໄລຍະຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງໜ້າຫຍໍ້ດຽວກັນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoKeepLines": "ບໍ່ຕ້ອງສ້າງເສັ້ນຮ່ວມກັນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoKeepNext": "ບໍ່ຕ້ອງເກັບໄວ້ຕໍ່ ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNot": "ບໍ່", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoWidow": "ບໍ່ມີການຄອບຄຸມໜ້າຕ່າງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNum": "ປ່ຽນຕົວເລກ ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaDeleted": "ລຶບຫຍໍ້ໜ້າ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaFormatted": "ຈັດຮູບແບບຫຍໍ້ໜ້າ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaInserted": "ຕື່ມຫຍໍ້ໜ້າໃສ່ແລ້ວ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveFromDown": "ເລື່ອນລົງ:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveFromUp": "ເລື່ອນຂຶ້ນ:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveTo": "ຍ້າຍ:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textPosition": "ຕໍາແໜ່ງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textReopen": "ເປີດຄືນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textResolve": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textRight": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຕິດຂວາ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textShape": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textShd": "ສີພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSmallCaps": "ໂຕອັກສອນນ້ອຍ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSpacing": "ການຈັດໄລຍະຫ່າງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSpacingAfter": "ໄລະຫ່າງກ່ອນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSpacingBefore": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງກ່ອນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textStrikeout": "ຂີດຂ້າອອກ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "ຕົວຫ້ອຍ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "ຕົວຍົກ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຕາຕະລາງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "ເພີ່ມແຖວໃສ່ຕາຕະລາງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "ລຶບແຖວອອກຈາກຕາຕະລາງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "ປ່ຽນຂັ້ນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "ີຂີດກ້ອງ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "ຄອບຄຸມໜ້າຕ່າງ ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textYes": "ແມ່ນແລ້ວ", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textCustomColors": "ປະເພດຂອງສີ, ກຳນົດສີ ", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "ສີມາດຕະຖານ", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": " ຮູບແບບສີ", + "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "ເຊັນຕີເມັດ", + "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAccept": "ຍອມຮັບ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAcceptAllChanges": "ຍອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "ຕອບຄີືນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesAcceptedPreview": "ຍອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ(ເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງ)", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesEditing": "ການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ(ດັດແກ້)", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesRejectedPreview": "ປະຕິເສດການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ(ເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງ)", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textChange": "ເບີ່ງການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCollaboration": "ຮ່ວມກັນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textDisplayMode": "ໂມດການສະແດງຜົນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditReply": "ແກ້ໄຂການຕອບກັບ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditUsers": "ຜຸ້ໃຊ້", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditСomment": "ແກ້ໄຂຄໍາເຫັນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textFinal": "ສຸດທ້າຍ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textMarkup": "ໝາຍ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textNoComments": "ເອກະສານບໍ່ມີຄໍາເຫັນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textOriginal": "ສະບັບເຄົ້າ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textReject": "ປະຕິເສດ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textRejectAllChanges": "ປະຕິເສດການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textReview": "ໝາຍການແກ້ໄຂ ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textReviewing": "ກວດຄືນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textСomments": "ຄຳເຫັນ", + "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textImage": "ຮູບພາບ", + "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textOther": "ອື່ນໆ", + "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textTable": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "DE.Controllers.AddImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "DE.Controllers.AddImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງບອກທີຢູ່ຮູບ URL", + "DE.Controllers.AddImage.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ 'http://www.example.com'", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textBelowText": "ລຸ່ມໂຕໜັງສື", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textBottomOfPage": "ທາງລຸ່ມສຸດຂອງໜ້າເຈ້ຍ", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textContinue": "ສືບຕໍ່", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textDelete": "ລົບ", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textDeleteDraft": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງການລົບແທ້ບໍ ", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ 'http://www.example.com'", + "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textColumns": "ຖັນ", + "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textRows": "ແຖວ", + "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textTableSize": "ຂະໜາດຕາຕະລາງ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.errorCopyCutPaste": "ປະຕິບັດການ ສໍາເນົາ, ຕັດ ແລະ ຕໍ່", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddComment": "ເພີ່ມຄຳເຫັນ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddLink": "ເພີ່ມລິ້ງ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCopy": "ສໍາເນົາ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCut": "ຕັດ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuDelete": "ລົບ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuDeleteTable": "ລົບຕາຕະລາງ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuMerge": "ລວມແຊວ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuMore": "ຫຼາຍກວ່າ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuOpenLink": "ເປີດລີ້ງ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuPaste": "ວາງ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuReview": "ກວດຄືນ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuReviewChange": "ເບີ່ງການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuSplit": "ແຍກແຊວ ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuViewComment": "ເບີ່ງຄໍາເຫັນ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textColumns": "ຖັນ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "ປະຕິບັດການ ສໍາເນົາ, ຕັດ ແລະ ຕໍ່ ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "ບໍ່ຕ້ອງສະແດງຄືນອີກ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textGuest": " ແຂກ", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textRows": "ແຖວ", + "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textChart": "ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textFooter": "ສ່ວນທ້າຍ", + "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textHeader": "ຫົວຂໍ້ເອກະສານ", + "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textHyperlink": "ົໄຮເປີລີ້ງ", + "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textImage": "ຮູບພາບ", + "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textParagraph": "ວັກ", + "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textSettings": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າ", + "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textShape": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "ເນື້ອຫາ", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textEmptyImgUrl": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງບອກທີ່ຢູ່ຮູບ URL", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ 'http://www.example.com'", + "DE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "DE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງບອກທີຢູ່ຮູບ URL", + "DE.Controllers.EditImage.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ 'http://www.example.com'", + "DE.Controllers.EditText.textAuto": "ໂອໂຕ້", + "DE.Controllers.EditText.textFonts": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "DE.Controllers.EditText.textPt": "pt", + "DE.Controllers.Main.advDRMEnterPassword": "ໃສ່ລະຫັດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.advDRMOptions": "ຟຮາຍມີການປົກປ້ອງ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.advDRMPassword": "ລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.advTxtOptions": "ເລືອກ TXT ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "ດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.closeButtonText": "ປິດຟຮາຍເອກະສານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "ໝົດເວລາການປ່ຽນແປງ.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorExtText": "ກົດ OK ເພື່ອກັບຄືນ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorTitle": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadErrorText": "ດາວໂຫຼດບໍ່ສຳເລັດ.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadMergeText": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂລດ.....", + "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadMergeTitle": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂລດ ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດເອກະສານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "ດາວໂລດເອກະສານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "ທ່ານກຳລັງພະຍາຍາມດຳເນີນການກະທຳໃດໜຶ່ງທີ່ທ່ານບໍ່ມີສິດສຳລັບສິ່ງນີ້.
    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL ຮູບພາບບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "ບໍ່ສາມາດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ ເຊີບເວີ , ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານຕໍ່ໄດ້", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "ເອກະສານບໍ່ສາມາດບັນທຶກໄດ້. ກະລຸນາກວດສອບການຕັ້ງຄ່າການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫລືຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ.
    ເມື່ອທ່ານກົດປຸ່ມ 'OK', ທ່ານຈະໄດ້ຮັບການກະຕຸ້ນເຕືອນໃຫ້ດາວໂຫລດເອກະສານ.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດຈາກທາງນອກ
    ຖານຂໍ້ມູນ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "ໄດ້ຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງລະຫັດແລ້ວ, ບໍ່ສາມາດຖອດລະຫັດໄດ້.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "ໄລຍະຂອງຂໍ້ມູນບໍ່ຖືກ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "ລະຫັດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ: %1", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "ພົບບັນຫາຕອນເປີດຟາຍ.
    ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍເພື່ອແບັກອັບໄວ້ຄອມທ່ານໂດຍກົດ \"ດາວໂຫຼດ\"", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "ມີລະຫັດປົກປ້ອງຟາຍນີ້ຈຶ່ງບໍ່ສາມາດເປີດໄດ້", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "ຂະໜາດຂອງຟາຍໃຫຍ່ກວ່າທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນລະບົບ.
    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "ບໍ່ຮູ້ຄຳອະທິບາຍຫຼັກ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "ລະຫັດໝົດອາຍຸ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "ບໍ່ສາມາດດາວໂຫຼດເອກະສານ,ກະລຸນາເລືອກເອກກະສານໃໝ່", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeSaveFile": "ບໍ່ສາມາດລວມໄດ້", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorOpensource": "ທ່ານໃຊ້ສະບັບຊຸມຊົນແບບບໍ່ເສຍຄ່າ ທ່ານສາມາດເປີດເອກະສານ ແລະ ເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ. ເພື່ອເຂົ້າເຖິງການແກ້ໄຂທາງເວັບເທິງມືຖື, ຕ້ອງມີໃບອະນຸຍາດການຄ້າ.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "ບັນທຶກບໍ່ສໍາເລັດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "ສະບັບດັດແກ້ໄດ້ຖືກປັບປຸງແລ້ວ. ໜ້າເວັບຈະຖືກໂຫລດຄືນເພື່ອນຳໃຊ້ການປ່ຽນແປງ.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "ໝົດເວລາການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ ກະລຸນາໂຫລດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "ເອກະສານດັ່ງກ່າວບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກດັດແກ້ມາດົນແລ້ວ. ກະລຸນາໂຫລດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ ເຊີເວີຖືກລົບກວນ, ກະລຸນນາໂລດຄືນ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "ຄໍາສັ່ງແຖວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ, ການສ້າງແຜນໃຫ້ວາງຂໍ້ມູນຕາມລຳດັບດັ່ງນີ: ລາຄາເປີດ, ລາຄາສູງສຸດ, ລາຄາຕໍ່າສຸດ, ລາຄາປິດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersion": "ເອກະສານໄດ້ຖືກປ່ຽນແລ້ວ. ໜ້າເວັບຈະຖືກໂຫລດໃໝ່.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "ການເຊື່ອຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຫາກໍ່ກັບມາ, ແລະຟາຍເອກະສານໄດ້ມີການປ່ຽນແປງແລ້ວ. ກ່ອນທີ່ທ່ານຈະດຳເນີການຕໍ່ໄປ, ທ່ານຕ້ອງໄດ້ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍ ຫຼືສຳເນົາເນື້ອຫາ ເພື່ອປ້ອງການການສູນເສຍ, ແລະກໍ່ທຳການໂຫຼດໜ້າຄືນອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUserDrop": "ບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງຟາຍໄດ້", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUsersExceed": "ຈໍານວນຜູ້ໃຊ້ເກີນກໍານົດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "ຂາດການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່. ທ່ານສາມາດເບິ່ງເອກະສານໄດ້, ແຕ່ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດດາວໂຫລດໄດ້ຈົນກວ່າຈະມີການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຄືນແລະ ໜ້າເວັບຈະຖືກໂຫລດຄືນ.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.leavePageText": "ທ່ານມີການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກບັນທຶກໃນເອກະສານນີ້. ກົດ \"ຢູ່ໃນໜ້ານີ້' ເພື່ອລໍຖ້າການບັນທືກເອກະສານແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດ. ກົດ 'ອອກຈາກໜ້ານີ້' ເພື່ອຍົກເລີກການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ຍັງບໍ່ໄດ້ບັນທຶກ.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTitleText": "ດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTitleText": "ດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTextText": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTitleText": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTextText": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTitleText": "ກໍາລັງໂລດຮູບພາບ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTextText": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂຫຼດເອກະສານ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດເອກະສານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.mailMergeLoadFileText": "ໂລດຂໍ້ມູນຈາກຕົ້ນທາງ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.mailMergeLoadFileTitle": "ດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນຈາກຕົ້ນທາງ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.openErrorText": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດເກີດຂື້ນໃນຂະນະເປີດເອກະສານ.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.openTextText": "ກໍາລັງເປີດເອກະສານ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.openTitleText": "ກໍາລັງເປີດເອກະສານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.printTextText": "ກໍາລັງພີມເອກະສານ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.printTitleText": "ກໍາລັງພີມເອກະສານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "ພົບບັນຫາຕອນບັນທຶກຟາຍ.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "ກະກຽມບັນທືກ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "ກຳລັງກະກຽມບັນທືກ, ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "ກໍາລັງບັນທຶກເອກະສານ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.saveTitleText": "ບັນທືກເອກະສານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.scriptLoadError": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຊ້າເກີນໄປ, ບາງອົງປະກອບບໍ່ສາມາດໂຫຼດໄດ້. ກະລຸນາໂຫຼດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່", + "DE.Controllers.Main.sendMergeText": "ກໍາລັງສົ່ງລວມ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.sendMergeTitle": "ກໍາລັງສົ່ງລວມ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.splitDividerErrorText": "ຈໍານວນແຖວຕ້ອງເປັນຕົວເລກຂອງ %1", + "DE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxColsErrorText": "ຈຳນວນຖັນຕ້ອງຕໍ່າ ກວ່າ %1", + "DE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxRowsErrorText": "ຈຳນວນແຖວຕ້ອງໜ້ອຍກວ່າ %1", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "ບໍ່ລະບຸຊື່", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textBuyNow": "ເຂົ້າໄປຍັງເວັບໄຊ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textClose": "ປິດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "ຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຂາຍ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ ອີງຕາມຂໍ້ ກຳນົດຂອງໃບອະນຸຍາດ ທ່ານບໍ່ມີສິດທີ່ຈະປ່ຽນແປງ ການບັນຈຸ.
    ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຝ່າຍຂາຍຂອງພວກເຮົາເພື່ອຂໍໃບສະເໜີ.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "ເອກະສານບັນຈຸ ມາກໂຄ
    ແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ທ່ານຍັງຕ້ອງການດໍາເນີນງານ ມາກໂຄ ບໍ ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດເອກະສານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "ບໍ່", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ຈໍານວນໃບອະນຸຍາດໄດ້ໃຊ້ຄົບແລ້ວ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "ຕົກລົງ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "ຄຸນສົມບັດທີ່ຈ່າຍ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "ລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂຫຼດ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "ຈື່ທາງເລືອກຂອງຂ້ອຍ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "ໜ້າທີ່ ກັບຄືນ ຫຼື ທວນຄືນ ຖືກປິດໃຊ້ງານ ສຳລັບໂໝດການແກ້ໄຂຮ່ວມກັນດ່ວນ.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "ຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "ແມ່ນແລ້ວ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດໝົດອາຍຸ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "ອັບເດດການແກ້ໄຂ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "ປ່ຽນແປງລຸ້ນ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "ເນື້ອຫາຂອງທ່ານຢູ່ນີ້", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "ໃສ່ຊື່ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າ ຮູບແບບການແກ້ໄຂ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "ສ່ວນທ້າຍ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "ຫົວຂໍ້ເອກະສານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "ຖ້າເຈົ້ານໍາໃຊ້ລະຫັດເພື່ອເປີດເອກະສານ, ລະຫັດປັດຈະບັນຈະຖືກແກ້ໄຂ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "ຊຸດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "ໂນດສ່ວນທ້າຍເອກະສານ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": " ຫົວເລື່ອງ 1", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ 2", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ 3", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_4": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ4", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_5": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ5", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_6": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ6", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_7": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ7", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_8": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ8", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_9": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ9", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Intense_Quote": "ຄວາມເຂັ້ມຄໍາສັບ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_List_Paragraph": "ລາຍການຫຍໍ້ໜ້າ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_No_Spacing": "ບໍ່ມີໄລຍະຫ່າງ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Normal": "ປົກກະຕິ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "ໃບສະເໜີລາຄາ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "ຄໍາບັນຍາຍ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "ແກນ X, ແກນລວງນອນ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "ແກນ Y, ແກນລວງຕັ້ງ ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ບໍ່ຮູ້ສາເຫດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "ບຣາວເຊີຂອງທ່ານບໍ່ສາມານຳໃຊ້ໄດ້", + "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageExtMessage": "ບໍ່ຮູ້ສາເຫດຂໍ້ຜິດຜາດຮູບແບບຂອງຮູບ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageFileCountMessage": "ບໍ່ມີຮູບພາບອັບໂຫຼດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "ຂະໜາດຂອງຮູບພາບໃຫ່ຍເກີນກໍານົດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "ກໍາລັງອັບໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "ກໍາລັງອັບໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບຜູ້ເເກ້ໄຂ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ເອກະສານນີ້ສາມາດເປີດເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ.
    ຕິດຕໍ່ທີມບໍລິຫານ ເພື່ອສືກສາເພີ່ມເຕີ່ມ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດຂອງທ່ານໝົດອາຍຸແລ້ວ.
    ກະລຸນາຕໍ່ໃບອະນຸຍາດຂອງທ່ານ ແລະ ນຳໃຊ້ໃໝ່.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດໝົດອາຍຸ.
    ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງ ໜ້າ ທີ່ແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ.
    ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "ໃບທະບຽນທີ່ຕ້ອງການເປັນ ໃບອະນຸຍາດ ຈຳ ເປັນຕ້ອງມີການຕໍ່ອາຍຸ
    ທ່ານມີຂໍ້ ຈຳ ກັດໃນການ ທຳ ງານການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ, ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຫາຜູ້ເບິ່ງລະບົບ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບຜູ້ແກ້ໄຂ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ຕິດຕໍ່ທີມບໍລິຫານເພື່ອຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີ່ມ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "ຈໍານວນການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບບັນນາທິການ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ %1. ເອກະສານນີ້ສາມາດເປີດເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ.
    ຕິດຕໍ່ ທີມຂາຍ %1 ສຳລັບຂໍ້ກຳນົດການຍົກລະດັບສິດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "ຈໍານວນການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບບັນນາທິການ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ຕິດຕໍ່ ທີມຂາຍ %1 ສຳລັບຂໍ້ກຳນົດການຍົກລະດັບສິດ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "ທ່ານໄດ້ຖືກປະຕິເສດສິດໃນການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານດັ່ງກ່າວ.", + "DE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "ບໍ່ພົບເນື້ອຫາ", + "DE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "ປ່ຽນແທນທັງໝົດ", + "DE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "DE.Controllers.Settings.textCustomSize": "ກຳນົດຂະໜາດ", + "DE.Controllers.Settings.txtLoading": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂຫຼດ...", + "DE.Controllers.Settings.unknownText": "ບໍ່ຮູ້", + "DE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "ຖ້າທ່ານສືບຕໍ່ບັນທຶກໃນຮູບແບບນີ້ທຸກລັກສະນະ ຍົກເວັ້ນຂໍ້ຄວາມຈະຫາຍໄປ.
    ທ່ານແນ່ໃຈບໍ່ວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງການດໍາເນີນຕໍ່?", + "DE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAsRTF": "ຖ້າທ່ານສືບຕໍ່ບັນທຶກໃນຮູບແບບນີ້ ບາງຮູບແບບອາດຈະຫາຍໄປ.
    ທ່ານແນ່ໃຈບໍ່ວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງການດຳເນີນການຕໍ່?", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveMsgText": "ທ່ານມີການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກບັນທຶກໃນເອກະສານນີ້. ກົດ \"ຢູ່ໃນໜ້ານີ້' ເພື່ອລໍຖ້າການບັນທືກເອກະສານແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດ. ກົດ 'ອອກຈາກໜ້ານີ້' ເພື່ອຍົກເລີກການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ຍັງບໍ່ໄດ້ບັນທຶກ.", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveTitleText": "ເຈົ້າອອກຈາກລະບົບ", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.leaveButtonText": "ອອກຈາກໜ້ານີ້", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.stayButtonText": "ຢູ່ໃນໜ້ານີ້", + "DE.Views.AddImage.textAddress": "ທີ່ຢູ່", + "DE.Views.AddImage.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "DE.Views.AddImage.textFromLibrary": "ຮູບພາບຈາກຫ້ອງສະໝຸດ", + "DE.Views.AddImage.textFromURL": "ຮູບພາບຈາກ URL", + "DE.Views.AddImage.textImageURL": "URL ຮູບພາບ", + "DE.Views.AddImage.textInsertImage": "ເພີ່ມຮູບພາບ", + "DE.Views.AddImage.textLinkSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Link", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textAddComment": "ເພີ່ມຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textAddLink": "ເພີ່ມລິ້ງ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textBreak": "ແຍກ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textCenterBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມທາງກາງ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textCenterTop": "ທາງກາງດ້ານເທິງ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textColumnBreak": "ແຕກຖັນ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textComment": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textContPage": "ການຕໍ່ໜ້າເອກະສານ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textCurrentPos": "ສະຖານະພາບ ປັດຈຸບັນ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textDisplay": "ສະແດງຜົນ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textEvenPage": "ໜ້າເຈ້ຍ ເລກຄູ່", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textFootnote": "ໂນດສ່ວນທ້າຍເອກະສານ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textFormat": "ປະເພດ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textInsert": "ເພີ່ມ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textInsertFootnote": "ເພີ່ມຕີນເອກະສານ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textLeftBottom": "ລຸ່ມຊາຍ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textLeftTop": "ຊ້າຍເທິງ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textLink": "ລີ້ງ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textLocation": "ສະຖານທີ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textNextPage": "ໜ້າຕໍ່ໄປ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textOddPage": "ໜ້າເຈ້ນ ເລກຄີກ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textPageBreak": "ແຍກໜ້າເອກະສານ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textPageNumber": "ເລກໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textPosition": "ຕໍາແໜ່ງ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textRightBottom": "ຂວາລຸ່ມ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textRightTop": "ຂວາເທິງ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textSectionBreak": "ແຍກມາດຕາ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textStartFrom": "ເລີ່ມຈາກ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textTip": "ຄຳແນະນຳໃນໜ້າຈໍ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textAlign": "ຈັດແນວ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textBackward": "ຍ້າຍໄປທາງຫຼັງ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textBehind": "ທາງຫຼັງ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textBorder": "ຂອບເຂດ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textColor": "ສີ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textDistanceText": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງຈາກຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textForward": "ຍ້າຍໄປດ້ານໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textInFront": "ທາງໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textInline": "ເສັ້ນ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textMoveText": "ຍ້າຍຄໍາສັບ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textOverlap": "ອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ຊ້ອນກັນ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textRemoveChart": "ລົບແຜນວາດ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textReorder": "ຈັດລຽງລໍາດັບຄືນ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textSquare": "ສີ່ຫຼ່ຽມ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textStyle": "ປະເພດ ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textThrough": "ຜ່ານ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textTight": "ຮັດແໜ້ນ ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textToBackground": "ສົ່ງໄປເປັນພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textToForeground": "ເອົາໄປໄວ້ທາງໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textTopBottom": "ເທີງແລະລຸ່ມ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textType": "ພິມ", + "DE.Views.EditChart.textWrap": "ຫໍ່", + "DE.Views.EditHeader.textDiffFirst": "ໜ້າທໍາອິດທີແຕກຕ່າງກັນ", + "DE.Views.EditHeader.textDiffOdd": "ໜ້າເອກະສານ ເລກ ຄູ່ ແລະ ເລກຄີກ", + "DE.Views.EditHeader.textFrom": "ເລີ່ມຈາກ", + "DE.Views.EditHeader.textPageNumbering": "ເລກໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditHeader.textPrev": "ສືບຕໍ່ຈາກ ພາກກ່ອນໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditHeader.textSameAs": "ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບກ່ອນໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditHyperlink.textDisplay": "ສະແດງຜົນ", + "DE.Views.EditHyperlink.textEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂ ລີ້ງ", + "DE.Views.EditHyperlink.textLink": "ລີ້ງ", + "DE.Views.EditHyperlink.textRemove": "ລົບລີ້ງ", + "DE.Views.EditHyperlink.textTip": "ຄຳແນະນຳໃນໜ້າຈໍ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textAddress": "ທີ່ຢູ່", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textAlign": "ຈັດແນວ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textBackward": "ຍ້າຍໄປທາງຫຼັງ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textBehind": "ທາງຫຼັງ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textDefault": "ຂະໜາດແທ້ຈິງ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textDistanceText": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງຈາກຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textForward": "ຍ້າຍໄປດ້ານໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textFromLibrary": "ຮູບພາບຈາກຫ້ອງສະໝຸດ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textFromURL": "ຮູບພາບຈາກ URL", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textImageURL": "URL ຮູບພາບ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textInFront": "ທາງໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textInline": "ເສັ້ນ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textLinkSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Link", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textMoveText": "ຍ້າຍຄໍາສັບ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textOverlap": "ອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ຊ້ອນກັນ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textRemove": "ລົບຮູບ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textReorder": "ຈັດລຽງລໍາດັບຄືນ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textReplaceImg": "ປ່ຽນແທນຮູບ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textSquare": "ສີ່ຫຼ່ຽມ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textThrough": "ຜ່ານ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textTight": "ຮັດແໜ້ນ ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textToBackground": "ສົ່ງໄປເປັນພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textToForeground": "ເອົາໄປໄວ້ທາງໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textTopBottom": "ເທີງແລະລຸ່ມ", + "DE.Views.EditImage.textWrap": "ຫໍ່", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAdvanced": "ຂັ້ນສູງ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAdvSettings": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAfter": "ຫຼັງຈາກ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textAuto": "ໂອໂຕ້", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textBackground": "ພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textBefore": "ກ່ອນ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ, ການກຳນົດສີ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textFirstLine": "ເສັ້ນທໍາອິດ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textFromText": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງຈາກຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textKeepLines": "ໃຫ້ເສັ້ນເຂົ້ານໍາກັນ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textKeepNext": "ເກັບໄວ້ຕໍ່ໄປ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textOrphan": "ການຄອບຄຸມ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textPageBreak": "ແຍກໜ້າເອກະສານກ່ອນໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textPrgStyles": "ຮຸບແບບວັກ", + "DE.Views.EditParagraph.textSpaceBetween": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງວັກ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textAlign": "ຈັດແນວ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textBackward": "ຍ້າຍໄປທາງຫຼັງ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textBehind": "ຫຼັງ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textBorder": "ຂອບເຂດ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textColor": "ສີ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ, ການກຳນົດສີ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textEffects": "ຜົນ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textForward": "ຍ້າຍໄປດ້ານໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textFromText": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງຈາກຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textInFront": "ທາງໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textInline": "ໃນເສັ້ນ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textOpacity": "ຄວາມເຂັ້ມ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textOverlap": "ອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ຊ້ອນກັນ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textRemoveShape": "ລົບຮ່າງ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textReorder": "ຈັດລຽງລໍາດັບຄືນ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textSquare": "ສີ່ຫຼ່ຽມ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textStyle": "ປະເພດ ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textThrough": "ຜ່ານ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textTight": "ຮັດແໜ້ນ ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textToBackground": "ສົ່ງໄປເປັນພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textToForeground": "ເອົາໄປໄວ້ທາງໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textTopAndBottom": "ເທີ່ງແລະລຸ່ມ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textWithText": "ຍ້າຍຄໍາສັບ", + "DE.Views.EditShape.textWrap": "ຫໍ່", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textAlign": "ຈັດແນວ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textBandedColumn": "ຮ່ວມກຸ່ມຖັນ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textBandedRow": "ຮ່ວມກຸ່ມແຖວ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textBorder": "ຂອບເຂດ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textCellMargins": "ຂອບເຂດຂອງແຊວ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textColor": "ສີ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ, ການກຳນົດສີ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textFirstColumn": "ຖັນທໍາອິດ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textFlow": "ຂະບວນການ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textFromText": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງຈາກຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textHeaderRow": "ຫົວແຖວ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textInline": "ໃນເສັ້ນ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textLastColumn": "ຖັນສຸດທ້າຍ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textOptions": "ທາງເລືອກ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textRemoveTable": "ລົບຕາຕະລາງ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textRepeatHeader": "ເຮັດລື້ມຄືນ ຕາມ ແຖວຫົວເລື່ອງ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textResizeFit": "ປັບຂະໜາດເພື່ອໃຫ້ເໝາະກັບເນື້ອຫາ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textStyle": "ປະເພດ ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textStyleOptions": "ທາງເລືອກ ປະເພດ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textTableOptions": "ທາງເລືອກຕາຕະລາງ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textTotalRow": "ຈໍານວນແຖວທັງໝົດ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textWithText": "ຍ້າຍຄໍາສັບ", + "DE.Views.EditTable.textWrap": "ຫໍ່", + "DE.Views.EditText.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textAdditional": "ເພີ່ມເຕີມ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textAdditionalFormat": "ຈັດຮູບແບບເພີ່ມເຕີມ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textAllCaps": "ໂຕໃຫຍ່ທັງໝົດ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textAutomatic": "ອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textBullets": "ຂີດໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textCharacterBold": "B", + "DE.Views.EditText.textCharacterItalic": "ທ່ານ, ຂ້ອຍ, ຂ້າພະເຈົ້າ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textCharacterStrikethrough": "S", + "DE.Views.EditText.textCharacterUnderline": "ີU", + "DE.Views.EditText.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ, ການກຳນົດສີ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textDblStrikethrough": "ຂີດທັບສອງຄັ້ງ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textDblSuperscript": "ອັກສອນຫຍໍ້", + "DE.Views.EditText.textFontColor": "ສີຂອງຕົວອັກສອນ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textFontColors": "ສີຕົວອັກສອນ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textFonts": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textHighlightColor": "ທາສີໄຮໄລ້", + "DE.Views.EditText.textHighlightColors": "ສີໄຮໄລ້", + "DE.Views.EditText.textLetterSpacing": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງຕົວອັກສອນ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textLineSpacing": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງເສັ້ນ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textNumbers": "ຕົວເລກ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textSmallCaps": "ໂຕອັກສອນນ້ອຍ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textStrikethrough": "ຂີດທັບ", + "DE.Views.EditText.textSubscript": "ຕົວຫ້ອຍ", + "DE.Views.Search.textCase": "ກໍລະນີທີ່ສຳຄັນ", + "DE.Views.Search.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "DE.Views.Search.textFind": "ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "DE.Views.Search.textFindAndReplace": "ຄົ້ນຫາແລະປ່ຽນແທນ", + "DE.Views.Search.textHighlight": "ໄຮໄລ້ ຜົນ", + "DE.Views.Search.textReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນ", + "DE.Views.Search.textSearch": "ຊອກຫາ, ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "ກ່ຽວກັບ, ປະມານ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "ທີ່ຢູ່", + "DE.Views.Settings.textAdvancedSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າແອັບ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textApplication": "ແອັບ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textAuthor": "ຜູ້ຂຽນ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textBottom": "ລຸ່ມສຸດ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textCentimeter": "ເຊັນຕິເມັດ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textCollaboration": "ຮ່ວມກັນ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textColorSchemes": "ໂທນສີ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textComment": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textCommentingDisplay": "ສະແດງຄໍາເຫັນ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textCreated": "ສ້າງ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textCreateDate": "ວັນທີ ທີສ້າງ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textCustom": "ປະເພດ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textCustomSize": "ກຳນົດຂະໜາດ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDisableAll": "ປິດທັງໝົດ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithNotification": "ປິດທຸກ ມາກໂຄ ດ້ວຍ ການແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "ປິດທຸກ ມາກໂຄ ໂດຍບໍ່ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDisplayComments": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDisplayResolvedComments": "ແກ້ໄຂຄໍາເຫັນ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDocInfo": "ຂໍ້ມູນເອກະສານ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDocTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຊື່ ເອກະສານ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDocumentFormats": "ປະເພດ ເອກະສານ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDocumentSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ ເອກະສານ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDownload": "ດາວໂຫຼດ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDownloadAs": "ດາວໂຫຼດໂດຍ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textEditDoc": "ແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textEmail": "ອີເມລ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textEnableAll": "ເປີດທັງໝົດ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textEnableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "ເປີດທຸກມາກໂຄໂດຍບໍ່ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textFind": "ຊອກ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "ຄົ້ນຫາແລະປ່ຽນແທນ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textFormat": "ປະເພດ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textHelp": "ຊວ່ຍ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textHiddenTableBorders": "ເຊື່ອງຂອບຕາຕະລາງ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textInch": "ຫົວໜ່ວຍ(ຫົວໜ່ວຍວັດແທກ)1 Inch =2.54 cm", + "DE.Views.Settings.textLandscape": "ພູມສັນຖານ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textLastModified": "ການແກ້ໄຂຄັ້ງລ້າສຸດ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textLastModifiedBy": "ແກ້ໄຂຄັ້ງລ້າສຸດໂດຍ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textLoading": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂຫຼດ...", + "DE.Views.Settings.textLocation": "ສະຖານທີ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textMacrosSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Macros", + "DE.Views.Settings.textMargins": "ຂອບ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textNoCharacters": "ບໍ່ມີຕົວອັກສອນພິມ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textOrientation": "ການຈັດວາງ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textOwner": "ເຈົ້າຂອງ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textPages": "ໜ້າ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textParagraphs": "ວັກ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textPoint": "ຈຸດ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textPortrait": "ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textPoweredBy": "ສ້າງໂດຍ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textPrint": "ພີມ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textReader": "ຮູບແບບເພື່ອອ່ານ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textReview": "ໝາຍການແກ້ໄຂ ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textRight": "ຂວາ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textShowNotification": "ສະແດງການແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textSpaces": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textSpellcheck": "ກວດກາການສະກົດຄໍາ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textStatistic": "ສະຖິຕິ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textSubject": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "DE.Views.Settings.textSymbols": "ສັນຍາລັກ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textTel": "ໂທ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "DE.Views.Settings.textTop": "ເບື້ອງເທີງ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textUnitOfMeasurement": "ຫົວໜ່ວຍການວັດແທກ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textUploaded": "ອັບໂຫຼດສຳເລັດ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textVersion": "ລຸ້ນ", + "DE.Views.Settings.textWords": "ຕົວໜັງສື", + "DE.Views.Settings.unknownText": "ບໍ່ຮູ້", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ" +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/nl.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/nl.json index 410958b61..2ae3a500f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/nl.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/nl.json @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoWidow": "Zwevende eindregels niet voorkomen", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNum": "Nummering wijzigen", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaDeleted": "Alinea verwijderd ", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaFormatted": "Alinea ingedeeld", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaFormatted": "Alinea ingedeeld", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaInserted": "Alinea ingevoegd ", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveFromDown": "Naar beneden:", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveFromUp": "Naar boven:", @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textStrikeout": "Doorhalen", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Subscript", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Superscript", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Tabel instellingen aangepast", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Tabel rijen toegevoegd", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Tabel rijen verwijderd", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Tabel instellingen aangepast", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Tabel rijen toegevoegd", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Tabel rijen verwijderd", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Tabs wijzigen", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Onderstrepen", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "Zwevende regels voorkomen", @@ -292,6 +292,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Een moment...", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "U heeft de limiet bereikt voor gelijktijdige verbindingen met% 1 editors. Dit document wordt alleen geopend om te bekijken.
    Neem contact op met uw beheerder voor meer informatie.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Uw licentie is vervallen.
    Werk uw licentie bij en vernieuw de pagina.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licentie verlopen.
    U heeft geen toegang tot documentbewerkingsfunctionaliteit.
    Neem contact op met uw beheerder.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Licentie moet worden verlengd.
    U heeft beperkte toegang tot documentbewerkingsfunctionaliteit.
    Neem contact op met uw beheerder voor volledige toegang", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "U heeft de gebruikerslimiet voor% 1 editors bereikt. Neem contact op met uw beheerder voor meer informatie.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "U heeft de limiet bereikt voor gelijktijdige verbindingen met% 1 editors. Dit document wordt alleen geopend om te bekijken.
    Neem contact op met het% 1 verkoopteam voor persoonlijke upgradevoorwaarden.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "U heeft de gebruikerslimiet voor% 1 editors bereikt. Neem contact op met het verkoopteam van% 1 voor persoonlijke upgradevoorwaarden.", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/pl.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/pl.json index 955699f75..eb5395099 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/pl.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/pl.json @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ { - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaDeleted": "Akapit usunięty ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaDeleted": "Akapit usunięty", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Kolory standardowe", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Kolory motywu", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "cm", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAcceptAllChanges": "Zaakceptuj wszystkie zmiany", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCollaboration": "Współpraca", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textImage": "Obraz", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textOther": "Inny", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/pt.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/pt.json index c0cf11e87..ac308ac0a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/pt.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/pt.json @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Subscrito", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Sobrescrito", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Configurações de Tabela Alteradas", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Linhas de Tabela Incluídas", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Linhas de Tabela Excluídas", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Linhas de Tabela Incluídas", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Linhas de Tabela Excluídas", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Trocar tabs", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Sublinhado", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "Controle de linhas órfãs/viúvas.", @@ -256,12 +256,21 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Licença expirada", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editor atualizado", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "Versão alterada", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtAbove": "Acima", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Seu texto aqui", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBelow": "Abaixo", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "Documento atual", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Título do Gráfico", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Definir modo de edição...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEvenPage": "Página par", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFirstPage": "Primeira Página", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Rodapé", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Cabeçalho", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "Página ímpar", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "na página", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Ao abrir o arquivo com sua senha, a senha atual será redefinida.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "Mesmo da Anterior", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Seção", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Série", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Texto de nota de rodapé", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Cabeçalho 1", @@ -292,6 +301,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Aguarde...", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Você atingiu o limite de conexões simultâneas para editores %1. Este documento será aberto apenas para visualização.
    Entre em contato com seu administrador para saber mais.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Sua licença expirou.
    Atualize sua licença e atualize a página.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "A licença expirou.
    Você não tem acesso à funcionalidade de edição de documentos.
    Por favor, contate seu administrador.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "A licença precisa ser renovada.
    Você tem acesso limitado à funcionalidade de edição de documentos.
    Entre em contato com o administrador para obter acesso total.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Você atingiu o limite de usuários para editores %1. Entre em contato com seu administrador para saber mais.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Você atingiu o limite de conexões simultâneas para editores %1. Este documento será aberto apenas para visualização.
    Entre em contato com a equipe de vendas da %1 para obter os termos de atualização pessoais.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Você atingiu o limite de usuários para editores %1.
    Entre em contato com a equipe de vendas da %1 para obter os termos de atualização pessoais.", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ro.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ro.json index fd0fdb4f4..d955d9c04 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ro.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ro.json @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Indice", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Exponent", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Setări tabel s-au mofificat", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Rânduri de tabel au fost adăugate", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Rânduri de tabel au fost șterse", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Rânduri de tabel au fost adăugate", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Rânduri de tabel au fost șterse", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Modificare file", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Subliniat", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "Control văduvă", @@ -256,12 +256,21 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Licența a expirat", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editorul a fost actualizat", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "Versiunea s-a modificat", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtAbove": "deasupra", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Textul dvs. aici", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBelow": "dedesubt", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "Documentul curent", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Titlu diagramă", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Setare modul de editare...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEvenPage": "Pagină pară", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFirstPage": "Prima pagina", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Subsol", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Antet", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "Pagină impară", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "la pagină", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Parola curentă va fi resetată, de îndată ce parola este introdusă și fișierul este deschis.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "La fel ca cel anteror", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Secțiune", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Serie", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Textul notei de subsol", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Titlu 1", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ru.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ru.json index c994ca5bd..8050a5d7c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ru.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ru.json @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleted": "Удалено:", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteReply": "Удалить ответ", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDone": "Готово", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDStrikeout": "Двойное зачеркивание", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDStrikeout": "Двойное зачёркивание", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEdit": "Редактировать", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEditUser": "Пользователи, редактирующие документ:", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEquation": "Уравнение", @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSpacing": "Интервал", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSpacingAfter": "Интервал после абзаца", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSpacingBefore": "Интервал перед абзацем", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textStrikeout": "Зачеркнутый", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textStrikeout": "Зачёркивание", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Подстрочный", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Надстрочный", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Изменены настройки таблицы", @@ -249,19 +249,28 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Платная функция", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Пароль", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Загрузка...", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Запомнить мой выбор", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Запомнить мой выбор для всех файлов", "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Функции отмены и повтора действий отключены в Быстром режиме совместного редактирования.", "DE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "Имя пользователя", "DE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Да", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Истек срок действия лицензии", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Редактор обновлен", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "Версия изменилась", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtAbove": "выше", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Введите ваш текст", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBelow": "ниже", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "Текущий документ", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Заголовок диаграммы", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Установка режима редактирования...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEvenPage": "С четной страницы", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFirstPage": "Первая страница", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Нижний колонтитул", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Верхний колонтитул", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "С нечетной страницы", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "на странице", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Как только вы введете пароль и откроете файл, текущий пароль к файлу будет сброшен", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "Как в предыдущем", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Раздел", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Ряд", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Текст сноски", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Заголовок 1", @@ -292,6 +301,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Пожалуйста, подождите...", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1. Этот документ будет открыт только на просмотр.
    Свяжитесь с администратором, чтобы узнать больше.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
    Обновите лицензию, а затем обновите страницу.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
    Нет доступа к функциональности редактирования документов.
    Пожалуйста, обратитесь к администратору.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Необходимо обновить лицензию.
    У вас ограниченный доступ к функциональности редактирования документов.
    Пожалуйста, обратитесь к администратору, чтобы получить полный доступ", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Вы достигли лимита на количество пользователей редакторов %1.
    Свяжитесь с администратором, чтобы узнать больше.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1. Этот документ будет открыт на просмотр.
    Напишите в отдел продаж %1, чтобы обсудить индивидуальные условия лицензирования.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1.
    Напишите в отдел продаж %1, чтобы обсудить индивидуальные условия лицензирования.", @@ -509,7 +520,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditText.textNumbers": "Нумерация", "DE.Views.EditText.textSize": "Размер", "DE.Views.EditText.textSmallCaps": "Малые прописные", - "DE.Views.EditText.textStrikethrough": "Зачеркнутый", + "DE.Views.EditText.textStrikethrough": "Зачёркивание", "DE.Views.EditText.textSubscript": "Подстрочные", "DE.Views.Search.textCase": "С учетом регистра", "DE.Views.Search.textDone": "Готово", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sk.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sk.json index 43a76ea94..f3d5d7f5c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sk.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sk.json @@ -249,19 +249,28 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Platený prvok", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Heslo", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Nahrávanie...", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Pamätať si moju voľbu", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Pamätať si moju voľbu pre všetky súbory", "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Funkcie späť/opakovať sú pre rýchly spolu-editačný režim vypnuté.", "DE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "Užívateľské meno", "DE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Áno", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Platnosť licencie uplynula", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editor bol aktualizovaný", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "Verzia bola zmenená", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtAbove": "Nad", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Váš text tu", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBelow": "pod", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "Aktuálny dokument", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Názov grafu", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Nastaviť režim úprav ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEvenPage": "Párna stránka", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFirstPage": "Prvá strana", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Päta stránky", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Hlavička", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "Nepárna strana", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "na strane", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Akonáhle vložíte heslo a otvoríte súbor, terajšie heslo k súboru sa zresetuje.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "Rovnaký ako predchádzajúci", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Sekcia", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Rady", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Text poznámky pod čiarou", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Nadpis 1", @@ -292,6 +301,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Čakajte, prosím...", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Počet súbežných spojení s dokumentovým serverom bol prekročený a dokument bude znovu otvorený iba na prezeranie.
    Pre ďalšie informácie kontaktujte prosím vášho správcu.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Vaša licencia vypršala.
    Prosím, aktualizujte si svoju licenciu a obnovte stránku.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licencia vypršala.
    K funkcii úprav dokumentu už nemáte prístup.
    Kontaktujte svojho administrátora, prosím.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Je potrebné obnoviť licenciu.
    K funkciám úprav dokumentov máte obmedzený prístup.
    Pre získanie úplného prístupu kontaktujte prosím svojho administrátora.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Počet súbežných užívateľov bol prekročený a dokument bude znovu otvorený len na čítanie.
    Pre ďalšie informácie kontaktujte prosím vášho správcu.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Táto verzia aplikácie %1 editors má určité obmedzenia pre súbežné pripojenia k dokumentovému serveru.
    Ak potrebujete viac, zvážte aktualizáciu aktuálnej licencie alebo zakúpenie komerčnej.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Táto verzia %1 editors má určité obmedzenia pre spolupracujúcich používateľov.
    Ak potrebujete viac, zvážte aktualizáciu vašej licencie alebo kúpu komerčnej.", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sl.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sl.json index 73fde4ee4..b2e049844 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sl.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sl.json @@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textStrikeout": "Prečrtano", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Podpisano", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Nadpisano", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Nastavitve tabele so se spremenile ", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Dodan stolpec v tabelo", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Vrstica tabele je izbrisana", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Nastavitve tabele so se spremenile ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Dodan stolpec v tabelo", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Vrstica tabele je izbrisana", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Podčrtaj", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textYes": "Da", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textCustomColors": "Barve po meri", @@ -87,13 +87,16 @@ "Common.Views.Collaboration.textOriginal": "Original", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textReject": "Zavrni", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textRejectAllChanges": "Zavrni vse spremembe", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textReview": "Sledi spremembam", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textReviewing": "Pregled", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textСomments": "Komentarji", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textImage": "Slika", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textOther": "Drugo", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "Oblika", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textTable": "Tabela", + "DE.Controllers.AddImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Opozorilo", "DE.Controllers.AddImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Določiti morate URL slike.", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Opozorilo", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textBelowText": "Pod besedilo", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textBottomOfPage": "Konec strani", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textCancel": "Prekliči", @@ -135,6 +138,9 @@ "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textShape": "Oblika", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "Tabela", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "Besedilo", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Opozorilo", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textEmptyImgUrl": "Določiti morate URL slike.", + "DE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Opozorilo", "DE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Določiti morate URL slike.", "DE.Controllers.EditText.textAuto": "Samodejno", "DE.Controllers.EditText.textFonts": "Fonti", @@ -165,7 +171,9 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "Velikost datoteke presega omejitev, nastavljeno za vaš strežnik.
    Za podrobnosti se obrnite na skrbnika strežnika dokumentov.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Neznan ključni deskriptor", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Ključni deskriptor je potekel", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Nalaganje dokumenta ni uspelo. Izberite drugo datoteko.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeSaveFile": "Spajanje je neuspešno", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorOpensource": "Z brezplačno različico Community lahko dokumente odprete samo za ogled. Za dostop do mobilnih spletnih urejevalnikov je potrebna komercialna licenca.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Shranjevanje je bilo neuspešno.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "Različica urejevalnika je posodobljena. Stran bo ponovno naložena, da bo spremenila spremembe.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "Nepravilen vrstni red vrstic. Za izgradnjo razpredelnice delnic podatke na strani navedite v sledečem vrstnem redu:
    otvoritvena cena, maksimalna cena, minimalna cena, zaključna cena.", @@ -225,6 +233,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Nastavi način urejanja ...", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Noga", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Glava", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Ko vnesete geslo in odprete datoteko, bo trenutno geslo datoteke ponastavljeno", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Niz", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Besedilo sprotne opombe", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Naslov 1", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sv.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sv.json index da6230fcd..76869e72e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sv.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sv.json @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSpacingAfter": "Avstånd efter", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSpacingBefore": "Avstånd före", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Tabellinställningar ändrade", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Tabellrader tillagda", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Tabellrader raderade", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Tabellrader tillagda", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Tabellrader raderade", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Ändra tabbar", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textCustomColors": "Anpassade färger", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standardfärger", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/tr.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/tr.json index 017ab1c84..cdc22e76c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/tr.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/tr.json @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textRight": "Sağa Hizala", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textShd": "Arka plan", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Tablo Ayarladı Değiştirildi", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Tablo Satırı Eklendi", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Tablo Satırı Silindi", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Tablo Satırı Eklendi", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Tablo Satırı Silindi", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Sekmeleri değiştir", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textCustomColors": "Özel Renkler", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standart Renkler", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/uk.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/uk.json index c123be1ad..43ec6127b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/uk.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/uk.json @@ -1,34 +1,75 @@ { "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Додати відповідь", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAtLeast": "мінімально", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAuto": "Авто", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textBaseline": "Базова лінія", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textBold": "Грубий", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textBreakBefore": "З нової сторінки", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCancel": "Скасувати", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCaps": "Усі великі", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCenter": "Вирівняти по центру", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textChart": "Діаграма", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textColor": "Колір шрифту", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textContextual": "Не додавати інтервал між абзацами одного стилю", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDelete": "Видалити", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteComment": "Видалити коментар", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleted": "Вилучено:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteReply": "Видалити відповідь", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDone": "Готово", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDStrikeout": "Подвійне закреслення", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEdit": "Редагувати", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEditUser": "Користувачі, що редагують документ:", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEquation": "Рівняння", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textExact": "точно", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textFirstLine": "Перша строка", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textFormatted": "Відформатовано", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textHighlight": "Колір позначення", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textImage": "Зображення", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textIndentLeft": "Відступ ліворуч", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textIndentRight": "Відступ праворуч", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textInserted": "Вставлено:", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textItalic": "Курсив", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textJustify": "Вирівняти по ширині", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textKeepLines": "Не розривати абзац", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textKeepNext": "Не відривати від наступного", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textLeft": "Вирівняти зліва", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textLineSpacing": "Міжрядковий інтервал:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteComment": "Ви дійсно хочете видалити цей коментар?", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteReply": "Ви дійсно хочете видалити цю відповідь?", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMultiple": "множник", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoBreakBefore": "Не з нової сторінки", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoChanges": "Зміни відсутні.", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoContextual": "Додати інтервал між абзацами того ж стилю", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoKeepLines": "Дозволити розриви абзацу", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoKeepNext": "Дозволити розрив з наступного", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNot": "Не", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNoWidow": "Дозволено висячі рядки", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textNum": "Зміна нумерації", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaDeleted": "Параграф Вилучено", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaFormatted": "Абзац відформатований", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaInserted": "Абзац вставлено", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveFromDown": "Переміщено вниз:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveFromUp": "Переміщено вгору:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textParaMoveTo": "Переміщено:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textPosition": "Положення", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textReopen": "Відкрити наново", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textResolve": "Вирішити", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textRight": "Вирівняти справа", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textShape": "Фігура", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textShd": "Колір тла", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSmallCaps": "Малі прописні", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSpacing": "Інтервал", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSpacingAfter": "Інтервал після абзацу", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSpacingBefore": "Інтервал перед абзацем", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textStrikeout": "Викреслення", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSubScript": "Підрядковий", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textSuperScript": "Надрядковий", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableChanged": "Змінено налаштування таблиці", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsAdd": "Рядки таблиці додано", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTableRowsDel": "Рядки таблиці видалено", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textTabs": "Змінити вкладки", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textUnderline": "Підкреслений", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textWidow": "Заборона висячих рядків", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textYes": "Так", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textCustomColors": "Власні кольори", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Стандартні кольори", @@ -36,36 +77,49 @@ "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "см", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "Пт", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAccept": "Прийняти", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAcceptAllChanges": "Прийняти усі зміни", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Додати відповідь", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesAcceptedPreview": "Усі зміни прийняті (попередній перегляд)", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesEditing": "Усі зміни (редагування)", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAllChangesRejectedPreview": "Усі зміни відхилено (попередній перегляд)", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textBack": "Назад", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCancel": "Скасувати", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textChange": "Перегляд змін", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCollaboration": "Співпраця", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textDisplayMode": "Режим показу", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textDone": "Готово", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditReply": "Редагувати відповідь", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditUsers": "Користувачі", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditСomment": "Редагувати коментар", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textFinal": "Фінальний", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textMarkup": "Зміни", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textNoComments": "Цей документ не містить коментарів", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textOriginal": "Початковий", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textReject": "Відхилити", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textRejectAllChanges": "Відхилити усі зміни", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textReview": "Відстежування змін", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textReviewing": "Рецензування", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textСomments": "Коментаріі", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textImage": "Зображення", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textOther": "Інший", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "Форма", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textTable": "Таблиця", + "DE.Controllers.AddImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Увага", "DE.Controllers.AddImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Потрібно вказати URL-адресу зображення.", "DE.Controllers.AddImage.txtNotUrl": "Це поле має бути URL-адресою у форматі \"http://www.example.com\"", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Увага", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textBelowText": "Нижче тексту", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textBottomOfPage": "Внизу сторінки", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textCancel": "Скасувати", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textContinue": "Продовжити", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textDelete": "Видалити", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textDeleteDraft": "Ви дійсно хочете видалити чернетку?", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.txtNotUrl": "Це поле має бути URL-адресою у форматі \"http://www.example.com\"", "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textCancel": "Скасувати", "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textColumns": "Стовпці", "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textRows": "Рядки", "DE.Controllers.AddTable.textTableSize": "Розмір таблиці", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.errorCopyCutPaste": "Дії копіювання, вирізання та вставки через контекстне меню виконуватимуться лише в поточному файлі.", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddComment": "Додати коментар", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddLink": "Додати посилання", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCopy": "Копіювати", @@ -73,16 +127,24 @@ "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuDelete": "Видалити", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuDeleteTable": "Видалити таблицю", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuEdit": "Редагувати", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuMerge": "Об'єднати комірки", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuMore": "Більше", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuOpenLink": "Відкрити посилання", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuPaste": "Вставити", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuReview": "Рецензування", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuReviewChange": "Перегляд змін", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuSplit": "Розділити комірку", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuViewComment": "Переглянути коментар", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Скасувати", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCancel": "Скасувати", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textColumns": "Стовпці", + "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Дії копіювання, вирізки та вставки", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Більше не відображати", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textGuest": "Гість", "DE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textRows": "Рядки", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textChart": "Діаграма", + "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textFooter": "Колонтитул", + "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textHeader": "Колонтитул", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textHyperlink": "Гіперсилка", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textImage": "Зображення", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textParagraph": "Параграф", @@ -90,6 +152,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textShape": "Форма", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "Таблиця", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "Текст", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Увага", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textEmptyImgUrl": "Потрібно вказати URL-адресу зображення.", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.txtNotUrl": "Це поле має бути URL-адресою у форматі \"http://www.example.com'", + "DE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Увага", "DE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Потрібно вказати URL-адресу зображення.", "DE.Controllers.EditImage.txtNotUrl": "Це поле має бути URL-адресою у форматі \"http://www.example.com\"", "DE.Controllers.EditText.textAuto": "Авто", @@ -110,21 +176,30 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadMergeTitle": "Завантаження", "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadTextText": "Завантаження документу...", "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Завантаження документу", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "Ви намагаєтеся виконати дію, для якої у вас немає прав.
    Будь ласка, зв'яжіться з адміністратором Сервера документів.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL-адреса зображення невірна", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "З'єднання з сервером втрачено. Ви більше не можете редагувати.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Не вдалося зберегти документ. Будь ласка, перевірте налаштування з'єднання або зверніться до свого адміністратора.
    Після натискання кнопки «ОК» вам буде запропоновано завантажити документ.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Зовнішня помилка.
    Помилка підключення до бази даних. Будь ласка, зв'яжіться зі службою підтримки.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Отримані зашифровані зміни, їх неможливо розшифрувати.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Неправильний діапазон даних.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Код помилки: %1 ", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "Під час роботи з документом сталася помилка.
    Скористайтеся опцією \"Завантажити\" для збереження резервної копії файлу на жорсткому диску комп’ютера.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Документ захищено паролем", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "Розмір файлу перевищує обмеження, встановлені для вашого сервера.
    Для детальної інформації зверніться до адміністратора Сервера документів.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Невідомий дескриптор ключа", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Ключовий дескриптор закінчився", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Завантаження не вдалося", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeSaveFile": "Помилка Об'єднання", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorOpensource": "Використовуючи безкоштовну версію спільноти ви можете відкривати документи лише для перегляду. Для доступу до мобільних веб-редакторів потрібна комерційна ліцензія.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Помилка збереження", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "Версія редактора була оновлена. Сторінка буде перезавантажена, щоб застосувати зміни.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "Сесія редагування документа закінчилася. Будь ласка, перезавантажте сторінку.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "Документ тривалий час не редагувався. Перезавантажте сторінку.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "З'єднання з сервером було перервано. Перезавантажте сторінку", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "Невірний порядок рядків. Щоб побудувати фондову діаграму, помістіть дані на аркуші в наступному порядку: ціна відкриття, максимальна ціна, мінімальна ціна, ціна закриття.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersion": "Версія файлу була змінена. Сторінка буде перезавантажена.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "Підключення до Інтернету було відновлено, а версія файлу змінена.
    Перш ніж продовжувати роботу, потрібно завантажити файл або скопіювати його вміст, щоб забезпечити цілісність даних, а потім перезавантажити дану сторінку.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUserDrop": "На даний момент файл не доступний.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUsersExceed": "Кількість користувачів перевищено", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "З'єднання втрачено. Ви все ще можете переглянути документ,
    але не зможете завантажувати його до відновлення зеднання та оновлення сторінки.", @@ -152,6 +227,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Підготовка до зберігання. Будь ласка, зачекайте...", "DE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Збереження документа...", "DE.Controllers.Main.saveTitleText": "Збереження документа", + "DE.Controllers.Main.scriptLoadError": "З'єднання занадто повільне, деякі компоненти не вдалося завантажити. Перезавантажте сторінку.", "DE.Controllers.Main.sendMergeText": "Відправлення злиття...", "DE.Controllers.Main.sendMergeTitle": "Відправлення злиття", "DE.Controllers.Main.splitDividerErrorText": "Кількість рядків повинна бути дільником% 1", @@ -163,23 +239,40 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textCancel": "Скасувати", "DE.Controllers.Main.textClose": "Закрити", "DE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Відділ продажів", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "Зверніть увагу, що згідно з умовами ліцензії ви не маєте права змінювати завантажувач.
    Будь ласка, зв'яжіться з нашим відділом продажів, щоб виконати запит.", "DE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "Готово", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "Файл містить автоматичні макроси.
    Запустити макроси?", "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Завантаження документа", "DE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "Ні", "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Досягнуто ліміту ліцензії", "DE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "OК", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Платна функція", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Пароль", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Завантаження...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Запам’ятати мій вибір для всіх файлів", "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Функції Undo / Redo відключені для режиму швидкого редагування.", "DE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "Ім'я користувача", "DE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Так", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Термін дії ліцензії закінчився", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Редактор оновлено", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "Версію змінено", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtAbove": "Вище", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Ваш текст тут", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBelow": "нижче", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "Поточний документ", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Назва діграми", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Встановити режим редагування ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEvenPage": "З парної сторінки", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFirstPage": "Перша сторінка", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Нижній колонтитул", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Верхній колонтитул", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "З непарної сторінки", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "на сторінці", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Після введення пароля та відкриття файлу поточний пароль буде скинуто", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "Як в попередньому", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Розділ", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Серії", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Текст виноски", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Заголовок 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Заголовок 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Заголовок 3", @@ -206,7 +299,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Завантаження зображення...", "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Завантаження зображення", "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Будь ласка, зачекайте...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Ви досягли ліміту одночасного підключення до редакторів %1. Цей документ буде відкритий лише для перегляду.
    Щоб дізнатися більше, зв’яжіться зі своїм адміністратором.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Термін дії вашої ліцензії минув.
    Будь ласка, оновіть свою ліцензію та оновіть сторінку.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Термін дії ліцензії закінчився.
    Вам закрито доступ до функцій редагування документів.
    Просимо звернутися до свого адміністратора.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Потрібно поновити ліцензію.
    У вас обмежений доступ до функцій редагування документів.
    Просимо звернутися до свого адміністратора, щоб отримати повний доступ", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Ви використовуєте відкриту версію %1. Ця версія має обмеження для одночасного підключення до сервера документів (20 підключень за один раз).
    Якщо вам потрібно більше, подумайте про придбання комерційної ліцензії.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Вам відмовлено у наданні права редагувати файл.", "DE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Текст не знайдено", @@ -216,6 +312,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Settings.txtLoading": "Завантаження...", "DE.Controllers.Settings.unknownText": "Невідомий", "DE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Якщо ви продовжите збереження в цьому форматі, всі функції, окрім тексту, буде втрачено.
    Ви впевнені, що хочете продовжити?", + "DE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAsRTF": "Якщо продовжувати зберігати у цьому форматі, деяке форматування може бути втрачено.
    Ви впевнені, що хочете продовжити?", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveMsgText": "У цьому документі є незбережені зміни. Натисніть \"Залишатися на цій сторінці\", щоб дочекатись автоматичного збереження документа. Натисніть \"Покинути цю сторінку\", щоб відхилити всі незбережені зміни.", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveTitleText": "Ви залишили заявку", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.leaveButtonText": "Залишити цю сторінку", @@ -230,6 +327,7 @@ "DE.Views.AddOther.textAddComment": "Додати коментар", "DE.Views.AddOther.textAddLink": "Додати посилання", "DE.Views.AddOther.textBack": "Назад", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textBreak": "Розрив", "DE.Views.AddOther.textCenterBottom": "Центр внизу", "DE.Views.AddOther.textCenterTop": "Центр зверху", "DE.Views.AddOther.textColumnBreak": "Розрив стовпця", @@ -239,11 +337,14 @@ "DE.Views.AddOther.textDisplay": "Дісплей", "DE.Views.AddOther.textDone": "Готово", "DE.Views.AddOther.textEvenPage": "Навіть сторінка", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textFootnote": "Виноска", "DE.Views.AddOther.textFormat": "Формат", "DE.Views.AddOther.textInsert": "Вставити", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textInsertFootnote": "Вставити виноску", "DE.Views.AddOther.textLeftBottom": "Зліва знизу", "DE.Views.AddOther.textLeftTop": "Зліва направо", "DE.Views.AddOther.textLink": "Посилання", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textLocation": "Розташування", "DE.Views.AddOther.textNextPage": "Наступна сторінка", "DE.Views.AddOther.textOddPage": "Непарна сторінка", "DE.Views.AddOther.textPageBreak": "Розрив сторінки", @@ -252,6 +353,7 @@ "DE.Views.AddOther.textRightBottom": "Праворуч внизу", "DE.Views.AddOther.textRightTop": "Праворуч зверху", "DE.Views.AddOther.textSectionBreak": "Розбиття на розділ", + "DE.Views.AddOther.textStartFrom": "Розпочати з", "DE.Views.AddOther.textTip": "Підказка для екрана", "DE.Views.EditChart.textAddCustomColor": "Додати власний колір", "DE.Views.EditChart.textAlign": "Вирівняти", @@ -282,6 +384,10 @@ "DE.Views.EditChart.textWrap": "Обернути", "DE.Views.EditHeader.textDiffFirst": "Різна перша сторінка", "DE.Views.EditHeader.textDiffOdd": "Різні непарні та рівноцінні сторінки", + "DE.Views.EditHeader.textFrom": "Розпочати з", + "DE.Views.EditHeader.textPageNumbering": "Нумерація сторінок", + "DE.Views.EditHeader.textPrev": "Продовження з попереднього розділу", + "DE.Views.EditHeader.textSameAs": "З'єднати з попереднім", "DE.Views.EditHyperlink.textDisplay": "Дісплей", "DE.Views.EditHyperlink.textEdit": "Редагувати посилання", "DE.Views.EditHyperlink.textLink": "Посилання", @@ -394,6 +500,10 @@ "DE.Views.EditText.textAutomatic": "Автоматично", "DE.Views.EditText.textBack": "Назад", "DE.Views.EditText.textBullets": "Кулі", + "DE.Views.EditText.textCharacterBold": "Ж", + "DE.Views.EditText.textCharacterItalic": "К", + "DE.Views.EditText.textCharacterStrikethrough": "Т", + "DE.Views.EditText.textCharacterUnderline": "Ч", "DE.Views.EditText.textCustomColor": "Власний колір", "DE.Views.EditText.textDblStrikethrough": "Подвійне перекреслення", "DE.Views.EditText.textDblSuperscript": "Надрядковий", @@ -419,6 +529,7 @@ "DE.Views.Search.textSearch": "Пошук", "DE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "Про", "DE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "Адреса", + "DE.Views.Settings.textAdvancedSettings": "Налаштування додатка", "DE.Views.Settings.textApplication": "Додаток", "DE.Views.Settings.textAuthor": "Автор", "DE.Views.Settings.textBack": "Назад", @@ -427,12 +538,16 @@ "DE.Views.Settings.textCollaboration": "Співпраця", "DE.Views.Settings.textColorSchemes": "Схеми кольорів", "DE.Views.Settings.textComment": "Коментар", + "DE.Views.Settings.textCommentingDisplay": "Відображення коментарів", "DE.Views.Settings.textCreated": "Створено", "DE.Views.Settings.textCreateDate": "Дата створення", "DE.Views.Settings.textCustom": "Користувальницький", "DE.Views.Settings.textCustomSize": "Спеціальний розмір", "DE.Views.Settings.textDisableAll": "Вимкнути все", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithNotification": "Вимкнути всі макроси з сповіщенням", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "Вимкнути всі макроси без сповіщення", "DE.Views.Settings.textDisplayComments": "Коментарі", + "DE.Views.Settings.textDisplayResolvedComments": "Вирішені коментарі", "DE.Views.Settings.textDocInfo": "Інофрмація документа", "DE.Views.Settings.textDocTitle": "Назва документу", "DE.Views.Settings.textDocumentFormats": "Формати документа", @@ -443,29 +558,45 @@ "DE.Views.Settings.textEditDoc": "Редагувати документ", "DE.Views.Settings.textEmail": "Пошта", "DE.Views.Settings.textEnableAll": "Увімкнути все", + "DE.Views.Settings.textEnableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "Задіяти всі макроси без сповіщення", "DE.Views.Settings.textFind": "Знайти", "DE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "Знайти та перемістити", "DE.Views.Settings.textFormat": "Формат", "DE.Views.Settings.textHelp": "Допомога", + "DE.Views.Settings.textHiddenTableBorders": "Приховані границі таблиці", + "DE.Views.Settings.textInch": "Дюйм", "DE.Views.Settings.textLandscape": "ландшафт", + "DE.Views.Settings.textLastModified": "Остання зміна", "DE.Views.Settings.textLastModifiedBy": "Востаннє змінено", "DE.Views.Settings.textLeft": "Лівий", "DE.Views.Settings.textLoading": "Завантаження...", + "DE.Views.Settings.textLocation": "Розташування", + "DE.Views.Settings.textMacrosSettings": "Налаштування макросів", + "DE.Views.Settings.textMargins": "Поля", + "DE.Views.Settings.textNoCharacters": "Недруковані символи", "DE.Views.Settings.textOrientation": "Орієнтація", "DE.Views.Settings.textOwner": "Власник", "DE.Views.Settings.textPages": "Сторінки", "DE.Views.Settings.textParagraphs": "Параграфи", + "DE.Views.Settings.textPoint": "Пункт", "DE.Views.Settings.textPortrait": "Портрет", "DE.Views.Settings.textPoweredBy": "Під керуванням", "DE.Views.Settings.textPrint": "Роздрукувати", "DE.Views.Settings.textReader": "Режим читання", + "DE.Views.Settings.textReview": "Відстежувати зміни", "DE.Views.Settings.textRight": "Право", "DE.Views.Settings.textSettings": "Налаштування", + "DE.Views.Settings.textShowNotification": "Показати сповіщення", "DE.Views.Settings.textSpaces": "Пробіли", + "DE.Views.Settings.textSpellcheck": "Перевірка орфографії", "DE.Views.Settings.textStatistic": "Статистика", + "DE.Views.Settings.textSubject": "Тема", "DE.Views.Settings.textSymbols": "Символи", "DE.Views.Settings.textTel": "Телефон", "DE.Views.Settings.textTitle": "Заголовок", + "DE.Views.Settings.textTop": "Верхнє", + "DE.Views.Settings.textUnitOfMeasurement": "Одиниця виміру", + "DE.Views.Settings.textUploaded": "Завантажено", "DE.Views.Settings.textVersion": "Версія", "DE.Views.Settings.textWords": "Слова", "DE.Views.Settings.unknownText": "Невідомий", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/zh.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/zh.json index fcd2cbc40..79850b9b2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/zh.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/zh.json @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textImage": "图片", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textIndentLeft": "左缩进", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textIndentRight": "右缩进", - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textInserted": "插入：", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textInserted": "插入：", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textItalic": "斜体", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textJustify": "仅对齐", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textKeepLines": "保持同一行", @@ -104,8 +104,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textOther": "其他", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "形状", "DE.Controllers.AddContainer.textTable": "表格", + "DE.Controllers.AddImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "警告", "DE.Controllers.AddImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "您需要指定图像URL。", "DE.Controllers.AddImage.txtNotUrl": "该字段应为“http://www.example.com”格式的URL", + "DE.Controllers.AddOther.notcriticalErrorTitle": "警告", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textBelowText": "文字下方", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textBottomOfPage": "页面底部", "DE.Controllers.AddOther.textCancel": "取消", @@ -150,6 +152,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textShape": "形状", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "表格", "DE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "文本", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "警告", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textEmptyImgUrl": "您需要指定图像URL。", + "DE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.txtNotUrl": "该字段应为“http://www.example.com”格式的URL", + "DE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "警告", "DE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "您需要指定图像URL。", "DE.Controllers.EditImage.txtNotUrl": "该字段应为“http://www.example.com”格式的URL", "DE.Controllers.EditText.textAuto": "自动", @@ -188,6 +194,9 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorOpensource": "这个免费的社区版本只能够用来查看文件。要想在手机上使用在线编辑工具，请购买商业版。", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "保存失败", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "该编辑版本已经更新。该页面将被重新加载以应用更改。", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "文档编辑会话已过期。请重新加载页面", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "该文件尚未编辑相当长的时间。请重新加载页面。", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "与服务器的连接已中断。请重新加载页面。", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "行顺序不正确。建立股票图表将数据按照以下顺序放置在表格上：
    开盘价，最高价格，最低价格，收盘价。", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersion": "该文件版本已经改变了。该页面将被重新加载。", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "网连接已还原文件版本已更改。.
    在继续工作之前，需要下载文件或复制其内容以确保没有丢失任何内容，然后重新加载此页。", @@ -247,12 +256,21 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "许可证过期", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "编辑器已更新", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "版本已变化", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtAbove": "以上", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "你的文本在此", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBelow": "以下", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "当前文件", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "图表标题", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "设置编辑模式..", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEvenPage": "偶数页", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFirstPage": "首页", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "页脚", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "页眉", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "奇数页", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "在页面上", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "在您输入密码和打开文件后，该文件的当前密码将被重置", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "与上一个相同", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-部分", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "系列", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "脚注文本", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "标题1", @@ -283,6 +301,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "请稍候...", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "与文档服务器的并发连接次数已超出限制，文档打开后将仅供查看。
    请联系您的账户管理员了解详情。", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "您的许可证已过期。
    请更新您的许可证并刷新页面。", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "授权过期
    您不具备文件编辑功能的授权
    请联系管理员。", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "授权需更新
    您只有文件编辑功能的部分权限
    请联系管理员以取得完整权限。", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "并发用户数量已超出限制，文档打开后将仅供查看。
    请联系您的账户管理员了解详情。", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "该版本对文档服务器的并发连接有限制。
    如果需要更多请考虑购买商业许可证。", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "此版本的%1编辑器对并发用户数量有一定的限制。
    如果需要更多，请考虑购买商用许可证。", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/fr.json b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/fr.json index db907437a..076f1e9e3 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/fr.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/fr.json @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "PE.ApplicationController.criticalErrorTitle": "Erreur", "PE.ApplicationController.downloadErrorText": "Échec du téléchargement.", "PE.ApplicationController.downloadTextText": "Téléchargement de la présentation...", - "PE.ApplicationController.errorAccessDeny": "Vous tentez d'exéсuter une action pour laquelle vous ne disposez pas des droits.
    Veuillez contacter l'administrateur de Document Server.", + "PE.ApplicationController.errorAccessDeny": "Vous tentez d’exécuter une action pour laquelle vous ne disposez pas des droits.
    Veuillez contacter l'administrateur de Document Server.", "PE.ApplicationController.errorDefaultMessage": "Code d'erreur: %1", "PE.ApplicationController.errorFilePassProtect": "Le fichier est protégé par un mot de passe et ne peut pas être ouvert.", "PE.ApplicationController.errorFileSizeExceed": "La taille du fichier dépasse les limites établies sur votre serveur.
    Veuillez contacter votre administrateur de Document Server pour obtenir plus d'information. ", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/hu.json b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/hu.json index fd0716e28..1d2896d22 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/hu.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/hu.json @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ { - "common.view.modals.txtCopy": "Másolás a vágólapra", - "common.view.modals.txtEmbed": "Beágyaz", + "common.view.modals.txtCopy": "Másolás vágólapra", + "common.view.modals.txtEmbed": "Beágyazás", "common.view.modals.txtHeight": "Magasság", "common.view.modals.txtShare": "Hivatkozás megosztása", "common.view.modals.txtWidth": "Szélesség", @@ -19,12 +19,13 @@ "PE.ApplicationController.scriptLoadError": "A kapcsolat túl lassú, néhány komponens nem töltődött be. Frissítse az oldalt.", "PE.ApplicationController.textLoadingDocument": "Prezentáció betöltése", "PE.ApplicationController.textOf": "of", - "PE.ApplicationController.txtClose": "Bezár", + "PE.ApplicationController.txtClose": "Bezárás", "PE.ApplicationController.unknownErrorText": "Ismeretlen hiba.", "PE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "A böngészője nem támogatott.", "PE.ApplicationController.waitText": "Kérjük várjon...", "PE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "Letöltés", - "PE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "Beágyaz", + "PE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "Beágyazás", "PE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "Teljes képernyő", + "PE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "Nyomtatás", "PE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "Megosztás" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/lo.json b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/lo.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000..87c2e29b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/lo.json @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +{ + "common.view.modals.txtCopy": "ເກັບໄວ້ໃນຄຣິບບອດ", + "common.view.modals.txtEmbed": "ຝັງໄວ້", + "common.view.modals.txtHeight": "ລວງສູງ", + "common.view.modals.txtShare": "ແບ່ງປັນລິ້ງ", + "common.view.modals.txtWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ", + "PE.ApplicationController.convertationErrorText": " ການປ່ຽນແປງບໍ່ສຳເລັດ.", + "PE.ApplicationController.convertationTimeoutText": "ໝົດເວລາການປ່ຽນແປງ.", + "PE.ApplicationController.criticalErrorTitle": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ", + "PE.ApplicationController.downloadErrorText": "ດາວໂຫຼດບໍ່ສຳເລັດ.", + "PE.ApplicationController.downloadTextText": "ດາວໂຫຼດບົດພີເຊັ້ນ", + "PE.ApplicationController.errorAccessDeny": "ທ່ານບໍ່ມີສິດຈະດຳເນີນການອັນນີ້.
    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "PE.ApplicationController.errorDefaultMessage": "ລະຫັດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ: %1", + "PE.ApplicationController.errorFilePassProtect": "ມີລະຫັດປົກປ້ອງຟາຍນີ້ຈຶ່ງບໍ່ສາມາດເປີດໄດ້", + "PE.ApplicationController.errorFileSizeExceed": "ຂະໜາດຂອງຟາຍໃຫຍ່ກວ່າທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນລະບົບ.
    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "PE.ApplicationController.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "ການເຊື່ອຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຫາກໍ່ກັບມາ, ແລະຟາຍເອກະສານໄດ້ມີການປ່ຽນແປງແລ້ວ. ກ່ອນທີ່ທ່ານຈະດຳເນີການຕໍ່ໄປ, ທ່ານຕ້ອງໄດ້ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍ ຫຼືສຳເນົາເນື້ອຫາ ເພື່ອປ້ອງການການສູນເສຍ, ແລະກໍ່ທຳການໂຫຼດໜ້າຄືນອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "PE.ApplicationController.errorUserDrop": "ບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງຟາຍໄດ້", + "PE.ApplicationController.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ເຕືອນ", + "PE.ApplicationController.scriptLoadError": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຊ້າເກີນໄປ, ບາງອົງປະກອບບໍ່ສາມາດໂຫຼດໄດ້. ກະລຸນາໂຫຼດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່", + "PE.ApplicationController.textLoadingDocument": "ກຳລັງໂຫຼດບົດພີເຊັ້ນ", + "PE.ApplicationController.textOf": "ຂອງ", + "PE.ApplicationController.txtClose": " ປິດ", + "PE.ApplicationController.unknownErrorText": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ບໍ່ຮູ້ສາເຫດ", + "PE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "ບຣາວເຊີຂອງທ່ານບໍ່ສາມານຳໃຊ້ໄດ້", + "PE.ApplicationController.waitText": "ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ...", + "PE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "ດາວໂຫຼດ", + "PE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "ຝັງໄວ້", + "PE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "ເຕັມຈໍ", + "PE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "ພິມ", + "PE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "ແບ່ງປັນ" +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/pl.json b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/pl.json index 5edb3d393..7fab83304 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/pl.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/pl.json @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ { "common.view.modals.txtCopy": "Skopiuj do schowka", + "common.view.modals.txtEmbed": "Osadź", "common.view.modals.txtHeight": "Wysokość", "common.view.modals.txtShare": "Udostępnij link", "common.view.modals.txtWidth": "Szerokość", @@ -23,6 +24,7 @@ "PE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "Twoja przeglądarka nie jest wspierana.", "PE.ApplicationController.waitText": "Proszę czekać...", "PE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "Pobierz", + "PE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "Osadź", "PE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "Pełny ekran", "PE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "Drukuj", "PE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "Udostępnij" diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/sl.json b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/sl.json index 281f6bc3f..9cb45637c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/sl.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/sl.json @@ -26,5 +26,6 @@ "PE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "Prenesi", "PE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "Vdelano", "PE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "Celozaslonski", + "PE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "Natisni", "PE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "Deli" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/zh.json b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/zh.json index f708bec83..86b913c56 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/zh.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/locale/zh.json @@ -13,18 +13,19 @@ "PE.ApplicationController.errorDefaultMessage": "错误代码：%1", "PE.ApplicationController.errorFilePassProtect": "该文档受密码保护，无法被打开。", "PE.ApplicationController.errorFileSizeExceed": "文件大小超出了为服务器设置的限制.
    有关详细信息，请与文档服务器管理员联系。", - "PE.ApplicationController.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "网连接已还原文件版本已更改。.
    在继续工作之前，需要下载文件或复制其内容以确保没有丢失任何内容，然后重新加载此页。", + "PE.ApplicationController.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "网络连接已恢复，文件版本已变更。
    在继续工作之前，需要下载文件或复制其内容以避免丢失数据，然后刷新此页。", "PE.ApplicationController.errorUserDrop": "该文件现在无法访问。", "PE.ApplicationController.notcriticalErrorTitle": "警告", "PE.ApplicationController.scriptLoadError": "连接速度过慢，部分组件无法被加载。请重新加载页面。", "PE.ApplicationController.textLoadingDocument": "载入演示", "PE.ApplicationController.textOf": "的", "PE.ApplicationController.txtClose": "关闭", - "PE.ApplicationController.unknownErrorText": "示知错误", - "PE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "你的浏览器不支持", + "PE.ApplicationController.unknownErrorText": "未知错误。", + "PE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "您的浏览器不受支持", "PE.ApplicationController.waitText": "请稍候...", "PE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "下载", "PE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "嵌入", "PE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "全屏", + "PE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "打印", "PE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "共享" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Main.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Main.js index 0edb5625f..4dd017d61 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Main.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Main.js @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ define([ 'common/main/lib/controller/Fonts', 'common/main/lib/collection/TextArt', 'common/main/lib/view/OpenDialog', + 'common/main/lib/view/UserNameDialog', 'common/main/lib/util/LocalStorage', 'presentationeditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups', 'presentationeditor/main/app/collection/SlideLayouts', @@ -185,6 +186,8 @@ define([ Common.NotificationCenter.on('api:disconnect', _.bind(this.onCoAuthoringDisconnect, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('goback', _.bind(this.goBack, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('showmessage', _.bind(this.onExternalMessage, this)); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('showerror', _.bind(this.onError, this)); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('markfavorite', _.bind(this.markFavorite, this)); this.isShowOpenDialog = false; @@ -304,8 +307,19 @@ define([ loadConfig: function(data) { this.editorConfig = $.extend(this.editorConfig, data.config); + this.appOptions.customization = this.editorConfig.customization; + this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous = !((typeof (this.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (this.appOptions.customization.anonymous) == 'object') && (this.appOptions.customization.anonymous.request===false)); + this.appOptions.guestName = (typeof (this.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (this.appOptions.customization.anonymous) == 'object') && + (typeof (this.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label) == 'string') && this.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label.trim()!=='' ? + Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(this.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label) : this.textGuest; + var value; + if (this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous) { + value = Common.localStorage.getItem("guest-username"); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("guest-username", value); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("save-guest-username", !!value); + } this.editorConfig.user = - this.appOptions.user = Common.Utils.fillUserInfo(data.config.user, this.editorConfig.lang, this.textAnonymous); + this.appOptions.user = Common.Utils.fillUserInfo(data.config.user, this.editorConfig.lang, value ? (value + ' (' + this.appOptions.guestName + ')' ) : this.textAnonymous); this.appOptions.isDesktopApp = this.editorConfig.targetApp == 'desktop'; this.appOptions.canCreateNew = this.editorConfig.canRequestCreateNew || !_.isEmpty(this.editorConfig.createUrl); this.appOptions.canOpenRecent = this.editorConfig.recent !== undefined && !this.appOptions.isDesktopApp; @@ -320,7 +334,6 @@ define([ this.appOptions.fileChoiceUrl = this.editorConfig.fileChoiceUrl; this.appOptions.canAnalytics = false; this.appOptions.canRequestClose = this.editorConfig.canRequestClose; - this.appOptions.customization = this.editorConfig.customization; this.appOptions.canBackToFolder = (this.editorConfig.canBackToFolder!==false) && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization.goback) == 'object') && (!_.isEmpty(this.editorConfig.customization.goback.url) || this.editorConfig.customization.goback.requestClose && this.appOptions.canRequestClose); this.appOptions.canBack = this.appOptions.canBackToFolder === true; @@ -333,6 +346,8 @@ define([ this.appOptions.canRequestSharingSettings = this.editorConfig.canRequestSharingSettings; this.appOptions.mentionShare = !((typeof (this.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (this.appOptions.customization.mentionShare==false)); + this.appOptions.user.guest && this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous && Common.NotificationCenter.on('user:rename', _.bind(this.showRenameUserDialog, this)); + appHeader = this.getApplication().getController('Viewport').getView('Common.Views.Header'); appHeader.setCanBack(this.appOptions.canBackToFolder === true, (this.appOptions.canBackToFolder) ? this.editorConfig.customization.goback.text : ''); @@ -347,7 +362,7 @@ define([ $('#editor-container').append('
    '); } - var value = Common.localStorage.getItem("pe-macros-mode"); + value = Common.localStorage.getItem("pe-macros-mode"); if (value === null) { value = this.editorConfig.customization ? this.editorConfig.customization.macrosMode : 'warn'; value = (value == 'enable') ? 1 : (value == 'disable' ? 2 : 0); @@ -487,10 +502,28 @@ define([ } }, + markFavorite: function(favorite) { + if ( !Common.Controllers.Desktop.process('markfavorite') ) { + Common.Gateway.metaChange({ + favorite: favorite + }); + } + }, + + onSetFavorite: function(favorite) { + this.appOptions.canFavorite && appHeader.setFavorite(!!favorite); + }, + onEditComplete: function(cmp) { var application = this.getApplication(), toolbarView = application.getController('Toolbar').getView('Toolbar'); + if (this.appOptions.isEdit && toolbarView && toolbarView.btnHighlightColor.pressed && + ( !_.isObject(arguments[1]) || arguments[1].id !== 'id-toolbar-btn-highlight')) { + this.api.SetMarkerFormat(false); + toolbarView.btnHighlightColor.toggle(false, false); + } + application.getController('DocumentHolder').getView('DocumentHolder').focus(); if (this.api && this.appOptions.isEdit && this.api.asc_isDocumentCanSave) { var cansave = this.api.asc_isDocumentCanSave(), @@ -818,6 +851,8 @@ define([ } else { documentHolderController.getView('DocumentHolder').createDelayedElementsViewer(); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('document:ready', 'main'); + if (me.editorConfig.mode !== 'view') // if want to open editor, but viewer is loaded + me.applyLicense(); } // TODO bug 43960 @@ -833,6 +868,7 @@ define([ Common.Gateway.on('processrightschange', _.bind(me.onProcessRightsChange, me)); Common.Gateway.on('processmouse', _.bind(me.onProcessMouse, me)); Common.Gateway.on('downloadas', _.bind(me.onDownloadAs, me)); + Common.Gateway.on('setfavorite', _.bind(me.onSetFavorite, me)); Common.Gateway.sendInfo({mode:me.appOptions.isEdit?'edit':'view'}); @@ -840,6 +876,7 @@ define([ Common.Gateway.documentReady(); $('.doc-placeholder').remove(); + this.appOptions.user.guest && this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous && (Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get("guest-username")===null) && this.showRenameUserDialog(); $('#header-logo').children(0).click(e => { e.stopImmediatePropagation(); @@ -851,7 +888,8 @@ define([ onLicenseChanged: function(params) { var licType = params.asc_getLicenseType(); if (licType !== undefined && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view' && - (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS)) + (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS + || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit && (this.appOptions.trialMode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Limited) !== 0)) this._state.licenseType = licType; if (this._isDocReady) @@ -863,7 +901,11 @@ define([ var license = this._state.licenseType, buttons = ['ok'], primary = 'ok'; - if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { + if ((this.appOptions.trialMode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Limited) !== 0 && + (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited || this.appOptions.permissionsLicense===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit)) { + (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited) && this.getApplication().getController('LeftMenu').leftMenu.setLimitMode();// show limited hint + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited) ? this.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess : this.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed; + } else if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnLicenseExceeded : this.warnLicenseUsersExceeded; } else { license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; @@ -871,15 +913,17 @@ define([ primary = 'buynow'; } - this.disableEditing(true); - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + if (this._state.licenseType!==Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit && this.appOptions.isEdit) { + this.disableEditing(true); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + } var value = Common.localStorage.getItem("pe-license-warning"); value = (value!==null) ? parseInt(value) : 0; var now = (new Date).getTime(); if (now - value > 86400000) { Common.UI.info({ - width: 500, + maxwidth: 500, title: this.textNoLicenseTitle, msg : license, buttons: buttons, @@ -935,12 +979,15 @@ define([ }); return; } + if (Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited === licType) + this._state.licenseType = licType; if ( this.onServerVersion(params.asc_getBuildVersion()) ) return; if (params.asc_getRights() !== Asc.c_oRights.Edit) this.permissions.edit = false; + this.appOptions.permissionsLicense = licType; this.appOptions.isOffline = this.api.asc_isOffline(); this.appOptions.isCrypted = this.api.asc_isCrypto(); this.appOptions.canLicense = (licType === Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Success || licType === Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit); @@ -962,12 +1009,18 @@ define([ this.appOptions.canRename = this.editorConfig.canRename; this.appOptions.canForcesave = this.appOptions.isEdit && !this.appOptions.isOffline && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object' && !!this.editorConfig.customization.forcesave); this.appOptions.forcesave = this.appOptions.canForcesave; - this.appOptions.canEditComments= this.appOptions.isOffline || !(typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object' && this.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly); + this.appOptions.canEditComments= this.appOptions.isOffline || !this.permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly; + this.appOptions.canDeleteComments= this.appOptions.isOffline || !this.permissions.deleteCommentAuthorOnly; + if ((typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && this.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly===true) { + console.log("Obsolete: The 'commentAuthorOnly' parameter of the 'customization' section is deprecated. Please use 'editCommentAuthorOnly' and 'deleteCommentAuthorOnly' parameters in the permissions instead."); + if (this.permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly===undefined && this.permissions.deleteCommentAuthorOnly===undefined) + this.appOptions.canEditComments = this.appOptions.canDeleteComments = this.appOptions.isOffline; + } this.appOptions.buildVersion = params.asc_getBuildVersion(); this.appOptions.trialMode = params.asc_getLicenseMode(); this.appOptions.isBeta = params.asc_getIsBeta(); this.appOptions.isSignatureSupport= this.appOptions.isEdit && this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && this.appOptions.isOffline && this.api.asc_isSignaturesSupport(); - this.appOptions.isPasswordSupport = this.appOptions.isEdit && this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && this.appOptions.isOffline && this.api.asc_isProtectionSupport(); + this.appOptions.isPasswordSupport = this.appOptions.isEdit && this.api.asc_isProtectionSupport(); this.appOptions.canProtect = (this.appOptions.isSignatureSupport || this.appOptions.isPasswordSupport); this.appOptions.canHelp = !((typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && this.editorConfig.customization.help===false); this.appOptions.isRestrictedEdit = !this.appOptions.isEdit && this.appOptions.canComments; @@ -976,9 +1029,15 @@ define([ if (this.appOptions.canBranding) appHeader.setBranding(this.editorConfig.customization); - this.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions = this.appOptions.canLicense && this.editorConfig.customization && this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions) == 'object'); + this.appOptions.canFavorite = this.document.info && (this.document.info.favorite!==undefined && this.document.info.favorite!==null) && !this.appOptions.isOffline; + this.appOptions.canFavorite && appHeader.setFavorite(this.document.info.favorite); + + this.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions = this.appOptions.canLicense && (!!this.permissions.reviewGroup || + this.appOptions.canLicense && this.editorConfig.customization && this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions) == 'object')); Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setParser(this.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions); - appHeader.setUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedName(this.appOptions.user.fullname)); + Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setCurrentName(this.appOptions.user.fullname); + this.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions && Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setReviewPermissions(this.permissions.reviewGroup, this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions); + appHeader.setUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName())); this.appOptions.canRename && appHeader.setCanRename(true); this.appOptions.canBrandingExt = params.asc_getCanBranding() && (typeof this.editorConfig.customization == 'object' || this.editorConfig.plugins); @@ -1085,6 +1144,7 @@ define([ me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_OnTryUndoInFastCollaborative',_.bind(me.onTryUndoInFastCollaborative, me)); me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onAuthParticipantsChanged', _.bind(me.onAuthParticipantsChanged, me)); me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onParticipantsChanged', _.bind(me.onAuthParticipantsChanged, me)); + me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onConnectionStateChanged', _.bind(me.onUserConnection, me)); /** coauthoring end **/ if (me.stackLongActions.exist({id: ApplyEditRights, type: Asc.c_oAscAsyncActionType['BlockInteraction']})) { @@ -1140,7 +1200,7 @@ define([ break; case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.ConvertationSaveError: - config.msg = this.saveErrorText; + config.msg = (this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && this.appOptions.isOffline) ? this.saveErrorTextDesktop : this.saveErrorText; break; case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DownloadError: @@ -1268,6 +1328,14 @@ define([ config.maxwidth = 600; break; + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.ComboSeriesError: + config.msg = this.errorComboSeries; + break; + + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.Password: + config.msg = this.errorSetPassword; + break; + default: config.msg = (typeof id == 'string') ? id : this.errorDefaultMessage.replace('%1', id); break; @@ -1805,6 +1873,25 @@ define([ this._state.usersCount = length; }, + onUserConnection: function(change){ + if (change && this.appOptions.user.guest && this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous && (change.asc_getIdOriginal() == this.appOptions.user.id)) { // change name of the current user + var name = change.asc_getUserName(); + if (name && name !== Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName() ) { + this._renameDialog && this._renameDialog.close(); + Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setCurrentName(name); + appHeader.setUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedName(name)); + + var idx1 = name.lastIndexOf('('), + idx2 = name.lastIndexOf(')'), + str = (idx1>0) && (idx1Please contact your Document Server administrator for details.', errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect: 'Internet connection has been restored, and the file version has been changed.
    Before you can continue working, you need to download the file or copy its content to make sure nothing is lost, and then reload this page.', textHasMacros: 'The file contains automatic macros.
    Do you want to run macros?', - textRemember: 'Remember my choice' + textRemember: 'Remember my choice', + warnLicenseLimitedRenewed: 'License needs to be renewed.
    You have a limited access to document editing functionality.
    Please contact your administrator to get full access', + warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess: 'License expired.
    You have no access to document editing functionality.
    Please contact your administrator.', + saveErrorTextDesktop: 'This file cannot be saved or created.
    Possible reasons are:
    1. The file is read-only.
    2. The file is being edited by other users.
    3. The disk is full or corrupted.', + errorComboSeries: 'To create a combination chart, select at least two series of data.', + errorSetPassword: 'Password could not be set.', + textRenameLabel: 'Enter a name to be used for collaboration', + textRenameError: 'User name must not be empty.', + textLongName: 'Enter a name that is less than 128 characters.', + textGuest: 'Guest' } })(), PE.Controllers.Main || {})) }); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js index 363c612f0..a79cfb9c5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ define([ initialize: function() { this.editMode = true; this._state = {no_slides: undefined}; + this._initSettings = true; this.addListeners({ 'RightMenu': { @@ -105,10 +106,13 @@ define([ this.rightmenu.fireEvent('editcomplete', this.rightmenu); }, - onFocusObject: function(SelectedObjects, open) { + onFocusObject: function(SelectedObjects) { if (!this.editMode) return; + var open = this._initSettings ? !Common.localStorage.getBool("pe-hide-right-settings", this.rightmenu.defaultHideRightMenu) : false; + this._initSettings = false; + var needhide = true; for (var i=0; i0) { - this.onFocusObject(selectedElements, !Common.localStorage.getBool("pe-hide-right-settings", this.rightmenu.defaultHideRightMenu)); + this.onFocusObject(selectedElements); } } }, diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js index 1af38a690..1b8793dfc 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js @@ -104,7 +104,9 @@ define([ zoom_percent: undefined, fontsize: undefined, in_equation: undefined, - in_chart: false + in_chart: false, + no_columns: false, + clrhighlight: undefined }; this._isAddingShape = false; this.slideSizeArr = [ @@ -266,6 +268,8 @@ define([ toolbar.btnRedo.on('disabled', _.bind(this.onBtnChangeState, this, 'redo:disabled')); toolbar.btnCopy.on('click', _.bind(this.onCopyPaste, this, true)); toolbar.btnPaste.on('click', _.bind(this.onCopyPaste, this, false)); + toolbar.btnIncFontSize.on('click', _.bind(this.onIncrease, this)); + toolbar.btnDecFontSize.on('click', _.bind(this.onDecrease, this)); toolbar.btnBold.on('click', _.bind(this.onBold, this)); toolbar.btnItalic.on('click', _.bind(this.onItalic, this)); toolbar.btnUnderline.on('click', _.bind(this.onUnderline, this)); @@ -276,6 +280,7 @@ define([ toolbar.btnVerticalAlign.menu.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onMenuVerticalAlignSelect, this)); toolbar.btnDecLeftOffset.on('click', _.bind(this.onDecOffset, this)); toolbar.btnIncLeftOffset.on('click', _.bind(this.onIncOffset, this)); + toolbar.mnuChangeCase.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onChangeCase, this)); toolbar.btnMarkers.on('click', _.bind(this.onMarkers, this)); toolbar.btnNumbers.on('click', _.bind(this.onNumbers, this)); toolbar.mnuMarkerSettings.on('click', _.bind(this.onMarkerSettingsClick, this, 0)); @@ -297,7 +302,12 @@ define([ toolbar.btnFontColor.on('click', _.bind(this.onBtnFontColor, this)); toolbar.mnuFontColorPicker.on('select', _.bind(this.onSelectFontColor, this)); $('#id-toolbar-menu-new-fontcolor').on('click', _.bind(this.onNewFontColor, this)); + toolbar.btnHighlightColor.on('click', _.bind(this.onBtnHighlightColor, this)); + toolbar.mnuHighlightColorPicker.on('select', _.bind(this.onSelectHighlightColor, this)); + toolbar.mnuHighlightTransparent.on('click', _.bind(this.onHighlightTransparentClick, this)); toolbar.btnLineSpace.menu.on('item:toggle', _.bind(this.onLineSpaceToggle, this)); + toolbar.btnColumns.menu.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onColumnsSelect, this)); + toolbar.btnColumns.menu.on('show:before', _.bind(this.onBeforeColumns, this)); toolbar.btnShapeAlign.menu.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onShapeAlign, this)); toolbar.btnShapeAlign.menu.on('show:before', _.bind(this.onBeforeShapeAlign, this)); toolbar.btnShapeArrange.menu.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onShapeArrange, this)); @@ -347,6 +357,8 @@ define([ this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onVerticalTextAlign', _.bind(this.onApiVerticalTextAlign, this)); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCanAddHyperlink', _.bind(this.onApiCanAddHyperlink, this)); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onTextColor', _.bind(this.onApiTextColor, this)); + this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onMarkerFormatChanged', _.bind(this.onApiStartHighlight, this)); + this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onTextHighLight', _.bind(this.onApiHighlightColor, this)); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onUpdateThemeIndex', _.bind(this.onApiUpdateThemeIndex, this)); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onEndAddShape', _.bind(this.onApiEndAddShape, this)); @@ -669,7 +681,8 @@ define([ no_object = true, in_equation = false, in_chart = false, - layout_index = -1; + layout_index = -1, + no_columns = false; while (++i < selectedObjects.length) { type = selectedObjects[i].get_ObjectType(); @@ -693,7 +706,20 @@ define([ type == Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Shape && !pr.get_FromImage() && !pr.get_FromChart()) { no_paragraph = false; } - in_chart = type == Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Chart; + if (type == Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Chart) { + in_chart = true; + no_columns = true; + } + if (type == Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Shape) { + var shapetype = pr.asc_getType(); + if (shapetype=='line' || shapetype=='bentConnector2' || shapetype=='bentConnector3' + || shapetype=='bentConnector4' || shapetype=='bentConnector5' || shapetype=='curvedConnector2' + || shapetype=='curvedConnector3' || shapetype=='curvedConnector4' || shapetype=='curvedConnector5' + || shapetype=='straightConnector1') + no_columns = true; + } + if (type == Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Image || type == Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Table) + no_columns = true; } else if (type === Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Math) { in_equation = true; } @@ -747,6 +773,11 @@ define([ this.toolbar.lockToolbar(PE.enumLock.inEquation, in_equation, {array: [me.toolbar.btnSuperscript, me.toolbar.btnSubscript]}); } + if (this._state.no_columns !== no_columns) { + if (this._state.activated) this._state.no_columns = no_columns; + this.toolbar.lockToolbar(PE.enumLock.noColumns, no_columns, {array: [me.toolbar.btnColumns]}); + } + if (this.toolbar.btnChangeSlide) { if (this.toolbar.btnChangeSlide.mnuSlidePicker) this.toolbar.btnChangeSlide.mnuSlidePicker.options.layout_index = layout_index; @@ -890,9 +921,9 @@ define([ for (var i=0; i0){ + var elType, elValue; + for (var i = selectedElements.length - 1; i >= 0; i--) { + elType = selectedElements[i].get_ObjectType(); + elValue = selectedElements[i].get_ObjectValue(); + if (Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Shape == elType) { + var win = new PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced( + { + shapeProps: elValue, + handler: function(result, value) { + if (result == 'ok') { + if (me.api) { + me.api.ShapeApply(value.shapeProps); + } + } + me.fireEvent('editcomplete', me); + } + }); + win.show(); + win.setActiveCategory(4); + break; + } + } + } + } else if (item.checked) { + var props = new Asc.asc_CShapeProperty(), + cols = item.value; + props.asc_putColumnNumber(cols+1); + this.api.ShapeApply(props); + } + } + + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); + Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent('ToolBar', 'Insert Columns'); + }, + + onBeforeColumns: function() { + var index = -1; + var selectedElements = this.api.getSelectedElements(); + if (selectedElements && selectedElements.length>0){ + var elType, elValue; + for (var i = selectedElements.length - 1; i >= 0; i--) { + if (Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Shape == selectedElements[i].get_ObjectType()) { + var value = selectedElements[i].get_ObjectValue().asc_getColumnNumber(); + if (value<4) + index = value-1; + break; + } + } + } + if (this._state.columns === index) + return; + + if (index < 0) + this.toolbar.btnColumns.menu.clearAll(); + else + this.toolbar.btnColumns.menu.items[index].setChecked(true); + this._state.columns = index; + }, + onBeforeShapeAlign: function() { var value = this.api.asc_getSelectedDrawingObjectsCount(), slide_checked = Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get("pe-align-to-slide") || false; @@ -1669,17 +1793,19 @@ define([ if (selectedElements && _.isArray(selectedElements)) { for (var i = 0; i< selectedElements.length; i++) { if (Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Chart == selectedElements[i].get_ObjectType()) { - chart = true; + chart = selectedElements[i].get_ObjectValue(); break; } } } if (chart) { - var props = new Asc.CAscChartProp(); - props.changeType(type); - this.api.ChartApply(props); - + var isCombo = (type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom); + if (isCombo && chart.get_ChartProperties() && chart.get_ChartProperties().getSeries().length<2) { + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('showerror', Asc.c_oAscError.ID.ComboSeriesError, Asc.c_oAscError.Level.NoCritical); + } else + chart.changeType(type); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); } else { if (!this.diagramEditor) @@ -1733,10 +1859,8 @@ define([ onSelectFontColor: function(picker, color) { this._state.clrtext = this._state.clrtext_asccolor = undefined; - var clr = (typeof(color) == 'object') ? color.color : color; - this.toolbar.btnFontColor.currentColor = color; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.toolbar.btnFontColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', '#' + clr); + this.toolbar.btnFontColor.setColor((typeof(color) == 'object') ? color.color : color); this.toolbar.mnuFontColorPicker.currentColor = color; if (this.api) @@ -1785,6 +1909,86 @@ define([ this._state.clrtext_asccolor = color; }, + onApiStartHighlight: function(pressed) { + this.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.toggle(pressed, true); + }, + + onApiHighlightColor: function(c) { + if (c) { + if (c == -1) { + if (this._state.clrhighlight != -1) { + this.toolbar.mnuHighlightTransparent.setChecked(true, true); + + if (this.toolbar.mnuHighlightColorPicker.cmpEl) { + this._state.clrhighlight = -1; + this.toolbar.mnuHighlightColorPicker.select(null, true); + } + } + } else if (c !== null) { + if (this._state.clrhighlight != c.get_hex().toUpperCase()) { + this.toolbar.mnuHighlightTransparent.setChecked(false); + this._state.clrhighlight = c.get_hex().toUpperCase(); + + if ( _.contains(this.toolbar.mnuHighlightColorPicker.colors, this._state.clrhighlight) ) + this.toolbar.mnuHighlightColorPicker.select(this._state.clrhighlight, true); + } + } else { + if ( this._state.clrhighlight !== c) { + this.toolbar.mnuHighlightTransparent.setChecked(false, true); + this.toolbar.mnuHighlightColorPicker.select(null, true); + this._state.clrhighlight = c; + } + } + } + }, + + _setMarkerColor: function(strcolor, h) { + var me = this; + + if (h === 'menu') { + me.toolbar.mnuHighlightTransparent.setChecked(false); + + me.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.currentColor = strcolor; + me.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.setColor(me.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.currentColor); + me.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.toggle(true, true); + } + + strcolor = strcolor || 'transparent'; + + if (strcolor == 'transparent') { + me.api.SetMarkerFormat(true, false); + } else { + var r = strcolor[0] + strcolor[1], + g = strcolor[2] + strcolor[3], + b = strcolor[4] + strcolor[5]; + me.api.SetMarkerFormat(true, true, parseInt(r, 16), parseInt(g, 16), parseInt(b, 16)); + } + + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.toolbar, me.toolbar.btnHighlightColor); + Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent('ToolBar', 'Highlight Color'); + }, + + onBtnHighlightColor: function(btn) { + if (btn.pressed) { + this._setMarkerColor(btn.currentColor); + Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent('ToolBar', 'Highlight Color'); + } + else { + this.api.SetMarkerFormat(false); + } + }, + + onSelectHighlightColor: function(picker, color) { + this._setMarkerColor(color, 'menu'); + }, + + onHighlightTransparentClick: function(item, e) { + this._setMarkerColor('transparent', 'menu'); + item.setChecked(true, true); + this.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.currentColor = 'transparent'; + this.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.setColor(this.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.currentColor); + }, + onResetAutoshapes: function () { var me = this; var onShowBefore = function(menu) { @@ -2034,7 +2238,7 @@ define([ updateColors(this.toolbar.mnuFontColorPicker, 1); if (this.toolbar.btnFontColor.currentColor===undefined) { this.toolbar.btnFontColor.currentColor = this.toolbar.mnuFontColorPicker.currentColor.color || this.toolbar.mnuFontColorPicker.currentColor; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.toolbar.btnFontColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', '#' + this.toolbar.btnFontColor.currentColor); + this.toolbar.btnFontColor.setColor(this.toolbar.btnFontColor.currentColor); } if (this._state.clrtext_asccolor!==undefined) { this._state.clrtext = undefined; @@ -2186,8 +2390,10 @@ define([ var tab = {action: 'review', caption: me.toolbar.textTabCollaboration}; var $panel = me.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges').createToolbarPanel(); - if ( $panel ) + if ( $panel ) { me.toolbar.addTab(tab, $panel, 3); + me.toolbar.setVisible('review', config.isEdit || config.canViewReview || config.canCoAuthoring && config.canComments); + } if ( config.isEdit ) { me.toolbar.setMode(config); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js index ef64a91cb..1832ccc8c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ define([ if (!config.isEdit) { me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar.hide(); Common.NotificationCenter.on('tab:visible', _.bind(function(action, visible){ - if (action=='plugins' && visible) { + if ((action=='plugins' || action=='review') && visible) { me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar.show(); } }, this)); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/ChartSettings.template b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/ChartSettings.template index 7ca88a41a..fadf1f2b1 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/ChartSettings.template +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/ChartSettings.template @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
    - +
    @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ - + diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/SlideSettings.template b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/SlideSettings.template index 46eac13a5..1b982be0a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/SlideSettings.template +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/SlideSettings.template @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
    - +
    @@ -99,6 +99,19 @@
    + + +
    + +
    + +
    + +
    +
    +
    + +
    @@ -120,12 +133,16 @@ - -
    - -
    + +
    + +
    - + + + + + @@ -136,7 +153,7 @@
    -
    +
    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template index d04201732..46b612cd6 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template @@ -43,18 +43,22 @@
    -
    - - +
    + + + + +
    - + +
    @@ -69,9 +73,10 @@ +
    -
    +
    @@ -96,7 +101,7 @@
    -
    +
    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js index 7fceffff2..739c79af4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js @@ -108,8 +108,9 @@ define([ this.disableControls(this._locked); if (props){ - this._originalProps = new Asc.CAscChartProp(props); + this._originalProps = props; this._noApply = true; + this.chartProps = props.get_ChartProperties(); var value = props.get_SeveralCharts() || this._locked; if (this._state.SeveralCharts!==value) { @@ -130,34 +131,39 @@ define([ this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon ' + 'chart-' + record.get('iconCls')); } else this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon'); - this.updateChartStyles(this.api.asc_getChartPreviews(type)); + this.ShowCombinedProps(type); + !(type===null || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom) && this.updateChartStyles(this.api.asc_getChartPreviews(type)); this._state.ChartType = type; } } - value = props.get_SeveralChartStyles(); - if (this._state.SeveralCharts && value) { - this.cmbChartStyle.fieldPicker.deselectAll(); - this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.deselectAll(); - this._state.ChartStyle = null; - } else { - value = props.getStyle(); - if (this._state.ChartStyle!==value || this._isChartStylesChanged) { - this.cmbChartStyle.suspendEvents(); - var rec = this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.findWhere({data: value}); - this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.selectRecord(rec); - this.cmbChartStyle.resumeEvents(); + if (!(type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom)) { + value = props.get_SeveralChartStyles(); + if (this._state.SeveralCharts && value) { + this.cmbChartStyle.fieldPicker.deselectAll(); + this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.deselectAll(); + this._state.ChartStyle = null; + } else { + value = props.getStyle(); + if (this._state.ChartStyle !== value || this._isChartStylesChanged) { + this.cmbChartStyle.suspendEvents(); + var rec = this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.findWhere({data: value}); + this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.selectRecord(rec); + this.cmbChartStyle.resumeEvents(); - if (this._isChartStylesChanged) { - if (rec) - this.cmbChartStyle.fillComboView(this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.getSelectedRec(),true); - else - this.cmbChartStyle.fillComboView(this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.at(0), true); + if (this._isChartStylesChanged) { + if (rec) + this.cmbChartStyle.fillComboView(this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.getSelectedRec(), true); + else + this.cmbChartStyle.fillComboView(this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.at(0), true); + } + this._state.ChartStyle = value; } - this._state.ChartStyle=value; } + this._isChartStylesChanged = false; } - this._isChartStylesChanged = false; this._noApply = false; @@ -193,6 +199,8 @@ define([ spinner.setDefaultUnit(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetricName()); spinner.setStep(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetric()==Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits.pt ? 1 : 0.1); } + this.spnWidth && this.spnWidth.setValue((this._state.Width!==null) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.Width) : '', true); + this.spnHeight && this.spnHeight.setValue((this._state.Height!==null) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.Height) : '', true); } }, @@ -282,6 +290,7 @@ define([ this.linkAdvanced = $('#chart-advanced-link'); $(this.el).on('click', '#chart-advanced-link', _.bind(this.openAdvancedSettings, this)); + this.NotCombinedSettings = $('.not-combined'); }, createDelayedElements: function() { @@ -320,13 +329,18 @@ define([ rawData = record; } - this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon ' + 'chart-' + rawData.iconCls); - this._state.ChartType = -1; - if (this.api && !this._noApply) { - var props = new Asc.CAscChartProp(); - props.changeType(rawData.type); - this.api.ChartApply(props); + var isCombo = (rawData.type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || rawData.type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + rawData.type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || rawData.type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom); + + if (isCombo && this.chartProps.getSeries().length<2) { + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('showerror', Asc.c_oAscError.ID.ComboSeriesError, Asc.c_oAscError.Level.NoCritical); + this.mnuChartTypePicker.selectRecord(this.mnuChartTypePicker.store.findWhere({type: this._originalProps.getType()}), true); + } else { + this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon ' + 'chart-' + rawData.iconCls); + this._state.ChartType = -1; + this._originalProps.changeType(rawData.type); + } } this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); }, @@ -343,7 +357,9 @@ define([ }, _onUpdateChartStyles: function() { - if (this.api && this._state.ChartType!==null && this._state.ChartType>-1) + if (this.api && this._state.ChartType!==null && this._state.ChartType>-1 && + !(this._state.ChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || this._state.ChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + this._state.ChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || this._state.ChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom)) this.updateChartStyles(this.api.asc_getChartPreviews(this._state.ChartType)); }, @@ -471,6 +487,11 @@ define([ } }, + ShowCombinedProps: function(type) { + this.NotCombinedSettings.toggleClass('settings-hidden', type===null || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom); + }, + setLocked: function (locked) { this._locked = locked; }, diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js index 2dcd960cb..ad98dd470 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js @@ -3651,7 +3651,7 @@ define([ if (!menu) { this.placeholderMenuChart = menu = new Common.UI.Menu({ - style: 'width: 364px;', + style: 'width: 364px;padding-top: 12px;', items: [ {template: _.template('')} ] diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js index 54cf303af..6b6a3fbce 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js @@ -240,13 +240,17 @@ define([ '
    ', '
    ', '','', + '', + '', + '', + '', '', '
    ', - '
    ', + '' @@ -372,6 +376,7 @@ define([ el : $markup.findById('#fms-cmb-macros'), style : 'width: 160px;', editable : false, + menuCls : 'menu-aligned', cls : 'input-group-nr', data : [ { value: 2, displayValue: this.txtStopMacros, descValue: this.txtStopMacrosDesc }, @@ -404,13 +409,16 @@ define([ ] }); - this.btnApply = new Common.UI.Button({ - el: $markup.findById('#fms-btn-apply') + $markup.find('.btn.primary').each(function(index, el){ + (new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $(el) + })).on('click', _.bind(me.applySettings, me)); }); - this.btnApply.on('click', _.bind(this.applySettings, this)); - this.pnlSettings = $markup.find('.flex-settings').addBack().filter('.flex-settings'); + this.pnlApply = $markup.find('.fms-flex-apply').addBack().filter('.fms-flex-apply'); + this.pnlTable = this.pnlSettings.find('table'); + this.trApply = $markup.find('.fms-btn-apply'); this.$el = $(node).html($markup); @@ -440,6 +448,11 @@ define([ updateScroller: function() { if (this.scroller) { + Common.UI.Menu.Manager.hideAll(); + var scrolled = this.$el.height()< this.pnlTable.height() + 25 + this.pnlApply.height(); + this.pnlApply.toggleClass('hidden', !scrolled); + this.trApply.toggleClass('hidden', scrolled); + this.pnlSettings.css('overflow', scrolled ? 'hidden' : 'visible'); this.scroller.update(); this.pnlSettings.toggleClass('bordered', this.scroller.isVisible()); } @@ -993,11 +1006,6 @@ define([ }, updateInfo: function(doc) { - if (!this.doc && doc && doc.info) { - doc.info.author && console.log("Obsolete: The 'author' parameter of the document 'info' section is deprecated. Please use 'owner' instead."); - doc.info.created && console.log("Obsolete: The 'created' parameter of the document 'info' section is deprecated. Please use 'uploaded' instead."); - } - this.doc = doc; if (!this.rendered) return; @@ -1009,11 +1017,11 @@ define([ if (doc.info.folder ) this.lblPlacement.text( doc.info.folder ); visible = this._ShowHideInfoItem(this.lblPlacement, doc.info.folder!==undefined && doc.info.folder!==null) || visible; - var value = doc.info.owner || doc.info.author; + var value = doc.info.owner; if (value) this.lblOwner.text(value); visible = this._ShowHideInfoItem(this.lblOwner, !!value) || visible; - value = doc.info.uploaded || doc.info.created; + value = doc.info.uploaded; if (value) this.lblUploaded.text(value); visible = this._ShowHideInfoItem(this.lblUploaded, !!value) || visible; diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js index 310daaf35..f8246407c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js @@ -361,25 +361,25 @@ define([ setDeveloperMode: function(mode, beta, version) { if ( !this.$el.is(':visible') ) return; - if (mode) { + + if ((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial) || (mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Developer)) { if (!this.developerHint) { - var str = (mode == Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial) ? this.txtTrial.toLowerCase() : this.txtDeveloper.toLowerCase(); - var arr = str.split(' '); - str = ''; - arr.forEach(function(item){ - item = item.trim(); - if (item!=='') { - str += (item.charAt(0).toUpperCase() + item.substring(1, item.length)); - str += ' '; - } - }); - str = str.trim(); + var str = ''; + if ((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial) && (mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Developer)) + str = this.txtTrialDev; + else if ((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial)!==0) + str = this.txtTrial; + else if ((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Developer)!==0) + str = this.txtDeveloper; + str = str.toUpperCase(); this.developerHint = $('
    ' + str + '
    ').appendTo(this.$el); this.devHeight = this.developerHint.outerHeight(); - $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + !this.devHintInited && $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + this.devHintInited = true; } - this.developerHint.toggleClass('hidden', !mode); } + this.developerHint && this.developerHint.toggleClass('hidden', !((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial) || (mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Developer))); + if (beta) { if (!this.betaHint) { var style = (mode) ? 'style="margin-top: 4px;"' : '', @@ -389,10 +389,30 @@ define([ (arr.length>1) && (ver += ('.' + arr[0])); this.betaHint = $('
    ' + (ver + ' (beta)' ) + '
    ').appendTo(this.$el); this.betaHeight = this.betaHint.outerHeight(); - $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + !this.devHintInited && $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + this.devHintInited = true; } - this.betaHint.toggleClass('hidden', !beta); } + this.betaHint && this.betaHint.toggleClass('hidden', !beta); + + var btns = this.$el.find('button.btn-category:visible'), + lastbtn = (btns.length>0) ? $(btns[btns.length-1]) : null; + this.minDevPosition = (lastbtn) ? (lastbtn.offset().top - lastbtn.offsetParent().offset().top + lastbtn.height() + 20) : 20; + this.onWindowResize(); + }, + + setLimitMode: function() { + if ( !this.$el.is(':visible') ) return; + + if (!this.limitHint) { + var str = this.txtLimit.toUpperCase(); + this.limitHint = $('
    ' + str + '
    ').appendTo(this.$el); + this.limitHeight = this.limitHint.outerHeight(); + !this.devHintInited && $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + this.devHintInited = true; + } + this.limitHint && this.limitHint.toggleClass('hidden', false); + var btns = this.$el.find('button.btn-category:visible'), lastbtn = (btns.length>0) ? $(btns[btns.length-1]) : null; this.minDevPosition = (lastbtn) ? (lastbtn.offset().top - lastbtn.offsetParent().offset().top + lastbtn.height() + 20) : 20; @@ -400,13 +420,17 @@ define([ }, onWindowResize: function() { - var height = (this.devHeight || 0) + (this.betaHeight || 0); + var height = (this.devHeight || 0) + (this.betaHeight || 0) + (this.limitHeight || 0); var top = Math.max((this.$el.height()-height)/2, this.minDevPosition); if (this.developerHint) { this.developerHint.css('top', top); top += this.devHeight; } - this.betaHint && this.betaHint.css('top', top); + if (this.betaHint) { + this.betaHint.css('top', top); + top += (this.betaHeight + 4); + } + this.limitHint && this.limitHint.css('top', top); }, /** coauthoring begin **/ @@ -419,6 +443,8 @@ define([ tipSlides: 'Slides', tipPlugins : 'Plugins', txtDeveloper: 'DEVELOPER MODE', - txtTrial: 'TRIAL MODE' + txtTrial: 'TRIAL MODE', + txtTrialDev: 'Trial Developer Mode', + txtLimit: 'Limit Access' }, PE.Views.LeftMenu || {})); }); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js index 7311f8923..b425e11ee 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js @@ -229,6 +229,10 @@ define([ spinner.setDefaultUnit(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetricName()); spinner.setStep(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetric()==Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits.pt ? 1 : 0.01); } + var val = this._state.LineSpacingBefore; + this.numSpacingBefore && this.numSpacingBefore.setValue((val !== null) ? ((val<0) ? val : Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(val) ) : '', true); + val = this._state.LineSpacingAfter; + this.numSpacingAfter && this.numSpacingAfter.setValue((val !== null) ? ((val<0) ? val : Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(val) ) : '', true); } if (this.cmbLineRule) { var rec = this.cmbLineRule.store.at(1); @@ -242,6 +246,13 @@ define([ if (!rec) rec = this.cmbLineRule.store.at(0); this.numLineHeight.setDefaultUnit(rec.get('defaultUnit')); this.numLineHeight.setStep(rec.get('step')); + var val = ''; + if ( this._state.LineRule == c_paragraphLinerule.LINERULE_AUTO ) { + val = this._state.LineHeight; + } else if (this._state.LineHeight !== null ) { + val = Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.LineHeight); + } + this.numLineHeight && this.numLineHeight.setValue((val !== null) ? val : '', true); } } }, diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideSettings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideSettings.js index 4ac09ce5e..c47496479 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideSettings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideSettings.js @@ -80,12 +80,13 @@ define([ this._locked = { background: false, effects: false, - timing: false, + transition: false, header: false }; this._stateDisabled = {}; this._state = { + Transparency: null, FillType:undefined, SlideColor: 'ffffff', BlipFillType: Asc.c_oAscFillBlipType.STRETCH, @@ -143,10 +144,40 @@ define([ }); this.FillItems.push(this.btnBackColor); + this.numTransparency = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ + el: $('#slide-spin-transparency'), + step: 1, + width: 62, + value: '100 %', + defaultUnit : "%", + maxValue: 100, + minValue: 0, + disabled: true + }); + this.numTransparency.on('change', _.bind(this.onNumTransparencyChange, this)); + this.numTransparency.on('inputleave', function(){ me.fireEvent('editcomplete', me);}); + this.FillItems.push(this.numTransparency); + + this.sldrTransparency = new Common.UI.SingleSlider({ + el: $('#slide-slider-transparency'), + width: 75, + minValue: 0, + maxValue: 100, + value: 100 + }); + this.sldrTransparency.setDisabled(true); + this.sldrTransparency.on('change', _.bind(this.onTransparencyChange, this)); + this.sldrTransparency.on('changecomplete', _.bind(this.onTransparencyChangeComplete, this)); + this.FillItems.push(this.sldrTransparency); + + this.lblTransparencyStart = $(this.el).find('#slide-lbl-transparency-start'); + this.lblTransparencyEnd = $(this.el).find('#slide-lbl-transparency-end'); + this.FillColorContainer = $('#slide-panel-color-fill'); this.FillImageContainer = $('#slide-panel-image-fill'); this.FillPatternContainer = $('#slide-panel-pattern-fill'); this.FillGradientContainer = $('#slide-panel-gradient-fill'); + this.TransparencyContainer = $('#slide-panel-transparent-fill'); this._arrEffectName = [ {displayValue: this.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscSlideTransitionTypes.None}, @@ -210,7 +241,7 @@ define([ this.numDuration = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ el: $('#slide-spin-duration'), step: 1, - width: 65, + width: 70, value: '', defaultUnit : this.textSec, maxValue: 300, @@ -261,7 +292,7 @@ define([ disabled: true }); this.btnApplyToAll.on('click', _.bind(function(btn){ - if (this.api) this.api.SlideTimingApplyToAll(); + if (this.api) this.api.SlideTransitionApplyToAll(); this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); }, this)); @@ -483,6 +514,50 @@ define([ this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); }, + onNumTransparencyChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ + this.sldrTransparency.setValue(field.getNumberValue(), true); + if (this.api) { + var num = field.getNumberValue(); + var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(); + var fill = new Asc.asc_CShapeFill(); + fill.put_transparent(num * 2.55); + props.put_background(fill); + this.api.SetSlideProps(props); + } + }, + + onTransparencyChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue){ + this._sliderChanged = newValue; + this.numTransparency.setValue(newValue, true); + + if (this._sendUndoPoint) { + this.api.setStartPointHistory(); + this._sendUndoPoint = false; + this.updateslider = setInterval(_.bind(this._transparencyApplyFunc, this), 100); + } + }, + + onTransparencyChangeComplete: function(field, newValue, oldValue){ + clearInterval(this.updateslider); + this._sliderChanged = newValue; + if (!this._sendUndoPoint) { // start point was added + this.api.setEndPointHistory(); + this._transparencyApplyFunc(); + } + this._sendUndoPoint = true; + }, + + _transparencyApplyFunc: function() { + if (this._sliderChanged!==undefined) { + var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(); + var fill = new Asc.asc_CShapeFill(); + fill.put_transparent(this._sliderChanged * 2.55); + props.put_background(fill); + this.api.SetSlideProps(props); + this._sliderChanged = undefined; + } + }, + onGradTypeSelect: function(combo, record){ this.GradFillType = record.value; @@ -1076,10 +1151,10 @@ define([ this.Effect = type; if (this.api && !this._noApply) { var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(); - var timing = new Asc.CAscSlideTiming(); - timing.put_TransitionType(type); - timing.put_TransitionOption(this.EffectType); - props.put_timing(timing); + var transition = new Asc.CAscSlideTransition(); + transition.put_TransitionType(type); + transition.put_TransitionOption(this.EffectType); + props.put_transition(transition); this.api.SetSlideProps(props); } this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); @@ -1089,10 +1164,10 @@ define([ this.EffectType = record.value; if (this.api && !this._noApply) { var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(); - var timing = new Asc.CAscSlideTiming(); - timing.put_TransitionType(this.Effect); - timing.put_TransitionOption(this.EffectType); - props.put_timing(timing); + var transition = new Asc.CAscSlideTransition(); + transition.put_TransitionType(this.Effect); + transition.put_TransitionOption(this.EffectType); + props.put_transition(transition); this.api.SetSlideProps(props); } this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); @@ -1101,9 +1176,9 @@ define([ onDurationChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ if (this.api && !this._noApply) { var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(); - var timing = new Asc.CAscSlideTiming(); - timing.put_TransitionDuration(field.getNumberValue()*1000); - props.put_timing(timing); + var transition = new Asc.CAscSlideTransition(); + transition.put_TransitionDuration(field.getNumberValue()*1000); + props.put_transition(transition); this.api.SetSlideProps(props); } }, @@ -1111,9 +1186,9 @@ define([ onDelayChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ if (this.api && !this._noApply) { var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(); - var timing = new Asc.CAscSlideTiming(); - timing.put_SlideAdvanceDuration(field.getNumberValue()*1000); - props.put_timing(timing); + var transition = new Asc.CAscSlideTransition(); + transition.put_SlideAdvanceDuration(field.getNumberValue()*1000); + props.put_transition(transition); this.api.SetSlideProps(props); } }, @@ -1121,9 +1196,9 @@ define([ onStartOnClickChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ if (this.api && !this._noApply) { var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(); - var timing = new Asc.CAscSlideTiming(); - timing.put_SlideAdvanceOnMouseClick(field.getValue()=='checked'); - props.put_timing(timing); + var transition = new Asc.CAscSlideTransition(); + transition.put_SlideAdvanceOnMouseClick(field.getValue()=='checked'); + props.put_transition(transition); this.api.SetSlideProps(props); } this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); @@ -1133,9 +1208,9 @@ define([ this.numDelay.setDisabled(field.getValue()!=='checked'); if (this.api && !this._noApply) { var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(); - var timing = new Asc.CAscSlideTiming(); - timing.put_SlideAdvanceAfter(field.getValue()=='checked'); - props.put_timing(timing); + var transition = new Asc.CAscSlideTransition(); + transition.put_SlideAdvanceAfter(field.getValue()=='checked'); + props.put_transition(transition); this.api.SetSlideProps(props); } this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); @@ -1193,12 +1268,13 @@ define([ this.FillImageContainer.toggleClass('settings-hidden', value !== Asc.c_oAscFill.FILL_TYPE_BLIP); this.FillPatternContainer.toggleClass('settings-hidden', value !== Asc.c_oAscFill.FILL_TYPE_PATT); this.FillGradientContainer.toggleClass('settings-hidden', value !== Asc.c_oAscFill.FILL_TYPE_GRAD); + this.TransparencyContainer.toggleClass('settings-hidden', (value === Asc.c_oAscFill.FILL_TYPE_NOFILL || value === null)); }, ChangeSettings: function(props) { if (this._initSettings) this.createDelayedElements(); - this.SetSlideDisabled(this._locked.background, this._locked.effects, this._locked.timing, this._locked.header); + this.SetSlideDisabled(this._locked.background, this._locked.effects, this._locked.transition, this._locked.header); if (props) { @@ -1211,6 +1287,17 @@ define([ var fill_type = fill.get_type(); var color = null; + var transparency = fill.get_transparent(); + if ( Math.abs(this._state.Transparency-transparency)>0.001 || Math.abs(this.numTransparency.getNumberValue()-transparency)>0.001 || + (this._state.Transparency===null || transparency===null)&&(this._state.Transparency!==transparency || this.numTransparency.getNumberValue()!==transparency)) { + + if (transparency !== undefined) { + this.sldrTransparency.setValue((transparency===null) ? 100 : transparency/255*100, true); + this.numTransparency.setValue(this.sldrTransparency.getValue(), true); + } + this._state.Transparency=transparency; + } + if (fill===null || fill_type===null || fill_type==Asc.c_oAscFill.FILL_TYPE_NOFILL) { // заливки нет или не совпадает у неск. фигур this.OriginalFillType = Asc.c_oAscFill.FILL_TYPE_NOFILL; } else if (fill_type==Asc.c_oAscFill.FILL_TYPE_SOLID) { @@ -1384,9 +1471,9 @@ define([ this._state.SlideColor = this.SlideColor.Color; } - var timing = props.get_LockTiming(); - if (timing) { - var value = timing.get_TransitionType(); + var transition = props.get_transition(); + if (transition) { + var value = transition.get_TransitionType(); var found = false; if (this._state.Effect !== value) { var item = this.cmbEffectName.store.findWhere({value: value}); @@ -1401,7 +1488,7 @@ define([ this._state.Effect = value; } - value = timing.get_TransitionOption(); + value = transition.get_TransitionOption(); if (this._state.EffectType !== value || found) { found = false; item = this.cmbEffectType.store.findWhere({value: value}); @@ -1414,7 +1501,7 @@ define([ this._state.EffectType = value; } - value = timing.get_TransitionDuration(); + value = transition.get_TransitionDuration(); if ( Math.abs(this._state.Duration-value)>0.001 || (this._state.Duration===null || value===null)&&(this._state.Duration!==value) || (this._state.Duration===undefined || value===undefined)&&(this._state.Duration!==value) ) { @@ -1422,7 +1509,7 @@ define([ this._state.Duration=value; } - value = timing.get_SlideAdvanceDuration(); + value = transition.get_SlideAdvanceDuration(); if ( Math.abs(this._state.Delay-value)>0.001 || (this._state.Delay===null || value===null)&&(this._state.Delay!==value) || (this._state.Delay===undefined || value===undefined)&&(this._state.Delay!==value) ) { @@ -1430,12 +1517,12 @@ define([ this._state.Delay=value; } - value = timing.get_SlideAdvanceOnMouseClick(); + value = transition.get_SlideAdvanceOnMouseClick(); if ( this._state.OnMouseClick!==value ) { this.chStartOnClick.setValue((value !== null && value !== undefined) ? value : 'indeterminate', true); this._state.OnMouseClick=value; } - value = timing.get_SlideAdvanceAfter(); + value = transition.get_SlideAdvanceAfter(); if ( this._state.AdvanceAfter!==value ) { this.chDelay.setValue((value !== null && value !== undefined) ? value : 'indeterminate', true); this.numDelay.setDisabled(this.chDelay.getValue()!=='checked'); @@ -1529,15 +1616,15 @@ define([ } }, - setLocked: function (background, effects, timing, header) { + setLocked: function (background, effects, transition, header) { this._locked = { - background: background, effects: effects, timing: timing, header: header + background: background, effects: effects, transition: transition, header: header }; }, - SetSlideDisabled: function(background, effects, timing, header) { + SetSlideDisabled: function(background, effects, transition, header) { this._locked = { - background: background, effects: effects, timing: timing, header: header + background: background, effects: effects, transition: transition, header: header }; if (this._initSettings) return; @@ -1546,6 +1633,8 @@ define([ for (var i=0; i
    ')}, + {caption: '--'}, + me.mnuHighlightTransparent = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.strMenuNoFill, + checkable: true + }) + ] + }) + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnHighlightColor); + + me.btnFontColor = new Common.UI.ButtonColored({ id: 'id-toolbar-btn-fontcolor', cls: 'btn-toolbar', iconCls: 'toolbar__icon btn-fontcolor', @@ -326,13 +365,31 @@ define([ menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ cls: 'shifted-left', items: [ - {template: _.template('
    ')}, + {template: _.template('
    ')}, {template: _.template('' + me.textNewColor + '')} ] }) }); me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnFontColor); + me.btnChangeCase = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-case', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'toolbar__icon btn-change-case', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + {caption: me.mniSentenceCase, value: Asc.c_oAscChangeTextCaseType.SentenceCase}, + {caption: me.mniLowerCase, value: Asc.c_oAscChangeTextCaseType.LowerCase}, + {caption: me.mniUpperCase, value: Asc.c_oAscChangeTextCaseType.UpperCase}, + {caption: me.mniCapitalizeWords, value: Asc.c_oAscChangeTextCaseType.CapitalizeWords}, + {caption: me.mniToggleCase, value: Asc.c_oAscChangeTextCaseType.ToggleCase} + ] + }) + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnChangeCase); + me.mnuChangeCase = me.btnChangeCase.menu; + me.btnClearStyle = new Common.UI.Button({ id: 'id-toolbar-btn-clearstyle', cls: 'btn-toolbar', @@ -515,6 +572,45 @@ define([ }); me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnLineSpace); + me.btnColumns = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-columns', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'toolbar__icon columns-two', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected, _set.noColumns], + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'ppm-toolbar shifted-right', + items: [ + { + caption: this.textColumnsOne, + iconCls: 'menu__icon columns-one', + checkable: true, + checkmark: false, + toggleGroup: 'menuColumns', + value: 0 + }, + { + caption: this.textColumnsTwo, + iconCls: 'menu__icon columns-two', + checkable: true, + checkmark: false, + toggleGroup: 'menuColumns', + value: 1 + }, + { + caption: this.textColumnsThree, + iconCls: 'menu__icon columns-three', + checkable: true, + checkmark: false, + toggleGroup: 'menuColumns', + value: 2 + }, + {caption: '--'}, + {caption: this.textColumnsCustom, value: 'advanced'} + ] + }) + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnColumns); + me.btnInsertTable = new Common.UI.Button({ id: 'tlbtn-inserttable', cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', @@ -850,10 +946,10 @@ define([ ].join('')); this.lockControls = [this.btnChangeSlide, this.btnSave, - this.btnCopy, this.btnPaste, this.btnUndo, this.btnRedo, this.cmbFontName, this.cmbFontSize, - this.btnBold, this.btnItalic, this.btnUnderline, this.btnStrikeout, this.btnSuperscript, + this.btnCopy, this.btnPaste, this.btnUndo, this.btnRedo, this.cmbFontName, this.cmbFontSize, this.btnIncFontSize, this.btnDecFontSize, + this.btnBold, this.btnItalic, this.btnUnderline, this.btnStrikeout, this.btnSuperscript, this.btnChangeCase, this.btnHighlightColor, this.btnSubscript, this.btnFontColor, this.btnClearStyle, this.btnCopyStyle, this.btnMarkers, - this.btnNumbers, this.btnDecLeftOffset, this.btnIncLeftOffset, this.btnLineSpace, this.btnHorizontalAlign, + this.btnNumbers, this.btnDecLeftOffset, this.btnIncLeftOffset, this.btnLineSpace, this.btnHorizontalAlign, this.btnColumns, this.btnVerticalAlign, this.btnShapeArrange, this.btnShapeAlign, this.btnInsertTable, this.btnInsertChart, this.btnInsertEquation, this.btnInsertSymbol, this.btnInsertHyperlink, this.btnColorSchemas, this.btnSlideSize, this.listTheme, this.mnuShowSettings ]; @@ -960,7 +1056,11 @@ define([ _injectComponent('#slot-btn-strikeout', this.btnStrikeout); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-superscript', this.btnSuperscript); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-subscript', this.btnSubscript); + _injectComponent('#slot-btn-incfont', this.btnIncFontSize); + _injectComponent('#slot-btn-decfont', this.btnDecFontSize); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-fontcolor', this.btnFontColor); + _injectComponent('#slot-btn-highlight', this.btnHighlightColor); + _injectComponent('#slot-btn-changecase', this.btnChangeCase); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-clearstyle', this.btnClearStyle); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-copystyle', this.btnCopyStyle); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-markers', this.btnMarkers); @@ -970,6 +1070,7 @@ define([ _injectComponent('#slot-btn-halign', this.btnHorizontalAlign); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-valign', this.btnVerticalAlign); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-linespace', this.btnLineSpace); + _injectComponent('#slot-btn-columns', this.btnColumns); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-arrange-shape', this.btnShapeArrange); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-align-shape', this.btnShapeAlign); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-insertequation', this.btnInsertEquation); @@ -1072,6 +1173,8 @@ define([ this.btnRedo.updateHint(this.tipRedo + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+Y')); this.btnCopy.updateHint(this.tipCopy + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+C')); this.btnPaste.updateHint(this.tipPaste + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+V')); + this.btnIncFontSize.updateHint(this.tipIncFont + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+]')); + this.btnDecFontSize.updateHint(this.tipDecFont + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+[')); this.btnBold.updateHint(this.textBold + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+B')); this.btnItalic.updateHint(this.textItalic + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+I')); this.btnUnderline.updateHint(this.textUnderline + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+U')); @@ -1079,6 +1182,8 @@ define([ this.btnSuperscript.updateHint(this.textSuperscript); this.btnSubscript.updateHint(this.textSubscript); this.btnFontColor.updateHint(this.tipFontColor); + this.btnHighlightColor.updateHint(this.tipHighlightColor); + this.btnChangeCase.updateHint(this.tipChangeCase); this.btnClearStyle.updateHint(this.tipClearStyle); this.btnCopyStyle.updateHint(this.tipCopyStyle + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+Shift+C')); this.btnMarkers.updateHint(this.tipMarkers); @@ -1088,6 +1193,7 @@ define([ this.btnDecLeftOffset.updateHint(this.tipDecPrLeft + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+Shift+M')); this.btnIncLeftOffset.updateHint(this.tipIncPrLeft); this.btnLineSpace.updateHint(this.tipLineSpace); + this.btnColumns.updateHint(this.tipColumns); this.btnInsertTable.updateHint(this.tipInsertTable); this.btnInsertChart.updateHint(this.tipInsertChart); this.btnInsertEquation.updateHint(this.tipInsertEquation); @@ -1144,7 +1250,7 @@ define([ ); this.btnInsertChart.setMenu( new Common.UI.Menu({ - style: 'width: 364px;', + style: 'width: 364px;padding-top: 12px;', items: [ {template: _.template('')} ] @@ -1156,7 +1262,7 @@ define([ parentMenu: menu, showLast: false, restoreHeight: 421, - groups: new Common.UI.DataViewGroupStore(Common.define.chartData.getChartGroupData(true)), + groups: new Common.UI.DataViewGroupStore(Common.define.chartData.getChartGroupData()), store: new Common.UI.DataViewStore(Common.define.chartData.getChartData()), itemTemplate: _.template('
    \">
    ') }); @@ -1254,13 +1360,23 @@ define([ // DataView and pickers // if (this.btnFontColor.cmpEl) { - var colorVal = $('
    '); - $('button:first-child', this.btnFontColor.cmpEl).append(colorVal); - colorVal.css('background-color', this.btnFontColor.currentColor || 'transparent'); + this.btnFontColor.setColor(this.btnFontColor.currentColor || 'transparent'); this.mnuFontColorPicker = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#id-toolbar-menu-fontcolor') }); } + if (this.btnHighlightColor.cmpEl) { + this.btnHighlightColor.currentColor = 'FFFF00'; + this.btnHighlightColor.setColor(this.btnHighlightColor.currentColor); + this.mnuHighlightColorPicker = new Common.UI.ColorPalette({ + el: $('#id-toolbar-menu-highlight'), + colors: [ + 'FFFF00', '00FF00', '00FFFF', 'FF00FF', '0000FF', 'FF0000', '00008B', '008B8B', + '006400', '800080', '8B0000', '808000', 'FFFFFF', 'D3D3D3', 'A9A9A9', '000000' + ] + }); + this.mnuHighlightColorPicker.select('FFFF00'); + } }, setApi: function (api) { @@ -1682,7 +1798,22 @@ define([ capInsertAudio: 'Audio', capInsertVideo: 'Video', tipInsertAudio: 'Insert audio', - tipInsertVideo: 'Insert video' + tipInsertVideo: 'Insert video', + tipIncFont: 'Increment font size', + tipDecFont: 'Decrement font size', + tipColumns: 'Insert columns', + textColumnsOne: 'One Column', + textColumnsTwo: 'Two Columns', + textColumnsThree: 'Three Columns', + textColumnsCustom: 'Custom Columns', + tipChangeCase: 'Change case', + mniSentenceCase: 'Sentence case.', + mniLowerCase: 'lowercase', + mniUpperCase: 'UPPERCASE', + mniCapitalizeWords: 'Capitalize Each Word', + mniToggleCase: 'tOGGLE cASE', + strMenuNoFill: 'No Fill', + tipHighlightColor: 'Highlight color' } }()), PE.Views.Toolbar || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.html b/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.html index 0a9d38930..7e8f778f8 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.html +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.html @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ background: #f1f1f1; border-bottom: 1px solid #cbcbcb; height: 46px; - padding: 10px 12px; + padding: 10px 6px; box-sizing: content-box; } @@ -85,11 +85,15 @@ .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.space { background: none; - width: 12px; + width: 0; + } + + .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.split { + width: 32px; } .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.big { - width: 60px; + width: 55px; height: 46px; margin-top: -46px; } @@ -99,7 +103,7 @@ right: 0; top: 0; bottom: 0; - left: 855px; + left: 758px; width: inherit; height: 44px; } @@ -248,11 +252,11 @@
    -
    +
    -
    -
    +
    +
    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.html.deploy b/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.html.deploy index a1e52ed51..41a968cd6 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.html.deploy +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.html.deploy @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ background: #f1f1f1; border-bottom: 1px solid #cbcbcb; height: 46px; - padding: 10px 12px; + padding: 10px 6px; box-sizing: content-box; } @@ -87,11 +87,15 @@ .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.space { background: none; - width: 12px; + width: 0; + } + + .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.split { + width: 32px; } .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.big { - width: 60px; + width: 55px; height: 46px; margin-top: -46px; } @@ -101,7 +105,7 @@ right: 0; top: 0; bottom: 0; - left: 855px; + left: 758px; width: inherit; height: 44px; } @@ -206,7 +210,7 @@ var re = /chrome\/(\d+)/i.exec(userAgent); if (!!re && !!re[1] && !(re[1] > 49)) { setTimeout(function () { - document.getElementsByTagName('body')[0].className += "winxp"; + document.getElementsByTagName('html')[0].className += "winxp"; },0); } } @@ -259,11 +263,11 @@
    -
    +
    -
    -
    +
    +
    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/be.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/be.json index 38e1e0993..f22d123a7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/be.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/be.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Замяніць", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Замяніць усе", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Больш не паказваць гэтае паведамленне", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Дакумент быў зменены іншым карыстальнікам.
    Націсніце, каб захаваць свае змены і загрузіць абнаўленні.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Дакумент быў зменены іншым карыстальнікам.
    Націсніце, каб захаваць свае змены і загрузіць абнаўленні.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Стандартныя колеры", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Колеры тэмы", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Скасаваць", @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Дыякрытычныя знакі", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Дужкі", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Неабходна вызначыць URL-адрас выявы.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Уведзена хібнае значэнне.
    Калі ласка, ўвядзіце лік ад 0 да 100.", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Уведзена хібнае значэнне.
    Калі ласка, ўвядзіце лік ад 0 да 300.", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Дробы", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Функцыі", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Уставіць", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/bg.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/bg.json index dcde1830e..fe4590482 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/bg.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/bg.json @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Заменете", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Замяна на всички", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Не показвайте това съобщение отново", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Документът е променен от друг потребител.
    Моля, кликнете върху, за да запазите промените си и да презаредите актуализациите.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Документът е променен от друг потребител.
    Моля, кликнете върху, за да запазите промените си и да презаредите актуализациите.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Стандартни цветове", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Цветовете на темата", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Отказ", @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Акценти", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Скоби", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Трябва да посочите URL адреса на изображението.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Въведената стойност е неправилна.
    Въведете числова стойност между 1 и 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Въведената стойност е неправилна.
    Въведете числова стойност между 1 и 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Фракции", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Функция", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "Интеграли", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ca.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ca.json index be99d9f16..c7e62e594 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ca.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ca.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Canviar", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Canviar Tot", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "No torneu a mostrar aquest missatge", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Un altre usuari ha canviat el document.
    Feu clic per desar els canvis i tornar a carregar les actualitzacions.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Un altre usuari ha canviat el document.
    Feu clic per desar els canvis i tornar a carregar les actualitzacions.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Colors Estàndards", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Colors Tema", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Cancel·lar", @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Accents", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Claudàtor", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Cal que especifiqueu l’enllaç de la imatge.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "El valor introduït és incorrecte.
    Introduïu un valor numèric entre 1 i 100.", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "El valor introduït és incorrecte.
    Introduïu un valor numèric entre 1 i 300.", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Fraccions", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Funcions", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Insertar", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/cs.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/cs.json index bb6862e19..d1dbc73dd 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/cs.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/cs.json @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Nahradit", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Nahradit vše", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Tuto zprávu už nezobrazovat", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument byl mezitím změněn jiným uživatelem.
    Kliknutím uložte změny provedené vámi a načtěte ty od ostatních.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument byl mezitím změněn jiným uživatelem.
    Kliknutím uložte změny provedené vámi a načtěte ty od ostatních.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standardní barvy", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Barvy motivu vzhledu", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Storno", @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Akcenty", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Závorky", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Je třeba zadat URL adresu obrázku.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Zadaná hodnota není správná.
    Zadejte hodnotu z rozmezí 1 až 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Zadaná hodnota není správná.
    Zadejte hodnotu z rozmezí 1 až 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Zlomky", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Funkce", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Vložit", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/da.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/da.json index fba5f9d6b..519abf9d5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/da.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/da.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Erstat", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Erstat alle", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Vis ikke denne meddelelse igen", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokumentet er blevet ændret af en anden bruger.
    Venligst tryk for at gemme ændringerne og genindlæs opdateringerne.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokumentet er blevet ændret af en anden bruger.
    Venligst tryk for at gemme ændringerne og genindlæs opdateringerne.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standard farve", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Tema farver", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Annuller", @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Accenter", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Parentes", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Du skal specificere billede URL", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Den indtastede værdi er ikke korrekt.
    Venligst indtast en numerisk værdi mellem 1 og 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Den indtastede værdi er ikke korrekt.
    Venligst indtast en numerisk værdi mellem 1 og 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Fraktioner", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Funktioner", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "indsæt", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/de.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/de.json index d7db05163..a1462097b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/de.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/de.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Ersetzen", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Alle ersetzen", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Diese Meldung nicht mehr anzeigen", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Das Dokument wurde von einem anderen Benutzer geändert.
    Bitte speichern Sie Ihre Änderungen und aktualisieren Sie Ihre Seite.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Das Dokument wurde von einem anderen Benutzer geändert.
    Bitte speichern Sie Ihre Änderungen und aktualisieren Sie Ihre Seite.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standardfarben", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Designfarben", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Abbrechen", @@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Jemand bearbeitet diese Präsentation in diesem Moment. Bitte versuchen Sie es später erneut.", "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Zugriff verweigert", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Beim Speichern dieser Datei ist ein Fehler aufgetreten.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Diese Datei kann nicht erstellt oder gespeichert werden.
    Dies ist möglicherweise davon verursacht:
    1. Die Datei ist schreibgeschützt.
    2. Die Datei wird von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet.
    3. Die Festplatte ist voll oder beschädigt.", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Speichervorbereitung", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Speichervorbereitung. Bitte warten...", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Präsentation wird gespeichert...", @@ -653,6 +654,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Die aktuelle Zoom-Einstellung Ihres Webbrowsers wird nicht völlig unterstützt. Bitte stellen Sie die Standardeinstellung mithilfe der Tastenkombination Strg+0 wieder her.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Sie haben das Limit für gleichzeitige Verbindungen in %1-Editoren erreicht. Dieses Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
    Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Ihre Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
    Bitte aktualisieren Sie Ihre Lizenz und laden Sie die Seite neu.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Die Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
    Die Bearbeitungsfunktionen sind nicht verfügbar.
    Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihrem Administrator.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Die Lizenz soll aktualisiert werden.
    Die Bearbeitungsfunktionen sind eingeschränkt.
    Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihrem Administrator für vollen Zugriff", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Sie haben das Benutzerlimit für %1-Editoren erreicht. Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Sie haben das Limit für gleichzeitige Verbindungen in %1-Editoren erreicht. Dieses Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
    Bitte kontaktieren Sie unser Verkaufsteam, um persönliche Upgrade-Bedingungen zu erhalten.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Sie haben das Benutzerlimit für %1-Editoren erreicht. Bitte kontaktieren Sie unser Verkaufsteam, um persönliche Upgrade-Bedingungen zu erhalten.", @@ -662,7 +665,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Akzente", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Klammern", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Sie müssen eine Bild-URL angeben.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Der eingegebene Wert ist falsch.
    Geben Sie bitte einen numerischen Wert zwischen 1 und 100 ein.", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Der eingegebene Wert ist falsch.
    Geben Sie bitte einen numerischen Wert zwischen 1 und 300 ein.", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Bruchrechnung", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Funktionen", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Einfügen", @@ -1382,7 +1385,9 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback und Support", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Titel", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "ENTWICKLERMODUS", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Zugriffseinschränkung", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "Trial-Modus", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Testversion für Entwickler-Modus", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Zeilenabstand", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Absatzabstand", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "Nach ", @@ -1842,12 +1847,14 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Kopieren", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Format übertragen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDateTime": "Das aktuelle Datum und die aktuelle Uhrzeit einfügen ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Schriftgrad verkleinern", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecPrLeft": "Einzug verkleinern", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Fußzeile bearbeiten", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Schriftfarbe", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Schriftart", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Schriftgrad", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Horizontale Ausrichtung", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "Schriftgrad vergrößern", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Einzug vergrößern", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertAudio": "Audio einfügen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Diagramm einfügen", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/el.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/el.json index cfd087f41..62a62afb6 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/el.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/el.json @@ -1,28 +1,44 @@ { "Common.Controllers.Chat.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", - "Common.Controllers.Chat.textEnterMessage": "Εισαγάγετε το μήνυμά σας εδώ", + "Common.Controllers.Chat.textEnterMessage": "Εισάγετε το μήνυμά σας εδώ", "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.textAnonymous": "Ανώνυμος", "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.textClose": "Κλείσιμο", + "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.warningText": "Το αντικείμενο είναι απενεργοποιημένο επειδή χρησιμοποιείται από άλλο χρήστη.", "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.warningTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", "Common.define.chartData.textArea": "Περιοχή", - "Common.define.chartData.textCharts": "Διαγράμματα", + "Common.define.chartData.textBar": "Μπάρα", + "Common.define.chartData.textCharts": "Γραφήματα", "Common.define.chartData.textColumn": "Στήλη", "Common.define.chartData.textLine": "Γραμμή", + "Common.define.chartData.textPie": "Πίτα", + "Common.define.chartData.textPoint": "ΧΥ (Διασπορά)", + "Common.define.chartData.textStock": "Μετοχή", + "Common.define.chartData.textSurface": "Επιφάνεια", + "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "Το αρχείο τελεί υπό επεξεργασία σε άλλη εφαρμογή. Μπορείτε να συνεχίσετε την επεξεργασία και να το αποθηκεύσετε ως αντίγραφο.", "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "Προσθήκη νέου προσαρμοσμένου χρώματος", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSize.txtNoBorders": "Χωρίς περιγράμματα", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSizeEditable.txtNoBorders": "Χωρίς περιγράμματα", "Common.UI.ComboDataView.emptyComboText": "Χωρίς στυλ", "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.addButtonText": "Προσθήκη", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textCurrent": "Τρέχον", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textHexErr": "Η τιμή που βάλατε δεν είναι αποδεκτή.
    Παρακαλούμε βάλτε μια τιμή μεταξύ 000000 και FFFFFF.", "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textNew": "Νέο", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textRGBErr": "Η τιμή που βάλατε δεν είναι αποδεκτή.
    Παρακαλούμε βάλτε μια αριθμητική τιμή μεταξύ 0 και 255.", "Common.UI.HSBColorPicker.textNoColor": "Χωρίς χρώμα", - "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textReplaceDef": "Εισαγάγετε το κείμενο αντικατάστασης", - "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textSearchStart": "Εισαγάγετε το κείμενό σας εδώ", - "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textTitle": "Εύρεση και αντικατάσταση", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textHighlight": "Επισήμανση αποτελεσμάτων", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textMatchCase": "Με διάκριση πεζών-κεφαλαίων", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textReplaceDef": "Εισάγετε το κείμενο αντικατάστασης", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textSearchStart": "Εισάγετε το κείμενό σας εδώ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textTitle": "Εύρεση και Αντικατάσταση", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textTitle2": "Εύρεση", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textWholeWords": "Ολόκληρες λέξεις μόνο", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnHideReplace": "Απόκρυψη Αντικατάστασης", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Αντικατάσταση", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Αντικατάσταση όλων", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Να μην εμφανίζεται αυτό το μήνυμα ξανά", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Το έγγραφο έχει αλλάξει από άλλο χρήστη.
    Παρακαλούμε κάντε κλικ για να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές σας και να φορτώσετε ξανά τις ενημερώσεις.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Το έγγραφο έχει αλλάξει από άλλο χρήστη.
    Παρακαλούμε κάντε κλικ για να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές σας και να φορτώσετε ξανά τις ενημερώσεις.", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Τυπικά χρώματα", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Χρώματα θέματος", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Ακύρωση", "Common.UI.Window.closeButtonText": "Κλείσιμο", "Common.UI.Window.noButtonText": "Όχι", @@ -34,24 +50,56 @@ "Common.UI.Window.textWarning": "Προειδοποίηση", "Common.UI.Window.yesButtonText": "Ναι", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "εκ", + "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", "Common.Views.About.txtAddress": "διεύθυνση:", "Common.Views.About.txtLicensee": "ΑΔΕΙΑ", - "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "τηλ.:", + "Common.Views.About.txtLicensor": "ΑΔΕΙΟΔΟΤΗΣ", + "Common.Views.About.txtMail": "ηλεκτρονική διεύθυνση:", + "Common.Views.About.txtPoweredBy": "Υποστηρίζεται από", + "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "Tηλ.: ", + "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "Έκδοση ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "Προσθήκη", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textApplyText": "Εφαρμογή Κατά Την Πληκτρολόγηση", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAutoFormat": "Αυτόματη Μορφοποίηση Κατά Την Πληκτρολόγηση", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBulleted": "Αυτόματες λίστες κουκκίδων", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "Κατά", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "Διαγραφή", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textHyphens": "Παύλες (--) με πλατιά παύλα (—)", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "Αυτόματη Διόρθωση Μαθηματικών", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textNumbered": "Αυτόματες αριθμημένες λίστες", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textQuotes": "\"Ίσια εισαγωγικά\" με \"έξυπνα εισαγωγικά\"", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognized": "Αναγνωρισμένες Συναρτήσεις", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognizedDesc": "Οι ακόλουθες εκφράσεις αναγνωρίζονται ως μαθηματικές. Δεν θα μορφοποιηθούν αυτόματα με πλάγια γράμματα.", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "Αντικατάσταση", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceText": "Αντικατάσταση Κατά Την Πληκτρολόγηση", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceType": "Αντικατάσταση κειμένου κατά την πληκτρολόγηση", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReset": "Επαναφορά", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textResetAll": "Αρχικοποίηση στην προεπιλογή", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRestore": "Επαναφορά", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textTitle": "Αυτόματη Διόρθωση", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnAddRec": "Οι αναγνωρισμένες συναρτήσεις πρέπει να περιέχουν μόνο τα γράμματα A έως Z, κεφαλαία ή μικρά.", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnResetRec": "Κάθε έκφραση που προσθέσατε θα αφαιρεθεί και ό,τι αφαιρέθηκε θα αποκατασταθεί. Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReplace": "Η καταχώρηση αυτόματης διόρθωσης για %1 υπάρχει ήδη. Θέλετε να την αντικαταστήσετε;", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReset": "Κάθε αυτόματη διόρθωση που προσθέσατε θα αφαιρεθεί και ό,τι τροποποιήθηκε θα αποκατασταθεί στην αρχική του τιμή. Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnRestore": "Η καταχώρηση αυτόματης διόρθωσης για %1 θα τεθεί στην αρχική τιμή της. Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;", "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "Αποστολή", "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "Προσθήκη", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "Προσθήκη σχολίου", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddCommentToDoc": "Προσθήκη σχολίου στο έγγραφο", - "Common.Views.Comments.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη απάντησης", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη Απάντησης", "Common.Views.Comments.textAnonym": "Επισκέπτης", "Common.Views.Comments.textCancel": "Ακύρωση", "Common.Views.Comments.textClose": "Κλείσιμο", "Common.Views.Comments.textComments": "Σχόλια", "Common.Views.Comments.textEdit": "Εντάξει", - "Common.Views.Comments.textEnterCommentHint": "Εισαγάγετε το σχόλιό σας εδώ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textEnterCommentHint": "Εισάγετε το σχόλιό σας εδώ", "Common.Views.Comments.textHintAddComment": "Προσθήκη σχολίου", "Common.Views.Comments.textOpenAgain": "Άνοιγμα ξανά", "Common.Views.Comments.textReply": "Απάντηση", + "Common.Views.Comments.textResolve": "Επίλυση", + "Common.Views.Comments.textResolved": "Επιλύθηκε", "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textDontShow": "Να μην εμφανίζεται αυτό το μήνυμα ξανά", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textMsg": "Η αντιγραφή, η αποκοπή και η επικόλληση μέσω των κουμπιών της εργαλειοθήκης του συντάκτη καθώς και οι ενέργειες του μενού συμφραζομένων εφαρμόζονται μόνο εντός αυτής της καρτέλας.

    Για αντιγραφή ή επικόλληση από ή προς εφαρμογές εκτός της καρτέλας χρησιμοποιήστε τους ακόλουθους συνδυασμούς πλήκτρων:", "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textTitle": "Ενέργειες αντιγραφής, αποκοπής και επικόλλησης", "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToCopy": "για αντιγραφή", "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToCut": "για αποκοπή", @@ -60,38 +108,63 @@ "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις διαμοιρασμού", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textClose": "Κλείσιμο", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "Αποθήκευση & Έξοδος", - "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Επεξεργαστής διαγράμματος", + "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Συντάκτης Γραφήματος", + "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Οι χρήστες που επεξεργάζονται το αρχείο:", "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Άνοιγμα τοποθεσίας αρχείου", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Απόκρυψη Γραμμής Εργαλείων", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Απόκρυψη Χαράκων", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Απόκρυψη Γραμμής Κατάστασης", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Αποθήκευση...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Τροποποιημένο", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Όλες οι αλλαγές αποθηκεύτηκαν", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Όλες οι αλλαγές αποθηκεύτηκαν", "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Εστίαση", + "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Διαχείριση δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης εγγράφου", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Λήψη αρχείου", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Επεξεργασία τρέχοντος αρχείου", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Εκτύπωση αρχείου", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Επανάληψη", "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Αποθήκευση", "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Αναίρεση", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndock": "Απαγκίστρωση σε ξεχωριστό παράθυρο", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Προβολή ρυθμίσεων", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Προβολή χρηστών και διαχείριση δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης σε έγγραφα", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Αλλαγή δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Μετονομασία", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.textUrl": "Επικόλληση URL εικόνας:", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtEmpty": "Αυτό το πεδίο είναι υποχρεωτικό", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtNotUrl": "Αυτό το πεδίο πρέπει να είναι διεύθυνση URL με τη μορφή «http://www.example.com»", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.textInvalidRowsCols": "Πρέπει να ορίσετε έγκυρο αριθμό γραμμών και στηλών.", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtColumns": "Αριθμός στηλών", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtMaxText": "Η μέγιστη τιμή για αυτό το πεδίο είναι {0}.", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtMinText": "Η ελάχιστη τιμή για αυτό το πεδίο είναι {0}.", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtRows": "Αριθμός γραμμών", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitle": "Μέγεθος πίνακα", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitleSplit": "Διαίρεση κελιού", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "Επιλογή γλώσσας εγγράφου", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textBulleted": "Με κουκίδες", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textNumbering": "Αριθμημένο", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.tipChange": "Αλλαγή κουκίδων", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtBullet": "Κουκκίδα", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtColor": "Χρώμα", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNewBullet": "Νέα κουκίδα", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNone": "Κανένα", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtOfText": "% του κειμένου", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSize": "Μέγεθος", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtStart": "Έναρξη σε", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSymbol": "Σύμβολο", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις Λίστας", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtType": "Τύπος", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Κλείσιμο αρχείου", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Κωδικοποίηση", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Το συνθηματικό είναι εσφαλμένο.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Συνθηματικό", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtProtected": "Μόλις βάλετε τον κωδικό και ανοίξετε το αρχείο, ο τρέχων κωδικός αρχείου θα αρχικοποιηθεί.", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Διαλέξτε %1 επιλογές", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Προστατευμένο αρχείο", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Ορίστε ένα συνθηματικό για την προστασία αυτού του εγγράφου", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Ο κωδικός επιβεβαίωσης δεν είναι πανομοιότυπος", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Συνθηματικό", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Επανάληψη συνθηματικού", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "Ορισμός συνθηματικού", @@ -101,32 +174,55 @@ "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "Γίνεται φόρτωση", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Εκκίνηση", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "Διακοπή", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintAddPwd": "Κρυπτογράφηση με συνθηματικό", "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "Αλλαγή ή διαγραφή συνθηματικού", "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "Προσθήκη ψηφιακής υπογραφής ή γραμμής υπογραφής", "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "Προσθήκη συνθηματικού", "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "Αλλαγή συνθηματικού", "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "Διαγραφή συνθηματικού", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Κρυπτογράφηση", "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Προσθήκη ψηφιακής υπογραφής", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Υπγραφή", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Προσθήκη γραμμής υπογραφής", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Όνομα αρχείου", + "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "Το όνομα αρχείου δεν μπορεί να περιέχει κανέναν από τους ακόλουθους χαρακτήρες:", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "Στην επόμενη αλλαγή", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "Στην προηγούμενη αλλαγή", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "Γρήγορα", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "Συν-επεξεργασία πραγματικού χρόνου. Όλες οι αλλαγές αποθηκεύονται αυτόματα.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "Αυστηρή", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί 'Αποθήκευση' για να συγχρονίσετε τις αλλαγές που κάνετε εσείς και οι άλλοι.", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "Αποδοχή τρέχουσας αλλαγής", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "Ορισμός κατάστασης συν-επεξεργασίας", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCommentRem": "Αφαίρεση σχολίων", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCommentRemCurrent": "Αφαίρεση υφιστάμενων σχολίων", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "Εμφάνιση ιστορικού εκδόσεων", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "Απόρριψη τρέχουσας αλλαγής", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "Παρακολούθηση αλλαγών", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "Επιλέξτε τον τρόπο προβολής των αλλαγών", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "Ορισμός γλώσσας εγγράφου", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "Έλεγχος ορθογραφίας", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "Διαχείριση δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης εγγράφου", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "Αποδοχή", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Αποδοχή όλων των αλλαγών", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Αποδοχή αλλαγών", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Αποδοχή τρέχουσας αλλαγής", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "Συνομιλία", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Κλείσιμο", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Κατάσταση Συνεργατικής Επεξεργασίας", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemAll": "Αφαίρεση όλων των σχολίων", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemCurrent": "Αφαίρεση Υφιστάμενων Σχολίων", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemMy": "Αφαίρεση των σχολίων μου", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemMyCurrent": "Διαγραφή Πρόσφατων Σχολίων Μου", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemove": "Αφαίρεση", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "Γλώσσα", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Όλες οι αλλαγές έγιναν αποδεκτές (Προεπισκόπηση)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "Τελικός", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "Ιστορικό εκδόσεων", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "Όλες οι αλλαγές (Επεξεργασία)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "Σήμανση", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "Επόμενο", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "Όλες οι αλλαγές απορρίφθηκαν (Προεπισκόπηση)", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "Πρωτότυπο", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "Προηγούμενο", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "Απόρριψη", @@ -135,52 +231,117 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "Απόρριψη τρέχουσας αλλαγής", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "Διαμοιρασμός", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "Έλεγχος ορθογραφίας", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "Παρακολούθηση αλλαγών", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Κατάσταση Προβολής", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAdd": "Προσθήκη", - "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη απάντησης", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη Απάντησης", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textCancel": "Ακύρωση", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textClose": "Κλείσιμο", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textEdit": "Εντάξει", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMention": "+mention θα δώσει πρόσβαση στο αρχείο και θα στείλει email", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMentionNotify": "+mention θα ενημερώσει τον χρήστη με email", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textOpenAgain": "Άνοιγμα ξανά", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textReply": "Απάντηση", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textResolve": "Επίλυση", "Common.Views.SaveAsDlg.textLoading": "Γίνεται φόρτωση", + "Common.Views.SaveAsDlg.textTitle": "Φάκελος για αποθήκευση", "Common.Views.SelectFileDlg.textLoading": "Γίνεται φόρτωση", + "Common.Views.SelectFileDlg.textTitle": "Επιλογή Πηγής Δεδομένων", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "Έντονα", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "Πιστοποιητικό", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "Αλλαγή", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Εισαγωγή ονόματος υπογράφοντος", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Πλάγια", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Ο σκοπός για υπογραφή αυτού του εγγράφου", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Επιλογή", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Επιλογή εικόνας", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "Η υπογραφή μοιάζει με", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Υπογραφή εγγράφου", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "ή κάντε κλικ στο 'Επιλογή εικόνας' για να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια εικόνα ως υπογραφή", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "Έγκυρο από %1 έως %2", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "Όνομα γραμματοσειράς", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "Μέγεθος γραμματοσειράς", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": "Να επιτρέπεται στον υπογράφοντα να προσθέτει σχόλιο στο διάλογο υπογραφής", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfo": "Πληροφορίες υπογράφοντος", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoEmail": "Ηλεκτρονική Διεύθυνση", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "Όνομα", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Τίτλος υπογράφοντος", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Οδηγίες προς Υπογράφοντα", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Εμφάνιση ημερομηνίας υπογραφής στη γραμμή υπογράφοντος", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Ρύθμιση υπογραφής", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Αυτό το πεδίο είναι υποχρεωτικό", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCharacter": "Χαρακτήρας", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCode": "Δεκαεξαδική τιμή Unicode", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCopyright": "Σήμα πνευματικών δικαιωμάτων", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDCQuote": "Κλείσιμο Διπλών Εισαγωγικών", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDOQuote": "Άνοιγμα Διπλών Εισαγωγικών", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEllipsis": "Οριζόντια Έλλειψη", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmDash": "Πλατιά Παύλα Em", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmSpace": "Διάστημα Em", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnDash": "Πλατιά Παύλα En", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnSpace": "Διάστημα En", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textFont": "Γραμματοσειρά", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBHyphen": "Προστατευμένη Παύλα", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBSpace": "Προστατευμένο Διάστημα", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textPilcrow": "Σύμβολο Παραγράφου", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textQEmSpace": "1/4 Em Διάστημα", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRange": "Εύρος", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRecent": "Πρόσφατα χρησιμοποιημένα σύμβολα", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRegistered": "Καταχωρημένο Σύμβολο", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSCQuote": "Κλείσιμο Απλών Εισαγωγικών", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSection": "Σύμβολο Τμήματος", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textShortcut": "Πλήκτρο Συντόμευσης", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSHyphen": "Απαλή Παύλα", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSOQuote": "Άνοιγμα Απλών Εισαγωγικών", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSpecial": "Ειδικοί χαρακτήρες", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "Σύμβολα", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "Σύμβολο", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTradeMark": "Σύμβολο Εμπορικού Σήματος", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Παρουσίαση χωρίς όνομα", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "Αίτηση δικαιωμάτων επεξεργασίας...", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textNoTextFound": "Τα δεδομένα που αναζητάτε δεν βρέθηκαν. Παρακαλούμε προσαρμόστε τις επιλογές αναζήτησης.", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSkipped": "Η αντικατάσταση έγινε. {0} εμφανίσεις προσπεράστηκαν.", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSuccess": "Η αναζήτηση ολοκληρώθηκε. Εμφανίσεις που αντικαταστάθηκαν: {0}", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.txtUntitled": "Άτιτλο", "PE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTextText": "Γίνεται φόρτωση δεδομένων...", "PE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "Γίνεται φόρτωση δεδομένων", + "PE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "Υπέρβαση χρονικού ορίου μετατροπής.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorExtText": "Πατήστε \"ΟΚ\" για να επιστρέψετε στη λίστα εγγράφων.", "PE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorTitle": "Σφάλμα", "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadErrorText": "Αποτυχία λήψης.", "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadTextText": "Γίνεται λήψη παρουσίασης...", "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Λήψη παρουσίασης", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "Προσπαθείτε να εκτελέσετε μια ενέργεια για την οποία δεν έχετε δικαιώματα.
    Παρακαλούμε να επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή του διακομιστή εγγράφων.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "Εσφαλμένος σύνδεσμος εικόνας", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Η σύνδεση διακομιστή χάθηκε. Δεν είναι δυνατή η επεξεργασία του εγγράφου αυτήν τη στιγμή.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Δεν ήταν δυνατή η αποθήκευση του εγγράφου. Παρακαλούμε ελέγξτε τις ρυθμίσεις σύνδεσης ή επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή σας.
    Όταν κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί «OK», θα σας ζητηθεί να πραγματοποιήσετε λήψη του εγγράφου.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Εξωτερικό σφάλμα.
    Σφάλμα σύνδεσης βάσης δεδομένων. Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με την υποστήριξη σε περίπτωση που το σφάλμα παραμένει.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Οι κρυπτογραφημένες αλλαγές έχουν ληφθεί, δεν μπορούν να αποκρυπτογραφηθούν.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Εσφαλμένο εύρος δεδομένων.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Κωδικός σφάλματος: %1", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την εργασία με το έγγραφο.
    Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή «Λήψη ως...» για να αποθηκεύσετε το αντίγραφο ασφαλείας στον σκληρό δίσκο του υπολογιστή σας.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingSaveas": "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την εργασία με το έγγραφο.
    Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή «Αποθήκευση ως...» για να αποθηκεύσετε το αντίγραφο ασφαλείας στον σκληρό δίσκο του υπολογιστή σας.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorEmailClient": "Δε βρέθηκε καμιά εφαρμογή ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Το αρχείο προστατεύεται με συνθηματικό και δεν μπορεί να ανοίξει.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "Το μέγεθος του αρχείου υπερβαίνει το όριο που έχει οριστεί για τον διακομιστή σας.
    Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή του Εξυπηρετητή Εγγράφων για λεπτομέρειες.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την αποθήκευση του αρχείου. Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή «Λήψη ως» για να αποθηκεύσετε το αρχείο στον σκληρό δίσκο του υπολογιστή σας ή δοκιμάστε ξανά αργότερα.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Άγνωστος περιγραφέας κλειδιού", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Ο περιγραφέας κλειδιού έχει λήξει", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Αποτυχία αποθήκευσης.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "Αναβαθμίστηκε η έκδοση του συντάκτη. Η σελίδα θα φορτωθεί ξανά για να εφαρμοστούν οι αλλαγές.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "Η σύνοδος επεξεργασίας εγγράφου έχει λήξει. Παρακαλούμε ανανεώστε τη σελίδα.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "Το έγγραφο δεν έχει επεξεργαστεί εδώ και πολύ ώρα. Παρακαλούμε φορτώστε ξανά τη σελίδα.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "Η σύνδεση με το διακομιστή έχει διακοπεί. Παρακαλούμε φορτώστε ξανά τη σελίδα.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "Λανθασμένη διάταξη γραμμών. Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα γράφημα μετοχών τοποθετήστε τα δεδομένα στο φύλλο με την ακόλουθη σειρά:
    τιμή ανοίγματος, μέγιστη τιμή, ελάχιστη τιμή, τιμή κλεισίματος.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorToken": "Το διακριτικό ασφαλείας εγγράφου δεν έχει σχηματιστεί σωστά.
    Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με τον\n διαχειριστή του διακομιστή εγγράφων.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorTokenExpire": "Το διακριτικό ασφαλείας εγγράφου έχει λήξει.
    Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή του διακομιστή εγγράφων.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersion": "Η έκδοση του αρχείου έχει αλλάξει. Η σελίδα θα φορτωθεί ξανά.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "Η σύνδεση στο Διαδίκτυο έχει αποκατασταθεί και η έκδοση του αρχείου έχει αλλάξει.
    Προτού συνεχίσετε να εργάζεστε, πρέπει να κατεβάσετε το αρχείο ή να αντιγράψετε το περιεχόμενό του για να βεβαιωθείτε ότι δεν έχει χαθεί τίποτα και στη συνέχεια φορτώστε ξανά αυτήν τη σελίδα.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUserDrop": "Δεν είναι δυνατή η πρόσβαση στο αρχείο αυτή τη στιγμή.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUsersExceed": "Υπέρβαση του αριθμού των χρηστών που επιτρέπονται από το πρόγραμμα τιμολόγησης", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "Η σύνδεση χάθηκε. Μπορείτε να συνεχίσετε να βλέπετε το έγγραφο,
    αλλά δεν θα μπορείτε να το λάβετε ή να το εκτυπώσετε έως ότου αποκατασταθεί η σύνδεση και ανανεωθεί η σελίδα.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.leavePageText": "Υπάρχουν αλλαγές που δεν έχουν αποθηκευτεί σε αυτή τη διαφάνεια. Κάντε κλικ στο \"Παραμονή στη Σελίδα\" και μετά \"Αποθήκευση\" για να τις αποθηκεύσετε. Κάντε κλικ στο \"Έξοδος από τη Σελίδα\" για να απορρίψετε όλες τις μη αποθηκευμένες αλλαγές.", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTextText": "Γίνεται φόρτωση δεδομένων...", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTitleText": "Γίνεται φόρτωση δεδομένων", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTextText": "Γίνεται φόρτωση δεδομένων...", @@ -200,59 +361,205 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.printTextText": "Γίνεται εκτύπωση παρουσίασης...", "PE.Controllers.Main.printTitleText": "Εκτύπωση παρουσίασης", "PE.Controllers.Main.reloadButtonText": "Επανάληψη φόρτωσης σελίδας", + "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Κάποιος επεξεργάζεται την παρουσίαση αυτή τη στιγμή. Παρακαλούμε δοκιμάστε ξανά αργότερα.", "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Δεν επιτρέπεται η πρόσβαση", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την αποθήκευση του αρχείου.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Δεν είναι δυνατή η αποθήκευση ή η δημιουργία αυτού του αρχείου.
    Πιθανοί λόγοι είναι:
    1. Το αρχείο είναι μόνο για ανάγνωση.
    2. Το αρχείο τελεί υπό επεξεργασία από άλλους χρήστες.
    3. Ο δίσκος είναι γεμάτος ή κατεστραμμένος.", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Προετοιμασία για αποθήκευση", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Προετοιμασία για αποθήκευση. Παρακαλούμε περιμένετε...", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Γίνεται αποθήκευση παρουσίασης...", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTitleText": "Αποθήκευση παρουσίασης", + "PE.Controllers.Main.scriptLoadError": "Η σύνδεση είναι πολύ αργή, δεν ήταν δυνατή η φόρτωση ορισμένων στοιχείων. Παρακαλούμε φορτώστε ξανά τη σελίδα.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.splitDividerErrorText": "Ο αριθμός των γραμμών πρέπει να είναι διαιρέτης του %1.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxColsErrorText": "Ο αριθμός των στηλών πρέπει να είναι μικρότερος από %1.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxRowsErrorText": "Ο αριθμός των γραμμών πρέπει να είναι μικρότερος από %1.", "PE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "Ανώνυμος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textBuyNow": "Επισκεφθείτε την ιστοσελίδα", "PE.Controllers.Main.textChangesSaved": "Όλες οι αλλαγές αποθηκεύτηκαν", "PE.Controllers.Main.textClose": "Κλείσιμο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "Κάντε κλικ για να κλείσει η υπόδειξη", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Επικοινωνήστε με το τμήμα πωλήσεων", "PE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "Παρακαλούμε λάβετε υπόψη ότι σύμφωνα με τους όρους της άδειας δεν δικαιούστε αλλαγή του φορτωτή.
    Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με το Τμήμα Πωλήσεων για να λάβετε μια προσφορά.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "Το αρχείο περιέχει αυτόματες μακροεντολές.
    Θέλετε να εκτελέσετε μακροεντολές;", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Γίνεται φόρτωση παρουσίασης", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "%1 περιορισμός σύνδεσης", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Το όριο άδειας συμπληρώθηκε.", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Δυνατότητα επί πληρωμή", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Να θυμάσαι την επιλογή μου για όλα τα αρχεία", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Σχήμα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Αυστηρή κατάσταση", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Οι λειτουργίες Αναίρεση/Επανάληψη είναι απενεργοποιημένες στην κατάσταση Γρήγορης συν-επεξεργασίας.
    Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί 'Αυστηρή κατάσταση' για να μεταβείτε στην Αυστηρή κατάσταση συν-επεξεργασίας όπου επεξεργάζεστε το αρχείο χωρίς παρέμβαση άλλων χρηστών και στέλνετε τις αλλαγές σας αφού τις αποθηκεύσετε. Η μετάβαση μεταξύ των δύο καταστάσεων γίνεται μέσω των Ρυθμίσεων για Προχωρημένους.", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Η άδεια έληξε", + "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Ο συντάκτης ενημερώθηκε", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Κάντε κλικ για να προσθέσετε την πρώτη διαφάνεια", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddNotes": "Κάντε κλικ για προσθήκη σημειώσεων", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Το κείμενό σας εδώ", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Βασικά σχήματα", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Κουμπιά", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Διαγράμματα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "Επεξηγήσεις", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Γραφήματα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtClipArt": "Εικονίδιο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDateTime": "Ημερομηνία και ώρα", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Τίτλος διαγράμματος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagram": "SmartArt", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Τίτλος Γραφήματος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Ορισμός κατάστασης επεξεργασίας...", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "Σχηματικά Βέλη", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Υποσέλιδο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Κεφαλίδα", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtImage": "Εικόνα", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "Γραμμές", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtLoading": "Φόρτωση ...", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "Μαθηματικά", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMedia": "Μέσα", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "Έχετε ενημερώσεις", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtPicture": "Εικόνα", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonBlank": "Κενό κουμπί", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonForwardNext": "Κουμπί προώθηση ή επόμενο", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHelp": "Κουμπί βοήθειας", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHome": "Κουμπί αρχικής", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Ορθογώνια Παραλληλόγραμμα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Σειρά", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout1": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 1 (Περίγραμμα και Μπάρα)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout2": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 2 (Περίγραμμα και Μπάρα)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout3": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 3 (Περίγραμμα και Μπάρα)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentCallout1": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 1 (Μπάρα)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentCallout2": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 2 (Μπάρα)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentCallout3": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 3 (Μπάρα)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonBackPrevious": "Κουμπί Πίσω ή Προηγούμενο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonBeginning": "Κουμπί Αρχής", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonBlank": "Κενό Κουμπί", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonDocument": "Κουμπί Εγγράφου", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonEnd": "Κουμπί Τέλους", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonForwardNext": "Κουμπί Μπροστά ή Επόμενο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHelp": "Κουμπί Βοήθειας", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHome": "Κουμπί Αρχικής", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonInformation": "Κουμπί πληροφοριών", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonMovie": "Κουμπί Ταινίας", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonReturn": "Κουμπί Επιστροφής", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonSound": "Κουμπί Ήχου", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_arc": "Κυκλικό Τόξο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentArrow": "Λυγισμένο Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5": "Αρθρωτός Σύνδεσμος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5WithArrow": "Αρθρωτός Σύνδεσμος με Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5WithTwoArrows": "Αρθρωτός Σύνδεσμος με Διπλό Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentUpArrow": "Λυγισμένο Πάνω Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bevel": "Πλάγια Τομή", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_blockArc": "Πλαίσιο Τόξου", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout1": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 1", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout2": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 2", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout3": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 3", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bracePair": "Διπλό Άγκιστρο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout1": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 1 (Χωρίς Περίγραμμα)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout2": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 2 (Χωρίς Περίγραμμα)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout3": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 3 (Χωρίς Περίγραμμα)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_can": "Κύλινδρος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_chevron": "Σιρίτι", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_chord": "Χορδή Κύκλου", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_circularArrow": "Κυκλικό Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloud": "Σύννεφο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloudCallout": "Επεξήγηση σε Σύννεφο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_corner": "Γωνία", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cube": "Κύβος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3": "Καμπυλωτός Σύνδεσμος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3WithArrow": "Καμπυλωτός Σύνδεσμος με Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3WithTwoArrows": "Καμπυλωτός Σύνδεσμος με Διπλό Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedDownArrow": "Καμπυλωτό Κάτω Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedLeftArrow": "Καμπυλωτό Αριστερό Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedRightArrow": "Καμπυλωτό Δεξί Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedUpArrow": "Καμπυλωτό Πάνω Βέλος", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_decagon": "Δεκάγωνο", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diamond": "Διαμάντι", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diagStripe": "Διαγώνια Λωρίδα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diamond": "Ρόμβος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_dodecagon": "Δωδεκάγωνο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_donut": "Ντόνατ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_doubleWave": "Διπλό Κύμα", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_downArrow": "Κάτω βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_downArrowCallout": "Επεξήγηση με Κάτω Βέλος", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipse": "Έλλειψη", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipseRibbon": "Καμπυλωτή Κάτω Κορδέλα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipseRibbon2": "Καμπυλωτή Πάνω Κορδέλα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartAlternateProcess": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Εναλλακτική Διαδικασία", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartCollate": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Τοποθέτηση σε Σειρά", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartConnector": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Σύνδεσμος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDecision": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Απόφαση", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDelay": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Καθυστέρηση", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDisplay": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Προβολή", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDocument": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Έγγραφο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartExtract": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Εξαγωγή", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartInputOutput": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Δεδομένα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartInternalStorage": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Εσωτερικό Αποθηκευτικό Μέσο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticDisk": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Μαγνητικός Δίσκος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticDrum": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Αποθηκευτικό Μέσο Άμεσης Πρόσβασης", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticTape": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Αποθηκευτικό Μέσο Σειριακής Προσπέλασης", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartManualInput": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Χειροκίνητη Εισαγωγή", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartManualOperation": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Χειροκίνητη Λειτουργία", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMerge": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Συγχώνευση", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMultidocument": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Πολλαπλό Έγγραφο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOffpageConnector": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Σύνδεσμος Εκτός Σελίδας", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOnlineStorage": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Αποθηκευμένα Δεδομένα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOr": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Ή", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPredefinedProcess": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Προκαθορισμένη Διεργασία", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPreparation": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Προετοιμασία", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartProcess": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Διεργασία", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPunchedCard": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Κάρτα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPunchedTape": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Διάτρητη Ταινία", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartSort": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Ταξινόμηση", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartSummingJunction": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Συμβολή", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartTerminator": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Τερματισμός", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_foldedCorner": "Διπλωμένη Γωνία", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_frame": "Πλαίσιο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_halfFrame": "Μισό Πλαίσιο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_heart": "Καρδιά", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_heptagon": "Επτάγωνο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_hexagon": "Εξάγωνο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_homePlate": "Πεντάγωνο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_horizontalScroll": "Οριζόντια Κύλιση", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_irregularSeal1": "Έκρηξη 1", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_irregularSeal2": "Έκρηξη 2", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftArrow": "Αριστερό βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftArrowCallout": "Επεξήγηση με Αριστερό Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftBrace": "Αριστερό Άγκιστρο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftBracket": "Αριστερή Παρένθεση", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightArrow": "Αριστερό Δεξιό Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightArrowCallout": "Επεξήγηση με Αριστερό Δεξιό Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightUpArrow": "Αριστερό Δεξιό Πάνω Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftUpArrow": "Αριστερό Πάνω Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lightningBolt": "Κεραυνός", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_line": "Γραμμή", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lineWithArrow": "Βέλος", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lineWithTwoArrows": "Διπλό βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathDivide": "Δια", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathEqual": "Ίσον", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathMinus": "Πλην", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathMultiply": "Επί", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathNotEqual": "Διάφορο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathPlus": "Συν", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_moon": "Φεγγάρι", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_noSmoking": "Σύμβολο \"Όχι\"", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_notchedRightArrow": "Δεξί Βέλος με Εγκοπή", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_octagon": "Οκτάγωνο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_parallelogram": "Παραλληλόγραμμο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_pentagon": "Πεντάγωνο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_pie": "Πίτα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_plaque": "Σύμβολο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_plus": "Συν", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_polyline1": "Μουντζούρα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_polyline2": "Ελεύθερο Σχέδιο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_quadArrow": "Τετραπλό Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_quadArrowCallout": "Επεξήγηση Τετραπλού Βέλους", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rect": "Ορθογώνιο Παραλληλόγραμμο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ribbon": "Κάτω Κορδέλα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ribbon2": "Πάνω Κορδέλα", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightArrow": "Δεξί βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightArrowCallout": "Επεξήγηση με Δεξιό Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightBrace": "Δεξιό Άγκιστρο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightBracket": "Δεξιά Παρένθεση", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round1Rect": "Με Στρογγυλεμένη Γωνία", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round2DiagRect": "Με Διαγώνιες Στρογγυλεμένες Γωνίες", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round2SameRect": "Με Στρογγυλεμένες Γωνίες στην Ίδια Πλευρά", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_roundRect": "Με Στρογγυλεμένες Γωνίες", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rtTriangle": "Ορθογώνιο Τρίγωνο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_smileyFace": "Χαμογελαστή Φατσούλα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip1Rect": "Με Ψαλιδισμένη Γωνία", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip2DiagRect": "Με Διαγώνιες Ψαλιδισμένες Γωνίες", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip2SameRect": "Με Ψαλιδισμένες Γωνίες στην Ίδια Πλευρά", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snipRoundRect": "Με Στρογγυλεμένη και Ψαλιδισμένη Γωνία", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_spline": "Καμπύλη", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star10": "Αστέρι 10 σημείων", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star12": "Αστέρι 12 σημείων", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star16": "Αστέρι 16 σημείων", @@ -263,11 +570,26 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star6": "Αστέρι 6 σημείων", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star7": "Αστέρι 7 σημείων", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star8": "Αστέρι 8 σημείων", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_stripedRightArrow": "Ριγέ Δεξιό Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_sun": "Ήλιος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_teardrop": "Δάκρυ", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_textRect": "Πλαίσιο κειμένου", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_trapezoid": "Τραπεζοειδές", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_triangle": "Τρίγωνο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upArrow": "Πάνω βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upArrowCallout": "Επεξήγηση με Πάνω Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upDownArrow": "Πάνω Κάτω Βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_uturnArrow": "Βέλος Αναστροφής", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_verticalScroll": "Κατακόρυφη Κύλιση", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wave": "Κύμα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeEllipseCallout": "Οβάλ Επεξήγηση", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeRectCallout": "Ορθογώνια Επεξήγηση", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeRoundRectCallout": "Στρογγυλεμένη Ορθογώνια Επεξήγηση", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTBlank": "Κενό", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTChart": "Διάγραμμα", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTChartAndTx": "Διάγραμμα και κείμενο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTChart": "Γράφημα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTChartAndTx": "Γράφημα και Κείμενο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTClipArtAndTx": "Εικονίδιο και Κείμενο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTClipArtAndVertTx": "Εικονίδιο και Κατακόρυφο Κείμενο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTCust": "Προσαρμοσμένο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTDgm": "Διάγραμμα", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTFourObj": "Τέσσερα αντικείμενα", @@ -277,30 +599,44 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjAndTx": "Αντικείμενο και Κείμενο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjOnly": "Αντικείμενο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjOverTx": "Αντικείμενο επάνω σε κείμενο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjTx": "Τίτλος, Αντικείμενο και Λεζάντα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTPicTx": "Εικόνα και Λεζάντα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTSecHead": "Κεφαλίδα Τμήματος", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTbl": "Πίνακας", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTitle": "Τίτλος", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTitleOnly": "Μόνο τίτλος", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoColTx": "Κείμενο δύο στηλών", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObj": "Δύο αντικείμενα", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObjAndObj": "Δυο αντικείμενα και αντικείμενο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObjAndTx": "Δυο αντικείμενα και κείμενο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObjOverTx": "Δυο αντικείμενα επάνω σε κείμενο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoTxTwoObj": "Δυο κείμενα και δυο αντικείμενα", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTx": "Κείμενο", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndChart": "Κείμενο και διάγραμμα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndChart": "Κείμενο και Γράφημα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndClipArt": "Κείμενο και εικονίδιο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndMedia": "Κείμενο και πολυμέσα", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndObj": "Κείμενο και αντικείμενο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndTwoObj": "Κείμενο και δυο αντικείμενα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxOverObj": "Κείμενο επάνω σε αντικείμενο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTitleAndTx": "Κάθετος τίτλος και κείμενο", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTitleAndTxOverChart": "Κατακόρυφος Τίτλος και Κείμενο Πάνω από το Γράφημα", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTx": "Κάθετο κείμενο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideNumber": "Αριθμός διαφάνειας", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideSubtitle": "Υπότιτλος διαφάνειας", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "Κείμενο διαφάνειας", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "Τίτλος διαφάνειας", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Αστέρια & Κορδέλες", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_basic": "Βασικό", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_blank": "Κενό", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_classic": "Κλασσικό", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_corner": "Γωνία", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_dotted": "Με τελείες", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green": "Πράσινο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green_leaf": "Πράσινο φύλλο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_lines": "Γραμμές", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office": "Γραφείο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office_theme": "Θέμα γραφείου", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_official": "Επίσημο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_pixel": "Εικονοστοιχείο", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_safari": "Safari", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_turtle": "Χελώνα", @@ -309,36 +645,169 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Άγνωστο σφάλμα.", "PE.Controllers.Main.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "Ο περιηγητής σας δεν υποστηρίζεται.", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageExtMessage": "Άγνωστη μορφή εικόνας.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageFileCountMessage": "Δεν μεταφορτώθηκαν εικόνες.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "Ξεπεράστηκε το όριο μέγιστου μεγέθους εικόνας.", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Γίνεται μεταφόρτωση εικόνας...", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Μεταφόρτωση εικόνας", "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Παρακαλούμε, περιμένετε...", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Αυτή η έκδοση των επεξεργαστών %1 έχει ορισμένους περιορισμούς για ταυτόχρονες συνδέσεις με το διακομιστή εγγράφων.
    Εάν χρειάζεστε περισσότερες, παρακαλούμε σκεφτείτε να αγοράσετε μια εμπορική άδεια.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Αυτή η έκδοση των επεξεργαστών %1 έχει ορισμένους περιορισμούς για τους ταυτόχρονους χρήστες.
    Εάν χρειάζεστε περισσότερους, παρακαλούμε σκεφτείτε να αγοράσετε μια εμπορική άδεια.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "Η εφαρμογή έχει πενιχρές δυνατότητες στον IE9. Δοκιμάστε IE10 ή νεώτερο.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Η τρέχουσα ρύθμιση εστίασης του περιηγητή σας δεν υποστηρίζεται πλήρως. Παρακαλούμε επιστρέψτε στην προεπιλεγμένη εστίαση πατώντας Ctrl+0.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Έχετε φτάσει το όριο για ταυτόχρονες συνδέσεις με συντάκτες %1. Αυτό το έγγραφο θα ανοιχτεί μόνο για προβολή.​​
    Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή σας για περισσότερες πληροφορίες.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Η άδειά σας έχει λήξει.
    Παρακαλούμε ενημερώστε την άδεια χρήσης σας και ανανεώστε τη σελίδα.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Η άδεια έληξε.
    Δεν έχετε πρόσβαση στη δυνατότητα επεξεργασίας εγγράφων.
    Επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή σας.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Η άδεια πρέπει να ανανεωθεί.
    Έχετε περιορισμένη πρόσβαση στη λειτουργία επεξεργασίας εγγράφων.
    Επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή σας για πλήρη πρόσβαση", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Έχετε φτάσει το όριο χρήστη για συντάκτες %1.
    Επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή σας για περισσότερες πληροφορίες.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Έχετε φτάσει το όριο για ταυτόχρονες συνδέσεις με %1 επεξεργαστές. Αυτό το έγγραφο θα ανοίχτεί μόνο για προβολή.​​
    Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με την ομάδα πωλήσεων %1 για προσωπικούς όρους αναβάθμισης.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Έχετε φτάσει το όριο χρήστη για συντάκτες %1.
    Επικοινωνήστε με την ομάδα πωλήσεων %1 για προσωπικούς όρους αναβάθμισης.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Σας έχει απαγορευτεί το δικαίωμα επεξεργασίας του αρχείου.", + "PE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Εστίαση {0}%", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "Η γραμματοσειρά που επιχειρείτε να αποθηκεύσετε δεν είναι διαθέσιμη στην τρέχουσα συσκευή.
    Η τεχνοτροπία κειμένου θα εμφανιστεί με μια από τις γραμματοσειρές συστήματος, η αποθηκευμένη γραμματοσειρά θα χρησιμοποιηθεί όταν γίνει διαθέσιμη.
    Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Τόνοι/Πνεύματα", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Αγκύλες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Πρέπει να καθορίσετε τη διεύθυνση URL της εικόνας.", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Η τιμή που βάλατε δεν είναι αποδεκτή.
    Παρακαλούμε βάλτε μια αριθμητική τιμή μεταξύ 1 και 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Κλάσματα", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Λειτουργίες", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Εισαγωγή", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "Ολοκληρώματα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLargeOperator": "Μεγάλοι Τελεστές", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLimitAndLog": "Όρια και Λογάριθμοι", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textMatrix": "Πίνακες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textOperator": "Τελεστές", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textRadical": "Ρίζες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textScript": "Δέσμες ενεργειών", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textSymbols": "Σύμβολα", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textWarning": "Προειδοποίηση", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Accent": "Οξύς", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowD": "Δεξιό-αριστερό βέλος από πάνω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowL": "Από πάνω βέλος προς αριστερά", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowR": "Προς τα δεξιά βέλος από πάνω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Bar": "Μπάρα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BarBot": "Κάτω οριζόντια γραμμή", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BarTop": "Επάνω οριζόντια γραμμή", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BorderBox": "Μαθηματική σχέση εντός πλαισίου (με δέσμευση θέσης)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BorderBoxCustom": "Μαθηματική σχέση εντός πλαισίου (παράδειγμα)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Check": "Έλεγχος", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketBot": "Κάτω αγκύλη έκτασης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketTop": "Πάνω αγκύλη έκτασης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_1": "Διάνυσμα A", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_2": "ABC με οριζόντια γραμμή από πάνω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_3": "x XOR y με επάνω οριζόντια γραμμή", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDDot": "Τριπλή τελεία", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDot": "Διπλή τελεία", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Dot": "Τελεία", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DoubleBar": "Διπλή μπάρα από πάνω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Grave": "Βαρεία", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_GroupBot": "Ομαδοποίηση χαρακτήρα από κάτω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_GroupTop": "Ομαδοποίηση χαρακτήρα από πάνω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_HarpoonL": "Από πάνω καμάκι προς τα αριστερά", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_HarpoonR": "Προς τα δεξιά καμάκι από πάνω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Hat": "Σύμβολο (^)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Smile": "Σημείο βραχέος", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Tilde": "Περισπωμένη", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle": "Αγκύλες", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_Delimiter_2": "Αγκύλες με διαχωριστικά", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_Delimiter_3": "Αγκύλες με διαχωριστικά", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve": "Αγκύλες", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_Delimiter_2": "Αγκύλες με διαχωριστικά", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_1": "Περιπτώσεις (δύο συνθήκες)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_2": "Περιπτώσεις (τρεις συνθήκες)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_3": "Σύνθετο αντικείμενο", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_4": "Σύνθετο αντικείμενο", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_5": "Παράδειγμα περιπτώσεων", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_6": "Διωνυμικός συντελεστής", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_7": "Διωνυμικός συντελεστής", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Line": "Αγκύλες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Line_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Line_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LineDouble": "Αγκύλες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LineDouble_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LineDouble_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim": "Αγκύλες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim_NoneNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round": "Αγκύλες", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_Delimiter_2": "Αγκύλες με διαχωριστικά", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square": "Αγκύλες", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_CloseClose": "Αγκύλες", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_CloseOpen": "Αγκύλες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_OpenOpen": "Αγκύλες", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_SquareDouble": "Αγκύλες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_SquareDouble_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_SquareDouble_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim": "Αγκύλες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDiagonal": "Κεκλιμένο κλάσμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_1": "Διαφορικό", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_2": "Διαφορικό", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_3": "Διαφορικό", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_4": "Διαφορικό", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionHorizontal": "Γραμμικό κλάσμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionPi_2": "π/2", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionSmall": "Μικρό κλάσμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionVertical": "Σύνθετο κλάσμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cos": "Συνάρτηση αντίστροφου συνημιτόνου", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cosh": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικού αντίστροφου συνημιτόνου", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cot": "Συνάρτηση αντίστροφης συνεφαπτομένης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Coth": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής αντίστροφης συνεφαπτομένης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csc": "Συνάρτηση αντίστροφης συντέμνουσας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csch": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής αντίστροφης συντέμνουσας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sec": "Συνάρτηση αντίστροφης τέμνουσας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sech": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής αντίστροφης τέμνουσας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sin": "Συνάρτηση αντίστροφου ημίτονου", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sinh": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικού αντίστροφου ημίτονου", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Tan": "Συνάρτηση αντίστροφης εφαπτομένης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Tanh": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής αντίστροφης εφαπτομένης", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Cos": "Συνάρτηση συνημίτονου", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Cosh": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικού συνημιτόνου", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Cot": "Συνάρτηση συνεφαπτομένης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Coth": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής συνεφαπτομένης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Csc": "Συνάρτηση συντέμνουσας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Csch": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής συντέμνουσας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_1": "Ημίτονο γωνίας θήτα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_2": "Συνημίτονο 2x", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_3": "Τύπος εφαπτομένης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sec": "Συνάρτηση τέμνουσας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sech": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής τέμνουσας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sin": "Συνάρτηση ημίτονου", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sinh": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικού ημίτονου", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Tan": "Συνάρτηση εφαπτομένης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Tanh": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής εφαπτομένης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral": "Ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dtheta": "Διαφορικό θήτα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dx": "Διαφορικό x", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dy": "Διαφορικό y", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralCenterSubSup": "Ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralDouble": "Διπλό ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralDoubleCenterSubSup": "Διπλό ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralDoubleSubSup": "Διπλό ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOriented": "Επικαμπύλιο ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedCenterSubSup": "Επικαμπύλιο ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedDouble": "Επιφανειακό ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedDoubleCenterSubSup": "Επιφανειακό ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedDoubleSubSup": "Επιφανειακό ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedSubSup": "Επικαμπύλιο ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTriple": "Ολοκλήρωμα όγκου", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTripleCenterSubSup": "Ολοκλήρωμα όγκου", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTripleSubSup": "Ολοκλήρωμα όγκου", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralSubSup": "Ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTriple": "Τριπλό ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleCenterSubSup": "Τριπλό ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleSubSup": "Τριπλό ολοκλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction": "Λογικός τελεστής And", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSub": "Λογικός τελεστής And", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSubSup": "Λογικός τελεστής And", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_Sub": "Λογικός τελεστής And", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_SubSup": "Λογικός τελεστής And", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd": "Συν-προϊόν", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_CenterSub": "Συν-προϊόν", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_CenterSubSup": "Συν-προϊόν", @@ -348,6 +817,17 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_2": "Άθροιση", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_3": "Άθροιση", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_4": "Προϊόν", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_5": "Ένωση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction": "Λογικός τελεστής Or", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_CenterSub": "Λογικός τελεστής Or", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_CenterSubSup": "Λογικός τελεστής Or", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_Sub": "Λογικός τελεστής Or", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_SubSup": "Λογικός τελεστής Or", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection": "Τομή", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_CenterSub": "Τομή", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_CenterSubSup": "Τομή", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_Sub": "Τομή", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_SubSup": "Τομή", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod": "Προϊόν", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_CenterSub": "Προϊόν", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_CenterSubSup": "Προϊόν", @@ -358,56 +838,193 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_CenterSubSup": "Άθροιση", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_Sub": "Άθροιση", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_SubSup": "Άθροιση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union": "Ένωση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_CenterSub": "Ένωση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_CenterSubSup": "Ένωση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_Sub": "Ένωση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_SubSup": "Ένωση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Custom_1": "Παράδειγμα ορίου", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Custom_2": "Παράδειγμα μέγιστου", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Lim": "Όριο", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Ln": "Φυσικός Λογάριθμος", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Log": "Λογάριθμος", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_LogBase": "Λογάριθμος", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Max": "Μέγιστο", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Min": "Ελάχιστο", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_2": "1x2 κενός πίνακας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_3": "1x3 κενός πίνακας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_1": "2x1 κενός πίνακας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2": "2x2 κενός πίνακας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_DLineBracket": "Κενός πίνακας με αγκύλες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_LineBracket": "Κενός πίνακας με αγκύλες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_RoundBracket": "Κενός πίνακας με αγκύλες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_SquareBracket": "Κενός πίνακας με αγκύλες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_3": "2x3 κενός πίνακας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_1": "3x1 κενός πίνακας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_2": "3x2 κενός πίνακας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_3": "3x3 κενός πίνακας", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Baseline": "Κουκκίδες βασικής γραμής", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Center": "Τελείες στο μέσον της γραμμής", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Diagonal": "Διαγώνιες τελείες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Vertical": "Κατακόρυφες τελείες", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Round": "Αραιός πίνακας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Square": "Αραιός πίνακας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2": "2x2 μοναδιαίος πίνακας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2_NoZeros": "3x3 μοναδιαίος πίνακας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3": "3x3 μοναδιαίος πίνακας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3_NoZeros": "3x3 μοναδιαίος πίνακας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowD_Bot": "Δεξιό-αριστερό βέλος από κάτω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowD_Top": "Δεξιό-αριστερό βέλος από πάνω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowL_Bot": "Από κάτω βέλος προς τα αριστερά", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowL_Top": "Από πάνω βέλος προς αριστερά", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowR_Bot": "Προς τα δεξιά βέλος από κάτω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowR_Top": "Προς τα δεξιά βέλος από πάνω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ColonEquals": "Άνω κάτω τελεία ίσον", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Custom_1": "Δίνει", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Custom_2": "Δέλτα δίνει", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Definition": "Ίσον με εξ ορισμού", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DeltaEquals": "Δέλτα ίσο με", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowD_Bot": "Δεξιό-αριστερό βέλος από κάτω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowD_Top": "Δεξιό-αριστερό βέλος από πάνω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowL_Bot": "Από κάτω βέλος προς τα αριστερά", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowL_Top": "Από πάνω βέλος προς αριστερά", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowR_Bot": "Προς τα δεξιά βέλος από κάτω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowR_Top": "Προς τα δεξιά βέλος από πάνω", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_EqualsEquals": "Ίσον ίσον", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_MinusEquals": "Πλην ίσον", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_PlusEquals": "Συν ίσον", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_UnitOfMeasure": "Μέτρηση με", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalCustom_1": "Ρίζα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalCustom_2": "Ρίζα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_2": "Τετραγωνική ρίζα με βαθμό", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_3": "Κυβική ρίζα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_n": "Ρίζα με βαθμό", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalSqrt": "Τετραγωνική ρίζα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_1": "Δέσμη ενεργειών", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_2": "Δέσμη ενεργειών", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_3": "Δέσμη ενεργειών", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_4": "Δέσμη ενεργειών", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSub": "Δείκτης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSubSup": "Δείκτης-εκθέτης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSubSupLeft": "Αριστερός δείκτης-εκθέτης", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSup": "Εκθέτης", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_about": "Περίπου", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_additional": "Συμπλήρωμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_aleph": "'Aλεφ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_alpha": "Άλφα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_approx": "Σχεδόν ίσο με", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ast": "Τελεστής αστερίσκος", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beta": "Βήτα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beth": "Στοίχημα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_bullet": "Τελεστής κουκκίδα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cap": "Τομή", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cbrt": "Κυβική ρίζα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cdots": "Οριζόντια έλλειψη στο μέσον της γραμμής", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_celsius": "Βαθμοί Celsius", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_chi": "Χι", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cong": "Περίπου ίσο με", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cup": "Ένωση", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ddots": "Διαγώνια έλλειψη κάτω δεξιά", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_degree": "Βαθμοί", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_delta": "Δέλτα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_div": "Σύμβολο διαίρεσης", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_downarrow": "Κάτω βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_emptyset": "Κενό σύνολο", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_epsilon": "Έψιλον", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equals": "Ίσον", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equiv": "Πανομοιότυπο με", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_eta": "Ήτα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_exists": "Υπάρχει", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_factorial": "Παραγοντικό", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_fahrenheit": "Βαθμοί Fahrenheit", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_forall": "Για όλα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gamma": "Γάμμα", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_geq": "Μεγαλύτερο ή ίσο με", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gg": "Πολύ μεγαλύτερο από", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_greater": "Μεγαλύτερο από", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_in": "Στοιχείο του", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_inc": "Αύξηση τιμής", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_infinity": "Άπειρο", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_iota": "Γιώτα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_kappa": "Κάπα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_lambda": "Λάμδα", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leftarrow": "Αριστερό βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leftrightarrow": "Αριστερό-δεξιό βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leq": "Μικρότερο ή ίσο με", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_less": "Λιγότερο από", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ll": "Πολύ μικρότερο από", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_minus": "Πλην", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_mp": "Πλην συν", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_mu": "Μι", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_nabla": "Ανάδελτα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_neq": "Διάφορο από", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ni": "Περιέχει ως μέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_not": "Σύμβολο άρνησης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_notexists": "Δεν υπάρχει", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_nu": "Νι", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_o": "Όμικρον", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_omega": "Ωμέγα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_partial": "Μερικό διαφορικό", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_percent": "Ποσοστό", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_phi": "Φι", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_pi": "π", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_plus": "Συν", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_pm": "Συν πλην", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_propto": "Σε αναλογία με", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_psi": "Ψι", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_qdrt": "Τέταρτη ρίζα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_qed": "Τέλος απόδειξης", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rddots": "Πάνω δεξιά διαγώνια έλλειψη", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rho": "Ρο", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rightarrow": "Δεξί βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_sigma": "Σίγμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_sqrt": "Σύμβολο ρίζας", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_tau": "Ταυ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_therefore": "Επομένως", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_theta": "Θήτα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_times": "Σύμβολο Πολλαπλασιασμού", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_uparrow": "Πάνω βέλος", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_upsilon": "Ύψιλον", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varepsilon": "Παραλλαγή του έψιλον", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varphi": "Παραλλαγή του φι", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varpi": "Παραλλαγή του πι", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varrho": "Παραλλαγή του ρο", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varsigma": "Παραλλαγή σίγμα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vartheta": "Παραλλαγή θήτα", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Κατακόρυφη έλλειψη", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Ζήτα", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Προσαρμογή στη διαφάνεια", "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Προσαρμογή στο πλάτος", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων για προχωρημένους", - "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textChartType": "Αλλαγή τύπου διαγράμματος", + "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textChartType": "Αλλαγή Τύπου Γραφήματος", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textEditData": "Επεξεργασία δεδομένων", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textHeight": "Ύψος", + "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textKeepRatio": "Σταθερές αναλογίες", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textSize": "Μέγεθος", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textStyle": "Στυλ", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textWidth": "Πλάτος", "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Εναλλακτικό κείμενο", "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Περιγραφή", - "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική με βάση κείμενο αναπαράσταση των πληροφοριών οπτικού αντικειμένου, η οποία θα αναγνωσθεί στα άτομα με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικών προβλημάτων για να τους βοηθήσουν να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα ποιες πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στην εικόνα, σε αυτόματο σχήμα, στο διάγραμμα ή στον πίνακα.", + "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική αναπαράσταση βάσει του κειμένου των πληροφοριών οπτικού αντικειμένου, η οποία θα αναγνωσθεί στα άτομα με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικών προβλημάτων για να τους βοηθήσουν να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα ποιες πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στην εικόνα, σε αυτόματο σχήμα, στο διάγραμμα ή στον πίνακα.", "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Τίτλος", - "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Διάγραμμα - Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους", + "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Γράφημα - Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους", + "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.confirmDefault": "Ορισμός προεπιλεγμένης μορφής για {0}: \"{1}\"", "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.textDefault": "Ορισμός ως προεπιλογή", + "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.textFormat": "Μορφοποιήσεις", "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.textLang": "Γλώσσα", "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.textUpdate": "Αυτόματη ενημέρωση", "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.txtTitle": "Ημερομηνία & Ώρα", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.aboveText": "Από πάνω", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.addCommentText": "Προσθήκη σχολίου", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.addToLayoutText": "Προσθήκη στη Διάταξη", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedImageText": "Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις εικόνας", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedParagraphText": "Ρυθμίσεις Κειμένου για Προχωρημένους", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedShapeText": "Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις σχήματος", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedTableText": "Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις πίνακα", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "Στοίχιση", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.belowText": "Από κάτω", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.cellAlignText": "Κατακόρυφη Στοίχιση Κελιού", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.cellText": "Κελί", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.centerText": "Κέντρο", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.columnText": "Στήλη", @@ -415,12 +1032,17 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteRowText": "Διαγραφή γραμμής", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteTableText": "Διαγραφή πίνακα", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteText": "Διαγραφή", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct270Text": "Περιστροφή Κειμένου Πάνω", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct90Text": "Περιστροφή Κειμένου Κάτω", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.directHText": "Οριζόντια", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.directionText": "Κατεύθυνση Κειμένου", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.editChartText": "Επεξεργασία δεδομένων", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.editHyperlinkText": "Επεξεργασία υπερσυνδέσμου", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.hyperlinkText": "Υπερσύνδεσμος", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.ignoreAllSpellText": "Αγνόηση όλων", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.ignoreSpellText": "Αγνόηση", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertColumnLeftText": "Στήλη Αριστερά", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertColumnRightText": "Στήλη Δεξιά", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertColumnText": "Εισαγωγή στήλης", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertRowAboveText": "Γραμμή πάνω", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertRowBelowText": "Γραμμή κάτω", @@ -431,6 +1053,8 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.loadSpellText": "Γίνεται φόρτωση θέματος...", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.mergeCellsText": "Συγχώνευση κελιών", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.mniCustomTable": "Εισαγωγή προσαρμοσμένου πίνακα", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.moreText": "Περισσότερες παραλλαγές...", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.noSpellVariantsText": "Καμιά παραλλαγή", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.originalSizeText": "Πλήρες μέγεθος", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.removeHyperlinkText": "Αφαίρεση υπερσυνδέσμου", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.rightText": "Δεξιά", @@ -440,19 +1064,27 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellsText": "Διαίρεση κελιού...", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellTitleText": "Διαίρεση κελιού", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.tableText": "Πίνακας", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBack": "Μεταφορά στο Παρασκήνιο", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Μεταφορά προς τα πίσω", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "Μεταφορά προς τα εμπρός", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "Μεταφορά στο προσκήνιο", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "Αντιγραφή", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCrop": "Περικοπή", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFill": "Γέμισμα", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFit": "Προσαρμογή", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Αποκοπή", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Κατανομή στηλών", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Κατανομή γραμμών", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipH": "Οριζόντια Περιστροφή", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipV": "Κατακόρυφη Περιστροφή", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "Από αρχείο", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromStorage": "Από Αποθηκευτικό Μέσο", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "Από διεύθυνση", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Επόμενη διαφάνεια", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Επικόλληση", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Προηγούμενη διαφάνεια", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Αντικατάσταση εικόνας", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRotate": "Περιστροφή", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRotate270": "Περιστροφή 90° αριστερόστροφα", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRotate90": "Περιστροφή 90° δεξιόστροφα", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Σοίχιση κάτω", @@ -466,38 +1098,108 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.tipIsLocked": "Αυτό το στοιχείο επεξεργάζεται αυτήν τη στιγμή από άλλο χρήστη.", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.toDictionaryText": "Προσθήκη στο λεξικό", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddBottom": "Προσθήκη κάτω περιγράμματος", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddFractionBar": "Προσθήκη γραμμής κλάσματος", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddHor": "Προσθήκη οριζόντιας γραμμής", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddLB": "Προσθήκη αριστερής κάτω γραμμής", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddLeft": "Προσθήκη αριστερού περιγράμματος", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddLT": "Προσθήκη αριστερής πάνω γραμμής", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddRight": "Προσθήκη δεξιού περιγράμματος", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddTop": "Προσθήκη επάνω περιγράμματος", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddVer": "Προσθήκη κατακόρυφης γραμμής", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAlign": "Στοίχιση", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAlignToChar": "Στοίχιση σε χαρακτήρα", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtArrange": "Τακτοποίηση", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtBackground": "Φόντο", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtBorderProps": "Ιδιότητες περιγράμματος", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtBottom": "Κάτω", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtChangeLayout": "Αλλαγή Διάταξης", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtChangeTheme": "Αλλαγή θέματος", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtColumnAlign": "Στοίχιση στήλης", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDecreaseArg": "Μείωση μεγέθους ορίσματος", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteArg": "Διαγραφή ορίσματος", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteBreak": "Διαγραφή χειροκίνητης αλλαγής", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteChars": "Διαγραφή χαρακτήρων εγκλεισμού", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteCharsAndSeparators": "Διαγραφή χαρακτήρων εγκλεισμού και διαχωριστών", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteEq": "Διαγραφή εξίσωσης", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteGroupChar": "Διαγραφή χαρακτήρα", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteRadical": "Διαγραφή ρίζας", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteSlide": "Διαγραφή διαφάνειας", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDistribHor": "Διανομή οριζόντια", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDistribHor": "Οριζόντια Κατανομή", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDistribVert": "Κατακόρυφη Κατανομή", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDuplicateSlide": "Αναπαραγωγή Διαφάνειας", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFractionLinear": "Αλλαγή σε γραμμικό κλάσμα", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFractionSkewed": "Αλλαγή σε πλάγιο κλάσμα", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFractionStacked": "Αλλαγή σε όρθιο κλάσμα", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGroup": "Ομάδα", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGroupCharOver": "Χαρακτήρας πάνω από το κείμενο γραμμάτων", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGroupCharUnder": "Χαρακτήρας κάτω από το κείμενο", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideBottom": "Απόκρυψη κάτω περιγράμματος", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideBottomLimit": "Απόκρυψη κάτω ορίου", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideCloseBracket": "Απόκρυψη παρένθεσης που κλείνει", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideDegree": "Απόκρυψη πτυχίου", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideHor": "Απόκρυψη οριζόντιας γραμμής", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideLB": "Απόκρυψη αριστερής κάτω γραμμής", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideLeft": "Απόκρυψη αριστερού περιγράμματος", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideLT": "Απόκρυψη αριστερής πάνω γραμμής", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideOpenBracket": "Απόκρυψη παρένθεσης που ανοίγει", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHidePlaceholder": "Απόκρυψη δέσμευσης θέσης", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideRight": "Απόκρυψη δεξιού περιγράμματος", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideTop": "Απόκρυψη πάνω περιγράμματος", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideTopLimit": "Απόκρυψη άνω ορίου", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideVer": "Απόκρυψη κατακόρυφης γραμμής", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtIncreaseArg": "Αύξηση μεγέθους ορίσματος", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgAfter": "Εισαγωγή ορίσματος μετά", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgBefore": "Εισαγωγή ορίσματος πριν", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "Εισαγωγή χειροκίνητης αλλαγής", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "Εισαγωγή εξίσωσης μετά", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "Εισαγωγή εξίσωσης πριν", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtKeepTextOnly": "Διατήρηση κειμένου μόνο", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitChange": "Αλλαγή θέσης ορίων", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitOver": "Όριο πάνω από το κείμενο", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitUnder": "Όριο κάτω από το κείμενο", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "Προσαρμογή παρενθέσεων στο ύψος των ορισμάτων", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Στοίχιση πίνακα", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNewSlide": "Νέα διαφάνεια", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Μπάρα πάνω από κείμενο", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteDestFormat": "Χρήση θέματος προορισμού", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPastePicture": "Εικόνα", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Διατήρηση μορφοποίησης πηγής", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Πατήστε Ctrl και κάντε κλικ στο σύνδεσμο", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPreview": "Εκκίνηση παρουσίασης", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPrintSelection": "Εκτύπωση επιλογής", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Αφαίρεση γραμμής κλάσματος", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Αφαίρεση ορίου", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveAccentChar": "Αφαίρεση τονισμένου χαρακτήρα", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveBar": "Αφαίρεση μπάρας", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemScripts": "Αφαίρεση δεσμών ενεργειών", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemSubscript": "Αφαίρεση δείκτη", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemSuperscript": "Αφαίρεση εκθέτη", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtResetLayout": "Επαναφορά διαφάνειας", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsAfter": "Δέσμες ενεργειών μετά το κείμενο", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsBefore": "Δέσμες ενεργειών πριν το κείμενο", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSelectAll": "Επιλογή όλων ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowBottomLimit": "Εμφάνιση κάτω ορίου", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowCloseBracket": "Εμφάνιση δεξιάς παρένθεσης", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowDegree": "Εμφάνιση πτυχίου", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowOpenBracket": "Εμφάνιση αριστερής παρένθεσης", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowPlaceholder": "Εμφάνιση δεσμευμένης θέσης", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowTopLimit": "Εμφάνιση πάνω ορίου", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSlide": "Διαφάνεια", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSlideHide": "Απόκρυψη Διαφάνειας", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtStretchBrackets": "Έκταση παρενθέσεων", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtTop": "Επάνω", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUnderbar": "Μπάρα κάτω από κείμενο", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUngroup": "Κατάργηση ομαδοποίησης", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.vertAlignText": "Κατακόρυφη Στοίχιση", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.goToSlideText": "Μετάβαση στη διαφάνεια", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.slideIndexText": "Διαφάνεια {0} από {1}", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtClose": "Κλείσιμο προβολής διαφανειών", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtEndSlideshow": "Τέλος προβολής διαφανειών", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtExitFullScreen": "Έξοδος από την πλήρη οθόνη", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtFinalMessage": "Τέλος προεπισκόπησης διαφανειών. Κάντε κλικ για έξοδο.", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtFullScreen": "Πλήρης οθόνη", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtNext": "Επόμενη διαφάνεια", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPageNumInvalid": "Μη έγκυρος αριθμός διαφάνειας", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPause": "Παύση παρουσίασης", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPlay": "Έναρξη παρουσίασης", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPrev": "Προηγούμενη διαφάνεια", @@ -510,6 +1212,7 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnHelpCaption": "Βοήθεια...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnInfoCaption": "Πληροφορίες παρουσίασης...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnPrintCaption": "Εκτύπωση", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "Προστασία", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRecentFilesCaption": "Άνοιγμα πρόσφατου...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "Μετονομασία...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "Πίσω στην παρουσίαση", @@ -521,7 +1224,9 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnToEditCaption": "Επεξεργασία παρουσίασης", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.fromBlankText": "Από κενό", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.fromTemplateText": "Από πρότυπο", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.newDescriptionText": "Δημιουργία νέας κενής παρουσίασης που θα μπορείτε να μορφοποιήσετε μετά τη δημιουργία της κατά την σύνταξη. Ή επιλογή ενός προτύπου για έναρξη μιας παρουσίασης συγκεκριμένου τύπου ή σκοπού όπου κάποιες τεχνοτροπίες έχουν ήδη εφαρμοστεί.", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.newDocumentText": "Νέα παρουσίαση", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.noTemplatesText": "Δεν υπάρχουν πρότυπα", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.okButtonText": "Εφαρμογή", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAddAuthor": "Προσθήκη συγγραφέα", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAddText": "Προσθήκη κειμένου", @@ -534,45 +1239,96 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtModifyDate": "Τελευταία τροποποίηση", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtOwner": "Ιδιοκτήτης", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtPlacement": "Τοποθεσία", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtRights": "Άτομα που έχουν δικαιώματα", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtSubject": "Θέμα", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtTitle": "Τίτλος", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtUploaded": "Μεταφορτώθηκε", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "Αλλαγή δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "Άτομα που έχουν δικαιώματα", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "Με συνθηματικό", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "Προστασία Παρουσίασης", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "Με υπογραφή", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "Επεξεργασία παρουσίασης", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "Η επεξεργασία θα αφαιρέσει τις υπογραφές από την παρουσίαση.
    Θέλετε σίγουρα να συνεχίσετε;", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "Η παρουσίαση προστατεύτηκε με κωδικό", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "Έγκυρες υπογραφές προστέθηκαν στην παρουσίαση. Η παρουσίαση προστατεύεται από επεξεργασία.", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "Κάποιες από τις ψηφιακές υπογραφές στην παρουσίαση είναι άκυρες ή δεν επαληθεύτηκαν. Η παρουσίαση έχει προστασία τροποποίησης.", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "Προβολή υπογραφών", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.okButtonText": "Εφαρμογή", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAlignGuides": "Ενεργοποίηση οδηγών στοίχισης", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutoRecover": "Ενεργοποίηση αυτόματης αποκατάστασης", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutosave": "Ενεργοποίηση αυτόματης αποθήκευσης", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strCoAuthMode": "Κατάσταση Συνεργατικής Επεξεργασίας", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strCoAuthModeDescFast": "Οι άλλοι χρήστες θα δουν τις αλλαγές σας ταυτόχρονα", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strCoAuthModeDescStrict": "Θα χρειαστεί να αποδεχτείτε αλλαγές πριν να τις δείτε", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strFast": "Γρήγορα", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strFontRender": "Βελτιστοποίηση Γραμματοσειράς", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strForcesave": "Πάντα να αποθηκεύεται σε διακομιστή (διαφορετικά αποθηκεύεται στο διακομιστή κατά το κλείσιμο του εγγράφου)", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strInputMode": "Ενεργοποίηση ιερογλυφικών", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strMacrosSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις Mακροεντολών", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strPaste": "Αποκοπή, αντιγραφή και επικόλληση", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strPasteButton": "Εμφάνιση κουμπιού Επιλογών Επικόλλησης κατά την επικόλληση περιεχομένου", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strShowChanges": "Αλλαγές Συνεργασίας Πραγματικού Χρόνου", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strSpellCheckMode": "Ενεργοποίηση επιλογής ορθογραφικού ελέγχου", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strStrict": "Αυστηρή", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strUnit": "Μονάδα μέτρησης", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strZoom": "Προεπιλεγμένη Τιμή Εστίασης", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.text10Minutes": "Κάθε 10 λεπτά", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.text30Minutes": "Κάθε 30 λεπτά", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.text5Minutes": "Κάθε 5 λεπτά", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.text60Minutes": "Κάθε ώρα", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textAlignGuides": "Οδηγοί Στοίχισης", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textAutoRecover": "Αυτόματη ανάκτηση", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textAutoSave": "Αυτόματη αποθήκευση", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textDisabled": "Απενεργοποιημένο", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textForceSave": "Αποθήκευση στο διακομιστή", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textMinute": "Κάθε λεπτό", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtAll": "Προβολή Όλων", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtAutoCorrect": "Επιλογής αυτόματης διόρθωσης...", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtCacheMode": "Προεπιλεγμένη κατάσταση λανθάνουσας μνήμης", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtCm": "Εκατοστό", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtFitSlide": "Προσαρμογή στη διαφάνεια", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtFitWidth": "Προσαρμογή στο πλάτος", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtInch": "Ίντσα", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtInput": "Εναλλακτική Είσοδος", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtLast": "Προβολή Τελευταίου", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtMac": "ως OS X", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtNative": "Εγγενής", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtProofing": "Διόρθωση Κειμένου", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtPt": "Σημείο", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtRunMacros": "Ενεργοποίηση Όλων", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtRunMacrosDesc": "Ενεργοποίηση όλων των μακροεντολών χωρίς ειδοποίηση", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtSpellCheck": "Έλεγχος ορθογραφίας", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtStopMacros": "Απενεργοποίηση όλων", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtStopMacrosDesc": "Απενεργοποίηση όλων των μακροεντολών χωρίς ειδοποίηση", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWarnMacros": "Εμφάνιση Ειδοποίησης", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWarnMacrosDesc": "Απενεργοποίηση όλων των μακροεντολών με ειδοποίηση", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWin": "ως Windows", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.applyAllText": "Εφαρμογή σε όλα", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.applyText": "Εφαρμογή", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.diffLanguage": "Δεν μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μορφή ημερομηνίας σε διαφορετική γλώσσα από την βασική διαφάνεια.
    Για να αλλάξετε τη βασική διαφάνεια, κάντε κλικ στο 'Εφαρμογή σε όλες' αντί για το 'Εφαρμογή'", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDateTime": "Ημερομηνία και ώρα", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFixed": "Σταθερό", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFooter": "Κείμενο στο υποσέλιδο", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFormat": "Μορφοποιήσεις", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textLang": "Γλώσσα", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textNotTitle": "Να μην εμφανίζεται στη διαφάνεια τίτλου", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textPreview": "Προεπισκόπηση", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSlideNum": "Αριθμός διαφάνειας", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις υποσέλιδου", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textUpdate": "Αυτόματη ενημέρωση", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strDisplay": "Προβολή", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strLinkTo": "Σύνδεσμος Σε", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "Επιλεγμένο κομμάτι κειμένου", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyDesc": "Εισάγετε λεζάντα εδώ", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyLink": "Εισάγετε σύνδεσμο εδώ", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Εισάγετε συμβουλή εδώ", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Εξωτερικός σύνδεσμος", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Διαφάνεια Σε Αυτήν Την Παρουσίαση", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textSlides": "Διαφάνειες", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Κείμενο υπόδειξης", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις υπερσυνδέσμου", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Αυτό το πεδίο είναι υποχρεωτικό", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtFirst": "Πρώτη διαφάνεια", @@ -580,16 +1336,23 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNext": "Επόμενη διαφάνεια", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "Αυτό το πεδίο πρέπει να είναι διεύθυνση URL με τη μορφή «http://www.example.com»", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtPrev": "Προηγούμενη διαφάνεια", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtSlide": "Διαφάνεια", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων για προχωρημένους", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textCrop": "Περικοπή", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textCropFill": "Γέμισμα", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textCropFit": "Προσαρμογή", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textEdit": "Επεξεργασία", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textEditObject": "Επεξεργασία αντικειμένου", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFitSlide": "Προσαρμογή στη διαφάνεια", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFlip": "Περιστροφή", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromFile": "Από αρχείο", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromStorage": "Από Αποθηκευτικό Μέσο", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromUrl": "Από διεύθυνση", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHeight": "Ύψος", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHint270": "Περιστροφή 90° αριστερόστροφα", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHint90": "Περιστροφή 90° δεξιόστροφα", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHintFlipH": "Οριζόντια Περιστροφή", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHintFlipV": "Κατακόρυφη Περιστροφή", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textInsert": "Αντικατάσταση εικόνας", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textOriginalSize": "Πλήρες μέγεθος", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textRotate90": "Περιστροφή 90°", @@ -598,15 +1361,20 @@ "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textWidth": "Πλάτος", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Εναλλακτικό κείμενο", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Περιγραφή", - "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική με βάση κείμενο αναπαράσταση των πληροφοριών οπτικού αντικειμένου, η οποία θα αναγνωσθεί στα άτομα με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικών προβλημάτων για να τους βοηθήσουν να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα ποιες πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στην εικόνα, σε αυτόματο σχήμα, στο διάγραμμα ή στον πίνακα.", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική αναπαράσταση βάσει του κειμένου των πληροφοριών οπτικού αντικειμένου, η οποία θα αναγνωσθεί στα άτομα με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικών προβλημάτων για να τους βοηθήσουν να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα ποιες πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στην εικόνα, σε αυτόματο σχήμα, στο διάγραμμα ή στον πίνακα.", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Τίτλος", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "Γωνία", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textFlipped": "Περιεστρεμμένο", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textHeight": "Ύψος", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textHorizontally": "Οριζόντια", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textKeepRatio": "Σταθερές αναλογίες", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textOriginalSize": "Πλήρες μέγεθος", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textPlacement": "Τοποθέτηση", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textPosition": "Θέση", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textRotation": "Περιστροφή", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textSize": "Μέγεθος", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Εικόνα - Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textVertically": "Κατακόρυφα", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "Πλάτος", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "Περί", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipChat": "Συνομιλία", @@ -614,154 +1382,295 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipPlugins": "Πρόσθετα", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSearch": "Αναζήτηση", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSlides": "Διαφάνειες", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Ανατροφοδότηση & Υποστήριξη", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Τίτλοι", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΓΙΑ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΙΣΤΕΣ", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Περιορισμός Πρόσβασης", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "ΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ ΔΟΚΙΜΑΣΤΙΚΗΣ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑΣ", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Δοκιμαστική Λειτουργία για Προγραμματιστές", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Διάστιχο", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Απόσταση Παραγράφων", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "Μετά", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingBefore": "Πριν", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAdvanced": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων για προχωρημένους", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAt": "Στο", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAtLeast": "Τουλάχιστον", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAuto": "Πολλαπλό", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textExact": "Ακριβώς", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.txtAutoText": "Αυτόματα", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.noTabs": "Οι καθορισμένες καρτέλες θα εμφανίζονται σε αυτό το πεδίο", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strAllCaps": "Όλα κεφαλαία", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strDoubleStrike": "Διπλή Διαγραφή", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndent": "Εσοχές", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLeftText": "Αριστερά", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLineSpacing": "Διάστιχο", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsRightText": "Δεξιά", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingAfter": "Μετά", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingBefore": "Πριν", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpecial": "Ειδικό", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphFont": "Γραμματοσειρά", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphIndents": "Εσοχές & Αποστάσεις", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSmallCaps": "Μικρά κεφαλαία", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSpacing": "Απόσταση", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strStrike": "Διακριτική διαγραφή", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSubscript": "Δείκτης", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSuperscript": "Εκθέτης", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strTabs": "Καρτέλες", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textAlign": "Στοίχιση", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textAuto": "Πολλαπλό", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "Απόσταση Χαρακτήρων", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "Προεπιλεγμένος Στηλοθέτης", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "Εφέ", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textExact": "Ακριβώς", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textFirstLine": "Πρώτη γραμμή", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textHanging": "Κρέμεται", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textJustified": "Πλήρης Στοίχιση", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNoneSpecial": "(κανένα)", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemove": "Αφαίρεση", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemoveAll": "Αφαίρεση όλων", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textSet": "Προσδιορισμός", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabCenter": "Κέντρο", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabLeft": "Αριστερά", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabPosition": "Θέση καρτέλας", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabRight": "Δεξιά", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Παράγραφος - Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.txtAutoText": "Αυτόματα", - "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtChartSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις διαγράμματος", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtChartSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις γραφήματος", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtImageSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις εικόνας", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtParagraphSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις κειμένου", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις σχήματος", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις υπογραφής", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtSlideSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις διαφάνειας", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις πίνακα", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις καλλιτεχνικού κειμένου", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strBackground": "Χρώμα φόντου", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strChange": "Αλλαγή Αυτόματου Σχήματος", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strColor": "Χρώμα", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strFill": "Γέμισμα", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strForeground": "Χρώμα προσκηνίου", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strPattern": "Μοτίβο", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strShadow": "Εμφάνιση σκιάς", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strSize": "Μέγεθος", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strStroke": "Πινελιά", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strTransparency": "Αδιαφάνεια", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strType": "Τύπος", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAdvanced": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων για προχωρημένους", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAngle": "Γωνία", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "Η τιμή που βάλατε δεν είναι αποδεκτή.
    Παρακαλούμε βάλτε μια αριθμητική τιμή μεταξύ 0pt και 1584pt.", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textColor": "Γέμισμα με Χρώμα", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textDirection": "Κατεύθυνση", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textEmptyPattern": "Χωρίς Σχέδιο", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFlip": "Περιστροφή", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromFile": "Από αρχείο", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromStorage": "Από Αποθηκευτικό Μέσο", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromUrl": "Από διεύθυνση", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Σημεία διαβάθμισης", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradientFill": "Βαθμωτό Γέμισμα", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint270": "Περιστροφή 90° αριστερόστροφα", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint90": "Περιστροφή 90° δεξιόστροφα", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHintFlipH": "Οριζόντια Περιστροφή", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHintFlipV": "Κατακόρυφη Περιστροφή", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textImageTexture": "Εικόνα ή Υφή", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textLinear": "Γραμμικός", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textNoFill": "Χωρίς γέμισμα", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPatternFill": "Μοτίβο", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPosition": "Θέση", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRadial": "Ακτινικός", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotate90": "Περιστροφή 90°", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotation": "Περιστροφή", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectImage": "Επιλογή Εικόνας", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectTexture": "Επιλογή", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStretch": "Έκταση", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "Στυλ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTexture": "Από Υφή", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTile": "Πλακάκι", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Προσθήκη βαθμωτού σημείου", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Αφαίρεση σημείου διαβάθμισης", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Καφέ Χαρτί", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCanvas": "Καμβάς", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCarton": "Χαρτόνι", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtDarkFabric": "Σκούρο Ύφασμα", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtGrain": "Κόκκος", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtGranite": "Γρανίτης", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtGreyPaper": "Γκρι χαρτί", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtKnit": "Πλέκω", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtLeather": "Δέρμα", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtNoBorders": "Χωρίς γραμμή", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtPapyrus": "Πάπυρος", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtWood": "Ξύλο", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strColumns": "Στήλες", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strMargins": "Γέμισμα Κειμένου", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Εναλλακτικό κείμενο", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Περιγραφή", - "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική με βάση κείμενο αναπαράσταση των πληροφοριών οπτικού αντικειμένου, η οποία θα αναγνωσθεί στα άτομα με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικών προβλημάτων για να τους βοηθήσουν να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα ποιες πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στην εικόνα, σε αυτόματο σχήμα, στο διάγραμμα ή στον πίνακα.", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική αναπαράσταση βάσει του κειμένου των πληροφοριών οπτικού αντικειμένου, η οποία θα αναγνωσθεί στα άτομα με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικών προβλημάτων για να τους βοηθήσουν να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα ποιες πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στην εικόνα, σε αυτόματο σχήμα, στο διάγραμμα ή στον πίνακα.", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Τίτλος", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "Γωνία", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textArrows": "Βέλη", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAutofit": "Αυτόματο Ταίριασμα", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginSize": "Μέγεθος εκκίνησης", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία εκκίνησης", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBevel": "Πλάγια Τομή", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBottom": "Κάτω", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textCapType": "Αρχικό γράμμα", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textColNumber": "Αριθμός στηλών", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textEndSize": "Μέγεθος Τέλους", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textEndStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία Τέλους", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textFlat": "Επίπεδο", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textFlipped": "Περιεστρεμμένο", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textHeight": "Ύψος", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textHorizontally": "Οριζόντια", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textJoinType": "Τύπος Ένωσης", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textKeepRatio": "Σταθερές αναλογίες", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "Αριστερά", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLineStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία Γραμμής", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textMiter": "Μίτρα", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textNofit": "Όχι Αυτόματο Ταίριασμα", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textResizeFit": "Προσαρμογή σχήματος για ταίριασμα με το κείμενο", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRight": "Δεξιά", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRotation": "Περιστροφή", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRound": "Στρογγυλεμένο", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textShrink": "Σμίκρυνση κειμένου κατά την υπερχείλιση", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSize": "Μέγεθος", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSpacing": "Απόσταση μεταξύ στηλών", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSquare": "Τετράγωνο", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTextBox": "Πλαίσιο κειμένου", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Σχήμα - Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTop": "Επάνω", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textVertically": "Κατακόρυφα", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWeightArrows": "Πλάτη & Βέλη", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "Πλάτος", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.txtNone": "Κανένα", "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDelete": "Αφαίρεση υπογραφής", "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDetails": "Λεπτομέρειες υπογραφής", "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strInvalid": "Μη έγκυρες υπογραφές", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "Σύμβολο", "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSignature": "Υπγραφή", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "Έγκυρες υπογραφές", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "Επεξεργασία ούτως ή άλλως", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "Η επεξεργασία θα αφαιρέσει τις υπογραφές από την παρουσίαση.
    Θέλετε σίγουρα να συνεχίσετε;", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "Έγκυρες υπογραφές προστέθηκαν στην παρουσίαση. Η παρουσίαση προστατεύεται από επεξεργασία.", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "Κάποιες από τις ψηφιακές υπογραφές στην παρουσίαση είναι άκυρες ή δεν επαληθεύτηκαν. Η παρουσίαση έχει προστασία τροποποίησης.", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strBackground": "Χρώμα φόντου", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strColor": "Χρώμα", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strDateTime": "Εμφάνιση Ημερομηνίας και Ώρας", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strDelay": "Καθυστέρηση", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strDuration": "Διάρκεια", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strEffect": "Εφέ", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strFill": "Φόντο", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strForeground": "Χρώμα προσκηνίου", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strPattern": "Μοτίβο", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strSlideNum": "Εμφάνιση Αριθμού Διαφάνειας", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strStartOnClick": "Εκκίνηση με κλικ", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textAdvanced": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων για προχωρημένους", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textAngle": "Γωνία", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textApplyAll": "Εφαρμογή σε όλες τις διαφάνειες", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBlack": "Μέσω του Μαύρου", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBottom": "Κάτω", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBottomLeft": "Κάτω αριστερά", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBottomRight": "Κάτω δεξιά", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textClock": "Ρολόι", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textClockwise": "Δεξιόστροφα", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textColor": "Γέμισμα με Χρώμα", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textCounterclockwise": "Αριστερόστροφα", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textCover": "Εξώφυλλο", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textDirection": "Κατεύθυνση", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textEmptyPattern": "Χωρίς Σχέδιο", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFade": "Σβήσιμο", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFromFile": "Από αρχείο", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFromStorage": "Από Αποθηκευτικό Μέσο", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFromUrl": "Από διεύθυνση", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textGradient": "Σημεία διαβάθμισης", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textGradientFill": "Βαθμωτό Γέμισμα", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textHorizontalIn": "Οριζόντιο εσωτερικό", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textHorizontalOut": "Οριζόντιο εξωτερικό", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textImageTexture": "Εικόνα ή Υφή", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textLeft": "Αριστερά", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textLinear": "Γραμμικός", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textNoFill": "Χωρίς γέμισμα", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textNone": "Κανένα", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPatternFill": "Μοτίβο", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPosition": "Θέση", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPreview": "Προεπισκόπηση", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPush": "Ώθηση", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textRadial": "Ακτινικός", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textReset": "Επαναφορά αλλαγών", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textRight": "Δεξιά", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSec": "s", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSelectImage": "Επιλογή Εικόνας", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSelectTexture": "Επιλογή", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSmoothly": "Ομαλή μετάβαση", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSplit": "Διαίρεση", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textStretch": "Έκταση", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textStyle": "Στυλ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textTexture": "Από Υφή", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textTile": "Πλακάκι", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textTop": "Επάνω", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textTopLeft": "Πάνω αριστερά", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textTopRight": "Πάνω δεξιά", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textUnCover": "Αποκάλυψη", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textVerticalIn": "Κάθετο εσωτερικό", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textVerticalOut": "Κάθετο εξωτερικό", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textWedge": "Λογικός τελεστής And", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textWipe": "Εκκαθάριση", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoom": "Εστίαση", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomIn": "Μεγέθυνση", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomOut": "Σμίκρυνση", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomRotate": "Εστίαση και Περιστροφή", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Προσθήκη βαθμωτού σημείου", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Αφαίρεση σημείου διαβάθμισης", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Καφέ Χαρτί", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtCanvas": "Καμβάς", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtCarton": "Χαρτόνι", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtDarkFabric": "Σκούρο Ύφασμα", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtGrain": "Κόκκος", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtGranite": "Γρανίτης", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtGreyPaper": "Γκρι χαρτί", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtKnit": "Πλέκω", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtLeather": "Δέρμα", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtPapyrus": "Πάπυρος", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtWood": "Ξύλο", + "PE.Views.SlideshowSettings.textLoop": "Αέναη επανάληψη μέχρι να πατηθεί το πλήκτρο 'Esc'", "PE.Views.SlideshowSettings.textTitle": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.strLandscape": "Οριζόντια", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.strPortrait": "Κατακόρυφα", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.textHeight": "Ύψος", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.textSlideOrientation": "Προσανατολισμός Διαφάνειας", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.textSlideSize": "Μέγεθος διαφάνειας", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.textTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις μεγέθους διαφάνειας", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.textWidth": "Πλάτος", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txt35": "Διαφάνειες 35mm", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtA3": "Α3 Χαρτί (297x420 mm)", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtA4": "A4 Χαρτί (210x297 mm)", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtB4": "Χαρτί B4 (ICO) (250x353 χιλ)", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtB5": "Χαρτί B5 (ICO) (176x250 χιλ)", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtBanner": "Πινακίδα", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtCustom": "Προσαρμοσμένο", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtLedger": "Χαρτί Ledger (11x17 in)", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtLetter": "Χαρτί Letter (8.5x11 in)", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtOverhead": "Διαφάνεια", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtStandard": "Πρότυπο (4:3)", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtWidescreen1": "Ευρεία οθόνη (16:9)", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtWidescreen2": "Ευρεία οθόνη (16:10)", "PE.Views.Statusbar.goToPageText": "Μετάβαση στη διαφάνεια", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.pageIndexText": "Διαφάνεια {0} από {1}", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.textShowBegin": "Προβολή από την Αρχή", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.textShowCurrent": "Προβολή από την Τρέχουσα Διαφάνεια", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.textShowPresenterView": "Προβολή Οπτικής Γωνίας Παρουσιαστή", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipAccessRights": "Διαχείριση δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης εγγράφου", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipFitPage": "Προσαρμογή στη διαφάνεια", "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipFitWidth": "Προσαρμογή στο πλάτος", "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipPreview": "Εκκίνηση παρουσίασης", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipSetLang": "Ορισμός γλώσσας κειμένου", "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomFactor": "Εστίαση", "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomIn": "Μεγέθυνση", "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomOut": "Σμίκρυνση", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.txtPageNumInvalid": "Μη έγκυρος αριθμός διαφάνειας", "PE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "Διαγραφή στήλης", "PE.Views.TableSettings.deleteRowText": "Διαγραφή γραμμής", "PE.Views.TableSettings.deleteTableText": "Διαγραφή πίνακα", - "PE.Views.TableSettings.insertColumnLeftText": "Εισαγωγή στήλης αριστερά", - "PE.Views.TableSettings.insertColumnRightText": "Εισαγωγή στήλης δεξιά", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.insertColumnLeftText": "Εισαγωγή Στήλης Αριστερά", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.insertColumnRightText": "Εισαγωγή Στήλης Δεξιά", "PE.Views.TableSettings.insertRowAboveText": "Εισαγωγή γραμμής από πάνω", "PE.Views.TableSettings.insertRowBelowText": "Εισαγωγή γραμμής από κάτω", "PE.Views.TableSettings.mergeCellsText": "Συγχώνευση κελιών", @@ -773,25 +1682,52 @@ "PE.Views.TableSettings.splitCellTitleText": "Διαίρεση κελιού", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textAdvanced": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων για προχωρημένους", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBackColor": "Χρώμα φόντου", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBanded": "Με Εναλλαγή Σκίασης", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "Χρώμα", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "Τεχνοτροπία περιγραμμάτων", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "Μέγεθος κελιού", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Στήλες", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "Κατανομή στηλών", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "Κατανομή γραμμών", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "Γραμμές & Στήλες", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "Κανένα πρότυπο", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "Πρώτος", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "Κεφαλίδα", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeight": "Ύψος", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Τελευταίο", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textRows": "Γραμμές", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectBorders": "Επιλέξτε τα περιγράμματα που θέλετε να αλλάξετε εφαρμόζοντας την ανωτέρω επιλεγμένη τεχνοτροπία", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "Επιλογή από πρότυπο", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "Σύνολο", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textWidth": "Πλάτος", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipAll": "Ορισμός εξωτερικού περιγράμματος και όλων των εσωτερικών γραμμών", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipBottom": "Ορισμός μόνο εξωτερικού κάτω περιγράμματος", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipInner": "Ορισμός μόνο των εσωτερικών γραμμών", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipInnerHor": "Ορισμός μόνο των οριζόντιων εσωτερικών γραμμών", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipInnerVert": "Ορισμός μόνο των κατακόρυφων εσωτερικών γραμμών", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipLeft": "Ορισμός μόνο του εξωτερικού αριστερού περιγράμματος", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipNone": "Χωρίς κανένα περίγραμμα", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipOuter": "Ορισμός μόνο του εξωτερικού περιγράμματος", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipRight": "Ορισμός μόνο του εξωτερικού δεξιού περιγράμματος", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipTop": "Ορισμός μόνο του εξωτερικού πάνω περιγράμματος", "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtNoBorders": "Χωρίς περιγράμματα", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_Accent": "Τόνος", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_DarkStyle": "Σκούρα Τεχνοτροπία", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_LightStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία Φωτός", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_MediumStyle": "Στυλ διάμεσου", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_NoGrid": "Χωρίς Πλέγμα", "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_NoStyle": "Χωρίς στυλ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_TableGrid": "Πλέγμα Πίνακα", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_ThemedStyle": "Θεματικό στυλ", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Εναλλακτικό κείμενο", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Περιγραφή", - "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική με βάση κείμενο αναπαράσταση των πληροφοριών οπτικού αντικειμένου, η οποία θα αναγνωσθεί στα άτομα με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικών προβλημάτων για να τους βοηθήσουν να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα ποιες πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στην εικόνα, σε αυτόματο σχήμα, στο διάγραμμα ή στον πίνακα.", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική αναπαράσταση βάσει του κειμένου των πληροφοριών οπτικού αντικειμένου, η οποία θα αναγνωσθεί στα άτομα με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικών προβλημάτων για να τους βοηθήσουν να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα ποιες πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στην εικόνα, σε αυτόματο σχήμα, στο διάγραμμα ή στον πίνακα.", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Τίτλος", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textBottom": "Κάτω", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textCheckMargins": "Χρήση προεπιλεγμένων περιθωρίων", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textDefaultMargins": "Προεπιλεγμένα Περιθώρια", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "Αριστερά", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textMargins": "Περιθώρια Kελιού", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textRight": "Δεξιά", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Πίνακας - Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textTop": "Επάνω", @@ -802,18 +1738,41 @@ "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strForeground": "Χρώμα προσκηνίου", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strPattern": "Μοτίβο", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strSize": "Μέγεθος", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strStroke": "Πινελιά", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strTransparency": "Αδιαφάνεια", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strType": "Τύπος", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textAngle": "Γωνία", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "Η τιμή που βάλατε δεν είναι αποδεκτή.
    Παρακαλούμε βάλτε μια αριθμητική τιμή μεταξύ 0pt και 1584pt.", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textColor": "Γέμισμα με Χρώμα", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textDirection": "Κατεύθυνση", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textEmptyPattern": "Χωρίς Σχέδιο", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromFile": "Από αρχείο", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromUrl": "Από διεύθυνση", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradient": "Σημεία διαβάθμισης", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradientFill": "Βαθμωτό Γέμισμα", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textImageTexture": "Εικόνα ή Υφή", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "Γραμμικός", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textNoFill": "Χωρίς γέμισμα", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPatternFill": "Μοτίβο", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPosition": "Θέση", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textRadial": "Ακτινικός", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textSelectTexture": "Επιλογή", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStretch": "Έκταση", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStyle": "Στυλ", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTemplate": "Πρότυπο", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTexture": "Από Υφή", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTile": "Πλακάκι", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "Μεταμόρφωση", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Προσθήκη βαθμωτού σημείου", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Αφαίρεση σημείου διαβάθμισης", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Καφέ Χαρτί", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCanvas": "Καμβάς", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCarton": "Χαρτόνι", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtDarkFabric": "Σκούρο Ύφασμα", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtGrain": "Κόκκος", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtGranite": "Γρανίτης", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtGreyPaper": "Γκρι χαρτί", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtKnit": "Πλέκω", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtLeather": "Δέρμα", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtNoBorders": "Χωρίς γραμμή", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtPapyrus": "Πάπυρος", @@ -825,12 +1784,15 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "Υποσέλιδο", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsSymbol": "Σύμβολο", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnSlideNum": "Αριθμός διαφάνειας", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertChart": "Διάγραμμα", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertAudio": "Ήχος", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertChart": "Γράφημα", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertEquation": "Εξίσωση", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertHyperlink": "Υπερσύνδεσμος", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertImage": "Εικόνα", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertShape": "Σχήμα", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertTable": "Πίνακας", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertText": "Πλαίσιο κειμένου", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertVideo": "Βίντεο", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabFile": "Αρχείο", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabHome": "Αρχική", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabInsert": "Εισαγωγή", @@ -839,63 +1801,114 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromStorage": "Εικόνα από αποθηκευτικό χώρο", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromUrl": "Εικόνα από σύνδεσμο", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniSlideAdvanced": "Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniSlideStandard": "Πρότυπο (4:3)", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniSlideWide": "Ευρεία οθόνη (16:9)", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignBottom": "Στοίχιση κειμένου κάτω", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignCenter": "Κεντράρισμα κειμένου", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignJust": "Πλήρης Στοίχιση", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignLeft": "Στοίχιση κειμένου αριστερά", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignMiddle": "Στοίχιση κειμένου στη μέση", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignRight": "Στοίχιση κειμένου δεξιά", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignTop": "Στοίχιση κειμένου επάνω", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeBack": "Μεταφορά στο Παρασκήνιο", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeBackward": "Μεταφορά προς τα πίσω", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeForward": "Μεταφορά προς τα εμπρός", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeFront": "Μεταφορά στο προσκήνιο", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textBold": "Έντονα", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Πλάγια", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Προσαρμοσμένο χρώμα", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textListSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις Λίστας", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Προσθήκη νέου προσαρμοσμένου χρώματος", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignBottom": "Σοίχιση κάτω", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignCenter": "Στοίχιση στο κέντρο", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignLeft": "Στοίχιση αριστερά", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignMiddle": "Σοίχιση στη μέση", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignRight": "Στοίχιση δεξιά", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignTop": "Στοίχιση επάνω", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowBegin": "Προβολή από την Αρχή", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowCurrent": "Προβολή από την Τρέχουσα Διαφάνεια", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowPresenterView": "Προβολή Οπτικής Γωνίας Παρουσιαστή", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowSettings": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Διακριτική διαγραφή", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Δείκτης", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Εκθέτης", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Συνεργασία", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Αρχείο", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "Αρχική", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Εισαγωγή", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Προστασία", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Σφάλμα", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Υπογράμμιση", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Προσθήκη διαφάνειας", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Πίσω", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Αλλαγή τύπου διαγράμματος", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Αλλαγή τύπου γραφήματος", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Αλλαγή διάταξης διαφάνειας", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipClearStyle": "Εκκαθάριση τεχνοτροπίας", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipColorSchemas": "Αλλαγή χρωματικού σχεδίου", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Αντιγραφή", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Αντιγραφή στυλ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDateTime": "Εισαγωγή τρέχουσας ημερομηνίας και ώρας", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Μείωση μεγέθους γραμματοσειράς", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecPrLeft": "Μείωση εσοχής", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Επεξεργασία υποσέλιδου", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Χρώμα γραμματοσειράς", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Γραμματοσειρά", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Μέγεθος γραμματοσειράς", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Εισαγωγή διαγράμματος", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Οριζόντια στοίχιση", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "Αύξηση μεγέθους γραμματοσειράς", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Αύξηση εσοχής", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertAudio": "Εισαγωγή ήχου", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Εισαγωγή γραφήματος", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Εισαγωγή εξίσωσης", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertHyperlink": "Προσθήκη υπερσυνδέσμου", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Εισαγωγή εικόνας", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Εισαγωγή αυτόματου σχήματος", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertSymbol": "Εισαγωγή συμβόλου", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Εισαγωγή πίνακα", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Εισαγωγή πλαισίου κειμένου", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Εισαγωγή Τεχνοκειμένου", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertVideo": "Εισαγωγή βίντεο", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Διάστιχο", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "Κουκκίδες", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipNumbers": "Αρίθμηση", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipPaste": "Επικόλληση", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipPreview": "Εκκίνηση παρουσίασης", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrint": "Εκτύπωση", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipRedo": "Επανάληψη", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipSave": "Αποθήκευση", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipSaveCoauth": "Αποθηκεύστε τις αλλαγές σας για να τις δουν οι άλλοι χρήστες.", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipShapeAlign": "Στοίχιση σχήματος", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipShapeArrange": "Τακτοποίηση σχήματος", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipSlideNum": "Εισαγωγή αριθμού διαφάνειας", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipSlideSize": "Επιλογή μεγέθους διαφάνειας", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipSlideTheme": "Θέμα διαφάνειας", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Αναίρεση", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtDistribHor": "Διανομή οριζόντια", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipVAligh": "Κατακόρυφη στοίχιση", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Προβολή ρυθμίσεων", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtDistribHor": "Οριζόντια Κατανομή", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtDistribVert": "Κατακόρυφη Κατανομή", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtGroup": "Ομάδα", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtObjectsAlign": "Στοίχιση επιλεγμένων αντικειμένων", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Γραφείο", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Διάμεσο", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Μετρό", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme12": "Άρθρωμα", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme13": "Άφθονο", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme14": "Προεξέχον παράθυρο", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme15": "Προέλευση", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme16": "Χαρτί", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme17": "Ηλιοστάσιο", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme18": "Τεχνικό", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme19": "Ταξίδι", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme2": "Αποχρώσεις του γκρι", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme20": "Αστικό", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme21": "Οίστρος", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme3": "Άκρο", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme4": "Άποψη", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme5": "Κυβικό", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme6": "Συνάθροιση", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme7": "Μετοχή", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme8": "Ροή", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme9": "Χυτήριο", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtSlideAlign": "Στοίχιση στη Διαφάνεια", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtUngroup": "Κατάργηση ομαδοποίησης" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/en.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/en.json index 6885db5c7..fde661df8 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/en.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/en.json @@ -6,15 +6,42 @@ "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.warningText": "The object is disabled because it is being edited by another user.", "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.warningTitle": "Warning", "Common.define.chartData.textArea": "Area", + "Common.define.chartData.textAreaStacked": "Stacked area", + "Common.define.chartData.textAreaStackedPer": "100% Stacked area", "Common.define.chartData.textBar": "Bar", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarNormal": "Clustered column", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarNormal3d": "3-D Clustered column", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarNormal3dPerspective": "3-D column", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarStacked": "Stacked column", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarStacked3d": "3-D Stacked column", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarStackedPer": "100% Stacked column", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarStackedPer3d": "3-D 100% Stacked column", "Common.define.chartData.textCharts": "Charts", "Common.define.chartData.textColumn": "Column", + "Common.define.chartData.textCombo": "Combo", + "Common.define.chartData.textComboAreaBar": "Stacked area - clustered column", + "Common.define.chartData.textComboBarLine": "Clustered column - line", + "Common.define.chartData.textComboBarLineSecondary": "Clustered column - line on secondary axis", + "Common.define.chartData.textComboCustom": "Custom combination", + "Common.define.chartData.textDoughnut": "Doughnut", + "Common.define.chartData.textHBarNormal": "Clustered bar", + "Common.define.chartData.textHBarNormal3d": "3-D Clustered bar", + "Common.define.chartData.textHBarStacked": "Stacked bar", + "Common.define.chartData.textHBarStacked3d": "3-D Stacked bar", + "Common.define.chartData.textHBarStackedPer": "100% Stacked bar", + "Common.define.chartData.textHBarStackedPer3d": "3-D 100% Stacked bar", "Common.define.chartData.textLine": "Line", + "Common.define.chartData.textLine3d": "3-D line", + "Common.define.chartData.textLineStacked": "Stacked line", + "Common.define.chartData.textLineStackedPer": "100% Stacked line", "Common.define.chartData.textPie": "Pie", + "Common.define.chartData.textPie3d": "3-D pie", "Common.define.chartData.textPoint": "XY (Scatter)", + "Common.define.chartData.textScatter": "Scatter", "Common.define.chartData.textStock": "Stock", "Common.define.chartData.textSurface": "Surface", "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "The file is being edited in another app. You can continue editing and save it as a copy.", + "Common.UI.ColorButton.textAutoColor": "Automatic", "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "Add New Custom Color", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSize.txtNoBorders": "No borders", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSizeEditable.txtNoBorders": "No borders", @@ -36,7 +63,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Replace", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Replace All", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Don't show this message again", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "The document has been changed by another user.
    Please click to save your changes and reload the updates.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "The document has been changed by another user.
    Please click to save your changes and reload the updates.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standard Colors", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Theme Colors", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", @@ -62,7 +89,7 @@ "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textApplyText": "Apply As You Type", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAutoFormat": "AutoFormat As You Type", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBulleted": "Automatic bulleted lists", - "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "By:", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "By", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "Delete", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textHyphens": "Hyphens (--) with dash (—)", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "Math AutoCorrect", @@ -70,7 +97,7 @@ "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textQuotes": "\"Straight quotes\" with \"smart quotes\"", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognized": "Recognized Functions", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognizedDesc": "The following expressions are recognized math expressions. They will not be automatically italicized.", - "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "Replace:", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "Replace", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceText": "Replace As You Type", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceType": "Replace text as you type", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReset": "Reset", @@ -110,11 +137,13 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "Save & Exit", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Chart Editor", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Users who are editing the file:", + "Common.Views.Header.textAddFavorite": "Mark as favorite", "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Advanced settings", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Open file location", "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Hide Toolbar", "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Hide Rulers", "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Hide Status Bar", + "Common.Views.Header.textRemoveFavorite": "Remove from Favorites", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Saving...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Modified", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "All changes saved", @@ -297,6 +326,9 @@ "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "Symbols", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "Symbol", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTradeMark": "Trademark Symbol", + "Common.Views.UserNameDialog.textDontShow": "Don't ask me again", + "Common.Views.UserNameDialog.textLabel": "Label:", + "Common.Views.UserNameDialog.textLabelError": "Label must not be empty.", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Unnamed presentation", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Warning", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "Requesting editing rights...", @@ -315,6 +347,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "You are trying to perform an action you do not have rights for.
    Please contact your Document Server administrator.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "Image URL is incorrect", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Server connection lost. The document cannot be edited right now.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorComboSeries": "To create a combination chart, select at least two series of data.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "The document could not be saved. Please check connection settings or contact your administrator.
    When you click the 'OK' button, you will be prompted to download the document.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "External error.
    Database connection error. Please contact support in case the error persists.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Encrypted changes have been received, they cannot be deciphered.", @@ -333,6 +366,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "The document editing session has expired. Please reload the page.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "The document has not been edited for quite a long time. Please reload the page.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "The connection to the server has been interrupted. Please reload the page.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSetPassword": "Password could not be set.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "Incorrect row order. To build a stock chart place the data on the sheet in the following order:
    opening price, max price, min price, closing price.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorToken": "The document security token is not correctly formed.
    Please contact your Document Server administrator.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorTokenExpire": "The document security token has expired.
    Please contact your Document Server administrator.", @@ -364,6 +398,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Someone is editing this presentation right now. Please try again later.", "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Access denied", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "An error has occurred while saving the file.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "This file cannot be saved or created.
    Possible reasons are:
    1. The file is read-only.
    2. The file is being edited by other users.
    3. The disk is full or corrupted.", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Preparing to save", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Preparing to save. Please wait...", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Saving presentation...", @@ -379,11 +414,15 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "Click to close the tip", "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contact sales", "PE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "Please note that according to the terms of the license you are not entitled to change the loader.
    Please contact our Sales Department to get a quote.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textGuest": "Guest", "PE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "The file contains automatic macros.
    Do you want to run macros?", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Loading presentation", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textLongName": "Enter a name that is less than 128 characters.", "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "License limit reached", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Paid feature", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Remember my choice", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Remember my choice for all files", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textRenameError": "User name must not be empty.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textRenameLabel": "Enter a name to be used for collaboration", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Shape", "PE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Strict mode", "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "The Undo/Redo functions are disabled for the Fast co-editing mode.
    Click the 'Strict mode' button to switch to the Strict co-editing mode to edit the file without other users interference and send your changes only after you save them. You can switch between the co-editing modes using the editor Advanced settings.", @@ -653,6 +692,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Your browser current zoom setting is not fully supported. Please reset to the default zoom by pressing Ctrl+0.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "You've reached the limit for simultaneous connections to %1 editors. This document will be opened for viewing only.
    Contact your administrator to learn more.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Your license has expired.
    Please update your license and refresh the page.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "License expired.
    You have no access to document editing functionality.
    Please contact your administrator.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "License needs to be renewed.
    You have a limited access to document editing functionality.
    Please contact your administrator to get full access", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "You've reached the user limit for %1 editors. Contact your administrator to learn more.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "You've reached the limit for simultaneous connections to %1 editors. This document will be opened for viewing only.
    Contact %1 sales team for personal upgrade terms.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "You've reached the user limit for %1 editors. Contact %1 sales team for personal upgrade terms.", @@ -662,7 +703,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Accents", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Brackets", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "You need to specify image URL.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "The entered value is incorrect.
    Please enter a numeric value between 1 and 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "The entered value is incorrect.
    Please enter a numeric value between 1 and 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Fractions", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Functions", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Insert", @@ -1385,7 +1426,9 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback & Support", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Titles", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "DEVELOPER MODE", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Limit Access", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "TRIAL MODE", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Trial Developer Mode", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Line Spacing", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Paragraph Spacing", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "After", @@ -1560,6 +1603,7 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strPattern": "Pattern", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strSlideNum": "Show Slide Number", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strStartOnClick": "Start On Click", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strTransparency": "Opacity", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textAdvanced": "Show advanced settings", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textAngle": "Angle", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textApplyAll": "Apply to All Slides", @@ -1794,13 +1838,19 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabFile": "File", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabHome": "Home", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabInsert": "Insert", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniCapitalizeWords": "Capitalize Each Word", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniCustomTable": "Insert Custom Table", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromFile": "Image from File", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromStorage": "Image from Storage", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromUrl": "Image from URL", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniLowerCase": "lowercase", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniSentenceCase": "Sentence case.", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniSlideAdvanced": "Advanced Settings", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniSlideStandard": "Standard (4:3)", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniSlideWide": "Widescreen (16:9)", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniToggleCase": "tOGGLE cASE", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniUpperCase": "UPPERCASE", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.strMenuNoFill": "No Fill", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignBottom": "Align text to the bottom", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignCenter": "Center text", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignJust": "Justify", @@ -1813,9 +1863,13 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeForward": "Bring Forward", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeFront": "Bring to Foreground", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textBold": "Bold", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsCustom": "Custom Columns", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsOne": "One Column", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Three Columns", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Two Columns", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Italic", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textListSettings": "List Settings", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Custom Color", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Add New Custom Color", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignBottom": "Align Bottom", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignCenter": "Align Center", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignLeft": "Align Left", @@ -1838,19 +1892,24 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Underline", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Add slide", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Back", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeCase:": "Change case", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Change chart type", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Change slide layout", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipClearStyle": "Clear style", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipColorSchemas": "Change color scheme", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipColumns": "Insert columns", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Copy", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Copy style", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDateTime": "Insert current date and time", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Decrement font size", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecPrLeft": "Decrease indent", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Edit footer", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Font color", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Font", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Font size", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Horizontal align", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHighlightColor": "Highlight color", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "Increment font size", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Increase indent", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertAudio": "Insert audio", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Insert chart", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/es.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/es.json index b6540c2ad..fd5bc4dfe 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/es.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/es.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Reemplazar", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Reemplazar todo", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "No volver a mostrar este mensaje", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "El documento ha sido cambiado por otro usuario.
    Por favor haga clic para guardar sus cambios y recargue las actualizaciones.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "El documento ha sido cambiado por otro usuario.
    Por favor haga clic para guardar sus cambios y recargue las actualizaciones.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Colores estándar", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Colores de tema", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", @@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Alguien está editando esta presentación ahora. Por favor inténtelo de nuevo más tarde.", "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Acceso negado", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Se ha producido un error al guardar el archivo ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Este archivo no se puede guardar o crear.
    Las razones posibles son:
    1. El archivo es sólo para leer.
    2. El archivo está siendo editado por otros usuarios.
    3. El disco está lleno o corrupto.", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Preparando para guardar", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Preparando para guardar. Espere por favor...", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Guardando presentación...", @@ -653,6 +654,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "La configuración actual de zoom de su navegador no está soportada por completo. Por favor restablezca zoom predeterminado pulsando Ctrl+0.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de conexiones simultáneas con %1 editores. Este documento se abrirá sólo para su visualización.
    Por favor, contacte con su administrador para recibir más información.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Su licencia ha expirado.
    Por favor, actualice su licencia y después recargue la página.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licencia expirada.
    No tiene acceso a la funcionalidad de edición de documentos.
    Por favor, póngase en contacto con su administrador.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "La licencia requiere ser renovada.
    Tiene un acceso limitado a la funcionalidad de edición de documentos.
    Por favor, póngase en contacto con su administrador para obtener un acceso completo", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de usuarios para los editores de %1. Por favor, contacte con su administrador para recibir más información.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de conexiones simultáneas con %1 editores. Este documento se abrirá sólo para su visualización.
    Contacte con el equipo de ventas de %1 para conocer los términos de actualización personal.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de usuarios para los editores de %1. Contacte con el equipo de ventas de %1 para conocer los términos de actualización personal.", @@ -662,7 +665,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Acentos", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Corchetes", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Hay que especificar URL de imagen", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "El valor introducido es incorrecto.
    Por favor, introduzca un valor numérico entre 1 y 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "El valor introducido es incorrecto.
    Por favor, introduzca un valor numérico entre 1 y 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Fracciones", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Funciones", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Insertar", @@ -1382,7 +1385,9 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback y Soporte", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Títulos", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MODO DE DESARROLLO", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Limitar acceso", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "MODO DE PRUEBA", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Modo de programador de prueba", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Espaciado de línea", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Espaciado de Párafo ", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "Después", @@ -1842,12 +1847,14 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Copiar", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Copiar estilo", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDateTime": "Insertar la fecha y hora actuales", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Reducir tamaño de letra", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecPrLeft": "Reducir sangría", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Editar pie de página", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Color de letra", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Letra ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Tamaño de letra", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Alineación horizontal", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "Aumentar tamaño de letra", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Aumentar sangría", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertAudio": "Insertar audio", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Insertar gráfico", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/fi.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/fi.json index c3bd02601..8c68c9a6e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/fi.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/fi.json @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Aksentit", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Sulkeet", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Sinun tulee määritellä kuvan verkko-osoite", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Syötetty arvo ei ole oikein. Ole hyvä ja syötä numeerinen arvo välillä 1 ja 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Syötetty arvo ei ole oikein. Ole hyvä ja syötä numeerinen arvo välillä 1 ja 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Murtoluvut", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Funktiot", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "Integraalit", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/fr.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/fr.json index 4b3c20199..5922bc970 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/fr.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/fr.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Remplacer", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Remplacer tout", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Ne plus afficher ce message", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Le document a été modifié par un autre utilisateur.
    Cliquez pour enregistrer vos modifications et recharger les mises à jour.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Le document a été modifié par un autre utilisateur.
    Cliquez pour enregistrer vos modifications et recharger les mises à jour.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Couleurs standard", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Couleurs de thème", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Confirmer le mot de passe", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "Définir un mot de passe", "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "Chargement", - "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Plugins", + "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Modules complémentaires", "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "Plug-ins", "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "Chargement", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Lancer", @@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Quelqu'un est en train de modifier cette présentation. Veuillez réessayer plus tard.", "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Accès refusé", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'enregistrement du fichier.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Le fichier ne peut pas être sauvé ou créé.
    Les raisons possible sont :
    1. Le fichier est en lecture seule.
    2. Les fichier est en cours d'éditions par d'autres utilisateurs.
    3. Le disque dur est plein ou corrompu.", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Préparation à l'enregistrement ", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Préparation à l'enregistrement en cours. Veuillez patienter...", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Enregistrement de la présentation...", @@ -653,6 +654,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Le paramètre actuel de zoom de votre navigateur n'est pas accepté. Veuillez rétablir le niveau de zoom par défaut en appuyant sur Ctrl+0.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal de connexions simultanées aux éditeurs %1. Ce document sera ouvert à la lecture seulement.
    Contactez votre administrateur pour en savoir davantage.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Votre licence a expiré.
    Veuillez mettre à jour votre licence et actualisez la page.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "La licence est expirée.
    Vous n'avez plus d'accès aux outils d'édition.
    Veuillez contacter votre administrateur.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Il est indispensable de renouveler la licence.
    Vous avez un accès limité aux outils d'édition des documents.
    Veuillez contacter votre administrateur pour obtenir un accès complet", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal d’utilisateurs des éditeurs %1. Contactez votre administrateur pour en savoir davantage.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal de connexions simultanées aux éditeurs %1. Ce document sera ouvert à la lecture seulement.
    Contactez l’équipe des ventes %1 pour mettre à jour les termes de la licence.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal d’utilisateurs des éditeurs %1. Contactez l’équipe des ventes %1 pour mettre à jour les termes de la licence.", @@ -662,7 +665,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Types d'accentuation", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Crochets", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Specifiez URL d'image.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "La valeur entrée est incorrecte.
    Entrez une valeur numérique entre 1 et 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "La valeur entrée est incorrecte.
    Entrez une valeur numérique entre 1 et 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Fractions", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Fonctions", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Insérer", @@ -1382,7 +1385,9 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Commentaires & assistance", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Titres", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MODE DEVELOPPEUR", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Accès limité", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "MODE DEMO", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Essai en mode Développeur", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Interligne", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Espacement de paragraphe", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "Après", @@ -1842,12 +1847,14 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Copier", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Copier le style", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDateTime": "Inserer la date et l'heure actuelle", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Diminuer la taille de police", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecPrLeft": "Diminuer le retrait", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Modifier le pied de page", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Couleur de la police", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Police", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Taille de la police", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Alignement horizontal", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "Augmenter la taille de police", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Augmenter le retrait", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertAudio": "Insérer audio", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Insérer un graphique", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/hu.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/hu.json index c5faff9e9..905c5fedd 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/hu.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/hu.json @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ "Common.define.chartData.textPoint": "Pont", "Common.define.chartData.textStock": "Részvény", "Common.define.chartData.textSurface": "Felület", + "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "A fájlt egy másik alkalmazásban szerkesztik. Folytathatja a szerkesztést, és másolatként elmentheti.", "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "Egyéni szín", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSize.txtNoBorders": "Nincsenek szegélyek", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSizeEditable.txtNoBorders": "Nincsenek szegélyek", @@ -35,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Cserél", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Mindent cserél", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Ne mutassa újra ezt az üzenetet", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "A dokumentumot egy másik felhasználó módosította.
    Kattintson a gombra a módosítások mentéséhez és a frissítések újratöltéséhez.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "A dokumentumot egy másik felhasználó módosította.
    Kattintson a gombra a módosítások mentéséhez és a frissítések újratöltéséhez.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Sztenderd színek", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Téma színek", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Mégse", @@ -57,6 +58,30 @@ "Common.Views.About.txtPoweredBy": "Powered by", "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "Tel.: ", "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "Verzió", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "Hozzáadás", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textApplyText": "Alkalmazás gépelés közben", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAutoFormat": "Automatikus formázás gépelés közben", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBulleted": "Automatikus felsorolásos listák", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "Által", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "Törlés", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textHyphens": "Kötőjelek (--) gondolatjellel (—)", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "Matematikai automatikus javítás", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textNumbered": "Automatikus számozott listák", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textQuotes": "\"Egyenes idézetek\" \"intelligens idézetekkel\"", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognized": "Felismert függvények", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognizedDesc": "A következő kifejezések felismert matematikai kifejezések. Nem lesznek automatikusan dőlt betűkkel.", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "Cserélje ki", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceText": "Cserélje gépelés közben", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceType": "Szöveg cseréje gépelés közben", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReset": "Visszaállítás", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textResetAll": "Alapbeállítások visszaállítása", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRestore": "Visszaállítás", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textTitle": "Automatikus javítás", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnAddRec": "A felismert függvények kizárólag az A–Z betűket tartalmazhatják kis- vagy nagybetűvel.", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnResetRec": "Minden hozzáadott kifejezést eltávolítunk, és az eltávolítottakat visszaállítjuk. Folytassuk?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReplace": "%1 automatikus javítása már létezik. Kicseréljük?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReset": "Minden hozzáadott automatikus javítást eltávolítunk, és a megváltozottakat visszaállítjuk eredeti értékükre. Folytassuk?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnRestore": "%1 automatikus javítása visszaáll az eredeti értékére. Folytassuk?", "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "Küldés", "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "Hozzáad", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "Hozzászólás hozzáadása", @@ -118,13 +143,19 @@ "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitle": "Táblázat méret", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitleSplit": "Cella felosztása", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "Dokumentum nyelvének kiválasztása", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textBulleted": "Felsorolásos", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textNumbering": "Számozott", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.tipChange": "Golyó cseréje", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtBullet": "Golyó", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtColor": "Szín", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNewBullet": "Új pont", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNone": "Egyik sem", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtOfText": "%-a a szövegnek", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSize": "Méret", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtStart": "Kezdet", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSymbol": "Szimbólum", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtTitle": "Lista beállítások", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtType": "Típus", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Fájl bezárása", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Kódol", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Hibás jelszó.", @@ -239,11 +270,33 @@ "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Aláírási sorban az aláírás dátumának mutatása", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Aláírás beállítása", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Ez egy szükséges mező", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCharacter": "Karakter", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCode": "Hexadecimális unikód érték", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCopyright": "Szerzői jogi aláírás", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDCQuote": "Záró dupla idézőjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDOQuote": "Nyitó dupla idézőjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEllipsis": "Vízszintes ellipszis", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmDash": "em gondolatjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmSpace": "em köz", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnDash": "em gondolatjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnSpace": "em köz", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textFont": "Betűtípus", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBHyphen": "Nem törhető kötőjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBSpace": "Nem törhető szóköz", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textPilcrow": "Bekezdésjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textQEmSpace": "1/4 em köz", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRange": "Tartomány", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRecent": "Legutóbb használt szimbólumok", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRegistered": "Bejegyzett jel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSCQuote": "Záró egyszeres idézőjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSection": "Szakaszjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textShortcut": "Gyorsbillentyű", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSHyphen": "Puha kötőjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSOQuote": "Nyitó egyszeres idézőjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSpecial": "Speciális karakterek", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "Szimbólumok", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "Szimbólum", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTradeMark": "Védjegy szimbólum", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Névtelen prezentáció", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "Szerkesztési jogok kérése...", @@ -326,9 +379,11 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "Kattintson, a tippek bezárásához", "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Értékesítés elérhetősége", "PE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "Kérjük, vegye figyelembe, hogy az engedély feltételei szerint nem jogosult a betöltő cseréjére.
    Kérjük, forduljon értékesítési osztályunkhoz, hogy árajánlatot kapjon.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "A fájl automatikus makrókat tartalmaz.
    Szeretne makrókat futtatni?", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Prezentáció betöltése", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "%1 kapcsoat limit", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Elérte a licenckorlátot", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Fizetett funkció", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Emlékezzen a választásomra", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Alakzat", "PE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Biztonságos mód", "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "A Visszavonás / Újra funkciók le vannak tiltva a Gyors együttes szerkesztés módban.
    A \"Biztonságos mód\" gombra kattintva válthat a Biztonságos együttes szerkesztés módra, hogy a dokumentumot más felhasználókkal való interferencia nélkül tudja szerkeszteni, mentés után küldve el a módosításokat. A szerkesztési módok között a Speciális beállítások segítségével válthat.", @@ -596,18 +651,20 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Kérjük, várjon...", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "Az alkalmazás alacsony képességekkel rendelkezik az IE9-en. Használjon IE10 vagy újabb verziót", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "A böngészője jelenlegi nagyítása nem teljesen támogatott. Kérem állítsa vissza alapértelmezett értékre a Ctrl+0 megnyomásával.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "A párhuzamos kapcsolódások száma elérte a maximumot, így a dokumentum csak olvasható módban nyílik meg.
    Kérjük lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszer adminisztrátorral bővebb információkért.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó egyidejű csatlakozás korlátját. Ez a dokumentum csak megtekintésre nyílik meg.
    További információért forduljon rendszergazdájához.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "A licence lejárt.
    Kérem frissítse a licencét, majd az oldalt.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "A párhuzamos felhasználók száma elérte a maximumot, így a dokumentum csak olvasható módban nyílik meg.
    Kérjük lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszer adminisztrátorral bővebb információkért.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Ez a verziója az %1 szerkesztőnek bizonyos limitációkat tartalmaz párhuzamos kapcsolódások terén a dokumentum szerverhez.
    Amennyiben többre van szüksége, fontolja meg hogy kereskedelmi licenc megvásárlását.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Ez a verziója az %1 szerkesztőnek bizonyos limitációkat tartalmaz párhuzamosan kapcsolódott felhasználók terén.
    Amennyiben többre van szüksége, fontolja meg hogy kereskedelmi licenc megvásárlását.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "A licenc lejárt.
    Nincs hozzáférése a dokumentumszerkesztő funkciókhoz.
    Kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszergazdával.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "A licencet meg kell újítani.
    Korlátozott hozzáférése van a dokumentumszerkesztési funkciókhoz.
    A teljes hozzáférésért forduljon rendszergazdájához", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó felhasználói korlátját. További információért forduljon rendszergazdájához.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó egyidejű csatlakozás korlátját. Ez a dokumentum csak megtekintésre nyílik meg.
    Vegye fel a kapcsolatot a(z) %1 értékesítési csapattal a személyes frissítési feltételekért.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó felhasználói korlátját. Vegye fel a kapcsolatot a(z) %1 értékesítési csapattal a személyes frissítési feltételekért.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Nincs joga szerkeszteni a fájl-t.", "PE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "A menteni kívánt betűkészlet nem érhető el az aktuális eszközön.
    A szövegstílus a rendszer egyik betűkészletével jelenik meg, a mentett betűtípust akkor használja, ha elérhető.
    Folytatni szeretné?", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Accents", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Zárójelben", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Meg kell adni a kép URL linkjét.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "A megadott érték helytelen.
    Kérjük, adjon meg egy számértéket 1 és 100 között", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "A megadott érték helytelen.
    Kérjük, adjon meg egy számértéket 1 és 300 között", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Törtek", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Függévenyek", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Beszúrás", @@ -1020,6 +1077,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipH": "Vízszintesen tükröz", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipV": "Függőlegesen tükröz", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "Fájlból", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromStorage": "Tárolóból", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "URL-ből", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Következő dia", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Beilleszt", @@ -1207,6 +1265,9 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strFontRender": "Betűtípus ajánlás", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strForcesave": "Mindig mentse a szerverre (egyébként mentse a szerverre a dokumentum bezárásakor)", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strInputMode": "Hieroglifák bekapcsolása", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strMacrosSettings": "Makró beállítások", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strPaste": "Kivágás, másolás és beillesztés", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strPasteButton": "A tartalom beillesztésekor jelenítse meg a beillesztési beállítások gombot", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strShowChanges": "Valós idejű együttműködés módosításai", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strSpellCheckMode": "Helyesírás-ellenőrzés bekapcsolása", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strStrict": "Biztonságos", @@ -1223,6 +1284,7 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textForceSave": "Mentés a szerverre", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textMinute": "Minden perc", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtAll": "Mindent mutat", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtAutoCorrect": "Automatikus javítás beállításai...", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtCacheMode": "Alapértelmezett cache mód", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtCm": "Centiméter", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtFitSlide": "A diához igazít", @@ -1232,8 +1294,15 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtLast": "Az utolsót mutat", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtMac": "OS X-ként", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtNative": "Natív", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtProofing": "Korrigálás", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtPt": "Pont", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtRunMacros": "Összes engedélyezése", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtRunMacrosDesc": "Minden értesítés nélküli makró engedélyezése", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtSpellCheck": "Helyesírás-ellenőrzés", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtStopMacros": "Összes letiltása", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtStopMacrosDesc": "Minden értesítés nélküli makró letiltása", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWarnMacros": "Értesítés mutatása", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWarnMacrosDesc": "Minden értesítéssel rendelkező makró letiltása", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWin": "Windows-ként", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.applyAllText": "Mindenre alkalmaz", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.applyText": "Alkalmaz", @@ -1257,6 +1326,7 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Itt adja meg a Gyorsinfót", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Külső hivatkozás", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Csúsztassa be ezt a prezentációt", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textSlides": "Diák", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Gyorstipp szöveg", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Hivatkozás beállítások", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Ez egy szükséges mező", @@ -1275,6 +1345,7 @@ "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFitSlide": "A diához igazít", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFlip": "Tükröz", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromFile": "Fájlból", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromStorage": "Tárolóból", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromUrl": "URL-ből", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHeight": "Magasság", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHint270": "Forgatás balra 90 fokkal", @@ -1313,7 +1384,9 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Visszajelzés és támogatás", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Címek", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "FEJLESZTŐI MÓD", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Korlátozza a hozzáférést", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "PRÓBA MÓD", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Próba fejlesztői mód", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Sortávolság", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Bekezdés térköz", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "után", @@ -1381,14 +1454,16 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strTransparency": "Átlátszóság", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strType": "Típus", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAdvanced": "Speciális beállítások megjelenítése", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAngle": "Szög", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "A megadott érték helytelen.
    Kérjük, adjon meg egy számértéket 0 és 1584 között", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textColor": "Szín kitöltés", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textDirection": "Irány", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textEmptyPattern": "Nincs minta", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFlip": "Tükröz", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromFile": "Fájlból", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromStorage": "Tárolóból", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromUrl": "URL-ből", - "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Színátmenet", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Színátmeneti pontok", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradientFill": "Színátmenetes kitöltés", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint270": "Forgatás balra 90 fokkal", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint90": "Forgatás jobbra 90 fokkal", @@ -1398,14 +1473,18 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textLinear": "Egyenes", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textNoFill": "Nincs kitöltés", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPatternFill": "Minta", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPosition": "Pozíció", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRadial": "Sugárirányú", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotate90": "Elforgat 90 fokkal", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotation": "Forgatás", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectImage": "Kép kiválasztása", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectTexture": "Kiválaszt", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStretch": "Nyújt", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "Stílus", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTexture": "Textúrából", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTile": "Csempe", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Színátmenet pont hozzáadása", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Színátmenet pont eltávolítása", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Barna papír", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCanvas": "Vászon", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCarton": "Karton", @@ -1426,6 +1505,7 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Cím", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "Szög", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textArrows": "Nyilak", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAutofit": "Automatikus helykitöltés", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginSize": "Kezdő méret", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginStyle": "Kezdő stílus", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBevel": "Tompaszög", @@ -1443,12 +1523,16 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "Bal", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLineStyle": "Vonal stílus", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textMiter": "Szög", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textNofit": "Ne illessze automatikusan", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textResizeFit": "Alakzat átméretezése a szöveghez", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRight": "Jobb", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRotation": "Forgatás", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRound": "Kerek", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textShrink": "Zsugorítsa a szöveget a túlcsorduláskor", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSize": "Méret", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSpacing": "Hasábtávolság", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSquare": "Szögletes", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTextBox": "Szövegdoboz", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Alakzat - Speciális beállítások", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTop": "Felső", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textVertically": "Függőlegesen", @@ -1478,6 +1562,7 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strSlideNum": "Dia számának mutatása", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strStartOnClick": "Kattintásra elindít", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textAdvanced": "Speciális beállítások megjelenítése", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textAngle": "Szög", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textApplyAll": "Minden diára alkalmaz", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBlack": "Fekete", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBottom": "Alsó", @@ -1492,8 +1577,9 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textEmptyPattern": "Nincs minta", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFade": "Áttűnés", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFromFile": "Fájlból", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFromStorage": "Tárolóból", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFromUrl": "URL-ből", - "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textGradient": "Színátmenet", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textGradient": "Színátmeneti pontok", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textGradientFill": "Színátmenetes kitöltés", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textHorizontalIn": "Vízszintesen belül", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textHorizontalOut": "Vízszintesen kívül", @@ -1503,12 +1589,14 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textNoFill": "Nincs kitöltés", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textNone": "nincs", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPatternFill": "Minta", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPosition": "Pozíció", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPreview": "Előnézet", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPush": "Nyom", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textRadial": "Sugárirányú", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textReset": "Változások visszaállítása", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textRight": "Jobb", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSec": "s", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSelectImage": "Kép kiválasztása", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSelectTexture": "Kiválaszt", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSmoothly": "Simán", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSplit": "Szétválaszt", @@ -1528,6 +1616,8 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomIn": "Zoom be", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomOut": "Zoom ki", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomRotate": "Zoom és elforgatás", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Színátmenet pont hozzáadása", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Színátmenet pont eltávolítása", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Barna papír", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtCanvas": "Vászon", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtCarton": "Karton", @@ -1650,18 +1740,20 @@ "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strStroke": "Körvonal", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strTransparency": "Átlátszóság", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strType": "Típus", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textAngle": "Szög", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "A megadott érték helytelen.
    Kérjük, adjon meg egy számértéket 0 és 1584 között", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textColor": "Szín kitöltés", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textDirection": "Irány", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textEmptyPattern": "Nincs minta", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromFile": "Fájlból", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromUrl": "URL-ből", - "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradient": "Színátmenet", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradient": "Színátmeneti pontok", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradientFill": "Színátmenetes kitöltés", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textImageTexture": "Kép vagy textúra", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "Egyenes", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textNoFill": "Nincs kitöltés", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPatternFill": "Minta", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPosition": "Pozíció", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textRadial": "Sugárirányú", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textSelectTexture": "Kiválaszt", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStretch": "Nyújt", @@ -1670,6 +1762,8 @@ "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTexture": "Textúrából", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTile": "Csempe", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "Átalakít", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Színátmenet pont hozzáadása", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Színátmenet pont eltávolítása", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Barna papír", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCanvas": "Vászon", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCarton": "Karton", @@ -1689,6 +1783,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "Lábléc", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsSymbol": "Szimbólum", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnSlideNum": "Dia száma", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertAudio": "Hang", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertChart": "Diagram", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertEquation": "Egyenlet", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertHyperlink": "Hivatkozás", @@ -1696,6 +1791,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertShape": "Alakzat", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertTable": "Táblázat", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertText": "Szövegdoboz", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertVideo": "Videó", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabFile": "Fájl", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabHome": "Kezdőlap", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabInsert": "Beszúr", @@ -1757,6 +1853,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Betűméret", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Vízszintes rendezés", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Francia bekezdés növelése", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertAudio": "Hang beszúrása", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Diagram beszúrása", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Egyenlet beszúrása", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertHyperlink": "Hivatkozás hozzáadása", @@ -1766,6 +1863,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Táblázat beszúrása", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Szövegdoboz beszúrása", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "TextArt beszúrása", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertVideo": "Videó beszúrása", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Sortávolság", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "Felsorolás", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipNumbers": "Számozás", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/id.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/id.json index 8c0686551..8a46ad0b1 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/id.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/id.json @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Replace", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Replace All", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Don't show this message again", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "The document has been changed by another user.
    Please click to save your changes and reload the updates.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "The document has been changed by another user.
    Please click to save your changes and reload the updates.", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", "Common.UI.Window.closeButtonText": "Close", "Common.UI.Window.noButtonText": "No", @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "The font you are going to save is not available on the current device.
    The text style will be displayed using one of the system fonts, the saved font will be used when it is available.
    Do you want to continue?", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "You need to specify image URL.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "The entered value is incorrect.
    Please enter a numeric value between 1 and 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "The entered value is incorrect.
    Please enter a numeric value between 1 and 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textWarning": "Warning", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textChartType": "Change Chart Type", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textEditData": "Edit Data", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/it.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/it.json index de5c090f6..7f83a07bb 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/it.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/it.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Sostituisci", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Sostituisci tutto", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Non mostrare più questo messaggio", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Il documento è stato modificato da un altro utente.
    Clicca per salvare le modifiche e ricaricare gli aggiornamenti.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Il documento è stato modificato da un altro utente.
    Clicca per salvare le modifiche e ricaricare gli aggiornamenti.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Colori standard", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Colori del tema", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Annulla", @@ -58,9 +58,15 @@ "Common.Views.About.txtPoweredBy": "Con tecnologia", "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "tel.: ", "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "Versione ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "Aggiungi", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "Di", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "Elimina", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "Correzione automatica matematica", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textQuotes": "‎\"Citazioni dritte\" con \"citazioni intelligenti\"‎", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "Sostituisci", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReset": "Reimposta", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textResetAll": "Ripristina valori predefiniti", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRestore": "Ripristina", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textTitle": "Correzione automatica", "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "Invia", "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "Aggiungi", @@ -642,7 +648,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Accenti", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Parentesi", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Specifica URL immagine.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Il valore inserito non è corretto.
    Inserisci un valore numerico compreso tra 1 e 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Il valore inserito non è corretto.
    Inserisci un valore numerico compreso tra 1 e 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Frazioni", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Funzioni", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Inserisci", @@ -1245,7 +1251,7 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strInputMode": "Attiva geroglifici", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strMacrosSettings": "Impostazioni macro", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strPaste": "Taglia, copia e incolla", - "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strPasteButton": "Mostra il pulsante Incolla quando il contenuto viene incollato", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strPasteButton": "Mostra il pulsante opzioni Incolla quando il contenuto viene incollato", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strShowChanges": "Evidenzia modifiche di collaborazione", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strSpellCheckMode": "Attiva controllo ortografia", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strStrict": "Rigorosa", @@ -1362,6 +1368,7 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback & Supporto", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Titoli", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MODALITÀ SVILUPPATORE", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "‎Limita accesso‎", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "Modalità di prova", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Interlinea", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Spaziatura del paragrafo", @@ -1430,6 +1437,7 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strTransparency": "Opacità", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strType": "Tipo", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAdvanced": "Mostra impostazioni avanzate", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAngle": "Angolo", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "Il valore inserito non è corretto.
    Inserisci un valore tra 0 pt e 1584 pt.", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textColor": "Colore di riempimento", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textDirection": "Direzione", @@ -1448,6 +1456,7 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textLinear": "Lineare", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textNoFill": "Nessun riempimento", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPatternFill": "Modello", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPosition": "Posizione", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRadial": "Radiale", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotate90": "Ruota di 90°", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotation": "Rotazione", @@ -1457,6 +1466,7 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "Stile", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTexture": "Da trama", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTile": "Tela", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "‎Aggiungi punto di sfumatura‎", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Carta da pacchi", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCanvas": "Tela", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCarton": "Cartone", @@ -1534,6 +1544,7 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strSlideNum": "Mostra numero diapositiva", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strStartOnClick": "Inizia al clic del mouse", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textAdvanced": "Mostra impostazioni avanzate", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textAngle": "Angolo", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textApplyAll": "Applica a tutte le diapositive", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBlack": "Attraverso il nero", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBottom": "In basso", @@ -1560,6 +1571,7 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textNoFill": "Nessun riempimento", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textNone": "Niente", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPatternFill": "Modello", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPosition": "Posizione", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPreview": "Anteprima", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPush": "Spinta", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textRadial": "Radiale", @@ -1586,6 +1598,7 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomIn": "Zoom avanti", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomOut": "Zoom indietro", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomRotate": "Zoom e rotazione", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "‎Aggiungi punto di sfumatura‎", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Carta da pacchi", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtCanvas": "Tela", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtCarton": "Cartone", @@ -1708,6 +1721,7 @@ "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strStroke": "Tratto", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strTransparency": "Opacità", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strType": "Tipo", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textAngle": "Angolo", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "Il valore inserito non è corretto.
    Inserisci un valore tra 0 pt e 1584 pt.", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textColor": "Colore di riempimento", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textDirection": "Direction", @@ -1720,6 +1734,7 @@ "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "Lineare", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textNoFill": "Nessun riempimento", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPatternFill": "Modello", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPosition": "Posizione", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textRadial": "Radiale", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textSelectTexture": "Seleziona", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStretch": "Stretch", @@ -1728,6 +1743,7 @@ "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTexture": "Da trama", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTile": "Tile", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "Trasformazione", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "‎Aggiungi punto di sfumatura‎", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Carta da pacchi", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCanvas": "Tela", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCarton": "Carton", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ja.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ja.json index 07b65fbb3..739a21129 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ja.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ja.json @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ { "Common.Controllers.Chat.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "Common.Controllers.Chat.textEnterMessage": "ここでメッセージを挿入してください。", - "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.textAnonymous": "匿名", + "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.textAnonymous": "匿名者", "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.textClose": "閉じる", "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.warningText": "他のユーザは編集しているのためオブジェクトが無効になります。", "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.warningTitle": " 警告", @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "置き換え", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "全ての置き換え", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "今後このメッセージを表示しない", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "ドキュメントは他のユーザーによって変更されました。
    変更を保存するためにここでクリックし、アップデートを再ロードしてください。", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "ドキュメントは他のユーザーによって変更されました。
    変更を保存するためにここでクリックし、アップデートを再ロードしてください。", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "標準の色", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "テーマの色", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "キャンセル", @@ -64,12 +64,24 @@ "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBulleted": "自動箇条書き", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "幅", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "削除する", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textHyphens": "ハイフン(--)の代わりにダッシュ(—)", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "数式オートコレクト", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textNumbered": "自動番号付きリスト", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textQuotes": "左右の区別がない引用符を、区別がある引用符に変更する", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognized": "認識された関数", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognizedDesc": "以下の式は、認識される数式です。 自動的にイタリック体になることはありません。", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "置き換える", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceText": "入力時に置き換える\n\t", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceType": "入力時にテキストを置き換える", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReset": "リセット", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textResetAll": "デフォルト設定にリセットする", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRestore": "復元する", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textTitle": "オートコレクト", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnAddRec": "認識される関数には、大文字または小文字のAからZまでの文字のみを含める必要があります。", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnResetRec": "追加した式はすべて削除され、削除された式が復元されます。 続けますか？", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReplace": "％1のオートコレクトのエントリはすでに存在します。 取り替えますか？", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReset": "追加したオートコレクトはすべて削除され、変更されたものは元の値に復元されます。 続けますか？", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnRestore": "％1のオートコレクトエントリは元の値にリセットされます。 続けますか？", "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "送信", "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "追加", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "コメントの追加", @@ -97,21 +109,29 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textClose": "閉じる", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "保存と終了", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "グラフの編集", + "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "ファイルを編集しているユーザー：", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "詳細設定", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "ドキュメントに移動", "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "ツールバーを表示しない", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "ルーラーを表示しない", "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "ステータスバーを表示しない", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "保存中...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "更新された", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "すべての変更が保存されました", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "すべての変更が保存されました", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "ズーム", + "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "文書のアクセス許可の管理", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "ファイルをダウンロードする", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "このファイルを編集する", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "印刷", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "やり直し", "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "保存する", "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "元に戻す", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndock": "別のウィンドウにドッキングを解除する", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "表示の設定", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "ユーザーの表示と文書のアクセス権の管理", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "アクセス許可を変更する", + "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "名前の変更", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.textUrl": "画像のURLの貼り付け", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtEmpty": "このフィールドは必須項目です", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtNotUrl": "このフィールドは「http://www.example.com」の形式のURLである必要があります。", @@ -122,6 +142,7 @@ "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtRows": "行数", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitle": "表のサイズ", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitleSplit": "セルの分割", + "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "文書の言語を選択する", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textBulleted": "箇条書きがある", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textNumbering": "番号付", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.tipChange": "箇条書きを変更する", @@ -136,10 +157,13 @@ "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtTitle": "リストの設定", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtType": "タイプ", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "ファイルを閉じる", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "符号化", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "パスワードが正しくありません。", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "パスワード", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtProtected": "パスワードを入力してファイルを開くと、ファイルの既存のパスワードがリセットされます。", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "%1 設定の選択", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "保護されたファイル", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "この文書を保護するためのパスワードをご設定ください", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "先に入力したパスワードと一致しません。", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "パスワード", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "パスワードを再入力", @@ -152,25 +176,33 @@ "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "停止", "Common.Views.Protection.hintAddPwd": "パスワードを使用して、暗号化する", "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "パスワードを変更するか削除する", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "デジタル署名かデジタル署名行を追加する", "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "パスワードの追加", "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "パスワードを変更する", "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "パスワードを削除する", "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "暗号化する", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "デジタル署名を追加", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "サイン", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "署名欄の追加", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "ファイル名", + "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "ファイル名に次の文字を使うことはできません。", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "次の変更箇所へ", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "前の​​変更箇所へ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "ファスト", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "リアルタイムの共同編集です。すべての変更は自動的に保存されます。", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "厳格", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "あなたや他の人が行った変更を同期するために、[保存]ボタンをご使用ください", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "今の変更を受け入れる", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "共同編集モードを設定する", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCommentRem": "コメントを削除する", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCommentRemCurrent": "現在のコメントを削除する", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "バージョン履歴を表示する", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "現在の変更を元に戻す", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "変更履歴", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "変更を表示するモードをご選択ください", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "文書の言語を設定する", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "スペル・チェック", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "文書のアクセス許可の管理", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "受け入れる", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "すべての変更を受ける", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "変更を受ける", @@ -185,10 +217,19 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemove": "削除する", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "言語", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "すべての変更が承認されました（プレビュー）", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "最終版", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "バージョン履歴", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "全ての変更（編集）", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "変更履歴", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "次へ", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "すべての変更が拒否されました（プレビュー）", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "原本", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "前のへ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "拒否する", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "すべての変更を元に戻す", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "変更を拒否する", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "現在の変更を元に戻す", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "共有する", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "スペル・チェック", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "変更履歴", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "表示モード", @@ -197,16 +238,27 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textCancel": "キャンセル", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textClose": "閉じる", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textEdit": "OK", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMention": "+言及されるユーザーに文書にアクセスを提供して、メールで通知する", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMentionNotify": "＋言及されるユーザーはメールで通知されます", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textOpenAgain": "もう一度開く", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textReply": "返事する", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textResolve": "解決する", "Common.Views.SaveAsDlg.textLoading": "読み込み中", + "Common.Views.SaveAsDlg.textTitle": "保存先のフォルダ", "Common.Views.SelectFileDlg.textLoading": "読み込み中", + "Common.Views.SelectFileDlg.textTitle": "データ・ソースを選択する", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "太字", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "証明書", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "変更する", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "署名者の名前をご入力ください", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "イタリック", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "この文書にサインする目的", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "選択", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "画像を選択", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "署名は次のようになります:", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "文書のサイン", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "または画像を署名として使用するため、「画像の選択」をクリックしてください", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "％1から％2まで有効", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "フォント名", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "フォントのサイズ", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": " 署名者が署名ダイアログにコメントを追加できるようにする", @@ -217,17 +269,40 @@ "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "署名者への説明書", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "署名欄に署名日を表示する", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "署名の設定", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "この項目は必須です", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCharacter": "文字", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCode": "UnicodeHEX値", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCopyright": "著作権マーク", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDCQuote": "二重引用符（右）", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDOQuote": "二重の引用符(左）", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEllipsis": "水平の省略記号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmDash": "全角ダッシュ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmSpace": "全角スペース", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnDash": "半角ダッシュ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnSpace": "半角スペース", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textFont": "フォント", - "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSOQuote": "開始単一引用符", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBHyphen": "改行をしないハイフン", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBSpace": "改行をしないスペース", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textPilcrow": "段落記号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textQEmSpace": "1/4スペース", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRange": "範囲", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRecent": "最近使用した記号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRegistered": "登録商標マーク", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSCQuote": "単一引用符（右）", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSection": "節記号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textShortcut": "ショートカットキー", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSHyphen": "ソフトハイフン", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSOQuote": "単一引用符（左）", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSpecial": "特殊文字", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "記号と特殊文字", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "記号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTradeMark": "商標マーク", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "名前が付けられていないプレゼンテーション", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "アクセス権の編集の要求中...", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textNoTextFound": "検索データが見つかりませんでした。他の検索設定を選択してください。", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSkipped": "置換が行われました。スキップされた発生回数は{0}です。", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSuccess": "検索が行われました。変更された発生回数は{0}です。", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.txtUntitled": "タイトルなし", "PE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTextText": "データを読み込んでいます...", "PE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "データを読み込んでいます", @@ -255,6 +330,9 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "署名キーは期限切れました。", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "保存に失敗しました", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "エディターのバージョンが更新されました。 変更を適用するために、ページが再読み込みされます。", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "ドキュメント編集セッションが終了しました。 ページを再度お読み込みください。", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "このドキュメントはかなり長い間編集されていませんでした。このページを再度お読み込みください。", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "サーバーとの接続が中断されました。このページを再度お読み込みください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "行の順序が正しくありません。この株価チャートを作成するには、
    始値、高値、安値、終値の順でシートのデータを配置してください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorToken": "ドキュメント・セキュリティ・トークンが正しく形成されていません。
    ドキュメントサーバーの管理者にご連絡ください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorTokenExpire": "ドキュメント・セキュリティ・トークンの有効期限が切れています。
    ドキュメントサーバーの管理者にご連絡ください。", @@ -290,23 +368,29 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "保存の準備中です。お待ちください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "プレゼンテーションの保存中...", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTitleText": "プレゼンテーションの保存中", + "PE.Controllers.Main.scriptLoadError": "インターネット接続が遅いため、一部のコンポーネントをロードできませんでした。ページを再度お読み込みください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.splitDividerErrorText": "行数は%1の除数になければなりません。", "PE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxColsErrorText": "列の数は%1より小さくなければなりません。", "PE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxRowsErrorText": "行数は%1より小さくなければなりません。", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "匿名", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "匿名者", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textBuyNow": "ウェブサイトを訪問する", "PE.Controllers.Main.textChangesSaved": "すべての変更が保存されました", "PE.Controllers.Main.textClose": "閉じる", "PE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "ヒントを閉じるためにクリックください", "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "営業部に連絡する", "PE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "ライセンスの条件によっては、ローダーを変更する権利がないことにご注意ください。
    見積もりについては、営業部門にお問い合わせください。", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "ファイルには自動マクロが含まれています。
    マクロを実行しますか？", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "プレゼンテーションを読み込み中...", "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ライセンス制限に達しました", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "有料機能", "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "選択内容を保存する", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "図形", "PE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "厳格モード", "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "ファスト共同編集モードに元に戻す/やり直しの機能は無効になります。
    他のユーザーの干渉なし編集するために「厳密なモード」をクリックして、厳密な共同編集モードに切り替えてください。保存した後にのみ、変更を送信してください。編集の詳細設定を使用して共同編集モードを切り替えることができます。", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "ライセンスの有効期限が切れています", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "エディターが更新された", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "最初のスライドを追加するには、クリックしてください", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddNotes": "メモを追加するには、クリックしてください", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "あなたのテキストはここです。", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "基本図形", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "ボタン", @@ -319,10 +403,12 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "編集モードを設定しています...", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "形の矢印", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "フッター", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "ヘッダー", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtImage": "画像", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "行", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtLoading": "読み込み中...", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "数学", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMedia": "メディア", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "更新があります。", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtPicture": "画像", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "四角形", @@ -339,6 +425,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonDocument": "「ドキュメント」ボタン", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonEnd": "［最後］ボタン", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonForwardNext": "［次へ］のボタン", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHelp": "［ヘルプ］のボタン", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHome": "ホームボタン", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonInformation": "［情報］ボタン", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonMovie": "［ビデオ］ボタン", @@ -346,7 +433,12 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonSound": "「音」ボタン", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_arc": "円弧", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentArrow": "曲げ矢印", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5": "カギ線コネクタ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5WithArrow": "カギ線矢印​​コネクタ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5WithTwoArrows": "カギ線の二重矢印コネクタ", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentUpArrow": "曲線の矢印（上）", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bevel": "額縁", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_blockArc": "アーチ", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout1": "引き出し　１　", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout2": "引き出し　２", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout3": "引き出し　３", @@ -355,24 +447,69 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout2": "引き出し　２（枠付き無し）", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout3": "引き出し　３（枠付き無し）", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_can": "円柱", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_chevron": "シェブロン", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_chord": "コード", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_circularArrow": "円弧の矢印", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloud": "クラウド", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloudCallout": "雲形引き出し", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_corner": "角", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cube": "立方体", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3": "曲線コネクタ", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3WithArrow": "曲線矢印コネクタ", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3WithTwoArrows": "曲線の二重矢印コネクタ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedDownArrow": "曲線の下向きの矢印", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedLeftArrow": "曲線の左矢印", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedRightArrow": "曲線の右矢印", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedUpArrow": "曲線の上矢印", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_decagon": "十角形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diagStripe": "斜め縞", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diamond": "菱形", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_dodecagon": "12角形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_donut": "ドーナツ・グラフ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_doubleWave": "二重波", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_downArrow": "下矢印", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_downArrowCallout": "下矢印引き出し", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipse": "楕円", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipseRibbon": "曲線下向けのリボン", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipseRibbon2": "曲線上向けのリボン", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartAlternateProcess": "フローチャート：代替処理", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartCollate": "フローチャート：照合", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartConnector": "フローチャート：　コネクタ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDecision": "フローチャート：　判断", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDelay": "フローチャート：　遅延", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDisplay": "フローチャート：　表示", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDocument": "フローチャート：　文書", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartExtract": "フローチャート： 抜き出し", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartInputOutput": "フローチャート：　データ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartInternalStorage": "フローチャート：　内部ストレージ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticDisk": "フローチャート: 磁気ディスク", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticDrum": "フローチャート：　直接アクセスのストレージ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticTape": "フローチャート：　順次アクセス記憶", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartManualInput": "フローチャート：　手動入力", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartManualOperation": "フローチャート：　手動操作", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMerge": "フローチャート：　統合", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMultidocument": "フローチャート：　複数文書", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOffpageConnector": "フローチャート：　他ページへのリンク", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOnlineStorage": "フローチャート：　保存されたデータ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOr": "フローチャート：　また", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPredefinedProcess": "フローチャート：　事前定義されたプロセス", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPreparation": "フローチャート：　準備", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartProcess": "フローチャート：　プロセス\n\t", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPunchedCard": "フローチャート：カード", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPunchedTape": "フローチャート: せん孔テープ", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartSort": "フローチャート：　並べ替え", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartSummingJunction": "フローチャート：　和接合", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartTerminator": "フローチャート：　 端子", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_foldedCorner": "折り曲げコーナー", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_frame": "フレーム", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_halfFrame": "半フレーム", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_heart": "心", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_heptagon": "七角形", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_hexagon": "六角形", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_homePlate": "五角形", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_horizontalScroll": "水平スクロール", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_irregularSeal1": "爆発　１", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_irregularSeal2": "爆発　２", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftArrow": "左矢印", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftArrowCallout": "左矢印引き出し", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftBrace": "左中かっこ", @@ -385,21 +522,42 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_line": "線", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lineWithArrow": "矢印", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lineWithTwoArrows": "二重矢印", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathDivide": "分割", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathEqual": "等号", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathMinus": "マイナス", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathMultiply": "乗算", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathNotEqual": "不等号", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathPlus": "プラス", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_moon": "月形", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_noSmoking": "\"禁止\"マーク", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_notchedRightArrow": "V 字形矢印", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_octagon": "八角形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_parallelogram": "平行四辺形", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_pentagon": "五角形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_pie": "円グラフ", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_plaque": "サイン", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_plus": "プラス", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_polyline1": "落書き", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_polyline2": "フリーフォーム", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_quadArrow": "四方向矢印", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_quadArrowCallout": "４矢印の引き出し", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rect": "矩形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ribbon": "下リボン", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ribbon2": "上リボン", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightArrow": "右矢印", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightArrowCallout": "右矢印吹き出し", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightBrace": "右中かっこ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightBracket": "右かっこ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round1Rect": "1つの角を丸めた四角形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round2DiagRect": "対角する 2 つの角を丸めた四角形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round2SameRect": "片側の 2 つの角を丸めた四角形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_roundRect": "角を丸めた四角形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rtTriangle": "直角三角形", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_smileyFace": "絵文字", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip1Rect": "1つの角を切り取った四角形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip2DiagRect": "対角する2つの角を切り取った四角形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip2SameRect": "片側の2つの角を切り取った四角形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snipRoundRect": "1つの角を切り取り1つの角を丸めた四角形", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_spline": "曲線", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star10": "十芒星", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star12": "十二芒星", @@ -411,13 +569,17 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star6": "六芒星", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star7": "七芒星", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star8": "八芒星", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_stripedRightArrow": "ストライプの右矢印", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_sun": "太陽形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_teardrop": "滴", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_textRect": "テキストボックス", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_trapezoid": "台形", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_triangle": "三角形", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upArrow": "上矢印", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upArrowCallout": "上矢印吹き出し", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upDownArrow": "上下の双方向矢印", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_uturnArrow": "U形矢印", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_verticalScroll": "垂直スクロール", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wave": "波", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeEllipseCallout": "円形引き出し", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeRectCallout": "長方形の吹き出し", @@ -459,17 +621,24 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTitleAndTxOverChart": "縦書きタイトルとグラフの上にテキスト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTx": "縦書きテキスト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideNumber": "スライド番号", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideSubtitle": "スライドの小見出し", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "スライドのテキスト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "スライドのタイトル", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "スター＆リボン", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_basic": "基本", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_blank": "空白", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_classic": "クラシック", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_corner": "角", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_dotted": "ドット付き", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green": "緑色", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green_leaf": "緑色の葉", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_lines": "線", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office": "オフィス", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office_theme": "オフィスというテーマ", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_official": "公式な", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_pixel": "ピクセル", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_safari": "Safari", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_turtle": "亀", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X 軸", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y軸", "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "不明なエラー", @@ -479,40 +648,61 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "最大イメージサイズの極限を超えました。", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "イメージをアップロードしています...", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "イメージをアップロードしています", + "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "少々お待ちください...", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "IE9にアプリケーションの機能のレベルが低いです。IE10または次のバージョンを使ってください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "お使いのブラウザの現在のズームの設定は完全にサポートされていません。Ctrl+0を押して、デフォルトのズームにリセットしてください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "％1エディターへの同時接続の制限に達しました。 このドキュメントは表示専用で開かれます。
    詳細については、管理者にお問い合わせください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "ライセンスの期限が切れました。
    ライセンスを更新して、ページをリロードしてください。", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "ライセンスの有効期限が切れています。
    ドキュメント編集機能にアクセスできません。
    管理者にご連絡ください。", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "ライセンスを更新する必要があります。
    ドキュメント編集機能へのアクセスが制限されています。
    フルアクセスを取得するには、管理者にご連絡ください", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "％1エディターのユーザー制限に達しました。 詳細については、管理者にお問い合わせください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "ライセンスが見つかりなかったか、期限切れました。ファイルを編集することができません。
    Enterprise Editionのライセンスを購入するために「今すぐ購入」をクリックしてください。Integration Editionの場合は、「お問い合わせください」をクリックしてください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "％1エディターのユーザー制限に達しました。 個人的なアップグレード条件については、％1営業チームにお問い合わせください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "ファイルを編集する権限を拒否されています。", "PE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "ズーム{0}%", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "保存しようとしているフォントを現在のデバイスで使用することができません。
    システムフォントを使って、テキストのスタイルが表示されます。利用できます時、保存されたフォントが使用されます。
    続行しますか。", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "ダイアクリティカル・マーク", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "括弧", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "画像のURLを指定しなければなりません。", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "入力された値が正しくありません。
    1〜100の数値を入力してください。", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "入力された値が正しくありません。
    1〜300の数値を入力してください。", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "分数", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "関数", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "挿入", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "積分", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLargeOperator": "大型演算子", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLimitAndLog": "制限と対数", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textMatrix": "行列", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textOperator": "演算子", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textRadical": "冪根", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textScript": "スクリプト", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textSymbols": "記号と特殊文字", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textWarning": " 警告", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Accent": "アクサンテギュ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowD": "左右双方向矢印 (上)", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowL": "左に矢印 (上)", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowR": "右向き矢印 (上)", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Bar": "棒", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BarBot": "下の棒", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BarTop": "上の棒", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BorderBox": "四角囲み数式 (プレースホルダ付き)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BorderBoxCustom": "四角囲み数式 (例)", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Check": "チェック", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketBot": "下かっこ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketTop": "上かっこ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_1": "ベクトルA", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_2": "上線付きABC", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_3": "x XORと上線", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDDot": "３重ドット", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDot": "二重ドット", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Dot": "点", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DoubleBar": "二重上線", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Grave": "グレーブ・アクセント", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_GroupBot": "グループ化文字(下)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_GroupTop": "グループ化文字(上)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_HarpoonL": "左向き半矢印 (上)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_HarpoonR": "右向き半矢印 (上)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Hat": "ハット", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Smile": "ブレーヴェ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Tilde": "チルダ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle": "括弧", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_Delimiter_2": "括弧と区切り記号", @@ -523,6 +713,11 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_Delimiter_2": "括弧と区切り記号", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_NoneOpen": "単一かっこ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_OpenNone": "単一かっこ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_1": "場合分け(条件2つ)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_2": "場合分け (条件 3 つ)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_3": "縦並びオブジェクト", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_4": "縦並びオブジェクト", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_5": "場合分けの例", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_6": "二項係数", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_7": "二項係数", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Line": "括弧", @@ -550,11 +745,13 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim": "括弧", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_NoneOpen": "単一かっこ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_OpenNone": "単一かっこ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDiagonal": "分数 (斜め)", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_1": "関数の微分", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_2": "関数の微分", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_3": "関数の微分", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_4": "関数の微分", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionHorizontal": "分数 (横)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionPi_2": "円周率を2で割る", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionSmall": "分数 (小)", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionVertical": "分数 (縦)", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cos": "逆余弦関数", @@ -577,7 +774,9 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Csch": "双曲線余割関数", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_1": "Sin θ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_2": "Cos 2x", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_3": "正接数式", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sec": "正割関数", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sech": "双曲線正割関数", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sin": "正弦関数", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sinh": "双曲線正弦関数", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Tan": "逆正接関数", @@ -663,6 +862,12 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_1": "3x1空行列", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_2": "3x2空行列", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_3": "3x3空行列", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Baseline": "ベースライン ドット", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Center": "ミッドライン・ドット", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Diagonal": "斜めドット", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Vertical": "縦向きドット", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Round": "疎行列", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Square": "疎行列", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2": "2x2 単位行列", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2_NoZeros": "3x3 単位行列", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3": "3x3 単位行列", @@ -674,6 +879,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowR_Bot": "右向き矢印 (下)", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowR_Top": "右向き矢印 (上)", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ColonEquals": "コロン付き等号", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Custom_1": "導出", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Custom_2": "誤差導出", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Definition": "定義により等しい", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DeltaEquals": "デルタ付き等号", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowD_Bot": "左右双方向矢印 (下)", @@ -685,53 +892,107 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_EqualsEquals": "等号等号", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_MinusEquals": "マイナス付き等号", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_PlusEquals": "プラス付き等号", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_UnitOfMeasure": "測度", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalCustom_1": "冪根", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalCustom_2": "冪根", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_2": "次数付き平方根", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_3": "立方根", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_n": "次数付きべき乗根", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalSqrt": "平方根", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_1": "スクリプト", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_2": "スクリプト", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_3": "スクリプト", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_4": "スクリプト", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSub": "下付き", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSubSup": "下付き文字 - 上付き文字", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSubSupLeft": "左下付き文字 - 上付き文字", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSup": "上付き", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_about": "約", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_additional": "補集合", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_aleph": "アレフ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_alpha": "アルファ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_approx": "ほぼ等しい", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ast": "アスタリスク", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beta": "ベータ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beth": "ベート", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_bullet": "箇条書きの演算子", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cap": "交点", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cbrt": "立方根", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cdots": "水平中央の省略記号", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_celsius": "摂氏", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_chi": "カイ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cong": "ほぼ等しい", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cup": "統合", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ddots": "下右斜めの省略記号", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_degree": "度", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_delta": "デルタ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_div": "除算記号", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_downarrow": "下矢印", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_emptyset": "空集合", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_epsilon": "エプシロン", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equals": "等号", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equiv": "恒等", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_eta": "エータ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_exists": "存在する\t", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_factorial": "階乗", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_fahrenheit": "華氏", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_forall": "全てに", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gamma": "ガンマ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_geq": "以上か等号", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gg": "よりもっと大きい", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_greater": "より大きい", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_in": "要素", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_inc": "増分", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_infinity": "無限", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_iota": "イオタ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_kappa": "カッパ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_lambda": "ラムダ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leftarrow": "左矢印", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leftrightarrow": "左右矢印", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leq": "以下か等号", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_less": "より小さい", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ll": "よりもっと小さい", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_minus": "マイナス", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_mp": "マイナス プラス\t", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_mu": "ミュー", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_nabla": "ナブラ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_neq": "と等しくない", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ni": "元として含む", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_not": "否定記号", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_notexists": "存在しません", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_nu": "ニュー", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_o": "オミクロン", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_omega": "オメガ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_partial": "偏微分", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_percent": "パーセンテージ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_phi": "ファイ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_pi": "円周率", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_plus": "プラス", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_pm": "プラスとマイナス", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_propto": "比例", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_psi": "プサイ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_qdrt": "四乗根", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_qed": "証明終了", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rddots": "斜め(右上)の省略記号", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rho": "ロー", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rightarrow": "右矢印", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_sigma": "シグマ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_sqrt": "根号", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_tau": "タウ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_therefore": "従って", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_theta": "シータ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_times": "乗算記号", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_uparrow": "上矢印", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_upsilon": "ウプシロン", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varepsilon": "イプシロン (別形)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varphi": "ファイ (別形)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varpi": "円周率（別形）", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varrho": "ロー (別形)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varsigma": "シグマ (別形)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vartheta": "シータ (別形)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "垂直線の省略記号", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "グザイ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "ゼータ", "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "スライドのサイズに合わせる", "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "幅に合わせる", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "詳細設定の表示", @@ -743,9 +1004,11 @@ "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textStyle": "スタイル", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textWidth": "幅", "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "代替テキスト", - "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "詳細", + "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "説明", + "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "代替テキストとは、表、図、画像などのオブジェクトが持つ情報の、テキストによる代替表現です。この情報は、視覚や認知機能に障碍があり、オブジェクトを見たり認識したりできない方の役に立ちます。", "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "タイトル", "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "グラフ - 詳細設定", + "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.confirmDefault": "{0}に既定の形式を設定：\"{1}\"", "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.textDefault": "既定に設定", "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.textFormat": "フォーマット", "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.textLang": "言語", @@ -809,6 +1072,8 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFill": "塗りつぶし", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFit": "合わせる", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "切り取り", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "列の幅を揃える", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "行の高さを揃える", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipH": "左右反転", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipV": "上下反転", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "ファイルから", @@ -818,6 +1083,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "貼り付け", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "前のスライド", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "画像の置き換え", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRotate": "回転", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRotate270": "反時計回りに90度回転", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRotate90": "時計回りに90度回転", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "下揃え", @@ -840,13 +1106,19 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddTop": "上罫線の追加", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddVer": "縦線の追加", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAlign": "配置", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAlignToChar": "文字に合わせる", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtArrange": "整列", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtBackground": "背景", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtBorderProps": "罫線の​​プロパティ", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtBottom": "下", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtChangeLayout": "レイアウトの変更", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtChangeTheme": "テーマの変更", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtColumnAlign": "列の配置", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDecreaseArg": "引数のサイズの縮小", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteArg": "引数の削除", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteBreak": "手動ブレークを削除する", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteChars": "囲まれた文字の削除", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteCharsAndSeparators": "開始文字、終了文字と区切り文字の削除", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteEq": "数式の削除", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteGroupChar": "文字の削除", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteRadical": "冪根を削除する", @@ -855,36 +1127,65 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDistribVert": "上下に整列", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDuplicateSlide": "スライドの複製", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFractionLinear": "分数(横)に変更", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFractionSkewed": "斜めの分数罫に変更する", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFractionStacked": "分数(縦)に変更\t", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGroup": "グループ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGroup": "グループ化する", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGroupCharOver": "テキストの上の文字", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGroupCharUnder": "テキストの下の文字", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideBottom": "下罫線を表示しない", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideBottomLimit": "下限を表示しない", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideCloseBracket": "右かっこを表示しない", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideDegree": "次数を表示しない", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideHor": "水平線を表示しない", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideLB": "左(下)の線を表示しない", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideLeft": "左罫線を表示しない", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideLT": "左(上)の線を表示しない", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideOpenBracket": "左かっこを表示しない", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHidePlaceholder": "プレースホルダを表示しない", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideRight": "右罫線を表示しない", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideTop": "上罫線を表示しない", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideTopLimit": "上限を表示しない", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideVer": "縦線を表示しない", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtIncreaseArg": "引数のサイズの拡大", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgAfter": "後に引数を挿入", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgBefore": "前に引数を挿入", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "手動ブレークの挿入", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "後に方程式の挿入", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "前に方程式の挿入", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtKeepTextOnly": "テキストのみ保存", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitChange": "制限の位置を変更する", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitOver": "テキストの上の限定", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitUnder": "テキストの下の限定", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "括弧を引数の高さに合わせる", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "行列の整列", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNewSlide": "新しいスライド", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "テキストの上の棒", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteDestFormat": "宛先テーマを使用する", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPastePicture": "画像", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "元の書式付けを保存する", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "リンクをクリックしてCTRLを押してください。 ", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPreview": "プレビュー", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPrintSelection": "選択範囲の印刷", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "分数線の削除", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "極限の削除", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveAccentChar": "アクセント記号の削除", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveBar": "線を削除する", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemScripts": "スクリプトの削除", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemSubscript": "下付きの削除", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemSuperscript": "上付きの削除", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtResetLayout": "スライドをリセットする", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsAfter": "テキストの後のスクリプト", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsBefore": "テキストの前のスクリプト", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSelectAll": "すべての選択", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowBottomLimit": "下限を表示する", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowCloseBracket": "右かっこの表示", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowDegree": "次数を表示する", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowOpenBracket": "左かっこの表示", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowPlaceholder": "プレースホルダーの表示", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowTopLimit": "上限を表示する", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSlide": "スライド", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSlideHide": "スライドを隠す", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtStretchBrackets": "かっこの拡大", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtTop": "上", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUnderbar": "テキストの下の棒", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUngroup": "グループ解除", @@ -901,6 +1202,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPause": "プレゼンテーションの一時停止", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPlay": "プレゼンテーションの開始", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPrev": "前のスライド", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtReset": "リセット", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnAboutCaption": "詳細情報", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "ドキュメントに移動", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnCloseMenuCaption": "（←戻る）", @@ -909,7 +1211,9 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnHelpCaption": "ヘルプ...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnInfoCaption": "プレゼンテーションの情報...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnPrintCaption": "印刷", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "保護する", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRecentFilesCaption": "最近使ったファイル", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "名前の変更．．．", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "プレゼンテーションに戻る", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRightsCaption": "アクセス許可...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveAsCaption": "名前を付けて保存", @@ -932,16 +1236,23 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtCreated": "作成された", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtModifyBy": "最終更新者", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtModifyDate": "最終更新", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtOwner": "所有者", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtPlacement": "場所", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtRights": "権利を持っている者", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtSubject": "件名", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtTitle": "プレゼンテーションのタイトル", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtUploaded": "アップロードされた", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "アクセス許可の変更", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "権利を持っている者", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "パスワードを使って", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "プレゼンテーションを保護する", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "サインを使って", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "プレゼンテーションの編集", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "編集すると、プレゼンテーションから署名が削除されます。
    続行しますか？", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "このプレゼンテーションはパスワードで保護されています。", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "有効な署名がプレゼンテーションに追加されました。 プレゼンテーションは編集から保護されています。", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "プレゼンテーションのデジタル署名の一部が無効であるか、検証できませんでした。 プレゼンテーションは編集から保護されています。", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "署名の表示", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.okButtonText": "適用", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAlignGuides": "配置ガイドターンにします。", @@ -958,8 +1269,9 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strPaste": "切り取り、コピー、貼り付け", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strPasteButton": "貼り付けるときに[貼り付けオプション]ボタンを表示する", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strShowChanges": "リアルタイム共同編集の変更を表示します。", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strSpellCheckMode": "スペル・チェックの機能を有効にする", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strStrict": "高レベル", - "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strUnit": "販売単位", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strUnit": "測定単位", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strZoom": "既定のズーム値", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.text10Minutes": "10 分ごと", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.text30Minutes": "30 分ごと", @@ -981,18 +1293,28 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtInput": "代替入力", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtLast": "最後の", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtMac": "OS Xのように", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtNative": "ネイティブ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtProofing": "文章校正", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtPt": "ポイント", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtRunMacros": "全てを有効する", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtRunMacrosDesc": "マクロを有効にして、通知しない", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtSpellCheck": "スペル・チェック", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtStopMacros": "全てを無効にする", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtStopMacrosDesc": "マクロを無効にして、通知しない", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWarnMacros": "通知を表示する", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWarnMacrosDesc": "マクロを無効にして、通知する", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWin": "Windowsのように", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.applyAllText": "全てに適用する", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.applyText": "適用する", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.diffLanguage": "スライドマスターとは異なる言語で日付形式を使用することはできません。
    マスターを変更するには、[適用]ではなく[すべてに適用]をクリックください", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDateTime": "日付と時刻", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFixed": "固定", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFooter": "フッターのテキスト", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFormat": "フォーマット", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textLang": "言語", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textNotTitle": "タイトルスライドに表示しない", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textPreview": "プレビュー", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSlideNum": "スライド番号", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textTitle": "フッター設定", "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textUpdate": "自動的に更新", @@ -1031,19 +1353,24 @@ "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHintFlipH": "左右反転", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHintFlipV": "上下反転", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textInsert": "画像の置き換え", - "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textOriginalSize": "既定サイズ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textOriginalSize": "実際のサイズ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textRotate90": "90度回転", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textRotation": "回転", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textSize": "サイズ", "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textWidth": "幅", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "代替テキスト", - "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "詳細", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "説明", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "代替テキストとは、表、図、画像などのオブジェクトが持つ情報の、テキストによる代替表現です。この情報は、視覚や認知機能に障碍があり、オブジェクトを見たり認識したりできない方の役に立ちます。", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "タイトル", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "角", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textFlipped": "反転された", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textHeight": "高さ", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textHorizontally": "水平に", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textKeepRatio": "比例の定数", - "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textOriginalSize": "既定サイズ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textOriginalSize": "実際のサイズ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textPlacement": "位置", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textPosition": "位置", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textRotation": "回転", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textSize": "サイズ", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "画像 - 詳細設定", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textVertically": "縦に", @@ -1057,7 +1384,9 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "フィードバック＆サポート", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "タイトル", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "開発者モード", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "制限されたアクセス", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "試用モード", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "試用開発者モード", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "行間", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "段落の間隔", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "後に", @@ -1077,9 +1406,11 @@ "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsRightText": "右に", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingAfter": "後", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingBefore": "前", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpecial": "特殊", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphFont": "フォント", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphIndents": "インデント＆行間隔", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSmallCaps": "小型英大文字\t", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSpacing": "間隔", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strStrike": "取り消し線", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSubscript": "下付き", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSuperscript": "上付き文字", @@ -1089,7 +1420,10 @@ "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "文字間のスペース", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "既定のタブ", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "効果", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textExact": "固定値", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textFirstLine": "先頭行", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textHanging": "ぶら下がり", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textJustified": "両端揃え(英文)", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNoneSpecial": "（なし）", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemove": "削除", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemoveAll": "全ての削除", @@ -1139,7 +1473,11 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textLinear": "線形", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textNoFill": "塗りつぶしなし", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPatternFill": "パターン", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPosition": "位置", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRadial": "放射状", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotate90": "90度回転", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotation": "回転", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectImage": "画像の選択", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectTexture": "選択", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStretch": "ストレッチ", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "スタイル", @@ -1162,7 +1500,8 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strColumns": "列", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strMargins": "テキストの埋め込み文字", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "代替テキスト", - "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "詳細", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "説明", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "代替テキストとは、表、図、画像などのオブジェクトが持つ情報の、テキストによる代替表現です。この情報は、視覚や認知機能に障碍があり、オブジェクトを見たり認識したりできない方の役に立ちます。", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "タイトル", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "角", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textArrows": "矢印", @@ -1187,8 +1526,11 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textNofit": "自動調整なし", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textResizeFit": "テキストに合わせて図形を調整", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRight": "右に", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRotation": "回転", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRound": "ラウンド", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textShrink": "はみ出す場合だけ自動調整する", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSize": "サイズ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSpacing": "列の間隔", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSquare": "四角の", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTextBox": "テキストボックス", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "図形 - 詳細設定", @@ -1197,11 +1539,17 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWeightArrows": "太さ&矢印", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "幅", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.txtNone": "なし", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDelete": "署名の削除", "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDetails": "サインの詳細", "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strInvalid": "不正な署名", "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "サインする", "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSignature": "サイン", "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "有効な署名", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "無視して編集する", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "編集すると、プレゼンテーションから署名が削除されます。
    続行しますか？", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "有効な署名がプレゼンテーションに追加されました。 プレゼンテーションは編集から保護されています。", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "プレゼンテーションのデジタル署名の一部が無効であるか、検証できませんでした。 プレゼンテーションは編集から保護されています。", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strBackground": "背景色", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strColor": "色", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strDateTime": "日付と時刻を表示", @@ -1241,12 +1589,14 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textNoFill": "塗りつぶしなし", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textNone": "なし", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPatternFill": "パターン", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPosition": "位置", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPreview": "プレビュー", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPush": "プッシュ", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textRadial": "放射状", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textReset": "変更をリセットします", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textRight": "右に", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSec": "分", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSelectImage": "画像の選択", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSelectTexture": "選択", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSmoothly": "スムース", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSplit": "分割", @@ -1279,7 +1629,10 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtLeather": "レザー", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtPapyrus": "パピルス", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtWood": "木", + "PE.Views.SlideshowSettings.textLoop": "esc キーが押されるまで繰り返す", "PE.Views.SlideshowSettings.textTitle": "スライド表示の設定", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.strLandscape": "横向き", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.strPortrait": "縦向き", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.textHeight": "高さ", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.textSlideOrientation": "スライドの方向", "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.textSlideSize": "スライドのサイズ", @@ -1301,7 +1654,7 @@ "PE.Views.Statusbar.goToPageText": "スライドへジャンプ", "PE.Views.Statusbar.pageIndexText": "スライド{0}から{1}", "PE.Views.Statusbar.textShowBegin": "最初から", - "PE.Views.Statusbar.textShowCurrent": "このスライドからの表示", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.textShowCurrent": "現在のスライドからの表示", "PE.Views.Statusbar.textShowPresenterView": "発表者ビューを表示", "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipAccessRights": "文書のアクセス許可のの管理", "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipFitPage": "スライドを拡大または縮小します。", @@ -1333,6 +1686,8 @@ "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "罫線のスタイル", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "セルのサイズ", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "列", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "列の幅を揃える", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "行の高さを揃える", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "行/列", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "テンプレートなし", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "最初の", @@ -1355,6 +1710,7 @@ "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipRight": "外部の罫線（右）だけを設定します。", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipTop": "外部の罫線（上）だけを設定します。", "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtNoBorders": "枠線なし", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_Accent": "アクセント", "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_DarkStyle": "ダーク・スタイル", "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_LightStyle": "ライト・スタイル", "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_MediumStyle": "ミディアム・スタイル", @@ -1363,7 +1719,8 @@ "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_TableGrid": "テーブルの枠線", "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_ThemedStyle": "テーマのスタイル", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "代替テキスト", - "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "詳細", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "説明", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "代替テキストとは、表、図、画像などのオブジェクトが持つ情報の、テキストによる代替表現です。この情報は、視覚や認知機能に障碍があり、オブジェクトを見たり認識したりできない方の役に立ちます。", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "タイトル", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textBottom": "下", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textCheckMargins": "既定の余白を使用します。", @@ -1396,6 +1753,7 @@ "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "線形", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textNoFill": "塗りつぶしなし", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPatternFill": "パターン", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPosition": "位置", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textRadial": "放射状", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textSelectTexture": "選択", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStretch": "ストレッチ", @@ -1433,6 +1791,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertShape": "図形", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertTable": "表", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertText": "テキストボックス", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertVideo": "ビデオ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabFile": "ファイル", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabHome": "ホーム", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabInsert": "挿入", @@ -1465,7 +1824,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignRight": "右揃え", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignTop": "上揃え", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowBegin": "最初から", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowCurrent": "このスライドからの表示", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowCurrent": "現在のスライドからの表示", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowPresenterView": "発表者ビューを表示", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowSettings": "スライド表示の設定", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "取り消し線", @@ -1475,6 +1834,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "ファイル", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "ホーム", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "挿入", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "保護", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "エラー", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "下線", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "スライドの追加", @@ -1523,7 +1883,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "設定の表示", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtDistribHor": "左右に整列", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtDistribVert": "上下に整列", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtGroup": "グループ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtGroup": "グループ化する", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtObjectsAlign": "選択したオブジェクトを整列する", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "オフィス", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "デザート", @@ -1546,5 +1906,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme7": "ジャパネスク", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme8": "フロー", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme9": "エコロジー", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtSlideAlign": "スライドに合わせる", "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtUngroup": "グループ解除" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ko.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ko.json index 86fd5d3cf..83adcbf38 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ko.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ko.json @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Replace", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "모두 바꾸기", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "이 메시지를 다시 표시하지 않음", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "다른 사용자가 문서를 변경했습니다.
    클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장하고 업데이트를 다시로드하십시오.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "다른 사용자가 문서를 변경했습니다.
    클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장하고 업데이트를 다시로드하십시오.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "표준 색상", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "테마 색", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "취소", @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Accents", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "대괄호", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "이미지 URL을 지정해야합니다.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "입력 한 값이 잘못되었습니다.
    1에서 100 사이의 숫자 값을 입력하십시오.", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "입력 한 값이 잘못되었습니다.
    1에서 300 사이의 숫자 값을 입력하십시오.", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Fractions", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Functions", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "Integrals", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/lo.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/lo.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43e8095cb --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/lo.json @@ -0,0 +1,1914 @@ +{ + "Common.Controllers.Chat.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "Common.Controllers.Chat.textEnterMessage": "ໃສ່ຂໍ້ຄວາມຂອງທ່ານທີ່ນີ້", + "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.textAnonymous": "ບໍ່ລະບຸຊື່", + "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.textClose": "ອອກຈາກ", + "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.warningText": "ປິດຈຸດປະສົງເນື່ອງຈາກຖືກແກ້ໄຂໂດຍຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນ.", + "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.warningTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "Common.define.chartData.textArea": "ພື້ນທີ່", + "Common.define.chartData.textBar": "ຂີດ", + "Common.define.chartData.textCharts": "ແຜ່ນຮູບວາດ", + "Common.define.chartData.textColumn": "ຖັນ", + "Common.define.chartData.textLine": "ເສັ້ນບັນທັດ", + "Common.define.chartData.textPie": "Pie", + "Common.define.chartData.textPoint": "ຈໍ້າເມັດຄ້າຍເສັ້ນກາຟຶກ ລະຫວ່າງແກນ XY", + "Common.define.chartData.textStock": "ບ່ອນເກັບສິນຄ້າ", + "Common.define.chartData.textSurface": "ດ້ານໜ້າ", + "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "ແຟ້ມ ກຳ ລັງຖືກດັດແກ້ຢູ່ໃນແອັບ ອື່ນ. ທ່ານສາມາດສືບຕໍ່ດັດແກ້ແລະບັນທຶກເປັນ ສຳ ເນົາ", + "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "ເພີມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງໃໝ່", + "Common.UI.ComboBorderSize.txtNoBorders": "ບໍ່ມີຂອບ", + "Common.UI.ComboBorderSizeEditable.txtNoBorders": "ບໍ່ມີຂອບ", + "Common.UI.ComboDataView.emptyComboText": "ບໍ່ມີຮູບແບບ", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.addButtonText": "ເພີ່ມ", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textCurrent": "ປະຈຸບັນ", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textHexErr": "ຄ່າທີ່ປ້ອນເຂົ້າແມ່ນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
    ກະລຸນາໃສ່ມູນຄ່າລະຫວ່າງ 000000 ແລະ FFFFFF.", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textNew": "ໃຫມ່", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textRGBErr": "ຄ່າທີ່ປ້ອນເຂົ້າບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
    ກະລຸນາໃສ່ຄ່າຕົວເລກລະຫວ່າງ 0 ເຖິງ 255.", + "Common.UI.HSBColorPicker.textNoColor": "ບໍ່ມີສີ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textHighlight": "ໄຮໄລ້ ຜົນ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textMatchCase": "ກໍລະນີທີ່ສຳຄັນ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textReplaceDef": "ກະລຸນາໃສ່ຕົວ ໜັງ ສືທົດແທນເນື້ອຫາ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textSearchStart": "ໃສ່ເນື້ອຫາຂອງທ່ານທີນີ້", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textTitle": "ຄົ້ນຫາແລະປ່ຽນແທນ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textTitle2": "ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textWholeWords": "ຄຳ ເວົ້າທັງ ໝົດ ເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnHideReplace": "ເຊື່ອງສະຖານທີ່", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "ປ່ຽນແທນທັງໝົດ", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "ຢ່າສະແດງຂໍ້ຄວາມນີ້ອີກ", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "ເອກະສານດັ່ງກ່າວໄດ້ຖືກປ່ຽນໂດຍຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນ.
    ກະລຸນາກົດເພື່ອບັນທຶກການປ່ຽນແປງຂອງທ່ານແລະໂຫລດການອັບເດດ ໃໝ່.", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "ສີມາດຕະຖານ", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": " ສິຂອງຕີມ, ສີສັນຂອງຫົວຂໍ້", + "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.UI.Window.closeButtonText": "ອອກຈາກ", + "Common.UI.Window.noButtonText": "ບໍ່", + "Common.UI.Window.okButtonText": "ຕົກລົງ", + "Common.UI.Window.textConfirmation": "ການຢັ້ງຢືນຕົວຕົນ", + "Common.UI.Window.textDontShow": "ຢ່າສະແດງຂໍ້ຄວາມນີ້ອີກ", + "Common.UI.Window.textError": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ", + "Common.UI.Window.textInformation": "ຂໍ້ມູນ", + "Common.UI.Window.textWarning": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "Common.UI.Window.yesButtonText": "ແມ່ນແລ້ວ", + "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "ເຊັນຕີເມັດ", + "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", + "Common.Views.About.txtAddress": "ທີ່ຢູ່:", + "Common.Views.About.txtLicensee": "ຜູ້ໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດ", + "Common.Views.About.txtLicensor": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດ", + "Common.Views.About.txtMail": "ອິເມວ", + "Common.Views.About.txtPoweredBy": "ສ້າງໂດຍ", + "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "ໂທ", + "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "ລຸ້ນ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "ເພີ່ມ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textApplyText": "ນຳໃຊ້ໃນຄະນະທີ່ທ່ານພິ່ມ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAutoFormat": "ຈັດຮູບແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດຂະນະທີ່ທ່ານພິ່ມ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBulleted": "ລາຍການຫົວຂໍ້ອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "ໂດຍ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "ລົບ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textHyphens": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຂີດເສັ້ນ (--) ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຂີດປະ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "ການແກ້ໄຂອັດຕະໂນມັດທາງຄະນິດສາດ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textNumbered": "ລຳດັບຕົວເລກອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textQuotes": "\"ຄຳ ເວົ້າກົງ\" ກັບ \"ຄຳ ເວົ້າທີ່ສະຫຼາດ\"", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognized": "ຫນ້າທີ່ຮັບຮູ້", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognizedDesc": "ສຳນວນດັ່ງຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ແມ່ນການສະແດງອອກທາງເລກ. ແລະ ຈະບໍ່ຖືກປັບ ໄໝ ໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ.", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceText": "ປ່ຽນແທນໃນຂະນະທີ່ທ່ານພິມ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceType": "ປ່ຽນຫົວຂໍ້ ໃນຂະນະທີ່ທ່ານພິມ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReset": "ປັບ ໃໝ່", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textResetAll": "ປັບເປັນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRestore": "ກູ້ຄືນ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textTitle": "ແກ້ໄຂໂອໂຕ້", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnAddRec": "ຟັງຊັ້ນທີ່ຮູ້ຈັກຕອ້ງມີແຕ່ຕົວອັກສອນ A ຖິງ Z, ຕົວອັກສອນໃຫຍ່ຫລືໂຕນ້ອຍ.", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnResetRec": "ທຸກ ຄຳ ເວົ້າທີ່ທ່ານເພີ່ມຈະຖືກລຶບອອກແລະ ຄຳ ທີ່ຖືກລຶບອອກຈະຖືກ ນຳ ກັບມາໃຊ້. ທ່ານຕ້ອງການ ດຳ ເນີນການຕໍ່ບໍ?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReplace": "ການປ້ອນຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ ສຳ ລັບ% 1 ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວ. ທ່ານຕ້ອງການປ່ຽນແທນບໍ?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReset": "ທຸກໆການແກ້ໄຂອັດຕະໂນມັດທີ່ທ່ານເພີ່ມຈະຖືກລຶບອອກແລະສິ່ງທີ່ຖືກປ່ຽນແປງຈະຖືກ ນຳ ກັບມາໃຊ້ແບບເດີມ. ທ່ານຕ້ອງການ ດຳ ເນີນການຕໍ່ບໍ?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnRestore": "ການປ້ອນຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ ສຳ ລັບ% 1 ຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ກັບຄ່າເດີມ. ທ່ານຕ້ອງການ ດຳ ເນີນການຕໍ່ບໍ?", + "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "ສົ່ງ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "ເພີ່ມ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "ເພີ່ມຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAddCommentToDoc": "ເພີ່ມຄວາມຄິດເຫັນໃນເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAddReply": "ເພີ່ມຄຳຕອບ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAnonym": " ແຂກ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textClose": "ອອກຈາກ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textComments": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textEdit": "ຕົກລົງ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textEnterCommentHint": "ໃສ່ຄຳເຫັນຂອງທ່ານທີ່ນີ້", + "Common.Views.Comments.textHintAddComment": "ເພີ່ມຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textOpenAgain": "ເປີດໃໝ່ອີກຄັ້ງ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textReply": "ຕອບ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textResolve": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textResolved": "ແກ້ໄຂແລ້ວ", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textDontShow": "ຢ່າສະແດງຂໍ້ຄວາມນີ້ອີກ", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textMsg": "ດຳເນີນການ ສຳເນົາ,ຕັດ ແລະ ຕໍ່", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textTitle": "ປະຕິບັດການ ສໍາເນົາ, ຕັດ ແລະ ຕໍ່ ", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToCopy": "ສຳລັບສຳເນົົາ", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToCut": "ສຳລັບຕັດ", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToPaste": "ສຳລັບວາງ ", + "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textLoading": "ກໍາລັງໂລດ", + "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textTitle": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າການແບ່ງປັນ", + "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textClose": "ອອກຈາກ", + "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "ບັນທຶກ ແລະ ອອກ", + "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "ຜູ້ແກ້ໄຂແຜນຜັງ", + "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ກໍາລັງແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "ເປີດບ່ອນຕຳແຫໜ່ງເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "ເຊື້ອງເຄື່ອງມື", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "ເຊື່ອງໄມ້ບັນທັດ", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "ເຊື່ອງສະຖານະກີດຂວາງ", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "ກຳລັງບັນທຶກ...", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "ບັນທຶກການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "ບັນທຶກການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "ຂະຫຍາຍ ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "ຄຸ້ມຄອງສິດໃນການເຂົ້າເຖິງເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂຟາຍປັດຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "ພິມເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "ເຮັດຊ້ຳ, ຕົບແຕ່ງໃໝ່", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "ບັນທຶກ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndock": "ຍົກເລີກເຂົ້າໄປໃນwindowແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "ເບິ່ງການຕັ້ງຄ່າ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "ເບິ່ງຜູ້ໃຊ້ແລະຈັດການສິດເຂົ້າເຖິງເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "ປ່ຽນສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ", + "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "ປ່ຽນຊື່", + "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.textUrl": "ວາງ URL ຂອງຮູບພາບ:", + "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtEmpty": "ຕ້ອງມີດ້ານນີ້", + "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນ \"http://www.example.com\"", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.textInvalidRowsCols": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງລະບຸແຖວແລະຖັນທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtColumns": "ຈຳນວນຖັນ", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtMaxText": "ຄ່າສູງສຸດ ສຳ ລັບເຂດນີ້ແມ່ນ {0}", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtMinText": "ຄ່າຕຳສຸດສຳລັບພາກສະຫນາມນີ້ແມ່ນ {0}.", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtRows": "ຈໍານວນແຖວ", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitle": "ຂະໜາດຕາຕະລາງ", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitleSplit": "ແຍກແຊວ ", + "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "ເລືອກພາສາເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textBulleted": "ຂີດໜ້າ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textNumbering": "ູນັບເລກ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.tipChange": "ປ່ຽນສັນຍາລັກສະແດງຫົວຂໍ້ຍ່ອຍ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtBullet": "ຂີດໜ້າ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtColor": "ສີ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNewBullet": "ຂີດຫຍໍ້ໜ້າໃໝ່", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtOfText": "% ຂໍ້ຄວາມ, ເນື້ອຫາ ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtStart": "ເລີ່ມຈາກ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSymbol": "ສັນຍາລັກ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtTitle": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າລາຍການ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtType": "ພິມ, ຕີພິມ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "ປິດຟຮາຍເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "ການເຂົ້າລະຫັດ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "ລະຫັດບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "ລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtProtected": "ເມື່ອທ່ານໃສ່ລະຫັດຜ່ານເປີດເອກະສານ, ລະຫັດຜ່ານໃນປະຈຸບັນຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າ ໃໝ່.", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "ເລືອກ %1 ຕົວເລືອກ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "ຟາຍທີ່ໄດ້ຮັບການປົກປ້ອງ", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານເພື່ອປົກປ້ອງເອກະສານນີ້", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "ການຢັ້ງຢືນລະຫັດຜ່ານບໍ່ຄືກັນ", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "ລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "ລະຫັດຜ່ານຄືນ ໃໝ່", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "ກຳລັງໂຫລດ", + "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "ຮູປັກສຽບ", + "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "ຮູປັກສຽບ", + "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "ກຳລັງໂຫລດ", + "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "ເລີ່ມ", + "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "ຢຸດ", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintAddPwd": "ເຂົ້າລະຫັດດ້ວຍລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "ປ່ຽນຫຼືລົບລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "ເພີ່ມລາຍເຊັນ ດີຈີຕອລ ຫຼື ລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "ເພີ່ມລະຫັດ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "ປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "ລຶບລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "ເຂົ້າລະຫັດ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "ເພີ່ມລາຍເຊັນ ດີຈີຕອລ ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "ລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "ເພີ່ມລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "ຊື່ຟາຍ", + "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "ຊື່ແຟ້ມບໍ່ສາມາດມີຕົວອັກສອນຕໍ່ໄປນີ້:", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "ການປ່ຽນແປງຕໍ່ໄປ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "ເບິ່ງການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ຜ່ານມາ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "ໄວ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "ການແກ້ໄຂຮ່ວມກັນໃນເວລາຈິງ. ການປ່ຽນແປງທັງ ໝົດ ຖືກບັນທຶກໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "ເຂັ້ມງວດ, ໂຕເຂັ້ມ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "ໃຊ້ປຸ່ມ 'ບັນທຶກ' ເພື່ອຊິງການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ທ່ານ ແລະ ຄົນອື່ນໆ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "ຍ້ອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງໃນປັດຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "ຕັ້ງຮູບແບບການແກ້ໄຂຮ່ວມກັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCommentRem": "ລຶບຄວາມຄິດເຫັນທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCommentRemCurrent": "ລຶບຄວາມຄິດເຫັນປະຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "ສະແດງປະຫວັດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "ປະຕິເສດການປ່ຽນແປງປະຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "ໝາຍການແກ້ໄຂ ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "ເລືອກຮູບແບບທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງການໃຫ້ສະແດງການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "ກຳ ນົດພາສາເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "ກວດກາການສະກົດຄໍາ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "ຄຸ້ມຄອງສິດໃນການເຂົ້າເຖິງເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "ຍ້ອມຮັບ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "ຍອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "ຍ້ອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງ ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "ຍ້ອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງໃນປັດຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "ແຊັດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "ອອກຈາກ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "ໂມດແກ້ໄຂຮ່ວມກັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemAll": "ລຶບຄວາມຄິດເຫັນທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemCurrent": "ລຶບຄວາມຄິດເຫັນປະຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemMy": "ລຶບຄວາມຄິດເຫັນຂອງຂ້ອຍ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemMyCurrent": "ເອົາ ຄຳ ເຫັນປະຈຸບັນຂອງຂ້ອຍອອກ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemove": "ລຶບ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "ພາສາ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "ຍອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ(ເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງ)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "ສຸດທ້າຍ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "ປະຫວັດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "ການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ(ດັດແກ້)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "ໝາຍ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "ທັດໄປ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "ປະຕິເສດການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ(ເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງ)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "ສະບັບເຄົ້າ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "ທີ່ຜ່ານມາ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "ປະຕິເສດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "ປະຕິເສດການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "ປະຕິເສດການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "ປະຕິເສດການປ່ຽນແປງປະຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "ການແບ່ງປັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "ກວດກາການສະກົດຄໍາ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "ໝາຍການແກ້ໄຂ ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "ໂມດການສະແດງຜົນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAdd": "ເພີ່ມ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAddReply": "ເພີ່ມຄຳຕອບກັບ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textClose": "ອອກຈາກ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textEdit": "ຕົກລົງ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMention": "+ການກ່າວເຖິງຈະໃຫ້ການເຂົ້າເຖິງເອກະສານ ແລະ ສົ່ງຜ່ານອີເມວ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMentionNotify": "+ການກ່າວເຖິງຈະແຈ້ງໃຫ້ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຊາບທາງອີເມວ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textOpenAgain": "ເປີດໃໝ່ອີກຄັ້ງ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textReply": "ຕອບກັບ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textResolve": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "Common.Views.SaveAsDlg.textLoading": "ກຳລັງໂຫລດ", + "Common.Views.SaveAsDlg.textTitle": "ແຟ້ມສຳລັບບັນທຶກ", + "Common.Views.SelectFileDlg.textLoading": "ກຳລັງໂຫລດ", + "Common.Views.SelectFileDlg.textTitle": "ເລືອກແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "ໂຕຊໍ້າ ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "ໃບຮັບຮອງ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "ການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "ໃສ່ຊື່ຜູ້ລົງລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "ໂຕໜັງສືອຽງ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "ຈຸດປະສົງໃນການເຊັນເອກະສານສະບັບນີ້", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "ເລືອກ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "ເລືອກຮູບພາບ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "ລາຍເຊັນມີລັກສະນະຄື", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "ເຊັນເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "ຫຼືກົດປຸ່ມ 'ເລືອກຮູບ' ເພື່ອໃຊ້ຮູບເປັນລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "ຖືກຕ້ອງຈາກ% 1 ເຖິງ% 2", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "ຊື່ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "ຂະໜາດຕົວອັກສອນ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": "ອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເພີ່ມຜູ້ລົງນາມ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfo": "ຂໍ້ມູນຜູ້ລົງທະບຽນ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoEmail": "ອິເມວ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "ຊື່", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "ຊື່ຜູ້ລົງທະບຽນ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "ຄຳ ແນະ ນຳຜູ້ລົງລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "ສະແດງວັນທີລົງລາຍເຊັນຢູ່ໃນລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "ຕ້ອງມີດ້ານນີ້", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCharacter": "ລັກສະນະ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCode": "ຄ່າ Unicode HEX", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCopyright": "ໃບສະຫງວນລິຂະສິດ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDCQuote": "ການປຶດເຄື່ອງໝາຍສອງຂີດ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDOQuote": "ການເປີດໃບສະເໜີລາຄາ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEllipsis": "ແນວນອນ Ellipsis", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmDash": "Em Dash", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmSpace": "ພື້ນທີ່ວ່າງ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnDash": "En Dash", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnSpace": "ພື້ນທີ່ວ່າງ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textFont": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBHyphen": "ບໍ່ແຍກໜ້າເຈ້ຍ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBSpace": "ບໍ່ມີບ່ອນຫວ່າງ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textPilcrow": "ສັນຍາລັກ Pilcrow (ໂຕ P ກັບຫຼັງ)", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textQEmSpace": "1/4 Em ພື້ນທີ່", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRange": "ໄລຍະ,ຊ່ວງ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRecent": "ສັນຍາລັກທີ່ໃຊ້ລ່າສຸດ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRegistered": "ລົງທະບຽນ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSCQuote": "ການປິດເຄື່ອງໝາຍໜື່ງຂີດ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSection": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍມາດຕາ ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textShortcut": "ປຸ່ມລັດ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSHyphen": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຂີດໜ້າແລ້ວ ອັດວົງເລັບ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSOQuote": "ການເປີດວົງຢືມດຽວ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSpecial": "ຕົວອັກສອນພິເສດ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "ສັນຍາລັກ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "ສັນຍາລັກ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTradeMark": "ສັນຍາລັກເຄື່ອງ ໝາຍ ການຄ້າ", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "ການນຳສະເໜີທີ່ບໍ່ມີຊື່", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "ຂໍສິດໃນການແກ້ໄຂ", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textNoTextFound": "ຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ທ່ານ ກຳ ລັງຄົ້ນຫາບໍ່ສາມາດຊອກຫາໄດ້. ກະລຸນາປັບຕົວເລືອກການຊອກຫາຂອງທ່ານ.", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSkipped": "ການທົດແທນໄດ້ຖືກປະຕິບັດແລ້ວ. {0} ຖືກຂ້າມເຫດການທີ່ເກີດຂື້ນໄດ້", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSuccess": "ການຄົ້ນຫາໄດ້ສຳເລັດແລ້ວ. ສິ່ງທີ່ເກີດຂື້ນໄດ້ປ່ຽນແທນແລ້ວ: {0}", + "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.txtUntitled": "ບໍ່ມີຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "ດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "ໝົດເວລາການປ່ຽນແປງ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorExtText": "ກົດປຸ່ມ \"OK\" ເພື່ອກັບໄປຫາລາຍການເອກະສານ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorTitle": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadErrorText": "ດາວໂຫຼດບໍ່ສຳເລັດ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadTextText": "ດາວໂຫຼດບົດພີເຊັ້ນ, ດາວໂຫຼດບົດນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "ດາວໂຫຼດບົດນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "ທ່ານກຳລັງພະຍາຍາມດຳເນີນການກະທຳໃດໜຶ່ງທີ່ທ່ານບໍ່ມີສິດສຳລັບສິ່ງນີ້.
    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL ຮູບພາບບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "ຂາດການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເສີບເວີ, ເອກະສານບໍ່ສາມາດແກ້ໄຂໄດ້ໃນປັດຈຸບັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "ເອກະສານບໍ່ສາມາດບັນທຶກໄດ້. ກະລຸນາກວດສອບການຕັ້ງຄ່າການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫລືຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ.
    ເມື່ອທ່ານກົດປຸ່ມ 'OK', ທ່ານຈະໄດ້ຮັບການກະຕຸ້ນເຕືອນໃຫ້ດາວໂຫລດເອກະສານ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "ຜິດພາດພາຍນອກ,ການຄິດຕໍ່ຖານຂໍ້ມູນຜິດພາດ, ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ການສະ ໜັບ ສະ ໜູນ ໃນກໍລະນີຄວາມຜິດພາດຍັງຄົງຢູ່.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "ໄດ້ຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງລະຫັດແລ້ວ, ບໍ່ສາມາດຖອດລະຫັດໄດ້.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "ໄລຍະຂອງຂໍ້ມູນບໍ່ຖືກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "ລະຫັດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ: %1", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນລະຫວ່າງການເຮັດວຽກກັບເອກກະສານ.
    ໃຊ້ຕົວເລືອກ 'ດາວໂຫລດເປັນ ... ' ເພື່ອບັນທຶກເອກະສານເກັບໄວ້ໃນຮາດໄດຄອມພິວເຕີຂອງທ່ານ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingSaveas": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນລະຫວ່າງການເຮັດວຽກກັບເອກກະສານ.
    ໃຊ້ຕົວເລືອກ 'ບັນທຶກເປັນ ... ' ເພື່ອບັນທຶກເອກະສານເກັບໄວ້ໃນຮາດໄດຄອມພິວເຕີຂອງທ່ານ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorEmailClient": "ບໍ່ສາມາດພົບເຫັນອີເມວລູກຄ້າ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "ເອກະສານນີ້ຖືກປ້ອງກັນໂດຍລະຫັດຜ່ານຈຶ່ງບໍ່ສາມາດເປີດໄດ້.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "ຂະໜາດຂອງຟາຍໃຫຍ່ກວ່າທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນລະບົບ.
    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ, ຂະໜາດຂອງຟາຍໃຫຍ່ກວ່າທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນລະບົບ.
    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນລະຫວ່າງການເບັນທຶກຝາຍ. ກະລຸນາໃຊ້ຕົວເລືອກ 'ດາວໂຫລດເປັນ' ເພື່ອບັນທຶກເອກະສານໄວ້ໃນຮາດໄດຄອມພິວເຕີຂອງທ່ານຫຼືລອງ ໃໝ່ ພາຍຫຼັງ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "ບໍ່ຮູ້ຕົວບັນຍາຍຫຼັກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "ລະຫັດໝົດອາຍຸ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "ບັນທຶກບຊ່ສຳເລັດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "ສະບັບດັດແກ້ໄດ້ຖືກປັບປຸງແລ້ວ. ໜ້າເວັບຈະຖືກໂຫລດຄືນເພື່ອນຳໃຊ້ການປ່ຽນແປງ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "ໝົດເວລາການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ ກະລຸນາໂຫລດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "ເອກະສານດັ່ງກ່າວບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກດັດແກ້ມາດົນແລ້ວ. ກະລຸນາໂຫລດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ ເຊີເວີຖືກລົບກວນ, ກະລຸນນາໂລດຄືນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "ຄໍາສັ່ງແຖວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ເພື່ອສ້າງຕາຕະລາງຫຸ້ນອວາງຂໍ້ມູນໃສ່ເຈັ້ຍຕາມ ລຳດັບຕໍ່ໄປນີ້: ລາຄາເປີດ, ລາຄາສູງສຸດ, ລາຄາຕໍ່າສຸດ, ລາຄາປິດ. ຄໍາສັ່ງແຖວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ, ການສ້າງແຜນໃຫ້ວາງຂໍ້ມູນຕາມລຳດັບດັ່ງນີ: ລາຄາເປີດ, ລາຄາສູງສຸດ, ລາຄາຕໍ່າສຸດ, ລາຄາປິດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorToken": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄວາມປອດໄພເອກະສານບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
    ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບເອກະສານຂອງທ່ານ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorTokenExpire": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄວາມປອດໄພຂອງເອກະສານ ໝົດ ອາຍຸ.
    ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບເອກະສານຂອງທ່ານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersion": "ເອກະສານໄດ້ຖືກປ່ຽນແລ້ວ. ໜ້າເວັບຈະຖືກໂຫລດໃໝ່, ເອກະສານໄດ້ຖືກປ່ຽນແລ້ວ. ໜ້າເວັບຈະຖືກໂຫລດ ໃໝ່.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "ການເຊື່ອຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຫາກໍ່ກັບມາ, ແລະຟາຍເອກະສານໄດ້ມີການປ່ຽນແປງແລ້ວ. ກ່ອນທີ່ທ່ານຈະດຳເນີການຕໍ່ໄປ, ທ່ານຕ້ອງໄດ້ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍ ຫຼືສຳເນົາເນື້ອຫາ ເພື່ອປ້ອງການການສູນເສຍ, ແລະກໍ່ທຳການໂຫຼດໜ້າຄືນອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUserDrop": "ບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງຟາຍໄດ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUsersExceed": "ຈຳນວນຜູ້ຊົມໃຊ້ເກີນ ແມ່ນອະນຸຍາດກຳນົດລາຄາເກີນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "ຂາດການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່. ທ່ານຍັງສາມາດເບິ່ງເອກະສານໄດ້,
    ແຕ່ຈະບໍ່ສາມາດດາວໂຫລດຫລືພິມໄດ້ຈົນກວ່າການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຈະຖືກກັັບຄືນ ແລະ ໜ້າ ຈະຖືກໂຫລດຄືນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.leavePageText": "ທ່ານມີການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ບໍ່ໄດ້ບັນທຶກໃນບົດສະເໜີນີ້. ກົດ \"ຢູ່ໃນ ໜ້າ ນີ້\", ຈາກນັ້ນ \"ບັນທຶກ\" ເພື່ອບັນທຶກ. ກົດ \"ອອກຈາກ ໜ້າ ນີ້\" ເພື່ອຍົກເລີກການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ຍັງບໍ່ໄດ້ບັນທຶກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTitleText": "ໂລດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTitleText": "ໂລດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTextText": "ກໍາລັງໂລດຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTitleText": "ກໍາລັງໂລດຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTextText": "ກໍາລັງໂລດຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTitleText": "ກໍາລັງໂລດຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດບົດນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "ກຳລັງໂຫຼດບົດພີເຊັ້ນ, ບົດນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadThemeTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadThemeTitleText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.openErrorText": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດເກີດຂື້ນໃນຂະນະເປີດເອກະສານ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.openTextText": "ກຳລັງເປີດບົດນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.openTitleText": "ເປີດບົດນໍາພສະເໜີ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.printTextText": "ກໍາລັງ ພິມບົດນຳ ສະ ເໜີ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.printTitleText": "ກຳລັງ ພິມ ບົດ ນຳ ສະ ເໜີ ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.reloadButtonText": "ໂຫລດໜ້າເວັບໃໝ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "ມີບາງຄົນກຳລັງດັດແກ້ການນຳສະເໜີນີ້ໃນຕອນນີ້. ກະລຸນາລອງ ໃໝ່ ໃນພາຍຫຼັງ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "ປະຕິເສດການເຂົ້າໃຊ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "ພົບບັນຫາຕອນບັນທຶກຟາຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "ບໍ່ສາມາດສ້າງ ຫຼື້ບັນທຶກຟາຍນີ້ໄດ້.
    ເຫດຜົນ:
    1. ເປັນຟາຍສະເພາະອ່ານ.
    2. ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນກຳລັງດັດແກ້ຟາຍຢູ່.
    3. ດິດສເຕັມ ຫຼືເພ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "ກະກຽມບັນທືກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "ກຳລັງກະກຽມບັນທືກ, ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "ກຳ ລັງບັນທຶກການນຳສະ ເໜີ ...", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTitleText": "ບັນທຶກການນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.scriptLoadError": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຊ້າເກີນໄປ, ບາງອົງປະກອບບໍ່ສາມາດໂຫຼດໄດ້. ກະລຸນາໂຫຼດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.splitDividerErrorText": "ຈຳນວນແຖວຕ້ອງເປັນຕົວເລກຂອງ% 1.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxColsErrorText": "ຈຳນວນຖັນຕ້ອງຕໍ່າ ກວ່າ% 1.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxRowsErrorText": "ຈຳນວນແຖວຕ້ອງຕໍ່າ ກວ່າ% 1.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "ບໍ່ລະບຸຊື່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textBuyNow": "ເຂົ້າໄປເວັບໄຊ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textChangesSaved": "ບັນທຶກການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textClose": "ອອກຈາກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "ກົດເພື່ອປິດຂໍ້ແນະນຳ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "ຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຂາຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ ອີງຕາມຂໍ້ ກຳນົດຂອງໃບອະນຸຍາດ ທ່ານບໍ່ມີສິດທີ່ຈະປ່ຽນແປງ ການບັນຈຸ.
    ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຝ່າຍຂາຍຂອງພວກເຮົາເພື່ອຂໍໃບສະເໜີ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "ເອກະສານບັນຈຸ ມາກໂຄ
    ແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ທ່ານຍັງຕ້ອງການດໍາເນີນງານ ມາກໂຄ ບໍ ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "ກຳລັງໂຫຼດບົດພີເຊັ້ນ, ບົດນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ຈຳກັດການເຂົ້າເຖິງໃບອະນຸຍາດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "ຄວາມສາມາດ ທີຕ້ອງຊື້ເພີ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "ຈື່ທາງເລືອກຂອງຂ້ອຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "ໂໝດເຂັ້ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "ໜ້າທີ່ Undo / Redo ຖືກປິດໃຊ້ງານ ສຳ ລັບ ໂໝດ ການແກ້ໄຂແບບລວດໄວ -
    ກົດປຸ່ມ 'Strict mode' ເພື່ອປ່ຽນໄປໃຊ້ໂຫມດແບບເຂັ້ມເພື່ອແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ຜູ້ອື່ນແຊກແຊງແລະສົ່ງການປ່ຽນແປງຂອງທ່ານພຽງແຕ່ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ທ່ານບັນທຶກ ພວກເຂົາ. ທ່ານສາມາດປ່ຽນລະຫວ່າງຮູບແບບການແກ້ໄຂຮ່ວມກັນໂດຍໃຊ້ບັນນາທິການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດໝົດອາຍຸ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "ອັບເດດການແກ້ໄຂ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "ກົດເພື່ອເພີ່ມແຜ່ນສະໄລ້ ທຳ ອິດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddNotes": "ກົດເພື່ອເພີ່ມບັນທຶກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "ເນື້ອຫາຂອງທ່ານຢູ່ນີ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "ຮູບຮ່າງພື້ນຖານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "ປຸ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "ແຜ່ນຮູບວາດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtClipArt": "ພາບຕັດຕໍ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDateTime": "ວັນທີ ແລະ ເວລາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagram": "ສິນລະປະງາມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "ໃສ່ຊື່ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າ ຮູບແບບການແກ້ໄຂ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍລູກສອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "ສ່ວນທ້າຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "ຫົວຂໍ້ເອກະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtImage": "ຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "ແຖວ, ເສັ້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtLoading": "ກໍາລັງໂລດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "ຈັບຄູ່ກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMedia": "ຊື່ມວນຊົນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "ທ່ານໄດ້ປັບປຸງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtPicture": "ຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "ຊຸດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout1": "ໝາຍຂອບເຈ້ຍ 1", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout2": "ບ່ອນຂຽນຄຳອະທິບາຍ2( ຂອບແລະ ກ້ອງ footer)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout3": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍພາບ3 (ມີຂອບ ແລະ ຂອບສຸດດ້ານລຸ່ມ)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentCallout1": "ໃສ່ຄຳອະທິບາຍຢູ່ສຸດຂອບເຈ້ຍດ້າຍລູ່ມຫລື ເທິງ( ໃສ່ໝາຍເລກຫນ້າເຈ້ຍ)1", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentCallout2": "ບ່ອນຂຽນຄຳອະທິບາຍ (ກ້ອງ footer)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentCallout3": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍພາບ 3 ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonBackPrevious": "ປຸ່ມກັບຫລືປຸ່ມກ່ອນໜ້າ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonBeginning": "ປຸ່ມເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonBlank": "ປຸ່ມຫວ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonDocument": "ປຸ່ມເອກະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonEnd": "ປຸ່ມສຸດທ້າຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonForwardNext": "ປຸ່ມໄປຂ້າງໜ້າ ຫຼື ປຸ່ມທັດໄປ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHelp": "ປຸ່ມກົດຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHome": "ປູ່ມຫຼັກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonInformation": "ປຸ່ມຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonMovie": "ປຸ່ມເບິ່ງຮູບເງົາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonReturn": "ປຸ່ມກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonSound": "ປຸ່ມສຽງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_arc": "ເສັ້ນໂຄ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentArrow": "ລູກສອນໂຄ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5": "ຕົວເຊື່ອມຕໍ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5WithArrow": "ຕົວເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ລູກສອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5WithTwoArrows": "ຕົວເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ສອງລູກສອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentUpArrow": "ລູກສອນໂຄ້ງຂຶ້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bevel": "ອຽງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_blockArc": "ກັ້ນເສັ້ນໂຄ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout1": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍເສັ້ນທີ1", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout2": "ປຸ່ມຂຽນຄຳອະທີບາຍ2", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout3": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍ 3", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bracePair": "ເຊືອກຜູກຄູ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout1": "ບໍ່ມີຂອບເຈ້ຍ1", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout2": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍ2 (ບໍ່ມີຂອບເຈ້ຍ)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout3": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍພາບ 3 (ບໍ່ມີຂອບ)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_can": "ສາມາດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_chevron": "ເຊຟຣອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_chord": "ຄອຣດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_circularArrow": "ວົງກົມລູກສອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloud": "ຄລາວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloudCallout": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍຄລາວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_corner": "ແຈ,ມູມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cube": "ກຳລັງສາມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3": "ການເຊຶ່ອມຕໍ່ສ່ວນໂຄ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3WithArrow": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບລູກສອນໂຄ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3WithTwoArrows": "ຕົວເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ສອງລູກສອນໂຄ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedDownArrow": "ຫົວລູກສອນໂຄ້ງລົງລູ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedLeftArrow": "ຫົວລູກສອນໂຄ້ງໄປດ້ານຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedRightArrow": "ຫົວລູກສອນໂຄ້ງໄປດ້ານຂວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedUpArrow": "ຫົວລູກສອນໂຄ້ງຂື້ນເທິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_decagon": "ສິບຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diagStripe": "ເສັ້ນດ່າງຂວາງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diamond": "ເພັດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_dodecagon": "ສິບສອງຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_donut": "ໂດ​ນັດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_doubleWave": "ຄຶ້ນສອງເທົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_downArrow": "ລູກສອນລົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_downArrowCallout": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍລູກສອນນອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipse": "ຮູບວົງມົນແບບໄຂ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipseRibbon": "ຣິບບອນໂຄ້ງລົງລູ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipseRibbon2": "ຣິບບອນໂຄ້ງຂື້ນເທິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartAlternateProcess": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ທາງເລືອກ ຂະບວນການ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartCollate": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ລຽງລຳດັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartConnector": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ຜູ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDecision": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ການຕົກລົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDelay": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ການເລື່ອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDisplay": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ການສະແດງຜົນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDocument": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ເອກະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartExtract": "ຜັງແຜນງານ, ການຈໍລະຈອນ: ການຖອນອອກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartInputOutput": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ຖານຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartInternalStorage": "ຜັງແຜນງານ ເກັບຂໍ້ມູນພາຍໃນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticDisk": "ຜັງແຜນງານ,ການຈໍລະຈອນ: ແຜ່ນແມ່ເຫຼັກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticDrum": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ການເຂົ້າເຖິງບ່ອເກັບຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticTape": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ການຮັກສາການເຂົ້າເຖິງ ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartManualInput": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ຄູ່ມືການປ້ອນຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartManualOperation": "ແຜນຜັງ: ຄູ່ມືການປະຕິບັດງານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMerge": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ລວມເຂົ້າກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMultidocument": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ເອກະສານຫຼາຍສະບັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOffpageConnector": "ຕົວເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ແບບ Off-page", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOnlineStorage": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ເກັບຮັກສາຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOr": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ຫລື", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPredefinedProcess": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ຂະບວນການທີ່ ກຳ ນົດໄວ້ກ່ອນລ່ວງໜ້າ ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPreparation": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ກະກຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartProcess": "ຜັງແຜນງານ:ຂະບວນການ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPunchedCard": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ບັດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPunchedTape": "ຮູບແຜນວາດ: Punched tape", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartSort": "ຜັງແຜນງານ:ປະເພດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartSummingJunction": "ຜັງແຜນງານ:ຈຸດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartTerminator": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ປ້າຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_foldedCorner": "ມູມພັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_frame": "ຂອບ,ຮ່າງ,ໂຄງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_halfFrame": "ຂອບເຄິ່ງໜຶ່ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_heart": "ສຳຄັນ,ຫົວໃຈ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_heptagon": "ຮູບເຈັດຫຼ່ຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_hexagon": "ຮູບຫົກຫຼ່ຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_homePlate": "ຮູບຫ້າຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_horizontalScroll": "ເລື່ອນຕາມລວງນອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_irregularSeal1": "ການແຕກ, ລະເບີດ1", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_irregularSeal2": "ການເເຕກ, ລະເບີດ 2", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftArrow": "ລູກສອນເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftArrowCallout": "ປຸ່ມຂຽນຂໍ້ຄວາມເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftBrace": "ວົງປີກາເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftBracket": "ວົງປີກາເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightArrow": "ລູກສອນຫັນກັບຊ້າຍຂວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightArrowCallout": "ປຸ່ມຂຽນຂໍ້ຄວາມສອນກັບຊ້າຍຂວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightUpArrow": "ລູກສອນປິນຫົວຂື້ນເທິງຊ້າຍ-ຂວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftUpArrow": "ລູກສອນອ່ຽນຫົວຂື້ນດ້າຍຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lightningBolt": "ສັນຍາລັກກະແສໄຟ້າ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_line": "ເສັ້ນບັນທັດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lineWithArrow": "ລູກສອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lineWithTwoArrows": "ລູກສອນຄູ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathDivide": "ກຸ່ມ, ຂະແໜງການ, ພະແນກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathEqual": "ເທົ່າກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathMinus": "ຕິດລົບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathMultiply": "ຄູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathNotEqual": "ບໍ່ເທົ່າກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathPlus": "ບວກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_moon": "ດວງຈັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_noSmoking": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຫ້າມ, ຫຼື ບໍ່ອະນຸຍາດ \"ບໍ່\"", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_notchedRightArrow": "ລູກສອນຂວາມື", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_octagon": "ແປດຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_parallelogram": "ສີ່ຫລ່ຽມຂະໜານ,", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_pentagon": "ຮູບຫ້າຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_pie": "Pie", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_plaque": "ເຊັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_plus": "ບວກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_polyline1": "ການຂີດຂຽນ (ຄ້າຍລາຍເຊັນ)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_polyline2": "ຮູບແບບອິດສະຫຼະ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_quadArrow": "ລູກສອນຮູບສີ່ລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_quadArrowCallout": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍລູກສອນສີ່ລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ribbon": "ໂບນອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ribbon2": "ຂື້ນໂບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightArrow": "ລູກສອນຂວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightArrowCallout": "ປຸ່ມລູກສອນຂວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightBrace": "ວົງປີກາ ຂວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightBracket": "ວົງເລັບເບື້ອງຂວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round1Rect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກທາງດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round2DiagRect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກດ້ານຂວາງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round2SameRect": "ສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກດ້ານຂ້າງຂອງຮູບແບບດຽວກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_roundRect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມົນກົມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rtTriangle": "ສາມຫລ່ຽມຂວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_smileyFace": "ໜ້າຍິ້ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip1Rect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກດຽວ Snip", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip2DiagRect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກຂອງ Snip", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip2SameRect": "ສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກດ້ານຂ້າງຄືກັນ Snip", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snipRoundRect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກແບບດຽວ ແລະ ຮູບກົມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_spline": "ເສັ້ນໂຄ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star10": "ຄະແນນ 10 ດາວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star12": "ຄະແນນ 12 ດາວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star16": "ຄະແນນ 16 ດາວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star24": "ຄະແນນ 24 ດາວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star32": "ຄະແນນ 32 ດາວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star4": "ຄະແນນ 4 ດາວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star5": "ຄະແນນ 5 ດາວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star6": "ຄະແນນ 6 ດາວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star7": "ຄະແນນ 7 ດາວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star8": "ຄະແນນ 8 ດາວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_stripedRightArrow": "ຮູບລູກສອນ (ຂິດເປັນລາຍກ່ານໆ)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_sun": "ຕາເວັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_teardrop": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຢອດ, (ຄ້າຍດອກບົວຈູມ)", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_textRect": "ກ່ອງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_trapezoid": "ສີ່ຫລ່ຽມຄາງຫມູ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_triangle": "ຮູບສາມຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upArrow": "ລູກສອນຂື້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upArrowCallout": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍພາບລູກສອນປິ່ນຂື້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upDownArrow": "ລູກສອນປິ່ນຫົວຂື້ນ-ລົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_uturnArrow": "ລູກສອນໂຄ້ງກັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_verticalScroll": "ກໍ້ຂື້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wave": "ຄື້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeEllipseCallout": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍຮູບພາບໄຂ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeRectCallout": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍຮູບສີ່ລ່ຽມດ້ານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeRoundRectCallout": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມົນກົມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTBlank": "ເປົ່າວ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTChart": "ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTChartAndTx": "ແຜນວາດ ແລະ ເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTClipArtAndTx": "ພາບຕັດຕໍ່ ແລະ ຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTClipArtAndVertTx": "ພາບຕັດຕໍ່ ແລະ ຂໍ້ຄວາມແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTCust": "ກຳນົດເອງ, ປະເພດ,", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTDgm": "ແຜ່ນພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTFourObj": "ສີ່ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTMediaAndTx": "ຊື່ ແລະ ເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObj": "ຫົວຂໍ້ ແລະ ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjAndTwoObj": "ຈຸດປະສົງ ແລະ ສອງຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjAndTx": "ຈຸດປະສົງ ແລະ ເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjOnly": "ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjOverTx": "ຈຸດປະສົງຢູ່ເທິງເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjTx": "ຫົວຂໍ້, ຈຸດປະສົງ, ແລະ ຄຳອະທິບາຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTPicTx": "ພາບ ແລະ ຄຳບັນຍາຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTSecHead": "ພາກສ່ວນຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTbl": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTitleOnly": "ຫົວຂໍ້ຢ່າງດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoColTx": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມສອງຖັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObj": "ສອງຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObjAndObj": "ສອງຈຸດປະສົງ ແລະ ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObjAndTx": "ສອງຈຸດປະສົງ ແລະ ເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObjOverTx": "ສອງຈຸດປະສົງຫຼາຍກ່ວາເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoTxTwoObj": "ສອງເນື້ອຫາ ແລະ ສອງ ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTx": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndChart": "ເນື້ອຫາ ແລະ ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndClipArt": "ເນື້ອຫາ ແລະ ພາບຕັດຕໍ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndMedia": "ເນື້ອຫາ ແລະ ສີ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndObj": "ເນື້ອຫາ ແລະ ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndTwoObj": "ເນື້ອຫາ ແລະ ສອງຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxOverObj": "ເນື້ອຫາ,ຂໍ້ຄວາມ ເທິງ ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTitleAndTx": "ຫົວຂໍ້ ແລະ ເນື້ອຫາລວງຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTitleAndTxOverChart": "ຫົວຂໍ້ ແລະ ເນື້ອຫາເທິງຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTx": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມ,ເນື້ອຫາ ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideNumber": "ພາບສະໄລ່ ຕົວເລກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideSubtitle": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍພາບສະໄລ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "ເນື້ອຫາພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້ພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "ດາວ ແລະ ໂບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_basic": "ພື້ນຖານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_blank": "ເປົ່າວ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_classic": "ມີສິນລະປະ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_corner": "ແຈ,ມູມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_dotted": "ຈຸດໆ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green": "ສີຂຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green_leaf": "ໃບສີຂຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_lines": "ແຖວ, ເສັ້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office": "ຫ້ອງການ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office_theme": "ຊື່ຫົວຂໍ້ຫ້ອງການ, ຂໍ້ຄວາມໃນຫ້ອງຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_official": "ທາງການ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_pixel": "Pixel", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_safari": "Safari", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_turtle": "ເຕົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "ແກນ X, ແກນລວງນອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "ແກນ Y, ແກນລວງຕັ້ງ ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ບໍ່ຮູ້ສາເຫດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "ບຣາວເຊີຂອງທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດນຳໃຊ້ໄດ້.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageExtMessage": "ບໍ່ຮູ້ສາເຫດຂໍ້ຜິພາດຮູບແບບຂອງຮູບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageFileCountMessage": "ບໍ່ມີຮູບພາບອັບໂຫຼດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "ຈຳກັດຂະໜາດຮູບພາບສູງສຸດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "ກໍາລັງອັບໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ...", + "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "ກໍາລັງອັບໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ...", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "ຄໍາຮ້ອງສະຫມັກມີຄວາມສາມາດຕ່ໍາສຸດ IE9. ໃຊ້ IE10 ຂຶ້ນໄປ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂະຫຍາຍປັດຈຸບັນ, ທ່ານບໍ່ໄດ້ຮັບການສະໜັບສະໜູນ. ກະລຸນາຕັ້ງຄ່າຂະໜາດ ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໂດຍການກົດປຸ່ມ Ctrl + 0.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບຜູ້ເເກ້ໄຂ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ເອກະສານນີ້ສາມາດເປີດເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ.
    ຕິດຕໍ່ທີມບໍລິຫານ ເພື່ອສືກສາເພີ່ມເຕີ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດຂອງທ່ານໝົດອາຍຸແລ້ວ.
    ກະລຸນາຕໍ່ໃບອະນຸຍາດຂອງທ່ານ ແລະ ນຳໃຊ້ໃໝ່.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດໝົດອາຍຸ.
    ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງ ໜ້າ ທີ່ແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ.
    ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "ໃບທະບຽນທີ່ຕ້ອງການເປັນ ໃບອະນຸຍາດ ຈຳ ເປັນຕ້ອງມີການຕໍ່ອາຍຸ
    ທ່ານມີຂໍ້ ຈຳ ກັດໃນການ ທຳ ງານການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ, ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຫາຜູ້ເບິ່ງລະບົບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບຜູ້ແກ້ໄຂ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ຕິດຕໍ່ທີມບໍລິຫານເພື່ອຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "ຈໍານວນການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບບັນນາທິການ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ %1. ເອກະສານນີ້ສາມາດເປີດເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ.
    ຕິດຕໍ່ ທີມຂາຍ %1 ສຳລັບຂໍ້ກຳນົດການຍົກລະດັບສິດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "ຈໍານວນການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບບັນນາທິການ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ຕິດຕໍ່ ທີມຂາຍ %1 ສຳລັບຂໍ້ກຳນົດການຍົກລະດັບສິດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "ທ່ານໄດ້ຖືກປະຕິເສດສິດໃນການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານດັ່ງກ່າວ.", + "PE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "ຂະຫຍາຍ {0}%", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "ຕົວອັກສອນທີ່ທ່ານ ກຳ ລັງຈະບັນທຶກແມ່ນບໍ່ມີຢູ່ໃນອຸປະກອນປັດຈຸບັນ.
    ຮູບແບບຕົວ ໜັງ ສືຈະຖືກສະແດງໂດຍໃຊ້ຕົວອັກສອນລະບົບໜຶ່ງ, ຕົວອັກສອນທີ່ບັນທຶກຈະຖືກ ນຳ ໃຊ້ໃນເວລາທີ່ມັນມີຢູ່.
    ທ່ານຕ້ອງການສືບຕໍ່ບໍ ?", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "ສຳນຽງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "ວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງບອກທີຢູ່ຮູບ URL", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "ຄ່າທີ່ປ້ອນເຂົ້າບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
    ກະລຸນາໃສ່ຄ່າຕົວເລກລະຫວ່າງ 1 ເຖິງ 300", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "ສ່ວນໜຶ່ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "ໜ້າທີ່", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "ເພີ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "ການປະສົມປະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLargeOperator": "ຜູ້ປະກອບການຂະ ໜາດ ໃຫຍ່", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLimitAndLog": "ຂີດຈຳກັດ ແລະ ເລກກຳລັງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textMatrix": "ແມ່ພິມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textOperator": "ຜູ້ປະຕິບັດງານ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textRadical": "ຮາກຖານ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textScript": "ບົດເລື່ອງ,ບົດລະຄອນ ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textSymbols": "ສັນຍາລັກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textWarning": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Accent": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowD": "ລູກສອນຊ້າຍຂວາຢູ່ຂ້າງເທິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowL": "ລູກສອນກັບຊ້າຍດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowR": "ລູກສອນດ້ານຂວາມືຂ້າງເທິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Bar": "ຂີດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BarBot": "ກ້ອງແຖວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BarTop": "ເລືອກຂອບເທີງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BorderBox": "ສູດບັນຈຸກ່ອງ (ມີບ່ອນວາງ)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BorderBoxCustom": "ສູດບັນຈຸກອ໋ງ​(ຕົວຢ່າງ)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Check": "ກວດສອບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketBot": "ກ້ອງວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketTop": "ລົງປີກາປິ່ນຊື້ນ-ລົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_1": "ເສັ້ນ ເວັກໂຕ A ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_2": "ເອບີຊີກັບໂອເວີບາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_3": "ແກນ x XOR y ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDDot": "ຈ້ຳສາມເມັດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDot": "ຈຸດໆ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Dot": "ຈຸດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DoubleBar": "ບາຄູ່", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Grave": "ຂຸມ ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_GroupBot": "ການຈັດກຸ່ມຕົວອັກສອນ ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_GroupTop": "ການຈັດກຸ່ມຕົວອັກສອນ ຂ້າງເທິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_HarpoonL": "ລູກສອນໄປ-ກັບດ້ານຊ້າຍ\t⥧", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_HarpoonR": "ລູກສອນປິ່ນໄປທາງດ້ານຂວາຂ້າງເທິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Hat": "ໝວກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Smile": "ລະເມີດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Tilde": "ສັນຍາລັກ ເຄື່ອງໝາຍ ຄ່າປະມານ (Tilde)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle": "ວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_Delimiter_2": "ວົງປີກາ ທີ່ມີຕົວແຍກ ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_Delimiter_3": "ວົງປີກາ ທີ່ມີຕົວແຍກ ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve": "ວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_Delimiter_2": "ວົງປີກາ ທີ່ມີຕົວແຍກ ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_1": "ກໍລະນີ (ສອງເງື່ອນໄຂ)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_2": "ກໍລະນີ (ສາມເງື່ອນໄຂ)", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_3": "ການຈັດລຽງຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_4": "ການຈັດລຽງຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_5": "ກໍລະນີ ຕົວຢ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_6": "ສຳປະສິດ Binomial", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_7": "ສຳປະສິດ Binomial", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Line": "ວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Line_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Line_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LineDouble": "ວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LineDouble_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LineDouble_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim": "ວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim_NoneNone": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round": "ວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_Delimiter_2": "ວົງປີກາ ທີ່ມີຕົວແຍກ ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square": "ວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_CloseClose": "ວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_CloseOpen": "ວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_OpenOpen": "ວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_SquareDouble": "ວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_SquareDouble_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_SquareDouble_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim": "ວົງປີກາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດຽວ, ວົງປີກາດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDiagonal": "ສ່ວນ ໜຶ່ງ ທີ່ເປັນສີເຂັ້ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_1": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_2": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_3": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_4": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionHorizontal": "ເສັ້ນຄົດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionPi_2": "Pi ຫລາຍກວ່າ 2", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionSmall": "ສ່ວນນ້ອຍໆ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionVertical": "ເສດສ່ວນໜຶ່ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cos": "ການເຮັດວຽກຂອງໂກຊິນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cosh": "Hyperbolic ກົງກັນຂ້າມ cosine", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cot": "ການເຮັດວຽກຂອງຂອງໂກຕັງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Coth": "Hyperbolic ກົງກັນຂ້າມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csc": "ການເຮັດວຽກຂອງcosecant", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csch": "Hyperbolic ກົງກັນຂ້າມໂກຊິນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sec": "ການເຮັດວຽກຂອງ secant", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sech": "ເສິ້ນກົງກັນຂ້າມກັບໂຄ້ງກັບ ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sin": "ໜ້າທີ່ເສັ້ນຕັດ Sine", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sinh": "ເສັ້ນກົງກັບຂ້າມໂຄ້ງກັບຂອງ Sine", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Tan": "ໜ້າທີ່ເສັ້ນຕັດ tangent ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Tanh": "ເສັ້ນຕັດກົງກັນຂ້າມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Cos": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງ ໂຄໄຊ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Cosh": " ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງ ໂກຊິນ hyperbolic", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Cot": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງໂກຕັງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Coth": "ການເຮັດໜ້າທີ່ຂອງ ໂກຕັງ Hyperbolic", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Csc": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງ Cosecant", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Csch": "ການເຮັດວຽກຂອງເຊວ hyperbolic", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_1": "ສູດຄິດໄລ່ Sine", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_2": "ຄ່າໃຊ້ຈ່າຍສອງເທົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_3": "ສູດເສັ້ນຈຸດຕັດກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sec": "ເສັ້ນຕັດແກນໂຕU", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sech": "ເສັ້ນຊອກຫາຄ່າຂອງແກນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sin": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງ Sine", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sinh": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງເສັ້ນກົງກັນຂ້າມ sine", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Tan": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງເສັ້ນຕັດກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Tanh": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງເສັ້ນຕັດວົງໃນຂອງtangent", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral": "ປະສົມປະສານ,ສຳຄັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dtheta": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ theta", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dx": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ x", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dy": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ y", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralCenterSubSup": "ປະສົມປະສານ,ສຳຄັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralDouble": "ການເຊື່ອມໂຍງສອງເທົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralDoubleCenterSubSup": "ການເຊື່ອມໂຍງສອງເທົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralDoubleSubSup": "ການເຊື່ອມໂຍງສອງເທົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOriented": "ໂຄງຮ່າງທີ່ສຳຄັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedCenterSubSup": "ໂຄງຮ່າງທີ່ສຳຄັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedDouble": "ສ່ວນປະກອບດ້ານໜ້າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedDoubleCenterSubSup": "ສ່ວນປະກອບດ້ານໜ້າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedDoubleSubSup": "ສ່ວນປະກອບດ້ານໜ້າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedSubSup": "ໂຄງຮ່າງທີ່ສຳຄັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTriple": "ບໍລິມາດລວມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTripleCenterSubSup": "ບໍລິມາດລວມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTripleSubSup": "ບໍລິມາດລວມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralSubSup": "ປະສົມປະສານ,ສຳຄັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTriple": "ປະສົມປະສານສາມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleCenterSubSup": "ສ່ວນປະກອບສາມເທົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleSubSup": "ສ່ວນປະກອບສາມເທົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction": "ລີ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSub": "ລີ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSubSup": "ລີ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_Sub": "ລີ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_SubSup": "ລີ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd": "ຜະລິດຕະພັນຮ່ວມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_CenterSub": "ຜະລິດຕະພັນຮ່ວມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_CenterSubSup": "ຜະລິດຕະພັນຮ່ວມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_Sub": "ຜະລິດຕະພັນຮ່ວມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_SubSup": "ຜະລິດຕະພັນຮ່ວມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_1": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_2": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_3": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_4": "ຜົນຄູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_5": "ການຮ່ວມກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction": "Vee", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_CenterSub": "Vee", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_CenterSubSup": "Vee", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_Sub": "Vee", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_SubSup": "Vee", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection": "ສີ່ແຍກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_CenterSub": "ສີ່ແຍກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_CenterSubSup": "ສີ່ແຍກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_Sub": "ສີ່ແຍກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_SubSup": "ສີ່ແຍກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod": "ຜົນຄູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_CenterSub": "ຜົນຄູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_CenterSubSup": "ຜົນຄູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_Sub": "ຜົນຄູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_SubSup": "ຜົນຄູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_CenterSub": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_CenterSubSup": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_Sub": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_SubSup": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union": "ການຮ່ວມກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_CenterSub": "ການຮ່ວມຕົວກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_CenterSubSup": "ການຮ່ວມຕົວກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_Sub": "ການຮ່ວມຕົວກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_SubSup": "ການຮ່ວມຕົວກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Custom_1": "ຈຳກັດຕົວຢ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Custom_2": "ຕົວຢ່າງສູງສຸດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Lim": "ຂີດຈຳກັດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Ln": "ເລກກໍາລັງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Log": "ເລກກຳລັງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_LogBase": "ເລກກຳລັງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Max": "ໃຫຍ່ສຸດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Min": "ໜ້ອຍສຸດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_2": "1x2 ມາຕຣິກຫວ່າງເປົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_3": "1x3 ມາຕຣິກຫວ່າງເປົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_1": "2x1 ມາຕຣິກຫວ່າງເປົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2": "2x2 ມາຕຣິກຫວ່າງເປົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_DLineBracket": "ຕາຕະລາງເປົ່າວ່າງກັບວົງເລັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_LineBracket": "ຕາຕະລາງເປົ່າວ່າງກັບວົງເລັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_RoundBracket": "ຕາຕະລາງເປົ່າວ່າງກັບວົງເລັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_SquareBracket": "ຕາຕະລາງເປົ່າວ່າງກັບວົງເລັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_3": "2x3 ມາຕຣິກຫວ່າງເປົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_1": "3x1 ມາຕຣິກຫວ່າງເປົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_2": "3x2 ມາຕຣິກຫວ່າງເປົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_3": "3x3 ມາຕຣິກຫວ່າງເປົ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Baseline": "ຈຸດເສັ້ນພື້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Center": "ຈໍ້າເມັດທາງກາງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Diagonal": "ຈຸດຂອງເສົ້ນຂວງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Vertical": "ຈຸດໆ ຕາມແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Round": "ການກະຈາຍຕົວເລກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Square": "ການກະຈາຍຕົວເລກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2": "2x2 ເມັດທຣິກເອກະລັກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2_NoZeros": "3x3 ເມັດທຣິກເອກະລັກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3": "3x3 ເມັດທຣິກເອກະລັກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3_NoZeros": "3x3 ເມັດທຣິກເອກະລັກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowD_Bot": "ລູກສອນຊ້າຍ - ຂວາຢູ່ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowD_Top": "ລູກສອນຊ້າຍຂວາຢູ່ຂ້າງເທິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowL_Bot": "ລູກສອນກັບຊ້າຍດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowL_Top": "ລູກສອນກັບຊ້າຍດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowR_Bot": "ລູກສອນດ້ານຂວາມືດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowR_Top": "ລູກສອນດ້ານຂວາມືຂ້າງເທິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ColonEquals": "ຈ້ຳຈຸດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Custom_1": "ຜົນໄດ້ຮັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Custom_2": "ຜົນຮັບຂອງເດລຕ້າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Definition": "ເທົ່າກັບ ຄຳ ນິຍາມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DeltaEquals": "ເດລຕ້າເທົ່າກັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowD_Bot": "ລູກສອນຊ້າຍ - ຂວາຢູ່ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowD_Top": "ລູກສອນຊ້າຍຂວາຢູ່ຂ້າງເທິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowL_Bot": "ລູກສອນກັບຊ້າຍດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowL_Top": "ລູກສອນກັບຊ້າຍດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowR_Bot": "ລູກສອນດ້ານຂວາມືດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowR_Top": "ລູກສອນດ້ານຂວາມືຂ້າງເທິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_EqualsEquals": "ເທົ່າໆກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_MinusEquals": "ເຄື່ອງ ໝາຍ ລົບເທົ່າກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_PlusEquals": "ບວກເທົ່າກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_UnitOfMeasure": "ວັດແທດໂດຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalCustom_1": "ຮາກຖານ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalCustom_2": "ຮາກຖານ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_2": "ຮາກທີສອງພ້ອມອົງສາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_3": "ຮາກຂອງລູກບິດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_n": "ລະດັບຮາກຖານ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalSqrt": "ຮາກ​ຂັ້ນ​ສອງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_1": "ເນື້ອເລື່ອງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_2": "ເນື້ອເລື່ອງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_3": "ເນື້ອເລື່ອງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_4": "ເນື້ອເລື່ອງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSub": "ຕົວຫ້ອຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSubSup": "ຕົວໜັງສືຫ້ອຍ ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSubSupLeft": "ึ ຕົວຫ້ອຍດ້ານຊ້າຍ ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSup": "ອັກສອນຫຍໍ້", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_about": "ປະມານ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_additional": "ສ່ວນປະກອບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_aleph": "Alef", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_alpha": "ອາວຟາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_approx": "ເກືອບເທົ່າກັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ast": " ເຄື່ອງໝາຍດອກຈັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beta": "ເບຕ້າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beth": "ເດີມພັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_bullet": "ຕົວກຳເນີນການຂີດໜ້າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cap": "ສີ່ແຍກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cbrt": "ຮາກກຳລັງສາມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cdots": "ຈຳເມັດເປັນເສັ້ນລວງນອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_celsius": "ອົງສາມແຊວຊຽດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_chi": "chi", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cong": "ປະມານເທົ່າກັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cup": "ການຮ່ວມຕົວກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ddots": "ຮູບຂອບນອນທາງຂວາງດ້ານຂວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_degree": "ອົງສາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_delta": "ເດລຕ້າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_div": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຂະແໜງການ,ພະແນກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_downarrow": "ລູກສອນລົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_emptyset": "ກຳນົດເປົ່າວ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_epsilon": "Epsilon", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equals": "ເທົ່າກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equiv": "ຄືກັນກັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_eta": "Eta", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_exists": "ຍັງມີຢູ່", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_factorial": "ໂຮງງານ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_fahrenheit": "ອົງສາຟາເຣັນຮາຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_forall": "ສຳ ລັບທຸກຄົນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gamma": "ພະຍັນຊະນະຕົວທີ່ ສາມ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_geq": "ໃຫຍ່ກວ່າ ຫລື ເທົ່າກັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gg": "ໃຫຍ່ກວ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_greater": "ໃຫຍ່​ກວ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_in": "ອົງປະກອບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_inc": "ການເພີ່ມຂື້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_infinity": "ບໍ່ມີຂອບເຂດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_iota": "lota", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_kappa": "kappa", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_lambda": "ແລມດ້າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leftarrow": "ລູກສອນເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leftrightarrow": "ລູກສອນມີຫົວຊ້າຍ-ຂວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leq": "ຫນ້ອຍ​ກ​່​ວາຫລືເທົ່າກັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_less": "ຫນ້ອຍ​ກ​່​ວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ll": "ນ້ອຍກວ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_minus": "ຕິດລົບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_mp": "ເຄື່ອງ ໝາຍ ລົບ ໝາຍບວກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_mu": "Mu", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_nabla": "Nabla", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_neq": "ບໍ່ເທົ່າກັນກັບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ni": "ບັນຈູເຂົ້າເປັນສະມາຊິກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_not": "ບໍ່ໄດ້ລົງລາຍເຊັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_notexists": "ບໍ່ມີຢູ່", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_nu": "Nu", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_o": "ໂອມອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_omega": "ຕອນຈົບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_partial": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງບາງສ່ວນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_percent": "ເປີເຊັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_phi": "Phi", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_pi": "Pi", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_plus": "ບວກ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_pm": "ບວກລົບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_propto": "ຊອກຫາຄ່າຂອງແກນ ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_psi": "Psi", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_qdrt": "ຮາກທີ ສີ່", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_qed": "ການຢັ້ງຢືນສິ້ນສຸດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rddots": "ຮູບຈຳເມັດສີດໍາ ຈໍ້າເອນຂື້ນເທິງເບື້ອງຂວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rho": "Rho", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rightarrow": "ລູກສອນຂວາ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_sigma": "ສັນຍາລັກ ຕົວ M ນອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_sqrt": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຮາກຖານ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_tau": "Tau", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_therefore": "ດັ່ງນັ້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_theta": "ສັນຍາລັກເລກສູນຂີດຜ່າກາງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_times": "ເຄື່ອງ ໝາຍ ຄູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_uparrow": "ລູກສອນຂື້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_upsilon": "ສັນຍາລັກໂຕ U ແລະ y", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varepsilon": "ຕົວແປ Epsilon", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varphi": "ສັນຍາລັກເລກສູນ ຂີດຜ່າກາງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varpi": "ຕົວແປຂອງ Pi", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varrho": "ສັນຍາລັກ Rho (ໂຕ P) ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varsigma": "ຕົວແປຂອງ ຕົວເອັມນອນ ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vartheta": "ຕົວແປສັນຍາລັກເລກສູນຂີດຜ່າກາງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "ຈຸຸດໆຕາມແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "ປັບສະໄລພໍດີ", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "ຄວາມກວ້າງສະໄລພໍດີ", + "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textChartType": "ປ່ຽນປະເພດແຜ່ນພາບ", + "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textEditData": "ແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textHeight": "ລວງສູງ", + "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textKeepRatio": "ອັດຕາສ່ວນຄົງທີ່", + "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textStyle": "ປະເພດ ", + "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ", + "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "ທາງເລືອກເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "ການອະທິບາຍ", + "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "ການສະເເດງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເປັນພາບ, ຊຶ່ງຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ຜູ້ອ່ານ ຫຼື ຄວາມບົກຜ່ອງທາງສະຕິປັນຍາ ເພື່ອຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ເຂົາໃຫ້ເຂົ້າໃຈຂໍ້ມູນ ແລະ ຮູບພາບ,ຮູບຮ່າງອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ຮ່າງ ຫຼື ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "ແຜ່ນຮູບພາບ - ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.confirmDefault": "ກຳ ນົດຮູບແບບເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ ສຳ ລັບ {0}: \"{1}\"", + "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.textDefault": "ກໍາ​ນົດ​ເປັນ​ຄ່າ​ເລີ່ມ​ຕົ້ນ", + "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.textFormat": "ຮູບແບບຕ່າງໆ", + "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.textLang": "ພາສາ", + "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.textUpdate": "ປັບປຸງໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "PE.Views.DateTimeDialog.txtTitle": "ວັນທີ ແລະ ເວລາ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.aboveText": "ຂ້າງເທິງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.addCommentText": "ເພີ່ມຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.addToLayoutText": "ເພີ່ມ ຮູບແບບ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedImageText": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຮູບຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedParagraphText": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງຂອງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedShapeText": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງຮູບຮ່າງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedTableText": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຕາຕະລາງຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "ການຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.belowText": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.cellAlignText": "ການຈັດການແຊວໃນແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.cellText": "ແຊວ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.centerText": "ທາງກາງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.columnText": "ຖັນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteColumnText": "ລົບຖັນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteRowText": "ລົບແຖວ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteTableText": "ລົບຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteText": "ລົບ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct270Text": "ປິ່ນຫົວຂໍ້ຄວາມຂື້ນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct90Text": "ປິ່ນຫົວຂໍ້ຄວາມລົງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.directHText": "ລວງນອນ, ລວງຂວາງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.directionText": "ທິດທາງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.editChartText": "ແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.editHyperlinkText": "ແກ້ໄຂ Hyperlink", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.hyperlinkText": "ົໄຮເປີລີ້ງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.ignoreAllSpellText": "ບໍ່ສົນໃຈທັງ ໝົດ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.ignoreSpellText": "ບໍ່ສົນໃຈ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertColumnLeftText": "ຖັນດ້ານຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertColumnRightText": "ຖັນດ້ານຂວາ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertColumnText": "ເພີ່ມຖັນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertRowAboveText": "ແຖວເທິງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertRowBelowText": "ແຖວລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertRowText": "ເພີ່ມແຖວ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertText": "ເພີ່ມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.langText": "ເລືອກພາສາ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.leftText": "ຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.loadSpellText": "ກຳ ລັງໂຫລດຮູບແບບ...", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.mergeCellsText": "ລວມ ແຖວ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.mniCustomTable": "ກຳນົດຕາຕະລາງເອງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.moreText": "ຕົວແປອື່ນໆ ..", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.noSpellVariantsText": "ບໍ່ມີຕົວແປ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.originalSizeText": "ຂະ ໜາດ ຕົວຈິງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.removeHyperlinkText": "ລົບ Hyperlink", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.rightText": "ຂວາ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.rowText": "ແຖວ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectText": "ເລືອກ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.spellcheckText": "ກວດສະກົດຄຳ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellsText": "ແບ່ງແຍກຫ້ອງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellTitleText": "ແຍກແຊວ ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.tableText": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBack": "ສົ່ງໄປເປັນພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "ສົ່ງຢ້ອນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "ເອົາຂຶ້ນມາທາງໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "ເອົາໄປທີ່ເບື້ອງໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "ສຳເນົາ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCrop": "ຕັດເປັນສ່ວນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFit": "ພໍດີ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "ຕັດ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "ກະຈາຍຖັນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "ກະຈາຍແຖວ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipH": "Flip ແນວນອນ ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipV": "Flip ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "ຈາກຟາຍ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromStorage": "ຈາກບ່ອນເກັບ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "ຈາກ URL", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "ພາບສະໄລທັດໄປ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "ວາງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "ພາບສະໄລຜ່ານມາ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRotate": "ໝຸນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRotate270": "ໝຸນ90°ທວນເຂັມໂມງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRotate90": "ໝຸນ ໂມງ 90 °", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "ຈັດຕ່ຳແໜ່ງທາງດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຕິດຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຕິດຂວາ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSlideSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເລື່ອນພາບສະໄລ, ການກຳນົດການເລື່ອນພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.tipIsLocked": "ອົງປະກອບນີ້ກຳລັງຖືກດັດແກ້ໂດຍຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນ.", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.toDictionaryText": "ເພີ່ມໃສ່ວັດຈະນານຸກົມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddBottom": "ເພີ່ມເສັ້ນຂອບດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddFractionBar": "ເພີ່ມແຖບເສດສ່ວນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddHor": "ເພີ່ມເສັ້ນແນວນອນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddLB": "ເພີ່ມບັນທັດລຸ່ມເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddLeft": "ເພີ່ມເສັ້ນຂອບດ້ານຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddLT": "ເພີ່ມບັນທັດເຖິງເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddRight": "ເພີ່ມເສັ້ນຂອບດ້ານຂວາ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddTop": "ເພີ່ມເສັ້ນຂອບດ້ານເຖິງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddVer": "ເພີ່ມເສັ້ນແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAlign": "ຈັດແນວ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAlignToChar": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງໃຫ້ຊື່ກັບຕົວອັກສອນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtArrange": "ຈັດແຈງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtBackground": "ພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtBorderProps": "ຄຸນສົມບັດຂອງເສັ້ນຂອບ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtChangeLayout": "ປ່ຽນຮູບແບບ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtChangeTheme": "ປ່ຽນຫົວເລື່ອງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtColumnAlign": "ການຈັດແນວຖັນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDecreaseArg": "ຫຼູດຜ່ອນຄວາມຜິດພາດ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteArg": "ລົບຂໍ້ຂັດແຍ່ງທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteBreak": "ຢຸດການລົບດ້ວຍຕົວເອງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteChars": "ລົບຂອບເຂດອ້ອມຮອບ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteCharsAndSeparators": "ລົບຂອບເຂດອ້ອມຮອບ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteEq": "ລົບໃຫ້ເທົ່າກັນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteGroupChar": "ລົບຕົວອັກສອນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteRadical": "ລົບການເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteSlide": "ລຶບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDistribHor": "ແຈກຢາຍຕາມແນວນອນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDistribVert": "ແຈກຢາຍແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDuplicateSlide": "ສຳເນົາ ສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFractionLinear": "ປ່ຽນສ່ວນທີ່ເປັນເສັ້ນຊື່", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFractionSkewed": "ປ່ຽນສ່ວນທີ່ເປັນເສັ້ນອ່ຽງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFractionStacked": "ປ່ຽນສ່ວນທີ່ເປັນເສັ້ນຊ້ອນກັນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGroup": "ກຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGroupCharOver": "ຂຽນທັບຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGroupCharUnder": "ຂຽນກ້ອງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideBottom": "ເຊື່ອງຂອບດ້ານລູ່ມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideBottomLimit": "ເຊື່ອງຂີດຈຳກັດດ້ານລູ່ມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideCloseBracket": "ເຊື່ອງວົງເລັບປິດ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideDegree": "ເຊື່ອງອົງສາ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideHor": "ເຊື່ອງເສັ້ນແນວນອນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideLB": "ເຊື່ອງແຖວລູ່ມດ້ານຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideLeft": "ເຊື່ອງຂອບດ້ານຊ້າຍ ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideLT": "ເຊື່ອງເສັ້ນດ້ານເທິງເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideOpenBracket": "ເຊື່ອງວົງເລັບເປີດ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHidePlaceholder": "ເຊື່ອງສະຖານທີ່", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideRight": "ເຊື່ອງຂອບດ້ານຂວາ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideTop": "ເຊື່ອງຂອບດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideTopLimit": "ຈຳກັດການເຊື່ອງດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideVer": "ເຊື່ອງເສັ້ນແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtIncreaseArg": "ເພີ່ມຂະ ໜາດ ຄວາມເຂັ້ມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgAfter": "ເພິ່ມຄວາມເຂັ້ມໃສ່ພາຍຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgBefore": "ເພີ່ມຄວາມເຂັ້ມໃສ່ກ່ອນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "ເພີ່ມຄູ່ມືການແຍກໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "ເພິ່ມສົມຜົນພາຍຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "ເພີ່ມສົມຜົນກ່ອນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtKeepTextOnly": "ເກັບຂໍ້ຄວາມເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitChange": "ປ່ຽນສະຖານທີ່ຈຳກັດ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitOver": "ຈຳກັດຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitUnder": "ຈຳກັດເນື້ອ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "ວົງເລັບຄູ່", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "ຈັດລຽງ Matrix", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNewSlide": "ພາບສະໄລໃໝ່", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "ຂີດທັບຕົວໜັງສື", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteDestFormat": "ໃຊ້ຫົວຂໍ້ເປົ້າໝາຍ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPastePicture": "ຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "ຈັດຮູບແບບແຫຼ່ງທີ່ມາ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "ກົດ Ctrl ແລະກົດລິ້ງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPreview": "ເລີ່ມສະໄລ້", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPrintSelection": "ານຄັດເລືອກການພິມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "ລຶບແຖບສວ່ນໜຶ່ງອອກ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "ເອົາຂໍ້ ຈຳ ກັດອອກ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveAccentChar": "ລົບອັກສອນເນັ້ນສຽງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveBar": "ລຶບແຖບ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemScripts": "ລືບເນື້ອເລື່ອງອອກ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemSubscript": "ລົບອອກຈາກຕົວຫຍໍ້", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemSuperscript": "ເອົາຕົວຫຍໍ້ອອກ (ລົບຕົວຫຍໍ້ອອກ)", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtResetLayout": "ປັບພາບເລື່ອນຄືນ(ສະໄລ)", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsAfter": "ເນື້ອງເລື່ອງ ຫຼັງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsBefore": "ເນື້ອເລື່ອງກ່ອນຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSelectAll": "ເລືອກທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowBottomLimit": "ສະແດງຂອບເຂດ ຈຳ ກັດດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowCloseBracket": "ສະແດງວົງເລັບປິດ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowDegree": "ສະແດງອົງສາ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowOpenBracket": "ສະແດງວົງເລັບເປີດ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowPlaceholder": "ສະແດງສະຖານທີ່", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowTopLimit": "ສະແດງຂໍ້ ຈຳ ກັດດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSlide": "ພາບສະໄລ່. ພາບເລື່ອນ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSlideHide": "ເຊື່ອງພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtStretchBrackets": "ຂະຫຍາຍວົງເລັບ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtTop": "ເບື້ອງເທີງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUnderbar": "ຂີດກອ້ງຕົວໜັງສື", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUngroup": "ຍົກເລີກການເຮັດເປັນກຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.vertAlignText": "ຈັດຕາມແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.goToSlideText": "ໄປຍັງສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.slideIndexText": "ພາບສະໄລ້ {0} ຂອງ {1}", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtClose": "ປິດພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtEndSlideshow": "ສິນສຸດສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtExitFullScreen": "ອອກຈາກໂໝດ ໜ້າ ຈໍເຕັມ", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtFinalMessage": "ສິ້ນສຸດເບິ່ງພາບສະໄລ, ກົດອອກ", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtFullScreen": "ເຕັມຈໍ", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtNext": "ພາບສະໄລທັດໄປ", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPageNumInvalid": "ໝາຍ ເລກພາບສະໄລບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPause": "ຢຸດການນຳ ສະ ເໜີຊົ່ວຄາວ", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPlay": "ເລີ່ມການນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPrev": "ພາບສະໄລຜ່ານມາ", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtReset": "ປັບ ໃໝ່", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnAboutCaption": "ກ່ຽວກັບ, ປະມານ", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "ເປີດບ່ອນຕຳແໜ່ງເອກະສານ", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnCloseMenuCaption": "ປິດລາຍການ", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnCreateNewCaption": "ສ້າງໃໝ່", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnDownloadCaption": "ດາວໂລດໂດຍ", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnHelpCaption": "ກຳລັງຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອ", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnInfoCaption": "ຂໍ້ມູນບົດນຳສະເໜີ ", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnPrintCaption": "ພິມ", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "ປົກປ້ອງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRecentFilesCaption": "ເປີດເອກະສານຜ່ານມາ", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "ກໍາລັງປ່ຽນຊື່...", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "ກັບຄືນ ຫາບົດນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRightsCaption": "ສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ...", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveAsCaption": "ບັນທຶກເປັນ", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveCaption": "ບັນທຶກ", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveCopyAsCaption": "ບັນທຶກສຳເນົາເປັນ...", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnSettingsCaption": "ຕັ້ງ​ຄ່າ​ຂັ້ນ​ສູງ...", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnToEditCaption": "ແກ້ໄຂບົດນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.fromBlankText": "ຈາກບ່ອນວ່າງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.fromTemplateText": "ຈາກແມ່ແບບ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.newDescriptionText": "ສ້າງການນຳ ສະ ເໜີ ເປົ່າວ່າງໃໝ່ ທີ່ທ່ານຈະສາມາດອອກແບບແລະຮູບແບບຫຼັງຈາກມັນຖືກສ້າງຂື້ນໃນລະຫວ່າງການດັດແກ້. ຫຼືເລືອກ ໜຶ່ງ ຂອງແມ່ແບບເພື່ອເລີ່ມຕົ້ນການ ນຳ ສະ ເໜີ ປະເພດໃດ ໜຶ່ງ ຫຼືຈຸດປະສົງໃດ ໜຶ່ງ ທີ່ບາງຮູບແບບໄດ້ ນຳ ໃຊ້ມາກ່ອນແລ້ວ.", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.newDocumentText": "ບົດນຳສະເໜີໃໝ່", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.noTemplatesText": "ບໍ່ມີແມ່ແບບ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.okButtonText": "ໃຊ້", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAddAuthor": "ເພີ່ມຜູ້ຂຽນ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAddText": "ເພີ່ມຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAppName": "ແອັບ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAuthor": "ຜູ້ຂຽນ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtBtnAccessRights": "ປ່ຽນສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtComment": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtCreated": "ສ້າງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtModifyBy": "ແກ້ໄຂຄັ້ງລ້າສຸດໂດຍ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtModifyDate": "ການແກ້ໄຂຄັ້ງລ້າສຸດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtOwner": "ເຈົ້າຂອງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtPlacement": "ສະຖານທີ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtRights": "ບຸກຄົນທີ່ມີສິດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtSubject": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtUploaded": "ອັບໂຫຼດສຳເລັດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "ປ່ຽນສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "ບຸກຄົນທີ່ມີສິດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "ດ້ວຍລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "ປົກປ້ອງການ ນຳ ສະ ເໜີ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "ດ້ວຍລາຍເຊັນ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂບົດນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "ການດັດແກ້ຈະລົບລາຍເຊັນຈາກການບົດນຳສະ ເໜີ.
    ທ່ານຕ້ອງການ ດຳ ເນີນການຕໍ່ໄປບໍ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "ການນຳສະເໜີ ນີ້ໄດ້ຖືກປ້ອງກັນດ້ວຍລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "ລາຍເຊັນຖືກເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນການ ນຳ ສະ ເໜີ. ການນຳສະ ເໜີ ແມ່ນປ້ອງກັນຈາກການດັດແກ້.", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "ບາງລາຍເຊັນດິຈິຕອນໃນການນຳສະເໜີ ແມ່ນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ ຫຼື ບໍ່ສາມາດຢືນຢັນໄດ້. ການ ນຳ ສະ ເໜີ ແມ່ນປ້ອງກັນຈາກການດັດແກ້.", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "ເບິ່ງລາຍເຊັນ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.okButtonText": "ໃຊ້", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAlignGuides": "ເປີດຄູ່ມືການຈັດຕໍາແໜ່ງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutoRecover": "ເປີດໃຊ້ງານອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutosave": "ເປີດໃຊ້ງານອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strCoAuthMode": "ໂມດແກ້ໄຂຮ່ວມກັນ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strCoAuthModeDescFast": "ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຊື່ອຶ່ນຈະເຫັນການປ່ຽນແປງຂອງເຈົ້າ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strCoAuthModeDescStrict": "ທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງຍອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງກ່ອນທີ່ທ່ານຈະເຫັນການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strFast": "ໄວ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strFontRender": "ຕົວອັກສອນມົວ ບໍ່ເເຈ້ງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strForcesave": "ເກັບຮັກສາໄວ້ໃນເຊີບເວີຢູ່ສະ ເໝີ (ຖ້າບໍ່ດັ່ງນັ້ນບັນທຶກໄວ້ໃນ ເຊີບເວີ ຢູ່ບ່ອນປິດເອກະສານ)", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strInputMode": "ເປີດກາຟີຣກ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strMacrosSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Macros", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strPaste": "ຕັດ, ສຳເນົາ ແລະ ວາງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strPasteButton": "ສະແດງປຸ່ມເລືອກວາງ ເມື່ອເນື້ອຫາໄດ້ຖືກຄັດຕິດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strShowChanges": "ການປ່ຽນແປງການຮ່ວມມືໃນເວລາຈິງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strSpellCheckMode": "ເປີດຕົວເລືອກການກວດສອບການສະກົດຄໍາ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strStrict": "ເຂັ້ມງວດ, ໂຕເຂັ້ມ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strUnit": "ຫົວໜ່ວຍການວັດແທກ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strZoom": "ຄ່າຂະຫຍາຍເລີ່ມຕົ້ມ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.text10Minutes": "ທຸກໆ10ນາທີ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.text30Minutes": "ທຸກໆ 30 ນາທີ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.text5Minutes": "ທຸກໆ 5 ນາທີ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.text60Minutes": "ທຸກຊົວໂມງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textAlignGuides": "ຄຳແນະນຳການຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textAutoRecover": "ກູ້ຄືນອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textAutoSave": "ບັນທຶກໂອໂຕ້", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textDisabled": "ປິດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textForceSave": "ບັນທຶກໃສ່ Server", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.textMinute": "ທຸກໆນາທີ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtAll": "ເບິ່ງ​ທັງ​ຫມົດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtAutoCorrect": "ຕົວເລືອກ ແກ້ໄຂອໍ່ໂຕ້ໂນມັດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtCacheMode": "ໂຫມດເກັບຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtCm": "ເຊັນຕິເມັດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtFitSlide": "ປັບສະໄລພໍດີ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtFitWidth": "ຄວາມກວ້າງສະໄລພໍດີ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtInch": "ຫົວໜ່ວຍ(ຫົວໜ່ວຍວັດແທກ)1 Inch =2.54 cm", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtInput": "ອິນພຸດສຳຮອງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtLast": "ເບິ່ງຄັ້ງສຸດທ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtMac": "ເຊັ່ນ OS X", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtNative": "ພື້ນເມືອງ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtProofing": "ການພິສູດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtPt": "ຈຸດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtRunMacros": "ເປີດທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtRunMacrosDesc": "ເປີດທຸກມາກໂຄໂດຍບໍ່ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtSpellCheck": "ກວດກາການສະກົດຄໍາ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtStopMacros": "ປິດທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtStopMacrosDesc": "ປິດທຸກ ມາກໂຄ ໂດຍບໍ່ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWarnMacros": "ສະແດງການແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWarnMacrosDesc": "ປິດທຸກ ມາກໂຄ ດ້ວຍ ການແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWin": "ເປັນວິນໂດ້", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.applyAllText": "ນຳໃຊ້ກັບທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.applyText": "ໃຊ້", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.diffLanguage": "ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດໃຊ້ຮູບແບບວັນທີໃນພາສາອື່ນນອກ ເໜືອ ຈາກພາບສະໄລ,
    ເພື່ອປ່ຽນບົດໃຫ້ກົດທີ່ປຸ່ມ 'Apply to all' ແທນ 'ສະໝັກ'", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDateTime": "ວັນທີ ແລະ ເວລາ", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFixed": "ແກ້ໄຂແລ້ວ", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFooter": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມໃນກ້ອງທ້າຍເຈ້ຍ (footer)", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFormat": "ຮູບແບບຕ່າງໆ", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textLang": "ພາສາ", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textNotTitle": "ຢ່າສະແດງຫົວຂໍ້ແຜ່ນສະໄລ້", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textPreview": "ເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງ", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSlideNum": "ພາບສະໄລ່ ຕົວເລກ", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂອບດ້ານລ່າງ", + "PE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textUpdate": "ປັບປຸງໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strDisplay": "ສະແດງຜົນ", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strLinkTo": "ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "ພາກສ່ວນຕົວ ໜັງ ສືທີ່ເລືອກ", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyDesc": "ໃສ່ ຄຳ ບັນຍາຍທີ່ນີ້", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyLink": "ໃສ່ລິ້ງຢູ່ນີ້", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "ໃສ່ຄໍາເເນະນຳເຄຶ່ອງມືທີ່ນີ້", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "ລິງພາຍນອກ", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "ພາບສະໄລ່ ໃນບົດນຳສະເໜີນີ້", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textSlides": "ພາບສະໄລ້", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມຂອງໜ້າຈໍ", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ hyperlink", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "ຕ້ອງມີດ້ານນີ້", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtFirst": "ສະໄລທຳອິດ", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtLast": "ສະໄລ່ສຸດທ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNext": "ພາບສະໄລທັດໄປ", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນ \"http://www.example.com\"", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtPrev": "ພາບສະໄລຜ່ານມາ", + "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtSlide": "ພາບສະໄລ່. ພາບເລື່ອນ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textCrop": "ຕັດເປັນສ່ວນ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textCropFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textCropFit": "ພໍດີ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textEditObject": "ແກໄຂຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFitSlide": "ປັບສະໄລພໍດີ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFlip": "ກະຕຸກ, ດີດ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromFile": "ຈາກຟາຍ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromStorage": "ຈາກບ່ອນເກັບ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromUrl": "ຈາກ URL", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHeight": "ລວງສູງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHint270": "ໝຸນ90°ທວນກັບເຂັມໂມງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHint90": "ໝຸນ ໂມງ 90 °", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHintFlipH": "Flip ແນວນອນ ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textHintFlipV": "Flip ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textInsert": "ປ່ຽນແທນຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textOriginalSize": "ຂະ ໜາດ ຕົວຈິງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textRotate90": "ໝຸນ 90°", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textRotation": "ການໝຸນ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettings.textWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ ,ຄວາມກ້ວາງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "ທາງເລືອກເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "ການອະທິບາຍ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "ການສະເເດງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເປັນພາບ, ຊຶ່ງຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ຜູ້ອ່ານ ຫຼື ຄວາມບົກຜ່ອງທາງສະຕິປັນຍາ ເພື່ອຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ເຂົາໃຫ້ເຂົ້າໃຈຂໍ້ມູນ ແລະ ຮູບພາບ,ຮູບຮ່າງອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ຮ່າງ ຫຼື ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "ຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textFlipped": "ດີດ, ກະຕຸກ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textHeight": "ລວງສູງ,ຄວາມສູງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textHorizontally": "ຢຽດຕາມທາງຂວາງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textKeepRatio": "ອັດຕາສ່ວນຄົງທີ່", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textOriginalSize": "ຂະ ໜາດ ຕົວຈິງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textPlacement": "ການປ່ຽນແທນ ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textPosition": "ຕໍາແໜ່ງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textRotation": "ການໝຸນ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຮູບພາບຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textVertically": "ແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ ,ຄວາມກ້ວາງ", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "ກ່ຽວກັບ, ປະມານ", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipChat": "ແຊັດ", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipComments": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipPlugins": "ຮູປັກສຽບ", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSearch": "ຊອກຫາ, ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSlides": "ພາບສະໄລ້", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "ຄຳ ຄິດເຫັນແລະການສະ ໜັບ ສະ ໜູນ", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "ໂໝດການພັດທະນາ", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "ຈຳກັດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "ແບບ ຈຳ ລອງ", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "ແບບນັດພັດທະນແບບທົດລອງ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງເສັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງຂອງວັກ ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "ຫຼັງຈາກ, ພາຍຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingBefore": "ກ່ອນ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAdvanced": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAt": "ທີ່", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAtLeast": "ຢ່າງ​ຫນ້ອຍ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAuto": "ຕົວຄູນ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textExact": "ແນ່ນອນ, ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.txtAutoText": "ອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.noTabs": "ແທັບທີ່ລະບຸໄວ້ຈະປາກົດຢູ່ໃນນີ້", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strAllCaps": "ໂຕໃຫຍ່ທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strDoubleStrike": "ຂີດທັບສອງຄັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndent": "ຫຍໍ້ໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLeftText": "ຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLineSpacing": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງເສັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsRightText": "ຂວາ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingAfter": "ຫຼັງຈາກ, ພາຍຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingBefore": "ກ່ອນ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpecial": "ພິເສດ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphFont": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphIndents": "ຫຍໍ້ໜ້າ ແລະ ຍະວ່າງ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSmallCaps": "ໂຕອັກສອນນ້ອຍ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSpacing": "ການຈັດໄລຍະຫ່າງ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strStrike": "ຂີດທັບ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSubscript": "ຕົວຫ້ອຍ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSuperscript": "ຕົວຍົກ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strTabs": "ຫຍໍ້ຫນ່້າ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textAlign": "ການຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textAuto": "ຕົວຄູນ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງຂອງຄຸນລັກສະນະ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "ແຕະຄ່າເລິ່ມຕັົ້ນ ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "ຜົນ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textExact": "ແນ່ນອນ, ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textFirstLine": "ເສັ້ນທໍາອິດ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textHanging": "ແຂວນຢຸ່, ຫ້ອຍໄວ້", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textJustified": "ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNoneSpecial": "(ບໍ່ມີ)", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemove": "ລຶບ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemoveAll": "ລຶບທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textSet": "ລະບຸ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabCenter": "ທາງກາງ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabPosition": "ຕຳ ແໜ່ງຍັບເຂົ້າ (Tab)", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabRight": "ຂວາ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າວັກຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.txtAutoText": "ອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtChartSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າແຜ່ນຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtImageSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtParagraphSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ, ກຳນົດຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຮູບຮ່າງ", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າລາຍເຊັນ,ກຳນົດລາຍເຊັນ", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtSlideSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າເລື່ອນພາບສະໄລ, ການກຳນົດການເລື່ອນພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ ຕົວອັກສອນຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strBackground": "ສີພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strChange": "ປ່ຽນຮູບຮ່າງອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strColor": "ສີ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strForeground": "ສີໜ້າຈໍ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strPattern": "ຮູບແບບ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strShadow": "ສະແດງເງົາ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strStroke": "ການລາກເສັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strTransparency": "ຄວາມເຂັ້ມ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strType": "ພິມ, ຕີພິມ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAdvanced": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAngle": "ຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "ມູນຄ່າທີ່ປ້ອນເຂົ້າແມ່ນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
    ກະລຸນາໃສ່ຄ່າລະຫວ່າງ 0 pt ແລະ 1584 pt.", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textColor": "ເຕີມສີ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textDirection": "ທິດທາງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textEmptyPattern": "ບໍ່ມີແບບຮູບ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFlip": "ກະຕຸກ, ດີດ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromFile": "ຈາກຟາຍ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromStorage": "ຈາກບ່ອນເກັບ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromUrl": "ຈາກ URL", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "ຈຸດໆ Gradient", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradientFill": "ລາດສີ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint270": "ໝຸນ90°ທວນກັບເຂັມໂມງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint90": "ໝຸນ ໂມງ 90 °", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHintFlipH": "Flip ແນວນອນ ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHintFlipV": "Flip ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textImageTexture": "ຮູບພາບ ແລະ ພື້ນ ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textLinear": "ເສັ້ນຊື່", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textNoFill": "ບໍ່ມີການຕື່ມຂໍ້ມູນໃສ່", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPatternFill": "ຮູບແບບ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPosition": "ຕໍາແໜ່ງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRadial": "ລັງສີ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotate90": "ໝຸນ 90°", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotation": "ການໝຸນ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectImage": "ເລືອກຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectTexture": "ເລືອກ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStretch": "ຢຶດ, ຂະຫຍາຍ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "ປະເພດ ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTexture": "ຈາກ ໂຄງສ້າງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTile": "ດິນຂໍ, ຫລື ກະໂລ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "ເພີ່ມຈຸດໄລ່ລະດັບ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "ລົບຈຸດສີ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtBrownPaper": "ເຈ້ຍສີນ້ຳຕານ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCanvas": "ໃບພັດ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCarton": "ກອ່ງເຈ້ຍ, ແກັດເຈ້ຍ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtDarkFabric": "ຜ້າສີເຂັ້ມ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtGrain": "ເມັດ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtGranite": "ລາຍແກນນິກ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtGreyPaper": "ເຈ້ຍສີເທົາ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtKnit": "ຖັກ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtLeather": "ໜັງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtNoBorders": "ບໍ່ມີເສັ້ນ, ແຖວ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtPapyrus": "ໂຕພິມ Papyrus", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtWood": "ໄມ້", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strColumns": "ຖັນ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strMargins": "ການຂະຫຍາຍຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "ທາງເລືອກເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "ການອະທິບາຍ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "ການສະເເດງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເປັນພາບ, ຊຶ່ງຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ຜູ້ອ່ານ ຫຼື ຄວາມບົກຜ່ອງທາງສະຕິປັນຍາ ເພື່ອຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ເຂົາໃຫ້ເຂົ້າໃຈຂໍ້ມູນ ແລະ ຮູບພາບ,ຮູບຮ່າງອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ຮ່າງ ຫຼື ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "ຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textArrows": "ລູກສອນ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAutofit": "ປັບພໍດີອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginSize": "ຂະໜາດເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginStyle": "ແບບເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBevel": "ອຽງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textCapType": "ປະເພດ ແຄບ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textColNumber": "ຈຳນວນຖັນ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textEndSize": "ຂະ ໜາດ ສິ້ນສຸດ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textEndStyle": "ສິ້ນສຸດປະເພດ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textFlat": "ແປ, ຮາບພຽງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textFlipped": "ດີດ, ກະຕຸກ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textHeight": "ລວງສູງ,ຄວາມສູງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textHorizontally": "ຢຽດຕາມທາງຂວາງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textJoinType": "ຮ່ວມປະເພດ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textKeepRatio": "ອັດຕາສ່ວນຄົງທີ່", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLineStyle": "ຮູບແບບເສັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textMiter": "ເຄື່ອງມືຕັດໄມ້,ເຫຼັກ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textNofit": "ຢ່າປັບອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textResizeFit": "ປັບຂະ ໜາດ ຮູບຮ່າງໃຫ້ພໍດີກັບຕົວ ໜັງ ສື", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRight": "ຂວາ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRotation": "ການໝຸນ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRound": "ຮອບ,ມົນ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textShrink": "ຫຍໍ້ຂະໜາດຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSpacing": "ຄວາມຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງຖັນ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSquare": "ສີ່ຫຼ່ຽມ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTextBox": "ກ່ອງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "ຮູບຮ່າງ - ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTop": "ເບື້ອງເທີງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textVertically": "ແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWeightArrows": "ນໍ້າ ໜັກ ແລະ ລູກສອນ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ ,ຄວາມກ້ວາງ", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.txtNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDelete": "ລຶບລາຍເຊັນ", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDetails": "ລາຍລະອຽດລາຍເຊັນ", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strInvalid": "ລາຍເຊັນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "ເຊັນ", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSignature": "ລາຍເຊັນ", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "ລາຍເຊັນຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "ແກ້ໄຂແນວໃດກໍ່ໄດ້", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "ການດັດແກ້ຈະລົບລາຍເຊັນຈາກການບົດນຳສະ ເໜີ.
    ທ່ານຕ້ອງການ ດຳ ເນີນການຕໍ່ໄປບໍ", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "ລາຍເຊັນຖືກເພີ່ມເຂົ້າໃນການ ນຳ ສະ ເໜີ. ການນຳສະ ເໜີ ແມ່ນປ້ອງກັນຈາກການດັດແກ້.", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "ບາງລາຍເຊັນດິຈິຕອນໃນການນຳສະເໜີ ແມ່ນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ ຫຼື ບໍ່ສາມາດຢືນຢັນໄດ້. ການ ນຳ ສະ ເໜີ ແມ່ນປ້ອງກັນຈາກການດັດແກ້.", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strBackground": "ສີພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strColor": "ສີ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strDateTime": "ສະເເດງວັນືທີ ແລະ ເວລາ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strDelay": "ລ້າຊ້າ, ເລື່ອນ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strDuration": "ໄລຍະ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strEffect": "ຜົນ, ຜົນເສຍ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strFill": "ພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strForeground": "ສີໜ້າຈໍ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strPattern": "ຮູບແບບ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strSlideNum": "ສະແດງຕົວເລກສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strStartOnClick": "ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນກົດ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textAdvanced": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textAngle": "ຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textApplyAll": "ນຳໃຊ້ກັບທຸກໆແຜ່ນສະໄລ້", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBlack": "ຜ່ານສີດຳ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBottom": "ລຸ່ມສຸດ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBottomLeft": "ປູ່ມດ້ານຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBottomRight": "ລຸ່ມດ້ານຂວາ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textClock": "ໂມງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textClockwise": "ການໝຸນຂອງເຂັມໂມງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textColor": "ເຕີມສີ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textCounterclockwise": "ໝຸນກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textCover": "ໜ້າປົກ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textDirection": "ທິດທາງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textEmptyPattern": "ບໍ່ມີແບບຮູບ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFade": "ເລື່ອນ, ເລື່ອນຫາຍໄປ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFromFile": "ຈາກຟາຍ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFromStorage": "ຈາກບ່ອນເກັບ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFromUrl": "ຈາກ URL", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textGradient": "ຈຸດໆ Gradient", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textGradientFill": "ລາດສີ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textHorizontalIn": "ລວງນອນທາງໃນ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textHorizontalOut": "ລວງນອນທາງນອກ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textImageTexture": "ຮູບພາບ ຫລື ພື້ນ ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textLinear": "ເສັ້ນຊື່", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textNoFill": "ບໍ່ມີການຕື່ມຂໍ້ມູນໃສ່", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPatternFill": "ຮູບແບບ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPosition": "ຕໍາແໜ່ງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPreview": "ເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPush": "ດັນ, ຍູ້", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textRadial": "ລັງສີ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textReset": "ປັບການປ່ຽນແປງ ໃໝ່", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textRight": "ຂວາ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSec": "S", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSelectImage": "ເລືອກຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSelectTexture": "ເລືອກ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSmoothly": "ຄ່ອງຕົວ, ສະດວກ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textSplit": "ແຍກ, ແບ່ງເປັນ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textStretch": "ຢຶດ, ຂະຫຍາຍ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textStyle": "ປະເພດ ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textTexture": "ຈາກ ໂຄງສ້າງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textTile": "ດິນຂໍ, ຫລື ກະໂລ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textTop": "ຂ້າງເທີງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textTopLeft": "ຂ້າງຊ້າຍດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textTopRight": "ດ້ານເທິງຂ້າງຂວາ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textUnCover": "ເປີດເຜີຍ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textVerticalIn": "ລວງຕັ້ງດ້ານໃນ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textVerticalOut": "ລວງຕັ້ງງດ້ານນອກ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textWedge": "ລີ່ມ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textWipe": "ເຊັດ, ຖູ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoom": "ຂະຫຍາຍ ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomIn": "ຊຸມເຂົ້າ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomOut": "ຂະຫຍາຍອອກ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomRotate": "ຂະຫຍາຍ ແລະ ໝຸນ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "ເພີ່ມຈຸດໄລ່ລະດັບ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "ລົບຈຸດສີ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtBrownPaper": "ເຈ້ຍສີນ້ຳຕານ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtCanvas": "ຜ້າໃບ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtCarton": "ກອ່ງເຈ້ຍ, ແກັດເຈ້ຍ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtDarkFabric": "ສີເຂັ້ມ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtGrain": "ເມັດ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtGranite": "ລາຍແກນນິກ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtGreyPaper": "ເຈ້ຍສີເທົາ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtKnit": "ຖັກ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtLeather": "ໜັງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtPapyrus": "ໂຕພິມ Papyrus", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtWood": "ໄມ້", + "PE.Views.SlideshowSettings.textLoop": "Loop ຢ່າງຕໍ່ເນື່ອງຈົນກວ່າ 'Esc' ຖືກກົດ", + "PE.Views.SlideshowSettings.textTitle": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າ, ກຳນົດການຕັ້ງຄ່າ", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.strLandscape": "ປິ່ນລວງນອນ", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.strPortrait": "ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.textHeight": "ລວງສູງ,ຄວາມສູງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.textSlideOrientation": "ການເລືອກພາບສະໄລ (ນອນຫລື ລວງຕັ້ງ)", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.textSlideSize": "ຂະໜາດພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂະໜາດພາບສະໄລ/ເລື່ອນ", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.textWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ ,ຄວາມກ້ວາງ", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txt35": "ພາບສະໄລ 35 ມິລິແມັດ", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtA3": "ເຈ້ຍ A3 (297x420 mm)", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtA4": "ເຈ້ຍ A4 (210x297 mm)", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtB4": "ເຈ້ຍ B4 (ICO) (250x353 mm)", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtB5": "ເຈ້ຍ B5 (ICO) (176x250 mm)", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtBanner": "ປ້າຍ, ປ້າຍໂຄສະນາ, ", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtCustom": "ກຳນົດເອງ, ປະເພດ,", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtLedger": "ເຈ້ຍຍາວ (11x17 in)", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtLetter": "ເຈ້ຍຂະໜາດ (8.5x11 in)", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtOverhead": "ເທິງຫົວ", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtStandard": "ມາດຕະຖານ (4:3)", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtWidescreen1": "ຈໍກວ້າງ (16: 9)", + "PE.Views.SlideSizeSettings.txtWidescreen2": "ຈໍກວ້າງ (16:10)", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.goToPageText": "ໄປຍັງສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.pageIndexText": "ພາບສະໄລ້ {0} ຂອງ {1}", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.textShowBegin": "ສະແດງແຕ່ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.textShowCurrent": "ສະແດງຈາກແຜ່ນສະໄລ້ປັດຈຸບັນ", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.textShowPresenterView": "ສະແດງທັດສະນະຂອງຜູ້ນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipAccessRights": "ຄຸ້ມຄອງສິດໃນການເຂົ້າເຖິງເອກະສານ", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipFitPage": "ປັບສະໄລພໍດີ", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipFitWidth": "ຄວາມກວ້າງສະໄລພໍດີ", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipPreview": "ເລີ່ມສະໄລ້", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipSetLang": "ກຳນົດພາສາຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomFactor": "ຂະຫຍາຍ ", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomIn": "ຊຸມເຂົ້າ", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomOut": "ຂະຫຍາຍອອກ", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.txtPageNumInvalid": "ໝາຍ ເລກພາບສະໄລບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "ລົບຖັນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.deleteRowText": "ລົບແຖວ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.deleteTableText": "ລົບຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.insertColumnLeftText": "ເພີ່ມຖັນເບື່ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.insertColumnRightText": "ເພີ່ມຖັນເບື້ອງຂວາ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.insertRowAboveText": "ເພີ່ມແຖວດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.insertRowBelowText": "ເພີ່ມແຖວດ້ານລຸ້ມ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.mergeCellsText": "ລວມ ແຖວ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.selectCellText": "ເລືອກເຊວ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.selectColumnText": "ເລືອກຖັນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.selectRowText": "ເລືອກແຖວ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.selectTableText": "ເລືອກຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.splitCellsText": "ແບ່ງແຍກຫ້ອງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.splitCellTitleText": "ແຍກແຊວ ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textAdvanced": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBackColor": "ສີພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBanded": "ແຖບ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "ສີ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "ປະເພດເສັ້ນຂອບ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "ຂະໜາດແຊວ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "ຖັນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "ກະຈາຍຖັນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "ກະຈາຍແຖວ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "ແຖວ ແລະ ຖັນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "ບໍ່ມີແມ່ແບບ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "ທຳອິດ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "ຫົວຂໍ້ເອກະສານ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeight": "ລວງສູງ,ຄວາມສູງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "ລ່າສຸດ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textRows": "ແຖວ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectBorders": "ເລືອກຂອບເຂດທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງການປ່ຽນຮູບແບບການສະ ໝັກ ທີ່ເລືອກໄວ້ຂ້າງເທິງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "ເລືອກຈາກແມ່ແບບ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "ຈຳນວນທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ ,ຄວາມກ້ວາງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipAll": "ກຳນົດເສັ້ນດ້ານນອກ ແລະ ດ້ານໃນ ທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipBottom": "ກຳນົດຂອບເຂດເສັ້ນທາງລຸ່ມເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipInner": "ກຳນົດເສັ້ນດ້ານໃນເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipInnerHor": "ຕັ້ງສາຍພາຍໃນແນວນອນເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipInnerVert": "ກຳນົດເສັ້ນໃນແນວຕັ້ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipLeft": "ກຳ ນົດເຂດເສັ້ນດ້ານນອກເບື້ອງຊ້າຍເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipNone": "ກຳນົດບໍ່ມີຂອບ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipOuter": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າເສັ້ນຂອບນອກເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipRight": "ກຳນົດເສັ້ນຂອບນອກດ້ານຂວາເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipTop": "ກຳນົດເສັ້ນຂອບນອກດ້ານເທິງເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtNoBorders": "ບໍ່ມີຂອບ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_Accent": "ສຳນຽງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_DarkStyle": "ປະເພດເຂັ້ມ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_LightStyle": "ແບບແສງສະຫວ່າງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_MediumStyle": "ປະເພດເສັ້ນແບ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_NoGrid": "ບໍ່ມີຕາໜ່າງ, ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_NoStyle": "ບໍ່ມີແບບ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_TableGrid": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.txtTable_ThemedStyle": "ປະເພດຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "ທາງເລືອກເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "ການອະທິບາຍ", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "ການສະເເດງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເປັນພາບ, ຊຶ່ງຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ຜູ້ອ່ານ ຫຼື ຄວາມບົກຜ່ອງທາງສະຕິປັນຍາ ເພື່ອຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ເຂົາໃຫ້ເຂົ້າໃຈຂໍ້ມູນ ແລະ ຮູບພາບ,ຮູບຮ່າງອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ຮ່າງ ຫຼື ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textCheckMargins": "ໃຊ້ຂອບເບື້ອງຕົ້ນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textDefaultMargins": "ຂອບເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textMargins": "ຂອບເຂດຂອງແຊວ", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textRight": "ຂວາ", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "ຕາຕະລາງ - ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textTop": "ເບື້ອງເທີງ", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textWidthSpaces": "ຂອບ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strBackground": "ສີພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strColor": "ສີ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strForeground": "ສີໜ້າຈໍ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strPattern": "ຮູບແບບ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strStroke": "ການລາກເສັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strTransparency": "ຄວາມເຂັ້ມ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strType": "ພິມ, ຕີພິມ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textAngle": "ຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "ມູນຄ່າທີ່ປ້ອນເຂົ້າແມ່ນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
    ກະລຸນາໃສ່ຄ່າລະຫວ່າງ 0 pt ແລະ 1584 pt.", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textColor": "ເຕີມສີ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textDirection": "ທິດທາງ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textEmptyPattern": "ບໍ່ມີແບບຮູບ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromFile": "ຈາກຟາຍ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromUrl": "ຈາກ URL", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradient": "ຈຸດໆ Gradient", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradientFill": "ລາດສີ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textImageTexture": "ຮູບພາບ ຫລື ພື້ນ ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "ເສັ້ນຊື່", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textNoFill": "ບໍ່ມີການຕື່ມຂໍ້ມູນໃສ່", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPatternFill": "ຮູບແບບ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPosition": "ຕໍາແໜ່ງ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textRadial": "ລັງສີ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textSelectTexture": "ເລືອກ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStretch": "ຢຶດ, ຂະຫຍາຍ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStyle": "ປະເພດ ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTemplate": "ແມ່ແບບ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTexture": "ຈາກ ໂຄງສ້າງ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTile": "ດິນຂໍ, ຫລື ກະໂລ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "ການຫັນປ່ຽນ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "ເພີ່ມຈຸດໄລ່ລະດັບ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "ລົບຈຸດສີ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtBrownPaper": "ເຈ້ຍສີນ້ຳຕານ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCanvas": "ຜ້າໃບ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCarton": "ກອ່ງເຈ້ຍ, ແກັດເຈ້ຍ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtDarkFabric": "ສີເຂັ້ມ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtGrain": "ເມັດ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtGranite": "ລາຍແກນນິກ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtGreyPaper": "ເຈ້ຍສີເທົາ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtKnit": "ຖັກ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtLeather": "ໜັງ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtNoBorders": "ບໍ່ມີເສັ້ນ, ແຖວ", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtPapyrus": "ໂຕພິມ Papyrus", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtWood": "ໄມ້", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capAddSlide": "ເພິ່ມພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnAddComment": "ເພີ່ມຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnComment": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnDateTime": "ວັນທີ ແລະ ເວລາ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "ສ່ວນທ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsSymbol": "ສັນຍາລັກ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnSlideNum": "ພາບສະໄລ່ ຕົວເລກ, ຈຳນວນພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertAudio": "ກ່ຽວກັບສຽງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertChart": "ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertEquation": "ເທົ່າກັນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertHyperlink": "ົໄຮເປີລີ້ງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertImage": "ຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertShape": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertTable": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertText": "ກ່ອງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertVideo": "ວິດີໂອ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabFile": "ຟາຍ ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabHome": "ໜ້າຫຼັກ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabInsert": "ເພີ່ມ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniCustomTable": "ກຳນົດຕາຕະລາງເອງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromFile": "ຮູບພາບຈາກຟາຍ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromStorage": "ຮູບພາບຈາກບ່ອນເກັບພາບ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromUrl": "ຮູບພາບຈາກ URL", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniSlideAdvanced": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniSlideStandard": "ມາດຕະຖານ (4:3)", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniSlideWide": "ຈໍກວ້າງ (16: 9)", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignBottom": "ຈັດເນື້ອຫາຕິດດ້ານລຸ່ມສຸດ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignCenter": "ເນື້ອຫາຢູ່ທາງກາງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignJust": "ໃຫ້ເຫດຜົນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignLeft": "ຈັດລຽງເນື້ອຫາຕິດດ້ານຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignMiddle": "ຈັດເນື້ອຫາຢູ່ທາງການ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignRight": "ຈັດເນື້ອຫາຕິດດ້ານຂວາ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignTop": "ຈັດເນື້ອຫາຕິດຢຸ່ດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeBack": "ສົ່ງໄປເປັນພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeBackward": "ສົ່ງຢ້ອນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeForward": "ເອົາຂຶ້ນມາທາງໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeFront": "ເອົາໄປທີ່ເບື້ອງໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textBold": "ໂຕຊໍ້າ ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "ໂຕໜັງສືອຽງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textListSettings": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າລາຍການ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ, ການກຳນົດສີ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignBottom": "ຈັດຕ່ຳແໜ່ງທາງດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignCenter": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignLeft": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຕິດຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignMiddle": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignRight": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເບື່ອງຂວາ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignTop": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowBegin": "ສະແດງແຕ່ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowCurrent": "ສະແດງຈາກແຜ່ນສະໄລ້ປັດຈຸບັນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowPresenterView": "ສະແດງທັດສະນະຂອງຜູ້ນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowSettings": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າ, ກຳນົດການຕັ້ງຄ່າ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "ຂີດທັບ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "ຕົວຫ້ອຍ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "ຕົວຍົກ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "ການຮ່ວມກັນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "ຟາຍ ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "ໜ້າຫຼັກ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "ເພີ່ມ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "ການປ້ອງກັນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "ຂີດກ້ອງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "ເພິ່ມພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "ປ່ຽນປະເພດແຜ່ນພາບ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "ປ່ຽນຮູບຮ່າງພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipClearStyle": "ລຶບລ້າງຮູບແບບ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipColorSchemas": "ປ່ຽນຮຼບແບບສີ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "ສຳເນົາ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "ຮູບແບບການສຳເນົາ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDateTime": "ເພີ່ມວັນທີ ແລະ ເວລາປັດຈຸນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "ຫຼູດຂະໜາດຕົວອັກສອນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecPrLeft": "ຫຍໍ້ໜ້າເຂົ້າ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "ແກ້ໄຂສ່ວນຂອບລູ່ມ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "ສີຂອງຕົວອັກສອນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "ຂະໜາດຕົວອັກສອນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "ຈັດວາງແນວນອນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "ເພີ່ມຂະໜາດຕົວອັກສອນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "ເພີ່ມຫຍໍ້ໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertAudio": "ເພີ່ມສຽງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "ເພີ່ມຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "ເພິ່ມສົມຜົນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertHyperlink": "ເພີ່ມ hyperlink", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "ເພີ່ມຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "ແທກຮູບຮ່າງ ອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertSymbol": "ເພີ່ມສັນຍາລັກ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "ເພີ່ມຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "ໃສ່ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "ເພີ່ມສີລະປະໃສ່ເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertVideo": "ເພີ່ມວິດີໂອ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງເສັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "ຂີດໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipNumbers": "ການນັບ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipPaste": "ວາງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipPreview": "ເລີ່ມສະໄລ້", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrint": "ພີມ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipRedo": "ເຮັດຊ້ຳ, ຕົບແຕ່ງໃໝ່", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipSave": "ບັນທຶກ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipSaveCoauth": "ບັນທຶກການປ່ຽນແປງຂອງທ່ານເພື່ອຜູ້ນຳໃຊ້ຊື່ອື່ນເຫັນມັນ.", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipShapeAlign": "ຈັດລຽງຮູບຮ່າງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipShapeArrange": "ຈັດຮູບຮ່າງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipSlideNum": "ເພີ່ມຈຳນວນພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipSlideSize": "ເລືອກຂະໜາດພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipSlideTheme": "ຫົວຂໍ້ພາບສະໄລ້", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipVAligh": "ຈັດຕາມແນວນອນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "ເບິ່ງການຕັ້ງຄ່າ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtDistribHor": "ແຈກຢາຍຕາມແນວນອນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtDistribVert": "ແຈກຢາຍແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtGroup": "ກຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtObjectsAlign": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຈຸດປະສົງທີ່ເລືອກໄວ້", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "ຫ້ອງການ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "ເສັ້ນແບ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "ລົດໄຟຟ້າ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme12": "ໂມດູນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme13": "ຮູບພາບທີ່ມີລັກສະນະສະເເດງຄວາມຮັ່ງມີ ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme14": "Oriel", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme15": "ເດີມ,ແຕ່ເດີມ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme16": "ເຈ້ຍ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme17": "ເສັ້ນໝູນອ້ອມດວງຕາເວັນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme18": "ເຕັກນິກ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme19": "Trek", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme2": "ໂທນສີເທົາ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme20": "ໃນເມືອງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme21": "Verve", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme3": "ເອເພັກສ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme4": "ມຸມມອງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme5": "ປະຫວັດ, ກ່ຽວກັບເມືອງ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme6": "ຝູງຊົນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme7": "ຄວາມເທົ່າທຽມກັນ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme8": "ຂະບວນການ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme9": "ໂຮງຫລໍ່", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtSlideAlign": "ຈັດພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.txtUngroup": "ຍົກເລີກການເຮັດເປັນກຸ່ມ" +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/lv.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/lv.json index bd5ff51b1..9b0dc74ef 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/lv.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/lv.json @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Replace", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Replace All", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Don't show this message again", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "The document has been changed by another user.
    Please click to save your changes and reload the updates.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "The document has been changed by another user.
    Please click to save your changes and reload the updates.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standarta krāsas", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Tēmas krāsas", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Uzsvari", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Iekavas", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "You need to specify image URL.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "The entered value is incorrect.
    Please enter a numeric value between 1 and 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "The entered value is incorrect.
    Please enter a numeric value between 1 and 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Daļas", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Funkcijas", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "Integrāli", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/nl.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/nl.json index 006a5adf7..dcbf6cbc1 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/nl.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/nl.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Vervangen", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Alles vervangen", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Dit bericht niet meer weergeven", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Het document is gewijzigd door een andere gebruiker.
    Klik om uw wijzigingen op te slaan en de updates opnieuw te laden.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Het document is gewijzigd door een andere gebruiker.
    Klik om uw wijzigingen op te slaan en de updates opnieuw te laden.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standaardkleuren", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Themakleuren", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", @@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Iemand is deze presentatie nu aan het bewerken. Probeer het later opnieuw.", "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Toegang geweigerd", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Er is een fout opgetreden bij het opslaan van het bestand", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Dit bestand kan niet worden opgeslagen of gemaakt.
    Mogelijke redenen zijn:
    1. Het bestand is alleen-lezen.
    2. Het bestand wordt bewerkt door andere gebruikers.
    3. De schijf is vol of beschadigd.", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Voorbereiding op opslaan", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Bezig met voorbereiding op opslaan. Even geduld...", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Presentatie wordt opgeslagen...", @@ -653,6 +654,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "De huidige zoominstelling van uw browser wordt niet ondersteund. Zet de zoominstelling terug op de standaardwaarde door op Ctrl+0 te drukken.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Het aantal gelijktijdige verbindingen met de document server heeft het maximum overschreven. Het document zal geopend worden in een alleen-lezen modus.
    Neem contact op met de beheerder voor meer informatie.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Uw licentie is vervallen.
    Werk uw licentie bij en vernieuw de pagina.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licentie verlopen.
    U heeft geen toegang tot documentbewerkingsfunctionaliteit.
    Neem contact op met uw beheerder.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Licentie moet worden verlengd.
    U heeft beperkte toegang tot documentbewerkingsfunctionaliteit.
    Neem contact op met uw beheerder voor volledige toegang", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers met de document server heeft het maximum overschreven. Het document zal geopend worden in een alleen-lezen modus.
    Neem contact op met de beheerder voor meer informatie.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Deze versie van %1 bevat limieten voor het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers.
    Indien meer nodig is, upgrade dan de huidige licentie of schaf een commerciële licentie aan.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Deze versie van %1 bevat limieten voor het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers.
    Indien meer nodig is, upgrade dan de huidige licentie of schaf een commerciële licentie aan.", @@ -662,7 +665,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Accenten", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Haakjes", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "U moet een URL opgeven voor de afbeelding.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "De ingevoerde waarde is onjuist.
    Voer een waarde tussen 1 en 100 in", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "De ingevoerde waarde is onjuist.
    Voer een waarde tussen 1 en 300 in", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Breuken", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Functies", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Invoegen", @@ -1382,7 +1385,9 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback en Support", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Titels", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "ONTWIKKELAARSMODUS", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Beperk toegang", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "TEST MODUS", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Proefontwikkelaarsmodus", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Regelafstand", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Afstand tussen alinea's", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "Na", @@ -1437,7 +1442,7 @@ "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "Handtekening instellingen", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtSlideSettings": "Dia-instellingen", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "Tabelinstellingen", - "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "TextArt-instellingen", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "Tekst Art instellingen", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strBackground": "Achtergrondkleur", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strChange": "AutoVorm wijzigen", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strColor": "Kleur", @@ -1842,12 +1847,14 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Kopiëren", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Stijl kopiëren", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDateTime": "Invoegen huidige datum en tijd", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Tekengrootte verminderen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecPrLeft": "Inspringing verkleinen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Voettekst bewerken", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Tekenkleur", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Lettertype", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Tekengrootte", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Horizontale uitlijning", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "Tekengrootte vergroten", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Inspringing vergroten", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertAudio": "Voeg geluid toe", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Grafiek invoegen", @@ -1858,7 +1865,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertSymbol": "Symbool toevoegen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Tabel invoegen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Tekstvak invoegen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Text Art Invoegen", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Tekst Art Invoegen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertVideo": "Video toevoegen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Regelafstand", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "Opsommingstekens", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pl.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pl.json index 197e36bf2..234986dc4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pl.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pl.json @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Zamienić", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Zamień wszystko", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Nie pokazuj tej wiadomości ponownie", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument został zmieniony przez innego użytkownika.
    Proszę kliknij, aby zapisać swoje zmiany i ponownie załadować zmiany.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument został zmieniony przez innego użytkownika.
    Proszę kliknij, aby zapisać swoje zmiany i ponownie załadować zmiany.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Kolory standardowe", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Kolory motywu", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Anulować", @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Akcenty", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Nawiasy", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Musisz podać adres URL obrazu.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Wprowadzona wartość jest nieprawidłowa.
    Wprowadź wartość numeryczną w zakresie od 1 do 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Wprowadzona wartość jest nieprawidłowa.
    Wprowadź wartość numeryczną w zakresie od 1 do 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Ułamki", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Funkcje", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "Całki", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pt.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pt.json index 5ad587341..994d09832 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pt.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pt.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Substituir", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Substituir tudo", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Não exibir esta mensagem novamente", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "O documento foi alterado por outro usuário.
    Clique para salvar suas alterações e recarregar as atualizações.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "O documento foi alterado por outro usuário.
    Clique para salvar suas alterações e recarregar as atualizações.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Cores padrão", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Cores do tema", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Editor de gráfico", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "O documento atualmente está sendo editado por vários usuários.", "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Configurações avançadas", - "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Ir para Documentos", + "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Localização do arquivo aberto", "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Ocultar Barra de Ferramentas", "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Ocultar réguas", "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Ocultar barra de status", @@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Alguém está editando esta apresentação neste momento. Tente novamente mais tarde.", "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Acesso negado", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Ocorreu um erro ao salvar o arquivo", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Este arquivo não pode ser salvo ou criado.
    Possíveis razões são:
    1. O arquivo é somente leitura.
    2. O arquivo está sendo editado por outros usuários.
    3. O disco está cheio ou corrompido.", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Preparando para salvar", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Preparando para salvar. Aguarde...", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Salvando apresentação...", @@ -653,6 +654,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "A configuração de zoom atual de seu navegador não é completamente suportada. Redefina para o zoom padrão pressionando Ctrl+0.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Você atingiu o limite de conexões simultâneas para editores %1. Este documento será aberto apenas para visualização.
    Entre em contato com seu administrador para saber mais.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Sua licença expirou.
    Atualize sua licença e atualize a página.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "A licença expirou.
    Você não tem acesso à funcionalidade de edição de documentos.
    Por favor, contate seu administrador.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "A licença precisa ser renovada.
    Você tem acesso limitado à funcionalidade de edição de documentos.
    Entre em contato com o administrador para obter acesso total.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Você atingiu o limite de usuários para editores %1. Entre em contato com seu administrador para saber mais.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Você atingiu o limite de conexões simultâneas para editores %1. Este documento será aberto apenas para visualização.
    Entre em contato com a equipe de vendas da %1 para obter os termos de atualização pessoais.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Você atingiu o limite de usuários para editores %1.
    Entre em contato com a equipe de vendas da %1 para obter os termos de atualização pessoais.", @@ -662,7 +665,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Destaques", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Parênteses", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Você precisa especificar uma URL de imagem.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "O valor inserido está incorreto.
    Insira um valor numérico entre 1 e 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "O valor inserido está incorreto.
    Insira um valor numérico entre 1 e 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Frações", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Funções", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Inserir", @@ -1202,7 +1205,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPrev": "Slide anterior", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtReset": "Redefinir", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnAboutCaption": "Sobre", - "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "Ir para Documentos", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "Localização do arquivo aberto", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnCloseMenuCaption": "Fechar menu", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnCreateNewCaption": "Criar novo", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnDownloadCaption": "Transferir como...", @@ -1382,7 +1385,9 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback e Suporte", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Títulos", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MODO DE DESENVOLVEDOR", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Limitar o acesso", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "MODO DE TESTE", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Modo desenvolvedor de teste", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Espaçamento de linha", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Espaçamento", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "Depois", @@ -1404,7 +1409,7 @@ "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingBefore": "Antes", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpecial": "Especial", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphFont": "Fonte", - "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphIndents": "Recuos e Posicionamento", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphIndents": "Recuos e Espaçamento", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSmallCaps": "Versalete", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSpacing": "Espaçamento", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strStrike": "Taxado", @@ -1459,7 +1464,7 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromFile": "Do arquivo", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromStorage": "De armazenamento", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromUrl": "Da URL", - "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Gradiente", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Pontos de gradiente", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradientFill": "Preenchimento gradiente", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint270": "Girar 90º no sentido anti-horário.", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint90": "Girar 90º no sentido horário", @@ -1575,7 +1580,7 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFromFile": "Do arquivo", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFromStorage": "De armazenamento", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textFromUrl": "Da URL", - "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textGradient": "Gradiente", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textGradient": "Pontos de gradiente", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textGradientFill": "Preenchimento gradiente", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textHorizontalIn": "Horizontal para dentro", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textHorizontalOut": "Horizontal para fora", @@ -1743,7 +1748,7 @@ "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textEmptyPattern": "No Pattern", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromFile": "From File", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromUrl": "From URL", - "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradient": "Gradient", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradient": "Pontos de gradiente", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradientFill": "Gradient Fill", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textImageTexture": "Picture or Texture", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "Linear", @@ -1842,12 +1847,14 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Copiar", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Copiar estilo", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDateTime": "Insira a data e hora atuais", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Diminuir o tamanho da fonte", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecPrLeft": "Diminuir recuo", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Editar rodapé", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Cor da fonte", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Fonte", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Tamanho da fonte", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Alinhamento horizontal", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "Aumentar tamanho da fonte", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Aumentar recuo", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertAudio": "Inserir áudio", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Inserir gráfico", @@ -1857,7 +1864,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Inserir forma automática", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertSymbol": "Inserir símbolo", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Inserir tabela", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Inserir texto", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Inserir caixa de texto", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Inserir arte de texto", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertVideo": "Inserir Vídeo", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Espaçamento de linha", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ro.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ro.json index 0b4997a81..d2c8b879f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ro.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ro.json @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Common.define.chartData.textPoint": "XY (diagramă prin puncte)", "Common.define.chartData.textStock": "Bursiere", "Common.define.chartData.textSurface": "Suprafața", - "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "Fișierul este editat într-o altă aplicație. Puteți continua să editați și salvați ca o copie.", + "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "Fișierul este editat într-o altă aplicație. Puteți continua să editați și să-l salvați ca o copie.", "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "Adăugare culoarea particularizată nouă", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSize.txtNoBorders": "Fără borduri", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSizeEditable.txtNoBorders": "Fără borduri", @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Înlocuire", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Înlocuire peste tot", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Nu afișa acest mesaj din nou", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Documentul a fost modificat de către un alt utilizator.
    Salvați modificările făcute de dumneavoastră și reîmprospătați documentul.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Documentul a fost modificat de către un alt utilizator.
    Salvați modificările făcute de dumneavoastră și reîmprospătați documentul.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Culori standard", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Culori temă", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Anulare", @@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "La moment, alcineva lucrează la prezentarea. Vă rugăm să încercați mai târziu.", "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Acces refuzat", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "S-a produs o eroare în timpul încercării de salvare a fișierului.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Salvarea sau crearea fișierului imposibilă.
    Cauzele posibile:
    1. Fișierul s-s deschis doar în citire.
    2. Fișierul este editat de alt utilizator.
    3. Hard-disk-ul ori este plin, ori are un defect anume.", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Pregătire pentru salvare", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Pregătire pentru salvare. Vă rugăm să așteptați...", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Salvarea prezentării...", @@ -664,7 +665,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Accente", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Paranteze", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Trebuie specificată adresa URL a imaginii.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Valoarea introdusă nu este corectă.
    Introduceți valoarea numerică de la 1 până la 100.", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Valoarea introdusă nu este corectă.
    Introduceți valoarea numerică de la 1 până la 300.", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Fracții", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Funcții", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Inserare", @@ -1386,7 +1387,7 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MOD DEZVOLTATOR", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Limitare acces", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "PERIOADĂ DE PROBĂ", - "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Versiunea de încercare a modului dezvoltator", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Mod dezvoltator de încercare", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Interlinie", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Spațiere paragraf", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "După", @@ -1846,12 +1847,14 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Copiere", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Copiere stil", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDateTime": "Inserare dată și oră curentă", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Reducere font", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecPrLeft": "Micșorare indent", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Editare notă de subsol", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Culoare font", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Font", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Dimensiune font", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Alinierea orizontală", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "Creștere font", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Creștere nivel indentare", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertAudio": "Inserare audio", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Inserare diagramă", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ru.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ru.json index c8391688e..8acc86623 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ru.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ru.json @@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "В настоящее время презентация редактируется. Пожалуйста, повторите попытку позже.", "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Доступ запрещён", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "При сохранении файла произошла ошибка.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Нельзя сохранить или создать этот файл.
    Возможные причины:
    1. Файл доступен только для чтения.
    2. Файл редактируется другими пользователями.
    3. Диск заполнен или поврежден.", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Подготовка к сохранению", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Подготовка к сохранению. Пожалуйста, подождите...", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Сохранение презентации...", @@ -383,7 +384,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Загрузка презентации", "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Лицензионное ограничение", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Платная функция", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Запомнить мой выбор", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Запомнить мой выбор для всех файлов", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Фигура", "PE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Строгий режим", "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Функции отмены и повтора действий отключены в Быстром режиме совместного редактирования.
    Нажмите на кнопку 'Строгий режим' для переключения в Строгий режим совместного редактирования, чтобы редактировать файл без вмешательства других пользователей и отправлять изменения только после того, как вы их сохраните. Переключаться между режимами совместного редактирования можно с помощью Дополнительных параметров редактора.", @@ -653,6 +654,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Текущее значение масштаба страницы в браузере поддерживается не полностью. Вернитесь к масштабу по умолчанию, нажав Ctrl+0", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1. Этот документ будет открыт только на просмотр.
    Свяжитесь с администратором, чтобы узнать больше.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
    Обновите лицензию, а затем обновите страницу.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
    Нет доступа к функциональности редактирования документов.
    Пожалуйста, обратитесь к администратору.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Необходимо обновить лицензию.
    У вас ограниченный доступ к функциональности редактирования документов.
    Пожалуйста, обратитесь к администратору, чтобы получить полный доступ", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Вы достигли лимита на количество пользователей редакторов %1.
    Свяжитесь с администратором, чтобы узнать больше.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1. Этот документ будет открыт на просмотр.
    Напишите в отдел продаж %1, чтобы обсудить индивидуальные условия лицензирования.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1.
    Напишите в отдел продаж %1, чтобы обсудить индивидуальные условия лицензирования.", @@ -662,7 +665,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Диакритические знаки", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Скобки", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Необходимо указать URL изображения.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Введенное значение некорректно.
    Введите числовое значение от 1 до 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Введенное значение некорректно.
    Введите числовое значение от 1 до 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Дроби", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Функции", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Вставить", @@ -1382,7 +1385,9 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Обратная связь и поддержка", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Заголовки", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "РЕЖИМ РАЗРАБОТЧИКА", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Ограниченный доступ", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "ПРОБНЫЙ РЕЖИМ", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Пробный режим разработчика", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Междустрочный интервал", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Интервал между абзацами", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "После", @@ -1823,7 +1828,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowCurrent": "Показ слайдов с текущего слайда", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowPresenterView": "Показ слайдов в режиме докладчика", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowSettings": "Параметры показа слайдов", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Зачеркнутый", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Зачёркнутый", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Подстрочные знаки", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Надстрочные знаки", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Совместная работа", @@ -1842,12 +1847,14 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Копировать", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Копировать стиль", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDateTime": "Вставить текущую дату и время", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Уменьшить размер шрифта", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecPrLeft": "Уменьшить отступ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Изменить нижний колонтитул", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Цвет шрифта", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Шрифт", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Размер шрифта", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Горизонтальное выравнивание", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "Увеличить размер шрифта", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Увеличить отступ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertAudio": "Вставить аудио", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Вставить диаграмму", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sk.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sk.json index b7acf0370..6570c3711 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sk.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sk.json @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Nahradiť", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Nahradiť všetko", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Neukazovať túto správu znova", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument bol zmenený ďalším používateľom.
    Prosím, kliknite na uloženie zmien a opätovne načítajte aktualizácie.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument bol zmenený ďalším používateľom.
    Prosím, kliknite na uloženie zmien a opätovne načítajte aktualizácie.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Štandardné farby", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Farebné témy", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Zrušiť", @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Akcenty", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Zátvorky", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Musíte upresniť URL obrázka.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Zadaná hodnota je nesprávna.
    Prosím, zadajte číselnú hodnotu medzi 1 a 100.", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Zadaná hodnota je nesprávna.
    Prosím, zadajte číselnú hodnotu medzi 1 a 300.", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Zlomky", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Funkcie", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Vložiť", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sl.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sl.json index 21b5eb74f..d6d6323e5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sl.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sl.json @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Zamenjaj", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Zamenjaj vse", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Tega sporočila ne prikaži več", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument je spremenil drug uporabnik.
    Prosim pritisnite za shranjevanje svojih sprememb in osvežitev posodobitev.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument je spremenil drug uporabnik.
    Prosim pritisnite za shranjevanje svojih sprememb in osvežitev posodobitev.", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Prekliči", "Common.UI.Window.closeButtonText": "Zapri", "Common.UI.Window.noButtonText": "Ne", @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "The font you are going to save is not available on the current device.
    The text style will be displayed using one of the device fonts, the saved font will be used when it is available.
    Do you want to continue?", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Oklepaji", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Določiti morate URL slike.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Vnesena vrednost je nepravilna.
    Prosim vnesite numerično vrednost med 1 in 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Vnesena vrednost je nepravilna.
    Prosim vnesite numerično vrednost med 1 in 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Vstavi", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "Integrali", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textWarning": "Opozorilo", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sv.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sv.json index 58e760c93..1e88d98c7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sv.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sv.json @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Ersätt", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Ersätt alla", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Visa inte detta meddelande igen", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokumentet har ändrats av en annan användare.
    Klicka för att spara dina ändringar och ladda uppdateringarna.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokumentet har ändrats av en annan användare.
    Klicka för att spara dina ändringar och ladda uppdateringarna.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standardfärger", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Temafärger", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Avbryt", @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "Du försöker utföra en åtgärd som du inte har rättighet till.
    Vänligen kontakta din systemadministratör.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "Bildens URL är felaktig", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Serveranslutning förlorade. Dokumentet kan inte redigeras just nu.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Dokumentet kunde inte sparas. . Kontrollera anslutningsinställningarna eller kontakta administratören
    När du klickar på \"OK\" -knappen, kommer du att bli ombedd att ladda ner dokumentet
    Hitta mer information om anslutning dokumentserver här ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Dokumentet kunde inte sparas. . Kontrollera anslutningsinställningarna eller kontakta administratören
    När du klickar på \"OK\" -knappen, kommer du att bli ombedd att ladda ner dokumentet.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Externt fel.
    Databasanslutningsfel. Kontakta support om felet kvarstår.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Krypterade ändringar har tagits emot, de kan inte avkodas.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Felaktigt dataområde", @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Accenter", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Parenteser", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Du behöver ange en URL för bilden.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Det angivna värdet är inkorrekt.
    Vänligen ange ett numeriskt värde mellan 0 och 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Det angivna värdet är inkorrekt.
    Vänligen ange ett numeriskt värde mellan 0 och 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Fraktioner", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Funktioner", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Infoga", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/tr.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/tr.json index f4caf1d50..f9b81c2d8 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/tr.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/tr.json @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Değiştir", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Hepsini Değiştir", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Bu mesajı bir daha gösterme", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Döküman başka bir kullanıcı tarafından değiştirildi.
    Lütfen değişikleri kaydetmek için tıklayın ve güncellemeleri yenileyin.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Döküman başka bir kullanıcı tarafından değiştirildi.
    Lütfen değişikleri kaydetmek için tıklayın ve güncellemeleri yenileyin.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standart Renkler", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Tema Renkleri", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "İptal Et", @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Aksanlar", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Köşeli Ayraç", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Resim URL'si belirtmelisiniz.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Girilen değer yanlış.
    Lütfen 1 ile 100 arasında sayısal değer giriniz.", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Girilen değer yanlış.
    Lütfen 1 ile 300 arasında sayısal değer giriniz.", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Kesirler", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Kesirler", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "İntegraller", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/uk.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/uk.json index b87ee671d..d9fdb69bd 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/uk.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/uk.json @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Замінити", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Замінити усе", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Не показувати це повідомлення знову", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Документ був змінений іншим користувачем.
    Будь ласка, натисніть, щоб зберегти зміни та завантажити оновлення.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Документ був змінений іншим користувачем.
    Будь ласка, натисніть, щоб зберегти зміни та завантажити оновлення.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Стандартні кольори", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Кольорові теми", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Скасувати", @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Акценти", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "дужки", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Потрібно вказати URL-адресу зображення.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Введене значення невірно.
    Будь ласка, введіть числове значення від 1 до 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Введене значення невірно.
    Будь ласка, введіть числове значення від 1 до 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Дроби", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Функції", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "Інтеграли", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/vi.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/vi.json index 587a89a6d..48d866552 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/vi.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/vi.json @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Thay thế", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Thay thế tất cả", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Không hiển thị lại thông báo này", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Tài liệu đã được thay đổi bởi người dùng khác.
    Vui lòng nhấp để lưu thay đổi của bạn và tải lại các cập nhật.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Tài liệu đã được thay đổi bởi người dùng khác.
    Vui lòng nhấp để lưu thay đổi của bạn và tải lại các cập nhật.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Màu chuẩn", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Màu theme", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Hủy", @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Dấu phụ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Dấu ngoặc", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "Bạn cần chỉ định URL hình ảnh.", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Giá trị đã nhập không chính xác.
    Nhập một giá trị số thuộc từ 1 đến 100", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Giá trị đã nhập không chính xác.
    Nhập một giá trị số thuộc từ 1 đến 300", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Phân số", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Hàm số", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "Tích phân", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/zh.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/zh.json index 5c77606ab..106fa3885 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/zh.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/zh.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "替换", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "全部替换", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "不要再显示此消息", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "该文档已被其他用户更改。
    请点击保存更改并重新加载更新。", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "该文档已被其他用户更改。
    请点击保存更改并重新加载更新。", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "标准颜色", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "主题颜色", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "取消", @@ -58,10 +58,23 @@ "Common.Views.About.txtPoweredBy": "技术支持", "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "电话：", "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "版本", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "新增", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textApplyText": "输入时自动应用", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAutoFormat": "输入时自动调整格式", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "依据", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "删除", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "数学自动修正", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "替换", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceText": "输入时自动替换", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceType": "输入时自动替换文字", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReset": "重置", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textResetAll": "重置为默认", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRestore": "恢复", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textTitle": "自动修正", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnResetRec": "由您新增的表达式将被移除，由您移除的将被恢复。是否继续？", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReplace": "关于％1的自动更正条目已存在。确认替换？", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReset": "即将移除对自动更正功能所做的自定义设置，并恢复默认值。是否继续？", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnRestore": "关于％1的自动更正条目将恢复默认值。确认继续？", "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "发送", "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "添加", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "发表评论", @@ -257,11 +270,14 @@ "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDOQuote": "前双引号", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEllipsis": "横向省略号", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmDash": "破折号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmSpace": "全角空格", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnDash": "半破折号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnSpace": "半角空格", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textFont": "字体 ", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBHyphen": "不换行连词符", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBSpace": "不换行空格", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textPilcrow": "段落标识", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textQEmSpace": "1/4全角空格", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRange": "范围", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRecent": "最近使用的符号", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRegistered": "注册商标标识", @@ -341,6 +357,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "有人正在编辑此演示文稿。请稍后再试。", "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "访问被拒绝", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "保存文件时发生错误", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "无法保存或创建此文件。
    可能的原因是：
    1.此文件是只读的。
    2.此文件正在由其他用户编辑。
    3.磁盘已满或损坏。", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "图像上传中……", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "图像上传中请稍候...", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "保存演示…", @@ -630,6 +647,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "您的浏览器当前缩放设置不完全支持。请按Ctrl + 0重设为默认缩放。", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "与文档服务器的并发连接次数已超出限制，文档打开后将仅供查看。
    请联系您的账户管理员了解详情。", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "您的许可证已过期。
    请更新您的许可证并刷新页面。", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "授权过期
    您不具备文件编辑功能的授权
    请联系管理员。", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "授权需更新
    您只有文件编辑功能的部分权限
    请联系管理员以取得完整权限。", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "并发用户数量已超出限制，文档打开后将仅供查看。
    请联系您的账户管理员了解详情。", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "该版本对文档服务器的并发连接有限制。
    如果需要更多请考虑购买商业许可证。", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "此版本的 %1 编辑软件对并发用户数量有一定的限制。
    如果需要更多，请考虑购买商用许可证。", @@ -639,7 +658,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "口音", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "括号", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textEmptyImgUrl": "您需要指定图像URL。", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "输入的值不正确。
    请输入1到100之间的数值", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "输入的值不正确。
    请输入1到300之间的数值", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "分数", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "功能", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "插入", @@ -1359,6 +1378,7 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "反馈和支持", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "标题", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "开发者模式", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "限制访问", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "试用模式", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "行间距", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "段落间距", @@ -1427,6 +1447,7 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strTransparency": "不透明度", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.strType": "类型", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAdvanced": "显示高级设置", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAngle": "角度", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "输入的值不正确。
    请输入介于0 pt和1584 pt之间的值。", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textColor": "颜色填充", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textDirection": "方向", @@ -1445,6 +1466,7 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textLinear": "线性", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textNoFill": "没有填充", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPatternFill": "模式", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPosition": "位置", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRadial": "径向", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotate90": "旋转90°", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotation": "旋转", @@ -1454,6 +1476,8 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "类型", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTexture": "从纹理", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTile": "瓦", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "新增渐变点", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "删除渐变点", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtBrownPaper": "牛皮纸", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCanvas": "画布", "PE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCarton": "纸板", @@ -1531,6 +1555,7 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strSlideNum": "显示幻灯片编号", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strStartOnClick": "开始点击", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textAdvanced": "显示高级设置", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textAngle": "角度", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textApplyAll": "适用于所有幻灯片", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBlack": "通过黑色", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textBottom": "底部", @@ -1557,6 +1582,7 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textNoFill": "没有填充", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textNone": "没有", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPatternFill": "模式", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPosition": "位置", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPreview": "预览", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textPush": "推", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textRadial": "径向", @@ -1583,6 +1609,8 @@ "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomIn": "放大", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomOut": "缩小", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.textZoomRotate": "缩放并旋转", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "新增渐变点", + "PE.Views.SlideSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "删除渐变点", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtBrownPaper": "牛皮纸", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtCanvas": "画布", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.txtCarton": "纸板", @@ -1705,6 +1733,7 @@ "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strStroke": "边框", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strTransparency": "不透明度", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.strType": "类型", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textAngle": "角度", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "输入的值不正确。
    请输入介于0 pt和1584 pt之间的值。", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textColor": "颜色填充", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textDirection": "方向", @@ -1717,6 +1746,7 @@ "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "线性", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textNoFill": "没有填充", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPatternFill": "模式", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPosition": "位置", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textRadial": "径向", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textSelectTexture": "请选择", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStretch": "伸展", @@ -1725,6 +1755,8 @@ "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTexture": "从纹理", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTile": "瓦", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "跟踪变化", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "新增渐变点", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "删除渐变点", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtBrownPaper": "牛皮纸", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCanvas": "画布", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCarton": "纸板", @@ -1807,12 +1839,14 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "复制", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "复制样式", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDateTime": "插入当前日期和时间", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "缩小字号", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecPrLeft": "减少缩进", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "编辑页脚", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "字体颜色", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "字体 ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "字体大小", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "水平对齐", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "增大字号", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "增加缩进", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertAudio": "插入声音", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "插入图表", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json index 16dc4ace0..f8d0c7bdb 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", - "name": "Registerkarte Start" + "name": "Registerkarte Startseite" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", - "name": "Registerkarte Plug-ins" + "name": "Registerkarte Plugins" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", @@ -39,13 +39,14 @@ "headername": "Folien bearbeiten" }, { - "src": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm", "name": "Folienparameter festlegen" }, - { - "src": "UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm", - "name": "Übergänge hinzufügen" - }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm", + "name": "Übergänge hinzufügen" + }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "name": "Fußzeilen einfügen"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm", "name": "Vorschau einer Präsentation" @@ -80,10 +81,12 @@ "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "name": "Diagramme einfügen und bearbeiten" }, - { - "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", - "name": "Tabellen einfügen und formatieren" - }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", + "name": "Tabellen einfügen und formatieren" + }, + + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "name": "Symbole und Sonderzeichen einfügen" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm", "name": "Objekte ausfüllen und Farben auswählen" @@ -96,11 +99,11 @@ "src": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Objekte auf einer Folie anordnen und ausrichten" }, - { - "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", - "name": "Formeln einfügen", - "headername": "Mathematische Formeln" - }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", + "name": "Formeln einfügen", + "headername": "Mathematische Formeln" + }, { "src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Gemeinsame Bearbeitung von Präsentationen", @@ -131,6 +134,7 @@ "src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Rechtschreibprüfung" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "AutoKorrekturfunktionen" }, { "src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "Über den Präsentationseditor", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm index a4711db85..4d66e1796 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@

    Über den Präsentationseditor

    Der Präsentationseditor ist eine Online- Anwendung, mit der Sie Ihre Dokumente direkt in Ihrem Browser betrachten und bearbeiten können.

    -

    Mit dem Präsentationseditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Präsentationen unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als PPTX-, PDF- oder ODP-Dateien speichern.

    -

    Wenn Sie mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Über Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste.

    +

    Mit dem Präsentationseditor können Sie verschiedene Editiervorgänge durchführen wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Präsentationen unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als PPTX-, PDF-. ODP-, POTX-, PDF/A- oder OTP-Dateien speichern.

    +

    Wenn Sie in der Online-Version mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Über in der linken Seitenleiste. Wenn Sie in der Desktop-Version mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, wählen Sie das Menü Über in der linken Seitenleiste des Hauptfensters.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 56b25c3bb..7470cf3a3 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -14,20 +14,26 @@

    Erweiterte Einstellungen des Präsentationseditors

    -

    Über die Funktion erweiterten Einstellungen können Sie die Grundeinstellungen im Präsentationseditor ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen.... Sie können auch das Erweiterte Einstellungen Symbol in der rechten oberen Ecke der Registerkarte Start anklicken.

    +

    Über die Funktion erweiterten Einstellungen können Sie die Grundeinstellungen im Präsentationseditor ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen.... Sie können auch auf das Symbol Einstellungen anzeigen Einstellungen anzeigen rechts neben der Kopfzeile des Editors klicken und die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen auswählen.

    Die erweiterten Einstellungen umfassen:

      -
    • Rechtschreibprüfung - ein-/ausschalten der automatischen Rechtschreibprüfung.
      • -
    • Erweiterte Eingabe - ein-/ausschalten von Hieroglyphen.
      • +
    • Rechtschreibprüfung - Ein-/Ausschalten der automatischen Rechtschreibprüfung.
      • +
    • Erweiterte Eingabe - Ein-/Auszuschalten von Hieroglyphen.
    • Hilfslinien - aktivieren/deaktivieren von Ausrichtungshilfslinien, die Ihnen dabei helfen, Objekte präzise auf der Seite zu positionieren.
      • -
    • AutoSave - automatisches Speichern von Änderungen während der Bearbeitung ein-/ausschalten.
      • +
    • Über AutoSpeichern können Sie in der Online-Version die Funktion zum automatischen Speichern von Änderungen während der Bearbeitung ein-/ausschalten. Über Wiederherstellen können Sie in der Desktop-Version die Funktion zum automatischen Wiederherstellen von Dokumenten für den Fall eines unerwarteten Programmabsturzes ein-/ausschalten.
    • Co-Bearbeitung - Anzeige der während der Co-Bearbeitung vorgenommenen Änderungen:
      • Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Benutzer, die das Dokuments gemeinsam bearbeiten, sehen die Änderungen in Echtzeit, sobald sie von anderen Benutzern vorgenommen wurden.
      • Wenn Sie die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern nicht einsehen möchten (um Störungen zu vermeiden oder aus einem anderen Grund), wählen Sie den Modus Strikt und alle Änderungen werden erst angezeigt, nachdem Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern geklickt haben, dass Sie darüber informiert, dass Änderungen von anderen Benutzern vorliegen.
    • Standard-Zoomwert - Einrichten des Standard-Zoomwerts aus der Liste der verfügbaren Optionen von 50 % bis 200 %. Sie können auch die Option An Folie anpassen oder An Breite anpassen auswählen.
      • -
    • Maßeinheiten - geben Sie an, welche Einheiten auf den Linealen und in Eigenschaftenfenstern verwendet werden, um Elemente wie Breite, Höhe, Abstand, Ränder usw. zu messen. Sie können die Optionen Zentimeter, Punkt oder Zoll wählen.
      • +
    • Hinting - Auswahl der Schriftartdarstellung im Präsentationseditor:
        +
      • Wählen Sie Wie Windows, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten unter Windows gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. mit Windows-artigen Hints.
        • +
      • Wählen Sie Wie OS X, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten auf einem Mac gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. ohne Hints.
        • +
      • Wählen Sie Eingebettet, wenn Sie möchten, dass Ihr Text mit den Hints angezeigt wird, die in Schriftartdateien eingebettet sind.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Maßeinheiten - geben Sie an, welche Einheiten auf den Linealen und in Eigenschaftenfenstern verwendet werden, um Elemente wie Breite, Höhe, Abstand, Ränder usw. zu messen. Sie können die Optionen Zentimeter, Punkt, oder Zoll wählen.

    Um die vorgenommenen Änderungen zu speichern, klicken Sie auf Übernehmen.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index a60bf1084..25c551b35 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -20,15 +20,25 @@
  • visuelle Markierung von Objekten, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden
  • Anzeige von Änderungen in Echtzeit oder Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick.
  • Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten der Präsentation
    • -
  • Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen.
    • +
  • Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen (es ist auch möglich, im Offline-Modus mit Kommentaren zu arbeiten, ohne eine Verbindung zur Online-Version herzustellen).
    • +
    +

    Verbindung mit der Online-Version herstellen

    +

    Öffnen Sie im Desktop-Editor die Option mit Cloud verbinden in der linken Seitenleiste des Hauptprogrammfensters. Geben Sie Ihren Anmeldenamen und Ihr Passwort an und stellen Sie eine Verbindung zu Ihrem Cloud Office her.

    +

    Co-Bearbeitung

    -

    Im Präsentationseneditor stehen die folgenden Modelle für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung Co-Bearbeitung.

    +

    Im Präsentationseneditor stehen die folgenden Modelle für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung:

    +
      +
    • Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt.
      • +
    • Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen.
      • +
    +

    Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung Co-Bearbeitung.

    Menü Co-Bearbeitung

    +

    Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Präsentation im Modus Schnell gemeinsam bearbeiten, ist die Option letzten rückgängig gemachten Vorgang wiederherstellen nicht verfügbar.

    Wenn eine Präsentation im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Objekte (AutoFormen, Textobjekte, Tabellen, Bilder und Diagramme) mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Das Objekt, das Sie bearbeiten, ist von der grünen gestrichelten Linie umgeben. Rote gestrichelte Linien zeigen, dass die Objekte von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Passagen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Passage aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben.

    Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die in der aktuellen Präsentation arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - Anzahl der Benutzer. Wenn Sie sehen möchten wer die Datei aktuell bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält.

    -

    Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: Zugriffsrechte verwalten - über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus dem Dokument auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol Anzahl der Benutzer, um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige des Dokuments beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen Teilen.

    +

    Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: Zugriffsrechte verwalten über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus der Tabelle auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Kommentieren der Präsentation erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol Anzahl der Benutzer, um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige des Dokuments beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen Teilen.

    Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol Speichern speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der Statusleiste eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf Speichern. Die Updates werden hervorgehoben, damit Sie nachvollziehen können, was genau geändert wurde.

    Chat

    Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Absatz Sie jetzt bearbeiten usw.

    @@ -43,6 +53,7 @@

    Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol Chat oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste erneut auf Chat Chat.

    Kommentare

    +

    Es ist möglich, im Offline-Modus mit Kommentaren zu arbeiten, ohne eine Verbindung zur Online-Version herzustellen).

    Einen Kommentar bezüglich eines bestimmten Objekts (Textbox, Form etc.) hinterlassen:

    1. Wählen Sie ein Objekt, das Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem beinhaltet.
      2. @@ -58,7 +69,7 @@
      • bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf Bearbeiten
      • löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf Löschen
        • -
      • die Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf Gelöst, wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf Erneut öffnen.
        • +
      • Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf Gelöst, wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf Erneut öffnen.

      Neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, werden erst sichtbar, wenn Sie in der in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf Speichern klicken.

      Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf Kommentare.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 9ebab160b..134763df7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ + +
      @@ -14,354 +16,619 @@

      Tastenkombinationen

      - +
        +
      • Windows/Linux
      • Mac OS
        • +
      +
      - + - - - + + + + - - + + + - + + - + + - + + - - + + + - + + - - - + + + + - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + - - - - - - - - - - - + + - + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + - - + + + - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - + + - + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + - + + - - + + + - + - + + - - + + + - + + - - + + + - + + - + + - + - - + + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - + + - + + + + + + + + - + + - - + + + - + + - + + - - + + + - - + + + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + - - -
      Eine Präsentation bearbeitenEine Präsentation bearbeiten
      Dateimenü öffnenALT+FÜber das Dateimenü können Sie die aktuelle Präsentation speichern, drucken, herunterladen, Informationen einsehen, eine neue Präsentation erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen, auf die Hilfefunktion zugreifen oder die erweiterten Einstellungen öffnen.Dateimenü öffnenALT+F⌥ Option+FÜber das Dateimenü können Sie die aktuelle Präsentation speichern, drucken, herunterladen, Informationen einsehen, eine neue Präsentation erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen, auf die Hilfefunktion zugreifen oder die erweiterten Einstellungen öffnen.
      Suchmaske öffnenSTRG+F„Suchmaske“ öffnenSTRG+F^ STRG+F,
      ⌘ Cmd+F      		 Über die Suchmaske können Sie in der aktuellen Präsentation nach Zeichen/Wörtern/Phrasen suchen.
      Kommentarleiste öffnenSTRG+UMSCHALT+HSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+H^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+H,
      ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+H      		 Über die Kommentarleiste können Sie Kommentare hinzufügen oder auf bestehende Kommentare antworten.
      Kommentarfeld öffnenALT+HALT+H⌥ Option+H Ein Textfeld zum Eingeben eines Kommentars öffnen.
      Chatleiste öffnenALT+QALT+Q⌥ Option+Q Chatleiste öffnen, um eine Nachricht zu senden.
      Präsentation speichernSTRG+SAlle Änderungen in der aktuellen Präsentation werden gespeichert.STRG+S^ STRG+S,
      ⌘ Cmd+S      		Alle Änderungen in der aktuellen Präsentation werden gespeichert. Die aktive Datei wird mit dem aktuellen Dateinamen, Speicherort und Dateiformat gespeichert.
      Präsentation druckenSTRG+PSTRG+P^ STRG+P,
      ⌘ Cmd+P      		 Ausdrucken mit einem verfügbaren Drucker oder speichern als Datei.
      Herunterladen alsSTRG+UMSCHALT+SDie aktuelle Präsentation wird in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte gespeichert: PPTX, PDF, ODP.Herunterladen als...STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+S^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+S,
      ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+S      		Öffnen Sie das Menü Herunterladen als..., um die aktuell bearbeitete Präsentation in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte speichern: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP.
      VollbildF11F11 Der Präsentationseditor wird an Ihren Bildschirm angepasst und im Vollbildmodus ausgeführt.
      HilfemenüF1F1F1 Das Hilfemenü wird geöffnet.
      Vorhandene Datei öffnen (Desktop-Editoren)STRG+OAuf der Registerkarte Lokale Datei öffnen unter Desktop-Editoren wird das Standarddialogfeld geöffnet, in dem Sie eine vorhandene Datei auswählen können.
      Datei schließen (Desktop-Editoren)STRG+W,
      STRG+F4      		^ STRG+W,
      ⌘ Cmd+W      		Die aktuelle Präsentation in Desktop-Editoren schließen.
      Element-Kontextmenü⇧ UMSCHALT+F10⇧ UMSCHALT+F10Öffnen des ausgewählten Element-Kontextmenüs.
      NavigationNavigation
      Erste FoliePOS1POS1POS1,
      Fn+←      		 Auf die erste Folie der aktuellen Präsentation wechseln.
      Letzte FolieENDEENDEENDE,
      Fn+→      		 Auf die letzte Folie der aktuellen Präsentation wechseln.
      Nächste FolieBILD NACH UNTENBILD untenBILD unten,
      Fn+↓      		 Auf die nächste Folie der aktuellen Präsentation wechseln.
      Vorherige FolieBILD NACH OBENBILD obenBILD oben,
      Fn+↑      		 Auf die vorherige Folie der aktuellen Präsentation wechseln.
      Nächste Form wählenTABDie nächste Form auswählen
      Vorherige Form wählenUMSCHALT+TABDie vorherige Form auswählen
      VergrößernSTRG++STRG++^ STRG+=,
      ⌘ Cmd+=      		 Die Ansicht der aktuellen Präsentation vergrößern.
      VerkleinernSTRG+-STRG+-^ STRG+-,
      ⌘ Cmd+-      		 Die Ansicht der aktuellen Präsentation verkleinern.
      Folien bearbeitenFolien bearbeiten
      Neue FolieSTRG+MSTRG+M^ STRG+M Eine neue Folie erstellen und nach der ausgewählten Folie in der Liste einfügen.
      Folie verdoppelnSTRG+DSTRG+D⌘ Cmd+D Die ausgewählte Folie wird verdoppelt.
      Folie nach oben verschiebenSTRG+PFEIL NACH OBENSTRG+↑⌘ Cmd+↑ Die ausgewählte Folie in der Liste hinter die vorherige Folie verschieben.
      Folie nach unten verschiebenSTRG+PFEIL NACH UNTENSTRG+↓⌘ Cmd+↓ Die ausgewählte Folie in der Liste hinter die nachfolgende Folie verschieben.
      Folie zum Anfang verschiebenSTRG+UMSCHALT+PFEIL NACH OBENSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+↑⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+↑ Verschiebt die gewählte Folie an die erste Position in der Liste.
      Folie zum Ende verschiebenSTRG+UMSCHALT+PFEIL NACH UNTENSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+↓⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+↓ Verschiebt die gewählte Folie an die letzte Position in der Liste.
      Objekte bearbeitenObjekte bearbeiten
      Kopie erstellenSTRG+ziehen oder STRG+DHalten Sie die STRG-Taste beim Ziehen des gewählten Objekts gedrückt oder drücken Sie STRG+D, um es zu kopieren.STRG + ziehen,
      STRG+D      		^ STRG + ziehen,
      ^ STRG+D,
      ⌘ Cmd+D      		Halten Sie die Taste STRG beim Ziehen des gewählten Objekts gedrückt oder drücken Sie STRG+D (⌘ Cmd+D für Mac), um die Kopie zu erstellen.
      GruppierenSTRG+GSTRG+G⌘ Cmd+G Die ausgewählten Objekte gruppieren.
      Gruppierung aufhebenSTRG+UMSCHALT+GSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+G⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+G Die Gruppierung der gewählten Objekte wird aufgehoben.
      Nächstes Objekt auswählen↹ Tab↹ TabDas nächste Objekt nach dem aktuellen auswählen.
      Vorheriges Objekt wählen⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ TabDas vorherige Objekt vor dem aktuellen auswählen.
      Gerade Linie oder Pfeil zeichnen⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ziehen von Linien/Pfeilen)⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ziehen von Linien/Pfeilen)Zeichnen einer geraden vertikalen/horizontalen/45-Grad Linie oder eines solchen Pfeils.
      Objekte ändernObjekte ändern
      Verschiebung begrenzenUMSCHALT+ziehen⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen Die Verschiebung des gewählten Objekts wird horizontal oder vertikal begrenzt.
      15-Grad-Drehung einschaltenUMSCHALT+ziehen (beim Drehen)⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Drehen)⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Drehen) Die Drehung wird auf 15-Grad-Stufen begrenzt.
      Seitenverhältnis sperrenUMSCHALT+ziehen (beim Ändern der Größe)⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ändern der Größe)⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ändern der Größe) Das Seitenverhältnis des gewählten Objekts wird bei der Größenänderung beibehalten.
      Bewegung Pixel für PixelSTRGHalten Sie die Taste gedrückt und nutzen Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur, um das gewählte Objekt jeweils um ein Pixel zu verschieben.STRG+← → ↑ ↓⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓Halten Sie die Taste STRG (⌘ Cmd bei Mac) gedrückt und nutzen Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur, um das gewählte Objekt jeweils um ein Pixel zu verschieben.
      Tabellen bearbeiten
      Zur nächsten Zelle in einer Zeile übergeghen↹ Tab↹ TabZur nächsten Zelle in einer Zeile wechseln.
      Zur nächsten Zelle in einer Tabellenzeile wechseln.⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ TabZur vorherigen Zelle in einer Zeile wechseln.
      Zur nächsten Zeile wechseln↓↓Zur nächsten Zeile in einer Tabelle wechseln.
      Zur vorherigen Zeile wechseln↑↑Zur vorherigen Zeile in einer Tabelle wechseln.
      Neuen Abstz beginnen↵ Eingabetaste↵ ZurückEinen neuen Absatz in einer Zelle beginnen.
      Neue Zeile einfügen↹ Tab in der unteren rechten Tabellenzelle.↹ Tab in der unteren rechten Tabellenzelle.Eine neue Zeile am Ende der Tabelle einfügen.
      Vorschau der PräsentationVorschau der Präsentation
      Vorschau von Beginn an startenSTRG+F5STRG+F5^ STRG+F5 Die Vorschau wird von Beginn an Präsentation gestartet
      Vorwärts navigierenENTER, BILD NACH UNTEN, PFEIL NACH RECHTS, PFEIL NACH UNTEN oder LEERTASTE↵ Eingabetaste,
      BILD unten,
      →,
      ↓,
      ␣ Leertaste      		↵ Zurück,
      BILD unten,
      →,
      ↓,
      ␣ Leertaste      		 Startet die Vorschau der nächsten Animation oder geht zur nächsten Folie über.
      Rückwärts navigierenBILD NACH OBEN, LINKER PFEIL, PFEIL NACH OBENBILD oben,
      ←,
      ↑      		BILD oben,
      ←,
      ↑      		 Vorschau der vorherigen Animation oder zur vorherigen Folie übergehen.
      Vorschau beendenESCESCESC Die Vorschau wird beendet.
      Rückgängig machen und WiederholenRückgängig machen und Wiederholen
      Rückgängig machenSTRG+ZSTRG+Z^ STRG+Z,
      ⌘ Cmd+Z      		 Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird rückgängig gemacht.
      WiederholenSTRG+YDie zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird rückgängig gemacht.STRG+J^ STRG+J,
      ⌘ Cmd+J      		Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird wiederholt.
      Ausschneiden, Kopieren, EinfügenAusschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen
      AusschneidenStrg+XSTRG+X,
      ⇧ UMSCHALT+ENTF      		⌘ Cmd+X Das gewählte Objekt wird ausgeschnitten und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation, in eine andere Präsentation oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden.
      KopierenSTRG+C, STRG+EINFGDas gewählte Objekt wird in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation, in eine andere Präsentation oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden.STRG+C,
      STRG+EINFG      		⌘ Cmd+CDas gewählte Objekt wird in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation eingefügt werden.
      EinfügenSTRG+V, UMSCHALT+EINFGSTRG+V,
      ⇧ UMSCHALT+EINFG      		⌘ Cmd+V Das vorher kopierte Objekt wird aus der Zwischenablage des Rechners an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Das Objekt kann vorher aus derselben Präsentation kopiert werden oder auch aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm oder von einer Webseite.
      Hyperlink einfügenSTRG+KEinen Hyperlink einfügen der an eine Webadresse oder eine bestimmte Stelle in der Funktion weiterleitet.STRG+K^ STRG+K,
      ⌘ Cmd+K      		Einen Hyperlink einfügen der an eine Webadresse oder eine bestimmte Stelle in der Präsentation weiterleitet.
      Format übertragenSTRG+UMSCHALT+CSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+C^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+C,
      ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+C      		 Die Formatierung des gewählten Textabschnitts wird kopiert. Die kopierte Formatierung kann später auf einen anderen Textabschnitt in derselben Präsentation angewendet werden.
      Format übertragenSTRG+UMSCHALT+VSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+V^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+V,
      ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+V      		 Wendet die vorher kopierte Formatierung auf den Text in der aktuellen Präsentation an.
      Auswahl mit der MausAuswahl mit der Maus
      Zum gewählten Abschnitt hinzufügenUMSCHALTStarten Sie die Auswahl, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste gedrückt und klicken Sie an der Stelle, wo Sie die Auswahl beenden möchten.⇧ UMSCHALT⇧ UMSCHALTStarten Sie die Auswahl, halten Sie die Taste ⇧ UMSCHALT gedrückt und klicken Sie an der Stelle, wo Sie die Auswahl beenden möchten.
      Auswahl mithilfe der TastaturAuswahl mithilfe der Tastatur
      Alles auswählenSTRG+ASTRG+A^ STRG+A,
      ⌘ Cmd+A      		 Alle Folien (in der Folienliste) auswählen oder alle Objekte auf einer Folie (im Bereich für die Folienbearbeitung) oder den ganzen Text (im Textblock) - abhängig von der Cursorposition.
      Textabschnitt auswählenUMSCHALT+Pfeil⇧ UMSCHALT+→ ←⇧ UMSCHALT+→ ← Den Text Zeichen für Zeichen auswählen.
      Text von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Zeilenanfang auswählenUMSCHALT+POS1⇧ UMSCHALT+POS1 Einen Textabschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Anfang der aktuellen Zeile auswählen.
      Text ab der Cursorposition bis Ende der Zeile auswählenUMSCHALT+ENDE⇧ UMSCHALT+ENDE Einen Textabschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Ende der aktuellen Zeile auswählen.
      Ein Zeichen nach rechts auswählen⇧ UMSCHALT+→⇧ UMSCHALT+→Das Zeichen rechts neben dem Mauszeiger wird ausgewählt.
      Ein Zeichen nach links auswählen⇧ UMSCHALT+←⇧ UMSCHALT+←Das Zeichen links neben dem Mauszeiger wird ausgewählt.
      Bis zum Wortende auswählenSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+→Einen Textfragment vom Cursor bis zum Ende eines Wortes wird ausgewählt.
      Bis zum Wortanfang auswählenSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+←Einen Textfragment vom Cursor bis zum Anfang eines Wortes wird ausgewählt.
      Eine Reihe nach oben auswählen⇧ UMSCHALT+↑⇧ UMSCHALT+↑Eine Reihe nach oben auswählen (mit dem Cursor am Zeilenanfang).
      Eine Reihe nach unten auswählen⇧ UMSCHALT+↓⇧ UMSCHALT+↓Eine Reihe nach unten auswählen (mit dem Cursor am Zeilenanfang).
      TextformatierungTextformatierung
      FettSTRG+BSTRG+B^ STRG+B,
      ⌘ Cmd+B      		 Zuweisung der Formatierung Fett im gewählten Textabschnitt.
      KursivSTRG+ISTRG+I^ STRG+I,
      ⌘ Cmd+I      		 Zuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv im gewählten Textabschnitt.
      UnterstrichenSTRG+USTRG+U^ STRG+U,
      ⌘ Cmd+U      		 Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen.
      DurchgestrichenSTRG+5^ STRG+5,
      ⌘ Cmd+5      		Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durchgestrichen.
      TiefgestelltSTRG+.(Punkt)STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+>⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+> Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und tiefgestellt.
      HochgestelltSTRG+, (Komma)Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und hochgestellt.STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+<⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+<Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und hochgestellt wie z. B. in Bruchzahlen.
      AufzählungslisteSTRG+UMSCHALT+LSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+L^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+L,
      ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+L      		 Baiserend auf dem gewählten Textabschnitt wird eine Aufzählungsliste erstellt oder eine neue Liste begonnen.
      Formatierung entfernenSTRG+LEERTASTESTRG+␣ Leertaste Entfernt die Formatierung im gewählten Textabschnitt.
      Schrift vergrößernSTRG+]Vergrößert die Schrift des gewählten Textabschnitts um einen Grad.STRG+]^ STRG+],
      ⌘ Cmd+]      		Vergrößert die Schrift des gewählten Textabschnitts um 1 Punkt.
      Schrift verkleinernSTRG+[Verkleinert die Schrift des gewählten Textabschnitts um einen Grad.STRG+[^ STRG+[,
      ⌘ Cmd+[      		Verkleinert die Schrift des gewählten Textabschnitts um 1 Punkt.
      Zentriert/linksbündig ausrichtenSTRG+EWechselt die Ausrichtung des Absatzes von zentriert auf linksbündig.Zentriert ausrichtenSTRG+EText zwischen dem linken und dem rechten Rand zentrieren.
      Blocksatz/linksbündig ausrichtenSTRG+JWechselt die Ausrichtung des Absatzes von Blocksatz auf linksbündig.BlocksatzSTRG+JDer Text im Absatz wird im Blocksatz ausgerichtet. Dabei wird zwischen den Wörtern ein zusätzlicher Abstand eingefügt, sodass der linke und der rechte Textrand an den Absatzrändern ausgerichtet sind.
      Rechtsbündig/linksbündig ausrichtenSTRG+RWechselt die Ausrichtung des Absatzes von rechtsbündig auf linksbündig.Rechtsbündig ausrichtenSTRG+RDer rechte Textrand verläuft parallel zum rechten Seitenrand, der linke Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet.
      Linksbündig ausrichtenSTRG+LLässt den linken Textrand parallel zum linken Seitenrand verlaufen, der rechte Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet.
      + + Linken Einzug vergrößern + STRG+M + ^ STRG+M + Der linke Seiteneinzug wird um einen Tabstopp vergrößert. + + + Linken Einzug vergrößern + STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+M + ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+M + Der linke Seiteneinzug wird um einen Tabstopp verkleinert. + + + Ein Zeichen nach links löschen + ← Rücktaste + ← Rücktaste + Das Zeichen links neben dem Mauszeiger wird gelöscht. + + + Ein Zeichen nach rechts löschen + ENTF + Fn+ENTF + Das Zeichen rechts neben dem Mauszeiger wird gelöscht. + + + Im Text navigieren + + + Ein Zeichen nach links bewegen + ← + ← + Der Mauszeiger bewegt sich ein Zeichen nach links. + + + Ein Zeichen nach rechts bewegen + → + → + Der Mauszeiger bewegt sich ein Zeichen nach rechts. + + + Eine Reihe nach oben + ↑ + ↑ + Der Mauszeiger wird eine Reihe nach oben verschoben. + + + Eine Reihe nach unten + ↓ + ↓ + Der Mauszeiger wird eine Reihe nach unten verschoben. + + + Zum Anfang eines Wortes oder ein Wort nach links bewegen + STRG+← + ⌘ Cmd+← + Der Mauszeiger wird zum Anfang eines Wortes oder ein Wort nach links verschoben. + + + Ein Wort nach rechts bewegen + STRG+→ + ⌘ Cmd+→ + Der Mauszeiger bewegt sich ein Wort nach rechts. + + + Zum nächsten Platzhalter wechseln + STRG+↵ Eingabetaste + ^ STRG+↵ Zurück,
      ⌘ Cmd+↵ Zurück + Zum nächsten Titel oder zum nächsten Textplatzhalter wechseln Handelt es sich um den letzten Platzhalter auf einer Folie, wird eine neue Folie mit demselben Folienlayout wie die ursprüngliche Folie eingefügt + + Zum Anfang einer Zeile springen + POS1 + POS1 + Der Cursor wird an den Anfang der aktuellen Zeile verschoben. + + + Zum Ende der Zeile springen + ENDE + ENDE + Der Cursor wird an das Ende der aktuellen Zeile verschoben. + + + Zum Anfang des Textfelds springen + STRG+POS1 + + Der Cursor wird an den Anfang des aktuell bearbeiteten Textfelds verschoben. + + + Zum Ende des Textfelds springen + STRG+ENDE + + Der Cursor wird an das Ende des aktuell bearbeiteten Textfelds verschoben. + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 652fcce55..f830d6e6d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Suchfunktion - + @@ -13,13 +13,23 @@
      -

      Suchfunktion

      -

      Wenn Sie in der aktuellen Präsentation nach Zeichen, Wörtern oder Phrasen suchen wollen, klicken Sie auf das Suche Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste.

      -

      Das Fenster Suchen wird geöffnet:

      Fenster Suchen
        +

        Suchen und Ersetzen

        +

        Um in der aktuellen Präsentation nach Zeichen, Wörtern oder Phrasen suchen zu suchen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Suche in der linken Seitenlaste oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+F.

        +

        Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen wird geöffnet:

        Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen
        1. Geben Sie Ihre Suchanfrage in das entsprechende Eingabefeld ein.
          2. -
        2. Navigieren Sie Ihre Suchergebnisse über die Pfeiltasten. Die Suche wird entweder in Richtung Anfang der Präsentation (klicken Sie auf Linkspfeil) oder in Richtung Ende der Präsentation (klicken Sie auf Rechtspfeil) durchgeführt.
          3. +
        3. Legen Sie Ihre Suchparameter fest, klicken Sie dazu auf das Suchoptionen Symbol und markieren Sie die gewünschten Optionen:
            +
          • Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Ergebnisse mit derselben Schreibweise wie in Ihrer Suchanfrage gefiltert (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. 'Editor' und diese Option ist markiert, werden Wörter wie 'editor' oder 'EDITOR' usw. nicht gesucht). Um die Option auszuschalten, deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen.
          +
          4. +
        4. Navigieren Sie durch Ihre Suchergebnisse über die Pfeiltasten. Die Suche wird entweder in Richtung Anfang der Präsentation (klicken Sie auf Linkspfeil) oder in Richtung Ende der Präsentation (klicken Sie auf Rechtspfeil) durchgeführt.
        -

        Die erste Folie in der gewählten Richtung, die den Suchbegriff enthält, wird in der Folienliste hervorgehoben und im Arbeitsbereich angezeigt. Wenn diese Folie nicht das gewünschte Ergebnisse enthält, klicken Sie erneut auf den Pfeil, um die nächste Folie mit dem gewünschten Suchbegriff zu finden.

        +

        Die erste Folie in der gewählten Richtung, die den Suchbegriff enthält, wird in der Folienliste hervorgehoben und im Arbeitsbereich angezeigt. Wenn diese Folie nicht das gewünschte Ergebnisse enthält, klicken Sie erneut auf den Pfeil, um die nächste Folie mit dem gewünschten Suchbegriff zu finden.

        +

        Um ein oder mehrere der gefundenen Ergebnisse zu ersetzen, klicken Sie auf den Link Ersetzen unter dem Eingabefeld oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+H. Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen öffnet sich:

        +

        Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen

        +
          +
        1. Geben Sie den gewünschten Ersatztext in das untere Eingabefeld ein.
          2. +
        2. Klicken Sie auf Ersetzen, um das aktuell ausgewählte Ergebnis zu ersetzen oder auf Alle ersetzen, um alle gefundenen Ergebnisse zu ersetzen.
          3. +
        +

        Um das Feld Ersetzen zu verbergen, klicken Sie auf den Link Ersetzen verbergen.

        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 11193f51f..9f624523d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Unterstützte Formate von elektronischen Präsentationen + Unterstützte Formate elektronischer Präsentationen @@ -14,29 +14,36 @@

        Unterstützte Formate elektronischer Präsentationen

        -

        Eine Präsentation besteht aus einer Reihe von Folien, die verschiedene Arten von Inhalten enthalten können, z. B. Bilder, Mediendateien, Text, Effekte etc. Der Präsentationseditor unterstützt die folgenden Formate:

        +

        Eine Präsentation besteht aus einer Reihe von Folien, die verschiedene Arten von Inhalten enthalten können z. B. Bilder, Mediendateien, Text, Effekte etc. Der Präsentationseditor unterstützt die folgenden Formate:

        - - + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + @@ -44,13 +51,27 @@ + + + + + + + - + + + + + + + +
        Formate BeschreibungAnzeigenBearbeitenAnzeigeBearbeitung Download
        PPTDateiformat, das in Microsoft PowerPoint verwendet wird++
        PPTX Office Open XML Presentation
        Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft entwickeltes Dateiformat zur Präsentation von Kalkulationstabellen, Diagrammen, Präsentationen und Textverarbeitungsdokumenten        		 + + +
        PPTDateiformat, das in Microsoft PowerPoint verwendet wird+
        POTXPowerPoint Office Open XML Dokumenten-Vorlage
        Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft für Präsentationsvorlagen entwickeltes Dateiformat. Eine POTX-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Präsentationen mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden.        		+++
        ODP OpenDocument Presentation
        Dateiformat, das mit der Anwendung Impress erstellte Präsentationen darstellt; diese Anwendung ist ein Bestandteil des OpenOffice-Pakets        		+ +
        OTPOpenDocument-Präsentationsvorlage
        OpenDocument-Dateiformat für Präsentationsvorlagen. Eine OTP-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Präsentationen mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden.        		+++
        PDFPortable Document Format
        Dateiformat, das Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und von der Hardwareplattform originalgetreu weitergeben kann        		Portable Document Format
        Dateiformat, mit dem Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und der Hardware originalgetreu wiedergegeben werden können.        		 +
        PDF/APortable Document Format / A
        Eine ISO-standardisierte Version des Portable Document Format (PDF), die auf die Archivierung und Langzeitbewahrung elektronischer Dokumente spezialisiert ist.        		+
        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb4d52601 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + Nutzung des Chat-Tools + + + + + +
        +

        Nutzung des Chat-Tools

        +

        Der ONLYOFFICE Presentation Editor bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit, mit den anderen Benutzern zu kommunizieren und Ideen betreffend die bestimmten Abschnitte der Präsentationen zu besprechen.

        +

        Um auf den Chat zuzugreifen und eine Nachricht für die anderen Benutzer zu hinterlassen, führen Sie die folgenden Schritte aus:

        +
          +
        1. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Chat auf der oberen Symbolleiste.
          2. +
        2. Geben Sie Ihren Text ins entsprechende Feld ein.
          3. +
        3. Klicken Sie auf den Button Senden.
          4. +
        +

        Alle Nachrichten, die von den Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden auf der Leiste links angezeigt. Wenn es neue Nachrichten gibt, die Sie noch nicht gelesen haben, wird das Chat-Symbol so aussehen - Symbol Chat.

        +

        Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie aufs Symbol Symbol Chat noch einmal.

        +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm index 37e2e3377..ed96c3a21 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit - + @@ -11,17 +11,24 @@
        - +
        -

        Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit

        -

        Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit an der Präsentation organisieren: die Datei teilen, einen Co-Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen, Kommentare verwalten.

        -

        Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit

        +

        Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit

        +

        Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit in der Präsentation organisieren. In der Online-Version können Sie die Datei mit jemanden teilen, einen gleichzeitigen Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen, Kommentare verwalten. In der Desktop-Version können Sie Kommentare verwalten.

        +
        +

        Dialogbox Online-Präsentationseditor:

        +

        Zusammenarbeit Registerkarte

        +
        +
        +

        Dialogbox Desktop-Präsentationseditor:

        +

        Zusammenarbeit Registerkarte

        +

        Sie können:

        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index 523fa6a04..b6876a71c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Registerkarte Datei + Registerkarte Datei - + @@ -11,19 +11,30 @@
        - +
        -

        Registerkarte Datei

        -

        Über die Registerkarte Datei können Sie einige grundlegende Vorgänge in der aktuellen Datei durchführen.

        -

        Registerkarte Datei

        -

        Über diese Registerkarte können Sie:

        +

        Registerkarte Datei

        +

        Über die Registerkarte Datei können Sie einige grundlegende Vorgänge in der aktuellen Datei durchführen.

        +
        +

        Dialogbox Online-Präsentationseditor:

        +

        Registerkarte Datei

        +
        +
        +

        Dialogbox Desktop-Präsentationseditor:

        +

        Registerkarte Datei

        +
        +

        Sie können:

          -
        • die aktuelle Datei speichern (wenn die Option automatische Sicherung deaktiviert ist), runterladen, drucken oder umbenennen,
          • -
        • eine neue Präsentation erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen,
          • -
        • allgemeine Informationen über die Präsentation einsehen,
          • -
        • Zugangsrechte verwalten,
          • -
        • auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen und
          • -
        • in die Dokumentenliste zurückkehren.
          • +
        • + in der Online-Version: die aktuelle Datei speichern (falls die Option Automatisch speichern deaktiviert ist), herunterladen als (Speichern des Dokuments im ausgewählten Format auf der Festplatte des Computers), eine Kopie speichern als (Speichern einer Kopie des Dokuments im Portal im ausgewählten Format), drucken oder umbenennen, + in der Desktop-Version: die aktuelle Datei mit der Option Speichern unter Beibehaltung des aktuellen Dateiformats und Speicherorts speichern oder Sie können die aktuelle Datei unter einem anderen Namen, Speicherort oder Format speichern. Nutzen Sie dazu die Option Speichern als. Weiter haben Sie die Möglichkeit die Datei zu drucken. +
          • +
        • Sie können die Datei auch mit einem Passwort schützen oder ein Passwort ändern oder entfernen (diese Funktion steht nur in der Desktop-Version zur Verfügung);
          • +
        • erstellen Sie eine neue Präsentation oder öffnen Sie eine kürzlich bearbeitete Präsentation (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar),
          • +
        • allgemeine Informationen über die Präsentation einsehen oder die Dateieinstellungen konfigurieren,
          • +
        • Zugriffsrechte verwalten (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar),
          • +
        • auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen,
          • +
        • in der Desktop-Version: den Ordner öffnen wo die Datei gespeichert ist; nutzen Sie dazu das Fenster Datei-Eexplorer. In der Online-Version: haben Sie außerdem die Möglichkeit den Ordner des Moduls Dokumente, in dem die Datei gespeichert ist, in einem neuen Browser-Fenster zu öffnen.
        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index 89648de68..13ff20726 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Registerkarte Start + Registerkarte Startseite - + @@ -11,20 +11,26 @@
        - +
        -

        Registerkarte Start

        -

        Die Registerkarte Start wird standardmäßig geöffnet, wenn Sie eine beliebige Präsentation öffnen. Hier können Sie allgemeine Folienparameter festlegen, Text formatieren und Objekte einfügen und diesen ausrichten und anordnen.

        -

        Registerkarte Start

        -

        Über diese Registerkarte können Sie:

        +

        Registerkarte Startseite

        +

        Die Registerkarte Startseite wird standardmäßig geöffnet, wenn Sie eine beliebige Präsentation öffnen. Hier können Sie allgemeine Folienparameter festlegen, Text formatieren und Objekte einfügen und diesen ausrichten und anordnen.

        +
        +

        Dialogbox Online-Präsentationseditor:

        +

        Registerkarte Startseite

        +
        +
        +

        Dialogbox Desktop-Präsentationseditor:

        +

        Registerkarte Startseite

        +
        +

        Sie können:

        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index fe729f356..9f0ae9f78 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Registerkarte Einfügen - + @@ -11,17 +11,25 @@
        - +
        -

        Registerkarte Einfügen

        -

        Über die Registerkarte Einfügen können Sie visuelle Objekte und Kommentare zu Ihrer Präsentation hinzufügen.

        -

        Registerkarte Einfügen

        -

        Über diese Registerkarte können Sie:

        +

        Registerkarte Einfügen

        +

        Über die Registerkarte Einfügen können Sie visuelle Objekte und Kommentare zu Ihrer Präsentation hinzufügen.

        +
        +

        Dialogbox Online-Präsentationseditor:

        +

        Registerkarte Einfügen

        +
        +
        +

        Dialogbox Desktop-Präsentationseditor:

        +

        Registerkarte Einfügen

        +
        +

        Sie können:

        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 7b256bdd2..888747d08 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Registerkarte Plug-ins + Registerkarte Plugins - + @@ -11,21 +11,36 @@
        - +
        -

        Registerkarte Plug-ins

        -

        Die Registerkarte Plug-ins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen.

        -

        Registerkarte Plug-ins

        -

        Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Makros öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation.

        -

        Derzeit stehen folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung:

        +

        Registerkarte Plugins

        +

        Die Registerkarte Plugins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen.

        +
        +

        Dialogbox Online-Präsentationseditor:

        +

        Registerkarte Plugins

        +
        +
        +

        Dialogbox Desktop-Präsentationseditor:

        +

        Registerkarte Plugins

        +
        +

        Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Einstellungen öffnet sich das Fenster, in dem Sie alle installierten Plugins anzeigen und verwalten sowie eigene Plugins hinzufügen können.

        +

        Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Macros öffnet sich ein Fenster, in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation.

        +

        Derzeit stehen folgende Plugins zur Verfügung:

          -
        • ClipArt - Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung.
          • -
        • PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw.
          • -
        • Symbol Table - Einfügen von speziellen Symbolen in Ihren Text.
          • -
        • Translator - Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen.
          • -
        • YouTube - Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihre Präsentation.
          • +
        • Senden ermöglicht das Senden der Präsentation per E-Mail mit dem Standard-Desktop-Mail-Client (nur in der Desktop-Version verfügbar),
          • +
        • Audio ermöglicht das Einfügen von auf der Festplatte gespeicherten Audiodatei in der Präsentation (nur in der Desktop-Version verfügbar, nicht verfügbar für Mac OS),
          • +
        • Video ermöglicht das Einfügen von auf der Festplatte gespeicherten Videodatei in der Präsentation (nur in der Desktop-Version verfügbar, nicht verfügbar für Mac OS), +

          Hinweis: Um das Video abzuspielen, installieren Sie die Codecs, z.B. K-Lite.

          +
          • +
        • Code hervorheben - Hervorhebung der Syntax des Codes durch Auswahl der erforderlichen Sprache, des Stils, der Hintergrundfarbe,
          • +
        • FotoEditor Bearbeitung von Bildern: zuschneiden, spiegeln, drehen, Linien und Formen zeichnen, Symbole und Texte einfügen, Maske laden und die Filter verwenden, z.B. Graustufe, invertieren, Sepia, Blur, schärfen, Emboss usw.,
          • +
        • Thesaurus - mit diesem Plugin können Synonyme und Antonyme eines Wortes gesucht und durch das ausgewählte ersetzt werden,
          • +
        • Übersetzer - übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen, +

          Hinweis: dieses plugin funktioniert nicht im Internet Explorer.

          +
          • +
        • YouTube - einbetten von YouTube-Videos in der Präsentation.
        -

        Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar.

        +

        Um mehr über Plugins zu erfahren, lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plugin-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar.

        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index 4c4eff472..49814e037 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Präsentationseditors + Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Präsentationseditors - + @@ -11,24 +11,50 @@
        - +
        -

        Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Präsentationseditors

        -

        Der Präsentationseditor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind.

        -

        Editor

        +

        Introducing the Presentation Editor user interface

        +

        Der Präsentationseditor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind.

        +
        +

        Dialogbox Online-Präsentationseditor:

        +

        Benutzeroberfläche des Online-Präsentationseditors

        +
        +
        +

        Dialogbox Desktop-Präsentationseditor:

        +

        Benutzeroberfläche des Desktop-Präsentationseditors

        +

        Die Oberfläche des Editors besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen:

          -
        1. In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, die Menü-Registerkarten und der Name der Präsentation angezeigt sowie zwei Symbole auf der rechten Seite, über die Sie Zugriffsrechte festlegen und zur Dokumentenliste zurückkehren können.

          Symbole in der Kopfzeile des Editors

          +
        2. +

          In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, geöffnete Dokumente, der Name der Präsentation sowie die Menü-Registerkarten angezeigt.

          +

          Im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors finden Sie die Schaltflächen Speichern, Datei drucken, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen.

          +

          Symbole der Kopfzeile des Präsentationeseditors

          +

          Im rechten Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors werden der Benutzername und die folgenden Symbole angezeigt:

          +
            +
          • Dateispeicherort öffnen Symbol Dateispeicherort öffnen - in der Desktop-Version können Sie den Ordner öffnen, in dem die Datei gespeichert ist; nutzen Sie dazu das Fenster Datei-Explorer. In der Online-Version haben Sie außerdem die Möglichkeit den Ordner des Moduls Dokumente, in dem die Datei gespeichert ist, in einem neuen Browser-Fenster zu öffnen.
            • +
          • Ansichts-Einstellungen Symbol - hier können Sie die Ansichtseinstellungen anpassen und auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen.
            • +
          • Zugriffsrechte Symbol Zugriffsrechte verwalten (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar) Zugriffsrechte für die in der Cloud gespeicherten Dokumente festlegen.
            • +
          3. -
        3. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarten werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Zusammenarbeit, Plug-ins.

          Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung.

          -

          Symbole in der oberen Menüleiste

          +
        4. + Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Startseite, Einfügen, Zusammenarbeit, Schützen und Plugins. +

          Die Befehle Kopieren Symbol Kopieren und Einfügen Symbol Einfügen stehen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Symbolleiste zur Verfügung.

          5. -
        5. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters, finden Sie das Symbol für den Beginn der Bildschirmpräsentation sowie einige Navigationswerkzeuge: Foliennummer und Zoom. Außerdem werden in der Statusleiste Benachrichtigungen vom System angezeigt (wie beispielsweise „Alle Änderungen wurden gespeichert" etc.) und Sie haben die Möglichkeit die Textsprache festzulegen und die Rechtschreibprüfung zu aktivieren.
          6. -
        6. Über die Symbole der linken Seitenleiste können Sie die Funktion Suchen und Ersetzen nutzen, die Folienliste verkleinern und erweitern, Kommentare und Unterhaltungen öffnen, unser Support-Team kontaktieren und Informationen über das Programm einsehen.
          7. -
        7. Über die rechte Seitenleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten eingestellt werden. Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Objekt auf einer Folie auswählen, wird das entsprechende Symbol in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu erweitern.
          8. -
        8. Horizontale und vertikale Lineale unterstützen Sie dabei Objekte auf einer Folie präzise zu positionieren und Tabulatoren und Absätze in Textfeldern festzulegen.
          9. -
        9. Über den Arbeitsbereich können Sie den Inhalt der Präsentation anzeigen und Daten eingeben und bearbeiten.
          10. -
        10. Über die Scroll-Leiste auf der rechten Seite können Sie in der Präsentation hoch und runter navigieren.
          11. +
        11. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters, finden Sie das Symbol für den Beginn der Bildschirmpräsentation sowie diverse Navigationswerkzeuge: z. B. Foliennummer und Zoom. Außerdem werden in der Statusleiste Benachrichtigungen vom System angezeigt (wie beispielsweise „Alle Änderungen wurden gespeichert" usw.) und Sie haben die Möglichkeit die Textsprache festzulegen und die Rechtschreibprüfung zu aktivieren.
          12. +
        12. + Symbole in der linken Seitenleiste: +
            +
          • mithilfe der Funktion Suchen Symbol können Sie den Text suchen und ersetzen,
            • +
          • Kommentare Symbol öffnet die Kommentarfunktion,
            • +
          • Chatfenster Symbol - (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar) hier können Sie das Chatfenster öffnen,
            • +
          • Feedback und Support Symbol - (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar) kontaktieren Sie under Support-Team,
            • +
          • Über das Produkt Symbol - (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar) sehen sie die Programminformationen ein.
            • +
          +
          13. +
        13. Über die rechte Randleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten angepasst werden. Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Objekt auf der Folie auswählen, wird die entsprechende Schaltfläche auf der rechten Randleiste aktiviert. Um die Randleiste zu erweitern, klicken Sie diese Schaltfläche an.
          14. +
        14. Die horizontale und vertikale Lineale unterstützen Sie dabei Objekte auf einer Folie präzis zu positionieren und Tabulatoren und Absätze in Textfeldern festzulegen.
          15. +
        15. Über den Arbeitsbereich enthält den Präsentationsinhalt; hier können Sie die Daten eingeben und bearbeiten.
          16. +
        16. Mithilfe der Bildaufleiste rechts können Sie in der Präsentation hoch und runter navigieren.

        Zur Vereinfachung können Sie bestimmte Komponenten verbergen und bei Bedarf erneut anzeigen. Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen der Ansichtseinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite.

        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index d31d96b9e..f7e418dd7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -15,34 +15,61 @@

        Objekte auf einer Folie anordnen und ausrichten

        Die hinzugefügten Textbereiche, AutoFormen, Diagramme und Bilder können auf der Folie ausgerichtet, gruppiert, angeordnet und horizontal oder vertikal verteilt werden. Um einen dieser Vorgänge auszuführen, wählen Sie zuerst ein einzelnes Objekt oder mehrere Objekte auf der Folie aus. Um mehrere Objekte zu wählen, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und klicken Sie auf die gewünschten Objekte. Um ein Textfeld auszuwählen, klicken Sie auf den Rahmen und nicht auf den darin befindlichen Text. Danach können Sie entweder über die nachstehend beschriebenden Symbole in der Registerkarte Layout navigieren oder Sie nutzen die entsprechenden Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü.

        -

        Objekte ausrichten

        -

        Um ausgewählte Objekte auszurichten, klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Form ausrichten Form ausrichten und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus:

        -
          -
        • Linksbündig ausrichten Linksbündig ausrichten - um die Objekte horizontal am linken Folienrand auszurichten
          • -
        • Mittig ausrichten Zentriert ausrichten - um die Objekte horizontal zentriert auf der Folie auszurichten
          • -
        • Rechtsbündig ausrichten Rechts ausrichten - um die Objekte horizontal am rechten Folienrand auszurichten
          • -
        • Oben ausrichten Oben ausrichten - um die Objekte vertikal am oberen Folienrand auszurichten
          • -
        • Vertikal zentrieren Mittig ausrichten - um die Objekte vertikal zentriert auf der Folie auszurichten.
          • -
        • Unten ausrichten Unten ausrichten - um die Objekte vertikal am unteren Folienrand auszurichten.
          • -
        -

        Um zwei oder mehr gewählte Objekte horizontal oder vertikal zu verteilen , klicken Sie auf das Symbol Form ausrichten Form ausrichten auf der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die gewünschten Verteilung aus der Liste:

        -
          -
        • Horizontal verteilen Horizontal verteilen - um gewählte Objekte zentriert im Verhältnis zu ihrer Mitte und zur horizontalen Mitte der Folie auszurichten (rechter und linker Rand).
          • -
        • Vertikal verteilen Vertikal verteilen - ausgewählte Objekte zentriert im Verhältnis zu ihrer Mitte und zur vertikalen Mitte der Folie auszurichten (oberer und unterer Rand).
          • -
        -

        Objekte anordnen

        -

        Um die gewählten Objekte anzuordnen (d.h. ihre Reihenfolge bei der Überlappung zu ändern), klicken Sie auf das Symbol Form anordnen Form anordnen in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die gewünschte Anordnung aus der Liste:

        -
          -
        • In den Vordergrund In den Vordergrund - um ein Objekt vor alle anderen zu bringen.
          • -
        • In den Hintergrund In den Hintergrund - um ein Objekt hinter alle anderen zu bringen.
          • -
        • Eine Ebene nach vorne Eine Ebene nach vorne - um das ausgewählte Objekt um eine Ebene nach vorne zu verschieben.
          • -
        • Eine Ebene nach hinten Eine Ebene nach hinten - um das ausgewählte Objekte um eine Ebene nach hinten zu verschieben.
          • -
        -

        Um zwei oder mehr ausgewählte Objekte zu gruppieren oder die Gruppierung aufzuheben, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Gruppieren Form anordnen in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus:

        -
          -
        • Gruppierung Gruppieren - um mehrere Objekte zu einer Gruppe zusammenzufügen, so dass sie gleichzeitig rotiert, verschoben, skaliert, ausgerichtet, angeordnet, kopiert, eingefügt und formatiert werden können, wie ein einzelnes Objekt.
          • -
        • Gruppierung aufheben Gruppierung aufheben - um die ausgewählte Gruppe der zuvor gruppierten Objekte aufzulösen.
          • -
        - + +

        Objekte ausrichten

        +

        Ausrichten von zwei oder mehr ausgewählten Objekten:

        +
          +
        1. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Form ausrichten Form ausrichten auf der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen:
            +
          • An Folie ausrichten, um Objekte relativ zu den Rändern der Folie auszurichten.
            • +
          • Ausgewählte Objekte ausrichten (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt), um Objekte im Verhältnis zueinander auszurichten.
            • +
          +
          2. +
        2. Klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol Form ausrichten Form ausrichten und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus:
            +
          • Linksbündig ausrichten Linksbündig ausrichten - um die Objekte horizontal am linken Folienrand ausrichten.
            • +
          • Mittig ausrichten Zentriert ausrichten - um die Objekte horizontal mittig auf der Folie auszurichten.
            • +
          • Rechtsbündig ausrichten Rechtsbündig ausrichten - um die Objekte horizontal am rechten Folienrand auszurichten.
            • +
          • Oben ausrichten Oben ausrichten - um die Objekte vertikal am oberen Folienrand auszurichten.
            • +
          • Mittig ausrichten Mittig ausrichten - um die Objekte vertikal nach ihrer Mitte und der Mitte des Slides auszurichten.
            • +
          • Unten ausrichten Unten ausrichten - um die Objekte vertikal am unteren Folienrand auszurichten.
            • +
          +
          3. +
        +

        Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Ausrichten aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Ausrichtungsoptionen.

        +

        Wenn Sie ein einzelnes Objekt ausrichten möchten, kann es relativ zu den Kanten der Folie ausgerichtet werden. Standardmäßig ist in diesem Fall die Option An der Folie ausrichten ausgewählt.

        +

        Objekte verteilen

        +

        Drei oder mehr ausgewählte Objekte horizontal oder vertikal so verteilen, dass der gleiche Abstand zwischen ihnen angezeigt wird:

        +
          +
        1. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Form ausrichten Form ausrichten auf der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen:
            +
          • An Folie ausrichten, um Objekte zwischen den Rändern der Folie zu verteilen.
            • +
          • Ausgewählte Objekte ausrichten (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt), um Objekte zwischen zwei ausgewählten äußersten Objekten zu verteilen.
            • +
          +
          2. +
        2. Klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol Form ausrichten Form ausrichten und wählen Sie den gewünschten Verteilungstyp aus der Liste aus:
            +
          • Horizontal verteilen Horizontal verteilen - um Objekte gleichmäßig zwischen den am weitesten links und rechts liegenden ausgewählten Objekten / dem linken und rechten Rand der Folie zu verteilen.
            • +
          • Vertikal verteilen Vertikal verteilen - um Objekte gleichmäßig zwischen den am weitesten oben und unten liegenden ausgewählten Objekten / dem oberen und unteren Rand der Folie zu verteilen.
            • +
          +
          3. +
        +

        Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Ausrichten aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Verteilungsoptionen.

        +

        Hinweis: Die Verteilungsoptionen sind deaktiviert, wenn Sie weniger als drei Objekte auswählen.

        + +

        Objekte gruppieren

        +

        Um zwei oder mehr ausgewählte Objekte zu gruppieren oder die Gruppierung aufzuheben, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Gruppieren Form anordnen in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus:

        +
          +
        • Gruppieren Gruppieren - um mehrere Objekte zu einer Gruppe zusammenzufügen, so dass sie gleichzeitig gedreht, verschoben, skaliert, ausgerichtet, angeordnet, kopiert, eingefügt und formatiert werden können, wie ein einzelnes Objekt.
          • +
        • Gruppierung aufheben Gruppierung aufheben - um die ausgewählte Gruppe der zuvor gruppierten Objekte aufzulösen.
          • +
        +

        Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Anordnung aus und nutzen Sie dann die Optionen Gruppieren oder Gruppierung aufheben.

        +

        Hinweis: Die Option Gruppieren ist deaktiviert, wenn Sie weniger als zwei Objekte auswählen. Die Option Gruppierung aufheben ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie eine zuvor gruppierte Objektgruppe auswählen.

        +

        Objekte anordnen

        +

        Um die gewählten Objekte anzuordnen (d.h. ihre Reihenfolge bei der Überlappung zu ändern), klicken Sie auf das Symbol Form anordnen Form anordnen in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die gewünschte Anordnung aus der Liste.

        +
          +
        • In den Vordergrund In den Vordergrund - Objekt(e) in den Vordergrund bringen.
          • +
        • Eine Ebene nach vorne Eine Ebene nach vorne - um ausgewählte Objekte eine Ebene nach vorne zu schieben.
          • +
        • In den Hintergrund In den Hintergrund - um ein Objekt/Objekte in den Hintergrund zu schieben.
          • +
        • Eine Ebene nach hinten Eine Ebene nach hinten - um ausgewählte Objekte nur eine Ebene nach hinten zu schieben.
          • +
        +

        Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Anordnen aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Optionen.

        + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index ae25d99e7..967fd794d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -16,14 +16,21 @@

        Formatierung übernehmen/entfernen

        Kopieren einer bestimmte Textformatierung:

          -
        1. Wählen Sie mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur den Textabschnitt aus, dessen Formatierung Sie übernehmen möchten.
          2. -
        2. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Format übertragen Format übertragen (der Mauszeiger ändert sich wie folgt Mauszeiger bei der Übertragung der Formatierung).
          3. +
        3. Wählen Sie mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur den Textabschnitt aus, dessen Formatierung Sie kopieren möchten.
          4. +
        4. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Format übertragen Format übertragen (der Mauszeiger ändert sich wie folgt Mauszeiger bei der Übertragung der Formatierung).
        5. Wählen Sie einen Textabschnitt, auf den Sie die Formatierung übertragen möchten.
        +

        Übertragung der Formatierung auf mehrere Textabschnitte.

        +
          +
        1. Wählen Sie mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur den Textabschnitt aus, dessen Formatierung Sie kopieren möchten.
          2. +
        2. Führen Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start einen Doppelklick auf das Symbol Format übertragen Format übertragen aus (der Mauszeiger ändert sich wie folgt Mauszeiger bei der Übertragung der Formatierung und das Symbol Format übertragen bleibt ausgewählt: Format auf mehrere Zellen übertragen),
          3. +
        3. Markieren Sie die gewünschten Textabschnitte Schritt für Schritt, um die Formatierung zu übertragen.
          4. +
        4. Wenn Sie den Modus beenden möchten, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol Format übertragen Format auf mehrere Zellen übertragen oder drücken Sie die ESC-Taste auf Ihrer Tastatur.
          5. +

        Um die angewandte Formatierung in einem Textabschnitt zu entfernen, führen Sie die folgenden Schritte aus:

          -
        1. Markieren Sie den entsprechenden Textabschnitt und
          2. -
        2. klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste, unter der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbo Formatierung löschen Formatierung löschen.
          3. +
        3. markieren Sie den entsprechenden Textabschnitt und
          4. +
        4. klicken Sie auf das Symbol Formatierung löschen Formatierung löschen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, in der Registerkarte Start.
        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index 6988768ba..bf467d053 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -17,18 +17,18 @@

        Zwischenablage verwenden

        Um gewählte Objekte (Folien, Textabschnitte, AutoFormen) in Ihrer Präsentation auszuschneiden, zu kopieren, einzufügen oder Aktionen rückgängig zu machen bzw. zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü oder die entsprechenden Tastenkombinationen oder die Symbole die auf jeder beliebigen Registerkarte in der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar sind:

          -
        • Ausschneiden - wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die Auswahl zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation wieder eingefügt werden.
          • -
        • Kopieren – wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und klicken Sie im Rechtsklickmenü auf Kopieren oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopieren, Kopieren um die Auswahl in die Zwischenablage Ihres Computers zu kopieren. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation eingefügt werden.
          • -
        • Einfügen – platzieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle in Ihrer Präsentation, an der Sie das zuvor kopierte Objekt einfügen möchten und wählen Sie im Rechtsklickmenü die Option Einfügen oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen Einfügen. Das Objekt wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Das Objekt kann vorher aus derselben Präsentation kopiert werden oder auch aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm oder von einer Webseite.
          • +
        • Ausschneiden - wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die Auswahl zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation wieder eingefügt werden.
          • +
        • Kopieren – wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und klicken Sie im Rechtsklickmenü auf Kopieren oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopieren, Kopieren um die Auswahl in die Zwischenablage Ihres Computers zu kopieren. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation eingefügt werden.
          • +
        • Einfügen – platzieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle in Ihrer Präsentation, an der Sie das zuvor kopierte Objekt einfügen möchten und wählen Sie im Rechtsklickmenü die Option Einfügen oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen Einfügen. Das Objekt wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Das Objekt kann vorher aus derselben Präsentation kopiert werden oder auch aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm oder von einer Webseite.
        -

        Alternativ können Sie auch die folgenden Tastenkombinationen verwenden, um Daten aus bzw. in eine andere Präsentation oder ein anderes Programm zu kopieren oder einzufügen:

        +

        In der Online-Version können nur die folgenden Tastenkombinationen zum Kopieren oder Einfügen von Daten aus/in eine andere Präsentation oder ein anderes Programm verwendet werden. In der Desktop-Version können sowohl die entsprechenden Schaltflächen/Menüoptionen als auch Tastenkombinationen für alle Kopier-/Einfügevorgänge verwendet werden:

          -
        • STRG+C - Kopieren
          • +
        • STRG+C - Kopieren;
        • STRG+V - Einfügen;
        • STRG+X - Ausschneiden;

        Inhalte einfügen mit Optionen

        -

        Nachdem der kopierte Text eingefügt wurde, erscheint neben der eingefügten Textpassage oder dem eingefügten Objekt das Menü Einfügeoptionen Einfügen mit Sonderoptionen. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen.

        +

        Nachdem der kopierte Text eingefügt wurde, erscheint neben der eingefügten Textpassage oder dem eingefügten Objekt das Menü Einfügeoptionen Einfügen mit Sonderoptionen. Klicken Sie auf diese Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen.

        Für das Einfügen von Textpassagen stehen folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung:

        • An Zielformatierung anpassen - die Formatierung der aktuellen Präsentation wird auf den eingefügten Text angewendet. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt.
          • @@ -43,12 +43,13 @@
        • Bild - das Objekt wird als Bild eingefügt und kann nicht bearbeitet werden.

        Vorgänge rückgängig machen/wiederholen

        -

        Um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf den Registerkarten in der oberen Symbolleiste oder alternativ die folgenden Tastenkombinationen:

        +

        Verwenden Sie die entsprechenden Symbole im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors, um Vorgänge rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen oder nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Tastenkombinationen:

          -
        • Rückgängig – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rückgängig Rückgängig, um den zuletzt durchgeführten Vorgang rückgängig zu machen.
          • -
        • Wiederholen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wiederholen Wiederholen, um den zuletzt rückgängig gemachten Vorgang zu wiederholen.

          Alternativ können Si Vorgänge auch mit der Tastenkombination STRG+Z rückgängig machen bzw. mit STRG+Y wiederholen.

          +
        • Rückgängig machen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rückgängig machen Rückgängig machen, um den zuletzt durchgeführten Vorgang rückgängig zu machen.
          • +
        • Wiederholen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wiederholen Wiederholen, um den zuletzt rückgängig gemachten Vorgang zu wiederholen.

          Alternativ können Sie Vorgänge auch mit der Tastenkombination STRG+Z rückgängig machen bzw. mit STRG+Y wiederholen.

        +

        Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Präsentation im Modus Schnell gemeinsam bearbeiten, ist die Option letzten rückgängig gemachten Vorgang wiederherstellen nicht verfügbar.

        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm index 036964717..a7c68bed2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm @@ -47,40 +47,67 @@
        • Stil - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich linear, d.h. entlang der horizontalen/vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem 45-Grad Winkel) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich kreisförmig vom Zentrum zu den Kanten).
        • Richtung - wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü. Wenn der Farbverlauf Linear ausgewählt ist, sind die folgenden Richtungen verfügbar: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, von unten links nach oben rechts, von links nach rechts. Wenn der Farbverlauf Radial ausgewählt ist, steht nur eine Vorlage zur Verfügung.
          • -
        • Farbverlauf - klicken Sie auf den linken Schieberegler Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um das Farbfeld für die erste Farbe zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld auf der rechten Seite, um die erste Farbe in der Farbpalette auszuwählen. Nutzen Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um den Wechselpunkt festzulegen, an dem eine Farbe in die andere übergeht. Nutzen Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um die zweite Farbe anzugeben und den Wechselpunkt festzulegen.
          • -
        - - -
        -
          -
        • Bild- oder Texturfüllung - wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Hintergrund für eine Form/Folie zu benutzen.

          Bild- oder Texturfüllung

          -
            -
          • Wenn Sie ein Bild als Hintergrund für eine Form/Folie verwenden möchten, können Sie das Bild Aus Datei einfügen, geben Sie dazu in dem geöffneten Fenster den Speicherort auf Ihrem Computer an, oder Aus URL, geben Sie die entsprechende Webadresse in das geöffnete Fenster ein.
            • -
          • Wenn Sie eine Textur als Hintergrund für eine Form bzw. Folie verwenden möchten, öffnen Sie die Liste Aus Textur und wählen Sie die gewünschte Texturvoreinstellung.

            Aktuell stehen die folgenden Texturen zur Verfügung: Canvas, Carton, Dark Fabric, Grain, Granite, Grey Paper, Knit, Leather, Brown Paper, Papyrus, Wood.

            -
            • -
          -
            -
          • Wenn das gewählte Bild kleiner oder größer als die AutoForm oder Folie ist, können Sie die Option Strecken oder Kacheln aus dem Listenmenü auswählen.

            Die Option Strecken ermöglicht Ihnen die Größe des Bildes so anzupassen, dass es die Folie oder AutoForm vollständig ausfüllen kann.

            -

            Die Option Kacheln ermöglicht Ihnen nur einen Teil des größeren Bildes zu verwenden und die Originalgröße für diesen Teil beizubehalten oder ein kleineres Bild unter Beibehaltung der Originalgröße zu wiederholen und durch diese Wiederholungen die gesamte Fläche der Folie oder AutoForm auszufüllen.

            -

            Hinweis: Jede Voreinstellung für Texturfüllungen ist dahingehend festgelegt, den gesamten Bereich auszufüllen, aber Sie können nach Bedarf auch den Effekt Strecken anwenden.

            -
            • -
          -
          • -
        -
        -
          -
        • Muster - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form/Folie mit einem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, dass aus regelmäßig wiederholten Elementen besteht.

          Füllungsmuster

          -
            -
          • Muster - wählen Sie eine der Designvorgaben aus dem Menü aus.
            • -
          • Vordergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe der Musterelemente zu ändern.
            • -
          • Hintergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe des Hintergrundmusters zu ändern.
            • -
          -
          • -
        -
        -
          -
        • Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten.
          • -
        - +
      1. + Füllung mit Farbverlauf - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem sanften Übergang von einer Farbe zu einer anderen zu füllen. +
          +
        • Stil - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich linear, d.h. entlang der horizontalen/vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem 45-Grad Winkel) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich kreisförmig vom Zentrum zu den Kanten).
          • +
        • Richtung - wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü aus. Wenn der Farbverlauf Linear ausgewählt ist, sind die folgenden Richtungen verfügbar: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, von unten links nach oben rechts, von links nach rechts. Wenn der Farbverlauf Radial ausgewählt ist, steht nur eine Vorlage zur Verfügung.
          • +
        • + Farbverlauf - verwenden Sie diese Option, um die Form mit zwei oder mehr verblassenden Farben zu füllen. Passen Sie Ihre Farbverlaufsfüllung ohne Einschränkungen an. Klicken Sie auf die Form, um das rechte Füllungsmenü zu öffnen. + +
            +
          • + Stil - wählen Sie Linear oder Radial aus: +
              +
            • Linear wird verwendet, wenn Ihre Farben von links nach rechts, von oben nach unten oder in einem beliebigen Winkel in eine Richtung fließen sollen. Klicken Sie auf Richtung, um eine voreingestellte Richtung auszuwählen, und klicken Sie auf Winke, um einen genauen Verlaufswinkel einzugeben.
              • +
            • Radial wird verwendet, um sich von der Mitte zu bewegen, da die Farbe an einem einzelnen Punkt beginnt und nach außen ausstrahlt.
              • +
            +
            • +
          • + Punkt des Farbverlaufs ist ein bestimmter Punkt für den Verlauf von einer Farbe zur anderen. +
              +
            • Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Punkt des Farbverlaufs einfügen Punkt des Farbverlaufs einfügen oder den Schieberegler, um einen Punkt des Verlaufs einzufügen. Sie können bis zu 10 Punkte einfügen. Jeder nächste eingefügte Punkt des Farbverlaufs beeinflusst in keiner Weise die aktuelle Darstellung der Farbverlaufsfüllung. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Punkt des Farbverlaufs entfernen Punkt des Farbverlaufs entfernen, um den bestimmten Punkt zu löschen.
              • +
            • Verwenden Sie den Schieberegler, um die Position des Farbverlaufspunkts zu ändern, oder geben Sie Position in Prozent an, um eine genaue Position zu erhalten.
              • +
            • Um eine Farbe auf einen Verlaufspunkt anzuwenden, klicken Sie auf einen Punkt im Schieberegler und dann auf Farbe, um die gewünschte Farbe auszuwählen.
              • +
            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        +
        +
          +
        • + Bild- oder Texturfüllung - wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Hintergrund für eine Form/Folie zu benutzen.

          Bild- oder Texturfüllung

          +
            +
          • Wenn Sie ein Bild als Hintergrund für eine Form/Folie verwenden möchten, können Sie das Bild Aus Datei einfügen, geben Sie dazu in dem geöffneten Fenster den Speicherort auf Ihrem Computer an, oder Aus URL, geben Sie die entsprechende Webadresse in das geöffnete Fenster ein.
            • +
          • + Wenn Sie eine Textur als Hintergrund für eine Form bzw. Folie verwenden möchten, öffnen Sie die Liste Aus Textur und wählen Sie die gewünschte Texturvoreinstellung.

            Aktuell stehen die folgenden Texturen zur Verfügung: Canvas, Carton, Dark Fabric, Grain, Granite, Grey Paper, Knit, Leather, Brown Paper, Papyrus, Wood.

            +
            • +
          +
            +
          • + Wenn das gewählte Bild kleiner oder größer als die AutoForm oder Folie ist, können Sie die Option Strecken oder Kacheln aus dem Listenmenü auswählen.

            Die Option Strecken ermöglicht Ihnen die Größe des Bildes so anzupassen, dass es die Folie oder AutoForm vollständig ausfüllen kann.

            +

            Die Option Kacheln ermöglicht Ihnen nur einen Teil des größeren Bildes zu verwenden und die Originalgröße für diesen Teil beizubehalten oder ein kleineres Bild unter Beibehaltung der Originalgröße zu wiederholen und durch diese Wiederholungen die gesamte Fläche der Folie oder AutoForm auszufüllen.

            +

            Hinweis: Jede Voreinstellung für Texturfüllungen ist dahingehend festgelegt, den gesamten Bereich auszufüllen, aber Sie können nach Bedarf auch den Effekt Strecken anwenden.

            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        +
        +
          +
        • + Muster - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form/Folie mit einem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, dass aus regelmäßig wiederholten Elementen besteht.

          Füllungsmuster

          +
            +
          • Muster - wählen Sie eine der Designvorgaben aus dem Menü aus.
            • +
          • Vordergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe der Musterelemente zu ändern.
            • +
          • Hintergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe des Hintergrundmusters zu ändern.
            • +
          +
          • +
        +
        +
          +
        • Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten.
          • +
        + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index e4cc2b5a3..a7728c88b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -20,10 +20,10 @@
      2. Wählen Sie in der Folienliste links die Folie aus, der Sie eine AutoForm hinzufügen wollen.
      3. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf Form Form.
      4. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Gruppen von AutoFormen: Standardformen, geformte Pfeile, Mathematik, Diagramme, Sterne & Bänder, Legenden, Buttons, Rechtecke, Linien.
        5. -
      5. Klicken Sie auf in der gewählten Gruppe auf die gewünschte AutoForm.
        6. +
      6. Klicken Sie in der gewählten Gruppe auf die gewünschte AutoForm.
      7. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger an der Stelle, an der Sie eine Form hinzufügen möchten.

        Hinweis: Sie können klicken und ziehen, um die Form auszudehnen.

        8. -
      8. Sobald die AutoForm hinzugefügt ist, können Sie ihre Größe, Position und Eigenschaften ändern.

        Hinweis: Um eine Bildunterschrift innerhalb der AutoForm hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie die Form auf der Folie aus und geben Sie den Text ein. Ein solcher Text wird Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text ebenfalls verschoben oder gedreht).

        +
      9. Sobald die AutoForm hinzugefügt wurde, können Sie Größe, Position und Eigenschaften ändern.

        Hinweis: Um eine Bildunterschrift innerhalb der AutoForm hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie die Form auf der Folie aus und geben Sie den Text ein. Ein solcher Text wird Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text ebenfalls verschoben oder gedreht).

      @@ -35,38 +35,51 @@
    2. Farbfüllung - um die homogene Farbe zu bestimmen, mit der Sie die gewählte Form füllen wollen.
    3. Füllung mit Farbverlauf - um die Form mit einem sanften Übergang von einer Farbe zu einer anderen zu füllen.
    4. Bild oder Textur - um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Hintergrund der Form zu nutzen.
      5. -
    5. Muster - um die Form mit dem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, das aus regelmäsig wiederholten Elementen besteht.
      6. +
    6. Muster - um die Form mit einem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, das aus regelmäßig wiederholten Elementen besteht.
    7. Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten.

      8. Weitere Informationen zu diesen Optionen finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte ausfüllen und Farben auswählen.

    8. Strich - in dieser Gruppe können Sie Strichbreite und -farbe der AutoForm ändern.
      • Um die Breite zu ändern, wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen im Listenmenü Göße aus. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: 0,5 Pt., 1 Pt., 1,5 Pt., 2,25 Pt., 3 Pt., 4,5 Pt., 6 Pt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Keine Linie auswählen, wenn Sie keine Umrandung wünschen.
        • -
      • Um die Form zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das gefärbte Feld und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe. Sie können die gewählte Designfarbe, eine Standardfarbe oder eine benutzerdefinierte Farbe auswählen.
        • -
      • Um die Art der Linie zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe.
        • +
      • Um die Konturfarbe zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das farbige Feld und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus. Sie können die gewählte Designfarbe, eine Standardfarbe oder eine benutzerdefinierte Farbe auswählen.
        • +
      • Um den Stil der Kontur zu ändern, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der entsprechenden Dropdown-Liste aus (standardmäßig wird eine durchgezogene Linie verwendet, diese können Sie in eine der verfügbaren gestrichelten Linien ändern).
      9. +
    9. Drehen dient dazu die Form um 90 Grad im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen oder die Form horizontal oder vertikal zu spiegeln. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen:
        +
      • Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen um die Form um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen
        • +
      • Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen um die Form um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen
        • +
      • Horizontal spiegeln um die Form horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts)
        • +
      • Vertikal spiegeln um die Form vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten)
        • +
      +

      10. Um die erweiterte Einstellungen der AutoForm zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Form und wählen Sie die Option Form - erweiterte Einstellungen im Menü aus, oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Formeigenschaften wird geöffnet:

      Formeigenschaften - Registerkarte Größe

      Über die Registerkarte Größe können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe der AutoForm ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Deitenverhältnis der AutoForm wird beibehalten.

      +

      Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen

      +

      Die Registerkarte Drehen umfasst die folgenden Parameter:

      +
        +
      • Winkel - mit dieser Option lässt sich die Form in einem genau festgelegten Winkel drehen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld ein oder stellen Sie diesen mit den Pfeilen rechts ein.
        • +
      • Spiegeln - Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Horizontal, um die Form horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts), oder aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Vertikal, um die Form vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten).
        • +

      Formeigenschaften - Registerkarte Stärken & Pfeile

      Die Registerkarte Stärken & Pfeile enthält folgende Parameter:

        -
      • Linienart - diese Option erlaubt Ihnen, die folgenden Parameter zu bestimmen:
          -
        • Abschlusstyp - damit bestimmen Sie den Stil des Linienabschlusses, deswegen kann diese Option nur auf die Formen mit offener Kontur, wie Linien, Polylineen usw. angewandt werden:
            -
          • Flach - flacher Abschluss
            • -
          • Rund - runder Abschluss
            • -
          • Quadratisch - quadratisches Linienende
            • +
          • Linienart - in dieser Gruppe können Sie die folgenden Parameter bestimmen:
              +
            • Abschlusstyp - legen Sie den Stil für den Abschluss der Linie fest, diese Option besteht nur bei Formen mit offener Kontur wie Linien, Polylinien usw.:
                +
              • Flach - für flache Endpunkte.
                • +
              • Rund - für runde Endpunkte.
                • +
              • Quadratisch - quadratisches Linienende.
            • Anschlusstyp - legen Sie die Art der Verknüpfung von zwei Linien fest, z.B. kann diese Option auf Polylinien oder die Ecken von Dreiecken bzw. Vierecken angewendet werden:
              • Rund - die Ecke wird abgerundet.
              • Schräge Kante - die Ecke wird schräg abgeschnitten.
                • -
              • Winkel - spitze Ecke Dieser Typ passt gut bei AutoFormen mit spitzen Winkeln.
                • +
              • Winkel - spitze Ecke. Dieser Typ passt gut bei AutoFormen mit spitzen Winkeln.
              -

              Hinweis: Der Effekt wird auffälliger, wenn Sie eine hohe Konturbreite nutzen.

              +

              Hinweis: Der Effekt wird auffälliger, wenn Sie eine hohe Konturbreite verwenden.

            • @@ -76,7 +89,7 @@

            Über die Registerkarte Textränder können Sie die oberen, unteren, linken und rechten inneren Ränder der AutoForm ändern (also den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Form und dem Rahmen der AutoForm).

            Hinweis: diese Registerkarte ist nur verfügbar, wenn der AutoForm ein Text hinzugefügt wurde, ansonsten wird die Registerkarte ausgeblendet.

            Formeigenschaften - Spalten

            -

            Über die Registerkarte Spalten ist es möglich, der AutoForm Textspalten hinzuzufügen und die gewünschte Anzahl der Spalten (bis zu 16) und den Abstand zwischen den Spalten festzulegen. Wenn Sie auf OK klicken, erscheint der bereits vorhandene Text oder jeder beliebige Text den Sie in die AutoForm eingeben, in den Spalten und geht flüssig von einer Spalte in die nächste über.

            +

            Über die Registerkarte Spalten ist es möglich, der AutoForm Textspalten hinzuzufügen und die gewünschte Anzahl der Spalten (bis zu 16) und den Abstand zwischen den Spalten festzulegen. Wenn Sie auf OK klicken, erscheint der bereits vorhandene Text, oder jeder beliebige Text den Sie in die AutoForm eingeben, in den Spalten und geht flüssig von einer Spalte in die nächste über.

            Formeigenschaften - Alternativtext

            Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Form enthalten sind.

            @@ -84,21 +97,21 @@

            Um die hinzugefügte AutoForm zu löschen, klicken Sie dieses mit der linken Maustaste an und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf Ihrer Tastatur.

            Um mehr über die Ausrichtung einer AuftoForm auf einer Folie zu erfahren oder mehrere AutoFormen anzuordnen, lesen Sie den Abschnitt Objekte auf einer Folie ausrichten und anordnen.

            -

            AutoFormen mithilfe von Verbindungen verbinden

            -

            Sie können Autoformen mithilfe von Linien mit Verbindungspunkten verbinden, um Abhängigkeiten zwischen Objekten zu demonstrieren (z.B. wenn Sie ein Flussdiagramm erstellen wollen). Verbindungen erstellen:

            +

            AutoFormen mithilfe von Verbindungen anbinden

            +

            Sie können Autoformen mithilfe von Linien mit Verbindungspunkten verbinden, um Abhängigkeiten zwischen Objekten zu demonstrieren (z.B. wenn Sie ein Flussdiagramm erstellen wollen). Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt:

            1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf Form Form.
            2. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Linien im Menü aus.

              Formen - Linien

              3. -
            3. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Form in der ausgewählten Gruppe aus (ausgenommen die letzten drei Formen, die keine Verbindungen sind, nämlich Form 10, 11 und 12).
              4. +
            4. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Form in der ausgewählten Gruppe (mit Ausnahme der letzten drei Formen, bei denen es sich nicht um Konnektoren handelt: Kurve, Skizze und Freihand).
            5. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über die erste AutoForm und klicken Sie auf einen der Verbindungspunkte Verbindungspunkt, die auf dem Umriss der Form zu sehen sind.

              Verbindungen setzen

              6. -
            6. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger in Richtung der zweiten AutoForm und klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Verbindungspunkt auf dem Umriss der form.

              Verbindungen setzen

              +
            7. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger in Richtung der zweiten AutoForm und klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Verbindungspunkt auf dem Umriss der Form.

              Verbindungen setzen

            Wenn Sie die verbundenen AutoFormen verschieben, bleiben die Verbindungen an die Form gebunden und bewegen sich mit den Formen zusammen.

            Verbundene AutoFormen verschieben

            -

            Alternativ können Sie die Verbindungen auch von den Form lösen und an andere Verbindungspunkte anbinden.

            +

            Alternativ können Sie die Verbindungen auch von den Formen lösen und an andere Verbindungspunkte anbinden.

            \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 4263db12a..34436ce7b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

            Diagramme einfügen und bearbeiten

            -

            Ein Diagramm einfügen

            +

            Diagramm einfügen

            Ein Diagramm einfügen:

            1. Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie ein Diagramm einfügen möchten.
              2. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
            2. Wenn Sie Ihre Auswahl getroffen haben, öffnet sich das Fenster Diagramm bearbeiten und Sie können die gewünschten Daten mithilfe der folgenden Steuerelemente in die Zellen eingeben:
              • Kopieren und Einfügen - Kopieren und Einfügen der kopierten Daten.
                • -
              • Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen - Aktionen Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen.
                • +
              • Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen - Vorgänge Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen.
              • Funktion einfügen - Einfügen einer Funktion
              • Dezimalstelle löschen und Dezimalstelle hinzufügen - Löschen und Hinzufügen von Dezimalstellen.
              • Zahlenformat - Zahlenformat ändern, d.h. das Format in dem die eingegebenen Zahlen in den Zellen dargestellt werden
                • @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
                • Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY), Strich.
                • Überprüfen Sie den ausgewählten Datenbereich und ändern Sie diesen ggf. durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Daten auswählen; geben Sie den gewünschten Datenbereich im folgenden Format ein: Sheet1!A1:B4.
                  • -
                • Wählen Sie aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, können Sie wählen zwischen: Datenreihen in Zeilen oder in Spalten.
                  • +
                • Wählen Sie aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, stehen Ihnen die Optionen in Zeilen oder in Spalten zur Verfügung.

                Fenster Diagrammeinstellungen

                Auf der Registerkarte Layout können Sie das Layout von Diagrammelementen ändern.

                @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
              • Geben Sie das Zeichen (Komma, Semikolon etc.) in das Feld Trennzeichen Datenbeschriftung ein, dass Sie zum Trennen der Beschriftungen verwenden möchten.
              3. -
            3. Linien - Einstellen der Linienart für Liniendiagramme/Punktdiagramme (XY). Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Gerade, um gerade Linien zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden, glatt um glatte Kurven zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden oder keine, um keine Linien anzuzeigen.
              4. +
            4. Linien - Einstellen der Linienart für Liniendiagramme/Punktdiagramme (XY). Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Gerade, um gerade Linien zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden, glatt, um glatte Kurven zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden oder keine, um keine Linien anzuzeigen.
            5. Markierungen - über diese Funktion können Sie festlegen, ob die Marker für Liniendiagramme/ Punktdiagramme (XY) angezeigt werden sollen (Kontrollkästchen aktiviert) oder nicht (Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert).

              Hinweis: Die Optionen Linien und Marker stehen nur für Liniendiagramme und Punktdiagramm (XY) zur Verfügung.

            6. Im Abschnitt Achseneinstellungen können Sie auswählen, ob die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach einblenden oder ausblenden aus der Menüliste aus. Außerdem können Sie auch die Parameter für horizontale/vertikale Achsenbeschriftung festlegen:
                @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
              7. -
            7. Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien, können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.

              Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind.

              +
            8. Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.

              Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind.

          Fenster Diagrammeinstellungen

          @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
        • Mindestwert - der niedrigste Wert, der am Anfang der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Mindestwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben.
        • Höchstwert - der höchste Wert, der am Ende der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Höchstwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben.
        • Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der vertikalen Achse, an dem die horizontale Achse die vertikale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert auf der vertikalen Achse fest.
          • -
        • Einheiten anzeigen - Festlegung der numerischen Werte, die auf der vertikalen Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Diese Option kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mit großen Zahlen arbeiten und die Werte auf der Achse kompakter und lesbarer anzeigen wollen (Sie können z.B. 50.000 als 50 anzeigen, indem Sie die Anzeigeeinheit in Tausendern auswählen). Wählen Sie die gewünschten Einheiten aus der Menüliste aus: In Hundertern, in Tausendern, 10 000, 100 000, in Millionen, 10.000.000, 100.000.000, in Milliarden, in Trillionen, oder Sie wählen die Option Keine, um zu den Standardeinheiten zurückzukehren.
          • +
        • Einheiten anzeigen - Festlegung der numerischen Werte, die auf der vertikalen Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Diese Option kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mit großen Zahlen arbeiten und die Werte auf der Achse kompakter und lesbarer anzeigen wollen (Sie können z.B. 50.000 als 50 anzeigen, indem Sie die Anzeigeeinheit in Tausendern auswählen). Wählen Sie die gewünschten Einheiten aus der Menüliste aus: In Hundertern, in Tausendern, 10.000, 100.000, in Millionen, 10.000.000, 100.000.000, in Milliarden, in Trillionen, oder Sie wählen die Option Keine, um zu den Standardeinheiten zurückzukehren.
        • Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Werte werden in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert ist, wird der niedrigste Wert unten und der höchste Wert oben auf der Achse angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Werte in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt.
        • @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

      Fenster Diagrammeinstellungen

      -

      Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind.

      +

      Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind.

    10. Sobald das Diagramm hinzugefügt wurde, können Sie Größe und Position beliebig ändern.

      Sie können die Position des Diagramms auf der Folie bestimmen, indem Sie es vertikal oder horizontal verschieben.

      11. @@ -151,7 +151,8 @@

      Sie haben die Möglichkeit 3D-Diagramme mithilfe der Maus zu drehen. Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste in den Diagrammbereich und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt. Um die 3D-Diagrammausrichtung zu ändern, ziehen Sie den Mauszeiger in die gewünschte Richtung ohne die Maustaste loszulassen.

      3D-Diagramm

      -

      Diagrammeinstellungen anpassen

      Registerkarte Diagramme

      Diagrammgröße, -typ und -stil sowie die zur Erstellung des Diagramms verwendeten Daten, können in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um das Menü zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Diagramm und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen Diagrammeinstellungen aus.

      +

      Diagrammeinstellungen anpassen

      + Registerkarte Diagramme

      Diagrammgröße, -typ und -stil sowie die zur Erstellung des Diagramms verwendeten Daten, können in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um das Menü zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Diagramm und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen Diagrammeinstellungen aus.

      Im Abschnitt Größe können Sie Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Diagramms ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis des Diagramms wird beibehalten.

      Im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern können Sie den gewählten Diagrammtyp und -stil über die entsprechende Auswahlliste ändern.

      Um den gewünschten Diagrammstil auszuwählen, verwenden Sie im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern die zweite Auswahlliste.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e8384c65 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + Fußzeilen einfügen + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Fußzeilen einfügen

      +

      Die Fußzeilen fügen weitere Information auf den ausgegebenen Folien hin, z.B. Datum und Uhrzeit, Foliennummer oder Text.

      +

      Um eine Fußzeile einzufügen:

      +
        +
      1. öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen,
        2. +
      2. click the Edit footer button at the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. the Footer Settings window will open. Check the data you want to add into the footer. The changes are displayed in the preview window on the right. +
          +
        • check the Date and time box to insert a date or time in a selected format. The selected date will be added to the left field of the slide footer. +

          Specify the necessary data format:

          +
            +
          • Update automatically - check this radio button if you want to automatically update the date and time according to the current date and time. +

            Then select the necessary date and time Format and Language from the lists.

            +
            • +
          • Fixed - check this radio button if you do not want to automatically update the date and time.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • check the Slide number box to insert the current slide number. The slide number will be added in the right field of the slide footer.
          • +
        • check Text in footer box to insert any text. Enter the necessary text in the entry field below. The text will be added in the central field of the slide footer.
          • +
        +

        Footer Settings

        +
        4. +
      4. check the Don't show on the title slide option, if necessary,
        5. +
      5. click the Apply to all button to apply changes to all slides or use the Apply button to apply the changes to the current slide only.
        6. +
      +

      To quickly insert a date or a slide number into the footer of the selected slide, you can use the Show slide Number and Show Date and Time options at the Slide Settings tab of the right sidebar. In this case, the selected settings will be applied to the current slide only. The date and time or slide number added in such a way can be adjusted later using the Footer Settings window.

      +

      To edit the added footer, click the Edit footer icon Edit footer button at the top toolbar, make the necessary changes in the Footer Settings window, and click the Apply or Apply to All button to save the changes.

      +

      Insert date and time and slide number into the text box

      +

      It's also possible to insert date and time or slide number into the selected text box using the corresponding buttons at the Insert tab of the top toolbar.

      +
      Insert date and time
      +
        +
      1. put the mouse cursor within the text box where you want to insert the date and time,
        2. +
      2. click the Date and Time icon Date & Time button at the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. select the necessary Language from the list and choose the necessary date and time Format in the Date & Time window, +

        Date and Time Settings

        +
        4. +
      4. if necessary, check the Update automatically box or press the Set as default box to set the selected date and time format as default for the specified language,
        5. +
      5. click the OK button to apply the changes.
        6. +
      +

      The date and time will be inserted in the current cursor position. To edit the inserted date and time,

      +
        +
      1. select the inserted date and time in the text box,
        2. +
      2. click the Date and Time icon Date & Time button at the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. choose the necessary format in the Date & Time window,
        4. +
      4. click the OK button.
        5. +
      +
      Insert a slide number
      +
        +
      1. put the mouse cursor within the text box where you want to insert the slide number,
        2. +
      2. click the Slide Number icon Slide Number button at the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. check the Slide number box in the Footer Settings window,
        4. +
      4. click the OK button to apply the changes.
        5. +
      +

      The slide number will be inserted in the current cursor position.

      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 498754849..67ac3b5a5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -14,15 +14,16 @@

      Bilder einfügen und anpassen

      -

      Ein Bild einfügen

      +

      Bild einfügen

      Im Präsentationseditor können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihre Präsentation einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

      Ein Bild in eine Folie einfügen:

      1. Markieren Sie mit dem Cursor die Folie in der Folienliste links, in die Sie ein Bild einfügen möchten.
      2. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf Bild Bild.
        3. -
      3. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen um das Bild hochzuladen:
          +
        • Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen, um das Bild hochzuladen:
          • Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen.
          • Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn Sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK.
            • +
          • Die Option Bild aus Speicher öffnet das Fenster Datenquelle auswählen. Wählen Sie ein in Ihrem Portal gespeichertes Bild aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche OK.
        • Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position ändern.
          • @@ -30,17 +31,44 @@

          Bildeinstellungen anpassen

          Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste ein Bild an und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen aus, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu aktivieren. Hier finden Sie die folgenden Abschnitte:

          Registerkarte Bildeinstellungen

          Größe - um Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Bildes einzusehen oder bei Bedarf die Standardgröße des Bildes wiederherzustellen.

          -

          Bild ersetzen - um das aktuelle Bild durch ein anderes Bild zu ersetzen und die entsprechende Quelle auszuwählen. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Aus Datei oder Aus URL. Auch die Option Bild ersetzen ist im Rechtsklickmenü verfügbar.

          + +

          Mit der Schaltfläche Zuschneiden können Sie das Bild zuschneiden. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden, um die Ziehpunkte zu aktivieren, die an den Bildecken und in der Mitte der Bildseiten angezeigt werden. Ziehen Sie die Ziehpunkte manuell, um den Zuschneidebereich festzulegen. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über den Zuschneidebereich bewegen, ändert sich der Zeiger in das Pfeil Symbol und Sie können die Auswahl in die gewünschte Position ziehen.

          +
            +
          • Um eine einzelne Seite zuzuschneiden, ziehen Sie den Ziehpunkt in der Mitte dieser Seite.
            • +
          • Um zwei benachbarte Seiten gleichzeitig zuzuschneiden, ziehen Sie einen der Ziehpunkte in den Ecken.
            • +
          • Um zwei gegenüberliegende Seiten des Bildes gleichermaßen zuzuschneiden, halten Sie die Strg-Taste gedrückt, während Sie den Ziehpunkt in der Mitte einer dieser Seiten ziehen.
            • +
          • Um alle Seiten des Bildes gleichermaßen zuzuschneiden, halten Sie die Strg-Taste gedrückt und ziehen Sie gleichzeitig einen der Ziehpunkt in den Ecken.
            • +
          +

          Wenn der Zuschneidebereich festgelegt ist, klicken Sie erneut auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden oder drücken Sie die Taste Esc oder klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle außerhalb des Zuschneidebereichs, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen.

          +

          Nachdem der Zuschneidebereich ausgewählt wurde, können Sie auch die Optionen Füllen und Anpassen verwenden, die im Dropdown-Menü Zuschneiden verfügbar sind. Klicken Sie erneut auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus:

          +
            +
          • Wenn Sie die Option Ausfüllen auswählen, wird der zentrale Teil des Originalbilds beibehalten und zum Ausfüllen des ausgewählten Zuschneidebereichs verwendet, während andere Teile des Bildes entfernt werden.
            • +
          • Wenn Sie die Option Anpassen auswählen, wird die Bildgröße so angepasst, dass sie der Höhe oder Breite des Zuschneidebereichs entspricht. Es werden keine Teile des Originalbilds entfernt, es können jedoch leere Bereiche innerhalb des ausgewählten Zuschneidebereichs erscheinen.
            • +
          +

          Bild ersetzen - das aktuelle Bild durch ein anderes Bild ersetzen und die entsprechende Quelle auswählen. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Aus Datei oder Aus URL. Die Option Bild ersetzen ist auch im Rechtsklickmenü verfügbar.

          +

          Drehen dient dazu das Bild um 90 Grad im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen und die Form horizontal oder vertikal zu spiegeln. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen:

          +
            +
          • Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen um das Bild um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen
            • +
          • Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen um das Bild um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen
            • +
          • Horizontal spiegeln um das Bild horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts)
            • +
          • Vertikal spiegeln um das Bild vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten)
            • +

          Wenn Sie das Bild ausgewählt haben, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen Formeinstellungen verfügbar. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form, Linientyp, Größe und Farbe an oder ändern Sie die Form und wählen Sie im Menü AutoForm ändern eine neue Form aus. Die Form des Bildes ändert sich entsprechend Ihrer Auswahl.

          Registerkarte Formeinstellungen

          -

          Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - erweiterte Einstellungen im Menü aus, oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet:

          +

          Um die erweiterten Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - erweiterte Einstellungen im Menü aus, oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet:

          Bildeigenschaften

          -

          Im Fenster positionieren können Sie die folgenden Bildeigenschaften festlegen:

          +

          In der Registerkarte positionieren können Sie die folgenden Bildeigenschaften festlegen:

          • Größe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe des Bildes ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße.
          • Position - über diese Option können Sie die Position des Bildes auf der Folie ändern (die Position wird im Verhältnis zum oberen und linken Rand der Folie berechnet).
          +

          Bildeigenschaften: Drehen

          +

          Die Registerkarte Drehen umfasst die folgenden Parameter:

          +
            +
          • Winkel - mit dieser Option lässt sich das Bild in einem genau festgelegten Winkel drehen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld ein oder stellen Sie diesen mit den Pfeilen rechts ein.
            • +
          • Spiegeln - Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Horizontal, um das Bild horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts), oder aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Vertikal, um das Bild vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten).
            • +

          Bildeigenschaften

          Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind.

          diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d570c7020 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + + + + Symbole und Sonderzeichen einfügen + + + + + + + +
          +
          + +
          +

          Symbole und Sonderzeichen einfügen

          +

          + Während des Arbeitsprozesses wollen Sie ein Symbol einfügen, das sich nicht auf der Tastatur befindet. Um solche Symbole einzufügen, verwenden Sie die Option Symbolbild Symbol einfügen: +

          +
            +
          • positionieren Sie den Textcursor an der Stelle für das Sonderzeichen,
            • +
          • öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen,
            • +
          • + klicken Sie Symbolbild Symbol an, +

            Symbolrandleiste

            +
            • +
          • Das Dialogfeld Symbol wird angezeigt, in dem Sie das gewünschte Symbol auswählen können,
            • +
          • +

            öffnen Sie das Dropdown-Menü Bereich, um ein Symbol schnell zu finden. Alle Symbole sind in Gruppen unterteilt, wie z.B. “Währungssymbole” für Währungszeichen.

            +

            Falls Sie das gewünschte Symbol nicht finden können, wählen Sie eine andere Schriftart aus. Viele von ihnen haben auch die Sonderzeichen, die es nicht in den Standartsatz gibt.

            +

            Sie können auch das Unicode HEX Wert-Feld verwenden, um den Code einzugeben. Die Codes können Sie in der Zeichentabelle finden.

            +

            Verwenden Sie auch die Registerkarte Sonderzeichen, um ein Sonderzeichen auszuwählen.

            +

            Symbolrandleiste

            +

            Die Symbole, die zuletzt verwendet wurden, befinden sich in dem Feld Kürzlich verwendete Symbole,

            +
            • +
          • klicken Sie Einfügen an. Das ausgewählte Symbol wird eingefügt.
            • +
          + +

          ASCII-Symbole einfügen

          +

          Man kann auch die ASCII Tabelle verwenden, um die Zeichen und Symbole einzufügen.

          +

          Drücken und halten Sie die ALT-Taste und verwenden Sie den Ziffernblock, um einen Zeichencode einzugeben.

          +

          Hinweis: Verwenden Sie nur den Ziffernblock. Um den Ziffernblock zu aktivieren, drücken Sie die NumLock-Taste.

          +

          Z.B., um das Paragraphenzeichen (§) einzufügen, drücken und halten Sie die ALT-Taste und geben Sie 789 ein, dann lassen Sie die ALT-Taste los.

          + +

          Symbole per Unicode-Tabelle einfügen

          +

          Sonstige Symbole und Zeichen befinden sich auch in der Windows-Symboltabelle. Um diese Tabelle zu öffnen:

          +
            +
          • geben Sie “Zeichentabelle” in dem Suchfeld ein,
            • +
          • + drücken Sie die Windows-Taste+R und geben Sie charmap.exe in dem Suchfeld ein, dann klicken Sie OK. +

            Symboltabelle einfügen

            +
            • +
          +

          Wählen Sie die Zeichensätze, Gruppen und Schriftarten aus. Klicken Sie die gewünschte Zeichen an, dann kopieren und fügen an der gewünschten Stelle ein.

          +
          + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index b2ec73e85..82cb2d4f4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -46,7 +46,6 @@

          Im Abschnitt Rahmenstil können Sie die angewandte Formatierung ändern, die der gewählten Vorlage entspricht. Sie können die ganze Tabelle auswählen oder einen bestimmten Zellenbereich, dessen Formatierung Sie ändern möchten, und alle Parameter manuell bestimmen.

          • Rahmen - legen Sie die Stärke des Rahmens in der Liste Liste Rahmenstärke fest (oder wählen Sie die Option Kein Rahmen) sowie den gewünschten Rahmenstil und wählen Sie die Rahmenfarbe aus den verfügbaren Paletten aus:

            Liste Rahmenstil

            -

            Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Vorlage ohne Rahmen oder die Option Ohne Rahmen auswählen oder auf das Symbol Ohne Rahmen klicken, werden die Rahmenlinien auf der Folie durch eine gepunktete Linie dargestellt.

          • Hintergrundfarbe - wählen Sie eine Farbe für den Hintergrund innerhalb der ausgewählten Zellen.
          diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm index 3ba091851..f922e2489 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm @@ -15,11 +15,11 @@

          Text einfügen und formatieren

          Text einfügen

          -

          Für die Eingabe von neuem Text, haben Sie drei Möglichkeiten zur Auswahl:

          +

          Für die Eingabe von neuem Text stehen Ihnen drei Möglichkeiten zur Auswahl:

            -
          • Einen Textabschnitt in den entsprechenden Textplatzhalter auf der Folie einfügen. Platzieren Sie den Cursor im Platzhalter unter und geben Sie Ihren Text ein oder fügen Sie diesen mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+V ein.
            • -
          • Einen Textabschnitt an beliebiger Stelle auf einer Folie einfügen. Fügen Sie ein Textfeld (rechteckigen Rahmen, in den ein Text eingegeben werden kann) oder ein TextArtfeld (Textfeld mit einer vordefinierten Schriftart und Farbe, das die Anwendung von Texteffekten ermöglicht) in die Folie ein. Abhängig vom ausgewählten Textobjekt haben Sie folgende Möglichkeiten:
              -
            • Um ein Textfeld hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf das Symbol Textfeld Textfeld und dann auf die Stelle, an der Sie das Textfeld einfügen möchten. Halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie den Rahmen des Textfelds in die gewünschte Größe. Wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen, erscheint die Einfügemarke im hinzugefügten Textfeld und Sie können Ihren Text eingeben.

              Hinweis: alternativ können Sie ein Textfeld einfügen, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Form Form klicken und das Symbol TextAutoForm einfügen aus der Gruppe Standardformen auswählen.

              +
            • Textabschnitt in den entsprechenden Textplatzhalter auf der Folie einfügen. Platzieren Sie dazu den Cursor im Platzhalter und geben Sie Ihren Text ein oder fügen Sie diesen mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+V ein.
              • +
            • Textabschnitt an beliebiger Stelle auf einer Folie einfügen. Fügen Sie ein Textfeld (rechteckiger Rahmen, in den ein Text eingegeben werden kann) oder ein TextArtfeld (Textfeld mit einer vordefinierten Schriftart und Farbe, das die Anwendung von Texteffekten ermöglicht) in die Folie ein. Abhängig vom ausgewählten Textobjekt haben Sie folgende Möglichkeiten:
                +
              • Um ein Textfeld hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf das Symbol Textfeld Textfeld und dann auf die Stelle, an der Sie das Textfeld einfügen möchten. Halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie den Rahmen des Textfelds in die gewünschte Größe. Wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen, erscheint die Einfügemarke im hinzugefügten Textfeld und Sie können Ihren Text eingeben.

                Hinweis: alternativ können Sie ein Textfeld einfügen, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Form Form klicken und das Symbol Text-AutoForm einfügen aus der Gruppe Standardformen auswählen.

              • Um ein TextArt-Objekt einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol TextArt TextArt in der Registerkarte Einfügen und klicken Sie dann auf die gewünschte Stilvorlage - das TextArt-Objekt wird in der Mitte der Folie eingefügt. Markieren Sie den Standardtext innerhalb des Textfelds mit der Maus und ersetzen Sie diesen durch Ihren eigenen Text.
              @@ -31,74 +31,74 @@

              Da ein eingefügtes Textobjekt von einem rechteckigen Rahmen umgeben ist (TextArt-Objekte haben standardmäßig unsichtbare Rahmen) und dieser Rahmen eine allgemeine AutoForm ist, können Sie sowohl die Form als auch die Texteigenschaften ändern.

              Um das hinzugefügte Textobjekt zu löschen, klicken Sie auf den Rand des Textfelds und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf der Tastatur. Dadurch wird auch der Text im Textfeld gelöscht.

              Textfeld formatieren

              -

              Wählen Sie das entsprechende Textfeld durch anklicken der Rahmenlinien aus, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn das Textfeld markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als durchgezogene Linien und nicht gestrichelt angezeigt.

              +

              Wählen Sie das entsprechende Textfeld durch Anklicken der Rahmenlinien aus, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn das Textfeld markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als durchgezogene Linien (nicht gestrichelt) angezeigt.

              Markiertes Textfeld

              Text im Textfeld formatieren

              Markieren Sie den Text im Textfeld, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn der Text markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt.

              Markierter Text

              -

              Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich, die Textformatierung zu ändern, wenn das Textfeld (nicht der Text selbst) ausgewählt ist. In einem solchen Fall werden alle Änderungen auf den gesamten Text im Textfeld angewandt. Einige Schriftformatierungsoptionen (Schriftart, -größe, -farbe und -stile) können separat auf einen zuvor ausgewählten Teil des Textes angewendet werden.

              +

              Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich die Textformatierung zu ändern, wenn das Textfeld (nicht der Text selbst) ausgewählt ist. In einem solchen Fall werden alle Änderungen auf den gesamten Text im Textfeld angewandt. Einige Schriftformatierungsoptionen (Schriftart, -größe, -farbe und -stile) können separat auf einen zuvor ausgewählten Teil des Textes angewendet werden.

              Text im Textfeld ausrichten

              -

              Der Text kann auf vier Arten horizontal ausgerichtet werden: linksbündig, rechtsbündig, zentriert oder im Blocksatz. Text horizontal ausrichten:

              +

              Der Text kann auf vier Arten horizontal ausgerichtet werden: linksbündig, rechtsbündig, zentriert oder im Blocksatz. Textobjekt einfügen:

              1. Bewegen Sie den Cursor an die Stelle, an der Sie den Text ausrichten möchten (dabei kann es sich um eine neue Zeile oder um bereits eingegebenen Text handeln).
              2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start und klicken Sie auf Horizontale Ausrichtung Horizontale Ausrichtung, um die Auswahlliste zu öffnen.
              3. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp:
                • Die Option Text linksbündig ausrichten Linksbündig ausrichten lässt den linken Textrand parallel zum linken Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (der rechte Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet).
                  • -
                • Durch die Option Text zentrieren Zentriert ausrichten wird der Text im Textbereich zentriert ausgerichtet (die rechte Seite und linke Seite bleiben unausgerichtet).
                  • -
                • Die Option Text rechtsbündig ausrichten Rechts ausrichten lässt den rechten Textrand parallel zum rechten Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (der linke Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet).
                  • +
                • Durch die Option Text zentrieren Zentriert ausrichten wird der Text im Textbereich zentriert ausgerichtet (die rechte und linke Seite bleiben unausgerichtet).
                  • +
                • Die Option Text rechtsbündig ausrichten Rechtsbündig ausrichten lässt den rechten Textrand parallel zum rechten Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (der linke Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet).
                • Die Option Im Blocksatz ausrichten Blocksatz lässt den Text parallel zum linken und rechten Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (zusätzlicher Abstand wird hinzugefügt, wo es notwendig ist, um die Ausrichtung beizubehalten).
              -

              Der Text kann vertikal auf drei Arten ausgerichtet werden: oben, mittig oder unten. Text horizontal ausrichten:

              +

              Der Text kann vertikal auf drei Arten ausgerichtet werden: oben, mittig oder unten. Textobjekt einfügen:

              1. Bewegen Sie den Cursor an die Stelle, an der Sie den Text ausrichten möchten (dabei kann es sich um eine neue Zeile oder um bereits eingegebenen Text handeln).
              2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start und klicken Sie auf Vertikale Ausrichtung Vertikal ausrichten, um die Auswahlliste zu öffnen.
              3. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp:
                • Über die Option Text am oberen Rand ausrichten Oben ausrichten richten Sie den Text am oberen Rand des Textfelds aus.
                  • -
                • Über die Option Text mittig ausrichten Mittig ausrichten richten Sie den Text im Textfelds mittig aus.
                  • +
                • Über die Option Text mittig ausrichten Mittig ausrichten richten Sie den Text im Textfeld mittig aus.
                • Über die Option Text am unteren Rand ausrichten Unten ausrichten richten Sie den Text am unteren Rand des Textfelds aus.

              Textrichtung ändern

              -

              Um den Text innerhalb des Textfeldes zu drehen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maus auf den Text, klicken Sie auf Textausrichtung und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Horizontal (Standardeinstellung), Text um 90° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von oben nach unten) oder Text um 270° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von unten nach oben).

              +

              Um den Text innerhalb des Textfeldes zu drehen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text, klicken Sie auf Textausrichtung und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Horizontal (Standardeinstellung), Text um 180° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von oben nach unten) oder Text um 270° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von unten nach oben).

              Schriftart, -größe und -farbe anpassen und DekoSchriften anwenden

              In der Registerkarte Start können Sie über die Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste Schriftart, -größe und -Farbe festelgen und verschiedene DekoSchriften anwenden.

              Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Formatierung auf Text anwenden wollen, der bereits in der Präsentation vorhanden ist, wählen Sie diesen mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus und legen Sie die gewünschte Formatierung fest.

              - - - + + + - + - + - + - + @@ -113,24 +113,24 @@ - + - +
              SchriftartSchriftartSchriftart - eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den Vorlagen auswählen.SchriftartSchriftartWird verwendet, um eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den verfügbaren Schriftarten zu wählen. Wenn eine gewünschte Schriftart nicht in der Liste verfügbar ist, können Sie diese runterladen und in Ihrem Betriebssystem speichern. Anschließend steht Ihnen diese Schrift in der Desktop-Version zur Nutzung zur Verfügung.
              Schriftgröße SchriftgrößeÜber diese Option kann ein voreingestellter Wert für die Schriftgröße aus einer List ausgewählt werden oder der gewünschte Wert kann manuell in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingegeben werden.Über diese Option kann der gewünschte Wert für die Schriftgröße aus der Dropdown-List ausgewählt werden (die Standardwerte sind: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 und 96). Sie können auch manuell einen Wert in das Feld für die Schriftgröße eingeben und anschließend die Eingabetaste drücken.
              Schriftfarbe SchriftfarbeUm die Farbe der Buchstaben/Zeichen im Text zu ändern. Klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil neben dem Symbol, um eine Farbe auszuwählen.Wird verwendet, um die Farbe der Buchstaben/Zeichen im Text zu ändern. Klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil neben dem Symbol, um eine Farbe auszuwählen.
              Fett FettDient dazu eine Textstelle durch fette Schrift hervorzuheben.Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch fette Schrift hervorgehoben.
              Kursiv KursivDient dazu eine Textstelle durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorzuheben.Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorgehoben.
              Unterstrichen
              Hochgestellt HochgestelltDer gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und im oberen Teil der Textzeile platziert, wie z.B. in Bruchzahlen.Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und im oberen Teil der Textzeile platziert z.B. in Bruchzahlen.
              Tiefgestellt TiefgestelltDer gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und im unteren Teil der Textzeile platziert, wie z.B. in chemischen Formeln.Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und im unteren Teil der Textzeile platziert z.B. in chemischen Formeln.

              Bestimmen Sie den Zeilenabstand und ändern Sie die Absatzeinzüge

              Im Präsentationseditor können Sie die Zeilenhöhe für den Text innerhalb der Absätze sowie den Abstand zwischen dem aktuellen Absatz und dem vorherigen oder nächsten Absatz festlegen.

              Registerkarte Texteinstellungen

              -

              Zeilenhöhe festlegen:

              +

              Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt:

              1. Postitionieren Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus aus.
              2. Nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Felder der Registerkarte Texteinstellungen Texteinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste, um die gewünschten Ergebnisse zu erzielen:
                  -
                • Zeilenabstand - Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen im Absatz festlegen Sie haben drei Optionen zur Auswahl: mindestens (der erforderliche Abstand für das größte Schriftzeichen oder eine Grafik auf einer Zeile wird als Mindestabstand für alle Zeilen festgelegt), mehrfach (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein Zeilenabstand festgelegt, der ausgehend vom einfachen Zeilenabstand vergrößert wird (Größer als 1)), genau (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein fester Zeilenabstand festgelegt). Sie können den gewünschten Wert im Feld rechts angeben.
                  • +
                • Zeilenabstand - Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen im Absatz festlegen. Sie können unter drei Optionen wählen: mindestens (der erforderliche Abstand für das größte Schriftzeichen oder eine Grafik auf einer Zeile wird als Mindestabstand für alle Zeilen festgelegt), mehrfach (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein Zeilenabstand festgelegt, der ausgehend vom einfachen Zeilenabstand vergrößert wird (Größer als 1)), genau (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein fester Zeilenabstand festgelegt). Sie können den gewünschten Wert im Feld rechts angeben.
                • Absatzabstand - Auswählen wie groß die Absätze sind, die zwischen Textzeilen und Abständen angezeigt werden.
                    -
                  • Vor Absatz - Abstand vor dem Absatz festlegen.
                    • +
                  • Vor - Abstand vor dem Absatz festlegen.
                  • Nach - Abstand nach dem Absatz festlegen.
                  • @@ -140,49 +140,50 @@

                  Um den aktuellen Zeilenabstand zu ändern, können Sie auch auf der Registerkarte Start das Symbol Zeilenabstand Zeilenabstand anklicken und den gewünschten Wert aus der Liste auswählen: 1,0; 1,15; 1,5; 2,0; 2,5; oder 3,0 Zeilen.

                  Um den Absatzversatz von der linken Seite des Textfelds zu ändern, positionieren Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus aus und klicken Sie auf das entsprechende Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste: Einzug verkleinern Einzug verkleinern und Einzug vergrößern Einzug vergrößern.

                  -

                  Außerdem können Sie die erweiterten Einstellungen des Absatzes ändern. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im gewünschten Absatz - die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen Texteinstellungen wird in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Absatzeigenschaften wird geöffnet:

                  Eigenschaften des Absatzes - Registerkarte Einzüge & Position

                  In der Registerkarte Einzüge & Position können Sie den Abstand der ersten Zeile vom linken inneren Rand des Textbereiches sowie den Abstand des Absatzes vom linken und rechten inneren Rand des Textbereiches ändern.

                  -

                  Alternativ können Sie die Einzüge auch mithilfe des horizontale Lineals festlegen.

                  Lineal - Einzugsmarke

                  Wählen Sie den gewünschten Absatz (Absätze) und ziehen Sie die Einzugsmarken auf dem Lineal in die gewünschte Position.

                  +

                  Außerdem können Sie die erweiterten Einstellungen des Absatzes ändern. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im gewünschten Absatz - die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen Texteinstellungen wird in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Absatzeigenschaften wird geöffnet:

                  Absatzeigenschaften - Registerkarte Einzüge & Position

                  In der Registerkarte Einzüge & Position können Sie den Abstand der ersten Zeile vom linken inneren Rand des Textbereiches sowie den Abstand des Absatzes vom linken und rechten inneren Rand des Textbereiches ändern.

                  +

                  Alternativ können Sie die Einzüge auch mithilfe des horizontalen Lineals festlegen.

                  Lineal - Einzugsmarke

                  Wählen Sie den gewünschten Absatz (Absätze) und ziehen Sie die Einzugsmarken auf dem Lineal in die gewünschte Position.

                    -
                  • Mit der Markierung für den Erstzeileneinzug Erstzeileneinzug lässt sich der Versatz des Absatzes vom linken inneren Rand des Textfeld für die erste Zeile eines Absatzes festlegen.
                    • +
                  • Mit der Markierung für den Erstzeileneinzug Erstzeileneinzug lässt sich der Versatz des Absatzes vom linken inneren Rand des Textfelds für die erste Zeile eines Absatzes festlegen.
                  • Mit der Einzugsmarke für den hängenden Einzug Hängende Einzugsmarke lässt sich der Versatz vom linken inneren Seitenrand für die zweite Zeile sowie alle Folgezeilen eines Absatzes festlegen.
                  • Mit der linken Einzugsmarke Linke Einzugsmarke lässt sich der Versatz des Absatzes vom linken inneren Seitenrand der Textbox festlegen.
                  • Die Marke Rechter Einzug Rechte Einzugsmarke wird genutzt, um den Versatz des Absatzes vom rechten inneren Seitenrand der Textbox festzulegen.
                  -

                  Hinweis: Wenn die Lineale nicht angezeigt werden, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen Ansichtseinstellungen und deaktivieren Sie die Option Lineale ausblenden.

                  Absatzeigenschaften - Registerkarte Schriftart

                  Die Registerkarte Schriftart enthält folgende Parameter:

                  +

                  Hinweis: Wenn die Lineale nicht angezeigt werden, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen Einstellungen anzeigen und deaktivieren Sie die Option Lineale ausblenden.

                  Absatzeigenschaften - Registerkarte Schriftart

                  Die Registerkarte Schriftart enthält folgende Parameter:

                    -
                  • Durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer Linie
                    • -
                  • Doppelt durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer doppelten Linie
                    • -
                  • Hochgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen
                    • -
                  • Tiefgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln
                    • -
                  • Kapitälchen - erzeugt Großbuchstaben in Höhe von Kleinbuchstaben
                    • -
                  • Großbuchstaben - alle Buchstaben als Großbuchstaben schreiben
                    • -
                  • Zeichenabstand - Abstand zwischen den einzelnen Zeichen festlegen
                    • -
                  Absatzeigenschaften - Registerkarte Tabulator

                  Über die Registerkarte Tabstopp können Sie die Tabstopps verändern, d.h. Sie ändern, an welche Position die Schreibmarke vorrückt, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf Ihrer Tastatur drücken.

                  +
                • Durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer Linie.
                  • +
                • Doppelt durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer doppelten Linie.
                  • +
                • Hochgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen.
                  • +
                • Tiefgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln.
                  • +
                • Kapitälchen - erzeugt Großbuchstaben in Höhe von Kleinbuchstaben.
                  • +
                • Großbuchstaben - alle Buchstaben als Großbuchstaben schreiben.
                  • +
                • Zeichenabstand - Abstand zwischen den einzelnen Zeichen festlegen. Erhöhen Sie den Standardwert für den Abstand Erweitert oder verringern Sie den Standardwert für den Abstand Verkürzt. Nutzen Sie die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein.

                  Alle Änderungen werden im Feld Vorschau unten angezeigt.

                  +
                  • +
                Absatzeigenschaften - Registerkarte Tabulator

                Die Registerkarte Tabulator ermöglicht die Änderung der Tabstopps zu ändern, d.h. die Position des Mauszeigers rückt vor, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf der Tastatur drücken.

                • Tabulatorposition - Festlegen von benutzerdefinierten Tabstopps. Geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das angezeigte Feld ein, über die Pfeiltasten können Sie den Wert präzise anpassen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Festlegen. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird der Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt.
                • Die Standardeinstellung für Tabulatoren ist auf 1,25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein.
                • Ausrichtung - legt den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen in der obigen Liste fest. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus, Ihnen stehen die Optionen Linksbündig, Zentriert oder Rechtsbündig zur Verfügung, klicken sie anschließend auf Festlegen.
                    -
                  • Linksbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps linksbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach rechts. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung Linke Tabstoppmarke angezeigt.
                    • -
                  • Zentriert - der Text wird an der Tabstoppposition zentriert. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung Zentrierte Tabstoppmarkierung angezeigt.
                    • -
                  • Rechtsbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps rechtsbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach links. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung Rechte Tabstoppmarkierung angezeigt.
                    • +
                  • Linksbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps linksbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach rechts. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung Markierung linksbündiger Tabstopp angezeigt.
                    • +
                  • Zentriert - der Text wird an der Tabstoppposition zentriert. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung Markierung zentrierter Tabstopp angezeigt.
                    • +
                  • Rechtsbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps rechtsbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach links. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung Markierung rechtsbündiger Tabstopp angezeigt.

                  Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp und drücken Sie Entfernen oder Alle entfernen.

                -

                Alternativ können Sie die Tabstopps auch mithilfe des horizontale Lineals festlegen.

                +

                Alternativ können Sie die Tabstopps auch mithilfe des horizontalen Lineals festlegen.

                1. Klicken Sie zum Auswählen des gewünschten Tabstopps auf das Symbol Linksbündiger Tabstopp in der oberen linken Ecke des Arbeitsbereichs, um den gewünschten Tabstopp auszuwählen: Links Linksbündiger Tabstopp, Zentriert Zentrierter Tabstopp oder Rechts Rechtsbündiger Tabstopp.
                2. Klicken Sie an der unteren Kante des Lineals auf die Position, an der Sie einen Tabstopp setzen möchten. Ziehen Sie die Markierung nach links oder rechts, um die Position zu ändern. Um den hinzugefügten Tabstopp zu entfernen, ziehen Sie die Markierung aus dem Lineal.

                  Horizontales Lineal mit den hinzugefügten Tabstopps

                  -

                  Hinweis: Wenn die Lineale nicht angezeigt werden, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen Ansichtseinstellungen und deaktivieren Sie die Option Lineale ausblenden.

                  +

                  Hinweis: Wenn die Lineale nicht angezeigt werden, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen Einstellungen anzeigen und deaktivieren Sie die Option Lineale ausblenden.

                TextArt-Stil bearbeiten

                Wählen Sie ein Textobjekt aus und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf das Symbol TextArt-Einstellungen TextArt-Einstellungen.

                -

                Gruppe TextArt-Einstellungen

                +

                Registerkarte TextArt-Einstellungen

                • Ändern Sie den angewandten Textstil, indem Sie eine neue Vorlage aus der Galerie auswählen. Sie können den Grundstil außerdem ändern, indem Sie eine andere Schriftart, -größe usw. auswählen.
                  • -
                • Füllung und Umrandung ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind die gleichen wie für AutoFormen.
                  • -
                • Wenden Sie einen Texteffekt an, indem Sie aus der Galerie mit den verfügbaren Vorlagen die gewünschte Formatierung auswählen. Sie können den Grad der Textverzerrung anpassen, indem Sie den rosafarbenen, rautenförmigen Griff in die gewünschte Position ziehen.
                  • +
                • Füllung und Umrandung der Schriftart ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind die gleichen wie für AutoFormen.
                  • +
                • Wenden Sie einen Texteffekt an, indem Sie aus der Galerie mit den verfügbaren Vorlagen die gewünschte Formatierung auswählen. Sie können den Grad der Textverzerrung anpassen, indem Sie den rosafarbenen, rautenförmigen Ziehpunkt in die gewünschte Position ziehen.

                Texteffekte

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm index 98fee4373..26b877f7e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm @@ -15,19 +15,30 @@

                Objekte formatieren

                Sie können die verschiedene Objekte auf einer Folie mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte manuell verschieben, drehen und ihre Größe ändern. Alternativ können Sie über die rechte Seitenleiste oder das Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen genaue Werte für die Abmessungen und die Position von Objekten festlegen.

                -

                Größe von Objekten ändern

                +

                Hinweis: Hier finden Sie eine Übersicht über die gängigen Tastenkombinationen für die Arbeit mit Objekten.

                +

                Größe von Objekten ändern

                Um die Größe von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen, Tabellen oder Textboxen zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten Quadrat an den Rändern des entsprechenden Objekts. Um das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis der ausgewählten Objekte während der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie Taste UMSCHALT gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole.

                Seitenverhältnis sperren

                Um die präzise Breite und Höhe eines Diagramms festzulegen, wählen Sie es auf der Folie aus und navigieren Sie über den Bereich Größe, der in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert wird.

                Um die präzise Abmessungen eines Bildes oder einer AutoForm festzulegen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das gewünschte Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Bild/AutoForm - Erweiterte Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Legen Sie benötigte Werte in die Registerkarte Größe im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen fest und drücken Sie auf OK.

                Die Form einer AutoForm ändern

                -

                Bei der Änderung einiger Formen, z.B. geformte Pfeile oder Legenden, ist auch ein gelbes diamantförmiges Symbol Gelber Diamant verfügbar. Über dieses Symbol können verschiedene Komponenten einer Form geändert werden, z.B. die Länge des Pfeilkopfes.

                +

                Bei der Änderung einiger Formen, z.B. geformte Pfeile oder Legenden, ist auch dieses gelbe diamantförmige Symbol Gelber Diamant verfügbar. Über dieses Symbol können verschiedene Komponenten einer Form geändert werden, z.B. die Länge des Pfeilkopfes.

                Form einer AutoForm ändern

                Objekte verschieben

                Um die Position von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen, Tabellen und Textfeldern zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol Pfeil, das eingeblendet wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über die AutoForm bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Objekt in die gewünschten Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Um ein Objekt in 1-Pixel-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur. Um ein Objekt strikt horizontal/vertikal zu bewegen und zu verhindern, dass es sich perpendikular bewegt, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Ziehen gedrückt.

                Um die exakte Position eines Bildes festzulegen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Legen Sie gewünschten Werte im Bereich Position im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen fest und drücken Sie auf OK.

                Objekte drehen

                -

                Um AutoFormen, Bilder und Textfelder zu drehen, positionieren Sie den Cursor auf dem Drehpunkt Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie das Objekt im Uhrzeigersinn oder gegen Uhrzeigersinn in die gewünschte Position. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt.

                +

                Um AutoFormen, Bilder und Textfelder manuell zu drehen, positionieren Sie den Cursor auf dem Drehpunkt Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie das Objekt im Uhrzeigersinn oder gegen Uhrzeigersinn in die gewünschte Position. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt.

                +

                Sobald Sie das gewünschte Objekt ausgewählt haben, wird der Abschnitt Drehen in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Hier haben Sie die Möglichkeit das Objekt um 90 Grad im/gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen oder das Objekt horizontal/vertikal zu drehen. Um die Funktion zu öffnen, klicken Sie rechts auf das Symbol Formeinstellungen Formeinstellungen oder das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen:

                +
                  +
                • Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen - die Form um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen
                  • +
                • Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen - die Form um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn drehen
                  • +
                • Horizontal spiegeln - die Form horizontal spiegeln (von links nach rechts)
                  • +
                • Vertikal spiegeln - die Form vertikal spiegeln (von oben nach unten)
                  • +
                +

                Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das ausgewählte Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Drehen aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Optionen zum Drehen.

                +

                Um den Text in einem genau festgelegten Winkel zu drehen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste und wählen Sie dann die Option Drehen im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld Winkel ein und klicken Sie dann auf OK.

                + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9bc16d672 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2549 @@ + + + + AutoKorrekturfunktionen + + + + + + + +
                +
                + +
                +

                AutoKorrekturfunktionen

                +

                Die Autokorrekturfunktionen in ONLYOFFICE Docs werden verwendet, um Text automatisch zu formatieren, wenn sie erkannt werden, oder um spezielle mathematische Symbole einzufügen, indem bestimmte Zeichen verwendet werden.

                +

                Die verfügbaren AutoKorrekturoptionen werden im entsprechenden Dialogfeld aufgelistet. Um darauf zuzugreifen, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur.

                +

                + Das Dialogfeld Autokorrektur besteht aus zwei Registerkarten: Mathematische Autokorrektur und Erkannte Funktionen. +

                +

                Math. AutoKorrektur

                +

                Sie können manuell die Symbole, Akzente und mathematische Symbole für die Gleichungen mit der Tastatur statt der Galerie eingeben.

                +

                Positionieren Sie die Einfügemarke am Platzhalter im Formel-Editor, geben Sie den mathematischen AutoKorrektur-Code ein, drücken Sie die Leertaste.

                +

                Hinweis: Bei den Codes muss die Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachtet werden.

                +

                Sie können Autokorrektur-Einträge zur Autokorrektur-Liste hinzufügen, ändern, wiederherstellen und entfernen. Wechseln Sie zur Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur -> Mathematische Autokorrektur.

                +

                Einträge zur Autokorrekturliste hinzufügen

                +

                +

                  +
                • Geben Sie den Autokorrekturcode, den Sie verwenden möchten, in das Feld Ersetzen ein.
                  • +
                • Geben Sie das Symbol ein, das dem früher eingegebenen Code zugewiesen werden soll, in das Feld Nach ein.
                  • +
                • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Hinzufügen.
                  • +
                +

                +

                Einträge in der Autokorrekturliste bearbeiten

                +

                +

                  +
                • Wählen Sie den Eintrag, den Sie bearbeiten möchten.
                  • +
                • Sie können die Informationen in beiden Feldern ändern: den Code im Feld Ersetzen oder das Symbol im Feld Nach.
                  • +
                • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Ersetzen.
                  • +
                +

                +

                Einträge aus der Autokorrekturliste entfernen

                +

                +

                  +
                • Wählen Sie den Eintrag, den Sie entfernen möchten.
                  • +
                • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Löschen.
                  • +
                +

                +

                Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zurücksetzen auf die Standardeinstellungen, um die Standardeinstellungen wiederherzustellen. Alle von Ihnen hinzugefügten Autokorrektur-Einträge werden entfernt und die geänderten werden auf ihre ursprünglichen Werte zurückgesetzt.

                +

                Deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Text bei der Eingabe ersetzen, um Math. AutoKorrektur zu deaktivieren und automatische Änderungen und Ersetzungen zu verbieten.

                +

                Text bei der Eingabe ersetzen

                +

                Die folgende Tabelle enthält alle derzeit unterstützten Codes, die im Präsentationseditor verfügbar sind. Die vollständige Liste der unterstützten Codes finden Sie auch auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur -> Mathematische Autokorrektur.

                +
                + Die unterstützte Codes + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                CodeSymbolBereich
                !!DoppelfakultätSymbole
                ...AuslassungspunktePunkte
                ::Doppelter DoppelpunktOperatoren
                :=ErgibtzeichenOperatoren
                /<Kleiner-als-ZeichenVergleichsoperatoren
                />Größer-als-ZeichenVergleichsoperatoren
                /=UngleichheitszeichenVergleichsoperatoren
                \aboveSymbolHochgestellte/Tiefgestellte Skripts
                \acuteSymbolAkzente
                \alephSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
                \alphaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \AlphaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \amalgSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \angleSymbolGeometrische Notation
                \aointSymbolIntegrale
                \approxSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \asmashSymbolPfeile
                \astSternBinäre Operatoren
                \asympSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \atopSymbolOperatoren
                \barSymbolÜber-/Unterstrich
                \BarSymbolAkzente
                \becauseSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \beginSymbolTrennzeichen
                \belowSymbolAbove/Below Skripts
                \betSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
                \betaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \BetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \bethSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
                \bigcapSymbolGroße Operatoren
                \bigcupSymbolGroße Operatoren
                \bigodotSymbolGroße Operatoren
                \bigoplusSymbolGroße Operatoren
                \bigotimesSymbolGroße Operatoren
                \bigsqcupSymbolGroße Operatoren
                \biguplusSymbolGroße Operatoren
                \bigveeSymbolGroße Operatoren
                \bigwedgeSymbolGroße Operatoren
                \binomialSymbolGleichungen
                \botSymbolLogische Notation
                \bowtieSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \boxSymbolSymbole
                \boxdotSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \boxminusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \boxplusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \braSymbolTrennzeichen
                \breakSymbolSymbole
                \breveSymbolAkzente
                \bulletSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \capSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \cbrtSymbolWurzeln
                \casesSymbolSymbole
                \cdotSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \cdotsSymbolPunkte
                \checkSymbolAkzente
                \chiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \ChiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \circSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \closeSymbolTrennzeichen
                \clubsuitSymbolSymbole
                \cointSymbolIntegrale
                \congSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \coprodSymbolMathematische Operatoren
                \cupSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \daletSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
                \dalethSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
                \dashvSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \ddSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \DdSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \ddddotSymbolAkzente
                \dddotSymbolAkzente
                \ddotSymbolAkzente
                \ddotsSymbolPunkte
                \defeqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \degcSymbolSymbole
                \degfSymbolSymbole
                \degreeSymbolSymbole
                \deltaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \DeltaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \DeltaeqSymbolOperatoren
                \diamondSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \diamondsuitSymbolSymbole
                \divSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \dotSymbolAkzente
                \doteqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \dotsSymbolPunkte
                \doubleaSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleASymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublebSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleBSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublecSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleCSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubledSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleDSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleeSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleESymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublefSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleFSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublegSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleGSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublehSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleHSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleiSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleISymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublejSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleJSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublekSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleKSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublelSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleLSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublemSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleMSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublenSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleNSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleoSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleOSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublepSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublePSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleqSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleQSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublerSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleRSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublesSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleSSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubletSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleTSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleuSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleUSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublevSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleVSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublewSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleWSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublexSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleXSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleySymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleYSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doublezSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \doubleZSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \downarrowSymbolPfeile
                \DownarrowSymbolPfeile
                \dsmashSymbolPfeile
                \eeSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \ellSymbolSymbole
                \emptysetSymbolNotationen von Mengen
                \emspLeerzeichen
                \endSymbolTrennzeichen
                \enspLeerzeichen
                \epsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \EpsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \eqarraySymbolSymbole
                \equivSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \etaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \EtaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \existsSymbolLogische Notationen
                \forallSymbolLogische Notationen
                \frakturaSymbolFraktur
                \frakturASymbolFraktur
                \frakturbSymbolFraktur
                \frakturBSymbolFraktur
                \frakturcSymbolFraktur
                \frakturCSymbolFraktur
                \frakturdSymbolFraktur
                \frakturDSymbolFraktur
                \fraktureSymbolFraktur
                \frakturESymbolFraktur
                \frakturfSymbolFraktur
                \frakturFSymbolFraktur
                \frakturgSymbolFraktur
                \frakturGSymbolFraktur
                \frakturhSymbolFraktur
                \frakturHSymbolFraktur
                \frakturiSymbolFraktur
                \frakturISymbolFraktur
                \frakturkSymbolFraktur
                \frakturKSymbolFraktur
                \frakturlSymbolFraktur
                \frakturLSymbolFraktur
                \frakturmSymbolFraktur
                \frakturMSymbolFraktur
                \frakturnSymbolFraktur
                \frakturNSymbolFraktur
                \frakturoSymbolFraktur
                \frakturOSymbolFraktur
                \frakturpSymbolFraktur
                \frakturPSymbolFraktur
                \frakturqSymbolFraktur
                \frakturQSymbolFraktur
                \frakturrSymbolFraktur
                \frakturRSymbolFraktur
                \fraktursSymbolFraktur
                \frakturSSymbolFraktur
                \frakturtSymbolFraktur
                \frakturTSymbolFraktur
                \frakturuSymbolFraktur
                \frakturUSymbolFraktur
                \frakturvSymbolFraktur
                \frakturVSymbolFraktur
                \frakturwSymbolFraktur
                \frakturWSymbolFraktur
                \frakturxSymbolFraktur
                \frakturXSymbolFraktur
                \frakturySymbolFraktur
                \frakturYSymbolFraktur
                \frakturzSymbolFraktur
                \frakturZSymbolFraktur
                \frownSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \funcapplyBinäre Operatoren
                \GSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \gammaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \GammaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \geSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \geqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \getsSymbolPfeile
                \ggSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \gimelSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
                \graveSymbolAkzente
                \hairspLeerzeichen
                \hatSymbolAkzente
                \hbarSymbolSymbole
                \heartsuitSymbolSymbole
                \hookleftarrowSymbolPfeile
                \hookrightarrowSymbolPfeile
                \hphantomSymbolPfeile
                \hsmashSymbolPfeile
                \hvecSymbolAkzente
                \identitymatrixSymbolMatrizen
                \iiSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \iiintSymbolIntegrale
                \iintSymbolIntegrale
                \iiiintSymbolIntegrale
                \ImSymbolSymbole
                \imathSymbolSymbole
                \inSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \incSymbolSymbole
                \inftySymbolSymbole
                \intSymbolIntegrale
                \integralSymbolIntegrale
                \iotaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \IotaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \itimesMathematische Operatoren
                \jSymbolSymbole
                \jjSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
                \jmathSymbolSymbole
                \kappaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \KappaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \ketSymbolTrennzeichen
                \lambdaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \LambdaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \langleSymbolTrennzeichen
                \lbbrackSymbolTrennzeichen
                \lbraceSymbolTrennzeichen
                \lbrackSymbolTrennzeichen
                \lceilSymbolTrennzeichen
                \ldivSymbolBruchteile
                \ldivideSymbolBruchteile
                \ldotsSymbolPunkte
                \leSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \leftSymbolTrennzeichen
                \leftarrowSymbolPfeile
                \LeftarrowSymbolPfeile
                \leftharpoondownSymbolPfeile
                \leftharpoonupSymbolPfeile
                \leftrightarrowSymbolPfeile
                \LeftrightarrowSymbolPfeile
                \leqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \lfloorSymbolTrennzeichen
                \lhvecSymbolAkzente
                \limitSymbolGrenzwerte
                \llSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \lmoustSymbolTrennzeichen
                \LongleftarrowSymbolPfeile
                \LongleftrightarrowSymbolPfeile
                \LongrightarrowSymbolPfeile
                \lrharSymbolPfeile
                \lvecSymbolAkzente
                \mapstoSymbolPfeile
                \matrixSymbolMatrizen
                \medspLeerzeichen
                \midSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \middleSymbolSymbole
                \modelsSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \mpSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \muSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \MuSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \nablaSymbolSymbole
                \naryandSymbolOperatoren
                \nbspLeerzeichen
                \neSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \nearrowSymbolPfeile
                \neqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \niSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \normSymbolTrennzeichen
                \notcontainSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \notelementSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \notinSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \nuSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \NuSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \nwarrowSymbolPfeile
                \oSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \OSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \odotSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \ofSymbolOperatoren
                \oiiintSymbolIntegrale
                \oiintSymbolIntegrale
                \ointSymbolIntegrale
                \omegaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \OmegaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \ominusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \openSymbolTrennzeichen
                \oplusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \otimesSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \overSymbolTrennzeichen
                \overbarSymbolAkzente
                \overbraceSymbolAkzente
                \overbracketSymbolAkzente
                \overlineSymbolAkzente
                \overparenSymbolAkzente
                \overshellSymbolAkzente
                \parallelSymbolGeometrische Notation
                \partialSymbolSymbole
                \pmatrixSymbolMatrizen
                \perpSymbolGeometrische Notation
                \phantomSymbolSymbole
                \phiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \PhiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \piSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \PiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \pmSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \pppprimeSymbolPrime-Zeichen
                \ppprimeSymbolPrime-Zeichen
                \pprimeSymbolPrime-Zeichen
                \precSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \preceqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \primeSymbolPrime-Zeichen
                \prodSymbolMathematische Operatoren
                \proptoSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \psiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \PsiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \qdrtSymbolWurzeln
                \quadraticSymbolWurzeln
                \rangleSymbolTrennzeichen
                \RangleSymbolTrennzeichen
                \ratioSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \rbraceSymbolTrennzeichen
                \rbrackSymbolTrennzeichen
                \RbrackSymbolTrennzeichen
                \rceilSymbolTrennzeichen
                \rddotsSymbolPunkte
                \ReSymbolSymbole
                \rectSymbolSymbole
                \rfloorSymbolTrennzeichen
                \rhoSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \RhoSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \rhvecSymbolAkzente
                \rightSymbolTrennzeichen
                \rightarrowSymbolPfeile
                \RightarrowSymbolPfeile
                \rightharpoondownSymbolPfeile
                \rightharpoonupSymbolPfeile
                \rmoustSymbolTrennzeichen
                \rootSymbolSymbole
                \scriptaSymbolSkripts
                \scriptASymbolSkripts
                \scriptbSymbolSkripts
                \scriptBSymbolSkripts
                \scriptcSymbolSkripts
                \scriptCSymbolSkripts
                \scriptdSymbolSkripts
                \scriptDSymbolSkripts
                \scripteSymbolSkripts
                \scriptESymbolSkripts
                \scriptfSymbolSkripts
                \scriptFSymbolSkripts
                \scriptgSymbolSkripts
                \scriptGSymbolSkripts
                \scripthSymbolSkripts
                \scriptHSymbolSkripts
                \scriptiSymbolSkripts
                \scriptISymbolSkripts
                \scriptkSymbolSkripts
                \scriptKSymbolSkripts
                \scriptlSymbolSkripts
                \scriptLSymbolSkripts
                \scriptmSymbolSkripts
                \scriptMSymbolSkripts
                \scriptnSymbolSkripts
                \scriptNSymbolSkripts
                \scriptoSymbolSkripts
                \scriptOSymbolSkripts
                \scriptpSymbolSkripts
                \scriptPSymbolSkripts
                \scriptqSymbolSkripts
                \scriptQSymbolSkripts
                \scriptrSymbolSkripts
                \scriptRSymbolSkripts
                \scriptsSymbolSkripts
                \scriptSSymbolSkripts
                \scripttSymbolSkripts
                \scriptTSymbolSkripts
                \scriptuSymbolSkripts
                \scriptUSymbolSkripts
                \scriptvSymbolSkripts
                \scriptVSymbolSkripts
                \scriptwSymbolSkripts
                \scriptWSymbolSkripts
                \scriptxSymbolSkripts
                \scriptXSymbolSkripts
                \scriptySymbolSkripts
                \scriptYSymbolSkripts
                \scriptzSymbolSkripts
                \scriptZSymbolSkripts
                \sdivSymbolBruchteile
                \sdivideSymbolBruchteile
                \searrowSymbolPfeile
                \setminusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \sigmaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \SigmaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \simSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \simeqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \smashSymbolPfeile
                \smileSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \spadesuitSymbolSymbole
                \sqcapSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \sqcupSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \sqrtSymbolWurzeln
                \sqsubseteqSymbolNotation von Mengen
                \sqsuperseteqSymbolNotation von Mengen
                \starSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \subsetSymbolNotation von Mengen
                \subseteqSymbolNotation von Mengen
                \succSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \succeqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \sumSymbolMathematische Operatoren
                \supersetSymbolNotation von Mengen
                \superseteqSymbolNotation von Mengen
                \swarrowSymbolPfeile
                \tauSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \TauSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \thereforeSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \thetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \ThetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \thickspLeerzeichen
                \thinspLeerzeichen
                \tildeSymbolAkzente
                \timesSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \toSymbolPfeile
                \topSymbolLogische Notationen
                \tvecSymbolPfeile
                \ubarSymbolAkzente
                \UbarSymbolAkzente
                \underbarSymbolAkzente
                \underbraceSymbolAkzente
                \underbracketSymbolAkzente
                \underlineSymbolAkzente
                \underparenSymbolAkzente
                \uparrowSymbolPfeile
                \UparrowSymbolPfeile
                \updownarrowSymbolPfeile
                \UpdownarrowSymbolPfeile
                \uplusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \upsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \UpsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \varepsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \varphiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \varpiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \varrhoSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \varsigmaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \varthetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \vbarSymbolTrennzeichen
                \vdashSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                \vdotsSymbolPunkte
                \vecSymbolAkzente
                \veeSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \vertSymbolTrennzeichen
                \VertSymbolTrennzeichen
                \VmatrixSymbolMatrizen
                \vphantomSymbolPfeile
                \vthickspLeerzeichen
                \wedgeSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \wpSymbolSymbole
                \wrSymbolBinäre Operatoren
                \xiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \XiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \zetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \ZetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
                \zwnjLeerzeichen
                \zwspLeerzeichen
                ~=deckungsgleichVergleichsoperatoren
                -+Minus oder PlusBinäre Operatoren
                +-Plus oder MinusBinäre Operatoren
                <<SymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                <=Kleiner gleichVergleichsoperatoren
                ->SymbolPfeile
                >=Grösser gleichVergleichsoperatoren
                >>SymbolVergleichsoperatoren
                +
                +
                +

                Erkannte Funktionen

                +

                Auf dieser Registerkarte finden Sie die Liste der mathematischen Ausdrücke, die vom Gleichungseditor als Funktionen erkannt und daher nicht automatisch kursiv dargestellt werden. Die Liste der erkannten Funktionen finden Sie auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von Autokorrektur -> Erkannte Funktionen.

                +

                Um der Liste der erkannten Funktionen einen Eintrag hinzuzufügen, geben Sie die Funktion in das leere Feld ein und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Hinzufügen.

                +

                Um einen Eintrag aus der Liste der erkannten Funktionen zu entfernen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Funktion aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Löschen.

                +

                Um die zuvor gelöschten Einträge wiederherzustellen, wählen Sie den gewünschten Eintrag aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Wiederherstellen.

                +

                Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zurücksetzen auf die Standardeinstellungen, um die Standardeinstellungen wiederherzustellen. Alle von Ihnen hinzugefügten Funktionen werden entfernt und die entfernten Funktionen werden wiederhergestellt.

                +

                Erkannte Funktionen

                +
                + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index ccaeb7722..dd067e35b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -14,19 +14,52 @@

                Eine neue Präsentation erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen

                -

                Nachdem Sie die Arbeit an einer Präsentation abgeschlossen haben, können Sie sofort zu einer bereits vorhandenen Präsentation übergehen, die Sie kürzlich bearbeitet haben, eine neue Präsentation erstellen oder die Liste mit den vorhandenen Präsentationen öffnen.

                -

                Erstellen eine neuen Präsentation:

                -
                  -
                1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
                  2. -
                2. Wählen Sie die Option Neu.
                  3. -
                -

                Öffnen einer kürzlich bearbeiteten Präsentation:

                -
                  -
                1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
                  2. -
                2. Wählen Sie die Option Zuletzt verwendet.
                  3. -
                3. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Präsentation aus der Liste mit den zuletzt bearbeiteten Präsentationen aus.
                  4. -
                -

                Um zu der Liste der vorhandenen Präsentationen zurückzukehren, klicken Sie rechts auf der Menüleiste des Editors auf Vorhandene Dokumente Vorhandene Präsentationen anzeigen. Alternativ können Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei wechseln und die Option Vorhandene Dokumente auswählen.

                +

                Eine neue Präsentation erstellen

                +
                +

                Online-Editor

                +
                  +
                1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
                  2. +
                2. Wählen Sie die Option Neu erstellen.
                  3. +
                +
                +
                +

                Desktop-Editor

                +
                  +
                1. Wählen Sie im Hauptfenster des Programms das Menü Präsentation im Abschnitt Neu erstellen der linken Seitenleiste aus - eine neue Datei wird in einer neuen Registerkarte geöffnet.
                  2. +
                2. Wenn Sie alle gewünschten Änderungen durchgeführt haben, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern in der oberen linken Ecke oder wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie das Menü Speichern als aus.
                  3. +
                3. Wählen Sie im Fenster Dateiverwaltung den Speicherort, legen Sie den Namen fest, wählen Sie das gewünschte Format (PPTX, Presentation template (POTX), ODP, OTP, PDF or PDFA) und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Speichern.
                  4. +
                +
                + +
                +

                Eine vorhandenes Präsentation öffnen

                +

                Desktop-Editor

                +
                  +
                1. Wählen Sie in der linken Seitenleiste im Hauptfenster des Programms den Menüpunkt Lokale Datei öffnen.
                  2. +
                2. Wählen Sie im Fenster Dateiverwaltung die gewünschte Präsentation aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Öffnen.
                  3. +
                +

                Sie können auch im Fenster Dateiverwaltung mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Präsentation klicken, die Option Öffnen mit auswählen und die gewünschte Anwendung aus dem Menü auswählen. Wenn die Office-Dokumentdateien mit der Anwendung verknüpft sind, können Sie Präsentationen auch öffnen, indem Sie im Fenster Datei-Explorer auf den Dateinamen doppelklicken.

                +

                Alle Verzeichnisse, auf die Sie mit dem Desktop-Editor zugegriffen haben, werden in der Liste Aktuelle Ordner angezeigt, um Ihnen einen schnellen Zugriff zu ermöglichen. Klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Ordner, um eine der darin gespeicherten Dateien auszuwählen.

                +
                + +

                Öffnen einer kürzlich bearbeiteten Präsentation:

                +
                +

                Online-Editor

                +
                  +
                1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
                  2. +
                2. Wählen Sie die Option Zuletzt verwendet....
                  3. +
                3. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Präsentation aus der Liste mit den zuletzt bearbeiteten Dokumenten aus.
                  4. +
                +
                +
                +

                Desktop-Editor

                +
                  +
                1. Wählen Sie in der linken Seitenleiste im Hauptfenster des Programms den Menüpunkt Aktuelle Dateien.
                  2. +
                2. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Präsentation aus der Liste mit den zuletzt bearbeiteten Dokumenten aus.
                  3. +
                +
                + +

                Um den Ordner in dem die Datei gespeichert ist in der Online-Version in einem neuen Browser-Tab oder in der Desktop-Version im Fenster Datei-Explorer zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf der rechten Seite des Editor-Hauptmenüs auf das Symbol Dateispeicherort öffnen Dateispeicherort öffnen. Alternativ können Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei wechseln und die Option Dateispeicherort öffnen auswählen.

                \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 6646e4705..514d83a22 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -14,28 +14,48 @@

                Präsentation speichern/drucken/herunterladen

                -

                Standardmäßig speichert wird Ihre Datei im Präsentationseditor während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden gespeichert, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Programmabsturzes zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus co-editieren, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen. Wenn Sie die Datei im Modus Strikt co-editieren, werden Änderungen automatisch alle 10 Minuten gespeichert. Sie können den bevorzugten Co-Modus nach Belieben auswählen oder die Funktion AutoSave auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen deaktivieren.

                -

                Aktuelle Präsentation manuell speichern:

                +

                Speichern

                +

                Standardmäßig speichert der Online-Präsentationseditor Ihre Datei während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Progammabsturzes zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus co-editieren, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen. Wenn Sie die Datei im Modus Strikt co-editieren, werden Änderungen automatisch alle 10 Minuten gespeichert. Sie können den bevorzugten Co-Modus nach Belieben auswählen oder die Funktion AutoSpeichern auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen deaktivieren.

                +

                Aktuelle Präsentation manuell im aktuellen Format im aktuellen Verzeichnis speichern:

                  -
                • Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern oder
                  • -
                • nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+S oder
                  • +
                • Verwenden Sie das Symbol Speichern Speichern im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors oder
                  • +
                • drücken Sie die Tasten STRG+S oder
                • wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Speichern.
                +

                Hinweis: um Datenverluste durch ein unerwartetes Schließen des Programms zu verhindern, können Sie in der Desktop-Version die Option AutoWiederherstellen auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen aktivieren.

                +
                +

                In der Desktop-Version können Sie die Präsentation unter einem anderen Namen, an einem neuen Speicherort oder in einem anderen Format speichern.

                +
                  +
                1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
                  2. +
                2. Wählen Sie die Option Speichern als....
                  3. +
                3. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: PPTX, ODP, PDF, PDFA. Sie können auch die Option Präsentationsvorlage (POTX oder OTP) auswählen.
                  4. +
                +
                +
                +

                Download

                +

                In der Online-Version können Sie die daraus resultierende Präsentation auf der Festplatte Ihres Computers speichern.

                +
                  +
                1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
                  2. +
                2. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als....
                  3. +
                3. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP.
                  4. +
                +

                Kopie speichern

                +

                In der Online-Version können Sie die eine Kopie der Datei in Ihrem Portal speichern.

                +
                  +
                1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
                  2. +
                2. Wählen Sie die Option Kopie Speichern als....
                  3. +
                3. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP.
                  4. +
                4. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Speicherort auf dem Portal aus und klicken Sie Speichern.
                  5. +
                +
                +

                Drucken

                Aktuelle Präsentation drucken:

                  -
                • Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Drucken Symbol Drucken oder
                  • +
                • Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Drucken Drucken im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors oder
                • nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+P oder
                • wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Drucken.
                -
                -

                Danach wird basierend auf der Präsentation eine PDF-Datei erstellt. Diese können Sie öffnen und drucken oder auf der Festplatte des Computers oder einem Wechseldatenträger speichern und später drucken.

                -

                Aktuelle Präsentation auf dem PC speichern:

                -
                  -
                1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
                  2. -
                2. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als.
                  3. -
                3. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: PPTX, PDF oder ODP.
                  4. -
                -
                +

                In der Desktop-Version wird die Datei direkt gedruckt.In der Online-Version wird basierend auf der Präsentation eine PDF-Datei erstellt. Diese können Sie öffnen und drucken oder auf der Festplatte des Computers oder einem Wechseldatenträger speichern und später drucken. Einige Browser (z. B. Chrome und Opera) unterstützen Direktdruck.

                \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm index 4a85958ed..c6c26b6c3 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm @@ -15,13 +15,14 @@

                Präsentationseigenschaften anzeigen

                Um detaillierte Informationen über die aktuelle Präsentation einzusehen, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Präsentationseigenschaften....

                -

                Allgemeine Informationen

                -

                Die Informationen umfassen Titel, Autor, Ort und Erstellungsdatum.

                +

                Allgemeine Eigenschaften

                +

                Die Präsentationseigenschaften umfassen den Titel und die Anwendung mit der die Präsentation erstellt wurde. In der Online-Version werden zusätzlich die folgenden Informationen angezeigt: Autor, Ort, Erstellungsdatum.

                Hinweis: Sie können den Titel der Präsentation direkt über die Oberfläche des Editors ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Umbenennen..., geben Sie den neuen Dateinamen an und klicken Sie auf OK.

                Zugriffsrechte

                +

                In der Online-Version können Sie die Informationen zu Berechtigungen für die in der Cloud gespeicherten Dateien einsehen.

                Hinweis: Diese Option steht im schreibgeschützten Modus nicht zur Verfügung.

                Um einzusehen, wer zur Ansicht oder Bearbeitung der Präsentation berechtigt ist, wählen Sie die Option Zugriffsrechte... in der linken Seitenleiste.

                Sie können die aktuell ausgewählten Zugriffsrechte auch ändern, klicken Sie dazu im Abschnitt Personen mit Berechtigungen auf die Schaltfläche Zugriffsrechte ändern.

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css index 465b9fbe1..fb0013f79 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ text-decoration: none; .search-field { display: block; float: right; + margin-top: 10px; } .search-field input { width: 250px; @@ -185,4 +186,38 @@ kbd { box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(85,85,85,.35); margin: 0.2em 0.1em; color: #000; +} +.shortcut_variants { + margin: 20px 0 -20px; + padding: 0; +} +.shortcut_toggle { + display: inline-block; + margin: 0; + padding: 1px 10px; + list-style-type: none; + cursor: pointer; + font-size: 11px; + line-height: 18px; + white-space: nowrap +} +.shortcut_toggle.enabled { + color: #fff; + background-color: #7D858C; + border: 1px solid #7D858C; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled { + color: #444; + background-color: #fff; + border: 1px solid #CFCFCF; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled:hover { + background-color: #D8DADC; +} +.left_option { + border-radius: 2px 0 0 2px; + float: left; +} +.right_option { + border-radius: 0 2px 2px 0; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/abouticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/abouticon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29b5a244c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/abouticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addgradientpoint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addgradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4ca4cc4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addgradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoformatasyoutype.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoformatasyoutype.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f06c4737 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoformatasyoutype.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png index 8b50580a0..ff78d284e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle_selected.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle_selected.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c51b1a456 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/date_time_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date_time_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/date_time_icon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date_time_icon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date_time_settings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date_time_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbe2ca8ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date_time_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png index 476c603a4..ce1d5035e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedbackicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedbackicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1734e2336 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedbackicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png index 13a511eb0..8a09077b8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fliplefttoright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fliplefttoright.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6babc560 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fliplefttoright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/flipupsidedown.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/flipupsidedown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8ce45f8f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/flipupsidedown.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png index 611a90afa..73ee99c17 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png index 3dc6afa7e..8b68acb6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/header_footer_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/header_footer_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..550a98117 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/header_footer_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/header_footer_settings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/header_footer_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8536aec3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/header_footer_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png index 23dd02818..c72d1279b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties1.png index 9bf82013e..ae7e778a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c3bd5278 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettingstab.png index 8aadb093e..0801919b9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/vector.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/vector.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_icon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81058ed69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..daf40846e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbols_windows.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbols_windows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6388c3aba Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbols_windows.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png index d2a84e722..54a7ab7fd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a289b4501 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89c83fc38 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb2f17d69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b81a1013c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48e1be193 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c09e1b878 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png index 4e262ad50..b1143e1ab 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png index bbcdf483d..a80fddfb9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png index d4a1df2e8..35622742b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png index c7e464f91..f61d13190 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png index f447a1f86..56482eec2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 5d7ebc178..391e292ea 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png index 08fd67a4d..7d5e6d062 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png index 03fd49783..d0a78a8d0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/proofing.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/proofing.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ddcd38fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/proofing.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/recognizedfunctions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/recognizedfunctions.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..022dc0a21 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/recognizedfunctions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png index 5002b4109..3ffdf0e00 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5002b4109 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removegradientpoint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removegradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0675fbbb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removegradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/replacetext.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/replacetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48518fe61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/replacetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotateclockwise.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotateclockwise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d27f575b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotateclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43e6a1064 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png index e6a82d6ac..9257c78e5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png index 022b31529..fac0290f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png index a62d2c35d..804c62b3a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_options.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_options.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65fde8764 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_options.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png index 2ac147cef..12a139199 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png index c9a84d4d5..3a60194f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png index 97c2064f8..dc4b1467d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties1.png index b2db8948c..c073cc6ee 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties2.png index b1809540f..1e2a45ae8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties3.png index 47af9427a..59b5b80a6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties4.png index 1786e336d..7a9ac3ddf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties5.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties5.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f80432095 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties5.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shapesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shapesettingstab.png index f9b7a690b..95e26e2c7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shapesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shapesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slide_number_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slide_number_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slide_number_icon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slide_number_icon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png index 14d99736a..65e7ed85c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png index f55473551..2f324b661 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png index f31912b1d..6aa96b436 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_presentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_presentation.png index e59b1cf71..7a4144676 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_presentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_presentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png index 5aa076a4a..742143a34 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png index 40f36f42a..b99d9c1df 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png index 2390f6aa2..7a32fc135 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/above.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/above.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97f2005e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/above.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/acute.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/acute.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12d62abab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/acute.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aleph.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aleph.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7355dba4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aleph.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca68e0fe0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea3a6aac4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/amalg.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/amalg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b66c134d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/amalg.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/angle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/angle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de11fe22d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/angle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aoint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35a228fb4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/approx.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/approx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67b770f72 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/approx.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/arrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/arrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asmash.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df40f9f2c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ast.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ast.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33be7687a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ast.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asymp.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asymp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7d21a268 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asymp.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/atop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/atop.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d4395beb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/atop.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..774a06eb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5321fe5b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/because.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/because.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3456d38c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/because.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/begin.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/begin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd50e8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/begin.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/below.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/below.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8acb835b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/below.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bet.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bet.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748f2b1be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c1ccb707 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcap.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af7e48ad8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e27fb3bb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigodot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigodot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ebddf66c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigodot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigoplus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigoplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f555afb0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigoplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigotimes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigotimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43457dc4b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigotimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..614264a01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/biguplus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/biguplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ec39889f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/biguplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigvee.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigvee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57851a676 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigvee.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigwedge.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigwedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c7cac1e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigwedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/binomial.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/binomial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72bc36e68 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/binomial.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ded03e82 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bowtie.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bowtie.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ddfa28c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bowtie.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/box.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/box.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20d4a835b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/box.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxdot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222e1c7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxminus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caf1ddddb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxplus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1ee49522 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bra.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bra.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3c8b4c83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bra.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/break.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/break.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..859fbf8b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/break.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/breve.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/breve.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2392724b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/breve.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bullet.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bullet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05e268132 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bullet.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cap.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76139f161 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cap.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cases.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cases.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5a1d5ffe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cases.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cbrt.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cbrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..580d0d0d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cbrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..199773081 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdots.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6246a1f0d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/check.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/check.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d57528ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/check.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ee801d17 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a27cce57e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/circ.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/circ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a6aa27c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/circ.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/close.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/close.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7438a6f0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/close.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/clubsuit.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/clubsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ecec4509 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/clubsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2f305a81 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/colonequal.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/colonequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79fb3a795 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/colonequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cong.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cong.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d48ef05a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cong.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coprod.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coprod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d90054fb5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coprod.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b3915395 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dalet.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dalet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dalet.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/daleth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/daleth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/daleth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dashv.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dashv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a07ecf03 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dashv.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b96137d73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51e50c6ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddddot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2512dd96 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dddot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c261bdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc158338d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddots.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b15677a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/defeq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/defeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4728e579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/defeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degc.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8512ce6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degc.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degf.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d5b4f234 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degf.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degree.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degree.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42881ff13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degree.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14d5d2386 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6541350c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/deltaeq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/deltaeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1dac99daf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/deltaeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamond.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamond.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e692a462 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bff5edf92 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/div.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/div.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..059758d9c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/div.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0d4f093f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doteq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddef5eb4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dots.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dots.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9cb5ed78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eee509760 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d98b1da6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cdc8d687 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4e564fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3e5ccc8a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublecolon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublecolon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56cfcafd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublecolon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bca050ea8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e222d501 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e03f999a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6627ded4f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c99ee88a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f97effdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81a4360f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97ff9ceed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19f3727f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca4f14ca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea40b9965 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb4d100de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..313453e56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43de921d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55063df14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6dc9ee87c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aee85567c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e4aad8c8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7382f3652 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f6d8538d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..100097a98 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f1373128 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ef2738aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a13023552 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..468459457 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8db731325 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18bfb16ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc4b77c78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25b230947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f0e988a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6e40f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c05d7f9cd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d24cb2f27 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c27fe3875 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32f2294a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0f54d440 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ce700d2f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5b0cb2be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da1089327 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0400ddbed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a151c1777 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..648ce4467 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c2a1de43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ed589d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e2733f6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d1061f6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f12b3eebb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71146333a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f20d8728 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dsmash.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49e2e5855 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ee.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1c8f6b16 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ee.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ell.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ell.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/emptyset.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/emptyset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28b0f75d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/emptyset.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/end.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/end.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33d901831 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/end.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7a53ad49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd54bb471 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eqarray.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eqarray.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dbb07eff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eqarray.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/equiv.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/equiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac3c147eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/equiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6c37c23 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93a5f8f3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/exists.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/exists.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2e078f08 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/exists.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/forall.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/forall.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c58ecb41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/forall.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8570b166c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3db328e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e682b9c49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..570b7daad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3296e1bf7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e1c9065f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c29587e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5afeeb59 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a56e7c5a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c9236af6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a460b206 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f59cc1a49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c71a7f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a96d7939 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afff96507 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c77ddc227 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b690840e0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93494c9f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6ec69273 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88b5d5dd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4719aa67a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73365c050 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8d412077 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6823b765f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7562b1587 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5817d5af7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed9ee60d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6becfb0d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9c2ef5ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fbe142a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aac2cafe2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7026dc172 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c14dc2aee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad6eb3a2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b68a51481 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be9bce9ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a274312f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff4ffbad5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3835c5e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7c2dfce0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ae44b0d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06951ec52 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e492dd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c08b19614 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7af677f4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dd4eefc0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea98c092d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf8f1fb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b44487f74 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afd922249 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frown.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2fcd6e3a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frown.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/g.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/g.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/g.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f088aa79 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ge.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ge.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/geq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/geq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/geq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gets.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gets.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab7c9df5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gets.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gg.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2b964579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gg.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gimel.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gimel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e6cccb60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gimel.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/grave.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/grave.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcda94a6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/grave.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hat.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3be83a4c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hat.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6025b5d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/heartsuit.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/heartsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b26f4fe3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/heartsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14f255fb0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b22e5b07a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc8f0fa47 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hphantom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb072eee0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hsmash.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce90638d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hvec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3531cd2fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ii.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ii.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e064923e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ii.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiiint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7b9990d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f56aff057 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e73f05c2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/im.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/im.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1470295b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/im.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/imath.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/imath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6493cfef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/imath.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/in.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/in.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca1f84e4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/in.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/inc.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/inc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ac8c1bcd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/inc.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/infty.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/infty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fa3570fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/infty.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/int.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/int.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f296cc46 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/int.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/integral.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/integral.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65e56f23b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/integral.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0aefb684e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4341851a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/j.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/j.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004b30b69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/j.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jj.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a1e11920 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jj.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jmath.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jmath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9409b6d2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jmath.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..788d84c11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fae000a00 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ket.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ket.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f98af8017 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3016c6ece Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/langle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/langle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73ccafba9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/langle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbbrack.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dbb14049 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrace.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004d22d05 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrack.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cf789daa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lceil.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48d4f69b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldiv.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba17e3ae6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldivide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1071483b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldots.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldots.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/le.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/le.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/le.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/left.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/left.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f27f6310 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/left.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bafaf636c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60f405f7e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d15921dc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d02cea5c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c0305093 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..923152c61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lfloor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc34c4345 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lhvec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10407df0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/limit.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/limit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5669a329 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/limit.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ll.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ll.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e31ee790 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ll.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lmoust.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3547706a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9647da6b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e0e50d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bed54fe7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lrhar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lrhar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a54ae201 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lrhar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lvec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6ab35fac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mapsto.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mapsto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11e8e411a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mapsto.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/matrix.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/matrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36dd9f3ef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/matrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mid.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mid.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21fca0ac1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mid.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/middle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/middle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e47884724 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/middle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/models.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/models.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a87cdc82e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/models.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mp.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f295f402 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mp.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4698faf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96d5b82b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nabla.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nabla.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c4283a5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nabla.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/naryand.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/naryand.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c43d7a980 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/naryand.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ne.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ne.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ne.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nearrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nearrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e95d358a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nearrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/neq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/neq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/neq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ni.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ni.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce8864 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ni.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/norm.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/norm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/norm.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notcontain.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notcontain.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b6ac81ce Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notcontain.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notelement.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c5d182db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notequal.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a8af203d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notin.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f2abe531 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notin.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notlessthan.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notlessthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e9fc8ef2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notlessthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b32087c3d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e0f14582 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nwarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nwarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35ad2ee95 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nwarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cbbaaf6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86a488451 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/odot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/odot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbd0f8b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/odot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/of.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/of.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8a2567c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/of.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiiint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c66dc2947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5587f29d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30b5bbab3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3224bcc5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6689087de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ominus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ominus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a07e9ce7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ominus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/open.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/open.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2874320d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/open.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oplus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab9c8d22 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/otimes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/otimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a2de09e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/otimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/over.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/over.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de78bfdde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/over.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbrace.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71c7d4729 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbracket.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbd4f3598 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overparen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..645d88650 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overshell.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overshell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..907e993d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overshell.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/parallel.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/parallel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b42a5958 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/parallel.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/partial.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/partial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb198b44d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/partial.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/perp.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/perp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecc490ff4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/perp.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phantom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3a11e75a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a42a2bdea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9f811dab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6c5da9c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11486a83b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pm.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13cccaad2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pm.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pmatrix.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37b0ed5ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pppprime.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4aec7dd87 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ppprime.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..460f07d5d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pprime.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c60382c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc174cb73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/preceq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/preceq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..185576937 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/preceq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prime.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2144d9f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prime.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prod.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fbe6e266 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prod.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/propto.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/propto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11a52f90b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/propto.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce71e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71faedd0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/qdrt.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/qdrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2b8a5518 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/qdrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/quadratic.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/quadratic.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26116211c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/quadratic.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fd0b87a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ratio.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ratio.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d480fe90c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ratio.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrace.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31decded8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..772a722da Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5aa46c098 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rceil.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c96575404 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rddots.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17f60c0bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/re.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/re.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36ffb2a8e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/re.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rect.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7942dbe1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rect.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rfloor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0303da681 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6020c1f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7242001a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rhvec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/right.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/right.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc933121f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/right.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d8b7b90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c25b921a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a33c56ea0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rmoust.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e85cdefb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/root.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/root.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bdcb3d60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/root.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4305bc75 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4df4c10ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16801f863 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f395bf2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..292f64223 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7d64e076 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a52adbda Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db75ffaee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9cea6589 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..908b98abf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16b2839e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fc78029f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e2b4e5c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83ecfa7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce9052e49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b669be42d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8650af640 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35253e28d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23a0b18d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..964ca2f83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..605b16e12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c34227b6a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20327fde5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cdd4bc43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b257e5e69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22b214f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cd942d5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64efc9545 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f8bdc904 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec9874130 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2df092612 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c07bbff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eb2e1182 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49b85ae2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46dea0796 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74caee45b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acf23f10 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb6ace16a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9407b3372 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cffb832bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f85cd60c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6e628a61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..346dd8c56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e5d381db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..953ee2de5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db732c630 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..166c889a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7784bb149 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3003ade0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8d5a0cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8197fe515 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdiv.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdivide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/searrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/searrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a7f64b14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/searrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/setminus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/setminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa6c2cfee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/setminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cb2bb178 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e9f5ee7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sim.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sim.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a056eda0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sim.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/simeq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/simeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eade7ebc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/simeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smash.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90896057d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smash.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smile.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smile.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83b716c6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smile.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/spadesuit.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/spadesuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bdec8945 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/spadesuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcap.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf43990e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..426d02fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqrt.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acfaa8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14365cc02 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6db6d42fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/star.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/star.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f15f019f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/star.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subset.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f23368a90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subset.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subseteq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d867e2df0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succ.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b7c0526b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succ.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succeq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22eff46c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sum.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44106f72f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sum.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superset.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67f46e1ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superset.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superseteq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89521782c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/swarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/swarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66df3fa2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/swarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abd5bf872 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f15d8e443 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/therefore.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/therefore.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3f02aba3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/therefore.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2d89e82b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13f05f84f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tilde.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tilde.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b08ef3a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tilde.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/times.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/times.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da3afaf8b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/times.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/to.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/to.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/to.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/top.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/top.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbe5b832 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/top.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tvec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee71f7105 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e27b66816 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c20216a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..938c658e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbrace.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2c080b58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbracket.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a78aa1cdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b55100731 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underparen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccaac1590 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eccaa488d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cff2b9de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65ea76252 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c10bc8fef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uplus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39109a95b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69b7226c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2012f0408 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varepsilon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varepsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1788b80e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varepsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varphi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varphi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebcb44f39 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varphi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varpi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varpi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82e5e48bd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varpi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varrho.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varrho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d719b4e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varrho.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varsigma.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varsigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b154dede3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varsigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vartheta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vartheta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e49bc074 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vartheta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..197c22ee5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdash.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2387c2d76 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdash.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdots.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1220d68b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a50d9fe6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vee.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be2573ef8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vee.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adc50b15c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vmatrix.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8dba6fd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vphantom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd8194604 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wedge.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34e02a584 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wp.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00c630d38 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wp.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wr.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bceef6f19 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wr.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f83b1dfd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c59fd3e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aaf47b628 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb04db0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/TextSettingsTab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textsettingstab.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/TextSettingsTab.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textsettingstab.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png index 793ad5b94..4c82ff29b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png index bb7f9407d..5f5b28ef5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb7f9407d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 50ce274cf..ee0fa9a72 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js index 061fa4215..0f2cb722d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js @@ -3,22 +3,22 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "Über den Präsentationseditor", - "body": "Der Präsentationseditor ist eine Online- Anwendung, mit der Sie Ihre Dokumente direkt in Ihrem Browser betrachten und bearbeiten können. Mit dem Präsentationseditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Präsentationen unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als PPTX-, PDF- oder ODP-Dateien speichern. Wenn Sie mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste." + "body": "Der Präsentationseditor ist eine Online- Anwendung, mit der Sie Ihre Dokumente direkt in Ihrem Browser betrachten und bearbeiten können. Mit dem Präsentationseditor können Sie verschiedene Editiervorgänge durchführen wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Präsentationen unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als PPTX-, PDF-. ODP-, POTX-, PDF/A- oder OTP-Dateien speichern. Wenn Sie in der Online-Version mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste. Wenn Sie in der Desktop-Version mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, wählen Sie das Menü Über in der linken Seitenleiste des Hauptfensters." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Erweiterte Einstellungen des Präsentationseditors", - "body": "Über die Funktion erweiterten Einstellungen können Sie die Grundeinstellungen im Präsentationseditor ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen.... Sie können auch das Symbol in der rechten oberen Ecke der Registerkarte Start anklicken. Die erweiterten Einstellungen umfassen: Rechtschreibprüfung - ein-/ausschalten der automatischen Rechtschreibprüfung. Erweiterte Eingabe - ein-/ausschalten von Hieroglyphen. Hilfslinien - aktivieren/deaktivieren von Ausrichtungshilfslinien, die Ihnen dabei helfen, Objekte präzise auf der Seite zu positionieren. AutoSave - automatisches Speichern von Änderungen während der Bearbeitung ein-/ausschalten. Co-Bearbeitung - Anzeige der während der Co-Bearbeitung vorgenommenen Änderungen: Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Benutzer, die das Dokuments gemeinsam bearbeiten, sehen die Änderungen in Echtzeit, sobald sie von anderen Benutzern vorgenommen wurden. Wenn Sie die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern nicht einsehen möchten (um Störungen zu vermeiden oder aus einem anderen Grund), wählen Sie den Modus Strikt und alle Änderungen werden erst angezeigt, nachdem Sie auf das Symbol Speichern geklickt haben, dass Sie darüber informiert, dass Änderungen von anderen Benutzern vorliegen. Standard-Zoomwert - Einrichten des Standard-Zoomwerts aus der Liste der verfügbaren Optionen von 50 % bis 200 %. Sie können auch die Option An Folie anpassen oder An Breite anpassen auswählen. Maßeinheiten - geben Sie an, welche Einheiten auf den Linealen und in Eigenschaftenfenstern verwendet werden, um Elemente wie Breite, Höhe, Abstand, Ränder usw. zu messen. Sie können die Optionen Zentimeter, Punkt oder Zoll wählen. Um die vorgenommenen Änderungen zu speichern, klicken Sie auf Übernehmen." + "body": "Über die Funktion erweiterten Einstellungen können Sie die Grundeinstellungen im Präsentationseditor ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen.... Sie können auch auf das Symbol Einstellungen anzeigen rechts neben der Kopfzeile des Editors klicken und die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen auswählen. Die erweiterten Einstellungen umfassen: Rechtschreibprüfung - Ein-/Ausschalten der automatischen Rechtschreibprüfung. Erweiterte Eingabe - Ein-/Auszuschalten von Hieroglyphen. Hilfslinien - aktivieren/deaktivieren von Ausrichtungshilfslinien, die Ihnen dabei helfen, Objekte präzise auf der Seite zu positionieren. Über AutoSpeichern können Sie in der Online-Version die Funktion zum automatischen Speichern von Änderungen während der Bearbeitung ein-/ausschalten. Über Wiederherstellen können Sie in der Desktop-Version die Funktion zum automatischen Wiederherstellen von Dokumenten für den Fall eines unerwarteten Programmabsturzes ein-/ausschalten. Co-Bearbeitung - Anzeige der während der Co-Bearbeitung vorgenommenen Änderungen: Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Benutzer, die das Dokuments gemeinsam bearbeiten, sehen die Änderungen in Echtzeit, sobald sie von anderen Benutzern vorgenommen wurden. Wenn Sie die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern nicht einsehen möchten (um Störungen zu vermeiden oder aus einem anderen Grund), wählen Sie den Modus Strikt und alle Änderungen werden erst angezeigt, nachdem Sie auf das Symbol Speichern geklickt haben, dass Sie darüber informiert, dass Änderungen von anderen Benutzern vorliegen. Standard-Zoomwert - Einrichten des Standard-Zoomwerts aus der Liste der verfügbaren Optionen von 50 % bis 200 %. Sie können auch die Option An Folie anpassen oder An Breite anpassen auswählen. Hinting - Auswahl der Schriftartdarstellung im Präsentationseditor: Wählen Sie Wie Windows, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten unter Windows gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. mit Windows-artigen Hints. Wählen Sie Wie OS X, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten auf einem Mac gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. ohne Hints. Wählen Sie Eingebettet, wenn Sie möchten, dass Ihr Text mit den Hints angezeigt wird, die in Schriftartdateien eingebettet sind. Maßeinheiten - geben Sie an, welche Einheiten auf den Linealen und in Eigenschaftenfenstern verwendet werden, um Elemente wie Breite, Höhe, Abstand, Ränder usw. zu messen. Sie können die Optionen Zentimeter, Punkt, oder Zoll wählen. Um die vorgenommenen Änderungen zu speichern, klicken Sie auf Übernehmen." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Gemeinsame Bearbeitung von Präsentationen", - "body": "Im Präsentationseneditor haben Sie die Möglichkeit, gemeinsam mit anderen Nutzern an einer Präsentation zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion umfasst: gleichzeitiger Zugriff von mehreren Benutzern auf eine Präsentation visuelle Markierung von Objekten, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden Anzeige von Änderungen in Echtzeit oder Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick. Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten der Präsentation Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen. Co-Bearbeitung Im Präsentationseneditor stehen die folgenden Modelle für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung. Wenn eine Präsentation im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Objekte (AutoFormen, Textobjekte, Tabellen, Bilder und Diagramme) mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Das Objekt, das Sie bearbeiten, ist von der grünen gestrichelten Linie umgeben. Rote gestrichelte Linien zeigen, dass die Objekte von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Passagen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Passage aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben. Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die in der aktuellen Präsentation arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - . Wenn Sie sehen möchten wer die Datei aktuell bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält. Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: - über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus dem Dokument auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol , um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige des Dokuments beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen. Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der Statusleiste eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf . Die Updates werden hervorgehoben, damit Sie nachvollziehen können, was genau geändert wurde. Chat Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Absatz Sie jetzt bearbeiten usw. Die Chat-Nachrichten werden nur während einer aktiven Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Inhalt der Präsentation zu besprechen, ist es besser die Kommentarfunktion zu verwenden, da Kommentare bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden. Chat nutzen und Nachrichten für andere Benutzer erstellen: Klicken Sie im linken Seitenbereich auf das Symbol oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Chat. Geben Sie Ihren Text in das entsprechende Feld unten ein. klicken Sie auf Senden. Alle Nachrichten, die von Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden links in der Leiste angezeigt. Liegen ungelesene neue Nachrichten vor, sieht das Chat-Symbol wie folgt aus - . Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste erneut auf Chat. Kommentare Einen Kommentar bezüglich eines bestimmten Objekts (Textbox, Form etc.) hinterlassen: Wählen Sie ein Objekt, das Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem beinhaltet. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf Kommentare, oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das gewünschten Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein. Klicken Sie auf Kommentar hinzufügen/Hinzufügen. Das von Ihnen markierte Objekt wird mit dem Symbol markiert. Um den Kommentar einzusehen, klicken Sie einfach auf dieses Symbol. Um einer bestimmten Folie einen Kommentar hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie die Folie aus und klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit auf Kommentar. Der hinzugefügte Kommentar wird in der unteren linken Ecke der Folie angezeigt. Um der gesamten Präsentation einen Kommentar hinzuzufügen, der sich nicht auf ein einzelnes Objekt oder eine einzelne Folie bezieht, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol , um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen und klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen. Kommentare die sich auf die gesamte Präsentation beziehen weren im Kommentarfeld angezeigt. Auch Kommentare in Bezug auf Objekte und einzelne Folien sind hier verfügbar. Alle Nutzer können nun auf hinzugefügte Kommentare antworten, Fragen stellen oder über durchgeführte Aktionen berichten. Klicken Sie dazu einfach in das Feld Antworten, direkt unter dem Kommentar. Hinzugefügte Kommentare verwalten: bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf die Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf , wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf . Neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, werden erst sichtbar, wenn Sie in der in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf klicken. Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf ." + "body": "Im Präsentationseneditor haben Sie die Möglichkeit, gemeinsam mit anderen Nutzern an einer Präsentation zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion umfasst: gleichzeitiger Zugriff von mehreren Benutzern auf eine Präsentation visuelle Markierung von Objekten, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden Anzeige von Änderungen in Echtzeit oder Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick. Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten der Präsentation Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen (es ist auch möglich, im Offline-Modus mit Kommentaren zu arbeiten, ohne eine Verbindung zur Online-Version herzustellen). Verbindung mit der Online-Version herstellen Öffnen Sie im Desktop-Editor die Option mit Cloud verbinden in der linken Seitenleiste des Hauptprogrammfensters. Geben Sie Ihren Anmeldenamen und Ihr Passwort an und stellen Sie eine Verbindung zu Ihrem Cloud Office her. Co-Bearbeitung Im Präsentationseneditor stehen die folgenden Modelle für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung: Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung. Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Präsentation im Modus Schnell gemeinsam bearbeiten, ist die Option letzten rückgängig gemachten Vorgang wiederherstellen nicht verfügbar. Wenn eine Präsentation im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Objekte (AutoFormen, Textobjekte, Tabellen, Bilder und Diagramme) mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Das Objekt, das Sie bearbeiten, ist von der grünen gestrichelten Linie umgeben. Rote gestrichelte Linien zeigen, dass die Objekte von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Passagen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Passage aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben. Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die in der aktuellen Präsentation arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - . Wenn Sie sehen möchten wer die Datei aktuell bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält. Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus der Tabelle auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Kommentieren der Präsentation erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol , um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige des Dokuments beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen. Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der Statusleiste eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf . Die Updates werden hervorgehoben, damit Sie nachvollziehen können, was genau geändert wurde. Chat Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Absatz Sie jetzt bearbeiten usw. Die Chat-Nachrichten werden nur während einer aktiven Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Inhalt der Präsentation zu besprechen, ist es besser die Kommentarfunktion zu verwenden, da Kommentare bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden. Chat nutzen und Nachrichten für andere Benutzer erstellen: Klicken Sie im linken Seitenbereich auf das Symbol oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Chat. Geben Sie Ihren Text in das entsprechende Feld unten ein. klicken Sie auf Senden. Alle Nachrichten, die von Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden links in der Leiste angezeigt. Liegen ungelesene neue Nachrichten vor, sieht das Chat-Symbol wie folgt aus - . Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste erneut auf Chat. Kommentare Es ist möglich, im Offline-Modus mit Kommentaren zu arbeiten, ohne eine Verbindung zur Online-Version herzustellen). Einen Kommentar bezüglich eines bestimmten Objekts (Textbox, Form etc.) hinterlassen: Wählen Sie ein Objekt, das Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem beinhaltet. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf Kommentare, oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das gewünschten Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein. Klicken Sie auf Kommentar hinzufügen/Hinzufügen. Das von Ihnen markierte Objekt wird mit dem Symbol markiert. Um den Kommentar einzusehen, klicken Sie einfach auf dieses Symbol. Um einer bestimmten Folie einen Kommentar hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie die Folie aus und klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit auf Kommentar. Der hinzugefügte Kommentar wird in der unteren linken Ecke der Folie angezeigt. Um der gesamten Präsentation einen Kommentar hinzuzufügen, der sich nicht auf ein einzelnes Objekt oder eine einzelne Folie bezieht, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol , um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen und klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen. Kommentare die sich auf die gesamte Präsentation beziehen weren im Kommentarfeld angezeigt. Auch Kommentare in Bezug auf Objekte und einzelne Folien sind hier verfügbar. Alle Nutzer können nun auf hinzugefügte Kommentare antworten, Fragen stellen oder über durchgeführte Aktionen berichten. Klicken Sie dazu einfach in das Feld Antworten, direkt unter dem Kommentar. Hinzugefügte Kommentare verwalten: bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf , wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf . Neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, werden erst sichtbar, wenn Sie in der in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf klicken. Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf ." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Tastenkombinationen", - "body": "Eine Präsentation bearbeiten Dateimenü öffnen ALT+F Über das Dateimenü können Sie die aktuelle Präsentation speichern, drucken, herunterladen, Informationen einsehen, eine neue Präsentation erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen, auf die Hilfefunktion zugreifen oder die erweiterten Einstellungen öffnen. Suchmaske öffnen STRG+F Über die Suchmaske können Sie in der aktuellen Präsentation nach Zeichen/Wörtern/Phrasen suchen. Kommentarleiste öffnen STRG+UMSCHALT+H Über die Kommentarleiste können Sie Kommentare hinzufügen oder auf bestehende Kommentare antworten. Kommentarfeld öffnen ALT+H Ein Textfeld zum Eingeben eines Kommentars öffnen. Chatleiste öffnen ALT+Q Chatleiste öffnen, um eine Nachricht zu senden. Präsentation speichern STRG+S Alle Änderungen in der aktuellen Präsentation werden gespeichert. Präsentation drucken STRG+P Ausdrucken mit einem verfügbaren Drucker oder speichern als Datei. Herunterladen als STRG+UMSCHALT+S Die aktuelle Präsentation wird in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte gespeichert: PPTX, PDF, ODP. Vollbild F11 Der Präsentationseditor wird an Ihren Bildschirm angepasst und im Vollbildmodus ausgeführt. Hilfemenü F1 Das Hilfemenü wird geöffnet. Navigation Erste Folie POS1 Auf die erste Folie der aktuellen Präsentation wechseln. Letzte Folie ENDE Auf die letzte Folie der aktuellen Präsentation wechseln. Nächste Folie BILD NACH UNTEN Auf die nächste Folie der aktuellen Präsentation wechseln. Vorherige Folie BILD NACH OBEN Auf die vorherige Folie der aktuellen Präsentation wechseln. Nächste Form wählen TAB Die nächste Form auswählen Vorherige Form wählen UMSCHALT+TAB Die vorherige Form auswählen Vergrößern STRG++ Die Ansicht der aktuellen Präsentation vergrößern. Verkleinern STRG+- Die Ansicht der aktuellen Präsentation verkleinern. Folien bearbeiten Neue Folie STRG+M Eine neue Folie erstellen und nach der ausgewählten Folie in der Liste einfügen. Folie verdoppeln STRG+D Die ausgewählte Folie wird verdoppelt. Folie nach oben verschieben STRG+PFEIL NACH OBEN Die ausgewählte Folie in der Liste hinter die vorherige Folie verschieben. Folie nach unten verschieben STRG+PFEIL NACH UNTEN Die ausgewählte Folie in der Liste hinter die nachfolgende Folie verschieben. Folie zum Anfang verschieben STRG+UMSCHALT+PFEIL NACH OBEN Verschiebt die gewählte Folie an die erste Position in der Liste. Folie zum Ende verschieben STRG+UMSCHALT+PFEIL NACH UNTEN Verschiebt die gewählte Folie an die letzte Position in der Liste. Objekte bearbeiten Kopie erstellen STRG+ziehen oder STRG+D Halten Sie die STRG-Taste beim Ziehen des gewählten Objekts gedrückt oder drücken Sie STRG+D, um es zu kopieren. Gruppieren STRG+G Die ausgewählten Objekte gruppieren. Gruppierung aufheben STRG+UMSCHALT+G Die Gruppierung der gewählten Objekte wird aufgehoben. Objekte ändern Verschiebung begrenzen UMSCHALT+ziehen Die Verschiebung des gewählten Objekts wird horizontal oder vertikal begrenzt. 15-Grad-Drehung einschalten UMSCHALT+ziehen (beim Drehen) Die Drehung wird auf 15-Grad-Stufen begrenzt. Seitenverhältnis sperren UMSCHALT+ziehen (beim Ändern der Größe) Das Seitenverhältnis des gewählten Objekts wird bei der Größenänderung beibehalten. Bewegung Pixel für Pixel STRG Halten Sie die Taste gedrückt und nutzen Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur, um das gewählte Objekt jeweils um ein Pixel zu verschieben. Vorschau der Präsentation Vorschau von Beginn an starten STRG+F5 Die Vorschau wird von Beginn an Präsentation gestartet Vorwärts navigieren ENTER, BILD NACH UNTEN, PFEIL NACH RECHTS, PFEIL NACH UNTEN oder LEERTASTE Startet die Vorschau der nächsten Animation oder geht zur nächsten Folie über. Rückwärts navigieren BILD NACH OBEN, LINKER PFEIL, PFEIL NACH OBEN Vorschau der vorherigen Animation oder zur vorherigen Folie übergehen. Vorschau beenden ESC Die Vorschau wird beendet. Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen Rückgängig machen STRG+Z Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird rückgängig gemacht. Wiederholen STRG+Y Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird rückgängig gemacht. Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen Ausschneiden Strg+X Das gewählte Objekt wird ausgeschnitten und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation, in eine andere Präsentation oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden. Kopieren STRG+C, STRG+EINFG Das gewählte Objekt wird in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation, in eine andere Präsentation oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden. Einfügen STRG+V, UMSCHALT+EINFG Das vorher kopierte Objekt wird aus der Zwischenablage des Rechners an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Das Objekt kann vorher aus derselben Präsentation kopiert werden oder auch aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm oder von einer Webseite. Hyperlink einfügen STRG+K Einen Hyperlink einfügen der an eine Webadresse oder eine bestimmte Stelle in der Funktion weiterleitet. Format übertragen STRG+UMSCHALT+C Die Formatierung des gewählten Textabschnitts wird kopiert. Die kopierte Formatierung kann später auf einen anderen Textabschnitt in derselben Präsentation angewendet werden. Format übertragen STRG+UMSCHALT+V Wendet die vorher kopierte Formatierung auf den Text in der aktuellen Präsentation an. Auswahl mit der Maus Zum gewählten Abschnitt hinzufügen UMSCHALT Starten Sie die Auswahl, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste gedrückt und klicken Sie an der Stelle, wo Sie die Auswahl beenden möchten. Auswahl mithilfe der Tastatur Alles auswählen STRG+A Alle Folien (in der Folienliste) auswählen oder alle Objekte auf einer Folie (im Bereich für die Folienbearbeitung) oder den ganzen Text (im Textblock) - abhängig von der Cursorposition. Textabschnitt auswählen UMSCHALT+Pfeil Den Text Zeichen für Zeichen auswählen. Text von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Zeilenanfang auswählen UMSCHALT+POS1 Einen Textabschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Anfang der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Text ab der Cursorposition bis Ende der Zeile auswählen UMSCHALT+ENDE Einen Textabschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Ende der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Textformatierung Fett STRG+B Zuweisung der Formatierung Fett im gewählten Textabschnitt. Kursiv STRG+I Zuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv im gewählten Textabschnitt. Unterstrichen STRG+U Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Tiefgestellt STRG+.(Punkt) Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und tiefgestellt. Hochgestellt STRG+, (Komma) Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und hochgestellt. Aufzählungsliste STRG+UMSCHALT+L Baiserend auf dem gewählten Textabschnitt wird eine Aufzählungsliste erstellt oder eine neue Liste begonnen. Formatierung entfernen STRG+LEERTASTE Entfernt die Formatierung im gewählten Textabschnitt. Schrift vergrößern STRG+] Vergrößert die Schrift des gewählten Textabschnitts um einen Grad. Schrift verkleinern STRG+[ Verkleinert die Schrift des gewählten Textabschnitts um einen Grad. Zentriert/linksbündig ausrichten STRG+E Wechselt die Ausrichtung des Absatzes von zentriert auf linksbündig. Blocksatz/linksbündig ausrichten STRG+J Wechselt die Ausrichtung des Absatzes von Blocksatz auf linksbündig. Rechtsbündig/linksbündig ausrichten STRG+R Wechselt die Ausrichtung des Absatzes von rechtsbündig auf linksbündig. Linksbündig ausrichten STRG+L Lässt den linken Textrand parallel zum linken Seitenrand verlaufen, der rechte Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet." + "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Eine Präsentation bearbeiten Dateimenü öffnen ALT+F ⌥ Option+F Über das Dateimenü können Sie die aktuelle Präsentation speichern, drucken, herunterladen, Informationen einsehen, eine neue Präsentation erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen, auf die Hilfefunktion zugreifen oder die erweiterten Einstellungen öffnen. „Suchmaske“ öffnen STRG+F ^ STRG+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Über die Suchmaske können Sie in der aktuellen Präsentation nach Zeichen/Wörtern/Phrasen suchen. Kommentarleiste öffnen STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+H ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+H Über die Kommentarleiste können Sie Kommentare hinzufügen oder auf bestehende Kommentare antworten. Kommentarfeld öffnen ALT+H ⌥ Option+H Ein Textfeld zum Eingeben eines Kommentars öffnen. Chatleiste öffnen ALT+Q ⌥ Option+Q Chatleiste öffnen, um eine Nachricht zu senden. Präsentation speichern STRG+S ^ STRG+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Alle Änderungen in der aktuellen Präsentation werden gespeichert. Die aktive Datei wird mit dem aktuellen Dateinamen, Speicherort und Dateiformat gespeichert. Präsentation drucken STRG+P ^ STRG+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Ausdrucken mit einem verfügbaren Drucker oder speichern als Datei. Herunterladen als... STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+S ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+S Öffnen Sie das Menü Herunterladen als..., um die aktuell bearbeitete Präsentation in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte speichern: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Vollbild F11 Der Präsentationseditor wird an Ihren Bildschirm angepasst und im Vollbildmodus ausgeführt. Hilfemenü F1 F1 Das Hilfemenü wird geöffnet. Vorhandene Datei öffnen (Desktop-Editoren) STRG+O Auf der Registerkarte Lokale Datei öffnen unter Desktop-Editoren wird das Standarddialogfeld geöffnet, in dem Sie eine vorhandene Datei auswählen können. Datei schließen (Desktop-Editoren) STRG+W, STRG+F4 ^ STRG+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Die aktuelle Präsentation in Desktop-Editoren schließen. Element-Kontextmenü ⇧ UMSCHALT+F10 ⇧ UMSCHALT+F10 Öffnen des ausgewählten Element-Kontextmenüs. Navigation Erste Folie POS1 POS1, Fn+← Auf die erste Folie der aktuellen Präsentation wechseln. Letzte Folie ENDE ENDE, Fn+→ Auf die letzte Folie der aktuellen Präsentation wechseln. Nächste Folie BILD unten BILD unten, Fn+↓ Auf die nächste Folie der aktuellen Präsentation wechseln. Vorherige Folie BILD oben BILD oben, Fn+↑ Auf die vorherige Folie der aktuellen Präsentation wechseln. Vergrößern STRG++ ^ STRG+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Die Ansicht der aktuellen Präsentation vergrößern. Verkleinern STRG+- ^ STRG+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Die Ansicht der aktuellen Präsentation verkleinern. Folien bearbeiten Neue Folie STRG+M ^ STRG+M Eine neue Folie erstellen und nach der ausgewählten Folie in der Liste einfügen. Folie verdoppeln STRG+D ⌘ Cmd+D Die ausgewählte Folie wird verdoppelt. Folie nach oben verschieben STRG+↑ ⌘ Cmd+↑ Die ausgewählte Folie in der Liste hinter die vorherige Folie verschieben. Folie nach unten verschieben STRG+↓ ⌘ Cmd+↓ Die ausgewählte Folie in der Liste hinter die nachfolgende Folie verschieben. Folie zum Anfang verschieben STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+↑ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+↑ Verschiebt die gewählte Folie an die erste Position in der Liste. Folie zum Ende verschieben STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+↓ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+↓ Verschiebt die gewählte Folie an die letzte Position in der Liste. Objekte bearbeiten Kopie erstellen STRG + ziehen, STRG+D ^ STRG + ziehen, ^ STRG+D, ⌘ Cmd+D Halten Sie die Taste STRG beim Ziehen des gewählten Objekts gedrückt oder drücken Sie STRG+D (⌘ Cmd+D für Mac), um die Kopie zu erstellen. Gruppieren STRG+G ⌘ Cmd+G Die ausgewählten Objekte gruppieren. Gruppierung aufheben STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+G ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+G Die Gruppierung der gewählten Objekte wird aufgehoben. Nächstes Objekt auswählen ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Das nächste Objekt nach dem aktuellen auswählen. Vorheriges Objekt wählen ⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab ⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab Das vorherige Objekt vor dem aktuellen auswählen. Gerade Linie oder Pfeil zeichnen ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ziehen von Linien/Pfeilen) ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ziehen von Linien/Pfeilen) Zeichnen einer geraden vertikalen/horizontalen/45-Grad Linie oder eines solchen Pfeils. Objekte ändern Verschiebung begrenzen ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen Die Verschiebung des gewählten Objekts wird horizontal oder vertikal begrenzt. 15-Grad-Drehung einschalten ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Drehen) ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Drehen) Die Drehung wird auf 15-Grad-Stufen begrenzt. Seitenverhältnis sperren ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ändern der Größe) ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ändern der Größe) Das Seitenverhältnis des gewählten Objekts wird bei der Größenänderung beibehalten. Bewegung Pixel für Pixel STRG+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Halten Sie die Taste STRG (⌘ Cmd bei Mac) gedrückt und nutzen Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur, um das gewählte Objekt jeweils um ein Pixel zu verschieben. Tabellen bearbeiten Zur nächsten Zelle in einer Zeile übergeghen ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Zur nächsten Zelle in einer Zeile wechseln. Zur nächsten Zelle in einer Tabellenzeile wechseln. ⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab ⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab Zur vorherigen Zelle in einer Zeile wechseln. Zur nächsten Zeile wechseln ↓ ↓ Zur nächsten Zeile in einer Tabelle wechseln. Zur vorherigen Zeile wechseln ↑ ↑ Zur vorherigen Zeile in einer Tabelle wechseln. Neuen Abstz beginnen ↵ Eingabetaste ↵ Zurück Einen neuen Absatz in einer Zelle beginnen. Neue Zeile einfügen ↹ Tab in der unteren rechten Tabellenzelle. ↹ Tab in der unteren rechten Tabellenzelle. Eine neue Zeile am Ende der Tabelle einfügen. Vorschau der Präsentation Vorschau von Beginn an starten STRG+F5 ^ STRG+F5 Die Vorschau wird von Beginn an Präsentation gestartet Vorwärts navigieren ↵ Eingabetaste, BILD unten, →, ↓, ␣ Leertaste ↵ Zurück, BILD unten, →, ↓, ␣ Leertaste Startet die Vorschau der nächsten Animation oder geht zur nächsten Folie über. Rückwärts navigieren BILD oben, ←, ↑ BILD oben, ←, ↑ Vorschau der vorherigen Animation oder zur vorherigen Folie übergehen. Vorschau beenden ESC ESC Die Vorschau wird beendet. Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen Rückgängig machen STRG+Z ^ STRG+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird rückgängig gemacht. Wiederholen STRG+J ^ STRG+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird wiederholt. Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen Ausschneiden STRG+X, ⇧ UMSCHALT+ENTF ⌘ Cmd+X Das gewählte Objekt wird ausgeschnitten und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation, in eine andere Präsentation oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden. Kopieren STRG+C, STRG+EINFG ⌘ Cmd+C Das gewählte Objekt wird in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation eingefügt werden. Einfügen STRG+V, ⇧ UMSCHALT+EINFG ⌘ Cmd+V Das vorher kopierte Objekt wird aus der Zwischenablage des Rechners an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Das Objekt kann vorher aus derselben Präsentation kopiert werden oder auch aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm oder von einer Webseite. Hyperlink einfügen STRG+K ^ STRG+K, ⌘ Cmd+K Einen Hyperlink einfügen der an eine Webadresse oder eine bestimmte Stelle in der Präsentation weiterleitet. Format übertragen STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+C ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+C, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+C Die Formatierung des gewählten Textabschnitts wird kopiert. Die kopierte Formatierung kann später auf einen anderen Textabschnitt in derselben Präsentation angewendet werden. Format übertragen STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+V ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+V, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+V Wendet die vorher kopierte Formatierung auf den Text in der aktuellen Präsentation an. Auswahl mit der Maus Zum gewählten Abschnitt hinzufügen ⇧ UMSCHALT ⇧ UMSCHALT Starten Sie die Auswahl, halten Sie die Taste ⇧ UMSCHALT gedrückt und klicken Sie an der Stelle, wo Sie die Auswahl beenden möchten. Auswahl mithilfe der Tastatur Alles auswählen STRG+A ^ STRG+A, ⌘ Cmd+A Alle Folien (in der Folienliste) auswählen oder alle Objekte auf einer Folie (im Bereich für die Folienbearbeitung) oder den ganzen Text (im Textblock) - abhängig von der Cursorposition. Textabschnitt auswählen ⇧ UMSCHALT+→ ← ⇧ UMSCHALT+→ ← Den Text Zeichen für Zeichen auswählen. Text von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Zeilenanfang auswählen ⇧ UMSCHALT+POS1 Einen Textabschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Anfang der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Text ab der Cursorposition bis Ende der Zeile auswählen ⇧ UMSCHALT+ENDE Einen Textabschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Ende der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Ein Zeichen nach rechts auswählen ⇧ UMSCHALT+→ ⇧ UMSCHALT+→ Das Zeichen rechts neben dem Mauszeiger wird ausgewählt. Ein Zeichen nach links auswählen ⇧ UMSCHALT+← ⇧ UMSCHALT+← Das Zeichen links neben dem Mauszeiger wird ausgewählt. Bis zum Wortende auswählen STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+→ Einen Textfragment vom Cursor bis zum Ende eines Wortes wird ausgewählt. Bis zum Wortanfang auswählen STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+← Einen Textfragment vom Cursor bis zum Anfang eines Wortes wird ausgewählt. Eine Reihe nach oben auswählen ⇧ UMSCHALT+↑ ⇧ UMSCHALT+↑ Eine Reihe nach oben auswählen (mit dem Cursor am Zeilenanfang). Eine Reihe nach unten auswählen ⇧ UMSCHALT+↓ ⇧ UMSCHALT+↓ Eine Reihe nach unten auswählen (mit dem Cursor am Zeilenanfang). Textformatierung Fett STRG+B ^ STRG+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Zuweisung der Formatierung Fett im gewählten Textabschnitt. Kursiv STRG+I ^ STRG+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Zuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv im gewählten Textabschnitt. Unterstrichen STRG+U ^ STRG+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Durchgestrichen STRG+5 ^ STRG+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durchgestrichen. Tiefgestellt STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+> ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+> Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und tiefgestellt. Hochgestellt STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+< ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+< Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und hochgestellt wie z. B. in Bruchzahlen. Aufzählungsliste STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+L ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+L Baiserend auf dem gewählten Textabschnitt wird eine Aufzählungsliste erstellt oder eine neue Liste begonnen. Formatierung entfernen STRG+␣ Leertaste Entfernt die Formatierung im gewählten Textabschnitt. Schrift vergrößern STRG+] ^ STRG+], ⌘ Cmd+] Vergrößert die Schrift des gewählten Textabschnitts um 1 Punkt. Schrift verkleinern STRG+[ ^ STRG+[, ⌘ Cmd+[ Verkleinert die Schrift des gewählten Textabschnitts um 1 Punkt. Zentriert ausrichten STRG+E Text zwischen dem linken und dem rechten Rand zentrieren. Blocksatz STRG+J Der Text im Absatz wird im Blocksatz ausgerichtet. Dabei wird zwischen den Wörtern ein zusätzlicher Abstand eingefügt, sodass der linke und der rechte Textrand an den Absatzrändern ausgerichtet sind. Rechtsbündig ausrichten STRG+R Der rechte Textrand verläuft parallel zum rechten Seitenrand, der linke Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet. Linksbündig ausrichten STRG+L Der linke Textrand verläuft parallel zum linken Seitenrand, der rechte Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet. Linken Einzug vergrößern STRG+M ^ STRG+M Der linke Seiteneinzug wird um einen Tabstopp vergrößert. Linken Einzug vergrößern STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+M ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+M Der linke Seiteneinzug wird um einen Tabstopp verkleinert. Ein Zeichen nach links löschen ← Rücktaste ← Rücktaste Das Zeichen links neben dem Mauszeiger wird gelöscht. Ein Zeichen nach rechts löschen ENTF Fn+ENTF Das Zeichen rechts neben dem Mauszeiger wird gelöscht. Im Text navigieren Ein Zeichen nach links bewegen ← ← Der Mauszeiger bewegt sich ein Zeichen nach links. Ein Zeichen nach rechts bewegen → → Der Mauszeiger bewegt sich ein Zeichen nach rechts. Eine Reihe nach oben ↑ ↑ Der Mauszeiger wird eine Reihe nach oben verschoben. Eine Reihe nach unten ↓ ↓ Der Mauszeiger wird eine Reihe nach unten verschoben. Zum Anfang eines Wortes oder ein Wort nach links bewegen STRG+← ⌘ Cmd+← Der Mauszeiger wird zum Anfang eines Wortes oder ein Wort nach links verschoben. Ein Wort nach rechts bewegen STRG+→ ⌘ Cmd+→ Der Mauszeiger bewegt sich ein Wort nach rechts. Zum nächsten Platzhalter wechseln STRG+↵ Eingabetaste ^ STRG+↵ Zurück, ⌘ Cmd+↵ Zurück Zum nächsten Titel oder zum nächsten Textplatzhalter wechseln Handelt es sich um den letzten Platzhalter auf einer Folie, wird eine neue Folie mit demselben Folienlayout wie die ursprüngliche Folie eingefügt Zum Anfang einer Zeile springen POS1 POS1 Der Cursor wird an den Anfang der aktuellen Zeile verschoben. Zum Ende der Zeile springen ENDE ENDE Der Cursor wird an das Ende der aktuellen Zeile verschoben. Zum Anfang des Textfelds springen STRG+POS1 Der Cursor wird an den Anfang des aktuell bearbeiteten Textfelds verschoben. Zum Ende des Textfelds springen STRG+ENDE Der Cursor wird an das Ende des aktuell bearbeiteten Textfelds verschoben." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "title": "Suchfunktion", - "body": "Wenn Sie in der aktuellen Präsentation nach Zeichen, Wörtern oder Phrasen suchen wollen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste. Das Fenster Suchen wird geöffnet: Geben Sie Ihre Suchanfrage in das entsprechende Eingabefeld ein. Navigieren Sie Ihre Suchergebnisse über die Pfeiltasten. Die Suche wird entweder in Richtung Anfang der Präsentation (klicken Sie auf ) oder in Richtung Ende der Präsentation (klicken Sie auf ) durchgeführt. Die erste Folie in der gewählten Richtung, die den Suchbegriff enthält, wird in der Folienliste hervorgehoben und im Arbeitsbereich angezeigt. Wenn diese Folie nicht das gewünschte Ergebnisse enthält, klicken Sie erneut auf den Pfeil, um die nächste Folie mit dem gewünschten Suchbegriff zu finden." + "body": "Suchen und Ersetzen Um in der aktuellen Präsentation nach Zeichen, Wörtern oder Phrasen suchen zu suchen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol in der linken Seitenlaste oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+F. Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen wird geöffnet: Geben Sie Ihre Suchanfrage in das entsprechende Eingabefeld ein. Legen Sie Ihre Suchparameter fest, klicken Sie dazu auf das Symbol und markieren Sie die gewünschten Optionen: Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Ergebnisse mit derselben Schreibweise wie in Ihrer Suchanfrage gefiltert (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. 'Editor' und diese Option ist markiert, werden Wörter wie 'editor' oder 'EDITOR' usw. nicht gesucht). Um die Option auszuschalten, deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen. Navigieren Sie durch Ihre Suchergebnisse über die Pfeiltasten. Die Suche wird entweder in Richtung Anfang der Präsentation (klicken Sie auf ) oder in Richtung Ende der Präsentation (klicken Sie auf ) durchgeführt. Die erste Folie in der gewählten Richtung, die den Suchbegriff enthält, wird in der Folienliste hervorgehoben und im Arbeitsbereich angezeigt. Wenn diese Folie nicht das gewünschte Ergebnisse enthält, klicken Sie erneut auf den Pfeil, um die nächste Folie mit dem gewünschten Suchbegriff zu finden. Um ein oder mehrere der gefundenen Ergebnisse zu ersetzen, klicken Sie auf den Link Ersetzen unter dem Eingabefeld oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+H. Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen öffnet sich: Geben Sie den gewünschten Ersatztext in das untere Eingabefeld ein. Klicken Sie auf Ersetzen, um das aktuell ausgewählte Ergebnis zu ersetzen oder auf Alle ersetzen, um alle gefundenen Ergebnisse zu ersetzen. Um das Feld Ersetzen zu verbergen, klicken Sie auf den Link Ersetzen verbergen." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", @@ -37,38 +37,43 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", - "title": "Unterstützte Formate von elektronischen Präsentationen", - "body": "Unterstützte Formate elektronischer Präsentationen Eine Präsentation besteht aus einer Reihe von Folien, die verschiedene Arten von Inhalten enthalten können, z. B. Bilder, Mediendateien, Text, Effekte etc. Der Präsentationseditor unterstützt die folgenden Formate: Formate Beschreibung Anzeigen Bearbeiten Download PPTX Office Open XML Presentation Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft entwickeltes Dateiformat zur Präsentation von Kalkulationstabellen, Diagrammen, Präsentationen und Textverarbeitungsdokumenten + + + PPT Dateiformat, das in Microsoft PowerPoint verwendet wird + ODP OpenDocument Presentation Dateiformat, das mit der Anwendung Impress erstellte Präsentationen darstellt; diese Anwendung ist ein Bestandteil des OpenOffice-Pakets + + + PDF Portable Document Format Dateiformat, das Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und von der Hardwareplattform originalgetreu weitergeben kann +" + "title": "Unterstützte Formate elektronischer Präsentationen", + "body": "Eine Präsentation besteht aus einer Reihe von Folien, die verschiedene Arten von Inhalten enthalten können z. B. Bilder, Mediendateien, Text, Effekte etc. Der Präsentationseditor unterstützt die folgenden Formate: Formate Beschreibung Anzeige Bearbeitung Download PPT Dateiformat, das in Microsoft PowerPoint verwendet wird + + PPTX Office Open XML Presentation Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft entwickeltes Dateiformat zur Präsentation von Kalkulationstabellen, Diagrammen, Präsentationen und Textverarbeitungsdokumenten + + + POTX PowerPoint Office Open XML Dokumenten-Vorlage Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft für Präsentationsvorlagen entwickeltes Dateiformat. Eine POTX-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Präsentationen mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden. + + + ODP OpenDocument Presentation Dateiformat, das mit der Anwendung Impress erstellte Präsentationen darstellt; diese Anwendung ist ein Bestandteil des OpenOffice-Pakets + + + OTP OpenDocument-Präsentationsvorlage OpenDocument-Dateiformat für Präsentationsvorlagen. Eine OTP-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Präsentationen mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden. + + + PDF Portable Document Format Dateiformat, mit dem Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und der Hardware originalgetreu wiedergegeben werden können. + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A Eine ISO-standardisierte Version des Portable Document Format (PDF), die auf die Archivierung und Langzeitbewahrung elektronischer Dokumente spezialisiert ist. +" + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm", + "title": "Nutzung des Chat-Tools", + "body": "Der ONLYOFFICE Presentation Editor bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit, mit den anderen Benutzern zu kommunizieren und Ideen betreffend die bestimmten Abschnitte der Präsentationen zu besprechen. Um auf den Chat zuzugreifen und eine Nachricht für die anderen Benutzer zu hinterlassen, führen Sie die folgenden Schritte aus: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der oberen Symbolleiste. Geben Sie Ihren Text ins entsprechende Feld ein. Klicken Sie auf den Button Senden. Alle Nachrichten, die von den Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden auf der Leiste links angezeigt. Wenn es neue Nachrichten gibt, die Sie noch nicht gelesen haben, wird das Chat-Symbol so aussehen - . Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie aufs Symbol noch einmal." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit", - "body": "Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit an der Präsentation organisieren: die Datei teilen, einen Co-Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen, Kommentare verwalten. Sie können: Freigabeeinstellungen festlegen, zwischen den verfügbaren Modi für die Co-Bearbeitung wechseln, Strikt und Schnell, Kommentare in die Präsentation einfügen, die Chatleiste öffnen." + "body": "Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit in der Präsentation organisieren. In der Online-Version können Sie die Datei mit jemanden teilen, einen gleichzeitigen Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen, Kommentare verwalten. In der Desktop-Version können Sie Kommentare verwalten. Dialogbox Online-Präsentationseditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Präsentationseditor: Sie können: Freigabeeinstellungen festlegen (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar), zwischen den Co-Bearbeitung-Modi Strikt und Schnell wechseln (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar), Kommentare in die Präsentation einfügen oder löschen, öffnen die Chat-Leiste (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar)." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte Datei", - "body": "Über die Registerkarte Datei können Sie einige grundlegende Vorgänge in der aktuellen Datei durchführen. Über diese Registerkarte können Sie: die aktuelle Datei speichern (wenn die Option automatische Sicherung deaktiviert ist), runterladen, drucken oder umbenennen, eine neue Präsentation erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen, allgemeine Informationen über die Präsentation einsehen, Zugangsrechte verwalten, auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen und in die Dokumentenliste zurückkehren." + "body": "Über die Registerkarte Datei können Sie einige grundlegende Vorgänge in der aktuellen Datei durchführen. Dialogbox Online-Präsentationseditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Präsentationseditor: Sie können: in der Online-Version: die aktuelle Datei speichern (falls die Option Automatisch speichern deaktiviert ist), herunterladen als (Speichern des Dokuments im ausgewählten Format auf der Festplatte des Computers), eine Kopie speichern als (Speichern einer Kopie des Dokuments im Portal im ausgewählten Format), drucken oder umbenennen, in der Desktop-Version: die aktuelle Datei mit der Option Speichern unter Beibehaltung des aktuellen Dateiformats und Speicherorts speichern oder Sie können die aktuelle Datei unter einem anderen Namen, Speicherort oder Format speichern. Nutzen Sie dazu die Option Speichern als. Weiter haben Sie die Möglichkeit die Datei zu drucken. Sie können die Datei auch mit einem Passwort schützen oder ein Passwort ändern oder entfernen (diese Funktion steht nur in der Desktop-Version zur Verfügung); erstellen Sie eine neue Präsentation oder öffnen Sie eine kürzlich bearbeitete Präsentation (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar), allgemeine Informationen über die Präsentation einsehen oder die Dateieinstellungen konfigurieren, Zugriffsrechte verwalten (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar), auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen, in der Desktop-Version: den Ordner öffnen wo die Datei gespeichert ist; nutzen Sie dazu das Fenster Datei-Eexplorer. In der Online-Version: haben Sie außerdem die Möglichkeit den Ordner des Moduls Dokumente, in dem die Datei gespeichert ist, in einem neuen Browser-Fenster zu öffnen." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", - "title": "Registerkarte Start", - "body": "Die Registerkarte Start wird standardmäßig geöffnet, wenn Sie eine beliebige Präsentation öffnen. Hier können Sie allgemeine Folienparameter festlegen, Text formatieren und Objekte einfügen und diesen ausrichten und anordnen. Über diese Registerkarte können Sie: Folien verwalten und eine Bildschirmpräsentation starten Text in einem Textfeld formatieren Textfelder, Bilder und Formen einfügen Objekte auf einer Folie anordnen und ausrichten Textformatierung übernehmen/entfernen Ein Thema, Farbschema oder die Foliengröße ändern Ansichtseinstellungen anpassen und auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Präsentationseditors zugreifen." + "title": "Registerkarte Startseite", + "body": "Die Registerkarte Startseite wird standardmäßig geöffnet, wenn Sie eine beliebige Präsentation öffnen. Hier können Sie allgemeine Folienparameter festlegen, Text formatieren und Objekte einfügen und diesen ausrichten und anordnen. Dialogbox Online-Präsentationseditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Präsentationseditor: Sie können: Folien verwalten und eine Bildschirmpräsentation starten, Text in einem Textfeld formatieren, Textfelder, Bilder und Formen einfügen, Objekte auf einer Folie anordnen und ausrichten, die Textformatierung kopieren/entfernen, ein Thema, Farbschema oder die Foliengröße ändern." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte Einfügen", - "body": "Über die Registerkarte Einfügen können Sie visuelle Objekte und Kommentare zu Ihrer Präsentation hinzufügen. Über diese Registerkarte können Sie: Tabellen einfügen Textboxen und TextArt Objekte, Bilder, Formen und Diagramme einfügen Kommentare und Hyperlinks einfügen Formeln einfügen" + "body": "Über die Registerkarte Einfügen können Sie visuelle Objekte und Kommentare zu Ihrer Präsentation hinzufügen. Dialogbox Online-Präsentationseditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Präsentationseditor: Sie können: Tabellen einfügen, Textfelder und TextArt Objekte, Bilder, Formen und Diagramme einfügen, Kommentare und Hyperlinks einfügen, Fußzeile, Datum und Uhrzeit, Foliennummer einfügen, Gleichungen und Symbole einfügen." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", - "title": "Registerkarte Plug-ins", - "body": "Die Registerkarte Plug-ins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen. Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Makros öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Derzeit stehen folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung: ClipArt - Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung. PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw. Symbol Table - Einfügen von speziellen Symbolen in Ihren Text. Translator - Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen. YouTube - Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihre Präsentation. Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar." + "title": "Registerkarte Plugins", + "body": "Die Registerkarte Plugins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen. Dialogbox Online-Präsentationseditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Präsentationseditor: Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Einstellungen öffnet sich das Fenster, in dem Sie alle installierten Plugins anzeigen und verwalten sowie eigene Plugins hinzufügen können. Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Macros öffnet sich ein Fenster, in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Derzeit stehen folgende Plugins zur Verfügung: Senden ermöglicht das Senden der Präsentation per E-Mail mit dem Standard-Desktop-Mail-Client (nur in der Desktop-Version verfügbar), Audio ermöglicht das Einfügen von auf der Festplatte gespeicherten Audiodatei in der Präsentation (nur in der Desktop-Version verfügbar, nicht verfügbar für Mac OS), Video ermöglicht das Einfügen von auf der Festplatte gespeicherten Videodatei in der Präsentation (nur in der Desktop-Version verfügbar, nicht verfügbar für Mac OS), Hinweis: Um das Video abzuspielen, installieren Sie die Codecs, z.B. K-Lite.
                3. Code hervorheben - Hervorhebung der Syntax des Codes durch Auswahl der erforderlichen Sprache, des Stils, der Hintergrundfarbe, FotoEditor Bearbeitung von Bildern: zuschneiden, spiegeln, drehen, Linien und Formen zeichnen, Symbole und Texte einfügen, Maske laden und die Filter verwenden, z.B. Graustufe, invertieren, Sepia, Blur, schärfen, Emboss usw., Thesaurus - mit diesem Plugin können Synonyme und Antonyme eines Wortes gesucht und durch das ausgewählte ersetzt werden, Übersetzer - übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen, YouTube - einbetten von YouTube-Videos in der Präsentation. Um mehr über Plugins zu erfahren, lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plugin-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Präsentationseditors", - "body": "Der Präsentationseditor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind. Die Oberfläche des Editors besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen: In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, die Menü-Registerkarten und der Name der Präsentation angezeigt sowie zwei Symbole auf der rechten Seite, über die Sie Zugriffsrechte festlegen und zur Dokumentenliste zurückkehren können. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarten werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Zusammenarbeit, Plug-ins.Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters, finden Sie das Symbol für den Beginn der Bildschirmpräsentation sowie einige Navigationswerkzeuge: Foliennummer und Zoom. Außerdem werden in der Statusleiste Benachrichtigungen vom System angezeigt (wie beispielsweise „Alle Änderungen wurden gespeichert\" etc.) und Sie haben die Möglichkeit die Textsprache festzulegen und die Rechtschreibprüfung zu aktivieren. Über die Symbole der linken Seitenleiste können Sie die Funktion Suchen und Ersetzen nutzen, die Folienliste verkleinern und erweitern, Kommentare und Unterhaltungen öffnen, unser Support-Team kontaktieren und Informationen über das Programm einsehen. Über die rechte Seitenleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten eingestellt werden. Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Objekt auf einer Folie auswählen, wird das entsprechende Symbol in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu erweitern. Horizontale und vertikale Lineale unterstützen Sie dabei Objekte auf einer Folie präzise zu positionieren und Tabulatoren und Absätze in Textfeldern festzulegen. Über den Arbeitsbereich können Sie den Inhalt der Präsentation anzeigen und Daten eingeben und bearbeiten. Über die Scroll-Leiste auf der rechten Seite können Sie in der Präsentation hoch und runter navigieren. Zur Vereinfachung können Sie bestimmte Komponenten verbergen und bei Bedarf erneut anzeigen. Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen der Ansichtseinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite." + "body": "Introducing the Presentation Editor user interface Der Präsentationseditor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind. Dialogbox Online-Präsentationseditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Präsentationseditor: Die Oberfläche des Editors besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen: In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, geöffnete Dokumente , der Name der Präsentation sowie die Menü-Registerkarten angezeigt. Im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors finden Sie die Schaltflächen Speichern, Datei drucken, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen. Im rechten Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors werden der Benutzername und die folgenden Symbole angezeigt: Dateispeicherort öffnen - in der Desktop-Version können Sie den Ordner öffnen, in dem die Datei gespeichert ist; nutzen Sie dazu das Fenster Datei-Explorer. In der Online-Version haben Sie außerdem die Möglichkeit den Ordner des Moduls Dokumente, in dem die Datei gespeichert ist, in einem neuen Browser-Fenster zu öffnen. - hier können Sie die Ansichtseinstellungen anpassen und auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen. Zugriffsrechte verwalten (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar) Zugriffsrechte für die in der Cloud gespeicherten Dokumente festlegen. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Startseite, Einfügen, Zusammenarbeit, Schützen und Plugins. Die Befehle Kopieren und Einfügen stehen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Symbolleiste zur Verfügung. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters, finden Sie das Symbol für den Beginn der Bildschirmpräsentation sowie diverse Navigationswerkzeuge: z. B. Foliennummer und Zoom. Außerdem werden in der Statusleiste Benachrichtigungen vom System angezeigt (wie beispielsweise „Alle Änderungen wurden gespeichert\" usw.) und Sie haben die Möglichkeit die Textsprache festzulegen und die Rechtschreibprüfung zu aktivieren. Symbole in der linken Seitenleiste: mithilfe der Funktion können Sie den Text suchen und ersetzen, öffnet die Kommentarfunktion, - (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar) hier können Sie das Chatfenster öffnen, - (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar) kontaktieren Sie under Support-Team, - (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar) sehen sie die Programminformationen ein. Über die rechte Randleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten angepasst werden. Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Objekt auf der Folie auswählen, wird die entsprechende Schaltfläche auf der rechten Randleiste aktiviert. Um die Randleiste zu erweitern, klicken Sie diese Schaltfläche an. Die horizontale und vertikale Lineale unterstützen Sie dabei Objekte auf einer Folie präzis zu positionieren und Tabulatoren und Absätze in Textfeldern festzulegen. Über den Arbeitsbereich enthält den Präsentationsinhalt; hier können Sie die Daten eingeben und bearbeiten. Mithilfe der Bildaufleiste rechts können Sie in der Präsentation hoch und runter navigieren. Zur Vereinfachung können Sie bestimmte Komponenten verbergen und bei Bedarf erneut anzeigen. Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen der Ansichtseinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", @@ -78,7 +83,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "title": "Objekte auf einer Folie anordnen und ausrichten", - "body": "Die hinzugefügten Textbereiche, AutoFormen, Diagramme und Bilder können auf der Folie ausgerichtet, gruppiert, angeordnet und horizontal oder vertikal verteilt werden. Um einen dieser Vorgänge auszuführen, wählen Sie zuerst ein einzelnes Objekt oder mehrere Objekte auf der Folie aus. Um mehrere Objekte zu wählen, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und klicken Sie auf die gewünschten Objekte. Um ein Textfeld auszuwählen, klicken Sie auf den Rahmen und nicht auf den darin befindlichen Text. Danach können Sie entweder über die nachstehend beschriebenden Symbole in der Registerkarte Layout navigieren oder Sie nutzen die entsprechenden Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü. Objekte ausrichten Um ausgewählte Objekte auszurichten, klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Form ausrichten und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus: Linksbündig ausrichten - um die Objekte horizontal am linken Folienrand auszurichten Mittig ausrichten - um die Objekte horizontal zentriert auf der Folie auszurichten Rechtsbündig ausrichten - um die Objekte horizontal am rechten Folienrand auszurichten Oben ausrichten - um die Objekte vertikal am oberen Folienrand auszurichten Vertikal zentrieren - um die Objekte vertikal zentriert auf der Folie auszurichten. Unten ausrichten - um die Objekte vertikal am unteren Folienrand auszurichten. Um zwei oder mehr gewählte Objekte horizontal oder vertikal zu verteilen , klicken Sie auf das Symbol Form ausrichten auf der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die gewünschten Verteilung aus der Liste: Horizontal verteilen - um gewählte Objekte zentriert im Verhältnis zu ihrer Mitte und zur horizontalen Mitte der Folie auszurichten (rechter und linker Rand). Vertikal verteilen - ausgewählte Objekte zentriert im Verhältnis zu ihrer Mitte und zur vertikalen Mitte der Folie auszurichten (oberer und unterer Rand). Objekte anordnen Um die gewählten Objekte anzuordnen (d.h. ihre Reihenfolge bei der Überlappung zu ändern), klicken Sie auf das Symbol Form anordnen in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die gewünschte Anordnung aus der Liste: In den Vordergrund - um ein Objekt vor alle anderen zu bringen. In den Hintergrund - um ein Objekt hinter alle anderen zu bringen. Eine Ebene nach vorne - um das ausgewählte Objekt um eine Ebene nach vorne zu verschieben. Eine Ebene nach hinten - um das ausgewählte Objekte um eine Ebene nach hinten zu verschieben. Um zwei oder mehr ausgewählte Objekte zu gruppieren oder die Gruppierung aufzuheben, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Gruppieren in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus: Gruppierung - um mehrere Objekte zu einer Gruppe zusammenzufügen, so dass sie gleichzeitig rotiert, verschoben, skaliert, ausgerichtet, angeordnet, kopiert, eingefügt und formatiert werden können, wie ein einzelnes Objekt. Gruppierung aufheben - um die ausgewählte Gruppe der zuvor gruppierten Objekte aufzulösen." + "body": "Die hinzugefügten Textbereiche, AutoFormen, Diagramme und Bilder können auf der Folie ausgerichtet, gruppiert, angeordnet und horizontal oder vertikal verteilt werden. Um einen dieser Vorgänge auszuführen, wählen Sie zuerst ein einzelnes Objekt oder mehrere Objekte auf der Folie aus. Um mehrere Objekte zu wählen, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und klicken Sie auf die gewünschten Objekte. Um ein Textfeld auszuwählen, klicken Sie auf den Rahmen und nicht auf den darin befindlichen Text. Danach können Sie entweder über die nachstehend beschriebenden Symbole in der Registerkarte Layout navigieren oder Sie nutzen die entsprechenden Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü. Objekte ausrichten Ausrichten von zwei oder mehr ausgewählten Objekten: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Form ausrichten auf der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: An Folie ausrichten, um Objekte relativ zu den Rändern der Folie auszurichten. Ausgewählte Objekte ausrichten (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt), um Objekte im Verhältnis zueinander auszurichten. Klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol Form ausrichten und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus: Linksbündig ausrichten - um die Objekte horizontal am linken Folienrand ausrichten. Mittig ausrichten - um die Objekte horizontal mittig auf der Folie auszurichten. Rechtsbündig ausrichten - um die Objekte horizontal am rechten Folienrand auszurichten. Oben ausrichten - um die Objekte vertikal am oberen Folienrand auszurichten. Mittig ausrichten - um die Objekte vertikal nach ihrer Mitte und der Mitte des Slides auszurichten. Unten ausrichten - um die Objekte vertikal am unteren Folienrand auszurichten. Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Ausrichten aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Ausrichtungsoptionen. Wenn Sie ein einzelnes Objekt ausrichten möchten, kann es relativ zu den Kanten der Folie ausgerichtet werden. Standardmäßig ist in diesem Fall die Option An der Folie ausrichten ausgewählt. Objekte verteilen Drei oder mehr ausgewählte Objekte horizontal oder vertikal so verteilen, dass der gleiche Abstand zwischen ihnen angezeigt wird: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Form ausrichten auf der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: An Folie ausrichten, um Objekte zwischen den Rändern der Folie zu verteilen. Ausgewählte Objekte ausrichten (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt), um Objekte zwischen zwei ausgewählten äußersten Objekten zu verteilen. Klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol Form ausrichten und wählen Sie den gewünschten Verteilungstyp aus der Liste aus: Horizontal verteilen - um Objekte gleichmäßig zwischen den am weitesten links und rechts liegenden ausgewählten Objekten / dem linken und rechten Rand der Folie zu verteilen. Vertikal verteilen - um Objekte gleichmäßig zwischen den am weitesten oben und unten liegenden ausgewählten Objekten / dem oberen und unteren Rand der Folie zu verteilen. Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Ausrichten aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Verteilungsoptionen. Hinweis: Die Verteilungsoptionen sind deaktiviert, wenn Sie weniger als drei Objekte auswählen. Objekte gruppieren Um zwei oder mehr ausgewählte Objekte zu gruppieren oder die Gruppierung aufzuheben, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Gruppieren in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus: Gruppieren - um mehrere Objekte zu einer Gruppe zusammenzufügen, so dass sie gleichzeitig gedreht, verschoben, skaliert, ausgerichtet, angeordnet, kopiert, eingefügt und formatiert werden können, wie ein einzelnes Objekt. Gruppierung aufheben - um die ausgewählte Gruppe der zuvor gruppierten Objekte aufzulösen. Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Anordnung aus und nutzen Sie dann die Optionen Gruppieren oder Gruppierung aufheben. Hinweis: Die Option Gruppieren ist deaktiviert, wenn Sie weniger als zwei Objekte auswählen. Die Option Gruppierung aufheben ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie eine zuvor gruppierte Objektgruppe auswählen. Objekte anordnen Um die gewählten Objekte anzuordnen (d.h. ihre Reihenfolge bei der Überlappung zu ändern), klicken Sie auf das Symbol Form anordnen in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die gewünschte Anordnung aus der Liste. In den Vordergrund - Objekt(e) in den Vordergrund bringen. Eine Ebene nach vorne - um ausgewählte Objekte eine Ebene nach vorne zu schieben. In den Hintergrund - um ein Objekt/Objekte in den Hintergrund zu schieben. Eine Ebene nach hinten - um ausgewählte Objekte nur eine Ebene nach hinten zu schieben. Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Anordnen aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Optionen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm", @@ -88,12 +93,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "title": "Formatierung übernehmen/entfernen", - "body": "Kopieren einer bestimmte Textformatierung: Wählen Sie mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur den Textabschnitt aus, dessen Formatierung Sie übernehmen möchten. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Format übertragen (der Mauszeiger ändert sich wie folgt ). Wählen Sie einen Textabschnitt, auf den Sie die Formatierung übertragen möchten. Um die angewandte Formatierung in einem Textabschnitt zu entfernen, führen Sie die folgenden Schritte aus: Markieren Sie den entsprechenden Textabschnitt und klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste, unter der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbo Formatierung löschen ." + "body": "Kopieren einer bestimmte Textformatierung: Wählen Sie mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur den Textabschnitt aus, dessen Formatierung Sie kopieren möchten. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Format übertragen (der Mauszeiger ändert sich wie folgt ). Wählen Sie einen Textabschnitt, auf den Sie die Formatierung übertragen möchten. Übertragung der Formatierung auf mehrere Textabschnitte. Wählen Sie mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur den Textabschnitt aus, dessen Formatierung Sie kopieren möchten. Führen Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start einen Doppelklick auf das Symbol Format übertragen aus (der Mauszeiger ändert sich wie folgt und das Symbol Format übertragen bleibt ausgewählt: ), Markieren Sie die gewünschten Textabschnitte Schritt für Schritt, um die Formatierung zu übertragen. Wenn Sie den Modus beenden möchten, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol Format übertragen oder drücken Sie die ESC-Taste auf Ihrer Tastatur. Um die angewandte Formatierung in einem Textabschnitt zu entfernen, führen Sie die folgenden Schritte aus: markieren Sie den entsprechenden Textabschnitt und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Formatierung löschen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, in der Registerkarte Start." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Daten kopieren/einfügen, Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen", - "body": "Zwischenablage verwenden Um gewählte Objekte (Folien, Textabschnitte, AutoFormen) in Ihrer Präsentation auszuschneiden, zu kopieren, einzufügen oder Aktionen rückgängig zu machen bzw. zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü oder die entsprechenden Tastenkombinationen oder die Symbole die auf jeder beliebigen Registerkarte in der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar sind: Ausschneiden - wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die Auswahl zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation wieder eingefügt werden. Kopieren – wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und klicken Sie im Rechtsklickmenü auf Kopieren oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopieren, um die Auswahl in die Zwischenablage Ihres Computers zu kopieren. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation eingefügt werden. Einfügen – platzieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle in Ihrer Präsentation, an der Sie das zuvor kopierte Objekt einfügen möchten und wählen Sie im Rechtsklickmenü die Option Einfügen oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen . Das Objekt wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Das Objekt kann vorher aus derselben Präsentation kopiert werden oder auch aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm oder von einer Webseite. Alternativ können Sie auch die folgenden Tastenkombinationen verwenden, um Daten aus bzw. in eine andere Präsentation oder ein anderes Programm zu kopieren oder einzufügen: STRG+C - Kopieren STRG+V - Einfügen; STRG+X - Ausschneiden; Inhalte einfügen mit Optionen Nachdem der kopierte Text eingefügt wurde, erscheint neben der eingefügten Textpassage oder dem eingefügten Objekt das Menü Einfügeoptionen . Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen. Für das Einfügen von Textpassagen stehen folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung: An Zielformatierung anpassen - die Formatierung der aktuellen Präsentation wird auf den eingefügten Text angewendet. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Ursprüngliche Formatierung beibehalten - die ursprüngliche Formatierung des kopierten Textabschnitts wird in die Präsentation eingefügt. Bild - der Text wird als Bild eingefügt und kann nicht bearbeitet werden. Nur den Text übernehmen - der kopierte Text wird in an die vorhandene Formatierung angepasst. Für das Einfügen von Objekten (AutoFormen, Diagramme, Tabellen) stehen folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung: An Zielformatierung anpassen - die Formatierung der aktuellen Präsentation wird auf den eingefügten Text angewendet. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Bild - das Objekt wird als Bild eingefügt und kann nicht bearbeitet werden. Vorgänge rückgängig machen/wiederholen Um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf den Registerkarten in der oberen Symbolleiste oder alternativ die folgenden Tastenkombinationen: Rückgängig – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rückgängig , um den zuletzt durchgeführten Vorgang rückgängig zu machen. Wiederholen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wiederholen , um den zuletzt rückgängig gemachten Vorgang zu wiederholen.Alternativ können Si Vorgänge auch mit der Tastenkombination STRG+Z rückgängig machen bzw. mit STRG+Y wiederholen." + "body": "Zwischenablage verwenden Um gewählte Objekte (Folien, Textabschnitte, AutoFormen) in Ihrer Präsentation auszuschneiden, zu kopieren, einzufügen oder Aktionen rückgängig zu machen bzw. zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü oder die entsprechenden Tastenkombinationen oder die Symbole die auf jeder beliebigen Registerkarte in der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar sind: Ausschneiden - wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die Auswahl zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation wieder eingefügt werden. Kopieren – wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und klicken Sie im Rechtsklickmenü auf Kopieren oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopieren, um die Auswahl in die Zwischenablage Ihres Computers zu kopieren. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation eingefügt werden. Einfügen – platzieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle in Ihrer Präsentation, an der Sie das zuvor kopierte Objekt einfügen möchten und wählen Sie im Rechtsklickmenü die Option Einfügen oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen . Das Objekt wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Das Objekt kann vorher aus derselben Präsentation kopiert werden oder auch aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm oder von einer Webseite. In der Online-Version können nur die folgenden Tastenkombinationen zum Kopieren oder Einfügen von Daten aus/in eine andere Präsentation oder ein anderes Programm verwendet werden. In der Desktop-Version können sowohl die entsprechenden Schaltflächen/Menüoptionen als auch Tastenkombinationen für alle Kopier-/Einfügevorgänge verwendet werden: STRG+C - Kopieren; STRG+V - Einfügen; STRG+X - Ausschneiden; Inhalte einfügen mit Optionen Nachdem der kopierte Text eingefügt wurde, erscheint neben der eingefügten Textpassage oder dem eingefügten Objekt das Menü Einfügeoptionen . Klicken Sie auf diese Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen. Für das Einfügen von Textpassagen stehen folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung: An Zielformatierung anpassen - die Formatierung der aktuellen Präsentation wird auf den eingefügten Text angewendet. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Ursprüngliche Formatierung beibehalten - die ursprüngliche Formatierung des kopierten Textabschnitts wird in die Präsentation eingefügt. Bild - der Text wird als Bild eingefügt und kann nicht bearbeitet werden. Nur den Text übernehmen - der kopierte Text wird in an die vorhandene Formatierung angepasst. Für das Einfügen von Objekten (AutoFormen, Diagramme, Tabellen) stehen folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung: An Zielformatierung anpassen - die Formatierung der aktuellen Präsentation wird auf den eingefügten Text angewendet. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Bild - das Objekt wird als Bild eingefügt und kann nicht bearbeitet werden. Vorgänge rückgängig machen/wiederholen Verwenden Sie die entsprechenden Symbole im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors, um Vorgänge rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen oder nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Tastenkombinationen: Rückgängig machen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rückgängig machen , um den zuletzt durchgeführten Vorgang rückgängig zu machen. Wiederholen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wiederholen , um den zuletzt rückgängig gemachten Vorgang zu wiederholen.Alternativ können Sie Vorgänge auch mit der Tastenkombination STRG+Z rückgängig machen bzw. mit STRG+Y wiederholen. Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Präsentation im Modus Schnell gemeinsam bearbeiten, ist die Option letzten rückgängig gemachten Vorgang wiederherstellen nicht verfügbar." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", @@ -103,37 +108,47 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm", "title": "Objekte ausfüllen und Farben auswählen", - "body": "Sie haben die Möglichkeit für Folien, AutoFormen und DekoSchriften verschiedene Füllfarben und Hintergründe zu verwenden. Wählen Sie ein Objekt Um die Hintergrundfarbe einer Folie zu ändern, wählen Sie die gewünschte Folie in der Folienliste aus. Die Registerkarte Folieneinstellungen wird in der rechten Menüleiste aktiviert. Um die Füllung einer AutoForm zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste auf die gewünschte AutoForm. Die Registerkarte Folieneinstellungen wird in der rechten Menüleiste aktiviert. Um die Füllung einer DekoSchrift zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste auf das gewünschte Textfeld. Die Registerkarte Folieneinstellungen wird in der rechten Menüleiste aktiviert. Gewünschte Füllung festlegen Passen Sie die Eigenschaften der gewählten Füllung an (eine detaillierte Beschreibung für jeden Füllungstyp finden Sie im weiteren Verlauf)Hinweis: für AutoFormen und TextArt können Sie unabhängig vom gewählten Füllungstyp die gewünschte Transparenz festlegen, schieben Sie den Schieberegler in die gewünschte Position oder geben Sie manuelle den Prozentwert ein. Der Standardwert ist 100%. 100% entspricht dabei völliger Undurchsichtigkeit. Der Wert 0% entspricht der vollen Transparenz. Die folgenden Füllungstypen sind verfügbar: Einfarbige Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Volltonfarbe festzulegen, mit der Sie die innere Fläche der ausgewählten Folie/Form ausfüllen möchten. Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus den verfügbaren Farbpaletten aus oder legen Sie eine beliebige Farbe fest: Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Präsentation entsprechen. Sobald Sie ein anderes Thema oder ein anderes Farbschema anwenden, ändert sich die Einstellung für die Designfarben. Standardfarben - die festgelegten Standardfarben. Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich mit dem vertikalen Schieberegler aus und legen Sie dann die gewünschte Farbe fest, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds an die gewünschte Position ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können eine Farbe auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells bestimmen, indem Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) festlegen oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen eingeben. Die gewählte Farbe erscheint im Vorschaufeld Neu. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen. Die benutzerdefinierte Farbe wird auf das Objekt angewandt und in die Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt. Hinweis: es sind die gleichen Farbtypen, die Ihnen bei der Auswahl der Strichfarbe für AutoFormen, Schriftfarbe oder bei der Farbänderung des Tabellenhintergrunds und -rahmens zur Verfügung stehen. Füllung mit Farbverlauf - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit zwei Farben zu füllen, die sanft ineinander übergehen. Stil - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich linear, d.h. entlang der horizontalen/vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem 45-Grad Winkel) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich kreisförmig vom Zentrum zu den Kanten). Richtung - wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü. Wenn der Farbverlauf Linear ausgewählt ist, sind die folgenden Richtungen verfügbar: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, von unten links nach oben rechts, von links nach rechts. Wenn der Farbverlauf Radial ausgewählt ist, steht nur eine Vorlage zur Verfügung. Farbverlauf - klicken Sie auf den linken Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um das Farbfeld für die erste Farbe zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld auf der rechten Seite, um die erste Farbe in der Farbpalette auszuwählen. Nutzen Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um den Wechselpunkt festzulegen, an dem eine Farbe in die andere übergeht. Nutzen Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um die zweite Farbe anzugeben und den Wechselpunkt festzulegen. Bild- oder Texturfüllung - wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Hintergrund für eine Form/Folie zu benutzen. Wenn Sie ein Bild als Hintergrund für eine Form/Folie verwenden möchten, können Sie das Bild Aus Datei einfügen, geben Sie dazu in dem geöffneten Fenster den Speicherort auf Ihrem Computer an, oder Aus URL, geben Sie die entsprechende Webadresse in das geöffnete Fenster ein. Wenn Sie eine Textur als Hintergrund für eine Form bzw. Folie verwenden möchten, öffnen Sie die Liste Aus Textur und wählen Sie die gewünschte Texturvoreinstellung.Aktuell stehen die folgenden Texturen zur Verfügung: Canvas, Carton, Dark Fabric, Grain, Granite, Grey Paper, Knit, Leather, Brown Paper, Papyrus, Wood. Wenn das gewählte Bild kleiner oder größer als die AutoForm oder Folie ist, können Sie die Option Strecken oder Kacheln aus dem Listenmenü auswählen.Die Option Strecken ermöglicht Ihnen die Größe des Bildes so anzupassen, dass es die Folie oder AutoForm vollständig ausfüllen kann. Die Option Kacheln ermöglicht Ihnen nur einen Teil des größeren Bildes zu verwenden und die Originalgröße für diesen Teil beizubehalten oder ein kleineres Bild unter Beibehaltung der Originalgröße zu wiederholen und durch diese Wiederholungen die gesamte Fläche der Folie oder AutoForm auszufüllen. Hinweis: Jede Voreinstellung für Texturfüllungen ist dahingehend festgelegt, den gesamten Bereich auszufüllen, aber Sie können nach Bedarf auch den Effekt Strecken anwenden. Muster - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form/Folie mit einem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, dass aus regelmäßig wiederholten Elementen besteht. Muster - wählen Sie eine der Designvorgaben aus dem Menü aus. Vordergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe der Musterelemente zu ändern. Hintergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe des Hintergrundmusters zu ändern. Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten." + "body": "Sie haben die Möglichkeit für Folien, AutoFormen und DekoSchriften verschiedene Füllfarben und Hintergründe zu verwenden. Wählen Sie ein Objekt Um die Hintergrundfarbe einer Folie zu ändern, wählen Sie die gewünschte Folie in der Folienliste aus. Die Registerkarte Folieneinstellungen wird in der rechten Menüleiste aktiviert. Um die Füllung einer AutoForm zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste auf die gewünschte AutoForm. Die Registerkarte Folieneinstellungen wird in der rechten Menüleiste aktiviert. Um die Füllung einer DekoSchrift zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste auf das gewünschte Textfeld. Die Registerkarte Folieneinstellungen wird in der rechten Menüleiste aktiviert. Gewünschte Füllung festlegen Passen Sie die Eigenschaften der gewählten Füllung an (eine detaillierte Beschreibung für jeden Füllungstyp finden Sie im weiteren Verlauf)Hinweis: für AutoFormen und TextArt können Sie unabhängig vom gewählten Füllungstyp die gewünschte Transparenz festlegen, schieben Sie den Schieberegler in die gewünschte Position oder geben Sie manuelle den Prozentwert ein. Der Standardwert ist 100%. 100% entspricht dabei völliger Undurchsichtigkeit. Der Wert 0% entspricht der vollen Transparenz. Die folgenden Füllungstypen sind verfügbar: Einfarbige Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Volltonfarbe festzulegen, mit der Sie die innere Fläche der ausgewählten Folie/Form ausfüllen möchten. Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus den verfügbaren Farbpaletten aus oder legen Sie eine beliebige Farbe fest: Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Präsentation entsprechen. Sobald Sie ein anderes Thema oder ein anderes Farbschema anwenden, ändert sich die Einstellung für die Designfarben. Standardfarben - die festgelegten Standardfarben. Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich mit dem vertikalen Schieberegler aus und legen Sie dann die gewünschte Farbe fest, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds an die gewünschte Position ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können eine Farbe auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells bestimmen, indem Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) festlegen oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen eingeben. Die gewählte Farbe erscheint im Vorschaufeld Neu. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen. Die benutzerdefinierte Farbe wird auf das Objekt angewandt und in die Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt. Hinweis: es sind die gleichen Farbtypen, die Ihnen bei der Auswahl der Strichfarbe für AutoFormen, Schriftfarbe oder bei der Farbänderung des Tabellenhintergrunds und -rahmens zur Verfügung stehen. Füllung mit Farbverlauf - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit zwei Farben zu füllen, die sanft ineinander übergehen. Stil - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich linear, d.h. entlang der horizontalen/vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem 45-Grad Winkel) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich kreisförmig vom Zentrum zu den Kanten). Richtung - wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü. Wenn der Farbverlauf Linear ausgewählt ist, sind die folgenden Richtungen verfügbar: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, von unten links nach oben rechts, von links nach rechts. Wenn der Farbverlauf Radial ausgewählt ist, steht nur eine Vorlage zur Verfügung. Füllung mit Farbverlauf - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem sanften Übergang von einer Farbe zu einer anderen zu füllen. Stil - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich linear, d.h. entlang der horizontalen/vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem 45-Grad Winkel) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich kreisförmig vom Zentrum zu den Kanten). Richtung - wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü aus. Wenn der Farbverlauf Linear ausgewählt ist, sind die folgenden Richtungen verfügbar: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, von unten links nach oben rechts, von links nach rechts. Wenn der Farbverlauf Radial ausgewählt ist, steht nur eine Vorlage zur Verfügung. Farbverlauf - verwenden Sie diese Option, um die Form mit zwei oder mehr verblassenden Farben zu füllen. Passen Sie Ihre Farbverlaufsfüllung ohne Einschränkungen an. Klicken Sie auf die Form, um das rechte Füllungsmenü zu öffnen. Stil - wählen Sie Linear oder Radial aus: Linear wird verwendet, wenn Ihre Farben von links nach rechts, von oben nach unten oder in einem beliebigen Winkel in eine Richtung fließen sollen. Klicken Sie auf Richtung, um eine voreingestellte Richtung auszuwählen, und klicken Sie auf Winke, um einen genauen Verlaufswinkel einzugeben. Radial wird verwendet, um sich von der Mitte zu bewegen, da die Farbe an einem einzelnen Punkt beginnt und nach außen ausstrahlt. Punkt des Farbverlaufs ist ein bestimmter Punkt für den Verlauf von einer Farbe zur anderen. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Punkt des Farbverlaufs einfügen oder den Schieberegler, um einen Punkt des Verlaufs einzufügen. Sie können bis zu 10 Punkte einfügen. Jeder nächste eingefügte Punkt des Farbverlaufs beeinflusst in keiner Weise die aktuelle Darstellung der Farbverlaufsfüllung. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Punkt des Farbverlaufs entfernen, um den bestimmten Punkt zu löschen. Verwenden Sie den Schieberegler, um die Position des Farbverlaufspunkts zu ändern, oder geben Sie Position in Prozent an, um eine genaue Position zu erhalten. Um eine Farbe auf einen Verlaufspunkt anzuwenden, klicken Sie auf einen Punkt im Schieberegler und dann auf Farbe, um die gewünschte Farbe auszuwählen. Bild- oder Texturfüllung - wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Hintergrund für eine Form/Folie zu benutzen. Wenn Sie ein Bild als Hintergrund für eine Form/Folie verwenden möchten, können Sie das Bild Aus Datei einfügen, geben Sie dazu in dem geöffneten Fenster den Speicherort auf Ihrem Computer an, oder Aus URL, geben Sie die entsprechende Webadresse in das geöffnete Fenster ein. Wenn Sie eine Textur als Hintergrund für eine Form bzw. Folie verwenden möchten, öffnen Sie die Liste Aus Textur und wählen Sie die gewünschte Texturvoreinstellung.Aktuell stehen die folgenden Texturen zur Verfügung: Canvas, Carton, Dark Fabric, Grain, Granite, Grey Paper, Knit, Leather, Brown Paper, Papyrus, Wood. Wenn das gewählte Bild kleiner oder größer als die AutoForm oder Folie ist, können Sie die Option Strecken oder Kacheln aus dem Listenmenü auswählen.Die Option Strecken ermöglicht Ihnen die Größe des Bildes so anzupassen, dass es die Folie oder AutoForm vollständig ausfüllen kann. Die Option Kacheln ermöglicht Ihnen nur einen Teil des größeren Bildes zu verwenden und die Originalgröße für diesen Teil beizubehalten oder ein kleineres Bild unter Beibehaltung der Originalgröße zu wiederholen und durch diese Wiederholungen die gesamte Fläche der Folie oder AutoForm auszufüllen. Hinweis: Jede Voreinstellung für Texturfüllungen ist dahingehend festgelegt, den gesamten Bereich auszufüllen, aber Sie können nach Bedarf auch den Effekt Strecken anwenden. Muster - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form/Folie mit einem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, dass aus regelmäßig wiederholten Elementen besteht. Muster - wählen Sie eine der Designvorgaben aus dem Menü aus. Vordergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe der Musterelemente zu ändern. Hintergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe des Hintergrundmusters zu ändern. Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "AutoFormen einfügen und formatieren", - "body": "AutoForm einfügen Eine AutoForm in eine Folie einfügen: Wählen Sie in der Folienliste links die Folie aus, der Sie eine AutoForm hinzufügen wollen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf Form. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Gruppen von AutoFormen: Standardformen, geformte Pfeile, Mathematik, Diagramme, Sterne & Bänder, Legenden, Buttons, Rechtecke, Linien. Klicken Sie auf in der gewählten Gruppe auf die gewünschte AutoForm. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger an der Stelle, an der Sie eine Form hinzufügen möchten.Hinweis: Sie können klicken und ziehen, um die Form auszudehnen. Sobald die AutoForm hinzugefügt ist, können Sie ihre Größe, Position und Eigenschaften ändern.Hinweis: Um eine Bildunterschrift innerhalb der AutoForm hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie die Form auf der Folie aus und geben Sie den Text ein. Ein solcher Text wird Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text ebenfalls verschoben oder gedreht). Einstellungen der AutoForm anpassen Einige Eigenschaften der AutoFormen können in der Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Klicken Sie dazu auf die AutoForm und wählen Sie das Symbol Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste aus. Hier können die folgenden Eigenschaften geändert werden: Füllung - zum Ändern der Füllung einer AutoForm. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Farbfüllung - um die homogene Farbe zu bestimmen, mit der Sie die gewählte Form füllen wollen. Füllung mit Farbverlauf - um die Form mit einem sanften Übergang von einer Farbe zu einer anderen zu füllen. Bild oder Textur - um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Hintergrund der Form zu nutzen. Muster - um die Form mit dem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, das aus regelmäsig wiederholten Elementen besteht. Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten. Weitere Informationen zu diesen Optionen finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte ausfüllen und Farben auswählen. Strich - in dieser Gruppe können Sie Strichbreite und -farbe der AutoForm ändern. Um die Breite zu ändern, wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen im Listenmenü Göße aus. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: 0,5 Pt., 1 Pt., 1,5 Pt., 2,25 Pt., 3 Pt., 4,5 Pt., 6 Pt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Keine Linie auswählen, wenn Sie keine Umrandung wünschen. Um die Form zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das gefärbte Feld und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe. Sie können die gewählte Designfarbe, eine Standardfarbe oder eine benutzerdefinierte Farbe auswählen. Um die Art der Linie zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe. Um die erweiterte Einstellungen der AutoForm zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Form und wählen Sie die Option Form - erweiterte Einstellungen im Menü aus, oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Formeigenschaften wird geöffnet: Über die Registerkarte Größe können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe der AutoForm ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Deitenverhältnis der AutoForm wird beibehalten. Die Registerkarte Stärken & Pfeile enthält folgende Parameter: Linienart - diese Option erlaubt Ihnen, die folgenden Parameter zu bestimmen: Abschlusstyp - damit bestimmen Sie den Stil des Linienabschlusses, deswegen kann diese Option nur auf die Formen mit offener Kontur, wie Linien, Polylineen usw. angewandt werden: Flach - flacher Abschluss Rund - runder Abschluss Quadratisch - quadratisches Linienende Anschlusstyp - legen Sie die Art der Verknüpfung von zwei Linien fest, z.B. kann diese Option auf Polylinien oder die Ecken von Dreiecken bzw. Vierecken angewendet werden: Rund - die Ecke wird abgerundet. Schräge Kante - die Ecke wird schräg abgeschnitten. Winkel - spitze Ecke Dieser Typ passt gut bei AutoFormen mit spitzen Winkeln. Hinweis: Der Effekt wird auffälliger, wenn Sie eine hohe Konturbreite nutzen. Pfeile - diese Option ist verfügbar, wenn eine Form aus der Gruppe Linien ausgewählt ist. Dadurch können Sie die Form von Startpfeil und Endpfeil festlegen und die jeweilige Größe bestimmen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus. Über die Registerkarte Textränder können Sie die oberen, unteren, linken und rechten inneren Ränder der AutoForm ändern (also den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Form und dem Rahmen der AutoForm). Hinweis: diese Registerkarte ist nur verfügbar, wenn der AutoForm ein Text hinzugefügt wurde, ansonsten wird die Registerkarte ausgeblendet. Über die Registerkarte Spalten ist es möglich, der AutoForm Textspalten hinzuzufügen und die gewünschte Anzahl der Spalten (bis zu 16) und den Abstand zwischen den Spalten festzulegen. Wenn Sie auf OK klicken, erscheint der bereits vorhandene Text oder jeder beliebige Text den Sie in die AutoForm eingeben, in den Spalten und geht flüssig von einer Spalte in die nächste über. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Form enthalten sind. Um die hinzugefügte AutoForm zu ersetzen, klicken Sie diese mit der linken Maustaste an, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste und wählen Sie unter AutoForm ändern in der Liste die gewünschte Form aus. Um die hinzugefügte AutoForm zu löschen, klicken Sie dieses mit der linken Maustaste an und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf Ihrer Tastatur. Um mehr über die Ausrichtung einer AuftoForm auf einer Folie zu erfahren oder mehrere AutoFormen anzuordnen, lesen Sie den Abschnitt Objekte auf einer Folie ausrichten und anordnen. AutoFormen mithilfe von Verbindungen verbinden Sie können Autoformen mithilfe von Linien mit Verbindungspunkten verbinden, um Abhängigkeiten zwischen Objekten zu demonstrieren (z.B. wenn Sie ein Flussdiagramm erstellen wollen). Verbindungen erstellen: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf Form. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Linien im Menü aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Form in der ausgewählten Gruppe aus (ausgenommen die letzten drei Formen, die keine Verbindungen sind, nämlich Form 10, 11 und 12). Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über die erste AutoForm und klicken Sie auf einen der Verbindungspunkte , die auf dem Umriss der Form zu sehen sind. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger in Richtung der zweiten AutoForm und klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Verbindungspunkt auf dem Umriss der form. Wenn Sie die verbundenen AutoFormen verschieben, bleiben die Verbindungen an die Form gebunden und bewegen sich mit den Formen zusammen. Alternativ können Sie die Verbindungen auch von den Form lösen und an andere Verbindungspunkte anbinden." + "body": "AutoForm einfügen Eine AutoForm in eine Folie einfügen: Wählen Sie in der Folienliste links die Folie aus, der Sie eine AutoForm hinzufügen wollen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf Form. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Gruppen von AutoFormen: Standardformen, geformte Pfeile, Mathematik, Diagramme, Sterne & Bänder, Legenden, Buttons, Rechtecke, Linien. Klicken Sie in der gewählten Gruppe auf die gewünschte AutoForm. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger an der Stelle, an der Sie eine Form hinzufügen möchten.Hinweis: Sie können klicken und ziehen, um die Form auszudehnen. Sobald die AutoForm hinzugefügt wurde, können Sie Größe, Position und Eigenschaften ändern.Hinweis: Um eine Bildunterschrift innerhalb der AutoForm hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie die Form auf der Folie aus und geben Sie den Text ein. Ein solcher Text wird Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text ebenfalls verschoben oder gedreht). Einstellungen der AutoForm anpassen Einige Eigenschaften der AutoFormen können in der Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Klicken Sie dazu auf die AutoForm und wählen Sie das Symbol Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste aus. Hier können die folgenden Eigenschaften geändert werden: Füllung - zum Ändern der Füllung einer AutoForm. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Farbfüllung - um die homogene Farbe zu bestimmen, mit der Sie die gewählte Form füllen wollen. Füllung mit Farbverlauf - um die Form mit einem sanften Übergang von einer Farbe zu einer anderen zu füllen. Bild oder Textur - um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Hintergrund der Form zu nutzen. Muster - um die Form mit einem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, das aus regelmäßig wiederholten Elementen besteht. Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten. Weitere Informationen zu diesen Optionen finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte ausfüllen und Farben auswählen. Strich - in dieser Gruppe können Sie Strichbreite und -farbe der AutoForm ändern. Um die Breite zu ändern, wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen im Listenmenü Göße aus. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: 0,5 Pt., 1 Pt., 1,5 Pt., 2,25 Pt., 3 Pt., 4,5 Pt., 6 Pt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Keine Linie auswählen, wenn Sie keine Umrandung wünschen. Um die Konturfarbe zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das farbige Feld und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus. Sie können die gewählte Designfarbe, eine Standardfarbe oder eine benutzerdefinierte Farbe auswählen. Um den Stil der Kontur zu ändern, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der entsprechenden Dropdown-Liste aus (standardmäßig wird eine durchgezogene Linie verwendet, diese können Sie in eine der verfügbaren gestrichelten Linien ändern). Drehen dient dazu die Form um 90 Grad im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen oder die Form horizontal oder vertikal zu spiegeln. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen: um die Form um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um die Form um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um die Form horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts) um die Form vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten) Um die erweiterte Einstellungen der AutoForm zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Form und wählen Sie die Option Form - erweiterte Einstellungen im Menü aus, oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Formeigenschaften wird geöffnet: Über die Registerkarte Größe können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe der AutoForm ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Deitenverhältnis der AutoForm wird beibehalten. Die Registerkarte Drehen umfasst die folgenden Parameter: Winkel - mit dieser Option lässt sich die Form in einem genau festgelegten Winkel drehen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld ein oder stellen Sie diesen mit den Pfeilen rechts ein. Spiegeln - Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Horizontal, um die Form horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts), oder aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Vertikal, um die Form vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten). Die Registerkarte Stärken & Pfeile enthält folgende Parameter: Linienart - in dieser Gruppe können Sie die folgenden Parameter bestimmen: Abschlusstyp - legen Sie den Stil für den Abschluss der Linie fest, diese Option besteht nur bei Formen mit offener Kontur wie Linien, Polylinien usw.: Flach - für flache Endpunkte. Rund - für runde Endpunkte. Quadratisch - quadratisches Linienende. Anschlusstyp - legen Sie die Art der Verknüpfung von zwei Linien fest, z.B. kann diese Option auf Polylinien oder die Ecken von Dreiecken bzw. Vierecken angewendet werden: Rund - die Ecke wird abgerundet. Schräge Kante - die Ecke wird schräg abgeschnitten. Winkel - spitze Ecke. Dieser Typ passt gut bei AutoFormen mit spitzen Winkeln. Hinweis: Der Effekt wird auffälliger, wenn Sie eine hohe Konturbreite verwenden. Pfeile - diese Option ist verfügbar, wenn eine Form aus der Gruppe Linien ausgewählt ist. Dadurch können Sie die Form von Startpfeil und Endpfeil festlegen und die jeweilige Größe bestimmen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus. Über die Registerkarte Textränder können Sie die oberen, unteren, linken und rechten inneren Ränder der AutoForm ändern (also den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Form und dem Rahmen der AutoForm). Hinweis: diese Registerkarte ist nur verfügbar, wenn der AutoForm ein Text hinzugefügt wurde, ansonsten wird die Registerkarte ausgeblendet. Über die Registerkarte Spalten ist es möglich, der AutoForm Textspalten hinzuzufügen und die gewünschte Anzahl der Spalten (bis zu 16) und den Abstand zwischen den Spalten festzulegen. Wenn Sie auf OK klicken, erscheint der bereits vorhandene Text, oder jeder beliebige Text den Sie in die AutoForm eingeben, in den Spalten und geht flüssig von einer Spalte in die nächste über. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Form enthalten sind. Um die hinzugefügte AutoForm zu ersetzen, klicken Sie diese mit der linken Maustaste an, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste und wählen Sie unter AutoForm ändern in der Liste die gewünschte Form aus. Um die hinzugefügte AutoForm zu löschen, klicken Sie dieses mit der linken Maustaste an und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf Ihrer Tastatur. Um mehr über die Ausrichtung einer AuftoForm auf einer Folie zu erfahren oder mehrere AutoFormen anzuordnen, lesen Sie den Abschnitt Objekte auf einer Folie ausrichten und anordnen. AutoFormen mithilfe von Verbindungen anbinden Sie können Autoformen mithilfe von Linien mit Verbindungspunkten verbinden, um Abhängigkeiten zwischen Objekten zu demonstrieren (z.B. wenn Sie ein Flussdiagramm erstellen wollen). Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf Form. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Linien im Menü aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Form in der ausgewählten Gruppe (mit Ausnahme der letzten drei Formen, bei denen es sich nicht um Konnektoren handelt: Kurve, Skizze und Freihand). Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über die erste AutoForm und klicken Sie auf einen der Verbindungspunkte , die auf dem Umriss der Form zu sehen sind. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger in Richtung der zweiten AutoForm und klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Verbindungspunkt auf dem Umriss der Form. Wenn Sie die verbundenen AutoFormen verschieben, bleiben die Verbindungen an die Form gebunden und bewegen sich mit den Formen zusammen. Alternativ können Sie die Verbindungen auch von den Formen lösen und an andere Verbindungspunkte anbinden." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Diagramme einfügen und bearbeiten", - "body": "Ein Diagramm einfügen Ein Diagramm einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie ein Diagramm einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Diagramm. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen aus - Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich.Hinweis: Die Diagrammtypen Säule, Linie, Kreis und Balken stehen auch im 3D-Format zur Verfügung. Wenn Sie Ihre Auswahl getroffen haben, öffnet sich das Fenster Diagramm bearbeiten und Sie können die gewünschten Daten mithilfe der folgenden Steuerelemente in die Zellen eingeben: und - Kopieren und Einfügen der kopierten Daten. und - Aktionen Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen. - Einfügen einer Funktion und - Löschen und Hinzufügen von Dezimalstellen. - Zahlenformat ändern, d.h. das Format in dem die eingegebenen Zahlen in den Zellen dargestellt werden Die Diagrammeinstellungen ändern Sie durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Diagramm bearbeiten im Fenster Diagramme. Das Fenster Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen wird geöffnet. Auf der Registerkarte Diagrammtyp und Daten können Sie den Diagrammtyp sowie die Daten wählen, die Sie zum Erstellen eines Diagramms verwenden möchten. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY), Strich. Überprüfen Sie den ausgewählten Datenbereich und ändern Sie diesen ggf. durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Daten auswählen; geben Sie den gewünschten Datenbereich im folgenden Format ein: Sheet1!A1:B4. Wählen Sie aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, können Sie wählen zwischen: Datenreihen in Zeilen oder in Spalten. Auf der Registerkarte Layout können Sie das Layout von Diagrammelementen ändern. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Diagrammbezeichnung aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Diagrammbezeichnung angezeigt. Überlagerung - der Titel wird zentriert und im Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Keine Überlagerung - der Titel wird über dem Diagramm angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Legende aus der Menüliste aus: Keine - es wird keine Legende angezeigt Unten - die Legende wird unterhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Oben - die Legende wird oberhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Rechts - die Legende wird rechts vom Diagramm angezeigt Links - die Legende wird links vom Diagramm angezeigt Überlappung links - die Legende wird im linken Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Überlappung rechts - die Legende wird im rechten Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Legen Sie Datenbeschriftungen fest (Titel für genaue Werte von Datenpunkten): Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Datenbeschriftungen aus der Menüliste aus: Die verfügbaren Optionen variieren je nach Diagrammtyp. Für Säulen-/Balkendiagramme haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, unterer Innenbereich, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Linien-/Punktdiagramme (XY)/Strichdarstellungen haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, links, rechts, oben, unten. Für Kreisdiagramme stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert, an Breite anpassen, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Flächendiagramme sowie für 3D-Diagramme, Säulen- Linien- und Balkendiagramme, stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert. Wählen Sie die Daten aus, für die Sie eine Bezeichnung erstellen möchten, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder markieren: Reihenname, Kategorienname, Wert. Geben Sie das Zeichen (Komma, Semikolon etc.) in das Feld Trennzeichen Datenbeschriftung ein, dass Sie zum Trennen der Beschriftungen verwenden möchten. Linien - Einstellen der Linienart für Liniendiagramme/Punktdiagramme (XY). Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Gerade, um gerade Linien zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden, glatt um glatte Kurven zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden oder keine, um keine Linien anzuzeigen. Markierungen - über diese Funktion können Sie festlegen, ob die Marker für Liniendiagramme/ Punktdiagramme (XY) angezeigt werden sollen (Kontrollkästchen aktiviert) oder nicht (Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert).Hinweis: Die Optionen Linien und Marker stehen nur für Liniendiagramme und Punktdiagramm (XY) zur Verfügung. Im Abschnitt Achseneinstellungen können Sie auswählen, ob die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach einblenden oder ausblenden aus der Menüliste aus. Außerdem können Sie auch die Parameter für horizontale/vertikale Achsenbeschriftung festlegen: Legen Sie fest, ob der horizontale Achsentitel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Keinen - der Titel der horizontalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Keine Überlappung - der Titel wird oberhalb der horizontalen Achse angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position des vertikalen Achsentitels aus der Menüliste aus: Keinen - der Titel der vertikalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Gedreht - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von unten nach oben angezeigt. Horizontal - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von links nach rechts angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien, können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind. Hinweis: Die Registerkarte vertikale/horizontale Achsen ist für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen vorhanden sind. Auf der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse können Sie die Parameter der vertikalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder Y-Achse bezeichnet wird und die numerische Werte anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die vertikale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist, an der die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Mindestwert - der niedrigste Wert, der am Anfang der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Mindestwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Höchstwert - der höchste Wert, der am Ende der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Höchstwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der vertikalen Achse, an dem die horizontale Achse die vertikale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert auf der vertikalen Achse fest. Einheiten anzeigen - Festlegung der numerischen Werte, die auf der vertikalen Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Diese Option kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mit großen Zahlen arbeiten und die Werte auf der Achse kompakter und lesbarer anzeigen wollen (Sie können z.B. 50.000 als 50 anzeigen, indem Sie die Anzeigeeinheit in Tausendern auswählen). Wählen Sie die gewünschten Einheiten aus der Menüliste aus: In Hundertern, in Tausendern, 10 000, 100 000, in Millionen, 10.000.000, 100.000.000, in Milliarden, in Trillionen, oder Sie wählen die Option Keine, um zu den Standardeinheiten zurückzukehren. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Werte werden in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert ist, wird der niedrigste Wert unten und der höchste Wert oben auf der Achse angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Werte in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der vertikalen Achse anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von nummerischen Werten. Kleine Teilstriche bilden Hilfsintervalle und haben keine Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. In der Menüliste für Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle stehen folgende Optionen für die Positionierung zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt. Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt. Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt. Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Hauptintervallen, die Werte anzeigen, anpassen. Um die Anzeigeposition in Bezug auf die vertikale Achse festzulegen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Menüliste aus: Keine - es werden keine Skalenbeschriftungen angezeigt. Tief - die Skalenbeschriftung wird links vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Hoch - die Skalenbeschriftung wird rechts vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Neben der Achse - die Skalenbeschriftung wird neben der Achse angezeigt. Auf der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse können Sie die Parameter der horizontalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder X-Achse bezeichnet wird und die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die horizontale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist an der die nummerischen Werte anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der horizontalen Achse, an dem die vertikale Achse die horizontale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert (der Wert, welcher der ersten und letzten Kategorie entspricht) auf der horizontalen Achse fest. Achsenposition - legt fest, wo die Achsenbeschriftungen positioniert werden sollen: An den Skalenstrichen oder Zwischen den Skalenstrichen. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Kategorien werden in umgekehrter Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kästchen deaktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von links nach rechts angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von rechts nach links angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der horizontalen Skala anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von Kategorien. Kleine Teilstriche werden zwischen den Hauptintervallen eingefügt und bilden Hilfsintervalle ohne Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. Sie können die folgenden Parameter für die Skalenstriche anpassen: Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle - legt fest wo die Teilstriche positioniert werden sollen, dazu stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt, Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt, Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt, Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Intervalle zwischen Teilstrichen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien zwischen zwei benachbarten Teilstrichen angezeigt werden sollen. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Beschriftungen für Kategorien anpassen. Beschriftungsposition - legt fest, wo die Beschriftungen in Bezug auf die horizontale Achse positioniert werden sollen: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Achsenbeschriftung angezeigt, Tief - die Kategorien werden im unteren Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Hoch - die Kategorien werden im oberen Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Neben der Achse - die Kategorien werden neben der Achse angezeigt. Abstand Achsenbeschriftung - legt fest, wie dicht die Achsenbeschriftung an der Achse positioniert wird. Sie können den gewünschten Wert im dafür vorgesehenen Eingabefeld festlegen. Je höher der eingegebene Wert, desto größer der Abstand zwischen der Achse und der Achsenbeschriftung. Intervalle zwischen Achsenbeschriftungen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall werden alle Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Manuell aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Geben Sie zum Beispiel die Zahl 2 an, dann wird jede zweite Kategorie auf der Achse angezeigt usw. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind. Sobald das Diagramm hinzugefügt wurde, können Sie Größe und Position beliebig ändern.Sie können die Position des Diagramms auf der Folie bestimmen, indem Sie es vertikal oder horizontal verschieben. Diagrammelemente bearbeiten Um den Diagrammtitel zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie den Standardtext mit der Maus aus und geben Sie stattdessen Ihren eigenen Text ein. Um die Schriftformatierung innerhalb von Textelementen, wie beispielsweise Diagrammtitel, Achsentitel, Legendeneinträge, Datenbeschriftungen etc. zu ändern, wählen Sie das gewünschte Textelement durch Klicken mit der linken Maustaste aus. Wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start und nutzen Sie die in der Menüleiste angezeigten Symbole, um Schriftart, Schriftform, Schriftgröße oder Schriftfarbe zu bearbeiten. Um ein Diagrammelement zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf Ihrer Tastatur. Sie haben die Möglichkeit 3D-Diagramme mithilfe der Maus zu drehen. Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste in den Diagrammbereich und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt. Um die 3D-Diagrammausrichtung zu ändern, ziehen Sie den Mauszeiger in die gewünschte Richtung ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Diagrammeinstellungen anpassenDiagrammgröße, -typ und -stil sowie die zur Erstellung des Diagramms verwendeten Daten, können in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um das Menü zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Diagramm und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen aus. Im Abschnitt Größe können Sie Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Diagramms ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis des Diagramms wird beibehalten. Im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern können Sie den gewählten Diagrammtyp und -stil über die entsprechende Auswahlliste ändern. Um den gewünschten Diagrammstil auszuwählen, verwenden Sie im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern die zweite Auswahlliste. Über die Schaltfläche Daten ändern können Sie das Fenster Diagrammtools öffnen und die Daten ändern (wie oben beschrieben). Hinweis: Wenn Sie einen Doppelklick auf einem in Ihrer Präsentation enthaltenen Diagramm ausführen, öffnet sich das Fenster „Diagrammtools“. Die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste ermöglicht das Öffnen des Fensters Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen, über das Sie den alternativen Text festlegen können: Wenn das Diagramm ausgewählt ist, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar, da eine Form als Hintergrund für das Diagramm verwendet wird. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Füllung und Linienstärke der Form an. Beachten Sie, dass Sie den Formtyp nicht ändern können. Um das hinzugefügte Diagramm zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur. Informationen zum Ausrichten eines Diagramms auf der Folie oder zum Anordnen mehrerer Objekte, finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte auf einer Folie ausrichten und anordnen." + "body": "Diagramm einfügen Ein Diagramm einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie ein Diagramm einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Diagramm. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen aus - Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich.Hinweis: Die Diagrammtypen Säule, Linie, Kreis und Balken stehen auch im 3D-Format zur Verfügung. Wenn Sie Ihre Auswahl getroffen haben, öffnet sich das Fenster Diagramm bearbeiten und Sie können die gewünschten Daten mithilfe der folgenden Steuerelemente in die Zellen eingeben: und - Kopieren und Einfügen der kopierten Daten. und - Vorgänge Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen. - Einfügen einer Funktion und - Löschen und Hinzufügen von Dezimalstellen. - Zahlenformat ändern, d.h. das Format in dem die eingegebenen Zahlen in den Zellen dargestellt werden Die Diagrammeinstellungen ändern Sie durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Diagramm bearbeiten im Fenster Diagramme. Das Fenster Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen wird geöffnet. Auf der Registerkarte Diagrammtyp und Daten können Sie den Diagrammtyp sowie die Daten wählen, die Sie zum Erstellen eines Diagramms verwenden möchten. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY), Strich. Überprüfen Sie den ausgewählten Datenbereich und ändern Sie diesen ggf. durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Daten auswählen; geben Sie den gewünschten Datenbereich im folgenden Format ein: Sheet1!A1:B4. Wählen Sie aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, stehen Ihnen die Optionen in Zeilen oder in Spalten zur Verfügung. Auf der Registerkarte Layout können Sie das Layout von Diagrammelementen ändern. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Diagrammbezeichnung aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Diagrammbezeichnung angezeigt. Überlagerung - der Titel wird zentriert und im Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Keine Überlagerung - der Titel wird über dem Diagramm angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Legende aus der Menüliste aus: Keine - es wird keine Legende angezeigt Unten - die Legende wird unterhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Oben - die Legende wird oberhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Rechts - die Legende wird rechts vom Diagramm angezeigt Links - die Legende wird links vom Diagramm angezeigt Überlappung links - die Legende wird im linken Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Überlappung rechts - die Legende wird im rechten Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Legen Sie Datenbeschriftungen fest (Titel für genaue Werte von Datenpunkten): Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Datenbeschriftungen aus der Menüliste aus: Die verfügbaren Optionen variieren je nach Diagrammtyp. Für Säulen-/Balkendiagramme haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, unterer Innenbereich, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Linien-/Punktdiagramme (XY)/Strichdarstellungen haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, links, rechts, oben, unten. Für Kreisdiagramme stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert, an Breite anpassen, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Flächendiagramme sowie für 3D-Diagramme, Säulen- Linien- und Balkendiagramme, stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert. Wählen Sie die Daten aus, für die Sie eine Bezeichnung erstellen möchten, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder markieren: Reihenname, Kategorienname, Wert. Geben Sie das Zeichen (Komma, Semikolon etc.) in das Feld Trennzeichen Datenbeschriftung ein, dass Sie zum Trennen der Beschriftungen verwenden möchten. Linien - Einstellen der Linienart für Liniendiagramme/Punktdiagramme (XY). Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Gerade, um gerade Linien zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden, glatt, um glatte Kurven zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden oder keine, um keine Linien anzuzeigen. Markierungen - über diese Funktion können Sie festlegen, ob die Marker für Liniendiagramme/ Punktdiagramme (XY) angezeigt werden sollen (Kontrollkästchen aktiviert) oder nicht (Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert).Hinweis: Die Optionen Linien und Marker stehen nur für Liniendiagramme und Punktdiagramm (XY) zur Verfügung. Im Abschnitt Achseneinstellungen können Sie auswählen, ob die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach einblenden oder ausblenden aus der Menüliste aus. Außerdem können Sie auch die Parameter für horizontale/vertikale Achsenbeschriftung festlegen: Legen Sie fest, ob der horizontale Achsentitel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Keinen - der Titel der horizontalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Keine Überlappung - der Titel wird oberhalb der horizontalen Achse angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position des vertikalen Achsentitels aus der Menüliste aus: Keinen - der Titel der vertikalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Gedreht - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von unten nach oben angezeigt. Horizontal - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von links nach rechts angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind. Hinweis: Die Registerkarte vertikale/horizontale Achsen ist für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen vorhanden sind. Auf der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse können Sie die Parameter der vertikalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder Y-Achse bezeichnet wird und die numerische Werte anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die vertikale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist, an der die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Mindestwert - der niedrigste Wert, der am Anfang der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Mindestwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Höchstwert - der höchste Wert, der am Ende der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Höchstwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der vertikalen Achse, an dem die horizontale Achse die vertikale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert auf der vertikalen Achse fest. Einheiten anzeigen - Festlegung der numerischen Werte, die auf der vertikalen Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Diese Option kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mit großen Zahlen arbeiten und die Werte auf der Achse kompakter und lesbarer anzeigen wollen (Sie können z.B. 50.000 als 50 anzeigen, indem Sie die Anzeigeeinheit in Tausendern auswählen). Wählen Sie die gewünschten Einheiten aus der Menüliste aus: In Hundertern, in Tausendern, 10.000, 100.000, in Millionen, 10.000.000, 100.000.000, in Milliarden, in Trillionen, oder Sie wählen die Option Keine, um zu den Standardeinheiten zurückzukehren. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Werte werden in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert ist, wird der niedrigste Wert unten und der höchste Wert oben auf der Achse angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Werte in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der vertikalen Achse anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von nummerischen Werten. Kleine Teilstriche bilden Hilfsintervalle und haben keine Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. In der Menüliste für Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle stehen folgende Optionen für die Positionierung zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt. Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt. Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt. Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Hauptintervallen, die Werte anzeigen, anpassen. Um die Anzeigeposition in Bezug auf die vertikale Achse festzulegen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Menüliste aus: Keine - es werden keine Skalenbeschriftungen angezeigt. Tief - die Skalenbeschriftung wird links vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Hoch - die Skalenbeschriftung wird rechts vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Neben der Achse - die Skalenbeschriftung wird neben der Achse angezeigt. Auf der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse können Sie die Parameter der horizontalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder X-Achse bezeichnet wird und die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die horizontale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist an der die nummerischen Werte anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der horizontalen Achse, an dem die vertikale Achse die horizontale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert (der Wert, welcher der ersten und letzten Kategorie entspricht) auf der horizontalen Achse fest. Achsenposition - legt fest, wo die Achsenbeschriftungen positioniert werden sollen: An den Skalenstrichen oder Zwischen den Skalenstrichen. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Kategorien werden in umgekehrter Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kästchen deaktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von links nach rechts angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von rechts nach links angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der horizontalen Skala anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von Kategorien. Kleine Teilstriche werden zwischen den Hauptintervallen eingefügt und bilden Hilfsintervalle ohne Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. Sie können die folgenden Parameter für die Skalenstriche anpassen: Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle - legt fest wo die Teilstriche positioniert werden sollen, dazu stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt, Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt, Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt, Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Intervalle zwischen Teilstrichen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien zwischen zwei benachbarten Teilstrichen angezeigt werden sollen. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Beschriftungen für Kategorien anpassen. Beschriftungsposition - legt fest, wo die Beschriftungen in Bezug auf die horizontale Achse positioniert werden sollen: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Achsenbeschriftung angezeigt, Tief - die Kategorien werden im unteren Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Hoch - die Kategorien werden im oberen Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Neben der Achse - die Kategorien werden neben der Achse angezeigt. Abstand Achsenbeschriftung - legt fest, wie dicht die Achsenbeschriftung an der Achse positioniert wird. Sie können den gewünschten Wert im dafür vorgesehenen Eingabefeld festlegen. Je höher der eingegebene Wert, desto größer der Abstand zwischen der Achse und der Achsenbeschriftung. Intervalle zwischen Achsenbeschriftungen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall werden alle Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Manuell aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Geben Sie zum Beispiel die Zahl 2 an, dann wird jede zweite Kategorie auf der Achse angezeigt usw. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind. Sobald das Diagramm hinzugefügt wurde, können Sie Größe und Position beliebig ändern.Sie können die Position des Diagramms auf der Folie bestimmen, indem Sie es vertikal oder horizontal verschieben. Diagrammelemente bearbeiten Um den Diagrammtitel zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie den Standardtext mit der Maus aus und geben Sie stattdessen Ihren eigenen Text ein. Um die Schriftformatierung innerhalb von Textelementen, wie beispielsweise Diagrammtitel, Achsentitel, Legendeneinträge, Datenbeschriftungen etc. zu ändern, wählen Sie das gewünschte Textelement durch Klicken mit der linken Maustaste aus. Wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start und nutzen Sie die in der Menüleiste angezeigten Symbole, um Schriftart, Schriftform, Schriftgröße oder Schriftfarbe zu bearbeiten. Um ein Diagrammelement zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf Ihrer Tastatur. Sie haben die Möglichkeit 3D-Diagramme mithilfe der Maus zu drehen. Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste in den Diagrammbereich und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt. Um die 3D-Diagrammausrichtung zu ändern, ziehen Sie den Mauszeiger in die gewünschte Richtung ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Diagrammeinstellungen anpassen Diagrammgröße, -typ und -stil sowie die zur Erstellung des Diagramms verwendeten Daten, können in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um das Menü zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Diagramm und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen aus. Im Abschnitt Größe können Sie Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Diagramms ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis des Diagramms wird beibehalten. Im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern können Sie den gewählten Diagrammtyp und -stil über die entsprechende Auswahlliste ändern. Um den gewünschten Diagrammstil auszuwählen, verwenden Sie im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern die zweite Auswahlliste. Über die Schaltfläche Daten ändern können Sie das Fenster Diagrammtools öffnen und die Daten ändern (wie oben beschrieben). Hinweis: Wenn Sie einen Doppelklick auf einem in Ihrer Präsentation enthaltenen Diagramm ausführen, öffnet sich das Fenster „Diagrammtools“. Die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste ermöglicht das Öffnen des Fensters Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen, über das Sie den alternativen Text festlegen können: Wenn das Diagramm ausgewählt ist, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar, da eine Form als Hintergrund für das Diagramm verwendet wird. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Füllung und Linienstärke der Form an. Beachten Sie, dass Sie den Formtyp nicht ändern können. Um das hinzugefügte Diagramm zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur. Informationen zum Ausrichten eines Diagramms auf der Folie oder zum Anordnen mehrerer Objekte, finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte auf einer Folie ausrichten und anordnen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Formeln einfügen", "body": "Mit dem Präsentationseditor können Sie Formeln mithilfe der integrierten Vorlagen erstellen, sie bearbeiten, Sonderzeichen einfügen (einschließlich mathematischer Operatoren, griechischer Buchstaben, Akzente usw.). Eine neue Formel einfügen Eine Formel aus den Vorlagen einfügen: Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Formel. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Listenmenü die gewünschte Option: Derzeit sind die folgenden Kategorien verfügbar: Symbole, Brüche, Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Klammern, Funktionen, Akzente, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen, Operatoren, Matrizen. Klicken Sie im entsprechenden Vorlagensatz auf das gewünschte Symbol/die gewünschte Formel. Das ausgewählte Symbol/die ausgewählte Formel wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt.Wenn der Rahmen des Formelfelds nicht angezeigt wird, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle innerhalb der Formel - der Rahmen wird als gestrichelte Linie dargestellt. Das Formelfeld kann auf der Folie beliebig verschoben, in der Größe verändert oder gedreht werden. Klicken Sie dazu auf den Rahmen des Formelfelds (der Rahmen wird alsdurchgezogene Linie dargestellt) und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Bedienelemente.Jede Formelvorlage steht für eine Reihe von Slots. Ein Slot für jedes Element, aus dem die Gleichung besteht Ein leerer Slot (auch Platzhalter genannt) hat eine gepunktete Linie Setzen Sie in alle Platzhalter die gewünschten Werte ein. Werte eingeben Der Einfügepunkt zeigt an, an welcher Stelle das nächste Zeichen erscheint, das Sie eingeben. Um den Cursor präzise zu positionieren, klicken Sie in einen Platzhalter und verschieben Sie den Einfügepunkt, mithilfe der Tastaturpfeile, um ein Zeichen nach links/rechts oder eine Zeile nach oben/unten.Wenn Sie den Einfügepunkt positioniert haben, können Sie die Werte in den Platzhaltern einfügen: Geben Sie geben Sie den gewünschten numerischen/literalen Wert über die Tastatur ein. Wechseln Sie zum Einfügen von Sonderzeichen in die Registerkarte Einfügen und wählen Sie im Menü Formel das gewünschte Zeichen aus der Palette mit den Symbolen aus. Fügen Sie eine weitere Vorlage aus der Palette hinzu, um eine komplexe verschachtelte Gleichung zu erstellen. Die Größe der primären Formel wird automatisch an den Inhalt angepasst. Die Größe der verschachtelten Gleichungselemente hängt von der Platzhaltergröße der primären Gleichung ab, sie darf jedoch nicht kleiner sein, als die Vorlage für tiefgestellte Zeichen. Alternativ können Sie auch über das Rechtsklickmenü neue Elemente in Ihre Formel einfügen: Um ein neues Argument vor oder nach einem vorhandenen Argument einzufügen, das in Klammern steht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das vorhandene Argument und wählen Sie die Option Argument vorher/nachher einfügen. Um in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen eine neue Formel aus der Gruppe Klammern hinzuzufügen (oder eine beliebige andere Formel, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen leeren Platzhalter oder eine im Platzhalter eingegebene Gleichung und wählen Sie Formel vorher/nachher einfügen aus dem Menü aus. Um in einer Matrix eine neue Zeile oder Spalte einzugeben, wählen Sie die Option Einfügen aus dem Menü, und klicken Sie dann auf Zeile oberhalb/unterhalb oder Spalte links/rechts. Hinweis: aktuell ist es nicht möglich Gleichungen im linearen Format einzugeben werden, d.h. \\sqrt(4&x^3). Wenn Sie die Werte der mathematischen Ausdrücke eingeben, ist es nicht notwendig die Leertaste zu verwenden, da die Leerzeichen zwischen den Zeichen und Werten automatisch gesetzt werden. Wenn die Formel zu lang ist und nicht in eine einzelnen Zeile passt, wird während der Eingabe automatisch ein Zeilenumbruch ausgeführt. Bei Bedarf können Sie auch manuell einen Zeilenumbruch an einer bestimmten Position einfügen. Klicken sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen der Platzhalter und wählen Sie im Menü die Option manuellen Umbruch einfügen aus. Der ausgewählte Platzhalter wird in die nächste Zeile verschoben. Um einen manuell hinzugefügten Zeilenumbruch zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter der die neue Zeile einleitet und wählen Sie die Option manuellen Umbruch entfernen. Formeln formatieren Standardmäßig wird die Formel innerhalb des Textfelds horizontal zentriert und vertikal am oberen Rand des Textfelds ausgerichtet. Um die horizontale/vertikale Ausrichtung zu ändern, platzieren Sie den Cursor im Formelfeld (die Rahmen des Textfelds werden als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt) und verwenden Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start, auf der oberen Symbolleiste. Um die Schriftgröße der Formel zu verkleinern oder zu vergrößern, klicken Sie an eine beliebige Stelle im Formelfeld und wählen Sie in der Registerkarte Start die gewünschte Schriftgröße aus der Liste aus. Alle Elemente in der Formel werden entsprechend angepasst. Die Buchstaben innerhalb der Formel werden standardmäßig kursiv gestellt. Bei Bedarf können Sie Schriftart (fett, kursiv, durchgestrichen) oder Schriftfarbe für die gesamte Formel oder Teile davon ändern. Unterstreichen ist nur für die gesamte Formel möglich und nicht für einzelne Zeichen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Teil der Formel durch anklicken und ziehen aus. Der ausgewählte Teil wird blau markiert. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start, um die Auswahl zu formatieren. Sie können zum Beispiel das Kursivformat für gewöhnliche Wörter entfernen, die keine Variablen oder Konstanten darstellen.Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ändern: Um das Format von Brüchen zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Bruch und wählen Sie im Menü die Option in schrägen/linearen/gestapelten Bruch ändern (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Bruchtyp ab). Um die Position der Skripte in Bezug auf Text zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, die Skripte enthält und wählen Sie die Option Skripte vor/nach Text aus dem Menü aus. Um die Größe der Argumente für Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Operatoren sowie für über- und untergeordnete Klammern und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente, zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument, das Sie ändern wollen, und wählen Sie die Option Argumentgröße vergrößern/verkleinern aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grad-Platzhalter für eine Wurzel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Wurzel und wählen Sie die Option Grad anzeigen/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grenzwert-Platzhalter für ein Integral oder für Große Operatoren angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Gleichung und wählen Sie im Menü die Option oberen/unteren Grenzwert anzeigen/ausblenden aus. Um die Position der Grenzwerte in Bezug auf das Integral oder einen Operator für Integrale oder einen großen Operator zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Position des Grenzwertes ändern aus dem Menü aus. Die Grenzwerte können rechts neben dem Operatorzeichen (als tiefgestellte und hochgestellte Zeichen) oder direkt über und unter dem Operatorzeichen angezeigt werden. Um die Positionen der Grenzwerte für Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, welche Klammern angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option öffnende/schließende Klammer anzeigen/verbergen aus dem Menü aus. Um die Größe der Klammern zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck. Standardmäßig ist die Option Klammern ausdehnen aktiviert, so dass die Klammern an den eingegebenen Ausdruck angepasst werden. Sie können diese Option jedoch deaktivieren und die Klammern werden nicht mehr ausgedehnt. Wenn die Option aktiviert ist, können Sie auch die Option Klammern an Argumenthöhe anpassen verwenden. Um die Position der Zeichen, in Bezug auf Text für Klammern (über dem Text/unter dem Text) oder Überstriche/Unterstriche aus der Gruppe Akzente, zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Vorlage und wählen Sie die Option Überstrich/Unterstrich über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, welche Rahmen aus der Gruppe Akzente für die umrandete Formel angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, klicken Sie im Menü auf die Option Umrandungen und legen Sie die Parameter Einblenden/Ausblenden oberer/unterer/rechter/linker Rand oder Hinzufügen/Verbergen horizontale/vertikale/diagonale Grenzlinie fest. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Platzhalter für eine Matrix angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste darauf und wählen Sie die Option Platzhalter einblenden/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus. Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ausrichten: Um Formeln in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen aus der Gruppe Klammern auszurichten (oder beliebige andere Formeln, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Formel, wählen Sie die Option Ausrichten im Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten. Um eine Matrix vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Matrix, wählen Sie die Option Matrixausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten. Um Elemente in einer Matrix-Spalte vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Platzhalter in der Spalte, wählen Sie die Option Spaltenausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Links, Zentriert oder Rechts. Formelelemente löschen Um Teile einer Formel zu löschen, wählen Sie den Teil den Sie löschen wollen mit der Maus aus oder halten Sie die Umschalttaste gedrückt, und drücken sie dann auf Ihrer Tastatur auf ENTF. Ein Slot kann nur zusammen mit der zugehörigen Vorlage gelöscht werden. Um die gesamte Formel zu löschen, klicken Sie auf die Umrandung der Formel (der Rahmen wird als durchgezogene Linie dargestellt) und drücken Sie dann auf Ihrer Tastatur auf ENTF.Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü löschen: Um eine Wurzel zu löschen, klicken Sie diese mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Wurzel löschen im Menü aus. Um ein tiefgestelltes Zeichen bzw. ein hochgestelltes Zeichen zu löschen, klicken sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das entsprechende Element und wählen Sie die Option hochgestelltes/tiefgestelltes Zeichen entfernen im Menü aus. Wenn der Ausdruck Skripte mit Vorrang vor dem Text enthält, ist die Option Skripte entfernen verfügbar. Um Klammern zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option Umschließende Zeichen entfernen oder die Option Umschließende Zeichen und Trennzeichen entfernen im Menü aus. Wenn ein Ausdruck in Klammern mehr als ein Argument enthält, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument das Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Argument löschen im Menü aus. Wenn Klammern mehr als eine Formel umschließen (in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel die Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Formel löschen im Menü aus. Um einen Grenzwert zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert entfernen im Menü aus. Um einen Akzent zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie im Menü die Option Akzentzeichen entfernen, Überstrich entfernen oder Unterstrich entfernen (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Akzent ab). Um eine Zeile bzw. Spalte in einer Matrix zu löschen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter in der entsprechenden Zeile/Spalte, wählen Sie im Menü die Option Entfernen und wählen Sie dann Zeile/Spalte entfernen." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", + "title": "Fußzeilen einfügen", + "body": "Die Fußzeilen fügen weitere Information auf den ausgegebenen Folien hin, z.B. Datum und Uhrzeit, Foliennummer oder Text. Um eine Fußzeile einzufügen: öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen, click the Edit footer button at the top toolbar, the Footer Settings window will open. Check the data you want to add into the footer. The changes are displayed in the preview window on the right. check the Date and time box to insert a date or time in a selected format. The selected date will be added to the left field of the slide footer. Specify the necessary data format: Update automatically - check this radio button if you want to automatically update the date and time according to the current date and time. Then select the necessary date and time Format and Language from the lists. Fixed - check this radio button if you do not want to automatically update the date and time. check the Slide number box to insert the current slide number. The slide number will be added in the right field of the slide footer. check Text in footer box to insert any text. Enter the necessary text in the entry field below. The text will be added in the central field of the slide footer. check the Don't show on the title slide option, if necessary, click the Apply to all button to apply changes to all slides or use the Apply button to apply the changes to the current slide only. To quickly insert a date or a slide number into the footer of the selected slide, you can use the Show slide Number and Show Date and Time options at the Slide Settings tab of the right sidebar. In this case, the selected settings will be applied to the current slide only. The date and time or slide number added in such a way can be adjusted later using the Footer Settings window. To edit the added footer, click the Edit footer button at the top toolbar, make the necessary changes in the Footer Settings window, and click the Apply or Apply to All button to save the changes. Insert date and time and slide number into the text box It's also possible to insert date and time or slide number into the selected text box using the corresponding buttons at the Insert tab of the top toolbar. Insert date and time put the mouse cursor within the text box where you want to insert the date and time, click the Date & Time button at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary Language from the list and choose the necessary date and time Format in the Date & Time window, if necessary, check the Update automatically box or press the Set as default box to set the selected date and time format as default for the specified language, click the OK button to apply the changes. The date and time will be inserted in the current cursor position. To edit the inserted date and time, select the inserted date and time in the text box, click the Date & Time button at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, choose the necessary format in the Date & Time window, click the OK button. Insert a slide number put the mouse cursor within the text box where you want to insert the slide number, click the Slide Number button at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, check the Slide number box in the Footer Settings window, click the OK button to apply the changes. The slide number will be inserted in the current cursor position." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Bilder einfügen und anpassen", - "body": "Ein Bild einfügen Im Präsentationseditor können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihre Präsentation einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Ein Bild in eine Folie einfügen: Markieren Sie mit dem Cursor die Folie in der Folienliste links, in die Sie ein Bild einfügen möchten. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf Bild. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen um das Bild hochzuladen: Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen. Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn Sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK. Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position ändern. Bildeinstellungen anpassen Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste ein Bild an und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Bildeinstellungen aus, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu aktivieren. Hier finden Sie die folgenden Abschnitte:Größe - um Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Bildes einzusehen oder bei Bedarf die Standardgröße des Bildes wiederherzustellen. Bild ersetzen - um das aktuelle Bild durch ein anderes Bild zu ersetzen und die entsprechende Quelle auszuwählen. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Aus Datei oder Aus URL. Auch die Option Bild ersetzen ist im Rechtsklickmenü verfügbar. Wenn Sie das Bild ausgewählt haben, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form, Linientyp, Größe und Farbe an oder ändern Sie die Form und wählen Sie im Menü AutoForm ändern eine neue Form aus. Die Form des Bildes ändert sich entsprechend Ihrer Auswahl. Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - erweiterte Einstellungen im Menü aus, oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet: Im Fenster positionieren können Sie die folgenden Bildeigenschaften festlegen: Größe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe des Bildes ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße. Position - über diese Option können Sie die Position des Bildes auf der Folie ändern (die Position wird im Verhältnis zum oberen und linken Rand der Folie berechnet). Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind. Um das eingefügte Bild zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur. Informationen zum Ausrichten eines Bildes auf der Folie oder zum Anordnen mehrerer Bilder finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte auf einer Folie ausrichten und anordnen." + "body": "Bild einfügen Im Präsentationseditor können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihre Präsentation einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Ein Bild in eine Folie einfügen: Markieren Sie mit dem Cursor die Folie in der Folienliste links, in die Sie ein Bild einfügen möchten. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf Bild. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen, um das Bild hochzuladen: Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen. Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn Sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK. Die Option Bild aus Speicher öffnet das Fenster Datenquelle auswählen. Wählen Sie ein in Ihrem Portal gespeichertes Bild aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche OK. Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position ändern. Bildeinstellungen anpassen Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste ein Bild an und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Bildeinstellungen aus, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu aktivieren. Hier finden Sie die folgenden Abschnitte:Größe - um Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Bildes einzusehen oder bei Bedarf die Standardgröße des Bildes wiederherzustellen. Mit der Schaltfläche Zuschneiden können Sie das Bild zuschneiden. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden, um die Ziehpunkte zu aktivieren, die an den Bildecken und in der Mitte der Bildseiten angezeigt werden. Ziehen Sie die Ziehpunkte manuell, um den Zuschneidebereich festzulegen. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über den Zuschneidebereich bewegen, ändert sich der Zeiger in das Symbol und Sie können die Auswahl in die gewünschte Position ziehen. Um eine einzelne Seite zuzuschneiden, ziehen Sie den Ziehpunkt in der Mitte dieser Seite. Um zwei benachbarte Seiten gleichzeitig zuzuschneiden, ziehen Sie einen der Ziehpunkte in den Ecken. Um zwei gegenüberliegende Seiten des Bildes gleichermaßen zuzuschneiden, halten Sie die Strg-Taste gedrückt, während Sie den Ziehpunkt in der Mitte einer dieser Seiten ziehen. Um alle Seiten des Bildes gleichermaßen zuzuschneiden, halten Sie die Strg-Taste gedrückt und ziehen Sie gleichzeitig einen der Ziehpunkt in den Ecken. Wenn der Zuschneidebereich festgelegt ist, klicken Sie erneut auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden oder drücken Sie die Taste Esc oder klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle außerhalb des Zuschneidebereichs, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen. Nachdem der Zuschneidebereich ausgewählt wurde, können Sie auch die Optionen Füllen und Anpassen verwenden, die im Dropdown-Menü Zuschneiden verfügbar sind. Klicken Sie erneut auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus: Wenn Sie die Option Ausfüllen auswählen, wird der zentrale Teil des Originalbilds beibehalten und zum Ausfüllen des ausgewählten Zuschneidebereichs verwendet, während andere Teile des Bildes entfernt werden. Wenn Sie die Option Anpassen auswählen, wird die Bildgröße so angepasst, dass sie der Höhe oder Breite des Zuschneidebereichs entspricht. Es werden keine Teile des Originalbilds entfernt, es können jedoch leere Bereiche innerhalb des ausgewählten Zuschneidebereichs erscheinen. Bild ersetzen - das aktuelle Bild durch ein anderes Bild ersetzen und die entsprechende Quelle auswählen. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Aus Datei oder Aus URL. Die Option Bild ersetzen ist auch im Rechtsklickmenü verfügbar. Drehen dient dazu das Bild um 90 Grad im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen und die Form horizontal oder vertikal zu spiegeln. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen: um das Bild um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um das Bild um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um das Bild horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts) um das Bild vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten) Wenn Sie das Bild ausgewählt haben, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form, Linientyp, Größe und Farbe an oder ändern Sie die Form und wählen Sie im Menü AutoForm ändern eine neue Form aus. Die Form des Bildes ändert sich entsprechend Ihrer Auswahl. Um die erweiterten Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - erweiterte Einstellungen im Menü aus, oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet: In der Registerkarte positionieren können Sie die folgenden Bildeigenschaften festlegen: Größe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe des Bildes ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße. Position - über diese Option können Sie die Position des Bildes auf der Folie ändern (die Position wird im Verhältnis zum oberen und linken Rand der Folie berechnet). Die Registerkarte Drehen umfasst die folgenden Parameter: Winkel - mit dieser Option lässt sich das Bild in einem genau festgelegten Winkel drehen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld ein oder stellen Sie diesen mit den Pfeilen rechts ein. Spiegeln - Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Horizontal, um das Bild horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts), oder aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Vertikal, um das Bild vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten). Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind. Um das eingefügte Bild zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur. Informationen zum Ausrichten eines Bildes auf der Folie oder zum Anordnen mehrerer Bilder finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte auf einer Folie ausrichten und anordnen." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", + "title": "Symbole und Sonderzeichen einfügen", + "body": "Während des Arbeitsprozesses wollen Sie ein Symbol einfügen, das sich nicht auf der Tastatur befindet. Um solche Symbole einzufügen, verwenden Sie die Option Symbol einfügen: positionieren Sie den Textcursor an der Stelle für das Sonderzeichen, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen, klicken Sie Symbol an, Das Dialogfeld Symbol wird angezeigt, in dem Sie das gewünschte Symbol auswählen können, öffnen Sie das Dropdown-Menü Bereich, um ein Symbol schnell zu finden. Alle Symbole sind in Gruppen unterteilt, wie z.B. “Währungssymbole” für Währungszeichen. Falls Sie das gewünschte Symbol nicht finden können, wählen Sie eine andere Schriftart aus. Viele von ihnen haben auch die Sonderzeichen, die es nicht in den Standartsatz gibt. Sie können auch das Unicode HEX Wert-Feld verwenden, um den Code einzugeben. Die Codes können Sie in der Zeichentabelle finden. Verwenden Sie auch die Registerkarte Sonderzeichen, um ein Sonderzeichen auszuwählen. Die Symbole, die zuletzt verwendet wurden, befinden sich in dem Feld Kürzlich verwendete Symbole, klicken Sie Einfügen an. Das ausgewählte Symbol wird eingefügt. ASCII-Symbole einfügen Man kann auch die ASCII Tabelle verwenden, um die Zeichen und Symbole einzufügen. Drücken und halten Sie die ALT-Taste und verwenden Sie den Ziffernblock, um einen Zeichencode einzugeben. Hinweis: Verwenden Sie nur den Ziffernblock. Um den Ziffernblock zu aktivieren, drücken Sie die NumLock-Taste. Z.B., um das Paragraphenzeichen (§) einzufügen, drücken und halten Sie die ALT-Taste und geben Sie 789 ein, dann lassen Sie die ALT-Taste los. Symbole per Unicode-Tabelle einfügen Sonstige Symbole und Zeichen befinden sich auch in der Windows-Symboltabelle. Um diese Tabelle zu öffnen: geben Sie “Zeichentabelle” in dem Suchfeld ein, drücken Sie die Windows-Taste+R und geben Sie charmap.exe in dem Suchfeld ein, dann klicken Sie OK. Wählen Sie die Zeichensätze, Gruppen und Schriftarten aus. Klicken Sie die gewünschte Zeichen an, dann kopieren und fügen an der gewünschten Stelle ein." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Tabellen einfügen und formatieren", - "body": "Eine Tabelle einfügen Eine Tabelle in eine Folie einfügen: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Folie aus, in die Sie eine Tabelle einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Tabelle. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option für die Erstellung einer Tabelle: Tabelle mit einer vordefinierten Zellenanzahl (maximal 10 x 8 Zellen) Wenn Sie schnell eine Tabelle erstellen möchten, wählen Sie einfach die Anzahl der Zeilen (maximal 8) und Spalten (maximal 10) aus. Eine benutzerdefinierte Tabelle Wenn Sie eine Tabelle mit mehr als 10 x 8 Zellen benötigen, wählen Sie die Option Benutzerdefinierte Tabelle einfügen. Geben Sie nun im geöffneten Fenster die gewünschte Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten an und klicken Sie anschließend auf OK. Wenn Sie eine Tabelle eingefügt haben, können Sie Eigenschaften und Position verändern. Sie können die Position der Tabelle auf der Folie bestimmen, indem Sie diese vertikal oder horizontal verschieben. Tabelleneinstellungen anpassenDie meisten Tabelleneigenschaften sowie die Struktur, können Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste ändern. Um diese zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf die Tabelle und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Tabelleneinstellungen aus. In den Abschnitten Zeilen und Spalten, haben Sie die Möglichkeit, bestimmte Zeilen/Spalten hervorzuheben, eine bestimmte Formatierung anzuwenden oder die Zeilen/Spalten in den verschiedenen Hintergrundfarben einzufärben, um sie klar zu unterscheiden. Folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten stehen zur Verfügung: Kopfzeile - die erste Zeile der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben. Ergebniszeile - die letzte Zeile der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben. Gebänderte Zeilen - gerade und ungerade Zeilen werden unterschiedlich formatiert. Erste Spalte - die erste Spalte der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben. Letzte Spalte - die letzte Spalte der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben. Gebänderte Spalten - gerade und ungerade Spalten werden unterschiedlich formatiert. Im Abschnitt Aus Vorlage wählen können Sie einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen. Jede Vorlage kombiniert bestimmte Formatierungsparameter, wie Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmenstil, Zellen-/Spaltenformat usw. Abhängig von den in den Abschnitten Zeilen oder Spalten ausgewählten Optionen, werden die Vorlagen unterschiedlich dargestellt. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel die Option Kopfzeile im Abschnitt Zeilen und die Option Gebänderte Spalten im Abschnitt Spalten aktiviert haben, enthält die angezeigte Vorlagenliste nur Vorlagen mit Kopfzeile und gebänderten Spalten: Im Abschnitt Rahmenstil können Sie die angewandte Formatierung ändern, die der gewählten Vorlage entspricht. Sie können die ganze Tabelle auswählen oder einen bestimmten Zellenbereich, dessen Formatierung Sie ändern möchten, und alle Parameter manuell bestimmen. Rahmen - legen Sie die Stärke des Rahmens in der Liste fest (oder wählen Sie die Option Kein Rahmen) sowie den gewünschten Rahmenstil und wählen Sie die Rahmenfarbe aus den verfügbaren Paletten aus: Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Vorlage ohne Rahmen oder die Option Ohne Rahmen auswählen oder auf das Symbol klicken, werden die Rahmenlinien auf der Folie durch eine gepunktete Linie dargestellt. Hintergrundfarbe - wählen Sie eine Farbe für den Hintergrund innerhalb der ausgewählten Zellen. Im Abschnitt Zeilen & Spalten können Sie folgende Vorgänge durchzuführen: Auswählen - eine Zeile, Spalte, Zelle (abhängig von der Cursorposition) oder die ganze Tabelle auswählen. Einfügen eine neue Zeile unter oder über der ausgewählten Zeile bzw. eine neue Spalte links oder rechts von der ausgewählten Spalte einfügen. Löschen eine Zeile, Spalte, Zelle (abhängig von der Cursorposition) oder die ganze Tabelle löschen. Zellen verbinden - die ausgewählten Zellen in einer Zelle zusammenführen. Zelle teilen... - die ausgewählte Zelle in mehrere Zellen oder Spalten teilen. Diese Option öffnet das folgende Fenster: Geben Sie die gewünschte Spaltenanzahl und Zeilenanzahl für die Teilung der ausgewählten Zelle an und klicken Sie auf OK. Hinweis: die Optionen im Abschnitt Zeilen & Spalten sind auch über das Rechtsklickmenü zugänglich. Um die erweiterten Tabelleneigenschaften zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Tabelle und wählen Sie die Option Tabelle - Erweiterte Eigenschaften im Rechtsklickmenü oder klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Das Fenster mit den Tabelleneigenschaften wird geöffnet: Im Reiter Seitenränder können Sie den Abstand zwischen dem Text in den Zellen und dem Zellenrand festlegen: Geben Sie die gewünschten Werte für die Zellenränder manuell ein oder aktivieren Sie das Kästchen Standardränder nutzen, um die voreingestellten Werte zu nutzen (auf Wunsch können diese angepasst werden). Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Tabelle enthalten sind. Um den eingegebenen Text in den Zellen zu formatieren, nutzen Sie die Symbole in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste. Im Rechtsklickmenü stehen Ihnen zwei zusätzliche Optionen zur Verfügung: Textausrichtung in Zellen - ermöglicht Ihnen den gewünschten Typ der vertikalen Textausrichtung in den gewählten Zellen festzulegen: Oben ausrichten, Vertikal zentrieren oder Unten ausrichten. Hyperlink - einen Hyperlink in die ausgewählte Zelle einfügen." + "body": "Eine Tabelle einfügen Eine Tabelle in eine Folie einfügen: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Folie aus, in die Sie eine Tabelle einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Tabelle. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option für die Erstellung einer Tabelle: Tabelle mit einer vordefinierten Zellenanzahl (maximal 10 x 8 Zellen) Wenn Sie schnell eine Tabelle erstellen möchten, wählen Sie einfach die Anzahl der Zeilen (maximal 8) und Spalten (maximal 10) aus. Eine benutzerdefinierte Tabelle Wenn Sie eine Tabelle mit mehr als 10 x 8 Zellen benötigen, wählen Sie die Option Benutzerdefinierte Tabelle einfügen. Geben Sie nun im geöffneten Fenster die gewünschte Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten an und klicken Sie anschließend auf OK. Wenn Sie eine Tabelle eingefügt haben, können Sie Eigenschaften und Position verändern. Sie können die Position der Tabelle auf der Folie bestimmen, indem Sie diese vertikal oder horizontal verschieben. Tabelleneinstellungen anpassenDie meisten Tabelleneigenschaften sowie die Struktur, können Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste ändern. Um diese zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf die Tabelle und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Tabelleneinstellungen aus. In den Abschnitten Zeilen und Spalten, haben Sie die Möglichkeit, bestimmte Zeilen/Spalten hervorzuheben, eine bestimmte Formatierung anzuwenden oder die Zeilen/Spalten in den verschiedenen Hintergrundfarben einzufärben, um sie klar zu unterscheiden. Folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten stehen zur Verfügung: Kopfzeile - die erste Zeile der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben. Ergebniszeile - die letzte Zeile der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben. Gebänderte Zeilen - gerade und ungerade Zeilen werden unterschiedlich formatiert. Erste Spalte - die erste Spalte der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben. Letzte Spalte - die letzte Spalte der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben. Gebänderte Spalten - gerade und ungerade Spalten werden unterschiedlich formatiert. Im Abschnitt Aus Vorlage wählen können Sie einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen. Jede Vorlage kombiniert bestimmte Formatierungsparameter, wie Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmenstil, Zellen-/Spaltenformat usw. Abhängig von den in den Abschnitten Zeilen oder Spalten ausgewählten Optionen, werden die Vorlagen unterschiedlich dargestellt. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel die Option Kopfzeile im Abschnitt Zeilen und die Option Gebänderte Spalten im Abschnitt Spalten aktiviert haben, enthält die angezeigte Vorlagenliste nur Vorlagen mit Kopfzeile und gebänderten Spalten: Im Abschnitt Rahmenstil können Sie die angewandte Formatierung ändern, die der gewählten Vorlage entspricht. Sie können die ganze Tabelle auswählen oder einen bestimmten Zellenbereich, dessen Formatierung Sie ändern möchten, und alle Parameter manuell bestimmen. Rahmen - legen Sie die Stärke des Rahmens in der Liste fest (oder wählen Sie die Option Kein Rahmen) sowie den gewünschten Rahmenstil und wählen Sie die Rahmenfarbe aus den verfügbaren Paletten aus: Hintergrundfarbe - wählen Sie eine Farbe für den Hintergrund innerhalb der ausgewählten Zellen. Im Abschnitt Zeilen & Spalten können Sie folgende Vorgänge durchzuführen: Auswählen - eine Zeile, Spalte, Zelle (abhängig von der Cursorposition) oder die ganze Tabelle auswählen. Einfügen eine neue Zeile unter oder über der ausgewählten Zeile bzw. eine neue Spalte links oder rechts von der ausgewählten Spalte einfügen. Löschen eine Zeile, Spalte, Zelle (abhängig von der Cursorposition) oder die ganze Tabelle löschen. Zellen verbinden - die ausgewählten Zellen in einer Zelle zusammenführen. Zelle teilen... - die ausgewählte Zelle in mehrere Zellen oder Spalten teilen. Diese Option öffnet das folgende Fenster: Geben Sie die gewünschte Spaltenanzahl und Zeilenanzahl für die Teilung der ausgewählten Zelle an und klicken Sie auf OK. Hinweis: die Optionen im Abschnitt Zeilen & Spalten sind auch über das Rechtsklickmenü zugänglich. Um die erweiterten Tabelleneigenschaften zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Tabelle und wählen Sie die Option Tabelle - Erweiterte Eigenschaften im Rechtsklickmenü oder klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Das Fenster mit den Tabelleneigenschaften wird geöffnet: Im Reiter Seitenränder können Sie den Abstand zwischen dem Text in den Zellen und dem Zellenrand festlegen: Geben Sie die gewünschten Werte für die Zellenränder manuell ein oder aktivieren Sie das Kästchen Standardränder nutzen, um die voreingestellten Werte zu nutzen (auf Wunsch können diese angepasst werden). Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Tabelle enthalten sind. Um den eingegebenen Text in den Zellen zu formatieren, nutzen Sie die Symbole in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste. Im Rechtsklickmenü stehen Ihnen zwei zusätzliche Optionen zur Verfügung: Textausrichtung in Zellen - ermöglicht Ihnen den gewünschten Typ der vertikalen Textausrichtung in den gewählten Zellen festzulegen: Oben ausrichten, Vertikal zentrieren oder Unten ausrichten. Hyperlink - einen Hyperlink in die ausgewählte Zelle einfügen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm", "title": "Text einfügen und formatieren", - "body": "Text einfügen Für die Eingabe von neuem Text, haben Sie drei Möglichkeiten zur Auswahl: Einen Textabschnitt in den entsprechenden Textplatzhalter auf der Folie einfügen. Platzieren Sie den Cursor im Platzhalter unter und geben Sie Ihren Text ein oder fügen Sie diesen mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+V ein. Einen Textabschnitt an beliebiger Stelle auf einer Folie einfügen. Fügen Sie ein Textfeld (rechteckigen Rahmen, in den ein Text eingegeben werden kann) oder ein TextArtfeld (Textfeld mit einer vordefinierten Schriftart und Farbe, das die Anwendung von Texteffekten ermöglicht) in die Folie ein. Abhängig vom ausgewählten Textobjekt haben Sie folgende Möglichkeiten: Um ein Textfeld hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf das Symbol Textfeld und dann auf die Stelle, an der Sie das Textfeld einfügen möchten. Halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie den Rahmen des Textfelds in die gewünschte Größe. Wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen, erscheint die Einfügemarke im hinzugefügten Textfeld und Sie können Ihren Text eingeben.Hinweis: alternativ können Sie ein Textfeld einfügen, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Form klicken und das Symbol aus der Gruppe Standardformen auswählen. Um ein TextArt-Objekt einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol TextArt in der Registerkarte Einfügen und klicken Sie dann auf die gewünschte Stilvorlage - das TextArt-Objekt wird in der Mitte der Folie eingefügt. Markieren Sie den Standardtext innerhalb des Textfelds mit der Maus und ersetzen Sie diesen durch Ihren eigenen Text. Einen Textabschnitt in eine AutoForm einfügen. Wählen Sie eine Form aus und geben Sie Ihren Text ein. Klicken Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb des Textobjekts, um die Änderungen anzuwenden und zur Folie zurückzukehren. Der Text innerhalb des Textfelds ist Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text mit ihr verschoben oder gedreht). Da ein eingefügtes Textobjekt von einem rechteckigen Rahmen umgeben ist (TextArt-Objekte haben standardmäßig unsichtbare Rahmen) und dieser Rahmen eine allgemeine AutoForm ist, können Sie sowohl die Form als auch die Texteigenschaften ändern. Um das hinzugefügte Textobjekt zu löschen, klicken Sie auf den Rand des Textfelds und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf der Tastatur. Dadurch wird auch der Text im Textfeld gelöscht. Textfeld formatieren Wählen Sie das entsprechende Textfeld durch anklicken der Rahmenlinien aus, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn das Textfeld markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als durchgezogene Linien und nicht gestrichelt angezeigt. Sie können einen Textplatzhalter/-bereich mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte verschieben, drehen und die Größe ändern. Um das Textfeld zu bearbeiten mit einer Füllung zu versehen, Rahmenlinien zu ändern, das rechteckige Feld mit einer anderen Form zu ersetzen oder auf Formen - erweiterte Einstellungen zuzugreifen, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Formeinstellungen und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen. Um ein Textfeld auf einer Folie auszurichten oder Textfelder mit andern Objekten zu verknüpfen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand und nutzen Sie die entsprechende Option im geöffneten Kontextmenü. Um Textspalten in einem Textfeld zu erzeugen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand, klicken Sie auf die Option Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Registerkarte Spalten. Text im Textfeld formatieren Markieren Sie den Text im Textfeld, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn der Text markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt. Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich, die Textformatierung zu ändern, wenn das Textfeld (nicht der Text selbst) ausgewählt ist. In einem solchen Fall werden alle Änderungen auf den gesamten Text im Textfeld angewandt. Einige Schriftformatierungsoptionen (Schriftart, -größe, -farbe und -stile) können separat auf einen zuvor ausgewählten Teil des Textes angewendet werden. Text im Textfeld ausrichten Der Text kann auf vier Arten horizontal ausgerichtet werden: linksbündig, rechtsbündig, zentriert oder im Blocksatz. Text horizontal ausrichten: Bewegen Sie den Cursor an die Stelle, an der Sie den Text ausrichten möchten (dabei kann es sich um eine neue Zeile oder um bereits eingegebenen Text handeln). Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start und klicken Sie auf Horizontale Ausrichtung , um die Auswahlliste zu öffnen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp: Die Option Text linksbündig ausrichten lässt den linken Textrand parallel zum linken Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (der rechte Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet). Durch die Option Text zentrieren wird der Text im Textbereich zentriert ausgerichtet (die rechte Seite und linke Seite bleiben unausgerichtet). Die Option Text rechtsbündig ausrichten lässt den rechten Textrand parallel zum rechten Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (der linke Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet). Die Option Im Blocksatz ausrichten lässt den Text parallel zum linken und rechten Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (zusätzlicher Abstand wird hinzugefügt, wo es notwendig ist, um die Ausrichtung beizubehalten). Der Text kann vertikal auf drei Arten ausgerichtet werden: oben, mittig oder unten. Text horizontal ausrichten: Bewegen Sie den Cursor an die Stelle, an der Sie den Text ausrichten möchten (dabei kann es sich um eine neue Zeile oder um bereits eingegebenen Text handeln). Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start und klicken Sie auf Vertikale Ausrichtung , um die Auswahlliste zu öffnen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp: Über die Option Text am oberen Rand ausrichten richten Sie den Text am oberen Rand des Textfelds aus. Über die Option Text mittig ausrichten richten Sie den Text im Textfelds mittig aus. Über die Option Text am unteren Rand ausrichten richten Sie den Text am unteren Rand des Textfelds aus. Textrichtung ändern Um den Text innerhalb des Textfeldes zu drehen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maus auf den Text, klicken Sie auf Textausrichtung und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Horizontal (Standardeinstellung), Text um 90° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von oben nach unten) oder Text um 270° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von unten nach oben). Schriftart, -größe und -farbe anpassen und DekoSchriften anwenden In der Registerkarte Start können Sie über die Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste Schriftart, -größe und -Farbe festelgen und verschiedene DekoSchriften anwenden. Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Formatierung auf Text anwenden wollen, der bereits in der Präsentation vorhanden ist, wählen Sie diesen mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus und legen Sie die gewünschte Formatierung fest. Schriftart Schriftart - eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den Vorlagen auswählen. Schriftgröße Über diese Option kann ein voreingestellter Wert für die Schriftgröße aus einer List ausgewählt werden oder der gewünschte Wert kann manuell in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingegeben werden. Schriftfarbe Um die Farbe der Buchstaben/Zeichen im Text zu ändern. Klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil neben dem Symbol, um eine Farbe auszuwählen. Fett Dient dazu eine Textstelle durch fette Schrift hervorzuheben. Kursiv Dient dazu eine Textstelle durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorzuheben. Unterstrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Durchgestrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie durchgestrichen. Hochgestellt Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und im oberen Teil der Textzeile platziert, wie z.B. in Bruchzahlen. Tiefgestellt Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und im unteren Teil der Textzeile platziert, wie z.B. in chemischen Formeln. Bestimmen Sie den Zeilenabstand und ändern Sie die Absatzeinzüge Im Präsentationseditor können Sie die Zeilenhöhe für den Text innerhalb der Absätze sowie den Abstand zwischen dem aktuellen Absatz und dem vorherigen oder nächsten Absatz festlegen. Zeilenhöhe festlegen: Postitionieren Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus aus. Nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Felder der Registerkarte Texteinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste, um die gewünschten Ergebnisse zu erzielen: Zeilenabstand - Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen im Absatz festlegen Sie haben drei Optionen zur Auswahl: mindestens (der erforderliche Abstand für das größte Schriftzeichen oder eine Grafik auf einer Zeile wird als Mindestabstand für alle Zeilen festgelegt), mehrfach (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein Zeilenabstand festgelegt, der ausgehend vom einfachen Zeilenabstand vergrößert wird (Größer als 1)), genau (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein fester Zeilenabstand festgelegt). Sie können den gewünschten Wert im Feld rechts angeben. Absatzabstand - Auswählen wie groß die Absätze sind, die zwischen Textzeilen und Abständen angezeigt werden. Vor Absatz - Abstand vor dem Absatz festlegen. Nach - Abstand nach dem Absatz festlegen. Um den aktuellen Zeilenabstand zu ändern, können Sie auch auf der Registerkarte Start das Symbol Zeilenabstand anklicken und den gewünschten Wert aus der Liste auswählen: 1,0; 1,15; 1,5; 2,0; 2,5; oder 3,0 Zeilen. Um den Absatzversatz von der linken Seite des Textfelds zu ändern, positionieren Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus aus und klicken Sie auf das entsprechende Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste: Einzug verkleinern und Einzug vergrößern . Außerdem können Sie die erweiterten Einstellungen des Absatzes ändern. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im gewünschten Absatz - die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen wird in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Absatzeigenschaften wird geöffnet:In der Registerkarte Einzüge & Position können Sie den Abstand der ersten Zeile vom linken inneren Rand des Textbereiches sowie den Abstand des Absatzes vom linken und rechten inneren Rand des Textbereiches ändern. Alternativ können Sie die Einzüge auch mithilfe des horizontale Lineals festlegen.Wählen Sie den gewünschten Absatz (Absätze) und ziehen Sie die Einzugsmarken auf dem Lineal in die gewünschte Position. Mit der Markierung für den Erstzeileneinzug lässt sich der Versatz des Absatzes vom linken inneren Rand des Textfeld für die erste Zeile eines Absatzes festlegen. Mit der Einzugsmarke für den hängenden Einzug lässt sich der Versatz vom linken inneren Seitenrand für die zweite Zeile sowie alle Folgezeilen eines Absatzes festlegen. Mit der linken Einzugsmarke lässt sich der Versatz des Absatzes vom linken inneren Seitenrand der Textbox festlegen. Die Marke Rechter Einzug wird genutzt, um den Versatz des Absatzes vom rechten inneren Seitenrand der Textbox festzulegen. Hinweis: Wenn die Lineale nicht angezeigt werden, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen und deaktivieren Sie die Option Lineale ausblenden.Die Registerkarte Schriftart enthält folgende Parameter: Durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer Linie Doppelt durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer doppelten Linie Hochgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen Tiefgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln Kapitälchen - erzeugt Großbuchstaben in Höhe von Kleinbuchstaben Großbuchstaben - alle Buchstaben als Großbuchstaben schreiben Zeichenabstand - Abstand zwischen den einzelnen Zeichen festlegen Über die Registerkarte Tabstopp können Sie die Tabstopps verändern, d.h. Sie ändern, an welche Position die Schreibmarke vorrückt, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf Ihrer Tastatur drücken. Tabulatorposition - Festlegen von benutzerdefinierten Tabstopps. Geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das angezeigte Feld ein, über die Pfeiltasten können Sie den Wert präzise anpassen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Festlegen. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird der Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt. Die Standardeinstellung für Tabulatoren ist auf 1,25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein. Ausrichtung - legt den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen in der obigen Liste fest. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus, Ihnen stehen die Optionen Linksbündig, Zentriert oder Rechtsbündig zur Verfügung, klicken sie anschließend auf Festlegen. Linksbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps linksbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach rechts. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Zentriert - der Text wird an der Tabstoppposition zentriert. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Rechtsbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps rechtsbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach links. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp und drücken Sie Entfernen oder Alle entfernen. Alternativ können Sie die Tabstopps auch mithilfe des horizontale Lineals festlegen. Klicken Sie zum Auswählen des gewünschten Tabstopps auf das Symbol in der oberen linken Ecke des Arbeitsbereichs, um den gewünschten Tabstopp auszuwählen: Links , Zentriert oder Rechts . Klicken Sie an der unteren Kante des Lineals auf die Position, an der Sie einen Tabstopp setzen möchten. Ziehen Sie die Markierung nach links oder rechts, um die Position zu ändern. Um den hinzugefügten Tabstopp zu entfernen, ziehen Sie die Markierung aus dem Lineal. Hinweis: Wenn die Lineale nicht angezeigt werden, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen und deaktivieren Sie die Option Lineale ausblenden. TextArt-Stil bearbeiten Wählen Sie ein Textobjekt aus und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf das Symbol TextArt-Einstellungen . Ändern Sie den angewandten Textstil, indem Sie eine neue Vorlage aus der Galerie auswählen. Sie können den Grundstil außerdem ändern, indem Sie eine andere Schriftart, -größe usw. auswählen. Füllung und Umrandung ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind die gleichen wie für AutoFormen. Wenden Sie einen Texteffekt an, indem Sie aus der Galerie mit den verfügbaren Vorlagen die gewünschte Formatierung auswählen. Sie können den Grad der Textverzerrung anpassen, indem Sie den rosafarbenen, rautenförmigen Griff in die gewünschte Position ziehen." + "body": "Text einfügen Für die Eingabe von neuem Text stehen Ihnen drei Möglichkeiten zur Auswahl: Textabschnitt in den entsprechenden Textplatzhalter auf der Folie einfügen. Platzieren Sie dazu den Cursor im Platzhalter und geben Sie Ihren Text ein oder fügen Sie diesen mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+V ein. Textabschnitt an beliebiger Stelle auf einer Folie einfügen. Fügen Sie ein Textfeld (rechteckiger Rahmen, in den ein Text eingegeben werden kann) oder ein TextArtfeld (Textfeld mit einer vordefinierten Schriftart und Farbe, das die Anwendung von Texteffekten ermöglicht) in die Folie ein. Abhängig vom ausgewählten Textobjekt haben Sie folgende Möglichkeiten: Um ein Textfeld hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf das Symbol Textfeld und dann auf die Stelle, an der Sie das Textfeld einfügen möchten. Halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie den Rahmen des Textfelds in die gewünschte Größe. Wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen, erscheint die Einfügemarke im hinzugefügten Textfeld und Sie können Ihren Text eingeben.Hinweis: alternativ können Sie ein Textfeld einfügen, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Form klicken und das Symbol aus der Gruppe Standardformen auswählen. Um ein TextArt-Objekt einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol TextArt in der Registerkarte Einfügen und klicken Sie dann auf die gewünschte Stilvorlage - das TextArt-Objekt wird in der Mitte der Folie eingefügt. Markieren Sie den Standardtext innerhalb des Textfelds mit der Maus und ersetzen Sie diesen durch Ihren eigenen Text. Einen Textabschnitt in eine AutoForm einfügen. Wählen Sie eine Form aus und geben Sie Ihren Text ein. Klicken Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb des Textobjekts, um die Änderungen anzuwenden und zur Folie zurückzukehren. Der Text innerhalb des Textfelds ist Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text mit ihr verschoben oder gedreht). Da ein eingefügtes Textobjekt von einem rechteckigen Rahmen umgeben ist (TextArt-Objekte haben standardmäßig unsichtbare Rahmen) und dieser Rahmen eine allgemeine AutoForm ist, können Sie sowohl die Form als auch die Texteigenschaften ändern. Um das hinzugefügte Textobjekt zu löschen, klicken Sie auf den Rand des Textfelds und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf der Tastatur. Dadurch wird auch der Text im Textfeld gelöscht. Textfeld formatieren Wählen Sie das entsprechende Textfeld durch Anklicken der Rahmenlinien aus, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn das Textfeld markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als durchgezogene Linien (nicht gestrichelt) angezeigt. Sie können das Textfeld mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte an den Ecken der Form verschieben, drehen und die Größe ändern. Um das Textfeld zu bearbeiten mit einer Füllung zu versehen, Rahmenlinien zu ändern, das rechteckige Feld mit einer anderen Form zu ersetzen oder auf Formen - erweiterte Einstellungen zuzugreifen, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Formeinstellungen und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen. Um ein Textfeld auf einer Folie auszurichten, zu drehen oder zu spiegeln oder Textfelder mit andern Objekten zu verknüpfen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand und nutzen Sie die entsprechende Option im geöffneten Kontextmenü. Um Textspalten in einem Textfeld zu erzeugen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand, klicken Sie auf die Option Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Registerkarte Spalten. Text im Textfeld formatieren Markieren Sie den Text im Textfeld, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn der Text markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt. Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich die Textformatierung zu ändern, wenn das Textfeld (nicht der Text selbst) ausgewählt ist. In einem solchen Fall werden alle Änderungen auf den gesamten Text im Textfeld angewandt. Einige Schriftformatierungsoptionen (Schriftart, -größe, -farbe und -stile) können separat auf einen zuvor ausgewählten Teil des Textes angewendet werden. Text im Textfeld ausrichten Der Text kann auf vier Arten horizontal ausgerichtet werden: linksbündig, rechtsbündig, zentriert oder im Blocksatz. Textobjekt einfügen: Bewegen Sie den Cursor an die Stelle, an der Sie den Text ausrichten möchten (dabei kann es sich um eine neue Zeile oder um bereits eingegebenen Text handeln). Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start und klicken Sie auf Horizontale Ausrichtung , um die Auswahlliste zu öffnen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp: Die Option Text linksbündig ausrichten lässt den linken Textrand parallel zum linken Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (der rechte Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet). Durch die Option Text zentrieren wird der Text im Textbereich zentriert ausgerichtet (die rechte und linke Seite bleiben unausgerichtet). Die Option Text rechtsbündig ausrichten lässt den rechten Textrand parallel zum rechten Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (der linke Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet). Die Option Im Blocksatz ausrichten lässt den Text parallel zum linken und rechten Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (zusätzlicher Abstand wird hinzugefügt, wo es notwendig ist, um die Ausrichtung beizubehalten). Der Text kann vertikal auf drei Arten ausgerichtet werden: oben, mittig oder unten. Textobjekt einfügen: Bewegen Sie den Cursor an die Stelle, an der Sie den Text ausrichten möchten (dabei kann es sich um eine neue Zeile oder um bereits eingegebenen Text handeln). Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start und klicken Sie auf Vertikale Ausrichtung , um die Auswahlliste zu öffnen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp: Über die Option Text am oberen Rand ausrichten richten Sie den Text am oberen Rand des Textfelds aus. Über die Option Text mittig ausrichten richten Sie den Text im Textfeld mittig aus. Über die Option Text am unteren Rand ausrichten richten Sie den Text am unteren Rand des Textfelds aus. Textrichtung ändern Um den Text innerhalb des Textfeldes zu drehen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text, klicken Sie auf Textausrichtung und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Horizontal (Standardeinstellung), Text um 180° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von oben nach unten) oder Text um 270° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von unten nach oben). Schriftart, -größe und -farbe anpassen und DekoSchriften anwenden In der Registerkarte Start können Sie über die Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste Schriftart, -größe und -Farbe festelgen und verschiedene DekoSchriften anwenden. Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Formatierung auf Text anwenden wollen, der bereits in der Präsentation vorhanden ist, wählen Sie diesen mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus und legen Sie die gewünschte Formatierung fest. Schriftart Wird verwendet, um eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den verfügbaren Schriftarten zu wählen. Wenn eine gewünschte Schriftart nicht in der Liste verfügbar ist, können Sie diese runterladen und in Ihrem Betriebssystem speichern. Anschließend steht Ihnen diese Schrift in der Desktop-Version zur Nutzung zur Verfügung. Schriftgröße Über diese Option kann der gewünschte Wert für die Schriftgröße aus der Dropdown-List ausgewählt werden (die Standardwerte sind: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 und 96). Sie können auch manuell einen Wert in das Feld für die Schriftgröße eingeben und anschließend die Eingabetaste drücken. Schriftfarbe Wird verwendet, um die Farbe der Buchstaben/Zeichen im Text zu ändern. Klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil neben dem Symbol, um eine Farbe auszuwählen. Fett Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch fette Schrift hervorgehoben. Kursiv Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorgehoben. Unterstrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Durchgestrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie durchgestrichen. Hochgestellt Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und im oberen Teil der Textzeile platziert z.B. in Bruchzahlen. Tiefgestellt Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und im unteren Teil der Textzeile platziert z.B. in chemischen Formeln. Bestimmen Sie den Zeilenabstand und ändern Sie die Absatzeinzüge Im Präsentationseditor können Sie die Zeilenhöhe für den Text innerhalb der Absätze sowie den Abstand zwischen dem aktuellen Absatz und dem vorherigen oder nächsten Absatz festlegen. Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt: Postitionieren Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus aus. Nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Felder der Registerkarte Texteinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste, um die gewünschten Ergebnisse zu erzielen: Zeilenabstand - Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen im Absatz festlegen. Sie können unter drei Optionen wählen: mindestens (der erforderliche Abstand für das größte Schriftzeichen oder eine Grafik auf einer Zeile wird als Mindestabstand für alle Zeilen festgelegt), mehrfach (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein Zeilenabstand festgelegt, der ausgehend vom einfachen Zeilenabstand vergrößert wird (Größer als 1)), genau (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein fester Zeilenabstand festgelegt). Sie können den gewünschten Wert im Feld rechts angeben. Absatzabstand - Auswählen wie groß die Absätze sind, die zwischen Textzeilen und Abständen angezeigt werden. Vor - Abstand vor dem Absatz festlegen. Nach - Abstand nach dem Absatz festlegen. Um den aktuellen Zeilenabstand zu ändern, können Sie auch auf der Registerkarte Start das Symbol Zeilenabstand anklicken und den gewünschten Wert aus der Liste auswählen: 1,0; 1,15; 1,5; 2,0; 2,5; oder 3,0 Zeilen. Um den Absatzversatz von der linken Seite des Textfelds zu ändern, positionieren Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus aus und klicken Sie auf das entsprechende Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste: Einzug verkleinern und Einzug vergrößern . Außerdem können Sie die erweiterten Einstellungen des Absatzes ändern. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im gewünschten Absatz - die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen wird in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Absatzeigenschaften wird geöffnet:In der Registerkarte Einzüge & Position können Sie den Abstand der ersten Zeile vom linken inneren Rand des Textbereiches sowie den Abstand des Absatzes vom linken und rechten inneren Rand des Textbereiches ändern. Alternativ können Sie die Einzüge auch mithilfe des horizontalen Lineals festlegen.Wählen Sie den gewünschten Absatz (Absätze) und ziehen Sie die Einzugsmarken auf dem Lineal in die gewünschte Position. Mit der Markierung für den Erstzeileneinzug lässt sich der Versatz des Absatzes vom linken inneren Rand des Textfelds für die erste Zeile eines Absatzes festlegen. Mit der Einzugsmarke für den hängenden Einzug lässt sich der Versatz vom linken inneren Seitenrand für die zweite Zeile sowie alle Folgezeilen eines Absatzes festlegen. Mit der linken Einzugsmarke lässt sich der Versatz des Absatzes vom linken inneren Seitenrand der Textbox festlegen. Die Marke Rechter Einzug wird genutzt, um den Versatz des Absatzes vom rechten inneren Seitenrand der Textbox festzulegen. Hinweis: Wenn die Lineale nicht angezeigt werden, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen und deaktivieren Sie die Option Lineale ausblenden.Die Registerkarte Schriftart enthält folgende Parameter: Durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer Linie. Doppelt durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer doppelten Linie. Hochgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen. Tiefgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln. Kapitälchen - erzeugt Großbuchstaben in Höhe von Kleinbuchstaben. Großbuchstaben - alle Buchstaben als Großbuchstaben schreiben. Zeichenabstand - Abstand zwischen den einzelnen Zeichen festlegen. Erhöhen Sie den Standardwert für den Abstand Erweitert oder verringern Sie den Standardwert für den Abstand Verkürzt. Nutzen Sie die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein.Alle Änderungen werden im Feld Vorschau unten angezeigt. Die Registerkarte Tabulator ermöglicht die Änderung der Tabstopps zu ändern, d.h. die Position des Mauszeigers rückt vor, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf der Tastatur drücken. Tabulatorposition - Festlegen von benutzerdefinierten Tabstopps. Geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das angezeigte Feld ein, über die Pfeiltasten können Sie den Wert präzise anpassen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Festlegen. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird der Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt. Die Standardeinstellung für Tabulatoren ist auf 1,25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein. Ausrichtung - legt den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen in der obigen Liste fest. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus, Ihnen stehen die Optionen Linksbündig, Zentriert oder Rechtsbündig zur Verfügung, klicken sie anschließend auf Festlegen. Linksbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps linksbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach rechts. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Zentriert - der Text wird an der Tabstoppposition zentriert. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Rechtsbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps rechtsbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach links. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp und drücken Sie Entfernen oder Alle entfernen. Alternativ können Sie die Tabstopps auch mithilfe des horizontalen Lineals festlegen. Klicken Sie zum Auswählen des gewünschten Tabstopps auf das Symbol in der oberen linken Ecke des Arbeitsbereichs, um den gewünschten Tabstopp auszuwählen: Links , Zentriert oder Rechts . Klicken Sie an der unteren Kante des Lineals auf die Position, an der Sie einen Tabstopp setzen möchten. Ziehen Sie die Markierung nach links oder rechts, um die Position zu ändern. Um den hinzugefügten Tabstopp zu entfernen, ziehen Sie die Markierung aus dem Lineal. Hinweis: Wenn die Lineale nicht angezeigt werden, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen und deaktivieren Sie die Option Lineale ausblenden. TextArt-Stil bearbeiten Wählen Sie ein Textobjekt aus und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf das Symbol TextArt-Einstellungen . Ändern Sie den angewandten Textstil, indem Sie eine neue Vorlage aus der Galerie auswählen. Sie können den Grundstil außerdem ändern, indem Sie eine andere Schriftart, -größe usw. auswählen. Füllung und Umrandung der Schriftart ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind die gleichen wie für AutoFormen. Wenden Sie einen Texteffekt an, indem Sie aus der Galerie mit den verfügbaren Vorlagen die gewünschte Formatierung auswählen. Sie können den Grad der Textverzerrung anpassen, indem Sie den rosafarbenen, rautenförmigen Ziehpunkt in die gewünschte Position ziehen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm", @@ -143,12 +158,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "title": "Objekte formatieren", - "body": "Sie können die verschiedene Objekte auf einer Folie mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte manuell verschieben, drehen und ihre Größe ändern. Alternativ können Sie über die rechte Seitenleiste oder das Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen genaue Werte für die Abmessungen und die Position von Objekten festlegen. Größe von Objekten ändern Um die Größe von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen, Tabellen oder Textboxen zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten an den Rändern des entsprechenden Objekts. Um das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis der ausgewählten Objekte während der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie Taste UMSCHALT gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole. Um die präzise Breite und Höhe eines Diagramms festzulegen, wählen Sie es auf der Folie aus und navigieren Sie über den Bereich Größe, der in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert wird. Um die präzise Abmessungen eines Bildes oder einer AutoForm festzulegen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das gewünschte Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Bild/AutoForm - Erweiterte Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Legen Sie benötigte Werte in die Registerkarte Größe im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen fest und drücken Sie auf OK. Die Form einer AutoForm ändern Bei der Änderung einiger Formen, z.B. geformte Pfeile oder Legenden, ist auch ein gelbes diamantförmiges Symbol verfügbar. Über dieses Symbol können verschiedene Komponenten einer Form geändert werden, z.B. die Länge des Pfeilkopfes. Objekte verschieben Um die Position von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen, Tabellen und Textfeldern zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol , das eingeblendet wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über die AutoForm bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Objekt in die gewünschten Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Um ein Objekt in 1-Pixel-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur. Um ein Objekt strikt horizontal/vertikal zu bewegen und zu verhindern, dass es sich perpendikular bewegt, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Ziehen gedrückt. Um die exakte Position eines Bildes festzulegen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Legen Sie gewünschten Werte im Bereich Position im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen fest und drücken Sie auf OK. Objekte drehen Um AutoFormen, Bilder und Textfelder zu drehen, positionieren Sie den Cursor auf dem Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie das Objekt im Uhrzeigersinn oder gegen Uhrzeigersinn in die gewünschte Position. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt." + "body": "Sie können die verschiedene Objekte auf einer Folie mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte manuell verschieben, drehen und ihre Größe ändern. Alternativ können Sie über die rechte Seitenleiste oder das Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen genaue Werte für die Abmessungen und die Position von Objekten festlegen. Hinweis: Hier finden Sie eine Übersicht über die gängigen Tastenkombinationen für die Arbeit mit Objekten. Größe von Objekten ändern Um die Größe von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen, Tabellen oder Textboxen zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten an den Rändern des entsprechenden Objekts. Um das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis der ausgewählten Objekte während der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie Taste UMSCHALT gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole. Um die präzise Breite und Höhe eines Diagramms festzulegen, wählen Sie es auf der Folie aus und navigieren Sie über den Bereich Größe, der in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert wird. Um die präzise Abmessungen eines Bildes oder einer AutoForm festzulegen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das gewünschte Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Bild/AutoForm - Erweiterte Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Legen Sie benötigte Werte in die Registerkarte Größe im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen fest und drücken Sie auf OK. Die Form einer AutoForm ändern Bei der Änderung einiger Formen, z.B. geformte Pfeile oder Legenden, ist auch dieses gelbe diamantförmige Symbol verfügbar. Über dieses Symbol können verschiedene Komponenten einer Form geändert werden, z.B. die Länge des Pfeilkopfes. Objekte verschieben Um die Position von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen, Tabellen und Textfeldern zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol , das eingeblendet wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über die AutoForm bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Objekt in die gewünschten Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Um ein Objekt in 1-Pixel-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur. Um ein Objekt strikt horizontal/vertikal zu bewegen und zu verhindern, dass es sich perpendikular bewegt, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Ziehen gedrückt. Um die exakte Position eines Bildes festzulegen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Legen Sie gewünschten Werte im Bereich Position im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen fest und drücken Sie auf OK. Objekte drehen Um AutoFormen, Bilder und Textfelder manuell zu drehen, positionieren Sie den Cursor auf dem Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie das Objekt im Uhrzeigersinn oder gegen Uhrzeigersinn in die gewünschte Position. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt. Sobald Sie das gewünschte Objekt ausgewählt haben, wird der Abschnitt Drehen in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Hier haben Sie die Möglichkeit das Objekt um 90 Grad im/gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen oder das Objekt horizontal/vertikal zu drehen. Um die Funktion zu öffnen, klicken Sie rechts auf das Symbol Formeinstellungen oder das Symbol Bildeinstellungen . Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen: - die Form um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen - die Form um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn drehen - die Form horizontal spiegeln (von links nach rechts) - die Form vertikal spiegeln (von oben nach unten) Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das ausgewählte Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Drehen aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Optionen zum Drehen. Um den Text in einem genau festgelegten Winkel zu drehen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste und wählen Sie dann die Option Drehen im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld Winkel ein und klicken Sie dann auf OK." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", + "title": "AutoKorrekturfunktionen", + "body": "Die Autokorrekturfunktionen in ONLYOFFICE Docs werden verwendet, um Text automatisch zu formatieren, wenn sie erkannt werden, oder um spezielle mathematische Symbole einzufügen, indem bestimmte Zeichen verwendet werden. Die verfügbaren AutoKorrekturoptionen werden im entsprechenden Dialogfeld aufgelistet. Um darauf zuzugreifen, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur. Das Dialogfeld Autokorrektur besteht aus zwei Registerkarten: Mathematische Autokorrektur und Erkannte Funktionen. Math. AutoKorrektur Sie können manuell die Symbole, Akzente und mathematische Symbole für die Gleichungen mit der Tastatur statt der Galerie eingeben. Positionieren Sie die Einfügemarke am Platzhalter im Formel-Editor, geben Sie den mathematischen AutoKorrektur-Code ein, drücken Sie die Leertaste. Hinweis: Bei den Codes muss die Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachtet werden. Sie können Autokorrektur-Einträge zur Autokorrektur-Liste hinzufügen, ändern, wiederherstellen und entfernen. Wechseln Sie zur Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur -> Mathematische Autokorrektur. Einträge zur Autokorrekturliste hinzufügen Geben Sie den Autokorrekturcode, den Sie verwenden möchten, in das Feld Ersetzen ein. Geben Sie das Symbol ein, das dem früher eingegebenen Code zugewiesen werden soll, in das Feld Nach ein. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Hinzufügen. Einträge in der Autokorrekturliste bearbeiten Wählen Sie den Eintrag, den Sie bearbeiten möchten. Sie können die Informationen in beiden Feldern ändern: den Code im Feld Ersetzen oder das Symbol im Feld Nach. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Ersetzen. Einträge aus der Autokorrekturliste entfernen Wählen Sie den Eintrag, den Sie entfernen möchten. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Löschen. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zurücksetzen auf die Standardeinstellungen, um die Standardeinstellungen wiederherzustellen. Alle von Ihnen hinzugefügten Autokorrektur-Einträge werden entfernt und die geänderten werden auf ihre ursprünglichen Werte zurückgesetzt. Deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Text bei der Eingabe ersetzen, um Math. AutoKorrektur zu deaktivieren und automatische Änderungen und Ersetzungen zu verbieten. Die folgende Tabelle enthält alle derzeit unterstützten Codes, die im Präsentationseditor verfügbar sind. Die vollständige Liste der unterstützten Codes finden Sie auch auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur -> Mathematische Autokorrektur. Die unterstützte Codes Code Symbol Bereich !! Symbole ... Punkte :: Operatoren := Operatoren /< Vergleichsoperatoren /> Vergleichsoperatoren /= Vergleichsoperatoren \\above Hochgestellte/Tiefgestellte Skripts \\acute Akzente \\aleph Hebräische Buchstaben \\alpha Griechische Buchstaben \\Alpha Griechische Buchstaben \\amalg Binäre Operatoren \\angle Geometrische Notation \\aoint Integrale \\approx Vergleichsoperatoren \\asmash Pfeile \\ast Binäre Operatoren \\asymp Vergleichsoperatoren \\atop Operatoren \\bar Über-/Unterstrich \\Bar Akzente \\because Vergleichsoperatoren \\begin Trennzeichen \\below Above/Below Skripts \\bet Hebräische Buchstaben \\beta Griechische Buchstaben \\Beta Griechische Buchstaben \\beth Hebräische Buchstaben \\bigcap Große Operatoren \\bigcup Große Operatoren \\bigodot Große Operatoren \\bigoplus Große Operatoren \\bigotimes Große Operatoren \\bigsqcup Große Operatoren \\biguplus Große Operatoren \\bigvee Große Operatoren \\bigwedge Große Operatoren \\binomial Gleichungen \\bot Logische Notation \\bowtie Vergleichsoperatoren \\box Symbole \\boxdot Binäre Operatoren \\boxminus Binäre Operatoren \\boxplus Binäre Operatoren \\bra Trennzeichen \\break Symbole \\breve Akzente \\bullet Binäre Operatoren \\cap Binäre Operatoren \\cbrt Wurzeln \\cases Symbole \\cdot Binäre Operatoren \\cdots Punkte \\check Akzente \\chi Griechische Buchstaben \\Chi Griechische Buchstaben \\circ Binäre Operatoren \\close Trennzeichen \\clubsuit Symbole \\coint Integrale \\cong Vergleichsoperatoren \\coprod Mathematische Operatoren \\cup Binäre Operatoren \\dalet Hebräische Buchstaben \\daleth Hebräische Buchstaben \\dashv Vergleichsoperatoren \\dd Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\Dd Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\ddddot Akzente \\dddot Akzente \\ddot Akzente \\ddots Punkte \\defeq Vergleichsoperatoren \\degc Symbole \\degf Symbole \\degree Symbole \\delta Griechische Buchstaben \\Delta Griechische Buchstaben \\Deltaeq Operatoren \\diamond Binäre Operatoren \\diamondsuit Symbole \\div Binäre Operatoren \\dot Akzente \\doteq Vergleichsoperatoren \\dots Punkte \\doublea Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleA Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleb Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleB Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublec Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleC Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubled Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleD Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublee Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleE Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublef Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleF Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleg Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleG Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleh Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleH Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublei Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleI Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublej Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleJ Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublek Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleK Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublel Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleL Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublem Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleM Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublen Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleN Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleo Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleO Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublep Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleP Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleq Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleQ Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubler Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleR Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubles Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleS Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublet Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleT Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleu Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleU Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublev Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleV Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublew Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleW Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublex Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleX Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubley Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleY Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublez Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleZ Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\downarrow Pfeile \\Downarrow Pfeile \\dsmash Pfeile \\ee Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\ell Symbole \\emptyset Notationen von Mengen \\emsp Leerzeichen \\end Trennzeichen \\ensp Leerzeichen \\epsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\Epsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\eqarray Symbole \\equiv Vergleichsoperatoren \\eta Griechische Buchstaben \\Eta Griechische Buchstaben \\exists Logische Notationen \\forall Logische Notationen \\fraktura Fraktur \\frakturA Fraktur \\frakturb Fraktur \\frakturB Fraktur \\frakturc Fraktur \\frakturC Fraktur \\frakturd Fraktur \\frakturD Fraktur \\frakture Fraktur \\frakturE Fraktur \\frakturf Fraktur \\frakturF Fraktur \\frakturg Fraktur \\frakturG Fraktur \\frakturh Fraktur \\frakturH Fraktur \\frakturi Fraktur \\frakturI Fraktur \\frakturk Fraktur \\frakturK Fraktur \\frakturl Fraktur \\frakturL Fraktur \\frakturm Fraktur \\frakturM Fraktur \\frakturn Fraktur \\frakturN Fraktur \\frakturo Fraktur \\frakturO Fraktur \\frakturp Fraktur \\frakturP Fraktur \\frakturq Fraktur \\frakturQ Fraktur \\frakturr Fraktur \\frakturR Fraktur \\frakturs Fraktur \\frakturS Fraktur \\frakturt Fraktur \\frakturT Fraktur \\frakturu Fraktur \\frakturU Fraktur \\frakturv Fraktur \\frakturV Fraktur \\frakturw Fraktur \\frakturW Fraktur \\frakturx Fraktur \\frakturX Fraktur \\fraktury Fraktur \\frakturY Fraktur \\frakturz Fraktur \\frakturZ Fraktur \\frown Vergleichsoperatoren \\funcapply Binäre Operatoren \\G Griechische Buchstaben \\gamma Griechische Buchstaben \\Gamma Griechische Buchstaben \\ge Vergleichsoperatoren \\geq Vergleichsoperatoren \\gets Pfeile \\gg Vergleichsoperatoren \\gimel Hebräische Buchstaben \\grave Akzente \\hairsp Leerzeichen \\hat Akzente \\hbar Symbole \\heartsuit Symbole \\hookleftarrow Pfeile \\hookrightarrow Pfeile \\hphantom Pfeile \\hsmash Pfeile \\hvec Akzente \\identitymatrix Matrizen \\ii Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\iiint Integrale \\iint Integrale \\iiiint Integrale \\Im Symbole \\imath Symbole \\in Vergleichsoperatoren \\inc Symbole \\infty Symbole \\int Integrale \\integral Integrale \\iota Griechische Buchstaben \\Iota Griechische Buchstaben \\itimes Mathematische Operatoren \\j Symbole \\jj Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\jmath Symbole \\kappa Griechische Buchstaben \\Kappa Griechische Buchstaben \\ket Trennzeichen \\lambda Griechische Buchstaben \\Lambda Griechische Buchstaben \\langle Trennzeichen \\lbbrack Trennzeichen \\lbrace Trennzeichen \\lbrack Trennzeichen \\lceil Trennzeichen \\ldiv Bruchteile \\ldivide Bruchteile \\ldots Punkte \\le Vergleichsoperatoren \\left Trennzeichen \\leftarrow Pfeile \\Leftarrow Pfeile \\leftharpoondown Pfeile \\leftharpoonup Pfeile \\leftrightarrow Pfeile \\Leftrightarrow Pfeile \\leq Vergleichsoperatoren \\lfloor Trennzeichen \\lhvec Akzente \\limit Grenzwerte \\ll Vergleichsoperatoren \\lmoust Trennzeichen \\Longleftarrow Pfeile \\Longleftrightarrow Pfeile \\Longrightarrow Pfeile \\lrhar Pfeile \\lvec Akzente \\mapsto Pfeile \\matrix Matrizen \\medsp Leerzeichen \\mid Vergleichsoperatoren \\middle Symbole \\models Vergleichsoperatoren \\mp Binäre Operatoren \\mu Griechische Buchstaben \\Mu Griechische Buchstaben \\nabla Symbole \\naryand Operatoren \\nbsp Leerzeichen \\ne Vergleichsoperatoren \\nearrow Pfeile \\neq Vergleichsoperatoren \\ni Vergleichsoperatoren \\norm Trennzeichen \\notcontain Vergleichsoperatoren \\notelement Vergleichsoperatoren \\notin Vergleichsoperatoren \\nu Griechische Buchstaben \\Nu Griechische Buchstaben \\nwarrow Pfeile \\o Griechische Buchstaben \\O Griechische Buchstaben \\odot Binäre Operatoren \\of Operatoren \\oiiint Integrale \\oiint Integrale \\oint Integrale \\omega Griechische Buchstaben \\Omega Griechische Buchstaben \\ominus Binäre Operatoren \\open Trennzeichen \\oplus Binäre Operatoren \\otimes Binäre Operatoren \\over Trennzeichen \\overbar Akzente \\overbrace Akzente \\overbracket Akzente \\overline Akzente \\overparen Akzente \\overshell Akzente \\parallel Geometrische Notation \\partial Symbole \\pmatrix Matrizen \\perp Geometrische Notation \\phantom Symbole \\phi Griechische Buchstaben \\Phi Griechische Buchstaben \\pi Griechische Buchstaben \\Pi Griechische Buchstaben \\pm Binäre Operatoren \\pppprime Prime-Zeichen \\ppprime Prime-Zeichen \\pprime Prime-Zeichen \\prec Vergleichsoperatoren \\preceq Vergleichsoperatoren \\prime Prime-Zeichen \\prod Mathematische Operatoren \\propto Vergleichsoperatoren \\psi Griechische Buchstaben \\Psi Griechische Buchstaben \\qdrt Wurzeln \\quadratic Wurzeln \\rangle Trennzeichen \\Rangle Trennzeichen \\ratio Vergleichsoperatoren \\rbrace Trennzeichen \\rbrack Trennzeichen \\Rbrack Trennzeichen \\rceil Trennzeichen \\rddots Punkte \\Re Symbole \\rect Symbole \\rfloor Trennzeichen \\rho Griechische Buchstaben \\Rho Griechische Buchstaben \\rhvec Akzente \\right Trennzeichen \\rightarrow Pfeile \\Rightarrow Pfeile \\rightharpoondown Pfeile \\rightharpoonup Pfeile \\rmoust Trennzeichen \\root Symbole \\scripta Skripts \\scriptA Skripts \\scriptb Skripts \\scriptB Skripts \\scriptc Skripts \\scriptC Skripts \\scriptd Skripts \\scriptD Skripts \\scripte Skripts \\scriptE Skripts \\scriptf Skripts \\scriptF Skripts \\scriptg Skripts \\scriptG Skripts \\scripth Skripts \\scriptH Skripts \\scripti Skripts \\scriptI Skripts \\scriptk Skripts \\scriptK Skripts \\scriptl Skripts \\scriptL Skripts \\scriptm Skripts \\scriptM Skripts \\scriptn Skripts \\scriptN Skripts \\scripto Skripts \\scriptO Skripts \\scriptp Skripts \\scriptP Skripts \\scriptq Skripts \\scriptQ Skripts \\scriptr Skripts \\scriptR Skripts \\scripts Skripts \\scriptS Skripts \\scriptt Skripts \\scriptT Skripts \\scriptu Skripts \\scriptU Skripts \\scriptv Skripts \\scriptV Skripts \\scriptw Skripts \\scriptW Skripts \\scriptx Skripts \\scriptX Skripts \\scripty Skripts \\scriptY Skripts \\scriptz Skripts \\scriptZ Skripts \\sdiv Bruchteile \\sdivide Bruchteile \\searrow Pfeile \\setminus Binäre Operatoren \\sigma Griechische Buchstaben \\Sigma Griechische Buchstaben \\sim Vergleichsoperatoren \\simeq Vergleichsoperatoren \\smash Pfeile \\smile Vergleichsoperatoren \\spadesuit Symbole \\sqcap Binäre Operatoren \\sqcup Binäre Operatoren \\sqrt Wurzeln \\sqsubseteq Notation von Mengen \\sqsuperseteq Notation von Mengen \\star Binäre Operatoren \\subset Notation von Mengen \\subseteq Notation von Mengen \\succ Vergleichsoperatoren \\succeq Vergleichsoperatoren \\sum Mathematische Operatoren \\superset Notation von Mengen \\superseteq Notation von Mengen \\swarrow Pfeile \\tau Griechische Buchstaben \\Tau Griechische Buchstaben \\therefore Vergleichsoperatoren \\theta Griechische Buchstaben \\Theta Griechische Buchstaben \\thicksp Leerzeichen \\thinsp Leerzeichen \\tilde Akzente \\times Binäre Operatoren \\to Pfeile \\top Logische Notationen \\tvec Pfeile \\ubar Akzente \\Ubar Akzente \\underbar Akzente \\underbrace Akzente \\underbracket Akzente \\underline Akzente \\underparen Akzente \\uparrow Pfeile \\Uparrow Pfeile \\updownarrow Pfeile \\Updownarrow Pfeile \\uplus Binäre Operatoren \\upsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\Upsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\varepsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\varphi Griechische Buchstaben \\varpi Griechische Buchstaben \\varrho Griechische Buchstaben \\varsigma Griechische Buchstaben \\vartheta Griechische Buchstaben \\vbar Trennzeichen \\vdash Vergleichsoperatoren \\vdots Punkte \\vec Akzente \\vee Binäre Operatoren \\vert Trennzeichen \\Vert Trennzeichen \\Vmatrix Matrizen \\vphantom Pfeile \\vthicksp Leerzeichen \\wedge Binäre Operatoren \\wp Symbole \\wr Binäre Operatoren \\xi Griechische Buchstaben \\Xi Griechische Buchstaben \\zeta Griechische Buchstaben \\Zeta Griechische Buchstaben \\zwnj Leerzeichen \\zwsp Leerzeichen ~= Vergleichsoperatoren -+ Binäre Operatoren +- Binäre Operatoren << Vergleichsoperatoren <= Vergleichsoperatoren -> Pfeile >= Vergleichsoperatoren >> Vergleichsoperatoren Erkannte Funktionen Auf dieser Registerkarte finden Sie die Liste der mathematischen Ausdrücke, die vom Gleichungseditor als Funktionen erkannt und daher nicht automatisch kursiv dargestellt werden. Die Liste der erkannten Funktionen finden Sie auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von Autokorrektur -> Erkannte Funktionen. Um der Liste der erkannten Funktionen einen Eintrag hinzuzufügen, geben Sie die Funktion in das leere Feld ein und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Hinzufügen. Um einen Eintrag aus der Liste der erkannten Funktionen zu entfernen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Funktion aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Löschen. Um die zuvor gelöschten Einträge wiederherzustellen, wählen Sie den gewünschten Eintrag aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Wiederherstellen. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zurücksetzen auf die Standardeinstellungen, um die Standardeinstellungen wiederherzustellen. Alle von Ihnen hinzugefügten Funktionen werden entfernt und die entfernten Funktionen werden wiederhergestellt." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "title": "Eine neue Präsentation erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen", - "body": "Nachdem Sie die Arbeit an einer Präsentation abgeschlossen haben, können Sie sofort zu einer bereits vorhandenen Präsentation übergehen, die Sie kürzlich bearbeitet haben, eine neue Präsentation erstellen oder die Liste mit den vorhandenen Präsentationen öffnen. Erstellen eine neuen Präsentation: Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Neu. Öffnen einer kürzlich bearbeiteten Präsentation: Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Zuletzt verwendet. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Präsentation aus der Liste mit den zuletzt bearbeiteten Präsentationen aus. Um zu der Liste der vorhandenen Präsentationen zurückzukehren, klicken Sie rechts auf der Menüleiste des Editors auf Vorhandene Präsentationen anzeigen. Alternativ können Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei wechseln und die Option Vorhandene Dokumente auswählen." + "body": "Eine neue Präsentation erstellen Online-Editor Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Neu erstellen. Desktop-Editor Wählen Sie im Hauptfenster des Programms das Menü Präsentation im Abschnitt Neu erstellen der linken Seitenleiste aus - eine neue Datei wird in einer neuen Registerkarte geöffnet. Wenn Sie alle gewünschten Änderungen durchgeführt haben, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Speichern in der oberen linken Ecke oder wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie das Menü Speichern als aus. Wählen Sie im Fenster Dateiverwaltung den Speicherort, legen Sie den Namen fest, wählen Sie das gewünschte Format (PPTX, Presentation template (POTX), ODP, OTP, PDF or PDFA) und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Speichern. Eine vorhandenes Präsentation öffnen Desktop-Editor Wählen Sie in der linken Seitenleiste im Hauptfenster des Programms den Menüpunkt Lokale Datei öffnen. Wählen Sie im Fenster Dateiverwaltung die gewünschte Präsentation aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Öffnen. Sie können auch im Fenster Dateiverwaltung mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Präsentation klicken, die Option Öffnen mit auswählen und die gewünschte Anwendung aus dem Menü auswählen. Wenn die Office-Dokumentdateien mit der Anwendung verknüpft sind, können Sie Präsentationen auch öffnen, indem Sie im Fenster Datei-Explorer auf den Dateinamen doppelklicken. Alle Verzeichnisse, auf die Sie mit dem Desktop-Editor zugegriffen haben, werden in der Liste Aktuelle Ordner angezeigt, um Ihnen einen schnellen Zugriff zu ermöglichen. Klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Ordner, um eine der darin gespeicherten Dateien auszuwählen. Öffnen einer kürzlich bearbeiteten Präsentation: Online-Editor Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Zuletzt verwendet.... Wählen Sie die gewünschte Präsentation aus der Liste mit den zuletzt bearbeiteten Dokumenten aus. Desktop-Editor Wählen Sie in der linken Seitenleiste im Hauptfenster des Programms den Menüpunkt Aktuelle Dateien. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Präsentation aus der Liste mit den zuletzt bearbeiteten Dokumenten aus. Um den Ordner in dem die Datei gespeichert ist in der Online-Version in einem neuen Browser-Tab oder in der Desktop-Version im Fenster Datei-Explorer zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf der rechten Seite des Editor-Hauptmenüs auf das Symbol Dateispeicherort öffnen. Alternativ können Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei wechseln und die Option Dateispeicherort öffnen auswählen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm", @@ -158,7 +178,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Präsentation speichern/drucken/herunterladen", - "body": "Standardmäßig speichert wird Ihre Datei im Präsentationseditor während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden gespeichert, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Programmabsturzes zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus co-editieren, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen. Wenn Sie die Datei im Modus Strikt co-editieren, werden Änderungen automatisch alle 10 Minuten gespeichert. Sie können den bevorzugten Co-Modus nach Belieben auswählen oder die Funktion AutoSave auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen deaktivieren. Aktuelle Präsentation manuell speichern: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Speichern oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+S oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Speichern. Aktuelle Präsentation drucken: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Drucken oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+P oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Drucken. Danach wird basierend auf der Präsentation eine PDF-Datei erstellt. Diese können Sie öffnen und drucken oder auf der Festplatte des Computers oder einem Wechseldatenträger speichern und später drucken. Aktuelle Präsentation auf dem PC speichern: Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: PPTX, PDF oder ODP." + "body": "Speichern Standardmäßig speichert der Online-Präsentationseditor Ihre Datei während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Progammabsturzes zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus co-editieren, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen. Wenn Sie die Datei im Modus Strikt co-editieren, werden Änderungen automatisch alle 10 Minuten gespeichert. Sie können den bevorzugten Co-Modus nach Belieben auswählen oder die Funktion AutoSpeichern auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen deaktivieren. Aktuelle Präsentation manuell im aktuellen Format im aktuellen Verzeichnis speichern: Verwenden Sie das Symbol Speichern im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors oder drücken Sie die Tasten STRG+S oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Speichern. Hinweis: um Datenverluste durch ein unerwartetes Schließen des Programms zu verhindern, können Sie in der Desktop-Version die Option AutoWiederherstellen auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen aktivieren. In der Desktop-Version können Sie die Präsentation unter einem anderen Namen, an einem neuen Speicherort oder in einem anderen Format speichern. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Speichern als.... Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: PPTX, ODP, PDF, PDFA. Sie können auch die Option Präsentationsvorlage (POTX oder OTP) auswählen. Download In der Online-Version können Sie die daraus resultierende Präsentation auf der Festplatte Ihres Computers speichern. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als.... Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Kopie speichern In der Online-Version können Sie die eine Kopie der Datei in Ihrem Portal speichern. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Kopie Speichern als.... Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Speicherort auf dem Portal aus und klicken Sie Speichern. Drucken Aktuelle Präsentation drucken: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Drucken im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+P oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Drucken. In der Desktop-Version wird die Datei direkt gedruckt. In der Online-Version wird basierend auf der Präsentation eine PDF-Datei erstellt. Diese können Sie öffnen und drucken oder auf der Festplatte des Computers oder einem Wechseldatenträger speichern und später drucken. Einige Browser (z. B. Chrome und Opera) unterstützen Direktdruck." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm", @@ -168,6 +188,6 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", "title": "Präsentationseigenschaften anzeigen", - "body": "Um detaillierte Informationen über die aktuelle Präsentation einzusehen, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Präsentationseigenschaften.... Allgemeine Informationen Die Informationen umfassen Titel, Autor, Ort und Erstellungsdatum. Hinweis: Sie können den Titel der Präsentation direkt über die Oberfläche des Editors ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Umbenennen..., geben Sie den neuen Dateinamen an und klicken Sie auf OK. Zugriffsrechte Hinweis: Diese Option steht im schreibgeschützten Modus nicht zur Verfügung. Um einzusehen, wer zur Ansicht oder Bearbeitung der Präsentation berechtigt ist, wählen Sie die Option Zugriffsrechte... in der linken Seitenleiste. Sie können die aktuell ausgewählten Zugriffsrechte auch ändern, klicken Sie dazu im Abschnitt Personen mit Berechtigungen auf die Schaltfläche Zugriffsrechte ändern. Um das Fenster Datei zu schließen und in den Bearbeitungsmodus zurückzukehren, klicken sie auf Menü schließen." + "body": "Um detaillierte Informationen über die aktuelle Präsentation einzusehen, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Präsentationseigenschaften.... Allgemeine Eigenschaften Die Präsentationseigenschaften umfassen den Titel und die Anwendung mit der die Präsentation erstellt wurde. In der Online-Version werden zusätzlich die folgenden Informationen angezeigt: Autor, Ort, Erstellungsdatum. Hinweis: Sie können den Titel der Präsentation direkt über die Oberfläche des Editors ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Umbenennen..., geben Sie den neuen Dateinamen an und klicken Sie auf OK. Zugriffsrechte In der Online-Version können Sie die Informationen zu Berechtigungen für die in der Cloud gespeicherten Dateien einsehen. Hinweis: Diese Option steht im schreibgeschützten Modus nicht zur Verfügung. Um einzusehen, wer zur Ansicht oder Bearbeitung der Präsentation berechtigt ist, wählen Sie die Option Zugriffsrechte... in der linken Seitenleiste. Sie können die aktuell ausgewählten Zugriffsrechte auch ändern, klicken Sie dazu im Abschnitt Personen mit Berechtigungen auf die Schaltfläche Zugriffsrechte ändern. Um das Fenster Datei zu schließen und in den Bearbeitungsmodus zurückzukehren, klicken sie auf Menü schließen." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/js/keyboard-switch.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/js/keyboard-switch.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..267160c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/js/keyboard-switch.js @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +$(function(){ + function shortcutToggler(enabled,disabled,enabled_opt,disabled_opt){ + var selectorTD_en = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + enabled + ')', + selectorTD_dis = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + disabled + ')'; + $(disabled_opt).removeClass('enabled').addClass('disabled'); + $(enabled_opt).removeClass('disabled').addClass('enabled'); + $(selectorTD_dis).hide(); + $(selectorTD_en).show().each(function() { + if($(this).text() == ''){ + $(this).parent('tr').hide(); + } else { + $(this).parent('tr').show(); + } + }); + } + if (navigator.platform.toUpperCase().indexOf('MAC') >= 0) { + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + $('.mac_option').removeClass('right_option').addClass('left_option'); + $('.pc_option').removeClass('left_option').addClass('right_option'); + } else { + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + $('.shortcut_toggle').on('click', function() { + if($(this).hasClass('mac_option')){ + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + } else if ($(this).hasClass('pc_option')){ + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + }); +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json index 6e3becda3..caf0cad6a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json @@ -25,14 +25,19 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "name": "Manipulate objects on a slide"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Align and arrange objects on a slide"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Insert equations", "headername": "Math equations" }, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "Use Math AutoCorrect" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Collaborative presentation editing", "headername": "Presentation co-editing" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm", "name": "Edit an image", "headername": "Plugins"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm", "name": "Include a video" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm", "name": "Insert highlighted code" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Translator.htm", "name": "Translate text" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm", "name": "Replace a word by a synonym" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", "name": "View presentation information", "headername": "Tools and settings"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Save/print/download your presentation" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "name": "Advanced settings of Presentation Editor"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "name": "View settings and navigation tools"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Search function"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Spell-checking"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "AutoCorrect features" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "About Presentation Editor", "headername": "Helpful hints"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "name": "Supported formats of electronic presentations"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "name": "Keyboard shortcuts"} diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 473a80ed9..27c926700 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - About Presentation Editor + About the Presentation Editor - + @@ -13,13 +13,13 @@
                -

                About Presentation Editor

                -

                Presentation Editor is an online application that lets you look through +

                About the Presentation Editor

                +

                The Presentation Editor is an online application that lets you look through and edit presentations directly in your browser.

                -

                Using Presentation Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, - print the edited presentations keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive +

                Using the Presentation Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, + print the edited presentations keeping all the formatting details or download them onto the hard disk drive of your computer as PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP files.

                -

                To view the current software version and licensor details in the online version, click the About icon icon at the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version, select the About menu item at the left sidebar of the main program window.

                +

                To view the current software version and licensor details in the online version, click the About icon icon on the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version, select the About menu item on the left sidebar of the main program window.

                \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index f22f00086..9be9db40e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Advanced Settings of Presentation Editor + Advanced Settings of the Presentation Editor @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
                -

                Advanced Settings of Presentation Editor

                -

                Presentation Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings View settings icon icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option.

                +

                Advanced Settings of the Presentation Editor

                +

                The Presentation Editor allows you to change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings View settings icon icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option.

                The advanced settings are:

                • Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option.
                  • @@ -22,16 +22,16 @@
                • Alternate Input is used to turn on/off hieroglyphs.
                • Alignment Guides is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects and allow you to position them on the slide precisely.
                • Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing.
                  • -
                • Autorecover - is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows to automatically recover documents in case of the unexpected program closing.
                  • -
                • Co-editing Mode is used to select the display of the changes made during the co-editing: +
                • Autorecover - is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows you to automatically recover documents if the program closes unexpectedly.
                  • +
                • Co-editing Mode is used to select a way of displaying changes made during co-editing:
                    -
                  • By default the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users.
                    • -
                  • If you prefer not to see other user changes (so that they do not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save Save icon icon notifying you that there are changes from other users.
                    • +
                  • By default, the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the presentation co-editing, will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users.
                    • +
                  • If you prefer not to see the changes made by other users (so that they will not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode, and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save Save icon icon with a notification that there are some changes made by other users.
                • Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. You can also choose the Fit to Slide or Fit to Width option.
                • - Font Hinting is used to select the type a font is displayed in Presentation Editor: + Font Hinting is used to select a way fonts are displayed in the Presentation Editor:
                  • Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting.
                  • Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all.
                    • @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@
                • - Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when an issue in the Google Chrome browser with the enabled hardware acceleration occurs. -

                  Presentation Editor has two cache modes:

                  + Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it off without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when the Google Chrome browser has problems with the enabled hardware acceleration. +

                  The Presentation Editor has two cache modes:

                  1. In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture.
                  2. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc.
                    3. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
                  3. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode.
                -
              3. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option.
                4. +
              4. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins, etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option.
              5. Cut, copy and paste - used to show the Paste Options button when content is pasted. Check the box to enable this feature.
              6. Macros Settings - used to set macros display with a notification. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 2dffb3b36..a9e0ba178 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

                Collaborative Presentation Editing

                -

                Presentation Editor offers you the possibility to work at a presentation collaboratively with other users. This feature includes:

                +

                The Presentation Editor offers allows you to collaboratively work on a presentation collaboratively with other users. This feature includes:

                • simultaneous multi-user access to the edited presentation
                • visual indication of objects that are being edited by other users
                  • -
                • real-time changes display or synchronization of changes with one button click
                  • -
                • chat to share ideas concerning particular presentation parts
                  • +
                • real-time display of changes or their synchronization with one button click
                  • +
                • a chat to share ideas concerning particular parts of the presentation
                • comments containing the description of a task or problem that should be solved (it's also possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version)
                @@ -28,34 +28,34 @@

                Co-editing

                -

                Presentation Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes:

                +

                The Presentation Editor allows you to select one of the two available co-editing modes:

                • Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in real time.
                  • -
                • Strict is selected to hide other user changes until you click the Save Save icon icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others.
                  • +
                • Strict is selected to hide other user's changes until you click the Save Save icon icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by the others.
                -

                The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon Co-editing Mode icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar:

                +

                The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon Co-editing Mode icon on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar:

                Co-editing Mode menu

                Note: when you co-edit a presentation in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available.

                -

                When a presentation is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited objects (autoshapes, text objects, tables, images, charts) are marked with dashed lines of different colors. The object that you are editing is surrounded by the green dashed line. Red dashed lines indicate that objects are being edited by other users. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors once they are editing the text.

                -

                The number of users who are working at the current presentation is specified on the right side of the editor header - Number of users icon. If you want to see who exactly are editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users.

                -

                When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like Manage document access rights icon allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read or comment the presentation, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like Number of users icon. It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon Sharing icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar.

                +

                When a presentation is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited objects (autoshapes, text objects, tables, images, charts) are marked with dashed lines of different colors. The object that you are editing is surrounded by the green dashed line. Red dashed lines indicate that objects are being edited by other users. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors when they are editing the text.

                +

                The number of users who are working on the current presentation is specified on the right side of the editor header - Number of users icon. If you want to see who exactly is editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users.

                +

                When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like Manage document access rights icon allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read or comment the presentation, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like Number of users icon. It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon Sharing icon on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar.

                As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the Save icon icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the Save icon icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed.

                Chat

                -

                You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to arrange with your collaborators about who is doing what, which paragraph you are going to edit now etc.

                -

                The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them.

                +

                You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to distribute tasks with your collaborators.

                +

                The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content, it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them.

                To access the chat and leave a message for other users,

                1. - click the Chat icon icon at the left sidebar, or
                  + click the Chat icon icon on the left sidebar, or
                  switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat icon Chat button,
                2. enter your text into the corresponding field below,
                3. press the Send button.

                All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - Chat icon.

                -

                To close the panel with chat messages, click the Chat icon icon at the left sidebar or the Chat icon Chat button at the top toolbar once again.

                +

                To close the panel with chat messages, click the Chat icon icon on the left sidebar or the Chat icon Chat button on the top toolbar once again.

                Comments

                It's possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version.

                @@ -69,23 +69,23 @@
              7. click the Add Comment/Add button.

              The object you commented will be marked with the Commented object icon icon. To view the comment, just click on this icon.

              -

              To add a comment to a certain slide, select the slide and use the Comment icon Comment button at the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. The added comment will be displayed in the upper left corner of the slide.

              -

              To create a presentation-level comment which is not related to a certain object or slide, click the Comments icon icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and use the Add Comment to Document link. The presentation-level comments can be viewed at the Comments panel. Comments related to objects and slides are also available here.

              +

              To add a comment to a certain slide, select the slide and use the Comment icon Comment button on the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. The added comment will be displayed in the upper left corner of the slide.

              +

              To create a presentation-level comment which is not related to a certain object or slide, click the Comments icon icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and use the Add Comment to Document link. The presentation-level comments can be viewed on the Comments panel. Comments related to objects and slides are also available here.

              Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply text in the entry field and press the Reply button.

              If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the Save icon icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar.

              -

              You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or at the Comments panel on the left:

              +

              You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or on the Comments panel on the left:

              • edit the currently selected by clicking the Edit icon icon,
              • delete the currently selected by clicking the Delete icon icon,
              • close the currently selected discussion by clicking the Resolve icon icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the Open again icon icon.

              Adding mentions

              -

              When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk.

              +

              When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows you to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk.

              To add a mention enter the "+" or "@" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary and click OK.

              The mentioned user will receive an email notification that he/she has been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification.

              To remove comments,

                -
              1. click the Remove comment icon Remove button at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar,
                2. +
              2. click the Remove comment icon Remove button on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar,
              3. select the necessary option from the menu:
                  @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
              -

              To close the panel with comments, click the Comments icon icon at the left sidebar once again.

              +

              To close the panel with comments, click the Comments icon icon on the left sidebar once again.

              \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 0012b519e..779c3cb12 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Open 'File' panel Alt+F ⌥ Option+F - Open the File panel to save, download, print the current presentation, view its info, create a new presentation or open an existing one, access Presentation Editor help or advanced settings. + Open the File panel to save, download, print the current presentation, view its info, create a new presentation or open an existing one, access the Presentation Editor help or advanced settings. Open 'Search' dialog box @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Save presentation Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S,
              ⌘ Cmd+S - Save all the changes to the presentation currently edited with Presentation Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. + Save all the changes to the presentation currently edited with the Presentation Editor. The active file will be saved under its current name, in the same location and file format. Print presentation @@ -70,25 +70,25 @@ Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S,
              ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S - Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited presentation to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. + Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited presentation to the hard disk drive of your computer in one of the supported formats: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Full screen F11 - Switch to the full screen view to fit Presentation Editor into your screen. + Switch to the full screen view to fit the Presentation Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 F1 - Open Presentation Editor Help menu. + Open the Presentation Editor Help menu. Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O - On the Open local file tab in Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file. + On the Open local file tab in Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows selecting an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) @@ -143,10 +143,16 @@ Zoom Out - Ctrl+- - ^ Ctrl+-,
              ⌘ Cmd+- + Tab/Shift+Tab + ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Zoom out the currently edited presentation. + + Navigate between controls in modal dialogues + Tab/Shift+Tab + ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab + Navigate between controls to give focus to the next or previous control in modal dialogues. + Performing Actions on Slides @@ -451,37 +457,37 @@ Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B,
              ⌘ Cmd+B - Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it more weight. + Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it a heavier appearance. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I,
              ⌘ Cmd+I - Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized giving it some right side tilt. + Make the font of the selected text fragment slightly slanted to the right. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U,
              ⌘ Cmd+U - Make the selected text fragment underlined with the line going under the letters. + Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going under the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5,
              ⌘ Cmd+5 - Make the selected text fragment struck out with the line going through the letters. + Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+⇧ Shift+> ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> - Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. + Make the selected text fragment smaller placing it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+⇧ Shift+< ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< - Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. + Make the selected text fragment smaller placing it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Bulleted list @@ -517,19 +523,19 @@ Align justified Ctrl+J - Justify the text in the paragraph adding additional space between words so that the left and the right text edges were aligned with the paragraph margins. + Justify the text in the paragraph adding additional space between words so that the left and the right text edges will be aligned with the paragraph margins. Align right Ctrl+R - Align right with the text lined up by the right side of the text box, the left side remains unaligned. + Align right with the text lined up on the right side of the text box, the left side remains unaligned. Align left Ctrl+L - Align left with the text lined up by the left side of the text box, the right side remains unaligned. + Align left with the text lined up on the left side of the text box, the right side remains unaligned. Increase left indent diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index 9f4f4490c..10db02e2b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

              View Settings and Navigation Tools

              -

              Presentation Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your presentation: zoom, previous/next slide buttons, slide number indicator.

              +

              The Presentation Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your presentation: zoom, previous/next slide buttons and slide number indicator.

              Adjust the View Settings

              To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the presentation, click the View settings View settings icon icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@

            • Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings View settings icon icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time.

              Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again.

              • -
            • Hide Status Bar - hides the bottommost bar where the Slide Number Indicator and Zoom buttons are situated. To show the hidden Status Bar click this option once again.
              • -
            • Hide Rulers - hides rulers which are used to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes. To show the hidden Rulers click this option once again.
              • +
            • Hide Status Bar - hides the bottommost bar where the Slide Number Indicator and Zoom buttons are situated. To show the hidden Status Bar, click this option once again.
              • +
            • Hide Rulers - hides rulers which are used to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes. To show the hidden Rulers, click this option once again.

            The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object/slide and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. The left sidebar width is adjusted by simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the left to reduce the sidebar width or to the right to extend it.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 146cec4aa..74052d7f6 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@

            Search and Replace Function

            To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited presentation, - click the Search icon icon situated at the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination.

            + click the Search icon icon situated on the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination.

            The Find and Replace window will open:

            Find and Replace Window
              @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

            The first slide in the selected direction that contains the characters you entered will be highlighted in the slide list and displayed in the working area with the required characters outlined. If it is not the slide you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next slide containing the characters you entered.

            -

            To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change:

            +

            To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters, click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change:

            Find and Replace Window

            1. Type in the replacement text into the bottom data entry field.
              2. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index 441ceab92..8af55a412 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -14,16 +14,16 @@

              Spell-checking

              -

              Presentation Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors.

              -

              First of all, choose a language for your presentation. Click the Set presentation language icon icon on the right side of the status bar. In the window that appears, select the necessary language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole presentation.

              +

              The Presentation Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors.

              +

              First of all, choose a language for your presentation. Click the Set presentation language icon icon on the right side of the status bar. In the opened window, select the necessary language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole presentation.

              Set presentation language window

              -

              To choose a different language for any piece of text within the presentation, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the Spell-checking - Text Language selector menu at the status bar.

              +

              To choose a different language for any piece of text within the presentation, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the Spell-checking - Text Language selector menu on the status bar.

              To enable the spell checking option, you can:

              • click the Spell Checking deactivated icon Spell checking icon at the status bar, or
              • open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, check the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button.
              -

              Incorrectly spelled words will be underlined by a red line.

              +

              Incorrectly spelled words will be underlined with a red line.

              Right click on the necessary word to activate the menu and:

              • choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly to replace the misspelled word with the suggested one. If too many variants are found, the More variants... option appears in the menu;
                • @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

                Spell-checking

                To disable the spell checking option, you can:

                  -
                • click the Spell Checking activated icon Spell checking icon at the status bar, or
                  • +
                • click the Spell Checking activated icon Spell checking icon on the status bar, or
                • open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button.
                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 07349db32..0098888fe 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@

                Supported Formats of Electronic Presentation

                -

                Presentation is a set of slides that may include different type of content such as images, media files, text, effects etc. - Presentation Editor handles the following presentation formats:

                +

                A presentation is a set of slides that may include different types of content such as images, media files, text, effects, etc. + The Presentation Editor handles the following presentation formats:

                @@ -40,35 +40,35 @@ - + - + - + - + - + diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm index 257932390..c0482f8dd 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm @@ -14,20 +14,20 @@

                Collaboration tab

                -

                The Collaboration tab allows to organize collaborative work on the presentation. In the online version, you can share the file, select a co-editing mode, manage comments. In the commenting mode, you can add and remove comments and use chat. In the desktop version, you can manage comments.

                +

                The Collaboration tab allows collaborating on presentations. In the online version, you can share a file, select a co-editing mode and manage comments. In the commenting mode, you can add and remove comments and use the chat. In the desktop version, you can only manage comments.

                -

                Online Presentation Editor window:

                +

                The corresponding window of the Online Presentation Editor:

                Collaboration tab

                -

                Desktop Presentation Editor window:

                +

                The corresponding window of the Desktop Presentation Editor:

                Collaboration tab

                Using this tab, you can:

                  -
                • specify sharing settings (available in the online version only),
                  • +
                • specify the sharing settings (available in the online version only),
                • switch between the Strict and Fast co-editing modes (available in the online version only),
                  • -
                • add or remove comments to the presentation,
                  • +
                • add comments to your presentation and remove them,
                • open the Chat panel (available in the online version only).
                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index 7103148f8..16ade9618 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -14,27 +14,27 @@

                File tab

                -

                The File tab allows to perform some basic operations on the current file.

                +

                The File tab allows performing some basic file operations.

                -

                Online Presentation Editor window:

                +

                The corresponding window of the Online Presentation Editor:

                File tab

                -

                Desktop Presentation Editor window:

                +

                The corresponding window of the Desktop Presentation Editor:

                File tab

                Using this tab, you can:

                • - in the online version, save the current file (in case the Autosave option is disabled), download as (save the document in the selected format to the computer hard disk drive), save copy as (save a copy of the document in the selected format to the portal documents), print or rename it, - in the desktop version, save the current file keeping the current format and location using the Save option or save the current file with a different name, location or format using the Save as option, print the file. + in the online version, save the current file (in case the Autosave option is disabled), download as (save the document in the selected format to the hard disk drive of your computer), save copy as (save a copy of the document in the selected format to the portal documents), print or rename it, + in the desktop version, save the current file keeping the current format and location using the Save option or save the current file under a different name and change its location or format using the Save as option, print the file.
                • protect the file using a password, change or remove the password (available in the desktop version only);
                • create a new presentation or open a recently edited one (available in the online version only),
                • view general information about the presentation or change some file properties,
                • manage access rights (available in the online version only),
                  • -
                • access the editor Advanced Settings,
                  • -
                • in the desktop version, open the folder where the file is stored in the File explorer window. In the online version, open the folder of the Documents module where the file is stored in a new browser tab.
                  • +
                • access the Advanced Settings of the editor,
                  • +
                • in the desktop version, open the folder, where the file is stored, in the File Explorer window. In the online version, open the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab.
                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index ed09cb345..d3173bed3 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@

                Home tab

                -

                The Home tab opens by default when you open a presentation. It allows to set general slide parameters, format text, insert some objects, align and arrange them.

                +

                The Home tab opens by default when you open a presentation. It allows you to set general slide parameters, format text, insert some objects, align and arrange them.

                -

                Online Presentation Editor window:

                +

                The corresponding window of the Online Presentation Editor:

                Home tab

                -

                Desktop Presentation Editor window:

                +

                The corresponding window of the Desktop Presentation Editor:

                Home tab

                Using this tab, you can:

                  -
                • manage slides and start slideshow,
                  • +
                • manage slides and start a slideshow,
                • format text within a text box,
                • insert text boxes, pictures, shapes,
                • align and arrange objects on a slide,
                  • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index b27005366..b7c935d95 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@

                  Insert tab

                  -

                  The Insert tab allows to add visual objects and comments into your presentation.

                  +

                  The Insert tab allows adding visual objects and comments to your presentation.

                  -

                  Online Presentation Editor window:

                  +

                  The corresponding window of the Online Presentation Editor:

                  Insert tab

                  -

                  Desktop Presentation Editor window:

                  +

                  The corresponding window of the Desktop Presentation Editor:

                  Insert tab

                  Using this tab, you can:

                  @@ -29,7 +29,12 @@
                • insert text boxes and Text Art objects, pictures, shapes, charts,
                • insert comments and hyperlinks,
                • insert footers, date and time, slide numbers.
                  • -
                • insert equations, symbols.
                  • +
                • insert equations, symbols,
                  • +
                • insert audio and video records stored on the hard disk drive of your computer (available in the desktop version only, not available for Mac OS). +

                  + Note: to be able to playback video, you'll need to install codecs, for example, K-Lite. +

                  +
                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index e5ed6c050..20255abc7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -14,33 +14,29 @@

                Plugins tab

                -

                The Plugins tab allows to access advanced editing features using available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations.

                +

                The Plugins tab makes it possible to access the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations.

                -

                Online Presentation Editor window:

                +

                The corresponding window of the Online Presentation Editor:

                Plugins tab

                -

                Desktop Presentation Editor window:

                +

                The corresponding window of the Desktop Presentation Editor:

                Plugins tab

                -

                The Settings button allows to open the window where you can view and manage all installed plugins and add your own ones.

                -

                The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros you can refer to our API Documentation.

                +

                The Settings button allows you to open the window where you can view and manage all installed plugins and add your own ones.

                +

                The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation.

                Currently, the following plugins are available:

                  -
                • Send allows to send the presentation via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only),
                  • -
                • Audio allows to insert audio records stored on the hard disk drive into your presentation (available in the desktop version only, not available for Mac OS),
                  • -
                • Video allows to insert video records stored on the hard disk drive into your presentation (available in the desktop version only, not available for Mac OS), -

                  - Note: to be able to playback video, you'll need to install codecs, for example, K-Lite. -

                  +
                • Send allows sending the presentation via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only),
                  • +
                • Highlight code allows highlighting the code syntax by selecting the necessary language, style, background color, etc.,
                  • +
                • Photo Editor allows editing images: cropping, flipping, rotating, drawing lines and shapes, adding icons and text, loading a mask and applying filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc.,
                  • +
                • Thesaurus allows finding synonyms and antonyms for the selected word and replacing it with the chosen one,
                  • +
                • Translator allows translating the selected text into other languages, +

                  Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer.

                  • -
                • Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color,
                  • -
                • PhotoEditor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc.,
                  • -
                • Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one,
                  • -
                • Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages,
                  • -
                • YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your presentation.
                  • +
                • YouTube allows embedding YouTube videos into your presentation.
                -

                To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub.

                +

                To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub.

                \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index 5e293eebc..61b52dc1a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Introducing the Presentation Editor user interface + Introducing the user interface of the Presentation Editor @@ -13,50 +13,50 @@
                -

                Introducing the Presentation Editor user interface

                -

                Presentation Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality.

                +

                Introducing the user interface of the Presentation Editor

                +

                The Presentation Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs according to their functionality.

                -

                Online Presentation Editor window:

                +

                Main window of the Online Presentation Editor:

                Online Presentation Editor window

                -

                Desktop Presentation Editor window:

                +

                Main window of the Desktop Presentation Editor:

                Desktop Presentation Editor window

                The editor interface consists of the following main elements:

                1. - Editor header displays the logo, opened documents tabs, presentation name and menu tabs. -

                  In the left part of the Editor header there are the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons.

                  + The Editor header displays the logo, tabs for all opened presentations with their names and menu tabs. +

                  On the left side of the Editor header, the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located.

                  Icons in the editor header

                  -

                  In the right part of the Editor header the user name is displayed as well as the following icons:

                  +

                  On the right side of the Editor header, along with the user name the following icons are displayed:

                    -
                  • Open file location Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows to open the folder where the file is stored in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows to open the folder of the Documents module where the file is stored in a new browser tab.
                    • -
                  • View Settings icon - allows to adjust View Settings and access the editor Advanced Settings.
                    • -
                  • Manage document access rights icon Manage document access rights - (available in the online version only) allows to set access rights for the documents stored in the cloud.
                    • +
                  • Open file location Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File Explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab.
                    • +
                  • View Settings icon View Settings - allows adjusting the View Settings and accessing the Advanced Settings of the editor.
                    • +
                  • Manage document access rights icon Manage document access rights - (available in the online version only) allows setting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud.
                2. - Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. -

                  The Copy icon Copy and Paste icon Paste options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab.

                  + The Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. +

                  The Copy icon Copy and Paste icon Paste options are always available on the left side of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab.

                  3. -
                3. Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the Start slideshow icon, some navigation tools: slide number indicator and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays some notifications (such as "All changes saved" etc.) and allows to set text language and enable spell checking.
                  4. +
                4. The Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the Start slideshow icon, some navigation tools: slide number indicator and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays some notifications (such as "All changes saved", etc.) and allows setting the text language and enable spell checking.
                5. - Left sidebar contains the following icons: + The Left sidebar contains the following icons:
                    -
                  • Search icon - allows to use the Search and Replace tool,
                    • -
                  • Comments icon - allows to open the Comments panel,
                    • -
                  • Chat icon - (available in the online version only) allows to open the Chat panel,
                    • -
                  • Feedback and Support icon - (available in the online version only) allows to contact our support team,
                    • -
                  • About icon - (available in the online version only) allows to view the information about the program.
                    • +
                  • Search icon - allows using the Search and Replace tool,
                    • +
                  • Comments icon - allows opening the Comments panel,
                    • +
                  • Chat icon - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel,
                    • +
                  • Feedback and Support icon - (available in the online version only) allows contacting our support team,
                    • +
                  • About icon - (available in the online version only) allows viewing the information about the program.
                  6. -
                6. Right sidebar allows to adjust additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object on a slide, the corresponding icon is activated at the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar.
                  7. -
                7. Horizontal and vertical Rulers help you place objects on a slide and allow to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes.
                  8. -
                8. Working area allows to view presentation content, enter and edit data.
                  9. -
                9. Scroll bar on the right allows to scroll the presentation up and down.
                  10. +
                10. The Right sidebar allows adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object on a slide, the corresponding icon is activated on the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar.
                  11. +
                11. The horizontal and vertical Rulers help you place objects on a slide and allow you to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes.
                  12. +
                12. The Working area allows viewing the presentation content, entering and editing data.
                  13. +
                13. The Scroll bar on the right allows scrolling the presentation up and down.
                -

                For your convenience you can hide some components and display them again when it is necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page.

                +

                For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when necessary. To learn more on how to adjust the view settings, please refer to this page.

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index e3a71000a..df5ac64d5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@

                Add hyperlinks

                To add a hyperlink,

                  -
                1. place the cursor to a position within the text box where a hyperlink will be added,
                  2. +
                2. place the cursor within the text box where a hyperlink should be added,
                3. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                  4. -
                4. click the Hyperlink icon Hyperlink icon at the top toolbar,
                  5. -
                5. after that the Hyperlink Settings will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters: +
                6. click the Hyperlink icon Hyperlink icon on the top toolbar,
                  7. +
                7. after that the Hyperlink Settings window will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters:
                  • Select a link type you wish to insert:
                      @@ -32,12 +32,12 @@
                  • Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the web address/slide specified in the upper field.
                    • -
                  • ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to.
                    • +
                  • ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window with a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink to be pointed.
                8. Click the OK button.
                -

                To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu.

                +

                To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button where a hyperlink should be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu.

                Note: it's also possible to select a character, word or word combination with the mouse or using the keyboard and then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected.

                By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index c46e8cd8d..9a64f95e4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@

                Align and arrange objects on a slide

                -

                The added autoshapes, images, charts or text boxes can be aligned, grouped, ordered, distributed horizontally and vertically on a slide. To perform any of these actions, first select a separate object or several objects in the slide editing area. To select several objects, hold down the Ctrl key and left-click the necessary objects. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. After that you can use either the icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar described below or the analogous options from the right-click menu.

                +

                The added autoshapes, images, charts or text boxes can be aligned, grouped, ordered, distributed horizontally and vertically on the slide. To perform any of these actions, first select a separate object or several objects in the slide editing area. To select several objects, hold down the Ctrl key and left-click the necessary objects. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. After that you can use either the icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar described below or the analogous options from the right-click menu.

                Align objects

                To align two or more selected objects,

                1. - Click the Align shape Align shape icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: + Click the Align shape Align shape icon icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options:
                  • Align to Slide to align objects relative to the edges of the slide,
                  • Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to align objects relative to each other,
                    • @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@
                  • Click the Align shape Align shape icon icon once again and select the necessary alignment type from the list:
                      -
                    • Align Left Align Left icon - to line up the objects horizontally by the left edge of the leftmost object/left edge of the slide,
                      • -
                    • Align Center Align Center icon - to line up the objects horizontally by their centers/center of the slide,
                      • -
                    • Align Right Align Right icon - to line up the objects horizontally by the right edge of the rightmost object/right edge of the slide,
                      • -
                    • Align Top Align Top icon - to line up the objects vertically by the top edge of the topmost object/top edge of the slide,
                      • -
                    • Align Middle Align Middle icon - to line up the objects vertically by their middles/middle of the slide,
                      • -
                    • Align Bottom Align Bottom icon - to line up the objects vertically by the bottom edge of the bottommost object/bottom edge of the slide.
                      • +
                    • Align Left Align Left icon - to line up the objects horizontally on the left side of the leftmost object/left edge of the slide,
                      • +
                    • Align Center Align Center icon - to line up the objects horizontally in their centers/center of the slide,
                      • +
                    • Align Right Align Right icon - to line up the objects horizontally on the right side of the rightmost object/right edge of the slide,
                      • +
                    • Align Top Align Top icon - to line up the objects vertically to the top edge of the topmost object/top edge of the slide,
                      • +
                    • Align Middle Align Middle icon - to line up the objects vertically in their middles/middle of the slide,
                      • +
                    • Align Bottom Align Bottom icon - to line up the objects vertically to the bottom edge of the bottommost object/bottom edge of the slide.
                @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@

                To distribute three or more selected objects horizontally or vertically so that the equal distance appears between them,

                1. - Click the Align shape Align shape icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: + Click the Align Align icon icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options:
                  • Align to Slide to distribute objects between the edges of the slide,
                  • Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to distribute objects between two outermost selected objects,
                    • @@ -62,20 +62,20 @@

                    Note: the distribution options are disabled if you select less than three objects.

                    Group objects

                    -

                    To group two or more selected objects or ungroup them, click the Arrange shape Arrange shape icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the list:

                    +

                    To group two or more selected objects or ungroup them, click the Arrange shape Arrange shape icon icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the list:

                      -
                    • Group Group icon - to join several objects into a group so that they can be simultaneously rotated, moved, resized, aligned, arranged, copied, pasted, formatted like a single object.
                      • -
                    • Ungroup Ungroup icon - to ungroup the selected group of the previously joined objects.
                      • +
                    • Group Group icon - to combine several objects into a group so that they can be simultaneously rotated, moved, resized, aligned, arranged, copied, pasted, formatted like a single object.
                      • +
                    • Ungroup Ungroup icon - to ungroup the selected group of the previously combined objects.

                    Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use the Group or Ungroup option.

                    Note: the Group option is disabled if you select less than two objects. The Ungroup option is available only when a group of the previously joined objects is selected.

                    Arrange objects

                    -

                    To arrange the selected object(s) (i.e. to change their order when several objects overlap each other), click the Arrange shape Arrange shape icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list.

                    +

                    To arrange the selected object(s) (i.e. to change their order when several objects overlap each other), click the Arrange shape Arrange shape icon icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list.

                    • Bring To Foreground Bring To Foreground icon - to move the object(s) in front of all other objects,
                    • Send To Background Send To Background icon - to move the object(s) behind all other objects,
                      • -
                    • Bring Forward Bring Forward icon - to move the selected object(s) by one level forward as related to other objects.
                      • -
                    • Send Backward Send Backward icon - to move the selected object(s) by one level backward as related to other objects.
                      • +
                    • Bring Forward Bring Forward icon - to move the selected object(s) one level forward as related to other objects.
                      • +
                    • Send Backward Send Backward icon - to move the selected object(s) one level backward as related to other objects.

                    Alternatively, you can right-click the selected object(s), choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available arrangement options.

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm index 940df40e3..3ad2167f3 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@

                    Apply transitions

                    -

                    A transition is an effect that appears between two slides when one slide advances to the next one during a demonstration. You can apply the same transition to all slides or apply different transitions to each separate slide and adjust the transition properties.

                    +

                    A transition is an effect that appears between two slides when one slide advances to the next one when displayed. You can apply the same transition to all slides or apply different transitions to each separate slide and adjust the transition properties.

                    To apply a transition to a single slide or several selected slides:

                    Slide settings tab

                      -
                    1. Select the necessary slide (or several slides in the slide list) you want to apply a transition to. The Slide settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar. To open it click the Slide settings Slide settings icon icon on the right. Alternatively, you can right-click a slide in the slide editing area and select the Slide Settings option from the contextual menu. +
                    2. Select the necessary slide (or several slides in the slide list) you want to apply a transition to. The Slide settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar. To open it, click the Slide settings Slide settings icon icon on the right. Alternatively, you can right-click a slide in the slide editing area and select the Slide Settings option from the contextual menu.
                    3. In the Effect drop-down list, select the transition you want to use.

                      The following transitions are available: Fade, Push, Wipe, Split, Uncover, Cover, Clock, Zoom.

                      @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@
                    4. Press the Preview button to view the slide with the applied transition in the slide editing area.
                    5. Specify how long you want the slide to be displayed until it advances to another one:
                        -
                      • Start on click – check this box if you don't want to restrict the time while the selected slide is being displayed. The slide will advance to another one only when you click on it with the mouse.
                        • -
                      • Delay – use this option if you want the selected slide to be displayed for a specified time until it advances to the next one. Check this box and enter or select the necessary time value, measured in seconds. -

                        Note: if you check only the Delay box, the slides will advance automatically in a specified time interval. If you check both the Start on click and the Delay boxes and set the delay value, the slides will advance automatically as well, but you will also be able to click a slide to advance from it to the next.

                        +
                      • Start on click – check this box if you don't want to restrict the time while the selected slide is displayed. The slide will advance to another one only when you click on it with the mouse.
                        • +
                      • Delay – use this option if you want the selected slide to be displayed within a specified period of time until it advances to the next one. Check this box and enter or select the necessary time value, measured in seconds. +

                        Note: if you check only the Delay box, the slides will advance automatically within a specified time interval. If you check both the Start on click and the Delay boxes and set the delay value, the slides will advance automatically as well, but you will also be able to click a slide to advance from it to the next.

                      6. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index 81a462fbc..8614097db 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -16,21 +16,21 @@

                      Copy/clear formatting

                      To copy a certain text formatting,

                        -
                      1. select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard,
                        2. -
                      2. click the Copy style Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this Mouse pointer while pasting style),
                        3. +
                      3. select the text passage whose formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard,
                        4. +
                      4. click the Copy style Copy style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this Mouse pointer while pasting style),
                      5. select the text passage you want to apply the same formatting to.

                      To apply the copied formatting to multiple text passages,

                        -
                      1. select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard,
                        2. -
                      2. double-click the Copy style Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this Mouse pointer while pasting style and the Copy style icon will remain selected: Multiple copying style),
                        3. +
                      3. select the text passage whose formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard,
                        4. +
                      4. double-click the Copy style Copy style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this Mouse pointer while pasting style and the Copy style icon will remain selected: Multiple copying style),
                      5. select the necessary text passages one by one to apply the same formatting to each of them,
                      6. to exit this mode, click the Copy style Multiple copying style icon once again or press the Esc key on the keyboard.

                      To quickly remove the formatting that you have applied to a text passage,

                      1. select the text passage which formatting you want to remove,
                        2. -
                      2. click the Clear style Clear style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar.
                        3. +
                      3. click the Clear style Clear style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar.
                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index 102a50794..29555e009 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -15,11 +15,11 @@

                      Copy/paste data, undo/redo your actions

                      Use basic clipboard operations

                      -

                      To cut, copy and paste selected objects (slides, text passages, autoshapes) in the current presentation or undo/redo your actions use the corresponding options from the right-click menu, or keyboard shortcuts, or icons available at any tab of the top toolbar:

                      +

                      To cut, copy and paste the selected objects (slides, text passages, autoshapes) in the current presentation or undo/redo your actions, use the corresponding options from the right-click menu, keyboard shortcuts or icons available on any tab of the top toolbar:

                      • Cut – select an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation.
                        • -
                      • Copy – select an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu or the Copy Copy icon icon at the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation.
                        • -
                      • Paste – find the place in your presentation where you need to paste the previously copied object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu or the Paste Paste icon icon at the top toolbar. The object will be inserted at the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation.
                        • +
                      • Copy – select an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu or the Copy Copy icon icon on the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation.
                        • +
                      • Paste – find the place in your presentation where you need to paste the previously copied object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu or the Paste Paste icon icon on the top toolbar. The object will be inserted to the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation.

                      In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another presentation or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations:

                        @@ -31,20 +31,20 @@

                        Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage/object. Click this button to select the necessary paste option.

                        When pasting text passages, the following options are available:

                          -
                        • Use destination theme - allows to apply the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default.
                          • -
                        • Keep source formatting - allows to keep the source formatting of the copied text.
                          • -
                        • Picture - allows to paste the text as an image so that it cannot be edited.
                          • -
                        • Keep text only - allows to paste the text without its original formatting.
                          • +
                        • Use destination theme - allows applying the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default.
                          • +
                        • Keep source formatting - allows keeping the source formatting of the copied text.
                          • +
                        • Picture - allows pasting the text as an image so that it cannot be edited.
                          • +
                        • Keep text only - allows pasting the text without its original formatting.

                        Paste options

                        -

                        When pasting objects (autoshapes, charts, tables) the following options are available:

                        +

                        When pasting objects (autoshapes, charts, tables), the following options are available:

                          -
                        • Use destination theme - allows to apply the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default.
                          • -
                        • Picture - allows to paste the object as an image so that it cannot be edited.
                          • +
                        • Use destination theme - allows applying the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default.
                          • +
                        • Picture - allows pasting the object as an image so that it cannot be edited.

                        To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings... and check / uncheck the Cut, copy and paste checkbox.

                        Use the Undo/Redo operations

                        -

                        To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons in the left part of the editor header or keyboard shortcuts:

                        +

                        To undo/redo your actions, use the corresponding icons on the left side of the editor header or keyboard shortcuts:

                        • Undo – use the Undo Undo icon icon to undo the last operation you performed.
                        • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index 3da038d8e..9003e9bb5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -14,30 +14,30 @@

                          Create lists

                          -

                          To create a list in your document,

                          +

                          To create a list in your presentation,

                            -
                          1. place the cursor to the position where a list will be started (this can be a new line or the already entered text),
                            2. +
                          2. place the cursor where a list should start (this can be a new line or the already entered text),
                          3. switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar,
                          4. select the list type you would like to start:
                              -
                            • Unordered list with markers is created using the Bullets Unordered List icon icon situated at the top toolbar
                              • +
                            • Unordered list with markers is created using the Bullets Unordered List icon icon situated on the top toolbar
                            • Ordered list with digits or letters is created using the Numbering Ordered List icon icon situated at the top toolbar

                              Note: click the downward arrow next to the Bullets or Numbering icon to select how the list is going to look like.

                            5. -
                          5. now each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and continue with the common text paragraph.
                            6. +
                          6. now each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line, a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and continue with the common text paragraph.
                          -

                          You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Decrease indent Decrease indent icon, and Increase indent Increase indent icon icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

                          -

                          Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed at the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Insert and format your text section.

                          +

                          You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Decrease indent Decrease indent icon, and Increase indent Increase indent icon icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar.

                          +

                          Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed on the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Insert and format your text section.

                          Change the list settings

                          To change the bulleted or numbered list settings, such as a bullet type, size and color:

                          1. click an existing list item or select the text you want to format as a list,
                            2. -
                          2. click the Bullets Unordered List icon or Numbering Ordered List icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
                            3. +
                          3. click the Bullets Unordered List icon or Numbering Ordered List icon icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar,
                          4. select the List Settings option,
                          5. the List Settings window will open. The bulleted list settings window looks like this: @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@

                            Numbered List Settings window

                            For the bulleted list, you can choose a character used as a bullet, while for the numbered list you can choose what number the list Starts at. The Size and Color options are the same both for the bulleted and numbered lists.

                              -
                            • Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size depending on the current size of the text. It can take a value from 25% to 400%.
                              • -
                            • Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. You can select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color.
                              • -
                            • Type - allows to select the necessary character used for the list. When you click on the field, a drop-down list opens that allows to choose one of the available options. For Bulleted lists, you can also add a new symbol. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article.
                              • -
                            • Start at - allows to select the nesessary sequence number a numbered list starts from.
                              • +
                            • Size - allows you to select the necessary bullet/number size depending on the current size of the text. It can be a value ranging from 25% to 400%.
                              • +
                            • Color - allows you to select the necessary bullet/number color. You can select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color.
                              • +
                            • Bullet - allows you to select the necessary character used for the list. When you click on the Bullet field, the Symbol window opens, and you can choose one of the available characters. For Bulleted lists, you can also add a new symbol. To learn more on how to work with symbols, please refer to this article.
                              • +
                            • Start at - allows you to select the nesessary sequence number a numbered list starts from.
                          6. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window.
                            7. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm index 7428f0fab..18a40d63c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm @@ -18,42 +18,50 @@
                            1. Select an object
                                -
                              • To change the slide background fill, select the necessary slides in the slide list. The Slide settings Icon Slide settings tab will be activated at the the right sidebar.
                                • -
                              • To change the autoshape fill, left-click the necessary autoshape. The Shape settings Icon Shape settings tab will be activated at the the right sidebar.
                                • -
                              • To change the Text Art font fill, left-click the necessary text object. The Text Art settings Icon Text Art settings tab will be activated at the the right sidebar.
                                • +
                              • To change the slide background fill, select the necessary slides in the slide list. The Slide settings Icon Slide settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar.
                                • +
                              • To change the autoshape fill, left-click the necessary autoshape. The Shape settings Icon Shape settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar.
                                • +
                              • To change the Text Art font fill, left-click the necessary text object. The Text Art settings Icon Text Art settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar.
                            2. Set the necessary fill type
                            3. Adjust the selected fill properties (see the detailed description below for each fill type) -

                              Note: for the autoshapes and Text Art font, regardless of the selected fill type, you can also set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency.

                              +

                              Note: for the autoshapes and Text Art font, regardless of the selected fill type, you can also set an Opacity level by dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency.

                            The following fill types are available:

                              -
                            • Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the inner space of the selected shape/slide with. +
                            • Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color to fill the inner space of the selected shape/slide.

                              Color Fill

                              Click on the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like:

                              Palettes

                              • Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected theme/color scheme of the presentation. Once you apply a different theme or color scheme, the Theme Colors set will change.
                              • Standard Colors - the default colors set.
                                • -
                              • Custom Color - click on this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (Red, Green, Blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button: +
                              • Custom Color - click on this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary color range by moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color by dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (Red, Green, Blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color will appear in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button:

                                Palette - Custom Color

                                The custom color will be applied to your object and added to the Custom color palette of the menu.

                              -

                              Note: just the same color types you can use when selecting the color of the autoshape stroke, adjusting the font color, or changing the table background or border color.

                              +

                              Note: you can use the same color types when selecting the color of the autoshape stroke, adjusting the font color, or changing the table background or border color.

                              -
                            • Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the slide/shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. -

                              Gradient Fill

                              -
                                -
                              • Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges).
                                • -
                              • Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available : top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available.
                                • -
                              • Gradient - click on the left slider Slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop.
                                • -
                              +
                            • + Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the slide/shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Click the Shape settings Icon Shape settings icon to open the Fill menu: +

                              Gradient Fill

                              +
                                +
                              • Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges).
                                • +
                              • Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available : top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available.
                                • +
                              • Angle - set the numeric value for a precise color transition angle.
                                • +
                              • Gradient Points are specific points of color transition. +
                                  +
                                1. Use the Add Gradient Point button or a slider bar to add a gradient point, and the Remove Gradient Point button to delete one. You can add up to 10 gradient points. Each of the following gradient points added does not affect the current gradient appearance.
                                  2. +
                                2. Use the slider bar to change the location of the gradient point or specify the Position in percentage for a precise location.
                                  3. +
                                3. To apply a color to the gradient point, click on the required point on the slider bar, and then click Color to choose the color you want.
                                  4. +
                                +
                                • +
                            @@ -70,8 +78,8 @@
                        • In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape or slide has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the drop-down list. -

                          The Stretch option allows to adjust the image size to fit the slide or autoshape size so that it could fill the space completely.

                          -

                          The Tile option allows to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions, or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the slide or autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely.

                          +

                          The Stretch option allows you to adjust the image size to fit the slide or autoshape size so that it could fill the space completely.

                          +

                          The Tile option allows you to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions, or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the slide or autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely.

                          Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary.

                        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a2f93026 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + Insert highlighted code + + + + + + + +
                        +
                        + +
                        +

                        Insert highlighted code

                        +

                        You can embed highlighted code with the already adjusted style in accordance with the programming language and coloring style of the program you have chosen.

                        +
                          +
                        1. Go to your presentation and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the code.
                          2. +
                        2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Highlight code plugin icon Highlight code.
                          3. +
                        3. Specify the programming Language.
                          4. +
                        4. Select a Style of the code so that it appears as if it were open in this program.
                          5. +
                        5. Specify if you want to replace tabs with spaces.
                          6. +
                        6. Choose Background color. To do this, manually move the cursor over the palette or insert the RBG/HSL/HEX value.
                          7. +
                        7. Click OK to insert the code.
                          8. +
                        + Highlight plugin gif +
                        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 859e993e2..b9fdac770 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -15,23 +15,23 @@

                        Insert and format autoshapes

                        Insert an autoshape

                        -

                        To add an autoshape on a slide,

                        +

                        To add an autoshape to a slide,

                        1. in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add the autoshape to,
                          2. -
                        2. click the Shape icon Shape icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                          3. +
                        3. click the Shape icon Shape icon on the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                        4. select one of the available autoshape groups: Basic Shapes, Figured Arrows, Math, Charts, Stars & Ribbons, Callouts, Buttons, Rectangles, Lines,
                        5. click on the necessary autoshape within the selected group,
                        6. in the slide editing area, place the mouse cursor where you want the shape to be put,

                          Note: you can click and drag to stretch the shape.

                          7. -
                        7. once the autoshape is added you can change its size, position and properties. -

                          Note: to add a caption within the autoshape make sure the shape is selected on the slide and start typing your text. The text you add in this way becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it).

                          +
                        8. once the autoshape is added, you can change its size, position and properties. +

                          Note: to add a caption within the autoshape, make sure the shape is selected on the slide and start typing your text. The text you add in this way becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it).

                        It's also possible to add an autoshape to a slide layout. To learn more, please refer to this article.

                        Adjust autoshape settings

                        -

                        Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the autoshape and choose the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties:

                        +

                        Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it, click the autoshape and choose the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties:

                        Shape settings tab

                        • Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
                        • Pattern - to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements.
                        • No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill.
                        -

                        For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Fill objects and select colors section.

                        +

                        For more detailed information on these options, please refer to the Fill objects and select colors section.

                      • Stroke - use this section to change the autoshape stroke width, color or type.
                          @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@
                        • Show shadow - check this option to display shape with shadow.
                        -

                        To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, right-click the shape and select the Shape Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or left-click it and press the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The shape properties window will be opened:

                        +

                        To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, right-click the shape and select the Shape Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or left-click it and press the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The shape properties window will be opened:

                        Shape Properties - Size tab

                        -

                        The Size tab allows to change the autoshape Width and/or Height. If the Constant proportions Constant proportions icon button is clicked (in this case it looks like this Constant proportions icon activated), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original autoshape aspect ratio.

                        +

                        The Size tab allows you to change the autoshape Width and/or Height. If the Constant proportions Constant proportions icon button is clicked (in this case it looks like this Constant proportions icon activated), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original autoshape aspect ratio.

                        Shape - Advanced Settings

                        The Rotation tab contains the following parameters:

                          @@ -76,16 +76,16 @@

                          Shape Properties - Weights & Arrows tab

                          The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters:

                            -
                          • Line Style - this option group allows to specify the following parameters: +
                          • Line Style - this option allows specifying the following parameters:
                              -
                            • Cap Type - this option allows to set the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: +
                            • Cap Type - this option allows setting the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines, etc.:
                              • Flat - the end points will be flat.
                              • Round - the end points will be rounded.
                              • Square - the end points will be square.
                              • -
                            • Join Type - this option allows to set the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline: +
                            • Join Type - this option allows setting the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline:
                              • Round - the corner will be rounded.
                              • Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly.
                                • @@ -95,24 +95,24 @@
                              • -
                            • Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the drop-down lists.
                              • +
                            • Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows you to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the drop-down lists.

                            Shape Properties - Text Padding tab

                            -

                            The Text Box tab allows you to Not Autofit text at all, Shrink text on overflow, Resize shape to fit text or change the autoshape Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders).

                            +

                            The Text Padding tab allows you to change the autoshape Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders).

                            Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled.

                            Shape Properties - Columns tab

                            -

                            The Columns tab allows to add columns of text within the autoshape specifying the necessary Number of columns (up to 16) and Spacing between columns. Once you click OK, the text that already exists or any other text you enter within the autoshape will appear in columns and will flow from one column to another.

                            +

                            The Columns tab allows adding columns of text within the autoshape specifying the necessary Number of columns (up to 16) and Spacing between columns. Once you click OK, the text that already exists or any other text you enter within the autoshape will appear in columns and will flow from one column to another.

                            Shape Properties - Alternative Text tab

                            -

                            The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the shape.

                            +

                            The Alternative Text tab allows specifying the Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand the contents of the shape.

                            -

                            To replace the added autoshape, left-click it and use the Change Autoshape drop-down list at the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar.

                            -

                            To delete the added autoshape, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

                            +

                            To replace the added autoshape, left-click it and use the Change Autoshape drop-down list on the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar.

                            +

                            To delete the added autoshape, left-click it and press the Delete key.

                            To learn how to align an autoshape on the slide or arrange several autoshapes, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section.

                            Join autoshapes using connectors

                            You can connect autoshapes using lines with connection points to demonstrate dependencies between the objects (e.g. if you want to create a flowchart). To do that,

                              -
                            1. click the Shape icon Shape icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                              2. +
                            2. click the Shape icon Shape icon on the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                            3. select the Lines group from the menu,

                              Shapes - Lines

                              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 879307b68..0ef30e8ce 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -17,9 +17,9 @@

                              Insert a chart

                              To insert a chart into your presentation,

                                -
                              1. put the cursor at the place where you want to add a chart,
                                2. +
                              2. put the cursor where you want to add a chart,
                              3. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                                4. -
                              4. click the Chart icon Chart icon at the top toolbar,
                                5. +
                              5. click the Chart icon Chart icon on the top toolbar,
                              6. select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock,

                                Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available.

                                7. @@ -34,18 +34,53 @@

                          Chart Editor window

                          -
                        • - change the chart settings clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. -

                          Chart Settings window

                          -

                          The Type & Data tab allows you to select the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart.

                          -
                            -
                          • Select a chart Type you wish to insert: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock.
                            • +
                          • Click the Select Data button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart Data window will open. +
                            1. - Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the Source data range icon icon. -

                              Select Data Range window

                              -

                              In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK.

                              + Use the Chart Data dialog to manage Chart Data Range, Legend Entries (Series), Horizontal (Category) Axis Label and Switch Row/Column. +

                              Chart Data window

                              +
                                +
                              • + Chart Data Range - select data for your chart. +
                                  +
                                • + Click the Source data range icon icon on the right of the Chart data range box to select data range. +

                                  Select Data Range window

                                  +
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              • + Legend Entries (Series) - add, edit, or remove legend entries. Type or select series name for legend entries. +
                                  +
                                • In Legend Entries (Series), click Add button.
                                  • +
                                • + In Edit Series, type a new legend entry or click the Source data range icon icon on the right of the Select name box. +

                                  Edit Series window

                                  +
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              • + Horizontal (Category) Axis Labels - change text for category labels. +
                                  +
                                • In Horizontal (Category) Axis Labels, click Edit.
                                  • +
                                • + In Axis label range, type the labels you want to add or click the Source data range icon icon on the right of the Axis label range box to select data range. +

                                  Axis Labels window

                                  +
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              • Switch Row/Column - rearrange the worksheet data that is configured in the chart not in the way that you want it. Switch rows to columns to display data on a different axis.
                                • +
                              2. -
                            2. Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns.
                              3. +
                            3. Click OK button to apply the changes and close the window.
                              4. +
                            +
                            • +
                          • + change the chart settings by clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. +

                            Chart Settings window

                            +

                            The Type tab allows you to select the chart type.

                            +
                              +
                            • Select the required chart Type: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock.

                            Chart Settings window

                            The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements.

                            @@ -53,15 +88,15 @@
                          • Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list:
                              -
                            • None to not display a chart title,
                              • -
                            • Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area,
                              • +
                            • None not to display the title of a chart,
                              • +
                            • Overlay to overlay and center the title in the plot area,
                            • No Overlay to display the title above the plot area.
                          • Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list:
                              -
                            • None to not display a legend,
                              • +
                            • None not to display a legend,
                            • Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area,
                            • Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area,
                            • Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area,
                              • @@ -81,29 +116,29 @@
                            • For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center.
                            • -
                          • select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value,
                            • -
                          • enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field.
                            • +
                          • select the data you wish to include into your labels by checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value,
                            • +
                          • enter a character (comma, semicolon, etc.) you wish to use to separate several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field.
                          • -
                        • Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines.
                          • +
                        • Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines among data points, Smooth to use smooth curves among data points, or None not to display lines.
                        • Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts.

                          Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only.

                        • - The Axis Settings section allows to specify if you wish to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: + The Axis Settings section allows specifying if you wish to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not by selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters:
                          • - Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: + Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list:
                              -
                            • None to not display a horizontal axis title,
                              • +
                            • None not to display a horizontal axis title,
                            • No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis.
                          • - Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: + Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list:
                              -
                            • None to not display a vertical axis title,
                              • +
                            • None not to display a vertical axis title,
                            • Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis,
                            • Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis.
                            @@ -111,7 +146,7 @@
                        • - The Gridlines section allows to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. + The Gridlines section allows specifying which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option.

                          Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines.

                        @@ -120,28 +155,28 @@

                        The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes.

                        • - The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: + The Axis Options section allows you to set the following parameters:
                            -
                          • Minimum Value - is used to specify a lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right.
                            • -
                          • Maximum Value - is used to specify a highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right.
                            • -
                          • Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis.
                            • -
                          • Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units.
                            • -
                          • Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom.
                            • +
                          • Minimum Value - is used to specify the lowest value displayed at the beginning of the vertical axis. The Auto option is selected by default. In this case, the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right.
                            • +
                          • Maximum Value - is used to specify the highest value displayed at the end of the vertical axis. The Auto option is selected by default. In this case, the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right.
                            • +
                          • Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default. In this case, the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis.
                            • +
                          • Display Units - is used to determine the representation of numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in a more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select the desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units.
                            • +
                          • Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom, and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom.
                        • - The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: + The Tick Options section allows you to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are larger scale divisions which can have labels with numeric values. Minor tick marks are scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options:
                            -
                          • None to not display major/minor tick marks,
                            • +
                          • None not to display major/minor tick marks,
                          • Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis,
                          • In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis,
                          • Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis.
                        • - The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: + The Label Options section allows you to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list:
                            -
                          • None to not display tick mark labels,
                            • +
                          • None not to display tick mark labels,
                          • Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area,
                          • High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area,
                          • Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis.
                            • @@ -152,69 +187,76 @@

                            The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes.

                            • - The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: + The Axis Options section allows setting the following parameters:
                                -
                              • Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis.
                                • +
                              • Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default. In this case, the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis.
                              • Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks.
                              • Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left.
                            • - The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: + The Tick Options section allows adjusting the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are larger divisions which can have labels with category values. Minor tick marks are smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters:
                                -
                              • Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis.
                                • +
                              • Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None not to display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis.
                              • Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks.
                            • - The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. + The Label Options section allows adjusting the appearance of labels which display categories.
                                -
                              • Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis.
                                • +
                              • Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None not to display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis.
                              • Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is.
                                • -
                              • Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc.
                                • +
                              • Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default. In this case, labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category, etc.
                            +

                            Chart - Advanced Settings: Cell Snapping

                            +

                            The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters:

                            +
                              +
                            • Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the chart to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the chart will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the chart will change its size as well.
                              • +
                            • Move but don't size with cells - this option allows to snap the chart to the cell behind it preventing the chart from being resized. If the cell moves, the chart will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the chart dimensions remain unchanged.
                              • +
                            • Don't move or size with cells - this option allows to prevent the chart from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed.
                              • +

                            Chart Settings window

                            -

                            The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart.

                            +

                            The Alternative Text tab allows specifying the Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand the contents of the chart.

                            -
                          • once the chart is added you can also change its size and position. -

                            You can specify the chart position on the slide dragging it vertically or horizontally.

                            +
                          • once the chart is added, you can also change its size and position. +

                            You can specify the chart position on the slide by dragging it vertically or horizontally.

                    -

                    You can also add a chart into a text placeholder pressing the Chart icon Chart icon within it and selecting the necessary chart type:

                    +

                    You can also add a chart into a text placeholder by pressing the Chart icon Chart icon within it and selecting the necessary chart type:

                    Add chart to placeholder

                    It's also possible to add a chart to a slide layout. To learn more, please refer to this article.

                    Edit chart elements

                    To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead.

                    -

                    To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color.

                    -

                    When the chart is selected, the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill, Stroke and Wrapping Style. Note that you cannot change the shape type.

                    +

                    To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels, etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color.

                    +

                    When the chart is selected, the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon is also available on the right, since the shape is used as the background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill, Stroke and Wrapping Style. Note that you cannot change the shape type.

                    - Using the Shape Settings tab at the right panel you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as plot area, data series, chart title, legend etc and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. - When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available at the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, you can refer to this page. + Using the Shape Settings tab on the right panel, you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as plot area, data series, chart title, legend, etc. and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element by clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. + When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available on the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, please refer to this page.

                    -

                    Note: the Show shadow option is also available at the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements.

                    +

                    Note: the Show shadow option is also available on the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements.

                    If you need to resize chart elements, left-click to select the needed element and drag one of 8 white squares Square icon located along the perimeter of the element.

                    Resize chart elements

                    To change the position of the element, left-click on it, make sure your cursor changed to Arrow, hold the left mouse button and drag the element to the needed position.

                    Move chart elements

                    -

                    To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

                    +

                    To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key.

                    You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation.

                    3D chart

                    Adjust chart settings

                    Chart tab -

                    The chart size, type and style as well as data used to create the chart can be altered using the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings Chart settings icon icon on the right.

                    +

                    The chart size, type and style as well as the data used to create the chart can be altered using the right sidebar. To activate it, click the chart and choose the Chart settings Chart settings icon icon on the right.

                    The Size section allows you to change the chart width and/or height. If the Constant proportions Constant proportions icon button is clicked (in this case it looks like this Constant proportions icon activated), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio.

                    -

                    The Change Chart Type section allows you to change the selected chart type and/or style using the corresponding drop-down menu.

                    +

                    The Change Chart Type section allows you to change the type of the selected chart type and/or its style using the corresponding drop-down menu.

                    To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section.

                    The Edit Data button allows you to open the Chart Editor window and start editing data as described above.

                    -

                    Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window you can also double-click the chart on the slide.

                    -

                    The Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar allows to open the Chart - Advanced Settings window where you can set the alternative text:

                    -

                    Chart Advanced Settings window

                    +

                    Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window, you can also double-click the chart on the slide.

                    +

                    The Show advanced settings option on the right sidebar allows you to open the Chart - Advanced Settings window where you can set the alternative text:

                    +

                    Chart Advanced Settings window

                    -

                    To delete the inserted chart, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

                    +

                    To delete the inserted chart, left-click it and press the Delete key.

                    To learn how to align a chart on the slide or arrange several objects, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section.

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index e289389f2..e0c5db99a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -14,46 +14,46 @@

                    Insert equations

                    -

                    Presentation Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.).

                    +

                    The Presentation Editor allows you to create equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents, etc.).

                    Add a new equation

                    To insert an equation from the gallery,

                    1. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                      2. -
                    2. click the arrow next to the Equation icon Equation icon at the top toolbar,
                      3. +
                    3. click the arrow next to the Equation icon Equation icon on the top toolbar,
                    4. in the opened drop-down list select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices,
                    5. click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates.

                    The selected symbol/equation box will be inserted in the center of the current slide.

                    Inserted Equation -

                    If you do not see the equation box border, click anywhere within the equation - the border will be displayed as a dashed line. The equation box can be freely moved, resized or rotated on the slide. To do that click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and use corresponding handles.

                    +

                    If you do not see the equation box border, click anywhere within the equation - the border will be displayed as a dashed line. The equation box can be freely moved, resized or rotated on the slide. To do that, click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and use the corresponding handles.

                    Selected Equation -

                    Each equation template represents a set of slots. Slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline Equation Placeholder. You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values.

                    +

                    Each equation template represents a set of slots. A slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline Equation Placeholder. You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values.

                    Enter values

                    -

                    The insertion point specifies where the next character you enter will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right.

                    +

                    The insertion point specifies where the next character you enter will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point one character left/right.

                    Edited Equation

                    Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder:

                    • enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard,
                      • -
                    • insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation icon Equation menu at the Insert tab of the top toolbar or typing them from the keyboard (see the Math AutoСorrect option description),
                      • +
                    • insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation iconEquation menu on the Insert tab of the top toolbar or typing them from the keyboard (see the Math AutoСorrect option description),
                    • add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size.

                    Edited Equation

                    -

                    To add some new equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options:

                    +

                    To add some new equation elements, you can also use the right-click menu options:

                    • To add a new argument that goes before or after the existing one within Brackets, you can right-click on the existing argument and select the Insert argument before/after option from the menu.
                    • To add a new equation within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an empty placeholder or entered equation within it and select the Insert equation before/after option from the menu.
                    • To add a new row or a column in a Matrix, you can right-click on a placeholder within it, select the Insert option from the menu, then select Row Above/Below or Column Left/Right.

                    Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \sqrt(4&x^3).

                    -

                    When entering the values of the mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar as the spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically.

                    -

                    If the equation is too long and does not fit to a single line within the text box, automatic line breaking occurs as you type. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option.

                    +

                    When entering the values of mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar because spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically.

                    +

                    If the equation is too long and does not fit to a single line within the text box, automatic line breaking appears while you are typing. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option.

                    Format equations

                    -

                    By default, the equation within the text box is horizontally centered and vertically aligned to the top of the text box. To change its horizontal/vertical alignment, put the cursor within the the equation box (the text box borders will be displayed as dashed lines) and use the corresponding icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

                    -

                    To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and select the necessary font size from the list at the Home tab of the top toolbar. All the equation elements will change correspondingly.

                    -

                    The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants.

                    +

                    By default, the equation within the text box is horizontally centered and vertically aligned to the top of the text box. To change its horizontal/vertical alignment, put the cursor within the the equation box (the text box borders will be displayed as dashed lines) and use the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar.

                    +

                    To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and select the necessary font size from the list on the Home tab of the top toolbar. All the equation elements will change correspondingly.

                    +

                    The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants.

                    Edited Equation -

                    To modify some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options:

                    +

                    To modify some equation elements, you can also use the right-click menu options:

                    • To change the Fractions format, you can right-click on a fraction and select the Change to skewed/linear/stacked fraction option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected fraction type).
                    • To change the Scripts position relating to text, you can right-click on the equation that includes scripts and select the Scripts before/after text option from the menu.
                    • To change the argument size for Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Limits and Logarithms, Operators as well as for overbraces/underbraces and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the argument you want to change and select the Increase/Decrease argument size option from the menu.
                      • @@ -67,18 +67,18 @@
                    • To choose which borders should be displayed for a Boxed formula from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Border properties option from the menu, then select Hide/Show top/bottom/left/right border or Add/Hide horizontal/vertical/diagonal line.
                    • To specify whether empty placeholders should be displayed or not for a Matrix, you can right-click on it and select the Hide/Show placeholder option from the menu.
                    -

                    To align some equation elements you can use the right-click menu options:

                    +

                    To align some equation elements, you can use the right-click menu options:

                    • To align equations within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an equation, select the Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom.
                    • To align a Matrix vertically, you can right-click on the matrix, select the Matrix Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom.
                    • To align elements within a Matrix column horizontally, you can right-click on a placeholder within the column, select the Column Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Left, Center, or Right.

                    Delete equation elements

                    -

                    To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard.

                    +

                    To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key.

                    A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to.

                    -

                    To delete the entire equation, click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

                    +

                    To delete the entire equation, click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and and press the Delete key.

                    Delete Equation -

                    To delete some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options:

                    +

                    To delete some equation elements, you can also use the right-click menu options:

                    • To delete a Radical, you can right-click on it and select the Delete radical option from the menu.
                    • To delete a Subscript and/or Superscript, you can right-click on the expression that contains them and select the Remove subscript/superscript option from the menu. If the expression contains scripts that go before text, the Remove scripts option is available.
                      • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm index 1e2508b68..0e11c2fc0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@

                      Insert footers

                      -

                      Footers allow to add some additional info on a slide, such as date and time, slide number, or a text.

                      +

                      Footers allow adding some additional info to a slide, such as date and time, slide number, or a text.

                      To insert a footer in a presentation:

                      1. switch to the Insert tab,
                        2. -
                      2. click the Edit footer icon Edit footer button at the top toolbar,
                        3. -
                      3. the Footer Settings window will open. Check the data you want to add into the footer. The changes are displayed in the preview window on the right. +
                      4. click the Edit footer icon Edit footer button on the top toolbar,
                        5. +
                      5. the Footer Settings window will open. Check the data you want to add to the footer. The changes are displayed in the preview window on the right.
                          -
                        • check the Date and time box to insert a date or time in a selected format. The selected date will be added to the left field of the slide footer. +
                        • check the Date and time box to insert a date or time in the selected format. The selected date will be added to the left field of the slide footer.

                          Specify the necessary data format:

                          • Update automatically - check this radio button if you want to automatically update the date and time according to the current date and time. @@ -35,17 +35,17 @@

                          Footer Settings

                          • -
                        • check the Don't show on the title slide option, if necessary,
                          • +
                        • check the Don't show on the title slide option if necessary,
                        • click the Apply to all button to apply changes to all slides or use the Apply button to apply the changes to the current slide only.
                      -

                      To quickly insert a date or a slide number into the footer of the selected slide, you can use the Show slide Number and Show Date and Time options at the Slide Settings tab of the right sidebar. In this case, the selected settings will be applied to the current slide only. The date and time or slide number added in such a way can be adjusted later using the Footer Settings window.

                      -

                      To edit the added footer, click the Edit footer icon Edit footer button at the top toolbar, make the necessary changes in the Footer Settings window, and click the Apply or Apply to All button to save the changes.

                      +

                      To quickly insert a date or a slide number to the footer of the selected slide, you can use the Show slide Number and Show Date and Time options on the Slide Settings tab of the right sidebar. In this case, the selected settings will be applied to the current slide only. The date and time or slide number added in such a way can be adjusted later using the Footer Settings window.

                      +

                      To edit the added footer, click the Edit footer icon Edit footer button on the top toolbar, make the necessary changes in the Footer Settings window, and click the Apply or Apply to All button to save the changes.

                      Insert date and time and slide number into the text box

                      -

                      It's also possible to insert date and time or slide number into the selected text box using the corresponding buttons at the Insert tab of the top toolbar.

                      +

                      It's also possible to insert date and time or slide number into the selected text box using the corresponding buttons on the Insert tab of the top toolbar.

                      Insert date and time
                      1. put the mouse cursor within the text box where you want to insert the date and time,
                        2. -
                      2. click the Date and Time icon Date & Time button at the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                        3. +
                      3. click the Date and Time icon Date & Time button on the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                      4. select the necessary Language from the list and choose the necessary date and time Format in the Date & Time window,

                        Date and Time Settings

                        5. @@ -55,14 +55,14 @@

                        The date and time will be inserted in the current cursor position. To edit the inserted date and time,

                        1. select the inserted date and time in the text box,
                          2. -
                        2. click the Date and Time icon Date & Time button at the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                          3. +
                        3. click the Date and Time icon Date & Time button on the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                        4. choose the necessary format in the Date & Time window,
                        5. click the OK button.
                        Insert a slide number
                        1. put the mouse cursor within the text box where you want to insert the slide number,
                          2. -
                        2. click the Slide Number icon Slide Number button at the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                          3. +
                        3. click the Slide Number icon Slide Number button on the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                        4. check the Slide number box in the Footer Settings window,
                        5. click the OK button to apply the changes.
                        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index bd3e47d68..02700399d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -15,19 +15,19 @@

                        Insert and adjust images

                        Insert an image

                        -

                        In Presentation Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your presentation. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

                        +

                        In the Presentation Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your presentation. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

                        To add an image on a slide,

                        1. in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add the image to,
                          2. -
                        2. click the Image icon Image icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                          3. +
                        3. click the Image icon Image icon on the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                        4. select one of the following options to load the image:
                            -
                          • the Image from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button
                            • -
                          • the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the necessary image web address and click the OK button
                            • +
                          • the Image from File option will open the standard dialog window so that you can choose a file. Browse the hard disk drive your computer to select the necessary file and click the Open button
                            • +
                          • the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the web address of the necessary image and click the OK button
                          • the Image from Storage option will open the Select data source window. Select an image stored on your portal and click the OK button
                          5. -
                        5. once the image is added you can change its size and position.
                          6. +
                        6. once the image is added, you can change its size and position.

                        You can also add an image into a text placeholder pressing the Image from file icon Image from file in it and selecting the necessary image stored on your PC, or use the Image from URL icon Image from URL button and specify the image URL address:

                        Add image to placeholder

                        @@ -36,9 +36,9 @@

                        Adjust image settings

                        The right sidebar is activated when you left-click an image and choose the Image settings Image settings icon icon on the right. It contains the following sections:

                        Image Settings tab -

                        Size - is used to view the current image Width and Height or restore the image Actual Size if necessary.

                        +

                        Size - is used to view the Width and Height of the current image or restore its Actual Size if necessary.

                        -

                        The Crop button is used to crop the image. Click the Crop button to activate cropping handles which appear on the image corners and in the center of each its side. Manually drag the handles to set the cropping area. You can move the mouse cursor over the cropping area border so that it turns into the Arrow icon and drag the area.

                        +

                        The Crop button is used to crop the image. Click the Crop button to activate cropping handles which appear on the image corners and in the center of its each side. Manually drag the handles to set the cropping area. You can move the mouse cursor over the cropping area border so that it turns into the Arrow icon and drag the area.

                        • To crop a single side, drag the handle located in the center of this side.
                        • To simultaneously crop two adjacent sides, drag one of the corner handles.
                          • @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
                        • If you select the Fill option, the central part of the original image will be preserved and used to fill the selected cropping area, while other parts of the image will be removed.
                        • If you select the Fit option, the image will be resized so that it fits the cropping area height or width. No parts of the original image will be removed, but empty spaces may appear within the selected cropping area.
                        -

                        Replace Image - is used to load another image instead of the current one selecting the desired source. You can select one of the options: From File, From Storage, or From URL. The Replace image option is also available in the right-click menu.

                        +

                        Replace Image - is used to load another image instead of the current one from the desired source. You can select one of the options: From File, From Storage, or From URL. The Replace image option is also available in the right-click menu.

                        Rotation is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons:

                        • Rotate counterclockwise icon to rotate the image by 90 degrees counterclockwise
                          • @@ -59,11 +59,11 @@
                        • Flip horizontally icon to flip the image horizontally (left to right)
                        • Flip vertically icon to flip the image vertically (upside down)
                        -

                        When the image is selected, the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly.

                        -

                        At the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image.

                        +

                        When the image is selected, the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust the Stroke type, size and color of the shape as well as change its type by selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly.

                        +

                        On the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image.

                        Shape Settings tab

                        -

                        To change the advanced settings of the image, right-click the image and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or left-click the image and press the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will be opened:

                        +

                        To change the advanced settings of the image, right-click the image and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or left-click the image and press the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The image properties window will be opened:

                        Image Properties

                        The Placement tab allows you to set the following image properties:

                          @@ -77,9 +77,9 @@
                        • Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the image horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the image vertically (upside down).

                        Image Properties

                        -

                        The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the image.

                        +

                        The Alternative Text tab allows specifying the Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand the contents of the image.

                        -

                        To delete the inserted image, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

                        +

                        To delete the inserted image, left-click it and press the Delete key.

                        To learn how to align an image on the slide or arrange several images, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section.

                        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm index dec156d0f..d3a9edc6c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -14,22 +14,22 @@

                        Insert symbols and characters

                        -

                        During working process you may need to insert a symbol which is not on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your presentation, use the Symbol table icon Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps:

                        +

                        When working on a presentation, you may need to insert a symbol which is not available on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your presentation, use the Insert symbol icon Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps:

                          -
                        • place the cursor at the location where a special symbol has to be inserted,
                          • +
                        • place the cursor where a special symbol should be inserted,
                        • switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                        • - click the Symbol table icon Symbol, + click the Insert symbol icon Symbol,

                          Insert symbol sidebar

                          • -
                        • The Symbol dialog box appears from which you can select the appropriate symbol,
                          • +
                        • The Symbol dialog box will appear, and you will be able to select the required symbol,

                        • use the Range section to quickly find the necessary symbol. All symbols are divided into specific groups, for example, select 'Currency Symbols' if you want to insert a currency character.

                          If this character is not in the set, select a different font. Many of them also have characters that differ from the standard set.

                          -

                          Or, enter the Unicode hex value of the symbol you want into the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map.

                          +

                          Or, enter the Unicode hex value of the required symbol into the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map.

                          You can also use the Special characters tab to choose a special character from the list.

                          Insert symbol sidebar

                          -

                          Previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field,

                          +

                          The previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field,

                        • click Insert. The selected character will be added to the presentation.
                        @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@

                        Insert symbols using Unicode table

                        Additional characters and symbols might also be found via Windows symbol table. To open this table, do one of the following:

                          -
                        • in the Search field write 'Character table' and open it,
                          • +
                        • in the Search field, write 'Character table' and open it,
                        • simultaneously press Win + R, and then in the following window type charmap.exe and click OK.

                          Insert symbol windpow

                          diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index c9a186e2a..9ec1e63bb 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -15,36 +15,36 @@

                          Insert and format tables

                          Insert a table

                          -

                          To insert a table onto a slide,

                          +

                          To insert a table into a slide,

                            -
                          1. select the slide where a table will be added,
                            2. +
                          2. select the slide where a table should be added,
                          3. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                            4. -
                          4. click the Table icon Table icon at the top toolbar,
                            5. -
                          5. select the option to create a table: +
                          6. click the Table icon Table icon on the top toolbar,
                            7. +
                          7. select one of the following options to create a table:
                              -

                            • either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum)

                              +

                            • either a table with a predefined number of cells (10 x 8 cells maximum)

                              If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum).

                            • or a custom table

                              -

                              In case you need more than 10 by 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button.

                              • +

                              In case you need more than a 10 x 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button.

                            8. -
                          8. once the table is added you can change its properties and position.
                            9. +
                          9. once the table is added, you can change its properties and position.
                          -

                          You can also add a table into a text placeholder pressing the Table icon Table icon within it and selecting the necessary number of cells or using the Insert Custom Table option:

                          +

                          You can also add a table into a text placeholder by pressing the Table icon Table icon within it and selecting the necessary number of cells or using the Insert Custom Table option:

                          Add table to placeholder

                          To resize a table, drag the handles Square icon situated on its edges until the table reaches the necessary size.

                          Resize table

                          You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow Mouse Cursor when changing column width and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row until the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow Mouse Cursor when changing row height and drag it up or down.

                          -

                          You can specify the table position on the slide dragging it vertically or horizontally.

                          +

                          You can specify the table position on the slide by dragging it vertically or horizontally.

                          - Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts. + Note: to move around in a table, you can use keyboard shortcuts.

                          It's also possible to add a table to a slide layout. To learn more, please refer to this article.

                          Adjust table settings

                          Table settings tab -

                          Most of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right sidebar. To activate it click the table and choose the Table settings Table settings icon icon on the right.

                          -

                          The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying a specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with the different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available:

                          +

                          Most of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered by using the right sidebar. To activate it, click the table and choose the Table settings Table settings icon icon on the right.

                          +

                          The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns by applying a specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available:

                          • Header - emphasizes the topmost row in the table with special formatting.
                          • Total - emphasizes the bottommost row in the table with special formatting.
                            • @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@

                            The Select From Template section allows you to choose one of the predefined tables styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding etc. Depending on the options checked in the Rows and/or Columns sections above, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Header option in the Rows section and the Banded option in the Columns section, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the header row and banded columns enabled:

                            Templates list

                            -

                            The Borders Style section allows you to change the applied formatting that corresponds to the selected template. You can select the entire table or a certain cells range you want to change the formatting for and set all the parameters manually.

                            +

                            The Borders Style section allows you to change the applied formatting that corresponds to the selected template. You can select the entire table or a certain cell range and set all the parameters manually.

                              -
                            • Border parameters - set the border width using the Border Size list list (or choose the No borders option), select its Color in the available palettes and determine the way it will be displayed in the cells clicking on the icons: +
                            • Border parameters - set the border width using the Border Size list list (or choose the No borders option), select its Color in the available palettes and determine the way it will be displayed in the cells when clicking on the icons:

                              Border Type icons

                            • Background color - select the color for the background within the selected cells.
                              • @@ -75,20 +75,20 @@

                            Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu.

                            -

                            The Cell Size section is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells have equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells have equal width. The Distribute rows/columns options are also accessible from the right-click menu.

                            +

                            The Cell Size section is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells are of equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells are of equal width. The Distribute rows/columns options are also accessible from the right-click menu.

                            Adjust table advanced settings

                            -

                            To change the advanced table settings, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will be opened:

                            +

                            To change the advanced table settings, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or click the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The table properties window will be opened:

                            Table Properties

                            -

                            The Margins tab allows to set the space between the text within the cells and the cell border:

                            +

                            The Margins tab allows setting the space between the text within the cells and the cell border:

                            • enter necessary Cell Margins values manually, or
                            • check the Use default margins box to apply the predefined values (if necessary, they can also be adjusted).

                            Table Properties

                            -

                            The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table.

                            +

                            The Alternative Text tab allows specifying the Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand the contents of the table.

                            -

                            To format the entered text within the table cells, you can use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The right-click menu that appears when you click the table with the right mouse button includes two additional options:

                            +

                            To format the entered text within the table cells, you can use icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. The right-click menu, which appears when you click the table with the right mouse button, includes two additional options:

                            • Cell vertical alignment - it allows you to set the preferred type of the text vertical alignment within the selected cells: Align Top, Align Center, or Align Bottom.
                            • Hyperlink - it allows you to insert a hyperlink into the selected cell.
                              • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm index ee1dc7acd..27d71bcf4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@

                              Insert your text

                              You can add a new text in three different ways:

                                -
                              • Add a text passage within the corresponding text placeholder provided on the slide layout. To do that just put the cursor within the placeholder and type in your text or paste it using the Ctrl+V key combination in place of the according default text.
                                • -
                              • Add a text passage anywhere on a slide. You can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects). Depending on the necessary text object type you can do the following: +
                              • Add a text passage within the corresponding text placeholder on the slide layout. To do that, just put the cursor within the placeholder and type in your text or paste it using the Ctrl+V key combination instead of the default text.
                                • +
                              • Add a text passage anywhere on a slide. You can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows you to enter some text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows you to apply some text effects). Depending on the necessary text object type, you can do the following:
                                • - to add a text box, click the Text Box icon Text Box icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. -

                                  Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the Insert Text autoshape shape from the Basic Shapes group.

                                  + to add a text box, click the Text Box icon Text Box icon on the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. +

                                  Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon Shape icon on the top toolbar and selecting the Insert Text autoshape shape from the Basic Shapes group.

                                  • -
                                • to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon Text Art icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added in the center of the slide. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text.
                                  • +
                                • to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon Text Art icon on the Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added in the center of the slide. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text.
                              • Add a text passage within an autoshape. Select a shape and start typing your text.
                                • @@ -32,31 +32,31 @@

                                Click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the slide.

                                The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it).

                                As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame (it has invisible text box borders by default) with text in it and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties.

                                -

                                To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted.

                                +

                                To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key. The text within the text box will also be deleted.

                                Format a text box

                                -

                                Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines.

                                +

                                Select the text box by clicking on its border to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines.

                                Text box selected

                                  -
                                • to resize, move, rotate the text box use the special handles on the edges of the shape.
                                  • +
                                • to resize, move, rotate the text box, use the special handles on the edges of the shape.
                                • to edit the text box fill, stroke, replace the rectangular box with a different shape, or access the shape advanced settings, click the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options.
                                • to align a text box on the slide, rotate or flip it, arrange text boxes as related to other objects, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options.
                                • to create columns of text within the text box, right-click on the text box border, click the Shape Advanced Settings option and switch to the Columns tab in the Shape - Advanced Settings window.

                                Format the text within the text box

                                -

                                Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines.

                                +

                                Click the text within the text box to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines.

                                Text selected

                                -

                                Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately.

                                +

                                Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to the whole text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to the previously selected part of the text separately.

                                Align your text within the text box

                                The text is aligned horizontally in four ways: left, right, center or justified. To do that:

                                1. place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text),
                                  2. -
                                2. drop-down the Horizontal align Horizontal align icon list at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
                                  3. +
                                3. drop-down the Horizontal align Horizontal align iconlist on the Home tab of the top toolbar,
                                4. select the alignment type you would like to apply:
                                    -
                                  • the Align text left option Align Left icon allows you to line up your text by the left side of the text box (the right side remains unaligned).
                                    • -
                                  • the Align text center option Align Center icon allows you to line up your text by the center of the text box (the right and the left sides remains unaligned).
                                    • -
                                  • the Align text right option Align Right icon allows you to line up your text by the right side of the text box (the left side remains unaligned).
                                    • -
                                  • the Justify option Justify icon allows you to line up your text by both the left and the right sides of the text box (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment).
                                    • +
                                  • the Align text left option Align Left icon allows you to line up your text on the left side of the text box (the right side remains unaligned).
                                    • +
                                  • the Align text center option Align Center icon allows you to line up your text in the center of the text box (the right and the left sides remains unaligned).
                                    • +
                                  • the Align text right option Align Right icon allows you to line up your text on the right side of the text box (the left side remains unaligned).
                                    • +
                                  • the Justify option Justify icon allows you to line up your text both on the left and on the right sides of the text box (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment).
                                @@ -64,76 +64,86 @@

                                The text is aligned vertically in three ways: top, middle or bottom. To do that:

                                1. place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text),
                                  2. -
                                2. drop-down the Vertical align Vertical align icon list at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
                                  3. +
                                3. drop-down the Vertical align Vertical align iconlist on the Home tab of the top toolbar,
                                4. select the alignment type you would like to apply:
                                    -
                                  • the Align text to the top option Align Top icon allows you to line up your text by the top of the text box.
                                    • -
                                  • the Align text to the middle option Align Middle icon allows you to line up your text by the center of the text box.
                                    • -
                                  • the Align text to the bottom option Align Bottom icon allows you to line up your text by the bottom of the text box.
                                    • +
                                  • the Align text to the top option Align Top icon allows you to line up your text to the top of the text box.
                                    • +
                                  • the Align text to the middle option Align Middle icon allows you to line up your text in the center of the text box.
                                    • +
                                  • the Align text to the bottom option Align Bottom icon allows you to line up your text to the bottom of the text box.

                                Change the text direction

                                -

                                To Rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate Text Down (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate Text Up (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top).

                                +

                                To Rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (selected by default), Rotate Text Down (used to set a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate Text Up (used to set a vertical direction, from bottom to top).

                                Adjust font type, size, color and apply decoration styles

                                -

                                You can select the font type, its size and color as well as apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

                                +

                                You can select the font type, its size and color as well as apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar.

                                Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the presentation, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting.

                Formats
                POTXPowerPoint Open XML Document Template
                Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for presentation templates. A POTX template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple presentations with the same formatting                		PowerPoint Open XML Document Template
                Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for presentation templates. A POTX template contains formatting settings, styles, etc. and can be used to create multiple presentations with the same formatting                		 + + +
                ODPOpenDocument Presentation
                File format that represents presentation document created by Impress application, which is a part of OpenOffice based office suites                		OpenDocument Presentation
                File format that represents presentations created by Impress application, which is a part of OpenOffice based office suites                		 + + +
                OTPOpenDocument Presentation Template
                OpenDocument file format for presentation templates. An OTP template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple presentations with the same formatting                		OpenDocument Presentation Template
                OpenDocument file format for presentation templates. An OTP template contains formatting settings, styles, etc. and can be used to create multiple presentations with the same formatting                		 + + +
                PDFPortable Document Format
                File format used to represent documents in a manner independent of application software, hardware, and operating systems                		Portable Document Format
                File format used to represent documents regardless of application software, hardware, and operating systems used.                		 +
                PDF/APortable Document Format / A
                An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) specialized for use in the archiving and long-term preservation of electronic documents.                 		Portable Document Format / A
                An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) designed for archivation and long-term preservation of electronic documents.                		 +
                - + - + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + - + - + - + - + - +
                Font FontIs used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. If a required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, after that the font will be available for use in the desktop version.Used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. If the required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, and the font will be available for use in the desktop version.
                Font size Font sizeIs used to select among the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value to the font size field and then press Enter.Used to choose from the preset font size values in the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value up to 300 pt in the font size field. Press Enter to confirm.
                Increment font sizeIncrement font sizeUsed to change the font size making it one point bigger each time the button is pressed.
                Decrement font sizeDecrement font sizeUsed to change the font size making it one point smaller each time the button is pressed.
                Font color Font colorIs used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. Click the downward arrow next to the icon to select the color.Used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. Click the downward arrow next to the icon to select the color.
                Bold BoldIs used to make the font bold giving it more weight.Used to make the font bold giving it a heavier appearance.
                Italic ItalicIs used to make the font italicized giving it some right side tilt.Used to make the font slightly slanted to the right.
                Underline UnderlineIs used to make the text underlined with the line going under the letters.Used to make the text underlined with a line going under the letters.
                Strikeout StrikeoutIs used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters.Used to make the text struck out with a line going through the letters.
                Superscript SuperscriptIs used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions.Used to make the text smaller placing it in the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions.
                Subscript SubscriptIs used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas.Used to make the text smaller placing it in the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas.

                Set line spacing and change paragraph indents

                -

                You can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the preceding or the subsequent paragraph.

                +

                You can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the previous or the following paragraph.

                Text Settings tab

                To do that,

                  -
                1. put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse,
                  2. -
                2. use the corresponding fields of the Text settings Icon Text settings tab at the right sidebar to achieve the desired results: +
                3. put the cursor within the required paragraph or select several paragraphs with the mouse,
                  4. +
                4. use the corresponding fields of the Text settings Icon Text settings tab on the right sidebar to achieve the desired results:
                  • Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right.
                  • Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. @@ -146,12 +156,12 @@

                Note: these parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window.

                -

                To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Line spacing Line spacing icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the needed value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines.

                -

                To change the paragraph offset from the left side of the text box, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse and use the respective icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent Decrease indent and Increase indent Increase indent.

                +

                To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Line spacing Line spacing icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the required value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines.

                +

                To change the paragraph offset from the left side of the text box, put the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse and use the respective icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent Decrease indent and Increase indent Increase indent.

                Adjust paragraph advanced settings

                -

                To open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, right-click the text and choose the Text Advanced Settings option from the menu. It's also possible to put the cursor within the paragraph you need - the Text settings Icon Text settings tab will be activated at the right sidebar. Press the Show advanced settings link. The paragraph properties window will be opened:

                +

                To open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, right-click the text and choose the Text Advanced Settings option from the menu. It's also possible to put the cursor within the required paragraph - the Text settings Icon Text settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar. Press the Show advanced settings link. The paragraph properties window will be opened:

                Paragraph Properties - Indents & Spacing tab -

                The Indents & Spacing tab allows to:

                +

                The Indents & Spacing tab allows you to:

                • change the alignment type for the paragraph text,
                • change the paragraph indents as related to internal margins of the text box, @@ -176,10 +186,10 @@ Paragraph Properties - Font tab

                  The Font tab contains the following parameters:

                    -
                  • Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters.
                    • -
                  • Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the double line going through the letters.
                    • -
                  • Superscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions.
                    • -
                  • Subscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas.
                    • +
                  • Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with a line going through the letters.
                    • +
                  • Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with a double line going through the letters.
                    • +
                  • Superscript is used to make the text smaller placing it in the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions.
                    • +
                  • Subscript is used to make the text smaller placing it in the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas.
                  • Small caps is used to make all letters lower case.
                  • All caps is used to make all letters upper case.
                  • Character Spacing is used to set the space between the characters. Increase the default value to apply the Expanded spacing, or decrease the default value to apply the Condensed spacing. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. @@ -187,23 +197,23 @@
                  Paragraph Properties - Tab tab -

                  The Tab tab allows to change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard.

                  +

                  The Tab tab allows you to change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key.

                  • Default Tab is set at 2.54 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box.
                  • Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below.
                  • Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option from the Alignment drop-down list and press the Specify button.
                      -
                    • Left - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Left Tab Stop marker marker.
                      • +
                    • Left - lines up your text on the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Left Tab Stop marker marker.
                    • Center - centres the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Center Tab Stop marker marker.
                      • -
                    • Right - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Right Tab Stop marker marker.
                      • +
                    • Right - lines up your text on the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Right Tab Stop marker marker.
                    -

                    To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button.

                    +

                    To delete tab stops from the list, select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button.

                  -

                  To set tab stops you can also use the horizontal ruler:

                  +

                  To set tab stops, you can also use the horizontal ruler:

                  1. Click the tab selector button Left Tab Stop button in the upper left corner of the working area to choose the necessary tab stop type: Left Left Tab Stop button, Center Center Tab Stop button, Right Right Tab Stop button.
                    2. -
                  2. Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. +
                  3. Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop, drag it out of the ruler.

                    Horizontal Ruler with the Tab stops added

                    Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings View settings icon icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them.

                    4. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm index c31417186..dbc431f6c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@

                    Manage slides

                    -

                    By default, a newly created presentation has one blank Title Slide. You can create new slides, copy a slide to be able to paste it to another place in the slide list, duplicate slides, move slides to change their order in the slide list, delete unnecessary slides, mark some slides as hidden.

                    +

                    By default, a newly created presentation has one blank Title Slide. You can create new slides, copy a slide to paste it later to another place in the slide list, duplicate slides, move slides to change their order, delete unnecessary slides and mark some slides as hidden.

                    To create a new Title and Content slide:

                      -
                    • click the Add Slide icon Add Slide icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, or
                      • +
                    • click the Add Slide icon Add Slide icon on the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, or
                    • right-click any slide in the list and select the New Slide option from the contextual menu, or
                    • press the Ctrl+M key combination.

                    To create a new slide with a different layout:

                      -
                    1. click the arrow next to the Add Slide icon Add Slide icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                      2. +
                    2. click the arrow next to the Add Slide icon Add Slide icon on the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar,
                    3. select a slide with the necessary layout from the menu. -

                      Note: you can change the layout of the added slide anytime. For additional information on how to do that refer to the Set slide parameters section.

                      +

                      Note: you can change the layout of the added slide anytime. For additional information on how to do that, please refer to the Set slide parameters section.

                    A new slide will be inserted after the selected one in the list of the existing slides on the left.

                    @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
                    1. in the list of the existing slides on the left, select the slide you need to copy,
                    2. press the Ctrl+C key combination,
                      3. -
                    3. in the slide list, select the slide that the copied one should be pasted after,
                      4. +
                    4. in the slide list, select the slide after which the copied slide should be pasted,
                    5. press the Ctrl+V key combination.

                    To move an existing slide:

                    @@ -69,9 +69,9 @@

                    To select several slides:

                    1. hold down the Ctrl key,
                      2. -
                    2. select the necessary slides left-clicking them in the list of the existing slides on the left.
                      3. +
                    3. select the necessary slides by left-clicking them in the list of the existing slides on the left.
                    -

                    Note: all the key combinations that can be used to manage slides are listed at the Keyboard Shortcuts page.

                    +

                    Note: all the key combinations that can be used to manage slides are listed on the Keyboard Shortcuts page.

                    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm index ccef95c68..eddf22b84 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@

                    To specify the precise width and height of a chart, select it on a slide and use the Size section of the right sidebar that will be activated.

                    To specify the precise dimensions of an image or autoshape, right-click the necessary object on the slide and select the Image/Shape Advanced Settings option from the menu. Specify necessary values on the Size tab of the Advanced Settings window and press OK.

                    Reshape autoshapes

                    -

                    When modifying some shapes, for example Figured arrows or Callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped Yellow diamond icon icon is also available. It allows to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow.

                    +

                    When modifying some shapes, for example Figured arrows or Callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped Yellow diamond icon icon is also available. It allows adjusting some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow.

                    Reshaping autoshape

                    Move objects

                    To alter the autoshape/image/chart/table/text box position, use the Arrow icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the object. Drag the object to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

                    To specify the precise position of an image, right-click it on a slide and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the menu. Specify necessary values in the Position section of the Advanced Settings window and press OK.

                    Rotate objects

                    To manually rotate an autoshape/image/text box, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle Rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating.

                    -

                    To rotate the object by 90 degrees counterclockwise/clockwise or flip the object horizontally/vertically you can use the Rotation section of the right sidebar that will be activated once you select the necessary object. To open it, click the Shape settings Shape settings icon or the Image settings Image settings icon icon to the right. Click one of the buttons:

                    +

                    To rotate the object by 90 degrees counterclockwise/clockwise or flip the object horizontally/vertically, you can use the Rotation section of the right sidebar that will be activated once you select the necessary object. To open it, click the Shape settings Shape settings icon or the Image settings Image settings icon icon to the right. Click one of the buttons:

                    • Rotate counterclockwise icon to rotate the object by 90 degrees counterclockwise
                    • Rotate clockwise icon to rotate the object by 90 degrees clockwise
                      • @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
                    • Flip vertically icon to flip the object vertically (upside down)

                    It's also possible to right-click the object, choose the Rotate option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available rotation options.

                    -

                    To rotate the object by an exactly specified angle, click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar and use the Rotation tab of the Advanced Settings window. Specify the necessary value measured in degrees in the Angle field and click OK.

                    +

                    To rotate the object by an exactly specified angle, click the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar and use the Rotation tab of the Advanced Settings window. Specify the necessary value measured in degrees in the Angle field and click OK.

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm index a248878dc..b8cfcb975 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm @@ -1,2506 +1,2552 @@  - Use Math AutoCorrect + AutoCorrect Features - + -
                    -
                    - -
                    -

                    Use Math AutoCorrect

                    +
                    +
                    + +
                    +

                    AutoCorrect Features

                    +

                    The AutoCorrect features in ONLYOFFICE Docs are used to automatically format text when detected or insert special math symbols by recognizing particular character usage.

                    +

                    The available AutoCorrect options are listed in the corresponding dialog box. To access it, go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options.

                    +

                    The AutoCorrect dialog box consists of two tabs: Math Autocorrect and Recognized Functions.

                    +

                    Math AutoCorrect

                    When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery.

                    In the equation editor, place the insertion point within the necessary placeholder, type a math autocorrect code, then press Spacebar. The entered code will be converted into the corresponding symbol, and the space will be eliminated.

                    Note: The codes are case sensitive.

                    -

                    The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Presentation Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Proofing section.

                    -

                    AutoCorrect window

                    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                    CodeSymbolCategory
                    !!Double factorialSymbols
                    ...Horizontal ellipsisDots
                    ::Double colonOperators
                    :=Colon equalOperators
                    /<Not less thanRelational operators
                    />Not greater thanRelational operators
                    /=Not equalRelational operators
                    \aboveSymbolAbove/Below scripts
                    \acuteSymbolAccents
                    \alephSymbolHebrew letters
                    \alphaSymbolGreek letters
                    \AlphaSymbolGreek letters
                    \amalgSymbolBinary operators
                    \angleSymbolGeometry notation
                    \aointSymbolIntegrals
                    \approxSymbolRelational operators
                    \asmashSymbolArrows
                    \astAsteriskBinary operators
                    \asympSymbolRelational operators
                    \atopSymbolOperators
                    \barSymbolOver/Underbar
                    \BarSymbolAccents
                    \becauseSymbolRelational operators
                    \beginSymbolDelimiters
                    \belowSymbolAbove/Below scripts
                    \betSymbolHebrew letters
                    \betaSymbolGreek letters
                    \BetaSymbolGreek letters
                    \bethSymbolHebrew letters
                    \bigcapSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigcupSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigodotSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigoplusSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigotimesSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigsqcupSymbolLarge operators
                    \biguplusSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigveeSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigwedgeSymbolLarge operators
                    \binomialSymbolEquations
                    \botSymbolLogic notation
                    \bowtieSymbolRelational operators
                    \boxSymbolSymbols
                    \boxdotSymbolBinary operators
                    \boxminusSymbolBinary operators
                    \boxplusSymbolBinary operators
                    \braSymbolDelimiters
                    \breakSymbolSymbols
                    \breveSymbolAccents
                    \bulletSymbolBinary operators
                    \capSymbolBinary operators
                    \cbrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
                    \casesSymbolSymbols
                    \cdotSymbolBinary operators
                    \cdotsSymbolDots
                    \checkSymbolAccents
                    \chiSymbolGreek letters
                    \ChiSymbolGreek letters
                    \circSymbolBinary operators
                    \closeSymbolDelimiters
                    \clubsuitSymbolSymbols
                    \cointSymbolIntegrals
                    \congSymbolRelational operators
                    \coprodSymbolMath operators
                    \cupSymbolBinary operators
                    \daletSymbolHebrew letters
                    \dalethSymbolHebrew letters
                    \dashvSymbolRelational operators
                    \ddSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \DdSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \ddddotSymbolAccents
                    \dddotSymbolAccents
                    \ddotSymbolAccents
                    \ddotsSymbolDots
                    \defeqSymbolRelational operators
                    \degcSymbolSymbols
                    \degfSymbolSymbols
                    \degreeSymbolSymbols
                    \deltaSymbolGreek letters
                    \DeltaSymbolGreek letters
                    \DeltaeqSymbolOperators
                    \diamondSymbolBinary operators
                    \diamondsuitSymbolSymbols
                    \divSymbolBinary operators
                    \dotSymbolAccents
                    \doteqSymbolRelational operators
                    \dotsSymbolDots
                    \doubleaSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleASymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublebSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleBSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublecSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleCSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubledSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleDSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleeSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleESymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublefSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleFSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublegSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleGSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublehSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleHSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleiSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleISymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublejSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleJSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublekSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleKSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublelSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleLSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublemSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleMSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublenSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleNSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleoSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleOSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublepSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublePSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleqSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleQSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublerSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleRSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublesSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleSSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubletSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleTSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleuSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleUSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublevSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleVSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublewSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleWSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublexSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleXSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleySymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleYSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublezSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleZSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \downarrowSymbolArrows
                    \DownarrowSymbolArrows
                    \dsmashSymbolArrows
                    \eeSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \ellSymbolSymbols
                    \emptysetSymbolSet notations
                    \emspSpace characters
                    \endSymbolDelimiters
                    \enspSpace characters
                    \epsilonSymbolGreek letters
                    \EpsilonSymbolGreek letters
                    \eqarraySymbolSymbols
                    \equivSymbolRelational operators
                    \etaSymbolGreek letters
                    \EtaSymbolGreek letters
                    \existsSymbolLogic notations
                    \forallSymbolLogic notations
                    \frakturaSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturASymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturbSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturBSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturcSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturCSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturdSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturDSymbolFraktur letters
                    \fraktureSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturESymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturfSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturFSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturgSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturGSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturhSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturHSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturiSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturISymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturkSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturKSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturlSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturLSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturmSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturMSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturnSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturNSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturoSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturOSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturpSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturPSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturqSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturQSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturrSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturRSymbolFraktur letters
                    \fraktursSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturSSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturtSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturTSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturuSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturUSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturvSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturVSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturwSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturWSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturxSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturXSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturySymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturYSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturzSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturZSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frownSymbolRelational operators
                    \funcapplyBinary operators
                    \GSymbolGreek letters
                    \gammaSymbolGreek letters
                    \GammaSymbolGreek letters
                    \geSymbolRelational operators
                    \geqSymbolRelational operators
                    \getsSymbolArrows
                    \ggSymbolRelational operators
                    \gimelSymbolHebrew letters
                    \graveSymbolAccents
                    \hairspSpace characters
                    \hatSymbolAccents
                    \hbarSymbolSymbols
                    \heartsuitSymbolSymbols
                    \hookleftarrowSymbolArrows
                    \hookrightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \hphantomSymbolArrows
                    \hsmashSymbolArrows
                    \hvecSymbolAccents
                    \identitymatrixSymbolMatrices
                    \iiSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \iiintSymbolIntegrals
                    \iintSymbolIntegrals
                    \iiiintSymbolIntegrals
                    \ImSymbolSymbols
                    \imathSymbolSymbols
                    \inSymbolRelational operators
                    \incSymbolSymbols
                    \inftySymbolSymbols
                    \intSymbolIntegrals
                    \integralSymbolIntegrals
                    \iotaSymbolGreek letters
                    \IotaSymbolGreek letters
                    \itimesMath operators
                    \jSymbolSymbols
                    \jjSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \jmathSymbolSymbols
                    \kappaSymbolGreek letters
                    \KappaSymbolGreek letters
                    \ketSymbolDelimiters
                    \lambdaSymbolGreek letters
                    \LambdaSymbolGreek letters
                    \langleSymbolDelimiters
                    \lbbrackSymbolDelimiters
                    \lbraceSymbolDelimiters
                    \lbrackSymbolDelimiters
                    \lceilSymbolDelimiters
                    \ldivSymbolFraction slashes
                    \ldivideSymbolFraction slashes
                    \ldotsSymbolDots
                    \leSymbolRelational operators
                    \leftSymbolDelimiters
                    \leftarrowSymbolArrows
                    \LeftarrowSymbolArrows
                    \leftharpoondownSymbolArrows
                    \leftharpoonupSymbolArrows
                    \leftrightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \LeftrightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \leqSymbolRelational operators
                    \lfloorSymbolDelimiters
                    \lhvecSymbolAccents
                    \limitSymbolLimits
                    \llSymbolRelational operators
                    \lmoustSymbolDelimiters
                    \LongleftarrowSymbolArrows
                    \LongleftrightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \LongrightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \lrharSymbolArrows
                    \lvecSymbolAccents
                    \mapstoSymbolArrows
                    \matrixSymbolMatrices
                    \medspSpace characters
                    \midSymbolRelational operators
                    \middleSymbolSymbols
                    \modelsSymbolRelational operators
                    \mpSymbolBinary operators
                    \muSymbolGreek letters
                    \MuSymbolGreek letters
                    \nablaSymbolSymbols
                    \naryandSymbolOperators
                    \nbspSpace characters
                    \neSymbolRelational operators
                    \nearrowSymbolArrows
                    \neqSymbolRelational operators
                    \niSymbolRelational operators
                    \normSymbolDelimiters
                    \notcontainSymbolRelational operators
                    \notelementSymbolRelational operators
                    \notinSymbolRelational operators
                    \nuSymbolGreek letters
                    \NuSymbolGreek letters
                    \nwarrowSymbolArrows
                    \oSymbolGreek letters
                    \OSymbolGreek letters
                    \odotSymbolBinary operators
                    \ofSymbolOperators
                    \oiiintSymbolIntegrals
                    \oiintSymbolIntegrals
                    \ointSymbolIntegrals
                    \omegaSymbolGreek letters
                    \OmegaSymbolGreek letters
                    \ominusSymbolBinary operators
                    \openSymbolDelimiters
                    \oplusSymbolBinary operators
                    \otimesSymbolBinary operators
                    \overSymbolDelimiters
                    \overbarSymbolAccents
                    \overbraceSymbolAccents
                    \overbracketSymbolAccents
                    \overlineSymbolAccents
                    \overparenSymbolAccents
                    \overshellSymbolAccents
                    \parallelSymbolGeometry notation
                    \partialSymbolSymbols
                    \pmatrixSymbolMatrices
                    \perpSymbolGeometry notation
                    \phantomSymbolSymbols
                    \phiSymbolGreek letters
                    \PhiSymbolGreek letters
                    \piSymbolGreek letters
                    \PiSymbolGreek letters
                    \pmSymbolBinary operators
                    \pppprimeSymbolPrimes
                    \ppprimeSymbolPrimes
                    \pprimeSymbolPrimes
                    \precSymbolRelational operators
                    \preceqSymbolRelational operators
                    \primeSymbolPrimes
                    \prodSymbolMath operators
                    \proptoSymbolRelational operators
                    \psiSymbolGreek letters
                    \PsiSymbolGreek letters
                    \qdrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
                    \quadraticSymbolSquare roots and radicals
                    \rangleSymbolDelimiters
                    \RangleSymbolDelimiters
                    \ratioSymbolRelational operators
                    \rbraceSymbolDelimiters
                    \rbrackSymbolDelimiters
                    \RbrackSymbolDelimiters
                    \rceilSymbolDelimiters
                    \rddotsSymbolDots
                    \ReSymbolSymbols
                    \rectSymbolSymbols
                    \rfloorSymbolDelimiters
                    \rhoSymbolGreek letters
                    \RhoSymbolGreek letters
                    \rhvecSymbolAccents
                    \rightSymbolDelimiters
                    \rightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \RightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \rightharpoondownSymbolArrows
                    \rightharpoonupSymbolArrows
                    \rmoustSymbolDelimiters
                    \rootSymbolSymbols
                    \scriptaSymbolScripts
                    \scriptASymbolScripts
                    \scriptbSymbolScripts
                    \scriptBSymbolScripts
                    \scriptcSymbolScripts
                    \scriptCSymbolScripts
                    \scriptdSymbolScripts
                    \scriptDSymbolScripts
                    \scripteSymbolScripts
                    \scriptESymbolScripts
                    \scriptfSymbolScripts
                    \scriptFSymbolScripts
                    \scriptgSymbolScripts
                    \scriptGSymbolScripts
                    \scripthSymbolScripts
                    \scriptHSymbolScripts
                    \scriptiSymbolScripts
                    \scriptISymbolScripts
                    \scriptkSymbolScripts
                    \scriptKSymbolScripts
                    \scriptlSymbolScripts
                    \scriptLSymbolScripts
                    \scriptmSymbolScripts
                    \scriptMSymbolScripts
                    \scriptnSymbolScripts
                    \scriptNSymbolScripts
                    \scriptoSymbolScripts
                    \scriptOSymbolScripts
                    \scriptpSymbolScripts
                    \scriptPSymbolScripts
                    \scriptqSymbolScripts
                    \scriptQSymbolScripts
                    \scriptrSymbolScripts
                    \scriptRSymbolScripts
                    \scriptsSymbolScripts
                    \scriptSSymbolScripts
                    \scripttSymbolScripts
                    \scriptTSymbolScripts
                    \scriptuSymbolScripts
                    \scriptUSymbolScripts
                    \scriptvSymbolScripts
                    \scriptVSymbolScripts
                    \scriptwSymbolScripts
                    \scriptWSymbolScripts
                    \scriptxSymbolScripts
                    \scriptXSymbolScripts
                    \scriptySymbolScripts
                    \scriptYSymbolScripts
                    \scriptzSymbolScripts
                    \scriptZSymbolScripts
                    \sdivSymbolFraction slashes
                    \sdivideSymbolFraction slashes
                    \searrowSymbolArrows
                    \setminusSymbolBinary operators
                    \sigmaSymbolGreek letters
                    \SigmaSymbolGreek letters
                    \simSymbolRelational operators
                    \simeqSymbolRelational operators
                    \smashSymbolArrows
                    \smileSymbolRelational operators
                    \spadesuitSymbolSymbols
                    \sqcapSymbolBinary operators
                    \sqcupSymbolBinary operators
                    \sqrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
                    \sqsubseteqSymbolSet notation
                    \sqsuperseteqSymbolSet notation
                    \starSymbolBinary operators
                    \subsetSymbolSet notation
                    \subseteqSymbolSet notation
                    \succSymbolRelational operators
                    \succeqSymbolRelational operators
                    \sumSymbolMath operators
                    \supersetSymbolSet notation
                    \superseteqSymbolSet notation
                    \swarrowSymbolArrows
                    \tauSymbolGreek letters
                    \TauSymbolGreek letters
                    \thereforeSymbolRelational operators
                    \thetaSymbolGreek letters
                    \ThetaSymbolGreek letters
                    \thickspSpace characters
                    \thinspSpace characters
                    \tildeSymbolAccents
                    \timesSymbolBinary operators
                    \toSymbolArrows
                    \topSymbolLogic notation
                    \tvecSymbolArrows
                    \ubarSymbolAccents
                    \UbarSymbolAccents
                    \underbarSymbolAccents
                    \underbraceSymbolAccents
                    \underbracketSymbolAccents
                    \underlineSymbolAccents
                    \underparenSymbolAccents
                    \uparrowSymbolArrows
                    \UparrowSymbolArrows
                    \updownarrowSymbolArrows
                    \UpdownarrowSymbolArrows
                    \uplusSymbolBinary operators
                    \upsilonSymbolGreek letters
                    \UpsilonSymbolGreek letters
                    \varepsilonSymbolGreek letters
                    \varphiSymbolGreek letters
                    \varpiSymbolGreek letters
                    \varrhoSymbolGreek letters
                    \varsigmaSymbolGreek letters
                    \varthetaSymbolGreek letters
                    \vbarSymbolDelimiters
                    \vdashSymbolRelational operators
                    \vdotsSymbolDots
                    \vecSymbolAccents
                    \veeSymbolBinary operators
                    \vertSymbolDelimiters
                    \VertSymbolDelimiters
                    \VmatrixSymbolMatrices
                    \vphantomSymbolArrows
                    \vthickspSpace characters
                    \wedgeSymbolBinary operators
                    \wpSymbolSymbols
                    \wrSymbolBinary operators
                    \xiSymbolGreek letters
                    \XiSymbolGreek letters
                    \zetaSymbolGreek letters
                    \ZetaSymbolGreek letters
                    \zwnjSpace characters
                    \zwspSpace characters
                    ~=Is congruent toRelational operators
                    -+Minus or plusBinary operators
                    +-Plus or minusBinary operators
                    <<SymbolRelational operators
                    <=Less than or equal toRelational operators
                    ->SymbolArrows
                    >=Greater than or equal toRelational operators
                    >>SymbolRelational operators
                    -
                    +

                    You can add, modify, restore, and remove autocorrect entries from the AutoCorrect list. Go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Math AutoCorrect.

                    +

                    Adding an entry to the AutoCorrect list

                    +

                    +

                      +
                    • Enter the autocorrect code you want to use in the Replace box.
                      • +
                    • Enter the symbol to be assigned to the code you entered in the By box.
                      • +
                    • Click the Add button.
                      • +
                    +

                    +

                    Modifying an entry on the AutoCorrect list

                    +

                    +

                      +
                    • Select the entry to be modified.
                      • +
                    • You can change the information in both fields: the code in the Replace box or the symbol in the By box.
                      • +
                    • Click the Replace button.
                      • +
                    +

                    +

                    Removing entries from the AutoCorrect list

                    +

                    +

                      +
                    • Select an entry to remove from the list.
                      • +
                    • Click the Delete button.
                      • +
                    +

                    +

                    To restore the previously deleted entries, select the entry to be restored from the list and click the Restore button.

                    +

                    Use the Reset to default button to restore default settings. Any autocorrect entry you added will be removed and the changed ones will be restored to their original values.

                    +

                    To disable Math AutoCorrect and to avoid automatic changes and replacements, uncheck the Replace text as you type box.

                    +

                    Replace text as you type

                    +

                    The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Presentation Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Spell checking -> Proofing section.

                    +
                    + The supported codes + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                    CodeSymbolCategory
                    !!Double factorialSymbols
                    ...Horizontal ellipsisDots
                    ::Double colonOperators
                    :=Colon equalOperators
                    /<Not less thanRelational operators
                    />Not greater thanRelational operators
                    /=Not equalRelational operators
                    \aboveSymbolAbove/Below scripts
                    \acuteSymbolAccents
                    \alephSymbolHebrew letters
                    \alphaSymbolGreek letters
                    \AlphaSymbolGreek letters
                    \amalgSymbolBinary operators
                    \angleSymbolGeometry notation
                    \aointSymbolIntegrals
                    \approxSymbolRelational operators
                    \asmashSymbolArrows
                    \astAsteriskBinary operators
                    \asympSymbolRelational operators
                    \atopSymbolOperators
                    \barSymbolOver/Underbar
                    \BarSymbolAccents
                    \becauseSymbolRelational operators
                    \beginSymbolDelimiters
                    \belowSymbolAbove/Below scripts
                    \betSymbolHebrew letters
                    \betaSymbolGreek letters
                    \BetaSymbolGreek letters
                    \bethSymbolHebrew letters
                    \bigcapSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigcupSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigodotSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigoplusSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigotimesSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigsqcupSymbolLarge operators
                    \biguplusSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigveeSymbolLarge operators
                    \bigwedgeSymbolLarge operators
                    \binomialSymbolEquations
                    \botSymbolLogic notation
                    \bowtieSymbolRelational operators
                    \boxSymbolSymbols
                    \boxdotSymbolBinary operators
                    \boxminusSymbolBinary operators
                    \boxplusSymbolBinary operators
                    \braSymbolDelimiters
                    \breakSymbolSymbols
                    \breveSymbolAccents
                    \bulletSymbolBinary operators
                    \capSymbolBinary operators
                    \cbrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
                    \casesSymbolSymbols
                    \cdotSymbolBinary operators
                    \cdotsSymbolDots
                    \checkSymbolAccents
                    \chiSymbolGreek letters
                    \ChiSymbolGreek letters
                    \circSymbolBinary operators
                    \closeSymbolDelimiters
                    \clubsuitSymbolSymbols
                    \cointSymbolIntegrals
                    \congSymbolRelational operators
                    \coprodSymbolMath operators
                    \cupSymbolBinary operators
                    \daletSymbolHebrew letters
                    \dalethSymbolHebrew letters
                    \dashvSymbolRelational operators
                    \ddSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \DdSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \ddddotSymbolAccents
                    \dddotSymbolAccents
                    \ddotSymbolAccents
                    \ddotsSymbolDots
                    \defeqSymbolRelational operators
                    \degcSymbolSymbols
                    \degfSymbolSymbols
                    \degreeSymbolSymbols
                    \deltaSymbolGreek letters
                    \DeltaSymbolGreek letters
                    \DeltaeqSymbolOperators
                    \diamondSymbolBinary operators
                    \diamondsuitSymbolSymbols
                    \divSymbolBinary operators
                    \dotSymbolAccents
                    \doteqSymbolRelational operators
                    \dotsSymbolDots
                    \doubleaSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleASymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublebSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleBSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublecSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleCSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubledSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleDSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleeSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleESymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublefSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleFSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublegSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleGSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublehSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleHSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleiSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleISymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublejSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleJSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublekSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleKSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublelSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleLSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublemSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleMSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublenSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleNSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleoSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleOSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublepSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublePSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleqSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleQSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublerSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleRSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublesSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleSSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubletSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleTSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleuSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleUSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublevSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleVSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublewSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleWSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublexSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleXSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleySymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleYSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doublezSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \doubleZSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \downarrowSymbolArrows
                    \DownarrowSymbolArrows
                    \dsmashSymbolArrows
                    \eeSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \ellSymbolSymbols
                    \emptysetSymbolSet notations
                    \emspSpace characters
                    \endSymbolDelimiters
                    \enspSpace characters
                    \epsilonSymbolGreek letters
                    \EpsilonSymbolGreek letters
                    \eqarraySymbolSymbols
                    \equivSymbolRelational operators
                    \etaSymbolGreek letters
                    \EtaSymbolGreek letters
                    \existsSymbolLogic notations
                    \forallSymbolLogic notations
                    \frakturaSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturASymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturbSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturBSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturcSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturCSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturdSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturDSymbolFraktur letters
                    \fraktureSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturESymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturfSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturFSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturgSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturGSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturhSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturHSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturiSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturISymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturkSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturKSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturlSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturLSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturmSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturMSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturnSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturNSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturoSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturOSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturpSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturPSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturqSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturQSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturrSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturRSymbolFraktur letters
                    \fraktursSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturSSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturtSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturTSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturuSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturUSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturvSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturVSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturwSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturWSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturxSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturXSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturySymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturYSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturzSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frakturZSymbolFraktur letters
                    \frownSymbolRelational operators
                    \funcapplyBinary operators
                    \GSymbolGreek letters
                    \gammaSymbolGreek letters
                    \GammaSymbolGreek letters
                    \geSymbolRelational operators
                    \geqSymbolRelational operators
                    \getsSymbolArrows
                    \ggSymbolRelational operators
                    \gimelSymbolHebrew letters
                    \graveSymbolAccents
                    \hairspSpace characters
                    \hatSymbolAccents
                    \hbarSymbolSymbols
                    \heartsuitSymbolSymbols
                    \hookleftarrowSymbolArrows
                    \hookrightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \hphantomSymbolArrows
                    \hsmashSymbolArrows
                    \hvecSymbolAccents
                    \identitymatrixSymbolMatrices
                    \iiSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \iiintSymbolIntegrals
                    \iintSymbolIntegrals
                    \iiiintSymbolIntegrals
                    \ImSymbolSymbols
                    \imathSymbolSymbols
                    \inSymbolRelational operators
                    \incSymbolSymbols
                    \inftySymbolSymbols
                    \intSymbolIntegrals
                    \integralSymbolIntegrals
                    \iotaSymbolGreek letters
                    \IotaSymbolGreek letters
                    \itimesMath operators
                    \jSymbolSymbols
                    \jjSymbolDouble-struck letters
                    \jmathSymbolSymbols
                    \kappaSymbolGreek letters
                    \KappaSymbolGreek letters
                    \ketSymbolDelimiters
                    \lambdaSymbolGreek letters
                    \LambdaSymbolGreek letters
                    \langleSymbolDelimiters
                    \lbbrackSymbolDelimiters
                    \lbraceSymbolDelimiters
                    \lbrackSymbolDelimiters
                    \lceilSymbolDelimiters
                    \ldivSymbolFraction slashes
                    \ldivideSymbolFraction slashes
                    \ldotsSymbolDots
                    \leSymbolRelational operators
                    \leftSymbolDelimiters
                    \leftarrowSymbolArrows
                    \LeftarrowSymbolArrows
                    \leftharpoondownSymbolArrows
                    \leftharpoonupSymbolArrows
                    \leftrightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \LeftrightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \leqSymbolRelational operators
                    \lfloorSymbolDelimiters
                    \lhvecSymbolAccents
                    \limitSymbolLimits
                    \llSymbolRelational operators
                    \lmoustSymbolDelimiters
                    \LongleftarrowSymbolArrows
                    \LongleftrightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \LongrightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \lrharSymbolArrows
                    \lvecSymbolAccents
                    \mapstoSymbolArrows
                    \matrixSymbolMatrices
                    \medspSpace characters
                    \midSymbolRelational operators
                    \middleSymbolSymbols
                    \modelsSymbolRelational operators
                    \mpSymbolBinary operators
                    \muSymbolGreek letters
                    \MuSymbolGreek letters
                    \nablaSymbolSymbols
                    \naryandSymbolOperators
                    \nbspSpace characters
                    \neSymbolRelational operators
                    \nearrowSymbolArrows
                    \neqSymbolRelational operators
                    \niSymbolRelational operators
                    \normSymbolDelimiters
                    \notcontainSymbolRelational operators
                    \notelementSymbolRelational operators
                    \notinSymbolRelational operators
                    \nuSymbolGreek letters
                    \NuSymbolGreek letters
                    \nwarrowSymbolArrows
                    \oSymbolGreek letters
                    \OSymbolGreek letters
                    \odotSymbolBinary operators
                    \ofSymbolOperators
                    \oiiintSymbolIntegrals
                    \oiintSymbolIntegrals
                    \ointSymbolIntegrals
                    \omegaSymbolGreek letters
                    \OmegaSymbolGreek letters
                    \ominusSymbolBinary operators
                    \openSymbolDelimiters
                    \oplusSymbolBinary operators
                    \otimesSymbolBinary operators
                    \overSymbolDelimiters
                    \overbarSymbolAccents
                    \overbraceSymbolAccents
                    \overbracketSymbolAccents
                    \overlineSymbolAccents
                    \overparenSymbolAccents
                    \overshellSymbolAccents
                    \parallelSymbolGeometry notation
                    \partialSymbolSymbols
                    \pmatrixSymbolMatrices
                    \perpSymbolGeometry notation
                    \phantomSymbolSymbols
                    \phiSymbolGreek letters
                    \PhiSymbolGreek letters
                    \piSymbolGreek letters
                    \PiSymbolGreek letters
                    \pmSymbolBinary operators
                    \pppprimeSymbolPrimes
                    \ppprimeSymbolPrimes
                    \pprimeSymbolPrimes
                    \precSymbolRelational operators
                    \preceqSymbolRelational operators
                    \primeSymbolPrimes
                    \prodSymbolMath operators
                    \proptoSymbolRelational operators
                    \psiSymbolGreek letters
                    \PsiSymbolGreek letters
                    \qdrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
                    \quadraticSymbolSquare roots and radicals
                    \rangleSymbolDelimiters
                    \RangleSymbolDelimiters
                    \ratioSymbolRelational operators
                    \rbraceSymbolDelimiters
                    \rbrackSymbolDelimiters
                    \RbrackSymbolDelimiters
                    \rceilSymbolDelimiters
                    \rddotsSymbolDots
                    \ReSymbolSymbols
                    \rectSymbolSymbols
                    \rfloorSymbolDelimiters
                    \rhoSymbolGreek letters
                    \RhoSymbolGreek letters
                    \rhvecSymbolAccents
                    \rightSymbolDelimiters
                    \rightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \RightarrowSymbolArrows
                    \rightharpoondownSymbolArrows
                    \rightharpoonupSymbolArrows
                    \rmoustSymbolDelimiters
                    \rootSymbolSymbols
                    \scriptaSymbolScripts
                    \scriptASymbolScripts
                    \scriptbSymbolScripts
                    \scriptBSymbolScripts
                    \scriptcSymbolScripts
                    \scriptCSymbolScripts
                    \scriptdSymbolScripts
                    \scriptDSymbolScripts
                    \scripteSymbolScripts
                    \scriptESymbolScripts
                    \scriptfSymbolScripts
                    \scriptFSymbolScripts
                    \scriptgSymbolScripts
                    \scriptGSymbolScripts
                    \scripthSymbolScripts
                    \scriptHSymbolScripts
                    \scriptiSymbolScripts
                    \scriptISymbolScripts
                    \scriptkSymbolScripts
                    \scriptKSymbolScripts
                    \scriptlSymbolScripts
                    \scriptLSymbolScripts
                    \scriptmSymbolScripts
                    \scriptMSymbolScripts
                    \scriptnSymbolScripts
                    \scriptNSymbolScripts
                    \scriptoSymbolScripts
                    \scriptOSymbolScripts
                    \scriptpSymbolScripts
                    \scriptPSymbolScripts
                    \scriptqSymbolScripts
                    \scriptQSymbolScripts
                    \scriptrSymbolScripts
                    \scriptRSymbolScripts
                    \scriptsSymbolScripts
                    \scriptSSymbolScripts
                    \scripttSymbolScripts
                    \scriptTSymbolScripts
                    \scriptuSymbolScripts
                    \scriptUSymbolScripts
                    \scriptvSymbolScripts
                    \scriptVSymbolScripts
                    \scriptwSymbolScripts
                    \scriptWSymbolScripts
                    \scriptxSymbolScripts
                    \scriptXSymbolScripts
                    \scriptySymbolScripts
                    \scriptYSymbolScripts
                    \scriptzSymbolScripts
                    \scriptZSymbolScripts
                    \sdivSymbolFraction slashes
                    \sdivideSymbolFraction slashes
                    \searrowSymbolArrows
                    \setminusSymbolBinary operators
                    \sigmaSymbolGreek letters
                    \SigmaSymbolGreek letters
                    \simSymbolRelational operators
                    \simeqSymbolRelational operators
                    \smashSymbolArrows
                    \smileSymbolRelational operators
                    \spadesuitSymbolSymbols
                    \sqcapSymbolBinary operators
                    \sqcupSymbolBinary operators
                    \sqrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
                    \sqsubseteqSymbolSet notation
                    \sqsuperseteqSymbolSet notation
                    \starSymbolBinary operators
                    \subsetSymbolSet notation
                    \subseteqSymbolSet notation
                    \succSymbolRelational operators
                    \succeqSymbolRelational operators
                    \sumSymbolMath operators
                    \supersetSymbolSet notation
                    \superseteqSymbolSet notation
                    \swarrowSymbolArrows
                    \tauSymbolGreek letters
                    \TauSymbolGreek letters
                    \thereforeSymbolRelational operators
                    \thetaSymbolGreek letters
                    \ThetaSymbolGreek letters
                    \thickspSpace characters
                    \thinspSpace characters
                    \tildeSymbolAccents
                    \timesSymbolBinary operators
                    \toSymbolArrows
                    \topSymbolLogic notation
                    \tvecSymbolArrows
                    \ubarSymbolAccents
                    \UbarSymbolAccents
                    \underbarSymbolAccents
                    \underbraceSymbolAccents
                    \underbracketSymbolAccents
                    \underlineSymbolAccents
                    \underparenSymbolAccents
                    \uparrowSymbolArrows
                    \UparrowSymbolArrows
                    \updownarrowSymbolArrows
                    \UpdownarrowSymbolArrows
                    \uplusSymbolBinary operators
                    \upsilonSymbolGreek letters
                    \UpsilonSymbolGreek letters
                    \varepsilonSymbolGreek letters
                    \varphiSymbolGreek letters
                    \varpiSymbolGreek letters
                    \varrhoSymbolGreek letters
                    \varsigmaSymbolGreek letters
                    \varthetaSymbolGreek letters
                    \vbarSymbolDelimiters
                    \vdashSymbolRelational operators
                    \vdotsSymbolDots
                    \vecSymbolAccents
                    \veeSymbolBinary operators
                    \vertSymbolDelimiters
                    \VertSymbolDelimiters
                    \VmatrixSymbolMatrices
                    \vphantomSymbolArrows
                    \vthickspSpace characters
                    \wedgeSymbolBinary operators
                    \wpSymbolSymbols
                    \wrSymbolBinary operators
                    \xiSymbolGreek letters
                    \XiSymbolGreek letters
                    \zetaSymbolGreek letters
                    \ZetaSymbolGreek letters
                    \zwnjSpace characters
                    \zwspSpace characters
                    ~=Is congruent toRelational operators
                    -+Minus or plusBinary operators
                    +-Plus or minusBinary operators
                    <<SymbolRelational operators
                    <=Less than or equal toRelational operators
                    ->SymbolArrows
                    >=Greater than or equal toRelational operators
                    >>SymbolRelational operators
                    +
                    +
                    +

                    Recognized Functions

                    +

                    In this tab, you will find the list of math expressions that will be recognized by the Equation editor as functions and therefore will not be automatically italicized. For the list of recognized functions go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Recognized Functions.

                    +

                    To add an entry to the list of recognized functions, enter the function in the blank field and click the Add button.

                    +

                    To remove an entry from the list of recognized functions, select the function to be removed and click the Delete button.

                    +

                    To restore the previously deleted entries, select the entry to be restored from the list and click the Restore button.

                    +

                    Use the Reset to default button to restore default settings. Any function you added will be removed and the removed ones will be restored.

                    +

                    Recognized Functions

                    +

                    AutoFormat as You Type

                    +

                    By default, the editor formats the text while you are typing according to the auto-formatting presets, for instance, it automatically starts a bullet list or a numbered list when a list is detected, or replaces quotation marks, or converts hyphens to dashes.

                    +

                    If you need to disable auto-formatting presets, uncheck the box for the unnecessary options, go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> AutoFormat As You Type.

                    +

                    AutoFormat as You Type

                    +
                    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 64b2393ea..17aa32346 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -1,65 +1,65 @@  - - Create a new presentation or open an existing one - - - - - - - -
                    + + Create a new presentation or open an existing one + + + + + + + +
                    -

                    Create a new presentation or open an existing one

                    -

                    To create a new presentation

                    -
                    -

                    In the online editor

                    -
                      -
                    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
                      2. -
                    2. select the Create New option.
                      3. -
                    -
                    -
                    -

                    In the desktop editor

                    -
                      -
                    1. in the main program window, select the Presentation menu item from the Create new section of the left sidebar - a new file will open in a new tab,
                      2. -
                    2. when all the necessary changes are made, click the Save Save icon icon in the upper left corner or switch to the File tab and choose the Save as menu item.
                      3. -
                    3. in the file manager window, select the file location, specify its name, choose the format you want to save the presentation to (PPTX, Presentation template (POTX), ODP, OTP, PDF or PDFA) and click the Save button.
                      4. -
                    -
                    +

                    Create a new presentation or open an existing one

                    +

                    To create a new presentation

                    +
                    +

                    In the online editor

                    +
                      +
                    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
                      2. +
                    2. select the Create New option.
                      3. +
                    +
                    +
                    +

                    In the desktop editor

                    +
                      +
                    1. in the main program window, select the Presentation menu item from the Create new section of the left sidebar - a new file will open in a new tab,
                      2. +
                    2. when all the necessary changes are made, click the Save Save icon icon in the upper left corner or switch to the File tab and choose the Save as menu item.
                      3. +
                    3. in the file manager window, select the file location, specify its name, choose the format you want to save the presentation to (PPTX, Presentation template (POTX), ODP, OTP, PDF or PDFA) and click the Save button.
                      4. +
                    +
                    -
                    -

                    To open an existing presentation

                    -

                    In the desktop editor

                    -
                      -
                    1. in the main program window, select the Open local file menu item at the left sidebar,
                      2. -
                    2. choose the necessary presentation from the file manager window and click the Open button.
                      3. -
                    -

                    You can also right-click the necessary presentation in the file manager window, select the Open with option and choose the necessary application from the menu. If the office documents files are associated with the application, you can also open presentations by double-clicking the file name in the file explorer window.

                    -

                    All the directories that you have accessed using the desktop editor will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterwards. Click the necessary folder to select one of the files stored in it.

                    -
                    +
                    +

                    To open an existing presentation

                    +

                    In the desktop editor

                    +
                      +
                    1. in the main program window, select the Open local file menu item on the left sidebar,
                      2. +
                    2. choose the necessary presentation from the file manager window and click the Open button.
                      3. +
                    +

                    You can also right-click the necessary presentation in the file manager window, select the Open with option and choose the necessary application from the menu. If the office documents files are associated with the application, you can also open presentations by double-clicking the file name in the file explorer window.

                    +

                    All the directories that you have accessed using the desktop editor will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterwards. Click the necessary folder to select one of the files stored in it.

                    +
                    -

                    To open a recently edited presentation

                    -
                    -

                    In the online editor

                    -
                      -
                    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
                      2. -
                    2. select the Open Recent... option,
                      3. -
                    3. choose the presentation you need from the list of recently edited documents.
                      4. -
                    -
                    -
                    -

                    In the desktop editor

                    -
                      -
                    1. in the main program window, select the Recent files menu item at the left sidebar,
                      2. -
                    2. choose the presentation you need from the list of recently edited documents.
                      3. -
                    -
                    +

                    To open a recently edited presentation

                    +
                    +

                    In the online editor

                    +
                      +
                    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
                      2. +
                    2. select the Open Recent... option,
                      3. +
                    3. choose the presentation you need from the list of recently edited documents.
                      4. +
                    +
                    +
                    +

                    In the desktop editor

                    +
                      +
                    1. in the main program window, select the Recent files menu item on the left sidebar,
                      2. +
                    2. choose the presentation you need from the list of recently edited documents.
                      3. +
                    +
                    -

                    To open the folder where the file is stored in a new browser tab in the online version, in the file explorer window in the desktop version, click the Open file location Open file location icon on the right side of the editor header. Alternatively, you can switch to the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Open file location option.

                    -
                    - +

                    To open the folder where the file is stored in a new browser tab in the online version, in the file explorer window in the desktop version, click the Open file location Open file location icon on the right side of the editor header. Alternatively, you can switch to the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Open file location option.

                    +
                    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b966ca090 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + + + + Edit an image + + + + + + + +
                    +
                    + +
                    +

                    Edit an image

                    +

                    ONLYOFFICE comes with a very powerful photo editor, that allows you to adjust the image with filters and make all kinds of annotations.

                    +
                      +
                    1. Select an image in your presentation.
                      2. +
                    2. + Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Photo Editor plugin icon Photo Editor.
                      + You are now in the editing environment. +
                        +
                      • + Below the image you will find the following checkboxes and slider filters: +
                          +
                        • Grayscale, Sepia, Sepia 2, Blur, Emboss, Invert, Sharpen;
                          • +
                        • Remove White (Threshhold, Distance), Gradient transparency, Brightness, Noise, Pixelate, Color Filter;
                          • +
                        • Tint, Multiply, Blend.
                          • +
                        +
                        • +
                      • + Below the filters you will find buttons for +
                          +
                        • Undo, Redo and Resetting;
                          • +
                        • Delete, Delete all;
                          • +
                        • Crop (Custom, Square, 3:2, 4:3, 5:4, 7:5, 16:9);
                          • +
                        • Flip (Flip X, Flip Y, Reset);
                          • +
                        • Rotate (30 degree, -30 degree,Manual rotation slider);
                          • +
                        • Draw (Free, Straight, Color, Size slider);
                          • +
                        • Shape (Recrangle, Circle, Triangle, Fill, Stroke, Stroke size);
                          • +
                        • Icon (Arrows, Stars, Polygon, Location, Heart, Bubble, Custom icon, Color);
                          • +
                        • Text (Bold, Italic, Underline, Left, Center, Right, Color, Text size);
                          • +
                        • Mask.
                          • +
                        +
                        • +
                      + Feel free to try all of these and remember you can always undo them.
                      +
                    3. + When finished, click the OK button. +
                      4. +
                    +

                    The edited picture is now included in the presentation.

                    + Image plugin gif +
                    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm index ae8020d22..8b9f10c9c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm @@ -15,18 +15,18 @@

                    Preview your presentation

                    Start the preview

                    -

                    To preview your currently edited presentation, you can:

                    +

                    To preview the current presentation, you can:

                      -
                    • click the Start slideshow Start slideshow icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar or on the left side of the status bar, or
                      • +
                    • click the Start slideshow Start slideshow icon icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar or on the left side of the status bar, or
                    • select a certain slide within the slide list on the left, right-click it and choose the Start Slideshow option from the contextual menu.

                    The preview will start from the currently selected slide.

                    -

                    You can also click the arrow next to the Start slideshow Start slideshow icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the available options:

                    +

                    You can also click the arrow next to the Start slideshow Start slideshow icon icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the available options:

                    • Show from Beginning - to start the preview from the very first slide,
                    • Show from Current slide - to start the preview from the currently selected slide,
                      • -
                    • Show presenter view - to start the preview in the Presenter mode that allows to demonstrate the presentation to your audience without slide notes while viewing the presentation with the slide notes on a different monitor.
                      • -
                    • Show Settings - to open a settings window that allows to set only one option: Loop continuously until 'Esc' is pressed. Check this option if necessary and click OK. If you enable this option, the presentation will be displayed until you press the Escape key on the keyboard, i.e. when the last slide of the presentation is reached, you will be able to go to the first slide again etc. If you disable this option, once the last slide of the presentation is reached, a black screen appears informing you that the presentation is finished and you can exit from the Preview. +
                    • Show presenter view - to start the preview in the Presenter mode that allows you to show the presentation to your audience without slide notes while viewing the presentation with the slide notes on a different monitor.
                      • +
                    • Show Settings - to open the settings window that allows you to set only one option: Loop continuously until 'Esc' is pressed. Check this option if necessary and click OK. If you enable this option, the presentation will be displayed until you press the Escape key, i.e. when the last slide of the presentation is reached, you will be able to go to the first slide again, etc. If you disable this option, once the last slide of the presentation is reached, a black screen will appear indicating that the presentation is finished, and you can exit from the Preview.

                      Show Settings window

                    @@ -34,20 +34,20 @@

                    In the Preview mode, you can use the following controls at the bottom left corner:

                    Preview Mode controls

                      -
                    • the Previous slide Previous slide icon button allows you to return to the preceding slide.
                      • +
                    • the Previous slide Previous slide icon button allows you to return to the previous slide.
                    • the Pause presentation Pause presentation icon button allows you to stop previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the Start presentation icon button.
                    • the Start presentation Start presentation icon button allows you to resume previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the Pause presentation icon button.
                      • -
                    • the Next slide Next slide icon button allows you to advance the following slide.
                      • +
                    • the Next slide Next slide icon button allows you to advance to the following slide.
                    • the Slide number indicator displays the current slide number as well as the overall number of slides in the presentation. To go to a certain slide in the preview mode, click on the Slide number indicator, enter the necessary slide number in the opened window and press Enter.
                      • -
                    • the Full screen Full screen icon button allows you to switch to full screen mode.
                      • -
                    • the Exit full screen Exit full screen icon button allows you to exit full screen mode.
                      • +
                    • the Full screen Full screen icon button allows you to switch to the full screen mode.
                      • +
                    • the Exit full screen Exit full screen icon button allows you to exit the full screen mode.
                    • the Close slideshow Close slideshow icon button allows you to exit the preview mode.

                    You can also use the keyboard shortcuts to navigate between the slides in the preview mode.

                    Use the Presenter mode

                    Note: in the desktop version, the presenter mode can be activated only if the second monitor is connected.

                    In the Presenter mode, you can view your presentations with slide notes in a separate window, while demonstrating it without notes on a different monitor. The notes for each slide are displayed below the slide preview area.

                    -

                    To navigate between slides you can use the Previous Slide icon and Next Slide icon buttons or click slides in the list on the left. The hidden slide numbers are crossed out in the slide list on the left. If you wish to show a slide marked as hidden to others, just click it in the slide list on the left - the slide will be displayed.

                    +

                    To navigate among the slides, you can use the Previous Slide icon and Next Slide icon buttons or click slides in the list on the left. The hidden slide numbers are crossed out in the slide list on the left. If you wish to show a slide marked as hidden to others, just click it in the slide list on the left - the slide will be displayed.

                    You can use the following controls below the slide preview area:

                    Presenter Mode controls

                      @@ -55,10 +55,10 @@
                    • the Pause presentation Pause presentation icon button allows you to stop previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the Start presentation icon button.
                    • the Start presentation Start presentation icon button allows you to resume previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the Pause presentation icon button.
                    • the Reset button allows to reset the elapsed time of the presentation.
                      • -
                    • the Previous slide Previous slide icon button allows you to return to the preceding slide.
                      • -
                    • the Next slide Next slide icon button allows you to advance the following slide.
                      • +
                    • the Previous slide Previous slide icon button allows you to return to the previous slide.
                      • +
                    • the Next slide Next slide icon button allows you to advance to the following slide.
                    • the Slide number indicator displays the current slide number as well as the overall number of slides in the presentation.
                      • -
                    • the Pointer Pointer icon button allows you to highlight something on the screen when showing the presentation. When this option is enabled, the button looks like this: Pointer icon. To point to some objects hover your mouse pointer over the slide preview area and move the pointer around the slide. The pointer will look the following way: Pointer icon. To disable this option, click the Pointer icon button once again.
                      • +
                    • the Pointer Pointer icon button allows you to highlight something on the screen when showing the presentation. When this option is enabled, the button looks like this: Pointer icon. To point some objects, hover your mouse pointer over the slide preview area and move the pointer around the slide. The pointer will look the following way: Pointer icon. To disable this option, click the Pointer icon button once again.
                    • the End slideshow button allows you to exit the Presenter mode.
                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 71df0b74c..edb876d69 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -15,16 +15,16 @@

                    Save/print/download your presentation

                    Saving

                    -

                    By default, online Рresentation Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it preventing your data loss in case of the unexpected program closing. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page.

                    +

                    By default, the online Рresentation Editor automatically saves your file every 2 seconds when you are working on it preventing your data loss if the program closes unexpectedly. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if there are any. When the file is co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved within 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page.

                    To save your presentation manually in the current format and location,

                      -
                    • press the Save Save icon icon in the left part of the editor header, or
                      • +
                    • press the Save Save icon icon on the left side of the editor header, or
                    • use the Ctrl+S key combination, or
                    • click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option.
                    -

                    Note: in the desktop version, to prevent data loss in case of the unexpected program closing you can turn on the Autorecover option at the Advanced Settings page.

                    +

                    Note: in the desktop version, to prevent data loss if the program closes unexpectedly, you can turn on the Autorecover option on the Advanced Settings page.

                    -

                    In the desktop version, you can save the presentation with another name, in a new location or format,

                    +

                    In the desktop version, you can save the presentation under a different name, in a new location or format,

                    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
                    2. select the Save as... option,
                      3. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

                    Downloading

                    -

                    In the online version, you can download the resulting presentation onto your computer hard disk drive,

                    +

                    In the online version, you can download the resulting presentation onto the hard disk drive of your computer,

                    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
                    2. select the Download as... option,
                      3. @@ -51,12 +51,12 @@

                      Printing

                      To print out the current presentation,

                        -
                      • click the Print Print icon icon in the left part of the editor header, or
                        • +
                      • click the Print Print icon icon on the left side of the editor header, or
                      • use the Ctrl+P key combination, or
                      • click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option.

                      It's also possible to print the selected slides using the Print Selection option from the contextual menu both in the Edit and View modes (Right Mouse Button Click on the selected slides and choose option Print selection).

                      -

                      In the desktop version, the file will be printed directly.In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the presentation. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing.

                      +

                      In the desktop version, the file will be printed directly. In the online version, a PDF file based on your presentation will be generated. You can open and print it out, or save onto the hard disk drive of your computer or a removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing.

                    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm index e21322409..9fb94956a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm @@ -18,24 +18,24 @@
                    • Themes allow you to quickly change the presentation design, notably the slides background appearance, predefined fonts for titles and texts and the color scheme that is used for the presentation elements. - To select a theme for the presentation, click on the necessary predefined theme from the themes gallery on the right side of the top toolbar Home tab. The selected theme will be applied to all the slides if you have not previously selected certain slides to apply the theme to. + To select a theme for the presentation, click on the necessary predefined theme from the themes gallery on the right side of the top toolbar on the Home tab. The selected theme will be applied to all the slides if you have not previously selected certain slides to apply the theme to.

                      Themes gallery

                      To change the selected theme for one or more slides, you can right-click the selected slides in the list on the left (or right-click a slide in the editing area), select the Change Theme option from the contextual menu and choose the necessary theme.

                    • Color Schemes affect the predefined colors used for the presentation elements (fonts, lines, fills etc.) and allow you to maintain color consistency throughout the entire presentation. - To change a color scheme, click the Change color scheme icon Change color scheme icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary scheme from the drop-down list. The selected color scheme will be highlighted in the list and applied to all the slides. + To change a color scheme, click the Change color scheme icon Change color scheme icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary scheme from the drop-down list. The selected color scheme will be highlighted in the list and applied to all the slides.

                      Color Schemes

                    • - To change a slide size for all the slides in the presentation, click the Select slide size icon Select slide size icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the drop-down list. You can select: + To change the size of all the slides in the presentation, click the Select slide size icon Select slide size icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the drop-down list. You can select:
                      • one of the two quick-access presets - Standard (4:3) or Widescreen (16:9),
                      • the Advanced Settings option that opens the Slide Size Settings window where you can select one of the available presets or set a Custom size specifying the desired Width and Height values.

                        Slide Size Settings window

                        The available presets are: Standard (4:3), Widescreen (16:9), Widescreen (16:10), Letter Paper (8.5x11 in), Ledger Paper (11x17 in), A3 Paper (297x420 mm), A4 Paper (210x297 mm), B4 (ICO) Paper (250x353 mm), B5 (ICO) Paper (176x250 mm), 35 mm Slides, Overhead, Banner.

                        -

                        The Slide Orientation menu allows to change the currently selected orientation type. The default orientation type is Landscape that can be switched to Portrait.

                        +

                        The Slide Orientation menu allows changing the currently selected orientation type. The default orientation type is Landscape that can be switched to Portrait.

                      • @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
                      1. in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply the fill to. Or click at any blank space within the currently edited slide in the slide editing area to change the fill type for this separate slide.
                      2. - at the Slide settings tab of the right sidebar, select the necessary option: + on the Slide settings tab of the right sidebar, select the necessary option:
                        • Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to apply to the selected slides.
                        • Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the slide with two colors which smoothly change from one to another.
                          • @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
                        • Pattern - select this option to fill the slide with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements.
                        • No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill.
                        -

                        For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Fill objects and select colors section.

                        +

                        For more detailed information on these options, please refer to the Fill objects and select colors section.

                      @@ -62,12 +62,12 @@
                    • in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply a transition to,
                    • choose a transition in the Effect drop-down list on the Slide settings tab, -

                      Note: to open the Slide settings tab you can click the Slide settings Slide settings icon icon on the right or right-click the slide in the slide editing area and select the Slide Settings option from the contextual menu.

                      +

                      Note: to open the Slide settings tab, you can click the Slide settings Slide settings icon icon on the right or right-click the slide in the slide editing area and select the Slide Settings option from the contextual menu.

                    • adjust the transition properties: choose a transition variation, duration and the way to advance slides,
                    • click the Apply to All Slides button if you want to apply the same transition to all slides in the presentation. -

                      For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Apply transitions section.

                      +

                      For more detailed information on these options, please refer to the Apply transitions section.

                  • @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ To change a slide layout:
                  1. in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply a new layout to,
                    2. -
                  2. click the Change slide layout icon Change slide layout icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
                    3. +
                  3. click the Change slide layout icon Change slide layout icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar,
                  4. select the necessary layout from the menu.

                    Alternatively, you can right-click the necessary slide in the list on the left or in the editing area, select the Change Layout option from the contextual menu and choose the necessary layout.

                    @@ -92,9 +92,9 @@
                    Add to layout
                  5. - at the Home tab click Change slide layout Change slide layout icon and apply the changed layout. + on the Home tab, click Change slide layout Change slide layout icon and apply the changed layout.

                    Apply layout

                    -

                    Selected objects will be added to the current theme's layout.

                    +

                    The selected objects will be added to the current theme's layout.

                    Note: objects placed on a slide this way cannot be selected, resized, or moved.

                  @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
                • click the Click to add notes caption below the slide editing area,
                • type in the text of your note. -

                  Note: you can format the text using the icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

                  +

                  Note: you can format the text using the icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar.

            When you start the slideshow in the Presenter mode, you will be able to see all the slide notes below the slide preview area.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d820669d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + Replace a word by a synonym + + + + + + + +
            +
            + +
            +

            Replace a word by a synonym

            +

            + If you are using the same word multiple times, or a word is just not quite the word you are looking for, ONLYOFFICE let you look up synonyms. + It will show you the antonyms too. +

            +
              +
            1. Select the word in your presentation.
              2. +
            2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Thesaurus plugin icon Thesaurus.
              3. +
            3. The synonyms and antonyms will show up in the left sidebar.
              4. +
            4. Click a word to replace the word in your presentation.
              5. +
            + Thesaurus plugin gif +
            + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Translator.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Translator.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6324e959 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Translator.htm @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + + + + Translate text + + + + + + + +
            +
            + +
            +

            Translate text

            +

            You can translate your presentation from and to numerous languages.

            +
              +
            1. Select the text that you want to translate.
              2. +
            2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Translator plugin icon Translator, the Translator appears in a sidebar on the left.
              3. +
            3. Click the drop-down box and choose the preferred language.
              4. +
            +

            The text will be translated to the required language.

            + Translator plugin gif + +

            Changing the language of your result:

            +
              +
            1. Click the drop-down box and choose the preferred language.
              2. +
            +

            The translation will change immediately.

            +
            + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm index 8a99790e9..9fa2b804a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - View presentation information + View the information about your presentation @@ -13,17 +13,17 @@
            -

            View presentation information

            +

            View the information about your presentation

            To access the detailed information about the currently edited presentation, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Presentation Info option.

            General Information

            -

            The spreadsheet information includes a number of the file properties which describe the spreadsheet. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited.

            +

            The spreadsheet information includes a number of file properties which describe the spreadsheet. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited.

              -
            • Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who have created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only.
              • -
            • Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow to simplify your documents classification. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields.
              • +
            • Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who has created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only.
              • +
            • Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow you to simplify the classification of your documents. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields.
            • Last Modified - the date and time when the file was last modified.
              • -
            • Last Modified By - the name of the user who have made the latest change in the presentation if it has been shared and it can be edited by several users.
              • +
            • Last Modified By - the name of the user who has made the latest change to the presentation if it was shared and can be edited by several users.
            • Application - the application the presentation was created with.
              • -
            • Author - the person who have created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows to specify one more author.
              • +
            • Author - the person who has created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows you to specify one more author.

            If you changed the file properties, click the Apply button to apply the changes.

            @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

            Permission Information

            In the online version, you can view the information about permissions to the files stored in the cloud.

            Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions.

            -

            To find out, who have rights to view or edit the presentation, select the Access Rights... option at the left sidebar.

            +

            To find out who has the rights to view or edit the presentation, select the Access Rights... option on the left sidebar.

            You can also change currently selected access rights by pressing the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section.

            To close the File pane and return to presentation editing, select the Close Menu option.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..560fa527a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + Include a video + + + + + + + +
            +
            + +
            +

            Include a video

            +

            You can include a video in your presentation. It will be shown as an image. By double-clicking the image the video dialog opens. Here you can start the video.

            +
              +
            1. + Copy the URL of the video you want to include.
              + (the complete address shown in the address line of your browser) +
              2. +
            2. Go to your presentation and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the video.
              3. +
            3. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Youtube plugin icon YouTube.
              4. +
            4. Paste the URL and click OK.
              5. +
            5. Check if it is the correct video and click the OK button below the video.
              6. +
            +

            The video is now included in your presentation.

            + Youtube plugin gif +
            + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/editor.css b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/editor.css index 7a743ebc1..108b9b531 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/editor.css +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/editor.css @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoformatasyoutype.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoformatasyoutype.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..613b44d79 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoformatasyoutype.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/axislabels.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/axislabels.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42e80c763 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/axislabels.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartdata.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..367d507a1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png index 6e5b86e38..391fbcd6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png index 6de6a6538..85f15cb79 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png index a96b45f67..21438a692 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png index 39ae35aa9..3be286683 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png index 3a95232ee..b4e32d7e8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png index a9974dd62..5abc6a4ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings6.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings6.png index 753dab979..c79590e3f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings6.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings6.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings7.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings7.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58463b335 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings7.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editseries.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editseries.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bbb308b2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editseries.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png index 02f37c522..a49c4a2d0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06d524ef2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_plugin.gif b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33a601650 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_plugin.gif b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af0c8fdd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/vector.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/vector.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_icon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png index 45445f09a..482c4d8f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png index 5587328b6..14ea70ec5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png index 0b140e1b9..4740c02e3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png index bd17442dd..6ce3192d0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png index ac2baee70..1747c2416 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png index 9e18eef4d..77cad4fc7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png index 02bfb452f..97d865201 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 20902c9ba..a9c6492b5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/photoeditor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/photoeditor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e34d6996 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/photoeditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/recognizedfunctions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/recognizedfunctions.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8a59c866 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/recognizedfunctions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/replacetext.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/replacetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ddc874a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/replacetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_presentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_presentation.png index 1b9ece1c9..ab8767c66 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_presentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_presentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7d644e93 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_plugin.gif b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb784f2e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01e39d4b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator_plugin.gif b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ede670604 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf957207 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube_plugin.gif b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c192c520 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js index a5d4dcc52..220e4728b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js @@ -2,43 +2,43 @@ var indexes = [ { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", - "title": "About Presentation Editor", - "body": "Presentation Editor is an online application that lets you look through and edit presentations directly in your browser . Using Presentation Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited presentations keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP files. To view the current software version and licensor details in the online version, click the icon at the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version, select the About menu item at the left sidebar of the main program window." + "title": "About the Presentation Editor", + "body": "The Presentation Editor is an online application that lets you look through and edit presentations directly in your browser . Using the Presentation Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited presentations keeping all the formatting details or download them onto the hard disk drive of your computer as PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP files. To view the current software version and licensor details in the online version, click the icon on the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version, select the About menu item on the left sidebar of the main program window." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", - "title": "Advanced Settings of Presentation Editor", - "body": "Presentation Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option. The advanced settings are: Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option. Proofing - used to automatically replace word or symbol typed in the Replace: box or chosen from the list by a new word or symbol displayed in the By: box. Alternate Input is used to turn on/off hieroglyphs. Alignment Guides is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects and allow you to position them on the slide precisely. Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Autorecover - is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows to automatically recover documents in case of the unexpected program closing. Co-editing Mode is used to select the display of the changes made during the co-editing: By default the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. If you prefer not to see other user changes (so that they do not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save icon notifying you that there are changes from other users. Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. You can also choose the Fit to Slide or Fit to Width option. Font Hinting is used to select the type a font is displayed in Presentation Editor: Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when an issue in the Google Chrome browser with the enabled hardware acceleration occurs. Presentation Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option. Cut, copy and paste - used to show the Paste Options button when content is pasted. Check the box to enable this feature. Macros Settings - used to set macros display with a notification. Choose Disable all to disable all macros within the presentation; Show notification to receive notifications about macros within the presentation; Enable all to automatically run all macros within the presentation. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." + "title": "Advanced Settings of the Presentation Editor", + "body": "The Presentation Editor allows you to change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option. The advanced settings are: Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option. Proofing - used to automatically replace word or symbol typed in the Replace: box or chosen from the list by a new word or symbol displayed in the By: box. Alternate Input is used to turn on/off hieroglyphs. Alignment Guides is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects and allow you to position them on the slide precisely. Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Autorecover - is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows you to automatically recover documents if the program closes unexpectedly. Co-editing Mode is used to select a way of displaying changes made during co-editing: By default, the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the presentation co-editing, will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. If you prefer not to see the changes made by other users (so that they will not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode, and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save icon with a notification that there are some changes made by other users. Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. You can also choose the Fit to Slide or Fit to Width option. Font Hinting is used to select a way fonts are displayed in the Presentation Editor: Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it off without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when the Google Chrome browser has problems with the enabled hardware acceleration. The Presentation Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins, etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option. Cut, copy and paste - used to show the Paste Options button when content is pasted. Check the box to enable this feature. Macros Settings - used to set macros display with a notification. Choose Disable all to disable all macros within the presentation; Show notification to receive notifications about macros within the presentation; Enable all to automatically run all macros within the presentation. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Collaborative Presentation Editing", - "body": "Presentation Editor offers you the possibility to work at a presentation collaboratively with other users. This feature includes: simultaneous multi-user access to the edited presentation visual indication of objects that are being edited by other users real-time changes display or synchronization of changes with one button click chat to share ideas concerning particular presentation parts comments containing the description of a task or problem that should be solved (it's also possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version) Connecting to the online version In the desktop editor, open the Connect to cloud option of the left-side menu in the main program window. Connect to your cloud office specifying your account login and password. Co-editing Presentation Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes: Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in real time. Strict is selected to hide other user changes until you click the Save icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar: Note: when you co-edit a presentation in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available. When a presentation is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited objects (autoshapes, text objects, tables, images, charts) are marked with dashed lines of different colors. The object that you are editing is surrounded by the green dashed line. Red dashed lines indicate that objects are being edited by other users. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors once they are editing the text. The number of users who are working at the current presentation is specified on the right side of the editor header - . If you want to see who exactly are editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users. When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read or comment the presentation, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like . It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed. Chat You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to arrange with your collaborators about who is doing what, which paragraph you are going to edit now etc. The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them. To access the chat and leave a message for other users, click the icon at the left sidebar, or switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat button, enter your text into the corresponding field below, press the Send button. All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - . To close the panel with chat messages, click the icon at the left sidebar or the Chat button at the top toolbar once again. Comments It's possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version. To leave a comment to a certain object (text box, shape etc.): select an object where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or right-click the selected object and select the Add Сomment option from the menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The object you commented will be marked with the icon. To view the comment, just click on this icon. To add a comment to a certain slide, select the slide and use the Comment button at the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. The added comment will be displayed in the upper left corner of the slide. To create a presentation-level comment which is not related to a certain object or slide, click the icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and use the Add Comment to Document link. The presentation-level comments can be viewed at the Comments panel. Comments related to objects and slides are also available here. Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply text in the entry field and press the Reply button. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or at the Comments panel on the left: edit the currently selected by clicking the icon, delete the currently selected by clicking the icon, close the currently selected discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. Adding mentions When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk. To add a mention enter the \"+\" or \"@\" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary and click OK. The mentioned user will receive an email notification that he/she has been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification. To remove comments, click the Remove button at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary option from the menu: Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have been added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have been added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the presentation that you and other users added. To close the panel with comments, click the icon at the left sidebar once again." + "body": "The Presentation Editor offers allows you to collaboratively work on a presentation collaboratively with other users. This feature includes: simultaneous multi-user access to the edited presentation visual indication of objects that are being edited by other users real-time display of changes or their synchronization with one button click a chat to share ideas concerning particular parts of the presentation comments containing the description of a task or problem that should be solved (it's also possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version) Connecting to the online version In the desktop editor, open the Connect to cloud option of the left-side menu in the main program window. Connect to your cloud office specifying your account login and password. Co-editing The Presentation Editor allows you to select one of the two available co-editing modes: Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in real time. Strict is selected to hide other user's changes until you click the Save icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by the others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar: Note: when you co-edit a presentation in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available. When a presentation is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited objects (autoshapes, text objects, tables, images, charts) are marked with dashed lines of different colors. The object that you are editing is surrounded by the green dashed line. Red dashed lines indicate that objects are being edited by other users. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors when they are editing the text. The number of users who are working on the current presentation is specified on the right side of the editor header - . If you want to see who exactly is editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users. When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read or comment the presentation, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like . It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed. Chat You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to distribute tasks with your collaborators. The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content, it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them. To access the chat and leave a message for other users, click the icon on the left sidebar, or switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat button, enter your text into the corresponding field below, press the Send button. All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - . To close the panel with chat messages, click the icon on the left sidebar or the Chat button on the top toolbar once again. Comments It's possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version. To leave a comment to a certain object (text box, shape etc.): select an object where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or right-click the selected object and select the Add Сomment option from the menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The object you commented will be marked with the icon. To view the comment, just click on this icon. To add a comment to a certain slide, select the slide and use the Comment button on the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. The added comment will be displayed in the upper left corner of the slide. To create a presentation-level comment which is not related to a certain object or slide, click the icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and use the Add Comment to Document link. The presentation-level comments can be viewed on the Comments panel. Comments related to objects and slides are also available here. Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply text in the entry field and press the Reply button. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or on the Comments panel on the left: edit the currently selected by clicking the icon, delete the currently selected by clicking the icon, close the currently selected discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. Adding mentions When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows you to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk. To add a mention enter the \"+\" or \"@\" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary and click OK. The mentioned user will receive an email notification that he/she has been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification. To remove comments, click the Remove button on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary option from the menu: Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have been added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have been added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the presentation that you and other users added. To close the panel with comments, click the icon on the left sidebar once again." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Keyboard Shortcuts", - "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Working with Presentation Open 'File' panel Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current presentation, view its info, create a new presentation or open an existing one, access Presentation Editor help or advanced settings. Open 'Search' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Search dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited presentation. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save presentation Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the presentation currently edited with Presentation Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print presentation Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print the presentation with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited presentation to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit Presentation Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open Presentation Editor Help menu. Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O On the Open local file tab in Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current presentation window in Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current presentation to the default 'Fit to slide' value. Navigation The first slide Home Home, Fn+← Go to the first slide of the currently edited presentation. The last slide End End, Fn+→ Go to the last slide of the currently edited presentation. Next slide Page Down Page Down, Fn+↓ Go to the next slide of the currently edited presentation. Previous slide Page Up Page Up, Fn+↑ Go to the previous slide of the currently edited presentation. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited presentation. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited presentation. Performing Actions on Slides New slide Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Create a new slide and add it after the selected one in the list. Duplicate slide Ctrl+D ⌘ Cmd+D Duplicate the selected slide in the list. Move slide up Ctrl+↑ ⌘ Cmd+↑ Move the selected slide above the previous one in the list. Move slide down Ctrl+↓ ⌘ Cmd+↓ Move the selected slide below the following one in the list. Move slide to beginning Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↑ Move the selected slide to the very first position in the list. Move slide to end Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↓ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↓ Move the selected slide to the very last position in the list. Performing Actions on Objects Create a copy Ctrl + drag, Ctrl+D ^ Ctrl + drag, ^ Ctrl+D, ⌘ Cmd+D Hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the selected object or press Ctrl+D (⌘ Cmd+D for Mac) to create its copy. Group Ctrl+G ⌘ Cmd+G Group the selected objects. Ungroup Ctrl+⇧ Shift+G ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+G Ungroup the selected group of objects. Select the next object ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Select the next object after the currently selected one. Select the previous object ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Select the previous object before the currently selected one. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree-rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Movement pixel by pixel Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl (⌘ Cmd for Mac) key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time. Working with Tables Move to the next cell in a row ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Go to the next cell in a table row. Move to the previous cell in a row ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Go to the previous cell in a table row. Move to the next row ↓ ↓ Go to the next row in a table. Move to the previous row ↑ ↑ Go to the previous row in a table. Start new paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return Start a new paragraph within a cell. Add new row ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. Add a new row at the bottom of the table. Previewing Presentation Start preview from the beginning Ctrl+F5 ^ Ctrl+F5 Start a presentation from the beginning. Navigate forward ↵ Enter, Page Down, →, ↓, ␣ Spacebar ↵ Return, Page Down, →, ↓, ␣ Spacebar Display the next transition effect or advance to the next slide. Navigate backward Page Up, ←, ↑ Page Up, ←, ↑ Display the previous transition effect or return to the previous slide. Close preview Esc Esc End a presentation. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Cut the selected object and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected object to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied object from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation. Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K ^ Ctrl+K, ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address or to a certain slide in the presentation. Copy style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same presentation. Apply style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited text box. Selecting with the Mouse Add to the selected fragment ⇧ Shift ⇧ Shift Start the selection, hold down the ⇧ Shift key and click where you need to end the selection. Selecting using the Keyboard Select all Ctrl+A ^ Ctrl+A, ⌘ Cmd+A Select all the slides (in the slides list) or all the objects within the slide (in the slide editing area) or all the text (within the text box) - depending on where the mouse cursor is located. Select text fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select the text character by character. Select text from cursor to beginning of line ⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select text from cursor to end of line ⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select one character to the right ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Select to the end of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word. Select to the beginning of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word. Select one line up ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Select one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it more weight. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with the line going under the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with the line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+⇧ Shift+> ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+⇧ Shift+< ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Bulleted list Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Remove formatting Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Remove formatting from the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] ^ Ctrl+], ⌘ Cmd+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ ^ Ctrl+[, ⌘ Cmd+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center Ctrl+E Center the text between the left and the right edges. Align justified Ctrl+J Justify the text in the paragraph adding additional space between words so that the left and the right text edges were aligned with the paragraph margins. Align right Ctrl+R Align right with the text lined up by the right side of the text box, the left side remains unaligned. Align left Ctrl+L Align left with the text lined up by the left side of the text box, the right side remains unaligned. Increase left indent Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Increase the paragraph left indent by one tabulation position. Decrease left indent Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M Decrease the paragraph left indent by one tabulation position. Delete one character to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left of the cursor. Delete one character to the right Delete Fn+Delete Delete one character to the right of the cursor. Moving around in text Move one character to the left ← ← Move the cursor one character to the left. Move one character to the right → → Move the cursor one character to the right. Move one line up ↑ ↑ Move the cursor one line up. Move one line down ↓ ↓ Move the cursor one line down. Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the left Ctrl+← ⌘ Cmd+← Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left. Move one word to the right Ctrl+→ ⌘ Cmd+→ Move the cursor one word to the right. Move to next placeholder Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return, ⌘ Cmd+↵ Return Move to the next title or body text placeholder. If it is the last placeholder on a slide, this will insert a new slide with the same slide layout as the original slide Jump to the beginning of the line Home Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the line End End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the text box Ctrl+Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited text box. Jump to the end of the text box Ctrl+End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited text box." + "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Working with Presentation Open 'File' panel Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current presentation, view its info, create a new presentation or open an existing one, access the Presentation Editor help or advanced settings. Open 'Search' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Search dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited presentation. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save presentation Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the presentation currently edited with the Presentation Editor. The active file will be saved under its current name, in the same location and file format. Print presentation Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print the presentation with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited presentation to the hard disk drive of your computer in one of the supported formats: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit the Presentation Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open the Presentation Editor Help menu. Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O On the Open local file tab in Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows selecting an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current presentation window in Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current presentation to the default 'Fit to slide' value. Navigation The first slide Home Home, Fn+← Go to the first slide of the currently edited presentation. The last slide End End, Fn+→ Go to the last slide of the currently edited presentation. Next slide Page Down Page Down, Fn+↓ Go to the next slide of the currently edited presentation. Previous slide Page Up Page Up, Fn+↑ Go to the previous slide of the currently edited presentation. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited presentation. Zoom Out Tab/Shift+Tab ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Zoom out the currently edited presentation. Navigate between controls in modal dialogues Tab/Shift+Tab ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Navigate between controls to give focus to the next or previous control in modal dialogues. Performing Actions on Slides New slide Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Create a new slide and add it after the selected one in the list. Duplicate slide Ctrl+D ⌘ Cmd+D Duplicate the selected slide in the list. Move slide up Ctrl+↑ ⌘ Cmd+↑ Move the selected slide above the previous one in the list. Move slide down Ctrl+↓ ⌘ Cmd+↓ Move the selected slide below the following one in the list. Move slide to beginning Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↑ Move the selected slide to the very first position in the list. Move slide to end Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↓ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↓ Move the selected slide to the very last position in the list. Performing Actions on Objects Create a copy Ctrl + drag, Ctrl+D ^ Ctrl + drag, ^ Ctrl+D, ⌘ Cmd+D Hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the selected object or press Ctrl+D (⌘ Cmd+D for Mac) to create its copy. Group Ctrl+G ⌘ Cmd+G Group the selected objects. Ungroup Ctrl+⇧ Shift+G ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+G Ungroup the selected group of objects. Select the next object ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Select the next object after the currently selected one. Select the previous object ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Select the previous object before the currently selected one. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree-rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Movement pixel by pixel Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl (⌘ Cmd for Mac) key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time. Working with Tables Move to the next cell in a row ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Go to the next cell in a table row. Move to the previous cell in a row ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Go to the previous cell in a table row. Move to the next row ↓ ↓ Go to the next row in a table. Move to the previous row ↑ ↑ Go to the previous row in a table. Start new paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return Start a new paragraph within a cell. Add new row ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. Add a new row at the bottom of the table. Previewing Presentation Start preview from the beginning Ctrl+F5 ^ Ctrl+F5 Start a presentation from the beginning. Navigate forward ↵ Enter, Page Down, →, ↓, ␣ Spacebar ↵ Return, Page Down, →, ↓, ␣ Spacebar Display the next transition effect or advance to the next slide. Navigate backward Page Up, ←, ↑ Page Up, ←, ↑ Display the previous transition effect or return to the previous slide. Close preview Esc Esc End a presentation. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Cut the selected object and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected object to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied object from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation. Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K ^ Ctrl+K, ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address or to a certain slide in the presentation. Copy style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same presentation. Apply style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited text box. Selecting with the Mouse Add to the selected fragment ⇧ Shift ⇧ Shift Start the selection, hold down the ⇧ Shift key and click where you need to end the selection. Selecting using the Keyboard Select all Ctrl+A ^ Ctrl+A, ⌘ Cmd+A Select all the slides (in the slides list) or all the objects within the slide (in the slide editing area) or all the text (within the text box) - depending on where the mouse cursor is located. Select text fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select the text character by character. Select text from cursor to beginning of line ⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select text from cursor to end of line ⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select one character to the right ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Select to the end of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word. Select to the beginning of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word. Select one line up ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Select one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it a heavier appearance. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment slightly slanted to the right. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going under the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+⇧ Shift+> ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> Make the selected text fragment smaller placing it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+⇧ Shift+< ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< Make the selected text fragment smaller placing it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Bulleted list Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Remove formatting Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Remove formatting from the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] ^ Ctrl+], ⌘ Cmd+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ ^ Ctrl+[, ⌘ Cmd+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center Ctrl+E Center the text between the left and the right edges. Align justified Ctrl+J Justify the text in the paragraph adding additional space between words so that the left and the right text edges will be aligned with the paragraph margins. Align right Ctrl+R Align right with the text lined up on the right side of the text box, the left side remains unaligned. Align left Ctrl+L Align left with the text lined up on the left side of the text box, the right side remains unaligned. Increase left indent Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Increase the paragraph left indent by one tabulation position. Decrease left indent Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M Decrease the paragraph left indent by one tabulation position. Delete one character to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left of the cursor. Delete one character to the right Delete Fn+Delete Delete one character to the right of the cursor. Moving around in text Move one character to the left ← ← Move the cursor one character to the left. Move one character to the right → → Move the cursor one character to the right. Move one line up ↑ ↑ Move the cursor one line up. Move one line down ↓ ↓ Move the cursor one line down. Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the left Ctrl+← ⌘ Cmd+← Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left. Move one word to the right Ctrl+→ ⌘ Cmd+→ Move the cursor one word to the right. Move to next placeholder Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return, ⌘ Cmd+↵ Return Move to the next title or body text placeholder. If it is the last placeholder on a slide, this will insert a new slide with the same slide layout as the original slide Jump to the beginning of the line Home Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the line End End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the text box Ctrl+Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited text box. Jump to the end of the text box Ctrl+End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited text box." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "View Settings and Navigation Tools", - "body": "Presentation Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your presentation: zoom, previous/next slide buttons, slide number indicator. Adjust the View Settings To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the presentation, click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again. Hide Status Bar - hides the bottommost bar where the Slide Number Indicator and Zoom buttons are situated. To show the hidden Status Bar click this option once again. Hide Rulers - hides rulers which are used to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes. To show the hidden Rulers click this option once again. The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object/slide and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. The left sidebar width is adjusted by simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the left to reduce the sidebar width or to the right to extend it. Use the Navigation Tools To navigate through your presentation, use the following tools: The Zoom buttons are situated in the right lower corner and are used to zoom in and out the current presentation. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in or Zoom out buttons. Click the Fit width icon to fit the slide width to the visible part of the working area. To fit the whole slide to the visible part of the working area, click the Fit slide icon. Zoom settings are also available in the View settings drop-down list that can be useful if you decide to hide the Status Bar. Note: you can set a default zoom value. Switch to the File tab of the top toolbar, go to the Advanced Settings... section, choose the necessary Default Zoom Value from the list and click the Apply button. To go to the previous or next slide when editing the presentation, you can use the and buttons at the top and bottom of the vertical scroll bar located to the right of the slide. The Slide Number Indicator shows the current slide as a part of all the slides in the current presentation (slide 'n' of 'nn'). Click this caption to open the window where you can enter the slide number and quickly go to it. If you decide to hide the Status Bar, this tool will become inaccessible." + "body": "The Presentation Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your presentation: zoom, previous/next slide buttons and slide number indicator. Adjust the View Settings To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the presentation, click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again. Hide Status Bar - hides the bottommost bar where the Slide Number Indicator and Zoom buttons are situated. To show the hidden Status Bar, click this option once again. Hide Rulers - hides rulers which are used to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes. To show the hidden Rulers, click this option once again. The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object/slide and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. The left sidebar width is adjusted by simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the left to reduce the sidebar width or to the right to extend it. Use the Navigation Tools To navigate through your presentation, use the following tools: The Zoom buttons are situated in the right lower corner and are used to zoom in and out the current presentation. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in or Zoom out buttons. Click the Fit width icon to fit the slide width to the visible part of the working area. To fit the whole slide to the visible part of the working area, click the Fit slide icon. Zoom settings are also available in the View settings drop-down list that can be useful if you decide to hide the Status Bar. Note: you can set a default zoom value. Switch to the File tab of the top toolbar, go to the Advanced Settings... section, choose the necessary Default Zoom Value from the list and click the Apply button. To go to the previous or next slide when editing the presentation, you can use the and buttons at the top and bottom of the vertical scroll bar located to the right of the slide. The Slide Number Indicator shows the current slide as a part of all the slides in the current presentation (slide 'n' of 'nn'). Click this caption to open the window where you can enter the slide number and quickly go to it. If you decide to hide the Status Bar, this tool will become inaccessible." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "title": "Search Function", - "body": "Search and Replace Function To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited presentation, click the icon situated at the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination. The Find and Replace window will open: Type in your inquiry into the corresponding data entry field. Specify search parameters by clicking the icon and checking the necessary options: Case sensitive - is used to find only the occurrences typed in the same case as your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is 'Editor' and this option is selected, such words as 'editor' or 'EDITOR' etc. will not be found). To disable this option click it once again. Click one of the arrow buttons on the right. The search will be performed either towards the beginning of the presentation (if you click the button) or towards the end of the presentation (if you click the button) from the current position. The first slide in the selected direction that contains the characters you entered will be highlighted in the slide list and displayed in the working area with the required characters outlined. If it is not the slide you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next slide containing the characters you entered. To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change: Type in the replacement text into the bottom data entry field. Click the Replace button to replace the currently selected occurrence or the Replace All button to replace all the found occurrences. To hide the replace field, click the Hide Replace link." + "body": "Search and Replace Function To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited presentation, click the icon situated on the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination. The Find and Replace window will open: Type in your inquiry into the corresponding data entry field. Specify search parameters by clicking the icon and checking the necessary options: Case sensitive - is used to find only the occurrences typed in the same case as your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is 'Editor' and this option is selected, such words as 'editor' or 'EDITOR' etc. will not be found). To disable this option click it once again. Click one of the arrow buttons on the right. The search will be performed either towards the beginning of the presentation (if you click the button) or towards the end of the presentation (if you click the button) from the current position. The first slide in the selected direction that contains the characters you entered will be highlighted in the slide list and displayed in the working area with the required characters outlined. If it is not the slide you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next slide containing the characters you entered. To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters, click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change: Type in the replacement text into the bottom data entry field. Click the Replace button to replace the currently selected occurrence or the Replace All button to replace all the found occurrences. To hide the replace field, click the Hide Replace link." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "title": "Spell-checking", - "body": "Presentation Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors. First of all, choose a language for your presentation. Click the icon on the right side of the status bar. In the window that appears, select the necessary language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole presentation. To choose a different language for any piece of text within the presentation, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the menu at the status bar. To enable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon at the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, check the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button. Incorrectly spelled words will be underlined by a red line. Right click on the necessary word to activate the menu and: choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly to replace the misspelled word with the suggested one. If too many variants are found, the More variants... option appears in the menu; use the Ignore option to skip just that word and remove underlining or Ignore All to skip all the identical words repeated in the text; if the current word is missed in the dictionary, you can add it to the custom dictionary. This word will not be treated as a mistake next time. This option is available in the desktop version. select a different language for this word. To disable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon at the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button." + "body": "The Presentation Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors. First of all, choose a language for your presentation. Click the icon on the right side of the status bar. In the opened window, select the necessary language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole presentation. To choose a different language for any piece of text within the presentation, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the menu on the status bar. To enable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon at the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, check the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button. Incorrectly spelled words will be underlined with a red line. Right click on the necessary word to activate the menu and: choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly to replace the misspelled word with the suggested one. If too many variants are found, the More variants... option appears in the menu; use the Ignore option to skip just that word and remove underlining or Ignore All to skip all the identical words repeated in the text; if the current word is missed in the dictionary, you can add it to the custom dictionary. This word will not be treated as a mistake next time. This option is available in the desktop version. select a different language for this word. To disable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon on the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Supported Formats of Electronic Presentations", - "body": "Supported Formats of Electronic Presentation Presentation is a set of slides that may include different type of content such as images, media files, text, effects etc. Presentation Editor handles the following presentation formats: Formats Description View Edit Download PPT File format used by Microsoft PowerPoint + + PPTX Office Open XML Presentation Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for representing spreadsheets, charts, presentations, and word processing documents + + + POTX PowerPoint Open XML Document Template Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for presentation templates. A POTX template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple presentations with the same formatting + + + ODP OpenDocument Presentation File format that represents presentation document created by Impress application, which is a part of OpenOffice based office suites + + + OTP OpenDocument Presentation Template OpenDocument file format for presentation templates. An OTP template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple presentations with the same formatting + + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents in a manner independent of application software, hardware, and operating systems + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) specialized for use in the archiving and long-term preservation of electronic documents. +" + "body": "Supported Formats of Electronic Presentation A presentation is a set of slides that may include different types of content such as images, media files, text, effects, etc. The Presentation Editor handles the following presentation formats: Formats Description View Edit Download PPT File format used by Microsoft PowerPoint + + PPTX Office Open XML Presentation Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for representing spreadsheets, charts, presentations, and word processing documents + + + POTX PowerPoint Open XML Document Template Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for presentation templates. A POTX template contains formatting settings, styles, etc. and can be used to create multiple presentations with the same formatting + + + ODP OpenDocument Presentation File format that represents presentations created by Impress application, which is a part of OpenOffice based office suites + + + OTP OpenDocument Presentation Template OpenDocument file format for presentation templates. An OTP template contains formatting settings, styles, etc. and can be used to create multiple presentations with the same formatting + + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents regardless of application software, hardware, and operating systems used. + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) designed for archivation and long-term preservation of electronic documents. +" }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm", @@ -48,146 +48,171 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", "title": "Collaboration tab", - "body": "The Collaboration tab allows to organize collaborative work on the presentation. In the online version, you can share the file, select a co-editing mode, manage comments. In the commenting mode, you can add and remove comments and use chat. In the desktop version, you can manage comments. Online Presentation Editor window: Desktop Presentation Editor window: Using this tab, you can: specify sharing settings (available in the online version only), switch between the Strict and Fast co-editing modes (available in the online version only), add or remove comments to the presentation, open the Chat panel (available in the online version only)." + "body": "The Collaboration tab allows collaborating on presentations. In the online version, you can share a file, select a co-editing mode and manage comments. In the commenting mode, you can add and remove comments and use the chat. In the desktop version, you can only manage comments. The corresponding window of the Online Presentation Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Presentation Editor: Using this tab, you can: specify the sharing settings (available in the online version only), switch between the Strict and Fast co-editing modes (available in the online version only), add comments to your presentation and remove them, open the Chat panel (available in the online version only)." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "title": "File tab", - "body": "The File tab allows to perform some basic operations on the current file. Online Presentation Editor window: Desktop Presentation Editor window: Using this tab, you can: in the online version, save the current file (in case the Autosave option is disabled), download as (save the document in the selected format to the computer hard disk drive), save copy as (save a copy of the document in the selected format to the portal documents), print or rename it, in the desktop version, save the current file keeping the current format and location using the Save option or save the current file with a different name, location or format using the Save as option, print the file. protect the file using a password, change or remove the password (available in the desktop version only); create a new presentation or open a recently edited one (available in the online version only), view general information about the presentation or change some file properties, manage access rights (available in the online version only), access the editor Advanced Settings, in the desktop version, open the folder where the file is stored in the File explorer window. In the online version, open the folder of the Documents module where the file is stored in a new browser tab." + "body": "The File tab allows performing some basic file operations. The corresponding window of the Online Presentation Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Presentation Editor: Using this tab, you can: in the online version, save the current file (in case the Autosave option is disabled), download as (save the document in the selected format to the hard disk drive of your computer), save copy as (save a copy of the document in the selected format to the portal documents), print or rename it, in the desktop version, save the current file keeping the current format and location using the Save option or save the current file under a different name and change its location or format using the Save as option, print the file. protect the file using a password, change or remove the password (available in the desktop version only); create a new presentation or open a recently edited one (available in the online version only), view general information about the presentation or change some file properties, manage access rights (available in the online version only), access the Advanced Settings of the editor, in the desktop version, open the folder, where the file is stored, in the File Explorer window. In the online version, open the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Home tab", - "body": "The Home tab opens by default when you open a presentation. It allows to set general slide parameters, format text, insert some objects, align and arrange them. Online Presentation Editor window: Desktop Presentation Editor window: Using this tab, you can: manage slides and start slideshow, format text within a text box, insert text boxes, pictures, shapes, align and arrange objects on a slide, copy/clear text formatting, change a theme, color scheme or slide size." + "body": "The Home tab opens by default when you open a presentation. It allows you to set general slide parameters, format text, insert some objects, align and arrange them. The corresponding window of the Online Presentation Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Presentation Editor: Using this tab, you can: manage slides and start a slideshow, format text within a text box, insert text boxes, pictures, shapes, align and arrange objects on a slide, copy/clear text formatting, change a theme, color scheme or slide size." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Insert tab", - "body": "The Insert tab allows to add visual objects and comments into your presentation. Online Presentation Editor window: Desktop Presentation Editor window: Using this tab, you can: insert tables, insert text boxes and Text Art objects, pictures, shapes, charts, insert comments and hyperlinks, insert footers, date and time, slide numbers. insert equations, symbols." + "body": "The Insert tab allows adding visual objects and comments to your presentation. The corresponding window of the Online Presentation Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Presentation Editor: Using this tab, you can: insert tables, insert text boxes and Text Art objects, pictures, shapes, charts, insert comments and hyperlinks, insert footers, date and time, slide numbers. insert equations, symbols, insert audio and video records stored on the hard disk drive of your computer (available in the desktop version only, not available for Mac OS). Note: to be able to playback video, you'll need to install codecs, for example, K-Lite." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Plugins tab", - "body": "The Plugins tab allows to access advanced editing features using available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. Online Presentation Editor window: Desktop Presentation Editor window: The Settings button allows to open the window where you can view and manage all installed plugins and add your own ones. The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros you can refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available: Send allows to send the presentation via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Audio allows to insert audio records stored on the hard disk drive into your presentation (available in the desktop version only, not available for Mac OS), Video allows to insert video records stored on the hard disk drive into your presentation (available in the desktop version only, not available for Mac OS), Note: to be able to playback video, you'll need to install codecs, for example, K-Lite. Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color, PhotoEditor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one, Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your presentation. To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." + "body": "The Plugins tab makes it possible to access the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. The corresponding window of the Online Presentation Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Presentation Editor: The Settings button allows you to open the window where you can view and manage all installed plugins and add your own ones. The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available: Send allows sending the presentation via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows highlighting the code syntax by selecting the necessary language, style, background color, etc., Photo Editor allows editing images: cropping, flipping, rotating, drawing lines and shapes, adding icons and text, loading a mask and applying filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Thesaurus allows finding synonyms and antonyms for the selected word and replacing it with the chosen one, Translator allows translating the selected text into other languages, Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer. YouTube allows embedding YouTube videos into your presentation. To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", - "title": "Introducing the Presentation Editor user interface", - "body": "Presentation Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Online Presentation Editor window: Desktop Presentation Editor window: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: Editor header displays the logo, opened documents tabs, presentation name and menu tabs. In the left part of the Editor header there are the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons. In the right part of the Editor header the user name is displayed as well as the following icons: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows to open the folder where the file is stored in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows to open the folder of the Documents module where the file is stored in a new browser tab. - allows to adjust View Settings and access the editor Advanced Settings. Manage document access rights - (available in the online version only) allows to set access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy and Paste options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the Start slideshow icon, some navigation tools: slide number indicator and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays some notifications (such as \"All changes saved\" etc.) and allows to set text language and enable spell checking. Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows to use the Search and Replace tool, - allows to open the Comments panel, - (available in the online version only) allows to open the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows to contact our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows to view the information about the program. Right sidebar allows to adjust additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object on a slide, the corresponding icon is activated at the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. Horizontal and vertical Rulers help you place objects on a slide and allow to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes. Working area allows to view presentation content, enter and edit data. Scroll bar on the right allows to scroll the presentation up and down. For your convenience you can hide some components and display them again when it is necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page." + "title": "Introducing the user interface of the Presentation Editor", + "body": "The Presentation Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs according to their functionality. Main window of the Online Presentation Editor: Main window of the Desktop Presentation Editor: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: The Editor header displays the logo, tabs for all opened presentations with their names and menu tabs. On the left side of the Editor header, the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located. On the right side of the Editor header, along with the user name the following icons are displayed: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File Explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab. View Settings - allows adjusting the View Settings and accessing the Advanced Settings of the editor. Manage document access rights - (available in the online version only) allows setting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. The Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy and Paste options are always available on the left side of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. The Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the Start slideshow icon, some navigation tools: slide number indicator and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays some notifications (such as \"All changes saved\", etc.) and allows setting the text language and enable spell checking. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - allows opening the Comments panel, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows contacting our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows viewing the information about the program. The Right sidebar allows adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object on a slide, the corresponding icon is activated on the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. The horizontal and vertical Rulers help you place objects on a slide and allow you to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes. The Working area allows viewing the presentation content, entering and editing data. The Scroll bar on the right allows scrolling the presentation up and down. For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when necessary. To learn more on how to adjust the view settings, please refer to this page." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Add hyperlinks", - "body": "To add a hyperlink, place the cursor to a position within the text box where a hyperlink will be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon at the top toolbar, after that the Hyperlink Settings will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters: Select a link type you wish to insert: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. Use the Slide In This Presentation option and select one of the options below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain slide in the same presentation. The following options are available: Next Slide, Previous Slide, First Slide, Last Slide, Slide with the specified number. Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the web address/slide specified in the upper field. ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to. Click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. Note: it's also possible to select a character, word or word combination with the mouse or using the keyboard and then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected. By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your presentation. To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink." + "body": "To add a hyperlink, place the cursor within the text box where a hyperlink should be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon on the top toolbar, after that the Hyperlink Settings window will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters: Select a link type you wish to insert: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. Use the Slide In This Presentation option and select one of the options below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain slide in the same presentation. The following options are available: Next Slide, Previous Slide, First Slide, Last Slide, Slide with the specified number. Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the web address/slide specified in the upper field. ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window with a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink to be pointed. Click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button where a hyperlink should be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. Note: it's also possible to select a character, word or word combination with the mouse or using the keyboard and then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected. By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your presentation. To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "title": "Align and arrange objects on a slide", - "body": "The added autoshapes, images, charts or text boxes can be aligned, grouped, ordered, distributed horizontally and vertically on a slide. To perform any of these actions, first select a separate object or several objects in the slide editing area. To select several objects, hold down the Ctrl key and left-click the necessary objects. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. After that you can use either the icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar described below or the analogous options from the right-click menu. Align objects To align two or more selected objects, Click the Align shape icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Slide to align objects relative to the edges of the slide, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to align objects relative to each other, Click the Align shape icon once again and select the necessary alignment type from the list: Align Left - to line up the objects horizontally by the left edge of the leftmost object/left edge of the slide, Align Center - to line up the objects horizontally by their centers/center of the slide, Align Right - to line up the objects horizontally by the right edge of the rightmost object/right edge of the slide, Align Top - to line up the objects vertically by the top edge of the topmost object/top edge of the slide, Align Middle - to line up the objects vertically by their middles/middle of the slide, Align Bottom - to line up the objects vertically by the bottom edge of the bottommost object/bottom edge of the slide. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available alignment options. If you want to align a single object, it can be aligned relative to the edges of the slide. The Align to Slide option is selected by default in this case. Distribute objects To distribute three or more selected objects horizontally or vertically so that the equal distance appears between them, Click the Align shape icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Slide to distribute objects between the edges of the slide, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to distribute objects between two outermost selected objects, Click the Align shape icon once again and select the necessary distribution type from the list: Distribute Horizontally - to distribute objects evenly between the leftmost and rightmost selected objects/left and right edges of the slide. Distribute Vertically - to distribute objects evenly between the topmost and bottommost selected objects/top and bottom edges of the slide. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available distribution options. Note: the distribution options are disabled if you select less than three objects. Group objects To group two or more selected objects or ungroup them, click the Arrange shape icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the list: Group - to join several objects into a group so that they can be simultaneously rotated, moved, resized, aligned, arranged, copied, pasted, formatted like a single object. Ungroup - to ungroup the selected group of the previously joined objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use the Group or Ungroup option. Note: the Group option is disabled if you select less than two objects. The Ungroup option is available only when a group of the previously joined objects is selected. Arrange objects To arrange the selected object(s) (i.e. to change their order when several objects overlap each other), click the Arrange shape icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list. Bring To Foreground - to move the object(s) in front of all other objects, Send To Background - to move the object(s) behind all other objects, Bring Forward - to move the selected object(s) by one level forward as related to other objects. Send Backward - to move the selected object(s) by one level backward as related to other objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected object(s), choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available arrangement options." + "body": "The added autoshapes, images, charts or text boxes can be aligned, grouped, ordered, distributed horizontally and vertically on the slide. To perform any of these actions, first select a separate object or several objects in the slide editing area. To select several objects, hold down the Ctrl key and left-click the necessary objects. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. After that you can use either the icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar described below or the analogous options from the right-click menu. Align objects To align two or more selected objects, Click the Align shape icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Slide to align objects relative to the edges of the slide, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to align objects relative to each other, Click the Align shape icon once again and select the necessary alignment type from the list: Align Left - to line up the objects horizontally on the left side of the leftmost object/left edge of the slide, Align Center - to line up the objects horizontally in their centers/center of the slide, Align Right - to line up the objects horizontally on the right side of the rightmost object/right edge of the slide, Align Top - to line up the objects vertically to the top edge of the topmost object/top edge of the slide, Align Middle - to line up the objects vertically in their middles/middle of the slide, Align Bottom - to line up the objects vertically to the bottom edge of the bottommost object/bottom edge of the slide. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available alignment options. If you want to align a single object, it can be aligned relative to the edges of the slide. The Align to Slide option is selected by default in this case. Distribute objects To distribute three or more selected objects horizontally or vertically so that the equal distance appears between them, Click the Align icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Slide to distribute objects between the edges of the slide, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to distribute objects between two outermost selected objects, Click the Align shape icon once again and select the necessary distribution type from the list: Distribute Horizontally - to distribute objects evenly between the leftmost and rightmost selected objects/left and right edges of the slide. Distribute Vertically - to distribute objects evenly between the topmost and bottommost selected objects/top and bottom edges of the slide. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available distribution options. Note: the distribution options are disabled if you select less than three objects. Group objects To group two or more selected objects or ungroup them, click the Arrange shape icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the list: Group - to combine several objects into a group so that they can be simultaneously rotated, moved, resized, aligned, arranged, copied, pasted, formatted like a single object. Ungroup - to ungroup the selected group of the previously combined objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use the Group or Ungroup option. Note: the Group option is disabled if you select less than two objects. The Ungroup option is available only when a group of the previously joined objects is selected. Arrange objects To arrange the selected object(s) (i.e. to change their order when several objects overlap each other), click the Arrange shape icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list. Bring To Foreground - to move the object(s) in front of all other objects, Send To Background - to move the object(s) behind all other objects, Bring Forward - to move the selected object(s) one level forward as related to other objects. Send Backward - to move the selected object(s) one level backward as related to other objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected object(s), choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available arrangement options." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm", "title": "Apply transitions", - "body": "A transition is an effect that appears between two slides when one slide advances to the next one during a demonstration. You can apply the same transition to all slides or apply different transitions to each separate slide and adjust the transition properties. To apply a transition to a single slide or several selected slides: Select the necessary slide (or several slides in the slide list) you want to apply a transition to. The Slide settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar. To open it click the Slide settings icon on the right. Alternatively, you can right-click a slide in the slide editing area and select the Slide Settings option from the contextual menu. In the Effect drop-down list, select the transition you want to use. The following transitions are available: Fade, Push, Wipe, Split, Uncover, Cover, Clock, Zoom. In the drop-down list below, select one of the available effect options. They define exactly how the effect appears. For example, if the Zoom transition is selected, the Zoom In, Zoom Out and Zoom and Rotate options are available. Specify how long you want the transition to last. In the Duration box, enter or select the necessary time value, measured in seconds. Press the Preview button to view the slide with the applied transition in the slide editing area. Specify how long you want the slide to be displayed until it advances to another one: Start on click – check this box if you don't want to restrict the time while the selected slide is being displayed. The slide will advance to another one only when you click on it with the mouse. Delay – use this option if you want the selected slide to be displayed for a specified time until it advances to the next one. Check this box and enter or select the necessary time value, measured in seconds. Note: if you check only the Delay box, the slides will advance automatically in a specified time interval. If you check both the Start on click and the Delay boxes and set the delay value, the slides will advance automatically as well, but you will also be able to click a slide to advance from it to the next. To apply a transition to all the slides in your presentation: perform the procedure described above and press the Apply to All Slides button. To delete a transition: select the necessary slide and choose the None option in the Effect list. To delete all transitions: select any slide, choose the None option in the Effect list and press the Apply to All Slides button." + "body": "A transition is an effect that appears between two slides when one slide advances to the next one when displayed. You can apply the same transition to all slides or apply different transitions to each separate slide and adjust the transition properties. To apply a transition to a single slide or several selected slides: Select the necessary slide (or several slides in the slide list) you want to apply a transition to. The Slide settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar. To open it, click the Slide settings icon on the right. Alternatively, you can right-click a slide in the slide editing area and select the Slide Settings option from the contextual menu. In the Effect drop-down list, select the transition you want to use. The following transitions are available: Fade, Push, Wipe, Split, Uncover, Cover, Clock, Zoom. In the drop-down list below, select one of the available effect options. They define exactly how the effect appears. For example, if the Zoom transition is selected, the Zoom In, Zoom Out and Zoom and Rotate options are available. Specify how long you want the transition to last. In the Duration box, enter or select the necessary time value, measured in seconds. Press the Preview button to view the slide with the applied transition in the slide editing area. Specify how long you want the slide to be displayed until it advances to another one: Start on click – check this box if you don't want to restrict the time while the selected slide is displayed. The slide will advance to another one only when you click on it with the mouse. Delay – use this option if you want the selected slide to be displayed within a specified period of time until it advances to the next one. Check this box and enter or select the necessary time value, measured in seconds. Note: if you check only the Delay box, the slides will advance automatically within a specified time interval. If you check both the Start on click and the Delay boxes and set the delay value, the slides will advance automatically as well, but you will also be able to click a slide to advance from it to the next. To apply a transition to all the slides in your presentation: perform the procedure described above and press the Apply to All Slides button. To delete a transition: select the necessary slide and choose the None option in the Effect list. To delete all transitions: select any slide, choose the None option in the Effect list and press the Apply to All Slides button." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "title": "Copy/clear formatting", - "body": "To copy a certain text formatting, select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard, click the Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this ), select the text passage you want to apply the same formatting to. To apply the copied formatting to multiple text passages, select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard, double-click the Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this and the Copy style icon will remain selected: ), select the necessary text passages one by one to apply the same formatting to each of them, to exit this mode, click the Copy style icon once again or press the Esc key on the keyboard. To quickly remove the formatting that you have applied to a text passage, select the text passage which formatting you want to remove, click the Clear style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar." + "body": "To copy a certain text formatting, select the text passage whose formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard, click the Copy style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this ), select the text passage you want to apply the same formatting to. To apply the copied formatting to multiple text passages, select the text passage whose formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard, double-click the Copy style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this and the Copy style icon will remain selected: ), select the necessary text passages one by one to apply the same formatting to each of them, to exit this mode, click the Copy style icon once again or press the Esc key on the keyboard. To quickly remove the formatting that you have applied to a text passage, select the text passage which formatting you want to remove, click the Clear style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Copy/paste data, undo/redo your actions", - "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste selected objects (slides, text passages, autoshapes) in the current presentation or undo/redo your actions use the corresponding options from the right-click menu, or keyboard shortcuts, or icons available at any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Copy – select an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu or the Copy icon at the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Paste – find the place in your presentation where you need to paste the previously copied object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu or the Paste icon at the top toolbar. The object will be inserted at the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation. In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another presentation or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting; Ctrl+X key combination for cutting. Use the Paste Special feature Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage/object. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting text passages, the following options are available: Use destination theme - allows to apply the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default. Keep source formatting - allows to keep the source formatting of the copied text. Picture - allows to paste the text as an image so that it cannot be edited. Keep text only - allows to paste the text without its original formatting. When pasting objects (autoshapes, charts, tables) the following options are available: Use destination theme - allows to apply the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default. Picture - allows to paste the object as an image so that it cannot be edited. To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings... and check / uncheck the Cut, copy and paste checkbox.

            Use the Undo/Redo operations To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons in the left part of the editor header or keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon to redo the last undone operation. You can also use the Ctrl+Z key combination for undoing or Ctrl+Y for redoing. Note: when you co-edit a presentation in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available." + "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste the selected objects (slides, text passages, autoshapes) in the current presentation or undo/redo your actions, use the corresponding options from the right-click menu, keyboard shortcuts or icons available on any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Copy – select an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu or the Copy icon on the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Paste – find the place in your presentation where you need to paste the previously copied object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu or the Paste icon on the top toolbar. The object will be inserted to the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation. In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another presentation or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting; Ctrl+X key combination for cutting. Use the Paste Special feature Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage/object. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting text passages, the following options are available: Use destination theme - allows applying the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default. Keep source formatting - allows keeping the source formatting of the copied text. Picture - allows pasting the text as an image so that it cannot be edited. Keep text only - allows pasting the text without its original formatting. When pasting objects (autoshapes, charts, tables), the following options are available: Use destination theme - allows applying the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default. Picture - allows pasting the object as an image so that it cannot be edited. To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings... and check / uncheck the Cut, copy and paste checkbox.

            Use the Undo/Redo operations To undo/redo your actions, use the corresponding icons on the left side of the editor header or keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon to redo the last undone operation. You can also use the Ctrl+Z key combination for undoing or Ctrl+Y for redoing. Note: when you co-edit a presentation in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "title": "Create lists", - "body": "To create a list in your document, place the cursor to the position where a list will be started (this can be a new line or the already entered text), switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the list type you would like to start: Unordered list with markers is created using the Bullets icon situated at the top toolbar Ordered list with digits or letters is created using the Numbering icon situated at the top toolbar Note: click the downward arrow next to the Bullets or Numbering icon to select how the list is going to look like. now each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and continue with the common text paragraph. You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Decrease indent , and Increase indent icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed at the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Insert and format your text section. Change the list settings To change the bulleted or numbered list settings, such as a bullet type, size and color: click an existing list item or select the text you want to format as a list, click the Bullets or Numbering icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the List Settings option, the List Settings window will open. The bulleted list settings window looks like this: The numbered list settings window looks like this: For the bulleted list, you can choose a character used as a bullet, while for the numbered list you can choose what number the list Starts at. The Size and Color options are the same both for the bulleted and numbered lists. Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size depending on the current size of the text. It can take a value from 25% to 400%. Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. You can select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color. Type - allows to select the necessary character used for the list. When you click on the field, a drop-down list opens that allows to choose one of the available options. For Bulleted lists, you can also add a new symbol. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article. Start at - allows to select the nesessary sequence number a numbered list starts from. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window." + "body": "To create a list in your presentation, place the cursor where a list should start (this can be a new line or the already entered text), switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the list type you would like to start: Unordered list with markers is created using the Bullets icon situated on the top toolbar Ordered list with digits or letters is created using the Numbering icon situated at the top toolbar Note: click the downward arrow next to the Bullets or Numbering icon to select how the list is going to look like. now each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line, a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and continue with the common text paragraph. You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Decrease indent , and Increase indent icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed on the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Insert and format your text section. Change the list settings To change the bulleted or numbered list settings, such as a bullet type, size and color: click an existing list item or select the text you want to format as a list, click the Bullets or Numbering icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the List Settings option, the List Settings window will open. The bulleted list settings window looks like this: The numbered list settings window looks like this: For the bulleted list, you can choose a character used as a bullet, while for the numbered list you can choose what number the list Starts at. The Size and Color options are the same both for the bulleted and numbered lists. Size - allows you to select the necessary bullet/number size depending on the current size of the text. It can be a value ranging from 25% to 400%. Color - allows you to select the necessary bullet/number color. You can select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color. Bullet - allows you to select the necessary character used for the list. When you click on the Bullet field, the Symbol window opens, and you can choose one of the available characters. For Bulleted lists, you can also add a new symbol. To learn more on how to work with symbols, please refer to this article. Start at - allows you to select the nesessary sequence number a numbered list starts from. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm", "title": "Fill objects and select colors", - "body": "You can apply different fills for the slide, autoshape and Text Art font background. Select an object To change the slide background fill, select the necessary slides in the slide list. The Slide settings tab will be activated at the the right sidebar. To change the autoshape fill, left-click the necessary autoshape. The Shape settings tab will be activated at the the right sidebar. To change the Text Art font fill, left-click the necessary text object. The Text Art settings tab will be activated at the the right sidebar. Set the necessary fill type Adjust the selected fill properties (see the detailed description below for each fill type) Note: for the autoshapes and Text Art font, regardless of the selected fill type, you can also set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. The following fill types are available: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the inner space of the selected shape/slide with. Click on the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected theme/color scheme of the presentation. Once you apply a different theme or color scheme, the Theme Colors set will change. Standard Colors - the default colors set. Custom Color - click on this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (Red, Green, Blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to your object and added to the Custom color palette of the menu. Note: just the same color types you can use when selecting the color of the autoshape stroke, adjusting the font color, or changing the table background or border color. Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the slide/shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available : top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape/slide background. If you wish to use an image as a backgroung for the shape/slide, you can add an image From File by selecting it on your computer hard disc drive, From URL by inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window, or From Storage by selecting the required image stored on your portal. If you wish to use a texture as a backgroung for the shape/slide, drop-down the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. Currently, the following textures are available: Canvas, Carton, Dark Fabric, Grain, Granite, Grey Paper, Knit, Leather, Brown Paper, Papyrus, Wood. In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape or slide has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the drop-down list. The Stretch option allows to adjust the image size to fit the slide or autoshape size so that it could fill the space completely. The Tile option allows to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions, or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the slide or autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely. Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary. Pattern - select this option to fill the slide/shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill." + "body": "You can apply different fills for the slide, autoshape and Text Art font background. Select an object To change the slide background fill, select the necessary slides in the slide list. The Slide settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar. To change the autoshape fill, left-click the necessary autoshape. The Shape settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar. To change the Text Art font fill, left-click the necessary text object. The Text Art settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar. Set the necessary fill type Adjust the selected fill properties (see the detailed description below for each fill type) Note: for the autoshapes and Text Art font, regardless of the selected fill type, you can also set an Opacity level by dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. The following fill types are available: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color to fill the inner space of the selected shape/slide. Click on the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected theme/color scheme of the presentation. Once you apply a different theme or color scheme, the Theme Colors set will change. Standard Colors - the default colors set. Custom Color - click on this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary color range by moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color by dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (Red, Green, Blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color will appear in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to your object and added to the Custom color palette of the menu. Note: you can use the same color types when selecting the color of the autoshape stroke, adjusting the font color, or changing the table background or border color. Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the slide/shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Click the  Shape settings icon to open the Fill menu: Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available : top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Angle - set the numeric value for a precise color transition angle. Gradient Points are specific points of color transition. Use the Add Gradient Point button or a slider bar to add a gradient point, and the Remove Gradient Point button to delete one. You can add up to 10 gradient points. Each of the following gradient points added does not affect the current gradient appearance. Use the slider bar to change the location of the gradient point or specify the Position in percentage for a precise location. To apply a color to the gradient point, click on the required point on the slider bar, and then click Color to choose the color you want. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape/slide background. If you wish to use an image as a background for the shape/slide, click the Select Picture button and add an image From File by selecting it on your computer hard disc drive, From URL by inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window, or From Storage by selecting the required image stored on your portal. If you wish to use a texture as a background for the shape/slide, drop-down the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. Currently, the following textures are available: Canvas, Carton, Dark Fabric, Grain, Granite, Grey Paper, Knit, Leather, Brown Paper, Papyrus, Wood. In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape or slide has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the drop-down list. The Stretch option allows you to adjust the image size to fit the slide or autoshape size so that it could fill the space completely. The Tile option allows you to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions, or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the slide or autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely. Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary. Pattern - select this option to fill the slide/shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm", + "title": "Insert highlighted code", + "body": "You can embed highlighted code with the already adjusted style in accordance with the programming language and coloring style of the program you have chosen. Go to your presentation and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the code. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Highlight code. Specify the programming Language. Select a Style of the code so that it appears as if it were open in this program. Specify if you want to replace tabs with spaces. Choose Background color. To do this, manually move the cursor over the palette or insert the RBG/HSL/HEX value. Click OK to insert the code." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Insert and format autoshapes", - "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape on a slide, in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add the autoshape to, click the Shape icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: Basic Shapes, Figured Arrows, Math, Charts, Stars & Ribbons, Callouts, Buttons, Rectangles, Lines, click on the necessary autoshape within the selected group, in the slide editing area, place the mouse cursor where you want the shape to be put, Note: you can click and drag to stretch the shape. once the autoshape is added you can change its size, position and properties. Note: to add a caption within the autoshape make sure the shape is selected on the slide and start typing your text. The text you add in this way becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it). It's also possible to add an autoshape to a slide layout. To learn more, please refer to this article. Adjust autoshape settings Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the autoshape and choose the Shape settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - to specify the solid color you want to apply to the selected shape. Gradient Fill - to fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Picture or Texture - to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. Pattern - to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Fill objects and select colors section. Stroke - use this section to change the autoshape stroke width, color or type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size drop-down list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Or select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. You can use the selected theme color, a standard color or choose a custom color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Rotation is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the shape by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) to flip the shape vertically (upside down) Change Autoshape - use this section to replace the current autoshape with another one selected from the dropdown list. Show shadow - check this option to display shape with shadow. To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, right-click the shape and select the Shape Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or left-click it and press the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The shape properties window will be opened: The Size tab allows to change the autoshape Width and/or Height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original autoshape aspect ratio. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the shape by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the shape vertically (upside down). The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows to specify the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows to set the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows to set the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the drop-down lists. The Text Box tab allows you to Not Autofit text at all, Shrink text on overflow, Resize shape to fit text or change the autoshape Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Columns tab allows to add columns of text within the autoshape specifying the necessary Number of columns (up to 16) and Spacing between columns. Once you click OK, the text that already exists or any other text you enter within the autoshape will appear in columns and will flow from one column to another. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the shape. To replace the added autoshape, left-click it and use the Change Autoshape drop-down list at the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To delete the added autoshape, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To learn how to align an autoshape on the slide or arrange several autoshapes, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section. Join autoshapes using connectors You can connect autoshapes using lines with connection points to demonstrate dependencies between the objects (e.g. if you want to create a flowchart). To do that, click the Shape icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the Lines group from the menu, click the necessary shape within the selected group (excepting the last three shapes which are not connectors, namely Curve, Scribble and Freeform), hover the mouse cursor over the first autoshape and click one of the connection points that appear on the shape outline, drag the mouse cursor towards the second autoshape and click the necessary connection point on its outline. If you move the joined autoshapes, the connector remains attached to the shapes and moves together with them. You can also detach the connector from the shapes and then attach it to any other connection points." + "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape to a slide, in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add the autoshape to, click the Shape icon on the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: Basic Shapes, Figured Arrows, Math, Charts, Stars & Ribbons, Callouts, Buttons, Rectangles, Lines, click on the necessary autoshape within the selected group, in the slide editing area, place the mouse cursor where you want the shape to be put, Note: you can click and drag to stretch the shape. once the autoshape is added, you can change its size, position and properties. Note: to add a caption within the autoshape, make sure the shape is selected on the slide and start typing your text. The text you add in this way becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it). It's also possible to add an autoshape to a slide layout. To learn more, please refer to this article. Adjust autoshape settings Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it, click the autoshape and choose the Shape settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - to specify the solid color you want to apply to the selected shape. Gradient Fill - to fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Picture or Texture - to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. Pattern - to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. For more detailed information on these options, please refer to the Fill objects and select colors section. Stroke - use this section to change the autoshape stroke width, color or type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size drop-down list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Or select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. You can use the selected theme color, a standard color or choose a custom color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Rotation is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the shape by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) to flip the shape vertically (upside down) Change Autoshape - use this section to replace the current autoshape with another one selected from the dropdown list. Show shadow - check this option to display shape with shadow. To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, right-click the shape and select the Shape Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or left-click it and press the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The shape properties window will be opened: The Size tab allows you to change the autoshape Width and/or Height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original autoshape aspect ratio. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the shape by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the shape vertically (upside down). The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option allows specifying the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows setting the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines, etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows setting the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows you to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the drop-down lists. The Text Padding tab allows you to change the autoshape Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Columns tab allows adding columns of text within the autoshape specifying the necessary Number of columns (up to 16) and Spacing between columns. Once you click OK, the text that already exists or any other text you enter within the autoshape will appear in columns and will flow from one column to another. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying the Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand the contents of the shape. To replace the added autoshape, left-click it and use the Change Autoshape drop-down list on the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To delete the added autoshape, left-click it and press the Delete key. To learn how to align an autoshape on the slide or arrange several autoshapes, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section. Join autoshapes using connectors You can connect autoshapes using lines with connection points to demonstrate dependencies between the objects (e.g. if you want to create a flowchart). To do that, click the Shape icon on the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the Lines group from the menu, click the necessary shape within the selected group (excepting the last three shapes which are not connectors, namely Curve, Scribble and Freeform), hover the mouse cursor over the first autoshape and click one of the connection points that appear on the shape outline, drag the mouse cursor towards the second autoshape and click the necessary connection point on its outline. If you move the joined autoshapes, the connector remains attached to the shapes and moves together with them. You can also detach the connector from the shapes and then attach it to any other connection points." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Insert and edit charts", - "body": "Insert a chart To insert a chart into your presentation, put the cursor at the place where you want to add a chart, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Chart icon at the top toolbar, select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock, Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. after that the Chart Editor window will appear where you can enter the necessary data into the cells using the following controls: and for copying and pasting the copied data and for undoing and redoing actions for inserting a function and for decreasing and increasing decimal places for changing the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in cells change the chart settings clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. The Type & Data tab allows you to select the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart. Select a chart Type you wish to insert: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows to specify if you wish to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify a lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify a highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart. once the chart is added you can also change its size and position. You can specify the chart position on the slide dragging it vertically or horizontally. You can also add a chart into a text placeholder pressing the Chart icon within it and selecting the necessary chart type: It's also possible to add a chart to a slide layout. To learn more, please refer to this article. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill, Stroke and Wrapping Style. Note that you cannot change the shape type. Using the Shape Settings tab at the right panel you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as plot area, data series, chart title, legend etc and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available at the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, you can refer to this page. Note: the Show shadow option is also available at the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements. If you need to resize chart elements, left-click to select the needed element and drag one of 8 white squares located along the perimeter of the element. To change the position of the element, left-click on it, make sure your cursor changed to , hold the left mouse button and drag the element to the needed position. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. Adjust chart settings The chart size, type and style as well as data used to create the chart can be altered using the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings icon on the right. The Size section allows you to change the chart width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio. The Change Chart Type section allows you to change the selected chart type and/or style using the corresponding drop-down menu. To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section. The Edit Data button allows you to open the Chart Editor window and start editing data as described above. Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window you can also double-click the chart on the slide. The Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar allows to open the Chart - Advanced Settings window where you can set the alternative text: To delete the inserted chart, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To learn how to align a chart on the slide or arrange several objects, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section." + "body": "Insert a chart To insert a chart into your presentation, put the cursor where you want to add a chart, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Chart icon on the top toolbar, select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock, Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. after that the Chart Editor window will appear where you can enter the necessary data into the cells using the following controls: and for copying and pasting the copied data and for undoing and redoing actions for inserting a function and for decreasing and increasing decimal places for changing the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in cells Click the Select Data button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart Data window will open. Use the Chart Data dialog to manage Chart Data Range, Legend Entries (Series), Horizontal (Category) Axis Label and Switch Row/Column. Chart Data Range - select data for your chart. Click the icon on the right of the Chart data range box to select data range. Legend Entries (Series) - add, edit, or remove legend entries. Type or select series name for legend entries. In Legend Entries (Series), click Add button. In Edit Series, type a new legend entry or click the icon on the right of the Select name box. Horizontal (Category) Axis Labels - change text for category labels. In Horizontal (Category) Axis Labels, click Edit. In Axis label range, type the labels you want to add or click the icon on the right of the Axis label range box to select data range. Switch Row/Column - rearrange the worksheet data that is configured in the chart not in the way that you want it. Switch rows to columns to display data on a different axis. Click OK button to apply the changes and close the window. change the chart settings by clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. The Type tab allows you to select the chart type. Select the required chart Type: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None not to display the title of a chart, Overlay to overlay and center the title in the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None not to display a legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels by checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon, etc.) you wish to use to separate several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines among data points, Smooth to use smooth curves among data points, or None not to display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows specifying if you wish to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not by selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None not to display a horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None not to display a vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows specifying which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows you to set the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify the lowest value displayed at the beginning of the vertical axis. The Auto option is selected by default. In this case, the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify the highest value displayed at the end of the vertical axis. The Auto option is selected by default. In this case, the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default. In this case, the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine the representation of numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in a more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select the desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom, and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows you to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are larger scale divisions which can have labels with numeric values. Minor tick marks are scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None not to display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows you to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None not to display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows setting the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default. In this case, the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows adjusting the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are larger divisions which can have labels with category values. Minor tick marks are smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None not to display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows adjusting the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None not to display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default. In this case, labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category, etc. The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the chart to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the chart will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the chart will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows to snap the chart to the cell behind it preventing the chart from being resized. If the cell moves, the chart will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the chart dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows to prevent the chart from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying the Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand the contents of the chart. once the chart is added, you can also change its size and position. You can specify the chart position on the slide by dragging it vertically or horizontally. You can also add a chart into a text placeholder by pressing the Chart icon within it and selecting the necessary chart type: It's also possible to add a chart to a slide layout. To learn more, please refer to this article. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels, etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since the shape is used as the background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill, Stroke and Wrapping Style. Note that you cannot change the shape type. Using the Shape Settings tab on the right panel, you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as plot area, data series, chart title, legend, etc. and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element by clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available on the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, please refer to this page. Note: the Show shadow option is also available on the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements. If you need to resize chart elements, left-click to select the needed element and drag one of 8 white squares located along the perimeter of the element. To change the position of the element, left-click on it, make sure your cursor changed to , hold the left mouse button and drag the element to the needed position. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. Adjust chart settings The chart size, type and style as well as the data used to create the chart can be altered using the right sidebar. To activate it, click the chart and choose the Chart settings icon on the right. The Size section allows you to change the chart width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio. The Change Chart Type section allows you to change the type of the selected chart type and/or its style using the corresponding drop-down menu. To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section. The Edit Data button allows you to open the Chart Editor window and start editing data as described above. Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window, you can also double-click the chart on the slide. The Show advanced settings option on the right sidebar allows you to open the Chart - Advanced Settings window where you can set the alternative text: To delete the inserted chart, left-click it and press the Delete key. To learn how to align a chart on the slide or arrange several objects, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Insert equations", - "body": "Presentation Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.). Add a new equation To insert an equation from the gallery, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Equation icon at the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices, click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates. The selected symbol/equation box will be inserted in the center of the current slide. If you do not see the equation box border, click anywhere within the equation - the border will be displayed as a dashed line. The equation box can be freely moved, resized or rotated on the slide. To do that click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and use corresponding handles. Each equation template represents a set of slots. Slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline . You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values. Enter values The insertion point specifies where the next character you enter will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right. Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder: enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard, insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation menu at the Insert tab of the top toolbar or typing them from the keyboard (see the Math AutoСorrect option description), add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size. To add some new equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To add a new argument that goes before or after the existing one within Brackets, you can right-click on the existing argument and select the Insert argument before/after option from the menu. To add a new equation within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an empty placeholder or entered equation within it and select the Insert equation before/after option from the menu. To add a new row or a column in a Matrix, you can right-click on a placeholder within it, select the Insert option from the menu, then select Row Above/Below or Column Left/Right. Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \\sqrt(4&x^3). When entering the values of the mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar as the spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically. If the equation is too long and does not fit to a single line within the text box, automatic line breaking occurs as you type. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option. Format equations By default, the equation within the text box is horizontally centered and vertically aligned to the top of the text box. To change its horizontal/vertical alignment, put the cursor within the the equation box (the text box borders will be displayed as dashed lines) and use the corresponding icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and select the necessary font size from the list at the Home tab of the top toolbar. All the equation elements will change correspondingly. The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants. To modify some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To change the Fractions format, you can right-click on a fraction and select the Change to skewed/linear/stacked fraction option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected fraction type). To change the Scripts position relating to text, you can right-click on the equation that includes scripts and select the Scripts before/after text option from the menu. To change the argument size for Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Limits and Logarithms, Operators as well as for overbraces/underbraces and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the argument you want to change and select the Increase/Decrease argument size option from the menu. To specify whether an empty degree placeholder should be displayed or not for a Radical, you can right-click on the radical and select the Hide/Show degree option from the menu. To specify whether an empty limit placeholder should be displayed or not for an Integral or Large Operator, you can right-click on the equation and select the Hide/Show top/bottom limit option from the menu. To change the limits position relating to the integral or operator sign for Integrals or Large Operators, you can right-click on the equation and select the Change limits location option from the menu. The limits can be displayed to the right of the operator sign (as subscripts and superscripts) or directly above and below the operator sign. To change the limits position relating to text for Limits and Logarithms and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Limit over/under text option from the menu. To choose which of the Brackets should be displayed, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Hide/Show opening/closing bracket option from the menu. To control the Brackets size, you can right-click on the expression within them. The Stretch brackets option is selected by default so that the brackets can grow according to the expression within them, but you can deselect this option to prevent brackets from stretching. When this option is activated, you can also use the Match brackets to argument height option. To change the character position relating to text for overbraces/underbraces or overbars/underbars from the Accents group, you can right-click on the template and select the Char/Bar over/under text option from the menu. To choose which borders should be displayed for a Boxed formula from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Border properties option from the menu, then select Hide/Show top/bottom/left/right border or Add/Hide horizontal/vertical/diagonal line. To specify whether empty placeholders should be displayed or not for a Matrix, you can right-click on it and select the Hide/Show placeholder option from the menu. To align some equation elements you can use the right-click menu options: To align equations within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an equation, select the Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align a Matrix vertically, you can right-click on the matrix, select the Matrix Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align elements within a Matrix column horizontally, you can right-click on a placeholder within the column, select the Column Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Left, Center, or Right. Delete equation elements To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard. A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to. To delete the entire equation, click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To delete some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To delete a Radical, you can right-click on it and select the Delete radical option from the menu. To delete a Subscript and/or Superscript, you can right-click on the expression that contains them and select the Remove subscript/superscript option from the menu. If the expression contains scripts that go before text, the Remove scripts option is available. To delete Brackets, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Delete enclosing characters or Delete enclosing characters and separators option from the menu. If the expression within Brackets inclides more than one argument, you can right-click on the argument you want to delete and select the Delete argument option from the menu. If Brackets enclose more than one equation (i.e. Cases with several conditions), you can right-click on the equation you want to delete and select the Delete equation option from the menu. To delete a Limit, you can right-click on it and select the Remove limit option from the menu. To delete an Accent, you can right-click on it and select the Remove accent character, Delete char or Remove bar option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected accent). To delete a row or a column of a Matrix, you can right-click on the placeholder within the row/column you need to delete, select the Delete option from the menu, then select Delete Row/Column." + "body": "The Presentation Editor allows you to create equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents, etc.). Add a new equation To insert an equation from the gallery, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Equation icon on the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices, click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates. The selected symbol/equation box will be inserted in the center of the current slide. If you do not see the equation box border, click anywhere within the equation - the border will be displayed as a dashed line. The equation box can be freely moved, resized or rotated on the slide. To do that, click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and use the corresponding handles. Each equation template represents a set of slots. A slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline . You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values. Enter values The insertion point specifies where the next character you enter will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point one character left/right. Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder: enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard, insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation menu on the Insert tab of the top toolbar or typing them from the keyboard (see the Math AutoСorrect option description), add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size. To add some new equation elements, you can also use the right-click menu options: To add a new argument that goes before or after the existing one within Brackets, you can right-click on the existing argument and select the Insert argument before/after option from the menu. To add a new equation within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an empty placeholder or entered equation within it and select the Insert equation before/after option from the menu. To add a new row or a column in a Matrix, you can right-click on a placeholder within it, select the Insert option from the menu, then select Row Above/Below or Column Left/Right. Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \\sqrt(4&x^3). When entering the values of mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar because spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically. If the equation is too long and does not fit to a single line within the text box, automatic line breaking appears while you are typing. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option. Format equations By default, the equation within the text box is horizontally centered and vertically aligned to the top of the text box. To change its horizontal/vertical alignment, put the cursor within the the equation box (the text box borders will be displayed as dashed lines) and use the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and select the necessary font size from the list on the Home tab of the top toolbar. All the equation elements will change correspondingly. The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants. To modify some equation elements, you can also use the right-click menu options: To change the Fractions format, you can right-click on a fraction and select the Change to skewed/linear/stacked fraction option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected fraction type). To change the Scripts position relating to text, you can right-click on the equation that includes scripts and select the Scripts before/after text option from the menu. To change the argument size for Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Limits and Logarithms, Operators as well as for overbraces/underbraces and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the argument you want to change and select the Increase/Decrease argument size option from the menu. To specify whether an empty degree placeholder should be displayed or not for a Radical, you can right-click on the radical and select the Hide/Show degree option from the menu. To specify whether an empty limit placeholder should be displayed or not for an Integral or Large Operator, you can right-click on the equation and select the Hide/Show top/bottom limit option from the menu. To change the limits position relating to the integral or operator sign for Integrals or Large Operators, you can right-click on the equation and select the Change limits location option from the menu. The limits can be displayed to the right of the operator sign (as subscripts and superscripts) or directly above and below the operator sign. To change the limits position relating to text for Limits and Logarithms and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Limit over/under text option from the menu. To choose which of the Brackets should be displayed, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Hide/Show opening/closing bracket option from the menu. To control the Brackets size, you can right-click on the expression within them. The Stretch brackets option is selected by default so that the brackets can grow according to the expression within them, but you can deselect this option to prevent brackets from stretching. When this option is activated, you can also use the Match brackets to argument height option. To change the character position relating to text for overbraces/underbraces or overbars/underbars from the Accents group, you can right-click on the template and select the Char/Bar over/under text option from the menu. To choose which borders should be displayed for a Boxed formula from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Border properties option from the menu, then select Hide/Show top/bottom/left/right border or Add/Hide horizontal/vertical/diagonal line. To specify whether empty placeholders should be displayed or not for a Matrix, you can right-click on it and select the Hide/Show placeholder option from the menu. To align some equation elements, you can use the right-click menu options: To align equations within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an equation, select the Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align a Matrix vertically, you can right-click on the matrix, select the Matrix Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align elements within a Matrix column horizontally, you can right-click on a placeholder within the column, select the Column Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Left, Center, or Right. Delete equation elements To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key. A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to. To delete the entire equation, click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and and press the Delete key. To delete some equation elements, you can also use the right-click menu options: To delete a Radical, you can right-click on it and select the Delete radical option from the menu. To delete a Subscript and/or Superscript, you can right-click on the expression that contains them and select the Remove subscript/superscript option from the menu. If the expression contains scripts that go before text, the Remove scripts option is available. To delete Brackets, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Delete enclosing characters or Delete enclosing characters and separators option from the menu. If the expression within Brackets inclides more than one argument, you can right-click on the argument you want to delete and select the Delete argument option from the menu. If Brackets enclose more than one equation (i.e. Cases with several conditions), you can right-click on the equation you want to delete and select the Delete equation option from the menu. To delete a Limit, you can right-click on it and select the Remove limit option from the menu. To delete an Accent, you can right-click on it and select the Remove accent character, Delete char or Remove bar option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected accent). To delete a row or a column of a Matrix, you can right-click on the placeholder within the row/column you need to delete, select the Delete option from the menu, then select Delete Row/Column." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "title": "Insert footers", - "body": "Footers allow to add some additional info on a slide, such as date and time, slide number, or a text. To insert a footer in a presentation: switch to the Insert tab, click the Edit footer button at the top toolbar, the Footer Settings window will open. Check the data you want to add into the footer. The changes are displayed in the preview window on the right. check the Date and time box to insert a date or time in a selected format. The selected date will be added to the left field of the slide footer. Specify the necessary data format: Update automatically - check this radio button if you want to automatically update the date and time according to the current date and time. Then select the necessary date and time Format and Language from the lists. Fixed - check this radio button if you do not want to automatically update the date and time. check the Slide number box to insert the current slide number. The slide number will be added in the right field of the slide footer. check Text in footer box to insert any text. Enter the necessary text in the entry field below. The text will be added in the central field of the slide footer. check the Don't show on the title slide option, if necessary, click the Apply to all button to apply changes to all slides or use the Apply button to apply the changes to the current slide only. To quickly insert a date or a slide number into the footer of the selected slide, you can use the Show slide Number and Show Date and Time options at the Slide Settings tab of the right sidebar. In this case, the selected settings will be applied to the current slide only. The date and time or slide number added in such a way can be adjusted later using the Footer Settings window. To edit the added footer, click the Edit footer button at the top toolbar, make the necessary changes in the Footer Settings window, and click the Apply or Apply to All button to save the changes. Insert date and time and slide number into the text box It's also possible to insert date and time or slide number into the selected text box using the corresponding buttons at the Insert tab of the top toolbar. Insert date and time put the mouse cursor within the text box where you want to insert the date and time, click the Date & Time button at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary Language from the list and choose the necessary date and time Format in the Date & Time window, if necessary, check the Update automatically box or press the Set as default box to set the selected date and time format as default for the specified language, click the OK button to apply the changes. The date and time will be inserted in the current cursor position. To edit the inserted date and time, select the inserted date and time in the text box, click the Date & Time button at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, choose the necessary format in the Date & Time window, click the OK button. Insert a slide number put the mouse cursor within the text box where you want to insert the slide number, click the Slide Number button at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, check the Slide number box in the Footer Settings window, click the OK button to apply the changes. The slide number will be inserted in the current cursor position." + "body": "Footers allow adding some additional info to a slide, such as date and time, slide number, or a text. To insert a footer in a presentation: switch to the Insert tab, click the Edit footer button on the top toolbar, the Footer Settings window will open. Check the data you want to add to the footer. The changes are displayed in the preview window on the right. check the Date and time box to insert a date or time in the selected format. The selected date will be added to the left field of the slide footer. Specify the necessary data format: Update automatically - check this radio button if you want to automatically update the date and time according to the current date and time. Then select the necessary date and time Format and Language from the lists. Fixed - check this radio button if you do not want to automatically update the date and time. check the Slide number box to insert the current slide number. The slide number will be added in the right field of the slide footer. check Text in footer box to insert any text. Enter the necessary text in the entry field below. The text will be added in the central field of the slide footer. check the Don't show on the title slide option if necessary, click the Apply to all button to apply changes to all slides or use the Apply button to apply the changes to the current slide only. To quickly insert a date or a slide number to the footer of the selected slide, you can use the Show slide Number and Show Date and Time options on the Slide Settings tab of the right sidebar. In this case, the selected settings will be applied to the current slide only. The date and time or slide number added in such a way can be adjusted later using the Footer Settings window. To edit the added footer, click the Edit footer button on the top toolbar, make the necessary changes in the Footer Settings window, and click the Apply or Apply to All button to save the changes. Insert date and time and slide number into the text box It's also possible to insert date and time or slide number into the selected text box using the corresponding buttons on the Insert tab of the top toolbar. Insert date and time put the mouse cursor within the text box where you want to insert the date and time, click the Date & Time button on the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary Language from the list and choose the necessary date and time Format in the Date & Time window, if necessary, check the Update automatically box or press the Set as default box to set the selected date and time format as default for the specified language, click the OK button to apply the changes. The date and time will be inserted in the current cursor position. To edit the inserted date and time, select the inserted date and time in the text box, click the Date & Time button on the Insert tab of the top toolbar, choose the necessary format in the Date & Time window, click the OK button. Insert a slide number put the mouse cursor within the text box where you want to insert the slide number, click the Slide Number button on the Insert tab of the top toolbar, check the Slide number box in the Footer Settings window, click the OK button to apply the changes. The slide number will be inserted in the current cursor position." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Insert and adjust images", - "body": "Insert an image In Presentation Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your presentation. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. To add an image on a slide, in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add the image to, click the Image icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select one of the following options to load the image: the Image from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the necessary image web address and click the OK button the Image from Storage option will open the Select data source window. Select an image stored on your portal and click the OK button once the image is added you can change its size and position. You can also add an image into a text placeholder pressing the Image from file in it and selecting the necessary image stored on your PC, or use the Image from URL button and specify the image URL address: It's also possible to add an image to a slide layout. To learn more, please refer to this article. Adjust image settings The right sidebar is activated when you left-click an image and choose the Image settings icon on the right. It contains the following sections: Size - is used to view the current image Width and Height or restore the image Actual Size if necessary. The Crop button is used to crop the image. Click the Crop button to activate cropping handles which appear on the image corners and in the center of each its side. Manually drag the handles to set the cropping area. You can move the mouse cursor over the cropping area border so that it turns into the icon and drag the area. To crop a single side, drag the handle located in the center of this side. To simultaneously crop two adjacent sides, drag one of the corner handles. To equally crop two opposite sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the handle in the center of one of these sides. To equally crop all sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging any of the corner handles. When the cropping area is specified, click the Crop button once again, or press the Esc key, or click anywhere outside of the cropping area to apply the changes. After the cropping area is selected, it's also possible to use the Fill and Fit options available from the Crop drop-down menu. Click the Crop button once again and select the option you need: If you select the Fill option, the central part of the original image will be preserved and used to fill the selected cropping area, while other parts of the image will be removed. If you select the Fit option, the image will be resized so that it fits the cropping area height or width. No parts of the original image will be removed, but empty spaces may appear within the selected cropping area. Replace Image - is used to load another image instead of the current one selecting the desired source. You can select one of the options: From File, From Storage, or From URL. The Replace image option is also available in the right-click menu. Rotation is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the image by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the image horizontally (left to right) to flip the image vertically (upside down) When the image is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly. At the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image. To change the advanced settings of the image, right-click the image and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or left-click the image and press the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will be opened: The Placement tab allows you to set the following image properties: Size - use this option to change the image width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the actual size of the added image, click the Actual Size button. Position - use this option to change the image position on the slide (the position is calculated from the top and the left side of the slide). The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the image by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the image horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the image vertically (upside down). The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the image. To delete the inserted image, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To learn how to align an image on the slide or arrange several images, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section." + "body": "Insert an image In the Presentation Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your presentation. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. To add an image on a slide, in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add the image to, click the Image icon on the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select one of the following options to load the image: the Image from File option will open the standard dialog window so that you can choose a file. Browse the hard disk drive your computer to select the necessary file and click the Open button the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the web address of the necessary image and click the OK button the Image from Storage option will open the Select data source window. Select an image stored on your portal and click the OK button once the image is added, you can change its size and position. You can also add an image into a text placeholder pressing the Image from file in it and selecting the necessary image stored on your PC, or use the Image from URL button and specify the image URL address: It's also possible to add an image to a slide layout. To learn more, please refer to this article. Adjust image settings The right sidebar is activated when you left-click an image and choose the Image settings icon on the right. It contains the following sections: Size - is used to view the Width and Height of the current image or restore its Actual Size if necessary. The Crop button is used to crop the image. Click the Crop button to activate cropping handles which appear on the image corners and in the center of its each side. Manually drag the handles to set the cropping area. You can move the mouse cursor over the cropping area border so that it turns into the icon and drag the area. To crop a single side, drag the handle located in the center of this side. To simultaneously crop two adjacent sides, drag one of the corner handles. To equally crop two opposite sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the handle in the center of one of these sides. To equally crop all sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging any of the corner handles. When the cropping area is specified, click the Crop button once again, or press the Esc key, or click anywhere outside of the cropping area to apply the changes. After the cropping area is selected, it's also possible to use the Fill and Fit options available from the Crop drop-down menu. Click the Crop button once again and select the option you need: If you select the Fill option, the central part of the original image will be preserved and used to fill the selected cropping area, while other parts of the image will be removed. If you select the Fit option, the image will be resized so that it fits the cropping area height or width. No parts of the original image will be removed, but empty spaces may appear within the selected cropping area. Replace Image - is used to load another image instead of the current one from the desired source. You can select one of the options: From File, From Storage, or From URL. The Replace image option is also available in the right-click menu. Rotation is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the image by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the image horizontally (left to right) to flip the image vertically (upside down) When the image is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust the Stroke type, size and color of the shape as well as change its type by selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly. On the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image. To change the advanced settings of the image, right-click the image and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or left-click the image and press the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The image properties window will be opened: The Placement tab allows you to set the following image properties: Size - use this option to change the image width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the actual size of the added image, click the Actual Size button. Position - use this option to change the image position on the slide (the position is calculated from the top and the left side of the slide). The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the image by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the image horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the image vertically (upside down). The Alternative Text tab allows specifying the Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand the contents of the image. To delete the inserted image, left-click it and press the Delete key. To learn how to align an image on the slide or arrange several images, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "title": "Insert symbols and characters", - "body": "During working process you may need to insert a symbol which is not on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your presentation, use the Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps: place the cursor at the location where a special symbol has to be inserted, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Symbol, The Symbol dialog box appears from which you can select the appropriate symbol, use the Range section to quickly find the nesessary symbol. All symbols are divided into specific groups, for example, select 'Currency Symbols' if you want to insert a currency character. If this character is not in the set, select a different font. Many of them also have characters other than the standard set. Or, enter the Unicode hex value of the symbol you want into the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map. You can also use the Special characters tab to choose a special character from the list. Previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field, click Insert. The selected character will be added to the presentation. Insert ASCII symbols ASCII table is also used to add characters. To do this, hold down ALT key and use the numeric keypad to enter the character code. Note: be sure to use the numeric keypad, not the numbers on the main keyboard. To enable the numeric keypad, press the Num Lock key. For example, to add a paragraph character (§), press and hold down ALT while typing 789, and then release ALT key. Insert symbols using Unicode table Additional charachters and symbols might also be found via Windows symbol table. To open this table, do one of the following: in the Search field write 'Character table' and open it, simultaneously presss Win + R, and then in the following window type charmap.exe and click OK. In the opened Character Map, select one of the Character sets, Groups and Fonts. Next, click on the nesessary characters, copy them to clipboard and paste in the right place of the presentation." + "body": "When working on a presentation, you may need to insert a symbol which is not available on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your presentation, use the Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps: place the cursor where a special symbol should be inserted, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Symbol, The Symbol dialog box will appear, and you will be able to select the required symbol, use the Range section to quickly find the necessary symbol. All symbols are divided into specific groups, for example, select 'Currency Symbols' if you want to insert a currency character. If this character is not in the set, select a different font. Many of them also have characters that differ from the standard set. Or, enter the Unicode hex value of the required symbol into the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map. You can also use the Special characters tab to choose a special character from the list. The previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field, click Insert. The selected character will be added to the presentation. Insert ASCII symbols ASCII table is also used to add characters. To do this, hold down the ALT key and use the numeric keypad to enter the character code. Note: be sure to use the numeric keypad, not the numbers on the main keyboard. To enable the numeric keypad, press the Num Lock key. For example, to add a paragraph character (§), press and hold down ALT while typing 789, and then release the ALT key. Insert symbols using Unicode table Additional characters and symbols might also be found via Windows symbol table. To open this table, do one of the following: in the Search field, write 'Character table' and open it, simultaneously press Win + R, and then in the following window type charmap.exe and click OK. In the opened Character Map, select one of the Character sets, Groups, and Fonts. Next, click on the necessary characters, copy them to the clipboard, and paste in the right place of the presentation." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Insert and format tables", - "body": "Insert a table To insert a table onto a slide, select the slide where a table will be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, select the option to create a table: either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum) If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum). or a custom table In case you need more than 10 by 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button. once the table is added you can change its properties and position. You can also add a table into a text placeholder pressing the Table icon within it and selecting the necessary number of cells or using the Insert Custom Table option: To resize a table, drag the handles situated on its edges until the table reaches the necessary size. You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row until the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag it up or down. You can specify the table position on the slide dragging it vertically or horizontally. Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts. It's also possible to add a table to a slide layout. To learn more, please refer to this article. Adjust table settings Most of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right sidebar. To activate it click the table and choose the Table settings icon on the right. The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying a specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with the different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Header - emphasizes the topmost row in the table with special formatting. Total - emphasizes the bottommost row in the table with special formatting. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. First - emphasizes the leftmost column in the table with special formatting. Last - emphasizes the rightmost column in the table with special formatting. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The Select From Template section allows you to choose one of the predefined tables styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding etc. Depending on the options checked in the Rows and/or Columns sections above, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Header option in the Rows section and the Banded option in the Columns section, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the header row and banded columns enabled: The Borders Style section allows you to change the applied formatting that corresponds to the selected template. You can select the entire table or a certain cells range you want to change the formatting for and set all the parameters manually. Border parameters - set the border width using the list (or choose the No borders option), select its Color in the available palettes and determine the way it will be displayed in the cells clicking on the icons: Background color - select the color for the background within the selected cells. The Rows & Columns section allows you to perform the following operations: Select a row, column, cell (depending on the cursor position), or the entire table. Insert a new row above or below the selected one as well as a new column to the left or to the right of the selected one. Delete a row, column (depending on the cursor position or the selection), or the entire table. Merge Cells - to merge previously selected cells into a single one. Split Cell... - to split any previously selected cell into a certain number of rows and columns. This option opens the following window: Enter the Number of Columns and Number of Rows that the selected cell should be split into and press OK. Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu. The Cell Size section is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells have equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells have equal width. The Distribute rows/columns options are also accessible from the right-click menu. Adjust table advanced settings To change the advanced table settings, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will be opened: The Margins tab allows to set the space between the text within the cells and the cell border: enter necessary Cell Margins values manually, or check the Use default margins box to apply the predefined values (if necessary, they can also be adjusted). The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table. To format the entered text within the table cells, you can use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The right-click menu that appears when you click the table with the right mouse button includes two additional options: Cell vertical alignment - it allows you to set the preferred type of the text vertical alignment within the selected cells: Align Top, Align Center, or Align Bottom. Hyperlink - it allows you to insert a hyperlink into the selected cell." + "body": "Insert a table To insert a table into a slide, select the slide where a table should be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Table icon on the top toolbar, select one of the following options to create a table: either a table with a predefined number of cells (10 x 8 cells maximum) If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum). or a custom table In case you need more than a 10 x 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button. once the table is added, you can change its properties and position. You can also add a table into a text placeholder by pressing the Table icon within it and selecting the necessary number of cells or using the Insert Custom Table option: To resize a table, drag the handles situated on its edges until the table reaches the necessary size. You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row until the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag it up or down. You can specify the table position on the slide by dragging it vertically or horizontally. Note: to move around in a table, you can use keyboard shortcuts. It's also possible to add a table to a slide layout. To learn more, please refer to this article. Adjust table settings Most of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered by using the right sidebar. To activate it, click the table and choose the Table settings icon on the right. The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns by applying a specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Header - emphasizes the topmost row in the table with special formatting. Total - emphasizes the bottommost row in the table with special formatting. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. First - emphasizes the leftmost column in the table with special formatting. Last - emphasizes the rightmost column in the table with special formatting. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The Select From Template section allows you to choose one of the predefined tables styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding etc. Depending on the options checked in the Rows and/or Columns sections above, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Header option in the Rows section and the Banded option in the Columns section, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the header row and banded columns enabled: The Borders Style section allows you to change the applied formatting that corresponds to the selected template. You can select the entire table or a certain cell range and set all the parameters manually. Border parameters - set the border width using the list (or choose the No borders option), select its Color in the available palettes and determine the way it will be displayed in the cells when clicking on the icons: Background color - select the color for the background within the selected cells. The Rows & Columns section allows you to perform the following operations: Select a row, column, cell (depending on the cursor position), or the entire table. Insert a new row above or below the selected one as well as a new column to the left or to the right of the selected one. Delete a row, column (depending on the cursor position or the selection), or the entire table. Merge Cells - to merge previously selected cells into a single one. Split Cell... - to split any previously selected cell into a certain number of rows and columns. This option opens the following window: Enter the Number of Columns and Number of Rows that the selected cell should be split into and press OK. Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu. The Cell Size section is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells are of equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells are of equal width. The Distribute rows/columns options are also accessible from the right-click menu. Adjust table advanced settings To change the advanced table settings, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or click the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The table properties window will be opened: The Margins tab allows setting the space between the text within the cells and the cell border: enter necessary Cell Margins values manually, or check the Use default margins box to apply the predefined values (if necessary, they can also be adjusted). The Alternative Text tab allows specifying the Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand the contents of the table. To format the entered text within the table cells, you can use icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. The right-click menu, which appears when you click the table with the right mouse button, includes two additional options: Cell vertical alignment - it allows you to set the preferred type of the text vertical alignment within the selected cells: Align Top, Align Center, or Align Bottom. Hyperlink - it allows you to insert a hyperlink into the selected cell." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm", "title": "Insert and format your text", - "body": "Insert your text You can add a new text in three different ways: Add a text passage within the corresponding text placeholder provided on the slide layout. To do that just put the cursor within the placeholder and type in your text or paste it using the Ctrl+V key combination in place of the according default text. Add a text passage anywhere on a slide. You can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects). Depending on the necessary text object type you can do the following: to add a text box, click the Text Box icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the shape from the Basic Shapes group. to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added in the center of the slide. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text. Add a text passage within an autoshape. Select a shape and start typing your text. Click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the slide. The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it). As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame (it has invisible text box borders by default) with text in it and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties. To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted. Format a text box Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines. to resize, move, rotate the text box use the special handles on the edges of the shape. to edit the text box fill, stroke, replace the rectangular box with a different shape, or access the shape advanced settings, click the Shape settings icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options. to align a text box on the slide, rotate or flip it, arrange text boxes as related to other objects, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. to create columns of text within the text box, right-click on the text box border, click the Shape Advanced Settings option and switch to the Columns tab in the Shape - Advanced Settings window. Format the text within the text box Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines. Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately. Align your text within the text box The text is aligned horizontally in four ways: left, right, center or justified. To do that: place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text), drop-down the Horizontal align list at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the alignment type you would like to apply: the Align text left option allows you to line up your text by the left side of the text box (the right side remains unaligned). the Align text center option allows you to line up your text by the center of the text box (the right and the left sides remains unaligned). the Align text right option allows you to line up your text by the right side of the text box (the left side remains unaligned). the Justify option allows you to line up your text by both the left and the right sides of the text box (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment). Note: these parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. The text is aligned vertically in three ways: top, middle or bottom. To do that: place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text), drop-down the Vertical align list at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the alignment type you would like to apply: the Align text to the top option allows you to line up your text by the top of the text box. the Align text to the middle option allows you to line up your text by the center of the text box. the Align text to the bottom option allows you to line up your text by the bottom of the text box. Change the text direction To Rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate Text Down (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate Text Up (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top). Adjust font type, size, color and apply decoration styles You can select the font type, its size and color as well as apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the presentation, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting. Font Is used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. If a required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, after that the font will be available for use in the desktop version. Font size Is used to select among the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value to the font size field and then press Enter. Font color Is used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. Click the downward arrow next to the icon to select the color. Bold Is used to make the font bold giving it more weight. Italic Is used to make the font italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Is used to make the text underlined with the line going under the letters. Strikeout Is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Superscript Is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript Is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Set line spacing and change paragraph indents You can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the preceding or the subsequent paragraph. To do that, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse, use the corresponding fields of the Text settings tab at the right sidebar to achieve the desired results: Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right. Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. Before - set the amount of space before the paragraph. After - set the amount of space after the paragraph. Note: these parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Line spacing icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the needed value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines. To change the paragraph offset from the left side of the text box, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse and use the respective icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent and Increase indent . Adjust paragraph advanced settings To open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, right-click the text and choose the Text Advanced Settings option from the menu. It's also possible to put the cursor within the paragraph you need - the Text settings tab will be activated at the right sidebar. Press the Show advanced settings link. The paragraph properties window will be opened: The Indents & Spacing tab allows to: change the alignment type for the paragraph text, change the paragraph indents as related to internal margins of the text box, Left - set the paragraph offset from the left internal margin of the text box specifying the necessary numeric value, Right - set the paragraph offset from the right internal margin of the text box specifying the necessary numeric value, Special - set an indent for the first line of the paragraph: select the corresponding menu item ((none), First line, Hanging) and change the default numeric value specified for First Line or Hanging, change the paragraph line spacing. You can also use the horizontal ruler to set indents. Select the necessary paragraph(s) and drag the indent markers along the ruler. First Line Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left internal margin of the text box for the first line of the paragraph. Hanging Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left internal margin of the text box for the second and all the subsequent lines of the paragraph. Left Indent marker is used to set the entire paragraph offset from the left internal margin of the text box. Right Indent marker is used to set the paragraph offset from the right internal margin of the text box. Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them. The Font tab contains the following parameters: Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the double line going through the letters. Superscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Small caps is used to make all letters lower case. All caps is used to make all letters upper case. Character Spacing is used to set the space between the characters. Increase the default value to apply the Expanded spacing, or decrease the default value to apply the Condensed spacing. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. All the changes will be displayed in the preview field below. The Tab tab allows to change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard. Default Tab is set at 2.54 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box. Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option from the Alignment drop-down list and press the Specify button. Left - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Center - centres the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Right - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button. To set tab stops you can also use the horizontal ruler: Click the tab selector button in the upper left corner of the working area to choose the necessary tab stop type: Left , Center , Right . Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them. Edit a Text Art style Select a text object and click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar. Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc. Change the font fill and stroke. The available options are the same as the ones for autoshapes. Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle." + "body": "Insert your text You can add a new text in three different ways: Add a text passage within the corresponding text placeholder on the slide layout. To do that, just put the cursor within the placeholder and type in your text or paste it using the Ctrl+V key combination instead of the default text. Add a text passage anywhere on a slide. You can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows you to enter some text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows you to apply some text effects). Depending on the necessary text object type, you can do the following: to add a text box, click the Text Box icon on the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon on the top toolbar and selecting the shape from the Basic Shapes group. to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon on the Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added in the center of the slide. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text. Add a text passage within an autoshape. Select a shape and start typing your text. Click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the slide. The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it). As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame (it has invisible text box borders by default) with text in it and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties. To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key. The text within the text box will also be deleted. Format a text box Select the text box by clicking on its border to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines. to resize, move, rotate the text box, use the special handles on the edges of the shape. to edit the text box fill, stroke, replace the rectangular box with a different shape, or access the shape advanced settings, click the Shape settings icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options. to align a text box on the slide, rotate or flip it, arrange text boxes as related to other objects, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. to create columns of text within the text box, right-click on the text box border, click the Shape Advanced Settings option and switch to the Columns tab in the Shape - Advanced Settings window. Format the text within the text box Click the text within the text box to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines. Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to the whole text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to the previously selected part of the text separately. Align your text within the text box The text is aligned horizontally in four ways: left, right, center or justified. To do that: place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text), drop-down the Horizontal align list on the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the alignment type you would like to apply: the Align text left option allows you to line up your text on the left side of the text box (the right side remains unaligned). the Align text center option allows you to line up your text in the center of the text box (the right and the left sides remains unaligned). the Align text right option allows you to line up your text on the right side of the text box (the left side remains unaligned). the Justify option allows you to line up your text both on the left and on the right sides of the text box (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment). Note: these parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. The text is aligned vertically in three ways: top, middle or bottom. To do that: place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text), drop-down the Vertical align list on the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the alignment type you would like to apply: the Align text to the top option allows you to line up your text to the top of the text box. the Align text to the middle option allows you to line up your text in the center of the text box. the Align text to the bottom option allows you to line up your text to the bottom of the text box. Change the text direction To Rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (selected by default), Rotate Text Down (used to set a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate Text Up (used to set a vertical direction, from bottom to top). Adjust font type, size, color and apply decoration styles You can select the font type, its size and color as well as apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the presentation, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting. Font Used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. If the required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, and the font will be available for use in the desktop version. Font size Used to choose from the preset font size values in the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value up to 300 pt in the font size field. Press Enter to confirm. Increment font size Used to change the font size making it one point bigger each time the button is pressed. Decrement font size Used to change the font size making it one point smaller each time the button is pressed. Font color Used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. Click the downward arrow next to the icon to select the color. Bold Used to make the font bold giving it a heavier appearance. Italic Used to make the font slightly slanted to the right. Underline Used to make the text underlined with a line going under the letters. Strikeout Used to make the text struck out with a line going through the letters. Superscript Used to make the text smaller placing it in the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript Used to make the text smaller placing it in the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Set line spacing and change paragraph indents You can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the previous or the following paragraph. To do that, put the cursor within the required paragraph or select several paragraphs with the mouse, use the corresponding fields of the Text settings tab on the right sidebar to achieve the desired results: Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right. Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. Before - set the amount of space before the paragraph. After - set the amount of space after the paragraph. Note: these parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Line spacing icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the required value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines. To change the paragraph offset from the left side of the text box, put the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse and use the respective icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent and Increase indent . Adjust paragraph advanced settings To open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, right-click the text and choose the Text Advanced Settings option from the menu. It's also possible to put the cursor within the required paragraph - the Text settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar. Press the Show advanced settings link. The paragraph properties window will be opened: The Indents & Spacing tab allows you to: change the alignment type for the paragraph text, change the paragraph indents as related to internal margins of the text box, Left - set the paragraph offset from the left internal margin of the text box specifying the necessary numeric value, Right - set the paragraph offset from the right internal margin of the text box specifying the necessary numeric value, Special - set an indent for the first line of the paragraph: select the corresponding menu item ((none), First line, Hanging) and change the default numeric value specified for First Line or Hanging, change the paragraph line spacing. You can also use the horizontal ruler to set indents. Select the necessary paragraph(s) and drag the indent markers along the ruler. First Line Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left internal margin of the text box for the first line of the paragraph. Hanging Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left internal margin of the text box for the second and all the subsequent lines of the paragraph. Left Indent marker is used to set the entire paragraph offset from the left internal margin of the text box. Right Indent marker is used to set the paragraph offset from the right internal margin of the text box. Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them. The Font tab contains the following parameters: Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with a line going through the letters. Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with a double line going through the letters. Superscript is used to make the text smaller placing it in the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript is used to make the text smaller placing it in the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Small caps is used to make all letters lower case. All caps is used to make all letters upper case. Character Spacing is used to set the space between the characters. Increase the default value to apply the Expanded spacing, or decrease the default value to apply the Condensed spacing. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. All the changes will be displayed in the preview field below. The Tab tab allows you to change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key. Default Tab is set at 2.54 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box. Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option from the Alignment drop-down list and press the Specify button. Left - lines up your text on the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Center - centres the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Right - lines up your text on the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. To delete tab stops from the list, select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button. To set tab stops, you can also use the horizontal ruler: Click the tab selector button in the upper left corner of the working area to choose the necessary tab stop type: Left , Center , Right . Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop, drag it out of the ruler. Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them. Edit a Text Art style Select a text object and click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar. Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc. Change the font fill and stroke. The available options are the same as the ones for autoshapes. Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm", "title": "Manage slides", - "body": "By default, a newly created presentation has one blank Title Slide. You can create new slides, copy a slide to be able to paste it to another place in the slide list, duplicate slides, move slides to change their order in the slide list, delete unnecessary slides, mark some slides as hidden. To create a new Title and Content slide: click the Add Slide icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, or right-click any slide in the list and select the New Slide option from the contextual menu, or press the Ctrl+M key combination. To create a new slide with a different layout: click the arrow next to the Add Slide icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select a slide with the necessary layout from the menu. Note: you can change the layout of the added slide anytime. For additional information on how to do that refer to the Set slide parameters section. A new slide will be inserted after the selected one in the list of the existing slides on the left. To duplicate a slide: right-click the necessary slide in the list of the existing slides on the left, select the Duplicate Slide option from the contextual menu. The duplicated slide will be inserted after the selected one in the slide list. To copy a slide: in the list of the existing slides on the left, select the slide you need to copy, press the Ctrl+C key combination, in the slide list, select the slide that the copied one should be pasted after, press the Ctrl+V key combination. To move an existing slide: left-click the necessary slide in the list of the existing slides on the left, without releasing the mouse button, drag it to the necessary place in the list (a horizontal line indicates a new location). To delete an unnecessary slide: right-click the slide you want to delete in the list of the existing slides on the left, select the Delete Slide option from the contextual menu. To mark a slide as hidden: right-click the slide you want to hide in the list of the existing slides on the left, select the Hide Slide option from the contextual menu. The number that corresponds to the hidden slide in the slide list on the left will be crossed out. To display the hidden slide as a regular one in the slide list, click the Hide Slide option once again. Note: use this option if you do not want to demonstrate some slides to your audience, but want to be able to access them if necessary. If you start the slideshow in the Presenter mode, you can see all the existing slides in the list on the left, while hidden slides numbers are crossed out. If you wish to show a slide marked as hidden to others, just click it in the slide list on the left - the slide will be displayed. To select all the existing slides at once: right-click any slide in the list of the existing slides on the left, select the Select All option from the contextual menu. To select several slides: hold down the Ctrl key, select the necessary slides left-clicking them in the list of the existing slides on the left. Note: all the key combinations that can be used to manage slides are listed at the Keyboard Shortcuts page." + "body": "By default, a newly created presentation has one blank Title Slide. You can create new slides, copy a slide to paste it later to another place in the slide list, duplicate slides, move slides to change their order, delete unnecessary slides and mark some slides as hidden. To create a new Title and Content slide: click the Add Slide icon on the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, or right-click any slide in the list and select the New Slide option from the contextual menu, or press the Ctrl+M key combination. To create a new slide with a different layout: click the arrow next to the Add Slide icon on the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select a slide with the necessary layout from the menu. Note: you can change the layout of the added slide anytime. For additional information on how to do that, please refer to the Set slide parameters section. A new slide will be inserted after the selected one in the list of the existing slides on the left. To duplicate a slide: right-click the necessary slide in the list of the existing slides on the left, select the Duplicate Slide option from the contextual menu. The duplicated slide will be inserted after the selected one in the slide list. To copy a slide: in the list of the existing slides on the left, select the slide you need to copy, press the Ctrl+C key combination, in the slide list, select the slide after which the copied slide should be pasted, press the Ctrl+V key combination. To move an existing slide: left-click the necessary slide in the list of the existing slides on the left, without releasing the mouse button, drag it to the necessary place in the list (a horizontal line indicates a new location). To delete an unnecessary slide: right-click the slide you want to delete in the list of the existing slides on the left, select the Delete Slide option from the contextual menu. To mark a slide as hidden: right-click the slide you want to hide in the list of the existing slides on the left, select the Hide Slide option from the contextual menu. The number that corresponds to the hidden slide in the slide list on the left will be crossed out. To display the hidden slide as a regular one in the slide list, click the Hide Slide option once again. Note: use this option if you do not want to demonstrate some slides to your audience, but want to be able to access them if necessary. If you start the slideshow in the Presenter mode, you can see all the existing slides in the list on the left, while hidden slides numbers are crossed out. If you wish to show a slide marked as hidden to others, just click it in the slide list on the left - the slide will be displayed. To select all the existing slides at once: right-click any slide in the list of the existing slides on the left, select the Select All option from the contextual menu. To select several slides: hold down the Ctrl key, select the necessary slides by left-clicking them in the list of the existing slides on the left. Note: all the key combinations that can be used to manage slides are listed on the Keyboard Shortcuts page." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "title": "Manipulate objects on a slide", - "body": "You can resize, move, rotate different objects on a slide manually using the special handles. You can also specify the dimensions and position of some objects exactly using the right sidebar or Advanced Settings window. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Resize objects To change the autoshape/image/chart/table/text box size, drag small squares situated on the object edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected object while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To specify the precise width and height of a chart, select it on a slide and use the Size section of the right sidebar that will be activated. To specify the precise dimensions of an image or autoshape, right-click the necessary object on the slide and select the Image/Shape Advanced Settings option from the menu. Specify necessary values on the Size tab of the Advanced Settings window and press OK. Reshape autoshapes When modifying some shapes, for example Figured arrows or Callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped icon is also available. It allows to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow. Move objects To alter the autoshape/image/chart/table/text box position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the object. Drag the object to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. To move the object by the one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the object strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. To specify the precise position of an image, right-click it on a slide and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the menu. Specify necessary values in the Position section of the Advanced Settings window and press OK. Rotate objects To manually rotate an autoshape/image/text box, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. To rotate the object by 90 degrees counterclockwise/clockwise or flip the object horizontally/vertically you can use the Rotation section of the right sidebar that will be activated once you select the necessary object. To open it, click the Shape settings or the Image settings icon to the right. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the object by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the object by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the object horizontally (left to right) to flip the object vertically (upside down) It's also possible to right-click the object, choose the Rotate option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available rotation options. To rotate the object by an exactly specified angle, click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar and use the Rotation tab of the Advanced Settings window. Specify the necessary value measured in degrees in the Angle field and click OK." + "body": "You can resize, move, rotate different objects on a slide manually using the special handles. You can also specify the dimensions and position of some objects exactly using the right sidebar or Advanced Settings window. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Resize objects To change the autoshape/image/chart/table/text box size, drag small squares situated on the object edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected object while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To specify the precise width and height of a chart, select it on a slide and use the Size section of the right sidebar that will be activated. To specify the precise dimensions of an image or autoshape, right-click the necessary object on the slide and select the Image/Shape Advanced Settings option from the menu. Specify necessary values on the Size tab of the Advanced Settings window and press OK. Reshape autoshapes When modifying some shapes, for example Figured arrows or Callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped icon is also available. It allows adjusting some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow. Move objects To alter the autoshape/image/chart/table/text box position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the object. Drag the object to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. To move the object by the one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the object strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. To specify the precise position of an image, right-click it on a slide and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the menu. Specify necessary values in the Position section of the Advanced Settings window and press OK. Rotate objects To manually rotate an autoshape/image/text box, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. To rotate the object by 90 degrees counterclockwise/clockwise or flip the object horizontally/vertically, you can use the Rotation section of the right sidebar that will be activated once you select the necessary object. To open it, click the Shape settings or the Image settings icon to the right. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the object by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the object by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the object horizontally (left to right) to flip the object vertically (upside down) It's also possible to right-click the object, choose the Rotate option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available rotation options. To rotate the object by an exactly specified angle, click the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar and use the Rotation tab of the Advanced Settings window. Specify the necessary value measured in degrees in the Angle field and click OK." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", - "title": "Use Math AutoCorrect", - "body": "When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery. In the equation editor, place the insertion point within the necessary placeholder, type a math autocorrect code, then press Spacebar. The entered code will be converted into the corresponding symbol, and the space will be eliminated. Note: The codes are case sensitive. The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Presentation Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Proofing section. Code Symbol Category !! Symbols ... Dots :: Operators := Operators /< Relational operators /> Relational operators /= Relational operators \\above Above/Below scripts \\acute Accents \\aleph Hebrew letters \\alpha Greek letters \\Alpha Greek letters \\amalg Binary operators \\angle Geometry notation \\aoint Integrals \\approx Relational operators \\asmash Arrows \\ast Binary operators \\asymp Relational operators \\atop Operators \\bar Over/Underbar \\Bar Accents \\because Relational operators \\begin Delimiters \\below Above/Below scripts \\bet Hebrew letters \\beta Greek letters \\Beta Greek letters \\beth Hebrew letters \\bigcap Large operators \\bigcup Large operators \\bigodot Large operators \\bigoplus Large operators \\bigotimes Large operators \\bigsqcup Large operators \\biguplus Large operators \\bigvee Large operators \\bigwedge Large operators \\binomial Equations \\bot Logic notation \\bowtie Relational operators \\box Symbols \\boxdot Binary operators \\boxminus Binary operators \\boxplus Binary operators \\bra Delimiters \\break Symbols \\breve Accents \\bullet Binary operators \\cap Binary operators \\cbrt Square roots and radicals \\cases Symbols \\cdot Binary operators \\cdots Dots \\check Accents \\chi Greek letters \\Chi Greek letters \\circ Binary operators \\close Delimiters \\clubsuit Symbols \\coint Integrals \\cong Relational operators \\coprod Math operators \\cup Binary operators \\dalet Hebrew letters \\daleth Hebrew letters \\dashv Relational operators \\dd Double-struck letters \\Dd Double-struck letters \\ddddot Accents \\dddot Accents \\ddot Accents \\ddots Dots \\defeq Relational operators \\degc Symbols \\degf Symbols \\degree Symbols \\delta Greek letters \\Delta Greek letters \\Deltaeq Operators \\diamond Binary operators \\diamondsuit Symbols \\div Binary operators \\dot Accents \\doteq Relational operators \\dots Dots \\doublea Double-struck letters \\doubleA Double-struck letters \\doubleb Double-struck letters \\doubleB Double-struck letters \\doublec Double-struck letters \\doubleC Double-struck letters \\doubled Double-struck letters \\doubleD Double-struck letters \\doublee Double-struck letters \\doubleE Double-struck letters \\doublef Double-struck letters \\doubleF Double-struck letters \\doubleg Double-struck letters \\doubleG Double-struck letters \\doubleh Double-struck letters \\doubleH Double-struck letters \\doublei Double-struck letters \\doubleI Double-struck letters \\doublej Double-struck letters \\doubleJ Double-struck letters \\doublek Double-struck letters \\doubleK Double-struck letters \\doublel Double-struck letters \\doubleL Double-struck letters \\doublem Double-struck letters \\doubleM Double-struck letters \\doublen Double-struck letters \\doubleN Double-struck letters \\doubleo Double-struck letters \\doubleO Double-struck letters \\doublep Double-struck letters \\doubleP Double-struck letters \\doubleq Double-struck letters \\doubleQ Double-struck letters \\doubler Double-struck letters \\doubleR Double-struck letters \\doubles Double-struck letters \\doubleS Double-struck letters \\doublet Double-struck letters \\doubleT Double-struck letters \\doubleu Double-struck letters \\doubleU Double-struck letters \\doublev Double-struck letters \\doubleV Double-struck letters \\doublew Double-struck letters \\doubleW Double-struck letters \\doublex Double-struck letters \\doubleX Double-struck letters \\doubley Double-struck letters \\doubleY Double-struck letters \\doublez Double-struck letters \\doubleZ Double-struck letters \\downarrow Arrows \\Downarrow Arrows \\dsmash Arrows \\ee Double-struck letters \\ell Symbols \\emptyset Set notations \\emsp Space characters \\end Delimiters \\ensp Space characters \\epsilon Greek letters \\Epsilon Greek letters \\eqarray Symbols \\equiv Relational operators \\eta Greek letters \\Eta Greek letters \\exists Logic notations \\forall Logic notations \\fraktura Fraktur letters \\frakturA Fraktur letters \\frakturb Fraktur letters \\frakturB Fraktur letters \\frakturc Fraktur letters \\frakturC Fraktur letters \\frakturd Fraktur letters \\frakturD Fraktur letters \\frakture Fraktur letters \\frakturE Fraktur letters \\frakturf Fraktur letters \\frakturF Fraktur letters \\frakturg Fraktur letters \\frakturG Fraktur letters \\frakturh Fraktur letters \\frakturH Fraktur letters \\frakturi Fraktur letters \\frakturI Fraktur letters \\frakturk Fraktur letters \\frakturK Fraktur letters \\frakturl Fraktur letters \\frakturL Fraktur letters \\frakturm Fraktur letters \\frakturM Fraktur letters \\frakturn Fraktur letters \\frakturN Fraktur letters \\frakturo Fraktur letters \\frakturO Fraktur letters \\frakturp Fraktur letters \\frakturP Fraktur letters \\frakturq Fraktur letters \\frakturQ Fraktur letters \\frakturr Fraktur letters \\frakturR Fraktur letters \\frakturs Fraktur letters \\frakturS Fraktur letters \\frakturt Fraktur letters \\frakturT Fraktur letters \\frakturu Fraktur letters \\frakturU Fraktur letters \\frakturv Fraktur letters \\frakturV Fraktur letters \\frakturw Fraktur letters \\frakturW Fraktur letters \\frakturx Fraktur letters \\frakturX Fraktur letters \\fraktury Fraktur letters \\frakturY Fraktur letters \\frakturz Fraktur letters \\frakturZ Fraktur letters \\frown Relational operators \\funcapply Binary operators \\G Greek letters \\gamma Greek letters \\Gamma Greek letters \\ge Relational operators \\geq Relational operators \\gets Arrows \\gg Relational operators \\gimel Hebrew letters \\grave Accents \\hairsp Space characters \\hat Accents \\hbar Symbols \\heartsuit Symbols \\hookleftarrow Arrows \\hookrightarrow Arrows \\hphantom Arrows \\hsmash Arrows \\hvec Accents \\identitymatrix Matrices \\ii Double-struck letters \\iiint Integrals \\iint Integrals \\iiiint Integrals \\Im Symbols \\imath Symbols \\in Relational operators \\inc Symbols \\infty Symbols \\int Integrals \\integral Integrals \\iota Greek letters \\Iota Greek letters \\itimes Math operators \\j Symbols \\jj Double-struck letters \\jmath Symbols \\kappa Greek letters \\Kappa Greek letters \\ket Delimiters \\lambda Greek letters \\Lambda Greek letters \\langle Delimiters \\lbbrack Delimiters \\lbrace Delimiters \\lbrack Delimiters \\lceil Delimiters \\ldiv Fraction slashes \\ldivide Fraction slashes \\ldots Dots \\le Relational operators \\left Delimiters \\leftarrow Arrows \\Leftarrow Arrows \\leftharpoondown Arrows \\leftharpoonup Arrows \\leftrightarrow Arrows \\Leftrightarrow Arrows \\leq Relational operators \\lfloor Delimiters \\lhvec Accents \\limit Limits \\ll Relational operators \\lmoust Delimiters \\Longleftarrow Arrows \\Longleftrightarrow Arrows \\Longrightarrow Arrows \\lrhar Arrows \\lvec Accents \\mapsto Arrows \\matrix Matrices \\medsp Space characters \\mid Relational operators \\middle Symbols \\models Relational operators \\mp Binary operators \\mu Greek letters \\Mu Greek letters \\nabla Symbols \\naryand Operators \\nbsp Space characters \\ne Relational operators \\nearrow Arrows \\neq Relational operators \\ni Relational operators \\norm Delimiters \\notcontain Relational operators \\notelement Relational operators \\notin Relational operators \\nu Greek letters \\Nu Greek letters \\nwarrow Arrows \\o Greek letters \\O Greek letters \\odot Binary operators \\of Operators \\oiiint Integrals \\oiint Integrals \\oint Integrals \\omega Greek letters \\Omega Greek letters \\ominus Binary operators \\open Delimiters \\oplus Binary operators \\otimes Binary operators \\over Delimiters \\overbar Accents \\overbrace Accents \\overbracket Accents \\overline Accents \\overparen Accents \\overshell Accents \\parallel Geometry notation \\partial Symbols \\pmatrix Matrices \\perp Geometry notation \\phantom Symbols \\phi Greek letters \\Phi Greek letters \\pi Greek letters \\Pi Greek letters \\pm Binary operators \\pppprime Primes \\ppprime Primes \\pprime Primes \\prec Relational operators \\preceq Relational operators \\prime Primes \\prod Math operators \\propto Relational operators \\psi Greek letters \\Psi Greek letters \\qdrt Square roots and radicals \\quadratic Square roots and radicals \\rangle Delimiters \\Rangle Delimiters \\ratio Relational operators \\rbrace Delimiters \\rbrack Delimiters \\Rbrack Delimiters \\rceil Delimiters \\rddots Dots \\Re Symbols \\rect Symbols \\rfloor Delimiters \\rho Greek letters \\Rho Greek letters \\rhvec Accents \\right Delimiters \\rightarrow Arrows \\Rightarrow Arrows \\rightharpoondown Arrows \\rightharpoonup Arrows \\rmoust Delimiters \\root Symbols \\scripta Scripts \\scriptA Scripts \\scriptb Scripts \\scriptB Scripts \\scriptc Scripts \\scriptC Scripts \\scriptd Scripts \\scriptD Scripts \\scripte Scripts \\scriptE Scripts \\scriptf Scripts \\scriptF Scripts \\scriptg Scripts \\scriptG Scripts \\scripth Scripts \\scriptH Scripts \\scripti Scripts \\scriptI Scripts \\scriptk Scripts \\scriptK Scripts \\scriptl Scripts \\scriptL Scripts \\scriptm Scripts \\scriptM Scripts \\scriptn Scripts \\scriptN Scripts \\scripto Scripts \\scriptO Scripts \\scriptp Scripts \\scriptP Scripts \\scriptq Scripts \\scriptQ Scripts \\scriptr Scripts \\scriptR Scripts \\scripts Scripts \\scriptS Scripts \\scriptt Scripts \\scriptT Scripts \\scriptu Scripts \\scriptU Scripts \\scriptv Scripts \\scriptV Scripts \\scriptw Scripts \\scriptW Scripts \\scriptx Scripts \\scriptX Scripts \\scripty Scripts \\scriptY Scripts \\scriptz Scripts \\scriptZ Scripts \\sdiv Fraction slashes \\sdivide Fraction slashes \\searrow Arrows \\setminus Binary operators \\sigma Greek letters \\Sigma Greek letters \\sim Relational operators \\simeq Relational operators \\smash Arrows \\smile Relational operators \\spadesuit Symbols \\sqcap Binary operators \\sqcup Binary operators \\sqrt Square roots and radicals \\sqsubseteq Set notation \\sqsuperseteq Set notation \\star Binary operators \\subset Set notation \\subseteq Set notation \\succ Relational operators \\succeq Relational operators \\sum Math operators \\superset Set notation \\superseteq Set notation \\swarrow Arrows \\tau Greek letters \\Tau Greek letters \\therefore Relational operators \\theta Greek letters \\Theta Greek letters \\thicksp Space characters \\thinsp Space characters \\tilde Accents \\times Binary operators \\to Arrows \\top Logic notation \\tvec Arrows \\ubar Accents \\Ubar Accents \\underbar Accents \\underbrace Accents \\underbracket Accents \\underline Accents \\underparen Accents \\uparrow Arrows \\Uparrow Arrows \\updownarrow Arrows \\Updownarrow Arrows \\uplus Binary operators \\upsilon Greek letters \\Upsilon Greek letters \\varepsilon Greek letters \\varphi Greek letters \\varpi Greek letters \\varrho Greek letters \\varsigma Greek letters \\vartheta Greek letters \\vbar Delimiters \\vdash Relational operators \\vdots Dots \\vec Accents \\vee Binary operators \\vert Delimiters \\Vert Delimiters \\Vmatrix Matrices \\vphantom Arrows \\vthicksp Space characters \\wedge Binary operators \\wp Symbols \\wr Binary operators \\xi Greek letters \\Xi Greek letters \\zeta Greek letters \\Zeta Greek letters \\zwnj Space characters \\zwsp Space characters ~= Relational operators -+ Binary operators +- Binary operators << Relational operators <= Relational operators -> Arrows >= Relational operators >> Relational operators" + "title": "AutoCorrect Features", + "body": "The AutoCorrect features in ONLYOFFICE Docs are used to automatically format text when detected or insert special math symbols by recognizing particular character usage. The available AutoCorrect options are listed in the corresponding dialog box. To access it, go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options. The AutoCorrect dialog box consists of two tabs: Math Autocorrect and Recognized Functions. Math AutoCorrect When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery. In the equation editor, place the insertion point within the necessary placeholder, type a math autocorrect code, then press Spacebar. The entered code will be converted into the corresponding symbol, and the space will be eliminated. Note: The codes are case sensitive. You can add, modify, restore, and remove autocorrect entries from the AutoCorrect list. Go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Math AutoCorrect. Adding an entry to the AutoCorrect list Enter the autocorrect code you want to use in the Replace box. Enter the symbol to be assigned to the code you entered in the By box. Click the Add button. Modifying an entry on the AutoCorrect list Select the entry to be modified. You can change the information in both fields: the code in the Replace box or the symbol in the By box. Click the Replace button. Removing entries from the AutoCorrect list Select an entry to remove from the list. Click the Delete button. To restore the previously deleted entries, select the entry to be restored from the list and click the Restore button. Use the Reset to default button to restore default settings. Any autocorrect entry you added will be removed and the changed ones will be restored to their original values. To disable Math AutoCorrect and to avoid automatic changes and replacements, uncheck the Replace text as you type box. The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Presentation Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Spell checking -> Proofing section. The supported codes Code Symbol Category !! Symbols ... Dots :: Operators := Operators /< Relational operators /> Relational operators /= Relational operators \\above Above/Below scripts \\acute Accents \\aleph Hebrew letters \\alpha Greek letters \\Alpha Greek letters \\amalg Binary operators \\angle Geometry notation \\aoint Integrals \\approx Relational operators \\asmash Arrows \\ast Binary operators \\asymp Relational operators \\atop Operators \\bar Over/Underbar \\Bar Accents \\because Relational operators \\begin Delimiters \\below Above/Below scripts \\bet Hebrew letters \\beta Greek letters \\Beta Greek letters \\beth Hebrew letters \\bigcap Large operators \\bigcup Large operators \\bigodot Large operators \\bigoplus Large operators \\bigotimes Large operators \\bigsqcup Large operators \\biguplus Large operators \\bigvee Large operators \\bigwedge Large operators \\binomial Equations \\bot Logic notation \\bowtie Relational operators \\box Symbols \\boxdot Binary operators \\boxminus Binary operators \\boxplus Binary operators \\bra Delimiters \\break Symbols \\breve Accents \\bullet Binary operators \\cap Binary operators \\cbrt Square roots and radicals \\cases Symbols \\cdot Binary operators \\cdots Dots \\check Accents \\chi Greek letters \\Chi Greek letters \\circ Binary operators \\close Delimiters \\clubsuit Symbols \\coint Integrals \\cong Relational operators \\coprod Math operators \\cup Binary operators \\dalet Hebrew letters \\daleth Hebrew letters \\dashv Relational operators \\dd Double-struck letters \\Dd Double-struck letters \\ddddot Accents \\dddot Accents \\ddot Accents \\ddots Dots \\defeq Relational operators \\degc Symbols \\degf Symbols \\degree Symbols \\delta Greek letters \\Delta Greek letters \\Deltaeq Operators \\diamond Binary operators \\diamondsuit Symbols \\div Binary operators \\dot Accents \\doteq Relational operators \\dots Dots \\doublea Double-struck letters \\doubleA Double-struck letters \\doubleb Double-struck letters \\doubleB Double-struck letters \\doublec Double-struck letters \\doubleC Double-struck letters \\doubled Double-struck letters \\doubleD Double-struck letters \\doublee Double-struck letters \\doubleE Double-struck letters \\doublef Double-struck letters \\doubleF Double-struck letters \\doubleg Double-struck letters \\doubleG Double-struck letters \\doubleh Double-struck letters \\doubleH Double-struck letters \\doublei Double-struck letters \\doubleI Double-struck letters \\doublej Double-struck letters \\doubleJ Double-struck letters \\doublek Double-struck letters \\doubleK Double-struck letters \\doublel Double-struck letters \\doubleL Double-struck letters \\doublem Double-struck letters \\doubleM Double-struck letters \\doublen Double-struck letters \\doubleN Double-struck letters \\doubleo Double-struck letters \\doubleO Double-struck letters \\doublep Double-struck letters \\doubleP Double-struck letters \\doubleq Double-struck letters \\doubleQ Double-struck letters \\doubler Double-struck letters \\doubleR Double-struck letters \\doubles Double-struck letters \\doubleS Double-struck letters \\doublet Double-struck letters \\doubleT Double-struck letters \\doubleu Double-struck letters \\doubleU Double-struck letters \\doublev Double-struck letters \\doubleV Double-struck letters \\doublew Double-struck letters \\doubleW Double-struck letters \\doublex Double-struck letters \\doubleX Double-struck letters \\doubley Double-struck letters \\doubleY Double-struck letters \\doublez Double-struck letters \\doubleZ Double-struck letters \\downarrow Arrows \\Downarrow Arrows \\dsmash Arrows \\ee Double-struck letters \\ell Symbols \\emptyset Set notations \\emsp Space characters \\end Delimiters \\ensp Space characters \\epsilon Greek letters \\Epsilon Greek letters \\eqarray Symbols \\equiv Relational operators \\eta Greek letters \\Eta Greek letters \\exists Logic notations \\forall Logic notations \\fraktura Fraktur letters \\frakturA Fraktur letters \\frakturb Fraktur letters \\frakturB Fraktur letters \\frakturc Fraktur letters \\frakturC Fraktur letters \\frakturd Fraktur letters \\frakturD Fraktur letters \\frakture Fraktur letters \\frakturE Fraktur letters \\frakturf Fraktur letters \\frakturF Fraktur letters \\frakturg Fraktur letters \\frakturG Fraktur letters \\frakturh Fraktur letters \\frakturH Fraktur letters \\frakturi Fraktur letters \\frakturI Fraktur letters \\frakturk Fraktur letters \\frakturK Fraktur letters \\frakturl Fraktur letters \\frakturL Fraktur letters \\frakturm Fraktur letters \\frakturM Fraktur letters \\frakturn Fraktur letters \\frakturN Fraktur letters \\frakturo Fraktur letters \\frakturO Fraktur letters \\frakturp Fraktur letters \\frakturP Fraktur letters \\frakturq Fraktur letters \\frakturQ Fraktur letters \\frakturr Fraktur letters \\frakturR Fraktur letters \\frakturs Fraktur letters \\frakturS Fraktur letters \\frakturt Fraktur letters \\frakturT Fraktur letters \\frakturu Fraktur letters \\frakturU Fraktur letters \\frakturv Fraktur letters \\frakturV Fraktur letters \\frakturw Fraktur letters \\frakturW Fraktur letters \\frakturx Fraktur letters \\frakturX Fraktur letters \\fraktury Fraktur letters \\frakturY Fraktur letters \\frakturz Fraktur letters \\frakturZ Fraktur letters \\frown Relational operators \\funcapply Binary operators \\G Greek letters \\gamma Greek letters \\Gamma Greek letters \\ge Relational operators \\geq Relational operators \\gets Arrows \\gg Relational operators \\gimel Hebrew letters \\grave Accents \\hairsp Space characters \\hat Accents \\hbar Symbols \\heartsuit Symbols \\hookleftarrow Arrows \\hookrightarrow Arrows \\hphantom Arrows \\hsmash Arrows \\hvec Accents \\identitymatrix Matrices \\ii Double-struck letters \\iiint Integrals \\iint Integrals \\iiiint Integrals \\Im Symbols \\imath Symbols \\in Relational operators \\inc Symbols \\infty Symbols \\int Integrals \\integral Integrals \\iota Greek letters \\Iota Greek letters \\itimes Math operators \\j Symbols \\jj Double-struck letters \\jmath Symbols \\kappa Greek letters \\Kappa Greek letters \\ket Delimiters \\lambda Greek letters \\Lambda Greek letters \\langle Delimiters \\lbbrack Delimiters \\lbrace Delimiters \\lbrack Delimiters \\lceil Delimiters \\ldiv Fraction slashes \\ldivide Fraction slashes \\ldots Dots \\le Relational operators \\left Delimiters \\leftarrow Arrows \\Leftarrow Arrows \\leftharpoondown Arrows \\leftharpoonup Arrows \\leftrightarrow Arrows \\Leftrightarrow Arrows \\leq Relational operators \\lfloor Delimiters \\lhvec Accents \\limit Limits \\ll Relational operators \\lmoust Delimiters \\Longleftarrow Arrows \\Longleftrightarrow Arrows \\Longrightarrow Arrows \\lrhar Arrows \\lvec Accents \\mapsto Arrows \\matrix Matrices \\medsp Space characters \\mid Relational operators \\middle Symbols \\models Relational operators \\mp Binary operators \\mu Greek letters \\Mu Greek letters \\nabla Symbols \\naryand Operators \\nbsp Space characters \\ne Relational operators \\nearrow Arrows \\neq Relational operators \\ni Relational operators \\norm Delimiters \\notcontain Relational operators \\notelement Relational operators \\notin Relational operators \\nu Greek letters \\Nu Greek letters \\nwarrow Arrows \\o Greek letters \\O Greek letters \\odot Binary operators \\of Operators \\oiiint Integrals \\oiint Integrals \\oint Integrals \\omega Greek letters \\Omega Greek letters \\ominus Binary operators \\open Delimiters \\oplus Binary operators \\otimes Binary operators \\over Delimiters \\overbar Accents \\overbrace Accents \\overbracket Accents \\overline Accents \\overparen Accents \\overshell Accents \\parallel Geometry notation \\partial Symbols \\pmatrix Matrices \\perp Geometry notation \\phantom Symbols \\phi Greek letters \\Phi Greek letters \\pi Greek letters \\Pi Greek letters \\pm Binary operators \\pppprime Primes \\ppprime Primes \\pprime Primes \\prec Relational operators \\preceq Relational operators \\prime Primes \\prod Math operators \\propto Relational operators \\psi Greek letters \\Psi Greek letters \\qdrt Square roots and radicals \\quadratic Square roots and radicals \\rangle Delimiters \\Rangle Delimiters \\ratio Relational operators \\rbrace Delimiters \\rbrack Delimiters \\Rbrack Delimiters \\rceil Delimiters \\rddots Dots \\Re Symbols \\rect Symbols \\rfloor Delimiters \\rho Greek letters \\Rho Greek letters \\rhvec Accents \\right Delimiters \\rightarrow Arrows \\Rightarrow Arrows \\rightharpoondown Arrows \\rightharpoonup Arrows \\rmoust Delimiters \\root Symbols \\scripta Scripts \\scriptA Scripts \\scriptb Scripts \\scriptB Scripts \\scriptc Scripts \\scriptC Scripts \\scriptd Scripts \\scriptD Scripts \\scripte Scripts \\scriptE Scripts \\scriptf Scripts \\scriptF Scripts \\scriptg Scripts \\scriptG Scripts \\scripth Scripts \\scriptH Scripts \\scripti Scripts \\scriptI Scripts \\scriptk Scripts \\scriptK Scripts \\scriptl Scripts \\scriptL Scripts \\scriptm Scripts \\scriptM Scripts \\scriptn Scripts \\scriptN Scripts \\scripto Scripts \\scriptO Scripts \\scriptp Scripts \\scriptP Scripts \\scriptq Scripts \\scriptQ Scripts \\scriptr Scripts \\scriptR Scripts \\scripts Scripts \\scriptS Scripts \\scriptt Scripts \\scriptT Scripts \\scriptu Scripts \\scriptU Scripts \\scriptv Scripts \\scriptV Scripts \\scriptw Scripts \\scriptW Scripts \\scriptx Scripts \\scriptX Scripts \\scripty Scripts \\scriptY Scripts \\scriptz Scripts \\scriptZ Scripts \\sdiv Fraction slashes \\sdivide Fraction slashes \\searrow Arrows \\setminus Binary operators \\sigma Greek letters \\Sigma Greek letters \\sim Relational operators \\simeq Relational operators \\smash Arrows \\smile Relational operators \\spadesuit Symbols \\sqcap Binary operators \\sqcup Binary operators \\sqrt Square roots and radicals \\sqsubseteq Set notation \\sqsuperseteq Set notation \\star Binary operators \\subset Set notation \\subseteq Set notation \\succ Relational operators \\succeq Relational operators \\sum Math operators \\superset Set notation \\superseteq Set notation \\swarrow Arrows \\tau Greek letters \\Tau Greek letters \\therefore Relational operators \\theta Greek letters \\Theta Greek letters \\thicksp Space characters \\thinsp Space characters \\tilde Accents \\times Binary operators \\to Arrows \\top Logic notation \\tvec Arrows \\ubar Accents \\Ubar Accents \\underbar Accents \\underbrace Accents \\underbracket Accents \\underline Accents \\underparen Accents \\uparrow Arrows \\Uparrow Arrows \\updownarrow Arrows \\Updownarrow Arrows \\uplus Binary operators \\upsilon Greek letters \\Upsilon Greek letters \\varepsilon Greek letters \\varphi Greek letters \\varpi Greek letters \\varrho Greek letters \\varsigma Greek letters \\vartheta Greek letters \\vbar Delimiters \\vdash Relational operators \\vdots Dots \\vec Accents \\vee Binary operators \\vert Delimiters \\Vert Delimiters \\Vmatrix Matrices \\vphantom Arrows \\vthicksp Space characters \\wedge Binary operators \\wp Symbols \\wr Binary operators \\xi Greek letters \\Xi Greek letters \\zeta Greek letters \\Zeta Greek letters \\zwnj Space characters \\zwsp Space characters ~= Relational operators -+ Binary operators +- Binary operators << Relational operators <= Relational operators -> Arrows >= Relational operators >> Relational operators Recognized Functions In this tab, you will find the list of math expressions that will be recognized by the Equation editor as functions and therefore will not be automatically italicized. For the list of recognized functions go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Recognized Functions. To add an entry to the list of recognized functions, enter the function in the blank field and click the Add button. To remove an entry from the list of recognized functions, select the function to be removed and click the Delete button. To restore the previously deleted entries, select the entry to be restored from the list and click the Restore button. Use the Reset to default button to restore default settings. Any function you added will be removed and the removed ones will be restored. AutoFormat as You Type By default, the editor formats the text while you are typing according to the auto-formatting presets, for instance, it automatically starts a bullet list or a numbered list when a list is detected, or replaces quotation marks, or converts hyphens to dashes. If you need to disable auto-formatting presets, uncheck the box for the unnecessary options, go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> AutoFormat As You Type." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "title": "Create a new presentation or open an existing one", - "body": "To create a new presentation In the online editor click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Create New option. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Presentation menu item from the Create new section of the left sidebar - a new file will open in a new tab, when all the necessary changes are made, click the Save icon in the upper left corner or switch to the File tab and choose the Save as menu item. in the file manager window, select the file location, specify its name, choose the format you want to save the presentation to (PPTX, Presentation template (POTX), ODP, OTP, PDF or PDFA) and click the Save button. To open an existing presentation In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Open local file menu item at the left sidebar, choose the necessary presentation from the file manager window and click the Open button. You can also right-click the necessary presentation in the file manager window, select the Open with option and choose the necessary application from the menu. If the office documents files are associated with the application, you can also open presentations by double-clicking the file name in the file explorer window. All the directories that you have accessed using the desktop editor will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterwards. Click the necessary folder to select one of the files stored in it. To open a recently edited presentation In the online editor click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Open Recent... option, choose the presentation you need from the list of recently edited documents. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Recent files menu item at the left sidebar, choose the presentation you need from the list of recently edited documents. To open the folder where the file is stored in a new browser tab in the online version, in the file explorer window in the desktop version, click the Open file location icon on the right side of the editor header. Alternatively, you can switch to the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Open file location option." + "body": "To create a new presentation In the online editor click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Create New option. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Presentation menu item from the Create new section of the left sidebar - a new file will open in a new tab, when all the necessary changes are made, click the Save icon in the upper left corner or switch to the File tab and choose the Save as menu item. in the file manager window, select the file location, specify its name, choose the format you want to save the presentation to (PPTX, Presentation template (POTX), ODP, OTP, PDF or PDFA) and click the Save button. To open an existing presentation In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Open local file menu item on the left sidebar, choose the necessary presentation from the file manager window and click the Open button. You can also right-click the necessary presentation in the file manager window, select the Open with option and choose the necessary application from the menu. If the office documents files are associated with the application, you can also open presentations by double-clicking the file name in the file explorer window. All the directories that you have accessed using the desktop editor will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterwards. Click the necessary folder to select one of the files stored in it. To open a recently edited presentation In the online editor click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Open Recent... option, choose the presentation you need from the list of recently edited documents. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Recent files menu item on the left sidebar, choose the presentation you need from the list of recently edited documents. To open the folder where the file is stored in a new browser tab in the online version, in the file explorer window in the desktop version, click the Open file location icon on the right side of the editor header. Alternatively, you can switch to the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Open file location option." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm", + "title": "Edit an image", + "body": "ONLYOFFICE comes with a very powerful photo editor, that allows you to adjust the image with filters and make all kinds of annotations. Select an image in your presentation. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Photo Editor. You are now in the editing environment. Below the image you will find the following checkboxes and slider filters: Grayscale, Sepia, Sepia 2, Blur, Emboss, Invert, Sharpen; Remove White (Threshhold, Distance), Gradient transparency, Brightness, Noise, Pixelate, Color Filter; Tint, Multiply, Blend. Below the filters you will find buttons for Undo, Redo and Resetting; Delete, Delete all; Crop (Custom, Square, 3:2, 4:3, 5:4, 7:5, 16:9); Flip (Flip X, Flip Y, Reset); Rotate (30 degree, -30 degree,Manual rotation slider); Draw (Free, Straight, Color, Size slider); Shape (Recrangle, Circle, Triangle, Fill, Stroke, Stroke size); Icon (Arrows, Stars, Polygon, Location, Heart, Bubble, Custom icon, Color); Text (Bold, Italic, Underline, Left, Center, Right, Color, Text size); Mask. Feel free to try all of these and remember you can always undo them. When finished, click the OK button. The edited picture is now included in the presentation." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm", "title": "Preview your presentation", - "body": "Start the preview To preview your currently edited presentation, you can: click the Start slideshow icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar or on the left side of the status bar, or select a certain slide within the slide list on the left, right-click it and choose the Start Slideshow option from the contextual menu. The preview will start from the currently selected slide. You can also click the arrow next to the Start slideshow icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the available options: Show from Beginning - to start the preview from the very first slide, Show from Current slide - to start the preview from the currently selected slide, Show presenter view - to start the preview in the Presenter mode that allows to demonstrate the presentation to your audience without slide notes while viewing the presentation with the slide notes on a different monitor. Show Settings - to open a settings window that allows to set only one option: Loop continuously until 'Esc' is pressed. Check this option if necessary and click OK. If you enable this option, the presentation will be displayed until you press the Escape key on the keyboard, i.e. when the last slide of the presentation is reached, you will be able to go to the first slide again etc. If you disable this option, once the last slide of the presentation is reached, a black screen appears informing you that the presentation is finished and you can exit from the Preview. Use the Preview mode In the Preview mode, you can use the following controls at the bottom left corner: the Previous slide button allows you to return to the preceding slide. the Pause presentation button allows you to stop previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the button. the Start presentation button allows you to resume previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the button. the Next slide button allows you to advance the following slide. the Slide number indicator displays the current slide number as well as the overall number of slides in the presentation. To go to a certain slide in the preview mode, click on the Slide number indicator, enter the necessary slide number in the opened window and press Enter. the Full screen button allows you to switch to full screen mode. the Exit full screen button allows you to exit full screen mode. the Close slideshow button allows you to exit the preview mode. You can also use the keyboard shortcuts to navigate between the slides in the preview mode. Use the Presenter mode Note: in the desktop version, the presenter mode can be activated only if the second monitor is connected. In the Presenter mode, you can view your presentations with slide notes in a separate window, while demonstrating it without notes on a different monitor. The notes for each slide are displayed below the slide preview area. To navigate between slides you can use the and buttons or click slides in the list on the left. The hidden slide numbers are crossed out in the slide list on the left. If you wish to show a slide marked as hidden to others, just click it in the slide list on the left - the slide will be displayed. You can use the following controls below the slide preview area: the Timer displays the elapsed time of the presentation in the hh.mm.ss format. the Pause presentation button allows you to stop previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the button. the Start presentation button allows you to resume previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the button. the Reset button allows to reset the elapsed time of the presentation. the Previous slide button allows you to return to the preceding slide. the Next slide button allows you to advance the following slide. the Slide number indicator displays the current slide number as well as the overall number of slides in the presentation. the Pointer button allows you to highlight something on the screen when showing the presentation. When this option is enabled, the button looks like this: . To point to some objects hover your mouse pointer over the slide preview area and move the pointer around the slide. The pointer will look the following way: . To disable this option, click the button once again. the End slideshow button allows you to exit the Presenter mode." + "body": "Start the preview To preview the current presentation, you can: click the Start slideshow icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar or on the left side of the status bar, or select a certain slide within the slide list on the left, right-click it and choose the Start Slideshow option from the contextual menu. The preview will start from the currently selected slide. You can also click the arrow next to the Start slideshow icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the available options: Show from Beginning - to start the preview from the very first slide, Show from Current slide - to start the preview from the currently selected slide, Show presenter view - to start the preview in the Presenter mode that allows you to show the presentation to your audience without slide notes while viewing the presentation with the slide notes on a different monitor. Show Settings - to open the settings window that allows you to set only one option: Loop continuously until 'Esc' is pressed. Check this option if necessary and click OK. If you enable this option, the presentation will be displayed until you press the Escape key, i.e. when the last slide of the presentation is reached, you will be able to go to the first slide again, etc. If you disable this option, once the last slide of the presentation is reached, a black screen will appear indicating that the presentation is finished, and you can exit from the Preview. Use the Preview mode In the Preview mode, you can use the following controls at the bottom left corner: the Previous slide button allows you to return to the previous slide. the Pause presentation button allows you to stop previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the button. the Start presentation button allows you to resume previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the button. the Next slide button allows you to advance to the following slide. the Slide number indicator displays the current slide number as well as the overall number of slides in the presentation. To go to a certain slide in the preview mode, click on the Slide number indicator, enter the necessary slide number in the opened window and press Enter. the Full screen button allows you to switch to the full screen mode. the Exit full screen button allows you to exit the full screen mode. the Close slideshow button allows you to exit the preview mode. You can also use the keyboard shortcuts to navigate between the slides in the preview mode. Use the Presenter mode Note: in the desktop version, the presenter mode can be activated only if the second monitor is connected. In the Presenter mode, you can view your presentations with slide notes in a separate window, while demonstrating it without notes on a different monitor. The notes for each slide are displayed below the slide preview area. To navigate among the slides, you can use the and buttons or click slides in the list on the left. The hidden slide numbers are crossed out in the slide list on the left. If you wish to show a slide marked as hidden to others, just click it in the slide list on the left - the slide will be displayed. You can use the following controls below the slide preview area: the Timer displays the elapsed time of the presentation in the hh.mm.ss format. the Pause presentation button allows you to stop previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the button. the Start presentation button allows you to resume previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the button. the Reset button allows to reset the elapsed time of the presentation. the Previous slide button allows you to return to the previous slide. the Next slide button allows you to advance to the following slide. the Slide number indicator displays the current slide number as well as the overall number of slides in the presentation. the Pointer button allows you to highlight something on the screen when showing the presentation. When this option is enabled, the button looks like this: . To point some objects, hover your mouse pointer over the slide preview area and move the pointer around the slide. The pointer will look the following way: . To disable this option, click the button once again. the End slideshow button allows you to exit the Presenter mode." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Save/print/download your presentation", - "body": "Saving By default, online Рresentation Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it preventing your data loss in case of the unexpected program closing. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your presentation manually in the current format and location, press the Save icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. Note: in the desktop version, to prevent data loss in case of the unexpected program closing you can turn on the Autorecover option at the Advanced Settings page. In the desktop version, you can save the presentation with another name, in a new location or format, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: PPTX, ODP, PDF, PDFA. You can also choose the Рresentation template (POTX or OTP) option. Downloading In the online version, you can download the resulting presentation onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Saving a copy In the online version, you can save a copy of the file on your portal, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save Copy as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP, select a location of the file on the portal and press Save. Printing To print out the current presentation, click the Print icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. It's also possible to print the selected slides using the Print Selection option from the contextual menu both in the Edit and View modes (Right Mouse Button Click on the selected slides and choose option Print selection). In the desktop version, the file will be printed directly. In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the presentation. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing." + "body": "Saving By default, the online Рresentation Editor automatically saves your file every 2 seconds when you are working on it preventing your data loss if the program closes unexpectedly. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if there are any. When the file is co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved within 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your presentation manually in the current format and location, press the Save icon on the left side of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. Note: in the desktop version, to prevent data loss if the program closes unexpectedly, you can turn on the Autorecover option on the Advanced Settings page. In the desktop version, you can save the presentation under a different name, in a new location or format, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: PPTX, ODP, PDF, PDFA. You can also choose the Рresentation template (POTX or OTP) option. Downloading In the online version, you can download the resulting presentation onto the hard disk drive of your computer, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Saving a copy In the online version, you can save a copy of the file on your portal, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save Copy as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP, select a location of the file on the portal and press Save. Printing To print out the current presentation, click the Print icon on the left side of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. It's also possible to print the selected slides using the Print Selection option from the contextual menu both in the Edit and View modes (Right Mouse Button Click on the selected slides and choose option Print selection). In the desktop version, the file will be printed directly. In the online version, a PDF file based on your presentation will be generated. You can open and print it out, or save onto the hard disk drive of your computer or a removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm", "title": "Set slide parameters", - "body": "To customize your presentation, you can select a theme, color scheme, slide size and orientation for the entire presentation, change the background fill or slide layout for each separate slide, apply transitions between the slides. It's also possible to add explanatory notes to each slide that can be helpful when demonstrating the presentation in the Presenter mode. Themes allow you to quickly change the presentation design, notably the slides background appearance, predefined fonts for titles and texts and the color scheme that is used for the presentation elements. To select a theme for the presentation, click on the necessary predefined theme from the themes gallery on the right side of the top toolbar Home tab. The selected theme will be applied to all the slides if you have not previously selected certain slides to apply the theme to. To change the selected theme for one or more slides, you can right-click the selected slides in the list on the left (or right-click a slide in the editing area), select the Change Theme option from the contextual menu and choose the necessary theme. Color Schemes affect the predefined colors used for the presentation elements (fonts, lines, fills etc.) and allow you to maintain color consistency throughout the entire presentation. To change a color scheme, click the Change color scheme icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary scheme from the drop-down list. The selected color scheme will be highlighted in the list and applied to all the slides. To change a slide size for all the slides in the presentation, click the Select slide size icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the drop-down list. You can select: one of the two quick-access presets - Standard (4:3) or Widescreen (16:9), the Advanced Settings option that opens the Slide Size Settings window where you can select one of the available presets or set a Custom size specifying the desired Width and Height values. The available presets are: Standard (4:3), Widescreen (16:9), Widescreen (16:10), Letter Paper (8.5x11 in), Ledger Paper (11x17 in), A3 Paper (297x420 mm), A4 Paper (210x297 mm), B4 (ICO) Paper (250x353 mm), B5 (ICO) Paper (176x250 mm), 35 mm Slides, Overhead, Banner. The Slide Orientation menu allows to change the currently selected orientation type. The default orientation type is Landscape that can be switched to Portrait. To change a background fill: in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply the fill to. Or click at any blank space within the currently edited slide in the slide editing area to change the fill type for this separate slide. at the Slide settings tab of the right sidebar, select the necessary option: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to apply to the selected slides. Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the slide with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the slide background. Pattern - select this option to fill the slide with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Fill objects and select colors section. Transitions help make your presentation more dynamic and keep your audience's attention. To apply a transition: in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply a transition to, choose a transition in the Effect drop-down list on the Slide settings tab, Note: to open the Slide settings tab you can click the Slide settings icon on the right or right-click the slide in the slide editing area and select the Slide Settings option from the contextual menu. adjust the transition properties: choose a transition variation, duration and the way to advance slides, click the Apply to All Slides button if you want to apply the same transition to all slides in the presentation. For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Apply transitions section. To change a slide layout: in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply a new layout to, click the Change slide layout icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary layout from the menu. Alternatively, you can right-click the necessary slide in the list on the left or in the editing area, select the Change Layout option from the contextual menu and choose the necessary layout. Note: currently, the following layouts are available: Title Slide, Title and Content, Section Header, Two Content, Comparison, Title Only, Blank, Content with Caption, Picture with Caption, Title and Vertical Text, Vertical Title and Text. To add objects to a slide layout: click the Change slide layout icon and select a layout you want to add an object to, using the Insert tab of the top toolbar, add the necessary object to the slide (image, table, chart, shape), then right-click on this object and select Add to Layout option, at the Home tab click Change slide layout and apply the changed layout. Selected objects will be added to the current theme's layout. Note: objects placed on a slide this way cannot be selected, resized, or moved. To return the slide layout to its original state: in the slide list on the left, select the slides that you want to return to the default state, Note: hold down the Ctrl key and select one slide at a time to select several slides at once, or hold down the Shift key to select all slides from the current to the selected. right-click on one of the slides and select the Reset slide option in the context menu, All text frames and objects located on slides will be reset and situated in accordinance with the slide layout. To add notes to a slide: in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add a note to, click the Click to add notes caption below the slide editing area, type in the text of your note. Note: you can format the text using the icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. When you start the slideshow in the Presenter mode, you will be able to see all the slide notes below the slide preview area." + "body": "To customize your presentation, you can select a theme, color scheme, slide size and orientation for the entire presentation, change the background fill or slide layout for each separate slide, apply transitions between the slides. It's also possible to add explanatory notes to each slide that can be helpful when demonstrating the presentation in the Presenter mode. Themes allow you to quickly change the presentation design, notably the slides background appearance, predefined fonts for titles and texts and the color scheme that is used for the presentation elements. To select a theme for the presentation, click on the necessary predefined theme from the themes gallery on the right side of the top toolbar on the Home tab. The selected theme will be applied to all the slides if you have not previously selected certain slides to apply the theme to. To change the selected theme for one or more slides, you can right-click the selected slides in the list on the left (or right-click a slide in the editing area), select the Change Theme option from the contextual menu and choose the necessary theme. Color Schemes affect the predefined colors used for the presentation elements (fonts, lines, fills etc.) and allow you to maintain color consistency throughout the entire presentation. To change a color scheme, click the Change color scheme icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary scheme from the drop-down list. The selected color scheme will be highlighted in the list and applied to all the slides. To change the size of all the slides in the presentation, click the Select slide size icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the drop-down list. You can select: one of the two quick-access presets - Standard (4:3) or Widescreen (16:9), the Advanced Settings option that opens the Slide Size Settings window where you can select one of the available presets or set a Custom size specifying the desired Width and Height values. The available presets are: Standard (4:3), Widescreen (16:9), Widescreen (16:10), Letter Paper (8.5x11 in), Ledger Paper (11x17 in), A3 Paper (297x420 mm), A4 Paper (210x297 mm), B4 (ICO) Paper (250x353 mm), B5 (ICO) Paper (176x250 mm), 35 mm Slides, Overhead, Banner. The Slide Orientation menu allows changing the currently selected orientation type. The default orientation type is Landscape that can be switched to Portrait. To change a background fill: in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply the fill to. Or click at any blank space within the currently edited slide in the slide editing area to change the fill type for this separate slide. on the Slide settings tab of the right sidebar, select the necessary option: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to apply to the selected slides. Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the slide with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the slide background. Pattern - select this option to fill the slide with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. For more detailed information on these options, please refer to the Fill objects and select colors section. Transitions help make your presentation more dynamic and keep your audience's attention. To apply a transition: in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply a transition to, choose a transition in the Effect drop-down list on the Slide settings tab, Note: to open the Slide settings tab, you can click the Slide settings icon on the right or right-click the slide in the slide editing area and select the Slide Settings option from the contextual menu. adjust the transition properties: choose a transition variation, duration and the way to advance slides, click the Apply to All Slides button if you want to apply the same transition to all slides in the presentation. For more detailed information on these options, please refer to the Apply transitions section. To change a slide layout: in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply a new layout to, click the Change slide layout icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary layout from the menu. Alternatively, you can right-click the necessary slide in the list on the left or in the editing area, select the Change Layout option from the contextual menu and choose the necessary layout. Note: currently, the following layouts are available: Title Slide, Title and Content, Section Header, Two Content, Comparison, Title Only, Blank, Content with Caption, Picture with Caption, Title and Vertical Text, Vertical Title and Text. To add objects to a slide layout: click the Change slide layout icon and select a layout you want to add an object to, using the Insert tab of the top toolbar, add the necessary object to the slide (image, table, chart, shape), then right-click on this object and select Add to Layout option, on the Home tab, click Change slide layout and apply the changed layout. The selected objects will be added to the current theme's layout. Note: objects placed on a slide this way cannot be selected, resized, or moved. To return the slide layout to its original state: in the slide list on the left, select the slides that you want to return to the default state, Note: hold down the Ctrl key and select one slide at a time to select several slides at once, or hold down the Shift key to select all slides from the current to the selected. right-click on one of the slides and select the Reset slide option in the context menu, All text frames and objects located on slides will be reset and situated in accordinance with the slide layout. To add notes to a slide: in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add a note to, click the Click to add notes caption below the slide editing area, type in the text of your note. Note: you can format the text using the icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. When you start the slideshow in the Presenter mode, you will be able to see all the slide notes below the slide preview area." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm", + "title": "Replace a word by a synonym", + "body": "If you are using the same word multiple times, or a word is just not quite the word you are looking for, ONLYOFFICE let you look up synonyms. It will show you the antonyms too. Select the word in your presentation. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Thesaurus. The synonyms and antonyms will show up in the left sidebar. Click a word to replace the word in your presentation." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Translator.htm", + "title": "Translate text", + "body": "You can translate your presentation from and to numerous languages. Select the text that you want to translate. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Translator, the Translator appears in a sidebar on the left. Click the drop-down box and choose the preferred language. The text will be translated to the required language. Changing the language of your result: Click the drop-down box and choose the preferred language. The translation will change immediately." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", - "title": "View presentation information", - "body": "To access the detailed information about the currently edited presentation, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Presentation Info option. General Information The spreadsheet information includes a number of the file properties which describe the spreadsheet. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited. Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who have created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only. Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow to simplify your documents classification. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields. Last Modified - the date and time when the file was last modified. Last Modified By - the name of the user who have made the latest change in the presentation if it has been shared and it can be edited by several users. Application - the application the presentation was created with. Author - the person who have created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows to specify one more author. If you changed the file properties, click the Apply button to apply the changes. Note: Online Editors allow you to change the presentation title directly from the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in a new window that opens and click OK. Permission Information In the online version, you can view the information about permissions to the files stored in the cloud. Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To find out, who have rights to view or edit the presentation, select the Access Rights... option at the left sidebar. You can also change currently selected access rights by pressing the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section. To close the File pane and return to presentation editing, select the Close Menu option." + "title": "View the information about your presentation", + "body": "To access the detailed information about the currently edited presentation, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Presentation Info option. General Information The spreadsheet information includes a number of file properties which describe the spreadsheet. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited. Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who has created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only. Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow you to simplify the classification of your documents. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields. Last Modified - the date and time when the file was last modified. Last Modified By - the name of the user who has made the latest change to the presentation if it was shared and can be edited by several users. Application - the application the presentation was created with. Author - the person who has created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows you to specify one more author. If you changed the file properties, click the Apply button to apply the changes. Note: Online Editors allow you to change the presentation title directly from the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in a new window that opens and click OK. Permission Information In the online version, you can view the information about permissions to the files stored in the cloud. Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To find out who has the rights to view or edit the presentation, select the Access Rights... option on the left sidebar. You can also change currently selected access rights by pressing the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section. To close the File pane and return to presentation editing, select the Close Menu option." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm", + "title": "Include a video", + "body": "You can include a video in your presentation. It will be shown as an image. By double-clicking the image the video dialog opens. Here you can start the video. Copy the URL of the video you want to include. (the complete address shown in the address line of your browser) Go to your presentation and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the video. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose YouTube. Paste the URL and click OK. Check if it is the correct video and click the OK button below the video. The video is now included in your presentation." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 5e4ad4f69..a54cb47b1 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@

            Acerca del editor de presentaciones

            El editor de presentaciones es una aplicación en línea que le permite ver y editar presentaciones directamente en su navegador.

            -

            Usando el editor de presentaciones, usted puede realizar varias operaciones de edición como en cualquier editor de escritorio, imprimir las presentaciones editadas manteniendo todos los detalles de formato o descargarlas al disco duro de su ordenador como PPTX, PDF o ODP.

            -

            Para ver la versión de software actual y los detalles de licenciador, haga clic en el icono Icono Acerca de en la barra de menú a la izquierda.

            +

            Usando el editor de presentaciones, puede realizar varias operaciones de edición como en cualquier editor de escritorio, imprimir las presentaciones editadas manteniendo todos los detalles de formato o descargarlas en el disco duro de su ordenador como archivos PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A u OTP.

            +

            Para ver la versión actual de software y la información de la licencia en la versión en línea, haga clic en el icono Icono Acerca de en la barra izquierda lateral. Para ver la versión actual de software y la información de la licencia en la versión de escritorio, selecciona la opción Acerca de en la barra lateral izquierda de la ventana principal del programa.

            \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 809b8ab45..9acfe064a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -14,22 +14,28 @@

            Ajustes avanzados del editor de presentaciones

            -

            El editor de presentaciones le permite cambiar los ajustes avanzados. Para acceder a estos, abra la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados.... Usted también puede usar el icono Icono Ajustes avanzados en la esquina derecha en la pestaña Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior.

            +

            El editor de presentaciones le permite cambiar los ajustes avanzados. Para acceder a ellos, abra la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados.... También puede hacer clic en el icono Mostrar Ajustes Icono Mostrar ajustes a la derecha del editor de encabezado y seleccionar la opción Ajustes Avanzados.

            Los ajustes avanzados son:

            • Corrección ortográfica se usa para activar/desactivar la opción de corrección ortográfica.
            • Contribución alternativa se usa para activar/desactivar jeroglíficos.
            • Guías de alineación se usa para activar/desactivar quías de alineación que aparecen cuando usted mueve objetos y le permiten colocarlos en la diapositiva de forma precisa.
              • -
            • Guardar automáticamente se usa para activar/desactivar el autoguardado de cambios mientras se edita el documento.
              • -
            • El Modo Co-edición se usa para seleccionar la visualización de los cambios realizados durante la co-edición:
                -
              • De forma predeterminada se selecciona el modo Rápido, los usuarios que participan en la co-edición del documento verán los cambios a tiempo real una vez que estos se lleven a cabo por otros usuarios.
                • +
              • Guardar automáticamente se usa en la versión en línea para activar/desactivar el autoguardado de los cambios mientras edita. La Autorecuperación - se usa en la versión de escritorio para activar/desactivar la opción que permite recuperar automáticamente los documentos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa.
                • +
              • El Modo Co-edición se usa para seleccionar la visualización de los cambios hechos durante la co-edición:
                  +
                • De forma predeterminada, el modo Rápido es seleccionado, los usuarios que participan en la co-edición del documento verán los cambios a tiempo real una vez que estos se lleven a cabo por otros usuarios.
                • Si prefiere no ver los cambios de otros usuarios (para que no le moleste, o por otros motivos), seleccione el modo Estricto, y todos los cambios se mostrarán solo una vez que haga clic en el icono Icono Guardar Guardar, notificándole que hay cambios de otros usuarios.
                • -
              • Valor de zoom predeterminado se usa para establecer el valor de zoom predeterminado, el cual puede seleccionarse en la lista de las opciones disponibles que van desde 50% hasta 200%. También puede elegir la opción Ajustar a la diapositiva o Ajustar a la anchura.
                • -
              • Unidad de medida se usa para especificar qué unidades se usan en las reglas y las ventanas de propiedades para medir el ancho, altura, espaciado, márgenes y otros parámetros. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Centímetro o Punto.
                • +
              • Valor de Zoom Predeterminado se usa para establecer el valor de zoom predeterminado seleccionándolo en la lista de las opciones disponibles que van desde 50% hasta 200%. También puede elegir la opción Ajustar a la diapositiva o Ajustar a la anchura.
                • +
              • La sugerencia de fuente se usa para seleccionar el tipo de letra que se muestra en el editor de presentaciones:
                  +
                • Elija como Windows si a usted le gusta cómo se muestran los tipos de letra en Windows (usando hinting de Windows).
                  • +
                • Elija como OS X si a usted le gusta como se muestran los tipos de letra en Mac (sin hinting).
                  • +
                • Elija Nativo si usted quiere que su texto se muestre con sugerencias de hinting incorporadas en archivos de fuentes.
                  • +
                +
                • +
              • Unidad de medida se usa para especificar qué unidades se usan en las reglas y en las ventanas de propiedades para medir el ancho, la altura, el espaciado y los márgenes, entre otros. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Centímetro, Punto o Pulgada.
              -

              Para guardar los cambios realizados, pulse el botón Aplicar.

              +

              Para guardar los cambios realizados, haga clic en el botón Aplicar.

              \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index b96837a88..111aee48b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -20,15 +20,25 @@
            • indicación visual de objetos que otros usuarios están editando
            • visualización de cambios en tiempo real o sincronización de cambios al pulsar un botón
            • chat para compartir ideas sobre partes en concreto de una presentación
              • -
            • comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o un problema que hay que resolver
              • +
            • comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o problema que hay que resolver (también es posible trabajar con comentarios en modo sin conexión, sin necesidad de conectarse a la versión en línea)
            +
            +

            Conectándose a la versión en línea

            +

            En el editor de escritorio, abra la opción de Conectar a la nube del menú de la izquierda en la ventana principal del programa. Conéctese a su suite de ofimática en la nube especificando el nombre de usuario y la contraseña de su cuenta.

            +

            Co-edición

            -

            El Editor de Presentación permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar Icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Icono del modo de Co-edición Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

            +

            El editor de presentaciones permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles.

            +
              +
            • Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real.
              • +
            • Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar Icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios.
              • +
            +

            El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Icono del modo de Co-edición Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

            Menú del modo de Co-edición

            +

            Nota: cuando co-edita una presentación en modo Rápido la posibilidad de Rehacer la última operación que se deshizo no está disponible.

            Cuando una presentación se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, los objetos editados (autoformas, objetos de texto, tablas, imágenes, gráficos) aparecen marcados con línea discontinua de diferentes colores. El objeto que está editando se rodea con una línea discontinua de color verde. Las líneas rojas discontinuas indican que los objetos se están editando por otros usuarios. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre uno de los pasajes editados se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editandolo en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los coeditores cuando ellos están editando el texto.

            El número de usuarios que están trabajando en la presentación actual se especifica en la parte derecha del encabezado de editor -Icono Número de usuarios . Si quiere ver quién está editando el archivo en ese preciso momento, pulse este icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios.

            -

            Cuando ningún usuario está viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editor estará así Gestionar derechos de acceso de documentos, y le permitirá a usted organizar los usuarios que tienen acceso al archivo desde el documento: invitar a nuevos usuarios y otorgarles acceso completo o de solo lectura, o niegue a algunos usuarios los derechos de acceso al archivo. Haga clic en este icono para manejar acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como Icono Número de usuarios. También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Icono de comparitr Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

            +

            Cuando ningún usuario esté viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editar se verá así Gestionar derechos de acceso de documentos permitiéndole gestionar qué usuarios tienen acceso al archivo desde el documento: invite a nuevos usuarios dándoles permiso para editar, leer o comentar la presentación, o denegar el acceso a algunos de los usuarios a los derechos de acceso al archivo. Haga clic en este icono para manejar acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como Icono Número de usuarios. También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Icono de comparitr Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

            Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono Icono Guardar, los otros verán una nota dentro de la barra de estado indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono Icono Guardar en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Las actualizaciones se resaltarán para que usted pueda verificar qué se ha cambiado de forma concreta.

            Chat

            Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para asignar los párrafos a cada compañero de trabajo y especificar, que párrafo va a editar ahora usted.

            @@ -43,6 +53,7 @@

            Para cerrar el panel con mensajes de chat, haga clic en el ícono Icono Chat en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda o el botón Icono Chat Chat en la barra de herramientas superior una vez más.

            Comentarios

            +

            Es posible trabajar con comentarios en el modo sin conexión, sin necesidad de conectarse a la versión en línea.

            Para dejar un comentario a un objeto determinado (cuadro de texto, forma, etc.):

            1. seleccione un objeto que en su opinión tiene un error o problema,
              2. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 07217cd66..c35516fdb 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ + +
              @@ -14,354 +16,619 @@

              Atajos de teclado

              - +
                +
              • Windows/Linux
              • Mac OS
                • +
              +
              - + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + - - + + + - - + + + - + + - - + + + - + + - - + + + - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + - - - - - - - - - - - + + - + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + - - + + + - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - - + + + - + + - - + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + - + + - + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + - - + + + - + - + + - + + - - + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - + + - + + - - - + + + + - - + + + + + + + + + - - + + + - - + + + - - + + + - - + + + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + - + + -
              Trabajando con presentaciónTrabajando con presentación
              Abrir panel 'Archivo'Alt+FAbre el panel Archivo para guardar, descargar, imprimir la presentación actual, ver su información, crear una presentación nueva o abrir la existente, acceder a la ayuda o los ajustes avanzados de el Editor de Presentaciones.Abrir panel 'Archivo'Alt+F⌥ Opción+FAbre el panel Archivo para guardar, descargar, imprimir la presentación actual, ver su información, crear una presentación nueva o abrir la existente, acceder a la ayuda o los ajustes avanzados de el Editor de Presentaciones.
              Abrir panel de 'Búsqueda'Ctrl+FAbre el panel Búsqueda para empezar a buscar el carácter/palabra/frase en la presentación editada recientemente.Abrir el cuadro de diálogo ‘Buscar’Ctrl+F^ Ctrl+F,
              ⌘ Cmd+F              		Abre el cuadro de diálogo Buscar para empezar a buscar el carácter/palabra/frase en la presentación que se está editando actualmente.
              Abrir panel 'Comentarios'Ctrl+Shift+HAbre el panel Comentarios para añadir su comentario propio o contestar a comentarios de otros usuarios.Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+H^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+H,
              ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+H              		Abra el panel Comentarios para añadir sus propios comentarios o contestar a los comentarios de otros usuarios.
              Abrir campo de comentariosAlt+HAbre un campo en el cual usted puede añadir un texto o su comentario.Alt+H⌥ Opción+HAbra un campo de entrada de datos en el que se pueda añadir el texto de su comentario.
              Abrir panel 'Chat'Alt+QAlt+Q⌥ Opción+Q Abre el panel Chat y envía un mensaje.
              Guardar presentaciónCtrl+SGuarda todos los cambios en la presentación editada actualmente con el Editor de Presentaciones.Ctrl+S^ Ctrl+S,
              ⌘ Cmd+S              		Guarda todos los cambios en la presentación editada actualmente con el Editor de Presentaciones. El archivo activo se guardará con su actual nombre, ubicación y formato de archivo.
              Imprimir presentaciónCtrl+PCtrl+P^ Ctrl+P,
              ⌘ Cmd+P              		 Imprime la presentación o la guarda en un archivo.
              Descargar como...Ctrl+Shift+SGuarda la presentación actualmente editada al disco duro de su ordenador en uno de los formatos compatibles: PPTX, PDF, ODP.Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+S^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+S,
              ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+S              		Abra el panel Descargar como... para guardar la presentación que está siendo editada actualmente en la unidad de disco duro del ordenador en uno de los formatos admitidos: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP.
              Pantalla completaF11F11 Cambia a la vista de pantalla completa para ajustar el editor de presentaciones a su pantalla.
              Menú de ayudaF1F1F1 Abre el menú de Ayuda del editor de presentaciones.
              Abrir un archivo existente (Editores de escritorio)Ctrl+OEn la pestaña Abrir archivo local de los Editores de escritorio, abre el cuadro de diálogo estándar que permite seleccionar un archivo existente.
              Cerrar archivo (Editores de escritorio)Ctrl+W,
              Ctrl+F4              		^ Ctrl+W,
              ⌘ Cmd+W              		Cierra la ventana de la presentación actual en los Editores de escritorio.
              Menú contextual de elementos⇧ Mayús+F10⇧ Mayús+F10Abre el menú contextual del elementos seleccionado.
              NavegaciónNavegación
              La primera diapositivaInicioInicioInicio,
              Fn+←              		 Abre la primera diapositiva de la presentación actualmente editada.
              La última diapositivaFinFinFin,
              Fn+→              		 Abre la última diapositiva de la presentación actualmente editada.
              Siguiente diapositivaPgDnAv PágAv Pág,
              Fn+↓              		 Abre la diapositiva siguiente de la presentación que está editando.
              Diapositiva anteriorPgUpRe PágRe Pág,
              Fn+↑              		 Abre la diapositiva anterior de la presentación que esta editando.
              Seleccionar la forma siguienteTabulaciónElije la forma que va después de la seleccionada.
              Seleccionar la forma anteriorShift+TabElige la forma que va antes de la seleccionada.
              AcercarCtrl++Ctrl++^ Ctrl+=,
              ⌘ Cmd+=              		 Acerca la presentación que se está editando.
              AlejarCtrl+-Ctrl+-^ Ctrl+-,
              ⌘ Cmd+-              		 Aleja la presentación que se está editando.
              Acciones con diapositivasAcciones con diapositivas
              Diapositiva nuevaCtrl+MCtrl+M^ Ctrl+M Crea una diapositiva nueva y añádala después de la seleccionada.
              Duplicar diapositivaCtrl+DCtrl+D⌘ Cmd+D Duplica la diapositiva seleccionada.
              Desplazar diapositiva hacia arribaCtrl+flecha hacia arribaCtrl+↑⌘ Cmd+↑ Desplaza la diapositiva seleccionada arriba de la anterior en la lista.
              Desplazar diapositiva hacia abajoCtrl+flecha hacia abajoCtrl+↓⌘ Cmd+↓ Desplaza la diapositiva seleccionada debajo de la siguiente en la lista.
              Desplazar diapositiva al principioCtrl+Shift+flecha hacia arribaCtrl+⇧ Mayús+↑⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+↑ Desplaza la diapositiva seleccionada a la primera posición en la lista.
              Desplazar diapositiva al finalCtrl+Shift+flecha hacia abajoCtrl+⇧ Mayús+↓⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+↓ Desplaza la diapositiva seleccionada a la última posición en la lista.
              Acciones con objetosAcciones con objetos
              Crear una copiaCtrl+arrastrar o Ctrl+DMantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl mientras arrastra el objeto seleccionado o pulse la combinación Ctrl+D para crear su copia.Ctrl + arrastrar,
              Ctrl+D              		^ Ctrl + arrastrar,
              ^ Ctrl+D,
              ⌘ Cmd+D              		Mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl tecla al arrastrar el objeto seleccionado o se pulsa Ctrl+D (⌘ Cmd+D para Mac) para crear su copia.
              AgruparCtrl+GCtrl+G⌘ Cmd+G Agrupa los objetos seleccionados.
              DesagruparCtrl+Shift+GCtrl+⇧ Mayús+G⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+G Desagrupa el grupo de objetos seleccionado.
              Selecciona el siguiente objeto↹ Tab↹ TabSeleccione el objeto siguiente tras el seleccionado actualmente.
              Selecciona el objeto anterior⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab⇧ Mayús+↹ TabSeleccione el objeto anterior antes del seleccionado actualmente.
              Dibujar una línea recta o una flecha⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (al dibujar líneas/flechas)⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (al dibujar líneas/flechas)Dibujar una línea o flecha recta vertical/horizontal/45 grados.
              Modificación de objetosModificación de objetos
              Limitar movimientoShift+dragLimita el movimiento horizontal y vertical del objeto seleccionado.⇧ Mayús + arrastrar⇧ Mayús + arrastrarLimita el movimiento horizontal o vertical del objeto seleccionado.
              Establecer rotación de 15 gradosShift+arrastrar(mientras rota)⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras rotación)⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras rotación) Limita el ángulo de rotación a incrementos de 15 grados.
              Mantener proporcionesShift+arrastrar (mientras redimensiona)Mantiene las proporciones del objeto seleccionado mientras este cambia de tamaño.⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras redimensiona)⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras redimensiona)Mantener las proporciones del objeto seleccionado al redimensionar.
              Desplazar píxel a píxelCtrlMantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas del teclado para desplazar el objeto seleccionado de un píxel a un píxel cada vez.Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓Mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl (⌘ Cmd para Mac) y utilice las flechas del teclado para mover el objeto seleccionado un píxel a la vez.
              Trabajar con tablas
              Desplazarse a la siguiente celda en una fila↹ Tab↹ TabIr a la celda siguiente en una fila de la tabla.
              Desplazarse a la celda anterior en una fila⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab⇧ Mayús+↹ TabIr a la celda anterior en una fila de la tabla.
              Desplazarse a la siguiente fila↓↓Ir a la siguiente fila de una tabla.
              Desplazarse a la fila anterior↑↑Ir a la fila anterior de una tabla.
              Empezar un nuevo párrafo↵ Entrar↵ VolverEmpezar un nuevo párrafo dentro de una celda.
              Añadir nueva fila↹ Tab en la celda inferior derecha de la tabla.↹ Tab en la celda inferior derecha de la tabla.Añadir una nueva fila al final de la tabla.
              Obtener vista previa de la presentaciónObtener vista previa de la presentación
              Obtener una vista previa desde el principioCtrl+F5Ctrl+F5^ Ctrl+F5 Muestra la vista previa de una presentación empezando con la primera diapositiva.
              Navegar hacia delanteENTER, PAGE DOWN, FLECHA DERECHA, FLECHA HACIA ABAJO, o SPACEBAR↵ Entrar,
              Av Pág,
              →,
              ↓,
              ␣ Barra espaciadora              		↵ Volver,
              Av Pág,
              →,
              ↓,
              ␣ Barra espaciadora              		 Realiza la animación siguiente o abre la diapositiva siguiente.
              Navegar hacia atrásPAGE UP, FLECHA IZQUIERDA, FLECHA HACIA ARRIBARe Pág,
              ←,
              ↑              		Re Pág,
              ←,
              ↑              		 Realiza la animación anterior o abre la diapositiva anterior.
              Cerrar vista previaESCEscEsc Finalizar una presentación.
              Deshacer y RehacerDeshacer y Rehacer
              DeshacerCtrl+ZCtrl+Z^ Ctrl+Z,
              ⌘ Cmd+Z              		 Invierte las últimas acciones realizadas.
              RehacerCtrl+YCtrl+A^ Ctrl+A,
              ⌘ Cmd+A              		 Repite la última acción deshecha.
              Cortar, copiar, y pegarCortar, copiar, y pegar
              CortarCtrl+X, Shift+DeleteCtrl+X,
              ⇧ Mayús+Borrar              		⌘ Cmd+X Corta el objeto seleccionado y lo envía al portapapeles de su ordenador. El objeto que se ha cortado se puede insertar en otro lugar en la misma presentación.
              CopiarCtrl+C, Ctrl+InsertCtrl+C,
              Ctrl+Insert              		⌘ Cmd+C Envía el objeto seleccionado al portapapeles de su ordenador. Después el objeto copiado se puede insertar en otro lugar de la misma presentación.
              PegarCtrl+V, Shift+InsertCtrl+V,
              ⇧ Mayús+Insert              		⌘ Cmd+V Inserta el objeto anteriormente copiado del portapapeles de su ordenador a la posición actual del cursor. El objeto se puede copiar anteriormente de la misma presentación.
              Insertar hiperenlaceCtrl+KCtrl+K^ Ctrl+K,
              ⌘ Cmd+K              		 Inserta un hiperenlace que puede usarse para ir a una dirección web o a una diapositiva en concreto de la presentación.
              Copiar estiloCtrl+Shift+CCtrl+⇧ Mayús+C^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+C,
              ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+C              		 Copia el formato del fragmento seleccionado del texto que se está editando actualmente. Después el formato copiado se puede aplicar a cualquier fragmento de la misma presentación.
              Aplicar estiloCtrl+Shift+VCtrl+⇧ Mayús+V^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+V,
              ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+V              		 Aplica el formato anteriormente copiado al texto en el cuadro de texto que se está editando.
              Seleccionar con el ratónSeleccionar con el ratón
              Añadir el fragmento seleccionadoShiftEmpiece la selección, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y pulse en un lugar donde usted quiere terminar la selección.⇧ Mayús⇧ MayúsInicie la selección, mantenga pulsada la tecla ⇧ Mayús tecla y haga clic en el punto en el que desea finalizar la selección.
              Seleccionar con el tecladoSeleccionar con el teclado
              Seleccionar todoCtrl+ACtrl+A^ Ctrl+A,
              ⌘ Cmd+A              		 Selecciona todas las diapositivas (en la lista de diapositivas) o todos los objetos en la diapositiva (en el área de edición de diapositiva) o todo el texto (en el bloque de texto) - en función de la posición del cursor de ratón.
              Seleccionar fragmento de textoShift+Arrow⇧ Mayús+→ ←⇧ Mayús+→ ← Selecciona el texto carácter por carácter.
              Seleccionar texto desde el cursor hasta principio de líneaShift+HomeSelecciona un fragmento del texto del cursor hasta el principio de la línea actual.⇧ Mayús+InicioSeleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el principio de la línea actual.
              Seleccionar texto desde el cursor hasta el final de líneaShift+EndSelecciona un fragmento del texto desde el cursor al final de la línea actual.⇧ Mayús+FinSeleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el final de la línea actual.
              Seleccione un carácter a la derecha⇧ Mayús+→⇧ Mayús+→Seleccione un carácter a la derecha de la posición del cursor.
              Seleccione un carácter a la izquierda⇧ Mayús+←⇧ Mayús+←Seleccione un carácter a la izquierda de la posición del cursor.
              Seleccione hasta el final de una palabraCtrl+⇧ Mayús+→Seleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el final de una palabra.
              Seleccione al principio de una palabraCtrl+⇧ Mayús+←Seleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el principio de una palabra.
              Seleccione una línea hacia arriba⇧ Mayús+↑⇧ Mayús+↑Seleccione una línea hacia arriba (con el cursor al principio de una línea).
              Seleccione una línea hacia abajo⇧ Mayús+↓⇧ Mayús+↓Seleccione una línea hacia abajo (con el cursor al principio de una línea).
              Estilo de textoEstilo de texto
              NegritaCtrl+BCtrl+B^ Ctrl+B,
              ⌘ Cmd+B              		 Pone la letra de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en negrita dándole más peso.
              CursivaCtrl+ICtrl+I^ Ctrl+I,
              ⌘ Cmd+I              		 Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha.
              SubrayadoCtrl+UCtrl+U^ Ctrl+U,
              ⌘ Cmd+U              		 Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado.
              SobreíndiceCtrl+.(punto)Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y lo coloca en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas.TachadoCtrl+5^ Ctrl+5,
              ⌘ Cmd+5              		Aplica el estilo tachado a un fragmento de texto seleccionado.
              SubíndiceCtrl+,(coma)Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y lo coloca en la parte superior de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones.Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+>⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+>Reducir el fragmento de texto seleccionado y colocarlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas.
              SubíndiceCtrl+⇧ Mayús+<⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+<Reducir el fragmento de texto seleccionado y colocarlo en la parte superior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fracciones.
              Lista con puntosCtrl+Shift+LCrea una lista con puntos desordenada de un fragmento del texto seleccionado o inicia una nueva.Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+L^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+L,
              ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+L              		Cree una lista desordenada de puntos a partir del fragmento de texto seleccionado o inicie una nueva.
              Eliminar formatoCtrl+SpacebarElimine el formato de un fragmento del texto seleccionado.Ctrl+␣ Barra espaciadoraEliminar el formato del fragmento de texto seleccionado.
              Aumentar tipo de letraCtrl+]Aumenta el tipo de letraCtrl+]^ Ctrl+],
              ⌘ Cmd+]              		 Aumenta el tamaño de las letras de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en un punto.
              Disminuir tipo de letraCtrl+[Disminuye el tipo de letraCtrl+[^ Ctrl+[,
              ⌘ Cmd+[              		 Disminuye el tamaño de las letras de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en un punto.
              Alinear centro/izquierdaCtrl+EAlterna un párrafo entre el centro y alineado a la izquierda.Alinear centroCtrl+ECentrar el texto entre los bordes izquierdo y derecho.
              Alinear justificado/izquierdaCtrl+JAlterna un párrafo entre justificado y alineado a la izquierda.Alinear justificadoCtrl+JJustificar el texto del párrafo añadiendo un espacio adicional entre las palabras para que los bordes izquierdo y derecho del texto se alineen con los márgenes del párrafo.
              Alinear derecha /izquierdaCtrl+RAlterna un párrafo entre alineado a la derecha y alineado a la izquierda.Alinea a la derechaCtrl+RAlinear a la derecha con el texto alineado por el lado derecho del cuadro de texto, el lado izquierdo permanece sin alinear.
              Alinear a la izquierdaCtrl+LCtrl+L Alinea el fragmento de texto a la izquierda, la parte derecha permanece sin alinear.
              + + Aumentar sangría izquierda + Ctrl+M + ^ Ctrl+M + Incremente la sangría izquierda del párrafo en una posición de tabulación. + + + Disminuir sangría izquierda + Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+M + ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+M + Disminuir la sangría izquierda del párrafo en una posición de tabulación. + + + Eliminar un carácter a la izquierda + ← Retroceso + ← Retroceso + Borrar un carácter a la izquierda del cursor. + + + Eliminar un carácter a la derecha + Borrar + Fn+Borrar + Eliminar un carácter a la derecha del cursor. + + + Desplazarse en texto + + + Mover un carácter a la izquierda + ← + ← + Mover el cursor un carácter a la izquierda. + + + Mover un carácter a la derecha + → + → + Mover el cursor un carácter a la derecha. + + + Mover una línea hacia arriba + ↑ + ↑ + Mover el cursor una línea hacia arriba. + + + Mover una línea hacia abajo + ↓ + ↓ + Mover el cursor una línea hacia abajo. + + + Ir al principio de una palabra o una palabra a la izquierda + Ctrl+← + ⌘ Cmd+← + Mueva el cursor al principio de una palabra o una palabra a la izquierda. + + + Mover una palabra a la derecha + Ctrl+→ + ⌘ Cmd+→ + Mover el cursor una palabra a la derecha. + + + Mover al siguiente marcador de posición + Ctrl+↵ Entrar + ^ Ctrl+↵ Volver,
              ⌘ Cmd+↵ Volver + Moverse al siguiente título o marcador de posición de texto del cuerpo. Si se trata del último marcador de posición en una diapositiva, esto insertará una nueva diapositiva con la misma disposición de diapositivas que la diapositiva original. + + Saltar al principio de la línea + Inicio + Inicio + Poner el cursor al principio de la línea actualmente editada . + + + Saltar al fin de la línea + Fin + Fin + Mete el cursor al fin de la línea actualmente editada. + + + Saltar al principio del cuadro de texto + Ctrl+Inicio + + Coloque el cursor al principio de la caja de texto actualmente editada. + + + Saltar al final del cuadro de texto + Ctrl+Fin + + Coloque el cursor al final del cuadro de texto que se está editando actualmente. + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index a636c8bf8..43c2afefa 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Función de búsqueda - + @@ -13,13 +13,23 @@
              -

              Función de búsqueda

              -

              Para buscar los caracteres necesarios, palabras o frases usadas en la presentación actualmente editada, haga clic en el Icono Buscar icono situado en la barra izquierda lateral.

              -

              La ventana Búsqueda se abrirá:

              Ventana de búsqueda
                +

                Función "Encontrar y Reemplazar"

                +

                Para buscar los caracteres, palabras o frases usadas en la presentación que se está editando actualmente, haga clic en el icono Icono Buscar situado en la barra lateral izquierda o use la combinación de teclas Ctrl+F.

                +

                Se abrirá la ventana Encontrar y reemplazar:

                Ventana de búsqueda y sustitución
                1. Introduzca su consulta en el campo correspondiente.
                  2. -
                2. Pulse uno de los botones de flecha a la derecha. La búsqueda se realizará o hacia el principio de la presentación (si pulsa el botón Botón de flecha izquierda) o hacia el final de la presentación (si pulsa el botón Botón de flecha derecha) de la posición actual de cursor.
                  3. +
                3. Especifique los parámetros de búsqueda al hacer clic en el icono Icono Buscar opciones y marcar las opciones necesarias:
                    +
                  • Sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas - se usa para encontrar solamente las ocurrencias escritas en el mismo tipo de letra (minúsculas o mayúsculas) que su consulta (por ejemplo, si su consulta es 'Editor' y esta opción está seleccionada, palabras como 'editor' o 'EDITOR', etc., no se mostrarán. Para desactivar esta opción haga clic en él de nuevo.
                  +
                  4. +
                4. Pulse uno de los botones de flecha a la derecha. La búsqueda se realizará o hacia el principio de la presentación (si pulsa el botón Botón de flecha izquierda) o hacia el final de la presentación (si pulsa el botón Botón de flecha derecha) de la posición actual de cursor.
                -

                La primera diapositiva en la dirección seleccionada que contiene los caracteres introducidos se resaltará en la lista de diapositivas y se mostrará en el área de trabajo con los caracteres necesarios resaltados. Si no es la diapositiva que está buscando, haga clic en el botón de nuevo para encontrar la siguiente diapositiva que contiene los caracteres introducidos.

                +

                La primera diapositiva en la dirección seleccionada que contiene los caracteres introducidos se resaltará en la lista de diapositivas y se mostrará en el área de trabajo con los caracteres necesarios resaltados. Si no es la diapositiva que está buscando, haga clic en el botón de nuevo para encontrar la siguiente diapositiva que contiene los caracteres introducidos.

                +

                Para reemplazar una o más ocurrencias de los caracteres encontrados, haga clic en el enlace Reemplazar ue aparece debajo del campo de entrada de datos o utilice la combinación de teclas Ctrl+H. Se cambiará la ventana Encontrar y reemplazar:

                +

                Ventana de búsqueda y sustitución

                +
                  +
                1. Introduzca el texto de sustitución en el campo apropiado debajo.
                  2. +
                2. Pulse el botón Reemplazar para reemplazar la ocurrencia actualmente seleccionada o el botón Reemplazar todo para reemplazar todas las ocurrencias encontradas.
                  3. +
                +

                Para esconder el campo de sustitución haga clic en el enlace Esconder Sustitución.

                \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 43f990fa5..27f8da0ed 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -23,20 +23,27 @@ Editar Descargar + + PPT + Formato de archivo usado por Microsoft PowerPoint + + + + + + PPTX Presentación Office Open XML
                El formato de archivo comprimido, basado en XML desarrollado por Microsoft para representación de hojas de cálculo, gráficos, presentaciones, y documentos de procesamiento de texto + + + - - - PPT - Formato de archivo usado por Microsoft PowerPoint - + - - - + + + POTX + Plantilla de documento PowerPoint Open XML
                Formato de archivo comprimido, basado en XML, desarrollado por Microsoft para plantillas de presentación. Una plantilla DOTX contiene ajustes de formato o estilos, entre otros y se puede usar para crear múltiples presentaciones con el mismo formato. + + + + + + + ODP Presentación OpenDocument
                El formato que representa un documento de presentación creado por la aplicación Impress, que es parte de las oficinas suites basadas en OpenOffice @@ -44,13 +51,27 @@ + + + + OTP + Plantilla de presentaciones OpenDocument
                Formato de archivo OpenDocument para plantillas de presentación. Una plantilla OTP contiene ajustes de formato o estilos, entre otros y se puede usar para crear múltiples presentaciones con el mismo formato. + + + + + + + PDF - Formato de documento portátil
                Es un formato de archivo usado para la representación de documentos en una manera independiente de la aplicación de software, hardware, y sistemas operativos + Formato de documento portátil
                Es un formato de archivo que se usa para la representación de documentos de manera independiente a la aplicación software, hardware, y sistemas operativos + + + PDF + Formato de documento portátil / A
                Una versión ISO estandarizada del Formato de Documento Portátil (PDF por sus siglas en inglés) especializada para su uso en el archivo y la preservación a largo plazo de documentos electrónicos. + + + + + diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ce30c3bf --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + Uso de Chat + + + + + +
                +

                Uso de Chat

                +

                ONLYOFFICE Presentation Editor le ofrece a usted la posibilidad de hablar con otros usuarios para compartir ideas sobre cualquieras partes de presentación.

                +

                Para acceder al chat y dejar allí un mensaje para otros usuarios,

                +
                  +
                1. pulse el icono icono chat en la izquierda barra lateral,
                  2. +
                2. introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente debajo,
                  3. +
                3. pulse el botón Enviar.
                  4. +
                +

                Todos los mensajes enviados por usuarios se mostrarán en el panel al lado izquierdo. Si hay nuevos mensajes que usted no ha leído ya, el icono chat tendrá tal aspecto - icono chat.

                +

                Para cerrar el panel con mensajes de chat, pulse el icono icono chat una vez más.

                +
                + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm index 79d42011b..c822930db 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm @@ -14,14 +14,21 @@

                Pestaña de colaboración

                -

                La pestaña de Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en la presentación: compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición, gestionar comentarios.

                -

                Pestaña de colaboración

                -

                Usando esta pestaña, usted podrá:

                +

                La pestaña Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en la presentación. En la versión en línea, puede compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición y gestionar los comentarios. En la versión de escritorio, puede gestionar los comentarios.

                +
                +

                Ventana del editor de presentaciones en línea:

                +

                Pestaña de colaboración

                +
                +
                +

                Ventana del editor de presentaciones de escritorio:

                +

                Pestaña de colaboración

                +
                +

                Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index f78a99d05..2b3d70a45 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -15,15 +15,23 @@

                Pestaña de archivo

                La pestaña de Archivo permite realizar operaciones básicas en el archivo actual.

                -

                Pestaña de archivo

                -

                Si usa esta pestaña podrá:

                +
                +

                Ventana del editor de presentaciones en línea:

                +

                Pestaña de archivo

                +
                +
                +

                Ventana del editor de presentaciones de escritorio:

                +

                Pestaña de archivo

                +
                +

                Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

                  -
                • guardar el archivo actual (en caso de que la opción de autoguardado esté desactivada), descargar, imprimir o cambiar el nombre del archivo,
                  • -
                • crear una presentación nueva o abrir una que se ha editado de forma reciente,
                  • +
                • en la versión en línea, guardar el archivo actual (en el caso de que la opción de Guardar automáticamente esté desactivada), descargar como (guarda el documento en el formato seleccionado en el disco duro del ordenador), guardar una copia como (guarda una copia del documento en el formato seleccionado en los documentos del portal), imprimir o renombrar, en la versión de escritorio, guardar el archivo actual manteniendo el formato y la ubicación actual utilizando la opción de Guardar o guarda el archivo actual con un nombre, ubicación o formato diferente utilizando la opción de Guardar como, imprimir el archivo.
                  • +
                • proteger el archivo con una contraseña, cambiar o eliminar la contraseña (disponible solamente en la versión de escritorio);
                  • +
                • crear una nueva presentación o abrir una recientemente editada (disponible solamente en la versión en línea),
                • mostrar información general sobre la presentación,
                  • -
                • gestionar los derechos de acceso,
                  • -
                • acceder al editor de Ajustes avanzados
                  • -
                • volver a la lista de Documentos.
                  • +
                • gestionar los derechos de acceso (disponible solamente en la versión en línea),
                  • +
                • acceder a los Ajustes avanzados del editor,
                  • +
                • en la versión de escritorio, abre la carpeta donde está guardado el archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. En la versión en línea, abre la carpeta del módulo Documentos donde está guardado el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador.
                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index d9dfc07e9..8812227ae 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -15,16 +15,22 @@

                Pestaña de Inicio

                La pestaña de Inicio se abre por defecto cuando abre una presentación. Permite fijar parámetros generales con respecto a diapositivas, formato del texto, insertar, alinear y organizar varios objetos.

                -

                Pestaña de Inicio

                -

                Si usa esta pestaña podrá:

                +
                +

                Ventana del editor de presentaciones en línea:

                +

                Pestaña de Inicio

                +
                +
                +

                Ventana del editor de presentaciones de escritorio:

                +

                Pestaña de Inicio

                +
                +

                Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index b5a903726..865de6ce7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -15,8 +15,15 @@

                Pestaña Insertar

                La pestaña Insertar permite añadir objetos visuales y comentarios a su presentación.

                -

                Pestaña Insertar

                -

                Si usa esta pestaña podrá:

                +
                +

                Ventana del editor de presentaciones en línea:

                +

                Pestaña Insertar

                +
                +
                +

                Ventana del editor de presentaciones de escritorio:

                +

                Pestaña Insertar

                +
                +

                Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

                • insertar tablas,
                • Insertar cuadros de texto y objetos Text Art, imágenes, formas, gráficos,
                  • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index e984d8e4c..2354c5845 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Pestaña de Extensiones - + @@ -15,14 +15,25 @@

                  Pestaña de Extensiones

                  La pestaña de Extensiones permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Aquí también puede utilizar macros para simplificar las operaciones rutinarias.

                  -

                  Pestaña de Extensiones

                  +
                  +

                  Ventana del editor de presentaciones en línea:

                  +

                  Pestaña de Extensiones

                  +
                  +
                  +

                  Ventana del editor de presentaciones de escritorio:

                  +

                  Pestaña de Extensiones

                  +
                  +

                  El botón Ajustes permite abrir la ventana donde puede ver y administrador todas las extensiones instaladas y añadir las suyas propias.

                  El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre los plugins refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API.

                  Actualmente, estos son los plugins disponibles:

                  • ClipArt permite añadir imágenes de la colección de clipart a su presentación,
                    • +
                  • Resaltar código permite resaltar la sintaxis del código, seleccionando el idioma, el estilo y el color de fondo necesarios,
                  • Editor de Fotos permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar tamaño, usar efectos etc.
                    • -
                  • Tabla de símbolos permite introducir símbolos especiales en su texto,
                    • -
                  • Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado a otros idiomas,
                    • +
                  • El Diccionario de sinónimos permite buscar tanto sinónimos como antónimos de una palabra y reemplazar esta palabra por la seleccionada,
                    • +
                  • Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado a otros idiomas, +

                    Nota: este complemento no funciona en Internet Explorer.

                    +
                  • Youtube permite adjuntar vídeos de YouTube en su presentación.

                  Para aprender más sobre plugins, por favor, lea nuestra Documentación API. Todos los ejemplos de puglin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub

                  diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index 6fea159ac..0072d95e1 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -15,16 +15,34 @@

                  Introduciendo el interfaz de usuario de Editor de Presentación

                  El Editor de Presentación usa un interfaz de pestañas donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de manera funcional.

                  -

                  Ventana Editor

                  +
                  +

                  Ventana del editor de presentaciones en línea:

                  +

                  Ventana del editor de presentaciones en línea

                  +
                  +
                  +

                  Ventana del editor de presentaciones de escritorio:

                  +

                  Ventana del editor de presentaciones de escritorio

                  +

                  El interfaz de edición consiste en los siguientes elementos principales:

                    -
                  1. El Encabezado del editor muestra el logo, pestañas de menú, el nombre de la presentación y dos iconos a la derecha que permiten ajustar derechos de acceso y volver a la lista de Documentos.

                    Iconos en el encabezado del editor

                    +
                  2. El encabezado del editor muestra el logotipo, las pestañas de los documentos abiertos, el nombre de la presentación y las pestañas del menú.

                    En la parte izquierda del encabezado del editor están los botones de Guardar, Imprimir archivo, Deshacer y Rehacer.

                    +

                    Iconos en el encabezado del editor

                    +

                    En la parte derecha del encabezado del editor se muestra el nombre del usuario y los siguientes iconos:

                    +
                      +
                    • Abrir ubicación de archivo Abrir ubicación del archivo - en la versión de escritorio, permite abrir la carpeta donde está guardado el archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. En la versión en línea, permite abrir la carpeta del módulo Documentos donde está guardado el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador.
                      • +
                    • Icono mostrar ajustes - permite ajustar los ajustes de visualización y acceder a los ajustes avanzados del editor.
                      • +
                    • Gestionar derechos de acceso de documentos Gestionar los derechos de acceso a los documentos - (disponible solamente en la versión en línea) permite establecer los derechos de acceso a los documentos guardados en la nube.
                      • +
                    3. -
                  3. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Colaboración, Extensiones.

                    Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer y Volver a hacer están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de herramientas superior independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada.

                    -

                    Iconos en la barra de herramientas superior

                    +
                  4. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Colaboración , Protección, Extensiones.

                    Las opciones Icono copiar Copiar y Icono pegar Pegar están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada.

                  5. La Barra de estado de debajo de la ventana del editor contiene el icono Empezar presentación de diapositivas, y varias herramientas de navegación: indicador de número de diapositivas y botones de zoom. La Barra de estado también muestra varias notificaciones (como "Todos los cambios se han guardado" etc.) y permite ajustar un idioma para el texto y activar la corrección ortográfica.
                    6. -
                  6. La Barra lateral izquierda contiene iconos que permiten el uso de la herramienta Buscar, minimizar/expandir la lista de diapositivas, abrir el panel Comentarios y Chat, contactar a nuestro equipo de ayuda y ver la información del programa.
                    7. +
                  7. La barra lateral izquierda incluye los siguientes iconos:
                      +
                    • Icono Buscar - permite utilizar la herramienta Buscar y reemplazar,
                      • +
                    • Icono Comentarios - permite abrir el panel de Comentarios,
                      • +
                    • Icono Chat - (disponible solamente en la versión en línea) permite abrir el panel Chat, así como los iconos que permite contactar con nuestro equipo de soporte y ver la información del programa.
                      • +
                    +
                  8. La Barra lateral derecha permite ajustar parámetros adicionales de objetos distintos. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en una diapositiva, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha.
                  9. Las Reglas horizontales y verticales le ayudan a colocar objetos en una diapositiva y le permiten establecer paradas del tabulador y sangrías dentro de cuadros de texto.
                  10. El área de trabajo permite ver contenido de presentación, introducir y editar datos.
                    11. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index 7129faec5..f859ca83f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva + Alinee y arregle objetos en una diapositiva @@ -13,36 +13,63 @@
                    -

                    Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva

                    -

                    Los cuadros de texto o autoformas, gráficos e imágenes añadidos, se pueden alinear, agrupar, ordenar, o distribuir horizontal y verticalmente en una diapositiva. Para realizar una de estas acciones, primero seleccione un objeto o varios objetos en el área de edición de diapositiva. Para seleccionar unos objetos, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y haga clic sobre los objetos necesarios. Para seleccionar un cuadro de texto, haga clic en su borde y no en el texto de dentro. Después, puede utilizar o los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior que se describen más adelante o las opciones análogas del menú contextual.

                    -

                    Alinear objetos

                    -

                    Para alinear el objeto seleccionado (o varios objetos), pulse el icono Icono Alinear forma Alinear forma en la pestaña de Inicio en barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de alineación necesario de la lista:

                    -
                      -
                    • Alinear a la izquierda Icono alinear a la izquierda - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente a la parte izquierda de una diapositiva,
                      • -
                    • Alinear al centro Icono alinear al centro - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente al centro de una diapositiva,
                      • -
                    • Alinear a la derecha Icono alinear a la derecha - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente a la parte derecha de una diapositiva,
                      • -
                    • Alinear en la parte superior Icono Alinear arriba - para alinear los objetos verticalmente a la parte superior de una diapositiva,
                      • -
                    • Alinear al medio Icono Alinear al medio - para alinear los objetos verticalmente al medio de una diapositiva,
                      • -
                    • Alinear en la parte inferior Icono Alinear abajo - para alinear los objetos verticalmente a la parte inferior de una diapositiva.
                      • -
                    -

                    Para distribuir dos o más objetos seleccionados horizontal o verticalmente, haga clic en el icono Icono Alinear forma Alinear forma en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de distribución necesaria en la lista:

                    -
                      -
                    • Distribuir horizontalmente Icono distribuir horizontalmente - para alinear los objetos seleccionados (de los bordes derechos a los de la izquierda) al centro horizontal de una diapositiva.
                      • -
                    • Distribuir verticalmente Icono distribuir verticalmente - para alinear los objetos seleccionados (de los bordes de arriba a los de abajo) al centro vertical de una diapositiva.
                      • -
                    -

                    Organizar objetos

                    -

                    Para organizar los objetos seleccionados (por ejemplo, cambiar su orden cuando varios objetos sobreponen uno al otro), haga clic en el icono Icono organizar forma Arreglar forma en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de disposición necesaria de la lista:

                    -
                      -
                    • Traer al frente Icono Traer al frente - para desplazar el objeto (o unos objetos) delante de los otros,
                      • -
                    • Enviar al fondo Icono Enviar al fondo - para desplazar el objeto (o unos objetos) detrás de los otros,
                      • -
                    • Traer adelante Icono Traer adelante - para desplazar el objeto (o unos objetos) un nivel más hacia delante con respecto a los otros objetos.
                      • -
                    • Enviar atrás Icono Enviar atrás - para desplazar el objeto (o unos objetos) un nivel más hacia atrás con respecto a los otros objetos.
                      • -
                    -

                    Para agrupar dos o más objetos seleccionados o desagruparlos, haga clic en el icono Icono organizar forma Arreglar forma en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista:

                    -
                      -
                    • Agrupar Icono Agrupar - para unir varios objetos al grupo para que sea posible girarlos, desplazarlos, cambiar el tamaño y formato, alinearlos, arreglarlos, copiarlos, pegarlos como si fuera un solo objeto.
                      • -
                    • Desagrupar Icono Desagrupar - para desagrupar el grupo de los objetos seleccionado.
                      • -
                    - +

                    Alinee y arregle objetos en una diapositiva

                    +

                    Los cuadros de texto o autoformas, gráficos e imágenes añadidos, se pueden alinear, agrupar, ordenar, o distribuir horizontal y verticalmente en una diapositiva. Para realizar una de estas acciones, primero seleccione un objeto o varios objetos en el área de edición de diapositiva. Para seleccionar unos objetos, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y haga clic sobre los objetos necesarios. Para seleccionar un cuadro de texto, haga clic en su borde y no en el texto. Después, puede utilizar o los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior que se describen más adelante o las opciones análogas del menú contextual.

                    + +

                    Alinear objetos

                    +

                    Para alinear dos o más objetos seleccionados,

                    +
                      +
                    1. Haga clic en el icono Icono Alinear forma Alinear forma en la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione una de las siguientes opciones:
                        +
                      • Alinear a la diapositiva para alinear objetos en relación a los bordes de la diapositiva,
                        • +
                      • Alinear objetos seleccionados (esta opción se selecciona de forma predeterminada) para alinear objetos entre sí,
                        • +
                      +
                      2. +
                    2. Haga clic de nuevo en el icono Icono Alinear forma Alinear forma y seleccione el tipo de alineación necesario de la lista:
                        +
                      • Alinear a la izquierda Icono alinear a la izquierda - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente por el borde izquierdo del objeto situado más a la izquierda/ borde izquierdo de la diapositiva,
                        • +
                      • Alinear al centro Icono alinear al centro - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente por sus centros/centro de la diapositiva,
                        • +
                      • Alinear a la derecha Icono alinear a la derecha - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente por el borde derecho del objeto situado más a la derecha/ borde derecho de la diapositiva,
                        • +
                      • Alinear arriba Icono Alinear arriba - para alinear los objetos verticalmente por el borde superior del objeto/ borde superior de la diapositiva,
                        • +
                      • Alinear al medio Icono Alinear al medio - para alinear los objetos verticalmente por sus partes centrales/mitad de la diapositiva,
                        • +
                      • Alinear abajo Icono Alinear abajo - para alinear los objetos verticalmente por el borde inferior del objeto situado más abajo/ borde inferior de la diapositiva.
                        • +
                      +
                      3. +
                    +

                    Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción Alinear en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de alineación disponibles.

                    +

                    Si desea alinear un solo objeto, puede alinearlo en relación a los bordes de la diapositiva. La opción Alinear a diapositiva se encuentra seleccionada por defecto en este caso.

                    +

                    Distribuir objetos

                    +

                    Para distribuir tres o más objetos seleccionados de forma horizontal o vertical de tal forma que aparezca la misma distancia entre ellos,

                    +
                      +
                    1. Haga clic en el icono Icono Alinear forma Alinear forma en la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione una de las siguientes opciones:
                        +
                      • Alinear a diapositiva para distribuir objetos entre los bordes de la diapositiva,
                        • +
                      • Alinear objetos seleccionados (esta opción se selecciona de forma predeterminada) para distribuir objetos entre dos objetos seleccionados situados en la parte más alejada,
                        • +
                      +
                      2. +
                    2. Haga clic de nuevo en el icono Icono Alinear forma Alinear forma y seleccione el tipo de distribución deseado de la lista:
                        +
                      • Distribuir horizontalmente Icono distribuir horizontalmente - para distribuir objetos uniformemente entre los objetos seleccionados de la izquierda y de la derecha/bordes izquierdo y derecho de la diapositiva.
                        • +
                      • Distribuir verticalmente Icono distribuir verticalmente - Distribuir verticalmente - para distribuir los objetos uniformemente entre los objetos más altos y más bajos seleccionados/bordes superior e inferior de la diapositiva.
                        • +
                      +
                      3. +
                    +

                    Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción Alinear en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de distribución disponibles.

                    +

                    Nota: las opciones de distribución no están disponibles si selecciona menos de tres objetos.

                    + +

                    Agrupar objetos

                    +

                    Para agrupar dos o más objetos seleccionados o desagruparlos, haga clic en el icono Icono organizar forma Organizar forma en la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción deseada de la lista:

                    +
                      +
                    • Agrupar - para unir varios objetos al grupo para que sea posible girarlos, desplazarlos, cambiar el tamaño y formato, alinearlos, arreglarlos, copiarlos y pegarlos como si fuera un solo objeto.
                      • +
                    • Desagrupar Icono Desagrupar - para desagrupar el grupo de los objetos previamente seleccionados.
                      • +
                    +

                    De forma alternativa, puede hacer clic derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción de Organizar del menú contextual y luego usar la opción de Agrupar o des-agrupar.

                    +

                    Nota: la opción Grupo no está disponible si selecciona menos de dos objetos. La opción Desagrupar solo está disponible cuando se selecciona un grupo de objetos previamente unidos.

                    +

                    Organizar objetos

                    +

                    Para organizar los objetos seleccionados (por ejemplo, cambiar su orden cuando varios objetos sobreponen uno al otro), haga clic en el icono Icono organizar forma Organizar forma en la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de disposición deseado de la lista.

                    +
                      +
                    • Traer al frente Icono Traer al frente - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) delante de los otros,
                      • +
                    • Traer adelante Icono Traer adelante - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia delante de otros objetos.
                      • +
                    • Enviar al fondo Icono Enviar al fondo- para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) detrás de los otros,
                      • +
                    • Enviar atrás Icono Enviar atrás - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia atrás de otros objetos.
                      • +
                    +

                    Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, seleccionar la opción Organizar en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de organización disponibles.

                    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index 05b7298f7..98f6a19b2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -17,9 +17,16 @@

                    Para copiar un formato de un texto en particular,

                    1. seleccione el pasaje de texto cuyo formato quiere copiar con el ratón o usando el teclado,
                      2. -
                    2. haga clic en el icono Copiar estilo Copiar estilo en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, (el cursor del ratón estará así Cursor del ratón mientras pega el estilo ),
                      3. -
                    3. seleccione el pasaje de texto donde usted quiere aplicar el mismo formato.
                      4. +
                    4. haga clic en el icono Copiar estilo Copiar estilo en la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior, (el cursor del ratón estará así Cursor del ratón al pegar el estilo),
                      5. +
                    5. seleccione el pasaje de texto donde desee aplicar el mismo formato.
                    +

                    Para aplicar el formato copiado a varios pasajes de texto,

                    +
                      +
                    1. seleccione el pasaje de texto cuyo formato desea copiar con el ratón o usando el teclado,
                      2. +
                    2. haga doble clic en el icono Copiar estilo Copiar estilo en la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior, (el cursor del ratón estará así Cursor del ratón al pegar el estilo, y el icono Copiar estilo permanecerá seleccionado: Estilo de copiar de forma múltiple),
                      3. +
                    3. seleccione los pasajes de texto necesarios uno por uno para aplicar el mismo formato a cada uno de ellos,
                      4. +
                    4. Para salir de este modo, haga clic en el Estilo de copiar de forma múltiple icono Copiar Estilo otra vez o presione la tecla Esc en el teclado.
                      5. +

                    Para eliminar el formato que usted ha aplicado de forma rápida a un pasaje de texto,

                    1. seleccione el pasaje de texto cuyo formato quiere eliminar,
                      2. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index 76a78fa45..82ab179a0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Copie/pegue sus datos, deshaga/rehaga sus acciones + Copie/pegue datos, deshaga/rehaga sus acciones @@ -13,17 +13,17 @@
                      -

                      Copie/pegue sus datos, deshaga/rehaga sus acciones

                      -

                      Use operaciones de portapapeles básicas

                      +

                      Copie/pegue datos, deshaga/rehaga sus acciones

                      +

                      Use operaciones de portapapeles básico

                      Para cortar, copiar y pegar los objetos seleccionados (diapositivas, párrafos de texto, autoformas) en su presentación o deshacer y reahecer sus acciones, use las opciones correspondientes del menú contextual, o los atajos de teclado, o los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior:

                        -
                      • Cortar – seleccione un objeto y use la opción Cortar del menú contextual para borrar lo que ha seleccionado y enviarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. Los datos eliminados pueden insertarse mas tarde a otro lugar de la misma presentación.
                        • -
                      • Copiar – seleccione un objeto y use la opción Copiar del menú contextual o el icono Icono copiar Copiar en la barra de herramientas superior para copiarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. El objeto copiado se puede copiar más adelante en otra parte de la misma presentación.
                        • -
                      • Pegar – encuentre un lugar en su presentación donde quiera pegar el objeto anteriormente copiado y use la opción Pegar del menú contextual o el icono Icono pegar Pegar en la barra de herramientas superior. El objeto se insertará en la posición actual de la posición del cursor. El objeto se puede copiar previamente de la misma presentación.
                        • +
                      • Cortar – seleccione un objeto y use la opción Cortar del menú contextual para borrar lo que ha seleccionado y enviarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. Los datos eliminados pueden insertarse mas tarde a otro lugar de la misma presentación.
                        • +
                      • Copiar – seleccione un objeto y use la opción Copiar del menú contextual o el icono Icono copiar Copiar en la barra de herramientas superior para copiarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. El objeto copiado se puede copiar más adelante en otra parte de la misma presentación.
                        • +
                      • Pegar – encuentre un lugar en su presentación donde quiera pegar el objeto anteriormente copiado y use la opción Pegar del menú contextual o el icono Icono pegar Pegar en la barra de herramientas superior. El objeto se insertará en la posición actual de la posición del cursor. El objeto se puede copiar previamente de la misma presentación.
                      -

                      Para copiar o pegar datos de/en otra presentación u otro programa use las combinaciones de las teclas siguientes:

                      +

                      En la versión en línea, las siguientes combinaciones de teclas solo se usan para copiar o pegar datos desde/hacia otro presentación o algún otro programa, en la versión de escritorio, tanto los botones/menú correspondientes como las opciones de menú y combinaciones de teclas se pueden usar para cualquier operación de copiar/pegar:

                        -
                      • La combinación de letras Ctrl+C para copiar;
                        • +
                      • La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+C para copiar;
                      • La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar;
                      • La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar.
                      @@ -43,12 +43,13 @@
                    2. Imagen - permite pegar el texto como imagen para que no pueda ser editado.

                Usar las operaciones Deshacer/Rehacer

                -

                Para deshacer/rehacer operaciones, use los iconos correspondientes que estan disponibles en la barra de herramientas superior o los atajos de teclado:

                +

                Para realizar las operaciones de deshacer/rehacer, use los iconos correspondientes en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor o los atajos de teclado:

                  -
                • Deshacer – use el icono Icono Deshacer Deshacer para deshacer la última operación que usted ha realizado.
                  • -
                • Rehacer – use el icono Rehacer Icono Rehacer para rehacer la última operación que usted ha realizado.

                  Usted también puede usar la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Z para desahecer una acción o Ctrl+Y para rehacerla.

                  +
                • Deshacer – use el icono Icono deshacer Deshacer para deshacer la última operación que realizó.
                  • +
                • Rehacer – use el icono Icono rehacer Rehacer para rehacer la última operación que realizó.

                  Usted también puede usar la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Z para desahecer una acción o Ctrl+Y para rehacerla.

                +

                Nota: cuando co-edita una presentación en modo Rápido la posibilidad de Rehacer la última operación que se deshizo no está disponible.

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 849907074..5bbe0af51 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@

                Inserte y dé formato a autoformas

                -

                Inserte un autoforma

                +

                Inserte una autoforma

                Para añadir un autoforma a una diapositiva,

                1. en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione la diapositiva a la que usted quiere añadir una autoforma,
                  2. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@

                  Se pueden cambiar algunos parámetros de la autoforma usando la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha. Para activarla, haga clic en la autoforma y elija el icono Icono Ajustes de forma Ajustes de forma a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar los siguientes ajustes:

                  Pestaña Ajustes de forma

                    -
                  • Relleno - utilice esta sección para seleccionar el relleno de la autoforma. Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes:
                      +
                    • Relleno - utilice esta sección para seleccionar el relleno de la autoforma. Puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones:
                      • Color de relleno - para especificar el color que usted quiere aplicar a la forma seleccionada.
                      • Relleno degradado - para rellenar la forma de dos colores que cambian de uno a otro de forma gradual.
                      • Imagen o textura - para usar una imagen o textura pre-definida como el fondo de la forma.
                        • @@ -46,31 +46,44 @@
                      • Para cambiar el color del trazo, seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista desplegable correspondiente (una línea sólida se aplicará de forma pre-determinada, la cual puede cambiar a una de las líneas discontinuas disponibles).
                      • +
                    • La rotación se utiliza para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la forma horizontal o verticalmente. Haga clic en uno de los botones:
                        +
                      • Icono de rotación en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar la forma 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj
                        • +
                      • Icono de rotación en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj
                        • +
                      • Icono de voltear horizontalmente para voltear la forma horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha)
                        • +
                      • Icono de voltear verticalmente para voltear la forma verticalmente (al revés)
                        • +
                      +

                    Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de la autoforma, haga clic derecho en la forma y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de forma en el menú contextual o haga clic izquierdo y haga clic en el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral. La ventana con propiedades formas se abrirá:

                    Propiedades de forma - pestaña de Tamaño

                    -

                    La pestaña Tamaño permite cambiar el Ancho y/o Altura de la autoforma. Si se hace clic en el botón Icono Proporciones constantes Proporciones constantes (en este caso se verá así Icono Proporciones constantes activado), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de forma.

                    +

                    La pestaña Tamaño permite cambiar el Ancho y/o Altura de la autoforma. Si se hace clic en el botón Icono Proporciones constantes Proporciones constantes (en este caso se verá así Icono de proporciones constantes activado), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de forma.

                    +

                    Forma - Ajustes avanzados

                    +

                    La pestaña Rotación contiene los siguientes parámetros:

                    +
                      +
                    • Ángulo - utilice esta opción para girar la forma en un ángulo exactamente especificado. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha.
                      • +
                    • Volteado - marque la casilla Horizontalmente para voltear la forma horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) o la casillaVerticalmente para voltear la forma verticalmente (al revés).
                      • +

                    Propiedades de forma - pestaña grosores y flechas

                    La pestaña Grosores y flechas contiene los parámetros siguientes:

                    • Estilo de línea - este grupo de opciones permite especificar los parámetros siguientes:
                        -
                      • Tipo de remate - esta opción le permite establecer el estilo para el final de la línea, por lo que se aplica solo a las formas con contorno abierto, como líneas, polilíneas etc.:
                          +
                        • Tipo de remate - esta opción permite establecer el estilo para el final de la línea, por lo tanto, solamente se puede aplicar a las formas con el contorno abierto, tales como líneas, polilíneas, etc:
                          • Plano - los extremos serán planos.
                          • Redondeado - los extremos serán redondeados.
                          • Cuadrado - los extremos serán cuadrados.
                          • -
                        • Tipo Combinado - esta opción le permite establecer el estilo de intersección de dos líneas, por ejemplo, puede afectar a una polilínea o a esquinas de triángulo o contornos de triángulos:
                            +
                          • Tipo de combinación - esta opción permite establecer el estilo para la intersección de dos líneas, por ejemplo, puede afectar a una polilínea o a las esquinas del contorno de un triángulo o rectángulo:
                            • Redondeado - la esquina será redondeada.
                            • Biselado - la esquina será sesgada.
                              • -
                            • Ángulo - la esquina será puntiaguda. Vale para ángulos agudos.
                              • +
                            • Ángulo - la esquina será puntiaguda. Se adapta bien a formas con ángulos agudos.
                            -

                            Nota: el efecto será más visible si usa un contorno con ancho amplio.

                            +

                            Nota: el efecto será más visible si usa una gran anchura de contorno.

                          • -
                        • Flechas - esta sección está disponible si una forma del grupo de formas de Líneas se selecciona. Le permite ajustar la flecha Empezar y Estilo Final y Tamaño seleccionando la opción apropiada de las listas desplegables.
                          • +
                        • Flechas - esta sección está disponible para el grupo de autoformas Líneas. Le permite ajustar la flecha Empezar y Estilo Final y Tamaño seleccionando la opción apropiada de las listas desplegables.

                        Propiedades de forma - pestaña relleno de texto

                        La pestaña Relleno de texto permite cambiar los márgenes internos superiores, inferiores, izquierdos y derechos de la autoforma (es decir, la distancia entre el texto y los bordes del autoforma dentro del autoforma).

                        @@ -90,7 +103,7 @@
                      • haga clic en el icono Icono Forma Forma en la pestaña de Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
                      • seleccione el grupo Líneas del menú.

                        Formas - Líneas

                        • -
                      • haga clic en las formas necesarias dentro del grupo seleccionado (con excepción de las últimas tres formas que no son conectores, es decir, forma 10, 11 y 12),
                        • +
                      • haga clic en la forma correspondiente dentro del grupo seleccionado (con excepción de las últimas tres formas que no son conectores, es decir, Curva, Garabato y Forma libre),
                      • ponga el cursor del ratón sobre la primera autoforma y haga clic en uno de los puntos de conexión Icono punto de conexión que aparece en el trazado de la forma,

                        Uso de conectores

                      • arrastre el cursor del ratón hacia la segunda autoforma y haga clic en el punto de conexión necesario en su esbozo.

                        Uso de conectores

                        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 3c8c4fac5..a4f99edbb 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@

                        Inserte un gráfico

                        Para insertar un gráfico en su presentación,

                          -
                        1. coloque el cursor en el lugar donde usted quiere insertar un gráfico,
                          2. -
                        2. cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior,
                          3. -
                        3. pulse el Icono Gráfico icono Gráfico en la barra de herramientas superior,
                          4. -
                        4. Seleccione el tipo de gráfico que necesita de los disponibles - Columnas, Líneas, Circular, Barras, Área, Puntos XY (disperso), Cotizaciones.

                          Nota: para los gráficos de Columnas, Líneas, Circular o Barras, también está disponible un formato 3D.

                          +
                        5. coloque el cursor en el lugar donde quiere insertar un gráfico,
                          6. +
                        6. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
                          7. +
                        7. pulse el Icono gráfico icono Gráfico en la barra de herramientas superior,
                          8. +
                        8. Seleccione el tipo de gráfico que necesita de los disponibles - Columnas, Líneas, Circular, Barras, Área, Puntos XY (disperso), Cotizaciones.

                          Nota: para los gráficos de Columna, Línea, Pastel o Barras, un formato en 3D también se encuentra disponible.

                          9. -
                        9. después, la ventana Editor de gráfico aparecerá, y usted podrá introducir los datos necesarios en las celdas usando los siguientes controles:
                            +
                          • después aparecerá la ventana Editor de gráfico donde puede introducir los datos necesarios en las celdas usando los siguientes controles:
                            • Copiar y Pegar para copiar y pegar los datos copiados
                              • -
                            • Deshacer y Rehacer para deshacer o rehacer acciones
                              • +
                            • Deshacer y Rehacer para deshacer o rehacer acciones
                            • Inserte una función para insertar una función
                            • Disminuir decimales y Aumentar decimales para disminuir o aumentar decimales
                            • Formato de número para cambiar el formato del número, es decir, la manera en que los números introducidos se muestran en las celdas
                              • @@ -36,19 +36,19 @@
                              • Seleccione el Tipo de gráfico que quiere insertar: Columna, Línea, Circular, Área, Puntos XY (disperso), Cotizaciones.
                              • Compruebe el Rango de datos y modifíquelo, si es necesario, pulsando el botón Selección de datos e introduciendo el rango de datos deseado en el formato siguiente: Sheet1!A1:B4.
                                • -
                              • Elija el modo de arreglar los datos. Puede seleccionar Serie de datos para el eje X: en filas o en columnas.
                                • +
                              • Elija el modo de arreglar los datos. Puede seleccionar la Serie de datos que se utilizará en el eje X: en filas o en columnas.
                              -

                              Ventana Ajustes de Gráfico

                              +

                              Ventana Ajustes del gráfico

                              La pestaña Diseño le permite cambiar el diseño de elementos del gráfico.

                                -
                              • Especifique la posición del Título de gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable:
                                  +
                                • Especifique la posición del Título del gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable:
                                  • Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título de gráfico,
                                  • Superposición - si quiere que el gráfico superponga el título,
                                  • Sin superposición - si quiere que el título se muestre arriba del gráfico.
                                • Especifique la posición de la Leyenda respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable:
                                    -
                                  • Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestre la leyenda,
                                    • +
                                  • Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestre una leyenda,
                                  • Inferior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte inferior del área del gráfico,
                                  • Superior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte superior del área del gráfico,
                                  • Derecho - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte derecha del área del gráfico,
                                    • @@ -74,35 +74,35 @@
                                  • La sección de Ajustes del eje permite especificar si desea mostrar Ejes Horizontales/Verticales o no, seleccionando la opción Mostrar o Esconder de la lista despegable. También puede especificar los parámetros Título de Ejes Horizontal/Vertical:
                                    • Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable:
                                        -
                                      • Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal,
                                        • +
                                      • Ninguna - si no quiere mostrar un título del eje horizontal,
                                      • Sin superposición - si quiere mostrar el título debajo del eje horizontal.
                                    • Especifique la orientación del Título de eje vertical seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable:
                                        -
                                      • Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje vertical,
                                        • -
                                      • Girado - si quiere que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical,
                                        • +
                                      • Ninguna - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje vertical,
                                        • +
                                      • Girada - si quiere que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical,
                                      • Horizontal - si quiere que el título se muestre de abajo hacia arriba a la izquierda del eje vertical.
                                    • -
                                  • Elija la opción necesaria para Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales en la lista desplegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, usted puede ocultar las líneas cuadrículas usando la opción Ninguno.

                                    Nota: las secciones Ajustes de Eje y Líneas de cuadrícula estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes y líneas cuadrículas.

                                    +
                                  • Elija la opción necesaria para Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales en la lista desplegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, usted puede ocultar las líneas de cuadrícula usando la opción Ninguno.

                                    Nota: las secciones Ajustes de eje y Líneas de cuadrícula estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes y líneas de cuadrículas.

                                  -

                                  Ventana Ajustes de Gráfico

                                  +

                                  Ventana Ajustes del gráfico

                                  Nota: las pestañas Eje vertical/horizontal estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes.

                                  -

                                  La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta que para los ejes verticales habrá la categoría ejes que mostrará etiquetas de texto para los Gráficos de barra, y que en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a unas descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de punto, los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

                                  +

                                  La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta, que para los ejes verticales habrá una categoría ejes que mostrará etiquetas de texto para los Gráficos de barras por lo tanto en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a las descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

                                  • La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes:
                                    • Valor mínimo - se usa para especificar el valor mínimo en el comienzo del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor mínimo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha.
                                    • Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo en el final de eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha.
                                      • -
                                    • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso en que el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de las celdas seleccionadas. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical.
                                      • -
                                    • Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Millardos, Billones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volverse a las unidades por defecto.
                                      • +
                                    • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical.
                                      • +
                                    • Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Miles de millones, Billones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volver a las unidades por defecto.
                                    • Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada el valor mínimo está en la parte inferior y el valor máximo en la parte superior del eje. Cuando la casilla está activada, los valores se ordenan de la parte superior a la parte inferior.
                                    • -
                                  • La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes:
                                      -
                                    • Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de graduación principales/menores,
                                      • +
                                    • La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de las marcas de graduación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes:
                                        +
                                      • Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de graduación principales/menores,
                                      • Intersección - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje,
                                      • Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje,
                                      • Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje.
                                        • @@ -117,49 +117,50 @@

                                      Ventana de Ajustes de Gráfico

                                      -

                                      La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Tenga en cuenta que el eje horizontal será el eje de valores que mostrará valores numéricos, para los Gráficos de barras y que más en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a unas descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

                                      +

                                      La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Tenga en cuenta que el eje horizontal para el Gráfico de barras será el valor del eje de mostrará valores numéricos, y que más en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a las descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

                                      • La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes:
                                          -
                                        • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso en que el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de los datos seleccionados. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal.
                                          • -
                                        • Posición de eje - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas de texto del eje deben colocarse: Marcas de graduación o Entre marcas de graduación.
                                          • +
                                        • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal.
                                          • +
                                        • Posición del eje - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas de texto del eje deben colocarse: Marcas de graduación o Entre marcas de graduación.
                                        • Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada las categorías se muestran de izquierda a derecha. Cuando la casilla está activada, las categorías se ordenan de derecha a izquierda.
                                        • -
                                      • La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación en el eje horizontal. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los parámetros de marcas de graduación siguientes:
                                          -
                                        • Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje.
                                          • +
                                        • La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de las marcas de graduación en el eje horizontal. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los parámetros de marcas de graduación siguientes:
                                            +
                                          • Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestren marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje.
                                          • Intervalo entre marcas - se usa para especificar cuantas categorías deben mostrarse entre dos marcas de graduación vecinas.
                                        • La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar posición de etiquetas que muestran categorías.
                                          • Posición de etiqueta - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas deben colocarse respecto al eje horizontal. Seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las etiquetas de categorías, Bajo - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías debajo del gráfico, Alto - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías arriba del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías al lado de eje.
                                            • -
                                          • Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más valor esté fijado, mas será la distancia entre el eje y etiquetas.
                                            • +
                                          • Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más valor esté fijado, mas será la distancia entre el eje y las etiquetas.
                                          • Intervalo entre etiquetas - se usa para especificar con que frecuencia deben colocarse las etiquetas. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso las etiquetas se muestran para cada categoría. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Manualmente en la lista desplegable y especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente a la derecha. Por ejemplo, introduzca 2 para mostrar etiquetas para cada segunda categoría, etc.

                                        Ventana Ajustes de Gráfico

                                        -

                                        La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerá a las personas con deficiencias de visión o cognitivas para ayudarles a entender mejor la información que hay en el gráfico.

                                        +

                                        La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información del gráfico.

                                      • una vez añadido el gráfico usted también puede cambiar su tamaño y posición.

                                        Usted puede especificar la posición del gráfico en la diapositiva arrastrándolo vertical u horizontalmente.

                        Editar elementos del gráfico

                        -

                        Para editar el Título del gráfico, seleccione el texto predeterminado con el ratón y escriba el suyo propio en su lugar.

                        +

                        Para editar el gráfico Título seleccione el texto predeterminado con el ratón y escriba el suyo propio en su lugar.

                        Para cambiar el formato del tipo de letra de texto dentro de elementos, como el título del gráfico, títulos de ejes, leyendas, etiquetas de datos etc, seleccione los elementos del texto apropiados haciendo clic izquierdo en estos. Luego use los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para cambiar el tipo, estilo, tamano o color de la letra.

                        -

                        Para borrar un elemento del gráfico, púlselo haciendo clic izquierdo y haga clic en la tecla Borrar en su teclado.

                        +

                        Para borrar un elemento del gráfico, haga clic en él con el ratón izquierdo y seleccione la tecla Borrar en su teclado.

                        También puede rotar gráficos 3D usando el ratón. Haga clic izquierdo en el área del gráfico y mantenga el botón del ratón presionado. Arrastre el cursor sin soltar el botón del ratón para cambiar la orientación del gráfico en 3D.

                        Gráfico 3D

                        -

                        Ajustes de gráfico

                        Pestaña Gráfico

                        Se puede cambiar el tamaño, tipo y estilo del gráfico y también sus datos usando la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, haga clic en el gráfico y elija el icono Icono ajustes de gráfico Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha.

                        -

                        La sección Tamaño le permite cambiar el ancho y/o altura del gráfico. Si el botón Icono Proporciones constantes Proporciones constantes se mantiene apretado (en este caso estará así Proporciones constantes de icono activadas), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de gráfico.

                        +

                        Ajustes de gráfico

                        + Pestaña Gráfico

                        Se puede cambiar el tamaño, tipo y estilo del gráfico y también sus datos usando la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, pulse el gráfico y elija el icono Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha.

                        +

                        La sección Tamaño le permite cambiar el ancho y/o altura del gráfico. Si el botón Icono Proporciones constantes Proporciones constantes se mantiene apretado (en este caso estará así Icono de proporciones constantes activado), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de gráfico.

                        La sección Cambiar tipo de gráfico le permite cambiar el tipo de gráfico seleccionado y/o su estilo usando el menú desplegable correspondiente.

                        -

                        Para seleccionar el Estilo del gráfico correspondiente, use el segundo menú despegable en la sección Cambiar Tipo de Gráfico.

                        +

                        Para seleccionar los Estilos de gráfico necesarios, use el segundo menú despegable en la sección de Cambiar Tipo de Gráfico.

                        El botón Editar datos le permite abrir la ventana Editor de gráfico y empezar a editar los datos como se descrito arriba.

                        Nota: para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico' de forma rápida, haga doble clic sobre la diapositiva.

                        La opción Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra de herramientas derecha permite abrir la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes Avanzados donde puede establecer el texto alternativo:

                        Ajustes avanzados de la ventana de gráfico

                        -

                        Una vez seleccionado el gráfico, el icono Ajustes de forma Icono Ajustes de forma está disponible a la derecha, porque una forma se usa como el fondo para el gráfico. Usted puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha y ajustar el Relleno y Trazo de la forma. Note por favor, que usted no puede cambiar el tipo de forma.

                        +

                        Una vez seleccionado el gráfico, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha, porque la forma se usa como el fondo para el gráfico. Usted puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha y ajustar el Relleno y Trazo de la forma. Note por favor, que no puede cambiar el tipo de forma.

                        Para borrar el gráfico insertado, haga clic en este y pulse la tecla Borrar en el teclado.

                        Para descubrir como alinear un gráfico en la diapositiva u organizar varios objetos, consulte la sección Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva.

                        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 8fa918a31..95b704d1b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -21,8 +21,9 @@
                      • en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione la diapositiva a la que usted quiere añadir una imagen,
                      • haga clic en el icono Icono Imagen Imagen en la pestaña de Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
                      • seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para cargar la imagen:
                          -
                        • la opción Imagen desde Archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir
                          • +
                        • la opción Imagen desde archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir
                        • la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen correspondiente; después haga clic en el botón OK
                          • +
                        • la opción Imagen desde almacenamiento abrirá la ventana Seleccionar fuente de datos. Seleccione una imagen almacenada en su portal y haga clic en el botón OK
                      • una vez que la imagen esté añadida, usted puede cambiar su tamaño y posición.
                        • @@ -30,7 +31,28 @@

                        Ajustes de ajuste de imagen

                        Al hacer clic izquierdo en una imagen y elegir el icono Icono Ajustes de imagen Ajustes de imagen a la derecha, la barra derecha lateral se activa. Esta incluye las siguientes secciones:

                        Pestaña de ajustes de imagen

                        Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen actual o para restaurar el tamaño predeterminado si es necesario.

                        -

                        Reemplazar imagen - se usa para cargar otra imagen en vez de la actual seleccionando la fuente deseada. Usted puede seleccionar una de las siguientes opciones: De archivo o De URL. La opción Reemplazar Imagen también está disponible en el menú de clic derecho.

                        + +

                        El botón Recortar se utiliza para recortar la imagen. Haga clic en el botón Recortar para activar las manijas de recorte que aparecen en las esquinas de la imagen y en el centro de cada lado. Arrastre manualmente los controles para establecer el área de recorte. Puede mover el cursor del ratón sobre el borde del área de recorte para que se convierta en el icono Flecha y arrastrar el área.

                        +
                          +
                        • Para recortar un solo lado, arrastre la manija situada en el centro de este lado.
                          • +
                        • Para recortar simultáneamente dos lados adyacentes, arrastre una de las manijas de las esquinas.
                          • +
                        • Para recortar por igual dos lados opuestos de la imagen, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl al arrastrar la manija en el centro de uno de estos lados.
                          • +
                        • Para recortar por igual todos los lados de la imagen, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl al arrastrar cualquiera de las manijas de las esquinas.
                          • +
                        +

                        Cuando se especifique el área de recorte, haga clic en el botón Recortar de nuevo, o pulse la tecla Esc, o haga clic en cualquier lugar fuera del área de recorte para aplicar los cambios.

                        +

                        Una vez seleccionada el área de recorte, también es posible utilizar las opciones de Rellenar y Ajustar disponibles en el menú desplegable Recortar. Haga clic de nuevo en el botón Recortar y elija la opción que desee:

                        +
                          +
                        • Si selecciona la opción Rellenar, la parte central de la imagen original se conservará y se utilizará para rellenar el área de recorte seleccionada, mientras que las demás partes de la imagen se eliminarán.
                          • +
                        • Si selecciona la opción Ajustar, la imagen se redimensionará para que se ajuste a la altura o anchura del área de recorte. No se eliminará ninguna parte de la imagen original, pero pueden aparecer espacios vacíos dentro del área de recorte seleccionada.
                          • +
                        +

                        Reemplazar imagen - se usa para cargar otra imagen en vez de la actual seleccionando la fuente deseada. Usted puede seleccionar una de las siguientes opciones: De archivo o De URL. La opción Reemplazar Imagen también está disponible en el menú de clic derecho.

                        +

                        La rotación se utiliza para girar la imagen 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la imagen horizontal o verticalmente. Haga clic en uno de los botones:

                        +
                          +
                        • Icono de rotación en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar la imagen 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj
                          • +
                        • Icono de rotación en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para girar la imagen 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj
                          • +
                        • Icono de voltear horizontalmente para voltear la imagen horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha)
                          • +
                        • Icono de voltear verticalmente para voltear la imagen verticalmente (al revés)
                          • +

                        Cuando se selecciona la imagen, el icono Ajustes de forma Icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha. Puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestañaAjustes de forma en la barra de tareas derecha y ajustar la forma, tipo de estilo, tamaño y color así como cambiar el tipo de forma seleccionando otra forma del menú Cambiar autoforma. La forma de la imagen cambiará correspondientemente.

                        Pestaña Ajustes de forma

                        @@ -41,6 +63,12 @@
                      • Tamaño - use esta opción para cambiar el ancho/altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así Icono de proporciones constantes activado), el ancho y la altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, pulse el botón Tamaño Predeterminado.
                      • Posición - use esta opción para cambiar la posición de imagen en la diapositiva (la posición se calcula respecto a las partes superior e izquierda de la diapositiva).
                      +

                      Propiedades de imagen: Rotación

                      +

                      La pestaña Rotación contiene los siguientes parámetros:

                      +
                        +
                      • Ángulo - utilice esta opción para girar la imagen en un ángulo exactamente especificado. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha.
                        • +
                      • Volteado - marque la casilla Horizontalmente para voltear la imagen horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) o la casillaVerticalmente para voltear imagen verticalmente (al revés).
                        • +

                      Propiedades de imagen

                      La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma.

                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm index 7d0da7003..14b95e70c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
                      • Añada un pasaje de texto al marcador de texto correspondiente provisto en el diseño de diapositiva. Para hecerlo coloque el cursor en el marcador de texto y introduzca su texto o péguelo usando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V en lugar del texto predeterminado.
                      • Añada un pasaje de texto al cualquier lugar de una diapositiva. Puede insertar una casilla de texto (un marco rectangular que permita introducir texto) o un objeto de Arte de texto (una casilla de texto con un estilo de letra y color predeterminado que permite aplicar algunos efectos de texto). Dependiendo del tipo de objeto con texto necesario puede hacer lo siguiente:
                          -
                        • Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el Icono de Cuadro de Texto icono de Cuadro de Texto en la pestaña Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.

                          Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el Icono forma icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma Inserte Texto en una autoforma del grupo Formas Básicas.

                          +
                        • Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el Icono de Cuadro de Texto icono de Cuadro de Texto en la pestaña Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.

                          Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el Icono forma icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma Insertar autoforma de texto del grupo Formas Básicas.

                        • para añadir un objeto de Arte de Texto, haga clic en el Icono de Arte de Texto icono Arte Texto en la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic en la plantilla del estilo deseada - el objeto de Arte de Texto se añadirá en la posición del cursor actual. Seleccione el texto por defecto dentro del cuadro de texto con el ratón y reemplázelo con su texto.
                        @@ -36,17 +36,17 @@
                        • para cambiar el tamaño, mover, rotar el cuadro de texto use las manillas especiales en los bordes de la forma.
                        • para editar el relleno, trazo del cuadro de texto, reemplace el cuadro rectangular con una forma distinta, o acceda a los ajustes avanzados de forma, haga clic en el Icono Ajustes de forma icono de Ajustes de forma a la derecha de la barra de herramientas y use las opciones correspondientes.
                          • -
                        • para alinear un cuadro de texto en la diapositiva u organizar cuadros de texto según se relacionan con otros objetos, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro del texto y use las opciones del menú contextual.
                          • +
                        • para alinear un cuadro de texto en la diapositiva, rotarlo o girarlo, ordene los cuadros de texto como si estuvieran relacionados con otros objetos, haga clic con el botón derecho del ratón en el borde del cuadro de texto y utilice las opciones del menú contextual.
                        • para crear columnas de texto dentro del cuadro de texto, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro de texto, haga clic en la opción Ajustes avanzados de Formas y cambie a la pestaña Columnas en la ventana Forma - Ajustes avanzados.
                        -

                        Formatee su texto en el cuadro de texto

                        +

                        Formatear el texto dentro del cuadro de texto

                        Haga clic en el texto dentro del cuadro de texto para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el texto está seleccionado, los bordes del cuadro de texto se muestran con líneas con puntos.

                        Texto seleccionado

                        Nota: también es posible cambiar el formato de texto cuando el cuadrado de texto (no el texto) se selecciona. En este caso, cualquier cambio se aplicará a todo el texto dentro del cuadrado de texto. Algunas opciones de formateo de letra (tipo de letra, tamaño, color y estilo de diseño) se pueden aplicar a una porción previamente seleccionada del texto de forma separada.

                        Alinee su texto en el bloque de texto

                        Se puede alinear el texto horizontalmente de cuatro modos: a la izquierda, a la derecha, al centro o justificado. Para hacerlo:

                          -
                        1. coloque el cursor en la posición donde usted quiere aplicar alineación (puede ser una línea nueva o el texto ya introducido),
                          2. +
                        2. Sitúe el cursor en la posición en la que desea aplicar la alineación (puede ser una nueva línea o un texto ya introducido),
                        3. desplegar la lista Icono alineación horizontal Formato de número en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior,
                        4. seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar:
                          • la opción Alinear texto a la izquierda Icono alinear a la izquierda le permite alinear su texto por la parte izquierda del bloque de texto (la parte derecha permanece sin alineación).
                            • @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@

                        Se puede alinear el texto verticalmente de tres modos: en la parte superior, al medio o en la parte inferior. Para hacerlo:

                          -
                        1. coloque el cursor en la posición donde usted quiere aplicar alineación (puede ser una línea nueva o el texto ya introducido),
                          2. +
                        2. coloque el cursor en la posición en la que desea aplicar la alineación (puede ser una nueva línea o un texto ya introducido),
                        3. desplegar la lista Icono alineación vertical Alineación vertical en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior,
                        4. seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar:
                          • la opción Alinear texto en la parte superior Icono Alinear arriba le permite alinear su texto por la parte superior del bloque de texto.
                            • @@ -69,21 +69,21 @@

                        Cambie la dirección del texto

                        -

                        Para rotar el texto dentro del cuadro del texto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Rote a 90° (fija la dirección vertical, de arriba a abajo) o Rote a 270° (fija la dirección vertical, de abajo a arriba).

                        +

                        Para rotar el texto dentro del cuadro del texto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Girar texto hacia abajo (establece una dirección vertical, de arriba hacia abajo) o Girar texto hacia arriba (establece una dirección vertical, de abajo hacia arriba).

                        Ajuste el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y aplique los estilos de decoración

                        Usted puede seleccionar el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y también aplicar estilos de letra diferentes usando los iconos correspondientes situados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior.

                        Nota: si usted quiere aplicar el formato al texto que ya existe en la presentación, selecciónelo con el ratón o usando el teclado y aplique el formato necesario.

                        - - - + + + - + @@ -93,12 +93,12 @@ - + - + @@ -113,12 +113,12 @@ - + - - - + + +
                        FuenteFuenteSe usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles.FuenteFuenteSe usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles. Si una fuente determinada no está disponible en la lista, puede descargarla e instalarla en su sistema operativo, y después la fuente estará disponible para su uso en la versión de escritorio.
                        Tamaño de letra Tamaño de letraSe usa para elegir un tamaño de la letra en el menú desplegable, también se puede introducirlo a mano en el campo de tamaño de letra.Se utiliza para seleccionar entre los valores de tamaño de fuente preestablecidos de la lista desplegable (los valores predeterminados son: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 y 96). También es posible introducir manualmente un valor personalizado en el campo de tamaño de fuente y, a continuación, pulsar Intro.
                        Color de letra
                        Negrita NegritaPone la letra en negrita dándole más peso.Se usa para poner la fuente en negrita, dándole más peso.
                        Cursiva CursivaPone la letra en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha.Se usa para poner la fuente en cursiva, dándole un poco de inclinación hacia el lado derecho.
                        Subrayado
                        Subíndice SubíndiceSe usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fórmulas químicas.Se usa para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte superior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en fracciones.
                        SobreíndiceSobreíndiceSe usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte superior de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones.SubíndiceSubíndiceSe utiliza para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas.

                        Establezca espaciado de línea y cambie sangrías de párrafo

                        @@ -128,10 +128,10 @@
                        1. coloque el cursor sobre el párrafo necesario, o seleccione unos párrafos con el ratón,
                        2. use los campos correspondientes de la pestaña Ajustes de texto Icono de ajustes de Texto en la barra lateral derecha para alcanzar los resultados deseados:
                            -
                          • Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. Usted puede elegir entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente de la derecha.
                            • +
                          • Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. Puede elegir entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Puede especificar el valor deseado en el campo de la derecha.
                          • Espaciado de Párrafo - ajusta la cantidad de espacio entre párrafos.
                              -
                            • Antes - establece la cantidad de espacio antes de párrafo.
                              • -
                            • Después - establece la cantidad de espacio después de párrafo.
                              • +
                            • Antes - establece la cantidad de espacio antes del párrafo.
                              • +
                            • Después - establece la cantidad de espacio después del párrafo.
                          @@ -151,17 +151,18 @@

                          Nota: si no ve las reglas, cambie a la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Mostrar ajustes Icono Mostrar ajustes en la esquina superior derecha y des-verifique la opción Ocultar Reglas para mostrarlas.

                          Propiedades de párrafo - letra

                          La pestaña Letra contiene los parámetros siguientes:

                          • Tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con una línea que va por el centro de las letras.
                            • -
                          • Doble tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras.
                            • -
                          • Sobreíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones.
                            • -
                          • Subíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas.
                            • +
                          • Doble tachado se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras.
                            • +
                          • Sobreíndice se usa para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte superior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en fracciones.
                            • +
                          • Subíndice se usa para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas.
                          • Mayúsculas pequeñas - se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas.
                          • Mayúsculas - se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas.
                            • -
                          • Espaciado entre caracteres - se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres.
                            • -
                          Propiedades de párrafo - Pestaña Tab

                          La pestaña Tab permite cambiar tabulaciones, a saber, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado.

                          +
                        3. Espaciado entre caracteres - se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres. Incremente el valor predeterminado para aplicar el espaciado Expandido o disminuya el valor predeterminado para aplicar el espaciado Comprimido. Use los botones de flecha o introduzca el valor deseado en la casilla.

                          Todos los cambios se mostrarán en el campo de vista previa a continuación.

                          +
                          4. +
                      Propiedades de párrafo - Tabulador

                      La pestaña Tab permite cambiar tabulaciones, a saber, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado.

                        -
                      • Posición de tab - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este campo, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo.
                        • -
                      • Predeterminado se fijó a 1.25 cm. Usted puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el campo.
                        • -
                      • Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición de tab en la lista de arriba. Seleccione la posición de tab necesaria en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar.
                          +
                        • Posición del tabulador - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este campo, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo.
                          • +
                        • El Tabulador Predeterminado se ha fijado a 1.25 cm. Puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el cuadro.
                          • +
                        • Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición del tabulador en la lista de arriba. Seleccione la posición de tab necesaria en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar.
                          • Izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la derecha del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador Marcador de tabulador izquierdo.
                          • Al centro - centra el texto en la posición de tabulador. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador Marcador de tabulador central.
                          • Derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la izquierda del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador Marcador de tabulador derecho.
                            • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm index 2812d60a7..b8ca0bb11 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm @@ -15,19 +15,30 @@

                            Maneje objetos en una diapositiva

                            Usted puede cambiar el tamaño de objetos diferentes, moverlos, girarlos en una diapositiva de forma manual usando los controladores especiales. Usted también puede especificar de forma exacta las dimensiones y posición de varios objetos usando la barra derecha lateral o la ventana Ajustes avanzados.

                            -

                            Cambiar el tamaño de objetos

                            +

                            Nota: la lista de atajos de teclado que puede ser usada al trabajar con objetos está disponible aquí.

                            +

                            Cambiar el tamaño de objetos

                            Para cambiar el tamaño de imagen/autoforma/gráfico/cuadro de texto, arrastre los cuadrados pequeños Icono cuadrado situados en los bordes del objeto. Para mantener las proporciones originales del objeto seleccionado mientras cambia de tamaño, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de las esquinas.

                            Mantener proporciones

                            Para especificar el ancho y altura precisos de un gráfico, selecciónelo en una diapositiva y utilice la sección Tamaño en la barra derecha lateral que se activará.

                            Para especificar las dimensiones precisas de una imagen o autoforma, haga clic derecho en el objeto necesario en una diapositiva y seleccione Ajustes avanzados de imagen/forma en el menú. Especifique los valores necesarios en la pestaña Tamaño de la ventana Ajustes avanzados y pulse OK.

                            -

                            Cambiar la forma de autoformas

                            -

                            Al modificar unas formas, por ejemplo flechas o llamadas, el icono amarillo en forma de rombo está disponible Icono rombo amarillo. Le permite ajustar varios aspectos de forma, por ejemplo, la longitud de la punta de flecha.

                            -

                            Cambiar la forma de una autoforma

                            -

                            Mover objetos

                            -

                            Para cambiar la posición de imagen/gráfico/autoforma/tabla/cuadro de texto, use el icono Flecha que aparece si mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el objeto. Arrastre el objeto a la posición necesaria sin soltar el botón de ratón. Para desplazar el objeto en incrementos de un píxel, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar los objetos horizontalmente o verticalmente y para que no se muevan en una dirección perpendicular, mantenga la tecla Shift apretada al arrastrar el objeto.

                            +

                            Cambie forma de autoformas

                            +

                            Al modificar unas formas, por ejemplo flechas o llamadas, puede notar el icono rombo amarillo Icono rombo amarillo. Le permite ajustar unos aspectos de forma, por ejemplo, la longitud de la punta de flecha.

                            +

                            Cambiar una autoforma

                            +

                            Mueve objetos

                            +

                            Para cambiar la posición de imagen/gráfico/autoforma/tabla/cuadro de texto, use el icono Flecha que aparece si mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el objeto. Arrastre el objeto a la posición necesaria sin soltar el botón de ratón. Para desplazar el objeto en incrementos de un píxel, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar los objetos horizontalmente o verticalmente, y para que no se muevan en una dirección perpendicular, mantenga la tecla Shift apretada al arrastrar el objeto.

                            Para especificar la posición precisa de una imagen, haga clic en esta con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de imagen del menú. Especifique los valores necesarios en la sección Posición de la ventana Ajustes avanzados y pulse OK.

                            -

                            Girar objetos

                            -

                            Para girar autoforma/imagen/cuadros de texto, mantenga el cursor del ratón sobre el controlador de giro Controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas de reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota.

                            +

                            Gire objetos

                            +

                            Para girar manualmente un cuadro de texto/imagen/autoforma, pase el cursor del ratón por encima de la manija de rotación Controlador de giro y arrástrelo en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota.

                            +

                            Para rotar el objeto 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj o girar el objeto horizontal/verticalmente, puede utilizar la sección Rotación en la barra lateral derecha que se activará una vez que haya seleccionado el objeto en cuestión. Para abrirla, haga clic en el icono Ajustes de forma Icono Ajustes de forma o en el icono Icono Ajustes de imagen Ajustes de imagen de la derecha. Haga clic en uno de los botones:

                            +
                              +
                            • Icono de rotación en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar el objeto 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj
                              • +
                            • Icono de rotación en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para girar el objeto 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj
                              • +
                            • Icono de voltear horizontalmente para voltear el objeto horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha)
                              • +
                            • Icono de voltear verticalmente para voltear el objeto verticalmente (al revés)
                              • +
                            +

                            Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos, seleccionar la opción Rotar en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de rotación disponibles.

                            +

                            Para rotar el objeto con un ángulo exactamente especificado, haga clic el enlace de Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral derecha y utilice la pestaña Rotación de la ventana Ajustes avanzados. Especifique el valor deseado en grados en el campo Ángulo y haga clic en OK.

                            + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 2da4322c4..e1a108e0d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Cree una presentación nueva o abra una existente + Cree una presentación nueva o abra la existente @@ -13,20 +13,53 @@
                            -

                            Cree una presentación nueva o abra una existente

                            -

                            Si el editor de presentaciones está abierto, usted puede abrir una presentación existente recién editada, crear una presentación nueva, o volver a la lista de presentaciones existentes de forma rápida.

                            -

                            Para crear una presentación nueva en el editor de presentaciones:

                            -
                              -
                            1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                              2. -
                            2. seleccione la opción Crear nuevo.
                              3. -
                            -

                            Para abrir una presentación recién editada en el editor de presentaciones:

                            -
                              -
                            1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                              2. -
                            2. seleccione la opción Abrir reciente,
                              3. -
                            3. elija la presentación necesaria en la lista de presentaciones recién editadas.
                              4. -
                            -

                            Para volver a la lista de documentos existentes, haga clic en el icono Ir a Documentos Ir a documentos a la derecha del encabezado del editor. De forma alternativa, puede cambiar a la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionar la opción Ir a Documentos.

                            +

                            Cree una presentación nueva o abra la existente

                            +

                            Para crear una nueva presentación

                            +
                            +

                            En el editor en línea

                            +
                              +
                            1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                              2. +
                            2. seleccione la opción Crear nuevo.
                              3. +
                            +
                            +
                            +

                            En el editor de escritorio

                            +
                              +
                            1. en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción del menú Presentación de la sección Crear nuevo de la barra lateral izquierda - se abrirá un nuevo archivo en una nueva pestaña,
                              2. +
                            2. cuando se hayan realizado todos los cambios deseados, haga clic en el icono Icono Guardar Guardar de la esquina superior izquierda o cambie a la pestaña Archivoy seleccione la opción Guardar como del menú.
                              3. +
                            3. en la ventana de gestión de archivos, seleccione la ubicación del archivo, especifique su nombre, elija el formato en el que desea guardar el presentación (PPTX, Plantilla de presentación (POTX), ODP, OTP, PDF o PDFA) y haga clic en el botón Guardar.
                              4. +
                            +
                            + +
                            +

                            Para abrir una presentación existente

                            +

                            En el editor de escritorio

                            +
                              +
                            1. en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción Abrir archivo local en la barra lateral izquierda,
                              2. +
                            2. seleccione la presentación deseada en la ventana de gestión de archivos y haga clic en el botón Abrir.
                              3. +
                            +

                            También puede hacer clic con el botón derecho sobre la presentación deseada en la ventana de gestión de archivos, seleccionar la opción Abrir con y elegir la aplicación correspondiente en el menú. Si los archivos de documentos de Office están asociados con la aplicación, también puede abrir presentaciones haciendo doble clic sobre el nombre del archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos.

                            +

                            Todos los directorios a los que ha accedido utilizando el editor de escritorio se mostrarán en la lista de Carpetas recientes para que posteriormente pueda acceder rápidamente a ellos. Haga clic en la carpeta correspondiente para seleccionar uno de los archivos almacenados en ella.

                            +
                            + +

                            Para abrir una presentación recientemente editada

                            +
                            +

                            En el editor en línea

                            +
                              +
                            1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                              2. +
                            2. seleccione la opción Abrir reciente,
                              3. +
                            3. elija la presentación que desee de la lista de documentos recientemente editados.
                              4. +
                            +
                            +
                            +

                            En el editor de escritorio

                            +
                              +
                            1. en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción Archivos recientes en la barra lateral izquierda,
                              2. +
                            2. elija la presentación que desee de la lista de documentos recientemente editados.
                              3. +
                            +
                            + +

                            Para abrir la carpeta donde se encuentra el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador en la versión en línea, en la ventana del explorador de archivos en la versión de escritorio, haga clic en el icono Abrir ubicación de archivo Abrir ubicación de archivo en el lado derecho de la cabecera del editor. Como alternativa, puede cambiar a la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionar la opción Abrir ubicación de archivo.

                            \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index a36e49160..d05d75491 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -14,28 +14,48 @@

                            Guarde/imprima/descargue su presentación

                            -

                            Cuando usted trabaja en su presentación, el editor de presentaciones guarda su archivo cada 2 segundos automáticamente preveniendo la pérdida de datos en caso de un cierre inesperado del programa. Si está editando el archivo con varias personas a la vez en el modo Rápido, el temporizador requiere actualizaciones 25 veces por segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias personas a la vez en el modo Estricto, los cambios se guardan de forma automática cada 10 minutos. Si lo necesita, puede de forma fácil seleccionar el modo de co-edición preferido o desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados.

                            -

                            Para guardar su presentación actual de forma manual,

                            +

                            Guardando

                            +

                            Por defecto, el Editor de presentaciones guarda automáticamente el archivo cada 2 segundos cuando trabaja en ella, evitando la pérdida de datos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa. Si co-edita el archivo en el modo Rápido, el tiempo requerido para actualizaciones es de 25 cada segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias prsonas a la vez, los cambios se guardan cada 10 minutos. Se puede fácilmente desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados.

                            +

                            Para guardar su presentación manualmente en el formato y la ubicación actuales,

                              -
                            • pulse el icono Icono Guardar Guardar en la barra de herramientas superior, o
                              • +
                            • Pulse el icono Icono Guardar Guardar en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor, o
                            • use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+S, o
                              • -
                            • haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Guardar.
                              • -
                            -

                            Para imprimir la presentación actual,

                            -
                              -
                            • haga clic en el icono Icono Imprimir Imprimir en la barra de herramientas superior, o
                              • -
                            • use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+P, o
                              • -
                            • haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Imprimir.
                              • +
                            • pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Guardar.
                            +

                            Nota: en la versión de escritorio, para evitar la pérdida de datos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa, puede activar la opción Autorecuperación en la página de Ajustes avanzados .

                            +
                            +

                            En la versión de escritorio, puede guardar la presentación con otro nombre, en una nueva ubicación o con otro formato,

                            +
                              +
                            1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                              2. +
                            2. seleccione la opción Guardar como...,
                              3. +
                            3. elija uno de los formatos disponibles: PPTX, ODP, PDF, PDFA. También puede seleccionar la opción Plantilla de presentación (POTX o OTP).
                              4. +
                            +
                            -

                            Después el archivo PDF se generará basándose en la presentación editada. Usted puede abrirlo e imprimirlo, o guardarlo en el disco duro de su ordenador o en un medio extraíble para imprimirlo más tarde.

                            -

                            Para descargar la presentación al disco duro de su ordenador,

                            +

                            Descargando

                            +

                            En la versión en línea, puede descargar la presentación creada en el disco duro de su ordenador,

                            1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                            2. seleccione la opción Descargar como,
                              3. -
                            3. elija uno de los siguientes formatos disponibles dependiendo en sus necesidades: PPTX, PDF o ODP.
                              4. +
                            4. elija uno de los formatos disponibles: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP.
                              5. +
                            +

                            Guardando una copia

                            +

                            En la versión en línea, puede guardar una copia del archivo en su portal,

                            +
                              +
                            1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                              2. +
                            2. seleccione la opción Guardar copia como...,
                              3. +
                            3. elija uno de los formatos disponibles: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP,
                              4. +
                            4. seleccione una ubicación para el archivo en el portal y pulse Guardar.
                            +

                            Imprimiendo

                            +

                            Para imprimir la presentación actual,

                            +
                              +
                            • haga clic en el icono Icono Imprimir Imprimir en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor, o bien
                              • +
                            • use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+P, o
                              • +
                            • pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Imprimir.
                              • +
                            +

                            En la versión de escritorio, el archivo se imprimirá directamente.En laversión en línea, se generará un archivo PDF a partir de la presentación. Puede abrirlo e imprimirlo, o guardarlo en el disco duro de su ordenador o en un medio extraíble para imprimirlo más tarde. Algunos navegadores (como Chrome y Opera) permiten la impresión directa.

                            \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm index 2a6adb885..d8bce52ab 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Vea información sobre la presentación + Vea información sobre presentación @@ -13,18 +13,19 @@
                            -

                            Vea información sobre la presentación

                            +

                            Vea información sobre presentación

                            Para acceder a la información detallada sobre la presentación actualmente editada, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Información sobre presentación.

                            Información General

                            -

                            La información sobe la presentación incluye la presentación del título, autor, localización y fecha de creación.

                            +

                            La información de la presentación incluye el título de la presentación y la aplicación con la que se creó la presentación. En la versión en línea, también se muestra la siguiente información: autor, ubicación, fecha de creación.

                            -

                            Nota: Los Editores en Línea le permiten cambiar el título de presentación directamente desde el interfaz del editor. Para realizar esto, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Cambiar de nombre..., luego introduzca el Nombre de archivo correspondiente en una ventana nueva que se abre y haga clic en OK.

                            +

                            Nota: Los Editores en Línea le permiten cambiar el título de presentación directamente desde el interfaz del editor. Para realizar esto, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, y seleccione la opción Renombrar luego introduzca el Nombre de archivo necesario en una nueva ventana que se abre y haga clic en OK.

                            Información de Permiso

                            +

                            En la versión en línea, puede ver la información sobre los permisos de los archivos guardados en la nube.

                            Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con los permisos de Solo Lectura.

                            Para descubrir quién tiene derechos de vista o edición en la presentación, seleccione la opción Derechos de Acceso... En la barra lateral izquierda.

                            -

                            También puede cambiar los derechos de acceso seleccionados actualmente si presiona el botón Cambiar derechos de acceso en la sección Personas que tienen derechos.

                            +

                            También puede cambiar los derechos de acceso actualmente seleccionados pulsando el botón Cambiar derechos de acceso en la sección Personas que tienen derechos.

                            Para cerrar el panel de Archivo y volver a la edición de la presentación, seleccione la opción Cerrar Menú.

                            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/editor.css b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/editor.css index 465b9fbe1..fb0013f79 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/editor.css +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/editor.css @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ text-decoration: none; .search-field { display: block; float: right; + margin-top: 10px; } .search-field input { width: 250px; @@ -185,4 +186,38 @@ kbd { box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(85,85,85,.35); margin: 0.2em 0.1em; color: #000; +} +.shortcut_variants { + margin: 20px 0 -20px; + padding: 0; +} +.shortcut_toggle { + display: inline-block; + margin: 0; + padding: 1px 10px; + list-style-type: none; + cursor: pointer; + font-size: 11px; + line-height: 18px; + white-space: nowrap +} +.shortcut_toggle.enabled { + color: #fff; + background-color: #7D858C; + border: 1px solid #7D858C; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled { + color: #444; + background-color: #fff; + border: 1px solid #CFCFCF; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled:hover { + background-color: #D8DADC; +} +.left_option { + border-radius: 2px 0 0 2px; + float: left; +} +.right_option { + border-radius: 0 2px 2px 0; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ShapeSettingsTab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ShapeSettingsTab.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5aac898a8..000000000 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ShapeSettingsTab.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/access_rights.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/access_rights.png index 9b6dbc1f2..02e871c63 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/access_rights.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/access_rights.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png index 8b50580a0..ff78d284e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle_selected.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle_selected.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c51b1a456 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png index 6f203dea0..13b5db442 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fliplefttoright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fliplefttoright.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6babc560 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fliplefttoright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/flipupsidedown.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/flipupsidedown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8ce45f8f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/flipupsidedown.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png index 611a90afa..73ee99c17 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png index 3dc6afa7e..8b68acb6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png index d016c6394..b5340bd0a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties1.png index c5ffef88d..80d5d39b5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8a5e2df3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagesettingstab.png index 10edac573..2493d762c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/collaborationtab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/collaborationtab.png index cf8d61499..9590defe3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/collaborationtab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..553f6b50f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd63772a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21258b41c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d0b5ac70 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c56e2f38 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7ae78fab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png index 78e2e25bf..491c14808 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png index 808aa84b2..d3bd74834 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png index e3a069baf..534a0db7a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png index c3d941213..a36792b18 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png index 2371ab024..56482eec2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 6957bdec0..b2a69ac98 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png index 08fd67a4d..7d5e6d062 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png index 03fd49783..d0a78a8d0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png index 5002b4109..3ffdf0e00 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5002b4109 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotateclockwise.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotateclockwise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d27f575b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotateclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43e6a1064 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png index e6a82d6ac..9257c78e5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png index 022b31529..fac0290f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png index a62d2c35d..804c62b3a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_options.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_options.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65fde8764 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_options.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_replace_window.png index 2ac147cef..99431ecd9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_window.png index 1d8519c27..8f1aeef46 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png index b819629e6..c614bccfe 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties1.png index e2d855ccc..b391dd247 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties2.png index fa564dbd4..5cc7a8e3d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties3.png index e7c8a02cd..950825778 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties4.png index 8a33af97e..f30d14e83 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties5.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties5.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3d18bc52 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties5.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shapesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shapesettingstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aab9c02e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shapesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SlideSettingsTab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/slidesettingstab.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SlideSettingsTab.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/slidesettingstab.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png index 14d99736a..65e7ed85c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png index f55473551..2f324b661 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png index a5cc6193d..064d722f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png index 5aa076a4a..742143a34 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png index 40f36f42a..b99d9c1df 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png index 2390f6aa2..7a32fc135 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/TextSettingsTab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textsettingstab.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/TextSettingsTab.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textsettingstab.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png index 793ad5b94..4c82ff29b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png index bb7f9407d..5f5b28ef5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb7f9407d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/usersnumber.png index e4a9564ea..f37331548 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/usersnumber.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/usersnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 50ce274cf..ee0fa9a72 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js index cad6b389f..6476e6a7a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js @@ -3,22 +3,22 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "Acerca del editor de presentaciones", - "body": "El editor de presentaciones es una aplicación en línea que le permite ver y editar presentaciones directamente en su navegador . Usando el editor de presentaciones, usted puede realizar varias operaciones de edición como en cualquier editor de escritorio, imprimir las presentaciones editadas manteniendo todos los detalles de formato o descargarlas al disco duro de su ordenador como PPTX, PDF o ODP. Para ver la versión de software actual y los detalles de licenciador, haga clic en el icono en la barra de menú a la izquierda." + "body": "El editor de presentaciones es una aplicación en línea que le permite ver y editar presentaciones directamente en su navegador . Usando el editor de presentaciones, puede realizar varias operaciones de edición como en cualquier editor de escritorio, imprimir las presentaciones editadas manteniendo todos los detalles de formato o descargarlas en el disco duro de su ordenador como archivos PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A u OTP. Para ver la versión actual de software y la información de la licencia en la versión en línea, haga clic en el icono en la barra izquierda lateral. Para ver la versión actual de software y la información de la licencia en la versión de escritorio, selecciona la opción Acerca de en la barra lateral izquierda de la ventana principal del programa." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Ajustes avanzados del editor de presentaciones", - "body": "El editor de presentaciones le permite cambiar los ajustes avanzados. Para acceder a estos, abra la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados.... Usted también puede usar el icono en la esquina derecha en la pestaña Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Los ajustes avanzados son: Corrección ortográfica se usa para activar/desactivar la opción de corrección ortográfica. Contribución alternativa se usa para activar/desactivar jeroglíficos. Guías de alineación se usa para activar/desactivar quías de alineación que aparecen cuando usted mueve objetos y le permiten colocarlos en la diapositiva de forma precisa. Guardar automáticamente se usa para activar/desactivar el autoguardado de cambios mientras se edita el documento. El Modo Co-edición se usa para seleccionar la visualización de los cambios realizados durante la co-edición: De forma predeterminada se selecciona el modo Rápido, los usuarios que participan en la co-edición del documento verán los cambios a tiempo real una vez que estos se lleven a cabo por otros usuarios. Si prefiere no ver los cambios de otros usuarios (para que no le moleste, o por otros motivos), seleccione el modo Estricto, y todos los cambios se mostrarán solo una vez que haga clic en el icono Guardar, notificándole que hay cambios de otros usuarios. Valor de zoom predeterminado se usa para establecer el valor de zoom predeterminado, el cual puede seleccionarse en la lista de las opciones disponibles que van desde 50% hasta 200%. También puede elegir la opción Ajustar a la diapositiva o Ajustar a la anchura. Unidad de medida se usa para especificar qué unidades se usan en las reglas y las ventanas de propiedades para medir el ancho, altura, espaciado, márgenes y otros parámetros. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Centímetro o Punto. Para guardar los cambios realizados, pulse el botón Aplicar." + "body": "El editor de presentaciones le permite cambiar los ajustes avanzados. Para acceder a ellos, abra la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados.... También puede hacer clic en el icono Mostrar Ajustes a la derecha del editor de encabezado y seleccionar la opción Ajustes Avanzados. Los ajustes avanzados son: Corrección ortográfica se usa para activar/desactivar la opción de corrección ortográfica. Contribución alternativa se usa para activar/desactivar jeroglíficos. Guías de alineación se usa para activar/desactivar quías de alineación que aparecen cuando usted mueve objetos y le permiten colocarlos en la diapositiva de forma precisa. Guardar automáticamente se usa en la versión en línea para activar/desactivar el autoguardado de los cambios mientras edita. La Autorecuperación - se usa en la versión de escritorio para activar/desactivar la opción que permite recuperar automáticamente los documentos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa. El Modo Co-edición se usa para seleccionar la visualización de los cambios hechos durante la co-edición: De forma predeterminada, el modo Rápido es seleccionado, los usuarios que participan en la co-edición del documento verán los cambios a tiempo real una vez que estos se lleven a cabo por otros usuarios. Si prefiere no ver los cambios de otros usuarios (para que no le moleste, o por otros motivos), seleccione el modo Estricto, y todos los cambios se mostrarán solo una vez que haga clic en el icono Guardar, notificándole que hay cambios de otros usuarios. Valor de Zoom Predeterminado se usa para establecer el valor de zoom predeterminado seleccionándolo en la lista de las opciones disponibles que van desde 50% hasta 200%. También puede elegir la opción Ajustar a la diapositiva o Ajustar a la anchura. La sugerencia de fuente se usa para seleccionar el tipo de letra que se muestra en el editor de presentaciones: Elija como Windows si a usted le gusta cómo se muestran los tipos de letra en Windows (usando hinting de Windows). Elija como OS X si a usted le gusta como se muestran los tipos de letra en Mac (sin hinting). Elija Nativo si usted quiere que su texto se muestre con sugerencias de hinting incorporadas en archivos de fuentes. Unidad de medida se usa para especificar qué unidades se usan en las reglas y en las ventanas de propiedades para medir el ancho, la altura, el espaciado y los márgenes, entre otros. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Centímetro, Punto o Pulgada. Para guardar los cambios realizados, haga clic en el botón Aplicar." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Edición de presentación en colaboración", - "body": "El editor de presentaciones le ofrece la posibilidad de trabajar en una presentación en colaboración con otros usuarios. Esta función incluye: acceso simultáneo de varios usuarios a la presentación editada indicación visual de objetos que otros usuarios están editando visualización de cambios en tiempo real o sincronización de cambios al pulsar un botón chat para compartir ideas sobre partes en concreto de una presentación comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o un problema que hay que resolver Co-edición El Editor de Presentación permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Cuando una presentación se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, los objetos editados (autoformas, objetos de texto, tablas, imágenes, gráficos) aparecen marcados con línea discontinua de diferentes colores. El objeto que está editando se rodea con una línea discontinua de color verde. Las líneas rojas discontinuas indican que los objetos se están editando por otros usuarios. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre uno de los pasajes editados se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editandolo en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los coeditores cuando ellos están editando el texto. El número de usuarios que están trabajando en la presentación actual se especifica en la parte derecha del encabezado de editor - . Si quiere ver quién está editando el archivo en ese preciso momento, pulse este icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios. Cuando ningún usuario está viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editor estará así , y le permitirá a usted organizar los usuarios que tienen acceso al archivo desde el documento: invitar a nuevos usuarios y otorgarles acceso completo o de solo lectura, o niegue a algunos usuarios los derechos de acceso al archivo. Haga clic en este icono para manejar acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como . También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono , los otros verán una nota dentro de la barra de estado indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Las actualizaciones se resaltarán para que usted pueda verificar qué se ha cambiado de forma concreta. Chat Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para asignar los párrafos a cada compañero de trabajo y especificar, que párrafo va a editar ahora usted. Los mensajes de Chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido del documento es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenen hasta que decida eliminarlos. Para acceder al chat y dejar un mensaje para otros usuarios, Haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda, o cambie a la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón de Chat, introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente debajo, pulse el botón Enviar. Todos los mensajes dejados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel a la izquierda. Si hay mensajes nuevos que no ha leído todavía, el icono de chat aparecerá así - . Para cerrar el panel con mensajes de chat, haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda o el botón Chat en la barra de herramientas superior una vez más. Comentarios Para dejar un comentario a un objeto determinado (cuadro de texto, forma, etc.): seleccione un objeto que en su opinión tiene un error o problema, cambie a la pestaña Insertar o Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón Comentario, o haga clic derecho en el objeto seleccioando y seleccione la opción Añadir Comentario del menú, introduzca el texto necesario, Haga clic en el botón Añadir comentario/Añadir. El objeto que usted ha comentado será marcado con el icono . Para ver el comentario, solo pulse este icono. Para agregar un comentario a una determinada diapositiva, seleccione la diapositiva y utilice el botón Comentario en la pestaña Insertar o Colaborar de la barra de herramientas superior. El comentario agregado se mostrará en la esquina superior izquierda de la diapositiva. Para crear un comentario a nivel de presentación que no esté relacionado con un determinado objeto o diapositiva, haga clic en el icono en la barra de herramientas izquierda para abrir el panel Comentarios y usar el enlace Añadir Comentario al Documento. Los comentarios a nivel de presentación se pueden ver en el panel Comentarios. Los comentarios relacionados con objetos y diapositivas también están disponibles aquí. Otro usuario puede contestar al comentario añadido haciendo preguntas o informando sobre el trabajo realizado. Para hacerlo, pulse el enlace Añadir respuesta que se sitúa debajo del comentario. Puede gestionar sus comentarios añadidos de esta manera: editar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , eliminar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , cierre la discusión haciendo clic en el icono si la tarea o el problema que usted ha indicado en su comentario se ha solucionado, después de esto la discusión que usted ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelta. Para abrir la discusión de nuevo, haga clic en el icono . Nuevos comentarios añadidos por otros usuarios se harán visibles solo después de hacer clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra superior de herramientas. Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, haga clic en el icono situado en la barra de herramientas izquierda una vez más." + "body": "El editor de presentaciones le ofrece la posibilidad de trabajar en una presentación en colaboración con otros usuarios. Esta función incluye: acceso simultáneo de varios usuarios a la presentación editada indicación visual de objetos que otros usuarios están editando visualización de cambios en tiempo real o sincronización de cambios al pulsar un botón chat para compartir ideas sobre partes en concreto de una presentación comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o problema que hay que resolver (también es posible trabajar con comentarios en modo sin conexión, sin necesidad de conectarse a la versión en línea) Conectándose a la versión en línea En el editor de escritorio, abra la opción de Conectar a la nube del menú de la izquierda en la ventana principal del programa. Conéctese a su suite de ofimática en la nube especificando el nombre de usuario y la contraseña de su cuenta. Co-edición El editor de presentaciones permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Nota: cuando co-edita una presentación en modo Rápido la posibilidad de Rehacer la última operación que se deshizo no está disponible. Cuando una presentación se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, los objetos editados (autoformas, objetos de texto, tablas, imágenes, gráficos) aparecen marcados con línea discontinua de diferentes colores. El objeto que está editando se rodea con una línea discontinua de color verde. Las líneas rojas discontinuas indican que los objetos se están editando por otros usuarios. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre uno de los pasajes editados se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editandolo en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los coeditores cuando ellos están editando el texto. El número de usuarios que están trabajando en la presentación actual se especifica en la parte derecha del encabezado de editor - . Si quiere ver quién está editando el archivo en ese preciso momento, pulse este icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios. Cuando ningún usuario esté viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editar se verá así permitiéndole gestionar qué usuarios tienen acceso al archivo desde el documento: invite a nuevos usuarios dándoles permiso para editar, leer o comentar la presentación, o denegar el acceso a algunos de los usuarios a los derechos de acceso al archivo. Haga clic en este icono para manejar acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como . También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono , los otros verán una nota dentro de la barra de estado indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Las actualizaciones se resaltarán para que usted pueda verificar qué se ha cambiado de forma concreta. Chat Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para asignar los párrafos a cada compañero de trabajo y especificar, que párrafo va a editar ahora usted. Los mensajes de Chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido del documento es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenen hasta que decida eliminarlos. Para acceder al chat y dejar un mensaje para otros usuarios, Haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda, o cambie a la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón de Chat, introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente debajo, pulse el botón Enviar. Todos los mensajes dejados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel a la izquierda. Si hay mensajes nuevos que no ha leído todavía, el icono de chat aparecerá así - . Para cerrar el panel con mensajes de chat, haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda o el botón Chat en la barra de herramientas superior una vez más. Comentarios Es posible trabajar con comentarios en el modo sin conexión, sin necesidad de conectarse a la versión en línea. Para dejar un comentario a un objeto determinado (cuadro de texto, forma, etc.): seleccione un objeto que en su opinión tiene un error o problema, cambie a la pestaña Insertar o Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón Comentario, o haga clic derecho en el objeto seleccioando y seleccione la opción Añadir Comentario del menú, introduzca el texto necesario, Haga clic en el botón Añadir comentario/Añadir. El objeto que usted ha comentado será marcado con el icono . Para ver el comentario, solo pulse este icono. Para agregar un comentario a una determinada diapositiva, seleccione la diapositiva y utilice el botón Comentario en la pestaña Insertar o Colaborar de la barra de herramientas superior. El comentario agregado se mostrará en la esquina superior izquierda de la diapositiva. Para crear un comentario a nivel de presentación que no esté relacionado con un determinado objeto o diapositiva, haga clic en el icono en la barra de herramientas izquierda para abrir el panel Comentarios y usar el enlace Añadir Comentario al Documento. Los comentarios a nivel de presentación se pueden ver en el panel Comentarios. Los comentarios relacionados con objetos y diapositivas también están disponibles aquí. Otro usuario puede contestar al comentario añadido haciendo preguntas o informando sobre el trabajo realizado. Para hacerlo, pulse el enlace Añadir respuesta que se sitúa debajo del comentario. Puede gestionar sus comentarios añadidos de esta manera: editar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , eliminar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , cierre la discusión haciendo clic en el icono si la tarea o el problema que usted ha indicado en su comentario se ha solucionado, después de esto la discusión que usted ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelta. Para abrir la discusión de nuevo, haga clic en el icono . Nuevos comentarios añadidos por otros usuarios se harán visibles solo después de hacer clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra superior de herramientas. Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, haga clic en el icono situado en la barra de herramientas izquierda una vez más." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Atajos de teclado", - "body": "Trabajando con presentación Abrir panel 'Archivo' Alt+F Abre el panel Archivo para guardar, descargar, imprimir la presentación actual, ver su información, crear una presentación nueva o abrir la existente, acceder a la ayuda o los ajustes avanzados de el Editor de Presentaciones. Abrir panel de 'Búsqueda' Ctrl+F Abre el panel Búsqueda para empezar a buscar el carácter/palabra/frase en la presentación editada recientemente. Abrir panel 'Comentarios' Ctrl+Shift+H Abre el panel Comentarios para añadir su comentario propio o contestar a comentarios de otros usuarios. Abrir campo de comentarios Alt+H Abre un campo en el cual usted puede añadir un texto o su comentario. Abrir panel 'Chat' Alt+Q Abre el panel Chat y envía un mensaje. Guardar presentación Ctrl+S Guarda todos los cambios en la presentación editada actualmente con el Editor de Presentaciones. Imprimir presentación Ctrl+P Imprime la presentación o la guarda en un archivo. Descargar como... Ctrl+Shift+S Guarda la presentación actualmente editada al disco duro de su ordenador en uno de los formatos compatibles: PPTX, PDF, ODP. Pantalla completa F11 Cambia a la vista de pantalla completa para ajustar el editor de presentaciones a su pantalla. Menú de ayuda F1 Abre el menú de Ayuda del editor de presentaciones. Navegación La primera diapositiva Inicio Abre la primera diapositiva de la presentación actualmente editada. La última diapositiva Fin Abre la última diapositiva de la presentación actualmente editada. Siguiente diapositiva PgDn Abre la diapositiva siguiente de la presentación que está editando. Diapositiva anterior PgUp Abre la diapositiva anterior de la presentación que esta editando. Seleccionar la forma siguiente Tabulación Elije la forma que va después de la seleccionada. Seleccionar la forma anterior Shift+Tab Elige la forma que va antes de la seleccionada. Acercar Ctrl++ Acerca la presentación que se está editando. Alejar Ctrl+- Aleja la presentación que se está editando. Acciones con diapositivas Diapositiva nueva Ctrl+M Crea una diapositiva nueva y añádala después de la seleccionada. Duplicar diapositiva Ctrl+D Duplica la diapositiva seleccionada. Desplazar diapositiva hacia arriba Ctrl+flecha hacia arriba Desplaza la diapositiva seleccionada arriba de la anterior en la lista. Desplazar diapositiva hacia abajo Ctrl+flecha hacia abajo Desplaza la diapositiva seleccionada debajo de la siguiente en la lista. Desplazar diapositiva al principio Ctrl+Shift+flecha hacia arriba Desplaza la diapositiva seleccionada a la primera posición en la lista. Desplazar diapositiva al final Ctrl+Shift+flecha hacia abajo Desplaza la diapositiva seleccionada a la última posición en la lista. Acciones con objetos Crear una copia Ctrl+arrastrar o Ctrl+D Mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl mientras arrastra el objeto seleccionado o pulse la combinación Ctrl+D para crear su copia. Agrupar Ctrl+G Agrupa los objetos seleccionados. Desagrupar Ctrl+Shift+G Desagrupa el grupo de objetos seleccionado. Modificación de objetos Limitar movimiento Shift+drag Limita el movimiento horizontal y vertical del objeto seleccionado. Establecer rotación de 15 grados Shift+arrastrar(mientras rota) Limita el ángulo de rotación a incrementos de 15 grados. Mantener proporciones Shift+arrastrar (mientras redimensiona) Mantiene las proporciones del objeto seleccionado mientras este cambia de tamaño. Desplazar píxel a píxel Ctrl Mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas del teclado para desplazar el objeto seleccionado de un píxel a un píxel cada vez. Obtener vista previa de la presentación Obtener una vista previa desde el principio Ctrl+F5 Muestra la vista previa de una presentación empezando con la primera diapositiva. Navegar hacia delante ENTER, PAGE DOWN, FLECHA DERECHA, FLECHA HACIA ABAJO, o SPACEBAR Realiza la animación siguiente o abre la diapositiva siguiente. Navegar hacia atrás PAGE UP, FLECHA IZQUIERDA, FLECHA HACIA ARRIBA Realiza la animación anterior o abre la diapositiva anterior. Cerrar vista previa ESC Finalizar una presentación. Deshacer y Rehacer Deshacer Ctrl+Z Invierte las últimas acciones realizadas. Rehacer Ctrl+Y Repite la última acción deshecha. Cortar, copiar, y pegar Cortar Ctrl+X, Shift+Delete Corta el objeto seleccionado y lo envía al portapapeles de su ordenador. El objeto que se ha cortado se puede insertar en otro lugar en la misma presentación. Copiar Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert Envía el objeto seleccionado al portapapeles de su ordenador. Después el objeto copiado se puede insertar en otro lugar de la misma presentación. Pegar Ctrl+V, Shift+Insert Inserta el objeto anteriormente copiado del portapapeles de su ordenador a la posición actual del cursor. El objeto se puede copiar anteriormente de la misma presentación. Insertar hiperenlace Ctrl+K Inserta un hiperenlace que puede usarse para ir a una dirección web o a una diapositiva en concreto de la presentación. Copiar estilo Ctrl+Shift+C Copia el formato del fragmento seleccionado del texto que se está editando actualmente. Después el formato copiado se puede aplicar a cualquier fragmento de la misma presentación. Aplicar estilo Ctrl+Shift+V Aplica el formato anteriormente copiado al texto en el cuadro de texto que se está editando. Seleccionar con el ratón Añadir el fragmento seleccionado Shift Empiece la selección, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y pulse en un lugar donde usted quiere terminar la selección. Seleccionar con el teclado Seleccionar todo Ctrl+A Selecciona todas las diapositivas (en la lista de diapositivas) o todos los objetos en la diapositiva (en el área de edición de diapositiva) o todo el texto (en el bloque de texto) - en función de la posición del cursor de ratón. Seleccionar fragmento de texto Shift+Arrow Selecciona el texto carácter por carácter. Seleccionar texto desde el cursor hasta principio de línea Shift+Home Selecciona un fragmento del texto del cursor hasta el principio de la línea actual. Seleccionar texto desde el cursor hasta el final de línea Shift+End Selecciona un fragmento del texto desde el cursor al final de la línea actual. Estilo de texto Negrita Ctrl+B Pone la letra de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en negrita dándole más peso. Cursiva Ctrl+I Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha. Subrayado Ctrl+U Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Sobreíndice Ctrl+.(punto) Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y lo coloca en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas. Subíndice Ctrl+,(coma) Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y lo coloca en la parte superior de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. Lista con puntos Ctrl+Shift+L Crea una lista con puntos desordenada de un fragmento del texto seleccionado o inicia una nueva. Eliminar formato Ctrl+Spacebar Elimine el formato de un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Aumentar tipo de letra Ctrl+] Aumenta el tamaño de las letras de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en un punto. Disminuir tipo de letra Ctrl+[ Disminuye el tamaño de las letras de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en un punto. Alinear centro/izquierda Ctrl+E Alterna un párrafo entre el centro y alineado a la izquierda. Alinear justificado/izquierda Ctrl+J Alterna un párrafo entre justificado y alineado a la izquierda. Alinear derecha /izquierda Ctrl+R Alterna un párrafo entre alineado a la derecha y alineado a la izquierda. Alinear a la izquierda Ctrl+L Alinea el fragmento de texto a la izquierda, la parte derecha permanece sin alinear." + "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Trabajando con presentación Abrir panel 'Archivo' Alt+F ⌥ Opción+F Abre el panel Archivo para guardar, descargar, imprimir la presentación actual, ver su información, crear una presentación nueva o abrir la existente, acceder a la ayuda o los ajustes avanzados de el Editor de Presentaciones. Abrir el cuadro de diálogo ‘Buscar’ Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Abre el cuadro de diálogo Buscar para empezar a buscar el carácter/palabra/frase en la presentación que se está editando actualmente. Abrir panel 'Comentarios' Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+H Abra el panel Comentarios para añadir sus propios comentarios o contestar a los comentarios de otros usuarios. Abrir campo de comentarios Alt+H ⌥ Opción+H Abra un campo de entrada de datos en el que se pueda añadir el texto de su comentario. Abrir panel 'Chat' Alt+Q ⌥ Opción+Q Abre el panel Chat y envía un mensaje. Guardar presentación Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Guarda todos los cambios en la presentación editada actualmente con el Editor de Presentaciones. El archivo activo se guardará con su actual nombre, ubicación y formato de archivo. Imprimir presentación Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Imprime la presentación o la guarda en un archivo. Descargar como... Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+S Abra el panel Descargar como... para guardar la presentación que está siendo editada actualmente en la unidad de disco duro del ordenador en uno de los formatos admitidos: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Pantalla completa F11 Cambia a la vista de pantalla completa para ajustar el editor de presentaciones a su pantalla. Menú de ayuda F1 F1 Abre el menú de Ayuda del editor de presentaciones. Abrir un archivo existente (Editores de escritorio) Ctrl+O En la pestaña Abrir archivo local de los Editores de escritorio, abre el cuadro de diálogo estándar que permite seleccionar un archivo existente. Cerrar archivo (Editores de escritorio) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Cierra la ventana de la presentación actual en los Editores de escritorio. Menú contextual de elementos ⇧ Mayús+F10 ⇧ Mayús+F10 Abre el menú contextual del elementos seleccionado. Navegación La primera diapositiva Inicio Inicio, Fn+← Abre la primera diapositiva de la presentación actualmente editada. La última diapositiva Fin Fin, Fn+→ Abre la última diapositiva de la presentación actualmente editada. Siguiente diapositiva Av Pág Av Pág, Fn+↓ Abre la diapositiva siguiente de la presentación que está editando. Diapositiva anterior Re Pág Re Pág, Fn+↑ Abre la diapositiva anterior de la presentación que esta editando. Acercar Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Acerca la presentación que se está editando. Alejar Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Aleja la presentación que se está editando. Acciones con diapositivas Diapositiva nueva Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Crea una diapositiva nueva y añádala después de la seleccionada. Duplicar diapositiva Ctrl+D ⌘ Cmd+D Duplica la diapositiva seleccionada. Desplazar diapositiva hacia arriba Ctrl+↑ ⌘ Cmd+↑ Desplaza la diapositiva seleccionada arriba de la anterior en la lista. Desplazar diapositiva hacia abajo Ctrl+↓ ⌘ Cmd+↓ Desplaza la diapositiva seleccionada debajo de la siguiente en la lista. Desplazar diapositiva al principio Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+↑ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+↑ Desplaza la diapositiva seleccionada a la primera posición en la lista. Desplazar diapositiva al final Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+↓ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+↓ Desplaza la diapositiva seleccionada a la última posición en la lista. Acciones con objetos Crear una copia Ctrl + arrastrar, Ctrl+D ^ Ctrl + arrastrar, ^ Ctrl+D, ⌘ Cmd+D Mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl tecla al arrastrar el objeto seleccionado o se pulsa Ctrl+D (⌘ Cmd+D para Mac) para crear su copia. Agrupar Ctrl+G ⌘ Cmd+G Agrupa los objetos seleccionados. Desagrupar Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+G ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+G Desagrupa el grupo de objetos seleccionado. Selecciona el siguiente objeto ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Seleccione el objeto siguiente tras el seleccionado actualmente. Selecciona el objeto anterior ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab Seleccione el objeto anterior antes del seleccionado actualmente. Dibujar una línea recta o una flecha ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (al dibujar líneas/flechas) ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (al dibujar líneas/flechas) Dibujar una línea o flecha recta vertical/horizontal/45 grados. Modificación de objetos Limitar movimiento ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar Limita el movimiento horizontal o vertical del objeto seleccionado. Establecer rotación de 15 grados ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras rotación) ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras rotación) Limita el ángulo de rotación a incrementos de 15 grados. Mantener proporciones ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras redimensiona) ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras redimensiona) Mantener las proporciones del objeto seleccionado al redimensionar. Desplazar píxel a píxel Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl (⌘ Cmd para Mac) y utilice las flechas del teclado para mover el objeto seleccionado un píxel a la vez. Trabajar con tablas Desplazarse a la siguiente celda en una fila ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Ir a la celda siguiente en una fila de la tabla. Desplazarse a la celda anterior en una fila ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab Ir a la celda anterior en una fila de la tabla. Desplazarse a la siguiente fila ↓ ↓ Ir a la siguiente fila de una tabla. Desplazarse a la fila anterior ↑ ↑ Ir a la fila anterior de una tabla. Empezar un nuevo párrafo ↵ Entrar ↵ Volver Empezar un nuevo párrafo dentro de una celda. Añadir nueva fila ↹ Tab en la celda inferior derecha de la tabla. ↹ Tab en la celda inferior derecha de la tabla. Añadir una nueva fila al final de la tabla. Obtener vista previa de la presentación Obtener una vista previa desde el principio Ctrl+F5 ^ Ctrl+F5 Muestra la vista previa de una presentación empezando con la primera diapositiva. Navegar hacia delante ↵ Entrar, Av Pág, →, ↓, ␣ Barra espaciadora ↵ Volver, Av Pág, →, ↓, ␣ Barra espaciadora Realiza la animación siguiente o abre la diapositiva siguiente. Navegar hacia atrás Re Pág, ←, ↑ Re Pág, ←, ↑ Realiza la animación anterior o abre la diapositiva anterior. Cerrar vista previa Esc Esc Finalizar una presentación. Deshacer y Rehacer Deshacer Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Invierte las últimas acciones realizadas. Rehacer Ctrl+A ^ Ctrl+A, ⌘ Cmd+A Repite la última acción deshecha. Cortar, copiar, y pegar Cortar Ctrl+X, ⇧ Mayús+Borrar ⌘ Cmd+X Corta el objeto seleccionado y lo envía al portapapeles de su ordenador. El objeto que se ha cortado se puede insertar en otro lugar en la misma presentación. Copiar Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Envía el objeto seleccionado al portapapeles de su ordenador. Después el objeto copiado se puede insertar en otro lugar de la misma presentación. Pegar Ctrl+V, ⇧ Mayús+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Inserta el objeto anteriormente copiado del portapapeles de su ordenador a la posición actual del cursor. El objeto se puede copiar anteriormente de la misma presentación. Insertar hiperenlace Ctrl+K ^ Ctrl+K, ⌘ Cmd+K Inserta un hiperenlace que puede usarse para ir a una dirección web o a una diapositiva en concreto de la presentación. Copiar estilo Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+C ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+C, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+C Copia el formato del fragmento seleccionado del texto que se está editando actualmente. Después el formato copiado se puede aplicar a cualquier fragmento de la misma presentación. Aplicar estilo Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+V ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+V, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+V Aplica el formato anteriormente copiado al texto en el cuadro de texto que se está editando. Seleccionar con el ratón Añadir el fragmento seleccionado ⇧ Mayús ⇧ Mayús Inicie la selección, mantenga pulsada la tecla ⇧ Mayús tecla y haga clic en el punto en el que desea finalizar la selección. Seleccionar con el teclado Seleccionar todo Ctrl+A ^ Ctrl+A, ⌘ Cmd+A Selecciona todas las diapositivas (en la lista de diapositivas) o todos los objetos en la diapositiva (en el área de edición de diapositiva) o todo el texto (en el bloque de texto) - en función de la posición del cursor de ratón. Seleccionar fragmento de texto ⇧ Mayús+→ ← ⇧ Mayús+→ ← Selecciona el texto carácter por carácter. Seleccionar texto desde el cursor hasta principio de línea ⇧ Mayús+Inicio Seleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el principio de la línea actual. Seleccionar texto desde el cursor hasta el final de línea ⇧ Mayús+Fin Seleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el final de la línea actual. Seleccione un carácter a la derecha ⇧ Mayús+→ ⇧ Mayús+→ Seleccione un carácter a la derecha de la posición del cursor. Seleccione un carácter a la izquierda ⇧ Mayús+← ⇧ Mayús+← Seleccione un carácter a la izquierda de la posición del cursor. Seleccione hasta el final de una palabra Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+→ Seleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el final de una palabra. Seleccione al principio de una palabra Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+← Seleccione un fragmento de texto desde el cursor hasta el principio de una palabra. Seleccione una línea hacia arriba ⇧ Mayús+↑ ⇧ Mayús+↑ Seleccione una línea hacia arriba (con el cursor al principio de una línea). Seleccione una línea hacia abajo ⇧ Mayús+↓ ⇧ Mayús+↓ Seleccione una línea hacia abajo (con el cursor al principio de una línea). Estilo de texto Negrita Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Pone la letra de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en negrita dándole más peso. Cursiva Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha. Subrayado Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Tachado Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Aplica el estilo tachado a un fragmento de texto seleccionado. Subíndice Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+> ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+> Reducir el fragmento de texto seleccionado y colocarlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas. Subíndice Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+< ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+< Reducir el fragmento de texto seleccionado y colocarlo en la parte superior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fracciones. Lista con puntos Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+L Cree una lista desordenada de puntos a partir del fragmento de texto seleccionado o inicie una nueva. Eliminar formato Ctrl+␣ Barra espaciadora Eliminar el formato del fragmento de texto seleccionado. Aumenta el tipo de letra Ctrl+] ^ Ctrl+], ⌘ Cmd+] Aumenta el tamaño de las letras de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en un punto. Disminuye el tipo de letra Ctrl+[ ^ Ctrl+[, ⌘ Cmd+[ Disminuye el tamaño de las letras de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en un punto. Alinear centro Ctrl+E Centrar el texto entre los bordes izquierdo y derecho. Alinear justificado Ctrl+J Justificar el texto del párrafo añadiendo un espacio adicional entre las palabras para que los bordes izquierdo y derecho del texto se alineen con los márgenes del párrafo. Alinea a la derecha Ctrl+R Alinear a la derecha con el texto alineado por el lado derecho del cuadro de texto, el lado izquierdo permanece sin alinear. Alinear a la izquierda Ctrl+L Alinea el fragmento de texto a la izquierda, la parte derecha permanece sin alinear. Aumentar sangría izquierda Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Incremente la sangría izquierda del párrafo en una posición de tabulación. Disminuir sangría izquierda Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+M Disminuir la sangría izquierda del párrafo en una posición de tabulación. Eliminar un carácter a la izquierda ← Retroceso ← Retroceso Borrar un carácter a la izquierda del cursor. Eliminar un carácter a la derecha Borrar Fn+Borrar Eliminar un carácter a la derecha del cursor. Desplazarse en texto Mover un carácter a la izquierda ← ← Mover el cursor un carácter a la izquierda. Mover un carácter a la derecha → → Mover el cursor un carácter a la derecha. Mover una línea hacia arriba ↑ ↑ Mover el cursor una línea hacia arriba. Mover una línea hacia abajo ↓ ↓ Mover el cursor una línea hacia abajo. Ir al principio de una palabra o una palabra a la izquierda Ctrl+← ⌘ Cmd+← Mueva el cursor al principio de una palabra o una palabra a la izquierda. Mover una palabra a la derecha Ctrl+→ ⌘ Cmd+→ Mover el cursor una palabra a la derecha. Mover al siguiente marcador de posición Ctrl+↵ Entrar ^ Ctrl+↵ Volver, ⌘ Cmd+↵ Volver Moverse al siguiente título o marcador de posición de texto del cuerpo. Si se trata del último marcador de posición en una diapositiva, esto insertará una nueva diapositiva con la misma disposición de diapositivas que la diapositiva original. Saltar al principio de la línea Inicio Inicio Poner el cursor al principio de la línea actualmente editada . Saltar al fin de la línea Fin Fin Mete el cursor al fin de la línea actualmente editada. Saltar al principio del cuadro de texto Ctrl+Inicio Coloque el cursor al principio de la caja de texto actualmente editada. Saltar al final del cuadro de texto Ctrl+Fin Coloque el cursor al final del cuadro de texto que se está editando actualmente." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "title": "Función de búsqueda", - "body": "Para buscar los caracteres necesarios, palabras o frases usadas en la presentación actualmente editada, haga clic en el icono situado en la barra izquierda lateral. La ventana Búsqueda se abrirá: Introduzca su consulta en el campo correspondiente. Pulse uno de los botones de flecha a la derecha. La búsqueda se realizará o hacia el principio de la presentación (si pulsa el botón ) o hacia el final de la presentación (si pulsa el botón ) de la posición actual de cursor. La primera diapositiva en la dirección seleccionada que contiene los caracteres introducidos se resaltará en la lista de diapositivas y se mostrará en el área de trabajo con los caracteres necesarios resaltados. Si no es la diapositiva que está buscando, haga clic en el botón de nuevo para encontrar la siguiente diapositiva que contiene los caracteres introducidos." + "body": "Función \"Encontrar y Reemplazar\" Para buscar los caracteres, palabras o frases usadas en la presentación que se está editando actualmente, haga clic en el icono situado en la barra lateral izquierda o use la combinación de teclas Ctrl+F. Se abrirá la ventana Encontrar y reemplazar: Introduzca su consulta en el campo correspondiente. Especifique los parámetros de búsqueda al hacer clic en el icono y marcar las opciones necesarias: Sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas - se usa para encontrar solamente las ocurrencias escritas en el mismo tipo de letra (minúsculas o mayúsculas) que su consulta (por ejemplo, si su consulta es 'Editor' y esta opción está seleccionada, palabras como 'editor' o 'EDITOR', etc., no se mostrarán. Para desactivar esta opción haga clic en él de nuevo. Pulse uno de los botones de flecha a la derecha. La búsqueda se realizará o hacia el principio de la presentación (si pulsa el botón ) o hacia el final de la presentación (si pulsa el botón ) de la posición actual de cursor. La primera diapositiva en la dirección seleccionada que contiene los caracteres introducidos se resaltará en la lista de diapositivas y se mostrará en el área de trabajo con los caracteres necesarios resaltados. Si no es la diapositiva que está buscando, haga clic en el botón de nuevo para encontrar la siguiente diapositiva que contiene los caracteres introducidos. Para reemplazar una o más ocurrencias de los caracteres encontrados, haga clic en el enlace Reemplazar ue aparece debajo del campo de entrada de datos o utilice la combinación de teclas Ctrl+H. Se cambiará la ventana Encontrar y reemplazar: Introduzca el texto de sustitución en el campo apropiado debajo. Pulse el botón Reemplazar para reemplazar la ocurrencia actualmente seleccionada o el botón Reemplazar todo para reemplazar todas las ocurrencias encontradas. Para esconder el campo de sustitución haga clic en el enlace Esconder Sustitución." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", @@ -38,37 +38,42 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Formatos compatibles de presentaciones electrónicas", - "body": "La presentación es un conjunto de diapositivas que puede incluir distintos tipos de contenido por como imágenes, archivos multimedia, texto, efectos etc. El editor de presentaciones es compatible con los siguientes formatos de presentaciones: Formatos Descripción Ver Editar Descargar PPTX Presentación Office Open XML El formato de archivo comprimido, basado en XML desarrollado por Microsoft para representación de hojas de cálculo, gráficos, presentaciones, y documentos de procesamiento de texto + + + PPT Formato de archivo usado por Microsoft PowerPoint + ODP Presentación OpenDocument El formato que representa un documento de presentación creado por la aplicación Impress, que es parte de las oficinas suites basadas en OpenOffice + + + PDF Formato de documento portátil Es un formato de archivo usado para la representación de documentos en una manera independiente de la aplicación de software, hardware, y sistemas operativos +" + "body": "La presentación es un conjunto de diapositivas que puede incluir distintos tipos de contenido por como imágenes, archivos multimedia, texto, efectos etc. El editor de presentaciones es compatible con los siguientes formatos de presentaciones: Formatos Descripción Ver Editar Descargar PPT Formato de archivo usado por Microsoft PowerPoint + + PPTX Presentación Office Open XML El formato de archivo comprimido, basado en XML desarrollado por Microsoft para representación de hojas de cálculo, gráficos, presentaciones, y documentos de procesamiento de texto + + + POTX Plantilla de documento PowerPoint Open XML Formato de archivo comprimido, basado en XML, desarrollado por Microsoft para plantillas de presentación. Una plantilla DOTX contiene ajustes de formato o estilos, entre otros y se puede usar para crear múltiples presentaciones con el mismo formato. + + + ODP Presentación OpenDocument El formato que representa un documento de presentación creado por la aplicación Impress, que es parte de las oficinas suites basadas en OpenOffice + + + OTP Plantilla de presentaciones OpenDocument Formato de archivo OpenDocument para plantillas de presentación. Una plantilla OTP contiene ajustes de formato o estilos, entre otros y se puede usar para crear múltiples presentaciones con el mismo formato. + + + PDF Formato de documento portátil Es un formato de archivo que se usa para la representación de documentos de manera independiente a la aplicación software, hardware, y sistemas operativos + PDF Formato de documento portátil / A Una versión ISO estandarizada del Formato de Documento Portátil (PDF por sus siglas en inglés) especializada para su uso en el archivo y la preservación a largo plazo de documentos electrónicos. +" + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm", + "title": "Uso de Chat", + "body": "ONLYOFFICE Presentation Editor le ofrece a usted la posibilidad de hablar con otros usuarios para compartir ideas sobre cualquieras partes de presentación. Para acceder al chat y dejar allí un mensaje para otros usuarios, pulse el icono en la izquierda barra lateral, introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente debajo, pulse el botón Enviar. Todos los mensajes enviados por usuarios se mostrarán en el panel al lado izquierdo. Si hay nuevos mensajes que usted no ha leído ya, el icono chat tendrá tal aspecto - . Para cerrar el panel con mensajes de chat, pulse el icono una vez más." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de colaboración", - "body": "La pestaña de Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en la presentación: compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición, gestionar comentarios. Usando esta pestaña, usted podrá: especificar configuraciones de compartir, cambiar entre los modos de co-ediciónEstricto y Rápido, añadir comentarios a la presentación, Abrir el panel Chat" + "body": "La pestaña Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en la presentación. En la versión en línea, puede compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición y gestionar los comentarios. En la versión de escritorio, puede gestionar los comentarios. Ventana del editor de presentaciones en línea: Ventana del editor de presentaciones de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: especificar los ajustes de uso compartido (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), cambiar entre los modos de co-edición Estricto y Rápido (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), añadir comentarios a la presentación, abrir el panel Chat (disponible solamente en la versión en línea)," }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de archivo", - "body": "La pestaña de Archivo permite realizar operaciones básicas en el archivo actual. Si usa esta pestaña podrá: guardar el archivo actual (en caso de que la opción de autoguardado esté desactivada), descargar, imprimir o cambiar el nombre del archivo, crear una presentación nueva o abrir una que se ha editado de forma reciente, mostrar información general sobre la presentación, gestionar los derechos de acceso, acceder al editor de Ajustes avanzados volver a la lista de Documentos." + "body": "La pestaña de Archivo permite realizar operaciones básicas en el archivo actual. Ventana del editor de presentaciones en línea: Ventana del editor de presentaciones de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: en la versión en línea, guardar el archivo actual (en el caso de que la opción de Guardar automáticamente esté desactivada), descargar como (guarda el documento en el formato seleccionado en el disco duro del ordenador), guardar una copia como (guarda una copia del documento en el formato seleccionado en los documentos del portal), imprimir o renombrar, en la versión de escritorio, guardar el archivo actual manteniendo el formato y la ubicación actual utilizando la opción de Guardar o guarda el archivo actual con un nombre, ubicación o formato diferente utilizando la opción de Guardar como, imprimir el archivo. proteger el archivo con una contraseña, cambiar o eliminar la contraseña (disponible solamente en la versión de escritorio); crear una nueva presentación o abrir una recientemente editada (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), mostrar información general sobre la presentación, gestionar los derechos de acceso (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), acceder a los Ajustes avanzados del editor, en la versión de escritorio, abre la carpeta donde está guardado el archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. En la versión en línea, abre la carpeta del módulo Documentos donde está guardado el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de Inicio", - "body": "La pestaña de Inicio se abre por defecto cuando abre una presentación. Permite fijar parámetros generales con respecto a diapositivas, formato del texto, insertar, alinear y organizar varios objetos. Si usa esta pestaña podrá: organizar diapositivas y empezar presentación, formatear texto que está dentro de un cuadro de texto, insertar cuadros de texto, imágenes, formas, alinear y arreglar objetos en una diapositiva, copiar/borrar el formato de un texto, cambiar un tema, esquema de color o tamaño de diapositiva, ajustar los Ajustes de visualización y acceder al editor de Ajustes avanzados." + "body": "La pestaña de Inicio se abre por defecto cuando abre una presentación. Permite fijar parámetros generales con respecto a diapositivas, formato del texto, insertar, alinear y organizar varios objetos. Ventana del editor de presentaciones en línea: Ventana del editor de presentaciones de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: organizar diapositivas y empezar presentación, formatear texto que está dentro de un cuadro de texto, insertar cuadros de texto, imágenes, formas, alinear y arreglar objetos en una diapositiva, copiar/borrar el formato de un texto, cambiar un tema, esquema de color o tamaño de diapositiva." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña Insertar", - "body": "La pestaña Insertar permite añadir objetos visuales y comentarios a su presentación. Si usa esta pestaña podrá: insertar tablas, Insertar cuadros de texto y objetos Text Art, imágenes, formas, gráficos, insertar comentarios y hiperenlaces, insertar ecuaciones." + "body": "La pestaña Insertar permite añadir objetos visuales y comentarios a su presentación. Ventana del editor de presentaciones en línea: Ventana del editor de presentaciones de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: insertar tablas, Insertar cuadros de texto y objetos Text Art, imágenes, formas, gráficos, insertar comentarios y hiperenlaces, insertar ecuaciones." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de Extensiones", - "body": "La pestaña de Extensiones permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Aquí también puede utilizar macros para simplificar las operaciones rutinarias. El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre los plugins refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API. Actualmente, estos son los plugins disponibles: ClipArt permite añadir imágenes de la colección de clipart a su presentación, Editor de Fotos permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar tamaño, usar efectos etc. Tabla de símbolos permite introducir símbolos especiales en su texto, Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado a otros idiomas, Youtube permite adjuntar vídeos de YouTube en su presentación. Para aprender más sobre plugins, por favor, lea nuestra Documentación API. Todos los ejemplos de puglin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub" + "body": "La pestaña de Extensiones permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Aquí también puede utilizar macros para simplificar las operaciones rutinarias. Ventana del editor de presentaciones en línea: Ventana del editor de presentaciones de escritorio: El botón Ajustes permite abrir la ventana donde puede ver y administrador todas las extensiones instaladas y añadir las suyas propias. El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre los plugins refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API. Actualmente, estos son los plugins disponibles: ClipArt permite añadir imágenes de la colección de clipart a su presentación, Resaltar código permite resaltar la sintaxis del código, seleccionando el idioma, el estilo y el color de fondo necesarios, Editor de Fotos permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar tamaño, usar efectos etc. El Diccionario de sinónimos permite buscar tanto sinónimos como antónimos de una palabra y reemplazar esta palabra por la seleccionada, Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado a otros idiomas, Youtube permite adjuntar vídeos de YouTube en su presentación. Para aprender más sobre plugins, por favor, lea nuestra Documentación API. Todos los ejemplos de puglin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Introduciendo el interfaz de usuario de Editor de Presentación", - "body": "El Editor de Presentación usa un interfaz de pestañas donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de manera funcional. El interfaz de edición consiste en los siguientes elementos principales: El Encabezado del editor muestra el logo, pestañas de menú, el nombre de la presentación y dos iconos a la derecha que permiten ajustar derechos de acceso y volver a la lista de Documentos. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Colaboración, Extensiones.Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer y Volver a hacer están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de herramientas superior independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada. La Barra de estado de debajo de la ventana del editor contiene el icono Empezar presentación de diapositivas, y varias herramientas de navegación: indicador de número de diapositivas y botones de zoom. La Barra de estado también muestra varias notificaciones (como \"Todos los cambios se han guardado\" etc.) y permite ajustar un idioma para el texto y activar la corrección ortográfica. La Barra lateral izquierda contiene iconos que permiten el uso de la herramienta Buscar, minimizar/expandir la lista de diapositivas, abrir el panel Comentarios y Chat, contactar a nuestro equipo de ayuda y ver la información del programa. La Barra lateral derecha permite ajustar parámetros adicionales de objetos distintos. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en una diapositiva, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha. Las Reglas horizontales y verticales le ayudan a colocar objetos en una diapositiva y le permiten establecer paradas del tabulador y sangrías dentro de cuadros de texto. El área de trabajo permite ver contenido de presentación, introducir y editar datos. La Barra de desplazamiento a la derecha permite desplazar la presentación hacia arriba y hacia abajo. Para su conveniencia, puede ocultar varios componentes y mostrarlos de nuevo cuando sea necesario. Para aprender más sobre cómo ajustar los ajustes de vista vaya a esta página." + "body": "El Editor de Presentación usa un interfaz de pestañas donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de manera funcional. Ventana del editor de presentaciones en línea: Ventana del editor de presentaciones de escritorio: El interfaz de edición consiste en los siguientes elementos principales: El encabezado del editor muestra el logotipo, las pestañas de los documentos abiertos, el nombre de la presentación y las pestañas del menú.En la parte izquierda del encabezado del editor están los botones de Guardar, Imprimir archivo, Deshacer y Rehacer. En la parte derecha del encabezado del editor se muestra el nombre del usuario y los siguientes iconos: Abrir ubicación del archivo - en la versión de escritorio, permite abrir la carpeta donde está guardado el archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. En la versión en línea, permite abrir la carpeta del módulo Documentos donde está guardado el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador. - permite ajustar los ajustes de visualización y acceder a los ajustes avanzados del editor. Gestionar los derechos de acceso a los documentos - (disponible solamente en la versión en línea) permite establecer los derechos de acceso a los documentos guardados en la nube. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Colaboración , Protección , Extensiones.Las opciones Copiar y Pegar están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada. La Barra de estado de debajo de la ventana del editor contiene el icono Empezar presentación de diapositivas, y varias herramientas de navegación: indicador de número de diapositivas y botones de zoom. La Barra de estado también muestra varias notificaciones (como \"Todos los cambios se han guardado\" etc.) y permite ajustar un idioma para el texto y activar la corrección ortográfica. La barra lateral izquierda incluye los siguientes iconos: - permite utilizar la herramienta Buscar y reemplazar, - permite abrir el panel de Comentarios, - (disponible solamente en la versión en línea) permite abrir el panel Chat, así como los iconos que permite contactar con nuestro equipo de soporte y ver la información del programa. La Barra lateral derecha permite ajustar parámetros adicionales de objetos distintos. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en una diapositiva, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha. Las Reglas horizontales y verticales le ayudan a colocar objetos en una diapositiva y le permiten establecer paradas del tabulador y sangrías dentro de cuadros de texto. El área de trabajo permite ver contenido de presentación, introducir y editar datos. La Barra de desplazamiento a la derecha permite desplazar la presentación hacia arriba y hacia abajo. Para su conveniencia, puede ocultar varios componentes y mostrarlos de nuevo cuando sea necesario. Para aprender más sobre cómo ajustar los ajustes de vista vaya a esta página." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", @@ -77,8 +82,8 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", - "title": "Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva", - "body": "Los cuadros de texto o autoformas, gráficos e imágenes añadidos, se pueden alinear, agrupar, ordenar, o distribuir horizontal y verticalmente en una diapositiva. Para realizar una de estas acciones, primero seleccione un objeto o varios objetos en el área de edición de diapositiva. Para seleccionar unos objetos, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y haga clic sobre los objetos necesarios. Para seleccionar un cuadro de texto, haga clic en su borde y no en el texto de dentro. Después, puede utilizar o los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior que se describen más adelante o las opciones análogas del menú contextual. Alinear objetos Para alinear el objeto seleccionado (o varios objetos), pulse el icono Alinear forma en la pestaña de Inicio en barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de alineación necesario de la lista: Alinear a la izquierda - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente a la parte izquierda de una diapositiva, Alinear al centro - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente al centro de una diapositiva, Alinear a la derecha - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente a la parte derecha de una diapositiva, Alinear en la parte superior - para alinear los objetos verticalmente a la parte superior de una diapositiva, Alinear al medio - para alinear los objetos verticalmente al medio de una diapositiva, Alinear en la parte inferior - para alinear los objetos verticalmente a la parte inferior de una diapositiva. Para distribuir dos o más objetos seleccionados horizontal o verticalmente, haga clic en el icono Alinear forma en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de distribución necesaria en la lista: Distribuir horizontalmente - para alinear los objetos seleccionados (de los bordes derechos a los de la izquierda) al centro horizontal de una diapositiva. Distribuir verticalmente - para alinear los objetos seleccionados (de los bordes de arriba a los de abajo) al centro vertical de una diapositiva. Organizar objetos Para organizar los objetos seleccionados (por ejemplo, cambiar su orden cuando varios objetos sobreponen uno al otro), haga clic en el icono Arreglar forma en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de disposición necesaria de la lista: Traer al frente - para desplazar el objeto (o unos objetos) delante de los otros, Enviar al fondo - para desplazar el objeto (o unos objetos) detrás de los otros, Traer adelante - para desplazar el objeto (o unos objetos) un nivel más hacia delante con respecto a los otros objetos. Enviar atrás - para desplazar el objeto (o unos objetos) un nivel más hacia atrás con respecto a los otros objetos. Para agrupar dos o más objetos seleccionados o desagruparlos, haga clic en el icono Arreglar forma en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista: Agrupar - para unir varios objetos al grupo para que sea posible girarlos, desplazarlos, cambiar el tamaño y formato, alinearlos, arreglarlos, copiarlos, pegarlos como si fuera un solo objeto. Desagrupar - para desagrupar el grupo de los objetos seleccionado." + "title": "Alinee y arregle objetos en una diapositiva", + "body": "Los cuadros de texto o autoformas, gráficos e imágenes añadidos, se pueden alinear, agrupar, ordenar, o distribuir horizontal y verticalmente en una diapositiva. Para realizar una de estas acciones, primero seleccione un objeto o varios objetos en el área de edición de diapositiva. Para seleccionar unos objetos, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y haga clic sobre los objetos necesarios. Para seleccionar un cuadro de texto, haga clic en su borde y no en el texto. Después, puede utilizar o los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior que se describen más adelante o las opciones análogas del menú contextual. Alinear objetos Para alinear dos o más objetos seleccionados, Haga clic en el icono Alinear forma en la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione una de las siguientes opciones: Alinear a la diapositiva para alinear objetos en relación a los bordes de la diapositiva, Alinear objetos seleccionados (esta opción se selecciona de forma predeterminada) para alinear objetos entre sí, Haga clic de nuevo en el icono Alinear forma y seleccione el tipo de alineación necesario de la lista: Alinear a la izquierda - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente por el borde izquierdo del objeto situado más a la izquierda/ borde izquierdo de la diapositiva, Alinear al centro - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente por sus centros/centro de la diapositiva, Alinear a la derecha - para alinear los objetos horizontalmente por el borde derecho del objeto situado más a la derecha/ borde derecho de la diapositiva, Alinear arriba - para alinear los objetos verticalmente por el borde superior del objeto/ borde superior de la diapositiva, Alinear al medio - para alinear los objetos verticalmente por sus partes centrales/mitad de la diapositiva, Alinear abajo - para alinear los objetos verticalmente por el borde inferior del objeto situado más abajo/ borde inferior de la diapositiva. Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción Alinear en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de alineación disponibles. Si desea alinear un solo objeto, puede alinearlo en relación a los bordes de la diapositiva. La opción Alinear a diapositiva se encuentra seleccionada por defecto en este caso. Distribuir objetos Para distribuir tres o más objetos seleccionados de forma horizontal o vertical de tal forma que aparezca la misma distancia entre ellos, Haga clic en el icono Alinear forma en la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione una de las siguientes opciones: Alinear a diapositiva para distribuir objetos entre los bordes de la diapositiva, Alinear objetos seleccionados (esta opción se selecciona de forma predeterminada) para distribuir objetos entre dos objetos seleccionados situados en la parte más alejada, Haga clic de nuevo en el icono Alinear forma y seleccione el tipo de distribución deseado de la lista: Distribuir horizontalmente - para distribuir objetos uniformemente entre los objetos seleccionados de la izquierda y de la derecha/bordes izquierdo y derecho de la diapositiva. Distribuir verticalmente - Distribuir verticalmente - para distribuir los objetos uniformemente entre los objetos más altos y más bajos seleccionados/bordes superior e inferior de la diapositiva. Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción Alinear en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de distribución disponibles. Nota: las opciones de distribución no están disponibles si selecciona menos de tres objetos. Agrupar objetos Para agrupar dos o más objetos seleccionados o desagruparlos, haga clic en el icono Organizar forma en la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción deseada de la lista: Agrupar - para unir varios objetos al grupo para que sea posible girarlos, desplazarlos, cambiar el tamaño y formato, alinearlos, arreglarlos, copiarlos y pegarlos como si fuera un solo objeto. Desagrupar - para desagrupar el grupo de los objetos previamente seleccionados. De forma alternativa, puede hacer clic derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción de Organizar del menú contextual y luego usar la opción de Agrupar o des-agrupar. Nota: la opción Grupo no está disponible si selecciona menos de dos objetos. La opción Desagrupar solo está disponible cuando se selecciona un grupo de objetos previamente unidos. Organizar objetos Para organizar los objetos seleccionados (por ejemplo, cambiar su orden cuando varios objetos sobreponen uno al otro), haga clic en el icono Organizar forma en la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de disposición deseado de la lista. Traer al frente - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) delante de los otros, Traer adelante - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia delante de otros objetos. Enviar al fondo - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) detrás de los otros, Enviar atrás - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia atrás de otros objetos. Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, seleccionar la opción Organizar en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de organización disponibles." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm", @@ -88,12 +93,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "title": "Copie/elimine formato", - "body": "Para copiar un formato de un texto en particular, seleccione el pasaje de texto cuyo formato quiere copiar con el ratón o usando el teclado, haga clic en el icono Copiar estilo en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, (el cursor del ratón estará así ), seleccione el pasaje de texto donde usted quiere aplicar el mismo formato. Para eliminar el formato que usted ha aplicado de forma rápida a un pasaje de texto, seleccione el pasaje de texto cuyo formato quiere eliminar, haga clic en el icono Borrar estilo en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior." + "body": "Para copiar un formato de un texto en particular, seleccione el pasaje de texto cuyo formato quiere copiar con el ratón o usando el teclado, haga clic en el icono Copiar estilo en la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior, (el cursor del ratón estará así ), seleccione el pasaje de texto donde desee aplicar el mismo formato. Para aplicar el formato copiado a varios pasajes de texto, seleccione el pasaje de texto cuyo formato desea copiar con el ratón o usando el teclado, haga doble clic en el icono Copiar estilo en la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior, (el cursor del ratón estará así , y el icono Copiar estilo permanecerá seleccionado: ), seleccione los pasajes de texto necesarios uno por uno para aplicar el mismo formato a cada uno de ellos, Para salir de este modo, haga clic en el icono Copiar Estilo otra vez o presione la tecla Esc en el teclado. Para eliminar el formato que usted ha aplicado de forma rápida a un pasaje de texto, seleccione el pasaje de texto cuyo formato quiere eliminar, haga clic en el icono Borrar estilo en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", - "title": "Copie/pegue sus datos, deshaga/rehaga sus acciones", - "body": "Use operaciones de portapapeles básicas Para cortar, copiar y pegar los objetos seleccionados (diapositivas, párrafos de texto, autoformas) en su presentación o deshacer y reahecer sus acciones, use las opciones correspondientes del menú contextual, o los atajos de teclado, o los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior: Cortar – seleccione un objeto y use la opción Cortar del menú contextual para borrar lo que ha seleccionado y enviarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. Los datos eliminados pueden insertarse mas tarde a otro lugar de la misma presentación. Copiar – seleccione un objeto y use la opción Copiar del menú contextual o el icono Copiar en la barra de herramientas superior para copiarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. El objeto copiado se puede copiar más adelante en otra parte de la misma presentación. Pegar – encuentre un lugar en su presentación donde quiera pegar el objeto anteriormente copiado y use la opción Pegar del menú contextual o el icono Pegar en la barra de herramientas superior. El objeto se insertará en la posición actual de la posición del cursor. El objeto se puede copiar previamente de la misma presentación. Para copiar o pegar datos de/en otra presentación u otro programa use las combinaciones de las teclas siguientes: La combinación de letras Ctrl+C para copiar; La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar; La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar. Use la característica de Pegar Especial Una vez que el texto copiado se ha pegado, el botón de Pegado Especial aparece al lado del pasaje/objeto del texto insertado. Haga clic en el botón para seleccionar la opción de pegado necesaria. Para pegar pasajes de texto las siguientes opciones están disponibles: Usar tema de destino - permite aplicar el formato especificado por el tema de la presentación actual. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Mantener formato de origen - permite mantener el formato de origen del texto copiado. Imagen - permite pegar el texto como imagen para que no pueda ser editado. Mantener solo el texto - permite pegar el texto sin su formato original. Al pegar objetos (formas automáticas, gráficos, tablas) están disponibles las siguientes opciones: Usar tema de destino - permite aplicar el formato especificado por el tema de la presentación actual. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Imagen - permite pegar el texto como imagen para que no pueda ser editado. Usar las operaciones Deshacer/Rehacer Para deshacer/rehacer operaciones, use los iconos correspondientes que estan disponibles en la barra de herramientas superior o los atajos de teclado: Deshacer – use el icono Deshacer para deshacer la última operación que usted ha realizado. Rehacer – use el icono Rehacer para rehacer la última operación que usted ha realizado.Usted también puede usar la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Z para desahecer una acción o Ctrl+Y para rehacerla." + "title": "Copie/pegue datos, deshaga/rehaga sus acciones", + "body": "Use operaciones de portapapeles básico Para cortar, copiar y pegar los objetos seleccionados (diapositivas, párrafos de texto, autoformas) en su presentación o deshacer y reahecer sus acciones, use las opciones correspondientes del menú contextual, o los atajos de teclado, o los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior: Cortar – seleccione un objeto y use la opción Cortar del menú contextual para borrar lo que ha seleccionado y enviarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. Los datos eliminados pueden insertarse mas tarde a otro lugar de la misma presentación. Copiar – seleccione un objeto y use la opción Copiar del menú contextual o el icono Copiar en la barra de herramientas superior para copiarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. El objeto copiado se puede copiar más adelante en otra parte de la misma presentación. Pegar – encuentre un lugar en su presentación donde quiera pegar el objeto anteriormente copiado y use la opción Pegar del menú contextual o el icono Pegar en la barra de herramientas superior. El objeto se insertará en la posición actual de la posición del cursor. El objeto se puede copiar previamente de la misma presentación. En la versión en línea, las siguientes combinaciones de teclas solo se usan para copiar o pegar datos desde/hacia otro presentación o algún otro programa, en la versión de escritorio, tanto los botones/menú correspondientes como las opciones de menú y combinaciones de teclas se pueden usar para cualquier operación de copiar/pegar: La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+C para copiar; La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar; La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar. Use la característica de Pegar Especial Una vez que el texto copiado se ha pegado, el botón de Pegado Especial aparece al lado del pasaje/objeto del texto insertado. Haga clic en el botón para seleccionar la opción de pegado necesaria. Para pegar pasajes de texto las siguientes opciones están disponibles: Usar tema de destino - permite aplicar el formato especificado por el tema de la presentación actual. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Mantener formato de origen - permite mantener el formato de origen del texto copiado. Imagen - permite pegar el texto como imagen para que no pueda ser editado. Mantener solo el texto - permite pegar el texto sin su formato original. Al pegar objetos (formas automáticas, gráficos, tablas) están disponibles las siguientes opciones: Usar tema de destino - permite aplicar el formato especificado por el tema de la presentación actual. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Imagen - permite pegar el texto como imagen para que no pueda ser editado. Usar las operaciones Deshacer/Rehacer Para realizar las operaciones de deshacer/rehacer, use los iconos correspondientes en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor o los atajos de teclado: Deshacer – use el icono Deshacer para deshacer la última operación que realizó. Rehacer – use el icono Rehacer para rehacer la última operación que realizó.Usted también puede usar la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Z para desahecer una acción o Ctrl+Y para rehacerla. Nota: cuando co-edita una presentación en modo Rápido la posibilidad de Rehacer la última operación que se deshizo no está disponible." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", @@ -108,12 +113,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Inserte y dé formato a autoformas", - "body": "Inserte un autoforma Para añadir un autoforma a una diapositiva, en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione la diapositiva a la que usted quiere añadir una autoforma, haga clic en el icono Forma en la pestaña de Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione uno de los grupos de autoformas disponibles: Formas básicas, Formas de flecha, Matemáticas, Gráficos, Cintas y estrellas, Llamadas, Botones, Rectángulos, Líneas, haga clic sobre la autoforma necesaria en el grupo seleccionado, en el área de edición de diapositiva, coloque el cursor del ratón donde usted quiere insertar la autoforma,Nota: usted puede hacer clic en la autoforma y arrastrar esta para estirarla. una vez que la autoforma se ha añadido, usted puede cambiar su tamaño, posición y propiedades.Nota: si quiere añadir una leyenda en la autoforma, asegúrese de que la autoforma está seleccionada y empiece a introducir su texto. El texto introducido de tal modo forma la parte del autoforma (cuando usted mueva o gire la autoforma, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). Ajuste la configuración de autoforma Se pueden cambiar algunos parámetros de la autoforma usando la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha. Para activarla, haga clic en la autoforma y elija el icono Ajustes de forma a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar los siguientes ajustes: Relleno - utilice esta sección para seleccionar el relleno de la autoforma. Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Color de relleno - para especificar el color que usted quiere aplicar a la forma seleccionada. Relleno degradado - para rellenar la forma de dos colores que cambian de uno a otro de forma gradual. Imagen o textura - para usar una imagen o textura pre-definida como el fondo de la forma. Patrón - para rellenar la forma con un diseño de dos colores que está compuesto de elementos repetidos. Sin relleno - seleccione esta opción si no desea usar ningún relleno. Para obtener información detallada sobre estas opciones, por favor, consulte la sección Rellene objetos y seleccione colores. Trazo - use esta sección para cambiar el color, tipo o ancho del trazo del autoforma. Para cambiar el ancho del trazo, seleccione una de las opciones disponibles en la lista desplegable de Tamaño. Las opciones disponibles son: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. O seleccione la opción Sin líneas si no quiere usar ningún trazo. Para cambiar el color del trazo, haga clic en el cuadro con color de debajo y seleccione el color necesario. Usted puede usar un color de tema seleccionado, un color estándar o elegir un color personalizado. Para cambiar el color del trazo, seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista desplegable correspondiente (una línea sólida se aplicará de forma pre-determinada, la cual puede cambiar a una de las líneas discontinuas disponibles). Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de la autoforma, haga clic derecho en la forma y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de forma en el menú contextual o haga clic izquierdo y haga clic en el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral. La ventana con propiedades formas se abrirá: La pestaña Tamaño permite cambiar el Ancho y/o Altura de la autoforma. Si se hace clic en el botón Proporciones constantes (en este caso se verá así ), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de forma. La pestaña Grosores y flechas contiene los parámetros siguientes: Estilo de línea - este grupo de opciones permite especificar los parámetros siguientes: Tipo de remate - esta opción le permite establecer el estilo para el final de la línea, por lo que se aplica solo a las formas con contorno abierto, como líneas, polilíneas etc.: Plano - los extremos serán planos. Redondeado - los extremos serán redondeados. Cuadrado - los extremos serán cuadrados. Tipo Combinado - esta opción le permite establecer el estilo de intersección de dos líneas, por ejemplo, puede afectar a una polilínea o a esquinas de triángulo o contornos de triángulos: Redondeado - la esquina será redondeada. Biselado - la esquina será sesgada. Ángulo - la esquina será puntiaguda. Vale para ángulos agudos. Nota: el efecto será más visible si usa un contorno con ancho amplio. Flechas - esta sección está disponible si una forma del grupo de formas de Líneas se selecciona. Le permite ajustar la flecha Empezar y Estilo Final y Tamaño seleccionando la opción apropiada de las listas desplegables. La pestaña Relleno de texto permite cambiar los márgenes internos superiores, inferiores, izquierdos y derechos de la autoforma (es decir, la distancia entre el texto y los bordes del autoforma dentro del autoforma). Nota: esta pestaña está disponible solo si se añade texto dentro de la autoforma, si no, la pestaña está desactivada. La pestaña Columnas permite añadir columnas de texto dentro de la autoforma especificando el Número de columnas (hasta 16) y Espaciado entre columnas necesario. Una vez que hace clic en OK, el texto que ya existe u otro texto que introduzca dentro de la autoforma aparecerá en columnas y se moverá de una columna a otra. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerá a las personas con deficiencias de visión o cognitivas para ayudarles a entender mejor la información que hay en la forma. Para sustituir la autoforma añadida, haga clic izquierdo en esta y use la lista desplegable Cambiar autoforma en la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha. Para borrar la autoforma añadida, haga clic izquierdo en esta y presione la tecla Delete en su teclado. Para saber como alinear una autoforma en la diapositiva u organizar varias autoformas, consulte la sección Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva. Una las autoformas usando conectores Puede conectar autoformas usando líneas con puntos de conexión para demostrar dependencias entre los objetos (por ejemplo si quiere crear un organigrama). Para hacerlo, haga clic en el icono Forma en la pestaña de Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el grupo Líneas del menú. haga clic en las formas necesarias dentro del grupo seleccionado (con excepción de las últimas tres formas que no son conectores, es decir, forma 10, 11 y 12), ponga el cursor del ratón sobre la primera autoforma y haga clic en uno de los puntos de conexión que aparece en el trazado de la forma, arrastre el cursor del ratón hacia la segunda autoforma y haga clic en el punto de conexión necesario en su esbozo. Si mueve las autoformas unidas, el conector permanece adjunto a las formas y se mueve a la vez que estas. También puede separar el conector de las formas y luego juntarlo a otros puntos de conexión." + "body": "Inserte una autoforma Para añadir un autoforma a una diapositiva, en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione la diapositiva a la que usted quiere añadir una autoforma, haga clic en el icono Forma en la pestaña de Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione uno de los grupos de autoformas disponibles: Formas básicas, Formas de flecha, Matemáticas, Gráficos, Cintas y estrellas, Llamadas, Botones, Rectángulos, Líneas, haga clic sobre la autoforma necesaria en el grupo seleccionado, en el área de edición de diapositiva, coloque el cursor del ratón donde usted quiere insertar la autoforma,Nota: usted puede hacer clic en la autoforma y arrastrar esta para estirarla. una vez que la autoforma se ha añadido, usted puede cambiar su tamaño, posición y propiedades.Nota: si quiere añadir una leyenda en la autoforma, asegúrese de que la autoforma está seleccionada y empiece a introducir su texto. El texto introducido de tal modo forma la parte del autoforma (cuando usted mueva o gire la autoforma, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). Ajuste la configuración de autoforma Se pueden cambiar algunos parámetros de la autoforma usando la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha. Para activarla, haga clic en la autoforma y elija el icono Ajustes de forma a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar los siguientes ajustes: Relleno - utilice esta sección para seleccionar el relleno de la autoforma. Puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Color de relleno - para especificar el color que usted quiere aplicar a la forma seleccionada. Relleno degradado - para rellenar la forma de dos colores que cambian de uno a otro de forma gradual. Imagen o textura - para usar una imagen o textura pre-definida como el fondo de la forma. Patrón - para rellenar la forma con un diseño de dos colores que está compuesto de elementos repetidos. Sin relleno - seleccione esta opción si no desea usar ningún relleno. Para obtener información detallada sobre estas opciones, por favor, consulte la sección Rellene objetos y seleccione colores. Trazo - use esta sección para cambiar el color, tipo o ancho del trazo del autoforma. Para cambiar el ancho del trazo, seleccione una de las opciones disponibles en la lista desplegable de Tamaño. Las opciones disponibles son: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. O seleccione la opción Sin líneas si no quiere usar ningún trazo. Para cambiar el color del trazo, haga clic en el cuadro con color de debajo y seleccione el color necesario. Usted puede usar un color de tema seleccionado, un color estándar o elegir un color personalizado. Para cambiar el color del trazo, seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista desplegable correspondiente (una línea sólida se aplicará de forma pre-determinada, la cual puede cambiar a una de las líneas discontinuas disponibles). La rotación se utiliza para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la forma horizontal o verticalmente. Haga clic en uno de los botones: para girar la forma 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para voltear la forma horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) para voltear la forma verticalmente (al revés) Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de la autoforma, haga clic derecho en la forma y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de forma en el menú contextual o haga clic izquierdo y haga clic en el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral. La ventana con propiedades formas se abrirá: La pestaña Tamaño permite cambiar el Ancho y/o Altura de la autoforma. Si se hace clic en el botón Proporciones constantes (en este caso se verá así ), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de forma. La pestaña Rotación contiene los siguientes parámetros: Ángulo - utilice esta opción para girar la forma en un ángulo exactamente especificado. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha. Volteado - marque la casilla Horizontalmente para voltear la forma horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) o la casillaVerticalmente para voltear la forma verticalmente (al revés). La pestaña Grosores y flechas contiene los parámetros siguientes: Estilo de línea - este grupo de opciones permite especificar los parámetros siguientes: Tipo de remate - esta opción permite establecer el estilo para el final de la línea, por lo tanto, solamente se puede aplicar a las formas con el contorno abierto, tales como líneas, polilíneas, etc: Plano - los extremos serán planos. Redondeado - los extremos serán redondeados. Cuadrado - los extremos serán cuadrados. Tipo de combinación - esta opción permite establecer el estilo para la intersección de dos líneas, por ejemplo, puede afectar a una polilínea o a las esquinas del contorno de un triángulo o rectángulo: Redondeado - la esquina será redondeada. Biselado - la esquina será sesgada. Ángulo - la esquina será puntiaguda. Se adapta bien a formas con ángulos agudos. Nota: el efecto será más visible si usa una gran anchura de contorno. Flechas - esta sección está disponible para el grupo de autoformas Líneas. Le permite ajustar la flecha Empezar y Estilo Final y Tamaño seleccionando la opción apropiada de las listas desplegables. La pestaña Relleno de texto permite cambiar los márgenes internos superiores, inferiores, izquierdos y derechos de la autoforma (es decir, la distancia entre el texto y los bordes del autoforma dentro del autoforma). Nota: esta pestaña está disponible solo si se añade texto dentro de la autoforma, si no, la pestaña está desactivada. La pestaña Columnas permite añadir columnas de texto dentro de la autoforma especificando el Número de columnas (hasta 16) y Espaciado entre columnas necesario. Una vez que hace clic en OK, el texto que ya existe u otro texto que introduzca dentro de la autoforma aparecerá en columnas y se moverá de una columna a otra. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerá a las personas con deficiencias de visión o cognitivas para ayudarles a entender mejor la información que hay en la forma. Para sustituir la autoforma añadida, haga clic izquierdo en esta y use la lista desplegable Cambiar autoforma en la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha. Para borrar la autoforma añadida, haga clic izquierdo en esta y presione la tecla Delete en su teclado. Para saber como alinear una autoforma en la diapositiva u organizar varias autoformas, consulte la sección Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva. Una las autoformas usando conectores Puede conectar autoformas usando líneas con puntos de conexión para demostrar dependencias entre los objetos (por ejemplo si quiere crear un organigrama). Para hacerlo, haga clic en el icono Forma en la pestaña de Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el grupo Líneas del menú. haga clic en la forma correspondiente dentro del grupo seleccionado (con excepción de las últimas tres formas que no son conectores, es decir, Curva, Garabato y Forma libre), ponga el cursor del ratón sobre la primera autoforma y haga clic en uno de los puntos de conexión que aparece en el trazado de la forma, arrastre el cursor del ratón hacia la segunda autoforma y haga clic en el punto de conexión necesario en su esbozo. Si mueve las autoformas unidas, el conector permanece adjunto a las formas y se mueve a la vez que estas. También puede separar el conector de las formas y luego juntarlo a otros puntos de conexión." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Inserte y edite gráficos", - "body": "Inserte un gráfico Para insertar un gráfico en su presentación, coloque el cursor en el lugar donde usted quiere insertar un gráfico, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Gráfico en la barra de herramientas superior, Seleccione el tipo de gráfico que necesita de los disponibles - Columnas, Líneas, Circular, Barras, Área, Puntos XY (disperso), Cotizaciones.Nota: para los gráficos de Columnas, Líneas, Circular o Barras, también está disponible un formato 3D. después, la ventana Editor de gráfico aparecerá, y usted podrá introducir los datos necesarios en las celdas usando los siguientes controles: y para copiar y pegar los datos copiados y para deshacer o rehacer acciones para insertar una función y para disminuir o aumentar decimales para cambiar el formato del número, es decir, la manera en que los números introducidos se muestran en las celdas cambie los ajustes de gráfico pulsando el botón Editar gráfico situado en la ventana Editor de gráfico. Se abrirá la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados. La pestaña Tipo y Datos le permite seleccionar el tipo de gráfico, así como los datos que quiere usar para crear un gráfico. Seleccione el Tipo de gráfico que quiere insertar: Columna, Línea, Circular, Área, Puntos XY (disperso), Cotizaciones. Compruebe el Rango de datos y modifíquelo, si es necesario, pulsando el botón Selección de datos e introduciendo el rango de datos deseado en el formato siguiente: Sheet1!A1:B4. Elija el modo de arreglar los datos. Puede seleccionar Serie de datos para el eje X: en filas o en columnas. La pestaña Diseño le permite cambiar el diseño de elementos del gráfico. Especifique la posición del Título de gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título de gráfico, Superposición - si quiere que el gráfico superponga el título, Sin superposición - si quiere que el título se muestre arriba del gráfico. Especifique la posición de la Leyenda respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestre la leyenda, Inferior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte inferior del área del gráfico, Superior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte superior del área del gráfico, Derecho - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Izquierdo - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico, Superposición a la izquierda - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Superposición a la derecha - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico. Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal, Las siguientes opciones varían dependiendo del tipo de gráfico seleccionado. Para los gráficos Columnas/Barras, usted puede elegir las opciones siguientes: Ninguno, Centrado, Interior Inferior, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráficos Línea/ Puntos XY (Esparcido)/Cotizaciones, puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Izquierda, Derecha, Superior, Inferior. Para los gráficos Circulares, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Ajustar al ancho, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráfico Área, así como los gráficos 3D Columnas, Líneas y Barras, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado. seleccione los datos que usted quiere añadir a sus etiquetas marcando las casillas correspondientes: Nombre de serie, Nombre de categoría, Valor, Introduzca un carácter (coma, punto y coma, etc.) que quiera usar para separar varias etiquetas en el campo de entrada Separador de Etiquetas de Datos. Líneas - se usa para elegir un estilo de línea para gráficos de Línea/Punto XY (Esparcido). Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Recto para usar líneas rectas entre puntos de datos, Uniforme para usar curvas uniformes entre puntos de datos, o Nada para no mostrar líneas. Marcadores - se usa para especificar si los marcadores se deben mostrar (si la casilla se verifica) o no (si la casilla no se verifica) para gráficos de Línea/Puntos XY (Esparcidos).Nota: las opciones de Líneas y Marcadores solo están disponibles para gráficos de líneas y Puntos XY (Esparcidos). La sección de Ajustes del eje permite especificar si desea mostrar Ejes Horizontales/Verticales o no, seleccionando la opción Mostrar o Esconder de la lista despegable. También puede especificar los parámetros Título de Ejes Horizontal/Vertical: Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal, Sin superposición - si quiere mostrar el título debajo del eje horizontal. Especifique la orientación del Título de eje vertical seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje vertical, Girado - si quiere que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical, Horizontal - si quiere que el título se muestre de abajo hacia arriba a la izquierda del eje vertical. Elija la opción necesaria para Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales en la lista desplegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, usted puede ocultar las líneas cuadrículas usando la opción Ninguno.Nota: las secciones Ajustes de Eje y Líneas de cuadrícula estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes y líneas cuadrículas. Nota: las pestañas Eje vertical/horizontal estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes. La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta que para los ejes verticales habrá la categoría ejes que mostrará etiquetas de texto para los Gráficos de barra, y que en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a unas descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de punto, los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Valor mínimo - se usa para especificar el valor mínimo en el comienzo del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor mínimo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha. Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo en el final de eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha. Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso en que el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de las celdas seleccionadas. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical. Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Millardos, Billones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volverse a las unidades por defecto. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada el valor mínimo está en la parte inferior y el valor máximo en la parte superior del eje. Cuando la casilla está activada, los valores se ordenan de la parte superior a la parte inferior. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación principales que muestran valores. Para especificar Posición de etiqueta respecto al eje vertical, seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren etiquetas de las marcas de graduación, Bajo - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la izquierda del gráfico, Alto - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la derecha del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren al lado del eje. La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Tenga en cuenta que el eje horizontal será el eje de valores que mostrará valores numéricos, para los Gráficos de barras y que más en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a unas descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso en que el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de los datos seleccionados. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal. Posición de eje - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas de texto del eje deben colocarse: Marcas de graduación o Entre marcas de graduación. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada las categorías se muestran de izquierda a derecha. Cuando la casilla está activada, las categorías se ordenan de derecha a izquierda. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación en el eje horizontal. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los parámetros de marcas de graduación siguientes: Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. Intervalo entre marcas - se usa para especificar cuantas categorías deben mostrarse entre dos marcas de graduación vecinas. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar posición de etiquetas que muestran categorías. Posición de etiqueta - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas deben colocarse respecto al eje horizontal. Seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las etiquetas de categorías, Bajo - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías debajo del gráfico, Alto - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías arriba del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías al lado de eje. Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más valor esté fijado, mas será la distancia entre el eje y etiquetas. Intervalo entre etiquetas - se usa para especificar con que frecuencia deben colocarse las etiquetas. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso las etiquetas se muestran para cada categoría. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Manualmente en la lista desplegable y especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente a la derecha. Por ejemplo, introduzca 2 para mostrar etiquetas para cada segunda categoría, etc. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerá a las personas con deficiencias de visión o cognitivas para ayudarles a entender mejor la información que hay en el gráfico. una vez añadido el gráfico usted también puede cambiar su tamaño y posición.Usted puede especificar la posición del gráfico en la diapositiva arrastrándolo vertical u horizontalmente. Editar elementos del gráfico Para editar el Título del gráfico, seleccione el texto predeterminado con el ratón y escriba el suyo propio en su lugar. Para cambiar el formato del tipo de letra de texto dentro de elementos, como el título del gráfico, títulos de ejes, leyendas, etiquetas de datos etc, seleccione los elementos del texto apropiados haciendo clic izquierdo en estos. Luego use los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para cambiar el tipo, estilo, tamano o color de la letra. Para borrar un elemento del gráfico, púlselo haciendo clic izquierdo y haga clic en la tecla Borrar en su teclado. También puede rotar gráficos 3D usando el ratón. Haga clic izquierdo en el área del gráfico y mantenga el botón del ratón presionado. Arrastre el cursor sin soltar el botón del ratón para cambiar la orientación del gráfico en 3D. Ajustes de gráficoSe puede cambiar el tamaño, tipo y estilo del gráfico y también sus datos usando la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, haga clic en el gráfico y elija el icono Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha. La sección Tamaño le permite cambiar el ancho y/o altura del gráfico. Si el botón Proporciones constantes se mantiene apretado (en este caso estará así ), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de gráfico. La sección Cambiar tipo de gráfico le permite cambiar el tipo de gráfico seleccionado y/o su estilo usando el menú desplegable correspondiente. Para seleccionar el Estilo del gráfico correspondiente, use el segundo menú despegable en la sección Cambiar Tipo de Gráfico. El botón Editar datos le permite abrir la ventana Editor de gráfico y empezar a editar los datos como se descrito arriba. Nota: para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico' de forma rápida, haga doble clic sobre la diapositiva. La opción Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra de herramientas derecha permite abrir la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes Avanzados donde puede establecer el texto alternativo: Una vez seleccionado el gráfico, el icono Ajustes de forma está disponible a la derecha, porque una forma se usa como el fondo para el gráfico. Usted puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha y ajustar el Relleno y Trazo de la forma. Note por favor, que usted no puede cambiar el tipo de forma. Para borrar el gráfico insertado, haga clic en este y pulse la tecla Borrar en el teclado. Para descubrir como alinear un gráfico en la diapositiva u organizar varios objetos, consulte la sección Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva." + "body": "Inserte un gráfico Para insertar un gráfico en su presentación, coloque el cursor en el lugar donde quiere insertar un gráfico, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Gráfico en la barra de herramientas superior, Seleccione el tipo de gráfico que necesita de los disponibles - Columnas, Líneas, Circular, Barras, Área, Puntos XY (disperso), Cotizaciones.Nota: para los gráficos de Columna, Línea, Pastel o Barras, un formato en 3D también se encuentra disponible. después aparecerá la ventana Editor de gráfico donde puede introducir los datos necesarios en las celdas usando los siguientes controles: y para copiar y pegar los datos copiados y para deshacer o rehacer acciones para insertar una función y para disminuir o aumentar decimales para cambiar el formato del número, es decir, la manera en que los números introducidos se muestran en las celdas cambie los ajustes de gráfico pulsando el botón Editar gráfico situado en la ventana Editor de gráfico. Se abrirá la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados. La pestaña Tipo y Datos le permite seleccionar el tipo de gráfico, así como los datos que quiere usar para crear un gráfico. Seleccione el Tipo de gráfico que quiere insertar: Columna, Línea, Circular, Área, Puntos XY (disperso), Cotizaciones. Compruebe el Rango de datos y modifíquelo, si es necesario, pulsando el botón Selección de datos e introduciendo el rango de datos deseado en el formato siguiente: Sheet1!A1:B4. Elija el modo de arreglar los datos. Puede seleccionar la Serie de datos que se utilizará en el eje X: en filas o en columnas. La pestaña Diseño le permite cambiar el diseño de elementos del gráfico. Especifique la posición del Título del gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título de gráfico, Superposición - si quiere que el gráfico superponga el título, Sin superposición - si quiere que el título se muestre arriba del gráfico. Especifique la posición de la Leyenda respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestre una leyenda, Inferior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte inferior del área del gráfico, Superior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte superior del área del gráfico, Derecho - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Izquierdo - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico, Superposición a la izquierda - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Superposición a la derecha - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico. Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal, Las siguientes opciones varían dependiendo del tipo de gráfico seleccionado. Para los gráficos Columnas/Barras, usted puede elegir las opciones siguientes: Ninguno, Centrado, Interior Inferior, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráficos Línea/ Puntos XY (Esparcido)/Cotizaciones, puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Izquierda, Derecha, Superior, Inferior. Para los gráficos Circulares, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Ajustar al ancho, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráfico Área, así como los gráficos 3D Columnas, Líneas y Barras, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado. seleccione los datos que usted quiere añadir a sus etiquetas marcando las casillas correspondientes: Nombre de serie, Nombre de categoría, Valor, Introduzca un carácter (coma, punto y coma, etc.) que quiera usar para separar varias etiquetas en el campo de entrada Separador de Etiquetas de Datos. Líneas - se usa para elegir un estilo de línea para gráficos de Línea/Punto XY (Esparcido). Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Recto para usar líneas rectas entre puntos de datos, Uniforme para usar curvas uniformes entre puntos de datos, o Nada para no mostrar líneas. Marcadores - se usa para especificar si los marcadores se deben mostrar (si la casilla se verifica) o no (si la casilla no se verifica) para gráficos de Línea/Puntos XY (Esparcidos).Nota: las opciones de Líneas y Marcadores solo están disponibles para gráficos de líneas y Puntos XY (Esparcidos). La sección de Ajustes del eje permite especificar si desea mostrar Ejes Horizontales/Verticales o no, seleccionando la opción Mostrar o Esconder de la lista despegable. También puede especificar los parámetros Título de Ejes Horizontal/Vertical: Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguna - si no quiere mostrar un título del eje horizontal, Sin superposición - si quiere mostrar el título debajo del eje horizontal. Especifique la orientación del Título de eje vertical seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguna - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje vertical, Girada - si quiere que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical, Horizontal - si quiere que el título se muestre de abajo hacia arriba a la izquierda del eje vertical. Elija la opción necesaria para Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales en la lista desplegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, usted puede ocultar las líneas de cuadrícula usando la opción Ninguno.Nota: las secciones Ajustes de eje y Líneas de cuadrícula estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes y líneas de cuadrículas. Nota: las pestañas Eje vertical/horizontal estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes. La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta, que para los ejes verticales habrá una categoría ejes que mostrará etiquetas de texto para los Gráficos de barras por lo tanto en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a las descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Valor mínimo - se usa para especificar el valor mínimo en el comienzo del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor mínimo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha. Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo en el final de eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha. Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical. Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Miles de millones, Billones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volver a las unidades por defecto. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada el valor mínimo está en la parte inferior y el valor máximo en la parte superior del eje. Cuando la casilla está activada, los valores se ordenan de la parte superior a la parte inferior. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de las marcas de graduación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación principales que muestran valores. Para especificar Posición de etiqueta respecto al eje vertical, seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren etiquetas de las marcas de graduación, Bajo - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la izquierda del gráfico, Alto - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la derecha del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren al lado del eje. La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Tenga en cuenta que el eje horizontal para el Gráfico de barras será el valor del eje de mostrará valores numéricos, y que más en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a las descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal. Posición del eje - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas de texto del eje deben colocarse: Marcas de graduación o Entre marcas de graduación. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada las categorías se muestran de izquierda a derecha. Cuando la casilla está activada, las categorías se ordenan de derecha a izquierda. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de las marcas de graduación en el eje horizontal. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los parámetros de marcas de graduación siguientes: Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestren marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. Intervalo entre marcas - se usa para especificar cuantas categorías deben mostrarse entre dos marcas de graduación vecinas. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar posición de etiquetas que muestran categorías. Posición de etiqueta - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas deben colocarse respecto al eje horizontal. Seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las etiquetas de categorías, Bajo - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías debajo del gráfico, Alto - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías arriba del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías al lado de eje. Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más valor esté fijado, mas será la distancia entre el eje y las etiquetas. Intervalo entre etiquetas - se usa para especificar con que frecuencia deben colocarse las etiquetas. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso las etiquetas se muestran para cada categoría. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Manualmente en la lista desplegable y especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente a la derecha. Por ejemplo, introduzca 2 para mostrar etiquetas para cada segunda categoría, etc. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información del gráfico. una vez añadido el gráfico usted también puede cambiar su tamaño y posición.Usted puede especificar la posición del gráfico en la diapositiva arrastrándolo vertical u horizontalmente. Editar elementos del gráfico Para editar el gráfico Título seleccione el texto predeterminado con el ratón y escriba el suyo propio en su lugar. Para cambiar el formato del tipo de letra de texto dentro de elementos, como el título del gráfico, títulos de ejes, leyendas, etiquetas de datos etc, seleccione los elementos del texto apropiados haciendo clic izquierdo en estos. Luego use los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para cambiar el tipo, estilo, tamano o color de la letra. Para borrar un elemento del gráfico, haga clic en él con el ratón izquierdo y seleccione la tecla Borrar en su teclado. También puede rotar gráficos 3D usando el ratón. Haga clic izquierdo en el área del gráfico y mantenga el botón del ratón presionado. Arrastre el cursor sin soltar el botón del ratón para cambiar la orientación del gráfico en 3D. Ajustes de gráfico Se puede cambiar el tamaño, tipo y estilo del gráfico y también sus datos usando la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, pulse el gráfico y elija el icono Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha. La sección Tamaño le permite cambiar el ancho y/o altura del gráfico. Si el botón Proporciones constantes se mantiene apretado (en este caso estará así ), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de gráfico. La sección Cambiar tipo de gráfico le permite cambiar el tipo de gráfico seleccionado y/o su estilo usando el menú desplegable correspondiente. Para seleccionar los Estilos de gráfico necesarios, use el segundo menú despegable en la sección de Cambiar Tipo de Gráfico. El botón Editar datos le permite abrir la ventana Editor de gráfico y empezar a editar los datos como se descrito arriba. Nota: para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico' de forma rápida, haga doble clic sobre la diapositiva. La opción Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra de herramientas derecha permite abrir la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes Avanzados donde puede establecer el texto alternativo: Una vez seleccionado el gráfico, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha, porque la forma se usa como el fondo para el gráfico. Usted puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha y ajustar el Relleno y Trazo de la forma. Note por favor, que no puede cambiar el tipo de forma. Para borrar el gráfico insertado, haga clic en este y pulse la tecla Borrar en el teclado. Para descubrir como alinear un gráfico en la diapositiva u organizar varios objetos, consulte la sección Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", @@ -123,7 +128,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Inserte y ajuste imágenes", - "body": "Inserte una imagen En el editor de presentaciones, usted puede insertar las imágenes en su presentación con los formatos más populares. Los siguientes formatos de imágenes son compatibles: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Para añadir una imagen a una diapositiva, en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione la diapositiva a la que usted quiere añadir una imagen, haga clic en el icono Imagen en la pestaña de Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para cargar la imagen: la opción Imagen desde Archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen correspondiente; después haga clic en el botón OK una vez que la imagen esté añadida, usted puede cambiar su tamaño y posición. Ajustes de ajuste de imagen Al hacer clic izquierdo en una imagen y elegir el icono Ajustes de imagen a la derecha, la barra derecha lateral se activa. Esta incluye las siguientes secciones:Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen actual o para restaurar el tamaño predeterminado si es necesario. Reemplazar imagen - se usa para cargar otra imagen en vez de la actual seleccionando la fuente deseada. Usted puede seleccionar una de las siguientes opciones: De archivo o De URL. La opción Reemplazar Imagen también está disponible en el menú de clic derecho. Cuando se selecciona la imagen, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha. Puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestañaAjustes de forma en la barra de tareas derecha y ajustar la forma, tipo de estilo, tamaño y color así como cambiar el tipo de forma seleccionando otra forma del menú Cambiar autoforma. La forma de la imagen cambiará correspondientemente. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de la imagen, haga clic con el botón derecho en la imagen y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de imagen en el menú contextual o haga clic izquierdo sobre la imagen y pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral de la derecha. Se abrirá la ventana con propiedades de la imagen: La pestaña Posición le permite ajustar las siguientes propiedades de imagen: Tamaño - use esta opción para cambiar el ancho/altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así ), el ancho y la altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, pulse el botón Tamaño Predeterminado. Posición - use esta opción para cambiar la posición de imagen en la diapositiva (la posición se calcula respecto a las partes superior e izquierda de la diapositiva). La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma. Para borrar la imagen que se añadido, haga clic izquierdo sobre la imagen y pulse la tecla Delete en el teclado. Para saber como alinear una imagen en la diapositiva u organizar varias imágenes, consulte la sección Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva." + "body": "Inserte una imagen En el editor de presentaciones, usted puede insertar las imágenes en su presentación con los formatos más populares. Los siguientes formatos de imágenes son compatibles: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Para añadir una imagen a una diapositiva, en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione la diapositiva a la que usted quiere añadir una imagen, haga clic en el icono Imagen en la pestaña de Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para cargar la imagen: la opción Imagen desde archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen correspondiente; después haga clic en el botón OK la opción Imagen desde almacenamiento abrirá la ventana Seleccionar fuente de datos. Seleccione una imagen almacenada en su portal y haga clic en el botón OK una vez que la imagen esté añadida, usted puede cambiar su tamaño y posición. Ajustes de ajuste de imagen Al hacer clic izquierdo en una imagen y elegir el icono Ajustes de imagen a la derecha, la barra derecha lateral se activa. Esta incluye las siguientes secciones:Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen actual o para restaurar el tamaño predeterminado si es necesario. El botón Recortar se utiliza para recortar la imagen. Haga clic en el botón Recortar para activar las manijas de recorte que aparecen en las esquinas de la imagen y en el centro de cada lado. Arrastre manualmente los controles para establecer el área de recorte. Puede mover el cursor del ratón sobre el borde del área de recorte para que se convierta en el icono y arrastrar el área. Para recortar un solo lado, arrastre la manija situada en el centro de este lado. Para recortar simultáneamente dos lados adyacentes, arrastre una de las manijas de las esquinas. Para recortar por igual dos lados opuestos de la imagen, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl al arrastrar la manija en el centro de uno de estos lados. Para recortar por igual todos los lados de la imagen, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl al arrastrar cualquiera de las manijas de las esquinas. Cuando se especifique el área de recorte, haga clic en el botón Recortar de nuevo, o pulse la tecla Esc, o haga clic en cualquier lugar fuera del área de recorte para aplicar los cambios. Una vez seleccionada el área de recorte, también es posible utilizar las opciones de Rellenar y Ajustar disponibles en el menú desplegable Recortar. Haga clic de nuevo en el botón Recortar y elija la opción que desee: Si selecciona la opción Rellenar, la parte central de la imagen original se conservará y se utilizará para rellenar el área de recorte seleccionada, mientras que las demás partes de la imagen se eliminarán. Si selecciona la opción Ajustar, la imagen se redimensionará para que se ajuste a la altura o anchura del área de recorte. No se eliminará ninguna parte de la imagen original, pero pueden aparecer espacios vacíos dentro del área de recorte seleccionada. Reemplazar imagen - se usa para cargar otra imagen en vez de la actual seleccionando la fuente deseada. Usted puede seleccionar una de las siguientes opciones: De archivo o De URL. La opción Reemplazar Imagen también está disponible en el menú de clic derecho. La rotación se utiliza para girar la imagen 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la imagen horizontal o verticalmente. Haga clic en uno de los botones: para girar la imagen 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar la imagen 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para voltear la imagen horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) para voltear la imagen verticalmente (al revés) Cuando se selecciona la imagen, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha. Puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestañaAjustes de forma en la barra de tareas derecha y ajustar la forma, tipo de estilo, tamaño y color así como cambiar el tipo de forma seleccionando otra forma del menú Cambiar autoforma. La forma de la imagen cambiará correspondientemente. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de la imagen, haga clic con el botón derecho en la imagen y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de imagen en el menú contextual o haga clic izquierdo sobre la imagen y pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral de la derecha. Se abrirá la ventana con propiedades de la imagen: La pestaña Posición le permite ajustar las siguientes propiedades de imagen: Tamaño - use esta opción para cambiar el ancho/altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así ), el ancho y la altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, pulse el botón Tamaño Predeterminado. Posición - use esta opción para cambiar la posición de imagen en la diapositiva (la posición se calcula respecto a las partes superior e izquierda de la diapositiva). La pestaña Rotación contiene los siguientes parámetros: Ángulo - utilice esta opción para girar la imagen en un ángulo exactamente especificado. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha. Volteado - marque la casilla Horizontalmente para voltear la imagen horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) o la casillaVerticalmente para voltear imagen verticalmente (al revés). La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma. Para borrar la imagen que se añadido, haga clic izquierdo sobre la imagen y pulse la tecla Delete en el teclado. Para saber como alinear una imagen en la diapositiva u organizar varias imágenes, consulte la sección Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", @@ -133,7 +138,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm", "title": "Inserte su texto y dele formato", - "body": "Inserte su texto Usted puede añadir un texto nuevo de dos modos: Añada un pasaje de texto al marcador de texto correspondiente provisto en el diseño de diapositiva. Para hecerlo coloque el cursor en el marcador de texto y introduzca su texto o péguelo usando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V en lugar del texto predeterminado. Añada un pasaje de texto al cualquier lugar de una diapositiva. Puede insertar una casilla de texto (un marco rectangular que permita introducir texto) o un objeto de Arte de texto (una casilla de texto con un estilo de letra y color predeterminado que permite aplicar algunos efectos de texto). Dependiendo del tipo de objeto con texto necesario puede hacer lo siguiente: Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el icono de Cuadro de Texto en la pestaña Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma del grupo Formas Básicas. para añadir un objeto de Arte de Texto, haga clic en el icono Arte Texto en la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic en la plantilla del estilo deseada - el objeto de Arte de Texto se añadirá en la posición del cursor actual. Seleccione el texto por defecto dentro del cuadro de texto con el ratón y reemplázelo con su texto. Añada un pasaje de texto dentro de una autoforma. Seleccione una forma y empiece a escribir su texto. Haga clic fuera del objeto con texto para aplicar los cambios y vuelva a la diapositiva. El texto dentro del texto del objeto es parte de este último (cuando usted mueva o gira el texto del objeto, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). A la vez que un objeto con texto insertado representa un marco rectangular (con bordes de texto invisibles de manera predeterminada) con texto en este y este marco es una autoforma común, se puede cambiar tanto la forma como las propiedades del texto. Para eliminar el objeto de texto añadido, haga clic en el borde del cuadro de texto y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado. el texto dentro del cuadro de texto también se eliminará. Formatee un cuadro de texto Seleccione el cuadro de texto haciendo clic en sus bordes para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el cuadro de texto está seleccionado, sus bordes se muestran con líneas sólidas (no con puntos). para cambiar el tamaño, mover, rotar el cuadro de texto use las manillas especiales en los bordes de la forma. para editar el relleno, trazo del cuadro de texto, reemplace el cuadro rectangular con una forma distinta, o acceda a los ajustes avanzados de forma, haga clic en el icono de Ajustes de forma a la derecha de la barra de herramientas y use las opciones correspondientes. para alinear un cuadro de texto en la diapositiva u organizar cuadros de texto según se relacionan con otros objetos, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro del texto y use las opciones del menú contextual. para crear columnas de texto dentro del cuadro de texto, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro de texto, haga clic en la opción Ajustes avanzados de Formas y cambie a la pestaña Columnas en la ventana Forma - Ajustes avanzados. Formatee su texto en el cuadro de texto Haga clic en el texto dentro del cuadro de texto para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el texto está seleccionado, los bordes del cuadro de texto se muestran con líneas con puntos. Nota: también es posible cambiar el formato de texto cuando el cuadrado de texto (no el texto) se selecciona. En este caso, cualquier cambio se aplicará a todo el texto dentro del cuadrado de texto. Algunas opciones de formateo de letra (tipo de letra, tamaño, color y estilo de diseño) se pueden aplicar a una porción previamente seleccionada del texto de forma separada. Alinee su texto en el bloque de texto Se puede alinear el texto horizontalmente de cuatro modos: a la izquierda, a la derecha, al centro o justificado. Para hacerlo: coloque el cursor en la posición donde usted quiere aplicar alineación (puede ser una línea nueva o el texto ya introducido), desplegar la lista Formato de número en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar: la opción Alinear texto a la izquierda le permite alinear su texto por la parte izquierda del bloque de texto (la parte derecha permanece sin alineación). la opción Centrar texto le permite alinear su texto por el centro del bloque de texto (las partes derecha e izquierda permanecen sin alineación). la opción Alinear texto a la derecha le permite alinear su texto por la parte derecha del bloque de texto (la parte izquierda permanece sin alineación). la opción Justificar le permite alinear su texto por las dos partes derecha e izquierda del bloque de texto (el espacio adicional se añade donde es necesario para mantener la alineación). Se puede alinear el texto verticalmente de tres modos: en la parte superior, al medio o en la parte inferior. Para hacerlo: coloque el cursor en la posición donde usted quiere aplicar alineación (puede ser una línea nueva o el texto ya introducido), desplegar la lista Alineación vertical en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar: la opción Alinear texto en la parte superior le permite alinear su texto por la parte superior del bloque de texto. la opción Alinear texto al medio le permite alinear su texto por el centro del bloque de texto. la opción Alinear texto en la parte inferior le permite alinear su texto por la parte inferior del bloque de texto. Cambie la dirección del texto Para rotar el texto dentro del cuadro del texto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Rote a 90° (fija la dirección vertical, de arriba a abajo) o Rote a 270° (fija la dirección vertical, de abajo a arriba). Ajuste el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y aplique los estilos de decoración Usted puede seleccionar el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y también aplicar estilos de letra diferentes usando los iconos correspondientes situados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Nota: si usted quiere aplicar el formato al texto que ya existe en la presentación, selecciónelo con el ratón o usando el teclado y aplique el formato necesario. Fuente Se usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles. Tamaño de letra Se usa para elegir un tamaño de la letra en el menú desplegable, también se puede introducirlo a mano en el campo de tamaño de letra. Color de letra Se usa para cambiar el color de letras/caracteres del texto. Para seleccionar el color pulse la flecha hacia abajo al lado del icono. Negrita Pone la letra en negrita dándole más peso. Cursiva Pone la letra en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha. Subrayado Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Tachado Se usa para tachar el fragmento del texto seleccionado con una línea que va a través de las letras. Subíndice Se usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fórmulas químicas. Sobreíndice Se usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte superior de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. Establezca espaciado de línea y cambie sangrías de párrafo En el editor de presentaciones, usted puede establecer la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo y también margenes entre el párrafo corriente y precedente o el párrafo posterior. Para hacerlo, coloque el cursor sobre el párrafo necesario, o seleccione unos párrafos con el ratón, use los campos correspondientes de la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la barra lateral derecha para alcanzar los resultados deseados: Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. Usted puede elegir entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente de la derecha. Espaciado de Párrafo - ajusta la cantidad de espacio entre párrafos. Antes - establece la cantidad de espacio antes de párrafo. Después - establece la cantidad de espacio después de párrafo. Para cambiar espaciado de línea actual rápidamente, usted también puede usar el icono Espaciado de línea en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior eligiendo el valor necesario en la lista: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, o 3.0 líneas. Para cambiar desplazamiento contra la parte derecha del bloque de texto, coloque el cursor encima del párrafo necesario, o seleccione unos párrafos con el ratón y use los iconos correspondientes en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior: Reducir sangría y Aumentar sangría . Usted también puede cambiar los ajustes avanzados del párrafo. Coloque el cursor en el párrafo necesario - se activará la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la barra derecha lateral. Pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados. Se abrirá la ventana de propiedades:La pestaña Sangrías y disposición permite cambiar el offset del margen interno izquierdo de un bloque de texto y también el offset del párrafo de los márgenes internos izquierdo y derecho de un bloque de texto. Usted también puede usar la regla horizontal para establecer sangrías.Seleccione los párrafos necesarios y arrastre los marcadores de sangría a lo largo de la regla. El marcador de sangría de primera línea se usa para poner el offset desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto para la primera línea de un párrafo. El marcador de sangría francesa se usa para poner el offset desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto para la línea segunda y líneas posteriores líneas de un párrafo. El marcador de sangría izquierda se usa para poner el offset de un párrafo desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto. El marcador de sangría derecha se usa para poner el offset de un párrafo desde el margen interno derecho del bloque de texto. Nota: si no ve las reglas, cambie a la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Mostrar ajustes en la esquina superior derecha y des-verifique la opción Ocultar Reglas para mostrarlas.La pestaña Letra contiene los parámetros siguientes: Tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con una línea que va por el centro de las letras. Doble tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras. Sobreíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. Subíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas. Mayúsculas pequeñas - se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas. Mayúsculas - se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas. Espaciado entre caracteres - se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres. La pestaña Tab permite cambiar tabulaciones, a saber, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado. Posición de tab - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este campo, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo. Predeterminado se fijó a 1.25 cm. Usted puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el campo. Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición de tab en la lista de arriba. Seleccione la posición de tab necesaria en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar. Izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la derecha del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Al centro - centra el texto en la posición de tabulador. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la izquierda del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Para borrar los tabuladores de la lista, seleccione el tabulador y pulse el botón Eliminar o Eliminar todo. Para fijar los tabuladores, usted puede utilizar la regla horizontal: Seleccione un tipo de tabulador pulsando el botón en la esquina izquierda superior del área de trabajo para elegir el tipo de tabulador necesario: Izquierdo , Centro , Derecho . Haga clic en el borde inferior de la regla donde usted quiere colocar el tabulador. Arrástrelo a lo largo de la regla para cambiar su posición. Para eliminar el tabulador añadido arrástrelo fuera de la regla. Nota: si no ve las reglas, cambie a la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Mostrar ajustes en la esquina superior derecha y des-verifique la opción Ocultar Reglas para mostrarlas. Editar un estilo de Texto de Arte Seleccione un objeto de texto y haga clic en el icono Ajustes de Arte de Texto en la barra lateral. Cambie el estilo de texto aplicado seleccionando una nueva Plantilla de la galería. También puede cambiar los estilos básicos adicionales seleccionando un tipo de letra o tamaño diferente. Cambie el relleno y trazo de la letra. Las opciones disponibles son las mismas que para las autoformas. Aplique un efecto de texto seleccionando el texto necesario para el tipo de transformación de la galería de Transformar. Puede ajustar el grado de la distorsión del texto si arrastra la manivela con forma de diamante rosa." + "body": "Inserte su texto Usted puede añadir un texto nuevo de dos modos: Añada un pasaje de texto al marcador de texto correspondiente provisto en el diseño de diapositiva. Para hecerlo coloque el cursor en el marcador de texto y introduzca su texto o péguelo usando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V en lugar del texto predeterminado. Añada un pasaje de texto al cualquier lugar de una diapositiva. Puede insertar una casilla de texto (un marco rectangular que permita introducir texto) o un objeto de Arte de texto (una casilla de texto con un estilo de letra y color predeterminado que permite aplicar algunos efectos de texto). Dependiendo del tipo de objeto con texto necesario puede hacer lo siguiente: Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el icono de Cuadro de Texto en la pestaña Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma del grupo Formas Básicas. para añadir un objeto de Arte de Texto, haga clic en el icono Arte Texto en la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic en la plantilla del estilo deseada - el objeto de Arte de Texto se añadirá en la posición del cursor actual. Seleccione el texto por defecto dentro del cuadro de texto con el ratón y reemplázelo con su texto. Añada un pasaje de texto dentro de una autoforma. Seleccione una forma y empiece a escribir su texto. Haga clic fuera del objeto con texto para aplicar los cambios y vuelva a la diapositiva. El texto dentro del texto del objeto es parte de este último (cuando usted mueva o gira el texto del objeto, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). A la vez que un objeto con texto insertado representa un marco rectangular (con bordes de texto invisibles de manera predeterminada) con texto en este y este marco es una autoforma común, se puede cambiar tanto la forma como las propiedades del texto. Para eliminar el objeto de texto añadido, haga clic en el borde del cuadro de texto y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado. el texto dentro del cuadro de texto también se eliminará. Formatee un cuadro de texto Seleccione el cuadro de texto haciendo clic en sus bordes para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el cuadro de texto está seleccionado, sus bordes se muestran con líneas sólidas (no con puntos). para cambiar el tamaño, mover, rotar el cuadro de texto use las manillas especiales en los bordes de la forma. para editar el relleno, trazo del cuadro de texto, reemplace el cuadro rectangular con una forma distinta, o acceda a los ajustes avanzados de forma, haga clic en el icono de Ajustes de forma a la derecha de la barra de herramientas y use las opciones correspondientes. para alinear un cuadro de texto en la diapositiva, rotarlo o girarlo, ordene los cuadros de texto como si estuvieran relacionados con otros objetos, haga clic con el botón derecho del ratón en el borde del cuadro de texto y utilice las opciones del menú contextual. para crear columnas de texto dentro del cuadro de texto, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro de texto, haga clic en la opción Ajustes avanzados de Formas y cambie a la pestaña Columnas en la ventana Forma - Ajustes avanzados. Formatear el texto dentro del cuadro de texto Haga clic en el texto dentro del cuadro de texto para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el texto está seleccionado, los bordes del cuadro de texto se muestran con líneas con puntos. Nota: también es posible cambiar el formato de texto cuando el cuadrado de texto (no el texto) se selecciona. En este caso, cualquier cambio se aplicará a todo el texto dentro del cuadrado de texto. Algunas opciones de formateo de letra (tipo de letra, tamaño, color y estilo de diseño) se pueden aplicar a una porción previamente seleccionada del texto de forma separada. Alinee su texto en el bloque de texto Se puede alinear el texto horizontalmente de cuatro modos: a la izquierda, a la derecha, al centro o justificado. Para hacerlo: Sitúe el cursor en la posición en la que desea aplicar la alineación (puede ser una nueva línea o un texto ya introducido), desplegar la lista Formato de número en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar: la opción Alinear texto a la izquierda le permite alinear su texto por la parte izquierda del bloque de texto (la parte derecha permanece sin alineación). la opción Centrar texto le permite alinear su texto por el centro del bloque de texto (las partes derecha e izquierda permanecen sin alineación). la opción Alinear texto a la derecha le permite alinear su texto por la parte derecha del bloque de texto (la parte izquierda permanece sin alineación). la opción Justificar le permite alinear su texto por las dos partes derecha e izquierda del bloque de texto (el espacio adicional se añade donde es necesario para mantener la alineación). Se puede alinear el texto verticalmente de tres modos: en la parte superior, al medio o en la parte inferior. Para hacerlo: coloque el cursor en la posición en la que desea aplicar la alineación (puede ser una nueva línea o un texto ya introducido), desplegar la lista Alineación vertical en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar: la opción Alinear texto en la parte superior le permite alinear su texto por la parte superior del bloque de texto. la opción Alinear texto al medio le permite alinear su texto por el centro del bloque de texto. la opción Alinear texto en la parte inferior le permite alinear su texto por la parte inferior del bloque de texto. Cambie la dirección del texto Para rotar el texto dentro del cuadro del texto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Girar texto hacia abajo (establece una dirección vertical, de arriba hacia abajo) o Girar texto hacia arriba (establece una dirección vertical, de abajo hacia arriba). Ajuste el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y aplique los estilos de decoración Usted puede seleccionar el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y también aplicar estilos de letra diferentes usando los iconos correspondientes situados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Nota: si usted quiere aplicar el formato al texto que ya existe en la presentación, selecciónelo con el ratón o usando el teclado y aplique el formato necesario. Fuente Se usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles. Si una fuente determinada no está disponible en la lista, puede descargarla e instalarla en su sistema operativo, y después la fuente estará disponible para su uso en la versión de escritorio. Tamaño de letra Se utiliza para seleccionar entre los valores de tamaño de fuente preestablecidos de la lista desplegable (los valores predeterminados son: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 y 96). También es posible introducir manualmente un valor personalizado en el campo de tamaño de fuente y, a continuación, pulsar Intro. Color de letra Se usa para cambiar el color de letras/caracteres del texto. Para seleccionar el color pulse la flecha hacia abajo al lado del icono. Negrita Se usa para poner la fuente en negrita, dándole más peso. Cursiva Se usa para poner la fuente en cursiva, dándole un poco de inclinación hacia el lado derecho. Subrayado Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Tachado Se usa para tachar el fragmento del texto seleccionado con una línea que va a través de las letras. Subíndice Se usa para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte superior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en fracciones. Subíndice Se utiliza para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas. Establezca espaciado de línea y cambie sangrías de párrafo En el editor de presentaciones, usted puede establecer la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo y también margenes entre el párrafo corriente y precedente o el párrafo posterior. Para hacerlo, coloque el cursor sobre el párrafo necesario, o seleccione unos párrafos con el ratón, use los campos correspondientes de la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la barra lateral derecha para alcanzar los resultados deseados: Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. Puede elegir entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Puede especificar el valor deseado en el campo de la derecha. Espaciado de Párrafo - ajusta la cantidad de espacio entre párrafos. Antes - establece la cantidad de espacio antes del párrafo. Después - establece la cantidad de espacio después del párrafo. Para cambiar espaciado de línea actual rápidamente, usted también puede usar el icono Espaciado de línea en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior eligiendo el valor necesario en la lista: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, o 3.0 líneas. Para cambiar desplazamiento contra la parte derecha del bloque de texto, coloque el cursor encima del párrafo necesario, o seleccione unos párrafos con el ratón y use los iconos correspondientes en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior: Reducir sangría y Aumentar sangría . Usted también puede cambiar los ajustes avanzados del párrafo. Coloque el cursor en el párrafo necesario - se activará la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la barra derecha lateral. Pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados. Se abrirá la ventana de propiedades:La pestaña Sangrías y disposición permite cambiar el offset del margen interno izquierdo de un bloque de texto y también el offset del párrafo de los márgenes internos izquierdo y derecho de un bloque de texto. Usted también puede usar la regla horizontal para establecer sangrías.Seleccione los párrafos necesarios y arrastre los marcadores de sangría a lo largo de la regla. El marcador de sangría de primera línea se usa para poner el offset desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto para la primera línea de un párrafo. El marcador de sangría francesa se usa para poner el offset desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto para la línea segunda y líneas posteriores líneas de un párrafo. El marcador de sangría izquierda se usa para poner el offset de un párrafo desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto. El marcador de sangría derecha se usa para poner el offset de un párrafo desde el margen interno derecho del bloque de texto. Nota: si no ve las reglas, cambie a la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Mostrar ajustes en la esquina superior derecha y des-verifique la opción Ocultar Reglas para mostrarlas.La pestaña Letra contiene los parámetros siguientes: Tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con una línea que va por el centro de las letras. Doble tachado se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras. Sobreíndice se usa para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte superior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en fracciones. Subíndice se usa para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas. Mayúsculas pequeñas - se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas. Mayúsculas - se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas. Espaciado entre caracteres - se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres. Incremente el valor predeterminado para aplicar el espaciado Expandido o disminuya el valor predeterminado para aplicar el espaciado Comprimido. Use los botones de flecha o introduzca el valor deseado en la casilla.Todos los cambios se mostrarán en el campo de vista previa a continuación. La pestaña Tab permite cambiar tabulaciones, a saber, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado. Posición del tabulador - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este campo, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo. El Tabulador Predeterminado se ha fijado a 1.25 cm. Puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el cuadro. Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición del tabulador en la lista de arriba. Seleccione la posición de tab necesaria en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar. Izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la derecha del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Al centro - centra el texto en la posición de tabulador. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la izquierda del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Para borrar los tabuladores de la lista, seleccione el tabulador y pulse el botón Eliminar o Eliminar todo. Para fijar los tabuladores, usted puede utilizar la regla horizontal: Seleccione un tipo de tabulador pulsando el botón en la esquina izquierda superior del área de trabajo para elegir el tipo de tabulador necesario: Izquierdo , Centro , Derecho . Haga clic en el borde inferior de la regla donde usted quiere colocar el tabulador. Arrástrelo a lo largo de la regla para cambiar su posición. Para eliminar el tabulador añadido arrástrelo fuera de la regla. Nota: si no ve las reglas, cambie a la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Mostrar ajustes en la esquina superior derecha y des-verifique la opción Ocultar Reglas para mostrarlas. Editar un estilo de Texto de Arte Seleccione un objeto de texto y haga clic en el icono Ajustes de Arte de Texto en la barra lateral. Cambie el estilo de texto aplicado seleccionando una nueva Plantilla de la galería. También puede cambiar los estilos básicos adicionales seleccionando un tipo de letra o tamaño diferente. Cambie el relleno y trazo de la letra. Las opciones disponibles son las mismas que para las autoformas. Aplique un efecto de texto seleccionando el texto necesario para el tipo de transformación de la galería de Transformar. Puede ajustar el grado de la distorsión del texto si arrastra la manivela con forma de diamante rosa." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm", @@ -143,12 +148,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "title": "Maneje objetos en una diapositiva", - "body": "Usted puede cambiar el tamaño de objetos diferentes, moverlos, girarlos en una diapositiva de forma manual usando los controladores especiales. Usted también puede especificar de forma exacta las dimensiones y posición de varios objetos usando la barra derecha lateral o la ventana Ajustes avanzados. Cambiar el tamaño de objetos Para cambiar el tamaño de imagen/autoforma/gráfico/cuadro de texto, arrastre los cuadrados pequeños situados en los bordes del objeto. Para mantener las proporciones originales del objeto seleccionado mientras cambia de tamaño, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de las esquinas. Para especificar el ancho y altura precisos de un gráfico, selecciónelo en una diapositiva y utilice la sección Tamaño en la barra derecha lateral que se activará. Para especificar las dimensiones precisas de una imagen o autoforma, haga clic derecho en el objeto necesario en una diapositiva y seleccione Ajustes avanzados de imagen/forma en el menú. Especifique los valores necesarios en la pestaña Tamaño de la ventana Ajustes avanzados y pulse OK. Cambiar la forma de autoformas Al modificar unas formas, por ejemplo flechas o llamadas, el icono amarillo en forma de rombo está disponible . Le permite ajustar varios aspectos de forma, por ejemplo, la longitud de la punta de flecha. Mover objetos Para cambiar la posición de imagen/gráfico/autoforma/tabla/cuadro de texto, use el icono que aparece si mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el objeto. Arrastre el objeto a la posición necesaria sin soltar el botón de ratón. Para desplazar el objeto en incrementos de un píxel, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar los objetos horizontalmente o verticalmente y para que no se muevan en una dirección perpendicular, mantenga la tecla Shift apretada al arrastrar el objeto. Para especificar la posición precisa de una imagen, haga clic en esta con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de imagen del menú. Especifique los valores necesarios en la sección Posición de la ventana Ajustes avanzados y pulse OK. Girar objetos Para girar autoforma/imagen/cuadros de texto, mantenga el cursor del ratón sobre el controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas de reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota." + "body": "Usted puede cambiar el tamaño de objetos diferentes, moverlos, girarlos en una diapositiva de forma manual usando los controladores especiales. Usted también puede especificar de forma exacta las dimensiones y posición de varios objetos usando la barra derecha lateral o la ventana Ajustes avanzados. Nota: la lista de atajos de teclado que puede ser usada al trabajar con objetos está disponible aquí. Cambiar el tamaño de objetos Para cambiar el tamaño de imagen/autoforma/gráfico/cuadro de texto, arrastre los cuadrados pequeños situados en los bordes del objeto. Para mantener las proporciones originales del objeto seleccionado mientras cambia de tamaño, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de las esquinas. Para especificar el ancho y altura precisos de un gráfico, selecciónelo en una diapositiva y utilice la sección Tamaño en la barra derecha lateral que se activará. Para especificar las dimensiones precisas de una imagen o autoforma, haga clic derecho en el objeto necesario en una diapositiva y seleccione Ajustes avanzados de imagen/forma en el menú. Especifique los valores necesarios en la pestaña Tamaño de la ventana Ajustes avanzados y pulse OK. Cambie forma de autoformas Al modificar unas formas, por ejemplo flechas o llamadas, puede notar el icono rombo amarillo . Le permite ajustar unos aspectos de forma, por ejemplo, la longitud de la punta de flecha. Mueve objetos Para cambiar la posición de imagen/gráfico/autoforma/tabla/cuadro de texto, use el icono que aparece si mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el objeto. Arrastre el objeto a la posición necesaria sin soltar el botón de ratón. Para desplazar el objeto en incrementos de un píxel, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar los objetos horizontalmente o verticalmente, y para que no se muevan en una dirección perpendicular, mantenga la tecla Shift apretada al arrastrar el objeto. Para especificar la posición precisa de una imagen, haga clic en esta con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de imagen del menú. Especifique los valores necesarios en la sección Posición de la ventana Ajustes avanzados y pulse OK. Gire objetos Para girar manualmente un cuadro de texto/imagen/autoforma, pase el cursor del ratón por encima de la manija de rotación y arrástrelo en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota. Para rotar el objeto 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj o girar el objeto horizontal/verticalmente, puede utilizar la sección Rotación en la barra lateral derecha que se activará una vez que haya seleccionado el objeto en cuestión. Para abrirla, haga clic en el icono Ajustes de forma o en el icono Ajustes de imagen de la derecha. Haga clic en uno de los botones: para girar el objeto 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar el objeto 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para voltear el objeto horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) para voltear el objeto verticalmente (al revés) Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos, seleccionar la opción Rotar en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de rotación disponibles. Para rotar el objeto con un ángulo exactamente especificado, haga clic el enlace de Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral derecha y utilice la pestaña Rotación de la ventana Ajustes avanzados. Especifique el valor deseado en grados en el campo Ángulo y haga clic en OK." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", - "title": "Cree una presentación nueva o abra una existente", - "body": "Si el editor de presentaciones está abierto, usted puede abrir una presentación existente recién editada, crear una presentación nueva, o volver a la lista de presentaciones existentes de forma rápida. Para crear una presentación nueva en el editor de presentaciones: haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Crear nuevo. Para abrir una presentación recién editada en el editor de presentaciones: haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Abrir reciente, elija la presentación necesaria en la lista de presentaciones recién editadas. Para volver a la lista de documentos existentes, haga clic en el icono Ir a documentos a la derecha del encabezado del editor. De forma alternativa, puede cambiar a la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionar la opción Ir a Documentos." + "title": "Cree una presentación nueva o abra la existente", + "body": "Para crear una nueva presentación En el editor en línea haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Crear nuevo. En el editor de escritorio en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción del menú Presentación de la sección Crear nuevo de la barra lateral izquierda - se abrirá un nuevo archivo en una nueva pestaña, cuando se hayan realizado todos los cambios deseados, haga clic en el icono Guardar de la esquina superior izquierda o cambie a la pestaña Archivoy seleccione la opción Guardar como del menú. en la ventana de gestión de archivos, seleccione la ubicación del archivo, especifique su nombre, elija el formato en el que desea guardar el presentación (PPTX, Plantilla de presentación (POTX), ODP, OTP, PDF o PDFA) y haga clic en el botón Guardar. Para abrir una presentación existente En el editor de escritorio en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción Abrir archivo local en la barra lateral izquierda, seleccione la presentación deseada en la ventana de gestión de archivos y haga clic en el botón Abrir. También puede hacer clic con el botón derecho sobre la presentación deseada en la ventana de gestión de archivos, seleccionar la opción Abrir con y elegir la aplicación correspondiente en el menú. Si los archivos de documentos de Office están asociados con la aplicación, también puede abrir presentaciones haciendo doble clic sobre el nombre del archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. Todos los directorios a los que ha accedido utilizando el editor de escritorio se mostrarán en la lista de Carpetas recientes para que posteriormente pueda acceder rápidamente a ellos. Haga clic en la carpeta correspondiente para seleccionar uno de los archivos almacenados en ella. Para abrir una presentación recientemente editada En el editor en línea haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Abrir reciente, elija la presentación que desee de la lista de documentos recientemente editados. En el editor de escritorio en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción Archivos recientes en la barra lateral izquierda, elija la presentación que desee de la lista de documentos recientemente editados. Para abrir la carpeta donde se encuentra el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador en la versión en línea, en la ventana del explorador de archivos en la versión de escritorio, haga clic en el icono Abrir ubicación de archivo en el lado derecho de la cabecera del editor. Como alternativa, puede cambiar a la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionar la opción Abrir ubicación de archivo." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm", @@ -158,7 +163,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Guarde/imprima/descargue su presentación", - "body": "Cuando usted trabaja en su presentación, el editor de presentaciones guarda su archivo cada 2 segundos automáticamente preveniendo la pérdida de datos en caso de un cierre inesperado del programa. Si está editando el archivo con varias personas a la vez en el modo Rápido, el temporizador requiere actualizaciones 25 veces por segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias personas a la vez en el modo Estricto, los cambios se guardan de forma automática cada 10 minutos. Si lo necesita, puede de forma fácil seleccionar el modo de co-edición preferido o desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados. Para guardar su presentación actual de forma manual, pulse el icono Guardar en la barra de herramientas superior, o use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+S, o haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Guardar. Para imprimir la presentación actual, haga clic en el icono Imprimir en la barra de herramientas superior, o use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+P, o haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Imprimir. Después el archivo PDF se generará basándose en la presentación editada. Usted puede abrirlo e imprimirlo, o guardarlo en el disco duro de su ordenador o en un medio extraíble para imprimirlo más tarde. Para descargar la presentación al disco duro de su ordenador, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Descargar como, elija uno de los siguientes formatos disponibles dependiendo en sus necesidades: PPTX, PDF o ODP." + "body": "Guardando Por defecto, el Editor de presentaciones guarda automáticamente el archivo cada 2 segundos cuando trabaja en ella, evitando la pérdida de datos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa. Si co-edita el archivo en el modo Rápido, el tiempo requerido para actualizaciones es de 25 cada segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias prsonas a la vez, los cambios se guardan cada 10 minutos. Se puede fácilmente desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados. Para guardar su presentación manualmente en el formato y la ubicación actuales, Pulse el icono Guardar en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor, o use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+S, o pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Guardar. Nota: en la versión de escritorio, para evitar la pérdida de datos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa, puede activar la opción Autorecuperación en la página de Ajustes avanzados . En la versión de escritorio, puede guardar la presentación con otro nombre, en una nueva ubicación o con otro formato, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Guardar como..., elija uno de los formatos disponibles: PPTX, ODP, PDF, PDFA. También puede seleccionar la opción Plantilla de presentación (POTX o OTP). Descargando En la versión en línea, puede descargar la presentación creada en el disco duro de su ordenador, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Descargar como, elija uno de los formatos disponibles: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Guardando una copia En la versión en línea, puede guardar una copia del archivo en su portal, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Guardar copia como..., elija uno de los formatos disponibles: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP, seleccione una ubicación para el archivo en el portal y pulse Guardar. Imprimiendo Para imprimir la presentación actual, haga clic en el icono Imprimir en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor, o bien use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+P, o pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Imprimir. En la versión de escritorio, el archivo se imprimirá directamente. En laversión en línea, se generará un archivo PDF a partir de la presentación. Puede abrirlo e imprimirlo, o guardarlo en el disco duro de su ordenador o en un medio extraíble para imprimirlo más tarde. Algunos navegadores (como Chrome y Opera) permiten la impresión directa." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm", @@ -167,7 +172,7 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", - "title": "Vea información sobre la presentación", - "body": "Para acceder a la información detallada sobre la presentación actualmente editada, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Información sobre presentación. Información General La información sobe la presentación incluye la presentación del título, autor, localización y fecha de creación. Nota: Los Editores en Línea le permiten cambiar el título de presentación directamente desde el interfaz del editor. Para realizar esto, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Cambiar de nombre..., luego introduzca el Nombre de archivo correspondiente en una ventana nueva que se abre y haga clic en OK. Información de Permiso Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con los permisos de Solo Lectura. Para descubrir quién tiene derechos de vista o edición en la presentación, seleccione la opción Derechos de Acceso... En la barra lateral izquierda. También puede cambiar los derechos de acceso seleccionados actualmente si presiona el botón Cambiar derechos de acceso en la sección Personas que tienen derechos. Para cerrar el panel de Archivo y volver a la edición de la presentación, seleccione la opción Cerrar Menú." + "title": "Vea información sobre presentación", + "body": "Para acceder a la información detallada sobre la presentación actualmente editada, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Información sobre presentación. Información General La información de la presentación incluye el título de la presentación y la aplicación con la que se creó la presentación. En la versión en línea, también se muestra la siguiente información: autor, ubicación, fecha de creación. Nota: Los Editores en Línea le permiten cambiar el título de presentación directamente desde el interfaz del editor. Para realizar esto, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, y seleccione la opción Renombrar luego introduzca el Nombre de archivo necesario en una nueva ventana que se abre y haga clic en OK. Información de Permiso En la versión en línea, puede ver la información sobre los permisos de los archivos guardados en la nube. Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con los permisos de Solo Lectura. Para descubrir quién tiene derechos de vista o edición en la presentación, seleccione la opción Derechos de Acceso... En la barra lateral izquierda. También puede cambiar los derechos de acceso actualmente seleccionados pulsando el botón Cambiar derechos de acceso en la sección Personas que tienen derechos. Para cerrar el panel de Archivo y volver a la edición de la presentación, seleccione la opción Cerrar Menú." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/js/keyboard-switch.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/js/keyboard-switch.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..267160c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/js/keyboard-switch.js @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +$(function(){ + function shortcutToggler(enabled,disabled,enabled_opt,disabled_opt){ + var selectorTD_en = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + enabled + ')', + selectorTD_dis = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + disabled + ')'; + $(disabled_opt).removeClass('enabled').addClass('disabled'); + $(enabled_opt).removeClass('disabled').addClass('enabled'); + $(selectorTD_dis).hide(); + $(selectorTD_en).show().each(function() { + if($(this).text() == ''){ + $(this).parent('tr').hide(); + } else { + $(this).parent('tr').show(); + } + }); + } + if (navigator.platform.toUpperCase().indexOf('MAC') >= 0) { + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + $('.mac_option').removeClass('right_option').addClass('left_option'); + $('.pc_option').removeClass('left_option').addClass('right_option'); + } else { + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + $('.shortcut_toggle').on('click', function() { + if($(this).hasClass('mac_option')){ + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + } else if ($(this).hasClass('pc_option')){ + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + }); +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1639e7efa --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + Utilisation du chat + + + + + +
                            +

                            Utilisation du chat

                            +

                            ONLYOFFICE Presentation Editor vous offre la possibilité de chatter avec d'autres utilisateurs pour partager des idées concernant des parties particulières de la présentation.

                            +

                            Pour accéder au chat et laisser un message pour les autres utilisateurs,

                            +
                              +
                            1. cliquez sur l'icône icône Chat sur la barre latérale gauche,
                              2. +
                            2. entrez votre texte dans le champ correspondant,
                              3. +
                            3. cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer.
                              4. +
                            +

                            Tous les messages laissés par les utilisateurs seront affichés sur le panneau de gauche. S'il y a de nouveaux messages que vous n'avez pas encore lus, l'icône de chat aura cette apparence - icône Chat.

                            +

                            Pour fermer le panneau avec les messages de chat, cliquez sur l'icône icône Chat encore une fois.

                            +
                            + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index fa7eefe76..fd1c257d0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -30,7 +30,6 @@
                          • ClipArt permet d'ajouter des images de la collection clipart dans votre présentation,
                          • Code en surbrillance permet de surligner la syntaxe du code en sélectionnant la langue, le style, la couleur de fond appropriés,
                          • Éditeur photo permet d'éditer des images : recadrer, redimensionner, appliquer des effets, etc.
                            • -
                          • Table de symboles permet d'insérer des symboles spéciaux dans votre texte,
                          • Dictionnaire des synonymes permet de rechercher les synonymes et les antonymes d'un mot et de le remplacer par le mot sélectionné,
                          • Traducteur permet de traduire le texte sélectionné dans d'autres langues,
                          • YouTube permet d'intégrer des vidéos YouTube dans votre présentation.
                            • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cc9d146e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + Insert footers + + + + + + + +
                            +
                            + +
                            +

                            Insert footers

                            +

                            Les pieds de page permettent d’ajouter des informations supplémentaires sur une diapositive, telles que la date et l’heure, le numéro de la diapositive ou un texte.

                            +

                            Pour insérer un pied de page dans une présentation :

                            +
                              +
                            1. Passez à l’onglet Insertion
                              2. +
                            2. Cliquez sur le Modifier le pied de page bouton Modifier le pied de page dans la barre d’outils supérieure,
                              3. +
                            3. La fenêtre Paramètres des pieds de page s’ouvre. Cochez le type de données que vous souhaitez ajouter dans le pied de page. Les modifications sont affichées dans la fenêtre d’aperçu à droite. +
                                +
                              • Cochez la case Date et heure pour insérer une date ou une heure dans un format sélectionné. La date sélectionnée sera ajoutée au champ gauche du pied de page de la diapositive. +

                                Spécifiez le format de données :

                                +
                                  +
                                • Mettre à jour automatiquement - sélectionnez cette option si vous souhaitez mettre à jour automatiquement la date et l’heure en fonction de la date et de l’heure actuelles. +

                                  Sélectionnez ensuite le Format de date et d’heure et la Langue dans les listes déroulantes.

                                  +
                                  • +
                                • Corrigé - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne souhaitez pas mettre à jour automatiquement la date et l’heure.
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              • Cochez la case Numéro de diapositive pour insérer le numéro de diapositive en cours. Le numéro de la diapositive sera ajouté dans le champ droit du pied de page de la diapositive.
                                • +
                              • Cochez la case Texte en pied de page pour insérer le texte. Saisissez le texte nécessaire dans le champ de saisie ci-dessous. Le texte sera ajouté dans le champ central du pied de page de la diapositive.
                                • +
                              +

                              Paramètres de pied de page

                              +
                              4. +
                            4. Cochez l’option Ne pas afficher sur la diapositive titre, si nécessaire,
                              5. +
                            5. Cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer à tous pour appliquer les modifications à toutes les diapositives ou utilisez le bouton Appliquerpour appliquer les modifications à la diapositive actuelle uniquement.
                              6. +
                            +

                            Pour insérer rapidement une date ou un numéro de diapositive dans le pied de page de la diapositive sélectionnée, vous pouvez utiliser les options Afficher le numéro de diapositive et Afficher la date et l’heure dans l’onglet Paramètres de la diapositive de la barre latérale droite. Dans ce cas, les paramètres sélectionnés seront appliqués à la diapositive actuelle uniquement. La date et l’heure ou le numéro de diapositive ajoutés de cette manière peuvent être ajustés ultérieurement à l’aide de la fenêtre Paramètres de pied de page

                            +

                            Pour modifier le pied de page ajouté, cliquez sur le Modifier le pied de page bouton Modifier le pied de page dans la barre d’outils supérieure, apportez les modifications nécessaires dans la fenêtre Paramètres de pied de page , puis cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer ou Appliquer à tous pour enregistrer les modifications.

                            +

                            Insérer la date et l’heure et le numéro de diapositive dans la zone de texte

                            +

                            Il est également possible d’insérer la date et l’heure ou le numéro de diapositive dans la zone de texte sélectionnée à l’aide des boutons correspondants de l’onglet Insérer de la barre d’outils supérieure.

                            +
                            Insérer la date et l’heure
                            +
                              +
                            1. Placez le curseur de la souris dans la zone de texte où vous souhaitez insérer la date et l’heure,
                              2. +
                            2. Cliquez sur le bouton Date & Heure Date & Heure dans l’onglet Insérer de la barre d’outils supérieure,
                              3. +
                            3. Sélectionnez la Langue nécessaire dans la liste et choisissez le Format de date et d’heure nécessaire dans la fenêtre Date & Heure, +

                              Date & heure

                              +
                              4. +
                            4. Si nécessaire, cochez la case Mettre à jour automatiquement ou sélectionnez l’option Définir par défautpour définir le format de date et d’heure sélectionné par défaut pour la langue spécifiée,
                              5. +
                            5. Cliquez sur le bouton OK pour appliquer les modifications.
                              6. +
                            +

                            La date et l’heure seront insérées à la position actuelle du curseur. Pour modifier la date et l’heure insérées,

                            +
                              +
                            1. Sélectionnez la date et l’heure insérées dans la zone de texte,
                              2. +
                            2. Cliquez sur le bouton Date & Heure Date & Heure dans l’onglet Insérer de la barre d’outils supérieure,
                              3. +
                            3. Choisissez le format nécessaire dans la fenêtre Date & Heure,
                              4. +
                            4. Cliquez sur le bouton OK.
                              5. +
                            +
                            Insérer un numéro de diapositive
                            +
                              +
                            1. Placez le curseur de la souris dans la zone de texte ou vous souhaitez insérer le numéro de diapositive,
                              2. +
                            2. Cliquez sur le bouton Numéro de diapositive Numéro de diapositive dans l’onglet Insérer de la barre d’outils supérieure,
                              3. +
                            3. Cochez la case Numéro de diapositive dans la fenêtre Paramètres de pied de page,
                              4. +
                            4. Cliquez sur le bouton OK pour appliquer les modifications.
                              5. +
                            +

                            Le numéro de diapositive sera inséré à la position actuelle du curseur.

                            +
                            + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/js/keyboard-switch.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/js/keyboard-switch.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..267160c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/js/keyboard-switch.js @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +$(function(){ + function shortcutToggler(enabled,disabled,enabled_opt,disabled_opt){ + var selectorTD_en = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + enabled + ')', + selectorTD_dis = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + disabled + ')'; + $(disabled_opt).removeClass('enabled').addClass('disabled'); + $(enabled_opt).removeClass('disabled').addClass('enabled'); + $(selectorTD_dis).hide(); + $(selectorTD_en).show().each(function() { + if($(this).text() == ''){ + $(this).parent('tr').hide(); + } else { + $(this).parent('tr').show(); + } + }); + } + if (navigator.platform.toUpperCase().indexOf('MAC') >= 0) { + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + $('.mac_option').removeClass('right_option').addClass('left_option'); + $('.pc_option').removeClass('left_option').addClass('right_option'); + } else { + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + $('.shortcut_toggle').on('click', function() { + if($(this).hasClass('mac_option')){ + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + } else if ($(this).hasClass('pc_option')){ + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + }); +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 665e8109a..2a7a82d0a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -36,9 +36,10 @@
                          • Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color,
                          • PhotoEditor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc.,
                            • -
                          • Symbol Table allows to insert special symbols into your text (available in the desktop version only),
                          • Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one,
                            • -
                          • Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages,
                            • +
                          • Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, +

                            Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer.

                            +
                          • YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your presentation.

                          To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub.

                          diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm index 5d6fa03ba..bb7d65ee7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

                          Inserire simboli e caratteri

                          -

                          Durante il processo di lavoro potrebbe essere necessario inserire un simbolo che non si trova sulla tastiera. Per inserire tali simboli nel tuo documento, usa l’opzione Inserisci simbolo Inserisci simbolo e segui questi semplici passaggi:

                          +

                          Durante il processo di lavoro potrebbe essere necessario inserire un simbolo che non si trova sulla tastiera. Per inserire tali simboli nel tuo documento, usa l’opzione Inserisci simbolo Inserisci simbolo e segui questi semplici passaggi:

                          • posiziona il cursore nella posizione in cui deve essere inserito un simbolo speciale,
                          • passa alla scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti in alto,
                          • - fai clic sull’icona Simbolo Simbolo, + fai clic sull’icona Simbolo Simbolo,

                            Inserisci simbolo

                          • viene visualizzata la scheda di dialogo Simbolo da cui è possibile selezionare il simbolo appropriato,
                            • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css index 0b550e306..9a4fc74bf 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft @@ -152,4 +152,50 @@ text-decoration: none; font-size: 1em; font-weight: bold; color: #444; +} +kbd { + display: inline-block; + padding: 0.2em 0.3em; + border-radius: .2em; + line-height: 1em; + background-color: #f2f2f2; + font-family: monospace; + white-space: nowrap; + box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(85,85,85,.35); + margin: 0.2em 0.1em; + color: #000; +} +.shortcut_variants { + margin: 20px 0 -20px; + padding: 0; +} +.shortcut_toggle { + display: inline-block; + margin: 0; + padding: 1px 10px; + list-style-type: none; + cursor: pointer; + font-size: 11px; + line-height: 18px; + white-space: nowrap +} +.shortcut_toggle.enabled { + color: #fff; + background-color: #7D858C; + border: 1px solid #7D858C; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled { + color: #444; + background-color: #fff; + border: 1px solid #CFCFCF; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled:hover { + background-color: #D8DADC; +} +.left_option { + border-radius: 2px 0 0 2px; + float: left; +} +.right_option { + border-radius: 0 2px 2px 0; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/Hanging.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/Hanging.png deleted file mode 100644 index 09eecbb72..000000000 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/Hanging.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hanging.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hanging.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hanging.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hanging.png diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/vector.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insert_symbol_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/vector.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insert_symbol_icon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json index 67480045e..713c5be40 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json @@ -24,14 +24,15 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm", "name": "Заливка объектов и выбор цветов"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "name": "Работа с объектами на слайде" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде"}, - { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Вставка формул", "headername": "Математические формулы" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Вставка формул", "headername": "Математические формулы" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Совместное редактирование презентаций", "headername": "Совместное редактирование презентаций" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", "name": "Просмотр сведений о презентации", "headername": "Инструменты и настройки"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Сохранение / печать / скачивание презентации" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "name": "Дополнительные параметры редактора презентаций"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "name": "Параметры представления и инструменты навигации"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Функция поиска"}, - {"src":"HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Проверка орфографии"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Функция поиска"}, + { "src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Проверка орфографии" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "Функции автозамены" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "О редакторе презентаций", "headername": "Полезные советы"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "name": "Поддерживаемые форматы электронных презентаций"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "name": "Сочетания клавиш"} diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 458c78c7e..fdc6cd6ac 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -17,7 +17,9 @@

                            Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора презентаций. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также нажать на значок Параметры представления Значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выбрать опцию Дополнительные параметры.

                            Доступны следующие дополнительные параметры:

                              -
                            • Альтернативный ввод - используется для включения/отключения иероглифов.
                              • +
                            • Проверка орфографии - используется для включения/отключения опции проверки орфографии.
                              • +
                            • Правописание - используется для автоматической замены слова или символа, введенного в поле Заменить: или выбранного из списка, на новое слово или символ, отображенные в поле На:.
                              • +
                            • Альтернативный ввод - используется для включения/отключения иероглифов.
                            • Направляющие выравнивания - используется для включения/отключения направляющих выравнивания, которые появляются при перемещении объектов и позволяют точно расположить их на слайде.
                            • Автосохранение - используется в онлайн-версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического сохранения изменений, внесенных при редактировании.
                            • Автовосстановление - используется в десктопной версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического восстановления документа в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы.
                              • @@ -51,6 +53,15 @@
                          • Единица измерения - используется для определения единиц, которые должны использоваться на линейках и в окнах свойств для измерения параметров элементов, таких как ширина, высота, интервалы, поля и т.д. Можно выбрать опцию Сантиметр, Пункт или Дюйм.
                            • +
                          • Вырезание, копирование и вставка - используется для отображения кнопки Параметры вставки при вставке содержимого. Установите эту галочку, чтобы включить данную функцию.
                            • +
                          • + Настройки макросов - используется для настройки отображения макросов с уведомлением. +
                              +
                            • Выберите опцию Отключить все, чтобы отключить все макросы в презентации;
                              • +
                            • Показывать уведомление, чтобы получать уведомления о макросах в презентации;
                              • +
                            • Включить все, чтобы автоматически запускать все макросы в презентации.
                              • +
                            +

                          Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить.

                          diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 4333c4eba..394bf4031 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
                        • удалите выбранный комментарий, нажав значок Значок Удалить,
                        • закройте выбранное обсуждение, нажав на значок Значок Решить, если задача или проблема, обозначенная в комментарии, решена; после этого обсуждение, которое вы открыли своим комментарием, приобретет статус решенного. Чтобы вновь его открыть, нажмите на значок Значок Открыть снова.
                        -

                        Добавление упоминаний

                        +

                        Добавление упоминаний

                        При вводе комментариев можно использовать функцию упоминаний, которая позволяет привлечь чье-либо внимание к комментарию и отправить оповещение упомянутому пользователю по электронной почте и в Чат.

                        Чтобы добавить упоминание, введите знак "+" или "@" в любом месте текста комментария - откроется список пользователей портала. Чтобы упростить процесс поиска, вы можете начать вводить имя в поле комментария - список пользователей будет меняться по мере ввода. Выберите из списка нужного человека. Если упомянутому пользователю еще не был предоставлен доступ к файлу, откроется окно Настройки совместного доступа. По умолчанию выбран тип доступа Только чтение. Измените его в случае необходимости и нажмите кнопку OK.

                        Упомянутый пользователь получит по электронной почте оповещение о том, что он был упомянут в комментарии. Если к файлу был предоставлен доступ, пользователь также получит соответствующее оповещение.

                        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index a943ce063..342b4e34b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -104,6 +104,12 @@ ⇧ Shift+F10 Открыть контекстное меню выбранного элемента. + + Сбросить масштаб + Ctrl+0 + ^ Ctrl+0 или ⌘ Cmd+0 + Сбросить масштаб текущей презентации до значения по умолчанию 'По размеру слайда'. + Навигация diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39bbd8031 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + Использование Чата + + + + + +
                        +

                        Использование Чата

                        +

                        ONLYOFFICE Presentation Editor предоставляет Вам возможность общения в чате для обмена идеями по поводу отдельных частей презентации.

                        +

                        Чтобы войти в чат и оставить сообщение для других пользователей:

                        +
                          +
                        1. нажмите на значок Значок Чат на левой боковой панели,
                          2. +
                        2. введите текст в соответствующем поле ниже,
                          3. +
                        3. нажмите кнопку Отправить.
                          4. +
                        +

                        Все сообщения, оставленные пользователями, будут отображаться на панели слева. Если есть новые сообщения, которые Вы еще не прочитали, значок чата будет выглядеть так - Значок Чат.

                        +

                        Чтобы закрыть панель с сообщениями чата, нажмите на значок Значок Чат еще раз.

                        +
                        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 679dbdd0a..d0843fbd1 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -37,7 +37,9 @@
                      • Подсветка кода - позволяет подсвечивать синтаксис кода, выбирая нужный язык, стиль, цвет фона,
                      • Фоторедактор - позволяет редактировать изображения: обрезать, отражать, поворачивать их, рисовать линии и фигуры, добавлять иконки и текст, загружать маску и применять фильтры, такие как Оттенки серого, Инверсия, Сепия, Размытие, Резкость, Рельеф и другие,
                      • Синонимы - позволяет находить синонимы и антонимы какого-либо слова и заменять его на выбранный вариант,
                        • -
                      • Переводчик позволяет переводить выделенный текст на другие языки,
                        • +
                      • Переводчик позволяет переводить выделенный текст на другие языки, +

                        Примечание: этот плагин не работает в Internet Explorer.

                        +
                      • YouTube позволяет встраивать в презентацию видео с YouTube.

                      Для получения дополнительной информации о плагинах, пожалуйста, обратитесь к нашей Документации по API.

                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index 38a9c3386..774bde65e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@
                    • Использовать конечную тему - позволяет применить форматирование, определяемое темой текущей презентации. Эта опция выбрана по умолчанию.
                    • Изображение - позволяет вставить объект как изображение, чтобы его нельзя было редактировать.
                    +

                    Чтобы включить / отключить автоматическое появление кнопки Специальная вставка после вставки, перейдите на вкладку Файл > Дополнительные параметры... и поставьте / снимите галочку Вырезание, копирование и вставка.

                    Отмена / повтор действий

                    Для выполнения операций отмены/повтора используйте соответствующие значки в левой части шапки редактора или сочетания клавиш:

                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm index 82120ea76..1c96a1784 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm @@ -49,11 +49,19 @@
                      • Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить слайд или фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга.

                        Градиентная заливка

                        -
                          -
                        • Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям).
                          • -
                        • Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления : из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон.
                          • -
                        • Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку Ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента.
                          • -
                        +
                          +
                        • Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям).
                          • +
                        • Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления : из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон.
                          • +
                        • Угол - установите числовое значение для точного угла перехода цвета.
                          • +
                        • + Точка градиента - это определенная точка перехода от одного цвета к другому. +
                            +
                          1. Чтобы добавить точку градиента, Используйте кнопку Добавить точку градиента Добавить точку градиента или ползунок. Вы можете добавить до 10 точек градиента. Каждая следующая добавленная точка градиента никоим образом не повлияет на внешний вид текущей градиентной заливки. Чтобы удалить определенную точку градиента, используйте кнопку Удалить точку градиента Удалить точку градиента.
                            2. +
                          2. Чтобы изменить положение точки градиента, используйте ползунок или укажите Положение в процентах для точного местоположения.
                            3. +
                          3. Чтобы применить цвет к точке градиента, щелкните точку на панели ползунка, а затем нажмите Цвет, чтобы выбрать нужный цвет.
                            4. +
                          +
                          • +
                      @@ -61,7 +69,7 @@
                    • Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры или слайда изображение или предустановленную текстуру.

                      Заливка с помощью изображения или текстуры

                        -
                      • Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры или слайда, можно добавить изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес. +
                      • Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры или слайда, нажмите кнопку Выбрать изображение и добавьте изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес, или Из хранилища, выбрав нужное изображение, сохраненное на портале.
                      • Если Вы хотите использовать текстуру в качестве фона фигуры или слайда, разверните меню Из текстуры и выберите нужную предустановленную текстуру.

                        В настоящее время доступны следующие текстуры: Холст, Картон, Темная ткань, Песок, Гранит, Серая бумага, Вязание, Кожа, Крафт-бумага, Папирус, Дерево.

                        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 9eb0e76c8..03a407375 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
                      • Стрелки - эта группа опций доступна только в том случае, если выбрана фигура из группы автофигур Линии. Она позволяет задать Начальный и Конечный стиль и Размер стрелки, выбрав соответствующие опции из выпадающих списков.

                      Свойства фигуры - вкладка Поля вокруг текста

                      -

                      На вкладке Поля вокруг текста можно изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры).

                      +

                      На вкладке Текстовое поле можно использовать опцию Без автоподбора, Сжать текст при переполнении, Подгонять размер фигуры под текст или изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры).

                      Примечание: эта вкладка доступна, только если в автофигуру добавлен текст, в противном случае вкладка неактивна.

                      Свойства фигуры - вкладка Колонки

                      На вкладке Колонки можно добавить колонки текста внутри автофигуры, указав нужное Количество колонок (не более 16) и Интервал между колонками. После того как вы нажмете кнопку ОК, уже имеющийся текст или любой другой текст, который вы введете, в этой автофигуре будет представлен в виде колонок и будет перетекать из одной колонки в другую.

                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index e2624d8a4..35683faf4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -8,223 +8,294 @@ - -
                      -
                      - -
                      -

                      Вставка и редактирование диаграмм

                      + +
                      +
                      + +
                      +

                      Вставка и редактирование диаграмм

                      Вставка диаграммы

                      -

                      Для вставки диаграммы в презентацию,

                      -
                        -
                      1. установите курсор там, где требуется поместить диаграмму,
                        2. +

                        Для вставки диаграммы в презентацию,

                        +
                          +
                        1. установите курсор там, где требуется поместить диаграмму,
                        2. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
                        3. щелкните по значку Значок Диаграмма Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов,
                          4. -
                        4. выберите из доступных типов диаграммы тот, который вам нужен - гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая, -

                          Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D.

                          -
                          5. -
                        5. после этого появится окно Редактор диаграмм, в котором можно ввести в ячейки необходимые данные при помощи следующих элементов управления: -
                            -
                          • Копировать и Вставить для копирования и вставки скопированных данных
                            • -
                          • Отменить и Повторить для отмены и повтора действий
                            • -
                          • Вставить функцию для вставки функции
                            • -
                          • Уменьшить разрядность и Увеличить разрядность для уменьшения и увеличения числа десятичных знаков
                            • -
                          • Формат чисел для изменения числового формата, то есть того, каким образом выглядят введенные числа в ячейках
                            • -
                          -

                          Окно Редактор диаграмм

                          -
                          6. -
                        6. измените параметры диаграммы, нажав на кнопку Изменить диаграмму в окне Редактор диаграмм. Откроется окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. -

                          Окно Параметры диаграммы

                          -

                          На вкладке Тип и данные можно выбрать тип диаграммы, а также данные, которые вы хотите использовать для создания диаграммы.

                          -
                            -
                          • Выберите Тип диаграммы, которую требуется вставить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая.
                            • -
                          • Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и при необходимости измените его, нажав на кнопку Выбор данных и указав желаемый диапазон данных в следующем формате: Лист1!A1:B4.
                            • -
                          • Измените способ расположения данных. Можно выбрать ряды данных для использования по оси X: в строках или в столбцах.
                            • -
                          -

                          Окно Параметры диаграммы

                          -

                          На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы:

                          -
                            -
                          • Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
                              -
                            • Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался,
                              • -
                            • Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру,
                              • -
                            • Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • - Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
                              -
                            • Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались,
                              • -
                            • Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы,
                              • -
                            • Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы,
                              • -
                            • Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы,
                              • -
                            • Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы,
                              • -
                            • Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева,
                              • -
                            • Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • - Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных):
                            -
                              -
                            • - укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. -
                                -
                              • Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
                                • -
                              • Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу.
                                • -
                              • Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
                                • -
                              • Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру.
                                • -
                              -
                              • -
                            • выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение,
                              • -
                            • введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались.
                            • -
                          • - Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. -

                            Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм.

                            -
                            • -
                          • - В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: -
                              -
                            • - Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
                                -
                              • Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось,
                                • -
                              • Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью.
                                • -
                              -
                              • -
                            • - Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
                                -
                              • Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось,
                                • -
                              • Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси,
                                • -
                              • По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси.
                                • -
                              -
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • - В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. -

                            Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки.

                            -
                            • -
                          -

                          Окно Параметры диаграммы

                          -

                          Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей.

                          -

                          Вкладка Вертикальная ось позволяет изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, на которой указываются числовые значения. - Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующей вкладке. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. -

                          -
                            -
                          • Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: -
                              -
                            • Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; - в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать - из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. -
                              • -
                            • Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; - в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать - из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. -
                              • -
                            • Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. - По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. - Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. -
                              • -
                            • Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция - может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым - (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения - из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, - Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. -
                              • -
                            • Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится - внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. -
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные - деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, - которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться - линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся - следующие опции размещения: -
                              -
                            • Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались,
                              • -
                            • На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси,
                              • -
                            • Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси,
                              • -
                            • Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. - Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
                              -
                            • Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались,
                              • -
                            • Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы,
                              • -
                            • Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы,
                              • -
                            • Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          -

                          Окно Параметры диаграммы

                          -

                          Вкладка Горизонтальная ось позволяет изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют - осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, - так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. -

                          -
                            -
                          • Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: -
                              -
                            • Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. - Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум - (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. -
                              • -
                            • Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями.
                              • -
                            • Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. - Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. -
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные - деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, - которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться - линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: -
                              -
                            • Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: - Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы - отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы - отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы - отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. -
                              • -
                            • Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. -
                              -
                            • Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. - Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: - Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, - Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. -
                              • -
                            • Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. - Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. +
                            • + выберите из доступных типов диаграммы тот, который вам нужен - гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая, +

                              Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D.

                            • - Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция - Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. - Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. + после этого появится окно Редактор диаграмм, в котором можно ввести в ячейки необходимые данные при помощи следующих элементов управления: +
                                +
                              • Копировать и Вставить для копирования и вставки скопированных данных
                                • +
                              • Отменить и Повторить для отмены и повтора действий
                                • +
                              • Вставить функцию для вставки функции
                                • +
                              • Уменьшить разрядность и Увеличить разрядность для уменьшения и увеличения числа десятичных знаков
                                • +
                              • Формат чисел для изменения числового формата, то есть того, каким образом выглядят введенные числа в ячейках
                                • +
                              +

                              Окно Редактор диаграмм

                              +
                              • +
                            • + Нажмите кнопку Выбрать данные, расположенную в окне Редактора диаграмм. Откроется окно Данные диаграммы. +
                                +
                              1. + Используйте диалоговое окно Данные диаграммы для управления диапазоном данных диаграммы, элементами легенды (ряды), подписями горизонтальной оси (категории) и переключием строк / столбцов. +

                                Окно Диапазон данных

                                +
                                  +
                                • + Диапазон данных для диаграммы - выберите данные для вашей диаграммы. +
                                    +
                                  • + Щелкните значок Иконка Выбор данных справа от поля Диапазон данных для диаграммы, чтобы выбрать диапазон ячеек. +

                                    Окно Диапазон данных для диаграммы

                                    +
                                    • +
                                  +
                                  • +
                                • + Элементы легенды (ряды) - добавляйте, редактируйте или удаляйте записи легенды. Введите или выберите ряд для записей легенды. +
                                    +
                                  • В Элементах легенды (ряды) нажмите кнопку Добавить.
                                    • +
                                  • + В диалоговом окне Изменить ряд выберите диапазон ячеек для легенды или нажмите на иконку Иконка Выбор данных справа от поля Имя ряда. +

                                    Окно Изменить ряд

                                    +
                                    • +
                                  +
                                  • +
                                • + Подписи горизонтальной оси (категории) - изменяйте текст подписи категории. +
                                    +
                                  • В Подписях горизонтальной оси (категории) нажмите Редактировать.
                                    • +
                                  • + В поле Диапазон подписей оси введите названия для категорий или нажмите на иконку Иконка Выбор данных, чтобы выбрать диапазон ячеек. +

                                    Окно Подписи оси

                                    +
                                    • +
                                  +
                                  • +
                                • Переключить строку/столбец - переставьте местами данные, которые расположены на диаграмме. Переключите строки на столбцы, чтобы данные отображались на другой оси.
                                  • +
                                +
                                2. +
                              2. Нажмите кнопку ОК, чтобы применить изменения и закрыть окно.
                                3. +
                              +
                              • +
                            • + измените параметры диаграммы, нажав на кнопку Изменить диаграмму в окне Редактор диаграмм. Откроется окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. +

                              Окно Параметры диаграммы

                              +

                              На вкладке Тип и данные можно выбрать тип диаграммы, а также данные, которые вы хотите использовать для создания диаграммы.

                              +
                                +
                              • Выберите Тип диаграммы, которую требуется вставить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая.
                                • +
                              • Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и при необходимости измените его, нажав на кнопку Выбор данных и указав желаемый диапазон данных в следующем формате: Лист1!A1:B4.
                                • +
                              • Измените способ расположения данных. Можно выбрать ряды данных для использования по оси X: в строках или в столбцах.
                                • +
                              +

                              Окно Параметры диаграммы

                              +

                              На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы:

                              +
                                +
                              • + Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: +
                                  +
                                • Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался,
                                  • +
                                • Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру,
                                  • +
                                • Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы.
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              • + Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: +
                                  +
                                • Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались,
                                  • +
                                • Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы,
                                  • +
                                • Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы,
                                  • +
                                • Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы,
                                  • +
                                • Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы,
                                  • +
                                • Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева,
                                  • +
                                • Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа.
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              • + Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных):
                                +
                                  +
                                • + укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. +
                                    +
                                  • Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
                                    • +
                                  • Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу.
                                    • +
                                  • Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
                                    • +
                                  • Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру.
                                    • +
                                  +
                                  • +
                                • выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение,
                                  • +
                                • введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных.
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              • Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались.
                                • +
                              • + Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. +

                                Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм.

                                +
                                • +
                              • + В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: +
                                  +
                                • + Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: +
                                    +
                                  • Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось,
                                    • +
                                  • Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью.
                                    • +
                                  +
                                  • +
                                • + Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: +
                                    +
                                  • Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось,
                                    • +
                                  • Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси,
                                    • +
                                  • По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси.
                                    • +
                                  +
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              • + В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. +

                                Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки.

                                +
                                • +
                              +

                              Окно Параметры диаграммы

                              +

                              Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей.

                              +

                              + Вкладка Вертикальная ось позволяет изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, на которой указываются числовые значения. + Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующей вкладке. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. +

                              +
                                +
                              • + Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: +
                                  +
                                • + Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; + в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать + из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. +
                                  • +
                                • + Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; + в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать + из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. +
                                  • +
                                • + Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. + По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. + Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. +
                                  • +
                                • + Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция + может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым + (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения + из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, + Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. +
                                  • +
                                • + Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится + внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. +
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              • + Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные + деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, + которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться + линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся + следующие опции размещения: +
                                  +
                                • Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались,
                                  • +
                                • На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси,
                                  • +
                                • Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси,
                                  • +
                                • Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси.
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              • + Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. + Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: +
                                  +
                                • Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались,
                                  • +
                                • Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы,
                                  • +
                                • Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы,
                                  • +
                                • Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью.
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              +

                              Окно Параметры диаграммы

                              +

                              + Вкладка Горизонтальная ось позволяет изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют + осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, + так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. +

                              +
                                +
                              • + Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: +
                                  +
                                • + Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. + Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум + (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. +
                                  • +
                                • Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями.
                                  • +
                                • + Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. + Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. +
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              • + Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные + деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, + которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться + линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: +
                                  +
                                • + Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: + Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы + отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы + отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы + отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. +
                                  • +
                                • Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями.
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              • + Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. +
                                  +
                                • + Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. + Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: + Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, + Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. +
                                  • +
                                • + Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. + Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. +
                                  • +
                                • + Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция + Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. + Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. +
                                  • +
                                +
                                • +
                              +

                              Окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

                              +

                              Вкладка Привязка к ячейке содержит следующие параметры:

                              +
                                +
                              • Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее. Если ячейка перемещается (например, при вставке или удалении нескольких строк/столбцов), диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой. При увеличении или уменьшении ширины или высоты ячейки размер диаграммы также будет изменяться.
                                • +
                              • Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее, не допуская изменения размера диаграммы. Если ячейка перемещается, диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры диаграммы останутся неизменными.
                                • +
                              • Не перемещать и не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера диаграммы при изменении положения или размера ячейки.
                                • +
                              +

                              Окно Параметры диаграммы

                              +

                              Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма.

                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          -

                          Окно Параметры диаграммы

                          -

                          Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма.

                          -
                        7. После того, как диаграмма будет добавлена, можно также изменить ее размер и положение.

                          Можно задать положение диаграммы на слайде, перетаскивая ее по горизонтали или по вертикали.

                          8. - -
                        + +

                      Вы также можете добавить диаграмму внутри текстовой рамки, нажав на кнопку Значок Диаграмма Диаграмма в ней и выбрав нужный тип диаграммы:

                      Добавление диаграммы в текстовую рамку

                      Также можно добавить диаграмму в макет слайда. Для получения дополнительной информации вы можете обратиться к этой статье.

                      -
                      +

                      Редактирование элементов диаграммы

                      Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный.

                      Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, стиль, размер или цвет шрифта.

                      @@ -239,23 +310,27 @@ При выделении вертикальной или горизонтальной оси или линий сетки на вкладке Параметры фигуры будут доступны только параметры обводки: цвет, толщина и тип линии. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с цветами, заливками и обводкой фигур можно обратиться к этой странице.

                      Обратите внимание: параметр Отображать тень также доступен на вкладке Параметры фигуры, но для элементов диаграммы он неактивен.

                      +

                      Если вам нужно изменить размер элементов диаграммы, щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, чтобы выбрать нужный элемент, и перетащите один из 8 белых квадратов Значок Квадратик, расположенных по периметру элемента.

                      +

                      Изменить размер элемент диаграммы

                      +

                      Чтобы изменить положение элемента, щелкните по нему левой кнопкой мыши, убедитесь, что ваш курсор изменился на Стрелка, удерживайте левую кнопку мыши и перетащите элемент в нужное положение.

                      +

                      Передвинуть элемент диаграммы

                      Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре.

                      Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы.

                      3D-диаграмма

                      Изменение параметров диаграммы

                      - Вкладка Параметры диаграммы -

                      Размер, тип и стиль диаграммы, а также данные, используемые для построения диаграммы, можно изменить с помощью правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по диаграмме и выберите значок Параметры диаграммы Значок Параметры диаграммы справа.

                      -

                      Раздел Размер позволяет изменить ширину и/или высоту диаграммы. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции Значок Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: Кнопка Сохранять пропорции нажата), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон диаграммы.

                      -

                      Раздел Изменить тип диаграммы позволяет изменить выбранный тип и/или стиль диаграммы с помощью соответствующего выпадающего меню.

                      + Вкладка Параметры диаграммы +

                      Размер, тип и стиль диаграммы, а также данные, используемые для построения диаграммы, можно изменить с помощью правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по диаграмме и выберите значок Параметры диаграммы Значок Параметры диаграммы справа.

                      +

                      Раздел Размер позволяет изменить ширину и/или высоту диаграммы. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции Значок Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: Кнопка Сохранять пропорции нажата), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон диаграммы.

                      +

                      Раздел Изменить тип диаграммы позволяет изменить выбранный тип и/или стиль диаграммы с помощью соответствующего выпадающего меню.

                      Для выбора нужного Стиля диаграммы используйте второе выпадающее меню в разделе Изменить тип диаграммы.

                      -

                      Кнопка Изменить данные позволяет вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм и начать редактирование данных, как описано выше.

                      -

                      Примечание: чтобы быстро вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм, можно также дважды щелкнуть мышью по диаграмме на слайде.

                      +

                      Кнопка Изменить данные позволяет вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм и начать редактирование данных, как описано выше.

                      +

                      Примечание: чтобы быстро вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм, можно также дважды щелкнуть мышью по диаграмме на слайде.

                      Опция Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели позволяет открыть окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры, в котором можно задать альтернативный текст:

                      -

                      Окно дополнительных параметров диаграммы

                      -
                      -

                      Чтобы удалить добавленную диаграмму, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре.

                      -

                      Чтобы узнать, как выровнять диаграмму на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько объектов, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде.

                      -
                      - +

                      Окно дополнительных параметров диаграммы

                      +
                      +

                      Чтобы удалить добавленную диаграмму, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре.

                      +

                      Чтобы узнать, как выровнять диаграмму на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько объектов, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде.

                      +
                      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index 3367087e6..ef7946803 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Когда курсор будет установлен в нужную позицию, можно заполнить поле:
                      • введите требуемое цифровое или буквенное значение с помощью клавиатуры,
                        • -
                      • вставьте специальный символ, используя палитру Символы из меню Значок Уравнение Уравнение на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
                        • +
                      • вставьте специальный символ, используя палитру Символы из меню Значок Уравнение Уравнение на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов или вводя их с клавиатуры (см. описание функции Автозамена математическими символами),
                      • добавьте шаблон другого уравнения с палитры, чтобы создать сложное вложенное уравнение. Размер начального уравнения будет автоматически изменен в соответствии с содержимым. Размер элементов вложенного уравнения зависит от размера поля начального уравнения, но не может быть меньше, чем размер мелкого индекса.

                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index f32f3fb7e..15609869f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@

                      Вставка и настройка изображений

                      Вставка изображения

                      -

                      В редакторе презентаций можно вставлять в презентацию изображения самых популярных форматов. Поддерживаются следующие форматы изображений: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

                      +

                      В онлайн-редакторе презентаций можно вставлять в презентацию изображения самых популярных форматов. Поддерживаются следующие форматы изображений: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

                      Для добавления изображения на слайд:

                      1. в списке слайдов слева выберите тот слайд, на который требуется добавить изображение,
                        2. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
                      2. При выборе опции Заливка центральная часть исходного изображения будет сохранена и использована в качестве заливки выбранной области обрезки, в то время как остальные части изображения будут удалены.
                      3. При выборе опции Вписать размер изображения будет изменен, чтобы оно соответствовало высоте или ширине области обрезки. Никакие части исходного изображения не будут удалены, но внутри выбранной области обрезки могут появится пустые пространства.
                    -

                    Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы загрузить другое изображение вместо текущего, выбрав нужный источник. Можно выбрать одну из опций: Из файла или По URL. Опция Заменить изображение также доступна в контекстном меню, вызываемом правой кнопкой мыши.

                    +

                    Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы загрузить другое изображение вместо текущего, выбрав нужный источник. Можно выбрать одну из опций: Из файла, Из хранилища или По URL. Опция Заменить изображение также доступна в контекстном меню, вызываемом правой кнопкой мыши.

                    Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить изображение слева направо или сверху вниз. Нажмите на одну из кнопок:

                    • Значок Повернуть против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки
                      • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm index 8aacf1d41..25cc9799d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -14,21 +14,23 @@

                      Вставка символов и знаков

                      -

                      При работе может возникнуть необходимость поставить символ, которого нет на вашей клавиатуре. Для вставки таких символов используйте функцию Таблица символов иконкаВставить символ.

                      +

                      При работе может возникнуть необходимость поставить символ, которого нет на вашей клавиатуре. Для вставки таких символов используйте функцию Таблица символов иконка Вставить символ.

                      Для этого выполните следующие шаги:

                      • установите курсор, куда будет помещен символ,
                      • перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
                      • - щелкните по значку Таблица символов иконкаСимвол, + щелкните по значку Таблица символов иконка Символ,
                        Таблица символов панель слева
                      • в открывшемся окне выберите необходимый символ,
                      • - чтобы быстрее найти нужный символ, используйте раздел Набор. В нем все символы распределены по группам, например, выберите «Символы валют», если нужно вставить знак валют.
                        - Если же данный символ отсутствует в наборе, выберите другой шрифт. Во многих из них также есть символы, отличные от стандартного набора.
                        - Или же впишите в строку шестнадцатеричный Код знака из Юникод нужного вам символа. Данный код можно найти в Таблице символов.
                        - Для быстрого доступа к нужным символам также используйте Ранее использовавшиеся символы, где хранятся несколько последних использованных символов, +

                        чтобы быстрее найти нужный символ, используйте раздел Набор. В нем все символы распределены по группам, например, выберите «Символы валют», если нужно вставить знак валют.

                        +

                        Если же данный символ отсутствует в наборе, выберите другой шрифт. Во многих из них также есть символы, отличные от стандартного набора.

                        +

                        Или же впишите в строку шестнадцатеричный Код знака из Юникод нужного вам символа. Данный код можно найти в Таблице символов.

                        +

                        Также можно использовать вкладку Специальные символы для выбора специального символа из списка.

                        +

                        Таблица символов панель слева

                        +

                        Для быстрого доступа к нужным символам также используйте Ранее использовавшиеся символы, где хранятся несколько последних использованных символов,

                      • нажмите Вставить. Выбранный символ будет добавлен в презентацию.
                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0544c230 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2550 @@ + + + + Функции автозамены + + + + + + + +
                      +
                      + +
                      +

                      Функции автозамены

                      +

                      Функции автозамены используются для автоматического форматирования текста при обнаружении или вставки специальных математических символов путем распознавания определенных символов.

                      +

                      Доступные параметры автозамены перечислены в соответствующем диалоговом окне. Чтобы его открыть, перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены.

                      +

                      + В диалоговом окне Автозамена содержит три вкладки: Автозамена математическими символами, Распознанные функции и Автоформат при вводе. +

                      +

                      Автозамена математическими символами

                      +

                      При работе с уравнениями множество символов, диакритических знаков и знаков математических действий можно добавить путем ввода с клавиатуры, а не выбирая шаблон из коллекции.

                      +

                      В редакторе уравнений установите курсор в нужном поле для ввода, введите специальный код и нажмите Пробел. Введенный код будет преобразован в соответствующий символ, а пробел будет удален.

                      +

                      Примечание: коды чувствительны к регистру.

                      +

                      Вы можете добавлять, изменять, восстанавливать и удалять записи автозамены из списка автозамены. Перейдите во вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автозамена математическими символами.

                      +

                      Чтобы добавить запись в список автозамены,

                      +

                      +

                        +
                      • Введите код автозамены, который хотите использовать, в поле Заменить.
                        • +
                      • Введите символ, который будет присвоен введенному вами коду, в поле На.
                        • +
                      • Щелкните на кнопку Добавить.
                        • +
                      +

                      +

                      Чтобы изменить запись в списке автозамены,

                      +

                      +

                        +
                      • Выберите запись, которую хотите изменить.
                        • +
                      • Вы можете изменить информацию в полях Заменить для кода и На для символа.
                        • +
                      • Щелкните на кнопку Добавить.
                        • +
                      +

                      +

                      Чтобы удалить запись из списка автозамены,

                      +

                      +

                        +
                      • Выберите запись, которую хотите удалить.
                        • +
                      • Щелкните на кнопку Удалить.
                        • +
                      +

                      +

                      Чтобы восстановить ранее удаленные записи, выберите из списка запись, которую нужно восстановить, и нажмите кнопку Восстановить.

                      +

                      Чтобы восстановить настройки по умолчанию, нажмите кнопку Сбросить настройки. Любая добавленная вами запись автозамены будет удалена, а измененные значения будут восстановлены до их исходных значений.

                      +

                      Чтобы отключить автозамену математическими символами и избежать автоматических изменений и замен, снимите флажок Заменять текст при вводе.

                      +

                      Автозамена

                      +

                      В таблице ниже приведены все поддерживаемые в настоящее время коды, доступные в Редакторе презентаций. Полный список поддерживаемых кодов также можно найти на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительыне параметры... -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автозамена математическими символами.

                      +
                      + Поддерживаемые коды + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                      КодСимволКатегория
                      !!Двойной факториалСимволы
                      ...Горизонтальное многоточиеТочки
                      ::Двойное двоеточиеОператоры
                      :=Двоеточие равноОператоры
                      /<Не меньше чемОператоры отношения
                      />Не больше чемОператоры отношения
                      /=Не равноОператоры отношения
                      \aboveСимволСимволы Above/Below
                      \acuteСимволАкценты
                      \alephСимволБуквы иврита
                      \alphaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \AlphaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \amalgСимволБинарные операторы
                      \angleСимволГеометрические обозначения
                      \aointСимволИнтегралы
                      \approxСимволОператоры отношений
                      \asmashСимволСтрелки
                      \astЗвездочкаБинарные операторы
                      \asympСимволОператоры отношений
                      \atopСимволОператоры
                      \barСимволЧерта сверху/снизу
                      \BarСимволАкценты
                      \becauseСимволОператоры отношений
                      \beginСимволРазделители
                      \belowСимволСимволы Above/Below
                      \betСимволБуквы иврита
                      \betaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \BetaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \bethСимволБуквы иврита
                      \bigcapСимволКрупные операторы
                      \bigcupСимволКрупные операторы
                      \bigodotСимволКрупные операторы
                      \bigoplusСимволКрупные операторы
                      \bigotimesСимволКрупные операторы
                      \bigsqcupСимволКрупные операторы
                      \biguplusСимволКрупные операторы
                      \bigveeСимволКрупные операторы
                      \bigwedgeСимволКрупные операторы
                      \binomialСимволУравнения
                      \botСимволЛогические обозначения
                      \bowtieСимволОператоры отношений
                      \boxСимволСимволы
                      \boxdotСимволБинарные операторы
                      \boxminusСимволБинарные операторы
                      \boxplusСимволБинарные операторы
                      \braСимволРазделители
                      \breakСимволСимволы
                      \breveСимволАкценты
                      \bulletСимволБинарные операторы
                      \capСимволБинарные операторы
                      \cbrtСимволКвадратные корни и радикалы
                      \casesСимволСимволы
                      \cdotСимволБинарные операторы
                      \cdotsСимволТочки
                      \checkСимволАкценты
                      \chiСимволГреческие буквы
                      \ChiСимволГреческие буквы
                      \circСимволБинарные операторы
                      \closeСимволРазделители
                      \clubsuitСимволСимволы
                      \cointСимволИнтегралы
                      \congСимволОператоры отношений
                      \coprodСимволМатематические операторы
                      \cupСимволБинарные операторы
                      \daletСимволБуквы иврита
                      \dalethСимволБуквы иврита
                      \dashvСимволОператоры отношений
                      \ddСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \DdСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \ddddotСимволАкценты
                      \dddotСимволАкценты
                      \ddotСимволАкценты
                      \ddotsСимволТочки
                      \defeqСимволОператоры отношений
                      \degcСимволСимволы
                      \degfСимволСимволы
                      \degreeСимволСимволы
                      \deltaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \DeltaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \DeltaeqСимволОператоры
                      \diamondСимволБинарные операторы
                      \diamondsuitСимволСимволы
                      \divСимволБинарные операторы
                      \dotСимволАкценты
                      \doteqСимволОператоры отношений
                      \dotsСимволТочки
                      \doubleaСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleAСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublebСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleBСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublecСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleCСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubledСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleDСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleeСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleEСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublefСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleFСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublegСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleGСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublehСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleHСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleiСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleIСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublejСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleJСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublekСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleKСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublelСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleLСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublemСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleMСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublenСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleNСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleoСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleOСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublepСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublePСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleqСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleQСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublerСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleRСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublesСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleSСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubletСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleTСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleuСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleUСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublevСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleVСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublewСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleWСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublexСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleXСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleyСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleYСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doublezСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \doubleZСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \downarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \DownarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \dsmashСимволСтрелки
                      \eeСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \ellСимволСимволы
                      \emptysetСимволОбозначения множествs
                      \emspЗнаки пробела
                      \endСимволРазделители
                      \enspЗнаки пробела
                      \epsilonСимволГреческие буквы
                      \EpsilonСимволГреческие буквы
                      \eqarrayСимволСимволы
                      \equivСимволОператоры отношений
                      \etaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \EtaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \existsСимволЛогические обозначенияs
                      \forallСимволЛогические обозначенияs
                      \frakturaСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturAСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturbСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturBСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturcСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturCСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturdСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturDСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \fraktureСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturEСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturfСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturFСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturgСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturGСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturhСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturHСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturiСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturIСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturkСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturKСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturlСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturLСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturmСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturMСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturnСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturNСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturoСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturOСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturpСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturPСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturqСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturQСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturrСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturRСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \fraktursСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturSСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturtСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturTСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturuСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturUСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturvСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturVСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturwСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturWСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturxСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturXСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturyСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturYСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturzСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frakturZСимволБуквы готического шрифта
                      \frownСимволОператоры отношений
                      \funcapplyБинарные операторы
                      \GСимволГреческие буквы
                      \gammaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \GammaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \geСимволОператоры отношений
                      \geqСимволОператоры отношений
                      \getsСимволСтрелки
                      \ggСимволОператоры отношений
                      \gimelСимволБуквы иврита
                      \graveСимволАкценты
                      \hairspЗнаки пробела
                      \hatСимволАкценты
                      \hbarСимволСимволы
                      \heartsuitСимволСимволы
                      \hookleftarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \hookrightarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \hphantomСимволСтрелки
                      \hsmashСимволСтрелки
                      \hvecСимволАкценты
                      \identitymatrixСимволМатрицы
                      \iiСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \iiintСимволИнтегралы
                      \iintСимволИнтегралы
                      \iiiintСимволИнтегралы
                      \ImСимволСимволы
                      \imathСимволСимволы
                      \inСимволОператоры отношений
                      \incСимволСимволы
                      \inftyСимволСимволы
                      \intСимволИнтегралы
                      \integralСимволИнтегралы
                      \iotaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \IotaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \itimesМатематические операторы
                      \jСимволСимволы
                      \jjСимволДважды начерченные буквы
                      \jmathСимволСимволы
                      \kappaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \KappaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \ketСимволРазделители
                      \lambdaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \LambdaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \langleСимволРазделители
                      \lbbrackСимволРазделители
                      \lbraceСимволРазделители
                      \lbrackСимволРазделители
                      \lceilСимволРазделители
                      \ldivСимволДробная черта
                      \ldivideСимволДробная черта
                      \ldotsСимволТочки
                      \leСимволОператоры отношений
                      \leftСимволРазделители
                      \leftarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \LeftarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \leftharpoondownСимволСтрелки
                      \leftharpoonupСимволСтрелки
                      \leftrightarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \LeftrightarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \leqСимволОператоры отношений
                      \lfloorСимволРазделители
                      \lhvecСимволАкценты
                      \limitСимволЛимиты
                      \llСимволОператоры отношений
                      \lmoustСимволРазделители
                      \LongleftarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \LongleftrightarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \LongrightarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \lrharСимволСтрелки
                      \lvecСимволАкценты
                      \mapstoСимволСтрелки
                      \matrixСимволМатрицы
                      \medspЗнаки пробела
                      \midСимволОператоры отношений
                      \middleСимволСимволы
                      \modelsСимволОператоры отношений
                      \mpСимволБинарные операторы
                      \muСимволГреческие буквы
                      \MuСимволГреческие буквы
                      \nablaСимволСимволы
                      \naryandСимволОператоры
                      \nbspЗнаки пробела
                      \neСимволОператоры отношений
                      \nearrowСимволСтрелки
                      \neqСимволОператоры отношений
                      \niСимволОператоры отношений
                      \normСимволРазделители
                      \notcontainСимволОператоры отношений
                      \notelementСимволОператоры отношений
                      \notinСимволОператоры отношений
                      \nuСимволГреческие буквы
                      \NuСимволГреческие буквы
                      \nwarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \oСимволГреческие буквы
                      \OСимволГреческие буквы
                      \odotСимволБинарные операторы
                      \ofСимволОператоры
                      \oiiintСимволИнтегралы
                      \oiintСимволИнтегралы
                      \ointСимволИнтегралы
                      \omegaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \OmegaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \ominusСимволБинарные операторы
                      \openСимволРазделители
                      \oplusСимволБинарные операторы
                      \otimesСимволБинарные операторы
                      \overСимволРазделители
                      \overbarСимволАкценты
                      \overbraceСимволАкценты
                      \overbracketСимволАкценты
                      \overlineСимволАкценты
                      \overparenСимволАкценты
                      \overshellСимволАкценты
                      \parallelСимволГеометрические обозначения
                      \partialСимволСимволы
                      \pmatrixСимволМатрицы
                      \perpСимволГеометрические обозначения
                      \phantomСимволСимволы
                      \phiСимволГреческие буквы
                      \PhiСимволГреческие буквы
                      \piСимволГреческие буквы
                      \PiСимволГреческие буквы
                      \pmСимволБинарные операторы
                      \pppprimeСимволШтрихи
                      \ppprimeСимволШтрихи
                      \pprimeСимволШтрихи
                      \precСимволОператоры отношений
                      \preceqСимволОператоры отношений
                      \primeСимволШтрихи
                      \prodСимволМатематические операторы
                      \proptoСимволОператоры отношений
                      \psiСимволГреческие буквы
                      \PsiСимволГреческие буквы
                      \qdrtСимволКвадратные корни и радикалы
                      \quadraticСимволКвадратные корни и радикалы
                      \rangleСимволРазделители
                      \RangleСимволРазделители
                      \ratioСимволОператоры отношений
                      \rbraceСимволРазделители
                      \rbrackСимволРазделители
                      \RbrackСимволРазделители
                      \rceilСимволРазделители
                      \rddotsСимволТочки
                      \ReСимволСимволы
                      \rectСимволСимволы
                      \rfloorСимволРазделители
                      \rhoСимволГреческие буквы
                      \RhoСимволГреческие буквы
                      \rhvecСимволАкценты
                      \rightСимволРазделители
                      \rightarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \RightarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \rightharpoondownСимволСтрелки
                      \rightharpoonupСимволСтрелки
                      \rmoustСимволРазделители
                      \rootСимволСимволы
                      \scriptaСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptAСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptbСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptBСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptcСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptCСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptdСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptDСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scripteСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptEСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptfСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptFСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptgСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptGСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scripthСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptHСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptiСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptIСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptkСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptKСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptlСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptLСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptmСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptMСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptnСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptNСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptoСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptOСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptpСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptPСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptqСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptQСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptrСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptRСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptsСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptSСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scripttСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptTСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptuСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptUСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptvСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptVСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptwСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptWСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptxСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptXСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptyСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptYСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptzСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \scriptZСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
                      \sdivСимволДробная черта
                      \sdivideСимволДробная черта
                      \searrowСимволСтрелки
                      \setminusСимволБинарные операторы
                      \sigmaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \SigmaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \simСимволОператоры отношений
                      \simeqСимволОператоры отношений
                      \smashСимволСтрелки
                      \smileСимволОператоры отношений
                      \spadesuitСимволСимволы
                      \sqcapСимволБинарные операторы
                      \sqcupСимволБинарные операторы
                      \sqrtСимволКвадратные корни и радикалы
                      \sqsubseteqСимволОбозначения множеств
                      \sqsuperseteqСимволОбозначения множеств
                      \starСимволБинарные операторы
                      \subsetСимволОбозначения множеств
                      \subseteqСимволОбозначения множеств
                      \succСимволОператоры отношений
                      \succeqСимволОператоры отношений
                      \sumСимволМатематические операторы
                      \supersetСимволОбозначения множеств
                      \superseteqСимволОбозначения множеств
                      \swarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \tauСимволГреческие буквы
                      \TauСимволГреческие буквы
                      \thereforeСимволОператоры отношений
                      \thetaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \ThetaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \thickspЗнаки пробела
                      \thinspЗнаки пробела
                      \tildeСимволАкценты
                      \timesСимволБинарные операторы
                      \toСимволСтрелки
                      \topСимволЛогические обозначения
                      \tvecСимволСтрелки
                      \ubarСимволАкценты
                      \UbarСимволАкценты
                      \underbarСимволАкценты
                      \underbraceСимволАкценты
                      \underbracketСимволАкценты
                      \underlineСимволАкценты
                      \underparenСимволАкценты
                      \uparrowСимволСтрелки
                      \UparrowСимволСтрелки
                      \updownarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \UpdownarrowСимволСтрелки
                      \uplusСимволБинарные операторы
                      \upsilonСимволГреческие буквы
                      \UpsilonСимволГреческие буквы
                      \varepsilonСимволГреческие буквы
                      \varphiСимволГреческие буквы
                      \varpiСимволГреческие буквы
                      \varrhoСимволГреческие буквы
                      \varsigmaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \varthetaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \vbarСимволРазделители
                      \vdashСимволОператоры отношений
                      \vdotsСимволТочки
                      \vecСимволАкценты
                      \veeСимволБинарные операторы
                      \vertСимволРазделители
                      \VertСимволРазделители
                      \VmatrixСимволМатрицы
                      \vphantomСимволСтрелки
                      \vthickspЗнаки пробела
                      \wedgeСимволБинарные операторы
                      \wpСимволСимволы
                      \wrСимволБинарные операторы
                      \xiСимволГреческие буквы
                      \XiСимволГреческие буквы
                      \zetaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \ZetaСимволГреческие буквы
                      \zwnjЗнаки пробела
                      \zwspЗнаки пробела
                      ~=КонгруэнтноОператоры отношений
                      -+Минус или плюсБинарные операторы
                      +-Плюс или минусБинарные операторы
                      <<СимволОператоры отношений
                      <=Меньше или равноОператоры отношений
                      ->СимволСтрелки
                      >=Больше или равноОператоры отношений
                      >>СимволОператоры отношений
                      +
                      +
                      +

                      Распознанные функции

                      +

                      На этой вкладке вы найдете список математических выражений, которые будут распознаваться редактором формул как функции и поэтому не будут автоматически выделены курсивом. Чтобы просмотреть список распознанных функций, перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Распознанные функции.

                      +

                      Чтобы добавить запись в список распознаваемых функций, введите функцию в пустое поле и нажмите кнопку Добавить.

                      +

                      Чтобы удалить запись из списка распознанных функций, выберите функцию, которую нужно удалить, и нажмите кнопку Удалить.

                      +

                      Чтобы восстановить ранее удаленные записи, выберите в списке запись, которую нужно восстановить, и нажмите кнопку Восстановить.

                      +

                      Чтобы восстановить настройки по умолчанию, нажмите кнопку Сбросить настройки. Любая добавленная вами функция будет удалена, а удаленные - восстановлены.

                      +

                      Распознанные функции

                      +
                      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index a48a9e29f..c6f0cabab 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
                    • используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+P, или
                    • нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Печать.
                    -

                    Также можно распечатать выделенные слайды с помощью пункта контекстного меню Напечатать выделенное.

                    +

                    Также можно распечатать выделенные слайды с помощью пункта контекстного меню Напечатать выделенное как в режиме Редактирования, так и в режиме Просмотра (кликните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенным слайдам и выберите опцию Напечатать выделенное).

                    В десктопной версии презентация будет напрямую отправлена на печать. В онлайн-версии на основе данной презентации будет сгенерирован файл PDF. Вы можете открыть и распечатать его, или сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера или съемном носителе чтобы распечатать позже. В некоторых браузерах, например Хром и Опера, есть встроенная возможность для прямой печати.

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/editor.css b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/editor.css index 7a743ebc1..108b9b531 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/editor.css +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/editor.css @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addgradientpoint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addgradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4ca4cc4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addgradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/axislabels.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/axislabels.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4ed4ea7b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/axislabels.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bulletedlistsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bulletedlistsettings.png index 53e615176..643f87203 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bulletedlistsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bulletedlistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerange.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerange.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17df78932 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerange.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a85685f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_alternative.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_alternative.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79779c032 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_alternative.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartdata.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d4cb1e68 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png index 4900a5554..bacc43baf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png index b2187cc5f..689aa67df 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png index 0c7eae447..92f701766 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png index ca0f0ef41..5394432c0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png index 2baf0a73c..f849be913 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings6.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings6.png index 174a033aa..efed7f465 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings6.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings6.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editseries.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editseries.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0699da2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editseries.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png index fa0968c2c..f4a67965f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png index 41388ba5f..6daafaef8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png index 80a534bd0..5807d3969 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png index c9047c697..7522b491e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png index 91bac1439..a99b16054 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettingstab.png index d89987a4f..5c0f48a89 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/vector.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/vector.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_icon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window.png index 4bbd8b745..5cb6a3b05 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e76849b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png index 917ed8e53..e25d07866 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png index 3a9bfdf50..d406b2567 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 90f465f2a..ba93b4f19 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moveelement.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moveelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74ead64a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moveelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orderedlistsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orderedlistsettings.png index 2a67c382f..099df5db3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orderedlistsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orderedlistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/proofing.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/proofing.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af9162d15 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/proofing.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/recognizedfunctions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/recognizedfunctions.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff1ffa3aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/recognizedfunctions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removegradientpoint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removegradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0675fbbb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removegradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/replacetext.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/replacetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb66e9e40 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/replacetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizeelement.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizeelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..206959166 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizeelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png index acb23609f..f74cd2237 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectdata.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03eaf7d38 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png index 636b289a2..cc01663d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties1.png index 78c4147c1..9dda72c19 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties2.png index 06d5c4e0f..b6f879702 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties3.png index 4dcfd34f1..f1bd6a2c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties4.png index 62b785b01..a2d6dd045 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties5.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties5.png index 2fd14f76d..275aabd7a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties5.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties5.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shapesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shapesettingstab.png index 07e9327bb..78c434c2c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shapesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shapesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png deleted file mode 100644 index 14be47e2b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png deleted file mode 100644 index dddc2bec6..000000000 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/above.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/above.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97f2005e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/above.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/acute.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/acute.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12d62abab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/acute.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aleph.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aleph.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7355dba4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aleph.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca68e0fe0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea3a6aac4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/amalg.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/amalg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b66c134d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/amalg.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/angle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/angle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de11fe22d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/angle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aoint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35a228fb4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/approx.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/approx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67b770f72 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/approx.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/arrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/arrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asmash.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df40f9f2c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ast.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ast.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33be7687a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ast.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asymp.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asymp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7d21a268 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asymp.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/atop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/atop.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d4395beb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/atop.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..774a06eb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5321fe5b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/because.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/because.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3456d38c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/because.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/begin.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/begin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd50e8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/begin.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/below.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/below.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8acb835b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/below.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bet.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bet.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748f2b1be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c1ccb707 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcap.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af7e48ad8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e27fb3bb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigodot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigodot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ebddf66c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigodot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigoplus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigoplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f555afb0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigoplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigotimes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigotimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43457dc4b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigotimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..614264a01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/biguplus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/biguplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ec39889f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/biguplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigvee.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigvee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57851a676 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigvee.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigwedge.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigwedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c7cac1e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigwedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/binomial.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/binomial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72bc36e68 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/binomial.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ded03e82 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bowtie.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bowtie.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ddfa28c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bowtie.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/box.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/box.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20d4a835b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/box.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxdot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222e1c7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxminus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caf1ddddb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxplus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1ee49522 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bra.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bra.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3c8b4c83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bra.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/break.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/break.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..859fbf8b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/break.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/breve.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/breve.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2392724b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/breve.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bullet.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bullet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05e268132 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bullet.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cap.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76139f161 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cap.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cases.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cases.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5a1d5ffe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cases.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cbrt.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cbrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..580d0d0d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cbrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..199773081 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdots.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6246a1f0d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/check.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/check.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d57528ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/check.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ee801d17 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a27cce57e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/circ.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/circ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a6aa27c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/circ.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/close.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/close.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7438a6f0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/close.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/clubsuit.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/clubsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ecec4509 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/clubsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2f305a81 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/colonequal.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/colonequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79fb3a795 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/colonequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cong.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cong.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d48ef05a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cong.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coprod.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coprod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d90054fb5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coprod.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b3915395 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dalet.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dalet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dalet.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/daleth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/daleth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/daleth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dashv.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dashv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a07ecf03 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dashv.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b96137d73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51e50c6ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddddot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2512dd96 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dddot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c261bdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc158338d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddots.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b15677a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/defeq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/defeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4728e579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/defeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degc.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8512ce6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degc.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degf.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d5b4f234 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degf.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degree.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degree.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42881ff13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degree.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14d5d2386 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6541350c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/deltaeq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/deltaeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1dac99daf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/deltaeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamond.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamond.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e692a462 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bff5edf92 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/div.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/div.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..059758d9c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/div.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0d4f093f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doteq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddef5eb4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dots.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dots.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9cb5ed78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eee509760 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d98b1da6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cdc8d687 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4e564fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3e5ccc8a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublecolon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublecolon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56cfcafd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublecolon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bca050ea8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e222d501 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e03f999a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6627ded4f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c99ee88a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f97effdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81a4360f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97ff9ceed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19f3727f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca4f14ca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea40b9965 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb4d100de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..313453e56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43de921d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55063df14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6dc9ee87c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aee85567c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e4aad8c8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7382f3652 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f6d8538d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..100097a98 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f1373128 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ef2738aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a13023552 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..468459457 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8db731325 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18bfb16ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc4b77c78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25b230947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f0e988a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6e40f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c05d7f9cd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d24cb2f27 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c27fe3875 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32f2294a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0f54d440 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ce700d2f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5b0cb2be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da1089327 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0400ddbed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a151c1777 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..648ce4467 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c2a1de43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ed589d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e2733f6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d1061f6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f12b3eebb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71146333a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f20d8728 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dsmash.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49e2e5855 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ee.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1c8f6b16 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ee.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ell.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ell.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/emptyset.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/emptyset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28b0f75d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/emptyset.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/end.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/end.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33d901831 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/end.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7a53ad49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd54bb471 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eqarray.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eqarray.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dbb07eff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eqarray.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/equiv.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/equiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac3c147eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/equiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6c37c23 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93a5f8f3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/exists.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/exists.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2e078f08 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/exists.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/forall.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/forall.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c58ecb41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/forall.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8570b166c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3db328e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e682b9c49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..570b7daad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3296e1bf7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e1c9065f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c29587e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5afeeb59 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a56e7c5a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c9236af6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a460b206 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f59cc1a49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c71a7f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a96d7939 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afff96507 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c77ddc227 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b690840e0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93494c9f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6ec69273 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88b5d5dd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4719aa67a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73365c050 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8d412077 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6823b765f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7562b1587 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5817d5af7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed9ee60d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6becfb0d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9c2ef5ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fbe142a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aac2cafe2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7026dc172 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c14dc2aee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad6eb3a2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b68a51481 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be9bce9ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a274312f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff4ffbad5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3835c5e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7c2dfce0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ae44b0d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06951ec52 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e492dd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c08b19614 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7af677f4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dd4eefc0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea98c092d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf8f1fb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b44487f74 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afd922249 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frown.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2fcd6e3a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frown.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/g.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/g.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/g.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f088aa79 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ge.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ge.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/geq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/geq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/geq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gets.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gets.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab7c9df5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gets.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gg.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2b964579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gg.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gimel.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gimel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e6cccb60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gimel.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/grave.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/grave.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcda94a6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/grave.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hat.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3be83a4c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hat.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6025b5d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/heartsuit.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/heartsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b26f4fe3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/heartsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14f255fb0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b22e5b07a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc8f0fa47 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hphantom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb072eee0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hsmash.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce90638d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hvec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3531cd2fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ii.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ii.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e064923e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ii.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiiint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7b9990d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f56aff057 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e73f05c2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/im.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/im.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1470295b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/im.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/imath.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/imath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6493cfef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/imath.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/in.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/in.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca1f84e4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/in.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/inc.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/inc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ac8c1bcd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/inc.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/infty.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/infty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fa3570fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/infty.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/int.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/int.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f296cc46 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/int.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/integral.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/integral.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65e56f23b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/integral.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0aefb684e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4341851a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/j.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/j.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004b30b69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/j.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jj.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a1e11920 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jj.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jmath.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jmath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9409b6d2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jmath.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..788d84c11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fae000a00 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ket.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ket.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f98af8017 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3016c6ece Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/langle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/langle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73ccafba9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/langle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbbrack.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dbb14049 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrace.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004d22d05 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrack.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cf789daa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lceil.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48d4f69b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldiv.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba17e3ae6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldivide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1071483b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldots.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldots.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/le.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/le.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/le.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/left.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/left.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f27f6310 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/left.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bafaf636c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60f405f7e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d15921dc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d02cea5c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c0305093 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..923152c61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lfloor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc34c4345 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lhvec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10407df0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/limit.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/limit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5669a329 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/limit.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ll.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ll.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e31ee790 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ll.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lmoust.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3547706a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9647da6b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e0e50d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bed54fe7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lrhar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lrhar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a54ae201 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lrhar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lvec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6ab35fac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mapsto.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mapsto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11e8e411a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mapsto.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/matrix.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/matrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36dd9f3ef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/matrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mid.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mid.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21fca0ac1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mid.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/middle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/middle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e47884724 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/middle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/models.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/models.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a87cdc82e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/models.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mp.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f295f402 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mp.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4698faf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96d5b82b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nabla.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nabla.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c4283a5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nabla.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/naryand.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/naryand.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c43d7a980 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/naryand.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ne.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ne.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ne.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nearrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nearrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e95d358a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nearrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/neq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/neq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/neq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ni.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ni.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce8864 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ni.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/norm.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/norm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/norm.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notcontain.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notcontain.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b6ac81ce Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notcontain.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notelement.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c5d182db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notequal.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a8af203d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notin.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f2abe531 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notin.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notlessthan.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notlessthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e9fc8ef2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notlessthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b32087c3d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e0f14582 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nwarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nwarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35ad2ee95 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nwarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cbbaaf6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86a488451 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/odot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/odot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbd0f8b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/odot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/of.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/of.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8a2567c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/of.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiiint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c66dc2947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5587f29d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30b5bbab3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3224bcc5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6689087de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ominus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ominus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a07e9ce7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ominus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/open.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/open.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2874320d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/open.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oplus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab9c8d22 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/otimes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/otimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a2de09e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/otimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/over.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/over.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de78bfdde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/over.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbrace.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71c7d4729 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbracket.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbd4f3598 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overparen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..645d88650 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overshell.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overshell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..907e993d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overshell.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/parallel.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/parallel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b42a5958 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/parallel.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/partial.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/partial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb198b44d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/partial.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/perp.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/perp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecc490ff4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/perp.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phantom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3a11e75a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a42a2bdea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9f811dab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6c5da9c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11486a83b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pm.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13cccaad2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pm.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pmatrix.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37b0ed5ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pppprime.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4aec7dd87 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ppprime.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..460f07d5d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pprime.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c60382c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc174cb73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/preceq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/preceq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..185576937 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/preceq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prime.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2144d9f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prime.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prod.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fbe6e266 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prod.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/propto.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/propto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11a52f90b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/propto.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce71e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71faedd0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/qdrt.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/qdrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2b8a5518 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/qdrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/quadratic.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/quadratic.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26116211c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/quadratic.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fd0b87a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ratio.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ratio.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d480fe90c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ratio.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrace.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31decded8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..772a722da Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5aa46c098 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rceil.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c96575404 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rddots.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17f60c0bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/re.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/re.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36ffb2a8e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/re.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rect.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7942dbe1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rect.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rfloor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0303da681 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6020c1f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7242001a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rhvec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/right.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/right.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc933121f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/right.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d8b7b90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c25b921a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a33c56ea0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rmoust.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e85cdefb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/root.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/root.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bdcb3d60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/root.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4305bc75 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4df4c10ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16801f863 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f395bf2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..292f64223 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7d64e076 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a52adbda Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db75ffaee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9cea6589 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..908b98abf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16b2839e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fc78029f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e2b4e5c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83ecfa7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce9052e49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b669be42d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8650af640 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35253e28d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23a0b18d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..964ca2f83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..605b16e12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c34227b6a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20327fde5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cdd4bc43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b257e5e69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22b214f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cd942d5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64efc9545 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f8bdc904 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec9874130 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2df092612 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c07bbff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eb2e1182 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49b85ae2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46dea0796 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74caee45b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acf23f10 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb6ace16a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9407b3372 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cffb832bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f85cd60c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6e628a61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..346dd8c56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e5d381db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..953ee2de5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db732c630 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..166c889a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7784bb149 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3003ade0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8d5a0cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8197fe515 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdiv.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdivide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/searrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/searrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a7f64b14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/searrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/setminus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/setminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa6c2cfee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/setminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cb2bb178 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e9f5ee7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sim.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sim.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a056eda0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sim.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/simeq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/simeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eade7ebc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/simeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smash.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90896057d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smash.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smile.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smile.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83b716c6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smile.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/spadesuit.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/spadesuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bdec8945 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/spadesuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcap.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf43990e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..426d02fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqrt.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acfaa8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14365cc02 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6db6d42fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/star.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/star.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f15f019f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/star.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subset.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f23368a90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subset.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subseteq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d867e2df0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succ.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b7c0526b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succ.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succeq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22eff46c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sum.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44106f72f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sum.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superset.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67f46e1ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superset.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superseteq.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89521782c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/swarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/swarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66df3fa2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/swarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abd5bf872 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f15d8e443 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/therefore.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/therefore.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3f02aba3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/therefore.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2d89e82b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13f05f84f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tilde.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tilde.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b08ef3a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tilde.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/times.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/times.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da3afaf8b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/times.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/to.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/to.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/to.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/top.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/top.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbe5b832 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/top.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tvec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee71f7105 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e27b66816 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c20216a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..938c658e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbrace.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2c080b58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbracket.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a78aa1cdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b55100731 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underparen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccaac1590 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eccaa488d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cff2b9de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65ea76252 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c10bc8fef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uplus.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39109a95b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69b7226c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2012f0408 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varepsilon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varepsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1788b80e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varepsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varphi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varphi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebcb44f39 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varphi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varpi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varpi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82e5e48bd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varpi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varrho.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varrho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d719b4e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varrho.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varsigma.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varsigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b154dede3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varsigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vartheta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vartheta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e49bc074 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vartheta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..197c22ee5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdash.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2387c2d76 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdash.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdots.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1220d68b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a50d9fe6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vee.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be2573ef8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vee.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adc50b15c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vmatrix.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8dba6fd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vphantom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd8194604 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wedge.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34e02a584 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wp.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00c630d38 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wp.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wr.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bceef6f19 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wr.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f83b1dfd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c59fd3e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aaf47b628 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb04db0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tablesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tablesettingstab.png index 7e5b14387..44001e142 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tablesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tablesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js index f7a09bc0c..54b3956b7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Дополнительные параметры редактора презентаций", - "body": "Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора презентаций. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также нажать на значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выбрать опцию Дополнительные параметры. Доступны следующие дополнительные параметры: Альтернативный ввод - используется для включения/отключения иероглифов. Направляющие выравнивания - используется для включения/отключения направляющих выравнивания, которые появляются при перемещении объектов и позволяют точно расположить их на слайде. Автосохранение - используется в онлайн-версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического сохранения изменений, внесенных при редактировании. Автовосстановление - используется в десктопной версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического восстановления документа в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Режим совместного редактирования - используется для выбора способа отображения изменений, вносимых в ходе совместного редактирования: По умолчанию выбран Быстрый режим, при котором пользователи, участвующие в совместном редактировании документа, будут видеть изменения в реальном времени, как только они внесены другими пользователями. Если вы не хотите видеть изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, (чтобы они не мешали вам или по какой-то другой причине), выберите Строгий режим, и все изменения будут отображаться только после того, как вы нажмете на значок Сохранить с оповещением о наличии изменений от других пользователей. Стандартное значение масштаба - используется для установки стандартного значения масштаба путем его выбора из списка доступных вариантов от 50% до 200%. Можно также выбрать опцию По размеру слайда или По ширине. Хинтинг шрифтов - используется для выбора типа отображения шрифта в редакторе презентаций: Выберите опцию Как Windows, если вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Windows, то есть с использованием хинтинга шрифтов Windows. Выберите опцию Как OS X, если вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Mac, то есть вообще без хинтинга шрифтов. Выберите опцию Собственный, если хотите, чтобы текст отображался с хинтингом, встроенным в файлы шрифтов. Режим кэширования по умолчанию - используется для выбора режима кэширования символов шрифта. Не рекомендуется переключать без особых причин. Это может быть полезно только в некоторых случаях, например, при возникновении проблемы в браузере Google Chrome с включенным аппаратным ускорением. В редакторе презентаций есть два режима кэширования: В первом режиме кэширования каждая буква кэшируется как отдельная картинка. Во втором режиме кэширования выделяется картинка определенного размера, в которой динамически располагаются буквы, а также реализован механизм выделения и удаления памяти в этой картинке. Если памяти недостаточно, создается другая картинка, и так далее. Настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию применяет два вышеуказанных режима кэширования по отдельности для разных браузеров: Когда настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию включена, в Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) используется второй режим кэширования, в других браузерах используется первый режим кэширования. Когда настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию выключена, в Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) используется первый режим кэширования, в других браузерах используется второй режим кэширования. Единица измерения - используется для определения единиц, которые должны использоваться на линейках и в окнах свойств для измерения параметров элементов, таких как ширина, высота, интервалы, поля и т.д. Можно выбрать опцию Сантиметр, Пункт или Дюйм. Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить." + "body": "Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора презентаций. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также нажать на значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выбрать опцию Дополнительные параметры. Доступны следующие дополнительные параметры: Проверка орфографии - используется для включения/отключения опции проверки орфографии. Правописание - используется для автоматической замены слова или символа, введенного в поле Заменить: или выбранного из списка, на новое слово или символ, отображенные в поле На:. Альтернативный ввод - используется для включения/отключения иероглифов. Направляющие выравнивания - используется для включения/отключения направляющих выравнивания, которые появляются при перемещении объектов и позволяют точно расположить их на слайде. Автосохранение - используется в онлайн-версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического сохранения изменений, внесенных при редактировании. Автовосстановление - используется в десктопной версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического восстановления документа в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Режим совместного редактирования - используется для выбора способа отображения изменений, вносимых в ходе совместного редактирования: По умолчанию выбран Быстрый режим, при котором пользователи, участвующие в совместном редактировании документа, будут видеть изменения в реальном времени, как только они внесены другими пользователями. Если вы не хотите видеть изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, (чтобы они не мешали вам или по какой-то другой причине), выберите Строгий режим, и все изменения будут отображаться только после того, как вы нажмете на значок Сохранить с оповещением о наличии изменений от других пользователей. Стандартное значение масштаба - используется для установки стандартного значения масштаба путем его выбора из списка доступных вариантов от 50% до 200%. Можно также выбрать опцию По размеру слайда или По ширине. Хинтинг шрифтов - используется для выбора типа отображения шрифта в редакторе презентаций: Выберите опцию Как Windows, если вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Windows, то есть с использованием хинтинга шрифтов Windows. Выберите опцию Как OS X, если вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Mac, то есть вообще без хинтинга шрифтов. Выберите опцию Собственный, если хотите, чтобы текст отображался с хинтингом, встроенным в файлы шрифтов. Режим кэширования по умолчанию - используется для выбора режима кэширования символов шрифта. Не рекомендуется переключать без особых причин. Это может быть полезно только в некоторых случаях, например, при возникновении проблемы в браузере Google Chrome с включенным аппаратным ускорением. В редакторе презентаций есть два режима кэширования: В первом режиме кэширования каждая буква кэшируется как отдельная картинка. Во втором режиме кэширования выделяется картинка определенного размера, в которой динамически располагаются буквы, а также реализован механизм выделения и удаления памяти в этой картинке. Если памяти недостаточно, создается другая картинка, и так далее. Настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию применяет два вышеуказанных режима кэширования по отдельности для разных браузеров: Когда настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию включена, в Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) используется второй режим кэширования, в других браузерах используется первый режим кэширования. Когда настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию выключена, в Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) используется первый режим кэширования, в других браузерах используется второй режим кэширования. Единица измерения - используется для определения единиц, которые должны использоваться на линейках и в окнах свойств для измерения параметров элементов, таких как ширина, высота, интервалы, поля и т.д. Можно выбрать опцию Сантиметр, Пункт или Дюйм. Вырезание, копирование и вставка - используется для отображения кнопки Параметры вставки при вставке содержимого. Установите эту галочку, чтобы включить данную функцию. Настройки макросов - используется для настройки отображения макросов с уведомлением. Выберите опцию Отключить все, чтобы отключить все макросы в презентации; Показывать уведомление, чтобы получать уведомления о макросах в презентации; Включить все, чтобы автоматически запускать все макросы в презентации. Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Сочетания клавиш", - "body": "Windows/Linux Mac OS Работа с презентацией Открыть панель 'Файл' Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Открыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, скачать, распечатать текущую презентацию, просмотреть сведения о ней, создать новую презентацию или открыть существующую, получить доступ к Справке по онлайн-редактору презентаций или дополнительным параметрам. Открыть окно 'Поиск' Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск, чтобы начать поиск символа/слова/фразы в редактируемой презентации. Открыть панель 'Комментарии' Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Открыть панель Комментарии, чтобы добавить свой комментарий или ответить на комментарии других пользователей. Открыть поле комментария Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Открыть поле ввода данных, в котором можно добавить текст комментария. Открыть панель 'Чат' Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Открыть панель Чат и отправить сообщение. Сохранить презентацию Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Сохранить все изменения в редактируемой презентации. Активный файл будет сохранен с текущим именем, в том же местоположении и формате. Печать презентации Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Распечатать презентацию на одном из доступных принтеров или сохранить в файл. Скачать как... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Открыть панель Скачать как..., чтобы сохранить редактируемую презентацию на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Полноэкранный режим F11 Переключиться в полноэкранный режим, чтобы развернуть онлайн-редактор презентаций на весь экран. Вызов справки F1 F1 Открыть меню Справка онлайн-редактора презентаций. Открыть существующий файл (десктопные редакторы) Ctrl+O На вкладке Открыть локальный файл в десктопных редакторах позволяет открыть стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора существующего файла. Закрыть файл (десктопные редакторы) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Закрыть выбранную презентацию в десктопных редакторах. Контекстное меню элемента ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Открыть контекстное меню выбранного элемента. Навигация Первый слайд Home Home, Fn+← Перейти к первому слайду редактируемой презентации. Последний слайд End End, Fn+→ Перейти к последнему слайду редактируемой презентации. Следующий слайд Page Down Page Down, Fn+↓ Перейти к следующему слайду редактируемой презентации. Предыдущий слайд Page Up Page Up, Fn+↑ Перейти к предыдущему слайду редактируемой презентации. Увеличить масштаб Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Увеличить масштаб редактируемой презентации. Уменьшить масштаб Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Уменьшить масштаб редактируемой презентации. Выполнение действий со слайдами Новый слайд Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Создать новый слайд и добавить его после выделенного в списке слайдов. Дублировать слайд Ctrl+D ⌘ Cmd+D Дублировать выделенный в списке слайд. Переместить слайд вверх Ctrl+↑ ⌘ Cmd+↑ Поместить выделенный слайд над предыдущим в списке. Переместить слайд вниз Ctrl+↓ ⌘ Cmd+↓ Поместить выделенный слайд под последующим в списке. Переместить слайд в начало Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↑ Переместить выделенный слайд в самое начало списка. Переместить слайд в конец Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↓ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↓ Переместить выделенный слайд в самый конец списка. Выполнение действий с объектами Создать копию Ctrl + перетаскивание, Ctrl+D ^ Ctrl + перетаскивание, ^ Ctrl+D, ⌘ Cmd+D Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании выбранного объекта или нажмите Ctrl+D (⌘ Cmd+D для Mac), чтобы создать копию объекта. Сгруппировать Ctrl+G ⌘ Cmd+G Сгруппировать выделенные объекты. Разгруппировать Ctrl+⇧ Shift+G ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+G Разгруппировать выбранную группу объектов. Выделить следующий объект ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Выделить следующий объект после выбранного в данный момент. Выделить предыдущий объект ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Выделить предыдущий объект перед выбранным в данный момент. Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку: горизонтальную, вертикальную или под углом 45 градусов. Модификация объектов Ограничить движение ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание Ограничить перемещение выбранного объекта по горизонтали или вертикали. Задать угол поворота в 15 градусов ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при поворачивании) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при поворачивании) Ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов. Сохранять пропорции ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при изменении размера) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при изменении размера) Сохранять пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера. Попиксельное перемещение Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl (⌘ Cmd для Mac) и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре, чтобы перемещать выбранный объект на один пиксель за раз. Работа с таблицами Перейти к следующей ячейке в строке ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Перейти к следующей ячейке в строке таблицы. Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке таблицы. Перейти к следующей строке ↓ ↓ Перейти к следующей строке таблицы. Перейти к предыдущей строке ↑ ↑ Перейти к предыдущей строке таблицы. Начать новый абзац ↵ Enter ↵ Return Начать новый абзац внутри ячейки. Добавить новую строку ↹ Tab в правой нижней ячейке таблицы. ↹ Tab в правой нижней ячейке таблицы. Добавить новую строку внизу таблицы. Просмотр презентации Начать просмотр с начала Ctrl+F5 ^ Ctrl+F5 Запустить презентацию с начала. Перейти вперед ↵ Enter, Page Down, →, ↓, ␣ Spacebar ↵ Return, Page Down, →, ↓, ␣ Spacebar Показать следующий эффект перехода или перейти к следующему слайду. Перейти назад Page Up, ←, ↑ Page Up, ←, ↑ Показать предыдущий эффект перехода или вернуться к предыдущему слайду. Закрыть просмотр Esc Esc Закончить просмотр слайдов. Отмена и повтор Отменить Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y Повторить последнее отмененное действие. Вырезание, копирование и вставка Вырезать Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Вырезать выделенный объект и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанный объект можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Копировать Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Отправить выделенный объект и в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный объект можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Вставить Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Вставить ранее скопированный объект из буфера обмена компьютера в текущей позиции курсора. Объект может быть ранее скопирован из этой же презентации. Вставить гиперссылку Ctrl+K ^ Ctrl+K, ⌘ Cmd+K Вставить гиперссылку, которую можно использовать для перехода по веб-адресу или для перехода на определенный слайд этой презентации. Копировать форматирование Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+C Скопировать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента редактируемого текста. Скопированное форматирование можно затем применить к другому тексту в этой же презентации. Применить форматирование Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Применить ранее скопированное форматирование к тексту редактируемого текстового поля. Выделение с помощью мыши Добавить в выделенный фрагмент ⇧ Shift ⇧ Shift Начните выделение, удерживайте клавишу ⇧ Shift и щелкните там, где требуется закончить выделение. Выделение с помощью клавиатуры Выделить все Ctrl+A ^ Ctrl+A, ⌘ Cmd+A Выделить все слайды (в списке слайдов), или все объекты на слайде (в области редактирования слайда), или весь текст (внутри текстового поля) - в зависимости от того, где установлен курсор мыши. Выделить фрагмент текста ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Выделить текст посимвольно. Выделить текст с позиции курсора до начала строки ⇧ Shift+Home Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала текущей строки. Выделить текст с позиции курсора до конца строки ⇧ Shift+End Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца текущей строки. Выделить один символ справа ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Выделить один символ справа от позиции курсора. Выделить один символ слева ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Выделить один символ слева от позиции курсора. Выделить до конца слова Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца слова. Выделить до начала слова Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала слова. Выделить одну строку выше ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Выделить одну строку выше (курсор находится в начале строки). Выделить одну строку ниже ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Выделить одну строку ниже (курсор находится в начале строки). Оформление текста Полужирный шрифт Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста полужирным, придав ему большую насыщенность. Курсив Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста курсивным, придав ему наклон вправо. Подчеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Подчеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной под буквами. Зачеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Зачеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной по буквам. Подстрочные знаки Ctrl+⇧ Shift+> ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Надстрочные знаки Ctrl+⇧ Shift+< ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Маркированный список Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Создать из выделенного фрагмента текста неупорядоченный маркированный список или начать новый список. Убрать форматирование Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Убрать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента текста. Увеличить шрифт Ctrl+] ^ Ctrl+], ⌘ Cmd+] Увеличить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Уменьшить шрифт Ctrl+[ ^ Ctrl+[, ⌘ Cmd+[ Уменьшить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Выровнять по центру Ctrl+E Выровнять текст по центру между правым и левым краем текстового поля. Выровнять по ширине Ctrl+J Выровнять текст как по левому, так и по правому краю текстового поля (выравнивание осуществляется за счет добавления дополнительных интервалов там, где это необходимо). Выровнять по правому краю Ctrl+R Выровнять текст по правому краю текстового поля (левый край остается невыровненным). Выровнять по левому краю Ctrl+L Выровнять текст по левому краю текстового поля (правый край остается невыровненным). Увеличить отступ слева Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Увеличить отступ абзаца слева на одну позицию табуляции. Уменьшить отступ слева Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M Уменьшить отступ абзаца слева на одну позицию табуляции. Удалить один символ слева ← Backspace ← Backspace Удалить один символ слева от курсора. Удалить один символ справа Delete Fn+Delete Удалить один символ справа от курсора. Перемещение по тексту Перейти на один символ влево ← ← Переместить курсор на один символ влево. Перейти на один символ вправо → → Переместить курсор на один символ вправо. Перейти на одну строку вверх ↑ ↑ Переместить курсор на одну строку вверх. Перейти на одну строку вниз ↓ ↓ Переместить курсор на одну строку вниз. Перейти в начало слова или на одно слово влево Ctrl+← ⌘ Cmd+← Переместить курсор в начало слова или на одно слово влево. Перейти на одно слово вправо Ctrl+→ ⌘ Cmd+→ Переместить курсор на одно слово вправо. Перейти к следующему текстовому заполнителю Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return, ⌘ Cmd+↵ Return Перейти к следующему текстовому заполнителю с заголовком или основным текстом слайда. Если это последний текстовый заполнитель на слайде, будет вставлен новый слайд с таким же макетом, как у исходного. Перейти в начало строки Home Home Установить курсор в начале редактируемой строки. Перейти в конец строки End End Установить курсор в конце редактируемой строки. Перейти в начало текстового поля Ctrl+Home Установить курсор в начале редактируемого текстового поля. Перейти в конец текстового поля Ctrl+End Установить курсор в конце редактируемого текстового поля." + "body": "Windows/Linux Mac OS Работа с презентацией Открыть панель 'Файл' Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Открыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, скачать, распечатать текущую презентацию, просмотреть сведения о ней, создать новую презентацию или открыть существующую, получить доступ к Справке по онлайн-редактору презентаций или дополнительным параметрам. Открыть окно 'Поиск' Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск, чтобы начать поиск символа/слова/фразы в редактируемой презентации. Открыть панель 'Комментарии' Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Открыть панель Комментарии, чтобы добавить свой комментарий или ответить на комментарии других пользователей. Открыть поле комментария Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Открыть поле ввода данных, в котором можно добавить текст комментария. Открыть панель 'Чат' Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Открыть панель Чат и отправить сообщение. Сохранить презентацию Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Сохранить все изменения в редактируемой презентации. Активный файл будет сохранен с текущим именем, в том же местоположении и формате. Печать презентации Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Распечатать презентацию на одном из доступных принтеров или сохранить в файл. Скачать как... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Открыть панель Скачать как..., чтобы сохранить редактируемую презентацию на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Полноэкранный режим F11 Переключиться в полноэкранный режим, чтобы развернуть онлайн-редактор презентаций на весь экран. Вызов справки F1 F1 Открыть меню Справка онлайн-редактора презентаций. Открыть существующий файл (десктопные редакторы) Ctrl+O На вкладке Открыть локальный файл в десктопных редакторах позволяет открыть стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора существующего файла. Закрыть файл (десктопные редакторы) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Закрыть выбранную презентацию в десктопных редакторах. Контекстное меню элемента ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Открыть контекстное меню выбранного элемента. Сбросить масштаб Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 или ⌘ Cmd+0 Сбросить масштаб текущей презентации до значения по умолчанию 'По размеру слайда'. Навигация Первый слайд Home Home, Fn+← Перейти к первому слайду редактируемой презентации. Последний слайд End End, Fn+→ Перейти к последнему слайду редактируемой презентации. Следующий слайд Page Down Page Down, Fn+↓ Перейти к следующему слайду редактируемой презентации. Предыдущий слайд Page Up Page Up, Fn+↑ Перейти к предыдущему слайду редактируемой презентации. Увеличить масштаб Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Увеличить масштаб редактируемой презентации. Уменьшить масштаб Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Уменьшить масштаб редактируемой презентации. Выполнение действий со слайдами Новый слайд Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Создать новый слайд и добавить его после выделенного в списке слайдов. Дублировать слайд Ctrl+D ⌘ Cmd+D Дублировать выделенный в списке слайд. Переместить слайд вверх Ctrl+↑ ⌘ Cmd+↑ Поместить выделенный слайд над предыдущим в списке. Переместить слайд вниз Ctrl+↓ ⌘ Cmd+↓ Поместить выделенный слайд под последующим в списке. Переместить слайд в начало Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↑ Переместить выделенный слайд в самое начало списка. Переместить слайд в конец Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↓ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↓ Переместить выделенный слайд в самый конец списка. Выполнение действий с объектами Создать копию Ctrl + перетаскивание, Ctrl+D ^ Ctrl + перетаскивание, ^ Ctrl+D, ⌘ Cmd+D Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании выбранного объекта или нажмите Ctrl+D (⌘ Cmd+D для Mac), чтобы создать копию объекта. Сгруппировать Ctrl+G ⌘ Cmd+G Сгруппировать выделенные объекты. Разгруппировать Ctrl+⇧ Shift+G ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+G Разгруппировать выбранную группу объектов. Выделить следующий объект ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Выделить следующий объект после выбранного в данный момент. Выделить предыдущий объект ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Выделить предыдущий объект перед выбранным в данный момент. Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку: горизонтальную, вертикальную или под углом 45 градусов. Модификация объектов Ограничить движение ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание Ограничить перемещение выбранного объекта по горизонтали или вертикали. Задать угол поворота в 15 градусов ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при поворачивании) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при поворачивании) Ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов. Сохранять пропорции ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при изменении размера) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при изменении размера) Сохранять пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера. Попиксельное перемещение Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl (⌘ Cmd для Mac) и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре, чтобы перемещать выбранный объект на один пиксель за раз. Работа с таблицами Перейти к следующей ячейке в строке ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Перейти к следующей ячейке в строке таблицы. Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке таблицы. Перейти к следующей строке ↓ ↓ Перейти к следующей строке таблицы. Перейти к предыдущей строке ↑ ↑ Перейти к предыдущей строке таблицы. Начать новый абзац ↵ Enter ↵ Return Начать новый абзац внутри ячейки. Добавить новую строку ↹ Tab в правой нижней ячейке таблицы. ↹ Tab в правой нижней ячейке таблицы. Добавить новую строку внизу таблицы. Просмотр презентации Начать просмотр с начала Ctrl+F5 ^ Ctrl+F5 Запустить презентацию с начала. Перейти вперед ↵ Enter, Page Down, →, ↓, ␣ Spacebar ↵ Return, Page Down, →, ↓, ␣ Spacebar Показать следующий эффект перехода или перейти к следующему слайду. Перейти назад Page Up, ←, ↑ Page Up, ←, ↑ Показать предыдущий эффект перехода или вернуться к предыдущему слайду. Закрыть просмотр Esc Esc Закончить просмотр слайдов. Отмена и повтор Отменить Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y Повторить последнее отмененное действие. Вырезание, копирование и вставка Вырезать Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Вырезать выделенный объект и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанный объект можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Копировать Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Отправить выделенный объект и в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный объект можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Вставить Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Вставить ранее скопированный объект из буфера обмена компьютера в текущей позиции курсора. Объект может быть ранее скопирован из этой же презентации. Вставить гиперссылку Ctrl+K ^ Ctrl+K, ⌘ Cmd+K Вставить гиперссылку, которую можно использовать для перехода по веб-адресу или для перехода на определенный слайд этой презентации. Копировать форматирование Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+C Скопировать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента редактируемого текста. Скопированное форматирование можно затем применить к другому тексту в этой же презентации. Применить форматирование Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Применить ранее скопированное форматирование к тексту редактируемого текстового поля. Выделение с помощью мыши Добавить в выделенный фрагмент ⇧ Shift ⇧ Shift Начните выделение, удерживайте клавишу ⇧ Shift и щелкните там, где требуется закончить выделение. Выделение с помощью клавиатуры Выделить все Ctrl+A ^ Ctrl+A, ⌘ Cmd+A Выделить все слайды (в списке слайдов), или все объекты на слайде (в области редактирования слайда), или весь текст (внутри текстового поля) - в зависимости от того, где установлен курсор мыши. Выделить фрагмент текста ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Выделить текст посимвольно. Выделить текст с позиции курсора до начала строки ⇧ Shift+Home Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала текущей строки. Выделить текст с позиции курсора до конца строки ⇧ Shift+End Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца текущей строки. Выделить один символ справа ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Выделить один символ справа от позиции курсора. Выделить один символ слева ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Выделить один символ слева от позиции курсора. Выделить до конца слова Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца слова. Выделить до начала слова Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала слова. Выделить одну строку выше ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Выделить одну строку выше (курсор находится в начале строки). Выделить одну строку ниже ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Выделить одну строку ниже (курсор находится в начале строки). Оформление текста Полужирный шрифт Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста полужирным, придав ему большую насыщенность. Курсив Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста курсивным, придав ему наклон вправо. Подчеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Подчеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной под буквами. Зачеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Зачеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной по буквам. Подстрочные знаки Ctrl+⇧ Shift+> ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Надстрочные знаки Ctrl+⇧ Shift+< ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Маркированный список Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Создать из выделенного фрагмента текста неупорядоченный маркированный список или начать новый список. Убрать форматирование Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Убрать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента текста. Увеличить шрифт Ctrl+] ^ Ctrl+], ⌘ Cmd+] Увеличить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Уменьшить шрифт Ctrl+[ ^ Ctrl+[, ⌘ Cmd+[ Уменьшить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Выровнять по центру Ctrl+E Выровнять текст по центру между правым и левым краем текстового поля. Выровнять по ширине Ctrl+J Выровнять текст как по левому, так и по правому краю текстового поля (выравнивание осуществляется за счет добавления дополнительных интервалов там, где это необходимо). Выровнять по правому краю Ctrl+R Выровнять текст по правому краю текстового поля (левый край остается невыровненным). Выровнять по левому краю Ctrl+L Выровнять текст по левому краю текстового поля (правый край остается невыровненным). Увеличить отступ слева Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Увеличить отступ абзаца слева на одну позицию табуляции. Уменьшить отступ слева Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M Уменьшить отступ абзаца слева на одну позицию табуляции. Удалить один символ слева ← Backspace ← Backspace Удалить один символ слева от курсора. Удалить один символ справа Delete Fn+Delete Удалить один символ справа от курсора. Перемещение по тексту Перейти на один символ влево ← ← Переместить курсор на один символ влево. Перейти на один символ вправо → → Переместить курсор на один символ вправо. Перейти на одну строку вверх ↑ ↑ Переместить курсор на одну строку вверх. Перейти на одну строку вниз ↓ ↓ Переместить курсор на одну строку вниз. Перейти в начало слова или на одно слово влево Ctrl+← ⌘ Cmd+← Переместить курсор в начало слова или на одно слово влево. Перейти на одно слово вправо Ctrl+→ ⌘ Cmd+→ Переместить курсор на одно слово вправо. Перейти к следующему текстовому заполнителю Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return, ⌘ Cmd+↵ Return Перейти к следующему текстовому заполнителю с заголовком или основным текстом слайда. Если это последний текстовый заполнитель на слайде, будет вставлен новый слайд с таким же макетом, как у исходного. Перейти в начало строки Home Home Установить курсор в начале редактируемой строки. Перейти в конец строки End End Установить курсор в конце редактируемой строки. Перейти в начало текстового поля Ctrl+Home Установить курсор в начале редактируемого текстового поля. Перейти в конец текстового поля Ctrl+End Установить курсор в конце редактируемого текстового поля." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", @@ -40,6 +40,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Поддерживаемые форматы электронных презентаций", "body": "Презентация - это серия слайдов, которые могут содержать различные типы контента, такие как изображения, файлы мультимедиа, текст, эффекты и т.д. Редактор презентаций работает со следующими форматами презентаций: Форматы Описание Просмотр Редактирование Скачивание PPT Формат файлов, используемый программой Microsoft PowerPoint + + PPTX Office Open XML Presentation разработанный компанией Microsoft формат файлов на основе XML, сжатых по технологии ZIP. Предназначен для представления электронных таблиц, диаграмм, презентаций и текстовых документов + + + POTX PowerPoint Open XML Document Template разработанный компанией Microsoft формат файлов на основе XML, сжатых по технологии ZIP. Предназначен для шаблонов презентаций. Шаблон POTX содержит настройки форматирования, стили и т.д. и может использоваться для создания множества презентаций со схожим форматированием + + + ODP OpenDocument Presentation Формат файлов, который представляет презентации, созданные приложением Impress, входящим в состав пакетов офисных приложений на базе OpenOffice + + + OTP OpenDocument Presentation Template Формат текстовых файлов OpenDocument для шаблонов презентаций. Шаблон OTP содержит настройки форматирования, стили и т.д. и может использоваться для создания множества презентаций со схожим форматированием + + + PDF Portable Document Format Формат файлов, используемый для представления документов независимо от программного обеспечения, аппаратных средств и операционных систем + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A Подмножество формата PDF, содержащее ограниченный набор возможностей представления данных. Данный формат является стандартом ISO и предназначен для долгосрочного архивного хранения электронных документов. +" }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm", + "title": "Использование Чата", + "body": "ONLYOFFICE Presentation Editor предоставляет Вам возможность общения в чате для обмена идеями по поводу отдельных частей презентации. Чтобы войти в чат и оставить сообщение для других пользователей: нажмите на значок на левой боковой панели, введите текст в соответствующем поле ниже, нажмите кнопку Отправить. Все сообщения, оставленные пользователями, будут отображаться на панели слева. Если есть новые сообщения, которые Вы еще не прочитали, значок чата будет выглядеть так - . Чтобы закрыть панель с сообщениями чата, нажмите на значок еще раз." + }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Совместная работа", @@ -93,7 +98,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Копирование / вставка данных, отмена / повтор действий", - "body": "Использование основных операций с буфером обмена Для вырезания, копирования и вставки выделенных объектов (слайдов, фрагментов текста, автофигур) в текущей презентации или отмены / повтора действий используйте соответствующие команды контекстного меню или значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов: Вырезать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вырезать, чтобы удалить выделенный фрагмент и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Копировать – выделите объект и используйте значок Копировать чтобы отправить выделенные данные в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный объект можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Вставить – найдите то место в презентации, куда надо вставить ранее скопированный объект и используйте значок Вставить . Объект будет вставлен в текущей позиции курсора. Объект может быть ранее скопирован из этой же презентации. В онлайн-версии для копирования данных из другой презентации или какой-то другой программы или вставки данных в них используются только сочетания клавиш, в десктопной версии для любых операций копирования и вставки можно использовать как кнопки на панели инструментов или опции контекстного меню, так и сочетания клавиш: сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C для копирования; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V для вставки; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+X для вырезания. Использование функции Специальная вставка После вставки скопированных данных рядом со вставленным текстовым фрагментом или объектом появляется кнопка Специальная вставка . Нажмите на эту кнопку, чтобы выбрать нужный параметр вставки. При вставке фрагментов текста доступны следующие параметры: Использовать конечную тему - позволяет применить форматирование, определяемое темой текущей презентации. Эта опция используется по умолчанию. Сохранить исходное форматирование - позволяет сохранить исходное форматирование скопированного текста. Изображение - позволяет вставить текст как изображение, чтобы его нельзя было редактировать. Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить текст без исходного форматирования. При вставке объектов (автофигур, диаграмм, таблиц) доступны следующие параметры: Использовать конечную тему - позволяет применить форматирование, определяемое темой текущей презентации. Эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Изображение - позволяет вставить объект как изображение, чтобы его нельзя было редактировать. Отмена / повтор действий Для выполнения операций отмены/повтора используйте соответствующие значки в левой части шапки редактора или сочетания клавиш: Отменить – используйте значок Отменить , чтобы отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить – используйте значок Повторить , чтобы повторить последнее отмененное действие. Можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Z для отмены или Ctrl+Y для повтора действия. Обратите внимание: при совместном редактировании презентации в Быстром режиме недоступна возможность Повторить последнее отмененное действие." + "body": "Использование основных операций с буфером обмена Для вырезания, копирования и вставки выделенных объектов (слайдов, фрагментов текста, автофигур) в текущей презентации или отмены / повтора действий используйте соответствующие команды контекстного меню или значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов: Вырезать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вырезать, чтобы удалить выделенный фрагмент и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Копировать – выделите объект и используйте значок Копировать чтобы отправить выделенные данные в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный объект можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Вставить – найдите то место в презентации, куда надо вставить ранее скопированный объект и используйте значок Вставить . Объект будет вставлен в текущей позиции курсора. Объект может быть ранее скопирован из этой же презентации. В онлайн-версии для копирования данных из другой презентации или какой-то другой программы или вставки данных в них используются только сочетания клавиш, в десктопной версии для любых операций копирования и вставки можно использовать как кнопки на панели инструментов или опции контекстного меню, так и сочетания клавиш: сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C для копирования; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V для вставки; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+X для вырезания. Использование функции Специальная вставка После вставки скопированных данных рядом со вставленным текстовым фрагментом или объектом появляется кнопка Специальная вставка . Нажмите на эту кнопку, чтобы выбрать нужный параметр вставки. При вставке фрагментов текста доступны следующие параметры: Использовать конечную тему - позволяет применить форматирование, определяемое темой текущей презентации. Эта опция используется по умолчанию. Сохранить исходное форматирование - позволяет сохранить исходное форматирование скопированного текста. Изображение - позволяет вставить текст как изображение, чтобы его нельзя было редактировать. Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить текст без исходного форматирования. При вставке объектов (автофигур, диаграмм, таблиц) доступны следующие параметры: Использовать конечную тему - позволяет применить форматирование, определяемое темой текущей презентации. Эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Изображение - позволяет вставить объект как изображение, чтобы его нельзя было редактировать. Чтобы включить / отключить автоматическое появление кнопки Специальная вставка после вставки, перейдите на вкладку Файл > Дополнительные параметры... и поставьте / снимите галочку Вырезание, копирование и вставка. Отмена / повтор действий Для выполнения операций отмены/повтора используйте соответствующие значки в левой части шапки редактора или сочетания клавиш: Отменить – используйте значок Отменить , чтобы отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить – используйте значок Повторить , чтобы повторить последнее отмененное действие. Можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Z для отмены или Ctrl+Y для повтора действия. Обратите внимание: при совместном редактировании презентации в Быстром режиме недоступна возможность Повторить последнее отмененное действие." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", @@ -103,22 +108,22 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm", "title": "Заливка объектов и выбор цветов", - "body": "Можно использовать различные заливки для фона слайда, автофигур и шрифта объектов Text Art. Выберите объект Чтобы изменить заливку фона слайда, выделите нужные слайды в списке слайдов. На правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Параметры слайда. Чтобы изменить заливку автофигуры, щелкните по нужной автофигуре левой кнопкой мыши. На правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Параметры фигуры. Чтобы изменить заливку шрифта объекта Text Art, выделите нужный текстовый объект. На правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Параметры объектов Text Art. Определите нужный тип заливки Настройте свойства выбранной заливки (подробное описание для каждого типа заливки смотрите ниже) Примечание: для автофигур и шрифта объектов Text Art, независимо от выбранного типа заливки, можно также задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности. Доступны следующие типы заливки: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить внутреннее пространство выбранной фигуры или слайда. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите нужный цвет из доступных наборов цветов или задайте любой цвет, который вам нравится: Цвета темы - цвета, соответствующие выбранной теме/цветовой схеме презентации. Как только вы примените какую-то другую тему или цветовую схему, набор Цвета темы изменится. Стандартные цвета - набор стандартных цветов. Пользовательский цвет - щелкните по этой надписи, если в доступных палитрах нет нужного цвета. Выберите нужный цветовой диапазон, перемещая вертикальный ползунок цвета, и определите конкретный цвет, перетаскивая инструмент для выбора цвета внутри большого квадратного цветового поля. Как только Вы выберете какой-то цвет, в полях справа отобразятся соответствующие цветовые значения RGB и sRGB. Также можно задать цвет на базе цветовой модели RGB, введя нужные числовые значения в полях R, G, B (красный, зеленый, синий), или указать шестнадцатеричный код sRGB в поле, отмеченном знаком #. Выбранный цвет появится в окне предпросмотра Новый. Если к объекту был ранее применен какой-то пользовательский цвет, этот цвет отображается в окне Текущий, так что вы можете сравнить исходный и измененный цвета. Когда цвет будет задан, нажмите на кнопку Добавить: Пользовательский цвет будет применен к объекту и добавлен в палитру Пользовательский цвет. Примечание: такие же типы цветов можно использовать при выборе цвета обводки автофигуры, настройке цвета шрифта или изменении цвета фона или границ таблицы. Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить слайд или фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям). Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления : из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон. Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента. Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры или слайда изображение или предустановленную текстуру. Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры или слайда, можно добавить изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес. Если Вы хотите использовать текстуру в качестве фона фигуры или слайда, разверните меню Из текстуры и выберите нужную предустановленную текстуру. В настоящее время доступны следующие текстуры: Холст, Картон, Темная ткань, Песок, Гранит, Серая бумага, Вязание, Кожа, Крафт-бумага, Папирус, Дерево. В том случае, если выбранное изображение имеет большие или меньшие размеры, чем автофигура или слайд, можно выбрать из выпадающего списка параметр Растяжение или Плитка. Опция Растяжение позволяет подогнать размер изображения под размер слайда или автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Опция Плитка позволяет отображать только часть большего изображения, сохраняя его исходные размеры, или повторять меньшее изображение, сохраняя его исходные размеры, по всей площади слайда или автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Примечание: любая выбранная предустановленная текстура полностью заполняет пространство, но в случае необходимости можно применить эффект Растяжение. Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить слайд или фигуру с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Узор - выберите один из готовых рисунков в меню. Цвет переднего плана - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет элементов узора. Цвет фона - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет фона узора. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если Вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку." + "body": "Можно использовать различные заливки для фона слайда, автофигур и шрифта объектов Text Art. Выберите объект Чтобы изменить заливку фона слайда, выделите нужные слайды в списке слайдов. На правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Параметры слайда. Чтобы изменить заливку автофигуры, щелкните по нужной автофигуре левой кнопкой мыши. На правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Параметры фигуры. Чтобы изменить заливку шрифта объекта Text Art, выделите нужный текстовый объект. На правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Параметры объектов Text Art. Определите нужный тип заливки Настройте свойства выбранной заливки (подробное описание для каждого типа заливки смотрите ниже) Примечание: для автофигур и шрифта объектов Text Art, независимо от выбранного типа заливки, можно также задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности. Доступны следующие типы заливки: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить внутреннее пространство выбранной фигуры или слайда. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите нужный цвет из доступных наборов цветов или задайте любой цвет, который вам нравится: Цвета темы - цвета, соответствующие выбранной теме/цветовой схеме презентации. Как только вы примените какую-то другую тему или цветовую схему, набор Цвета темы изменится. Стандартные цвета - набор стандартных цветов. Пользовательский цвет - щелкните по этой надписи, если в доступных палитрах нет нужного цвета. Выберите нужный цветовой диапазон, перемещая вертикальный ползунок цвета, и определите конкретный цвет, перетаскивая инструмент для выбора цвета внутри большого квадратного цветового поля. Как только Вы выберете какой-то цвет, в полях справа отобразятся соответствующие цветовые значения RGB и sRGB. Также можно задать цвет на базе цветовой модели RGB, введя нужные числовые значения в полях R, G, B (красный, зеленый, синий), или указать шестнадцатеричный код sRGB в поле, отмеченном знаком #. Выбранный цвет появится в окне предпросмотра Новый. Если к объекту был ранее применен какой-то пользовательский цвет, этот цвет отображается в окне Текущий, так что вы можете сравнить исходный и измененный цвета. Когда цвет будет задан, нажмите на кнопку Добавить: Пользовательский цвет будет применен к объекту и добавлен в палитру Пользовательский цвет. Примечание: такие же типы цветов можно использовать при выборе цвета обводки автофигуры, настройке цвета шрифта или изменении цвета фона или границ таблицы. Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить слайд или фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям). Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления : из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон. Угол - установите числовое значение для точного угла перехода цвета. Точка градиента - это определенная точка перехода от одного цвета к другому. Чтобы добавить точку градиента, Используйте кнопку Добавить точку градиента или ползунок. Вы можете добавить до 10 точек градиента. Каждая следующая добавленная точка градиента никоим образом не повлияет на внешний вид текущей градиентной заливки. Чтобы удалить определенную точку градиента, используйте кнопку Удалить точку градиента. Чтобы изменить положение точки градиента, используйте ползунок или укажите Положение в процентах для точного местоположения. Чтобы применить цвет к точке градиента, щелкните точку на панели ползунка, а затем нажмите Цвет, чтобы выбрать нужный цвет. Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры или слайда изображение или предустановленную текстуру. Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры или слайда, нажмите кнопку Выбрать изображение и добавьте изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес, или Из хранилища, выбрав нужное изображение, сохраненное на портале. Если Вы хотите использовать текстуру в качестве фона фигуры или слайда, разверните меню Из текстуры и выберите нужную предустановленную текстуру. В настоящее время доступны следующие текстуры: Холст, Картон, Темная ткань, Песок, Гранит, Серая бумага, Вязание, Кожа, Крафт-бумага, Папирус, Дерево. В том случае, если выбранное изображение имеет большие или меньшие размеры, чем автофигура или слайд, можно выбрать из выпадающего списка параметр Растяжение или Плитка. Опция Растяжение позволяет подогнать размер изображения под размер слайда или автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Опция Плитка позволяет отображать только часть большего изображения, сохраняя его исходные размеры, или повторять меньшее изображение, сохраняя его исходные размеры, по всей площади слайда или автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Примечание: любая выбранная предустановленная текстура полностью заполняет пространство, но в случае необходимости можно применить эффект Растяжение. Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить слайд или фигуру с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Узор - выберите один из готовых рисунков в меню. Цвет переднего плана - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет элементов узора. Цвет фона - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет фона узора. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если Вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Вставка и форматирование автофигур", - "body": "Вставка автофигуры Для добавления автофигуры на слайд: в списке слайдов слева выберите тот слайд, на который требуется добавить автофигуру, щелкните по значку Фигура на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите одну из доступных групп автофигур: Основные фигуры, Фигурные стрелки, Математические знаки, Схемы, Звезды и ленты, Выноски, Кнопки, Прямоугольники, Линии, щелкните по нужной автофигуре внутри выбранной группы, в области редактирования слайда установите курсор там, где требуется поместить автофигуру, Примечание: чтобы растянуть фигуру, можно перетащить курсор при нажатой кнопке мыши. после того, как автофигура будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер, местоположение и свойства. Примечание: чтобы добавить надпись внутри фигуры, убедитесь, что фигура на слайде выделена, и начинайте печатать текст. Текст, добавленный таким способом, становится частью автофигуры (при перемещении или повороте автофигуры текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ней). Также можно добавить автофигуру в макет слайда. Для получения дополнительной информации вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Изменение параметров автофигуры Некоторые параметры автофигуры можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по автофигуре и выберите значок Параметры фигуры справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Заливка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать заливку автофигуры. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - чтобы задать сплошной цвет, который требуется применить к выбранной фигуре. Градиентная заливка - чтобы залить фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Изображение или текстура - чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру. Узор - чтобы залить фигуру с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Чтобы получить более подробную информацию об этих опциях, обратитесь к разделу Заливка объектов и выбор цветов. Обводка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы изменить толщину, цвет или тип обводки. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 пт, 1 пт, 1.5 пт, 2.25 пт, 3 пт, 4.5 пт, 6 пт. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Можно использовать цвет выбранной темы, стандартный цвет или выбрать пользовательский цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить фигуру слева направо или сверху вниз. Нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить фигуру по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить фигуру по вертикали (сверху вниз) Изменить автофигуру - используйте этот раздел, чтобы заменить текущую автофигуру на другую, выбрав ее из выпадающего списка. Отображать тень - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы отображать фигуру с тенью. Для изменения дополнительных параметров автофигуры щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры фигуры или щелкните левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств фигуры: На вкладке Размер можно изменить Ширину и/или Высоту автофигуры. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон фигуры. Вкладка Поворот содержит следующие параметры: Угол - используйте эту опцию, чтобы повернуть фигуру на точно заданный угол. Введите в поле нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Отражено - отметьте галочкой опцию По горизонтали, чтобы отразить фигуру по горизонтали (слева направо), или отметьте галочкой опцию По вертикали, чтобы отразить фигуру по вертикали (сверху вниз). Вкладка Линии и стрелки содержит следующие параметры: Стиль линии - эта группа опций позволяет задать такие параметры: Тип окончания - эта опция позволяет задать стиль окончания линии, поэтому ее можно применить только для фигур с разомкнутым контуром, таких как линии, ломаные линии и т.д.: Плоский - конечные точки будут плоскими. Закругленный - конечные точки будут закругленными. Квадратный - конечные точки будут квадратными. Тип соединения - эта опция позволяет задать стиль пересечения двух линий, например, она может повлиять на контур ломаной линии или углов треугольника или прямоугольника: Закругленный - угол будет закругленным. Скошенный - угол будет срезан наискось. Прямой - угол будет заостренным. Хорошо подходит для фигур с острыми углами. Примечание: эффект будет лучше заметен при использовании контура большей толщины. Стрелки - эта группа опций доступна только в том случае, если выбрана фигура из группы автофигур Линии. Она позволяет задать Начальный и Конечный стиль и Размер стрелки, выбрав соответствующие опции из выпадающих списков. На вкладке Поля вокруг текста можно изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры). Примечание: эта вкладка доступна, только если в автофигуру добавлен текст, в противном случае вкладка неактивна. На вкладке Колонки можно добавить колонки текста внутри автофигуры, указав нужное Количество колонок (не более 16) и Интервал между колонками. После того как вы нажмете кнопку ОК, уже имеющийся текст или любой другой текст, который вы введете, в этой автофигуре будет представлен в виде колонок и будет перетекать из одной колонки в другую. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит фигура. Чтобы заменить добавленную автофигуру, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и используйте выпадающий список Изменить автофигуру на вкладке Параметры фигуры правой боковой панели. Чтобы удалить добавленную автофигуру, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы узнать, как выровнять автофигуру на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько автофигур, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде. Соединение автофигур с помощью соединительных линий Автофигуры можно соединять, используя линии с точками соединения, чтобы продемонстрировать зависимости между объектами (например, если вы хотите создать блок-схему). Для этого: щелкните по значку Фигура на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню группу Линии, щелкните по нужной фигуре в выбранной группе (кроме трех последних фигур, которые не являются соединительными линиями, а именно Кривая, Рисованная кривая и Произвольная форма), наведите указатель мыши на первую автофигуру и щелкните по одной из точек соединения , появившихся на контуре фигуры, перетащите указатель мыши ко второй фигуре и щелкните по нужной точке соединения на ее контуре. При перемещении соединенных автофигур соединительная линия остается прикрепленной к фигурам и перемещается вместе с ними. Можно также открепить соединительную линию от фигур, а затем прикрепить ее к любым другим точкам соединения." + "body": "Вставка автофигуры Для добавления автофигуры на слайд: в списке слайдов слева выберите тот слайд, на который требуется добавить автофигуру, щелкните по значку Фигура на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите одну из доступных групп автофигур: Основные фигуры, Фигурные стрелки, Математические знаки, Схемы, Звезды и ленты, Выноски, Кнопки, Прямоугольники, Линии, щелкните по нужной автофигуре внутри выбранной группы, в области редактирования слайда установите курсор там, где требуется поместить автофигуру, Примечание: чтобы растянуть фигуру, можно перетащить курсор при нажатой кнопке мыши. после того, как автофигура будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер, местоположение и свойства. Примечание: чтобы добавить надпись внутри фигуры, убедитесь, что фигура на слайде выделена, и начинайте печатать текст. Текст, добавленный таким способом, становится частью автофигуры (при перемещении или повороте автофигуры текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ней). Также можно добавить автофигуру в макет слайда. Для получения дополнительной информации вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Изменение параметров автофигуры Некоторые параметры автофигуры можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по автофигуре и выберите значок Параметры фигуры справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Заливка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать заливку автофигуры. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - чтобы задать сплошной цвет, который требуется применить к выбранной фигуре. Градиентная заливка - чтобы залить фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Изображение или текстура - чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру. Узор - чтобы залить фигуру с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Чтобы получить более подробную информацию об этих опциях, обратитесь к разделу Заливка объектов и выбор цветов. Обводка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы изменить толщину, цвет или тип обводки. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 пт, 1 пт, 1.5 пт, 2.25 пт, 3 пт, 4.5 пт, 6 пт. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Можно использовать цвет выбранной темы, стандартный цвет или выбрать пользовательский цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить фигуру слева направо или сверху вниз. Нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить фигуру по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить фигуру по вертикали (сверху вниз) Изменить автофигуру - используйте этот раздел, чтобы заменить текущую автофигуру на другую, выбрав ее из выпадающего списка. Отображать тень - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы отображать фигуру с тенью. Для изменения дополнительных параметров автофигуры щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры фигуры или щелкните левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств фигуры: На вкладке Размер можно изменить Ширину и/или Высоту автофигуры. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон фигуры. Вкладка Поворот содержит следующие параметры: Угол - используйте эту опцию, чтобы повернуть фигуру на точно заданный угол. Введите в поле нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Отражено - отметьте галочкой опцию По горизонтали, чтобы отразить фигуру по горизонтали (слева направо), или отметьте галочкой опцию По вертикали, чтобы отразить фигуру по вертикали (сверху вниз). Вкладка Линии и стрелки содержит следующие параметры: Стиль линии - эта группа опций позволяет задать такие параметры: Тип окончания - эта опция позволяет задать стиль окончания линии, поэтому ее можно применить только для фигур с разомкнутым контуром, таких как линии, ломаные линии и т.д.: Плоский - конечные точки будут плоскими. Закругленный - конечные точки будут закругленными. Квадратный - конечные точки будут квадратными. Тип соединения - эта опция позволяет задать стиль пересечения двух линий, например, она может повлиять на контур ломаной линии или углов треугольника или прямоугольника: Закругленный - угол будет закругленным. Скошенный - угол будет срезан наискось. Прямой - угол будет заостренным. Хорошо подходит для фигур с острыми углами. Примечание: эффект будет лучше заметен при использовании контура большей толщины. Стрелки - эта группа опций доступна только в том случае, если выбрана фигура из группы автофигур Линии. Она позволяет задать Начальный и Конечный стиль и Размер стрелки, выбрав соответствующие опции из выпадающих списков. На вкладке Текстовое поле можно использовать опцию Без автоподбора, Сжать текст при переполнении, Подгонять размер фигуры под текст или изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры). Примечание: эта вкладка доступна, только если в автофигуру добавлен текст, в противном случае вкладка неактивна. На вкладке Колонки можно добавить колонки текста внутри автофигуры, указав нужное Количество колонок (не более 16) и Интервал между колонками. После того как вы нажмете кнопку ОК, уже имеющийся текст или любой другой текст, который вы введете, в этой автофигуре будет представлен в виде колонок и будет перетекать из одной колонки в другую. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит фигура. Чтобы заменить добавленную автофигуру, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и используйте выпадающий список Изменить автофигуру на вкладке Параметры фигуры правой боковой панели. Чтобы удалить добавленную автофигуру, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы узнать, как выровнять автофигуру на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько автофигур, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде. Соединение автофигур с помощью соединительных линий Автофигуры можно соединять, используя линии с точками соединения, чтобы продемонстрировать зависимости между объектами (например, если вы хотите создать блок-схему). Для этого: щелкните по значку Фигура на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню группу Линии, щелкните по нужной фигуре в выбранной группе (кроме трех последних фигур, которые не являются соединительными линиями, а именно Кривая, Рисованная кривая и Произвольная форма), наведите указатель мыши на первую автофигуру и щелкните по одной из точек соединения , появившихся на контуре фигуры, перетащите указатель мыши ко второй фигуре и щелкните по нужной точке соединения на ее контуре. При перемещении соединенных автофигур соединительная линия остается прикрепленной к фигурам и перемещается вместе с ними. Можно также открепить соединительную линию от фигур, а затем прикрепить ее к любым другим точкам соединения." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Вставка и редактирование диаграмм", - "body": "Вставка диаграммы Для вставки диаграммы в презентацию, установите курсор там, где требуется поместить диаграмму, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов, выберите из доступных типов диаграммы тот, который вам нужен - гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая, Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D. после этого появится окно Редактор диаграмм, в котором можно ввести в ячейки необходимые данные при помощи следующих элементов управления: и для копирования и вставки скопированных данных и для отмены и повтора действий для вставки функции и для уменьшения и увеличения числа десятичных знаков для изменения числового формата, то есть того, каким образом выглядят введенные числа в ячейках измените параметры диаграммы, нажав на кнопку Изменить диаграмму в окне Редактор диаграмм. Откроется окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. На вкладке Тип и данные можно выбрать тип диаграммы, а также данные, которые вы хотите использовать для создания диаграммы. Выберите Тип диаграммы, которую требуется вставить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая. Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и при необходимости измените его, нажав на кнопку Выбор данных и указав желаемый диапазон данных в следующем формате: Лист1!A1:B4. Измените способ расположения данных. Можно выбрать ряды данных для использования по оси X: в строках или в столбцах. На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы: Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался, Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру, Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы. Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались, Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы, Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы, Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы, Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа. Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных): укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу. Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру. выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение, введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных. Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались. Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм. В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось, Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью. Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось, Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси, По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси. В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки. Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей. Вкладка Вертикальная ось позволяет изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, на которой указываются числовые значения. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующей вкладке. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся следующие опции размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. Вкладка Горизонтальная ось позволяет изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма. После того, как диаграмма будет добавлена, можно также изменить ее размер и положение. Можно задать положение диаграммы на слайде, перетаскивая ее по горизонтали или по вертикали. Вы также можете добавить диаграмму внутри текстовой рамки, нажав на кнопку Диаграмма в ней и выбрав нужный тип диаграммы: Также можно добавить диаграмму в макет слайда. Для получения дополнительной информации вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Редактирование элементов диаграммы Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный. Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, стиль, размер или цвет шрифта. При выборе диаграммы становится также активным значок Параметры фигуры справа, так как фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Можно щелкнуть по этому значку, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов и изменить параметры Заливки и Обводки фигуры. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что вы не можете изменить тип фигуры. C помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели можно изменить не только саму область диаграммы, но и элементы диаграммы, такие как область построения, ряды данных, заголовок диаграммы, легенда и другие, и применить к ним различные типы заливки. Выберите элемент диаграммы, нажав на него левой кнопкой мыши, и выберите нужный тип заливки: сплошной цвет, градиент, текстура или изображение, узор. Настройте параметры заливки и при необходимости задайте уровень прозрачности. При выделении вертикальной или горизонтальной оси или линий сетки на вкладке Параметры фигуры будут доступны только параметры обводки: цвет, толщина и тип линии. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с цветами, заливками и обводкой фигур можно обратиться к этой странице. Обратите внимание: параметр Отображать тень также доступен на вкладке Параметры фигуры, но для элементов диаграммы он неактивен. Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы. Изменение параметров диаграммы Размер, тип и стиль диаграммы, а также данные, используемые для построения диаграммы, можно изменить с помощью правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по диаграмме и выберите значок Параметры диаграммы справа. Раздел Размер позволяет изменить ширину и/или высоту диаграммы. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон диаграммы. Раздел Изменить тип диаграммы позволяет изменить выбранный тип и/или стиль диаграммы с помощью соответствующего выпадающего меню. Для выбора нужного Стиля диаграммы используйте второе выпадающее меню в разделе Изменить тип диаграммы. Кнопка Изменить данные позволяет вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм и начать редактирование данных, как описано выше. Примечание: чтобы быстро вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм, можно также дважды щелкнуть мышью по диаграмме на слайде. Опция Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели позволяет открыть окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры, в котором можно задать альтернативный текст: Чтобы удалить добавленную диаграмму, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы узнать, как выровнять диаграмму на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько объектов, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде." + "body": "Вставка диаграммы Для вставки диаграммы в презентацию, установите курсор там, где требуется поместить диаграмму, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов, выберите из доступных типов диаграммы тот, который вам нужен - гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая, Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D. после этого появится окно Редактор диаграмм, в котором можно ввести в ячейки необходимые данные при помощи следующих элементов управления: и для копирования и вставки скопированных данных и для отмены и повтора действий для вставки функции и для уменьшения и увеличения числа десятичных знаков для изменения числового формата, то есть того, каким образом выглядят введенные числа в ячейках Нажмите кнопку Выбрать данные, расположенную в окне Редактора диаграмм. Откроется окно Данные диаграммы. Используйте диалоговое окно Данные диаграммы для управления диапазоном данных диаграммы, элементами легенды (ряды), подписями горизонтальной оси (категории) и переключием строк / столбцов. Диапазон данных для диаграммы - выберите данные для вашей диаграммы. Щелкните значок справа от поля Диапазон данных для диаграммы, чтобы выбрать диапазон ячеек. Элементы легенды (ряды) - добавляйте, редактируйте или удаляйте записи легенды. Введите или выберите ряд для записей легенды. В Элементах легенды (ряды) нажмите кнопку Добавить. В диалоговом окне Изменить ряд выберите диапазон ячеек для легенды или нажмите на иконку справа от поля Имя ряда. Подписи горизонтальной оси (категории) - изменяйте текст подписи категории. В Подписях горизонтальной оси (категории) нажмите Редактировать. В поле Диапазон подписей оси введите названия для категорий или нажмите на иконку , чтобы выбрать диапазон ячеек. Переключить строку/столбец - переставьте местами данные, которые расположены на диаграмме. Переключите строки на столбцы, чтобы данные отображались на другой оси. Нажмите кнопку ОК, чтобы применить изменения и закрыть окно. измените параметры диаграммы, нажав на кнопку Изменить диаграмму в окне Редактор диаграмм. Откроется окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. На вкладке Тип и данные можно выбрать тип диаграммы, а также данные, которые вы хотите использовать для создания диаграммы. Выберите Тип диаграммы, которую требуется вставить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая. Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и при необходимости измените его, нажав на кнопку Выбор данных и указав желаемый диапазон данных в следующем формате: Лист1!A1:B4. Измените способ расположения данных. Можно выбрать ряды данных для использования по оси X: в строках или в столбцах. На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы: Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался, Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру, Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы. Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались, Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы, Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы, Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы, Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа. Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных): укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу. Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру. выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение, введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных. Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались. Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм. В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось, Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью. Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось, Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси, По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси. В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки. Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей. Вкладка Вертикальная ось позволяет изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, на которой указываются числовые значения. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующей вкладке. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся следующие опции размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. Вкладка Горизонтальная ось позволяет изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. Вкладка Привязка к ячейке содержит следующие параметры: Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее. Если ячейка перемещается (например, при вставке или удалении нескольких строк/столбцов), диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой. При увеличении или уменьшении ширины или высоты ячейки размер диаграммы также будет изменяться. Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее, не допуская изменения размера диаграммы. Если ячейка перемещается, диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры диаграммы останутся неизменными. Не перемещать и не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера диаграммы при изменении положения или размера ячейки. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма. После того, как диаграмма будет добавлена, можно также изменить ее размер и положение. Можно задать положение диаграммы на слайде, перетаскивая ее по горизонтали или по вертикали. Вы также можете добавить диаграмму внутри текстовой рамки, нажав на кнопку Диаграмма в ней и выбрав нужный тип диаграммы: Также можно добавить диаграмму в макет слайда. Для получения дополнительной информации вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Редактирование элементов диаграммы Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный. Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, стиль, размер или цвет шрифта. При выборе диаграммы становится также активным значок Параметры фигуры справа, так как фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Можно щелкнуть по этому значку, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов и изменить параметры Заливки и Обводки фигуры. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что вы не можете изменить тип фигуры. C помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели можно изменить не только саму область диаграммы, но и элементы диаграммы, такие как область построения, ряды данных, заголовок диаграммы, легенда и другие, и применить к ним различные типы заливки. Выберите элемент диаграммы, нажав на него левой кнопкой мыши, и выберите нужный тип заливки: сплошной цвет, градиент, текстура или изображение, узор. Настройте параметры заливки и при необходимости задайте уровень прозрачности. При выделении вертикальной или горизонтальной оси или линий сетки на вкладке Параметры фигуры будут доступны только параметры обводки: цвет, толщина и тип линии. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с цветами, заливками и обводкой фигур можно обратиться к этой странице. Обратите внимание: параметр Отображать тень также доступен на вкладке Параметры фигуры, но для элементов диаграммы он неактивен. Если вам нужно изменить размер элементов диаграммы, щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, чтобы выбрать нужный элемент, и перетащите один из 8 белых квадратов , расположенных по периметру элемента. Чтобы изменить положение элемента, щелкните по нему левой кнопкой мыши, убедитесь, что ваш курсор изменился на , удерживайте левую кнопку мыши и перетащите элемент в нужное положение. Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы. Изменение параметров диаграммы Размер, тип и стиль диаграммы, а также данные, используемые для построения диаграммы, можно изменить с помощью правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по диаграмме и выберите значок Параметры диаграммы справа. Раздел Размер позволяет изменить ширину и/или высоту диаграммы. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон диаграммы. Раздел Изменить тип диаграммы позволяет изменить выбранный тип и/или стиль диаграммы с помощью соответствующего выпадающего меню. Для выбора нужного Стиля диаграммы используйте второе выпадающее меню в разделе Изменить тип диаграммы. Кнопка Изменить данные позволяет вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм и начать редактирование данных, как описано выше. Примечание: чтобы быстро вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм, можно также дважды щелкнуть мышью по диаграмме на слайде. Опция Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели позволяет открыть окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры, в котором можно задать альтернативный текст: Чтобы удалить добавленную диаграмму, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы узнать, как выровнять диаграмму на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько объектов, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Вставка уравнений", - "body": "В редакторе презентаций вы можете создавать уравнения, используя встроенные шаблоны, редактировать их, вставлять специальные символы (в том числе математические знаки, греческие буквы, диакритические знаки и т.д.). Добавление нового уравнения Чтобы вставить уравнение из коллекции, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Уравнение на верхней панели инструментов, в открывшемся выпадающем списке выберите нужную категорию уравнений. В настоящее время доступны следующие категории: Символы, Дроби, Индексы, Радикалы, Интегралы, Крупные операторы, Скобки, Функции, Диакритические знаки, Пределы и логарифмы, Операторы, Матрицы, щелкните по определенному символу/уравнению в соответствующем наборе шаблонов. Выбранный символ или уравнение будут вставлены в центре текущего слайда. Если вы не видите границу рамки уравнения, щелкните внутри уравнения - граница будет отображена в виде пунктирной линии. Рамку уравнения можно свободно перемещать, изменять ее размер или поворачивать на слайде. Для этого щелкните по границе рамки уравнения (она будет отображена как сплошная линия) и используйте соответствующие маркеры. Каждый шаблон уравнения представляет собой совокупность слотов. Слот - это позиция для каждого элемента, образующего уравнение. Пустой слот, также называемый полем для заполнения, имеет пунктирный контур . Необходимо заполнить все поля, указав нужные значения. Ввод значений Курсор определяет, где появится следующий символ, который вы введете. Чтобы точно установить курсор, щелкните внутри поля для заполнения и используйте клавиши со стрелками на клавиатуре для перемещения курсора на один символ влево/вправо. Когда курсор будет установлен в нужную позицию, можно заполнить поле: введите требуемое цифровое или буквенное значение с помощью клавиатуры, вставьте специальный символ, используя палитру Символы из меню Уравнение на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов, добавьте шаблон другого уравнения с палитры, чтобы создать сложное вложенное уравнение. Размер начального уравнения будет автоматически изменен в соответствии с содержимым. Размер элементов вложенного уравнения зависит от размера поля начального уравнения, но не может быть меньше, чем размер мелкого индекса. Для добавления некоторых новых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы добавить новый аргумент, идущий до или после имеющегося аргумента в Скобках, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по существующему аргументу и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Вставить аргумент перед/после. Чтобы добавить новое уравнение в Наборах условий из группы Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по пустому полю для заполнения или по введенному в него уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Вставить уравнение перед/после. Чтобы добавить новую строку или новый столбец в Матрице, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри нее, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Добавить, а затем - опцию Строку выше/ниже или Столбец слева/справа. Примечание: в настоящее время не поддерживается ввод уравнений в линейном формате, то есть в виде \\sqrt(4&x^3). При вводе значений математических выражений не требуется использовать клавишу Пробел, так как пробелы между символами и знаками действий устанавливаются автоматически. Если уравнение слишком длинное и не помещается на одной строке внутри рамки уравнения, перенос на другую строку в процессе ввода осуществляется автоматически. Можно также вставить перенос строки в строго определенном месте, щелкнув правой кнопкой мыши по математическому оператору и выбрав из контекстного меню пункт Вставить принудительный разрыв. Выбранный оператор будет перенесен на новую строку. Чтобы удалить добавленный принудительный разрыв строки, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по математическому оператору в начале новой строки и выберите пункт меню Удалить принудительный разрыв. Форматирование уравнений По умолчанию уравнение внутри рамки горизонтально выровнено по центру, а вертикально выровнено по верхнему краю рамки уравнения. Чтобы изменить горизонтальное или вертикальное выравнивание, установите курсор внутри рамки уравнения (контуры рамки будут отображены как пунктирные линии) и используйте соответствующие значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Чтобы увеличить или уменьшить размер шрифта в уравнении, щелкните мышью внутри рамки уравнения и выберите нужный размер шрифта из списка на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Все элементы уравнения изменятся соответственно. По умолчанию буквы в уравнении форматируются курсивом. В случае необходимости можно изменить стиль шрифта (выделение полужирным, курсив, зачеркивание) или цвет для всего уравнения или его части. Подчеркивание можно применить только ко всему уравнению, а не к отдельным символам. Выделите нужную часть уравнения путем перетаскивания. Выделенная часть будет подсвечена голубым цветом. Затем используйте нужные кнопки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы отформатировать выделенный фрагмент. Например, можно убрать форматирование курсивом для обычных слов, которые не являются переменными или константами. Для изменения некоторых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы изменить формат Дробей, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по дроби и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Изменить на диагональную/горизонтальную/вертикальную простую дробь (доступные опции отличаются в зависимости от типа выбранной дроби). Чтобы изменить положение Индексов относительно текста, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, содержащему индексы, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Индексы перед текстом/после текста. Чтобы изменить размер аргумента для уравнений из групп Индексы, Радикалы, Интегралы, Крупные операторы, Пределы и логарифмы, Операторы, а также для горизонтальных фигурных скобок и шаблонов с группирующим знаком из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по аргументу, который требуется изменить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Увеличить/Уменьшить размер аргумента. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустое поле для ввода степени в уравнении из группы Радикалы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по радикалу и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать степень. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустое поле для ввода предела в уравнении из группы Интегралы или Крупные операторы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать верхний/нижний предел. Чтобы изменить положение пределов относительно знака интеграла или оператора в уравнениях из группы Интегралы или Крупные операторы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Изменить положение пределов. Пределы могут отображаться справа от знака оператора (как верхние и нижние индексы) или непосредственно над и под знаком оператора. Чтобы изменить положение пределов относительно текста в уравнениях из группы Пределы и логарифмы и в шаблонах с группирующим знаком из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Предел над текстом/под текстом. Чтобы выбрать, какие из Скобок надо отображать, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать открывающую/закрывающую скобку. Чтобы управлять размером Скобок, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках. Пункт меню Растянуть скобки выбран по умолчанию, так что скобки могут увеличиваться в соответствии с размером выражения, заключенного в них, но вы можете снять выделение с этой опции, чтобы запретить растяжение скобок. Когда эта опция активирована, можно также использовать пункт меню Изменить размер скобок в соответствии с высотой аргумента. Чтобы изменить положение символа относительно текста для горизонтальных фигурных скобок или горизонтальной черты над/под уравнением из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по шаблону и и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Символ/Черта над/под текстом. Чтобы выбрать, какие границы надо отображать для Уравнения в рамке из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Свойства границ, а затем - Скрыть/Показать верхнюю/нижнюю/левую/правую границу или Добавить/Скрыть горизонтальную/вертикальную/диагональную линию. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустые поля для заполнения в Матрице, можно щелкнуть по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать поля для заполнения. Для выравнивания некоторых элементов уравнений можно использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы выровнять уравнения в Наборах условий из группы Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Чтобы выровнять Матрицу по вертикали, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по матрице, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание матрицы, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Чтобы выровнять по горизонтали элементы внутри отдельного столбца Матрицы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри столбца, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание столбца, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю. Удаление элементов уравнения Чтобы удалить часть уравнения, выделите фрагмент, который требуется удалить, путем перетаскивания или удерживая клавишу Shift и используя клавиши со стрелками, затем нажмите на клавиатуре клавишу Delete. Слот можно удалить только вместе с шаблоном, к которому он относится. Чтобы удалить всё уравнение, щелкните по границе рамки уравнения, (она будет отображена как сплошная линия) и нажмите на клавиатуре клавишу Delete. Для удаления некоторых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы удалить Радикал, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить радикал. Чтобы удалить Нижний индекс и/или Верхний индекс, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по содержащему их выражению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить верхний индекс/нижний индекс. Если выражение содержит индексы, расположенные перед текстом, доступна опция Удалить индексы. Чтобы удалить Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить вложенные знаки или Удалить вложенные знаки и разделители. Если выражение в Скобках содержит несколько аргументов, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по аргументу, который требуется удалить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить аргумент. Если в Скобках заключено несколько уравнений (а именно, в Наборах условий), можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, которое требуется удалить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить уравнение. Чтобы удалить Предел, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить предел. Чтобы удалить Диакритический знак, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить диакритический знак, Удалить символ или Удалить черту (доступные опции отличаются в зависимости от выбранного диакритического знака). Чтобы удалить строку или столбец Матрицы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри строки/столбца, который требуется удалить, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить, а затем - Удалить строку/столбец." + "body": "В редакторе презентаций вы можете создавать уравнения, используя встроенные шаблоны, редактировать их, вставлять специальные символы (в том числе математические знаки, греческие буквы, диакритические знаки и т.д.). Добавление нового уравнения Чтобы вставить уравнение из коллекции, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Уравнение на верхней панели инструментов, в открывшемся выпадающем списке выберите нужную категорию уравнений. В настоящее время доступны следующие категории: Символы, Дроби, Индексы, Радикалы, Интегралы, Крупные операторы, Скобки, Функции, Диакритические знаки, Пределы и логарифмы, Операторы, Матрицы, щелкните по определенному символу/уравнению в соответствующем наборе шаблонов. Выбранный символ или уравнение будут вставлены в центре текущего слайда. Если вы не видите границу рамки уравнения, щелкните внутри уравнения - граница будет отображена в виде пунктирной линии. Рамку уравнения можно свободно перемещать, изменять ее размер или поворачивать на слайде. Для этого щелкните по границе рамки уравнения (она будет отображена как сплошная линия) и используйте соответствующие маркеры. Каждый шаблон уравнения представляет собой совокупность слотов. Слот - это позиция для каждого элемента, образующего уравнение. Пустой слот, также называемый полем для заполнения, имеет пунктирный контур . Необходимо заполнить все поля, указав нужные значения. Ввод значений Курсор определяет, где появится следующий символ, который вы введете. Чтобы точно установить курсор, щелкните внутри поля для заполнения и используйте клавиши со стрелками на клавиатуре для перемещения курсора на один символ влево/вправо. Когда курсор будет установлен в нужную позицию, можно заполнить поле: введите требуемое цифровое или буквенное значение с помощью клавиатуры, вставьте специальный символ, используя палитру Символы из меню Уравнение на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов или вводя их с клавиатуры (см. описание функции Автозамена математическими символами), добавьте шаблон другого уравнения с палитры, чтобы создать сложное вложенное уравнение. Размер начального уравнения будет автоматически изменен в соответствии с содержимым. Размер элементов вложенного уравнения зависит от размера поля начального уравнения, но не может быть меньше, чем размер мелкого индекса. Для добавления некоторых новых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы добавить новый аргумент, идущий до или после имеющегося аргумента в Скобках, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по существующему аргументу и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Вставить аргумент перед/после. Чтобы добавить новое уравнение в Наборах условий из группы Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по пустому полю для заполнения или по введенному в него уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Вставить уравнение перед/после. Чтобы добавить новую строку или новый столбец в Матрице, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри нее, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Добавить, а затем - опцию Строку выше/ниже или Столбец слева/справа. Примечание: в настоящее время не поддерживается ввод уравнений в линейном формате, то есть в виде \\sqrt(4&x^3). При вводе значений математических выражений не требуется использовать клавишу Пробел, так как пробелы между символами и знаками действий устанавливаются автоматически. Если уравнение слишком длинное и не помещается на одной строке внутри рамки уравнения, перенос на другую строку в процессе ввода осуществляется автоматически. Можно также вставить перенос строки в строго определенном месте, щелкнув правой кнопкой мыши по математическому оператору и выбрав из контекстного меню пункт Вставить принудительный разрыв. Выбранный оператор будет перенесен на новую строку. Чтобы удалить добавленный принудительный разрыв строки, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по математическому оператору в начале новой строки и выберите пункт меню Удалить принудительный разрыв. Форматирование уравнений По умолчанию уравнение внутри рамки горизонтально выровнено по центру, а вертикально выровнено по верхнему краю рамки уравнения. Чтобы изменить горизонтальное или вертикальное выравнивание, установите курсор внутри рамки уравнения (контуры рамки будут отображены как пунктирные линии) и используйте соответствующие значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Чтобы увеличить или уменьшить размер шрифта в уравнении, щелкните мышью внутри рамки уравнения и выберите нужный размер шрифта из списка на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Все элементы уравнения изменятся соответственно. По умолчанию буквы в уравнении форматируются курсивом. В случае необходимости можно изменить стиль шрифта (выделение полужирным, курсив, зачеркивание) или цвет для всего уравнения или его части. Подчеркивание можно применить только ко всему уравнению, а не к отдельным символам. Выделите нужную часть уравнения путем перетаскивания. Выделенная часть будет подсвечена голубым цветом. Затем используйте нужные кнопки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы отформатировать выделенный фрагмент. Например, можно убрать форматирование курсивом для обычных слов, которые не являются переменными или константами. Для изменения некоторых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы изменить формат Дробей, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по дроби и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Изменить на диагональную/горизонтальную/вертикальную простую дробь (доступные опции отличаются в зависимости от типа выбранной дроби). Чтобы изменить положение Индексов относительно текста, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, содержащему индексы, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Индексы перед текстом/после текста. Чтобы изменить размер аргумента для уравнений из групп Индексы, Радикалы, Интегралы, Крупные операторы, Пределы и логарифмы, Операторы, а также для горизонтальных фигурных скобок и шаблонов с группирующим знаком из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по аргументу, который требуется изменить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Увеличить/Уменьшить размер аргумента. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустое поле для ввода степени в уравнении из группы Радикалы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по радикалу и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать степень. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустое поле для ввода предела в уравнении из группы Интегралы или Крупные операторы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать верхний/нижний предел. Чтобы изменить положение пределов относительно знака интеграла или оператора в уравнениях из группы Интегралы или Крупные операторы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Изменить положение пределов. Пределы могут отображаться справа от знака оператора (как верхние и нижние индексы) или непосредственно над и под знаком оператора. Чтобы изменить положение пределов относительно текста в уравнениях из группы Пределы и логарифмы и в шаблонах с группирующим знаком из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Предел над текстом/под текстом. Чтобы выбрать, какие из Скобок надо отображать, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать открывающую/закрывающую скобку. Чтобы управлять размером Скобок, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках. Пункт меню Растянуть скобки выбран по умолчанию, так что скобки могут увеличиваться в соответствии с размером выражения, заключенного в них, но вы можете снять выделение с этой опции, чтобы запретить растяжение скобок. Когда эта опция активирована, можно также использовать пункт меню Изменить размер скобок в соответствии с высотой аргумента. Чтобы изменить положение символа относительно текста для горизонтальных фигурных скобок или горизонтальной черты над/под уравнением из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по шаблону и и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Символ/Черта над/под текстом. Чтобы выбрать, какие границы надо отображать для Уравнения в рамке из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Свойства границ, а затем - Скрыть/Показать верхнюю/нижнюю/левую/правую границу или Добавить/Скрыть горизонтальную/вертикальную/диагональную линию. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустые поля для заполнения в Матрице, можно щелкнуть по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать поля для заполнения. Для выравнивания некоторых элементов уравнений можно использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы выровнять уравнения в Наборах условий из группы Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Чтобы выровнять Матрицу по вертикали, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по матрице, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание матрицы, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Чтобы выровнять по горизонтали элементы внутри отдельного столбца Матрицы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри столбца, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание столбца, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю. Удаление элементов уравнения Чтобы удалить часть уравнения, выделите фрагмент, который требуется удалить, путем перетаскивания или удерживая клавишу Shift и используя клавиши со стрелками, затем нажмите на клавиатуре клавишу Delete. Слот можно удалить только вместе с шаблоном, к которому он относится. Чтобы удалить всё уравнение, щелкните по границе рамки уравнения, (она будет отображена как сплошная линия) и нажмите на клавиатуре клавишу Delete. Для удаления некоторых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы удалить Радикал, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить радикал. Чтобы удалить Нижний индекс и/или Верхний индекс, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по содержащему их выражению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить верхний индекс/нижний индекс. Если выражение содержит индексы, расположенные перед текстом, доступна опция Удалить индексы. Чтобы удалить Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить вложенные знаки или Удалить вложенные знаки и разделители. Если выражение в Скобках содержит несколько аргументов, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по аргументу, который требуется удалить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить аргумент. Если в Скобках заключено несколько уравнений (а именно, в Наборах условий), можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, которое требуется удалить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить уравнение. Чтобы удалить Предел, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить предел. Чтобы удалить Диакритический знак, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить диакритический знак, Удалить символ или Удалить черту (доступные опции отличаются в зависимости от выбранного диакритического знака). Чтобы удалить строку или столбец Матрицы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри строки/столбца, который требуется удалить, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить, а затем - Удалить строку/столбец." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", @@ -128,12 +133,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Вставка и настройка изображений", - "body": "Вставка изображения В редакторе презентаций можно вставлять в презентацию изображения самых популярных форматов. Поддерживаются следующие форматы изображений: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Для добавления изображения на слайд: в списке слайдов слева выберите тот слайд, на который требуется добавить изображение, щелкните по значку Изображение на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, для загрузки изображения выберите одну из следующих опций: при выборе опции Изображение из файла откроется стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора файлов. Выберите нужный файл на жестком диске компьютера и нажмите кнопку Открыть при выборе опции Изображение по URL откроется окно, в котором можно ввести веб-адрес нужного изображения, а затем нажать кнопку OK при выборе опции Изображение из хранилища откроется окно Выбрать источник данных. Выберите изображение, сохраненное на вашем портале, и нажмите кнопку OK после того как изображение будет добавлено, можно изменить его размер и положение. Вы также можете добавить изображение внутри текстовой рамки, нажав на кнопку Изображение из файла в ней и выбрав нужное изображение, сохраненное на компьютере, или используйте кнопку Изображение по URL и укажите URL-адрес изображения: Также можно добавить изображение в макет слайда. Для получения дополнительной информации вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Изменение параметров изображения Правая боковая панель активируется при щелчке по изображению левой кнопкой мыши и выборе значка Параметры изображения справа. Вкладка содержит следующие разделы: Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту изображения или при необходимости восстановить Реальный размер изображения. Кнопка Обрезать используется, чтобы обрезать изображение. Нажмите кнопку Обрезать, чтобы активировать маркеры обрезки, которые появятся в углах изображения и в центре каждой его стороны. Вручную перетаскивайте маркеры, чтобы задать область обрезки. Вы можете навести курсор мыши на границу области обрезки, чтобы курсор превратился в значок , и перетащить область обрезки. Чтобы обрезать одну сторону, перетащите маркер, расположенный в центре этой стороны. Чтобы одновременно обрезать две смежных стороны, перетащите один из угловых маркеров. Чтобы равномерно обрезать две противоположные стороны изображения, удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании маркера в центре одной из этих сторон. Чтобы равномерно обрезать все стороны изображения, удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании любого углового маркера. Когда область обрезки будет задана, еще раз нажмите на кнопку Обрезать, или нажмите на клавишу Esc, или щелкните мышью за пределами области обрезки, чтобы применить изменения. После того, как область обрезки будет задана, также можно использовать опции Заливка и Вписать, доступные в выпадающем меню Обрезать. Нажмите кнопку Обрезать еще раз и выберите нужную опцию: При выборе опции Заливка центральная часть исходного изображения будет сохранена и использована в качестве заливки выбранной области обрезки, в то время как остальные части изображения будут удалены. При выборе опции Вписать размер изображения будет изменен, чтобы оно соответствовало высоте или ширине области обрезки. Никакие части исходного изображения не будут удалены, но внутри выбранной области обрезки могут появится пустые пространства. Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы загрузить другое изображение вместо текущего, выбрав нужный источник. Можно выбрать одну из опций: Из файла или По URL. Опция Заменить изображение также доступна в контекстном меню, вызываемом правой кнопкой мыши. Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить изображение слева направо или сверху вниз. Нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить изображение по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить изображение по вертикали (сверху вниз) Когда изображение выделено, справа также доступен значок Параметры фигуры . Можно щелкнуть по нему, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и настроить тип, толщину и цвет Обводки фигуры, а также изменить тип фигуры, выбрав другую фигуру в меню Изменить автофигуру. Форма изображения изменится соответствующим образом. На вкладке Параметры фигуры также можно использовать опцию Отображать тень, чтобы добавить тень к изображеню. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры изображения, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню опцию Дополнительные параметры изображения или щелкните по изображению левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств изображения: Вкладка Положение позволяет задать следующие свойства изображения: Размер - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту изображения. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон изображения. Чтобы восстановить реальный размер добавленного изображения, нажмите кнопку Реальный размер. Положение - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить положение изображения на слайде (вычисляется относительно верхней и левой стороны слайда). Вкладка Поворот содержит следующие параметры: Угол - используйте эту опцию, чтобы повернуть изображение на точно заданный угол. Введите в поле нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Отражено - отметьте галочкой опцию По горизонтали, чтобы отразить изображение по горизонтали (слева направо), или отметьте галочкой опцию По вертикали, чтобы отразить изображение по вертикали (сверху вниз). Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит изображение. Чтобы удалить вставленное изображение, щелкните по нему левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы узнать, как выровнять изображение на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько изображений, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде." + "body": "Вставка изображения В онлайн-редакторе презентаций можно вставлять в презентацию изображения самых популярных форматов. Поддерживаются следующие форматы изображений: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Для добавления изображения на слайд: в списке слайдов слева выберите тот слайд, на который требуется добавить изображение, щелкните по значку Изображение на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, для загрузки изображения выберите одну из следующих опций: при выборе опции Изображение из файла откроется стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора файлов. Выберите нужный файл на жестком диске компьютера и нажмите кнопку Открыть при выборе опции Изображение по URL откроется окно, в котором можно ввести веб-адрес нужного изображения, а затем нажать кнопку OK при выборе опции Изображение из хранилища откроется окно Выбрать источник данных. Выберите изображение, сохраненное на вашем портале, и нажмите кнопку OK после того как изображение будет добавлено, можно изменить его размер и положение. Вы также можете добавить изображение внутри текстовой рамки, нажав на кнопку Изображение из файла в ней и выбрав нужное изображение, сохраненное на компьютере, или используйте кнопку Изображение по URL и укажите URL-адрес изображения: Также можно добавить изображение в макет слайда. Для получения дополнительной информации вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Изменение параметров изображения Правая боковая панель активируется при щелчке по изображению левой кнопкой мыши и выборе значка Параметры изображения справа. Вкладка содержит следующие разделы: Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту изображения или при необходимости восстановить Реальный размер изображения. Кнопка Обрезать используется, чтобы обрезать изображение. Нажмите кнопку Обрезать, чтобы активировать маркеры обрезки, которые появятся в углах изображения и в центре каждой его стороны. Вручную перетаскивайте маркеры, чтобы задать область обрезки. Вы можете навести курсор мыши на границу области обрезки, чтобы курсор превратился в значок , и перетащить область обрезки. Чтобы обрезать одну сторону, перетащите маркер, расположенный в центре этой стороны. Чтобы одновременно обрезать две смежных стороны, перетащите один из угловых маркеров. Чтобы равномерно обрезать две противоположные стороны изображения, удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании маркера в центре одной из этих сторон. Чтобы равномерно обрезать все стороны изображения, удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании любого углового маркера. Когда область обрезки будет задана, еще раз нажмите на кнопку Обрезать, или нажмите на клавишу Esc, или щелкните мышью за пределами области обрезки, чтобы применить изменения. После того, как область обрезки будет задана, также можно использовать опции Заливка и Вписать, доступные в выпадающем меню Обрезать. Нажмите кнопку Обрезать еще раз и выберите нужную опцию: При выборе опции Заливка центральная часть исходного изображения будет сохранена и использована в качестве заливки выбранной области обрезки, в то время как остальные части изображения будут удалены. При выборе опции Вписать размер изображения будет изменен, чтобы оно соответствовало высоте или ширине области обрезки. Никакие части исходного изображения не будут удалены, но внутри выбранной области обрезки могут появится пустые пространства. Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы загрузить другое изображение вместо текущего, выбрав нужный источник. Можно выбрать одну из опций: Из файла, Из хранилища или По URL. Опция Заменить изображение также доступна в контекстном меню, вызываемом правой кнопкой мыши. Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить изображение слева направо или сверху вниз. Нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить изображение по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить изображение по вертикали (сверху вниз) Когда изображение выделено, справа также доступен значок Параметры фигуры . Можно щелкнуть по нему, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и настроить тип, толщину и цвет Обводки фигуры, а также изменить тип фигуры, выбрав другую фигуру в меню Изменить автофигуру. Форма изображения изменится соответствующим образом. На вкладке Параметры фигуры также можно использовать опцию Отображать тень, чтобы добавить тень к изображеню. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры изображения, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню опцию Дополнительные параметры изображения или щелкните по изображению левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств изображения: Вкладка Положение позволяет задать следующие свойства изображения: Размер - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту изображения. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон изображения. Чтобы восстановить реальный размер добавленного изображения, нажмите кнопку Реальный размер. Положение - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить положение изображения на слайде (вычисляется относительно верхней и левой стороны слайда). Вкладка Поворот содержит следующие параметры: Угол - используйте эту опцию, чтобы повернуть изображение на точно заданный угол. Введите в поле нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Отражено - отметьте галочкой опцию По горизонтали, чтобы отразить изображение по горизонтали (слева направо), или отметьте галочкой опцию По вертикали, чтобы отразить изображение по вертикали (сверху вниз). Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит изображение. Чтобы удалить вставленное изображение, щелкните по нему левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы узнать, как выровнять изображение на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько изображений, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "title": "Вставка символов и знаков", - "body": "При работе может возникнуть необходимость поставить символ, которого нет на вашей клавиатуре. Для вставки таких символов используйте функцию Вставить символ. Для этого выполните следующие шаги: установите курсор, куда будет помещен символ, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Символ, в открывшемся окне выберите необходимый символ, чтобы быстрее найти нужный символ, используйте раздел Набор. В нем все символы распределены по группам, например, выберите «Символы валют», если нужно вставить знак валют. Если же данный символ отсутствует в наборе, выберите другой шрифт. Во многих из них также есть символы, отличные от стандартного набора. Или же впишите в строку шестнадцатеричный Код знака из Юникод нужного вам символа. Данный код можно найти в Таблице символов. Для быстрого доступа к нужным символам также используйте Ранее использовавшиеся символы, где хранятся несколько последних использованных символов, нажмите Вставить. Выбранный символ будет добавлен в презентацию. Вставка символов ASCII Для добавления символов также используется таблица символов ASCII. Для этого зажмите клавишу ALT и при помощи цифровой клавиатуры введите код знака. Обратите внимание: убедитесь, что используете цифровую клавиатуру, а не цифры на основной клавиатуре. Чтобы включить цифровую клавиатуру, нажмите клавишу Num Lock. Например, для добавления символа параграфа (§) нажмите и удерживайте клавишу ALT, введите цифры 789, а затем отпустите клавишу ALT. Вставка символов при помощи таблицы символов С помощью таблицы символов Windows так же можно найти символы, которых нет на клавиатуре. Чтобы открыть данную таблицу, выполните одно из следующих действий: В строке Поиск напишите «Таблица символов» и откройте ее Одновременно нажмите клавиши Win+R, в появившемся окне введите charmap.exe и щелкните ОК. В открывшемся окне Таблица символов выберите один из представленных Набор символов, их Группировку и Шрифт. Далее щелкните на нужные символы, скопируйте их в буфер обмена и вставьте в нужное место в презентации." + "body": "При работе может возникнуть необходимость поставить символ, которого нет на вашей клавиатуре. Для вставки таких символов используйте функцию Вставить символ. Для этого выполните следующие шаги: установите курсор, куда будет помещен символ, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Символ, в открывшемся окне выберите необходимый символ, чтобы быстрее найти нужный символ, используйте раздел Набор. В нем все символы распределены по группам, например, выберите «Символы валют», если нужно вставить знак валют. Если же данный символ отсутствует в наборе, выберите другой шрифт. Во многих из них также есть символы, отличные от стандартного набора. Или же впишите в строку шестнадцатеричный Код знака из Юникод нужного вам символа. Данный код можно найти в Таблице символов. Также можно использовать вкладку Специальные символы для выбора специального символа из списка. Для быстрого доступа к нужным символам также используйте Ранее использовавшиеся символы, где хранятся несколько последних использованных символов, нажмите Вставить. Выбранный символ будет добавлен в презентацию. Вставка символов ASCII Для добавления символов также используется таблица символов ASCII. Для этого зажмите клавишу ALT и при помощи цифровой клавиатуры введите код знака. Обратите внимание: убедитесь, что используете цифровую клавиатуру, а не цифры на основной клавиатуре. Чтобы включить цифровую клавиатуру, нажмите клавишу Num Lock. Например, для добавления символа параграфа (§) нажмите и удерживайте клавишу ALT, введите цифры 789, а затем отпустите клавишу ALT. Вставка символов при помощи таблицы символов С помощью таблицы символов Windows так же можно найти символы, которых нет на клавиатуре. Чтобы открыть данную таблицу, выполните одно из следующих действий: В строке Поиск напишите «Таблица символов» и откройте ее Одновременно нажмите клавиши Win+R, в появившемся окне введите charmap.exe и щелкните ОК. В открывшемся окне Таблица символов выберите один из представленных Набор символов, их Группировку и Шрифт. Далее щелкните на нужные символы, скопируйте их в буфер обмена и вставьте в нужное место в презентации." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", @@ -155,6 +160,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Работа с объектами на слайде", "body": "Можно изменять размер различных объектов, перемещать и поворачивать их на слайде вручную при помощи специальных маркеров. Можно также точно задать размеры некоторых объектов и их положение с помощью правой боковой панели или окна Дополнительные параметры. Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. Изменение размера объектов Для изменения размера автофигуры/изображения/диаграммы/таблицы/текстового поля перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по краям объекта. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. Чтобы задать точную ширину и высоту диаграммы, выделите ее на слайде и используйте раздел Размер на правой боковой панели, которая будет активирована. Чтобы задать точные размеры изображения или автофигуры, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по нужному объекту на слайде и выберите пункт меню Дополнительные параметры изображения/фигуры. Укажите нужные значения на вкладке Размер окна Дополнительные параметры и нажмите кнопку OK. Изменение формы автофигур При изменении некоторых фигур, например, фигурных стрелок или выносок, также доступен желтый значок в форме ромба . Он позволяет изменять отдельные параметры формы, например, длину указателя стрелки. Перемещение объектов Для изменения местоположения автофигуры/изображения/диаграммы/таблицы/текстового поля используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на объект. Перетащите объект на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. Чтобы перемещать объект с шагом в один пиксель, удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре. Чтобы перемещать объект строго по горизонтали/вертикали и предотвратить его смещение в перпендикулярном направлении, при перетаскивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Чтобы задать точное положение изображения, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по изображению на слайде и выберите пункт меню Дополнительные параметры изображения. Укажите нужные значения в разделе Положение окна Дополнительные параметры и нажмите кнопку OK. Поворот объектов Чтобы вручную повернуть автофигуру/изображение/текстовое поле, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Чтобы повернуть объект на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки или по часовой стрелке или отразить объект по горизонтали или по вертикали, можно использовать раздел Поворот на правой боковой панели, которая будет активирована, как только вы выделите нужный объект. Чтобы открыть ее, нажмите на значок Параметры фигуры или Параметры изображения справа. Нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть объект на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть объект на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить объект по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить объект по вертикали (сверху вниз) Также можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по объекту, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Поворот, а затем использовать один из доступных вариантов поворота объекта. Чтобы повернуть объект на точно заданный угол, нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели и используйте вкладку Поворот в окне Дополнительные параметры. Укажите нужное значение в градусах в поле Угол и нажмите кнопку OK." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", + "title": "Функции автозамены", + "body": "Функции автозамены используются для автоматического форматирования текста при обнаружении или вставки специальных математических символов путем распознавания определенных символов. Доступные параметры автозамены перечислены в соответствующем диалоговом окне. Чтобы его открыть, перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены. В диалоговом окне Автозамена содержит три вкладки: Автозамена математическими символами, Распознанные функции и Автоформат при вводе. Автозамена математическими символами При работе с уравнениями множество символов, диакритических знаков и знаков математических действий можно добавить путем ввода с клавиатуры, а не выбирая шаблон из коллекции. В редакторе уравнений установите курсор в нужном поле для ввода, введите специальный код и нажмите Пробел. Введенный код будет преобразован в соответствующий символ, а пробел будет удален. Примечание: коды чувствительны к регистру. Вы можете добавлять, изменять, восстанавливать и удалять записи автозамены из списка автозамены. Перейдите во вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автозамена математическими символами. Чтобы добавить запись в список автозамены, Введите код автозамены, который хотите использовать, в поле Заменить. Введите символ, который будет присвоен введенному вами коду, в поле На. Щелкните на кнопку Добавить. Чтобы изменить запись в списке автозамены, Выберите запись, которую хотите изменить. Вы можете изменить информацию в полях Заменить для кода и На для символа. Щелкните на кнопку Добавить. Чтобы удалить запись из списка автозамены, Выберите запись, которую хотите удалить. Щелкните на кнопку Удалить. Чтобы восстановить ранее удаленные записи, выберите из списка запись, которую нужно восстановить, и нажмите кнопку Восстановить. Чтобы восстановить настройки по умолчанию, нажмите кнопку Сбросить настройки. Любая добавленная вами запись автозамены будет удалена, а измененные значения будут восстановлены до их исходных значений. Чтобы отключить автозамену математическими символами и избежать автоматических изменений и замен, снимите флажок Заменять текст при вводе. В таблице ниже приведены все поддерживаемые в настоящее время коды, доступные в Редакторе презентаций. Полный список поддерживаемых кодов также можно найти на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительыне параметры... -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автозамена математическими символами. Поддерживаемые коды Код Символ Категория !! Символы ... Точки :: Операторы := Операторы /< Операторы отношения /> Операторы отношения /= Операторы отношения \\above Символы Above/Below \\acute Акценты \\aleph Буквы иврита \\alpha Греческие буквы \\Alpha Греческие буквы \\amalg Бинарные операторы \\angle Геометрические обозначения \\aoint Интегралы \\approx Операторы отношений \\asmash Стрелки \\ast Бинарные операторы \\asymp Операторы отношений \\atop Операторы \\bar Черта сверху/снизу \\Bar Акценты \\because Операторы отношений \\begin Разделители \\below Символы Above/Below \\bet Буквы иврита \\beta Греческие буквы \\Beta Греческие буквы \\beth Буквы иврита \\bigcap Крупные операторы \\bigcup Крупные операторы \\bigodot Крупные операторы \\bigoplus Крупные операторы \\bigotimes Крупные операторы \\bigsqcup Крупные операторы \\biguplus Крупные операторы \\bigvee Крупные операторы \\bigwedge Крупные операторы \\binomial Уравнения \\bot Логические обозначения \\bowtie Операторы отношений \\box Символы \\boxdot Бинарные операторы \\boxminus Бинарные операторы \\boxplus Бинарные операторы \\bra Разделители \\break Символы \\breve Акценты \\bullet Бинарные операторы \\cap Бинарные операторы \\cbrt Квадратные корни и радикалы \\cases Символы \\cdot Бинарные операторы \\cdots Точки \\check Акценты \\chi Греческие буквы \\Chi Греческие буквы \\circ Бинарные операторы \\close Разделители \\clubsuit Символы \\coint Интегралы \\cong Операторы отношений \\coprod Математические операторы \\cup Бинарные операторы \\dalet Буквы иврита \\daleth Буквы иврита \\dashv Операторы отношений \\dd Дважды начерченные буквы \\Dd Дважды начерченные буквы \\ddddot Акценты \\dddot Акценты \\ddot Акценты \\ddots Точки \\defeq Операторы отношений \\degc Символы \\degf Символы \\degree Символы \\delta Греческие буквы \\Delta Греческие буквы \\Deltaeq Операторы \\diamond Бинарные операторы \\diamondsuit Символы \\div Бинарные операторы \\dot Акценты \\doteq Операторы отношений \\dots Точки \\doublea Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleA Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleb Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleB Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublec Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleC Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubled Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleD Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublee Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleE Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublef Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleF Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleg Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleG Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleh Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleH Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublei Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleI Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublej Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleJ Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublek Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleK Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublel Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleL Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublem Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleM Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublen Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleN Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleo Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleO Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublep Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleP Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleq Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleQ Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubler Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleR Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubles Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleS Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublet Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleT Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleu Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleU Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublev Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleV Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublew Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleW Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublex Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleX Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubley Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleY Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublez Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleZ Дважды начерченные буквы \\downarrow Стрелки \\Downarrow Стрелки \\dsmash Стрелки \\ee Дважды начерченные буквы \\ell Символы \\emptyset Обозначения множествs \\emsp Знаки пробела \\end Разделители \\ensp Знаки пробела \\epsilon Греческие буквы \\Epsilon Греческие буквы \\eqarray Символы \\equiv Операторы отношений \\eta Греческие буквы \\Eta Греческие буквы \\exists Логические обозначенияs \\forall Логические обозначенияs \\fraktura Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturA Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturb Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturB Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturc Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturC Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturd Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturD Буквы готического шрифта \\frakture Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturE Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturf Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturF Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturg Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturG Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturh Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturH Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturi Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturI Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturk Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturK Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturl Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturL Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturm Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturM Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturn Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturN Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturo Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturO Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturp Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturP Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturq Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturQ Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturr Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturR Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturs Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturS Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturt Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturT Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturu Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturU Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturv Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturV Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturw Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturW Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturx Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturX Буквы готического шрифта \\fraktury Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturY Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturz Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturZ Буквы готического шрифта \\frown Операторы отношений \\funcapply Бинарные операторы \\G Греческие буквы \\gamma Греческие буквы \\Gamma Греческие буквы \\ge Операторы отношений \\geq Операторы отношений \\gets Стрелки \\gg Операторы отношений \\gimel Буквы иврита \\grave Акценты \\hairsp Знаки пробела \\hat Акценты \\hbar Символы \\heartsuit Символы \\hookleftarrow Стрелки \\hookrightarrow Стрелки \\hphantom Стрелки \\hsmash Стрелки \\hvec Акценты \\identitymatrix Матрицы \\ii Дважды начерченные буквы \\iiint Интегралы \\iint Интегралы \\iiiint Интегралы \\Im Символы \\imath Символы \\in Операторы отношений \\inc Символы \\infty Символы \\int Интегралы \\integral Интегралы \\iota Греческие буквы \\Iota Греческие буквы \\itimes Математические операторы \\j Символы \\jj Дважды начерченные буквы \\jmath Символы \\kappa Греческие буквы \\Kappa Греческие буквы \\ket Разделители \\lambda Греческие буквы \\Lambda Греческие буквы \\langle Разделители \\lbbrack Разделители \\lbrace Разделители \\lbrack Разделители \\lceil Разделители \\ldiv Дробная черта \\ldivide Дробная черта \\ldots Точки \\le Операторы отношений \\left Разделители \\leftarrow Стрелки \\Leftarrow Стрелки \\leftharpoondown Стрелки \\leftharpoonup Стрелки \\leftrightarrow Стрелки \\Leftrightarrow Стрелки \\leq Операторы отношений \\lfloor Разделители \\lhvec Акценты \\limit Лимиты \\ll Операторы отношений \\lmoust Разделители \\Longleftarrow Стрелки \\Longleftrightarrow Стрелки \\Longrightarrow Стрелки \\lrhar Стрелки \\lvec Акценты \\mapsto Стрелки \\matrix Матрицы \\medsp Знаки пробела \\mid Операторы отношений \\middle Символы \\models Операторы отношений \\mp Бинарные операторы \\mu Греческие буквы \\Mu Греческие буквы \\nabla Символы \\naryand Операторы \\nbsp Знаки пробела \\ne Операторы отношений \\nearrow Стрелки \\neq Операторы отношений \\ni Операторы отношений \\norm Разделители \\notcontain Операторы отношений \\notelement Операторы отношений \\notin Операторы отношений \\nu Греческие буквы \\Nu Греческие буквы \\nwarrow Стрелки \\o Греческие буквы \\O Греческие буквы \\odot Бинарные операторы \\of Операторы \\oiiint Интегралы \\oiint Интегралы \\oint Интегралы \\omega Греческие буквы \\Omega Греческие буквы \\ominus Бинарные операторы \\open Разделители \\oplus Бинарные операторы \\otimes Бинарные операторы \\over Разделители \\overbar Акценты \\overbrace Акценты \\overbracket Акценты \\overline Акценты \\overparen Акценты \\overshell Акценты \\parallel Геометрические обозначения \\partial Символы \\pmatrix Матрицы \\perp Геометрические обозначения \\phantom Символы \\phi Греческие буквы \\Phi Греческие буквы \\pi Греческие буквы \\Pi Греческие буквы \\pm Бинарные операторы \\pppprime Штрихи \\ppprime Штрихи \\pprime Штрихи \\prec Операторы отношений \\preceq Операторы отношений \\prime Штрихи \\prod Математические операторы \\propto Операторы отношений \\psi Греческие буквы \\Psi Греческие буквы \\qdrt Квадратные корни и радикалы \\quadratic Квадратные корни и радикалы \\rangle Разделители \\Rangle Разделители \\ratio Операторы отношений \\rbrace Разделители \\rbrack Разделители \\Rbrack Разделители \\rceil Разделители \\rddots Точки \\Re Символы \\rect Символы \\rfloor Разделители \\rho Греческие буквы \\Rho Греческие буквы \\rhvec Акценты \\right Разделители \\rightarrow Стрелки \\Rightarrow Стрелки \\rightharpoondown Стрелки \\rightharpoonup Стрелки \\rmoust Разделители \\root Символы \\scripta Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptA Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptb Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptB Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptc Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptC Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptd Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptD Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripte Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptE Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptf Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptF Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptg Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptG Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripth Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptH Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripti Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptI Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptk Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptK Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptl Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptL Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptm Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptM Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptn Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptN Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripto Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptO Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptp Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptP Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptq Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptQ Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptr Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptR Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripts Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptS Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptt Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptT Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptu Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptU Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptv Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptV Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptw Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptW Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptx Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptX Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripty Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptY Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptz Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptZ Буквы рукописного шрифта \\sdiv Дробная черта \\sdivide Дробная черта \\searrow Стрелки \\setminus Бинарные операторы \\sigma Греческие буквы \\Sigma Греческие буквы \\sim Операторы отношений \\simeq Операторы отношений \\smash Стрелки \\smile Операторы отношений \\spadesuit Символы \\sqcap Бинарные операторы \\sqcup Бинарные операторы \\sqrt Квадратные корни и радикалы \\sqsubseteq Обозначения множеств \\sqsuperseteq Обозначения множеств \\star Бинарные операторы \\subset Обозначения множеств \\subseteq Обозначения множеств \\succ Операторы отношений \\succeq Операторы отношений \\sum Математические операторы \\superset Обозначения множеств \\superseteq Обозначения множеств \\swarrow Стрелки \\tau Греческие буквы \\Tau Греческие буквы \\therefore Операторы отношений \\theta Греческие буквы \\Theta Греческие буквы \\thicksp Знаки пробела \\thinsp Знаки пробела \\tilde Акценты \\times Бинарные операторы \\to Стрелки \\top Логические обозначения \\tvec Стрелки \\ubar Акценты \\Ubar Акценты \\underbar Акценты \\underbrace Акценты \\underbracket Акценты \\underline Акценты \\underparen Акценты \\uparrow Стрелки \\Uparrow Стрелки \\updownarrow Стрелки \\Updownarrow Стрелки \\uplus Бинарные операторы \\upsilon Греческие буквы \\Upsilon Греческие буквы \\varepsilon Греческие буквы \\varphi Греческие буквы \\varpi Греческие буквы \\varrho Греческие буквы \\varsigma Греческие буквы \\vartheta Греческие буквы \\vbar Разделители \\vdash Операторы отношений \\vdots Точки \\vec Акценты \\vee Бинарные операторы \\vert Разделители \\Vert Разделители \\Vmatrix Матрицы \\vphantom Стрелки \\vthicksp Знаки пробела \\wedge Бинарные операторы \\wp Символы \\wr Бинарные операторы \\xi Греческие буквы \\Xi Греческие буквы \\zeta Греческие буквы \\Zeta Греческие буквы \\zwnj Знаки пробела \\zwsp Знаки пробела ~= Операторы отношений -+ Бинарные операторы +- Бинарные операторы << Операторы отношений <= Операторы отношений -> Стрелки >= Операторы отношений >> Операторы отношений Распознанные функции На этой вкладке вы найдете список математических выражений, которые будут распознаваться редактором формул как функции и поэтому не будут автоматически выделены курсивом. Чтобы просмотреть список распознанных функций, перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Распознанные функции. Чтобы добавить запись в список распознаваемых функций, введите функцию в пустое поле и нажмите кнопку Добавить. Чтобы удалить запись из списка распознанных функций, выберите функцию, которую нужно удалить, и нажмите кнопку Удалить. Чтобы восстановить ранее удаленные записи, выберите в списке запись, которую нужно восстановить, и нажмите кнопку Восстановить. Чтобы восстановить настройки по умолчанию, нажмите кнопку Сбросить настройки. Любая добавленная вами функция будет удалена, а удаленные - восстановлены." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "title": "Создание новой презентации или открытие существующей", @@ -168,7 +178,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Сохранение / печать / скачивание презентации", - "body": "Сохранение По умолчанию онлайн-редактор презентаций автоматически сохраняет файл каждые 2 секунды, когда вы работаете над ним, чтобы не допустить потери данных в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Если вы совместно редактируете файл в Быстром режиме, таймер запрашивает наличие изменений 25 раз в секунду и сохраняет их, если они были внесены. При совместном редактировании файла в Строгом режиме изменения автоматически сохраняются каждые 10 минут. При необходимости можно легко выбрать предпочтительный режим совместного редактирования или отключить функцию автоматического сохранения на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы сохранить презентацию вручную в текущем формате и местоположении, нажмите значок Сохранить в левой части шапки редактора, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+S, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сохранить. Примечание: чтобы не допустить потери данных в десктопной версии в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы, вы можете включить опцию Автовосстановление на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы в десктопной версии сохранить презентацию под другим именем, в другом местоположении или в другом формате, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Сохранить как, выберите один из доступных форматов: PPTX, ODP, PDF, PDFA. Также можно выбрать вариант Шаблон презентации POTX или OTP. Скачивание Чтобы в онлайн-версии скачать готовую презентацию и сохранить ее на жестком диске компьютера, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Скачать как..., выберите один из доступных форматов: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Сохранение копии Чтобы в онлайн-версии сохранить копию презентации на портале, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Сохранить копию как..., выберите один из доступных форматов: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP, выберите местоположение файла на портале и нажмите Сохранить. Печать Чтобы распечатать текущую презентацию, нажмите значок Напечатать файл в левой части шапки редактора, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+P, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Печать. Также можно распечатать выделенные слайды с помощью пункта контекстного меню Напечатать выделенное. В десктопной версии презентация будет напрямую отправлена на печать. В онлайн-версии на основе данной презентации будет сгенерирован файл PDF. Вы можете открыть и распечатать его, или сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера или съемном носителе чтобы распечатать позже. В некоторых браузерах, например Хром и Опера, есть встроенная возможность для прямой печати." + "body": "Сохранение По умолчанию онлайн-редактор презентаций автоматически сохраняет файл каждые 2 секунды, когда вы работаете над ним, чтобы не допустить потери данных в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Если вы совместно редактируете файл в Быстром режиме, таймер запрашивает наличие изменений 25 раз в секунду и сохраняет их, если они были внесены. При совместном редактировании файла в Строгом режиме изменения автоматически сохраняются каждые 10 минут. При необходимости можно легко выбрать предпочтительный режим совместного редактирования или отключить функцию автоматического сохранения на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы сохранить презентацию вручную в текущем формате и местоположении, нажмите значок Сохранить в левой части шапки редактора, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+S, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сохранить. Примечание: чтобы не допустить потери данных в десктопной версии в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы, вы можете включить опцию Автовосстановление на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы в десктопной версии сохранить презентацию под другим именем, в другом местоположении или в другом формате, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Сохранить как, выберите один из доступных форматов: PPTX, ODP, PDF, PDFA. Также можно выбрать вариант Шаблон презентации POTX или OTP. Скачивание Чтобы в онлайн-версии скачать готовую презентацию и сохранить ее на жестком диске компьютера, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Скачать как..., выберите один из доступных форматов: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP. Сохранение копии Чтобы в онлайн-версии сохранить копию презентации на портале, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Сохранить копию как..., выберите один из доступных форматов: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP, выберите местоположение файла на портале и нажмите Сохранить. Печать Чтобы распечатать текущую презентацию, нажмите значок Напечатать файл в левой части шапки редактора, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+P, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Печать. Также можно распечатать выделенные слайды с помощью пункта контекстного меню Напечатать выделенное как в режиме Редактирования, так и в режиме Просмотра (кликните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенным слайдам и выберите опцию Напечатать выделенное). В десктопной версии презентация будет напрямую отправлена на печать. В онлайн-версии на основе данной презентации будет сгенерирован файл PDF. Вы можете открыть и распечатать его, или сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера или съемном носителе чтобы распечатать позже. В некоторых браузерах, например Хром и Опера, есть встроенная возможность для прямой печати." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less index 360f3c21d..7655f7cc8 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ } } -#developer-hint, #beta-hint { +#developer-hint, #beta-hint, #limit-hint { position: absolute; left: 0; padding: 12px 0; diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less index 10a8b6ae0..23dcbd12b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less @@ -12,7 +12,11 @@ .font-attr { > .btn-slot:not(:last-child):not(.split) { - margin-right: 8px; + margin-right: 4px; + } + + > .btn-slot:not(:last-child).split { + margin-right: 2px; } } } @@ -102,3 +106,7 @@ .background-ximage('../../../../../../sdkjs/common/Images/themes_thumbnail.png', '../../../../../../sdkjs/common/Images/themes_thumbnail@2x.png', 85px); background-size: cover } + +#slot-btn-incfont, #slot-btn-decfont, #slot-btn-changecase { + margin-left: 2px; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app-dev.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app-dev.js index 552212b59..7d1f9abb5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app-dev.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app-dev.js @@ -172,6 +172,9 @@ require([ // Default title for modals modalTitle: 'ONLYOFFICE', + // Enable tap hold events + tapHold: true, + // If it is webapp, we can enable hash navigation: // pushState: false, diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app.js index 39ff0d4ef..91c81c053 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app.js @@ -182,6 +182,9 @@ require([ // Default title for modals modalTitle: '{{APP_TITLE_TEXT}}', + // Enable tap hold events + tapHold: true, + // If it is webapp, we can enable hash navigation: // pushState: false, diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js index 08588e2ec..12d1f9fa6 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js @@ -118,7 +118,8 @@ define([ 'Slide number': this.txtSlideNumber, 'Slide subtitle': this.txtSlideSubtitle, 'Table': this.txtSldLtTTbl, - 'Slide title': this.txtSlideTitle + 'Slide title': this.txtSlideTitle, + 'Click to add first slide': this.txtAddFirstSlide } }); @@ -201,8 +202,19 @@ define([ me.editorConfig = $.extend(me.editorConfig, data.config); + me.appOptions.customization = me.editorConfig.customization; + me.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous = !((typeof (me.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (me.appOptions.customization.anonymous) == 'object') && (me.appOptions.customization.anonymous.request===false)); + me.appOptions.guestName = (typeof (me.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (me.appOptions.customization.anonymous) == 'object') && + (typeof (me.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label) == 'string') && me.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label.trim()!=='' ? + Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(me.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label) : me.textGuest; + var value; + if (me.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous) { + value = Common.localStorage.getItem("guest-username"); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("guest-username", value); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("save-guest-username", !!value); + } me.editorConfig.user = - me.appOptions.user = Common.Utils.fillUserInfo(me.editorConfig.user, me.editorConfig.lang, me.textAnonymous); + me.appOptions.user = Common.Utils.fillUserInfo(me.editorConfig.user, me.editorConfig.lang, value ? (value + ' (' + me.appOptions.guestName + ')' ) : me.textAnonymous); me.appOptions.isDesktopApp = me.editorConfig.targetApp == 'desktop'; me.appOptions.canCreateNew = !_.isEmpty(me.editorConfig.createUrl) && !me.appOptions.isDesktopApp; me.appOptions.canOpenRecent = me.editorConfig.recent !== undefined && !me.appOptions.isDesktopApp; @@ -216,7 +228,6 @@ define([ me.appOptions.mergeFolderUrl = me.editorConfig.mergeFolderUrl; me.appOptions.canAnalytics = false; me.appOptions.canRequestClose = me.editorConfig.canRequestClose; - me.appOptions.customization = me.editorConfig.customization; me.appOptions.canBackToFolder = (me.editorConfig.canBackToFolder!==false) && (typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (me.editorConfig.customization.goback) == 'object') && (!_.isEmpty(me.editorConfig.customization.goback.url) || me.editorConfig.customization.goback.requestClose && me.appOptions.canRequestClose); me.appOptions.canBack = me.appOptions.canBackToFolder === true; @@ -229,7 +240,7 @@ define([ if (!me.editorConfig.customization || !(me.editorConfig.customization.loaderName || me.editorConfig.customization.loaderLogo)) $('#editor_sdk').append('
                    '); - var value = Common.localStorage.getItem("pe-mobile-macros-mode"); + value = Common.localStorage.getItem("pe-mobile-macros-mode"); if (value === null) { value = this.editorConfig.customization ? this.editorConfig.customization.macrosMode : 'warn'; value = (value == 'enable') ? 1 : (value == 'disable' ? 2 : 0); @@ -284,10 +295,6 @@ define([ if (data.doc) { PE.getController('Toolbar').setDocumentTitle(data.doc.title); - if (data.doc.info) { - data.doc.info.author && console.log("Obsolete: The 'author' parameter of the document 'info' section is deprecated. Please use 'owner' instead."); - data.doc.info.created && console.log("Obsolete: The 'created' parameter of the document 'info' section is deprecated. Please use 'uploaded' instead."); - } } }, @@ -588,7 +595,8 @@ define([ onLicenseChanged: function(params) { var licType = params.asc_getLicenseType(); if (licType !== undefined && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view' && - (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS)) + (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS + || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit && (this.appOptions.trialMode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Limited) !== 0)) this._state.licenseType = licType; if (this._isDocReady && this._state.licenseType) @@ -616,7 +624,10 @@ define([ if (this._state.licenseType) { var license = this._state.licenseType, buttons = [{text: 'OK'}]; - if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { + if ((this.appOptions.trialMode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Limited) !== 0 && + (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited || this.appOptions.permissionsLicense===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit)) { + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited) ? this.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess : this.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed; + } else if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnLicenseExceeded : this.warnLicenseUsersExceeded; } else { license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; @@ -634,9 +645,13 @@ define([ } }]; } - PE.getController('Toolbar').activateViewControls(); - PE.getController('Toolbar').deactivateEditControls(); - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + if (this._state.licenseType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit) { + PE.getController('Toolbar').activateControls(); + } else { + PE.getController('Toolbar').activateViewControls(); + PE.getController('Toolbar').deactivateEditControls(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + } var value = Common.localStorage.getItem("pe-license-warning"); value = (value!==null) ? parseInt(value) : 0; @@ -682,7 +697,6 @@ define([ onEditorPermissions: function(params) { var me = this, licType = params.asc_getLicenseType(); - if (Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Expired === licType || Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Error === licType || Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredTrial === licType) { @@ -692,9 +706,12 @@ define([ }); return; } + if (Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited === licType) + me._state.licenseType = licType; if ( me.onServerVersion(params.asc_getBuildVersion()) ) return; + me.appOptions.permissionsLicense = licType; me.permissions.review = (me.permissions.review === undefined) ? (me.permissions.edit !== false) : me.permissions.review; me.appOptions.canAnalytics = params.asc_getIsAnalyticsEnable(); me.appOptions.canLicense = (licType === Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Success || licType === Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit); @@ -718,11 +735,18 @@ define([ me.appOptions.canComments = me.appOptions.canLicense && (me.permissions.comment===undefined ? me.appOptions.isEdit : me.permissions.comment) && (me.editorConfig.mode !== 'view'); me.appOptions.canComments = me.appOptions.canComments && !((typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && me.editorConfig.customization.comments===false); me.appOptions.canViewComments = me.appOptions.canComments || !((typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && me.editorConfig.customization.comments===false); - me.appOptions.canEditComments = me.appOptions.isOffline || !(typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object' && me.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly); + me.appOptions.canEditComments= me.appOptions.isOffline || !me.permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly; + me.appOptions.canDeleteComments= me.appOptions.isOffline || !me.permissions.deleteCommentAuthorOnly; + if ((typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && me.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly===true) { + console.log("Obsolete: The 'commentAuthorOnly' parameter of the 'customization' section is deprecated. Please use 'editCommentAuthorOnly' and 'deleteCommentAuthorOnly' parameters in the permissions instead."); + if (me.permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly===undefined && me.permissions.deleteCommentAuthorOnly===undefined) + me.appOptions.canEditComments = me.appOptions.canDeleteComments = me.appOptions.isOffline; + } me.appOptions.canChat = me.appOptions.canLicense && !me.appOptions.isOffline && !((typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && me.editorConfig.customization.chat===false); me.appOptions.canEditStyles = me.appOptions.canLicense && me.appOptions.canEdit; me.appOptions.canPrint = (me.permissions.print !== false); me.appOptions.isRestrictedEdit = !me.appOptions.isEdit && me.appOptions.canComments; + me.appOptions.trialMode = params.asc_getLicenseMode(); var type = /^(?:(pdf|djvu|xps))$/.exec(me.document.fileType); me.appOptions.canDownloadOrigin = me.permissions.download !== false && (type && typeof type[1] === 'string'); @@ -731,8 +755,11 @@ define([ me.appOptions.canBranding = params.asc_getCustomization(); me.appOptions.canBrandingExt = params.asc_getCanBranding() && (typeof me.editorConfig.customization == 'object'); - me.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions = me.appOptions.canLicense && me.editorConfig.customization && me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions && (typeof (me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions) == 'object'); + me.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions = me.appOptions.canLicense && (!!me.permissions.reviewGroup || + me.editorConfig.customization && me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions && (typeof (me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions) == 'object')); Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setParser(me.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions); + Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setCurrentName(me.appOptions.user.fullname); + me.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions && Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setReviewPermissions(me.permissions.reviewGroup, me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions); me.applyModeCommonElements(); me.applyModeEditorElements(); @@ -770,6 +797,7 @@ define([ me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onDownloadUrl', _.bind(me.onDownloadUrl, me)); me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onAuthParticipantsChanged', _.bind(me.onAuthParticipantsChanged, me)); me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onParticipantsChanged', _.bind(me.onAuthParticipantsChanged, me)); + me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onConnectionStateChanged', _.bind(me.onUserConnection, me)); } }, @@ -1188,7 +1216,10 @@ define([ var buttons = [{ text: 'OK', bold: true, + close: false, onClick: function () { + if (!me._state.openDlg) return; + $(me._state.openDlg).hasClass('modal-in') && uiApp.closeModal(me._state.openDlg); var password = $(me._state.openDlg).find('.modal-text-input[name="modal-password"]').val(); me.api.asc_setAdvancedOptions(type, new Asc.asc_CDRMAdvancedOptions(password)); @@ -1209,7 +1240,7 @@ define([ me._state.openDlg = uiApp.modal({ title: me.advDRMOptions, - text: me.txtProtected, + text: (typeof advOptions=='string' ? advOptions : me.txtProtected), afterText: '
                    ', buttons: buttons }); @@ -1237,8 +1268,13 @@ define([ this._state.usersCount = length; }, - returnUserCount: function() { - return this._state.usersCount; + onUserConnection: function(change){ + if (change && this.appOptions.user.guest && this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous && (change.asc_getIdOriginal() == this.appOptions.user.id)) { // change name of the current user + var name = change.asc_getUserName(); + if (name && name !== Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName() ) { + Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setCurrentName(name); + } + } }, onDocumentName: function(name) { @@ -1527,7 +1563,11 @@ define([ textNo: 'No', errorSessionAbsolute: 'The document editing session has expired. Please reload the page.', errorSessionIdle: 'The document has not been edited for quite a long time. Please reload the page.', - errorSessionToken: 'The connection to the server has been interrupted. Please reload the page.' + errorSessionToken: 'The connection to the server has been interrupted. Please reload the page.', + warnLicenseLimitedRenewed: 'License needs to be renewed.
                    You have a limited access to document editing functionality.
                    Please contact your administrator to get full access', + warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess: 'License expired.
                    You have no access to document editing functionality.
                    Please contact your administrator.', + textGuest: 'Guest', + txtAddFirstSlide: 'Click to add first slide' } })(), PE.Controllers.Main || {})) }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js index 95d74a3d2..fbc1847b2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ define([ var matchcase = Common.SharedSettings.get('search-case-sensitive') || false; if (search && search.length) { - if (!this.api.asc_replaceText(search, replace, false, matchcase)) { + if (!this.api.asc_replaceText(search, replace || '', false, matchcase)) { var me = this; uiApp.alert( '', @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ define([ var matchcase = Common.SharedSettings.get('search-case-sensitive') || false; if (search && search.length) { - this.api.asc_replaceText(search, replace, true, matchcase); + this.api.asc_replaceText(search, replace || '', true, matchcase); } }, diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js index e763a2e54..5353ddeb8 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js @@ -166,10 +166,7 @@ define([ $('#settings-print').single('click', _.bind(me._onPrint, me)); $('#settings-collaboration').single('click', _.bind(me.onCollaboration, me)); - var _userCount = PE.getController('Main').returnUserCount(); - if (_userCount > 0) { - $('#settings-collaboration').show(); - } + PE.getController('Toolbar').getDisplayCollaboration() && $('#settings-collaboration').show(); Common.Utils.addScrollIfNeed('.page[data-page=settings-setup-view]', '.page[data-page=settings-setup-view] .page-content'); Common.Utils.addScrollIfNeed('.page[data-page=settings-download-view]', '.page[data-page=settings-download-view] .page-content'); @@ -218,9 +215,9 @@ define([ info = document.info || {}; document.title ? $('#settings-presentation-title').html(document.title) : $('.display-presentation-title').remove(); - var value = info.owner || info.author; + var value = info.owner; value ? $('#settings-pe-owner').html(value) : $('.display-owner').remove(); - value = info.uploaded || info.created; + value = info.uploaded; value ? $('#settings-pe-uploaded').html(value) : $('.display-uploaded').remove(); info.folder ? $('#settings-pe-location').html(info.folder) : $('.display-location').remove(); @@ -361,9 +358,9 @@ define([ _onPrint: function(e) { var me = this; - _.defer(function () { + _.delay(function () { me.api.asc_Print(); - }); + }, 300); me.hideModal(); }, @@ -396,9 +393,9 @@ define([ format = $(e.currentTarget).data('format'); if (format) { - _.defer(function () { + _.delay(function () { me.api.asc_DownloadAs(new Asc.asc_CDownloadOptions(format)); - }); + }, 300); } me.hideModal(); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js index 2d1c9f527..89bf8db07 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js @@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ define([ PE.Controllers.Toolbar = Backbone.Controller.extend(_.extend((function() { // private var _users = []; + var _displayCollaboration = false; return { models: [], @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ define([ objectValue = object.get_ObjectValue(); if (type == Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Slide) { slide_deleted = objectValue.get_LockDelete(); - slide_lock = objectValue.get_LockLayout() || objectValue.get_LockBackground() || objectValue.get_LockTranzition() || objectValue.get_LockTiming(); + slide_lock = objectValue.get_LockLayout() || objectValue.get_LockBackground() || objectValue.get_LockTransition() || objectValue.get_LockTiming(); } else if (objectValue && _.isFunction(objectValue.get_Locked)) { no_object = false; objectLocked = objectLocked || objectValue.get_Locked(); @@ -189,13 +190,17 @@ define([ $('#toolbar-preview, #toolbar-search, #document-back, #toolbar-collaboration').removeClass('disabled'); }, - deactivateEditControls: function() { - $('#toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add, #toolbar-settings').addClass('disabled'); + deactivateEditControls: function(enableDownload) { + $('#toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add').addClass('disabled'); + if (enableDownload) + PE.getController('Settings').setMode({isDisconnected: true, enableDownload: enableDownload}); + else + $('#toolbar-settings').addClass('disabled'); }, - onCoAuthoringDisconnect: function() { + onCoAuthoringDisconnect: function(enableDownload) { this.isDisconnected = true; - this.deactivateEditControls(); + this.deactivateEditControls(enableDownload); $('#toolbar-undo').toggleClass('disabled', true); $('#toolbar-redo').toggleClass('disabled', true); PE.getController('AddContainer').hideModal(); @@ -210,10 +215,8 @@ define([ if ((item.asc_getState()!==false) && !item.asc_getView()) length++; }); - if (length < 1 && this.mode && !this.mode.canViewComments) - $('#toolbar-collaboration').hide(); - else - $('#toolbar-collaboration').show(); + _displayCollaboration = (length >= 1 || !this.mode || this.mode.canViewComments); + _displayCollaboration ? $('#toolbar-collaboration').show() : $('#toolbar-collaboration').hide(); } }, @@ -237,6 +240,10 @@ define([ this.displayCollaboration(); }, + getDisplayCollaboration: function() { + return _displayCollaboration; + }, + dlgLeaveTitleText : 'You leave the application', dlgLeaveMsgText : 'You have unsaved changes in this document. Click \'Stay on this Page\' to await the autosave of the document. Click \'Leave this Page\' to discard all the unsaved changes.', leaveButtonText : 'Leave this Page', diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditContainer.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditContainer.js index 722f33e5d..16919b996 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditContainer.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditContainer.js @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ define([ no_text = false; } } else if (Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Slide == type) { - if ( !(objectValue.get_LockLayout() || objectValue.get_LockBackground() || objectValue.get_LockTranzition() || objectValue.get_LockTiming() )) + if ( !(objectValue.get_LockLayout() || objectValue.get_LockBackground() || objectValue.get_LockTransition() || objectValue.get_LockTiming() )) _settings.push('slide'); } else if (Asc.c_oAscTypeSelectElement.Image == type) { if ( !objectValue.get_Locked() ) diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js index 78015826a..aa22af261 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js @@ -160,7 +160,8 @@ define([ $('#edit-shape-bordersize .item-after').text(((borderType == Asc.c_oAscStrokeType.STROKE_NONE) ? 0 : borderSizeTransform.sizeByValue(borderSize)) + ' ' + Common.Utils.Metric.getMetricName(Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits.pt)); // Init style opacity - $('#edit-shape-effect input').val([_shapeObject.get_fill().asc_getTransparent() ? _shapeObject.get_fill().asc_getTransparent() / 2.55 : 100]); + var transparent = _shapeObject.get_fill().asc_getTransparent(); + $('#edit-shape-effect input').val([transparent!==null && transparent!==undefined ? transparent / 2.55 : 100]); $('#edit-shape-effect .item-after').text($('#edit-shape-effect input').val() + ' ' + "%"); paletteFillColor && paletteFillColor.on('select', _.bind(me.onFillColor, me)); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditSlide.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditSlide.js index 3e20e619e..eaceadccd 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditSlide.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditSlide.js @@ -180,25 +180,25 @@ define([ _initTransitionView: function () { var me = this; - var timing = _slideObject.get_timing(); - if (timing) { - _effect = timing.get_TransitionType(); + var transition = _slideObject.get_transition(); + if (transition) { + _effect = transition.get_TransitionType(); me.getView('EditSlide').fillEffectTypes(_effect); $('#edit-slide-effect .item-after').text(me.getView('EditSlide').getEffectName(_effect)); $('#edit-slide-effect-type').toggleClass('disabled', _effect == Asc.c_oAscSlideTransitionTypes.None); $('#edit-slide-duration').toggleClass('disabled', _effect == Asc.c_oAscSlideTransitionTypes.None); - _effectType = timing.get_TransitionOption(); + _effectType = transition.get_TransitionOption(); $('#edit-slide-effect-type .item-after').text((_effect != Asc.c_oAscSlideTransitionTypes.None) ? me.getView('EditSlide').getEffectTypeName(_effectType) : ''); - _effectDuration = timing.get_TransitionDuration(); + _effectDuration = transition.get_TransitionDuration(); $('#edit-slide-duration .item-after label').text((_effectDuration!==null && _effectDuration!==undefined) ? (parseInt(_effectDuration/1000.) + ' ' + me.textSec) : ''); - $('#edit-slide-start-click input:checkbox').prop('checked', !!timing.get_SlideAdvanceOnMouseClick()); - $('#edit-slide-delay input:checkbox').prop('checked', !!timing.get_SlideAdvanceAfter()); - $('#edit-slide-delay .item-content:nth-child(2)').toggleClass('disabled',!timing.get_SlideAdvanceAfter()); + $('#edit-slide-start-click input:checkbox').prop('checked', !!transition.get_SlideAdvanceOnMouseClick()); + $('#edit-slide-delay input:checkbox').prop('checked', !!transition.get_SlideAdvanceAfter()); + $('#edit-slide-delay .item-content:nth-child(2)').toggleClass('disabled',!transition.get_SlideAdvanceAfter()); - _effectDelay = timing.get_SlideAdvanceDuration(); + _effectDelay = transition.get_SlideAdvanceDuration(); $('#edit-slide-delay .item-content:nth-child(2) .item-after').text((_effectDelay!==null && _effectDelay!==undefined) ? (parseInt(_effectDelay/1000.) + ' ' + me.textSec) : ''); $('#edit-slide-delay .item-content:nth-child(2) input').val([(_effectDelay!==null && _effectDelay!==undefined) ? parseInt(_effectDelay/1000.) : 0]); } @@ -266,10 +266,10 @@ define([ _effectType = this.getView('EditSlide').fillEffectTypes(_effect); var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(), - timing = new Asc.CAscSlideTiming(); - timing.put_TransitionType(_effect); - timing.put_TransitionOption(_effectType); - props.put_timing(timing); + transition = new Asc.CAscSlideTransition(); + transition.put_TransitionType(_effect); + transition.put_TransitionOption(_effectType); + props.put_transition(transition); this.api.SetSlideProps(props); } }, @@ -281,10 +281,10 @@ define([ _effectType = parseFloat($target.prop('value')); var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(), - timing = new Asc.CAscSlideTiming(); - timing.put_TransitionType(_effect); - timing.put_TransitionOption(_effectType); - props.put_timing(timing); + transition = new Asc.CAscSlideTransition(); + transition.put_TransitionType(_effect); + transition.put_TransitionOption(_effectType); + props.put_transition(transition); this.api.SetSlideProps(props); } }, @@ -302,9 +302,9 @@ define([ $('#edit-slide-duration .item-after label').text(duration + ' ' + this.textSec); var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(), - timing = new Asc.CAscSlideTiming(); - timing.put_TransitionDuration(_effectDuration); - props.put_timing(timing); + transition = new Asc.CAscSlideTransition(); + transition.put_TransitionDuration(_effectDuration); + props.put_transition(transition); this.api.SetSlideProps(props); }, @@ -312,9 +312,9 @@ define([ var $checkbox = $(e.currentTarget); var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(), - timing = new Asc.CAscSlideTiming(); - timing.put_SlideAdvanceOnMouseClick($checkbox.is(':checked')); - props.put_timing(timing); + transition = new Asc.CAscSlideTransition(); + transition.put_SlideAdvanceOnMouseClick($checkbox.is(':checked')); + props.put_transition(transition); this.api.SetSlideProps(props); }, @@ -324,10 +324,10 @@ define([ $('#edit-slide-delay .item-content:nth-child(2)').toggleClass('disabled',!$checkbox.is(':checked')); var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(), - timing = new Asc.CAscSlideTiming(); - timing.put_SlideAdvanceAfter($checkbox.is(':checked')); - timing.put_SlideAdvanceDuration(_effectDelay); - props.put_timing(timing); + transition = new Asc.CAscSlideTransition(); + transition.put_SlideAdvanceAfter($checkbox.is(':checked')); + transition.put_SlideAdvanceDuration(_effectDelay); + props.put_transition(transition); this.api.SetSlideProps(props); }, @@ -339,9 +339,9 @@ define([ $('#edit-slide-delay .item-content:nth-child(2) .item-after').text(delay + ' ' + this.textSec); var props = new Asc.CAscSlideProps(), - timing = new Asc.CAscSlideTiming(); - timing.put_SlideAdvanceDuration(_effectDelay); - props.put_timing(timing); + transition = new Asc.CAscSlideTransition(); + transition.put_SlideAdvanceDuration(_effectDelay); + props.put_transition(transition); this.api.SetSlideProps(props); }, @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ define([ }, onApplyAll: function (e) { - this.api.SlideTimingApplyToAll(); + this.api.SlideTransitionApplyToAll(); }, // API handlers diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/EditText.template b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/EditText.template index adaa89127..0ef87b153 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/EditText.template +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/EditText.template @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@
                  • - <%= scope.textCharacterBold %> - <%= scope.textCharacterItalic %> - <%= scope.textCharacterUnderline %> - <%= scope.textCharacterStrikethrough %> + <%= scope.textCharacterBold %> + <%= scope.textCharacterItalic %> + <%= scope.textCharacterUnderline %> + <%= scope.textCharacterStrikethrough %>
                    • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js index b97b74d95..1ddd08be4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js @@ -107,18 +107,24 @@ define([ }, setMode: function (mode) { - isEdit = mode.isEdit; - canEdit = !mode.isEdit && mode.canEdit && mode.canRequestEditRights; - canDownload = mode.canDownload || mode.canDownloadOrigin; - canPrint = mode.canPrint; + if (mode.isDisconnected) { + canEdit = isEdit = false; + if (!mode.enableDownload) + canPrint = canDownload = false; + } else { + isEdit = mode.isEdit; + canEdit = !mode.isEdit && mode.canEdit && mode.canRequestEditRights; + canDownload = mode.canDownload || mode.canDownloadOrigin; + canPrint = mode.canPrint; - if (mode.customization && mode.canBrandingExt) { - canAbout = (mode.customization.about!==false); - } + if (mode.customization && mode.canBrandingExt) { + canAbout = (mode.customization.about!==false); + } - if (mode.customization) { - canHelp = (mode.customization.help!==false); - isShowMacros = (mode.customization.macros!==false); + if (mode.customization) { + canHelp = (mode.customization.help!==false); + isShowMacros = (mode.customization.macros!==false); + } } }, diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js index a1935724a..cb2eaa178 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ define([ _.delay(function () { var $commentInfo = $('#comment-info'); var template = [ - '<% if (android) { %>
                    <%= comment.userInitials %>
                    <% } %>', + '<% if (android) { %>
                    <%= comment.userInitials %>
                    <% } %>', '
                    <%= scope.getUserName(comment.username) %>
                    ', '
                    <%= comment.date %>
                    ', '<% if (android) { %>
                    <% } %>', diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/de.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/de.json index e8b3608e8..795cca8e4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/de.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/de.json @@ -185,6 +185,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Ja", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Lizenz ist abgelaufen", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editor wurde aktualisiert", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Klicken Sie, um die erste Folie hinzuzufügen", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Hier den Text eingeben", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Standardformen", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Buttons", @@ -260,6 +261,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Bitte warten...", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Sie haben das Limit für gleichzeitige Verbindungen in %1-Editoren erreicht. Dieses Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
                    Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Ihre Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
                    Bitte aktualisieren Sie Ihre Lizenz und laden Sie die Seite neu.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Die Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
                    Die Bearbeitungsfunktionen sind nicht verfügbar.
                    Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihrem Administrator.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Die Lizenz soll aktualisiert werden.
                    Die Bearbeitungsfunktionen sind eingeschränkt.
                    Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihrem Administrator für vollen Zugriff", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Sie haben das Benutzerlimit für %1-Editoren erreicht. Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Sie haben das Limit für gleichzeitige Verbindungen in %1-Editoren erreicht. Dieses Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
                    Bitte kontaktieren Sie unser Verkaufsteam, um persönliche Upgrade-Bedingungen zu erhalten.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Sie haben das Benutzerlimit für %1-Editoren erreicht. Bitte kontaktieren Sie unser Verkaufsteam, um persönliche Upgrade-Bedingungen zu erhalten.", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/el.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/el.json index 9b96445c8..7fd3bb654 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/el.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/el.json @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ { - "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη απάντησης", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη Απάντησης", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCancel": "Ακύρωση", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteComment": "Διαγραφή σχολίου", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteReply": "Διαγραφή απάντησης", @@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textResolve": "Επίλυση", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textYes": "Ναι", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textCustomColors": "Προσαρμοσμένα χρώματα", - "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Κανονικά Χρώματα", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Τυπικά χρώματα", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Χρώματα θέματος", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "εκ", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", - "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη απάντησης", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη Απάντησης", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textBack": "Πίσω", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCancel": "Ακύρωση", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCollaboration": "Συνεργασία", @@ -178,13 +178,14 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Δυνατότητα επί πληρωμή", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Συνθηματικό", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Φόρτωση ...", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Να θυμάσαι την επιλογή μου", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Να θυμάσαι την επιλογή μου για όλα τα αρχεία", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Σχήμα", "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Οι λειτουργίες Αναίρεση/Επανάληψη απενεργοποιούνται για τη λειτουργία γρήγορης συν-επεξεργασίας.", "PE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "Όνομα χρήστη", "PE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Ναι", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Η άδεια έληξε", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Ο επεξεργαστής ενημερώθηκε", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Κάντε κλικ για να προσθέσετε την πρώτη διαφάνεια", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Το κείμενό σας εδώ", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Βασικά σχήματα", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Κουμπιά", @@ -508,7 +509,7 @@ "PE.Views.EditText.textNumbers": "Αριθμοί", "PE.Views.EditText.textSize": "Μέγεθος", "PE.Views.EditText.textSmallCaps": "Μικρά κεφαλαία", - "PE.Views.EditText.textStrikethrough": "Διακριτή διαγραφή", + "PE.Views.EditText.textStrikethrough": "Διακριτική διαγραφή", "PE.Views.EditText.textSubscript": "Δείκτης", "PE.Views.Search.textCase": "Με διάκριση πεζών - κεφαλαίων γραμμάτων", "PE.Views.Search.textDone": "Ολοκληρώθηκε", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/en.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/en.json index 3db178d4c..40ba35902 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/en.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/en.json @@ -170,6 +170,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contact sales", "PE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "Please note that according to the terms of the license you are not entitled to change the loader.
                    Please contact our Sales Department to get a quote.", "PE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "Done", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textGuest": "Guest", "PE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "The file contains automatic macros.
                    Do you want to run macros?", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Loading presentation", "PE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "No", @@ -178,13 +179,14 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Paid feature", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Password", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Loading... ", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Remember my choice", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Remember my choice for all files", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Shape", "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "The Undo/Redo functions are disabled for the Fast co-editing mode.", "PE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "Username", "PE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Yes", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "License expired", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editor updated", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Click to add the first slide", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Your text here", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Basic Shapes", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Buttons", @@ -260,6 +262,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Please, wait...", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "You've reached the limit for simultaneous connections to %1 editors. This document will be opened for viewing only.
                    Contact your administrator to learn more.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Your license has expired.
                    Please update your license and refresh the page.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "License expired.
                    You have no access to document editing functionality.
                    Please contact your administrator.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "License needs to be renewed.
                    You have a limited access to document editing functionality.
                    Please contact your administrator to get full access", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "You've reached the user limit for %1 editors. Contact your administrator to learn more.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "You've reached the limit for simultaneous connections to %1 editors. This document will be opened for viewing only.
                    Contact %1 sales team for personal upgrade terms.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "You've reached the user limit for %1 editors. Contact %1 sales team for personal upgrade terms.", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/es.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/es.json index 5b315da7d..e08963c1b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/es.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/es.json @@ -260,6 +260,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Por favor, espere...", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de conexiones simultáneas con %1 editores. Este documento se abrirá sólo para su visualización.
                    Por favor, contacte con su administrador para recibir más información.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Su licencia ha expirado.
                    Por favor, actualice su licencia y después recargue la página.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licencia expirada.
                    No tiene acceso a la funcionalidad de edición de documentos.
                    Por favor, póngase en contacto con su administrador.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "La licencia requiere ser renovada.
                    Tiene un acceso limitado a la funcionalidad de edición de documentos.
                    Por favor, póngase en contacto con su administrador para obtener un acceso completo", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de usuarios para los editores de %1. Por favor, contacte con su administrador para recibir más información.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de conexiones simultáneas con %1 editores. Este documento se abrirá sólo para su visualización.
                    Contacte con el equipo de ventas de %1 para conocer los términos de actualización personal.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de usuarios para los editores de %1.
                    Contacte con el equipo de ventas de %1 para conocer los términos de actualización personal.", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/fr.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/fr.json index 583e256ff..fc6eca41d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/fr.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/fr.json @@ -185,6 +185,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Oui", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Licence expirée", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editeur mis à jour", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Cliquez pour ajouter la première diapositive", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Votre texte ici", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Formes de base", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Boutons", @@ -260,6 +261,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Veuillez patienter...", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal de connexions simultanées aux éditeurs %1. Ce document sera ouvert en lecture seule.
                    Contactez votre administrateur pour en savoir davantage.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Votre licence est expirée.
                    Veuillez mettre à jour votre licence et rafraichissez la page.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "La licence est expirée.
                    Vous n'avez plus d'accès aux outils d'édition.
                    Veuillez contacter votre administrateur.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Il est indispensable de renouveler la licence.
                    Vous avez un accès limité aux outils d'édition des documents.
                    Veuillez contacter votre administrateur pour obtenir un accès complet", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Vous avez atteint le nombre maximal d’utilisateurs d'éditeurs %1. Contactez votre administrateur pour en savoir davantage.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal de connexions simultanées aux éditeurs %1. Ce document sera ouvert en lecture seule.
                    Veuillez contacter le service des ventes %1 pour une mise à niveau.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Vous avez atteint le nombre maximal d’utilisateurs d'éditeurs %1. Contactez le service des ventes %1 pour une mise à niveau.", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/hu.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/hu.json index 740dae24c..35d186f79 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/hu.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/hu.json @@ -1,22 +1,41 @@ { + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Válasz hozzáadása", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCancel": "Mégsem", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteComment": "Hozzászólás törlése", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteReply": "Válasz törlése", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDone": "Kész", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEdit": "Szerkesztés", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEditUser": "A fájlt szerkesztő felhasználók:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteComment": "Biztosan töröljük a hozzászólást?", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteReply": "Biztosan töröljük a választ?", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textReopen": "Újranyitás", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textResolve": "Felold", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textYes": "Igen", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textCustomColors": "Egyéni színek", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Sztenderd színek", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Téma színek", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "cm", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Válasz hozzáadása", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textBack": "Vissza", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCancel": "Mégsem", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCollaboration": "Együttműködés", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textDone": "Kész", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditReply": "Válasz szerkesztése", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditUsers": "Felhasználók", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditСomment": "Hozzászólás szerkesztése", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textNoComments": "Ebben a prezentációban nincsenek hozzászólások", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textСomments": "Hozzászólások", "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textImage": "Kép", "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textLink": "Link", + "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textOther": "Egyéb", "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "Alakzat", "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textSlide": "Dia", "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textTable": "Táblázat", + "PE.Controllers.AddImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "PE.Controllers.AddImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Meg kell adni a kép URL linkjét.", "PE.Controllers.AddImage.txtNotUrl": "A mező URL-címének a 'http://www.example.com' formátumban kell lennie", + "PE.Controllers.AddLink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textDefault": "Kiválasztott szöveg", "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textExternalLink": "Külső hivatkozás", "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textFirst": "Első dia", @@ -26,11 +45,16 @@ "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textPrev": "Korábbi dia", "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textSlide": "Dia", "PE.Controllers.AddLink.txtNotUrl": "A mező URL-címének a 'http://www.example.com' formátumban kell lennie", + "PE.Controllers.AddOther.textCancel": "Mégsem", + "PE.Controllers.AddOther.textContinue": "Folytatás", + "PE.Controllers.AddOther.textDelete": "Törlés", + "PE.Controllers.AddOther.textDeleteDraft": "Biztosan töröljük a vázlatot?", "PE.Controllers.AddTable.textCancel": "Mégse", "PE.Controllers.AddTable.textColumns": "Oszlopok", "PE.Controllers.AddTable.textRows": "Sorok", "PE.Controllers.AddTable.textTableSize": "Táblázat méret", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.errorCopyCutPaste": "A másolás, kivágás és beillesztés a helyi menü segítségével csak az aktuális fájlon belül történik.", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddComment": "Hozzászólás hozzáadása", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddLink": "Link hozzáadása", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCopy": "Másol", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCut": "Kivág", @@ -39,6 +63,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuMore": "Még", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuOpenLink": "Link megnyitása", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuPaste": "Beilleszt", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuViewComment": "Hozzászólás megtekintése", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Mégse", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Másolás, kivágás és beillesztés", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Ne mutassa újra", @@ -51,8 +76,10 @@ "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textSlide": "Dia", "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "Táblázat", "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "Szöveg", + "PE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "PE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Meg kell adni a kép URL linkjét.", "PE.Controllers.EditImage.txtNotUrl": "A mező URL-címének a 'http://www.example.com' formátumban kell lennie", + "PE.Controllers.EditLink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textDefault": "Kiválasztott szöveg", "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textExternalLink": "Külső hivatkozás", "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textFirst": "Első dia", @@ -91,8 +118,12 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "A fájlméret meghaladja a szerverre beállított korlátozást.
                    Kérjük, forduljon a Document Server rendszergazdájához a részletekért.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Ismeretlen kulcsleíró", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Lejárt kulcsleíró", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorOpensource": "Az ingyenes közösségi verzió használatával dokumentumokat csak megtekintésre nyithat meg. A mobil webszerkesztőkhöz való hozzáféréshez kereskedelmi licensz szükséges.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Sikertelen mentés.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "A szerkesztő verziója frissült. Az oldal újratöltésre kerül a módosítások alkalmazásához.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "A dokumentumszerkesztési munkamenet lejárt. Kérjük, töltse újra az oldalt.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "A dokumentumot sokáig nem szerkesztették. Kérjük, töltse újra az oldalt.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "A szerverrel való kapcsolat megszakadt. Töltse újra az oldalt.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "Helytelen sor sorrend. Tőzsdei diagram létrehozásához az adatokat az alábbi sorrendben vigye fel:
                    nyitó ár, maximum ár, minimum ár, záró ár.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersion": "A dokumentum verziója megváltozott. Az oldal újratöltődik.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "Az internet kapcsolat helyreállt, és a fájl verziója megváltozott.
                    Mielőtt folytatná a munkát, töltse le a fájlt, vagy másolja vágólapra annak tartalmát, hogy megbizonyosodjon arról, hogy semmi nem veszik el, majd töltse újra az oldalt.", @@ -139,15 +170,19 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Értékesítési osztály", "PE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "Kérjük, vegye figyelembe, hogy az engedély feltételei szerint nem jogosult a betöltő cseréjére.
                    Kérjük, forduljon értékesítési osztályunkhoz, hogy árajánlatot kapjon.", "PE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "Kész", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "A fájl automatikus makrókat tartalmaz.
                    Szeretne makrókat futtatni?", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Prezentáció betöltése", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "%1 kapcsoat limit", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "Nem", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Elérte a licenckorlátot", "PE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "OK", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Fizetett funkció", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Jelszó", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Betöltés...", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Emlékezzen a választásomra", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Alakzat", "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "A Visszavonás/Újra funkciók nem elérhetőek Gyors közös szerkesztés módban.", "PE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "Felhasználói név", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Igen", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Lejárt licenc", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Szerkesztő frissítve", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Írja a szöveget ide", @@ -223,11 +258,13 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Kép feltöltése...", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Kép feltöltése", "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Kérjük várjon...", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "A párhuzamos kapcsolódások száma elérte a maximumot, így a dokumentum csak olvasható módban nyílik meg.
                    Kérjük lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszer adminisztrátorral bővebb információkért.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó egyidejű csatlakozás korlátját. Ez a dokumentum csak megtekintésre nyílik meg.
                    További információért forduljon rendszergazdájához.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "A licence lejárt.
                    Kérem frissítse a licencét, majd az oldalt.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "A párhuzamos felhasználók száma elérte a maximumot, így a dokumentum csak olvasható módban nyílik meg.
                    Kérjük lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszer adminisztrátorral bővebb információkért.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Ez a verziója az %1 szerkesztőnek bizonyos limitációkat tartalmaz párhuzamos kapcsolódások terén a dokumentum szerverhez.
                    Amennyiben többre van szüksége, fontolja meg hogy kereskedelmi licenc megvásárlását.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Ez a verziója az %1 szerkesztőnek bizonyos limitációkat tartalmaz párhuzamosan kapcsolódott felhasználók terén.
                    Amennyiben többre van szüksége, fontolja meg hogy kereskedelmi licenc megvásárlását.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "A licenc lejárt.
                    Nincs hozzáférése a dokumentumszerkesztő funkciókhoz.
                    Kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszergazdával.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "A licencet meg kell újítani.
                    Korlátozott hozzáférése van a dokumentumszerkesztési funkciókhoz.
                    A teljes hozzáférésért forduljon rendszergazdájához", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó felhasználói korlátját. További információért forduljon rendszergazdájához.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó egyidejű csatlakozás korlátját. Ez a dokumentum csak megtekintésre nyílik meg.
                    Vegye fel a kapcsolatot a(z) %1 értékesítési csapattal a személyes frissítési feltételekért.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó felhasználói korlátját. Vegye fel a kapcsolatot a(z) %1 értékesítési csapattal a személyes frissítési feltételekért.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Nincs joga szerkeszteni a fájl-t.", "PE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "A szöveg nem található", "PE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Mindent cserél", @@ -258,6 +295,24 @@ "PE.Views.AddLink.textNumber": "Dia száma", "PE.Views.AddLink.textPrev": "Korábbi dia", "PE.Views.AddLink.textTip": "Gyorstipp", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textAddComment": "Hozzászólás hozzáadása", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textBack": "Vissza", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textComment": "Hozzászólás", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textDisplay": "Megjelenít", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textDone": "Kész", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textExternalLink": "Külső hivatkozás", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textFirst": "Első dia", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textInsert": "Beszúrás", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textInternalLink": "Dia ebben a bemutatóban", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textLast": "Utolsó dia", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textLink": "Hivatkozás", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textLinkSlide": "Hivatkozás", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textLinkType": "Hivatkozás típusa", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textNext": "Következő dia", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textNumber": "Dia száma", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textPrev": "Előző dia", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textTable": "Táblázat", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textTip": "Képernyőtipp", "PE.Views.EditChart.textAddCustomColor": "Egyéni szín hozzáadása", "PE.Views.EditChart.textAlign": "Rendez", "PE.Views.EditChart.textAlignBottom": "Alulra rendez", @@ -475,11 +530,16 @@ "PE.Views.Settings.textColorSchemes": "Szín sémák", "PE.Views.Settings.textCreated": "Létrehozva", "PE.Views.Settings.textCreateDate": "Létrehozás dátuma", + "PE.Views.Settings.textDisableAll": "Összes letiltása", + "PE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithNotification": "Minden értesítéssel rendelkező makró letiltása", + "PE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "Minden értesítés nélküli makró letiltása", "PE.Views.Settings.textDone": "Kész", "PE.Views.Settings.textDownload": "Letöltés", "PE.Views.Settings.textDownloadAs": "Letöltés mint...", "PE.Views.Settings.textEditPresent": "Prezentáció szerkesztése", "PE.Views.Settings.textEmail": "Email", + "PE.Views.Settings.textEnableAll": "Összes engedélyezése", + "PE.Views.Settings.textEnableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "Minden értesítés nélküli makró engedélyezése", "PE.Views.Settings.textFind": "Keres", "PE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "Keres és cserél", "PE.Views.Settings.textHelp": "Súgó", @@ -488,6 +548,7 @@ "PE.Views.Settings.textLastModifiedBy": "Utoljára módosította", "PE.Views.Settings.textLoading": "Betöltés...", "PE.Views.Settings.textLocation": "Hely", + "PE.Views.Settings.textMacrosSettings": "Makró beállítások", "PE.Views.Settings.textOwner": "Tulajdonos", "PE.Views.Settings.textPoint": "Pont", "PE.Views.Settings.textPoweredBy": "Powered by", @@ -497,6 +558,7 @@ "PE.Views.Settings.textPresentTitle": "Prezentáció címe", "PE.Views.Settings.textPrint": "Nyomtat", "PE.Views.Settings.textSettings": "Beállítások", + "PE.Views.Settings.textShowNotification": "Értesítés mutatása", "PE.Views.Settings.textSlideSize": "Dia mérete", "PE.Views.Settings.textSpellcheck": "Helyesírás-ellenőrzés", "PE.Views.Settings.textSubject": "Tárgy", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/it.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/it.json index a599df460..da230c52e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/it.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/it.json @@ -32,8 +32,10 @@ "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "Forma", "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textSlide": "Diapositiva", "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textTable": "Tabella", + "PE.Controllers.AddImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avviso", "PE.Controllers.AddImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Specifica URL immagine.", "PE.Controllers.AddImage.txtNotUrl": "Questo campo deve essere un URL nel formato 'http://www.example.com'", + "PE.Controllers.AddLink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avviso", "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textDefault": "Testo selezionato", "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textExternalLink": "Collegamento esterno", "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textFirst": "Prima diapositiva", @@ -74,8 +76,10 @@ "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textSlide": "Diapositiva", "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "Tabella", "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "Testo", + "PE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avviso", "PE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Specifica URL immagine.", "PE.Controllers.EditImage.txtNotUrl": "Questo campo deve essere un URL nel formato 'http://www.example.com'", + "PE.Controllers.EditLink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avviso", "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textDefault": "Testo selezionato", "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textExternalLink": "Collegamento esterno", "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textFirst": "Prima diapositiva", @@ -181,6 +185,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Sì", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "La licenza è scaduta", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "L'editor è stato aggiornato", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Clicca per aggiungere la prima diapositiva", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Il tuo testo qui", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Forme di base", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Bottoni", @@ -256,6 +261,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Attendere prego...", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Hai raggiunto il limite per le connessioni simultanee agli editor %1. Questo documento verrà aperto in sola lettura.
                    Contatta l’amministratore per saperne di più.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "La tua licenza è scaduta.
                    Si prega di aggiornare la licenza e ricaricare la pagina.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licenza scaduta.
                    Non puoi modificare il documento.
                    Contatta l'amministratore", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "La licenza dev'essere rinnovata
                    Hai un accesso limitato alle funzioni di modifica del documento
                    Contatta l'amministratore per ottenere l'accesso completo", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Hai raggiunto il limite per gli utenti con accesso agli editor %1. Contatta l’amministratore per saperne di più.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Hai raggiunto il limite per le connessioni simultanee agli editor %1. Questo documento verrà aperto in sola lettura.
                    Contatta il team di vendita di %1 per i termini di aggiornamento personali.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Hai raggiunto il limite per gli utenti con accesso agli editor %1. Contatta il team di vendita di %1 per i termini di aggiornamento personali.", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ja.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ja.json index 61f12c6a4..c2efb7907 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ja.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ja.json @@ -32,8 +32,10 @@ "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "図形", "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textSlide": "スライド", "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textTable": "表", + "PE.Controllers.AddImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "PE.Controllers.AddImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "画像のURLを指定する必要があります。", "PE.Controllers.AddImage.txtNotUrl": "このフィールドは、「http://www.example.com」の形式のURLである必要があります", + "PE.Controllers.AddLink.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textDefault": "選択したテキスト", "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textExternalLink": "外部リンク", "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textFirst": "最初のスライド", @@ -51,6 +53,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.AddTable.textColumns": "列", "PE.Controllers.AddTable.textRows": "行", "PE.Controllers.AddTable.textTableSize": "表のサイズ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.errorCopyCutPaste": "コンテキストメニューを使用したコピー、切り取り、貼り付けの操作は、現在のファイル内でのみ実行されます。", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddComment": "コメントの追加", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddLink": "リンクを追加する", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCopy": "コピー", @@ -64,6 +67,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "キャンセル", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "コピー,切り取り,貼り付けの操作", "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "次回から表示しない", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentPreview.txtFinalMessage": "スライドプレビューの終わりです。終了するには、クリックしてください。", "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textChart": "グラフ", "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textHyperlink": "ハイパーリンク", "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textImage": "画像", @@ -72,8 +76,10 @@ "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textSlide": "スライド", "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "表", "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "テキスト", + "PE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "PE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "画像のURLを指定する必要があります。", "PE.Controllers.EditImage.txtNotUrl": "このフィールドは、「http://www.example.com」の形式のURLである必要があります", + "PE.Controllers.EditLink.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textDefault": "選択したテキスト", "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textExternalLink": "外部リンク", "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textFirst": "最初のスライド", @@ -83,6 +89,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textPrev": "前のスライド", "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textSlide": "スライド", "PE.Controllers.EditLink.txtNotUrl": "このフィールドは、「http://www.example.com」の形式のURLである必要があります", + "PE.Controllers.EditSlide.textSec": "秒", "PE.Controllers.EditText.textAuto": "自動", "PE.Controllers.EditText.textFonts": "フォント", "PE.Controllers.EditText.textPt": "pt", @@ -92,6 +99,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTextText": "データの読み込み中...", "PE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "データの読み込み中", "PE.Controllers.Main.closeButtonText": "ファイルを閉じる", + "PE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "変換タイムアウトを超えました。", "PE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorExtText": "「OK」を押してドキュメント一覧に戻ります。", "PE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorTitle": "エラー", "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadErrorText": "ダウンロードに失敗しました。", @@ -102,6 +110,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "サーバー接続が失われました。 編集することはできません。", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "文書を保存できませんでした。接続設定を確認するか、管理者にお問い合わせください。
                    OKボタンをクリックするとドキュメントをダウンロードするように求められます。", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "外部エラーです。
                    データベース接続のエラーです。サポートチームにお問い合わせください。", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "暗号化された変更を受け取りましたが、解読できません。", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "データ範囲が正しくありません。", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "エラー コード:%1", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "ドキュメントの操作中にエラーが発生しました。
                    [ダウンロード]オプションを使用して、ファイルのバックアップコピーをコンピューターのハードドライブにご保存ください。", @@ -121,6 +130,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUserDrop": "今、ファイルにアクセスすることはできません。", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUsersExceed": "ユーザー数を超えました", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "接続が失われました。ドキュメントは引き続き表示できますが、
                    接続が復元されてページが再読み込みされるまで、ドキュメントをダウンロードすることはできません。", + "PE.Controllers.Main.leavePageText": "このドキュメントには未保存の変更があります。 [このページに留まる]をクリックして、ドキュメントの自動保存をお待ちください。 保存されていない変更をすべて破棄するには、[このページから移動する]をクリックください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTextText": "データの読み込み中...", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTitleText": "データの読み込み中", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTextText": "データの読み込み中...", @@ -133,6 +143,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "プレゼンテーションの読み込み中...", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadThemeTextText": "テーマの読み込み中...", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadThemeTitleText": "テーマの読み込み中", + "PE.Controllers.Main.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "PE.Controllers.Main.openErrorText": "ファイルを読み込み中にエラーが発生しました。", "PE.Controllers.Main.openTextText": "ドキュメントを開いている中...", "PE.Controllers.Main.openTitleText": "ドキュメントを開いている中", @@ -150,20 +161,26 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.splitDividerErrorText": "行数は％1の約数である必要があります", "PE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxColsErrorText": "列の数は％1未満である必要があります", "PE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxRowsErrorText": "行の数は％1未満である必要があります", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "匿名者", "PE.Controllers.Main.textBack": "戻る", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textBuyNow": "ウェブサイトを訪問する", "PE.Controllers.Main.textCancel": "キャンセル", "PE.Controllers.Main.textClose": "閉じる", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "ヒントを閉じるには、タップしてください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "営業部に連絡する", "PE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "ライセンスの条件によっては、ローダーを変更する権利がないことにご注意ください。
                    見積もりについては、営業部門にお問い合わせください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "完了", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "ファイルには自動マクロが含まれています。
                    マクロを実行しますか？", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "プレゼンテーションを読み込み中...", "PE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "いいえ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ライセンス制限に達しました", "PE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "OK", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "有料機能", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "パスワード", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "読み込み中...", "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "選択内容を保存する", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "図形", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "高速共同編集モードでは、元に戻す/やり直し機能が無効になります。", "PE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "ユーザー名", "PE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "はい", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "ライセンスの有効期限が切れています", @@ -179,7 +196,12 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "グラフのタイトル", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "編集モードの設定中．．．", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "形の矢印", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "フッター", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "ヘッダー", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtImage": "画像", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "線", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "数学", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMedia": "メディア", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "更新があります。", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtPicture": "画像", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "パスワードを入力してファイルを開くと、ファイルの既存のパスワードがリセットされます。", @@ -193,15 +215,19 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTCust": "ユーザー設定", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTDgm": "グラフ", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTFourObj": "四つのオブジェクト", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTMediaAndTx": "メディア クリップとテキスト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObj": "タイトルとオブジェクト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjAndTwoObj": "一つのオブジェクトと二つのオブジェクト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjAndTx": "オブジェクトとテキスト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjOnly": "オブジェクト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjOverTx": "テキストの上にオブジェクト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjTx": "タイトル、オブジェクトとキャプション", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTPicTx": "タイトルと画像", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTSecHead": "ヘッダーのセクション", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTbl": "表", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTitle": "タイトル", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTitleOnly": "タイトルだけ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoColTx": "2 段組みの文書", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObj": "二つのオブジェクト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObjAndObj": "二つのオブジェクトとオブジェクト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObjAndTx": "二つのオブジェクトとテキスト", @@ -218,6 +244,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTitleAndTxOverChart": "縦書きタイトルとグラフの上のテキスト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTx": "縦書きテキスト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideNumber": "スライド番号", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideSubtitle": "スライドの小見出し", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "スライドのテキスト", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "スライドのタイトル", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "星＆リボン", @@ -239,8 +266,14 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "％1エディターへの同時接続の制限に達しました。 このドキュメントは閲覧のみを目的として開かれます。
                    個人的なアップグレード条件については、％1セールスチームにお問い合わせください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "％1エディターのユーザー制限に達しました。 個人的なアップグレード条件については、％1営業チームにお問い合わせください。", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "ファイルを編集する権限を拒否されています。", + "PE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "テキストが見つかりません", "PE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "全てを置き換える", + "PE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "PE.Controllers.Settings.txtLoading": "読み込み中...", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveMsgText": "このドキュメントには未保存の変更があります。 [このページに留まる]をクリックして、ドキュメントの自動保存をお待ちください。 保存されていない変更をすべて破棄するには、[このページから移動する]をクリックください。", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveTitleText": "アプリケーションを終了します", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.leaveButtonText": "このページから移動する", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.stayButtonText": "このページに留まる", "PE.Views.AddImage.textAddress": "アドレス", "PE.Views.AddImage.textBack": "戻る", "PE.Views.AddImage.textFromLibrary": "ライブラリから写真を選択", @@ -256,6 +289,7 @@ "PE.Views.AddLink.textInternalLink": "このプレゼンテーションのスライド", "PE.Views.AddLink.textLast": "最後のスライド", "PE.Views.AddLink.textLink": "リンク", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textLinkSlide": "リンク", "PE.Views.AddLink.textLinkType": "リンクのタイプ", "PE.Views.AddLink.textNext": "次のスライド", "PE.Views.AddLink.textNumber": "スライド番号", @@ -272,6 +306,7 @@ "PE.Views.AddOther.textInternalLink": "このプレゼンテーションのスライド", "PE.Views.AddOther.textLast": "最後のスライド", "PE.Views.AddOther.textLink": "リンク", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textLinkSlide": "リンク", "PE.Views.AddOther.textLinkType": "リンクのタイプ", "PE.Views.AddOther.textNext": "次のスライド", "PE.Views.AddOther.textNumber": "スライド番号", @@ -300,6 +335,8 @@ "PE.Views.EditChart.textToBackground": "背景へ移動", "PE.Views.EditChart.textToForeground": "前景に移動", "PE.Views.EditChart.textType": "タイプ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.txtDistribHor": "水平に整列する", + "PE.Views.EditChart.txtDistribVert": "上下に整列する", "PE.Views.EditImage.textAddress": "アドレス", "PE.Views.EditImage.textAlign": "配置", "PE.Views.EditImage.textAlignBottom": "下揃え", @@ -322,6 +359,8 @@ "PE.Views.EditImage.textReplaceImg": "画像を置き換える", "PE.Views.EditImage.textToBackground": "背景へ移動", "PE.Views.EditImage.textToForeground": "前景に移動", + "PE.Views.EditImage.txtDistribHor": "水平に整列する", + "PE.Views.EditImage.txtDistribVert": "上下に整列する", "PE.Views.EditLink.textBack": "戻る", "PE.Views.EditLink.textDisplay": "表示する", "PE.Views.EditLink.textEdit": "リンクを編集する", @@ -330,6 +369,7 @@ "PE.Views.EditLink.textInternalLink": "このプレゼンテーションのスライド", "PE.Views.EditLink.textLast": "最後のスライド", "PE.Views.EditLink.textLink": "リンク", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textLinkSlide": "リンク", "PE.Views.EditLink.textLinkType": "リンクのタイプ", "PE.Views.EditLink.textNext": "次のスライド", "PE.Views.EditLink.textNumber": "スライド番号", @@ -352,6 +392,7 @@ "PE.Views.EditShape.textEffects": "効果", "PE.Views.EditShape.textFill": "塗りつぶし", "PE.Views.EditShape.textForward": "前面へ移動", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textOpacity": "不透明度", "PE.Views.EditShape.textRemoveShape": "図形を削除する", "PE.Views.EditShape.textReorder": "並べ替え", "PE.Views.EditShape.textReplace": "置き換える", @@ -359,9 +400,12 @@ "PE.Views.EditShape.textStyle": "スタイル", "PE.Views.EditShape.textToBackground": "背景へ移動", "PE.Views.EditShape.textToForeground": "前景に移動", + "PE.Views.EditShape.txtDistribHor": "水平に整列する", + "PE.Views.EditShape.txtDistribVert": "上下に整列する", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textAddCustomColor": "ユーザーの色を追加する", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textApplyAll": "全てのスライドに適用する", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textBack": "戻る", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textBlack": "黒いスクリーンから", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textBottom": "下", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textBottomLeft": "左下", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textBottomRight": "右下", @@ -369,22 +413,42 @@ "PE.Views.EditSlide.textClockwise": "時計回り", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textColor": "色", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textCounterclockwise": "反時計回り", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textCover": "カバー", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textCustomColor": "ユーザー設定色", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textDelay": "遅延", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textDuplicateSlide": "スライドの複製", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textDuration": "[継続時間", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textEffect": "結果", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textFade": "フェード", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textFill": "塗りつぶし", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textHorizontalIn": "水平（中）", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textHorizontalOut": "水平（外）", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textLayout": "ページレイアウト", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textLeft": "左", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textNone": "なし", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textOpacity": "不透明度", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textPush": "プッシュ", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textRemoveSlide": "スタンドを削除する", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textRight": "右", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textSmoothly": "スムーズに", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textSplit": "スプリット", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textStartOnClick": "クリックで開始", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textStyle": "スタイル", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTheme": "テーマ", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTop": "上", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTopLeft": "左上", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTopRight": "右上", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTransition": "画面切り替え", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textType": "タイプ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textUnCover": "アンカバー", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textVerticalIn": "縦（中）", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textVerticalOut": "縦（外）", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textWedge": "くさび形", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textWipe": "ワイプ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textZoom": "ズーム", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textZoomIn": "拡大", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textZoomOut": "縮小", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textZoomRotate": "ズームと回転", "PE.Views.EditTable.textAddCustomColor": "ユーザーの色を追加する", "PE.Views.EditTable.textAlign": "配置", "PE.Views.EditTable.textAlignBottom": "下揃え", @@ -404,7 +468,9 @@ "PE.Views.EditTable.textFill": "塗りつぶし", "PE.Views.EditTable.textFirstColumn": "最初の列", "PE.Views.EditTable.textForward": "前面へ移動", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textHeaderRow": "ヘッダー行", "PE.Views.EditTable.textLastColumn": "最後の列", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textOptions": "設定", "PE.Views.EditTable.textRemoveTable": "テーブルを削除する", "PE.Views.EditTable.textReorder": "並べ替え", "PE.Views.EditTable.textSize": "サイズ", @@ -414,8 +480,11 @@ "PE.Views.EditTable.textToBackground": "背景へ移動", "PE.Views.EditTable.textToForeground": "前景に移動", "PE.Views.EditTable.textTotalRow": "合計行", + "PE.Views.EditTable.txtDistribHor": "水平に整列する", + "PE.Views.EditTable.txtDistribVert": "上下に整列する", "PE.Views.EditText.textAddCustomColor": "カスタム色の追加", "PE.Views.EditText.textAdditional": "追加", + "PE.Views.EditText.textAdditionalFormat": "追加の書式設定", "PE.Views.EditText.textAfter": "後に", "PE.Views.EditText.textAllCaps": "全ての英大文字", "PE.Views.EditText.textAutomatic": "自動的", @@ -424,6 +493,7 @@ "PE.Views.EditText.textBullets": "箇条書き", "PE.Views.EditText.textCharacterBold": "B", "PE.Views.EditText.textCharacterItalic": "I", + "PE.Views.EditText.textCharacterStrikethrough": "S", "PE.Views.EditText.textCharacterUnderline": "U", "PE.Views.EditText.textCustomColor": "ユーザー設定色", "PE.Views.EditText.textDblStrikethrough": "二重取り消し線", @@ -431,19 +501,24 @@ "PE.Views.EditText.textFontColor": "フォントの色", "PE.Views.EditText.textFontColors": "フォントの色", "PE.Views.EditText.textFonts": "フォント", + "PE.Views.EditText.textFromText": "テキストとの間隔", "PE.Views.EditText.textLetterSpacing": "文字間隔", + "PE.Views.EditText.textLineSpacing": "行間", "PE.Views.EditText.textNone": "なし", "PE.Views.EditText.textNumbers": "番号", "PE.Views.EditText.textSize": "サイズ", "PE.Views.EditText.textSmallCaps": "小型英大文字\t", "PE.Views.EditText.textStrikethrough": "取り消し線", "PE.Views.EditText.textSubscript": "下付き", + "PE.Views.Search.textCase": "大文字と小文字を区別する", "PE.Views.Search.textDone": "完了", "PE.Views.Search.textFind": "検索", "PE.Views.Search.textFindAndReplace": "検索と置換", "PE.Views.Search.textReplace": "置き換える", "PE.Views.Search.textSearch": "検索", "PE.Views.Settings. textComment": "コメント", + "PE.Views.Settings.mniSlideStandard": "標準(4:3)", + "PE.Views.Settings.mniSlideWide": "ワイド画面(16:9)", "PE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "情報", "PE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "アドレス", "PE.Views.Settings.textApplication": "アプリ", @@ -452,6 +527,7 @@ "PE.Views.Settings.textBack": "戻る", "PE.Views.Settings.textCentimeter": "センチ", "PE.Views.Settings.textCollaboration": "共同編集", + "PE.Views.Settings.textColorSchemes": "配色", "PE.Views.Settings.textCreated": "作成された", "PE.Views.Settings.textCreateDate": "作成日", "PE.Views.Settings.textDisableAll": "全てを無効にする", @@ -466,6 +542,7 @@ "PE.Views.Settings.textEnableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "マクロを有効にして、通知しない", "PE.Views.Settings.textFind": "検索", "PE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "検索と置換", + "PE.Views.Settings.textHelp": "ヘルプ", "PE.Views.Settings.textInch": "インチ", "PE.Views.Settings.textLastModified": "最終更新", "PE.Views.Settings.textLastModifiedBy": "最終更新者", @@ -484,8 +561,10 @@ "PE.Views.Settings.textShowNotification": "通知を表示する", "PE.Views.Settings.textSlideSize": "スライドのサイズ", "PE.Views.Settings.textSpellcheck": "スペル・チェック", + "PE.Views.Settings.textSubject": "件名", "PE.Views.Settings.textTel": "電話", "PE.Views.Settings.textTitle": "タイトル", + "PE.Views.Settings.textUnitOfMeasurement": "測定単位", "PE.Views.Settings.textUploaded": "アップロードされた", "PE.Views.Settings.textVersion": "バージョン", "PE.Views.Settings.unknownText": "不明", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/lo.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/lo.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4390adb82 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/lo.json @@ -0,0 +1,572 @@ +{ + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAddReply": "ເພີ່ມຄຳຕອບກັບ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteComment": "ລົບຄໍາເຫັນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteReply": "ລົບການຕອບກັບ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEditUser": "ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີກໍາລັງແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteComment": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງການລົບຄຳເຫັນນີ້ແທ້ບໍ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteReply": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງການລຶບ ຄຳ ຕອບນີ້ແທ້ບໍ?", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textReopen": "ເປີດຄືນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textResolve": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textYes": "ແມ່ນແລ້ວ", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textCustomColors": "ປະເພດຂອງສີ, ກຳນົດສີ ", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "ສີມາດຕະຖານ", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": " ສິຂອງຕີມ, ສີສັນຂອງຫົວຂໍ້", + "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "ເຊັນຕີເມັດ", + "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "ເພີ່ມຄຳຕອບກັບ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCollaboration": "ຮ່ວມກັນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditReply": "ແກ້ໄຂການຕອບກັບ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditUsers": "ຜຸ້ໃຊ້", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditСomment": "ແກ້ໄຂຄໍາເຫັນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textNoComments": "ພາບສະໄລນີ້ບໍ່ໄດ້ບັນຈຸຄຳເຫັນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textСomments": "ຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textImage": "ຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textLink": "ລີ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textOther": "ອື່ນໆ", + "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textSlide": "ພາບສະໄລ່. ພາບເລື່ອນ", + "PE.Controllers.AddContainer.textTable": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Controllers.AddImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Controllers.AddImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງບອກ ທີຢູ່ຮູບ URL", + "PE.Controllers.AddImage.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ 'http://www.example.com'", + "PE.Controllers.AddLink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textDefault": "ພາກສ່ວນເນື້ອຫາ, ຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textExternalLink": "ລິງພາຍນອກ", + "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textFirst": "ສະໄລທຳອິດ", + "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textInternalLink": "ພາບສະໄລ່ ໃນບົດນຳສະເໜີນີ້", + "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textLast": "ສະໄລ່ສຸດທ້າຍ", + "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textNext": "ພາບສະໄລທັດໄປ", + "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textPrev": "ພາບສະໄລຜ່ານມາ", + "PE.Controllers.AddLink.textSlide": "ພາບສະໄລ່. ພາບເລື່ອນ", + "PE.Controllers.AddLink.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ 'http://www.example.com'", + "PE.Controllers.AddOther.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "PE.Controllers.AddOther.textContinue": "ສືບຕໍ່", + "PE.Controllers.AddOther.textDelete": "ລົບ", + "PE.Controllers.AddOther.textDeleteDraft": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງການລົບແທ້ບໍ ", + "PE.Controllers.AddTable.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "PE.Controllers.AddTable.textColumns": "ຖັນ", + "PE.Controllers.AddTable.textRows": "ແຖວ", + "PE.Controllers.AddTable.textTableSize": "ຂະໜາດຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.errorCopyCutPaste": "ການກ໋ອບປີ້,ຕັດ ແລະ ວາງ ການດຳເນີນການໂດຍໃຊ້ເມນູ ຈະດຳເນີນການພາຍໃນຟາຍປັດຈຸບັນເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddComment": "ເພີ່ມຄຳເຫັນ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddLink": "ເພີ່ມລິ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCopy": "ສໍາເນົາ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCut": "ຕັດ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuDelete": "ລົບ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuMore": "ຫຼາຍກວ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuOpenLink": "ເປີດລີ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuPaste": "ວາງ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuViewComment": "ເບີ່ງຄໍາເຫັນ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "ປະຕິບັດການ ສໍາເນົາ, ຕັດ ແລະ ຕໍ່ ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "ບໍ່ຕ້ອງສະແດງຄືນອີກ", + "PE.Controllers.DocumentPreview.txtFinalMessage": "ສິ້ນສຸດເບິ່ງພາບສະໄລ, ກົດອອກ", + "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textChart": "ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textHyperlink": "ົໄຮເປີລີ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textImage": "ຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ", + "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textShape": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textSlide": "ພາບສະໄລ່. ພາບເລື່ອນ", + "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "ເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງບອກ ທີຢູ່ຮູບ URL", + "PE.Controllers.EditImage.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ 'http://www.example.com'", + "PE.Controllers.EditLink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textDefault": "ພາກສ່ວນເນື້ອຫາ, ຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textExternalLink": "ລິງພາຍນອກ", + "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textFirst": "ສະໄລທຳອິດ", + "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textInternalLink": "ພາບສະໄລ່ ໃນບົດນຳສະເໜີນີ້", + "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textLast": "ສະໄລ່ສຸດທ້າຍ", + "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textNext": "ພາບສະໄລທັດໄປ", + "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textPrev": "ພາບສະໄລຜ່ານມາ", + "PE.Controllers.EditLink.textSlide": "ພາບສະໄລ່. ພາບເລື່ອນ", + "PE.Controllers.EditLink.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ 'http://www.example.com'", + "PE.Controllers.EditSlide.textSec": "S", + "PE.Controllers.EditText.textAuto": "ອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "PE.Controllers.EditText.textFonts": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "PE.Controllers.EditText.textPt": "pt", + "PE.Controllers.Main.advDRMEnterPassword": "ໃສ່ລະຫັດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.advDRMOptions": "ຟາຍທີ່ໄດ້ຮັບການປົກປ້ອງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.advDRMPassword": "ລະຫັດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "ດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.closeButtonText": "ປິດຟຮາຍເອກະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "ໝົດເວລາການປ່ຽນແປງ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorExtText": "ກົດ ຕົກລົງ ເພື່ອກັບຄືນຫາລາຍການເອກະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorTitle": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadErrorText": "ດາວໂຫຼດບໍ່ສຳເລັດ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadTextText": "ດາວໂຫຼດບົດພີເຊັ້ນ, ດາວໂຫຼດບົດນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "ດາວໂຫຼດການນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "ທ່ານບໍ່ມີສິດຈະດຳເນີນການອັນນີ້.
                    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL ຮູບພາບບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "ບໍ່ສາມາດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ ເຊີບເວີ , ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານຕໍ່ໄດ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "ເອກະສານບໍ່ສາມາດບັນທຶກໄດ້. ກະລຸນາກວດສອບການຕັ້ງຄ່າການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫລືຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ.
                    ເມື່ອທ່ານກົດປຸ່ມ 'OK', ທ່ານຈະໄດ້ຮັບການກະຕຸ້ນເຕືອນໃຫ້ດາວໂຫລດເອກະສານ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດພາຍນອກ. ກະລຸນາ, ຕິດຕໍ່ການສະ ໜັບ ສະ ໜູນ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "ໄດ້ຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງລະຫັດແລ້ວ, ບໍ່ສາມາດຖອດລະຫັດໄດ້.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "ໄລຍະຂອງຂໍ້ມູນບໍ່ຖືກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "ລະຫັດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ: %1", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດເກີດຂື້ນໃນລະຫວ່າງການເຮັດວຽກກັບເອກະສານ.ໃຊ້ຕົວເລືອກ 'ດາວໂຫລດ' ເພື່ອບັນທຶກເອກະສານ ສຳ ເນົາເກັບໄວ້ໃນຮາດຄອມພິວເຕີຂອງທ່ານ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "ມີລະຫັດປົກປ້ອງຟາຍນີ້ຈຶ່ງບໍ່ສາມາດເປີດໄດ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "ຂະໜາດຂອງຟາຍໃຫຍ່ກວ່າທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນລະບົບ.
                    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "ບໍ່ຮູ້ຕົວບັນຍາຍຫຼັກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "ລະຫັດໝົດອາຍຸ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorOpensource": "ທ່ານໃຊ້ສະບັບຊຸມຊົນແບບບໍ່ເສຍຄ່າ ທ່ານສາມາດເປີດເອກະສານ ແລະ ເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ. ເພື່ອເຂົ້າເຖິງ ແກ້ໄຊທາງ ເວັບມືຖື, ຕ້ອງມີໃບອະນຸຍາດການຄ້າ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "ບັນທືກບໍ່ສໍາເລັດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "ສະບັບດັດແກ້ໄດ້ຖືກປັບປຸງແລ້ວ. ໜ້າເວັບຈະຖືກໂຫລດຄືນເພື່ອ ນຳໃຊ້ການປ່ຽນແປງ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "ໝົດເວລາ ການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ ກະລຸນາໂຫລດ ໜ້າ ນີ້ຄືນ ໃໝ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "ເອກະສານດັ່ງກ່າວບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກດັດແກ້ມາດົນແລ້ວ. ກະລຸນາໂຫລດ ໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ ເຊີເວີຖືກລົບກວນ, ກະລຸນນາໂລດຄືນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "ຄໍາສັ່ງແຖວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ເພື່ອສ້າງຕາຕະລາງຫຸ້ນອວາງຂໍ້ມູນໃສ່ເຈັ້ຍຕາມ ລຳດັບຕໍ່ໄປນີ້: ລາຄາເປີດ, ລາຄາສູງສຸດ, ລາຄາຕໍ່າສຸດ, ລາຄາປິດ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersion": "ເອກະສານໄດ້ຖືກປ່ຽນແລ້ວ. ໜ້າເວັບຈະຖືກໂຫລດ ໃໝ່.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "ການເຊື່ອຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຫາກໍ່ກັບມາ, ແລະຟາຍເອກະສານໄດ້ມີການປ່ຽນແປງແລ້ວ. ກ່ອນທີ່ທ່ານຈະດຳເນີການຕໍ່ໄປ, ທ່ານຕ້ອງໄດ້ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍ ຫຼືສຳເນົາເນື້ອຫາ ເພື່ອປ້ອງການການສູນເສຍ, ແລະກໍ່ທຳການໂຫຼດໜ້າຄືນອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUserDrop": "ບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງຟາຍໄດ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorUsersExceed": "ຈໍານວນຜູ້ໃຊ້ເກີນກໍານົດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "ຂາດການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່,ທ່ານຍັງສາມາດເບິ່ງເອກະສານໄດ້
                    ແຕ່ຈະບໍ່ສາມາດດາວໂຫຼດໄດ້ຈົນກວ່າການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຈະໄດ້ຮັບການກູ້ຄືນ ແລະ ໂຫຼດໜ້າໃໝ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.leavePageText": "ທ່ານມີການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ບໍ່ໄດ້ບັນທຶກໃນເອກະສານນີ້. ກົດ \"ຢູ່ໃນໜ້ານີ້' ເພື່ອລໍຖ້າການບັນທືກອັດຕະໂນມັດຂອງເອກະສານ. ກົດ 'ອອກຈາກ ໜ້າ ນີ້' ເພື່ອຍົກເລີກການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ຍັງບໍ່ໄດ້ບັນທຶກ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTitleText": "ດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTitleText": "ດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTextText": "ກໍາລັງໂລດຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTitleText": "ກໍາລັງໂລດຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTextText": "ກໍາລັງໂລດຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTitleText": "ກໍາລັງໂລດຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດບົດນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "ກຳລັງໂຫຼດບົດພີເຊັ້ນ, ບົດນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadThemeTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadThemeTitleText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.openErrorText": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດເກີດຂື້ນໃນຂະນະເປີດເອກະສານ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.openTextText": "ກໍາລັງເປີດເອກະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.openTitleText": "ກໍາລັງເປີດເອກະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.printTextText": "ກໍາລັງພີມເອກະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.printTitleText": "ກໍາລັງພີມເອກະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.reloadButtonText": "ໂຫລດ ໜ້າ ເວັບ ໃໝ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "ມີຄົນກຳລັງແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານນີ້, ກະລຸນາລອງໃໝ່ພາຍຫຼັງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "ປະ​ຕິ​ເສດ​ການ​ເຂົ້າ​ເຖິງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "ພົບບັນຫາຕອນບັນທຶກຟາຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "ກະກຽມບັນທືກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "ກຳລັງກະກຽມບັນທືກ, ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "ກໍາລັງບັນທືກເອກະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.saveTitleText": "ບັນທືກເອກະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.scriptLoadError": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຊ້າເກີນໄປ, ບາງອົງປະກອບບໍ່ສາມາດໂຫຼດໄດ້. ກະລຸນາໂຫຼດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.splitDividerErrorText": "ຈໍານວນແຖວຕ້ອງເປັນຕົວເລກຂອງ %1", + "PE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxColsErrorText": "ຈຳນວນຖັນຕ້ອງຕໍ່າ ກວ່າ % 1", + "PE.Controllers.Main.splitMaxRowsErrorText": "ຈຳນວນແຖວຕ້ອງໜ້ອຍກວ່າ % 1", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "ບໍ່ລະບຸຊື່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textBuyNow": "ເຂົ້າໄປເວັບໄຊ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textClose": " ປິດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "ແຕະເພື່ອປິດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "ຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຂາຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ ອີງຕາມຂໍ້ ກຳນົດຂອງໃບອະນຸຍາດ ທ່ານບໍ່ມີສິດທີ່ຈະປ່ຽນແປງ ການບັນຈຸ.
                    ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຝ່າຍຂາຍຂອງພວກເຮົາເພື່ອຂໍໃບສະເໜີ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "ເອກະສານບັນຈຸ ມາກໂຄ
                    ແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ທ່ານຍັງຕ້ອງການດໍາເນີນງານ ມາກໂຄ ບໍ ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "ກຳລັງໂຫຼດບົດພີເຊັ້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "ບໍ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ຈໍານວນໃບອະນຸຍາດໄດ້ໃຊ້ຄົບແລ້ວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "ຕົກລົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "ຄວາມສາມາດ ທີຕ້ອງຊື້ເພີ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "ລະຫັດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "ກໍາລັງໂລດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "ຈື່ທາງເລືອກຂອງຂ້ອຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "ໜ້າທີ່ ກັບຄືນ ຫຼື ທວນຄືນ ຖືກປິດໃຊ້ງານ ສຳລັບ ໂໝດ ການແກ້ໄຂຮ່ວມກັນດ່ວນ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "ຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "ແມ່ນແລ້ວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດໝົດອາຍຸ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "ອັບເດດການແກ້ໄຂ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "ເນື້ອຫາຂອງທ່ານຢູ່ນີ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "ຮູບຮ່າງພື້ນຖານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "ປຸ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "ແຜ່ນຮູບວາດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtClipArt": "ພາບຕັດຕໍ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDateTime": "ວັນທີ ແລະ ເວລາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagram": "ສິນລະປະງາມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "ໃສ່ຊື່ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າ ຮູບແບບການແກ້ໄຂ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍລູກສອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "ສ່ວນທ້າຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "ຫົວຂໍ້ເອກະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtImage": "ຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "ແຖວ, ເສັ້ນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "ຈັບຄູ່ກັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMedia": "ຊື່ມວນຊົນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "ທ່ານໄດ້ປັບປຸງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtPicture": "ຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "ຖ້າເຈົ້ານໍາໃຊ້ລະຫັດເພື່ອເປີດເອກະສານ, ລະຫັດປັດຈະບັນຈະຖືກແກ້ໄຂ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "ສີ່ຫລ່ຽມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "ຊຸດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTBlank": "ເປົ່າວ່າງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTChart": "ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTChartAndTx": "ແຜນວາດ ແລະ ຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTClipArtAndTx": "ພາບຕັດຕໍ່ ແລະ ຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTClipArtAndVertTx": "ພາບຕັດຕໍ່ ແລະ ຂໍ້ຄວາມແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTCust": "ກຳນົດເອງ, ປະເພດ,", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTDgm": "ແຜ່ນພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTFourObj": "ສີ່ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTMediaAndTx": "ຊື່ ແລະ ເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObj": "ຫົວຂໍ້ ແລະ ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjAndTwoObj": "ຈຸດປະສົງ ແລະ ສອງຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjAndTx": "ຈຸດປະສົງ ແລະ ເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjOnly": "ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjOverTx": "ຈຸດປະສົງຫາຍກວ່າເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTObjTx": "ຫົວຂໍ້, ຈຸດປະສົງ, ແລະ ຄຳອະທິບາຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTPicTx": "ພາບ ແລະ ຄຳບັນຍາຍ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTSecHead": "ພາກສ່ວນຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTbl": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTitleOnly": "ຫົວຂໍ້ຢ່າງດຽວ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoColTx": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມສອງຖັນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObj": "ສອງຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObjAndObj": "ສອງຈຸດປະສົງ ແລະ ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObjAndTx": "ສອງຈຸດປະສົງ ແລະ ເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObjOverTx": "ສອງຈຸດປະສົງຫຼາຍກ່ວາເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoTxTwoObj": "ສອງເນື້ອຫາ ແລະ ສອງ ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTx": "ເນື້ອຫາ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndChart": "ເນື້ອຫາ ແລະ ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndClipArt": "ເນື້ອຫາ ແລະ ພາບຕັດຕໍ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndMedia": "ເນື້ອຫາ ແລະ ສີ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndObj": "ເນື້ອຫາ ແລະ ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxAndTwoObj": "ເນື້ອຫາ ແລະ ສອງຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTxOverObj": "ເນື້ອຫາຫຼາຍກ່ວາ ຈຸດປະສົງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTitleAndTx": "ຫົວຂໍ້ ແລະ ເນື້ອຫາລວງຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTitleAndTxOverChart": "ຫົວຂໍ້ ແລະ ເນື້ອຫາເທິງຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTx": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມ,ເນື້ອຫາ ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideNumber": "ພາບສະໄລ່ ຕົວເລກ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideSubtitle": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍພາບສະໄລ່", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "ເນື້ອຫາພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້ພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "ດາວ ແລະ ໂບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "ແກນ X, ແກນລວງນອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "ແກນ Y, ແກນລວງຕັ້ງ ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ບໍ່ຮູ້ສາເຫດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "ບຣາວເຊີຂອງທ່ານບໍ່ສາມານຳໃຊ້ໄດ້", + "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageExtMessage": "ບໍ່ຮູ້ສາເຫດຂໍ້ຜິດຜາດຮູບແບບຂອງຮູບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageFileCountMessage": "ບໍ່ມີຮູບພາບອັບໂລດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "ຂະໜາດຂອງຮູບພາບໃຫ່ຍເກີນກໍານົດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "ກໍາລັງອັບໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "ກໍາລັງອັບໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ...", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": " ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບບັນນາທິການ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ເອກະສານນີ້ສາມາດເປີດເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ.
                    ຕິດຕໍ່ທີມບໍລິຫານ ເພື່ອສືກສາເພີ່ມເຕີ່ມ ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບຜູ້ເເກ້ໄຂ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ເອກະສານນີ້ສາມາດເປີດເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ.
                    ຕິດຕໍ່ທີມບໍລິຫານ ເພື່ອສືກສາເພີ່ມເຕີ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດຂອງທ່ານ ໝົດ ອາຍຸແລ້ວ.
                    ກະລຸນາປັບປຸງໃບອະນຸຍາດຂອງທ່ານແລະ ນຳໃຊ້ໃໝ່.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດໝົດອາຍຸ.
                    ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງ ໜ້າ ທີ່ແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ.
                    ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດ ຈຳ ເປັນຕ້ອງມີການຕໍ່ອາຍຸ
                    ທ່ານມີຂໍ້ ຈຳ ກັດໃນການ ທຳ ງານການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ, ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຫາຜູ້ເບິ່ງລະບົບ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": " ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບບັນນາທິການ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ຕິດຕໍ່ ທີມບໍລິຫານເພື່ອຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີ່ມ ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບຜູ້ແກ້ໄຂ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ຕິດຕໍ່ ທີມບໍລິຫານເພື່ອຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີ່ມ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບບັນນາທິການ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ເອກະສານນີ້ສາມາດເປີດເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ.
                    ຕິດຕໍ່ ທີມຂາຍ% 1 ສຳ ລັບຂໍ້ ກຳນົດການຍົກລະດັບສິດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບບັນນາທິການ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ຕິດຕໍ່ ທີມຂາຍ% 1 ສຳ ລັບຂໍ້ ກຳນົດການຍົກລະດັບສິດ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "ເຈົ້າຖືກປະຕິເສດ ສິດໃນການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ", + "PE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "ເນື້ອຫາບໍ່ມີ", + "PE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "ປ່ຽນແທນທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Controllers.Settings.txtLoading": "ກໍາລັງໂລດ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveMsgText": "ທ່ານມີການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ບໍ່ໄດ້ບັນທຶກໃນເອກະສານນີ້. ກົດ \"ຢູ່ໃນໜ້ານີ້' ເພື່ອລໍຖ້າການບັນທືກອັດຕະໂນມັດຂອງເອກະສານ. ກົດ 'ອອກຈາກ ໜ້າ ນີ້' ເພື່ອຍົກເລີກການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ຍັງບໍ່ໄດ້ບັນທຶກ.", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveTitleText": "ເຈົ້າອອກຈາກລະບົບ", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.leaveButtonText": "ອອກຈາກໜ້ານີ້", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.stayButtonText": "ຢູ່ໃນໜ້ານີ້", + "PE.Views.AddImage.textAddress": "ທີ່ຢູ່", + "PE.Views.AddImage.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.AddImage.textFromLibrary": "ຮູບພາບຈາກຫ້ອງສະໝຸດ", + "PE.Views.AddImage.textFromURL": "ຮູບພາບຈາກ URL", + "PE.Views.AddImage.textImageURL": "URL ຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Views.AddImage.textInsertImage": "ເພີ່ມຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Views.AddImage.textLinkSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Link", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textDisplay": "ສະແດງຜົນ", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textExternalLink": "ລິງພາຍນອກ", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textFirst": "ສະໄລທຳອິດ", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textInsert": "ເພີ່ມ", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textInternalLink": "ພາບສະໄລ່ ໃນບົດນຳສະເໜີນີ້", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textLast": "ສະໄລ່ສຸດທ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textLink": "ລີ້ງ", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textLinkSlide": "ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textLinkType": "ປະເພດ Link", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textNext": "ພາບສະໄລທັດໄປ", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textNumber": "ພາບສະໄລ່ ຕົວເລກ", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textPrev": "ພາບສະໄລຜ່ານມາ", + "PE.Views.AddLink.textTip": "ເຄັດລັບໃຫ້ໜ້າຈໍ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textAddComment": "ເພີ່ມຄຳເຫັນ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textComment": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textDisplay": "ສະແດງຜົນ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textExternalLink": "ລິງພາຍນອກ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textFirst": "ສະໄລທຳອິດ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textInsert": "ເພີ່ມ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textInternalLink": "ພາບສະໄລ່ ໃນບົດນຳສະເໜີນີ້", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textLast": "ສະໄລ່ສຸດທ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textLink": "ລີ້ງ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textLinkSlide": "ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textLinkType": "ປະເພດ Link", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textNext": "ພາບສະໄລທັດໄປ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textNumber": "ພາບສະໄລ່ ຕົວເລກ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textPrev": "ພາບສະໄລຜ່ານມາ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textTable": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.AddOther.textTip": "ເຄັດລັບໃຫ້ໜ້າຈໍ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີຂອງໂຕເອງ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textAlign": "ຈັດແນວ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textAlignBottom": "ຈັດຕ່ຳແໜ່ງທາງດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textAlignCenter": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textAlignLeft": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເບື່ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textAlignMiddle": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textAlignRight": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເບື່ອງຂວາ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textAlignTop": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textBackward": "ຢັບໄປທາງຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textBorder": "ຂອບ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textColor": "ສີ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ, ການກຳນົດສີ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textForward": "ຢ້າຍໄປດ້ານໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textRemoveChart": "ລົບແຜນວາດ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textReorder": "ຈັດລຽງລໍາດັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textStyle": "ປະເພດ ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textToBackground": "ສົ່ງໄປເປັນພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textToForeground": "ເອົາໄປທີ່ເບື້ອງໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.textType": "ພິມ, ຕີພິມ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.txtDistribHor": "ແຈກຢາຍຕາມແນວນອນ", + "PE.Views.EditChart.txtDistribVert": "ແຈກຢາຍແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textAddress": "ທີ່ຢູ່", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textAlign": "ຈັດແນວ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textAlignBottom": "ຈັດຕ່ຳແໜ່ງທາງດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textAlignCenter": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textAlignLeft": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເບື່ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textAlignMiddle": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textAlignRight": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເບື່ອງຂວາ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textAlignTop": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textBackward": "ຢ້າຍໄປທາງຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textDefault": "ຂະໜາດຕົວຈິງ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textForward": "ຢ້າຍໄປດ້ານໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textFromLibrary": "ຮູບພາບຈາກຫ້ອງສະໝຸດ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textFromURL": "ຮູບພາບຈາກ URL", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textImageURL": "URL ຮູບພາບ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textLinkSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Link", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textRemove": "ລົບຮູບ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textReorder": "ຈັດລຽງລໍາດັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textReplaceImg": "ປ່ຽນແທນຮູບ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textToBackground": "ສົ່ງໄປເປັນພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.textToForeground": "ເອົາໄປໄວ້ທາງໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.txtDistribHor": "ແຈກຢາຍຕາມແນວນອນ", + "PE.Views.EditImage.txtDistribVert": "ແຈກຢາຍແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textDisplay": "ສະແດງຜົນ", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂ ລີ້ງ", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textExternalLink": "ລິງພາຍນອກ", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textFirst": "ສະໄລທຳອິດ", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textInternalLink": "ພາບສະໄລ່ ໃນບົດນຳສະເໜີນີ້", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textLast": "ສະໄລ່ສຸດທ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textLink": "ລີ້ງ", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textLinkSlide": "ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textLinkType": "ປະເພດ Link", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textNext": "ພາບສະໄລທັດໄປ", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textNumber": "ພາບສະໄລ່ ຕົວເລກ", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textPrev": "ພາບສະໄລຜ່ານມາ", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textRemove": "ລົບລີ້ງ", + "PE.Views.EditLink.textTip": "ເຄັດລັບໃຫ້ໜ້າຈໍ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີຂອງໂຕເອງ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textAlign": "ຈັດແນວ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textAlignBottom": "ຈັດຕ່ຳແໜ່ງທາງດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textAlignCenter": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textAlignLeft": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເບື່ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textAlignMiddle": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textAlignRight": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເບື່ອງຂວາ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textAlignTop": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textBackward": "ຢ້າຍໄປທາງຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textBorder": "ຂອບ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textColor": "ສີ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ, ການກຳນົດສີ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textEffects": "ຜົນ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textForward": "ຢ້າຍໄປດ້ານໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textOpacity": "ຄວາມເຂັ້ມ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textRemoveShape": "ລົບຮ່າງ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textReorder": "ຈັດລຽງລໍາດັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textStyle": "ປະເພດ ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textToBackground": "ສົ່ງໄປເປັນພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.textToForeground": "ເອົາໄປທີ່ເບື້ອງໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.txtDistribHor": "ແຈກຢາຍຕາມແນວນອນ", + "PE.Views.EditShape.txtDistribVert": "ແຈກຢາຍແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີຂອງໂຕເອງ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textApplyAll": "ນຳໃຊ້ກັບທຸກໆແຜ່ນສະໄລ້", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textBlack": "ຜ່ານສີດຳ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textBottomLeft": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textBottomRight": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມເບື້ອງຂວາ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textClock": "ໂມງ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textClockwise": "ການໝຸນຂອງເຂັມໂມງ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textColor": "ສີ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textCounterclockwise": "ໝຸນກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textCover": "ໜ້າປົກ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ, ການກຳນົດສີ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textDelay": "ລ້າຊ້າ, ເລື່ອນ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textDuplicateSlide": "ສຳເນົາ ສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textDuration": "ໄລຍະ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textEffect": "ຜົນ, ຜົນເສຍ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textFade": "ເລື່ອນ, ເລື່ອນຫາຍໄປ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textHorizontalIn": "ລວງນອນທາງໃນ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textHorizontalOut": "ລວງນອນທາງນອກ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textLayout": "ແຜນຜັງ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textOpacity": "ຄວາມເຂັ້ມ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textPush": "ດັນ, ຍູ້", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textRemoveSlide": "ລຶບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textRight": "ຂວາ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textSmoothly": "ຄ່ອງຕົວ, ສະດວກ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textSplit": "ແຍກ, ແບ່ງເປັນ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textStartOnClick": "ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນກົດ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textStyle": "ປະເພດ ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTheme": "ຫົວຂໍ້, ເນື້ອເລື່ອງ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTop": "ເບື້ອງເທີງ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTopLeft": "ຂ້າງເທິງ ເບິື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTopRight": "ຂ້າງເທິງເບື້ອງຂວາ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTransition": "ການປ່ຽນແປງ, ການຜ່ານ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textType": "ພິມ, ຕີພິມ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textUnCover": "ເປີດເຜີຍ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textVerticalIn": "ລວງຕັ້ງດ້ານໃນ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textVerticalOut": "ລວງຕັ້ງງດ້ານນອກ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textWedge": "ລີ່ມ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textWipe": "ເຊັດ, ຖູ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textZoom": "ຂະຫຍາຍ ເຂົ້າ-ອອກ, ແອັບ Zoom", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textZoomIn": "ຊຸມເຂົ້າ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textZoomOut": "ຂະຫຍາຍອອກ", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textZoomRotate": "ຂະຫຍາຍ ແລະ ໝຸນ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີທີ່ກຳໜົດເອງ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textAlign": "ຈັດແນວ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textAlignBottom": "ຈັດຕ່ຳແໜ່ງທາງດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textAlignCenter": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textAlignLeft": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເບື່ອງຊ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textAlignMiddle": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textAlignRight": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເບື່ອງຂວາ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textAlignTop": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງດ້ານເທິງ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textBackward": "ຢ້າຍໄປທາງຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textBandedColumn": "ຖັນແຖວ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textBandedRow": "ແຖວ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textBorder": "ຂອບ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textCellMargins": "ຂອບເຂດຂອງແຊວ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textColor": "ສີ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ, ການກຳນົດສີ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textFirstColumn": "ຖັນທໍາອິດ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textForward": "ຢ້າຍໄປດ້ານໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textHeaderRow": "ຫົວແຖວ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textLastColumn": "ຖັນສຸດທ້າຍ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textOptions": "ທາງເລືອກ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textRemoveTable": "ລົບຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textReorder": "ຈັດລຽງລໍາດັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textStyle": "ປະເພດ ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textStyleOptions": "ທາງເລືອກ ປະເພດ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textTableOptions": "ທາງເລືອກຕາຕະລາງ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textToBackground": "ສົ່ງໄປເປັນພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textToForeground": "ເອົາໄປໄວ້ທາງໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.textTotalRow": "ຈໍານວນແຖວທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.txtDistribHor": "ແຈກຢາຍຕາມແນວນອນ", + "PE.Views.EditTable.txtDistribVert": "ແຈກຢາຍແນວຕັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີທີ່ກຳໜົດເອງ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textAdditional": "ເພີ່ມເຕີມ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textAdditionalFormat": "ຈັດຮູບແບບເພີ່ມເຕີມ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textAfter": "ຫຼັງຈາກ, ພາຍຫຼັງ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textAllCaps": "ໂຕໃຫຍ່ທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textAutomatic": "ອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textBefore": "ກ່ອນ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textBullets": "ຂີດໜ້າ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textCharacterBold": "B", + "PE.Views.EditText.textCharacterItalic": "I", + "PE.Views.EditText.textCharacterStrikethrough": "S", + "PE.Views.EditText.textCharacterUnderline": "U", + "PE.Views.EditText.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ, ການກຳນົດສີ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textDblStrikethrough": "ຂີດທັບສອງຄັ້ງ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textDblSuperscript": "ອັກສອນຫຍໍ້", + "PE.Views.EditText.textFontColor": "ສີຂອງຕົວອັກສອນ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textFontColors": "ສີຕົວອັກສອນ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textFonts": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textFromText": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງຈາກຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textLetterSpacing": "ໄລບະຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງຕົວອັກສອນ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textLineSpacing": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງເສັ້ນ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textNumbers": "ຕົວເລກ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textSmallCaps": "ໂຕອັກສອນນ້ອຍ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textStrikethrough": "ຂີດທັບ", + "PE.Views.EditText.textSubscript": "ຕົວຫ້ອຍ", + "PE.Views.Search.textCase": "ກໍລະນີທີ່ສຳຄັນ", + "PE.Views.Search.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "PE.Views.Search.textFind": "ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "PE.Views.Search.textFindAndReplace": "ຄົ້ນຫາແລະປ່ຽນແທນ", + "PE.Views.Search.textReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນ", + "PE.Views.Search.textSearch": "ຊອກຫາ, ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "PE.Views.Settings. textComment": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "PE.Views.Settings.mniSlideStandard": "ມາດຕະຖານ (4:3)", + "PE.Views.Settings.mniSlideWide": "ຈໍກວ້າງ (16: 9)", + "PE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "ກ່ຽວກັບ, ປະມານ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "ທີ່ຢູ່", + "PE.Views.Settings.textApplication": "ແອັບ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textApplicationSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າແອັບ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textAuthor": "ຜູ້ຂຽນ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textCentimeter": "ເຊັນຕິເມັດ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textCollaboration": "ຮ່ວມກັນ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textColorSchemes": "ໂທນສີ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textCreated": "ສ້າງ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textCreateDate": "ວັນທີ ທີສ້າງ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textDisableAll": "ປິດທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithNotification": "ປິດທຸກ ມາກໂຄ ດ້ວຍ ການແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "ປິດທຸກ ມາກໂຄ ໂດຍບໍ່ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textDownload": "ດາວໂຫຼດ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textDownloadAs": "ດາວໂລດໂດຍ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textEditPresent": "ແກ້ໄຂບົດນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textEmail": "ອີເມລ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textEnableAll": "ເປີດທັງໝົດ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textEnableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "ເປີດທຸກມາກໂຄໂດຍບໍ່ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textFind": "ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "ຄົ້ນຫາແລະປ່ຽນແທນ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textHelp": "ຊວ່ຍ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textInch": "ຫົວໜ່ວຍ(ຫົວໜ່ວຍວັດແທກ)", + "PE.Views.Settings.textLastModified": "ການແກ້ໄຂຄັ້ງລ້າສຸດ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textLastModifiedBy": "ແກ້ໄຂຄັ້ງລ້າສຸດໂດຍ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textLoading": "ກໍາລັງໂລດ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textLocation": "ສະຖານທີ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textMacrosSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Macros", + "PE.Views.Settings.textOwner": "ເຈົ້າຂອງ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textPoint": "ຈຸດ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textPoweredBy": "ສ້າງໂດຍ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textPresentInfo": "ຂໍ້ມູນ ການນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textPresentSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່ານຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textPresentSetup": "ຕິດຕັ້ງການນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textPresentTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້ການນຳສະເໜີ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textPrint": "ພີມ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textSettings": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textShowNotification": "ສະແດງການແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textSlideSize": "ຂະໜາດພາບສະໄລ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textSpellcheck": "ກວດກາການສະກົດຄໍາ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textSubject": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Views.Settings.textTel": "ໂທ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "PE.Views.Settings.textUnitOfMeasurement": "ຫົວໜ່ວຍການວັດແທກ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textUploaded": "ອັບໂຫຼດ", + "PE.Views.Settings.textVersion": "ລຸ້ນ", + "PE.Views.Settings.unknownText": "ບໍ່ຮູ້", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ" +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/nl.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/nl.json index e4a2013ff..7d87cbb6d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/nl.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/nl.json @@ -260,6 +260,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Een moment...", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Het aantal gelijktijdige verbindingen met de document server heeft het maximum overschreven. Het document zal geopend worden in een alleen-lezen modus.
                    Neem contact op met de beheerder voor meer informatie.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Uw licentie is vervallen.
                    Werk uw licentie bij en vernieuw de pagina.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licentie verlopen.
                    U heeft geen toegang tot documentbewerkingsfunctionaliteit.
                    Neem contact op met uw beheerder.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Licentie moet worden verlengd.
                    U heeft beperkte toegang tot documentbewerkingsfunctionaliteit.
                    Neem contact op met uw beheerder voor volledige toegang", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers met de document server heeft het maximum overschreven. Het document zal geopend worden in een alleen-lezen modus.
                    Neem contact op met de beheerder voor meer informatie.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "U gebruikt een Open source-versie van %1. In die versie geldt voor het aantal gelijktijdige verbindingen met de documentserver een limiet van 20 verbindingen.
                    Als u er meer nodig hebt, kunt u overwegen een commerciële licentie aan te schaffen.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Deze versie van %1 bevat limieten voor het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers.
                    Indien meer nodig is, upgrade dan de huidige licentie of schaf een commerciële licentie aan.", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/pt.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/pt.json index d802f1230..6129d1f1f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/pt.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/pt.json @@ -185,6 +185,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Sim", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Licença expirada", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editor atualizado", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Clique para adicionar o primeiro slide", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Seu texto aqui", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Formas básicas", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Botões", @@ -260,6 +261,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Aguarde...", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Você atingiu o limite de conexões simultâneas para editores %1. Este documento será aberto apenas para visualização.
                    Entre em contato com seu administrador para saber mais.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Sua licença expirou.
                    Atualize sua licença e atualize a página.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "A licença expirou.
                    Você não tem acesso à funcionalidade de edição de documentos.
                    Por favor, contate seu administrador.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "A licença precisa ser renovada.
                    Você tem acesso limitado à funcionalidade de edição de documentos.
                    Entre em contato com o administrador para obter acesso total.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Você atingiu o limite de usuários para editores %1. Entre em contato com seu administrador para saber mais.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Você atingiu o limite de conexões simultâneas para editores %1. Este documento será aberto apenas para visualização.
                    Entre em contato com a equipe de vendas da %1 para obter os termos de atualização pessoais.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Você atingiu o limite de usuários para editores %1.
                    Entre em contato com a equipe de vendas da %1 para obter os termos de atualização pessoais.", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ro.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ro.json index be9b3b142..2ec300bef 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ro.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ro.json @@ -185,6 +185,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Da", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Licența a expirat", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editorul a fost actualizat", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Faceți clic pentru a adăuga primul diapozitiv", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Textul dvs. aici", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Forme de bază", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Butoane", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ru.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ru.json index bd3567a1d..5afa96970 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ru.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ru.json @@ -178,13 +178,14 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Платная функция", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Пароль", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Загрузка...", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Запомнить мой выбор", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Запомнить мой выбор для всех файлов", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Фигура", "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Функции отмены и повтора действий отключены в Быстром режиме совместного редактирования.", "PE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "Имя пользователя", "PE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Да", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Истек срок действия лицензии", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Редактор обновлен", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Нажмите, чтобы добавить первый слайд", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Введите ваш текст", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Основные фигуры", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Кнопки", @@ -260,6 +261,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Пожалуйста, подождите...", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1. Этот документ будет открыт только на просмотр.
                    Свяжитесь с администратором, чтобы узнать больше.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
                    Обновите лицензию, а затем обновите страницу.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
                    Нет доступа к функциональности редактирования документов.
                    Пожалуйста, обратитесь к администратору.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Необходимо обновить лицензию.
                    У вас ограниченный доступ к функциональности редактирования документов.
                    Пожалуйста, обратитесь к администратору, чтобы получить полный доступ", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Вы достигли лимита на количество пользователей редакторов %1.
                    Свяжитесь с администратором, чтобы узнать больше.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1. Этот документ будет открыт на просмотр.
                    Напишите в отдел продаж %1, чтобы обсудить индивидуальные условия лицензирования.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1.
                    Напишите в отдел продаж %1, чтобы обсудить индивидуальные условия лицензирования.", @@ -506,7 +509,7 @@ "PE.Views.EditText.textNumbers": "Нумерация", "PE.Views.EditText.textSize": "Размер", "PE.Views.EditText.textSmallCaps": "Малые прописные", - "PE.Views.EditText.textStrikethrough": "Зачеркнутый", + "PE.Views.EditText.textStrikethrough": "Зачёркивание", "PE.Views.EditText.textSubscript": "Подстрочные", "PE.Views.Search.textCase": "С учетом регистра", "PE.Views.Search.textDone": "Готово", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/sk.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/sk.json index a35d25349..97fed8312 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/sk.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/sk.json @@ -185,6 +185,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Áno", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Platnosť licencie uplynula", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editor bol aktualizovaný", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Kliknutím pridajte prvú snímku", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Váš text tu", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Základné tvary", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Tlačidlá", @@ -260,6 +261,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Prosím čakajte...", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Počet súbežných spojení s dokumentovým serverom bol prekročený a dokument bude znovu otvorený iba na prezeranie.
                    Pre ďalšie informácie kontaktujte prosím vášho správcu.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Vaša licencia vypršala.
                    Prosím, aktualizujte si svoju licenciu a obnovte stránku.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licencia vypršala.
                    K funkcii úprav dokumentu už nemáte prístup.
                    Kontaktujte svojho administrátora, prosím.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Je potrebné obnoviť licenciu.
                    K funkciám úprav dokumentov máte obmedzený prístup.
                    Pre získanie úplného prístupu kontaktujte prosím svojho administrátora.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Počet súbežných užívateľov bol prekročený a dokument bude znovu otvorený len na čítanie.
                    Pre ďalšie informácie kontaktujte prosím vášho správcu.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Táto verzia aplikácie %1 editors má určité obmedzenia pre súbežné pripojenia k dokumentovému serveru.
                    Ak potrebujete viac, zvážte aktualizáciu aktuálnej licencie alebo zakúpenie komerčnej.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Táto verzia %1 editors má určité obmedzenia pre spolupracujúcich používateľov.
                    Ak potrebujete viac, zvážte aktualizáciu vašej aktuálnej licencie alebo kúpu komerčnej.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/hu.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/hu.json index 3282a39a5..e72028cc3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/hu.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/hu.json @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ { - "common.view.modals.txtCopy": "Másolás a vágólapra", - "common.view.modals.txtEmbed": "Beágyaz", + "common.view.modals.txtCopy": "Másolás vágólapra", + "common.view.modals.txtEmbed": "Beágyazás", "common.view.modals.txtHeight": "Magasság", "common.view.modals.txtShare": "Hivatkozás megosztása", "common.view.modals.txtWidth": "Szélesség", @@ -14,17 +14,18 @@ "SSE.ApplicationController.errorFilePassProtect": "A dokumentum jelszóval védett, és nem nyitható meg.", "SSE.ApplicationController.errorFileSizeExceed": "A fájlméret meghaladja a szerverre beállított korlátozást.
                    Kérjük, forduljon a Document Server rendszergazdájához a részletekért.", "SSE.ApplicationController.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "Az internet kapcsolat helyreállt, és a fájl verziója megváltozott.
                    Mielőtt folytatná a munkát, töltse le a fájlt, vagy másolja vágólapra annak tartalmát, hogy megbizonyosodjon arról, hogy semmi nem veszik el, majd töltse újra az oldalt.", - "SSE.ApplicationController.errorUserDrop": "A dokumentum jelenleg nem elérhető", + "SSE.ApplicationController.errorUserDrop": "A dokumentum jelenleg nem elérhető.", "SSE.ApplicationController.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "SSE.ApplicationController.scriptLoadError": "A kapcsolat túl lassú, néhány komponens nem töltődött be. Frissítse az oldalt.", "SSE.ApplicationController.textLoadingDocument": "Munkafüzet betöltése", "SSE.ApplicationController.textOf": "of", - "SSE.ApplicationController.txtClose": "Bezár", + "SSE.ApplicationController.txtClose": "Bezárás", "SSE.ApplicationController.unknownErrorText": "Ismeretlen hiba.", "SSE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "A böngészője nem támogatott.", - "SSE.ApplicationController.waitText": "Kérjük várjon...", + "SSE.ApplicationController.waitText": "Kérjük, várjon...", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "Letöltés", - "SSE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "Beágyaz", + "SSE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "Beágyazás", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "Teljes képernyő", + "SSE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "Nyomtatás", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "Megosztás" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/lo.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/lo.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10c29e95d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/lo.json @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +{ + "common.view.modals.txtCopy": "ເກັບໄວ້ໃນຄຣິບບອດ", + "common.view.modals.txtEmbed": "ຝັງໄວ້", + "common.view.modals.txtHeight": "ລວງສູງ", + "common.view.modals.txtShare": "ແບ່ງປັນລິ້ງ", + "common.view.modals.txtWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ", + "SSE.ApplicationController.convertationErrorText": "ການປ່ຽນແປງບໍ່ສຳເລັດ.", + "SSE.ApplicationController.convertationTimeoutText": "ໝົດເວລາການປ່ຽນແປງ.", + "SSE.ApplicationController.criticalErrorTitle": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ", + "SSE.ApplicationController.downloadErrorText": "ດາວໂຫຼດບໍ່ສຳເລັດ.", + "SSE.ApplicationController.downloadTextText": "ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍ", + "SSE.ApplicationController.errorAccessDeny": "ທ່ານບໍ່ມີສິດຈະດຳເນີນການອັນນີ້.
                    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "SSE.ApplicationController.errorDefaultMessage": "ລະຫັດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ: %1", + "SSE.ApplicationController.errorFilePassProtect": "ມີລະຫັດປົກປ້ອງຟາຍນີ້ຈຶ່ງບໍ່ສາມາດເປີດໄດ້", + "SSE.ApplicationController.errorFileSizeExceed": "ຂະໜາດຂອງຟາຍໃຫຍ່ກວ່າທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນລະບົບ.
                    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "SSE.ApplicationController.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "ການເຊື່ອຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຫາກໍ່ກັບມາ, ແລະຟາຍເອກະສານໄດ້ມີການປ່ຽນແປງແລ້ວ. ກ່ອນທີ່ທ່ານຈະດຳເນີການຕໍ່ໄປ, ທ່ານຕ້ອງໄດ້ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍ ຫຼືສຳເນົາເນື້ອຫາ ເພື່ອປ້ອງການການສູນເສຍ, ແລະກໍ່ທຳການໂຫຼດໜ້າຄືນອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "SSE.ApplicationController.errorUserDrop": "ບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງຟາຍໄດ້", + "SSE.ApplicationController.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ເຕືອນ", + "SSE.ApplicationController.scriptLoadError": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຊ້າເກີນໄປ, ບາງອົງປະກອບບໍ່ສາມາດໂຫຼດໄດ້. ກະລຸນາໂຫຼດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່", + "SSE.ApplicationController.textLoadingDocument": "ກຳລັງໂຫຼດ", + "SSE.ApplicationController.textOf": "ຂອງ", + "SSE.ApplicationController.txtClose": "ປິດ", + "SSE.ApplicationController.unknownErrorText": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ບໍ່ຮູ້ສາເຫດ", + "SSE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "ບຣາວເຊີຂອງທ່ານບໍ່ສາມານຳໃຊ້ໄດ້", + "SSE.ApplicationController.waitText": "ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ...", + "SSE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "ດາວໂຫຼດ", + "SSE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "ຝັງໄວ້", + "SSE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "ເຕັມຈໍ", + "SSE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "ພິມ", + "SSE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "ແບ່ງປັນ" +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/pl.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/pl.json index 07a9890b1..f0decb433 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/pl.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/pl.json @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ { "common.view.modals.txtCopy": "Skopiuj do schowka", + "common.view.modals.txtEmbed": "Osadź", "common.view.modals.txtHeight": "Wysokość", "common.view.modals.txtShare": "Udostępnij link", "common.view.modals.txtWidth": "Szerokość", @@ -23,6 +24,7 @@ "SSE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "Twoja przeglądarka nie jest wspierana.", "SSE.ApplicationController.waitText": "Proszę czekać...", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "Pobierz", + "SSE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "Osadź", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "Pełny ekran", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": " Drukuj", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "Udostępnij" diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/sl.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/sl.json index 196eeb30e..8830196a0 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/sl.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/sl.json @@ -26,5 +26,6 @@ "SSE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "Prenesi", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "Vdelano", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "Celozaslonski", + "SSE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "Natisni", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "Deli" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/zh.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/zh.json index ab3b77872..63b6ffc93 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/zh.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/locale/zh.json @@ -13,18 +13,19 @@ "SSE.ApplicationController.errorDefaultMessage": "错误代码：%1", "SSE.ApplicationController.errorFilePassProtect": "该文档受密码保护，无法被打开。", "SSE.ApplicationController.errorFileSizeExceed": "文件大小超出了为服务器设置的限制.
                    有关详细信息，请与文档服务器管理员联系。", - "SSE.ApplicationController.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "网连接已还原文件版本已更改。.
                    在继续工作之前，需要下载文件或复制其内容以确保没有丢失任何内容，然后重新加载此页。", + "SSE.ApplicationController.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "网络连接已恢复，文件版本已变更。
                    在继续工作之前，需要下载文件或复制其内容以避免丢失数据，然后刷新此页。", "SSE.ApplicationController.errorUserDrop": "该文件现在无法访问。", "SSE.ApplicationController.notcriticalErrorTitle": "警告", "SSE.ApplicationController.scriptLoadError": "连接速度过慢，部分组件无法被加载。请重新加载页面。", "SSE.ApplicationController.textLoadingDocument": "正在加载电子表格…", "SSE.ApplicationController.textOf": "的", "SSE.ApplicationController.txtClose": "关闭", - "SSE.ApplicationController.unknownErrorText": "示知错误", - "SSE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "你的浏览器不支持", + "SSE.ApplicationController.unknownErrorText": "未知错误。", + "SSE.ApplicationController.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "您的浏览器不受支持", "SSE.ApplicationController.waitText": "请稍候...", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtDownload": "下载", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtEmbed": "嵌入", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtFullScreen": "全屏", + "SSE.ApplicationView.txtPrint": "打印", "SSE.ApplicationView.txtShare": "共享" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/resources/less/application.less b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/resources/less/application.less index c3deef750..b3fa8b561 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/resources/less/application.less +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/resources/less/application.less @@ -4,19 +4,17 @@ // Worksheets // ------------------------- .viewer { + display: flex; + flex-direction: column; + .sdk-view { - position: absolute; - left: 0; - top: 0; - right: 0; - bottom: 25px; + position: relative; + flex-grow: 1; } ul.worksheet-list { - position: absolute; - left: 0; - right: 0; - bottom: 0; + flex-grow: 0; + flex-shrink: 0; margin: 0; padding: 0 9px; border-top: 1px solid #5A5A5A; diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/DataTab.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/DataTab.js index bac379324..ff9de160d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/DataTab.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/DataTab.js @@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ define([ 'spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DataTab', 'spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/SortDialog', 'spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/RemoveDuplicatesDialog', + 'spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DataValidationDialog', 'common/main/lib/view/OptionsDialog' ], function () { 'use strict'; @@ -90,13 +91,15 @@ define([ 'data:hide': this.onHideClick, 'data:groupsettings': this.onGroupSettings, 'data:sortcustom': this.onCustomSort, - 'data:remduplicates': this.onRemoveDuplicates + 'data:remduplicates': this.onRemoveDuplicates, + 'data:datavalidation': this.onDataValidation }, 'Statusbar': { 'sheet:changed': this.onApiSheetChanged } }); Common.NotificationCenter.on('data:remduplicates', _.bind(this.onRemoveDuplicates, this)); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('data:sortcustom', _.bind(this.onCustomSort, this)); }, SetDisabled: function(state) { @@ -279,7 +282,6 @@ define([ width: 500, title: this.txtRemDuplicates, msg: this.txtExpandRemDuplicates, - buttons: [ {caption: this.txtExpand, primary: true, value: 'expand'}, {caption: this.txtRemSelected, primary: true, value: 'remove'}, 'cancel'], @@ -313,6 +315,48 @@ define([ } }, + onDataValidation: function() { + var me = this; + if (this.api) { + var res = this.api.asc_getDataValidationProps(); + if (typeof res !== 'object') { + var config = { + maxwidth: 500, + title: this.txtDataValidation, + msg: res===Asc.c_oAscError.ID.MoreOneTypeDataValidate ? this.txtRemoveDataValidation : this.txtExtendDataValidation, + buttons: res===Asc.c_oAscError.ID.MoreOneTypeDataValidate ? ['ok', 'cancel'] : ['yes', 'no', 'cancel'], + primary: res===Asc.c_oAscError.ID.MoreOneTypeDataValidate ? 'ok' : ['yes', 'no'], + callback: function(btn){ + if (btn == 'yes' || btn == 'no' || btn == 'ok') { + setTimeout(function(){ + var props = me.api.asc_getDataValidationProps((btn=='ok') ? null : (btn == 'yes')); + me.showDataValidation(props); + },1); + } + } + }; + Common.UI.alert(config); + } else + me.showDataValidation(res); + } + }, + + showDataValidation: function(props) { + var me = this; + if (props) { + (new SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog({ + title: this.txtDataValidation, + props: props, + api: me.api, + handler: function (result, settings) { + if (me && me.api && result == 'ok') { + me.api.asc_setDataValidation(settings); + } + } + })).show(); + } + }, + onWorksheetLocked: function(index,locked) { if (index == this.api.asc_getActiveWorksheetIndex()) { Common.Utils.lockControls(SSE.enumLock.sheetLock, locked, {array: this.view.btnsSortDown.concat(this.view.btnsSortUp, this.view.btnCustomSort, this.view.btnGroup, this.view.btnUngroup)}); @@ -332,7 +376,10 @@ define([ txtExpand: 'Expand', txtRemSelected: 'Remove in selected', textRows: 'Rows', - textColumns: 'Columns' + textColumns: 'Columns', + txtDataValidation: 'Data Validation', + txtExtendDataValidation: 'The selection contains some cells without Data Validation settings.
                    Do you want to extend Data Validation to these cells?', + txtRemoveDataValidation: 'The selection contains more than one type of validation.
                    Erase current settings and continue?' }, SSE.Controllers.DataTab || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js index 1f67d7208..b05d0d9fc 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js @@ -407,6 +407,10 @@ define([ }, onSortCells: function(menu, item) { + if (item.value=='advanced') { + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('data:sortcustom', this); + return; + } if (this.api) { var res = this.api.asc_sortCellsRangeExpand(); if (res) { @@ -1085,7 +1089,7 @@ define([ if (linkstr) { linkstr = Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(linkstr) + '
                    ' + me.textCtrlClick + ''; } else { - linkstr = props.asc_getHyperlinkUrl() + '
                    ' + me.textCtrlClick + ''; + linkstr = Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(props.asc_getHyperlinkUrl()) + '
                    ' + me.textCtrlClick + ''; } } else { linkstr = Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(props.asc_getTooltip() || (props.asc_getLocation())); @@ -1254,7 +1258,7 @@ define([ } } - if (index_filter!==undefined && !(me.dlgFilter && me.dlgFilter.isVisible()) && !(me.currentMenu && me.currentMenu.isVisible())) { + if (index_filter!==undefined && !(me.dlgFilter && me.dlgFilter.isVisible()) && !(me.currentMenu && me.currentMenu.isVisible()) && !dataarray[index_filter-1].asc_getFilter().asc_getPivotObj()) { if (!filterTip.parentEl) { filterTip.parentEl = $('
                    '); me.documentHolder.cmpEl.append(filterTip.parentEl); @@ -1875,6 +1879,7 @@ define([ documentHolder.pmiSortCells.setVisible((iscellmenu||isallmenu) && !iscelledit); documentHolder.pmiSortCells.menu.items[2].setVisible(!internaleditor); documentHolder.pmiSortCells.menu.items[3].setVisible(!internaleditor); + documentHolder.pmiSortCells.menu.items[4].setVisible(!internaleditor); documentHolder.pmiFilterCells.setVisible(iscellmenu && !iscelledit && !internaleditor); documentHolder.pmiReapply.setVisible((iscellmenu||isallmenu) && !iscelledit && !internaleditor); documentHolder.ssMenu.items[12].setVisible((iscellmenu||isallmenu||isinsparkline) && !iscelledit); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Main.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Main.js index 3ac38d6cb..5743df0d8 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Main.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Main.js @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ define([ 'common/main/lib/controller/Fonts', 'common/main/lib/collection/TextArt', 'common/main/lib/view/OpenDialog', + 'common/main/lib/view/UserNameDialog', 'common/main/lib/util/LanguageInfo', 'common/main/lib/util/LocalStorage', 'spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups', @@ -194,6 +195,7 @@ define([ Common.NotificationCenter.on('download:cancel', _.bind(this.onDownloadCancel, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('download:advanced', _.bind(this.onAdvancedOptions, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('showmessage', _.bind(this.onExternalMessage, this)); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('markfavorite', _.bind(this.markFavorite, this)); this.stackLongActions = new Common.IrregularStack({ strongCompare : this._compareActionStrong, @@ -327,8 +329,19 @@ define([ this.appOptions = {}; + this.appOptions.customization = this.editorConfig.customization; + this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous = !((typeof (this.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (this.appOptions.customization.anonymous) == 'object') && (this.appOptions.customization.anonymous.request===false)); + this.appOptions.guestName = (typeof (this.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (this.appOptions.customization.anonymous) == 'object') && + (typeof (this.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label) == 'string') && this.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label.trim()!=='' ? + Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(this.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label) : this.textGuest; + var value; + if (this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous) { + value = Common.localStorage.getItem("guest-username"); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("guest-username", value); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("save-guest-username", !!value); + } this.editorConfig.user = - this.appOptions.user = Common.Utils.fillUserInfo(this.editorConfig.user, this.editorConfig.lang, this.textAnonymous); + this.appOptions.user = Common.Utils.fillUserInfo(this.editorConfig.user, this.editorConfig.lang, value ? (value + ' (' + this.appOptions.guestName + ')' ) : this.textAnonymous); this.appOptions.isDesktopApp = this.editorConfig.targetApp == 'desktop'; this.appOptions.canCreateNew = this.editorConfig.canRequestCreateNew || !_.isEmpty(this.editorConfig.createUrl); this.appOptions.canOpenRecent = this.editorConfig.recent !== undefined && !this.appOptions.isDesktopApp; @@ -347,7 +360,6 @@ define([ this.appOptions.isEditDiagram = this.editorConfig.mode == 'editdiagram'; this.appOptions.isEditMailMerge = this.editorConfig.mode == 'editmerge'; this.appOptions.canRequestClose = this.editorConfig.canRequestClose; - this.appOptions.customization = this.editorConfig.customization; this.appOptions.canBackToFolder = (this.editorConfig.canBackToFolder!==false) && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization.goback) == 'object') && (!_.isEmpty(this.editorConfig.customization.goback.url) || this.editorConfig.customization.goback.requestClose && this.appOptions.canRequestClose); this.appOptions.canBack = this.appOptions.canBackToFolder === true; @@ -363,6 +375,9 @@ define([ this.appOptions.canFeaturePivot = true; this.appOptions.canFeatureViews = !!this.api.asc_isSupportFeature("sheet-views"); + if (this.appOptions.user.guest && this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous && !this.appOptions.isEditDiagram && !this.appOptions.isEditMailMerge) + Common.NotificationCenter.on('user:rename', _.bind(this.showRenameUserDialog, this)); + this.headerView = this.getApplication().getController('Viewport').getView('Common.Views.Header'); this.headerView.setCanBack(this.appOptions.canBackToFolder === true, (this.appOptions.canBackToFolder) ? this.editorConfig.customization.goback.text : ''); @@ -386,8 +401,9 @@ define([ reg = (this.editorConfig.lang) ? parseInt(Common.util.LanguageInfo.getLocalLanguageCode(this.editorConfig.lang)) : 0x0409; this.api.asc_setLocale(reg, decimal, group); } + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("sse-config-lang", this.editorConfig.lang); - var value = Common.localStorage.getBool("sse-settings-r1c1"); + value = Common.localStorage.getBool("sse-settings-r1c1"); Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("sse-settings-r1c1", value); this.api.asc_setR1C1Mode(value); @@ -445,7 +461,6 @@ define([ docInfo.asc_putIsEnabledPlugins(!!enable); this.headerView && this.headerView.setDocumentCaption(data.doc.title); - Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("sse-doc-info-key", data.doc.key); } @@ -541,6 +556,18 @@ define([ } }, + markFavorite: function(favorite) { + if ( !Common.Controllers.Desktop.process('markfavorite') ) { + Common.Gateway.metaChange({ + favorite: favorite + }); + } + }, + + onSetFavorite: function(favorite) { + this.appOptions.canFavorite && this.headerView && this.headerView.setFavorite(!!favorite); + }, + onEditComplete: function(cmp, opts) { if (opts && opts.restorefocus && this.api.isCEditorFocused) { this.formulaInput.blur(); @@ -869,6 +896,8 @@ define([ } else { documentHolderView.createDelayedElementsViewer(); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('document:ready', 'main'); + if (me.editorConfig.mode !== 'view') // if want to open editor, but viewer is loaded + me.applyLicense(); } // TODO bug 43960 if (!me.appOptions.isEditMailMerge && !me.appOptions.isEditDiagram) { @@ -885,6 +914,7 @@ define([ Common.Gateway.on('processrightschange', _.bind(me.onProcessRightsChange, me)); Common.Gateway.on('processmouse', _.bind(me.onProcessMouse, me)); Common.Gateway.on('downloadas', _.bind(me.onDownloadAs, me)); + Common.Gateway.on('setfavorite', _.bind(me.onSetFavorite, me)); Common.Gateway.sendInfo({mode:me.appOptions.isEdit?'edit':'view'}); $(document).on('contextmenu', _.bind(me.onContextMenu, me)); @@ -905,6 +935,8 @@ define([ } else checkWarns(); Common.Gateway.documentReady(); + if (this.appOptions.user.guest && this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous && !this.appOptions.isEditDiagram && !this.appOptions.isEditMailMerge && (Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get("guest-username")===null)) + this.showRenameUserDialog(); $('#header-logo').children(0).click(e => { e.stopImmediatePropagation(); @@ -917,7 +949,8 @@ define([ var licType = params.asc_getLicenseType(); if (licType !== undefined && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view' && - (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS)) + (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS + || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit && (this.appOptions.trialMode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Limited) !== 0)) this._state.licenseType = licType; if (this._isDocReady) @@ -929,7 +962,11 @@ define([ var license = this._state.licenseType, buttons = ['ok'], primary = 'ok'; - if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { + if ((this.appOptions.trialMode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Limited) !== 0 && + (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited || this.appOptions.permissionsLicense===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit)) { + (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited) && this.getApplication().getController('LeftMenu').leftMenu.setLimitMode();// show limited hint + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited) ? this.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess : this.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed; + } else if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnLicenseExceeded : this.warnLicenseUsersExceeded; } else { license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; @@ -937,15 +974,17 @@ define([ primary = 'buynow'; } - this.disableEditing(true); - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + if (this._state.licenseType!==Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit && this.appOptions.isEdit) { + this.disableEditing(true); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + } var value = Common.localStorage.getItem("sse-license-warning"); value = (value!==null) ? parseInt(value) : 0; var now = (new Date).getTime(); if (now - value > 86400000) { Common.UI.info({ - width: 500, + maxwidth: 500, title: this.textNoLicenseTitle, msg : license, buttons: buttons, @@ -991,7 +1030,6 @@ define([ onEditorPermissions: function(params) { var licType = params ? params.asc_getLicenseType() : Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Error; - if ( params && !(this.appOptions.isEditDiagram || this.appOptions.isEditMailMerge)) { if (Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Expired === licType || Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Error === licType || Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredTrial === licType) { Common.UI.warning({ @@ -1002,12 +1040,15 @@ define([ }); return; } + if (Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited === licType) + this._state.licenseType = licType; if ( this.onServerVersion(params.asc_getBuildVersion()) ) return; if (params.asc_getRights() !== Asc.c_oRights.Edit) this.permissions.edit = false; + this.appOptions.permissionsLicense = licType; this.appOptions.canAutosave = true; this.appOptions.canAnalytics = params.asc_getIsAnalyticsEnable(); @@ -1031,10 +1072,16 @@ define([ if (this.appOptions.canBranding) this.headerView.setBranding(this.editorConfig.customization); + this.appOptions.canFavorite = this.appOptions.spreadsheet.info && (this.appOptions.spreadsheet.info.favorite!==undefined && this.appOptions.spreadsheet.info.favorite!==null); + this.appOptions.canFavorite && this.headerView && this.headerView.setFavorite(this.appOptions.spreadsheet.info.favorite); + this.appOptions.canRename && this.headerView.setCanRename(true); - this.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions = this.appOptions.canLicense && this.editorConfig.customization && this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions) == 'object'); + this.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions = this.appOptions.canLicense && (!!this.permissions.reviewGroup || + this.appOptions.canLicense && this.editorConfig.customization && this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions) == 'object')); Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setParser(this.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions); - this.headerView.setUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedName(this.appOptions.user.fullname)); + Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setCurrentName(this.appOptions.user.fullname); + this.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions && Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setReviewPermissions(this.permissions.reviewGroup, this.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions); + this.headerView.setUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName())); } else this.appOptions.canModifyFilter = true; @@ -1047,9 +1094,15 @@ define([ this.appOptions.canForcesave = this.appOptions.isEdit && !this.appOptions.isOffline && !(this.appOptions.isEditDiagram || this.appOptions.isEditMailMerge) && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object' && !!this.editorConfig.customization.forcesave); this.appOptions.forcesave = this.appOptions.canForcesave; - this.appOptions.canEditComments= this.appOptions.isOffline || !(typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object' && this.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly); + this.appOptions.canEditComments= this.appOptions.isOffline || !this.permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly; + this.appOptions.canDeleteComments= this.appOptions.isOffline || !this.permissions.deleteCommentAuthorOnly; + if ((typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && this.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly===true) { + console.log("Obsolete: The 'commentAuthorOnly' parameter of the 'customization' section is deprecated. Please use 'editCommentAuthorOnly' and 'deleteCommentAuthorOnly' parameters in the permissions instead."); + if (this.permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly===undefined && this.permissions.deleteCommentAuthorOnly===undefined) + this.appOptions.canEditComments = this.appOptions.canDeleteComments = this.appOptions.isOffline; + } this.appOptions.isSignatureSupport= this.appOptions.isEdit && this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && this.appOptions.isOffline && this.api.asc_isSignaturesSupport() && !(this.appOptions.isEditDiagram || this.appOptions.isEditMailMerge); - this.appOptions.isPasswordSupport = this.appOptions.isEdit && this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && this.appOptions.isOffline && this.api.asc_isProtectionSupport() && !(this.appOptions.isEditDiagram || this.appOptions.isEditMailMerge); + this.appOptions.isPasswordSupport = this.appOptions.isEdit && this.api.asc_isProtectionSupport() && !(this.appOptions.isEditDiagram || this.appOptions.isEditMailMerge); this.appOptions.canProtect = (this.appOptions.isSignatureSupport || this.appOptions.isPasswordSupport); this.appOptions.canHelp = !((typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && this.editorConfig.customization.help===false); this.appOptions.isRestrictedEdit = !this.appOptions.isEdit && this.appOptions.canComments; @@ -1138,6 +1191,12 @@ define([ reviewController = application.getController('Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges'); reviewController.setMode(me.appOptions).setConfig({config: me.editorConfig}, me.api).loadDocument({doc:me.appOptions.spreadsheet}); + var value = Common.localStorage.getItem('sse-settings-unit'); + value = (value!==null) ? parseInt(value) : (me.appOptions.customization && me.appOptions.customization.unit ? Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits[me.appOptions.customization.unit.toLocaleLowerCase()] : Common.Utils.Metric.getDefaultMetric()); + (value===undefined) && (value = Common.Utils.Metric.getDefaultMetric()); + Common.Utils.Metric.setCurrentMetric(value); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("sse-settings-unit", value); + if (this.appOptions.isEdit || this.appOptions.isRestrictedEdit) { // set api events for toolbar in the Restricted Editing mode var toolbarController = application.getController('Toolbar'); toolbarController && toolbarController.setApi(me.api); @@ -1168,12 +1227,6 @@ define([ this.toolbarView = toolbarController.getView('Toolbar'); - var value = Common.localStorage.getItem('sse-settings-unit'); - value = (value!==null) ? parseInt(value) : (me.appOptions.customization && me.appOptions.customization.unit ? Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits[me.appOptions.customization.unit.toLocaleLowerCase()] : Common.Utils.Metric.getDefaultMetric()); - (value===undefined) && (value = Common.Utils.Metric.getDefaultMetric()); - Common.Utils.Metric.setCurrentMetric(value); - Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("sse-settings-unit", value); - if (!me.appOptions.isEditMailMerge && !me.appOptions.isEditDiagram) { var options = {}; JSON.parse(Common.localStorage.getItem('sse-hidden-formula')) && (options.formula = true); @@ -1184,6 +1237,7 @@ define([ /** coauthoring begin **/ me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onAuthParticipantsChanged', _.bind(me.onAuthParticipantsChanged, me)); me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onParticipantsChanged', _.bind(me.onAuthParticipantsChanged, me)); + me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onConnectionStateChanged', _.bind(me.onUserConnection, me)); /** coauthoring end **/ if (me.appOptions.isEditDiagram) me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onSelectionChanged', _.bind(me.onSelectionChanged, me)); @@ -1240,7 +1294,7 @@ define([ break; case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.ConvertationSaveError: - config.msg = this.saveErrorText; + config.msg = (this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && this.appOptions.isOffline) ? this.saveErrorTextDesktop : this.saveErrorText; break; case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DownloadError: @@ -1552,6 +1606,10 @@ define([ config.msg = this.errorChangeFilteredRange; break; + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.Password: + config.msg = this.errorSetPassword; + break; + default: config.msg = (typeof id == 'string') ? id : this.errorDefaultMessage.replace('%1', id); break; @@ -1828,7 +1886,8 @@ define([ title: Common.Views.OpenDialog.prototype.txtTitleProtected, closeFile: me.appOptions.canRequestClose, type: Common.Utils.importTextType.DRM, - warning: !(me.appOptions.isDesktopApp && me.appOptions.isOffline), + warning: !(me.appOptions.isDesktopApp && me.appOptions.isOffline) && (typeof advOptions == 'string'), + warningMsg: advOptions, validatePwd: !!me._state.isDRM, handler: function (result, value) { me.isShowOpenDialog = false; @@ -2097,9 +2156,11 @@ define([ value = (value!==null) ? parseInt(value) : Common.Utils.Metric.getDefaultMetric(); Common.Utils.Metric.setCurrentMetric(value); Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("sse-settings-unit", value); - this.getApplication().getController('RightMenu').updateMetricUnit(); + if (this.appOptions.isEdit) { + this.getApplication().getController('RightMenu').updateMetricUnit(); + this.getApplication().getController('Toolbar').getView('Toolbar').updateMetricUnit(); + } this.getApplication().getController('Print').getView('MainSettingsPrint').updateMetricUnit(); - this.getApplication().getController('Toolbar').getView('Toolbar').updateMetricUnit(); }, _compareActionStrong: function(obj1, obj2){ @@ -2170,6 +2231,25 @@ define([ this._state.usersCount = length; }, + onUserConnection: function(change){ + if (change && this.appOptions.user.guest && this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous && (change.asc_getIdOriginal() == this.appOptions.user.id)) { // change name of the current user + var name = change.asc_getUserName(); + if (name && name !== Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName() ) { + this._renameDialog && this._renameDialog.close(); + Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setCurrentName(name); + this.headerView.setUserName(Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getParsedName(name)); + + var idx1 = name.lastIndexOf('('), + idx2 = name.lastIndexOf(')'), + str = (idx1>0) && (idx1cell references, and/or names.', errorMoveSlicerError: 'Table slicers cannot be copied from one workbook to another.
                    Try again by selecting the entire table and the slicers.', errorEditView: 'The existing sheet view cannot be edited and the new ones cannot be created at the moment as some of them are being edited.', - errorChangeFilteredRange: 'This will change a filtered range on your worksheet.
                    To complete this task, please remove AutoFilters.' + errorChangeFilteredRange: 'This will change a filtered range on your worksheet.
                    To complete this task, please remove AutoFilters.', + warnLicenseLimitedRenewed: 'License needs to be renewed.
                    You have a limited access to document editing functionality.
                    Please contact your administrator to get full access', + warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess: 'License expired.
                    You have no access to document editing functionality.
                    Please contact your administrator.', + saveErrorTextDesktop: 'This file cannot be saved or created.
                    Possible reasons are:
                    1. The file is read-only.
                    2. The file is being edited by other users.
                    3. The disk is full or corrupted.', + errorSetPassword: 'Password could not be set.', + textRenameLabel: 'Enter a name to be used for collaboration', + textRenameError: 'User name must not be empty.', + textLongName: 'Enter a name that is less than 128 characters.', + textGuest: 'Guest' } })(), SSE.Controllers.Main || {})) }); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Statusbar.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Statusbar.js index fdc2310b2..d3b0697c2 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Statusbar.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Statusbar.js @@ -116,12 +116,12 @@ define([ case 'up': var f = Math.floor(this.api.asc_getZoom() * 10)/10; f += .1; - !(f > 2.) && this.api.asc_setZoom(f); + !(f > 4.) && this.api.asc_setZoom(f); break; case 'down': f = Math.ceil(this.api.asc_getZoom() * 10)/10; f -= .1; - !(f < .5) && this.api.asc_setZoom(f); + !(f < .1) && this.api.asc_setZoom(f); break; } Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.statusbar); @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ define([ this._sheetViewTip = new Common.UI.SynchronizeTip({ target : $('#editor_sdk'), extCls : 'no-arrow', - text : this.textSheetViewTip, + text : this.textSheetViewTipFilters, placement : 'target' }); this._sheetViewTip.on({ @@ -767,6 +767,7 @@ define([ errorRemoveSheet: 'Can\'t delete the worksheet.', warnDeleteSheet : 'The worksheet maybe has data. Proceed operation?', strSheet : 'Sheet', - textSheetViewTip: 'You are in Sheet View mode. Filters and sorting are visible only to you and those who are still in this view.' + textSheetViewTip: 'You are in Sheet View mode. Filters and sorting are visible only to you and those who are still in this view.', + textSheetViewTipFilters: 'You are in Sheet View mode. Filters are visible only to you and those who are still in this view.' }, SSE.Controllers.Statusbar || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js index 173789ec4..08103004f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js @@ -275,6 +275,7 @@ define([ toolbar.cmbNumberFormat.cmpEl.on('click', '#id-toolbar-mnu-item-more-formats a', _.bind(this.onNumberFormatSelect, this)); toolbar.btnEditChart.on('click', _.bind(this.onEditChart, this)); toolbar.btnEditChartData.on('click', _.bind(this.onEditChartData, this)); + toolbar.btnEditChartType.on('click', _.bind(this.onEditChartType, this)); } else if ( me.appConfig.isEditMailMerge ) { toolbar.btnUndo.on('click', _.bind(this.onUndo, this)); @@ -309,11 +310,13 @@ define([ toolbar.btnBackColor.on('click', _.bind(this.onBackColor, this)); toolbar.mnuTextColorPicker.on('select', _.bind(this.onTextColorSelect, this)); toolbar.mnuBackColorPicker.on('select', _.bind(this.onBackColorSelect, this)); + $('#id-toolbar-menu-auto-fontcolor').on('click', _.bind(this.onAutoFontColor, this)); toolbar.btnBorders.on('click', _.bind(this.onBorders, this)); if (toolbar.btnBorders.rendered) { toolbar.btnBorders.menu.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onBordersMenu, this)); toolbar.mnuBorderWidth.on('item:toggle', _.bind(this.onBordersWidth, this)); toolbar.mnuBorderColorPicker.on('select', _.bind(this.onBordersColor, this)); + $('#id-toolbar-menu-auto-bordercolor').on('click', _.bind(this.onAutoBorderColor, this)); } toolbar.btnAlignLeft.on('click', _.bind(this.onHorizontalAlign, this, AscCommon.align_Left)); toolbar.btnAlignCenter.on('click', _.bind(this.onHorizontalAlign, this, AscCommon.align_Center)); @@ -600,15 +603,13 @@ define([ onTextColorSelect: function(picker, color, fromBtn) { this._state.clrtext_asccolor = this._state.clrtext = undefined; - var clr = (typeof(color) == 'object') ? color.color : color; - this.toolbar.btnTextColor.currentColor = color; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.toolbar.btnTextColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', '#' + clr); + this.toolbar.btnTextColor.setColor((typeof(color) == 'object') ? (color.isAuto ? '000' : color.color) : color); this.toolbar.mnuTextColorPicker.currentColor = color; if (this.api) { this.toolbar.btnTextColor.ischanged = (fromBtn!==true); - this.api.asc_setCellTextColor(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getRgbColor(color)); + this.api.asc_setCellTextColor(color.isAuto ? color.color : Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getRgbColor(color)); this.toolbar.btnTextColor.ischanged = false; } @@ -622,8 +623,8 @@ define([ var clr = (typeof(color) == 'object') ? color.color : color; this.toolbar.btnBackColor.currentColor = color; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.toolbar.btnBackColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', clr == 'transparent' ? 'transparent' : '#' + clr); - + this.toolbar.btnBackColor.setColor(this.toolbar.btnBackColor.currentColor); + this.toolbar.mnuBackColorPicker.currentColor = color; if (this.api) { this.toolbar.btnBackColor.ischanged = (fromBtn!==true); @@ -648,6 +649,25 @@ define([ this.toolbar.mnuBorderColorPicker.addNewColor(); }, + onAutoFontColor: function(e) { + this._state.clrtext_asccolor = this._state.clrtext = undefined; + + var color = new Asc.asc_CColor(); + color.put_auto(true); + + this.toolbar.btnTextColor.currentColor = {color: color, isAuto: true}; + this.toolbar.btnTextColor.setColor('000'); + + this.toolbar.mnuTextColorPicker.clearSelection(); + this.toolbar.mnuTextColorPicker.currentColor = {color: color, isAuto: true}; + if (this.api) { + this.api.asc_setCellTextColor(color); + } + + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar, {restorefocus:true}); + Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent('ToolBar', 'Text Color'); + }, + onBorders: function(btn) { var menuItem; @@ -714,10 +734,27 @@ define([ }, onBordersColor: function(picker, color) { - $('#id-toolbar-mnu-item-border-color .menu-item-icon').css('border-color', '#' + ((typeof(color) == 'object') ? color.color : color)); + $('#id-toolbar-mnu-item-border-color > a .menu-item-icon').css('border-color', '#' + ((typeof(color) == 'object') ? color.color : color)); this.toolbar.mnuBorderColor.onUnHoverItem(); this.toolbar.btnBorders.options.borderscolor = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getRgbColor(color); this.toolbar.mnuBorderColorPicker.currentColor = color; + var clr_item = this.toolbar.btnBorders.menu.$el.find('#id-toolbar-menu-auto-bordercolor > a'); + clr_item.hasClass('selected') && clr_item.removeClass('selected'); + + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); + Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent('ToolBar', 'Border Color'); + }, + + onAutoBorderColor: function(e) { + $('#id-toolbar-mnu-item-border-color > a .menu-item-icon').css('border-color', '#000'); + this.toolbar.mnuBorderColor.onUnHoverItem(); + var color = new Asc.asc_CColor(); + color.put_auto(true); + this.toolbar.btnBorders.options.borderscolor = color; + this.toolbar.mnuBorderColorPicker.clearSelection(); + this.toolbar.mnuBorderColorPicker.currentColor = {color: color, isAuto: true}; + var clr_item = this.toolbar.btnBorders.menu.$el.find('#id-toolbar-menu-auto-bordercolor > a'); + !clr_item.hasClass('selected') && clr_item.addClass('selected'); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent('ToolBar', 'Border Color'); @@ -951,7 +988,7 @@ define([ { chartSettings: props, imageSettings: imageSettings, - isDiagramMode: me.toolbar.mode.isEditDiagram, + // isDiagramMode: me.toolbar.mode.isEditDiagram, isChart: true, api: me.api, handler: function(result, value) { @@ -999,6 +1036,35 @@ define([ } }, + onEditChartType: function(btn) { + if (!this.editMode) return; + + var me = this; + var props; + if (me.api){ + props = me.api.asc_getChartObject(); + if (props) { + me._isEditType = true; + props.startEdit(); + var win = new SSE.Views.ChartTypeDialog({ + chartSettings: props, + api: me.api, + handler: function(result, value) { + if (result == 'ok') { + props.endEdit(); + me._isEditType = false; + } + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me); + } + }).on('close', function() { + me._isEditType && props.cancelEdit(); + me._isEditType = false; + }); + win.show(); + } + } + }, + onSelectChart: function(group, type) { if (!this.editMode) return; var me = this, @@ -1028,8 +1094,20 @@ define([ if (isvalid == Asc.c_oAscError.ID.No) { (ischartedit) ? me.api.asc_editChartDrawingObject(props) : me.api.asc_addChartDrawingObject(props); } else { + var msg = me.txtInvalidRange; + switch (isvalid) { + case isvalid == Asc.c_oAscError.ID.StockChartError: + msg = me.errorStockChart; + break; + case isvalid == Asc.c_oAscError.ID.MaxDataSeriesError: + msg = me.errorMaxRows; + break; + case isvalid == Asc.c_oAscError.ID.ComboSeriesError: + msg = me.errorComboSeries; + break; + } Common.UI.warning({ - msg: (isvalid == Asc.c_oAscError.ID.StockChartError) ? me.errorStockChart : ((isvalid == Asc.c_oAscError.ID.MaxDataSeriesError) ? me.errorMaxRows : me.txtInvalidRange), + msg: msg, callback: function() { _.defer(function(btn) { Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.toolbar); @@ -1848,7 +1926,7 @@ define([ var toolbar = this.toolbar; if (toolbar.mode.isEditDiagram || toolbar.mode.isEditMailMerge) { is_cell_edited = (state == Asc.c_oAscCellEditorState.editStart); - toolbar.lockToolbar(SSE.enumLock.editCell, state == Asc.c_oAscCellEditorState.editStart, {array: [toolbar.btnDecDecimal,toolbar.btnIncDecimal,toolbar.cmbNumberFormat, toolbar.btnEditChartData]}); + toolbar.lockToolbar(SSE.enumLock.editCell, state == Asc.c_oAscCellEditorState.editStart, {array: [toolbar.btnDecDecimal,toolbar.btnIncDecimal,toolbar.cmbNumberFormat, toolbar.btnEditChartData, toolbar.btnEditChartType]}); } else if (state == Asc.c_oAscCellEditorState.editStart || state == Asc.c_oAscCellEditorState.editEnd) { toolbar.lockToolbar(SSE.enumLock.editCell, state == Asc.c_oAscCellEditorState.editStart, { @@ -2038,10 +2116,7 @@ define([ val; /* read font name */ - var fontparam = fontobj.asc_getFontName(); - if (fontparam != toolbar.cmbFontName.getValue()) { - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('fonts:change', fontobj); - } + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('fonts:change', fontobj); /* read font params */ if (!toolbar.mode.isEditMailMerge && !toolbar.mode.isEditDiagram) { @@ -2105,32 +2180,43 @@ define([ if (!toolbar.btnTextColor.ischanged && !fontColorPicker.isDummy) { color = fontobj.asc_getFontColor(); if (color) { - if (color.get_type() == Asc.c_oAscColor.COLOR_TYPE_SCHEME) { - clr = {color: Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(color.get_r(), color.get_g(), color.get_b()), effectValue: color.get_value() }; - } else { - clr = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(color.get_r(), color.get_g(), color.get_b()); - } - } - var type1 = typeof(clr), - type2 = typeof(this._state.clrtext); - if ( (type1 !== type2) || (type1=='object' && - (clr.effectValue!==this._state.clrtext.effectValue || this._state.clrtext.color.indexOf(clr.color)<0)) || - (type1!='object' && this._state.clrtext!==undefined && this._state.clrtext.indexOf(clr)<0 )) { - - if (_.isObject(clr)) { - var isselected = false; - for (var i = 0; i < 10; i++) { - if (Common.Utils.ThemeColor.ThemeValues[i] == clr.effectValue) { - fontColorPicker.select(clr, true); - isselected = true; - break; - } + if (color.get_auto()) { + if (this._state.clrtext !== 'auto') { + fontColorPicker.clearSelection(); + var clr_item = this.toolbar.btnTextColor.menu.$el.find('#id-toolbar-menu-auto-fontcolor > a'); + !clr_item.hasClass('selected') && clr_item.addClass('selected'); + this._state.clrtext = 'auto'; } - if (!isselected) fontColorPicker.clearSelection(); } else { - fontColorPicker.select(clr, true); + if (color.get_type() == Asc.c_oAscColor.COLOR_TYPE_SCHEME) { + clr = {color: Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(color.get_r(), color.get_g(), color.get_b()), effectValue: color.get_value() }; + } else { + clr = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(color.get_r(), color.get_g(), color.get_b()); + } + var type1 = typeof(clr), + type2 = typeof(this._state.clrtext); + if ( (this._state.clrtext == 'auto') || (type1 !== type2) || (type1=='object' && + (clr.effectValue!==this._state.clrtext.effectValue || this._state.clrtext.color.indexOf(clr.color)<0)) || + (type1!='object' && this._state.clrtext!==undefined && this._state.clrtext.indexOf(clr)<0 )) { + + var clr_item = this.toolbar.btnTextColor.menu.$el.find('#id-toolbar-menu-auto-fontcolor > a'); + clr_item.hasClass('selected') && clr_item.removeClass('selected'); + if (_.isObject(clr)) { + var isselected = false; + for (var i = 0; i < 10; i++) { + if (Common.Utils.ThemeColor.ThemeValues[i] == clr.effectValue) { + fontColorPicker.select(clr, true); + isselected = true; + break; + } + } + if (!isselected) fontColorPicker.clearSelection(); + } else { + fontColorPicker.select(clr, true); + } + this._state.clrtext = clr; + } } - this._state.clrtext = clr; } this._state.clrtext_asccolor = color; } @@ -2153,10 +2239,7 @@ define([ val, need_disable = false; /* read font name */ - var fontparam = xfs.asc_getFontName(); - if (fontparam != toolbar.cmbFontName.getValue()) { - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('fonts:change', xfs); - } + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('fonts:change', xfs); /* read font size */ var str_size = xfs.asc_getFontSize(); @@ -2252,32 +2335,43 @@ define([ if (!toolbar.btnTextColor.ischanged && !fontColorPicker.isDummy) { color = xfs.asc_getFontColor(); if (color) { - if (color.get_type() == Asc.c_oAscColor.COLOR_TYPE_SCHEME) { - clr = {color: Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(color.get_r(), color.get_g(), color.get_b()), effectValue: color.get_value() }; - } else { - clr = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(color.get_r(), color.get_g(), color.get_b()); - } - } - var type1 = typeof(clr), - type2 = typeof(this._state.clrtext); - if ( (type1 !== type2) || (type1=='object' && - (clr.effectValue!==this._state.clrtext.effectValue || this._state.clrtext.color.indexOf(clr.color)<0)) || - (type1!='object' && this._state.clrtext!==undefined && this._state.clrtext.indexOf(clr)<0 )) { - - if (_.isObject(clr)) { - var isselected = false; - for (var i = 0; i < 10; i++) { - if (Common.Utils.ThemeColor.ThemeValues[i] == clr.effectValue) { - fontColorPicker.select(clr, true); - isselected = true; - break; - } + if (color.get_auto()) { + if (this._state.clrtext !== 'auto') { + fontColorPicker.clearSelection(); + var clr_item = this.toolbar.btnTextColor.menu.$el.find('#id-toolbar-menu-auto-fontcolor > a'); + !clr_item.hasClass('selected') && clr_item.addClass('selected'); + this._state.clrtext = 'auto'; } - if (!isselected) fontColorPicker.clearSelection(); } else { - fontColorPicker.select(clr, true); + if (color.get_type() == Asc.c_oAscColor.COLOR_TYPE_SCHEME) { + clr = {color: Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(color.get_r(), color.get_g(), color.get_b()), effectValue: color.get_value() }; + } else { + clr = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(color.get_r(), color.get_g(), color.get_b()); + } + var type1 = typeof(clr), + type2 = typeof(this._state.clrtext); + if ( (this._state.clrtext == 'auto') || (type1 !== type2) || (type1=='object' && + (clr.effectValue!==this._state.clrtext.effectValue || this._state.clrtext.color.indexOf(clr.color)<0)) || + (type1!='object' && this._state.clrtext!==undefined && this._state.clrtext.indexOf(clr)<0 )) { + + var clr_item = this.toolbar.btnTextColor.menu.$el.find('#id-toolbar-menu-auto-fontcolor > a'); + clr_item.hasClass('selected') && clr_item.removeClass('selected'); + if (_.isObject(clr)) { + var isselected = false; + for (var i = 0; i < 10; i++) { + if (Common.Utils.ThemeColor.ThemeValues[i] == clr.effectValue) { + fontColorPicker.select(clr, true); + isselected = true; + break; + } + } + if (!isselected) fontColorPicker.clearSelection(); + } else { + fontColorPicker.select(clr, true); + } + this._state.clrtext = clr; + } } - this._state.clrtext = clr; } this._state.clrtext_asccolor = color; } @@ -2335,7 +2429,7 @@ define([ formatTableInfo = info.asc_getFormatTableInfo(); if (!toolbar.mode.isEditMailMerge) { /* read cell horizontal align */ - fontparam = xfs.asc_getHorAlign(); + var fontparam = xfs.asc_getHorAlign(); if (this._state.pralign !== fontparam) { this._state.pralign = fontparam; @@ -2410,7 +2504,7 @@ define([ } need_disable = this._state.controlsdisabled.filters || (val===null); toolbar.lockToolbar(SSE.enumLock.ruleFilter, need_disable, - { array: toolbar.btnsSetAutofilter.concat(toolbar.btnCustomSort, toolbar.btnTableTemplate, toolbar.btnInsertTable, toolbar.btnRemoveDuplicates) }); + { array: toolbar.btnsSetAutofilter.concat(toolbar.btnCustomSort, toolbar.btnTableTemplate, toolbar.btnInsertTable, toolbar.btnRemoveDuplicates, toolbar.btnDataValidation) }); toolbar.lockToolbar(SSE.enumLock.tableHasSlicer, filterInfo && filterInfo.asc_getIsSlicerAdded(), { array: toolbar.btnsSetAutofilter }); @@ -2446,12 +2540,12 @@ define([ this._state.inpivot = !!info.asc_getPivotTableInfo(); toolbar.lockToolbar(SSE.enumLock.editPivot, this._state.inpivot, { array: toolbar.btnsSetAutofilter.concat(toolbar.btnCustomSort, - toolbar.btnMerge, toolbar.btnInsertHyperlink, toolbar.btnInsertTable, toolbar.btnRemoveDuplicates)}); + toolbar.btnMerge, toolbar.btnInsertHyperlink, toolbar.btnInsertTable, toolbar.btnRemoveDuplicates, toolbar.btnDataValidation)}); toolbar.lockToolbar(SSE.enumLock.noSlicerSource, !(this._state.inpivot || formatTableInfo), { array: [toolbar.btnInsertSlicer]}); need_disable = !this.appConfig.canModifyFilter; toolbar.lockToolbar(SSE.enumLock.cantModifyFilter, need_disable, { array: toolbar.btnsSetAutofilter.concat(toolbar.btnsSortDown, toolbar.btnsSortUp, toolbar.btnCustomSort, toolbar.btnTableTemplate, - toolbar.btnClearStyle.menu.items[0], toolbar.btnClearStyle.menu.items[2], toolbar.btnInsertTable, toolbar.btnRemoveDuplicates)}); + toolbar.btnClearStyle.menu.items[0], toolbar.btnClearStyle.menu.items[2], toolbar.btnInsertTable, toolbar.btnRemoveDuplicates, toolbar.btnDataValidation)}); } @@ -2589,7 +2683,7 @@ define([ var need_disable = (selectionType === Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeCells || selectionType === Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeCol || selectionType === Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeRow || selectionType === Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeMax); - this.toolbar.lockToolbar( SSE.enumLock.selRange, need_disable, {array:[this.toolbar.btnEditChartData]} ); + this.toolbar.lockToolbar( SSE.enumLock.selRange, need_disable, {array:[this.toolbar.btnEditChartData, this.toolbar.btnEditChartType]} ); if (selectionType == Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeChart || selectionType == Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeChartText) return; @@ -2691,18 +2785,17 @@ define([ }; updateColors(this.toolbar.mnuTextColorPicker, Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()[1]); - if (this.toolbar.btnTextColor.currentColor === undefined) { + if (this.toolbar.btnTextColor.currentColor === undefined || !this.toolbar.btnTextColor.currentColor.isAuto) { this.toolbar.btnTextColor.currentColor=Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()[1]; - } else - this.toolbar.btnTextColor.currentColor = this.toolbar.mnuTextColorPicker.currentColor.color || this.toolbar.mnuTextColorPicker.currentColor; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.toolbar.btnTextColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', '#' + this.toolbar.btnTextColor.currentColor); + this.toolbar.btnTextColor.setColor(this.toolbar.btnTextColor.currentColor); + } updateColors(this.toolbar.mnuBackColorPicker, Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()[3]); if (this.toolbar.btnBackColor.currentColor === undefined) { this.toolbar.btnBackColor.currentColor=Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()[3]; } else this.toolbar.btnBackColor.currentColor = this.toolbar.mnuBackColorPicker.currentColor.color || this.toolbar.mnuBackColorPicker.currentColor; - $('.btn-color-value-line', this.toolbar.btnBackColor.cmpEl).css('background-color', this.toolbar.btnBackColor.currentColor == 'transparent' ? 'transparent' : '#' + this.toolbar.btnBackColor.currentColor); + this.toolbar.btnBackColor.setColor(this.toolbar.btnBackColor.currentColor); if (this._state.clrtext_asccolor!==undefined || this._state.clrshd_asccolor!==undefined) { this._state.clrtext = undefined; @@ -2714,9 +2807,14 @@ define([ this._state.clrshd_asccolor = undefined; if (this.toolbar.mnuBorderColorPicker) { - updateColors(this.toolbar.mnuBorderColorPicker, Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors()[1]); - this.toolbar.btnBorders.options.borderscolor = this.toolbar.mnuBorderColorPicker.currentColor.color || this.toolbar.mnuBorderColorPicker.currentColor; - $('#id-toolbar-mnu-item-border-color .menu-item-icon').css('border-color', '#' + this.toolbar.btnBorders.options.borderscolor); + updateColors(this.toolbar.mnuBorderColorPicker, {color: '000', isAuto: true}); + var currentColor = this.toolbar.mnuBorderColorPicker.currentColor; + if (currentColor && currentColor.isAuto) { + var clr_item = this.toolbar.btnBorders.menu.$el.find('#id-toolbar-menu-auto-bordercolor > a'); + !clr_item.hasClass('selected') && clr_item.addClass('selected'); + } + this.toolbar.btnBorders.options.borderscolor = currentColor.color || currentColor; + $('#id-toolbar-mnu-item-border-color > a .menu-item-icon').css('border-color', '#' + this.toolbar.btnBorders.options.borderscolor); } }, @@ -3315,8 +3413,10 @@ define([ if ( !config.isEditDiagram && !config.isEditMailMerge ) { var tab = {action: 'review', caption: me.toolbar.textTabCollaboration}; var $panel = me.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges').createToolbarPanel(); - if ($panel) + if ($panel) { me.toolbar.addTab(tab, $panel, 6); + me.toolbar.setVisible('review', config.isEdit || config.canViewReview || config.canCoAuthoring && config.canComments); + } } if ( config.isEdit ) { @@ -3340,6 +3440,7 @@ define([ me.toolbar.btnsClearAutofilter = datatab.getButtons('clear-filter'); me.toolbar.btnCustomSort = datatab.getButtons('sort-custom'); me.toolbar.btnRemoveDuplicates = datatab.getButtons('rem-duplicates'); + me.toolbar.btnDataValidation = datatab.getButtons('data-validation'); var formulatab = me.getApplication().getController('FormulaDialog'); formulatab.setConfig({toolbar: me}); @@ -4011,7 +4112,8 @@ define([ txtTable_TableStyleLight: 'Table Style Light', textInsert: 'Insert', txtInsertCells: 'Insert Cells', - txtDeleteCells: 'Delete Cells' + txtDeleteCells: 'Delete Cells', + errorComboSeries: 'To create a combination chart, select at least two series of data.' }, SSE.Controllers.Toolbar || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js index 0a90ed4f9..685e1c6e1 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ define([ if (!config.isEdit && !config.isEditDiagram && !config.isEditMailMerge) { me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar.hide(); Common.NotificationCenter.on('tab:visible', _.bind(function(action, visible){ - if (action=='plugins' && visible) { + if ((action=='plugins' || action=='review') && visible) { me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar.show(); } }, this)); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettings.template b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettings.template index 0a8151692..da13d1774 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettings.template +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettings.template @@ -24,27 +24,20 @@
                    - - - -
                    - - - - + +
                    -
                    +
                    - - +
                    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template index f73333cf4..d8c20bda8 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template @@ -9,27 +9,6 @@
                    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
                    @@ -70,66 +49,38 @@
                    - - - - - - - - -
                    - - - -
                    - - - - - -
                    - - - -
                    - - - - - - - - - - -
                    - - - -
                    - -
                    - +
                    - + + + + +
                    - + +
                    + +
                    +                     		+ +
                    +
                    + @@ -137,10 +88,10 @@ @@ -148,10 +99,10 @@
                    -
                    +
                    		-
                    +
                    -
                    +
                    		-
                    +
                    -
                    +
                    		-
                    +
                    @@ -160,18 +111,17 @@
                    - -
                    +
                    -
                    + +
                    -
                    @@ -182,27 +132,141 @@ -
                    -
                    +
                    		-
                    +
                    -
                    -
                    -
                    - - + + + + + + +
                    +
                    -
                    +                     		+
                    +
                    +                     		+ +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    + + + + + + + + +
                    +
                    +
                    + +
                    +                     		+ +
                    +
                    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                    + + +
                    +                     		+
                    +
                    + + +
                    +                     		+
                    +
                    + + +
                    +                     		+
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    + + + + + + + +
                    +
                    +
                    + +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                    + +
                    + +
                    +                     		+ +
                    +
                    + +
                    + + +
                    +
                    +                     		+
                    @@ -210,41 +274,50 @@
                    - +
                    - + + + + +
                    - + +
                    + +
                    +                     		+ +
                    +
                    + -
                    -
                    +
                    		-
                    +
                    -
                    -
                    - - + -
                    + -
                    +                     		+
                    -
                    +                     		+
                    -
                    @@ -255,11 +328,11 @@ @@ -269,14 +342,13 @@
                    -
                    +
                    		-
                    +
                    -
                    +
                    -
                    @@ -287,11 +359,11 @@ @@ -300,11 +372,119 @@ - - +
                    -
                    +
                    		-
                    +
                    -
                    +                     		+
                    +
                    +                     		-
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    + + + + + + + + +
                    +
                    +
                    + +
                    +                     		+ +
                    +
                    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                    + + +
                    +                     		+
                    +
                    + + +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                    + +
                    + +
                    +                     		+ +
                    +
                    + +
                    +
                    +                     		+
                    +
                    +
                    + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                    + +
                    + +
                    +                     		+ +
                    +
                    + +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    @@ -326,35 +506,7 @@
                    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ', '', '','', - '', + '', '', '', - '','', + '','', '', '', '', '','', + '', + '', + '', + '', '
                    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/DataValidationDialog.template b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/DataValidationDialog.template new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef85cbaf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/DataValidationDialog.template @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +
                    +
                    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                    + +
                    +                     		+ +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    + +
                    +                     		+ +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    + +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                    +
                    +
                    + +
                    + +
                    +
                    + +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                    +
                    +
                    + +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    + +
                    +
                    +
                    + +
                    +
                    +
                    + +
                    +
                    +
                    +
                    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template index b2324d5d0..84494e2df 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template @@ -50,17 +50,17 @@
                    - - - - + + + +
                    - - - - + + + +
                    @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ -
                    +
                    @@ -211,6 +211,7 @@
                    +
                    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ToolbarAnother.template b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ToolbarAnother.template index 611aab6f4..7bced25b7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ToolbarAnother.template +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ToolbarAnother.template @@ -18,19 +18,20 @@
                    -
                    +
                    - +
                    - - + + +
                    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellRangeDialog.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellRangeDialog.js index 8bc2fa066..d3a03020d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellRangeDialog.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellRangeDialog.js @@ -168,6 +168,8 @@ define([ this.settings.argvalues[this.settings.argindex] = val; this.api.asc_insertArgumentsInFormula(this.settings.argvalues); + } else if (this.settings.type == Asc.c_oAscSelectionDialogType.DataValidation) { + this.inputRange.setValue('=' + name); } else this.inputRange.setValue(name); if (this.inputRange.cmpEl.hasClass('error')) diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellSettings.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellSettings.js index ff7b560a6..325849ad9 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellSettings.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellSettings.js @@ -111,8 +111,13 @@ define([ if (this.api) { var new_borders = [], bordersWidth = this.BorderType, + bordersColor; + if (this.btnBorderColor.isAutoColor()) { + bordersColor = new Asc.asc_CColor(); + bordersColor.put_auto(true); + } else { bordersColor = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getRgbColor(this.btnBorderColor.color); - + } if (btn.options.borderId == 'inner') { new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.InnerV] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.InnerH] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); @@ -410,7 +415,8 @@ define([ parentEl: $('#cell-border-color-btn'), disabled: this._locked, menu : true, - color: '000000' + color: 'auto', + auto: true }); this.lockedControls.push(this.btnBorderColor); @@ -856,7 +862,7 @@ define([ } this.colorsBack.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); this.borderColor.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); - this.btnBorderColor.setColor(this.borderColor.getColor()); + !this.btnBorderColor.isAutoColor() && this.btnBorderColor.setColor(this.borderColor.getColor()); this.colorsGrad.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); this.colorsFG.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); this.colorsBG.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartDataDialog.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartDataDialog.js index 496d0007c..2221f64db 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartDataDialog.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartDataDialog.js @@ -379,17 +379,11 @@ define([ }, onAddSeries: function() { - var rec = (this.seriesList.store.length>0) ? this.seriesList.store.at(this.seriesList.store.length-1) : null, - isScatter = false, - me = this; - rec && (isScatter = rec.get('series').asc_IsScatter()); + var me = this; me.chartSettings.startEditData(); - var series; - if (isScatter) { - series = me.chartSettings.addScatterSeries(); - } else { - series = me.chartSettings.addSeries(); - } + var series = me.chartSettings.addSeries(), + isScatter = series.asc_IsScatter(); + var handlerDlg = function(dlg, result) { if (result == 'ok') { me.updateRange(); @@ -534,11 +528,15 @@ define([ }, onSwitch: function() { - this.chartSettings.switchRowCol(); - this.updateSeriesList(this.chartSettings.getSeries(), 0); - this.updateCategoryList(this.chartSettings.getCatValues()); - this.updateRange(); - this.updateButtons(); + var res = this.chartSettings.switchRowCol(); + if (res === Asc.c_oAscError.ID.MaxDataSeriesError) + Common.UI.warning({msg: this.errorMaxRows, maxwidth: 600}); + else { + this.updateSeriesList(this.chartSettings.getSeries(), 0); + this.updateCategoryList(this.chartSettings.getCatValues()); + this.updateRange(); + this.updateButtons(); + } }, textTitle: 'Chart Data', diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartDataRangeDialog.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartDataRangeDialog.js index e9e70fa3d..8bf492c6c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartDataRangeDialog.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartDataRangeDialog.js @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ define([ me.inputRange1 = new Common.UI.InputFieldBtn({ el: $('#id-dlg-chart-range-range1'), style: '100%', - textSelectData: 'Select data', + btnHint: this.textSelectData, // validateOnChange: true, validateOnBlur: false }).on('changed:after', function(input, newValue, oldValue, e) { @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ define([ me.inputRange2 = new Common.UI.InputFieldBtn({ el: $('#id-dlg-chart-range-range2'), style: '100%', - textSelectData: 'Select data', + btnHint: this.textSelectData, // validateOnChange: true, validateOnBlur: false }).on('changed:after', function(input, newValue, oldValue, e) { @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ define([ me.inputRange3 = new Common.UI.InputFieldBtn({ el: $('#id-dlg-chart-range-range3'), style: '100%', - textSelectData: 'Select data', + btnHint: this.textSelectData, // validateOnChange: true, validateOnBlur: false }).on('changed:after', function(input, newValue, oldValue, e) { diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js index e205fb0de..e9f68fcf4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js @@ -47,7 +47,8 @@ define([ 'common/main/lib/component/MetricSpinner', 'common/main/lib/component/ComboDataView', 'spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettingsDlg', - 'spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartDataDialog' + 'spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartDataDialog', + 'spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartTypeDialog' ], function (menuTemplate, $, _, Backbone) { 'use strict'; @@ -112,6 +113,7 @@ define([ this.ChartTypesContainer = $('#chart-panel-types'); this.SparkTypesContainer = $('#spark-panel-types'); this.SparkPointsContainer = $('#spark-panel-points'); + this.NotCombinedSettings = $('.not-combined'); }, render: function () { @@ -151,46 +153,40 @@ define([ } value = props.asc_getSeveralChartTypes(); - if (this._state.SeveralCharts && value) { - this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon'); - this._state.ChartType = null; - } else { - var type = this.chartProps.getType(); - if (this._state.ChartType !== type) { - var record = this.mnuChartTypePicker.store.findWhere({type: type}); - this.mnuChartTypePicker.selectRecord(record, true); - if (record) { - this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon ' + 'chart-' + record.get('iconCls')); - } else - this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon'); - this.updateChartStyles(this.api.asc_getChartPreviews(type)); - this._state.ChartType = type; - } + var type = (this._state.SeveralCharts && value) ? null : this.chartProps.getType(); + if (this._state.ChartType !== type) { + this.ShowCombinedProps(type); + !(type===null || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom) && this.updateChartStyles(this.api.asc_getChartPreviews(type)); + this._state.ChartType = type; } - value = props.asc_getSeveralChartStyles(); - if (this._state.SeveralCharts && value) { - this.cmbChartStyle.fieldPicker.deselectAll(); - this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.deselectAll(); - this._state.ChartStyle = null; - } else { - value = this.chartProps.getStyle(); - if (this._state.ChartStyle!==value || this._isChartStylesChanged) { - this.cmbChartStyle.suspendEvents(); - var rec = this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.findWhere({data: value}); - this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.selectRecord(rec); - this.cmbChartStyle.resumeEvents(); + if (!(type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom)) { + value = props.asc_getSeveralChartStyles(); + if (this._state.SeveralCharts && value) { + this.cmbChartStyle.fieldPicker.deselectAll(); + this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.deselectAll(); + this._state.ChartStyle = null; + } else { + value = this.chartProps.getStyle(); + if (this._state.ChartStyle!==value || this._isChartStylesChanged) { + this.cmbChartStyle.suspendEvents(); + var rec = this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.findWhere({data: value}); + this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.selectRecord(rec); + this.cmbChartStyle.resumeEvents(); - if (this._isChartStylesChanged) { - if (rec) - this.cmbChartStyle.fillComboView(this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.getSelectedRec(),true); - else - this.cmbChartStyle.fillComboView(this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.at(0), true); + if (this._isChartStylesChanged) { + if (rec) + this.cmbChartStyle.fillComboView(this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.getSelectedRec(),true); + else + this.cmbChartStyle.fillComboView(this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.at(0), true); + } + this._state.ChartStyle=value; } - this._state.ChartStyle=value; } + this._isChartStylesChanged = false; } - this._isChartStylesChanged = false; this._noApply = false; @@ -515,6 +511,8 @@ define([ spinner.setDefaultUnit(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetricName()); spinner.setStep(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetric()==Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits.pt ? 1 : 0.1); } + this.spnWidth && this.spnWidth.setValue((this._state.Width!==null) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.Width) : '', true); + this.spnHeight && this.spnHeight.setValue((this._state.Height!==null) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.Height) : '', true); } }, @@ -599,32 +597,6 @@ define([ createDelayedControls: function() { var me = this; - // charts - this.btnChartType = new Common.UI.Button({ - cls : 'btn-large-dataview', - iconCls : 'svgicon chart-bar-normal', - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ - style: 'width: 364px; padding-top: 12px;', - items: [ - { template: _.template('') } - ] - }) - }); - - this.btnChartType.on('render:after', function(btn) { - me.mnuChartTypePicker = new Common.UI.DataView({ - el: $('#id-chart-menu-type'), - parentMenu: btn.menu, - restoreHeight: 421, - groups: new Common.UI.DataViewGroupStore(Common.define.chartData.getChartGroupData()), - store: new Common.UI.DataViewStore(Common.define.chartData.getChartData()), - itemTemplate: _.template('
                    \">
                    ') - }); - }); - this.btnChartType.render($('#chart-button-type')); - this.mnuChartTypePicker.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onSelectType, this, this.btnChartType)); - this.lockedControls.push(this.btnChartType); - this.spnWidth = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ el: $('#chart-spin-width'), step: .1, @@ -756,8 +728,22 @@ define([ this.chLastPoint.on('change', _.bind(this.onCheckPointChange, this, 4)); this.chMarkersPoint.on('change', _.bind(this.onCheckPointChange, this, 5)); + this.btnChangeType = new Common.UI.Button({ + parentEl: $('#chart-btn-change-type'), + cls : 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls : 'toolbar__icon btn-menu-chart', + caption : this.textChangeType, + style : 'width: 100%;text-align: left;' + }); + this.btnChangeType.on('click', _.bind(this.onChangeType, this)); + this.lockedControls.push(this.btnChangeType); + this.btnSelectData = new Common.UI.Button({ - el: $('#chart-btn-select-data') + parentEl: $('#chart-btn-select-data'), + cls : 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls : 'toolbar__icon btn-select-range', + caption : this.textSelectData, + style : 'width: 100%;text-align: left;' }); this.btnSelectData.on('click', _.bind(this.onSelectData, this)); this.lockedControls.push(this.btnSelectData); @@ -780,6 +766,11 @@ define([ this.SparkPointsContainer.toggleClass('settings-hidden', isChart); }, + ShowCombinedProps: function(type) { + this.NotCombinedSettings.toggleClass('settings-hidden', type===null || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom); + }, + onWidthChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ var w = field.getNumberValue(); var h = this.spnHeight.getNumberValue(); @@ -924,35 +915,33 @@ define([ } }, - onSelectType: function(btn, picker, itemView, record) { - if (this._noApply) return; - - var rawData = {}, - isPickerSelect = _.isFunction(record.toJSON); - - if (isPickerSelect){ - if (record.get('selected')) { - rawData = record.toJSON(); - } else { - // record deselected - return; + onChangeType: function() { + var me = this; + var props; + if (me.api){ + props = me.api.asc_getChartObject(); + if (props) { + me._isEditType = true; + props.startEdit(); + var win = new SSE.Views.ChartTypeDialog({ + chartSettings: props, + api: me.api, + handler: function(result, value) { + if (result == 'ok') { + props.endEdit(); + me._isEditType = false; + } + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me); + } + }).on('close', function() { + me._isEditType && props.cancelEdit(); + me._isEditType = false; + }); + win.show(); } - } else { - rawData = record; } - - this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon ' + 'chart-' + rawData.iconCls); - this._state.ChartType = -1; - - if (this.api && !this._noApply && this.chartProps) { - var props = new Asc.asc_CImgProperty(); - this.chartProps.changeType(rawData.type); - props.asc_putChartProperties(this.chartProps); - this.api.asc_setGraphicObjectProps(props); - } - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this); }, - + onSelectStyle: function(combo, record) { if (this._noApply) return; @@ -966,7 +955,9 @@ define([ }, _onUpdateChartStyles: function() { - if (this.api && this._state.ChartType!==null && this._state.ChartType>-1) + if (this.api && this._state.ChartType!==null && this._state.ChartType>-1 && + !(this._state.ChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || this._state.ChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + this._state.ChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || this._state.ChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom)) this.updateChartStyles(this.api.asc_getChartPreviews(this._state.ChartType)); }, @@ -1259,7 +1250,8 @@ define([ textType: 'Type', textSelectData: 'Select Data', textRanges: 'Data Range', - textBorderSizeErr: 'The entered value is incorrect.
                    Please enter a value between 0 pt and 1584 pt.' + textBorderSizeErr: 'The entered value is incorrect.
                    Please enter a value between 0 pt and 1584 pt.', + textChangeType: 'Change type' }, SSE.Views.ChartSettings || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettingsDlg.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettingsDlg.js index 87c1851d6..c32f5e47b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettingsDlg.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettingsDlg.js @@ -43,7 +43,8 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' 'common/main/lib/component/CheckBox', 'common/main/lib/component/InputField', 'spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellRangeDialog', - 'spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartDataRangeDialog' + 'spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartDataRangeDialog', + 'spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormatSettingsDialog' ], function (contentTemplate) { 'use strict'; @@ -62,7 +63,9 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' {panelId: 'id-chart-settings-dlg-style', panelCaption: this.textType}, {panelId: 'id-chart-settings-dlg-layout', panelCaption: this.textLayout}, {panelId: 'id-chart-settings-dlg-vert', panelCaption: this.textVertAxis}, + {panelId: 'id-chart-settings-dlg-vert-sec', panelCaption: this.textVertAxisSec}, {panelId: 'id-chart-settings-dlg-hor', panelCaption: this.textHorAxis}, + {panelId: 'id-chart-settings-dlg-hor-sec', panelCaption: this.textHorAxisSec}, {panelId: 'id-spark-settings-dlg-style', panelCaption: this.textTypeData}, {panelId: 'id-spark-settings-dlg-axis', panelCaption: this.textAxisOptions}, {panelId: 'id-chart-settings-dlg-snap', panelCaption: this.textSnap}, @@ -97,9 +100,9 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' this.sparklineStyles = this.options.sparklineStyles; this.isChart = this.options.isChart; this.isDiagramMode = !!this.options.isDiagramMode; - this.vertAxisProps = null; - this.horAxisProps = null; - this.currentAxisProps = null; + this.vertAxisProps = []; + this.horAxisProps = []; + this.currentAxisProps = []; this.dataRangeValid = ''; this.sparkDataRangeValid = ''; this.dataLocationRangeValid = ''; @@ -117,17 +120,17 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' if (this.isDiagramMode) { this.btnChartType = new Common.UI.Button({ - cls : 'btn-large-dataview', - iconCls : 'svgicon chart-bar-normal', - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'btn-large-dataview', + iconCls: 'svgicon chart-bar-normal', + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ style: 'width: 364px; padding-top: 12px;', additionalAlign: this.menuAddAlign, items: [ - { template: _.template('') } + {template: _.template('')} ] }) }); - this.btnChartType.on('render:after', function(btn) { + this.btnChartType.on('render:after', function (btn) { me.mnuChartTypePicker = new Common.UI.DataView({ el: $('#id-chart-dlg-menu-type'), parentMenu: btn.menu, @@ -141,163 +144,47 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' this.mnuChartTypePicker.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onSelectType, this, this.btnChartType)); } - // this.cmbDataDirect = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - // el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-range'), - // menuStyle : 'min-width: 120px;', - // editable : false, - // cls : 'input-group-nr', - // data : [ - // { value: 0, displayValue: this.textDataRows }, - // { value: 1, displayValue: this.textDataColumns } - // ] - // }); - // - // this.txtDataRange = new Common.UI.InputFieldBtn({ - // el : $('#chart-dlg-txt-range'), - // name : 'range', - // style : 'width: 100%;', - // btnHint : this.textSelectData, - // allowBlank : true, - // validateOnChange: true - // }); - // this.txtDataRange.on('button:click', _.bind(this.onSelectData, this)); - this.cmbChartTitle = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-chart-title'), - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - cls : 'input-group-nr', - data : [ - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartTitleShowSettings.none, displayValue: this.textNone }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartTitleShowSettings.overlay, displayValue: this.textOverlay }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartTitleShowSettings.noOverlay, displayValue: this.textNoOverlay } + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-chart-title'), + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + cls: 'input-group-nr', + data: [ + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartTitleShowSettings.none, displayValue: this.textNone}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartTitleShowSettings.overlay, displayValue: this.textOverlay}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartTitleShowSettings.noOverlay, displayValue: this.textNoOverlay} ], takeFocusOnClose: true }); this.cmbLegendPos = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-legend-pos'), - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - cls : 'input-group-nr', - data : [ - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.none, displayValue: this.textNone }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.bottom, displayValue: this.textLegendBottom }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.top, displayValue: this.textLegendTop }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.right, displayValue: this.textLegendRight }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.left, displayValue: this.textLegendLeft }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.leftOverlay, displayValue: this.textLeftOverlay }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.rightOverlay, displayValue: this.textRightOverlay } + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-legend-pos'), + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + cls: 'input-group-nr', + data: [ + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.none, displayValue: this.textNone}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.bottom, displayValue: this.textLegendBottom}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.top, displayValue: this.textLegendTop}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.right, displayValue: this.textLegendRight}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.left, displayValue: this.textLegendLeft}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.leftOverlay, displayValue: this.textLeftOverlay}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartLegendShowSettings.rightOverlay, displayValue: this.textRightOverlay} ], takeFocusOnClose: true }); - this.cmbHorTitle = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-hor-title'), - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - cls : 'input-group-nr', - data : [ - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartHorAxisLabelShowSettings.none, displayValue: this.textNone }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartHorAxisLabelShowSettings.noOverlay, displayValue: this.textNoOverlay } - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.chartSettings) - this.chartSettings.putHorAxisLabel(record.value); - }, this)); - - this.cmbVertTitle = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-vert-title'), - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - cls : 'input-group-nr', - data : [ - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartVertAxisLabelShowSettings.none, displayValue: this.textNone }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartVertAxisLabelShowSettings.rotated, displayValue: this.textRotated }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartVertAxisLabelShowSettings.horizontal, displayValue: this.textHorizontal } - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.chartSettings) - this.chartSettings.putVertAxisLabel(record.value); - }, this)); - - this.cmbHorShow = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-hor-show'), - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - cls : 'input-group-nr', - data : [ - { value: true, displayValue: this.textShow }, - { value: false, displayValue: this.textHide } - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.chartSettings) - this.chartSettings.putShowHorAxis(record.value); - }, this)); - - this.cmbVertShow = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-vert-show'), - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - cls : 'input-group-nr', - data : [ - { value: true, displayValue: this.textShow }, - { value: false, displayValue: this.textHide } - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.chartSettings) - this.chartSettings.putShowVerAxis(record.value); - }, this)); - - this.cmbHorGrid = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-hor-grid'), - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - cls : 'input-group-nr', - data : [ - { value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.none, displayValue: this.textNone }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.major, displayValue: this.textMajor }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.minor, displayValue: this.textMinor }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.majorMinor, displayValue: this.textMajorMinor } - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.chartSettings) - this.chartSettings.putHorGridLines(record.value); - }, this)); - - this.cmbVertGrid = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-vert-grid'), - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - cls : 'input-group-nr', - data : [ - { value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.none, displayValue: this.textNone }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.major, displayValue: this.textMajor }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.minor, displayValue: this.textMinor }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.majorMinor, displayValue: this.textMajorMinor } - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.chartSettings) - this.chartSettings.putVertGridLines(record.value); - }, this)); - this.cmbDataLabels = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-data-labels'), - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - cls : 'input-group-nr', - data : [ - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartDataLabelsPos.none, displayValue: this.textNone }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartDataLabelsPos.ctr, displayValue: this.textCenter }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartDataLabelsPos.inBase, displayValue: this.textInnerBottom }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartDataLabelsPos.inEnd, displayValue: this.textInnerTop }, - { value: Asc.c_oAscChartDataLabelsPos.outEnd, displayValue: this.textOuterTop } + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-data-labels'), + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + cls: 'input-group-nr', + data: [ + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartDataLabelsPos.none, displayValue: this.textNone}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartDataLabelsPos.ctr, displayValue: this.textCenter}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartDataLabelsPos.inBase, displayValue: this.textInnerBottom}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartDataLabelsPos.inEnd, displayValue: this.textInnerTop}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartDataLabelsPos.outEnd, displayValue: this.textOuterTop} ], takeFocusOnClose: true }); @@ -305,11 +192,11 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' this.cmbDataLabels.on('selected', _.bind(me.onSelectDataLabels, this)); this.txtSeparator = new Common.UI.InputField({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-txt-separator'), - name : 'range', - style : 'width: 100%;', - allowBlank : true, - blankError : this.txtEmpty + el: $('#chart-dlg-txt-separator'), + name: 'range', + style: 'width: 100%;', + allowBlank: true, + blankError: this.txtEmpty }); this.chSeriesName = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ @@ -328,432 +215,559 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' }); this.cmbLines = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-lines'), - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - cls : 'input-group-nr', - data : [ - { value: 0, displayValue: this.textNone }, - { value: 1, displayValue: this.textStraight }, - { value: 2, displayValue: this.textSmooth } + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-lines'), + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + cls: 'input-group-nr', + data: [ + {value: 0, displayValue: this.textNone}, + {value: 1, displayValue: this.textStraight}, + {value: 2, displayValue: this.textSmooth} ], takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { if (this.chartSettings) { - this.chartSettings.putLine(record.value!==0); - if (record.value>0) - this.chartSettings.putSmooth(record.value==2); + this.chartSettings.putLine(record.value !== 0); + if (record.value > 0) + this.chartSettings.putSmooth(record.value == 2); } }, this)); this.chMarkers = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ el: $('#chart-dlg-check-markers'), labelText: this.textMarkers - }).on('change', _.bind(function(checkbox, state) { - if (this.chartSettings) - this.chartSettings.putShowMarker(state=='checked'); + }).on('change', _.bind(function (checkbox, state) { + if (this.chartSettings) + this.chartSettings.putShowMarker(state == 'checked'); }, this)); this.lblLines = $('#chart-dlg-label-lines'); // Vertical Axis + this.cmbMinType = []; + this.spnMinValue = []; + this.cmbMaxType = []; + this.spnMaxValue = []; + this.cmbVCrossType = []; + this.spnVAxisCrosses = []; + this.cmbUnits = []; + this.chVReverse = []; + this.cmbVMajorType = []; + this.cmbVMinorType = []; + this.cmbVLabelPos = []; + this.cmbVertTitle = []; + this.cmbVertGrid = []; + this.chVertHide = []; + this.btnVFormat = []; - this.cmbMinType = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-mintype'), - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 100px;', - editable : false, - data : [ - {displayValue: this.textAuto, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.auto}, - {displayValue: this.textFixed, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.fixed} - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putMinValRule(record.value); - if (record.value==Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.auto) { - this.spnMinValue.setValue(this._originalAxisVValues.minAuto, true); + var addControlsV = function(i) { + me.chVertHide[i] = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-chk-vert-hide-' + i), + labelText: me.textHideAxis + }).on('change', _.bind(function (checkbox, state) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) + me.currentAxisProps[i].putShow(state !== 'checked'); + }, me)); + + me.cmbVertTitle[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-vert-title-' + i), + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + cls: 'input-group-nr', + data: [ + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartVertAxisLabelShowSettings.none, displayValue: me.textNone}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartVertAxisLabelShowSettings.rotated, displayValue: me.textRotated}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartVertAxisLabelShowSettings.horizontal, displayValue: me.textHorizontal} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) + me.currentAxisProps[i].putLabel(record.value); + }, me)); + + me.cmbVertGrid[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-vert-grid-' + i), + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + cls: 'input-group-nr', + data: [ + {value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.none, displayValue: me.textNone}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.major, displayValue: me.textMajor}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.minor, displayValue: me.textMinor}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.majorMinor, displayValue: me.textMajorMinor} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) + me.currentAxisProps[i].putGridlines(record.value); + }, me)); + + me.cmbMinType[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-mintype-' + i), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 100px;', + editable: false, + data: [ + {displayValue: me.textAuto, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.auto}, + {displayValue: me.textFixed, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.fixed} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putMinValRule(record.value); + if (record.value == Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.auto) { + me.spnMinValue[i].setValue(me._originalAxisVValues[i].minAuto, true); + } } - } - }, this)); + }, me)); - this.spnMinValue = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-input-min-value'), - maxValue : 1000000, - minValue : -1000000, - step : 0.1, - defaultUnit : "", - defaultValue : 0, - value : '' - }).on('change', _.bind(function(field, newValue, oldValue) { - this.cmbMinType.suspendEvents(); - this.cmbMinType.setValue(Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.fixed); - this.cmbMinType.resumeEvents(); - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putMinValRule(Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.fixed); - this.currentAxisProps.putMinVal(field.getNumberValue()); - } - }, this)); - - this.cmbMaxType = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-maxtype'), - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 100px;', - editable : false, - data : [ - {displayValue: this.textAuto, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.auto}, - {displayValue: this.textFixed, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.fixed} - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putMaxValRule(record.value); - if (record.value==Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.auto) { - this.spnMaxValue.setValue(this._originalAxisVValues.maxAuto, true); + me.spnMinValue[i] = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-input-min-value-' + i), + maxValue: 1000000, + minValue: -1000000, + step: 0.1, + defaultUnit: "", + defaultValue: 0, + value: '' + }).on('change', _.bind(function (field, newValue, oldValue) { + me.cmbMinType[i].suspendEvents(); + me.cmbMinType[i].setValue(Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.fixed); + me.cmbMinType[i].resumeEvents(); + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putMinValRule(Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.fixed); + me.currentAxisProps[i].putMinVal(field.getNumberValue()); } - } - }, this)); + }, me)); - this.spnMaxValue = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-input-max-value'), - maxValue : 1000000, - minValue : -1000000, - step : 0.1, - defaultUnit : "", - defaultValue : 0, - value : '' - }).on('change', _.bind(function(field, newValue, oldValue) { - this.cmbMaxType.suspendEvents(); - this.cmbMaxType.setValue(Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.fixed); - this.cmbMaxType.resumeEvents(); - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putMaxValRule(Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.fixed); - this.currentAxisProps.putMaxVal(field.getNumberValue()); - } - }, this)); - - this.cmbVCrossType = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-v-crosstype'), - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 100px;', - editable : false, - data : [ - {displayValue: this.textAuto, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.auto}, - {displayValue: this.textValue, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.value}, - {displayValue: this.textMinValue, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.minValue}, - {displayValue: this.textMaxValue, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.maxValue} - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putCrossesRule(record.value); - var value; - switch (record.value) { - case Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.minValue: - this.spnVAxisCrosses.setValue(this.spnMinValue.getNumberValue(), true); - break; - case Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.maxValue: - this.spnVAxisCrosses.setValue(this.spnMaxValue.getNumberValue(), true); - break; - case Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.auto: - this.spnVAxisCrosses.setValue(this._originalAxisVValues.crossesAuto, true); - break; + me.cmbMaxType[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-maxtype-' + i), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 100px;', + editable: false, + data: [ + {displayValue: me.textAuto, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.auto}, + {displayValue: me.textFixed, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.fixed} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putMaxValRule(record.value); + if (record.value == Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.auto) { + me.spnMaxValue[i].setValue(me._originalAxisVValues[i].maxAuto, true); + } } - } - }, this)); + }, me)); - this.spnVAxisCrosses = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-input-v-axis-crosses'), - maxValue : 1000000, - minValue : -1000000, - step : 0.1, - defaultUnit : "", - defaultValue : 0, - value : '' - }).on('change', _.bind(function(field, newValue, oldValue) { - this.cmbVCrossType.suspendEvents(); - this.cmbVCrossType.setValue(Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.value); - this.cmbVCrossType.resumeEvents(); - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putCrossesRule(Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.value); - this.currentAxisProps.putCrosses(field.getNumberValue()); - } - }, this)); + me.spnMaxValue[i] = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-input-max-value-' + i), + maxValue: 1000000, + minValue: -1000000, + step: 0.1, + defaultUnit: "", + defaultValue: 0, + value: '' + }).on('change', _.bind(function (field, newValue, oldValue) { + me.cmbMaxType[i].suspendEvents(); + me.cmbMaxType[i].setValue(Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.fixed); + me.cmbMaxType[i].resumeEvents(); + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putMaxValRule(Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.fixed); + me.currentAxisProps[i].putMaxVal(field.getNumberValue()); + } + }, me)); - this.cmbUnits = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-units'), - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - data : [ - {displayValue: this.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.none}, - {displayValue: this.textHundreds, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.HUNDREDS}, - {displayValue: this.textThousands, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.THOUSANDS}, - {displayValue: this.textTenThousands, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.TEN_THOUSANDS}, - {displayValue: this.textHundredThousands, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.HUNDRED_THOUSANDS}, - {displayValue: this.textMillions, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.MILLIONS}, - {displayValue: this.textTenMillions, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.TEN_MILLIONS}, - {displayValue: this.textHundredMil, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.HUNDRED_MILLIONS}, - {displayValue: this.textBillions, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.BILLIONS}, - {displayValue: this.textTrillions, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.TRILLIONS} - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putDispUnitsRule(record.value); - } - }, this)); + me.cmbVCrossType[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-v-crosstype-' + i), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 100px;', + editable: false, + data: [ + {displayValue: me.textAuto, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.auto}, + {displayValue: me.textValue, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.value}, + {displayValue: me.textMinValue, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.minValue}, + {displayValue: me.textMaxValue, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.maxValue} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putCrossesRule(record.value); + var value; + switch (record.value) { + case Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.minValue: + me.spnVAxisCrosses[i].setValue(me.spnMinValue.getNumberValue(), true); + break; + case Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.maxValue: + me.spnVAxisCrosses[i].setValue(me.spnMaxValue.getNumberValue(), true); + break; + case Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.auto: + me.spnVAxisCrosses[i].setValue(me._originalAxisVValues[i].crossesAuto, true); + break; + } + } + }, me)); - this.chVReverse = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ - el: $('#chart-dlg-check-v-reverse'), - labelText: this.textReverse - }).on('change', _.bind(function(checkbox, state) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putInvertValOrder(state == 'checked'); - } - }, this)); - - this.cmbVMajorType = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-v-major-type'), - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - data : [ - {displayValue: this.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_NONE}, - {displayValue: this.textCross, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_CROSS}, - {displayValue: this.textIn, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_IN}, - {displayValue: this.textOut, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_OUT} - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putMajorTickMark(record.value); - } - }, this)); + me.spnVAxisCrosses[i] = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-input-v-axis-crosses-' + i), + maxValue: 1000000, + minValue: -1000000, + step: 0.1, + defaultUnit: "", + defaultValue: 0, + value: '' + }).on('change', _.bind(function (field, newValue, oldValue) { + me.cmbVCrossType[i].suspendEvents(); + me.cmbVCrossType[i].setValue(Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.value); + me.cmbVCrossType[i].resumeEvents(); + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putCrossesRule(Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.value); + me.currentAxisProps[i].putCrosses(field.getNumberValue()); + } + }, me)); - this.cmbVMinorType = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-v-minor-type'), - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - data : [ - {displayValue: this.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_NONE}, - {displayValue: this.textCross, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_CROSS}, - {displayValue: this.textIn, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_IN}, - {displayValue: this.textOut, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_OUT} - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putMinorTickMark(record.value); - } - }, this)); + me.cmbUnits[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-units-' + i), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + data: [ + {displayValue: me.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.none}, + {displayValue: me.textHundreds, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.HUNDREDS}, + {displayValue: me.textThousands, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.THOUSANDS}, + {displayValue: me.textTenThousands, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.TEN_THOUSANDS}, + {displayValue: me.textHundredThousands, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.HUNDRED_THOUSANDS}, + {displayValue: me.textMillions, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.MILLIONS}, + {displayValue: me.textTenMillions, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.TEN_MILLIONS}, + {displayValue: me.textHundredMil, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.HUNDRED_MILLIONS}, + {displayValue: me.textBillions, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.BILLIONS}, + {displayValue: me.textTrillions, value: Asc.c_oAscValAxUnits.TRILLIONS} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putDispUnitsRule(record.value); + } + }, me)); - this.cmbVLabelPos = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-v-label-pos'), - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - data : [ - {displayValue: this.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_NONE}, - {displayValue: this.textLow, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_LOW}, - {displayValue: this.textHigh, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_HIGH}, - {displayValue: this.textNextToAxis, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_NEXT_TO} - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putTickLabelsPos(record.value); - } - }, this)); + me.chVReverse[i] = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-check-v-reverse-' + i), + labelText: me.textReverse + }).on('change', _.bind(function (checkbox, state) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putInvertValOrder(state == 'checked'); + } + }, me)); + + me.cmbVMajorType[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-v-major-type-' + i), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + data: [ + {displayValue: me.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_NONE}, + {displayValue: me.textCross, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_CROSS}, + {displayValue: me.textIn, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_IN}, + {displayValue: me.textOut, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_OUT} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putMajorTickMark(record.value); + } + }, me)); + + me.cmbVMinorType[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-v-minor-type-' + i), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + data: [ + {displayValue: me.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_NONE}, + {displayValue: me.textCross, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_CROSS}, + {displayValue: me.textIn, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_IN}, + {displayValue: me.textOut, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_OUT} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putMinorTickMark(record.value); + } + }, me)); + + me.cmbVLabelPos[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-v-label-pos-' + i), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 100%;', + editable: false, + data: [ + {displayValue: me.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_NONE}, + {displayValue: me.textLow, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_LOW}, + {displayValue: me.textHigh, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_HIGH}, + {displayValue: me.textNextToAxis, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_NEXT_TO} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putTickLabelsPos(record.value); + } + }, me)); + + me.btnVFormat[i] = new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-btn-v-format-' + i) + }).on('click', _.bind(me.openFormat, me, i)); + }; + addControlsV(0); + addControlsV(1); // Horizontal Axis + this.cmbHCrossType = []; + this.cmbAxisPos = []; + this.spnHAxisCrosses = []; + this.chHReverse = []; + this.cmbHMajorType = []; + this.cmbHMinorType = []; + this.spnMarksInterval = []; + this.cmbHLabelPos = []; + this.spnLabelDist = []; + this.cmbLabelInterval = []; + this.spnLabelInterval = []; + this.cmbHorTitle = []; + this.cmbHorGrid = []; + this.chHorHide = []; + this.btnHFormat = []; - this.cmbHCrossType = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-h-crosstype'), - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 100px;', - editable : false, - data : [ - {displayValue: this.textAuto, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.auto}, - {displayValue: this.textValue, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.value}, - {displayValue: this.textMinValue, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.minValue}, - {displayValue: this.textMaxValue, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.maxValue} - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putCrossesRule(record.value); - if (record.value==Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.auto) { - this.spnHAxisCrosses.setValue(this._originalAxisHValues.crossesAuto, true); - } else if (record.value==Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.minValue) { - this.spnHAxisCrosses.setValue(this._originalAxisHValues.minAuto, true); - } else if (record.value==Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.maxValue) { - this.spnHAxisCrosses.setValue(this._originalAxisHValues.maxAuto, true); + var addControlsH = function(i) { + me.chHorHide[i] = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-chk-hor-hide-' + i), + labelText: me.textHideAxis + }).on('change', _.bind(function (checkbox, state) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) + me.currentAxisProps[i].putShow(state !== 'checked'); + }, me)); + + me.cmbHorTitle[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-hor-title-' + i), + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + cls: 'input-group-nr', + data: [ + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartHorAxisLabelShowSettings.none, displayValue: me.textNone}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscChartHorAxisLabelShowSettings.noOverlay, displayValue: me.textNoOverlay} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) + me.currentAxisProps[i].putLabel(record.value); + }, me)); + + me.cmbHorGrid[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-hor-grid-' + i), + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + cls: 'input-group-nr', + data: [ + {value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.none, displayValue: me.textNone}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.major, displayValue: me.textMajor}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.minor, displayValue: me.textMinor}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscGridLinesSettings.majorMinor, displayValue: me.textMajorMinor} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) + me.currentAxisProps[i].putGridlines(record.value); + }, me)); + + me.cmbHCrossType[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-h-crosstype-' + i), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 100px;', + editable: false, + data: [ + {displayValue: me.textAuto, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.auto}, + {displayValue: me.textValue, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.value}, + {displayValue: me.textMinValue, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.minValue}, + {displayValue: me.textMaxValue, value: Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.maxValue} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putCrossesRule(record.value); + if (record.value == Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.auto) { + me.spnHAxisCrosses[i].setValue(me._originalAxisHValues[i].crossesAuto, true); + } else if (record.value == Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.minValue) { + me.spnHAxisCrosses[i].setValue(me._originalAxisHValues[i].minAuto, true); + } else if (record.value == Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.maxValue) { + me.spnHAxisCrosses[i].setValue(me._originalAxisHValues[i].maxAuto, true); + } } - } - }, this)); + }, me)); - this.spnHAxisCrosses = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-input-h-axis-crosses'), - maxValue : 1000000, - minValue : -1000000, - step : 0.1, - defaultUnit : "", - defaultValue : 0, - value : '' - }).on('change', _.bind(function(field, newValue, oldValue) { - this.cmbHCrossType.suspendEvents(); - this.cmbHCrossType.setValue(Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.value); - this.cmbHCrossType.resumeEvents(); - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putCrossesRule(Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.value); - this.currentAxisProps.putCrosses(field.getNumberValue()); - } - }, this)); + me.spnHAxisCrosses[i] = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-input-h-axis-crosses-' + i), + maxValue: 1000000, + minValue: -1000000, + step: 0.1, + defaultUnit: "", + defaultValue: 0, + value: '' + }).on('change', _.bind(function (field, newValue, oldValue) { + me.cmbHCrossType[i].suspendEvents(); + me.cmbHCrossType[i].setValue(Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.value); + me.cmbHCrossType[i].resumeEvents(); + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putCrossesRule(Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.value); + me.currentAxisProps[i].putCrosses(field.getNumberValue()); + } + }, me)); - this.cmbAxisPos = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-axis-pos'), - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - data : [ - {displayValue: this.textOnTickMarks, value: Asc.c_oAscLabelsPosition.byDivisions}, - {displayValue: this.textBetweenTickMarks, value: Asc.c_oAscLabelsPosition.betweenDivisions} - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putLabelsPosition(record.value); - } - }, this)); + me.cmbAxisPos[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-axis-pos-' + i), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + data: [ + {displayValue: me.textOnTickMarks, value: Asc.c_oAscLabelsPosition.byDivisions}, + {displayValue: me.textBetweenTickMarks, value: Asc.c_oAscLabelsPosition.betweenDivisions} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putLabelsPosition(record.value); + } + }, me)); - this.chHReverse = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ - el: $('#chart-dlg-check-h-reverse'), - labelText: this.textReverse - }).on('change', _.bind(function(checkbox, state) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putInvertCatOrder(state == 'checked'); - } - }, this)); + me.chHReverse[i] = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-check-h-reverse-' + i), + labelText: me.textReverse + }).on('change', _.bind(function (checkbox, state) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putInvertCatOrder(state == 'checked'); + } + }, me)); - this.cmbHMajorType = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-h-major-type'), - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - data : [ - {displayValue: this.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_NONE}, - {displayValue: this.textCross, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_CROSS}, - {displayValue: this.textIn, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_IN}, - {displayValue: this.textOut, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_OUT} - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putMajorTickMark(record.value); - } - }, this)); + me.cmbHMajorType[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-h-major-type-' + i), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + data: [ + {displayValue: me.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_NONE}, + {displayValue: me.textCross, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_CROSS}, + {displayValue: me.textIn, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_IN}, + {displayValue: me.textOut, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_OUT} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putMajorTickMark(record.value); + } + }, me)); - this.cmbHMinorType = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-h-minor-type'), - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - data : [ - {displayValue: this.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_NONE}, - {displayValue: this.textCross, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_CROSS}, - {displayValue: this.textIn, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_IN}, - {displayValue: this.textOut, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_OUT} - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putMinorTickMark(record.value); - } - }, this)); + me.cmbHMinorType[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-h-minor-type-' + i), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + data: [ + {displayValue: me.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_NONE}, + {displayValue: me.textCross, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_CROSS}, + {displayValue: me.textIn, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_IN}, + {displayValue: me.textOut, value: Asc.c_oAscTickMark.TICK_MARK_OUT} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putMinorTickMark(record.value); + } + }, me)); - this.spnMarksInterval = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-input-marks-interval'), - width : 140, - maxValue : 1000000, - minValue : 1, - step : 1, - defaultUnit : "", - value : '' - }).on('change', _.bind(function(field, newValue, oldValue) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putIntervalBetweenTick(field.getNumberValue()); - } - }, this)); + me.spnMarksInterval[i] = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-input-marks-interval-' + i), + width: 140, + maxValue: 1000000, + minValue: 1, + step: 1, + defaultUnit: "", + value: '' + }).on('change', _.bind(function (field, newValue, oldValue) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putIntervalBetweenTick(field.getNumberValue()); + } + }, me)); - this.cmbHLabelPos = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-h-label-pos'), - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - data : [ - {displayValue: this.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_NONE}, - {displayValue: this.textLow, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_LOW}, - {displayValue: this.textHigh, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_HIGH}, - {displayValue: this.textNextToAxis, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_NEXT_TO} - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putTickLabelsPos(record.value); - } - }, this)); + me.cmbHLabelPos[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-h-label-pos-' + i), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 140px;', + editable: false, + data: [ + {displayValue: me.textNone, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_NONE}, + {displayValue: me.textLow, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_LOW}, + {displayValue: me.textHigh, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_HIGH}, + {displayValue: me.textNextToAxis, value: Asc.c_oAscTickLabelsPos.TICK_LABEL_POSITION_NEXT_TO} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putTickLabelsPos(record.value); + } + }, me)); - this.spnLabelDist = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-input-label-dist'), - width : 140, - maxValue : 1000, - minValue : 0, - step : 1, - defaultUnit : "", - value : '' - }).on('change', _.bind(function(field, newValue, oldValue) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putLabelsAxisDistance(field.getNumberValue()); - } - }, this)); + me.spnLabelDist[i] = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-input-label-dist-' + i), + width: 140, + maxValue: 1000, + minValue: 0, + step: 1, + defaultUnit: "", + value: '' + }).on('change', _.bind(function (field, newValue, oldValue) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putLabelsAxisDistance(field.getNumberValue()); + } + }, me)); - this.spnLabelInterval = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-input-label-int'), - width : 140, - maxValue : 1000000, - minValue : 1, - step : 1, - defaultUnit : "", - value : '' - }).on('change', _.bind(function(field, newValue, oldValue) { - this.cmbLabelInterval.suspendEvents(); - this.cmbLabelInterval.setValue(Asc.c_oAscBetweenLabelsRule.manual); - this.cmbLabelInterval.resumeEvents(); - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putIntervalBetweenLabelsRule(Asc.c_oAscBetweenLabelsRule.manual); - this.currentAxisProps.putIntervalBetweenLabels(field.getNumberValue()); - } - }, this)); + me.spnLabelInterval[i] = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-input-label-int-' + i), + width: 60, + maxValue: 1000000, + minValue: 1, + step: 1, + defaultUnit: "", + value: '' + }).on('change', _.bind(function (field, newValue, oldValue) { + me.cmbLabelInterval[i].suspendEvents(); + me.cmbLabelInterval[i].setValue(Asc.c_oAscBetweenLabelsRule.manual); + me.cmbLabelInterval[i].resumeEvents(); + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putIntervalBetweenLabelsRule(Asc.c_oAscBetweenLabelsRule.manual); + me.currentAxisProps[i].putIntervalBetweenLabels(field.getNumberValue()); + } + }, me)); - this.cmbLabelInterval = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el : $('#chart-dlg-combo-label-int'), - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 140px;', - editable : false, - data : [ - {displayValue: this.textAuto, value: Asc.c_oAscBetweenLabelsRule.auto}, - {displayValue: this.textManual, value: Asc.c_oAscBetweenLabelsRule.manual} - ], - takeFocusOnClose: true - }).on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - if (this.currentAxisProps) { - this.currentAxisProps.putIntervalBetweenLabelsRule(record.value); - if (record.value==Asc.c_oAscBetweenLabelsRule.auto) - this.spnLabelInterval.setValue(1, true); - } - }, this)); + me.cmbLabelInterval[i] = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-combo-label-int-' + i), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 100px;', + editable: false, + data: [ + {displayValue: me.textAuto, value: Asc.c_oAscBetweenLabelsRule.auto}, + {displayValue: me.textManual, value: Asc.c_oAscBetweenLabelsRule.manual} + ], + takeFocusOnClose: true + }).on('selected', _.bind(function (combo, record) { + if (me.currentAxisProps[i]) { + me.currentAxisProps[i].putIntervalBetweenLabelsRule(record.value); + if (record.value == Asc.c_oAscBetweenLabelsRule.auto) + me.spnLabelInterval[i].setValue(1, true); + } + }, me)); + + me.btnHFormat[i] = new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $('#chart-dlg-btn-h-format-' + i) + }).on('click', _.bind(me.openFormat, me, i)); + }; + addControlsH(0); + addControlsH(1); // Sparklines this.btnSparkType = new Common.UI.Button({ @@ -1002,12 +1016,19 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' getFocusedComponents: function() { return [ - this.cmbChartTitle, this.cmbLegendPos, this.cmbDataLabels, this.txtSeparator, this.cmbHorShow, this.cmbVertShow, - this.cmbHorTitle, this.cmbVertTitle, this.cmbHorGrid, this.cmbVertGrid, // 1 tab - this.cmbMinType , this.spnMinValue, this.cmbMaxType, this.spnMaxValue, this.cmbVCrossType, this.spnVAxisCrosses, - this.cmbUnits , this.cmbVMajorType, this.cmbVMinorType, this.cmbVLabelPos, // 2 tab - this.cmbHCrossType , this.spnHAxisCrosses, this.cmbAxisPos, this.cmbHMajorType, this.cmbHMinorType, this.spnMarksInterval, - this.cmbHLabelPos , this.spnLabelDist, this.cmbLabelInterval, this.spnLabelInterval, // 3 tab + this.cmbChartTitle, this.cmbLegendPos, this.cmbDataLabels, this.txtSeparator, // 1 tab + this.cmbVertTitle[0], this.cmbVertGrid[0], + this.cmbMinType[0], this.spnMinValue[0], this.cmbMaxType[0], this.spnMaxValue[0], this.cmbVCrossType[0], this.spnVAxisCrosses[0], + this.cmbUnits[0] , this.cmbVMajorType[0], this.cmbVMinorType[0], this.cmbVLabelPos[0], // 2 tab + this.cmbVertTitle[1], this.cmbVertGrid[1], + this.cmbMinType[1] , this.spnMinValue[1], this.cmbMaxType[1], this.spnMaxValue[1], this.cmbVCrossType[1], this.spnVAxisCrosses[1], + this.cmbUnits[1] , this.cmbVMajorType[1], this.cmbVMinorType[1], this.cmbVLabelPos[1], // 3 tab + this.cmbHorTitle[0], this.cmbHorGrid[0], + this.cmbHCrossType[0] , this.spnHAxisCrosses[0], this.cmbAxisPos[0], this.cmbHMajorType[0], this.cmbHMinorType[0], this.spnMarksInterval[0], + this.cmbHLabelPos[0] , this.spnLabelDist[0], this.cmbLabelInterval[0], this.spnLabelInterval[0], // 4 tab + this.cmbHorTitle[1], this.cmbHorGrid[1], + this.cmbHCrossType[1] , this.spnHAxisCrosses[1], this.cmbAxisPos[1], this.cmbHMajorType[1], this.cmbHMinorType[1], this.spnMarksInterval[1], + this.cmbHLabelPos[1] , this.spnLabelDist[1], this.cmbLabelInterval[1], this.spnLabelInterval[1], // 5 tab this.inputAltTitle, this.textareaAltDescription // 7 tab ]; }, @@ -1022,14 +1043,16 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' me.cmbChartTitle.focus(); break; case 2: - me.onVCategoryClick(btn); - me.cmbMinType.focus(); - break; case 3: - me.onHCategoryClick(btn); - me.cmbHCrossType.focus(); + me.onVCategoryClick(index-2); + me.cmbMinType[index-2].focus(); break; - case 7: + case 4: + case 5: + me.onHCategoryClick(index-4); + me.cmbHCrossType[index-4].focus(); + break; + case 9: me.inputAltTitle.focus(); break; } @@ -1043,22 +1066,24 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' this.btnsCategory[0].setVisible(this.isDiagramMode); // hide type for charts if (this.isChart) { - this.btnsCategory[4].setVisible(false); - this.btnsCategory[5].setVisible(false); + this.btnsCategory[6].setVisible(false); + this.btnsCategory[7].setVisible(false); } else { this.btnsCategory[1].setVisible(false); this.btnsCategory[2].setVisible(false); this.btnsCategory[3].setVisible(false); - this.btnsCategory[6].setVisible(false); - this.btnsCategory[7].setVisible(false); + this.btnsCategory[4].setVisible(false); + this.btnsCategory[5].setVisible(false); + this.btnsCategory[8].setVisible(false); + this.btnsCategory[9].setVisible(false); } if (this.storageName) { var value = Common.localStorage.getItem(this.storageName); this.setActiveCategory((value!==null) ? parseInt(value) : 0); value = this.getActiveCategory(); - if (value==2) this.onVCategoryClick(); - else if (value==3) this.onHCategoryClick(); + if (value==2 || value==3) this.onVCategoryClick(value-2); + else if (value==4 || value==5) this.onHCategoryClick(value-4); } }, @@ -1082,8 +1107,8 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon ' + 'chart-' + rawData.iconCls); this.chartSettings.changeType(rawData.type); this.updateAxisProps(rawData.type, true); - this.vertAxisProps = this.chartSettings.getVertAxisProps(); - this.horAxisProps = this.chartSettings.getHorAxisProps(); + this.vertAxisProps = this.chartSettings.getVertAxesProps(); + this.horAxisProps = this.chartSettings.getHorAxesProps(); this.updateDataLabels(rawData.type, this.cmbDataLabels.getValue()); this.currentChartType = rawData.type; }, @@ -1103,29 +1128,23 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' value = (type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.pie || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.doughnut || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.pie3d); this.btnsCategory[2].setDisabled(value); this.btnsCategory[3].setDisabled(value); - this.cmbHorShow.setDisabled(value); - this.cmbVertShow.setDisabled(value); - this.cmbHorTitle.setDisabled(value); - this.cmbVertTitle.setDisabled(value); - this.cmbHorGrid.setDisabled(value); - this.cmbVertGrid.setDisabled(value); - - this.cmbHorShow.setValue(this.chartSettings.getShowHorAxis()); - this.cmbVertShow.setValue(this.chartSettings.getShowVerAxis()); - this.cmbHorTitle.setValue(this.chartSettings.getHorAxisLabel()); - this.cmbVertTitle.setValue(this.chartSettings.getVertAxisLabel()); - this.cmbHorGrid.setValue(this.chartSettings.getHorGridLines()); - this.cmbVertGrid.setValue(this.chartSettings.getVertGridLines()); + this.btnsCategory[4].setDisabled(value); + this.btnsCategory[5].setDisabled(value); + this.btnsCategory[2].setVisible(this.vertAxisProps.length>0); + this.btnsCategory[3].setVisible(this.vertAxisProps.length>1); + this.btnsCategory[4].setVisible(this.horAxisProps.length>0); + this.btnsCategory[5].setVisible(this.horAxisProps.length>1); value = (type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barNormal3d || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barStacked3d || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barStackedPer3d || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarNormal3d || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStacked3d || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStackedPer3d || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barNormal3dPerspective); - this.cmbAxisPos.setDisabled(value); + this.cmbAxisPos[0].setDisabled(value); + this.cmbAxisPos[1].setDisabled(value); value = (type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarNormal || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStacked || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStackedPer || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarNormal3d || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStacked3d || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.hBarStackedPer3d); this.btnsCategory[2].options.contentTarget = (value) ? 'id-chart-settings-dlg-hor' : 'id-chart-settings-dlg-vert'; - this.btnsCategory[3].options.contentTarget = (value || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.scatter) ? 'id-chart-settings-dlg-vert' : 'id-chart-settings-dlg-hor'; + this.btnsCategory[4].options.contentTarget = (value || type == Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.scatter) ? 'id-chart-settings-dlg-vert' : 'id-chart-settings-dlg-hor'; }, updateDataLabels: function(chartType, labelPos) { @@ -1166,100 +1185,112 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' this.onSelectDataLabels(this.cmbDataLabels, {value:labelPos}); }, - onVCategoryClick: function() { - (this.vertAxisProps.getAxisType()==Asc.c_oAscAxisType.val) ? this.fillVProps(this.vertAxisProps) : this.fillHProps(this.vertAxisProps); + onVCategoryClick: function(index) { + (this.vertAxisProps[index].getAxisType()==Asc.c_oAscAxisType.val) ? this.fillVProps(this.vertAxisProps[index], index) : this.fillHProps(this.vertAxisProps[index], index); }, - onHCategoryClick: function() { - (this.horAxisProps.getAxisType()==Asc.c_oAscAxisType.val) ? this.fillVProps(this.horAxisProps) : this.fillHProps(this.horAxisProps); + onHCategoryClick: function(index) { + (this.horAxisProps[index].getAxisType()==Asc.c_oAscAxisType.val) ? this.fillVProps(this.horAxisProps[index], index) : this.fillHProps(this.horAxisProps[index], index); }, - fillVProps: function(props) { + fillVProps: function(props, index) { if (props.getAxisType() !== Asc.c_oAscAxisType.val) return; - if (this._originalAxisVValues==undefined) { - this._originalAxisVValues = { + if (this._originalAxisVValues==undefined) + this._originalAxisVValues = []; + if (this._originalAxisVValues[index]==undefined) { + this._originalAxisVValues[index] = { minAuto: (props.getMinVal()==null) ? 0 : props.getMinVal(), maxAuto: (props.getMaxVal()==null) ? 10 : props.getMaxVal(), crossesAuto: (props.getCrosses()==null) ? 0 : props.getCrosses() }; } - this.cmbMinType.setValue(props.getMinValRule()); - var value = (props.getMinValRule()==Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.auto) ? this._originalAxisVValues.minAuto : props.getMinVal(); - this.spnMinValue.setValue((value==null) ? '' : value, true); + this.chVertHide[index].setValue(!props.getShow()); + this.cmbVertGrid[index].setValue(props.getGridlines()); + this.cmbVertTitle[index].setValue(props.getLabel()); - this.cmbMaxType.setValue(props.getMaxValRule()); - value = (props.getMaxValRule()==Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.auto) ? this._originalAxisVValues.maxAuto : props.getMaxVal(); - this.spnMaxValue.setValue((value==null) ? '' : value, true); + this.cmbMinType[index].setValue(props.getMinValRule()); + var value = (props.getMinValRule()==Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.auto) ? this._originalAxisVValues[index].minAuto : props.getMinVal(); + this.spnMinValue[index].setValue((value==null) ? '' : value, true); + + this.cmbMaxType[index].setValue(props.getMaxValRule()); + value = (props.getMaxValRule()==Asc.c_oAscValAxisRule.auto) ? this._originalAxisVValues[index].maxAuto : props.getMaxVal(); + this.spnMaxValue[index].setValue((value==null) ? '' : value, true); value = props.getCrossesRule(); - this.cmbVCrossType.setValue(value); + this.cmbVCrossType[index].setValue(value); switch (value) { case Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.minValue: - value = this.spnMinValue.getNumberValue(); + value = this.spnMinValue[index].getNumberValue(); break; case Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.maxValue: - value = this.spnMaxValue.getNumberValue(); + value = this.spnMaxValue[index].getNumberValue(); break; case Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.auto: - value = this._originalAxisVValues.crossesAuto; + value = this._originalAxisVValues[index].crossesAuto; break; default: value = props.getCrosses(); break; } - this.spnVAxisCrosses.setValue((value==null) ? '' : value, true); + this.spnVAxisCrosses[index].setValue((value==null) ? '' : value, true); - this.cmbUnits.setValue(props.getDispUnitsRule()); - this.chVReverse.setValue(props.getInvertValOrder(), true); - this.cmbVMajorType.setValue(props.getMajorTickMark()); - this.cmbVMinorType.setValue(props.getMinorTickMark()); - this.cmbVLabelPos.setValue(props.getTickLabelsPos()); + this.cmbUnits[index].setValue(props.getDispUnitsRule()); + this.chVReverse[index].setValue(props.getInvertValOrder(), true); + this.cmbVMajorType[index].setValue(props.getMajorTickMark()); + this.cmbVMinorType[index].setValue(props.getMinorTickMark()); + this.cmbVLabelPos[index].setValue(props.getTickLabelsPos()); - this.currentAxisProps = props; + this.currentAxisProps[index] = props; }, - fillHProps: function(props) { + fillHProps: function(props, index) { if (props.getAxisType() !== Asc.c_oAscAxisType.cat) return; - if (this._originalAxisHValues==undefined) { - this._originalAxisHValues = { + if (this._originalAxisHValues==undefined) + this._originalAxisHValues = []; + if (this._originalAxisHValues[index]==undefined) { + this._originalAxisHValues[index] = { minAuto: (props.getCrossMinVal()==null) ? 0 : props.getCrossMinVal(), maxAuto: (props.getCrossMaxVal()==null) ? 10 : props.getCrossMaxVal(), crossesAuto: (props.getCrosses()==null) ? 0 : props.getCrosses() }; } + this.chHorHide[index].setValue(!props.getShow()); + this.cmbHorGrid[index].setValue(props.getGridlines()); + this.cmbHorTitle[index].setValue(props.getLabel()); + var value = props.getCrossesRule(); - this.cmbHCrossType.setValue(value); + this.cmbHCrossType[index].setValue(value); switch (value) { case Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.minValue: - value = this._originalAxisHValues.minAuto; + value = this._originalAxisHValues[index].minAuto; break; case Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.maxValue: - value = this._originalAxisHValues.maxAuto; + value = this._originalAxisHValues[index].maxAuto; break; case Asc.c_oAscCrossesRule.auto: - value = this._originalAxisHValues.crossesAuto; + value = this._originalAxisHValues[index].crossesAuto; break; default: value = props.getCrosses(); break; } - this.spnHAxisCrosses.setValue((value==null) ? '' : value, true); + this.spnHAxisCrosses[index].setValue((value==null) ? '' : value, true); - this.cmbAxisPos.setValue(props.getLabelsPosition()); - this.chHReverse.setValue(props.getInvertCatOrder(), true); - this.cmbHMajorType.setValue(props.getMajorTickMark()); - this.cmbHMinorType.setValue(props.getMinorTickMark()); - this.spnMarksInterval.setValue(props.getIntervalBetweenTick(), true); - this.cmbHLabelPos.setValue(props.getTickLabelsPos()); - this.spnLabelDist.setValue(props.getLabelsAxisDistance(), true); + this.cmbAxisPos[index].setValue(props.getLabelsPosition()); + this.chHReverse[index].setValue(props.getInvertCatOrder(), true); + this.cmbHMajorType[index].setValue(props.getMajorTickMark()); + this.cmbHMinorType[index].setValue(props.getMinorTickMark()); + this.spnMarksInterval[index].setValue(props.getIntervalBetweenTick(), true); + this.cmbHLabelPos[index].setValue(props.getTickLabelsPos()); + this.spnLabelDist[index].setValue(props.getLabelsAxisDistance(), true); value = props.getIntervalBetweenLabelsRule(); - this.cmbLabelInterval.setValue(value); - this.spnLabelInterval.setValue((value===Asc.c_oAscBetweenLabelsRule.manual) ? props.getIntervalBetweenLabels(): 1, true); + this.cmbLabelInterval[index].setValue(value); + this.spnLabelInterval[index].setValue((value===Asc.c_oAscBetweenLabelsRule.manual) ? props.getIntervalBetweenLabels(): 1, true); - this.currentAxisProps = props; + this.currentAxisProps[index] = props; }, updateSparkStyles: function(styles) { @@ -1357,25 +1388,6 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' this._noApply = false; - // var value = props.getRange(); - // this.txtDataRange.setValue((value) ? value : ''); - // this.dataRangeValid = value; - // - // this.txtDataRange.validation = function(value) { - // if (_.isEmpty(value)) { - // if (!me.cmbDataDirect.isDisabled()) me.cmbDataDirect.setDisabled(true); - // return true; - // } - // - // if (me.cmbDataDirect.isDisabled()) me.cmbDataDirect.setDisabled(false); - // - // var isvalid = me.api.asc_checkDataRange(Asc.c_oAscSelectionDialogType.Chart, value, false); - // return (isvalid==Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataRangeError) ? me.textInvalidRange : true; - // }; - // - // this.cmbDataDirect.setDisabled(value===null); - // this.cmbDataDirect.setValue(props.getInColumns() ? 1 : 0); - this.cmbChartTitle.setValue(props.getTitle()); this.cmbLegendPos.setValue(props.getLegendPos()); @@ -1389,10 +1401,10 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' this.txtSeparator.setValue((value) ? value : ''); // Vertical Axis - this.vertAxisProps = props.getVertAxisProps(); + this.vertAxisProps = props.getVertAxesProps(); // Horizontal Axis - this.horAxisProps = props.getHorAxisProps(); + this.horAxisProps = props.getHorAxesProps(); this.updateAxisProps(this._state.ChartType); this.currentChartType = this._state.ChartType; @@ -1496,15 +1508,6 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' this.chartSettings.putTitle(this.cmbChartTitle.getValue()); this.chartSettings.putLegendPos(this.cmbLegendPos.getValue()); - this.chartSettings.putShowHorAxis(this.cmbHorShow.getValue()); - this.chartSettings.putShowVerAxis(this.cmbVertShow.getValue()); - - this.chartSettings.putHorAxisLabel(this.cmbHorTitle.getValue()); - this.chartSettings.putVertAxisLabel(this.cmbVertTitle.getValue()); - - this.chartSettings.putHorGridLines(this.cmbHorGrid.getValue()); - this.chartSettings.putVertGridLines(this.cmbVertGrid.getValue()); - this.chartSettings.putDataLabelsPos(this.cmbDataLabels.getValue()); this.chartSettings.putShowSerName(this.chSeriesName.getValue()=='checked'); @@ -1524,8 +1527,8 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' this.chartSettings.putSmooth(value==2); } - this.chartSettings.putVertAxisProps(this.vertAxisProps); - this.chartSettings.putHorAxisProps(this.horAxisProps); + // this.chartSettings.putVertAxisProps(this.vertAxisProps); + // this.chartSettings.putHorAxisProps(this.horAxisProps); if ((this.isAltTitleChanged || this.isAltDescChanged) && !this._changedImageProps) this._changedImageProps = new Asc.asc_CImgProperty(); @@ -1650,7 +1653,6 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' } }, - onSelectLocationData: function() { var me = this; if (me.api) { @@ -1679,6 +1681,35 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' } }, + openFormat: function(index) { + var me = this, + props = me.currentAxisProps[index], + fmt = props.getNumFmt(), + value = me.api.asc_getLocale(), + lang = Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get("sse-config-lang"); + (!value) && (value = (lang ? parseInt(Common.util.LanguageInfo.getLocalLanguageCode(lang)) : 0x0409)); + + var win = (new SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog({ + api: me.api, + handler: function(result, settings) { + if (result=='ok' && settings) { + fmt.putSourceLinked(settings.linked); + fmt.putFormatCode(settings.format); + me.chartSettings.endEditData(); + me._isEditFormat = false; + } + }, + linked: true, + props : {format: fmt.getFormatCode(), formatInfo: fmt.getFormatCellsInfo(), langId: value, chartFormat: fmt} + })).on('close', function() { + me._isEditFormat && me.chartSettings.cancelEditData(); + me._isEditFormat = false; + }); + me._isEditFormat = true; + me.chartSettings.startEditData(); + win.show(); + }, + show: function() { Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.show.apply(this, arguments); @@ -1703,20 +1734,14 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' textLegendTop: 'Top', textLegendRight: 'Right', textLegendLeft: 'Left', - textShowAxis: 'Display Axis', - textShowGrid: 'Grid Lines', - textDataRange: 'Data Range', textChartTitle: 'Chart Title', textXAxisTitle: 'X Axis Title', textYAxisTitle: 'Y Axis Title', txtEmpty: 'This field is required', textInvalidRange: 'ERROR! Invalid cells range', - textTypeStyle: 'Chart Type, Style &
                    Data Range', textChartElementsLegend: 'Chart Elements &
                    Chart Legend', textLayout: 'Layout', textLegendPos: 'Legend', - textHorTitle: 'Horizontal Axis Title', - textVertTitle: 'Vertical Axis Title', textDataLabels: 'Data Labels', textSeparator: 'Data Labels Separator', textSeriesName: 'Series Name', @@ -1771,8 +1796,6 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' textManual: 'Manual', textBetweenTickMarks: 'Between Tick Marks', textOnTickMarks: 'On Tick Marks', - textHorGrid: 'Horizontal Gridlines', - textVertGrid: 'Vertical Gridlines', textLines: 'Lines', textMarkers: 'Markers', textMajor: 'Major', @@ -1784,7 +1807,6 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' textTypeData: 'Type & Data', textStyle: 'Style', textSelectData: 'Select data', - textDataSeries: 'Data series', errorMaxRows: 'ERROR! The maximum number of data series per chart is 255.', errorStockChart: 'Incorrect row order. To build a stock chart place the data on the sheet in the following order:
                    opening price, max price, min price, closing price.', textAxisSettings: 'Axis Settings', @@ -1819,7 +1841,12 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ChartSettingsDlg.template' textSnap: 'Cell Snapping', textAbsolute: 'Don\'t move or size with cells', textOneCell: 'Move but don\'t size with cells', - textTwoCell: 'Move and size with cells' + textTwoCell: 'Move and size with cells', + textVertAxisSec: 'Secondary Vertical Axis', + textHorAxisSec: 'Secondary Horizontal Axis', + textAxisTitle: 'Title', + textHideAxis: 'Hide axis', + textFormat: 'Label format' }, SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg || {})); }); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartTypeDialog.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartTypeDialog.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..043889d85 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartTypeDialog.js @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +/* + * + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System SIA 2010-2020 + * + * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) + * version 3 as published by the Free Software Foundation. In accordance with + * Section 7(a) of the GNU AGPL its Section 15 shall be amended to the effect + * that Ascensio System SIA expressly excludes the warranty of non-infringement + * of any third-party rights. + * + * This program is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + * warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. For + * details, see the GNU AGPL at: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/agpl-3.0.html + * + * You can contact Ascensio System SIA at 20A-12 Ernesta Birznieka-Upisha + * street, Riga, Latvia, EU, LV-1050. + * + * The interactive user interfaces in modified source and object code versions + * of the Program must display Appropriate Legal Notices, as required under + * Section 5 of the GNU AGPL version 3. + * + * Pursuant to Section 7(b) of the License you must retain the original Product + * logo when distributing the program. Pursuant to Section 7(e) we decline to + * grant you any rights under trademark law for use of our trademarks. + * + * All the Product's GUI elements, including illustrations and icon sets, as + * well as technical writing content are licensed under the terms of the + * Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International. See the License + * terms at http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode + * + */ + +/** + * ChartTypeDialog.js + * + * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 03.12.2020 + * Copyright (c) 2020 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * + */ + +define([ + 'common/main/lib/util/utils', + 'common/main/lib/component/ComboBox', + 'common/main/lib/component/ListView', + 'common/main/lib/view/AdvancedSettingsWindow' +], function () { 'use strict'; + + var _CustomItem = Common.UI.DataViewItem.extend({ + initialize : function(options) { + Common.UI.BaseView.prototype.initialize.call(this, options); + + var me = this; + + me.template = me.options.template || me.template; + + me.listenTo(me.model, 'change:sort', function() { + me.render(); + me.trigger('change', me, me.model); + }); + me.listenTo(me.model, 'change:selected', function() { + var el = me.$el || $(me.el); + el.toggleClass('selected', me.model.get('selected') && me.model.get('allowSelected')); + me.onSelectChange(me.model, me.model.get('selected') && me.model.get('allowSelected')); + }); + me.listenTo(me.model, 'remove', me.remove); + } + }); + + SSE.Views.ChartTypeDialog = Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.extend(_.extend({ + options: { + contentWidth: 370, + height: 385 + }, + + initialize : function(options) { + var me = this; + + _.extend(this.options, { + title: this.textTitle, + template: [ + '
                    ', + '
                    ', + '
                    ', + '', + '', + '', + '', + '', + '', + '', + '', + '', + '', + '', + '', + '', + '
                    ', + '', + '
                    ', + '
                    ', + '', + '
                    ', + '
                    ', + '', + '', + '', + '
                    ', + '
                    ', + '
                    ', + '
                    ', + '
                    ', + '
                    ' + ].join('') + }, options); + + this.handler = options.handler; + + Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.initialize.call(this, this.options); + + this._changedProps = null; + + this.api = this.options.api; + this.chartSettings = this.options.chartSettings; + this.currentChartType = Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.barNormal; + }, + + render: function() { + Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.render.call(this); + var me = this; + + var arr = Common.define.chartData.getChartGroupData(); + this._arrSeriesGroups = []; + arr.forEach(function(item) { + (item.id !== 'menu-chart-group-combo') && (item.id !== 'menu-chart-group-stock') && me._arrSeriesGroups.push(item); + }); + arr = Common.define.chartData.getChartData(); + this._arrSeriesType = []; + arr.forEach(function(item) { + !item.is3d && item.type!==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.stock && + item.type!==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine && item.type!==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary && + item.type!==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar && item.type!==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom && me._arrSeriesType.push(item); + }); + + this.btnChartType = new Common.UI.Button({ + cls : 'btn-large-dataview', + iconCls : 'svgicon chart-bar-normal', + menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ + style: 'width: 364px; padding-top: 12px;', + additionalAlign: this.menuAddAlign, + items: [ + { template: _.template('') } + ] + }) + }); + this.btnChartType.on('render:after', function(btn) { + me.mnuChartTypePicker = new Common.UI.DataView({ + el: $('#chart-type-dlg-menu-type', me.$window), + parentMenu: btn.menu, + restoreHeight: 421, + groups: new Common.UI.DataViewGroupStore(Common.define.chartData.getChartGroupData()), + store: new Common.UI.DataViewStore(arr), + itemTemplate: _.template('
                    \">
                    ') + }); + }); + this.btnChartType.render($('#chart-type-dlg-button-type'), this.$window); + this.mnuChartTypePicker.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onSelectType, this)); + + this.stylesList = new Common.UI.DataView({ + el: $('#chart-type-dlg-styles-list', this.$window), + store: new Common.UI.DataViewStore(), + cls: 'bordered', + enableKeyEvents: this.options.enableKeyEvents, + itemTemplate : _.template([ + '
                    ', + '', + '<% if (typeof title !== "undefined") {%>', + '<%= title %>', + '<% } %>', + '
                    ' + ].join('')) + }); + this.stylesList.on('item:select', _.bind(this.onSelectStyles, this)); + + this.seriesList = new Common.UI.ListView({ + el: $('#chart-type-dlg-series-list', this.$window), + store: new Common.UI.DataViewStore(), + emptyText: '', + enableKeyEvents: false, + scrollAlwaysVisible: true, + template: _.template(['
                    '].join('')), + itemTemplate: _.template([ + '
                    ', + '
                    ', + '
                    <%= value %>
                    ', + '
                    ', + '
                    ', + '
                    ' + ].join('')) + }); + this.seriesList.createNewItem = function(record) { + return new _CustomItem({ + template: this.itemTemplate, + model: record + }); + }; + this.NotCombinedSettings = $('.simple-chart', this.$window); + this.CombinedSettings = $('.combined-chart', this.$window); + + this.afterRender(); + }, + + afterRender: function() { + this._setDefaults(this.chartSettings); + }, + + show: function() { + Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.show.apply(this, arguments); + }, + + close: function () { + this.api.asc_onCloseChartFrame(); + Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.close.apply(this, arguments); + }, + + _setDefaults: function (props) { + var me = this; + if (props ){ + this.chartSettings = props; + this.currentChartType = props.getType(); + var record = this.mnuChartTypePicker.store.findWhere({type: this.currentChartType}); + this.mnuChartTypePicker.selectRecord(record, true); + if (record) { + this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon ' + 'chart-' + record.get('iconCls')); + } else + this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon'); + this.seriesList.on('item:add', _.bind(this.addControls, this)); + this.seriesList.on('item:change', _.bind(this.addControls, this)); + this.ShowHideSettings(this.currentChartType); + if (this.currentChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || this.currentChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + this.currentChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || this.currentChartType==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom) { + this.updateSeriesList(this.chartSettings.getSeries()); + } else + this.updateChartStyles(this.api.asc_getChartPreviews(this.currentChartType)); + } + }, + + getSettings: function () { + return { chartSettings: this.chartSettings}; + }, + + onDlgBtnClick: function(event) { + var state = (typeof(event) == 'object') ? event.currentTarget.attributes['result'].value : event; + if (state == 'ok') { + // if (!this.isRangeValid()) return; + this.handler && this.handler.call(this, state, (state == 'ok') ? this.getSettings() : undefined); + } + + this.close(); + }, + + onPrimary: function() { + this.onDlgBtnClick('ok'); + return false; + }, + + onSelectType: function(picker, itemView, record) { + var rawData = {}, + isPickerSelect = _.isFunction(record.toJSON); + + if (isPickerSelect){ + if (record.get('selected')) { + rawData = record.toJSON(); + } else { + // record deselected + return; + } + } else { + rawData = record; + } + var isCombo = rawData.type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || rawData.type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + rawData.type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || rawData.type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom; + if (isCombo && this.chartSettings.getSeries().length<2) { + Common.UI.warning({msg: this.errorComboSeries, maxwidth: 600}); + return; + } + + this.btnChartType.setIconCls('svgicon ' + 'chart-' + rawData.iconCls); + this.currentChartType = rawData.type; + this.chartSettings.changeType(this.currentChartType); + this.ShowHideSettings(this.currentChartType); + if (isCombo) + this.updateSeriesList(this.chartSettings.getSeries()); + else + this.updateChartStyles(this.api.asc_getChartPreviews(this.currentChartType)); + }, + + updateChartStyles: function(styles) { + var me = this; + if (styles && styles.length>0){ + var stylesStore = this.stylesList.store; + if (stylesStore) { + var count = stylesStore.length; + if (count>0 && count==styles.length) { + var data = stylesStore.models; + _.each(styles, function(style, index){ + data[index].set('imageUrl', style.asc_getImage()); + }); + } else { + var stylearray = [], + selectedIdx = -1; + _.each(styles, function(item, index){ + stylearray.push({ + imageUrl: item.asc_getImage(), + data : item.asc_getName(), + tip : me.textStyle + ' ' + item.asc_getName() + }); + }); + stylesStore.reset(stylearray, {silent: false}); + } + } + } else { + this.stylesList.store.reset(); + } + this.stylesList.setDisabled(!styles || styles.length<1); + }, + + onSelectStyles: function(dataView, itemView, record) { + this.chartSettings.putStyle(record.get('data')); + }, + + updateSeriesList: function(series, index) { + var arr = []; + var store = this.seriesList.store; + for (var i = 0, len = series.length; i < len; i++) + { + var item = series[i], + rec = new Common.UI.DataViewModel(); + rec.set({ + value: item.asc_getSeriesName(), + type: item.asc_getChartType(), + isSecondary: item.asc_getIsSecondaryAxis(), + canChangeSecondary: item.asc_canChangeAxisType(), + seriesIndex: i, + series: item + }); + arr.push(rec); + } + store.reset(arr); + (arr.length>0) && (index!==undefined) && (index < arr.length) && this.seriesList.selectByIndex(index); + }, + + addControls: function(listView, itemView, item) { + if (!item) return; + + var me = this, + i = item.get('seriesIndex'), + cmpEl = this.seriesList.cmpEl.find('#chart-type-dlg-item-' + i), + series = item.get('series'); + series.asc_drawPreviewRect('chart-type-dlg-series-preview-' + i); + var combo = this.initSeriesType('#chart-type-dlg-cmb-series-' + i, i, item); + var check = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ + el: cmpEl.find('#chart-type-dlg-chk-series-' + i), + value: item.get('isSecondary'), + disabled: !item.get('canChangeSecondary') + }); + check.on('change', function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts) { + var res = series.asc_TryChangeAxisType(field.getValue()=='checked'); + if (res !== Asc.c_oAscError.ID.No) { + field.setValue(field.getValue()!='checked', true); + } else + me.updateSeriesList(me.chartSettings.getSeries(), i); + }); + cmpEl.on('mousedown', '.combobox', function(){ + me.seriesList.selectRecord(item); + }); + }, + + initSeriesType: function(id, index, item) { + var me = this, + series = item.get('series'), + store = new Common.UI.DataViewStore(me._arrSeriesType), + currentTypeRec = store.findWhere({type: item.get('type')}), + tip = currentTypeRec ? currentTypeRec.get('tip') : '', + el = $(id); + var combo = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: el, + template: _.template([ + '', + '', + '', + '' + ].join('')) + }); + var combomenu = new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'menu-absolute', + style: 'width: 318px; padding-top: 12px;', + additionalAlign: this.menuAddAlign, + items: [ + { template: _.template('') } + ] + }); + combomenu.render(el); + combo.setValue(tip); + var onShowBefore = function(menu) { + var picker = new Common.UI.DataView({ + el: $('#chart-type-dlg-series-menu-' + index), + parentMenu: menu, + restoreHeight: 421, + groups: new Common.UI.DataViewGroupStore(me._arrSeriesGroups), + store: store, + itemTemplate: _.template('
                    \">
                    ') + }); + picker.selectRecord(currentTypeRec, true); + picker.on('item:click', function(picker, view, record){ + var oldtype = item.get('type'); + var res = series.asc_TryChangeChartType(record.get('type')); + if (res == Asc.c_oAscError.ID.No) { + combo.setValue(record.get('tip')); + me.updateSeriesList(me.chartSettings.getSeries(), index); + } else { + var oldrecord = picker.store.findWhere({type: oldtype}); + picker.selectRecord(oldrecord, true); + if (res==Asc.c_oAscError.ID.SecondaryAxis) + Common.UI.warning({msg: me.errorSecondaryAxis, maxwidth: 500}); } + }); + menu.off('show:before', onShowBefore); + }; + combomenu.on('show:before', onShowBefore); + return combo; + }, + + ShowHideSettings: function(type) { + var isCombo = type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLine || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboBarLineSecondary || + type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboAreaBar || type==Asc.c_oAscChartTypeSettings.comboCustom; + this.NotCombinedSettings.toggleClass('hidden', isCombo); + this.CombinedSettings.toggleClass('hidden', !isCombo); + }, + + textTitle: 'Chart Type', + textType: 'Type', + textStyle: 'Style', + textSeries: 'Series', + textSecondary: 'Secondary Axis', + errorSecondaryAxis: 'The selected chart type requires the secondary axis that an existing chart is using. Select another chart type.', + errorComboSeries: 'To create a combination chart, select at least two series of data.' + + }, SSE.Views.ChartTypeDialog || {})) +}); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DataTab.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DataTab.js index d9020b935..0e2f1599a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DataTab.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DataTab.js @@ -69,6 +69,9 @@ define([ me.btnRemoveDuplicates.on('click', function (b, e) { me.fireEvent('data:remduplicates'); }); + me.btnDataValidation.on('click', function (b, e) { + me.fireEvent('data:datavalidation'); + }); // isn't used for awhile // me.btnShow.on('click', function (b, e) { // me.fireEvent('data:show'); @@ -179,6 +182,16 @@ define([ }); this.lockedControls.push(this.btnRemoveDuplicates); + this.btnDataValidation = new Common.UI.Button({ + parentEl: $host.find('#slot-btn-data-validation'), + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'toolbar__icon btn-data-validation', + caption: this.capBtnTextDataValidation, + disabled: true, + lock: [_set.editCell, _set.selChart, _set.selChartText, _set.selShape, _set.selShapeText, _set.selImage, _set.selSlicer, _set.lostConnect, _set.coAuth, _set.ruleFilter, _set.editPivot, _set.cantModifyFilter, _set.sheetLock] + }); + this.lockedControls.push(this.btnDataValidation); + this.btnCustomSort = new Common.UI.Button({ parentEl: $host.find('#slot-btn-custom-sort'), cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', @@ -240,6 +253,7 @@ define([ me.btnTextToColumns.updateHint(me.tipToColumns); me.btnRemoveDuplicates.updateHint(me.tipRemDuplicates); + me.btnDataValidation.updateHint(me.tipDataValidation); me.btnsSortDown.forEach( function(btn) { btn.updateHint(me.toolbar.txtSortAZ); @@ -277,6 +291,8 @@ define([ return this.btnsClearAutofilter; else if (type == 'rem-duplicates') return this.btnRemoveDuplicates; + else if (type == 'data-validation') + return this.btnDataValidation; else if (type===undefined) return this.lockedControls; return []; @@ -308,7 +324,9 @@ define([ capBtnTextCustomSort: 'Custom Sort', tipCustomSort: 'Custom sort', capBtnTextRemDuplicates: 'Remove Duplicates', - tipRemDuplicates: 'Remove duplicate rows from a sheet' + tipRemDuplicates: 'Remove duplicate rows from a sheet', + capBtnTextDataValidation: 'Data Validation', + tipDataValidation: 'Data validation' } }()), SSE.Views.DataTab || {})); }); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DataValidationDialog.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DataValidationDialog.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa068fc84 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DataValidationDialog.js @@ -0,0 +1,692 @@ +/* + * + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System SIA 2010-2020 + * + * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) + * version 3 as published by the Free Software Foundation. In accordance with + * Section 7(a) of the GNU AGPL its Section 15 shall be amended to the effect + * that Ascensio System SIA expressly excludes the warranty of non-infringement + * of any third-party rights. + * + * This program is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + * warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. For + * details, see the GNU AGPL at: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/agpl-3.0.html + * + * You can contact Ascensio System SIA at 20A-12 Ernesta Birznieka-Upisha + * street, Riga, Latvia, EU, LV-1050. + * + * The interactive user interfaces in modified source and object code versions + * of the Program must display Appropriate Legal Notices, as required under + * Section 5 of the GNU AGPL version 3. + * + * Pursuant to Section 7(b) of the License you must retain the original Product + * logo when distributing the program. Pursuant to Section 7(e) we decline to + * grant you any rights under trademark law for use of our trademarks. + * + * All the Product's GUI elements, including illustrations and icon sets, as + * well as technical writing content are licensed under the terms of the + * Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International. See the License + * terms at http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode + * + */ + +/** + * DataValidationDialog.js + * + * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 11.11.2020 + * Copyright (c) 2020 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * + */ + +define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/DataValidationDialog.template', + 'common/main/lib/util/utils', + 'common/main/lib/component/InputField', + 'common/main/lib/component/ComboBox', + 'common/main/lib/component/CheckBox', + 'common/main/lib/component/TextareaField', + 'common/main/lib/view/AdvancedSettingsWindow' +], function (contentTemplate) { 'use strict'; + + SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog = Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.extend(_.extend({ + options: { + contentWidth: 320, + height: 330, + toggleGroup: 'data-validation-group', + storageName: 'sse-data-validation-category' + }, + + initialize : function(options) { + var me = this; + + _.extend(this.options, { + title: this.options.title, + items: [ + {panelId: 'id-data-validation-settings', panelCaption: this.strSettings}, + {panelId: 'id-data-validation-input', panelCaption: this.strInput}, + {panelId: 'id-data-validation-error', panelCaption: this.strError} + ], + contentTemplate: _.template(contentTemplate)({ + scope: this + }) + }, options); + + this.api = options.api; + this.handler = options.handler; + this.props = options.props; + this._noApply = true; + + Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.initialize.call(this, this.options); + }, + + render: function() { + Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.render.call(this); + var me = this; + var $window = this.getChild(); + + // settings + this.cmbAllow = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $window.find('#data-validation-cmb-allow'), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + editable: false, + data: [ + {value: Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.None, displayValue: this.txtAny}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Whole, displayValue: this.txtWhole}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Decimal, displayValue: this.txtDecimal}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.List, displayValue: this.txtList}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Date, displayValue: this.txtDate}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Time, displayValue: this.txtTime}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.TextLength, displayValue: this.txtTextLength}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Custom, displayValue: this.txtOther} + ], + style: 'width: 100%;', + menuStyle : 'min-width: 100%;', + takeFocusOnClose: true + }); + this.cmbAllow.setValue(Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.None); + this.cmbAllow.on('selected', _.bind(this.onAllowSelect, this)); + + this.cmbData = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $window.find('#data-validation-cmb-data'), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + editable: false, + data: [ + {value: Asc.EDataValidationOperator.Between, displayValue: this.txtBetween}, + {value: Asc.EDataValidationOperator.NotBetween, displayValue: this.txtNotBetween}, + {value: Asc.EDataValidationOperator.Equal, displayValue: this.txtEqual}, + {value: Asc.EDataValidationOperator.NotEqual, displayValue: this.txtNotEqual}, + {value: Asc.EDataValidationOperator.GreaterThan, displayValue: this.txtGreaterThan}, + {value: Asc.EDataValidationOperator.LessThan, displayValue: this.txtLessThan}, + {value: Asc.EDataValidationOperator.GreaterThanOrEqual, displayValue: this.txtGreaterThanOrEqual}, + {value: Asc.EDataValidationOperator.LessThanOrEqual, displayValue: this.txtLessThanOrEqual} + ], + style: 'width: 100%;', + menuStyle : 'min-width: 100%;', + takeFocusOnClose: true + }); + this.cmbData.setValue(Asc.EDataValidationOperator.Between); + this.cmbData.on('selected', _.bind(this.onDataSelect, this)); + + this.chIgnore = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ + el: $window.find('#data-validation-ch-ignore'), + labelText: this.textIgnore, + value: true + }); + this.chIgnore.on('change', _.bind(this.onIgnoreChange, this)); + + this.lblRangeMin = $window.find('#data-validation-label-min'); + this.inputRangeMin = new Common.UI.InputFieldBtn({ + el: $window.find('#data-validation-txt-min'), + style: '100%', + btnHint: this.textSelectData, + // validateOnChange: true, + validateOnBlur: false + }).on('changed:after', _.bind(this.onRangeChange, this, 1)).on('button:click', _.bind(this.onSelectData, this, 1)); + + this.lblRangeMax = $window.find('#data-validation-label-max'); + this.inputRangeMax = new Common.UI.InputFieldBtn({ + el: $window.find('#data-validation-txt-max'), + style: '100%', + btnHint: this.textSelectData, + // validateOnChange: true, + validateOnBlur: false + }).on('changed:after', _.bind(this.onRangeChange, this, 2)).on('button:click', _.bind(this.onSelectData, this, 2)); + + this.chShowDropDown = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ + el: $window.find('#data-validation-ch-show-dropdown'), + labelText: this.textShowDropDown, + value: true + }); + this.chShowDropDown.on('change', _.bind(this.onDropDownChange, this)); + + this.lblRangeSource = $window.find('#data-validation-label-source'); + this.inputRangeSource = new Common.UI.InputFieldBtn({ + el: $window.find('#data-validation-txt-source'), + style: '100%', + btnHint: this.textSelectData, + // validateOnChange: true, + validateOnBlur: false + }).on('changed:after', _.bind(this.onRangeChange, this, 3)).on('button:click', _.bind(this.onSelectData, this, 3)); + + this.chApply = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ + el: $window.find('#data-validation-ch-apply'), + labelText: this.textApply, + disabled: true + }); + this.chApply.on('change', _.bind(this.onApplyChange, this)); + + // input message + this.chShowInput = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ + el: $window.find('#data-validation-ch-show-input'), + labelText: this.textShowInput, + value: true + }); + this.chShowInput.on('change', _.bind(this.onShowInputChange, this)); + + this.inputInputTitle = new Common.UI.InputField({ + el: $window.find('#data-validation-input-title'), + allowBlank : true, + validateOnBlur: false, + maxLength: 32, + style : 'width: 100%;' + }).on('changed:after', function() { + me.isInputTitleChanged = true; + }); + + this.textareaInput = new Common.UI.TextareaField({ + el : $window.find('#data-validation-input-msg'), + style : 'width: 100%; height: 70px;', + maxLength : 255, + value : '' + }); + this.textareaInput.on('changed:after', function() { + me.isInputChanged = true; + }); + + // error message + this.chShowError = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ + el: $window.find('#data-validation-ch-show-error'), + labelText: this.textShowError, + value: true + }); + this.chShowError.on('change', _.bind(this.onShowErrorChange, this)); + + this.cmbStyle = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $window.find('#data-validation-cmb-style'), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + editable: false, + data: [ + {value: Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationErrorStyle.Stop, clsText: 'error', displayValue: this.textStop}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationErrorStyle.Warning, clsText: 'warn', displayValue: this.textAlert}, + {value: Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationErrorStyle.Information, clsText: 'info', displayValue: this.textMessage} + ], + style: 'width: 95px;', + menuStyle : 'min-width: 95px;', + takeFocusOnClose: true + }); + this.cmbStyle.setValue(Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationErrorStyle.Stop); + this.cmbStyle.on('selected', _.bind(this.onStyleSelect, this)); + + this.inputErrorTitle = new Common.UI.InputField({ + el: $window.find('#data-validation-error-title'), + allowBlank : true, + validateOnBlur: false, + maxLength: 32, + style : 'width: 100%;' + }).on('changed:after', function() { + me.isErrorTitleChanged = true; + }); + + this.textareaError = new Common.UI.TextareaField({ + el : $window.find('#data-validation-error-msg'), + style : 'width: 100%; height: 70px;', + maxLength : 255, + value : '' + }); + this.textareaError.on('changed:after', function() { + me.isErrorChanged = true; + }); + + this.minMaxTr = $window.find('#data-validation-txt-min').closest('tr'); + this.sourceTr = $window.find('#data-validation-txt-source').closest('tr'); + this.dropdownTr = $window.find('#data-validation-ch-show-dropdown').closest('tr'); + this.errorIcon = $window.find('#data-validation-img-style'); + + this.afterRender(); + }, + + afterRender: function() { + this._setDefaults(this.props); + if (this.storageName) { + var value = Common.localStorage.getItem(this.storageName); + this.setActiveCategory((value!==null) ? parseInt(value) : 0); + } + }, + + getFocusedComponents: function() { + return [ + this.cmbAllow, this.cmbData, this.inputRangeSource, this.inputRangeMin, this.inputRangeMax, // 0 tab + this.inputInputTitle, this.textareaInput, // 1 tab + this.cmbStyle, this.inputErrorTitle, this.textareaError // 2 tab + ]; + }, + + onCategoryClick: function(btn, index) { + Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.onCategoryClick.call(this, btn, index); + + var me = this; + setTimeout(function(){ + switch (index) { + case 0: + me.cmbAllow.focus(); + break; + case 1: + me.inputInputTitle.focus(); + break; + case 2: + me.cmbStyle.focus(); + break; + } + }, 10); + }, + + show: function() { + Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.show.apply(this, arguments); + }, + + onSelectData: function(type, input) { + var me = this; + if (me.api) { + var handlerDlg = function(dlg, result) { + if (result == 'ok') { + var val = dlg.getSettings(); + input.setValue(val); + me.onRangeChange(type, input, val); + } + }; + + var win = new SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog({ + handler: handlerDlg + }).on('close', function() { + me.show(); + setTimeout(function(){ + me._noApply = true; + input.focus(); + me._noApply = false; + },1); + }); + + var xy = me.$window.offset(); + me.hide(); + win.show(xy.left + 160, xy.top + 125); + win.setSettings({ + api : me.api, + range : input.getValue(), + type : Asc.c_oAscSelectionDialogType.DataValidation, + validation: function() {return true;} + }); + } + }, + + onRangeChange: function(type, input, newValue, oldValue, e) { + if (newValue == oldValue) return; + if (!this._noApply) { + if (type==1 || type==3) { + if (!this.props.asc_getFormula1()) + this.props.asc_setFormula1(new Asc.CDataFormula()); + this.props.asc_getFormula1().asc_setValue(newValue); + } else if (type==2) { + if (!this.props.asc_getFormula2()) + this.props.asc_setFormula2(new Asc.CDataFormula()); + this.props.asc_getFormula2().asc_setValue(newValue); + } + } + }, + + onAllowSelect: function(combo, record) { + this.ShowHideElem(); + if (!this._noApply) + this.props.asc_setType(record.value); + this.inputRangeMin.setValue(this.props.asc_getFormula1() ? this.props.asc_getFormula1().asc_getValue() || '' : ''); + this.inputRangeSource.setValue(this.props.asc_getFormula1() ? this.props.asc_getFormula1().asc_getValue() || '' : ''); + this.inputRangeMax.setValue(this.props.asc_getFormula2() ? this.props.asc_getFormula2().asc_getValue() || '' : ''); + }, + + onDataSelect: function(combo, record) { + this.ShowHideElem(); + if (!this._noApply) + this.props.asc_setOperator(record.value); + this.inputRangeMin.setValue(this.props.asc_getFormula1() ? this.props.asc_getFormula1().asc_getValue() || '' : ''); + this.inputRangeSource.setValue(this.props.asc_getFormula1() ? this.props.asc_getFormula1().asc_getValue() || '' : ''); + this.inputRangeMax.setValue(this.props.asc_getFormula2() ? this.props.asc_getFormula2().asc_getValue() || '' : ''); + }, + + onStyleSelect: function(combo, record) { + this.errorIcon.removeClass("error warn info"); + this.errorIcon.addClass(record.clsText); + if (!this._noApply) + this.props.asc_setErrorStyle(record.value); + }, + + onIgnoreChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts) { + if (!this._noApply) { + this.props.asc_setAllowBlank(field.getValue()=='checked'); + } + }, + + onDropDownChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts) { + if (!this._noApply) { + this.props.asc_setShowDropDown(field.getValue()!=='checked'); + } + }, + + onShowInputChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts) { + var checked = (field.getValue()=='checked'); + this.inputInputTitle.setDisabled(!checked); + this.textareaInput.setDisabled(!checked); + + if (this.api && !this._noApply) { + this.props.asc_setShowInputMessage(field.getValue()=='checked'); + } + }, + + onShowErrorChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts) { + var checked = (field.getValue()=='checked'); + this.inputErrorTitle.setDisabled(!checked); + this.cmbStyle.setDisabled(!checked); + this.textareaError.setDisabled(!checked); + + if (this.api && !this._noApply) { + this.props.asc_setShowErrorMessage(field.getValue()=='checked'); + } + }, + + onApplyChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts) { + if (this.api && !this._noApply) { + this.api.asc_setDataValidation(this.getSettings(), field.getValue()=='checked'); + } + }, + + _setDefaults: function (props) { + this._noApply = true; + if (props) { + var value = props.asc_getAllowBlank(); + this.chIgnore.setValue(value, true); + value = props.asc_getShowDropDown(); + this.chShowDropDown.setValue(!value, true); + value = props.asc_getType(); + this.cmbAllow.setValue(value!==null ? value : Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.None, true); + this.chApply.setDisabled(value===Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.None); + value = props.asc_getOperator(); + this.cmbData.setValue(value!==null ? value : Asc.EDataValidationOperator.Between, true); + this.inputRangeMin.setValue(props.asc_getFormula1() ? props.asc_getFormula1().asc_getValue() || '' : ''); + this.inputRangeSource.setValue(props.asc_getFormula1() ? props.asc_getFormula1().asc_getValue() || '' : ''); + this.inputRangeMax.setValue(props.asc_getFormula2() ? props.asc_getFormula2().asc_getValue() || '' : ''); + + // input + this.chShowInput.setValue(!!props.asc_getShowInputMessage()); + this.inputInputTitle.setValue(props.asc_getPromptTitle() || ''); + this.textareaInput.setValue(props.asc_getPrompt() || ''); + + // error + this.chShowError.setValue(!!props.asc_getShowErrorMessage()); + this.inputErrorTitle.setValue(props.asc_getErrorTitle() || ''); + this.textareaError.setValue(props.asc_getError() || ''); + value = props.asc_getErrorStyle(); + this.cmbStyle.setValue(value!==null ? value : Asc.EDataValidationErrorStyle.Stop); + var rec = this.cmbStyle.getSelectedRecord(); + if (rec) { + this.errorIcon.removeClass("error warn info"); + this.errorIcon.addClass(rec.clsText); + } + } + this.ShowHideElem(); + this._noApply = false; + }, + + getSettings: function () { + if (this.isInputTitleChanged) + this.props.asc_setPromptTitle(this.inputInputTitle.getValue()); + if (this.isInputChanged) + this.props.asc_setPrompt(this.textareaInput.getValue()); + if (this.isErrorTitleChanged) + this.props.asc_setErrorTitle(this.inputErrorTitle.getValue()); + if (this.isErrorChanged) + this.props.asc_setError(this.textareaError.getValue()); + return this.props; + }, + + onDlgBtnClick: function(event) { + var me = this; + var state = (typeof(event) == 'object') ? event.currentTarget.attributes['result'].value : event; + if (state == 'ok') { + this.isRangeValid(function() { + me.handler && me.handler.call(me, state, (state == 'ok') ? me.getSettings() : undefined); + me.close(); + }); + } else + this.close(); + }, + + onPrimary: function() { + this.onDlgBtnClick('ok'); + return false; + }, + + ShowHideElem: function() { + var allow = this.cmbAllow.getValue(), + data = this.cmbData.getValue(); + var between = (data==Asc.EDataValidationOperator.Between || data==Asc.EDataValidationOperator.NotBetween); + var source = (allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Custom || allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.List); + this.minMaxTr.toggleClass('hidden', allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.None || source || !between); + this.sourceTr.toggleClass('hidden', allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.None || !source && between ); + this.dropdownTr.toggleClass('hidden', allow!=Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.List); + + this.chIgnore.setDisabled(allow===Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.None); + this.cmbData.setDisabled(allow===Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.None || allow===Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Custom || allow===Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.List); + + var str = this.textSource; + if (allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.List) + str = this.textSource; + else if (allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Custom) + str = this.textFormula; + else if (data==Asc.EDataValidationOperator.Equal || data==Asc.EDataValidationOperator.NotEqual) { // equals, not equals + if (allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Date) + str = this.txtDate; + else if (allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.TextLength) + str = this.txtLength; + else if (allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Time) + str = this.txtElTime; + else + str = this.textCompare; + } else if (data==Asc.EDataValidationOperator.GreaterThan || data==Asc.EDataValidationOperator.GreaterThanOrEqual) { // greater, greater or equals + if (allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Date) + str = this.txtStartDate; + else if (allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Time) + str = this.txtStartTime; + else + str = this.textMin; + } else if (data==Asc.EDataValidationOperator.LessThan || data==Asc.EDataValidationOperator.LessThanOrEqual) { // less, less or equals + if (allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Date) + str = this.txtEndDate; + else if (allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Time) + str = this.txtEndTime; + else + str = this.textMax; + } + this.lblRangeSource.text(str); + + var str1 = this.textMin, + str2 = this.textMax; + if (allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Date) { + str1 = this.txtStartDate; + str2 = this.txtEndDate; + } else if (allow==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Time) { + str1 = this.txtStartTime; + str2 = this.txtEndTime; + } + this.lblRangeMin.text(str1); + this.lblRangeMax.text(str2); + }, + + isRangeValid: function(callback) { + var me = this; + var isvalid = Asc.c_oAscError.ID.No; + var type = this.cmbAllow.getValue(); + if (type!==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.None) { + var focusedInput, + lblField, + error, + minVisible = this.inputRangeMin.isVisible(); + var callback2 = function(isvalid) { + if (isvalid === Asc.c_oAscError.ID.No) { + isvalid = me.props.asc_checkValid(); + (isvalid !== Asc.c_oAscError.ID.No) && (focusedInput = minVisible ? me.inputRangeMin : me.inputRangeSource); + } + switch (isvalid) { + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataValidateNotNumeric: + error = Common.Utils.String.format(me.errorNotNumeric, lblField.text()); + break; + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataValidateNegativeTextLength: + error = Common.Utils.String.format(me.errorNegativeTextLength, me.cmbAllow.getDisplayValue(me.cmbAllow.getSelectedRecord())); + break; + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataValidateMustEnterValue: + error = minVisible ? Common.Utils.String.format(me.errorMustEnterBothValues, me.lblRangeMin.text(), me.lblRangeMax.text()) : + Common.Utils.String.format(me.errorMustEnterValue, me.lblRangeSource.text()); + break; + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataValidateMinGreaterMax: + error = Common.Utils.String.format(me.errorMinGreaterMax, me.lblRangeMin.text(), me.lblRangeMax.text()); + break; + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataValidateInvalid: + error = Common.Utils.String.format((type==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Time) ? me.errorInvalidTime : ((type==Asc.c_oAscEDataValidationType.Date) ? me.errorInvalidDate : me.errorInvalid), lblField.text()); + break; + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.NamedRangeNotFound: + error = me.errorNamedRange; + break; + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataValidateInvalidList: + error = me.errorInvalidList; + break; + } + error && Common.UI.warning({ + msg: error, + maxwidth: 600, + callback: function(btn){ + focusedInput.focus(); + } + }); + (isvalid === Asc.c_oAscError.ID.No) && callback.call(me); + }; + var callback1 = function(isvalid) { + if (me.inputRangeMax.isVisible() && isvalid === Asc.c_oAscError.ID.No) { + isvalid = me.api.asc_checkDataRange(Asc.c_oAscSelectionDialogType.DataValidation, me.props.asc_getFormula2() ? me.props.asc_getFormula2().asc_getValue() : null, true, undefined, type); + if (isvalid !== Asc.c_oAscError.ID.No) { + focusedInput = me.inputRangeMax; + lblField = me.lblRangeMax; + } + if (isvalid===Asc.c_oAscError.ID.FormulaEvaluateError) { + Common.UI.warning({ + msg: me.errorFormula, + maxwidth: 600, + buttons: ['yes', 'no'], + primary: 'yes', + callback: function(btn){ + if (btn=='yes') { + callback2(Asc.c_oAscError.ID.No); + } else + focusedInput.focus(); + } + }); + } else + callback2(isvalid); + } else + callback2(isvalid); + }; + isvalid = this.api.asc_checkDataRange(Asc.c_oAscSelectionDialogType.DataValidation, this.props.asc_getFormula1() ? this.props.asc_getFormula1().asc_getValue() : null, true, undefined, type); + if (isvalid !== Asc.c_oAscError.ID.No) { + focusedInput = minVisible ? me.inputRangeMin : me.inputRangeSource; + lblField = minVisible ? me.lblRangeMin : me.lblRangeSource; + } + if (isvalid===Asc.c_oAscError.ID.FormulaEvaluateError) { + Common.UI.warning({ + msg: this.errorFormula, + maxwidth: 600, + buttons: ['yes', 'no'], + primary: 'yes', + callback: function(btn){ + if (btn=='yes') { + callback1(Asc.c_oAscError.ID.No); + } else + focusedInput.focus(); + } + }); + } else + callback1(isvalid); + } else + callback.call(me); + }, + + strSettings: 'Settings', + strInput: 'Input Message', + strError: 'Error Alert', + textAllow: 'Allow', + textData: 'Data', + textMin: 'Minimum', + textMax: 'Maximum', + textCompare: 'Compare to', + textSource: 'Source', + textStartDate: 'Start Date', + textEndDate: 'End Date', + textStartTime: 'Start Time', + textEndTime: 'End Time', + textFormula: 'Formula', + textIgnore: 'Ignore blank', + textApply: 'Apply these changes to all other cells with the same settings', + textShowDropDown: 'Show drop-down list in cell', + textCellSelected: 'When cell is selected, show this input message', + textTitle: 'Title', + textInput: 'Input Message', + textUserEnters: 'When user enters invalid data, show this error alert', + textStyle: 'Style', + textError: 'Error Message', + textShowInput: 'Show input message when cell is selected', + textShowError: 'Show error alert after invalid data is entered', + txtBetween: 'between', + txtNotBetween: 'not between', + txtEqual: 'equals', + txtNotEqual: 'does not equal', + txtLessThan: 'less than', + txtGreaterThan: 'greater than', + txtLessThanOrEqual: 'less than or equal to', + txtGreaterThanOrEqual: 'greater than or equal to', + txtAny: 'Any value', + txtWhole: 'Whole number', + txtDecimal: 'Decimal', + txtList: 'List', + txtDate: 'Date', + txtTime: 'Time', + txtTextLength: 'Text length', + txtLength: 'Length', + txtOther: 'Other', + txtElTime: 'Elapsed time', + txtStartDate: 'Start date', + txtStartTime: 'Start time', + txtEndDate: 'End date', + txtEndTime: 'End time', + textStop: 'Stop', + textAlert: 'Alert', + textMessage: 'Message', + textSelectData: 'Select data', + errorMustEnterBothValues: 'You must enter a value in both field \"{0}\" and field \"{1}\".', + errorMustEnterValue: 'You must enter a value in field \"{0}\".', + errorInvalidDate: 'The date you entered for the field \"{0}\" is invalid.', + errorInvalidTime: 'The time you entered for the field \"{0}\" is invalid.', + errorInvalid: 'The value you entered for the field \"{0}\" is invalid.', + errorNotNumeric: 'The field \"{0}\" must be a numeric value, numeric expression, or refer to a cell containing a numeric value.', + errorNegativeTextLength: 'Negative values cannot be used in conditions \"{0}\".', + errorMinGreaterMax: 'The \"{1}\" field must be greater than or equal to the \"{0}\" field.', + errorFormula: 'The value currently evaluates to an error. Do you want to continue?', + errorNamedRange: 'A named range you specified cannot be found.', + errorInvalidList: 'The list source must be a delimited list, or a reference to single row or column.' + + }, SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog || {})) +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js index 7e430963e..4e10255dc 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js @@ -305,6 +305,9 @@ define([ },{ caption : me.txtSortFontColor, value : Asc.c_oAscSortOptions.ByColorFont + },{ + caption : me.txtCustomSort, + value : 'advanced' } ] }) @@ -1210,7 +1213,8 @@ define([ textSum: 'Sum', textStdDev: 'StdDev', textVar: 'Var', - textMore: 'More functions' + textMore: 'More functions', + txtCustomSort: 'Custom sort' }, SSE.Views.DocumentHolder || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js index 22c9a4a41..91306012c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js @@ -703,10 +703,10 @@ define([ '
                    ', @@ -741,13 +741,17 @@ define([ '
                    ', '
                    ', '
                    ', - '
                    ', + '', @@ -983,6 +987,7 @@ define([ el : $markup.findById('#fms-cmb-macros'), style : 'width: 160px;', editable : false, + menuCls : 'menu-aligned', cls : 'input-group-nr', data : [ { value: 2, displayValue: this.txtStopMacros, descValue: this.txtStopMacrosDesc }, @@ -1010,12 +1015,16 @@ define([ ] }); - this.btnApply = new Common.UI.Button({ - el: $markup.findById('#fms-btn-apply') + $markup.find('.btn.primary').each(function(index, el){ + (new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $(el) + })).on('click', _.bind(me.applySettings, me)); }); - this.btnApply.on('click', _.bind(this.applySettings, this)); this.pnlSettings = $markup.find('.flex-settings').addBack().filter('.flex-settings'); + this.pnlApply = $markup.find('.fms-flex-apply').addBack().filter('.fms-flex-apply'); + this.pnlTable = this.pnlSettings.find('table'); + this.trApply = $markup.find('.fms-btn-apply'); this.$el = $(node).html($markup); @@ -1049,6 +1058,11 @@ define([ updateScroller: function() { if (this.scroller) { + Common.UI.Menu.Manager.hideAll(); + var scrolled = this.$el.height()< this.pnlTable.height() + 25 + this.pnlApply.height(); + this.pnlApply.toggleClass('hidden', !scrolled); + this.trApply.toggleClass('hidden', scrolled); + this.pnlSettings.css('overflow', scrolled ? 'hidden' : 'visible'); this.scroller.update(); this.pnlSettings.toggleClass('bordered', this.scroller.isVisible()); } @@ -1850,11 +1864,6 @@ define([ }, updateInfo: function(doc) { - if (!this.doc && doc && doc.info) { - doc.info.author && console.log("Obsolete: The 'author' parameter of the document 'info' section is deprecated. Please use 'owner' instead."); - doc.info.created && console.log("Obsolete: The 'created' parameter of the document 'info' section is deprecated. Please use 'uploaded' instead."); - } - this.doc = doc; if (!this.rendered) return; @@ -1866,11 +1875,11 @@ define([ if (doc.info.folder ) this.lblPlacement.text( doc.info.folder ); visible = this._ShowHideInfoItem(this.lblPlacement, doc.info.folder!==undefined && doc.info.folder!==null) || visible; - var value = doc.info.owner || doc.info.author; + var value = doc.info.owner; if (value) this.lblOwner.text(value); visible = this._ShowHideInfoItem(this.lblOwner, !!value) || visible; - value = doc.info.uploaded || doc.info.created; + value = doc.info.uploaded; if (value) this.lblUploaded.text(value); visible = this._ShowHideInfoItem(this.lblUploaded, !!value) || visible; diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormatSettingsDialog.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormatSettingsDialog.js index 0970a6e74..668658f4e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormatSettingsDialog.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormatSettingsDialog.js @@ -84,10 +84,17 @@ define([ me.CurrencySymbolsData = null; me.langId = 0x0409; + this.api = options.api; + this.handler = options.handler; + this.props = options.props; + this.linked = options.linked || false; + + var height = this.linked ? 360 : 340; _.extend(this.options, { title: this.textTitle, + height: height, template: [ - '
                    ', + '
                    ', '
                    ', '
                    ', '', @@ -99,11 +106,11 @@ define([ '', '', '', '', - '', + '', '', '', @@ -139,7 +146,13 @@ define([ '', '', + '', + '', + '', '', '
                    ', - '', - '', + '', + '', '
                    ', '
                    ', '', - '
                    ', + '
                    ', + '
                    ', + '
                    ', + '
                    ', '
                    ', @@ -150,13 +163,9 @@ define([ ].join('') }, options); - this.api = options.api; - this.handler = options.handler; - this.props = options.props; - this._state = {hasDecimal: false, hasNegative: false, hasSeparator: false, hasType: false, hasSymbols: false, hasCode: false}; - Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.initialize.call(this, this.options); + this._state = {hasDecimal: false, hasNegative: false, hasSeparator: false, hasType: false, hasSymbols: false, hasCode: false}; this.FormatType = Asc.c_oAscNumFormatType.General; this.Format = "General"; this.CustomFormat = null; @@ -228,16 +237,44 @@ define([ }); this.cmbType.on('selected', _.bind(this.onTypeSelect, this)); - this.cmbCode = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el: $('#format-settings-combo-code'), - cls: 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle: 'min-width: 310px;max-height:235px;', - editable: false, - data: [], - scrollAlwaysVisible: true, - takeFocusOnClose: true + this.codesList = new Common.UI.ListView({ + el: $('#format-settings-list-code'), + store: new Common.UI.DataViewStore(), + tabindex: 1, + itemTemplate: _.template('
                    <%= value %>
                    ') }); - this.cmbCode.on('selected', _.bind(this.onCodeSelect, this)); + this.codesList.on('item:select', _.bind(this.onCodeSelect, this)); + this.codesList.on('entervalue', _.bind(this.onPrimary, this)); + + this.inputCustomFormat = new Common.UI.InputField({ + el : $('#format-settings-txt-code'), + allowBlank : true, + validateOnChange : true, + validation : function () { return true; } + }).on ('changing', function (input, value) { + me.codesList.deselectAll(); + me.Format = me.api.asc_convertNumFormatLocal2NumFormat(value); + me.lblExample.text(me.api.asc_getLocaleExample(me.Format)); + me.chLinked.setValue(false, true); + if (!me._state.warning) { + input.showWarning([me.txtCustomWarning]); + me._state.warning = true; + } + }); + + this.chLinked = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ + el: $('#format-settings-chk-linked'), + labelText: this.textLinked + }).on ('change', function (field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts) { + me.props.linked = (field.getValue()=='checked'); + if (me.props.linked) { + me.props.chartFormat.putSourceLinked(true); + me.props.format = me.props.chartFormat.getFormatCode(); + me.props.formatInfo = me.props.chartFormat.getFormatCellsInfo(); + me._setDefaults(me.props); + } + }); + this.chLinked.setVisible(this.linked); this._decimalPanel = this.$window.find('.format-decimal'); this._negativePanel = this.$window.find('.format-negative'); @@ -245,6 +282,8 @@ define([ this._typePanel = this.$window.find('.format-type'); this._symbolsPanel = this.$window.find('.format-symbols'); this._codePanel = this.$window.find('.format-code'); + this._nocodePanel = this.$window.find('.format-no-code'); + this.$window.find('.format-sample').toggleClass('hidden', this.linked); this.lblExample = this.$window.find('#format-settings-label-example'); @@ -252,7 +291,7 @@ define([ }, getFocusedComponents: function() { - return [this.cmbFormat, this.spnDecimal, this.cmbSymbols, this.cmbNegative, this.cmbType, this.cmbCode]; + return [this.cmbFormat, this.spnDecimal, this.cmbSymbols, this.cmbNegative, this.cmbType, this.inputCustomFormat, {cmp: this.codesList, selector: '.listview'}]; }, getDefaultFocusableComponent: function () { @@ -309,10 +348,13 @@ define([ // for date/time - if props.format not in cmbType - setValue(this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(props.format, 38822)) // for cmbNegative - if props.format not in cmbNegative - setValue(this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(props.format)) } + if (props && props.chartFormat) { + this.chLinked.setValue(!!props.chartFormat.getSourceLinked(), true); + } }, getSettings: function () { - return {format: this.Format}; + return {format: this.Format, linked: this.chLinked.getValue()==='checked'}; }, onDlgBtnClick: function(event) { @@ -333,6 +375,7 @@ define([ onNegativeSelect: function(combo, record) { this.Format = record.value; this.lblExample.text(this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(this.Format)); + this.chLinked.setValue(false, true); }, onSymbolsSelect: function(combo, record) { @@ -354,6 +397,7 @@ define([ this.Format = format[0]; this.lblExample.text(this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(this.Format)); + this.chLinked.setValue(false, true); }, onDecimalChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ @@ -379,6 +423,7 @@ define([ } this.lblExample.text(this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(this.Format)); + this.chLinked.setValue(false, true); }, onSeparatorChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ @@ -399,16 +444,24 @@ define([ this.Format = format[0]; this.lblExample.text(this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(this.Format)); + this.chLinked.setValue(false, true); }, onTypeSelect: function(combo, record){ this.Format = record.value; this.lblExample.text(this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(this.Format)); + this.chLinked.setValue(false, true); }, - onCodeSelect: function(combo, record){ - this.Format = record.value; + onCodeSelect: function(listView, itemView, record){ + if (!record) return; + + this.Format = record.get('format'); this.lblExample.text(this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(this.Format)); + this.inputCustomFormat.setValue(record.get('value')); + this.chLinked.setValue(false, true); + this.inputCustomFormat.showWarning(); + this._state.warning = false; }, onFormatSelect: function(combo, record, e, initFormatInfo) { @@ -488,15 +541,28 @@ define([ data = [], isCustom = (this.CustomFormat) ? true : false; formatsarr.forEach(function(item) { - data.push({value: item, displayValue: item}); + var rec = new Common.UI.DataViewModel(); + rec.set({ + value: me.api.asc_convertNumFormat2NumFormatLocal(item), + format: item + }); + data.push(rec); if (me.CustomFormat == item) isCustom = false; }); if (isCustom) { - data.push({value: this.CustomFormat, displayValue: this.CustomFormat}); + var rec = new Common.UI.DataViewModel(); + rec.set({ + value: me.api.asc_convertNumFormat2NumFormatLocal(this.CustomFormat), + format: this.CustomFormat + }); + data.push(rec); } - this.cmbCode.setData(data); - this.cmbCode.setValue(this.Format); + this.codesList.store.reset(data, {silent: false}); + var rec = this.codesList.store.findWhere({value: this.Format}); + rec && this.codesList.selectRecord(rec); + rec && this.codesList.scrollToRecord(rec); + this.inputCustomFormat.setValue(me.api.asc_convertNumFormat2NumFormatLocal(this.Format)); } this.lblExample.text(this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(this.Format)); @@ -507,7 +573,10 @@ define([ this._typePanel.toggleClass('hidden', !hasType); this._symbolsPanel.toggleClass('hidden', !hasSymbols); this._codePanel.toggleClass('hidden', !hasCode); + this._nocodePanel.toggleClass('hidden', hasCode); this._state = { hasDecimal: hasDecimal, hasNegative: hasNegative, hasSeparator: hasSeparator, hasType: hasType, hasSymbols: hasSymbols, hasCode: hasCode}; + + !initFormatInfo && this.chLinked.setValue(false, true); }, textTitle: 'Number Format', @@ -537,7 +606,9 @@ define([ txtAs10: 'As tenths (5/10)', txtAs100: 'As hundredths (50/100)', txtSample: 'Sample:', - txtNone: 'None' + txtNone: 'None', + textLinked: 'Linked to source', + txtCustomWarning: 'Please enter the custom number format carefully. Spreadsheet Editor does not check custom formats for errors that may affect the xlsx file.' }, SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog || {})) }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/HeaderFooterDialog.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/HeaderFooterDialog.js index 359cfc1ce..6d75af34f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/HeaderFooterDialog.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/HeaderFooterDialog.js @@ -536,10 +536,8 @@ define([ var initNewColor = function(btn, picker_el) { if (btn && btn.cmpEl) { - btn.currentColor = '#000000'; - var colorVal = $('
                    '); - $('button:first-child', btn.cmpEl).append(colorVal); - colorVal.css('background-color', btn.currentColor); + btn.currentColor = '000000'; + btn.setColor(btn.currentColor); var picker = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $(picker_el) }); @@ -552,7 +550,7 @@ define([ return picker; }; this.btnTextColor = []; - this.btnTextColor.push(new Common.UI.Button({ + this.btnTextColor.push(new Common.UI.ButtonColored({ parentEl: $('#id-dlg-h-textcolor'), cls : 'btn-toolbar', iconCls : 'toolbar__icon btn-fontcolor', @@ -561,7 +559,7 @@ define([ menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ additionalAlign: this.menuAddAlign, items: [ - { template: _.template('
                    ') }, + { template: _.template('
                    ') }, { template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + '') } ] }) @@ -571,7 +569,7 @@ define([ this.mnuTextColorPicker.push(initNewColor(this.btnTextColor[0], "#id-dlg-h-menu-fontcolor")); this.headerControls.push(this.btnTextColor[0]); - this.btnTextColor.push(new Common.UI.Button({ + this.btnTextColor.push(new Common.UI.ButtonColored({ parentEl: $('#id-dlg-f-textcolor'), cls : 'btn-toolbar', iconCls : 'toolbar__icon btn-fontcolor', @@ -580,7 +578,7 @@ define([ menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ additionalAlign: this.menuAddAlign, items: [ - { template: _.template('
                    ') }, + { template: _.template('
                    ') }, { template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + '') } ] }) @@ -901,9 +899,8 @@ define([ }, onColorSelect: function(btn, picker, color) { - var clr = (typeof(color) == 'object') ? color.color : color; btn.currentColor = color; - $('.btn-color-value-line', btn.cmpEl).css('background-color', '#' + clr); + btn.setColor(btn.currentColor); picker.currentColor = color; if (this.HFObject) this.HFObject.setTextColor(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getRgbColor(color)); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ImageSettings.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ImageSettings.js index 68728369d..86e6c9324 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ImageSettings.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ImageSettings.js @@ -116,6 +116,8 @@ define([ spinner.setDefaultUnit(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetricName()); spinner.setStep(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetric()==Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits.pt ? 1 : 0.1); } + this.spnWidth && this.spnWidth.setValue((this._state.Width!==null) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.Width) : '', true); + this.spnHeight && this.spnHeight.setValue((this._state.Height!==null) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.Height) : '', true); } }, diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js index 3970c6ea5..8c769290a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js @@ -351,25 +351,25 @@ define([ setDeveloperMode: function(mode, beta, version) { if ( !this.$el.is(':visible') ) return; - if (mode) { + + if ((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial) || (mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Developer)) { if (!this.developerHint) { - var str = (mode == Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial) ? this.txtTrial.toLowerCase() : this.txtDeveloper.toLowerCase(); - var arr = str.split(' '); - str = ''; - arr.forEach(function(item){ - item = item.trim(); - if (item!=='') { - str += (item.charAt(0).toUpperCase() + item.substring(1, item.length)); - str += ' '; - } - }); - str = str.trim(); + var str = ''; + if ((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial) && (mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Developer)) + str = this.txtTrialDev; + else if ((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial)!==0) + str = this.txtTrial; + else if ((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Developer)!==0) + str = this.txtDeveloper; + str = str.toUpperCase(); this.developerHint = $('
                    ' + str + '
                    ').appendTo(this.$el); this.devHeight = this.developerHint.outerHeight(); - $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + !this.devHintInited && $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + this.devHintInited = true; } - this.developerHint.toggleClass('hidden', !mode); } + this.developerHint && this.developerHint.toggleClass('hidden', !((mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Trial) || (mode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Developer))); + if (beta) { if (!this.betaHint) { var style = (mode) ? 'style="margin-top: 4px;"' : '', @@ -379,10 +379,30 @@ define([ (arr.length>1) && (ver += ('.' + arr[0])); this.betaHint = $('
                    ' + (ver + ' (beta)' ) + '
                    ').appendTo(this.$el); this.betaHeight = this.betaHint.outerHeight(); - $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + !this.devHintInited && $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + this.devHintInited = true; } - this.betaHint.toggleClass('hidden', !beta); } + this.betaHint && this.betaHint.toggleClass('hidden', !beta); + + var btns = this.$el.find('button.btn-category:visible'), + lastbtn = (btns.length>0) ? $(btns[btns.length-1]) : null; + this.minDevPosition = (lastbtn) ? (lastbtn.offset().top - lastbtn.offsetParent().offset().top + lastbtn.height() + 20) : 20; + this.onWindowResize(); + }, + + setLimitMode: function() { + if ( !this.$el.is(':visible') ) return; + + if (!this.limitHint) { + var str = this.txtLimit.toUpperCase(); + this.limitHint = $('
                    ' + str + '
                    ').appendTo(this.$el); + this.limitHeight = this.limitHint.outerHeight(); + !this.devHintInited && $(window).on('resize', _.bind(this.onWindowResize, this)); + this.devHintInited = true; + } + this.limitHint && this.limitHint.toggleClass('hidden', false); + var btns = this.$el.find('button.btn-category:visible'), lastbtn = (btns.length>0) ? $(btns[btns.length-1]) : null; this.minDevPosition = (lastbtn) ? (lastbtn.offset().top - lastbtn.offsetParent().offset().top + lastbtn.height() + 20) : 20; @@ -390,13 +410,17 @@ define([ }, onWindowResize: function() { - var height = (this.devHeight || 0) + (this.betaHeight || 0); + var height = (this.devHeight || 0) + (this.betaHeight || 0) + (this.limitHeight || 0); var top = Math.max((this.$el.height()-height)/2, this.minDevPosition); if (this.developerHint) { this.developerHint.css('top', top); top += this.devHeight; } - this.betaHint && this.betaHint.css('top', top); + if (this.betaHint) { + this.betaHint.css('top', top); + top += (this.betaHeight + 4); + } + this.limitHint && this.limitHint.css('top', top); }, /** coauthoring begin **/ @@ -410,6 +434,8 @@ define([ tipPlugins : 'Plugins', txtDeveloper: 'DEVELOPER MODE', txtTrial: 'TRIAL MODE', - tipSpellcheck: 'Spell checking' + tipSpellcheck: 'Spell checking', + txtTrialDev: 'Trial Developer Mode', + txtLimit: 'Limit Access' }, SSE.Views.LeftMenu || {})); }); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/NameManagerDlg.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/NameManagerDlg.js index 8c3d28bde..9229ea8d9 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/NameManagerDlg.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/NameManagerDlg.js @@ -290,6 +290,8 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/NameManagerDlg.template', }, onEditRange: function (isEdit) { + if (this._isWarningVisible) return; + if (this.locked) { Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('namedrange:locked'); return; @@ -328,8 +330,20 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/NameManagerDlg.template', onDeleteRange: function () { var rec = this.rangeList.getSelectedRec(); if (rec) { - this.currentNamedRange = _.indexOf(this.rangeList.store.models, rec); - this.api.asc_delDefinedNames(new Asc.asc_CDefName(rec.get('name'), rec.get('range'), rec.get('scope'), rec.get('type'), undefined, undefined, undefined, true)); + var me = this; + me._isWarningVisible = true; + Common.UI.warning({ + msg: Common.Utils.String.format(me.warnDelete, rec.get('name')), + buttons: ['ok', 'cancel'], + callback: function(btn) { + if (btn == 'ok') { + me.currentNamedRange = _.indexOf(me.rangeList.store.models, rec); + me.api.asc_delDefinedNames(new Asc.asc_CDefName(rec.get('name'), rec.get('range'), rec.get('scope'), rec.get('type'), undefined, undefined, undefined, true)); + } + setTimeout(function(){ me.getDefaultFocusableComponent().focus(); }, 100); + me._isWarningVisible = false; + } + }); } }, @@ -373,6 +387,8 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/NameManagerDlg.template', }, onSelectRangeItem: function(lisvView, itemView, record) { + if (!record) return; + this.userTipHide(); var rawData = {}, isViewSelect = _.isFunction(record.toJSON); @@ -434,7 +450,8 @@ define([ 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/NameManagerDlg.template', textFilterWorkbook: 'Names Scoped to Workbook', textWorkbook: 'Workbook', guestText: 'Guest', - tipIsLocked: 'This element is being edited by another user.' + tipIsLocked: 'This element is being edited by another user.', + warnDelete: 'Are you sure you want to delete the name {0}?' }, SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js index 2faa1701f..65a8fcf32 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js @@ -232,6 +232,10 @@ define([ spinner.setDefaultUnit(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetricName()); spinner.setStep(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetric()==Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits.pt ? 1 : 0.01); } + var val = this._state.LineSpacingBefore; + this.numSpacingBefore && this.numSpacingBefore.setValue((val !== null) ? ((val<0) ? val : Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(val) ) : '', true); + val = this._state.LineSpacingAfter; + this.numSpacingAfter && this.numSpacingAfter.setValue((val !== null) ? ((val<0) ? val : Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(val) ) : '', true); } if (this.cmbLineRule) { var rec = this.cmbLineRule.store.at(1); @@ -245,7 +249,13 @@ define([ if (!rec) rec = this.cmbLineRule.store.at(0); this.numLineHeight.setDefaultUnit(rec.get('defaultUnit')); this.numLineHeight.setStep(rec.get('step')); - + var val = ''; + if ( this._state.LineRule == c_paragraphLinerule.LINERULE_AUTO ) { + val = this._state.LineHeight; + } else if (this._state.LineHeight !== null ) { + val = Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.LineHeight); + } + this.numLineHeight && this.numLineHeight.setValue((val !== null) ? val : '', true); } } }, diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/SlicerSettings.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/SlicerSettings.js index 124128e73..9995050c0 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/SlicerSettings.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/SlicerSettings.js @@ -122,6 +122,14 @@ define([ spinner.setDefaultUnit(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetricName()); spinner.setStep(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetric()==Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits.pt ? 1 : 0.1); } + this.spnWidth && this.spnWidth.setValue((this._state.Width!==null) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.Width) : '', true); + this.spnHeight && this.spnHeight.setValue((this._state.Height!==null) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.Height) : '', true); + this.spnColWidth && this.spnColWidth.setValue((this._state.ColWidth!==null) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.ColWidth) : '', true); + this.spnColHeight && this.spnColHeight.setValue((this._state.ColHeight!==null) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this._state.ColHeight) : '', true); + var val = this._state.PosHor; + this.spnHor && this.spnHor.setValue((val !== null && val !== undefined) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(val) : '', true); + val = this._state.PosVert; + this.spnVert && this.spnVert.setValue((val !== null && val !== undefined) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(val) : '', true); } }, @@ -436,9 +444,12 @@ define([ var Position = {X: value.get_X(), Y: value.get_Y()}; this.spnHor.setValue((Position.X !== null && Position.X !== undefined) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(Position.X) : '', true); this.spnVert.setValue((Position.Y !== null && Position.Y !== undefined) ? Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(Position.Y) : '', true); + this._state.PosHor = Position.X; + this._state.PosVert = Position.Y; } else { this.spnHor.setValue('', true); this.spnVert.setValue('', true); + this._state.PosHor = this._state.PosVert = null; } var slicerprops = props.asc_getSlicerProperties(); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/Statusbar.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/Statusbar.js index 14add7356..0cf3a88e8 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/Statusbar.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/Statusbar.js @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ define([ menuAlign: 'tl-tr', cls: 'color-tab', items: [ - { template: _.template('
                    ') }, + { template: _.template('
                    ') }, { template: _.template('' + me.textNewColor + '') } ] }); @@ -340,10 +340,6 @@ define([ {caption: this.ungroupSheets, value: 'noselect'} ] }).on('render:after', function(btn) { - var colorVal = $('
                    '); - $('button:first-child', btn.cmpEl).append(colorVal); - colorVal.css('background-color', btn.currentColor || 'transparent'); - me.mnuTabColor = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#id-tab-menu-color'), transparent: true diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/Toolbar.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/Toolbar.js index 7fc5d01f7..952cc8788 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/Toolbar.js @@ -272,18 +272,27 @@ define([ me.btnEditChart = new Common.UI.Button({ id : 'id-toolbar-rtn-edit-chart', - cls : 'btn-toolbar btn-text-value', + cls : 'btn-toolbar btn-text-default auto', caption : me.tipEditChart, lock : [_set.lostConnect], - style : 'width: 120px;' + style : 'min-width: 120px;' }); me.btnEditChartData = new Common.UI.Button({ id : 'id-toolbar-rtn-edit-chart-data', - cls : 'btn-toolbar btn-text-value', + cls : 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls : 'toolbar__icon btn-select-range', caption : me.tipEditChartData, + lock : [_set.editCell, _set.selRange, _set.selRangeEdit, _set.lostConnect] + }); + + me.btnEditChartType = new Common.UI.Button({ + id : 'id-toolbar-rtn-edit-chart-type', + cls : 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls : 'toolbar__icon btn-menu-chart', + caption : me.tipEditChartType, lock : [_set.editCell, _set.selRange, _set.selRangeEdit, _set.lostConnect], - style : 'width: 120px;' + style : 'min-width: 120px;' }); } else if ( config.isEditMailMerge ) { @@ -472,22 +481,29 @@ define([ }); me.mnuTextColorPicker = dummyCmp(); - me.btnTextColor = new Common.UI.Button({ + me.btnTextColor = new Common.UI.ButtonColored({ id : 'id-toolbar-btn-fontcolor', cls : 'btn-toolbar', iconCls : 'toolbar__icon btn-fontcolor', split : true, lock : [_set.selImage, _set.editFormula, _set.selRangeEdit, _set.selSlicer, _set.coAuth, _set.coAuthText, _set.lostConnect], menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'shifted-left', items: [ - { template: _.template('
                    ') }, + { + id: 'id-toolbar-menu-auto-fontcolor', + caption: this.textAutoColor, + template: _.template('<%= caption %>') + }, + {caption: '--'}, + { template: _.template('
                    ') }, { template: _.template('' + me.textNewColor + '') } ] }) }); me.mnuBackColorPicker = dummyCmp(); - me.btnBackColor = new Common.UI.Button({ + me.btnBackColor = new Common.UI.ButtonColored({ id : 'id-toolbar-btn-fillparag', cls : 'btn-toolbar', iconCls : 'toolbar__icon btn-paracolor', @@ -495,7 +511,7 @@ define([ lock : [_set.selImage, _set.editCell, _set.selSlicer, _set.coAuth, _set.coAuthText, _set.lostConnect], menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ items: [ - { template: _.template('
                    ') }, + { template: _.template('
                    ') }, { template: _.template('' + me.textNewColor + '') } ] }) @@ -1639,6 +1655,7 @@ define([ _injectComponent('#slot-field-styles', this.listStyles); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-chart', this.btnEditChart); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-chart-data', this.btnEditChartData); + _injectComponent('#slot-btn-chart-type', this.btnEditChartType); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-pageorient', this.btnPageOrient); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-pagemargins', this.btnPageMargins); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-pagesize', this.btnPageSize); @@ -1842,19 +1859,22 @@ define([ template : _.template('<%= caption %>'), menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ menuAlign : 'tl-tr', + cls: 'shifted-left', items : [ - { template: _.template('
                    '), stopPropagation: true }, + { + id: 'id-toolbar-menu-auto-bordercolor', + caption: this.textAutoColor, + template: _.template('<%= caption %>'), + stopPropagation: true + }, + {caption: '--'}, + { template: _.template('
                    '), stopPropagation: true }, { template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + ''), stopPropagation: true } ] }) }) ] })); - - var colorVal = $('
                    '); - $('button:first-child', this.btnBorders.cmpEl).append(colorVal); - colorVal.css('background-color', this.btnBorders.currentColor || 'transparent'); - this.mnuBorderColorPicker = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#id-toolbar-menu-bordercolor') }); @@ -1862,7 +1882,7 @@ define([ if ( this.btnInsertChart ) { this.btnInsertChart.setMenu(new Common.UI.Menu({ - style: 'width: 364px;', + style: 'width: 364px;padding-top: 12px;', items: [ { template: _.template('') } ] @@ -1874,7 +1894,7 @@ define([ parentMenu: menu, showLast: false, restoreHeight: 421, - groups: new Common.UI.DataViewGroupStore(Common.define.chartData.getChartGroupData(true)/*.concat(Common.define.chartData.getSparkGroupData(true))*/), + groups: new Common.UI.DataViewGroupStore(Common.define.chartData.getChartGroupData()/*.concat(Common.define.chartData.getSparkGroupData(true))*/), store: new Common.UI.DataViewStore(Common.define.chartData.getChartData()/*.concat(Common.define.chartData.getSparkData())*/), itemTemplate: _.template('
                    \">
                    ') }); @@ -1918,18 +1938,13 @@ define([ // DataView and pickers // if (this.btnTextColor && this.btnTextColor.cmpEl) { - var colorVal = $('
                    '); - $('button:first-child', this.btnTextColor.cmpEl).append(colorVal); - colorVal.css('background-color', this.btnTextColor.currentColor || 'transparent'); + this.btnTextColor.setColor(this.btnTextColor.currentColor || 'transparent'); this.mnuTextColorPicker = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#id-toolbar-menu-fontcolor') }); } if (this.btnBackColor && this.btnBackColor.cmpEl) { - var colorVal = $('
                    '); - $('button:first-child', this.btnBackColor.cmpEl).append(colorVal); - colorVal.css('background-color', this.btnBackColor.currentColor || 'transparent'); - + this.btnBackColor.setColor(this.btnBackColor.currentColor || 'transparent'); this.mnuBackColorPicker = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#id-toolbar-menu-paracolor'), transparent: true @@ -1983,7 +1998,7 @@ define([ if (mode.isDisconnected) { this.lockToolbar( SSE.enumLock.lostConnect, true ); this.lockToolbar( SSE.enumLock.lostConnect, true, - {array:[this.btnEditChart, this.btnEditChartData, this.btnUndo,this.btnRedo]} ); + {array:[this.btnEditChart, this.btnEditChartData, this.btnEditChartType, this.btnUndo,this.btnRedo]} ); if (!mode.enableDownload) this.lockToolbar(SSE.enumLock.cantPrint, true, {array: [this.btnPrint]}); } else { @@ -2447,6 +2462,8 @@ define([ tipInsertSlicer: 'Insert slicer', textVertical: 'Vertical Text', textTabView: 'View', - tipEditChartData: 'Select Data' + tipEditChartData: 'Select Data', + tipEditChartType: 'Change Chart Type', + textAutoColor: 'Automatic' }, SSE.Views.Toolbar || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ViewManagerDlg.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ViewManagerDlg.js index 59c46eaf3..d41d1b08b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ViewManagerDlg.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ViewManagerDlg.js @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ define([ '', '', '', - '
                    ', + '
                    ', '', '', '', @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ define([ '
                    ', '
                    ', '
                    ', - '', + '', '', '
                    ' ].join('') @@ -150,6 +150,11 @@ define([ }); this.btnDelete.on('click', _.bind(this.onDelete, this)); + this.btnOk = new Common.UI.Button({ + el: this.$window.find('.primary'), + disabled: true + }); + this.afterRender(); }, @@ -158,7 +163,7 @@ define([ }, _setDefaults: function (props) { - this.refreshList(this.views, 0); + this.refreshList(this.views); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onRefreshNamedSheetViewList', this.wrapEvents.onRefreshNamedSheetViewList); }, @@ -167,6 +172,7 @@ define([ }, refreshList: function(views, selectedItem) { + var active = 0; if (views) { this.views = views; var arr = []; @@ -180,6 +186,7 @@ define([ lock: (id!==null && id!==undefined), lockuser: (id) ? this.getUserName(id) : this.guestText }); + view.asc_getIsActive() && (active = i); } this.viewList.store.reset(arr); } @@ -188,8 +195,9 @@ define([ this.btnRename.setDisabled(!val); this.btnDuplicate.setDisabled(!val); this.btnDelete.setDisabled(!val); + this.btnOk.setDisabled(!val); if (val>0) { - if (selectedItem===undefined || selectedItem===null) selectedItem = 0; + if (selectedItem===undefined || selectedItem===null) selectedItem = active; if (_.isNumber(selectedItem)) { if (selectedItem>val-1) selectedItem = val-1; this.viewList.selectByIndex(selectedItem); @@ -270,6 +278,9 @@ define([ label: this.textRenameLabel, error: this.textRenameError, value: rec.get('name'), + validation: function(value) { + return value.length<128 ? true : me.textLongName; + }, handler: function(result, value) { if (result == 'ok') { rec.get('view').asc_setName(value); @@ -295,6 +306,8 @@ define([ }, onSelectItem: function(lisvView, itemView, record) { + if (!record) return; + this.userTipHide(); var rawData = {}, isViewSelect = _.isFunction(record.toJSON); @@ -327,6 +340,16 @@ define([ this.onPrimary(); }, + onPrimary: function() { + if (this.btnOk.isDisabled()) return false; + + if ( this.handler && this.handler.call(this, 'ok', this.getSettings()) ) + return; + + this.close(); + return false; + }, + txtTitle: 'Sheet View Manager', textViews: 'Sheet views', closeButtonText : 'Close', @@ -340,7 +363,8 @@ define([ tipIsLocked: 'This element is being edited by another user.', textRenameLabel: 'Rename view', textRenameError: 'View name must not be empty.', - warnDeleteView: "You are trying to delete the currently enabled view '%1'.
                    Close this view and delete it?" + warnDeleteView: "You are trying to delete the currently enabled view '%1'.
                    Close this view and delete it?", + textLongName: 'Enter a name that is less than 128 characters.' }, SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/index.html b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/index.html index fd0fe3d2e..69aecda14 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/index.html +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/index.html @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ .loadmask > .sktoolbar { background: #f1f1f1; height: 46px; - padding: 10px 12px; + padding: 10px 6px; box-sizing: content-box; } @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.space { background: none; - width: 12px; + width: 0; } .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.fat { @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ right: 0; top: 0; bottom: 0; - left: 905px; + left: 763px; width: inherit; height: 44px; } @@ -252,11 +252,11 @@
                    -
                    +
                    -
                    -
                    +
                    +
                    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/index.html.deploy b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/index.html.deploy index b41ed3ec2..a28e96130 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/index.html.deploy +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/index.html.deploy @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ .loadmask > .sktoolbar { background: #f1f1f1; height: 46px; - padding: 10px 12px; + padding: 10px 6px; box-sizing: content-box; } @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.space { background: none; - width: 12px; + width: 0; } .loadmask > .sktoolbar li.fat { @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ right: 0; top: 0; bottom: 0; - left: 905px; + left: 763px; width: inherit; height: 44px; } @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ var re = /chrome\/(\d+)/i.exec(userAgent); if (!!re && !!re[1] && !(re[1] > 49)) { setTimeout(function () { - document.getElementsByTagName('body')[0].className += "winxp"; + document.getElementsByTagName('html')[0].className += "winxp"; },0); } } @@ -261,11 +261,11 @@
                    -
                    +
                    -
                    -
                    +
                    +
                    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/be.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/be.json index 9b9767150..064e14a05 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/be.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/be.json @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Замяніць", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Замяніць усе", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Больш не паказваць гэтае паведамленне", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Дакумент быў зменены іншым карыстальнікам.
                    Націсніце, каб захаваць свае змены і загрузіць абнаўленні.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Дакумент быў зменены іншым карыстальнікам.
                    Націсніце, каб захаваць свае змены і загрузіць абнаўленні.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Стандартныя колеры", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Колеры тэмы", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Скасаваць", @@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "Для завяршэння аперацыі, якую вы хочаце выканаць, можа спатрэбіцца шмат часу.
                    Сапраўды хочаце працягнуць?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "У аб’яднанай ячэйцы застануцца толькі даныя з левай верхняй ячэйкі.
                    Сапраўды хочаце працягнуць?", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "Замацаваць вобласці", - "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow:": "Паказваць цень для замацаваных панэляў", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow": "Паказваць цень для замацаваных панэляў", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "Схаваць панэль формул", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "Схаваць лініі сеткі", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "Схаваць загалоўкі", @@ -1389,15 +1389,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Знізу", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Назва катэгорыі", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Па цэнтры", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Элементы дыяграмы і
                    легенда дыяграмы", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Элементы дыяграмы і
                    легенда дыяграмы", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Загаловак дыяграмы", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "На скрыжаванні", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Адвольны", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "у слупках", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Адмеціны даных", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Дыяпазон даных", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "у радках", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Шэраг даных", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Паказваць легенду", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Схаваныя і пустыя ячэйкі", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Злучаць кропкі даных лініямі", @@ -1409,9 +1407,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Схаваць", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Вышэй", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Гарызантальная вось", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Гарызантальныя лініі", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Гарызантальна", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Назва гарызантальнай восі", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Сотні", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1463,11 +1459,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Падзяляльнік адмецін", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Назва шэрагу", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Паказаць", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Паказваць вось", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Паказваць межы дыяграмы", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Паказваць даныя ў схаваных радках і слупках", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Паказваць пустыя ячэйкі як", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Лініі сеткі", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Паказваць вось", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Паказваць значэнні дыяграмы", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Асобны спарклайн", @@ -1487,12 +1481,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Перамяшчаць і змяняць памеры разам з ячэйкамі", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Тып", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Тып і даныя", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Тып, стыль дыяграмы і
                    дыяпазон даных", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Адзінкі адлюстравання", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Значэнне", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Вертыкальная вось", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Вертыкальныя лініі", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Назва вертыкальнай восі", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Назва восі Х", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Назва восі Y", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Нуль", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/bg.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/bg.json index 0dc4907f4..3669290ab 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/bg.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/bg.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Заменете", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Замяна на всички", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Не показвайте това съобщение отново", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Документът е променен от друг потребител.
                    Моля, кликнете върху, за да запазите промените си и да презаредите актуализациите.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Документът е променен от друг потребител.
                    Моля, кликнете върху, за да запазите промените си и да презаредите актуализациите.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Стандартни цветове", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Цветовете на темата", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Отказ", @@ -1177,15 +1177,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Отдоло", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Име на категория", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Център", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Елементи на диаграмата &
                    Легенда на диаграмата", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Елементи на диаграмата &
                    Легенда на диаграмата", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Заглавие на диаграмата", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Крос", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Персонализиран", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "в колони", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Етикети за данни", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Диапазон на данните", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "в редове", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Серии данни", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Легенда на дисплея", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Скрити и празни клетки", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Свържете данни с линия", @@ -1197,9 +1195,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Скрий", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Висок", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Хоризонтална ос", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Хоризонтални линии", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Хоризонтален", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Заглавие на хоризонталната ос", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Стотици", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1250,11 +1246,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Сепаратор за етикети за данни", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Име на серията", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Покажи", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Показване на ос", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Показва граници на диаграмата", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Показване на данни в скрити редове и колони", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Показване на празни клетки като", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Решетки от мрежата", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Показване на ос", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Показване на стойностите на диаграмата", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Единична Sparkline", @@ -1272,12 +1266,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "Трилиони", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Тип", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Тип & данни", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Тип диаграма, стил &
                    диапазон от данни", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Дисплейни единици", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Стойност", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Вертикална ос", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Вертикални решетки", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Заглавие на вертикалната ос", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "X Заглавие на ос", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Заглавие на ос", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Нула", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ca.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ca.json index 0f8673b96..b9c93b8f7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ca.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ca.json @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Canviar", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Canviar-ho Tot", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "No torneu a mostrar aquest missatge", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Un altre usuari ha canviat el document.
                    Feu clic per desar els canvis i tornar a carregar les actualitzacions.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Un altre usuari ha canviat el document.
                    Feu clic per desar els canvis i tornar a carregar les actualitzacions.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Colors Estàndards", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Colors Tema", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Cancel·lar", @@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "L’operació que esteu a punt de realitzar pot trigar molt temps a completar-se.
                    Esteu segur que voleu continuar?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "Només quedaran les dades de la cel·la superior esquerra de la cel·la fusionada.
                    Estàs segur que vols continuar?", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "Congela Panells", - "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow:": "Mostra l’Ombra dels Panells Congelats", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow": "Mostra l’Ombra dels Panells Congelats", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "Amagar barra de formules", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "Amagar Quadrícules", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "Amagar Encapçalaments", @@ -1389,15 +1389,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Inferior", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Nom de Categoria", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Centre", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elements del gràfic i
                    Llegenda del gràfic", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elements del gràfic i
                    Llegenda del gràfic", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Títol del Gràfic", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Creu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Personalitzat", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "a columnes", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Etiquetes de Dades", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Interval de Dades", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "a files", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Sèrie de Dades", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Visualitza la Llegenda", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Cel·les amagades i buides", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Connectar punts de dades amb línies", @@ -1409,9 +1407,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Amagar", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Alt", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Eix Horitzontal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Línies de Quadrícula Horitzontals", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Horitzontal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Títol del eix horitzontal", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Centenars", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1463,11 +1459,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Separador d'Etiquetes de Dades", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Nom de la Sèrie", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Mostra", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Visualització de l'Eix", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Mostra les vores del gràfic", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Mostrar les dades a les files i columnes ocultes", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Mostra les cel·les buides com", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Quadrícula", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Mostrar Eixos", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Mostra els valors del gràfic", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Sparkline Únic", @@ -1487,12 +1481,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Moure i mida de les cel·les", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Tipus", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Tipo y Datos", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Tipus de gràfic, estil i
                    Interval de dades", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Unitats de Visualització", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Valor", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Eix Vertical", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Línies de Quadricula Verticals", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Títol de l'Eix Vertical", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Títol Eix X", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Títol Eix Y", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Zero", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/cs.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/cs.json index 286007814..fb91694b1 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/cs.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/cs.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Nahradit", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Nahradit vše", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Tuto zprávu už nezobrazovat", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument byl mezitím změněn jiným uživatelem.
                    Kliknutím uložte změny provedené vámi a načtěte ty od ostatních.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument byl mezitím změněn jiným uživatelem.
                    Kliknutím uložte změny provedené vámi a načtěte ty od ostatních.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standardní barvy", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Barvy motivu vzhledu", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Storno", @@ -249,6 +249,8 @@ "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRange": "Rozsah", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRecent": "Nedávno použité symboly", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "Symbol", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Sloupce", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Řádky", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "Text na sloupce", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "Zarovnání", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "Střed", @@ -1259,15 +1261,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Dole", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Název kategorie", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Střed", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Prvky grafu a
                    Legenda grafu", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Prvky grafu a
                    Legenda grafu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Nadpis grafu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Kříž", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Uživatelsky určené", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "ve sloupcích", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Popisky dat", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Rozsah dat", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "v řádcích", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Datové řady", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Zobrazit legendu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Skryté a prázdné buňky", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Připojit datové body k řádku", @@ -1279,9 +1279,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Skrýt", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Vysoko", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Vodorovná osa", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Vodorovná mřížka", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Vodorovné", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Titulek vodorovné osy", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Stovky", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1333,11 +1331,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Oddělovače popisků dat", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Název řady", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Zobrazit", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Zobrazit osy", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Zobrazit ohraničení grafu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Zobrazit data v uzavřených řádcích a sloupcích", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Zobrazit prázdné buňky jako", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Mřížka", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Zobrazit osu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Zobrazit hodnoty grafu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Jednoduchý mikrograf", @@ -1357,12 +1353,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Přesouvat a měnit velikost společně s buňkami", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Typ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Typy a data", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Typ grafu, Styl a
                    Rozsah dat", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Zobrazit jednotky", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Hodnota", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Svislá osa", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Svislá mřížka", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Titulek svislé osy", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Titulek osy x", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Titulek osy y", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Nula", @@ -1680,8 +1673,6 @@ "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormulaTip": "Vložit funkci", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtMore": "Další funkce", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtRecent": "Nedávno použité", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Sloupce", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Řádky", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAlign": "Zarovnat vůči okrajům stránky", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAll": "Všechny stránky", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textBold": "Tučné", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/da.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/da.json index e3d5510c8..934b87782 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/da.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/da.json @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Erstat", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Erstat alle", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Vis ikke denne meddelelse igen", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokumentet er blevet ændret af en anden bruger.
                    Venligst tryk for at gemme ændringerne og genindlæs opdateringerne.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokumentet er blevet ændret af en anden bruger.
                    Venligst tryk for at gemme ændringerne og genindlæs opdateringerne.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standard farve", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Tema farver", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Annuller", @@ -265,6 +265,8 @@ "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "Symboler", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "Symbol", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTradeMark": "Varemærke tegn", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Kolonner", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Rækker", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "Tekst til kolonner", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "Udvid", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpandRemDuplicates": "Dataene ved siden af markeringen fjernes ikke. Vil du udvide markeringen til at omfatte de tilstødende data eller kun fortsætte med de aktuelt valgte celler?", @@ -1294,15 +1296,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Bund", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Kategori Navn", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Centrum", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Chart Elements &
                    Chart Legend", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Chart Elements &
                    Chart Legend", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Diagram titel", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Kryds", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Brugerdefineret", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "I kolonner", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Data etiketter", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Data rækkevidde", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "I rækker", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Data serie", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Vis forklaringer", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Skjulte og tomme celler", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Forbind datapunkter med linje", @@ -1314,9 +1314,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Skjul", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Høj", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Vandret akse", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "vandrette gitterlinier", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Vandret", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Vandret akse titel", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Hundrede", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1368,11 +1366,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Data etiket separatore ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Serie navn", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Vis", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Vis akse", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Vis diagram rammer", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Vis data i skjulte rækker og kolonner", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Vis tomme celler som", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Gitterlinier", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Vis akse", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Vis diagram værdier", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Enkelt minidiagram", @@ -1392,12 +1388,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Flyt og skalér med felter", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Type", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Type og data", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Diagramtype, Style &
                    Dataregment", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Vis enheder", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Værdi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Lodret akse", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Lodrette gitterlinier", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Lodret akse titel", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "X akse titel", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Y akse titel", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Nul", @@ -1750,8 +1743,6 @@ "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormulaTip": "Indsæt funktion", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtMore": "Flere funktioner", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtRecent": "Anvendt for nyligt", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Kolonner", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Rækker", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAlign": "Tilpas til side-margener", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAll": "Alle sider", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textBold": "Fed", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/de.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/de.json index ed364b655..7a513fc0a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/de.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/de.json @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Ersetzen", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Alle ersetzen", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Diese Meldung nicht mehr anzeigen", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Das Dokument wurde von einem anderen Benutzer geändert.
                    Bitte klicken hier, um Ihre Änderungen zu speichern und die Aktualisierungen neu zu laden.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Das Dokument wurde von einem anderen Benutzer geändert.
                    Bitte klicken hier, um Ihre Änderungen zu speichern und die Aktualisierungen neu zu laden.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standardfarben", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Designfarben", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Abbrechen", @@ -297,9 +297,12 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Spalten", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Zeilen", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "Text in Spalten", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtDataValidation": "Datenüberprüfung", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "erweitern", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpandRemDuplicates": "Die Daten neben der Auswahlliste werden nicht entfernt. Möchten Sie die Auswahlliste erweitern, um nebenstehende Angaben einzuschließen oder nur mit ausgewählten Zellen fortsetzen?", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExtendDataValidation": "Die Auswahl enthält einige Zellen ohne Einstellungen für die Datenüberprüfung.
                    Soll die Datenüberprüfung auf diese Zellen erweitert werden?", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemDuplicates": "Entferne Duplikate", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemoveDataValidation": "Die Auswahl enthält mehr als eine Prüfungsart.
                    Sollen die aktuellen Einstellungen gelöscht und dann fortgefahren werden?", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemSelected": "Aus dem ausgewählten Bereich entfernen", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "Ausrichtung", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "Zentriert", @@ -585,6 +588,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Das Dokument wurde gerade von einem anderen Benutzer bearbeitet. Bitte versuchen Sie es später erneut.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Zugriff verweigert", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Beim Speichern dieser Datei ist ein Fehler aufgetreten.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Diese Datei kann nicht erstellt oder gespeichert werden.
                    Dies ist möglicherweise davon verursacht:
                    1. Die Datei ist schreibgeschützt.
                    2. Die Datei wird von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet.
                    3. Die Festplatte ist voll oder beschädigt.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Speichervorbereitung", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Speichervorbereitung. Bitte warten...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Kalkulationstabelle wird gespeichert...", @@ -854,6 +858,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Die aktuelle Zoom-Einstellung Ihres Webbrowsers wird nicht völlig unterstützt. Bitte stellen Sie die Standardeinstellung mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+0 wieder her.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Sie haben das Limit für gleichzeitige Verbindungen in %1-Editoren erreicht. Dieses Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
                    Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Ihre Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
                    Bitte aktualisieren Sie Ihre Lizenz und laden Sie die Seite neu.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Die Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
                    Die Bearbeitungsfunktionen sind nicht verfügbar.
                    Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihrem Administrator.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Die Lizenz soll aktualisiert werden.
                    Die Bearbeitungsfunktionen sind eingeschränkt.
                    Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihrem Administrator für vollen Zugriff", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Sie haben das Benutzerlimit für %1-Editoren erreicht. Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Sie haben das Limit für gleichzeitige Verbindungen in %1-Editoren erreicht. Dieses Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
                    Bitte kontaktieren Sie unser Verkaufsteam, um persönliche Upgrade-Bedingungen zu erhalten.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Sie haben das Benutzerlimit für %1-Editoren erreicht. Bitte kontaktieren Sie unser Verkaufsteam, um persönliche Upgrade-Bedingungen zu erhalten.", @@ -874,6 +880,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Es ist nicht möglich, das Arbeitsblatt zu löschen.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "Sheet", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTip": "Sie befinden sich in einer Tabellenansicht. Filter und Sortierung sind nur für Sie und andere Benutzer/innen sichtbar, die in diesem Modus sind.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTipFilters": "Sie befinden sich in einer Tabellenansicht. Filter sind nur für Sie und andere Benutzer/innen sichtbar, die in diesem Modus sind.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "Die ausgewählten Arbeitsblätter könnten Daten enthalten. Fortsetzen?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "Die Schriftart, die Sie verwenden wollen, ist auf diesem Gerät nicht verfügbar.
                    Der Textstil wird mit einer der Systemschriften angezeigt, die gespeicherte Schriftart wird verwendet, wenn sie verfügbar ist.
                    Wollen Sie fortsetzen?", @@ -1225,7 +1232,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "Die Operation, die Sie durchführen möchten, kann viel Zeit in Anspruch nehmen.
                    Soll sie fortgesetzt werden?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "Nur die Daten aus der oberen linken Zelle bleiben nach der Vereinigung.
                    Möchten Sie wirklich fortsetzen?", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "Fenster fixieren", - "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow:": "Schatten für fixierte Bereiche anzeigen", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow": "Schatten für fixierte Bereiche anzeigen", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "Formelleiste verbergen", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "Gitternetzlinien verbergen", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "Überschriften verbergen", @@ -1394,15 +1401,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Unten", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Kategoriename", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Zentriert", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Diagrammelemente und
                    Diagrammlegende", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Diagrammelemente und
                    Diagrammlegende", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Diagrammtitel", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Schnittpunkt", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Benutzerdefiniert", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "in Spalten", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Datenbeschriftungen", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Datenbereich", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "in Zeilen", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Datenreihe", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Legende anzeigen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Ausgeblendete und leere Zellen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Datenpunkte mit Linie verbinden", @@ -1414,9 +1419,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Verbergen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Hoch", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Horizontale Achse", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Horizontale Gitternetzlinien ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Horizontal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Titel der horizontalen Achse", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Hunderte", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1468,11 +1471,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Trennzeichen für Datenbeschriftungen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Reihenname", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Anzeigen", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Achse anzeigen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Diagrammränder anzeigen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Daten in ausgeblendeten Zeilen und Spalten anzeigen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Leere Zellen anzeigen", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Gitternetzlinien ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Achse anzeigen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Diagrammwerte anzeigen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Einzelne Sparkline", @@ -1492,12 +1493,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Verschieben und Ändern der Größe mit Zellen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Typ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Typ und Daten", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Typ, Stil des Diagramms
                    Datenbereich", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Anzeigeeinheiten", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Wert", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Vertikale Achse", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Vertikale Gitternetzlinien ", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Titel der vertikalen Achse", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "X-Achsentitel", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Y-Achsentitel", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Null", @@ -1512,6 +1510,7 @@ "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.txtEmpty": "Dieses Feld ist erforderlich", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "Gruppieren", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextCustomSort": "Benutzerdefinierte Sortierung", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextDataValidation": "Datenüberprüfung", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextRemDuplicates": "Entferne Duplikate", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextToCol": "Text in Spalten", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnUngroup": "Gruppierung aufheben", @@ -1523,10 +1522,73 @@ "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRightOf": "Hauptspalten rechts von Detaildaten", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRows": "Gruppierung von Zeilen aufheben", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipCustomSort": "Benutzerdefinierte Sortierung", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipDataValidation": "Datenüberprüfung", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipGroup": "Zellenbereich gruppieren", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipRemDuplicates": "Duplikate von Reihen aus Tabellenkalkulation entfernen", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipToColumns": "Zelltext in Spalten aufteilen", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipUngroup": "Gruppierung von Zellenbereich aufheben", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorFormula": "Dieser Wert wird zurzeit zu einem Fehler ausgewertet. Möchten Sie den Vorgang fortsetzen?", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalid": "Der im Feld \"{0}\" eingegebene Wert ist ungültig.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidDate": "Das im Feld \"{0}\" eingegebene Datum ist ungültig.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidList": "Die Quelle muss eine getrennte Liste oder ein Bezug auf eine einzelne Zeile oder Spalte sein.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidTime": "Die im Feld \"{0}\" eingegebene Zeit ist ungültig.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMinGreaterMax": "Das Feld \"{1}\" muss größer als oder gleich dem Feld \"{0}\" sein.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterBothValues": "Sie müssen einen Wert in Felder \"{0}\" und \"{1}\" eingeben.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterValue": "Sie müssen einen Wert ins Feld \"{0}\" eingeben.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNamedRange": "Der angegebene benannte Bereich wurde nicht gefunden.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNegativeTextLength": "Negative Werte können nicht für die Bedingungen \"{0}\" verwendet werden.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNotNumeric": "Das Feld \"{0}\" muss ein numerischer Wert, numerischer Ausdruck oder ein Bezug auf eine Zelle, die einen numerischen Wert enthält, sein.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strError": "Fehlermeldung", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strInput": "Eingabemeldung", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strSettings": "Einstellungen", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAlert": "Warnung", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAllow": "Zulassen", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textApply": "Diese Änderungen auf alle Zellen mit denselben Einstellungen anwenden", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCellSelected": "Diese Eingabemeldung anzeigen, wenn Zelle ausgewählt wird", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCompare": "Vergleichen mit", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textData": "Daten", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndDate": "Enddatum", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndTime": "Endzeit", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textError": "Fehlermeldung", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textFormula": "Formel", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textIgnore": "Leere Zellen ignorieren", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textInput": "Eingabemeldung", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMax": "Maximum", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMessage": "Nachricht", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMin": "Minimum", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSelectData": "Daten auswählen", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowDropDown": "Dropdownliste in der Zell anzeigen", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowError": "Fehlermeldung anzeigen, wenn ungültige Daten eingegeben werden", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowInput": "Eingabemeldung anzeigen, wenn Zelle ausgewählt wird", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSource": "Quelle", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartDate": "Startdatum", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartTime": "Startzeit", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStop": "Beenden", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStyle": "Stil", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textTitle": "Titel", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textUserEnters": "Diese Fehlermeldung anzeigen, wenn ungültige Daten eingegeben wurden", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtAny": "Jeder Wert", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtBetween": "zwischen", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDate": "Datum", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDecimal": "Dezimal", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtElTime": "Verstrichene Zeit", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndDate": "Enddatum", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndTime": "Endzeit", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEqual": "ist gleich", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThan": "Größer als", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThanOrEqual": "Größer als oder gleich wie ", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLength": "Länge", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThan": "Kleiner als", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThanOrEqual": "Kleiner als oder gleich wie", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtList": "Liste", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotBetween": "nicht zwischen", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotEqual": "ist nicht gleich", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtOther": "Sonstiges", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartDate": "Startdatum", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartTime": "Startzeit", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTextLength": "Textlänge", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTime": "Uhrzeit", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtWhole": "Ganze Zahl", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "Und", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "ist gleich", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "endet nicht mit", @@ -1637,6 +1699,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCurrency": "Währung", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomColumnWidth": "Benutzerdefinierte Spaltenbreite", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomRowHeight": "Benutzerdefinierte Zeilenhöhe", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomSort": "Benutzerdefinierte Sortierung", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCut": "Ausschneiden", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDate": "Datum", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDelete": "Löschen", @@ -1838,6 +1901,7 @@ "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs8": "Als Achtel", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCurrency": "Währung", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustom": "Benutzerdefiniert", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustomWarning": "Bitte geben Sie das benutzerdefinierte Zahlenformat aufmerksam ein. Der Editor von Tabellenkalkulationen überprüft Fehler in benutzerdefinierten Zahlenformaten nicht und diese können in Ihrer XLSX-Datei bleiben.", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtDate": "Datum", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtFraction": "Bruch", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtGeneral": "Allgemein", @@ -1981,7 +2045,9 @@ "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSpellcheck": "Rechtschreibprüfung", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback und Support", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "ENTWICKLERMODUS", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Zugriffseinschränkung", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "Trial-Modus", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Testversion für Entwickler-Modus", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "Speichern", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "Unten", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLandscape": "Querformat", @@ -2511,7 +2577,7 @@ "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textNone": "kein", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textOperation": "Aktion", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textPaste": "Einfügen", - "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textSub": "abziehen", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textSub": "Abziehen", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTitle": "Spezielles Einfügen", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTranspose": "Vertauschen", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textValues": "Werte", @@ -2943,6 +3009,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "Duplizieren", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textEmpty": "Keine Anzeigen erstellt.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textGoTo": "Zum Anzeigen", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "Der Name einer Tabellenansicht darf maximal 128 Zeichen lang sein.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "Neu", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "Umbenennen", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameError": "Der Name von der Tabellenansicht kann nicht leer sein.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/el.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/el.json index cf1cf97db..21007f26f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/el.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/el.json @@ -1,96 +1,167 @@ { "cancelButtonText": "Ακύρωση", "Common.Controllers.Chat.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", - "Common.Controllers.Chat.textEnterMessage": "Εισαγάγετε το μήνυμά σας εδώ", + "Common.Controllers.Chat.textEnterMessage": "Εισάγετε το μήνυμά σας εδώ", "Common.define.chartData.textArea": "Περιοχή", "Common.define.chartData.textBar": "Μπάρα", - "Common.define.chartData.textCharts": "Διαγράμματα", + "Common.define.chartData.textCharts": "Γραφήματα", "Common.define.chartData.textColumn": "Στήλη", "Common.define.chartData.textColumnSpark": "Στήλη", "Common.define.chartData.textLine": "Γραμμή", "Common.define.chartData.textLineSpark": "Γραμμή", + "Common.define.chartData.textPie": "Πίτα", + "Common.define.chartData.textPoint": "ΧΥ (Διασπορά)", + "Common.define.chartData.textSparks": "Μικρογραφήματα", + "Common.define.chartData.textStock": "Μετοχή", + "Common.define.chartData.textSurface": "Επιφάνεια", + "Common.define.chartData.textWinLossSpark": "Νίκες/Ήττες", + "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "Το αρχείο τελεί υπό επεξεργασία σε άλλη εφαρμογή. Μπορείτε να συνεχίσετε την επεξεργασία και να το αποθηκεύσετε ως αντίγραφo.", + "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "Προσθήκη νέου προσαρμοσμένου χρώματος", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSize.txtNoBorders": "Χωρίς περιγράμματα", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSizeEditable.txtNoBorders": "Χωρίς περιγράμματα", "Common.UI.ComboDataView.emptyComboText": "Χωρίς τεχνοτροπίες", "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.addButtonText": "Προσθήκη", "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textCurrent": "Τρέχον", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textHexErr": "Η τιμή που βάλατε δεν είναι αποδεκτή.
                    Παρακαλούμε βάλτε μια τιμή μεταξύ 000000 και FFFFFF.", "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textNew": "Νέο", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textRGBErr": "Η τιμή που βάλατε δεν είναι αποδεκτή.
                    Παρακαλούμε βάλτε μια αριθμητική τιμή μεταξύ 0 και 255.", "Common.UI.HSBColorPicker.textNoColor": "Χωρίς χρώμα", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textHighlight": "Επισήμανση αποτελεσμάτων", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textMatchCase": "Με διάκριση πεζών - κεφαλαίων γραμμάτων", - "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textSearchStart": "Εισαγάγετε το κείμενό σας εδώ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textReplaceDef": "Εισάγετε το κείμενο αντικατάστασης", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textSearchStart": "Εισάγετε το κείμενό σας εδώ", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textTitle": "Εύρεση και αντικατάσταση", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textTitle2": "Εύρεση", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textWholeWords": "Ολόκληρες λέξεις μόνο", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnHideReplace": "Απόκρυψη Αντικατάστασης", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Αντικατάσταση", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Αντικατάσταση όλων", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Να μην εμφανίζεται αυτό το μήνυμα ξανά", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Το έγγραφο έχει αλλάξει από άλλο χρήστη.
                    Παρακαλούμε κάντε κλικ για να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές σας και να φορτώσετε ξανά τις ενημερώσεις.", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Τυπικά Χρώματα", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Χρώματα θέματος", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Ακύρωση", "Common.UI.Window.closeButtonText": "Κλείσιμο", + "Common.UI.Window.noButtonText": "Όχι", "Common.UI.Window.okButtonText": "Εντάξει", + "Common.UI.Window.textConfirmation": "Επιβεβαίωση", + "Common.UI.Window.textDontShow": "Να μην εμφανίζεται αυτό το μήνυμα ξανά", "Common.UI.Window.textError": "Σφάλμα", + "Common.UI.Window.textInformation": "Πληροφορία", "Common.UI.Window.textWarning": "Προειδοποίηση", "Common.UI.Window.yesButtonText": "Ναι", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "εκ", + "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", "Common.Views.About.txtAddress": "διεύθυνση:", + "Common.Views.About.txtLicensee": "ΑΔΕΙΟΔΕΚΤΗΣ", + "Common.Views.About.txtLicensor": "ΑΔΕΙΟΔΟΤΗΣ", + "Common.Views.About.txtMail": "ηλεκτρονική διεύθυνση:", "Common.Views.About.txtPoweredBy": "Υποστηρίζεται από", - "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "Έκδοση", + "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "Tηλ.: ", + "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "Έκδοση ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "Προσθήκη", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textApplyAsWork": "Εφαρμογή κατά την εργασία", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAutoFormat": "Αυτόματη Μορφοποίηση Κατά Την Πληκτρολόγηση", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "Από", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "Διαγραφή", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "Αυτόματη Διόρθωση Μαθηματικών", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textNewRowCol": "Συμπερίληψη νέων γραμμών και στηλών στον πίνακα", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognized": "Αναγνωρισμένες Συναρτήσεις", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognizedDesc": "Οι ακόλουθες εκφράσεις αναγνωρίζονται ως μαθηματικές. Δεν θα μορφοποιηθούν αυτόματα με πλάγια γράμματα.", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "Αντικατάσταση", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceType": "Αντικατάσταση κειμένου κατά την πληκτρολόγηση", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReset": "Αρχικοποίηση", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textResetAll": "Αρχικοποίηση στην προεπιλογή", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRestore": "Επαναφορά", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textTitle": "Αυτόματη διόρθωση", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnAddRec": "Οι αναγνωρισμένες συναρτήσεις πρέπει να περιέχουν μόνο τα γράμματα A έως Z, κεφαλαία ή μικρά.", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnResetRec": "Κάθε έκφραση που προσθέσατε θα αφαιρεθεί και ό,τι αφαιρέθηκε θα αποκατασταθεί. Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReplace": "Η καταχώρηση αυτόματης διόρθωσης για %1 υπάρχει ήδη. Θέλετε να την αντικαταστήσετε;", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReset": "Κάθε αυτόματη διόρθωση που προσθέσατε θα αφαιρεθεί και ό,τι τροποποιήθηκε θα αποκατασταθεί στην αρχική του τιμή. Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnRestore": "Η καταχώρηση αυτόματης διόρθωσης για %1 θα τεθεί στην αρχική τιμή της. Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;", "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "Αποστολή", "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "Προσθήκη", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "Προσθήκη σχολίου", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddCommentToDoc": "Προσθήκη σχολίου στο έγγραφο", - "Common.Views.Comments.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη απάντησης", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη Απάντησης", "Common.Views.Comments.textAnonym": "Επισκέπτης", "Common.Views.Comments.textCancel": "Ακύρωση", "Common.Views.Comments.textClose": "Κλείσιμο", "Common.Views.Comments.textComments": "Σχόλια", "Common.Views.Comments.textEdit": "Εντάξει", - "Common.Views.Comments.textEnterCommentHint": "Εισαγάγετε το σχόλιό σας εδώ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textEnterCommentHint": "Εισάγετε το σχόλιό σας εδώ", "Common.Views.Comments.textHintAddComment": "Προσθήκη σχολίου", "Common.Views.Comments.textOpenAgain": "Άνοιγμα ξανά", "Common.Views.Comments.textReply": "Απάντηση", "Common.Views.Comments.textResolve": "Επίλυση", + "Common.Views.Comments.textResolved": "Επιλύθηκε", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textDontShow": "Να μην εμφανίζεται αυτό το μήνυμα ξανά", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textMsg": "Η αντιγραφή, η αποκοπή και η επικόλληση μέσω των κουμπιών της εργαλειοθήκης του συντάκτη καθώς και οι ενέργειες του μενού συμφραζομένων εφαρμόζονται μόνο εντός αυτής της καρτέλας.

                    Για αντιγραφή ή επικόλληση από ή προς εφαρμογές εκτός της καρτέλας χρησιμοποιήστε τους ακόλουθους συνδυασμούς πλήκτρων:", "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textTitle": "Ενέργειες αντιγραφής, αποκοπής και επικόλλησης", "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToCopy": "για αντιγραφή", "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToCut": "για αποκοπή", "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToPaste": "για επικόλληση", "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textLoading": "Φόρτωση ...", "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις διαμοιρασμού", + "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabel": "Ετικέτα:", + "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabelError": "Η ετικέτα δεν μπορεί να είναι κενή.", + "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Οι χρήστες που επεξεργάζονται το αρχείο:", "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Άνοιγμα τοποθεσίας αρχείου", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Απόκρυψη Γραμμής Εργαλείων", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Απόκρυψη Χαράκων", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Απόκρυψη Γραμμής Κατάστασης", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Αποθήκευση...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Τροποποιημένο", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Όλες οι αλλαγές αποθηκεύτηκαν", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Όλες οι αλλαγές αποθηκεύτηκαν", "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Εστίαση", + "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Διαχείριση δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης εγγράφου", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Λήψη αρχείου", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Επεξεργασία τρέχοντος αρχείου", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Εκτύπωση αρχείου", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Επανάληψη", "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Αποθήκευση", "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Αναίρεση", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndock": "Απαγκίστρωση σε ξεχωριστό παράθυρο", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Προβολή ρυθμίσεων", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Προβολή χρηστών και διαχείριση δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης σε έγγραφα", + "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Αλλαγή δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Μετονομασία", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.textUrl": "Επικόλληση URL εικόνας:", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtEmpty": "Αυτό το πεδίο είναι υποχρεωτικό", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtNotUrl": "Αυτό το πεδίο πρέπει να είναι διεύθυνση URL με τη μορφή «http://www.example.com»", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textBulleted": "Με κουκίδες", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textNumbering": "Αριθμημένο", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.tipChange": "Αλλαγή κουκίδων", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtBullet": "Κουκκίδα", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtColor": "Χρώμα", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNewBullet": "Νέα κουκίδα", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNone": "Κανένα", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtOfText": "% του κειμένου", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSize": "Μέγεθος", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtStart": "Έναρξη σε", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSymbol": "Σύμβολο", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις Λίστας", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtType": "Τύπος", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Κλείσιμο αρχείου", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtAdvanced": "Για προχωρημένους", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtColon": "Άνω κάτω τελεία", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtComma": "Κόμμα", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtDelimiter": "Οριοθέτης", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Κωδικοποίηση", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Το συνθηματικό είναι εσφαλμένο.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtOther": "Άλλο", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Συνθηματικό", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPreview": "Προεπισκόπηση", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtProtected": "Μόλις βάλετε τον κωδικό και ανοίξετε το αρχείο, ο τρέχων κωδικός αρχείου θα αρχικοποιηθεί.", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtSemicolon": "Άνω τελεία", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtSpace": "Κενό διάστημα", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTab": "Καρτέλα", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Διαλέξτε %1 επιλογές", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Προστατευμένο Αρχείο", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Ορίστε ένα συνθηματικό για την προστασία αυτού του εγγράφου", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Ο κωδικός επιβεβαίωσης δεν είναι πανομοιότυπος", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Συνθηματικό", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Επανάληψη συνθηματικού", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "Ορισμός συνθηματικού", @@ -101,31 +172,52 @@ "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Εκκίνηση", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "Διακοπή", "Common.Views.Protection.hintAddPwd": "Κρυπτογράφηση με συνθηματικό", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "Αλλαγή ή διαγραφή συνθηματικού", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "Προσθήκη ψηφιακής υπογραφής ή γραμμής υπογραφής", "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "Προσθήκη συνθηματικού", "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "Αλλαγή συνθηματικού", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "Διαγραφή συνθηματικού", "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Κρυπτογράφηση", "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Προσθήκη ψηφιακής υπογραφής", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Υπογραφή", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Προσθήκη γραμμής υπογραφής", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Όνομα αρχείου", + "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "Το όνομα αρχείου δεν μπορεί να περιέχει κανέναν από τους ακόλουθους χαρακτήρες:", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "Στην επόμενη αλλαγή", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "Στην προηγούμενη αλλαγή", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "Γρήγορα", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "Συν-επεξεργασία πραγματικού χρόνου. Όλες οι αλλαγές αποθηκεύονται αυτόματα.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "Αυστηρή", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί 'Αποθήκευση' για να συγχρονίσετε τις αλλαγές που κάνετε εσείς και οι άλλοι.", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "Αποδοχή τρέχουσας αλλαγής", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "Ορισμός κατάστασης συν-επεξεργασίας", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCommentRem": "Αφαίρεση σχολίων", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCommentRemCurrent": "Αφαίρεση υφιστάμενων σχολίων", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "Εμφάνιση ιστορικού εκδόσεων", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "Απόρριψη τρέχουσας αλλαγής", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "Παρακολούθηση αλλαγών", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "Επιλέξτε τον τρόπο προβολής των αλλαγών", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "Ορισμός γλώσσας εγγράφου", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "Έλεγχος ορθογραφίας", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "Διαχείριση δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης εγγράφου", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "Αποδοχή", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Αποδοχή όλων των αλλαγών", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Αποδοχή αλλαγών", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Αποδοχή τρέχουσας αλλαγής", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "Συνομιλία", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Κλείσιμο", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Κατάσταση Συνεργατικής Επεξεργασίας", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemAll": "Αφαίρεση όλων των σχολίων", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemCurrent": "Αφαίρεση Υφιστάμενων Σχολίων", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemMy": "Αφαίρεση των σχολίων μου", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemMyCurrent": "Διαγραφή Πρόσφατων Σχολίων Μου", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemove": "Αφαίρεση", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "Γλώσσα", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Όλες οι αλλαγές έγιναν αποδεκτές (Προεπισκόπηση)", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "Τελικός", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "Ιστορικό εκδόσεων", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "Όλες οι αλλαγές (Επεξεργασία)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "Σήμανση", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "Επόμενο", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "Όλες οι αλλαγές απορρίφθηκαν (Προεπισκόπηση)", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "Πρωτότυπο", @@ -135,98 +227,272 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "Απόρριψη αλλαγών", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "Απόρριψη τρέχουσας αλλαγής", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "Διαμοιρασμός", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "Έλεγχος Ορθογραφίας", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "Παρακολούθηση αλλαγών", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Κατάσταση Προβολής", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAdd": "Προσθήκη", - "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη απάντησης", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη Απάντησης", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textCancel": "Ακύρωση", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textClose": "Κλείσιμο", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textEdit": "Εντάξει", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMention": "+mention θα δώσει πρόσβαση στο αρχείο και θα στείλει email", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMentionNotify": "+mention θα ενημερώσει τον χρήστη με email", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textOpenAgain": "Άνοιγμα ξανά", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textReply": "Απάντηση", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textResolve": "Επίλυση", "Common.Views.SaveAsDlg.textLoading": "Γίνεται φόρτωση", + "Common.Views.SaveAsDlg.textTitle": "Φάκελος για αποθήκευση", "Common.Views.SelectFileDlg.textLoading": "Γίνεται φόρτωση", + "Common.Views.SelectFileDlg.textTitle": "Επιλογή Πηγής Δεδομένων", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "Έντονα", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "Πιστοποιητικό", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "Αλλαγή", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Εισαγωγή ονόματος υπογράφοντος", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Πλάγια", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Ο σκοπός για υπογραφή αυτού του εγγράφου", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Επιλογή", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Επιλογή εικόνας", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "Η υπογραφή μοιάζει με", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Υπογραφή εγγράφου", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "ή κάντε κλικ στο 'Επιλογή εικόνας' για να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια εικόνα ως υπογραφή", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "Έγκυρο από %1 έως %2", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "Όνομα γραμματοσειράς", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "Μέγεθος γραμματοσειράς", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": "Να επιτρέπεται στον υπογράφοντα να προσθέτει σχόλιο στο διάλογο υπογραφής", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfo": "Πληροφορίες Υπογράφοντος", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoEmail": "Ηλεκτρονική Διεύθυνση", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "Όνομα", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Τίτλος Υπογράφοντος", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Οδηγίες προς Υπογράφοντα", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Εμφάνιση ημερομηνίας υπογραφής στη γραμμή υπογράφοντος", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Ρύθμιση Υπογραφής", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Αυτό το πεδίο είναι υποχρεωτικό", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCharacter": "Χαρακτήρας", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCode": "Δεκαεξαδική τιμή Unicode", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCopyright": "Σήμα Πνευματικών Δικαιωμάτων", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDCQuote": "Κλείσιμο Διπλών Εισαγωγικών", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDOQuote": "Άνοιγμα Διπλών Εισαγωγικών", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEllipsis": "Οριζόντια Έλλειψη", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmDash": "Πλατιά Παύλα Em", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmSpace": "Διάστημα Em", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnDash": "Πλατιά Παύλα En", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnSpace": "Διάστημα En", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textFont": "Γραμματοσειρά", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBHyphen": "Προστατευμένη Παύλα", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBSpace": "Προστατευμένο Διάστημα", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textPilcrow": "Σύμβολο Παραγράφου", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textQEmSpace": "1/4 Em Διάστημα", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRange": "Εύρος", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRecent": "Πρόσφατα χρησιμοποιημένα σύμβολα", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRegistered": "Καταχωρημένο Σύμβολο", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSCQuote": "Κλείσιμο Απλών Εισαγωγικών", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSection": "Σύμβολο Τμήματος", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textShortcut": "Πλήκτρο συντόμευσης", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSHyphen": "Απαλή Παύλα", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSOQuote": "Άνοιγμα Απλών Εισαγωγικών", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSpecial": "Ειδικοί χαρακτήρες", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "Σύμβολα", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "Σύμβολο", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTradeMark": "Σύμβολο Εμπορικού Σήματος", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Στήλες", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Γραμμές", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "Κείμενο σε στήλες", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtDataValidation": "Επικύρωση Δεδομένων", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "Επέκταση", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpandRemDuplicates": "Τα δεδομένα δίπλα στην επιλογή δεν θα διαγραφούν. Θέλετε να επεκτείνετε την επιλογή ώστε να συμπεριλάβει τα παρακείμενα δεδομένα ή να συνεχίσετε μόνο με τα τρέχοντα επιλεγμένα κελιά;", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExtendDataValidation": "Η επιλογή περιέχει μερικά κελιά χωρίς ρυθμίσεις Επικύρωσης Δεδομένων.
                    Θέλετε να επεκτείνετε την Επικύρωση Δεδομένων και σε αυτά τα κελιά;", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemDuplicates": "Αφαίρεση Διπλότυπων", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemoveDataValidation": "Η επιλογή περιέχει περισσότερους από έναν τύπους επικύρωσης.
                    Διαγραφή τρεχουσών ρυθμίσεων και συνέχεια;", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemSelected": "Αφαίρεση στα επιλεγμένα", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "Στοίχιση", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "Κέντρο", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteColumnText": "Διαγραφή Στήλης", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteRowText": "Διαγραφή γραμμής", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteText": "Διαγραφή", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.errorInvalidLink": "Η παραπομπή του συνδέσμου δεν υπάρχει. Παρακαλούμε διορθώστε τον σύνδεσμο ή διαγράψτε τον.", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.guestText": "Επισκέπτης", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertColumnLeftText": "Στήλη αριστερά", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertColumnRightText": "Στήλη δεξιά", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertColumnLeftText": "Στήλη Αριστερά", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertColumnRightText": "Στήλη Δεξιά", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertRowAboveText": "Γραμμή πάνω", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertRowBelowText": "Γραμμή κάτω", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertText": "Εισαγωγή", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.leftText": "Αριστερά", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.rightText": "Δεξιά", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textAutoCorrectSettings": "Επιλογές αυτόματης διόρθωσης", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeColumnWidth": "Πλάτος Στήλης {0} σύμβολα ({1} εικονοστοιχεία)", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeRowHeight": "Ύψος Γραμμής {0} σημεία ({1} εικονοστοιχεία)", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCtrlClick": "Κάντε κλικ στον σύνδεσμο για να ανοίξει ή κάντε κλικ και κρατήστε πατημένο το κουμπί του ποντικιού για να επιλέξετε το κελί.", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textInsertLeft": "Εισαγωγή Αριστερά", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textInsertTop": "Εισαγωγή Πάνω", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textPasteSpecial": "Ειδική επικόλληση", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textStopExpand": "Διακοπή αυτόματης επέκτασης πινάκων", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textSym": "sym", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.tipIsLocked": "Αυτό το στοιχείο τελεί υπό επεξεργασία από άλλο χρήστη.", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAboveAve": "Πάνω από τον μέσο όρο", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddBottom": "Προσθήκη κάτω περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddFractionBar": "Προσθήκη γραμμής κλάσματος", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddHor": "Προσθήκη οριζόντιας γραμμής", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddLB": "Προσθήκη αριστερής κάτω γραμμής", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddLeft": "Προσθήκη αριστερού περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddLT": "Προσθήκη αριστερής πάνω γραμμής", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddRight": "Προσθήκη δεξιού περιγράμματος", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddTop": "Προσθήκη επάνω περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddVer": "Προσθήκη κατακόρυφης γραμμής", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAlignToChar": "Στοίχιση σε χαρακτήρα", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAll": "(Όλα)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAnd": "και", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBegins": "Αρχίζει με", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBelowAve": "Κάτω από τον μέσο όρο", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBlanks": "(Κενά)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBorderProps": "Ιδιότητες περιγράμματος", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBottom": "Κάτω", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtColumn": "Στήλη", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtColumnAlign": "Στοίχιση στήλης", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtContains": "Περιέχει", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDecreaseArg": "Μείωση μεγέθους ορίσματος", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteArg": "Διαγραφή ορίσματος", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteBreak": "Διαγραφή χειροκίνητης αλλαγής", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteChars": "Διαγραφή χαρακτήρων εγκλεισμού", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteCharsAndSeparators": "Διαγραφή χαρακτήρων εγκλεισμού και διαχωριστών", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteEq": "Διαγραφή εξίσωσης", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteGroupChar": "Διαγραφή χαρακτήρα", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteRadical": "Διαγραφή ρίζας", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtEnds": "Τελειώνει με", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtEquals": "Ισούται", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtEqualsToCellColor": "Ίσο με το χρώμα κελιού", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtEqualsToFontColor": "Ίσο με το χρώμα γραμματοσειράς", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtExpand": "Επέκταση και ταξινόμηση", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtExpandSort": "Τα δεδομένα δίπλα στην επιλογή δεν θα ταξινομηθούν. Θέλετε να επεκτείνετε την επιλογή ώστε να συμπεριλάβει τα παρακείμενα δεδομένα ή να συνεχίσετε με την ταξινόμηση μόνο των επιλεγμένων κελιών;", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFilterBottom": "Κάτω", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFilterTop": "Επάνω", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFractionLinear": "Αλλαγή σε γραμμικό κλάσμα", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFractionSkewed": "Αλλαγή σε πλάγιο κλάσμα", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFractionStacked": "Αλλαγή σε όρθιο κλάσμα", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGreater": "Μεγαλύτερο από", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGreaterEquals": "Μεγαλύτερο ή ίσο με", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGroupCharOver": "Χαρακτήρας πάνω από το κείμενο", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGroupCharUnder": "Χαρακτήρας κάτω από το κείμενο", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHeight": "Ύψος", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideBottom": "Απόκρυψη κάτω περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideBottomLimit": "Απόκρυψη κάτω ορίου", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideCloseBracket": "Απόκρυψη παρένθεσης που κλείνει", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideDegree": "Απόκρυψη πτυχίου", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideHor": "Απόκρυψη οριζόντιας γραμμής", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideLB": "Απόκρυψη αριστερής κάτω γραμμής", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideLeft": "Απόκρυψη αριστερού περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideLT": "Απόκρυψη αριστερής πάνω γραμμής", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideOpenBracket": "Απόκρυψη παρένθεσης που ανοίγει", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHidePlaceholder": "Απόκρυψη δέσμευσης θέσης", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideRight": "Απόκρυψη δεξιού περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideTop": "Απόκρυψη πάνω περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideTopLimit": "Απόκρυψη άνω ορίου", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideVer": "Απόκρυψη κατακόρυφης γραμμής", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtImportWizard": "Οδηγός Εισαγωγής Κειμένου", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtIncreaseArg": "Αύξηση μεγέθους ορίσματος", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgAfter": "Εισαγωγή ορίσματος μετά", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgBefore": "Εισαγωγή ορίσματος πριν", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "Εισαγωγή χειροκίνητης αλλαγής", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "Εισαγωγή εξίσωσης μετά", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "Εισαγωγή εξίσωσης πριν", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtItems": "αντικείμενα", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLess": "Λιγότερο από", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtKeepTextOnly": "Διατήρηση κειμένου μόνο", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLess": "Μικρότερο από", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLessEquals": "Μικρότερο από ή ίσο με", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLimitChange": "Αλλαγή θέσης ορίων", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLimitOver": "Όριο πάνω από το κείμενο", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLimitUnder": "Όριο κάτω από το κείμενο", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "Προσαρμογή παρενθέσεων στο ύψος των ορισμάτων", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Στοίχιση πίνακα", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNoChoices": "Δεν υπάρχουν επιλογές για το γέμισμα του κελιού.
                    Μόνο τιμές κειμένου από την στήλη μπορούν να επιλεγούν για αντικατάσταση.", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNotBegins": "Δεν ξεκινά με", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNotContains": "Δεν περιέχει", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNotEnds": "Δεν τελειώνει με", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNotEquals": "Δεν είναι ίσο με", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtOr": "ή", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Μπάρα πάνω από κείμενο", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPaste": "Επικόλληση", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteBorders": "Τύπος χωρίς όρια", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteBorders": "Μαθηματικός τύπος χωρίς περιγράμματα", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteColWidths": "Τύπος + πλάτος στήλης", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteDestFormat": "Μορφοποίηση προορισμού", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteFormat": "Επικόλληση μορφοποίησης μόνο", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteFormulaNumFormat": "Τύπος + μορφή αριθμού", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteFormulas": "Επικόλληση τύπου μόνο", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteKeepSourceFormat": "Τύπος + όλες οι μορφοποιήσεις", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteLink": "Επικόλληση συνδέσμου", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteLinkPicture": "Συνδεδεμένη εικόνα", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteMerge": "Συγχώνευση μορφοποίησης υπό όρους", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPastePicture": "Εικόνα", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Μορφοποίηση πηγής", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteTranspose": "Μετατόπιση", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteValFormat": "Τιμή + όλες οι μορφοποιήσεις", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteValNumFormat": "Τιμή + μορφή αριθμού", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteValues": "Επικόλληση τιμής μόνο", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPercent": "ποσοστό", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRedoExpansion": "Επανάληψη αυτόματης επέκτασης πίνακα", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Αφαίρεση γραμμής κλάσματος", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Αφαίρεση ορίου", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveAccentChar": "Αφαίρεση τονισμένου χαρακτήρα", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveBar": "Αφαίρεση μπάρας", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemScripts": "Αφαίρεση δεσμών ενεργειών", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemSubscript": "Αφαίρεση δείκτη", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemSuperscript": "Αφαίρεση εκθέτη", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRowHeight": "Ύψος γραμμής", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsAfter": "Δέσμες ενεργειών μετά το κείμενο", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsBefore": "Δέσμες ενεργειών πριν το κείμενο", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowBottomLimit": "Εμφάνιση κάτω ορίου", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowCloseBracket": "Εμφάνιση δεξιάς παρένθεσης", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowDegree": "Εμφάνιση πτυχίου", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowOpenBracket": "Εμφάνιση αριστερής παρένθεσης", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowPlaceholder": "Εμφάνιση δεσμευμένης θέσης", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowTopLimit": "Εμφάνιση πάνω ορίου", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtSorting": "Ταξινόμηση", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtSortSelected": "Ταξινόμηση επιλεγμένων", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtStretchBrackets": "Έκταση παρενθέσεων", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtTop": "Επάνω", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtUnderbar": "Μπάρα κάτω από κείμενο", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtUndoExpansion": "Αναίρεση αυτόματης έκτασης πίνακα", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtUseTextImport": "Χρήση οδηγού εισαγωγής κειμένου", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtWidth": "Πλάτος", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryAll": "Όλα", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryCube": "Κύβος", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryDatabase": "Βάση δεδομένων", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryDateAndTime": "Ημερομηνία και ώρα", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryEngineering": "Μηχανική", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryFinancial": "Χρηματοοικονομικά", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryInformation": "Πληροφορία", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryLast10": "10 τελευταία χρησιμοποιήθηκαν", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryLogical": "Λογικό", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryLookupAndReference": "Αναζήτηση και παραπομπή", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryMathematic": "Μαθηματικά και τριγωνομετρία", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryStatistical": "Στατιστικό", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryTextAndData": "Κείμενο και δεδομένα", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Λογιστικό φύλλο χωρίς όνομα", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textByColumns": "Κατά στήλες", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textByRows": "Κατά γραμμές", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textFormulas": "Τύποι", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textItemEntireCell": "Ολόκληρο το περιεχόμενου κελιού", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textLookin": "Αναζήτηση σε", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textNoTextFound": "Τα δεδομένα που αναζητάτε δεν βρέθηκαν. Παρακαλούμε προσαρμόστε τις επιλογές αναζήτησης.", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSkipped": "Η αντικατάσταση έγινε. {0} εμφανίσεις προσπεράστηκαν.", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSuccess": "Η αναζήτηση ολοκληρώθηκε. Εμφανίσεις που αντικαταστάθηκαν: {0}", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textSearch": "Αναζήτηση", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textSheet": "Φύλλο", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textValues": "Τιμές", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textWarning": "Προειδοποίηση", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textWithin": "Εντός", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textWorkbook": "Βιβλίο Εργασίας", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.txtUntitled": "Άτιτλο", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.warnDownloadAs": "Αν προχωρήσετε με την αποθήκευση σε αυτή τη μορφή, όλα τα χαρακτηριστικά πλην του κειμένου θα χαθούν.
                    Θέλετε σίγουρα να συνεχίσετε;", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.confirmMoveCellRange": "Το εύρος κελιών προορισμού περιέχει δεδομένα. Να συνεχιστεί η λειτουργία;", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.confirmPutMergeRange": "Τα δεδομένα προέλευσης περιείχαν συγχωνευμένα κελιά.
                    Αυτά διαιρέθηκαν πριν την επικόλλησή τους στον πίνακα.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "Υπέρβαση χρονικού ορίου μετατροπής.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorExtText": "Πατήστε \"ΟΚ\" για να επιστρέψετε στη λίστα εγγράφων.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorTitle": "Σφάλμα", "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadErrorText": "Αποτυχία λήψης.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadTextText": "Γίνεται λήψη λογιστικού φύλλου...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Λήψη λογιστικού φύλλου", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errNoDuplicates": "Δεν βρέθηκαν διπλότυπες τιμές.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "Προσπαθείτε να εκτελέσετε μια ενέργεια για την οποία δεν έχετε δικαιώματα.
                    Παρακαλούμε να επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή του διακομιστή εγγράφων.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorArgsRange": "Υπάρχει σφάλμα στον καταχωρημένο τύπο.
                    Χρησιμοποιείται εσφαλμένο εύρος ορίσματος.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterChange": "Η λειτουργία δεν επιτρέπεται, καθώς επιχειρεί να μετατοπίσει κελιά σε έναν πίνακα στο φύλλο εργασίας σας.", @@ -234,35 +500,74 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterDataRange": "Δεν ήταν δυνατή η εκτέλεση της επιλεγμένης περιοχής κελιών.
                    Επιλέξτε ένα ομοιόμορφο εύρος δεδομένων διαφορετικό από το υπάρχον και δοκιμάστε ξανά.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterHiddenRange": "Δεν είναι δυνατή η εκτέλεση της λειτουργίας, επειδή η περιοχή περιέχει φιλτραρισμένα κελιά.
                    Παρακαλούμε εμφανίστε τα φιλτραρισμένα στοιχεία και δοκιμάστε ξανά.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "Εσφαλμένος σύνδεσμος εικόνας", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCannotUngroup": "Δεν είναι δυνατή η αφαίρεση ομαδοποίησης. Για να ξεκινήσετε μια ομάδα, επιλέξτε τις γραμμές ή στήλες λεπτομερειών και ομαδοποιήστε τες. ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeArray": "Δεν μπορείτε να αλλάξετε μέρος ενός πίνακα.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeFilteredRange": "Αυτό θα αλλάξει ένα φιλτραρισμένο εύρος στο φύλλο εργασίας.
                    Για να ολοκληρώσετε αυτή την εργασία, παρακαλούμε αφαιρέστε τα Αυτόματα Φίλτρα.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Η σύνδεση διακομιστή χάθηκε. Δεν είναι δυνατή η επεξεργασία του εγγράφου αυτήν τη στιγμή.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Δεν ήταν δυνατή η αποθήκευση του εγγράφου. Παρακαλούμε ελέγξτε τις ρυθμίσεις σύνδεσης ή επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή σας.
                    Όταν κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί «OK», θα σας ζητηθεί να πραγματοποιήσετε λήψη του εγγράφου.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCopyMultiselectArea": "Αυτή η εντολή δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί με πολλές επιλογές.
                    Επιλέξτε ένα εύρος και δοκιμάστε ξανά.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCountArg": "Υπάρχει σφάλμα στον καταχωρημένο τύπο.
                    Χρησιμοποιείται εσφαλμένος αριθμός ορισμάτων.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCountArgExceed": "Υπάρχει σφάλμα καταχωρημένο τύπο.
                    Έγινε υπέρβαση του αριθμού των ορισμάτων.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCreateDefName": "Δεν είναι δυνατή η επεξεργασία των υφιστάμενων επώνυμων ευρών και δεν είναι δυνατή η δημιουργία νέων
                    αυτήν τη στιγμή, καθώς ορισμένα από αυτά τελούν υπό επεξεργασία.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Εξωτερικό σφάλμα.
                    Σφάλμα σύνδεσης βάσης δεδομένων. Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με την υποστήριξη σε περίπτωση που το σφάλμα παραμένει.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Οι κρυπτογραφημένες αλλαγές έχουν ληφθεί, δεν μπορούν να αποκρυπτογραφηθούν.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Εσφαλμένο εύρος δεδομένων.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDataValidate": "Η τιμή που εισαγάγατε δεν είναι έγκυρη.
                    Κάποιος χρήστης έχει περιορίσει τις δυνατές τιμές σε αυτό το κελί.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Κωδικός σφάλματος: %1", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την εργασία με το έγγραφο.
                    Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή «Λήψη ως...» για να αποθηκεύσετε το αντίγραφο ασφαλείας στον σκληρό δίσκο του υπολογιστή σας.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingSaveas": "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την εργασία με το έγγραφο.
                    Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή «Αποθήκευση ως...» για να αποθηκεύσετε το αντίγραφο ασφαλείας στον σκληρό δίσκο του υπολογιστή σας.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEditView": "Η υφιστάμενη όψη φύλλου δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί και οι νέες δεν μπορούν να δημιουργηθούν αυτή τη στιγμή καθώς κάποιες από αυτές τελούν υπό επεξεργασία.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEmailClient": "Δε βρέθηκε καμιά εφαρμογή ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Το αρχείο προστατεύεται με συνθηματικό και δεν μπορεί να ανοίξει.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileRequest": "Εξωτερικό σφάλμα.
                    Σφάλμα αιτήματος αρχείου. Επικοινωνήστε με την υποστήριξη σε περίπτωση που το σφάλμα παραμένει.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "Το μέγεθος του αρχείου υπερβαίνει το όριο που έχει οριστεί για τον διακομιστή σας.
                    Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή του Εξυπηρετητή Εγγράφων για λεπτομέρειες.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileVKey": "Εξωτερικό σφάλμα.
                    Λανθασμένο κλειδί ασφαλείας. Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με την υποστήριξη σε περίπτωση που το σφάλμα παραμένει.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFillRange": "Δεν ήταν δυνατή η συμπλήρωση του επιλεγμένου εύρους κελιών.
                    Όλα τα συγχωνευμένα κελιά πρέπει να έχουν το ίδιο μέγεθος.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την αποθήκευση του αρχείου. Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή «Λήψη ως» για να αποθηκεύσετε το αρχείο στον σκληρό δίσκο του υπολογιστή σας ή δοκιμάστε ξανά αργότερα.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaName": "Υπάρχει σφάλμα στον καταχωρημένο τύπο.
                    Χρησιμοποιείται εσφαλμένο όνομα τύπου.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaParsing": "Εσωτερικό σφάλμα κατά την ανάλυση του τύπου.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxLength": "Ο μαθηματικός τύπος ξεπερνά το όριο των 8192 χαρακτήρων.
                    Παρακαλούμε επεξεργαστείτε τον και δοκιμάστε ξανά.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxReference": "Δεν μπορείτε να εισαγάγετε αυτόν τον τύπο επειδή έχει πάρα πολλές τιμές,
                    αναφορές κελιού ή/και ονόματα.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxTextLength": "Οι τιμές κειμένου στους τύπους περιορίζονται σε 255 χαρακτήρες.
                    Χρησιμοποιήστε τη συνάρτηση CONCATENATE ή τον τελεστή συνένωσης (&).", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorInvalidRef": "Εισαγάγετε ένα σωστό όνομα για την επιλογή ή μια έγκυρη αναφορά για να μεταβείτε.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlWrongReferences": "Η συνάρτηση αναφέρεται σε ένα φύλλο που δεν υπάρχει.
                    Παρακαλούμε ελέγξτε τα δεδομένα και δοκιμάστε ξανά.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFTChangeTableRangeError": "Δεν ήταν δυνατή η ολοκλήρωση της λειτουργίας για το επιλεγμένο εύρος κελιών.
                    Επιλέξτε ένα εύρος ώστε η πρώτη γραμμή του πίνακα να είναι στην ίδια γραμμή
                    και ο παραγόμενος πίνακας να επικαλύπτει τον τρέχοντα.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFTRangeIncludedOtherTables": "Δεν ήταν δυνατή η ολοκλήρωση της λειτουργίας για το επιλεγμένο εύρος κελιών.
                    Επιλέξτε ένα εύρος που δεν περιλαμβάνει άλλους πίνακες.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorInvalidRef": "Εισάγετε ένα σωστό όνομα για την επιλογή ή μια έγκυρη αναφορά για να μεταβείτε.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Άγνωστος περιγραφέας κλειδιού", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Ο περιγραφέας κλειδιού έχει λήξει", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLabledColumnsPivot": "Για να δημιουργηθεί συγκεντρωτικός πίνακας, χρησιμοποιήστε δεδομένα οργανωμένα ως λίστα στηλών με ετικέτες.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedAll": "Η λειτουργία δεν μπόρεσε να γίνει καθώς το φύλλο έχει κλειδωθεί από άλλο χρήστη.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedCellPivot": "Δεν είναι δυνατή η τροποποίηση δεδομένων εντός ενός συγκεντρωτικού πίνακα", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedWorksheetRename": "Το φύλλο δεν μπορεί να μετονομαστεί προς το παρόν καθώς μετονομάζεται από άλλο χρήστη", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMaxPoints": "Ο μέγιστος αριθμός σημείων σε σειρά ανά γράφημα είναι 4096.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMoveRange": "Αδυναμία αλλαγής μέρους ενός συγχωνευμένου κελιού", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpenWarning": "Το μήκος ενός από τους τύπους στο αρχείο ξεπέρασε
                    τον επιτρεπόμενο αριθμό χαρακτήρων και αφαιρέθηκε.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMoveSlicerError": "Οι αναλυτές πίνακα δεν μπορούν να αντιγραφούν από ένα βιβλίο εργασίας σε άλλο.
                    Προσπαθήστε ξανά επιλέγοντας ολόκληρο τον πίνακα και τους αναλυτές.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMultiCellFormula": "Οι τύποι συστοιχιών πολλών κελιών δεν επιτρέπονται στους πίνακες.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorNoDataToParse": "Δεν επιλέχτηκαν δεδομένα για επεξεργασία.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpenWarning": "Το μήκος ενός από τους τύπους στο αρχείο ξεπέρασε
                    τον επιτρεπόμενο αριθμό 8192 χαρακτήρων και αφαιρέθηκε.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOperandExpected": "Η σύνταξη της εισαγόμενης συνάρτησης δεν είναι σωστή. Παρακαλούμε ελέγξτε αν λείπει μία από τις παρενθέσεις - «(» ή «)».", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPasteMaxRange": "Η περιοχή αντιγραφής και επικόλλησης δεν ταιριάζει.
                    Παρακαλούμε επιλέξτε μια περιοχή με το ίδιο μέγεθος ή κάντε κλικ στο πρώτο κελί της σειράς για να επικολλήσετε τα αντιγραμμένα κελιά.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPasteSlicerError": "Οι αναλυτές πίνακα δεν μπορούν να αντιγραφούν από ένα βιβλίο εργασίας σε άλλο.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPivotOverlap": "Μια αναφορά συγκεντρωτικού πίνακα δεν μπορεί να επικαλύπτει έναν πίνακα.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPrintMaxPagesCount": "Δυστυχώς, δεν είναι δυνατή η εκτύπωση περισσότερων από 1500 σελίδων ταυτόχρονα στην τρέχουσα έκδοση του προγράμματος.
                    Αυτός ο περιορισμός θα καταργηθεί στις επερχόμενες εκδόσεις.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Αποτυχία αποθήκευσης", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "Αναβαθμίστηκε η έκδοση του συντάκτη. Η σελίδα θα φορτωθεί ξανά για να εφαρμοστούν οι αλλαγές.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "Η περίοδος επεξεργασίας εγγράφων έχει λήξει. Παρακαλούμε φορτώστε ξανά τη σελίδα.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "Το έγγραφο δεν έχει επεξεργαστεί εδώ και πολύ ώρα. Παρακαλούμε φορτώστε ξανά τη σελίδα.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "Η σύνδεση με το διακομιστή έχει διακοπεί. Παρακαλούμε φορτώστε ξανά τη σελίδα.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "Λανθασμένη διάταξη γραμμών. Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα γράφημα μετοχών τοποθετήστε τα δεδομένα στο φύλλο με την ακόλουθη σειρά:
                    τιμή ανοίγματος, μέγιστη τιμή, ελάχιστη τιμή, τιμή κλεισίματος.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorToken": "Το κλειδί ασφαλείας του εγγράφου δεν είναι σωστά σχηματισμένο.
                    Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή του Εξυπηρετητή Εγγράφων.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorTokenExpire": "Το κλειδί ασφαλείας του εγγράφου έληξε.
                    Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή του Εξυπηρετητή Εγγράφων.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUnexpectedGuid": "Εξωτερικό σφάλμα.
                    Μη αναμενόμενο GUID. Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με την υποστήριξη σε περίπτωση που το σφάλμα παραμένει.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersion": "Η έκδοση του αρχείου έχει αλλάξει. Η σελίδα θα φορτωθεί ξανά.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "Η σύνδεση στο Διαδίκτυο έχει αποκατασταθεί και η έκδοση του αρχείου έχει αλλάξει.
                    Προτού συνεχίσετε να εργάζεστε, πρέπει να κατεβάσετε το αρχείο ή να αντιγράψετε το περιεχόμενό του για να βεβαιωθείτε ότι δεν έχει χαθεί τίποτα και, στη συνέχεια, φορτώστε ξανά αυτήν τη σελίδα.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUserDrop": "Δεν είναι δυνατή η πρόσβαση στο αρχείο αυτή τη στιγμή.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUsersExceed": "Υπέρβαση του αριθμού των χρηστών που επιτρέπονται από το πρόγραμμα τιμολόγησης", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "Η σύνδεση χάθηκε. Μπορείτε να συνεχίσετε να βλέπετε το έγγραφο,
                    αλλά δεν θα μπορείτε να το λάβετε ή να το εκτυπώσετε έως ότου αποκατασταθεί η σύνδεση και ανανεωθεί η σελίδα.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorWrongBracketsCount": "Σφάλμα στον καταχωρημένο τύπο.
                    Χρησιμοποιείται λανθασμένος αριθμός αγκυλών.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorWrongOperator": "Υπάρχει σφάλμα στον καταχωρημένο τύπο. Χρησιμοποιείται λανθασμένος τελεστής.
                    Παρακαλούμε διορθώστε το σφάλμα.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errRemDuplicates": "Διπλότυπες τιμές που βρέθηκαν και διαγράφηκαν: {0}, μοναδικές τιμές που απέμειναν: {1}.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.leavePageText": "Έχετε μη αποθηκευμένες αλλαγές στο λογιστικό φύλλο. Πατήστε 'Παραμονή στη Σελίδα' και μετά 'Αποθήκευση' για να τις αποθηκεύσετε. Πατήστε 'Έξοδος από τη Σελίδα' για να απορρίψετε όλες τις μη αποθηκευμένες αλλαγές.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTextText": "Γίνεται φόρτωση δεδομένων...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTitleText": "Γίνεται φόρτωση δεδομένων", "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTextText": "Γίνεται φόρτωση δεδομένων...", @@ -274,70 +579,220 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "Γίνεται φόρτωση λογιστικού φύλλου", "SSE.Controllers.Main.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", "SSE.Controllers.Main.openErrorText": "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά το άνοιγμα του αρχείου.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.openTextText": "Άνοιγμα υπολογιστικού φύλλου...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.openTitleText": "Άνοιγμα Υπολογιστικού Φύλλου", "SSE.Controllers.Main.pastInMergeAreaError": "Αδυναμία αλλαγής μέρους ενός συγχωνευμένου κελιού", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.printTextText": "Εκτύπωση υπολογιστικού φύλλου...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.printTitleText": "Εκτύπωση Υπολογιστικού Φύλλου", "SSE.Controllers.Main.reloadButtonText": "Επανάληψη φόρτωσης σελίδας", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Κάποιος επεξεργάζεται αυτό το έγγραφο αυτήν τη στιγμή. Παρακαλούμε δοκιμάστε ξανά αργότερα.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Δεν επιτρέπεται η πρόσβαση", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την αποθήκευση του αρχείου.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Δεν είναι δυνατή η αποθήκευση ή η δημιουργία αυτού του αρχείου.
                    Πιθανοί λόγοι είναι:
                    1. Το αρχείο είναι μόνο για ανάγνωση.
                    2. Το αρχείο τελεί υπό επεξεργασία από άλλους χρήστες.
                    3. Ο δίσκος είναι γεμάτος ή κατεστραμμένος.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Προετοιμασία για αποθήκευση", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Προετοιμασία για αποθήκευση. Παρακαλούμε περιμένετε...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Γίνεται αποθήκευση λογιστικού φύλλου...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTitleText": "Αποθήκευση λογιστικού φύλλου", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.scriptLoadError": "Η σύνδεση είναι πολύ αργή, δεν ήταν δυνατή η φόρτωση ορισμένων στοιχείων. Παρακαλούμε φορτώστε ξανά τη σελίδα.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "Ανώνυμος", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textBuyNow": "Επισκεφθείτε την ιστοσελίδα", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textClose": "Κλείσιμο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "Κάντε κλικ για να κλείσει η υπόδειξη", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textConfirm": "Επιβεβαίωση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Επικοινωνήστε με το τμήμα πωλήσεων", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "Παρακαλούμε λάβετε υπόψη ότι σύμφωνα με τους όρους της άδειας δεν δικαιούστε αλλαγή του φορτωτή.
                    Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με το Τμήμα Πωλήσεων για να λάβετε μια προσφορά.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "Το αρχείο περιέχει αυτόματες μακροεντολές.
                    Θέλετε να εκτελέσετε μακροεντολές;", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Γίνεται φόρτωση λογιστικού φύλλου", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "%1 περιορισμός σύνδεσης", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "Όχι", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Το όριο της άδειας χρήσης έχει εξαντληθεί.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Δυνατότητα επί πληρωμή", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPleaseWait": "Η λειτουργία ίσως χρειαστεί περισσότερο χρόνο από τον αναμενόμενο. Παρακαλούμε περιμένετε...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRecalcFormulas": "Γίνεται υπολογισμός τύπων...", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Να θυμάσαι την επιλογή μου", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Να θυμάσαι την επιλογή μου για όλα τα αρχεία", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Σχήμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Αυστηρή κατάσταση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Οι λειτουργίες Αναίρεση/Επανάληψη είναι απενεργοποιημένες στην κατάσταση Γρήγορης συν-επεξεργασίας.
                    Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί 'Αυστηρή κατάσταση' για να μεταβείτε στην Αυστηρή κατάσταση συν-επεξεργασίας όπου επεξεργάζεστε το αρχείο χωρίς παρέμβαση άλλων χρηστών και στέλνετε τις αλλαγές σας αφού τις αποθηκεύσετε. Η μετάβαση μεταξύ των δύο καταστάσεων γίνεται μέσω των Ρυθμίσεων για Προχωρημένους.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Ναι", "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Η άδεια έληξε", "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleRecalcFormulas": "Γίνεται υπολογισμός...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Ο επεξεργαστής ενημερώθηκε", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtAccent": "Τόνος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtAll": "(Όλα)", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Το κείμενό σας εδώ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Βασικά σχήματα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBlank": "(κενό)", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Κουμπιά", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtByField": "%1 από %2", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "Επεξηγήσεις", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Διαγράμματα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Γραφήματα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtClearFilter": "Καθαρισμός Φίλτρου (Alt+C)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtColLbls": "Ετικέτες Κελιών", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtColumn": "Στήλη", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtConfidential": "Εμπιστευτικό", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDate": "Ημερομηνία", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Τίτλος διαγράμματος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Τίτλος Γραφήματος", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Ορισμός λειτουργίας επεξεργασίας...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "Σχηματικά Βέλη", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtFile": "Αρχείο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtGrandTotal": "Τελικό Σύνολο", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "Γραμμές", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "Μαθηματικά", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtMultiSelect": "Πολλαπλή Επιλογή (Alt+S)", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPage": "Σελίδα", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPageOf": "Σελίδα %1 από %2", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPages": "Σελίδες", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Ορθογώνια", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPreparedBy": "Ετοιμάστηκε από", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPrintArea": "Εκτυπώσιμη_Περιοχή", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Ορθογώνια Παραλληλόγραμμα", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRow": "Γραμμή", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRowLbls": "Ετικέτες Γραμμών", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Σειρά", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout1": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 1 (Περίγραμμα και Μπάρα)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout2": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 2 (Περίγραμμα και Μπάρα)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout3": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 3 (Περίγραμμα και Μπάρα)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentCallout1": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 1 (Μπάρα)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentCallout2": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 2 (Μπάρα)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentCallout3": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 3 (Μπάρα)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonBackPrevious": "Κουμπί Πίσω ή Προηγούμενο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonBeginning": "Κουμπί Αρχής", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonBlank": "Κενό Κουμπί", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonDocument": "Κουμπί Εγγράφου", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonEnd": "Κουμπί Τέλους", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonForwardNext": "Κουμπί προώθηση ή επόμενο", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHelp": "Κουμπί βοήθειας", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHome": "Κουμπί αρχικής", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHome": "Κουμπί Αρχικής", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonInformation": "Κουμπί Πληροφορίας", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonMovie": "Κουμπί Ταινίας", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonReturn": "Κουμπί Επιστροφής", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonSound": "Κουμπί Ήχου", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_arc": "Κυκλικό Τόξο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentArrow": "Λυγισμένο Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5": "Αρθρωτός Σύνδεσμος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5WithArrow": "Αρθρωτός Σύνδεσμος με Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5WithTwoArrows": "Αρθρωτός Σύνδεσμος με Διπλό Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentUpArrow": "Λυγισμένο Πάνω Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bevel": "Πλάγια Τομή", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_blockArc": "Πλαίσιο Τόξου", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout1": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 1", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout2": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 2", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout3": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 3", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bracePair": "Διπλό Άγκιστρο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout1": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 1 (Χωρίς Περίγραμμα)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout2": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 2 (Χωρίς Περίγραμμα)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout3": "Επεξήγηση με Γραμμή 3 (Χωρίς Περίγραμμα)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_can": "Κύλινδρος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_chevron": "Σιρίτι", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_chord": "Χορδή Κύκλου", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_circularArrow": "Κυκλικό Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloud": "Σύννεφο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloudCallout": "Επεξήγηση σε Σύννεφο", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_corner": "Γωνία", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cube": "Κύβος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3": "Καμπυλωτός Σύνδεσμος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3WithArrow": "Καμπυλωτός Σύνδεσμος με Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3WithTwoArrows": "Καμπυλωτός Σύνδεσμος με Διπλό Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedDownArrow": "Καμπυλωτό Κάτω Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedLeftArrow": "Καμπυλωτό Αριστερό Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedRightArrow": "Καμπυλωτό Δεξί Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedUpArrow": "Καμπυλωτό Πάνω Βέλος", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_decagon": "Δεκάγωνο", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diamond": "Διαμάντι", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diagStripe": "Διαγώνια Λωρίδα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diamond": "Ρόμβος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_dodecagon": "Δωδεκάγωνο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_donut": "Ντόνατ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_doubleWave": "Διπλό Κύμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_downArrow": "Κάτω Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_downArrowCallout": "Επεξήγηση με Κάτω Βέλος", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipse": "Έλλειψη", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipseRibbon": "Καμπυλωτή Κάτω Κορδέλα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipseRibbon2": "Καμπυλωτή Κορδέλα Πάνω", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartAlternateProcess": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Εναλλακτική Διαδικασία", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartCollate": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Τοποθέτηση σε Σειρά", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartConnector": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Σύνδεσμος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDecision": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Απόφαση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDelay": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Καθυστέρηση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDisplay": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Προβολή", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDocument": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Έγγραφο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartExtract": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Εξαγωγή", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartInputOutput": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Δεδομένα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartInternalStorage": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Εσωτερικό Αποθηκευτικό Μέσο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticDisk": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Μαγνητικός Δίσκος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticDrum": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Αποθηκευτικό Μέσο Άμεσης Πρόσβασης", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticTape": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Αποθηκευτικό Μέσο Σειριακής Προσπέλασης", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartManualInput": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Χειροκίνητη Εισαγωγή", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartManualOperation": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Χειροκίνητη Λειτουργία", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMerge": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Συγχώνευση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMultidocument": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Πολλαπλό Έγγραφο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOffpageConnector": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Σύνδεσμος Εκτός Σελίδας", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOnlineStorage": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Αποθηκευμένα Δεδομένα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOr": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Ή", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPredefinedProcess": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Προκαθορισμένη Διεργασία", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPreparation": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Προετοιμασία", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartProcess": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Διεργασία", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPunchedCard": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Κάρτα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPunchedTape": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Διάτρητη Ταινία", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartSort": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Ταξινόμηση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartSummingJunction": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Συμβολή", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartTerminator": "Διάγραμμα Ροής: Τερματισμός", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_foldedCorner": "Διπλωμένη Γωνία", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_frame": "Πλαίσιο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_halfFrame": "Μισό Πλαίσιο", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_heart": "Καρδιά", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_heptagon": "Επτάγωνο", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_hexagon": "Εξάγωνο", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_homePlate": "Πεντάγωνο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_horizontalScroll": "Οριζόντια Κύλιση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_irregularSeal1": "Έκρηξη 1", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_irregularSeal2": "Έκρηξη 2", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftArrow": "Αριστερό βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftArrowCallout": "Επεξήγηση με Αριστερό Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftBrace": "Αριστερό Άγκιστρο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftBracket": "Αριστερή Παρένθεση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightArrow": "Αριστερό Δεξιό Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightArrowCallout": "Επεξήγηση με Αριστερό Δεξιό Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightUpArrow": "Αριστερό Δεξιό Πάνω Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftUpArrow": "Αριστερό Πάνω Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lightningBolt": "Κεραυνός", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_line": "Γραμμή", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lineWithArrow": "Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lineWithTwoArrows": "Διπλό Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathDivide": "Δια", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathEqual": "Ίσον", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathMinus": "Πλην", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathMultiply": "Επί", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathNotEqual": "Διάφορο", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathPlus": "Συν", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_moon": "Φεγγάρι", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_noSmoking": "Σύμβολο \"Όχι\"", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_notchedRightArrow": "Δεξί Βέλος με Εγκοπή", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_octagon": "Οκτάγωνο", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_parallelogram": "Παραλληλόγραμμο", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_pentagon": "Πεντάγωνο", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rect": "Ορθογώνιο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_pie": "Πίτα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_plaque": "Σύμβολο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_plus": "Συν", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_polyline1": "Μουντζούρα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_polyline2": "Ελεύθερο Σχέδιο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_quadArrow": "Τετραπλό Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_quadArrowCallout": "Επεξήγηση Τετραπλού Βέλους", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rect": "Ορθογώνιο Παραλληλόγραμμο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ribbon": "Κάτω Κορδέλα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ribbon2": "Πάνω Κορδέλα", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightArrow": "Δεξί βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightArrowCallout": "Επεξήγηση με Δεξιό Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightBrace": "Δεξιό Άγκιστρο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightBracket": "Δεξιά Παρένθεση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round1Rect": "Με Στρογγυλεμένη Γωνία", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round2DiagRect": "Με Διαγώνιες Στρογγυλεμένες Γωνίες", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round2SameRect": "Με Στρογγυλεμένες Γωνίες στην Ίδια Πλευρά", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_roundRect": "Με Στρογγυλεμένες Γωνίες", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rtTriangle": "Ορθογώνιο Τρίγωνο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_smileyFace": "Χαμογελαστή Φατσούλα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip1Rect": "Με Ψαλιδισμένη Γωνία", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip2DiagRect": "Με Διαγώνιες Ψαλιδισμένες Γωνίες", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip2SameRect": "Με Ψαλιδισμένες Γωνίες στην Ίδια Πλευρά", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snipRoundRect": "Με Στρογγυλεμένη και Ψαλιδισμένη Γωνία", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_spline": "Καμπύλη", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star10": "Αστέρι 10 σημείων", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star12": "Αστέρι 12 σημείων", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star16": "Αστέρι 16 σημείων", @@ -348,19 +803,39 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star6": "Αστέρι 6 σημείων", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star7": "Αστέρι 7 σημείων", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star8": "Αστέρι 8 σημείων", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_stripedRightArrow": "Ριγέ Δεξιό Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_sun": "Ήλιος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_teardrop": "Δάκρυ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_textRect": "Πλαίσιο κειμένου", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_trapezoid": "Τραπεζοειδές", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_triangle": "Τρίγωνο", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upArrow": "Πάνω βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upArrowCallout": "Επεξήγηση με Πάνω Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upDownArrow": "Πάνω Κάτω Βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_uturnArrow": "Βέλος Αναστροφής", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_verticalScroll": "Κατακόρυφη Κύλιση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wave": "Κύμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeEllipseCallout": "Οβάλ Επεξήγηση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeRectCallout": "Ορθογώνια Επεξήγηση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeRoundRectCallout": "Στρογγυλεμένη Ορθογώνια Επεξήγηση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Αστέρια & Κορδέλες", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Bad": "Λάθος", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Calculation": "Υπολογισμός", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Check_Cell": "Έλεγχος κελιού", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Comma": "Κόμμα", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Currency": "Νόμισμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Explanatory_Text": "Επεξηγηματικό Κείμενο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Good": "Σωστό", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Επικεφαλίδα 1", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Επικεφαλίδα 2", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Επικεφαλίδα 3", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_4": "Επικεφαλίδα 4", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Input": "Εισαγωγή", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Linked_Cell": "Συνδεδεμένο Κελί", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Neutral": "Ουδέτερο", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Normal": "Κανονικό", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Note": "Σημείωση", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Output": "Αποτέλεσμα", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Percent": "Ποσοστό", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "Τίτλος", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Total": "Σύνολο", @@ -374,11 +849,17 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Άγνωστο σφάλμα.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "Ο περιηγητής σας δεν υποστηρίζεται.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageExtMessage": "Άγνωστη μορφή εικόνας.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageFileCountMessage": "Δεν μεταφορτώθηκαν εικόνες.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "Υπέρβαση ορίου μέγιστου μεγέθους εικόνας.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Γίνεται μεταφόρτωση εικόνας...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Μεταφόρτωση εικόνας", "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Παρακαλούμε, περιμένετε...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "Η εφαρμογή έχει περιορισμένες δυνατότητες στον IE9. Δοκιμάστε IE10 ή νεώτερο.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Η τρέχουσα ρύθμιση εστίασης του περιηγητή σας δεν υποστηρίζεται πλήρως. Παρακαλούμε επιστρέψτε στην προεπιλεγμένη εστίαση πατώντας Ctrl+0.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Έχετε υπερβεί τον αριθμό των ταυτόχρονων συνδέσεων με τον διακομιστή εγγράφων και το έγγραφο θα ανοίξει μόνο για προβολή.
                    Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή σας για περισσότερες πληροφορίες.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Η άδειά σας έχει λήξει.
                    Παρακαλούμε ενημερώστε την άδεια χρήσης σας και ανανεώστε τη σελίδα.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Η άδεια έληξε.
                    Δεν έχετε πρόσβαση στη δυνατότητα επεξεργασίας εγγράφων.
                    Επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή σας.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Η άδεια πρέπει να ανανεωθεί.
                    Έχετε περιορισμένη πρόσβαση στη λειτουργία επεξεργασίας εγγράφων.
                    Επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή σας για πλήρη πρόσβαση", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Έχετε υπερβεί τον αριθμό των ταυτόχρονων χρηστών και το έγγραφο θα ανοίξει μόνο για προβολή.
                    Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή σας για περισσότερες πληροφορίες.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Αυτή η έκδοση των επεξεργαστών %1 έχει ορισμένους περιορισμούς για ταυτόχρονες συνδέσεις με το διακομιστή εγγράφων.
                    Εάν χρειάζεστε περισσότερες, παρακαλούμε σκεφτείτε να αγοράσετε μια εμπορική άδεια.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Αυτή η έκδοση των επεξεργαστών %1 έχει ορισμένους περιορισμούς για τους ταυτόχρονους χρήστες.
                    Εάν χρειάζεστε περισσότερους, παρακαλούμε σκεφτείτε να αγοράσετε μια εμπορική άδεια.", @@ -386,215 +867,800 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Print.strAllSheets": "Όλα τα φύλλα", "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFirstCol": "Πρώτη στήλη", "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFirstRow": "Πρώτη γραμμή", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFrozenCols": "Παγωμένες στήλες", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFrozenRows": "Παγωμένες γραμμές", "SSE.Controllers.Print.textInvalidRange": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textNoRepeat": "Να μην επαναλαμβάνεται", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textRepeat": "Επανάληψη...", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textSelectRange": "Επιλογή εύρους", "SSE.Controllers.Print.textWarning": "Προειδοποίηση", "SSE.Controllers.Print.txtCustom": "Προσαρμοσμένο", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.warnCheckMargings": "Τα περιθώρια είναι εσφαλμένα", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorLastSheet": "Το βιβλίο εργασίας πρέπει να έχει τουλάχιστον ένα ορατό φύλλο εργασίας.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Δεν είναι δυνατή η διαγραφή του φύλλου εργασίας.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "Φύλλο", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTip": "Βρίσκεστε σε κατάσταση Προβολής Φύλλου. Φίλτρα και ταξινομήσεις είναι ορατά μόνο σε εσάς και όσους είναι ακόμα σε αυτή την προβολή.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTipFilters": "Βρίσκεστε ακόμα σε κατάσταση Προβολής Φύλλου. Φίλτρα είναι ορατά μόνο σε εσάς και όσους βρίσκονται ακόμα σε αυτή την προβολή.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "Τα επιλεγμένα φύλλα εργασίας ενδέχεται να περιέχουν δεδομένα. Είστε βέβαιοι ότι θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Εστίαση {0}%", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "Η γραμματοσειρά που επιχειρείτε να αποθηκεύσετε δεν είναι διαθέσιμη στην τρέχουσα συσκευή.
                    Η τεχνοτροπία κειμένου θα εμφανιστεί με μια από τις γραμματοσειρές συστήματος, η αποθηκευμένη γραμματοσειρά θα χρησιμοποιηθεί όταν γίνει διαθέσιμη.
                    Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.errorMaxRows": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Ο μέγιστος αριθμός σειρών δεδομένων ανά γράφημα είναι 255", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.errorStockChart": "Λανθασμένη διάταξη γραμμών. Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα γράφημα μετοχών τοποθετήστε τα δεδομένα στο φύλλο με την ακόλουθη σειρά:
                    τιμή ανοίγματος, μέγιστη τιμή, ελάχιστη τιμή, τιμή κλεισίματος.", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Τόνοι/Πνεύματα", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Αγκύλες", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Η τιμή που βάλατε δεν είναι αποδεκτή.
                    Παρακαλούμε βάλτε μια αριθμητική τιμή μεταξύ 1 και 409", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "Κλάσματα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "Συναρτήσεις", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Εισαγωγή", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "Ολοκληρώματα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLargeOperator": "Μεγάλοι Τελεστές", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLimitAndLog": "Όρια και Λογάριθμοι", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLongOperation": "Η λειτουργία είναι χρονοβόρα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textMatrix": "Πίνακες", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textOperator": "Τελεστές", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textPivot": "Συγκεντρωτικός Πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textRadical": "Ρίζες", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textScript": "Δέσμες ενεργειών", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textSymbols": "Σύμβολα", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textWarning": "Προειδοποίηση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Accent": "Οξύς", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowD": "Δεξιό-αριστερό βέλος από πάνω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowL": "Από πάνω βέλος προς αριστερά", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowR": "Προς τα δεξιά βέλος από πάνω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Bar": "Μπάρα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BarBot": "Κάτω οριζόντια γραμμή", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BarTop": "Επάνω οριζόντια γραμμή", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BorderBox": "Μαθηματική σχέση εντός πλαισίου (με δέσμευση θέσης)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BorderBoxCustom": "Μαθηματική σχέση εντός πλαισίου (παράδειγμα)", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Check": "Έλεγχος", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketBot": "Κάτω αγκύλη έκτασης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketTop": "Πάνω αγκύλη έκτασης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_1": "Διάνυσμα A", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_2": "ABC με οριζόντια γραμμή από πάνω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_3": "x XOR y με επάνω οριζόντια γραμμή", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDDot": "Τριπλή τελεία", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDot": "Διπλή τελεία", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Dot": "Τελεία", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DoubleBar": "Διπλή μπάρα από πάνω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Grave": "Βαρεία", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_GroupBot": "Ομαδοποίηση χαρακτήρα από κάτω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_GroupTop": "Ομαδοποίηση χαρακτήρα από πάνω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_HarpoonL": "Από πάνω καμάκι προς τα αριστερά", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_HarpoonR": "Προς τα δεξιά καμάκι από πάνω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Hat": "Σύμβολο (^)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Smile": "Σημείο βραχέος", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Tilde": "Περισπωμένη", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle": "Αγκύλες", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_Delimiter_2": "Αγκύλες με διαχωριστικά", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_Delimiter_3": "Αγκύλες με διαχωριστικά", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve": "Αγκύλες", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_Delimiter_2": "Αγκύλες με διαχωριστικά", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_1": "Περιπτώσεις (δύο συνθήκες)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_2": "Περιπτώσεις (τρεις συνθήκες)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_3": "Αντικείμενο στοίβας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_4": "Αντικείμενο στοίβας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_5": "Παράδειγμα περιπτώσεων", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_6": "Διωνυμικός συντελεστής", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_7": "Διωνυμικός συντελεστής", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Line": "Αγκύλες", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Line_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Line_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LineDouble": "Αγκύλες", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LineDouble_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LineDouble_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim": "Αγκύλες", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim_NoneNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round": "Αγκύλες", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_Delimiter_2": "Αγκύλες με διαχωριστικά", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square": "Αγκύλες", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_CloseClose": "Αγκύλες", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_CloseOpen": "Αγκύλες", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_OpenOpen": "Αγκύλες", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_SquareDouble": "Αγκύλες", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_SquareDouble_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_SquareDouble_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim": "Αγκύλες", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_NoneOpen": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_OpenNone": "Μονή παρένθεση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtDeleteCells": "Διαγραφή Κελιών", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtExpand": "Επέκταση και ταξινόμηση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtExpandSort": "Τα δεδομένα δίπλα στην επιλογή δεν θα ταξινομηθούν. Θέλετε να επεκτείνετε την επιλογή ώστε να συμπεριλάβει τα παρακείμενα δεδομένα ή να συνεχίσετε με την ταξινόμηση μόνο των επιλεγμένων κελιών;", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDiagonal": "Κεκλιμένο κλάσμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_1": "Διαφορικό", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_2": "Διαφορικό", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_3": "Διαφορικό", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_4": "Διαφορικό", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionHorizontal": "Γραμμικό κλάσμα", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionPi_2": "π/2", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionSmall": "Μικρό κλάσμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionVertical": "Σύνθετο κλάσμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cos": "Συνάρτηση αντίστροφου συνημιτόνου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cosh": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικού αντίστροφου συνημιτόνου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cot": "Συνάρτηση αντίστροφης συνεφαπτομένης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Coth": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής αντίστροφης συνεφαπτομένης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csc": "Συνάρτηση αντίστροφης συντέμνουσας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csch": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής αντίστροφης συντέμνουσας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sec": "Συνάρτηση αντίστροφης τέμνουσας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sech": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής αντίστροφης τέμνουσας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sin": "Συνάρτηση αντίστροφου ημίτονου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sinh": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικού αντίστροφου ημίτονου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Tan": "Συνάρτηση αντίστροφης εφαπτομένης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Tanh": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής αντίστροφης εφαπτομένης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Cos": "Συνάρτηση συνημίτονου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Cosh": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικού συνημιτόνου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Cot": "Συνάρτηση συνεφαπτομένης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Coth": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής συνεφαπτομένης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Csc": "Συνάρτηση συντέμνουσας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Csch": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής συντέμνουσας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_1": "Ημίτονο γωνίας θήτα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_2": "Συνημίτονο 2x", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_3": "Τύπος εφαπτομένης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sec": "Συνάρτηση τέμνουσας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sech": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής τέμνουσας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sin": "Συνάρτηση ημίτονου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sinh": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικού ημίτονου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Tan": "Συνάρτηση εφαπτομένης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Tanh": "Συνάρτηση υπερβολικής εφαπτομένης", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtInsertCells": "Εισαγωγή κελιών", - "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction": "Σφήνα", - "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSub": "Σφήνα", - "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSubSup": "Σφήνα", - "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_Sub": "Σφήνα", - "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_SubSup": "Σφήνα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral": "Ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dtheta": "Διαφορικό θήτα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dx": "Διαφορικό x", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dy": "Διαφορικό y", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralCenterSubSup": "Ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralDouble": "Διπλό ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralDoubleCenterSubSup": "Διπλό ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralDoubleSubSup": "Διπλό ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOriented": "Επικαμπύλιο ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedCenterSubSup": "Επικαμπύλιο ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedDouble": "Επιφανειακό ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedDoubleCenterSubSup": "Επιφανειακό ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedDoubleSubSup": "Επιφανειακό ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedSubSup": "Επικαμπύλιο ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTriple": "Ολοκλήρωμα όγκου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTripleCenterSubSup": "Ολοκλήρωμα όγκου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTripleSubSup": "Ολοκλήρωμα όγκου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralSubSup": "Ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTriple": "Τριπλό ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleCenterSubSup": "Τριπλό ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleSubSup": "Τριπλό ολοκλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtInvalidRange": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction": "Λογικός τελεστής And", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSub": "Λογικός τελεστής And", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSubSup": "Λογικός τελεστής And", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_Sub": "Λογικός τελεστής And", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_SubSup": "Λογικός τελεστής And", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd": "Συν-προϊόν", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_CenterSub": "Συν-προϊόν", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_CenterSubSup": "Συν-προϊόν", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_Sub": "Συν-προϊόν", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_SubSup": "Συν-προϊόν", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_1": "Άθροιση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_2": "Άθροιση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_3": "Άθροιση", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_4": "Προϊόν", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_5": "Ένωση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction": "Λογικός τελεστής Or", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_CenterSub": "Λογικός τελεστής Or", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_CenterSubSup": "Λογικός τελεστής Or", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_Sub": "Λογικός τελεστής Or", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_SubSup": "Λογικός τελεστής Or", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection": "Τομή", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_CenterSub": "Τομή", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_CenterSubSup": "Τομή", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_Sub": "Τομή", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_SubSup": "Τομή", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod": "Προϊόν", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_CenterSub": "Προϊόν", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_CenterSubSup": "Προϊόν", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_Sub": "Προϊόν", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_SubSup": "Προϊόν", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum": "Άθροιση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_CenterSub": "Άθροιση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_CenterSubSup": "Άθροιση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_Sub": "Άθροιση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_SubSup": "Άθροιση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union": "Ένωση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_CenterSub": "Ένωση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_CenterSubSup": "Ένωση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_Sub": "Ένωση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_SubSup": "Ένωση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Custom_1": "Παράδειγμα ορίου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Custom_2": "Παράδειγμα μέγιστου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Lim": "Όριο", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Ln": "Φυσικός λογάριθμος", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Log": "Λογάριθμος", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_LogBase": "Λογάριθμος", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Max": "Μέγιστο", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Min": "Ελάχιστο", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_2": "1x2 κενός πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_3": "1x3 κενός πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_1": "2x1 κενός πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2": "2x2 κενός πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_DLineBracket": "Κενός πίνακας με παρενθέσεις", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_LineBracket": "Κενός πίνακας με παρενθέσεις", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_RoundBracket": "Κενός πίνακας με παρενθέσεις", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_SquareBracket": "Κενός πίνακας με παρενθέσεις", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_3": "2x3 κενός πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_1": "3x1 κενός πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_2": "3x2 κενός πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_3": "3x3 κενός πίνακας", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Baseline": "Κουκκίδες βασικής γραμής", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Center": "Τελείες στο μέσον της γραμμής", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Diagonal": "Διαγώνιες τελείες", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Vertical": "Κατακόρυφες τελείες", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Round": "Αραιός πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Square": "Αραιός πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2": "2x2 μοναδιαίος πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2_NoZeros": "3x3 μοναδιαίος πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3": "3x3 μοναδιαίος πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3_NoZeros": "3x3 μοναδιαίος πίνακας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowD_Bot": "Δεξιό-αριστερό βέλος από κάτω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowD_Top": "Δεξιό-αριστερό βέλος από πάνω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowL_Bot": "Από κάτω βέλος προς τα αριστερά", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowL_Top": "Από πάνω βέλος προς αριστερά", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowR_Bot": "Προς τα δεξιά βέλος από κάτω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowR_Top": "Προς τα δεξιά βέλος από πάνω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ColonEquals": "Άνω κάτω τελεία ίσον", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Custom_1": "Δίνει", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Custom_2": "Δέλτα δίνει", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Definition": "Ίσον με εξ ορισμού", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DeltaEquals": "Δέλτα ίσο με", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowD_Bot": "Δεξιό-αριστερό βέλος από κάτω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowD_Top": "Δεξιό-αριστερό βέλος από πάνω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowL_Bot": "Από κάτω βέλος προς τα αριστερά", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowL_Top": "Από πάνω βέλος προς αριστερά", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowR_Bot": "Προς τα δεξιά βέλος από κάτω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowR_Top": "Προς τα δεξιά βέλος από πάνω", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_EqualsEquals": "Ίσον ίσον", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_MinusEquals": "Πλην ίσον", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_PlusEquals": "Συν ίσον", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_UnitOfMeasure": "Μέτρηση με", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalCustom_1": "Ρίζα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalCustom_2": "Ρίζα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_2": "Τετραγωνική ρίζα με βαθμό", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_3": "Κυβική ρίζα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_n": "Ρίζα με βαθμό", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalSqrt": "Τετραγωνική ρίζα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_1": "Δέσμη ενεργειών", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_2": "Δέσμη ενεργειών", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_3": "Δέσμη ενεργειών", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_4": "Δέσμη ενεργειών", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSub": "Δείκτης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSubSup": "Δείκτης-εκθέτης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSubSupLeft": "Αριστερός δείκτης-εκθέτης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSup": "Εκθέτης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSorting": "Ταξινόμηση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSortSelected": "Ταξινόμηση επιλεγμένων", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_about": "Περίπου", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_additional": "Συμπλήρωμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_aleph": "'Aλεφ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_alpha": "Άλφα", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_approx": "Σχεδόν ίσο με", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ast": "Τελεστής αστερίσκος", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beta": "Βήτα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beth": "Στοίχημα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_bullet": "Τελεστής κουκκίδα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cap": "Τομή", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cbrt": "Κυβική ρίζα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cdots": "Οριζόντια έλλειψη στο μέσον της γραμμής", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_celsius": "Βαθμοί Celsius", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_chi": "Χι", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cong": "Περίπου ίσο με", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cup": "Ένωση", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ddots": "Διαγώνια έλλειψη κάτω δεξιά", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_degree": "Βαθμοί", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_delta": "Δέλτα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_div": "Σύμβολο διαίρεσης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_downarrow": "Κάτω βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_emptyset": "Κενό σύνολο", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_epsilon": "Έψιλον", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equals": "Ίσον", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equiv": "Πανομοιότυπο με", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_eta": "Ήτα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_exists": "Υπάρχει", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_factorial": "Παραγοντικό", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_fahrenheit": "Βαθμοί Fahrenheit", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_forall": "Για όλα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gamma": "Γάμμα", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_geq": "Μεγαλύτερο ή ίσο με", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gg": "Πολύ μεγαλύτερο από", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_greater": "Μεγαλύτερο από", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_in": "Στοιχείο του", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_inc": "Αύξηση τιμής", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_infinity": "Άπειρο", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_iota": "Γιώτα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_kappa": "Κάπα", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_lambda": "Λάμδα", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leftarrow": "Αριστερό βέλος", - "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_less": "Λιγότερο από", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leftrightarrow": "Αριστερό-δεξιό βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leq": "Μικρότερο από ή ίσο με", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_less": "Μικρότερο από", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ll": "Πολύ μικρότερο από", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_minus": "Πλην", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_mp": "Πλην συν", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_mu": "Μι", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_nabla": "Ανάδελτα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_neq": "Διάφορο από", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ni": "Περιέχει ως μέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_not": "Σύμβολο άρνησης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_notexists": "Δεν υπάρχει", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_nu": "Νι", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_o": "Όμικρον", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_omega": "Ωμέγα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_partial": "Μερικό διαφορικό", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_percent": "Ποσοστό", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_phi": "Φι", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_pi": "π", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_plus": "Συν", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_pm": "Συν πλην", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_propto": "Σε αναλογία με", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_psi": "Ψι", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_qdrt": "Τέταρτη ρίζα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_qed": "Τέλος απόδειξης", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rddots": "Πάνω δεξιά διαγώνια έλλειψη", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rho": "Ρο", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rightarrow": "Δεξί βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_sigma": "Σίγμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_sqrt": "Σύμβολο ρίζας", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_tau": "Ταυ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_therefore": "Επομένως", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_theta": "Θήτα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_times": "Σύμβολο πολλαπλασιασμού", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_uparrow": "Πάνω βέλος", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_upsilon": "Ύψιλον", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varepsilon": "Παραλλαγή του έψιλον", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varphi": "Παραλλαγή του φι", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varpi": "Παραλλαγή του πι", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varrho": "Παραλλαγή του ρο", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varsigma": "Παραλλαγή σίγμα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vartheta": "Παραλλαγή θήτα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Κατακόρυφη έλλειψη", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Ζήτα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtTable_TableStyleDark": "Σκούρα Τεχνοτροπία Πίνακα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtTable_TableStyleLight": "Ανοιχτόχρωμη Τεχνοτροπία Πίνακα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtTable_TableStyleMedium": "Μέτρια Τεχνοτροπία Πίνακα", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "Η λειτουργία που πρόκειται να εκτελέσετε ίσως χρειαστεί πολύ χρόνο για να ολοκληρωθεί.
                    Θέλετε σίγουρα να συνεχίσετε;", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "Μόνο τα δεδομένα από το επάνω αριστερό κελί θα παραμείνουν στο συγχωνευμένο κελί.
                    Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "Πάγωμα Παραθύρων", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow": "Εμφάνιση Σκιάς Παγωμένων Παραθύρων", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "Απόκρυψη μπάρας τύπων", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "Απόκρυψη γραμμών πλέγματος", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "Απόκρυψη επικεφαλίδων", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.strDecimalSeparator": "Διαχωριστικό δεκαδικού", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.strThousandsSeparator": "Διαχωριστικό χιλιάδων", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.textLabel": "Ρυθμίσεις αναγνώρισης αριθμητικών δεδομένων", "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.textTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.btnCustomFilter": "Προσαρμοσμένο Φίλτρο", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textAddSelection": "Προσθήκη τρέχουσας επιλογής στο φίλτρο", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textEmptyItem": "{Κενά}", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textSelectAll": "Επιλογή όλων ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textSelectAllResults": "Επιλογή Όλων των Αποτελεσμάτων Αναζήτησης", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textWarning": "Προειδοποίηση", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtAboveAve": "Πάνω από τον μέσο όρο", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtBegins": "Αρχίζει με...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtBelowAve": "Κάτω από τον μέσο όρο", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtBetween": "Μεταξύ...", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtClear": "Εκκαθάριση", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtContains": "Περιέχει...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtEmpty": "Εισάγετε φίλτρο κελιού", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtEnds": "Τελειώνει με...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtEquals": "Ισούται...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtFilterCellColor": "Φιλτράρισμα με χρώμα κελιών", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtFilterFontColor": "Φιλτράρισμα με χρώμα γραμματοσειράς", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtGreater": "Μεγαλύτερο από...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtGreaterEquals": "Μεγαλύτερο από ή ίσο με...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtLabelFilter": "Φίλτρο ετικέτας", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtLess": "Μικρότερο από...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtLessEquals": "Μικρότερο από ή ίσο με...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotBegins": "Δεν ξεκινά με...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotBetween": "Όχι ανάμεσα...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotContains": "Δεν περιέχει...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotEnds": "Δεν τελειώνει με...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotEquals": "Δεν είναι ίσο με...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNumFilter": "Φίλτρο αριθμού", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtReapply": "Εφαρμογή Ξανά", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortCellColor": "Ταξινόμηση κατά το χρώμα κελιών", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortFontColor": "Ταξινόμηση κατά το χρώμα γραμματοσειράς", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortHigh2Low": "Ταξινόμηση από το Υψηλότερο στο Χαμηλότερο", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortLow2High": "Ταξινόμηση από το Χαμηλότερο στο Υψηλότερο", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortOption": "Περισσότερες ρυθμίσεις ταξινόμησης...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTextFilter": "Φίλτρο κειμένου", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTitle": "Φίλτρο", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTop10": "Κορυφαία 10", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtValueFilter": "Φίλτρο Τιμών", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.warnFilterError": "Απαιτείται τουλάχιστον ένα πεδίο στην περιοχή Τιμών για να εφαρμοστεί ένα φίλτρο τιμών.", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.warnNoSelected": "Πρέπει να επιλέξετε τουλάχιστον μία τιμή", + "SSE.Views.CellEditor.textManager": "Διαχειριστής Ονομάτων", + "SSE.Views.CellEditor.tipFormula": "Εισαγωγή συνάρτησης", + "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.errorMaxRows": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Ο μέγιστος αριθμός σειρών δεδομένων ανά γράφημα είναι 255", + "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.errorStockChart": "Λανθασμένη διάταξη γραμμών. Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα γράφημα μετοχών τοποθετήστε τα δεδομένα στο φύλλο με την ακόλουθη σειρά:
                    τιμή ανοίγματος, μέγιστη τιμή, ελάχιστη τιμή, τιμή κλεισίματος.", "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtEmpty": "Αυτό το πεδίο είναι υποχρεωτικό", "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtInvalidRange": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών", + "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtTitle": "Επιλογή Εύρους Δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.strShrink": "Σμίκρυνση για ταίριασμα", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.strWrap": "Αναδίπλωση κειμένου", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textAngle": "Γωνία", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBackColor": "Χρώμα φόντου", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBackground": "Χρώμα φόντου", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBorderColor": "Χρώμα", - "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBorders": "Τεχνοτροπία περιγραμμάτων", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBorders": "Τεχνοτροπία Περιγραμμάτων", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textColor": "Γέμισμα χρώματος", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textControl": "Έλεγχος Κειμένου", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textDirection": "Κατεύθυνση", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textFill": "Γέμισμα", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textForeground": "Χρώμα προσκηνίου", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradient": "Σημεία διαβάθμισης", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientColor": "Χρώμα", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientFill": "Βαθμωτό Γέμισμα", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textLinear": "Γραμμικός", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textNoFill": "Χωρίς γέμισμα", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textOrientation": "Προσανατολισμός Κειμένου", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPattern": "Μοτίβο", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPatternFill": "Μοτίβο", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPosition": "Θέση", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textRadial": "Ακτινικός", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textSelectBorders": "Επιλέξτε τα περιγράμματα που θέλετε να αλλάξετε εφαρμόζοντας την ανωτέρω επιλεγμένη τεχνοτροπία", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Προσθήκη βαθμωτού σημείου", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAll": "Ορισμός εξωτερικού περιγράμματος και όλων των εσωτερικών γραμμών", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipBottom": "Ορισμός μόνο εξωτερικού κάτω περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipDiagD": "Ορισμός Διαγώνιου Κάτω Περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipDiagU": "Ορισμός Διαγώνιου Πάνω Περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipInner": "Ορισμός μόνο των εσωτερικών γραμμών", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipInnerHor": "Ορισμός μόνο των οριζόντιων εσωτερικών γραμμών", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipInnerVert": "Ορισμός μόνο των κατακόρυφων εσωτερικών γραμμών", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipLeft": "Ορισμός μόνο του εξωτερικού αριστερού περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipNone": "Χωρίς κανένα περίγραμμα", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipOuter": "Ορισμός μόνο του εξωτερικού περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Αφαίρεση σημείου διαβάθμισης", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipRight": "Ορισμός μόνο του εξωτερικού δεξιού περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipTop": "Ορισμός μόνο του εξωτερικού πάνω περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorInFormula": "Υπάρχει κάποιο σφάλμα στον τύπο που εισαγάγατε.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorInvalidReference": "Η αναφορά δεν είναι έγκυρη. Η αναφορά πρέπει να δείχνει σε ένα ανοικτό φύλλο εργασιών.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorMaxPoints": "Ο μέγιστος αριθμός σημείων σε σειρά ανά γράφημα είναι 4096.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorMaxRows": "Ο μέγιστος αριθμός σειρών δεδομένων ανά γράφημα είναι 255.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorNoSingleRowCol": "Η αναφορά δεν είναι έγκυρη. Οι αναφορές σε τίτλους, τιμές, μεγέθη ή ετικέτες δεδομένων πρέπει να είναι ένα μοναδικό κελί, γραμμή ή στήλη.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorNoValues": "Για να δημιουργηθεί γράφημα, πρέπει η σειρά να περιέχει τουλάχιστον μία τιμή.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorStockChart": "Λανθασμένη διάταξη γραμμών. Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα γράφημα μετοχών τοποθετήστε τα δεδομένα στο φύλλο με την ακόλουθη σειρά:
                    τιμή ανοίγματος, μέγιστη τιμή, ελάχιστη τιμή, τιμή κλεισίματος.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textAdd": "Προσθήκη", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textCategory": "Ετικέτες Οριζόντιου Άξονα (Κατηγορία)", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textData": "Εύρος δεδομένων γραφήματος", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textDelete": "Αφαίρεση", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textDown": "Κάτω", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textEdit": "Επεξεργασία", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textInvalidRange": "Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSelectData": "Επιλογή δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSeries": "Καταχωρήσεις Υπομνήματος (Σειρές)", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSwitch": "Εναλλαγή Γραμμής/Στήλης", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textTitle": "Δεδομένα Γραφήματος", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textUp": "Πάνω", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorInFormula": "Υπάρχει κάποιο σφάλμα στον τύπο που εισαγάγατε.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorInvalidReference": "Η αναφορά δεν είναι έγκυρη. Η αναφορά πρέπει να δείχνει σε ένα ανοικτό φύλλο εργασιών.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorMaxPoints": "Ο μέγιστος αριθμός σημείων σε σειρά ανά γράφημα είναι 4096.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorMaxRows": "Ο μέγιστος αριθμός σειρών δεδομένων ανά γράφημα είναι 255.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorNoSingleRowCol": "Η αναφορά δεν είναι έγκυρη. Οι αναφορές σε τίτλους, τιμές, μεγέθη ή ετικέτες δεδομένων πρέπει να είναι ένα μοναδικό κελί, γραμμή ή στήλη.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorNoValues": "Για να δημιουργηθεί γράφημα, πρέπει η σειρά να περιέχει τουλάχιστον μία τιμή.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorStockChart": "Λανθασμένη διάταξη γραμμών. Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα γράφημα μετοχών τοποθετήστε τα δεδομένα στο φύλλο με την ακόλουθη σειρά:
                    τιμή ανοίγματος, μέγιστη τιμή, ελάχιστη τιμή, τιμή κλεισίματος.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.textInvalidRange": "Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.textSelectData": "Επιλογή δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtAxisLabel": "Εύρος ετικέτας άξονα", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtChoose": "Επιλέξτε εύρος", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtSeriesName": "Όνομα σειράς", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtTitleCategory": "Ετικέτες Αξόνων", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtTitleSeries": "Επεξεργασία Σειράς", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtValues": "Τιμές", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtXValues": "Τιμές Χ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtYValues": "Τιμές Υ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strLineWeight": "Πλάτος Γραμμής", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strSparkColor": "Χρώμα", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strTemplate": "Πρότυπο", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων για προχωρημένους", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textChartType": "Αλλαγή τύπου διαγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "Η τιμή που βάλατε δεν είναι αποδεκτή.
                    Παρακαλούμε βάλτε μια αριθμητική τιμή μεταξύ 0 pt και 1584 pt.", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textChartType": "Αλλαγή Τύπου Γραφήματος", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textEditData": "Επεξεργασία δεδομένων και τοποθεσίας", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textFirstPoint": "Πρώτο Σημείο", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textHeight": "Ύψος", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textHighPoint": "Μέγιστο σημείο", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textKeepRatio": "Σταθερές αναλογίες", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textLastPoint": "Τελευταίο Σημείο", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textLowPoint": "Χαμηλό Σημείο", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textMarkers": "Δείκτες", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textNegativePoint": "Αρνητικό σημείο", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textRanges": "Εύρος Δεδομένων", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textSelectData": "Επιλογή δεδομένων", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textShow": "Εμφάνιση", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textSize": "Μέγεθος", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textType": "Τύπος", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textWidth": "Πλάτος", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.errorMaxPoints": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Ο μέγιστος αριθμός σημείων σε σειρά ανά γράφημα είναι 4096.", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.errorMaxRows": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Ο μέγιστος αριθμός σειρών δεδομένων ανά γράφημα είναι 255", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.errorStockChart": "Λανθασμένη διάταξη γραμμών. Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα γράφημα μετοχών τοποθετήστε τα δεδομένα στο φύλλο με την ακόλουθη σειρά:
                    τιμή ανοίγματος, μέγιστη τιμή, ελάχιστη τιμή, τιμή κλεισίματος.", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAbsolute": "Να μην αλλάζει θέση ή μέγεθος με τα κελιά", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAlt": "Εναλλακτικό κείμενο", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltDescription": "Περιγραφή", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική με βάση κείμενο αναπαράσταση των πληροφοριών οπτικού αντικειμένου, η οποία θα αναγνωσθεί στα άτομα με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικών προβλημάτων για να τους βοηθήσουν να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα ποιες πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στην εικόνα, σε αυτόματο σχήμα, στο διάγραμμα ή στον πίνακα.", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltTitle": "Τίτλος", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAuto": "Αυτόματα", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAutoEach": "Αυτόματο για Κάθε", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisCrosses": "Διασχίσεις άξονα", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisOptions": "Επιλογές αξόνων", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisPos": "Θέση αξόνων", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις αξόνων", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBetweenTickMarks": "Μεταξύ Διαβαθμίσεων", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBillions": "Δισεκατομμύρια", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Κάτω", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Όνομα κατηγορίας", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Κέντρο", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Τίτλος διαγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Στοιχεία Γραφήματος &
                    Υπόμνημα Γραφήματος", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Τίτλος Γραφήματος", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Διασταύρωση", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Προσαρμοσμένο", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "σε στήλες", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Ετικέτες δεδομένων", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "σε γραμμές", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Εμφάνιση Υπομνήματος", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Κρυφά και Άδεια κελιά", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Σύνδεση σημείων δεδομένων με γραμμή", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textFit": "Προσαρμογή στο πλάτος", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textFixed": "Σταθερό", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGaps": "Κενά", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGridLines": "Γραμμές πλέγματος", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGroup": "Ομαδοποίηση Μικρογραφήματος", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Απόκρυψη", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Υψηλό", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Οριζόντιος άξονας", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Οριζόντια", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Τίτλος οριζόντιου άξονα", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Εκατοντάδες", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textIn": "Σε", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textInnerBottom": "Εσωτερικό Κάτω Μέρος", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textInnerTop": "Εσωτερικό Πάνω Μέρος", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textInvalidRange": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLabelDist": "Απόσταση Ετικέτας Άξονα", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLabelInterval": "Διάστημα μεταξύ Ετικετών", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLabelOptions": "Επιλογές Ετικέτας", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLabelPos": "Θέση Ετικέτας", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLayout": "Διάταξη", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLeft": "Αριστερά", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLeftOverlay": "Αριστερή Επικάλυψη", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendBottom": "Κάτω", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendLeft": "Αριστερά", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendPos": "Θρύλος", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendRight": "Δεξιά", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendTop": "Επάνω", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLines": "Γραμμές", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLocationRange": "Εύρος Τοποθεσίας", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLow": "Χαμηλό", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMajor": "Σημαντικός", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMajorMinor": "Σημαντικό και ελάσσον", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMajorType": "Κύριος τύπος", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textManual": "Χειροκίνητα", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMarkers": "Δείκτες", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMarksInterval": "Διάστημα μεταξύ Σημαδιών", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMaxValue": "Μέγιστη τιμή", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMillions": "Εκατομμύρια", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMinor": "Ελάσσον", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMinorType": "Δευτερεύων τύπος", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMinValue": "Ελάχιστη τιμή", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textNextToAxis": "Δίπλα στον άξονα", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textNone": "Κανένα", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textNoOverlay": "Χωρίς Επικάλυψη", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOneCell": "Μετακίνηση αλλά όχι αλλαγή μεγέθους με τα κελιά", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOnTickMarks": "Βαθμολογήσεις", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOut": "Έξω", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOuterTop": "Εξωτερικό Πάνω", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOverlay": "Επικάλυμμα", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textReverse": "Τιμές σε αντίστροφη σειρά", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textReverseOrder": "Αντίστροφη σειρά", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textRight": "Δεξιά", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textRightOverlay": "Δεξιά Επικάλυψη", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textRotated": "Περιεστρεμμένο ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSameAll": "Ίδιο για Όλα", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSelectData": "Επιλογή δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Διαχωριστής Ετικετών Δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Όνομα Σειράς", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Εμφάνιση", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Εμφάνιση περιγραμμάτων γραφήματος", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Εμφάνιση δεδομένων σε κρυμμένες γραμμές και στήλες", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Εμφάνιση κενών κελιών ως", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Εμφάνιση άξονα", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Εμφάνιση τιμών γραφήματος", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Μονό Μικρογράφημα", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSmooth": "Ομαλό", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSnap": "Ευθυγράμμιση σε κελί", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSparkRanges": "Εύρη Μικρογραφήματος", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textStraight": "Ίσιο", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTenMillions": "10 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTenThousands": "10 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textThousands": "Χιλιάδες", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTitle": "Διάγραμμα - Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTickOptions": "Επιλογές διαβαθμίσεων", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTitle": "Γράφημα - Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTitleSparkline": "Μικρογράφημα - Ρυθμίσεις για Προχωρημένους", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTop": "Επάνω", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "Τρισεκατομμύρια", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Μετακίνηση και αλλαγή μεγέθους με τα κελιά", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Τύπος", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Τύπος & Δεδομένα", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Εμφάνιση Μονάδων Μέτρησης", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Τιμή", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Κατακόρυφος άξονας", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Τίτλος άξονα Χ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Τίτλος άξονα Υ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Μηδέν", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.txtEmpty": "Αυτό το πεδίο είναι υποχρεωτικό", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textDataRange": "Εύρος δεδομένων πηγής", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textDestination": "Επιλέξτε θέση πίνακα", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textExist": "Υφιστάμενο φύλλο εργασίας", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textInvalidRange": "Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textNew": "Νέο φύλλο εργασίας", "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textSelectData": "Επιλογή δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textTitle": "Δημιουργία Συγκεντρωτικού Πίνακα", "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.txtEmpty": "Αυτό το πεδίο είναι υποχρεωτικό", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "Ομάδα", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextCustomSort": "Προσαρμοσμένη Ταξινόμηση", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextDataValidation": "Επικύρωση Δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextRemDuplicates": "Αφαίρεση Διπλότυπων", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextToCol": "Κείμενο σε στήλες", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnUngroup": "Κατάργηση ομαδοποίησης", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textBelow": "Περίληψη γραμμών κάτω από τις γραμμές λεπτομέρειας", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textClear": "Καθαρισμός ομάδας", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textColumns": "Κατάργηση ομαδοποίησης στηλών", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textGroupColumns": "Ομαδοποίηση στηλών", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textGroupRows": "Ομαδοποίηση γραμμών", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRightOf": "Περίληψη στηλών στα δεξιά των στηλών λεπτομερειών", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRows": "Αναίρεση ομαδοποίησης γραμμών", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipCustomSort": "Προσαρμοσμένη ταξινόμηση", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipDataValidation": "Επικύρωση δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipGroup": "Ομαδοποίηση εύρους κελιών", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipRemDuplicates": "Αφαίρεση διπλότυπων γραμμών από ένα φύλλο", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipToColumns": "Διαχωρισμός κειμένου κελιού σε στήλες", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipUngroup": "Κατάργηση ομαδοποίησης εύρους κελιών", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorFormula": "Η τιμή οδηγεί σε σφάλμα με τον τρέχοντα υπολογισμό. Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalid": "Η τιμή που εισαγάγατε στο πεδίο \"{0}\" δεν είναι έγκυρη.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidDate": "Η ημερομηνία για το πεδίο \"{0}\" δεν είναι έγκυρη.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidList": "Η πηγή της λίστας πρέπει να είναι μια λίστα στοιχείων χωρισμένων με ειδικό χαρακτήρα ή μια αναφορά σε μια γραμμή ή στήλη.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidTime": "Ο χρόνος που εισαγάγατε στο πεδίο \"{0}\" δεν είναι έγκυρος.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMinGreaterMax": "Το πεδίο \"{1}\" πρέπει να είναι μεγαλύτερο από ή ίσο με το πεδίο \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterBothValues": "Πρέπει να βάλετε μια τιμή και στο πεδίο \"{0}\" και στο πεδίο \"{1}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterValue": "Πρέπει να βάλετε μια τιμή στο πεδίο \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNamedRange": "Ένα επώνυμο εύρος που ορίσατε δεν μπορεί να βρεθεί.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNegativeTextLength": "Αρνητικές τιμές δεν μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν σε συνθήκες \"{0}\". ", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNotNumeric": "Το πεδίο \"{0}\" πρέπει να έχει αριθμητική τιμή, αριθμητική έκφραση ή να αναφέρεται σε κελί με αριθμητική τιμή.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strError": "Ειδοποίηση Σφάλματος", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strInput": "Εισαγωγή Μηνύματος", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAlert": "Συναγερμός", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAllow": "Επιτρέπεται", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textApply": "Εφαρμογή αυτών των αλλαγών σε όλα τα κελιά με τις ίδιες ρυθμίσεις", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCellSelected": "Όταν επιλέγεται κελί να εμφανίζεται αυτό το μήνυμα εισόδου", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCompare": "Σύγκριση με", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textData": "Δεδομένα", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndDate": "Ημερομηνία Τέλους", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndTime": "Ώρα Τέλους", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textError": "Μήνυμα Λάθους", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textFormula": "Τύπος", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textIgnore": "Αγνόηση κενών", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textInput": "Εισαγωγή Μηνύματος", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMax": "Μέγιστο", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMessage": "Μήνυμα", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMin": "Ελάχιστο", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSelectData": "Επιλογή δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowDropDown": "Εμφάνιση αναδυόμενης λίστας σε κελί", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowError": "Εμφάνιση προειδοποίησης σφάλματος μετά την εισαγωγή μη έγκυρων δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowInput": "Εμφάνιση μηνύματος εισόδου κατά την επιλογή κελιού", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSource": "Πηγή", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartDate": "Ημερομηνία Έναρξης", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartTime": "Ώρα Έναρξης", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStop": "Διακοπή", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textTitle": "Τίτλος", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textUserEnters": "Όταν ο χρήστης εισάγει μη έγκυρα δεδομένα να εμφανίζεται αυτή η προειδοποίηση σφάλματος", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtAny": "Οποιαδήποτε τιμή", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtBetween": "μεταξύ", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDate": "Ημερομηνία", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDecimal": "Δεκαδικός", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtElTime": "Χρόνος που πέρασε", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndDate": "Ημερομηνία τέλους", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndTime": "Ώρα τέλους", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEqual": "ισούται", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThan": "μεγαλύτερο από", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThanOrEqual": "μεγαλύτερο από ή ίσο με", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLength": "Μήκος", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThan": "μικρότερο από", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThanOrEqual": "μικρότερο από ή ίσο με", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtList": "Λίστα", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotBetween": "όχι ανάμεσα", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotEqual": "δεν είναι ίσο με", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtOther": "Άλλο", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartDate": "Ημερομηνία έναρξης", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartTime": "Ώρα έναρξης", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTextLength": "Μήκος κειμένου", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTime": "Ώρα", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtWhole": "Ολόκληρος αριθμός", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "Και", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "ισούται", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "δεν τελειώνει με", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition11": "περιέχει", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition12": "δεν περιέχει", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition2": "δεν είναι ίσο με", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition3": "είναι μεγαλύτερο από", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition4": "είναι μεγαλύτερο από ή ίσο με", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition5": "είναι μικρότερο από", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition6": "είναι μικρότερο από ή ίσο με", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition7": "αρχίζει με", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition8": "δεν ξεκινά με", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition9": "τελειώνει με", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capOr": "Ή", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.textNoFilter": "χωρίς φίλτρο", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.textShowRows": "Εμφάνιση γραμμών όπου", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.textUse1": "Χρήση του ? για αναπαράσταση οποιουδήποτε χαρακτήρα", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.textUse2": "Χρήση του * για αναπαράσταση οποιασδήποτε συμβολοσειράς", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.txtTitle": "Προσαρμοσμένο Φίλτρο", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedImgText": "Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις εικόνας", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedShapeText": "Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις σχήματος", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedSlicerText": "Προχωρημένες Ρυθμίσεις Αναλυτή", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.bottomCellText": "Σοίχιση κάτω", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.bulletsText": "Κουκκίδες και Αρίθμηση", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.centerCellText": "Σοίχιση στη μέση", - "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.chartText": "Ρυθμίσεις διαγράμματος για προχωρημένους", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.chartText": "Ρυθμίσεις Γραφήματος για Προχωρημένους", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteColumnText": "Στήλη", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteRowText": "Γραμμή", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteTableText": "Πίνακας", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct270Text": "Περιστροφή Κειμένου Πάνω", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct90Text": "Περιστροφή Κειμένου Κάτω", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.directHText": "Οριζόντια", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.directionText": "Κατεύθυνση Κειμένου", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.editChartText": "Επεξεργασία δεδομένων", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.editHyperlinkText": "Επεξεργασία υπερσυνδέσμου", - "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertColumnLeftText": "Στήλη αριστερά", - "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertColumnRightText": "Στήλη δεξιά", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertColumnLeftText": "Στήλη Αριστερά", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertColumnRightText": "Στήλη Δεξιά", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertRowAboveText": "Γραμμή πάνω", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertRowBelowText": "Γραμμή κάτω", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.originalSizeText": "Πλήρες μέγεθος", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.removeHyperlinkText": "Αφαίρεση υπερσυνδέσμου", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectColumnText": "Ολόκληρη Στήλη", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectDataText": "Δεδομένα στήλης", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectRowText": "Γραμμή", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectTableText": "Πίνακας", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDelete": "Αφαίρεση υπογραφής", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDetails": "Λεπτομέρειες υπογραφής", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSetup": "Ρύθμιση Υπογραφής", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSign": "Σύμβολο", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAlign": "Στοίχιση", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrange": "Τακτοποίηση", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBack": "Μεταφορά στο παρασκήνιο", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Μεταφορά προς τα πίσω", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "Μεταφορά προς τα εμπρός", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "Μεταφορά στο Προσκήνιο", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAverage": "Μέσος Όρος", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCount": "Μέτρηση", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCrop": "Περικοπή", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFill": "Γέμισμα", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFit": "Προσαρμογή", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEntriesList": "Επιλογή από αναδυόμενη λίστα", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipH": "Οριζόντια Περιστροφή", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipV": "Κατακόρυφη Περιστροφή", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFreezePanes": "Πάγωμα Παραθύρων", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "Από αρχείο", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromStorage": "Από αποθηκευτικό χώρο", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "Από διεύθυνση", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textListSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις Λίστας", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textMax": "Μέγιστο", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textMin": "Ελάχιστο", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textMore": "Περισσότερες συναρτήσεις", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textMoreFormats": "Περισσότερες μορφές", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNone": "Κανένα", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Αντικατάσταση εικόνας", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRotate": "Περιστροφή", @@ -606,23 +1672,46 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "Σοίχιση στη μέση", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "Στοίχιση δεξιά", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "Στοίχιση επάνω", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textStdDev": "Τυπική Απόκλιση", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSum": "Άθροισμα", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "Αναίρεση", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUnFreezePanes": "Απελευθέρωση Παραθύρων", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textVar": "Διαφορά", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.topCellText": "Στοίχιση επάνω", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAccounting": "Λογιστική", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddComment": "Προσθήκη σχολίου", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddNamedRange": "Προσδιορισμός Ονόματος", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtArrange": "Τακτοποίηση", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAscending": "Αύξουσα", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAutoColumnWidth": "Αυτόματη Προσαρμογή Πλάτους Στήλης", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAutoRowHeight": "Αυτόματη Προσαρμογή Ύψους Γραμμής", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClear": "Εκκαθάριση", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearAll": "Όλα", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearComments": "Σχόλια", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearFormat": "Μορφή", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearHyper": "Υπερσύνδεσμοι", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearSparklineGroups": "Καθαρισμός Επιλεγμένων Ομάδων Μικρών Γραφημάτων (sparklines)", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearSparklines": "Καθαρισμός Επιλεγμένων Μικρών Γραφημάτων (sparklines)", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearText": "Κείμενο", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtColumn": "Ολόκληρη στήλη", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtColumnWidth": "Ορισμός Πλάτους Στήλης", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCopy": "Αντιγραφή", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCurrency": "Νόμισμα", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomColumnWidth": "Προσαρμοσμένο Πλάτος Στήλης", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomRowHeight": "Προσαρμοσμένο Ύψος Γραμμής", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomSort": "Προσαρμοσμένη ταξινόμηση", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCut": "Αποκοπή", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDate": "Ημερομηνία", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDelete": "Διαγραφή", - "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDistribHor": "Διανομή οριζόντια", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDescending": "Φθίνουσα", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDistribHor": "Οριζόντια Κατανομή", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDistribVert": "Κατακόρυφη Κατανομή", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtEditComment": "Επεξεργασία σχολίου", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFilter": "Φίλτρο", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFilterCellColor": "Φιλτράρισμα με χρώμα κελιού", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFilterFontColor": "Φιλτράρισμα με χρώμα γραμματοσειράς", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFilterValue": "Φιλτράρισμα με την τιμή του Επιλεγμένου κελιού", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFormula": "Εισαγωγή Συνάρτησης", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFraction": "Κλάσμα", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGeneral": "Γενικά", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGroup": "Ομάδα", @@ -630,24 +1719,65 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsert": "Εισαγωγή", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsHyperlink": "Υπερσύνδεσμος", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNumber": "Αριθμός", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNumFormat": "Μορφή Αριθμού", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPaste": "Επικόλληση", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPercentage": "Ποσοστό", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtReapply": "Εφαρμογή Ξανά", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRow": "Ολόκληρη γραμμή", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRowHeight": "Ορισμός Ύψους Γραμμής", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtScientific": "Επιστημονικό", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSelect": "Επιλογή", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShiftDown": "Ολίσθηση κελιών κάτω", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShiftLeft": "Ολίσθηση κελιών αριστερά", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShiftRight": "Ολίσθηση κελιών δεξιά", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShiftUp": "Ολίσθηση κελιών πάνω", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShow": "Εμφάνιση", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowComment": "Εμφάνιση σχολίου", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSort": "Ταξινόμηση", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSortCellColor": "Επιλεγμένο Χρώμα Κελιού στην κορυφή", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSortFontColor": "Επιλεγμένο Χρώμα Γραμματοσειράς στην κορυφή", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSparklines": "Μικρογραφήματα", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtText": "Κείμενο", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtTextAdvanced": "Ρυθμίσεις Κειμένου για Προχωρημένους", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtTime": "Ώρα", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUngroup": "Κατάργηση ομαδοποίησης", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtWidth": "Πλάτος", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.vertAlignText": "Κατακόρυφη Στοίχιση", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.strLayout": "Διάταξη", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.strSubtotals": "Μερικά σύνολα", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.textReport": "Φόρμα Αναφοράς", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις Πεδίων", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtAverage": "Μέσος Όρος", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtBlank": "Εισαγωγή κενών γραμμών μετά από κάθε στοιχείο", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtBottom": "Εμφάνισης στο κάτω μέρος της ομάδας", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCompact": "Συμπαγές", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCount": "Μέτρηση", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCountNums": "Μέτρηση Αριθμών", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCustomName": "Προσαρμοσμένο όνομα", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Εμφάνιση στοιχείων χωρίς καθόλου δεδομένα", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtMax": "Μέγιστο", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtMin": "Ελάχιστο", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtOutline": "Περίγραμμα", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtProduct": "Προϊόν", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtRepeat": "Επανάληψη ετικετών στοιχείων σε κάθε γραμμή", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtShowSubtotals": "Εμφάνιση μερικών συνόλων", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSourceName": "Όνομα πηγής:", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDev": "Τυπική Απόκλιση", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDevp": "Τυπική απόκλιση πληθυσμού", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSum": "Άθροισμα", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSummarize": "Συναρτήσεις για Μερικά Σύνολα", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtTabular": "Πινακοειδής", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtTop": "Εμφάνιση στο πάνω μέρος της ομάδας", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtVar": "Διαφορά", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtVarp": "Διακύμανση πληθυσμού", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "Άνοιγμα τοποθεσίας αρχείου", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnCloseMenuCaption": "Κλείσιμο μενού", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnCreateNewCaption": "Δημιουργία νέου", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnDownloadCaption": "Λήψη ως...", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnHelpCaption": "Βοήθεια...", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnInfoCaption": "Πληροφορίες Υπολογιστικού Φύλλου...", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnPrintCaption": "Εκτύπωση", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "Προστασία", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnRecentFilesCaption": "Άνοιγμα πρόσφατου...", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "Μετονομασία...", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "Πίσω στο λογιστικό φύλλο", @@ -657,29 +1787,54 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveCopyAsCaption": "Αποθήκευση αντιγράφου ως...", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnSettingsCaption": "Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους...", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnToEditCaption": "Επεξεργασία λογιστικού φύλλου", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.fromBlankText": "Από Κενό", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.fromTemplateText": "Από πρότυπο", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.newDescriptionText": "Δημιουργήστε ένα νέο κενό υπολογιστικό φύλλο που θα το μορφοποιήσετε μετά τη δημιουργία κατά την επεξεργασία. Ή επιλέξτε ένα από τα πρότυπα για να ξεκινήσετε με ένα υπολογιστικό φύλλο προεπιλεγμένου τύπου όπου κάποιες τεχνοτροπίες έχουν ήδη εφαρμοστεί.", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.newDocumentText": "Νέο λογιστικό φύλλο", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.okButtonText": "Εφαρμογή", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAddAuthor": "Προσθήκη συγγραφέα", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAddText": "Προσθήκη κειμένου", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAppName": "Εφαρμογή", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAuthor": "Συγγραφέας", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtBtnAccessRights": "Αλλαγή δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtComment": "Σχόλιο", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtCreated": "Δημιουργήθηκε", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtModifyBy": "Τελευταία Τροποποίηση Από", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtModifyDate": "Τελευταία Τροποποίηση", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtOwner": "Ιδιοκτήτης", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtPlacement": "Τοποθεσία", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtRights": "Άτομα που έχουν δικαιώματα", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtSubject": "Θέμα", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtTitle": "Τίτλος", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtUploaded": "Μεταφορτώθηκε", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "Αλλαγή δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "Άτομα που έχουν δικαιώματα", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.okButtonText": "Εφαρμογή", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strAutoRecover": "Ενεργοποίηση αυτόματης αποκατάστασης", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strAutosave": "Ενεργοποίηση αυτόματης αποθήκευσης", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strCoAuthMode": "Κατάσταση Συνεργατικής Επεξεργασίας", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strCoAuthModeDescFast": "Οι άλλοι χρήστες θα δουν αμέσως τις αλλαγές σας", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strCoAuthModeDescStrict": "Θα χρειαστεί να αποδεχτείτε αλλαγές πριν να τις δείτε", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strDecimalSeparator": "Διαχωριστικό δεκαδικού", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFast": "Γρήγορα", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFontRender": "Βελτιστοποίηση Γραμματοσειράς", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strForcesave": "Πάντα να αποθηκεύεται σε διακομιστή (διαφορετικά αποθηκεύεται στο διακομιστή κατά το κλείσιμο του εγγράφου)", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFuncLocale": "Γλώσσα τύπου", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFuncLocaleEx": "Παράδειγμα: SUM; MIN; MAX; COUNT", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strLiveComment": "Ενεργοποίηση προβολής σχολίων", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strMacrosSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις μακροεντολών", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strPaste": "Αποκοπή, αντιγραφή και επικόλληση", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strPasteButton": "Εμφάνιση κουμπιού Επιλογών Επικόλλησης κατά την επικόλληση περιεχομένου", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strR1C1": "Ενεργοποίηση τεχνοτροπίας R1C1", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strRegSettings": "Τοπικές ρυθμίσεις", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strRegSettingsEx": "Παράδειγμα:", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strResolvedComment": "Ενεργοποίηση εμφάνισης επιλυμένων σχολίων", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strSeparator": "Διαχωριστής", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strStrict": "Αυστηρή", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strThousandsSeparator": "Διαχωριστικό χιλιάδων", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strUnit": "Μονάδα μέτρησης", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strUseSeparatorsBasedOnRegionalSettings": "Χρήση διαχωριστικών από τις τοπικές ρυθμίσεις", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strZoom": "Προεπιλεγμένη Τιμή Εστίασης", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.text10Minutes": "Κάθε 10 λεπτά", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.text30Minutes": "Κάθε 30 λεπτά", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.text5Minutes": "Κάθε 5 λεπτά", @@ -689,15 +1844,23 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textDisabled": "Απενεργοποιημένο", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textForceSave": "Αποθήκευση στο διακομιστή", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textMinute": "Κάθε λεπτό", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textRefStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία Παραπομπών", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtCacheMode": "Προεπιλεγμένη κατάσταση λανθάνουσας μνήμης", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtCm": "Εκατοστό", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtDe": "Γερμανικά", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtEn": "Αγγλικά", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtEs": "Ισπανικά", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtFr": "Γαλλικά", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtInch": "Ίντσα", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtIt": "Ιταλικά", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtLiveComment": "Εμφάνιση Σχολίων", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtMac": "ως OS X", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtNative": "Εγγενής", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtPl": "Πολωνικά", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtPt": "Σημείο", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtRu": "Ρώσικα", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtRunMacros": "Ενεργοποίηση Όλων", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtRunMacrosDesc": "Ενεργοποίηση όλων των μακροεντολών χωρίς ειδοποίηση", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtStopMacros": "Απενεργοποίηση όλων", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtStopMacrosDesc": "Απενεργοποίηση όλων των μακροεντολών χωρίς ειδοποίηση", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtWarnMacros": "Εμφάνιση ειδοποίησης", @@ -705,42 +1868,93 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtWin": "ως Windows", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.okButtonText": "Εφαρμογή", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.strDictionaryLanguage": "Γλώσσα λεξικού", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.strIgnoreWordsInUPPERCASE": "Αγνόηση λέξεων με ΚΕΦΑΛΑΙΑ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.strIgnoreWordsWithNumbers": "Αγνόηση λέξεων με αριθμούς", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.txtAutoCorrect": "Επιλογής αυτόματης διόρθωσης...", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.txtProofing": "Διόρθωση Κειμένου", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "Με συνθηματικό", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "Προστασία Υπολογιστικού Φύλλου", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "Με υπογραφή", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "Επεξεργασία λογιστικού φύλλου", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "Η επεξεργασία θα αφαιρέσει τις υπογραφές από το υπολογιστικό φύλλο.
                    Θέλετε σίγουρα να συνεχίσετε;", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "Αυτό το υπολογιστικό φύλλο προστατεύεται με συνθηματικό", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtRequestedSignatures": "Αυτό το υπολογιστικό φύλλο πρέπει να υπογραφεί.", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "Προστέθηκαν έγκυρες υπογραφές στο λογιστικό φύλλο. Το φύλλο προστατεύεται από επεξεργασία.", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "Κάποιες από τις ψηφιακές υπογραφές στο υπολογιστικό φύλλο δεν είναι έγκυρες ή δεν ήταν δυνατό να επιβεβαιωθούν. Το υπολογιστικό φύλλο προστατεύεται από επεξεργασία.", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "Προβολή υπογραφών", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtGeneral": "Γενικά", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtPageSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις σελίδας", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtSpellChecking": "Έλεγχος ορθογραφίας", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textCategory": "Κατηγορία", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textDecimal": "Δεκαδικός", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textFormat": "Μορφή", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textSeparator": "Χρήση διαχωριστή 1000", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textSymbols": "Σύμβολα", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Μορφή Αριθμού", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAccounting": "Λογιστική", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs10": "Ως δέκατα (5/10)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs100": "Ως εκατοστά (50/100)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs16": "Ως δέκατα έκτα (8/16)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs2": "Ως δεύτερα (1/2)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs4": "Ως τέταρτα (2/4)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs8": "Ως όγδοα (4/8)", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCurrency": "Νόμισμα", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustom": "Προσαρμοσμένο", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustomWarning": "Παρακαλούμε εισάγετε προσεκτικά την προσαρμοσμένη μορφή αριθμού. Ο Συντάκτης Λογιστικού Φύλλου δεν ελέγχει τις προκαθορισμένες μορφές για λάθη που μπορεί να επηρεάσουν το αρχείο xlsx.", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtDate": "Ημερομηνία", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtFraction": "Κλάσμα", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtGeneral": "Γενικά", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtNone": "Κανένα", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtNumber": "Αριθμός", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtPercentage": "Ποσοστό", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtSample": "Δείγμα:", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtScientific": "Επιστημονικό", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtText": "Κείμενο", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtTime": "Ώρα", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtUpto1": "Έως ένα ψηφίο (1/3)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtUpto2": "Έως δύο ψηφία (12/25)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtUpto3": "Έως τρία ψηφία (131/135)", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.sDescription": "Περιγραφή", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.textGroupDescription": "Επιλογή Ομάδας Συναρτήσεων", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.textListDescription": "Επιλογή Συνάρτησης", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtRecommended": "Προτεινόμενα", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtSearch": "Αναζήτηση", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtTitle": "Εισαγωγή Συνάρτησης", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textAutomatic": "Αυτόματα", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textCalculateCurrentSheet": "Υπολογισμός τρέχοντος φύλλου εργασίας", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textCalculateWorkbook": "Υπολογισμός βιβλίου εργασίας", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textManual": "Χειροκίνητα", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.tipCalculate": "Υπολογισμός", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.tipCalculateTheEntireWorkbook": "Υπολογισμός ολόκληρου του βιβλίου εργασίας", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtAdditional": "Επιπρόσθετα", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtAutosum": "Αυτόματο Άθροισμα", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtAutosumTip": "Άθροιση", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtCalculation": "Υπολογισμός", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormula": "Συνάρτηση", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormulaTip": "Εισαγωγή συνάρτησης", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtMore": "Περισσότερες συναρτήσεις", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtRecent": "Πρόσφατα χρησιμοποιημένα", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textAny": "οποιοδήποτε", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textArgument": "Όρισμα", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunction": "Συνάρτηση", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunctionRes": "Αποτέλεσμα συνάρτησης", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textHelp": "Βοήθεια για αυτή τη συνάρτηση", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textLogical": "λογικό", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textNoArgs": "Η συνάρτηση δεν έχει ορίσματα", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textNumber": "αριθμός", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textRef": "παραπομπή", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textText": "κείμενο", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textTitle": "Ορίσματα Συνάρτησης", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textValue": "Αποτέλεσμα μαθηματικού τύπου", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAlign": "Στοίχιση με τα περιθώρια σελίδας", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAll": "Όλες οι σελίδες", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textBold": "Έντονα", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textCenter": "Κέντρο", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textColor": "Χρώμα κειμένου", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDate": "Ημερομηνία", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDiffFirst": "Διαφορετική πρώτη σελίδα", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDiffOdd": "Διαφορετικές μονές και ζυγές σελίδες", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textEven": "Ζυγή σελίδα", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFileName": "Όνομα αρχείου", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFirst": "Πρώτη σελίδα", @@ -749,29 +1963,45 @@ "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textInsert": "Εισαγωγή", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textItalic": "Πλάγια", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textLeft": "Αριστερά", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textMaxError": "Η συμβολοσειρά που εισαγάγατε είναι πολύ μεγάλη. Μειώστε τον αριθμό των χαρακτήρων.", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textNewColor": "Προσθήκη νέου προσαρμοσμένου χρώματος", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textOdd": "Μονή σελίδα", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textPageCount": "Αρίθμηση σελίδων", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textPageNum": "Αριθμός σελίδας", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textPresets": "Προεπιλογές", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textRight": "Δεξιά", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textScale": "Κλιμάκωση με το έγγραφο", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSheet": "Όνομα φύλλου", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textStrikeout": "Διαγραφή", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSubscript": "Δείκτης", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSuperscript": "Εκθέτης", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textTime": "Ώρα", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις Κεφαλίδας/Υποσέλιδου", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textUnderline": "Υπογράμμιση", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.tipFontName": "Γραμματοσειρά", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.tipFontSize": "Μέγεθος γραμματοσειράς", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strDisplay": "Προβολή", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strLinkTo": "Σύνδεσμος σε", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strRange": "Εύρος", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strSheet": "Φύλλο", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textCopy": "Αντιγραφή", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "Επιλεγμένο εύρος", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyDesc": "Εισάγετε λεζάντα εδώ", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyLink": "Εισάγετε σύνδεσμο εδώ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Εισάγετε συμβουλή εδώ", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Εξωτερικός σύνδεσμος", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textGetLink": "Λήψη συνδέσμου", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Εσωτερικό Εύρος Δεδομένων", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInvalidRange": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textNames": "Προσδιορισμένα ονόματα", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textSelectData": "Επιλογή δεδομένων", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textSheets": "Φύλλα", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Κείμενο Υπόδειξης", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις υπερσυνδέσμου", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Αυτό το πεδίο είναι υποχρεωτικό", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "Αυτό το πεδίο πρέπει να είναι διεύθυνση URL με τη μορφή «http://www.example.com»", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων για προχωρημένους", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textCrop": "Περικοπή", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textCropFill": "Γέμισμα", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textCropFit": "Προσαρμογή", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textEdit": "Επεξεργασία", @@ -783,25 +2013,41 @@ "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHeight": "Ύψος", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHint270": "Περιστροφή 90° αριστερόστροφα", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHint90": "Περιστροφή 90° δεξιόστροφα", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHintFlipH": "Οριζόντια Περιστροφή", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHintFlipV": "Κατακόρυφη Περιστροφή", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textInsert": "Αντικατάσταση εικόνας", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textKeepRatio": "Σταθερές αναλογίες", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textOriginalSize": "Πλήρες μέγεθος", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textRotate90": "Περιστροφή 90°", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textRotation": "Περιστροφή", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textSize": "Μέγεθος", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textWidth": "Πλάτος", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAbsolute": "Να μην αλλάζει θέση ή μέγεθος με τα κελιά", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Εναλλακτικό κείμενο", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Περιγραφή", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική με βάση κείμενο αναπαράσταση των πληροφοριών οπτικού αντικειμένου, η οποία θα αναγνωσθεί στα άτομα με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικών προβλημάτων για να τους βοηθήσουν να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα ποιες πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στην εικόνα, σε αυτόματο σχήμα, στο διάγραμμα ή στον πίνακα.", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Τίτλος", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "Γωνία", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textFlipped": "Περιεστρεμμένο ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textHorizontally": "Οριζόντια", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textOneCell": "Μετακίνηση αλλά όχι αλλαγή μεγέθους με τα κελιά", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textRotation": "Περιστροφή", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "Ευθυγράμμιση σε κελί", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Εικόνα - Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTwoCell": "Μετακίνηση και αλλαγή μεγέθους με τα κελιά", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textVertically": "Κατακόρυφα", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "Περί", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipChat": "Συνομιλία", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipComments": "Σχόλια", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipFile": "Αρχείο", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipPlugins": "Πρόσθετα", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSearch": "Αναζήτηση", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSpellcheck": "Έλεγχος ορθογραφίας", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Ανατροφοδότηση & Υποστήριξη", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΓΙΑ ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑΤΙΣΤΕΣ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Περιορισμός Πρόσβασης", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "ΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ ΔΟΚΙΜΑΣΤΙΚΗΣ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑΣ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Δοκιμαστική Λειτουργία για Προγραμματιστές", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "Αποθήκευση", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "Κάτω", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLandscape": "Οριζόντια", @@ -809,84 +2055,206 @@ "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strMargins": "Περιθώρια", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strPortrait": "Κατακόρυφα", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strPrint": "Εκτύπωση", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strPrintTitles": "Εκτύπωση Τίτλων", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strRight": "Δεξιά", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strTop": "Επάνω", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textActualSize": "Πλήρες μέγεθος", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textCustom": "Προσαρμοσμένο", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textCustomOptions": "Προσαρμοσμένες επιλογές", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textFitCols": "Ταίριασμα Όλων των Στηλών σε Μια Σελίδα", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textFitPage": "Ταίριασμα Φύλλου σε Μια Σελίδα", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textFitRows": "Ταίριασμα Όλων των Γραμμών σε Μια Σελίδα", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPageOrientation": "Προσανατολισμός σελίδας", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPageScaling": "Κλιμάκωση", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPageSize": "Μέγεθος σελίδας", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPrintGrid": "Εκτύπωση Γραμμών Πλέγματος", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPrintHeadings": "Εκτύπωση Επικεφαλίδων Γραμμών και Στηλών", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textRepeat": "Επανάληψη...", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textRepeatLeft": "Επανάληψη στηλών στα αριστερά", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textRepeatTop": "Επανάληψη γραμμών στην κορυφή", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις για", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.errorCreateDefName": "Δεν είναι δυνατή η επεξεργασία των υφιστάμενων επώνυμων ευρών και δεν είναι δυνατή η δημιουργία νέων
                    αυτήν τη στιγμή, καθώς ορισμένα από αυτά τελούν υπό επεξεργασία.", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.namePlaceholder": "Προσδιορισμένο όνομα", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.strWorkbook": "Βιβλίο Εργασίας", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textDataRange": "Εύρος Δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textExistName": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Υπάρχει ήδη εύρος με αυτό το όνομα", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textInvalidName": "Το όνομα πρέπει να ξεκινάει με γράμμα ή κάτω παύλα και δεν πρέπει να περιέχει μη έγκυρους χαρακτήρες.", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textInvalidRange": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textIsLocked": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Το στοιχείο αυτό τελεί υπό επεξεργασία από άλλο χρήστη.", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textName": "Όνομα", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textReservedName": "Το όνομα που προσπαθείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αναφέρεται ήδη σε τύπους κελιών. Παρακαλούμε χρησιμοποιήστε κάποιο άλλο όνομα.", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textScope": "Εμβέλεια", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textSelectData": "Επιλογή δεδομένων", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.txtEmpty": "Αυτό το πεδίο είναι υποχρεωτικό", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.txtTitleEdit": "Επεξεργασία ονόματος", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.txtTitleNew": "Νέο όνομα", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangePasteDlg.textNames": "Επώνυμα Εύρη ", "SSE.Views.NamedRangePasteDlg.txtTitle": "Επικόλληση ονόματος", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.closeButtonText": "Κλείσιμο", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.guestText": "Επισκέπτης", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textDataRange": "Εύρος Δεδομένων", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textDelete": "Διαγραφή", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textEdit": "Επεξεργασία", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textEmpty": "Δεν δημιουργήθηκαν ακόμα επώνυμα εύρη.
                    Δημιουργήστε τουλάχιστον ένα επώνυμο εύρος και θα εμφανιστεί σε αυτό το πεδίο.", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilter": "Φίλτρο", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterAll": "Όλα", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterDefNames": "Προσδιορισμένα ονόματα", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterSheet": "Ονόματα Εμβέλειας εντός Φύλλου", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterTableNames": "Ονόματα πίνακα", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterWorkbook": "Ονόματα Εμβέλειας εντός Βιβλίου Εργασίας", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textNew": "Νέο", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textnoNames": "Δεν βρέθηκαν επώνυμα εύρη που να ταιριάζουν στο φίλτρο σας.", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textRanges": "Επώνυμα Εύρη ", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textScope": "Εμβέλεια", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textWorkbook": "Βιβλίο Εργασίας", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.tipIsLocked": "Αυτό το στοιχείο τελεί υπό επεξεργασία από άλλο χρήστη.", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.txtTitle": "Διαχειριστής Ονομάτων", "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textBottom": "Κάτω", "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textLeft": "Αριστερά", "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textRight": "Δεξιά", "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textTitle": "Περιθώρια", "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textTop": "Επάνω", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Διάστιχο", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Απόσταση Παραγράφων", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "Μετά", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingBefore": "Πριν", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAdvanced": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων για προχωρημένους", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAt": "Στο", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAtLeast": "Τουλάχιστον", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAuto": "Πολλαπλό", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textExact": "Ακριβώς", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.txtAutoText": "Αυτόματα", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.noTabs": "Οι καθορισμένες καρτέλες θα εμφανίζονται σε αυτό το πεδίο", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strAllCaps": "Όλα κεφαλαία", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strDoubleStrike": "Διπλή διαγραφή", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndent": "Εσοχές", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLeftText": "Αριστερά", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLineSpacing": "Διάστιχο", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsRightText": "Δεξιά", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingAfter": "Μετά", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingBefore": "Πριν", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpecial": "Ειδικό", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpecialBy": "Από", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphFont": "Γραμματοσειρά", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphIndents": "Εσοχές & Αποστάσεις", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSmallCaps": "Μικρά κεφαλαία", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSpacing": "Απόσταση", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strStrike": "Διακριτική διαγραφή", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSubscript": "Δείκτης", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSuperscript": "Εκθέτης", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strTabs": "Καρτέλες", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textAlign": "Στοίχιση", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textAuto": "Πολλαπλό", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "Απόσταση Χαρακτήρων", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "Προεπιλεγμένος Στηλοθέτης", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "Εφέ", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textExact": "Ακριβώς", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textFirstLine": "Πρώτη γραμμή", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textHanging": "Κρέμεται", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textJustified": "Πλήρης Στοίχιση", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNoneSpecial": "(κανένα)", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemove": "Αφαίρεση", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemoveAll": "Αφαίρεση όλων", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textSet": "Προσδιορισμός", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabCenter": "Κέντρο", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabLeft": "Αριστερά", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabPosition": "Θέση καρτέλας", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabRight": "Δεξιά", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Παράγραφος - Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.txtAutoText": "Αυτόματα", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "ισούται", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "δεν τελειώνει με", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition11": "περιέχει", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition12": "δεν περιέχει", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition13": "μεταξύ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition14": "όχι ανάμεσα", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition2": "δεν είναι ίσο με", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition3": "είναι μεγαλύτερο από", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition4": "είναι μεγαλύτερο από ή ίσο με", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition5": "είναι μικρότερο από", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition6": "είναι μικρότερο από ή ίσο με", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition7": "αρχίζει με", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition8": "δεν ξεκινά με", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition9": "τελειώνει με", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textShowLabel": "Εμφάνιση στοιχείων για τα οποία η ετικέτα:", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textShowValue": "Εμφάνιση στοιχείων για τα οποία:", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textUse1": "Χρήση του ? για αναπαράσταση οποιουδήποτε χαρακτήρα", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textUse2": "Χρήση του * για αναπαράσταση οποιασδήποτε συμβολοσειράς", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtAnd": "και", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtTitleLabel": "Φίλτρο Ετικέτας", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtTitleValue": "Φίλτρο Τιμών", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textAdvanced": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων για προχωρημένους", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textColumns": "Στήλες", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textFields": "Επιλογή πεδίων", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textFilters": "Φίλτρα", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textRows": "Γραμμές", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textValues": "Τιμές", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtAddColumn": "Προσθήκη στις Στήλες", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtAddFilter": "Προσθήκη στα φίλτρα", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtAddRow": "Προσθήκη στις γραμμές", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtAddValues": "Προσθήκη στις τιμές", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtFieldSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις Πεδίων", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveBegin": "Μετακίνηση στην Αρχή", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveColumn": "Μετακίνηση στις Στήλες", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveDown": "Μετακίνηση κάτω", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveEnd": "Μετακίνηση στο Τέλος", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveFilter": "Μετακίνηση στα Φίλτρα", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveRow": "Μετακίνηση στις Γραμμές", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveUp": "Μετακίνηση επάνω", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveValues": "Μετακίνηση στις Τιμές", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtRemove": "Αφαίρεση πεδίου", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.strLayout": "Όνομα και Διάταξη", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Εναλλακτικό κείμενο", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Περιγραφή", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική, κειμενική αναπαράσταση των πληροφοριών του οπτικού αντικειμένου, που θα αναγνωστεί σε ανθρώπους με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικές αδυναμίες, για να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα τις πληροφορίες που περιέχονται στην εικόνα, αυτόματο σχήμα, γράφημα ή πίνακα.", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Τίτλος", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDataRange": "Εύρος Δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDataSource": "Πηγή Δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDisplayFields": "Εμφάνιση πεδίων στην περιοχή φίλτρων της αναφοράς", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDown": "Κάτω, μετά πάνω από", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textGrandTotals": "Τελικά Σύνολα", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textHeaders": "Κεφαλίδες Πεδίων", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textInvalidRange": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textOver": "Πάνω, μετά κάτω", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textSelectData": "Επιλογή δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textShowCols": "Εμφάνιση για στήλες", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textShowHeaders": "Εμφάνιση κεφαλίδων πεδίων για γραμμές και στήλες", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textShowRows": "Εμφάνιση για γραμμές", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Συγκεντρωτικός Πίνακας - Ρυθμίσεις για Προχωρημένους", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textWrapCol": "Πεδία φίλτρων αναφοράς ανά στήλη", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textWrapRow": "Πεδία φίλτρων αναφοράς ανά γραμμή", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.txtEmpty": "Αυτό το πεδίο είναι υποχρεωτικό", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.txtName": "Όνομα", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capBlankRows": "Κενές Γραμμές", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capGrandTotals": "Τελικά Σύνολα", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capLayout": "Διάταξη Αναφοράς", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capSubtotals": "Μερικά σύνολα", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniBottomSubtotals": "Εμφάνιση όλων των Μερικών Συνόλων στο Κάτω Μέρος της Ομάδας", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniInsertBlankLine": "Εισαγωγή Κενής Γραμμής μετά από Κάθε Στοιχείο", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutCompact": "Εμφάνιση σε Συμπαγή Μορφή", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutNoRepeat": "Να Μην Επαναλαμβάνεται Καμία Ετικέτα Στοιχείων", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutOutline": "Προβολή ως φόρμα διάρθρωσης", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutRepeat": "Επανάληψη Όλων των Ετικετών Στοιχείων", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutTabular": "Εμφάνιση σε Φόρμα Πίνακα", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniNoSubtotals": "Να Μην Εμφανίζονται Μερικά Σύνολα", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniOffTotals": "Απενεργοποίηση για Γραμμές και Στήλες", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniOnColumnsTotals": "Ενεργοποίηση Μόνο για Στήλες", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniOnRowsTotals": "Ενεργοποίηση Μόνο για Γραμμές", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniOnTotals": "Ενεργοποίηση για Γραμμές και Στήλες", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniRemoveBlankLine": "Αφαίρεση Κενής Γραμμής μετά από Κάθε Στοιχείο", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniTopSubtotals": "Εμφάνιση όλων των Μερικών Συνόλων στο Πάνω Μέρος της Ομάδας", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textColBanded": "Στήλες με Εναλλαγή Σκίασης", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textColHeader": "Επικεφαλίδες στήλης", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textRowBanded": "Γραμμές με Εναλλαγή Σκίασης", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textRowHeader": "Κεφαλίδες Γραμμών", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipCreatePivot": "Εισαγωγή Συγκεντρωτικού Πίνακα", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipGrandTotals": "Εμφάνιση ή απόκρυψη τελικών συνόλων", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipRefresh": "Ενημέρωση πληροφοριών από πηγή δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSelect": "Επιλογή ολόκληρου συγκεντρωτικού πίνακα", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSubtotals": "Εμφάνιση ή απόκρυψη μερικών συνόλων", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtCreate": "Εισαγωγή πίνακα", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtPivotTable": "Συγκεντρωτικός Πίνακας", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtRefresh": "Ανανέωση", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtSelect": "Επιλογή", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.btnDownload": "Αποθήκευση & Λήψη", @@ -897,6 +2265,7 @@ "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strMargins": "Περιθώρια", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strPortrait": "Κατακόρυφα", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strPrint": "Εκτύπωση", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strPrintTitles": "Εκτύπωση Τίτλων", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strRight": "Δεξιά", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strShow": "Εμφάνιση", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strTop": "Επάνω", @@ -905,115 +2274,267 @@ "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textCurrentSheet": "Τρέχον φύλλο", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textCustom": "Προσαρμοσμένο", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textCustomOptions": "Προσαρμοσμένες επιλογές", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textFitCols": "Ταίριασμα Όλων των Στηλών σε Μια Σελίδα", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textFitPage": "Ταίριασμα Φύλλου σε Μια Σελίδα", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textFitRows": "Ταίριασμα Όλων των Γραμμών σε Μια Σελίδα", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textHideDetails": "Απόκρυψη λεπτομερειών", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textIgnore": "Αγνόηση Περιοχής Εκτύπωσης", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textLayout": "Διάταξη", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPageOrientation": "Προσανατολισμός σελίδας", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPageScaling": "Κλιμάκωση", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPageSize": "Μέγεθος σελίδας", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPrintGrid": "Εκτύπωση Γραμμών Πλέγματος", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPrintHeadings": "Εκτύπωση Επικεφαλίδων Γραμμών και Στηλών", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPrintRange": "Εκτύπωση Εύρους", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRange": "Εύρος", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRepeat": "Επανάληψη...", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRepeatLeft": "Επανάληψη στηλών στα αριστερά", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRepeatTop": "Επανάληψη γραμμών στην κορυφή", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textSelection": "Επιλογή", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις φύλλου", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textShowDetails": "Εμφάνιση λεπτομερειών", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textShowGrid": "Εμφάνιση Γραμμών Πλέγματος", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textShowHeadings": "Εμφάνιση Επικεφαλίδων Γραμμών και Στηλών", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις εκτύπωσης", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textTitlePDF": "Ρυθμίσεις PDF", "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFirstCol": "Πρώτη στήλη", "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFirstRow": "Πρώτη γραμμή", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFrozenCols": "Παγωμένες στήλες", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFrozenRows": "Παγωμένες γραμμές", "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textInvalidRange": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textLeft": "Επανάληψη στηλών στα αριστερά", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textNoRepeat": "Να μην επαναλαμβάνεται", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textRepeat": "Επανάληψη...", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textSelectRange": "Επιλογή εύρους", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textTitle": "Εκτύπωση Τίτλων", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textTop": "Επανάληψη γραμμών στην κορυφή", "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textColumns": "Στήλες", + "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textDescription": "Για να διαγράψετε διπλότυπες τιμές, επιλέξτε μία ή περισσότερες στήλες που περιέχουν διπλότυπα.", + "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textHeaders": "Τα δεδομένα μου έχουν κεφαλίδες", "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textSelectAll": "Επιλογή όλων ", + "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.txtTitle": "Αφαίρεση Διπλότυπων", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtCellSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις κελιού", - "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtChartSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις διαγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtChartSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις γραφήματος", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtImageSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις εικόνας", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtParagraphSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις κειμένου", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtPivotSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις συγκεντρωτικού πίνακα", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSettings": "Κοινές ρυθμίσεις", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις σχήματος", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις υπογραφής", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSlicerSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις αναλυτή", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSparklineSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις μικρογραφήματος", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις πίνακα", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις καλλιτεχνικού κειμένου", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textAuto": "Αυτόματα", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textError": "Η εισηγμένη τιμή είναι εσφαλμένη.", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textFewPages": "σελίδες", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textFitTo": "Προσαρμογή σε", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textHeight": "Ύψος", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textManyPages": "σελίδες", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textOnePage": "σελίδα", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textScaleTo": "Κλιμάκωση Σε", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις Κλίμακας", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textWidth": "Πλάτος", + "SSE.Views.SetValueDialog.txtMaxText": "Η μέγιστη τιμή για αυτό το πεδίο είναι {0}", + "SSE.Views.SetValueDialog.txtMinText": "Η ελάχιστη τιμή για αυτό το πεδίο είναι {0}", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strBackground": "Χρώμα φόντου", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strChange": "Αλλαγή Αυτόματου Σχήματος", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strColor": "Χρώμα", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strFill": "Γέμισμα", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strForeground": "Χρώμα προσκηνίου", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strPattern": "Μοτίβο", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strShadow": "Εμφάνιση σκιάς", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strSize": "Μέγεθος", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strStroke": "Πινελιά", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strTransparency": "Αδιαφάνεια", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strType": "Τύπος", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAdvanced": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων για προχωρημένους", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAngle": "Γωνία", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "Η τιμή που βάλατε δεν είναι αποδεκτή.
                    Παρακαλούμε βάλτε μια αριθμητική τιμή μεταξύ 0 pt και 1584 pt.", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textColor": "Γέμισμα χρώματος", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textDirection": "Κατεύθυνση", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textEmptyPattern": "Χωρίς Σχέδιο", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFlip": "Περιστροφή", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromFile": "Από αρχείο", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromStorage": "Από αποθηκευτικό χώρο", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromUrl": "Από διεύθυνση", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Σημεία διαβάθμισης", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradientFill": "Βαθμωτό Γέμισμα", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint270": "Περιστροφή 90° αριστερόστροφα", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint90": "Περιστροφή 90° δεξιόστροφα", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHintFlipH": "Οριζόντια Περιστροφή", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHintFlipV": "Κατακόρυφη Περιστροφή", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textImageTexture": "Εικόνα ή Υφή", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textLinear": "Γραμμικός", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textNoFill": "Χωρίς γέμισμα", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textOriginalSize": "Αρχικό Μέγεθος", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPatternFill": "Μοτίβο", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPosition": "Θέση", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRadial": "Ακτινικός", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotate90": "Περιστροφή 90°", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotation": "Περιστροφή", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectImage": "Επιλογή εικόνας", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectTexture": "Επιλογή", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStretch": "Έκταση", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTexture": "Από Υφή", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTile": "Πλακίδιο", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Προσθήκη βαθμωτού σημείου", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Αφαίρεση σημείου διαβάθμισης", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Καφέ Χαρτί", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCanvas": "Καμβάς", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCarton": "Χαρτόνι", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtDarkFabric": "Σκούρο Ύφασμα", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtGrain": "Κόκκος", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtGranite": "Γρανίτης", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtGreyPaper": "Γκρι χαρτί", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtKnit": "Πλέκω", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtLeather": "Δέρμα", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtNoBorders": "Χωρίς γραμμή", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtPapyrus": "Πάπυρος", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtWood": "Ξύλο", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strColumns": "Στήλες", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strMargins": "Γέμισμα Κειμένου", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAbsolute": "Να μην αλλάζει θέση ή μέγεθος με τα κελιά", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Εναλλακτικό κείμενο", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Περιγραφή", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική με βάση κείμενο αναπαράσταση των πληροφοριών οπτικού αντικειμένου, η οποία θα αναγνωσθεί στα άτομα με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικών προβλημάτων για να τους βοηθήσουν να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα ποιες πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στην εικόνα, σε αυτόματο σχήμα, στο διάγραμμα ή στον πίνακα.", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Τίτλος", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "Γωνία", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textArrows": "Βέλη", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAutofit": "Αυτόματο Ταίριασμα", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginSize": "Μέγεθος εκκίνησης", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία εκκίνησης", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBevel": "Πλάγια Τομή", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBottom": "Κάτω", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textCapType": "Αρχικό γράμμα", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textColNumber": "Αριθμός στηλών", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textEndSize": "Μέγεθος Τέλους", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textEndStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία Τέλους", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textFlat": "Επίπεδο", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textFlipped": "Περιεστρεμμένο", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textHeight": "Ύψος", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textHorizontally": "Οριζόντια", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textJoinType": "Τύπος Ένωσης", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textKeepRatio": "Σταθερές αναλογίες", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "Αριστερά", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLineStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία Γραμμής", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textMiter": "Μίτρα", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textOneCell": "Μετακίνηση αλλά όχι αλλαγή μεγέθους με τα κελιά", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textOverflow": "Να επιτρέπεται η επέκταση κειμένου εκτός σχήματος", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textResizeFit": "Προσαρμογή σχήματος για ταίριασμα με το κείμενο", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRight": "Δεξιά", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRotation": "Περιστροφή", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRound": "Στρογγυλεμένο", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSize": "Μέγεθος", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "Ευθυγράμμιση σε κελί", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSpacing": "Απόσταση μεταξύ στηλών", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSquare": "Τετράγωνο", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTextBox": "Πλαίσιο κειμένου", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Σχήμα - Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTop": "Επάνω", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTwoCell": "Μετακίνηση και αλλαγή μεγέθους με τα κελιά", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textVertically": "Κατακόρυφα", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWeightArrows": "Πλάτη & Βέλη", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "Πλάτος", "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDelete": "Αφαίρεση υπογραφής", "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDetails": "Λεπτομέρειες υπογραφής", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strInvalid": "Μη έγκυρες υπογραφές", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strRequested": "Αιτηθείσες υπογραφές", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSetup": "Ρύθμιση Υπογραφής", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "Σύμβολο", "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSignature": "Υπογραφή", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSigner": "Υπογράφων", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "Έγκυρες υπογραφές", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "Επεξεργασία ούτως ή άλλως", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "Η επεξεργασία θα αφαιρέσει τις υπογραφές από το υπολογιστικό φύλλο.
                    Θέλετε σίγουρα να συνεχίσετε;", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtRequestedSignatures": "Αυτό το υπολογιστικό φύλλο πρέπει να υπογραφεί.", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "Προστέθηκαν έγκυρες υπογραφές στο λογιστικό φύλλο. Το φύλλο προστατεύεται από επεξεργασία.", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "Κάποιες από τις ψηφιακές υπογραφές στο υπολογιστικό φύλλο δεν είναι έγκυρες ή δεν ήταν δυνατό να επιβεβαιωθούν. Το υπολογιστικό φύλλο προστατεύεται από επεξεργασία.", "SSE.Views.SlicerAddDialog.textColumns": "Στήλες", + "SSE.Views.SlicerAddDialog.txtTitle": "Εισαγωγή Αναλυτών", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strHideNoData": "Απόκρυψη στοιχείων χωρίς δεδομένα", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strIndNoData": "Οπτική κατάδειξη στοιχείων χωρίς δεδομένα", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strShowDel": "Εμφάνιση διαγραμμένων στοιχείων από την πηγή δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strShowNoData": "Εμφάνιση στοιχείων χωρίς καθόλου δεδομένα τελευταία", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strSorting": "Ταξινόμηση και φιλτράρισμα", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAdvanced": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων για προχωρημένους", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAsc": "Αύξουσα", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAZ": "A έως Z", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textButtons": "Κουμπιά", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textColumns": "Στήλες", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textDesc": "Φθίνουσα", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textHeight": "Ύψος", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textHor": "Οριζόντια", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textKeepRatio": "Σταθερές Αναλογίες", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textLargeSmall": "μεγαλύτερο προς μικρότερο", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textLock": "Απενεργοποίηση αλλαγής μεγέθους και μετακίνησης", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textNewOld": "από το νεότερο στο παλαιότερο", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textOldNew": "από το παλαιότερο στο νεότερο", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textPosition": "Θέση", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textSize": "Μέγεθος", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textSmallLarge": "από το μικρότερο στο μεγαλύτερο", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textVert": "Κατακόρυφος", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textWidth": "Πλάτος", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textZA": "Ω στο Α", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strButtons": "Κουμπιά", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strColumns": "Στήλες", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strHeight": "Ύψος", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strHideNoData": "Απόκρυψη στοιχείων χωρίς δεδομένα", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strIndNoData": "Οπτική κατάδειξη στοιχείων χωρίς δεδομένα", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strReferences": "Παραπομπές", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowDel": "Εμφάνιση διαγραμμένων στοιχείων από την πηγή δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowHeader": "Εμφάνισης κεφαλίδας", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowNoData": "Εμφάνιση στοιχείων χωρίς καθόλου δεδομένα τελευταία", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strSize": "Μέγεθος", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strSorting": "Ταξινόμηση & Φιλτράρισμα", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strStyleSize": "Τεχνοτροπία & Μέγεθος", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strWidth": "Πλάτος", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAbsolute": "Να μην αλλάζει θέση ή μέγεθος με τα κελιά", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Εναλλακτικό κείμενο", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Περιγραφή", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική, κειμενική αναπαράσταση των πληροφοριών του οπτικού αντικειμένου, που θα αναγνωστεί σε ανθρώπους με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικές αδυναμίες, για να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα τις πληροφορίες που περιέχονται στην εικόνα, αυτόματο σχήμα, γράφημα ή πίνακα.", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Τίτλος", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAsc": "Αύξουσα", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAZ": "A έως Z", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textDesc": "Φθίνουσα", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textFormulaName": "Όνομα που θα χρησιμοποιείται στους τύπους", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textHeader": "Κεφαλίδα", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textKeepRatio": "Σταθερές Αναλογίες", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textLargeSmall": "μεγαλύτερο προς μικρότερο", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textName": "Όνομα", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textNewOld": "από το νεότερο στο παλαιότερο", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textOldNew": "από το παλαιότερο στο νεότερο", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textOneCell": "Μετακίνηση αλλά όχι αλλαγή μεγέθους με τα κελιά", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSmallLarge": "από το μικρότερο στο μεγαλύτερο", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "Ευθυγράμμιση σε κελί", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSort": "Ταξινόμηση", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSourceName": "Όνομα πηγής", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Αναλυτής- Ρυθμίσεις για Προχωρημένους", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textTwoCell": "Μετακίνηση και αλλαγή μεγέθους με τα κελιά", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textZA": "Ω στο Α", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.txtEmpty": "Αυτό το πεδίο είναι υποχρεωτικό", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorEmpty": "Όλα τα κριτήρια ταξινόμησης πρέπει να ορίζουν μια στήλη ή γραμμή", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorMoreOneCol": "Περισσότερες από μία στήλες είναι επιλεγμένες.", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorMoreOneRow": "Περισσότερες από μία γραμμή είναι επιλεγμένες", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorNotOriginalCol": "Η στήλη που επιλέξατε δεν περιλαμβάνεται στο αρχικά επιλεγμένο εύρος.", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorNotOriginalRow": "Η γραμμή που επιλέξατε δεν είναι στο αρχικό επιλεγμένο εύρος.", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorSameColumnColor": "%1 ταξινομείται με το ίδιο χρώμα περισσότερες από μία φορές.
                    Διαγράψτε τα διπλότυπα κριτήρια ταξινόμησης και προσπαθήστε ξανά.", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorSameColumnValue": "%1 ταξινομείται ως προς τις τιμές περισσότερες από μία φορές.
                    Διαγράψτε τα διπλότυπα κριτήρια ταξινόμησης και προσπαθήστε ξανά.", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAdd": "Προσθήκη επιπέδου", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAsc": "Αύξουσα", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAuto": "Αυτόματα", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAZ": "A έως Z", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textBelow": "Από κάτω", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textCellColor": "Χρώμα κελιού", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textColumn": "Στήλη", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textCopy": "Αντιγραφή επιπέδου", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textDelete": "Διαγραφή επιπέδου", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textDesc": "Φθίνουσα", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textDown": "Μετακίνηση επιπέδου κάτω", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textFontColor": "Χρώμα γραμματοσειράς", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textLeft": "Αριστερά", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textMoreCols": "(Περισσότερες στήλες...)", @@ -1023,72 +2544,146 @@ "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textOrder": "Σειρά", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textRight": "Δεξιά", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textRow": "Γραμμή", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textSort": "Ταξινόμηση σε", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textSortBy": "Ταξινόμηση κατά", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textThenBy": "Τότε από", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textTop": "Επάνω", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textUp": "Μετακίνηση επιπέδου πάνω", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textValues": "Τιμές", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textZA": "Ω στο Α", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.txtInvalidRange": "Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών.", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.txtTitle": "Ταξινόμηση", + "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.textAsc": "Αύξουσα (A έως Ω) κατά", + "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.textDesc": "Φθίνουσα (Ω έως Α) κατά", + "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.txtTitle": "Ταξινόμηση", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textCase": "Με διάκριση πεζών - κεφαλαίων γραμμάτων", + "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textHeaders": "Τα δεδομένα μου έχουν κεφαλίδες", + "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textLeftRight": "Ταξινόμηση από αριστερά προς τα δεξιά", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textOrientation": "Προσανατολισμός", + "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textTitle": "Επιλογές Ταξινόμησης", + "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textTopBottom": "Ταξινόμηση από πάνω προς τα κάτω", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAdd": "Προσθήκη", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAll": "Όλα", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textBlanks": "Προσπέραση κενών", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textColWidth": "Πλάτη στηλών", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textComments": "Σχόλια", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textDiv": "Διαίρεση", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFFormat": "Τύποι & μορφοποίηση", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFNFormat": "Τύποι & μορφές αριθμών", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFormats": "Μορφοποιήσεις", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFormulas": "Τύποι", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFWidth": "Πλάτη μαθηματικών τύπων & στηλών", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textMult": "Επί", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textNone": "Κανένα", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textOperation": "Λειτουργία", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textPaste": "Επικόλληση", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textSub": "Αφαίρεση", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTitle": "Ειδική Επικόλληση", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTranspose": "Μετατόπιση", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textValues": "Τιμές", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textVFormat": "Τιμές & μορφοποίηση", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textVNFormat": "Τιμές & μορφές αριθμών", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textWBorders": "Όλα εκτός από τα περιγράμματα", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.noSuggestions": "Δεν υπάρχουν προτάσεις ορθογραφίας", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textChange": "Αλλαγή", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textChangeAll": "Αλλαγή όλων", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textIgnore": "Αγνόηση", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textIgnoreAll": "Αγνόηση όλων", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtAddToDictionary": "Προσθήκη στο λεξικό", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtComplete": "Ο έλεγχος ορθογραφίας ολοκληρώθηκε", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtDictionaryLanguage": "Γλώσσα λεξικού", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtNextTip": "Μετάβαση στην επόμενη λέξη", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtSpelling": "Ορθογραφία", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemCopyToEnd": "(Αντιγραφή στο τέλος)", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemMoveToEnd": "(Μετακίνηση στο τέλος)", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textCopyBefore": "Επικόλληση πριν το φύλλο", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textMoveBefore": "Μετακίνηση πριν το φύλλο", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredRecordsText": "{0} από {1} εγγραφές φιλτραρίστηκαν", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredText": "Κατάσταση φιλτραρίσματος", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemAverage": "Μέσος Όρος", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemCopy": "Αντιγραφή", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemCount": "Μέτρηση", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemDelete": "Διαγραφή", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemHidden": "Κρυφό", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemHide": "Απόκρυψη", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemInsert": "Εισαγωγή", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMaximum": "Μέγιστο", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMinimum": "Ελάχιστο", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMove": "Μετακίνηση", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemRename": "Μετονομασία", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemSum": "Άθροισμα", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemTabColor": "Χρώμα καρτέλας", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.errNameExists": "Υπάρχει ήδη ένα φύλλο εργασίας με αυτό το όνομα", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.errNameWrongChar": "Το όνομα ενός φύλλου εργασίας δεν μπορεί να περιέχει τους ακόλουθους χαρακτήρες: \\/*?[]:", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.labelSheetName": "Όνομα φύλλου", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.selectAllSheets": "Επιλογή Όλων των Φύλλων", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textAverage": "Μέσος Όρος", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textCount": "Μέτρηση", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textMax": "Μέγιστο", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textMin": "Ελάχιστο", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textNewColor": "Προσθήκη νέου προσαρμοσμένου χρώματος", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textNoColor": "Χωρίς χρώμα", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textSum": "Άθροισμα", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipAddTab": "Προσθήκη φύλλου εργασίας", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipFirst": "Κύλιση στο πρώτο φύλλο", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipLast": "Κύλιση στο τελευταίο φύλλο", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipNext": "Κύλιση λίστας φύλλων δεξιά", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipPrev": "Κύλιση λίστας φύλλων αριστερά", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomFactor": "Εστίαση", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomIn": "Μεγέθυνση", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomOut": "Σμίκρυνση", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.ungroupSheets": "Κατάργηση Ομαδοποίησης Φύλλων", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.zoomText": "Εστίαση {0}%", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorAutoFilterDataRange": "Δεν ήταν δυνατή η εκτέλεση της επιλεγμένης περιοχής κελιών.
                    Επιλέξτε ένα ομοιόμορφο εύρος δεδομένων διαφορετικό από το υπάρχον και δοκιμάστε ξανά.", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorFTChangeTableRangeError": "Δεν ήταν δυνατή η ολοκλήρωση της λειτουργίας για το επιλεγμένο εύρος κελιών.
                    Επιλέξτε ένα εύρος ώστε η πρώτη γραμμή του πίνακα να είναι στην ίδια γραμμή
                    και ο παραγόμενος πίνακας να επικαλύπτει τον τρέχοντα.", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorFTRangeIncludedOtherTables": "Δεν ήταν δυνατή η ολοκλήρωση της λειτουργίας για το επιλεγμένο εύρος κελιών.
                    Επιλέξτε ένα εύρος που δεν περιλαμβάνει άλλους πίνακες.", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorMultiCellFormula": "Οι τύποι συστοιχιών πολλών κελιών δεν επιτρέπονται στους πίνακες.", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtEmpty": "Αυτό το πεδίο είναι υποχρεωτικό", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtFormat": "Δημιουργία πίνακα", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtInvalidRange": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtNote": "Οι κεφαλίδες πρέπει να παραμείνουν στην ίδια γραμμή και το παραγόμενο εύρος πίνακα να επικαλύπτει το αρχικό εύρος πίνακα.", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtTitle": "Τίτλος", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "Διαγραφή Στήλης", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteRowText": "Διαγραφή γραμμής", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteTableText": "Διαγραφή πίνακα", - "SSE.Views.TableSettings.insertColumnLeftText": "Εισαγωγή στήλης αριστερά", - "SSE.Views.TableSettings.insertColumnRightText": "Εισαγωγή στήλης δεξιά", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.insertColumnLeftText": "Εισαγωγή Στήλης Αριστερά", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.insertColumnRightText": "Εισαγωγή Στήλης Δεξιά", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.insertRowAboveText": "Εισαγωγή Γραμμής Από Πάνω", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.insertRowBelowText": "Εισαγωγή γραμμής από κάτω", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectColumnText": "Επιλογή Ολόκληρης Στήλης", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectDataText": "Επιλογή Δεδομένων Στήλης", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectRowText": "Επιλογή γραμμής", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectTableText": "Επιλογή Πίνακα", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textActions": "Ενέργειες Πίνακα", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textAdvanced": "Εμφάνιση ρυθμίσεων για προχωρημένους", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textBanded": "Με Εναλλαγή Σκίασης", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Στήλες", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textConvertRange": "Μετατροπή σε εύρος", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "Γραμμές & Στήλες", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "Κανένα πρότυπο", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textExistName": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Υπάρχει ήδη εύρος με αυτό το όνομα", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textFilter": "Κουμπί φίλτρου", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "Πρώτος", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "Κεφαλίδα", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textInvalidName": "ΣΦΑΛΜΑ! Μη έγκυρο όνομα πίνακα", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textIsLocked": "Αυτό το στοιχείο τελεί υπό επεξεργασία από άλλο χρήστη.", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Τελευταίο", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textLongOperation": "Η λειτουργία είναι χρονοβόρα", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textPivot": "Εισαγωγή συγκεντρωτικού πίνακα", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textRemDuplicates": "Αφαίρεση διπλότυπων", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textReservedName": "Το όνομα που προσπαθείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αναφέρεται ήδη σε τύπους κελιών. Παρακαλούμε χρησιμοποιήστε κάποιο άλλο όνομα.", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textResize": "Αλλαγή μεγέθους πίνακα", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textRows": "Γραμμές", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectData": "Επιλογή δεδομένων", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textSlicer": "Εισαγωγή αναλυτή", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textTableName": "Όνομα πίνακα", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "Επιλογή Από Πρότυπο", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "Σύνολο", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.warnLongOperation": "Η λειτουργία που πρόκειται να εκτελέσετε ίσως χρειαστεί πολύ χρόνο για να ολοκληρωθεί.
                    Θέλετε σίγουρα να συνεχίσετε;", "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Εναλλακτικό κείμενο", "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Περιγραφή", + "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Η εναλλακτική, κειμενική αναπαράσταση των πληροφοριών του οπτικού αντικειμένου, που θα αναγνωστεί σε ανθρώπους με προβλήματα όρασης ή γνωστικές αδυναμίες, για να κατανοήσουν καλύτερα τις πληροφορίες που περιέχονται στην εικόνα, αυτόματο σχήμα, γράφημα ή πίνακα.", "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Τίτλος", "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Πίνακας - Προηγμένες ρυθμίσεις", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strBackground": "Χρώμα φόντου", @@ -1097,19 +2692,41 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strForeground": "Χρώμα προσκηνίου", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strPattern": "Μοτίβο", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strSize": "Μέγεθος", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strStroke": "Πινελιά", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strTransparency": "Αδιαφάνεια", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strType": "Τύπος", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textAngle": "Γωνία", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "Η τιμή που βάλατε δεν είναι αποδεκτή.
                    Παρακαλούμε βάλτε μια αριθμητική τιμή μεταξύ 0 pt και 1584 pt.", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textColor": "Γέμισμα χρώματος", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textDirection": "Κατεύθυνση", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textEmptyPattern": "Χωρίς Σχέδιο", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromFile": "Από αρχείο", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromUrl": "Από διεύθυνση", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradient": "Σημεία διαβάθμισης", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradientFill": "Βαθμωτό Γέμισμα", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textImageTexture": "Εικόνα ή Υφή", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "Γραμμικός", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textNoFill": "Χωρίς γέμισμα", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPatternFill": "Μοτίβο", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPosition": "Θέση", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textRadial": "Ακτινικός", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textSelectTexture": "Επιλογή", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStretch": "Έκταση", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTemplate": "Πρότυπο", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTexture": "Από Υφή", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTile": "Πλακίδιο", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "Μετασχηματισμός", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Προσθήκη βαθμωτού σημείου", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Αφαίρεση σημείου διαβάθμισης", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Καφέ Χαρτί", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCanvas": "Καμβάς", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCarton": "Χαρτόνι", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtDarkFabric": "Σκούρο Ύφασμα", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtGrain": "Κόκκος", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtGranite": "Γρανίτης", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtGreyPaper": "Γκρι χαρτί", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtKnit": "Πλέκω", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtLeather": "Δέρμα", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtNoBorders": "Χωρίς γραμμή", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtPapyrus": "Πάπυρος", @@ -1117,16 +2734,20 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnAddComment": "Προσθήκη σχολίου", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnComment": "Σχόλιο", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "Κεφαλίδα/Υποσέλιδο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsSlicer": "Αναλυτής", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsSymbol": "Σύμβολο", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnMargins": "Περιθώρια", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageOrient": "Προσανατολισμός", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageSize": "Μέγεθος", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPrintArea": "Περιοχή εκτύπωσης", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPrintTitles": "Εκτύπωση Τίτλων", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnScale": "Κλιμάκωση για Ταίριασμα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgAlign": "Στοίχιση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgBackward": "Μεταφορά προς τα πίσω", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgForward": "Μεταφορά προς τα εμπρός", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgGroup": "Ομάδα", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertChart": "Διάγραμμα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertChart": "Γράφημα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertEquation": "Εξίσωση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertHyperlink": "Υπερσύνδεσμος", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertImage": "Εικόνα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertShape": "Σχήμα", @@ -1138,31 +2759,66 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAddPrintArea": "Προσθήκη στην περιοχή εκτύπωσης", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignBottom": "Σοίχιση κάτω", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignCenter": "Στοίχιση στο κέντρο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignJust": "Πλήρης Στοίχιση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignLeft": "Στοίχιση αριστερά", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignMiddle": "Σοίχιση στη μέση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignRight": "Στοίχιση δεξιά", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignTop": "Στοίχιση επάνω", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAllBorders": "Όλα τα περιγράμματα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAllBorders": "Όλα Τα Περιγράμματα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAuto": "Αυτόματα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBold": "Έντονα", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBordersColor": "Χρώμα περιγράμματος", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBordersStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBordersColor": "Χρώμα Περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBordersStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία Περιγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBottom": "Κάτω Μέρος:", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBottomBorders": "Κάτω Περιγράμματα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textCenterBorders": "Εσωτερικά Κατακόρυφα Περιγράμματα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textClearPrintArea": "Καθαρισμός Περιοχής Εκτύπωσης", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textClockwise": "Γωνία Δεξιόστροφα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textCounterCw": "Γωνία Αριστερόστροφα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textDelLeft": "Ολίσθηση Κελιών Αριστερά", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textDelUp": "Ολίσθηση Κελιών Πάνω", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textDiagDownBorder": "Διαγώνιο Κάτω Περίγραμμα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textDiagUpBorder": "Διαγώνιο Επάνω Περίγραμμα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textEntireCol": "Ολόκληρη Στήλη", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textEntireRow": "Ολόκληρη Γραμμή", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textFewPages": "σελίδες", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textHeight": "Ύψος", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textHorizontal": "Οριζόντιο Κείμενο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textInsDown": "Ολίσθηση Κελιών Κάτω", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textInsideBorders": "Εσωτερικά Περιγράμματα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textInsRight": "Ολίσθηση Κελιών Δεξιά", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Πλάγια", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textLandscape": "Οριζόντια", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textLeft": "Αριστερά:", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textLeftBorders": "Αριστερά Περιγράμματα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textManyPages": "σελίδες", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMarginsLast": "Προσαρμοσμένο τελευταίο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMarginsNarrow": "Στενό", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMarginsNormal": "Κανονικό", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMarginsWide": "Πλατύ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMiddleBorders": "Εσωτερικά Οριζόντια Περιγράμματα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMoreFormats": "Περισσότερες μορφές", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMorePages": "Περισσότερες σελίδες", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Προσθήκη νέου προσαρμοσμένου χρώματος", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textNoBorders": "Χωρίς περιγράμματα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textOnePage": "σελίδα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textOutBorders": "Εξωτερικά Περιγράμματα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPageMarginsCustom": "Προσαρμοσμένα περιθώρια", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPortrait": "Κατακόρυφα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPrint": "Εκτύπωση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPrintOptions": "Ρυθμίσεις εκτύπωσης", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRight": "Δεξιά:", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRightBorders": "Δεξιά Περιγράμματα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRotateDown": "Περιστροφή Κειμένου Κάτω", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRotateUp": "Περιστροφή Κειμένου Πάνω", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textScale": "Κλίμακα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textScaleCustom": "Προσαρμοσμένο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textSetPrintArea": "Ορισμός Εκτυπώσιμης Περιοχής", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Διαγραφή", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Δείκτης", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textSubSuperscript": "Δείκτης/Εκθέτης", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Εκθέτης", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Συνεργασία", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabData": "Δεδομένα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Αρχείο", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFormula": "Τύπος", @@ -1170,80 +2826,210 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Εισαγωγή", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLayout": "Διάταξη", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Προστασία", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabView": "Προβολή", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Πάνω:", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTopBorders": "Πάνω Περιγράμματα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Υπογράμμιση", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textVertical": "Κατακόρυφο κείμενο", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textWidth": "Πλάτος", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Εστίαση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignBottom": "Σοίχιση κάτω", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Στοίχιση στο κέντρο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Πλήρης Στοίχιση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Στοίχιση αριστερά", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignMiddle": "Σοίχιση στη μέση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignRight": "Στοίχιση δεξιά", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignTop": "Στοίχιση επάνω", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAutofilter": "Ταξινόμηση και Φίλτρο", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Πίσω", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipBorders": "Περιγράμματα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipCellStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία κελιού", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Αλλαγή τύπου διαγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Αλλαγή τύπου γραφήματος", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipClearStyle": "Εκκαθάριση", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipColorSchemas": "Αλλαγή χρωματικού σχεδίου", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Αντιγραφή", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Αντιγραφή στυλ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecDecimal": "Μείωση δεκαδικού", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Μείωση μεγέθους γραμματοσειράς", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDeleteOpt": "Διαγραφή κελιών", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStyleAccounting": "Τεχνοτροπία λογιστικής", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStyleCurrency": "Νομισματική Τεχνοτροπία", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStylePercent": "Τεχνοτροπία ποσοστού", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChart": "Επεξεργασία Γραφήματος", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChartData": "Επιλογή Δεδομένων", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Επεξεργασία κεφαλίδας ή υποσέλιδου", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Χρώμα γραμματοσειράς", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Γραμματοσειρά", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Μέγεθος γραμματοσειράς", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipImgAlign": "Στοίχιση αντικειμένων", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Εισαγωγή διαγράμματος", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChartSpark": "Εισαγωγή διαγράμματος", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipImgGroup": "Ομαδοποίηση αντικειμένων", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncDecimal": "Αύξηση δεκαδικού", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "Αύξηση μεγέθους γραμματοσειράς", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Εισαγωγή γραφήματος", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChartSpark": "Εισαγωγή γραφήματος", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Εισαγωγή εξίσωσης", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertHyperlink": "Προσθήκη υπερσυνδέσμου", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Εισαγωγή εικόνας", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertOpt": "Εισαγωγή κελιών", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Εισαγωγή αυτόματου σχήματος", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertSlicer": "Εισαγωγή αναλυτή", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertSymbol": "Εισαγωγή συμβόλου", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Εισαγωγή πίνακα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Εισαγωγή πλαισίου κειμένου", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextart": "Εισαγωγή Τεχνοκειμένου", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipMerge": "Συγχώνευση και κεντράρισμα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipNumFormat": "Μορφή αριθμού", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPageMargins": "Περιθώρια σελίδας", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPageOrient": "Προσανατολισμός σελίδας", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPageSize": "Μέγεθος σελίδας", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPaste": "Επικόλληση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrColor": "Χρώμα φόντου", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrint": "Εκτύπωση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrintArea": "Περιοχή εκτύπωσης", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrintTitles": "Εκτύπωση τίτλων", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipRedo": "Επανάληψη", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSave": "Αποθήκευση", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSaveCoauth": "Αποθηκεύστε τις αλλαγές σας για να τις δουν οι άλλοι χρήστες.", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipScale": "Κλιμάκωση για Ταίριασμα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSendBackward": "Μεταφορά προς τα πίσω", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSendForward": "Μεταφορά προς τα εμπρός", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Το έγγραφο τροποποιήθηκε από άλλο χρήστη. Κάντε κλικ για να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές σας και να επαναφορτώσετε τις ενημερώσεις.", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipTextOrientation": "Προσανατολισμός", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Αναίρεση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipWrap": "Αναδίπλωση κειμένου", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAccounting": "Λογιστική", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAdditional": "Επιπρόσθετα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAscending": "Αύξουσα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAutosumTip": "Άθροιση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearAll": "Όλα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearComments": "Σχόλια", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearFilter": "Εκκαθάριση φίλτρου", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearFormat": "Μορφή", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearFormula": "Συνάρτηση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearHyper": "Υπερσύνδεσμοι", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearText": "Κείμενο", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtCurrency": "Νόμισμα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtCustom": "Προσαρμοσμένο", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtDate": "Ημερομηνία", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtDateTime": "Ημερομηνία & Ώρα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtDescending": "Φθίνουσα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtDollar": "$ Δολάριο", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtEuro": "€ Ευρώ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtExp": "Εκθετικό", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtFilter": "Φίλτρο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtFormula": "Εισαγωγή συνάρτησης", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtFraction": "Κλάσμα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtFranc": "CHF Ελβετικά φράγκα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtGeneral": "Γενικά", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtInteger": "Ακέραιος αριθμός", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtManageRange": "Διαχειριστής Ονομάτων", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtMergeAcross": "Συγχώνευση", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtMergeCells": "Συγχώνευση κελιών", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtMergeCenter": "Συγχώνευση & Κεντράρισμα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtNamedRange": "Επώνυμα εύρη ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtNewRange": "Προσδιορισμός Ονόματος", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtNoBorders": "Χωρίς περιγράμματα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtNumber": "Αριθμός", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtPasteRange": "Επικόλληση ονόματος", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtPercentage": "Ποσοστό", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtPound": "£ Λίρα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtRouble": "₽ Ρούβλι", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Γραφείο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Διάμεσο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Μετρό", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme12": "Άρθρωμα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme13": "Άφθονο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme14": "Προεξέχον παράθυρο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme15": "Προέλευση", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme16": "Χαρτί", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme17": "Ηλιοστάσιο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme18": "Τεχνικό", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme19": "Ταξίδι", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme2": "Αποχρώσεις του γκρι", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme20": "Αστικό", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme21": "Οίστρος", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme3": "Άκρο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme4": "Άποψη", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme5": "Κυβικό", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme6": "Συνάθροιση", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme7": "Μετοχή", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme8": "Ροή", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme9": "Χυτήριο", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScientific": "Επιστημονικό", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtSearch": "Αναζήτηση", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtSort": "Ταξινόμηση", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtSortAZ": "Ταξινόμηση με αύξουσα σειρά", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtSortZA": "Ταξινόμηση σε φθίνουσα σειρά", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtSpecial": "Ειδικό", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtTableTemplate": "Μορφοποίηση σύμφωνα με το πρότυπο πίνακα", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtText": "Κείμενο", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtTime": "Ώρα", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtUnmerge": "Κατάργηση Συγχώνευσης Κελιών", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtYen": "¥ Γιέν", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.textType": "Εμφάνιση", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtBottom": "Κάτω", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtBy": "από", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtItems": "Αντικείμενο", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtPercent": "Ποσοστό", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtSum": "Άθροισμα", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTitle": "Κορυφαία 10 Αυτόματα Φίλτρα", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTop": "Επάνω", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtValueTitle": "Κορυφαία 10 Φίλτρα", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Ρυθμίσεις Πεδίου Τιμών", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtAverage": "Μέσος Όρος", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtBaseField": "Βασικό πεδίο", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtBaseItem": "Βασικό πεδίο", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtByField": "%1 από %2", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCount": "Μέτρηση", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCountNums": "Μέτρηση Αριθμών", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCustomName": "Προσαρμοσμένο όνομα", - "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtProduct": "Προϊόν" + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtDifference": "Η Διαφορά Από", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtIndex": "Ευρετήριο", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtMax": "Μέγιστο", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtMin": "Ελάχιστο", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtNormal": "Χωρίς Υπολογισμό", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercent": "Ποσοστό του", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentDiff": "Ποσοστό Διαφοράς Από", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfCol": "Ποσοστό της Στήλης", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfRow": "Ποσοστό του Συνόλου", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfTotal": "Ποσοστό της Γραμμής", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtProduct": "Προϊόν", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtRunTotal": "Αθροιστικό αποτέλεσμα από", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtShowAs": "Εμφάνιση τιμών ως", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSourceName": "Όνομα πηγής:", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDev": "Τυπική Απόκλιση", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDevp": "Τυπική απόκλιση πληθυσμού", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSum": "Άθροισμα", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSummarize": "\nΣυνοψίστε το πεδίο τιμών κατά", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtVar": "Διαφορά", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtVarp": "Διακύμανση πληθυσμού", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.closeButtonText": "Κλείσιμο", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.guestText": "Επισκέπτης", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDelete": "Διαγραφή", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "Αντίγραφο", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textEmpty": "Δεν δημιουργήθηκαν ακόμα όψεις.", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textGoTo": "Μετάβαση σε προβολή", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "Εισάγετε ένα όνομα μικρότερο από 128 χαρακτήρες.", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "Νέο", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "Μετονομασία", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameError": "Το όνομα όψης δεν μπορεί να είναι κενό.", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameLabel": "Μετονομασία όψης", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textViews": "Όψεις φύλλων", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.tipIsLocked": "Αυτό το στοιχείο τελεί υπό επεξεργασία από άλλο χρήστη.", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.txtTitle": "Διαχειριστής Όψης Φύλλου", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.warnDeleteView": "Προσπαθείτε να διαγράψετε την τρέχουσα επιλεγμένη όψη '%1'.
                    Κλείσιμο αυτής της όψης και διαγραφή της;", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.capBtnFreeze": "Πάγωμα Παραθύρων", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.capBtnSheetView": "Όψη Φύλλου", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textClose": "Κλείσιμο", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textCreate": "Νέο", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textDefault": "Προεπιλογή", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textFormula": "Μπάρα μαθηματικών τύπων", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textGridlines": "Γραμμές πλέγματος", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textHeadings": "Επικεφαλίδες", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textManager": "Διαχειριστής προβολής", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textZoom": "Εστίαση", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipClose": "Κλείσιμο προβολής φύλλου εργασίας", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipCreate": "Δημιουργία όψης φύλλου", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipFreeze": "Πάγωμα παραθύρων", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipSheetView": "Όψη φύλλου" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/en.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/en.json index 04991b785..e6860cb2a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/en.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/en.json @@ -3,19 +3,46 @@ "Common.Controllers.Chat.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Warning", "Common.Controllers.Chat.textEnterMessage": "Enter your message here", "Common.define.chartData.textArea": "Area", + "Common.define.chartData.textAreaStacked": "Stacked area", + "Common.define.chartData.textAreaStackedPer": "100% Stacked area", "Common.define.chartData.textBar": "Bar", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarNormal": "Clustered column", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarNormal3d": "3-D Clustered column", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarNormal3dPerspective": "3-D column", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarStacked": "Stacked column", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarStacked3d": "3-D Stacked column", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarStackedPer": "100% Stacked column", + "Common.define.chartData.textBarStackedPer3d": "3-D 100% Stacked column", "Common.define.chartData.textCharts": "Charts", "Common.define.chartData.textColumn": "Column", "Common.define.chartData.textColumnSpark": "Column", + "Common.define.chartData.textCombo": "Combo", + "Common.define.chartData.textComboAreaBar": "Stacked area - clustered column", + "Common.define.chartData.textComboBarLine": "Clustered column - line", + "Common.define.chartData.textComboBarLineSecondary": "Clustered column - line on secondary axis", + "Common.define.chartData.textComboCustom": "Custom combination", + "Common.define.chartData.textDoughnut": "Doughnut", + "Common.define.chartData.textHBarNormal": "Clustered bar", + "Common.define.chartData.textHBarNormal3d": "3-D Clustered bar", + "Common.define.chartData.textHBarStacked": "Stacked bar", + "Common.define.chartData.textHBarStacked3d": "3-D Stacked bar", + "Common.define.chartData.textHBarStackedPer": "100% Stacked bar", + "Common.define.chartData.textHBarStackedPer3d": "3-D 100% Stacked bar", "Common.define.chartData.textLine": "Line", + "Common.define.chartData.textLine3d": "3-D line", "Common.define.chartData.textLineSpark": "Line", + "Common.define.chartData.textLineStacked": "Stacked line", + "Common.define.chartData.textLineStackedPer": "100% Stacked line", "Common.define.chartData.textPie": "Pie", + "Common.define.chartData.textPie3d": "3-D pie", "Common.define.chartData.textPoint": "XY (Scatter)", + "Common.define.chartData.textScatter": "Scatter", "Common.define.chartData.textSparks": "Sparklines", "Common.define.chartData.textStock": "Stock", "Common.define.chartData.textSurface": "Surface", "Common.define.chartData.textWinLossSpark": "Win/Loss", "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "The file is being edited in another app. You can continue editing and save it as a copy.", + "Common.UI.ColorButton.textAutoColor": "Automatic", "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "Add New Custom Color", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSize.txtNoBorders": "No borders", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSizeEditable.txtNoBorders": "No borders", @@ -37,7 +64,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Replace", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Replace All", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Don't show this message again", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "The document has been changed by another user.
                    Please click to save your changes and reload the updates.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "The document has been changed by another user.
                    Please click to save your changes and reload the updates.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standard Colors", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Theme Colors", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", @@ -62,13 +89,13 @@ "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "Add", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textApplyAsWork": "Apply as you work", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAutoFormat": "AutoFormat As You Type", - "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "By:", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "By", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "Delete", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "Math AutoCorrect", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textNewRowCol": "Include new rows and columns in table", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognized": "Recognized Functions", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognizedDesc": "The following expressions are recognized math expressions. They will not be automatically italicized.", - "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "Replace:", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "Replace", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceType": "Replace text as you type", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReset": "Reset", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textResetAll": "Reset to default", @@ -106,11 +133,13 @@ "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabel": "Label:", "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabelError": "Label must not be empty.", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Users who are editing the file:", + "Common.Views.Header.textAddFavorite": "Mark as favorite", "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Advanced settings", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Open file location", "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Hide Toolbar", "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Hide Rulers", "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Hide Status Bar", + "Common.Views.Header.textRemoveFavorite": "Remove from Favorites", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Saving...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Modified", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "All changes saved", @@ -294,12 +323,18 @@ "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "Symbols", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "Symbol", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTradeMark": "Trademark Symbol", + "Common.Views.UserNameDialog.textDontShow": "Don't ask me again", + "Common.Views.UserNameDialog.textLabel": "Label:", + "Common.Views.UserNameDialog.textLabelError": "Label must not be empty.", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Columns", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Rows", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "Text to Columns", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtDataValidation": "Data Validation", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "Expand", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpandRemDuplicates": "The data next to the selection will not be removed. Do you want to expand the selection to include the adjacent data or continue with the currently selected cells only?", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExtendDataValidation": "The selection contains some cells without Data Validation settings.
                    Do you want to extend Data Validation to these cells?", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemDuplicates": "Remove Duplicates", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemoveDataValidation": "The selection contains more than one type of validation.
                    Erase current settings and continue?", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemSelected": "Remove in selected", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "Alignment", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "Center", @@ -552,6 +587,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "The document editing session has expired. Please reload the page.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "The document has not been edited for quite a long time. Please reload the page.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "The connection to the server has been interrupted. Please reload the page.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSetPassword": "Password could not be set.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "Incorrect row order. To build a stock chart place the data on the sheet in the following order:
                    opening price, max price, min price, closing price.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorToken": "The document security token is not correctly formed.
                    Please contact your Document Server administrator.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorTokenExpire": "The document security token has expired.
                    Please contact your Document Server administrator.", @@ -585,6 +621,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Someone is editing this document right now. Please try again later.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Access denied", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "An error has occurred while saving the file.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "This file cannot be saved or created.
                    Possible reasons are:
                    1. The file is read-only.
                    2. The file is being edited by other users.
                    3. The disk is full or corrupted.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Preparing to save", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Preparing to save. Please wait...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Saving spreadsheet...", @@ -597,14 +634,18 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.textConfirm": "Confirmation", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contact sales", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "Please note that according to the terms of the license you are not entitled to change the loader.
                    Please contact our Sales Department to get a quote.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textGuest": "Guest", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "The file contains automatic macros.
                    Do you want to run macros?", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Loading spreadsheet", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textLongName": "Enter a name that is less than 128 characters.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "No", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "License limit reached", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Paid feature", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPleaseWait": "The operation might take more time than expected. Please wait...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRecalcFormulas": "Calculating formulas...", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Remember my choice", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Remember my choice for all files", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRenameError": "User name must not be empty.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRenameLabel": "Enter a name to be used for collaboration", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Shape", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Strict mode", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "The Undo/Redo functions are disabled for the Fast co-editing mode.
                    Click the 'Strict mode' button to switch to the Strict co-editing mode to edit the file without other users interference and send your changes only after you save them. You can switch between the co-editing modes using the editor Advanced settings.", @@ -854,6 +895,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Your browser current zoom setting is not fully supported. Please reset to the default zoom by pressing Ctrl+0.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "You've reached the limit for simultaneous connections to %1 editors. This document will be opened for viewing only.
                    Contact your administrator to learn more.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Your license has expired.
                    Please update your license and refresh the page.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "License expired.
                    You have no access to document editing functionality.
                    Please contact your administrator.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "License needs to be renewed.
                    You have a limited access to document editing functionality.
                    Please contact your administrator to get full access", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "You've reached the user limit for %1 editors. Contact your administrator to learn more.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "You've reached the limit for simultaneous connections to %1 editors. This document will be opened for viewing only.
                    Contact %1 sales team for personal upgrade terms.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "You've reached the user limit for %1 editors. Contact %1 sales team for personal upgrade terms.", @@ -874,9 +917,11 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Cannot delete the worksheet.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "Sheet", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTip": "You are in Sheet View mode. Filters and sorting are visible only to you and those who are still in this view.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTipFilters": "You are in Sheet View mode. Filters are visible only to you and those who are still in this view.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "The selected worksheets might contain data. Are you sure you want to proceed?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "The font you are going to save is not available on the current device.
                    The text style will be displayed using one of the system fonts, the saved font will be used when it is available.
                    Do you want to continue?", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.errorComboSeries": "To create a combination chart, select at least two series of data.", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.errorMaxRows": "ERROR! The maximum number of data series per chart is 255", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.errorStockChart": "Incorrect row order. To build a stock chart place the data on the sheet in the following order:
                    opening price, max price, min price, closing price.", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Accents", @@ -1225,7 +1270,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "The operation you are about to perform might take rather much time to complete.
                    Are you sure you want to continue?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "Only the data from the upper-left cell will remain in the merged cell.
                    Are you sure you want to continue?", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "Freeze Panes", - "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow:": "Show Frozen Panes Shadow", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow": "Show Frozen Panes Shadow", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "Hide Formula Bar", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "Hide Gridlines", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "Hide Headings", @@ -1358,6 +1403,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strTemplate": "Template", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Show advanced settings", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "The entered value is incorrect.
                    Please enter a value between 0 pt and 1584 pt.", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textChangeType": "Change type", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textChartType": "Change Chart Type", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textEditData": "Edit Data and Location", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textFirstPoint": "First Point", @@ -1389,34 +1435,34 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisOptions": "Axis Options", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisPos": "Axis Position", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisSettings": "Axis Settings", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisTitle": "Title", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBetweenTickMarks": "Between Tick Marks", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBillions": "Billions", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Bottom", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Category Name", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Center", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Chart Elements &
                    Chart Legend", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Chart Elements &
                    Chart Legend", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Chart Title", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Cross", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Custom", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "in columns", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Data Labels", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Data Range", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "in rows", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Data series", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Display Legend", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Hidden and Empty cells", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Connect data points with line", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textFit": "Fit to Width", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textFixed": "Fixed", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textFormat": "Label format", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGaps": "Gaps", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGridLines": "Gridlines", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGroup": "Group Sparkline", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Hide", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHideAxis": "Hide axis", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "High", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Horizontal Axis", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Horizontal Gridlines", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxisSec": "Secondary Horizontal Axis", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Horizontal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Horizontal Axis Title", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Hundreds", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1468,11 +1514,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Data Labels Separator", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Series Name", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Show", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Display Axis", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Display chart borders", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Show data in hidden rows and columns", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Show empty cells as", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Grid Lines", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Show Axis", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Display chart values", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Single Sparkline", @@ -1492,16 +1536,21 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Move and size with cells", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Type", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Type & Data", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Chart Type, Style &
                    Data Range", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Display Units", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Value", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Vertical Axis", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Vertical Gridlines", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Vertical Axis Title", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxisSec": "Secondary Vertical Axis", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "X Axis Title", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Y Axis Title", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Zero", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.txtEmpty": "This field is required", + "SSE.Views.ChartTypeDialog.errorComboSeries": "To create a combination chart, select at least two series of data.", + "SSE.Views.ChartTypeDialog.errorSecondaryAxis": "The selected chart type requires the secondary axis that an existing chart is using. Select another chart type.", + "SSE.Views.ChartTypeDialog.textSecondary": "Secondary Axis", + "SSE.Views.ChartTypeDialog.textSeries": "Series", + "SSE.Views.ChartTypeDialog.textStyle": "Style", + "SSE.Views.ChartTypeDialog.textTitle": "Chart Type", + "SSE.Views.ChartTypeDialog.textType": "Type", "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textDataRange": "Source data range", "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textDestination": "Choose where to place the table", "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textExist": "Existing worksheet", @@ -1512,6 +1561,7 @@ "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.txtEmpty": "This field is required", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "Group", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextCustomSort": "Custom Sort", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextDataValidation": "Data Validation", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextRemDuplicates": "Remove Duplicates", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextToCol": "Text to Columns", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnUngroup": "Ungroup", @@ -1523,10 +1573,73 @@ "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRightOf": "Summary columns to right of detail", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRows": "Ungroup rows", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipCustomSort": "Custom sort", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipDataValidation": "Data validation", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipGroup": "Group range of cells", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipRemDuplicates": "Remove duplicate rows from a sheet", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipToColumns": "Separate cell text into columns", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipUngroup": "Ungroup range of cells", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorFormula": "The value currently evaluates to an error. Do you want to continue?", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalid": "The value you entered for the field \"{0}\" is invalid.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidDate": "The date you entered for the field \"{0}\" is invalid.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidList": "The list source must be a delimited list, or a reference to single row or column.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidTime": "The time you entered for the field \"{0}\" is invalid.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMinGreaterMax": "The \"{1}\" field must be greater than or equal to the \"{0}\" field.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterBothValues": "You must enter a value in both field \"{0}\" and field \"{1}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterValue": "You must enter a value in field \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNamedRange": "A named range you specified cannot be found.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNegativeTextLength": "Negative values cannot be used in conditions \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNotNumeric": "The field \"{0}\" must be a numeric value, numeric expression, or refer to a cell containing a numeric value.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strError": "Error Alert", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strInput": "Input Message", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strSettings": "Settings", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAlert": "Alert", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAllow": "Allow", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textApply": "Apply these changes to all other cells with the same settings", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCellSelected": "When cell is selected, show this input message", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCompare": "Compare to", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textData": "Data", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndDate": "End Date", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndTime": "End Time", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textError": "Error Message", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textFormula": "Formula", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textIgnore": "Ignore blank", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textInput": "Input Message", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMax": "Maximum", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMessage": "Message", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMin": "Minimum", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSelectData": "Select data", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowDropDown": "Show drop-down list in cell", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowError": "Show error alert after invalid data is entered", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowInput": "Show input message when cell is selected", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSource": "Source", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartDate": "Start Date", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartTime": "Start Time", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStop": "Stop", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStyle": "Style", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textTitle": "Title", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textUserEnters": "When user enters invalid data, show this error alert", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtAny": "Any value", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtBetween": "between", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDate": "Date", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDecimal": "Decimal", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtElTime": "Elapsed time", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndDate": "End date", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndTime": "End time", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEqual": "equals", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThan": "greater than", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThanOrEqual": "greater than or equal to", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLength": "Length", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThan": "less than", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThanOrEqual": "less than or equal to", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtList": "List", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotBetween": "not between", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotEqual": "does not equal", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtOther": "Other", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartDate": "Start date", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartTime": "Start time", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTextLength": "Text length", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTime": "Time", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtWhole": "Whole number", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "And", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "equals", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "does not end with", @@ -1637,6 +1750,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCurrency": "Currency", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomColumnWidth": "Custom Column Width", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomRowHeight": "Custom Row Height", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomSort": "Custom sort", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCut": "Cut", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDate": "Date", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDelete": "Delete", @@ -1829,6 +1943,7 @@ "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textCategory": "Category", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textDecimal": "Decimal", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textFormat": "Format", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textLinked": "Linked to source", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textSeparator": "Use 1000 separator", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textSymbols": "Symbols", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Number Format", @@ -1841,6 +1956,7 @@ "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs8": "As eighths (4/8)", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCurrency": "Currency", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustom": "Custom", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustomWarning": "Please enter the custom number format carefully. Spreadsheet Editor does not check custom formats for errors that may affect the xlsx file.", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtDate": "Date", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtFraction": "Fraction", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtGeneral": "General", @@ -1984,7 +2100,9 @@ "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSpellcheck": "Spell checking", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback & Support", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "DEVELOPER MODE", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Limit Access", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "TRIAL MODE", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Trial Developer Mode", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "Save", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "Bottom", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLandscape": "Landscape", @@ -2047,6 +2165,7 @@ "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textWorkbook": "Workbook", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.tipIsLocked": "This element is being edited by another user.", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.txtTitle": "Name Manager", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.warnDelete": "Are you sure you want to delete the name {0}?", "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textBottom": "Bottom", "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textLeft": "Left", "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textRight": "Right", @@ -2533,7 +2652,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtSpelling": "Spelling", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemCopyToEnd": "(Copy to end)", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemMoveToEnd": "(Move to end)", - "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textCopyBefore": "Copy before sheet", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textCopyBefore": "Paste before sheet", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textMoveBefore": "Move before sheet", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredRecordsText": "{0} of {1} records filtered", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredText": "Filter mode", @@ -2703,6 +2822,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignTop": "Align Top", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAllBorders": "All Borders", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAuto": "Auto", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAutoColor": "Automatic", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBold": "Bold", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBordersColor": "Border Color", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBordersStyle": "Border Style", @@ -2794,6 +2914,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStylePercent": "Percent style", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChart": "Edit Chart", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChartData": "Select Data", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChartType": "Change Chart Type", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Edit header or footer", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Font color", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Font", @@ -2946,6 +3067,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "Duplicate", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textEmpty": "No views have been created yet.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textGoTo": "Go to view", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "Enter a name that is less than 128 characters.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "New", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "Rename", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameError": "View name must not be empty.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/es.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/es.json index 7c29e4da2..1a95249ea 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/es.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/es.json @@ -585,6 +585,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Alguien está editando este documento en este momento. Por favor, inténtelo de nuevo más tarde.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Acceso denegado", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Se ha producido un error al guardar el archivo ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Este archivo no se puede guardar o crear.
                    Las razones posibles son:
                    1. El archivo es sólo para leer.
                    2. El archivo está siendo editado por otros usuarios.
                    3. El disco está lleno o corrupto.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Preparando para guardar", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Preparando para guardar.Espere por favor...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Guardando hoja de cálculo...", @@ -854,6 +855,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "La configuración actual de zoom de su navegador no está soportada por completo. Por favor restablezca al zoom predeterminado pulsando Ctrl+0.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de conexiones simultáneas con %1 editores. Este documento se abrirá sólo para su visualización.
                    Por favor, contacte con su administrador para recibir más información.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Su licencia ha expirado.
                    Por favor, actualice su licencia y recargue la página.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licencia expirada.
                    No tiene acceso a la funcionalidad de edición de documentos.
                    Por favor, póngase en contacto con su administrador.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "La licencia requiere ser renovada.
                    Tiene un acceso limitado a la funcionalidad de edición de documentos.
                    Por favor, póngase en contacto con su administrador para obtener un acceso completo", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de usuarios para los editores de %1. Por favor, contacte con su administrador para recibir más información.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de conexiones simultáneas con %1 editores. Este documento se abrirá sólo para su visualización.
                    Contacte con el equipo de ventas de %1 para conocer los términos de actualización personal.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de usuarios para los editores de %1. Contacte con el equipo de ventas de %1 para conocer los términos de actualización personal.", @@ -874,6 +877,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Imposible borrar la hoja de cálculo.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "Hoja", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTip": "Está en el modo Vista de Hoja. Los filtros y la ordenación son visibles solo para usted y aquellos que aún están en esta vista.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTipFilters": "Está en el modo de vista de hoja. Los filtros sólo los puede ver usted y los que aún están en esta vista.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "Las hojas de trabajo seleccionadas pueden contener datos. ¿Está seguro de que quiere proceder?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "El tipo de letra que usted va a guardar no está disponible en este dispositivo.
                    El estilo de letra se mostrará usando uno de los tipos de letra del sistema, el tipo de letra guardado va a usarse cuando esté disponible.
                    ¿Desea continuar?", @@ -1225,7 +1229,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "La operación que está a punto de realizar podría tomar mucho tiempo para completar.
                    ¿Está seguro que desea continuar?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "En la celda unida permanecerán sólo los datos de la celda de la esquina superior izquierda.
                    Está seguro de que quiere continuar?", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "Inmovilizar paneles", - "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow:": "Mostrar la sombra de paneles inmovilizados", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow": "Mostrar la sombra de paneles inmovilizados", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "Ocultar barra de fórmulas", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "Ocultar cuadrícula", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "Ocultar títulos", @@ -1394,15 +1398,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Abajo ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Nombre de categoría", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Al centro", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elementos de gráfico y
                    leyenda de gráfico", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elementos de gráfico y
                    leyenda de gráfico", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Título de gráfico", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Intersección", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Personalizado", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "en columnas", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Etiquetas de datos", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Rango de datos", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "en filas", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Serie de datos", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Mostrar Leyenda", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Celdas ocultas y vacías", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Conectar puntos de datos con líneas", @@ -1414,9 +1416,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Ocultar", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Alto", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Eje horizontal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Horizontal ", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Título de eje horizontal", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Cientos", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1468,11 +1468,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Separador de etiquetas de datos", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Nombre de serie", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Mostrar", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Mostrar eje", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Mostrar bordes", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Mostrar datos en filas y columnas ocultas", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Mostrar celdas vacías como", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Cuadrícula", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Mostrar eje", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Mostrar los valores del gráfico", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Sparkline único", @@ -1492,12 +1490,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Mover y cambiar tamaño con celdas", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Tipo", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Tipo y datos", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Tipo de gráfico, estilo y
                    rango de datos", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Unidades de visualización", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Valor", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Eje vertical", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Líneas de cuadrícula verticales", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Título de eje vertical", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Título del eje X", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Título del eje Y", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Cero", @@ -1637,6 +1632,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCurrency": "Moneda", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomColumnWidth": "Ancho de columna personalizado", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomRowHeight": "Altura de fila personalizada", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomSort": "Orden personalizado", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCut": "Cortar", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDate": "Fecha", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDelete": "Borrar", @@ -1981,7 +1977,9 @@ "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSpellcheck": "Сorrección ortográfica", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback y Soporte", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MODO DE DESARROLLO", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Limitar acceso", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "MODO DE PRUEBA", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Modo de programador de prueba", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "Guardar", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "Inferior", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLandscape": "Horizontal", @@ -2943,6 +2941,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "Duplicar", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textEmpty": "Aún no se han creado vistas.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textGoTo": "Ir a vista", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "Escriba un nombre que tenga menos de 128 caracteres.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "Nuevo", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "Cambiar nombre", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameError": "El nombre de la vista no debe estar vacío.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/fi.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/fi.json index fcfda7b27..240261f96 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/fi.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/fi.json @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Korvaa", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Korvaa Kaikki", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Älä näytä tätä viestiä uudelleen", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Asiakirja on toisen käyttäjän muuttama. Ole hyvä ja klikkaa tallentaaksesi muutoksesi ja lataa uudelleen muutokset.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Asiakirja on toisen käyttäjän muuttama.
                    Ole hyvä ja klikkaa tallentaaksesi muutoksesi ja lataa uudelleen muutokset.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Vakiovärit", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Teeman värit", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Peruuta", @@ -759,15 +759,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Alhaalla", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Luokkanimi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Keskellä", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Kaavion elementit &
                    Kaavion kuvateksti", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Kaavion elementit &
                    Kaavion kuvateksti", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Kaavion otsikko", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Ylittää", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Mukautettu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "Sarakkeissa", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Tieto-otsikot", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Tietoalue", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "riveissä", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Tietosarjat", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Näytä kuvateksti", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Piilotetut ja Tyhjät solut ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Yhdistä tietopisteet viivalla", @@ -779,9 +777,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Piilota", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Korkea", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Vaaka-akseli", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Ruudukkoviivat vaakasuoraan", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Vaakasuora", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Vaaka-akselin otsikko", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Satoja", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -832,11 +828,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Tieto-otsikoiden erotin", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Sarjan nimi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Näytä", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Näytä akselit", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Näytä kaavion reunukset", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Näytä tiedot piilotetuissa riveissä ja sarakkeissa", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Näytä tyhjät solut kuten", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Ruudukon viivat", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Näytä akseli", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Näytä kaavion arvot", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Yksi kipinäviiva", @@ -854,12 +848,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "Triljoonia", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Tyyppi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Tyyppi & Tiedot", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Kaavion tyyppi, tyyli &
                    Tietoalue", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Näyttöyksiköt", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Arvo", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Pystyakseli", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Ruudukkoviivat pystysuoraan", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Pystyakselin otsikko", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "A Akselin otsikko", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Y Akseli otsikko", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Nolla", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/fr.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/fr.json index 43d759446..092aa23b7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/fr.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/fr.json @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Remplacer", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Remplacer tout", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Ne plus afficher ce message", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Le document a été modifié par un autre utilisateur.
                    Cliquez pour enregistrer vos modifications et recharger les mises à jour.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Le document a été modifié par un autre utilisateur.
                    Cliquez pour enregistrer vos modifications et recharger les mises à jour.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Couleurs standard", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Couleurs de thème", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Confirmer le mot de passe", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "Définir un mot de passe", "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "Chargement", - "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Plugins", + "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Modules complémentaires", "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "Plug-ins", "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "Chargement", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Démarrer", @@ -297,9 +297,12 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Colonnes ", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Lignes", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "Texte en colonnes", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtDataValidation": "Validation des données", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "Développer", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpandRemDuplicates": "Les données situées à côté de la selection ne seront pas déplacées. Voulez-vous étendre la selection pour inclure les données adjacentes ou continuer avec les cellules selcetionnées seulement ?", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExtendDataValidation": "La sélection contient plusieurs cellules sans les paramètres de validation de données.
                    Voulez-vous étendre la validation de données pour ces cellules ? ", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemDuplicates": "Supprimer les valeurs dupliquées", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemoveDataValidation": "La sélection doit contenir plus d'une type de validation.
                    Annuler les paramètres actuels et continuer ?", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemSelected": "Déplacer dans sélectionnés", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "Alignement", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "Au centre", @@ -585,6 +588,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Quelqu'un est en train de modifier ce document. Veuillez réessayer plus tard.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Accès refusé", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'enregistrement du fichier", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Le fichier ne peut pas être sauvé ou créé.
                    Les raisons possible sont :
                    1. Le fichier est en lecture seule.
                    2. Les fichier est en cours d'éditions par d'autres utilisateurs.
                    3. Le disque dur est plein ou corrompu.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Préparation à l'enregistrement ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Préparation à l'enregistrement en cours. Veuillez patienter...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Enregistrement de la feuille de calcul en cours ...", @@ -854,6 +858,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Le paramètre actuel de zoom de votre navigateur n'est pas accepté. Veuillez rétablir le niveau de zoom par défaut en appuyant sur Ctrl+0.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal de connexions simultanées aux éditeurs %1. Ce document sera ouvert à la lecture seulement.
                    Contactez votre administrateur pour en savoir davantage.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Votre licence a expiré.
                    Veuillez mettre à jour votre licence et actualisez la page.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "La licence est expirée.
                    Vous n'avez plus d'accès aux outils d'édition.
                    Veuillez contacter votre administrateur.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Il est indispensable de renouveler la licence.
                    Vous avez un accès limité aux outils d'édition des documents.
                    Veuillez contacter votre administrateur pour obtenir un accès complet", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal d’utilisateurs des éditeurs %1. Contactez votre administrateur pour en savoir davantage.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal de connexions simultanées aux éditeurs %1. Ce document sera ouvert à la lecture seulement.
                    Contactez l’équipe des ventes %1 pour mettre à jour les termes de la licence.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal d’utilisateurs des éditeurs %1. Contactez l’équipe des ventes %1 pour mettre à jour les termes de la licence.", @@ -874,6 +880,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Impossible de supprimer la feuille de calcul.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "Feuille", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTip": "Vous avez activé le mode d'affichage d'une feuille. Les filtres et les tris sont visibles uniquement à vous et à ceux/celles qui ont activé ce mode.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTipFilters": "Vous êtes dans le mode aperçu d'une feuille de calcul. Les filtres sont visibles seulement à vous et à ceux qui sont aussi dans ce mode. ", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "La feuille de travail peut contenir des données. Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir continuer ?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "La police que vous allez enregistrer n'est pas disponible sur l'appareil actuel.
                    Le style du texte sera affiché à l'aide de l'une des polices de système, la police sauvée sera utilisée lorsqu'il est disponible.
                    Voulez-vous continuer?", @@ -1225,13 +1232,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "L'opération que vous êtes sur le point d'effectuer peut prendre beaucoup de temps.
                    Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir continuer ?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "Seulement les données de la cellule supérieure gauche seront conservées dans la cellule fusionnée.
                    Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir continuer ?", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "Verrouiller les volets", - "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow:": "Afficher les ombres des volets verrouillés", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow": "Afficher les ombres des volets verrouillés", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "Masquer la barre de formule", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "Masquer le quadrillage", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "Masquer les en-têtes", "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.strDecimalSeparator": "Séparateur décimal", "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.strThousandsSeparator": "Séparateur de milliers", - "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.textLabel": "Paramètres utilisés pour reconnaître les données numériques", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.textLabel": "Paramètres de reconnaissance du format de nombre", "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.textTitle": "Paramètres avancés", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.btnCustomFilter": "Filtre personnalisé", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textAddSelection": "Ajouter la sélection actuelle pour filtrer", @@ -1394,15 +1401,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "En bas", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Nom de la catégorie", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Au centre", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Éléments de graphique,
                    légende de graphique", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Éléments de graphique,
                    légende de graphique", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Titre du graphique", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Sur l'axe", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Personnalisé", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "en colonnes", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Étiquettes de données", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Plage de données", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "en lignes", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Série de données", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Afficher une légende", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Cellules masquées et cellules vides", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Relier les points de données par une courbe", @@ -1414,9 +1419,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Masquer", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "En haut", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Axe horizontal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Quadrillage horizontal", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Horizontal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Titre de l'axe horizontal", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Centaines", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1429,7 +1432,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLabelOptions": "Options d'étiquettes", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLabelPos": "Position de l'étiquette", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLayout": "Disposition", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLeft": "Gauche", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLeft": "À gauche", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLeftOverlay": "Superposition à gauche", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendBottom": "En bas", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendLeft": "A gauche", @@ -1460,7 +1463,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOverlay": "Superposition", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textReverse": "Valeurs en ordre inverse", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textReverseOrder": "Inverser l’ordre", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textRight": "A droite", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textRight": "À droite", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textRightOverlay": "Superposition à droite", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textRotated": "Incliné", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSameAll": "La même pour tous", @@ -1468,11 +1471,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Séparateur des étiquettes de données", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Nom de série", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Afficher", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Afficher l'axe", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Afficher les bordures du graphique", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Afficher les données des lignes et colonnes masquées", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Afficher les cellules vides comme", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Lignes du quadrillage", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Afficher l’axe", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Afficher les valeurs du graphique", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Sparkline unique", @@ -1492,12 +1493,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Déplacer et dimensionner avec des cellules", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Type", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Type et données", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Type de graphique, style,
                    plage de données", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Unités de l'affichage", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Valeur", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Axe vertical", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Quadrillage vertical", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Titre de l'axe vertical", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Titre de l'axe X", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Titre de l'axe Y", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Valeur nulle", @@ -1512,6 +1510,7 @@ "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.txtEmpty": "Ce champ est obligatoire", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "Grouper", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextCustomSort": "Tri personnalisé", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextDataValidation": "Validation des données", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextRemDuplicates": "Supprimer les valeurs dupliquées", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextToCol": "Texte en colonnes", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnUngroup": "Dissocier", @@ -1523,10 +1522,73 @@ "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRightOf": "Colonnes de synthèse à droite des colonnes de détail", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRows": "Dissocier les lignes", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipCustomSort": "Tri personnalisé", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipDataValidation": "Validation des données", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipGroup": "Groper une plage de cellules", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipRemDuplicates": "Supprimer les lignes dupliquées d'une feuille de calcul", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipToColumns": "Répartir le contenu d'une cellule dans des colonnes adjacentes", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipUngroup": "Dissocier une plage de cellules", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorFormula": "La valeur est actuellement considérée comme une erreur. Voulez-vous continuer ?", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalid": "La valeur saisie dans le champ \"{0}\" n'est pas valide.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidDate": "La date que vous avez saisie dans le champ \"{0}\" n'est pas valide.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidList": "La liste source doit être une liste séparée ou une référence vers une ligne ou une colonne unique.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidTime": "Le temps que vous avez saisi pour le champ \"{0}\" n'est pas valide.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMinGreaterMax": "Le champs \"{1}\" doit être supérieur ou égal au champs \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterBothValues": "Veuillez saisir une valeur dans les champs \"{0}\" et \"{1}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterValue": "Veuillez saisir une valeur dans le champ \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNamedRange": "La plage nommée que vous avez spécifiée est introuvable.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNegativeTextLength": "Les valeurs négatives ne peuvent pas être utilisées dans les conditions \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNotNumeric": "Le champ \"{0}\" doit contenir une valeur numérique, une expression numérique, ou se référer à une cellule contenant une valeur numérique.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strError": "Avertissement d'erreur", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strInput": "Entrer le message", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strSettings": "Paramètres", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAlert": "Alerte", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAllow": "Autoriser", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textApply": "Appliquer ces modifications à toutes les cellules ayant les mêmes paramètres", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCellSelected": "Afficher ce message de saisie lorsqu'une cellule est sélectionnée.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCompare": "Comparer avec", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textData": "Données", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndDate": "Date limite", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndTime": "Heure de fin", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textError": "Message d’erreur", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textFormula": "Formule", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textIgnore": "Ignorer les espaces vides", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textInput": "Entrer le message", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMax": "Maximum", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMessage": "Message", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMin": "Minimum", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSelectData": "Sélectionner des données", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowDropDown": "Afficher une liste déroulante dans une cellule", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowError": "Afficher un avertissement d'erreur lorsque les données invalides sont saisies", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowInput": "Afficher un message de saisie lorsqu'une cellule est sélectionnée", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSource": "Source", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartDate": "Date de début", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartTime": "Heure de début", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStop": "Arrêter", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStyle": "Style", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textTitle": "Titre", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textUserEnters": "Afficher cet avertissement d'erreur lorsqu'un utilisateur saisit les données invalides.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtAny": "Aucune valeur", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtBetween": "entre", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDate": "Date", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDecimal": "Décimales", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtElTime": "Temps écoulé", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndDate": "Date limite", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndTime": "Heure de fin", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEqual": "est égal", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThan": "Supérieur à", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThanOrEqual": "Est supérieur ou égal à", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLength": "Longueur ", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThan": "inférieur à", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThanOrEqual": "Est inférieur ou égal à", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtList": "Liste", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotBetween": "pas entre", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotEqual": "n'est pas égal", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtOther": "Autre", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartDate": "Date de début", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartTime": "Heure de début", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTextLength": "Longueur du texte", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTime": "Temps", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtWhole": "Nombre entier", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "Et", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "est égal", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "ne se termine pas par", @@ -1637,6 +1699,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCurrency": "Monétaire", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomColumnWidth": "Largeur de colonne personnalisée", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomRowHeight": "Hauteur de ligne personnalisée", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomSort": "Tri personnalisé ", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCut": "Couper", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDate": "Date", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDelete": "Supprimer", @@ -1829,7 +1892,7 @@ "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textSeparator": "Utiliser le séparateur de milliers ", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textSymbols": "Symboles", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Format de nombre", - "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAccounting": "Financier", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAccounting": "Comptabilité", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs10": "Dizièmes (5/10)", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs100": "Centièmes (50/100)", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs16": "Seizièmes (8/16)", @@ -1838,6 +1901,7 @@ "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs8": "Huitièmes (4/8)", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCurrency": "Monétaire", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustom": "Personnalisé", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustomWarning": "Veuillez saisir attentivement le format de numéro personnalisé. Pour les formats personnalisés, le tableur ne reconnaît pas les erreurs qui peuvent affecter le fichier xlsx.", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtDate": "Date", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtFraction": "Fraction", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtGeneral": "Général", @@ -1981,7 +2045,9 @@ "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSpellcheck": "Vérification de l'orthographe", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Commentaires & assistance", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MODE DEVELOPPEUR", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Accès limité", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "MODE DEMO", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Essai en mode Développeur", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "Enregistrer", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "En bas", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLandscape": "Paysage", @@ -2018,7 +2084,7 @@ "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textIsLocked": "ERREUR! Cet élément est en cours de modification par un autre utilisateur.", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textName": "Nom", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textReservedName": "Le nom que vous essayez d'utiliser est déjà référencé dans des formules de cellules. Veuillez utiliser un autre nom.", - "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textScope": "Scope", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textScope": "Étendue", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textSelectData": "Sélectionner des données", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.txtEmpty": "Ce champ est obligatoire", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.txtTitleEdit": "Modifier le nom", @@ -2035,12 +2101,12 @@ "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterAll": "Tous", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterDefNames": "Les noms définis", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterSheet": "Noms inclus dans l'étendue de la feuille", - "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterTableNames": "Table names", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterTableNames": "Titres de tableaux", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterWorkbook": "Noms inclus dans l'étendue du classeur", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textNew": "Nouveau", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textnoNames": "Pas de plages nommées correspondant à votre filtre n'a pu être trouvée.", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textRanges": "Plages nommées", - "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textScope": "Scope", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textScope": "Étendue", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textWorkbook": "Classeur", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.tipIsLocked": "Cet élément est en cours de modification par un autre utilisateur.", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.txtTitle": "Gestionnaire de Noms ", @@ -2266,7 +2332,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textHeight": "Hauteur", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textManyPages": "pages", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textOnePage": "Page", - "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textScaleTo": "Ajuster à ", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textScaleTo": "Échelle", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textTitle": "Paramètres de mise à l'échelle", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textWidth": "Largeur", "SSE.Views.SetValueDialog.txtMaxText": "La valeur maximale pour ce champ est {0}", @@ -2293,7 +2359,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromStorage": "A partir de l'espace de stockage", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromUrl": "D'une URL", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Gradient", - "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradientFill": "Remplissage Gradient", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradientFill": "Remplissage en dégradé", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint270": "Faire pivoter à gauche de 90°", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint90": "Faire pivoter à droite de 90°", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHintFlipH": "Retourner horizontalement", @@ -2496,7 +2562,7 @@ "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textOrientation": "Orientation", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textTitle": "Options de tri", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textTopBottom": "Trier du haut vers le bas", - "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAdd": "Nouveau", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAdd": "Additionner", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAll": "Tout", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textBlanks": "Ignorer les vides", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textColWidth": "Largeur de colonne", @@ -2511,7 +2577,7 @@ "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textNone": "Rien", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textOperation": "Opération", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textPaste": "Coller", - "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textSub": "soustraire", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textSub": "Soustraire", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTitle": "Collage spécial", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTranspose": "Transposer", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textValues": "Valeurs", @@ -2637,7 +2703,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromFile": "D'un fichier", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromUrl": "D'une URL", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradient": "Gradient", - "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradientFill": "Remplissage Gradient", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradientFill": "Remplissage en dégradé", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textImageTexture": "Image ou texture", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "Linéaire", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textNoFill": "Pas de remplissage", @@ -2757,7 +2823,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Fichier", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFormula": "Formule", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "Accueil", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Insérer", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Insertion", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLayout": "Mise en page", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Protection", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabView": "Affichage", @@ -2788,7 +2854,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDeleteOpt": "Supprimer les cellules", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStyleAccounting": "Style comptable", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStyleCurrency": "Style monétaire", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStylePercent": "pour cent style", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStylePercent": "Style de pourcentage", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChart": "Modifier le graphique", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChartData": "Sélection de données", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page", @@ -2831,7 +2897,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipTextOrientation": "Orientation", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Annuler", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipWrap": "Renvoyer à la ligne automatiquement", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAccounting": "Financier", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAccounting": "Comptabilité", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAdditional": "Supplémentaire", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAscending": "Croissant", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAutosumTip": "Somme", @@ -2842,7 +2908,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearFormula": "Fonction", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearHyper": "Liens hypertextes", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearText": "Texte", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtCurrency": "Monnaie", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtCurrency": "Monétaire", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtCustom": "Personnalisé", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtDate": "Date", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtDateTime": "Date et heure", @@ -2943,6 +3009,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "Dupliquer", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textEmpty": "Aucun aperçu n'a été créé.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textGoTo": "Passer à l'aperçu", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "Le nom de l'aperçu est limité à 128 symboles.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "Nouveau", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "Renommer", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameError": "Le nom d'affichage ne peut pas être vide.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/hu.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/hu.json index f3613eed7..e2d78b6bf 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/hu.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/hu.json @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ "Common.define.chartData.textStock": "Részvény", "Common.define.chartData.textSurface": "Felület", "Common.define.chartData.textWinLossSpark": "Nyereség/veszteség", + "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "A fájlt egy másik alkalmazásban szerkesztik. Folytathatja a szerkesztést, és másolatként elmentheti.", "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "Új egyedi szín hozzáadása", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSize.txtNoBorders": "Nincsenek szegélyek", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSizeEditable.txtNoBorders": "Nincsenek szegélyek", @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Cserél", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Mindent cserél", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Ne mutassa újra ezt az üzenetet", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "A dokumentumot egy másik felhasználó módosította.
                    Kattintson a gombra a módosítások mentéséhez és a frissítések újratöltéséhez.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "A dokumentumot egy másik felhasználó módosította.
                    Kattintson a gombra a módosítások mentéséhez és a frissítések újratöltéséhez.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Sztenderd színek", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Téma színek", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Mégse", @@ -58,6 +59,26 @@ "Common.Views.About.txtPoweredBy": "Powered by", "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "Tel.: ", "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "Verzió", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "Hozzáadás", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textApplyAsWork": "Alkalmazza ahogy dolgozik", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAutoFormat": "Automatikus formázás gépelés közben", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "Által", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "Törlés", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "Matematikai automatikus javítás", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textNewRowCol": "Új sorok és oszlopok felvétele a táblázatba", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognized": "Felismert függvények", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognizedDesc": "A következő kifejezések felismert matematikai kifejezések. Nem lesznek automatikusan dőlt betűkkel.", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "Cserélje ki", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceType": "Szöveg cseréje gépelés közben", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReset": "Visszaállítás", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textResetAll": "Alapbeállítások visszaállítása", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRestore": "Visszaállítás", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textTitle": "Automatikus javítás", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnAddRec": "A felismert függvények kizárólag az A–Z betűket tartalmazhatják kis- vagy nagybetűvel.", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnResetRec": "Minden hozzáadott kifejezést eltávolítunk, és az eltávolítottakat visszaállítjuk. Folytassuk?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReplace": "%1 automatikus javítása már létezik. Kicseréljük?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReset": "Minden hozzáadott automatikus javítást eltávolítunk, és a megváltozottakat visszaállítjuk eredeti értékükre. Folytassuk?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnRestore": "%1 automatikus javítása visszaáll az eredeti értékére. Folytassuk?", "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "Küldés", "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "Hozzáad", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "Hozzáad", @@ -82,6 +103,8 @@ "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToPaste": "Beillesztésre", "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textLoading": "Betöltés...", "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textTitle": "Megosztási beállítások", + "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabel": "Címke:", + "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabelError": "A címke nem lehet üres.", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "A fájlt szerkesztő felhasználók:", "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Haladó beállítások", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Fájl helyének megnyitása", @@ -108,14 +131,21 @@ "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.textUrl": "Illesszen be egy kép hivatkozást:", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtEmpty": "Ez egy szükséges mező", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtNotUrl": "Ennek a mezőnek hivatkozásnak kell lennie a \"http://www.example.com\" formátumban", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textBulleted": "Felsorolásos", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textNumbering": "Számozott", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.tipChange": "Golyó cseréje", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtBullet": "Golyó", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtColor": "Szín", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNewBullet": "Új pont", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNone": "Egyik sem", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtOfText": "%-a a szövegnek", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSize": "Méret", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtStart": "Kezdet", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSymbol": "Szimbólum", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtTitle": "Lista beállítások", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtType": "Típus", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Fájl bezárása", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtAdvanced": "Haladó", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtColon": "Kettőspont", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtComma": "Vessző", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtDelimiter": "Határolójel", @@ -237,12 +267,40 @@ "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Aláírási sorban az aláírás dátumának mutatása", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Aláírás beállítása", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Ez egy szükséges mező", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCharacter": "Karakter", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCode": "Hexadecimális unikód érték", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCopyright": "Szerzői jogi aláírás", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDCQuote": "Záró dupla idézőjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDOQuote": "Nyitó dupla idézőjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEllipsis": "Vízszintes ellipszis", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmDash": "em gondolatjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmSpace": "em köz", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnDash": "em gondolatjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnSpace": "em köz", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textFont": "Betűtípus", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBHyphen": "Nem törhető kötőjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBSpace": "Nem törhető szóköz", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textPilcrow": "Bekezdésjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textQEmSpace": "1/4 em köz", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRange": "Tartomány", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRecent": "Legutóbb használt szimbólumok", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRegistered": "Bejegyzett jel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSCQuote": "Záró egyszeres idézőjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSection": "Szakaszjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textShortcut": "Gyorsbillentyű", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSHyphen": "Puha kötőjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSOQuote": "Nyitó egyszeres idézőjel", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSpecial": "Speciális karakterek", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "Szimbólumok", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "Szimbólum", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTradeMark": "Védjegy szimbólum", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Oszlopok", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Sorok", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "Szöveg oszlopokká", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "Kibont", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpandRemDuplicates": "A kiválasztás melletti adatokat nem távolítjuk el. Kibővíti a kijelölést a szomszédos adatokra, vagy csak az éppen kijelölt cellákkal folytatja?", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemDuplicates": "Ismétlődések eltávolítása", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemSelected": "Eltávolítás a kiválasztottból", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "Elrendezés", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "Közép", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteColumnText": "Oszlop törlése", @@ -258,11 +316,14 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.leftText": "Bal", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.rightText": "Jobb", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textAutoCorrectSettings": "Automatikus javítás beállításai", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeColumnWidth": "Oszlopszélesség {0} szimbólum ({1} képpont)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeRowHeight": "Sor magasság {0} pont ({1} pixel)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCtrlClick": "Kattintson a hivatkozásra annak megnyitásához, vagy kattintson és tartsa lenyomva az egérgombot a cella kiválasztásához.", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textInsertLeft": "Balra beszúr", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textInsertTop": "Beszúrás fentre", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textPasteSpecial": "Speciális beillesztés", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textStopExpand": "Állítsa le a táblák automatikus bővítését", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textSym": "sym", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.tipIsLocked": "Ezt az elemet egy másik felhasználó szerkeszti.", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAboveAve": "Átlagon felüli", @@ -428,6 +489,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadErrorText": "Sikertelen letöltés.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadTextText": "Munkafüzet letöltése...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Munkafüzet letöltése", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errNoDuplicates": "Nem található ismétlődő érték.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "Olyan műveletet próbál végrehajtani, melyre nincs jogosultsága.
                    Vegye fel a kapcsolatot a Document Server adminisztrátorával.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorArgsRange": "Hiba a megadott képletben.
                    Helytelen argumentumtartomány került alkalmazásra.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterChange": "A művelet nem megengedett, mivel megpróbálja a cellákat a munkalapon lévő táblázatban eltolni.", @@ -437,6 +499,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "Hibás kép URL", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCannotUngroup": "Nem lehet kibontani. Körvonal elindításához válassza ki a részletek sorát vagy oszlopát, és csoportosítsa őket.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeArray": "Nem módosíthatja a tömb egy részét.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeFilteredRange": "Ez megváltoztat a munkalapon egy szűrt tartományt.
                    A feladat végrehajtásához távolítsa el az automatikus szűrőket.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Elveszett a kapcsolat a szerverrel. A dokumentum jelenleg nem szerkeszthető.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "A dokumentum mentése nem lehetséges. Kérjük ellenőrizze a kapcsolódási beállításokat vagy lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszer adminisztrátorral.
                    Ha az 'OK'-ra kattint letöltheti a dokumentumot.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCopyMultiselectArea": "Ez a parancs nem használható többes kiválasztással.
                    Válasszon ki egy tartományt és próbálja újra.", @@ -450,6 +513,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Hibakód: %1", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "Hiba történt a dokumentummal végzett munka során.
                    Használja a 'Letöltés mint...' opciót, hogy mentse a fájl biztonsági másolatát a számítógép merevlemezére.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingSaveas": "Hiba történt a dokumentummal végzett munka során.
                    Használja a 'Mentés másként...' opciót, hogy mentse a fájl biztonsági másolatát a számítógép merevlemezére.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEditView": "A meglévő lapnézet nem szerkeszthető, és újak nem hozhatók létre jelenleg, mivel néhányukat szerkesztik.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEmailClient": "Nem található email kliens.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "A dokumentum jelszóval védett, és nem nyitható meg.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileRequest": "Külső hiba.
                    Fájl kérési hiba. Ha a hiba továbbra is fennáll, lépjen kapcsolatba a támogatással.", @@ -459,21 +523,29 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Hiba történt a fájl mentése közben. Kérjük, használja a 'Letöltés mint' opciót, hogy a fájlt a számítógépére mentse, vagy próbálkozzon később.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaName": "Hiba a bevitt képletben.
                    Helytelen képletnév.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaParsing": "Belső hiba a képlet elemzése közben.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxLength": "A képlet hossza meghaladja a 8192 karakteres korlátot.
                    Kérjük, módosítsa és próbálja újra.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxReference": "Nem adhatja meg ezt a képletet, mert túl sok értéke,
                    cellahivatkozása és/vagy neve van.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxTextLength": "A képletekben a szövegértékek legfeljebb 255 karakterre korlátozódhatnak.
                    Használja a CONCATENATE funkciót vagy az összefűző operátort (&).", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlWrongReferences": "A függvény nem létező munkalapra vonatkozik.
                    Kérjük, ellenőrizze az adatokat és próbálja újra.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFTChangeTableRangeError": "A műveletet nem sikerült befejezni a kiválasztott cellatartományban.
                    Válasszon ki egy tartományt, hogy az első táblázat sora ugyanabban a sorban legyen, és az eredményül kapott táblázat átfedje az aktuális sort.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFTRangeIncludedOtherTables": "A műveletet nem sikerült befejezni a kiválasztott cellatartományban.
                    Válasszon ki egy olyan tartományt, amely nem tartalmaz más táblákat.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorInvalidRef": "Adjon meg egy helyes nevet a kijelöléshez, vagy érvényes hivatkozást.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Ismeretlen kulcsleíró", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Lejárt kulcsleíró", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLabledColumnsPivot": "Kimutatás tábla létrehozásához használjon listaként rendezett adatokat címkézett oszlopokkal.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedAll": "A műveletet nem lehetett végrehajtani, mivel a munkalapot egy másik felhasználó zárolta.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedCellPivot": "Nem módosíthatja az adatokat a pivot táblában.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedWorksheetRename": "A lapot nem lehet átnevezni, egy másik felhasználó éppen átnevezte azt", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMaxPoints": "A soronkénti maximális pontszám diagramonként 4096.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMoveRange": "Nem lehet módosítani az egyesített cellák egy részét", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMoveSlicerError": "A táblázat elválasztói nem másolhatók át egyik munkafüzetből a másikba.
                    Próbálja meg újra a teljes táblázat és az elválasztók kiválasztásával.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMultiCellFormula": "A multi-cella tömb függvények nem engedélyezettek a táblázatokban.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorNoDataToParse": "Nem volt feldolgozásra kiválasztott adat.", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpenWarning": "A fájlban szereplő képletek egyike meghaladta
                    a megengedett karakterek számát, és eltávolításra került.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpenWarning": "Az egyik fájlképlet meghaladja a 8192 karakteres korlátot.
                    A képletet eltávolítottuk.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOperandExpected": "A bevitt függvényszintaxis nem megfelelő. Kérjük, ellenőrizze, hogy hiányzik-e az egyik zárójel - '(' vagy ')'.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPasteMaxRange": "A másolási és beillesztési terület nem egyezik.
                    Válasszon ki egy azonos méretű területet, vagy kattintson a sorban lévő első cellára a másolt cellák beillesztéséhez.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPasteSlicerError": "A táblázat elválasztói nem másolhatók át egyik munkafüzetből a másikba.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPivotOverlap": "A tábla jelentés nem fedheti át a táblázatot.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPrintMaxPagesCount": "Sajnos nem lehet több mint 1500 oldalt egyszerre kinyomtatni az aktuális programverzióban.
                    Ez a korlátozás eltávolításra kerül a következő kiadásokban.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Sikertelen mentés", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "A szerkesztő verziója frissült. Az oldal újratöltésre kerül a módosítások alkalmazásához.", @@ -491,6 +563,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "A kapcsolat megszakadt. Továbbra is megtekinthető a dokumentum,
                    de a kapcsolat helyreálltáig és az oldal újratöltéséig nem lehet letölteni.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorWrongBracketsCount": "Hiba a bevitt képletben.
                    A zárójelek száma hibás.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorWrongOperator": "Hiba a megadott képletben. Hibás operátor használata.
                    Kérjük, javítsa ki a hibát.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errRemDuplicates": "Ismétlődő értékek voltak és törlésre kerültek: {0}, egyedi értékek maradtak: {1}.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.leavePageText": "El nem mentett változások vannak a munkafüzetben. A mentéshez kattintson a \"Maradjon ezen az oldalon\", majd a \"Mentés\" gombra. Az elmentett módosítások elvetéséhez kattintson az \"Oldal elhagyása\" gombra.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTextText": "Adatok betöltése...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTitleText": "Adatok betöltése", @@ -524,12 +597,14 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.textConfirm": "Megerősítés", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Értékesítés elérhetősége", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "Kérjük, vegye figyelembe, hogy az engedély feltételei szerint nem jogosult a betöltő cseréjére.
                    Kérjük, forduljon értékesítési osztályunkhoz, hogy árajánlatot kapjon.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "A fájl automatikus makrókat tartalmaz.
                    Szeretne makrókat futtatni?", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Munkafüzet betöltése", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "Nem", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "%1 kapcsoat limit", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Elérte a licenckorlátot", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Fizetett funkció", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPleaseWait": "A művelet a vártnál több időt vehet igénybe. Kérjük várjon...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRecalcFormulas": "Képletek számítása...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Emlékezzen a választásomra", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Alakzat", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Biztonságos mód", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "A Visszavonás / Újra funkciók le vannak tiltva a Gyors együttes szerkesztés módban.
                    A \"Biztonságos mód\" gombra kattintva válthat a Biztonságos együttes szerkesztés módra, hogy a dokumentumot más felhasználókkal való interferencia nélkül tudja szerkeszteni, mentés után küldve el a módosításokat. A szerkesztési módok között a Speciális beállítások segítségével válthat.", @@ -538,11 +613,16 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleRecalcFormulas": "Feldolgozás...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Szerkesztő frissítve", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtAccent": "Ékezet", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtAll": "(Minden)", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Írja a szöveget ide", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Egyszerű alakzatok", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBlank": "(üres)", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Gombok", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtByField": "%2 -ből %1", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "Feliratok", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Bonyolult alakzatok", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtClearFilter": "Szűrő törlése (Alt+C)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtColLbls": "Oszlopcímkék", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtColumn": "Oszlop", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtConfidential": "Bizalmas", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDate": "Dátum", @@ -550,8 +630,10 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Szerkesztési mód beállítása...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "Nyíl formák", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtFile": "Fájl", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtGrandTotal": "Teljes összeg", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "Vonalak", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "Matematika", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtMultiSelect": "Többszörös kiválasztás (Alt+S)", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPage": "Oldal", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPageOf": "%1. oldal (Össz: %2)", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPages": "Oldalak", @@ -559,6 +641,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPrintArea": "Nyomtatási terület", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Négyszögek", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRow": "Sor", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRowLbls": "Sorcímkék", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Sorozatok", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout1": "1. szövegbuborék (kerettel és vonallal)", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout2": "2. szövegbuborék (kerettel és vonallal)", @@ -756,6 +839,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTab": "Lap", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTable": "Táblázat", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTime": "Idő", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtValues": "Értékek", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X tengely", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y tengely", "SSE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Ismeretlen hiba.", @@ -768,19 +852,31 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Kérjük, várjon...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "Az alkalmazás alacsony képességekkel rendelkezik az IE9-en. Használjon IE10 vagy újabb verziót", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "A böngészője jelenlegi nagyítása nem teljesen támogatott. Kérem állítsa vissza alapértelmezett értékre a Ctrl+0 megnyomásával.", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "A párhuzamos kapcsolódások száma elérte a maximumot, így a dokumentum csak olvasható módban nyílik meg.
                    Kérjük lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszer adminisztrátorral bővebb információkért.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó egyidejű csatlakozás korlátját. Ez a dokumentum csak megtekintésre nyílik meg.
                    További információért forduljon rendszergazdájához.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "A licence lejárt.
                    Kérem frissítse a licencét, majd az oldalt.", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "A párhuzamos felhasználók száma elérte a maximumot, így a dokumentum csak olvasható módban nyílik meg.
                    Kérjük lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszer adminisztrátorral bővebb információkért.", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Ez a verziója az %1 szerkesztőnek bizonyos limitációkat tartalmaz párhuzamos kapcsolódások terén a dokumentum szerverhez.
                    Amennyiben többre van szüksége, fontolja meg hogy kereskedelmi licenc megvásárlását.", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Ez a verziója az %1 szerkesztőnek bizonyos limitációkat tartalmaz párhuzamosan kapcsolódott felhasználók terén.
                    Amennyiben többre van szüksége, fontolja meg hogy kereskedelmi licenc megvásárlását.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "A licenc lejárt.
                    Nincs hozzáférése a dokumentumszerkesztő funkciókhoz.
                    Kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszergazdával.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "A licencet meg kell újítani.
                    Korlátozott hozzáférése van a dokumentumszerkesztési funkciókhoz.
                    A teljes hozzáférésért forduljon rendszergazdájához", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó felhasználói korlátját. További információért forduljon rendszergazdájához.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó egyidejű csatlakozás korlátját. Ez a dokumentum csak megtekintésre nyílik meg.
                    Vegye fel a kapcsolatot a(z) %1 értékesítési csapattal a személyes frissítési feltételekért.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó felhasználói korlátját. Vegye fel a kapcsolatot a(z) %1 értékesítési csapattal a személyes frissítési feltételekért.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Nincs joga szerkeszteni a fájl-t.", "SSE.Controllers.Print.strAllSheets": "Minden lap", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFirstCol": "Első oszlop", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFirstRow": "Első sor", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFrozenCols": "Rögzített oszlopok", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFrozenRows": "Rögzített sorok", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textInvalidRange": "HIBA! Érvénytelen cellatartomány", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textNoRepeat": "Ne ismételje meg", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textRepeat": "Ismétlés...", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textSelectRange": "Tartomány kiválasztása", "SSE.Controllers.Print.textWarning": "Figyelmeztetés", "SSE.Controllers.Print.txtCustom": "Egyéni", "SSE.Controllers.Print.warnCheckMargings": "Hibás margók", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorLastSheet": "A munkafüzetnek legalább egy látható munkalapot kell tartalmaznia.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "A munkalap nem törölhető.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "Munkalap", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTip": "Lapnézet módban van. A szűrőket és a rendezést csak Ön és azok láthatják, akik még mindig ebben a nézetben vannak.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTipFilters": "Lapnézet módban van. A szűrőket csak Ön és azok láthatják, akik továbbra is ebben a nézetben vannak.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "A kiválasztott munkalapon lehetnek adatok. Biztosan folytatja a műveletet?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "A menteni kívánt betűkészlet nem érhető el az aktuális eszközön.
                    A szövegstílus a rendszer egyik betűkészletével jelenik meg, a mentett betűtípust akkor használja, ha elérhető.
                    Folytatni szeretné?", @@ -871,6 +967,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim": "Zárójelben", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_NoneOpen": "Egyszerű zárójel", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_OpenNone": "Egyszerű zárójel", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtDeleteCells": "Cellák törlése", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtExpand": "Kibont és rendez", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtExpandSort": "A kijelölt adatok mellett található adatok nem lesznek rendezve. Szeretné kibővíteni a kijelölést a szomszédos adatok felvételével, vagy csak a jelenleg kiválasztott cellákat rendezi?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDiagonal": "Ferde tört", @@ -909,6 +1006,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sinh": "Hiperbolikus szinusz függvény", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Tan": "Tangens függvény", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Tanh": "Hiperbolikus tangens függvény", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtInsertCells": "Cellák beszúrása", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral": "Integrál", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dtheta": "Differenciál theta", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dx": "Differenciál x", @@ -1130,9 +1228,14 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "A végrehajtani kívánt művelet meglehetősen sok időt vehet igénybe.
                    Biztosan folytatni kívánja?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "Csak a bal felső cellából származó adatok maradnak az egyesített cellában.
                    Biztosan folytatni szeretné?", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "Panelek rögzítése", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow": "Mutassa a rögzített panelek árnyékát", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "Képlet sáv elrejtése", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "Rácsvonalak elrejtése", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "Fejlécek elrejtése", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.strDecimalSeparator": "Decimális szeparátor", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.strThousandsSeparator": "Ezres elválasztó", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.textLabel": "Numerikus adatok felismerésére használt beállítások", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.textTitle": "Haladó beállítások", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.btnCustomFilter": "Egyéni szűrő", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textAddSelection": "Az aktuális kiválasztás hozzáadása a szűréshez", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textEmptyItem": "{Üresek}", @@ -1152,9 +1255,11 @@ "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtFilterFontColor": "Karakterszín szerinti szűrés", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtGreater": "Nagyobb mint...", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtGreaterEquals": "Nagyobb vagy egyenlő...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtLabelFilter": "Címkeszűrő", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtLess": "Kevesebb mint...", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtLessEquals": "Kisebb vagy egyenlő...", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotBegins": "Nem azzal kezdődik...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotBetween": "Nem között...", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotContains": "nem tartalmaz...", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotEnds": "nem zárul...", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotEquals": "Nem egyenlő...", @@ -1164,9 +1269,12 @@ "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortFontColor": "Karakterszín szerint rendez", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortHigh2Low": "A legnagyobbtól a legkisebbig rendez", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortLow2High": "Legkisebbtől legnagyobbig rendez", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortOption": "További rendezési lehetőségek...", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTextFilter": "Szöveg szűrő", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTitle": "Szűrő", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTop10": "Top 10", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtValueFilter": "Értékszűrő", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.warnFilterError": "Legalább egy mezőre van szükség az értékterületen az értékszűrő alkalmazásához.", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.warnNoSelected": "Legalább egy értéket ki kell választania", "SSE.Views.CellEditor.textManager": "Név kezelő", "SSE.Views.CellEditor.tipFormula": "Függvény beszúrása", @@ -1175,24 +1283,30 @@ "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtEmpty": "Ez egy szükséges mező", "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtInvalidRange": "HIBA! Érvénytelen cellatartomány", "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtTitle": "Adattartomány kiválasztása", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.strShrink": "Zsugorodjon, hogy elférjen", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.strWrap": "Szövegtördelés", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textAngle": "Szög", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBackColor": "Háttérszín", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBackground": "Háttérszín", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBorderColor": "Szín", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBorders": "Szegély stílus", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textColor": "Szín kitöltés", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textControl": "Szövegvezérlő", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textDirection": "Irány", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textFill": "Kitöltés", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textForeground": "Előtér színe", - "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradient": "Színátmenet", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradient": "Színátmeneti pontok", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientColor": "Szín", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientFill": "Színátmenetes kitöltés", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textLinear": "Egyenes", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textNoFill": "Nincs kitöltés", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textOrientation": "Szövegirány", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPattern": "Minta", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPatternFill": "Minta", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPosition": "Pozíció", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textRadial": "Sugárirányú", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textSelectBorders": "Válassza ki a szegélyeket, amelyeket módosítani szeretne, a fenti stílus kiválasztásával", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Színátmenet pont hozzáadása", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAll": "Külső szegély és minden belső vonal beállítása", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipBottom": "Csak külső, alsó szegély beállítása", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipDiagD": "Átlós lefelé szegély beállítása", @@ -1203,8 +1317,45 @@ "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipLeft": "Csak külső, bal szegély beállítása", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipNone": "Nincs szegély", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipOuter": "Csak külső szegély beállítása", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Színátmenet pont eltávolítása", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipRight": "Csak külső, jobb szegély beállítása", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipTop": "Csak külső, felső szegély beállítása", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorInFormula": "Hiba van a megadott képletben.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorInvalidReference": "A hivatkozás érvénytelen. Egy nyitott munkalapra kell hivatkozni.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorMaxPoints": "A soronkénti maximális pontszám diagramonként 4096.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorMaxRows": "Diagramonként az adatsorok maximális száma 255.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorNoSingleRowCol": "A hivatkozás érvénytelen. A címekre, értékekre, méretekre vagy adatcímkékre vonatkozó hivatkozásoknak egyetlen cellának, sornak vagy oszlopnak kell lenniük.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorNoValues": "Diagram létrehozásához a sorozatnak tartalmaznia kell legalább egy értéket.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorStockChart": "Helytelen sor sorrend. Részvénydiagram létrehozásához az adatokat az alábbi sorrendben vigye fel:
                    nyitó ár, maximum ár, minimum ár, záró ár.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textAdd": "Hozzáadás", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textCategory": "Vízszintes (kategória) tengelycímkék", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textData": "Diagram adattartománya", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textDelete": "Eltávolítás", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textDown": "Le", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textEdit": "Szerkesztés", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textInvalidRange": "Érvénytelen cellatartomány", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSelectData": "Adatok kiválasztása", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSeries": "Jelmagyarázat (sorozat)", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSwitch": "Váltsa a sort/oszlopot", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textTitle": "Diagram adatok", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textUp": "Fel", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorInFormula": "Hiba van a megadott képletben.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorInvalidReference": "A hivatkozás érvénytelen. Egy nyitott munkalapra kell hivatkozni.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorMaxPoints": "A soronkénti maximális pontszám diagramonként 4096.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorMaxRows": "Diagramonként az adatsorok maximális száma 255.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorNoSingleRowCol": "A hivatkozás érvénytelen. A címekre, értékekre, méretekre vagy adatcímkékre vonatkozó hivatkozásoknak egyetlen cellának, sornak vagy oszlopnak kell lenniük.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorNoValues": "Diagram létrehozásához a sorozatnak tartalmaznia kell legalább egy értéket.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorStockChart": "Helytelen sor sorrend. Részvénydiagram létrehozásához az adatokat az alábbi sorrendben vigye fel:
                    nyitó ár, maximum ár, minimum ár, záró ár.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.textInvalidRange": "Érvénytelen cellatartomány", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.textSelectData": "Adatok kiválasztása", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtAxisLabel": "Tengely címke tartomány", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtChoose": "Válasszon tartományt", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtSeriesName": "Sorozatnév", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtTitleCategory": "Tengelycímkék", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtTitleSeries": "Sorozat szerkesztése", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtValues": "Értékek", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtXValues": "X értékek", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtYValues": "Y értékek", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strLineWeight": "Vonal vastagság", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strSparkColor": "Szín", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strTemplate": "Sablon", @@ -1246,15 +1397,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Alsó", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Kategória név", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Közép", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Diagramelemek és
                    Diagrammagyarázat", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Diagramelemek és
                    Diagrammagyarázat", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Diagram címe", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Kereszt", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Egyéni", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "oszlopokban", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Adatcímkék", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Adattartomány", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "sorokban", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Adatsorozat", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Jelmagyarázat megjelenítése", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Rejtett és üres cellák", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Adatpontok összekötése vonalakkal", @@ -1266,9 +1415,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Elrejt", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Magas", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Vízszintes tengely", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Vízszintes rácsvonalak", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Vízszintes", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Vízszintes tengely címe", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Száz", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1320,11 +1467,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Elválasztó adatcímkékhez", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Sorozat név", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Mutat", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Tengely megjelenítése", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Grafikonszegély megjelenítése", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Adatok megjelenítése a rejtett sorokban és oszlopokban", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Az üres cellák megjelenítése", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Rácsvonalak", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Tengely megjelenítése", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Grafikonérték megjelenítése", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Egyedi értékgörbe", @@ -1344,18 +1489,24 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Mozgatás és méretezés cellákkal", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Típus", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Típus és adat", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Diagramtípus, stílus és
                    adattartomány", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Egységek mutatása", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Érték", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Függőleges tengely", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Függőleges rácsvonalak", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Függőleges tengely címe", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "X tengely címe", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Y tengely címe", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Nulla", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.txtEmpty": "Ez egy szükséges mező", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textDataRange": "Forrásadatok tartománya", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textDestination": "Válassza ki a táblázat helyét", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textExist": "Meglévő munkalap", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textInvalidRange": "Érvénytelen cellatartomány", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textNew": "Új munkalap", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textSelectData": "Adatok kiválasztása", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textTitle": "Kimutatás tábla létrehozása", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.txtEmpty": "Ez egy szükséges mező", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "Csoport", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextCustomSort": "Egyéni rendezés", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextRemDuplicates": "Ismétlődések eltávolítása", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextToCol": "Szöveg oszlopokká", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnUngroup": "Csoport szétválasztása", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textBelow": "Összefoglaló oszlopok a részletek alatt", @@ -1367,6 +1518,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRows": "Sorok szétválasztása", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipCustomSort": "Egyéni rendezés", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipGroup": "Cellatartomány csoportosítása", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipRemDuplicates": "Ismétlődő sorok eltávolítása egy munkalapról", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipToColumns": "Cella szöveg szétválasztása oszlopokra", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipUngroup": "Cellatartomány szétválasztása", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "és", @@ -1390,6 +1542,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.txtTitle": "Egyéni szűrő", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedImgText": "Haladó képbeállítások", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedShapeText": "Haladó alakzatbeállítások", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedSlicerText": "Elválasztó speciális beállítások", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.bottomCellText": "Alulra rendez", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.bulletsText": "Felsorolás és számozás", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.centerCellText": "Középre rendez", @@ -1423,6 +1576,8 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Hátrébb küld", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "Előrébb hoz", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "Elölre hoz", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAverage": "Átlag", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCount": "Darab", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCrop": "Levág", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFill": "Kitöltés", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFit": "Illesztés", @@ -1431,8 +1586,12 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipV": "Függőlegesen tükröz", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFreezePanes": "Panelek rögzítése", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "Fájlból", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromStorage": "Tárolóból", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "URL-ből", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textListSettings": "Lista beállítások", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textMax": "Maximum", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textMin": "Minimum", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textMore": "További függvények", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textMoreFormats": "Több formátum", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNone": "nincs", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Képet cserél", @@ -1445,8 +1604,11 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "Középre rendez", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "Jobbra rendez", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "Felfelé rendez", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textStdDev": "Normális eltérés", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSum": "Összeg", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "Vissza", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUnFreezePanes": "Rögzítés eltávolítása", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textVar": "Variancia", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.topCellText": "Felfelé rendez", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAccounting": "Könyvelés", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddComment": "Hozzászólás hozzáadása", @@ -1512,6 +1674,33 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUngroup": "Csoport szétválasztása", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtWidth": "Szélesség", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.vertAlignText": "Függőleges rendezés", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.strLayout": "Elrendezés", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.strSubtotals": "Részösszegek", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.textReport": "Jelentés űrlap", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Mezőbeállítások", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtAverage": "Átlag", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtBlank": "Helyezzen be üres sorokat minden elem után", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtBottom": "Megjelenítés a csoport alján", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCompact": "Kompakt", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCount": "Darab", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCountNums": "Számolja meg a számokat", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCustomName": "Egyéni név", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Adatok nélküli elemek megjelenítése", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtMax": "Maximum", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtMin": "Minimum", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtOutline": "Vázlat", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtProduct": "Termék", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtRepeat": "Elemek címkéinek ismétlése minden sorban", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtShowSubtotals": "Részösszegek megjelenítése", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSourceName": "Forrás neve:", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDev": "Normális eltérés", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDevp": "Normális eltérés populáció", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSum": "Összeg", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSummarize": "Függvények és részösszegek", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtTabular": "Táblázatos", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtTop": "Megjelenítés a csoport tetején", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtVar": "Variancia", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtVarp": "Variancia populáció", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "Fájl helyének megnyitása", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnCloseMenuCaption": "Menü bezárása", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnCreateNewCaption": "Új létrehozása", @@ -1564,6 +1753,9 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFuncLocale": "Képlet nyelve", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFuncLocaleEx": "Példa: SUM; MIN; MAX; COUNT", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strLiveComment": "Kapcsolja be a hozzászólások megjelenítését", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strMacrosSettings": "Makró beállítások", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strPaste": "Kivágás, másolás és beillesztés", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strPasteButton": "A tartalom beillesztésekor jelenítse meg a beillesztési beállítások gombot", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strR1C1": "Kapcsolja be az R1C1 stílust", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strRegSettings": "Területi beállítások", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strRegSettingsEx": "Példa:", @@ -1598,11 +1790,19 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtPl": "Lengyel", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtPt": "Pont", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtRu": "Orosz", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtRunMacros": "Összes engedélyezése", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtRunMacrosDesc": "Minden értesítés nélküli makró engedélyezése", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtStopMacros": "Összes letiltása", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtStopMacrosDesc": "Minden értesítés nélküli makró letiltása", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtWarnMacros": "Értesítés mutatása", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtWarnMacrosDesc": "Minden értesítéssel rendelkező makró letiltása", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtWin": "Windows-ként", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.okButtonText": "Alkalmaz", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.strDictionaryLanguage": "Szótár nyelve", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.strIgnoreWordsInUPPERCASE": "NAGYBETŰS szavak mellőzése", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.strIgnoreWordsWithNumbers": "Szavak mellőzése számokkal", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.txtAutoCorrect": "Automatikus javítás beállításai...", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.txtProofing": "Korrigálás", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "jelszóval", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "Munkafüzet védelme", @@ -1648,6 +1848,8 @@ "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.sDescription": "Leírás", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.textGroupDescription": "Függvénycsoport választása", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.textListDescription": "Függvény választása", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtRecommended": "Ajánlott", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtSearch": "Keresés", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtTitle": "Függvény beszúrása", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textAutomatic": "Automatikus", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textCalculateCurrentSheet": "Számítás a jelenlegi munkalapra", @@ -1663,8 +1865,18 @@ "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormulaTip": "Függvény beszúrása", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtMore": "További függvények", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtRecent": "Mostanában használt", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Oszlopok", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Sorok", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textAny": "bármely", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textArgument": "Paraméter", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunction": "Függvény", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunctionRes": "Függvény eredmény", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textHelp": "Segítség ehhez a funkcióhoz", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textLogical": "logikai", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textNoArgs": "Ennek a függvénynek nincsenek paraméterei", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textNumber": "szám", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textRef": "referencia", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textText": "szöveg", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textTitle": "Függvény paraméterek", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textValue": "Képlet eredmény", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAlign": "Igazítás az oldal margóihoz", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAll": "Minden oldal", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textBold": "Félkövér", @@ -1702,13 +1914,18 @@ "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strLinkTo": "Hivatkozás", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strRange": "Tartomány", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strSheet": "Munkalap", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textCopy": "Másol", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "Kiválasztott tartomány", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyDesc": "Itt adja meg a feliratot", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyLink": "Itt adja meg a hivatkozást", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Itt adja meg a Gyorsinfót", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Külső hivatkozás", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textGetLink": "Hivatkozás kérése", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Belső adattartomány", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInvalidRange": "HIBA! Érvénytelen cellatartomány", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textNames": "Megadott nevek", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textSelectData": "Adatok kiválasztása", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textSheets": "Lapok", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Gyorstipp szöveg", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Hivatkozás beállítások", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Ez egy szükséges mező", @@ -1721,6 +1938,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textEditObject": "Objektum szerkesztése", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textFlip": "Tükröz", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromFile": "Fájlból", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromStorage": "Tárolóból", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromUrl": "URL-ből", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHeight": "Magasság", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHint270": "Elforgat balra 90 fokkal", @@ -1757,7 +1975,9 @@ "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSpellcheck": "Helyesírás-ellenőrzés", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Visszajelzés és támogatás", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "FEJLESZTŐI MÓD", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Korlátozza a hozzáférést", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "PRÓBA MÓD", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Próba fejlesztői mód", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "Mentés", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "Alsó", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLandscape": "Tájkép", @@ -1765,6 +1985,7 @@ "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strMargins": "Margók", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strPortrait": "Portré", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strPrint": "Nyomtat", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strPrintTitles": "Címek nyomtatása", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strRight": "Jobb", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strTop": "Felső", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textActualSize": "Aktuális méret", @@ -1778,6 +1999,9 @@ "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPageSize": "Lap méret", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPrintGrid": "Rácsvonalak nyomtatása", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPrintHeadings": "Sor- és oszlopfejlécek nyomtatása", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textRepeat": "Ismétlés...", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textRepeatLeft": "Oszlopok ismétlése a bal oldalon", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textRepeatTop": "Oszlopok ismétlése felül", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textSettings": "Beállítások", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.errorCreateDefName": "A meglévő tartományok nem szerkeszthetők, és az újakat nem lehet létrehozni
                    jelenleg némely szerkesztés alatt áll.", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.namePlaceholder": "Megadott név", @@ -1869,6 +2093,27 @@ "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabRight": "Jobb", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Bekezdés - Haladó beállítások", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.txtAutoText": "Auto", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "egyenlő", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "nem záródik", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition11": "tartalmaz", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition12": "nem tartalmaz", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition13": "között", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition14": "nem között", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition2": "nem egyenlő", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition3": "nagyobb mint", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition4": "nagyobb vagy egyenlő", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition5": "kisebb mint", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition6": "kisebb vagy egyenlő", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition7": "kezdődik", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition8": "nem azzal kezdődik", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition9": "záródik", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textShowLabel": "Mutassa azokat az elemeket, amelyeknél a címke:", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textShowValue": "Mutassa azokat az elemeket, amelyekhez:", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textUse1": "Használjon kérdőjelet egyetlen karakter bemutatásához", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textUse2": "Használja a * -ot a karakterek sorozatának megjelenítéséhez", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtAnd": "és", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtTitleLabel": "Címkeszűrő", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtTitleValue": "Értékszűrő", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textAdvanced": "Speciális beállítások megjelenítése", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textColumns": "Oszlopok", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textFields": "Mezők kiválasztása", @@ -1889,6 +2134,28 @@ "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveUp": "Felfelé mozgat", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveValues": "Move to Values", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtRemove": "Mező eltávolítsa", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.strLayout": "Név és elrendezés", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Alternatív szöveg", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Leírás", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "A vizuális objektumok alternatív szövegalapú ábrázolása, amely a látás vagy kognitív károsodottak számára is olvasható, hogy segítsen nekik jobban megérteni, hogy milyen információ, alakzat, diagram vagy táblázat látható.", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Cím", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDataRange": "Adattartomány", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDataSource": "Adat forrás", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDisplayFields": "Mezők megjelenítése a jelentés szűrő területén", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDown": "Le, aztán át", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textGrandTotals": "Összesített eredmények", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textHeaders": "Mezőfejlécek", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textInvalidRange": "HIBA! Érvénytelen cellatartomány", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textOver": "Át, aztán le", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textSelectData": "Adatok kiválasztása", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textShowCols": "Megjelenítés oszlopokhoz", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textShowHeaders": "Sorok és oszlopok mezőfejléceinek megjelenítése", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textShowRows": "Megjelenítés sorokhoz", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Kimutatás tábla - Speciális beállítások", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textWrapCol": "Jelölje a szűrőmezőket oszloponként", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textWrapRow": "Jelölje a szűrőmezőket soronként", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.txtEmpty": "Ez egy szükséges mező", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.txtName": "Név", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capBlankRows": "Üres sorok", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capGrandTotals": "Összesített eredmények", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capLayout": "Jelentés elrendezése", @@ -1917,6 +2184,7 @@ "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSelect": "Teljes pivot tábla kiválasztása", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSubtotals": "Részösszegek megjelenítése, elrejtése", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtCreate": "Táblázat beszúrása", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtPivotTable": "Kimutatás tábla", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtRefresh": "Frissít", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtSelect": "Kiválaszt", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.btnDownload": "Ment és letölt", @@ -1927,6 +2195,7 @@ "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strMargins": "Margók", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strPortrait": "Portré", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strPrint": "Nyomtat", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strPrintTitles": "Címek nyomtatása", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strRight": "Jobb", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strShow": "Mutat", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strTop": "Felső", @@ -1948,6 +2217,9 @@ "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPrintHeadings": "Sor- és oszlopfejlécek nyomtatása", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPrintRange": "Nyomtatási tartomány", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRange": "Tartomány", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRepeat": "Ismétlés...", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRepeatLeft": "Oszlopok ismétlése a bal oldalon", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRepeatTop": "Oszlopok ismétlése felül", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textSelection": "Választás", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textSettings": "Munkalap beállításai", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textShowDetails": "Részletek", @@ -1955,6 +2227,22 @@ "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textShowHeadings": "Sorok és oszlopok címsorainak megjelenítése", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textTitle": "Nyomtatási beállítások", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textTitlePDF": "PDF beállítások", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFirstCol": "Első oszlop", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFirstRow": "Első sor", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFrozenCols": "Rögzített oszlopok", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFrozenRows": "Rögzített sorok", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textInvalidRange": "HIBA! Érvénytelen cellatartomány", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textLeft": "Oszlopok ismétlése a bal oldalon", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textNoRepeat": "Ne ismételje meg", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textRepeat": "Ismétlés...", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textSelectRange": "Tartomány kiválasztása", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textTitle": "Címek nyomtatása", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textTop": "Oszlopok ismétlése felül", + "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textColumns": "Oszlopok", + "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textDescription": "Ismétlődő értékek törléséhez jelöljön ki egy vagy több oszlopot, amelyek duplikátumokat tartalmaznak.", + "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textHeaders": "Az adataim fejléccel rendelkeznek", + "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textSelectAll": "Összes kiválasztása", + "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.txtTitle": "Ismétlődések eltávolítása", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtCellSettings": "Cella beállítások", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtChartSettings": "Diagram beállítások", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtImageSettings": "Képbeállítások", @@ -1963,6 +2251,7 @@ "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSettings": "Általános beállítások", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "Alakzat beállítások", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "Aláírás beállítások", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSlicerSettings": "Elválasztó beállítások", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSparklineSettings": "Értékgörbe beállítások", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "Táblázat beállítások", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "TextArt beállítások", @@ -1990,14 +2279,16 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strTransparency": "Átlátszóság", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strType": "Típus", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAdvanced": "Speciális beállítások megjelenítése", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAngle": "Szög", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "A megadott érték helytelen.
                    Kérjük, adjon meg egy számértéket 0 és 1584 között", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textColor": "Szín kitöltés", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textDirection": "Irány", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textEmptyPattern": "Nincs minta", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFlip": "Tükröz", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromFile": "Fájlból", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromStorage": "Tárolóból", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromUrl": "URL-ből", - "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Színátmenet", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Színátmeneti pontok", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradientFill": "Színátmenetes kitöltés", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint270": "Elforgat balra 90 fokkal", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint90": "Elforgat jobbra 90 fokkal", @@ -2008,14 +2299,18 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textNoFill": "Nincs kitöltés", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textOriginalSize": "Eredeti méret", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPatternFill": "Minta", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPosition": "Pozíció", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRadial": "Sugárirányú", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotate90": "Elforgat 90 fokkal", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotation": "Forgatás", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectImage": "Kép kiválasztása", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectTexture": "Kiválaszt", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStretch": "Nyújt", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "Stílus", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTexture": "Textúrából", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTile": "Csempe", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Színátmenet pont hozzáadása", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Színátmenet pont eltávolítása", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Barna papír", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCanvas": "Vászon", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCarton": "Karton", @@ -2037,6 +2332,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Cím", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "Szög", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textArrows": "Nyilak", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAutofit": "Automatikus helykitöltés", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginSize": "Kezdő méret", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginStyle": "Kezdő stílus", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBevel": "Tompaszög", @@ -2055,6 +2351,8 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLineStyle": "Vonal stílus", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textMiter": "Szög", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textOneCell": "Mozgatás cellákkal méretezés nélkül", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textOverflow": "Túlcsordulhasson a szöveg az alakzaton", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textResizeFit": "Alakzat átméretezése a szöveghez", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRight": "Jobb", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRotation": "Forgatás", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRound": "Kerek", @@ -2062,6 +2360,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "Cella igazítás", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSpacing": "Hasábtávolság", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSquare": "Szögletes", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTextBox": "Szövegdoboz", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Alakzat - Speciális beállítások", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTop": "Felső", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTwoCell": "Mozgatás és méretezés cellákkal", @@ -2083,6 +2382,71 @@ "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtRequestedSignatures": "Ezt a munkafüzetet alá kell írni.", "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "Érvényes aláírásokat adtak hozzá a munkafüzethez. A táblázatkezelő védve van a szerkesztéstől.", "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "A munkafüzetben található digitális aláírások némelyike érvénytelen vagy nem ellenőrizhető. A táblázatkezelő védve van a szerkesztéstől.", + "SSE.Views.SlicerAddDialog.textColumns": "Oszlopok", + "SSE.Views.SlicerAddDialog.txtTitle": "Elválasztók beszúrása", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strHideNoData": "Adat nélküli elemek elrejtése", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strIndNoData": "Vizuálisan jelezze az adatokat nem tartalmazó elemeket", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strShowDel": "Adatforrásból törölt elemek megjelenítése", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strShowNoData": "Utolsó adatok nélküli elemek megjelenítése", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strSorting": "Rendezés és szűrés", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAdvanced": "Speciális beállítások megjelenítése", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAsc": "Növekvő", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAZ": "A-tól Z-ig", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textButtons": "Gombok", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textColumns": "Oszlopok", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textDesc": "Csökkenő", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textHeight": "Magasság", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textHor": "Vízszintes", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textKeepRatio": "Állandó arányok", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textLargeSmall": "legnagyobbtól a legkisebbig", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textLock": "Átméretezés vagy áthelyezés letiltása", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textNewOld": "legújabbtól a legrégebbiig", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textOldNew": "legrégibbtől a legújabbig", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textPosition": "Pozíció", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textSize": "Méret", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textSmallLarge": "legkisebbtől a legnagyobbig", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textStyle": "Stílus", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textVert": "Függőleges", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textWidth": "Szélesség", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textZA": "Z-től A-ig", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strButtons": "Gombok", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strColumns": "Oszlopok", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strHeight": "Magasság", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strHideNoData": "Adat nélküli elemek elrejtése", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strIndNoData": "Vizuálisan jelezze az adatokat nem tartalmazó elemeket", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strReferences": "Referenciák", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowDel": "Adatforrásból törölt elemek megjelenítése", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowHeader": "Fejléc megjelenítése", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowNoData": "Utolsó adatok nélküli elemek megjelenítése", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strSize": "Méret", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strSorting": "Rendezés és szűrés", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strStyle": "Stílus", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strStyleSize": "Stílus és méret", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strWidth": "Szélesség", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAbsolute": "Nincs mozgatás vagy méretezés cellákkal", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Alternatív szöveg", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Leírás", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "A vizuális objektumok alternatív szövegalapú ábrázolása, amely a látás vagy kognitív károsodottak számára is olvasható, hogy segítsen nekik jobban megérteni, hogy milyen információ, alakzat, diagram vagy táblázat látható.", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Cím", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAsc": "Növekvő", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAZ": "A-tól Z-ig", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textDesc": "Csökkenő", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textFormulaName": "A képletekben használt név", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textHeader": "Fejléc", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textKeepRatio": "Állandó arányok", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textLargeSmall": "legnagyobbtól a legkisebbig", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textName": "Név", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textNewOld": "legújabbtól a legrégebbiig", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textOldNew": "legrégibbtől a legújabbig", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textOneCell": "Mozgatás cellákkal méretezés nélkül", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSmallLarge": "legkisebbtől a legnagyobbig", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "Cella igazítás", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSort": "Rendezés", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSourceName": "Forrás neve", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Elválasztó - Speciális beállítások", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textTwoCell": "Mozgatás és méretezés cellákkal", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textZA": "Z-től A-ig", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.txtEmpty": "Ez egy szükséges mező", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorEmpty": "Minden rendezési feltételhez oszlopot vagy sort kell megadni.", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorMoreOneCol": "Több, mint egy oszlop van kiválasztva.", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorMoreOneRow": "Több, mint egy sor van kiválasztva.", @@ -2119,12 +2483,37 @@ "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textZA": "Z-től A-ig", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.txtInvalidRange": "Valótlan cellatartomány.", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.txtTitle": "Rendez", + "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.textAsc": "Növekvő (A-től Z-ig)", + "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.textDesc": "Csökkenő (Z-től A-ig)", + "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.txtTitle": "Rendezés", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textCase": "Kis-nagybetű érzékeny", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textHeaders": "Az adataim fejléccel rendelkeznek", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textLeftRight": "Balról jobbra rendezés", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textOrientation": "Tájolás", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textTitle": "Rendezési lehetőségek", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textTopBottom": "Rendezés fentről lentre", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAdd": "Hozzáadás", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAll": "Összes", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textBlanks": "Üresek kihagyása", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textColWidth": "Oszlopszélességek", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textComments": "Hozzászólások", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textDiv": "Felosztás", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFFormat": "Képletek és formázás", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFNFormat": "Képletek és számformátumok", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFormats": "Formátumok", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFormulas": "Képletek", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFWidth": "Képletek és oszlopszélességek", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textMult": "Többszörözés", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textNone": "Egyik sem", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textOperation": "Művelet", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textPaste": "Beillesztés", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textSub": "Kivonás", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTitle": "Speciális beillesztés", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTranspose": "Transzponálás", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textValues": "Értékek", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textVFormat": "Értékek és formázás", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textVNFormat": "Értékek és számformátumok", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textWBorders": "Mind a szegélyek kivételével", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.noSuggestions": "Nincs nyelvhelyességi javaslat", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textChange": "Módosítás", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textChangeAll": "Összes módosítása", @@ -2141,13 +2530,18 @@ "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textMoveBefore": "Áthelyez a munkalap előtt", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredRecordsText": "{0} rekord a {1}-ből szűrve", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredText": "Szűrés mód", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemAverage": "Átlag", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemCopy": "Másol", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemCount": "Darab", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemDelete": "Töröl", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemHidden": "Rejtett", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemHide": "Elrejt", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemInsert": "Beszúr", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMaximum": "Maximum", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMinimum": "Minimum", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMove": "Áthelyez", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemRename": "Átnevez", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemSum": "Összeg", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemTabColor": "Lap színe", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.errNameExists": "Az ilyen névvel ellátott munkafüzet már létezik.", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.errNameWrongChar": "A munkalap neve nem tartalmazhat /\\*?[]: karaktereket.", @@ -2177,6 +2571,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtEmpty": "Ez egy szükséges mező", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtFormat": "Táblázat létrehozása", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtInvalidRange": "HIBA! Érvénytelen cellatartomány", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtNote": "A fejléceknek ugyanabban a sorban kell maradniuk, és a kapott táblázattartománynak át kell fednie az eredeti táblázattartományt.", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtTitle": "Cím", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "Oszlop törlése", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteRowText": "Sor törlése", @@ -2190,6 +2585,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectDataText": "Válassza az oszlopadatokat", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectRowText": "Sor kiválasztása", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectTableText": "Táblázat kiválasztása", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textActions": "Táblázati műveletek", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textAdvanced": "Speciális beállítások megjelenítése", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textBanded": "Csíkos", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Oszlopok", @@ -2204,10 +2600,13 @@ "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textIsLocked": "Ezt az elemet egy másik felhasználó szerkeszti.", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Utolsó", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textLongOperation": "Hosszú művelet", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textPivot": "Kimutatás tábla beszúrása", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textRemDuplicates": "Ismétlődések eltávolítása", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textReservedName": "A használni kívánt név már hivatkozásra került egyes képletekben. Kérjük, használjon más nevet.", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textResize": "Táblázat méret", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textRows": "Sorok", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectData": "Adatok kiválasztása", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textSlicer": "Elválasztó beszúrása", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textTableName": "Táblázat név", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "Választás a sablonokból", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "Összesen", @@ -2226,18 +2625,20 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strStroke": "Körvonal", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strTransparency": "Átlátszóság", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strType": "Típus", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textAngle": "Szög", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "A megadott érték helytelen.
                    Kérjük, adjon meg egy számértéket 0 és 1584 között", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textColor": "Szín kitöltés", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textDirection": "Irány", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textEmptyPattern": "Nincs minta", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromFile": "Fájlból", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromUrl": "URL-ből", - "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradient": "Színátmenet", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradient": "Színátmeneti pontok", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradientFill": "Színátmenetes kitöltés", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textImageTexture": "Kép vagy textúra", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "Egyenes", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textNoFill": "Nincs kitöltés", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPatternFill": "Minta", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPosition": "Pozíció", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textRadial": "Sugárirányú", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textSelectTexture": "Kiválaszt", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStretch": "Nyújt", @@ -2246,6 +2647,8 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTexture": "Textúrából", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTile": "Csempe", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "Átalakít", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Színátmenet pont hozzáadása", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Színátmenet pont eltávolítása", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Barna papír", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCanvas": "Vászon", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCarton": "Karton", @@ -2261,11 +2664,13 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnAddComment": "Hozzászólás írása", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnComment": "Hozzászólás", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "Fejléc/Lábléc", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsSlicer": "Elválasztó", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsSymbol": "Szimbólum", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnMargins": "Margók", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageOrient": "Irány", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageSize": "Méret", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPrintArea": "Nyomtatási terület", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPrintTitles": "Címek nyomtatása", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnScale": "Férjen el", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgAlign": "Rendez", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgBackward": "Hátrébb küld", @@ -2351,9 +2756,11 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Beszúr", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLayout": "Elrendezés", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Védelem", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabView": "Megtekintés", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Felső:", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTopBorders": "Felső szegélyek", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Aláhúzott", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textVertical": "Függőleges szöveg", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textWidth": "Szélesség", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignBottom": "Alulra rendez", @@ -2379,6 +2786,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStyleCurrency": "Pénznem", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStylePercent": "Százalék", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChart": "Grafikon szerkesztése", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChartData": "Adatok kiválasztása", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Fejléc vagy lábléc szerkesztése", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Betűszín", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Betűtípus", @@ -2394,6 +2802,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Kép beszúrása", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertOpt": "Cellák beszúrása", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Alakzat beszúrása", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertSlicer": "Elválasztó beszúrása", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertSymbol": "Szimbólum beszúrása", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Táblázat beszúrása", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Szövegdoboz beszúrása", @@ -2407,6 +2816,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrColor": "Háttérszín", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrint": "Nyomtat", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrintArea": "Nyomtatási terület", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrintTitles": "Címek nyomtatása", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipRedo": "Újra", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSave": "Ment", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSaveCoauth": "Módosítások mentése, hogy más felhasználók láthassák", @@ -2488,8 +2898,68 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtYen": "¥ Jen", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.textType": "Mutat", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtBottom": "Alsó", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtBy": "által", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtItems": "tétel", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtPercent": "Százalék", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtSum": "Összeg", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTitle": "Top 10 autoszűrő", - "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTop": "Felső" + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTop": "Felső", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtValueTitle": "Top 10 szűrő", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Értékmező beállításai", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtAverage": "Átlag", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtBaseField": "Alapmező", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtBaseItem": "Alapelem", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtByField": "%2 -ből %1", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCount": "Darab", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCountNums": "Számolja meg a számokat", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCustomName": "Egyéni név", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtDifference": "A különbség", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtIndex": "Sorszám", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtMax": "Maximum", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtMin": "Minimum", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtNormal": "Nincs számítás", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercent": "százaléka", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentDiff": "Százalékos különbség", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfCol": "Oszlop százaléka", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfRow": "Összes százaléka", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfTotal": "Sor százaléka", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtProduct": "Termék", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtRunTotal": "Összesen fut", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtShowAs": "Az értékek megjelenítése", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSourceName": "Forrás neve:", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDev": "Normális eltérés", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDevp": "Normális eltérés populáció", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSum": "Összeg", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSummarize": "Összegezze az érték mezőt", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtVar": "Variancia", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtVarp": "Variancia populáció", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.closeButtonText": "Bezárás", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.guestText": "Vendég", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDelete": "Törlés", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "Kettőzés", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textEmpty": "Még nem hoztak létre nézeteket.", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textGoTo": "Ugrás a nézetre", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "Írjon be egy 128 karakternél rövidebb nevet.", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "Új", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "Átnevezés", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameError": "A nézet neve nem lehet üres.", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameLabel": "Nézet átnevezése", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textViews": "Lapnézetek", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.tipIsLocked": "Ezt az elemet egy másik felhasználó szerkeszti.", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.txtTitle": "Lapnézet kezelő", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.warnDeleteView": "Megpróbálja törölni a jelenleg engedélyezett '%1' nézetet.
                    Bezárja ezt a nézetet, és törli?", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.capBtnFreeze": "Panelek rögzítése", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.capBtnSheetView": "Lapnézet", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textClose": "Bezárás", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textCreate": "Új", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textDefault": "Alapértelmezett", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textFormula": "Képlet sáv", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textGridlines": "Rácsvonalak", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textHeadings": "Címsorok", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textManager": "Megtekintés kelező", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textZoom": "Nagyítás", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipClose": "Lapnézet bezárása", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipCreate": "Lapnézet létrehozása", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipFreeze": "Panelek rögzítése", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipSheetView": "Lapnézet" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/id.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/id.json index e28ff6f8a..19ed4a6e3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/id.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/id.json @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Replace", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Replace All", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Don't show this message again", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "The document has been changed by another user.
                    Please click to save your changes and reload the updates.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "The document has been changed by another user.
                    Please click to save your changes and reload the updates.", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", "Common.UI.Window.closeButtonText": "Close", "Common.UI.Window.noButtonText": "No", @@ -244,24 +244,20 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBillions": "Billions", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Category Name", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Center", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Chart Elements &
                    Chart Legend", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Chart Elements &
                    Chart Legend", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Chart Title", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Cross", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Custom", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "in columns", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Data Labels", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Data Range", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "in rows", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Data series", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Display Legend", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textFixed": "Fixed", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGridLines": "Gridlines", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Hide", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "High", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Horizontal Axis", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Horizontal Gridlines", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Horizontal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Horizontal Axis Title", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Hundreds", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -307,9 +303,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Data Labels Separator", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Series Name", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Show", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Display Axis", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Display chart borders", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Grid Lines", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Display chart values", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSmooth": "Smooth", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textStraight": "Straight", @@ -322,12 +316,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "Trillions", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Type", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Type & Data", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Chart Type, Style &
                    Data Range", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Display Units", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Value", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Vertical Axis", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Vertical Gridlines", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Vertical Axis Title", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "X Axis Title", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Y Axis Title", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.txtEmpty": "This field is required", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/it.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/it.json index ffb335af1..5921d27c4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/it.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/it.json @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Sostituisci", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Sostituisci tutto", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Non mostrare più questo messaggio", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Il documento è stato modificato da un altro utente.
                    Clicca per salvare le modifiche e ricaricare gli aggiornamenti.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Il documento è stato modificato da un altro utente.
                    Clicca per salvare le modifiche e ricaricare gli aggiornamenti.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Colori standard", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Colori del tema", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Annulla", @@ -59,10 +59,25 @@ "Common.Views.About.txtPoweredBy": "Con tecnologia", "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "tel.: ", "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "Versione", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "Aggiungi", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textApplyAsWork": "Applica mentre lavori", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAutoFormat": "Formattazione automatica durante la scrittura", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "Di", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "Elimina", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "Correzione automatica matematica", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textNewRowCol": "Aggiungi nuove righe e colonne nella tabella", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognized": "Funzioni riconosciute", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "Sostituisci", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceType": "Sostituisci testo durante la scrittura", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReset": "Reimposta", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textResetAll": "Ripristina valori predefiniti", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRestore": "Ripristina", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textTitle": "Correzione automatica", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnAddRec": "Le funzioni riconosciute possono contenere soltanto lettere da A a Z, maiuscole o minuscole.", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnResetRec": "‎Qualsiasi espressione aggiunta verrà rimossa e quelle rimosse verranno ripristinate. Vuoi continuare?‎", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReplace": "La voce di correzione automatica per %1 esiste già. Vuoi sostituirla?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReset": "Tutte le correzioni automatiche aggiunte verranno rimosse e quelle modificate verranno ripristinate ai valori originali. Vuoi continuare?‎", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnRestore": "La voce di correzione automatica per %1 verrà reimpostata al suo valore originale. Vuoi continuare?", "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "Invia", "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "Aggiungi", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "Aggiungi commento", @@ -87,6 +102,8 @@ "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToPaste": "per incollare", "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textLoading": "Caricamento in corso...", "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textTitle": "Impostazioni di condivisione", + "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabel": "Etichetta:", + "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabelError": "L'etichetta non deve essere vuota.", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Utenti che stanno modificando il file:", "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Impostazioni avanzate", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Apri percorso file", @@ -276,7 +293,10 @@ "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "Simboli", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "Simbolo", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTradeMark": "Simbolo del marchio", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Colonne", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Righe", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "Testo a colonne", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtDataValidation": "Validazione dati", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "Espandi", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpandRemDuplicates": "I dati accanto alla selezione non verranno rimossi. Vuoi espandere la selezione per includere i dati adiacenti o continuare solo con le celle attualmente selezionate?", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemDuplicates": "Rimuovi duplicati", @@ -296,6 +316,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.leftText": "A sinistra", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avviso", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.rightText": "A destra", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textAutoCorrectSettings": "Opzioni di correzione automatica", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeColumnWidth": "Larghezza colonne {0} simboli ({1} pixel)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeRowHeight": "Altezza righe {0} punti ({1} pixel)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCtrlClick": "Fare clic sul collegamento per aprirlo o fare clic e tenere premuto il pulsante del mouse per selezionare la cella.", @@ -828,6 +849,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Le impostazioni correnti di zoom del tuo browser non sono completamente supportate. Per favore, ritorna allo zoom predefinito premendo Ctrl+0.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Hai raggiunto il limite per le connessioni simultanee agli editor %1. Questo documento verrà aperto in sola lettura.
                    Contatta l’amministratore per saperne di più.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "La tua licenza è scaduta.
                    Si prega di aggiornare la licenza e ricaricare la pagina.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licenza scaduta.
                    Non puoi modificare il documento.
                    Contatta l'amministratore.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "La licenza dev'essere rinnovata
                    Hai un accesso limitato alle funzioni di modifica del documento
                    Contatta l'amministratore per ottenere l'accesso completo", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Hai raggiunto il limite per gli utenti con accesso agli editor %1. Contatta l’amministratore per saperne di più.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Hai raggiunto il limite per le connessioni simultanee agli editor %1. Questo documento verrà aperto in sola lettura.
                    Contatta il team di vendita di %1 per i termini di aggiornamento personali.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Hai raggiunto il limite per gli utenti con accesso agli editor %1. Contatta il team di vendita di %1 per i termini di aggiornamento personali.", @@ -1265,14 +1288,17 @@ "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textFill": "Riempimento", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textForeground": "Colore primo piano", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradient": "Sfumatura", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientColor": "Colore", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientFill": "Riempimento sfumato", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textLinear": "Lineare", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textNoFill": "Nessun riempimento", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textOrientation": "Orientamento del testo", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPattern": "Modello", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPatternFill": "Modello", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPosition": "Posizione", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textRadial": "Radiale", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textSelectBorders": "Seleziona i bordi che desideri modificare applicando lo stile scelto sopra", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "‎Aggiungi punto di sfumatura‎", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAll": "Imposta bordo esterno e tutte le linee interne", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipBottom": "Imposta solo bordo esterno inferiore", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipDiagD": "Imposta il bordo diagonale in basso", @@ -1283,8 +1309,23 @@ "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipLeft": "Imposta solo bordo esterno sinistro", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipNone": "Non impostare bordi", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipOuter": "Imposta solo bordi esterni", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Rimuovi punto sfumatura", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipRight": "Imposta solo bordo esterno destro", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipTop": "Imposta solo bordo esterno superiore", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorStockChart": "Righe ordinate in modo errato. Per creare un grafico azionario posizionare i dati sul foglio nel seguente ordine:
                    prezzo di apertura, prezzo massimo, prezzo minimo, prezzo di chiusura.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textAdd": "Aggiungi", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textDelete": "Elimina", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textDown": "Giù", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textEdit": "Modifica", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textInvalidRange": "Intervallo di celle non valido", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSelectData": "Seleziona dati", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSeries": "Voci legenda (serie)", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSwitch": "Cambia riga/colonna", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorStockChart": "Righe ordinate in modo errato. Per creare un grafico azionario posizionare i dati sul foglio nel seguente ordine:
                    prezzo di apertura, prezzo massimo, prezzo minimo, prezzo di chiusura.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.textInvalidRange": "Intervallo di celle non valido", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.textSelectData": "Seleziona dati", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtSeriesName": "Nome serie", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtTitleSeries": "Modifica serie", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strLineWeight": "Lunghezza linea", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strSparkColor": "Colore", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strTemplate": "Modello", @@ -1326,15 +1367,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "In basso", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Nome categoria", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Centrato", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elementi di grafico e
                    legenda di grafico", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elementi di grafico e
                    legenda di grafico", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Titolo del grafico", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Interseca", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Personalizzato", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "in colonne", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Etichette dati", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Intervallo dati", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "in righe", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Serie di dati", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Visualizza legenda", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Celle nascoste e vuote", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Collega punti dei dati con la linea", @@ -1346,9 +1385,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Nascondi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "In alto", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Asse orizzontale", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Griglia orizzontale", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Orizzontale", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Titolo asse orizzontale", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Centinaia", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1400,11 +1437,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Separatore etichette dati", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Nome serie", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Visualizza", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Visualizza asse", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Visualizzare i bordi del grafico", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Mostra i dati nelle righe e colonne nascoste", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Mostra celle vuote come", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Linee griglia", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Mostra asse", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Visualizza valori del grafico", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Sparkline Singola", @@ -1424,12 +1459,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Sposta e ridimensiona con le celle", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Tipo", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Tipo e dati", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Tipo di grafico, stile e
                    intervallo di dati", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Mostra unità", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Valore", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Asse verticale", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Griglia verticale", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Titolo asse verticale", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Titolo asse X", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Titolo asse Y", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Zero", @@ -1444,6 +1476,7 @@ "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.txtEmpty": "Campo obbligatorio", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "Raggruppa", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextCustomSort": "Ordinamento personalizzato", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextDataValidation": "Validazione dati", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextRemDuplicates": "Rimuovi duplicati", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextToCol": "Testo a colonne", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnUngroup": "Separa", @@ -1455,10 +1488,55 @@ "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRightOf": "Colonne di riepilogo a destra dei dettagli", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRows": "Separare le righe", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipCustomSort": "Ordinamento personalizzato", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipDataValidation": "Validazione dati", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipGroup": "Raggruppa intervallo di celle", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipRemDuplicates": "Rimuovi le righe duplicate da un foglio", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipToColumns": "Separa il testo della cella in colonne", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipUngroup": "Separare l'intervallo di celle", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidDate": "la data inserita per il campo \"{0}\" non è valida.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidList": "L'elenco sorgente dev'essere un elenco delimitato oppure un riferimento a una singola riga o colonna", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMinGreaterMax": "Il campo \"{1}\" dev'essere maggiore o uguale al campo \"{0}\"", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNamedRange": "Impossibile trovare un intervallo col nome specificato", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNegativeTextLength": "Nelle condizioni \"{0}\" non possono essere utilizzati valori negativi", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strError": "Messaggio di errore", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strInput": "Messaggio di input", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strSettings": "Impostazioni", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAlert": "Avviso", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAllow": "Autorizza", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textApply": "Applica questi cambiamenti a tutte le altre celle con le stesse impostazioni", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCompare": "Confronta con", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textData": "Dati", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndDate": "Data di fine", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndTime": "Orario di fine", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textError": "Messaggio di errore", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textFormula": "Formula", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textIgnore": "Ignora vuoto", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textInput": "Messaggio di input", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMax": "Massimo", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMessage": "Messaggio", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMin": "Minimo", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSelectData": "Seleziona dati", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowDropDown": "Mostra elenco a tendina nella cella", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStop": "Termina", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStyle": "Stile", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtAny": "Qualsiasi valore", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtBetween": "tra", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDate": "Data", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDecimal": "Decimale", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtElTime": "Tempo trascorso", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndDate": "Data di fine", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndTime": "Orario di fine", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEqual": "equivale a", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThan": "Maggiore di", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThanOrEqual": "maggiore o uguale a ", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLength": "Lunghezza", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThan": "minore di", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThanOrEqual": "minore o uguale a", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtList": "Elenco", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotBetween": "non tra", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotEqual": "non è uguale", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtOther": "Altro", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTextLength": "Lunghezza testo", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "E", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "uguali", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "non finisce con", @@ -1569,6 +1647,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCurrency": "Valuta", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomColumnWidth": "Personalizza larghezza colonna", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomRowHeight": "Personalizza altezza riga", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomSort": "Ordinamento personalizzato", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCut": "Taglia", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDate": "Data", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDelete": "Elimina", @@ -1693,7 +1772,7 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strLiveComment": "Attivare visualizzazione dei commenti", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strMacrosSettings": "Impostazioni macro", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strPaste": "Taglia, copia e incolla", - "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strPasteButton": "Mostra pulsante Incolla opzioni quando il contenuto viene incollato", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strPasteButton": "Mostra il pulsante opzioni Incolla quando il contenuto viene incollato", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strR1C1": "Abilita lo stile R1C1", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strRegSettings": "Impostazioni Regionali", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strRegSettingsEx": "Esempio: ", @@ -1770,6 +1849,7 @@ "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs8": "Ottavi (4/8)", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCurrency": "Valuta", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustom": "Personalizzato", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustomWarning": "Inserisci attentamente il formato numerico personalizzato. Spreadsheet Editor non controlla potenziali errori al file xlsx causati dai formati personalizzati.", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtDate": "Data", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtFraction": "Frazione", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtGeneral": "Generale", @@ -1803,13 +1883,17 @@ "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormulaTip": "Inserisci funzione", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtMore": "Altre funzioni", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtRecent": "Usati di recente", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textAny": "Qualsiasi", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textArgument": "Parametro", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunction": "Funzione", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunctionRes": "Risultato della funzione", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textHelp": "Aiuto su questa funzione", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textLogical": "logico", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textNumber": "numero", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textRef": "riferimento", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textText": "testo", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textTitle": "Argomenti della funzione", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textValue": "Risultato della formula", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Colonne", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Righe", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAlign": "Allinea con i margini della pagina", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAll": "Tutte le pagine", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textBold": "Grassetto", @@ -1908,6 +1992,7 @@ "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSpellcheck": "Controllo ortografico", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback & Supporto", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MODALITÀ SVILUPPATORE", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "‎Limita accesso‎", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "Modalità di prova", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "Salva", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "In basso", @@ -2115,6 +2200,7 @@ "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSelect": "Seleziona tutta la tabella pivot", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSubtotals": "Mostra o nascondi i totali parziali", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtCreate": "Inserisci tabella", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtPivotTable": "Tabella pivot", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtRefresh": "Aggiorna", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtSelect": "Seleziona", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.btnDownload": "Salva e scarica", @@ -2209,6 +2295,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strTransparency": "Opacità", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strType": "Tipo", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAdvanced": "Mostra impostazioni avanzate", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAngle": "Angolo", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "Il valore inserito non è corretto.
                    Inserisci un valore tra 0 pt e 1584 pt.", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textColor": "Colore di riempimento", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textDirection": "Direzione", @@ -2228,6 +2315,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textNoFill": "Nessun riempimento", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textOriginalSize": "Dimensione originale", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPatternFill": "Modello", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPosition": "Posizione", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRadial": "Radiale", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotate90": "Ruota di 90°", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotation": "Rotazione", @@ -2237,6 +2325,8 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "Stile", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTexture": "Da trama", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTile": "Tegola", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "‎Aggiungi punto di sfumatura‎", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Rimuovi punto sfumatura", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Carta da pacchi", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCanvas": "Tela", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCarton": "Cartone", @@ -2551,6 +2641,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strStroke": "Tratto", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strTransparency": "Opacità", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strType": "Tipo", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textAngle": "Angolo", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "Il valore inserito non è corretto.
                    Inserisci un valore tra 0 pt e 1584 pt.", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textColor": "Colore di riempimento", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textDirection": "Direzione", @@ -2563,6 +2654,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "Lineare", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textNoFill": "Nessun riempimento", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPatternFill": "Modello", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPosition": "Posizione", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textRadial": "Radiale", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textSelectTexture": "Seleziona", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStretch": "Estendi", @@ -2571,6 +2663,8 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTexture": "Da trama", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTile": "Tegola", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "Trasformazione", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "‎Aggiungi punto di sfumatura‎", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "Rimuovi punto sfumatura", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Carta da pacchi", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCanvas": "Tela", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCarton": "Cartone", @@ -2707,6 +2801,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStyleCurrency": "Stile valuta", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStylePercent": "Stile percentuale", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChart": "Modifica grafico", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChartData": "Seleziona dati", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Modifica intestazione o piè di pagina", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Colore del carattere", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Tipo di carattere", @@ -2852,5 +2947,28 @@ "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSum": "Somma", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSummarize": "Riepiloga campo valore per", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtVar": "Varianza", - "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtVarp": "Varianza di popolazione" + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtVarp": "Varianza di popolazione", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.closeButtonText": "Chiudi", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.guestText": "Ospite", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDelete": "Elimina", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "Duplica", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textEmpty": "Non è stata ancora creata alcuna vista.", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textGoTo": "Vai alla vista", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "Inserisci un nome da meno di 128 caratteri", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "Nuovo", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "Rinomina", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameLabel": "Rinomina vista", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textViews": "Visualizzazioni foglio", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.txtTitle": "Manager visualizzazione foglio", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.capBtnFreeze": "Blocca riquadri", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.capBtnSheetView": "Visualizzazione foglio", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textClose": "Chiudi", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textCreate": "Nuovo", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textDefault": "Predefinito", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textFormula": "Barra della formula", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textGridlines": "Linee griglia", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textHeadings": "Intestazioni", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipCreate": "Crea vista del foglio", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipFreeze": "Blocca riquadri", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipSheetView": "Visualizzazione foglio" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ja.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ja.json index fb958966a..32189ad53 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ja.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ja.json @@ -6,10 +6,15 @@ "Common.define.chartData.textBar": "横棒グラフ", "Common.define.chartData.textCharts": "グラフ", "Common.define.chartData.textColumn": "縦棒グラフ", + "Common.define.chartData.textColumnSpark": "縦棒グラフ", "Common.define.chartData.textLine": "折れ線グラフ", + "Common.define.chartData.textLineSpark": "グラプ", "Common.define.chartData.textPie": "円グラフ", "Common.define.chartData.textPoint": "点グラフ", + "Common.define.chartData.textSparks": "スパークライン", "Common.define.chartData.textStock": "株価チャート", + "Common.define.chartData.textSurface": "表面", + "Common.define.chartData.textWinLossSpark": "勝ち/負け", "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "文書が別のアプリで使用されています。編集を続けて、コピーとして保存できます。", "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "ユーザー設定の色の追加", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSize.txtNoBorders": "枠線なし", @@ -32,7 +37,9 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "置き換え", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "全ての置き換え", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "今後このメッセージを表示しない", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "ドキュメントは他のユーザーによって変更されました。
                    変更を保存するためにここでクリックし、アップデートを再ロードしてください。", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "ドキュメントは他のユーザーによって変更されました。
                    変更を保存するためにここでクリックし、アップデートを再ロードしてください。", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "標準の色", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "テーマの色", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "キャンセル", "Common.UI.Window.closeButtonText": "閉じる", "Common.UI.Window.noButtonText": "いいえ", @@ -53,11 +60,13 @@ "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "電話番号：", "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "バージョン", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "追加する", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textApplyAsWork": "作業中に適用する", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAutoFormat": "入力時にオートフォーマット", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "幅", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "削除する", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "数式オートコレクト", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textNewRowCol": "テーブルに新しい行と列を含める", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognized": "認識された関数", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognizedDesc": "以下の式は、認識される数式です。 自動的にイタリック体になることはありません。", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "置き換える", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceType": "入力時にテキストを置き換える", @@ -66,6 +75,10 @@ "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRestore": "復元する", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textTitle": "オートコレクト", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnAddRec": "認識される関数には、大文字または小文字のAからZまでの文字のみを含める必要があります。", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnResetRec": "追加した式はすべて削除され、削除された式が復元されます。 続けますか？", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReplace": "％1のオートコレクトのエントリはすでに存在します。 取り替えますか？", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReset": "追加したオートコレクトはすべて削除され、変更されたものは元の値に復元されます。 続けますか？", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnRestore": "％1のオートコレクトエントリは元の値にリセットされます。 続けますか？", "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "送信", "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "追加", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "コメントの追加", @@ -99,6 +112,7 @@ "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "ルーラーを表示しない", "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "ステータスバーを表示しない", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "保存中...", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "更新された", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "すべての変更が保存されました", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "すべての変更が保存されました", "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "ズーム", @@ -109,6 +123,9 @@ "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "やり直し", "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "上書き保存", "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "元に戻す", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndock": "別のウィンドウにドッキングを解除する", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "表示の設定", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "ユーザーの表示と文書のアクセス権の管理", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "アクセス権限の変更", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "名前を変更する", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.textUrl": "画像のURLの貼り付け", @@ -123,6 +140,7 @@ "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNone": "なし", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtOfText": "テキストの％", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSize": "サイズ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtStart": "から始まる", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSymbol": "記号", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtTitle": "リストの設定", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtType": "タイプ", @@ -141,6 +159,9 @@ "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtSpace": "スペース", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTab": "タブ", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "%1オプションの選択", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "保護されたファイル", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "この文書を保護するためのパスワードをご設定ください", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "先に入力したパスワードと一致しません。", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "パスワード", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "パスワードを再入力", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "パスワードの設定", @@ -161,16 +182,22 @@ "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "署名", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "署名欄の追加", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "ファイル名", + "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "ファイル名に次の文字を使うことはできません。", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "次の変更箇所へ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "前の​​変更箇所へ", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "ファスト", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "リアルタイムの共同編集です。すべての変更は自動的に保存されます。", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "厳格", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "あなたや他の人が行った変更を同期するために、[保存]ボタンをご使用ください", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "今の変更を反映する", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "共同編集モードを設定する", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCommentRem": "コメントを削除する", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCommentRemCurrent": "こののコメントを削除する", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "バージョン履歴を表示する", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "現在の変更を元に戻す", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "変更履歴", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "変更を表示するモードをご選択ください", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "文書の言語を設定する", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "スペルチェック", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "文書のアクセス許可の管理", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "同意", @@ -188,11 +215,18 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "言語", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "すべての変更が承認されました（プレビュー）", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "最終版", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "バージョン履歴", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "全ての変更（編集）", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "マークアップ", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "次へ", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "すべての変更が拒否されました（プレビュー）", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "原本", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "前のへ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "拒否する", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "すべての変更を元に戻す", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "変更を拒否する", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "現在の変更を元に戻す", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "共有する", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "スペルチェック", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "変更履歴", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "表示モード", @@ -201,46 +235,81 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textCancel": "キャンセル", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textClose": "閉じる", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textEdit": "OK", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMention": "+言及されるユーザーに文書にアクセスを提供して、メールで通知する", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMentionNotify": "＋言及されるユーザーはメールで通知されます", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textOpenAgain": "もう一度開く", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textReply": "返事する", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textResolve": "解決する", "Common.Views.SaveAsDlg.textLoading": "読み込み中", + "Common.Views.SaveAsDlg.textTitle": "保存先のフォルダ", "Common.Views.SelectFileDlg.textLoading": "読み込み中", + "Common.Views.SelectFileDlg.textTitle": "データ・ソースを選択する", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "太字", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "証明書", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "変更", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "署名者の名前をご入力ください", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "イタリック体", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "この文書にサインする目的", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "選択する", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "画像を選択", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "署名は次のようになります:", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "文書のサイン", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "または画像を署名として使用するため、「画像の選択」をクリックしてください", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "％1から％2まで有効", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "フォント名", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "フォントのサイズ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": " 署名者が署名ダイアログにコメントを追加できるようにする", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfo": "署名者情報", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoEmail": "メール", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "名前", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "署名者の役職", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "署名者への説明書", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "署名欄に署名日を表示する", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "サインの設定", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "この項目は必須です", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCharacter": "文字", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCode": "UnicodeHEX値", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCopyright": "著作権マーク", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDCQuote": "二重引用符（右）", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDOQuote": "二重の引用符(左）", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEllipsis": "水平の省略記号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmDash": "全角ダッシュ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmSpace": "全角スペース", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnDash": "半角ダッシュ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnSpace": "半角スペース", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textFont": "フォント", - "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSOQuote": "開始単一引用符", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBHyphen": "改行をしないハイフン", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBSpace": "改行をしないスペース", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textPilcrow": "段落記号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textQEmSpace": "1/4スペース", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRange": "範囲", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRecent": "最近使用した記号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRegistered": "登録商標マーク", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSCQuote": "単一引用符（右）", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSection": "節記号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textShortcut": "ショートカットキー", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSHyphen": "ソフトハイフン", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSOQuote": "単一引用符（左）", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSpecial": "特殊文字", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "記号と特殊文字", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "記号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTradeMark": "商標マーク", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "列", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "行", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "テキスト区切り", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "拡張する", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpandRemDuplicates": "選択範囲の横のデータは削除されません。選択範囲を拡大して隣接するデータを含めるか、現在選択されているセルのみを続行しますか？", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemDuplicates": "重複データを削除", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemSelected": "選択した範囲で削除する", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "配置", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "中央揃え", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteColumnText": "列の削除", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteRowText": "行の削除", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteText": "削除", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.errorInvalidLink": "リンク参照が存在しません。 リンクを修正するか、ご削除ください。", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.guestText": "ゲスト", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertColumnLeftText": "左に列の挿入", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertColumnRightText": "右に列の挿入", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertRowAboveText": "行 (上)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertRowBelowText": "行(下)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertText": "挿入", @@ -267,16 +336,22 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddRight": "右罫線の追加", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddTop": "上罫線の追加", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddVer": "縦線の追加", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAlignToChar": "文字に合わせる", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAll": "すべて", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAnd": "と", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBegins": "で始まる", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBelowAve": "平均より下​​", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBlanks": "（空白）", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBorderProps": "罫線の​​プロパティ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBottom": "下", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtColumn": "列", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtColumnAlign": "列の配置", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtContains": "含んでいる\t", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDecreaseArg": "引数のサイズの縮小", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteArg": "引数の削除", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteBreak": "手動ブレークを削除する", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteChars": "囲まれた文字の削除", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteCharsAndSeparators": "開始文字、終了文字と区切り文字の削除", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteEq": "数式の削除", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteGroupChar": "文字の削除", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteRadical": "冪根を削除する", @@ -284,8 +359,12 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtEquals": "等号", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtEqualsToCellColor": "セルの色に等号", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtEqualsToFontColor": "フォントの色に等号", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtExpand": "拡張と並べ替え", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtExpandSort": "選択範囲の横のデータは並べ替えられません。 選択範囲を拡張して隣接するデータを含めるか、現在選択されているセルのみの並べ替えを続行しますか？", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFilterBottom": "最低", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFilterTop": "上", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFractionLinear": "分数(横)に変更", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFractionSkewed": "斜めの分数罫に変更する", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFractionStacked": "分数(縦)に変更\t", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGreater": "より大きい", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGreaterEquals": "以上か等号", @@ -293,24 +372,36 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGroupCharUnder": "テキストの下の文字", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHeight": "高さ", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideBottom": "下罫線を表示しない", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideBottomLimit": "下限を表示しない", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideCloseBracket": "右かっこを表示しない", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideDegree": "次数を表示しない", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideHor": "水平線を表示しない", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideLB": "左(下)の線を表示しない", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideLeft": "左罫線を表示しない", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideLT": "左(上)の線を表示しない", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideOpenBracket": "左かっこを表示しない", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHidePlaceholder": "プレースホルダを表示しない", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideRight": "右罫線を表示しない", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideTop": "上罫線を表示しない", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideTopLimit": "上限を表示しない", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideVer": "縦線を表示しない", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtImportWizard": "テキストファイルウィザード", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtIncreaseArg": "引数のサイズの拡大", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgAfter": "後に引数を挿入", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgBefore": "前に引数を挿入", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "手動ブレークの挿入", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "後に方程式の挿入", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "前に方程式の挿入", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtItems": "アイテム", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtKeepTextOnly": "テキストのみ保存", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLess": "次の値より小さい", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLessEquals": "次の値以下", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLimitChange": "極限の位置を変更します。", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLimitOver": "テキストの上の限定", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLimitUnder": "テキストの下の限定", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "括弧を引数の高さに合わせる", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "行列の整列", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNoChoices": "セルを記入する選択肢はありません。
                    置換対象として選択できるのは、列のテキスト値のみです。", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNotBegins": "次の文字から始まらない", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNotContains": "次の文字を含まない", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNotEnds": "次の文字列で終わらない", @@ -318,39 +409,61 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtOr": "または", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "テキストの上にバー", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPaste": "貼り付け", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteBorders": "罫線のない数式", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteColWidths": "数式+列幅", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteDestFormat": "貼り付け先の書式に合わせる", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteFormat": "書式のみ貼り付け", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteFormulaNumFormat": "数式と数値の書式", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteFormulas": "数式だけを貼り付ける", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteKeepSourceFormat": "数式と全ての書式", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteLink": "リンク貼り付け", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteLinkPicture": "リンクされた画像", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteMerge": "条件付き書式を結合する", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPastePicture": "画像", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "ソースのフォーマット", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteTranspose": "入れ替える", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteValFormat": "値と全ての書式", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteValNumFormat": "値と数値の書式", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteValues": "値のみを貼り付け", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPercent": "パーセント", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRedoExpansion": "テーブルの自動拡張のやり直し", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "分数線の削除", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "制限を削除する", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveAccentChar": "アクセント記号の削除", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveBar": "線を削除する", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemScripts": "スクリプトの削除", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemSubscript": "下付きの削除", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemSuperscript": "上付きの削除", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRowHeight": "行の高さ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsAfter": "テキストの後のスクリプト", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsBefore": "テキストの前のスクリプト", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowBottomLimit": "下限を表示する", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowCloseBracket": "右かっこの表示", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowDegree": "次数を表示する", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowOpenBracket": "左かっこの表示", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowPlaceholder": "プレースホルダーの表示", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowTopLimit": "上限を表示する", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtSorting": "並べ替え", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtSortSelected": "選択した内容を並べ替える", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtStretchBrackets": "かっこの拡大", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtTop": "上", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtUnderbar": "テキストの下にバー", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtUndoExpansion": "テーブルの自動拡をキャンセルする", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtUseTextImport": "テキストファイルウィザードを使う", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtWidth": "幅", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryAll": "すべて", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryCube": "立方体", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryDatabase": "データベース", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryDateAndTime": "日付と時刻", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryEngineering": "エンジニアリング", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryFinancial": "財務", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryInformation": "情報", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryLast10": "最後に使用した10", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryLogical": "論理的な", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryLookupAndReference": "検索/行列", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryMathematic": "数学と三角法", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryStatistical": "統計", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryTextAndData": "テキストとデータ", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "名前が付けられていないスプレッドシート", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textByColumns": "列", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textByRows": "行", @@ -384,7 +497,9 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterDataRange": "選択されたセルの範囲には操作を実行することができません。
                    他のデータの範囲を存在の範囲に異なる選択し、もう一度お試しください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterHiddenRange": "エリアをフィルタされたセルが含まれているので、操作を実行できません。
                    フィルタリングの要素を表示して、もう一度お試しください", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "画像のURLが正しくありません。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCannotUngroup": "グループ化を解除できません。 アウトラインを開始するには、詳細の行または列を選択してグループ化ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeArray": "配列の一部を変更することはできません。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeFilteredRange": "これにより、ワークシートのフィルター範囲が変更されます。
                    このタスクを完了するには、オートフィルターをご削除ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "サーバーとの接続が失われました。今、文書を編集することができません。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "文書を保存できませんでした。接続設定を確認するか、管理者にお問い合わせください。
                    OKボタンをクリックするとドキュメントをダウンロードするように求められます。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCopyMultiselectArea": "カンマ", @@ -394,10 +509,12 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "外部エラーです。
                    データベース接続のエラーです。この問題は解決しない場合は、サポートにお問い合わせください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "暗号化された変更を受け取りましたが、解読できません。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "データ範囲が正しくありません", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDataValidate": "入力した値は無効です。
                    ユーザーには、このセルに入力できる値が制限されています。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "エラー コード:%1", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "文書の処理中にエラーが発生しました。
                    コンピューターにファイルのバックアップコピーを保存するために、「…としてダウンロード」をご使用ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingSaveas": "文書の処理中にエラーが発生しました。
                    コンピューターにファイルのバックアップを保存するために、「…として保存する」をご使用ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEditView": "既存のシートの表示を編集することはできません。今、編集されているので、新しいのを作成することはできません。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEmailClient": "メールクライアントが見つかりませんでした。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "ドキュメントがパスワードで保護されているため開くことができません", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileRequest": "外部エラーです。
                    ファイルリクエストのエラーです。この問題は解決しない場合は、サポートにお問い合わせください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "ファイルサイズがサーバーで設定された制限を超過しています。
                    Documentサーバー管理者に詳細をお問い合わせください。", @@ -406,19 +523,35 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "文書の保存中にエラーが発生しました。コンピューターにファイルを保存するために、「...としてダウンロード」を使用し、または後で再お試しください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaName": "入力した数式は正しくありません。
                    数式の名前が正しくありません。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaParsing": "数式を解析中に内部エラーが発生", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxLength": "数式の長さが8192文字の制限を超えています。
                    編集して再びお試しください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxReference": "値、
                    セル参照、名前が多すぎるため、この数式を入力できません。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxTextLength": "数式のテキスト値は255文字に制限されています。
                    コンカチネート関数または連結演算子（＆）をご使用ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlWrongReferences": "関数が存在しないシートを参照します。
                    データを確認して、もう一度お試しください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFTChangeTableRangeError": "選択したセル範囲で操作を完了できませんでした。
                    最初のテーブルの行は同じ行にあったように、範囲をご選択ください。
                    新しいテーブル範囲が元のテーブル範囲に重なるようにしてください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFTRangeIncludedOtherTables": "選択したセル範囲で操作を完了できませんでした。
                    他のテーブルが含まれていない範囲をご選択ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorInvalidRef": "選択のための正しい名前、または移動の正しい参照を入力してください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "不明なキーの記述子", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "署名キーは期限切れました。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLabledColumnsPivot": "ピボットテーブルを作成するには、ラベル付きの列を持つリストとして編成されたデータをご使用ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedAll": "シートは他のユーザーによってロックされているので、操作を実行することができません。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedCellPivot": "ピボットテーブル内のデータを変更することはできません。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedWorksheetRename": "他のユーザーによって名前が変更されているのでシートの名前を変更することはできません。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMaxPoints": "グラプごとの直列のポイントの最大数は4096です。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMoveRange": "結合されたセルの一部を変更することはできません。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMoveSlicerError": "テーブルスライサーをあるワークブックから別のワークブックにコピーすることはできません。
                    テーブル全体とスライサーを選択して、再ご試行ください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMultiCellFormula": "複数セルの配列数式はテーブルでは使用できません。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorNoDataToParse": "解析するデータが選択されていません。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpenWarning": "数式に許される長さを超過しています。超過分の文字を削除しました。", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOperandExpected": "オペランドが必要です。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOperandExpected": "入力した関数の構文が正しくありません。かっこ「（」または「）」のいずれかが欠落していないかどうかをご確認ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPasteMaxRange": "コピーと貼り付けエリアが一致していません。
                    同じサイズの領域を選択するか、またはコピーしたセルを貼り付けるために行の最初のセルをクリックしてください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPasteSlicerError": "テーブルスライサーは、あるブックから別のブックにコピーすることはできません。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPivotOverlap": "ピボットテーブルレポートはテーブルを重ねることができません。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPrintMaxPagesCount": "残念ながら、現在のプログラムバージョンでは一度に1500ページを超える印刷はできません。
                    この制限は今後のリリースで削除される予定です。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "保存に失敗しました。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "エディターのバージョンが更新されました。 変更を適用するために、ページが再読み込みされます。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "ドキュメント編集セッションが終了しました。 ページを再度お読み込みください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "このドキュメントはかなり長い間編集されていませんでした。このページを再度お読み込みください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "サーバーとの接続が中断されました。このページを再度お読み込みください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "行の順序が正しくありません。この株価チャートを作成するには、
                    始値、高値、安値、終値の順でシートのデータを配置してください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorToken": "ドキュメント・セキュリティ・トークンが正しく形成されていません。
                    ドキュメントサーバーの管理者にご連絡ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorTokenExpire": "ドキュメント・セキュリティ・トークンの有効期限が切れています。
                    ドキュメントサーバーの管理者にご連絡ください。", @@ -456,18 +589,22 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "保存の準備中です。お待ちください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "スプレッドシートの保存...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTitleText": "スプレッドシートの保存", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "匿名", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.scriptLoadError": "インターネット接続が遅いため、一部のコンポーネントをロードできませんでした。ページを再度お読み込みください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "匿名者", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textBuyNow": "ウェブサイトを訪問する", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textClose": "閉じる", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "ヒントを閉じるためにクリックしてください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textConfirm": "確認", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "営業部に連絡する", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "ライセンスの条件によっては、ローダーを変更する権利がないことにご注意ください。
                    見積もりについては、営業部門にお問い合わせください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "ファイルには自動マクロが含まれています。
                    マクロを実行しますか？", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "スプレッドシートの読み込み中", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "いいえ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ライセンス制限に達しました", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "有料機能", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPleaseWait": "操作が予想以上に時間がかかります。しばらくお待ちください...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRecalcFormulas": "数式を計算中...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "選択内容を保存する", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "図形", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "厳格モード", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "ファスト共同編集モードに元に戻す/やり直しの機能は無効になります。
                    他のユーザーの干渉なし編集するために「厳密なモード」をクリックして、厳密な共同編集モードに切り替えてください。保存した後にのみ、変更を送信してください。編集の詳細設定を使用して共同編集モードを切り替えることができます。", @@ -475,6 +612,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "ライセンス期限を過ぎました", "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleRecalcFormulas": "計算中...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "エディターが更新された", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtAccent": "アクセント", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtAll": "すべて", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "あなたのテキストはここです。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "基本図形", @@ -495,6 +633,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtGrandTotal": "総計", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "行", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "数学", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtMultiSelect": "複数選択(Alt+S)", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPage": "ページ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPageOf": "％2のページ％1", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPages": "ページ", @@ -524,7 +663,12 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonSound": "「音」ボタン", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_arc": "円弧", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentArrow": "曲線の矢印", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5": "カギ線コネクター", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5WithArrow": "カギ線矢印コネクター", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5WithTwoArrows": "カギ線の二重矢印コネクター", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentUpArrow": "曲線の矢印（上）", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bevel": "額縁", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_blockArc": "アーチ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout1": "引き出し　１　", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout2": "引き出し　２", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout3": "引き出し　３", @@ -533,6 +677,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout2": "引き出し　２（枠付き無し）", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout3": "引き出し　３（枠付き無し）", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_can": "円柱", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_chevron": "シェブロン", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_chord": "コード", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_circularArrow": "円弧の矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloud": "クラウド", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloudCallout": "雲形引き出し", @@ -546,53 +692,103 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedRightArrow": "曲線の右矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedUpArrow": "曲線の上矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_decagon": "十角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diagStripe": "斜め縞", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diamond": "菱形", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_dodecagon": "12角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_donut": "ドーナツ グラフ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_doubleWave": "二重波", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_downArrow": "下矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_downArrowCallout": "下矢印引き出し", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipse": "楕円", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipseRibbon": "曲線下向けのリボン", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipseRibbon2": "曲線上向けのリボン", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartAlternateProcess": "フローチャート：代替処理", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartCollate": "フローチャート：照合", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartConnector": "フローチャート：　コネクタ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDecision": "フローチャート：　判断", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDelay": "フローチャート：　遅延", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDisplay": "フローチャート：　表示", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDocument": "フローチャート：　文書", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartExtract": "フローチャート： 抜き出し", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartInputOutput": "フローチャート：　データ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartInternalStorage": "フローチャート：　内部ストレージ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticDisk": "フローチャート: 磁気ディスク", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticDrum": "フローチャート：　直接アクセスのストレージ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticTape": "フローチャート：　順次アクセス記憶", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartManualInput": "フローチャート：　手動入力", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartManualOperation": "フローチャート：　手作業", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMerge": "フローチャート：　統合", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMultidocument": "フローチャート：　複数文書", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOffpageConnector": "フローチャート：　他ページへのリンク", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOnlineStorage": "フローチャート：　保存されたデータ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOr": "フローチャート：　また", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPredefinedProcess": "フローチャート：　事前定義されたプロセス", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPreparation": "フローチャート：　準備", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartProcess": "フローチャート：　プロセス\n\t", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPunchedCard": "フローチャート：カード", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPunchedTape": "フローチャート: せん孔テープ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartSort": "フローチャート：　並べ替え", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartSummingJunction": "フローチャート：　和接合", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartTerminator": "フローチャート：　 端子", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_foldedCorner": "折り曲げコーナー", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_frame": "フレーム", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_halfFrame": "半フレーム", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_heart": "心", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_heptagon": "七角形", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_hexagon": "六角形", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_homePlate": "五角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_horizontalScroll": "水平スクロール", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_irregularSeal1": "爆発　１", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_irregularSeal2": "爆発　２", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftArrow": "左矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftArrowCallout": "左矢印引き出し", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftBrace": "左中かっこ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftBracket": "左かっこ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightArrow": "左右矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightArrowCallout": "左右矢印引き出し", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightUpArrow": "三方向矢印(左・右・上）", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftUpArrow": "左上矢印", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lightningBolt": "稲妻", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_line": "線", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lineWithArrow": "矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lineWithTwoArrows": "二重矢印", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathDivide": "除法", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathEqual": "等号", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathMinus": "マイナス", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathMultiply": "乗算", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathNotEqual": "不等号", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathPlus": "プラス", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_moon": "月形", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_noSmoking": "\"禁止\"マーク", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_notchedRightArrow": "V 字形矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_octagon": "八角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_parallelogram": "平行四辺形", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_pentagon": "五角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_pie": "円グラフ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_plaque": "サインする", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_plus": "プラス", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_polyline1": "殴り書き", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_polyline2": "フリーフォーム", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_quadArrow": "四方向矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_quadArrowCallout": "４矢印の引き出し", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rect": "矩形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ribbon": "下リボン", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ribbon2": "上リボン", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightArrow": "右矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightArrowCallout": "右矢印引き出し", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightBrace": "右中かっこ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightBracket": "右かっこ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round1Rect": "1つの角を丸めた四角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round2DiagRect": "対角する 2 つの角を丸めた四角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round2SameRect": "片側の 2 つの角を丸めた四角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_roundRect": "角を丸めた四角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rtTriangle": "直角三角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_smileyFace": "絵文字", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip1Rect": "1つの角を切り取った四角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip2DiagRect": "対角する2つの角を切り取った四角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip2SameRect": "片側の2つの角を切り取った四角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snipRoundRect": "1つの角を切り取り1つの角を丸めた四角形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_spline": "曲線", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star10": "十芒星", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star12": "十二芒星", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star16": "十六芒星", @@ -603,29 +799,43 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star6": "六芒星", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star7": "七芒星", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star8": "八芒星", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_stripedRightArrow": "ストライプの右矢印", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_sun": "太陽形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_teardrop": "滴", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_textRect": "テキストボックス", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_trapezoid": "台形", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_triangle": "三角", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upArrow": "上矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upArrowCallout": "上矢印引き出し", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upDownArrow": "上下の双方向矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_uturnArrow": "U形矢印", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_verticalScroll": "垂直スクロール", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wave": "波", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeEllipseCallout": "円形引き出し", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeRectCallout": "長方形の吹き出し", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeRoundRectCallout": "角丸長方形の引き出し", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "スター＆リボン", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Bad": "悪い", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Calculation": "計算", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Check_Cell": "チェックセル", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Comma": "カンマ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Currency": "通貨", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Explanatory_Text": "説明文", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Good": "いい", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "見出し１", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "見出し２", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "見出し３", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_4": "見出し４", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Input": "入力", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Linked_Cell": "リンクされたセル", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Neutral": "ニュートラル", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Normal": "標準", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Note": "注意", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Output": "出力", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Percent": "パーセント", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "タイトル", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Total": "合計", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Warning_Text": "警告テキスト", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTab": "タブ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTable": "表", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTime": "時刻", @@ -644,6 +854,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "お使いのブラウザの現在のズームの設定は完全にサポートされていません。Ctrl+0を押して、デフォルトのズームにリセットしてください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "％1エディターへの同時接続の制限に達しました。 このドキュメントは表示専用で開かれます。
                    詳細については、管理者にお問い合わせください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "ライセンスの期限が切れました。
                    ライセンスを更新して、ページをリロードしてください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "ライセンスの有効期限が切れています。
                    ドキュメント編集機能にアクセスできません。
                    管理者にご連絡ください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "ライセンスを更新する必要があります。
                    ドキュメント編集機能へのアクセスが制限されています。
                    フルアクセスを取得するには、管理者にご連絡ください", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "％1エディターのユーザー制限に達しました。 詳細については、管理者にお問い合わせください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "％1エディターへの同時接続の制限に達しました。 このドキュメントは閲覧のみを目的として開かれます。
                    個人的なアップグレード条件については、％1セールスチームにお問い合わせください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "％1エディターのユーザー制限に達しました。 個人的なアップグレード条件については、％1営業チームにお問い合わせください。", @@ -655,49 +867,78 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFrozenRows": "固定された行", "SSE.Controllers.Print.textInvalidRange": "エラー！セルの範囲は無効です。", "SSE.Controllers.Print.textNoRepeat": "繰り返なし", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textRepeat": "繰り返す．．．", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textSelectRange": "範囲の選択", "SSE.Controllers.Print.textWarning": "警告", "SSE.Controllers.Print.txtCustom": "カスタム", "SSE.Controllers.Print.warnCheckMargings": "余白が正しくありません。", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorLastSheet": "最低 1 つのワークシートが含まれていなければなりません。", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "ワークシートを削除することができません。", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "シート", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTip": "シートビューモードになっています。 フィルタと並べ替えは、あなたとまだこのビューにいる人だけに表示されます。", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTipFilters": "シート表示モードになっています。 フィルタは、あなたとまだこの表示にいる人だけに表示されます。", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "ワークシートにはデータが含まれている可能性があります。続行してもよろしいですか？", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "ズーム{0}%", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "保存しようとしているフォントを現在のデバイスで使用することができません。
                    システムフォントを使って、テキストのスタイルが表示されます。利用できます時、保存されたフォントが使用されます。
                    続行しますか。", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.errorMaxRows": "エラー！使用可能なデータ系列の数は、1グラフあたり最大255個です。", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.errorStockChart": "行の順序が正しくありません。この株価チャートを作成するには、
                    始値、高値、安値、終値の順でシートのデータを配置してください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "ダイアクリティカル・マーク", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "かっこ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "入力された値が正しくありません。
                    1〜409の数値を入力してください。", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "分数", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "関数", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "挿入", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "積分", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLargeOperator": "大型演算子", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLimitAndLog": "制限と対数", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLongOperation": "長時間の操作", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textMatrix": "行列", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textOperator": "演算子", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textPivot": "ピボットテーブル", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textRadical": "冪根", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textScript": "スクリプト", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textSymbols": "記号と特殊文字", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textWarning": "警告", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Accent": "アクサンテギュ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowD": "左右双方向矢印 (上)", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowL": "左に矢印 (上)", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowR": "右向き矢印 (上)", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Bar": "バー", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BarBot": "下の棒", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BarTop": "上の棒", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BorderBox": "四角囲み数式 (プレースホルダ付き)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BorderBoxCustom": "四角囲み数式 (例)", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Check": "チェック", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketBot": "下かっこ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketTop": "上かっこ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_1": "ベクトル A", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_2": "上線付きABC", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_3": "x XORと上線", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDDot": "３重ドット", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDot": "二重ドット", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Dot": "点", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DoubleBar": "二重上線", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Grave": "グレーブ・アクセント", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_GroupBot": "グループ化文字(下)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_GroupTop": "グループ化文字(上)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_HarpoonL": "左半矢印(上)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_HarpoonR": "右向き半矢印 (上)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Hat": "ハット", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Smile": "ブリーブ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Tilde": "チルダ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle": "かっこ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_Delimiter_2": "括弧と区切り記号", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_Delimiter_3": "括弧と区切り記号", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_NoneOpen": "単一かっこ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_OpenNone": "単一かっこ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve": "かっこ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_Delimiter_2": "括弧と区切り記号", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_NoneOpen": "単一かっこ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_OpenNone": "単一かっこ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_1": "場合分け(条件2つ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_2": "場合分け (条件 3 つ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_3": "縦並びオブジェクト", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_4": "縦並びオブジェクト", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_5": "場合分けの例", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_6": "二項係数", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_7": "二項係数", @@ -711,6 +952,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim_NoneNone": "単一かっこ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim_OpenNone": "単一かっこ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round": "かっこ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_Delimiter_2": "括弧と区切り記号", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_NoneOpen": "単一かっこ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_OpenNone": "単一かっこ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square": "かっこ", @@ -726,11 +968,15 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_NoneOpen": "単一かっこ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_OpenNone": "単一かっこ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtDeleteCells": "セルを削除する", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtExpand": "拡張と並べ替え", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtExpandSort": "選択範囲の横のデータは並べ替えられません。 選択範囲を拡張して隣接するデータを含めるか、現在選択されているセルのみの並べ替えを続行しますか？", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDiagonal": "分数 (斜め)", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_1": "微分", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_2": "微分", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_3": "微分", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_4": "関数の微分", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionHorizontal": "分数 (横)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionPi_2": "円周率を2で割る", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionSmall": "分数 (小)", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionVertical": "分数 (縦)", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cos": "逆余弦関数", @@ -751,14 +997,18 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Coth": "双曲線余接関数", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Csc": "余割関数\t", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Csch": "双曲線余割関数", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_1": "Sin θ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_2": "Cos 2x", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_3": "正接数式", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sec": "正割関数", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sech": "双曲線正割関数", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sin": "正弦関数", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sinh": "双曲線正弦関数", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Tan": "逆正接関数", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Tanh": "双曲線正接関数", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtInsertCells": "セルの挿入", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral": "積分", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dtheta": "微分 dθ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dx": "微分ｄx", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dy": "微分 ｄy", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralCenterSubSup": "積分", @@ -779,13 +1029,26 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleCenterSubSup": "三重積分", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleSubSup": "三重積分", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtInvalidRange": "エラー！セルの範囲が正しくありません。", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction": "くさび形", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSub": "くさび形", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSubSup": "くさび形", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_Sub": "くさび形", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_SubSup": "くさび形", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd": "余積", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_CenterSub": "余積", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_CenterSubSup": "余積", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_Sub": "余積", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_SubSup": "余積", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_1": "合計", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_2": "合計", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_3": "合計", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_4": "乗積", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_5": "統合", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction": "V", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_CenterSub": "V", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_CenterSubSup": "V", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_Sub": "V", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_SubSup": "V", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection": "交点", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_CenterSub": "交点", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_CenterSubSup": "交点", @@ -796,6 +1059,11 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_CenterSubSup": "乗積", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_Sub": "乗積", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_SubSup": "乗積", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum": "合計", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_CenterSub": "合計", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_CenterSubSup": "合計", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_Sub": "合計", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_SubSup": "合計", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union": "統合", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_CenterSub": "統合", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_CenterSubSup": "統合", @@ -813,10 +1081,20 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_3": "1x3空行列", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_1": "2x1 空行列", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2": "2x2 空行列", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_DLineBracket": "かっこ付き空行列", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_LineBracket": "かっこ付き空行列", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_RoundBracket": "かっこ付き空行列", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_SquareBracket": "かっこ付き空行列", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_3": "2x3空行列", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_1": "3x1空行列", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_2": "3x2空行列", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_3": "3x3空行列", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Baseline": "ベースライン ドット", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Center": "ミッドライン・ドット", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Diagonal": "斜めドット", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Vertical": "縦向きドット", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Round": "疎行列", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Square": "疎行列", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2": "2x2 単位行列", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2_NoZeros": "3x3 単位行列", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3": "3x3 単位行列", @@ -828,6 +1106,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowR_Bot": "右向き矢印 (下)", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowR_Top": "右向き矢印 (上)", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ColonEquals": "コロン付き等号", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Custom_1": "導出", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Custom_2": "誤差導出", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Definition": "定義により等しい", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DeltaEquals": "デルタは等しい", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowD_Bot": "左右双方向矢印 (下)", @@ -839,12 +1119,16 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_EqualsEquals": "等号等号", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_MinusEquals": "マイナス付き等号", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_PlusEquals": "プラス付き等号", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_UnitOfMeasure": "測度", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalCustom_1": "冪根", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalCustom_2": "冪根", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_2": "次数付き平方根", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_3": "立方根", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_n": "次数付きべき乗根", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalSqrt": "平方根", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_1": "スクリプト", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_2": "スクリプト", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_3": "スクリプト", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_4": "スクリプト", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSub": "下付き", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSubSup": "下付き文字 - 上付き文字", @@ -853,50 +1137,98 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSorting": "並べ替え", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSortSelected": "選択した内容を並べ替える", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_about": "近似", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_additional": "補集合", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_aleph": "アレフ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_alpha": "アルファ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_approx": "ほぼ等しい", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ast": "アスタリスク", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beta": "ベータ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beth": "ベート", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_bullet": "箇条書きの演算子", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cap": "交点", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cbrt": "立方根", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cdots": "水平中央の省略記号", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_celsius": "摂氏", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_chi": "カイ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cong": "ほぼ等しい", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cup": "統合", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ddots": "下右斜めの省略記号", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_degree": "度", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_delta": "デルタ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_div": "除算記号", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_downarrow": "下矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_emptyset": "空集合", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_epsilon": "エプシロン", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equals": "等号", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equiv": "恒等", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_eta": "エータ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_exists": "存在する\t", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_factorial": "階乗", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_fahrenheit": "華氏", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_forall": "全てに", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gamma": "ガンマ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_geq": "以上か等号", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gg": "よりもっと大きい", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_greater": "より大きい", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_in": "要素", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_inc": "増分", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_infinity": "無限", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_iota": "イオタ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_kappa": "カッパ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_lambda": "ラムダ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leftarrow": "左矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leftrightarrow": "左右矢印", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leq": "次の値以下", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_less": "次の値より小さい", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ll": "よりもっと小さい", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_minus": "マイナス", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_mp": "マイナス プラス\t", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_mu": "ミュー", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_nabla": "ナブラ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_neq": "と等しくない", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ni": "元として含む", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_not": "否定記号", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_notexists": "存在しません", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_nu": "ニュー", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_o": "オミクロン", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_omega": "オメガ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_partial": "偏微分方程式", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_percent": "パーセンテージ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_phi": "ファイ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_pi": "円周率", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_plus": "プラス", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_pm": "プラスとマイナス", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_propto": "比例", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_psi": "プサイ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_qdrt": "四乗根", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_qed": "証明終了", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rddots": "斜め(右上)の省略記号", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rho": "ロー", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rightarrow": "右矢印", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_sigma": "シグマ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_sqrt": "根号", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_tau": "タウ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_therefore": "従って", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_theta": "シータ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_times": "乗算記号", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_uparrow": "上矢印", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_upsilon": "ウプシロン", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varepsilon": "イプシロン (別形)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varphi": "ファイ (別形)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varpi": "円周率（別形）", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varrho": "ロー (別形)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varsigma": "シグマ (別形)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vartheta": "シータ (別形)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "垂直線の省略記号", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "グザイ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "ゼータ", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtTable_TableStyleDark": "表のスタイル：暗", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtTable_TableStyleLight": "表のスタイル：明るい", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtTable_TableStyleMedium": "表のスタイル：中", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "実行しようとしている操作は、完了するまでにかなり時間がかかる可能性があります。
                    続行しますか？", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "マージされたセルに左上のセルからのデータのみが残ります。
                    続行してもよろしいです？", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "ウィンドウ枠の固定", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow": "固定されたウィンドウ枠の影を表示する", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "数式バーを表示しない", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "枠線を非表示にする", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "見出しを表示しない", @@ -942,6 +1274,7 @@ "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTitle": "フィルタ", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTop10": "トップ10", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtValueFilter": "値フィルター", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.warnFilterError": "値フィルターを適用するには、[値]範囲に少なくとも1つのフィールドが必要です。", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.warnNoSelected": "値を1つ以上指定してください。", "SSE.Views.CellEditor.textManager": "名前の管理", "SSE.Views.CellEditor.tipFormula": "関数の挿入", @@ -950,67 +1283,111 @@ "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtEmpty": "このフィールドは必須項目です", "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtInvalidRange": "エラー！セルの範囲が正しくありません。", "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtTitle": "データ範囲の選択", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.strShrink": "フィットするように縮小", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.strWrap": "テキストの折り返し", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textAngle": "角", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBackColor": "背景色", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBackground": "背景色", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBorderColor": "色", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBorders": "罫線のスタイル", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textColor": "色で塗りつぶし", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textControl": "テキストコントロール", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textDirection": "方向", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textFill": "塗りつぶし", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textForeground": "前景色", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradient": "グラデーション", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientColor": "色", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientFill": "グラデーション塗りつぶし", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textLinear": "線形", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textNoFill": "塗りつぶしなし", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textOrientation": "テキストの方向", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPattern": "模様", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPatternFill": "模様", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPosition": "位置", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textRadial": "放射状", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textSelectBorders": "選択したスタイルを適用する罫線をご選択ください", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "グラデーションポイントを追加する", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAll": "外部の罫線と全ての内部の線", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipBottom": "外部の罫線（下）だけを設定する", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipDiagD": "斜め罫線 (右下がり)を設定する", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipDiagU": "斜め罫線 (右上がり)を設定する", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipInner": "内側の線のみを設定する", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipInnerHor": "水平方向の内側の線のみを設定する", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipInnerVert": "垂直の内側の線のみを設定する", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipLeft": "外部の罫線（左）だけを設定する", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipNone": "罫線の設定なし", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipOuter": "外部の罫線だけを設定する", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "グラデーションポイントを削除する", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipRight": "外部の罫線（右）だけを設定する", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipTop": "外部の罫線（上）だけを設定する", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorInFormula": "入力した数式にエラーがあります。", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorInvalidReference": "参照が無効です。 開いているワークシートを参照する必要があります。", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorMaxPoints": "グラプごとの直列のポイントの最大数は4096です。", "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorMaxRows": "グラフのデータ系列の最大数は255です。", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorNoSingleRowCol": "参照が無効です。 タイトル、値、サイズ、またはデータラベルの参照は、単一のセル、行、または列である必要があります。", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorNoValues": "グラフを作成するには、系列に少なくとも1つの値がある必要があります。", "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorStockChart": "行の順序が正しくありません。この株価チャートを作成するには、
                    始値、高値、安値、終値の順でシートのデータを配置してください。", "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textAdd": "追加する", "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textCategory": "水平（カテゴリ）軸ラベル", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textData": "グラフのデータ範囲", "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textDelete": "削除する", "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textDown": "下", "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textEdit": "編集する", "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textInvalidRange": "無効なセル範囲", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSelectData": "データの選択", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSeries": "凡例項目 (系列)", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSwitch": "行/列を切り替える", "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textTitle": "グラフのデータ", "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textUp": "上", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorInFormula": "入力した数式にエラーがあります。", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorInvalidReference": "参照が無効です。 開いているワークシートを参照する必要があります。", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorMaxPoints": "グラプごとの直列のポイントの最大数は4096です。", "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorMaxRows": "グラフのデータ系列の最大数は255です。", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorNoSingleRowCol": "参照が無効です。 タイトル、値、サイズ、またはデータラベルの参照は、単一のセル、行、または列である必要があります。", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorNoValues": "グラフを作成するには、系列に少なくとも1つの値がある必要があります。", "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorStockChart": "行の順序が正しくありません。この株価チャートを作成するには、
                    始値、高値、安値、終値の順でシートのデータを配置してください。", "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.textInvalidRange": "無効なセル範囲", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.textSelectData": "データの選択", "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtAxisLabel": "軸ラベル範囲", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtChoose": "範囲を選択する", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtSeriesName": "系列の名前", "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtTitleCategory": "軸ラベル", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtTitleSeries": "行を変更する", "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtValues": "値", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtXValues": "X値", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtYValues": "Y値", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strLineWeight": "線の太さ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strSparkColor": "色", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strTemplate": "テンプレート", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "詳細設定の表示", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "入力された値が正しくありません。
                    0〜1584の数値をご入力ください。", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textChartType": "グラフの種類の変更", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textEditData": "データの編集", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textFirstPoint": "最初のポイント", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textHeight": "高さ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textHighPoint": "最高ポイント", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textKeepRatio": "比例の定数", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textLastPoint": "最後ポイント", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textLowPoint": "最低ポイント", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textMarkers": "マーカー", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textNegativePoint": "マイナスのポイント", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textRanges": "データ範囲", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textSelectData": "データの選択", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textShow": "表示する", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textSize": "サイズ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textStyle": "スタイル", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textType": "タイプ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textWidth": "幅", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.errorMaxPoints": "エラー！グラプごとの直列のポイントの最大数は4096です。", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.errorMaxRows": "エラー！使用可能なデータ系列の数は、1グラフあたり最大255個です。", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.errorStockChart": "行の順序が正しくありません。この株価チャートを作成するには、
                    始値、高値、安値、終値の順でシートのデータを配置してください。", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAbsolute": "セルで移動したりサイズを変更したりしない", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAlt": "代替テキスト", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltDescription": "詳細", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltDescription": "説明", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltTip": "代替テキストとは、表、図、画像などのオブジェクトが持つ情報の、テキストによる代替表現です。この情報は、視覚や認知機能に障碍があり、オブジェクトを見たり認識したりできない方の役に立ちます。", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltTitle": "タイトル", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAuto": "自動", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAutoEach": "各に自動的", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisCrosses": "軸との交点", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisOptions": "軸のオプション", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisPos": "軸位置", @@ -1020,26 +1397,25 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "下", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "カテゴリ名", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "中央揃え", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "グラフ要素&
                    グラフの凡例", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "グラフ要素&
                    グラフの凡例", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "グラフのタイトル", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "十字形", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "カスタム", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "列に", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "データ ラベル", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "データ範囲", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "行に", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "データ系列", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "凡例の表示", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "空のセルと非表示のセル", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "データポイントを線で接続する", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textFit": "幅に合わせる", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textFixed": "固定", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGaps": "空隙", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGridLines": "枠線表示", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGroup": "スパークラインをグループ化する", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "表示しない", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "高", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "横軸", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "横軸目盛線", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "水平", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "横軸ラベル", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "百", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1060,6 +1436,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendRight": "右に", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendTop": "トップ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLines": "行", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLocationRange": "場所の範囲", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLow": "ロー", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMajor": "メジャー", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMajorMinor": "メジャーまたはマイナー", @@ -1075,28 +1452,30 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textNextToAxis": "軸の下/左", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textNone": "なし", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textNoOverlay": "オーバーレイなし", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOneCell": "移動するが、セルでサイズを変更しない", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOnTickMarks": "目盛", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOut": "外", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOuterTop": "外トップ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOverlay": "オーバーレイ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textReverse": "軸を反転する", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textReverseOrder": "逆順", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textRight": "右に", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textRightOverlay": "右オーバーレイ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textRotated": "回転", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSameAll": "すべてに同じ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSelectData": "データの選択", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "日付のラベルの区切り記号", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "系列の名前", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "表示", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "軸の表示", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "グラフの罫線の表示", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "非表示の行と列にデータを表示する", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "空のセルを表示する", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "グリッド線", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "軸を表示する", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "グラフ値の表示", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "単一スパークライン", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSmooth": "スムーズ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSnap": "セルに合わせる", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSparkRanges": "スパークライン範囲", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textStraight": "直線", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textStyle": "スタイル", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTenMillions": "10 000 000", @@ -1104,35 +1483,44 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textThousands": "千", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTickOptions": "ティックのオプション", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTitle": "グラフ - 詳細設定", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTitleSparkline": "スパークラインー詳細設定", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTop": "上", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "兆", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "セルで移動してサイズを変更する", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "タイプ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "タイプ＆データ", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "グラフの種類、タイトル&
                    データ範囲", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "表示単位", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "値", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "縦軸", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "縦軸目盛線", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "縦軸のタイトル", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "X軸のタイトル", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Y軸のタイトル", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "ゼロ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.txtEmpty": "このフィールドは必須項目です", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textDataRange": "ソースデータ範囲", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textDestination": "テーブルを配置する場所をご選択ください", "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textExist": "既存のワークシート", "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textInvalidRange": "無効なセル範囲", "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textNew": "新しいワークシート", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textSelectData": "データの選択", "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textTitle": "表の作成", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.txtEmpty": "この項目は必須です", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "グループ化", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextCustomSort": "ユーザー設定の並べ替え", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextRemDuplicates": "重複データを削除", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextToCol": "テキスト区切り", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnUngroup": "グループ解除", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textBelow": "詳細の下の要約行", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textClear": "グループを解除", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textColumns": "カラムのグループを解除", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textGroupColumns": "カラムをグループ化", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textGroupRows": "行をグループ化", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRightOf": "詳細の右側にある要約列", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRows": "行のグループを解除", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipCustomSort": "ユーザー設定の並べ替え", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipGroup": "セルの範囲をグループ化する", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipRemDuplicates": "シート内の重複を削除", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipToColumns": "セルテキストを列に分割する", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipUngroup": "セルの範囲をグループ解除する", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "と", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "次の値と等しい", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "次の文字列で終わらない", @@ -1154,6 +1542,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.txtTitle": "ユーザー設定フィルター", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedImgText": "画像の詳細設定", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedShapeText": "図形の詳細設定", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedSlicerText": "スライサーの高度な設定", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.bottomCellText": "下揃え", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.bulletsText": "箇条書きと段落番号", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.centerCellText": "中央揃え", @@ -1178,6 +1567,9 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectRowText": "行の選択", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectTableText": "テーブルの選択", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDelete": "署名の削除", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDetails": "サインの詳細", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSetup": "サインの設定", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSign": "サインする", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAlign": "配置", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrange": "整列", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBack": "背景へ移動", @@ -1185,9 +1577,11 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "前面へ移動", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "前景に移動", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAverage": "平均", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCount": "データの個数", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCrop": "トリミング", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFill": "塗りつぶし", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFit": "合わせる", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEntriesList": "ドロップダウンリストから選択する", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipH": "左右反転", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipV": "上下反転", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFreezePanes": "枠の固定", @@ -1210,9 +1604,11 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "中央揃え", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "右揃え", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "上揃え", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textStdDev": "標準偏差", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSum": "合計", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "元に戻す", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUnFreezePanes": "ウインドウ枠固定の解除", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textVar": "標本分散", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.topCellText": "上揃え", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAccounting": "会計", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddComment": "コメントの追加", @@ -1271,6 +1667,8 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSort": "並べ替え", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSortCellColor": "選択したセルの色を上に表示", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSortFontColor": "選択したフォントの色を上に表示", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSparklines": "スパークライン", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtText": "テキスト", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtTextAdvanced": "テキストの詳細設定", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtTime": "時刻", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUngroup": "グループ解除", @@ -1278,18 +1676,31 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.vertAlignText": "垂直方向の配置", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.strLayout": "レイアウト", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.strSubtotals": "小計", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.textReport": "レポートフォーム", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.textTitle": "フィールド設定", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtAverage": "平均", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtBlank": "各項目の後に空白行を挿入する", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtBottom": "グループの下部に表示する", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCompact": "コンパクト", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCount": "カウント", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCountNums": "数を集計", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCustomName": "カスタム名", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "データのないアイテムを表示する", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtMax": "最大", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtMin": "最小", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtOutline": "アウトライン", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtProduct": "乗積", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtRepeat": "各行でアイテムラベルを繰り返す", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtShowSubtotals": "小計を表示する", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSourceName": "ソース名：", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDev": "標準偏差", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDevp": "標準偏差", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSum": "合計", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSummarize": "小計の関数", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtTabular": "表形式", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtTop": "グループのトップに表示する", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtVar": "標本分散", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtVarp": "分散", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "ドキュメントに移動", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnCloseMenuCaption": "（←戻る）", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnCreateNewCaption": "新規作成", @@ -1321,8 +1732,10 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtCreated": "作成しました", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtModifyBy": "最終更新者", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtModifyDate": "最終更新", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtOwner": "所有者", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtPlacement": "場所", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtRights": "権利を持っている者", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtSubject": "件名", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtTitle": "スプレッドシートのタイトル", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtUploaded": "アップロードされた", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "アクセス許可の変更", @@ -1336,18 +1749,22 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strDecimalSeparator": "小数点区切り", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFast": "速い", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFontRender": "フォントのヒント", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strForcesave": "常にサーバーに保存する（もしくは、文書を閉じる後、サーバーに保存する）", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFuncLocale": "数式の言語", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFuncLocaleEx": "例えば：合計；最小；最大；カウント", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strLiveComment": "テキストコメントの表示をターンにします。", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strMacrosSettings": "マクロの設定", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strPaste": "切り取り、コピー、貼り付け", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strPasteButton": "貼り付けるときに[貼り付けオプション]ボタンを表示する", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strR1C1": "R1C1形式を有効にする", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strRegSettings": "地域の設定", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strRegSettingsEx": "例えば：", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strResolvedComment": "解決されたコメントの表示をオンにする", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strSeparator": "区切り", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strStrict": "高レベル", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strThousandsSeparator": "桁区切り", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strUnit": "販売単位", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strUseSeparatorsBasedOnRegionalSettings": "地域の設定に基づいて桁区切りを使用する", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strZoom": "既定のズーム値", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.text10Minutes": "10 分ごと", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.text30Minutes": "30 分ごと", @@ -1358,14 +1775,19 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textDisabled": "無効", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textForceSave": "サーバーに保存する", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textMinute": "1 分ごと", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textRefStyle": "参照スタイル", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtCacheMode": "既定のキャッシュ モード", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtCm": "センチ", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtDe": "ドイツ語", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtEn": "英吾", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtEs": "スペイン", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtFr": "フランス", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtInch": "インチ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtIt": "イタリア", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtLiveComment": "コメントの表示", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtMac": "OS Xのような", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtNative": "ネイティブ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtPl": "ポーランド", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtPt": "ポイント", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtRu": "ロシア語", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtRunMacros": "全てを有効にする", @@ -1380,20 +1802,34 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.strIgnoreWordsInUPPERCASE": "大文字がある言葉を無視する", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.strIgnoreWordsWithNumbers": "数字のある単語は無視する", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.txtAutoCorrect": "オートコレクト設定", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.txtProofing": "文章校正", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "警告", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "パスワードを使って", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "スプレッドシートを保護する", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "サインを使って", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "スプレッドシートを編集する", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "編集すると、スプレッドシートから署名が削除されます。
                    続けますか？", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "このスプレッドシートはパスワードで保護されています", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtRequestedSignatures": "このスプレッドシートはサインする必要があります。", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "有効な署名がスプレッドシートに追加されました。 スプレッドシートは編集から保護されています。", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "スプレッドシートの一部のデジタル署名が無効であるか、検証できませんでした。 スプレッドシートは編集から保護されています。", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "署名の表示", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtGeneral": "全般", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtPageSettings": "ページの設定", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtSpellChecking": "スペルチェック", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textCategory": "カテゴリー", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textDecimal": "小数点", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textFormat": "フォーマット", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textSeparator": "1000 の区切り文字を使用する", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textSymbols": "記号と特殊文字", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textTitle": "数値の書式", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAccounting": "会計", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs10": "分母を１０に設定 (５/１０)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs100": "分母を１００に設定 (５０/１００)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs16": "分母を１６に設定 (８/１６)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs2": "分母を２に設定 (１/２)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs4": "分母を４に設定 (２/４)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs8": "分母を8に設定 (4/8)", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCurrency": "通貨", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustom": "カスタム", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtDate": "日付", @@ -1406,9 +1842,13 @@ "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtScientific": "指数", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtText": "テキスト", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtTime": "時刻", - "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.sDescription": "詳細", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtUpto1": "最大1桁（1/3）", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtUpto2": "最大2桁（12/25）", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtUpto3": "最大3桁（131/135）", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.sDescription": "説明", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.textGroupDescription": "機能グループの選択", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.textListDescription": "機能の選択", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtRecommended": "おすすめ", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtSearch": "検索", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtTitle": "関数の挿入", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textAutomatic": "自動", @@ -1419,22 +1859,32 @@ "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.tipCalculateTheEntireWorkbook": "ワークブック全体を計算する", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtAdditional": "追加の", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtAutosum": "自動合計", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtAutosumTip": "合計", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtCalculation": "計算", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormula": "関数", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormulaTip": "関数の挿入", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtMore": "その他の関数", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtRecent": "最近使用された", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textAny": "すべて", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textArgument": "引数", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunction": "関数", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunctionRes": "関数の結果", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textHelp": "この関数について", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textLogical": "論理的な", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textNoArgs": "この関数には引数がありません", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textNumber": "数", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textRef": "参照", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textText": "テキスト", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textTitle": "関数の引数", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textValue": "数式の計算結果", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAlign": "ページの余白に合わせて整列する", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAll": "全ページ", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textBold": "太字", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textCenter": "中央揃え", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textColor": "文字の色", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDate": "日付", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDiffFirst": "先頭ページ​​のみ別指定", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDiffOdd": "奇数/偶数ページ別指定", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textEven": "偶数ページ", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFileName": "ファイル名", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFirst": "最初のページ", @@ -1450,6 +1900,7 @@ "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textPageNum": "ページ番号", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textPresets": "あらかじめ設定された", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textRight": "右に", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textScale": "ドキュメントに合わせて拡大縮小", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSheet": "シートの名前", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textStrikeout": "取り消し線", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSubscript": "下付き", @@ -1473,6 +1924,7 @@ "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "内部のデータ範囲", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInvalidRange": "エラー！セルの範囲が正しくありません。", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textNames": "定義された名前", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textSelectData": "データの選択", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textSheets": "シート", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "ヒントのテキスト:", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "ハイパーリンクの設定", @@ -1495,20 +1947,24 @@ "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHintFlipV": "上下反転", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textInsert": "画像の置き換え", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textKeepRatio": "比例の定数", - "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textOriginalSize": "既定サイズ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textOriginalSize": "実際のサイズ", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textRotate90": "90度回転", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textRotation": "回転", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textSize": "サイズ", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textWidth": "幅", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAbsolute": "セルで移動したりサイズを変更したりしない", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "代替テキスト", - "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "詳細", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "説明", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "代替テキストとは、表、図、画像などのオブジェクトが持つ情報の、テキストによる代替表現です。この情報は、視覚や認知機能に障碍があり、オブジェクトを見たり認識したりできない方の役に立ちます。", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "タイトル", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "角", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textFlipped": "反転された", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textHorizontally": "水平に", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textOneCell": "移動するが、セルでサイズを変更しない", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textRotation": "回転", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "セルに合わせる", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "画像 - 詳細設定", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTwoCell": "セルで移動してサイズを変更する", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textVertically": "縦に", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "詳細情報", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipChat": "チャット", @@ -1519,7 +1975,9 @@ "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSpellcheck": "スペルチェック", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "フィードバック＆サポート", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "開発者モード", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "制限されたアクセス", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "試用モード", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "試用開発者モード", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "保存", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "下", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLandscape": "横", @@ -1541,6 +1999,9 @@ "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPageSize": "ページのサイズ", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPrintGrid": "枠線の印刷", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPrintHeadings": "行列番号", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textRepeat": "繰り返す．．．", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textRepeatLeft": "左側の列を繰り返す", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textRepeatTop": "上の行を繰り返す", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textSettings": "設定のために", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.errorCreateDefName": "存在する名前付き範囲を編集することはできません。
                    今、範囲が編集されているので、新しい名前付き範囲を作成することはできません。", "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.namePlaceholder": "定義された名前", @@ -1579,6 +2040,7 @@ "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textWorkbook": "ブック", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.tipIsLocked": "この要素が別のユーザーによって編集されています。", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.txtTitle": "名前の管理", + "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textBottom": "低", "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textLeft": "左", "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textRight": "右", "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textTitle": "余白", @@ -1598,13 +2060,16 @@ "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strDoubleStrike": "二重取り消し線", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndent": "インデント", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLeftText": "左", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLineSpacing": "行間", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsRightText": "右に", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingAfter": "後", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingBefore": "前", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpecial": "特殊", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpecialBy": "幅", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphFont": "フォント", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphIndents": "インデント＆行間隔", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSmallCaps": "小型英大文字\t", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSpacing": "間隔", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strStrike": "取り消し線", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSubscript": "下付き", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSuperscript": "上付き文字", @@ -1614,8 +2079,10 @@ "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "文字間のスペース", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "既定のタブ", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "効果", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textExact": "固定値", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textFirstLine": "先頭行", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textHanging": "ぶら下がり", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textJustified": "両端揃え(英文)", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNoneSpecial": "（なし）", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemove": "削除", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemoveAll": "全ての削除", @@ -1637,13 +2104,19 @@ "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition4": "より以上か等しい", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition5": "がより小さい", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition6": "より以下か等しい", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition7": "で始まる", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition8": "次の文字から始まらない", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition9": "に終了", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textShowLabel": "ラベルが次の条件に一致する項目を表示する", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textShowValue": "次の条件に一致する項目を表示する：", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textUse1": "?を使って、任意の1文字を表すことができます。", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textUse2": "一連の文字の代わりに*をご使用ください", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtAnd": "と", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtTitleLabel": "ラベル・フィルター", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtTitleValue": "値フィルター", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textAdvanced": "詳細設定の表示", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textColumns": "列", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textFields": "フィールドを選択する", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textFilters": "フィルタ", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textRows": "行", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textValues": "値", @@ -1659,20 +2132,29 @@ "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveFilter": "フィルターに移動する", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveRow": "行に移動する", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveUp": "上に移動する", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveValues": "値に移動する", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtRemove": "フィールドを削除する", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.strLayout": "名前とレイアウト", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "代替テキスト", - "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "詳細", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "説明", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "代替テキストとは、表、図、画像などのオブジェクトが持つ情報の、テキストによる代替表現です。この情報は、視覚や認知機能に障碍があり、オブジェクトを見たり認識したりできない方の役に立ちます。", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "タイトル", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDataRange": "データ範囲", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDataSource": "データソース", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDisplayFields": "レポート・フィルター範囲にフィールドを表示する", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDown": "上から下", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textGrandTotals": "総計", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textHeaders": "フィールドのヘッダー", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textInvalidRange": "エラー！セルの範囲は無効です。", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textOver": "左から右", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textSelectData": "データの選択", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textShowCols": "列に表示", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textShowHeaders": "行と列のフィールドヘッダーを表示する", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textShowRows": "行に表示", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "ピボットテーブルの詳細設定", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textWrapCol": "列ごとのレポートフィルターフィールド", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textWrapRow": "行ごとのレポートフィルターフィールド", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.txtEmpty": "この項目は必須です", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.txtName": "名前", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capBlankRows": "空行", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capGrandTotals": "総計", @@ -1680,16 +2162,31 @@ "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capSubtotals": "小計", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniBottomSubtotals": "すべての小計をグループの下に表示する", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniInsertBlankLine": "各項目の後に空白行を挿入する", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutCompact": "コンパクト形式で表示", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutNoRepeat": "すべてのアイテムラベルを繰り返さない", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutOutline": "アウトライン形式で表示", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutRepeat": "すべてのアイテムラベルを繰り返す", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutTabular": "表形式で表示", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniNoSubtotals": "小計を表示しない", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniOffTotals": "行と列には無効にする", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniOnColumnsTotals": "行と列には有効にする", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniOnRowsTotals": "行のみに有効にする", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniOnTotals": "行と列には有効にする", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniRemoveBlankLine": "各項目の後の空白行を削除する", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniTopSubtotals": "すべての小計をグループの上に表示する", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textColBanded": "縞模様の例", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textColHeader": "列のヘッダー", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textRowBanded": "縞模様の行", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textRowHeader": "行のヘッダー", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipCreatePivot": "ピボットテーブルの挿入", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipGrandTotals": "総計を表示か非表示する", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipRefresh": "データソースからの情報を更新します", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSelect": "ピボットテーブル全体を選択する", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSubtotals": "小計を表示か非表示する", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtCreate": "表の挿入", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtPivotTable": "ピボットテーブル", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtRefresh": "更新", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtSelect": "選択する", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.btnDownload": "保存してダウンロード", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.btnPrint": "保存&印刷", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strBottom": "下", @@ -1720,6 +2217,9 @@ "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPrintHeadings": "行列番号", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPrintRange": "印刷範囲\t", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRange": "範囲", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRepeat": "繰り返す．．．", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRepeatLeft": "左側の列を繰り返す", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRepeatTop": "上の行を繰り返す", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textSelection": "選択", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textSettings": "シートの設定", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textShowDetails": "詳細の表示", @@ -1732,8 +2232,12 @@ "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFrozenCols": "固定された列", "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFrozenRows": "固定された行", "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textInvalidRange": "エラー！セルの範囲は無効です。", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textLeft": "左側の列を繰り返す", "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textNoRepeat": "繰り返なし", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textRepeat": "繰り返す．．．", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textSelectRange": "範囲の選択", "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textTitle": "タイトルを印刷する", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textTop": "上の行を繰り返す", "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textColumns": "列", "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textDescription": "重複する値を削除するには、重複する列を1つ以上ご選択ください。", "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textHeaders": "先頭行は見出し", @@ -1746,13 +2250,19 @@ "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtPivotSettings": "ピボットテーブルの設定", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSettings": "共通設定", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "図形の設定", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "サインの設定", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSlicerSettings": "スライサーの設定", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSparklineSettings": "スパークライン設定", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "表の設定", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "テキストアートの設定", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textAuto": "自動", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textError": "入力した値が正しくありません。", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textFewPages": "ページ", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textFitTo": "に合わせる", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textHeight": "高さ", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textManyPages": "ページ", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textOnePage": "ページ", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textScaleTo": "拡大縮小", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textTitle": "スケール設定", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textWidth": "幅", "SSE.Views.SetValueDialog.txtMaxText": "このフィールドの最大値は、{0}です。", @@ -1793,6 +2303,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRadial": "放射状", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotate90": "90度回転", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotation": "回転", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectImage": "画像の選択", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectTexture": "選択", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStretch": "ストレッチ", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "スタイル", @@ -1814,8 +2325,10 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtWood": "木", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strColumns": "列", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strMargins": "テキストの埋め込み文字", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAbsolute": "セルで移動したりサイズを変更したりしない", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "代替テキスト", - "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "詳細", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "説明", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "代替テキストとは、表、図、画像などのオブジェクトが持つ情報の、テキストによる代替表現です。この情報は、視覚や認知機能に障碍があり、オブジェクトを見たり認識したりできない方の役に立ちます。", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "タイトル", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "角", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textArrows": "矢印", @@ -1837,6 +2350,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "左", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLineStyle": "線のスタイル", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textMiter": "角", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textOneCell": "移動するが、セルでサイズを変更しない", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textOverflow": "テキストのはみ出しを許可", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textResizeFit": "テキストに合わせて図形を調整", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRight": "右に", @@ -1844,33 +2358,50 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRound": "ラウンド", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSize": "サイズ", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "セルに合わせる", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSpacing": "列の間隔", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSquare": "四角の", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTextBox": "テキストボックス", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "図形 - 詳細設定", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTop": "トップ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTwoCell": "セルで移動してサイズを変更する", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textVertically": "縦に", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWeightArrows": "太さ&矢印", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "幅", "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "警告", "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDelete": "署名の削除", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDetails": "サインの詳細", "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strInvalid": "不正な署名", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strRequested": "要求された署名", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSetup": "サインの設定", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "サインする", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSignature": "署名", "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSigner": "署名者", "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "有効な署名", "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "無視して編集する", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "編集すると、スプレッドシートから署名が削除されます。
                    続けますか？", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtRequestedSignatures": "このスプレッドシートはサインする必要があります。", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "有効な署名がスプレッドシートに追加されました。 スプレッドシートは編集から保護されています。", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "スプレッドシートの一部のデジタル署名が無効であるか、検証できませんでした。 スプレッドシートは編集から保護されています。", "SSE.Views.SlicerAddDialog.textColumns": "列", "SSE.Views.SlicerAddDialog.txtTitle": "スライサーの挿入", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strHideNoData": "データがないのを非表示にする", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strIndNoData": "データのないアイテムを視覚的に示す", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strShowDel": "データソースから削除されたアイテムを表示する", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strShowNoData": "最後にデータのないアイテムを表示する", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strSorting": "並べ替えとフィルター", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAdvanced": "詳細設定の表示", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAsc": "昇順", - "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAZ": "降順", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAZ": "昇順", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textButtons": "ボタン", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textColumns": "列", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textDesc": "降順", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textHeight": "高さ", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textHor": "水平", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textKeepRatio": "一定の割合", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textLargeSmall": "最大から最小へ", - "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textOldNew": "古いから新しいへ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textLock": "サイズ変更または移動を無効にする", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textNewOld": "最も新しいものから最も古いものへ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textOldNew": "最も古いものから最も新しいものへ", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textPosition": "位置", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textSize": "サイズ", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textSmallLarge": "最小から最大へ", @@ -1882,47 +2413,72 @@ "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strColumns": "列", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strHeight": "高さ", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strHideNoData": "データがないのを非表示にする", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strIndNoData": "データのないアイテムを視覚的に示す", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strReferences": "参考資料", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowDel": "データソースから削除されたアイテムを表示する", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowHeader": "ヘッダーを表示する", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowNoData": "最後にデータのないアイテムを表示する", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strSize": "サイズ", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strSorting": "並べ替えとフィルター", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strStyle": "スタイル", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strStyleSize": "スタイルとサイズ", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strWidth": "幅", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAbsolute": "セルで移動したりサイズを変更したりしない", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "代替テキスト", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "説明", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "代替テキストとは、表、図、画像などのオブジェクトが持つ情報の、テキストによる代替表現です。この情報は、視覚や認知機能に障碍があり、オブジェクトを見たり認識したりできない方の役に立ちます。", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "タイトル", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAsc": "昇順", - "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAZ": "降順", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAZ": "昇順", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textDesc": "降順", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textFormulaName": "数式で使用する名前", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textHeader": "ヘッダー", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textKeepRatio": "一定の割合", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textLargeSmall": "最大から最小へ", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textName": "名前", - "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textOldNew": "古いから新しいへ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textNewOld": "最も新しいものから最も古いものへ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textOldNew": "最も古いものから最も新しいものへ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textOneCell": "移動するが、セルでサイズを変更しない", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSmallLarge": "最小から最大へ", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "セルに合わせる", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSort": "並べ替え", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSourceName": "ソース名", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "スライサーの高度な設定", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textTwoCell": "セルで移動してサイズを変更する", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textZA": "昇順", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.txtEmpty": "この項目は必須です", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorEmpty": "すべての並べ替えの基準には、列または行を指定する必要があります。", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorMoreOneCol": "複数の列が選択されています。", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorMoreOneRow": "複数の行が選択されています。", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorNotOriginalCol": "選択した列が元の選択範囲にありません。", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorNotOriginalRow": "選択した行が元の選択範囲にありません。", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorSameColumnColor": "％1は同じ色で複数回並べ替えられています。
                    重複する並べ替えの基準を削除して、再びお試しください。", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorSameColumnValue": "％1は値で複数回並べ替えられています。
                    重複する並べ替えの基準を削除して、再びお試しください。", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAdd": "レベルの追加", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAsc": "昇順", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAuto": "自動", - "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAZ": "降順", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAZ": "昇順", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textBelow": "下", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textCellColor": "セルの背景色", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textColumn": "列", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textCopy": "レベルをコピーする", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textDelete": "レベルを削除する", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textDesc": "降順", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textDown": "レベルを下げる", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textFontColor": "フォントの色", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textLeft": "左", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textMoreCols": "（他の行．．．）", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textMoreRows": "（他の列．．．）", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textNone": "なし", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textOptions": "設定", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textOrder": "順", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textRight": "右に", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textRow": "行", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textSort": "並べ替え", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textSortBy": "並べ替え", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textThenBy": "次に優先されるキー", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textTop": "上", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textUp": "レベルを上げる", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textValues": "値", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textZA": "昇順", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.txtInvalidRange": "無効なセル範囲", @@ -1938,28 +2494,36 @@ "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textTopBottom": "上から下に並べ替え", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAdd": "追加", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAll": "すべて", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textBlanks": "空白セルを無視する", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textColWidth": "列幅", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textComments": "コメント", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textDiv": "除法", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFFormat": "数式と書式", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFNFormat": "数式と数値書式", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFormats": "書式", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFormulas": "数式", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFWidth": "数式と列幅", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textMult": "乗算", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textNone": "なし", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textOperation": "演算", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textPaste": "貼り付け", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textSub": "減算", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTitle": "特殊貼付け", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTranspose": "入れ替える", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textValues": "値", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textVFormat": "値と書式", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textVNFormat": "値と数値の書式", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textWBorders": "罫線なし", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.noSuggestions": "修正候補なし", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textChange": "変更", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textChangeAll": "全て更新", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textIgnore": "無視", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textIgnoreAll": "全てを無視する", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtAddToDictionary": "辞書の追加", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtComplete": "スペル・チェックが完了しました", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtDictionaryLanguage": "辞書言語", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtNextTip": "次の言葉へ", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtSpelling": "スペル", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemCopyToEnd": "(末尾までコピー)", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemMoveToEnd": "(末尾へ移動)", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textCopyBefore": "シートの前にコピーします", @@ -1968,6 +2532,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredText": "フィルタモード", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemAverage": "平均", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemCopy": "コピー", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemCount": "データの個数", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemDelete": "削除", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemHidden": "非表示", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemHide": "表示しない", @@ -1981,6 +2546,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.errNameExists": "指定された名前のワークシートが既に存在します。", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.errNameWrongChar": "シート名に次の文字を含むことはできません：\\/*?[]:", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.labelSheetName": "シートの名前", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.selectAllSheets": "すべてのシートを選択する", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textAverage": "平均", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textCount": "カウント", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textMax": "最大", @@ -1996,13 +2562,16 @@ "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomFactor": "拡大図", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomIn": "拡大", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomOut": "縮小", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.ungroupSheets": "セシートをグループ解除する", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.zoomText": "ズーム{0}%", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorAutoFilterDataRange": "選択されたセルの範囲には操作を実行することができません。
                    他のデータの範囲を存在の範囲に異なる選択し、もう一度お試しください。", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorFTChangeTableRangeError": "選択したセル範囲で操作を完了できませんでした。
                    最初のテーブルの行は同じ行にあったように、範囲を選択してください。
                    新しいテーブル範囲が元のテーブル範囲に重なるようにしてください。", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorFTRangeIncludedOtherTables": "選択したセル範囲で操作を完了できませんでした。
                    他のテーブルが含まれていない範囲を選択してください。", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorMultiCellFormula": "複数セルの配列数式はテーブルでは使用できません。", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtEmpty": "このフィールドは必須項目です", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtFormat": "表の作成", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtInvalidRange": "エラー！セルの範囲が正しくありません。", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtNote": "ヘッダーは同じ行に残しておく必要があり、結果のテーブル範囲は元のテーブル範囲と重ねる必要があります。", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtTitle": "タイトル", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "列の削除", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteRowText": "行の削除", @@ -2016,9 +2585,11 @@ "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectDataText": "列データの選択", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectRowText": "行の選択", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectTableText": "テーブルの選択", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textActions": "テーブルアクション", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textAdvanced": "詳細設定の表示", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textBanded": "縞模様", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "列", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textConvertRange": "範囲に変換する", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "行&列", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "テンプレートなし", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textExistName": "エラー！すでに同じ名前がある範囲も存在しています。", @@ -2028,6 +2599,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textInvalidName": "エラー！表の名前が正しくありません。", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textIsLocked": "この要素が別のユーザーによって編集されています。", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "最後の", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textLongOperation": "長時間の操作", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textPivot": "ピボットテーブルの挿入", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textRemDuplicates": "重複データを削除", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textReservedName": "使用しようとしている名前は、既にセルの数式で参照されています。他の名前を使用してください。", @@ -2038,9 +2610,12 @@ "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textTableName": "表の名前", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "テンプレートから選択する", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "合計", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.warnLongOperation": "実行しようとしている操作は、完了するまでにかなり時間がかかる可能性があります。
                    続行しますか？", "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "代替テキスト", - "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "詳細", + "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "説明", + "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "代替テキストとは、表、図、画像などのオブジェクトが持つ情報の、テキストによる代替表現です。この情報は、視覚や認知機能に障碍があり、オブジェクトを見たり認識したりできない方の役に立ちます。", "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "タイトル", + "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "表 - 詳細設定", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strBackground": "背景色", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strColor": "色", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strFill": "塗りつぶし", @@ -2089,12 +2664,14 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnAddComment": "コメントの追加", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnComment": "コメント", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "ヘッダー/フッター", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsSlicer": "スライサー", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsSymbol": "記号", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnMargins": "余白", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageOrient": "印刷の向き", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageSize": "サイズ", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPrintArea": "印刷範囲", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPrintTitles": "タイトルを印刷する", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnScale": "拡大縮小印刷", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgAlign": "配置", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgBackward": "背面へ移動", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgForward": "前面へ移動", @@ -2122,6 +2699,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBold": "太字", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBordersColor": "罫線の色", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBordersStyle": "罫線スタイル", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBottom": "低：", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBottomBorders": "罫線の下", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textCenterBorders": "内側の垂直方向の罫線", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textClearPrintArea": "印刷範囲をクリアする", @@ -2140,11 +2718,14 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textInsideBorders": "罫線の購入", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textInsRight": "右方向にシフト", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "イタリック", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textLandscape": "横向き", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textLeft": "左：", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textLeftBorders": "左の罫線", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textManyPages": "ページ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMarginsLast": "最後に適用した設定", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMarginsNarrow": "狭い", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMarginsNormal": "標準", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMarginsWide": "広い", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMiddleBorders": "内側の水平方向の罫線", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMoreFormats": "その他のフォーマット", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMorePages": "その他のページ", @@ -2156,6 +2737,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPortrait": "縦向き", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPrint": "印刷", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPrintOptions": "設定の印刷", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRight": "右：", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRightBorders": "右の罫線", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRotateDown": "右へ90度回転", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRotateUp": "上にテキストの回転", @@ -2174,6 +2756,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "挿入", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLayout": "ページレイアウト", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "保護", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabView": "表示", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "トップ：", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTopBorders": "上の罫線", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "下線", @@ -2203,11 +2786,13 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStyleCurrency": "通貨スタイル", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStylePercent": "パーセント スタイル", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChart": "グラフの編集", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChartData": "データの選択", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "ヘッダーやフッターの編集", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "フォントの色", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "フォント名", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "フォントサイズ", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipImgAlign": "オブジェクトを整列する", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipImgGroup": "オブジェクトをグループ化する", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncDecimal": "進数を増やす", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "フォントサイズの増分", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "グラフの挿入", @@ -2222,7 +2807,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "テーブルの挿入", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "テキストの挿入", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextart": "ワードアートの挿入", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipMerge": "マージ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipMerge": "結合して、中央に配置する", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipNumFormat": "数値の書式", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPageMargins": "余白", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPageOrient": "印刷の向き", @@ -2235,6 +2820,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipRedo": "やり直す", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSave": "保存", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSaveCoauth": "他のユーザが変更を見れるために変更を保存します。", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipScale": "拡大縮小印刷", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSendBackward": "背面へ移動", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSendForward": "前面へ移動", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "ドキュメントは他のユーザーによって変更されました。変更を保存するためにここでクリックし、アップデートを再ロードしてください。", @@ -2244,6 +2830,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAccounting": "会計", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAdditional": "追加", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAscending": "昇順", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAutosumTip": "合計", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearAll": "すべて", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearComments": "コメント", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearFilter": "フィルタのクリア", @@ -2311,6 +2898,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtYen": "¥ 円", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.textType": "表示", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtBottom": "下", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtBy": "対象", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtItems": "アイテム", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtPercent": "パーセント", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtSum": "合計", @@ -2319,35 +2907,58 @@ "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtValueTitle": "トップ10フィルター", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.textTitle": "値フィールド設定", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtAverage": "平均", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtBaseField": "基本フィールド", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtBaseItem": "基本アイテム\n\t", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtByField": "％2の％1", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCount": "カウント", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCountNums": "数を集計", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCustomName": "カスタム名", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtDifference": "基準値との差分", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtIndex": "インデックス", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtMax": "最大", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtMin": "最小", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtNormal": "計算なし", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercent": "のパーセント", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentDiff": "基準値に対する比率の差", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfCol": "列のパーセント", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfRow": "合計のパーセント", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfTotal": "行のパーセント", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtProduct": "乗積", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtRunTotal": "累計", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtShowAs": "計算の種類", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSourceName": "ソース名：", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDev": "標準偏差", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDevp": "標準偏差", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSum": "合計", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSummarize": "値フィールドを次のように要約する：", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtVar": "標本分散", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtVarp": "分散", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.closeButtonText": "閉じる", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.guestText": "ゲスト", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDelete": "削除する", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "複製する", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textEmpty": "表示はまだ作成されていません。", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textGoTo": "表示に移動する", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "表示名は128文字に制限されています。", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "新しい", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "名前を変更する", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameError": "表示名は空であってはなりません。", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameLabel": "ビューの名前を変更する", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textViews": "シート表示", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.tipIsLocked": "この要素が別のユーザーによって編集されています。", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.txtTitle": "シート表示マネージャー", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.warnDeleteView": "現在有効になっている表示 '％1'を削除しようとしています。
                    この表示を閉じて削除しますか？", "SSE.Views.ViewTab.capBtnFreeze": "ウィンドウ枠の固定", "SSE.Views.ViewTab.capBtnSheetView": "シートの表示", "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textClose": "閉じる", "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textCreate": "新しい", "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textDefault": "デフォルト", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textFormula": "数式バー", "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textGridlines": "枠線表示", "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textHeadings": "見出し", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textManager": "表示マネージャー", "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textZoom": "ズーム", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipClose": "シートの表示を閉じる", "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipCreate": "シート表示を作成する", "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipFreeze": "ウィンドウ枠の固定", "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipSheetView": "シートの表示" diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ko.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ko.json index 7e2eb0e92..78b25a848 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ko.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ko.json @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Replace", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "모두 바꾸기", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "이 메시지를 다시 표시하지 않음", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "다른 사용자가 문서를 변경했습니다.
                    클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장하고 업데이트를 다시로드하십시오.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "다른 사용자가 문서를 변경했습니다.
                    클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장하고 업데이트를 다시로드하십시오.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "표준 색상", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "테마 색", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "취소", @@ -977,9 +977,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "사용자 지정", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "열에 있음", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "데이터 레이블", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "데이터 범위", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "행에 있음", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "데이터 계열", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "범례 표시", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "숨겨진 빈 셀", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "데이터 요소를 선으로 연결", @@ -991,9 +989,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "숨기기", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "높음", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "가로 축", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "수평 눈금 선", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Horizontal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "가로 축 제목", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Hundreds", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1044,11 +1040,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "데이터 레이블 구분 기호", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "시리즈 이름", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "표시", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "축 표시", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "차트 테두리 표시", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "숨겨진 행과 열에 데이터 표시", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "빈 셀을 다음으로 표시", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "눈금 선", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "축 표시", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "차트 값 표시", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "단일 스파크 라인", @@ -1067,12 +1061,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "수조", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "유형", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "유형 및 데이터", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "차트 유형, 스타일 &
                    데이터 범위", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "표시 단위", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "값", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "세로 축", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "수직 눈금 선", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "세로 축 제목", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "X 축 제목", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Y 축 제목", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Zero", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/lo.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/lo.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55ef68112 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/lo.json @@ -0,0 +1,2966 @@ +{ + "cancelButtonText": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.Controllers.Chat.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "Common.Controllers.Chat.textEnterMessage": "ໃສ່ຂໍ້ຄວາມຂອງທ່ານທີ່ນີ້", + "Common.define.chartData.textArea": "ພື້ນທີ່", + "Common.define.chartData.textBar": "ຂີດ", + "Common.define.chartData.textCharts": "ແຜ່ນຮູບວາດ", + "Common.define.chartData.textColumn": "ຄໍລັ້ມ", + "Common.define.chartData.textColumnSpark": "ຖັນ", + "Common.define.chartData.textLine": "ເສັ້ນບັນທັດ", + "Common.define.chartData.textLineSpark": "ເສັ້ນບັນທັດ", + "Common.define.chartData.textPie": "Pie", + "Common.define.chartData.textPoint": "ຈໍ້າເມັດຄ້າຍເສັ້ນກາຟິກ ລະຫວ່າງແກນ XY", + "Common.define.chartData.textSparks": "Sparklines", + "Common.define.chartData.textStock": "ບ່ອນເກັບສິນຄ້າ", + "Common.define.chartData.textSurface": "ດ້ານໜ້າ", + "Common.define.chartData.textWinLossSpark": "ຊະນະ/ເສຍ", + "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "ແຟ້ມ ກຳ ລັງຖືກດັດແກ້ຢູ່ໃນແອັບ ອື່ນ. ທ່ານສາມາດສືບຕໍ່ດັດແກ້ແລະບັນທຶກເປັນ ສຳ ເນົາ", + "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "ເພີມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງໃໝ່", + "Common.UI.ComboBorderSize.txtNoBorders": "ບໍ່ມີຂອບ", + "Common.UI.ComboBorderSizeEditable.txtNoBorders": "ບໍ່ມີຂອບ", + "Common.UI.ComboDataView.emptyComboText": "ບໍ່ມີແບບ", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.addButtonText": "ເພີ່ມ", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textCurrent": "ປະຈຸບັນ", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textHexErr": "ຄ່າທີ່ຕື່ມໃສ່ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
                    ກະລຸນາໃສ່ຄ່າລະຫວ່າງ 000000 ແລະ FFFFFF.", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textNew": "ໃຫມ່", + "Common.UI.ExtendedColorDialog.textRGBErr": "ຄ່າທີ່ຕື່ມໃສ່ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
                    ກະລຸນາໃສ່ຄ່າຕົວເລກລະຫວ່າງ 0 ຫາ 255.", + "Common.UI.HSBColorPicker.textNoColor": "ບໍ່ມີສີ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textHighlight": "ໄຮໄລ້ ຜົນລັບ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textMatchCase": "ກໍລະນີທີ່ສຳຄັນ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textReplaceDef": "ກະລຸນາໃສ່ຕົວ ໜັງ ສືທົດແທນເນື້ອຫາ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textSearchStart": "ໃສ່ເນື້ອຫາຂອງທ່ານທີນີ້", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textTitle": "ຄົ້ນຫາແລະປ່ຽນແທນ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textTitle2": "ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textWholeWords": "ຄຳເວົ້າທັງໝົດເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnHideReplace": "ເຊື່ອງຕົວທົດແທນ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນ", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "ປ່ຽນແທນທັງໝົດ", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "ຢ່າສະແດງຂໍ້ຄວາມນີ້ອີກ", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "ເອກະສານດັ່ງກ່າວໄດ້ຖືກປ່ຽນໂດຍຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນ.
                    ກະລຸນາກົດເພື່ອບັນທຶກການປ່ຽນແປງຂອງທ່ານແລະໂຫລດການອັບເດດໃໝ່.", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "ສີມາດຕະຖານ", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": " ສິຂອງຕີມ, ສີສັນຂອງຫົວຂໍ້", + "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.UI.Window.closeButtonText": " ປິດ", + "Common.UI.Window.noButtonText": "ບໍ່", + "Common.UI.Window.okButtonText": "ຕົກລົງ", + "Common.UI.Window.textConfirmation": "ການຢັ້ງຢືນຕົວຕົນ", + "Common.UI.Window.textDontShow": "ຢ່າສະແດງຂໍ້ຄວາມນີ້ອີກ", + "Common.UI.Window.textError": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ", + "Common.UI.Window.textInformation": "ຂໍ້ມູນ", + "Common.UI.Window.textWarning": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "Common.UI.Window.yesButtonText": "ແມ່ນແລ້ວ", + "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "ເຊັນຕີເມັດ", + "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", + "Common.Views.About.txtAddress": "ທີ່ຢູ່:", + "Common.Views.About.txtLicensee": "ຜູ້ໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດ", + "Common.Views.About.txtLicensor": "ຜູ້ໃຫ້ອະນຸຍາດ", + "Common.Views.About.txtMail": "ອິເມວ", + "Common.Views.About.txtPoweredBy": "ສ້າງໂດຍ", + "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "ໂທ.:", + "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "ລຸ້ນ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "ເພີ່ມ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textApplyAsWork": "ສະໝັກເປັນຜົນງານຂອງທ່ານ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAutoFormat": "ຈັດຮູບແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດຂະນະທີ່ທ່ານພິ່ມ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "ໂດຍ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "ລົບ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "ການແກ້ໄຂອັດຕະໂນມັດທາງຄະນິດສາດ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textNewRowCol": "ເພີ່ມ ແຖວ ແລະ ຖັນໃໝ່ໃນຕາຕະລາງ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognized": "ຫນ້າທີ່ຮັບຮູ້", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRecognizedDesc": "ສຳນວນດັ່ງຕໍ່ໄປນີ້ແມ່ນການສະແດງອອກທາງຄະນິດສາດ. ແລະ ຈະບໍ່ຖືກປັບໄໝໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ.", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceType": "ປ່ຽນຫົວຂໍ້ ໃນຂະນະທີ່ທ່ານພິມ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReset": "ປັບໃໝ່", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textResetAll": "ປັບເປັນຄ່າເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRestore": "ກູ້ຄືນ", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textTitle": "ແກ້ໄຂໂອໂຕ້", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnAddRec": "ຟັງຊັ້ນທີ່ຮູ້ຈັກຕອ້ງມີແຕ່ຕົວອັກສອນ A ຖິງ Z, ຕົວອັກສອນໃຫຍ່ຫລືໂຕນ້ອຍ.", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnResetRec": "ທຸກ ຄຳ ເວົ້າທີ່ທ່ານເພີ່ມຈະຖືກລຶບອອກແລະ ຄຳ ທີ່ຖືກລຶບອອກຈະຖືກ ນຳ ກັບມາໃຊ້. ທ່ານຕ້ອງການ ດຳ ເນີນການຕໍ່ບໍ?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReplace": "ການປ້ອນຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງສຳລັບ %1 ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວ. ທ່ານຕ້ອງການປ່ຽນແທນບໍ່?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReset": "ທຸກໆການແກ້ໄຂອັດຕະໂນມັດທີ່ທ່ານເພີ່ມຈະຖືກລຶບອອກແລະສິ່ງທີ່ຖືກປ່ຽນແປງຈະຖືກ ນຳ ກັບມາໃຊ້ແບບເດີມ. ທ່ານຕ້ອງການ ດຳ ເນີນການຕໍ່ບໍ?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnRestore": "ການປ້ອນຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງສຳລັບ %1 ຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃຫ້ກັບມາເປັນຄ່າເດີມ. ທ່ານຕ້ອງການດຳເນີນການຕໍ່ບໍ່?", + "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "ສົ່ງ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "ເພີ່ມ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "ເພີ່ມຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAddCommentToDoc": "ເພີ່ມຄວາມຄິດເຫັນໃນເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAddReply": "ຕອບຄີືນ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAnonym": " ແຂກ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textClose": " ປິດ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textComments": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textEdit": "ຕົກລົງ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textEnterCommentHint": "ໃສ່ຄຳເຫັນຂອງທ່ານທີ່ນີ້", + "Common.Views.Comments.textHintAddComment": "ເພີ່ມຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textOpenAgain": "ເປີດໃໝ່ອີກຄັ້ງ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textReply": "ຕອບ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textResolve": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "Common.Views.Comments.textResolved": "ແກ້ໄຂແລ້ວ", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textDontShow": "ຢ່າສະແດງຂໍ້ຄວາມນີ້ອີກ", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textMsg": "ດຳເນີນການສຳເນົາ,ຕັດ ແລະ ວາງ ໂດຍໃຊ້ປຸ່ມເຄື່ອງມືແກ້ໄຂ ແລະ ", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textTitle": "ປະຕິບັດການຄັດລອກ, ຕັດ ແລະ ວາງ", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToCopy": "ສຳລັບສຳເນົົາ", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToCut": "ສຳລັບຕັດ", + "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToPaste": "ສຳລັບວາງ ", + "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textLoading": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂຫຼດ...", + "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textTitle": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າການແບ່ງປັນ", + "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabel": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍ", + "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabelError": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຕ້ອງບໍ່ຫວ່າງເປົ່າ", + "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີ່ກໍາລັງແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ:", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "ເປີດບ່ອນຕຳແໜ່ງເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "ເຊື້ອງເຄື່ອງມື", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "ເຊື່ອງໄມ້ບັນທັດ", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "ເຊື່ອງແຖບສະຖານະກີດ", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "ກຳລັງບັນທຶກ...", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "ບັນທຶກການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "ບັນທຶກການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "ຂະຫຍາຍ ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "ຄຸ້ມຄອງສິດໃນການເຂົ້າເຖິງເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂຟາຍປັດຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "ພິມເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "ເຮັດຊ້ຳ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "ບັນທຶກ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndock": "ຍົກເລີກເຂົ້າໄປໃນປ່ອງຍ້ຽມແຍກຕ່າງຫາກ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າມຸມມອງ", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "ເບິ່ງຜູ້ໃຊ້ແລະຈັດການສິດເຂົ້າເຖິງເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "ປ່ຽນສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ", + "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "ປ່ຽນຊື່", + "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.textUrl": "ວາງ URL ຂອງຮູບພາບ:", + "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtEmpty": "ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີສ່ວນນີ້", + "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ \"http://www.example.com\"", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textBulleted": "ຂີດໜ້າ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textNumbering": "ນັບຕົວເລກ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.tipChange": "ປ່ຽນສັນຍາລັກສະແດງຫົວຂໍ້ຍ່ອຍ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtBullet": "ຂີດໜ້າ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtColor": "ສີ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNewBullet": "ຂີດຫຍໍ້ໜ້າໃໝ່", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtOfText": "% ຂໍ້ຄວາມ ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtStart": "ເລີ່ມຈາກ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSymbol": "ສັນຍາລັກ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtTitle": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າລາຍການ", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtType": "ພິມ, ຕີພິມ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "ປິດຝ່າຍ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtAdvanced": "ກ້າວໜ້າ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtColon": "ຈ້ຳສອງເມັດ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtComma": "ຈຸດ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtDelimiter": "ຂອບເຂດ ຈຳ ກັດ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "ການເຂົ້າລະຫັດ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "ລະຫັດຜ່ານບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtOther": "ອື່ນໆ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "ລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPreview": "ເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtProtected": "ເມື່ອທ່ານໃສ່ລະຫັດຜ່ານ ແລະ ເປີດເອກະສານ, ລະຫັດຜ່ານປະຈຸບັນຈະຖືກຕັ້ງຄ່າໃໝ່.", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtSemicolon": "ຈ້ຳຈຸດ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtSpace": "ຍະຫວ່າງ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTab": "ແທບ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "ເລືອກ %1 ຕົວເລືອກ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "ເອກະສານທີ່ໄດ້ຮັບການປົກປ້ອງ", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານເພື່ອປົກປ້ອງເອກະສານນີ້", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "ການຢັ້ງຢືນລະຫັດຜ່ານບໍ່ຄືກັນ", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "ລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "ໃສ່ລະຫັດຜ່ານຄືນໃໝ່", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "ຕັ້ງລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "ກຳລັງໂຫລດ", + "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "ສວ່ນເສີມ ", + "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "ສວ່ນເສີມ ", + "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "ກຳລັງໂຫລດ", + "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "ເລີ່ມ", + "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "ຢຸດ", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintAddPwd": "ເຂົ້າລະຫັດດ້ວຍລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "ປ່ຽນຫຼືລົບລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "ເພີ່ມລາຍເຊັນ ດີຈີຕອລ ຫຼື ລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "ເພີ່ມລະຫັດ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "ປ່ຽນລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "ລຶບລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "ເຂົ້າລະຫັດ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "ເພີ່ມລາຍເຊັນ ດີຈີຕອລ ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "ລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "ເພີ່ມລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "ຊື່ຟາຍ", + "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "ຊື່ເອກະສານບໍ່ສາມາດມີຕົວອັກສອນດັ່ງຕໍ່ໄປນີ້:", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "ການປ່ຽນແປງຕໍ່ໄປ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "ເບິ່ງການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ຜ່ານມາ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "ໄວ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "ການແກ້ໄຂຮ່ວມກັນໃນເວລາຈິງ. ການປ່ຽນແປງທັງ ໝົດ ຖືກບັນທຶກໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "ເຂັ້ມງວດ, ໂຕເຂັ້ມ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "ໃຊ້ປຸ່ມ 'ບັນທຶກ' ເພື່ອເຊື່ອມການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ທ່ານ ແລະ ຄົນອື່ນໆເຮັດ.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "ຍອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງໃນປະຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "ຕັ້ງຮູບແບບການແກ້ໄຂຮ່ວມກັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCommentRem": "ລຶບຄວາມຄິດເຫັນທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCommentRemCurrent": "ລຶບຄວາມຄິດເຫັນປະຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "ສະແດງສະບັບກ່ອນໜ້າ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "ປະຕິເສດການປ່ຽນແປງປະຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "ໝາຍການແກ້ໄຂ ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "ເລືອກຮູບແບບທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງການໃຫ້ສະແດງການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "ກຳນົດພາສາເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "ກວດກາການສະກົດຄໍາ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "ຄຸ້ມຄອງສິດໃນການເຂົ້າເຖິງເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "ຍອມຮັບ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "ຍອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງທຸກຢ່າງ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "ຍອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "ຍອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງໃນປະຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "ແຊັດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": " ປິດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "ໂມດແກ້ໄຂລວມ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemAll": "ລຶບຄວາມຄິດເຫັນທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemCurrent": "ລຶບຄວາມຄິດເຫັນປະຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemMy": "ລຶບຄວາມຄິດເຫັນຂອງຂ້ອຍ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemMyCurrent": "ລົບຄວາມຄິດເຫັນປະຈຸບັນຂອງຂອ້ຍ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCommentRemove": "ລຶບ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "ພາສາ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "ຍອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ(ເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງ)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "ສຸດທ້າຍ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "ປະຫວັດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "ການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ(ດັດແກ້)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "ໝາຍ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "ຖັດໄປ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "ປະຕິເສດການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ(ເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງ)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "ສະບັບດັ້ງເດີມ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "ທີ່ຜ່ານມາ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "ປະຕິເສດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "ປະຕິເສດການປ່ຽນແປງທັງໝົດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "ປະຕິເສດການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "ປະຕິເສດການປ່ຽນແປງປະຈຸບັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "ການແບ່ງປັນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "ກວດກາການສະກົດຄໍາ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "ຕິດຕາມການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "ໂມດການສະແດງຜົນ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAdd": "ເພີ່ມ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAddReply": "ເພີ່ມຄຳຕອບ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textClose": " ປິດ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textEdit": "ຕົກລົງ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMention": "+ການກ່າວເຖິງຈະໃຫ້ການເຂົ້າເຖິງເອກະສານ ແລະ ສົ່ງຜ່ານອີເມວ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMentionNotify": "+ການກ່າວເຖິງຈະແຈ້ງໃຫ້ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຊາບທາງອີເມວ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textOpenAgain": "ເປີດໃໝ່ອີກຄັ້ງ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textReply": "ຕອບ", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textResolve": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "Common.Views.SaveAsDlg.textLoading": "ກຳລັງໂຫລດ", + "Common.Views.SaveAsDlg.textTitle": "ແຟ້ມສຳລັບບັນທຶກ", + "Common.Views.SelectFileDlg.textLoading": "ກຳລັງໂຫລດ", + "Common.Views.SelectFileDlg.textTitle": "ເລືອກແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "ໂຕຊໍ້າ ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "ໃບຮັບຮອງ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "ການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "ໃສ່ຊື່ຜູ້ລົງລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "ໂຕໜັງສືອຽງ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "ຈຸດປະສົງໃນການເຊັນເອກະສານສະບັບນີ້", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "ເລືອກ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "ເລືອກຮູບພາບ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "ລາຍເຊັນມີລັກສະນະຄື", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "ເຊັນເອກະສານ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "ຫຼືກົດປຸ່ມ 'ເລືອກຮູບ' ເພື່ອໃຊ້ຮູບເປັນລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "ຖືກຕ້ອງຈາກ% 1 ເຖິງ% 2", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "ຊື່ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "ຂະໜາດຕົວອັກສອນ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": "ອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ເພີ່ມຜູ້ລົງນາມ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfo": "ຂໍ້ມູນຜູ້ລົງນາມ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoEmail": "ອິເມວ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "ຊື່", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "ຊື່ຜູ້ລົງນາມ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "ຄຳແນະນຳສຳຫຼັບຜູ້ລົງລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "ສະແດງວັນທີລົງລາຍເຊັນຢູບ່ອນລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າລາຍເຊັນ", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີສ່ວນນີ້", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCharacter": "ລັກສະນະ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCode": "ຄ່າ Unicode HEX", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCopyright": "ລິຂະສິດ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDCQuote": "ການປຶດເຄື່ອງໝາຍສອງຂີດ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDOQuote": "ການເປີດໃບສະເໜີລາຄາຄູ່", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEllipsis": "ແນວນອນ Ellipsis", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmDash": "Em Dash", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmSpace": "ພື້ນທີ່ວ່າງ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnDash": "En Dash", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnSpace": "ພື້ນທີ່ວ່າງ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textFont": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBHyphen": "ບໍ່ແຍກໜ້າເຈ້ຍ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBSpace": "ບໍ່ມີພື້ນທີ່ວ່າງ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textPilcrow": "ສັນຍາລັກ Pilcrow (ໂຕ P ກັບຫຼັງ)", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textQEmSpace": "1/4 Em ເນື້ອທີ່", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRange": "ໄລຍະ,ຊ່ວງ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRecent": "ສັນຍາລັກທີ່ໃຊ້ລ່າສຸດ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRegistered": "ລົງທະບຽນ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSCQuote": "ການປິດເຄື່ອງໝາຍໜື່ງຂີດ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSection": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍມາດຕາ ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textShortcut": "ປຸ່ມລັດ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSHyphen": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຂີດໜ້າແລ້ວ ອັດວົງເລັບ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSOQuote": "ການເປີດໃບສະເໜີລາຄາດຽວ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSpecial": "ຕົວອັກສອນພິເສດ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "ສັນຍາລັກ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "ສັນຍາລັກ", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTradeMark": "ສັນຍາລັກເຄື່ອງ ໝາຍ ການຄ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "ຖັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "ແຖວ", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມເປັນຖັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "ຂະຫຍາຍສ່ວນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpandRemDuplicates": "ການເລືອກຂໍ້ມູນຕໍ່ຈາກນີ້ຈະບໍ່ສາມາດລຶບໄດ້. ທ່ານຕ້ອງການຂະຫຍາຍການເລືອກເພື່ອກວມເອົາຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຢູ່ໃກ້ຄຽງ ຫຼື ຕໍ່ກັບເຊວທີ່ຖືກເລືອກໃນປະຈຸບັນເທົ່ານັ້ນບໍ?", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemDuplicates": "ລົບລາຍການທີ່ຊໍ້າກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemSelected": "ລົບໃນລາຍການທີ່ເລືອກ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "ການຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "ທາງກາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteColumnText": "ລົບຖັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteRowText": "ລົບແຖວ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteText": "ລົບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.errorInvalidLink": "ບໍ່ມີການອ້າງອີງຈຸດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່. ກະລຸນາແກ້ໄຂ ຫຼື ລົບຈຸດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.guestText": " ແຂກ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertColumnLeftText": "ຖັນດ້ານຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertColumnRightText": "ຄໍລັ້ມຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertRowAboveText": "ແຖວເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertRowBelowText": "ແຖວລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertText": "ເພີ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.leftText": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.rightText": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textAutoCorrectSettings": "ຕົວເລືອກ ແກ້ໄຂອໍ່ໂຕ້", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeColumnWidth": "ສັນຍາລັກຄວາມກ້ວາງຂອງຄໍລັ້ມ 0} ({1} ພິກເຊວ)", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeRowHeight": "ແຖວສູງ {0} ຈຸດ {ຢ} pixels)", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCtrlClick": "ກົດລິ້ງເພື່ອເປີດ ຫຼື ກົດປຸ່ມເມົ້າສຄ້າງໄວ້ເພື່ອເລືອກເຊວ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textInsertLeft": "ເພີ່ມໃສ່ເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textInsertTop": "ເພີ່ມໃສ່ເບື້ອງເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textPasteSpecial": "ວາງພິເສດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textStopExpand": "ຢຸດອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textSym": "ອາການ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.tipIsLocked": "ອົງປະກອບນີ້ໄດ້ຖືກແກ້ໄຂໂດຍຜູ້ນຳໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນ.", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAboveAve": "ສູງກ່ວາຄ່າສະເລ່ຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddBottom": "ເພີ່ມເສັ້ນຂອບດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddFractionBar": "ເພີ່ມແຖບເສດສ່ວນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddHor": "ເພີ່ມເສັ້ນແນວນອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddLB": "ເພີ່ມບັນທັດລຸ່ມເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddLeft": "ເພີ່ມເສັ້ນຂອບດ້ານຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddLT": "ເພີ່ມບັນທັດເຖິງເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddRight": "ເພີ່ມເສັ້ນຂອບດ້ານຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddTop": "ເພີ່ມເສັ້ນຂອບດ້ານເຖິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddVer": "ເພີ່ມເສັ້ນແນວຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAlignToChar": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງໃຫ້ຊື່ກັບຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAll": "(ທັງໝົດ)", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAnd": "ແລະ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBegins": "ເລີ້ມຕົ້ນດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBelowAve": "ຕ່ຳກ່ວາຄ່າສະເລ່ຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBlanks": "(ຊ່ອງວ່າງ)", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBorderProps": "ຄຸນສົມບັດຂອງເສັ້ນຂອບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtColumn": "ຄໍລັ້ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtColumnAlign": "ການຈັດແນວຄໍລັ້ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtContains": "ປະກອບດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDecreaseArg": "ຫຼູດຜ່ອນຄວາມຜິດພາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteArg": "ລົບຂໍ້ຂັດແຍ່ງທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteBreak": "ຢຸດການລົບດ້ວຍຕົວເອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteChars": "ລົບຂອບເຂດອ້ອມຮອບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteCharsAndSeparators": "ລົບຂອບເຂດອ້ອມຮອບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteEq": "ລົບສົມຜົນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteGroupChar": "ລົບຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteRadical": "ລົບຕົ້ນກຳເນີດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtEnds": "ສິ້ນສຸດດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtEquals": "ເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtEqualsToCellColor": "ເທົ່າກັບ ສີເຊວ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtEqualsToFontColor": "ເທົາກັບສີຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtExpand": "ຂະຫຍາຍ ແລະ ຈັດລຽງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtExpandSort": "ຂໍ້ມູນຖັດຈາສີ່ງທີ່ເລືອກຈະບໍ່ຖືກຈັດລຽງລຳດັບ. ທ່ານຕ້ອງການຂະຫຍາຍສ່ວນທີ່ເລືອກເພື່ອກວມເອົາຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຢູ່ຕິດກັນ ຫຼື ດຳເນີນການຈັດລຽງເຊລທີ່ເລືອກໃນປະຈຸບັນເທົ່ານັ້ນຫຼືບໍ່?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFilterBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFilterTop": "ຂ້າງເທີງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFractionLinear": "ປ່ຽນສ່ວນທີ່ເປັນເສັ້ນຊື່", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFractionSkewed": "ປ່ຽນສ່ວນທີ່ເປັນເສັ້ນອ່ຽງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFractionStacked": "ປ່ຽນສ່ວນທີ່ເປັນເສັ້ນຊ້ອນກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGreater": "ໃຫຍ່​ກວ່າ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGreaterEquals": "ໃຫຍ່ກວ່າ ຫລື ເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGroupCharOver": "ຂຽນທັບຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGroupCharUnder": "ຂຽນກ້ອງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHeight": "ລວງສູງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideBottom": "ເຊື່ອງຂອບດ້ານລູ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideBottomLimit": "ເຊື່ອງຂີດຈຳກັດດ້ານລູ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideCloseBracket": "ເຊື່ອງວົງເລັບປິດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideDegree": "ເຊື່ອງອົງສາ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideHor": "ເຊື່ອງເສັ້ນແນວນອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideLB": "ເຊື່ອງແຖວລູ່ມດ້ານຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideLeft": "ເຊື່ອງຂອບດ້ານຊ້າຍ ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideLT": "ເຊື່ອງເສັ້ນດ້ານເທິງເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideOpenBracket": "ເຊື່ອງວົງເລັບເປີດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHidePlaceholder": "ເຊື່ອງຕົວຢຶດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideRight": "ເຊື່ອງຂອບດ້ານຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideTop": "ເຊື່ອງຂອບດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideTopLimit": "ຈຳກັດການເຊື່ອງດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHideVer": "ເຊື່ອງເສັ້ນແນວຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtImportWizard": "ຕົວຊ່ວຍສ້າງການນຳເຂົ້າຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtIncreaseArg": "ເພີ່ມຂະໜາດຄວາມເຂັ້ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgAfter": "ເພິ່ມຄວາມເຂັ້ມໃສ່ພາຍຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgBefore": "ເພີ່ມຄວາມເຂັ້ມໃສ່ກ່ອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "ເພີ່ມຄູ່ມືການແຍກໜ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "ເພິ່ມສົມຜົນພາຍຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "ເພີ່ມສົມຜົນກ່ອນໜ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtItems": "ລາຍການ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtKeepTextOnly": "ເກັບຂໍ້ຄວາມເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLess": "ຫນ້ອຍ​ກ​່​ວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLessEquals": "ຫນ້ອຍ​ກ​ວ່າ ຫລື ເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLimitChange": "ປ່ຽນສະຖານທີ່ຈຳກັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLimitOver": "ຈຳກັດຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtLimitUnder": "ຈຳກັດເນື້ອ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "ຈັບຄູ່ວົງເລັບເພື່ອຄວາມສູງຂອງການໂຕ້ຖຽງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "ຈັດລຽງການຈັດຊຸດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNoChoices": "ບໍ່ມີຕົວເລືອກໃຫ້ຕື່ມເຊວ.
                    ມີແຕ່ຄ່າຂໍ້ຄວາມຈາກຖັນເທົ່ານັ້ນທີ່ສາມາດເລືອກມາເພື່ອປ່ຽນແທນໄດ້.", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNotBegins": "ບໍ່ໄດ້ເລີ້ມຕົ້ນດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNotContains": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNotEnds": "ບໍ່ໄດ້ລົງທ້າຍດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtNotEquals": "ບໍ່ເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtOr": "ຫຼື", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "ຂີດທັບຕົວໜັງສື", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPaste": "ວາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteBorders": "ສູດບໍ່ມີສິ່ງຂີດກັ້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteColWidths": "ສູດ + ຄວາມກ້ວາງຂອງຖັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteDestFormat": "ການຈັດຮູບແບບເປົ້າໝາຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteFormat": "ວາງຮູບແບບເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteFormulaNumFormat": "ສູດ + ຮູບແບບຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteFormulas": "ວາງສູດເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteKeepSourceFormat": "ສຼດ + ການຈັດຮູບແບບທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteLink": "ວາງລິ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteLinkPicture": "ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteMerge": "ຮ່ວມການຈັດຮູບແບບຕາມເງື່ອນໄຂ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPastePicture": "ຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "ຈັດຮູບແບບແຫຼ່ງທີ່ມາ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteTranspose": "ຫັນປ່ຽນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteValFormat": "ຄ່າ + ຮູບແບບທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteValNumFormat": "ຄ່າ + ຮູບແບບຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteValues": "ວ່າງຄ່າເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPercent": "ເປີີເຊັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRedoExpansion": "ເຮັດຊ້ຳການຂະຫຍາຍຕາຕະລາງແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "ລຶບແຖບສວ່ນໜຶ່ງອອກ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "ລົບຂໍ້ຈຳກັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveAccentChar": "ລົບອັກສອນເນັ້ນສຽງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveBar": "ລຶບແຖບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemScripts": "ລືບເນື້ອເລື່ອງອອກ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemSubscript": "ລົບອອກຈາກຕົວຫຍໍ້", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRemSuperscript": "ເອົາຕົວຫຍໍ້ອອກ (ລົບຕົວຫຍໍ້ອອກ)", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRowHeight": "ຄວາມສູງຂອງແຖວ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsAfter": "ເນື້ອງເລື່ອງ ຫຼັງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsBefore": "ເນື້ອເລື່ອງກ່ອນຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowBottomLimit": "ສະແດງຂອບເຂດຈຳກັດດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowCloseBracket": "ສະແດງວົງເລັບປິດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowDegree": "ສະແດງອົງສາ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowOpenBracket": "ສະແດງວົງເລັບເປີດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowPlaceholder": "ສະແດງສະຖານທີ່", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtShowTopLimit": "ສະແດງຂໍ້ຈຳກັດດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtSorting": "ການລຽງລຳດັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtSortSelected": "ຈັດລຽງທີ່ເລືອກ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtStretchBrackets": "ຂະຫຍາຍວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtTop": "ຂ້າງເທີງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtUnderbar": "ຂີດກອ້ງຕົວໜັງສື", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtUndoExpansion": "ຍົກເລີກການຂະຫຍານຕາຕະລາງແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtUseTextImport": "ໃຊ້ຕົວຊ່ວຍສ້າງການນຳເຂົ້າຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryAll": "ທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryCube": "ກຳລັງສາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryDatabase": "ດາຕ້າເບສ", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryDateAndTime": "ວັນທີ ແລະ ເວລາ", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryEngineering": "ວິສະວະກຳ", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryFinancial": "ການເງິນ", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryInformation": "ຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryLast10": "ໃຊ້ລ້າສຸດ 10 ຄັ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryLogical": "ມີເຫດຜົນ", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryLookupAndReference": "ຊອກຫາ ແລະ ອ້າງອີງ", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryMathematic": "ແບບຈັບຄູ່ ແລະ ແບບບັງຄັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryStatistical": "ທາງສະຖິຕິ", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryTextAndData": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມ ແລະ ຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "ສະເປຣດຊີດທີ່ບໍ່ມີຊື່", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textByColumns": "ໂດຍ ຄໍລັມ", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textByRows": "ໂດຍ ແຖວ", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textFormulas": "ສູດ", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textItemEntireCell": "ເນື້ອຫາຂອງເຊວທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textLookin": "ເບິ່ງເຂົ້າໄປ", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textNoTextFound": "ຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ທ່ານກຳລັງຄົ້ນຫາບໍ່ສາມາດຊອກຫາໄດ້. ກະລຸນາປັບຕົວເລືອກການຊອກຫາຂອງທ່ານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSkipped": "ການທົດແທນໄດ້ຖືກປະຕິບັດແລ້ວ. {0} ຖືກຂ້າມເຫດການທີ່ເກີດຂື້ນໄດ້", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSuccess": "ການຄົ້ນຫາໄດ້ສຳເລັດແລ້ວ. ສິ່ງທີ່ເກີດຂື້ນໄດ້ປ່ຽນແທນແລ້ວ: {0}", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textSearch": "ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textSheet": "ແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textValues": "ການຕີລາຄາ, ປະເມີນ", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textWarning": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textWithin": "ພາຍໃນ", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textWorkbook": "ປື້ມເຮັດວຽກ", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.txtUntitled": "ບໍ່ມີຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.warnDownloadAs": "ຖ້າທ່ານສືບຕໍ່ບັນທຶກໃນຮູບແບບນີ້ທຸກລັກສະນະ ຍົກເວັ້ນຂໍ້ຄວາມຈະຫາຍໄປ.
                    ທ່ານແນ່ໃຈບໍ່ວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງການດໍາເນີນຕໍ່?", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.confirmMoveCellRange": "ຊ່ວງເຊວປາຍທາງສາມາດບັນຈຸຂໍ້ມູນໄດ້. ດຳເນີນການຕໍ່ຫຼືບໍ່?", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.confirmPutMergeRange": "ແຫ່ງຂໍ້ມູນບັນຈຸບັນລວມເຊວກັນ.
                    ຂໍ້ມູນໄດ້ລວມກັນກ່ອນໜ້າທີ່ໄດ້ບັນທຶກລົງໃນຕາຕະລາງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "ໝົດເວລາການປ່ຽນແປງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorExtText": "ກົດປຸ່ມ \"OK\" ເພື່ອກັບໄປຫາລາຍການເອກະສານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorTitle": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadErrorText": "ດາວໂຫຼດບໍ່ສຳເລັດ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadTextText": "ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errNoDuplicates": "ບໍ່ພົບເຫັນຄ່າທີ່ຊ້ຳກັນ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "ທ່ານກຳລັງພະຍາຍາມດຳເນີນການກະທຳໃດໜຶ່ງທີ່ທ່ານບໍ່ມີສິດສຳລັບສິ່ງນີ້.
                    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorArgsRange": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນສູດທີ່ໃຊ້, ຕົວດຳເນີນການບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
                    ມີການໃຊ້ຊ່ອງເຫດຜົນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterChange": "ການດຳເນີນງານບໍ່ໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດ, ເນື່ອງຈາກວ່າກຳລັງພະຍາຍາມປ່ຽນເຊວໃນຕາຕະລາງຢູ່ໃນແຜ່ນເອກະສານຂອງທ່ານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterChangeFormatTable": "ການດຳເນີນການບໍ່ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ສຳລັບເຊວທີ່ທ່ານເລືອກ ເນື່ອງຈາກທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດຍ້າຍສ່ວນໜຶ່ງຂອງຕາຕະລາງໄດ້.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterDataRange": "ການດຳເນີນການບໍ່ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ສຳລັບຊ່ວງທີ່ເລືອກຂອງເຊວ.
                    ເລືອກຊ່ວງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເປັນເອກະພາບແຕກຕ່າງຈາກໜ່ວຍທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວ ແລະ ລອງໃໝ່ອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterHiddenRange": "ການດຳເນີນການດັ່ງກ່າວບໍ່ສາມາດດຳເນີນການໄດ້ ເນື່ອງຈາກພື້ນທີ່ເຊວທີ່ຖືກຄັດກອງ.
                    ກະລຸນາສະແດງອົງປະກອບທີ່ຄັດກອງແລ້ວລອງໃໝ່ອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL ຮູບພາບບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCannotUngroup": "ບໍ່ສາມາດຍົກເລີກການຈັດກຸ່ມໄດ້, ໃນການເລີ້ມໂຄງຮ່າງໃຫ້ເລືອກລາຍລະອຽດຂອງແຖວຫຼືຄໍລັມແລ້ວຈັດກຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeArray": "ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດປ່ຽນສ່ວນ ໜຶ່ງ ຂອງອາເລໄດ້.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeFilteredRange": "ການດຳເນີນການໃນຄັ້ງນີ້ຈະປ່ຽນແປງຊ່ວງການກັ່ນຕອງເທິງເວີກຊີດຂອງທ່ານ
                    ເພື່ອໃຫ້ວຽກນີ້ສຳເລັດສົມບູນ, ກະລຸນາລົບຕົວກັ່ນຕອງແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "ຂາດການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດ, ເອກະສານບໍ່ສາມາດແກ້ໄຂໄດ້ໃນປັດຈຸບັນ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "ເອກະສານບໍ່ສາມາດບັນທຶກໄດ້. ກະລຸນາກວດສອບການຕັ້ງຄ່າການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ ຫລື ຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ.
                    ເມື່ອທ່ານກົດປຸ່ມ 'OK', ທ່ານຈະໄດ້ຮັບການແຈ້ງເຕືອນໃຫ້ດາວໂຫລດເອກະສານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCopyMultiselectArea": "ຄຳ ສັ່ງນີ້ບໍ່ສາມາດໃຊ້ກັບການເລືອກຫລາຍໆອັນໄດ້
                    ເລືອກຊ່ວງດຽວ ແລະ ລອງ ໃໝ່ ອີກຄັ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCountArg": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນສູດທີ່ໃຊ້.
                    ມີຕົວເລກໃນເຫດຜົນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCountArgExceed": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນສູດທີ່ໃຊ້.
                    ຈຳນວນເຫດຜົນຫຼາຍເກີນໄປ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCreateDefName": "ຂອບເຂດທີ່ມີຊື່ບໍ່ສາມາດແກ້ໄຂໄດ້ ແລະ ສ່ວນໃໝ່ບໍ່ສາມາດສ້າງຂື້ນໄດ້ໃນເວລານີ້ເນື່ອງຈາກບາງສ່ວນກຳລັງຖືກດັດແກ້ຢູ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "ຜິດພາດພາຍນອກ,ການຄິດຕໍ່ຖານຂໍ້ມູນຜິດພາດ, ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ການສະ ໜັບ ສະ ໜູນ ໃນກໍລະນີຄວາມຜິດພາດຍັງຄົງຢູ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "ໄດ້ຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງລະຫັດແລ້ວ, ບໍ່ສາມາດຖອດລະຫັດໄດ້.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "ໄລຍະຂອງຂໍ້ມູນບໍ່ຖືກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDataValidate": "ຄ່າທີ່ທ່ານປ້ອນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
                    ຜູ້ໃຊ້ໄດ້ຈຳກັດຄ່າທີ່ສາມາດປ້ອນລົງໃນເຊວນີ້ໄດ້.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "ລະຫັດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ: %1", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນລະຫວ່າງການເຮັດວຽກກັບເອກກະສານ.
                    ໃຊ້ຕົວເລືອກ 'ດາວໂຫລດເປັນ ... ' ເພື່ອບັນທຶກເອກະສານເກັບໄວ້ໃນຮາດໄດຄອມພິວເຕີຂອງທ່ານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingSaveas": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນລະຫວ່າງການເຮັດວຽກກັບເອກກະສານ.
                    ໃຊ້ຕົວເລືອກ 'ບັນທຶກເປັນ ... ' ເພື່ອບັນທຶກເອກະສານເກັບໄວ້ໃນຮາດໄດຄອມພິວເຕີຂອງທ່ານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEditView": "ບໍ່ສາມາດແກ້ໄຂມຸມມອງແຜ່ນວຽກທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວໄດ້ ແລະ ບໍ່ສາມາດສ້າງມຸມມອງໃໝ່ໄດ້ໃນຂະນະນີ້ເນື່ອງຈາກມີບາງສ່ວນກຳລັງແກ້ໄຂ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEmailClient": "ບໍ່ສາມາດພົບເຫັນອີເມວລູກຄ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "ເອກະສານນີ້ຖືກປ້ອງກັນໂດຍລະຫັດຜ່ານຈຶ່ງບໍ່ສາມາດເປີດໄດ້.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileRequest": "ຜິດພາດພາຍນອກ, ເອກະສານຮ້ອງຂໍຜິດພາດ, ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຝ່າຍສະ ໜັບ ສະ ໜູນ ໃນກໍລະນີຄວາມຜິດພາດຍັງຄົງຢູ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "ຂະໜາດຂອງຟາຍໃຫຍ່ກວ່າທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນລະບົບ.
                    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ, ຂະໜາດຂອງຟາຍໃຫຍ່ກວ່າທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນລະບົບ.
                    ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileVKey": "ຜິດພາດພາຍນອກ,ລະຫັດຄວາມປອດໄພບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຝ່າຍສະ ໜັບ ສະ ໜູນ ໃນກໍລະນີຄວາມຜິດພາດຍັງຄົງຢູ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFillRange": "ບໍ່ສາມາດຕຶ່ມໃສ່ບ່ອນເຊວທີ່ເລືອໄວ້
                    ເຊວທີ່ລວມເຂົ້າກັນທັງໝົດຕ້ອງມີຂະໜາດເທົ່າກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນລະຫວ່າງການເບັນທຶກຝາຍ. ກະລຸນາໃຊ້ຕົວເລືອກ 'ດາວໂຫລດເປັນ' ເພື່ອບັນທຶກເອກະສານໄວ້ໃນຮາດໄດຄອມພິວເຕີຂອງທ່ານຫຼືລອງ ໃໝ່ ພາຍຫຼັງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaName": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນສູດທີ່ໃຊ້, ຕົວດຳເນີນການບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
                    ມີການໃຊ້ຊື່ສູດບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaParsing": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດພາຍໃນ ໃນຂະນະທີ່ກຳລັງແຍກວິເຄາະສູດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxLength": "ຄວາມຍາວສູດຂອງທ່ານເກີນຂີດບໍ່ເກີນ 8192 ໂຕອັກສອນ.
                    ກະລຸນາແກ້ໄຂ ແລະ ລອງ ໃໝ່ ອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxReference": "ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດໃສ່ສູດນີ້ເພາະມັນມີຄ່າ,
                    ເອກະສານອ້າງອີງຂອງເຊວ, ແລະ/ຫຼື ຊື່ຕ່າງໆຫລາຍເກີນໄປ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxTextLength": "ຄ່າຂອງຕົວ ໜັງ ສືໃນສູດແມ່ນບໍ່ໃຫ້ກາຍ 255 ຕົວອັກສອນ.
                    ໃຊ້ຟັງຊັນ CONCATENATE ຫຼື ຕົວປະຕິບັດຕໍ່ (&).", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlWrongReferences": "ຟັງຊັ້ນໝມາຍເຖິງເອກະສານທີ່ບໍ່ມີ.
                    ກະລຸນາກວດສອບຂໍ້ມູນແລະລອງໃໝ່ອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFTChangeTableRangeError": "ການດຳເນີນການບໍ່ສຳເລັດສຳລັບການເລືອກຊ້ວງເຊວ.
                    ເລືອກຊ້ວງເພື່ອໃຫ້ແຖວທຳອິດຂອງຕາຕະລາງຢູ່ແຖວດຽວກັນ
                    ແລະ ຕາຕະລາງຜົນຮັບທັບຊ້ອນກັນກັບຕາຕະລາງປະຈຸບັນ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFTRangeIncludedOtherTables": "ການດຳເນີນການບໍ່ສຳເລັດສຳລັບຊ້ວງເຊວທີ່ເລືອກ.
                    ເລືອກຊ້ວງທີ່ບໍ່ໄດ້ລວມກັບຕາຕະລາງອື່ນໆ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorInvalidRef": "ປ້ອນຊື່ໃຫ້ຖືກຕ້ອງສໍາລັບການເລືອກ ຫຼື ການອ້າງອີງທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "ບໍ່ຮູ້ຄຳອະທິບາຍຫຼັກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "ລະຫັດໝົດອາຍຸ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLabledColumnsPivot": "ການທີ່ຈະສ້າງຕາຕະລາງພິວອດ ຄວນຈະນຳໃຊ້ຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຖືກຈັດເປັນລະບຽບຢູ່ລາຍການທີ່ມີປ້າຍໝາຍຢູ່ຖັນ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedAll": "ການປະຕິບັດງານບໍ່ສາມາດດຳເນີນການໄດ້ເນື່ອງຈາກວ່າ ແຜ່ນເຈ້ຍໄດ້ຖືກລັອກໂດຍຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedCellPivot": "ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດປ່ຽນແປງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຢູ່ໃນຕາຕະລາງພິວອດໄດ້.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedWorksheetRename": "ບໍ່ສາມາດປ່ຽນຊື່ເອກະສານໄດ້ໃນເວລານີ້ຍ້ອນວ່າຖືກປ່ຽນຊື່ໂດຍຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMaxPoints": "ຈໍານວນສູງສຸດຕໍ່ຕາຕະລາງແມ່ນ 4096.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMoveRange": "ບໍ່ສາມາດປ່ຽນບາງສ່ວນຂອງເຊວທີ່ຮ່ວມກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMoveSlicerError": "ບໍ່ສາມາດສຳເນົາຕົວແບ່ງຂໍ້ມູນຕາຕະລາງຈາກງານໜື່ງໄປອີກງານໜື່ງ.
                    ກະລຸນາລອງອີກຄັ້ງໂດຍການເລືອກທັງຕາຕະລາງ ແລະ ຕົວແບ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMultiCellFormula": "ບໍ່ອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ມີສູດອາເຣຫຼາຍຫ້ອງໃນຕາຕະລາງເຊວ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorNoDataToParse": "ບໍ່ໄດ້ເລືອກຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຈະແຍກວິເຄາະ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpenWarning": "ສູດແຟ້ມໃດໜຶ່ງມີຕົວອັກສອນເກີນຂີດຈຳກັດ 8192.
                    ສູດໄດ້ຖືກລົບອອກ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOperandExpected": "ການເຂົ້າຟັງຊັນທີ່ຖືກເຂົ້າມາແມ່ນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ກະລຸນາກວດເບິ່ງວ່າທ່ານ ກຳ ລັງຂາດໃນວົງເລັບໜຶ່ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPasteMaxRange": "ພື້ນທີ່ຄັດລອກ ແລະ ວາງບໍ່ກົງກັນ.
                    ກະລຸນາເລືອກພື້ນທີ່ທີ່ມີຂະໜາດດຽວກັນ ຫຼື ກົດທີ່ເຊວທຳອິດຕິດຕໍ່ກັນເພື່ອວາງເຊວທີ່ຖືກຄັດລອກ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPasteSlicerError": "ບໍ່ສາມາດສຳເນົາຕົວແບ່ງຂໍ້ມູນຕາຕະລາງຈາກງານໜື່ງໄປຍັງງານອື່ນ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPivotOverlap": "ລາຍງານຕະລາງ Pivot ບໍ່ສາມາດຊ້ອນທັບຕະລາງໄດ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPrintMaxPagesCount": "ໜ້າເສຍດາຍ, ບໍ່ສາມາດພິມຫລາຍກວ່າ 1500 ໜ້າ ໃນເວລາດຽວກັນໃນເວີຊັນຂອງໂປຣແກຣມປະຈຸບັນ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "ການບັນທຶກລົ້ມເຫລວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "ສະບັບດັດແກ້ໄດ້ຖືກປັບປຸງແລ້ວ. ໜ້າເວັບຈະຖືກໂຫລດຄືນເພື່ອນຳໃຊ້ການປ່ຽນແປງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "ໝົດເວລາການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ. ກະລຸນາໂຫລດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "ເອກະສານດັ່ງກ່າວບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກແກ້ໄຂມາດົນແລ້ວ. ກະລຸນາໂຫລດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາເຊີເວີຖືກລົບກວນ, ກະລຸນາໂຫຼດໜ້າຄືນໃໝ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "ຄໍາສັ່ງແຖວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ເພື່ອສ້າງຕາຕະລາງຫຸ້ນ ໃຫ້ວາງຂໍ້ມູນໃສ່ເຈັ້ຍຕາມ ລຳດັບຕໍ່ໄປນີ້:
                    ລາຄາເປີດ, ລາຄາສູງສຸດ, ລາຄາຕໍ່າສຸດ, ລາຄາປິດ. ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorToken": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄວາມປອດໄພເອກະສານບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
                    ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບເອກະສານຂອງທ່ານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorTokenExpire": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄວາມປອດໄພຂອງເອກະສານໄດ້ໝົດອາຍຸແລ້ວ.
                    ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບເອກະສານຂອງທ່ານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUnexpectedGuid": "ຜິດພາດພາຍນອກ, ຄຳເເນະນຳທີ່ເກີດຂຶ້ນໂດຍບັງເອີນ. ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຝ່າຍສະໜັບສະໜູນ ໃນກໍລະນີຄວາມຜິດພາດຍັງຄົງຢູ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersion": "ເອກະສານໄດ້ຖືກປ່ຽນແລ້ວ. ໜ້າເວັບຈະຖືກໂຫລດໃໝ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຫາກໍຖືກກູ້ຄືນມາ, ແລະ ຟາຍເອກະສານໄດ້ມີການປ່ຽນແປງແລ້ວ.
                    ກ່ອນທີ່ທ່ານຈະດຳເນີນການຕໍ່ໄປ, ທ່ານຕ້ອງໄດ້ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍ ຫຼື ສຳເນົາເນື້ອຫາ ເພື່ອປ້ອງການການສູນເສຍ, ແລະ ທຳການໂຫຼດໜ້າຄືນອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUserDrop": "ບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງເອກະສານໄດ້ໃນຂະນະນີ້.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUsersExceed": "ເກີນຈຳນວນຜູ້ຊົມໃຊ້ທີ່ແຜນການກຳນົດລາຄາອະນຸຍາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "ຂາດການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່. ທ່ານຍັງສາມາດເບິ່ງເອກະສານໄດ້,
                    ແຕ່ຈະບໍ່ສາມາດດາວໂຫລດຫລືພິມໄດ້ຈົນກວ່າການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຈະຖືກກັັບຄືນ ແລະ ໜ້າ ຈະຖືກໂຫລດຄືນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorWrongBracketsCount": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນສູດທີ່ໃຊ້.
                    ຈຳນວນວົງເລັບບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorWrongOperator": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນສູດທີ່ໃຊ້, ຕົວດຳເນີນການບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
                    ກະລຸນາແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errRemDuplicates": "ພົບຄ່າທີ່ຊ້ຳກັນ ແລະ ຖືກລົບ {0},​ຄ່າທີ່ບໍ່ຊ້ຳກັນ {1}.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.leavePageText": "ທ່ານມີການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກບັນທຶກຢູ່ spreadsheet ນີ້. ກົດປຸ່ມ ' ຢູ່ໜ້ານີ້ ' ແລ້ວ ກົດ 'ບັນທຶກ' ເພື່ອບັນທຶກມັນ. ກົດປຸ່ມ 'ອອກຈາກໜ້ານີ້' ເພື່ອລະເລີຍການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກບັນທຶກ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTitleText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTitleText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTextText": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTitleText": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTextText": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTitleText": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "ກຳລັງໂຫຼດ spreadsheet", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.openErrorText": "ພົບບັນຫາຕອນເປີດຟາຍ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.openTextText": "ກຳລັງເປີດແຜ່ນງານ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.openTitleText": "ກຳລັງເປີດແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.pastInMergeAreaError": "ບໍ່ສາມາດປ່ຽນບາງສ່ວນຂອງເຊວທີ່ຮ່ວມກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.printTextText": "ກຳລັງພິມ Spreadsheet...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.printTitleText": "ພິມ Spreadsheet", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.reloadButtonText": "ໂຫລດໜ້າເວັບໃໝ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "ມີຄົນກຳລັງແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານນີ້, ກະລຸນາລອງໃໝ່ພາຍຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "ປະຕິເສດການເຂົ້າໃຊ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "ພົບບັນຫາຕອນບັນທຶກຟາຍ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "ບໍ່ສາມາດສ້າງ ຫຼື້ບັນທຶກຟາຍນີ້ໄດ້.
                    ເຫດຜົນ:
                    1. ເປັນຟາຍສະເພາະອ່ານ.
                    2. ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນກຳລັງດັດແກ້ຟາຍຢູ່.
                    3. ດິດສເຕັມ ຫຼືເພ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "ກະກຽມບັນທືກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "ກຳລັງກະກຽມບັນທືກ, ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "ກຳລັງບັນທຶກສະເປຣດຊີດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTitleText": "ກຳລັງບັນທຶກສະເປຣດຊີດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.scriptLoadError": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຊ້າເກີນໄປ, ບາງອົງປະກອບບໍ່ສາມາດໂຫຼດໄດ້. ກະລຸນາໂຫຼດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "ບໍ່ລະບຸຊື່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textBuyNow": "ເຂົ້າໄປເວັບໄຊ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textClose": " ປິດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "ກົດເພື່ອປິດຂໍ້ແນະນຳ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textConfirm": "ການຢັ້ງຢືນຕົວຕົນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "ຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຂາຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ ອີງຕາມຂໍ້ ກຳນົດຂອງໃບອະນຸຍາດ ທ່ານບໍ່ມີສິດທີ່ຈະປ່ຽນແປງ ການບັນຈຸ.
                    ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຝ່າຍຂາຍຂອງພວກເຮົາເພື່ອຂໍໃບສະເໜີ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "ເອກະສານບັນຈຸ ມາກໂຄ
                    ແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ທ່ານຍັງຕ້ອງການດໍາເນີນງານ ມາກໂຄ ບໍ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "ກຳລັງໂຫຼດ spreadsheet", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "ບໍ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດໄດ້ເຖິງຈຳນວນທີ່ຈຳກັດແລ້ວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "ຄຸນສົມບັດທີ່ຈ່າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPleaseWait": "ການດຳເນີນງານອາດຈະໃຊ້ເວລາຫຼາຍກວ່າທີ່ຄາດໄວ້. ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRecalcFormulas": "ກຳລັງຄຳນວນສູດ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "ຈື່ທາງເລືອກຂອງຂ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "ໂໝດເຂັ້ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "ໜ້າທີ່ Undo / Redo ຖືກປິດໃຊ້ງານສຳລັບໂໝດ ການແກ້ໄຂແບບວ່ອງໄວ -
                    ກົດປຸ່ມ 'Strict mode' ເພື່ອປ່ຽນໄປໃຊ້ໂຫມດແບບເຂັ້ມເພື່ອແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ຜູ້ອື່ນແຊກແຊງ ແລະ ສົ່ງການປ່ຽນແປງຂອງທ່ານເທົ່ານັ້ນ ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ທ່ານບັນທຶກການປ່ຽນແປງ. ທ່ານສາມາດປ່ຽນລະຫວ່າງໂມດການແກ້ໄຂຮ່ວມກັນໂດຍນຳໃຊ້ຕັ້ງຄ່າການແກ້ໄຂຂັ້ນສູງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "ແມ່ນແລ້ວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດໝົດອາຍຸ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleRecalcFormulas": "ກຳລັງຄຳນວນ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "ອັບເດດການແກ້ໄຂ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtAccent": "ສຳນຽງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtAll": "(ທັງໝົດ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "ເນື້ອຫາຂໍ້ຄວາມຂອງທ່ານຢູ່ນີ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "ຮູບຮ່າງພື້ນຖານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBlank": "(ວ່າງ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "ປຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtByField": "%1 ຈາກ %2", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "ແຜ່ນຮູບວາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtClearFilter": "ລົບລ້າງການຄັດກອງ (Alt+C)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtColLbls": "ຄຳນິຍາມຄໍລັ້ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtColumn": "ຄໍລັ້ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtConfidential": "ທີ່ເປັນຄວາມລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDate": "ວັນທີ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "ໃສ່ຊື່ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຮູບແບບການແກ້ໄຂ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍລູກສອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtFile": "ຟາຍ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtGrandTotal": "ຜົນລວມທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": " ເສັ້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "ເລກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtMultiSelect": "ເລືອກຫຼາຍລາຍການ (Alt+S)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPage": "ໜ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPageOf": "ໜ້າ %1 ຈາກ​ %2", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPages": "ຫລາຍໜ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPreparedBy": "ກະກຽມໂດຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtPrintArea": "ພື້ນທີ່ສຳລັບພິມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRow": "ແຖວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRowLbls": "ປ້າຍແຖວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "ຊຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout1": "ໝາຍຂອບເຈ້ຍ 1", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout2": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍເສັ້ນທີ 2 (ຂອບ ແລະ ແຖບສຳນຽງ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentBorderCallout3": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍພາບ3 (ມີຂອບ ແລະ ແຖບສຳນຽງ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentCallout1": "ໃສ່ຄຳອະທິບາຍຢູ່ສຸດຂອບເຈ້ຍດ້າຍລູ່ມຫລື ເທິງ( ໃສ່ໝາຍເລກຫນ້າເຈ້ຍ)1", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentCallout2": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍເສັ້ນທີ 2 (ແຖບສຳນຽງ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_accentCallout3": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍເສັ້ນທີ 3 (ແຖບສຳນຽງ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonBackPrevious": "ປຸ່ມກັບຫລືປຸ່ມກ່ອນໜ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonBeginning": "ປຸ່ມເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonBlank": "ປຸ່ມຫວ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonDocument": "ປຸ່ມເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonEnd": "ປຸ່ມສຸດທ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonForwardNext": "ປຸ່ມໄປຂ້າງໜ້າ ຫຼື ປຸ່ມທັດໄປ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHelp": "ປຸ່ມກົດຊ່ວຍເຫຼືອ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHome": "ປູ່ມຫຼັກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonInformation": "ປຸ່ມຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonMovie": "ປຸ່ມເບິ່ງຮູບເງົາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonReturn": "ປຸ່ມກັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonSound": "ປຸ່ມສຽງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_arc": "ເສັ້ນໂຄ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentArrow": "ລູກສອນໂຄ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5": "ຕົວເຊື່ອມຕໍ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5WithArrow": "ຕົວເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ລູກສອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentConnector5WithTwoArrows": "ຕົວເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ສອງລູກສອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bentUpArrow": "ລູກສອນໂຄ້ງຂຶ້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bevel": "ອຽງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_blockArc": "ກີດຂວາງສະຖາປັດຕະຍະກຳ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout1": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍເສັ້ນທີ1", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout2": "ຄຳອະທີບາຍເສັ້ນທີ 2", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_borderCallout3": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍເສັ້ນທີ 3", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bracePair": "ເຊືອກຜູກຄູ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout1": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍເສັ້ນທີ 1 (ບໍ່ມີຂອບ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout2": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍເສັ້ນທີ 2 (ບໍ່ມີເສັ້ນຂອບ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_callout3": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍເສັ້ນທີ 3 (ບໍ່ມີຂອບ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_can": "ສາມາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_chevron": "ເຊຟຣອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_chord": "ຄອຣດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_circularArrow": "ວົງກົມລູກສອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloud": "ຄລາວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloudCallout": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍຄລາວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_corner": "ແຈ,ມູມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cube": "ກຳລັງສາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3": "ການເຊຶ່ອມຕໍ່ສ່ວນໂຄ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3WithArrow": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ກັບລູກສອນໂຄ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedConnector3WithTwoArrows": "ເສັ້ນໂຄ້ງສອງລູກສອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedDownArrow": "ຫົວລູກສອນໂຄ້ງລົງລູ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedLeftArrow": "ຫົວລູນສອນໂຄ້ງໄປດ້ານຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedRightArrow": "ຫົວລູກສອນໂຄ້ງໄປດ້ານຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_curvedUpArrow": "ຫົວລູກສອນໂຄ້ງຂື້ນເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_decagon": "ຮູບສີ່ຫຼ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diagStripe": "ເສັ້ນດ່າງຂວາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_diamond": "ເພັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_dodecagon": "ສິບສອງຫລ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_donut": "ໂດ​ນັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_doubleWave": "ຄຶ້ນສອງເທົ່າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_downArrow": "ລູກສອນລົງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_downArrowCallout": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍລູກສອນນອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipse": "ຮູບວົງມົນແບບໄຂ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipseRibbon": "ຣິບບອນໂຄ້ງລົງລູ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ellipseRibbon2": "ຣິບບອນໂຄ້ງຂື້ນເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartAlternateProcess": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ທາງເລືອກ ຂະບວນການ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartCollate": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ລຽງລຳດັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartConnector": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ຜູ້ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDecision": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ການຕົກລົງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDelay": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ການເລື່ອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDisplay": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ການສະແດງຜົນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartDocument": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartExtract": "ຜັງແຜນງານ, ການຈໍລະຈອນ: ການຖອນອອກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartInputOutput": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ຖານຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartInternalStorage": "ຜັງແຜນງານ ເກັບຂໍ້ມູນພາຍໃນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticDisk": "ຜັງແຜນງານ,ການຈໍລະຈອນ: ແຜ່ນແມ່ເຫຼັກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticDrum": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ການເຂົ້າເຖິງບ່ອເກັບຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMagneticTape": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ການຮັກສາການເຂົ້າເຖິງ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartManualInput": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ຄູ່ມືການປ້ອນຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartManualOperation": "ແຜນຜັງ: ຄູ່ມືການປະຕິບັດງານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMerge": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ລວມເຂົ້າກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartMultidocument": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ເອກະສານຫຼາຍສະບັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOffpageConnector": "ຕົວເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ແບບ Off-page", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOnlineStorage": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ເກັບຮັກສາຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartOr": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ຫລື", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPredefinedProcess": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ຂະບວນການທີ່ ກຳ ນົດໄວ້ກ່ອນລ່ວງໜ້າ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPreparation": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ກະກຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartProcess": "ຜັງແຜນງານ:ຂະບວນການ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPunchedCard": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ບັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartPunchedTape": "ຮູບແຜນວາດ: Punched tape", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartSort": "ຜັງແຜນງານ:ປະເພດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartSummingJunction": "ຜັງແຜນງານ:ຈຸດເຊື່ອມຕໍ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_flowChartTerminator": "ຜັງແຜນງານ: ປ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_foldedCorner": "ມູມພັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_frame": "ກອບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_halfFrame": "ຂອບເຄິ່ງໜຶ່ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_heart": "ຫົວໃຈ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_heptagon": "ຮູບເຈັດຫຼ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_hexagon": "ຮູບຫົກຫຼ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_homePlate": "ຮູບຫ້າຫລ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_horizontalScroll": "ເລື່ອນຕາມລວງນອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_irregularSeal1": "ການແຕກ, ລະເບີດ1", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_irregularSeal2": "ການເເຕກ, ລະເບີດ 2", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftArrow": "ລູກສອນເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftArrowCallout": "ປຸ່ມຂຽນຂໍ້ຄວາມເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftBrace": "ວົງປີກກາເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftBracket": "ວົງຂໍເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightArrow": "ລູກສອນຊ້າຍຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightArrowCallout": "ປຸ່ມຂຽນຂໍ້ຄວາມສອນກັບຊ້າຍຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftRightUpArrow": "ລູກສອນປິນຫົວຂື້ນເທິງຊ້າຍ-ຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_leftUpArrow": "ລູກສອນຫົວຂື້ນດ້າຍຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lightningBolt": "ສັນຍາລັກກະແສໄຟ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_line": "ເສັ້ນບັນທັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lineWithArrow": "ລູກສອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lineWithTwoArrows": "ລູກສອນຄູ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathDivide": "ກຸ່ມ, ຂະແໜງການ, ພະແນກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathEqual": "ເທົ່າກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathMinus": "ລົບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathMultiply": "ຄູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathNotEqual": "ບໍ່ເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathPlus": "ບວກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_moon": "ດວງຈັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_noSmoking": "ສັນຍາລັກ \"ບໍ່\"", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_notchedRightArrow": "ລູກສອນຂວາມື", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_octagon": "ຮູບແປດຫລ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_parallelogram": "ສີ່ຫລ່ຽມຂະໜານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_pentagon": "ຮູບຫ້າຫລ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_pie": "Pie", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_plaque": "ເຊັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_plus": "ບວກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_polyline1": "ການຂີດຂຽນ (ຄ້າຍລາຍເຊັນ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_polyline2": "ຮູບແບບອິດສະຫຼະ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_quadArrow": "ລູກສອນຮູບສີ່ລ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_quadArrowCallout": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍອັກສອນສີ່ລ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ribbon": "ໂບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_ribbon2": "ຂື້ນໂບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightArrow": "ລູກສອນຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightArrowCallout": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍພາບລູກສອນເບື້ອງຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightBrace": "ວົງປີກາ ຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rightBracket": "ວົງເລັບເບື້ອງຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round1Rect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກທາງດຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round2DiagRect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກດ້ານຂວາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_round2SameRect": "ສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກດ້ານຂ້າງຂອງຮູບແບບດຽວກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_roundRect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມົນກົມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_rtTriangle": "ສາມຫລ່ຽມຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_smileyFace": "ໜ້າຍິ້ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip1Rect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກດຽວ Snip", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip2DiagRect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກຂອງ Snip", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snip2SameRect": "ສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກດ້ານຂ້າງຄືກັນ Snip", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_snipRoundRect": "ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມຸມສາກແບບດຽວ ແລະ ຮູບກົມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_spline": "ເສັ້ນໂຄ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star10": "ຄະແນນ 10 ດາວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star12": "ຄະແນນ 12 ດາວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star16": "ຄະແນນ 16 ດາວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star24": "ຄະແນນ 24 ດາວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star32": "ຄະແນນ 32 ດາວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star4": "ຄະແນນ 4 ດາວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star5": "ຄະແນນ 5 ດາວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star6": "ຄະແນນ 6 ດາວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star7": "ຄະແນນ 7 ດາວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star8": "ຄະແນນ 8 ດາວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_stripedRightArrow": "ຮູບລູກສອນ (ຂິດເປັນລາຍກ່ານໆ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_sun": "ຕາເວັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_teardrop": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຢອດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_textRect": "ກ່ອງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_trapezoid": "ສີ່ຫລ່ຽມຄາງຫມູ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_triangle": "ຮູບສາມຫລ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upArrow": "ລູກສອນປິ່ນຂື້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upArrowCallout": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍພາບລູກສອນປິ່ນຂື້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_upDownArrow": "ລູກສອນປິ່ນຫົວຂື້ນ-ລົງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_uturnArrow": "ລູກສອນໂຄ້ງກັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_verticalScroll": "ເລື່ອນແນວຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wave": "ຄື້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeEllipseCallout": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄຳຄິດເຫັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeRectCallout": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍຮູບສີ່ລ່ຽມດ້ານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_wedgeRoundRectCallout": "ຄຳອະທິບາຍຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມມົນກົມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "ດາວ ແລະ ໂບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Bad": "ຕ່ຳ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Calculation": "ການຄຳນວນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Check_Cell": "ກວດສອບເຊວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Comma": "ຈຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Currency": "ສະກຸນເງິນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Explanatory_Text": "ອະທິບາຍຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Good": "ດີ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": " ຫົວເລື່ອງ 1", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ 2", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ 3", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_4": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ4", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Input": "ການປ້ອນຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Linked_Cell": "ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເຊວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Neutral": "ທາງກາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Normal": "ປົກກະຕິ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Note": "ບັນທຶກໄວ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Output": "ຜົນໄດ້ຮັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Percent": "ເປີີເຊັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Total": "ຈຳນວນທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Warning_Text": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTab": "ແທບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTable": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTime": "ເວລາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtValues": "ການຕີລາຄາ, ປະເມີນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "ແກນ X", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "ແກນ Y", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ບໍ່ຮູ້ສາເຫດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "ບຣາວເຊີຂອງທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດນຳໃຊ້ໄດ້.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageExtMessage": "ບໍ່ຮູ້ສາເຫດຂໍ້ຜິດຜາດຮູບແບບຂອງຮູບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageFileCountMessage": "ບໍ່ມີຮູບພາບອັບໂຫຼດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "ຂະໜາດຂອງຮູບພາບໃຫ່ຍເກີນກໍານົດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "ກໍາລັງອັບໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "ກໍາລັງອັບໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "ຄໍາຮ້ອງສະຫມັກມີຄວາມສາມາດຕ່ໍາສຸດ IE9. ໃຊ້ IE10 ຂຶ້ນໄປ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂະຫຍາຍປັດຈຸບັນຂອງທ່ານບໍ່ໄດ້ຮັບການສະໜັບສະໜູນ. ກະລຸນາຕັ້ງຄ່າຂະໜາດ ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນໂດຍການກົດປຸ່ມ Ctrl + 0.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": " ຈໍານວນການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບຜູ້ແກ້ໄຂ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ເອກະສານນີ້ສາມາດເປີດເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ.
                    ຕິດຕໍ່ທີມບໍລິຫານ ເພື່ອສືກສາເພີ່ມເຕີ່ມ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "ໃບທະບຽນອະນຸຍາດຂອງທ່ານໝົດອາຍຸແລ້ວ.
                    ກະລຸນາຕໍ່ໃບອະນຸຍາດຂອງທ່ານ ແລະ ໂຫລດໜ້າຈໍໃໝ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "ໃບທະບຽນອະນຸຍາດໝົດອາຍຸ.
                    ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ.
                    ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີການຕໍ່ອາຍຸ
                    ທ່ານມີຂໍ້ຈຳກັດໃນການເຂົ້າເຖິງການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ, ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຫາຜູ້ເບິ່ງລະບົບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": " ຈໍານວນການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບຜູ້ແກ້ໄຂ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ຕິດຕໍ່ ທີມບໍລິຫານເພື່ອຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": " ຈໍານວນການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບຜູ້ແກ້ໄຂ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ເອກະສານນີ້ສາມາດເປີດເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ.
                    ຕິດຕໍ່ ທີມຂາຍ% 1 ສຳ ລັບຂໍ້ ກຳນົດການຍົກລະດັບເງື່ອນໄຂ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": " ຈໍານວນການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບຜູ້ແກ້ໄຂ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ຕິດຕໍ່ທີມຂາຍ % 1 ສຳລັບຂໍ້ກຳນົດການຍົກລະດັບເງື່ອນໄຂ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "ທ່ານໄດ້ຖືກປະຕິເສດສິດໃນການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານດັ່ງກ່າວ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.strAllSheets": "ທຸກແຜ່ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFirstCol": "ຖັນທໍາອິດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFirstRow": "ແຖວແລກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFrozenCols": "ຈຶ້ງຖັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFrozenRows": "ຈຶ້ງແຖວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textInvalidRange": "ຜິດພາດ,ເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textNoRepeat": "ຫ້າມຍ້ຳ", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textRepeat": "ເຮັດຊ້ຳ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textSelectRange": "ເລືອກຂອບເຂດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textWarning": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.txtCustom": "ກຳນົດເອງ, ປະເພດ,", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.warnCheckMargings": "ໄລຍະຂອບບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorLastSheet": "ສະໝຸດເຮັດວຽກຕ້ອງມີຢ່າງໜ້ອຍໜື່ງແຜ່ນທີ່ເບິ່ງເຫັນ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "ບໍ່ສາມາດລົບແຜ່ນງານໄດ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "ແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTip": "ທ່ານຢຸ່ໃນໂມດເບີ່ງແຜ່ນວຽກ. ການກັ່ນຕອງ ແລະ ການຈັດລຽງ ປະກົດໃຫ້ເຫັນສະເພາະທ່ານ ແລະ ຜູ້ທີ່ຍັງຢູ່ໃນມຸມມອງນີ້ເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTipFilters": "ທ່ານຢູ່ໃນໂໝດເບິ່ງແຜ່ນງານ. ຕົວຄັດກອງຈະເບິ່ງເຫັນໄດ້ສະເພາະແຕ່ທ່ານ ແລະ ຜູ້ທີ່ຍັງຢູ່ໃນມຸມມອງນີ້ຢູ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "ແຜ່ນເຈ້ຍທີ່ເລືອກໄວ້ອາດຈະມີຂໍ້ມູນ. ທ່ານແນ່ໃຈບໍ່ວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງການດຳເນີນການ?", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "ຂະຫຍາຍ {0}%", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "ຕົວອັກສອນທີ່ທ່ານກຳລັງຈະບັນທຶກແມ່ນບໍ່ມີຢູ່ໃນອຸປະກອນປັດຈຸບັນ.
                    ຮູບແບບຕົວໜັງສືຈະຖືກສະແດງໂດຍໃຊ້ຕົວອັກສອນລະບົບໜຶ່ງ, ຕົວອັກສອນທີ່ບັນທຶກຈະຖືກນຳ ໃຊ້ໃນເວລາທີ່ມັນມີຢູ່.
                    ທ່ານຕ້ອງການສືບຕໍ່ບໍ?", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.errorMaxRows": "ຜິດພາດ! ຈຳນວນຊຸດຂໍ້ມູນສູງສຸດຕໍ່ຕາຕະລາງນີ້ແມ່ນ 255", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.errorStockChart": "ຄໍາສັ່ງແຖວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ເພື່ອສ້າງຕາຕະລາງຫຸ້ນ ໃຫ້ວາງຂໍ້ມູນໃສ່ເຈັ້ຍຕາມ ລຳດັບຕໍ່ໄປນີ້:
                    ລາຄາເປີດ, ລາຄາສູງສຸດ, ລາຄາຕໍ່າສຸດ, ລາຄາປິດ. ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "ສຳນຽງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "ວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "ຄ່າທີ່ຕື່ມໃສ່ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
                    ກະລຸນາໃສ່ຄ່າຕົວເລກລະຫວ່າງ 1 ຫາ 409.", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFraction": "ເສດສ່ວນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFunction": "ໜ້າທີ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "ເພີ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "ສຳຄັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLargeOperator": "ຕົວດຳເນີນການໃຫຍ່ສຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLimitAndLog": "ຂີດຈຳກັດ ແລະ ເລກກຳລັງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLongOperation": "ການດຳເນີນງານທີ່ຍາວນານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textMatrix": "ການຈັດຊຸດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textOperator": "ຜູ້ປະຕິບັດງານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textPivot": "ຕາຕະລາງພິວອດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textRadical": "ຮາກຖານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textScript": "ບົດເລື່ອງ,ບົດລະຄອນ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textSymbols": "ສັນຍາລັກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textWarning": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Accent": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowD": "ລູກສອນຊ້າຍຂວາຢູ່ຂ້າງເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowL": "ລູກສອນກັບຊ້າຍດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_ArrowR": "ລູກສອນດ້ານຂວາມືຂ້າງເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Bar": "ຂີດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BarBot": "ກ້ອງແຖວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BarTop": "ເລືອກຂອບເທີງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BorderBox": "ສູດບັນຈຸກ່ອງ (ມີບ່ອນວາງ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_BorderBoxCustom": "ສູດບັນຈຸກອ໋ງ​(ຕົວຢ່າງ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Check": "ກວດສອບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketBot": "ກ້ອງວົງປີກາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketTop": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍ{}", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_1": "ຂະໜາດເວັກເຕີ A", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_2": "ເອບີຊີກັບໂອເວີບາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_3": "ແກນ x XOR y ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDDot": "ຈ້ຳສາມເມັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDot": "ຈຸດໆ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Dot": "ຈຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DoubleBar": "ບາຄູ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Grave": "ຂຸມ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_GroupBot": "ການຈັດກຸ່ມຕົວອັກສອນ ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_GroupTop": "ການຈັດກຸ່ມຕົວອັກສອນ ຂ້າງເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_HarpoonL": "ລູກສອນໄປ-ກັບດ້ານຊ້າຍ\t⥧", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_HarpoonR": "ລູກສອນປິ່ນໄປທາງດ້ານຂວາຂ້າງເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Hat": "ໝວກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Smile": "ລະເມີດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Tilde": "ສັນຍາລັກ ເຄື່ອງໝາຍ ຄ່າປະມານ (Tilde)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle": "ວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_Delimiter_2": "ວົງເລັບທີ່ມີຕົວແຍກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_Delimiter_3": "ວົງເລັບທີ່ມີຕົວແຍກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve": "ວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_Delimiter_2": "ວົງເລັບທີ່ມີຕົວແຍກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Curve_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_1": "ກໍລະນີ (ສອງເງື່ອນໄຂ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_2": "ກໍລະນີ (ສາມເງື່ອນໄຂ)", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_3": "ການຈັດລຽງຈຸດປະສົງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_4": "ການຈັດລຽງຈຸດປະສົງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_5": "ກໍລະນີ ຕົວຢ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_6": "ສຳປະສິດ Binomial", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Custom_7": "ສຳປະສິດ Binomial", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Line": "ວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Line_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Line_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LineDouble": "ວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LineDouble_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LineDouble_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim": "ວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim_NoneNone": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_LowLim_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round": "ວົງເລັບ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_Delimiter_2": "ວົງເລັບທີ່ມີຕົວແຍກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Round_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square": "ວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_CloseClose": "ວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_CloseOpen": "ວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_OpenOpen": "ວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_SquareDouble": "ວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_SquareDouble_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_SquareDouble_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim": "ວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_NoneOpen": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim_OpenNone": "ວົງເລັບດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtDeleteCells": "ລົບແຊວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtExpand": "ຂະຫຍາຍ ແລະ ຈັດລຽງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtExpandSort": "ຂໍ້ມູນຖັດຈາກສີ່ງທີ່ເລືອກຈະບໍ່ຖືກຈັດລຽງລຳດັບ. ທ່ານຕ້ອງການຂະຫຍາຍສ່ວນທີ່ເລືອກເພື່ອກວມເອົາຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ຢູ່ຕິດກັນ ຫຼື ດຳເນີນການຈັດລຽງເຊລທີ່ເລືອກໃນປະຈຸບັນເທົ່ານັ້ນຫຼືບໍ່?", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDiagonal": "ສ່ວນໜຶ່ງທີ່ເປັນສີເຂັ້ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_1": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_2": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_3": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionDifferential_4": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionHorizontal": "ເສັ້ນຄົດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionPi_2": "Pi ຫລາຍກວ່າ 2", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionSmall": "ສ່ວນນ້ອຍໆ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionVertical": "ເສດສ່ວນໜຶ່ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cos": "ການເຮັດວຽກຂອງໂກຊິນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cosh": "Hyperbolic ກົງກັນຂ້າມ cosine", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cot": "ການເຮັດວຽກຂອງຂອງໂກຕັງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Coth": "Hyperbolic ກົງກັນຂ້າມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csc": "ການເຮັດວຽກຂອງ cosecant", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csch": "Hyperbolic ກົງກັນຂ້າມໂກຊິນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sec": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງ Secant ກົງກັນຂ້າມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sech": "ເສິ້ນກົງກັນຂ້າມກັບມູມ Hyperbolic", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sin": "ໜ້າທີ່ Sine ກົງກັນຂ້າມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sinh": "Hyperbolic ກົງກັບຂ້າມ Sine", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Tan": "ໜ້າທີ່ tangent ກົງກັນຂ້າມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Tanh": "Hyperbolic ກົງກັນຂ້າມເສັ້ນສຳຜັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Cos": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງ ໂຄໄຊ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Cosh": " ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງ ໂກຊິນ hyperbolic", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Cot": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງໂກຕັງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Coth": "ການເຮັດໜ້າທີ່ຂອງ ໂກຕັງ Hyperbolic", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Csc": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງ Cosecant", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Csch": "ການເຮັດວຽກຂອງເຊວ hyperbolic", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_1": "ສູດຄິດໄລ່ Sine", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_2": "ຄ່າໃຊ້ຈ່າຍສອງເທົ່າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Custom_3": "ສູດເສັ້ນຈຸດຕັດກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sec": "ເສັ້ນຕັດແກນໂຕU", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sech": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງເສັ້ນກົງກັນຂ້າມ Hyperbolic", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sin": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງ Sine", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Sinh": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງ Hyperbolic sine", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Tan": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງເສັ້ນຕັດກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_Tanh": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງເສັ້ນສຳຜັດວົງໃນ Hyperbolic", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtInsertCells": "ເພີ່ມເຊວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral": "ປະສົມປະສານ,ສຳຄັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dtheta": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ theta", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dx": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ x", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral_dy": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງ y", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralCenterSubSup": "ປະສົມປະສານ,ສຳຄັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralDouble": "ການເຊື່ອມໂຍງສອງເທົ່າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralDoubleCenterSubSup": "ການເຊື່ອມໂຍງສອງເທົ່າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralDoubleSubSup": "ການເຊື່ອມໂຍງສອງເທົ່າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOriented": "ໂຄງຮ່າງທີ່ສຳຄັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedCenterSubSup": "ໂຄງຮ່າງທີ່ສຳຄັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedDouble": "ສ່ວນປະກອບດ້ານໜ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedDoubleCenterSubSup": "ສ່ວນປະກອບດ້ານໜ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedDoubleSubSup": "ສ່ວນປະກອບດ້ານໜ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedSubSup": "ໂຄງຮ່າງທີ່ສຳຄັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTriple": "ບໍລິມາດລວມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTripleCenterSubSup": "ບໍລິມາດລວມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTripleSubSup": "ບໍລິມາດລວມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralSubSup": "ສຳຄັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTriple": "ປະສົມປະສານສາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleCenterSubSup": "ປະສົມປະສານສາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleSubSup": "ປະສົມປະສານສາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtInvalidRange": "ຜິດພາດ!ຊ່ວງເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction": "ລີ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSub": "ລີ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSubSup": "ລີ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_Sub": "ລີ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_SubSup": "ລີ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd": "ຜະລິດຕະພັນຮ່ວມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_CenterSub": "ຜະລິດຕະພັນຮ່ວມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_CenterSubSup": "ຜະລິດຕະພັນຮ່ວມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_Sub": "ຜະລິດຕະພັນຮ່ວມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_SubSup": "ຜະລິດຕະພັນຮ່ວມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_1": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_2": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_3": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_4": "ຜົນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Custom_5": "ຈຸດຮ່ວມກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction": "Vee", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_CenterSub": "Vee", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_CenterSubSup": "Vee", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_Sub": "Vee", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Disjunction_SubSup": "Vee", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection": "ສີ່ແຍກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_CenterSub": "ສີ່ແຍກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_CenterSubSup": "ສີ່ແຍກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_Sub": "ສີ່ແຍກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Intersection_SubSup": "ສີ່ແຍກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod": "ຜົນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_CenterSub": "ຜົນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_CenterSubSup": "ຜົນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_Sub": "ຜົນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Prod_SubSup": "ຜົນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_CenterSub": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_CenterSubSup": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_Sub": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Sum_SubSup": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union": "ຈຸດຮ່ວມກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_CenterSub": "ຈຸດຮ່ວມກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_CenterSubSup": "ຈຸດຮ່ວມກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_Sub": "ຈຸດຮ່ວມກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Union_SubSup": "ຈຸດຮ່ວມກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Custom_1": "ຈຳກັດຕົວຢ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Custom_2": "ຕົວຢ່າງສູງສຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Lim": "ຂີດຈຳກັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Ln": "ເລກກໍາລັງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Log": "ເລກກຳລັງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_LogBase": "ເລກກຳລັງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Max": "ໃຫຍ່ສຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Min": "ໜ້ອຍສຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_2": "1x2 ເມັດທຣິກວ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_3": "1x3 ເມັດທຣິກວ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_1": "2x1 ເມັດທຣິກວ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2": "2x2 ເມັດທຣິກວ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_DLineBracket": "ຕາຕະລາງເປົ່າວ່າງກັບວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_LineBracket": "ຕາຕະລາງເປົ່າວ່າງກັບວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_RoundBracket": "ຕາຕະລາງເປົ່າວ່າງກັບວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_SquareBracket": "ຕາຕະລາງເປົ່າວ່າງກັບວົງເລັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_3": "2x3 ເມັດທຣິກເອກະລັກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_1": "3x1 ເມັດທຣິກວ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_2": "3x2 ເມັດທຣິກວ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_3": "3x3 ເມັດທຣິກວ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Baseline": "ຈຸດເສັ້ນພື້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Center": "ຈໍ້າເມັດທາງກາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Diagonal": "ດ໋ອດຂອງເສົ້ນຂວງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Vertical": "ຈຸດຕາມແນວຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Round": "ການກະຈາຍຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Square": "ການກະຈາຍຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2": "2x2 ເມັດທຣິກເອກະລັກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2_NoZeros": "3x3 ເມັດທຣິກເອກະລັກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3": "3x3 ເມັດທຣິກເອກະລັກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3_NoZeros": "3x3 ເມັດທຣິກເອກະລັກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowD_Bot": "ລູກສອນຊ້າຍ - ຂວາຢູ່ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowD_Top": "ລູກສອນຊ້າຍຂວາຢູ່ຂ້າງເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowL_Bot": "ລູກສອນກັບຊ້າຍດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowL_Top": "ລູກສອນກັບຊ້າຍດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowR_Bot": "ລູກສອນດ້ານຂວາມືດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowR_Top": "ລູກສອນດ້ານຂວາມືຂ້າງເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ColonEquals": "ຈ້ຳຈຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Custom_1": "ຜົນໄດ້ຮັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Custom_2": "ຜົນຮັບຂອງເດລຕ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_Definition": "ເທົ່າກັບ ໂດຍ ຄຳນິຍາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DeltaEquals": "ເດລຕ້າເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowD_Bot": "ລູກສອນຊ້າຍ - ຂວາຢູ່ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowD_Top": "ລູກສອນຊ້າຍຂວາຢູ່ຂ້າງເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowL_Bot": "ລູກສອນກັບຊ້າຍດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowL_Top": "ລູກສອນກັບຊ້າຍດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowR_Bot": "ລູກສອນດ້ານຂວາມືດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DoubleArrowR_Top": "ລູກສອນດ້ານຂວາມືຂ້າງເທິງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_EqualsEquals": "ເທົ່າໆກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_MinusEquals": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍລົບເທົ່າກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_PlusEquals": "+=", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_UnitOfMeasure": "ວັດແທດໂດຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalCustom_1": "ລັງສີ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalCustom_2": "ຮາກຖານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_2": "ຮາກຂັ້ນສອງພ້ອມອົງສາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_3": "ຮາກຂອງລູກບິດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalRoot_n": "ລະດັບຮາກຖານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtRadicalSqrt": "ຮາກ​ຂັ້ນ​ສອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_1": "ເນື້ອເລື່ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_2": "ເນື້ອເລື່ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_3": "ເນື້ອເລື່ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptCustom_4": "ເນື້ອເລື່ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSub": "ຕົວຫ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSubSup": "ຕົວໜັງສືຫ້ອຍ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSubSupLeft": "ຕົວຫ້ອຍດ້ານຊ້າຍ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtScriptSup": "ອັກສອນຫຍໍ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSorting": "ການລຽງລຳດັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSortSelected": "ຈັດລຽງທີ່ເລືອກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_about": "ປະມານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_additional": "ສ່ວນປະກອບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_aleph": "Alef", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_alpha": "ອາວຟາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_approx": "ເກືອບເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ast": " ເຄື່ອງໝາຍດອກຈັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beta": "ເບຕ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beth": "ເດີມພັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_bullet": "ຕົວກຳເນີນການຂີດໜ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cap": "ສີ່ແຍກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cbrt": "ຮາກກຳລັງສາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cdots": "ຈຳເມັດເປັນເສັ້ນລວງນອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_celsius": "ອົງສາມແຊວຊຽດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_chi": "chi", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cong": "ເທົ່າກັບປະມານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cup": "ຈຸດຮ່ວມກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ddots": "ແຜ່ນຮູບຂອບຂະໜານດ້ານຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_degree": "ອົງສາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_delta": "ເດລຕ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_div": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຂະແໜງການ,ພະແນກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_downarrow": "ລູກສອນລົງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_emptyset": "ກຳນົດເປົ່າວ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_epsilon": "Epsilon", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equals": "ເທົ່າກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equiv": "ຄືກັນກັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_eta": "Eta", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_exists": "ຍັງມີຢູ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_factorial": "ໂຮງງານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_fahrenheit": "ອົງສາຟາເຣັນຮາຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_forall": "ສຳລັບທຸກຄົນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gamma": "ພະຍັນຊະນະຕົວທີ່ ສາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_geq": "ໃຫຍ່ກວ່າ ຫລື ເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gg": "ໃຫຍ່ຫຼາຍກວ່າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_greater": "ໃຫຍ່​ກວ່າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_in": "ອົງປະກອບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_inc": "ການເພີ່ມຂື້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_infinity": "ບໍ່ມີຂອບເຂດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_iota": "lota", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_kappa": "kappa", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_lambda": "ແລມດ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leftarrow": "ລູກສອນເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leftrightarrow": "ລູກສອນຊ້າຍ-ຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_leq": "ຫນ້ອຍ​ກ​່​ວາ ຫລື ເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_less": "ຫນ້ອຍ​ກ​່​ວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ll": "ໜ້ອຍກວ່າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_minus": "ລົບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_mp": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍບວກລົບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_mu": "Mu", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_nabla": "Nabla", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_neq": "ບໍ່ເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ni": "ບັນຈູເຂົ້າເປັນສະມາຊິກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_not": "ບໍ່ໄດ້ລົງລາຍເຊັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_notexists": "ບໍ່ມີຢູ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_nu": "Nu", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_o": "ໂອມອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_omega": "ຕອນຈົບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_partial": "ຄວາມແຕກຕ່າງບາງສ່ວນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_percent": "ເປີເຊັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_phi": "Phi", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_pi": "Pi", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_plus": "ບວກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_pm": "+-", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_propto": "ຊອກຫາຄ່າຂອງແກນ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_psi": "Psi", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_qdrt": "ຮາກທີ ສີ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_qed": "ການຢັ້ງຢືນສິ້ນສຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rddots": "ຮູບຈຳເມັດສີດໍາ ຈໍ້າເອນຂື້ນເທິງເບື້ອງຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rho": "Rho", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_rightarrow": "ລູກສອນຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_sigma": "ສັນຍາລັກຕົວ ∑", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_sqrt": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຮາກຖານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_tau": "Tau", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_therefore": "ດັ່ງນັ້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_theta": "ສັນຍາລັກເລກສູນຂີດຜ່າກາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_times": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_uparrow": "ລູກສອນປິ່ນຂື້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_upsilon": "ສັນຍາລັກໂຕ U ແລະ y", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varepsilon": "ຕົວແປ Epsilon", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varphi": "ສັນຍາລັກເລກສູນ ຂີດຜ່າກາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varpi": "ຕົວແປຂອງ Pi", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varrho": "Rho ຕົວແປ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varsigma": "ຕົວແປຂອງ ຕົວ ∑", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vartheta": "ຕົວແປສັນຍາລັກເລກສູນຂີດຜ່າກາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "ຈຸຸດໆຕາມແນວຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtTable_TableStyleDark": "ຕາຕະລາງແບບມືດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtTable_TableStyleLight": "ຕາຕະລາງແບບແຈ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtTable_TableStyleMedium": "ຮູບແບບຕາຕະລາງຂະໜາດກາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "ການດຳເນີນງານທີ່ທ່ານກຳລັງຈະເຮັດອາດຈະໃຊ້ເວລາຫຼາຍຈຶ່ງຈະສິ້ນສຸດ.
                    ທ່ານໝັ້ນໃຈບໍ່ວ່າຈະດຳເນີນການຕໍ່?", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "ສະເພາະຂໍ້ມູນຈາກເຊວດ້ານຊ້າຍເທິງທີ່ຈະຢູ່ໃນເຊວຮ່ວມ.
                    ທ່ານຕ້ອງການດຳເນີນການຕໍ່ບໍ່?", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "ຕິກໃສ່ບໍລິເວນທີ່ຕ້ອງການໃຫ້ເຫັນແຈ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "ເຊື່ອງແຖບສູດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "ເຊື່ອງຕາຕະລາງໄວ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "ເຊື່ອງຫົວຂໍ້ໄວ້", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.strDecimalSeparator": "ຕົວຂັ້ນທົດນິຍົມ", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.strThousandsSeparator": "ໜື່ງພັນຕົວແຍກ", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.textLabel": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າທີ່ໃຊ້ໃນການຮັບຮູ້ຂໍ້ມູນໂຕເລກ", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.textTitle": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.btnCustomFilter": "ຕົວກຣອງທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textAddSelection": "ເພີ່ມການເລືອກປະຈຸບັນເພື່ອກຣອງ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textEmptyItem": "{ຊ່ອງວ່າງ}", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textSelectAll": "ເລືອກທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textSelectAllResults": "ເລືອກຜົນຄົ້ນຫາທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textWarning": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtAboveAve": "ສູງກ່ວາຄ່າສະເລ່ຍ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtBegins": "ເລີ້ມຕົ້ນດ້ວຍ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtBelowAve": "ຕ່ຳກ່ວາຄ່າສະເລ່ຍ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtBetween": "ລະຫວ່າງ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtClear": "ລົບອອກ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtContains": "ປະກອບດ້ວຍ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtEmpty": "ໃສ່ກຣ່ອງເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtEnds": "ສິ້ນສຸດດ້ວຍ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtEquals": "ເທົ່າກັບ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtFilterCellColor": "ຄັດກອງໂດຍສີເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtFilterFontColor": "ຄັດກອງຕາມສີຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtGreater": "ໃຫ່ຍກວ່າ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtGreaterEquals": "ໃຫ່ຍກ່ວາ ຫຼື ເທົ່າກັບ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtLabelFilter": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtLess": "ໜ້ອຍກວ່າ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtLessEquals": "ຫນ້ອຍກວ່າ ຫຼື ເທົ່າກັບ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotBegins": "ບໍ່ໄດ້ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotBetween": "ບໍ່ຢູ່ລະຫວ່າງ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotContains": "ບໍ່ມີ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotEnds": "ບໍ່ໄດ້ລົງທ້າຍດ້ວຍ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNotEquals": "ບໍ່ເທົ່າກັບ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtNumFilter": "ຄັດກອງຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtReapply": "ໃຊ້ຄືນໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortCellColor": "ລຽງລຳດັບຈາກສີຂອງເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortFontColor": "ລຽງລຳດັບຈາກສີຂອງຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortHigh2Low": "ລຽງລຳດັບຈາກສູງສຸດໄປຫາຕ່ຳສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortLow2High": "ລຽງລຳດັບແຕ່ຕ່ຳສຸດໄປຫາສູງສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtSortOption": "ຕົວເລືອກການຈັດລຽງເພີ່ມເຕີມ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTextFilter": "ຄັດກອງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTitle": "ຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTop10": "ຕິດ 1 ໃນ 10", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtValueFilter": "ຄັດກອງຄ່າ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.warnFilterError": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງມີຢ່າງຕຳໜຶ່ງຊ່ອງໃນພື້ນທີມູນຄ່າເພື່ອໃຊ້ຕົວກອງມູນຄ່າ", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.warnNoSelected": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງເລືອກຢ່າງໜ້ອຍໜຶ່ງຄ່າ", + "SSE.Views.CellEditor.textManager": "ຊື່ຜູ້ຈັດການ", + "SSE.Views.CellEditor.tipFormula": "ເພີ່ມໜ້າທີ່", + "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.errorMaxRows": "ຜິດພາດ! ຈຳນວນຊຸດຂໍ້ມູນສູງສຸດຕໍ່ຕາຕະລາງນີ້ແມ່ນ 255", + "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.errorStockChart": "ຄໍາສັ່ງແຖວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ເພື່ອສ້າງຕາຕະລາງຫຸ້ນ ໃຫ້ວາງຂໍ້ມູນໃສ່ເຈັ້ຍຕາມ ລຳດັບຕໍ່ໄປນີ້:
                    ລາຄາເປີດ, ລາຄາສູງສຸດ, ລາຄາຕໍ່າສຸດ, ລາຄາປິດ. ", + "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtEmpty": "ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີສ່ວນນີ້", + "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtInvalidRange": "ຜິດພາດ,ເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtTitle": "ເລືອກຂອບເຂດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.strShrink": "ຫົດໂຕໃຫ້ພໍດີ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.strWrap": "ຕັດຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textAngle": "ມຸມ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBackColor": "ສີພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBackground": "ສີພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBorderColor": "ສີ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBorders": "ສະໄຕເສັ້ນຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textColor": "ເຕີມສີ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textControl": "ທິດທາງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textDirection": "ທິດທາງ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textForeground": "ສີໜ້າຈໍ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradient": "ຈຸດໄລ່ລະດັບ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientColor": "ສີ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientFill": "ລາດສີ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textLinear": "ເສັ້ນຊື່", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textNoFill": "ບໍ່ມີການຕື່ມໃສ່", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textOrientation": "ທິດທາງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPattern": "ຮູບແບບ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPatternFill": "ຮູບແບບ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPosition": "ຕໍາແໜ່ງ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textRadial": "ລັງສີ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textSelectBorders": "ເລືອກຂອບເຂດທີ່ທ່ານຕ້ອງການປ່ຽນຮູບແບບທີ່ເລືອກໄວ້ຂ້າງເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "ເພີ່ມຈຸດໄລ່ລະດັບ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAll": "ກຳນົດເສັ້ນຂອບດ້ານນອກ ແລະ ດ້ານໃນທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipBottom": "ກຳນົດຂອບເຂດເສັ້ນທາງລຸ່ມເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipDiagD": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າເສັ້ນຂວາງມຸມລົງ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipDiagU": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າເສັ້ນຂວາງມຸມຂຶ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipInner": "ກຳນົດເສັ້ນດ້ານໃນເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipInnerHor": "ຕັ້ງເສັ້ນພາຍໃນແນວນອນເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipInnerVert": "ກຳນົດເສັ້ນໃນແນວຕັ້ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipLeft": "ກຳນົດເຂດເສັ້ນດ້ານນອກເບື້ອງຊ້າຍເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipNone": "ກຳນົດບໍ່ມີຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipOuter": "ກຳນົດເສັ້ນຂອບນອກເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "ລົບຈຸດສີ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipRight": "ກຳນົດເສັ້ນຂອບນອກດ້ານຂວາເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipTop": "ກຳນົດເສັ້ນຂອບນອກດ້ານເທິງເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorInFormula": "ເກີດມີຂໍ້ຜິດຜາດໃນສູດທີ່ທ່ານໃຊ້.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorInvalidReference": "ການອ້າງອີງບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ການອ້າງອີງຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງເປີດເອກະສານ.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorMaxPoints": "ຈໍານວນສູງສຸດຕໍ່ຕາຕະລາງແມ່ນ 4096.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorMaxRows": "ຊຸດຂໍ້ມູນຂອງຕົວເລກໃຫຍ່ສຸດຕໍ່ຜັງແມ່ນ 255", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorNoSingleRowCol": "ການອ້າງອີງບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ຫົວຂໍ້ອ້າງອີງ, ຄ່າ, ຂະໜາດ ຫຼື ປ້າຍຂໍ້ມູນຕ້ອງເປັນເຊວດ່ຽວ, ແຖວ ຫຼື ຖັນ.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorNoValues": "ການທີ່ຈະສ້າງແຜນຜັງ ເຊັດຕົວເລກຕ້ອງປະກອບມີຢ່າງໜ້ອຍ 1 ຄ່າ.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorStockChart": "ຄໍາສັ່ງແຖວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ເພື່ອສ້າງຕາຕະລາງຫຸ້ນ ໃຫ້ວາງຂໍ້ມູນໃສ່ເຈັ້ຍຕາມ ລຳດັບຕໍ່ໄປນີ້:
                    ລາຄາເປີດ, ລາຄາສູງສຸດ, ລາຄາຕໍ່າສຸດ, ລາຄາປິດ. ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textAdd": "ເພີ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textCategory": "ປ້າຍແກນຕັ້ງ (ໝວດ)", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textData": "ຈັດຜັງຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textDelete": "ລຶບ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textDown": "ລົງລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textInvalidRange": "ເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSelectData": "ເລືອກຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSeries": "ການບັນທຶກຕຳນານ(ຂັ້ນຕອນ)", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSwitch": "ສະຫລັບແຖວ/ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textTitle": "ຂໍ້ມູນຂອງແຜ່ນຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textUp": "ຂຶ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorInFormula": "ເກີດມີຂໍ້ຜິດຜາດໃນສູດທີ່ທ່ານໃຊ້.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorInvalidReference": "ການອ້າງອີງບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ການອ້າງອີງຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງເປີດເອກະສານ.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorMaxPoints": "ຈໍານວນສູງສຸດຕໍ່ຕາຕະລາງແມ່ນ 4096.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorMaxRows": "ຊຸດຂໍ້ມູນຂອງຕົວເລກໃຫຍ່ສຸດຕໍ່ຜັງແມ່ນ 255", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorNoSingleRowCol": "ການອ້າງອີງບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ຫົວຂໍ້ອ້າງອີງ, ຄ່າ, ຂະໜາດ ຫຼື ປ້າຍຂໍ້ມູນຕ້ອງເປັນເຊວດ່ຽວ, ແຖວ ຫຼື ຖັນ.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorNoValues": "ການທີ່ຈະສ້າງແຜນຜັງ ເຊັດຕົວເລກຕ້ອງປະກອບມີຢ່າງໜ້ອຍ 1 ຄ່າ.", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorStockChart": "ຄໍາສັ່ງແຖວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ເພື່ອສ້າງຕາຕະລາງຫຸ້ນ ໃຫ້ວາງຂໍ້ມູນໃສ່ເຈັ້ຍຕາມ ລຳດັບຕໍ່ໄປນີ້:
                    ລາຄາເປີດ, ລາຄາສູງສຸດ, ລາຄາຕໍ່າສຸດ, ລາຄາປິດ. ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.textInvalidRange": "ເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.textSelectData": "ເລືອກຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtAxisLabel": "ຊ້ວງປ້າຍແກນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtChoose": "ເລືອກໄລຍະ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtSeriesName": "ຊື່ຊຸດ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtTitleCategory": "ປ້າຍແກນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtTitleSeries": "ແກ້ໄຂເຊັດສະບັບ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtValues": "ການຕີລາຄາ, ປະເມີນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtXValues": "ຄ່າແກນ X", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtYValues": "ຄ່າແກນ Y", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strLineWeight": "ນ້ຳໜັກເສັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strSparkColor": "ສີ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strTemplate": "ແມ່ແບບ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "ຄ່າທີ່ຕື່ມໃສ່ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
                    ກະລຸນາໃສ່ຄ່າລະຫວ່າງ 0 ຫາ 1584 pt.", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textChartType": "ປ່ຽນປະເພດແຜ່ນພາບ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textEditData": "ແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ມູນ ແລະ ຕຳແໜ່ງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textFirstPoint": "ຈຸດແລກ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textHeight": "ລວງສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textHighPoint": "ຈຸດສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textKeepRatio": "ອັດຕາສ່ວນຄົງທີ່", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textLastPoint": " ຈຸດສຸດທ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textLowPoint": "ຈຸດຕ່ຳ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textMarkers": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textNegativePoint": "ຈຸດລົບ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textRanges": "ແຖວຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textSelectData": "ເລືອກຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textShow": "ສະແດງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textStyle": "ແບບ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textType": "ພິມ, ຕີພິມ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.errorMaxPoints": "ຜິດພາດ! ຈຳນວນຈຸດສູງສຸດໃນຊຸດຕໍ່ຕາຕະລາງແມ່ນ 4096.", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.errorMaxRows": "ຜິດພາດ! ຈຳນວນຊຸດຂໍ້ມູນສູງສຸດຕໍ່ຕາຕະລາງນີ້ແມ່ນ 255", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.errorStockChart": "ຄໍາສັ່ງແຖວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ເພື່ອສ້າງຕາຕະລາງຫຸ້ນ ໃຫ້ວາງຂໍ້ມູນໃສ່ເຈັ້ຍຕາມ ລຳດັບຕໍ່ໄປນີ້:
                    ລາຄາເປີດ, ລາຄາສູງສຸດ, ລາຄາຕໍ່າສຸດ, ລາຄາປິດ. ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAbsolute": "ຫ້າມຢ້າຍຫຼືປັບຂະໜາດກັບເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAlt": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມສະແດງແທນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltDescription": "ການອະທິບາຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltTip": "ການສະເເດງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເປັນພາບ, ຊຶ່ງຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ຜູ້ອ່ານ ຫຼື ຄວາມບົກຜ່ອງທາງສະຕິປັນຍາ ເພື່ອຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ເຂົາໃຫ້ເຂົ້າໃຈຂໍ້ມູນ ແລະ ຮູບພາບ,ຮູບຮ່າງອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ຮ່າງ ຫຼື ຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAuto": "ໂອໂຕ້", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAutoEach": "ອໍ່ໂຕສຳລັບແຕ່ລະລາຍການ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisCrosses": "ແກນໄຂວກັນ, ແກນຕັດກັນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisOptions": "ຕົວເລືອກແກນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisPos": "ຕົວເລືອກແກນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າແກນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBetweenTickMarks": "ລະຫ່ວາງເຄື່ອງໝາຍຖືກ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBillions": "ຕື້", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "ຊື່ໝວດໝູ່", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "ທາງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "ອົງປະກອບຂອງແຜ່ນຮູບພາບ &
                    ຄຳແະທິບາຍແຜນຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "ໃສ່ຊື່ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "ຂ້າມ, ໄຂ້ວກັນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "ກຳນົດເອງ, ປະເພດ,", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "ໃນຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "ປ້າຍຊື່ຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "ໃນແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "ການສະແດງຕຳນານ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "ເຊວທີ່ຖືກເຊື່ອງຢູ່ ແລະ ວ່າງປ່າວ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຈຸດຂໍ້ມູນດ້ວຍສາຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textFit": "ຄວາມກວ້າງພໍດີ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textFixed": "ແກ້ໄຂແລ້ວ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGaps": "ຊ່ອງວ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGridLines": "ເສັ້ນຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGroup": "ກຸ່ມປະກາຍໄຟ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "ເຊື່ອງໄວ້", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "ສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "ແກນລວງນອນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "ແນວນອນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "ຈຳນວນໜື່ງຮ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textIn": "ຂ້າງໃນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textInnerBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມພາຍໃນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textInnerTop": "ດ້ານໃນສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textInvalidRange": "ຜິດພາດ,ເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLabelDist": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງປ້າຍແກນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLabelInterval": "ໄລຍະຫວ່າງລະຫ່ວາງເຄື່ອງໝາຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLabelOptions": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຕົວເລືອກ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLabelPos": " ປ້າຍກຳກັບຕຳ ແໜ່ງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLayout": "ແຜນຜັງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLeftOverlay": "ຊ້ອນທັບດ້ານຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendPos": "ຕຳນານ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendRight": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendTop": "ຂ້າງເທີງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLines": " ເສັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLocationRange": "ໄລຍະສະຖານທີ່", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLow": "ຕໍ່າ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMajor": "ສຳຄັນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMajorMinor": "ສຳຄັນແລະບໍ່ສຳຄັນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMajorType": "ປະເພດສຳຄັນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textManual": "ຄູ່ມື", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMarkers": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMarksInterval": "ຊ່ວງເວລາລະຫວ່າງເຄື່ອງໝາຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMaxValue": "ຄ່າສູງສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMillions": "ໜື່ງລ້ານ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMinor": "ນ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMinorType": "ປະເພດນ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textMinValue": "ຄ່າຕ່ຳສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textNextToAxis": "ຖັດຈາກແກນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textNoOverlay": "ບໍ່ມີການຊ້ອນກັນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOneCell": "ເຄື່ອນຍ້າຍແຕ່ບໍ່ປັບຂະຫໜາດກັບເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOnTickMarks": "ໃນເຄື່ອງໝາຍຖືກ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOut": "ອອກ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOuterTop": "ທາງເທີງດ້ານນອກ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textOverlay": "ຊ້ອນກັນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textReverse": "ຄ່າໃນລຳດັບຢ້ອນກັບ ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textReverseOrder": "ລຳດັບຍ້ອນກັບ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textRight": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textRightOverlay": "ພາບຊ້ອນທັບດ້ານຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textRotated": "ໜຸນແລ້ວ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSameAll": "ຄືກັນໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSelectData": "ເລືອກຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "ຕົວຂັ້ນປ້າຍກຳກັບຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "ຊື່ຊຸດ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "ສະແດງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "ສະແດງແຜນພູມເສັ້ນຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "ສະແດງຂໍ້ມູນໃນແຖວ ແລະ ຖັນທີ່ເຊື່ອງຢູ່", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "ສະແດງເຊວທີ່ວ່າງເປັນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "ສະແດງແກນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "ການສະແດງຄ່າແຜນຜັງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Sparkline ດ່ຽວ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSmooth": "ລຽບນຽນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSnap": "ການຫັກຂອງເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSparkRanges": "ກຸ່ມ Sparkline", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textStraight": "ຊື່ຕົງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textStyle": "ແບບ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTenMillions": "10 000 000", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTenThousands": "10 000", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textThousands": "ຫຼາຍພັນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTickOptions": "ຕົວເລືອກການໝາຍ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTitle": "ແຜ່ນຮູບພາບ - ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTitleSparkline": "Sparkline - ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTop": "ຂ້າງເທີງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "ລ້ານລ້ານ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "ເຄື່ອນຍ້າຍ ແລະ ປັບຂະໜາດກັບເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "ພິມ, ຕີພິມ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "ປະເພດ ແລະ ຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "ໜ່ວຍສະແດງຜົນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "ຕີລາຄາ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "ແກນລວງຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "ຊື່ແກນ X", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "ຊື່ແກນ Y", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "ສູນ", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.txtEmpty": "ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີສ່ວນນີ້", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textDataRange": "ແຫຼ່ງຂອບເຂດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textDestination": "ເລືອກຕຳແໜ່ງທີ່ຈະວາງຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textExist": "ແຜ່ນງານທີ່ມີຢູ່ ", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textInvalidRange": "ເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textNew": "ແຜ່ນງານໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textSelectData": "ເລືອກຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textTitle": "ສ້າງຕະລາງພິວອດ", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.txtEmpty": "ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີສ່ວນນີ້", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "ກຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextCustomSort": "ການຈັດລຽງແບບກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextRemDuplicates": "ລົບລາຍການທີ່ຊໍ້າກັນ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextToCol": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມເປັນຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnUngroup": "ຍົກເລີກການຈັດກຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textBelow": "ສະຫຼຸບລາຍລະອຽດແຖວດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textClear": "ລ້າງໂຄງສ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textColumns": "ຍົກເລີກການຈັດກຸ່ມຖັນ ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textGroupColumns": "ກຸ່ມຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textGroupRows": "ກຸ່ມຂອງແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRightOf": "ສະຫຼຸບລາຍລະອຽດຂອງຖັນເບື້ອງຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRows": "ຍົກເລີກການຈັດກຸ່ມແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipCustomSort": "ການຈັດລຽງແບບກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipGroup": "ກຸ່ມຂອງເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipRemDuplicates": "ລຶບແຖວທີ່ຊ້ຳກັນ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipToColumns": "ແຍກຂໍ້ຄວາມໃນເຊວອອກເປັນຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipUngroup": "ຍົກເລີກການຈັດກຸ່ມຕາມຊ່ວງຂອງເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "ແລະ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "ເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "ບໍ່ໄດ້ລົງທ້າຍດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition11": "ປະກອບດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition12": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition2": "ບໍ່ເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition3": "ໃຫ່ຍກວ່າ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition4": "ໃຫ່ຍກວ່າຫຼືເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition5": "ນ້ອຍກວ່າ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition6": "ນ້ອຍກວ່າຫຼືເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition7": "ເລີ້ມຕົ້ນດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition8": "ບໍ່ໄດ້ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition9": "ສິ້ນສຸດດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capOr": "ຫຼື", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.textNoFilter": "ບໍ່ມີຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.textShowRows": "ສະແດງແຖວທີ່", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.textUse1": "ນໍາໃຊ້ ? ເພື່ອນຳສະເໜີຄຸນລັກສະນະດ່ຽວໃດໜື່ງ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.textUse2": "ນຳໃຊ້ * ເພື່ອນຳສະເໜີຊຸດຂອງຄຸນລັກສະນະໃດໜື່ງ", + "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.txtTitle": "ຕົວກຣອງທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedImgText": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຮູບຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedShapeText": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງຂອງຮູບຮ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedSlicerText": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງຂອງຕົວແບ່ງສ່ວນຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.bottomCellText": "ຈັດຕ່ຳແໜ່ງທາງດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.bulletsText": "ສັນຍາລັກຫົວຂໍ້ຍ່ອຍແລະລຳດັບຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.centerCellText": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.chartText": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງຂອງແຜນຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteColumnText": "ຄໍລັ້ມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteRowText": "ແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteTableText": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct270Text": "ປິ່ນຫົວຂໍ້ຄວາມຂື້ນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct90Text": "ປິ່ນຫົວຂໍ້ຄວາມລົງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.directHText": "ແນວນອນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.directionText": "ທິດທາງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.editChartText": "ແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.editHyperlinkText": "ແກ້ໄຂ Hyperlink", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertColumnLeftText": "ຄໍລັ້ມຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertColumnRightText": "ຄໍລັ້ມຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertRowAboveText": "ແຖວເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertRowBelowText": "ແຖວລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.originalSizeText": "ຂະໜາດແທ້ຈິງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.removeHyperlinkText": "ລົບ Hyperlink", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectColumnText": "ຖັນທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectDataText": "ຂໍ້ມູນຄໍລັ້ມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectRowText": "ແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectTableText": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDelete": "ລຶບລາຍເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDetails": "ລາຍລະອຽດລາຍເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSetup": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າລາຍເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSign": "ເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAlign": "ຈັດແນວ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrange": "ຈັດແຈງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBack": "ສົ່ງໄປເປັນພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "ສົ່ງກັບຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "ເອົາຂຶ້ນມາທາງໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "ເອົາໄປທີ່ເບື້ອງໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAverage": "ສະເລ່ຍ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCount": "ນັບ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCrop": "ຕັດເປັນສ່ວນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFit": "ພໍດີ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEntriesList": "ເລືອກໃນລາຍການທີ່ກຳນົດ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipH": "ປີ້ນແນວນອນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFlipV": "ປີ້ນແນວຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFreezePanes": "ຕິກໃສ່ບໍລິເວນທີ່ຕ້ອງການໃຫ້ເຫັນແຈ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "ຈາກຟາຍ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromStorage": "ຈາກບ່ອນເກັບ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "ຈາກ URL", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textListSettings": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າລາຍການ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textMax": "ສູງສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textMin": "ຕ່ຳສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textMore": "ໜ້າທີ່ເພີ່ມເຕີມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textMoreFormats": "ຮູບແບບເພີ່ມເຕີມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRotate": "ໝຸນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRotate270": "ໝຸນ90°ທວນເຂັມໂມງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRotate90": "ໝຸນ90°ຕາມເຂັມໂມງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "ຈັດຕ່ຳແໜ່ງທາງດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຕິດຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຕິດຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textStdDev": "StdDev", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSum": "ຜົນລວມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUnFreezePanes": "ຍົກເລີກໝາຍຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textVar": "ຄ່າຄວາມແປປວນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.topCellText": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAccounting": "ການບັນຊີ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddComment": "ເພີ່ມຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddNamedRange": "ກຳນົດຊື່", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtArrange": "ຈັດແຈງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAscending": "ຈາກນ້ອຍຫາຫຼາຍ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAutoColumnWidth": "ຄວາມກ້ວາງຂອງຄໍລັມແບບອໍ່ໂຕພໍດີ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAutoRowHeight": "ຄວາມສູງຂອງແຖວແບບອໍ່ໂຕພໍດີ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClear": "ລົບອອກ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearAll": "ທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearComments": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearFormat": "ຮູບແບບ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearHyper": "Hyperlinks", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearSparklineGroups": "ລ້າງກຸ່ມ Sparkline ທີ່ເລືອກ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearSparklines": "ລ້າງ Sparklines ທີ່ເລືອກ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtClearText": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtColumn": "ຖັນທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtColumnWidth": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຄວາມກ້ວາງຂອງຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCopy": "ຄັດລອກ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCurrency": "ສະກຸນເງິນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomColumnWidth": "ຄວາມກ້ວາງຂອງຖັນທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomRowHeight": "ຄວາມສູງຂອງແຖວທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomSort": "ການຈັດລຽງແບບກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCut": "ຕັດ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDate": "ວັນທີ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDelete": "ລົບ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDescending": "ຈາກຫຼາຍໄປນ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDistribHor": "ແຈກຢາຍຕາມແນວນອນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDistribVert": "ແຈກຢາຍແນວຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtEditComment": "ແກ້ໄຂຄໍາເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFilter": "ຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFilterCellColor": "ຄັດກອງໂດຍສີເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFilterFontColor": "ຄັດກອງຕາມສີຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFilterValue": "ຄັດກອງຕາມຄ່າຂອງເຊວທີ່ເລືອກ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFormula": "ເພີ່ມໜ້າທີ່", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFraction": "ເສດສ່ວນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGeneral": "ທົ່ວໄປ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGroup": "ກຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHide": "ເຊື່ອງໄວ້", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsert": "ເພີ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsHyperlink": "ົໄຮເປີລີ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNumber": "ຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNumFormat": "ຮູບແບບຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPaste": "ວາງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPercentage": "ເປີເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtReapply": "ໃຊ້ຄືນໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRow": "ແຖວທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRowHeight": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຄວາມສູງຂອງແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtScientific": "ວິທະຍາສາດ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSelect": "ເລືອກ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShiftDown": "ເລື່ອນເຊວລົງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShiftLeft": "ເລື່ອນແຊວໄປທາງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShiftRight": "ເລື່ອນເຊວໄປດ້ານຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShiftUp": "ເລື່ອນເຊວໄປດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShow": "ສະແດງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowComment": "ສະແດງຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSort": "ລຽງລຳດັບ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSortCellColor": "ສີຂອງເຊວທີ່ເລືອກໄວ້ດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSortFontColor": "ສີຕົວອັກສອນທີ່ເລືອກໄວ້ດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSparklines": "Sparkline", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtText": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtTextAdvanced": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງຂອງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtTime": "ເວລາ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUngroup": "ຍົກເລີກການຈັດກຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ ", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.vertAlignText": "ຈັດຕາມແນວຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.strLayout": "ແຜນຜັງ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.strSubtotals": "ຜົນລວມຍ່ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.textReport": "ແບບລາຍງານ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂອບເຂດ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtAverage": "ສະເລ່ຍ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtBlank": "ເພີ່ມແຖວວ່າງຫຼັງຈາກແຕ່ລະລາຍການ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtBottom": "ສະແດງດ້ານລຸ່ມຂອງກຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCompact": "ກະທັດຫັດ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCount": "ນັບ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCountNums": "ນັບຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCustomName": "ຊື່ທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "ສະແດງລາຍການທີ່ບໍ່ມີຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtMax": "ສູງສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtMin": "ຕ່ຳສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtOutline": "ໂຄງຮ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtProduct": "ຜົນ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtRepeat": "ເຮັດປ້າຍກຳກັບລາຍການໃນແຕ່ລະແຖວຄືນໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtShowSubtotals": "ສະແດງຜົນລວມຍ່ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSourceName": "ຊື່ແຫລ່ງທີ່ມາ:", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDev": "StdDev", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDevp": "StdDevp", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSum": "ຜົນລວມ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSummarize": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງຜົນລວມຍ່ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtTabular": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtTop": "ສະແດງດ້ານເທິງຂອງກຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtVar": "ຄ່າຄວາມແປປວນ", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtVarp": "Varp", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "ເປີດບ່ອນຕຳແໜ່ງເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnCloseMenuCaption": "ປິດເມນູ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnCreateNewCaption": "ສ້າງໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnDownloadCaption": "ດາວໂລດເປັນ...", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnHelpCaption": "ຊ່ວຍ...", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnInfoCaption": "ຂໍ້ມູນ Spreadsheet", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnPrintCaption": "ພິມ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "ປົກປ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnRecentFilesCaption": "ເປີດເອກະສານທີ່ຜ່ານມາ...", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "ປ່ຽນຊື່...", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "ກັບສູ່ໜ້າແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnRightsCaption": "ສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ...", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveAsCaption": "ບັນທຶກເປັນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveCaption": "ບັນທຶກ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveCopyAsCaption": "ບັນທຶກສຳເນົາເປັນ...", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnSettingsCaption": "ຕັ້ງ​ຄ່າ​ຂັ້ນ​ສູງ...", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnToEditCaption": "ແກ້ໄຂແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.fromBlankText": "ຈາກບ່ອນວ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.fromTemplateText": "ຈາກ ແບບ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.newDescriptionText": "ສ້າງແຜ່ນງານເປົ່າໃໝ່ຊຶ່ງທ່ານສາມາດຈັດສະໄຕ ແລະ ຮູບແບບຫຼັງຈາກສ້າງຂຶ້ນໃນລະຫວ່າງການແກ້ໄຂ. ຫຼື ແບບໃດແບບໜຶ່ງເພື່ອເລີ່ມແຜນງານຂອງປະເພດ ຫຼ ວັດຖຸປະສົງບາງຢ່າງທີ່ມີການໃຊ້ສະໄຕບາງຢ່າງໄວ້ຫຼວງໜ້າແລ້ວ.", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.newDocumentText": "Spreadsheet ໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.okButtonText": "ໃຊ້", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAddAuthor": "ເພີ່ມຜູ້ຂຽນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAddText": "ເພີ່ມຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAppName": "ແອັບ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAuthor": "ຜູ້ຂຽນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtBtnAccessRights": "ປ່ຽນສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtComment": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtCreated": "ສ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtModifyBy": "ແກ້ໄຂຄັ້ງລ້າສຸດໂດຍ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtModifyDate": "ການແກ້ໄຂຄັ້ງລ້າສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtOwner": "ເຈົ້າຂອງ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtPlacement": "ສະຖານທີ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtRights": "ບຸກຄົນທີ່ມີສິດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtSubject": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtUploaded": "ອັບໂຫຼດສຳເລັດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "ປ່ຽນສິດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "ບຸກຄົນທີ່ມີສິດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.okButtonText": "ໃຊ້", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strAutoRecover": "ເປີດໃຊ້ງານການກູ້ຄືນອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strAutosave": "ເປີດໃຊ້ງານບັນທຶກອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strCoAuthMode": "ໂມດແກ້ໄຂລວມ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strCoAuthModeDescFast": "ຜູ້ໃຊ້ຊື່ອຶ່ນຈະເຫັນການປ່ຽນແປງຂອງເຈົ້າ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strCoAuthModeDescStrict": "ທ່ານຈະຕ້ອງຍອມຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງກ່ອນທີ່ທ່ານຈະເຫັນການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strDecimalSeparator": "ຕົວຂັ້ນທົດນິຍົມ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFast": "ໄວ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFontRender": "ຕົວອັກສອນມົວ ບໍ່ເເຈ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strForcesave": "ເກັບຮັກສາໄວ້ໃນເຊີບເວີຢູ່ສະ ເໝີ (ຖ້າບໍ່ດັ່ງນັ້ນບັນທຶກໄວ້ໃນ ເຊີບເວີ ຢູ່ບ່ອນປິດເອກະສານ)", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFuncLocale": "ຕຳລາພາສາ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFuncLocaleEx": "ຕົວຢ່າງ:​ຜົນທັງໝົດ, ນ້ອບສຸດ, ສູງສຸດ, ນັບ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strLiveComment": "ເປີດການສະແດງຄຳເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strMacrosSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Macros", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strPaste": "ຕັດ, ຄັດລອກ ແລະ ວາງ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strPasteButton": "ສະແດງປຸ່ມເລືອກວາງ ເມື່ອເນື້ອຫາໄດ້ຖືກຄັດຕິດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strR1C1": "ເປີດຮູບແບບ R1C1", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strRegSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂອບເຂດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strRegSettingsEx": "ຕົວຢ່າງ:", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strResolvedComment": "ເປີດການສະແດງຄຳເຫັນທີ່ຖືກແກ້ໄຂ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strSeparator": "ຕົວແຍກ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strStrict": "ເຂັ້ມງວດ, ໂຕເຂັ້ມ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strThousandsSeparator": "ໜື່ງພັນຕົວແຍກ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strUnit": "ຫົວໜ່ວຍການວັດແທກ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strUseSeparatorsBasedOnRegionalSettings": "ນຳໃຊ້ຕົວກັ່ນຕາມຄ່າຂອງພາກພື້ນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strZoom": "ຄົງຄ່າການຂະຫຍາຍ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.text10Minutes": "ທຸກໆ10ນາທີ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.text30Minutes": "ທຸກໆ 30 ນາທີ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.text5Minutes": "ທຸກໆ 5 ນາທີ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.text60Minutes": "ທຸກຊົວໂມງ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textAutoRecover": "ກູ້ຄືນອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textAutoSave": "ບັນທຶກໂອໂຕ້", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textDisabled": "ປິດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textForceSave": "ບັນທຶກໃສ່ Server", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textMinute": "ທຸກໆນາທີ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.textRefStyle": "ປະເພດການອ້າງອີງ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtCacheMode": "ໂໝດກໍລະນີເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtCm": "ເຊັນຕິເມັດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtDe": "ພາສາເຢຍລະມັນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtEn": "ອັງກິດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtEs": "ພາສາສະເປນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtFr": "ຝຣັ່ງ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtInch": "ຫົວໜ່ວຍ(ຫົວໜ່ວຍວັດແທກ)1 Inch =2.54 cm", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtIt": "ອິຕາລີ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtLiveComment": "ການສະແດງຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtMac": "ເປັນ OS X", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtNative": "ພື້ນເມືອງ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtPl": "ໂປແລນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtPt": "ຈຸດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtRu": "ພາສາຣັດເຊຍ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtRunMacros": "ເປີດທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtRunMacrosDesc": "ເປີດທຸກມາກໂຄຣໂດຍບໍ່ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtStopMacros": "ປິດທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtStopMacrosDesc": "ປິດທຸກ ມາກໂຄ ໂດຍບໍ່ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtWarnMacros": "ສະແດງການແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtWarnMacrosDesc": "ປິດທຸກ ມາກໂຄ ດ້ວຍ ການແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtWin": "ເປັນວິນໂດ້", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.okButtonText": "ໃຊ້", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.strDictionaryLanguage": "ພາສາພົດຈະນານຸກົມ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.strIgnoreWordsInUPPERCASE": "ບໍ່ສົນຕົວອັກສອນໃຫ່ຍ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.strIgnoreWordsWithNumbers": "ບໍ່ສົນຕົວໜັງສືກັບໂຕເລກ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.txtAutoCorrect": "ຕົວເລືອກ ແກ້ໄຂອໍ່ໂຕ້", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.txtProofing": "ການພິສູດ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "ກັບລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "ປົກປ້ອງ Spreadsheet", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "ກັບລາຍເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "ການແກ້ໄຂຈະລົບລາຍເຊັນອອກຈາກແຜ່ນງານ.
                    ທ່ານຕ້ອງການດຳເນີນການຕໍ່ຫຼືບໍ່?", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "ແຜ່ນເຈ້ຍນີ້ໄດ້ຖືກປົກປ້ອງໂດຍລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtRequestedSignatures": "ແຜ່ນເຈ້ຍນີ້ຕ້ອງໄດ້ຖືກເຊັນ.", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "ລາຍເຊັນທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງໄດ້ຖືກເພີ່ມໃສ່spreadsheet.​ spreadsheet ໄດ້ຖືກປົກປ້ອງຈາກການດັດແກ້.", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "ລາຍເຊັນດີຈີຕອນບາງສ່ວນໃນ spreadsheet ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ ຫຼື ບໍ່ສາມາດຢືນຢັນໄດ້. spreadsheet ຖືກປົກປ້ອງຈາກການແກ້ໄຂ.", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "ເບິ່ງລາຍເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtGeneral": "ທົ່ວໄປ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtPageSettings": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າໜ້າເຈ້ຍ", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtSpellChecking": "ກວດກາການສະກົດຄໍາ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textCategory": "ປະເພດ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textDecimal": "ທົດນິຍົມ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textFormat": "ຮູບແບບ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textSeparator": "ນຳໃຊ້ຕົວກັ່ນ 1000 ຕົວ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textSymbols": "ສັນຍາລັກ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textTitle": "ຮູບແບບຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAccounting": "ການບັນຊີ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs10": "ເປັນສິບ (5/10)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs100": "ເປັນໜື່ງຮ້ອຍ(50/100)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs16": "ເປັນສິບຫົກ​(8/16)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs2": "ເປັນເຄີ່ງໜື່ງ (1/2)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs4": "ໃນສະຖານະທີສີ່ (2/4)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs8": "ເປັນປີທີແປດ (4/8)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCurrency": "ສະກຸນເງິນ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustom": "ກຳນົດເອງ, ປະເພດ,", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtDate": "ວັນທີ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtFraction": "ເສດສ່ວນ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtGeneral": "ທົ່ວໄປ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtNumber": "ຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtPercentage": "ເປີເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtSample": "ຕົວຢ່າງ:", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtScientific": "ວິທະຍາສາດ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtText": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtTime": "ເວລາ", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtUpto1": "ຫຼາຍກ່ວາໜື່ງຖານ (1\\3)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtUpto2": "ຫຼາຍກວ່າສອງຖານ(12/25)", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtUpto3": "ຫຼາຍກ່ວາສາມຖານ (131/135)", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.sDescription": "ການອະທິບາຍ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.textGroupDescription": "ເລືອກກຸ່ມໜ້າວຽກ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.textListDescription": "ເລືອກໜ້າວຽກ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtRecommended": "ຄຳແນະນຳ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtSearch": "ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtTitle": "ເພີ່ມໜ້າທີ່", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textAutomatic": "ໂອໂຕ້", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textCalculateCurrentSheet": "ຄຳນວນແຜ່ນງານປັດຈຸບັນ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textCalculateWorkbook": "ຄຳນວນເວີກບຸກ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textManual": "ຄູ່ມື", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.tipCalculate": "ຄຳນວນ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.tipCalculateTheEntireWorkbook": "ຄຳນວນເວີກບຸກທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtAdditional": "ເພີ່ມເຕີມ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtAutosum": "ຜົນລວມອໍ່ໂຕ້", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtAutosumTip": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtCalculation": "ການຄຳນວນ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormula": "ໜ້າທີ່ ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormulaTip": "ເພີ່ມໜ້າທີ່", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtMore": "ໜ້າທີ່ເພີ່ມເຕີມ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtRecent": "ໃຊ້ລ່າສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textAny": "ໃດໆ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textArgument": "ຂໍ້ໂຕ້ແຍ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunction": "ໜ້າທີ່ ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunctionRes": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງຜົນລັບ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textHelp": "ຊ່ວຍໃນໜ້າທີ່ນີ້", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textLogical": "ມີເຫດຜົນ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textNoArgs": "ຟັງຊັນນີ້ບໍ່ມີຂໍ້ຂັດແຍ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textNumber": "ຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textRef": "ອ້າງອີງ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textText": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textTitle": "ໜ້າທີ່ຂອງອາກີວເໝັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textValue": "ຜົນລັບຂອງສູດ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAlign": "ຈັດແນວຕາມໄລຍະຂອບໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAll": "ທຸກໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textBold": "ໂຕຊໍ້າ ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textCenter": "ທາງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textColor": "ສີຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDate": "ວັນທີ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDiffFirst": "ໜ້າທໍາອິດທີແຕກຕ່າງກັນ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDiffOdd": "ໜ້າເອກະສານ ເລກ ຄູ່ ແລະ ເລກຄີກ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textEven": "ໜ້າຄູ່", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFileName": "ຊື່ຟາຍ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFirst": "ໜ້າທຳອິດ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFooter": "ສ່ວນທ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textHeader": "ສ່ວນຫົວ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textInsert": "ເພີ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textItalic": "ໂຕໜັງສືອຽງ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textMaxError": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມທີ່ປ້ອນຍາວເກີນໄປ. ລົດຈຳນວນຕົວສອນທີ່ໃຊ້ຕື່ມ.", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textNewColor": "ເພີມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textOdd": "ໜ້າເຈ້ຍເລກຄີກ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textPageCount": "ນັບໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textPageNum": "ເລກໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textPresets": "ທີ່ຕັ້ງໄວ້ລ່ວງໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textRight": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textScale": "ປັບຂະໜາດດ້ວຍເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSheet": "ຊື່ແຜ່ນເຈ້ຍ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textStrikeout": "ຂີດຂ້າອອກ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSubscript": "ຕົວຫ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSuperscript": "ອັກສອນຫຍໍ້", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textTime": "ເວລາ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າສ່ວນຫົວ ແລະ ສ່ວນທ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textUnderline": "ຂີດກ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.tipFontName": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.tipFontSize": "ຂະໜາດຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strDisplay": "ສະແດງຜົນ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strLinkTo": "ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strRange": "ໄລຍະ,ຊ່ວງ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strSheet": "ແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textCopy": "ຄັດລອກ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "ຂອບເຂດທີ່ເລືອກ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyDesc": "ໃສ່ ຄຳ ບັນຍາຍທີ່ນີ້", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyLink": "ໃສ່ລິ້ງຢູ່ນີ້", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "ໃສ່ຄໍາເເນະນຳເຄຶ່ອງມືທີ່ນີ້", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "ລິງພາຍນອກ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textGetLink": "ໄດ້ຮັບ Link", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "ຂໍ້ມູນພາຍໃນ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInvalidRange": "ຜິດພາດ,ເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textNames": "ກຳນົດຊື່", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textSelectData": "ເລືອກຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textSheets": "ແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມຂອງໜ້າຈໍ", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ hyperlink", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີສ່ວນນີ້", + "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ \"http://www.example.com\"", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textCrop": "ຕັດເປັນສ່ວນ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textCropFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textCropFit": "ພໍດີ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textEditObject": "ແກໄຂຈຸດປະສົງ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textFlip": "ປີ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromFile": "ຈາກຟາຍ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromStorage": "ຈາກບ່ອນເກັບ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromUrl": "ຈາກ URL", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHeight": "ລວງສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHint270": "ໝຸນ90°ທວນເຂັມໂມງ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHint90": "ໝຸນ90°ຕາມເຂັມໂມງ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHintFlipH": "ປີ້ນແນວນອນ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHintFlipV": "ປີ້ນແນວຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textInsert": "ປ່ຽນແທນຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textKeepRatio": "ອັດຕາສ່ວນຄົງທີ່", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textOriginalSize": "ຂະໜາດແທ້ຈິງ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textRotate90": "ໝຸນ 90°", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textRotation": "ການໝຸນ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAbsolute": "ຫ້າມຢ້າຍຫຼືປັບຂະໜາດກັບເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມສະແດງແທນ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "ການອະທິບາຍ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "ການສະເເດງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເປັນພາບ, ຊຶ່ງຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ຜູ້ອ່ານ ຫຼື ຄວາມບົກຜ່ອງທາງສະຕິປັນຍາ ເພື່ອຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ເຂົາໃຫ້ເຂົ້າໃຈຂໍ້ມູນ ແລະ ຮູບພາບ,ຮູບຮ່າງອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ຮ່າງ ຫຼື ຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "ມຸມ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textFlipped": "ປີ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textHorizontally": "ຢຽດຕາມທາງຂວາງ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textOneCell": "ເຄື່ອນຍ້າຍແຕ່ບໍ່ປັບຂະຫໜາດກັບເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textRotation": "ການໝຸນ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "ການຫັກຂອງເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຮູບພາບຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTwoCell": "ເຄື່ອນຍ້າຍ ແລະ ປັບຂະໜາດກັບເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textVertically": "ແນວຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "ກ່ຽວກັບ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipChat": "ແຊັດ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipComments": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipFile": "ຟາຍ ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipPlugins": "ສວ່ນເສີມ ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSearch": "ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSpellcheck": "ກວດກາການສະກົດຄໍາ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "ຄຳຄິດເຫັນ ແລະ ການສະໜັບສະໜູນ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "ໂໝດການພັດທະນາ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "ຈຳກັດການເຂົ້າເຖິງ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "ແບບຈຳລອງ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "ແບບນັດພັດທະນແບບທົດລອງ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "ບັນທຶກ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLandscape": "ປິ່ນລວງນອນ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strMargins": "ຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strPortrait": "ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strPrint": "ພິມ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strPrintTitles": "ພິມຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strRight": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strTop": "ຂ້າງເທີງ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textActualSize": "ຂະໜາດແທ້ຈິງ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textCustom": "ກຳນົດເອງ, ປະເພດ,", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textCustomOptions": "ຕົວເລືອກທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textFitCols": "ຈັດທຸກຖັນໃຫ້ພໍດີໃນໜ້າດຽວ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textFitPage": "ຈັດແຜ່ນໃຫ້ພໍດີໃນໜ້າດຽວ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textFitRows": "ຈັດທຸກແຖວໃຫ້ພໍດີໃນໜ້າດຽວ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPageOrientation": "ການກຳນົດໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPageScaling": "ການປັບຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPageSize": "ຂະໜາດໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPrintGrid": "ພິມເສັ້ນຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPrintHeadings": "ພິມແຖວ ແລະ ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textRepeat": "ເຮັດຊ້ຳ...", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textRepeatLeft": "ເຮັດຢູ່ຖັນເບື້ອງຊ້າຍຄືນໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textRepeatTop": "ເຮັດແຖວດ້ານເທິງຄືນໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າສຳລັບ", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.errorCreateDefName": "ຂອບເຂດທີ່ມີຊື່ບໍ່ສາມາດແກ້ໄຂໄດ້ ແລະ ລະບົບ ໃໝ່ ບໍ່ສາມາດສ້າງຂື້ນໄດ້ໃນເວລານີ້ເນື່ອງຈາກບາງສ່ວນກຳ ລັງຖືກດັດແກ້.", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.namePlaceholder": "ກຳນົດຊື່", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.strWorkbook": "ປື້ມເຮັດວຽກ", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textDataRange": "ແຖວຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textExistName": "ຜິດພາດ ມີຊ່ວງທີ່ມີຊື່ດັ່ງກ່າວຢູ່ແລ້ວ", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textInvalidName": "ຊື່ຕ້ອງຂື້ນຕັ້ນດ້ວຍຕົວອັກສອນ ຫຼື ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຂີດກ້ອງ(_) ແລະ ຕ້ອງບໍ່ມີອັກສອນທີ່ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textInvalidRange": "ຜິດພາດ!ຊ່ວງເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textIsLocked": "ຜິດພາດ! ອົງປະກອບນີ້ກຳລັງແກ້ໄຂໂດຍຜູ້ໃຊ້ລາຍອື່ນ.", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textName": "ຊື່", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textReservedName": "ຊື່ທີ່ທ່ານພະຍາຍາມໃຊ້ອ້າງອີງ ແມ່ນມີຢູ່ແລ້ວໃນສູດຂອງແຊວນີ້. ກະລຸນານຳໃຊ້ຊື່ໃໝ່.", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textScope": "ຂອບເຂດ", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.textSelectData": "ເລືອກຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.txtEmpty": "ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີສ່ວນນີ້", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.txtTitleEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂຊື່", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangeEditDlg.txtTitleNew": "ຊື່ໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangePasteDlg.textNames": "ຈັດລຳດັບຕາມຊື່", + "SSE.Views.NamedRangePasteDlg.txtTitle": "ວາງຊື່", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.closeButtonText": " ປິດ", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.guestText": " ແຂກ", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textDataRange": "ແຖວຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textDelete": "ລົບ", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textEmpty": "ການຈັດລຳດັບຊື່ຍັງບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກສ້າງເທື່ອ.
                    ສ້າງຢ່າງໜ່ອຍໜື່ງລຳດັບຊື່ ແລະ ຊື່ດັ່ງກ່າວຈະປະກົດຢູ່ໃນຕາຕະລາງນີ້.", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilter": "ຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterAll": "ທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterDefNames": "ກຳນົດຊື່", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterSheet": "ຊື່ທີ່ກຳນົດຂອບເຂດໄວ້ທີ່ແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterTableNames": "ຊື່ຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textFilterWorkbook": "ຊື່ທ່ກຳນົດຂອບເຂດເຂົ້າໄວ້ໃນເວີກບຸກ", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textNew": "ໃຫມ່", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textnoNames": "ບໍ່ມີການຈັດລຳດັບຊື່ທີ່ກົງກັບການກັ່ນຕອງຂອງເຈົ້າພັບເຫັນ.", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textRanges": "ຈັດລຳດັບຕາມຊື່", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textScope": "ຂອບເຂດ", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textWorkbook": "ປື້ມເຮັດວຽກ", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.tipIsLocked": "ອົງປະກອບນີ້ໄດ້ຖືກແກ້ໄຂໂດຍຜູ້ນຳໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນ.", + "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.txtTitle": "ຊື່ຜູ້ຈັດການ", + "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textRight": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textTitle": "ຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textTop": "ຂ້າງເທີງ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງເສັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງຂອງວັກ ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "ຫຼັງຈາກ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingBefore": "ກ່ອນ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAdvanced": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAt": "ທີ່", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAtLeast": "ຢ່າງ​ຫນ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textAuto": "ຕົວຄູນ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.textExact": "ແນ່ນອນ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.txtAutoText": "ໂອໂຕ້", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.noTabs": "ແທັບທີ່ລະບຸໄວ້ຈະປາກົດຢູ່ໃນນີ້", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strAllCaps": "ໂຕໃຫຍ່ທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strDoubleStrike": "ຂີດທັບສອງຄັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndent": "ຫຍໍ້ໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLeftText": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLineSpacing": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງເສັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsRightText": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingAfter": "ຫຼັງຈາກ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingBefore": "ກ່ອນ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpecial": "ພິເສດ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpecialBy": "ໂດຍ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphFont": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphIndents": "ຫຍໍ້ໜ້າ ແລະ ຍະວ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSmallCaps": "ໂຕອັກສອນນ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSpacing": "ການຈັດໄລຍະຫ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strStrike": "ຂີດທັບ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSubscript": "ຕົວຫ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSuperscript": "ອັກສອນຫຍໍ້", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strTabs": "ຫຍໍ້ຫນ່້າ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textAlign": "ການຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textAuto": "ຕົວຄູນ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "ໄລຍະຫ່າງຂອງຄຸນລັກສະນະ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "ແຕະຄ່າເລິ່ມຕັົ້ນ ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "ຜົນ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textExact": "ແນ່ນອນ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textFirstLine": "ເສັ້ນທໍາອິດ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textHanging": "ແຂວນຢຸ່, ຫ້ອຍໄວ້", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textJustified": "ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNoneSpecial": "(ບໍ່ມີ)", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemove": "ລຶບ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemoveAll": "ລຶບທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textSet": "ລະບຸ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabCenter": "ທາງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabPosition": "ຕຳ ແໜ່ງຍັບເຂົ້າ (Tab)", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabRight": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າວັກຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.txtAutoText": "ໂອໂຕ້", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "ເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "ບໍ່ໄດ້ລົງທ້າຍດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition11": "ປະກອບດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition12": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition13": "ລະຫວ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition14": "ບໍ່ຢູ່ລະຫວ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition2": "ບໍ່ເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition3": "ໃຫ່ຍກວ່າ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition4": "ໃຫ່ຍກວ່າຫຼືເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition5": "ນ້ອຍກວ່າ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition6": "ນ້ອຍກວ່າຫຼືເທົ່າກັບ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition7": "ເລີ້ມຕົ້ນດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition8": "ບໍ່ໄດ້ເລີ່ມຕົ້ນດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition9": "ສິ້ນສຸດດ້ວຍ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textShowLabel": "ສະແດງລາຍການທີ່ມີປ້າຍກຳກັບ:", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textShowValue": "ສະແດງລາຍການທີ່:", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textUse1": "ນໍາໃຊ້ ? ເພື່ອນຳສະເໜີຄຸນລັກສະນະດ່ຽວໃດໜື່ງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.textUse2": "ນຳໃຊ້ * ເພື່ອນຳສະເໜີຊຸດຂອງຄຸນລັກສະນະໃດໜື່ງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtAnd": "ແລະ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtTitleLabel": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtTitleValue": "ຄັດກອງຄ່າ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textAdvanced": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textColumns": "ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textFields": "ເລືອກຂອບເຂດ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textFilters": "ຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textRows": "ແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textValues": "ການຕີລາຄາ, ປະເມີນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtAddColumn": "ເພີ່ມໃນຄໍລັມ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtAddFilter": "ເພີ່ມໃນກຣອງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtAddRow": "ເພີ່ມໃນແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtAddValues": "ເພີ່ມໃນມູນຄ່າ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtFieldSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂອບເຂດ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveBegin": "ຍ້າຍໄປທີ່ຈຸດເລີ້ມຕົ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveColumn": "ຍ້າຍໄປທີ່ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveDown": "ຍ້າຍ​ລົງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveEnd": "ຍ້າຍໄປທີ່ສິ້ນສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveFilter": "ຍ້າຍໄປທີ່ຕົວຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveRow": "ຍ້າຍໄປແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveUp": "ຍ້າຍຂຶ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtMoveValues": "ຍ້າຍໄປທີ່ຄ່າ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtRemove": "ລົບຂອບເຂດ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.strLayout": "ຊື່ ແລະ ໂຄງຮ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມສະແດງແທນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "ການອະທິບາຍ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "ຕົວແທນຊິ່ງເປັນຕົວອັກສອນພື້ນຖານຂອງຂໍ້ມູນວັດຖຸທີ່ເບີ່ງເຫັນໄດ້, ຊື່ງຈະຖືກອ່ານຈາກຄົນທີ່ມີຄວາມຜົກຜ່ອງທາງສາຍຕາ ຫຼື ສະຕິປັນຍາ ເພື່ອຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ພວກເຂົາເຂົ້າໃຈດີຂື້ນວ່າມີຂໍ້ມູນຫຍັງແດ່ໃນຮູບພາບ, ຮູບຮ່າງອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ຜັງ ຫຼື ຕາຕະລາງ.", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDataRange": "ແຖວຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDataSource": "ພື້ນຖີ່ຈັດເກັບຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDisplayFields": "ການສະແດງຕາຕະລາງໃນການກັ່ນຕອງບົດລາຍງານ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDown": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ, ດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textGrandTotals": "ຜົນລວມທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textHeaders": "ສ່ວນຫົວຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textInvalidRange": "ຜິດພາດ,ເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textOver": "ດ້ານເທິງ, ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textSelectData": "ເລືອກຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textShowCols": "ສະແດງສຳລັບຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textShowHeaders": "ສະແດງຂອບເຂດສ່ວນຫົວຂອງແຖວ ແລະ ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textShowRows": "ສະແດງສຳລັບແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "ຕາຕະລາງພິວອດ-ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textWrapCol": "ລາຍງານສະຖານທີ່ກັ່ນຕອງຕໍ່ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textWrapRow": "ລາຍງານສະຖານທີ່ກັ່ນຕອງຕໍ່ແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.txtEmpty": "ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີສ່ວນນີ້", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.txtName": "ຊື່", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capBlankRows": "ແຖວວ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capGrandTotals": "ຜົນລວມທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capLayout": "ຮູບແບບການລາຍງານ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capSubtotals": "ຜົນລວມຍ່ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniBottomSubtotals": "ສະແດງຜົນລວມຍ່ອຍທັງໝົດຢຸ່ດ້ານລຸ່ມຂອງກຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniInsertBlankLine": "ເພີ່ມເສັ້ນວ່າງຫຼັງຈາກແຕ່ລະລາຍການ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutCompact": "ສະແດງໃນຮູບແບບຄອມແພັກ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutNoRepeat": "ບໍ່ໃຫ້ລື້ມຄືນທຸກໄອແທມ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutOutline": "ສະແດງໃນຮູບແບບ outline", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutRepeat": "ເຮັດປ້າຍກຳກັບລາຍການຄືນໃໝ່ທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniLayoutTabular": "ສະແດງໃນຮູບແບບ Tabular ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniNoSubtotals": "ຫ້າມສະແດງຜົນລວມຍ່ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniOffTotals": "ປິດສຳລັບແຖວ ແລະ ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniOnColumnsTotals": "ສຳລັບຖັນເທົ່ານັນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniOnRowsTotals": "ເປີດສຳລັບແຖວເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniOnTotals": "ສຳລັບແຖວ ແລະ ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniRemoveBlankLine": "ລົບຊ່ອງຫວ່າງຫຼັງແຕ່ລະລາຍການ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.mniTopSubtotals": "ສະແດງຜົນລວມຍ່ອຍທັງໝົດຢູ່ດ້ານເທິງຂອງກຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textColBanded": "ຮ່ວມກຸ່ມຄໍລັມ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textColHeader": "ສ່ວນຫົວຂອງຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textRowBanded": "ຮ່ວມກຸ່ມແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textRowHeader": "ສ່ວນຫົວຂອງແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipCreatePivot": "ເພີ່ມຕາຕະລາງພີວອດ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipGrandTotals": "ສະແດງ ຫຼື ເຊື່ອງຜົນລວມທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipRefresh": "ອັບເດດຂໍ້ມູນຈາກແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSelect": "ເລືອກໝົດຕາຕະລາງພິວອດ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSubtotals": "ສະແດງ ຫຼື ເຊື່ອງຜົນລວມຍ່ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtCreate": "ເພີ່ມຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtPivotTable": "ຕາຕະລາງພິວອດ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtRefresh": "ໂຫຼດຫນ້າຈໍຄືນ", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtSelect": "ເລືອກ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.btnDownload": "ບັນທຶກ ແລະ ດາວໂຫລດ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.btnPrint": "ບັນທຶກ ແລະ ພິມ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strLandscape": "ປິ່ນລວງນອນ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strMargins": "ຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strPortrait": "ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strPrint": "ພິມ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strPrintTitles": "ພິມຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strRight": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strShow": "ສະແດງ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strTop": "ຂ້າງເທີງ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textActualSize": "ຂະໜາດແທ້ຈິງ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textAllSheets": "ທຸກແຜ່ນ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textCurrentSheet": "ແຜ່ນງານປັດຈະບັນ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textCustom": "ກຳນົດເອງ, ປະເພດ,", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textCustomOptions": "ຕົວເລືອກທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textFitCols": "ຈັດທຸກຖັນໃຫ້ພໍດີໃນໜ້າດຽວ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textFitPage": "ຈັດແຜ່ນໃຫ້ພໍດີໃນໜ້າດຽວ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textFitRows": "ຈັດທຸກແຖວໃຫ້ພໍດີໃນໜ້າດຽວ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textHideDetails": "ເຊື່ອງຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textIgnore": "ບໍ່ສົນໃຈພື້ນທີ່ພິມ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textLayout": "ແຜນຜັງ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPageOrientation": "ການກຳນົດໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPageScaling": "ການປັບຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPageSize": "ຂະໜາດໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPrintGrid": "ພິມເສັ້ນຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPrintHeadings": "ພິມແຖວ ແລະ ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPrintRange": "ຊ້ວງພິມ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRange": "ໄລຍະ,ຊ່ວງ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRepeat": "ເຮັດຊ້ຳ...", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRepeatLeft": "ເຮັດຢູ່ຖັນເບື້ອງຊ້າຍຄືນໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textRepeatTop": "ເຮັດແຖວດ້ານເທິງຄືນໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textSelection": "ການເລືອກ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textShowDetails": "ສະແດງລາຍລະອຽດ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textShowGrid": "ສະແດງເສັ້ນຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textShowHeadings": "ສະແດງສ່ວນຫົວຂອງແຖວ ແລະ ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າພິມ", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textTitlePDF": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າ PDF", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFirstCol": "ຖັນທໍາອິດ", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFirstRow": "ແຖວແລກ", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFrozenCols": "ຈຶ້ງຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFrozenRows": "ຈຶ້ງແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textInvalidRange": "ຜິດພາດ,ເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textLeft": "ເຮັດຢູ່ຖັນເບື້ອງຊ້າຍຄືນໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textNoRepeat": "ຫ້າມຍ້ຳ", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textRepeat": "ເຮັດຊ້ຳ...", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textSelectRange": "ເລືອກຂອບເຂດ", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textTitle": "ພິມຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textTop": "ເຮັດແຖວດ້ານເທິງຄືນໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textColumns": "ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textDescription": "ການທີ່ຈະລືບຄ່າທີ່ຊ້ຳກັນ ຄວນເລືອກໜຶ່ງ ຫຼື ຫຼາຍຖັນທີ່ມີຄ່າຊ້ຳກັນ.", + "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textHeaders": "ຂໍ້ມູນຂ້ອຍມີສ່ວນຫົວ", + "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textSelectAll": "ເລືອກທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.txtTitle": "ລົບລາຍການທີ່ຊໍ້າກັນ", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtCellSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂອງເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtChartSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າແຜ່ນຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtImageSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtParagraphSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtPivotSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂອງຕາຕະລາງພິວອດ", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າທົ່ວໄປ", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຮູບຮ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າລາຍເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSlicerSettings": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຕົວແບ່ງສ່ວນຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSparklineSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Sparkline", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າສິນລະປະຕົວອັກສອນຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textAuto": "ໂອໂຕ້", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textError": "ຄ່າທີ່ຕື່ມໃສ່ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textFewPages": "ຫລາຍໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textFitTo": "ພໍດີກັບ", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textHeight": "ລວງສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textManyPages": "ໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textOnePage": "ໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textScaleTo": "ປັບຂະໜາດໃຫ້", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textTitle": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.SetValueDialog.txtMaxText": "ຄ່າໃຫຍ່ສຸດສຳລັບຕາຕະລາງນີ້ແມ່ນ {0}", + "SSE.Views.SetValueDialog.txtMinText": "ຄ່າໃຫຍ່ສຸດສຳລັບຕາຕະລາງນີ້ແມ່ນ {0}", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strBackground": "ສີພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strChange": "ປ່ຽນຮູບຮ່າງອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strColor": "ສີ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strForeground": "ສີໜ້າຈໍ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strPattern": "ຮູບແບບ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strShadow": "ສະແດງເງົາ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strStroke": "ການລາກເສັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strTransparency": "ຄວາມເຂັ້ມ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strType": "ພິມ, ຕີພິມ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAdvanced": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAngle": "ມຸມ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "ຄ່າທີ່ຕື່ມໃສ່ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
                    ກະລຸນາໃສ່ຄ່າລະຫວ່າງ 0 ຫາ 1584 pt.", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textColor": "ເຕີມສີ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textDirection": "ທິດທາງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textEmptyPattern": "ບໍ່ມີຮູບແບບ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFlip": "ປີ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromFile": "ຈາກຟາຍ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromStorage": "ຈາກບ່ອນເກັບ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromUrl": "ຈາກ URL", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "ຈຸດໄລ່ລະດັບ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradientFill": "ລາດສີ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint270": "ໝຸນ90°ທວນເຂັມໂມງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint90": "ໝຸນ90°ຕາມເຂັມໂມງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHintFlipH": "ປີ້ນແນວນອນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHintFlipV": "ປີ້ນແນວຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textImageTexture": "ຮູບພາບ ຫລື ພື້ນຜິວ ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textLinear": "ເສັ້ນຊື່", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textNoFill": "ບໍ່ມີການຕື່ມໃສ່", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textOriginalSize": "ຂະໜາດດັ້ງເດີມ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPatternFill": "ຮູບແບບ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPosition": "ຕໍາແໜ່ງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRadial": "ລັງສີ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotate90": "ໝຸນ 90°", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotation": "ການໝຸນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectImage": "ເລືອກຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textSelectTexture": "ເລືອກ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStretch": "ຢຶດ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "ແບບ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTexture": "ຈາກ ໂຄງສ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTile": "ດິນຂໍ, ຫລື ກະໂລ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "ເພີ່ມຈຸດໄລ່ລະດັບ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "ລົບຈຸດສີ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtBrownPaper": "ເຈ້ຍສີນ້ຳຕານ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCanvas": "ໃບພັດ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCarton": "ກອ່ງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtDarkFabric": "ສີເຂັ້ມ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtGrain": "ເມັດ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtGranite": "ລາຍແກນນິກ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtGreyPaper": "ເຈ້ຍສີເທົາ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtKnit": "ຖັກ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtLeather": "ໜັງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtNoBorders": "ບໍ່ມີເສັ້ນ, ແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtPapyrus": "ໂຕພິມ Papyrus", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtWood": "ໄມ້", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strColumns": "ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strMargins": "ການຂະຫຍາຍຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAbsolute": "ຫ້າມຢ້າຍຫຼືປັບຂະໜາດກັບເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "ທາງເລືອກເນື້ອຫາ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "ການອະທິບາຍ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "ການສະເເດງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເປັນພາບ, ຊຶ່ງຈະເຮັດໃຫ້ຜູ້ອ່ານ ຫຼື ຄວາມບົກຜ່ອງທາງສະຕິປັນຍາ ເພື່ອຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ເຂົາໃຫ້ເຂົ້າໃຈຂໍ້ມູນ ແລະ ຮູບພາບ,ຮູບຮ່າງອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ຮ່າງ ຫຼື ຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "ມຸມ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textArrows": "ລູກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAutofit": "ປັບພໍດີອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginSize": "ຂະໜາດເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginStyle": "ຕົ້ນແບບເລີ່ມຕົ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBevel": "ອຽງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textCapType": "ປະເພດ ແຄບ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textColNumber": "ຈຳນວນຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textEndSize": "ຂະໜາດສິ້ນສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textEndStyle": "ສິ້ນສຸດປະເພດ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textFlat": "ແປ, ຮາບພຽງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textFlipped": "ປີ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textHeight": "ລວງສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textHorizontally": "ຢຽດຕາມທາງຂວາງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textJoinType": "ຮ່ວມປະເພດ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textKeepRatio": "ອັດຕາສ່ວນຄົງທີ່", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLineStyle": "ຮູບແບບເສັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textMiter": "ເຄື່ອງມືຕັດໄມ້", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textOneCell": "ເຄື່ອນຍ້າຍແຕ່ບໍ່ປັບຂະຫໜາດກັບເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textOverflow": "ອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ຂໍ້ຄວາມເກີນຮູບຮ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textResizeFit": "ປັບຂະໜາດຮູບຮ່າງໃຫ້ພໍດີກັບຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRight": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRotation": "ການໝຸນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRound": "ຮອບ,ມົນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "ການຫັກຂອງເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSpacing": "ຄວາມຫ່າງລະຫວ່າງຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSquare": "ສີ່ຫຼ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTextBox": "ກ່ອງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "ຮູບຮ່າງ - ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTop": "ຂ້າງເທີງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTwoCell": "ເຄື່ອນຍ້າຍ ແລະ ປັບຂະໜາດກັບເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textVertically": "ແນວຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWeightArrows": "ນໍ້າໜັກ ແລະ ລູກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDelete": "ລຶບລາຍເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDetails": "ລາຍລະອຽດລາຍເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strInvalid": "ລາຍເຊັນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strRequested": "ຮອ້ງຂໍລາຍເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSetup": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າລາຍເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "ເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSignature": "ລາຍເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSigner": "ຜູ້ລົງນາມ", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "ລາຍເຊັນຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "ແກ້ໄຂແນວໃດກໍ່ໄດ້", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "ການແກ້ໄຂຈະລົບລາຍເຊັນອອກຈາກແຜ່ນງານ.
                    ທ່ານຕ້ອງການດຳເນີນການຕໍ່ຫຼືບໍ່?", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtRequestedSignatures": "ແຜ່ນເຈ້ຍນີ້ຕ້ອງໄດ້ຖືກເຊັນ.", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "ລາຍເຊັນທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງໄດ້ຖືກເພີ່ມໃສ່spreadsheet.​ spreadsheet ໄດ້ຖືກປົກປ້ອງຈາກການດັດແກ້.", + "SSE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "ລາຍເຊັນດີຈີຕອນບາງສ່ວນໃນ spreadsheet ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ ຫຼື ບໍ່ສາມາດຢືນຢັນໄດ້. spreadsheet ຖືກປົກປ້ອງຈາກການແກ້ໄຂ.", + "SSE.Views.SlicerAddDialog.textColumns": "ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerAddDialog.txtTitle": "ເພີ່ມຕົວແບ່ງສ່ວນຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strHideNoData": "ເຊື່ອງລາຍການທີ່ບໍ່ມີຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strIndNoData": "ສະແດງໃຫ້ເຫັນພາບລາຍການທີ່ບໍ່ມີຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strShowDel": "ສະແດງລາຍການທີ່ຖືກລົບອອກຈາກແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strShowNoData": "ສະແດງລາຍການທີ່ບໍ່ມີຂໍ້ມູນລ່າສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strSorting": "ການລຽງລຳດັບ ແລະ ການຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAdvanced": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAsc": "ຈາກນ້ອຍຫາຫຼາຍ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAZ": "A ຫາ Z", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textButtons": "ປຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textColumns": "ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textDesc": "ຈາກຫຼາຍໄປນ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textHeight": "ລວງສູງ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textHor": "ແນວນອນ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textKeepRatio": "ອັດຕາສ່ວນຄົງທີ່", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textLargeSmall": "ໃຫ່ຍສຸດຫານ້ອຍສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textLock": "ປິດໃຊ້ງານການປັບຂະໜາດ ຫຼື ຢ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textNewOld": "ໃໝ່ສຸດ ຫາ ເກົ່າສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textOldNew": "ເກົ່າສຸດຫາໃໝ່ສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textPosition": "ຕໍາແໜ່ງ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textSmallLarge": "ນ້ອຍສຸດຫາໃຫຍ່ສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textStyle": "ແບບ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textVert": "ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textZA": "Z ຫາ A", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strButtons": "ປຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strColumns": "ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strHeight": "ລວງສູງ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strHideNoData": "ເຊື່ອງລາຍການທີ່ບໍ່ມີຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strIndNoData": "ສະແດງໃຫ້ເຫັນພາບລາຍການທີ່ບໍ່ມີຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strReferences": "ເອກະສານອ້າງອີງ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowDel": "ສະແດງລາຍການທີ່ຖືກລົບອອກຈາກແຫຼ່ງຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowHeader": "ສະແດງສ່ວນຫົວ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowNoData": "ສະແດງລາຍການທີ່ບໍ່ມີຂໍ້ມູນລ່າສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strSorting": "ການລຽງລຳດັບ ແລະ ການຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strStyle": "ແບບ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strStyleSize": "ແບບ ແລະ ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAbsolute": "ຫ້າມຢ້າຍຫຼືປັບຂະໜາດກັບເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມສະແດງແທນ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "ການອະທິບາຍ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "ຕົວແທນຊິ່ງເປັນຕົວອັກສອນພື້ນຖານຂອງຂໍ້ມູນວັດຖຸທີ່ເບີ່ງເຫັນໄດ້, ຊື່ງຈະຖືກອ່ານຈາກຄົນທີ່ມີຄວາມຜົກຜ່ອງທາງສາຍຕາ ຫຼື ສະຕິປັນຍາ ເພື່ອຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ພວກເຂົາເຂົ້າໃຈດີຂື້ນວ່າມີຂໍ້ມູນຫຍັງແດ່ໃນຮູບພາບ, ຮູບຮ່າງອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ຜັງ ຫຼື ຕາຕະລາງ.", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAsc": "ຈາກນ້ອຍຫາຫຼາຍ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAZ": "A ຫາ Z", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textDesc": "ຈາກຫຼາຍໄປນ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textFormulaName": "ຊື່ທີ່ໃຊ້ໃນສູດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textHeader": "ສ່ວນຫົວ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textKeepRatio": "ອັດຕາສ່ວນຄົງທີ່", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textLargeSmall": "ໃຫ່ຍສຸດຫານ້ອຍສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textName": "ຊື່", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textNewOld": "ໃໝ່ສຸດ ຫາ ເກົ່າສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textOldNew": "ເກົ່າສຸດຫາໃໝ່ສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textOneCell": "ເຄື່ອນຍ້າຍແຕ່ບໍ່ປັບຂະຫໜາດກັບເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSmallLarge": "ນ້ອຍສຸດຫາໃຫຍ່ສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "ການຫັກຂອງເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSort": "ລຽງລຳດັບ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSourceName": "ຊື່ແຫລ່ງທີ່ມາ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "ຕົວແບ່ງສ່ວນຂໍ້ມູນ - ການຕັ້ງຄ່າແບບຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textTwoCell": "ເຄື່ອນຍ້າຍ ແລະ ປັບຂະໜາດກັບເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textZA": "Z ຫາ A", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.txtEmpty": "ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີສ່ວນນີ້", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorEmpty": "ເກນການຈັດລຽງທັງໝົດຕ້ອງມີການລະບຸແນວຕັ້ງຫຼືແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorMoreOneCol": "ຫລາຍກວ່າໜຶ່ງຖັນແມ່ນ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorMoreOneRow": "ຫລາຍກວ່າໜຶ່ງແຖວແມ່ນ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorNotOriginalCol": "ຖັນທີ່ທ່ານເລືອກບໍ່ໄດ້ຢູ່ໃນຂອບເຂດທີ່ທ່ານເລືອກ.", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorNotOriginalRow": "ແຖວທີ່ທ່ານເລືອກບໍ່ຢູ່ໃນຊ່ວງທີ່ທ່ານໄດ້ເລືອກໄວ້ໃນເບື້ອງຕັ້ນ.", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorSameColumnColor": "%1 ຖືກຈັດລຽງຕາມສີດຽວກັນຫຼາຍກວ່າໜຶ່ງຄັ້ງ.​
                    ລົບເກນການຈັດລຽງທີ່ຊ້ຳກັນແລ້ວລອງອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorSameColumnValue": "%1 ຖືກຈັດລຽງຕາມມູນຄ່າຫຼາຍກວ່າໜຶ່ງຄັ້ງ.​
                    ລົບເກນການຈັດລຽງທີ່ຊ້ຳກັນແລ້ວລອງອີກຄັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAdd": "ເພີ່ມລະດັບ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAsc": "ຈາກນ້ອຍຫາຫຼາຍ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAuto": "ໂອໂຕ້", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAZ": "A ຫາ Z", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textBelow": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textCellColor": "ສີຂອງເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textColumn": "ຄໍລັ້ມ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textCopy": "ລະດັບຄັດລອກ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textDelete": "ລົບລະດັບ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textDesc": "ຈາກຫຼາຍໄປນ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textDown": "ປັບລະດັບລົງ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textFontColor": "ສີຂອງຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textMoreCols": "(ຄໍ່ລັ້ມເພີ່ມເຕີມ)", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textMoreRows": "(ແຖວເພີ່ມເຕີມ)", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textOptions": "ຕົວເລືອກ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textOrder": "ຄຳສັ່ງ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textRight": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textRow": "ແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textSort": "ຈັດລຽງ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textSortBy": "ລຽງລຳດັບຈາກ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textThenBy": "ຈາກນັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textTop": "ຂ້າງເທີງ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textUp": "ປັບລະດັບຂຶ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textValues": "ການຕີລາຄາ, ປະເມີນ", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textZA": "Z ຫາ A", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.txtInvalidRange": "ເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.txtTitle": "ລຽງລຳດັບ", + "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.textAsc": "ຈາກນ້ອຍ-ໃຫ່ຍ (A ຫາ Z) ໂດຍ", + "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.textDesc": "ຈາກຫຼາຍໄປນ້ອຍໂດຍ (Z ຫາ A) ໂດຍ ", + "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.txtTitle": "ລຽງລຳດັບ", + "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textCase": "ກໍລະນີທີ່ສຳຄັນ", + "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textHeaders": "ຂໍ້ມູນຂ້ອຍມີສ່ວນຫົວ", + "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textLeftRight": "ລຽງລຳດັບຈາກຊ້າຍໄປຫາຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textOrientation": "ການຈັດວາງ", + "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textTitle": "ຕົວເລືອກການລຽງລຳດັບ", + "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textTopBottom": "ລຽງລຳດັບຈາກເທິງໄປຫາລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAdd": "ເພີ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAll": "ທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textBlanks": "ຂ້າມຊ່ອງຫວ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textColWidth": "ຄວາມກ້ວາງຂອງຄໍລັ້ມ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textComments": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textDiv": "ຫານ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFFormat": "ສູດ & ການຈັດຮູບແບບ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFNFormat": "ສູດ & ຮູບແບບຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFormats": "ຮູບແບບຕ່າງໆ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFormulas": "ສູດ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFWidth": "ສູດ & ຄວາມກ້ວາງຂອງຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textMult": "ຄູນ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textOperation": "ການດຳເນີນງານ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textPaste": "ວາງ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textSub": "ລົບ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTitle": "ວາງພິເສດ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTranspose": "ຫັນປ່ຽນ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textValues": "ການຕີລາຄາ, ປະເມີນ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textVFormat": "ຄ່າ & ຮູບແບບ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textVNFormat": "ຮູບແບບຄ່າ ແລະ ຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textWBorders": "ທັງໝົດຍົກເວັ້ນເສັ້ນຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.noSuggestions": "ບໍ່ມີຄຳສະກົດແນະນຳ", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textChange": "ການປ່ຽນແປງ", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textChangeAll": "ປ່ຽນທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textIgnore": "ບໍ່ສົນໃຈ", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textIgnoreAll": "ບໍ່ສົນໃຈທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtAddToDictionary": "ເພີ່ມໃນພັດຈະນານຸກົມ", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtComplete": "ການກວດສະກົດຄຳໄດ້ສຳເລັດແລ້ວ", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtDictionaryLanguage": "ພາສາພົດຈະນານຸກົມ", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtNextTip": "ໄປທີ່ຄຳຕໍ່ໄປ", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtSpelling": "ການສະກົດຄຳ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemCopyToEnd": "(ຄັດລອກຈົນຈົບ)", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemMoveToEnd": "(ເລື່ອນໄປຈົນສຸດ)", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textCopyBefore": "ຄັດລອກກ່ອນແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textMoveBefore": "ເຄື່ອນຍ້າຍກ່ອນແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredRecordsText": "ກ່ຣອງ 0 ຈາກ 1​ ບັນທຶກແລ້ວ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredText": "ໂໝດຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemAverage": "ສະເລ່ຍ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemCopy": "ຄັດລອກ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemCount": "ນັບ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemDelete": "ລົບ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemHidden": "ເຊື່ອງ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemHide": "ເຊື່ອງໄວ້", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemInsert": "ເພີ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMaximum": "ໃຫຍ່ສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMinimum": "ໜ້ອຍສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMove": "ຍ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemRename": "ປ່ຽນຊື່", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemSum": "ຜົນລວມ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemTabColor": "ສີຫຍໍ້ໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.errNameExists": "ມີຊື່ແຜນວຽກດັ່ງກ່າວແລ້ວ.", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.errNameWrongChar": "ຊື່ແຜ່ນງານຕ້ອງບໍ່ມີຕົວອັກສອນດັ່ງຕໍ່ໄປນີ້: \\/*?[]:", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.labelSheetName": "ຊື່ແຜ່ນເຈ້ຍ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.selectAllSheets": "ເລືອກແຜນງານທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textAverage": "ສະເລ່ຍ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textCount": "ນັບ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textMax": "ສູງສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textMin": "ຕ່ຳສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textNewColor": "ເພີມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textNoColor": "ບໍ່ມີສີ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textSum": "ຜົນລວມ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipAddTab": "ເພີ່ມແຜນງານ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipFirst": "ເລື່ອນໄປທີ່ແຜນງານທຳອິດ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipLast": "ເລື່ອໄປທີ່ແຜນງານສຸດທ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipNext": "ເລື່ອນລາຍຊື່ເອກະສານໄປເບື້ອງຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipPrev": "ເລື່ອນບັນຊີລາຍຊື່ເອກກະສານໄປເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomFactor": "ຂະຫຍາຍ ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomIn": "ຊຸມເຂົ້າ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomOut": "ຂະຫຍາຍອອກ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.ungroupSheets": "ຍົກເລີກກຸ່ມແຜ່ນ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.zoomText": "ຂະຫຍາຍ {0}%", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorAutoFilterDataRange": "ການດຳເນີນການບໍ່ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ສຳລັບຊ່ວງທີ່ເລືອກຂອງເຊວ.
                    ເລືອກຊ່ວງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເປັນເອກະພາບແຕກຕ່າງຈາກໜ່ວຍທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວ ແລະ ລອງໃໝ່ອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorFTChangeTableRangeError": "ການດຳເນີນການບໍ່ສຳເລັດສຳລັບການເລືອກຊ້ວງເຊວ.
                    ເລືອກຊ້ວງເພື່ອໃຫ້ແຖວທຳອິດຂອງຕາຕະລາງຢູ່ແຖວດຽວກັນ
                    ແລະ ຕາຕະລາງຜົນຮັບທັບຊ້ອນກັນກັບຕາຕະລາງປະຈຸບັນ.", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorFTRangeIncludedOtherTables": "ການດຳເນີນການບໍ່ສຳເລັດສຳລັບຊ້ວງເຊວທີ່ເລືອກ.
                    ເລືອກຊ້ວງທີ່ບໍ່ໄດ້ລວມກັບຕາຕະລາງອື່ນໆ.", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorMultiCellFormula": "ບໍ່ອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ມີສູດອາເຣຫຼາຍຫ້ອງໃນຕາຕະລາງເຊວ.", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtEmpty": "ຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງມີສ່ວນນີ້", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtFormat": "ສ້າງຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtInvalidRange": "ຜິດພາດ,ເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtNote": "ສ່ວນຫົວຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງຢູ່ໃນແຖວດຽວກັນ, ແລະ ຂອບເຂດຕາຕະລາງຜົນລັບຈຳເປັນຕ້ອງທັບຊ້ອນກັບຂອບເຂດຕາຕະລາງເດີມ.", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "ລົບຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteRowText": "ລົບແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteTableText": "ລົບຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.insertColumnLeftText": "ເພີ່ມຖັນເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.insertColumnRightText": "ເພີ່ມຖັນເບື້ອງຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.insertRowAboveText": "ເພີ່ມແຖວດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.insertRowBelowText": "ເພີ່ມແຖວດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectColumnText": "ເລືອກໝົດຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectDataText": "ເລືອກຂໍ້ມູນຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectRowText": "ເລືອກແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.selectTableText": "ເລືອກຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textActions": "ການກະທຳຂອງຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textAdvanced": "ສະແດງການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textBanded": "ແຖບ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textConvertRange": "ປັບປ່ຽນເປັນໄລຍະ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "ແຖວ ແລະ ຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "ບໍ່ມີແມ່ແບບ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textExistName": "ຜິດພາດ! ມີ່ຊ່ວງທີ່ມີຊື່ດັ່ງກ່າວຢູ່ແລ້ວ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textFilter": "ປຸ່ມຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "ທຳອິດ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "ສ່ວນຫົວ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textInvalidName": "ຜິດພາດ! ຊື່ຕາຕະລາງບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textIsLocked": "ອົງປະກອບນີ້ໄດ້ຖືກແກ້ໄຂໂດຍຜູ້ນຳໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນ.", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "ລ່າສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textLongOperation": "ການດຳເນີນງານທີ່ຍາວນານ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textPivot": "ເພີ່ມຕາຕະລາງພີວອດ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textRemDuplicates": "ລົບລາຍການທີ່ຊໍ້າກັນ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textReservedName": "ຊື່ທີ່ທ່ານພະຍາຍາມໃຊ້ອ້າງອີງ ແມ່ນມີຢູ່ແລ້ວໃນສູດຂອງແຊວນີ້. ກະລຸນານຳໃຊ້ຊື່ໃໝ່.", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textResize": "ປັບຂະໜາດຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textRows": "ແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectData": "ເລືອກຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textSlicer": "ເພີ່ມຕົວແບ່ງສ່ວນຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textTableName": "ຊື່ຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "ເລືອກຈາກແມ່ແບບ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "ຈຳນວນທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.warnLongOperation": "ການດຳເນີນງານທີ່ທ່ານກຳລັງຈະເຮັດອາດຈະໃຊ້ເວລາຫຼາຍຈຶ່ງຈະສິ້ນສຸດ.
                    ທ່ານໝັ້ນໃຈບໍ່ວ່າຈະດຳເນີນການຕໍ່?", + "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມສະແດງແທນ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "ການອະທິບາຍ", + "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "ຕົວແທນຊິ່ງເປັນຕົວອັກສອນພື້ນຖານຂອງຂໍ້ມູນວັດຖຸທີ່ເບີ່ງເຫັນໄດ້, ຊື່ງຈະຖືກອ່ານຈາກຄົນທີ່ມີຄວາມຜົກຜ່ອງທາງສາຍຕາ ຫຼື ສະຕິປັນຍາ ເພື່ອຊ່ວຍໃຫ້ພວກເຂົາເຂົ້າໃຈດີຂື້ນວ່າມີຂໍ້ມູນຫຍັງແດ່ໃນຮູບພາບ, ຮູບຮ່າງອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ຜັງ ຫຼື ຕາຕະລາງ.", + "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "ຕາຕະລາງ - ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strBackground": "ສີພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strColor": "ສີ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strForeground": "ສີໜ້າຈໍ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strPattern": "ຮູບແບບ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strStroke": "ການລາກເສັ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strTransparency": "ຄວາມເຂັ້ມ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strType": "ພິມ, ຕີພິມ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textAngle": "ມຸມ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "ຄ່າທີ່ຕື່ມໃສ່ບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
                    ກະລຸນາໃສ່ຄ່າລະຫວ່າງ 0 ຫາ 1584 pt.", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textColor": "ເຕີມສີ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textDirection": "ທິດທາງ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textEmptyPattern": "ບໍ່ມີຮູບແບບ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromFile": "ຈາກຟາຍ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromUrl": "ຈາກ URL", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradient": "ຈຸດໄລ່ລະດັບ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradientFill": "ລາດສີ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textImageTexture": "ຮູບພາບ ຫລື ພື້ນຜິວ ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "ເສັ້ນຊື່", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textNoFill": "ບໍ່ມີການຕື່ມໃສ່", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPatternFill": "ຮູບແບບ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPosition": "ຕໍາແໜ່ງ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textRadial": "ລັງສີ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textSelectTexture": "ເລືອກ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStretch": "ຢຶດ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStyle": "ແບບ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTemplate": "ແມ່ແບບ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTexture": "ຈາກ ໂຄງສ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTile": "ດິນຂໍ, ຫລື ກະໂລ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "ການຫັນປ່ຽນ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "ເພີ່ມຈຸດໄລ່ລະດັບ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "ລົບຈຸດສີ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtBrownPaper": "ເຈ້ຍສີນ້ຳຕານ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCanvas": "ໃບພັດ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCarton": "ກອ່ງ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtDarkFabric": "ສີເຂັ້ມ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtGrain": "ເມັດ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtGranite": "ລາຍແກນນິກ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtGreyPaper": "ເຈ້ຍສີເທົາ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtKnit": "ຖັກ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtLeather": "ໜັງ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtNoBorders": "ບໍ່ມີເສັ້ນ, ແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtPapyrus": "ໂຕພິມ Papyrus", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtWood": "ໄມ້", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnAddComment": "ເພີ່ມຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnComment": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "ສ່ວນຫົວ/ສ່ວນທ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsSlicer": "ຕົວແບ່ງສ່ວນຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsSymbol": "ສັນຍາລັກ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnMargins": "ຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageOrient": "ການຈັດວາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPrintArea": "ເນື້ອທີ່ພິມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPrintTitles": "ພິມຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnScale": "ປັບຂະໜາດໃຫ້ພໍດີ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgAlign": "ຈັດແນວ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgBackward": "ສົ່ງກັບຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgForward": "ເອົາຂຶ້ນມາທາງໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgGroup": "ກຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertChart": "ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertEquation": "ສໍາມະການ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertHyperlink": "ໄຮເປີລີ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertImage": "ຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertShape": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertTable": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertText": "ກ່ອງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromFile": "ຮູບພາບຈາກຟາຍ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromStorage": "ຮູບພາບຈາກບ່ອນເກັບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromUrl": "ຮູບພາບຈາກ URL", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAddPrintArea": "ເພີ່ມໃນພື້ນທີ່ພິມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignBottom": "ຈັດຕ່ຳແໜ່ງທາງດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignCenter": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignJust": "ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignLeft": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຕິດຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignMiddle": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignRight": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຕິດຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignTop": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAllBorders": "ຂອບທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAuto": "ໂອໂຕ້", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBold": "ໂຕຊໍ້າ ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBordersColor": "ສີເສັ້ນຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBordersStyle": "ສະໄຕເສັ້ນຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ:", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBottomBorders": "ເສັ້ນຂອບດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textCenterBorders": "ຢູ່ໃນເສັ້ນຂອບແນວຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textClearPrintArea": "ລ້າງພື້ນທີ່ພິມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textClockwise": "ມຸມຕາມເຂັມໂມງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textCounterCw": "ມຸມທວນເຂັມໂມງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textDelLeft": "ເລື່ອນແຊວໄປທາງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textDelUp": "ເລື່ອນເຊວໄປດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textDiagDownBorder": "ເສັ້ນຂອບຂວາງດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textDiagUpBorder": "ເສັ້ນຂອບຂວາງດ້ານເທຶງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textEntireCol": "ຖັນທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textEntireRow": "ແຖວທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textFewPages": "ຫລາຍໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textHeight": "ລວງສູງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textHorizontal": "ເນື້ອໃນລວງນອນ, ລວງຂວາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textInsDown": "ເລື່ອນເຊວລົງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textInsideBorders": "ຢູ່ໃນຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textInsRight": "ເລື່ອນເຊວໄປດ້ານຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "ໂຕໜັງສືອຽງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textLandscape": "ປິ່ນລວງນອນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ:", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textLeftBorders": "ເສັ້ນຂອບເບື້ອງຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textManyPages": "ຫລາຍໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMarginsLast": "ກຳນົດເອງລ່າສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMarginsNarrow": "ແຄບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMarginsNormal": "ປົກກະຕິ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMarginsWide": "ກວ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMiddleBorders": "ຢູ່ໃນເສັ້ນຂອບແນວນອນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMoreFormats": "ຮູບແບບເພີ່ມເຕີມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMorePages": "ໜ້າເພີ່ມເຕີມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "ເພີມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງໃໝ່", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textNoBorders": "ບໍ່ມີຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textOnePage": "ໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textOutBorders": "ເສັ້ນຂອບນອກ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPageMarginsCustom": "ກຳນົດໄລຍະຫ່າງຈາກຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPortrait": "ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPrint": "ພິມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPrintOptions": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າພິມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRight": "ຂວາ:", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRightBorders": "ຂອບຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRotateDown": "ປິ່ນຫົວຂໍ້ຄວາມລົງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRotateUp": "ປິ່ນຫົວຂໍ້ຄວາມຂື້ນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textScale": "ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textScaleCustom": "ກຳນົດເອງ, ປະເພດ,", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textSetPrintArea": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າພື້ນທີ່ພິມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "ຂີດຂ້າອອກ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "ຕົວຫ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textSubSuperscript": "ຕົວໜັັງສືຍ່ອຍ/ອັກສອນຫຍໍ້", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "ອັກສອນຫຍໍ້", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "ຮ່ວມກັນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabData": "ດາຕ້າ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "ຟາຍ ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFormula": "ສູດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "ໜ້າຫຼັກ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "ເພີ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLayout": "ແຜນຜັງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "ການປ້ອງກັນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabView": "ມຸມມອງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "ທາງເທີງ:", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTopBorders": "ເສັ້ນຂອບເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "ຂີດກ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textVertical": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມລວງຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textWidth": "ລວງກວ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "ຂະຫຍາຍ ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignBottom": "ຈັດຕ່ຳແໜ່ງທາງດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຕິດຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignMiddle": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignRight": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຕິດຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignTop": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAutofilter": "ລຽງລຳດັບ ແລະ ຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "ກັບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipBorders": "ເສັ້ນຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipCellStyle": "ສະໄຕລຂອງເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "ປ່ຽນປະເພດແຜ່ນພາບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipClearStyle": "ລົບອອກ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipColorSchemas": "ປ່ຽນຮຼບແບບສີ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "ຄັດລອກ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "ຮູບແບບການຄັດລອກ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecDecimal": "ລົດທົດນິຍົມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "ຫຼູດຂະໜາດຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDeleteOpt": "ລົບແຊວ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStyleAccounting": "ຮູບແບບການບັນຊີ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStyleCurrency": "ຮູບແບບສະກຸນເງິນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStylePercent": "ແບບເປີເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChart": "ແກ້ໄຂຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChartData": "ເລືອກຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "ແກ້ໄຂສ່ວນຫົວ ຫຼື ສ່ວນທ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "ສີຂອງຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "ຂະໜາດຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipImgAlign": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງວັດຖຸ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipImgGroup": "ປະທານກຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncDecimal": "ເພີ່ມທົດນິຍົມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "ການເພີ່ມຂະໜາດຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "ເພີ່ມແຜນພູມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChartSpark": "ເພີ່ມແຜນພູມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "ເພິ່ມສົມຜົນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertHyperlink": "ເພີ່ມ hyperlink", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "ເພີ່ມຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertOpt": "ເພີ່ມເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "ແທກຮູບຮ່າງ ອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertSlicer": "ເພີ່ມຕົວແບ່ງສ່ວນຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertSymbol": "ເພີ່ມສັນຍາລັກ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "ເພີ່ມຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "ເພີ່ມປ່ອງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextart": "ເພີ່ມສີລະປະໃສ່່ຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipMerge": "ຮ່ວມ ແລະ ຢູ່ກາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipNumFormat": "ຮູບແບບຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPageMargins": "ຂອບໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPageOrient": "ການກຳນົດໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPageSize": "ຂະໜາດໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPaste": "ວາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrColor": "ສີພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrint": "ພິມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrintArea": "ເນື້ອທີ່ພິມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrintTitles": "ພິມຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipRedo": "ເຮັດຊ້ຳ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSave": "ບັນທຶກ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSaveCoauth": "ບັນທຶກການປ່ຽນແປງຂອງທ່ານເພື່ອຜູ້ນຳໃຊ້ຊື່ອື່ນເຫັນມັນ.", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipScale": "ປັບຂະໜາດໃຫ້ພໍດີ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSendBackward": "ສົ່ງກັບຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSendForward": "ເອົາຂຶ້ນມາທາງໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "ເອກະສານດັ່ງກ່າວໄດ້ຖືກປ່ຽນໂດຍຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນ. ກະລຸນາກົດເພື່ອບັນທຶກການປ່ຽນແປງຂອງທ່ານ ແລະ ໂຫຼດໃໝ່.", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipTextOrientation": "ການຈັດວາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipWrap": "ຕັດຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAccounting": "ການບັນຊີ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAdditional": "ເພີ່ມເຕີມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAscending": "ຈາກນ້ອຍຫາຫຼາຍ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtAutosumTip": "ການສະຫຼູບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearAll": "ທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearComments": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearFilter": "ລົບລ້າງການຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearFormat": "ຮູບແບບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearFormula": "ໜ້າທີ່ ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearHyper": "Hyperlinks", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtClearText": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtCurrency": "ສະກຸນເງິນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtCustom": "ກຳນົດເອງ, ປະເພດ,", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtDate": "ວັນທີ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtDateTime": "ວັນທີ ແລະ ເວລາ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtDescending": "ຈາກຫຼາຍໄປນ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtDollar": "$ ໂດລາ ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtEuro": "€ ຍູໂຣ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtExp": "ເລກກຳລັງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtFilter": "ຄັດກອງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtFormula": "ເພີ່ມໜ້າທີ່", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtFraction": "ເສດສ່ວນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtFranc": "CHF ຟຣັງສະວິດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtGeneral": "ທົ່ວໄປ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtInteger": "ຕົວເລກເຕັມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtManageRange": "ຊື່ຜູ້ຈັດການ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtMergeAcross": "ຮ່ວມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtMergeCells": "ຮ່ວມເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtMergeCenter": "ຮ່ວມ ແລະ ຢູ່ເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtNamedRange": "ຈັດລຳດັບຕາມຊື່", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtNewRange": "ກຳນົດຊື່", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtNoBorders": "ບໍ່ມີຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtNumber": "ຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtPasteRange": "ວາງຊື່", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtPercentage": "ເປີເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtPound": "£ ປອນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtRouble": "₽ຮູເບີນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "ຫ້ອງການ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "ເສັ້ນແບ່ງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "ລົດໄຟຟ້າ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme12": "ໂມດູນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme13": "ຮູບພາບທີ່ມີລັກສະນະສະເເດງຄວາມຮັ່ງມີ ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme14": "Oriel", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme15": "ແຕ່ເດີມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme16": "ເຈ້ຍ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme17": "ເສັ້ນໝູນອ້ອມດວງຕາເວັນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme18": "ເຕັກນິກ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme19": "Trek", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme2": "ໂທນສີເທົາ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme20": "ໃນເມືອງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme21": "Verve", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme3": "ເອເພັກສ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme4": "ມຸມມອງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme5": "ປະຫວັດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme6": "ຝູງຊົນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme7": "ຄວາມເທົ່າທຽມກັນ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme8": "ຂະບວນການ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme9": "ໂຮງຫລໍ່", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtScientific": "ວິທະຍາສາດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtSearch": "ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtSort": "ລຽງລຳດັບ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtSortAZ": "ລຽງລຳດັບຈາກໜ້ອຍໄປຫາຫຼາຍ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtSortZA": "ລຽງລຳດັບຈາກໃຫຍ່ໄປຫານ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtSpecial": "ພິເສດ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtTableTemplate": "ຈັດຮູບແບບເປັນແບບຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtText": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtTime": "ເວລາ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtUnmerge": "ຍົກເລີກການລວມເຊວ", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtYen": "¥ ເຢນ", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.textType": "ສະແດງ", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtBy": "ໂດຍ", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtItems": "ລາຍການ", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtPercent": "ເປີີເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtSum": "ຜົນລວມ", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTitle": "ການກັ່ນຕອງແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດ 1 ໃນ 10 ", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTop": "ຂ້າງເທີງ", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtValueTitle": "ການກັ່ນຕອງ 1 ໃນ 10", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.textTitle": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ ຄ່າຂອງຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtAverage": "ສະເລ່ຍ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtBaseField": "ພະແນກພື້ນຖານ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtBaseItem": "ລາຍການພື້ນຖານ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtByField": "%1 ຈາກ %2", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCount": "ນັບ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCountNums": "ນັບຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCustomName": "ຊື່ທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtDifference": "ແຕກຕ່າງຈາກ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtIndex": "ສາລະບານ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtMax": "ສູງສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtMin": "ຕ່ຳສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtNormal": "ບໍ່ມີການຄິດໄລ່", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercent": "ເປີເຊັນຂອງ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentDiff": "ເປີເຊັນທີ່ແຕກຕ່າງຈາກ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfCol": "ເປີເຊັນຂອງຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfRow": "ເປີເຊັນທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfTotal": "ເປີເຊັນຂອງແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtProduct": "ຜົນ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtRunTotal": "ກຳລັງເຮັດວຽກຮ່ວມໃນ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtShowAs": "ສະແດງຄ່າເປັນ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSourceName": "ຊື່ແຫລ່ງທີ່ມາ:", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDev": "StdDev", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDevp": "StdDevp", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSum": "ຜົນລວມ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSummarize": "ສະຫຼຸບສັງລວມມູນຄ່າຕາມ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtVar": "ຄ່າຄວາມແປປວນ", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtVarp": "Varp", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.closeButtonText": " ປິດ", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.guestText": " ແຂກ", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDelete": "ລົບ", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "ກ໋ອບປີ້, ສຳເນົາ", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textEmpty": "ຍັງບໍ່ມີການສ້າງມຸມມອງ", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textGoTo": "ໄປທີ່ມຸມມອງ", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "ໃສ່ຊື່ທີ່ມີຄວາມຍາວໜ້ອຍກວ່າ 128 ຕົວອັກສອນ.", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "ໃຫມ່", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "ປ່ຽນຊື່", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameError": "ຊື່ມຸມມອງບໍ່ສາມາດວ່າງເປົ່າ.", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameLabel": "ປ່ຽນຊື່ມຸມມອງ", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textViews": "ມູມມອງແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.tipIsLocked": "ອົງປະກອບນີ້ໄດ້ຖືກແກ້ໄຂໂດຍຜູ້ນຳໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນ.", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.txtTitle": "ຕົວຈັດການເບີ່ງແຜ່ນ", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.warnDeleteView": "ທ່ານກຳລັງພະຍາຍາມທີ່ຈະລົບມຸມມອງທີ່ເປີດໃຊ້ງານປັດຈຸບັນ '%1'.
                    ປິດມຸມມອງນີ້ ແລະ ລົບອອກ ຫຼື ບໍ່?", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.capBtnFreeze": "ຕິກໃສ່ບໍລິເວນທີ່ຕ້ອງການໃຫ້ເຫັນແຈ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.capBtnSheetView": "ມູມມອງແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textClose": " ປິດ", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textCreate": "ໃຫມ່", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textDefault": "ຄ່າເລີ້ມຕົ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textFormula": "ແຖບສູດ", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textGridlines": "ເສັ້ນຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textHeadings": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textManager": "ການຈັດການມຸມມອງ", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textZoom": "ຂະຫຍາຍ ", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipClose": "ປິດມູມມອງແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipCreate": "ສ້າງມຸມມອງແຜ່ນງານ", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipFreeze": "ຕິກໃສ່ບໍລິເວນທີ່ຕ້ອງການໃຫ້ເຫັນແຈ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipSheetView": "ມູມມອງແຜ່ນງານ" +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/lv.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/lv.json index 79cb7bc22..7c0fad60a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/lv.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/lv.json @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Replace", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Replace All", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Vairāk nerādīt šo ziņu", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokuments ir mainījies.
                    Pārlādējiet dokumentu, lai redzētu izmaiņas.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokuments ir mainījies.
                    Pārlādējiet dokumentu, lai redzētu izmaiņas.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standarta krāsas", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Tēmas krāsas", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", @@ -909,15 +909,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Apakšā", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Category Name", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Center", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Chart Elements &
                    Chart Legend", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Chart Elements &
                    Chart Legend", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Grafika nosaukums", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Cross", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Custom", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "Datu sērijas kolonnās", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Data Labels", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Datu diapazons", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "Datu sērijas rindās", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Data series", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Parādīt apzīmējumus", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Slēptās un tukšās šūnas", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Savienot datu punktus ar līniju", @@ -929,9 +927,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Hide", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "High", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Horizontal Axis", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Horizontal Gridlines", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Horizontal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Horizontal Axis Title", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Hundreds", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -982,11 +978,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Data Labels Separator", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Series Name", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Show", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Parādīt asi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Display chart borders", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Rādīt slēpto rindu un kolonnu datus", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Rādīt tukšās šūnas kā", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Režģa līnijas", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Rādīt asi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Parādīt grafika vērtības", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Atsevišķs spārklains", @@ -1004,12 +998,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "Trillions", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Type", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Type & Data", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Chart Type, Style &
                    Data Range", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Display Units", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Value", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Vertical Axis", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Vertical Gridlines", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Vertical Axis Title", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "X ass virsraksts", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Y ass virsraksts", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Nulle", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/nl.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/nl.json index 008727c2a..bd4fa184c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/nl.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/nl.json @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Vervangen", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Alles vervangen", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Dit bericht niet meer weergeven", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Het document is gewijzigd door een andere gebruiker.
                    Klik om uw wijzigingen op te slaan en de updates opnieuw te laden.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Het document is gewijzigd door een andere gebruiker.
                    Klik om uw wijzigingen op te slaan en de updates opnieuw te laden.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standaardkleuren", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Themakleuren", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", @@ -585,6 +585,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Het document wordt op dit moment door iemand anders bewerkt. Probeer het later opnieuw.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Toegang geweigerd", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Er is een fout opgetreden bij het opslaan van het bestand", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Dit bestand kan niet worden opgeslagen of gemaakt.
                    Mogelijke redenen zijn:
                    1. Het bestand is alleen-lezen.
                    2. Het bestand wordt bewerkt door andere gebruikers.
                    3. De schijf is vol of beschadigd.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Voorbereiding op opslaan", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Bezig met voorbereiding op opslaan. Even geduld...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Spreadsheet wordt opgeslagen...", @@ -854,6 +855,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "De huidige zoominstelling van uw browser wordt niet ondersteund. Zet de zoominstelling terug op de standaardwaarde door op Ctrl+0 te drukken.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Het aantal gelijktijdige verbindingen met de document server heeft het maximum overschreven. Het document zal geopend worden in een alleen-lezen modus.
                    Neem contact op met de beheerder voor meer informatie.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Uw licentie is vervallen.
                    Werk uw licentie bij en vernieuw de pagina.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licentie verlopen.
                    U heeft geen toegang tot documentbewerkingsfunctionaliteit.
                    Neem contact op met uw beheerder.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Licentie moet worden verlengd.
                    U heeft beperkte toegang tot documentbewerkingsfunctionaliteit.
                    Neem contact op met uw beheerder voor volledige toegang", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "U heeft de gebruikerslimiet voor %1 editors bereikt. Neem contact op met uw beheerder voor meer informatie.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "U heeft de limiet bereikt voor gelijktijdige verbindingen met %1 editors. Dit document wordt alleen geopend om te bekijken.
                    Neem contact op met het %1 verkoopteam voor persoonlijke upgradevoorwaarden.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "U heeft de gebruikerslimiet voor %1 editors bereikt. Neem contact op met het verkoopteam van %1 voor persoonlijke upgradevoorwaarden.", @@ -874,6 +877,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Werkblad kan niet worden verwijderd.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "Blad", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTip": "U bevindt zich in bladweergave modus. Filters en sortering zijn alleen zichtbaar voor u en degenen die zich nog in deze weergave bevinden.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTipFilters": "U bevindt zich in de modus Veldweergave. Filters zijn alleen zichtbaar voor u en degenen die zich nog in deze weergave bevinden.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "Het geselecteerde werkblad bevat mogelijk gegevens. Wilt u doorgaan?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoomen {0}%", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "Het lettertype dat u probeert op te slaan, is niet beschikbaar op het huidige apparaat.
                    De tekststijl wordt weergegeven met een van de systeemlettertypen. Het opgeslagen lettertype wordt gebruikt wanneer het beschikbaar is.
                    Wilt u doorgaan?", @@ -891,7 +895,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textLongOperation": "Langdurige bewerking", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textMatrix": "Matrices", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textOperator": "Operators", - "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textPivot": "Pivot tabel", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textPivot": "Draaitabel", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textRadical": "Wortels", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textScript": "Scripts", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textSymbols": "Symbolen", @@ -1225,7 +1229,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "De bewerking die u gaat uitvoeren, kan nogal veel tijd in beslag nemen.
                    Wilt u doorgaan?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "Alleen de gegevens in de cel linksboven blijven behouden in de samengevoegde cel.
                    Wilt u doorgaan?", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "Deelvensters blokkeren", - "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow:": "Schaduw van geblokkeerde deelvensters weergeven", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow": "Schaduw van geblokkeerde deelvensters weergeven", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "Formulebalk verbergen", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "Rasterlijnen verbergen", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "Koppen verbergen", @@ -1394,15 +1398,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Onder", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Categorienaam", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Centreren", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Grafiekelementen en
                    grafieklegenda", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Grafiekelementen en
                    grafieklegenda", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Grafiektitel", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Snijpunt", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Aangepast", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "in kolommen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Gegevenslabels", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Gegevensbereik", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "in rijen", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Gegevensreeks", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Legenda weergeven", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Verborgen en lege cellen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Gegevenspunten verbinden met lijn", @@ -1414,9 +1416,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Verbergen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Hoog", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Horizontale as", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Horizontale rasterlijnen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Horizontaal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Titel horizontale as", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Honderden", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1468,11 +1468,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Scheidingsteken voor gegevenslabels", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Serienaam", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Tonen", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "As weergeven", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Grafiekranden weergeven", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Gegevens in verborgen rijen en kolommen tonen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Lege cellen tonen als", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Rasterlijnen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "As tonen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Grafiekwaarden weergeven", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Enkele sparkline", @@ -1492,12 +1490,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Verplaats en pas aan op cellen", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Type", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Type en gegevens", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Type, stijl en gegevensbereik
                    grafiek", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Weergave-eenheden", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Waarde", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Verticale as", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Verticale rasterlijnen", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Titel verticale as", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Titel x-as", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Titel Y-as", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Nul", @@ -1637,6 +1632,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCurrency": "Valuta", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomColumnWidth": "Aangepaste kolombreedte", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomRowHeight": "Aangepaste rijhoogte", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomSort": "Aangepast sorteren", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCut": "Knippen", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDate": "Datum", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDelete": "Verwijderen", @@ -1981,7 +1977,9 @@ "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSpellcheck": "Spellingcontrole", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback en Support", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "ONTWIKKELAARSMODUS", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Beperk toegang", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "TEST MODUS", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Proefontwikkelaarsmodus", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "Opslaan", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "Onder", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLandscape": "Liggend", @@ -2182,13 +2180,13 @@ "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textColHeader": "Kolomkoppen", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textRowBanded": "Gestreepte rijen", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textRowHeader": "Rij koppen", - "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipCreatePivot": "Pivot tabel invoegen", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipCreatePivot": "Draaitabel invoegen", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipGrandTotals": "Toon of verberg grote totalen", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipRefresh": "Informatie van de data bron uitbreiden", - "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSelect": "Selecteer hele pivot tabel", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSelect": "Selecteer hele Draaitabel", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSubtotals": "Toon of verberg subtotalen", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtCreate": "Tabel invoegen", - "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtPivotTable": "Pivot tabel", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtPivotTable": "Draaitabel", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtRefresh": "Verversen", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtSelect": "Selecteer", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.btnDownload": "Opslaan & downloaden", @@ -2251,14 +2249,14 @@ "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtChartSettings": "Grafiekinstellingen", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtImageSettings": "Afbeeldingsinstellingen", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtParagraphSettings": "Tekstinstellingen", - "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtPivotSettings": "Pivot table instellingen", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtPivotSettings": "Draaitabel instellingen", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSettings": "Algemene instellingen", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "Vorminstellingen", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "Handtekening instellingen", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSlicerSettings": "Slicer instellingen", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtSparklineSettings": "Instellingen sparkline", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "Tabelinstellingen", - "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "TextArt-instellingen", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "Tekst Art instellingen", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textAuto": "Automatisch", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textError": "De ingevoerde waarde is onjuist.", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textFewPages": "Pagina's", @@ -2604,7 +2602,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textIsLocked": "Dit element wordt bewerkt door een andere gebruiker.", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Laatste", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textLongOperation": "Langdurige bewerking", - "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textPivot": "Pivot tabel invoegen", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textPivot": "Draaitabel invoegen", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textRemDuplicates": "Verwijder duplicaten", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textReservedName": "Er wordt in celformules al verwezen naar de naam die u probeert te gebruiken. Gebruik een andere naam.", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textResize": "Tabelformaat wijzigen", @@ -2943,6 +2941,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "Dupliceren", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textEmpty": "Er zijn nog geen weergaven gemaakt.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textGoTo": "Ga naar weergave", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "Voer een naam in die uit minder dan 128 tekens bestaat.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "Nieuw", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "Hernoemen", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameError": "Weergavenaam mag niet leeg zijn.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/pl.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/pl.json index cfb82b914..a646eb39e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/pl.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/pl.json @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Common.define.chartData.textStock": "Zbiory", "Common.define.chartData.textSurface": "Powierzchnia", "Common.define.chartData.textWinLossSpark": "Wygrana/przegrana", - "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "Nowy niestandardowy kolor", + "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "Dodaj nowy niestandardowy kolor", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSize.txtNoBorders": "Bez krawędzi", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSizeEditable.txtNoBorders": "Bez krawędzi", "Common.UI.ComboDataView.emptyComboText": "Brak styli", @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Zamień", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Zamień wszystko", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Nie pokazuj tej wiadomości ponownie", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument został zmieniony przez innego użytkownika.
                    Proszę kliknij, aby zapisać swoje zmiany i ponownie załadować zmiany.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument został zmieniony przez innego użytkownika.
                    Proszę kliknij, aby zapisać swoje zmiany i ponownie załadować zmiany.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Kolory standardowe", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Kolory motywu", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Anuluj", @@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ "Common.Views.About.txtPoweredBy": "zasilany przez", "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "tel.:", "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "Wersja", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "Dodaj", "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "Wyślij", "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "Dodaj", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "Dodaj komentarz", @@ -81,12 +82,14 @@ "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToPaste": "do wklejenia", "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textLoading": "Ładowanie...", "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textTitle": "Ustawienia udostępniania", - "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Dokument jest obecnie edytowany przez kilku użytkowników.", - "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Idź do dokumentów", + "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Użytkownicy aktualnie edytujący plik:", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Zaawansowane ustawienia", + "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Otwórz lokalizację pliku", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Zapisywanie ...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Zmodyfikowano", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Wszystkie zmiany zapisane", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Wszystkie zmiany zapisane", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Powiększenie", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Zarządzaj prawami dostępu do dokumentu", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Pobierz plik", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Edytuj bieżący plik", @@ -97,6 +100,7 @@ "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.textUrl": "Wklej link URL do obrazu:", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtEmpty": "To pole jest wymagane", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtNotUrl": "To pole powinno być adresem URL w formacie \"http://www.example.com\"", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtOfText": "% tekstu", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtDelimiter": "Separator", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Kodowanie", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Hasło jest nieprawidłowe.", @@ -112,8 +116,22 @@ "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "Ładowanie", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Start", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "Zatrzymać", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "Dodaj podpis cyfrowy lub wiersz do podpisu", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "Dodaj hasło", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Dodaj podpis cyfrowy", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Dodaj wiersz do podpisu", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Nazwa pliku", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "Nazwa pliku nie może zawierać żadnego z następujących znaków:", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "Zaakceptuj bieżącą zmianę", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "Zaakceptuj", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Zaakceptuj wszystkie zmiany", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Zaakceptuj zmiany", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Zaakceptuj bieżącą zmianę", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAdd": "Dodaj", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAddReply": "Dodaj odpowiedź", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMention": "+wzmianka zapewni użytkownikowi dostęp do pliku i wyśle e-maila", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMentionNotify": "+wzmianka powiadomi użytkownika e-mailem", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textQEmSpace": "Ćwierć spacja", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "Wyrównanie", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "Środek", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteColumnText": "Usuń kolumnę", @@ -131,11 +149,12 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.rightText": "Prawy", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeColumnWidth": "Szerokość kolumny {0} symbole ({1} piksele)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeRowHeight": "Wysokość wiersza: {0} punktów ({1} pikseli)", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCtrlClick": "Naciśnij CTRL i kliknij link", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCtrlClick": "Kliknij łącze, aby je otworzyć lub naciśnij i przytrzymaj przycisk myszy, aby zaznaczyć komórkę.", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textInsertLeft": "Wstaw lewy", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textInsertTop": "Wstaw górny", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textSym": "sym", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.tipIsLocked": "Ten element jest właśnie edytowany przez innego użytkownika.", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAboveAve": "Powyżej średniej", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddBottom": "Dodaj dolną krawędź", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddFractionBar": "Dadaj pasek ułamka", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddHor": "Dodaj poziomy wiesz", @@ -146,6 +165,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddTop": "Dodaj górną krawędź", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAddVer": "Dodaj pionowy wiersz", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAlignToChar": "Wyrównaj do znaku", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAll": "(wszystko)", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBlanks": "(Puste)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBorderProps": "Ustawienia obramowania", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBottom": "Dół", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtColumnAlign": "Wyrównanie kolumny", @@ -284,7 +305,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Błąd zewnętrzny.
                    Błąd połączenia z bazą danych. W przypadku wystąpienia błędu należy skontaktować się z pomocą techniczną.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Błędny zakres danych.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Kod błędu: %1", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Dokument jest chroniony hasłem i nie można go otworzyć.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Plik jest chroniony hasłem, bez którego nie może być otwarty.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileRequest": "Błąd zewnętrzny.
                    Błąd zgłoszenia pliku. W przypadku wystąpienia błędu należy skontaktować się z pomocą techniczną.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileVKey": "Błąd zewnętrzny.
                    Niewłaściwy klucz bezpieczeństwa. W przypadku wystąpienia błędu należy skontaktować się z pomocą techniczną.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFillRange": "Nie można wypełnić zaznaczonego zakresu komórek.
                    Wszystkie scalone komórki muszą mieć ten sam rozmiar.", @@ -298,7 +319,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedCellPivot": "Nie można zmienić dane w tabeli przestawnej.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedWorksheetRename": "Nie można zmienić nazwy arkusza, gdy zmieniana jest ona przez innego użytkownika", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMoveRange": "Nie można zmienić części scalonej komórki", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpenWarning": "Długość jednej z formuł w pliku przekroczyła
                    dozwoloną liczbę znaków i została usunięta.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpenWarning": "Długość jednej z formuł w pliku przekroczyła limit 8192 znaków.
                    Formuła została usunięta.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOperandExpected": "Wprowadzona składnia funkcji jest nieprawidłowa. Sprawdź, czy nie brakuje jednego z nawiasów - '(' lub ')'.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPasteMaxRange": "Obszar kopiowania i wklejania nie pasuje.
                    Proszę zaznacz obszar o takim samym rozmiarze lub wybierz pierwszą komórkę w rzędzie do wklejenia skopiowanych komórek.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPrintMaxPagesCount": "Niestety w bieżącej wersji programu nie można wydrukować więcej niż 1500 stron naraz.
                    To ograniczenie zostanie usunięte w przyszłych wersjach.", @@ -314,7 +335,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersion": "Wersja pliku została zmieniona. Strona zostanie ponownie załadowana.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUserDrop": "Nie można uzyskać dostępu do tego pliku.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUsersExceed": "Przekroczono liczbę dozwolonych użytkowników określonych przez plan cenowy wersji", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "Połączenie zostało utracone. Nadal możesz przeglądać dokument, ale nie będziesz mógł pobrać ani wydrukować dokumentu do momentu przywrócenia połączenia.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "Połączenie zostało utracone. Nadal możesz przeglądać dokument,
                    ale nie będziesz mógł pobrać ani wydrukować dokumentu do momentu przywrócenia połączenia.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorWrongBracketsCount": "Wprowadzona formuła jest błędna.
                    Użyto niepoprawnej liczby klamr.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorWrongOperator": "Wprowadzona formuła jest błędna. Został użyty błędny operator.
                    Proszę poprawić błąd.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.leavePageText": "Masz niezapisane zmiany w tym arkuszu kalkulacyjnym. Kliknij przycisk \"Zostań na tej stronie\", a następnie \"Zapisz\", aby je zapisać. Kliknij przycisk \"Porzuć tę stronę\", aby usunąć wszystkie niezapisane zmiany.", @@ -328,7 +349,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTitleText": "Ładowanie obrazu", "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "Ładowanie arkusza kalkulacyjnego", "SSE.Controllers.Main.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Ostrzeżenie", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.openErrorText": "Wystąpił błąd podczas otwierania pliku", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.openErrorText": "Wystąpił błąd podczas otwierania pliku.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.openTextText": "Otwieranie arkusza kalkulacyjnego...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.openTitleText": "Otwieranie arkusza kalkulacyjnego", "SSE.Controllers.Main.pastInMergeAreaError": "Nie można zmienić części scalonej komórki", @@ -337,7 +358,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.reloadButtonText": "Przeładuj stronę", "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Ktoś właśnie edytuje ten dokument. Proszę spróbuj później.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Odmowa dostępu", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Wystąpił błąd podczas zapisywania pliki", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Wystąpił błąd podczas zapisywania pliku.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Przygotowywanie do zapisu", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Przygotowywanie do zapisu. Proszę czekać...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Zapisywanie arkusza kalkulacyjnego...", @@ -349,7 +370,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Skontaktuj się z działem sprzedaży", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Ładowanie arkusza kalkulacyjnego", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "Nie", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ONLYOFFICE wersja open source", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Osiągnięto limit licencji", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPleaseWait": "Operacja może potrwać dłużej niż oczekiwano. Proszę czekać...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRecalcFormulas": "Obliczanie formuł...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Kształt", @@ -360,9 +381,12 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleRecalcFormulas": "Obliczanie...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Zaktualizowano edytor", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtAccent": "Akcent", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtAll": "(wszystko)", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Twój tekst tutaj", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Kształty podstawowe", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBlank": "(Puste)", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Przyciski", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtByField": "%1 z %2", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "Objaśnienia", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Wykresy", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Tytuł wykresu", @@ -372,6 +396,17 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "Matematyczne", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Prostokąty", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Serie", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_noSmoking": "Symbol \"nie\"", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star10": "10-Ramienna Gwiazda", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star12": "12-Ramienna Gwiazda", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star16": "16-Ramienna Gwiazda", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star24": "24-Ramienna Gwiazda", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star32": "32-Ramienna Gwiazda", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star4": "4-Ramienna Gwiazda", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star5": "5-Ramienna Gwiazda", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star6": "6-Ramienna Gwiazda", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star7": "7-Ramienna Gwiazda", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star8": "8-Ramienna Gwiazda", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Gwiazdy i wstążki", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Bad": "Zły", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Calculation": "Obliczenie", @@ -407,7 +442,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "Aplikacja ma małe możliwości w IE9. Użyj przeglądarki IE10 lub nowszej.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Aktualne ustawienie powiększenia przeglądarki nie jest w pełni obsługiwane. Zresetuj domyślny zoom, naciskając Ctrl + 0.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Twoja licencja wygasła.
                    Zaktualizuj licencję i odśwież stronę.", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Używasz wersji %1 w wersji open source. Wersja ma ograniczenia dla jednoczesnych połączeń z serwerem dokumentów (po 20 połączeń naraz). Jeśli potrzebujesz więcej, rozważ zakup licencji komercyjnej.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Osiągnięto limit jednoczesnych połączeń z %1 edytorami. Ten dokument zostanie otwarty tylko do odczytu.
                    Skontaktuj się z %1 zespołem sprzedaży w celu omówienia indywidualnych warunków licencji.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Nie masz prawa edytować tego pliku.", "SSE.Controllers.Print.strAllSheets": "Wszystkie arkusze", "SSE.Controllers.Print.textWarning": "Ostrzeżenie", @@ -415,7 +450,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorLastSheet": "Skoroszyt musi zawierać co najmniej jeden widoczny arkusz roboczy.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Nie można usunąć arkusza.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "Arkusz", - "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "Arkusz może zawierać dane. Czy na pewno chcesz kontynuować?", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "Wybrane arkusze mogą zawierać dane. Czy na pewno chcesz kontynuować?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Powiększenie {0}%", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "Czcionka, którą zamierzasz zapisać, nie jest dostępna na bieżącym urządzeniu.
                    Styl tekstu zostanie wyświetlony przy użyciu jednej z czcionek systemowych, a zapisana czcionka będzie używana, jeśli będzie dostępna.
                    Czy chcesz kontynuować?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.errorMaxRows": "BŁĄD! Maksymalna liczba serii danych na wykresie wynosi 255", @@ -759,6 +794,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "Operacja, którą zamierzasz wykonać może zająć trochę czasu.
                    Na pewno chcesz kontynuować?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "Tylko dane z górnej lewej komórki pozostaną w scalonej komórce.
                    Czy na pewno chcesz kontynuować?", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.textTitle": "Zaawansowane ustawienia", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.btnCustomFilter": "Niestandardowy filtr", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textAddSelection": "Dodaj bieżący wybór do filtrowania", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.textEmptyItem": "{Puste}", @@ -801,6 +837,8 @@ "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtEmpty": "To pole jest wymagane", "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtInvalidRange": "BŁĄD! Niepoprawny zakres komórek", "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtTitle": "Wybierz zakres danych", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Dodaj punkt gradientu", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textAdd": "Dodaj", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strLineWeight": "Waga linii", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strSparkColor": "Kolor", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strTemplate": "Szablon", @@ -827,7 +865,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.errorStockChart": "Nieprawidłowa kolejność wierszy. Aby zbudować wykres akcji, umieść dane na arkuszu w następującej kolejności:
                    cena otwarcia, cena maksymalna, cena minimalna, cena zamknięcia.", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAlt": "Tekst alternatywny", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltDescription": "Opis", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltTip": "Alternatywna prezentacja wizualnych informacji o obiektach, które będą czytane osobom z wadami wzroku lub zmysłu poznawczego, aby lepiej zrozumieć, jakie informacje znajdują się na obrazie, kształtach, wykresie lub tabeli.", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltTip": "Alternatywna, tekstowa prezentacja wizualnych informacji o obiektach, która będzie czytana osobom z wadami wzroku lub zmysłu poznawczego, aby pomóc im lepiej zrozumieć, jakie informacje znajdują się na obrazie, kształcie, wykresie lub tabeli.", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltTitle": "Tytuł", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAuto": "Automatyczny", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAutoEach": "Automatycznie dla każdego", @@ -846,9 +884,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Niestandardowy", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "w kolumnach", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Ciemne etykiety", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Zakres danych", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "w wierszach", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Dane", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Pokaż legendę", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Ukryte i puste komórki", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Podłącz punkty danych do wierszu", @@ -860,9 +896,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Ukryj", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Wysoki", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Pozioma oś", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Pozioma siatka", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Poziomy", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Tytuł osi poziomej", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Setki", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -913,11 +947,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Separator etykiet danych", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Nazwa serii", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Pokaż", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Oś wyświetlenia", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Pokaż granice wykresu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Pokaż dane w ukrytych wierszach i kolumnach", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Pokaż puste komórki jako", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Linie siatki", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Pokaż oś", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Pokaż wartości wykresu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Pojedynczy Sparkline", @@ -935,16 +967,17 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "Tryliony", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Typ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Typ i data", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Type wykresu, Styl &
                    Zakres danych", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Pokaż jednostki", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Wartość", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Oś pionowa", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Pionowe linie siatki", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Tytuł osi pionowej", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Tytuł osi X", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Tytuł osi Y", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Zero", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.txtEmpty": "To pole jest wymagane", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strError": "Komunikat błędu", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAlert": "Ostrzeżenie", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowError": "Pokaż komunikat błędu po wprowadzeniu nieprawidłowych danych", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textUserEnters": "Pokaż ten komunikat błędu, gdy użytkownik wprowadzi nieprawidłowe dane", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "I", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "równa się", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "nie kończy się z", @@ -983,11 +1016,13 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertColumnRightText": "Kolumna prawa", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertRowAboveText": "Wiersz powyżej", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.insertRowBelowText": "Wiersz poniżej", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.originalSizeText": "Rzeczywisty rozmiar", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.removeHyperlinkText": "Usuń hiperlink", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectColumnText": "Wstaw kolumnę", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectDataText": "Dane kolumny", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectRowText": "Wiersz", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectTableText": "Tabela", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAlign": "Wyrównaj", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBack": "Wyślij do tła", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Przenieś do tyłu", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "Przenieś do przodu", @@ -995,9 +1030,16 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEntriesList": "Wybierz z rozwijalnej listy", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFreezePanes": "Zablokuj panele", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNone": "Żaden", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Wyrównaj do dołu", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Wyrównaj do środka", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "Wyrównaj do lewej", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "Wyrównaj do środka", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "Wyrównaj do prawej", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "Wyrównaj do góry", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "Cofnij", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUnFreezePanes": "Odblokuj panele", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.topCellText": "Wyrównaj do góry", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAccounting": "Księgowość", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddComment": "Dodaj komentarz", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddNamedRange": "Zdefiniuj zakres", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtArrange": "Zorganizować", @@ -1049,7 +1091,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUngroup": "Rozgrupuj", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtWidth": "Szerokość", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.vertAlignText": "Wyrównaj wertykalnie", - "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "Idź do dokumentów", + "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "Otwórz lokalizację pliku", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnCloseMenuCaption": "Zamknij menu", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnCreateNewCaption": "Utwórz nowy", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnDownloadCaption": "Pobierz jako...", @@ -1068,6 +1110,8 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.fromTemplateText": "Z szablonu", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.newDescriptionText": "Utwórz nowy, czysty arkusz kalkulacyjny, który będziesz mógł sformatować podczas edytowania po jego utworzeniu. Możesz też wybrać jeden z szablonów, aby utworzyć arkusz kalkulacyjny określonego typu lub celu, w którym niektóre style zostały wcześniej zastosowane.", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.CreateNew.newDocumentText": "Nowy arkusz kalkulacyjny", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAddAuthor": "Dodaj autora", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAddText": "Dodaj tekst", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAuthor": "Autor", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtBtnAccessRights": "Zmień prawa dostępu", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtPlacement": "Lokalizacja", @@ -1146,6 +1190,8 @@ "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.textGroupDescription": "Wybierz grupę funkcji", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.textListDescription": "Wybierz funkcję", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtTitle": "Wstaw funkcję", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAlign": "Wyrównaj do marginesów strony", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textNewColor": "Dodaj nowy niestandardowy kolor", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strDisplay": "Pokaż", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strLinkTo": "Link do", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strRange": "Zakres", @@ -1169,12 +1215,12 @@ "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHeight": "Wysokość", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textInsert": "Zamień obraz", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textKeepRatio": "Stałe proporcje", - "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textOriginalSize": "Domyślny rozmiar", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textOriginalSize": "Rzeczywisty rozmiar", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textSize": "Rozmiar", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textWidth": "Szerokość", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Tekst alternatywny", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Opis", - "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Alternatywna prezentacja wizualnych informacji o obiektach, które będą czytane osobom z wadami wzroku lub zmysłu poznawczego, aby lepiej zrozumieć, jakie informacje znajdują się na obrazie, kształtach, wykresie lub tabeli.", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Alternatywna, tekstowa prezentacja wizualnych informacji o obiektach, która będzie czytana osobom z wadami wzroku lub zmysłu poznawczego, aby pomóc im lepiej zrozumieć, jakie informacje znajdują się na obrazie, kształcie, wykresie lub tabeli.", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Tytuł", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Obraz - zaawansowane ustawienia", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "O programie", @@ -1256,8 +1302,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strDoubleStrike": "Podwójne przekreślenie", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLeftText": "Lewy", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsRightText": "Prawy", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingAfter": "Po", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphFont": "Czcionka", - "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphIndents": "Wcięcia i miejsca docelowe", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphIndents": "Wcięcia i odstępy", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSmallCaps": "Małe litery", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strStrike": "Przekreślony", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strSubscript": "Indeks", @@ -1267,6 +1314,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "Rozstaw znaków", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "Domyślna zakładka", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "Efekty", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNoneSpecial": "(brak)", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemove": "Usuń", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemoveAll": "Usuń wszystko", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textSet": "Określ", @@ -1275,6 +1323,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabPosition": "Pozycja karty", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabRight": "Prawy", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Akapit - Ustawienia zaawansowane", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textAdvanced": "Pokaż ustawienia zaawansowane", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capLayout": "Układ raportu", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipCreatePivot": "Wstaw tabelę przestawną", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSelect": "Zaznacz całą tabelę przestawną", @@ -1333,7 +1382,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textEmptyPattern": "Brak wzorca", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromFile": "Z pliku", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromUrl": "Z URL", - "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Gradient", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Punkty gradientu", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradientFill": "Wypełnienie gradientem", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textImageTexture": "Obraz lub tekstura", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textLinear": "Liniowy", @@ -1346,6 +1395,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "Styl", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTexture": "Z tekstury", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTile": "Płytka", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Dodaj punkt gradientu", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Brązowy papier", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCanvas": "Płótno", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCarton": "Karton", @@ -1362,7 +1412,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strMargins": "Wypełnienie tekstem", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Tekst alternatywny", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Opis", - "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Alternatywna prezentacja wizualnych informacji o obiektach, które będą czytane osobom z wadami wzroku lub zmysłu poznawczego, aby lepiej zrozumieć, jakie informacje znajdują się na obrazie, kształtach, wykresie lub tabeli.", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Alternatywna, tekstowa prezentacja wizualnych informacji o obiektach, która będzie czytana osobom z wadami wzroku lub zmysłu poznawczego, aby pomóc im lepiej zrozumieć, jakie informacje znajdują się na obrazie, kształcie, wykresie lub tabeli.", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Tytuł", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textArrows": "Strzałki", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginSize": "Początkowy rozmiar", @@ -1389,9 +1439,21 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTop": "Góra", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWeightArrows": "Wagi i strzałki", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "Szerokość", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAZ": "A do Z", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textZA": "Z do A", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAZ": "A do Z", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textZA": "Z do A", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorSameColumnColor": "%1 jest sortowana więcej niż raz według tego samego koloru.
                    Usuń zduplikowane kryteria sortowania i spróbuj ponownie.", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorSameColumnValue": "%1 jest sortowana więcej niż raz według wartości.
                    Usuń zduplikowane warunki sortowania i spróbuj ponownie.", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAZ": "A do Z", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textMoreCols": "(Więcej kolumn...)", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textMoreRows": "(Więcej wierszy...)", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textZA": "Z do A", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAdd": "Dodaj", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtAddToDictionary": "Dodaj do słownika", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemCopyToEnd": "(Kopiuj do końca)", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemMoveToEnd": "(Przenieś do końca)", - "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textCopyBefore": "Kopiuj przed arkuszem", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textCopyBefore": "Wklej przed arkuszem", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textMoveBefore": "Przenieś przed arkusz", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredRecordsText": "przefiltrowano {0} z {1} rekordów", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredText": "Tryb filtrowania", @@ -1407,8 +1469,8 @@ "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.errNameWrongChar": "Arkusz nie może zawierać znaków: \\/*?[]:", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.labelSheetName": "Nazwa arkusza", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textAverage": "ŚREDNIA", - "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textCount": "ILOŚĆ", - "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textNewColor": "Nowy niestandardowy kolor", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textCount": "Licz", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textNewColor": "Dodaj nowy niestandardowy kolor", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textNoColor": "Bez koloru", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.textSum": "Suma", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.tipAddTab": "Dodaj arkusz", @@ -1424,7 +1486,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorFTChangeTableRangeError": "Operacja nie może zostać zakończona dla wybranego zakresu komórek.
                    Wybierz zakres, tak aby pierwszy wiersz tabeli znajdował się w tym samym wierszu, a tabela wynikowa pokrywała się z bieżącym.", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.errorFTRangeIncludedOtherTables": "Nie można zakończyć operacji dla wybranego zakresu komórek.
                    Wybierz zakres, który nie zawiera innych tabel.", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtEmpty": "To pole jest wymagane", - "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtFormat": "Nowa tabelę", + "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtFormat": "Utwórz tabelę", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtInvalidRange": "BŁĄD! Niepoprawny zakres komórek", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtTitle": "Tytuł", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "Usuń kolumnę", @@ -1481,7 +1543,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textEmptyPattern": "Brak wzorca", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromFile": "Z pliku", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textFromUrl": "Z URL", - "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradient": "Gradient", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradient": "Punkty gradientu", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textGradientFill": "Wypełnienie gradientem", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textImageTexture": "Obraz lub tekstura", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "Liniowy", @@ -1495,6 +1557,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTexture": "Z tekstury", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTile": "Płytka", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "Przekształcenie", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Dodaj punkt gradientu", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Brązowy papier", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCanvas": "Płótno", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCarton": "Karton", @@ -1507,7 +1570,9 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtNoBorders": "Brak wiersza", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtPapyrus": "Papirus", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtWood": "Drewno", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnAddComment": "Dodaj komentarz", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnComment": "Komentarz", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgAlign": "Wyrównaj", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertChart": "Wykres", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertEquation": "Równanie", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertHyperlink": "Hiperlink", @@ -1546,7 +1611,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textLeftBorders": "Lewe krawędzie", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMiddleBorders": "Wewnątrz poziomych granic", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textMoreFormats": "Więcej formatów", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Nowy niestandardowy kolor", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Dodaj nowy niestandardowy kolor", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textNoBorders": "Bez krawędzi", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textOutBorders": "Krawędzie zewnętrzne", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPrint": "Drukuj", @@ -1587,6 +1652,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Kolor czcionki", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Czcionka", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Rozmiar czcionki", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipImgAlign": "Wyrównaj obiekty", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncDecimal": "Zwiększ ilość cyfr po przecinku", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "Zwiększ rozmiar czcionki", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Wstaw wykres", @@ -1596,9 +1662,9 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Wstaw obraz", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertOpt": "Wstaw komórki", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Wstaw kształt", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Wstaw tekst", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Wstaw pole tekstowe", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextart": "Wstaw tekst", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipMerge": "Scal", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipMerge": "Scal i wyśrodkuj", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipNumFormat": "Format numeru", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPaste": "Wklej", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrColor": "Kolor tła", @@ -1634,7 +1700,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtFranc": "CHF frank szwajcarski", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtGeneral": "Ogólne", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtInteger": "Liczba całkowita", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtManageRange": "Menadżer zdefiniowanych zakresów", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtManageRange": "Menadżer nazw", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtMergeAcross": "Scal", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtMergeCells": "Scal komórki", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtMergeCenter": "Scal i wyśrodkuj", @@ -1642,7 +1708,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtNewRange": "Zdefiniuj zakres", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtNoBorders": "Bez krawędzi", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtNumber": "Numer", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtPasteRange": "Wklej zakres", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtPasteRange": "Wpisz Imię", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtPercentage": "Procentowo", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtPound": "£ Funt", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtRouble": "₽ Rubel", @@ -1683,5 +1749,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtItems": "Pozycja", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtPercent": "Procent", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTitle": "Top 10 automatyczne filtrowanie", - "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTop": "Góra" + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTop": "Góra", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtByField": "%1 z %2", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textZoom": "Powiększenie" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/pt.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/pt.json index f1ac32946..691a7bb39 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/pt.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/pt.json @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Substituir", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Substituir tudo", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Não exibir esta mensagem novamente", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "O documento foi alterado por outro usuário.
                    Clique para salvar suas alterações e recarregar as atualizações.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "O documento foi alterado por outro usuário.
                    Clique para salvar suas alterações e recarregar as atualizações.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Cores padrão", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Cores do tema", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", @@ -297,9 +297,12 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Colunas", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Linhas", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "Texto para colunas", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtDataValidation": "Validação de dados", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "Expandir", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpandRemDuplicates": "Os dados próximos à seleção não serão removidos. Deseja expandir a seleção para incluir os dados adjacentes ou continuar apenas com as células atualmente selecionadas?", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExtendDataValidation": "A seleção contém algumas células sem configurações de validação de dados.
                    Você deseja estender a validação de dados a essas células?", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemDuplicates": "Remover Duplicatas", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemoveDataValidation": "A seleção contém mais de um tipo de validação.
                    Configurações de corrente de partida e continua?", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemSelected": "Remover em selecionado", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "Alinhamento", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "Centro", @@ -320,7 +323,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeColumnWidth": "Largura da coluna {0} símbolos ({1} pixels)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeRowHeight": "Altura da linha {0} pontos ({1} pixels)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCtrlClick": "Pressione CTRL e clique no link", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textInsertLeft": "Insert Left", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textInsertLeft": "Inserir à esquerda", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textInsertTop": "Inserir acima", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textPasteSpecial": "Colar especial", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textStopExpand": "Pare de expandir tabelas automaticamente", @@ -585,6 +588,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Alguém está editando este documento neste momento. Tente novamente mais tarde.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Acesso negado", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Ocorreu um erro ao salvar o arquivo", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Este arquivo não pode ser salvo ou criado.
                    Possíveis razões são:
                    1. O arquivo é somente leitura.
                    2. O arquivo está sendo editado por outros usuários.
                    3. O disco está cheio ou corrompido.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Preparando para salvar", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Preparando para salvar. Aguarde...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Salvando planilha...", @@ -854,6 +858,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "A configuração de zoom atual de seu navegador não é completamente suportada. Redefina para o zoom padrão pressionando Ctrl+0.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Você atingiu o limite de conexões simultâneas para editores %1. Este documento será aberto apenas para visualização.
                    Entre em contato com seu administrador para saber mais.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Sua licença expirou.
                    Atualize sua licença e atualize a página.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "A licença expirou.
                    Você não tem acesso à funcionalidade de edição de documentos.
                    Por favor, contate seu administrador.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "A licença precisa ser renovada.
                    Você tem acesso limitado à funcionalidade de edição de documentos.
                    Entre em contato com o administrador para obter acesso total.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Você atingiu o limite de usuários para editores %1. Entre em contato com seu administrador para saber mais.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Você atingiu o limite de conexões simultâneas para editores %1. Este documento será aberto apenas para visualização.
                    Entre em contato com a equipe de vendas da %1 para obter os termos de atualização pessoais.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Você atingiu o limite de usuários para editores %1.
                    Entre em contato com a equipe de vendas da %1 para obter os termos de atualização pessoais.", @@ -874,6 +880,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Não é possível excluir uma planilha.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "Folha", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTip": "Você está no modo Visualização da folha. Filtros e classificação são visíveis apenas para você e para aqueles que ainda estão nesta exibição.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTipFilters": "Você está no modo Folha De exibição. Os filtros são visíveis apenas para você e para aqueles que ainda estão nesta visão.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "A planilha deve conter dados. Você tem certeza de que deseja continuar?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "A fonte que você vai salvar não está disponível no dispositivo atual.
                    O estilo do texto será exibido usando uma das fontes do dispositivo, a fonte salva será usada quando estiver disponível.
                    Deseja continuar ?", @@ -1225,7 +1232,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "A operação que você está prestes a realizar pode levar muito tempo para concluir.
                    Você tem certeza de que deseja continuar?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "Apenas os dados da célula superior esquerda permanecerá na célula mesclada.
                    Você tem certeza de que deseja continuar? ", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "Congelar painéis", - "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow:": "Mostrar sombra congelada dos painéis", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow": "Mostrar sombra dos painéis congelados", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "Ocultar barra de fórmulas", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "Ocultar linhas de grade", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "Ocultar títulos", @@ -1292,7 +1299,7 @@ "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textDirection": "Direção", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textFill": "Preencher", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textForeground": "Cor do primeiro plano", - "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradient": "Gradiente", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradient": "Pontos de gradiente", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientColor": "Cor", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientFill": "Preenchimento Gradiente", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textLinear": "Linear", @@ -1394,15 +1401,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Inferior", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Nome da categoria", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Centro", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elementos do gráfico e
                    Legenda do gráfico", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elementos do gráfico e
                    Legenda do gráfico", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Título do gráfico", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Cruz", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Personalizar", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "em colunas", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Rótulos de dados", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Intervalo de dados", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "em linhas", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Séries de dados", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Exibir legenda", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Células ocultas e vazias", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Conectar pontos de dados com linha", @@ -1414,9 +1419,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Hide", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Alto", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Eixo horizontal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Grades de linha horizontais", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Horizontal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Título do eixo horizontal", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100.000.000 ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Centenas", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100.000 ", @@ -1468,11 +1471,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Separador de rótulos de dados", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Nome da série", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Show", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Exibir eixo", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Exibir bordas do gráfico", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Exibir dados em linhas e colunas ocultas", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Exibir células vazias como", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Linhas de grade", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Exibir eixos", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Exibir valores do gráfico", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Minigráfico único", @@ -1492,12 +1493,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Mover e dimensionar com células", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Tipo", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Tipo e Dados", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Tipo, Estilo e
                    Intervalo de dados do Gráfico", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Exibir unidades", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Valor", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Eixo vertical", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Linhas de grade verticais", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Título do eixo vertical", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Título do eixo X", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Título do eixo Y", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Zero", @@ -1512,6 +1510,7 @@ "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.txtEmpty": "Este campo é obrigatório", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "Grupo", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextCustomSort": "Classificação personalizada", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextDataValidation": "Validação de dados", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextRemDuplicates": "Remover duplicatas", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextToCol": "Texto para colunas", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnUngroup": "Desagrupar", @@ -1523,10 +1522,73 @@ "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRightOf": "Colunas de resumo à direita dos detalhes", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRows": "Desagrupar linhas", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipCustomSort": "Classificação personalizada", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipDataValidation": "Validação de dados", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipGroup": "Agrupar intervalo de células", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipRemDuplicates": "Remover linhas duplicadas de uma planilha", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipToColumns": "Separe o texto da célula em colunas", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipUngroup": "Desagrupar intervalo de células", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorFormula": "O valor avaliado atualmente é um erro. Você quer continuar?", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalid": "O valor inserido para o campo \"{0}\" é inválido.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidDate": "A data entrada para o campo \"{0}\" é inválida.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidList": "A fonte da lista deve ser uma lista delimitada, ou uma referência a uma única linha ou coluna.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidTime": "O tempo entrado para o campo \"{0}\" é inválido.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMinGreaterMax": "O campo \"{1}\" deve ser maior ou igual ao campo \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterBothValues": "Você deve inserir um valor nos campos \"{0}\" e \"{1}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterValue": "Você deve inserir um valor no campo \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNamedRange": "Uma faixa nomeada que você especificou não pode ser encontrada.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNegativeTextLength": "Os valores negativos não podem ser utilizados em condições \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNotNumeric": "O campo \"{0}\" deve ser um valor numérico, expressão numérica ou referir-se a uma célula contendo um valor numérico.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strError": "Alerta de erro", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strInput": "Mensagem de entrada", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strSettings": "Configurações", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAlert": "Alerta", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAllow": "Permitir", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textApply": "Aplicar estas mudanças a todas as outras células com as mesmas configurações", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCellSelected": "Quando a célula é selecionada, mostrar esta mensagem de entrada", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCompare": "Compare com", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textData": "Dados", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndDate": "Data de conclusão", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndTime": "Tempo final", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textError": "Mensagem de erro", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textFormula": "Fórmula", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textIgnore": "Ignorar o espaço em branco", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textInput": "Mensagem de entrada", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMax": "Máximo", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMessage": "Mensagem", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMin": "Mínimo", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSelectData": "Selecionar dados", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowDropDown": "Mostrar lista suspensa na célula", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowError": "Mostrar alerta de erro após a inserção de dados inválidos", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowInput": "Mostrar mensagem de entrada quando a célula é selecionada", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSource": "Fonte", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartDate": "Data de início", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartTime": "Hora de início", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStop": "Parar", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStyle": "Estilo", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textTitle": "Título", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textUserEnters": "Quando o usuário inserir dados inválidos, mostrar este alerta de erro", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtAny": "Qualquer valor", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtBetween": "Entre", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDate": "Dados", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDecimal": "Decimal", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtElTime": "Tempo transcorrido", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndDate": "Data de conclusão", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndTime": "Tempo final", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEqual": "É igual a", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThan": "Superior a", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThanOrEqual": "Superior a ou igual a", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLength": "Comprimento", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThan": "Inferior a", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThanOrEqual": "Inferior a ou igual a", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtList": "Lista", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotBetween": "Não entre...", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotEqual": "não é igual a", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtOther": "Outro", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartDate": "Data de início", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartTime": "Hora de início", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTextLength": "Tamanho do texto", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTime": "Tempo", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtWhole": "Número inteiro", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "E", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "igual", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "não termina com", @@ -1637,6 +1699,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCurrency": "Moeda", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomColumnWidth": "Personalizar largura da coluna", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomRowHeight": "Personalizar altura da coluna", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomSort": "Classificação personalizada", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCut": "Cortar", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDate": "Data", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDelete": "Excluir", @@ -1838,6 +1901,7 @@ "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs8": "Em oitavos (4/8)", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCurrency": "Moeda", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustom": "Personalizar", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustomWarning": "Insira o formato de número personalizado com cuidado. O Editor de planilhas não verifica os formatos personalizados em busca de erros que possam afetar o arquivo xlsx.", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtDate": "Data", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtFraction": "Fração", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtGeneral": "Geral", @@ -1981,7 +2045,9 @@ "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSpellcheck": "Verificação ortográfica", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback e Suporte", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MODO DE DESENVOLVEDOR", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Limitar o acesso", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "MODO DE TESTE", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Modo desenvolvedor de teste", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "Salvar", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "Inferior", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLandscape": "Paisagem", @@ -2292,7 +2358,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromFile": "Do Arquivo", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromStorage": "De armazenamento", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromUrl": "Da URL", - "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Gradiente", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Pontos de gradiente", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradientFill": "Preenchimento gradiente", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint270": "Girar 90° no sentido anti-horário", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textHint90": "Girar 90° no sentido horário", @@ -2943,6 +3009,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "Duplicado", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textEmpty": "Nenhuma vista foi criada ainda.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textGoTo": "Ir para a Visualização", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "Digite um nome que tenha menos de 128 caracteres.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "Novo", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "Renomear", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameError": "O nome da vista não deve estar vazio.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ro.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ro.json index 563616b50..3f8f642de 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ro.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ro.json @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "Common.define.chartData.textStock": "Bursiere", "Common.define.chartData.textSurface": "Suprafața", "Common.define.chartData.textWinLossSpark": "Câștig/pierdere", - "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "Fișierul este editat într-o altă aplicație. Puteți continua să editați și salvați ca o copie.", + "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "Fișierul este editat într-o altă aplicație. Puteți continua să editați și să-l salvați ca o copie.", "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "Adăugare culoarea particularizată nouă", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSize.txtNoBorders": "Fără borduri", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSizeEditable.txtNoBorders": "Fără borduri", @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Înlocuire", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Înlocuire peste tot", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Nu afișa acest mesaj din nou", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Documentul a fost modificat de către un alt utilizator.
                    Salvați modificările făcute de dumneavoastră și reîmprospătați documentul.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Documentul a fost modificat de către un alt utilizator.
                    Salvați modificările făcute de dumneavoastră și reîmprospătați documentul.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Culori standard", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Culori temă", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Anulare", @@ -297,9 +297,12 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Coloane", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Rânduri", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "Text în coloane", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtDataValidation": "Validarea datelor", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "Extindere", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpandRemDuplicates": "Datele lângă selecție nu se vor elimina. Doriți să extindeți selecția pentru a include datele adiacente sau doriți să continuați cu selecția curentă?", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExtendDataValidation": "Zona selectată conține celulele pentru care regulile de validare a datelor nu sunt configutare.
                    Doriți să aplicați regulile de validare acestor celule?", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemDuplicates": "Eliminare dubluri", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemoveDataValidation": "Zona selectată conține mai multe tipuri de validare.
                    Vreți să ștergeți setările curente și să continuați? ", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemSelected": "Continuare în selecția curentă", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "Aliniere", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "La centru", @@ -585,6 +588,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "La moment, alcineva lucrează la documentul. Vă rugăm să încercați mai târziu.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Acces refuzat", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "S-a produs o eroare în timpul încercării de salvare a fișierului.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Salvarea sau crearea fișierului imposibilă.
                    Cauzele posibile:
                    1. Fișierul s-s deschis doar în citire.
                    2. Fișierul este editat de alt utilizator.
                    3. Hard-disk-ul ori este plin, ori are un defect anume.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Pregătire pentru salvare", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Pregătire pentru salvare. Vă rugăm să așteptați...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Salvarea foii de calcul...", @@ -876,6 +880,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Imposibil de șters foaia de calcul.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "Foaie", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTip": "Sunteți în modul de vizualizare foi. Filtre și sortare sunt vizibile numai de către dvs. și alți utilizatori care sunt în vizualizarea dată în acest moment.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTipFilters": "Sunteți în modul de Afișare foaie. Criteriile de filtrare sunt vizibile numai pentru dumneavoastră și altor persoane în afișare.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "Foile de calcul selectate pot conține datele. Sigur doriți să continuați?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "Fonturi pe care doriți să le salvați nu sunt disponibile pe acest dispozitiv.
                    Textul va apărea scris cu fontul și stilul disponibil pe sistem, fontul salvat va fi aplicat de îndată ce devine disponibil.
                    Doriți să continuați?", @@ -1227,7 +1232,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "Operațiunea pe care doriți să o efectuați poate dura destul de mult timp
                    Sigur doriți să continuați?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "În celula îmbinată se afișează numai conținutul celulei din stânga sus.
                    Sunteți sigur că doriți să continuați?", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "Înghețare panouri", - "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow:": "Afișare umbră pentru panouri înghețate", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow": "Afișare umbră pentru panouri înghețate", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "Ascundere bară de formule", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "Ascundere linii de grilă", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "Ascundere titluri", @@ -1396,15 +1401,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Jos", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Nume de categorie", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "La centru", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elementele diagramei &
                    Legenda diagramei", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elementele diagramei &
                    Legenda diagramei", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Titlu diagramă", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Traversare", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Particularizat", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "în coloane", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Etichetele de date", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Zonă de date", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "în rânduri", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Serii de date", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Afișare legendă", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Celulele ascunse sau libere", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Conectați puncte de date cu linie", @@ -1416,9 +1419,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Ascunde", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Ridicată", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Axă orizontală", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Liniile de grilă orizontale", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Orizontală", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Titlu de axă orizontală", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Sute", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1470,11 +1471,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Separator etichete de date", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Nume serie", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Afișează", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Afișare axă", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Afișarea bordurei de diagramă", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Se afișează datele din rândurile și coloanele ascunse", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Afișare celule goale ca", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Linii de grilă", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Afișare axe", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Afișarea valorilor de diagramă", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Singură diagramă sparkline", @@ -1494,12 +1493,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Mutare și dimensionare cu celulele", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Tip", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Tip și date", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Tip, stil diagramă &
                    Zonă de date", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Unități de afișare", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Valoare", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Axa verticală", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Linii de grilă verticale", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Titlul axei verticale", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Titlul axei X", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Titlul axei Y", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Zero", @@ -1514,6 +1510,7 @@ "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.txtEmpty": "Câmp obligatoriu", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "Grupare", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextCustomSort": "Sortare particularizată", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextDataValidation": "Validarea datelor", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextRemDuplicates": "Eliminare dubluri", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextToCol": "Text în coloane", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnUngroup": "Anularea grupării", @@ -1525,10 +1522,73 @@ "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRightOf": "Rezumat coloane la dreapta detaliilor", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRows": "Anularea grupării rândurilor", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipCustomSort": "Sortare particularizată", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipDataValidation": "Validarea datelor", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipGroup": "Grupare zonă de celule", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipRemDuplicates": "Eliminarea rândurilor dublate dintr-o foaie", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipToColumns": "Scindarea textului din celulă în coloane", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipUngroup": "Anularea grupării zonei de celule", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorFormula": "Valoarea este evaluată la o eroare în momentul de faţă. Doriți să continuați?", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalid": "Valoarea pe care ați introdus-o în câmpul \"{0}\" nu este validă.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidDate": "Data introdusă în câmpul \"{0}\" nu este validă.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidList": "Sursa listei trebuie să fie o listă delimitată, sau o referire la un singur rând sau coloană.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidTime": "Ora introdusă în câmpul \"{0}\" nu este validă.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMinGreaterMax": "Câmpul \"{1}\" trebuie să fie mai mare sau egal cu câmpul \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterBothValues": "Valoarea trebuie introdusă în ambele câmpuri \"{0}\" și \"{1}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterValue": "Valoarea trebuie introdusă în câmpul \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNamedRange": "Zona denumită specificată nu este de găsit.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNegativeTextLength": "Valorile negative nu sunt permise în condiționale \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNotNumeric": "Câmpul \"{0}\" trebuie să conțină o valoare numerică, o expresie numerică, sau o referire la celula care conține o valoare numerică.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strError": "Alertă de eroare", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strInput": "Mesaj de intrare", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strSettings": "Setări", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAlert": "Alertă", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAllow": "Permite", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textApply": "Schimbările sunt aplicate altor celulele cu aceleași setări ", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCellSelected": "Afișează acest mesaj de intrare atunci când celula este selectată", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCompare": "Compară cu", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textData": "Date", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndDate": "Data de sfârșit ", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndTime": "Ora de terminare", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textError": "Mesaj de eroare", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textFormula": "Formula", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textIgnore": "Ignorare spații necompletate", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textInput": "Mesaj de intrare", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMax": "Maxim", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMessage": "Mesaj", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMin": "Minim", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSelectData": "Selectare date", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowDropDown": "Afișare lista derulantă în celulă", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowError": "Afișarea alertei de eroare după ce se introduc date nevalide", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowInput": "Afișarea mesajului de intrare atunci când este selectată celula", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSource": "Sursă", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartDate": "Data de început", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartTime": "Ora de început", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStop": "Oprire", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStyle": "Stil", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textTitle": "Titlu", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textUserEnters": "Afișează această alertă de eroare atunci când utilizatorul introduce datele nevalide", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtAny": "Orice valoare", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtBetween": "între", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDate": "Data", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDecimal": "Zecimal", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtElTime": "Timpul scurs", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndDate": "Data de sfârșit ", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndTime": "Ora de terminare", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEqual": "Este egal cu", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThan": "Mai mare decât", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThanOrEqual": "Mai mare sau egal", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLength": "Lungime", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThan": "mai mic decât", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThanOrEqual": "mai mic sau egal", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtList": "Listă", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotBetween": "nu între", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotEqual": "nu este egal cu", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtOther": "Altă", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartDate": "Data de început", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartTime": "Ora de început", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTextLength": "Lungime text", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTime": "Oră", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtWhole": "Număr întreg", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "Și", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "este egal cu", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "nu se termină cu", @@ -1639,6 +1699,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCurrency": "Monedă", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomColumnWidth": "Lățimea particularizată coloană ", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomRowHeight": "Înălțimea particularizată de rând", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomSort": "Sortare particularizată", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCut": "Decupare", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDate": "Data", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDelete": "Ștergere", @@ -1840,6 +1901,7 @@ "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs8": "Ca optimi (4/8)", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCurrency": "Monedă", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustom": "Particularizat", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustomWarning": "Vă rugăm să tastați formatul numeric particularizat cu atenție. Spreadsheet Editor nu verifică formate particularizate pentru a detecta posibilele erori, ceea ce poate afecta fișierul xlsx.", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtDate": "Data", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtFraction": "Fracție", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtGeneral": "General", @@ -1985,7 +2047,7 @@ "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MOD DEZVOLTATOR", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Limitare acces", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "PERIOADĂ DE PROBĂ", - "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Versiunea de încercare a modului dezvoltator", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Mod dezvoltator de încercare", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "Salvează", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "Jos", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLandscape": "Vedere", @@ -2947,6 +3009,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "Dubluri", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textEmpty": "Nicio vizualizare nu a fost creată până când.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textGoTo": "Salt la vizualizarea", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "Numărul maxim de caractere dintr-un nume este 128 caractere.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "Nou", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "Redenumire", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameError": "Numele de vizualizare trebuie completată.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ru.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ru.json index 696f44d10..c14fb37fe 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ru.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/ru.json @@ -297,9 +297,12 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Столбцы", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Строки", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "Текст по столбцам", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtDataValidation": "Проверка данных", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "Развернуть", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpandRemDuplicates": "Данные рядом с выделенным диапазоном не будут удалены. Вы хотите расширить выделенный диапазон, чтобы включить данные из смежных ячеек, или продолжить только с выделенным диапазоном?", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExtendDataValidation": "Выделенная область содержит ячейки без условий на значения.
                    Вы хотите распространить условия на эти ячейки?", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemDuplicates": "Удалить дубликаты", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemoveDataValidation": "Выделенная область содержит более одного условия.
                    Удалить текущие параметры и продолжить?", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemSelected": "Удалить в выделенном диапазоне", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "Выравнивание", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "По центру", @@ -585,6 +588,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "В настоящее время документ редактируется. Пожалуйста, попробуйте позже.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Доступ запрещен", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "При сохранении файла произошла ошибка.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "Нельзя сохранить или создать этот файл.
                    Возможные причины:
                    1. Файл доступен только для чтения.
                    2. Файл редактируется другими пользователями.
                    3. Диск заполнен или поврежден.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Подготовка к сохранению", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Подготовка к сохранению. Пожалуйста, подождите...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Сохранение электронной таблицы...", @@ -604,7 +608,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Платная функция", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPleaseWait": "Операция может занять больше времени, чем предполагалось. Пожалуйста, подождите...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRecalcFormulas": "Вычисление формул...", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Запомнить мой выбор", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Запомнить мой выбор для всех файлов", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Фигура", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Строгий режим", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Функции отмены и повтора действий отключены в Быстром режиме совместного редактирования.
                    Нажмите на кнопку 'Строгий режим' для переключения в Строгий режим совместного редактирования, чтобы редактировать файл без вмешательства других пользователей и отправлять изменения только после того, как вы их сохраните. Переключаться между режимами совместного редактирования можно с помощью Дополнительных параметров редактора.", @@ -854,6 +858,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Текущее значение масштаба страницы в браузере поддерживается не полностью. Вернитесь к масштабу по умолчанию, нажав Ctrl+0", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1. Этот документ будет открыт только на просмотр.
                    Свяжитесь с администратором, чтобы узнать больше.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
                    Обновите лицензию, а затем обновите страницу.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
                    Нет доступа к функциональности редактирования документов.
                    Пожалуйста, обратитесь к администратору.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Необходимо обновить лицензию.
                    У вас ограниченный доступ к функциональности редактирования документов.
                    Пожалуйста, обратитесь к администратору, чтобы получить полный доступ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Вы достигли лимита на количество пользователей редакторов %1.
                    Свяжитесь с администратором, чтобы узнать больше.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1. Этот документ будет открыт на просмотр.
                    Напишите в отдел продаж %1, чтобы обсудить индивидуальные условия лицензирования.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1.
                    Напишите в отдел продаж %1, чтобы обсудить индивидуальные условия лицензирования.", @@ -874,6 +880,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Не удалось удалить лист.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "Лист", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTip": "Вы находитесь в режиме представления листа. Фильтры и сортировка видны только вам и тем, кто также находится в этом представлении.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textSheetViewTipFilters": "Вы находитесь в режиме представления листа. Фильтры видны только вам и тем, кто также находится в этом представлении.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "Выбранный рабочий лист может содержать данные. Вы действительно хотите продолжить?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Масштаб {0}%", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "Шрифт, который вы хотите сохранить, недоступен на этом устройстве.
                    Стиль текста будет отображаться с помощью одного из системных шрифтов. Сохраненный шрифт будет использоваться, когда он станет доступен.
                    Вы хотите продолжить?", @@ -1225,7 +1232,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnLongOperation": "Для завершения операции, которую вы собираетесь выполнить, может потребоваться довольно много времени.
                    Вы действительно хотите продолжить?", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "В объединенной ячейке останутся только данные из левой верхней ячейки.
                    Вы действительно хотите продолжить?", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanes": "Закрепить области", - "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow:": "Показывать тень для закрепленных областей", + "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textFreezePanesShadow": "Показывать тень для закрепленных областей", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideFBar": "Скрыть строку формул", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "Скрыть линии сетки", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "Скрыть заголовки", @@ -1400,9 +1407,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Пользовательский", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "в столбцах", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Подписи данных", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Диапазон данных", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "в строках", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Ряд данных", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Показывать легенду", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Скрытые и пустые ячейки", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Соединять точки данных линиями", @@ -1414,9 +1419,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Скрыть", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Выше", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Горизонтальная ось", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Горизонтальные линии", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "По горизонтали", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Название горизонтальной оси", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Сотни", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1468,11 +1471,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Разделитель подписей данных", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Имя ряда", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Показать", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Показывать ось", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Показывать границы диаграммы", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Показывать данные в скрытых строках и столбцах", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Показывать пустые ячейки как", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Линии сетки", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Показывать ось", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Показывать значения диаграммы", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Отдельный спарклайн", @@ -1492,12 +1493,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Тип", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Тип и данные", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Тип, стиль диаграммы и
                    диапазон данных", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Единицы отображения", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Значение", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Вертикальная ось", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Вертикальные линии", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Название вертикальной оси", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Название оси X", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Название оси Y", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Нулевые значения", @@ -1512,6 +1510,7 @@ "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.txtEmpty": "Это поле необходимо заполнить", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "Сгруппировать", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextCustomSort": "Настраиваемая сортировка", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextDataValidation": "Проверка данных", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextRemDuplicates": "Удалить дубликаты", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextToCol": "Текст по столбцам", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnUngroup": "Разгруппировать", @@ -1523,10 +1522,73 @@ "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRightOf": "Итоги в столбцах справа от данных", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRows": "Разгруппировать строки", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipCustomSort": "Настраиваемая сортировка", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipDataValidation": "Проверка данных", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipGroup": "Сгруппировать диапазон ячеек", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipRemDuplicates": "Удалить повторяющиеся строки с листа", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipToColumns": "Разделить текст ячейки по столбцам", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipUngroup": "Разгруппировать диапазон ячеек", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorFormula": "При вычислении значения возникает ошибка. Вы хотите продолжить?", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalid": "В поле \"{0}\" введено недопустимое значение.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidDate": "В поле \"{0}\" введена недопустимая дата.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidList": "Источник списка должен быть списком с разделителями или ссылкой на одну строку или столбец.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorInvalidTime": "В поле \"{0}\" введено недопустимое время.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMinGreaterMax": "Значение поля \"{1}\" должно быть больше или равно значению поля \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterBothValues": "Необходимо ввести значение и в поле \"{0}\", и в поле \"{1}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorMustEnterValue": "Необходимо ввести значение в поле \"{0}\".", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNamedRange": "Указанный именованный диапазон не найден.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNegativeTextLength": "В условиях \"{0}\" нельзя использовать отрицательные значения.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNotNumeric": "Поле \"{0}\" должно содержать числовое значение, численное выражение или ссылку на ячейку с числовым значением.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strError": "Сообщение об ошибке", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strInput": "Подсказка по вводу", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strSettings": "Настройки", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAlert": "Предупреждение", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAllow": "Разрешить", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textApply": "Распространить изменения на все другие ячейки с тем же условием", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCellSelected": "При выборе ячейки отображать следующую подсказку", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCompare": "Сравнить с", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textData": "Данные", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndDate": "Дата окончания", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textEndTime": "Время окончания", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textError": "Сообщение об ошибке", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textFormula": "Формула", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textIgnore": "Игнорировать пустые ячейки", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textInput": "Подсказка по вводу", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMax": "Максимум", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMessage": "Сообщение", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMin": "Минимум", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSelectData": "Выбор данных", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowDropDown": "Показывать раскрывающийся список в ячейке", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowError": "Выводить сообщение об ошибке", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textShowInput": "Отображать подсказку, если ячейка является текущей", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSource": "Источник", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartDate": "Дата начала", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStartTime": "Время начала", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStop": "Стоп", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStyle": "Стиль", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textTitle": "Заголовок", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textUserEnters": "При попытке ввода недопустимых данных отображать сообщение", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtAny": "Любое значение", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtBetween": "между", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDate": "Дата", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDecimal": "Десятичное число", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtElTime": "Прошло времени", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndDate": "Дата окончания", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEndTime": "Время окончания", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEqual": "равно", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThan": "больше", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThanOrEqual": "больше или равно", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLength": "Длина", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThan": "меньше", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThanOrEqual": "меньше или равно", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtList": "Список", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotBetween": "не между", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotEqual": "не равно", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtOther": "Другое", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartDate": "Дата начала", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtStartTime": "Время начала", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTextLength": "Длина текста", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTime": "Время", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtWhole": "Целое число", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "И", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "равно", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "не заканчивается на", @@ -1637,6 +1699,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCurrency": "Денежный", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomColumnWidth": "Особая ширина столбца", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomRowHeight": "Особая высота строки", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomSort": "Настраиваемая сортировка", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCut": "Вырезать", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDate": "Дата", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDelete": "Удалить", @@ -1838,6 +1901,7 @@ "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAs8": "Восьмыми долями (4/8)", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCurrency": "Денежный", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustom": "Особый", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustomWarning": "Вводите пользовательский числовой формат внимательно. Редактор электронных таблиц не проверяет пользовательские форматы на ошибки, что может повлиять на файл xlsx.", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtDate": "Дата", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtFraction": "Дробный", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtGeneral": "Общий", @@ -1908,7 +1972,7 @@ "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textRight": "Справа", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textScale": "Изменять масштаб вместе с документом", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSheet": "Имя листа", - "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textStrikeout": "Зачеркнутый", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textStrikeout": "Зачёркнутый", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSubscript": "Подстрочный", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textSuperscript": "Надстрочный", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textTime": "Время", @@ -1981,7 +2045,9 @@ "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSpellcheck": "Проверка орфографии", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Обратная связь и поддержка", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "РЕЖИМ РАЗРАБОТЧИКА", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "Ограниченный доступ", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "ПРОБНЫЙ РЕЖИМ", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrialDev": "Пробный режим разработчика", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "Сохранить", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "Снизу", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLandscape": "Альбомная", @@ -2530,7 +2596,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtSpelling": "Орфография", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemCopyToEnd": "(Скопировать в конец)", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemMoveToEnd": "(Переместить в конец)", - "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textCopyBefore": "Скопировать перед листом", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textCopyBefore": "Вставить перед листом", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textMoveBefore": "Переместить перед листом", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredRecordsText": "Отфильтрованно записей: {0} из {1}", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredText": "Режим фильтрации", @@ -2748,7 +2814,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textScale": "Масштаб", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textScaleCustom": "Особый", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textSetPrintArea": "Задать область печати", - "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Зачеркнутый", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Зачёркнутый", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Подстрочные знаки", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textSubSuperscript": "Подстрочные/надстрочные знаки", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Надстрочные знаки", @@ -2943,6 +3009,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "Дублировать", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textEmpty": "Представления еще не созданы.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textGoTo": "Перейти к представлению", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "Введите имя длиной менее 128 символов.", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "Новое", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "Переименовать", "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRenameError": "Имя представления не должно быть пустым.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/sk.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/sk.json index 433cbbde8..ce9613b94 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/sk.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/sk.json @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Nahradiť", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Nahradiť všetko", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Už nezobrazovať túto správu", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument bol zmenený ďalším používateľom.
                    Prosím, kliknite na uloženie zmien a opätovne načítajte aktualizácie.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument bol zmenený ďalším používateľom.
                    Prosím, kliknite na uloženie zmien a opätovne načítajte aktualizácie.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Štandardné farby", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Farebné témy", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Zrušiť", @@ -58,8 +58,13 @@ "Common.Views.About.txtPoweredBy": "Poháňaný ", "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "tel.:", "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "Verzia", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "Pridať", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textApplyAsWork": "Použite počas práce", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAutoFormat": "Autoformátovať počas písania", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "Od", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textTitle": "Automatická oprava", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnResetRec": "Akýkoľvek vami pridaný výraz bude odstránený a tie, ktoré ste odstránili budú prinavrátené späť. Chcete pokračovať?", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReset": "Akákoľvek automatická oprava bude odstránená a zmeny budú vrátené na pôvodné hodnoty. Chcete pokračovať?", "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "Poslať", "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "Pridať", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "Pridať komentár", @@ -109,6 +114,8 @@ "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.textUrl": "Vložte URL adresu obrázka:", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtEmpty": "Toto pole sa vyžaduje", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtNotUrl": "Toto pole by malo byť vo formáte 'http://www.example.com'", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.textBulleted": "S odrážkami", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.tipChange": "Zmeniť odrážku", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtBullet": "Odrážka", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtColor": "Farba", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNone": "žiadny", @@ -187,6 +194,8 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textCancel": "Zrušiť", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textClose": "Zatvoriť", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textEdit": "OK", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMention": "+zmienka poskytne prístup k dokumentu a odošle mail", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMentionNotify": "+zmienka upovedomí užívateľa mailom", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textOpenAgain": "Znova otvoriť", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textReply": "Odpovedať", "Common.Views.SaveAsDlg.textLoading": "Načítavanie", @@ -209,11 +218,15 @@ "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "Meno", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Pokyny pre signatára", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCharacter": "Symbol", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDCQuote": "Uzatvárajúca úvodzovka", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textFont": "Písmo", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textQEmSpace": "Medzera 1/4 Em", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRange": "Rozsah", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSCQuote": "Uzatvárajúca úvodzovka", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "Symboly", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "Symbol", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Stĺpce", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Riadky", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "Expandovať/rozšíriť", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.alignmentText": "Zarovnanie", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "Stred", @@ -230,6 +243,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.leftText": "Vľavo", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Upozornenie", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.rightText": "Vpravo", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textAutoCorrectSettings": "Možnosti autokorekcie", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeColumnWidth": "Šírka stĺpca {0} symboly ({1} pixely)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeRowHeight": "Výška riadku {0} bodov ({1} pixelov)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCtrlClick": "Stlačte CTRL a kliknite na odkaz", @@ -252,6 +266,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtAnd": "a", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBegins": "Začať s", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBelowAve": "Podpriemerný", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBlanks": "(Prázdne)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBorderProps": "Vlastnosti orámovania", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBottom": "Dole", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtColumn": "Stĺpec", @@ -398,6 +413,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterDataRange": "Operáciu nemožno vykonať pre vybraný rozsah buniek.
                    Vyberte jednotný dátový rozsah, iný ako existujúci, a skúste to znova.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterHiddenRange": "Operáciu nemožno vykonať, pretože oblasť obsahuje filtrované bunky.
                    Odkryte filtrované prvky a skúste to znova.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "Adresa URL obrázku je nesprávna", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCannotUngroup": "Nemožno zrušiť zoskupenie. Pre začatie náčrtu, vyberte podrobné riadky alebo stĺpce a zoskupte ich.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeArray": "Nie je možné meniť časť poľa.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Serverové pripojenie sa stratilo. Práve teraz nie je možné dokument upravovať.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Dokument sa nepodarilo uložiť. Prosím, skontrolujte nastavenia pripojenia alebo kontaktujte správcu.
                    Po kliknutí na tlačidlo 'OK' sa zobrazí výzva na prevzatie dokumentu.", @@ -498,11 +514,15 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtAll": "(všetko)", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Váš text tu", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Základné tvary", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBlank": "(prázdne)", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Tlačidlá", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtByField": "%1 z %2", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "Popisky obrázku", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Grafy", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtClearFilter": "Vyčistiť filter", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtColLbls": "Značky stĺpcov", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtColumn": "Stĺpec", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtConfidential": "Dôverné", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDate": "Dátum", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Názov grafu", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Nastaviť režim úprav...", @@ -527,6 +547,9 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bevel": "Skosenie", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_blockArc": "Časť kruhu", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bracePair": "Dvojitá zátvorka", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_can": "Môže", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_chevron": "Chevron", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_circularArrow": "okrúhla šípka", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloud": "Cloud", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_corner": "Roh", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cube": "Kocka", @@ -1021,6 +1044,7 @@ "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textFill": "Vyplniť", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textForeground": "Farba popredia", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradient": "Prechod", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientColor": "Farba", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientFill": "Výplň prechodom", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textLinear": "Lineárny", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textNoFill": "Bez výplne", @@ -1028,7 +1052,14 @@ "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPattern": "Vzor", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPatternFill": "Vzor", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textRadial": "Kruhový", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Pridať spádový bod", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipInnerVert": "Nastaviť len vertikálne vnútorné čiary", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textAdd": "Pridať", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textData": "Rozsah údajov grafu", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textTitle": "Údaje grafu", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtAxisLabel": "Rozsah osovej značky", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtChoose": "Vyber rozsah", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtTitleCategory": "Osové značky", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strLineWeight": "Hrúbka čiary", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strSparkColor": "Farba", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strTemplate": "Šablóna", @@ -1069,15 +1100,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Dole", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Meno kategórie", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Stred", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elementy grafu &
                    Legenda grafu", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elementy grafu &
                    Legenda grafu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Názov grafu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Pretínať", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Vlastný", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "V stĺpcoch", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Popisky dát", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Rozsah údajov", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "V riadkoch", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Dátové rady", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Zobraziť legendu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Skryté a prázdne bunky", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Spojiť dátové body s riadkom", @@ -1089,9 +1118,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Skryť", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Vysoko", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Vodorovná os", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Horizontálne mriežky", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Vodorovný", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Názov horizontálnej osi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Stovky", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1142,15 +1169,14 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Oddeľovače popisiek dát", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Názvy radov", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Zobraziť", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Zobraziť os", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Zobraziť okraje grafu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Zobraziť údaje v skrytých riadkoch a stĺpcoch", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Zobraziť prázdne bunky ako", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Mriežky", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Zobraziť os", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Zobraziť hodnoty grafu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Jednoduchý Sparkline", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSmooth": "Plynulý", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSnap": "Prichytenie bunky", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSparkRanges": "Sparkline - Rozsahy", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textStraight": "Priamy/rovný", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textStyle": "Štýl", @@ -1164,19 +1190,25 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "Bilióny", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Typ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Typ a údaje", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Typ grafu, štýl &
                    Rozsah údajov", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Zobrazovacie jednotky", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Hodnota", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Vertikálna os", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Vertikálne mriežky", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Názov vertikálnej osi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Názov osi X", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Názov osi Y", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Nula", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.txtEmpty": "Toto pole sa vyžaduje", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textDestination": "Vybrať kam sa tabuľka umiestni", "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textInvalidRange": "Neplatný rozsah buniek", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "Skupina", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnUngroup": "Oddeliť", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.textClear": "Vyčistiť obrys", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.errorNamedRange": "Rozsah názvu, aký ste špecifikovali, nemožno nájsť.", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAlert": "Upozornenie", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAllow": "Povoliť", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textApply": "Použiť tieto zmeny na všetky ostatné bunky s rovnakými nastaveniami", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textCompare": "Porovnať s ", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtAny": "Akákoľvek hodnota", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtBetween": "medzi", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "a", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "rovná se", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "Nekončí s", @@ -1448,16 +1480,21 @@ "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.textListDescription": "Vybrať funkciu", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtTitle": "Vložiť funkciu", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textAutomatic": "Automaticky", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textCalculateCurrentSheet": "Vypočítať aktuálny hárok", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textCalculateWorkbook": "Vyrátať pracovný zošit", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textManual": "Manuál", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.tipCalculate": "Vyrátať", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.tipCalculateTheEntireWorkbook": "Vyrátať celý pracovný zošit", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtAdditional": "Ďalšie", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtAutosum": "Automatický súčet", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtAutosumTip": "Suma", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtCalculation": "Kalkulácia", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormula": "Funkcia", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormulaTip": "Vložiť funkciu", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textAny": "ktorýkoľvek", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textArgument": "Argument", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunction": "Funkcia", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Stĺpce", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Riadky", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAlign": "Zarovnať s okrajmi stránky", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAll": "Všetky stránky", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textBold": "Tučné", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textCenter": "Stred", @@ -1524,6 +1561,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Názov", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAngle": "Uhol", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textFlipped": "Prevrátený", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "Prichytenie bunky", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Obrázok - Pokročilé nastavenia", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textVertically": "Zvisle", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "O aplikácii", @@ -1645,6 +1683,7 @@ "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "Nekončí s", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition11": "Obsahuje", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition12": "Neobsahuje", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition13": "medzi", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition2": "nerovná sa", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition3": "je väčšie ako", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition4": "je väčšie alebo rovné ", @@ -1660,6 +1699,10 @@ "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textColumns": "Stĺpce", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textRows": "Riadky", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textValues": "Hodnoty", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtAddColumn": "Pridať k stĺpcom", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtAddFilter": "Pridať k filtrom", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtAddRow": "Pridať k riadkom", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtAddValues": "Pridať k hodnotám", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Alternatívny text", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Popis", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Názov", @@ -1667,6 +1710,10 @@ "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textDataSource": "Dátový zdroj", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textInvalidRange": "CHYBA! Neplatný rozsah buniek", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.txtName": "Meno", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capBlankRows": "Prázdne riadky", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textColBanded": "Zoskupené stĺpce", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textColHeader": "Záhlavia stĺpcov", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.textRowBanded": "Zoskupené riadky", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtCreate": "Vložiť tabuľku", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtSelect": "Vybrať", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.btnDownload": "Uložiť a stiahnuť", @@ -1705,6 +1752,7 @@ "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFirstRow": "Prvý riadok", "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textInvalidRange": "CHYBA! Neplatný rozsah buniek", "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textColumns": "Stĺpce", + "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtCellSettings": "Nastavenia buniek", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtChartSettings": "Nastavenia grafu", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtImageSettings": "Nastavenie obrázka", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtParagraphSettings": "Nastavenia textu", @@ -1732,6 +1780,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strTransparency": "Priehľadnosť", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strType": "Typ", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAdvanced": "Zobraziť pokročilé nastavenia", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAngle": "Uhol", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "Zadaná hodnota je nesprávna.
                    Prosím, zadajte hodnotu medzi 0 pt a 1584 pt.", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textColor": "Vyplniť farbou", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textDirection": "Smer", @@ -1756,6 +1805,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "Štýl", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTexture": "Z textúry", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTile": "Dlaždica", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Pridať spádový bod", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Hnedý/baliaci papier", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCanvas": "Plátno", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCarton": "Kartón", @@ -1793,9 +1843,11 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "Vľavo", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textLineStyle": "Štýl čiary", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textMiter": "Sklon", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textOverflow": "Povoliť textu presiahnuť tvar", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRight": "Vpravo", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textRound": "Zaoblené", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSize": "Veľkosť", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "Prichytenie bunky", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSpacing": "Medzera medzi stĺpcami", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSquare": "Štvorec", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTextBox": "Textové pole", @@ -1815,6 +1867,7 @@ "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textDesc": "Zostupne", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textHeight": "Výška", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textHor": "Vodorovný", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textKeepRatio": "Nemenné rozmery", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textPosition": "Pozícia", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textSize": "Veľkosť", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textVert": "Zvislý", @@ -1833,17 +1886,22 @@ "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textDesc": "Zostupne", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textKeepRatio": "Konštantné rozmery", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textName": "Názov", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "Prichytenie bunky", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSort": "Zoradiť", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textZA": "Z po A", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorEmpty": "Všetky kritériá triedenia musia mať špecifikovaný stĺpec alebo riadok.", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAdd": "Pridať úroveň", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAsc": "Vzostupne", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAuto": "Automaticky", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAZ": "A po Z", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textBelow": "pod", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textCellColor": "Farba bunky", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textColumn": "Stĺpec", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textDesc": "Zostupne", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textFontColor": "Farba písma", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textLeft": "Vľavo", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textMoreCols": "(Viac stĺpcov...)", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textMoreRows": "(Viac riadkov...)", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textNone": "žiadny", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textOptions": "Možnosti", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textOrder": "Objednávka", @@ -1855,10 +1913,13 @@ "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textZA": "Z po A", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.txtInvalidRange": "Neplatný rozsah buněk.", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.txtTitle": "Zoradiť", + "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.textAsc": "Vzostupne (od A po Z) podľa", "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.txtTitle": "Zoradiť", + "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textCase": "Rozlišovať veľkosť písmen", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textOrientation": "Orientácia", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAdd": "Pridať", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAll": "Všetky", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textColWidth": "Šírky stĺpcov", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textComments": "Komentáre", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFormulas": "Vzorce", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textMult": "Viacnásobný", @@ -1867,7 +1928,9 @@ "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textPaste": "Vložiť", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTranspose": "Premiestňovať", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textValues": "Hodnoty", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textWBorders": "Všetko okrem okrajov", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textChange": "Zmeniť", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textChangeAll": "Zmeniť všetko", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textIgnore": "Ignorovať", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textIgnoreAll": "Ignorovať všetko", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtAddToDictionary": "Pridať do slovníka", @@ -1965,6 +2028,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strStroke": "Obrys", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strTransparency": "Priehľadnosť", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strType": "Typ", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textAngle": "Uhol", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "Zadaná hodnota je nesprávna.
                    Prosím, zadajte hodnotu medzi 0 pt a 1584 pt.", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textColor": "Vyplniť farbou", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textDirection": "Smer", @@ -1985,6 +2049,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTexture": "Z textúry", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTile": "Dlaždica", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "Transformovať", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "Pridať spádový bod", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Hnedý/baliaci papier", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCanvas": "Plátno", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCarton": "Kartón", @@ -2015,6 +2080,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertText": "Textové pole", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromFile": "Obrázok zo súboru", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromUrl": "Obrázok z URL adresy", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAddPrintArea": "Pridať k oblasti tlačenia", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignBottom": "Zarovnať dole", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignCenter": "Centrovať", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignJust": "Podľa okrajov", @@ -2030,6 +2096,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBottom": "Dole:", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBottomBorders": "Spodné orámovanie", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textCenterBorders": "Vnútorné vertikálne orámovanie", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textClearPrintArea": "Vyčistiť oblasť tlačenia", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textClockwise": "Otočiť v smere hodinových ručičiek", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textCounterCw": "Otočiť proti smeru hodinových ručičiek", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textDelLeft": "Posunúť bunky vľavo", @@ -2217,11 +2284,16 @@ "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTitle": "Top 10 automatického filtra", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTop": "Hore", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtAverage": "Priemer", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtBaseField": "Základné pole", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtBaseItem": "Základná položka", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtByField": "%1 z %2", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCount": "Počet", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtIndex": "Index", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtMax": "Max", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtMin": "Min", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtProduct": "Produkt", - "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSum": "SÚČET" + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSum": "SÚČET", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.closeButtonText": "Zatvoriť", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textClose": "Zatvoriť", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipClose": "Zatvoriť zobrazenie hárka" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/sl.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/sl.json index 207a2f85d..fffc4c58a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/sl.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/sl.json @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Zamenjaj", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Zamenjaj vse", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Tega sporočila ne prikaži več", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument je spremenil drug uporabnik.
                    Prosim pritisnite za shranjevanje svojih sprememb in osvežitev posodobitev.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokument je spremenil drug uporabnik.
                    Prosim pritisnite za shranjevanje svojih sprememb in osvežitev posodobitev.", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Prekliči", "Common.UI.Window.closeButtonText": "Zapri", "Common.UI.Window.noButtonText": "Ne", @@ -50,7 +50,9 @@ "Common.Views.About.txtPoweredBy": "Poganja", "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "tel.: ", "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "Različica", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "Dodaj", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "Od", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "Izbriši", "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "Pošlji", "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "Dodaj", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "Dodaj", @@ -75,15 +77,19 @@ "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToPaste": "za Lepljenje", "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textLoading": "Nalaganje...", "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textTitle": "Nastavitve deljenja", + "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabel": "Oznaka:", + "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabelError": "Oznaka ne more biti prazna", "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Napredne nastavitve", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Pojdi v dokumente", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Vse spremembe shranjene", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Vse spremembe shranjene", + "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Prenesi datoteko", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Spremeni pravice dostopa", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.textUrl": "Prilepi URL slike:", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtEmpty": "To polje je obvezno", "Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog.txtNotUrl": "To polje mora biti URL v \"http://www.example.com\" formatu", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtColor": "Barva", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtNone": "Nič", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtOfText": "% od besedila", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Zapri datoteko", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtAdvanced": "Napredne nastavitve", @@ -91,16 +97,23 @@ "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtComma": "Vejica", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtDelimiter": "Ločilo", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Kodiranje", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Geslo je napačno", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Geslo", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtSpace": "Razmik", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTab": "Zavihek", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Izberi %1 možnosti", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Potrditev gesla se ne ujema", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Geslo", + "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Razširitve", + "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "Razširitve", "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "Spremeni ali odstrani geslo", "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "Dodaj digitalni podpid ali podpisno črto", "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "Dodaj geslo", "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "Spremeni geslo", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "Odstrani geslo", "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Dodaj digitalni podpis", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Dodaj podpisno črto", + "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Ime datoteke", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "Sprejmi", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Sprejmi vse spremembe", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Sprejmi spremembe", @@ -108,15 +121,30 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Zapri", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Vse spremembe so sprejete (Predogled)", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "Vse spremembe zavrnjene (Predogled)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Način pogleda", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAdd": "Dodaj", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAddReply": "Dodaj odgovor", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textCancel": "Prekliči", "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textClose": "Zapri", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMention": "+omemba bo dodelila uporabniku dostop do datoteke in poslano bo e-poštno sporočilo", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textMentionNotify": "+omemba bo obvestila uporabnika preko e-pošte", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "Krepko", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "Certifikat", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "Spremeni", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Ležeče", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "Velikost pisave", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "Ime", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textCharacter": "Znak", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textQEmSpace": "1/4 prostora", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Stolpci", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "Razširi", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.centerText": "Na sredino", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteColumnText": "Izbriši stolpec", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteRowText": "Izbriši vrsto", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.deleteText": "Izbriši", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.guestText": "Gost", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.insertText": "Vstavi", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.leftText": "Levo", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeColumnWidth": "Širina stolpca {0} simboli ({1} pikslov)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textChangeRowHeight": "Višina vrste {0} točke ({1} pikslov)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCtrlClick": "Pritisnite CTRL in pritisnite povezavo", @@ -129,10 +157,24 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtBlanks": "(Prazno)", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtColumn": "Stolpec", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtContains": "Vsebuje", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteEq": "Izbriši enačbo", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteGroupChar": "Izbriši diagram", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtEnds": "Se konča s/z", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtEquals": "Enako", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtHeight": "Višina", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtOr": "ali", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPaste": "Prilepi", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteFormat": "Prilepi le oblikovanje", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteFormulas": "Prilepi le formulo", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteLink": "Prilepi povezavo", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPastePicture": "Slika", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtPasteValues": "Prilepi le vrednost", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtRowHeight": "Višina vrste", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtWidth": "Širina", "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryAll": "Vse", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryDateAndTime": "Datum in čas", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryEngineering": "Inžinirstvo", + "SSE.Controllers.FormulaDialog.sCategoryInformation": "Informacije", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Neimenovana razpredelnica", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textByColumns": "Po stolpcih", "SSE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textByRows": "Po vrsticah", @@ -240,16 +282,28 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "Oblački", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Grafi", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtColumn": "Stolpec", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDate": "Datum", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Naslov diagrama", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Nastavi način urejanja...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "Figurirane puščice", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtFile": "Datoteka", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "Vrste", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "Matematika", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Pravokotniki", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRow": "Vrsta", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Serije", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_actionButtonHelp": "Gumb za pomoč", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_bevel": "Stožčasti", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_cloud": "Oblak", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_frame": "Okvir", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_heart": "Srce", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_lineWithArrow": "Puščica", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathEqual": "Enak", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathMinus": "Minus", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_mathPlus": "Plus", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_noSmoking": "\"Ni\" simbol", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_pie": "Tortni grafikon", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_plus": "Plus", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star10": "10-kraka zvezda", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star12": "12-kraka zvezda", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtShape_star16": "16-kraka zvezda", @@ -263,6 +317,12 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Bad": "Slabo", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Check_Cell": "Preveri celico", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Comma": "Vejica", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Naslov 1", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Naslov 2", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Naslov 3", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_4": "Naslov 4", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Input": "Vnos", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Normal": "Normalno", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X os", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y os", "SSE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Neznana napaka.", @@ -276,7 +336,9 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Nastavitve povečave vašega trenutnega brskalnika niso popolnoma podprte. Prosim ponastavite na privzeto povečanje s pritiskom na Ctrl+0.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Pravica, da urejate datoteko je bila zavrnjena.", "SSE.Controllers.Print.strAllSheets": "Vsi listi", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.textFirstCol": "Prvi stolpec", "SSE.Controllers.Print.textWarning": "Opozorilo", + "SSE.Controllers.Print.txtCustom": "Po meri", "SSE.Controllers.Print.warnCheckMargings": "Meje so nepravilne", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorLastSheet": "Delovni zvezek mora imeti vsaj eno vidno delovno stran.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Delovnega listna ni mogoče izbrisati.", @@ -287,8 +349,11 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textAccent": "Naglasi", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textBracket": "Oklepaji", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textFontSizeErr": "Vnesena vrednost je nepravilna.
                    Prosim vnesite numerično vrednost med 1 in 409", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textInsert": "Vstavi", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textIntegral": "Integrali", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.textWarning": "Opozorilo", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Accent": "Akuten", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Bar": "Stolpični grafikon", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Check": "Obkljukaj", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_2": "ABC z nadvrstico", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Angle": "Oklepaji", @@ -308,16 +373,41 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_Square_OpenOpen": "Oklepaji", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_SquareDouble": "Oklepaji", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtBracket_UppLim": "Oklepaji", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtDeleteCells": "Izbriši celice", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFractionPi_2": "Pi čez 2", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegral": "Integral", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralCenterSubSup": "Integral", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralSubSup": "Integral", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd": "So-izdelek", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_CenterSub": "So-izdelek", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_CenterSubSup": "So-izdelek", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_Sub": "So-izdelek", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_CoProd_SubSup": "So-izdelek", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Max": "Največ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Min": "Minimalno", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_2": "1x2 prazna matrica", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_1": "2x1 prazna matrica", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2": "2x2 prazna matrica", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Diagonal": "Diagonalne pike", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ColonEquals": "Enak dvopičju", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_DeltaEquals": "Delta je enaka", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_about": "Približno", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_additional": "Kompliment", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_alpha": "Alfa", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beta": "Beta", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_celsius": "Stopinje Celzija", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_cong": "Približno enako", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_degree": "Stopinje", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_delta": "Delta", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equals": "Enak", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_fahrenheit": "stopinje Fahrenheita", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_forall": "Za vse", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_infinity": "Neskončnost", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_minus": "Minus", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ni": "Vsebuje kot član", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_pi": "Pi", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_plus": "Plus", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_varpi": "Pi varianta", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.warnMergeLostData": "Le podatki z zgornje leve celice bodo ostali v združeni celici.
                    Ste prepričani, da želite nadaljevati?", "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.textTitle": "Napredne nastavitve", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.btnCustomFilter": "Filter po meri", @@ -328,6 +418,8 @@ "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtBetween": "med ...", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtContains": "Vsebuje ...", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtEmpty": "Vnesi celični filter", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtEnds": "Se konča z/s ...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtEquals": "Enako ...", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTitle": "Filter", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.warnNoSelected": "Izbrati morate vsaj eno vrednost", "SSE.Views.CellEditor.textManager": "Manager", @@ -339,6 +431,12 @@ "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBackColor": "Barva ozadja", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBackground": "Barva ozadja", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBorderColor": "Barva", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textFill": "Zapolni", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textForeground": "Barva ospredja", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientColor": "Barva", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textAdd": "Dodaj", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textEdit": "Uredi", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textTitle": "Podatki diagrama", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strSparkColor": "Barva", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Prikaži napredne nastavitve", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.textChartType": "Spremeni vrsto razpredelnice", @@ -351,6 +449,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.errorMaxRows": "NAPAKA! Maksimalno število podatkovnih serij na grafikon je 255", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.errorStockChart": "Nepravilen vrstni red vrstic. Za izgradnjo razpredelnice delnic podatke na strani navedite v sledečem vrstnem redu:
                    otvoritvena cena, maksimalna cena, minimalna cena, zaključna cena.", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAlt": "Nadomestno besedilo", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAltDescription": "Opis", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAuto": "Samodejno", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisCrosses": "Križi osi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textAxisOptions": "Možnosti osi", @@ -360,24 +459,20 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBillions": "Milijarde", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Ime kategorije", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Središče", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elementi grafa &
                    Legenda grafa", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Elementi grafa &
                    Legenda grafa", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Naslov grafa", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Križ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Po meri", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "v stolpcih", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Oznake podatkov", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Razdalja podatkov", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "v vrsticah", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Serije podatkov", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Prikaži legendo", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textFixed": "Določeno", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textGridLines": "Gridlines", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Hide", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Visoko", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Horizontalne osi", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Horizontalne mrežne črte", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Horizontalen", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Naslov horizontalnih osi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Stotine", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -390,6 +485,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLabelOptions": "Možnosti oznake", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLabelPos": "Položaj oznake", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLayout": "Postavitev", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLeft": "Levo", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLeftOverlay": "Levo prekrivanje", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendBottom": "Dno", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textLegendLeft": "Levo", @@ -423,9 +519,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Ločevalnik oznak podatkov", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Ime serije", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Show", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Prikaži osi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Prikaži meje razpredelnice", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Mrežne črte", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Prikaži vrednosti grafikona", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSmooth": "Gladek", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textStraight": "Raven", @@ -438,15 +532,18 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "Trilijoni", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Tip", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Vrsta & Podatki", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Vrsta grafa, Slog &
                    Obseg podatkov", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Prikaži enote", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Vrednost", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Vertikalne osi", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Vertikalne mrežne črte", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Naslov vertikalne osi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Naslov X osi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Naslov Y osi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.txtEmpty": "To polje je obvezno", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "Skupina", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAlert": "Opozorilo", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAllow": "Dovoli", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textData": "Podatki", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtBetween": "med", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDate": "Datum", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "In", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "enako", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "se ne konča z", @@ -466,11 +563,13 @@ "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.textUse1": "Uporabi ? za predstavitev katerega koli samskega znaka", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.textUse2": "Uporabi * za predstavitev katere koli serije znakov", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.txtTitle": "Filter po meri", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedImgText": "Napredne nastavitve slike", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedShapeText": "Napredne nastavitve oblike", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.bottomCellText": "Poravnaj dno", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.centerCellText": "Poravnaj središče", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.chartText": "Napredne nastavitve grafa", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteColumnText": "Stolpec", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.deleteRowText": "Vrsta", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct270Text": "Rotate at 270°", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct90Text": "Rotate at 90°", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.directHText": "Horizontal", @@ -479,12 +578,20 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.editHyperlinkText": "Uredi hiperpovezavo", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.originalSizeText": "Dejanska velikost", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.removeHyperlinkText": "Odstrani hiperpovezavo", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectRowText": "Vrsta", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAlign": "Poravnava", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBack": "Pošlji k ozadju", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Premakni nazaj", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "Premakni naprej", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "Premakni v ospredje", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAverage": "POVPREČNA", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCrop": "Odreži", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCropFill": "Zapolni", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFreezePanes": "Zamrzni plošče", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromStorage": "Iz shrambe", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "z URL naslova", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textMore": "Več funkcij", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNone": "Nič", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUnFreezePanes": "Unfreeze Panes", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.topCellText": "Poravnaj vrh", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAccounting": "Računovodstvo", @@ -502,14 +609,17 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtColumnWidth": "Širina stolpcev", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCopy": "Kopiraj", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCut": "Izreži", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDate": "Datum", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDelete": "Izbriši", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDescending": "Padajoče", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtEditComment": "Uredi komentar", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFilter": "Filter", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFormula": "Vstavi funkcijo", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtGroup": "Skupina", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHide": "Skrij", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsert": "Vstavi", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsHyperlink": "Hiperpovezava", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNumber": "Število", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPaste": "Prilepi", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRow": "Cela vrstica", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRowHeight": "Višina vrste", @@ -525,6 +635,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.vertAlignText": "Vertikalna poravnava", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtAverage": "POVPREČNA", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCompact": "Kompakten", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtCustomName": "Ime po meri", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "Pojdi v dokumente", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnCloseMenuCaption": "Zapri meni", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnCreateNewCaption": "Ustvari nov", @@ -549,6 +660,8 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtAuthor": "Avtor", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtBtnAccessRights": "Spremeni pravice dostopa", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtComment": "Komentar", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtModifyBy": "Nazadnje spremenjenil/a", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtModifyDate": "Nazadnje spremenjeno", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtPlacement": "Lokacija", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtRights": "Osebe, ki imajo pravice", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtTitle": "Naslov razpredelnice", @@ -564,6 +677,7 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFuncLocale": "Formula Language", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strFuncLocaleEx": "Example: SUM; MIN; MAX; COUNT", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strLiveComment": "Vključi možnost živega komentiranja", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strMacrosSettings": "Nastavitve makrojev", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strRegSettings": "Regional Settings", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strRegSettingsEx": "Example: ", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.strStrict": "Strict", @@ -579,6 +693,7 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtCm": "Centimeter", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtDe": "Deutsch", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtEn": "English", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtInch": "Palec", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtLiveComment": "Živo komentiranje", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtMac": "kot OS X", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtNative": "Domači", @@ -586,19 +701,38 @@ "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtRu": "Russian", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSettingsGeneral.txtWin": "kot Windows", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.okButtonText": "Uporabi", + "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.MainSpellCheckSettings.strDictionaryLanguage": "Jezik slovarja", "SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtGeneral": "Splošen", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textCategory": "Kategorija", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.textFormat": "Format", "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtAccounting": "Računovodstvo", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtCustom": "Po meri", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtDate": "Datum", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtNone": "Nič", + "SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog.txtNumber": "Število", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.sDescription": "Opis", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.textGroupDescription": "Izberi skupino funkcije", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.textListDescription": "Izberi funkcijo", "SSE.Views.FormulaDialog.txtTitle": "Vstavi funkcijo", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.textAutomatic": "Samodejeno", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtAdditional": "Dodatno", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Stolpci", + "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormula": "Funkcija", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunction": "Funkcija", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textNumber": "število", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAll": "Vse strani", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textBold": "Krepko", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textCenter": "Na sredino", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDate": "Datum", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textDiffFirst": "Različna prva stran", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFileName": "Ime datoteke", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFirst": "Prva stran", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textFooter": "Noga", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textHeader": "Glava", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textInsert": "Vstavi", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textItalic": "Ležeče", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textLeft": "Levo", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textNewColor": "Dodaj novo barvo po meri", + "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textTitle": "Nastavitve glave/noge", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strDisplay": "Zaslon", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strLinkTo": "Povezava k", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.strRange": "Razdalja", @@ -615,7 +749,11 @@ "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Nastavitve hiperpovezave", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "To polje je obvezno", "SSE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "To polje mora biti URL v \"http://www.example.com\" formatu", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textCrop": "Odreži", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textCropFill": "Zapolni", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textEdit": "Uredi", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromFile": "z datoteke", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromStorage": "Iz shrambe", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromUrl": "z URL", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textHeight": "Višina", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textInsert": "Zamenjaj sliko", @@ -624,12 +762,16 @@ "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textSize": "Velikost", "SSE.Views.ImageSettings.textWidth": "Širina", "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Nadomestno besedilo", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Opis", + "SSE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Slika - napredne nastavitve", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "O programu", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipChat": "Pogovor", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipComments": "Komentarji", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipFile": "Datoteka", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipPlugins": "Razširitve", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSearch": "Iskanje", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Povratne informacije & Pomoč", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "RAZVIJALSKI NAČIN", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "Shrani", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "Dno", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strLandscape": "Krajina", @@ -640,6 +782,7 @@ "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strRight": "Desno", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strTop": "Vrh", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textActualSize": "Dejanska velikost", + "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textCustom": "Po meri", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPageOrientation": "Orientacija strani", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPageSize": "Velikost strani", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.textPrintGrid": "Natisni mrežne črte", @@ -682,6 +825,7 @@ "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.textWorkbook": "Workbook", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.tipIsLocked": "This element is being edited by another user.", "SSE.Views.NameManagerDlg.txtTitle": "Name Manager", + "SSE.Views.PageMarginsDialog.textLeft": "Levo", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Razmik med vrsticami", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Razmik", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "po", @@ -697,6 +841,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strDoubleStrike": "Dvojno prečrtanje", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLeftText": "Levo", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsRightText": "Desno", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpacingBefore": "Pred", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsSpecialBy": "Od", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphFont": "Pisava", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphIndents": "Zamiki & Postavitev", @@ -709,6 +854,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "Razmak znaka", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "Prevzeti zavihek", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "Učinki", + "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textFirstLine": "Prva vrstica", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNoneSpecial": "(nič)", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemove": "Odstrani", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemoveAll": "Odstrani vse", @@ -719,11 +865,17 @@ "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTabRight": "Desno", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Odstavek - Napredne nastavitve", "SSE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.txtAutoText": "Samodejno", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "enako", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition11": "vsebuje", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition13": "med", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition9": "se konča z", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtAnd": "in", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textColumns": "Stolpci", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.txtAddFilter": "Dodaj v filtre", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Nadomestno besedilo", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Opis", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.txtName": "Ime", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtCreate": "Vstavi tabelo", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.btnPrint": "Shrani & Natisni", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strBottom": "Dno", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.strLandscape": "Krajina", @@ -736,6 +888,7 @@ "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textActualSize": "Dejanska velikost", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textAllSheets": "Vsi listi", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textCurrentSheet": "Trenuten list", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textCustom": "Po meri", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textHideDetails": "Skrij podrobnosti", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textLayout": "Postavitev", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textPageOrientation": "Orientacija strani", @@ -746,6 +899,8 @@ "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textSelection": "Izbira", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textShowDetails": "Podrobnosti", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textTitle": "Natisni nastavitve", + "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.textTitlePDF": "Nastavitev PDF dokumenta", + "SSE.Views.PrintTitlesDialog.textFirstCol": "Prvi stolpec", "SSE.Views.RemoveDuplicatesDialog.textColumns": "Stolpci", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtCellSettings": "Nastavitve celice", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtChartSettings": "Nastavitve grafa", @@ -755,6 +910,7 @@ "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "Nastavitve oblike", "SSE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "Text Art Settings", "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textAuto": "Samodejno", + "SSE.Views.ScaleDialog.textHeight": "Višina", "SSE.Views.SetValueDialog.txtMaxText": "Maksimalna vrednost za to polje je {0}", "SSE.Views.SetValueDialog.txtMinText": "Minimalna vrednost za to polje je {0}", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strBackground": "Barva ozadja", @@ -772,6 +928,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textDirection": "Smer", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textEmptyPattern": "Ni vzorcev", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromFile": "z datoteke", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromStorage": "Iz shrambe", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textFromUrl": "z URL", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradient": "Gradient", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textGradientFill": "Polnjenje gradienta", @@ -801,6 +958,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strColumns": "Stolpci", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.strMargins": "Oblazinjenje besedila", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Nadomestno besedilo", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Opis", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textArrows": "Puščice", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginSize": "Začetna velikost", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginStyle": "Začetni stil", @@ -827,30 +985,52 @@ "SSE.Views.SlicerAddDialog.textColumns": "Stolpci", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAZ": "A do Ž", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textColumns": "Stolpci", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textDesc": "Padajoče", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textHeight": "Višina", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strColumns": "Stolpci", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strHeight": "Višina", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowHeader": "Pokaži nogo", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Nadomestno besedilo", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Opis", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAZ": "A do Ž", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textDesc": "Padajoče", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textHeader": "Glava", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textName": "Ime", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAuto": "Samodejeno", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textAZ": "A do Ž", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textCellColor": "Barva celice", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textColumn": "Stolpec", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textDesc": "Padajoče", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textLeft": "Levo", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textMoreCols": "(Več stolpcev ...)", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textMoreRows": "(Več vrstic ...)", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textNone": "Nič", + "SSE.Views.SortDialog.textRow": "Vrsta", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAdd": "Dodaj", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAll": "Vse", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textComments": "Komentarji", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textFormats": "Formati", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textNone": "Nič", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textPaste": "Prilepi", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textChange": "Spremeni", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textChangeAll": "Spremeni vse", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textIgnore": "Ignoriraj", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textIgnoreAll": "Ignoriraj vse", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtAddToDictionary": "Dodaj v slovar", + "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.txtDictionaryLanguage": "Jezik slovarja", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemCopyToEnd": "(kopiraj na konec)", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.itemMoveToEnd": "(Premakni na konec)", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textCopyBefore": "Kopiraj pred stran", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.CopyDialog.textMoveBefore": "Premakni pred stran", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.filteredRecordsText": "{0} od {1} zadetkov filtriranih", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemAverage": "POVPREČNA", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemCopy": "Kopiraj", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemDelete": "Izbriši", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemHidden": "Skrito", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemHide": "Skrij", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemInsert": "Vstavi", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMaximum": "Največ", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMinimum": "Minimalno", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMove": "Premakni", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemRename": "Preimenuj", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemTabColor": "Barva zavihka", @@ -876,8 +1056,14 @@ "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtFormat": "Ustvari tabelo", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtInvalidRange": "NAPAKA! Neveljaven razpon celic", "SSE.Views.TableOptionsDialog.txtTitle": "Naslov", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "Izbriši stolpec", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteRowText": "Izbriši vrsto", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.deleteTableText": "Izbriši tabelo", "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Stolpci", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "Prvi", + "SSE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "Glava", "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Nadomestno besedilo", + "SSE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Opis", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strBackground": "Background color", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strColor": "Color", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strFill": "Fill", @@ -920,9 +1106,15 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtWood": "Wood", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnAddComment": "Dodaj komentar", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnComment": "Komentar", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "Glava/noga", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgAlign": "Poravnava", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgForward": "Premakni naprej", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgGroup": "Skupina", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertChart": "Graf", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertEquation": "Enačba", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertImage": "Slika", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromFile": "Slika z datoteke", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromStorage": "Slika iz oblaka", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromUrl": "Slika z URL", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignBottom": "Poravnaj dno", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignCenter": "Poravnaj središče", @@ -945,6 +1137,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textDiagUpBorder": "Diagonalna zgornja meja", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textEntireCol": "Cel stolpec", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textEntireRow": "Cela vrstica", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textHeight": "Višina", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textHorizontal": "Horizontalno besedilo", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textInsDown": "Celice premakni navzdol", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textInsideBorders": "Vstavi meje", @@ -955,12 +1148,18 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Dodaj novo barvo po meri", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textNoBorders": "Ni mej", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textOutBorders": "Zunanje meje", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPageMarginsCustom": "Robovi po meri", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPrint": "Natisni", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textPrintOptions": "Natisni nastavitve", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRightBorders": "Desne meje", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRotateDown": "Besedilo zavrti dol", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textRotateUp": "Besedilo zavrti gor", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textScaleCustom": "Po meri", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Skupinsko delo", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabData": "Podatki", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Datoteka", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFormula": "Formula", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Vstavi", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTopBorders": "Vrhnje meje", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Podčrtaj", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Povečava", @@ -996,6 +1195,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Vstavi sliko", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertOpt": "Vstavi celice", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Vstavi samodejno obliko", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Vstavi tabelo", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Vstavi besedilo", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipMerge": "Združi", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipNumFormat": "Številčni format", @@ -1079,6 +1279,18 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtUnmerge": "Razdruži celice", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.txtYen": "¥ Jen", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtBy": "od", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtItems": "Izdelek", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtAverage": "POVPREČNA", - "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtByField": "%1 od %2" + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtByField": "%1 od %2", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtCustomName": "Ime po meri", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtIndex": "Indeks", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.closeButtonText": "Zapri", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDelete": "Izbriši", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "Podvoji", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textLongName": "Vnesite ime, ki ima manj kot 128 znakov", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "Novo", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textClose": "Zapri", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textCreate": "Novo", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textDefault": "Privzeto", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textHeadings": "Naslovi" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/sv.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/sv.json index 4ecec82d9..7fbd15eeb 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/sv.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/sv.json @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Ersätt", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Ersätt alla", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Visa inte detta meddelande igen", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokumentet har ändrats av en annan användare.
                    Klicka för att spara dina ändringar och ladda uppdateringarna.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Dokumentet har ändrats av en annan användare.
                    Klicka för att spara dina ändringar och ladda uppdateringarna.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standardfärger", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Temafärger", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Avbryt", @@ -240,6 +240,8 @@ "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSpecial": "Specialtecken", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "Symboler", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "Symbol", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Kolumner", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Rader", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "Text till kolumner", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "Expandera", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemDuplicates": "Ta bort dubbletter", @@ -424,7 +426,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCannotUngroup": "Det går inte att gruppera. För att starta en kontur, välj detaljrader eller kolumner och gruppera dem.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeArray": "Du kan inte ändra en del av en matris.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Serveranslutning förlorade. Dokumentet kan inte redigeras just nu.", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Dokumentet kunde inte sparas. . Kontrollera anslutningsinställningarna eller kontakta administratören
                    När du klickar på \"OK\" -knappen, kommer du att bli ombedd att ladda ner dokumentet
                    Hitta mer information om anslutning dokumentserver här ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Dokumentet kunde inte sparas. . Kontrollera anslutningsinställningarna eller kontakta administratören
                    När du klickar på \"OK\" -knappen, kommer du att bli ombedd att ladda ner dokumentet.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCopyMultiselectArea": "Det här kommandot kan inte användas med flera val.
                    Välj ett enda område och försök igen.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCountArg": "Ett fel i den angivna formeln.
                    Felaktigt antal argument.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCountArgExceed": "Ett fel i den angivna formeln.
                    För många argument.", @@ -1078,15 +1080,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Botten", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Kategorinamn", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Centrera", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Diagramelement &
                    Diagramförklaring", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Diagramelement &
                    Diagramförklaring", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Diagramtitel", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Korsa", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Anpassad", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "i kolumner", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Data-etiketter", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Dataområde", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "i rader", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Dataserier", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Visa förklaring", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Dolda och tomma celler", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Anslut datapunkter med linje", @@ -1096,9 +1096,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Göm", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Hög", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Horisontell axel", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Horisontella stödlinjer", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Horisontal", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Horisontell axel titel", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Hundratals", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1140,11 +1138,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSameAll": "Lika för alla", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSelectData": "Välj data", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Visa", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Visa Axis", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Visa diagramkanter", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Visa data i dolda rader och kolumner", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Visa tomma celler som", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Rutnät", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Visa axlar", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Visa diagramvärden", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textStyle": "Stil", @@ -1156,7 +1152,6 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTop": "Överst", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "Flytta och ändra storlek på celler", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Typ", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Diagramtyp, Stil &
                    Dataområde", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Visa enheter", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Värde", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "X-axel titel", @@ -1460,8 +1455,6 @@ "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormulaTip": "Infoga funktion", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtMore": "Mera funktioner", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtRecent": "Tidigare använda", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "Kolumner", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "Rader", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAlign": "Anpassa till sidbredd", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAll": "Alla sidor", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textBold": "Fet", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/tr.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/tr.json index cd2922c8e..fc79dac9f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/tr.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/tr.json @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Değiştir", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Hepsini Değiştir", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Bu mesajı bir daha gösterme", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Döküman başka bir kullanıcı tarafından değiştirildi.
                    Lütfen değişikleri kaydetmek için tıklayın ve güncellemeleri yenileyin.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Döküman başka bir kullanıcı tarafından değiştirildi.
                    Lütfen değişikleri kaydetmek için tıklayın ve güncellemeleri yenileyin.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Standart Renkler", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Tema Renkleri", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "İptal Et", @@ -821,15 +821,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Alt", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Kategori İsmi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Orta", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Grafik Elementleri &
                    Grafik Göstergesi", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Grafik Elementleri &
                    Grafik Göstergesi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Grafik başlığı", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Kesişme", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Özel", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "sütunlarda", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Veri Etiketleri", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Veri Aralığı", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "satırlarda", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Veri serileri", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Göstergeyi görüntüle", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Gizli ve Boş hücreler", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Veri noktalarını çizgi ile bağlayın", @@ -841,9 +839,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Hide", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Yüksek", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Yatay Eksen", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Yatay Kılavuz Çizgileri", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Yatay", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Yatay Eksen Başlığı", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Yüzlerce", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -894,11 +890,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Veri Etiketi Ayırıcı", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Seri İsmi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Show", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Ekseni görüntüle", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Grafik sınırlarını görüntüle", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Gizli satır ve sütunlardaki veriyi göster", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Boş hücreleri göster", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Kılavuz çizgileri", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Ekseni Göster", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Grafik değerlerini görüntüle", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Tek Sparkline", @@ -916,12 +910,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "Trilyonlarca", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Tip", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Tip & Veri", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Grafik Tipi, Stili &
                    Veri Aralığı", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Birimleri görüntüle", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Değer", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Dikey Eksen", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Dikey Çizgi Kılavuzları", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Dikey Eksen Başlığı", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "X Eksen Başlığı", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Y eksen başlığı", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Sıfır", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/uk.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/uk.json index d71bac495..73a1afa90 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/uk.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/uk.json @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Замінити", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Замінити усе", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Не показувати це повідомлення знову", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Документ був змінений іншим користувачем.
                    Будь ласка, натисніть, щоб зберегти зміни та завантажити оновлення.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Документ був змінений іншим користувачем.
                    Будь ласка, натисніть, щоб зберегти зміни та завантажити оновлення.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Стандартні кольори", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Кольорові теми", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Скасувати", @@ -835,15 +835,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Внизу", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Назва категорії", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Центр", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Графічні елементи та
                    Графічна легенда", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Графічні елементи та
                    Графічна легенда", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Назва діграми", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Перетинати", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Користувальницький", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "в колонках", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Підписи даних", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Діапазон даних", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "в рядках", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Серія даних", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Показати легенду", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Приховані та порожні комірки", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Поєднання точок даних з лінією", @@ -855,9 +853,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Приховати", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Високий", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Горизонтальна вісь", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Горизонтальні сітки", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Горізонтальний", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Назва горизонтальної осі", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Сотні", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -908,11 +904,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Роздільник підписів даних", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Назви серій", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Показати", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Дисплейна вісь", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Відображення діаграми кордонів", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Показати дані в прихованих рядках і стовпцях", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Показати порожні комірки як", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Сітки ліній", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Показати вісі", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Значення відображуваної діаграми", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Єдина міні-діаграма", @@ -930,12 +924,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "Трильйони", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Тип", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Тип і дата", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Тип діаграми, стиль та
                    діапазон даних", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Елементи відображення", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Значення", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Вертикальні вісі", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Вертикальні сітки", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Назва вертикальної вісі", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Назва осі X", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Назва осі Y", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "Нуль", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/vi.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/vi.json index 7867985e5..eb2567642 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/vi.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/vi.json @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "Thay thế", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "Thay thế tất cả", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "Không hiển thị lại thông báo này", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Tài liệu đã được thay đổi bởi người dùng khác.
                    Vui lòng nhấp để lưu thay đổi của bạn và tải lại các cập nhật.", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "Tài liệu đã được thay đổi bởi người dùng khác.
                    Vui lòng nhấp để lưu thay đổi của bạn và tải lại các cập nhật.", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Màu chuẩn", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Màu theme", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "Hủy", @@ -824,15 +824,13 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textBottom": "Dưới cùng", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCategoryName": "Tên danh mục", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCenter": "Trung tâm", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Chi tiết Biểu đồ &
                    Chú thích", + "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartElementsLegend": "Chi tiết Biểu đồ &
                    Chú thích", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textChartTitle": "Tiêu đề biểu đồ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCross": "Chéo", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "Tuỳ chỉnh", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "trong cột", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "Nhãn dữ liệu", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "Phạm vi dữ liệu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "trong hàng", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "Chuỗi dữ liệu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "Hiển thị chú giải", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "Các ô ẩn và ô rỗng", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "Kết nối các điểm dữ liệu với đường kẻ", @@ -844,9 +842,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "Ẩn", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "Cao", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "Trục ngang", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "Đường lưới ngang", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "Nằm ngang", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "Tiêu đề Trục ngang", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "Hàng trăm", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -897,11 +893,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "Dấu phân cách nhãn dữ liệu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "Tên chuỗi", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "Hiển thị", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "Hiển thị trục", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "Hiển thị đường viền biểu đồ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "Hiển thị dữ liệu trong các hàng và cột ẩn", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "Hiển thị các ô trống dưới dạng", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "Đường lưới", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "Hiển thị trục", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "Hiển thị các giá trị biểu đồ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "Sparkline đơn", @@ -919,12 +913,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTrillions": "Hàng tỷ", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "Loại", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "Loại & Dữ liệu", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "Loại, Kiểu biểu đồ &
                    Phạm vi dữ liệu", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "Hiển thị đơn vị", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "Giá trị", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "Trục đứng", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "Đường lưới dọc", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "Tiêu đề trục đứng", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "Tiêu đề Trục X", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Tiêu đề Trục Y", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "0", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/zh.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/zh.json index 9b7e69104..990b9b0a4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/zh.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/locale/zh.json @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ "Common.define.chartData.textStock": "股票", "Common.define.chartData.textSurface": "平面", "Common.define.chartData.textWinLossSpark": "赢/输", + "Common.Translation.warnFileLocked": "另一个应用程序正在编辑本文件。你可以继续编辑，并另存为副本。", "Common.UI.ColorButton.textNewColor": "添加新的自定义颜色", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSize.txtNoBorders": "没有边框", "Common.UI.ComboBorderSizeEditable.txtNoBorders": "没有边框", @@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplace": "替换", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnReplaceAll": "全部替换", "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textDontShow": "不要再显示此消息", - "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "该文档已被其他用户更改。
                    请点击保存更改并重新加载更新。", + "Common.UI.SynchronizeTip.textSynchronize": "该文档已被其他用户更改。
                    请点击保存更改并重新加载更新。", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "标准颜色", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "主题颜色", "Common.UI.Window.cancelButtonText": "取消", @@ -58,10 +59,19 @@ "Common.Views.About.txtPoweredBy": "技术支持", "Common.Views.About.txtTel": "电话：", "Common.Views.About.txtVersion": "版本", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAdd": "新增", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textAutoFormat": "输入时自动调整格式", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textBy": "依据", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textDelete": "删除", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textMathCorrect": "数学自动修正", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplace": "替换", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReplaceType": "输入时自动替换文字", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textReset": "重置", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textResetAll": "重置为默认", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textRestore": "恢复", "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textTitle": "自动修正", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.textWarnResetRec": "由您新增的表达式将被移除，由您移除的将被恢复。是否继续？", + "Common.Views.AutoCorrectDialog.warnReset": "即将移除对自动更正功能所做的自定义设置，并恢复默认值。是否继续？", "Common.Views.Chat.textSend": "发送", "Common.Views.Comments.textAdd": "添加", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "发表评论", @@ -86,6 +96,8 @@ "Common.Views.CopyWarningDialog.textToPaste": "粘贴", "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textLoading": "载入中……", "Common.Views.DocumentAccessDialog.textTitle": "共享设置", + "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabel": "标签：", + "Common.Views.EditNameDialog.textLabelError": "标签不能空", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "文件正在被多个用户编辑。", "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "高级设置", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "打开文件所在位置", @@ -122,6 +134,7 @@ "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtOfText": "文本的%", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSize": "大小", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtStart": "开始", + "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtSymbol": "符号", "Common.Views.ListSettingsDialog.txtTitle": "列表设置", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "关闭文件", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtAdvanced": "进阶", @@ -253,20 +266,30 @@ "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textDOQuote": "前双引号", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEllipsis": "横向省略号", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmDash": "破折号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEmSpace": "全角空格", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnDash": "半破折号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textEnSpace": "半角空格", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textFont": "字体 ", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBHyphen": "不换行连词符", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textNBSpace": "不换行空格", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textPilcrow": "段落标识", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textQEmSpace": "1/4全角空格", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRange": "范围", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRecent": "最近使用的符号", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textRegistered": "注册商标标识", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSCQuote": "后单引号", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSection": "章节标识", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textShortcut": "快捷键", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSHyphen": "软连词符", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSOQuote": "前单引号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSpecial": "特殊字符", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textSymbols": "符号", "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTitle": "符号", + "Common.Views.SymbolTableDialog.textTradeMark": "商标标识", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "列", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "行", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textWizard": "文本分列向导", + "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtDataValidation": "数据校验", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtExpand": "扩大", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemDuplicates": "移除多次出现的元素", "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.txtRemSelected": "移除选定的", @@ -333,7 +356,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFractionLinear": "改为线性分数", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFractionSkewed": "改为倾斜分数", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtFractionStacked": "改为堆积分数", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGreater": "比...更棒", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGreater": "大于", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGreaterEquals": "大于或等于", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGroupCharOver": "字符在文字上", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.txtGroupCharUnder": "文字下的Char", @@ -466,6 +489,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "图片地址不正确", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCannotUngroup": "无法解组。若要开始轮廓，请选择详细信息行或列并对其进行分组。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeArray": "您无法更改部分阵列。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeFilteredRange": "这将更改工作表原有的筛选范围。
                    要完成此操作，请移除“自动筛选”。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "服务器连接丢失。该文档现在无法编辑", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "这份文件无法保存。请检查连接设置或联系您的管理员。
                    当你点击“OK”按钮,系统将提示您下载文档。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCopyMultiselectArea": "该命令不能与多个选择一起使用。
                    选择一个范围，然后重试。", @@ -488,6 +512,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "保存文件时发生错误请使用“下载为”选项将文件保存到计算机硬盘中或稍后重试。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaName": "一个错误的输入公式。< br >正确使用公式名称。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaParsing": "解析公式时出现内部错误。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxLength": "公式不得超过8192个字符。
                    请编辑后重试。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxTextLength": "公式中的文本值限制为255个字符。
                    使用连接函数或连接运算符（&）。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlWrongReferences": "该功能是指不存在的工作表。
                    请检查数据，然后重试。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFTChangeTableRangeError": "所选单元格范围无法完成操作。
                    选择一个范围，使第一个表行位于同一行
                    上，并将生成的表与当前的列重叠。", @@ -545,6 +570,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "有人正在编辑此文档。请稍后再试。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "访问被拒绝", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "保存文件时发生错误", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorTextDesktop": "无法保存或创建此文件。
                    可能的原因是：
                    1.此文件是只读的。
                    2.此文件正在由其他用户编辑。
                    3.磁盘已满或损坏。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "图像上传中……", "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "图像上传中请稍候...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "正在保存电子表格...", @@ -557,6 +583,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.textConfirm": "确认", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "联系销售", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "请注意，根据许可条款您无权更改加载程序。
                    请联系我们的销售部门获取报价。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "这个文件带有自动宏。
                    是否要运行宏？", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "正在加载电子表格", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "否", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ONLYOFFICE开源版本", @@ -575,6 +602,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtAll": "（全部）", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "你的文本在此", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "基本形状", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBlank": "（空白）", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "按钮", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtByField": "%1/%2", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "标注", @@ -797,6 +825,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTab": "标签", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTable": "表格", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTime": "时间", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtValues": "值", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X轴", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y轴", "SSE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "示知错误", @@ -811,6 +840,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "您的浏览器当前缩放设置不完全支持。请按Ctrl + 0重设为默认缩放。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "与文档服务器的并发连接次数已超出限制，文档打开后将仅供查看。
                    请联系您的账户管理员了解详情。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "您的许可证已过期。
                    请更新您的许可证并刷新页面。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "授权过期
                    您不具备文件编辑功能的授权
                    请联系管理员。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "授权需更新
                    您只有文件编辑功能的部分权限
                    请联系管理员以取得完整权限。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "并发用户数量已超出限制，文档打开后将仅供查看。
                    请联系您的账户管理员了解详情。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "该版本对文档服务器的并发连接有限制。
                    如果需要更多请考虑购买商业许可证。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "此版本的 %1 编辑软件对并发用户数量有一定的限制。
                    如果需要更多，请考虑购买商用许可证。", @@ -1121,8 +1152,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_forall": "全部", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gamma": "Gamma", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_geq": "大于或等于", - "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gg": "比大多数", - "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_greater": "比...更棒", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gg": "远大于", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_greater": "大于", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_in": "元素", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_inc": "增量", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_infinity": "无限", @@ -1185,6 +1216,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideGridlines": "隐藏网格线", "SSE.Controllers.Viewport.textHideHeadings": "隐藏标题", "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.strDecimalSeparator": "小数分隔符", + "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.strThousandsSeparator": "千位分隔符", "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.textLabel": "用于识别数值数据的设置", "SSE.Views.AdvancedSeparatorDialog.textTitle": "进阶设置", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.btnCustomFilter": "自定义过滤器", @@ -1204,7 +1236,7 @@ "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtEquals": "等于", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtFilterCellColor": "按单元格颜色过滤", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtFilterFontColor": "按字体颜色过滤", - "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtGreater": "比...更棒...", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtGreater": "大于...", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtGreaterEquals": "大于或等于...", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtLabelFilter": "标签过滤器", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtLess": "少于...", @@ -1224,6 +1256,7 @@ "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTextFilter": "文字过滤器", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTitle": "过滤", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtTop10": "前十位", + "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.txtValueFilter": "按值筛选", "SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog.warnNoSelected": "您必须至少选择一个值", "SSE.Views.CellEditor.textManager": "名称管理", "SSE.Views.CellEditor.tipFormula": "插入功能", @@ -1232,6 +1265,7 @@ "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtEmpty": "这是必填栏", "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtInvalidRange": "错误！无效的单元格范围", "SSE.Views.CellRangeDialog.txtTitle": "选择数据范围", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.strWrap": "文字换行", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textAngle": "角度", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBackColor": "背景颜色", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textBackground": "背景颜色", @@ -1242,14 +1276,17 @@ "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textFill": "填满", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textForeground": "前景色", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradient": "渐变", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientColor": "颜色", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textGradientFill": "渐变填充", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textLinear": "线性", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textNoFill": "没有填充", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textOrientation": "文字方向", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPattern": "模式", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPatternFill": "模式", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textPosition": "位置", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textRadial": "径向", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.textSelectBorders": "选择您要更改应用样式的边框", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "新增渐变点", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipAll": "设置外边框和所有内线", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipBottom": "仅设置外底边框", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipDiagD": "设置对角下边框", @@ -1260,8 +1297,22 @@ "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipLeft": "仅限外部左边框", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipNone": "设置无边框", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipOuter": "仅限外部边框", + "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "删除渐变点", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipRight": "仅设置外边界", "SSE.Views.CellSettings.tipTop": "仅限外部边框", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.errorStockChart": "行顺序不正确，建立股票图表应将数据按照以下顺序放置在表格上：
                    开盘价，最高价格，最低价格，收盘价。", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textAdd": "新增", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textDelete": "删除", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textDown": "下", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textEdit": "编辑", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textInvalidRange": "无效的单元格范围", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSelectData": "选择数据", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textSwitch": "切换行/列", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataDialog.textUp": "上", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.errorStockChart": "行顺序不正确，建立股票图表应将数据按照以下顺序放置在表格上：
                    开盘价，最高价格，最低价格，收盘价。", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.textInvalidRange": "无效的单元格范围", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.textSelectData": "选择数据", + "SSE.Views.ChartDataRangeDialog.txtValues": "值", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strLineWeight": "线宽", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strSparkColor": "颜色", "SSE.Views.ChartSettings.strTemplate": "模板", @@ -1309,9 +1360,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textCustom": "自定义", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataColumns": "在列中", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataLabels": "数据标签", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRange": "数据范围", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataRows": "在行", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDataSeries": "数据系列", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textDisplayLegend": "显示图例", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyCells": "隐藏和空白的单元格", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textEmptyLine": "用线连接数据点", @@ -1323,9 +1372,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHide": "隐藏", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHigh": "高", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorAxis": "横轴", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorGrid": "水平网格线", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorizontal": "水平的", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHorTitle": "水平轴标题", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundreds": "数以百计", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textHundredThousands": "100 000", @@ -1377,11 +1424,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeparator": "数据标签分隔符", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSeriesName": "系列名称", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShow": "显示", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowAxis": "显示轴", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowBorders": "显示图表边框", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowData": "以隐藏的行和列显示数据", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowEmptyCells": "显示空单元格", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowGrid": "网格线", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowSparkAxis": "显示轴", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textShowValues": "显示图表值", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textSingle": "单一的迷你图", @@ -1401,12 +1446,9 @@ "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTwoCell": "随单元格移动和调整大小", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textType": "类型", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeData": "类型和数据", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textTypeStyle": "图表类型，样式＆数据范围", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textUnits": "显示单位", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textValue": "值", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertAxis": "垂直轴", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertGrid": "垂直网格线", - "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textVertTitle": "垂直轴标题", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textXAxisTitle": "X轴标题", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textYAxisTitle": "Y轴标题", "SSE.Views.ChartSettingsDlg.textZero": "零", @@ -1417,8 +1459,10 @@ "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textNew": "新建工作表", "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textSelectData": "选择数据", "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.textTitle": "创建表", + "SSE.Views.CreatePivotDialog.txtEmpty": "这是必填栏", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnGroup": "分组", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextCustomSort": "自定义排序", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextDataValidation": "数据校验", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextRemDuplicates": "移除多次出现的元素", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnTextToCol": "文本分列向导", "SSE.Views.DataTab.capBtnUngroup": "取消组合", @@ -1430,10 +1474,35 @@ "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRightOf": "详细信息右侧的摘要列", "SSE.Views.DataTab.textRows": "取消行分组", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipCustomSort": "自定义排序", + "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipDataValidation": "数据校验", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipGroup": "单元组范围", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipRemDuplicates": "从表单中移除多次出现的行", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipToColumns": "将单元格文本分隔成列", "SSE.Views.DataTab.tipUngroup": "取消单元格范围分组", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.strSettings": "设置", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAlert": "提示", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textAllow": "允许", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textData": "数据", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textFormula": "公式", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMax": "最大值", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMessage": "信息", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textMin": "最小值", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSelectData": "选择数据", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textSource": "来源", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStop": "停止", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.textStyle": "样式", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtAny": "任何值", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtBetween": "介于", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtDate": "日期", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtEqual": "等于", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThan": "大于", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtGreaterThanOrEqual": "大于或等于", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThan": "小于", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtLessThanOrEqual": "小于或等于", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotBetween": "不介于", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtNotEqual": "不等于", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtOther": "其他", + "SSE.Views.DataValidationDialog.txtTime": "时间", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capAnd": "和", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition1": "等于", "SSE.Views.DigitalFilterDialog.capCondition10": "不结束于", @@ -1516,6 +1585,8 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "对齐中间", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "右对齐", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "顶端对齐", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textStdDev": "标准差", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSum": "合计", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "复原", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUnFreezePanes": "解冻窗格", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.topCellText": "顶端对齐", @@ -1540,6 +1611,7 @@ "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCurrency": "货币", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomColumnWidth": "自定义列宽", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomRowHeight": "自定义行高度", + "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCustomSort": "自定义排序", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtCut": "剪切", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDate": "日期", "SSE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDelete": "删除", @@ -1598,6 +1670,8 @@ "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtOutline": "大纲", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtProduct": "产品", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtRepeat": "在每行重复标记项目", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDev": "标准差", + "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSum": "合计", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtSummarize": "用于小计的函数", "SSE.Views.FieldSettingsDialog.txtTop": "在群组顶部显示", "SSE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "打开文件所在位置", @@ -1762,13 +1836,15 @@ "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtFormulaTip": "插入功能", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtMore": "更多功能", "SSE.Views.FormulaTab.txtRecent": "最近使用的", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textAny": "任何", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunction": "函数", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textFunctionRes": "函数值", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textHelp": "关于此函数的帮助", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textLogical": "合乎逻辑", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textNumber": "数值", + "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textText": "文本", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textTitle": "函数输入值", "SSE.Views.FormulaWizard.textValue": "公式结果", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textColumns": "列", - "SSE.Controllers.DataTab.textRows": "行", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAlign": "与页边距对齐", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textAll": "所有页面", "SSE.Views.HeaderFooterDialog.textBold": "加粗", @@ -1867,6 +1943,7 @@ "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSpellcheck": "拼写检查", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "反馈和支持", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "开发者模式", + "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtLimit": "限制访问", "SSE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "试用模式", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.okButtonText": "保存", "SSE.Views.MainSettingsPrint.strBottom": "底部", @@ -1999,6 +2076,7 @@ "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.capCondition9": "结束于", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtAnd": "且", "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtTitleLabel": "标签过滤器", + "SSE.Views.PivotDigitalFilterDialog.txtTitleValue": "按值筛选", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textAdvanced": "显示高级设置", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textColumns": "列", "SSE.Views.PivotSettings.textFields": "选择字段", @@ -2034,6 +2112,7 @@ "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "数据透视表 - 进阶设定", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textWrapCol": "报告每列的过滤域", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.textWrapRow": "报告每行的过滤域", + "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.txtEmpty": "这是必填栏", "SSE.Views.PivotSettingsAdvanced.txtName": "名称", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capBlankRows": "空白行", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.capGrandTotals": "总计", @@ -2063,6 +2142,7 @@ "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSelect": "选择整张透视表", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.tipSubtotals": "显示或隐藏分类汇总", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtCreate": "插入表", + "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtPivotTable": "数据透视表", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtRefresh": "刷新", "SSE.Views.PivotTable.txtSelect": "选择", "SSE.Views.PrintSettings.btnDownload": "保存并下载", @@ -2155,6 +2235,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strTransparency": "不透明度", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.strType": "类型", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAdvanced": "显示高级设置", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textAngle": "角度", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "输入的值不正确。
                    请输入介于0 pt和1584 pt之间的值。", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textColor": "颜色填充", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textDirection": "方向", @@ -2174,6 +2255,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textNoFill": "没有填充", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textOriginalSize": "原始尺寸", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPatternFill": "模式", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textPosition": "位置", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRadial": "径向", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotate90": "旋转90°", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textRotation": "旋转", @@ -2183,6 +2265,8 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textStyle": "类型", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTexture": "从纹理", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.textTile": "瓦", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "新增渐变点", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "删除渐变点", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtBrownPaper": "牛皮纸", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCanvas": "画布", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtCarton": "纸板", @@ -2232,6 +2316,7 @@ "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "单元捕捉", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSpacing": "列之间的间距", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textSquare": "正方形", + "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTextBox": "文本框", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "形状 - 高级设置", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTop": "顶部", "SSE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textTwoCell": "随单元格移动和调整大小", @@ -2256,6 +2341,7 @@ "SSE.Views.SlicerAddDialog.textColumns": "列", "SSE.Views.SlicerAddDialog.txtTitle": "插入分法", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strHideNoData": "隐藏没有数据的项目", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.strSorting": "排序和筛选", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAdvanced": "显示高级设置", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAsc": "升序", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textAZ": "A到Z", @@ -2270,12 +2356,21 @@ "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textNewOld": "由新到旧", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textOldNew": "由旧到新", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textPosition": "位置", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textSize": "大小", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textStyle": "样式", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textVert": "垂直", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettings.textWidth": "宽度", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strButtons": "按钮", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strColumns": "列", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strHeight": "高度", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strHideNoData": "隐藏没有数据的项目", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strReferences": "参考", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strShowHeader": "显示题头", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strSize": "大小", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strSorting": "排序和筛选", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strStyle": "样式", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strStyleSize": "样式和尺寸", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.strWidth": "宽度", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAbsolute": "不要移动或调整单元格大小", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "备选文本", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "说明", @@ -2291,7 +2386,9 @@ "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textOldNew": "由旧到新", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textOneCell": "移动但不按单元格大小调整", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSnap": "单元捕捉", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textSort": "排序", "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.textTwoCell": "随单元格移动和调整大小", + "SSE.Views.SlicerSettingsAdvanced.txtEmpty": "这是必填栏", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorEmpty": "所有排序条件都必须指定列或行。", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorMoreOneCol": "选择了多个列。", "SSE.Views.SortDialog.errorMoreOneRow": "选择了多行。", @@ -2330,6 +2427,7 @@ "SSE.Views.SortDialog.txtTitle": "分类", "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.textAsc": "升序 (A 到 Z) 依据", "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.textDesc": "降序 (Z 到 A) 依据", + "SSE.Views.SortFilterDialog.txtTitle": "排序", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textCase": "区分大小写", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textHeaders": "我的数据有页眉", "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textLeftRight": "从左到右排序", @@ -2338,6 +2436,7 @@ "SSE.Views.SortOptionsDialog.textTopBottom": "从上到下排序", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAdd": "添加", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textAll": "所有", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textBlanks": "跳过空白", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textColWidth": "列宽度", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textComments": "评论", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textDiv": "分开", @@ -2351,6 +2450,9 @@ "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textOperation": "操作", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textPaste": "粘贴", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textTitle": "特殊粘贴", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textValues": "值", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textVFormat": "值和格式", + "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textVNFormat": "值和数字格式", "SSE.Views.SpecialPasteDialog.textWBorders": "除边框外的所有元素", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.noSuggestions": "没有拼写建议", "SSE.Views.Spellcheck.textChange": "修改", @@ -2379,6 +2481,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMinimum": "最小值", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemMove": "移动", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemRename": "重命名", + "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemSum": "合计", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.itemTabColor": "标签颜色", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.errNameExists": "具有这样一个名称的工作表已经存在。", "SSE.Views.Statusbar.RenameDialog.errNameWrongChar": "表格名字中不能保护以下符号：\\/*?[]:", @@ -2460,6 +2563,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strStroke": "边框", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strTransparency": "不透明度", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.strType": "类型", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textAngle": "角度", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textBorderSizeErr": "输入的值不正确。
                    请输入介于0 pt和1584 pt之间的值。", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textColor": "颜色填充", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textDirection": "方向", @@ -2472,6 +2576,7 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textLinear": "线性", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textNoFill": "没有填充", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPatternFill": "模式", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textPosition": "位置", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textRadial": "径向", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textSelectTexture": "选择", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStretch": "伸展", @@ -2480,6 +2585,8 @@ "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTexture": "从纹理", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTile": "瓦", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "跟踪变化", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipAddGradientPoint": "新增渐变点", + "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.tipRemoveGradientPoint": "删除渐变点", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtBrownPaper": "牛皮纸", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCanvas": "画布", "SSE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCarton": "纸板", @@ -2500,6 +2607,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageOrient": "选项", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageSize": "大小", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPrintArea": "打印区域", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPrintTitles": "打印标题", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnScale": "按比例调整", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgAlign": "对齐", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.capImgBackward": "向后移动", @@ -2588,6 +2696,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "顶边： ", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textTopBorders": "顶部边界", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "下划线", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textVertical": "纵向文本", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textWidth": "宽度", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "放大", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignBottom": "底部对齐", @@ -2613,6 +2722,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStyleCurrency": "货币风格", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipDigStylePercent": "百分比风格", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChart": "编辑图表", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditChartData": "选择数据", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "编辑页眉或页脚", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "字体颜色", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "字体 ", @@ -2642,6 +2752,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrColor": "背景颜色", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrint": "打印", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrintArea": "打印区域", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipPrintTitles": "打印标题", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipRedo": "重做", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSave": "保存", "SSE.Views.Toolbar.tipSaveCoauth": "保存您的更改以供其他用户查看", @@ -2726,6 +2837,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtBy": "依据", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtItems": "项目", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtPercent": "百分", + "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtSum": "合计", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTitle": "前十位自动过滤", "SSE.Views.Top10FilterDialog.txtTop": "顶部", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtAverage": "平均值", @@ -2745,5 +2857,21 @@ "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfRow": "占所有的百分比", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtPercentOfTotal": "占所有行的百分比", "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtProduct": "产品", - "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtRunTotal": "总运行" + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtRunTotal": "总运行", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtStdDev": "标准差", + "SSE.Views.ValueFieldSettingsDialog.txtSum": "合计", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.closeButtonText": "关闭", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.guestText": "游客", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDelete": "删除", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textDuplicate": "复制", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textNew": "新", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.textRename": "重命名", + "SSE.Views.ViewManagerDlg.tipIsLocked": "此元素正在被其他用户编辑。", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.capBtnFreeze": "冻结窗格", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textClose": "关闭", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textCreate": "新", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textDefault": "默认", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textGridlines": "网格线", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.textZoom": "放大", + "SSE.Views.ViewTab.tipFreeze": "冻结窗格" } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/de.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/de.json index a989613a4..6d64e547f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/de.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/de.json @@ -121,6 +121,7 @@ "T.TEST": "T.TEST", "TEXT": "TEXT", "TEXTJOIN": "TEXTVERKETTEN", + "TREND": "TREND", "TRIM": "GLÄTTEN", "TRIMMEAN": "GESTUTZTMITTEL", "TTEST": "TTEST", @@ -191,6 +192,7 @@ "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "GAMMALN.GENAU", "GAUSS": "GAUSS", "GEOMEAN": "GEOMITTEL", + "GROWTH": "VARIATION", "HARMEAN": "HARMITTEL", "HYPGEOM.DIST": "HYPGEOM.VERT", "HYPGEOMDIST": "HYPGEOMVERT", @@ -198,6 +200,7 @@ "KURT": "KURT", "LARGE": "KGRÖSSTE", "LINEST": "RGP", + "LOGEST": "RKP", "LOGINV": "LOGINV", "LOGNORM.DIST": "LOGNORM.VERT", "LOGNORM.INV": "LOGNORM.INV", @@ -374,6 +377,7 @@ "MOD": "REST", "MROUND": "VRUNDEN", "MULTINOMIAL": "POLYNOMIAL", + "MUNIT": "MEINHEIT", "ODD": "UNGERADE", "PI": "PI", "POWER": "POTENZ", @@ -381,6 +385,7 @@ "QUOTIENT": "QUOTIENT", "RADIANS": "BOGENMASS", "RAND": "ZUFALLSZAHL", + "RANDARRAY": "ZUFALLSMATRIX", "RANDBETWEEN": "ZUFALLSBEREICH", "ROMAN": "RÖMISCH", "ROUND": "RUNDEN", @@ -421,6 +426,7 @@ "ROW": "ZEILE", "ROWS": "ZEILEN", "TRANSPOSE": "MTRANS", + "UNIQUE": "EINDEUTIG", "VLOOKUP": "SVERWEIS", "CELL": "ZELLE", "ERROR.TYPE": "FEHLER.TYP", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/de_desc.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/de_desc.json index 276a6265c..9e77b17cd 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/de_desc.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/de_desc.json @@ -755,6 +755,10 @@ "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den geometrischen Mittelwert der zugehörigen Argumente zurück" }, + "GROWTH": { + "a": "(Y_Werte;[X_Werte];[Neue_x_Werte];[Konstante])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - liefert Werte, die sich aus einem exponentiellen Trend ergeben. Die Funktion liefert die y-Werte für eine Reihe neuer x-Werte, die Sie mithilfe vorhandener x- und y-Werte festlegen" + }, "HARMEAN": { "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den harmonischen Mittelwert der zugehörigen Argumente zurück" @@ -780,9 +784,13 @@ "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den k-größten Wert eines Datensatzes in einem bestimmten Zellbereich zurück" }, "LINEST": { - "a": "( known_y's, [known_x's], [const], [stats] )", - "d": "Statistische Funktion - berechnet die Statistik für eine Linie nach der Methode der kleinsten Quadrate, um eine gerade Linie zu berechnen, die am besten an die Daten angepasst ist, und gibt dann eine Matrix zurück, die die Linie beschreibt; da diese Funktion eine Matrix von Werten zurückgibt, muss die Formel als Matrixformel eingegeben werden" + "a": "(Y_Werte;[X_Werte];[Konstante];[Stats])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - berechnet die Statistik für eine Linie nach der Methode der kleinsten Quadrate, um eine gerade Linie zu berechnen, die am besten an die Daten angepasst ist, und gibt dann eine Matrix zurück, die die Linie beschreibt. Da diese Funktion eine Matrix von Werten zurückgibt, muss die Formel als Matrixformel eingegeben werden" }, + "LOGEST": { + "a": "(Y_Werte;[X_Werte];[Konstante];[Stats])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - in der Regressionsanalyse berechnet die Funktion eine exponentielle Kurve, die Ihren Daten entspricht, und gibt ein Array von Werten zurück, die die Kurve beschreiben. Da diese Funktion eine Matrix von Werten zurückgibt, muss die Formel als Matrixformel eingegeben werden" + }, "LOGINV": { "a": "(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn)", "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der Lognormalverteilung von Wahrsch zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normal verteilt ist" @@ -1039,6 +1047,10 @@ "a": "(Matrix1;Matrix2;Seiten;Typ)", "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Teststatistik eines Student'schen t-Tests zurück. Mithilfe von T.TEST können Sie testen, ob zwei Stichproben aus zwei Grundgesamtheiten mit demselben Mittelwert stammen" }, + "TREND": { + "a": "(Y_Werte;[X_Werte];[Neu_X];[Konstante])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Werte entlang eines linearen Trends zurück. Es passt zu einer geraden Linie (unter Verwendung der Methode der kleinsten Quadrate) zum known_y und known_x des Arrays" + }, "TRIMMEAN": { "a": "(Matrix;Prozent)", "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Mittelwert einer Datengruppe zurück, ohne die Randwerte zu berücksichtigen. GESTUTZTMITTEL berechnet den Mittelwert einer Teilmenge der Datenpunkte, die darauf basiert, dass entsprechend des jeweils angegebenen Prozentsatzes die kleinsten und größten Werte der ursprünglichen Datenpunkte ausgeschlossen werden" @@ -1499,6 +1511,10 @@ "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt das Verhältnis der Fakultät von der Summe der Zahlen zum Produkt der Fakultäten zurück" }, + "MUNIT": { + "a": "(Größe)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Einheitsmatrix für die angegebene Dimension zurück" + }, "ODD": { "a": "(Zahl)", "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste gerade unganze Zahl auf" @@ -1527,6 +1543,10 @@ "a": "()", "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine gleichmäßig verteilte reelle Zufallszahl zurück, die größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner als 1 ist Für die Syntax der Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich" }, + "RANDARRAY": { + "a": "([Zeilen];[Spalten];[min];[max];[ganze_Zahl])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine Array von Zufallszahlen zurück" + }, "RANDBETWEEN": { "a": "(Untere_Zahl;Obere_Zahl)", "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine Zufallszahl zurück, die größer oder gleich Untere_Zahl und kleiner oder gleich Obere_Zahl ist" @@ -1687,6 +1707,10 @@ "a": "(Matrix)", "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt das erste Element einer Matrix zurück" }, + "UNIQUE": { + "a": "(Array,[Nach_Spalte],[Genau_Einmal])", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt eine Liste von eindeutigen Werten in einer Liste oder einem Bereich zurück" + }, "VLOOKUP": { "a": "(Suchkriterium; Matrix; Spaltenindex; [Bereich_Verweis])", "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - führt eine vertikale Suche nach einem Wert in der linken Spalte einer Tabelle oder eines Arrays aus und gibt den Wert in derselben Zeile basierend auf einer angegebenen Spaltenindexnummer zurück" diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/en.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/en.json index 7b3c2aedf..7468975ec 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/en.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/en.json @@ -121,6 +121,7 @@ "T.TEST": "T.TEST", "TEXT": "TEXT", "TEXTJOIN": "TEXTJOIN", + "TREND": "TREND", "TRIM": "TRIM", "TRIMMEAN": "TRIMMEAN", "TTEST": "TTEST", @@ -191,6 +192,7 @@ "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "GAMMALN.PRECISE", "GAUSS": "GAUSS", "GEOMEAN": "GEOMEAN", + "GROWTH": "GROWTH", "HARMEAN": "HARMEAN", "HYPGEOM.DIST": "HYPGEOM.DIST", "HYPGEOMDIST": "HYPGEOMDIST", @@ -198,6 +200,7 @@ "KURT": "KURT", "LARGE": "LARGE", "LINEST": "LINEST", + "LOGEST": "LOGEST", "LOGINV": "LOGINV", "LOGNORM.DIST": "LOGNORM.DIST", "LOGNORM.INV": "LOGNORM.INV", @@ -374,6 +377,7 @@ "MOD": "MOD", "MROUND": "MROUND", "MULTINOMIAL": "MULTINOMIAL", + "MUNIT": "MUNIT", "ODD": "ODD", "PI": "PI", "POWER": "POWER", @@ -381,6 +385,7 @@ "QUOTIENT": "QUOTIENT", "RADIANS": "RADIANS", "RAND": "RAND", + "RANDARRAY": "RANDARRAY", "RANDBETWEEN": "RANDBETWEEN", "ROMAN": "ROMAN", "ROUND": "ROUND", @@ -421,6 +426,7 @@ "ROW": "ROW", "ROWS": "ROWS", "TRANSPOSE": "TRANSPOSE", + "UNIQUE": "UNIQUE", "VLOOKUP": "VLOOKUP", "CELL": "CELL", "ERROR.TYPE": "ERROR.TYPE", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/en_desc.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/en_desc.json index 3ff0d7372..496326181 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/en_desc.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/en_desc.json @@ -755,6 +755,10 @@ "a": "( argument-list )", "d": "Statistical function used to calculate the geometric mean of the argument list" }, + "GROWTH": { + "a": "( known_y's, [known_x's], [new_x's], [const] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to calculate predicted exponential growth by using existing data; returns the y-values for a series of new x-values that you specify by using existing x-values and y-values" + }, "HARMEAN": { "a": "( argument-list )", "d": "Statistical function used to calculate the harmonic mean of the argument list" @@ -783,6 +787,10 @@ "a": "( known_y's, [known_x's], [const], [stats] )", "d": "Statistical function used to calculate the statistics for a line by using the least squares method to calculate a straight line that best fits your data, and then returns an array that describes the line; because this function returns an array of values, it must be entered as an array formula" }, + "LOGEST": { + "a": "( known_y's, [known_x's], [const], [stats] )", + "d": "Statistical function used calculate an exponential curve that fits your data and returns an array of values that describes the curve in regression analysis; because this function returns an array of values, it must be entered as an array formula" + }, "LOGINV": { "a": "( x , mean , standard-deviation )", "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the lognormal cumulative distribution function of the given x value with the specified parameters" @@ -1039,6 +1047,10 @@ "a": "( array1 , array2 , tails , type )", "d": "Statistical function used to return the probability associated with a Student's t-Test; use T.TEST to determine whether two samples are likely to have come from the same two underlying populations that have the same mean" }, + "TREND": { + "a": "( known_y's, [known_x's], [new_x's], [const] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return values along a linear trend; it fits a straight line (using the method of least squares) to the array's known_y's and known_x's" + }, "TRIMMEAN": { "a": "( array , percent )", "d": "Statistical function used to return the mean of the interior of a data set; TRIMMEAN calculates the mean taken by excluding a percentage of data points from the top and bottom tails of a data set" @@ -1499,6 +1511,10 @@ "a": "( argument-list )", "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the ratio of the factorial of a sum of numbers to the product of factorials" }, + "MUNIT": { + "a": "( dimension )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the unit matrix for the specified dimension" + }, "ODD": { "a": "( x )", "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to round the number up to the nearest odd integer" @@ -1525,7 +1541,11 @@ }, "RAND": { "a": "()", - "d": "Math and trigonometry functionused to return a random number greater than or equal to 0 and less than 1. It does not require any argument" + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return a random number greater than or equal to 0 and less than 1. It does not require any argument" + }, + "RANDARRAY": { + "a": "( [ rows ] , [ columns ] , [ min ] , [ max ] , [ whole_number ] )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return an array of random numbers" }, "RANDBETWEEN": { "a": "( lower-bound , upper-bound )", @@ -1687,6 +1707,10 @@ "a": "( array )", "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return the first element of an array" }, + "UNIQUE": { + "a": "( array, [by_col], [exactly_once] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return a list of unique values in a list or range" + }, "VLOOKUP": { "a": "( lookup-value , table-array , col-index-num [ , [ range-lookup-flag ] ] )", "d": "Lookup and reference function used to perform the vertical search for a value in the left-most column of a table or an array and return the value in the same row based on a specified column index number" diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/es.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/es.json index 654d40d2b..8dcb0da41 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/es.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/es.json @@ -121,6 +121,7 @@ "T.TEST": "PRUEBA.T.N", "TEXT": "TEXTO", "TEXTJOIN": "UNIRCADENAS", + "TREND": "TENDENCIA", "TRIM": "ESPACIOS", "TRIMMEAN": "MEDIA.ACOTADA", "TTEST": "PRUEBA.T", @@ -191,6 +192,7 @@ "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "GAMMA.LN.EXACTO", "GAUSS": "GAUSS", "GEOMEAN": "MEDIA.GEOM", + "GROWTH": "CRECIMIENTO", "HARMEAN": "MEDIA.ARMO", "HYPGEOM.DIST": "DISTR.HIPERGEOM.N", "HYPGEOMDIST": "DISTR.HIPERGEOM", @@ -198,6 +200,7 @@ "KURT": "CURTOSIS", "LARGE": "K.ESIMO.MAYOR", "LINEST": "ESTIMACION.LINEAL", + "LOGEST": "ESTIMACION.LOGARITMICA", "LOGINV": "DISTR.LOG.INV", "LOGNORM.DIST": "DISTR.LOGNORM", "LOGNORM.INV": "INV.LOGNORM", @@ -374,6 +377,7 @@ "MOD": "RESIDUO", "MROUND": "REDOND.MULT", "MULTINOMIAL": "MULTINOMIAL", + "MUNIT": "M.UNIDAD", "ODD": "REDONDEA.IMPAR", "PI": "PI", "POWER": "POTENCIA", @@ -381,6 +385,7 @@ "QUOTIENT": "COCIENTE", "RADIANS": "RADIANES", "RAND": "ALEATORIO", + "RANDARRAY": "MATRIZALEAT", "RANDBETWEEN": "ALEATORIO.ENTRE", "ROMAN": "NUMERO.ROMANO", "ROUND": "REDONDEAR", @@ -421,6 +426,7 @@ "ROW": "FILA", "ROWS": "FILAS", "TRANSPOSE": "TRANSPONER", + "UNIQUE": "UNIQUE", "VLOOKUP": "BUSCARV", "CELL": "CELDA", "ERROR.TYPE": "TIPO.DE.ERROR", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/es_desc.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/es_desc.json index d47c20e49..5b75c7b33 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/es_desc.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/es_desc.json @@ -755,6 +755,10 @@ "a": "(lista-argumento)", "d": "Función estadística utilizada para calcular la media geométrica de la lista de argumentos" }, + "GROWTH": { + "a": "(conocido_y, [conocido_x], [nueva_matriz_x], [constante])", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para Calcula el crecimiento exponencial previsto a través de los datos existentes. Función devuelve los valores y de una serie de nuevos valores x especificados con valores x e y existentes." + }, "HARMEAN": { "a": "(lista-argumento)", "d": "Función estadística utilizada para calcular la media armónica de la lista de argumentos" @@ -780,9 +784,13 @@ "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de celdas y devolver el mayor valor" }, "LINEST": { - "a": "( known_y's, [known_x's], [const], [stats] )", + "a": "(conocido_y, [conocido_x], [constante], [estadística])", "d": "Función estadística utilizada para calcula las estadísticas de una línea con el método de los 'mínimos cuadrados' para calcular la línea recta que mejor se ajuste a los datos y después devuelve una matriz que describe la línea; debido a que esta función devuelve una matriz de valores, debe ser especificada como fórmula de matriz" }, + "LOGEST": { + "a": "(conocido_y, [conocido_x], [constante], [estadística])", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada, en el análisis de regresión, para calcula una curva exponencial que se ajusta a los datos y devuelve una matriz de valores que describe la curva. Debido a que esta función devuelve una matriz de valores, debe ser especificada como una fórmula de matriz." + }, "LOGINV": { "a": "(x, media, desviación-estándar)", "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la función de distribución acumulativa logarítmica del valor x dado con los parámetros especificados" @@ -1039,6 +1047,10 @@ "a": "(conjunto1, conjunto2, colas, tipo)", "d": "Función estadística utilizada para obtener la probabilidad asociada con el t-Test de Student; utilice PRUEBA.T para determinar si es probable que dos muestras provengan de las mismas dos poblaciones subyacentes que tienen la misma media." }, + "TREND": { + "a": "(conocido_y, [conocido_x], [nueva_matriz_x], [constante])", + "d": "Función estadística devuelve valores en una tendencia lineal. Se ajusta a una línea recta (usando el método de los mínimos cuadrados) al known_y de la matriz y known_x." + }, "TRIMMEAN": { "a": "(matriz, porcentaje)", "d": "Función estadística utilizada para obtener la media del interior de un conjunto de datos; TRIMMEAN calcula la media tomada excluyendo un porcentaje de puntos de datos de las colas superior e inferior de un conjunto de datos." @@ -1499,6 +1511,10 @@ "a": "(lista-argumento)", "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la relación entre el factorial de una suma de números y el producto de los factoriales." }, + "MUNIT": { + "a": "(dimensión)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría para devolver la matriz de la unidad de la dimensión especificada." + }, "ODD": { "a": "( x )", "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría usada para redondear el número al número entero impar más cercano" @@ -1527,6 +1543,10 @@ "a": "()", "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número aleatorio mayor o igual que 0 y menor que 1. No requiere ningún argumento." }, + "RANDARRAY": { + "a": "([rows], [columns], [min], [max], [whole_number])", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver una matriz de números aleatorios" + }, "RANDBETWEEN": { "a": "(límite-inferior, límite-superior)", "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número aleatorio mayor o igual que el del límite inferior y menor o igual que el del límite superior" @@ -1687,13 +1707,17 @@ "a": "( conjunto )", "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver el primer elemento de un conjunto" }, + "UNIQUE": { + "a": "(matriz, [by_col], [exactly_once])", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia para devolver una lista de valores únicos de una lista o rango" + }, "VLOOKUP": { "a": "(valor-buscar, tabla-conjunto, col-índice-núm[, [rango-buscar-marcador]])", "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para realizar la búsqueda vertical de un valor en la columna de la izquierda de una tabla o conjunto y devolver el valor en la misma fila basado en un número de índice de columna especificado." }, "CELL": { "a": "(info_type, [reference])", - "d": "Función de información utilizada para devuelve información sobre el formato, la ubicación o el contenido de una celda" + "d": "Función de información utilizada para devolver información sobre el formato, la ubicación o el contenido de una celda" }, "ERROR.TYPE": { "a": "(valor)", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/fr.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/fr.json index e37002ce7..4da4226ee 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/fr.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/fr.json @@ -191,6 +191,7 @@ "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "LNGAMMA.PRECIS", "GAUSS": "GAUSS", "GEOMEAN": "MOYENNE.GEOMETRIQUE", + "GROWTH": "CROISSANCE", "HARMEAN": "MOYENNE.HARMONIQUE", "HYPGEOM.DIST": "LOI.HYPERGEOMETRIQUE.N", "HYPGEOMDIST": "LOI.HYPERGEOMETRIQUE", @@ -198,6 +199,7 @@ "KURT": "KURTOSIS", "LARGE": "GRANDE.VALEUR", "LINEST": "DROITEREG", + "LOGEST": "LOGREG", "LOGINV": "LOI.LOGNORMALE.INVERSE", "LOGNORM.DIST": "LOI.LOGNORMALE.N", "LOGNORM.INV": "LOI.LOGNORMALE.INVERSE.N", @@ -374,6 +376,7 @@ "MOD": "MOD", "MROUND": "ARRONDI.AU.MULTIPLE", "MULTINOMIAL": "MULTINOMIALE", + "MUNIT": "MATRICE.UNITAIRE", "ODD": "IMPAIR", "PI": "PI", "POWER": "PUISSANCE", @@ -381,6 +384,7 @@ "QUOTIENT": "QUOTIENT", "RADIANS": "RADIANS", "RAND": "ALEA", + "RANDARRAY": "TABLEAU.ALEAT", "RANDBETWEEN": "ALEA.ENTRE.BORNES", "ROMAN": "ROMAIN", "ROUND": "ARRONDI", @@ -421,6 +425,7 @@ "ROW": "LIGNE", "ROWS": "LIGNES", "TRANSPOSE": "TRANSPOSE", + "UNIQUE": "UNIQUE", "VLOOKUP": "RECHERCHEV", "CELL": "CELLULE", "ERROR.TYPE": "TYPE.ERREUR", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/fr_desc.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/fr_desc.json index ec4d915e4..e02230b51 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/fr_desc.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/fr_desc.json @@ -755,6 +755,10 @@ "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la moyenne géométrique d'une série de données." }, + "GROWTH": { + "a": "(y_connus, [x_connus], [x_nouveaux], [constante])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour сalculer la croissance exponentielle prévue à partir des données existantes. La fonction renvoie les valeurs y pour une série de nouvelles valeurs x que vous spécifiez, en utilisant des valeurs x et y existantes." + }, "HARMEAN": { "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la moyenne harmonique d'une série de données." @@ -780,9 +784,13 @@ "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de cellules et renvoyer la k-ième plus grande valeur." }, "LINEST": { - "a": "( known_y's, [known_x's], [const], [stats] )", - "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calcule les statistiques d’une droite par la méthode des moindres carrés afin de calculer une droite s’ajustant au plus près de vos données, puis renvoie une matrice qui décrit cette droite; dans la mesure où cette fonction renvoie une matrice de valeurs, elle doit être tapée sous la forme d’une formule matricielle" + "a": "(y_connus, [x_connus], [constante], [statistiques])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer les statistiques d’une droite par la méthode des moindres carrés afin de calculer une droite s’ajustant au plus près de vos données, puis renvoie une matrice qui décrit cette droite; dans la mesure où cette fonction renvoie une matrice de valeurs, elle doit être tapée sous la forme d’une formule matricielle" }, + "LOGEST": { + "a": "(y_connus, [x_connus], [constante], [statistiques])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer les statistiques d’une droite par la méthode des moindres carrés afin de calculer une droite s’ajustant au plus près de vos données, puis renvoie une matrice qui décrit cette droite. Vous pouvez également combiner la fonction avec d’autres fonctions pour calculer les statistiques d’autres types de modèles linéaires dans les paramètres inconnus, y compris polynomial, logarithmique, exponentiel et série de puissances." + }, "LOGINV": { "a": "(x, moyenne, écart_type)", "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la fonction de distribution de x suivant une loi lognormale cumulée en utilisant les paramètres spécifiés" @@ -1039,6 +1047,10 @@ "a": "(matrice1, matrice2, uni/bilatéral, type)", "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la probabilité associée au test t de Student; Utilisez TEST.STUDENT pour déterminer si deux échantillons sont susceptibles de provenir de deux populations identiques ayant la même moyenne." }, + "TREND": { + "a": "(y_connus, [x_connus], [x_nouveaux], [constante])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer des valeurs par rapport à une tendance linéaire. Elle s’adapte à une ligne droite (à l’aide de la méthode des moindres carrés) aux known_y et known_x de la matrice." + }, "TRIMMEAN": { "a": "(matrice, pourcentage)", "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la moyenne intérieure d'un ensemble de données; MOYENNE.REDUITE calcule la moyenne prise en excluant un pourcentage de points de données des queues supérieure et inférieure d'un ensemble de données" @@ -1499,6 +1511,10 @@ "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le rapport de la factorielle de la somme de nombres au produit de factorielles" }, + "MUNIT": { + "a": "(dimension)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la matrice unitaire pour la dimension spécifiée." + }, "ODD": { "a": "(x)", "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre à l’excès au nombre entier impair le plus proche" @@ -1527,6 +1543,10 @@ "a": "()", "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique qui renvoie un nombre aléatoire supérieur ou égal à 0 et inférieur à 1. Elle ne prend aucun argument." }, + "RANDARRAY": { + "a": "([Rangées], [Colonnes], [min], [max], [nombre_entier])", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer un tableau de nombres aléatoires" + }, "RANDBETWEEN": { "a": "(limite_inf [, limite_sup])", "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer un nombre aléatoire supérieur ou égal à limite_inf et inférieur ou égal à limite_sup." @@ -1687,6 +1707,10 @@ "a": "(matrice)", "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer le premier élément d'un tableau" }, + "UNIQUE": { + "a": "(matrice, [by_col], [exactly_once])", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une liste de valeurs uniques au sein d’une liste ou d’une plage" + }, "VLOOKUP": { "a": "(valeur_cherchée, table_matrice, no_index_col[, [valeur_proche]])", "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour effectuer la recherche verticale d'une valeur dans la première colonne à gauche d'un tableau et retourner la valeur qui se trouve dans la même ligne à la base d'un numéro d'index de colonne spécifié" diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/it.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/it.json index d66106a1d..f5888119a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/it.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/it.json @@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ "T.TEST": "TESTT", "TEXT": "TESTO", "TEXTJOIN": "TEXTJOIN", + "TREND": "TENDENZA", "TRIM": "ANNULLA.SPAZI", "TRIMMEAN": "MEDIA.TRONCATA", "TTEST": "TEST.T", @@ -184,6 +185,7 @@ "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "LN.GAMMA.PRECISA", "GAUSS": "GAUSS", "GEOMEAN": "MEDIA.GEOMETRICA", + "GROWTH": "CRESCITA", "HARMEAN": "MEDIA.ARMONICA", "HYPGEOM.DIST": "DISTRIB.IPERGEOM.N", "HYPGEOMDIST": "DISTRIB.IPERGEOM", @@ -191,6 +193,7 @@ "KURT": "CURTOSI", "LARGE": "GRANDE", "LINEST": "REGR.LIN", + "LOGEST": "REGR.LOG", "LOGINV": "INV.LOGNORM", "LOGNORM.DIST": "DISTRIB.LOGNORM.N", "LOGNORM.INV": "INV.LOGNORM.N", @@ -366,6 +369,7 @@ "MOD": "RESTO", "MROUND": "ARROTONDA.MULTIPLO", "MULTINOMIAL": "MULTINOMIALE", + "MUNIT": "MATR.UNIT", "ODD": "DISPARI", "PI": "PI.GRECO", "POWER": "POTENZA", @@ -373,6 +377,7 @@ "QUOTIENT": "QUOZIENTE", "RADIANS": "RADIANTI", "RAND": "CASUALE", + "RANDARRAY": "MATR.CASUALE", "RANDBETWEEN": "CASUALE.TRA", "ROMAN": "ROMANO", "ROUND": "ARROTONDA", @@ -412,6 +417,7 @@ "ROW": "RIF.RIGA", "ROWS": "RIGHE", "TRANSPOSE": "MATR.TRASPOSTA", + "UNIQUE": "UNICI", "VLOOKUP": "CERCA.VERT", "CELL": "CELLA", "ERROR.TYPE": "ERRORE.TIPO", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/it_desc.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/it_desc.json index c02793ced..61bedbda7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/it_desc.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/it_desc.json @@ -487,6 +487,10 @@ "a": "(testo)", "d": "Rimuove gli spazi da una stringa di testo eccetto gli spazi singoli tra le parole" }, + "TREND": { + "a": "(y_nota; [x_nota]; [nuova_x]; [cost])", + "d": "Restituisce i valori lungo una tendenza lineare. Si adatta a una linea retta (usando il metodo di minimi quadrati) per gli known_y e le known_x della matrice" + }, "TRIMMEAN": { "a": "(matrice, percento)", "d": "Restituisce la media della parte intera di un set di valori di dati" @@ -739,6 +743,10 @@ "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", "d": "Restituisce la media geometrica di una matrice o di un intervallo di dati numerici positivi" }, + "GROWTH": { + "a": "(y_nota; [x_nota]; [nuova_x]; [cost])", + "d": "Calcola la crescita esponenziale prevista in base ai dati esistenti. La funzione restituisce i valori y corrispondenti a una serie di valori x nuovi, specificati in base a valori x e y esistenti" + }, "HARMEAN": { "a": "(argument-list)", "d": "Calcola la media armonica (il reciproco della media aritmetica dei reciproci) di un sei di dati costituiti da numeri positivi" @@ -764,9 +772,13 @@ "d": "Restituisce il k-esimo valore più grande in un set di dati." }, "LINEST": { - "a": "( known_y's, [known_x's], [const], [stats] )", + "a": "(y_nota; [x_nota]; [cost]; [stat])", "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per calcola le statistiche per una linea utilizzando il metodo dei minimi quadrati per calcolare la retta che meglio rappresenta i dati e restituisce una matrice che descrive la retta; dal momento che questa funzione restituisce una matrice di valori, deve essere immessa come formula in forma di matrice" }, + "LOGEST": { + "a": "(y_nota; [x_nota]; [cost]; [stat])", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per Nell'analisi della regressione la funzione calcola una curva esponenziale adatta ai dati e restituisce una matrice di valori che descrive la curva. Dal momento che questa funzione restituisce una matrice di valori, deve essere immessa come una formula della matrice" + }, "LOGINV": { "a": "(x , media , dev_standard)", "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione lognormale di x, in cui ln(x) è distribuito normalmente con i parametri Media e Dev_standard" @@ -1467,6 +1479,10 @@ "a": "(num1, num2,...)", "d": "Restituisce il multinomiale di un insieme di numeri" }, + "MUNIT": { + "a": "(dimensione)", + "d": "Restituisce la matrice unitaria per la dimensione specificata" + }, "ODD": { "a": "(x)", "d": "Arrotonda un numero positivo per eccesso al numero intero più vicino e uno negativo per difetto al numero dispari più vicino" @@ -1495,6 +1511,10 @@ "a": "()", "d": "Restituisce un numero casuale uniformemente distribuito, ossia cambia se viene ricalcolato, e maggiore o uguale a 0 e minore di 1" }, + "RANDARRAY": { + "a": "([Righe], [Colonne], [min], [max], [numero_intero])", + "d": "Restituisce una matrice di numeri casuali" + }, "RANDBETWEEN": { "a": "(minore , maggiore)", "d": "Restituisce un numero casuale compreso tra i numeri specificati" @@ -1651,6 +1671,10 @@ "a": "(matrice)", "d": "Restituisce la trasposta della matrice data" }, + "UNIQUE": { + "a": "(Array, [by_col], [exactly_once])", + "d": "Restituisce un elenco di valori univoci in un elenco o un intervallo" + }, "VLOOKUP": { "a": "(val , matrice , indice_col [ , [ intervallo ] ])", "d": "Ricerca il valore in verticale nell'indice" diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/pl.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/pl.json index 04efaff24..034f111fc 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/pl.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/pl.json @@ -121,6 +121,7 @@ "T.TEST": "T.TEST", "TEXT": "TEKST", "TEXTJOIN": "POŁĄCZ.TEKSTY", + "TREND": "REGLINW", "TRIM": "USUŃ.ZBĘDNE.ODSTĘPY", "TRIMMEAN": "ŚREDNIA.WEWN", "TTEST": "TEST.T", @@ -191,6 +192,7 @@ "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "ROZKŁAD.LIN.GAMMA.DOKŁ", "GAUSS": "GAUSS", "GEOMEAN": "ŚREDNIA.GEOMETRYCZNA", + "GROWTH": "REGEXPW", "HARMEAN": "ŚREDNIA.HARMONICZNA", "HYPGEOM.DIST": "ROZKŁ.HIPERGEOM", "HYPGEOMDIST": "ROZKŁAD.HIPERGEOM", @@ -198,6 +200,7 @@ "KURT": "KURTOZA", "LARGE": "MAX.K", "LINEST": "REGLINP", + "LOGEST": "REGEXPP", "LOGINV": "ROZKŁAD.LOG.ODW", "LOGNORM.DIST": "ROZKŁ.LOG", "LOGNORM.INV": "ROZKŁ.LOG.ODWR", @@ -374,6 +377,7 @@ "MOD": "MOD", "MROUND": "ZAOKR.DO.WIELOKR", "MULTINOMIAL": "WIELOMIAN", + "MUNIT": "MACIERZ.JEDNOSTKOWA", "ODD": "ZAOKR.DO.NPARZ", "PI": "PI", "POWER": "POTĘGA", @@ -381,6 +385,7 @@ "QUOTIENT": "CZ.CAŁK.DZIELENIA", "RADIANS": "RADIANY", "RAND": "LOS", + "RANDARRAY": "LOSOWA.TABLICA", "RANDBETWEEN": "LOS.ZAKR", "ROMAN": "RZYMSKIE", "ROUND": "ZAOKR", @@ -421,6 +426,7 @@ "ROW": "WIERSZ", "ROWS": "ILE.WIERSZY", "TRANSPOSE": "TRANSPONUJ", + "UNIQUE": "UNIKATOWE", "VLOOKUP": "WYSZUKAJ.PIONOWO", "CELL": "KOMÓRKA", "ERROR.TYPE": "NR.BŁĘDU", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/ru.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/ru.json index 02bd0c29a..84099c693 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/ru.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/ru.json @@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ "T": "Т", "TEXT": "ТЕКСТ", "TEXTJOIN": "ОБЪЕДИНИТЬ", + "TREND": "ТЕНДЕНЦИЯ", "TRIM": "СЖПРОБЕЛЫ", "T.TEST": "СТЬЮДЕНТ.ТЕСТ", "TRIMMEAN": "УРЕЗСРЕДНЕЕ", @@ -191,6 +192,7 @@ "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "ГАММАНЛОГ.ТОЧН", "GAUSS": "ГАУСС", "GEOMEAN": "СРГЕОМ", + "GROWTH": "РОСТ", "HARMEAN": "СРГАРМ", "HYPGEOM.DIST": "ГИПЕРГЕОМ.РАСП", "HYPGEOMDIST": "ГИПЕРГЕОМЕТ", @@ -198,6 +200,7 @@ "KURT": "ЭКСЦЕСС", "LARGE": "НАИБОЛЬШИЙ", "LINEST": "ЛИНЕЙН", + "LOGEST": "ЛГРФПРИБЛ", "LOGINV": "ЛОГНОРМОБР", "LOGNORM.DIST": "ЛОГНОРМ.РАСП", "LOGNORM.INV": "ЛОГНОРМ.ОБР", @@ -374,6 +377,7 @@ "MOD": "ОСТАТ", "MROUND": "ОКРУГЛТ", "MULTINOMIAL": "МУЛЬТИНОМ", + "MUNIT": "МЕДИН", "ODD": "НЕЧЁТ", "PI": "ПИ", "POWER": "СТЕПЕНЬ", @@ -381,6 +385,7 @@ "QUOTIENT": "ЧАСТНОЕ", "RADIANS": "РАДИАНЫ", "RAND": "СЛЧИС", + "RANDARRAY": "СЛУЧМАССИВ", "RANDBETWEEN": "СЛУЧМЕЖДУ", "ROMAN": "РИМСКОЕ", "ROUND": "ОКРУГЛ", @@ -421,6 +426,7 @@ "ROW": "СТРОКА", "ROWS": "ЧСТРОК", "TRANSPOSE": "ТРАНСП", + "UNIQUE": "УНИК", "VLOOKUP": "ВПР", "CELL": "ЯЧЕЙКА", "ERROR.TYPE": "ТИП.ОШИБКИ", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/ru_desc.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/ru_desc.json index 8587bf7ef..a2e9da8ca 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/ru_desc.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/formula-lang/ru_desc.json @@ -755,6 +755,10 @@ "a": "(список_аргументов)", "d": "Статистическая функция, вычисляет среднее геометрическое для списка значений" }, + "GROWTH": { + "a": "(известные_значения_y; [известные_значения_x]; [новые_значения_x]; [конст])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, рассчитывает прогнозируемый экспоненциальный рост на основе имеющихся данных; возвращает значения y для последовательности новых значений x, задаваемых с помощью существующих значений x и y" + }, "HARMEAN": { "a": "(список_аргументов)", "d": "Статистическая функция, вычисляет среднее гармоническое для списка значений" @@ -780,9 +784,13 @@ "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон ячеек и возвращает k-ое по величине значение" }, "LINEST": { - "a": "( known_y's, [known_x's], [const], [stats] )", + "a": "(известные_значения_y; [известные_значения_x]; [конст]; [статистика])", "d": "Статистическая функция, рассчитывает статистику для ряда с применением метода наименьших квадратов, чтобы вычислить прямую линию, которая наилучшим образом аппроксимирует имеющиеся данные и затем возвращает массив, который описывает полученную прямую; поскольку возвращается массив значений, функция должна задаваться в виде формулы массива" }, + "LOGEST": { + "a": "(известные_значения_y; [известные_значения_x]; [конст]; [статистика])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, регрессионном анализе вычисляет экспоненциальную кривую, подходящую для данных и возвращает массив значений, описывающих кривую; поскольку данная функция возвращает массив значений, она должна вводиться как формула массива" + }, "LOGINV": { "a": "(x;среднее;стандартное_отклонение)", "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает обратное логарифмическое нормальное распределение для заданного значения x с указанными параметрами" @@ -1039,6 +1047,10 @@ "a": "(массив1;массив2;хвосты;тип)", "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает вероятность, соответствующую t-тесту Стьюдента; функция СТЬЮДЕНТ.ТЕСТ позволяет определить вероятность того, что две выборки взяты из генеральных совокупностей, которые имеют одно и то же среднее" }, + "TREND": { + "a": "(известные_значения_y; [известные_значения_x]; [новые_значения_x]; [конст])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает значения вдоль линейного тренда; он подмещается к прямой линии (с использованием метода наименьших квадратов) в known_y массива и known_x" + }, "TRIMMEAN": { "a": "(массив;доля)", "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает среднее внутренности множества данных. УРЕЗСРЕДНЕЕ вычисляет среднее, отбрасывания заданный процент данных с экстремальными значениями; можно использовать эту функцию, чтобы исключить из анализа выбросы" @@ -1499,6 +1511,10 @@ "a": "(список_аргументов)", "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает отношение факториала суммы значений к произведению факториалов" }, + "MUNIT": { + "a": "(размерность)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает матрицу единиц для указанного измерения" + }, "ODD": { "a": "(x)", "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется, чтобы округлить число до ближайшего нечетного целого числа" @@ -1527,6 +1543,10 @@ "a": "()", "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает случайное число, которое больше или равно 0 и меньше 1. Функция не требует аргумента" }, + "RANDARRAY": { + "a": "([строки];[столбцы];[минимум];[максимум];[целое_число])", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает массив случайных чисел" + }, "RANDBETWEEN": { "a": "(нижн_граница;верхн_граница)", "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает случайное число, большее или равное значению аргумента нижн_граница и меньшее или равное значению аргумента верхн_граница" @@ -1687,6 +1707,10 @@ "a": "(массив)", "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает первый элемент массива" }, + "UNIQUE": { + "a": "(массив; [by_col]; [exactly_once])", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает список уникальных значений в списке или диапазоне" + }, "VLOOKUP": { "a": "(искомое_значение;таблица;номер_столбца;[интервальный_просмотр])", "d": "Поисковая функция, используется для выполнения вертикального поиска значения в крайнем левом столбце таблицы или массива и возвращает значение, которое находится в той же самой строке в столбце с заданным номером" diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json index 054acfc77..2e0d0b004 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json @@ -12,10 +12,13 @@ "src": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "name": "Registerkarte Start" }, - { - "src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", - "name": "Registerkarte Einfügen" - }, + { + "src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", + "name": "Registerkarte Einfügen" + }, + { "src": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "name": "Registerkarte Layout" }, + { "src": "ProgramInterface/FormulaTab.htm", "name": "Registerkarte Formel" }, + { "src": "ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm", "name": "Registerkarte Daten" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm", "name": "Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle" @@ -28,6 +31,7 @@ "src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Registerkarte Plug-ins" }, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm", "name": "Registerkarte Tabellenansicht"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen", @@ -41,11 +45,12 @@ "src": "UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm", "name": "Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen" }, - { - "src": "UsageInstructions/ManageSheets.htm", - "name": "Tabellenblätter verwalten", - "headername": "Mit Tabellenblättern arbeiten" - }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/ManageSheets.htm", + "name": "Tabellenblätter verwalten", + "headername": "Mit Tabellenblättern arbeiten" + }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "name": "Kopf- und Fußzeilen einfügen"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm", "name": "Schriftart, -größe und -farbe festlegen", @@ -81,14 +86,19 @@ "name": "Verwalten von Zellen, Zeilen und Spalten", "headername": "Zeilen/Spalten bearbeiten" }, - { - "src": "UsageInstructions/SortData.htm", - "name": "Daten filtern und sortieren" - }, - { - "src": "UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm", - "name": "Pivot-Tabellen bearbeiten" - }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/SortData.htm", + "name": "Daten filtern und sortieren" + }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm", "name": "Tabellenvorlage formatieren" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm", "name": "Datenschnitte in den formatierten Tabellen erstellen" }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm", + "name": "Pivot-Tabellen erstellen und bearbeiten" + }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/GroupData.htm", "name": "Daten gruppieren" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm", "name": "Duplikate entfernen" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm", "name": "Bedingte Formatierung" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm", "name": "Funktion einfügen", @@ -111,29 +121,33 @@ "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "name": "AutoFormen einfügen und formatieren" }, - { - "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", - "name": "Textobjekte einfügen" - }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", + "name": "Textobjekte einfügen" + }, + + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "name": "Symbole und Sonderzeichen einfügen" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "name": "Objekte formatieren" }, - { - "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", - "name": "Formeln einfügen", - "headername": "Mathematische Formeln" - }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", + "name": "Formeln einfügen", + "headername": "Mathematische Formeln" + }, { "src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Gemeinsame Bearbeitung von Kalkulationstabellen", "headername": "Co-Bearbeitung von Tabellenblättern" }, - { - "src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", - "name": "Tabelleneigenschaften anzeigen", - "headername": "Werkzeuge und Einstellungen" - }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm", "name": "Tabellenansichten verwalten"}, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", + "name": "Tabelleneigenschaften anzeigen", + "headername": "Werkzeuge und Einstellungen" + }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ScaleToFit.htm", "name": "Ein Arbeitsblatt skalieren"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Kalkulationstabelle speichern/drucken/herunterladen" @@ -146,10 +160,12 @@ "src": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "name": "Ansichtseinstellungen und Navigationswerkzeuge" }, - { - "src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", - "name": "Such- und Ersatzfunktionen" - }, + { + "src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", + "name": "Such- und Ersatzfunktionen" + }, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Rechtschreibprüfung"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "AutoKorrekturfunktionen" }, { "src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "Über den Kalkulationstabelleneditor", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/asc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/asc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed5aa8ba0 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/asc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + ASC-Funktion + + + + + + + +
                    +
                    + +
                    +

                    ASC-Funktion

                    +

                    Die Funktion ASC gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wird genutzt um Zeichen normaler Breite für Sprachen die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden (wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw.) in Zeichen halber Breite (Single-Byte-Zeichen) umzuwandeln.

                    +

                    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ASC ist:

                    +

                    ASC(text)

                    +

                    Dabei bezeichnet Text Daten die manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle aufgenommen wurden, auf die Sie verweisen. Wenn der Text keine DBCS enthält, bleibt er unverändert.

                    +

                    Anwendung der Funktion ASC:

                    +
                      +
                    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
                      2. +
                    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
                      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
                      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
                      3. +
                    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
                      4. +
                    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ASC.
                      5. +
                    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
                      6. +
                    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
                      7. +
                    +

                    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

                    +

                    ASC-Funktion

                    +
                    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/betainv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/betainv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79755671f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/betainv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + BETAINV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
                    +
                    + +
                    +

                    BETAINV-Funktion

                    +

                    Die Funktion BETAINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Perzentile der kumulierten Betaverteilungsfunktion zurück.

                    +

                    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BETAINV ist:

                    +

                    BETAINV(x;Alpha;Beta, [,[A] [,[B]])

                    +

                    Dabei gilt:

                    +

                    x ist die zur Betaverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Eine gerade Zahl, die größer gleich 0 ist und kleiner als 1.

                    +

                    Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

                    +

                    Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

                    +

                    A ist die untere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 0.

                    +

                    B ist die obere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 1.

                    +

                    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

                    +

                    Anwendung der Funktion BETAINV:

                    +
                      +
                    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
                      2. +
                    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
                      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
                      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
                      3. +
                    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
                      4. +
                    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BETAINV.
                      5. +
                    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
                      6. +
                    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
                      7. +
                    +

                    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

                    +

                    BETAINV-Funktion

                    +
                    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cell.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cell.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..060a8aae5 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cell.htm @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ + + + + Die ZELLE Funktion + + + + + + + +
                    +
                    + +
                    +

                    Die ZELLE Funktion

                    +

                    Die ZELLE Funktion ist eine Informationsfunktion. Durch diese Funktion werden Informationen zur Formatierung, zur Position oder zum Inhalt einer Zelle zurückgegeben.

                    +

                    Die Syntax für die ZELLE Funktion ist:

                    +

                    ZELLE(info_type, [reference])

                    +

                    wo:

                    +

                    info_type ist ein Textwert mit der Zelleninformation, die Sie bekommen möchten. Dieses Argument ist erforderlich. Die Werte sind in der Tabelle nach unten gegeben.

                    +

                    [reference] ist eine Zelle, über die Sie Information bekommen möchten. Fehlt dieses Argument, wird die Information nur für die zu letzt geänderte Zelle zurückgegeben. Wenn das Argument reference einen Zellbereich ist, wird die Information für die obere linke Zelle des Bereichs zurückgegeben.

                    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                    TextwertInformationstyp
                    "Adresse"Gibt den Bezug in der Zelle zurück.
                    "Spalte"Gibt die Spaltennummer der Zellposition zurück.
                    "Farbe"Gibt den Wert 1 zurück, wenn die Zelle für negative Werte farbig formatiert ist; andernfalls wird 0 zurückgegeben.
                    "Inhalt"Gibt den Wert der Zelle zurück.
                    "Dateiname"Gibt den Dateinamen der Datei mit der Zelle zurück.
                    "Format"Gibt den Textwert zurück, der dem Nummerformat der Zelle entspricht. Die Textwerte sind in der Tabelle nach unten gegeben.
                    "Klammern"Gibt den Wert 1 zurück, wenn die Zelle für positive oder alle Werte mit Klammern formatiert ist; andernfalls wird 0 zurückgegeben.
                    "Präfix"Gibt ein einfaches Anführungszeichen (') zurück, wenn die Zelle linksbündigen Text enthält, ein doppeltes Anführungszeichen ("), wenn die Zelle rechtsbündigen Text enthält, ein Zirkumflexzeichen (^), wenn die Zelle zentrierten Text enthält, einen umgekehrten Schrägstrich (\), wenn die Zelle ausgefüllten Text enthält, und eine leere Textzeichenfolge (""), wenn die Zelle etwas anderes enthält.
                    "Schutz"Gibt 0 zurück, wenn die Zelle nicht gesperrt ist; gibt 1 zurück, wenn die Zelle gesperrt ist.
                    "Zeile"Gibt die Zeilennummer der Zellposition zurück.
                    "Typ"Gibt "b" für die leere Zelle, "l" für einen Textwert und "v" für die anderen Werte in der Zelle zurück.
                    "Breite"Gibt die Breite der Zelle zurück, gerundet auf eine ganze Zahl.
                    +

                    Sehen Sie die Textwerte, die für das Argument "Format" zurückgegeben werden

                    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
                    NummerformatZurückgegebener Textwert
                    StandardG
                    0F0
                    #,##0,0
                    0.00F2
                    #,##0.00,2
                    $#,##0_);($#,##0)C0
                    $#,##0_);[Rot]($#,##0)C0-
                    $#,##0.00_);($#,##0.00)C2
                    $#,##0.00_);[Rot]($#,##0.00)C2-
                    0%P0
                    0.00%P2
                    0.00E+00S2
                    # ?/? oder # ??/??G
                    m/t/jj oder m/t/jj h:mm oder mm/tt/jjD4
                    t-mmm-jj oder tt-mmm-jjD1
                    t-mmm oder tt-mmmD2
                    mmm-jjD3
                    mm/ttD5
                    h:mm AM/PMD7
                    h:mm:ss AM/PMD6
                    h:mmD9
                    h:mm:ssD8
                    +

                    Um die Funktion ZELLE zu verwenden,

                    +
                      +
                    1. wählen Sie die Zelle für das Ergebnis aus,
                      2. +
                    2. klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen - Symbol in der oberen Symbolleiste an, +
                      oder klicken Sie auf die ausgewähltene Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen im Menü aus, +
                      oder klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Funktion Symbol in der Registerkarte Formel, +
                      3. +
                    3. wählen Sie die Gruppe Information in der Liste aus,
                      4. +
                    4. klicken Sie die Funktion ZELLE an,
                      5. +
                    5. geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein,
                      6. +
                    6. drucken Sie die Eingabetaste.
                      7. +
                    +

                    Das Ergebnis wird in der ausgewählten Zelle angezeigt.

                    +

                    ZELLE Funktion

                    +
                    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hyperlink.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hyperlink.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14f46f934 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hyperlink.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + HYPERLINLK-Funktion + + + + + + + +
                    +
                    + +
                    +

                    HYPERLINLK-Funktion

                    +

                    Die Funktion HYPERLINLK gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich eine Verknüpfung erstellen, die zu einem anderen Speicherort in der aktuellen Arbeitsmappe wechselt oder ein Dokument öffnet, das auf einem Netzwerkserver, im Intranet oder im Internet gespeichert ist.

                    +

                    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HYPERLINLK ist:

                    +

                    HYPERLINK(Hyperlink_Adresse, [Anzeigename])

                    +

                    Dabei gilt:

                    +

                    Hyperlink_Adresse bezeichnet Pfad und Dateiname des zu öffnenden Dokuments. In der Online-Version darf der Pfad ausschließlich eine URL-Adresse sein. Hyperlink_Adresse kann sich auch auf eine bestimmte Stelle in der aktuellen Arbeitsmappe beziehen, z. B. auf eine bestimmte Zelle oder einen benannten Bereich. Der Wert kann als Textzeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen oder als Verweis auf eine Zelle, die den Link als Textzeichenfolge enthält, angegeben werden.

                    +

                    Anzeigename ist ein Text, der in der Zelle angezeigt wird. Dieser Wert ist optional. Bleibt die Angabe aus, wird der Wert aus Hyperlink_Adresse in der Zelle angezeigt.

                    + +

                    Anwendung der Funktion HYPERLINLK:

                    +
                      +
                    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
                      2. +
                    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
                      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
                      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
                      3. +
                    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
                      4. +
                    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HYPERLINLK.
                      5. +
                    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
                      6. +
                    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
                      7. +
                    +

                    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

                    +

                    Klicken Sie den Link zum Öffnen einfach an. Um eine Zelle auszuwählen die einen Link enthält, ohne den Link zu öffnen, klicken Sie diese an und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt.

                    +

                    HYPERLINLK-Funktion

                    +
                    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/linest.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/linest.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d042c75d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/linest.htm @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + Die RGP Funktion + + + + + + + +
                    +
                    + +
                    +

                    Die RGP Funktion

                    +

                    Die RGP Funktion ist eine statistische Funktion. Die Funktion RGP berechnet die Statistik für eine Linie nach der Methode der kleinsten Quadrate, um eine gerade Linie zu berechnen, die am besten an die Daten angepasst ist, und gibt dann ein Array zurück, das die Linie beschreibt; Da diese Funktion ein Array von Werten zurückgibt, muss die Formel als Arrayformel eingegeben werden.

                    +

                    Die Syntax für die RGP Funktion ist:

                    +

                    RGP( Y_Werte, [X_Werte], [Konstante], [Stats] )

                    +

                    Die Argumente:

                    +

                    Y_Werte sind die bekannten y Werte in der Gleichung y = mx + b. Dieses Argument ist erforderlich.

                    +

                    X_Werte sind die bekannten x Werte in der Gleichung y = mx + b. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt dieses Argument, werden X_Werte wie Arrays {1,2,3,...} angezeigt, die Anzahl der Werte ist dem Anzahlt der Y_Werten ähnlich.

                    +

                    Konstante ist ein logischer Wert, der angibt, ob b den Wert 0 annehmen soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wenn dieses Argument mit WAHR belegt oder nicht angegeben ist, wird b normal berechnet. Wenn dieses Argument mit FALSCH belegt ist, wird b gleich 0 festgelegt.

                    +

                    Stats ist ein logischer Wert, der angibt, ob zusätzliche Regressionskenngrößen zurückgegeben werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wenn dieses Argument mit WAHR belegt ist, gibt die Funktion die zusatzlichen Regressionskenngrößen zurück. Wenn dieses Argument mit FALSCH belegt oder nicht angegeben ist, gibt die Funktion keine zusatzlichen Regressionskenngrößen zurück.

                    +

                    Um die Funktion RGP zu verwenden,

                    +
                      +
                    1. wählen Sie die Zelle für das Ergebnis aus,
                      2. +
                    2. klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Funktion eingeben Funktion eingeben - Symbol in der oberen Symbolleiste, +
                      oder klicken Sie die ausgewählte Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Funktion eingeben aus dem Menü, +
                      oder klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Funktion Symbol in der Registerkarte Formel, +
                      3. +
                    3. wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistik aus,
                      4. +
                    4. klicken Sie die Funktion RGP an,
                      5. +
                    5. geben Sie die Argumente mit Kommas getrennt ein oder wählen Sie die Zellen per Maus aus, + +
                      6. +
                    6. drucken Sie die Eingabetaste.
                      7. +
                    +

                    Der erste Wert des Arrays wird in der ausgewählten Zelle angezeigt.

                    +

                    RGP Funktion

                    +
                    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm index ac6184354..b8154f081 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -14,9 +14,9 @@

                    Über den Kalkulationstabelleneditor

                    -

                    Der Tabellenkalkulationseditor ist eine Online-Anwendung, mit der Sie Ihre Kalkulationstabellen direkt in Ihrem Browser betrachten und bearbeiten können.

                    -

                    Mit dem Tabellenkalkulationseditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Tabellenkalkulationen unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als XLSX-, PDF-, ODS- oder CSV-Dateien speichern.

                    -

                    Wenn Sie mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Über Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste.

                    +

                    Der Tabellenkalkulationseditor ist eine Online-Anwendung, mit der Sie Ihre Kalkulationstabellen direkt in Ihrem Browser betrachten und bearbeiten können.

                    +

                    Mit dem Tabellenkalkulationseditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Tabellenkalkulationen unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als XLSX-, PDF-, ODS-, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A- oder OTS-Dateien speichern.

                    +

                    Wenn Sie in der Online-Version mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Über in der linken Seitenleiste. Wenn Sie in der Desktop-Version mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, wählen Sie das Menü Über in der linken Seitenleiste des Hauptfensters.

                    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 7cd005e61..1f62f08a4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
                  • Anzeige der aufgelösten Kommentare aktivieren - diese Funktion ist standardmäßig deaktiviert, sodass die aufgelösten Kommentare im Arbeitsblatt verborgen werden. Sie können diese Kommentare nur ansehen, wenn Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol Kommentare Kommentare klicken. Wenn die aufgelösten Kommentare auf dem Arbeitsblatt angezeigt werden sollen, müssen Sie diese Option aktivieren.
                  -
                2. AutoSave - automatisches Speichern von Änderungen während der Bearbeitung ein-/ausschalten.
                  3. +
                3. Über AutoSpeichern können Sie in der Online-Version die Funktion zum automatischen Speichern von Änderungen während der Bearbeitung ein-/ausschalten. Über Wiederherstellen können Sie in der Desktop-Version die Funktion zum automatischen Wiederherstellen von Dokumenten für den Fall eines unerwarteten Programmabsturzes ein-/ausschalten.
                4. Der Referenzstil wird verwendet, um den R1C1-Referenzstil ein- oder auszuschalten Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt und es wird der Referenzstil A1 verwendet.

                  Wenn der Referenzstil A1 verwendet wird, werden Spalten durch Buchstaben und Zeilen durch Zahlen gekennzeichnet. Wenn Sie die Zelle in Zeile 3 und Spalte 2 auswählen, sieht die Adresse in der Box links neben der Formelleiste folgendermaßen aus: B3. Wenn der Referenzstil R1C1 verwendet wird, werden sowohl Spalten als auch Zeilen durch Zahlen gekennzeichnet. Wenn Sie die Zelle am Schnittpunkt von Zeile 3 und Spalte 2 auswählen, sieht die Adresse folgendermaßen aus: R3C2. Buchstabe R gibt die Zeilennummer und Buchstabe C die Spaltennummer an.

                  Aktive Zelle

                  Wenn Sie sich auf andere Zellen mit dem Referenzstil R1C1 beziehen, wird der Verweis auf eine Zielzelle basierend auf der Entfernung von einer aktiven Zelle gebildet. Wenn Sie beispielsweise die Zelle in Zeile 5 und Spalte 1 auswählen und auf die Zelle in Zeile 3 und Spalte 2 verweisen, lautet der Bezug R[-2]C[1]. Zahlen in eckigen Klammern geben die Position der Zelle an, auf die Sie in Relation mit der aktuellen Zellenposition verweisen, d. h. die Zielzelle ist 2 Zeilen höher und 1 Spalte weiter rechts als die aktive Zelle. Wenn Sie die Zelle in Zeile 1 und Spalte 2 auswählen und auf die gleiche Zelle in Zeile 3 und Spalte 2 verweisen, lautet der Bezug R[2]C, d. h. die Zielzelle ist 2 Zeilen tiefer aber in der gleichen Spalte wie die aktive Zelle.

                  diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 66fdd2c0d..68f6f0fbc 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -20,15 +20,25 @@
                5. Visuelle Markierung von Zellen, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden.
                6. Anzeige von Änderungen in Echtzeit oder Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick.
                7. Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten im Tabellenblatt.
                  8. -
                8. Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen.
                  9. +
                9. Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen (es ist auch möglich, im Offline-Modus mit Kommentaren zu arbeiten, ohne eine Verbindung zur Online-Version herzustellen).
          +
          +

          Verbindung mit der Online-Version herstellen

          +

          Öffnen Sie im Desktop-Editor die Option mit Cloud verbinden in der linken Seitenleiste des Hauptprogrammfensters. Geben Sie Ihren Anmeldenamen und Ihr Passwort an und stellen Sie eine Verbindung zu Ihrem Cloud Office her.

          +

          Co-Bearbeitung

          -

          Im Kalkulationstabelleneditor stehen die folgenden Modi für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung Co-Bearbeitung.

          +

          Im Kalkulationstabelleneditor stehen die folgenden Modi für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung.

          +
            +
          • Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt.
            • +
          • Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen.
            • +
          +

          Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung Co-Bearbeitung.

          Menü Co-Bearbeitung

          +

          Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Kalkulationstabelle im Modus Schnell gemeinsam bearbeiten, ist die Option letzten Vorgang Rückgängig machen/Wiederholen nicht verfügbar.

          Wenn eine Tabelle im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Zellen sowie das jeweilige Blattregister mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Zellen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Zelle aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben.

          Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die in der aktuellen Tabelle arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - Anzahl der Benutzer. Wenn Sie sehen möchten wer die Datei aktuell bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält.

          -

          Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: Zugriffsrechte verwalten - über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus der Tabelle auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol Anzahl der Benutzer, um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige der Tabelle beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen Teilen.

          +

          Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: Zugriffsrechte verwalten über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus der Tabelle auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Kommentieren der Tabelle erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol Anzahl der Benutzer, um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige der Tabelle beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen Teilen.

          Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol Speichern speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der oberen linken Ecke eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf Speichern.

          Chat

          Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Teil der Tabelle Sie aktuell bearbeiten usw.

          @@ -43,6 +53,7 @@

          Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie erneut auf das Chat Symbol.

          Kommentare

          +

          Es ist möglich, im Offline-Modus mit Kommentaren zu arbeiten, ohne eine Verbindung zur Online-Version herzustellen).

          Einen Kommentar hinterlassen:

          1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, die Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem beinhaltet.
            2. @@ -56,7 +67,7 @@
            • bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf Bearbeiten
            • löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf Löschen
              • -
            • die Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf Gelöst, wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf Erneut öffnen. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Gelöste Kommentare einblenden, klicken Sie anschließend auf Anwenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, wenn Sie auf Kommentare klicken.
              • +
            • Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf Gelöst, wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf Erneut öffnen. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Gelöste Kommentare einblenden, klicken Sie anschließend auf Anwenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, wenn Sie auf Kommentare klicken.

            Wenn Sie im Modus Strikt arbeiten, werden neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, erst eingeblendet, wenn Sie in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf Speichern geklickt haben.

            Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf Kommentare.

            diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index c699cb989..253738003 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ + +
            @@ -14,304 +16,542 @@

            Tastenkombinationen

            - +
              +
            • Windows/Linux
            • Mac OS
              • +
            +
            - + - - - + + + + - - + + + - - + + + - + + - + + - + + - - + + + - + + - - + + + - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - + + + - - + + + - + + - - - - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - - - + + + + + + + - + + - - + + + - - + + + - + + - - + + + - + + - + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + + + + + + - + + - + + - + - - + + + - + + - + + - - + + + - - + + + - - + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
            Kalkulationstabelle bearbeitenKalkulationstabelle bearbeiten
            Dateimenü öffnenALT+FÜber das Dateimenü können Sie die aktuelle Tabelle speichern, drucken, herunterladen, Informationen einsehen, eine neue Tabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen, auf die Hilfefunktion zugreifen oder die erweiterten Einstellungen öffnen.Dateimenü öffnenALT+F⌥ Option+FÜber das Dateimenü können Sie die aktuelle Tabelle speichern, drucken, herunterladen, Informationen einsehen, eine neue Tabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen, auf die Hilfefunktion zugreifen oder die erweiterten Einstellungen öffnen.
            Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen öffnenSTRG+FIm Fenster Suchen und Ersetzen können Sie nach einer Zelle mit den gewünschten Zeichen suchen.STRG+F^ STRG+F,
            ⌘ Cmd+F            		Das Dialogfeld Suchen und Ersetzen wird geöffnet. Hier können Sie nach einer Zelle mit den gewünschten Zeichen suchen.
            Dialogbox „Suchen und Ersetzen“, Funktion Ersetzen.STRG+HDialogbox „Suchen und Ersetzen“ mit dem Ersetzungsfeld öffnenSTRG+H^ STRG+H Öffnen Sie das Fenster Suchen und Ersetzen, um ein oder mehrere Ergebnisse der gefundenen Zeichen zu ersetzen.
            Kommentarleiste öffnenSTRG+UMSCHALT+HSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+H^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+H,
            ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+H            		 Über die Kommentarleiste können Sie Kommentare hinzufügen oder auf bestehende Kommentare antworten.
            Kommentarfeld öffnenALT+HALT+H⌥ Option+H Ein Textfeld zum Eingeben eines Kommentars öffnen.
            Chatleiste öffnenALT+QALT+Q⌥ Option+Q Chatleiste öffnen, um eine Nachricht zu senden.
            Tabelle speichernSTRG+SAlle Änderungen in der aktuell mit dem Tabelleneditor bearbeiteten Tabelle werden gespeichert.STRG+S^ STRG+S,
            ⌘ Cmd+S            		Alle Änderungen in der aktuell mit dem Tabelleneditor bearbeiteten Tabelle werden gespeichert. Die aktive Datei wird mit dem aktuellen Dateinamen, Speicherort und Dateiformat gespeichert.
            Tabelle druckenSTRG+PSTRG+P^ STRG+P,
            ⌘ Cmd+P            		 Tabelle mit einem verfügbaren Drucker ausdrucken oder speichern als Datei.
            Herunterladen als...STRG+UMSCHALT+SÜber das Menü Herunterladen als können Sie die aktuelle Tabelle in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte speichern: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV.STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+S^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+S,
            ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+S            		Öffnen Sie das Menü Herunterladen als..., um die aktuell bearbeitete Tabelle in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte zu speichern: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS.
            VollbildF11F11 Der Tabelleneditor wird an Ihren Bildschirm angepasst und im Vollbildmodus ausgeführt.
            HilfemenüF1F1F1 Das Hilfemenü wird geöffnet.
            Vorhandene Datei öffnen (Desktop-Editoren)STRG+OAuf der Registerkarte Lokale Datei öffnen unter Desktop-Editoren wird das Standarddialogfeld geöffnet, in dem Sie eine vorhandene Datei auswählen können.
            Datei schließen (Desktop-Editoren)STRG+W,
            STRG+F4            		^ STRG+W,
            ⌘ Cmd+W            		Das aktuelle Tabellenfenster in Desktop-Editoren schließen.
            Element-Kontextmenü⇧ UMSCHALT+F10⇧ UMSCHALT+F10Öffnen des ausgewählten Element-Kontextmenüs.
            NavigationNavigation
            Eine Zelle nach oben, unten links oder rechts← → ↑ ↓← → ↑ ↓Eine Zelle über/unter der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle oder links/rechts davon skizzieren.
            Zum Rand des aktuellen Datenbereichs springenSTRG+← → ↑ ↓⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓Eine Zelle am Rand des aktuellen Datenbereichs in einem Arbeitsblatt skizzieren.
            Zum Anfang einer Zeile springenPOS1Markiert die A-Spalte der aktuellen Zeile.POS1POS1Eine Zelle in Spalte A der aktuellen Zeile skizzieren.
            Zum Anfang der Tabelle springenSTRG+POS1Markiert die A1-Zelle.STRG+POS1^ STRG+POS1Zelle A1 skizzieren.
            Zum Ende der Zeile springenEnde oder STRG+RechtsENDE,
            STRG+→            		ENDE,
            ⌘ Cmd+→            		 Markiert die letzte Zelle der aktuellen Zeile.
            Zum Ende der Tabelle wechselnSTRG+ENDEMarkiert die Zelle am unteren rechten Ende der Tabelle. Befindet sich der Cursor in einer Formel wird der Cursor am Ende des Texts positioniert.
            Zum vorherigen Blatt übergehenALT+BILD obenALT+BILD oben⌥ Option+BILD oben Zum vorherigen Blatt in der Tabelle übergehen.
            Zum nächsten Blatt übergehenALT+BILD untenALT+BILD unten⌥ Option+BILD unten Zum nächsten Blatt in der Tabelle übergehen.
            Eine Reihe nach obenPfeil nach oben↑,
            ⇧ UMSCHALT+↵ Eingabetaste            		⇧ UMSCHALT+↵ Zurück Markiert die Zelle über der aktuellen Zelle in derselben Spalte.
            Eine Reihe nach untenPfeil nach unten↓,
            ↵ Eingabetaste            		↵ Zurück Markiert die Zelle unter der aktuellen Zelle in derselben Spalte.
            Eine Spalte nach linksPfeil nach links oder
            Tab            		←,
            ⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab            		←,
            ⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab            		 Markiert die vorherige Zelle der aktuellen Reihe.
            Eine Spalte nach rechtsPfeil nach rechts oder
            Tab+Umschalt            		→,
            ↹ Tab            		→,
            ↹ Tab            		 Markiert die nächste Zelle der aktuellen Reihe.
            DatenauswahlVerkleinernSTRG+-^ STRG+-,
            ⌘ Cmd+-            		Die Ansicht der aktuelle bearbeiteten Tabelle wird verkleinert.
            Datenauswahl
            Alles auswählenStrg+A oder
            Strg+Umschalt+Leertaste            		STRG+A,
            STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+␣ Leertaste            		⌘ Cmd+A Das ganze Blatt wird ausgewählt.
            Spalte wählenSTRG+LEERTASTESpalte auswählenSTRG+␣ Leertaste^ STRG+␣ Leertaste Eine ganze Spalte im Arbeitsblatt auswählen.
            Zeile wählenUmschalt+LeertasteZeile auswählen⇧ UMSCHALT+␣ Leertaste⇧ UMSCHALT+␣ Leertaste Eine ganze Reihe im Arbeitsblatt auswählen.
            Fragment wählenUMSCHALT+Pfeil⇧ UMSCHALT+→ ←⇧ UMSCHALT+→ ← Zelle für Zelle auswählen.
            Ab Cursorposition zum Anfang der Zeile wählenUMSCHALT+POS1Ab Cursorposition zum Anfang der Zeile auswählen⇧ UMSCHALT+POS1⇧ UMSCHALT+POS1 Einen Abschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Anfang der aktuellen Zeile auswählen.
            Ab Cursorposition zum Ende der ZeileUMSCHALT+ENDE⇧ UMSCHALT+ENDE⇧ UMSCHALT+ENDE Einen Abschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Ende der aktuellen Zeile auswählen.
            Auswahl zum Anfang des Arbeitsblatts erweiternSTRG+UMSCHALT+POS1STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+POS1^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+POS1 Einen Abschnitt von der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle bis zum Anfang des Blatts auswählen.
            Auswahl bis auf die letzte aktive Zelle erweiternSTRG+UMSCHALT+ENDEEinen Abschnitt von der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle bis zur letzen aktiven Zelle auswählen.STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+ENDE^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+ENDEEin Fragment aus den aktuell ausgewählten Zellen bis zur zuletzt verwendeten Zelle im Arbeitsblatt auswählen (in der untersten Zeile mit Daten in der Spalte ganz rechts mit Daten). Befindet sich der Cursor in der Bearbeitungsleiste, wird der gesamte Text in der Bearbeitungsleistevon der Cursorposition bis zum Ende ausgewählt, ohne dass sich dies auf die Höhe der Bearbeitungsleiste auswirkt.
            Eine Zelle nach links auswählen⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ TabEine Zelle nach links in einer Tabelle auswählen.
            Eine Zelle nach rechts auswählen↹ Tab↹ TabEine Zelle nach rechts in einer Tabelle auswählen.
            Auswahl bis auf die letzte nicht leere Zelle nach rechts erweitern⇧ UMSCHALT+ALT+ENDE,
            STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+→            		⇧ UMSCHALT+⌥ Option+ENDEAuswahl bis auf die letzte nicht leere Zelle in derselben Zeile rechts von der aktiven Zelle erweitern. Ist die nächste Zelle leer, wird die Auswahl auf die nächste nicht leere Zelle erweitert.
            Auswahl bis auf die letzte nicht leere Zelle nach links erweitern⇧ UMSCHALT+ALT+POS1,
            STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+←            		⇧ UMSCHALT+⌥ Option+POS1Auswahl bis auf die letzte nicht leere Zelle in derselben Zeile links von der aktiven Zelle erweitern. Ist die nächste Zelle leer, wird die Auswahl auf die nächste nicht leere Zelle erweitert.
            Die Auswahl auf die nächste nicht leere Zelle in der Spalte nach oben/unten erweiternSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+↑ ↓Auswahl bis auf die nächste nicht leere Zelle in derselben Spalte oben/unten links von der aktiven Zelle erweitern. Ist die nächste Zelle leer, wird die Auswahl auf die nächste nicht leere Zelle erweitert.
            Die Auswahl um einen Bildschirm nach unten erweitern.⇧ UMSCHALT+BILD unten⇧ UMSCHALT+BILD untenDie Auswahl so erweitern, dass alle Zellen einen Bildschirm tiefer von der aktiven Zelle aus eingeschlossen werden.
            Die Auswahl um einen Bildschirm nach oben erweitern.⇧ UMSCHALT+BILD oben⇧ UMSCHALT+BILD obenDie Auswahl so erweitern, dass alle Zellen einen Bildschirm nach oben von der aktiven Zelle aus eingeschlossen werden.
            Rückgängig machen und WiederholenRückgängig machen und Wiederholen
            Rückgängig machenSTRG+ZSTRG+Z⌘ Cmd+Z Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird rückgängig gemacht.
            WiederholenSTRG+YSTRG+J⌘ Cmd+J Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird wiederholt.
            Ausschneiden, Kopieren, EinfügenAusschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen
            AusschneidenSTRG+X, UMSCHALT+ENTFSTRG+X,
            ⇧ UMSCHALT+ENTF            		⌘ Cmd+X Das gewählte Objekt wird ausgeschnitten und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in dasselbe Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden.
            KopierenSTRG+C, STRG+EINFGSTRG+C,
            STRG+EINFG            		⌘ Cmd+C Die gewählten Daten werden kopiert und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Die kopierten Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in dasselbe Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden.
            EinfügenSTRG+V, UMSCHALT+EINFGSTRG+V,
            ⇧ UMSCHALT+EINFG            		⌘ Cmd+V Die zuvor kopierten Daten werden aus der Zwischenablage des Rechners an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Die Daten können zuvor aus derselben Tabelle, einer anderen Tabelle bzw. einem anderen Programm, kopiert worden sein.
            DatenformatierungDatenformatierung
            FettSTRG+BSTRG+B^ STRG+B,
            ⌘ Cmd+B            		 Zuweisung der Formatierung Fett bzw. Formatierung Fett entfernen im gewählten Textfragment.
            KursivSTRG+ISTRG+I^ STRG+I,
            ⌘ Cmd+I            		 Zuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv, der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorgehoben.
            UnterstrichenSTRG+USTRG+U^ STRG+U,
            ⌘ Cmd+U            		 Zuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv, der gewählte Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen.
            DurchgestrichenSTRG+5STRG+5^ STRG+5,
            ⌘ Cmd+5            		 Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie durchgestrichen.
            Hyperlink hinzufügenSTRG+KSTRG+K⌘ Cmd+K Ein Hyperlink zu einer externen Website oder einem anderen Arbeitsblatt wird eingefügt.
            DatenfilterungAktive Zelle bearbeitenF2F2Bearbeiten Sie die aktive Zelle und positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt am Ende des Zelleninhalts. Ist die Bearbeitung in einer Zelle deaktiviert, wird die Einfügemarke in die Bearbeitungsleiste verschoben.
            Datenfilterung
            Filter aktivieren/entfernenSTRG+UMSCHALT+LSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+L^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+L,
            ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+L            		 Für einen ausgewählten Zellbereich wird ein Filter eingerichtet, bzw. entfernt.
            Wie Tabellenvorlage formatierenSTRG+LSTRG+L^ STRG+L,
            ⌘ Cmd+L            		 Eine Tabellenvorlage auf einen gewählte Zellenbereich anwenden
            DateneingabeDateneingabe
            Zelleintrag abschließen und in der Tabelle nach unten bewegen.EingabetasteDie Eingabe der Zeichen in die Zelle oder Formelleiste wird abgeschlossen und die Eingabemarke wandert abwärts in die nachfolgende Zelle.↵ Eingabetaste↵ ZurückDie Eingabe der Zeichen in die Zelle oder Bearbeitungsleiste wird abgeschlossen und die Eingabemarke wandert abwärts in die nachfolgende Zelle.
            Zelleintrag abschließen und in der Tabelle nach oben bewegen.UMSCHALT+Eingabetaste⇧ UMSCHALT+↵ Eingabetaste⇧ UMSCHALT+↵ Zurück Die Eingabe der Zeichen in die Zelle wird abgeschlossen und die Eingabemarke wandert aufwärts in die vorherige Zelle.
            Neue Zeile beginnenALT+EingabetasteALT+↵ Eingabetaste Eine neue Zeile in derselben Zelle beginnen.
            AbbrechenESCDie Eingabe in die gewählte Zelle oder Formelleiste wird abgebrochen.ESCESCDie Eingabe in die gewählte Zelle oder Bearbeitungsleiste wird abgebrochen.
            Nach links entfernenRücktasteWenn der Bearbeitungsmodus für die Zellen aktiviert ist, wird in der Bearbeitungsleiste oder in der ausgewählten Zelle immer das nächste Zeichen nach links entfernt.← Rücktaste← RücktasteWenn der Bearbeitungsmodus für die Zellen aktiviert ist, wird in der Bearbeitungsleiste oder in der ausgewählten Zelle immer das nächste Zeichen nach links entfernt. Dient außerdem dazu den Inhalt der aktiven Zelle zu löschen.
            Nach rechts entfernenENTFWenn der Bearbeitungsmodus für die Zellen aktiviert ist, wird in der Bearbeitungsleiste oder in der ausgewählten Zelle immer das nächste Zeichen nach rechts entfernt.ENTFENTF,
            Fn+← Rücktaste            		Wenn der Bearbeitungsmodus für die Zellen aktiviert ist, wird in der Bearbeitungsleiste oder in der ausgewählten Zelle immer das nächste Zeichen nach rechts entfernt. Dient außerdem dazu die Zellinhalte (Daten und Formeln) ausgewählter Zellen zu löschen, Zellformatierungen und Kommentare werden davon nicht berührt.
            Zelleninhalt entfernenENTFENTF,
            ← Rücktaste            		ENTF,
            ← Rücktaste            		 Der Inhalt der ausgewählten Zellen (Daten und Formeln) wird gelöscht, Zellformatierungen und Kommentare werden davon nicht berührt.
            Zelleintrag abschließen und eine Zelle nach rechts wechseln↹ Tab↹ TabZelleintrag in der ausgewählten Zelle oder der Bearbeitungsleiste vervollständigen und eine Zelle nach rechts wechseln.
            Zelleintrag abschließen und eine Zelle nach links wechseln⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ TabZelleintrag in der ausgewählten Zelle oder der Bearbeitungsleiste vervollständigen und eine Zelle nach links wechseln .
            FunktionenFunktionen
            SUMME-FunktionAlt+'='ALT+=⌥ Option+= Die Funktion SUMME wird in die gewählte Zelle eingefügt.
            Objekte ändern
            Bewegung in 1-Pixel-StufenSTRGHalten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und nutzen Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur, um das gewählte Objekt jeweils um ein Pixel zu verschieben.
            Dropdown-Liste öffnenALT+↓Eine ausgewählte Dropdown-Liste öffnen.
            Kontextmenü öffnen≣ MenüKontextmenü für die ausgewählte Zelle oder den ausgewählten Zellbereich auswählen.
            Datenformate
            Dialogfeld „Zahlenformat“ öffnenSTRG+1^ STRG+1Dialogfeld Zahlenformat öffnen
            Standardformat anwendenSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+~^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+~Das Format Standardzahl wird angewendet.
            Format Währung anwendenSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+$^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+$Das Format Währung mit zwei Dezimalstellen wird angewendet (negative Zahlen in Klammern).
            Prozentformat anwendenSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+%^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+%Das Format Prozent wird ohne Dezimalstellen angewendet.
            Das Format Exponential wird angewendetSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+^^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+^Das Format Exponential mit zwei Dezimalstellen wird angewendet.
            Datenformat anwendenSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+#^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+#Das Format Datum mit Tag, Monat und Jahr wird angewendet.
            Zeitformat anwendenSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+@^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+@Das Format Zeit mit Stunde und Minute und AM oder PM wird angewendet.
            Nummernformat anwendenSTRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+!^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+!Das Format Nummer mit zwei Dezimalstellen, Tausendertrennzeichen und Minuszeichen (-) für negative Werte wird angewendet.
            Objekte ändern
            Verschiebung begrenzen⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehenDie Verschiebung des gewählten Objekts wird horizontal oder vertikal begrenzt.
            15-Grad-Drehung einschalten⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Drehen)⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Drehen)Begrenzt den Drehungswinkel auf 15-Grad-Stufen.
            Seitenverhältnis sperren⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ändern der Größe)⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ändern der Größe)Das Seitenverhältnis des gewählten Objekts wird bei der Größenänderung beibehalten.
            Gerade Linie oder Pfeil zeichnen⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ziehen von Linien/Pfeilen)⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ziehen von Linien/Pfeilen)Zeichnen einer geraden vertikalen/horizontalen/45-Grad Linie oder eines solchen Pfeils.
            Bewegung in 1-Pixel-StufenSTRG+← → ↑ ↓Halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und nutzen Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur, um das gewählte Objekt jeweils um ein Pixel zu verschieben.
            diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index 649b3739d..f559fbf3f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -16,17 +16,19 @@

            Ansichtseinstellungen und Navigationswerkzeuge

            Um Ihnen das Ansehen und Auswählen von Zellen in einem großen Tabellenblatt zu erleichtern, bietet Ihnen der Tabelleneditor verschiedene Navigationswerkzeuge: verstellbare Leisten, Bildlaufleisten, Navigationsschaltflächen, Blattregister und Zoom.

            Ansichtseinstellungen anpassen

            -

            Um die Standardanzeigeeinstellung anzupassen und den günstigsten Modus für die Arbeit mit dem Tabellenblatt festzulegen, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen Ansichtseinstellungen und wählen Sie, welche Oberflächenelemente ein- oder ausgeblendet werden sollen. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen im Menü Ansichtseinstellungen zur Verfügung:

            +

            Um die Standardanzeigeeinstellung anzupassen und den günstigsten Modus für die Arbeit mit der Tabelle festzulegen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen Einstellungen anzeigen im rechten Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors und wählen Sie, welche Oberflächenelemente ein- oder ausgeblendet werden sollen. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen im Menü Ansichtseinstellungen zur Verfügung:

              -
            • Symbolleiste ausblenden - die obere Symbolleiste und die zugehörigen Befehle werden ausgeblendet, während die Registerkarten weiterhin angezeigt werden. Ist diese Option aktiviert, können Sie jede beliebige Registerkarte anklicken, um die Symbolleiste anzuzeigen. Die Symbolleiste wird angezeigt bis Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb der Leiste klicken. Um den Modus zu deaktivieren, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen Ansichtseinstellungen und klicken Sie erneut auf Symbolleiste ausblenden. Die Symbolleiste ist wieder fixiert.

              Hinweis: Alternativ können Sie einen Doppelklick auf einer beliebigen Registerkarte ausführen, um die obere Symbolleiste zu verbergen oder wieder einzublenden.

              +
            • Symbolleiste ausblenden - die obere Symbolleiste und die zugehörigen Befehle werden ausgeblendet, während die Registerkarten weiterhin angezeigt werden. Ist diese Option aktiviert, können Sie jede beliebige Registerkarte anklicken, um die Symbolleiste anzuzeigen. Die Symbolleiste wird angezeigt bis Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb der Leiste klicken. Um den Modus zu deaktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen Einstellungen anzeigen und klicken Sie erneut auf Symbolleiste ausblenden. Die Symbolleiste ist wieder fixiert.

              Hinweis: Alternativ können Sie einen Doppelklick auf einer beliebigen Registerkarte ausführen, um die obere Symbolleiste zu verbergen oder wieder einzublenden.

              • -
            • Formelleiste ausblenden - die unter der oberen Symbolleiste angezeigte Bearbeitungsleiste für die Eingabe und Vorschau von Formeln und Inhalten wird ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendete Bearbeitungsleiste wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option.
              • +
            • Formelleiste ausblenden - die unter der oberen Symbolleiste angezeigte Bearbeitungsleiste für die Eingabe und Vorschau von Formeln und Inhalten wird ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendete Bearbeitungsleiste wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option. Durch Ziehen der unteren Zeile der Formelleiste zum Erweitern wird die Höhe der Formelleiste geändert, um eine Zeile anzuzeigen.
            • Überschriften ausblenden - die Spaltenüberschrift oben und die Zeilenüberschrift auf der linken Seite im Arbeitsblatt, werden ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendeten Überschriften wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option.
            • Rasterlinien ausblenden - die Linien um die Zellen werden ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendeten Rasterlinien wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option.
            • Zellen fixieren - alle Zellen oberhalb der aktiven Zeile und alle Spalten links von der aktiven Zeile werden eingefroren, so dass sie beim Scrollen sichtbar bleiben. Um die Fixierung aufzuheben, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste an eine beliebige Stelle im Tabellenblatt und wählen Sie die Option Fixierung aufheben aus dem Menü aus.
              • +
            • Schatten für fixierte Bereiche anzeigen zeigt an, dass Spalten und/oder Zeilen fixiert sind (eine subtile Linie wird angezeigt). +

              Schatten für fixierte Bereiche anzeigen Menü

            Die rechte Seitenleiste ist standartmäßig verkleinert. Um sie zu erweitern, wählen Sie ein beliebiges Objekt (z. B. Bild, Diagramm, Form) oder eine Textpassage aus und klicken Sie auf das Symbol des aktuell aktivierten Tabs auf der rechten Seite. Um die Seitenleiste wieder zu minimieren, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol.

            -

            Sie haben die Möglichkeit die Größe eines geöffneten Kommentar- oder Chatfeldes zu verändern. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Rand der linken Seitenleiste, bis der Cursor als Zweirichtungs-Pfeil angezeigt wird und ziehen Sie den Rand nach rechts, um das Feld zu verbreitern. Um die ursprüngliche Breite wiederherzustellen, ziehen Sie den Rand nach links.

            +

            Sie haben die Möglichkeit die Größe eines geöffneten Kommentarfensters oder Chatfensters zu verändern. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Rand der linken Seitenleiste, bis der Cursor als Zweirichtungs-Pfeil angezeigt wird und ziehen Sie den Rand nach rechts, um das Feld zu verbreitern. Um die ursprüngliche Breite wiederherzustellen, ziehen Sie den Rand nach links.

            Verwendung der Navigationswerkzeuge

            Mithilfe der folgenden Werkzeuge können Sie durch Ihr Tabellenblatt navigieren:

            Mit den Bildlaufleisten (unten oder auf der rechten Seite) können Sie im aktuellen Tabellenblatt nach oben und unten und nach links und rechts scrollen. Mithilfe der Bildlaufleisten durch ein Tabellenblatt navigieren:

            @@ -39,12 +41,12 @@

            Die Schaltflächen für die Blattnavigation befinden sich in der linken unteren Ecke und dienen dazu zwischen den einzelnen Tabellenblättern in der aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle zu wechseln.

            • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum ersten Blatt scrollen, Schaltfläche Erstes Blatt um das erste Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren.
              • -
            • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum vorherigen Blatt scrollenSchaltfläche Vorheriges Blatt, um das vorherige Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren.
              • +
            • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum vorherigen Blatt scrollen Schaltfläche Vorheriges Blatt, um das vorherige Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren.
            • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum nächsten Blatt scrollen, Schaltfläche Nächstes Blatt um das nächste Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren.
            • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Letztes Blatt, Schaltfläche Letztes Blatt um das letzte Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren.

            Sie können das gewünschte Blatt aktivieren, indem Sie unten neben der Schaltfläche für die Blattnavigation auf das entsprechende Blattregister klicken.

            -

            Die Zoom-Funktion befindet sich in der rechten unteren Ecke und dient zum Vergrößern und Verkleinern des aktuellen Tabellenblatts. Um den in Prozent angezeigten aktuellen Zoomwert zu ändern, klicken Sie darauf und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Zoomoptionen aus der Liste oder klicken Sie auf Vergrößern Vergrößern oder Verkleinern Verkleinern. Die Zoom-Einstellungen sind auch im Listenmenü Ansichtseinstellungen Ansichtseinstellungen verfügbar.

            +

            Die Zoom-Funktion befindet sich in der rechten unteren Ecke und dient zum Vergrößern und Verkleinern des aktuellen Tabellenblatts. Um den in Prozent angezeigten aktuellen Zoomwert zu ändern, klicken Sie darauf und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Zoomoptionen aus der Liste oder klicken Sie auf Vergrößern Vergrößern oder Verkleinern Verkleinern. Die Zoom-Einstellungen sind auch im Listenmenü Ansichtseinstellungen Einstellungen anzeigen verfügbar.

            \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index d95783db8..4faea8fbf 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -14,14 +14,15 @@

            Such- und Ersatzfunktion

            -

            Wenn Sie in der aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle nach Zeichen, Wörtern oder Phrasen suchen wollen, klicken Sie auf das Suche Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste.

            +

            Um in der aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle nach Zeichen, Wörtern oder Phrasen suchen wollen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Suche in der linken Seitenlaste oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+F.

            Wenn Sie nur auf dem aktuellen Blatt nach Werten innerhalb eines bestimmten Bereichs suchen / diese ersetzen möchten, wählen Sie den erforderlichen Zellbereich aus und klicken Sie dann auf das Symbol Suche.

            -

            Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen wird geöffnet:

            Suchfenster
              +

              Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen wird geöffnet:

              Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen
              1. Geben Sie Ihre Suchanfrage in das entsprechende Eingabefeld ein.
              2. Legen Sie die Suchoptionen fest, klicken Sie dazu auf das Suchoptionen Symbol und markieren Sie die gewünschten Optionen:
                  -
                • Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Ergebnisse mit derselben Schreibweise wie in Ihrer Suchanfrage gefiltert (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. 'Editor' und diese Option ist markiert, werden Wörter wie 'editor' oder 'EDITOR' usw. nicht gesucht).
                  • -
                • Nur gesamter Zelleninhalt - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Zellen gesucht, die außer den in Ihrer Anfrage angegebenen Zeichen keine weiteren Zeichen enthalten (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. '56' und diese Option ist aktiviert, werden Zellen die Daten wie '0,56' oder '156' usw. enthalten nicht gefunden).
                  • -
                • Durchsuchen - legen Sie fest, ob Sie nur das aktive Blatt durchsuchen wollen oder die ganze Arbeitsmappe. Wenn Sie einen ausgewählten Datenbereich auf dem aktuellen Blatt durchsuchen wollen, achten Sie darauf, dass die Option Blatt ausgewählt ist.
                  • +
                • Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Ergebnisse mit derselben Schreibweise wie in Ihrer Suchanfrage gefiltert (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. 'Editor' und diese Option ist markiert, werden Wörter wie 'editor' oder 'EDITOR' usw. nicht gesucht).
                  • +
                • Nur gesamter Zelleninhalt - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Zellen gesucht, die außer den in Ihrer Anfrage angegebenen Zeichen keine weiteren Zeichen enthalten (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. '56' und diese Option ist aktiviert, werden Zellen die Daten wie '0,56' oder '156' usw. enthalten nicht gefunden).
                  • +
                • Ergebnisse markieren - alle gefundenen Vorkommen auf einmal markiert. Um diese Option auszuschalten und die Markierung zu entfernen, deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen.
                  • +
                • Durchsuchen - legen Sie fest, ob Sie nur das aktive Blatt durchsuchen wollen oder die ganze Arbeitsmappe. Wenn Sie einen ausgewählten Datenbereich auf dem aktuellen Blatt durchsuchen wollen, achten Sie darauf, dass die Option Blatt ausgewählt ist.
                • Suchen - geben Sie an, in welche Richtung Sie suchen wollen, in Zeilen oder in Spalten.
                • Suchen in - legen Sie fest ob Sie den Wert der Zellen durchsuchen wollen oder die zugrundeliegenden Formeln.
                @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@
              3. Navigieren Sie durch Ihre Suchergebnisse über die Pfeiltasten. Die Suche wird entweder in Richtung Tabellenanfang (klicken Sie auf Aufwärts suchen) oder in Richtung Tabellenende (klicken Sie auf Abwärts suchen) durchgeführt.

              Das erste Ergebnis der Suchanfrage in der ausgewählten Richtung, wird markiert. Falls es sich dabei nicht um das gewünschte Wort handelt, klicken Sie erneute auf den Pfeil, um das nächste Vorkommen der eingegebenen Zeichen zu finden.

              -

              Um ein oder mehrere Ergebnisse zu ersetzen, klicken Sie unter den Pfeiltasten auf die Schaltfläche Ersetzen. Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen öffnet sich:

              Suchfenster
                +

                Um ein oder mehrere der gefundenen Ergebnisse zu ersetzen, klicken Sie auf den Link Ersetzen unter dem Eingabefeld oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+H. Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen öffnet sich:

                Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen
                1. Geben Sie den gewünschten Ersatztext in das untere Eingabefeld ein.
                2. Klicken Sie auf Ersetzen, um das aktuell ausgewählte Ergebnis zu ersetzen oder auf Alle ersetzen, um alle gefundenen Ergebnisse zu ersetzen.
                diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60da9eb68 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + Rechtschreibprüfung + + + + + + + +
                +
                + +
                +

                Rechtschreibprüfung

                +

                Der Tabelleneditor kann die Rechtschreibung des Textes in einer bestimmten Sprache überprüfen und Fehler beim Bearbeiten korrigieren. In der Desktop-Version können Sie auch Wörter in ein benutzerdefiniertes Wörterbuch einfügen, das für alle drei Editoren gemeinsam ist.

                +

                Klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Rechtschreibprüfung Symbol Rechtschreibprüfung in der linken Randleiste an, um das Rechtschreibprüfungspanel zu öffnen.

                +

                Rechtschreibprüfung Panel

                +

                Die obere linke Zelle hat den falschgeschriebenen Textwert, der automatisch in dem aktiven Arbeitsblatt ausgewählt ist. Das erste falsch geschriebene Wort wird in dem Rechtschreibprüfungsfeld angezeigt. Die Wörter mit der rechten Rechtschreibung werden im Feld nach unten angezeigt.

                +

                Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zum nächsten Wort wechseln Zum nächsten Wort wechseln, um auf dem nächsten falsch geschriebenen Wort zu übergehen.

                +
                Falsh geschriebene Wörter ersetzen
                +

                Um das falsch geschriebene Wort mit dem korrekt geschriebenen Wort zu ersetzen, wählen Sie das korrekt geschriebene Wort aus der Liste aus und verwenden Sie die Option Ändern:

                +
                  +
                • klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Ändern an, oder
                  • +
                • klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil neben der Schaltfläche Ändern an und wählen Sie die Option Ändern aus.
                  • +
                +

                Das aktive Wort wird ersetzt und Sie können zum nächsten falsch geschriebenen Wort wechseln.

                +

                Um alle identische falsch geschriebene Wörter im Arbeitsblatt scnhell zu ersetzen, klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil neben der Schaltfläche Ändern an und wählen Sie die Option Alles ändern aus.

                +
                Wörter ignorieren
                +

                Um das aktive Wort zu ignorieren:

                +
                  +
                • klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Ignorieren an, oder
                  • +
                • klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil neben der Schaltfläche Ignorieren an und wählen Sie die Option Ignorieren aus.
                  • +
                +

                Das aktive Wort wird ignoriert und Sie können zum nächsten falsch geschriebenen Wort wechseln.

                +

                Um alle identische falsch geschriebene Wörter im Arbeitsblatt zu ignorieren, klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil neben der Schaltfläche Ignorieren an und wählen Sie die Option Alles ignorieren aus.

                +

                Falls das aktive Wort im Wörterbuch fehlt, Sie können es manuell mithilfe der Schaltfläche Hinzufügen zu dem benutzerdefinierten Wörterbuch hinfügen. Dieses Wort wird kein Fehler mehr. Diese Option steht nur in der Desktop-Version zur Verfügung.

                +

                Die aktive Sprache des Wörterbuchs ist nach unten angezeigt. Sie können sie ändern.

                +

                Wenn Sie alle Wörter auf dem Arbeitsblatt überprüfen, wird die Meldung Die Rechtschreibprüfung wurde abgeschlossen auf dem Panel angezeigt.

                +

                Um das Panel zu schließen, klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Rechtschreibprüfung Symbol Rechtschreibprüfung in der linken Randleiste an.

                +
                Die Einstellungen für die Rechtschreibprüfung konfigurieren
                +

                Um die Einstellungen der Rechtschreibprüfung zu ändern, öffnen Sie die erweiterten Einstellungen des Tabelleneditors (die Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen) und öffnen Sie den Abschnitt Rechtschreibprüfung. Hier können Sie die folgenden Einstellungen konfigurieren:

                +

                Einstellungen der Rechtschreibprüfung

                +
                  +
                • Sprache des Wörterbuchs - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Sprachen aus der Liste aus. Die Wörterbuchsprache in der Rechtschreibprüfung wird geändert.
                  • +
                • Wörter in GROSSBUCHSTABEN ignorieren - aktivieren Sie diese Option, um in Großbuchstaben geschriebene Wörter zu ignorieren, z.B. Akronyme wie SMB.
                  • +
                • Wörter mit Zahlen ignorieren - aktivieren Sie diese Option, um Wörter mit Zahlen zu ignorieren, z.B. Akronyme wie B2B.
                  • +
                • Autokorrektur wird verwendet, um automatisch ein Wort oder Symbol zu ersetzen, das in das Feld Ersetzen: eingegeben oder aus der Liste durch ein neues Wort oder Symbol ausgewählt wurde, das im Feld Nach: angezeigt wird.
                  • +
                +

                Um die Änderungen anzunehmen, klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Anwenden an.

                +
                + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 68287dd71..fda5468ab 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ XLS Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die mit Microsoft Excel erstellt wurde + - + + @@ -37,27 +37,48 @@ + + + + XLTX + Excel Open XML Tabellenvorlage
                Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft für Tabellenvorlagen entwickeltes Dateiformat. Eine XLTX-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Tabellen mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden. + + + + + + + ODS - Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die in Paketen OpenOffice und StarOffice genutzt wird, ein offener Standard für Kalkulationstabellen + Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei die in Paketen OpenOffice und StarOffice genutzt wird, ein offener Standard für Kalkulationstabellen + + + + + OTS + OpenDocument-Tabellenvorlage
                OpenDocument-Dateiformat für Tabellenvorlagen. Eine OTS-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Tabellen mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden. + + + + + + + CSV - Comma Separated Values - durch Komma getrennte Werte
                Dateiformat, das zum Aufbewahren der tabellarischen Daten (Zahlen und Text) im Klartext genutzt wird + Comma Separated Values (durch Komma getrennte Werte)
                Dateiformat das zur Speicherung tabellarischer Daten (Zahlen und Text) im Klartext genutzt wird. + + + PDF - Portable Document Format
                Dateiformat, mit dem Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und der Hardware originalgetreu wiedergegeben werden können + Portable Document Format
                Dateiformat, mit dem Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und der Hardware originalgetreu wiedergegeben werden können. + + + PDF/A + Portable Document Format / A
                Eine ISO-standardisierte Version des Portable Document Format (PDF), die auf die Archivierung und Langzeitbewahrung elektronischer Dokumente spezialisiert ist. + + + + + + diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm index c7092014a..87051eac5 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm @@ -14,14 +14,21 @@

                Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit

                -

                Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit an der Tabelle organisieren: die Datei teilen, einen Co-Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen, Kommentare verwalten.

                -

                Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit

                +

                Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit in der Kalkulationstabelle organisieren. In der Online-Version können Sie die Datei teilen, einen Co-Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen und Kommentare verwalten. In der Desktop-Version können Sie Kommentare verwalten.

                +
                +

                Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor:

                +

                Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit

                +
                +
                +

                Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor:

                +

                Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit

                +

                Sie können:

                diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dac52b32 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + Registerkarte Daten + + + + + + + +
                +
                + +
                +

                Registerkarte Daten

                +

                Mithilfe der Registerkarte Daten können Sie die Daten im Arbeitsblatt verwalten.

                +
                +

                Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Online-Tabelleneditor:

                +

                Registerkarte Daten

                +
                +
                +

                Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Desktop-Tabelleneditor:

                +

                Registerkarte Daten

                +
                +

                Sie können:

                + +
                + + diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index 77601146e..03844388c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -15,15 +15,23 @@

                Registerkarte Datei

                Über die Registerkarte Datei können Sie einige grundlegende Vorgänge in der aktuellen Datei durchführen.

                -

                Registerkarte Datei

                +
                +

                Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor:

                +

                Registerkarte Datei

                +
                +
                +

                Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor:

                +

                Registerkarte Datei

                +

                Sie können:

                  -
                • die aktuelle Datei speichern (wenn die Option automatische Sicherung deaktiviert ist), runterladen, drucken oder umbenennen,
                  • -
                • eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene Tabelle öffnen,
                  • +
                • In der Online-Version können Sie die aktuelle Datei speichern (falls die Option Automatisch speichern deaktiviert ist), herunterladen als (Speichern der Tabelle im ausgewählten Format auf der Festplatte des Computers), eine Kopie speichern als (Speichern einer Kopie der Tabelle im Portal im ausgewählten Format), drucken oder umbenennen. In der Desktop-version können Sie die aktuelle Datei mit der Option Speichern unter Beibehaltung des aktuellen Dateiformats und Speicherorts speichern oder Sie können die aktuelle Datei unter einem anderen Namen, Speicherort oder Format speichern. Nutzen Sie dazu die Option Speichern als. Weiter haben Sie die Möglichkeit die Datei zu drucken.
                  • +
                • Sie können die Datei auch mit einem Passwort schützen oder ein Passwort ändern oder entfernen (diese Funktion steht nur in der Desktop-Version zur Verfügung).
                  • +
                • Weiter können Sie eine neue Tabelle erstellen oder eine kürzlich bearbeitete öffnen, (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar,
                • allgemeine Informationen über die Kalkulationstabelle einsehen,
                  • -
                • Zugangsrechte verwalten,
                  • +
                • Zugriffsrechte verwalten (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar,
                • auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen und
                  • -
                • in die Dokumentenliste zurückkehren.
                  • +
                • in der Desktiop-Version den Ordner öffnen wo die Datei gespeichert ist; nutzen Sie dazu das Fenster Datei-Explorer. In der Online-Version haben Sie außerdem die Möglichkeit den Ordner des Moduls Dokumente, in dem die Datei gespeichert ist, in einem neuen Browser-Fenster zu öffnen.
                diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FormulaTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FormulaTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74255bb75 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FormulaTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + Registerkarte Formel + + + + + + + +
                +
                + +
                +

                Registerkarte Formel

                +

                Die Registerkarte Formel hilft bei der Verwendung der Funktionen und Formeln.

                +
                +

                Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Online-Tabelleneditor:

                +

                Registerkarte Formel

                +
                +
                +

                Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Desktop-Tabelleneditor:

                +

                Registerkarte Formel

                +
                +

                Sie können:

                +
                  +
                • die Funktionen mithilfe des Fensters Funktion einfügen einfügen,
                  • +
                • schnell die Formel AutoSumme einfügen,
                  • +
                • schnell die 10 zuletzt verwendeten Formeln verwenden,
                  • +
                • die eingeordneten Formeln verwenden,
                  • +
                • die Benannte Bereiche verwenden,
                  • +
                • die Berechnungen machen: die ganze Arbeitsmappe oder das aktive Arbeitsblatt berechnen.
                  • +
                +
                + + diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index 934683bac..5addac67f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -14,20 +14,26 @@

                Registerkarte Start

                -

                Die Registerkarte Start wird standardmäßig geöffnet, wenn Sie eine beliebige Kalkulationstabelle öffnen. Diese Gruppe ermöglicht das Formatieren von Zellen und darin befindlichen Daten, das Anwenden von Filtern und das Einfügen von Funktionen. Auch einige andere Optionen sind hier verfügbar, z. B. Zellenformatvorlagen, die Funktion Als Tabelle formatieren, Ansichtseigenschaften usw.

                -

                Registerkarte Start

                +

                Die Registerkarte Start wird standardmäßig geöffnet, wenn Sie eine beliebige Kalkulationstabelle öffnen. Diese Gruppe ermöglicht das Formatieren von Zellen und darin befindlichen Daten, das Anwenden von Filtern und das Einfügen von Funktionen. Auch einige andere Optionen sind hier verfügbar, z. B. Zellenformatvorlagen, die Funktion Als Tabelle formatieren, usw.

                +
                +

                Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor:

                +

                Registerkarte Start

                +
                +
                +

                Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor:

                +

                Registerkarte Start

                +

                Sie können:

                diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index d09efe71d..8741bea22 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -15,7 +15,14 @@

                Registerkarte Einfügen

                Über die Registerkarte Einfügen können Sie visuelle Objekte und Kommentare zu Ihrer Tabelle hinzufügen.

                -

                Registerkarte Einfügen

                +
                +

                Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor:

                +

                Registerkarte Einfügen

                +
                +
                +

                Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor:

                +

                Registerkarte Einfügen

                +

                Sie können:

                • Bilder, Formen, Textboxen und TextArt-Objekte und Diagramme einfügen,
                  • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm index 79a0bbb38..8f908471d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm @@ -15,10 +15,18 @@

                  Registerkarte Layout

                  Über die Registerkarte Layout, können Sie die Darstellung der Tabelle anpassen: Legen Sie die Seitenparameter fest und definieren Sie die Anordnung der visuellen Elemente.

                  -

                  Registerkarte Layout

                  +
                  +

                  Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor:

                  +

                  Registerkarte Layout

                  +
                  +
                  +

                  Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor:

                  +

                  Registerkarte Layout

                  +

                  Sie können:

                  diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm index abdd16294..9803ce801 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm @@ -9,19 +9,24 @@ -
                  -
                  - -
                  -

                  Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle

                  +
                  +
                  + +
                  +

                  Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle

                  Unter der Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle können Sie die Darstellung einer vorhandenen Pivot-Tabelle ändern.

                  +

                  Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Online-Tabelleneditor:

                  Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle

                  +
                  +

                  Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Desktop-Tabelleneditor:

                  +

                  Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle

                  +

                  Sie können:

                  • eine vollständige Pivot-Tabelle mit einem einzigen Klick auswählen,
                  • eine bestimmte Formatierung anwenden, um bestimmte Reihen/Spalten hervorzuheben,
                  • einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen.
                  -
                  +
                  \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 8fd28fa4f..ba8c696fe 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -15,14 +15,25 @@

                  Registerkarte Plug-ins

                  Die Registerkarte Plug-ins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen.

                  -

                  Registerkarte Plug-ins

                  +
                  +

                  Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor:

                  +

                  Registerkarte Plug-ins

                  +
                  +
                  +

                  Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor:

                  +

                  Registerkarte Plug-ins

                  +
                  +

                  Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Einstellungen öffnet sich das Fenster, in dem Sie alle installierten Plugins anzeigen und verwalten sowie eigene Plugins hinzufügen können.

                  Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Makros öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation.

                  Derzeit stehen folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung:

                  • ClipArt - Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung.
                    • +
                  • Code hervorheben - Hervorhebung der Syntax des Codes durch Auswahl der erforderlichen Sprache, des Stils, der Hintergrundfarbe.
                  • PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw.
                    • -
                  • Symbol Table - Einfügen von speziellen Symbolen in Ihren Text.
                    • -
                  • Translator - Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen.
                    • +
                  • Thesaurus - Mit diesem Plug-in können Synonyme und Antonyme eines Wortes gesucht und durch das ausgewählte ersetzt werden.
                    • +
                  • Translator - Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen. +

                    Hinweis: dieses plugin funktioniert nicht im Internet Explorer.

                    +
                  • YouTube - Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihre Kalkulationstabelle.

                  Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar.

                  diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index 6a6afcbc4..184399a8c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Tabellenkalkulationseditors + Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Kalkulationstabelleneditors @@ -13,19 +13,38 @@
                  -

                  Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Tabellenkalkulationseditors

                  +

                  Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Kalkulationstabelleneditors

                  Der Tabelleneditor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind.

                  -

                  Editor

                  +
                  +

                  Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor:

                  +

                  Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor

                  +
                  +
                  +

                  Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor:

                  +

                  Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor

                  +

                  Die Oberfläche des Editors besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen:

                    -
                  1. In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, die Menü-Registerkarten und der Name der Tabelle angezeigt sowie drei Symbole auf der rechten Seite, über die Sie Zugriffsrechte festlegen, zur Dokumentenliste zurückkehren, Einstellungen anzeigen und auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen können.

                    Symbole in der Kopfzeile des Editors

                    +
                  2. In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, geöffnete Arbeitsblätter, der Name der Arbeitsmappe sowie die Menü-Registerkarten angezeigt.

                    Im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors finden Sie die Schaltflächen Speichern, Datei drucken, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen.

                    +

                    Symbole in der Kopfzeile des Editors

                    +

                    Im rechten Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors werden der Benutzername und die folgenden Symbole angezeigt:

                    +
                      +
                    • Dateispeicherort öffnen Dateispeicherort öffnen - In der Desktiop-Version können Sie den Ordner öffnen in dem die Datei gespeichert ist; nutzen Sie dazu das Fenster Datei-Explorer. In der Online-Version haben Sie außerdem die Möglichkeit den Ordner des Moduls Dokumente, in dem die Datei gespeichert ist, in einem neuen Browser-Fenster zu öffnen.
                      • +
                    • Einstellungen anzeigen - hier können Sie die Ansichtseinstellungen anpassen und auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen.
                      • +
                    • Zugriffsrechte verwalten Zugriffsrechte verwalten (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar - Zugriffsrechte für die in der Cloud gespeicherten Dokumente festlegen.
                      • +
                    3. -
                  3. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Layout, Pivot-Tabelle, Zusammenarbeit, Plug-ins.

                    Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen stehen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung.

                    -

                    Symbole in der oberen Menüleiste

                    + +
                  4. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Layout, Pivot-Tabelle, Zusammenarbeit, Schützen, Plug-ins.

                    Die Befehle Kopieren Kopieren und Einfügen Einfügen stehen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung.

                  5. Über die Bearbeitungsleiste können Formeln oder Werte in Zellen eingegeben oder bearbeitet werden. In der Bearbeitungsleiste wird der Inhalt der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle angezeigt.
                  6. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters, finden Sie verschiedene Navigationswerkzeuge: Navigationsschaltflächen, Blattregister und Zoom-Schaltflächen. In der Statusleiste wird außerdem die Anzahl der gefilterten Ergebnisse angezeigt, sofern Sie einen Filter gesetzt haben, oder Ergebnisse der automatischen Berechnungen, wenn Sie mehrere Zellen mit Daten ausgewählt haben.
                    7. -
                  7. Über die Symbole der linken Seitenleiste können Sie die Funktion Suchen und Ersetzen nutzen, Kommentare und Unterhaltungen öffnen, unser Support-Team kontaktieren und Informationen über das Programm einsehen.
                    8. +
                  8. Symbole in der linken Seitenleiste: +
                  9. Über die rechte Seitenleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten angepasst werden. Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Objekt auf einem Arbeitsblatt auswählen, wird das entsprechende Symbol in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu erweitern.
                  10. Über den Arbeitsbereich können Sie den Inhalt der Kalkulationstabelle anzeigen und Daten eingeben und bearbeiten.
                  11. Mit den horizontalen und vertikalen Bildlaufleisten können Sie das aktuelle Tabellenblatt nach oben und unten und nach links und rechts bewegen.
                    12. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41007145d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + Registerkarte Tabellenansicht + + + + + + + +
                    +
                    + +
                    +

                    Registerkarte Tabellenansicht

                    +

                    + Über die Registerkarte Tabellenansicht Voreinstellungen für die Tabellenansicht basierend auf angewendeten Filtern verwalten.

                    +
                    +

                    Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Online-Tabelleneditor:

                    +

                    Registerkarte Tabellenansicht

                    +
                    +
                    +

                    Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Desktop-Tabelleneditor:

                    +

                    Registerkarte Tabellenansicht

                    +
                    +

                    Sie können:

                    + +
                    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm index 8670ca281..6d7e4629e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm @@ -18,10 +18,11 @@
                    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A das ganze Arbeitsblatt aus.

                      Hinweis: Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus aus.

                      2. -
                    2. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Rahmenlinien Rahmenlinien oder klicken sie auf das Symbol Zelleneinstellungen Zelleneinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste.
                      3. -
                    3. Wählen Sie die gewünschten Rahmenlinien aus:
                        +
                      1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Rahmenlinien Rahmenlinien oder klicken sie auf das Symbol Zelleneinstellungen Zelleneinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste.

                        Registerkarte Zelleneinstellungen

                        +
                        2. +
                      2. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Rahmenstil aus:
                        1. Öffnen Sie das Untermenü Rahmenstil und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen.
                          2. -
                        2. Öffnen Sie das Untermenü Rahmenfarbe Rahmenfarbe und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus der Palette aus.
                          3. +
                        3. Öffnen Sie das Untermenü Rahmenfarbe Rahmenfarbe oder nutzen Sie die Farbpalette auf der rechten Seitenleiste und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus der Palette aus.
                        4. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Rahmenlinien aus: Rahmenlinie außen Rahmenlinie außen, Alle Rahmenlinien Alle Rahmenlinien, Rahmenlinie oben Rahmenlinie oben, Rahmenlinie unten Rahmenlinie unten, Rahmenlinie links Rahmenlinie links, Rahmenlinie rechts Rahmenlinie rechts, Kein Rahmen Kein Rahmen, Rahmenlinien innen Rahmenlinien innen, Innere vertikale Rahmenlinien Innere vertikale Rahmenlinien, Innere horizontale Rahmenlinien Innere horizontale Rahmenlinien, Diagonale Aufwärtslinie Diagonale Aufwärtslinie, Diagonale Abwärtslinie Diagonale Abwärtslinie.
                        3. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index 084c22671..72d268471 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -14,26 +14,26 @@

                        Hyperlink einfügen

                        -

                        Einfügen eines Hyperlinks

                        +

                        Einfügen eines Hyperlinks:

                        1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, in der Sie einen Hyperlink einfügen wollen.
                        2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
                          3. -
                        3. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Hyperlink Hyperlink in der oberen Symbolleiste oder wählen Sie diese Option aus dem Rechtsklickmenü.
                          4. +
                        4. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Hyperlink Hyperlink in der oberen Symbolleiste.
                        5. Das Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink öffnet sich und Sie können die Einstellungen für den Hyperlink festlegen:
                            -
                          • wählen Sie den Linktyp, den Sie einfügen möchten: -

                            Wenn Sie einen Hyperlink hinzufügen möchten, der zu externen Website führt, wählen Sie Website und geben Sie eine URL im Format http://www.example.com in das Feld Link zu ein.

                            -

                            Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink

                            +
                          • Wählen Sie den gewünschten Linktyp aus:

                            Wenn Sie einen Hyperlink einfügen möchten, der auf eine externe Website verweist, wählen Sie Website und geben Sie eine URL im Format http://www.example.com in das Feld Link zu ein.

                            +

                            Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink

                            Wenn Sie einen Hyperlink hinzufügen möchten, der zu einem bestimmten Zellenbereich in der aktuellen Tabellenkalkulation führt, wählen Sie die Option Interner Datenbereich und geben Sie das gewünschte Arbeitsblatt und den entsprechenden Zellenbereich an.

                            -

                            Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink

                            -
                            • -
                          • Ansicht - geben Sie einen Text ein, der angeklickt werden kann und zur angegebenen Webadresse führt.

                            Hinweis: Wenn die gewählte Zelle bereits Daten beinhaltet, werden diese automatisch in diesem Feld angezeigt.

                            +

                            Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink

                            +
                            • +
                          • Ansicht - geben Sie einen Text ein, der angeklickt werden kann und zu der angegebenen Webadresse führt.

                            Hinweis: Wenn die gewählte Zelle bereits Daten beinhaltet, werden diese automatisch in diesem Feld angezeigt.

                          • QuickInfo - geben Sie einen Text ein, der in einem kleinen Dialogfenster angezeigt wird und den Nutzer über den Inhalt des Verweises informiert.
                            • -
                          +
              1. Klicken Sie auf OK.
              -

              Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über den eingefügten Hyperlink bewegen, wird der von Ihnen im Feld QuickInfo eingebene Text angezeigt. Um dem Link zu folgen, drücken Sie die Taste STRG und klicken Sie dann auf den Link in Ihrer Kalkulationstablle.

              +

              Um einen Hyperlink einzufügen können Sie auch die Tastenkombination STRG+K nutzen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste an die Stelle an der Sie den Hyperlink einfügen möchten und wählen Sie die Option Hyperlink im Rechtsklickmenü aus.

              +

              Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über den eingefügten Hyperlink bewegen, wird der von Ihnen im Feld QuickInfo eingebene Text angezeigt. Einem in der Tabelle hinterlegten Link folgen: Um eine Zelle auszuwählen die einen Link enthält, ohne den Link zu öffnen, klicken Sie diese an und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt.

              Um den hinzugefügten Hyperlink zu entfernen, wählen Sie die Zelle mit dem entsprechenden Hyperlink aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Alle löschen aus der Menüliste aus.

              diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm index 3be5c48b5..8b75f7c78 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
              • Wählen Sie den horizontalen Ausrichtungstyp, den Sie auf die Daten in der Zelle anwenden möchten.
                • Klicken Sie auf die Option Linksbündig ausrichten Linksbündig ausrichten, um Ihre Daten am linken Rand der Zelle auszurichten (rechte Seite wird nicht ausgerichtet).
                  • -
                • Klicken Sie auf die Option Zentrieren Zentrieren, um Ihre Daten mittig in der Zelle auszurichten (rechte und linke Seiten werden nicht ausgerichtet).
                  • +
                • Klicken Sie auf die Option Zentrieren Zentriert ausrichten, um Ihre Daten mittig in der Zelle auszurichten (rechte und linke Seiten werden nicht ausgerichtet).
                • Klicken Sie auf die Option Rechtsbündig ausrichten Rechtsbündig ausrichten, um Ihre Daten am rechten Rand der Zelle auszurichten (linke Seite wird nicht ausgerichtet).
                • Klicken Sie auf die Option Blocksatz Blocksatz, um Ihre Daten am linken und rechten Rand der Zelle auszurichten (falls erforderlich, werden zusätzliche Leerräume eingefügt).
                @@ -34,10 +34,11 @@
              • Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen - Text von unten links nach oben rechts in der Zelle platzieren
              • Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen - Text von oben links nach unten rechts in der Zelle platzieren
              • Text nach oben drehen Text nach oben drehen - der Text verläuft von unten nach oben.
                • -
              • Text nach unten drehen Text nach unten drehen - der Text verläuft von oben nach unten.
                • +
              • Text nach unten drehen Text nach unten drehen - der Text verläuft von oben nach unten.

                Um den Text in einem genau festgelegten Winkel zu drehen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zelleneinstellungen Zelleneinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste und wählen Sie dann die Option Ausrichtung. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld Winkel ein oder stellen Sie diesen mit den Pfeilen rechts ein.

                +
              -
            1. Um Ihre Daten an die Zellenbreite anzupassen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zeilenumbruch Zeilenumbruch.

              Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Breite der Spalte ändern, wird der Zeilenumbruch automatisch angepasst.

              2. +
            2. Um Ihre Daten an die Zellenbreite anzupassen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zeilenumbruch Zeilenumbruch.

              Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Breite der Spalte ändern, wird der Zeilenumbruch automatisch angepasst.

        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f98acc52e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + Bedingte Formatierung + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Bedingte Formatierung

        +

        Hinweis: Der ONLYOFFICE-Tabelleneditor unterstützt derzeit nicht das Erstellen und Bearbeiten von Regeln für die bedingte Formatierung.

        +

        Mit der bedingten Formatierung können Sie verschiedene Formatierungsstile (Farbe, Schriftart, Schriftschnitt, Farbverlauf) auf Zellen anwenden, um mit Daten in der Tabelle zu arbeiten: Sortieren Sie oder bringen die Daten hervor, die die erforderlichen Bedingungen treffen, und zeigen Sie sie an. Die Bedingungen werden durch Regeltypen definiert. Der ONLYOFFICE Tabelleneditor unterstützt derzeit nicht das Erstellen und Bearbeiten von Regeln für die bedingte Formatierung.

        +

        Regeltypen, die der ONLYOFFICE Tabelleneditor unterstützt, sind: Zellenwert (+Formel), die oberen/unteren Werte und die Werte über/unter dem Durchschnitt, die eindeutigen und doppelten Werte, die Symbolsätze, die Datenbalken, der Farbverlauf (Farben-Skala) und die Regeltypen, die sich auf Formeln basieren.

        +
          +
        • + Die Formatierungsoption Zellenwert wird verwendet, um die erforderlichen Zahlen, Daten und Texte in der Tabelle zu finden. Beispielsweise müssen Sie Verkäufe für den aktuellen Monat (rote Markierung), Produkte mit dem Namen „Grain“ (gelbe Markierung) und Produktverkäufe in Höhe von weniger als 500 USD (blaue Markierung) anzeigen. +

          Zellenwert

          +
          • +
        • Die Formatierungsoption Zellenwert mit einer Formel wird verwendet, um eine dynamisch geänderte Zahl oder einen Textwert in der Tabelle anzuzeigen. Beispielsweise müssen Sie Produkte mit den Namen "Grain", "Produce" oder "Dairy" (gelbe Markierung) oder Produktverkäufe in Höhe von 100 bis 500 USD (blaue Markierung) finden. +

          Zellenwert mit einer Formel

          +
          • +
        • Die Formatierungsoption obere/untere Werte und Werte über/unter dem Durchschnitt wird verwendet, um die oberen und unteren Werte sowie die Werte uber/unter dem Durchschnitt in der Tabelle zu finden und anzuzeigen. Beispielsweise müssen Sie die Spitzenwerte für Gebühren in den von Ihnen besuchten Städten (orangefarbene Markierung), die Städte, in denen die Besucherzahlen überdurchschnittlich hoch waren (grüne Markierung) und die unteren Werte für Städte anzeigen, in denen Sie eine kleine Menge Bücher verkauft haben (blaue Markierung). +

          Obere und untere Werte / Werte über und unter dem Durchschnitt

          +
          • +
        • Die Formatierungsoption eindeutige und doppelte Werte wird verwendet, um die doppelten Werte auf dem Arbeitsblatt und dem Zellbereich, der von der bedingten Formatierung definiert ist, zu finden und bearbeiten. Beispielsweise müssen Sie die doppelten Kontakte finden. Öffnen Sie den Drop-Down-Menü. Die Anzahlt der doppelten Werte wird rechts angezeigt. Wenn Sie das Kästchen markieren, werden nur die doppelten Werte in der Liste angezeigt. +

          Eindeutige und doppelte Werte

          +
          • +
        • Die Formatierungsoption Standardsätze wird verwendet, um die Daten, die die Bedingungen treffen, mit dem entsprechenden Symbol zu markieren. Der Tabelleneditor hat verschiedene Symbolsätze. Nach unten sehen Sie die Beispiele für die meistverwendeten Symbolsätze. +
            +
          • + Statt den Zahlen und Prozentwerten werden die formatierten Zellen mit entsprechenden Pfeilen angezeigt, die in der Spalte „Status“ den Umsatz und in der Spalte „Trend“ die Dynamik für zukünftige Trends anzeigen. +

            Symbolsatz

            +
            • +
          • + Statt den Zellen mit Bewertungsnummern zwischen 1 und 5 werden die entsprechenden Symbole für jedes Fahrrad in der Bewertungsliste angezeigt. +

            Symbolsatz

            +
            • +
          • + Statt der monatlichen Gewinndynamikdaten manuell zu vergleichen, sehen Sie die formatierten Zellen mit einem entsprechenden roten oder grünen Pfeil. +

            Symbolsatz

            +
            • +
          • + Um die Verkaufsdynamik zu visualisieren, verwenden Sie die das Ampelsystem (rote, gelbe und grüne Kreise). +

            Symbolsatz

            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Die Formatierungsoption Datenbalken wird verwendet, um Werte in Form einer Diagrammleiste zu vergleichen. Vergleichen Sie beispielsweise die Höhen der Berge, indem Sie ihren Standardwert in Metern (grüner Balken) und denselben Wert im Bereich von 0 bis 100 Prozent (gelber Balken) anzeigen; Perzentil, wenn Extremwerte die Daten neigen (hellblauer Balken); Balken statt der Zahlen (blauer Balken); zweispaltige Datenanalyse, um sowohl Zahlen als auch Balken zu sehen (roter Balken). +

          Datenbalken

          +
          • +
        • + Die Formatierungsoption Farbverlauf, oder Farben-Skala, wird verwendet, um die Werte auf dem Arbeitsblatt durch einen Farbverlauf hervorzuheben. Die Spalten von “Dairy” bis “Beverage” zeigen Daten über eine Zweifarbenskala mit Variationen von Gelb bis Rot an; die Spalte “Total Sales” zeigt die Daten durch eine 3-Farben-Skala von der kleinsten Menge in Rot bis zur größten Menge in Blau an. +

          Farbverlauf

          +
          • +
        • + Die Formatierungsoption für den Regeltyp, der sich auf Formeln basiert, wird verwendet, um die Formeln bei der Datenfilterung anzuwenden. Beispielsweise können Sie abwechselnde Zeilen schattieren, +

          Formelbasiert

          +

          mit einem Referenzwert vergleichen (hier sind es $ 55) und sehen, ob er höher (grün) oder niedriger (rot) ist,

          +

          Formelbasiert

          +

          die Zeilen, die die Bedingungen treffen, hervorheben (sehen Sie, welche Ziele Sie in diesem Monat erreichen sollen, in diesem Fall ist es Oktober),

          +

          Formelbasiert

          +

          und nur die eindeutigen Zeilen hervorheben.

          +

          Formelbasiert

          +
          • +
        +

        Bitte beachten Sie: Dieses Handbuch enthält grafische Informationen aus der Arbeitsmappe und Richtlinien für Microsoft Office bedingte Formatierungsbeispiele. Sie können die bedingte Formatierung in dem ONLYOFFICE-Tabelleneditor selbst testen; laden Sie dieses Handbuch herunter und öffnen es in dem Tabelleneditor.

        + +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm index 4fb4f2a3a..fefb80ab5 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm @@ -17,35 +17,35 @@

        Zwischenablage verwenden

        Um die Daten in Ihrer aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle auszuschneiden, zu kopieren oder einzufügen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü oder die Symbole die auf jeder beliebigen Registerkarte in der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar sind:

          -

        • Ausschneiden - wählen Sie die entsprechenden Daten aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die gewählten Daten zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Tabelle wieder eingefügt werden.

          • -

        • Kopieren – wählen Sie die gewünschten Daten aus und klicken Sie im Rechtsklickmenü auf Kopieren Kopieren oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopieren, um die Auswahl in die Zwischenablage Ihres Computers zu kopieren. Die kopierten Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in demselben Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden.

          • -

        • Einfügen - wählen Sie die gewünschte Stelle aus und klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen Einfügen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Stelle und wählen Sie Einfügen aus der Menüleiste aus, um die vorher kopierten bzw. ausgeschnittenen Daten aus der Zwischenablage an der aktuellen Cursorposition einzufügen. Die Daten können vorher aus demselben Blatt, einer anderen Tabelle oder einem anderen Programm kopiert werden.

          +

        • Ausschneiden - wählen Sie die entsprechenden Daten aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die gewählten Daten zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Tabelle wieder eingefügt werden.

          • +

        • Kopieren – wählen Sie die gewünschten Daten aus und klicken Sie im Rechtsklickmenü auf Kopieren Kopieren oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopieren, um die Auswahl in die Zwischenablage Ihres Computers zu kopieren. Die kopierten Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in demselben Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden.

          • +

        • Einfügen - wählen Sie die gewünschte Stelle aus und klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen Einfügen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Stelle und wählen Sie Einfügen aus der Menüleiste aus, um die vorher kopierten bzw. ausgeschnittenen Daten aus der Zwischenablage an der aktuellen Cursorposition einzufügen. Die Daten können vorher aus demselben Blatt, einer anderen Tabelle oder einem anderen Programm kopiert werden.

        -

        Alternativ können Sie auch die folgenden Tastenkombinationen verwenden, um Daten aus bzw. in eine andere Tabelle oder ein anderes Programm zu kopieren oder einzufügen:

        +

        In der Online-Version können nur die folgenden Tastenkombinationen zum Kopieren oder Einfügen von Daten aus/in eine andere Tabelle oder ein anderes Programm verwendet werden. In der Desktop-Version können sowohl die entsprechenden Schaltflächen/Menüoptionen als auch Tastenkombinationen für alle Kopier-/Einfügevorgänge verwendet werden:

          -
        • Strg+X - Ausschneiden;
          • +
        • STRG+X - Ausschneiden;
        • STRG+C - Kopieren;
          • -
        • Strg+V - Einfügen.
          • +
        • STRG+V - Einfügen.
        -

        Hinweis: Wenn Sie Daten innerhalb von einer Kalkulationstabelle ausschneiden und einfügen wollen, können Sie die gewünschte(n) Zelle(n) auch einfach auswählen. Wenn Sie nun den Mauszeiger über die Auswahl bewegen ändert sich der Zeiger in das Pfeil Symbol und Sie können die Auswahl in die gewünschte Position ziehen.

        +

        Hinweis: Wenn Sie Daten innerhalb einer Kalkulationstabelle ausschneiden und einfügen wollen, können Sie die gewünschte(n) Zelle(n) auch einfach auswählen. Wenn Sie nun den Mauszeiger über die Auswahl bewegen ändert sich der Zeiger in das Pfeil Symbol und Sie können die Auswahl in die gewünschte Position ziehen.

        Inhalte einfügen mit Optionen

        -

        Wenn Sie den kopierten Text eingefügt haben, erscheint neben der unteren rechten Ecke der eingefügte(n) Zelle(n) das Menü Einfügeoptionen Einfügen mit Sonderoptionen. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen.

        +

        Wenn Sie den kopierten Text eingefügt haben, erscheint neben der unteren rechten Ecke der eingefügten Zelle(n) das Menü Einfügeoptionen Einfügen mit Sonderoptionen. Klicken Sie auf diese Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen.

        Für das Eifügen von Zellen/Zellbereichen mit formatierten Daten sind die folgenden Optionen verfügbar:

        • Einfügen - der Zellinhalt wird einschließlich Datenformatierung eingefügt. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt.
        • Wenn die kopierten Daten Formeln enthalten, stehen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung:
          • Nur Formel einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln ohne Einfügen der Datenformatierung.
          • Formel + Zahlenformat - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit der auf Zahlen angewendeten Formatierung.
            • -
          • Formel + alle Formatierung - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen.
            • +
          • Formel + alle Formatierungen - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen.
          • Formel ohne Rahmenlinien - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen außer Zellenrahmen.
          • Formel + Spaltenbreite - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen einschließlich Breite der Quellenspalte für den Zellenbereich, in den Sie die Daten einfügen.
          • -
        • Die folgenden Optionen ermöglichen das Einfügen des Ergebnisses, der kopierten Formel, ohne die Formel selbst einzufügen:
            +
          • Die folgenden Optionen ermöglichen das Einfügen des Ergebnisses der kopierten Formel, ohne die Formel selbst einzufügen:
            • Nur Wert einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse ohne Einfügen der Datenformatierung.
            • Wert + Zahlenformat - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse mit der auf Zahlen angewendeten Formatierung.
              • -
            • Wert + alle Formatierung - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse mit allen Datenformatierungen.
              • +
            • Wert + alle Formatierungen - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse mit allen Datenformatierungen.
          • Nur Formatierung einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Zellenformatierung ohne Einfügen des Zelleninhalts.
            • @@ -57,20 +57,38 @@
          • Quellenformatierung - die Quellformatierung der kopierten Daten wird beizubehalten.
          • Zielformatierung - ermöglicht das Anwenden der bereits für die Zelle/AutoForm verwendeten Formatierung auf die eingefügten Daten.
          -

          Auto-Ausfülloptionen

          -

          Wenn Sie mehrere Zellen mit denselben Daten füllen wollen, verwenden Sie die Auto-Ausfülloptionen:

          +

          Zum Einfügen von durch Trennzeichen getrenntem Text, der aus einer .txt -Datei kopiert wurde, stehen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung:

          +

          Der durch Trennzeichen getrennte Text kann mehrere Datensätze enthalten, wobei jeder Datensatz einer einzelnen Tabellenzeile entspricht. Jeder Datensatz kann mehrere durch Trennzeichen getrennte Textwerte enthalten (z. B. Komma, Semikolon, Doppelpunkt, Tabulator, Leerzeichen oder ein anderes Zeichen). Die Datei sollte als Klartext-Datei .txt gespeichert werden.

          +
            +
          • Nur Text beibehalten - Ermöglicht das Einfügen von Textwerten in eine einzelne Spalte, in der jeder Zelleninhalt einer Zeile in einer Quelltextdatei entspricht.
            • +
          • Textimport-Assistent verwenden - Ermöglicht das Öffnen des Textimport-Assistenten, mit dessen Hilfe Sie die Textwerte auf einfache Weise in mehrere Spalten aufteilen können, wobei jeder durch ein Trennzeichen getrennte Textwert in eine separate Zelle eingefügt wird.

            Wählen Sie im Fenster Textimport-Assistent das Trennzeichen aus der Dropdown-Liste Trennzeichen aus, das für die durch Trennzeichen getrennten Daten verwendet wurde. Die in Spalten aufgeteilten Daten werden im Feld Vorschau unten angezeigt. Wenn Sie mit dem Ergebnis zufrieden sind, drücken Sie die Taste OK.

            +
            • +
          +

          Textimport-Assistent

          +

          Wenn Sie durch Trennzeichen getrennte Daten aus einer Quelle eingefügt haben die keine reine Textdatei ist (z. B. Text, der von einer Webseite kopiert wurde usw.), oder wenn Sie die Funktion Nur Text beibehalten angewendet haben und nun die Daten aus einer einzelnen Spalte in mehrere Spalten aufteilen möchten, können Sie die Option Text zu Spalten verwenden.

          +

          Daten in mehrere Spalten aufteilen:

          +
            +
          1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle oder Spalte aus, die Daten mit Trennzeichen enthält.
            2. +
          2. Klicken Sie auf der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Schaltfläche Text zu Spalten. Der Assistent Text zu Spalten wird geöffnet.
            3. +
          3. Wählen Sie in der Dropdown-Liste Trennzeichen das Trennzeichen aus, das Sie für die durch Trennzeichen getrennten Daten verwendet haben, schauen Sie sich die Vorschau im Feld darunter an und klicken Sie auf OK.
            4. +
          +

          Danach befindet sich jeder durch das Trennzeichen getrennte Textwert in einer separaten Zelle.

          +

          Befinden sich Daten in den Zellen rechts von der Spalte, die Sie teilen möchten, werden diese überschrieben.

          +

          Auto-Ausfülloption

          +

          Wenn Sie mehrere Zellen mit denselben Daten ausfüllen wollen, verwenden Sie die Option Auto-Ausfüllen:

          1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle/einen Zellenbereich mit den gewünschten Daten aus.
            2. -
          2. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Füllpunkt in der rechten unteren Ecke der Zelle. Der Cursor wird zu einem schwarzen Pluszeichen:

            Automatische Füllung

            +
          3. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Füllpunkt in der rechten unteren Ecke der Zelle. Der Cursor wird zu einem schwarzen Pluszeichen:

            Auto-Ausfüllen

            4. -
          4. Ziehen Sie den Füllpunkt über die angrenzenden Zellen, die Sie mit den ausgewählten Daten füllen möchten.
            5. +
          5. Ziehen Sie den Ziehpunkt über die angrenzenden Zellen, die Sie mit den ausgewählten Daten füllen möchten.
          -

          Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Reihe von Zahlen (z. B. 1, 2, 3, 4 ...; 2, 4, 6, 8 ... usw.) oder Datumsangaben erstellen wollen, geben Sie mindestens zwei Startwerte ein und erweitern Sie die Datenreihe, indem Sie beide Zellen markieren und dann den Füllpunkt ziehen bis Sie den gewünschten Maximalwert erreicht haben.

          +

          Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Reihe von Zahlen (z. B. 1, 2, 3, 4...; 2, 4, 6, 8... usw.) oder Datumsangaben erstellen wollen, geben Sie mindestens zwei Startwerte ein und erweitern Sie die Datenreihe, indem Sie beide Zellen markieren und dann den Ziehpunkt ziehen bis Sie den gewünschten Maximalwert erreicht haben.

          Zellen in einer Spalte mit Textwerten füllen

          -

          Wenn eine Spalte in Ihrer Tabelle einige Textwerte enthält, können Sie einfach jeden Wert in dieser Spalte ersetzen oder die nächste leere Zelle füllen, indem Sie einen der bereits vorhandenen Textwerte auswählen.

          +

          Wenn eine Spalte in Ihrer Tabelle einige Textwerte enthält, können Sie einfach jeden Wert in dieser Spalte ersetzen oder die nächste leere Zelle ausfüllen, indem Sie einen der bereits vorhandenen Textwerte auswählen.

          Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Aus Dropdown-Liste auswählen.

          Aus Dropdown-Liste auswählen

          -

          Wählen Sie einen der verfügbaren Textwerte, um den aktuellen Text zu ersetzen oder eine leere Zelle zu füllen.

          +

          Wählen Sie einen der verfügbaren Textwerte, um den aktuellen Text zu ersetzen oder eine leere Zelle auszufüllen.

          + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm index c493ddd96..6018ffc72 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm @@ -18,14 +18,14 @@

          Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Formatierung auf Daten anwenden möchten, die bereits im Tabellenblatt vorhanden sind, wählen Sie diese mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus und legen Sie die gewünschte Formatierung für die ausgewählten Daten fest. Wenn Sie mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche formatieren wollen, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Zellenbereiche mit der Maus aus.

          - - - + + + - + @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ - + @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

          Die Hintergrundfarbe in einer bestimmten Zelle löschen:

          1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A aus.
            2. -
          2. Klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Hintergrundfarbe Hintergrundfarbe.
            3. +
          3. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Hintergrundfarbe Hintergrundfarbe in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste.
          4. Wählen Sie das Symbol Keine Füllung.
          diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff0fd1371 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ + + + + Tabellenvorlage formatieren + + + + + + + +
          +
          + +
          +

          Tabellenvorlage formatieren

          +

          Erstellen Sie eine neue formatierte Tabelle

          +

          Um die Arbeit mit Daten zu erleichtern, ermöglicht der Tabelleneditor eine Tabellenvorlage auf einen ausgewählten Zellenbereich unter automatischer Filteraktivierung anzuwenden. Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt,

          +
            +
          1. Wählen sie einen Zellenbereich aus, den Sie formatieren möchten.
            2. +
          2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wie Tabellenvorlage formatieren Wie Tabellenvorlage formatieren in der Registerkarte Startseite auf der oberen Symbolleiste.
            3. +
          3. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Vorlage in der Galerie aus.
            4. +
          4. Überprüfen Sie den Zellenbereich, der als Tabelle formatiert werden soll, im geöffneten Fenster.
            5. +
          5. Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Titell, wenn Sie möchten, dass die Tabellenüberschriften in den ausgewählten Zellbereich aufgenommen werden, ansonsten wird die Kopfzeile oben hinzugefügt, während der ausgewählte Zellbereich um eine Zeile nach unten verschoben wird.
            6. +
          6. Klicken Sie OK an, um die gewählte Vorlage anzuwenden.
            7. +
          +

          + Die Vorlage wird auf den ausgewählten Zellenbereich angewendet und Sie können die Tabellenüberschriften bearbeiten und den Filter anwenden , um mit Ihren Daten zu arbeiten. +

          +

          Sie können auch eine formatierte Tabelle mithilfe der Schaltfläche Tabelle in der Registerkarte Einfügen einfügen. Eine standardmäßige Tabellenvorlage wird eingefügt.

          +

          Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine neu formatierte Tabelle erstellen, wird der Tabelle automatisch ein Standardname (Tabelle1, Tabelle2 usw.) zugewiesen. Sie können den Namen ändern.

          +

          Wenn Sie einen neuen Wert in eine Zelle unter der letzten Zeile der Tabelle eingeben (wenn die Tabelle nicht über eine Zeile mit den Gesamtergebnissen verfügt) oder in einer Zelle rechts von der letzten Tabellenspalte, wird die formatierte Tabelle automatisch um eine neue Zeile oder Spalte erweitert. Wenn Sie die Tabelle nicht erweitern möchten, klicken Sie die angezeigte Inhalt einfügen Schaltfläche an und wählen Sie die Option Automatische Erweiterung rückgängig machen. Wenn Sie diese Aktion rückgängig gemacht haben, ist im Menü die Option Automatische Erweiterung wiederholen verfügbar.

          +

          Automatische Erweiterung rückgängig machen

          +

          Hinweis: Um die automatische Erweiterung ein-/auszuschalten, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von Autokorrektur -> AutoFormat während der Eingabe.

          +

          Wählen Sie die Zeilen und Spalten aus

          +

          + Um eine ganze Zeile in der formatierten Tabelle auszuwählen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den linken Rand der Tabellenzeile, bis den Kursor in den schwarze Pfeile Zeile auswählen übergeht, und drücken Sie die linke Maustaste. +

          +

          Zeile auswählen

          +

          Um eine ganze Spalte in der formatierten Tabelle auszuwählen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über die Oberkante der Spaltenüberschrift, bis den Kursor in den schwarze Pfeile Spalte auswählen übergeht, und drücken Sie die linke Maustaste. Wenn Sie einmal drücken, werden die Spaltendaten ausgewählt (wie im Bild unten gezeigt). Wenn Sie zweimal drücken, wird die gesamte Spalte mit der Kopfzeile ausgewählt.

          +

          Spalte auswählen

          +

          + Um eine gesamte formatierte Tabelle auszuwählen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über die obere linke Ecke der formatierten Tabelle, bis der Kursor in den diagonalen schwarzen Pfeil Tabelle auswählen übergeht, und drücken Sie die linke Maustaste. +

          +

          Tabelle auswählen

          +

          Formatierte Tabellen bearbeiten

          +

          Einige der Tabelleneinstellungen können über die Registerkarte Einstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden, die geöffnet wird, wenn Sie mindestens eine Zelle in der Tabelle mit der Maus auswählen und das Symbol Tabelleneinstellungen Tabelleneinstellungen-Symbol rechts anklicken.

          +

          Tabelleneinstellungen Registerkarte

          +

          In den Abschnitten Zeilen und Spalten , haben Sie die Möglichkeit, bestimmte Zeilen/Spalten hervorzuheben, eine bestimmte Formatierung anzuwenden oder die Zeilen/Spalten in den verschiedenen Hintergrundfarben einzufärben, um sie klar zu unterscheiden. Folgende Optionen stehen zur Verfügung:

          +
            +
          • Kopfzeile - Kopfzeile wird angezeigt.
            • +
          • + Insgesamt - am Ende der Tabelle wird eine Zeile mit den Ergebnissen hinzugefügt. +

            Hinweis: Wenn diese Option ausgewählt ist, können Sie auch eine Funktion zur Berechnung der Zusammenfassungswerte auswählen. Sobald Sie eine Zelle in der Zusammenfassung Zeile ausgewählt haben, ist die Schaltfläche Drop-Down Pfeil rechts neben der Zelle verfügbar. Klicken Sie daran und wählen Sie die gewünschte Funktion aus der Liste aus: Mittelwert, Count, Max, Min, Summe, Stabw oder Var. Durch die Option Weitere Funktionen können Sie das Fenster Funktion einfügen öffnen und die anderen Funktionen auswählen. Wenn Sie die Option Keine auswählen, wird in der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle in der Zusammenfassung Zeile kein Zusammenfassungswert für diese Spalte angezeigt.

            +

            Zusammenfassung

            +
            • +
          • Gebänderte Zeilen - gerade und ungerade Zeilen werden unterschiedlich formatiert.
            • +
          • Schaltfläche Filtern - die Filterpfeile Drop-Down Pfeile werden in den Zellen der Kopfzeile angezeigt. Diese Option ist nur verfügbar, wenn die Option Kopfzeile ausgewählt ist.
            • +
          • Erste Spalte - die erste Spalte der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben.
            • +
          • Letzte Spalte - die letzte Spalte der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben.
            • +
          • Gebänderte Spalten - gerade und ungerade Spalten werden unterschiedlich formatiert.
            • +
          +

          + Im Abschnitt Aus Vorlage wählen können Sie einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen. Jede Vorlage kombiniert bestimmte Formatierungsparameter, wie Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmenstil, Zellen-/Spaltenformat usw. + Abhängig von den in den Abschnitten Zeilen und/oder Spalten ausgewählten Optionen, werden die Vorlagen unterschiedlich dargestellt. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel die Option Kopfzeile im Abschnitt Zeilen und die Option Gebänderte Spalten  im Abschnitt Spalten aktiviert haben, enthält die angezeigte Vorlagenliste nur Vorlagen mit Kopfzeile und gebänderten Spalten: +

          +

          Vorlagenliste

          +

          Wenn Sie den aktuellen Tabellenstil (Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmen usw.) löschen möchten, ohne die Tabelle selbst zu entfernen, wenden Sie die Vorlage Keine aus der Vorlagenliste an:

          +

          Keine Vorlage

          +

          Im Abschnitt Größe anpassen können Sie den Zellenbereich ändern, auf den die Tabellenformatierung angewendet wird. Klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Daten auswählen an - ein neues Fenster wird geöffnet. Ändern Sie die Verknüpfung zum Zellbereich im Eingabefeld oder wählen Sie den gewünschten Zellbereich auf dem Arbeitsblatt mit der Maus aus und klicken Sie OK an.

          +

          Hinweis: Die Kopfzeile sollen in derselben Zeile bleiben, und der resultierende Tabellenbereich soll den ursprünglichen Tabellenbereich überlappen.

          +

          Größe anpassen

          +

          Im Abschnitt  Zeilen & Spalten  Zeilen & Spalten können Sie folgende Vorgänge durchzuführen:

          +
            +
          • Wählen Sie eine Zeile, Spalte, alle Spalten ohne die Kopfzeile oder die gesamte Tabelle einschließlich der Kopfzeile aus.
            • +
          • Einfügen - eine neue Zeile unter oder über der ausgewählten Zeile bzw. eine neue Spalte links oder rechts von der ausgewählten Spalte einfügen.
            • +
          • Löschen - eine Zeile, Spalte, Zelle (abhängig von der Cursorposition) oder die ganze Tabelle löschen.
            • +
          +

          Hinweis: Die Optionen im Abschnitt Zeilen & Spalten sind auch über das Rechtsklickmenü zugänglich.

          +

          Verwenden Sie die Option Entferne Duplikate Entferne Duplikate , um die Duplikate aus der formatierten Tabelle zu entfernen. Weitere Information zum Entfernen von Duplikaten finden Sie auf dieser Seite.

          +

          Die Option In Bereich konvertieren In Bereich konvertieren - Tabelle in einen regulären Datenbereich umwandeln, indem Sie den Filter entfernen. Der Tabellenstil wird beibehalten (z. B. Zellen- und Schriftfarben usw.). Wenn Sie diese Option anwenden, ist die Registerkarte Tabelleneinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste nicht mehr verfügbar.

          +

          Mit der Option Slicer einfügen Slicer einfügen wird ein Slicer für die formatierte Tabelle erstellt. Weitere Information zu den Slicers finden Sie auf dieser Seite.

          +

          Mit der Option Pivot-Tabelle einfügen Pivot-Tabelle einfügen wird eine Pivot-Tabelle auf der Basis der formatierten Tabelle erstellt. Weitere Information zu den Pivot-Tabellen finden Sie auf dieser Seite.

          +

          Erweiterte Einstellungen für formatierte Tabellen

          +

          + Um die erweiterten Tabelleneigenschaften zu ändern, klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen  in der rechten Seitenleiste. Das Fenster mit den Tabelleneigenschaften wird geöffnet: +

          +

          Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen

          +

          + Die Registerkarte Der alternative Text ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung , die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Tabelle enthalten sind. +

          +
          + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/GroupData.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/GroupData.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7360776fb --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/GroupData.htm @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + + + + Daten gruppieren + + + + + + + +
          +
          + +
          +

          Daten gruppieren

          +

          Mithilfe der Gruppierung von Zeilen- und Spalten-Optionen können Sie die Arbeit mit einer großen Datenmenge vereinfachen. Sie können gruppierte Zeilen und Spalten reduzieren oder erweitern, um nur die erforderlichen Daten anzuzeigen. Es ist auch möglich, die mehrstufige Struktur für die gruppierten Zeilen / Spalten zu erstellen. Die Gruppierung kann man auch aufheben.

          +

          Zeilen und Spalten gruppieren

          +

          Um die Zeilen und die Spalten zu gruppieren:

          +
            +
          1. Wählen Sie den Zellbereich aus, den Sie gruppieren wollen.
            2. +
          2. Öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Daten und verwenden Sie eine der Optionen: +
              +
            • klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Group icon Gruppieren an, wählen Sie die Option Zeilen oder Spalten im geöffneten Gruppieren-Fenster aus und klicken Sie OK an, +

              Gruppieren-Fenster

              +
              • +
            • klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Gruppieren-Symbol Gruppieren-Schaltfläche an und wählen Sie die Option Zeilen gruppieren aus, oder
              • +
            • klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Gruppieren-Symbol Gruppieren-Schaltfläche an und wählen Sie die Option Spalten gruppieren aus.
              • +
            +
            3. +
          +

          Die ausgewählten Zeilen und Spalten werden gruppiert und die Gliederung wird links (Zeilen) oder nach oben (Spalten) angezeigt.

          +

          Gruppierte Zeilen und Spalten

          +

          Um die gruppierten Zeilen und Spalten auszublenden, klicken Sie das Gruppierte Zeilen-Symbol reduzieren Reduzieren-Symbol an. Um die reduzierten Zeilen und Spalten anzuzeigen, klicken Sie das Reduzierte Zeilen erweitern-Symbol Erweitern-Symbol an.

          +
          Die Gliederung ändern
          +

          Um die Gliederung der gruppierten Zeilen und Spalten zu ändern, verwenden Sie die Optionen aus dem Gruppieren Drop-Downmenü. Die Optionen Hauptzeilen unter Detaildaten und Hauptspalten rechts von Detaildaten werden standardmäßig aktiviert. Sie lassen die Position der Schaltflächen Reduzieren Gruppierte Zeilen reduzieren - Symbol und Erweitern Reduzierte Zeilen erweitern - Symbol zu ändern:

          +
            +
          • Deselektieren Sie die Option Hauptzeilen unter Detaildaten, damit die Hauptzeilen oben angezeigt sind.
            • +
          • Deselektieren Sie die Option Hauptspalten rechts von Detaildaten, damit die Hauptspalten links angezeigt sind.
            • +
          +
          Mehrstufige Gruppen erstellen
          +

          Um die mehrstufige Struktur zu erstellen, wählen Sie den Zellbereich innerhalb von dem zuvor gruppierten Zeilen oder Spalten aus und gruppieren Sie den neuen Zellbereich (oben genannt). Jetzt können Sie die Gruppen reduzieren oder erweitern mithilfe der Symbolen mit Nummern für Stufen Stufe Nummer Symbol.

          +

          Z.B., wenn Sie eine verschachtelte Gruppe innerhalb von der übergeordneten Gruppe erstellen, stehen 3 Stufen zur Verfügung. Man kann bis 8 Stufen erstellen.

          +

          Mehrstufige Struktur

          +
            +
          • Klicken Sie das Symbol für die erste Stufe Erste Stufe Symbol an, um nur die erste Gruppe zu öffnen: +

            Erste Stufe

            +
            • +
          • Klicken Sie das Symbol für die zweite Stufe Zweite Stufe Symbol an, um die Daten der übergeordneten Gruppe anzuzeigen: +

            Zweite Stufe

            +
            • +
          • Klicken Sie das Symbol für die dritte Stufe Dritte Stufe Symbol an, um alle Daten anzuzeigen: +

            Dritte Stufe

            +
            • +
          +

          Man kann auch die Schaltfläche Gruppierte Zeilen reduzieren - Symbol Reduzieren und Reduzierte Zeilen erweitern - Symbol Erweitern innerhalb von der Gliederung anklicken, um die Daten auf jeder Stufe anzuzeigen oder zu reduzieren.

          +

          Zeilen- und Spaltengruppierung aufheben

          +

          Um die Zeilen- und Spaltengliederung aufzuheben:

          +
            +
          1. Wählen Sie den Zellbereich aus, deren Gruppierung aufgehoben werden soll.
            2. +
          2. + Öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Daten und verwenden Sie eine der gewünschten Optionen: +
              +
            • klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Gruppierung aufheben Gruppierung aufheben an, wählen Sie die Option Zeilen oder Spalten im geöffneten Gruppieren-Fenster aus und klicken Sie OK an, +

              Gruppieren-Fenster

              +
              • +
            • klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Gruppieren-Symbol Gruppierung aufheben-Schaltfläche an und wählen Sie die Option Gruppierung von Zeilen aufheben aus, um die Zeilengruppierung aufzuheben und die Zeilengliederung zu entfernen,
              • +
            • klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Gruppieren-Symbol Gruppierung aufheben-Schaltfläche an und wählen Sie die Option Gruppierung von Spalten aufheben aus, um die Spaltengruppierung aufzuheben und die Spaltengliederung zu entfernen,
              • +
            • klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Gruppieren-Symbol Gruppierung aufheben-Schaltfläche an und wählen Sie die Option Gliederung entfernen aus, um die Zeilen- und Spaltengliederung zu entfernen, ohne die aktiven Gruppen zu löschen.
              • +
            +
            3. +
          +
          + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 9c4e3da9f..102e4bdc7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
          1. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
          2. Klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Form Form
            3. -
          3. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Gruppen für AutoFormen aus: Standardformen, geformte Pfeile, Mathematik, Diagramme, Sterne und Bänder, Legenden, Buttons, Rechtecke, Linien.
            4. +
          4. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Gruppen für AutoFormen aus: Standardformen, geformte Pfeile, Mathematik, Diagramme, Sterne & Bänder, Legenden, Buttons, Rechtecke, Linien.
          5. Klicken Sie in der gewählten Gruppe auf die gewünschte AutoForm.
          6. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger an der Stelle, an der Sie eine Form einfügen möchten.
          7. Wenn Sie die AutoForm hinzugefügt haben können Sie Größe, Position und Eigenschaften ändern.
          @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
          • Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Tabelle entsprechen.
          • Standardfarben - die voreingestellten Standardfarben.
            • -
          • Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich mit dem vertikalen Schieberegler aus und legen Sie dann die gewünschte Farbe fest, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds an die gewünschte Position ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells eine Farbe bestimmen, geben Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) ein oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen. Die gewählte Farbe wird im Vorschaufeld Neu angezeigt. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen. Ihre AutoForm wird in der benutzerdefinierten Farbe formatiert und die Farbe wird der Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt.

            +
          • Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich aus, indem Sie den vertikalen Farbregler verschieben und die entsprechende Farbe festlegen, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können eine Farbe auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells bestimmen, indem Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) festlegen oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen eingeben. Die gewählte Farbe erscheint im Vorschaufeld Neu. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen. Ihre AutoForm wird in der benutzerdefinierten Farbe formatiert und die Farbe wird der Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt.

          @@ -40,7 +40,27 @@
          • Stil - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich linear, d.h. entlang der horizontalen/vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem 45-Grad Winkel) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich kreisförmig vom Zentrum zu den Kanten).
          • Richtung - wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü aus. Wenn der Farbverlauf Linear ausgewählt ist, sind die folgenden Richtungen verfügbar: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, von unten links nach oben rechts, von links nach rechts. Wenn der Farbverlauf Radial ausgewählt ist, steht nur eine Vorlage zur Verfügung.
            • -
          • Farbverlauf - klicken Sie auf den linken Schieberegler Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um das Farbfeld für die erste Farbe zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld auf der rechten Seite, um die erste Farbe in der Farbpalette auszuwählen. Nutzen Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um den Wechselpunkt festzulegen, an dem eine Farbe in die andere übergeht. Nutzen Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um die zweite Farbe anzugeben und den Wechselpunkt festzulegen.
            • +
          • + Farbverlauf - verwenden Sie diese Option, um die Form mit zwei oder mehr verblassenden Farben zu füllen. Passen Sie Ihre Farbverlaufsfüllung ohne Einschränkungen an. Klicken Sie auf die Form, um das rechte Füllungsmenü zu öffnen. +

            Die verfügbare Menüoptionen:

            +
              +
            • + Stil - wählen Sie Linear oder Radial aus: +
                +
              • Linear wird verwendet, wenn Ihre Farben von links nach rechts, von oben nach unten oder in einem beliebigen Winkel in eine Richtung fließen sollen. Klicken Sie auf Richtung, um eine voreingestellte Richtung auszuwählen, und klicken Sie auf Winke, um einen genauen Verlaufswinkel einzugeben.
                • +
              • Radial wird verwendet, um sich von der Mitte zu bewegen, da die Farbe an einem einzelnen Punkt beginnt und nach außen ausstrahlt.
                • +
              +
              • +
            • + Punkt des Farbverlaufs ist ein bestimmter Punkt für den Verlauf von einer Farbe zur anderen. +
                +
              • Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Punkt des Farbverlaufs einfügen Punkt des Farbverlaufs einfügen oder den Schieberegler, um einen Punkt des Verlaufs einzufügen. Sie können bis zu 10 Punkte einfügen. Jeder nächste eingefügte Punkt des Farbverlaufs beeinflusst in keiner Weise die aktuelle Darstellung der Farbverlaufsfüllung. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Punkt des Farbverlaufs entfernen Punkt des Farbverlaufs entfernen, um den bestimmten Punkt zu löschen.
                • +
              • Verwenden Sie den Schieberegler, um die Position des Farbverlaufspunkts zu ändern, oder geben Sie Position in Prozent an, um eine genaue Position zu erhalten.
                • +
              • Um eine Farbe auf einen Verlaufspunkt anzuwenden, klicken Sie auf einen Punkt im Schieberegler und dann auf Farbe, um die gewünschte Farbe auszuwählen.
                • +
              +
              • +
            +
        • Bild oder Textur - wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Formhintergrund zu nutzen.

          Bild- oder Texturfüllung

          @@ -73,6 +93,13 @@
        • Um den Stil der Kontur zu ändern, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der entsprechenden Dropdown-Liste aus (standardmäßig wird eine durchgezogene Linie verwendet, diese können Sie in eine der verfügbaren gestrichelten Linien ändern).
          • +
        • Drehen dient dazu die Form um 90 Grad im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen oder die Form horizontal oder vertikal zu spiegeln. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen:
            +
          • Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen um die Form um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen
            • +
          • Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen um die Form um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen
            • +
          • Horizontal spiegeln um die Form horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts)
            • +
          • Vertikal spiegeln um die Form vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten)
            • +
          +
        • AutoForm ändern - ersetzen Sie die aktuelle AutoForm durch eine andere, die Sie im Listenmenü wählen können.
          • @@ -82,8 +109,14 @@
          • Breite und Höhe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe der AutoForm ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis der AutoForm wird beibehalten.
          +

          Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen

          +

          Die Registerkarte Drehen umfasst die folgenden Parameter:

          +
            +
          • Winkel - mit dieser Option lässt sich die Form in einem genau festgelegten Winkel drehen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld ein oder stellen Sie diesen mit den Pfeilen rechts ein.
            • +
          • Spiegeln - Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Horizontal, um die Form horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts), oder aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Vertikal, um die Form vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten).
            • +

          Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen

          -

          Die Registerkarte Stärken & Pfeile enthält die folgenden Parameter:

          +

          Die Registerkarte Gewichtungen & Pfeile umfasst die folgenden Parameter:

          • Linienart - in dieser Gruppe können Sie die folgenden Parameter bestimmen:
            • Abschlusstyp - legen Sie den Stil für den Abschluss der Linie fest, diese Option besteht nur bei Formen mit offener Kontur wie Linien, Polylinien usw.:
                @@ -116,12 +149,12 @@

                Alle Formatierungsoptionen die für den Text in einer AutoForm zur Verfügung stehen finden Sie hier.

                AutoFormen mithilfe von Verbindungen anbinden

                -

                Sie können Autoformen mithilfe von Linien mit Verbindungspunkten verbinden, um Abhängigkeiten zwischen Objekten zu demonstrieren (z.B. wenn Sie ein Flussdiagramm erstellen wollen). Verbindungen erstellen:

                +

                Sie können Autoformen mithilfe von Linien mit Verbindungspunkten verbinden, um Abhängigkeiten zwischen Objekten zu demonstrieren (z.B. wenn Sie ein Flussdiagramm erstellen wollen). Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt:

                1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Einfügen auf das Smbol Form Form.
                2. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Linien im Menü aus.

                  Formen - Linien

                  3. -
                3. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Form in der ausgewählten Gruppe (mit Ausnahme der letzten drei Formen, bei denen es sich nicht um Konnektoren handelt, genaugenommen Form 10, 11 und 12).
                  4. +
                4. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Form in der ausgewählten Gruppe (mit Ausnahme der letzten drei Formen, bei denen es sich nicht um Konnektoren handelt: Kurve, Skizze und Freihand).
                5. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über die erste AutoForm und klicken Sie auf einen der Verbindungspunkte Verbindungspunkt, die auf dem Umriss der Form zu sehen sind.

                  Verbindungen setzen

                6. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger in Richtung der zweiten AutoForm und klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Verbindungspunkt auf dem Umriss der Form.

                  Verbindungen setzen

                  @@ -129,7 +162,7 @@

                Wenn Sie die verbundenen AutoFormen verschieben, bleiben die Verbindungen an die Form gebunden und bewegen sich mit den Formen zusammen.

                Verbundene AutoFormen verschieben

                -

                Alternativ können Sie die Verbindungen auch von den Form lösen und an andere Verbindungspunkte anbinden.

                +

                Alternativ können Sie die Verbindungen auch von den Formen lösen und an andere Verbindungspunkte anbinden.

                \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm index e2057e6b1..109bfdd6a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm @@ -14,25 +14,39 @@

                Funktion einfügen

                -

                Die Möglichkeit, grundlegende Berechnungen durchzuführen, ist der eigentliche Hauptgrund für die Verwendung einer Kalkulationstabelle. Wenn Sie einen Zellbereich in Ihrer Tabelle auswählen, werden einige Berechnungen bereits automatisch ausgeführt:

                +

                Die Möglichkeit grundlegende Berechnungen durchzuführen ist der eigentliche Hauptgrund für die Verwendung einer Kalkulationstabelle. Wenn Sie einen Zellbereich in Ihrer Tabelle auswählen, werden einige Berechnungen bereits automatisch ausgeführt:

                • MITTELWERT analysiert den ausgewählte Zellbereich und ermittelt den Durchschnittswert.
                • ANZAHL gibt die Anzahl der ausgewählten Zellen wieder, wobei leere Zellen ignoriert werden.
                  • +
                • MIN gibt den kleinsten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück.
                  • +
                • MAX gibt den größten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück.
                • SUMME gibt die SUMME der markierten Zellen wieder, wobei leere Zellen oder Zellen mit Text ignoriert werden.

                Die Ergebnisse dieser automatisch durchgeführten Berechnungen werden in der unteren rechten Ecke der Statusleiste angezeigt.

                Grundfunktionen

                -

                Um andere Berechnungen durchzuführen, können Sie die gewünschte Formel manuell einfügen, mit den üblichen mathematischen Operatoren, oder eine vordefinierte Formel verwenden - Funktion.

                +

                Um andere Berechnungen durchzuführen, können Sie die gewünschte Formel mit den üblichen mathematischen Operatoren manuell einfügen oder eine vordefinierte Formel verwenden - Funktion.

                Einfügen einer Funktion:

                  -
                1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, in die Sie eine Funktion einfügen möchten.
                  2. +
                2. Wählen Sie die Zelle, in die Sie eine Funktion einfügen möchten.
                3. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie eine der häufig verwendeten Funktionen (SUMME, MIN, MAX, ANZAHL) oder klicken Sie auf die Option Weitere oder klicken Sie
                  mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
                  oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
                4. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Fenster Funktion einfügen die gewünschte Funktionsgruppe aus und wählen Sie dann die gewünschte Funktion aus der Liste und klicken Sie auf OK.
                5. Geben Sie die Funktionsargumente manuell ein oder wählen Sie den entsprechenden Zellbereich mit Hilfe der Maus aus. Sind für die Funktion mehrere Argumente erforderlich, müssen diese durch Kommas getrennt werden.

                  Hinweis: Im Allgemeinen können numerische Werte, logische Werte (WAHR, FALSCH), Textwerte (müssen zitiert werden), Zellreferenzen, Zellbereichsreferenzen, den Bereichen zugewiesene Namen und andere Funktionen als Funktionsargumente verwendet werden.

                6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
                -

                Hier finden Sie die Liste der verfügbaren Funktionen, gruppiert nach Kategorien:

                +

                Eine Funktion manuell über die Tastatur eingeben:

                +
                  +
                1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle aus.
                  2. +
                2. Geben Sie das Gleichheitszeichen ein (=).

                  Jede Formel muss mit dem Gleichheitszeichen beginnen (=).

                  +
                  3. +
                3. Geben Sie den Namen der Funktion ein.

                  Sobald Sie die Anfangsbuchstaben eingegeben haben, wird die Liste Formel automatisch vervollständigen angezeigt. Während der Eingabe werden die Elemente (Formeln und Namen) angezeigt, die den eingegebenen Zeichen entsprechen. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine Formel bewegen, wird ein Textfeld mit der Formelbeschreibung angezeigt. Sie können die gewünschte Formel aus der Liste auswählen und durch Anklicken oder Drücken der TAB-Taste einfügen.

                  +
                  4. +
                4. Geben Sie die folgenden Funktionsargumente ein.

                  Argumente müssen in Klammern gesetzt werden. Die öffnende Klammer „(“ wird automatisch hinzugefügt, wenn Sie eine Funktion aus der Liste auswählen. Wenn Sie Argumente eingeben, wird Ihnen eine QuickInfo mit der Formelsyntax angezeigt.

                  +

                  Funktions-Tooltip

                  +
                  5. +
                5. Wenn Sie alle Argumente angegeben haben, schließende Sie die „)“ Klammer und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
                  6. +
                +

                Hier finden Sie die Liste der verfügbaren Funktionen, gruppiert nach Kategorien:

          SchriftartSchriftartWird verwendet, um eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den verfügbaren Schriftarten zu wählen.SchriftartSchriftartWird verwendet, um eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den verfügbaren Schriftarten zu wählen. Wenn eine gewünschte Schriftart nicht in der Liste verfügbar ist, können Sie diese runterladen und in Ihrem Betriebssystem speichern. Anschließend steht Ihnen diese Schrift in der Desktop-Version zur Nutzung zur Verfügung.
          Schriftgröße SchriftgrößeÜber diese Option kann der gewünschte Wert für die Schriftgröße aus einer List ausgewählt werden oder manuell in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingegeben werden.Über diese Option kann der gewünschte Wert für die Schriftgröße aus der Dropdown-List ausgewählt werden (die Standardwerte sind: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 und 96). Sie können auch manuell einen Wert in das Feld für die Schriftgröße eingeben und anschließend die Eingabetaste drücken.
          Schrift vergrößern
          Hintergrundfarbe HintergrundfarbeFarbe des Zellenhintergrunds ändern.Farbe des Zellenhintergrunds ändern. Die Zellenhintergrundfarbe kann außerdem über die Palette Hintergrundfarbe auf der Registerkarte Zelleneinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden.
          Farbschema ändern
          @@ -41,18 +55,18 @@ - - + + - + - + @@ -61,32 +75,32 @@ - + - + - + - - + + - + - +
          Funktionskategorie
          Text- und DatenfunktionenWerden verwendet, um die Textdaten in Ihrer Tabelle korrekt anzuzeigen.ZEICHEN; SÄUBERN; CODE; VERKETTEN; TEXTKETTE; DM; IDENTISCH; FINDEN; FINDENB; FEST; LINKS; LINKSB; LÄNGE; LÄNGEB; KLEIN; TEIL; TEILB; ZAHLENWERT; GROSS2; ERSETZEN; ERSETZENB; WIEDERHOLEN; RECHTS; RECHTSB; SUCHEN; SUCHENB; WECHSELN; T; TEXT; TEXTVERKETTEN; GLÄTTEN; UNIZEICHEN; UNICODE; GROSS; WERTDiese dienen dazu die Textdaten in Ihrer Tabelle korrekt anzuzeigen.ASC; ZEICHEN; SÄUBERN; CODE; VERKETTEN; TEXTKETTE; DM; IDENTISCH; FINDEN; FINDENB; FEST; LINKS; LINKSB; LÄNGE; LÄNGEB; KLEIN; TEIL; TEILB; ZAHLENWERT; GROSS2; ERSETZEN; ERSETZENB; WIEDERHOLEN; RECHTS; RECHTSB; SUCHEN; SUCHENB; WECHSELN; T; TEXT; TEXTVERKETTEN; GLÄTTEN; UNIZEICHEN; UNICODE; GROSS; WERT
          Statistische Funktionen Diese dienen der Analyse von Daten: Mittelwert ermitteln, den größen bzw. kleinsten Wert in einem Zellenbereich finden.MITTELABW; MITTELWERT; MITTELWERTA; MITTELWERTWENN; MITTELWERTWENNS; BETAVERT; BETA.VERT; BETA.INV; BINOMVERT; BINOM.VERT; BINOM.VERT.BEREICH; BINOM.INV; CHIVERT; CHIINV; CHIQU.VERT; CHIQU.VERT.RE; CHIQU.INV; CHIQU.INV.RE; CHITEST; CHIQU.TEST; KONFIDENZ; KONFIDENZ.NORM; KONFIDENZ.T; KORREL; ANZAHL; ANZAHL2; ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN; ZÄHLENWENN; ZÄHLENWENNS; KOVAR; KOVARIANZ.P; KOVARIANZ.S; KRITBINOM; SUMQUADABW; EXPON.VERT; EXPONVERT; F.VERT; FVERT; F.VERT.RE; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RE; FISHER; FISHERINV; SCHÄTZER; PROGNOSE.ETS; PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT; PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT; PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT; PROGNOSE.LINEAR; HÄUFIGKEIT; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.VERT; GAMMAVERT; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.GENAU; GAUSS; GEOMITTEL; HARMITTEL; HYPGEOMVERT; HYPGEOM.VERT; ACHSENABSCHNITT; KURT; KGRÖSSTE; LOGINV; LOGNORM.VERT; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMVERT; MAX; MAXA; MAXWENNS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINWENNS; MODALWERT; MODUS.VIELF; MODUS.EINF; NEGBINOMVERT; NEGBINOM.VERT; NORMVERT; NORM.VERT; NORMINV; NORM.INV; STANDNORMVERT; NORM.S.VERT; STANDNORMINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; QUANTIL; QUANTIL.EXKL; QUANTIL.INKL; QUANTILSRANG; QUANTILSRANG.EXKL; QUANTILSRANG.INKL; VARIATIONEN; VARIATIONEN2; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.VERT; WAHRSCHBEREICH; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXKL; QUARTILE.INKL; RANG; RANG.MITTELW; RANG.GLEICH; BESTIMMTHEITSMASS; SCHIEFE; SCHIEFE.P; STEIGUNG; KKLEINSTE; STANDARDISIERUNG; STABW; STABW.S; STABWA; STABWN; STABW.N; STABWNA; STFEHLERYX; TVERT; T.VERT; T.VERT.2S; T.VERT.RE; T.INV; T.INV.2S; TINV; GESTUTZTMITTEL; TTEST; T.TEST; VARIANZ; VARIANZA; VARIANZEN; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARIANZENA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.VERT; GTEST; G.TESTMITTELABW; MITTELWERT; MITTELWERTA; MITTELWERTWENN; MITTELWERTWENNS; BETAVERT; BETA.VERT; BETA.INV; BETAINV; BINOMVERT; BINOM.VERT; BINOM.VERT.BEREICH; BINOM.INV; CHIVERT; CHIINV; CHIQU.VERT; CHIQU.VERT.RE; CHIQU.INV; CHIQU.INV.RE; CHITEST; CHIQU.TEST; KONFIDENZ; KONFIDENZ.NORM; KONFIDENZ.T; KORREL; ANZAHL; ANZAHL2; ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN; ZÄHLENWENN; ZÄHLENWENNS; KOVAR; KOVARIANZ.P; KOVARIANZ.S; KRITBINOM; SUMQUADABW; EXPON.VERT; EXPONVERT; F.VERT; FVERT; F.VERT.RE; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RE; FISHER; FISHERINV; SCHÄTZER; PROGNOSE.ETS; PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT; PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT; PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT; PROGNOSE.LINEAR; HÄUFIGKEIT; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.VERT; GAMMAVERT; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.GENAU; GAUSS; GEOMITTEL; HARMITTEL; HYPGEOMVERT; HYPGEOM.VERT; ACHSENABSCHNITT; KURT; KGRÖSSTE; LOGINV; LOGNORM.VERT; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMVERT; MAX; MAXA; MAXWENNS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINWENNS; MODALWERT; MODUS.VIELF; MODUS.EINF; NEGBINOMVERT; NEGBINOM.VERT; NORMVERT; NORM.VERT; NORMINV; NORM.INV; STANDNORMVERT; NORM.S.VERT; STANDNORMINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; QUANTIL; QUANTIL.EXKL; QUANTIL.INKL; QUANTILSRANG; QUANTILSRANG.EXKL; QUANTILSRANG.INKL; VARIATIONEN; VARIATIONEN2; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.VERT; WAHRSCHBEREICH; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXKL; QUARTILE.INKL; RANG; RANG.MITTELW; RANG.GLEICH; BESTIMMTHEITSMASS; SCHIEFE; SCHIEFE.P; STEIGUNG; KKLEINSTE; STANDARDISIERUNG; STABW; STABW.S; STABWA; STABWN; STABW.N; STABWNA; STFEHLERYX; TVERT; T.VERT; T.VERT.2S; T.VERT.RE; T.INV; T.INV.2S; TINV; GESTUTZTMITTEL; TTEST; T.TEST; VARIANZ; VARIANZA; VARIANZEN; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARIANZENA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.VERT; GTEST; G.TEST
          Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen Werden genutzt, um grundlegende mathematische und trigonometrische Operationen durchzuführen: Addition, Multiplikation, Division, Runden usw.ABS; ARCCOS; ARCCOSHYP; ARCCOT; ARCCOTHYP; AGGREGAT; ARABISCH; ARCSIN; ARCSINHYP; ARCTAN; ARCTAN2; ARCTANHYP; BASIS; OBERGRENZE; OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK; OBERGRENZE.GENAU; KOMBINATIONEN; KOMBINATIONEN2; COS; COSHYP; COT; COTHYP; COSEC; COSECHYP; DEZIMAL; GRAD; ECMA.OBERGRENZE; GERADE; EXP; FAKULTÄT; ZWEIFAKULTÄT; UNTERGRENZE; UNTERGRENZE.GENAU; UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK; GGT; GANZZAHL; ISO.OBERGRENZE; KGV; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDET; MINV; MMULT; REST; VRUNDEN; POLYNOMIAL; UNGERADE; PI; POTENZ; PRODUKT; QUOTIENT; BOGENMASS; ZUFALLSZAHL; ZUFALLSBEREICH; RÖMISCH; RUNDEN; ABRUNDEN; AUFRUNDEN; SEC; SECHYP; POTENZREIHE; VORZEICHEN; SIN; SINHYP; WURZEL; WURZELPI; TEILERGEBNIS; SUMME; SUMMEWENN; SUMMEWENNS; SUMMENPRODUKT; QUADRATESUMME; SUMMEX2MY2; SUMMEX2PY2; SUMMEXMY2; TAN; TANHYP; KÜRZENABS; ACOS; ARCCOSHYP; ARCCOT; ARCCOTHYP; AGGREGAT; ARABISCH; ARCSIN; ARCSINHYP; ARCTAN; ARCTAN2; ARCTANHYP; BASE; OBERGRENZE; OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK; OBERGRENZE.GENAU; KOMBINATIONEN; KOMBINATIONEN2; COS; COSHYP; COT; COTHYP; COSEC; COSECHYP; DEZIMAL; GRAD; ECMA.OBERGRENZE; GERADE; EXP; FAKULTÄT; ZWEIFAKULTÄT; UNTERGRENZE; UNTERGRENZE.GENAU; UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK; GGT; GANZZAHL; ISO.OBERGRENZE; KGV; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDET; MINV; MMULT; REST; VRUNDEN; POLYNOMIAL; UNGERADE; PI; POTENZ; PRODUKT; QUOTIENT; BOGENMASS; ZUFALLSZAHL; ZUFALLSBEREICH; RÖMISCH; RUNDEN; ABRUNDEN; AUFRUNDEN; SEC; SECHYP; POTENZREIHE; VORZEICHEN; SIN; SINHYP; WURZEL; WURZELPI; TEILERGEBNIS; SUMME; SUMMEWENN; SUMMEWENNS; SUMMENPRODUKT; QUADRATESUMME; SUMMEX2MY2; SUMMEX2PY2; SUMMEXMY2; TAN; TANHYP; KÜRZEN
          Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen
          Technische FunktionenDienen der Durchführung von technischen Berechnungen:Diese dienen der Durchführung von technischen Berechnungen: BESSELI; BESSELJ; BESSELK; BESSELY; BININDEZ; BININHEX; BININOKT; BITUND; BITLVERSCHIEB; BITODER; BITRVERSCHIEB; BITXODER; KOMPLEXE; UMWANDELN; DEZINBIN; DEZINHEX; DEZINOKT; DELTA; GAUSSFEHLER; GAUSSF.GENAU; GAUSSFKOMPL; GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU; GGANZZAHL; HEXINBIN; HEXINDEZ; HEXINOKT; IMABS; IMAGINÄRTEIL; IMARGUMENT; IMKONJUGIERTE; IMCOS; IMCOSHYP; IMCOT; IMCOSEC; IMCOSECHYP; IMDIV; IMEXP; IMLN; IMLOG10; IMLOG2; IMAPOTENZ; IMPRODUKT; IMREALTEIL; IMSEC; IMSECHYP; IMSIN; IMSINHYP; IMWURZEL; IMSUB; IMSUMME; IMTAN; OKTINBIN; OKTINDEZ; OKTINHEX
          DatenbankfunktionenWerden verwendet, um Berechnungen für die Werte in einem bestimmten Feld der Datenbank durchzuführen, die den angegebenen Kriterien entsprechen.Diese dienen dazu Berechnungen für die Werte in einem bestimmten Feld der Datenbank durchzuführen, die den angegebenen Kriterien entsprechen. DBMITTELWERT; DBANZAHL; DBANZAHL2; DBAUSZUG; DBMAX; DBMIN; DBPRODUKT; DBSTDABW; DBSTDABWN; DBSUMME; DBVARIANZ; DBVARIANZEN
          Finanzmathematische FunktionenWerden genutzt, um finanzielle Berechnungen durchzuführen (Kapitalwert, Zahlungen usw.).Diese dienen dazu finanzielle Berechnungen durchzuführen (Kapitalwert, Zahlungen usw.). AUFGELZINS; AUFGELZINSF; AMORDEGRK; AMORLINEARK; ZINSTERMTAGVA; ZINSTERMTAGE; ZINSTERMTAGNZ; ZINSTERMNZ; ZINSTERMZAHL; ZINSTERMVZ; KUMZINSZ; KUMKAPITAL; GDA2; GDA; DISAGIO; NOTIERUNGDEZ; NOTIERUNGBRU; DURATIONТ; EFFEKTIV; ZW; ZW2; ZINSSATZ; ZINSZ; IKV; ISPMT; MDURATION; QIKV; NOMINAL; ZZR; NBW; UNREGER.KURS; UNREGER.REND; UNREGLE.KURS; UNREGLE.REND; PDURATION; RMZ; KAPZ; KURS; KURSDISAGIO; KURSFÄLLIG; BW; ZINS; AUSZAHLUNG; ZSATZINVEST; LIA; DIA; TBILLÄQUIV; TBILLKURS; TBILLRENDITE; VDB; XINTZINSFUSS; XKAPITALWERT; RENDITE; RENDITEDIS; RENDITEFÄLL
          Nachschlage- und VerweisfunktionenWerden genutzt, um die Informationen aus der Datenliste zu finden.ADRESSE; WAHL; SPALTE; SPALTEN; FORMELTEXT; WVERWEIS; INDEX; INDIREKT; VERWEIS; VERGLEICH; BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN; ZEILE; ZEILEN; MTRANS; SVERWEISDiese dienen dazu Informationen aus der Datenliste zu finden.ADRESSE; WAHL; SPALTE; SPALTEN; FORMELTEXT; WVERWEIS; HYPERLINLK; INDEX; INDIREKT; VERWEIS; VERGLEICH; BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN; ZEILE; ZEILEN; MTRANS; SVERWEIS
          InformationsfunktionenWerden verwendet, um Ihnen Informationen über die Daten in der ausgewählten Zelle oder einem Bereich von Zellen zu geben.Diese dienen dazu Ihnen Informationen über die Daten in der ausgewählten Zelle oder einem Bereich von Zellen zu geben. FEHLER.TYP; ISTLEER; ISTFEHL; ISTFEHLER; ISTGERADE; ISTFORMEL; ISTLOG; ISTNV; ISTKTEXT; ISTZAHL; ISTUNGERADE; ISTBEZUG; ISTTEXT; N; NV; BLATT; BLÄTTER; TYP
          Logische FunktionenWerden verwendet, um zu prüfen, ob eine Bedingung wahr oder falsch ist.Diese dienen dazu zu prüfen, ob eine Bedingung wahr oder falsch ist. UND; FALSCH; WENN; WENNFEHLER; WENNNV; WENNS; NICHT; ODER; ERSTERWERT; WAHR; XODER
          diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13b6e0733 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + + + + Kopf- und Fußzeilen einfügen + + + + + + + +
          +
          + +
          +

          Kopf- und Fußzeilen einfügen

          +

          Die Kopf- und Fußzeilen fügen weitere Information auf den ausgegebenen Blättern hin, z.B. Datum und Uhrzeit, Seitennummer, Blattname usw. Kopf- und Fußzeilen sind nur auf der ausgegebenen Blatt angezeigt.

          +

          Um eine Kopf- und Fußzeile einzufügen:

          +
            +
          1. öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Layout,
            2. +
          2. klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Kopf- und Fußzeile bearbeiten Kopf- und Fußzeile an,
            3. +
          3. + im geöffneten Fenster Kopf- und Fußzeileneinstellungen konfigurieren Sie die folgenden Einstellungen: +
              +
            • markieren Sie das Kästchen Erste Seite anders, um eine andere Kopf- oder Fußzeile auf der ersten Seite einzufügen, oder ganz keine Kopf- oder Fußzeile da zu haben. Die Registerkarte Erste Seite ist unten angezeigt.
              • +
            • markieren Sie das Kästchen Gerade und ungerade Seiten anders, um verschiedene Kopf- und Fußzeilen auf den geraden und ungeraden Seiten einzufügen. Die Registerkarten Gerade Seite und Ungerade Seite sind unten angezeigt.
              • +
            • die Option Mit Dokument skalieren skaliert die Kopf- und Fußzeilen mit dem Dokument zusammen. Diese Option wird standardmäßig aktiviert.
              • +
            • die Option An Seitenrändern ausrichten richtet die linke/rechte Kopf- und Fußzeile mit dem linken/rechten Seitenrand aus. Diese Option wird standardmäßig aktiviert.
              • +
            +

            Kopf- und Fußzeileneinstellungen

            +
            4. +
          4. fügen Sie die gewünschten Daten ein. Abhängig von den ausgewählten Optionen können Sie die Einstellungen für Alle Seiten konfigurieren oder die Kopf-/Fußzeile für die erste Seite sowie für ungerade und gerade Seiten konfigurieren. Öffnen Sie die erforderliche Registerkarte und konfigurieren Sie die verfügbaren Parameter an. Sie können eine der vorgefertigten Voreinstellungen verwenden oder die erforderlichen Daten manuell in das linke, mittlere und rechte Kopf-/Fußzeilenfeld einfügen:
            5. +
              +
            • + wählen Sie eine der Voreinstellungen aus: Seite 1; Seite 1 von ?; Sheet1; Vertraulich, DD/MM/JJJJ, Seite 1; Spreadsheet name.xlsx; Sheet1, Seite 1; Sheet1, Vertraulich, Seite 1; Spreadsheet name.xlsx, Seite 1; Seite 1, Sheet1; Seite 1, Spreadsheet name.xlsx; Author, Seite 1, DD/MM/JJJJ; Vorbereitet von, DD/MM/JJJJ, Seite 1. +

              Die entsprechende Variables werden eingefügt.

              +
              • +
            • stellen Sie den Kursor im linken, mittleren oder rechten Feld der Kopf- oder Fußzeile und verwenden Sie den Menü Einfügen, um die Variables Seitenzahl, Anzahl der Seiten, Datum, Uhrzeit, Dateiname, Blattname einzufügen.
              • +
            + +
          5. formatieren Sie den in der Kopf- oder Fußzeile eingefügten Text mithilfe der entsprechenden Steuerelementen. Ändern Sie die standardmäßige Schriftart, Größe, Farbe, Stil (fett, kursiv, unterstrichen, durchgestrichen, tifgestellt, hochgestellt).
            6. +
          6. klicken Sie OK an, um die Änderungen anzunehmen.
            7. +
          +

          Um die eingefügte Kopf- und Fußzeilen zu bearbeiten, klicken Sie Kopf- und Fußzeile bearbeiten Symbol Kopf- und Fußzeile bearbeiten an, ändern Sie die Einstellungen im Fenster Kopf- und Fußzeileneinstellungen und klicken Sie OK an, um die Änderungen anzunehmen.

          +

          Kopf- und Fußzeilen sind nur auf der ausgegebenen Blatt angezeigt.

          +
          + + diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 66f7bdf1a..b861d22a4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -14,40 +14,74 @@

          Bilder einfügen

          -

          Im Tabellenkalkulationseditor, können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihre Tabelle einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

          -

          Ein Bild einfügen

          +

          Im Kalkulationstabelleneditor, können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihre Tabelle einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

          +

          Bild einfügen

          Ein Bild in die Tabelle einfügen:

            -
          1. Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie das Bild einfügen möchten.
            2. +
          2. Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle an der Sie das Bild einfügen möchten.
          3. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
          4. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bild Bild in der oberen Symbolleiste.
            5. -
          5. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen um das Bild hochzuladen:
              +
            • Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen, um das Bild hochzuladen:
              • Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen.
              • Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn Sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK.
                • +
              • Die Option Bild aus Speicher öffnet das Fenster Datenquelle auswählen. Wählen Sie ein in Ihrem Portal gespeichertes Bild aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche OK.

          Das Bild wird dem Tabellenblatt hinzugefügt.

          Bildeinstellungen anpassen

          Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position ändern.

          -

          Genau Bildmaße festlegen:

          +

          Genaue Bildmaße festlegen:

          1. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Bild mit der Maus aus
            2. -
          2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste

            Dialogfenster Bildeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste

            +
          3. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste.

            Dialogfenster Bildeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste

          4. Legen Sie im Bereich Größe die erforderlichen Werte für Breite und Höhe fest. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße.
          +

          Bild zuschneiden:

          +

          Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden, um die Ziehpunkte zu aktivieren, die an den Bildecken und in der Mitte der Bildseiten angezeigt werden. Ziehen Sie die Ziehpunkte manuell, um den Zuschneidebereich festzulegen. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über den Zuschneidebereich bewegen, ändert sich der Zeiger in das Pfeil Symbol und Sie können die Auswahl in die gewünschte Position ziehen.

          +
            +
          • Um eine einzelne Seite zuzuschneiden, ziehen Sie den Ziehpunkt in der Mitte dieser Seite.
            • +
          • Um zwei benachbarte Seiten gleichzeitig zuzuschneiden, ziehen Sie einen der Ziehpunkte in den Ecken.
            • +
          • Um zwei gegenüberliegende Seiten des Bildes gleichermaßen zuzuschneiden, halten Sie die Strg-Taste gedrückt, während Sie den Ziehpunkt in der Mitte einer dieser Seiten ziehen.
            • +
          • Um alle Seiten des Bildes gleichermaßen zuzuschneiden, halten Sie die Strg-Taste gedrückt und ziehen Sie gleichzeitig einen der Ziehpunkt in den Ecken.
            • +
          +

          Wenn der Zuschneidebereich festgelegt ist, klicken Sie erneut auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden oder drücken Sie die Taste Esc oder klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle außerhalb des Zuschneidebereichs, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen.

          +

          Nachdem der Zuschneidebereich ausgewählt wurde, können Sie auch die Optionen Füllen und Anpassen verwenden, die im Dropdown-Menü Zuschneiden verfügbar sind. Klicken Sie erneut auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus:

          +
            +
          • Wenn Sie die Option Ausfüllen auswählen, wird der zentrale Teil des Originalbilds beibehalten und zum Ausfüllen des ausgewählten Zuschneidebereichs verwendet, während andere Teile des Bildes entfernt werden.
            • +
          • Wenn Sie die Option Anpassen auswählen, wird die Bildgröße so angepasst, dass sie der Höhe oder Breite des Zuschneidebereichs entspricht. Es werden keine Teile des Originalbilds entfernt, es können jedoch leere Bereiche innerhalb des ausgewählten Zuschneidebereichs erscheinen.
            • +
          +

          Bild im Uhrzeigersinn drehen:

          +
            +
          1. Wählen Sie das Bild welches Sie drehen möchten mit der Maus aus.
            2. +
          2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste.
            3. +
          3. Wählen Sie im Abschnitt Drehen eine der folgenden Optionen:
              +
            • Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen um das Bild um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen
              • +
            • Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen um das Bild um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen
              • +
            • Horizontal spiegeln um das Bild horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts)
              • +
            • Vertikal spiegeln um das Bild vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten)
              • +
            +

            Hinweis: Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild klicken und die Option Drehen aus dem Kontextmenü nutzen.

            +
            4. +

          Ein eingefügtes Bild ersetzen:

          1. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Bild mit der Maus aus.
            2. -
          2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste
            3. -
          3. Wählen Sie in der Gruppe Bild ersetzen die gewünschte Option: Bild aus Datei oder Bild aus URL - und wählen Sie das entsprechende Bild aus.

            Hinweis: Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild klicken, wählen Sie dann im Kontextmenü die Option Bild ersetzen.

            +
          4. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste.
            5. +
          5. Wählen Sie in der Gruppe Bild ersetzen die gewünschte Option: Bild aus Datei oder Bild aus URL - und wählen Sie das entsprechende Bild aus.

            Hinweis: Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild klicken und die Option Bild ersetzen im Kontextmenü nutzen.

          -

          Das ausgewählte Bild wird ersetzt.

          +

          Das ausgewählte Bild wird ersetzt.

          Wenn Sie das Bild ausgewählt haben, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen Formeinstellungen verfügbar. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form, Linientyp, Größe und Farbe an oder ändern Sie die Form und wählen Sie im Menü AutoForm ändern eine neue Form aus. Die Form des Bildes ändert sich entsprechend Ihrer Auswahl.

          Registerkarte Formeinstellungen

          Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Rechtsklickmenü oder klicken Sie einfach in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet:

          +

          Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen: Drehen

          +

          Die Registerkarte Drehen umfasst die folgenden Parameter:

          +
            +
          • Winkel - mit dieser Option lässt sich das Bild in einem genau festgelegten Winkel drehen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld ein oder stellen Sie diesen mit den Pfeilen rechts ein.
            • +
          • Spiegeln - Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Horizontal, um das Bild horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts), oder aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Vertikal, um das Bild vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten).
            • +

          Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen

          Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind.

          Um das gewünschte Bild zu löschen, klicken Sie darauf und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur.

          diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a8f59572 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + + + + Symbole und Sonderzeichen einfügen + + + + + + + +
          +
          + +
          +

          Symbole und Sonderzeichen einfügen

          +

          Während des Arbeitsprozesses wollen Sie ein Symbol einfügen, das sich nicht auf der Tastatur befindet. Um solche Symbole einzufügen, verwenden Sie die Option Symbol Tabelle Symbol einfügen:

          +
            +
          • positionieren Sie den Textcursor an der Stelle für das Sonderzeichen,
            • +
          • öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen,
            • +
          • + klicken Sie Symbol Tabelle Symbol an, +

            Symbol einfügen Randleiste

            +
            • +
          • Das Dialogfeld Symbol wird angezeigt, in dem Sie das gewünschte Symbol auswählen können,
            • +
          • +

            öffnen Sie das Dropdown-Menü Bereich, um ein Symbol schnell zu finden. Alle Symbole sind in Gruppen unterteilt, wie z.B. “Währungssymbole” für Währungszeichen.

            +

            Falls Sie das gewünschte Symbol nicht finden können, wählen Sie eine andere Schriftart aus. Viele von ihnen haben auch die Sonderzeichen, die es nicht in dem Standartsatz gibt.

            +

            Sie können auch das Unicode HEX Wert-Feld verwenden, um den Code einzugeben. Die Codes können Sie in der Zeichentabelle finden.

            +

            + Verwenden Sie auch die Registerkarte Sonderzeichen, um ein Sonderzeichen auszuwählen.

            +

            Symbol einfügen Randleiste

            +

            Die Symbole, die zuletzt verwendet wurden, befinden sich in dem Feld Kürzlich verwendete Symbole,

            +
            • +
          • klicken Sie Einfügen an. Das ausgewählte Symbol wird eingefügt.
            • +
          + +

          ASCII-Symbole einfügen

          +

          Man kann auch die ASCII Tabelle verwenden, um die Zeichen und Symbole einzufügen.

          +

          Drücken und halten Sie die ALT-Taste und verwenden Sie den Ziffernblock, um einen Zeichencode einzugeben.

          +

          Hinweis: Verwenden Sie nur den Ziffernblock. Um den Ziffernblock zu aktivieren, drücken Sie die NumLock-Taste.

          +

          Z.B., um das Paragraphenzeichen (§) einzufügen, drücken und halten Sie die ALT-Taste und geben Sie 789 ein, dann lassen Sie die ALT-Taste los.

          + +

          Symbole per Unicode-Tabelle einfügen

          +

          Sonstige Symbole und Zeichen befinden sich auch in der Windows-Symboltabelle. Um diese Tabelle zu öffnen:

          +
            +
          • geben Sie “Zeichentabelle” in dem Suchfeld ein,
            • +
          • + drücken Sie die Windows-Taste+R und geben Sie charmap.exe in dem Suchfeld ein, dann klicken Sie OK. +

            Symbol einfügen Fenster

            +
            • +
          +

          + Im geöffneten Fenster Zeichentabelle wählen Sie die Zeichensätze, Gruppen und Schriftarten aus. Klicken Sie die gewünschte Zeichen an, dann kopieren und fügen an der gewünschten Stelle ein.

          +
          + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm index 81e1b6af2..de1839210 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
          1. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
          2. Wählen Sie das gewünschten Textobjekt aus:
              -
            • Um ein Textfeld hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Textfeld Textfeld und dann auf die Stelle, an der Sie das Textfeld einfügen möchten. Halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie den Rahmen des Textfelds in die gewünschte Größe. Wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen, erscheint die Einfügemarke im hinzugefügten Textfeld und Sie können Ihren Text eingeben.

              Hinweis: alternativ können Sie ein Textfeld einfügen, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Form Form klicken und das Symbol TextAutoForm einfügen aus der Gruppe Standardformen auswählen.

              +
            • Um ein Textfeld hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Textfeld Textfeld und dann auf die Stelle, an der Sie das Textfeld einfügen möchten. Halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie den Rahmen des Textfelds in die gewünschte Größe. Wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen, erscheint die Einfügemarke im hinzugefügten Textfeld und Sie können Ihren Text eingeben.

              Hinweis: alternativ können Sie ein Textfeld einfügen, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Form Form klicken und das Symbol Text-AutoForm einfügen aus der Gruppe Standardformen auswählen.

            • Um ein TextArt-Objekt einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol TextArt TextArt in der oberen Symbolleiste und klicken Sie dann auf die gewünschte Stilvorlage - das TextArt-Objekt wird in der Mitte des Tabellenblatts eingefügt. Markieren Sie den Standardtext innerhalb des Textfelds mit der Maus und ersetzen Sie diesen durch Ihren eigenen Text.
            @@ -31,23 +31,23 @@

            Da ein eingefügtes Textobjekt einen rechteckigen Rahmen mit Text darstellt (TextArt-Objekte haben standardmäßig unsichtbare Rahmen) und dieser Rahmen eine allgemeine AutoForm ist, können Sie sowohl die Form als auch die Texteigenschaften ändern.

            Um das hinzugefügte Textobjekt zu löschen, klicken Sie auf den Rand des Textfelds und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf der Tastatur. Dadurch wird auch der Text im Textfeld gelöscht.

            Textfeld formatieren

            -

            Wählen Sie das entsprechende Textfeld durch Anklicken der Rahmenlinien aus, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn das Textfeld markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als durchgezogene Linien und nicht gestrichelt angezeigt.

            +

            Wählen Sie das entsprechende Textfeld durch Anklicken der Rahmenlinien aus, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn das Textfeld markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als durchgezogene Linien (nicht gestrichelt) angezeigt.

            Markiertes Textfeld

              -
            • Sie können das Textfeld mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte an den Ecken der Form verschieben, drehen und die Größe ändern.
              • +
            • Sie können das Textfeld mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte an den Ecken der Form manuell verschieben, drehen und die Größe ändern.
            • Um das Textfeld zu bearbeiten mit einer Füllung zu versehen, Rahmenlinien zu ändern, das rechteckige Feld mit einer anderen Form zu ersetzen oder auf Formen - erweiterte Einstellungen zuzugreifen, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Formeinstellungen Formeinstellungen und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen.
              • -
            • Um Textfelder auszurichten bzw. mit anderen Objekten zu verknüpfen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand und nutzen Sie die entsprechende Option im geöffneten Kontextmenü.
              • +
            • Um Textfelder in Bezug auf andere Objekte anzuordnen, mehrere Textfelder in Bezug zueinander auszurichten, ein Textfeld zu drehen oder zu kippen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand und nutzen Sie die entsprechende Option im geöffneten Kontextmenü. Weitere Informationen zum Ausrichten und Anordnen von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite.
            • Um Textspalten in einem Textfeld zu erzeugen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand, klicken Sie auf die Option Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Registerkarte Spalten.

            Text im Textfeld formatieren

            Markieren Sie den Text im Textfeld, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn der Text markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt.

            Markierter Text

            -

            Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich, die Textformatierung zu ändern, wenn das Textfeld (nicht der Text selbst) ausgewählt ist. In einem solchen Fall werden alle Änderungen auf den gesamten Text im Textfeld angewandt. Einige Schriftformatierungsoptionen (Schriftart, -größe, -farbe und -stile) können separat auf einen zuvor ausgewählten Teil des Textes angewendet werden.

            +

            Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich die Textformatierung zu ändern, wenn das Textfeld (nicht der Text selbst) ausgewählt ist. In einem solchen Fall werden alle Änderungen auf den gesamten Text im Textfeld angewandt. Einige Schriftformatierungsoptionen (Schriftart, -größe, -farbe und -stile) können separat auf einen zuvor ausgewählten Teil des Textes angewendet werden.

              -
            • Passen Sie die Einstellungen für die Formatierung an (ändern Sie Schriftart, Größe, Farbe und DekoStile). Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste. Unter der Registerkarte Schriftart im Fenster Absatzeigenschaften können auch einige zusätzliche Schriftarteinstellungen geändert werden. Klicken Sie für die Anzeige der Optionen mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text im Textfeld und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Texteinstellungen.
              • +
            • Passen Sie die Einstellungen für die Formatierung an (ändern Sie Schriftart, Größe, Farbe und DekoStile). Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste. Unter der Registerkarte Schriftart im Fenster Absatzeigenschaften können auch einige zusätzliche Schriftarteinstellungen geändert werden. Klicken Sie für die Anzeige der Optionen mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text im Textfeld und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Texteinstellungen.
            • Sie können den Text in der Textbox horizontal ausrichten. Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start.
            • Sie können den Text in der Textbox vertikal ausrichten. Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start. Um den Text innerhalb des Textfeldes vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maus auf den Text, wählen Sie die Option vertikale Textausrichtung und klicken Sie dann auf eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Oben ausrichten, Zentrieren oder Unten ausrichten.
              • -
            • Text in der Textbox drehen. Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text, wählen Sie die Option Textrichtung und anschließend eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Horizontal (Standardeinstellung), Text um 90° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von oben nach unten) oder Text um 270° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von unten nach oben).
              • +
            • Text in der Textbox drehen. Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text, wählen Sie die Option Textrichtung und anschließend eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Horizontal (Standardeinstellung), Text um 180° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von oben nach unten) oder Text um 270° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von unten nach oben).
            • Aufzählungszeichen und nummerierte Listen erstellen: Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text, wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Aufzählungszeichen und Listen und wählen Sie dann das gewünschte Aufzählungszeichen oder den Listenstil aus.

              Aufzählungszeichen und nummerierte Listen

            • Hyperlink einfügen
            • Richten Sie den Zeilen- und Absatzabstand für den mehrzeiligen Text innerhalb des Textfelds ein. Nutzen Sie dazu die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Diese öffnet sich, wenn Sie auf das Symbol Texteinstellungen Texteinstellungen klicken. Hier können Sie die Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen innerhalb des Absatzes sowie die Ränder zwischen dem aktuellen und dem vorhergehenden oder dem folgenden Absatz festlegen.

              Registerkarte Texteinstellungen

              @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
            3. -
          3. Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen ändern: Sie können für den mehrzeiligen Text innerhalb des Textfelds Absatzeinzüge und Tabulatoren ändern und bestimmte anwenden. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im gewünschten Absatz - die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen wird in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Absatzeigenschaften wird geöffnet:

            Eigenschaften des Absatzes - Registerkarte Einzüge & Position

            +
          4. Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen ändern: Sie können für den mehrzeiligen Text innerhalb des Textfelds Absatzeinzüge und Tabulatoren ändern und bestimmte Einstellungen für die Formatierung der Schriftart anwenden). Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im gewünschten Absatz - die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen wird in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Absatzeigenschaften wird geöffnet:

            Absatzeigenschaften - Registerkarte Einzüge & Position

            In der Registerkarte Einzüge & Position können Sie den Abstand der ersten Zeile vom linken inneren Rand des Textbereiches sowie den Abstand des Absatzes vom linken und rechten inneren Rand des Textbereiches ändern.

            Absatzeigenschaften - Registerkarte Schriftart

            Die Registerkarte Schriftart enthält folgende Parameter:

            @@ -71,10 +71,11 @@
          5. Tiefgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln.
          6. Kapitälchen - erzeugt Großbuchstaben in Höhe von Kleinbuchstaben.
          7. Großbuchstaben - alle Buchstaben als Großbuchstaben schreiben.
            8. -
          8. Zeichenabstand - Abstand zwischen den einzelnen Zeichen festlegen.
            9. +
          9. Zeichenabstand - Abstand zwischen den einzelnen Zeichen festlegen. Erhöhen Sie den Standardwert für den Abstand Erweitert oder verringern Sie den Standardwert für den Abstand Verkürzt. Nutzen Sie die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein.

            Alle Änderungen werden im Feld Vorschau unten angezeigt.

            +

        Absatzeigenschaften - Registerkarte Tabulator

        -

        Die Registerkarte Tabulator erlaubt die Tabstopps zu ändern, d.h. die Position des Mauszeigers dringt vor, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf der Tastatur drücken.

        +

        Die Registerkarte Tabulator ermöglicht die Änderung der Tabstopps zu ändern, d.h. die Position des Mauszeigers rückt vor, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf der Tastatur drücken.

        • Tabulatorposition - Festlegen von benutzerdefinierten Tabstopps. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in dieses Feld ein. Passen Sie diesen mit den Pfeiltasten genauer an und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche Festlegen. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird der Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt.
        • Die Standardeinstellung für Tabulatoren ist auf 1,25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein.
          • @@ -94,7 +95,7 @@
          • Ändern Sie den angewandten Textstil, indem Sie eine neue Vorlage aus der Galerie auswählen. Sie können den Grundstil außerdem ändern, indem Sie eine andere Schriftart, -größe usw. auswählen.
          • Füllung und Umrandung der Schriftart ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind die gleichen wie für AutoFormen.
            • -
          • Wenden Sie einen Texteffekt an, indem Sie aus der Galerie mit den verfügbaren Vorlagen die gewünschte Formatierung auswählen. Sie können den Grad der Textverzerrung anpassen, indem Sie den rosafarbenen, rautenförmigen Griff in die gewünschte Position ziehen.
            • +
          • Wenden Sie einen Texteffekt an, indem Sie aus der Galerie mit den verfügbaren Vorlagen die gewünschte Formatierung auswählen. Sie können den Grad der Textverzerrung anpassen, indem Sie den rosafarbenen, rautenförmigen Ziehpunkt in die gewünschte Position ziehen.

          Texteffekte

          diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm index 32f3ef230..0f96a71c6 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm @@ -15,46 +15,69 @@

          Objekte formatieren

          Sie können die Größe von in Ihrem Arbeitsblatt eingefügten AutoFormen, Bildern und Diagrammen ändern und diese verschieben, drehen und anordnen.

          +

          Hinweis: Hier finden Sie eine Übersicht über die gängigen Tastenkombinationen für die Arbeit mit Objekten.

          Größe von Objekten ändern

          Um die Größe von AutoFormen, Bildern oder Diagrammen zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten Quadrat an den Rändern des entsprechenden Objekts. Um das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis der ausgewählten Objekte während der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie Taste UMSCHALT gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole.

          -

          Hinweis: Sie können die Größe des eingefügten Diagramms oder Bildes auch über die rechte Seitenleiste ändern, dieses wird aktiviert, sobald Sie das gewünschte Objekt ausgewählt haben. Um diese zu öffnen, klicken Sie rechts auf das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen Diagrammeinstellungen oder das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen.

          Seitenverhältnis sperren

          +

          Hinweis: Sie können die Größe des eingefügten Diagramms oder Bildes auch über die rechte Seitenleiste ändern, diese wird aktiviert, sobald Sie das gewünschte Objekt ausgewählt haben. Um diese zu öffnen, klicken Sie rechts auf das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen Diagrammeinstellungen oder das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen.

          +

          Seitenverhältnis sperren

          Objekte verschieben

          Um die Position von AutoFormen, Bildern und Diagrammen zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol Pfeil, das eingeblendet wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über die AutoForm bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Objekt in die gewünschten Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Um ein Objekt in 1-Pixel-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur. Um ein Objekt strikt horizontal/vertikal zu bewegen und zu verhindern, dass es sich perpendikular bewegt, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Ziehen gedrückt.

          Objekte drehen

          -

          Um die Form oder das Bild zu drehen, bewegen Sie den Cursor über den Drehpunkt Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie diesen im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt.

          -

          Die Form einer AutoForm ändern

          +

          Um die Form/das Bild manuell zu drehen zu drehen, bewegen Sie den Cursor über den Drehpunkt Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie diesen im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt.

          +

          Sobald Sie das gewünschte Objekt ausgewählt haben, wird der Abschnitt Drehen in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Hier haben Sie die Möglichkeit die Form oder das Bild um 90 Grad im/gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen oder das Objekt horizontal/vertikal zu drehen. Um die Funktion zu öffnen, klicken Sie rechts auf das Symbol Formeinstellungen Formeinstellungen oder das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen:

          +
            +
          • Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen - die Form um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen
            • +
          • Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen - die Form um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn drehen
            • +
          • Horizontal spiegeln - die Form horizontal spiegeln (von links nach rechts)
            • +
          • Vertikal spiegeln - die Form vertikal spiegeln (von oben nach unten)
            • +
          +

          Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das ausgewählte Bild oder die Form klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Drehen aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Optionen zum Drehen.

          +

          Um ein Bild oder eine Form in einem genau festgelegten Winkel zu drehen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste und wählen Sie dann die Option Drehen im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld Winkel ein und klicken Sie dann auf OK.

          +

          Die Form einer AutoForm ändern

          Bei der Änderung einiger Formen, z.B. geformte Pfeile oder Legenden, ist auch dieses gelbe diamantförmige Symbol Gelber Diamant verfügbar. Über dieses Symbol können verschiedene Komponenten einer Form geändert werden, z.B. die Länge des Pfeilkopfes.

          Form einer AutoForm ändern

          Objekte ausrichten

          -

          Um ausgewählte Objekte mit einem gleichbleibenden Verhältnis zueinander auszurichten, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die Objekte mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie dann in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Layout auf das Symbol Ausrichten Ausrichten und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus:

          +

          Für das auszurichten von von zwei oder mehr ausgewählten Objekten mit einem gleichbleibenden Verhältnis zueinander, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die Objekte mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie dann in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Layout auf das Symbol Ausrichten Ausrichten und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus:

            -
          • Linksbündig Ausrichten Linksbündig ausrichten - Objekte linksbünding in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander ausrichten,
            • -
          • Zentrieren Zentriert ausrichten - Objekte in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander zentriert ausrichten,
            • -
          • Rechtsbündig Ausrichten Rechtsbündig ausrichten - Objekte rechtsbündig in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander ausrichten,
            • -
          • Oben ausrichten Oben ausrichten - Objekte in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander oben ausrichten,
            • -
          • Zentrieren Mittig ausrichten - Objekte in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander mittig ausrichten,
            • -
          • Unten ausrichten Unten ausrichten - Objekte in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander unten ausrichten.
            • +
          • Linksbündig Ausrichten Linksbündig ausrichten - Objekte am linken Rand des am weitesten links befindlichen Objekts in einem gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander ausrichten.
            • +
          • Zentrieren Zentriert ausrichten - Objekte in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander nach ihrem Zentrum ausrichten.
            • +
          • Rechtsbündig Ausrichten Rechtsbündig ausrichten - Objekte am rechten Rand des am weitesten rechts befindlichen Objekts in einem gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander ausrichten.
            • +
          • Oben ausrichten Oben ausrichten - Objekte am oberen Rand des am weitesten oben befindlichen Objekts in einem gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander ausrichten.
            • +
          • Mittig Mittig ausrichten - Objekte in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander nach ihrer Mitte ausrichten.
            • +
          • Unten ausrichten Unten ausrichten - Objekte am unteren Rand des am weitesten unten befindlichen Objekts in einem gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander ausrichten.
          +

          Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Ausrichten aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Ausrichtungsoptionen.

          +

          Hinweis: Die Optionen zum Gruppieren sind deaktiviert, wenn Sie weniger als zwei Objekte auswählen.

          +

          Objekte verteilen

          +

          Um drei oder mehr ausgewählte Objekte horizontal oder vertikal zwischen zwei äußeren ausgewählten Objekten zu verteilen, sodass der gleiche Abstand zwischen Ihnen angezeigt wird, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ausrichten Ausrichten auf der Registerkarte Layout, in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie den gewünschten Verteilungstyp aus der Liste:

          +
            +
          • Horizontal verteilen Horizontal verteilen - Objekte gleichmäßig zwischen den am weitesten links und rechts liegenden ausgewählten Objekten verteilen.
            • +
          • Vertikal verteilen Vertikal verteilen - Objekte gleichmäßig zwischen den am weitesten oben und unten liegenden ausgewählten Objekten verteilen.
            • +
          +

          Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Ausrichten aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Verteilungsoptionen.

          +

          Hinweis: Die Verteilungsoptionen sind deaktiviert, wenn Sie weniger als drei Objekte auswählen.

          Objekte gruppieren

          Um die Form von mehreren Objekten gleichzeitig und gleichmäßig zu verändern, können Sie diese Gruppieren. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die Objekte mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie dann in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Layout auf das Symbol Gruppieren Gruppieren und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus:

            -
          • Gruppieren Gruppieren - um mehrere Objekte zu einer Gruppe zusammenzufügen, so dass sie gleichzeitig rotiert, verschoben, skaliert, ausgerichtet, angeordnet, kopiert, eingefügt und formatiert werden können, wie ein einzelnes Objekt.
            • +
          • Gruppieren Gruppieren - um mehrere Objekte zu einer Gruppe zusammenzufügen, so dass sie gleichzeitig gedreht, verschoben, skaliert, ausgerichtet, angeordnet, kopiert, eingefügt und formatiert werden können, wie ein einzelnes Objekt.
          • Gruppierung aufheben Gruppierung aufheben - um die ausgewählte Gruppe der zuvor gruppierten Objekte aufzulösen.
          -

          Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Gruppieren oder Gruppierung aufheben aus.

          +

          Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Anordnung aus und nutzen Sie dann die Optionen Gruppieren oder Gruppierung aufheben.

          +

          Hinweis: Die Option Gruppieren ist deaktiviert, wenn Sie weniger als zwei Objekte auswählen. Die Option Gruppierung aufheben ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie eine zuvor gruppierte Objektgruppe auswählen.

          Objekte gruppieren

          Objekte anordnen

          Um ausgewählte Objekte anzuordnen (z.B. die Reihenfolge bei einer Überlappung zu ändern), klicken Sie auf das Smbol Eine Ebene nach vorne eine Ebene nach vorne oder Eine Ebene nach hinten eine Ebene nach hinten in der Registerkarte Layout und wählen Sie die gewünschte Anordnung aus der Liste aus.

          Um das/die ausgewählte(n) Objekt(e) nach vorne zu bringen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Eine Ebene nach vorne Eine Ebene nach vorne in der Registerkarte Layout und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus:

            -
          • In den Vordergrund In den Vordergrund - Objekt(e) in den Vordergrund bringen,
            • +
          • In den Vordergrund In den Vordergrund - Objekt(e) in den Vordergrund bringen.
          • Eine Ebene nach vorne Eine Ebene nach vorne - um ausgewählte Objekte eine Ebene nach vorne zu schieben.

          Um das/die ausgewählte(n) Objekt(e) nach hinten zu verschieben, klicken Sie auf den Pfeil Eine Ebene nach hinten nach hinten verschieben in der Registerkarte Layout und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus:

          • In den Hintergrund In den Hintergrund - um ein Objekt/Objekte in den Hintergrund zu schieben.
          • Eine Ebene nach hinten Eine Ebene nach hinten - um ausgewählte Objekte nur eine Ebene nach hinten zu schieben.
            • -
          +
        +

        Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Anordnen aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Optionen.

        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60dd9e68c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2553 @@ + + + + AutoKorrekturfunktionen + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        AutoKorrekturfunktionen

        +

        Die Autokorrekturfunktionen in ONLYOFFICE Docs werden verwendet, um Text automatisch zu formatieren, wenn sie erkannt werden, oder um spezielle mathematische Symbole einzufügen, indem bestimmte Zeichen verwendet werden.

        +

        Die verfügbaren AutoKorrekturoptionen werden im entsprechenden Dialogfeld aufgelistet. Um darauf zuzugreifen, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur.

        +

        + Das Dialogfeld Autokorrektur besteht aus drei Registerkarten: Mathe Autokorrektur, Erkannte Funktionen und AutoFormat während des Tippens. +

        +

        Math. AutoKorrektur

        +

        Sie können manuell die Symbole, Akzente und mathematische Symbole für die Gleichungen mit der Tastatur statt der Galerie eingeben.

        +

        Positionieren Sie die Einfügemarke am Platzhalter im Formel-Editor, geben Sie den mathematischen AutoKorrektur-Code ein, drücken Sie die Leertaste.

        +

        Hinweis: Bei den Codes muss die Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachtet werden.

        +

        Sie können Autokorrektur-Einträge zur Autokorrektur-Liste hinzufügen, ändern, wiederherstellen und entfernen. Wechseln Sie zur Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur -> Mathe Autokorrektur.

        +

        Einträge zur Autokorrekturliste hinzufügen

        +

        +

          +
        • Geben Sie den Autokorrekturcode, den Sie verwenden möchten, in das Feld Ersetzen ein.
          • +
        • Geben Sie das Symbol ein, das dem früher eingegebenen Code zugewiesen werden soll, in das Feld Nach ein.
          • +
        • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Hinzufügen.
          • +
        +

        +

        Einträge in der Autokorrekturliste bearbeiten

        +

        +

          +
        • Wählen Sie den Eintrag, den Sie bearbeiten möchten.
          • +
        • Sie können die Informationen in beiden Feldern ändern: den Code im Feld Ersetzen oder das Symbol im Feld Nach.
          • +
        • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Ersetzen.
          • +
        +

        +

        Einträge aus der Autokorrekturliste entfernen

        +

        +

          +
        • Wählen Sie den Eintrag, den Sie entfernen möchten.
          • +
        • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Löschen.
          • +
        +

        +

        Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zurücksetzen auf die Standardeinstellungen, um die Standardeinstellungen wiederherzustellen. Alle von Ihnen hinzugefügten Autokorrektur-Einträge werden entfernt und die geänderten werden auf ihre ursprünglichen Werte zurückgesetzt.

        +

        Deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Text bei der Eingabe ersetzen, um Math AutoKorrektur zu deaktivieren und automatische Änderungen und Ersetzungen zu verbieten.

        +

        Text bei der Eingabe ersetzen

        +

        Die folgende Tabelle enthält alle derzeit unterstützten Codes, die im Tabelleneditor verfügbar sind. Die vollständige Liste der unterstützten Codes finden Sie auch auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur -> Mathe Autokorrektur.

        +
        + Die unterstützte Codes + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
        CodeSymbolBereich
        !!DoppelfakultätSymbole
        ...AuslassungspunktePunkte
        ::Doppelter DoppelpunktOperatoren
        :=ErgibtzeichenOperatoren
        /<Kleiner-als-ZeichenVergleichsoperatoren
        />Größer-als-ZeichenVergleichsoperatoren
        /=UngleichheitszeichenVergleichsoperatoren
        \aboveSymbolHochgestellte/Tiefgestellte Skripts
        \acuteSymbolAkzente
        \alephSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
        \alphaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \AlphaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \amalgSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \angleSymbolGeometrische Notation
        \aointSymbolIntegrale
        \approxSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \asmashSymbolPfeile
        \astSternBinäre Operatoren
        \asympSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \atopSymbolOperatoren
        \barSymbolÜber-/Unterstrich
        \BarSymbolAkzente
        \becauseSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \beginSymbolTrennzeichen
        \belowSymbolAbove/Below Skripts
        \betSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
        \betaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \BetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \bethSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
        \bigcapSymbolGroße Operatoren
        \bigcupSymbolGroße Operatoren
        \bigodotSymbolGroße Operatoren
        \bigoplusSymbolGroße Operatoren
        \bigotimesSymbolGroße Operatoren
        \bigsqcupSymbolGroße Operatoren
        \biguplusSymbolGroße Operatoren
        \bigveeSymbolGroße Operatoren
        \bigwedgeSymbolGroße Operatoren
        \binomialSymbolGleichungen
        \botSymbolLogische Notation
        \bowtieSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \boxSymbolSymbole
        \boxdotSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \boxminusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \boxplusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \braSymbolTrennzeichen
        \breakSymbolSymbole
        \breveSymbolAkzente
        \bulletSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \capSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \cbrtSymbolWurzeln
        \casesSymbolSymbole
        \cdotSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \cdotsSymbolPunkte
        \checkSymbolAkzente
        \chiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \ChiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \circSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \closeSymbolTrennzeichen
        \clubsuitSymbolSymbole
        \cointSymbolIntegrale
        \congSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \coprodSymbolMathematische Operatoren
        \cupSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \daletSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
        \dalethSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
        \dashvSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \ddSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \DdSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \ddddotSymbolAkzente
        \dddotSymbolAkzente
        \ddotSymbolAkzente
        \ddotsSymbolPunkte
        \defeqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \degcSymbolSymbole
        \degfSymbolSymbole
        \degreeSymbolSymbole
        \deltaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \DeltaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \DeltaeqSymbolOperatoren
        \diamondSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \diamondsuitSymbolSymbole
        \divSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \dotSymbolAkzente
        \doteqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \dotsSymbolPunkte
        \doubleaSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleASymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublebSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleBSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublecSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleCSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubledSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleDSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleeSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleESymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublefSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleFSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublegSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleGSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublehSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleHSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleiSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleISymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublejSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleJSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublekSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleKSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublelSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleLSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublemSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleMSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublenSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleNSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleoSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleOSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublepSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublePSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleqSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleQSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublerSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleRSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublesSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleSSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubletSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleTSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleuSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleUSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublevSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleVSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublewSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleWSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublexSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleXSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleySymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleYSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doublezSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \doubleZSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \downarrowSymbolPfeile
        \DownarrowSymbolPfeile
        \dsmashSymbolPfeile
        \eeSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \ellSymbolSymbole
        \emptysetSymbolNotationen von Mengen
        \emspLeerzeichen
        \endSymbolTrennzeichen
        \enspLeerzeichen
        \epsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \EpsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \eqarraySymbolSymbole
        \equivSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \etaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \EtaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \existsSymbolLogische Notationen
        \forallSymbolLogische Notationen
        \frakturaSymbolFraktur
        \frakturASymbolFraktur
        \frakturbSymbolFraktur
        \frakturBSymbolFraktur
        \frakturcSymbolFraktur
        \frakturCSymbolFraktur
        \frakturdSymbolFraktur
        \frakturDSymbolFraktur
        \fraktureSymbolFraktur
        \frakturESymbolFraktur
        \frakturfSymbolFraktur
        \frakturFSymbolFraktur
        \frakturgSymbolFraktur
        \frakturGSymbolFraktur
        \frakturhSymbolFraktur
        \frakturHSymbolFraktur
        \frakturiSymbolFraktur
        \frakturISymbolFraktur
        \frakturkSymbolFraktur
        \frakturKSymbolFraktur
        \frakturlSymbolFraktur
        \frakturLSymbolFraktur
        \frakturmSymbolFraktur
        \frakturMSymbolFraktur
        \frakturnSymbolFraktur
        \frakturNSymbolFraktur
        \frakturoSymbolFraktur
        \frakturOSymbolFraktur
        \frakturpSymbolFraktur
        \frakturPSymbolFraktur
        \frakturqSymbolFraktur
        \frakturQSymbolFraktur
        \frakturrSymbolFraktur
        \frakturRSymbolFraktur
        \fraktursSymbolFraktur
        \frakturSSymbolFraktur
        \frakturtSymbolFraktur
        \frakturTSymbolFraktur
        \frakturuSymbolFraktur
        \frakturUSymbolFraktur
        \frakturvSymbolFraktur
        \frakturVSymbolFraktur
        \frakturwSymbolFraktur
        \frakturWSymbolFraktur
        \frakturxSymbolFraktur
        \frakturXSymbolFraktur
        \frakturySymbolFraktur
        \frakturYSymbolFraktur
        \frakturzSymbolFraktur
        \frakturZSymbolFraktur
        \frownSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \funcapplyBinäre Operatoren
        \GSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \gammaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \GammaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \geSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \geqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \getsSymbolPfeile
        \ggSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \gimelSymbolHebräische Buchstaben
        \graveSymbolAkzente
        \hairspLeerzeichen
        \hatSymbolAkzente
        \hbarSymbolSymbole
        \heartsuitSymbolSymbole
        \hookleftarrowSymbolPfeile
        \hookrightarrowSymbolPfeile
        \hphantomSymbolPfeile
        \hsmashSymbolPfeile
        \hvecSymbolAkzente
        \identitymatrixSymbolMatrizen
        \iiSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \iiintSymbolIntegrale
        \iintSymbolIntegrale
        \iiiintSymbolIntegrale
        \ImSymbolSymbole
        \imathSymbolSymbole
        \inSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \incSymbolSymbole
        \inftySymbolSymbole
        \intSymbolIntegrale
        \integralSymbolIntegrale
        \iotaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \IotaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \itimesMathematische Operatoren
        \jSymbolSymbole
        \jjSymbolBuchstaben mit Doppelstrich
        \jmathSymbolSymbole
        \kappaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \KappaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \ketSymbolTrennzeichen
        \lambdaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \LambdaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \langleSymbolTrennzeichen
        \lbbrackSymbolTrennzeichen
        \lbraceSymbolTrennzeichen
        \lbrackSymbolTrennzeichen
        \lceilSymbolTrennzeichen
        \ldivSymbolBruchteile
        \ldivideSymbolBruchteile
        \ldotsSymbolPunkte
        \leSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \leftSymbolTrennzeichen
        \leftarrowSymbolPfeile
        \LeftarrowSymbolPfeile
        \leftharpoondownSymbolPfeile
        \leftharpoonupSymbolPfeile
        \leftrightarrowSymbolPfeile
        \LeftrightarrowSymbolPfeile
        \leqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \lfloorSymbolTrennzeichen
        \lhvecSymbolAkzente
        \limitSymbolGrenzwerte
        \llSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \lmoustSymbolTrennzeichen
        \LongleftarrowSymbolPfeile
        \LongleftrightarrowSymbolPfeile
        \LongrightarrowSymbolPfeile
        \lrharSymbolPfeile
        \lvecSymbolAkzente
        \mapstoSymbolPfeile
        \matrixSymbolMatrizen
        \medspLeerzeichen
        \midSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \middleSymbolSymbole
        \modelsSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \mpSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \muSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \MuSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \nablaSymbolSymbole
        \naryandSymbolOperatoren
        \nbspLeerzeichen
        \neSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \nearrowSymbolPfeile
        \neqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \niSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \normSymbolTrennzeichen
        \notcontainSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \notelementSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \notinSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \nuSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \NuSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \nwarrowSymbolPfeile
        \oSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \OSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \odotSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \ofSymbolOperatoren
        \oiiintSymbolIntegrale
        \oiintSymbolIntegrale
        \ointSymbolIntegrale
        \omegaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \OmegaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \ominusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \openSymbolTrennzeichen
        \oplusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \otimesSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \overSymbolTrennzeichen
        \overbarSymbolAkzente
        \overbraceSymbolAkzente
        \overbracketSymbolAkzente
        \overlineSymbolAkzente
        \overparenSymbolAkzente
        \overshellSymbolAkzente
        \parallelSymbolGeometrische Notation
        \partialSymbolSymbole
        \pmatrixSymbolMatrizen
        \perpSymbolGeometrische Notation
        \phantomSymbolSymbole
        \phiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \PhiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \piSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \PiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \pmSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \pppprimeSymbolPrime-Zeichen
        \ppprimeSymbolPrime-Zeichen
        \pprimeSymbolPrime-Zeichen
        \precSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \preceqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \primeSymbolPrime-Zeichen
        \prodSymbolMathematische Operatoren
        \proptoSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \psiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \PsiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \qdrtSymbolWurzeln
        \quadraticSymbolWurzeln
        \rangleSymbolTrennzeichen
        \RangleSymbolTrennzeichen
        \ratioSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \rbraceSymbolTrennzeichen
        \rbrackSymbolTrennzeichen
        \RbrackSymbolTrennzeichen
        \rceilSymbolTrennzeichen
        \rddotsSymbolPunkte
        \ReSymbolSymbole
        \rectSymbolSymbole
        \rfloorSymbolTrennzeichen
        \rhoSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \RhoSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \rhvecSymbolAkzente
        \rightSymbolTrennzeichen
        \rightarrowSymbolPfeile
        \RightarrowSymbolPfeile
        \rightharpoondownSymbolPfeile
        \rightharpoonupSymbolPfeile
        \rmoustSymbolTrennzeichen
        \rootSymbolSymbole
        \scriptaSymbolSkripts
        \scriptASymbolSkripts
        \scriptbSymbolSkripts
        \scriptBSymbolSkripts
        \scriptcSymbolSkripts
        \scriptCSymbolSkripts
        \scriptdSymbolSkripts
        \scriptDSymbolSkripts
        \scripteSymbolSkripts
        \scriptESymbolSkripts
        \scriptfSymbolSkripts
        \scriptFSymbolSkripts
        \scriptgSymbolSkripts
        \scriptGSymbolSkripts
        \scripthSymbolSkripts
        \scriptHSymbolSkripts
        \scriptiSymbolSkripts
        \scriptISymbolSkripts
        \scriptkSymbolSkripts
        \scriptKSymbolSkripts
        \scriptlSymbolSkripts
        \scriptLSymbolSkripts
        \scriptmSymbolSkripts
        \scriptMSymbolSkripts
        \scriptnSymbolSkripts
        \scriptNSymbolSkripts
        \scriptoSymbolSkripts
        \scriptOSymbolSkripts
        \scriptpSymbolSkripts
        \scriptPSymbolSkripts
        \scriptqSymbolSkripts
        \scriptQSymbolSkripts
        \scriptrSymbolSkripts
        \scriptRSymbolSkripts
        \scriptsSymbolSkripts
        \scriptSSymbolSkripts
        \scripttSymbolSkripts
        \scriptTSymbolSkripts
        \scriptuSymbolSkripts
        \scriptUSymbolSkripts
        \scriptvSymbolSkripts
        \scriptVSymbolSkripts
        \scriptwSymbolSkripts
        \scriptWSymbolSkripts
        \scriptxSymbolSkripts
        \scriptXSymbolSkripts
        \scriptySymbolSkripts
        \scriptYSymbolSkripts
        \scriptzSymbolSkripts
        \scriptZSymbolSkripts
        \sdivSymbolBruchteile
        \sdivideSymbolBruchteile
        \searrowSymbolPfeile
        \setminusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \sigmaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \SigmaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \simSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \simeqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \smashSymbolPfeile
        \smileSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \spadesuitSymbolSymbole
        \sqcapSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \sqcupSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \sqrtSymbolWurzeln
        \sqsubseteqSymbolNotation von Mengen
        \sqsuperseteqSymbolNotation von Mengen
        \starSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \subsetSymbolNotation von Mengen
        \subseteqSymbolNotation von Mengen
        \succSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \succeqSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \sumSymbolMathematische Operatoren
        \supersetSymbolNotation von Mengen
        \superseteqSymbolNotation von Mengen
        \swarrowSymbolPfeile
        \tauSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \TauSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \thereforeSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \thetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \ThetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \thickspLeerzeichen
        \thinspLeerzeichen
        \tildeSymbolAkzente
        \timesSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \toSymbolPfeile
        \topSymbolLogische Notationen
        \tvecSymbolPfeile
        \ubarSymbolAkzente
        \UbarSymbolAkzente
        \underbarSymbolAkzente
        \underbraceSymbolAkzente
        \underbracketSymbolAkzente
        \underlineSymbolAkzente
        \underparenSymbolAkzente
        \uparrowSymbolPfeile
        \UparrowSymbolPfeile
        \updownarrowSymbolPfeile
        \UpdownarrowSymbolPfeile
        \uplusSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \upsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \UpsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \varepsilonSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \varphiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \varpiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \varrhoSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \varsigmaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \varthetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \vbarSymbolTrennzeichen
        \vdashSymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        \vdotsSymbolPunkte
        \vecSymbolAkzente
        \veeSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \vertSymbolTrennzeichen
        \VertSymbolTrennzeichen
        \VmatrixSymbolMatrizen
        \vphantomSymbolPfeile
        \vthickspLeerzeichen
        \wedgeSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \wpSymbolSymbole
        \wrSymbolBinäre Operatoren
        \xiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \XiSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \zetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \ZetaSymbolGriechische Buchstaben
        \zwnjLeerzeichen
        \zwspLeerzeichen
        ~=deckungsgleichVergleichsoperatoren
        -+Minus oder PlusBinäre Operatoren
        +-Plus oder MinusBinäre Operatoren
        <<SymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        <=Kleiner gleichVergleichsoperatoren
        ->SymbolPfeile
        >=Grösser gleichVergleichsoperatoren
        >>SymbolVergleichsoperatoren
        +
        +
        +

        Erkannte Funktionen

        +

        Auf dieser Registerkarte finden Sie die Liste der mathematischen Ausdrücke, die vom Gleichungseditor als Funktionen erkannt und daher nicht automatisch kursiv dargestellt werden. Die Liste der erkannten Funktionen finden Sie auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von Autokorrektur -> Erkannte Funktionen.

        +

        Um der Liste der erkannten Funktionen einen Eintrag hinzuzufügen, geben Sie die Funktion in das leere Feld ein und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Hinzufügen.

        +

        Um einen Eintrag aus der Liste der erkannten Funktionen zu entfernen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Funktion aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Löschen.

        +

        Um die zuvor gelöschten Einträge wiederherzustellen, wählen Sie den gewünschten Eintrag aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Wiederherstellen.

        +

        Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zurücksetzen auf die Standardeinstellungen, um die Standardeinstellungen wiederherzustellen. Alle von Ihnen hinzugefügten Funktionen werden entfernt und die entfernten Funktionen werden wiederhergestellt.

        +

        Erkannte Funktionen

        +

        AutoFormat während des Tippens

        +

        Standardmäßig formatiert der Editor den Text während der Eingabe gemäß den Voreinstellungen für die automatische Formatierung. Beispielsweise startet er automatisch eine Aufzählungsliste oder eine nummerierte Liste, wenn eine Liste erkannt wird, ersetzt Anführungszeichen oder konvertiert Bindestriche in Gedankenstriche.

        +

        Wenn Sie die Voreinstellungen für die automatische Formatierung deaktivieren möchten, deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen für die unnötige Optionen, öffnen Sie dazu die Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von Autokorrektur -> AutoFormat während des Tippens.

        +

        AutoFormat As You Type

        +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 913d75bb1..b867c0642 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -14,19 +14,52 @@

        Eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen

        -

        Eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen:

        -
          -
        1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
          2. -
        2. Wählen Sie die Option Neu....
          3. -
        -

        Nachdem Sie die Arbeit an einer Kalkulationstabelle abgeschlossen haben, können Sie sofort zu einer bereits vorhandenen Tabelle übergehen, die Sie kürzlich bearbeitet haben, eine neue Tabelle erstellen oder die Liste mit den vorhandenen Tabellen öffnen.

        -

        Öffnen einer kürzlich bearbeiteten Kalkulationstabelle:

        -
          -
        1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
          2. -
        2. Wählen Sie die Option Zuletzt verwendet....
          3. -
        3. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabelle aus der Liste der vor kurzem bearbeiteten Tabellen aus.
          4. -
        -

        Um zu der Liste der vorhandenen Kalkulationstabellen zurückzukehren, klicken Sie rechts auf der Menüleiste des Editors auf Vorhandene Kalkulationstabellen Vorhandene Kalkulationstabellen. Alternativ können Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei wechseln und die Option Vorhandene Kalkulationstabellen auswählen.

        +

        Eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen

        +
        +

        Online-Editor

        +
          +
        1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
          2. +
        2. Wählen Sie die Option Neu erstellen.
          3. +
        +
        +
        +

        Desktop-Editor

        +
          +
        1. Wählen Sie im Hauptfenster des Programms das Menü Kalkulationstabelle im Abschnitt Neu erstellen der linken Seitenleiste aus - eine neue Datei wird in einer neuen Registerkarte geöffnet.
          2. +
        2. Wenn Sie alle gewünschten Änderungen durchgeführt haben, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern in der oberen linken Ecke oder wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie das Menü Speichern als aus.
          3. +
        3. Wählen Sie im Fenster Dateiverwaltung den Speicherort, legen Sie den Namen fest, wählen Sie das gewünschte Format (XLSX, Tabellenvorlage (XLTX), ODS, OTS, CSV, PDF oder PDFA) und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Speichern.
          4. +
        +
        + +
        +

        Ein vorhandenes Dokument öffnen:

        +

        Desktop-Editor

        +
          +
        1. Wählen Sie in der linken Seitenleiste im Hauptfenster des Programms den Menüpunkt Lokale Datei öffnen.
          2. +
        2. Wählen Sie im Fenster Dateiverwaltung die gewünschte Tabelle aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Öffnen.
          3. +
        +

        Sie können auch im Fenster Dateiverwaltung mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Tabelle klicken, die Option Öffnen mit auswählen und die gewünschte Anwendung aus dem Menü auswählen. Wenn die Office-Dokumentdateien mit der Anwendung verknüpft sind, können Sie Tabellen auch öffnen, indem Sie im Fenster Datei-Explorer auf den Dateinamen doppelklicken.

        +

        Alle Verzeichnisse, auf die Sie mit dem Desktop-Editor zugegriffen haben, werden in der Liste Aktuelle Ordner angezeigt, um Ihnen einen schnellen Zugriff zu ermöglichen. Klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Ordner, um eine der darin gespeicherten Dateien auszuwählen.

        +
        + +

        Öffnen einer kürzlich bearbeiteten Tabelle:

        +
        +

        Online-Editor

        +
          +
        1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
          2. +
        2. Wählen Sie die Option Zuletzt verwendet....
          3. +
        3. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabelle aus der Liste der vor kurzem bearbeiteten Dokumente aus.
          4. +
        +
        +
        +

        Desktop-Editor

        +
          +
        1. Wählen Sie in der linken Seitenleiste im Hauptfenster des Programms den Menüpunkt Aktuelle Dateien.
          2. +
        2. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabelle aus der Liste der vor kurzem bearbeiteten Dokumente aus.
          3. +
        +
        + +

        Um den Ordner in dem die Datei gespeichert ist in der Online-Version in einem neuen Browser-Tab oder in der Desktop-Version im Fenster Datei-Explorer zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf der rechten Seite des Editor-Hauptmenüs auf das Symbol Dateispeicherort öffnen Dateispeicherort öffnen. Alternativ können Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei wechseln und die Option Dateispeicherort öffnen auswählen.

        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm index df55a3195..216417ff7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm @@ -1,31 +1,286 @@  - Pivot-Tabellen bearbeiten + Pivot-Tabellen erstellen und bearbeiten - + -
        -
        - -
        -

        Pivot-Tabellen bearbeiten

        -

        Mithilfe der Bearbeitungstools auf der Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle in der oberen Symbolleiste, können Sie die Darstellung vorhandener Pivot-Tabellen in einer Tabelle ändern.

        -

        Wählen Sie mindestens eine Zelle in der Pivot-Tabelle mit der Maus aus, um die Bearbeitungstools in der oberen Symbolleiste zu aktivieren.

        -

        Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle

        -

        Mit der Schaltfläche Pivot-Tabelle auswählen Auswählen, können Sie die gesamte Pivot-Tabelle auswählen.

        -

        In den Abschnitten Zeilen und Spalten, haben Sie die Möglichkeit, bestimmte Zeilen/Spalten hervorzuheben, eine bestimmte Formatierung anzuwenden oder die Zeilen/Spalten in den verschiedenen Hintergrundfarben einzufärben, um sie klar zu unterscheiden. Folgende Optionen stehen zur Verfügung:

        +
        +
        + +
        +

        Pivot-Tabellen erstellen und bearbeiten

        +

        Mit Pivot-Tabellen können Sie große Datenmengen gruppieren und anordnen, um zusammengefasste Informationen zu erhalten. Sie können Daten neu organisieren, um nur die erforderlichen Information anzuzeigen und sich auf wichtige Aspekte zu konzentrieren.

        +

        Eine neue Pivot-Tabelle erstellen

        +

        Um eine Pivot-Tabelle zu erstellen,

        +
          +
        1. Bereiten Sie den Quelldatensatz vor, den Sie zum Erstellen einer Pivot-Tabelle verwenden möchten. Es sollte Spaltenkopfzeilen enthalten. Der Datensatz sollte keine leeren Zeilen oder Spalten enthalten.
          2. +
        2. Wählen Sie eine Zelle im Datenquelle-Bereich aus.
          3. +
        3. + Öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle in der oberen Symbolleiste und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Tabelle einfügen Tabelle einfügen - Symbol an. +

          Wenn Sie eine Pivot-Tabelle auf der Basis einer formatierten Tabelle erstellen möchten, verwenden Sie die Option Pivot-Tabelle einfügen Pivot-Tabelle einfügen im Menü Tabelle-Einstellungen in der rechten Randleiste.

          +
          4. +
        4. + Das Fenster Pivot-Tabelle erstellen wird geöffnet. +

          Pivot-Tabelle erstellen - Fenster

          +
            +
          • + Die Option Datenquelle-Bereich wird schon konfiguriert. Alle Daten aus dem ausgewählten Datenquelle-Bereich wird verwendet. Wenn Sie den Bereich ändern möchten (z.B., nur einen Teil der Datenquelle zu enthalten), klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Daten auswählen an. Im Fenster Datenbereich auswählen geben Sie den Datenbereich im nachfolgenden Format ein: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. Sie können auch den gewünschten Datenbereich per Maus auswählen. Klicken Sie auf OK. +
            • +
          • + Wählen Sie die Stelle für dir Pivot-Tabelle aus. +
              +
            • Die Option Neues Arbeitsblatt ist standardmäßig markiert. Die Pivot-Tabelle wird auf einer neuen Arbeitsblatt erstellt.
              • +
            • + Die Option Existierendes Arbeitsblatt fordert eine Auswahl der bestimmten Zelle. Die ausgewählte Zelle befindet sich in der oberen rechten Ecke der erstellten Pivot-Tabelle. Um eine Zelle auszuwählen, klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Daten auswählen an. +

              Datenbereich auswählen - Fenster

              +

              Im Fenster Datenbereich auswählen geben Sie die Zelladresse im nachfolgenden Format ein: Sheet1!$G$2. Sie können auch die gewünschte Zelle per Maus auswählen. Klicken Sie auf OK.

              +
              • +
            +
            • +
          • Wenn Sie die Position für die Pivot-Tabelle ausgewählt haben, klicken Sie auf OK im Fenster Pivot-Tabelle erstellen.
            • +
          +
          5. +
        +

        Eine leere Pivot-Tabelle wird an der ausgewählten Position eingefügt.

        +

        Die Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle Einstellungen wird in der rechten Randleiste geöffnet. Sie können diese Registerkarte mithilfe der Schaltfläche Pivot-Tabelle Einstellungen - Symbol ein-/ausblenden.

        +

        Pivot table settings tab

        + +

        Wählen Sie die Felder zur Ansicht aus

        +

        Der Abschnitt Felder auswählen enthält die Felder, die gemäß den Spaltenüberschriften in Ihrem Quelldatensatz benannt sind. Jedes Feld enthält Werte aus der entsprechenden Spalte der Quelltabelle. Die folgenden vier Abschnitte stehen zur Verfügung: Filter, Spalten, Zeilen und Werte.

        +

        Markieren Sie die Felder, die in der Pivot-Tabelle angezeigt werden sollen. Wenn Sie ein Feld markieren, wird es je nach Datentyp zu einem der verfügbaren Abschnitte in der rechten Randleiste hinzugefügt und in der Pivot-Tabelle angezeigt. Felder mit Textwerten werden dem Abschnitt Zeilen hinzugefügt. Felder mit numerischen Werten werden dem Abschnitt Werte hinzugefügt.

        +

        Sie können Felder in den erforderlichen Abschnitt ziehen sowie die Felder zwischen Abschnitten ziehen, um Ihre Pivot-Tabelle schnell neu zu organisieren. Um ein Feld aus dem aktuellen Abschnitt zu entfernen, ziehen Sie es aus diesem Abschnitt heraus.

        +

        Um dem erforderlichen Abschnitt ein Feld hinzuzufügen, können Sie auch auf den schwarzen Pfeil rechts neben einem Feld im Abschnitt Felder auswählen klicken und die erforderliche Option aus dem Menü auswählen: Zu Filtern hinzufügen, Zu Zeilen hinzufügen, Zu Spalten hinzufügen, Zu Werten hinzufügen.

        +

        Pivot-Tabelle Einstellungen - Registerkarte

        +

        Nach unten sehen Sie einige Beispiele für die Verwendung der Abschnitte Filter, Spalten, Zeilen und Werte.

          -
        • Zeilenüberschriten - die Überschriften der Zeilen durch eine spezielle Formatierung hervorheben.
          • -
        • Spaltenüberschriten - die Überschriften der Spalten durch eine spezielle Formatierung hervorheben.
          • -
        • Gebänderte Zeilen - gerade und ungerade Zeilen werden unterschiedlich formatiert.
          • -
        • Gebänderte Spalten - gerade und ungerade Spalten werden unterschiedlich formatiert.
          • +
        • + Wenn Sie ein Feld dem Abschnitt Filter hunzufügen, ein gesonderter Filter wird oberhalb der Pivot-Tabelle erstellt. Der Filter wird für die ganze Pivot-Tabelle verwendet. Klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil Abwärtspfeil im erstellten Filter an, um die Werte aus dem ausgewählten Feld anzuzeigen. Wenn einige der Werten im Filter-Fenster demarkiert werden, klicken Sie auf OK, um die demarkierten Werte in der Pivot-Tabelle nicht anzuzeigen. +

          Pivot Filter

          +
          • +
        • + Wenn Sie ein Feld dem Abschnitt Spalten hinzufügen, wird die Pivot-Tabelle die Anzahl der Spalten enthalten, die dem eingegebenen Wert entspricht. Die Spalte Gesamtsumme wird auch eingefügt. +

          Pivot Spalten

          +
          • +
        • + Wenn Sie ein Feld dem Abschnitt Zeile hinzugefügen, wird die Pivot-Tabelle die Anzahl der Zeilen enthalten, die dem eingegebenen Wert entspricht. Die Zeile Gesamtsumme wird auch eingefügt. +

          Pivot Zeile

          +
          • +
        • + Wenn Sie ein Feld dem Abschnitt Werte hinzugefügen, zeogt die Pivot-Table die Gesamtsumme für alle numerischen Werte im ausgewählten Feld an. Wenn das Feld Textwerte enthält, wird die Anzahlt der Werte angezeigt. Die Finktion für die Gesamtsumme kann man in den Feldeinstellungen ändern. +

          Pivot Werte

          +
        -

        Auf der Liste mit Vorlagen für Pivot-Tabellen, können Sie einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen. Jede Vorlage kombiniert bestimmte Formatierungsparameter, wie Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmenstil, Zellen-/Spaltenformat usw. Abhängig von den in den Abschnitten Zeilen oder Spalten ausgewählten Optionen, werden die Vorlagen unterschiedlich dargestellt. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel die Optionen Zeilenüberschriten und Gebänderte Spalten aktiviert haben, enthält die angezeigte Vorlagenliste nur Vorlagen mit hervorgehobenen Zeilen und gebänderten Spalten:

        -
        + +

        Die Felder reorganisieren und anpassen

        +

        Wenn die Felder hinzufügt sind, ändern Sie das Layout und die Formatierung der Pivot-Tabelle. Klicken Sie den schwarzen Abwärtspfeil neben dem Feld mit den Abschnitten Filter, Spalten, Zeilen oder Werte an, um den Kontextmenü zu öffnen.

        +

        Pivot-Tabelle Menü

        +

        Der Menü hat die folgenden Optionen:

        +
          +
        • Den ausgewählten Feld Nach oben, Nach unten, Zum Anfang, Zum Ende bewegen und verschieben, wenn es mehr als einen Feld gibt.
          • +
        • Den ausgewählten Feld zum anderen Abschnitt bewegen: Zu Filter, Zu Zeilen, Zu Spalten, Zu Werten. Die Option, die dem aktiven Abschnitt entspricht, wird deaktiviert.
          • +
        • Den ausgewählten Feld aus dem aktiven Abschnitt Entfernen.
          • +
        • Die Feldeinstellungen konfigurieren.
          • +
        +

        Die Einstellungen für die Filter, Spalten und Zeilen sehen gleich aus:

        +

        Pivot-Tabelle - Filter - Feldeinstellungen

        +

        Der Abschnitt Layout enthält die folgenden Einstellungen:

        +
          +
        • Die Option Quellenname zeigt den Feldnamen an, der der Spaltenüberschrift aus dem Datenquelle entspricht.
          • +
        • Die Option Benutzerdefinierter Name ändert den Namen des aktiven Felds, der in der Pivot-Tabelle angezeigt ist.
          • +
        • + Der Abschnitt Report Form ändert den Anzeigemodus des aktiven Felds in der Pivot-Tabelle: +
            +
          • + Wählen Sie das gewünschte Layout für das aktive Feld in der Pivot-Tabelle aus: +
              +
            • + Der Modus Tabular zeigt eine Spalte für jedes Feld an und erstellt Raum für die Feldüberschriften. + +
              • +
            • + Der Modus Gliederung zeigt eine Spalte für jedes Feld an und erstell Raum für die Feldüberschriften. Die Option zeigt auch Zwischensumme nach oben an. + +
              • +
            • + Der Modus Kompakt zeigt Elemente aus verschiedenen Zeilen in einer Spalte an. + +
              • +
            +
            • +
          • Die Option Die Überschriften auf jeder Zeile wiederholen gruppiert die Zeilen oder die Spalten zusammen, wenn es viele Felder im Tabular-Modus gibt.
            • +
          • Die Option Leere Zeilen nach jedem Element einfügen fügt leere Reihe nach den Elementen im aktiven Feld.
            • +
          • Die Option Zwischensummen anzeigen ist für die Zwischensummen der ausgewähltenen Felder verantwortlich. Sie können eine der Optionen auswählen: Oben in der Gruppe anzeigen oder Am Ende der Gruppe anzeigen.
            • +
          • Die Option Elemente ohne Daten anzeigen blendet die leere Elemente im aktiven Feld aus-/ein.
            • +
          +
          • +
        +

        Pivot-Tabelle - Filter - Feldeinstellungen

        +

        Der Abschnitt Zwischensumme hat die Funktionen für Zwischensummem. Markieren Sie die gewünschten Funktionen in der Liste: Summe, Anzahl, MITTELWERT, Max, Min, Produkt, Zähle Zahlen, StdDev, StdDevp, Var, Varp.

        +

        Feldeinstellungen - Werte

        +

        Pivot-Tabelle - Werte - Feldeinstellungen

        +
          +
        • Die Option Quellenname zeigt den Feldnamen an, der der Spaltenüberschrift aus dem Datenquelle entspricht.
          • +
        • Die Option Benutzerdefinierter Name ändert den Namen des aktiven Felds, der in der Pivot-Tabelle angezeigt ist.
          • +
        • In der Liste Wert zusammenfassen nach können Sie die Funktion auswählen, nach der der Summierungswert für alle Werte aus diesem Feld berechnet wird. Standardmäßig wird Summe für numerische Werte und Anzahl für Textwerte verwendet. Die verfügbaren Funktionen sind Summe, Anzahl, MITTELWERT, Max, Min, Produkt.
          • +
        + +

        Darstellung der Pivot-Tabellen ändern

        +

        Verwenden Sie die Optionen aus der oberen Symbolleiste, um die Darstellung der Pivot-Tabellen zu konfigurieren. Diese Optionen sind für die ganze Tabelle verwendet.

        +

        Wählen Sie mindestens eine Zelle in der Pivot-Tabelle per Mausklik aus, um die Optionen der Bearbeitung zu aktivieren.

        +

        Pivot-Tabelle - Obere Symbolleiste

        +
          +
        • + Wählen Sie das gewünschte Layout für die Pivot-Tabelle in der Drop-Down Liste Berichtslayout aus: +
            +
          • + In Kurzformat anzeigen - die Elemente aus verschieden Zeilen in einer Spalte anzeigen. +

            Pivot-Tabelle - Kurzformat

            +
            • +
          • + In Gliederungsformat anzeigen - die Pivot-Tabelle in klassischen Pivot-Tabellen-Format anzeigen: jede Spalte für jeden Feld, erstellte Räume für Feldüberschrifte. Die Zwischensummen sind nach oben angezeigt. +

            Pivot-Tabelle - Gliederungsformat

            +
            • +
          • + In Tabellenformat anzeigen - die Pivot-Tabell als eine standarde Tabelle anzeigen: jede Spalte für jeden Feld, erstellte Räume für Feldüberschrifte. +

            Pivot-Tabelle - Tabellenformat

            +
            • +
          • Alle Elementnamen wiederholen - Zeilen oder Spalten visuell gruppieren, wenn Sie mehrere Felder in Tabellenform haben.
            • +
          • Alle Elementnamen nicht wiederholen - Elementnamen ausblenden, wenn Sie mehrere Felder in der Tabellenform haben.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Wählen Sie den gewünschten Anzeigemodus für die leere Zeilen in der Drop-Down Liste Leere Zeilen aus: +
            +
          • Nach jedem Element eine Leerzeile einfügen - fügen Sie die leere Zeilen nach Elementen ein.
            • +
          • Leere Zeilen nach jedem Element entfernen - entfernen Sie die eingefügte Zeilen.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Wählen Sie den gewünschten Anzeigemodus für die Zwischensummen in der Drop-Down Liste Teilergebnisse aus: +
            +
          • Keine Zwischensummen anzeigen - blenden Sie die Zwischensummen aus.
            • +
          • Alle Teilergebnisse unten in der Gruppe anzeigen - die Zwischensummen werden unten angezeigt.
            • +
          • Alle Teilergebnisse oben in der Gruppe anzeigen - die Zwischensummen werden oben angezeigt.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Wählen Sie den gewünschten Anzeigemodus für die Gesamtergebnisse in der Drop-Down Liste Gesamtergebnisse ein- oder ausblenden aus: +
            +
          • Für Zeilen und Spalten deaktiviert - die Gesamtergebnisse für die Spalten und Zeilen ausblenden.
            • +
          • Für Zeilen und Spalten aktiviert - die Gesamtergebnisse für die Spalten und Zeilen anzeigen.
            • +
          • Nur für Zeilen aktiviert - die Gesamtergebnisse nur für die Zeilen anzeigen.
            • +
          • Nur für Spalten aktiviert - die Gesamtergebnisse nur für die Spalten anzeigen.
            • +
          +

          Hinweis: Diese Einstellungen befinden sich auch in dem Fenster für die erweiterte Einstellungen der Pivot-Tabellen im Abschnitt Gesamtergebnisse in der Registerkarte Name und Layout.

          +
          • +
        +

        Die Schaltfläche Pivot-Tabelle auswählen Symbol Auswählen wählt die ganze Pivot-Tabelle aus.

        +

        Wenn Sie die Daten im Datenquelle ändern, wählen Sie die Pivot-Tabelle aus und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Pivot-Tabelle aktualisieren Symbol Aktualisieren an, um die Pivot-Tabelle zu aktualisieren.

        + +

        Den Stil der Pivot-Tabellen ändern

        +

        Sie können die Darstellung von Pivot-Tabellen mithilfe der in der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbaren Stilbearbeitungswerkzeuge ändern.

        +

        Wählen Sie mindestens eine Zelle per Maus in der Pivot-Tabelle aus, um die Bearbeitungswerkzeuge in der oberen Symbolleiste zu aktivieren.

        +

        Pivot-Tabelle Registerkarte

        +

        Mit den Optionen für Zeilen und Spalten können Sie bestimmte Zeilen / Spalten hervorheben, die eine bestimmte Formatierung anwenden, oder verschiedene Zeilen / Spalten mit unterschiedlichen Hintergrundfarben hervorheben, um sie klar zu unterscheiden. Folgende Optionen stehen zur Verfügung:

        +
          +
        • Zeilenüberschriften - die Zeilenüberschriften mit einer speziellen Formatierung hervorheben.
          • +
        • Spaltenüberschriften - die Spaltenüberschriften mit einer speziellen Formatierung hervorheben.
          • +
        • Verbundene Zeilen - aktiviert den Hintergrundfarbwechsel für ungerade und gerade Zeilen.
          • +
        • Verbundene Spalten - aktiviert den Hintergrundfarbwechsel für ungerade und gerade Spalten.
          • +
        +

        + In der Vorlagenliste können Sie einen der vordefinierten Pivot-Tabellenstile auswählen. Jede Vorlage enthält bestimmte Formatierungsparameter wie Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmenstil, Zeilen- / Spaltenstreifen usw. + Abhängig von den für Zeilen und Spalten aktivierten Optionen werden die Vorlagen unterschiedlich angezeigt. Wenn Sie beispielsweise die Optionen Zeilenüberschriften und Verbundene Spalten aktiviert haben, enthält die angezeigte Vorlagenliste nur Vorlagen, bei denen die Zeilenüberschriften hervorgehoben und die verbundene Spalten aktiviert sind. +

        + +

        Pivot-Tabellen filtern und sortieren

        +

        Sie können Pivot-Tabellen nach Beschriftungen oder Werten filtern und die zusätzlichen Sortierparameter verwenden.

        +

        Filtern

        +

        Klicken Sie auf den Dropdown-Pfeil Dropdown-Pfeil in den Spaltenbeschriftungen Zeilen oder Spalten in der Pivot-Tabelle. Die Optionsliste Filter wird geöffnet:

        +

        Filterfenster

        +

        Passen Sie die Filterparameter an. Sie können auf eine der folgenden Arten vorgehen: Wählen Sie die Daten aus, die angezeigt werden sollen, oder filtern Sie die Daten nach bestimmten Kriterien.

        +
          +
        • + Wählen Sie die anzuzeigenden Daten aus +

          Deaktivieren Sie die Kontrollkästchen neben den Daten, die Sie ausblenden möchten. Zur Vereinfachung werden alle Daten in der Optionsliste Filter in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortiert.

          +

          Hinweis: Das Kontrollkästchen (leer) entspricht den leeren Zellen. Es ist verfügbar, wenn der ausgewählte Zellbereich mindestens eine leere Zelle enthält.

          +

          Verwenden Sie das Suchfeld oben, um den Vorgang zu vereinfachen. Geben Sie Ihre Abfrage ganz oder teilweise in das Feld ein. Die Werte, die diese Zeichen enthalten, werden in der folgenden Liste angezeigt. Die folgenden zwei Optionen sind ebenfalls verfügbar:

          +
            +
          • Alle Suchergebnisse auswählen ist standardmäßig aktiviert. Hier können Sie alle Werte auswählen, die Ihrer Angabe in der Liste entsprechen.
            • +
          • Dem Filter die aktuelle Auswahl hinzufügen. Wenn Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen aktivieren, werden die ausgewählten Werte beim Anwenden des Filters nicht ausgeblendet.
            • +
          +

          Nachdem Sie alle erforderlichen Daten ausgewählt haben, klicken Sie in der Optionsliste Filter auf die Schaltfläche OK, um den Filter anzuwenden.

          +
          • +
        +
      4. Filtern Sie Daten nach bestimmten Kriterien
        5. +

        Sie können entweder die Option Beschriftungsfilter oder die Option Wertefilter auf der rechten Seite der Optionsliste Filter auswählen und dann auf eine der Optionen aus dem Menü klicken:

        +
          +
        • + Für den Beschriftungsfilter stehen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: +
            +
          • Für Texte: Entspricht..., Ist nicht gleich..., Beginnt mit ..., Beginnt nicht mit..., Endet mit..., Endet nicht mit..., Enthält... , Enthält kein/keine....
            • +
          • Für Zahlen: Größer als ..., Größer als oder gleich..., Kleiner als..., Kleiner als oder gleich..., Zwischen, Nicht zwischen.
            • +
          +
          • +
        +
          +
        • Für den Wertefilter stehen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Entspricht..., Ist nicht gleich..., Größer als..., Größer als oder gleich..., Kleiner als..., Kleiner als oder gleich..., Zwischen, Nicht zwischen, Erste 10.
          • +
        +
          +
        • +

          Nachdem Sie eine der oben genannten Optionen ausgewählt haben (außer Erste 10), wird das Fenster Beschriftungsfilter/Wertefilter geöffnet. Das entsprechende Feld und Kriterium wird in der ersten und zweiten Dropdown-Liste ausgewählt. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in das Feld rechts ein.

          +

          Klicken Sie auf OK, um den Filter anzuwenden.

          +

          Wertfilterfenster

          +

          Wenn Sie die Option Erste 10 aus der Optionsliste Wertefilter auswählen, wird ein neues Fenster geöffnet:

          +

          Erste 10 AutoFilter-Fenster

          +

          In der ersten Dropdown-Liste können Sie auswählen, ob Sie den höchsten (Oben) oder den niedrigsten (Unten) Wert anzeigen möchten. Im zweiten Feld können Sie angeben, wie viele Einträge aus der Liste oder wie viel Prozent der Gesamtzahl der Einträge angezeigt werden sollen (Sie können eine Zahl zwischen 1 und 500 eingeben). In der dritten Dropdown-Liste können Sie die Maßeinheiten festlegen: Element oder Prozent. In der vierten Dropdown-Liste wird der ausgewählte Feldname angezeigt. Sobald die erforderlichen Parameter festgelegt sind, klicken Sie auf OK, um den Filter anzuwenden.

          +
          • +
        +

        Die Schaltfläche Filter Filter Schaltfläche wird in den Zeilenbeschriftungen oder Spaltenbeschriftungen der Pivot-Tabelle angezeigt. Dies bedeutet, dass der Filter angewendet wird.

        + +

        Sortierung

        +

        Sie können die Pivot-Tabellendaten sortieren. Klicken Sie auf den Dropdown-Pfeil Dropdown-Pfeil in den Zeilenbeschriftungen oder Spaltenbeschriftungen der Pivot-Tabelle und wählen Sie dann im Menü die Option Aufsteigend sortieren oder Absteigend sortieren.

        +

        Mit der Option Mehr Sortierungsoptionen können Sie das Fenster Sortieren öffnen, in dem Sie die erforderliche Sortierreihenfolge auswählen können - Aufsteigend oder Absteigend - und wählen Sie dann ein bestimmtes Feld aus, das Sie sortieren möchten.

        +

        Sortierungsoptionen für Pivot-Tabellen

        + +

        Erweiterte Einstellungen der Pivot-Tabelle konfigurieren

        +

        Verwenden Sie den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Randleiste, um die erweiterten Einstellungen der Pivot-Tabelle zu ändern. Das Fenster 'Pivot-Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen' wird geöffnet:

        +

        Pivot-Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen

        +

        Der Abschnitt Name und Layout ändert die gemeinsame Eigenschaften der Pivot-Tabelle.

        +
          +
        • Die Option Name ändert den Namen der Pivot-Tabelle.
          • +
        • + Der Abschnitt Gesamtsummen ändert den Anzeigemodus der Gesamtsummen in der Pivot-Tabelle. Die Optionen Für Zeilen anzeigen und Für Spalten anzeigen werden standardmäßig aktiviert. Sie können eine oder beide Optionen deaktivieren, um die entsprechende Gesamtsummen auszublenden. +

          Hinweis: Diese Einstellungen können Sie auch in der oberen Symbolleiste im Menü Gesamtergebnisse konfigurieren.

          +
          • +
        • + Der Abschnitt Felder in Bericht Filter anzeigen passt die Berichtsfilter an, die angezeigt werden, wenn Sie dem Abschnitt Filter Felder hinzufügen: +
            +
          • Die Option Runter, dann über ist für die Spaltenbearbeitung verwendet. Die Berichtsfilter werden in der Spalte angezeigt.
            • +
          • Die Option Über, dann runter ist für die Zeilenbearbeitung verwendet. Die Berichtsfilter werden in der Zeile angezeigt.
            • +
          • Die Option Berichtsfilterfelder pro Spalte lässt die Anzahl der Filter in jeder Spalte auszuwählen. Der Standardwert ist 0. Sie können den erforderlichen numerischen Wert einstellen.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Im Abschnitt Feld Überschrift können Sie auswählen, ob Feldüberschriften in der Pivot-Tabelle angezeigt werden sollen. Die Option Feldüberschriften für Zeilen und Spalten anzeigen ist standardmäßig aktiviert. Deaktivieren Sie diese Option, um Feldüberschriften aus der Pivot-Tabelle auszublenden.
          • +
        +

        Pivot-Tabelle Erweiterte Einstellungen

        +

        Der Abschnitt Datenquelle ändert die verwendete Daten für die Pivot-Tabelle.

        +

        Prüfen Sie den Datenbereich und ändern Sie er gegebenfalls. Um den Datenbereich zu ändern, klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Datenquellebereich Symbol an.

        +

        Datenbereich auswählen Symbol

        +

        Im Fenster Datenbereich auswählen geben Sie den gewünschten Datenbereich im nachfolgenden Format ein: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10 oder verwenden Sie den Maus. Klicken Sie auf OK.

        +

        Pivot-Tabelle Erweiterte Einstellungen

        +

        Der Abschnitt Alternativer Text konfiguriert den Titel und die Beschreibung. Diese Optionen sind für die Benutzer mit Seh- oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen, damit sie besser verstehen, welche Informationen die Pivot-Tabelle enthält.

        +

        Eine Pivot-Tabelle löschen

        +

        Um eine Pivot-Tabelle zu löschen,

        +
          +
        1. Wählen Sie die ganze Pivot-Tabelle mithilfe der Schaltfläche Pivot-Tabelle auswählen Symbol Auswählen in der oberen Symbolleiste aus.
          2. +
        2. Drucken Sie die Entfernen-Taste.
          3. +
        + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71354f18e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + Duplikate entfernen + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Duplikate entfernen

        +

        Sie können die Duplikate in dem ausgewälten Zellbereich oder in der formatierten Tabelle entfernen.

        +

        Um die Duplikate zu entfernen:

        +
          +
        1. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Zellbereich mit den Duplikaten aus.
          2. +
        2. Öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Daten und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Duplikate entfernen Entferne Duplikate an. +

          Falls Sie die Duplikate in der formatierten Tabelle entfernen möchten, verwenden Sie die Option Duplikate entfernen Entferne Duplikate in der rechten Randleiste.

          +

          Wenn Sie einen bestimmten Teil des Datenbereichs auswählen, ein Warnfenster wird geöffnet, wo Sie auswählen, ob Sie die Auswahl erweitern möchten, um den ganzen Datenbereich zu erfassen, oder ob Sie nur den aktiven ausgewälten Datenbereich bearbeiten möchten. Klicken Sie die Option Erweitern oder Im ausgewählten Bereich zu entfernen an. Wenn Sie die Option Im ausgewählten Bereich zu entfernen auswählen, werden die Duplikate in den angrenzenden Zellen nicht entfernt.

          +

          Duplikate entfernen - Warnfenster

          +

          Das Fenster Entferne Duplikate wird geöffnet:

          +

          Entferne Duplikate

          +
          3. +
        3. Markieren Sie die Kästchen, die Sie brauchen, im Fenster Entferne Duplikate: +
            +
          • Meine Daten haben Kopfzeilen - markieren Sie das Kästchen, um die Kopfzeilen mit Spalten auszuschließen.
            • +
          • Spalten - die Option Alles auswählen ist standardmäßig aktiviert. Um nir die bestimmten Spalten zu bearbeiten, deselektieren Sie das Kästchen.
            • +
          +
          4. +
        4. Klicken Sie OK an.
          5. +
        +

        Die Duplikate in den ausgewälten Zellbereich werden entfernt und das Fenster mit der entfernten Duplikatenanzahl und den gebliebenen Werten wird geöffnet:

        +

        Entferte Duplikate

        +

        Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Rückgängig machen Rückgängig machen nach oben oder drücken Sie die Tastenkombination Strg+Z, um die Änderungen aufzuheben.

        + +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 411e8f205..f6196e137 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -14,34 +14,55 @@

        Kalkulationstabelle speichern/drucken/herunterladen

        -

        Standardmäßig speichert der Editor Ihre Datei während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Schließen des Programmes zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus co-editieren, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen. Wenn Sie die Datei im Modus Strikt co-editieren, werden Änderungen automatisch alle 10 Minuten gespeichert. Sie können den bevorzugten Co-Modus nach Belieben auswählen oder die Funktion AutoSave auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen deaktivieren.

        -

        Aktuelle Kalkulationstabelle manuell speichern:

        +

        Speichern

        +

        Standardmäßig speichert der Online-Tabelleneditor Ihre Datei während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Schließen des Programmes zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus co-editieren, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen. Wenn Sie die Datei im Modus Strikt co-editieren, werden Änderungen automatisch alle 10 Minuten gespeichert. Sie können den bevorzugten Co-Modus nach Belieben auswählen oder die Funktion AutoSpeichern auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen deaktivieren.

        +

        Aktuelles Tabelle manuell im aktuellen Format im aktuellen Verzeichnis speichern:

          -
        • Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder
          • +
        • Verwenden Sie das Symbol Speichern Speichern im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors oder
        • drücken Sie die Tasten STRG+S oder
        • wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Speichern.
        +

        Hinweis: um Datenverluste durch ein unerwartetes Schließen des Programms zu verhindern, können Sie in der Desktop-Version die Option AutoWiederherstellen auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen aktivieren.

        +
        +

        In der Desktop-Version können Sie die Tabelle unter einem anderen Namen, an einem neuen Speicherort oder in einem anderen Format speichern.

        +
          +
        1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
          2. +
        2. Wählen Sie die Option Speichern als....
          3. +
        3. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: XLSX, ODS, CSV, PDF, PDFA. Sie können auch die Option Tabellenvorlage (XLTX oder OTS) auswählen.
          4. +
        +
        -

        Aktuelle Kalkulationstabelle auf dem PC speichern:

        +

        Download

        +

        In der Online-Version können Sie die daraus resultierende Tabelle auf der Festplatte Ihres Computers speichern.

        1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
        2. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als....
          3. -
        3. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV.

          Hinweis: Wenn Sie das Format CSV auswählen, werden alle Funktionen (Schriftformatierung, Formeln usw.), mit Ausnahme des einfachen Texts, nicht in der CSV-Datei beibehalten. Wenn Sie mit dem Speichern fortfahren, öffnet sich das Fenster CSV-Optionen auswählen. Standardmäßig wird Unicode (UTF-8) als Codierungstyp verwendet. Das Standardtrennzeichen ist das Komma (,), aber die folgenden Optionen sind ebenfalls verfügbar: Semikolon (;), Doppelpunkt (:), Tab, Leerzeichen und Sonstige (mit dieser Option können Sie ein benutzerdefiniertes Trennzeichen festlegen).

          +
        4. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS.

          Hinweis: Wenn Sie das Format CSV auswählen, werden alle Funktionen (Schriftformatierung, Formeln usw.), mit Ausnahme des einfachen Texts, nicht in der CSV-Datei beibehalten. Wenn Sie mit dem Speichern fortfahren, öffnet sich das Fenster CSV-Optionen auswählen. Standardmäßig wird Unicode (UTF-8) als Codierungstyp verwendet. Das Standardtrennzeichen ist das Komma (,), aber die folgenden Optionen sind ebenfalls verfügbar: Semikolon (;), Doppelpunkt (:), Tab, Leerzeichen und Sonstige (mit dieser Option können Sie ein benutzerdefiniertes Trennzeichen festlegen).

        +

        Kopie speichern

        +

        In der Online-Version können Sie die eine Kopie der Datei in Ihrem Portal speichern.

        +
          +
        1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
          2. +
        2. Wählen Sie die Option Kopie Speichern als....
          3. +
        3. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS.
          4. +
        4. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Speicherort auf dem Portal aus und klicken Sie Speichern.
          5. +
        +

        Drucken

        Aktuelle Kalkulationstabelle drucken:

          -
        • Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Drucken Drucken oder
          • +
        • Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Drucken Drucken im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors oder
        • nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+P oder
        • wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Drucken.

        Im Fenster Druckeinstellungen können Sie die Standarddruckeinstellungen ändern. Klicken Sie am unteren Rand des Fensters auf die Schaltfläche Details anzeigen, um alle Parameter anzuzeigen.

        -

        Hinweis: Sie können die Druckeinstellungen auch auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen... ändern: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie Erweiterte Einstellungen... >> Seiteneinstellungen:
        Einige dieser Einstellungen (Seitenränder, Seitenausrichtung und Seitengröße) sind auch in der Registerkarte Layout auf der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar.

        +

        Hinweis: Sie können die Druckeinstellungen auch auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen... ändern: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie Erweiterte Einstellungen... >> Seiteneinstellungen:
        Einige dieser Einstellungen (Seitenränder, Seitenausrichtung und Seitengröße sowie Druckbereich) sind auch in der Registerkarte Layout auf der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar.

        Druckeinstellungen

        Hier können Sie die folgenden Parameter festlegen:

          -
        • Druckbereich - geben Sie an, was Sie drucken möchten: das gesamte aktive Blatt, die gesamte Arbeitsmappe oder einen vorher gewählten Zellenbereich (Auswahl).
          • +
        • Druckbereich - geben Sie an, was Sie drucken möchten: das gesamte aktive Blatt, die gesamte Arbeitsmappe oder einen vorher gewählten Zellenbereich (Auswahl).

          Wenn Sie zuvor einen konstanten Druckbereich festgelegt haben, nun aber das gesamte Blatt drucken möchten, aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Druckbereich ignorieren.

          +
        • Blatteinstellungen - legen Sie für jedes einzelne Blatt individuelle Druckeinstellungen fest, wenn Sie vorher die Option Arbeitsmappe in der Menüliste für den Druckbereich ausgewählt haben.
        • Seitenformat - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Größen aus der Menüliste aus.
        • Seitenorientierung - wählen Sie die Option Hochformat, wenn Sie vertikal auf der Seite drucken möchten, oder die Option Querformat, um horizontal zu drucken.
          • @@ -49,8 +70,33 @@
        • Ränder - geben Sie den Abstand zwischen der Blattdaten und den Rändern der gedruckten Seite an, indem Sie die Standardgrößen in den Feldern Oben, Unten, Links und Rechts ändern.
        • Drucken - geben Sie die Blattelemente an, die gedruckt werden sollen, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder aktivieren: Gitternetzlinien drucken und Zellen- und Spaltenüberschriften drucken.
        -

        Wenn Sie alle Parameter festgelegt haben klicken sie auf OK, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen, schließen Sie das Fenster und starten Sie den Druckvorgang. Danach wird basierend auf der Kalkulationstabelle eine PDF-Datei erstellt. Diese können Sie öffnen und drucken oder auf der Festplatte des Computers oder einem Wechseldatenträger speichern und später drucken.

        - +

        In der Desktop-Version wird die Datei direkt gedruckt. In der Online-Version wird basierend auf dem Dokument eine PDF-Datei erstellt. Diese können Sie öffnen und drucken oder auf der Festplatte des Computers oder einem Wechseldatenträger speichern und später drucken. Einige Browser (z. B. Chrome und Opera) unterstützen Direktdruck.

        +
        Druckbereich festlegen
        +

        Wenn Sie nur einen ausgewählten Zellbereich anstelle des gesamten Arbeitsblatts drucken möchten, können Sie diesen mit der Option Auswahl in der Dropdown-Liste Druckbereich festlegen. Wird die Arbeitsmappe gespeichert so wird diese Einstellung nicht übernommen. Sie ist für die einmalige Verwendung vorgesehen.

        +

        Wenn ein Zellbereich häufig gedruckt werden soll, können Sie im Arbeitsblatt einen konstanten Druckbereich festlegen. Wird die Arbeitsmappe nun gespeichert, wird auch der Druckbereich gespeichert und kann beim nächsten Öffnen der Tabelle verwendet werden. Es ist auch möglich mehrere konstante Druckbereiche auf einem Blatt festzulegen. In diesem Fall wird jeder Bereich auf einer separaten Seite gedruckt.

        +

        Einen Druckbereich festlegen:

        +
          +
        1. wählen Sie den gewünschten Zellbereich in der Arbeitsmappe aus: Um mehrere Zellen auszuwählen, drücken Sie die Taste STRG und halten Sie diese gedrückt.
          2. +
        2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Layout.
          3. +
        3. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Druckbereich Druckbereich und wählen Sie die Option Druckbereich festlegen.
          4. +
        +

        Wenn Sie die Arbeitsmappe speichern, wird der festgelegte Druckbereich ebenfalls gespeichert. Wenn Sie die Datei das nächste Mal öffnen, wird der festgelegte Druckbereich gedruckt.

        +

        Hinweis: wenn Sie einen Druckbereich erstellen, wird automatisch ein als Druck_Bereich benannter Bereich erstellt, der im Namensmanger angezeigt wird. Um die Ränder aller Druckbereiche im aktuellen Arbeitsblatt hervorzuheben, klicken Sie auf den Pfeil im Namensfeld links neben der Bearbeitungsleiste und wählen Sie den Namen Druck_Bereich aus der Namensliste aus.

        +

        Zellen in einen Druckbereich einfügen:

        +
          +
        1. Öffnen Sie die Arbeitsmappe mit dem festgelegten Druckbereich.
          2. +
        2. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Zellbereich in der Arbeitsmappe aus.
          3. +
        3. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Layout.
          4. +
        4. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Druckbereich Druckbereich und wählen Sie die Option Druckbereich festlegen.
          5. +
        +

        Ein neuer Druckbereich wird hinzugefügt. Jeder Druckbereich wird auf einer separaten Seite gedruckt.

        +

        Einen Druckbereich löschen:

        +
          +
        1. Öffnen Sie die Arbeitsmappe mit dem festgelegten Druckbereich.
          2. +
        2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Layout.
          3. +
        3. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Druckbereich Druckbereich und wählen Sie die Option Druckbereich festlegen.
          4. +
        +

        Alle auf diesem Blatt vorhandenen Druckbereiche werden entfernt. Anschließend wird die gesamte Arbeitsmappe gedruckt.

        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ScaleToFit.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ScaleToFit.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e7425794 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ScaleToFit.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + Ein Arbeitsblatt skalieren + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Ein Arbeitsblatt skalieren

        +

        Wenn Sie eine gesamte Tabelle zum Drucken auf eine Seite anpassen möchten, können Sie die Funktion An Format anpassen verwenden. Mithilfe dieser Funktion kann man die Daten auf der angegebenen Anzahl von Seiten skalieren.

        +

        Um ein Arbeitsblatt zu skalieren:

        +
          +
        • in der oberen Symbolleiste öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Layout und wählen Sie die Option An Format anpassen - Symbol An Format anpassen aus, +
            +
          • wählen Sie den Abschnitt Höhe aus und klicken Sie die Option 1 Seite an, dann konfigurieren Sie den Abschnitt Breite auf Auto, damit alle Seiten auf derselben Seite ausgedruckt werden. Der Skalenwert wird automatisch geändert. Dieser Wert wird in dem Abschnitt Skalierung angezeigt;
            • +
          • Sie können auch den Skalenwert manuell konfigurieren. Konfigurieren Sie die Einstellungen Höhe und Breite auf Auto und verwenden Sie die Schaltflächen «+» und «-», um das Arbeitsblatt zu skalieren. Die Grenzen des ausgedruckten Blatts werden als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt,
            • +
          +

          An Format anpassen - Menü

          +
          • +
        • öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Datei, klicken Sie Drucken an, oder drucken Sie die Tastenkombination Strg + P und konfigurieren Sie die Druckeinstellungen im geöffneten Fenster. Z.B., wenn es viele Spalten im Arbeitsblatt gibt, Sie können die Einstellung Seitenorientierung auf Hochformat konfigurieren oder drucken nur den markierten Zellbereich. Weitere Information zu den Druckeinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite. +

          Druckeinstellungen

          +
          • +
        +

        Hinweis: Beachten Sie, dass der Ausdruck möglicherweise schwer zu lesen sein kann, da der Editor die Daten entsprechend verkleinert und skaliert.

        +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e98330245 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ + + + + + Tabellenansichten verwalten + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Tabellenansichten verwalten

        +

        Hinweis: Diese Funktion ist in der kostenpflichtigen Version nur ab ONLYOFFICE Docs v. 6.1 verfügbar.

        +

        Im ONLYOFFICE Tabelleneditor können Sie den Tabellenansichten-Manager verwenden, um zwischen den benutzerdefinierten Tabellenansichten zu wechseln. Jetzt können Sie die erforderlichen Filter- als Ansichtsvoreinstellung speichern und zusammen mit Ihren Kollegen verwenden sowie mehrere Voreinstellungen erstellen und mühelos zwischen diesen wechseln. Wenn Sie an einer Tabelle zusammenarbeiten, erstellen Sie individuelle Ansichtsvoreinstellungen und arbeiten Sie weiter mit den Filtern , die Sie benötigen, ohne von anderen Co-Editoren gestört zu werden.

        +

        Tabellenansicht erstellen

        +

        Da eine Ansichtsvoreinstellung die benutzerdefinierten Filterparameter speichern soll, sollen Sie diese Parameter zuerst auf das Blatt anwenden. Weitere Informationen zum Filtern finden Sie in dieser Anleitung.

        +

        Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, eine neue Voreinstellung für die Blattansicht zu erstellen. Sie können entweder

        +
          +
        • die Registerkarte Tabellenansicht öffnen und da auf das Symbol Tabellenansicht SymbolTabellenansicht klicken,
          • +
        • die Option Ansichten-Manager aus dem Drop-Down-Menü auswählen,
          • +
        • auf die Schaltfläche Neu im geöffneten Tabellenansichten-Manager klicken,
          • +
        • den Namen der Ansicht eingeben,
          • +
        +

        oder

        +
          +
        • auf die Schaltfläche Neue Ansicht SymbolNeu klicken, die sich auf der Registerkarte Tabellenansicht in der oberen Symbolleiste befindet. Die Ansichtsvoreinstellung wird unter einem Standardnamen erstellt, d.h. “View1/2/3...”. Um den Namen zu ändern, öffnen Sie den Tabellenansichten-Manager, wählen Sie die gewünschte Voreinstellung aus und klicken Sie auf Umbenennen.
          • +
        +

        Klicken Sie auf Zum Anzeigen, um die Ansichtsvoreinstellung zu aktivieren.

        +

        Zwischen den Ansichtsvoreinstellungen wechseln

        +
          +
        1. Öffnen Sie dei Registerkarte Tabellenansicht und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Tabellenansicht SymbolTabellenansicht.
          2. +
        2. Wählen Sie die Option Ansichten-Manager aus dem Drop-Down-Menü aus.
          3. +
        3. Im Feld Tabellenansichten wählen Sie die Ansichtsvoreinstellung aus, die Sie aktivieren möchten.
          4. +
        4. Klicken Sie auf Zum Anzeigen, um zur ausgewählten Voreinstellung zu wechseln.
          5. +
        +

        Um die aktive Ansichtsvoreinstellung zu schließen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Voreinstellung schließen - SymbolSchließen auf der Registerkarte Tabellenansicht in der oberen Symbolleiste.

        +

        Ansichtsvoreinstellungen bearbeiten

        +
          +
        1. Öffnen Sie dei Registerkarte Tabellenansicht und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Tabellenansicht SymbolTabellenansicht.
          2. +
        2. Wählen Sie die Option Ansichten-Manager aus dem Drop-Down-Menü aus.
          3. +
        3. Im Feld Tabellenansichten wählen Sie die Ansichtsvoreinstellung aus, die Sie bearbeiten möchten.
          4. +
        4. + Wählen Sie eine der Bearbeitungsoptionen aus: +
            +
          • Umbenennen, um die ausgewählte Ansichtsvoreinstellung umzubenennen,
            • +
          • Duplizieren, um eine Kopie der ausgewählten Ansichtsvoreinstellung zu erstellen,
            • +
          • Löschen, um die ausgewählte Ansichtsvoreinstellung zu löschen.
            • +
          +
          5. +
        5. Klicken Sie auf Zum Anzeigen, um die ausgewählte Voreinstellung zu aktivieren.
          6. +
        +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..220735ac9 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + + Datenschnitte in den formatierten Tabellen erstellen + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Datenschnitte in den formatierten Tabellen erstellen

        +

        Einen Datenschnitt erstellen

        +

        Wenn Sie eine formatierte Tabelle erstellt haben, können Sie auch die Datenschnitten einfügen, um die Information schnell zu navigieren:

        +
          +
        1. wählen Sie mindestens einen Zell der formatierten Tabelle aus und klicken Sie das Symbol Tabelleneinstellungen Tabelleneinstellungen - Symbol rechts.
          2. +
        2. klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Datenschnitt einfügen Datenschnitt einfügen in der Registerkarte Tabelleneinstellungen auf der rechten Randleiste an. Oder öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Datenschnitt einfügen Datenschnitt an. Das Fenster Datenschnitt einfügen wird geöffnet: +

          Datenschnitt einfügen

          +
          3. +
        3. markieren Sie die gewünschten Spalten im Fenster Datenschnitt einfügen.
          4. +
        4. klicken Sie auf OK.
          5. +
        +

        Ein Datenschnitt für jede ausgewählte Spalte wird eingefügt. Wenn Sie mehr Datenschnitten einfügen, sie werden überlappen. Wenn ein Datenschnitt eingefügt ist, ändern Sie die Größe und Position sowie konfigurieren Sie die Einstellungen.

        +

        Datenschnitt

        +

        Ein Datenschnitt hat die Schaltflächen, die Sie anklicken können, um die formatierte Tabelle zu filtern. Die Schaltflächen, die den leeren Zellen entsprechen, werden mit der Beschriftung (leer) markiert. Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche für den Datenschnitt anklicken, werden die anderen Schaltflächen deselektiert, und die entsprechende Spalte in der Tabelle wird nur das ausgewählte Element anzeigen:

        +

        Datenschnitt

        +

        Wenn Sie mehr Datenschnitten eingefügt haben, die Änderungen für einen den Datenschnitten können die anderen Datenschnitten bewirken. Wenn ein oder mehr Filter angewandt sind, die Elemente, die keine Daten haben, können in einem anderen Datenschnitt angezeigt sein (in einer hellen Farbe):

        +

        Datenschnitt - Elemente ohne Daten

        +

        Sie können den Anzeigemodus für die Elemente ohne Daten mithilfe der Datenschnitteinstellungen konfigurieren.

        +

        Um viele Datenschnitt-Schaltflächen auszuwählen, verwenden Sie die Option Mehrfachauswahl Mehrfachauswahl in der oberen rechten Ecke des Datenschnitt-Fensters oder drucken Sie die Tastenkombination Alt+S. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Datenschnitt-Schaltflächen Stück für Stück aus.

        +

        Um den Filter zu löschen, verwenden Sie die Option Filter löschen - Symbol Filter löschen in der oberen rechten Ecke des Datenschnitt-Fensters oder drucken Sie die Tastenkombination Alt+C.

        + +

        Datenschnitten bearbeiten

        +

        Einige Einstellungen kann man in der Registerkarte Datenschnitt-Einstellungen in der rechten Randleiste ändern. Sie können diese Einstellungen per Mausklick auf einem Datenschnitt öffnen.

        +

        Um diese Registerkarte ein-/auszublenden, klicken Sie das Symbol Datenschnitt-Einstellungen rechts.

        +

        Slicer settings tab

        +

        Die Größe und Position des Datenschnitts ändern

        +

        Die Optionen Breite und Höhe ändern die Größe und/oder Position des Datenschnitts. Wenn Sie das Kästchen konstante Proportionen Konstante Proportionen - Symbol markieren (sieht es so aus Konstante Proportionen - Symbol - aktiviert), werden die Breite und die Höhe zusammen geändert und das Seitenverhältnis wird beibehalten.

        +

        Der Abschnitt Position ändert die horizontale und/oder vertikale Position des Datenschnitts.

        +

        Die Option Schalte Größe ändern und Bewegen aus verhindert, dass der Datenschnitt verschoben oder in der Größe geändert wird. Wenn das Kästchen markiert ist, sind die Optionen Breite, Höhe, Position und Schaltflächen deaktiviert.

        +

        Layout und Stil des Datenschnitts ändern

        +

        Der Abscnitt Schaltflächen lässt die Anzahl der Spalten zu konfigurieren, sowie auch die Breite und Höhe der Schaltflächen zu ändern. Standardmäßig hat der Datenschnitt eine Spalte. Sie können die Anzahlt der Spalten auf 2 oder mehr konfigurieren:

        +

        Datenschnitt - zwei Spalten

        +

        Wenn Sie die Schaltflächenbreite erhöhen, ändert sich die Datenschnitt-Breite. Wenn Sie die Schaltflächenhöhe erhöhen, wird die Bildlaufleiste zum Datenschnitt hinzugefügt:

        +

        Datenschnitt - die Bildlaufleiste

        +

        Der Abschnitt Stil hat voreingestellte Stile für die Datenschnitten.

        + +

        Sortierung und Filterung

        +
          +
        • Aufsteigend (A bis Z) wird verwendet, um die Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von A bis Z alphabetisch oder von der kleinsten bis zur größten Zahl für numerische Daten.
          • +
        • Absteigend (Z to A) wird verwendet, um die Daten in aabsteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von Z bis A alphabetisch oder von der größten bis zur kleinsten Zahl für numerische Daten.
          • +
        +

        Die Option Verbergen Elemente ohne Daten blendet die Elemente ohne Daten aus. Wenn dieses Kästchen markiert ist, werden die Optionen Visuell Elemente ohne Daten anzeigen und Elemente ohne Daten letzt anzeigen deaktiviert.

        +

        Wenn die Option Verberge Elemente ohne Daten deaktiviert ist, verwenden Sie die folgenden Optionen:

        +
          +
        • Die Option Visuell Elemente ohne Daten anzeigen zeigt die Elemente ohne Daten mit verschiedenen Formatierung an (mit heller Farbe). Wenn diese Option deaktiviert ist, werden alle Elemente mit gleicher Formatierung angezeigt.
          • +
        • Die Option Elemente ohne Daten letzt anzeigen zeigt die Elemente ohne Daten am Ende der Liste. Wenn diese Option deaktiviert ist, werden alle Elemente in der Reihenfolge, die in der Originaltabelle beibehandelt ist, angezeigt.
          • +
        + +

        Erweiterte Datenschnitt-Einstellungen konfigurieren

        +

        Um die erweiterten Datenschnitt-Einstellungen zu konfigurieren, verwenden Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Randleiste. Das Fenster 'Datenschnitt - Erweiterte Einstellungen' wird geöffnet:

        +

        Datenschnitt - Erweiterte Einstellungen

        +

        Der Abschnitt Stil & Größe enthält die folgenden Einstellungen:

        +
          +
        • Die Option Kopfzeile ändert der Kopfzeile für den Datenschnitt. Deselektieren Sie das Kästchen Kopfzeile anzeigen, damit die Kopfzeile für den Datenschnitt nicht angezeigt wird.
          • +
        • Die Option Stil ändert den Stil für den Datenschnitt.
          • +
        • Die Option Breite und Höhe ändert die Breite und Höhe des Datenschnitts. Wenn Sie das Kästchen Konstante Proportionen Konstante Proportionen - Symbol markieren (sieht es so aus Konstante Proportionen - Symbol - aktiviert), werden die Breite und Höhe zusammen geändert und das Seitenverhältnis beibehalten ist.
          • +
        • Die Option Schaltflächen ändert die Anzahl der Spalten und konfiguriert die Höhe der Schaltflächen.
          • +
        +

        Datenschnitt - Erweiterte Einstellungen

        +

        Der Abschnitt Sortierung & Filterung enthält die folgenden Einstellungen:

        +
          +
        • Aufsteigend (A bis Z) wird verwendet, um die Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von A bis Z alphabetisch oder von der kleinsten bis zur größten Zahl für numerische Daten.
          • +
        • Absteigend (Z bis A) wird verwendet, um die Daten in absteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von Z bis A alphabetisch oder von der größten bis zur kleinsten Zahl für numerische Daten.
          • +
        +

        Die Option Verberge Elemente ohne Daten blendet die Elemente ohne Daten im Datenschnitt aus. Wenn dieses Kästchen markiert ist, werden die Optionen Visuell Elemente ohne Daten anzeigen und Elemente ohne Daten letzt anzeigen deaktiviert.

        +

        Wenn Sie die Option Verberge Elemente ohne Daten demarkieren, verwenden Sie die folgenden Optionen:

        +
          +
        • Die Option Visuell Elemente ohne Daten anzeigen zeigt die Elemente ohne Daten mit verschiedenen Formatierung an (mit heller Farbe).
          • +
        • Die Option Elemente ohne Daten letzt anzeigen zeigt die Elemente ohne Daten am Ende der Liste.
          • +
        +

        Datenschnitt - Erweiterte Einstellungen

        +

        Der Abschnitt Referenzen enthält die folgenden Einstellungen:

        +
          +
        • Die Option Quellenname zeigt den Feldnamen an, der der Kopfzeilenspalte aus der Datenquelle entspricht.
          • +
        • Die Option Name zur Nutzung in Formeln zeigt den Datenschnittnamen an, der im Menü Name-Manager ist.
          • +
        • Die Option Name fügt den Namen für einen Datenschnitt ein, um den Datenschnitt klar zu machen.
          • +
        +

        Datenschnitt - Erweiterte Einstellungen

        +

        Der Abschnitt Andocken an die Zelle enthält die folgenden Einstellungen:

        +
          +
        • Bewegen und Größeänderung mit Zellen - diese Option dockt den Datenschnitt an der Zelle hinten an. Wenn die Zelle verschoben ist (z.B. wenn Sie die Zeilen oder Spalten eingefügt oder gelöscht haben), wird der Datenschnitt mit der Zelle zusammen verschoben. Wenn Sie die Breite oder Höhe der Zelle vergrößern/verringern, wird die Größe des Datenschnitts auch geändert.
          • +
        • Bewegen, aber nicht Größe ändern mit - diese Option dockt den Datenschnitt an der Zelle hinten an, ohne die Größe des Datenschnitts zu verändern. Wenn die Zelle verschoben ist, wird der Datenschnitt mit der Zelle zusammen verschoben. Wenn Sie die Zellgröße ändern, wird die Größe des Datenschnitts unverändert.
          • +
        • Kein Bewegen oder Größeänderung mit - this option allows you to prevent the slicer from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed.
          • +
        +

        Datenschnitt - Erweiterte Einstellungen

        +

        Der Abschnitt Alternativer Text ändert den Titel und die Beschreibung, die den Leuten mit Sehbehinderung oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigung hilft, die Information im Datenschnitt besser verstehen.

        + +

        Datenschnitt löschen

        +

        Um einen Datenschnitt zu löschen,

        +
          +
        1. Klicken Sie den Datenschnitt an.
          2. +
        2. Drucken Sie die Entfernen-Taste.
          3. +
        +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm index 6cef6277e..fbd12d433 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen + Vorgänge rückgängig machen/wiederholen @@ -13,13 +13,14 @@
        -

        Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen

        -

        Um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf den Registerkarten in der oberen Symbolleiste:

        +

        Vorgänge rückgängig machen/wiederholen

        +

        Verwenden Sie die entsprechenden Symbole im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors, um Vorgänge rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen:

          -
        • Rückgängig – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rückgängig Rückgängig, um den zuletzt durchgeführten Vorgang rückgängig zu machen.
          • +
        • Rückgängig machen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rückgängig machen Rückgängig machen, um den zuletzt durchgeführten Vorgang rückgängig zu machen.
        • Wiederholen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wiederholen Wiederholen, um den zuletzt rückgängig gemachten Vorgang zu wiederholen.
        -

        Hinweis: Diese Vorgänge können auch mithilfe der Tastenkombinationen durchgeführt werden.

        +

        Diese Vorgänge können auch mithilfe der entsprechenden Tastenkombinationen durchgeführt werden.

        +

        Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Kalkulationstabelle im Modus Schnell gemeinsam bearbeiten, ist die Option letzten Vorgang Rückgängig machen/Wiederholen nicht verfügbar.

        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm index 1c906d9ae..75f1300f9 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm @@ -14,10 +14,10 @@

        Namensbereiche verwenden

        -

        Namen sind sinnvolle Kennzeichnungen, die für eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich zugewiesen werden können und die das Arbeiten mit Formeln vereinfachen. Wenn Sie eine Formel erstellen, können Sie einen Namen als Argument eingeben, anstatt einen Verweis auf einen Zellbereich zu erstellen. Wenn Sie z. B. den Namen Jahreseinkommen für einen Zellbereich vergeben, können Sie SUMME(Jahreseinkommen) eingeben, anstelle von SUMME (B1: B12). Auf diese Art werden Formeln übersichtlicher. Diese Funktion kann auch nützlich sein, wenn viele Formeln auf ein und denselben Zellbereich verweisen. Wenn die Bereichsadresse geändert wird, können Sie die Korrektur einmal mithilfe des Namensverwaltung vornehmen, anstatt alle Formeln einzeln zu bearbeiten.

        +

        Namen sind sinnvolle Kennzeichnungen, die für eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich zugewiesen werden können und die das Arbeiten mit Formeln vereinfachen. Wenn Sie eine Formel erstellen, können Sie einen Namen als Argument eingeben, anstatt einen Verweis auf einen Zellbereich zu erstellen. Wenn Sie z. B. den Namen Jahreseinkommen für einen Zellbereich vergeben, können Sie SUMME(Jahreseinkommen) eingeben, anstelle von SUMME (B1:B12). Auf diese Art werden Formeln übersichtlicher. Diese Funktion kann auch nützlich sein, wenn viele Formeln auf ein und denselben Zellbereich verweisen. Wenn die Bereichsadresse geändert wird, können Sie die Korrektur mithilfe des Namensverwaltung vornehmen, anstatt alle Formeln einzeln zu bearbeiten.

        Es gibt zwei Arten von Namen, die verwendet werden können:

          -
        • Definierter Name - ein beliebiger Name, den Sie für einen bestimmten Zellbereich angeben können.
          • +
        • Definierter Name - ein beliebiger Name, den Sie für einen bestimmten Zellbereich angeben können. Definierte Namen umfassen auch die Namen die automatisch bei der Einrichtung eines Druckbereichs erstellt werden.
        • Tabellenname - ein Standardname, der einer neu formatierten Tabelle automatisch zugewiesen wird (Tabelle1, Tabelle2 usw.). Sie können den Namen später bearbeiten.

        Namen werden auch nach Bereich klassifiziert, d. h. der Ort, an dem ein Name erkannt wird. Ein Name kann für die gesamte Arbeitsmappe (wird für jedes Arbeitsblatt in dieser Arbeitsmappe erkannt) oder für ein separates Arbeitsblatt (wird nur für das angegebene Arbeitsblatt erkannt) verwendet werden. Jeder Name muss innerhalb eines Geltungsbereichs eindeutig sein, dieselben Namen können innerhalb verschiedener Bereiche verwendet werden.

        @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

        Das Fenster Namens-Manger wird geöffnet:

        Namens-Manger

        -

        Zu Ihrer Bequemlichkeit können Sie die Namen filtern, indem Sie die Namenskategorie auswählen, die angezeigt werden soll: Alle, Definierten Namen, Tabellennamen, Im Arbeitsblatt festgelegte Namensbereiche oder In der Arbeitsmappe festgelegte Namensbereiche. Die Namen, die zu der ausgewählten Kategorie gehören, werden in der Liste angezeigt, die anderen Namen werden ausgeblendet.

        +

        Zu Ihrer Bequemlichkeit können Sie die Namen filtern, indem Sie die Namenskategorie auswählen, die angezeigt werden soll. Dazu stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Alle, Definierte Namen, Tabellennamen, Im Arbeitsblatt festgelegte Namensbereiche oder In der Arbeitsmappe festgelegte Namensbereiche. Die Namen, die zu der ausgewählten Kategorie gehören, werden in der Liste angezeigt, die anderen Namen werden ausgeblendet.

        Um die Sortierreihenfolge für die angezeigte Liste zu ändern, klicken Sie im Fenster auf die Optionen Benannte Bereiche oder Bereich.

        Namen bearbeiten: wählen Sie den entsprechenden Namen aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf Bearbeiten. Das Fenster Namen bearbeiten wird geöffnet:

        Namen bearbeiten

        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm index e2557ac0a..8f3f729a4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Tabelleneigenschaften anzeigen + Dateiinformationen anzeigen @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@
        -

        Tabelleneigenschaften anzeigen

        -

        Für detaillierte Informationen über die bearbeitete Tabelle, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich und wählen Sie die Option Tabelleninfo.

        -

        Allgemeine Informationen

        -

        Die Informationen umfassen Tabellentitel, Autor, Ort und Erstellungsdatum.

        +

        Dateiinformationen anzeigen

        +

        Für detaillierte Informationen über die bearbeitete Tabelle, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich und wählen Sie die Option Tabelleninformationen.

        +

        Allgemeine Eigenschaften

        +

        Die Dateiinformationen umfassen den Titel und die Anwendung mit der die Tabelle erstellt wurde. In der Online-Version werden zusätzlich die folgenden Informationen angezeigt: Autor, Ort, Erstellungsdatum.

        Hinweis: Sie können den Namen der Tabelle direkt über die Oberfläche des Editors ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Umbenennen..., geben Sie den neuen Dateinamen an und klicken Sie auf OK.

        Zugriffsrechte

        +

        In der Online-Version können Sie die Informationen zu Berechtigungen für die in der Cloud gespeicherten Dateien einsehen.

        Hinweis: Diese Option steht im schreibgeschützten Modus nicht zur Verfügung.

        Um einzusehen, wer zur Ansicht oder Bearbeitung der Tabelle berechtigt ist, wählen Sie die Option Zugriffsrechte... in der linken Seitenleiste.

        Sie können die aktuell ausgewählten Zugriffsrechte auch ändern, klicken Sie dazu im Abschnitt Personen mit Berechtigungen auf die Schaltfläche Zugriffsrechte ändern.

        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css index d6676f168..443ea7b42 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ text-decoration: none; .search-field { display: block; float: right; + margin-top: 10px; } .search-field input { width: 250px; @@ -185,4 +186,38 @@ kbd { box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(85,85,85,.35); margin: 0.2em 0.1em; color: #000; +} +.shortcut_variants { + margin: 20px 0 -20px; + padding: 0; +} +.shortcut_toggle { + display: inline-block; + margin: 0; + padding: 1px 10px; + list-style-type: none; + cursor: pointer; + font-size: 11px; + line-height: 18px; + white-space: nowrap +} +.shortcut_toggle.enabled { + color: #fff; + background-color: #7D858C; + border: 1px solid #7D858C; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled { + color: #444; + background-color: #fff; + border: 1px solid #CFCFCF; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled:hover { + background-color: #D8DADC; +} +.left_option { + border-radius: 2px 0 0 2px; + float: left; +} +.right_option { + border-radius: 0 2px 2px 0; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/activecell.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/activecell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fca5a730c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/activecell.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addgradientpoint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addgradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4ca4cc4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addgradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/align_toptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/align_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..491f4ade7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/align_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectbottom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8acbca9f6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectcenter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c95d44076 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectleft.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03fe28846 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectmiddle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..635c881d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectright.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83d7703cc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjecttop.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc2579271 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/asc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/asc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91e71b65f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/asc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoformatasyoutype.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoformatasyoutype.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddf7a82d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoformatasyoutype.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png index d73b2b665..7af662f5a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/basiccalculations.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/basiccalculations.png index d5ea0f69d..e72c2dcb6 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/basiccalculations.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/basiccalculations.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/betainv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/betainv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c10bbcccd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/betainv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png index 8b50580a0..ff78d284e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc0a5fdf4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aca81bb63 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringtofront.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a1b3b8f3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringtofront.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bulletsandnumbering.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bulletsandnumbering.png index c24dd1389..61cdcc59f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bulletsandnumbering.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bulletsandnumbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cell.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a41a40a98 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cell.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellsettings_rightpanel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellsettings_rightpanel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9fae4d58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellsettings_rightpanel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellsettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellsettingstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ba93961f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellsettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png index f9464e5f4..9ef44daaf 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changerange.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changerange.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17df78932 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changerange.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/close_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/close_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ee2f1cb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/close_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/collapserowsicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/collapserowsicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00aa19497 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/collapserowsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8ad1152a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalueformula.gif b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalueformula.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4e9643eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalueformula.gif differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/comparison.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/comparison.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20f2396d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/comparison.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/databars.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/databars.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac2c4bdaa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/databars.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/gradient.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/gradient.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ead647421 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetbikerating.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetbikerating.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7251111c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetbikerating.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetrevenue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetrevenue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..945ce676c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetrevenue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrafficlights.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrafficlights.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8750b92a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrafficlights.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrends.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrends.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1099f2ef0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrends.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/shaderows.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/shaderows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d7dad68d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/shaderows.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/shadeunique.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/shadeunique.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca29d106c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/shadeunique.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/shading.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/shading.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d52b6144 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/shading.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/topbottomvalue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/topbottomvalue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1678d2236 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/topbottomvalue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/uniqueduplicates.gif b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/uniqueduplicates.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e20c2f50d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/conditionalformatting/uniqueduplicates.gif differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/converttorange.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/converttorange.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e07ac2e4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/converttorange.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/create_pivot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/create_pivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd2263c41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/create_pivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributehorizontally.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributehorizontally.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..343cecc53 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributehorizontally.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributevertically.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributevertically.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e72493788 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributevertically.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/expandrowsicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/expandrowsicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3fb99d806 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/expandrowsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png index 3c12a3e2e..0fdccb37f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstlevel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstlevel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63830e771 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstlevel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstlevelicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstlevelicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..294d07ba8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstlevelicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fliplefttoright.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fliplefttoright.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6babc560 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fliplefttoright.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/flipupsidedown.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/flipupsidedown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8ce45f8f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/flipupsidedown.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png index 1f3478e4e..f1263f839 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png index f5521a276..8b68acb6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/freezepanes_popup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/freezepanes_popup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b4125373 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/freezepanes_popup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/functiontooltip.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/functiontooltip.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d87eff86b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/functiontooltip.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/go_to_the_next_word.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/go_to_the_next_word.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bdeb2e047 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/go_to_the_next_word.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30a8a135d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group_toptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04b5f4d96 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/groupedrows.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/groupedrows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bbe521217 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/groupedrows.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/groupewindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/groupewindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d8053689 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/groupewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/groupicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/groupicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a84e2ca0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/groupicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/grouping.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/grouping.png index 646f41d9c..8a4934148 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/grouping.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/grouping.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/header_footer_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/header_footer_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..550a98117 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/header_footer_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/header_footer_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/header_footer_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aa1b29007 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/header_footer_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkfunction.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkfunction.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..656ad9a51 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imageadvancedsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imageadvancedsettings.png index ec40ef017..490758a0b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imageadvancedsettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imageadvancedsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imageadvancedsettings1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imageadvancedsettings1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6be155084 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imageadvancedsettings1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettings.png index c87466a9f..a542f8ac0 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_pivot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_pivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..852443f44 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_pivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8353e80fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81058ed69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..daf40846e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbol_window2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbols_windows.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbols_windows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6388c3aba Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_symbols_windows.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertpivot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertpivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6582b2c9b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertpivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertslicer.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertslicer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..099bc6907 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertslicer.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertslicer_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertslicer_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0273bfa86 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertslicer_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png index b7910d84b..c10435315 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/datatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/datatab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66cdd60a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/datatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f0b22ad61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c9cce61f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..978818e1d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c6fb92e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0629f3b13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c1bddd9b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dfc002dfa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d141e4123 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_pivottabletab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_pivottabletab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e88d22784 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_pivottabletab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f372695f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_viewtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_viewtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be5af23e0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/desktop_viewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png index 1f0c0fbcf..a8754125d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png index 5133aa55a..8b4b21d22 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/formulatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/formulatab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e4a40c6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/formulatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png index 046a8d7d2..ef79421b1 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png index c6a880824..aa8a052fa 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/layouttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..acc6f4e6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png index f3f1306f3..aea34fa25 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pivottabletab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pivottabletab.png index 400cc2169..a736f386e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pivottabletab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pivottabletab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 7b69e8f42..af89fc895 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/viewtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/viewtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2292b92da Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/viewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png index 08fd67a4d..7d5e6d062 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png index 1a461a817..8c4befb6c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/levelnumbericons.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/levelnumbericons.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a36bcbfb4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/levelnumbericons.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linest.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linest.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..07e81cf1a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linest.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/multilevelstructure.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/multilevelstructure.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72282a5ba Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/multilevelstructure.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/multiselect.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/multiselect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9b75a987 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/multiselect.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/new_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/new_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6132de3e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/new_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_advanced.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_advanced.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2e655611 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_advanced.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_advanced2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_advanced2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc2bd6040 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_advanced2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_advanced3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_advanced3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e00d117ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_advanced3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_columns.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_columns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c36b4576 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_columns.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_compact.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_compact.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86ddc460c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_compact.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..757cb7840 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filter_field.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filter_field.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0f4276a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filter_field.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filter_field_layout.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filter_field_layout.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1c3fdd5e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filter_field_layout.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filter_field_subtotals.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filter_field_subtotals.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81de6ba2f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filter_field_subtotals.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filterwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filterwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a406eacf7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_filterwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_menu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_menu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adac8100d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_menu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_outline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_outline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e91376212 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_refresh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_refresh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83d92f93f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_refresh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_rows.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_rows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6af3c21a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_rows.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_selectdata.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_selectdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aa8783aeb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_selectdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_selectdata2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_selectdata2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..705ce37c0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_selectdata2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_selectfields.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_selectfields.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38c21bc66 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_selectfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74df7c91e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_sort.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_sort.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af58cc7ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_sort.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_tabular.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_tabular.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a82328efb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_tabular.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_top.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_top.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..033f9208c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_top.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_topten.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_topten.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f09096ef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_topten.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_values.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_values.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52443ce82 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_values.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_values_field_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_values_field_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21df215c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivot_values_field_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivottoptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivottoptoolbar.png index 7762e7693..84fa0cffb 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivottoptoolbar.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivottoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png index 03fd49783..28c1d2dc2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/printareabutton.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/printareabutton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55306bc43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/printareabutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/printsettingswindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/printsettingswindow.png index f5de8dcdf..b787ea0c5 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/printsettingswindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/printsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/proofing.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/proofing.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a2f694b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/proofing.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/recognizedfunctions.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/recognizedfunctions.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3ceb91da Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/recognizedfunctions.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png index 5002b4109..0b5b2dacb 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/relativereference.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/relativereference.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b58cebfe3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/relativereference.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..acdb32e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d966c77b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates_result.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates_result.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c220a1127 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates_result.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates_warning.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates_warning.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31358afe0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates_warning.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..231500ca1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removeduplicates_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removegradientpoint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removegradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0675fbbb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/removegradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/replacetext.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/replacetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ac794a91 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/replacetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable.png index 3b1550a33..b0aed6e94 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_pivot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_pivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e29d02b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_pivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_slicer.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_slicer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d575019e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_slicer.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotateclockwise.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotateclockwise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d27f575b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotateclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43e6a1064 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png index e6a82d6ac..ffc0e39f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png index 022b31529..4f0bf5de6 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png index a62d2c35d..e31bf98be 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/scaletofit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/scaletofit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..54a34f3a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/scaletofit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/scaletofitlayout.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/scaletofitlayout.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9c94e69f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/scaletofitlayout.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/secondlevel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/secondlevel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..872354752 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/secondlevel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/secondlevelicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/secondlevelicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..853a55755 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/secondlevelicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectcolumn.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectcolumn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f61e060c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectcolumn_cursor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectcolumn_cursor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3123de7f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectcolumn_cursor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9c999803 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectrow_cursor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectrow_cursor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f640d274 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectrow_cursor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selecttable.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selecttable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49287bbd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selecttable.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selecttable_cursor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selecttable_cursor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9db1659a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selecttable_cursor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc75b663b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d32086103 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoback.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73bbe3dfd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png index fa8ccf55f..fff721c9f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_1.png index 0844519dd..06dbde193 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_2.png index b83d16ab4..216fbf45b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_3.png index 96cc252e3..2d4f03c48 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_4.png index 7a68f5b25..7b1cc38df 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_5.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b68fa05a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sheetview_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sheetview_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dcf14254 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sheetview_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4bc69f8b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_clearfilter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_clearfilter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb08729e8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_clearfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_columns.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_columns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48c7284d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_columns.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_filter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_filter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eba746f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_filter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c170a8eef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_nodata.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_nodata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af13947ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_nodata.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8831c157 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..816b4719b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4280db35c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties4.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3beb7cb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties4.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties5.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e27e9161 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_properties5.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_scroll.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_scroll.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8e0fe942 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_scroll.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..099bc6907 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slicer_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png index d24f79a22..a24525389 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..925699f5d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..405edc59b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_panel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_panel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..805e948f3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_panel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb6e055f3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png index d86505d51..742143a34 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png index 5fc959534..b99d9c1df 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/summary.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/summary.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48e566d40 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/summary.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/above.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/above.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97f2005e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/above.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/acute.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/acute.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12d62abab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/acute.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aleph.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aleph.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7355dba4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aleph.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca68e0fe0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea3a6aac4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/alpha2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/amalg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/amalg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b66c134d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/amalg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/angle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/angle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de11fe22d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/angle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aoint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35a228fb4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/aoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/approx.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/approx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67b770f72 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/approx.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/arrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/arrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asmash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df40f9f2c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ast.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ast.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33be7687a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ast.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asymp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asymp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7d21a268 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/asymp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/atop.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/atop.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d4395beb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/atop.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..774a06eb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5321fe5b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/because.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/because.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3456d38c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/because.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/begin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/begin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd50e8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/begin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/below.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/below.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8acb835b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/below.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748f2b1be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c1ccb707 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/beth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af7e48ad8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e27fb3bb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigodot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigodot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ebddf66c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigodot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigoplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigoplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f555afb0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigoplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigotimes.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigotimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43457dc4b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigotimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..614264a01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/biguplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/biguplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ec39889f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/biguplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigvee.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigvee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57851a676 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigvee.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigwedge.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigwedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c7cac1e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bigwedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/binomial.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/binomial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72bc36e68 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/binomial.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ded03e82 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bowtie.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bowtie.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ddfa28c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bowtie.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/box.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/box.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20d4a835b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/box.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxdot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222e1c7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxminus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caf1ddddb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1ee49522 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/boxplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bra.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bra.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3c8b4c83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bra.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/break.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/break.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..859fbf8b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/break.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/breve.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/breve.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2392724b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/breve.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bullet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bullet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05e268132 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/bullet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76139f161 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cases.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cases.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5a1d5ffe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cases.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cbrt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cbrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..580d0d0d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cbrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..199773081 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6246a1f0d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/check.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/check.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d57528ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/check.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ee801d17 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a27cce57e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/chi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/circ.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/circ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a6aa27c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/circ.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/close.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/close.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7438a6f0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/close.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/clubsuit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/clubsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ecec4509 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/clubsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2f305a81 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/colonequal.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/colonequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79fb3a795 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/colonequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cong.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cong.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d48ef05a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cong.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coprod.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coprod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d90054fb5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/coprod.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b3915395 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/cup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dalet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dalet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dalet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/daleth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/daleth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/daleth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dashv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dashv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a07ecf03 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dashv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b96137d73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51e50c6ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddddot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2512dd96 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dddot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c261bdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc158338d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b15677a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/defeq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/defeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4728e579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/defeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8512ce6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degf.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d5b4f234 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degf.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degree.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degree.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42881ff13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/degree.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14d5d2386 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6541350c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/delta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/deltaeq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/deltaeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1dac99daf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/deltaeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamond.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamond.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e692a462 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bff5edf92 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/div.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/div.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..059758d9c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/div.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0d4f093f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddef5eb4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9cb5ed78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eee509760 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublea2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d98b1da6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cdc8d687 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4e564fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3e5ccc8a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublec2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublecolon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublecolon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56cfcafd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublecolon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bca050ea8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e222d501 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubled2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e03f999a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6627ded4f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublee2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c99ee88a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f97effdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublef2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81a4360f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97ff9ceed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19f3727f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca4f14ca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea40b9965 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb4d100de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..313453e56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublei2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43de921d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55063df14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublej2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6dc9ee87c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aee85567c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublek2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e4aad8c8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7382f3652 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublel2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f6d8538d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..100097a98 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublem2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f1373128 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ef2738aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublen2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a13023552 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..468459457 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8db731325 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18bfb16ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublep2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc4b77c78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25b230947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f0e988a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6e40f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubler2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c05d7f9cd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d24cb2f27 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubles2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c27fe3875 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32f2294a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublet2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0f54d440 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ce700d2f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubleu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5b0cb2be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da1089327 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublev2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0400ddbed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a151c1777 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublew2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..648ce4467 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c2a1de43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublex2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ed589d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e2733f6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doubley2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d1061f6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f12b3eebb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/doublez2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71146333a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f20d8728 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/downarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dsmash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49e2e5855 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/dsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ee.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1c8f6b16 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ee.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ell.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ell.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/emptyset.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/emptyset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28b0f75d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/emptyset.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/end.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/end.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33d901831 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/end.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7a53ad49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd54bb471 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/epsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eqarray.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eqarray.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dbb07eff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eqarray.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/equiv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/equiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac3c147eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/equiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6c37c23 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93a5f8f3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/eta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/exists.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/exists.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2e078f08 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/exists.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/forall.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/forall.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c58ecb41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/forall.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8570b166c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3db328e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktura2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e682b9c49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..570b7daad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3296e1bf7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e1c9065f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c29587e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5afeeb59 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a56e7c5a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c9236af6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakture2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a460b206 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f59cc1a49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c71a7f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a96d7939 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afff96507 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c77ddc227 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b690840e0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93494c9f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6ec69273 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88b5d5dd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4719aa67a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73365c050 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8d412077 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6823b765f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7562b1587 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5817d5af7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed9ee60d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6becfb0d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9c2ef5ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fbe142a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aac2cafe2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7026dc172 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c14dc2aee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad6eb3a2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b68a51481 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be9bce9ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturs2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a274312f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff4ffbad5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3835c5e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7c2dfce0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ae44b0d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06951ec52 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e492dd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c08b19614 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7af677f4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dd4eefc0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea98c092d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf8f1fb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/fraktury2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b44487f74 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afd922249 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frakturz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frown.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2fcd6e3a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/frown.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/g.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/g.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/g.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f088aa79 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gamma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ge.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ge.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/geq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/geq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/geq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gets.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gets.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab7c9df5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gets.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2b964579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gimel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gimel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e6cccb60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/gimel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/grave.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/grave.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcda94a6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/grave.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hat.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3be83a4c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hat.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6025b5d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/heartsuit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/heartsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b26f4fe3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/heartsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14f255fb0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b22e5b07a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc8f0fa47 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hphantom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb072eee0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hsmash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce90638d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/hvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3531cd2fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ii.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ii.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e064923e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ii.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiiint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7b9990d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f56aff057 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e73f05c2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/im.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/im.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1470295b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/im.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/imath.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/imath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6493cfef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/imath.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/in.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/in.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca1f84e4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/in.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/inc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/inc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ac8c1bcd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/inc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/infty.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/infty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fa3570fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/infty.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/int.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/int.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f296cc46 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/int.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/integral.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/integral.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65e56f23b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/integral.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0aefb684e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4341851a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/iota2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/j.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/j.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004b30b69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/j.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jj.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a1e11920 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jj.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jmath.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jmath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9409b6d2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/jmath.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..788d84c11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fae000a00 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/kappa2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ket.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ket.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f98af8017 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3016c6ece Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lambda2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/langle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/langle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73ccafba9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/langle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbbrack.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dbb14049 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004d22d05 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrack.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cf789daa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lceil.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48d4f69b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldiv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba17e3ae6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldivide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1071483b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ldots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/le.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/le.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/le.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/left.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/left.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f27f6310 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/left.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bafaf636c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60f405f7e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d15921dc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d02cea5c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c0305093 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..923152c61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/leq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lfloor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc34c4345 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lhvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10407df0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/limit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/limit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5669a329 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/limit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ll.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ll.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e31ee790 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ll.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lmoust.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3547706a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9647da6b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e0e50d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bed54fe7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lrhar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lrhar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a54ae201 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lrhar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6ab35fac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/lvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mapsto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mapsto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11e8e411a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mapsto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/matrix.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/matrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36dd9f3ef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/matrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mid.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mid.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21fca0ac1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mid.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/middle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/middle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e47884724 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/middle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/models.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/models.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a87cdc82e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/models.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f295f402 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4698faf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96d5b82b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/mu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nabla.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nabla.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c4283a5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nabla.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/naryand.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/naryand.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c43d7a980 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/naryand.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ne.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ne.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ne.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nearrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nearrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e95d358a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nearrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/neq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/neq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/neq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ni.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ni.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce8864 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ni.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/norm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/norm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/norm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notcontain.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notcontain.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b6ac81ce Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notcontain.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notelement.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c5d182db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notequal.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a8af203d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f2abe531 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notlessthan.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notlessthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e9fc8ef2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/notlessthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b32087c3d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e0f14582 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nwarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nwarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35ad2ee95 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/nwarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cbbaaf6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86a488451 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/o2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/odot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/odot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbd0f8b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/odot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/of.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/of.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8a2567c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/of.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiiint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c66dc2947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5587f29d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30b5bbab3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3224bcc5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6689087de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/omega2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ominus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ominus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a07e9ce7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ominus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/open.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/open.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2874320d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/open.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab9c8d22 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/oplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/otimes.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/otimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a2de09e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/otimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/over.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/over.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de78bfdde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/over.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbrace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71c7d4729 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbracket.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbd4f3598 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overparen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..645d88650 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overshell.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overshell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..907e993d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/overshell.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/parallel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/parallel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b42a5958 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/parallel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/partial.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/partial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb198b44d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/partial.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/perp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/perp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecc490ff4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/perp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phantom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3a11e75a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a42a2bdea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9f811dab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/phi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6c5da9c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11486a83b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13cccaad2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pmatrix.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37b0ed5ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pppprime.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4aec7dd87 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ppprime.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..460f07d5d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pprime.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c60382c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/pprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc174cb73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/preceq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/preceq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..185576937 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/preceq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prime.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2144d9f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prime.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prod.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fbe6e266 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/prod.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/propto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/propto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11a52f90b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/propto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce71e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71faedd0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/psi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/qdrt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/qdrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2b8a5518 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/qdrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/quadratic.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/quadratic.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26116211c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/quadratic.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fd0b87a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rangle2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ratio.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ratio.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d480fe90c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ratio.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31decded8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..772a722da Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5aa46c098 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rbrack2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rceil.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c96575404 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rddots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17f60c0bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/re.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/re.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36ffb2a8e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/re.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rect.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7942dbe1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rect.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rfloor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0303da681 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6020c1f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7242001a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rho2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rhvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/right.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/right.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc933121f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/right.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d8b7b90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c25b921a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a33c56ea0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rmoust.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e85cdefb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/rmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/root.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/root.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bdcb3d60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/root.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4305bc75 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4df4c10ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16801f863 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f395bf2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..292f64223 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7d64e076 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a52adbda Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db75ffaee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9cea6589 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..908b98abf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripte2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16b2839e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fc78029f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e2b4e5c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83ecfa7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce9052e49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b669be42d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripth2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8650af640 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35253e28d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripti2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23a0b18d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..964ca2f83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptj2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..605b16e12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c34227b6a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20327fde5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cdd4bc43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b257e5e69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22b214f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cd942d5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64efc9545 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f8bdc904 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripto2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec9874130 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2df092612 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c07bbff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eb2e1182 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49b85ae2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46dea0796 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74caee45b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acf23f10 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripts2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb6ace16a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9407b3372 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cffb832bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f85cd60c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6e628a61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..346dd8c56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e5d381db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..953ee2de5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db732c630 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..166c889a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7784bb149 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3003ade0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scripty2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8d5a0cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8197fe515 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/scriptz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdiv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdivide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sdivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/searrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/searrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a7f64b14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/searrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/setminus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/setminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa6c2cfee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/setminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cb2bb178 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e9f5ee7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sigma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sim.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sim.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a056eda0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sim.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/simeq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/simeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eade7ebc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/simeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90896057d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smile.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smile.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83b716c6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/smile.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/spadesuit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/spadesuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bdec8945 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/spadesuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf43990e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..426d02fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqrt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acfaa8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14365cc02 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6db6d42fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/star.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/star.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f15f019f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/star.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subset.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f23368a90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subset.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subseteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d867e2df0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/subseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succ.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b7c0526b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succ.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succeq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22eff46c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/succeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sum.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44106f72f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/sum.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superset.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67f46e1ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superset.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superseteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89521782c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/superseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/swarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/swarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66df3fa2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/swarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abd5bf872 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f15d8e443 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tau2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/therefore.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/therefore.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3f02aba3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/therefore.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2d89e82b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13f05f84f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/theta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tilde.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tilde.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b08ef3a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tilde.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/times.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/times.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da3afaf8b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/times.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/to.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/to.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/to.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/top.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/top.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbe5b832 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/top.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee71f7105 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/tvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e27b66816 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c20216a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/ubar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..938c658e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbrace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2c080b58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbracket.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a78aa1cdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b55100731 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underparen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccaac1590 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/underparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eccaa488d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cff2b9de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uparrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65ea76252 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c10bc8fef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39109a95b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/uplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69b7226c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2012f0408 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/upsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varepsilon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varepsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1788b80e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varepsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varphi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varphi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebcb44f39 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varphi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varpi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varpi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82e5e48bd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varpi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varrho.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varrho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d719b4e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varrho.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varsigma.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varsigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b154dede3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/varsigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vartheta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vartheta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e49bc074 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vartheta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..197c22ee5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2387c2d76 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1220d68b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a50d9fe6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vee.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be2573ef8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vee.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adc50b15c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vert2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vmatrix.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8dba6fd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vphantom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd8194604 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/vphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wedge.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34e02a584 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00c630d38 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bceef6f19 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/wr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f83b1dfd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c59fd3e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/xi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aaf47b628 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb04db0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/symbols/zeta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tableadvancedsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tableadvancedsettings.png index db06ed435..61dcc719e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tableadvancedsettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tableadvancedsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tablesettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tablesettingstab.png index 12ad2b952..61dd1c79c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tablesettingstab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tablesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textimportwizard.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textimportwizard.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03f47211e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textimportwizard.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/thirdlevel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/thirdlevel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21ffa295e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/thirdlevel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/thirdlevelicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/thirdlevelicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c898fb9c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/thirdlevelicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png index 793ad5b94..4c82ff29b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png index bb7f9407d..2f1c72082 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12395066b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroupicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroupicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d4dcfe1b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroupicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 9fa0d1fba..a29f033a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js index 092e60bfc..66b321f53 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js @@ -70,6 +70,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "ARABISCH-Funktion", "body": "Die ARABISCH-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Die Funktion wandelt eine römische Zahl in eine arabische Zahl um. Formelsyntax der Funktion ARABISCH: ARABISCH(Text) Dabei ist Text eine Textdarstellung einer römischen Zahl: eine Zeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen, eine leere Zeichenfolge ("") oder ein Verweis auf eine Zelle, die Text enthält. Hinweis: Wenn eine leere Zeichenfolge ("") als Argument verwendet wird, gibt die Funktion den Wert 0 zurück. Anwenden der Funktion ARABISCH: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie die Funktion ARABISCH. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, + { + "id": "Functions/asc.htm", + "title": "ASC-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ASC gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wird genutzt um Zeichen normaler Breite für Sprachen die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden (wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw.) in Zeichen halber Breite (Single-Byte-Zeichen) umzuwandeln. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ASC ist: ASC(text) Dabei bezeichnet Text Daten die manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle aufgenommen wurden, auf die Sie verweisen. Wenn der Text keine DBCS enthält, bleibt er unverändert. Anwendung der Funktion ASC: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ASC. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, { "id": "Functions/asin.htm", "title": "ARCSIN-Funktion", @@ -160,6 +165,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "BETAVERT-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktion BETAVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer betaverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BETAVERT ist: BETAVERT(x;Alpha;Beta;[A];[B]) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion im Intervall A und B ausgewertet werden soll. Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. A ist die untere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für A kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETAVERT für A die Standardverteilung 0. B ist die obere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für B kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETAVERT für B die Standardverteilung 1. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion BETAVERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BETAVERT: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, + { + "id": "Functions/betainv.htm", + "title": "BETAINV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BETAINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Perzentile der kumulierten Betaverteilungsfunktion zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BETAINV ist: BETAINV(x;Alpha;Beta, [,[A] [,[B]]) Dabei gilt: x ist die zur Betaverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Eine gerade Zahl, die größer gleich 0 ist und kleiner als 1. Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. A ist die untere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 0. B ist die obere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 1. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion BETAINV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BETAINV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, { "id": "Functions/bin2dec.htm", "title": "BININDEZ-Funktion", @@ -220,20 +230,25 @@ var indexes = "title": "BITXODER-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktion BITXODER gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein bitweises „Ausschließliches Oder“ zweier Zahlen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BITXODER ist: BITXODER(Zahl1;Zahl2) Dabei gilt: Zahl1 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist. Zahl2 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Im Ergebnis enthält eine Bitposition eine 1, wenn die Werte, die die Parameter an dieser Position haben, ungleich sind. Anwendung der Funktion BITXODER: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BITXODER. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, + { + "id": "Functions/ceiling-math.htm", + "title": "OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts auf. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK ist: OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK(Zahl;Schritt;[Modus]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll. Schritt ist das optionale Vielfache, auf das der Wert aufgerundet werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für Schritt kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion für B die Standardverteilung 1. Modus legt für eine negative Zahl fest, ob „Zahl“ n Richtung des größeren oder des kleineren Werts gerundet wird. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben oder wird der Wert mit 0 angegeben, werden negative Zahlen gegen Null gerundet. Wenn ein anderer numerischer Wert angegeben wird, werden negative Zahlen gegenüber Null aufgerundet. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ceiling-precise.htm", + "title": "OBERGRENZE.GENAU-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts. Die Zahl wird unabhängig von ihrem Vorzeichen immer aufgerundet. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU ist: OBERGRENZE.GENAU(Zahl, [Schritt]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll. Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das die Zahl gerundet wird. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 1. Bei der Festlegung Null, gibt die Funktion 0 wieder. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, { "id": "Functions/ceiling.htm", "title": "OBERGRENZE-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktion OBERGRENZE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OBERGRENZE ist: OBERGRENZE(Zahl;Schritt) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert, den Sie runden möchten. Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das Sie runden möchten. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Falls Zahl und Schritt unterschiedliche Vorzeichen haben, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NUM! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion OBERGRENZE. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken sie auf die Funktion OBERGRENZE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, { - "id": "Functions/ceilingmath.htm", - "title": "OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK-Funktion", - "body": "Die Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts auf. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK ist: OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK(Zahl;Schritt;[Modus]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll. Schritt ist das optionale Vielfache, auf das der Wert aufgerundet werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für Schritt kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion für B die Standardverteilung 1. Modus legt für eine negative Zahl fest, ob „Zahl“ n Richtung des größeren oder des kleineren Werts gerundet wird. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben oder wird der Wert mit 0 angegeben, werden negative Zahlen gegen Null gerundet. Wenn ein anderer numerischer Wert angegeben wird, werden negative Zahlen gegenüber Null aufgerundet. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." - }, - { - "id": "Functions/ceilingprecise.htm", - "title": "OBERGRENZE.GENAU-Funktion", - "body": "Die Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts. Die Zahl wird unabhängig von ihrem Vorzeichen immer aufgerundet. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU ist: OBERGRENZE.GENAU(Zahl, [Schritt]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll. Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das die Zahl gerundet wird. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 1. Bei der Festlegung Null, gibt die Funktion 0 wieder. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + "id": "Functions/cell.htm", + "title": "Die ZELLE Funktion", + "body": "Die ZELLE Funktion ist eine Informationsfunktion. Durch diese Funktion werden Informationen zur Formatierung, zur Position oder zum Inhalt einer Zelle zurückgegeben. Die Syntax für die ZELLE Funktion ist: ZELLE(info_type, [reference]) wo: info_type ist ein Textwert mit der Zelleninformation, die Sie bekommen möchten. Dieses Argument ist erforderlich. Die Werte sind in der Tabelle nach unten gegeben. [reference] ist eine Zelle, über die Sie Information bekommen möchten. Fehlt dieses Argument, wird die Information nur für die zu letzt geänderte Zelle zurückgegeben. Wenn das Argument reference einen Zellbereich ist, wird die Information für die obere linke Zelle des Bereichs zurückgegeben. Textwert Informationstyp \"Adresse\" Gibt den Bezug in der Zelle zurück. \"Spalte\" Gibt die Spaltennummer der Zellposition zurück. \"Farbe\" Gibt den Wert 1 zurück, wenn die Zelle für negative Werte farbig formatiert ist; andernfalls wird 0 zurückgegeben. \"Inhalt\" Gibt den Wert der Zelle zurück. \"Dateiname\" Gibt den Dateinamen der Datei mit der Zelle zurück. \"Format\" Gibt den Textwert zurück, der dem Nummerformat der Zelle entspricht. Die Textwerte sind in der Tabelle nach unten gegeben. \"Klammern\" Gibt den Wert 1 zurück, wenn die Zelle für positive oder alle Werte mit Klammern formatiert ist; andernfalls wird 0 zurückgegeben. \"Präfix\" Gibt ein einfaches Anführungszeichen (') zurück, wenn die Zelle linksbündigen Text enthält, ein doppeltes Anführungszeichen (\"), wenn die Zelle rechtsbündigen Text enthält, ein Zirkumflexzeichen (^), wenn die Zelle zentrierten Text enthält, einen umgekehrten Schrägstrich (\\), wenn die Zelle ausgefüllten Text enthält, und eine leere Textzeichenfolge (\"\"), wenn die Zelle etwas anderes enthält. \"Schutz\" Gibt 0 zurück, wenn die Zelle nicht gesperrt ist; gibt 1 zurück, wenn die Zelle gesperrt ist. \"Zeile\" Gibt die Zeilennummer der Zellposition zurück. \"Typ\" Gibt \"b\" für die leere Zelle, \"l\" für einen Textwert und \"v\" für die anderen Werte in der Zelle zurück. \"Breite\" Gibt die Breite der Zelle zurück, gerundet auf eine ganze Zahl. Sehen Sie die Textwerte, die für das Argument \"Format\" zurückgegeben werden Nummerformat Zurückgegebener Textwert Standard G 0 F0 #,##0 ,0 0.00 F2 #,##0.00 ,2 $#,##0_);($#,##0) C0 $#,##0_);[Rot]($#,##0) C0- $#,##0.00_);($#,##0.00) C2 $#,##0.00_);[Rot]($#,##0.00) C2- 0% P0 0.00% P2 0.00E+00 S2 # ?/? oder # ??/?? G m/t/jj oder m/t/jj h:mm oder mm/tt/jj D4 t-mmm-jj oder tt-mmm-jj D1 t-mmm oder tt-mmm D2 mmm-jj D3 mm/tt D5 h:mm AM/PM D7 h:mm:ss AM/PM D6 h:mm D9 h:mm:ss D8 Um die Funktion ZELLE zu verwenden, wählen Sie die Zelle für das Ergebnis aus, klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Funktion einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste an, oder klicken Sie auf die ausgewähltene Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen im Menü aus, oder klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche in der Registerkarte Formel, wählen Sie die Gruppe Information in der Liste aus, klicken Sie die Funktion ZELLE an, geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein, drucken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der ausgewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, { "id": "Functions/char.htm", @@ -671,7 +686,7 @@ var indexes = "body": "Die Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Komplement zur Funktion GAUSSFEHLER integriert zwischen x und Unendlichkeit zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL ist: GAUSSFKOMPL(Untere_Grenze) Dabei ist Untere_Grenze die untere Grenze für die Integration, wobei der Wert manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, { - "id": "Functions/error.type.htm", + "id": "Functions/error-type.htm", "title": "FEHLER.TYP-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktion FEHLER.TYP gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie gibt die numerische Darstellung von einem der vorhandenen Fehler zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FEHLER.TYP ist: FEHLER.TYP(Fehlerwert) Fehlerwert ist der Fehlerwert dessen Kennnummer Sie finden möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Mögliche Fehlerwerte: Fehlerwert Nummerische Darstellung #NULL! 1 #DIV/0! 2 #WERT! 3 #BEZUG! 4 #NAME? 5 #NUM! 6 #NV 7 #DATEN_ABRUFEN 8 Sonstige #NV Anwendung der Funktion FEHLER.TYP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FEHLER.TYP. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, @@ -750,6 +765,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "FINDEN/FINDENB-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktionen FINDEN/FINDENB gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie sucht einen in einem anderen Textwert enthaltenen Textwert. Die Funktion FINDEN ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während FINDENB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FINDEN/FINDENB ist: FINDEN(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen]) FINDENB(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen]) Dabei gilt: Suchtext gibt den Text an, den Sie suchen. Text ist der Text, der den Text enthält, den Sie suchen möchten. Erstes_Zeichen gibt an, bei welchem Zeichen die Suche begonnen werden soll. Das Argument Erstes_Zeichen ist optional. Fehlt das Argument beginnt die Funktion mit dem ersten Zeichen des Textes. Die Werte können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Liegen keine Übereinstimmungen vor, geben die Funktionen FINDEN und FINDENB den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktionen FINDEN/FINDENB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FINDEN oder FINDENB: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.Hinweis: die Funktionen FINDEN/FINDENB unterscheiden zwischen Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, + { + "id": "Functions/findb.htm", + "title": "FINDEN/FINDENB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktionen FINDEN/FINDENB gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie sucht einen in einem anderen Textwert enthaltenen Textwert. Die Funktion FINDEN ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während FINDENB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FINDEN/FINDENB ist: FINDEN(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen]) FINDENB(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen]) Dabei gilt: Suchtext gibt den Text an, den Sie suchen. Text ist der Text, der den Text enthält, den Sie suchen möchten. Erstes_Zeichen gibt an, bei welchem Zeichen die Suche begonnen werden soll. Das Argument Erstes_Zeichen ist optional. Fehlt das Argument beginnt die Funktion mit dem ersten Zeichen des Textes. Die Werte können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Liegen keine Übereinstimmungen vor, geben die Funktionen FINDEN und FINDENB den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktionen FINDEN/FINDENB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FINDEN oder FINDENB: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.Hinweis: die Funktionen FINDEN/FINDENB unterscheiden zwischen Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, { "id": "Functions/finv.htm", "title": "FINV-Funktion", @@ -771,20 +791,20 @@ var indexes = "body": "Die Funktion FEST gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie formatiert eine Zahl als Text mit einer festen Anzahl von Nachkommastellen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FEST ist: FEST(Zahl;[Dezimalstellen];[Keine_Punkte]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist die zu rundende Zahl, die in Text umgewandelt werden soll. Dezimalstellen gibt an wie viele Dezimalstellen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument, wird es als 2 (Zwei) angenommen. Keine_Punkte ist ein Wahrheitswert. Ist Keine_Punkte mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion das Ergebnis ohne Kommas zurück. Ist Keine_Punkte FALSCH oder nicht angegeben, enthält der zurückgegebene Text die üblicherweise verwendeten Punkte. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion FEST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FEST. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, { - "id": "Functions/floor.htm", - "title": "UNTERGRENZE-Funktion", - "body": "Die Funktion UNTERGRENZE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf das nächste Vielfache ab. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNTERGRENZE ist: UNTERGRENZE(Zahl;Schritt) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der numerische Wert, den Sie runden möchten. Schritt ist das Vielfache, auf das Sie abrunden möchten. Hinweis: Falls Zahl und Schritt unterschiedliche Vorzeichen haben, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NUM! zurück. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UNTERGRENZE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNTERGRENZE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." - }, - { - "id": "Functions/floormath.htm", + "id": "Functions/floor-math.htm", "title": "UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktion UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste ganze Zahl oder auf das nächste Vielfache von Schritt ab. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK ist: UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK(Zahl;Schritt;Modus) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist die Zahl, die abgerundet werden soll. Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das Sie runden möchten. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 1. Modus legt für eine negative Zahl fest, ob „Zahl“ n Richtung des größeren oder des kleineren Werts gerundet wird. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben oder wird der Wert mit 0 angegeben, werden negative Zahlen gegen Null gerundet. Wenn ein anderer numerischer Wert angegeben wird, werden negative Zahlen gegenüber Null aufgerundet. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, { - "id": "Functions/floorprecise.htm", + "id": "Functions/floor-precise.htm", "title": "UNTERGRENZE.GENAU-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktion UNTERGRENZE.GENAU gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste ganze Zahl oder das nächste Vielfache von "Schritt" ab. Die Zahl wird unabhängig vom Vorzeichen immer abgerundet. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNTERGRENZE.GENAU ist: UNTERGRENZE.GENAU(Zahl; [Schritt]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist die Zahl, die abgerundet werden soll. Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das Sie runden möchten. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 1. Bei der Festlegung Null, gibt die Funktion 0 wieder. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UNTERGRENZE.GENAU. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNTERGRENZE.GENAU. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, + { + "id": "Functions/floor.htm", + "title": "UNTERGRENZE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion UNTERGRENZE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf das nächste Vielfache ab. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNTERGRENZE ist: UNTERGRENZE(Zahl;Schritt) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der numerische Wert, den Sie runden möchten. Schritt ist das Vielfache, auf das Sie abrunden möchten. Hinweis: Falls Zahl und Schritt unterschiedliche Vorzeichen haben, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NUM! zurück. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UNTERGRENZE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNTERGRENZE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, { "id": "Functions/forecast-ets-confint.htm", "title": "PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT-Funktion", @@ -925,6 +945,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "STUNDE-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktion STUNDE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Gibt die Stunde einer Zeitangabe zurück. Die Stunde wird als ganze Zahl ausgegeben, die einen Wert von 0 Uhr bis 23 Uhr annehmen kann. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STUNDE ist: STUNDE(Zahl) Das Argument Zahl kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Zahl als Zeitangabe kann als Textzeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen (beispielsweise „13:39"), als Dezimalzahl (beispielsweise 0,56; dieser Wert stellt 13:26 Uhr dar) oder als Ergebnis anderer Formeln oder Funktionen (beispielsweise das Ergebnis der Funktion JETZT im Standardformat - 9/26/12 13:39) angegeben werden. Anwendung der Funktion STUNDE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STUNDE. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, + { + "id": "Functions/hyperlink.htm", + "title": "HYPERLINLK-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion HYPERLINLK gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich eine Verknüpfung erstellen, die zu einem anderen Speicherort in der aktuellen Arbeitsmappe wechselt oder ein Dokument öffnet, das auf einem Netzwerkserver, im Intranet oder im Internet gespeichert ist. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HYPERLINLK ist: HYPERLINK(Hyperlink_Adresse, [Anzeigename]) Dabei gilt: Hyperlink_Adresse bezeichnet Pfad und Dateiname des zu öffnenden Dokuments. In der Online-Version darf der Pfad ausschließlich eine URL-Adresse sein. Hyperlink_Adresse kann sich auch auf eine bestimmte Stelle in der aktuellen Arbeitsmappe beziehen, z. B. auf eine bestimmte Zelle oder einen benannten Bereich. Der Wert kann als Textzeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen oder als Verweis auf eine Zelle, die den Link als Textzeichenfolge enthält, angegeben werden. Anzeigename ist ein Text, der in der Zelle angezeigt wird. Dieser Wert ist optional. Bleibt die Angabe aus, wird der Wert aus Hyperlink_Adresse in der Zelle angezeigt. Anwendung der Funktion HYPERLINLK: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HYPERLINLK. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Klicken Sie den Link zum Öffnen einfach an. Um eine Zelle auszuwählen die einen Link enthält, ohne den Link zu öffnen, klicken Sie diese an und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt." + }, { "id": "Functions/hypgeom-dist.htm", "title": "HYPGEOM.VERT-Funktion", @@ -1161,7 +1186,7 @@ var indexes = "body": "Die Funktion ISTZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Mit der Funktion wird der ausgewählte Bereich auf Zahlen überprüft. Ist eine Zahl vorhanden gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTZAHL ist: ISTZAHL(Wert) Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Anwendung der Funktion ISTZAHL. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTZAHL. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, { - "id": "Functions/isoceiling.htm", + "id": "Functions/iso-ceiling.htm", "title": "ISO.OBERGRENZE-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktion ISO.OBERGRENZE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt eine Zahl zurück, die auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache von „Schritt“ gerundet wurde. Die Zahl wird unabhängig von ihrem Vorzeichen immer aufgerundet. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISO.OBERGRENZE ist: ISO.OBERGRENZE(Zahl;[Schritt]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll. Schritt ist das optionale Vielfache, auf das der Wert aufgerundet werden soll. Das Argument Schritt ist optional. Wird SCHRITT ausgelassen, beträgt der Standardwert 1. Bei der Festlegung Null, gibt die Funktion 0 wieder. Der nummerische Werte wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ISO.OBERGRENZE. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken sie auf die Funktion ISO.OBERGRENZE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, @@ -1210,11 +1235,26 @@ var indexes = "title": "LINKS/LINKSB-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktionen LINKS/LINKSB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt auf der Grundlage der Anzahl von Zeichen/Bytes, die Sie angeben, das oder die erste(n) Zeichen in einer Textzeichenfolge zurück. Die Funktion LINKS ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während LINKS für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktionen LINKS/LINKSB ist: LINKS(Text;[Anzahl_Zeichen]) LINKSB(Text;[Anzahl_Bytes]) Dabei gilt: Text ist die Zeichenfolge mit den Zeichen, die Sie extrahieren möchten. Anzahl_Zeichen gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen an, die von der Funktion extrahiert werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument, wird es als 1 angenommen. Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion LINKS/LINKSB. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Anwendung der Funktion LINKS/LINKSB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, + { + "id": "Functions/leftb.htm", + "title": "LINKS/LINKSB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktionen LINKS/LINKSB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt auf der Grundlage der Anzahl von Zeichen/Bytes, die Sie angeben, das oder die erste(n) Zeichen in einer Textzeichenfolge zurück. Die Funktion LINKS ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während LINKS für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktionen LINKS/LINKSB ist: LINKS(Text;[Anzahl_Zeichen]) LINKSB(Text;[Anzahl_Bytes]) Dabei gilt: Text ist die Zeichenfolge mit den Zeichen, die Sie extrahieren möchten. Anzahl_Zeichen gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen an, die von der Funktion extrahiert werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument, wird es als 1 angenommen. Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion LINKS/LINKSB. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Anwendung der Funktion LINKS/LINKSB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, { "id": "Functions/len.htm", "title": "LÄNGE/LÄNGEB-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktion LÄNGE/LÄNGEB gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um die angegebene Zeichenfolge zu analysieren und die Anzahl der enthaltenen Zeichen/Bytes zurückzugeben. Die Funktion LÄNGE ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während LÄNGEB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LÄNGE/LÄNGEB ist: LÄNGE(Text) LÄNGEB(Text) Text ist der Text, dessen Länge Sie ermitteln möchten. Leerzeichen zählen als Zeichen. Anwendung der Funktionen LÄNGE/LÄNGEB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Funktion LÄNGE bzw. LÄNGEB: Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, + { + "id": "Functions/lenb.htm", + "title": "LÄNGE/LÄNGEB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion LÄNGE/LÄNGEB gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um die angegebene Zeichenfolge zu analysieren und die Anzahl der enthaltenen Zeichen/Bytes zurückzugeben. Die Funktion LÄNGE ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während LÄNGEB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LÄNGE/LÄNGEB ist: LÄNGE(Text) LÄNGEB(Text) Text ist der Text, dessen Länge Sie ermitteln möchten. Leerzeichen zählen als Zeichen. Anwendung der Funktionen LÄNGE/LÄNGEB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Funktion LÄNGE bzw. LÄNGEB: Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/linest.htm", + "title": "Die RGP Funktion", + "body": "Die RGP Funktion ist eine statistische Funktion. Die Funktion RGP berechnet die Statistik für eine Linie nach der Methode der kleinsten Quadrate, um eine gerade Linie zu berechnen, die am besten an die Daten angepasst ist, und gibt dann ein Array zurück, das die Linie beschreibt; Da diese Funktion ein Array von Werten zurückgibt, muss die Formel als Arrayformel eingegeben werden. Die Syntax für die RGP Funktion ist: RGP( Y_Werte, [X_Werte], [Konstante], [Stats] ) Die Argumente: Y_Werte sind die bekannten y Werte in der Gleichung y = mx + b. Dieses Argument ist erforderlich. X_Werte sind die bekannten x Werte in der Gleichung y = mx + b. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt dieses Argument, werden X_Werte wie Arrays {1,2,3,...} angezeigt, die Anzahl der Werte ist dem Anzahlt der Y_Werten ähnlich. Konstante ist ein logischer Wert, der angibt, ob b den Wert 0 annehmen soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wenn dieses Argument mit WAHR belegt oder nicht angegeben ist, wird b normal berechnet. Wenn dieses Argument mit FALSCH belegt ist, wird b gleich 0 festgelegt. Stats ist ein logischer Wert, der angibt, ob zusätzliche Regressionskenngrößen zurückgegeben werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wenn dieses Argument mit WAHR belegt ist, gibt die Funktion die zusatzlichen Regressionskenngrößen zurück. Wenn dieses Argument mit FALSCH belegt oder nicht angegeben ist, gibt die Funktion keine zusatzlichen Regressionskenngrößen zurück. Um die Funktion RGP zu verwenden, wählen Sie die Zelle für das Ergebnis aus, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Funktion eingeben in der oberen Symbolleiste, oder klicken Sie die ausgewählte Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Funktion eingeben aus dem Menü, oder klicken Sie die Schaltfläche in der Registerkarte Formel, wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistik aus, klicken Sie die Funktion RGP an, geben Sie die Argumente mit Kommas getrennt ein oder wählen Sie die Zellen per Maus aus, drucken Sie die Eingabetaste. Der erste Wert des Arrays wird in der ausgewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, { "id": "Functions/ln.htm", "title": "LN-Funktion", @@ -1300,6 +1340,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "TEIL/TEILB-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktionen TEIL/TEILB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt auf der Grundlage der angegebenen Anzahl von Zeichen/Bytes eine bestimmte Anzahl von Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge ab der von Ihnen angegebenen Position zurück. Die Funktion TEIL ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während TEILB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TEIL/TEILB ist: TEIL(Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Zeichen) TEILB(Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Byte) Dabei gilt: Text ist die Zeichenfolge mit den Zeichen, die Sie extrahieren möchten. Erstes_Zeichen ist die Position des ersten Zeichens, das Sie aus dem Text extrahieren möchten. Anzahl_Zeichen gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen an, die von der Funktion extrahiert werden sollen. Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion TEIL/TEILB. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Anwendung der Funktion TEIL/TEILB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, + { + "id": "Functions/midb.htm", + "title": "TEIL/TEILB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktionen TEIL/TEILB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt auf der Grundlage der angegebenen Anzahl von Zeichen/Bytes eine bestimmte Anzahl von Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge ab der von Ihnen angegebenen Position zurück. Die Funktion TEIL ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während TEILB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TEIL/TEILB ist: TEIL(Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Zeichen) TEILB(Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Byte) Dabei gilt: Text ist die Zeichenfolge mit den Zeichen, die Sie extrahieren möchten. Erstes_Zeichen ist die Position des ersten Zeichens, das Sie aus dem Text extrahieren möchten. Anzahl_Zeichen gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen an, die von der Funktion extrahiert werden sollen. Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion TEIL/TEILB. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Anwendung der Funktion TEIL/TEILB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, { "id": "Functions/min.htm", "title": "MIN-Funktion", @@ -1705,6 +1750,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie ersetzt eine Zeichenfolge, basierend auf der Anzahl der Zeichen und der angegebenen Startposition, durch eine neue Zeichengruppe. Die Funktion ERSETZEN ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während ERSETZENB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB ist: ERSETZEN(Alter_Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Zeichen;Neuer_Text) ERSETZENB(Alter_Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Zeichen;Neuer_Text) Dabei gilt: Alter_Text ist der Text, in dem Sie eine Anzahl von Zeichen ersetzen möchten. Erstes_Zeichen ist die Position des Zeichens, an der mit dem Ersetzen begonnen werden soll. Anzahl_Zeichen ist die Anzahl der Zeichen in die ersetzt werden sollen. Neuer_Text ist der Ersatztext. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Funktion ERSETZEN oder ERSETZENB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.Hinweis: die Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB unterscheiden zwischen Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, + { + "id": "Functions/replaceb.htm", + "title": "ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie ersetzt eine Zeichenfolge, basierend auf der Anzahl der Zeichen und der angegebenen Startposition, durch eine neue Zeichengruppe. Die Funktion ERSETZEN ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während ERSETZENB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB ist: ERSETZEN(Alter_Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Zeichen;Neuer_Text) ERSETZENB(Alter_Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Zeichen;Neuer_Text) Dabei gilt: Alter_Text ist der Text, in dem Sie eine Anzahl von Zeichen ersetzen möchten. Erstes_Zeichen ist die Position des Zeichens, an der mit dem Ersetzen begonnen werden soll. Anzahl_Zeichen ist die Anzahl der Zeichen in die ersetzt werden sollen. Neuer_Text ist der Ersatztext. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Funktion ERSETZEN oder ERSETZENB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.Hinweis: die Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB unterscheiden zwischen Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, { "id": "Functions/rept.htm", "title": "WIEDERHOLEN-Funktion", @@ -1715,6 +1765,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "RECHTS/RECHTSB-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktionen RECHTS, RECHTSB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie extrahieren eine Teilzeichenfolge aus einer Zeichenfolge, beginnend mit dem Zeichen ganz rechts, basierend auf der angegebenen Anzahl von Zeichen. Die Funktion RECHTS ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während RECHTSB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktionen RECHTS, RECHTSB ist: RECHTS(Text;[Anzahl_Zeichen]) RECHTSB(Text;[Anzahl_Zeichen]) Dabei gilt: Text ist die Zeichenfolge mit den Zeichen, die Sie extrahieren möchten. Anzahl_Zeichen gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen an, die von der Funktion extrahiert werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird an dieser Stelle kein Argument eingegeben, wird es als 1 angenommen. Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktionen RECHTS, RECHTSB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Funktion RECHTS oder RECHTSB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, + { + "id": "Functions/rightb.htm", + "title": "RECHTS/RECHTSB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktionen RECHTS, RECHTSB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie extrahieren eine Teilzeichenfolge aus einer Zeichenfolge, beginnend mit dem Zeichen ganz rechts, basierend auf der angegebenen Anzahl von Zeichen. Die Funktion RECHTS ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während RECHTSB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktionen RECHTS, RECHTSB ist: RECHTS(Text;[Anzahl_Zeichen]) RECHTSB(Text;[Anzahl_Zeichen]) Dabei gilt: Text ist die Zeichenfolge mit den Zeichen, die Sie extrahieren möchten. Anzahl_Zeichen gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen an, die von der Funktion extrahiert werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird an dieser Stelle kein Argument eingegeben, wird es als 1 angenommen. Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktionen RECHTS, RECHTSB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Funktion RECHTS oder RECHTSB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, { "id": "Functions/roman.htm", "title": "RÖMISCH-Funktion", @@ -1760,6 +1815,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "SUCHEN/SUCHENB-Funktion", "body": "Die Funktionen SUCHEN/SUCHENB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie werden verwendet, um einen in einem anderen Textwert enthaltenen Textwert (Groß-/Kleinschreibung wird nicht beachtet) zu suchen. Die Funktion SUCHEN ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während SUCHENB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUCHEN/SUCHENB ist: SUCHEN(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen]) SUCHENB(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen]) Dabei gilt: Suchtext ist der gesuchte Text. Text ist der Text indem nach dem Argument Suchtext gesucht werden soll. Erstes Zeichen ist die Nummer des Zeichens im Argument Text, ab der die Suche durchgeführt werde soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Erstes_Zeichen, wird es als 1 angenommen und die Funktion startet die Suche am Anfang von Text. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Wird der in Suchtext angegebene Wert nicht gefunden, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion SUCHEN/SUCHENB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUCHEN/SUCHENB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.Hinweis: die Funktionen SUCHEN und SUCHENB unterscheiden NICHT zwischen Groß- und Kleinschreibung. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." }, + { + "id": "Functions/searchb.htm", + "title": "SUCHEN/SUCHENB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktionen SUCHEN/SUCHENB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie werden verwendet, um einen in einem anderen Textwert enthaltenen Textwert (Groß-/Kleinschreibung wird nicht beachtet) zu suchen. Die Funktion SUCHEN ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während SUCHENB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUCHEN/SUCHENB ist: SUCHEN(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen]) SUCHENB(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen]) Dabei gilt: Suchtext ist der gesuchte Text. Text ist der Text indem nach dem Argument Suchtext gesucht werden soll. Erstes Zeichen ist die Nummer des Zeichens im Argument Text, ab der die Suche durchgeführt werde soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Erstes_Zeichen, wird es als 1 angenommen und die Funktion startet die Suche am Anfang von Text. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Wird der in Suchtext angegebene Wert nicht gefunden, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion SUCHEN/SUCHENB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUCHEN/SUCHENB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.Hinweis: die Funktionen SUCHEN und SUCHENB unterscheiden NICHT zwischen Groß- und Kleinschreibung. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, { "id": "Functions/sec.htm", "title": "SEC-Funktion", @@ -2213,92 +2273,112 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "Über den Kalkulationstabelleneditor", - "body": "Der Tabellenkalkulationseditor ist eine Online-Anwendung , mit der Sie Ihre Kalkulationstabellen direkt in Ihrem Browser betrachten und bearbeiten können. Mit dem Tabellenkalkulationseditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Tabellenkalkulationen unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als XLSX-, PDF-, ODS- oder CSV-Dateien speichern. Wenn Sie mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste." + "body": "Der Tabellenkalkulationseditor ist eine Online-Anwendung , mit der Sie Ihre Kalkulationstabellen direkt in Ihrem Browser betrachten und bearbeiten können. Mit dem Tabellenkalkulationseditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Tabellenkalkulationen unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als XLSX-, PDF-, ODS-, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A- oder OTS-Dateien speichern. Wenn Sie in der Online-Version mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste. Wenn Sie in der Desktop-Version mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, wählen Sie das Menü Über in der linken Seitenleiste des Hauptfensters." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Erweiterte Einstellungen des Kalkulationstabelleneditors", - "body": "Über die Funktion erweiterte Einstellungen können Sie die Grundeinstellungen im Kalkulationstabelleneditor ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen.... Sie können auch auf das Symbol Einstellungen anzeigen rechts neben der Kopfzeile des Editors klicken und die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen auswählen. Die erweiterten Einstellungen sind: Kommentaranzeige - zum Ein-/Ausschalten der Option Live-Kommentar: Anzeige von Kommentaren aktivieren - wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren, werden die kommentierten Zellen nur hervorgehoben, wenn Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol Kommentare klicken. Anzeige der aufgelösten Kommentare aktivieren - diese Funktion ist standardmäßig deaktiviert, sodass die aufgelösten Kommentare im Arbeitsblatt verborgen werden. Sie können diese Kommentare nur ansehen, wenn Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol Kommentare klicken. Wenn die aufgelösten Kommentare auf dem Arbeitsblatt angezeigt werden sollen, müssen Sie diese Option aktivieren. AutoSave - automatisches Speichern von Änderungen während der Bearbeitung ein-/ausschalten. Der Referenzstil wird verwendet, um den R1C1-Referenzstil ein- oder auszuschalten Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt und es wird der Referenzstil A1 verwendet.Wenn der Referenzstil A1 verwendet wird, werden Spalten durch Buchstaben und Zeilen durch Zahlen gekennzeichnet. Wenn Sie die Zelle in Zeile 3 und Spalte 2 auswählen, sieht die Adresse in der Box links neben der Formelleiste folgendermaßen aus: B3. Wenn der Referenzstil R1C1 verwendet wird, werden sowohl Spalten als auch Zeilen durch Zahlen gekennzeichnet. Wenn Sie die Zelle am Schnittpunkt von Zeile 3 und Spalte 2 auswählen, sieht die Adresse folgendermaßen aus: R3C2. Buchstabe R gibt die Zeilennummer und Buchstabe C die Spaltennummer an. Wenn Sie sich auf andere Zellen mit dem Referenzstil R1C1 beziehen, wird der Verweis auf eine Zielzelle basierend auf der Entfernung von einer aktiven Zelle gebildet. Wenn Sie beispielsweise die Zelle in Zeile 5 und Spalte 1 auswählen und auf die Zelle in Zeile 3 und Spalte 2 verweisen, lautet der Bezug R[-2]C[1]. Zahlen in eckigen Klammern geben die Position der Zelle an, auf die Sie in Relation mit der aktuellen Zellenposition verweisen, d. h. die Zielzelle ist 2 Zeilen höher und 1 Spalte weiter rechts als die aktive Zelle. Wenn Sie die Zelle in Zeile 1 und Spalte 2 auswählen und auf die gleiche Zelle in Zeile 3 und Spalte 2 verweisen, lautet der Bezug R[2]C, d. h. die Zielzelle ist 2 Zeilen tiefer aber in der gleichen Spalte wie die aktive Zelle. Co-Bearbeitung - Anzeige der während der Co-Bearbeitung vorgenommenen Änderungen: Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Benutzer, die das Dokuments gemeinsam bearbeiten, sehen die Änderungen in Echtzeit, sobald sie von anderen Benutzern vorgenommen wurden. Wenn Sie die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern nicht einsehen möchten (um Störungen zu vermeiden oder aus einem anderen Grund), wählen Sie den Modus Strikt und alle Änderungen werden erst angezeigt, nachdem Sie auf das Symbol Speichern geklickt haben, dass Sie darüber informiert, dass Änderungen von anderen Benutzern vorliegen. Standard-Zoomwert - Einrichten des Standard-Zoomwerts aus der Liste der verfügbaren Optionen von 50 % bis 200 %. Hinting - Auswahl der Schriftartdarstellung im Tabelleneditor: Wählen Sie Wie Windows, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten unter Windows gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. mit Windows-artigen Hints. Wählen Sie Wie OS X, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten auf einem Mac gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. ohne Hints. Wählen Sie Eingebettet, wenn Sie möchten, dass Ihr Text mit den Hints angezeigt wird, die in Schriftartdateien eingebettet sind. Maßeinheiten - geben Sie an, welche Einheiten verwendet werden, um Elemente wie Breite, Höhe, Abstand, Ränder usw. anzugeben. Sie können die Optionen Zentimeter, Punkt oder Zoll wählen. Formelsprache - Sprache für die Anzeige und Eingabe von Formelnamen festlegen. Regionale Einstellungen - Standardanzeigeformat für Währung und Datum und Uhrzeit auswählen. Um die vorgenommenen Änderungen zu speichern, klicken Sie auf Übernehmen." + "body": "Über die Funktion erweiterte Einstellungen können Sie die Grundeinstellungen im Kalkulationstabelleneditor ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen.... Sie können auch auf das Symbol Einstellungen anzeigen rechts neben der Kopfzeile des Editors klicken und die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen auswählen. Die erweiterten Einstellungen sind: Kommentaranzeige - zum Ein-/Ausschalten der Option Live-Kommentar: Anzeige von Kommentaren aktivieren - wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren, werden die kommentierten Zellen nur hervorgehoben, wenn Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol Kommentare klicken. Anzeige der aufgelösten Kommentare aktivieren - diese Funktion ist standardmäßig deaktiviert, sodass die aufgelösten Kommentare im Arbeitsblatt verborgen werden. Sie können diese Kommentare nur ansehen, wenn Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol Kommentare klicken. Wenn die aufgelösten Kommentare auf dem Arbeitsblatt angezeigt werden sollen, müssen Sie diese Option aktivieren. Über AutoSpeichern können Sie in der Online-Version die Funktion zum automatischen Speichern von Änderungen während der Bearbeitung ein-/ausschalten. Über Wiederherstellen können Sie in der Desktop-Version die Funktion zum automatischen Wiederherstellen von Dokumenten für den Fall eines unerwarteten Programmabsturzes ein-/ausschalten. Der Referenzstil wird verwendet, um den R1C1-Referenzstil ein- oder auszuschalten Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt und es wird der Referenzstil A1 verwendet.Wenn der Referenzstil A1 verwendet wird, werden Spalten durch Buchstaben und Zeilen durch Zahlen gekennzeichnet. Wenn Sie die Zelle in Zeile 3 und Spalte 2 auswählen, sieht die Adresse in der Box links neben der Formelleiste folgendermaßen aus: B3. Wenn der Referenzstil R1C1 verwendet wird, werden sowohl Spalten als auch Zeilen durch Zahlen gekennzeichnet. Wenn Sie die Zelle am Schnittpunkt von Zeile 3 und Spalte 2 auswählen, sieht die Adresse folgendermaßen aus: R3C2. Buchstabe R gibt die Zeilennummer und Buchstabe C die Spaltennummer an. Wenn Sie sich auf andere Zellen mit dem Referenzstil R1C1 beziehen, wird der Verweis auf eine Zielzelle basierend auf der Entfernung von einer aktiven Zelle gebildet. Wenn Sie beispielsweise die Zelle in Zeile 5 und Spalte 1 auswählen und auf die Zelle in Zeile 3 und Spalte 2 verweisen, lautet der Bezug R[-2]C[1]. Zahlen in eckigen Klammern geben die Position der Zelle an, auf die Sie in Relation mit der aktuellen Zellenposition verweisen, d. h. die Zielzelle ist 2 Zeilen höher und 1 Spalte weiter rechts als die aktive Zelle. Wenn Sie die Zelle in Zeile 1 und Spalte 2 auswählen und auf die gleiche Zelle in Zeile 3 und Spalte 2 verweisen, lautet der Bezug R[2]C, d. h. die Zielzelle ist 2 Zeilen tiefer aber in der gleichen Spalte wie die aktive Zelle. Co-Bearbeitung - Anzeige der während der Co-Bearbeitung vorgenommenen Änderungen: Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Benutzer, die das Dokuments gemeinsam bearbeiten, sehen die Änderungen in Echtzeit, sobald sie von anderen Benutzern vorgenommen wurden. Wenn Sie die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern nicht einsehen möchten (um Störungen zu vermeiden oder aus einem anderen Grund), wählen Sie den Modus Strikt und alle Änderungen werden erst angezeigt, nachdem Sie auf das Symbol Speichern geklickt haben, dass Sie darüber informiert, dass Änderungen von anderen Benutzern vorliegen. Standard-Zoomwert - Einrichten des Standard-Zoomwerts aus der Liste der verfügbaren Optionen von 50 % bis 200 %. Hinting - Auswahl der Schriftartdarstellung im Tabelleneditor: Wählen Sie Wie Windows, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten unter Windows gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. mit Windows-artigen Hints. Wählen Sie Wie OS X, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten auf einem Mac gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. ohne Hints. Wählen Sie Eingebettet, wenn Sie möchten, dass Ihr Text mit den Hints angezeigt wird, die in Schriftartdateien eingebettet sind. Maßeinheiten - geben Sie an, welche Einheiten verwendet werden, um Elemente wie Breite, Höhe, Abstand, Ränder usw. anzugeben. Sie können die Optionen Zentimeter, Punkt oder Zoll wählen. Formelsprache - Sprache für die Anzeige und Eingabe von Formelnamen festlegen. Regionale Einstellungen - Standardanzeigeformat für Währung und Datum und Uhrzeit auswählen. Um die vorgenommenen Änderungen zu speichern, klicken Sie auf Übernehmen." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Gemeinsame Bearbeitung von Kalkulationstabellen", - "body": "Im Kalkulationstabelleneditor haben Sie die Möglichkeit, gemeinsam mit anderen Nutzern an einer Tabelle zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion umfasst: Gleichzeitiger Zugriff von mehreren Benutzern auf eine Tabelle. Visuelle Markierung von Zellen, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden. Anzeige von Änderungen in Echtzeit oder Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick. Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten im Tabellenblatt. Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen. Co-Bearbeitung Im Kalkulationstabelleneditor stehen die folgenden Modi für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung. Wenn eine Tabelle im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Zellen sowie das jeweilige Blattregister mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Zellen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Zelle aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben. Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die in der aktuellen Tabelle arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - . Wenn Sie sehen möchten wer die Datei aktuell bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält. Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: - über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus der Tabelle auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol , um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige der Tabelle beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen. Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der oberen linken Ecke eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf . Chat Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Teil der Tabelle Sie aktuell bearbeiten usw. Die Chat-Nachrichten werden nur während einer aktiven Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Inhalt der Tabelle zu besprechen, ist es besser die Kommentarfunktion zu verwenden, da Kommentare bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden. Chat nutzen und Nachrichten für andere Benutzer erstellen: Klicken Sie im linken Seitenbereich auf das Symbol oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Chat. Geben Sie Ihren Text in das entsprechende Feld unten ein. klicken Sie auf Senden. Alle Nachrichten, die von Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden links in der Leiste angezeigt. Liegen ungelesene neue Nachrichten vor, sieht das Chat-Symbol wie folgt aus - . Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol. Kommentare Einen Kommentar hinterlassen: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, die Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem beinhaltet. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf Kommentare oder nutzen Sie das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste, um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein. Klicken Sie auf Kommentar hinzufügen/Hinzufügen. Der Kommentar wird im linken Seitenbereich angezeigt. In der oberen rechten Ecke der kommentierten Zelle wird ein orangefarbenes Dreieck angezeigt. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Live-Kommentare einblenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Zellen nur markiert, wenn Sie auf klicken. Zur Anzeige des Kommentars, klicken Sie einfach in die jeweilige Zelle. Alle Nutzer können nun auf den hinzugefügten Kommentar antworten, Fragen stellen oder über die durchgeführten Aktionen berichten. Klicken Sie dazu einfach in das Feld Antworten, direkt unter dem Kommentar. Hinzugefügte Kommentare verwalten: bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf die Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf , wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf . Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Gelöste Kommentare einblenden, klicken Sie anschließend auf Anwenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, wenn Sie auf klicken. Wenn Sie im Modus Strikt arbeiten, werden neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, erst eingeblendet, wenn Sie in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf geklickt haben. Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf ." + "body": "Im Kalkulationstabelleneditor haben Sie die Möglichkeit, gemeinsam mit anderen Nutzern an einer Tabelle zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion umfasst: Gleichzeitiger Zugriff von mehreren Benutzern auf eine Tabelle. Visuelle Markierung von Zellen, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden. Anzeige von Änderungen in Echtzeit oder Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick. Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten im Tabellenblatt. Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen (es ist auch möglich, im Offline-Modus mit Kommentaren zu arbeiten, ohne eine Verbindung zur Online-Version herzustellen). Verbindung mit der Online-Version herstellen Öffnen Sie im Desktop-Editor die Option mit Cloud verbinden in der linken Seitenleiste des Hauptprogrammfensters. Geben Sie Ihren Anmeldenamen und Ihr Passwort an und stellen Sie eine Verbindung zu Ihrem Cloud Office her. Co-Bearbeitung Im Kalkulationstabelleneditor stehen die folgenden Modi für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung. Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Kalkulationstabelle im Modus Schnell gemeinsam bearbeiten, ist die Option letzten Vorgang Rückgängig machen/Wiederholen nicht verfügbar. Wenn eine Tabelle im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Zellen sowie das jeweilige Blattregister mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Zellen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Zelle aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben. Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die in der aktuellen Tabelle arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - . Wenn Sie sehen möchten wer die Datei aktuell bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält. Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus der Tabelle auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Kommentieren der Tabelle erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol , um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige der Tabelle beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen. Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der oberen linken Ecke eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf . Chat Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Teil der Tabelle Sie aktuell bearbeiten usw. Die Chat-Nachrichten werden nur während einer aktiven Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Inhalt der Tabelle zu besprechen, ist es besser die Kommentarfunktion zu verwenden, da Kommentare bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden. Chat nutzen und Nachrichten für andere Benutzer erstellen: Klicken Sie im linken Seitenbereich auf das Symbol oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Chat. Geben Sie Ihren Text in das entsprechende Feld unten ein. klicken Sie auf Senden. Alle Nachrichten, die von Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden links in der Leiste angezeigt. Liegen ungelesene neue Nachrichten vor, sieht das Chat-Symbol wie folgt aus - . Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol. Kommentare Es ist möglich, im Offline-Modus mit Kommentaren zu arbeiten, ohne eine Verbindung zur Online-Version herzustellen). Einen Kommentar hinterlassen: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, die Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem beinhaltet. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf Kommentare oder nutzen Sie das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste, um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein. Klicken Sie auf Kommentar hinzufügen/Hinzufügen. Der Kommentar wird im linken Seitenbereich angezeigt. In der oberen rechten Ecke der kommentierten Zelle wird ein orangefarbenes Dreieck angezeigt. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Live-Kommentare einblenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Zellen nur markiert, wenn Sie auf klicken. Zur Anzeige des Kommentars, klicken Sie einfach in die jeweilige Zelle. Alle Nutzer können nun auf den hinzugefügten Kommentar antworten, Fragen stellen oder über die durchgeführten Aktionen berichten. Klicken Sie dazu einfach in das Feld Antworten, direkt unter dem Kommentar. Hinzugefügte Kommentare verwalten: bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf , wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf . Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Gelöste Kommentare einblenden, klicken Sie anschließend auf Anwenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, wenn Sie auf klicken. Wenn Sie im Modus Strikt arbeiten, werden neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, erst eingeblendet, wenn Sie in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf geklickt haben. Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf ." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Tastenkombinationen", - "body": "Kalkulationstabelle bearbeiten Dateimenü öffnen ALT+F Über das Dateimenü können Sie die aktuelle Tabelle speichern, drucken, herunterladen, Informationen einsehen, eine neue Tabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen, auf die Hilfefunktion zugreifen oder die erweiterten Einstellungen öffnen. Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen öffnen STRG+F Im Fenster Suchen und Ersetzen können Sie nach einer Zelle mit den gewünschten Zeichen suchen. Dialogbox „Suchen und Ersetzen“, Funktion Ersetzen. STRG+H Öffnen Sie das Fenster Suchen und Ersetzen, um ein oder mehrere Ergebnisse der gefundenen Zeichen zu ersetzen. Kommentarleiste öffnen STRG+UMSCHALT+H Über die Kommentarleiste können Sie Kommentare hinzufügen oder auf bestehende Kommentare antworten. Kommentarfeld öffnen ALT+H Ein Textfeld zum Eingeben eines Kommentars öffnen. Chatleiste öffnen ALT+Q Chatleiste öffnen, um eine Nachricht zu senden. Tabelle speichern STRG+S Alle Änderungen in der aktuell mit dem Tabelleneditor bearbeiteten Tabelle werden gespeichert. Tabelle drucken STRG+P Tabelle mit einem verfügbaren Drucker ausdrucken oder speichern als Datei. Herunterladen als... STRG+UMSCHALT+S Über das Menü Herunterladen als können Sie die aktuelle Tabelle in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte speichern: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV. Vollbild F11 Der Tabelleneditor wird an Ihren Bildschirm angepasst und im Vollbildmodus ausgeführt. Hilfemenü F1 Das Hilfemenü wird geöffnet. Navigation Zum Anfang einer Zeile springen POS1 Markiert die A-Spalte der aktuellen Zeile. Zum Anfang der Tabelle springen STRG+POS1 Markiert die A1-Zelle. Zum Ende der Zeile springen Ende oder STRG+Rechts Markiert die letzte Zelle der aktuellen Zeile. Zum Ende der Tabelle wechseln STRG+ENDE Markiert die Zelle am unteren rechten Ende der Tabelle. Befindet sich der Cursor in einer Formel wird der Cursor am Ende des Texts positioniert. Zum vorherigen Blatt übergehen ALT+BILD oben Zum vorherigen Blatt in der Tabelle übergehen. Zum nächsten Blatt übergehen ALT+BILD unten Zum nächsten Blatt in der Tabelle übergehen. Eine Reihe nach oben Pfeil nach oben Markiert die Zelle über der aktuellen Zelle in derselben Spalte. Eine Reihe nach unten Pfeil nach unten Markiert die Zelle unter der aktuellen Zelle in derselben Spalte. Eine Spalte nach links Pfeil nach links oder Tab Markiert die vorherige Zelle der aktuellen Reihe. Eine Spalte nach rechts Pfeil nach rechts oder Tab+Umschalt Markiert die nächste Zelle der aktuellen Reihe. Datenauswahl Alles auswählen Strg+A oder Strg+Umschalt+Leertaste Das ganze Blatt wird ausgewählt. Spalte wählen STRG+LEERTASTE Eine ganze Spalte im Arbeitsblatt auswählen. Zeile wählen Umschalt+Leertaste Eine ganze Reihe im Arbeitsblatt auswählen. Fragment wählen UMSCHALT+Pfeil Zelle für Zelle auswählen. Ab Cursorposition zum Anfang der Zeile wählen UMSCHALT+POS1 Einen Abschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Anfang der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Ab Cursorposition zum Ende der Zeile UMSCHALT+ENDE Einen Abschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Ende der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Auswahl zum Anfang des Arbeitsblatts erweitern STRG+UMSCHALT+POS1 Einen Abschnitt von der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle bis zum Anfang des Blatts auswählen. Auswahl bis auf die letzte aktive Zelle erweitern STRG+UMSCHALT+ENDE Einen Abschnitt von der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle bis zur letzen aktiven Zelle auswählen. Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen Rückgängig machen STRG+Z Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird rückgängig gemacht. Wiederholen STRG+Y Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird wiederholt. Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen Ausschneiden STRG+X, UMSCHALT+ENTF Das gewählte Objekt wird ausgeschnitten und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in dasselbe Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden. Kopieren STRG+C, STRG+EINFG Die gewählten Daten werden kopiert und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Die kopierten Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in dasselbe Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden. Einfügen STRG+V, UMSCHALT+EINFG Die zuvor kopierten Daten werden aus der Zwischenablage des Rechners an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Die Daten können zuvor aus derselben Tabelle, einer anderen Tabelle bzw. einem anderen Programm, kopiert worden sein. Datenformatierung Fett STRG+B Zuweisung der Formatierung Fett bzw. Formatierung Fett entfernen im gewählten Textfragment. Kursiv STRG+I Zuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv, der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorgehoben. Unterstrichen STRG+U Zuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv, der gewählte Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Durchgestrichen STRG+5 Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie durchgestrichen. Hyperlink hinzufügen STRG+K Ein Hyperlink zu einer externen Website oder einem anderen Arbeitsblatt wird eingefügt. Datenfilterung Filter aktivieren/entfernen STRG+UMSCHALT+L Für einen ausgewählten Zellbereich wird ein Filter eingerichtet, bzw. entfernt. Wie Tabellenvorlage formatieren STRG+L Eine Tabellenvorlage auf einen gewählte Zellenbereich anwenden Dateneingabe Zelleintrag abschließen und in der Tabelle nach unten bewegen. Eingabetaste Die Eingabe der Zeichen in die Zelle oder Formelleiste wird abgeschlossen und die Eingabemarke wandert abwärts in die nachfolgende Zelle. Zelleintrag abschließen und in der Tabelle nach oben bewegen. UMSCHALT+Eingabetaste Die Eingabe der Zeichen in die Zelle wird abgeschlossen und die Eingabemarke wandert aufwärts in die vorherige Zelle. Neue Zeile beginnen ALT+Eingabetaste Eine neue Zeile in derselben Zelle beginnen. Abbrechen ESC Die Eingabe in die gewählte Zelle oder Formelleiste wird abgebrochen. Nach links entfernen Rücktaste Wenn der Bearbeitungsmodus für die Zellen aktiviert ist, wird in der Bearbeitungsleiste oder in der ausgewählten Zelle immer das nächste Zeichen nach links entfernt. Nach rechts entfernen ENTF Wenn der Bearbeitungsmodus für die Zellen aktiviert ist, wird in der Bearbeitungsleiste oder in der ausgewählten Zelle immer das nächste Zeichen nach rechts entfernt. Zelleninhalt entfernen ENTF Der Inhalt der ausgewählten Zellen (Daten und Formeln) wird gelöscht, Zellformatierungen und Kommentare werden davon nicht berührt. Funktionen SUMME-Funktion Alt+'=' Die Funktion SUMME wird in die gewählte Zelle eingefügt. Objekte ändern Bewegung in 1-Pixel-Stufen STRG Halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und nutzen Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur, um das gewählte Objekt jeweils um ein Pixel zu verschieben." + "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Kalkulationstabelle bearbeiten Dateimenü öffnen ALT+F ⌥ Option+F Über das Dateimenü können Sie die aktuelle Tabelle speichern, drucken, herunterladen, Informationen einsehen, eine neue Tabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen, auf die Hilfefunktion zugreifen oder die erweiterten Einstellungen öffnen. Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen öffnen STRG+F ^ STRG+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Das Dialogfeld Suchen und Ersetzen wird geöffnet. Hier können Sie nach einer Zelle mit den gewünschten Zeichen suchen. Dialogbox „Suchen und Ersetzen“ mit dem Ersetzungsfeld öffnen STRG+H ^ STRG+H Öffnen Sie das Fenster Suchen und Ersetzen, um ein oder mehrere Ergebnisse der gefundenen Zeichen zu ersetzen. Kommentarleiste öffnen STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+H ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+H Über die Kommentarleiste können Sie Kommentare hinzufügen oder auf bestehende Kommentare antworten. Kommentarfeld öffnen ALT+H ⌥ Option+H Ein Textfeld zum Eingeben eines Kommentars öffnen. Chatleiste öffnen ALT+Q ⌥ Option+Q Chatleiste öffnen, um eine Nachricht zu senden. Tabelle speichern STRG+S ^ STRG+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Alle Änderungen in der aktuell mit dem Tabelleneditor bearbeiteten Tabelle werden gespeichert. Die aktive Datei wird mit dem aktuellen Dateinamen, Speicherort und Dateiformat gespeichert. Tabelle drucken STRG+P ^ STRG+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Tabelle mit einem verfügbaren Drucker ausdrucken oder speichern als Datei. Herunterladen als... STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+S ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+S Öffnen Sie das Menü Herunterladen als..., um die aktuell bearbeitete Tabelle in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte zu speichern: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Vollbild F11 Der Tabelleneditor wird an Ihren Bildschirm angepasst und im Vollbildmodus ausgeführt. Hilfemenü F1 F1 Das Hilfemenü wird geöffnet. Vorhandene Datei öffnen (Desktop-Editoren) STRG+O Auf der Registerkarte Lokale Datei öffnen unter Desktop-Editoren wird das Standarddialogfeld geöffnet, in dem Sie eine vorhandene Datei auswählen können. Datei schließen (Desktop-Editoren) STRG+W, STRG+F4 ^ STRG+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Das aktuelle Tabellenfenster in Desktop-Editoren schließen. Element-Kontextmenü ⇧ UMSCHALT+F10 ⇧ UMSCHALT+F10 Öffnen des ausgewählten Element-Kontextmenüs. Navigation Eine Zelle nach oben, unten links oder rechts ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Eine Zelle über/unter der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle oder links/rechts davon skizzieren. Zum Rand des aktuellen Datenbereichs springen STRG+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Eine Zelle am Rand des aktuellen Datenbereichs in einem Arbeitsblatt skizzieren. Zum Anfang einer Zeile springen POS1 POS1 Eine Zelle in Spalte A der aktuellen Zeile skizzieren. Zum Anfang der Tabelle springen STRG+POS1 ^ STRG+POS1 Zelle A1 skizzieren. Zum Ende der Zeile springen ENDE, STRG+→ ENDE, ⌘ Cmd+→ Markiert die letzte Zelle der aktuellen Zeile. Zum Ende der Tabelle wechseln STRG+ENDE ^ STRG+ENDE Markiert die Zelle am unteren rechten Ende der Tabelle. Befindet sich der Cursor in der Bearbeitungsleiste wird der Cursor am Ende des Texts positioniert. Zum vorherigen Blatt übergehen ALT+BILD oben ⌥ Option+BILD oben Zum vorherigen Blatt in der Tabelle übergehen. Zum nächsten Blatt übergehen ALT+BILD unten ⌥ Option+BILD unten Zum nächsten Blatt in der Tabelle übergehen. Eine Reihe nach oben ↑, ⇧ UMSCHALT+↵ Eingabetaste ⇧ UMSCHALT+↵ Zurück Markiert die Zelle über der aktuellen Zelle in derselben Spalte. Eine Reihe nach unten ↓, ↵ Eingabetaste ↵ Zurück Markiert die Zelle unter der aktuellen Zelle in derselben Spalte. Eine Spalte nach links ←, ⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab ←, ⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab Markiert die vorherige Zelle der aktuellen Reihe. Eine Spalte nach rechts →, ↹ Tab →, ↹ Tab Markiert die nächste Zelle der aktuellen Reihe. Einen Bildschirm nach unten BILD unten BILD unten Im aktuellen Arbeitsblatt einen Bildschirm nach unten wechseln. Einen Bildschirm nach oben BILD oben BILD oben Im aktuellen Arbeitsblatt einen Bildschirm nach oben wechseln. Vergrößern STRG++ ^ STRG+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Die Ansicht der aktuellen Tabelle wird vergrößert. Verkleinern STRG+- ^ STRG+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Die Ansicht der aktuelle bearbeiteten Tabelle wird verkleinert. Datenauswahl Alles auswählen STRG+A, STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+␣ Leertaste ⌘ Cmd+A Das ganze Blatt wird ausgewählt. Spalte auswählen STRG+␣ Leertaste ^ STRG+␣ Leertaste Eine ganze Spalte im Arbeitsblatt auswählen. Zeile auswählen ⇧ UMSCHALT+␣ Leertaste ⇧ UMSCHALT+␣ Leertaste Eine ganze Reihe im Arbeitsblatt auswählen. Fragment wählen ⇧ UMSCHALT+→ ← ⇧ UMSCHALT+→ ← Zelle für Zelle auswählen. Ab Cursorposition zum Anfang der Zeile auswählen ⇧ UMSCHALT+POS1 ⇧ UMSCHALT+POS1 Einen Abschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Anfang der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Ab Cursorposition zum Ende der Zeile ⇧ UMSCHALT+ENDE ⇧ UMSCHALT+ENDE Einen Abschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Ende der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Auswahl zum Anfang des Arbeitsblatts erweitern STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+POS1 ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+POS1 Einen Abschnitt von der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle bis zum Anfang des Blatts auswählen. Auswahl bis auf die letzte aktive Zelle erweitern STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+ENDE ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+ENDE Ein Fragment aus den aktuell ausgewählten Zellen bis zur zuletzt verwendeten Zelle im Arbeitsblatt auswählen (in der untersten Zeile mit Daten in der Spalte ganz rechts mit Daten). Befindet sich der Cursor in der Bearbeitungsleiste, wird der gesamte Text in der Bearbeitungsleistevon der Cursorposition bis zum Ende ausgewählt, ohne dass sich dies auf die Höhe der Bearbeitungsleiste auswirkt. Eine Zelle nach links auswählen ⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab ⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab Eine Zelle nach links in einer Tabelle auswählen. Eine Zelle nach rechts auswählen ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Eine Zelle nach rechts in einer Tabelle auswählen. Auswahl bis auf die letzte nicht leere Zelle nach rechts erweitern ⇧ UMSCHALT+ALT+ENDE, STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+→ ⇧ UMSCHALT+⌥ Option+ENDE Auswahl bis auf die letzte nicht leere Zelle in derselben Zeile rechts von der aktiven Zelle erweitern. Ist die nächste Zelle leer, wird die Auswahl auf die nächste nicht leere Zelle erweitert. Auswahl bis auf die letzte nicht leere Zelle nach links erweitern ⇧ UMSCHALT+ALT+POS1, STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+← ⇧ UMSCHALT+⌥ Option+POS1 Auswahl bis auf die letzte nicht leere Zelle in derselben Zeile links von der aktiven Zelle erweitern. Ist die nächste Zelle leer, wird die Auswahl auf die nächste nicht leere Zelle erweitert. Die Auswahl auf die nächste nicht leere Zelle in der Spalte nach oben/unten erweitern STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+↑ ↓ Auswahl bis auf die nächste nicht leere Zelle in derselben Spalte oben/unten links von der aktiven Zelle erweitern. Ist die nächste Zelle leer, wird die Auswahl auf die nächste nicht leere Zelle erweitert. Die Auswahl um einen Bildschirm nach unten erweitern. ⇧ UMSCHALT+BILD unten ⇧ UMSCHALT+BILD unten Die Auswahl so erweitern, dass alle Zellen einen Bildschirm tiefer von der aktiven Zelle aus eingeschlossen werden. Die Auswahl um einen Bildschirm nach oben erweitern. ⇧ UMSCHALT+BILD oben ⇧ UMSCHALT+BILD oben Die Auswahl so erweitern, dass alle Zellen einen Bildschirm nach oben von der aktiven Zelle aus eingeschlossen werden. Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen Rückgängig machen STRG+Z ⌘ Cmd+Z Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird rückgängig gemacht. Wiederholen STRG+J ⌘ Cmd+J Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird wiederholt. Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen Ausschneiden STRG+X, ⇧ UMSCHALT+ENTF ⌘ Cmd+X Das gewählte Objekt wird ausgeschnitten und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in dasselbe Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden. Kopieren STRG+C, STRG+EINFG ⌘ Cmd+C Die gewählten Daten werden kopiert und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Die kopierten Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in dasselbe Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden. Einfügen STRG+V, ⇧ UMSCHALT+EINFG ⌘ Cmd+V Die zuvor kopierten Daten werden aus der Zwischenablage des Rechners an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Die Daten können zuvor aus derselben Tabelle, einer anderen Tabelle bzw. einem anderen Programm, kopiert worden sein. Datenformatierung Fett STRG+B ^ STRG+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Zuweisung der Formatierung Fett bzw. Formatierung Fett entfernen im gewählten Textfragment. Kursiv STRG+I ^ STRG+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Zuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv, der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorgehoben. Unterstrichen STRG+U ^ STRG+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Zuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv, der gewählte Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Durchgestrichen STRG+5 ^ STRG+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie durchgestrichen. Hyperlink hinzufügen STRG+K ⌘ Cmd+K Ein Hyperlink zu einer externen Website oder einem anderen Arbeitsblatt wird eingefügt. Aktive Zelle bearbeiten F2 F2 Bearbeiten Sie die aktive Zelle und positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt am Ende des Zelleninhalts. Ist die Bearbeitung in einer Zelle deaktiviert, wird die Einfügemarke in die Bearbeitungsleiste verschoben. Datenfilterung Filter aktivieren/entfernen STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+L ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ UMSCHALT+L Für einen ausgewählten Zellbereich wird ein Filter eingerichtet, bzw. entfernt. Wie Tabellenvorlage formatieren STRG+L ^ STRG+L, ⌘ Cmd+L Eine Tabellenvorlage auf einen gewählte Zellenbereich anwenden Dateneingabe Zelleintrag abschließen und in der Tabelle nach unten bewegen. ↵ Eingabetaste ↵ Zurück Die Eingabe der Zeichen in die Zelle oder Bearbeitungsleiste wird abgeschlossen und die Eingabemarke wandert abwärts in die nachfolgende Zelle. Zelleintrag abschließen und in der Tabelle nach oben bewegen. ⇧ UMSCHALT+↵ Eingabetaste ⇧ UMSCHALT+↵ Zurück Die Eingabe der Zeichen in die Zelle wird abgeschlossen und die Eingabemarke wandert aufwärts in die vorherige Zelle. Neue Zeile beginnen ALT+↵ Eingabetaste Eine neue Zeile in derselben Zelle beginnen. Abbrechen ESC ESC Die Eingabe in die gewählte Zelle oder Bearbeitungsleiste wird abgebrochen. Nach links entfernen ← Rücktaste ← Rücktaste Wenn der Bearbeitungsmodus für die Zellen aktiviert ist, wird in der Bearbeitungsleiste oder in der ausgewählten Zelle immer das nächste Zeichen nach links entfernt. Dient außerdem dazu den Inhalt der aktiven Zelle zu löschen. Nach rechts entfernen ENTF ENTF, Fn+← Rücktaste Wenn der Bearbeitungsmodus für die Zellen aktiviert ist, wird in der Bearbeitungsleiste oder in der ausgewählten Zelle immer das nächste Zeichen nach rechts entfernt. Dient außerdem dazu die Zellinhalte (Daten und Formeln) ausgewählter Zellen zu löschen, Zellformatierungen und Kommentare werden davon nicht berührt. Zelleninhalt entfernen ENTF, ← Rücktaste ENTF, ← Rücktaste Der Inhalt der ausgewählten Zellen (Daten und Formeln) wird gelöscht, Zellformatierungen und Kommentare werden davon nicht berührt. Zelleintrag abschließen und eine Zelle nach rechts wechseln ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Zelleintrag in der ausgewählten Zelle oder der Bearbeitungsleiste vervollständigen und eine Zelle nach rechts wechseln. Zelleintrag abschließen und eine Zelle nach links wechseln ⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab ⇧ UMSCHALT+↹ Tab Zelleintrag in der ausgewählten Zelle oder der Bearbeitungsleiste vervollständigen und eine Zelle nach links wechseln . Funktionen SUMME-Funktion ALT+= ⌥ Option+= Die Funktion SUMME wird in die gewählte Zelle eingefügt. Dropdown-Liste öffnen ALT+↓ Eine ausgewählte Dropdown-Liste öffnen. Kontextmenü öffnen ≣ Menü Kontextmenü für die ausgewählte Zelle oder den ausgewählten Zellbereich auswählen. Datenformate Dialogfeld „Zahlenformat“ öffnen STRG+1 ^ STRG+1 Dialogfeld Zahlenformat öffnen Standardformat anwenden STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+~ ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+~ Das Format Standardzahl wird angewendet. Format Währung anwenden STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+$ ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+$ Das Format Währung mit zwei Dezimalstellen wird angewendet (negative Zahlen in Klammern). Prozentformat anwenden STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+% ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+% Das Format Prozent wird ohne Dezimalstellen angewendet. Das Format Exponential wird angewendet STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+^ ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+^ Das Format Exponential mit zwei Dezimalstellen wird angewendet. Datenformat anwenden STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+# ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+# Das Format Datum mit Tag, Monat und Jahr wird angewendet. Zeitformat anwenden STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+@ ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+@ Das Format Zeit mit Stunde und Minute und AM oder PM wird angewendet. Nummernformat anwenden STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+! ^ STRG+⇧ UMSCHALT+! Das Format Nummer mit zwei Dezimalstellen, Tausendertrennzeichen und Minuszeichen (-) für negative Werte wird angewendet. Objekte ändern Verschiebung begrenzen ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen Die Verschiebung des gewählten Objekts wird horizontal oder vertikal begrenzt. 15-Grad-Drehung einschalten ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Drehen) ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Drehen) Begrenzt den Drehungswinkel auf 15-Grad-Stufen. Seitenverhältnis sperren ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ändern der Größe) ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ändern der Größe) Das Seitenverhältnis des gewählten Objekts wird bei der Größenänderung beibehalten. Gerade Linie oder Pfeil zeichnen ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ziehen von Linien/Pfeilen) ⇧ UMSCHALT + ziehen (beim Ziehen von Linien/Pfeilen) Zeichnen einer geraden vertikalen/horizontalen/45-Grad Linie oder eines solchen Pfeils. Bewegung in 1-Pixel-Stufen STRG+← → ↑ ↓ Halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und nutzen Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur, um das gewählte Objekt jeweils um ein Pixel zu verschieben." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "Ansichtseinstellungen und Navigationswerkzeuge", - "body": "Um Ihnen das Ansehen und Auswählen von Zellen in einem großen Tabellenblatt zu erleichtern, bietet Ihnen der Tabelleneditor verschiedene Navigationswerkzeuge: verstellbare Leisten, Bildlaufleisten, Navigationsschaltflächen, Blattregister und Zoom. Ansichtseinstellungen anpassen Um die Standardanzeigeeinstellung anzupassen und den günstigsten Modus für die Arbeit mit dem Tabellenblatt festzulegen, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen und wählen Sie, welche Oberflächenelemente ein- oder ausgeblendet werden sollen. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen im Menü Ansichtseinstellungen zur Verfügung: Symbolleiste ausblenden - die obere Symbolleiste und die zugehörigen Befehle werden ausgeblendet, während die Registerkarten weiterhin angezeigt werden. Ist diese Option aktiviert, können Sie jede beliebige Registerkarte anklicken, um die Symbolleiste anzuzeigen. Die Symbolleiste wird angezeigt bis Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb der Leiste klicken. Um den Modus zu deaktivieren, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen und klicken Sie erneut auf Symbolleiste ausblenden. Die Symbolleiste ist wieder fixiert.Hinweis: Alternativ können Sie einen Doppelklick auf einer beliebigen Registerkarte ausführen, um die obere Symbolleiste zu verbergen oder wieder einzublenden. Formelleiste ausblenden - die unter der oberen Symbolleiste angezeigte Bearbeitungsleiste für die Eingabe und Vorschau von Formeln und Inhalten wird ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendete Bearbeitungsleiste wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option. Überschriften ausblenden - die Spaltenüberschrift oben und die Zeilenüberschrift auf der linken Seite im Arbeitsblatt, werden ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendeten Überschriften wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option. Rasterlinien ausblenden - die Linien um die Zellen werden ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendeten Rasterlinien wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option. Zellen fixieren - alle Zellen oberhalb der aktiven Zeile und alle Spalten links von der aktiven Zeile werden eingefroren, so dass sie beim Scrollen sichtbar bleiben. Um die Fixierung aufzuheben, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste an eine beliebige Stelle im Tabellenblatt und wählen Sie die Option Fixierung aufheben aus dem Menü aus. Die rechte Seitenleiste ist standartmäßig verkleinert. Um sie zu erweitern, wählen Sie ein beliebiges Objekt (z. B. Bild, Diagramm, Form) oder eine Textpassage aus und klicken Sie auf das Symbol des aktuell aktivierten Tabs auf der rechten Seite. Um die Seitenleiste wieder zu minimieren, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol. Sie haben die Möglichkeit die Größe eines geöffneten Kommentar- oder Chatfeldes zu verändern. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Rand der linken Seitenleiste, bis der Cursor als Zweirichtungs-Pfeil angezeigt wird und ziehen Sie den Rand nach rechts, um das Feld zu verbreitern. Um die ursprüngliche Breite wiederherzustellen, ziehen Sie den Rand nach links. Verwendung der Navigationswerkzeuge Mithilfe der folgenden Werkzeuge können Sie durch Ihr Tabellenblatt navigieren: Mit den Bildlaufleisten (unten oder auf der rechten Seite) können Sie im aktuellen Tabellenblatt nach oben und unten und nach links und rechts scrollen. Mithilfe der Bildlaufleisten durch ein Tabellenblatt navigieren: Klicken Sie auf die oben/unten oder rechts/links Pfeile auf den Bildlaufleisten. Ziehen Sie das Bildlauffeld. Klicken Sie in einen beliebigen Bereich auf der jeweiligen Bildlaufleiste. Sie können auch mit dem Scrollrad auf Ihrer Maus durch das Dokument scrollen. Die Schaltflächen für die Blattnavigation befinden sich in der linken unteren Ecke und dienen dazu zwischen den einzelnen Tabellenblättern in der aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle zu wechseln. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum ersten Blatt scrollen, um das erste Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum vorherigen Blatt scrollen, um das vorherige Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum nächsten Blatt scrollen, um das nächste Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Letztes Blatt, um das letzte Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren. Sie können das gewünschte Blatt aktivieren, indem Sie unten neben der Schaltfläche für die Blattnavigation auf das entsprechende Blattregister klicken. Die Zoom-Funktion befindet sich in der rechten unteren Ecke und dient zum Vergrößern und Verkleinern des aktuellen Tabellenblatts. Um den in Prozent angezeigten aktuellen Zoomwert zu ändern, klicken Sie darauf und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Zoomoptionen aus der Liste oder klicken Sie auf Vergrößern oder Verkleinern . Die Zoom-Einstellungen sind auch im Listenmenü Ansichtseinstellungen verfügbar." + "body": "Um Ihnen das Ansehen und Auswählen von Zellen in einem großen Tabellenblatt zu erleichtern, bietet Ihnen der Tabelleneditor verschiedene Navigationswerkzeuge: verstellbare Leisten, Bildlaufleisten, Navigationsschaltflächen, Blattregister und Zoom. Ansichtseinstellungen anpassen Um die Standardanzeigeeinstellung anzupassen und den günstigsten Modus für die Arbeit mit der Tabelle festzulegen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen im rechten Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors und wählen Sie, welche Oberflächenelemente ein- oder ausgeblendet werden sollen. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen im Menü Ansichtseinstellungen zur Verfügung: Symbolleiste ausblenden - die obere Symbolleiste und die zugehörigen Befehle werden ausgeblendet, während die Registerkarten weiterhin angezeigt werden. Ist diese Option aktiviert, können Sie jede beliebige Registerkarte anklicken, um die Symbolleiste anzuzeigen. Die Symbolleiste wird angezeigt bis Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb der Leiste klicken. Um den Modus zu deaktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen und klicken Sie erneut auf Symbolleiste ausblenden. Die Symbolleiste ist wieder fixiert.Hinweis: Alternativ können Sie einen Doppelklick auf einer beliebigen Registerkarte ausführen, um die obere Symbolleiste zu verbergen oder wieder einzublenden. Formelleiste ausblenden - die unter der oberen Symbolleiste angezeigte Bearbeitungsleiste für die Eingabe und Vorschau von Formeln und Inhalten wird ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendete Bearbeitungsleiste wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option. Durch Ziehen der unteren Zeile der Formelleiste zum Erweitern wird die Höhe der Formelleiste geändert, um eine Zeile anzuzeigen. Überschriften ausblenden - die Spaltenüberschrift oben und die Zeilenüberschrift auf der linken Seite im Arbeitsblatt, werden ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendeten Überschriften wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option. Rasterlinien ausblenden - die Linien um die Zellen werden ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendeten Rasterlinien wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option. Zellen fixieren - alle Zellen oberhalb der aktiven Zeile und alle Spalten links von der aktiven Zeile werden eingefroren, so dass sie beim Scrollen sichtbar bleiben. Um die Fixierung aufzuheben, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste an eine beliebige Stelle im Tabellenblatt und wählen Sie die Option Fixierung aufheben aus dem Menü aus. Schatten für fixierte Bereiche anzeigen zeigt an, dass Spalten und/oder Zeilen fixiert sind (eine subtile Linie wird angezeigt). Die rechte Seitenleiste ist standartmäßig verkleinert. Um sie zu erweitern, wählen Sie ein beliebiges Objekt (z. B. Bild, Diagramm, Form) oder eine Textpassage aus und klicken Sie auf das Symbol des aktuell aktivierten Tabs auf der rechten Seite. Um die Seitenleiste wieder zu minimieren, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol. Sie haben die Möglichkeit die Größe eines geöffneten Kommentarfensters oder Chatfensters zu verändern. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Rand der linken Seitenleiste, bis der Cursor als Zweirichtungs-Pfeil angezeigt wird und ziehen Sie den Rand nach rechts, um das Feld zu verbreitern. Um die ursprüngliche Breite wiederherzustellen, ziehen Sie den Rand nach links. Verwendung der Navigationswerkzeuge Mithilfe der folgenden Werkzeuge können Sie durch Ihr Tabellenblatt navigieren: Mit den Bildlaufleisten (unten oder auf der rechten Seite) können Sie im aktuellen Tabellenblatt nach oben und unten und nach links und rechts scrollen. Mithilfe der Bildlaufleisten durch ein Tabellenblatt navigieren: Klicken Sie auf die oben/unten oder rechts/links Pfeile auf den Bildlaufleisten. Ziehen Sie das Bildlauffeld. Klicken Sie in einen beliebigen Bereich auf der jeweiligen Bildlaufleiste. Sie können auch mit dem Scrollrad auf Ihrer Maus durch das Dokument scrollen. Die Schaltflächen für die Blattnavigation befinden sich in der linken unteren Ecke und dienen dazu zwischen den einzelnen Tabellenblättern in der aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle zu wechseln. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum ersten Blatt scrollen, um das erste Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum vorherigen Blatt scrollen , um das vorherige Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum nächsten Blatt scrollen, um das nächste Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Letztes Blatt, um das letzte Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren. Sie können das gewünschte Blatt aktivieren, indem Sie unten neben der Schaltfläche für die Blattnavigation auf das entsprechende Blattregister klicken. Die Zoom-Funktion befindet sich in der rechten unteren Ecke und dient zum Vergrößern und Verkleinern des aktuellen Tabellenblatts. Um den in Prozent angezeigten aktuellen Zoomwert zu ändern, klicken Sie darauf und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Zoomoptionen aus der Liste oder klicken Sie auf Vergrößern oder Verkleinern . Die Zoom-Einstellungen sind auch im Listenmenü Ansichtseinstellungen verfügbar." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "title": "Such- und Ersatzfunktion", - "body": "Wenn Sie in der aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle nach Zeichen, Wörtern oder Phrasen suchen wollen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste. Wenn Sie nur auf dem aktuellen Blatt nach Werten innerhalb eines bestimmten Bereichs suchen / diese ersetzen möchten, wählen Sie den erforderlichen Zellbereich aus und klicken Sie dann auf das Symbol . Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen wird geöffnet: Geben Sie Ihre Suchanfrage in das entsprechende Eingabefeld ein. Legen Sie die Suchoptionen fest, klicken Sie dazu auf das Symbol und markieren Sie die gewünschten Optionen: Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Ergebnisse mit derselben Schreibweise wie in Ihrer Suchanfrage gefiltert (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. 'Editor' und diese Option ist markiert, werden Wörter wie 'editor' oder 'EDITOR' usw. nicht gesucht). Nur gesamter Zelleninhalt - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Zellen gesucht, die außer den in Ihrer Anfrage angegebenen Zeichen keine weiteren Zeichen enthalten (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. '56' und diese Option ist aktiviert, werden Zellen die Daten wie '0,56' oder '156' usw. enthalten nicht gefunden). Durchsuchen - legen Sie fest, ob Sie nur das aktive Blatt durchsuchen wollen oder die ganze Arbeitsmappe. Wenn Sie einen ausgewählten Datenbereich auf dem aktuellen Blatt durchsuchen wollen, achten Sie darauf, dass die Option Blatt ausgewählt ist. Suchen - geben Sie an, in welche Richtung Sie suchen wollen, in Zeilen oder in Spalten. Suchen in - legen Sie fest ob Sie den Wert der Zellen durchsuchen wollen oder die zugrundeliegenden Formeln. Navigieren Sie durch Ihre Suchergebnisse über die Pfeiltasten. Die Suche wird entweder in Richtung Tabellenanfang (klicken Sie auf ) oder in Richtung Tabellenende (klicken Sie auf ) durchgeführt. Das erste Ergebnis der Suchanfrage in der ausgewählten Richtung, wird markiert. Falls es sich dabei nicht um das gewünschte Wort handelt, klicken Sie erneute auf den Pfeil, um das nächste Vorkommen der eingegebenen Zeichen zu finden. Um ein oder mehrere Ergebnisse zu ersetzen, klicken Sie unter den Pfeiltasten auf die Schaltfläche Ersetzen. Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen öffnet sich: Geben Sie den gewünschten Ersatztext in das untere Eingabefeld ein. Klicken Sie auf Ersetzen, um das aktuell ausgewählte Ergebnis zu ersetzen oder auf Alle ersetzen, um alle gefundenen Ergebnisse zu ersetzen. Um das Feld Ersetzen zu verbergen, klicken Sie auf den Link Ersetzen verbergen." + "body": "Um in der aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle nach Zeichen, Wörtern oder Phrasen suchen wollen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol in der linken Seitenlaste oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+F. Wenn Sie nur auf dem aktuellen Blatt nach Werten innerhalb eines bestimmten Bereichs suchen / diese ersetzen möchten, wählen Sie den erforderlichen Zellbereich aus und klicken Sie dann auf das Symbol . Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen wird geöffnet: Geben Sie Ihre Suchanfrage in das entsprechende Eingabefeld ein. Legen Sie die Suchoptionen fest, klicken Sie dazu auf das Symbol und markieren Sie die gewünschten Optionen: Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Ergebnisse mit derselben Schreibweise wie in Ihrer Suchanfrage gefiltert (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. 'Editor' und diese Option ist markiert, werden Wörter wie 'editor' oder 'EDITOR' usw. nicht gesucht). Nur gesamter Zelleninhalt - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Zellen gesucht, die außer den in Ihrer Anfrage angegebenen Zeichen keine weiteren Zeichen enthalten (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. '56' und diese Option ist aktiviert, werden Zellen die Daten wie '0,56' oder '156' usw. enthalten nicht gefunden). Ergebnisse markieren - alle gefundenen Vorkommen auf einmal markiert. Um diese Option auszuschalten und die Markierung zu entfernen, deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen. Durchsuchen - legen Sie fest, ob Sie nur das aktive Blatt durchsuchen wollen oder die ganze Arbeitsmappe. Wenn Sie einen ausgewählten Datenbereich auf dem aktuellen Blatt durchsuchen wollen, achten Sie darauf, dass die Option Blatt ausgewählt ist. Suchen - geben Sie an, in welche Richtung Sie suchen wollen, in Zeilen oder in Spalten. Suchen in - legen Sie fest ob Sie den Wert der Zellen durchsuchen wollen oder die zugrundeliegenden Formeln. Navigieren Sie durch Ihre Suchergebnisse über die Pfeiltasten. Die Suche wird entweder in Richtung Tabellenanfang (klicken Sie auf ) oder in Richtung Tabellenende (klicken Sie auf ) durchgeführt. Das erste Ergebnis der Suchanfrage in der ausgewählten Richtung, wird markiert. Falls es sich dabei nicht um das gewünschte Wort handelt, klicken Sie erneute auf den Pfeil, um das nächste Vorkommen der eingegebenen Zeichen zu finden. Um ein oder mehrere der gefundenen Ergebnisse zu ersetzen, klicken Sie auf den Link Ersetzen unter dem Eingabefeld oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+H. Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen öffnet sich: Geben Sie den gewünschten Ersatztext in das untere Eingabefeld ein. Klicken Sie auf Ersetzen, um das aktuell ausgewählte Ergebnis zu ersetzen oder auf Alle ersetzen, um alle gefundenen Ergebnisse zu ersetzen. Um das Feld Ersetzen zu verbergen, klicken Sie auf den Link Ersetzen verbergen." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", + "title": "Rechtschreibprüfung", + "body": "Der Tabelleneditor kann die Rechtschreibung des Textes in einer bestimmten Sprache überprüfen und Fehler beim Bearbeiten korrigieren. In der Desktop-Version können Sie auch Wörter in ein benutzerdefiniertes Wörterbuch einfügen, das für alle drei Editoren gemeinsam ist. Klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Rechtschreibprüfung in der linken Randleiste an, um das Rechtschreibprüfungspanel zu öffnen. Die obere linke Zelle hat den falschgeschriebenen Textwert, der automatisch in dem aktiven Arbeitsblatt ausgewählt ist. Das erste falsch geschriebene Wort wird in dem Rechtschreibprüfungsfeld angezeigt. Die Wörter mit der rechten Rechtschreibung werden im Feld nach unten angezeigt. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zum nächsten Wort wechseln, um auf dem nächsten falsch geschriebenen Wort zu übergehen. Falsh geschriebene Wörter ersetzen Um das falsch geschriebene Wort mit dem korrekt geschriebenen Wort zu ersetzen, wählen Sie das korrekt geschriebene Wort aus der Liste aus und verwenden Sie die Option Ändern: klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Ändern an, oder klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil neben der Schaltfläche Ändern an und wählen Sie die Option Ändern aus. Das aktive Wort wird ersetzt und Sie können zum nächsten falsch geschriebenen Wort wechseln. Um alle identische falsch geschriebene Wörter im Arbeitsblatt scnhell zu ersetzen, klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil neben der Schaltfläche Ändern an und wählen Sie die Option Alles ändern aus. Wörter ignorieren Um das aktive Wort zu ignorieren: klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Ignorieren an, oder klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil neben der Schaltfläche Ignorieren an und wählen Sie die Option Ignorieren aus. Das aktive Wort wird ignoriert und Sie können zum nächsten falsch geschriebenen Wort wechseln. Um alle identische falsch geschriebene Wörter im Arbeitsblatt zu ignorieren, klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil neben der Schaltfläche Ignorieren an und wählen Sie die Option Alles ignorieren aus. Falls das aktive Wort im Wörterbuch fehlt, Sie können es manuell mithilfe der Schaltfläche Hinzufügen zu dem benutzerdefinierten Wörterbuch hinfügen. Dieses Wort wird kein Fehler mehr. Diese Option steht nur in der Desktop-Version zur Verfügung. Die aktive Sprache des Wörterbuchs ist nach unten angezeigt. Sie können sie ändern. Wenn Sie alle Wörter auf dem Arbeitsblatt überprüfen, wird die Meldung Die Rechtschreibprüfung wurde abgeschlossen auf dem Panel angezeigt. Um das Panel zu schließen, klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Rechtschreibprüfung in der linken Randleiste an. Die Einstellungen für die Rechtschreibprüfung konfigurieren Um die Einstellungen der Rechtschreibprüfung zu ändern, öffnen Sie die erweiterten Einstellungen des Tabelleneditors (die Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen) und öffnen Sie den Abschnitt Rechtschreibprüfung. Hier können Sie die folgenden Einstellungen konfigurieren: Sprache des Wörterbuchs - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Sprachen aus der Liste aus. Die Wörterbuchsprache in der Rechtschreibprüfung wird geändert. Wörter in GROSSBUCHSTABEN ignorieren - aktivieren Sie diese Option, um in Großbuchstaben geschriebene Wörter zu ignorieren, z.B. Akronyme wie SMB. Wörter mit Zahlen ignorieren - aktivieren Sie diese Option, um Wörter mit Zahlen zu ignorieren, z.B. Akronyme wie B2B. Autokorrektur wird verwendet, um automatisch ein Wort oder Symbol zu ersetzen, das in das Feld Ersetzen: eingegeben oder aus der Liste durch ein neues Wort oder Symbol ausgewählt wurde, das im Feld Nach: angezeigt wird. Um die Änderungen anzunehmen, klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Anwenden an." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Unterstützte Formate für Kalkulationstabellen", - "body": "Eine Kalkulationstabelle ist eine Tabelle mit Daten, die in Zeilen und Spalten organisiert sind. Sie wird am häufigsten zur Speicherung von Finanzinformationen verwendet, da nach Änderungen an einer einzelnen Zelle automatisch das gesamte Blatt neu berechnet wird. Der Tabellenkalkulationseditor ermöglicht das Öffnen, Anzeigen und Bearbeiten der gängigsten Dateiformate für Tabellenkalkulationen. Formate Beschreibung Anzeige Bearbeitung Download XLS Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die mit Microsoft Excel erstellt wurde + XLSX Standard-Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die mit Microsoft Office Excel 2007 (oder späteren Versionen) erstellt wurde + + + ODS Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die in Paketen OpenOffice und StarOffice genutzt wird, ein offener Standard für Kalkulationstabellen + + + CSV Comma Separated Values - durch Komma getrennte Werte Dateiformat, das zum Aufbewahren der tabellarischen Daten (Zahlen und Text) im Klartext genutzt wird + + + PDF Portable Document Format Dateiformat, mit dem Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und der Hardware originalgetreu wiedergegeben werden können +" + "body": "Eine Kalkulationstabelle ist eine Tabelle mit Daten, die in Zeilen und Spalten organisiert sind. Sie wird am häufigsten zur Speicherung von Finanzinformationen verwendet, da nach Änderungen an einer einzelnen Zelle automatisch das gesamte Blatt neu berechnet wird. Der Tabellenkalkulationseditor ermöglicht das Öffnen, Anzeigen und Bearbeiten der gängigsten Dateiformate für Tabellenkalkulationen. Formate Beschreibung Anzeige Bearbeitung Download XLS Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die mit Microsoft Excel erstellt wurde + + XLSX Standard-Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die mit Microsoft Office Excel 2007 (oder späteren Versionen) erstellt wurde + + + XLTX Excel Open XML Tabellenvorlage Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft für Tabellenvorlagen entwickeltes Dateiformat. Eine XLTX-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Tabellen mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden. + + + ODS Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei die in Paketen OpenOffice und StarOffice genutzt wird, ein offener Standard für Kalkulationstabellen + + + OTS OpenDocument-Tabellenvorlage OpenDocument-Dateiformat für Tabellenvorlagen. Eine OTS-Vorlage enthält Formatierungseinstellungen, Stile usw. und kann zum Erstellen mehrerer Tabellen mit derselben Formatierung verwendet werden. + + + CSV Comma Separated Values (durch Komma getrennte Werte) Dateiformat das zur Speicherung tabellarischer Daten (Zahlen und Text) im Klartext genutzt wird. + + + PDF Portable Document Format Dateiformat, mit dem Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und der Hardware originalgetreu wiedergegeben werden können. + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A Eine ISO-standardisierte Version des Portable Document Format (PDF), die auf die Archivierung und Langzeitbewahrung elektronischer Dokumente spezialisiert ist. + +" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit", - "body": "Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit an der Tabelle organisieren: die Datei teilen, einen Co-Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen, Kommentare verwalten. Sie können: Freigabeeinstellungen festlegen, zwischen den verfügbaren Modi für die Co-Bearbeitung wechseln, Strikt und Schnell, Kommentare zum Dokument hinzufügen, die Chatleiste öffnen." + "body": "Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit in der Kalkulationstabelle organisieren. In der Online-Version können Sie die Datei teilen, einen Co-Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen und Kommentare verwalten. In der Desktop-Version können Sie Kommentare verwalten. Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor: Sie können: Freigabeeinstellungen festlegen (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar, zwischen den Co-Bearbeitung-Modi Strikt und Schnell wechseln (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar), Kommentare zum Dokument hinzufügen, die Chat-Leiste öffnen (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm", + "title": "Registerkarte Daten", + "body": "Mithilfe der Registerkarte Daten können Sie die Daten im Arbeitsblatt verwalten. Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Online-Tabelleneditor: Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Desktop-Tabelleneditor: Sie können: die Datensortieren und filtern, konvertieren Text in Spalten, aus dem Datenbereich die Duplikate entfernen, die Daten gruppieren und die Gruppierung aufheben." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte Datei", - "body": "Über die Registerkarte Datei können Sie einige grundlegende Vorgänge in der aktuellen Datei durchführen. Sie können: die aktuelle Datei speichern (wenn die Option automatische Sicherung deaktiviert ist), runterladen, drucken oder umbenennen, eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene Tabelle öffnen, allgemeine Informationen über die Kalkulationstabelle einsehen, Zugangsrechte verwalten, auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen und in die Dokumentenliste zurückkehren." + "body": "Über die Registerkarte Datei können Sie einige grundlegende Vorgänge in der aktuellen Datei durchführen. Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor: Sie können: In der Online-Version können Sie die aktuelle Datei speichern (falls die Option Automatisch speichern deaktiviert ist), herunterladen als (Speichern der Tabelle im ausgewählten Format auf der Festplatte des Computers), eine Kopie speichern als (Speichern einer Kopie der Tabelle im Portal im ausgewählten Format), drucken oder umbenennen. In der Desktop-version können Sie die aktuelle Datei mit der Option Speichern unter Beibehaltung des aktuellen Dateiformats und Speicherorts speichern oder Sie können die aktuelle Datei unter einem anderen Namen, Speicherort oder Format speichern. Nutzen Sie dazu die Option Speichern als. Weiter haben Sie die Möglichkeit die Datei zu drucken. Sie können die Datei auch mit einem Passwort schützen oder ein Passwort ändern oder entfernen (diese Funktion steht nur in der Desktop-Version zur Verfügung). Weiter können Sie eine neue Tabelle erstellen oder eine kürzlich bearbeitete öffnen, (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar, allgemeine Informationen über die Kalkulationstabelle einsehen, Zugriffsrechte verwalten (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar, auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen und in der Desktiop-Version den Ordner öffnen wo die Datei gespeichert ist; nutzen Sie dazu das Fenster Datei-Explorer. In der Online-Version haben Sie außerdem die Möglichkeit den Ordner des Moduls Dokumente, in dem die Datei gespeichert ist, in einem neuen Browser-Fenster zu öffnen." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/FormulaTab.htm", + "title": "Registerkarte Formel", + "body": "Die Registerkarte Formel hilft bei der Verwendung der Funktionen und Formeln. Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Online-Tabelleneditor: Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Desktop-Tabelleneditor: Sie können: die Funktionen mithilfe des Fensters Funktion einfügen einfügen, schnell die Formel AutoSumme einfügen, schnell die 10 zuletzt verwendeten Formeln verwenden, die eingeordneten Formeln verwenden, die Benannte Bereiche verwenden, die Berechnungen machen: die ganze Arbeitsmappe oder das aktive Arbeitsblatt berechnen." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte Start", - "body": "Die Registerkarte Start wird standardmäßig geöffnet, wenn Sie eine beliebige Kalkulationstabelle öffnen. Diese Gruppe ermöglicht das Formatieren von Zellen und darin befindlichen Daten, das Anwenden von Filtern und das Einfügen von Funktionen. Auch einige andere Optionen sind hier verfügbar, z. B. Zellenformatvorlagen, die Funktion Als Tabelle formatieren, Ansichtseigenschaften usw. Sie können: schriftart, -größe und -farbe festlegen Ihre Daten in den Zellen ausrichten Rahmenlinien hinzufügen und Zellen verbinden Funktionen und benannte Bereiche erstellen Daten filtern und sortieren das Zahlenformat ändern Zellen, Zeilen und Spalten hinzufügen oder entfernen Zellformatierungen kopieren/entfernen eine Tabellenvorlage auf einen gewählte Zellenbereich anwenden Ansichtseinstellungen anpassen und auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen." + "body": "Die Registerkarte Start wird standardmäßig geöffnet, wenn Sie eine beliebige Kalkulationstabelle öffnen. Diese Gruppe ermöglicht das Formatieren von Zellen und darin befindlichen Daten, das Anwenden von Filtern und das Einfügen von Funktionen. Auch einige andere Optionen sind hier verfügbar, z. B. Zellenformatvorlagen, die Funktion Als Tabelle formatieren, usw. Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor: Sie können: Schriftart, -größe und -farbe festlegen, Ihre Daten in den Zellen ausrichten, Rahmenlinien hinzufügen und Zellen verbinden, Funktionen und benannte Bereiche erstellen, Daten filtern und sortieren, das Zahlenformat ändern, Zellen, Zeilen und Spalten hinzufügen oder entfernen, Zellformatierungen kopieren/entfernen, Eine Tabellenvorlage auf einen gewählte Zellenbereich anwenden" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte Einfügen", - "body": "Über die Registerkarte Einfügen können Sie visuelle Objekte und Kommentare zu Ihrer Tabelle hinzufügen. Sie können: Bilder, Formen, Textboxen und TextArt-Objekte und Diagramme einfügen, Kommentare und Hyperlinks einfügen und Formeln einfügen." + "body": "Über die Registerkarte Einfügen können Sie visuelle Objekte und Kommentare zu Ihrer Tabelle hinzufügen. Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor: Sie können: Bilder, Formen, Textboxen und TextArt-Objekte und Diagramme einfügen, Kommentare und Hyperlinks einfügen und Formeln einfügen." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte Layout", - "body": "Über die Registerkarte Layout, können Sie die Darstellung der Tabelle anpassen: Legen Sie die Seitenparameter fest und definieren Sie die Anordnung der visuellen Elemente. Sie können: Seitenränder, Seitenausrichtung und Seitengröße anpassen, Objekte ausrichten und anordnen (Bilder, Diagramme, Formen)." + "body": "Über die Registerkarte Layout, können Sie die Darstellung der Tabelle anpassen: Legen Sie die Seitenparameter fest und definieren Sie die Anordnung der visuellen Elemente. Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor: Sie können: Seitenränder, Seitenausrichtung und Seitengröße anpassen, einen Druckbereich festlegen, Objekte ausrichten und anordnen (Bilder, Diagramme, Formen)." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle", - "body": "Unter der Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle können Sie die Darstellung einer vorhandenen Pivot-Tabelle ändern. Sie können: eine vollständige Pivot-Tabelle mit einem einzigen Klick auswählen, eine bestimmte Formatierung anwenden, um bestimmte Reihen/Spalten hervorzuheben, einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen." + "body": "Unter der Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle können Sie die Darstellung einer vorhandenen Pivot-Tabelle ändern. Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Online-Tabelleneditor: Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Desktop-Tabelleneditor: Sie können: eine vollständige Pivot-Tabelle mit einem einzigen Klick auswählen, eine bestimmte Formatierung anwenden, um bestimmte Reihen/Spalten hervorzuheben, einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte Plug-ins", - "body": "Die Registerkarte Plug-ins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen. Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Makros öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Derzeit stehen folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung: ClipArt - Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung. PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw. Symbol Table - Einfügen von speziellen Symbolen in Ihren Text. Translator - Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen. YouTube - Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihre Kalkulationstabelle. Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar." + "body": "Die Registerkarte Plug-ins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen. Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor: Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Einstellungen öffnet sich das Fenster, in dem Sie alle installierten Plugins anzeigen und verwalten sowie eigene Plugins hinzufügen können. Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Makros öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Derzeit stehen folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung: ClipArt - Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung. Code hervorheben - Hervorhebung der Syntax des Codes durch Auswahl der erforderlichen Sprache, des Stils, der Hintergrundfarbe. PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw. Thesaurus - Mit diesem Plug-in können Synonyme und Antonyme eines Wortes gesucht und durch das ausgewählte ersetzt werden. Translator - Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen. YouTube - Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihre Kalkulationstabelle. Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", - "title": "Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Tabellenkalkulationseditors", - "body": "Der Tabelleneditor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind. Die Oberfläche des Editors besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen: In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, die Menü-Registerkarten und der Name der Tabelle angezeigt sowie drei Symbole auf der rechten Seite, über die Sie Zugriffsrechte festlegen, zur Dokumentenliste zurückkehren, Einstellungen anzeigen und auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen können. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Layout, Pivot-Tabelle, Zusammenarbeit, Plug-ins.Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen stehen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung. Über die Bearbeitungsleiste können Formeln oder Werte in Zellen eingegeben oder bearbeitet werden. In der Bearbeitungsleiste wird der Inhalt der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle angezeigt. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters, finden Sie verschiedene Navigationswerkzeuge: Navigationsschaltflächen, Blattregister und Zoom-Schaltflächen. In der Statusleiste wird außerdem die Anzahl der gefilterten Ergebnisse angezeigt, sofern Sie einen Filter gesetzt haben, oder Ergebnisse der automatischen Berechnungen, wenn Sie mehrere Zellen mit Daten ausgewählt haben. Über die Symbole der linken Seitenleiste können Sie die Funktion Suchen und Ersetzen nutzen, Kommentare und Unterhaltungen öffnen, unser Support-Team kontaktieren und Informationen über das Programm einsehen. Über die rechte Seitenleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten angepasst werden. Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Objekt auf einem Arbeitsblatt auswählen, wird das entsprechende Symbol in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu erweitern. Über den Arbeitsbereich können Sie den Inhalt der Kalkulationstabelle anzeigen und Daten eingeben und bearbeiten. Mit den horizontalen und vertikalen Bildlaufleisten können Sie das aktuelle Tabellenblatt nach oben und unten und nach links und rechts bewegen. Zur Vereinfachung können Sie bestimmte Komponenten verbergen und bei Bedarf erneut anzeigen. Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen der Ansichtseinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite." + "title": "Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Kalkulationstabelleneditors", + "body": "Der Tabelleneditor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind. Dialogbox Online-Tabelleneditor: Dialogbox Desktop-Tabelleneditor: Die Oberfläche des Editors besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen: In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, geöffnete Arbeitsblätter, der Name der Arbeitsmappe sowie die Menü-Registerkarten angezeigt.Im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors finden Sie die Schaltflächen Speichern, Datei drucken, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen. Im rechten Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors werden der Benutzername und die folgenden Symbole angezeigt: Dateispeicherort öffnen - In der Desktiop-Version können Sie den Ordner öffnen in dem die Datei gespeichert ist; nutzen Sie dazu das Fenster Datei-Explorer. In der Online-Version haben Sie außerdem die Möglichkeit den Ordner des Moduls Dokumente, in dem die Datei gespeichert ist, in einem neuen Browser-Fenster zu öffnen. - hier können Sie die Ansichtseinstellungen anpassen und auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen. Zugriffsrechte verwalten (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar - Zugriffsrechte für die in der Cloud gespeicherten Dokumente festlegen. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Layout, Pivot-Tabelle, Zusammenarbeit, Schützen, Plug-ins.Die Befehle Kopieren und Einfügen stehen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung. Über die Bearbeitungsleiste können Formeln oder Werte in Zellen eingegeben oder bearbeitet werden. In der Bearbeitungsleiste wird der Inhalt der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle angezeigt. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters, finden Sie verschiedene Navigationswerkzeuge: Navigationsschaltflächen, Blattregister und Zoom-Schaltflächen. In der Statusleiste wird außerdem die Anzahl der gefilterten Ergebnisse angezeigt, sofern Sie einen Filter gesetzt haben, oder Ergebnisse der automatischen Berechnungen, wenn Sie mehrere Zellen mit Daten ausgewählt haben. Symbole in der linken Seitenleiste: - die Funktion Suchen und Ersetzen, - Kommentarfunktion öffnen, (nur in der Online-Version verfügbar) - hier können Sie das Chatfenster öffnen, unser Support-Team kontaktieren und die Programminformationen einsehen. Über die rechte Seitenleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten angepasst werden. Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Objekt auf einem Arbeitsblatt auswählen, wird das entsprechende Symbol in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu erweitern. Über den Arbeitsbereich können Sie den Inhalt der Kalkulationstabelle anzeigen und Daten eingeben und bearbeiten. Mit den horizontalen und vertikalen Bildlaufleisten können Sie das aktuelle Tabellenblatt nach oben und unten und nach links und rechts bewegen. Zur Vereinfachung können Sie bestimmte Komponenten verbergen und bei Bedarf erneut anzeigen. Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen der Ansichtseinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm", + "title": "Registerkarte Tabellenansicht", + "body": "Über die Registerkarte Tabellenansicht Voreinstellungen für die Tabellenansicht basierend auf angewendeten Filtern verwalten. Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Online-Tabelleneditor: Die entsprechende Dialogbox im Desktop-Tabelleneditor: Sie können: Tabellenansichten verwalten, Zoom anpassen, Fensterausschnitt fixieren, die Darstellung von der Formelleisten, Überschriften und Gitternetzlinien verwalten." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "title": "Rahmenlinien hinzufügen", - "body": "Rahmenlinien in ein Arbeitsblatt einfügen oder formatieren: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A das ganze Arbeitsblatt aus.Hinweis: Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Rahmenlinien oder klicken sie auf das Symbol Zelleneinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste. Wählen Sie die gewünschten Rahmenlinien aus: Öffnen Sie das Untermenü Rahmenstil und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen. Öffnen Sie das Untermenü Rahmenfarbe und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus der Palette aus. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Rahmenlinien aus: Rahmenlinie außen , Alle Rahmenlinien , Rahmenlinie oben , Rahmenlinie unten , Rahmenlinie links , Rahmenlinie rechts , Kein Rahmen , Rahmenlinien innen , Innere vertikale Rahmenlinien , Innere horizontale Rahmenlinien , Diagonale Aufwärtslinie , Diagonale Abwärtslinie ." + "body": "Rahmenlinien in ein Arbeitsblatt einfügen oder formatieren: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A das ganze Arbeitsblatt aus.Hinweis: Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Rahmenlinien oder klicken sie auf das Symbol Zelleneinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Rahmenstil aus: Öffnen Sie das Untermenü Rahmenstil und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen. Öffnen Sie das Untermenü Rahmenfarbe oder nutzen Sie die Farbpalette auf der rechten Seitenleiste und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus der Palette aus. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Rahmenlinien aus: Rahmenlinie außen , Alle Rahmenlinien , Rahmenlinie oben , Rahmenlinie unten , Rahmenlinie links , Rahmenlinie rechts , Kein Rahmen , Rahmenlinien innen , Innere vertikale Rahmenlinien , Innere horizontale Rahmenlinien , Diagonale Aufwärtslinie , Diagonale Abwärtslinie ." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Hyperlink einfügen", - "body": "Einfügen eines Hyperlinks Wählen Sie die Zelle, in der Sie einen Hyperlink einfügen wollen. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Hyperlink in der oberen Symbolleiste oder wählen Sie diese Option aus dem Rechtsklickmenü. Das Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink öffnet sich und Sie können die Einstellungen für den Hyperlink festlegen: wählen Sie den Linktyp, den Sie einfügen möchten: Wenn Sie einen Hyperlink hinzufügen möchten, der zu externen Website führt, wählen Sie Website und geben Sie eine URL im Format http://www.example.com in das Feld Link zu ein. Wenn Sie einen Hyperlink hinzufügen möchten, der zu einem bestimmten Zellenbereich in der aktuellen Tabellenkalkulation führt, wählen Sie die Option Interner Datenbereich und geben Sie das gewünschte Arbeitsblatt und den entsprechenden Zellenbereich an. Ansicht - geben Sie einen Text ein, der angeklickt werden kann und zur angegebenen Webadresse führt.Hinweis: Wenn die gewählte Zelle bereits Daten beinhaltet, werden diese automatisch in diesem Feld angezeigt. QuickInfo - geben Sie einen Text ein, der in einem kleinen Dialogfenster angezeigt wird und den Nutzer über den Inhalt des Verweises informiert. Klicken Sie auf OK. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über den eingefügten Hyperlink bewegen, wird der von Ihnen im Feld QuickInfo eingebene Text angezeigt. Um dem Link zu folgen, drücken Sie die Taste STRG und klicken Sie dann auf den Link in Ihrer Kalkulationstablle. Um den hinzugefügten Hyperlink zu entfernen, wählen Sie die Zelle mit dem entsprechenden Hyperlink aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Alle löschen aus der Menüliste aus." + "body": "Einfügen eines Hyperlinks: Wählen Sie die Zelle, in der Sie einen Hyperlink einfügen wollen. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Hyperlink in der oberen Symbolleiste. Das Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink öffnet sich und Sie können die Einstellungen für den Hyperlink festlegen: Wählen Sie den gewünschten Linktyp aus:Wenn Sie einen Hyperlink einfügen möchten, der auf eine externe Website verweist, wählen Sie Website und geben Sie eine URL im Format http://www.example.com in das Feld Link zu ein. Wenn Sie einen Hyperlink hinzufügen möchten, der zu einem bestimmten Zellenbereich in der aktuellen Tabellenkalkulation führt, wählen Sie die Option Interner Datenbereich und geben Sie das gewünschte Arbeitsblatt und den entsprechenden Zellenbereich an. Ansicht - geben Sie einen Text ein, der angeklickt werden kann und zu der angegebenen Webadresse führt.Hinweis: Wenn die gewählte Zelle bereits Daten beinhaltet, werden diese automatisch in diesem Feld angezeigt. QuickInfo - geben Sie einen Text ein, der in einem kleinen Dialogfenster angezeigt wird und den Nutzer über den Inhalt des Verweises informiert. Klicken Sie auf OK. Um einen Hyperlink einzufügen können Sie auch die Tastenkombination STRG+K nutzen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste an die Stelle an der Sie den Hyperlink einfügen möchten und wählen Sie die Option Hyperlink im Rechtsklickmenü aus. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über den eingefügten Hyperlink bewegen, wird der von Ihnen im Feld QuickInfo eingebene Text angezeigt. Einem in der Tabelle hinterlegten Link folgen: Um eine Zelle auszuwählen die einen Link enthält, ohne den Link zu öffnen, klicken Sie diese an und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt. Um den hinzugefügten Hyperlink zu entfernen, wählen Sie die Zelle mit dem entsprechenden Hyperlink aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Alle löschen aus der Menüliste aus." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "title": "Daten in Zellen ausrichten", - "body": "Sie können Ihre Daten horizontal und vertikal in einer Zelle ausrichten. Wählen Sie dazu eine Zelle oder einen Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A. Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus aus. Führen Sie anschließend einen der folgenden Vorgänge aus. Nutzen Sie dazu die Symbole in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste. Wählen Sie den horizontalen Ausrichtungstyp, den Sie auf die Daten in der Zelle anwenden möchten. Klicken Sie auf die Option Linksbündig ausrichten , um Ihre Daten am linken Rand der Zelle auszurichten (rechte Seite wird nicht ausgerichtet). Klicken Sie auf die Option Zentrieren , um Ihre Daten mittig in der Zelle auszurichten (rechte und linke Seiten werden nicht ausgerichtet). Klicken Sie auf die Option Rechtsbündig ausrichten , um Ihre Daten am rechten Rand der Zelle auszurichten (linke Seite wird nicht ausgerichtet). Klicken Sie auf die Option Blocksatz , um Ihre Daten am linken und rechten Rand der Zelle auszurichten (falls erforderlich, werden zusätzliche Leerräume eingefügt). Wählen Sie den vertikalen Ausrichtungstyp, den Sie auf die Daten in der Zelle anwenden möchten: Klicken Sie auf die Option Oben ausrichten , um die Daten am oberen Rand der Zelle auszurichten. Klicken Sie auf die Option Mittig ausrichten , um die Daten mittig in der Zelle auszurichten. Klicken Sie auf die Option Unten ausrichten , um die Daten am unteren Rand der Zelle auszurichten. Um den Winkel der Daten in einer Zelle zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ausrichtung und wählen Sie eine der Optionen: Horizontaler Text - Text horizontal platzieren (Standardoption) Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen - Text von unten links nach oben rechts in der Zelle platzieren Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen - Text von oben links nach unten rechts in der Zelle platzieren Text nach oben drehen - der Text verläuft von unten nach oben. Text nach unten drehen - der Text verläuft von oben nach unten. Um Ihre Daten an die Zellenbreite anzupassen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zeilenumbruch .Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Breite der Spalte ändern, wird der Zeilenumbruch automatisch angepasst." + "body": "Sie können Ihre Daten horizontal und vertikal in einer Zelle ausrichten. Wählen Sie dazu eine Zelle oder einen Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A. Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus aus. Führen Sie anschließend einen der folgenden Vorgänge aus. Nutzen Sie dazu die Symbole in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste. Wählen Sie den horizontalen Ausrichtungstyp, den Sie auf die Daten in der Zelle anwenden möchten. Klicken Sie auf die Option Linksbündig ausrichten , um Ihre Daten am linken Rand der Zelle auszurichten (rechte Seite wird nicht ausgerichtet). Klicken Sie auf die Option Zentrieren , um Ihre Daten mittig in der Zelle auszurichten (rechte und linke Seiten werden nicht ausgerichtet). Klicken Sie auf die Option Rechtsbündig ausrichten , um Ihre Daten am rechten Rand der Zelle auszurichten (linke Seite wird nicht ausgerichtet). Klicken Sie auf die Option Blocksatz , um Ihre Daten am linken und rechten Rand der Zelle auszurichten (falls erforderlich, werden zusätzliche Leerräume eingefügt). Wählen Sie den vertikalen Ausrichtungstyp, den Sie auf die Daten in der Zelle anwenden möchten: Klicken Sie auf die Option Oben ausrichten , um die Daten am oberen Rand der Zelle auszurichten. Klicken Sie auf die Option Mittig ausrichten , um die Daten mittig in der Zelle auszurichten. Klicken Sie auf die Option Unten ausrichten , um die Daten am unteren Rand der Zelle auszurichten. Um den Winkel der Daten in einer Zelle zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ausrichtung und wählen Sie eine der Optionen: Horizontaler Text - Text horizontal platzieren (Standardoption) Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen - Text von unten links nach oben rechts in der Zelle platzieren Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen - Text von oben links nach unten rechts in der Zelle platzieren Text nach oben drehen - der Text verläuft von unten nach oben. Text nach unten drehen - der Text verläuft von oben nach unten.Um den Text in einem genau festgelegten Winkel zu drehen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zelleneinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste und wählen Sie dann die Option Ausrichtung. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld Winkel ein oder stellen Sie diesen mit den Pfeilen rechts ein. Um Ihre Daten an die Zellenbreite anzupassen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zeilenumbruch .Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Breite der Spalte ändern, wird der Zeilenumbruch automatisch angepasst." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm", @@ -2310,20 +2390,35 @@ var indexes = "title": "Text oder Zellformatierung löschen,Zellenformat kopieren", "body": "Formatierung löschen Sie können den Text oder das Format einer bestimmten Zelle schnell löschen. Führen Sie dazu folgende Schritte aus: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Arbeitsblatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A aus.Hinweis: Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Löschen auf der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Alle - um alle Zelleninhalte zu löschen: Text, Format, Funktion usw. Text - um den Text im gewählten Zellenbereich zu löschen. Format - um die Formatierung im gewählten Zellenbereich zu löschen. Text und Funktionen bleiben erhalten. Kommentare - um die Kommentare im gewählten Zellenbereich zu löschen. Hyperlinks - um die Hyperlinks im gewählten Zellenbereich zu löschen. Hinweis: Die zuvor genannten Optionen sind auch im Rechtsklickmenü verfügbar. Zellformatierung kopieren Sie können ein bestimmtes Zellenformat schnell kopieren und auf andere Zellen anwenden. Eine kopierte Formatierung auf eine einzelne Zelle oder mehrere benachbarte Zellen anwenden: Wählen Sie die Zelle/den Zellbereich, dessen Formatierung Sie kopieren möchten, mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Format übertragen (der Mauszeiger ändert sich wie folgt ). Wählen Sie die Zelle/den Zellbereich auf die/den Sie die Formatierung übertragen möchten. Eine kopierte Formatierung auf mehrere nicht benachbarte Zellen anwenden: Wählen Sie die Zelle/den Zellbereich, dessen Formatierung Sie kopieren möchten, mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus. Führen Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start einen Doppelklick auf das Symbol Format übertragen aus (der Mauszeiger ändert sich wie folgt und das Symbol Format übertragen bleibt ausgewählt: KKlicken Sie auf einzelne Zellen oder wählen Sie Zellenbereiche nacheinander aus, um allen dasselbe Format zuzuweisen. Wenn Sie den Modus beenden möchten, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol Format übertragen oder drücken Sie die ESC-Taste auf Ihrer Tastatur." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm", + "title": "Bedingte Formatierung", + "body": "Hinweis: Der ONLYOFFICE-Tabelleneditor unterstützt derzeit nicht das Erstellen und Bearbeiten von Regeln für die bedingte Formatierung. Mit der bedingten Formatierung können Sie verschiedene Formatierungsstile (Farbe, Schriftart, Schriftschnitt, Farbverlauf) auf Zellen anwenden, um mit Daten in der Tabelle zu arbeiten: Sortieren Sie oder bringen die Daten hervor, die die erforderlichen Bedingungen treffen, und zeigen Sie sie an. Die Bedingungen werden durch Regeltypen definiert. Der ONLYOFFICE Tabelleneditor unterstützt derzeit nicht das Erstellen und Bearbeiten von Regeln für die bedingte Formatierung. Regeltypen, die der ONLYOFFICE Tabelleneditor unterstützt, sind: Zellenwert (+Formel), die oberen/unteren Werte und die Werte über/unter dem Durchschnitt, die eindeutigen und doppelten Werte, die Symbolsätze, die Datenbalken, der Farbverlauf (Farben-Skala) und die Regeltypen, die sich auf Formeln basieren. Die Formatierungsoption Zellenwert wird verwendet, um die erforderlichen Zahlen, Daten und Texte in der Tabelle zu finden. Beispielsweise müssen Sie Verkäufe für den aktuellen Monat (rote Markierung), Produkte mit dem Namen „Grain“ (gelbe Markierung) und Produktverkäufe in Höhe von weniger als 500 USD (blaue Markierung) anzeigen. Die Formatierungsoption Zellenwert mit einer Formel wird verwendet, um eine dynamisch geänderte Zahl oder einen Textwert in der Tabelle anzuzeigen. Beispielsweise müssen Sie Produkte mit den Namen \"Grain\", \"Produce\" oder \"Dairy\" (gelbe Markierung) oder Produktverkäufe in Höhe von 100 bis 500 USD (blaue Markierung) finden. Die Formatierungsoption obere/untere Werte und Werte über/unter dem Durchschnitt wird verwendet, um die oberen und unteren Werte sowie die Werte uber/unter dem Durchschnitt in der Tabelle zu finden und anzuzeigen. Beispielsweise müssen Sie die Spitzenwerte für Gebühren in den von Ihnen besuchten Städten (orangefarbene Markierung), die Städte, in denen die Besucherzahlen überdurchschnittlich hoch waren (grüne Markierung) und die unteren Werte für Städte anzeigen, in denen Sie eine kleine Menge Bücher verkauft haben (blaue Markierung). Die Formatierungsoption eindeutige und doppelte Werte wird verwendet, um die doppelten Werte auf dem Arbeitsblatt und dem Zellbereich, der von der bedingten Formatierung definiert ist, zu finden und bearbeiten. Beispielsweise müssen Sie die doppelten Kontakte finden. Öffnen Sie den Drop-Down-Menü. Die Anzahlt der doppelten Werte wird rechts angezeigt. Wenn Sie das Kästchen markieren, werden nur die doppelten Werte in der Liste angezeigt. Die Formatierungsoption Standardsätze wird verwendet, um die Daten, die die Bedingungen treffen, mit dem entsprechenden Symbol zu markieren. Der Tabelleneditor hat verschiedene Symbolsätze. Nach unten sehen Sie die Beispiele für die meistverwendeten Symbolsätze. Statt den Zahlen und Prozentwerten werden die formatierten Zellen mit entsprechenden Pfeilen angezeigt, die in der Spalte „Status“ den Umsatz und in der Spalte „Trend“ die Dynamik für zukünftige Trends anzeigen. Statt den Zellen mit Bewertungsnummern zwischen 1 und 5 werden die entsprechenden Symbole für jedes Fahrrad in der Bewertungsliste angezeigt. Statt der monatlichen Gewinndynamikdaten manuell zu vergleichen, sehen Sie die formatierten Zellen mit einem entsprechenden roten oder grünen Pfeil. Um die Verkaufsdynamik zu visualisieren, verwenden Sie die das Ampelsystem (rote, gelbe und grüne Kreise). Die Formatierungsoption Datenbalken wird verwendet, um Werte in Form einer Diagrammleiste zu vergleichen. Vergleichen Sie beispielsweise die Höhen der Berge, indem Sie ihren Standardwert in Metern (grüner Balken) und denselben Wert im Bereich von 0 bis 100 Prozent (gelber Balken) anzeigen; Perzentil, wenn Extremwerte die Daten neigen (hellblauer Balken); Balken statt der Zahlen (blauer Balken); zweispaltige Datenanalyse, um sowohl Zahlen als auch Balken zu sehen (roter Balken). Die Formatierungsoption Farbverlauf, oder Farben-Skala, wird verwendet, um die Werte auf dem Arbeitsblatt durch einen Farbverlauf hervorzuheben. Die Spalten von “Dairy” bis “Beverage” zeigen Daten über eine Zweifarbenskala mit Variationen von Gelb bis Rot an; die Spalte “Total Sales” zeigt die Daten durch eine 3-Farben-Skala von der kleinsten Menge in Rot bis zur größten Menge in Blau an. Die Formatierungsoption für den Regeltyp, der sich auf Formeln basiert, wird verwendet, um die Formeln bei der Datenfilterung anzuwenden. Beispielsweise können Sie abwechselnde Zeilen schattieren, mit einem Referenzwert vergleichen (hier sind es $ 55) und sehen, ob er höher (grün) oder niedriger (rot) ist, die Zeilen, die die Bedingungen treffen, hervorheben (sehen Sie, welche Ziele Sie in diesem Monat erreichen sollen, in diesem Fall ist es Oktober), und nur die eindeutigen Zeilen hervorheben. Bitte beachten Sie: Dieses Handbuch enthält grafische Informationen aus der Arbeitsmappe und Richtlinien für Microsoft Office bedingte Formatierungsbeispiele. Sie können die bedingte Formatierung in dem ONLYOFFICE-Tabelleneditor selbst testen; laden Sie dieses Handbuch herunter und öffnen es in dem Tabelleneditor." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm", "title": "Daten ausschneiden/kopieren/einfügen", - "body": "Zwischenablage verwenden Um die Daten in Ihrer aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle auszuschneiden, zu kopieren oder einzufügen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü oder die Symbole die auf jeder beliebigen Registerkarte in der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar sind: Ausschneiden - wählen Sie die entsprechenden Daten aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die gewählten Daten zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Tabelle wieder eingefügt werden. Kopieren – wählen Sie die gewünschten Daten aus und klicken Sie im Rechtsklickmenü auf Kopieren oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopieren, um die Auswahl in die Zwischenablage Ihres Computers zu kopieren. Die kopierten Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in demselben Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden. Einfügen - wählen Sie die gewünschte Stelle aus und klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Stelle und wählen Sie Einfügen aus der Menüleiste aus, um die vorher kopierten bzw. ausgeschnittenen Daten aus der Zwischenablage an der aktuellen Cursorposition einzufügen. Die Daten können vorher aus demselben Blatt, einer anderen Tabelle oder einem anderen Programm kopiert werden. Alternativ können Sie auch die folgenden Tastenkombinationen verwenden, um Daten aus bzw. in eine andere Tabelle oder ein anderes Programm zu kopieren oder einzufügen: Strg+X - Ausschneiden; STRG+C - Kopieren; Strg+V - Einfügen. Hinweis: Wenn Sie Daten innerhalb von einer Kalkulationstabelle ausschneiden und einfügen wollen, können Sie die gewünschte(n) Zelle(n) auch einfach auswählen. Wenn Sie nun den Mauszeiger über die Auswahl bewegen ändert sich der Zeiger in das Symbol und Sie können die Auswahl in die gewünschte Position ziehen. Inhalte einfügen mit Optionen Wenn Sie den kopierten Text eingefügt haben, erscheint neben der unteren rechten Ecke der eingefügte(n) Zelle(n) das Menü Einfügeoptionen . Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen. Für das Eifügen von Zellen/Zellbereichen mit formatierten Daten sind die folgenden Optionen verfügbar: Einfügen - der Zellinhalt wird einschließlich Datenformatierung eingefügt. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Wenn die kopierten Daten Formeln enthalten, stehen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Nur Formel einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln ohne Einfügen der Datenformatierung. Formel + Zahlenformat - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit der auf Zahlen angewendeten Formatierung. Formel + alle Formatierung - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen. Formel ohne Rahmenlinien - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen außer Zellenrahmen. Formel + Spaltenbreite - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen einschließlich Breite der Quellenspalte für den Zellenbereich, in den Sie die Daten einfügen. Die folgenden Optionen ermöglichen das Einfügen des Ergebnisses, der kopierten Formel, ohne die Formel selbst einzufügen: Nur Wert einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse ohne Einfügen der Datenformatierung. Wert + Zahlenformat - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse mit der auf Zahlen angewendeten Formatierung. Wert + alle Formatierung - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse mit allen Datenformatierungen. Nur Formatierung einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Zellenformatierung ohne Einfügen des Zelleninhalts. Transponieren - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Daten, die Spalten in Zeilen und Zeilen in Spalten ändern. Diese Option ist nur für normale Datenbereiche verfügbar und nicht für formatierte Tabellen. Wenn Sie den Inhalt einer einzelnen Zelle oder eines Textes in AutoFormen einfügen, sind die folgenden Optionen verfügbar: Quellenformatierung - die Quellformatierung der kopierten Daten wird beizubehalten. Zielformatierung - ermöglicht das Anwenden der bereits für die Zelle/AutoForm verwendeten Formatierung auf die eingefügten Daten. Auto-Ausfülloptionen Wenn Sie mehrere Zellen mit denselben Daten füllen wollen, verwenden Sie die Auto-Ausfülloptionen: Wählen Sie eine Zelle/einen Zellenbereich mit den gewünschten Daten aus. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Füllpunkt in der rechten unteren Ecke der Zelle. Der Cursor wird zu einem schwarzen Pluszeichen: Ziehen Sie den Füllpunkt über die angrenzenden Zellen, die Sie mit den ausgewählten Daten füllen möchten. Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Reihe von Zahlen (z. B. 1, 2, 3, 4 ...; 2, 4, 6, 8 ... usw.) oder Datumsangaben erstellen wollen, geben Sie mindestens zwei Startwerte ein und erweitern Sie die Datenreihe, indem Sie beide Zellen markieren und dann den Füllpunkt ziehen bis Sie den gewünschten Maximalwert erreicht haben. Zellen in einer Spalte mit Textwerten füllen Wenn eine Spalte in Ihrer Tabelle einige Textwerte enthält, können Sie einfach jeden Wert in dieser Spalte ersetzen oder die nächste leere Zelle füllen, indem Sie einen der bereits vorhandenen Textwerte auswählen. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Aus Dropdown-Liste auswählen. Wählen Sie einen der verfügbaren Textwerte, um den aktuellen Text zu ersetzen oder eine leere Zelle zu füllen." + "body": "Zwischenablage verwenden Um die Daten in Ihrer aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle auszuschneiden, zu kopieren oder einzufügen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü oder die Symbole die auf jeder beliebigen Registerkarte in der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar sind: Ausschneiden - wählen Sie die entsprechenden Daten aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die gewählten Daten zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Tabelle wieder eingefügt werden. Kopieren – wählen Sie die gewünschten Daten aus und klicken Sie im Rechtsklickmenü auf Kopieren oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopieren, um die Auswahl in die Zwischenablage Ihres Computers zu kopieren. Die kopierten Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in demselben Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden. Einfügen - wählen Sie die gewünschte Stelle aus und klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Stelle und wählen Sie Einfügen aus der Menüleiste aus, um die vorher kopierten bzw. ausgeschnittenen Daten aus der Zwischenablage an der aktuellen Cursorposition einzufügen. Die Daten können vorher aus demselben Blatt, einer anderen Tabelle oder einem anderen Programm kopiert werden. In der Online-Version können nur die folgenden Tastenkombinationen zum Kopieren oder Einfügen von Daten aus/in eine andere Tabelle oder ein anderes Programm verwendet werden. In der Desktop-Version können sowohl die entsprechenden Schaltflächen/Menüoptionen als auch Tastenkombinationen für alle Kopier-/Einfügevorgänge verwendet werden: STRG+X - Ausschneiden; STRG+C - Kopieren; STRG+V - Einfügen. Hinweis: Wenn Sie Daten innerhalb einer Kalkulationstabelle ausschneiden und einfügen wollen, können Sie die gewünschte(n) Zelle(n) auch einfach auswählen. Wenn Sie nun den Mauszeiger über die Auswahl bewegen ändert sich der Zeiger in das Symbol und Sie können die Auswahl in die gewünschte Position ziehen. Inhalte einfügen mit Optionen Wenn Sie den kopierten Text eingefügt haben, erscheint neben der unteren rechten Ecke der eingefügten Zelle(n) das Menü Einfügeoptionen . Klicken Sie auf diese Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen. Für das Eifügen von Zellen/Zellbereichen mit formatierten Daten sind die folgenden Optionen verfügbar: Einfügen - der Zellinhalt wird einschließlich Datenformatierung eingefügt. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Wenn die kopierten Daten Formeln enthalten, stehen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Nur Formel einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln ohne Einfügen der Datenformatierung. Formel + Zahlenformat - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit der auf Zahlen angewendeten Formatierung. Formel + alle Formatierungen - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen. Formel ohne Rahmenlinien - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen außer Zellenrahmen. Formel + Spaltenbreite - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen einschließlich Breite der Quellenspalte für den Zellenbereich, in den Sie die Daten einfügen. Die folgenden Optionen ermöglichen das Einfügen des Ergebnisses der kopierten Formel, ohne die Formel selbst einzufügen: Nur Wert einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse ohne Einfügen der Datenformatierung. Wert + Zahlenformat - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse mit der auf Zahlen angewendeten Formatierung. Wert + alle Formatierungen - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse mit allen Datenformatierungen. Nur Formatierung einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Zellenformatierung ohne Einfügen des Zelleninhalts. Transponieren - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Daten, die Spalten in Zeilen und Zeilen in Spalten ändern. Diese Option ist nur für normale Datenbereiche verfügbar und nicht für formatierte Tabellen. Wenn Sie den Inhalt einer einzelnen Zelle oder eines Textes in AutoFormen einfügen, sind die folgenden Optionen verfügbar: Quellenformatierung - die Quellformatierung der kopierten Daten wird beizubehalten. Zielformatierung - ermöglicht das Anwenden der bereits für die Zelle/AutoForm verwendeten Formatierung auf die eingefügten Daten. Zum Einfügen von durch Trennzeichen getrenntem Text, der aus einer .txt -Datei kopiert wurde, stehen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Der durch Trennzeichen getrennte Text kann mehrere Datensätze enthalten, wobei jeder Datensatz einer einzelnen Tabellenzeile entspricht. Jeder Datensatz kann mehrere durch Trennzeichen getrennte Textwerte enthalten (z. B. Komma, Semikolon, Doppelpunkt, Tabulator, Leerzeichen oder ein anderes Zeichen). Die Datei sollte als Klartext-Datei .txt gespeichert werden. Nur Text beibehalten - Ermöglicht das Einfügen von Textwerten in eine einzelne Spalte, in der jeder Zelleninhalt einer Zeile in einer Quelltextdatei entspricht. Textimport-Assistent verwenden - Ermöglicht das Öffnen des Textimport-Assistenten, mit dessen Hilfe Sie die Textwerte auf einfache Weise in mehrere Spalten aufteilen können, wobei jeder durch ein Trennzeichen getrennte Textwert in eine separate Zelle eingefügt wird.Wählen Sie im Fenster Textimport-Assistent das Trennzeichen aus der Dropdown-Liste Trennzeichen aus, das für die durch Trennzeichen getrennten Daten verwendet wurde. Die in Spalten aufgeteilten Daten werden im Feld Vorschau unten angezeigt. Wenn Sie mit dem Ergebnis zufrieden sind, drücken Sie die Taste OK. Wenn Sie durch Trennzeichen getrennte Daten aus einer Quelle eingefügt haben die keine reine Textdatei ist (z. B. Text, der von einer Webseite kopiert wurde usw.), oder wenn Sie die Funktion Nur Text beibehalten angewendet haben und nun die Daten aus einer einzelnen Spalte in mehrere Spalten aufteilen möchten, können Sie die Option Text zu Spalten verwenden. Daten in mehrere Spalten aufteilen: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle oder Spalte aus, die Daten mit Trennzeichen enthält. Klicken Sie auf der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Schaltfläche Text zu Spalten. Der Assistent Text zu Spalten wird geöffnet. Wählen Sie in der Dropdown-Liste Trennzeichen das Trennzeichen aus, das Sie für die durch Trennzeichen getrennten Daten verwendet haben, schauen Sie sich die Vorschau im Feld darunter an und klicken Sie auf OK. Danach befindet sich jeder durch das Trennzeichen getrennte Textwert in einer separaten Zelle. Befinden sich Daten in den Zellen rechts von der Spalte, die Sie teilen möchten, werden diese überschrieben. Auto-Ausfülloption Wenn Sie mehrere Zellen mit denselben Daten ausfüllen wollen, verwenden Sie die Option Auto-Ausfüllen: Wählen Sie eine Zelle/einen Zellenbereich mit den gewünschten Daten aus. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Füllpunkt in der rechten unteren Ecke der Zelle. Der Cursor wird zu einem schwarzen Pluszeichen: Ziehen Sie den Ziehpunkt über die angrenzenden Zellen, die Sie mit den ausgewählten Daten füllen möchten. Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Reihe von Zahlen (z. B. 1, 2, 3, 4...; 2, 4, 6, 8... usw.) oder Datumsangaben erstellen wollen, geben Sie mindestens zwei Startwerte ein und erweitern Sie die Datenreihe, indem Sie beide Zellen markieren und dann den Ziehpunkt ziehen bis Sie den gewünschten Maximalwert erreicht haben. Zellen in einer Spalte mit Textwerten füllen Wenn eine Spalte in Ihrer Tabelle einige Textwerte enthält, können Sie einfach jeden Wert in dieser Spalte ersetzen oder die nächste leere Zelle ausfüllen, indem Sie einen der bereits vorhandenen Textwerte auswählen. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Aus Dropdown-Liste auswählen. Wählen Sie einen der verfügbaren Textwerte, um den aktuellen Text zu ersetzen oder eine leere Zelle auszufüllen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm", "title": "Schriftart, -größe und -farbe festlegen", - "body": "Mithilfe der entsprechenden Symbole in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste können Sie Schriftart und Größe auswählen, einen DekoStil auf die Schrift anwenden und die Farben der Schrift und des Hintergrunds ändern. Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Formatierung auf Daten anwenden möchten, die bereits im Tabellenblatt vorhanden sind, wählen Sie diese mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus und legen Sie die gewünschte Formatierung für die ausgewählten Daten fest. Wenn Sie mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche formatieren wollen, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Zellenbereiche mit der Maus aus. Schriftart Wird verwendet, um eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den verfügbaren Schriftarten zu wählen. Schriftgröße Über diese Option kann der gewünschte Wert für die Schriftgröße aus einer List ausgewählt werden oder manuell in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingegeben werden. Schrift vergrößern Bei jedem Klick auf das Symbol wird die Schrift um 1 Punkt vergrößert. Schrift verkleinern Bei jedem Klick auf das Symbol wird die Schrift um 1 Punkt verkleinert. Fett Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch fette Schrift hervorgehoben. Kursiv Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorgehoben. Unterstrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Durchgestrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie durchgestrichen. Tiefgestellt/Hochgestellt Auswählen der Option Hochgestellt oder Tiefgestellt. Hochgestellt - Text verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen. Tiefgestellt - Text verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln. Schriftfarbe Die Farbe von Buchstaben/Zeichen in Zellen ändern. Hintergrundfarbe Farbe des Zellenhintergrunds ändern. Farbschema ändern Wird verwendet, um die Standardfarbpalette für Arbeitsblattelemente (Schriftart, Hintergrund, Diagramme und Diagrammelemente) zu ändern, indem Sie eine der verfügbaren Schemata auswählen: Office, Graustufen, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Papier, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, oder Verve. Hinweis: Sie können auch eine der Formatierungsvoreinstellungen anwenden. Wählen Sie dazu die Zelle aus, die Sie formatieren möchten und wählen Sie dann die gewünschte Voreinstellung aus der Liste auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste: Schriftart/Hintergrundfarbe ändern: Wählen Sie eine Zelle oder mehrere Zellen aus oder das ganze Blatt, mithilfe der Tastenkombination Strg+A. Klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste auf das entsprechende Symbol. Wählen Sie eine beliebige Farbe auf den verfügbaren Paletten aus. Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Tabelle entsprechen. Standardfarben - die voreingestellten Standardfarben. Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich aus, indem Sie den vertikalen Farbregler verschieben und die entsprechende Farbe festlegen, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können eine Farbe auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells bestimmen, indem Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) festlegen oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen eingeben. Die gewählte Farbe erscheint im Vorschaufeld Neu. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen. Die benutzerdefinierte Farbe wird auf die Daten angewandt und zur Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt. Die Hintergrundfarbe in einer bestimmten Zelle löschen: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A aus. Klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Hintergrundfarbe . Wählen Sie das Symbol ." + "body": "Mithilfe der entsprechenden Symbole in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste können Sie Schriftart und Größe auswählen, einen DekoStil auf die Schrift anwenden und die Farben der Schrift und des Hintergrunds ändern. Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Formatierung auf Daten anwenden möchten, die bereits im Tabellenblatt vorhanden sind, wählen Sie diese mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus und legen Sie die gewünschte Formatierung für die ausgewählten Daten fest. Wenn Sie mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche formatieren wollen, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Zellenbereiche mit der Maus aus. Schriftart Wird verwendet, um eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den verfügbaren Schriftarten zu wählen. Wenn eine gewünschte Schriftart nicht in der Liste verfügbar ist, können Sie diese runterladen und in Ihrem Betriebssystem speichern. Anschließend steht Ihnen diese Schrift in der Desktop-Version zur Nutzung zur Verfügung. Schriftgröße Über diese Option kann der gewünschte Wert für die Schriftgröße aus der Dropdown-List ausgewählt werden (die Standardwerte sind: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 und 96). Sie können auch manuell einen Wert in das Feld für die Schriftgröße eingeben und anschließend die Eingabetaste drücken. Schrift vergrößern Bei jedem Klick auf das Symbol wird die Schrift um 1 Punkt vergrößert. Schrift verkleinern Bei jedem Klick auf das Symbol wird die Schrift um 1 Punkt verkleinert. Fett Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch fette Schrift hervorgehoben. Kursiv Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorgehoben. Unterstrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Durchgestrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie durchgestrichen. Tiefgestellt/Hochgestellt Auswählen der Option Hochgestellt oder Tiefgestellt. Hochgestellt - Text verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen. Tiefgestellt - Text verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln. Schriftfarbe Die Farbe von Buchstaben/Zeichen in Zellen ändern. Hintergrundfarbe Farbe des Zellenhintergrunds ändern. Die Zellenhintergrundfarbe kann außerdem über die Palette Hintergrundfarbe auf der Registerkarte Zelleneinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Farbschema ändern Wird verwendet, um die Standardfarbpalette für Arbeitsblattelemente (Schriftart, Hintergrund, Diagramme und Diagrammelemente) zu ändern, indem Sie eine der verfügbaren Schemata auswählen: Office, Graustufen, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Papier, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, oder Verve. Hinweis: Sie können auch eine der Formatierungsvoreinstellungen anwenden. Wählen Sie dazu die Zelle aus, die Sie formatieren möchten und wählen Sie dann die gewünschte Voreinstellung aus der Liste auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste: Schriftart/Hintergrundfarbe ändern: Wählen Sie eine Zelle oder mehrere Zellen aus oder das ganze Blatt, mithilfe der Tastenkombination Strg+A. Klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste auf das entsprechende Symbol. Wählen Sie eine beliebige Farbe auf den verfügbaren Paletten aus. Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Tabelle entsprechen. Standardfarben - die voreingestellten Standardfarben. Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich aus, indem Sie den vertikalen Farbregler verschieben und die entsprechende Farbe festlegen, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können eine Farbe auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells bestimmen, indem Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) festlegen oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen eingeben. Die gewählte Farbe erscheint im Vorschaufeld Neu. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen. Die benutzerdefinierte Farbe wird auf die Daten angewandt und zur Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt. Die Hintergrundfarbe in einer bestimmten Zelle löschen: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Hintergrundfarbe in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste. Wählen Sie das Symbol ." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm", + "title": "Tabellenvorlage formatieren", + "body": "Erstellen Sie eine neue formatierte Tabelle Um die Arbeit mit Daten zu erleichtern, ermöglicht der Tabelleneditor eine Tabellenvorlage auf einen ausgewählten Zellenbereich unter automatischer Filteraktivierung anzuwenden. Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt, Wählen sie einen Zellenbereich aus, den Sie formatieren möchten. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wie Tabellenvorlage formatieren in der Registerkarte Startseite auf der oberen Symbolleiste. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Vorlage in der Galerie aus. Überprüfen Sie den Zellenbereich, der als Tabelle formatiert werden soll, im geöffneten Fenster. Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Titell, wenn Sie möchten, dass die Tabellenüberschriften in den ausgewählten Zellbereich aufgenommen werden, ansonsten wird die Kopfzeile oben hinzugefügt, während der ausgewählte Zellbereich um eine Zeile nach unten verschoben wird. Klicken Sie OK an, um die gewählte Vorlage anzuwenden. Die Vorlage wird auf den ausgewählten Zellenbereich angewendet und Sie können die Tabellenüberschriften bearbeiten und den Filter anwenden , um mit Ihren Daten zu arbeiten. Sie können auch eine formatierte Tabelle mithilfe der Schaltfläche Tabelle in der Registerkarte Einfügen einfügen. Eine standardmäßige Tabellenvorlage wird eingefügt. Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine neu formatierte Tabelle erstellen, wird der Tabelle automatisch ein Standardname (Tabelle1, Tabelle2 usw.) zugewiesen. Sie können den Namen ändern. Wenn Sie einen neuen Wert in eine Zelle unter der letzten Zeile der Tabelle eingeben (wenn die Tabelle nicht über eine Zeile mit den Gesamtergebnissen verfügt) oder in einer Zelle rechts von der letzten Tabellenspalte, wird die formatierte Tabelle automatisch um eine neue Zeile oder Spalte erweitert. Wenn Sie die Tabelle nicht erweitern möchten, klicken Sie die angezeigte Schaltfläche an und wählen Sie die Option Automatische Erweiterung rückgängig machen. Wenn Sie diese Aktion rückgängig gemacht haben, ist im Menü die Option Automatische Erweiterung wiederholen verfügbar. Hinweis: Um die automatische Erweiterung ein-/auszuschalten, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von Autokorrektur -> AutoFormat während der Eingabe. Wählen Sie die Zeilen und Spalten aus Um eine ganze Zeile in der formatierten Tabelle auszuwählen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den linken Rand der Tabellenzeile, bis den Kursor in den schwarze Pfeile übergeht, und drücken Sie die linke Maustaste. Um eine ganze Spalte in der formatierten Tabelle auszuwählen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über die Oberkante der Spaltenüberschrift, bis den Kursor in den schwarze Pfeile übergeht, und drücken Sie die linke Maustaste. Wenn Sie einmal drücken, werden die Spaltendaten ausgewählt (wie im Bild unten gezeigt). Wenn Sie zweimal drücken, wird die gesamte Spalte mit der Kopfzeile ausgewählt. Um eine gesamte formatierte Tabelle auszuwählen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über die obere linke Ecke der formatierten Tabelle, bis der Kursor in den diagonalen schwarzen Pfeil übergeht, und drücken Sie die linke Maustaste. Formatierte Tabellen bearbeiten Einige der Tabelleneinstellungen können über die Registerkarte Einstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden, die geöffnet wird, wenn Sie mindestens eine Zelle in der Tabelle mit der Maus auswählen und das Symbol Tabelleneinstellungen rechts anklicken. In den Abschnitten Zeilen und Spalten , haben Sie die Möglichkeit, bestimmte Zeilen/Spalten hervorzuheben, eine bestimmte Formatierung anzuwenden oder die Zeilen/Spalten in den verschiedenen Hintergrundfarben einzufärben, um sie klar zu unterscheiden. Folgende Optionen stehen zur Verfügung: Kopfzeile - Kopfzeile wird angezeigt. Insgesamt - am Ende der Tabelle wird eine Zeile mit den Ergebnissen hinzugefügt. Hinweis: Wenn diese Option ausgewählt ist, können Sie auch eine Funktion zur Berechnung der Zusammenfassungswerte auswählen. Sobald Sie eine Zelle in der Zusammenfassung Zeile ausgewählt haben, ist die Schaltfläche rechts neben der Zelle verfügbar. Klicken Sie daran und wählen Sie die gewünschte Funktion aus der Liste aus: Mittelwert, Count, Max, Min, Summe, Stabw oder Var. Durch die Option Weitere Funktionen können Sie das Fenster Funktion einfügen öffnen und die anderen Funktionen auswählen. Wenn Sie die Option Keine auswählen, wird in der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle in der Zusammenfassung Zeile kein Zusammenfassungswert für diese Spalte angezeigt. Gebänderte Zeilen - gerade und ungerade Zeilen werden unterschiedlich formatiert. Schaltfläche Filtern - die Filterpfeile werden in den Zellen der Kopfzeile angezeigt. Diese Option ist nur verfügbar, wenn die Option Kopfzeile ausgewählt ist. Erste Spalte - die erste Spalte der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben. Letzte Spalte - die letzte Spalte der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben. Gebänderte Spalten - gerade und ungerade Spalten werden unterschiedlich formatiert. Im Abschnitt Aus Vorlage wählen können Sie einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen. Jede Vorlage kombiniert bestimmte Formatierungsparameter, wie Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmenstil, Zellen-/Spaltenformat usw. Abhängig von den in den Abschnitten Zeilen und/oder Spalten ausgewählten Optionen, werden die Vorlagen unterschiedlich dargestellt. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel die Option Kopfzeile im Abschnitt Zeilen und die Option Gebänderte Spalten  im Abschnitt Spalten aktiviert haben, enthält die angezeigte Vorlagenliste nur Vorlagen mit Kopfzeile und gebänderten Spalten: Wenn Sie den aktuellen Tabellenstil (Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmen usw.) löschen möchten, ohne die Tabelle selbst zu entfernen, wenden Sie die Vorlage Keine aus der Vorlagenliste an: Im Abschnitt Größe anpassen können Sie den Zellenbereich ändern, auf den die Tabellenformatierung angewendet wird. Klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Daten auswählen an - ein neues Fenster wird geöffnet. Ändern Sie die Verknüpfung zum Zellbereich im Eingabefeld oder wählen Sie den gewünschten Zellbereich auf dem Arbeitsblatt mit der Maus aus und klicken Sie OK an. Hinweis: Die Kopfzeile sollen in derselben Zeile bleiben, und der resultierende Tabellenbereich soll den ursprünglichen Tabellenbereich überlappen. Im Abschnitt  Zeilen & Spalten können Sie folgende Vorgänge durchzuführen: Wählen Sie eine Zeile, Spalte, alle Spalten ohne die Kopfzeile oder die gesamte Tabelle einschließlich der Kopfzeile aus. Einfügen - eine neue Zeile unter oder über der ausgewählten Zeile bzw. eine neue Spalte links oder rechts von der ausgewählten Spalte einfügen. Löschen - eine Zeile, Spalte, Zelle (abhängig von der Cursorposition) oder die ganze Tabelle löschen. Hinweis: Die Optionen im Abschnitt Zeilen & Spalten sind auch über das Rechtsklickmenü zugänglich. Verwenden Sie die Option Entferne Duplikate , um die Duplikate aus der formatierten Tabelle zu entfernen. Weitere Information zum Entfernen von Duplikaten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Die Option In Bereich konvertieren - Tabelle in einen regulären Datenbereich umwandeln, indem Sie den Filter entfernen. Der Tabellenstil wird beibehalten (z. B. Zellen- und Schriftfarben usw.). Wenn Sie diese Option anwenden, ist die Registerkarte Tabelleneinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste nicht mehr verfügbar. Mit der Option Slicer einfügen wird ein Slicer für die formatierte Tabelle erstellt. Weitere Information zu den Slicers finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Mit der Option Pivot-Tabelle einfügen wird eine Pivot-Tabelle auf der Basis der formatierten Tabelle erstellt. Weitere Information zu den Pivot-Tabellen finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Erweiterte Einstellungen für formatierte Tabellen Um die erweiterten Tabelleneigenschaften zu ändern, klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen  in der rechten Seitenleiste. Das Fenster mit den Tabelleneigenschaften wird geöffnet: Die Registerkarte Der alternative Text ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung , die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Tabelle enthalten sind." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/GroupData.htm", + "title": "Daten gruppieren", + "body": "Mithilfe der Gruppierung von Zeilen- und Spalten-Optionen können Sie die Arbeit mit einer großen Datenmenge vereinfachen. Sie können gruppierte Zeilen und Spalten reduzieren oder erweitern, um nur die erforderlichen Daten anzuzeigen. Es ist auch möglich, die mehrstufige Struktur für die gruppierten Zeilen / Spalten zu erstellen. Die Gruppierung kann man auch aufheben. Zeilen und Spalten gruppieren Um die Zeilen und die Spalten zu gruppieren: Wählen Sie den Zellbereich aus, den Sie gruppieren wollen. Öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Daten und verwenden Sie eine der Optionen: klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Gruppieren an, wählen Sie die Option Zeilen oder Spalten im geöffneten Gruppieren-Fenster aus und klicken Sie OK an, klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Gruppieren-Schaltfläche an und wählen Sie die Option Zeilen gruppieren aus, oder klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Gruppieren-Schaltfläche an und wählen Sie die Option Spalten gruppieren aus. Die ausgewählten Zeilen und Spalten werden gruppiert und die Gliederung wird links (Zeilen) oder nach oben (Spalten) angezeigt. Um die gruppierten Zeilen und Spalten auszublenden, klicken Sie das Reduzieren-Symbol an. Um die reduzierten Zeilen und Spalten anzuzeigen, klicken Sie das Erweitern-Symbol an. Die Gliederung ändern Um die Gliederung der gruppierten Zeilen und Spalten zu ändern, verwenden Sie die Optionen aus dem Gruppieren Drop-Downmenü. Die Optionen Hauptzeilen unter Detaildaten und Hauptspalten rechts von Detaildaten werden standardmäßig aktiviert. Sie lassen die Position der Schaltflächen Reduzieren und Erweitern zu ändern: Deselektieren Sie die Option Hauptzeilen unter Detaildaten, damit die Hauptzeilen oben angezeigt sind. Deselektieren Sie die Option Hauptspalten rechts von Detaildaten, damit die Hauptspalten links angezeigt sind. Mehrstufige Gruppen erstellen Um die mehrstufige Struktur zu erstellen, wählen Sie den Zellbereich innerhalb von dem zuvor gruppierten Zeilen oder Spalten aus und gruppieren Sie den neuen Zellbereich (oben genannt). Jetzt können Sie die Gruppen reduzieren oder erweitern mithilfe der Symbolen mit Nummern für Stufen . Z.B., wenn Sie eine verschachtelte Gruppe innerhalb von der übergeordneten Gruppe erstellen, stehen 3 Stufen zur Verfügung. Man kann bis 8 Stufen erstellen. Klicken Sie das Symbol für die erste Stufe an, um nur die erste Gruppe zu öffnen: Klicken Sie das Symbol für die zweite Stufe an, um die Daten der übergeordneten Gruppe anzuzeigen: Klicken Sie das Symbol für die dritte Stufe an, um alle Daten anzuzeigen: Man kann auch die Schaltfläche Reduzieren und Erweitern innerhalb von der Gliederung anklicken, um die Daten auf jeder Stufe anzuzeigen oder zu reduzieren. Zeilen- und Spaltengruppierung aufheben Um die Zeilen- und Spaltengliederung aufzuheben: Wählen Sie den Zellbereich aus, deren Gruppierung aufgehoben werden soll. Öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Daten und verwenden Sie eine der gewünschten Optionen: klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Gruppierung aufheben an, wählen Sie die Option Zeilen oder Spalten im geöffneten Gruppieren-Fenster aus und klicken Sie OK an, klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Gruppierung aufheben-Schaltfläche an und wählen Sie die Option Gruppierung von Zeilen aufheben aus, um die Zeilengruppierung aufzuheben und die Zeilengliederung zu entfernen, klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Gruppierung aufheben-Schaltfläche an und wählen Sie die Option Gruppierung von Spalten aufheben aus, um die Spaltengruppierung aufzuheben und die Spaltengliederung zu entfernen, klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil unter der Gruppierung aufheben-Schaltfläche an und wählen Sie die Option Gliederung entfernen aus, um die Zeilen- und Spaltengliederung zu entfernen, ohne die aktiven Gruppen zu löschen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "AutoFormen einfügen und formatieren", - "body": "AutoForm einfügen AutoForm in die Tabelle einfügen: Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Form Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Gruppen für AutoFormen aus: Standardformen, geformte Pfeile, Mathematik, Diagramme, Sterne und Bänder, Legenden, Buttons, Rechtecke, Linien. Klicken Sie in der gewählten Gruppe auf die gewünschte AutoForm. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger an der Stelle, an der Sie eine Form einfügen möchten. Wenn Sie die AutoForm hinzugefügt haben können Sie Größe, Position und Eigenschaften ändern. Einstellungen der AutoForm anpassen Einige Eigenschaften von AutoFormen können auf der Registerkarte Formeinstellungen im rechten Seitenbereich geändert werden. Das entsprechende Menü öffnet sich, wenn Sie die hinzugefügte Form mit der Maus auswählen und dann auf das Symbol Formeinstellungen klicken. Sie können die folgenden Eigenschaften ändern: Füllung - zum Ändern der Füllung einer AutoForm. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Einfarbige Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Volltonfarbe festzulegen, mit der Sie die innere Fläche der ausgewählten Autoform ausfüllen möchten. Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus den verfügbaren Farbpaletten aus oder legen Sie eine beliebige Farbe fest: Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Tabelle entsprechen. Standardfarben - die voreingestellten Standardfarben. Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich mit dem vertikalen Schieberegler aus und legen Sie dann die gewünschte Farbe fest, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds an die gewünschte Position ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells eine Farbe bestimmen, geben Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) ein oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen. Die gewählte Farbe wird im Vorschaufeld Neu angezeigt. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen. Ihre AutoForm wird in der benutzerdefinierten Farbe formatiert und die Farbe wird der Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt.

        Füllung mit Farbverlauf - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem sanften Übergang von einer Farbe zu einer anderen zu füllen. Stil - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich linear, d.h. entlang der horizontalen/vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem 45-Grad Winkel) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich kreisförmig vom Zentrum zu den Kanten). Richtung - wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü aus. Wenn der Farbverlauf Linear ausgewählt ist, sind die folgenden Richtungen verfügbar: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, von unten links nach oben rechts, von links nach rechts. Wenn der Farbverlauf Radial ausgewählt ist, steht nur eine Vorlage zur Verfügung. Farbverlauf - klicken Sie auf den linken Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um das Farbfeld für die erste Farbe zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld auf der rechten Seite, um die erste Farbe in der Farbpalette auszuwählen. Nutzen Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um den Wechselpunkt festzulegen, an dem eine Farbe in die andere übergeht. Nutzen Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um die zweite Farbe anzugeben und den Wechselpunkt festzulegen. Bild oder Textur - wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Formhintergrund zu nutzen. Wenn Sie ein Bild als Hintergrund für eine Form verwenden möchten, können Sie das Bild Aus Datei einfügen, geben Sie dazu in dem geöffneten Fenster den Speicherort auf Ihrem Computer an, oder Aus URL, geben Sie dazu die entsprechende Webadresse in das geöffnete Fenster ein. Wenn Sie eine Textur als Hintergrund für eine Form nutzen möchten, öffnen Sie das Menü Textur und wählen Sie die gewünschte Texturvoreinstellung aus.Derzeit sind die folgenden Texturen verfügbar: Leinwand, Karton, dunkler Stoff, Korn, Granit, graues Papier, stricken, Leder, braunes Papier, Papyrus, Holz. Wenn das gewählte Bild kleiner oder größer als die AutoForm ist, können Sie die Option Strecken oder Kacheln aus dem Listenmenü auswählen.Die Option Strecken ermöglicht Ihnen die Größe des Bildes so anzupassen, dass es den kompletten Bereich der AutoForm füllen kann. Die Option Kacheln ermöglicht Ihnen nur einen Teil eines größeren Bildes zu verwenden und die Originalgröße beizubehalten oder ein kleines Bild unter Beibehaltung der Originalgröße zu wiederholen und durch diese Wiederholungen die gesamte Fläche der AutoForm auszufüllen. Hinweis: Jede Voreinstellung für Texturfüllungen ist dahingehend festgelegt, den gesamten Bereich auszufüllen, aber Sie können nach Bedarf auch den Effekt Strecken anwenden. Muster - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, dass aus regelmäßig wiederholten Elementen besteht. Muster - wählen Sie eine der Designvorgaben aus dem Menü aus. Vordergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe der Musterelemente zu ändern. Hintergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe des Mustershintergrundes zu ändern. Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten. Transparenz - hier können Sie den Grad der gewünschten Transparenz auswählen, bringen Sie dazu den Schieberegler in die gewünschte Position oder geben Sie manuell einen Prozentwert ein. Der Standardwert beträgt 100%. Also volle Deckkraft. Der Wert 0% steht für vollständige Transparenz. Strich - in dieser Gruppe können Sie Strichbreite und -farbe der AutoForm ändern. Um die Strichstärke zu ändern, wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen im Listenmenü Größe aus. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: 0,5 Pt., 1 Pt., 1,5 Pt., 2,25 Pt., 3 Pt., 4,5 Pt., 6 Pt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Keine Linie auswählen, wenn Sie keine Umrandung wünschen. Um die Konturfarbe zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das farbige Feld und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus. Um den Stil der Kontur zu ändern, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der entsprechenden Dropdown-Liste aus (standardmäßig wird eine durchgezogene Linie verwendet, diese können Sie in eine der verfügbaren gestrichelten Linien ändern). AutoForm ändern - ersetzen Sie die aktuelle AutoForm durch eine andere, die Sie im Listenmenü wählen können. Um die erweiterten Einstellungen der AutoForm zu ändern, nutzen Sie den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen im rechten Seitenbereich. Das Fenster Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen wird geöffnet. Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter: Breite und Höhe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe der AutoForm ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis der AutoForm wird beibehalten. Die Registerkarte Stärken & Pfeile enthält die folgenden Parameter: Linienart - in dieser Gruppe können Sie die folgenden Parameter bestimmen: Abschlusstyp - legen Sie den Stil für den Abschluss der Linie fest, diese Option besteht nur bei Formen mit offener Kontur wie Linien, Polylinien usw.: Flach - für flache Endpunkte. Rund - für runde Endpunkte. Quadratisch - quadratisches Linienende. Anschlusstyp - legen Sie die Art der Verknüpfung von zwei Linien fest, z.B. kann diese Option auf Polylinien oder die Ecken von Dreiecken bzw. Vierecken angewendet werden: Rund - die Ecke wird abgerundet. Schräge Kante - die Ecke wird schräg abgeschnitten. Winkel - spitze Ecke. Dieser Typ passt gut bei AutoFormen mit spitzen Winkeln. Hinweis: Der Effekt wird auffälliger, wenn Sie eine hohe Konturbreite verwenden. Pfeile - diese Option ist verfügbar, wenn eine Form aus der Gruppe Linien ausgewählt ist. In dieser Gruppe können Sie die Form von Startpfeil und Endpfeil festlegen und die jeweilige Größe bestimmen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus. Über die Registerkarte Textränder können Sie die oberen, unteren, linken und rechten inneren Ränder der AutoForm ändern (also den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Form und dem Rahmen der AutoForm). Hinweis: diese Registerkarte ist nur verfügbar, wenn der AutoForm ein Text hinzugefügt wurde, ansonsten wird die Registerkarte ausgeblendet. Über die Registerkarte Spalten ist es möglich, der AutoForm Textspalten hinzuzufügen und die gewünschte Anzahl der Spalten (bis zu 16) und den Abstand zwischen den Spalten festzulegen. Wenn Sie auf OK klicken, erscheint der bereits vorhandene Text, oder jeder beliebige Text den Sie in die AutoForm eingeben, in den Spalten und geht flüssig von einer Spalte in die nächste über. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Form enthalten sind. Text in AutoFormen einfügen und formatieren Um einen Text in eine AutoForm einzufügen, wählen Sie die entsprechende Form aus und geben Sie einfach Ihren Text ein. Ein solcher Text wird Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text ebenfalls verschoben oder gedreht). Alle Formatierungsoptionen die für den Text in einer AutoForm zur Verfügung stehen finden Sie hier. AutoFormen mithilfe von Verbindungen anbinden Sie können Autoformen mithilfe von Linien mit Verbindungspunkten verbinden, um Abhängigkeiten zwischen Objekten zu demonstrieren (z.B. wenn Sie ein Flussdiagramm erstellen wollen). Verbindungen erstellen: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Einfügen auf das Smbol Form. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Linien im Menü aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Form in der ausgewählten Gruppe (mit Ausnahme der letzten drei Formen, bei denen es sich nicht um Konnektoren handelt, genaugenommen Form 10, 11 und 12). Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über die erste AutoForm und klicken Sie auf einen der Verbindungspunkte , die auf dem Umriss der Form zu sehen sind. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger in Richtung der zweiten AutoForm und klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Verbindungspunkt auf dem Umriss der Form. Wenn Sie die verbundenen AutoFormen verschieben, bleiben die Verbindungen an die Form gebunden und bewegen sich mit den Formen zusammen. Alternativ können Sie die Verbindungen auch von den Form lösen und an andere Verbindungspunkte anbinden." + "body": "AutoForm einfügen AutoForm in die Tabelle einfügen: Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Form Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Gruppen für AutoFormen aus: Standardformen, geformte Pfeile, Mathematik, Diagramme, Sterne & Bänder, Legenden, Buttons, Rechtecke, Linien. Klicken Sie in der gewählten Gruppe auf die gewünschte AutoForm. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger an der Stelle, an der Sie eine Form einfügen möchten. Wenn Sie die AutoForm hinzugefügt haben können Sie Größe, Position und Eigenschaften ändern. Einstellungen der AutoForm anpassen Einige Eigenschaften von AutoFormen können auf der Registerkarte Formeinstellungen im rechten Seitenbereich geändert werden. Das entsprechende Menü öffnet sich, wenn Sie die hinzugefügte Form mit der Maus auswählen und dann auf das Symbol Formeinstellungen klicken. Sie können die folgenden Eigenschaften ändern: Füllung - zum Ändern der Füllung einer AutoForm. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Einfarbige Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Volltonfarbe festzulegen, mit der Sie die innere Fläche der ausgewählten Autoform ausfüllen möchten. Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus den verfügbaren Farbpaletten aus oder legen Sie eine beliebige Farbe fest: Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Tabelle entsprechen. Standardfarben - die voreingestellten Standardfarben. Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich aus, indem Sie den vertikalen Farbregler verschieben und die entsprechende Farbe festlegen, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können eine Farbe auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells bestimmen, indem Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) festlegen oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen eingeben. Die gewählte Farbe erscheint im Vorschaufeld Neu. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen. Ihre AutoForm wird in der benutzerdefinierten Farbe formatiert und die Farbe wird der Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt.

        Füllung mit Farbverlauf - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem sanften Übergang von einer Farbe zu einer anderen zu füllen. Stil - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich linear, d.h. entlang der horizontalen/vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem 45-Grad Winkel) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich kreisförmig vom Zentrum zu den Kanten). Richtung - wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü aus. Wenn der Farbverlauf Linear ausgewählt ist, sind die folgenden Richtungen verfügbar: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, von unten links nach oben rechts, von links nach rechts. Wenn der Farbverlauf Radial ausgewählt ist, steht nur eine Vorlage zur Verfügung. Farbverlauf - verwenden Sie diese Option, um die Form mit zwei oder mehr verblassenden Farben zu füllen. Passen Sie Ihre Farbverlaufsfüllung ohne Einschränkungen an. Klicken Sie auf die Form, um das rechte Füllungsmenü zu öffnen. Die verfügbare Menüoptionen: Stil - wählen Sie Linear oder Radial aus: Linear wird verwendet, wenn Ihre Farben von links nach rechts, von oben nach unten oder in einem beliebigen Winkel in eine Richtung fließen sollen. Klicken Sie auf Richtung, um eine voreingestellte Richtung auszuwählen, und klicken Sie auf Winke, um einen genauen Verlaufswinkel einzugeben. Radial wird verwendet, um sich von der Mitte zu bewegen, da die Farbe an einem einzelnen Punkt beginnt und nach außen ausstrahlt. Punkt des Farbverlaufs ist ein bestimmter Punkt für den Verlauf von einer Farbe zur anderen. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Punkt des Farbverlaufs einfügen oder den Schieberegler, um einen Punkt des Verlaufs einzufügen. Sie können bis zu 10 Punkte einfügen. Jeder nächste eingefügte Punkt des Farbverlaufs beeinflusst in keiner Weise die aktuelle Darstellung der Farbverlaufsfüllung. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Punkt des Farbverlaufs entfernen, um den bestimmten Punkt zu löschen. Verwenden Sie den Schieberegler, um die Position des Farbverlaufspunkts zu ändern, oder geben Sie Position in Prozent an, um eine genaue Position zu erhalten. Um eine Farbe auf einen Verlaufspunkt anzuwenden, klicken Sie auf einen Punkt im Schieberegler und dann auf Farbe, um die gewünschte Farbe auszuwählen. Bild oder Textur - wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Formhintergrund zu nutzen. Wenn Sie ein Bild als Hintergrund für eine Form verwenden möchten, können Sie das Bild Aus Datei einfügen, geben Sie dazu in dem geöffneten Fenster den Speicherort auf Ihrem Computer an, oder Aus URL, geben Sie dazu die entsprechende Webadresse in das geöffnete Fenster ein. Wenn Sie eine Textur als Hintergrund für eine Form nutzen möchten, öffnen Sie das Menü Textur und wählen Sie die gewünschte Texturvoreinstellung aus.Derzeit sind die folgenden Texturen verfügbar: Leinwand, Karton, dunkler Stoff, Korn, Granit, graues Papier, stricken, Leder, braunes Papier, Papyrus, Holz. Wenn das gewählte Bild kleiner oder größer als die AutoForm ist, können Sie die Option Strecken oder Kacheln aus dem Listenmenü auswählen.Die Option Strecken ermöglicht Ihnen die Größe des Bildes so anzupassen, dass es den kompletten Bereich der AutoForm füllen kann. Die Option Kacheln ermöglicht Ihnen nur einen Teil eines größeren Bildes zu verwenden und die Originalgröße beizubehalten oder ein kleines Bild unter Beibehaltung der Originalgröße zu wiederholen und durch diese Wiederholungen die gesamte Fläche der AutoForm auszufüllen. Hinweis: Jede Voreinstellung für Texturfüllungen ist dahingehend festgelegt, den gesamten Bereich auszufüllen, aber Sie können nach Bedarf auch den Effekt Strecken anwenden. Muster - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, dass aus regelmäßig wiederholten Elementen besteht. Muster - wählen Sie eine der Designvorgaben aus dem Menü aus. Vordergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe der Musterelemente zu ändern. Hintergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe des Mustershintergrundes zu ändern. Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten. Transparenz - hier können Sie den Grad der gewünschten Transparenz auswählen, bringen Sie dazu den Schieberegler in die gewünschte Position oder geben Sie manuell einen Prozentwert ein. Der Standardwert beträgt 100%. Also volle Deckkraft. Der Wert 0% steht für vollständige Transparenz. Strich - in dieser Gruppe können Sie Strichbreite und -farbe der AutoForm ändern. Um die Strichstärke zu ändern, wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen im Listenmenü Größe aus. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: 0,5 Pt., 1 Pt., 1,5 Pt., 2,25 Pt., 3 Pt., 4,5 Pt., 6 Pt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Keine Linie auswählen, wenn Sie keine Umrandung wünschen. Um die Konturfarbe zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das farbige Feld und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus. Um den Stil der Kontur zu ändern, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der entsprechenden Dropdown-Liste aus (standardmäßig wird eine durchgezogene Linie verwendet, diese können Sie in eine der verfügbaren gestrichelten Linien ändern). Drehen dient dazu die Form um 90 Grad im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen oder die Form horizontal oder vertikal zu spiegeln. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen: um die Form um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um die Form um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um die Form horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts) um die Form vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten) AutoForm ändern - ersetzen Sie die aktuelle AutoForm durch eine andere, die Sie im Listenmenü wählen können. Um die erweiterten Einstellungen der AutoForm zu ändern, nutzen Sie den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen im rechten Seitenbereich. Das Fenster Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen wird geöffnet. Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter: Breite und Höhe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe der AutoForm ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis der AutoForm wird beibehalten. Die Registerkarte Drehen umfasst die folgenden Parameter: Winkel - mit dieser Option lässt sich die Form in einem genau festgelegten Winkel drehen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld ein oder stellen Sie diesen mit den Pfeilen rechts ein. Spiegeln - Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Horizontal, um die Form horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts), oder aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Vertikal, um die Form vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten). Die Registerkarte Gewichtungen & Pfeile umfasst die folgenden Parameter: Linienart - in dieser Gruppe können Sie die folgenden Parameter bestimmen: Abschlusstyp - legen Sie den Stil für den Abschluss der Linie fest, diese Option besteht nur bei Formen mit offener Kontur wie Linien, Polylinien usw.: Flach - für flache Endpunkte. Rund - für runde Endpunkte. Quadratisch - quadratisches Linienende. Anschlusstyp - legen Sie die Art der Verknüpfung von zwei Linien fest, z.B. kann diese Option auf Polylinien oder die Ecken von Dreiecken bzw. Vierecken angewendet werden: Rund - die Ecke wird abgerundet. Schräge Kante - die Ecke wird schräg abgeschnitten. Winkel - spitze Ecke. Dieser Typ passt gut bei AutoFormen mit spitzen Winkeln. Hinweis: Der Effekt wird auffälliger, wenn Sie eine hohe Konturbreite verwenden. Pfeile - diese Option ist verfügbar, wenn eine Form aus der Gruppe Linien ausgewählt ist. In dieser Gruppe können Sie die Form von Startpfeil und Endpfeil festlegen und die jeweilige Größe bestimmen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus. Über die Registerkarte Textränder können Sie die oberen, unteren, linken und rechten inneren Ränder der AutoForm ändern (also den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Form und dem Rahmen der AutoForm). Hinweis: diese Registerkarte ist nur verfügbar, wenn der AutoForm ein Text hinzugefügt wurde, ansonsten wird die Registerkarte ausgeblendet. Über die Registerkarte Spalten ist es möglich, der AutoForm Textspalten hinzuzufügen und die gewünschte Anzahl der Spalten (bis zu 16) und den Abstand zwischen den Spalten festzulegen. Wenn Sie auf OK klicken, erscheint der bereits vorhandene Text, oder jeder beliebige Text den Sie in die AutoForm eingeben, in den Spalten und geht flüssig von einer Spalte in die nächste über. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Form enthalten sind. Text in AutoFormen einfügen und formatieren Um einen Text in eine AutoForm einzufügen, wählen Sie die entsprechende Form aus und geben Sie einfach Ihren Text ein. Ein solcher Text wird Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text ebenfalls verschoben oder gedreht). Alle Formatierungsoptionen die für den Text in einer AutoForm zur Verfügung stehen finden Sie hier. AutoFormen mithilfe von Verbindungen anbinden Sie können Autoformen mithilfe von Linien mit Verbindungspunkten verbinden, um Abhängigkeiten zwischen Objekten zu demonstrieren (z.B. wenn Sie ein Flussdiagramm erstellen wollen). Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Einfügen auf das Smbol Form. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Linien im Menü aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Form in der ausgewählten Gruppe (mit Ausnahme der letzten drei Formen, bei denen es sich nicht um Konnektoren handelt: Kurve, Skizze und Freihand). Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über die erste AutoForm und klicken Sie auf einen der Verbindungspunkte , die auf dem Umriss der Form zu sehen sind. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger in Richtung der zweiten AutoForm und klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Verbindungspunkt auf dem Umriss der Form. Wenn Sie die verbundenen AutoFormen verschieben, bleiben die Verbindungen an die Form gebunden und bewegen sich mit den Formen zusammen. Alternativ können Sie die Verbindungen auch von den Formen lösen und an andere Verbindungspunkte anbinden." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm", @@ -2343,17 +2438,27 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm", "title": "Funktion einfügen", - "body": "Die Möglichkeit, grundlegende Berechnungen durchzuführen, ist der eigentliche Hauptgrund für die Verwendung einer Kalkulationstabelle. Wenn Sie einen Zellbereich in Ihrer Tabelle auswählen, werden einige Berechnungen bereits automatisch ausgeführt: MITTELWERT analysiert den ausgewählte Zellbereich und ermittelt den Durchschnittswert. ANZAHL gibt die Anzahl der ausgewählten Zellen wieder, wobei leere Zellen ignoriert werden. SUMME gibt die SUMME der markierten Zellen wieder, wobei leere Zellen oder Zellen mit Text ignoriert werden. Die Ergebnisse dieser automatisch durchgeführten Berechnungen werden in der unteren rechten Ecke der Statusleiste angezeigt. Um andere Berechnungen durchzuführen, können Sie die gewünschte Formel manuell einfügen, mit den üblichen mathematischen Operatoren, oder eine vordefinierte Formel verwenden - Funktion. Einfügen einer Funktion: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, in die Sie eine Funktion einfügen möchten. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie eine der häufig verwendeten Funktionen (SUMME, MIN, MAX, ANZAHL) oder klicken Sie auf die Option Weitere oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Fenster Funktion einfügen die gewünschte Funktionsgruppe aus und wählen Sie dann die gewünschte Funktion aus der Liste und klicken Sie auf OK. Geben Sie die Funktionsargumente manuell ein oder wählen Sie den entsprechenden Zellbereich mit Hilfe der Maus aus. Sind für die Funktion mehrere Argumente erforderlich, müssen diese durch Kommas getrennt werden.Hinweis: Im Allgemeinen können numerische Werte, logische Werte (WAHR, FALSCH), Textwerte (müssen zitiert werden), Zellreferenzen, Zellbereichsreferenzen, den Bereichen zugewiesene Namen und andere Funktionen als Funktionsargumente verwendet werden. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Hier finden Sie die Liste der verfügbaren Funktionen, gruppiert nach Kategorien: Funktionskategorie Beschreibung Funktionen Text- und Datenfunktionen Werden verwendet, um die Textdaten in Ihrer Tabelle korrekt anzuzeigen. ZEICHEN; SÄUBERN; CODE; VERKETTEN; TEXTKETTE; DM; IDENTISCH; FINDEN; FINDENB; FEST; LINKS; LINKSB; LÄNGE; LÄNGEB; KLEIN; TEIL; TEILB; ZAHLENWERT; GROSS2; ERSETZEN; ERSETZENB; WIEDERHOLEN; RECHTS; RECHTSB; SUCHEN; SUCHENB; WECHSELN; T; TEXT; TEXTVERKETTEN; GLÄTTEN; UNIZEICHEN; UNICODE; GROSS; WERT Statistische Funktionen Diese dienen der Analyse von Daten: Mittelwert ermitteln, den größen bzw. kleinsten Wert in einem Zellenbereich finden. MITTELABW; MITTELWERT; MITTELWERTA; MITTELWERTWENN; MITTELWERTWENNS; BETAVERT; BETA.VERT; BETA.INV; BINOMVERT; BINOM.VERT; BINOM.VERT.BEREICH; BINOM.INV; CHIVERT; CHIINV; CHIQU.VERT; CHIQU.VERT.RE; CHIQU.INV; CHIQU.INV.RE; CHITEST; CHIQU.TEST; KONFIDENZ; KONFIDENZ.NORM; KONFIDENZ.T; KORREL; ANZAHL; ANZAHL2; ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN; ZÄHLENWENN; ZÄHLENWENNS; KOVAR; KOVARIANZ.P; KOVARIANZ.S; KRITBINOM; SUMQUADABW; EXPON.VERT; EXPONVERT; F.VERT; FVERT; F.VERT.RE; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RE; FISHER; FISHERINV; SCHÄTZER; PROGNOSE.ETS; PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT; PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT; PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT; PROGNOSE.LINEAR; HÄUFIGKEIT; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.VERT; GAMMAVERT; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.GENAU; GAUSS; GEOMITTEL; HARMITTEL; HYPGEOMVERT; HYPGEOM.VERT; ACHSENABSCHNITT; KURT; KGRÖSSTE; LOGINV; LOGNORM.VERT; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMVERT; MAX; MAXA; MAXWENNS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINWENNS; MODALWERT; MODUS.VIELF; MODUS.EINF; NEGBINOMVERT; NEGBINOM.VERT; NORMVERT; NORM.VERT; NORMINV; NORM.INV; STANDNORMVERT; NORM.S.VERT; STANDNORMINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; QUANTIL; QUANTIL.EXKL; QUANTIL.INKL; QUANTILSRANG; QUANTILSRANG.EXKL; QUANTILSRANG.INKL; VARIATIONEN; VARIATIONEN2; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.VERT; WAHRSCHBEREICH; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXKL; QUARTILE.INKL; RANG; RANG.MITTELW; RANG.GLEICH; BESTIMMTHEITSMASS; SCHIEFE; SCHIEFE.P; STEIGUNG; KKLEINSTE; STANDARDISIERUNG; STABW; STABW.S; STABWA; STABWN; STABW.N; STABWNA; STFEHLERYX; TVERT; T.VERT; T.VERT.2S; T.VERT.RE; T.INV; T.INV.2S; TINV; GESTUTZTMITTEL; TTEST; T.TEST; VARIANZ; VARIANZA; VARIANZEN; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARIANZENA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.VERT; GTEST; G.TEST Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen Werden genutzt, um grundlegende mathematische und trigonometrische Operationen durchzuführen: Addition, Multiplikation, Division, Runden usw. ABS; ARCCOS; ARCCOSHYP; ARCCOT; ARCCOTHYP; AGGREGAT; ARABISCH; ARCSIN; ARCSINHYP; ARCTAN; ARCTAN2; ARCTANHYP; BASIS; OBERGRENZE; OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK; OBERGRENZE.GENAU; KOMBINATIONEN; KOMBINATIONEN2; COS; COSHYP; COT; COTHYP; COSEC; COSECHYP; DEZIMAL; GRAD; ECMA.OBERGRENZE; GERADE; EXP; FAKULTÄT; ZWEIFAKULTÄT; UNTERGRENZE; UNTERGRENZE.GENAU; UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK; GGT; GANZZAHL; ISO.OBERGRENZE; KGV; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDET; MINV; MMULT; REST; VRUNDEN; POLYNOMIAL; UNGERADE; PI; POTENZ; PRODUKT; QUOTIENT; BOGENMASS; ZUFALLSZAHL; ZUFALLSBEREICH; RÖMISCH; RUNDEN; ABRUNDEN; AUFRUNDEN; SEC; SECHYP; POTENZREIHE; VORZEICHEN; SIN; SINHYP; WURZEL; WURZELPI; TEILERGEBNIS; SUMME; SUMMEWENN; SUMMEWENNS; SUMMENPRODUKT; QUADRATESUMME; SUMMEX2MY2; SUMMEX2PY2; SUMMEXMY2; TAN; TANHYP; KÜRZEN Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen Werden genutzt um Datum und Uhrzeit in einer Tabelle korrekt anzuzeigen. DATUM; DATEDIF; DATWERT; TAG; TAGE; TAGE360; EDATUM; MONATSENDE; STUNDE; ISOKALENDERWOCHE; MINUTE; MONAT; NETTOARBEITSTAGE; NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL; JETZT; SEKUNDE; ZEIT; ZEITWERT; HEUTE; WOCHENTAG; KALENDERWOCHE; ARBEITSTAG; ARBEITSTAG.INTL; JAHR; BRTEILJAHRE Technische Funktionen Dienen der Durchführung von technischen Berechnungen: BESSELI; BESSELJ; BESSELK; BESSELY; BININDEZ; BININHEX; BININOKT; BITUND; BITLVERSCHIEB; BITODER; BITRVERSCHIEB; BITXODER; KOMPLEXE; UMWANDELN; DEZINBIN; DEZINHEX; DEZINOKT; DELTA; GAUSSFEHLER; GAUSSF.GENAU; GAUSSFKOMPL; GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU; GGANZZAHL; HEXINBIN; HEXINDEZ; HEXINOKT; IMABS; IMAGINÄRTEIL; IMARGUMENT; IMKONJUGIERTE; IMCOS; IMCOSHYP; IMCOT; IMCOSEC; IMCOSECHYP; IMDIV; IMEXP; IMLN; IMLOG10; IMLOG2; IMAPOTENZ; IMPRODUKT; IMREALTEIL; IMSEC; IMSECHYP; IMSIN; IMSINHYP; IMWURZEL; IMSUB; IMSUMME; IMTAN; OKTINBIN; OKTINDEZ; OKTINHEX Datenbankfunktionen Werden verwendet, um Berechnungen für die Werte in einem bestimmten Feld der Datenbank durchzuführen, die den angegebenen Kriterien entsprechen. DBMITTELWERT; DBANZAHL; DBANZAHL2; DBAUSZUG; DBMAX; DBMIN; DBPRODUKT; DBSTDABW; DBSTDABWN; DBSUMME; DBVARIANZ; DBVARIANZEN Finanzmathematische Funktionen Werden genutzt, um finanzielle Berechnungen durchzuführen (Kapitalwert, Zahlungen usw.). AUFGELZINS; AUFGELZINSF; AMORDEGRK; AMORLINEARK; ZINSTERMTAGVA; ZINSTERMTAGE; ZINSTERMTAGNZ; ZINSTERMNZ; ZINSTERMZAHL; ZINSTERMVZ; KUMZINSZ; KUMKAPITAL; GDA2; GDA; DISAGIO; NOTIERUNGDEZ; NOTIERUNGBRU; DURATIONТ; EFFEKTIV; ZW; ZW2; ZINSSATZ; ZINSZ; IKV; ISPMT; MDURATION; QIKV; NOMINAL; ZZR; NBW; UNREGER.KURS; UNREGER.REND; UNREGLE.KURS; UNREGLE.REND; PDURATION; RMZ; KAPZ; KURS; KURSDISAGIO; KURSFÄLLIG; BW; ZINS; AUSZAHLUNG; ZSATZINVEST; LIA; DIA; TBILLÄQUIV; TBILLKURS; TBILLRENDITE; VDB; XINTZINSFUSS; XKAPITALWERT; RENDITE; RENDITEDIS; RENDITEFÄLL Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen Werden genutzt, um die Informationen aus der Datenliste zu finden. ADRESSE; WAHL; SPALTE; SPALTEN; FORMELTEXT; WVERWEIS; INDEX; INDIREKT; VERWEIS; VERGLEICH; BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN; ZEILE; ZEILEN; MTRANS; SVERWEIS Informationsfunktionen Werden verwendet, um Ihnen Informationen über die Daten in der ausgewählten Zelle oder einem Bereich von Zellen zu geben. FEHLER.TYP; ISTLEER; ISTFEHL; ISTFEHLER; ISTGERADE; ISTFORMEL; ISTLOG; ISTNV; ISTKTEXT; ISTZAHL; ISTUNGERADE; ISTBEZUG; ISTTEXT; N; NV; BLATT; BLÄTTER; TYP Logische Funktionen Werden verwendet, um zu prüfen, ob eine Bedingung wahr oder falsch ist. UND; FALSCH; WENN; WENNFEHLER; WENNNV; WENNS; NICHT; ODER; ERSTERWERT; WAHR; XODER" + "body": "Die Möglichkeit grundlegende Berechnungen durchzuführen ist der eigentliche Hauptgrund für die Verwendung einer Kalkulationstabelle. Wenn Sie einen Zellbereich in Ihrer Tabelle auswählen, werden einige Berechnungen bereits automatisch ausgeführt: MITTELWERT analysiert den ausgewählte Zellbereich und ermittelt den Durchschnittswert. ANZAHL gibt die Anzahl der ausgewählten Zellen wieder, wobei leere Zellen ignoriert werden. MIN gibt den kleinsten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück. MAX gibt den größten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück. SUMME gibt die SUMME der markierten Zellen wieder, wobei leere Zellen oder Zellen mit Text ignoriert werden. Die Ergebnisse dieser automatisch durchgeführten Berechnungen werden in der unteren rechten Ecke der Statusleiste angezeigt. Um andere Berechnungen durchzuführen, können Sie die gewünschte Formel mit den üblichen mathematischen Operatoren manuell einfügen oder eine vordefinierte Formel verwenden - Funktion. Einfügen einer Funktion: Wählen Sie die Zelle, in die Sie eine Funktion einfügen möchten. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie eine der häufig verwendeten Funktionen (SUMME, MIN, MAX, ANZAHL) oder klicken Sie auf die Option Weitere oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Fenster Funktion einfügen die gewünschte Funktionsgruppe aus und wählen Sie dann die gewünschte Funktion aus der Liste und klicken Sie auf OK. Geben Sie die Funktionsargumente manuell ein oder wählen Sie den entsprechenden Zellbereich mit Hilfe der Maus aus. Sind für die Funktion mehrere Argumente erforderlich, müssen diese durch Kommas getrennt werden.Hinweis: Im Allgemeinen können numerische Werte, logische Werte (WAHR, FALSCH), Textwerte (müssen zitiert werden), Zellreferenzen, Zellbereichsreferenzen, den Bereichen zugewiesene Namen und andere Funktionen als Funktionsargumente verwendet werden. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Eine Funktion manuell über die Tastatur eingeben: Wählen Sie eine Zelle aus. Geben Sie das Gleichheitszeichen ein (=).Jede Formel muss mit dem Gleichheitszeichen beginnen (=). Geben Sie den Namen der Funktion ein.Sobald Sie die Anfangsbuchstaben eingegeben haben, wird die Liste Formel automatisch vervollständigen angezeigt. Während der Eingabe werden die Elemente (Formeln und Namen) angezeigt, die den eingegebenen Zeichen entsprechen. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine Formel bewegen, wird ein Textfeld mit der Formelbeschreibung angezeigt. Sie können die gewünschte Formel aus der Liste auswählen und durch Anklicken oder Drücken der TAB-Taste einfügen. Geben Sie die folgenden Funktionsargumente ein.Argumente müssen in Klammern gesetzt werden. Die öffnende Klammer „(“ wird automatisch hinzugefügt, wenn Sie eine Funktion aus der Liste auswählen. Wenn Sie Argumente eingeben, wird Ihnen eine QuickInfo mit der Formelsyntax angezeigt. Wenn Sie alle Argumente angegeben haben, schließende Sie die „)“ Klammer und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Hier finden Sie die Liste der verfügbaren Funktionen, gruppiert nach Kategorien: Funktionskategorie Beschreibung Funktionen Text- und Datenfunktionen Diese dienen dazu die Textdaten in Ihrer Tabelle korrekt anzuzeigen. ASC; ZEICHEN; SÄUBERN; CODE; VERKETTEN; TEXTKETTE; DM; IDENTISCH; FINDEN; FINDENB; FEST; LINKS; LINKSB; LÄNGE; LÄNGEB; KLEIN; TEIL; TEILB; ZAHLENWERT; GROSS2; ERSETZEN; ERSETZENB; WIEDERHOLEN; RECHTS; RECHTSB; SUCHEN; SUCHENB; WECHSELN; T; TEXT; TEXTVERKETTEN; GLÄTTEN; UNIZEICHEN; UNICODE; GROSS; WERT Statistische Funktionen Diese dienen der Analyse von Daten: Mittelwert ermitteln, den größen bzw. kleinsten Wert in einem Zellenbereich finden. MITTELABW; MITTELWERT; MITTELWERTA; MITTELWERTWENN; MITTELWERTWENNS; BETAVERT; BETA.VERT; BETA.INV; BETAINV; BINOMVERT; BINOM.VERT; BINOM.VERT.BEREICH; BINOM.INV; CHIVERT; CHIINV; CHIQU.VERT; CHIQU.VERT.RE; CHIQU.INV; CHIQU.INV.RE; CHITEST; CHIQU.TEST; KONFIDENZ; KONFIDENZ.NORM; KONFIDENZ.T; KORREL; ANZAHL; ANZAHL2; ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN; ZÄHLENWENN; ZÄHLENWENNS; KOVAR; KOVARIANZ.P; KOVARIANZ.S; KRITBINOM; SUMQUADABW; EXPON.VERT; EXPONVERT; F.VERT; FVERT; F.VERT.RE; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RE; FISHER; FISHERINV; SCHÄTZER; PROGNOSE.ETS; PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT; PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT; PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT; PROGNOSE.LINEAR; HÄUFIGKEIT; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.VERT; GAMMAVERT; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.GENAU; GAUSS; GEOMITTEL; HARMITTEL; HYPGEOMVERT; HYPGEOM.VERT; ACHSENABSCHNITT; KURT; KGRÖSSTE; LOGINV; LOGNORM.VERT; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMVERT; MAX; MAXA; MAXWENNS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINWENNS; MODALWERT; MODUS.VIELF; MODUS.EINF; NEGBINOMVERT; NEGBINOM.VERT; NORMVERT; NORM.VERT; NORMINV; NORM.INV; STANDNORMVERT; NORM.S.VERT; STANDNORMINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; QUANTIL; QUANTIL.EXKL; QUANTIL.INKL; QUANTILSRANG; QUANTILSRANG.EXKL; QUANTILSRANG.INKL; VARIATIONEN; VARIATIONEN2; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.VERT; WAHRSCHBEREICH; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXKL; QUARTILE.INKL; RANG; RANG.MITTELW; RANG.GLEICH; BESTIMMTHEITSMASS; SCHIEFE; SCHIEFE.P; STEIGUNG; KKLEINSTE; STANDARDISIERUNG; STABW; STABW.S; STABWA; STABWN; STABW.N; STABWNA; STFEHLERYX; TVERT; T.VERT; T.VERT.2S; T.VERT.RE; T.INV; T.INV.2S; TINV; GESTUTZTMITTEL; TTEST; T.TEST; VARIANZ; VARIANZA; VARIANZEN; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARIANZENA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.VERT; GTEST; G.TEST Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen Werden genutzt, um grundlegende mathematische und trigonometrische Operationen durchzuführen: Addition, Multiplikation, Division, Runden usw. ABS; ACOS; ARCCOSHYP; ARCCOT; ARCCOTHYP; AGGREGAT; ARABISCH; ARCSIN; ARCSINHYP; ARCTAN; ARCTAN2; ARCTANHYP; BASE; OBERGRENZE; OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK; OBERGRENZE.GENAU; KOMBINATIONEN; KOMBINATIONEN2; COS; COSHYP; COT; COTHYP; COSEC; COSECHYP; DEZIMAL; GRAD; ECMA.OBERGRENZE; GERADE; EXP; FAKULTÄT; ZWEIFAKULTÄT; UNTERGRENZE; UNTERGRENZE.GENAU; UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK; GGT; GANZZAHL; ISO.OBERGRENZE; KGV; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDET; MINV; MMULT; REST; VRUNDEN; POLYNOMIAL; UNGERADE; PI; POTENZ; PRODUKT; QUOTIENT; BOGENMASS; ZUFALLSZAHL; ZUFALLSBEREICH; RÖMISCH; RUNDEN; ABRUNDEN; AUFRUNDEN; SEC; SECHYP; POTENZREIHE; VORZEICHEN; SIN; SINHYP; WURZEL; WURZELPI; TEILERGEBNIS; SUMME; SUMMEWENN; SUMMEWENNS; SUMMENPRODUKT; QUADRATESUMME; SUMMEX2MY2; SUMMEX2PY2; SUMMEXMY2; TAN; TANHYP; KÜRZEN Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen Werden genutzt um Datum und Uhrzeit in einer Tabelle korrekt anzuzeigen. DATUM; DATEDIF; DATWERT; TAG; TAGE; TAGE360; EDATUM; MONATSENDE; STUNDE; ISOKALENDERWOCHE; MINUTE; MONAT; NETTOARBEITSTAGE; NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL; JETZT; SEKUNDE; ZEIT; ZEITWERT; HEUTE; WOCHENTAG; KALENDERWOCHE; ARBEITSTAG; ARBEITSTAG.INTL; JAHR; BRTEILJAHRE Technische Funktionen Diese dienen der Durchführung von technischen Berechnungen: BESSELI; BESSELJ; BESSELK; BESSELY; BININDEZ; BININHEX; BININOKT; BITUND; BITLVERSCHIEB; BITODER; BITRVERSCHIEB; BITXODER; KOMPLEXE; UMWANDELN; DEZINBIN; DEZINHEX; DEZINOKT; DELTA; GAUSSFEHLER; GAUSSF.GENAU; GAUSSFKOMPL; GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU; GGANZZAHL; HEXINBIN; HEXINDEZ; HEXINOKT; IMABS; IMAGINÄRTEIL; IMARGUMENT; IMKONJUGIERTE; IMCOS; IMCOSHYP; IMCOT; IMCOSEC; IMCOSECHYP; IMDIV; IMEXP; IMLN; IMLOG10; IMLOG2; IMAPOTENZ; IMPRODUKT; IMREALTEIL; IMSEC; IMSECHYP; IMSIN; IMSINHYP; IMWURZEL; IMSUB; IMSUMME; IMTAN; OKTINBIN; OKTINDEZ; OKTINHEX Datenbankfunktionen Diese dienen dazu Berechnungen für die Werte in einem bestimmten Feld der Datenbank durchzuführen, die den angegebenen Kriterien entsprechen. DBMITTELWERT; DBANZAHL; DBANZAHL2; DBAUSZUG; DBMAX; DBMIN; DBPRODUKT; DBSTDABW; DBSTDABWN; DBSUMME; DBVARIANZ; DBVARIANZEN Finanzmathematische Funktionen Diese dienen dazu finanzielle Berechnungen durchzuführen (Kapitalwert, Zahlungen usw.). AUFGELZINS; AUFGELZINSF; AMORDEGRK; AMORLINEARK; ZINSTERMTAGVA; ZINSTERMTAGE; ZINSTERMTAGNZ; ZINSTERMNZ; ZINSTERMZAHL; ZINSTERMVZ; KUMZINSZ; KUMKAPITAL; GDA2; GDA; DISAGIO; NOTIERUNGDEZ; NOTIERUNGBRU; DURATIONТ; EFFEKTIV; ZW; ZW2; ZINSSATZ; ZINSZ; IKV; ISPMT; MDURATION; QIKV; NOMINAL; ZZR; NBW; UNREGER.KURS; UNREGER.REND; UNREGLE.KURS; UNREGLE.REND; PDURATION; RMZ; KAPZ; KURS; KURSDISAGIO; KURSFÄLLIG; BW; ZINS; AUSZAHLUNG; ZSATZINVEST; LIA; DIA; TBILLÄQUIV; TBILLKURS; TBILLRENDITE; VDB; XINTZINSFUSS; XKAPITALWERT; RENDITE; RENDITEDIS; RENDITEFÄLL Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen Diese dienen dazu Informationen aus der Datenliste zu finden. ADRESSE; WAHL; SPALTE; SPALTEN; FORMELTEXT; WVERWEIS; HYPERLINLK; INDEX; INDIREKT; VERWEIS; VERGLEICH; BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN; ZEILE; ZEILEN; MTRANS; SVERWEIS Informationsfunktionen Diese dienen dazu Ihnen Informationen über die Daten in der ausgewählten Zelle oder einem Bereich von Zellen zu geben. FEHLER.TYP; ISTLEER; ISTFEHL; ISTFEHLER; ISTGERADE; ISTFORMEL; ISTLOG; ISTNV; ISTKTEXT; ISTZAHL; ISTUNGERADE; ISTBEZUG; ISTTEXT; N; NV; BLATT; BLÄTTER; TYP Logische Funktionen Diese dienen dazu zu prüfen, ob eine Bedingung wahr oder falsch ist. UND; FALSCH; WENN; WENNFEHLER; WENNNV; WENNS; NICHT; ODER; ERSTERWERT; WAHR; XODER" + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", + "title": "Kopf- und Fußzeilen einfügen", + "body": "Die Kopf- und Fußzeilen fügen weitere Information auf den ausgegebenen Blättern hin, z.B. Datum und Uhrzeit, Seitennummer, Blattname usw. Kopf- und Fußzeilen sind nur auf der ausgegebenen Blatt angezeigt. Um eine Kopf- und Fußzeile einzufügen: öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Layout, klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Kopf- und Fußzeile an, im geöffneten Fenster Kopf- und Fußzeileneinstellungen konfigurieren Sie die folgenden Einstellungen: markieren Sie das Kästchen Erste Seite anders, um eine andere Kopf- oder Fußzeile auf der ersten Seite einzufügen, oder ganz keine Kopf- oder Fußzeile da zu haben. Die Registerkarte Erste Seite ist unten angezeigt. markieren Sie das Kästchen Gerade und ungerade Seiten anders, um verschiedene Kopf- und Fußzeilen auf den geraden und ungeraden Seiten einzufügen. Die Registerkarten Gerade Seite und Ungerade Seite sind unten angezeigt. die Option Mit Dokument skalieren skaliert die Kopf- und Fußzeilen mit dem Dokument zusammen. Diese Option wird standardmäßig aktiviert. die Option An Seitenrändern ausrichten richtet die linke/rechte Kopf- und Fußzeile mit dem linken/rechten Seitenrand aus. Diese Option wird standardmäßig aktiviert. fügen Sie die gewünschten Daten ein. Abhängig von den ausgewählten Optionen können Sie die Einstellungen für Alle Seiten konfigurieren oder die Kopf-/Fußzeile für die erste Seite sowie für ungerade und gerade Seiten konfigurieren. Öffnen Sie die erforderliche Registerkarte und konfigurieren Sie die verfügbaren Parameter an. Sie können eine der vorgefertigten Voreinstellungen verwenden oder die erforderlichen Daten manuell in das linke, mittlere und rechte Kopf-/Fußzeilenfeld einfügen: wählen Sie eine der Voreinstellungen aus: Seite 1; Seite 1 von ?; Sheet1; Vertraulich, DD/MM/JJJJ, Seite 1; Spreadsheet name.xlsx; Sheet1, Seite 1; Sheet1, Vertraulich, Seite 1; Spreadsheet name.xlsx, Seite 1; Seite 1, Sheet1; Seite 1, Spreadsheet name.xlsx; Author, Seite 1, DD/MM/JJJJ; Vorbereitet von, DD/MM/JJJJ, Seite 1. Die entsprechende Variables werden eingefügt. stellen Sie den Kursor im linken, mittleren oder rechten Feld der Kopf- oder Fußzeile und verwenden Sie den Menü Einfügen, um die Variables Seitenzahl, Anzahl der Seiten, Datum, Uhrzeit, Dateiname, Blattname einzufügen. formatieren Sie den in der Kopf- oder Fußzeile eingefügten Text mithilfe der entsprechenden Steuerelementen. Ändern Sie die standardmäßige Schriftart, Größe, Farbe, Stil (fett, kursiv, unterstrichen, durchgestrichen, tifgestellt, hochgestellt). klicken Sie OK an, um die Änderungen anzunehmen. Um die eingefügte Kopf- und Fußzeilen zu bearbeiten, klicken Sie Kopf- und Fußzeile bearbeiten an, ändern Sie die Einstellungen im Fenster Kopf- und Fußzeileneinstellungen und klicken Sie OK an, um die Änderungen anzunehmen. Kopf- und Fußzeilen sind nur auf der ausgegebenen Blatt angezeigt." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Bilder einfügen", - "body": "Im Tabellenkalkulationseditor, können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihre Tabelle einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Ein Bild einfügen Ein Bild in die Tabelle einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie das Bild einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bild in der oberen Symbolleiste. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen um das Bild hochzuladen: Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen. Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn Sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK. Das Bild wird dem Tabellenblatt hinzugefügt. Bildeinstellungen anpassen Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position ändern. Genau Bildmaße festlegen: Wählen Sie das gewünschte Bild mit der Maus aus Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste Legen Sie im Bereich Größe die erforderlichen Werte für Breite und Höhe fest. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße. Ein eingefügtes Bild ersetzen: Wählen Sie das gewünschte Bild mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste Wählen Sie in der Gruppe Bild ersetzen die gewünschte Option: Bild aus Datei oder Bild aus URL - und wählen Sie das entsprechende Bild aus.Hinweis: Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild klicken, wählen Sie dann im Kontextmenü die Option Bild ersetzen. Das ausgewählte Bild wird ersetzt. Wenn Sie das Bild ausgewählt haben, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form, Linientyp, Größe und Farbe an oder ändern Sie die Form und wählen Sie im Menü AutoForm ändern eine neue Form aus. Die Form des Bildes ändert sich entsprechend Ihrer Auswahl. Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Rechtsklickmenü oder klicken Sie einfach in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet: Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind. Um das gewünschte Bild zu löschen, klicken Sie darauf und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur." + "body": "Im Kalkulationstabelleneditor, können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihre Tabelle einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Bild einfügen Ein Bild in die Tabelle einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle an der Sie das Bild einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bild in der oberen Symbolleiste. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen, um das Bild hochzuladen: Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen. Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn Sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK. Die Option Bild aus Speicher öffnet das Fenster Datenquelle auswählen. Wählen Sie ein in Ihrem Portal gespeichertes Bild aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche OK. Das Bild wird dem Tabellenblatt hinzugefügt. Bildeinstellungen anpassen Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position ändern. Genaue Bildmaße festlegen: Wählen Sie das gewünschte Bild mit der Maus aus Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste. Legen Sie im Bereich Größe die erforderlichen Werte für Breite und Höhe fest. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße. Bild zuschneiden: Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden, um die Ziehpunkte zu aktivieren, die an den Bildecken und in der Mitte der Bildseiten angezeigt werden. Ziehen Sie die Ziehpunkte manuell, um den Zuschneidebereich festzulegen. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über den Zuschneidebereich bewegen, ändert sich der Zeiger in das Symbol und Sie können die Auswahl in die gewünschte Position ziehen. Um eine einzelne Seite zuzuschneiden, ziehen Sie den Ziehpunkt in der Mitte dieser Seite. Um zwei benachbarte Seiten gleichzeitig zuzuschneiden, ziehen Sie einen der Ziehpunkte in den Ecken. Um zwei gegenüberliegende Seiten des Bildes gleichermaßen zuzuschneiden, halten Sie die Strg-Taste gedrückt, während Sie den Ziehpunkt in der Mitte einer dieser Seiten ziehen. Um alle Seiten des Bildes gleichermaßen zuzuschneiden, halten Sie die Strg-Taste gedrückt und ziehen Sie gleichzeitig einen der Ziehpunkt in den Ecken. Wenn der Zuschneidebereich festgelegt ist, klicken Sie erneut auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden oder drücken Sie die Taste Esc oder klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle außerhalb des Zuschneidebereichs, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen. Nachdem der Zuschneidebereich ausgewählt wurde, können Sie auch die Optionen Füllen und Anpassen verwenden, die im Dropdown-Menü Zuschneiden verfügbar sind. Klicken Sie erneut auf die Schaltfläche Zuschneiden und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus: Wenn Sie die Option Ausfüllen auswählen, wird der zentrale Teil des Originalbilds beibehalten und zum Ausfüllen des ausgewählten Zuschneidebereichs verwendet, während andere Teile des Bildes entfernt werden. Wenn Sie die Option Anpassen auswählen, wird die Bildgröße so angepasst, dass sie der Höhe oder Breite des Zuschneidebereichs entspricht. Es werden keine Teile des Originalbilds entfernt, es können jedoch leere Bereiche innerhalb des ausgewählten Zuschneidebereichs erscheinen. Bild im Uhrzeigersinn drehen: Wählen Sie das Bild welches Sie drehen möchten mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste. Wählen Sie im Abschnitt Drehen eine der folgenden Optionen: um das Bild um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um das Bild um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen um das Bild horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts) um das Bild vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten) Hinweis: Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild klicken und die Option Drehen aus dem Kontextmenü nutzen. Ein eingefügtes Bild ersetzen: Wählen Sie das gewünschte Bild mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste. Wählen Sie in der Gruppe Bild ersetzen die gewünschte Option: Bild aus Datei oder Bild aus URL - und wählen Sie das entsprechende Bild aus.Hinweis: Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild klicken und die Option Bild ersetzen im Kontextmenü nutzen. Das ausgewählte Bild wird ersetzt. Wenn Sie das Bild ausgewählt haben, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form, Linientyp, Größe und Farbe an oder ändern Sie die Form und wählen Sie im Menü AutoForm ändern eine neue Form aus. Die Form des Bildes ändert sich entsprechend Ihrer Auswahl. Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Rechtsklickmenü oder klicken Sie einfach in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet: Die Registerkarte Drehen umfasst die folgenden Parameter: Winkel - mit dieser Option lässt sich das Bild in einem genau festgelegten Winkel drehen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld ein oder stellen Sie diesen mit den Pfeilen rechts ein. Spiegeln - Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Horizontal, um das Bild horizontal zu spiegeln (von links nach rechts), oder aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Vertikal, um das Bild vertikal zu spiegeln (von oben nach unten). Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind. Um das gewünschte Bild zu löschen, klicken Sie darauf und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", + "title": "Symbole und Sonderzeichen einfügen", + "body": "Während des Arbeitsprozesses wollen Sie ein Symbol einfügen, das sich nicht auf der Tastatur befindet. Um solche Symbole einzufügen, verwenden Sie die Option Symbol einfügen: positionieren Sie den Textcursor an der Stelle für das Sonderzeichen, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen, klicken Sie Symbol an, Das Dialogfeld Symbol wird angezeigt, in dem Sie das gewünschte Symbol auswählen können, öffnen Sie das Dropdown-Menü Bereich, um ein Symbol schnell zu finden. Alle Symbole sind in Gruppen unterteilt, wie z.B. “Währungssymbole” für Währungszeichen. Falls Sie das gewünschte Symbol nicht finden können, wählen Sie eine andere Schriftart aus. Viele von ihnen haben auch die Sonderzeichen, die es nicht in dem Standartsatz gibt. Sie können auch das Unicode HEX Wert-Feld verwenden, um den Code einzugeben. Die Codes können Sie in der Zeichentabelle finden. Verwenden Sie auch die Registerkarte Sonderzeichen, um ein Sonderzeichen auszuwählen. Die Symbole, die zuletzt verwendet wurden, befinden sich in dem Feld Kürzlich verwendete Symbole, klicken Sie Einfügen an. Das ausgewählte Symbol wird eingefügt. ASCII-Symbole einfügen Man kann auch die ASCII Tabelle verwenden, um die Zeichen und Symbole einzufügen. Drücken und halten Sie die ALT-Taste und verwenden Sie den Ziffernblock, um einen Zeichencode einzugeben. Hinweis: Verwenden Sie nur den Ziffernblock. Um den Ziffernblock zu aktivieren, drücken Sie die NumLock-Taste. Z.B., um das Paragraphenzeichen (§) einzufügen, drücken und halten Sie die ALT-Taste und geben Sie 789 ein, dann lassen Sie die ALT-Taste los. Symbole per Unicode-Tabelle einfügen Sonstige Symbole und Zeichen befinden sich auch in der Windows-Symboltabelle. Um diese Tabelle zu öffnen: geben Sie “Zeichentabelle” in dem Suchfeld ein, drücken Sie die Windows-Taste+R und geben Sie charmap.exe in dem Suchfeld ein, dann klicken Sie OK. Im geöffneten Fenster Zeichentabelle wählen Sie die Zeichensätze, Gruppen und Schriftarten aus. Klicken Sie die gewünschte Zeichen an, dann kopieren und fügen an der gewünschten Stelle ein." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "title": "Textobjekte einfügen", - "body": "Um einen bestimmten Teil des Datenblatts hervorzuheben, können Sie ein Textfeld (rechteckigen Rahmen, in den ein Text eingegeben werden kann) oder ein TextArtfeld (Textfeld mit einer vordefinierten Schriftart und Farbe, das die Anwendung von Texteffekten ermöglicht) in das Tabellenblatt einfügen. Textobjekt einfügen Sie können überall im Tabellenblatt ein Textobjekt einfügen. Textobjekt einfügen: Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Wählen Sie das gewünschten Textobjekt aus: Um ein Textfeld hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Textfeld und dann auf die Stelle, an der Sie das Textfeld einfügen möchten. Halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie den Rahmen des Textfelds in die gewünschte Größe. Wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen, erscheint die Einfügemarke im hinzugefügten Textfeld und Sie können Ihren Text eingeben.Hinweis: alternativ können Sie ein Textfeld einfügen, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Form klicken und das Symbol aus der Gruppe Standardformen auswählen. Um ein TextArt-Objekt einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol TextArt in der oberen Symbolleiste und klicken Sie dann auf die gewünschte Stilvorlage - das TextArt-Objekt wird in der Mitte des Tabellenblatts eingefügt. Markieren Sie den Standardtext innerhalb des Textfelds mit der Maus und ersetzen Sie diesen durch Ihren eigenen Text. klicken Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb des Textobjekts, um die Änderungen anzuwenden und zum Arbeitsblatt zurückzukehren. Der Text innerhalb des Textfelds ist Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text mit ihr verschoben oder gedreht). Da ein eingefügtes Textobjekt einen rechteckigen Rahmen mit Text darstellt (TextArt-Objekte haben standardmäßig unsichtbare Rahmen) und dieser Rahmen eine allgemeine AutoForm ist, können Sie sowohl die Form als auch die Texteigenschaften ändern. Um das hinzugefügte Textobjekt zu löschen, klicken Sie auf den Rand des Textfelds und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf der Tastatur. Dadurch wird auch der Text im Textfeld gelöscht. Textfeld formatieren Wählen Sie das entsprechende Textfeld durch Anklicken der Rahmenlinien aus, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn das Textfeld markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als durchgezogene Linien und nicht gestrichelt angezeigt. Sie können das Textfeld mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte an den Ecken der Form verschieben, drehen und die Größe ändern. Um das Textfeld zu bearbeiten mit einer Füllung zu versehen, Rahmenlinien zu ändern, das rechteckige Feld mit einer anderen Form zu ersetzen oder auf Formen - erweiterte Einstellungen zuzugreifen, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Formeinstellungen und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen. Um Textfelder auszurichten bzw. mit anderen Objekten zu verknüpfen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand und nutzen Sie die entsprechende Option im geöffneten Kontextmenü. Um Textspalten in einem Textfeld zu erzeugen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand, klicken Sie auf die Option Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Registerkarte Spalten. Text im Textfeld formatieren Markieren Sie den Text im Textfeld, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn der Text markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt. Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich, die Textformatierung zu ändern, wenn das Textfeld (nicht der Text selbst) ausgewählt ist. In einem solchen Fall werden alle Änderungen auf den gesamten Text im Textfeld angewandt. Einige Schriftformatierungsoptionen (Schriftart, -größe, -farbe und -stile) können separat auf einen zuvor ausgewählten Teil des Textes angewendet werden. Passen Sie die Einstellungen für die Formatierung an (ändern Sie Schriftart, Größe, Farbe und DekoStile). Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste. Unter der Registerkarte Schriftart im Fenster Absatzeigenschaften können auch einige zusätzliche Schriftarteinstellungen geändert werden. Klicken Sie für die Anzeige der Optionen mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text im Textfeld und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Texteinstellungen. Sie können den Text in der Textbox horizontal ausrichten. Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start. Sie können den Text in der Textbox vertikal ausrichten. Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start. Um den Text innerhalb des Textfeldes vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maus auf den Text, wählen Sie die Option vertikale Textausrichtung und klicken Sie dann auf eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Oben ausrichten, Zentrieren oder Unten ausrichten. Text in der Textbox drehen. Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text, wählen Sie die Option Textrichtung und anschließend eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Horizontal (Standardeinstellung), Text um 90° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von oben nach unten) oder Text um 270° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von unten nach oben). Aufzählungszeichen und nummerierte Listen erstellen: Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text, wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Aufzählungszeichen und Listen und wählen Sie dann das gewünschte Aufzählungszeichen oder den Listenstil aus. Hyperlink einfügen Richten Sie den Zeilen- und Absatzabstand für den mehrzeiligen Text innerhalb des Textfelds ein. Nutzen Sie dazu die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Diese öffnet sich, wenn Sie auf das Symbol Texteinstellungen klicken. Hier können Sie die Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen innerhalb des Absatzes sowie die Ränder zwischen dem aktuellen und dem vorhergehenden oder dem folgenden Absatz festlegen. Zeilenabstand - Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen im Absatz festlegen. Sie können unter drei Optionen wählen: mindestens (der erforderliche Abstand für das größte Schriftzeichen oder eine Grafik auf einer Zeile wird als Mindestabstand für alle Zeilen festgelegt), mehrfach (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein Zeilenabstand festgelegt, der ausgehend vom einfachen Zeilenabstand vergrößert wird (Größer als 1)), genau (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein fester Zeilenabstand festgelegt). Sie können den gewünschten Wert im Feld rechts angeben. Absatzabstand - Auswählen wie groß die Absätze sind, die zwischen Textzeilen und Abständen angezeigt werden. Vor - Abstand vor dem Absatz festlegen. Nach - Abstand nach dem Absatz festlegen. Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen ändern: Sie können für den mehrzeiligen Text innerhalb des Textfelds Absatzeinzüge und Tabulatoren ändern und bestimmte anwenden. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im gewünschten Absatz - die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen wird in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Absatzeigenschaften wird geöffnet: In der Registerkarte Einzüge & Position können Sie den Abstand der ersten Zeile vom linken inneren Rand des Textbereiches sowie den Abstand des Absatzes vom linken und rechten inneren Rand des Textbereiches ändern. Die Registerkarte Schriftart enthält folgende Parameter: Durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer Linie. Doppelt durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer doppelten Linie. Hochgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen. Tiefgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln. Kapitälchen - erzeugt Großbuchstaben in Höhe von Kleinbuchstaben. Großbuchstaben - alle Buchstaben als Großbuchstaben schreiben. Zeichenabstand - Abstand zwischen den einzelnen Zeichen festlegen. Die Registerkarte Tabulator erlaubt die Tabstopps zu ändern, d.h. die Position des Mauszeigers dringt vor, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf der Tastatur drücken. Tabulatorposition - Festlegen von benutzerdefinierten Tabstopps. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in dieses Feld ein. Passen Sie diesen mit den Pfeiltasten genauer an und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche Festlegen. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird der Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt. Die Standardeinstellung für Tabulatoren ist auf 1,25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein. Ausrichtung - legt den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen in der obigen Liste fest. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus und wählen Sie das Optionsfeld Linksbündig, Zentriert oder Rechtsbündig und klicken Sie auf Festlegen. Linksbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps linksbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach rechts. Zentriert - der Text wird an der Tabstoppposition zentriert. Rechtsbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps rechtsbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach links. Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp und klicken Sie auf Entfernen oder Alle entfernen. TextArt-Stil bearbeiten Wählen Sie ein Textobjekt aus und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf das Symbol TextArt-Einstellungen . Ändern Sie den angewandten Textstil, indem Sie eine neue Vorlage aus der Galerie auswählen. Sie können den Grundstil außerdem ändern, indem Sie eine andere Schriftart, -größe usw. auswählen. Füllung und Umrandung der Schriftart ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind die gleichen wie für AutoFormen. Wenden Sie einen Texteffekt an, indem Sie aus der Galerie mit den verfügbaren Vorlagen die gewünschte Formatierung auswählen. Sie können den Grad der Textverzerrung anpassen, indem Sie den rosafarbenen, rautenförmigen Griff in die gewünschte Position ziehen." + "body": "Um einen bestimmten Teil des Datenblatts hervorzuheben, können Sie ein Textfeld (rechteckigen Rahmen, in den ein Text eingegeben werden kann) oder ein TextArtfeld (Textfeld mit einer vordefinierten Schriftart und Farbe, das die Anwendung von Texteffekten ermöglicht) in das Tabellenblatt einfügen. Textobjekt einfügen Sie können überall im Tabellenblatt ein Textobjekt einfügen. Textobjekt einfügen: Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Wählen Sie das gewünschten Textobjekt aus: Um ein Textfeld hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Textfeld und dann auf die Stelle, an der Sie das Textfeld einfügen möchten. Halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie den Rahmen des Textfelds in die gewünschte Größe. Wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen, erscheint die Einfügemarke im hinzugefügten Textfeld und Sie können Ihren Text eingeben.Hinweis: alternativ können Sie ein Textfeld einfügen, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Form klicken und das Symbol aus der Gruppe Standardformen auswählen. Um ein TextArt-Objekt einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol TextArt in der oberen Symbolleiste und klicken Sie dann auf die gewünschte Stilvorlage - das TextArt-Objekt wird in der Mitte des Tabellenblatts eingefügt. Markieren Sie den Standardtext innerhalb des Textfelds mit der Maus und ersetzen Sie diesen durch Ihren eigenen Text. klicken Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb des Textobjekts, um die Änderungen anzuwenden und zum Arbeitsblatt zurückzukehren. Der Text innerhalb des Textfelds ist Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text mit ihr verschoben oder gedreht). Da ein eingefügtes Textobjekt einen rechteckigen Rahmen mit Text darstellt (TextArt-Objekte haben standardmäßig unsichtbare Rahmen) und dieser Rahmen eine allgemeine AutoForm ist, können Sie sowohl die Form als auch die Texteigenschaften ändern. Um das hinzugefügte Textobjekt zu löschen, klicken Sie auf den Rand des Textfelds und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf der Tastatur. Dadurch wird auch der Text im Textfeld gelöscht. Textfeld formatieren Wählen Sie das entsprechende Textfeld durch Anklicken der Rahmenlinien aus, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn das Textfeld markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als durchgezogene Linien (nicht gestrichelt) angezeigt. Sie können das Textfeld mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte an den Ecken der Form manuell verschieben, drehen und die Größe ändern. Um das Textfeld zu bearbeiten mit einer Füllung zu versehen, Rahmenlinien zu ändern, das rechteckige Feld mit einer anderen Form zu ersetzen oder auf Formen - erweiterte Einstellungen zuzugreifen, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Formeinstellungen und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen. Um Textfelder in Bezug auf andere Objekte anzuordnen, mehrere Textfelder in Bezug zueinander auszurichten, ein Textfeld zu drehen oder zu kippen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand und nutzen Sie die entsprechende Option im geöffneten Kontextmenü. Weitere Informationen zum Ausrichten und Anordnen von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Um Textspalten in einem Textfeld zu erzeugen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand, klicken Sie auf die Option Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Registerkarte Spalten. Text im Textfeld formatieren Markieren Sie den Text im Textfeld, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn der Text markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt. Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich die Textformatierung zu ändern, wenn das Textfeld (nicht der Text selbst) ausgewählt ist. In einem solchen Fall werden alle Änderungen auf den gesamten Text im Textfeld angewandt. Einige Schriftformatierungsoptionen (Schriftart, -größe, -farbe und -stile) können separat auf einen zuvor ausgewählten Teil des Textes angewendet werden. Passen Sie die Einstellungen für die Formatierung an (ändern Sie Schriftart, Größe, Farbe und DekoStile). Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste. Unter der Registerkarte Schriftart im Fenster Absatzeigenschaften können auch einige zusätzliche Schriftarteinstellungen geändert werden. Klicken Sie für die Anzeige der Optionen mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text im Textfeld und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Texteinstellungen. Sie können den Text in der Textbox horizontal ausrichten. Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start. Sie können den Text in der Textbox vertikal ausrichten. Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start. Um den Text innerhalb des Textfeldes vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maus auf den Text, wählen Sie die Option vertikale Textausrichtung und klicken Sie dann auf eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Oben ausrichten, Zentrieren oder Unten ausrichten. Text in der Textbox drehen. Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text, wählen Sie die Option Textrichtung und anschließend eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Horizontal (Standardeinstellung), Text um 180° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von oben nach unten) oder Text um 270° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von unten nach oben). Aufzählungszeichen und nummerierte Listen erstellen: Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text, wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Aufzählungszeichen und Listen und wählen Sie dann das gewünschte Aufzählungszeichen oder den Listenstil aus. Hyperlink einfügen Richten Sie den Zeilen- und Absatzabstand für den mehrzeiligen Text innerhalb des Textfelds ein. Nutzen Sie dazu die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Diese öffnet sich, wenn Sie auf das Symbol Texteinstellungen klicken. Hier können Sie die Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen innerhalb des Absatzes sowie die Ränder zwischen dem aktuellen und dem vorhergehenden oder dem folgenden Absatz festlegen. Zeilenabstand - Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen im Absatz festlegen. Sie können unter drei Optionen wählen: mindestens (der erforderliche Abstand für das größte Schriftzeichen oder eine Grafik auf einer Zeile wird als Mindestabstand für alle Zeilen festgelegt), mehrfach (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein Zeilenabstand festgelegt, der ausgehend vom einfachen Zeilenabstand vergrößert wird (Größer als 1)), genau (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein fester Zeilenabstand festgelegt). Sie können den gewünschten Wert im Feld rechts angeben. Absatzabstand - Auswählen wie groß die Absätze sind, die zwischen Textzeilen und Abständen angezeigt werden. Vor - Abstand vor dem Absatz festlegen. Nach - Abstand nach dem Absatz festlegen. Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen ändern: Sie können für den mehrzeiligen Text innerhalb des Textfelds Absatzeinzüge und Tabulatoren ändern und bestimmte Einstellungen für die Formatierung der Schriftart anwenden). Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im gewünschten Absatz - die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen wird in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Absatzeigenschaften wird geöffnet: In der Registerkarte Einzüge & Position können Sie den Abstand der ersten Zeile vom linken inneren Rand des Textbereiches sowie den Abstand des Absatzes vom linken und rechten inneren Rand des Textbereiches ändern. Die Registerkarte Schriftart enthält folgende Parameter: Durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer Linie. Doppelt durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer doppelten Linie. Hochgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen. Tiefgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln. Kapitälchen - erzeugt Großbuchstaben in Höhe von Kleinbuchstaben. Großbuchstaben - alle Buchstaben als Großbuchstaben schreiben. Zeichenabstand - Abstand zwischen den einzelnen Zeichen festlegen. Erhöhen Sie den Standardwert für den Abstand Erweitert oder verringern Sie den Standardwert für den Abstand Verkürzt. Nutzen Sie die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein.Alle Änderungen werden im Feld Vorschau unten angezeigt. Die Registerkarte Tabulator ermöglicht die Änderung der Tabstopps zu ändern, d.h. die Position des Mauszeigers rückt vor, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf der Tastatur drücken. Tabulatorposition - Festlegen von benutzerdefinierten Tabstopps. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in dieses Feld ein. Passen Sie diesen mit den Pfeiltasten genauer an und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche Festlegen. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird der Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt. Die Standardeinstellung für Tabulatoren ist auf 1,25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein. Ausrichtung - legt den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen in der obigen Liste fest. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus und wählen Sie das Optionsfeld Linksbündig, Zentriert oder Rechtsbündig und klicken Sie auf Festlegen. Linksbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps linksbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach rechts. Zentriert - der Text wird an der Tabstoppposition zentriert. Rechtsbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps rechtsbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach links. Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp und klicken Sie auf Entfernen oder Alle entfernen. TextArt-Stil bearbeiten Wählen Sie ein Textobjekt aus und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf das Symbol TextArt-Einstellungen . Ändern Sie den angewandten Textstil, indem Sie eine neue Vorlage aus der Galerie auswählen. Sie können den Grundstil außerdem ändern, indem Sie eine andere Schriftart, -größe usw. auswählen. Füllung und Umrandung der Schriftart ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind die gleichen wie für AutoFormen. Wenden Sie einen Texteffekt an, indem Sie aus der Galerie mit den verfügbaren Vorlagen die gewünschte Formatierung auswählen. Sie können den Grad der Textverzerrung anpassen, indem Sie den rosafarbenen, rautenförmigen Ziehpunkt in die gewünschte Position ziehen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManageSheets.htm", @@ -2363,7 +2468,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "title": "Objekte formatieren", - "body": "Sie können die Größe von in Ihrem Arbeitsblatt eingefügten AutoFormen, Bildern und Diagrammen ändern und diese verschieben, drehen und anordnen. Größe von Objekten ändern Um die Größe von AutoFormen, Bildern oder Diagrammen zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten an den Rändern des entsprechenden Objekts. Um das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis der ausgewählten Objekte während der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie Taste UMSCHALT gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole. Hinweis: Sie können die Größe des eingefügten Diagramms oder Bildes auch über die rechte Seitenleiste ändern, dieses wird aktiviert, sobald Sie das gewünschte Objekt ausgewählt haben. Um diese zu öffnen, klicken Sie rechts auf das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen oder das Symbol Bildeinstellungen . Objekte verschieben Um die Position von AutoFormen, Bildern und Diagrammen zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol , das eingeblendet wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über die AutoForm bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Objekt in die gewünschten Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Um ein Objekt in 1-Pixel-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur. Um ein Objekt strikt horizontal/vertikal zu bewegen und zu verhindern, dass es sich perpendikular bewegt, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Ziehen gedrückt. Objekte drehen Um die Form oder das Bild zu drehen, bewegen Sie den Cursor über den Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie diesen im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt. Die Form einer AutoForm ändern Bei der Änderung einiger Formen, z.B. geformte Pfeile oder Legenden, ist auch dieses gelbe diamantförmige Symbol verfügbar. Über dieses Symbol können verschiedene Komponenten einer Form geändert werden, z.B. die Länge des Pfeilkopfes. Objekte ausrichten Um ausgewählte Objekte mit einem gleichbleibenden Verhältnis zueinander auszurichten, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die Objekte mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie dann in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Layout auf das Symbol Ausrichten und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus: Linksbündig Ausrichten - Objekte linksbünding in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander ausrichten, Zentrieren - Objekte in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander zentriert ausrichten, Rechtsbündig Ausrichten - Objekte rechtsbündig in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander ausrichten, Oben ausrichten - Objekte in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander oben ausrichten, Zentrieren - Objekte in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander mittig ausrichten, Unten ausrichten - Objekte in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander unten ausrichten. Objekte gruppieren Um die Form von mehreren Objekten gleichzeitig und gleichmäßig zu verändern, können Sie diese Gruppieren. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die Objekte mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie dann in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Layout auf das Symbol Gruppieren und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus: Gruppieren - um mehrere Objekte zu einer Gruppe zusammenzufügen, so dass sie gleichzeitig rotiert, verschoben, skaliert, ausgerichtet, angeordnet, kopiert, eingefügt und formatiert werden können, wie ein einzelnes Objekt. Gruppierung aufheben - um die ausgewählte Gruppe der zuvor gruppierten Objekte aufzulösen. Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Gruppieren oder Gruppierung aufheben aus. Objekte anordnen Um ausgewählte Objekte anzuordnen (z.B. die Reihenfolge bei einer Überlappung zu ändern), klicken Sie auf das Smbol eine Ebene nach vorne oder eine Ebene nach hinten in der Registerkarte Layout und wählen Sie die gewünschte Anordnung aus der Liste aus. Um das/die ausgewählte(n) Objekt(e) nach vorne zu bringen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Eine Ebene nach vorne in der Registerkarte Layout und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus: In den Vordergrund - Objekt(e) in den Vordergrund bringen, Eine Ebene nach vorne - um ausgewählte Objekte eine Ebene nach vorne zu schieben. Um das/die ausgewählte(n) Objekt(e) nach hinten zu verschieben, klicken Sie auf den Pfeil nach hinten verschieben in der Registerkarte Layout und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus: In den Hintergrund - um ein Objekt/Objekte in den Hintergrund zu schieben. Eine Ebene nach hinten - um ausgewählte Objekte nur eine Ebene nach hinten zu schieben." + "body": "Sie können die Größe von in Ihrem Arbeitsblatt eingefügten AutoFormen, Bildern und Diagrammen ändern und diese verschieben, drehen und anordnen. Hinweis: Hier finden Sie eine Übersicht über die gängigen Tastenkombinationen für die Arbeit mit Objekten. Größe von Objekten ändern Um die Größe von AutoFormen, Bildern oder Diagrammen zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten an den Rändern des entsprechenden Objekts. Um das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis der ausgewählten Objekte während der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie Taste UMSCHALT gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole. Hinweis: Sie können die Größe des eingefügten Diagramms oder Bildes auch über die rechte Seitenleiste ändern, diese wird aktiviert, sobald Sie das gewünschte Objekt ausgewählt haben. Um diese zu öffnen, klicken Sie rechts auf das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen oder das Symbol Bildeinstellungen . Objekte verschieben Um die Position von AutoFormen, Bildern und Diagrammen zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol , das eingeblendet wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über die AutoForm bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Objekt in die gewünschten Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Um ein Objekt in 1-Pixel-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur. Um ein Objekt strikt horizontal/vertikal zu bewegen und zu verhindern, dass es sich perpendikular bewegt, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Ziehen gedrückt. Objekte drehen Um die Form/das Bild manuell zu drehen zu drehen, bewegen Sie den Cursor über den Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie diesen im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt. Sobald Sie das gewünschte Objekt ausgewählt haben, wird der Abschnitt Drehen in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Hier haben Sie die Möglichkeit die Form oder das Bild um 90 Grad im/gegen den Uhrzeigersinn zu drehen oder das Objekt horizontal/vertikal zu drehen. Um die Funktion zu öffnen, klicken Sie rechts auf das Symbol Formeinstellungen oder das Symbol Bildeinstellungen . Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen: - die Form um 90 Grad gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen - die Form um 90 Grad im Uhrzeigersinn drehen - die Form horizontal spiegeln (von links nach rechts) - die Form vertikal spiegeln (von oben nach unten) Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das ausgewählte Bild oder die Form klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Drehen aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Optionen zum Drehen. Um ein Bild oder eine Form in einem genau festgelegten Winkel zu drehen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste und wählen Sie dann die Option Drehen im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in Grad in das Feld Winkel ein und klicken Sie dann auf OK. Die Form einer AutoForm ändern Bei der Änderung einiger Formen, z.B. geformte Pfeile oder Legenden, ist auch dieses gelbe diamantförmige Symbol verfügbar. Über dieses Symbol können verschiedene Komponenten einer Form geändert werden, z.B. die Länge des Pfeilkopfes. Objekte ausrichten Für das auszurichten von von zwei oder mehr ausgewählten Objekten mit einem gleichbleibenden Verhältnis zueinander, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die Objekte mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie dann in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Layout auf das Symbol Ausrichten und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus: Linksbündig Ausrichten - Objekte am linken Rand des am weitesten links befindlichen Objekts in einem gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander ausrichten. Zentrieren - Objekte in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander nach ihrem Zentrum ausrichten. Rechtsbündig Ausrichten - Objekte am rechten Rand des am weitesten rechts befindlichen Objekts in einem gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander ausrichten. Oben ausrichten - Objekte am oberen Rand des am weitesten oben befindlichen Objekts in einem gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander ausrichten. Mittig - Objekte in gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander nach ihrer Mitte ausrichten. Unten ausrichten - Objekte am unteren Rand des am weitesten unten befindlichen Objekts in einem gleichbleibendem Verhältnis zueinander ausrichten. Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Ausrichten aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Ausrichtungsoptionen. Hinweis: Die Optionen zum Gruppieren sind deaktiviert, wenn Sie weniger als zwei Objekte auswählen. Objekte verteilen Um drei oder mehr ausgewählte Objekte horizontal oder vertikal zwischen zwei äußeren ausgewählten Objekten zu verteilen, sodass der gleiche Abstand zwischen Ihnen angezeigt wird, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ausrichten auf der Registerkarte Layout, in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie den gewünschten Verteilungstyp aus der Liste: Horizontal verteilen - Objekte gleichmäßig zwischen den am weitesten links und rechts liegenden ausgewählten Objekten verteilen. Vertikal verteilen - Objekte gleichmäßig zwischen den am weitesten oben und unten liegenden ausgewählten Objekten verteilen. Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Ausrichten aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Verteilungsoptionen. Hinweis: Die Verteilungsoptionen sind deaktiviert, wenn Sie weniger als drei Objekte auswählen. Objekte gruppieren Um die Form von mehreren Objekten gleichzeitig und gleichmäßig zu verändern, können Sie diese Gruppieren. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die Objekte mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie dann in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Layout auf das Symbol Gruppieren und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus: Gruppieren - um mehrere Objekte zu einer Gruppe zusammenzufügen, so dass sie gleichzeitig gedreht, verschoben, skaliert, ausgerichtet, angeordnet, kopiert, eingefügt und formatiert werden können, wie ein einzelnes Objekt. Gruppierung aufheben - um die ausgewählte Gruppe der zuvor gruppierten Objekte aufzulösen. Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Anordnung aus und nutzen Sie dann die Optionen Gruppieren oder Gruppierung aufheben. Hinweis: Die Option Gruppieren ist deaktiviert, wenn Sie weniger als zwei Objekte auswählen. Die Option Gruppierung aufheben ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie eine zuvor gruppierte Objektgruppe auswählen. Objekte anordnen Um ausgewählte Objekte anzuordnen (z.B. die Reihenfolge bei einer Überlappung zu ändern), klicken Sie auf das Smbol eine Ebene nach vorne oder eine Ebene nach hinten in der Registerkarte Layout und wählen Sie die gewünschte Anordnung aus der Liste aus. Um das/die ausgewählte(n) Objekt(e) nach vorne zu bringen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Eine Ebene nach vorne in der Registerkarte Layout und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus: In den Vordergrund - Objekt(e) in den Vordergrund bringen. Eine Ebene nach vorne - um ausgewählte Objekte eine Ebene nach vorne zu schieben. Um das/die ausgewählte(n) Objekt(e) nach hinten zu verschieben, klicken Sie auf den Pfeil nach hinten verschieben in der Registerkarte Layout und wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp aus der Liste aus: In den Hintergrund - um ein Objekt/Objekte in den Hintergrund zu schieben. Eine Ebene nach hinten - um ausgewählte Objekte nur eine Ebene nach hinten zu schieben. Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Objekte klicken, wählen Sie anschließend im Kontextmenü die Option Anordnen aus und nutzen Sie dann eine der verfügbaren Optionen." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", + "title": "AutoKorrekturfunktionen", + "body": "Die Autokorrekturfunktionen in ONLYOFFICE Docs werden verwendet, um Text automatisch zu formatieren, wenn sie erkannt werden, oder um spezielle mathematische Symbole einzufügen, indem bestimmte Zeichen verwendet werden. Die verfügbaren AutoKorrekturoptionen werden im entsprechenden Dialogfeld aufgelistet. Um darauf zuzugreifen, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur. Das Dialogfeld Autokorrektur besteht aus drei Registerkarten: Mathe Autokorrektur, Erkannte Funktionen und AutoFormat während des Tippens. Math. AutoKorrektur Sie können manuell die Symbole, Akzente und mathematische Symbole für die Gleichungen mit der Tastatur statt der Galerie eingeben. Positionieren Sie die Einfügemarke am Platzhalter im Formel-Editor, geben Sie den mathematischen AutoKorrektur-Code ein, drücken Sie die Leertaste. Hinweis: Bei den Codes muss die Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachtet werden. Sie können Autokorrektur-Einträge zur Autokorrektur-Liste hinzufügen, ändern, wiederherstellen und entfernen. Wechseln Sie zur Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur -> Mathe Autokorrektur. Einträge zur Autokorrekturliste hinzufügen Geben Sie den Autokorrekturcode, den Sie verwenden möchten, in das Feld Ersetzen ein. Geben Sie das Symbol ein, das dem früher eingegebenen Code zugewiesen werden soll, in das Feld Nach ein. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Hinzufügen. Einträge in der Autokorrekturliste bearbeiten Wählen Sie den Eintrag, den Sie bearbeiten möchten. Sie können die Informationen in beiden Feldern ändern: den Code im Feld Ersetzen oder das Symbol im Feld Nach. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Ersetzen. Einträge aus der Autokorrekturliste entfernen Wählen Sie den Eintrag, den Sie entfernen möchten. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Löschen. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zurücksetzen auf die Standardeinstellungen, um die Standardeinstellungen wiederherzustellen. Alle von Ihnen hinzugefügten Autokorrektur-Einträge werden entfernt und die geänderten werden auf ihre ursprünglichen Werte zurückgesetzt. Deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Text bei der Eingabe ersetzen, um Math AutoKorrektur zu deaktivieren und automatische Änderungen und Ersetzungen zu verbieten. Die folgende Tabelle enthält alle derzeit unterstützten Codes, die im Tabelleneditor verfügbar sind. Die vollständige Liste der unterstützten Codes finden Sie auch auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von AutoKorrektur -> Mathe Autokorrektur. Die unterstützte Codes Code Symbol Bereich !! Symbole ... Punkte :: Operatoren := Operatoren /< Vergleichsoperatoren /> Vergleichsoperatoren /= Vergleichsoperatoren \\above Hochgestellte/Tiefgestellte Skripts \\acute Akzente \\aleph Hebräische Buchstaben \\alpha Griechische Buchstaben \\Alpha Griechische Buchstaben \\amalg Binäre Operatoren \\angle Geometrische Notation \\aoint Integrale \\approx Vergleichsoperatoren \\asmash Pfeile \\ast Binäre Operatoren \\asymp Vergleichsoperatoren \\atop Operatoren \\bar Über-/Unterstrich \\Bar Akzente \\because Vergleichsoperatoren \\begin Trennzeichen \\below Above/Below Skripts \\bet Hebräische Buchstaben \\beta Griechische Buchstaben \\Beta Griechische Buchstaben \\beth Hebräische Buchstaben \\bigcap Große Operatoren \\bigcup Große Operatoren \\bigodot Große Operatoren \\bigoplus Große Operatoren \\bigotimes Große Operatoren \\bigsqcup Große Operatoren \\biguplus Große Operatoren \\bigvee Große Operatoren \\bigwedge Große Operatoren \\binomial Gleichungen \\bot Logische Notation \\bowtie Vergleichsoperatoren \\box Symbole \\boxdot Binäre Operatoren \\boxminus Binäre Operatoren \\boxplus Binäre Operatoren \\bra Trennzeichen \\break Symbole \\breve Akzente \\bullet Binäre Operatoren \\cap Binäre Operatoren \\cbrt Wurzeln \\cases Symbole \\cdot Binäre Operatoren \\cdots Punkte \\check Akzente \\chi Griechische Buchstaben \\Chi Griechische Buchstaben \\circ Binäre Operatoren \\close Trennzeichen \\clubsuit Symbole \\coint Integrale \\cong Vergleichsoperatoren \\coprod Mathematische Operatoren \\cup Binäre Operatoren \\dalet Hebräische Buchstaben \\daleth Hebräische Buchstaben \\dashv Vergleichsoperatoren \\dd Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\Dd Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\ddddot Akzente \\dddot Akzente \\ddot Akzente \\ddots Punkte \\defeq Vergleichsoperatoren \\degc Symbole \\degf Symbole \\degree Symbole \\delta Griechische Buchstaben \\Delta Griechische Buchstaben \\Deltaeq Operatoren \\diamond Binäre Operatoren \\diamondsuit Symbole \\div Binäre Operatoren \\dot Akzente \\doteq Vergleichsoperatoren \\dots Punkte \\doublea Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleA Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleb Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleB Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublec Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleC Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubled Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleD Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublee Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleE Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublef Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleF Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleg Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleG Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleh Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleH Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublei Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleI Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublej Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleJ Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublek Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleK Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublel Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleL Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublem Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleM Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublen Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleN Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleo Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleO Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublep Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleP Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleq Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleQ Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubler Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleR Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubles Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleS Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublet Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleT Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleu Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleU Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublev Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleV Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublew Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleW Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublex Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleX Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubley Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleY Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doublez Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\doubleZ Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\downarrow Pfeile \\Downarrow Pfeile \\dsmash Pfeile \\ee Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\ell Symbole \\emptyset Notationen von Mengen \\emsp Leerzeichen \\end Trennzeichen \\ensp Leerzeichen \\epsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\Epsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\eqarray Symbole \\equiv Vergleichsoperatoren \\eta Griechische Buchstaben \\Eta Griechische Buchstaben \\exists Logische Notationen \\forall Logische Notationen \\fraktura Fraktur \\frakturA Fraktur \\frakturb Fraktur \\frakturB Fraktur \\frakturc Fraktur \\frakturC Fraktur \\frakturd Fraktur \\frakturD Fraktur \\frakture Fraktur \\frakturE Fraktur \\frakturf Fraktur \\frakturF Fraktur \\frakturg Fraktur \\frakturG Fraktur \\frakturh Fraktur \\frakturH Fraktur \\frakturi Fraktur \\frakturI Fraktur \\frakturk Fraktur \\frakturK Fraktur \\frakturl Fraktur \\frakturL Fraktur \\frakturm Fraktur \\frakturM Fraktur \\frakturn Fraktur \\frakturN Fraktur \\frakturo Fraktur \\frakturO Fraktur \\frakturp Fraktur \\frakturP Fraktur \\frakturq Fraktur \\frakturQ Fraktur \\frakturr Fraktur \\frakturR Fraktur \\frakturs Fraktur \\frakturS Fraktur \\frakturt Fraktur \\frakturT Fraktur \\frakturu Fraktur \\frakturU Fraktur \\frakturv Fraktur \\frakturV Fraktur \\frakturw Fraktur \\frakturW Fraktur \\frakturx Fraktur \\frakturX Fraktur \\fraktury Fraktur \\frakturY Fraktur \\frakturz Fraktur \\frakturZ Fraktur \\frown Vergleichsoperatoren \\funcapply Binäre Operatoren \\G Griechische Buchstaben \\gamma Griechische Buchstaben \\Gamma Griechische Buchstaben \\ge Vergleichsoperatoren \\geq Vergleichsoperatoren \\gets Pfeile \\gg Vergleichsoperatoren \\gimel Hebräische Buchstaben \\grave Akzente \\hairsp Leerzeichen \\hat Akzente \\hbar Symbole \\heartsuit Symbole \\hookleftarrow Pfeile \\hookrightarrow Pfeile \\hphantom Pfeile \\hsmash Pfeile \\hvec Akzente \\identitymatrix Matrizen \\ii Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\iiint Integrale \\iint Integrale \\iiiint Integrale \\Im Symbole \\imath Symbole \\in Vergleichsoperatoren \\inc Symbole \\infty Symbole \\int Integrale \\integral Integrale \\iota Griechische Buchstaben \\Iota Griechische Buchstaben \\itimes Mathematische Operatoren \\j Symbole \\jj Buchstaben mit Doppelstrich \\jmath Symbole \\kappa Griechische Buchstaben \\Kappa Griechische Buchstaben \\ket Trennzeichen \\lambda Griechische Buchstaben \\Lambda Griechische Buchstaben \\langle Trennzeichen \\lbbrack Trennzeichen \\lbrace Trennzeichen \\lbrack Trennzeichen \\lceil Trennzeichen \\ldiv Bruchteile \\ldivide Bruchteile \\ldots Punkte \\le Vergleichsoperatoren \\left Trennzeichen \\leftarrow Pfeile \\Leftarrow Pfeile \\leftharpoondown Pfeile \\leftharpoonup Pfeile \\leftrightarrow Pfeile \\Leftrightarrow Pfeile \\leq Vergleichsoperatoren \\lfloor Trennzeichen \\lhvec Akzente \\limit Grenzwerte \\ll Vergleichsoperatoren \\lmoust Trennzeichen \\Longleftarrow Pfeile \\Longleftrightarrow Pfeile \\Longrightarrow Pfeile \\lrhar Pfeile \\lvec Akzente \\mapsto Pfeile \\matrix Matrizen \\medsp Leerzeichen \\mid Vergleichsoperatoren \\middle Symbole \\models Vergleichsoperatoren \\mp Binäre Operatoren \\mu Griechische Buchstaben \\Mu Griechische Buchstaben \\nabla Symbole \\naryand Operatoren \\nbsp Leerzeichen \\ne Vergleichsoperatoren \\nearrow Pfeile \\neq Vergleichsoperatoren \\ni Vergleichsoperatoren \\norm Trennzeichen \\notcontain Vergleichsoperatoren \\notelement Vergleichsoperatoren \\notin Vergleichsoperatoren \\nu Griechische Buchstaben \\Nu Griechische Buchstaben \\nwarrow Pfeile \\o Griechische Buchstaben \\O Griechische Buchstaben \\odot Binäre Operatoren \\of Operatoren \\oiiint Integrale \\oiint Integrale \\oint Integrale \\omega Griechische Buchstaben \\Omega Griechische Buchstaben \\ominus Binäre Operatoren \\open Trennzeichen \\oplus Binäre Operatoren \\otimes Binäre Operatoren \\over Trennzeichen \\overbar Akzente \\overbrace Akzente \\overbracket Akzente \\overline Akzente \\overparen Akzente \\overshell Akzente \\parallel Geometrische Notation \\partial Symbole \\pmatrix Matrizen \\perp Geometrische Notation \\phantom Symbole \\phi Griechische Buchstaben \\Phi Griechische Buchstaben \\pi Griechische Buchstaben \\Pi Griechische Buchstaben \\pm Binäre Operatoren \\pppprime Prime-Zeichen \\ppprime Prime-Zeichen \\pprime Prime-Zeichen \\prec Vergleichsoperatoren \\preceq Vergleichsoperatoren \\prime Prime-Zeichen \\prod Mathematische Operatoren \\propto Vergleichsoperatoren \\psi Griechische Buchstaben \\Psi Griechische Buchstaben \\qdrt Wurzeln \\quadratic Wurzeln \\rangle Trennzeichen \\Rangle Trennzeichen \\ratio Vergleichsoperatoren \\rbrace Trennzeichen \\rbrack Trennzeichen \\Rbrack Trennzeichen \\rceil Trennzeichen \\rddots Punkte \\Re Symbole \\rect Symbole \\rfloor Trennzeichen \\rho Griechische Buchstaben \\Rho Griechische Buchstaben \\rhvec Akzente \\right Trennzeichen \\rightarrow Pfeile \\Rightarrow Pfeile \\rightharpoondown Pfeile \\rightharpoonup Pfeile \\rmoust Trennzeichen \\root Symbole \\scripta Skripts \\scriptA Skripts \\scriptb Skripts \\scriptB Skripts \\scriptc Skripts \\scriptC Skripts \\scriptd Skripts \\scriptD Skripts \\scripte Skripts \\scriptE Skripts \\scriptf Skripts \\scriptF Skripts \\scriptg Skripts \\scriptG Skripts \\scripth Skripts \\scriptH Skripts \\scripti Skripts \\scriptI Skripts \\scriptk Skripts \\scriptK Skripts \\scriptl Skripts \\scriptL Skripts \\scriptm Skripts \\scriptM Skripts \\scriptn Skripts \\scriptN Skripts \\scripto Skripts \\scriptO Skripts \\scriptp Skripts \\scriptP Skripts \\scriptq Skripts \\scriptQ Skripts \\scriptr Skripts \\scriptR Skripts \\scripts Skripts \\scriptS Skripts \\scriptt Skripts \\scriptT Skripts \\scriptu Skripts \\scriptU Skripts \\scriptv Skripts \\scriptV Skripts \\scriptw Skripts \\scriptW Skripts \\scriptx Skripts \\scriptX Skripts \\scripty Skripts \\scriptY Skripts \\scriptz Skripts \\scriptZ Skripts \\sdiv Bruchteile \\sdivide Bruchteile \\searrow Pfeile \\setminus Binäre Operatoren \\sigma Griechische Buchstaben \\Sigma Griechische Buchstaben \\sim Vergleichsoperatoren \\simeq Vergleichsoperatoren \\smash Pfeile \\smile Vergleichsoperatoren \\spadesuit Symbole \\sqcap Binäre Operatoren \\sqcup Binäre Operatoren \\sqrt Wurzeln \\sqsubseteq Notation von Mengen \\sqsuperseteq Notation von Mengen \\star Binäre Operatoren \\subset Notation von Mengen \\subseteq Notation von Mengen \\succ Vergleichsoperatoren \\succeq Vergleichsoperatoren \\sum Mathematische Operatoren \\superset Notation von Mengen \\superseteq Notation von Mengen \\swarrow Pfeile \\tau Griechische Buchstaben \\Tau Griechische Buchstaben \\therefore Vergleichsoperatoren \\theta Griechische Buchstaben \\Theta Griechische Buchstaben \\thicksp Leerzeichen \\thinsp Leerzeichen \\tilde Akzente \\times Binäre Operatoren \\to Pfeile \\top Logische Notationen \\tvec Pfeile \\ubar Akzente \\Ubar Akzente \\underbar Akzente \\underbrace Akzente \\underbracket Akzente \\underline Akzente \\underparen Akzente \\uparrow Pfeile \\Uparrow Pfeile \\updownarrow Pfeile \\Updownarrow Pfeile \\uplus Binäre Operatoren \\upsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\Upsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\varepsilon Griechische Buchstaben \\varphi Griechische Buchstaben \\varpi Griechische Buchstaben \\varrho Griechische Buchstaben \\varsigma Griechische Buchstaben \\vartheta Griechische Buchstaben \\vbar Trennzeichen \\vdash Vergleichsoperatoren \\vdots Punkte \\vec Akzente \\vee Binäre Operatoren \\vert Trennzeichen \\Vert Trennzeichen \\Vmatrix Matrizen \\vphantom Pfeile \\vthicksp Leerzeichen \\wedge Binäre Operatoren \\wp Symbole \\wr Binäre Operatoren \\xi Griechische Buchstaben \\Xi Griechische Buchstaben \\zeta Griechische Buchstaben \\Zeta Griechische Buchstaben \\zwnj Leerzeichen \\zwsp Leerzeichen ~= Vergleichsoperatoren -+ Binäre Operatoren +- Binäre Operatoren << Vergleichsoperatoren <= Vergleichsoperatoren -> Pfeile >= Vergleichsoperatoren >> Vergleichsoperatoren Erkannte Funktionen Auf dieser Registerkarte finden Sie die Liste der mathematischen Ausdrücke, die vom Gleichungseditor als Funktionen erkannt und daher nicht automatisch kursiv dargestellt werden. Die Liste der erkannten Funktionen finden Sie auf der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von Autokorrektur -> Erkannte Funktionen. Um der Liste der erkannten Funktionen einen Eintrag hinzuzufügen, geben Sie die Funktion in das leere Feld ein und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Hinzufügen. Um einen Eintrag aus der Liste der erkannten Funktionen zu entfernen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Funktion aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Löschen. Um die zuvor gelöschten Einträge wiederherzustellen, wählen Sie den gewünschten Eintrag aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Wiederherstellen. Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Zurücksetzen auf die Standardeinstellungen, um die Standardeinstellungen wiederherzustellen. Alle von Ihnen hinzugefügten Funktionen werden entfernt und die entfernten Funktionen werden wiederhergestellt. AutoFormat während des Tippens Standardmäßig formatiert der Editor den Text während der Eingabe gemäß den Voreinstellungen für die automatische Formatierung. Beispielsweise startet er automatisch eine Aufzählungsliste oder eine nummerierte Liste, wenn eine Liste erkannt wird, ersetzt Anführungszeichen oder konvertiert Bindestriche in Gedankenstriche. Wenn Sie die Voreinstellungen für die automatische Formatierung deaktivieren möchten, deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen für die unnötige Optionen, öffnen Sie dazu die Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen -> Rechtschreibprüfung -> Optionen von Autokorrektur -> AutoFormat während des Tippens." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/MergeCells.htm", @@ -2373,17 +2483,37 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "title": "Eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen", - "body": "Eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen: Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Neu.... Nachdem Sie die Arbeit an einer Kalkulationstabelle abgeschlossen haben, können Sie sofort zu einer bereits vorhandenen Tabelle übergehen, die Sie kürzlich bearbeitet haben, eine neue Tabelle erstellen oder die Liste mit den vorhandenen Tabellen öffnen. Öffnen einer kürzlich bearbeiteten Kalkulationstabelle: Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Zuletzt verwendet.... Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabelle aus der Liste der vor kurzem bearbeiteten Tabellen aus. Um zu der Liste der vorhandenen Kalkulationstabellen zurückzukehren, klicken Sie rechts auf der Menüleiste des Editors auf Vorhandene Kalkulationstabellen. Alternativ können Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei wechseln und die Option Vorhandene Kalkulationstabellen auswählen." + "body": "Eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen Online-Editor Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Neu erstellen. Desktop-Editor Wählen Sie im Hauptfenster des Programms das Menü Kalkulationstabelle im Abschnitt Neu erstellen der linken Seitenleiste aus - eine neue Datei wird in einer neuen Registerkarte geöffnet. Wenn Sie alle gewünschten Änderungen durchgeführt haben, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Speichern in der oberen linken Ecke oder wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie das Menü Speichern als aus. Wählen Sie im Fenster Dateiverwaltung den Speicherort, legen Sie den Namen fest, wählen Sie das gewünschte Format (XLSX, Tabellenvorlage (XLTX), ODS, OTS, CSV, PDF oder PDFA) und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Speichern. Ein vorhandenes Dokument öffnen: Desktop-Editor Wählen Sie in der linken Seitenleiste im Hauptfenster des Programms den Menüpunkt Lokale Datei öffnen. Wählen Sie im Fenster Dateiverwaltung die gewünschte Tabelle aus und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Öffnen. Sie können auch im Fenster Dateiverwaltung mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Tabelle klicken, die Option Öffnen mit auswählen und die gewünschte Anwendung aus dem Menü auswählen. Wenn die Office-Dokumentdateien mit der Anwendung verknüpft sind, können Sie Tabellen auch öffnen, indem Sie im Fenster Datei-Explorer auf den Dateinamen doppelklicken. Alle Verzeichnisse, auf die Sie mit dem Desktop-Editor zugegriffen haben, werden in der Liste Aktuelle Ordner angezeigt, um Ihnen einen schnellen Zugriff zu ermöglichen. Klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Ordner, um eine der darin gespeicherten Dateien auszuwählen. Öffnen einer kürzlich bearbeiteten Tabelle: Online-Editor Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Zuletzt verwendet.... Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabelle aus der Liste der vor kurzem bearbeiteten Dokumente aus. Desktop-Editor Wählen Sie in der linken Seitenleiste im Hauptfenster des Programms den Menüpunkt Aktuelle Dateien. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabelle aus der Liste der vor kurzem bearbeiteten Dokumente aus. Um den Ordner in dem die Datei gespeichert ist in der Online-Version in einem neuen Browser-Tab oder in der Desktop-Version im Fenster Datei-Explorer zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf der rechten Seite des Editor-Hauptmenüs auf das Symbol Dateispeicherort öffnen. Alternativ können Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei wechseln und die Option Dateispeicherort öffnen auswählen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm", - "title": "Pivot-Tabellen bearbeiten", - "body": "Mithilfe der Bearbeitungstools auf der Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle in der oberen Symbolleiste, können Sie die Darstellung vorhandener Pivot-Tabellen in einer Tabelle ändern. Wählen Sie mindestens eine Zelle in der Pivot-Tabelle mit der Maus aus, um die Bearbeitungstools in der oberen Symbolleiste zu aktivieren. Mit der Schaltfläche Auswählen, können Sie die gesamte Pivot-Tabelle auswählen. In den Abschnitten Zeilen und Spalten, haben Sie die Möglichkeit, bestimmte Zeilen/Spalten hervorzuheben, eine bestimmte Formatierung anzuwenden oder die Zeilen/Spalten in den verschiedenen Hintergrundfarben einzufärben, um sie klar zu unterscheiden. Folgende Optionen stehen zur Verfügung: Zeilenüberschriten - die Überschriften der Zeilen durch eine spezielle Formatierung hervorheben. Spaltenüberschriten - die Überschriften der Spalten durch eine spezielle Formatierung hervorheben. Gebänderte Zeilen - gerade und ungerade Zeilen werden unterschiedlich formatiert. Gebänderte Spalten - gerade und ungerade Spalten werden unterschiedlich formatiert. Auf der Liste mit Vorlagen für Pivot-Tabellen, können Sie einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen. Jede Vorlage kombiniert bestimmte Formatierungsparameter, wie Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmenstil, Zellen-/Spaltenformat usw. Abhängig von den in den Abschnitten Zeilen oder Spalten ausgewählten Optionen, werden die Vorlagen unterschiedlich dargestellt. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel die Optionen Zeilenüberschriten und Gebänderte Spalten aktiviert haben, enthält die angezeigte Vorlagenliste nur Vorlagen mit hervorgehobenen Zeilen und gebänderten Spalten:" + "title": "Pivot-Tabellen erstellen und bearbeiten", + "body": "Mit Pivot-Tabellen können Sie große Datenmengen gruppieren und anordnen, um zusammengefasste Informationen zu erhalten. Sie können Daten neu organisieren, um nur die erforderlichen Information anzuzeigen und sich auf wichtige Aspekte zu konzentrieren. Eine neue Pivot-Tabelle erstellen Um eine Pivot-Tabelle zu erstellen, Bereiten Sie den Quelldatensatz vor, den Sie zum Erstellen einer Pivot-Tabelle verwenden möchten. Es sollte Spaltenkopfzeilen enthalten. Der Datensatz sollte keine leeren Zeilen oder Spalten enthalten. Wählen Sie eine Zelle im Datenquelle-Bereich aus. Öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle in der oberen Symbolleiste und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Tabelle einfügen an. Wenn Sie eine Pivot-Tabelle auf der Basis einer formatierten Tabelle erstellen möchten, verwenden Sie die Option Pivot-Tabelle einfügen im Menü Tabelle-Einstellungen in der rechten Randleiste. Das Fenster Pivot-Tabelle erstellen wird geöffnet. Die Option Datenquelle-Bereich wird schon konfiguriert. Alle Daten aus dem ausgewählten Datenquelle-Bereich wird verwendet. Wenn Sie den Bereich ändern möchten (z.B., nur einen Teil der Datenquelle zu enthalten), klicken Sie die Schaltfläche an. Im Fenster Datenbereich auswählen geben Sie den Datenbereich im nachfolgenden Format ein: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. Sie können auch den gewünschten Datenbereich per Maus auswählen. Klicken Sie auf OK. Wählen Sie die Stelle für dir Pivot-Tabelle aus. Die Option Neues Arbeitsblatt ist standardmäßig markiert. Die Pivot-Tabelle wird auf einer neuen Arbeitsblatt erstellt. Die Option Existierendes Arbeitsblatt fordert eine Auswahl der bestimmten Zelle. Die ausgewählte Zelle befindet sich in der oberen rechten Ecke der erstellten Pivot-Tabelle. Um eine Zelle auszuwählen, klicken Sie die Schaltfläche an. Im Fenster Datenbereich auswählen geben Sie die Zelladresse im nachfolgenden Format ein: Sheet1!$G$2. Sie können auch die gewünschte Zelle per Maus auswählen. Klicken Sie auf OK. Wenn Sie die Position für die Pivot-Tabelle ausgewählt haben, klicken Sie auf OK im Fenster Pivot-Tabelle erstellen. Eine leere Pivot-Tabelle wird an der ausgewählten Position eingefügt. Die Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle Einstellungen wird in der rechten Randleiste geöffnet. Sie können diese Registerkarte mithilfe der Schaltfläche ein-/ausblenden. Wählen Sie die Felder zur Ansicht aus Der Abschnitt Felder auswählen enthält die Felder, die gemäß den Spaltenüberschriften in Ihrem Quelldatensatz benannt sind. Jedes Feld enthält Werte aus der entsprechenden Spalte der Quelltabelle. Die folgenden vier Abschnitte stehen zur Verfügung: Filter, Spalten, Zeilen und Werte. Markieren Sie die Felder, die in der Pivot-Tabelle angezeigt werden sollen. Wenn Sie ein Feld markieren, wird es je nach Datentyp zu einem der verfügbaren Abschnitte in der rechten Randleiste hinzugefügt und in der Pivot-Tabelle angezeigt. Felder mit Textwerten werden dem Abschnitt Zeilen hinzugefügt. Felder mit numerischen Werten werden dem Abschnitt Werte hinzugefügt. Sie können Felder in den erforderlichen Abschnitt ziehen sowie die Felder zwischen Abschnitten ziehen, um Ihre Pivot-Tabelle schnell neu zu organisieren. Um ein Feld aus dem aktuellen Abschnitt zu entfernen, ziehen Sie es aus diesem Abschnitt heraus. Um dem erforderlichen Abschnitt ein Feld hinzuzufügen, können Sie auch auf den schwarzen Pfeil rechts neben einem Feld im Abschnitt Felder auswählen klicken und die erforderliche Option aus dem Menü auswählen: Zu Filtern hinzufügen, Zu Zeilen hinzufügen, Zu Spalten hinzufügen, Zu Werten hinzufügen. Nach unten sehen Sie einige Beispiele für die Verwendung der Abschnitte Filter, Spalten, Zeilen und Werte. Wenn Sie ein Feld dem Abschnitt Filter hunzufügen, ein gesonderter Filter wird oberhalb der Pivot-Tabelle erstellt. Der Filter wird für die ganze Pivot-Tabelle verwendet. Klicken Sie den Abwärtspfeil im erstellten Filter an, um die Werte aus dem ausgewählten Feld anzuzeigen. Wenn einige der Werten im Filter-Fenster demarkiert werden, klicken Sie auf OK, um die demarkierten Werte in der Pivot-Tabelle nicht anzuzeigen. Wenn Sie ein Feld dem Abschnitt Spalten hinzufügen, wird die Pivot-Tabelle die Anzahl der Spalten enthalten, die dem eingegebenen Wert entspricht. Die Spalte Gesamtsumme wird auch eingefügt. Wenn Sie ein Feld dem Abschnitt Zeile hinzugefügen, wird die Pivot-Tabelle die Anzahl der Zeilen enthalten, die dem eingegebenen Wert entspricht. Die Zeile Gesamtsumme wird auch eingefügt. Wenn Sie ein Feld dem Abschnitt Werte hinzugefügen, zeogt die Pivot-Table die Gesamtsumme für alle numerischen Werte im ausgewählten Feld an. Wenn das Feld Textwerte enthält, wird die Anzahlt der Werte angezeigt. Die Finktion für die Gesamtsumme kann man in den Feldeinstellungen ändern. Die Felder reorganisieren und anpassen Wenn die Felder hinzufügt sind, ändern Sie das Layout und die Formatierung der Pivot-Tabelle. Klicken Sie den schwarzen Abwärtspfeil neben dem Feld mit den Abschnitten Filter, Spalten, Zeilen oder Werte an, um den Kontextmenü zu öffnen. Der Menü hat die folgenden Optionen: Den ausgewählten Feld Nach oben, Nach unten, Zum Anfang, Zum Ende bewegen und verschieben, wenn es mehr als einen Feld gibt. Den ausgewählten Feld zum anderen Abschnitt bewegen: Zu Filter, Zu Zeilen, Zu Spalten, Zu Werten. Die Option, die dem aktiven Abschnitt entspricht, wird deaktiviert. Den ausgewählten Feld aus dem aktiven Abschnitt Entfernen. Die Feldeinstellungen konfigurieren. Die Einstellungen für die Filter, Spalten und Zeilen sehen gleich aus: Der Abschnitt Layout enthält die folgenden Einstellungen: Die Option Quellenname zeigt den Feldnamen an, der der Spaltenüberschrift aus dem Datenquelle entspricht. Die Option Benutzerdefinierter Name ändert den Namen des aktiven Felds, der in der Pivot-Tabelle angezeigt ist. Der Abschnitt Report Form ändert den Anzeigemodus des aktiven Felds in der Pivot-Tabelle: Wählen Sie das gewünschte Layout für das aktive Feld in der Pivot-Tabelle aus: Der Modus Tabular zeigt eine Spalte für jedes Feld an und erstellt Raum für die Feldüberschriften. Der Modus Gliederung zeigt eine Spalte für jedes Feld an und erstell Raum für die Feldüberschriften. Die Option zeigt auch Zwischensumme nach oben an. Der Modus Kompakt zeigt Elemente aus verschiedenen Zeilen in einer Spalte an. Die Option Die Überschriften auf jeder Zeile wiederholen gruppiert die Zeilen oder die Spalten zusammen, wenn es viele Felder im Tabular-Modus gibt. Die Option Leere Zeilen nach jedem Element einfügen fügt leere Reihe nach den Elementen im aktiven Feld. Die Option Zwischensummen anzeigen ist für die Zwischensummen der ausgewähltenen Felder verantwortlich. Sie können eine der Optionen auswählen: Oben in der Gruppe anzeigen oder Am Ende der Gruppe anzeigen. Die Option Elemente ohne Daten anzeigen blendet die leere Elemente im aktiven Feld aus-/ein. Der Abschnitt Zwischensumme hat die Funktionen für Zwischensummem. Markieren Sie die gewünschten Funktionen in der Liste: Summe, Anzahl, MITTELWERT, Max, Min, Produkt, Zähle Zahlen, StdDev, StdDevp, Var, Varp. Feldeinstellungen - Werte Die Option Quellenname zeigt den Feldnamen an, der der Spaltenüberschrift aus dem Datenquelle entspricht. Die Option Benutzerdefinierter Name ändert den Namen des aktiven Felds, der in der Pivot-Tabelle angezeigt ist. In der Liste Wert zusammenfassen nach können Sie die Funktion auswählen, nach der der Summierungswert für alle Werte aus diesem Feld berechnet wird. Standardmäßig wird Summe für numerische Werte und Anzahl für Textwerte verwendet. Die verfügbaren Funktionen sind Summe, Anzahl, MITTELWERT, Max, Min, Produkt. Darstellung der Pivot-Tabellen ändern Verwenden Sie die Optionen aus der oberen Symbolleiste, um die Darstellung der Pivot-Tabellen zu konfigurieren. Diese Optionen sind für die ganze Tabelle verwendet. Wählen Sie mindestens eine Zelle in der Pivot-Tabelle per Mausklik aus, um die Optionen der Bearbeitung zu aktivieren. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Layout für die Pivot-Tabelle in der Drop-Down Liste Berichtslayout aus: In Kurzformat anzeigen - die Elemente aus verschieden Zeilen in einer Spalte anzeigen. In Gliederungsformat anzeigen - die Pivot-Tabelle in klassischen Pivot-Tabellen-Format anzeigen: jede Spalte für jeden Feld, erstellte Räume für Feldüberschrifte. Die Zwischensummen sind nach oben angezeigt. In Tabellenformat anzeigen - die Pivot-Tabell als eine standarde Tabelle anzeigen: jede Spalte für jeden Feld, erstellte Räume für Feldüberschrifte. Alle Elementnamen wiederholen - Zeilen oder Spalten visuell gruppieren, wenn Sie mehrere Felder in Tabellenform haben. Alle Elementnamen nicht wiederholen - Elementnamen ausblenden, wenn Sie mehrere Felder in der Tabellenform haben. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Anzeigemodus für die leere Zeilen in der Drop-Down Liste Leere Zeilen aus: Nach jedem Element eine Leerzeile einfügen - fügen Sie die leere Zeilen nach Elementen ein. Leere Zeilen nach jedem Element entfernen - entfernen Sie die eingefügte Zeilen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Anzeigemodus für die Zwischensummen in der Drop-Down Liste Teilergebnisse aus: Keine Zwischensummen anzeigen - blenden Sie die Zwischensummen aus. Alle Teilergebnisse unten in der Gruppe anzeigen - die Zwischensummen werden unten angezeigt. Alle Teilergebnisse oben in der Gruppe anzeigen - die Zwischensummen werden oben angezeigt. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Anzeigemodus für die Gesamtergebnisse in der Drop-Down Liste Gesamtergebnisse ein- oder ausblenden aus: Für Zeilen und Spalten deaktiviert - die Gesamtergebnisse für die Spalten und Zeilen ausblenden. Für Zeilen und Spalten aktiviert - die Gesamtergebnisse für die Spalten und Zeilen anzeigen. Nur für Zeilen aktiviert - die Gesamtergebnisse nur für die Zeilen anzeigen. Nur für Spalten aktiviert - die Gesamtergebnisse nur für die Spalten anzeigen. Hinweis: Diese Einstellungen befinden sich auch in dem Fenster für die erweiterte Einstellungen der Pivot-Tabellen im Abschnitt Gesamtergebnisse in der Registerkarte Name und Layout. Die Schaltfläche Auswählen wählt die ganze Pivot-Tabelle aus. Wenn Sie die Daten im Datenquelle ändern, wählen Sie die Pivot-Tabelle aus und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Aktualisieren an, um die Pivot-Tabelle zu aktualisieren. Den Stil der Pivot-Tabellen ändern Sie können die Darstellung von Pivot-Tabellen mithilfe der in der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbaren Stilbearbeitungswerkzeuge ändern. Wählen Sie mindestens eine Zelle per Maus in der Pivot-Tabelle aus, um die Bearbeitungswerkzeuge in der oberen Symbolleiste zu aktivieren. Mit den Optionen für Zeilen und Spalten können Sie bestimmte Zeilen / Spalten hervorheben, die eine bestimmte Formatierung anwenden, oder verschiedene Zeilen / Spalten mit unterschiedlichen Hintergrundfarben hervorheben, um sie klar zu unterscheiden. Folgende Optionen stehen zur Verfügung: Zeilenüberschriften - die Zeilenüberschriften mit einer speziellen Formatierung hervorheben. Spaltenüberschriften - die Spaltenüberschriften mit einer speziellen Formatierung hervorheben. Verbundene Zeilen - aktiviert den Hintergrundfarbwechsel für ungerade und gerade Zeilen. Verbundene Spalten - aktiviert den Hintergrundfarbwechsel für ungerade und gerade Spalten. In der Vorlagenliste können Sie einen der vordefinierten Pivot-Tabellenstile auswählen. Jede Vorlage enthält bestimmte Formatierungsparameter wie Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmenstil, Zeilen- / Spaltenstreifen usw. Abhängig von den für Zeilen und Spalten aktivierten Optionen werden die Vorlagen unterschiedlich angezeigt. Wenn Sie beispielsweise die Optionen Zeilenüberschriften und Verbundene Spalten aktiviert haben, enthält die angezeigte Vorlagenliste nur Vorlagen, bei denen die Zeilenüberschriften hervorgehoben und die verbundene Spalten aktiviert sind. Pivot-Tabellen filtern und sortieren Sie können Pivot-Tabellen nach Beschriftungen oder Werten filtern und die zusätzlichen Sortierparameter verwenden. Filtern Klicken Sie auf den Dropdown-Pfeil in den Spaltenbeschriftungen Zeilen oder Spalten in der Pivot-Tabelle. Die Optionsliste Filter wird geöffnet: Passen Sie die Filterparameter an. Sie können auf eine der folgenden Arten vorgehen: Wählen Sie die Daten aus, die angezeigt werden sollen, oder filtern Sie die Daten nach bestimmten Kriterien. Wählen Sie die anzuzeigenden Daten aus Deaktivieren Sie die Kontrollkästchen neben den Daten, die Sie ausblenden möchten. Zur Vereinfachung werden alle Daten in der Optionsliste Filter in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortiert. Hinweis: Das Kontrollkästchen (leer) entspricht den leeren Zellen. Es ist verfügbar, wenn der ausgewählte Zellbereich mindestens eine leere Zelle enthält. Verwenden Sie das Suchfeld oben, um den Vorgang zu vereinfachen. Geben Sie Ihre Abfrage ganz oder teilweise in das Feld ein. Die Werte, die diese Zeichen enthalten, werden in der folgenden Liste angezeigt. Die folgenden zwei Optionen sind ebenfalls verfügbar: Alle Suchergebnisse auswählen ist standardmäßig aktiviert. Hier können Sie alle Werte auswählen, die Ihrer Angabe in der Liste entsprechen. Dem Filter die aktuelle Auswahl hinzufügen. Wenn Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen aktivieren, werden die ausgewählten Werte beim Anwenden des Filters nicht ausgeblendet. Nachdem Sie alle erforderlichen Daten ausgewählt haben, klicken Sie in der Optionsliste Filter auf die Schaltfläche OK, um den Filter anzuwenden. Filtern Sie Daten nach bestimmten Kriterien Sie können entweder die Option Beschriftungsfilter oder die Option Wertefilter auf der rechten Seite der Optionsliste Filter auswählen und dann auf eine der Optionen aus dem Menü klicken: Für den Beschriftungsfilter stehen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Für Texte: Entspricht..., Ist nicht gleich..., Beginnt mit ..., Beginnt nicht mit..., Endet mit..., Endet nicht mit..., Enthält... , Enthält kein/keine.... Für Zahlen: Größer als ..., Größer als oder gleich..., Kleiner als..., Kleiner als oder gleich..., Zwischen, Nicht zwischen. Für den Wertefilter stehen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Entspricht..., Ist nicht gleich..., Größer als..., Größer als oder gleich..., Kleiner als..., Kleiner als oder gleich..., Zwischen, Nicht zwischen, Erste 10. Nachdem Sie eine der oben genannten Optionen ausgewählt haben (außer Erste 10), wird das Fenster Beschriftungsfilter/Wertefilter geöffnet. Das entsprechende Feld und Kriterium wird in der ersten und zweiten Dropdown-Liste ausgewählt. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in das Feld rechts ein. Klicken Sie auf OK, um den Filter anzuwenden. Wenn Sie die Option Erste 10 aus der Optionsliste Wertefilter auswählen, wird ein neues Fenster geöffnet: In der ersten Dropdown-Liste können Sie auswählen, ob Sie den höchsten (Oben) oder den niedrigsten (Unten) Wert anzeigen möchten. Im zweiten Feld können Sie angeben, wie viele Einträge aus der Liste oder wie viel Prozent der Gesamtzahl der Einträge angezeigt werden sollen (Sie können eine Zahl zwischen 1 und 500 eingeben). In der dritten Dropdown-Liste können Sie die Maßeinheiten festlegen: Element oder Prozent. In der vierten Dropdown-Liste wird der ausgewählte Feldname angezeigt. Sobald die erforderlichen Parameter festgelegt sind, klicken Sie auf OK, um den Filter anzuwenden. Die Schaltfläche Filter wird in den Zeilenbeschriftungen oder Spaltenbeschriftungen der Pivot-Tabelle angezeigt. Dies bedeutet, dass der Filter angewendet wird. Sortierung Sie können die Pivot-Tabellendaten sortieren. Klicken Sie auf den Dropdown-Pfeil in den Zeilenbeschriftungen oder Spaltenbeschriftungen der Pivot-Tabelle und wählen Sie dann im Menü die Option Aufsteigend sortieren oder Absteigend sortieren. Mit der Option Mehr Sortierungsoptionen können Sie das Fenster Sortieren öffnen, in dem Sie die erforderliche Sortierreihenfolge auswählen können - Aufsteigend oder Absteigend - und wählen Sie dann ein bestimmtes Feld aus, das Sie sortieren möchten. Erweiterte Einstellungen der Pivot-Tabelle konfigurieren Verwenden Sie den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Randleiste, um die erweiterten Einstellungen der Pivot-Tabelle zu ändern. Das Fenster 'Pivot-Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen' wird geöffnet: Der Abschnitt Name und Layout ändert die gemeinsame Eigenschaften der Pivot-Tabelle. Die Option Name ändert den Namen der Pivot-Tabelle. Der Abschnitt Gesamtsummen ändert den Anzeigemodus der Gesamtsummen in der Pivot-Tabelle. Die Optionen Für Zeilen anzeigen und Für Spalten anzeigen werden standardmäßig aktiviert. Sie können eine oder beide Optionen deaktivieren, um die entsprechende Gesamtsummen auszublenden. Hinweis: Diese Einstellungen können Sie auch in der oberen Symbolleiste im Menü Gesamtergebnisse konfigurieren. Der Abschnitt Felder in Bericht Filter anzeigen passt die Berichtsfilter an, die angezeigt werden, wenn Sie dem Abschnitt Filter Felder hinzufügen: Die Option Runter, dann über ist für die Spaltenbearbeitung verwendet. Die Berichtsfilter werden in der Spalte angezeigt. Die Option Über, dann runter ist für die Zeilenbearbeitung verwendet. Die Berichtsfilter werden in der Zeile angezeigt. Die Option Berichtsfilterfelder pro Spalte lässt die Anzahl der Filter in jeder Spalte auszuwählen. Der Standardwert ist 0. Sie können den erforderlichen numerischen Wert einstellen. Im Abschnitt Feld Überschrift können Sie auswählen, ob Feldüberschriften in der Pivot-Tabelle angezeigt werden sollen. Die Option Feldüberschriften für Zeilen und Spalten anzeigen ist standardmäßig aktiviert. Deaktivieren Sie diese Option, um Feldüberschriften aus der Pivot-Tabelle auszublenden. Der Abschnitt Datenquelle ändert die verwendete Daten für die Pivot-Tabelle. Prüfen Sie den Datenbereich und ändern Sie er gegebenfalls. Um den Datenbereich zu ändern, klicken Sie die Schaltfläche an. Im Fenster Datenbereich auswählen geben Sie den gewünschten Datenbereich im nachfolgenden Format ein: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10 oder verwenden Sie den Maus. Klicken Sie auf OK. Der Abschnitt Alternativer Text konfiguriert den Titel und die Beschreibung. Diese Optionen sind für die Benutzer mit Seh- oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen, damit sie besser verstehen, welche Informationen die Pivot-Tabelle enthält. Eine Pivot-Tabelle löschen Um eine Pivot-Tabelle zu löschen, Wählen Sie die ganze Pivot-Tabelle mithilfe der Schaltfläche Auswählen in der oberen Symbolleiste aus. Drucken Sie die Entfernen-Taste." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm", + "title": "Duplikate entfernen", + "body": "Sie können die Duplikate in dem ausgewälten Zellbereich oder in der formatierten Tabelle entfernen. Um die Duplikate zu entfernen: Wählen Sie den gewünschten Zellbereich mit den Duplikaten aus. Öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Daten und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Entferne Duplikate an. Falls Sie die Duplikate in der formatierten Tabelle entfernen möchten, verwenden Sie die Option Entferne Duplikate in der rechten Randleiste. Wenn Sie einen bestimmten Teil des Datenbereichs auswählen, ein Warnfenster wird geöffnet, wo Sie auswählen, ob Sie die Auswahl erweitern möchten, um den ganzen Datenbereich zu erfassen, oder ob Sie nur den aktiven ausgewälten Datenbereich bearbeiten möchten. Klicken Sie die Option Erweitern oder Im ausgewählten Bereich zu entfernen an. Wenn Sie die Option Im ausgewählten Bereich zu entfernen auswählen, werden die Duplikate in den angrenzenden Zellen nicht entfernt. Das Fenster Entferne Duplikate wird geöffnet: Markieren Sie die Kästchen, die Sie brauchen, im Fenster Entferne Duplikate: Meine Daten haben Kopfzeilen - markieren Sie das Kästchen, um die Kopfzeilen mit Spalten auszuschließen. Spalten - die Option Alles auswählen ist standardmäßig aktiviert. Um nir die bestimmten Spalten zu bearbeiten, deselektieren Sie das Kästchen. Klicken Sie OK an. Die Duplikate in den ausgewälten Zellbereich werden entfernt und das Fenster mit der entfernten Duplikatenanzahl und den gebliebenen Werten wird geöffnet: Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche Rückgängig machen nach oben oder drücken Sie die Tastenkombination Strg+Z, um die Änderungen aufzuheben." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Kalkulationstabelle speichern/drucken/herunterladen", - "body": "Standardmäßig speichert der Editor Ihre Datei während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Schließen des Programmes zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus co-editieren, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen. Wenn Sie die Datei im Modus Strikt co-editieren, werden Änderungen automatisch alle 10 Minuten gespeichert. Sie können den bevorzugten Co-Modus nach Belieben auswählen oder die Funktion AutoSave auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen deaktivieren. Aktuelle Kalkulationstabelle manuell speichern: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Speichern auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder drücken Sie die Tasten STRG+S oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Speichern. Aktuelle Kalkulationstabelle auf dem PC speichern: Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als.... Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV.Hinweis: Wenn Sie das Format CSV auswählen, werden alle Funktionen (Schriftformatierung, Formeln usw.), mit Ausnahme des einfachen Texts, nicht in der CSV-Datei beibehalten. Wenn Sie mit dem Speichern fortfahren, öffnet sich das Fenster CSV-Optionen auswählen. Standardmäßig wird Unicode (UTF-8) als Codierungstyp verwendet. Das Standardtrennzeichen ist das Komma (,), aber die folgenden Optionen sind ebenfalls verfügbar: Semikolon (;), Doppelpunkt (:), Tab, Leerzeichen und Sonstige (mit dieser Option können Sie ein benutzerdefiniertes Trennzeichen festlegen). Aktuelle Kalkulationstabelle drucken: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Drucken oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+P oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Drucken. Im Fenster Druckeinstellungen können Sie die Standarddruckeinstellungen ändern. Klicken Sie am unteren Rand des Fensters auf die Schaltfläche Details anzeigen, um alle Parameter anzuzeigen. Hinweis: Sie können die Druckeinstellungen auch auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen... ändern: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie Erweiterte Einstellungen... >> Seiteneinstellungen: Einige dieser Einstellungen (Seitenränder, Seitenausrichtung und Seitengröße) sind auch in der Registerkarte Layout auf der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar. Hier können Sie die folgenden Parameter festlegen: Druckbereich - geben Sie an, was Sie drucken möchten: das gesamte aktive Blatt, die gesamte Arbeitsmappe oder einen vorher gewählten Zellenbereich (Auswahl). Blatteinstellungen - legen Sie für jedes einzelne Blatt individuelle Druckeinstellungen fest, wenn Sie vorher die Option Arbeitsmappe in der Menüliste für den Druckbereich ausgewählt haben. Seitenformat - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Größen aus der Menüliste aus. Seitenorientierung - wählen Sie die Option Hochformat, wenn Sie vertikal auf der Seite drucken möchten, oder die Option Querformat, um horizontal zu drucken. Skalierung - wenn Sie nicht möchten, dass anhängende Spalten oder Zeilen auf einer zweiten Seite gedruckt werden, können Sie den Inhalt des Blatts auf eine Seite verkleinern, indem Sie die entsprechende Option auswählen: Tabelle auf eine Seite anpassen, Alle Spalten auf einer Seite oder Alle Zeilen auf einer Seite. Wenn Sie keine Anpassung vornehmen wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine Skalierung. Ränder - geben Sie den Abstand zwischen der Blattdaten und den Rändern der gedruckten Seite an, indem Sie die Standardgrößen in den Feldern Oben, Unten, Links und Rechts ändern. Drucken - geben Sie die Blattelemente an, die gedruckt werden sollen, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder aktivieren: Gitternetzlinien drucken und Zellen- und Spaltenüberschriften drucken. Wenn Sie alle Parameter festgelegt haben klicken sie auf OK, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen, schließen Sie das Fenster und starten Sie den Druckvorgang. Danach wird basierend auf der Kalkulationstabelle eine PDF-Datei erstellt. Diese können Sie öffnen und drucken oder auf der Festplatte des Computers oder einem Wechseldatenträger speichern und später drucken." + "body": "Speichern Standardmäßig speichert der Online-Tabelleneditor Ihre Datei während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Schließen des Programmes zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus co-editieren, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen. Wenn Sie die Datei im Modus Strikt co-editieren, werden Änderungen automatisch alle 10 Minuten gespeichert. Sie können den bevorzugten Co-Modus nach Belieben auswählen oder die Funktion AutoSpeichern auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen deaktivieren. Aktuelles Tabelle manuell im aktuellen Format im aktuellen Verzeichnis speichern: Verwenden Sie das Symbol Speichern im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors oder drücken Sie die Tasten STRG+S oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Speichern. Hinweis: um Datenverluste durch ein unerwartetes Schließen des Programms zu verhindern, können Sie in der Desktop-Version die Option AutoWiederherstellen auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen aktivieren. In der Desktop-Version können Sie die Tabelle unter einem anderen Namen, an einem neuen Speicherort oder in einem anderen Format speichern. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Speichern als.... Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: XLSX, ODS, CSV, PDF, PDFA. Sie können auch die Option Tabellenvorlage (XLTX oder OTS) auswählen. Download In der Online-Version können Sie die daraus resultierende Tabelle auf der Festplatte Ihres Computers speichern. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als.... Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS.Hinweis: Wenn Sie das Format CSV auswählen, werden alle Funktionen (Schriftformatierung, Formeln usw.), mit Ausnahme des einfachen Texts, nicht in der CSV-Datei beibehalten. Wenn Sie mit dem Speichern fortfahren, öffnet sich das Fenster CSV-Optionen auswählen. Standardmäßig wird Unicode (UTF-8) als Codierungstyp verwendet. Das Standardtrennzeichen ist das Komma (,), aber die folgenden Optionen sind ebenfalls verfügbar: Semikolon (;), Doppelpunkt (:), Tab, Leerzeichen und Sonstige (mit dieser Option können Sie ein benutzerdefiniertes Trennzeichen festlegen). Kopie speichern In der Online-Version können Sie die eine Kopie der Datei in Ihrem Portal speichern. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Kopie Speichern als.... Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Speicherort auf dem Portal aus und klicken Sie Speichern. Drucken Aktuelle Kalkulationstabelle drucken: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Drucken im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+P oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Drucken. Im Fenster Druckeinstellungen können Sie die Standarddruckeinstellungen ändern. Klicken Sie am unteren Rand des Fensters auf die Schaltfläche Details anzeigen, um alle Parameter anzuzeigen. Hinweis: Sie können die Druckeinstellungen auch auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen... ändern: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie Erweiterte Einstellungen... >> Seiteneinstellungen: Einige dieser Einstellungen (Seitenränder, Seitenausrichtung und Seitengröße sowie Druckbereich) sind auch in der Registerkarte Layout auf der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar. Hier können Sie die folgenden Parameter festlegen: Druckbereich - geben Sie an, was Sie drucken möchten: das gesamte aktive Blatt, die gesamte Arbeitsmappe oder einen vorher gewählten Zellenbereich (Auswahl).Wenn Sie zuvor einen konstanten Druckbereich festgelegt haben, nun aber das gesamte Blatt drucken möchten, aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Druckbereich ignorieren. Blatteinstellungen - legen Sie für jedes einzelne Blatt individuelle Druckeinstellungen fest, wenn Sie vorher die Option Arbeitsmappe in der Menüliste für den Druckbereich ausgewählt haben. Seitenformat - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Größen aus der Menüliste aus. Seitenorientierung - wählen Sie die Option Hochformat, wenn Sie vertikal auf der Seite drucken möchten, oder die Option Querformat, um horizontal zu drucken. Skalierung - wenn Sie nicht möchten, dass anhängende Spalten oder Zeilen auf einer zweiten Seite gedruckt werden, können Sie den Inhalt des Blatts auf eine Seite verkleinern, indem Sie die entsprechende Option auswählen: Tabelle auf eine Seite anpassen, Alle Spalten auf einer Seite oder Alle Zeilen auf einer Seite. Wenn Sie keine Anpassung vornehmen wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine Skalierung. Ränder - geben Sie den Abstand zwischen der Blattdaten und den Rändern der gedruckten Seite an, indem Sie die Standardgrößen in den Feldern Oben, Unten, Links und Rechts ändern. Drucken - geben Sie die Blattelemente an, die gedruckt werden sollen, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder aktivieren: Gitternetzlinien drucken und Zellen- und Spaltenüberschriften drucken. In der Desktop-Version wird die Datei direkt gedruckt. In der Online-Version wird basierend auf dem Dokument eine PDF-Datei erstellt. Diese können Sie öffnen und drucken oder auf der Festplatte des Computers oder einem Wechseldatenträger speichern und später drucken. Einige Browser (z. B. Chrome und Opera) unterstützen Direktdruck. Druckbereich festlegen Wenn Sie nur einen ausgewählten Zellbereich anstelle des gesamten Arbeitsblatts drucken möchten, können Sie diesen mit der Option Auswahl in der Dropdown-Liste Druckbereich festlegen. Wird die Arbeitsmappe gespeichert so wird diese Einstellung nicht übernommen. Sie ist für die einmalige Verwendung vorgesehen. Wenn ein Zellbereich häufig gedruckt werden soll, können Sie im Arbeitsblatt einen konstanten Druckbereich festlegen. Wird die Arbeitsmappe nun gespeichert, wird auch der Druckbereich gespeichert und kann beim nächsten Öffnen der Tabelle verwendet werden. Es ist auch möglich mehrere konstante Druckbereiche auf einem Blatt festzulegen. In diesem Fall wird jeder Bereich auf einer separaten Seite gedruckt. Einen Druckbereich festlegen: wählen Sie den gewünschten Zellbereich in der Arbeitsmappe aus: Um mehrere Zellen auszuwählen, drücken Sie die Taste STRG und halten Sie diese gedrückt. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Layout. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Druckbereich und wählen Sie die Option Druckbereich festlegen. Wenn Sie die Arbeitsmappe speichern, wird der festgelegte Druckbereich ebenfalls gespeichert. Wenn Sie die Datei das nächste Mal öffnen, wird der festgelegte Druckbereich gedruckt. Hinweis: wenn Sie einen Druckbereich erstellen, wird automatisch ein als Druck_Bereich benannter Bereich erstellt, der im Namensmanger angezeigt wird. Um die Ränder aller Druckbereiche im aktuellen Arbeitsblatt hervorzuheben, klicken Sie auf den Pfeil im Namensfeld links neben der Bearbeitungsleiste und wählen Sie den Namen Druck_Bereich aus der Namensliste aus. Zellen in einen Druckbereich einfügen: Öffnen Sie die Arbeitsmappe mit dem festgelegten Druckbereich. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Zellbereich in der Arbeitsmappe aus. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Layout. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Druckbereich und wählen Sie die Option Druckbereich festlegen. Ein neuer Druckbereich wird hinzugefügt. Jeder Druckbereich wird auf einer separaten Seite gedruckt. Einen Druckbereich löschen: Öffnen Sie die Arbeitsmappe mit dem festgelegten Druckbereich. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Layout. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Druckbereich und wählen Sie die Option Druckbereich festlegen. Alle auf diesem Blatt vorhandenen Druckbereiche werden entfernt. Anschließend wird die gesamte Arbeitsmappe gedruckt." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ScaleToFit.htm", + "title": "Ein Arbeitsblatt skalieren", + "body": "Wenn Sie eine gesamte Tabelle zum Drucken auf eine Seite anpassen möchten, können Sie die Funktion An Format anpassen verwenden. Mithilfe dieser Funktion kann man die Daten auf der angegebenen Anzahl von Seiten skalieren. Um ein Arbeitsblatt zu skalieren: in der oberen Symbolleiste öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Layout und wählen Sie die Option An Format anpassen aus, wählen Sie den Abschnitt Höhe aus und klicken Sie die Option 1 Seite an, dann konfigurieren Sie den Abschnitt Breite auf Auto, damit alle Seiten auf derselben Seite ausgedruckt werden. Der Skalenwert wird automatisch geändert. Dieser Wert wird in dem Abschnitt Skalierung angezeigt; Sie können auch den Skalenwert manuell konfigurieren. Konfigurieren Sie die Einstellungen Höhe und Breite auf Auto und verwenden Sie die Schaltflächen «+» und «-», um das Arbeitsblatt zu skalieren. Die Grenzen des ausgedruckten Blatts werden als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt, öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Datei, klicken Sie Drucken an, oder drucken Sie die Tastenkombination Strg + P und konfigurieren Sie die Druckeinstellungen im geöffneten Fenster. Z.B., wenn es viele Spalten im Arbeitsblatt gibt, Sie können die Einstellung Seitenorientierung auf Hochformat konfigurieren oder drucken nur den markierten Zellbereich. Weitere Information zu den Druckeinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Hinweis: Beachten Sie, dass der Ausdruck möglicherweise schwer zu lesen sein kann, da der Editor die Daten entsprechend verkleinert und skaliert." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm", + "title": "Tabellenansichten verwalten", + "body": "Im ONLYOFFICE Tabelleneditor können Sie den Tabellenansichten-Manager verwenden, um zwischen den benutzerdefinierten Tabellenansichten zu wechseln. Jetzt können Sie die erforderlichen Filter- als Ansichtsvoreinstellung speichern und zusammen mit Ihren Kollegen verwenden sowie mehrere Voreinstellungen erstellen und mühelos zwischen diesen wechseln. Wenn Sie an einer Tabelle zusammenarbeiten, erstellen Sie individuelle Ansichtsvoreinstellungen und arbeiten Sie weiter mit den Filtern , die Sie benötigen, ohne von anderen Co-Editoren gestört zu werden. Tabellenansicht erstellen Da eine Ansichtsvoreinstellung die benutzerdefinierten Filterparameter speichern soll, sollen Sie diese Parameter zuerst auf das Blatt anwenden. Weitere Informationen zum Filtern finden Sie in dieser Anleitung . Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, eine neue Voreinstellung für die Blattansicht zu erstellen. Sie können entweder die Registerkarte Tabellenansicht öffnen und da auf das Symbol Tabellenansicht klicken, die Option Ansichten-Manager aus dem Drop-Down-Menü auswählen, auf die Schaltfläche Neu im geöffneten Tabellenansichten-Manager klicken, den Namen der Ansicht eingeben, oder auf die Schaltfläche Neu klicken, die sich auf der Registerkarte Tabellenansicht in der oberen Symbolleiste befindet. Die Ansichtsvoreinstellung wird unter einem Standardnamen erstellt, d.h. “View1/2/3...”. Um den Namen zu ändern, öffnen Sie den Tabellenansichten-Manager, wählen Sie die gewünschte Voreinstellung aus und klicken Sie auf Umbenennen. Klicken Sie auf Zum Anzeigen, um die Ansichtsvoreinstellung zu aktivieren. Zwischen den Ansichtsvoreinstellungen wechseln Öffnen Sie dei Registerkarte Tabellenansicht und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Tabellenansicht. Wählen Sie die Option Ansichten-Manager aus dem Drop-Down-Menü aus. Im Feld Tabellenansichten wählen Sie die Ansichtsvoreinstellung aus, die Sie aktivieren möchten. Klicken Sie auf Zum Anzeigen, um zur ausgewählten Voreinstellung zu wechseln. Um die aktive Ansichtsvoreinstellung zu schließen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Schließen auf der Registerkarte Tabellenansicht in der oberen Symbolleiste. Ansichtsvoreinstellungen bearbeiten Öffnen Sie dei Registerkarte Tabellenansicht und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Tabellenansicht. Wählen Sie die Option Ansichten-Manager aus dem Drop-Down-Menü aus. Im Feld Tabellenansichten wählen Sie die Ansichtsvoreinstellung aus, die Sie bearbeiten möchten. Wählen Sie eine der Bearbeitungsoptionen aus: Umbenennen, um die ausgewählte Ansichtsvoreinstellung umzubenennen, Duplizieren, um eine Kopie der ausgewählten Ansichtsvoreinstellung zu erstellen, Löschen, um die ausgewählte Ansichtsvoreinstellung zu löschen. Klicken Sie auf Zum Anzeigen, um die ausgewählte Voreinstellung zu aktivieren." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm", + "title": "Datenschnitte in den formatierten Tabellen erstellen", + "body": "Einen Datenschnitt erstellen Wenn Sie eine formatierte Tabelle erstellt haben, können Sie auch die Datenschnitten einfügen, um die Information schnell zu navigieren: wählen Sie mindestens einen Zell der formatierten Tabelle aus und klicken Sie das Symbol Tabelleneinstellungen rechts. klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Datenschnitt einfügen in der Registerkarte Tabelleneinstellungen auf der rechten Randleiste an. Oder öffnen Sie die Registerkarte Einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste und klicken Sie die Schaltfläche Datenschnitt an. Das Fenster Datenschnitt einfügen wird geöffnet: markieren Sie die gewünschten Spalten im Fenster Datenschnitt einfügen. klicken Sie auf OK. Ein Datenschnitt für jede ausgewählte Spalte wird eingefügt. Wenn Sie mehr Datenschnitten einfügen, sie werden überlappen. Wenn ein Datenschnitt eingefügt ist, ändern Sie die Größe und Position sowie konfigurieren Sie die Einstellungen. Ein Datenschnitt hat die Schaltflächen, die Sie anklicken können, um die formatierte Tabelle zu filtern. Die Schaltflächen, die den leeren Zellen entsprechen, werden mit der Beschriftung (leer) markiert. Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche für den Datenschnitt anklicken, werden die anderen Schaltflächen deselektiert, und die entsprechende Spalte in der Tabelle wird nur das ausgewählte Element anzeigen: Wenn Sie mehr Datenschnitten eingefügt haben, die Änderungen für einen den Datenschnitten können die anderen Datenschnitten bewirken. Wenn ein oder mehr Filter angewandt sind, die Elemente, die keine Daten haben, können in einem anderen Datenschnitt angezeigt sein (in einer hellen Farbe): Sie können den Anzeigemodus für die Elemente ohne Daten mithilfe der Datenschnitteinstellungen konfigurieren. Um viele Datenschnitt-Schaltflächen auszuwählen, verwenden Sie die Option Mehrfachauswahl in der oberen rechten Ecke des Datenschnitt-Fensters oder drucken Sie die Tastenkombination Alt+S. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Datenschnitt-Schaltflächen Stück für Stück aus. Um den Filter zu löschen, verwenden Sie die Option Filter löschen in der oberen rechten Ecke des Datenschnitt-Fensters oder drucken Sie die Tastenkombination Alt+C. Datenschnitten bearbeiten Einige Einstellungen kann man in der Registerkarte Datenschnitt-Einstellungen in der rechten Randleiste ändern. Sie können diese Einstellungen per Mausklick auf einem Datenschnitt öffnen. Um diese Registerkarte ein-/auszublenden, klicken Sie das Symbol rechts. Die Größe und Position des Datenschnitts ändern Die Optionen Breite und Höhe ändern die Größe und/oder Position des Datenschnitts. Wenn Sie das Kästchen konstante Proportionen markieren (sieht es so aus ), werden die Breite und die Höhe zusammen geändert und das Seitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Der Abschnitt Position ändert die horizontale und/oder vertikale Position des Datenschnitts. Die Option Schalte Größe ändern und Bewegen aus verhindert, dass der Datenschnitt verschoben oder in der Größe geändert wird. Wenn das Kästchen markiert ist, sind die Optionen Breite, Höhe, Position und Schaltflächen deaktiviert. Layout und Stil des Datenschnitts ändern Der Abscnitt Schaltflächen lässt die Anzahl der Spalten zu konfigurieren, sowie auch die Breite und Höhe der Schaltflächen zu ändern. Standardmäßig hat der Datenschnitt eine Spalte. Sie können die Anzahlt der Spalten auf 2 oder mehr konfigurieren: Wenn Sie die Schaltflächenbreite erhöhen, ändert sich die Datenschnitt-Breite. Wenn Sie die Schaltflächenhöhe erhöhen, wird die Bildlaufleiste zum Datenschnitt hinzugefügt: Der Abschnitt Stil hat voreingestellte Stile für die Datenschnitten. Sortierung und Filterung Aufsteigend (A bis Z) wird verwendet, um die Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von A bis Z alphabetisch oder von der kleinsten bis zur größten Zahl für numerische Daten. Absteigend (Z to A) wird verwendet, um die Daten in aabsteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von Z bis A alphabetisch oder von der größten bis zur kleinsten Zahl für numerische Daten. Die Option Verbergen Elemente ohne Daten blendet die Elemente ohne Daten aus. Wenn dieses Kästchen markiert ist, werden die Optionen Visuell Elemente ohne Daten anzeigen und Elemente ohne Daten letzt anzeigen deaktiviert. Wenn die Option Verberge Elemente ohne Daten deaktiviert ist, verwenden Sie die folgenden Optionen: Die Option Visuell Elemente ohne Daten anzeigen zeigt die Elemente ohne Daten mit verschiedenen Formatierung an (mit heller Farbe). Wenn diese Option deaktiviert ist, werden alle Elemente mit gleicher Formatierung angezeigt. Die Option Elemente ohne Daten letzt anzeigen zeigt die Elemente ohne Daten am Ende der Liste. Wenn diese Option deaktiviert ist, werden alle Elemente in der Reihenfolge, die in der Originaltabelle beibehandelt ist, angezeigt. Erweiterte Datenschnitt-Einstellungen konfigurieren Um die erweiterten Datenschnitt-Einstellungen zu konfigurieren, verwenden Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Randleiste. Das Fenster 'Datenschnitt - Erweiterte Einstellungen' wird geöffnet: Der Abschnitt Stil & Größe enthält die folgenden Einstellungen: Die Option Kopfzeile ändert der Kopfzeile für den Datenschnitt. Deselektieren Sie das Kästchen Kopfzeile anzeigen, damit die Kopfzeile für den Datenschnitt nicht angezeigt wird. Die Option Stil ändert den Stil für den Datenschnitt. Die Option Breite und Höhe ändert die Breite und Höhe des Datenschnitts. Wenn Sie das Kästchen Konstante Proportionen markieren (sieht es so aus ), werden die Breite und Höhe zusammen geändert und das Seitenverhältnis beibehalten ist. Die Option Schaltflächen ändert die Anzahl der Spalten und konfiguriert die Höhe der Schaltflächen. Der Abschnitt Sortierung & Filterung enthält die folgenden Einstellungen: Aufsteigend (A bis Z) wird verwendet, um die Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von A bis Z alphabetisch oder von der kleinsten bis zur größten Zahl für numerische Daten. Absteigend (Z bis A) wird verwendet, um die Daten in absteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von Z bis A alphabetisch oder von der größten bis zur kleinsten Zahl für numerische Daten. Die Option Verberge Elemente ohne Daten blendet die Elemente ohne Daten im Datenschnitt aus. Wenn dieses Kästchen markiert ist, werden die Optionen Visuell Elemente ohne Daten anzeigen und Elemente ohne Daten letzt anzeigen deaktiviert. Wenn Sie die Option Verberge Elemente ohne Daten demarkieren, verwenden Sie die folgenden Optionen: Die Option Visuell Elemente ohne Daten anzeigen zeigt die Elemente ohne Daten mit verschiedenen Formatierung an (mit heller Farbe). Die Option Elemente ohne Daten letzt anzeigen zeigt die Elemente ohne Daten am Ende der Liste. Der Abschnitt Referenzen enthält die folgenden Einstellungen: Die Option Quellenname zeigt den Feldnamen an, der der Kopfzeilenspalte aus der Datenquelle entspricht. Die Option Name zur Nutzung in Formeln zeigt den Datenschnittnamen an, der im Menü Name-Manager ist. Die Option Name fügt den Namen für einen Datenschnitt ein, um den Datenschnitt klar zu machen. Der Abschnitt Andocken an die Zelle enthält die folgenden Einstellungen: Bewegen und Größeänderung mit Zellen - diese Option dockt den Datenschnitt an der Zelle hinten an. Wenn die Zelle verschoben ist (z.B. wenn Sie die Zeilen oder Spalten eingefügt oder gelöscht haben), wird der Datenschnitt mit der Zelle zusammen verschoben. Wenn Sie die Breite oder Höhe der Zelle vergrößern/verringern, wird die Größe des Datenschnitts auch geändert. Bewegen, aber nicht Größe ändern mit - diese Option dockt den Datenschnitt an der Zelle hinten an, ohne die Größe des Datenschnitts zu verändern. Wenn die Zelle verschoben ist, wird der Datenschnitt mit der Zelle zusammen verschoben. Wenn Sie die Zellgröße ändern, wird die Größe des Datenschnitts unverändert. Kein Bewegen oder Größeänderung mit - this option allows you to prevent the slicer from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. Der Abschnitt Alternativer Text ändert den Titel und die Beschreibung, die den Leuten mit Sehbehinderung oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigung hilft, die Information im Datenschnitt besser verstehen. Datenschnitt löschen Um einen Datenschnitt zu löschen, Klicken Sie den Datenschnitt an. Drucken Sie die Entfernen-Taste." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SortData.htm", @@ -2392,17 +2522,17 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm", - "title": "Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen", - "body": "Um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf den Registerkarten in der oberen Symbolleiste: Rückgängig – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rückgängig , um den zuletzt durchgeführten Vorgang rückgängig zu machen. Wiederholen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wiederholen , um den zuletzt rückgängig gemachten Vorgang zu wiederholen. Hinweis: Diese Vorgänge können auch mithilfe der Tastenkombinationen durchgeführt werden." + "title": "Vorgänge rückgängig machen/wiederholen", + "body": "Verwenden Sie die entsprechenden Symbole im linken Bereich der Kopfzeile des Editors, um Vorgänge rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen: Rückgängig machen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rückgängig machen , um den zuletzt durchgeführten Vorgang rückgängig zu machen. Wiederholen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wiederholen , um den zuletzt rückgängig gemachten Vorgang zu wiederholen. Diese Vorgänge können auch mithilfe der entsprechenden Tastenkombinationen durchgeführt werden. Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Kalkulationstabelle im Modus Schnell gemeinsam bearbeiten, ist die Option letzten Vorgang Rückgängig machen/Wiederholen nicht verfügbar." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm", "title": "Namensbereiche verwenden", - "body": "Namen sind sinnvolle Kennzeichnungen, die für eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich zugewiesen werden können und die das Arbeiten mit Formeln vereinfachen. Wenn Sie eine Formel erstellen, können Sie einen Namen als Argument eingeben, anstatt einen Verweis auf einen Zellbereich zu erstellen. Wenn Sie z. B. den Namen Jahreseinkommen für einen Zellbereich vergeben, können Sie SUMME(Jahreseinkommen) eingeben, anstelle von SUMME (B1: B12). Auf diese Art werden Formeln übersichtlicher. Diese Funktion kann auch nützlich sein, wenn viele Formeln auf ein und denselben Zellbereich verweisen. Wenn die Bereichsadresse geändert wird, können Sie die Korrektur einmal mithilfe des Namensverwaltung vornehmen, anstatt alle Formeln einzeln zu bearbeiten. Es gibt zwei Arten von Namen, die verwendet werden können: Definierter Name - ein beliebiger Name, den Sie für einen bestimmten Zellbereich angeben können. Tabellenname - ein Standardname, der einer neu formatierten Tabelle automatisch zugewiesen wird (Tabelle1, Tabelle2 usw.). Sie können den Namen später bearbeiten. Namen werden auch nach Bereich klassifiziert, d. h. der Ort, an dem ein Name erkannt wird. Ein Name kann für die gesamte Arbeitsmappe (wird für jedes Arbeitsblatt in dieser Arbeitsmappe erkannt) oder für ein separates Arbeitsblatt (wird nur für das angegebene Arbeitsblatt erkannt) verwendet werden. Jeder Name muss innerhalb eines Geltungsbereichs eindeutig sein, dieselben Namen können innerhalb verschiedener Bereiche verwendet werden. Neue Namen erstellen So erstellen Sie einen neuen definierten Namen für eine Auswahl: Wählen Sie eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich aus, dem Sie einen Namen zuweisen möchten. Öffnen Sie ein neues Namensfenster: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Auswahl und wählen Sie die Option Namen definieren im Kontextmenü aus. klicken Sie auf das Symbol Benannte Bereiche auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Neuer Name aus dem Menü aus. Das Fenster Neuer Name wird geöffnet: Geben Sie den gewünschten Namen in das dafür vorgesehene Texteingabefeld ein.Hinweis: ein Name darf nicht von einer Nummer ausgehen und keine Leerzeichen oder Satzzeichen enthalten. Unterstriche (_) sind erlaubt. Groß- und Kleinschreibung wird nicht beachtet. Legen Sie den Bereich für den Namen fest. Der Bereich Arbeitsmappe ist standardmäßig ausgewählt, Sie können jedoch auch ein einzelnes Arbeitsblatt aus der Liste auswählen. Überprüfen Sie die Angabe für den ausgewählten Datenbereich. Nehmen Sie Änderungen vor, falls erforderlich. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Daten auswählen - das Fenster Datenbereich auswählen wird geöffnet. Ändern Sie im Eingabefeld die Verknüpfung zum Zellbereich oder wählen Sie mit der Maus einen neuen Bereich im Arbeitsblatt aus und klicken Sie dann auf OK Klicken Sie auf OK, um den Namen zu speichern. Um schnell einen neuen Namen für den ausgewählten Zellenbereich zu erstellen, können Sie auch den gewünschten Namen in das Namensfeld links neben der Bearbeitungsleiste eingeben und die EINGABETASTE drücken. Ein solchermaßen erstellter Name wird der Arbeitsmappe zugeordnet. Namen verwalten Über den Namens-Manger können Sie die vorhandenen Namen einsehen und verwalten. Namens-Manager öffnen: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Benannte Bereiche auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Namens-Manger aus dem Menü aus, oder klicken Sie auf den Pfeil im Namensfeld und wählen Sie die Option Namens-Manager. Das Fenster Namens-Manger wird geöffnet: Zu Ihrer Bequemlichkeit können Sie die Namen filtern, indem Sie die Namenskategorie auswählen, die angezeigt werden soll: Alle, Definierten Namen, Tabellennamen, Im Arbeitsblatt festgelegte Namensbereiche oder In der Arbeitsmappe festgelegte Namensbereiche. Die Namen, die zu der ausgewählten Kategorie gehören, werden in der Liste angezeigt, die anderen Namen werden ausgeblendet. Um die Sortierreihenfolge für die angezeigte Liste zu ändern, klicken Sie im Fenster auf die Optionen Benannte Bereiche oder Bereich. Namen bearbeiten: wählen Sie den entsprechenden Namen aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf Bearbeiten. Das Fenster Namen bearbeiten wird geöffnet: Für einen definierten Namen können Sie den Namen und den Datenbereich (Bezug) ändern. Bei Tabellennamen können Sie nur den Namen ändern. Wenn Sie alle notwendigen Änderungen durchgeführt haben, klicken Sie auf Ok, um die Änderungen anzuwenden. Um die Änderungen zu verwerfen, klicken Sie auf Abbrechen. Wenn der bearbeitete Name in einer Formel verwendet wird, wird die Formel automatisch entsprechend geändert. Namen löschen: wählen Sie den entsprechenden Namen aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf Löschen. Hinweis: wenn Sie einen Namen löschen, der in einer Formel verwendet wird, kann die Formel nicht länger funktionieren (die Formel gibt den Fehlerwert #NAME? zurück). Sie können im Fenster Names-Manager auch einen neuen Namen erstellen, klicken Sie dazu auf die Schaltfläche Neu. Namen bei die Bearbeitung der Tabelle verwenden Um schnell zwischen Zellenbereichen zu wechseln, klicken Sie auf den Pfeil im Namensfeld und wählen Sie den gewünschten Namen aus der Namensliste aus - der Datenbereich, der diesem Namen entspricht, wird auf dem Arbeitsblatt ausgewählt. Hinweis: in der Namensliste werden die definierten Namen und Tabellennamen angezeigt, die für das aktuelle Arbeitsblatt und die gesamte Arbeitsmappe festgelegt sind. In einer Formel einen Namen als Argument hinzufügen: Platzieren Sie die Einfügemarke an der Stelle, an der Sie einen Namen hinzufügen möchten. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen: Geben Sie den Namen des erforderlichen benannten Bereichs manuell über die Tastatur ein. Sobald Sie die Anfangsbuchstaben eingegeben haben, wird die Liste Formel automatisch vervollständigen angezeigt. Während der Eingabe werden die Elemente (Formeln und Namen) angezeigt, die den eingegebenen Zeichen entsprechen. Um den gewünschten Namen aus der Liste auszuwählen und diesen in die Formel einzufügen, klicken Sie mit einem Doppelklick auf den Namen oder drücken Sie die TAB-Taste, oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Benannte Bereiche auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Namen einfügen aus dem Menü aus, wählen Sie den gewünschten Namen im Fenster Namen einfügen aus und klicken Sie auf OK. Hinweis: im Fenster Namen einfügen werden die definierten Namen und Tabellennamen angezeigt, die für das aktuelle Arbeitsblatt und die gesamte Arbeitsmappe festgelegt sind." + "body": "Namen sind sinnvolle Kennzeichnungen, die für eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich zugewiesen werden können und die das Arbeiten mit Formeln vereinfachen. Wenn Sie eine Formel erstellen, können Sie einen Namen als Argument eingeben, anstatt einen Verweis auf einen Zellbereich zu erstellen. Wenn Sie z. B. den Namen Jahreseinkommen für einen Zellbereich vergeben, können Sie SUMME(Jahreseinkommen) eingeben, anstelle von SUMME (B1:B12). Auf diese Art werden Formeln übersichtlicher. Diese Funktion kann auch nützlich sein, wenn viele Formeln auf ein und denselben Zellbereich verweisen. Wenn die Bereichsadresse geändert wird, können Sie die Korrektur mithilfe des Namensverwaltung vornehmen, anstatt alle Formeln einzeln zu bearbeiten. Es gibt zwei Arten von Namen, die verwendet werden können: Definierter Name - ein beliebiger Name, den Sie für einen bestimmten Zellbereich angeben können. Definierte Namen umfassen auch die Namen die automatisch bei der Einrichtung eines Druckbereichs erstellt werden. Tabellenname - ein Standardname, der einer neu formatierten Tabelle automatisch zugewiesen wird (Tabelle1, Tabelle2 usw.). Sie können den Namen später bearbeiten. Namen werden auch nach Bereich klassifiziert, d. h. der Ort, an dem ein Name erkannt wird. Ein Name kann für die gesamte Arbeitsmappe (wird für jedes Arbeitsblatt in dieser Arbeitsmappe erkannt) oder für ein separates Arbeitsblatt (wird nur für das angegebene Arbeitsblatt erkannt) verwendet werden. Jeder Name muss innerhalb eines Geltungsbereichs eindeutig sein, dieselben Namen können innerhalb verschiedener Bereiche verwendet werden. Neue Namen erstellen So erstellen Sie einen neuen definierten Namen für eine Auswahl: Wählen Sie eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich aus, dem Sie einen Namen zuweisen möchten. Öffnen Sie ein neues Namensfenster: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Auswahl und wählen Sie die Option Namen definieren im Kontextmenü aus. klicken Sie auf das Symbol Benannte Bereiche auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Neuer Name aus dem Menü aus. Das Fenster Neuer Name wird geöffnet: Geben Sie den gewünschten Namen in das dafür vorgesehene Texteingabefeld ein.Hinweis: ein Name darf nicht von einer Nummer ausgehen und keine Leerzeichen oder Satzzeichen enthalten. Unterstriche (_) sind erlaubt. Groß- und Kleinschreibung wird nicht beachtet. Legen Sie den Bereich für den Namen fest. Der Bereich Arbeitsmappe ist standardmäßig ausgewählt, Sie können jedoch auch ein einzelnes Arbeitsblatt aus der Liste auswählen. Überprüfen Sie die Angabe für den ausgewählten Datenbereich. Nehmen Sie Änderungen vor, falls erforderlich. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Daten auswählen - das Fenster Datenbereich auswählen wird geöffnet. Ändern Sie im Eingabefeld die Verknüpfung zum Zellbereich oder wählen Sie mit der Maus einen neuen Bereich im Arbeitsblatt aus und klicken Sie dann auf OK Klicken Sie auf OK, um den Namen zu speichern. Um schnell einen neuen Namen für den ausgewählten Zellenbereich zu erstellen, können Sie auch den gewünschten Namen in das Namensfeld links neben der Bearbeitungsleiste eingeben und die EINGABETASTE drücken. Ein solchermaßen erstellter Name wird der Arbeitsmappe zugeordnet. Namen verwalten Über den Namens-Manger können Sie die vorhandenen Namen einsehen und verwalten. Namens-Manager öffnen: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Benannte Bereiche auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Namens-Manger aus dem Menü aus, oder klicken Sie auf den Pfeil im Namensfeld und wählen Sie die Option Namens-Manager. Das Fenster Namens-Manger wird geöffnet: Zu Ihrer Bequemlichkeit können Sie die Namen filtern, indem Sie die Namenskategorie auswählen, die angezeigt werden soll. Dazu stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Alle, Definierte Namen, Tabellennamen, Im Arbeitsblatt festgelegte Namensbereiche oder In der Arbeitsmappe festgelegte Namensbereiche. Die Namen, die zu der ausgewählten Kategorie gehören, werden in der Liste angezeigt, die anderen Namen werden ausgeblendet. Um die Sortierreihenfolge für die angezeigte Liste zu ändern, klicken Sie im Fenster auf die Optionen Benannte Bereiche oder Bereich. Namen bearbeiten: wählen Sie den entsprechenden Namen aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf Bearbeiten. Das Fenster Namen bearbeiten wird geöffnet: Für einen definierten Namen können Sie den Namen und den Datenbereich (Bezug) ändern. Bei Tabellennamen können Sie nur den Namen ändern. Wenn Sie alle notwendigen Änderungen durchgeführt haben, klicken Sie auf Ok, um die Änderungen anzuwenden. Um die Änderungen zu verwerfen, klicken Sie auf Abbrechen. Wenn der bearbeitete Name in einer Formel verwendet wird, wird die Formel automatisch entsprechend geändert. Namen löschen: wählen Sie den entsprechenden Namen aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf Löschen. Hinweis: wenn Sie einen Namen löschen, der in einer Formel verwendet wird, kann die Formel nicht länger funktionieren (die Formel gibt den Fehlerwert #NAME? zurück). Sie können im Fenster Names-Manager auch einen neuen Namen erstellen, klicken Sie dazu auf die Schaltfläche Neu. Namen bei die Bearbeitung der Tabelle verwenden Um schnell zwischen Zellenbereichen zu wechseln, klicken Sie auf den Pfeil im Namensfeld und wählen Sie den gewünschten Namen aus der Namensliste aus - der Datenbereich, der diesem Namen entspricht, wird auf dem Arbeitsblatt ausgewählt. Hinweis: in der Namensliste werden die definierten Namen und Tabellennamen angezeigt, die für das aktuelle Arbeitsblatt und die gesamte Arbeitsmappe festgelegt sind. In einer Formel einen Namen als Argument hinzufügen: Platzieren Sie die Einfügemarke an der Stelle, an der Sie einen Namen hinzufügen möchten. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen: Geben Sie den Namen des erforderlichen benannten Bereichs manuell über die Tastatur ein. Sobald Sie die Anfangsbuchstaben eingegeben haben, wird die Liste Formel automatisch vervollständigen angezeigt. Während der Eingabe werden die Elemente (Formeln und Namen) angezeigt, die den eingegebenen Zeichen entsprechen. Um den gewünschten Namen aus der Liste auszuwählen und diesen in die Formel einzufügen, klicken Sie mit einem Doppelklick auf den Namen oder drücken Sie die TAB-Taste, oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Benannte Bereiche auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Namen einfügen aus dem Menü aus, wählen Sie den gewünschten Namen im Fenster Namen einfügen aus und klicken Sie auf OK. Hinweis: im Fenster Namen einfügen werden die definierten Namen und Tabellennamen angezeigt, die für das aktuelle Arbeitsblatt und die gesamte Arbeitsmappe festgelegt sind." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", - "title": "Tabelleneigenschaften anzeigen", - "body": "Für detaillierte Informationen über die bearbeitete Tabelle, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich und wählen Sie die Option Tabelleninfo. Allgemeine Informationen Die Informationen umfassen Tabellentitel, Autor, Ort und Erstellungsdatum. Hinweis: Sie können den Namen der Tabelle direkt über die Oberfläche des Editors ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Umbenennen..., geben Sie den neuen Dateinamen an und klicken Sie auf OK. Zugriffsrechte Hinweis: Diese Option steht im schreibgeschützten Modus nicht zur Verfügung. Um einzusehen, wer zur Ansicht oder Bearbeitung der Tabelle berechtigt ist, wählen Sie die Option Zugriffsrechte... in der linken Seitenleiste. Sie können die aktuell ausgewählten Zugriffsrechte auch ändern, klicken Sie dazu im Abschnitt Personen mit Berechtigungen auf die Schaltfläche Zugriffsrechte ändern. Um das Fenster Datei zu schließen und in den Bearbeitungsmodus zurückzukehren, klicken sie auf Menü schließen." + "title": "Dateiinformationen anzeigen", + "body": "Für detaillierte Informationen über die bearbeitete Tabelle, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich und wählen Sie die Option Tabelleninformationen. Allgemeine Eigenschaften Die Dateiinformationen umfassen den Titel und die Anwendung mit der die Tabelle erstellt wurde. In der Online-Version werden zusätzlich die folgenden Informationen angezeigt: Autor, Ort, Erstellungsdatum. Hinweis: Sie können den Namen der Tabelle direkt über die Oberfläche des Editors ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Umbenennen..., geben Sie den neuen Dateinamen an und klicken Sie auf OK. Zugriffsrechte In der Online-Version können Sie die Informationen zu Berechtigungen für die in der Cloud gespeicherten Dateien einsehen. Hinweis: Diese Option steht im schreibgeschützten Modus nicht zur Verfügung. Um einzusehen, wer zur Ansicht oder Bearbeitung der Tabelle berechtigt ist, wählen Sie die Option Zugriffsrechte... in der linken Seitenleiste. Sie können die aktuell ausgewählten Zugriffsrechte auch ändern, klicken Sie dazu im Abschnitt Personen mit Berechtigungen auf die Schaltfläche Zugriffsrechte ändern. Um das Fenster Datei zu schließen und in den Bearbeitungsmodus zurückzukehren, klicken sie auf Menü schließen." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/js/keyboard-switch.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/js/keyboard-switch.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..267160c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/js/keyboard-switch.js @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +$(function(){ + function shortcutToggler(enabled,disabled,enabled_opt,disabled_opt){ + var selectorTD_en = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + enabled + ')', + selectorTD_dis = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + disabled + ')'; + $(disabled_opt).removeClass('enabled').addClass('disabled'); + $(enabled_opt).removeClass('disabled').addClass('enabled'); + $(selectorTD_dis).hide(); + $(selectorTD_en).show().each(function() { + if($(this).text() == ''){ + $(this).parent('tr').hide(); + } else { + $(this).parent('tr').show(); + } + }); + } + if (navigator.platform.toUpperCase().indexOf('MAC') >= 0) { + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + $('.mac_option').removeClass('right_option').addClass('left_option'); + $('.pc_option').removeClass('left_option').addClass('right_option'); + } else { + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + $('.shortcut_toggle').on('click', function() { + if($(this).hasClass('mac_option')){ + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + } else if ($(this).hasClass('pc_option')){ + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + }); +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json index e48149da1..a91156f11 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json @@ -8,7 +8,8 @@ { "src": "ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm", "name": "Data tab" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm", "name": "Pivot Table tab" }, {"src": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", "name": "Collaboration tab"}, - {"src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Plugins tab"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm", "name": "View tab"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Plugins tab"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Create a new spreadsheet or open an existing one", "headername": "Basic operations" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm", "name": "Cut/copy/paste data" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm", "name": "Undo/redo your actions"}, @@ -24,11 +25,12 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm", "name": "Manage cells, rows, and columns", "headername": "Editing rows/columns" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/SortData.htm", "name": "Sort and filter data" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm", "name": "Use formatted tables" }, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm", "name": "Create slicers for formatted tables" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm", "name": "Create and edit pivot tables" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm", "name": "Create slicers for tables" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/GroupData.htm", "name": "Group data" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm", "name": "Remove duplicates" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm", "name": "Conditional Formatting" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/DataValidation.htm", "name": "Data validation" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm", "name": "Insert function", "headername": "Work with functions"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm", "name": "Use named ranges"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "name": "Insert images", "headername": "Operations on objects"}, @@ -38,15 +40,21 @@ { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "name": "Insert symbols and characters" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "name": "Manipulate objects" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Insert equations", "headername": "Math equations" }, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "Use Math AutoCorrect" }, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Collaborative spreadsheet editing", "headername": "Spreadsheet co-editing"}, - { "src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "name": "View file information", "headername": "Tools and settings" }, + { "src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Collaborative spreadsheet editing", "headername": "Spreadsheet co-editing" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm", "name": "Manage sheet view presets"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm", "name": "Edit an image", "headername": "Plugins"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm", "name": "Include a video" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm", "name": "Insert highlighted code" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Translator.htm", "name": "Translate text" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm", "name": "Replace a word by a synonym" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "name": "View file information", "headername": "Tools and settings" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ScaleToFit.htm", "name": "Scale a worksheet"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Save/print/download your spreadsheet"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "name": "Advanced settings of Spreadsheet Editor"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "name": "View settings and navigation tools"}, { "src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Search and replace functions" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Spell-checking"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "AutoCorrect features" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "About Spreadsheet Editor", "headername": "Helpful hints"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "name": "Supported formats of spreadsheets"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "name": "Keyboard shortcuts"} diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Functions/growth.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Functions/growth.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38701c436 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Functions/growth.htm @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + GROWTH Function + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        GROWTH Function

        +

        The GROWTH function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate predicted exponential growth by using existing data.

        +

        The GROWTH function syntax is:

        +

        GROWTH(known_y’s, [known_x’s], [new_x’s], [const])

        +

        where

        +

        known_y’s is the set of y-values you already know in the y = b*m^x equation.

        +

        known_x’s is the optional set of x-values you might know in the y = b*m^x equation.

        +

        new_x’s is the optional set of x-values you want y-values to be returned to.

        +

        const is an optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value where TRUE or lack of the argument forces b to be calculated normally and FALSE sets b to 1 in the y = b*m^x equation.

        + +

        To apply the GROWTH function,

        +
          +
        1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
          2. +
        2. + click the Insert function Insert function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, +
          or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, +
          or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, +
          3. +
        3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
          4. +
        4. click the GROWTH function,
          5. +
        5. enter the required argument,
          6. +
        6. press the Enter button.
          7. +
        +

        The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

        +

        GROWTH Function

        +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Functions/logest.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Functions/logest.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de1ad7f31 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Functions/logest.htm @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + LOGEST Function + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        LOGEST Function

        +

        The LOGEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate an exponential curve that fits the data and returns an array of values that describes the curve.

        +

        The LOGEST function syntax is:

        +

        LOGEST(known_y’s, [known_x’s], [const], [stats])

        +

        where

        +

        known_y’s is the set of y-values you already know in the y = b*m^x equation.

        +

        known_x’s is the optional set of x-values you might know in the y = b*m^x equation.

        +

        const is an optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value where TRUE or lack of the argument forces b to be calculated normally and FALSE sets b to 1 in the y = b*m^x equation and m-values correspond with the y = m^x equation.

        +

        stats is an optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value that sets whether additional regression statistics should be returned.

        + +

        To apply the LOGEST function,

        +
          +
        1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
          2. +
        2. + click the Insert function Insert function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, +
          or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, +
          or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, +
          3. +
        3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
          4. +
        4. click the LOGEST function,
          5. +
        5. enter the required argument,
          6. +
        6. press the Enter button.
          7. +
        +

        The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

        +

        LOGEST Function

        +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Functions/trend.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Functions/trend.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f46e0ee6 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Functions/trend.htm @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ + + + + TREND Function + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        TREND Function

        +

        The TREND function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate a linear trend line and returns values along it using the method of least squares.

        +

        The TREND function syntax is:

        +

        TREND(known_y’s, [known_x’s], [new_x’s], [const])

        +

        where

        +

        known_y’s is the set of y-values you already know in the y = mx + b equation.

        +

        known_x’s is the optional set of x-values you might know in the y = mx + b equation.

        +

        new_x’s is the optional set of x-values you want y-values to be returned to.

        +

        const is an optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value where TRUE or lack of the argument forces b to be calculated normally and FALSE sets b to 0 in the y = mx + b equation and m-values correspond with the y = mx equation. +

        + +

        To apply the TREND function,

        +
          +
        1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
          2. +
        2. + click the Insert function Insert function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, +
          or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, +
          or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, +
          3. +
        3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
          4. +
        4. click the TREND function,
          5. +
        5. enter the required argument,
          6. +
        6. press the Enter button.
          7. +
        +

        The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

        +

        TREND Function

        +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Functions/unique.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Functions/unique.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7209923e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Functions/unique.htm @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + UNIQUE Function + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        UNIQUE Function

        +

        The UNIQUE function is one of the reference functions. It is used to return a list of unique values from the specified range.

        +

        The UNIQUE function syntax is:

        +

        UNIQUE(array,[by_col],[exactly_once])

        +

        where

        +

        array is the range from which to extract unique values.

        +

        by_col is the optional TRUE or FALSE value indicating the method of comparison: TRUE for columns and FALSE for rows.

        +

        exactly_once is the optional TRUE or FALSE value indicating the returning method: TRUE for values occurring once and FALSE for all unique values.

        + +

        To apply the UNIQUE function,

        +
          +
        1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
          2. +
        2. + click the Insert function Insert function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, +
          or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, +
          or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, +
          3. +
        3. select the Look up and reference function group from the list,
          4. +
        4. click the UNIQUE function,
          5. +
        5. enter the required argument,
          6. +
        6. press the Enter button.
          7. +
        +

        The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

        +

        To return a range of values, select a required range of cells, enter the formula, and press the Ctrl+Shift+Enter key combination.

        +

        UNIQUE Function

        +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index b33a9f3aa..8ac7dd762 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ Close file (Desktop Editors) - Ctrl+W,
        Ctrl+F4 - ^ Ctrl+W,
        ⌘ Cmd+W + Tab/Shift+Tab + ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Close the current spreadsheet window in the Desktop Editors. @@ -213,6 +213,12 @@ ^ Ctrl+-,
        ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited spreadsheet. + + Navigate between controls in modal dialogues + Tab/Shift+Tab + ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab + Navigate between controls to give focus to the next or previous control in modal dialogues. + Data Selection diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index ae046d408..a0fda3257 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -20,14 +20,15 @@ You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list:

          -
        • - Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar with commands while the tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings View settings icon icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. +
        • Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar with commands while the tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings View settings icon icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time.

          Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again.

          -
          • -
        • Hide Formula Bar - hides the bar below the top toolbar which is used to enter and review the formulas and their contents. To show the hidden Formula Bar, click this option once again.
          • + +
        • Hide Formula Bar - hides the bar below the top toolbar which is used to enter and review the formulas and their contents. To show the hidden Formula Bar, click this option once again. Dragging formula bar bottom line to expand it toggles Formula Bar height to show one row.
        • Hide Headings - hides the column heading at the top and row heading on the left side of the worksheet. To show the hidden Headings, click this option once again.
        • Hide Gridlines - hides the lines around the cells. To show the hidden Gridlines, click this option once again.
        • Freeze Panes - freezes all the rows above the active cell and all the columns to the left of the active cell so that they remain visible when you scroll the spreadsheet to the right or down. To unfreeze the panes, just click this option once again or right-click anywhere within the worksheet and select the Unfreeze Panes option from the menu.
          • +
        • Show Frozen Panes Shadow - shows that columns and/or rows are frozen (a subtle line appears). +

          Freeze panes pop-up menu

        The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object (e.g. image, chart, shape) and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again.

        You can also change the size of the opened Comments or Chat panel using the simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the right to extend the sidebar width. To restore its original width, move the border to the left.

        @@ -48,7 +49,7 @@
      5. click the Scroll to last sheet Scroll to last sheet button to scroll the sheet list to the last sheet tab of the current spreadsheet.

        6. To activate the appropriate sheet, click its Sheet Tab at the bottom next to the Sheet Navigation buttons.

        -

        The Zoom buttons are situated in the lower right corner and are used to zoom in and out the current sheet. +

        The Zoom buttons are situated in the lower right corner and are used to zoom in and out of the current sheet. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in Zoom in button or Zoom out Zoom out button buttons. The Zoom settings are also available in the View settings View settings icon drop-down list.

        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Plugins.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Plugins.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b36a0d86b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Plugins.htm @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ + + + + How to use plugins + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        How to use plugins

        +

        Various plugins expand the traditional range of editors' functions and add new features to work with.

        +

        These guides will help you use the plugins available in the editors.

        + +

        How to edit an image

        +

        OnlyOffice comes with a very powerful photo editor, that allows you to adjust the image with filters and make all kinds of annotations.

        +
          +
        1. Select an image in your spreadsheet.
          2. +
        2. + Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Photo Editor plugin icon Photo Editor.
          + You are now in the editing environment.
          + Below the image you will find the filters, some with a check-box only, some have sliders to adjust the filter.
          + Below the filters you will find buttons for Undo, Redo and Resetting your adjustments and buttons to add annotations, cropping, rotating etc.
          + Feel free to try all of these and remember you can always undo them.
          + When finished: +
        3. + Click the OK button. +
          4. +
        +

        The edited picture is now included in the spreadhseet.

        + Image plugin gif + +

        How to include a video

        +

        You can include a video in your spreadsheet. It will be shown as an image. By double-clicking the image the video dialog opens. Here you can start the video.

        +
          +
        1. + Copy the URL of the video you want to include. + (the complete address shown in the address line of your browser) +
          2. +
        2. Go to your spreadsheet and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the video.
          3. +
        3. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Youtube plugin icon YouTube.
          4. +
        4. Paste the URL and click OK.
          5. +
        5. Check if it is the correct video and click the OK button below the video.
          6. +
        +

        The video is now included in your spreadsheet.

        + Youtube plugin gif + +

        How to insert highlited text

        +

        You can embed highlighted text with the already adjusted style in accordance with the programming language and coloring style of the programm you have chosen.

        +
          +
        1. Go to your spreadsheet and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the code.
          2. +
        2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Highlight code plugin icon Hightlight code.
          3. +
        3. Specify the programming Language.
          4. +
        4. Select a Style of the text so that it appears as if it were open in this program.
          5. +
        5. Specify if you want to replace tabs with spaces.
          6. +
        6. Choose background color. To do this, manually move the cursor over the palette or insert the RBG/HSL/HEX value.
          7. +
        + +

        How to translate text

        +

        You can translate your spreadsheet from and to numerous languages.

        +
          +
        1. Select the text that you want to translate.
          2. +
        2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Translator plugin icon Translator, the Translator appears in a sidebar on the left.
          3. +
        +

        The language of the selected text will be automatically detected and the text will be translated to the default language.

        + Translator plugin gif +

        To change the language of your result:

        +
          +
        1. Click the lower drop-down box and choose the preferred language.
          2. +
        +

        The translation will change immediately.

        +

        Wrong detection of the source language

        +

        If the automatic detection is not correct, you can overrule it:

        +
          +
        1. Click the upper drop-down box and choose the preferred language.
          2. +
        + +

        How to replace a word by a synonym

        +

        + If you are using the same word multiple times, or a word is just not quite the word you are looking for, OnlyOffice let you look up synonyms. + It will show you the antonyms too. +

        +
          +
        1. Select the word in your spreadsheet.
          2. +
        2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Thesaurus plugin icon Thesaurus.
          3. +
        3. The synonyms and antonyms will show up in the left sidebar.
          4. +
        4. Click a word to replace the word in your spreadsheet.
          5. +
        +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm index 5f0f04d43..70df7899f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm @@ -28,7 +28,8 @@
      6. sort and filter data,
      7. convert text to columns,
      8. remove duplicates from a data range,
        9. -
      9. group and ungroup data.
        10. +
      10. group and ungroup data,
        11. +
      11. set data validation parameters.
        12. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index e3df354dd..094285249 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@

        Using this tab, you can:

          +
        • insert pivot tables,
        • insert formatted tables,
        • insert images, shapes, text boxes and Text Art objects, charts,
        • insert comments and hyperlinks,
          • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm index 4c4f7abcd..5fefdf76f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm @@ -9,14 +9,16 @@ -
          -
          - -
          -

          Pivot Table tab

          +
          +
          + +
          +

          Pivot Table tab

          The Pivot Table tab allows creating and editing pivot tables.

          The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor:

          Pivot Table tab

          +

          The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor:

          +

          Pivot Table tab

          Using this tab, you can:

          • create a new pivot table,
            • @@ -26,6 +28,6 @@
          • highlight certain rows/columns by applying a specific formatting style to them,
          • choose one of the predefined tables styles.
          -
          +
          diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index b26aeebbf..881909a86 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -27,12 +27,14 @@

          The Macros button allows you to open the window where you can create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation.

          Currently, the following plugins are available:

            -
          • Send allows you to send the spreadsheet via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only),
            • -
          • Highlight code allows you to highlight the code syntax selecting the required language, style and background color,
            • -
          • PhotoEditor allows you to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc.,
            • -
          • Thesaurus allows you to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one,
            • -
          • Translator allows you to translate the selected text into other languages,
            • -
          • YouTube allows you to embed YouTube videos into your spreadsheet.
            • +
          • Send allows to send the spreadsheet via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only),
            • +
          • Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color,
            • +
          • Photo Editor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc.,
            • +
          • Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one,
            • +
          • Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, +

            Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer.

            +
            • +
          • YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your spreadsheet.

          To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the existing open-source plugin examples are currently available on GitHub.

          diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index e4ddcd6ce..bf53ffa37 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
        -
      12. The top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, Formula, Data, Pivot Table, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. +
      13. The top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, Formula, Data, Pivot Table, Collaboration, Protection, View, Plugins.

        The Copy icon Copy and Paste icon Paste options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab.

      14. The Formula bar allows entering and editing formulas or values in the cells. The Formula bar displays the contents of the currently selected cell.
        15. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7435b5707 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + View tab + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        View tab

        +

        + The View tab allows you to manage sheet view presets based on applied filters.

        +
        +

        The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor:

        +

        View tab

        +
        +
        +

        The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor:

        +

        View tab

        +
        +

        Using this tab, you can:

        + +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm index 141b61650..f12457541 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm @@ -46,7 +46,14 @@
        • Angle - manually specify an exact value in degrees that defines the gradient direction (colors change in a straight line at the specified angle).
        • Direction - choose a predefined template from the menu. The following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right (45°), top to bottom (90°), top-right to bottom-left (135°), right to left (180°), bottom-right to top-left (225°), bottom to top (270°), bottom-left to top-right (315°), left to right (0°).
          • -
        • Gradient - click on the left slider Slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop.
          • +
        • + Gradient Point is a specific point for transition from one color to another. +
            +
          • Use the Add Gradient Point Add Gradient Point button or slider bar to add a gradient point. You can add up to 10 gradient points. Each next gradient point added will in no way affect the current gradient fill appearance. Use the Remove Gradient Point Remove Gradient Point button to delete a certain gradient point.
            • +
          • Use the slider bar to change the location of the gradient point or specify Position in percentage for precise location.
            • +
          • To apply a color to a gradient point, click a point on the slider bar, and then click Color to choose the color you want.
            • +
          +
      15. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index 48c93b1dc..36db6b88a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
      16. Select the required link type:

        Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website.

        Hyperlink Settings window

        -

        Use the Internal Data Range option, select a worksheet and a cell range in the fields below, or a previously Named range if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain cell range in the same spreadsheet.

        +

        Use the Internal Data Range option, select a worksheet and a cell range in the fields below, or a previously added Named range if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain cell range in the same spreadsheet.

        You can also generate an external link which will lead to a particular cell or a range of cells by clicking the Get Link button.

        Hyperlink Settings window

        17. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm deleted file mode 100644 index c1a9c3509..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ - - - - Align and arrange objects on a slide - - - - - - - -
        -
        - -
        -

        Align and arrange objects on a slide

        -

        The added autoshapes, images, charts or text boxes can be aligned, grouped, ordered, distributed horizontally and vertically on a slide. To perform any of these actions, first select a separate object or several objects in the slide editing area. To select several objects, hold down the Ctrl key and left-click the necessary objects. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. After that you can use either the icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar described below or the analogous options from the right-click menu.

        - -

        Align objects

        -

        To align two or more selected objects,

        -
          -
        1. - Click the Align shape Align shape icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: -
            -
          • Align to Slide to align objects relative to the edges of the slide,
            • -
          • Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to align objects relative to each other,
            • -
          -
          2. -
        2. - Click the Align shape Align shape icon icon once again and select the necessary alignment type from the list: -
            -
          • Align Left Align Left icon - to line up the objects horizontally by the left edge of the leftmost object/left edge of the slide,
            • -
          • Align Center Align Center icon - to line up the objects horizontally by their centers/center of the slide,
            • -
          • Align Right Align Right icon - to line up the objects horizontally by the right edge of the rightmost object/right edge of the slide,
            • -
          • Align Top Align Top icon - to line up the objects vertically by the top edge of the topmost object/top edge of the slide,
            • -
          • Align Middle Align Middle icon - to line up the objects vertically by their middles/middle of the slide,
            • -
          • Align Bottom Align Bottom icon - to line up the objects vertically by the bottom edge of the bottommost object/bottom edge of the slide.
            • -
          -
          3. -
        -

        Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available alignment options.

        -

        If you want to align a single object, it can be aligned relative to the edges of the slide. The Align to Slide option is selected by default in this case.

        -

        Distribute objects

        -

        To distribute three or more selected objects horizontally or vertically so that the equal distance appears between them,

        -
          -
        1. - Click the Align shape Align shape icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: -
            -
          • Align to Slide to distribute objects between the edges of the slide,
            • -
          • Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to distribute objects between two outermost selected objects,
            • -
          -
          2. -
        2. - Click the Align shape Align shape icon icon once again and select the necessary distribution type from the list: -
            -
          • Distribute Horizontally Distribute Horizontally icon - to distribute objects evenly between the leftmost and rightmost selected objects/left and right edges of the slide.
            • -
          • Distribute Vertically Distribute Vertically icon - to distribute objects evenly between the topmost and bottommost selected objects/top and bottom edges of the slide.
            • -
          -
          3. -
        -

        Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available distribution options.

        -

        Note: the distribution options are disabled if you select less than three objects.

        - -

        Group objects

        -

        To group two or more selected objects or ungroup them, click the Arrange shape Arrange shape icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the list:

        -
          -
        • Group Group icon - to join several objects into a group so that they can be simultaneously rotated, moved, resized, aligned, arranged, copied, pasted, formatted like a single object.
          • -
        • Ungroup Ungroup icon - to ungroup the selected group of the previously joined objects.
          • -
        -

        Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use the Group or Ungroup option.

        -

        Note: the Group option is disabled if you select less than two objects. The Ungroup option is available only when a group of the previously joined objects is selected.

        -

        Arrange objects

        -

        To arrange the selected object(s) (i.e. to change their order when several objects overlap each other), click the Arrange shape Arrange shape icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list.

        -
          -
        • Bring To Foreground Bring To Foreground icon - to move the object(s) in front of all other objects,
          • -
        • Send To Background Send To Background icon - to move the object(s) behind all other objects,
          • -
        • Bring Forward Bring Forward icon - to move the selected object(s) by one level forward as related to other objects.
          • -
        • Send Backward Send Backward icon - to move the selected object(s) by one level backward as related to other objects.
          • -
        -

        Alternatively, you can right-click the selected object(s), choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available arrangement options.

        -
        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm index 8fe2034d3..cc7f25930 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
      17. use the Horizontal Text Horizontal Text icon option to place the text horizontally (default option),
      18. use the Angle Counterclockwise Angle Counterclockwise option to place the text from the bottom left corner to the top right corner of a cell,
      19. use the Angle Clockwise Angle Clockwise option to place the text from the top left corner to the bottom right corner of a cell,
        20. -
      20. use the Vertical text Rotate Text Up option to place the text from vertically,
        21. +
      21. use the Vertical text Rotate Text Up option to place the text vertically,
      22. use the Rotate Text Up Rotate Text Up option to place the text from bottom to top of a cell,
      23. use the Rotate Text Down Rotate Text Down option to place the text from top to bottom of a cell.

        To rotate the text by an exactly specified angle, click the Cell settings Cell settings icon icon on the right sidebar and use the Orientation. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the Angle field or adjust it using the arrows on the right.

        @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
      24. Fit your data to the column width by clicking the Wrap text Wrap text icon icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar or by checking the Wrap text checkbox on the right sidebar.

        Note: if you change the column width, data wrapping adjusts automatically.

        25. -
      25. Fit your data to the cell width by checking the Shrink to fit on the right sidebar. Using this function, the contents of the cell will be reduced in size to such an extent that it can fit in it.
        26. +
      26. Fit your data to the cell width by checking the Shrink to fit on the Layout tab of the top toolbar. The contents of the cell will be reduced in size to such an extent that it can fit in it.
        27. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 28a44ec88..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ - - - - Apply transitions - - - - - - - -
        -
        - -
        -

        Apply transitions

        -

        A transition is an effect that appears between two slides when one slide advances to the next one during a demonstration. You can apply the same transition to all slides or apply different transitions to each separate slide and adjust the transition properties.

        -

        To apply a transition to a single slide or several selected slides:

        -

        Slide settings tab

        -
          -
        1. Select the necessary slide (or several slides in the slide list) you want to apply a transition to. The Slide settings tab will be activated on the right sidebar. To open it click the Slide settings Slide settings icon icon on the right. Alternatively, you can right-click a slide in the slide editing area and select the Slide Settings option from the contextual menu. -
          2. -
        2. In the Effect drop-down list, select the transition you want to use. -

          The following transitions are available: Fade, Push, Wipe, Split, Uncover, Cover, Clock, Zoom.

          -
          3. -
        3. In the drop-down list below, select one of the available effect options. They define exactly how the effect appears. For example, if the Zoom transition is selected, the Zoom In, Zoom Out and Zoom and Rotate options are available.
          4. -
        4. Specify how long you want the transition to last. In the Duration box, enter or select the necessary time value, measured in seconds.
          5. -
        5. Press the Preview button to view the slide with the applied transition in the slide editing area.
          6. -
        6. Specify how long you want the slide to be displayed until it advances to another one: -
            -
          • Start on click – check this box if you don't want to restrict the time while the selected slide is being displayed. The slide will advance to another one only when you click on it with the mouse.
            • -
          • Delay – use this option if you want the selected slide to be displayed for a specified time until it advances to the next one. Check this box and enter or select the necessary time value, measured in seconds. -

            Note: if you check only the Delay box, the slides will advance automatically in a specified time interval. If you check both the Start on click and the Delay boxes and set the delay value, the slides will advance automatically as well, but you will also be able to click a slide to advance from it to the next.

            -
            • -
          -
          7. -
        -

        To apply a transition to all the slides in your presentation: perform the procedure described above and press the Apply to All Slides button.

        -

        To delete a transition: select the necessary slide and choose the None option in the Effect list.

        -

        To delete all transitions: select any slide, choose the None option in the Effect list and press the Apply to All Slides button.

        -
        - - diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm index 1d4a1ddd6..703bb9186 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm @@ -38,7 +38,15 @@
      27. Fraction - is used to display the numbers as common fractions rather than decimals.
      28. Text - is used to display the numeric values as a plain text with as much precision as possible.
        29. -
      29. More formats - is used to customize the already applied number formats specifying additional parameters (see the description below).
        30. +
      30. More formats - is used to create a custom number format or to customize the already applied number formats specifying additional parameters (see the description below).
        31. +
      31. Custom - is used to create a custom format: +
          +
        • select a cell, a range of cells, or the whole worksheet for values you want to format,
          • +
        • choose the Custom option from the More formats menu,
          • +
        • enter the required codes and check the result in the preview area or choose one of the templates and/or combine them. If you want to create a format based on the existing one, first apply the existing format and then edit the codes to your preference,
          • +
        • click OK.
          • +
        +
      32. change the number of decimal places if needed: @@ -61,7 +69,7 @@

        Number Format window

        • for the Number format, you can set the number of Decimal points, specify if you want to Use 1000 separator or not and choose one of the available Formats for displaying negative values.
          • -
        • for the Scientific and Persentage formats, you can set the number of Decimal points.
          • +
        • for the Scientific and Percentage formats, you can set the number of Decimal points.
        • for the Accounting and Currency formats, you can set the number of Decimal points, choose one of the available currency Symbols and one of the available Formats for displaying negative values.
        • for the Date format, you can select one of the available date formats: 4/15, 4/15/06, 04/15/06, 4/15/2006, 4/15/06 0:00, 4/15/06 12:00 AM, A, April 15 2006, 15-Apr, 15-Apr-06, Apr-06, April-06, A-06, 06-Apr, 15-Apr-2006, 2006-Apr-15, 06-Apr-15, 15/Apr, 15/Apr/06, Apr/06, April/06, A/06, 06/Apr, 15/Apr/2006, 2006/Apr/15, 06/Apr/15, 15 Apr, 15 Apr 06, Apr 06, April 06, A 06, 06 Apr, 15 Apr 2006, 2006 Apr 15, 06 Apr 15, 06/4/15, 06/04/15, 2006/4/15.
        • for the Time format, you can select one of the available time formats: 12:48:58 PM, 12:48, 12:48 PM, 12:48:58, 48:57.6, 36:48:58.
          • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 719e157e1..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ - - - - Copy/clear formatting - - - - - - - -
          -
          - -
          -

          Copy/clear formatting

          -

          To copy a certain text formatting,

          -
            -
          1. select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard,
            2. -
          2. click the Copy style Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this Mouse pointer while pasting style),
            3. -
          3. select the text passage you want to apply the same formatting to.
            4. -
          -

          To apply the copied formatting to multiple text passages,

          -
            -
          1. select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard,
            2. -
          2. double-click the Copy style Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this Mouse pointer while pasting style and the Copy style icon will remain selected: Multiple copying style),
            3. -
          3. select the necessary text passages one by one to apply the same formatting to each of them,
            4. -
          4. to exit this mode, click the Copy style Multiple copying style icon once again or press the Esc key on the keyboard.
            5. -
          -

          To quickly remove the formatting that you have applied to a text passage,

          -
            -
          1. select the text passage which formatting you want to remove,
            2. -
          2. click the Clear style Clear style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar.
            3. -
          -
          - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm index b35cdf1e7..c6a269bbb 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm @@ -36,13 +36,14 @@
          • Paste - allows you to paste all the cell contents including data formatting. This option is selected by default.
          • - The following options can be used if the copied data contains formulas: + The following options can be used if the copied data contains formulas:
            • Paste only formula - allows you to paste formulas without pasting the data formatting.
            • Formula + number format - allows you to paste formulas with the formatting applied to numbers.
            • Formula + all formatting - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting.
            • Formula without borders - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting except the cell borders.
            • Formula + column width - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting and set the source column`s width for the cell range.
              • +
            • Transpose - allows you to paste data switching them from columns to rows, or vice versa. This option is available for regular data ranges, but not for formatted tables.
          • @@ -53,10 +54,41 @@
          • Value + all formatting - allows you to paste the formula results with all the data formatting.
          -
        • Paste only formatting - allows you to paste the cell formatting only without pasting the cell contents.
          • -
        • Transpose - allows you to paste data switching them from columns to rows, or vice versa. This option is available for regular data ranges, but not for formatted tables.
          • +
        • Paste only formatting - allows you to paste the cell formatting only without pasting the cell contents. +

          Paste options

          +
            +
          1. + Paste +
              +
            • Formulas - allows you to paste formulas without pasting the data formatting.
              • +
            • Values - allows you to paste the formula results without pasting the data formatting.
              • +
            • Formats - allows you to apply the formatting of the copied area.
              • +
            • Comments - allows you to add comments of the copied area.
              • +
            • Column widths - allows you to set certal column widths of the copied area.
              • +
            • All except borders - allows you to paste formulas, formula results with all its formatting except borders.
              • +
            • Formulas & formatting - allows you to paste formulas and apply formatting on them from the copied area.
              • +
            • Formulas & column widths - allows you to paste formulas and set certaln column widths of the copied area.
              • +
            • Formulas & number formulas - allows you to paste formulas and number formulas.
              • +
            • Values & number formats - allows you to paste formula results and apply the numbers formatting of the copied area.
              • +
            • Values & formatting - allows you to paste formula results and apply the formatting of the copied area.
              • +
            +
            2. +
          2. + Operation +
              +
            • Add - allows you to automatically add numeric values in each inserted cell.
              • +
            • Subtract - allows you to automatically subtract numeric values in each inserted cell.
              • +
            • Multiply - allows you to automatically multiply numeric values in each inserted cell.
              • +
            • Divide - allows you to automatically divide numeric values in each inserted cell.
              • +
            +
            3. +
          3. Transpose - allows you to paste data switching them from columns to rows, or vice versa.
            4. +
          4. Skip blanks - allows you to skip pasting empty cells and their formatting.
            5. +
          +

          Окно Специальная вставка

          +
        -

        Paste options

        +

        When pasting the contents of a single cell or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available:

        • Source formatting - allows you to keep the source formatting of the copied data.
          • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm deleted file mode 100644 index b2e68a9ef..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ - - - - Copy/paste data, undo/redo your actions - - - - - - - -
          -
          - -
          -

          Copy/paste data, undo/redo your actions

          -

          Use basic clipboard operations

          -

          To cut, copy and paste selected objects (slides, text passages, autoshapes) in the current presentation or undo/redo your actions use the corresponding options from the right-click menu, or keyboard shortcuts, or icons available at any tab of the top toolbar:

          -
            -
          • Cut – select an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation.
            • -
          • Copy – select an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu or the Copy Copy icon icon at the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation.
            • -
          • Paste – find the place in your presentation where you need to paste the previously copied object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu or the Paste Paste icon icon at the top toolbar. The object will be inserted at the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation.
            • -
          -

          In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another presentation or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations:

          -
            -
          • Ctrl+C key combination for copying;
            • -
          • Ctrl+V key combination for pasting;
            • -
          • Ctrl+X key combination for cutting.
            • -
          -

          Use the Paste Special feature

          -

          Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage/object. Click this button to select the necessary paste option.

          -

          When pasting text passages, the following options are available:

          -
            -
          • Use destination theme - allows to apply the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default.
            • -
          • Keep source formatting - allows to keep the source formatting of the copied text.
            • -
          • Picture - allows to paste the text as an image so that it cannot be edited.
            • -
          • Keep text only - allows to paste the text without its original formatting.
            • -
          -

          Paste options

          -

          When pasting objects (autoshapes, charts, tables) the following options are available:

          -
            -
          • Use destination theme - allows to apply the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default.
            • -
          • Picture - allows to paste the object as an image so that it cannot be edited.
            • -
          -

          Use the Undo/Redo operations

          -

          To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons in the left part of the editor header or keyboard shortcuts:

          -
            -
          • Undo – use the Undo Undo icon icon to undo the last operation you performed.
            • -
          • - Redo – use the Redo Redo icon icon to redo the last undone operation. -

            You can also use the Ctrl+Z key combination for undoing or Ctrl+Y for redoing.

            -
            • -
          -

          - Note: when you co-edit a presentation in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available. -

          - -
          - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm deleted file mode 100644 index c1f906b0e..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ - - - - Create lists - - - - - - - -
          -
          - -
          -

          Create lists

          -

          To create a list in your document,

          -
            -
          1. place the cursor to the position where a list will be started (this can be a new line or the already entered text),
            2. -
          2. switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar,
            3. -
          3. - select the list type you would like to start: -
              -
            • Unordered list with markers is created using the Bullets Unordered List icon icon situated at the top toolbar
              • -
            • - Ordered list with digits or letters is created using the Numbering Ordered List icon icon situated at the top toolbar -

              Note: click the downward arrow next to the Bullets or Numbering icon to select how the list is going to look like.

              -
              • -
            -
            4. -
          4. now each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and continue with the common text paragraph.
            5. -
          -

          You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Decrease indent Decrease indent icon, and Increase indent Increase indent icon icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

          -

          Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed at the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Insert and format your text section.

          - -

          Change the list settings

          -

          To change the bulleted or numbered list settings, such as a bullet type, size and color:

          -
            -
          1. click an existing list item or select the text you want to format as a list,
            2. -
          2. click the Bullets Unordered List icon or Numbering Ordered List icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
            3. -
          3. select the List Settings option,
            4. -
          4. - the List Settings window will open. The bulleted list settings window looks like this: -

            Bulleted List Settings window

            -

            The numbered list settings window looks like this:

            -

            Numbered List Settings window

            -

            For the bulleted list, you can choose a character used as a bullet, while for the numbered list you can choose what number the list Starts at. The Size and Color options are the same both for the bulleted and numbered lists.

            -
              -
            • Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size depending on the current size of the text. It can take a value from 25% to 400%.
              • -
            • Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. You can select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color.
              • -
            • Bullet - allows to select the necessary character used for the bulleted list. When you click on the Bullet field, the Symbol window opens that allows to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article.
              • -
            • Start at - allows to select the nesessary sequence number a numbered list starts from.
              • -
            -
            5. -
          5. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window.
            6. -
          -
          - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/DataValidation.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/DataValidation.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..708e62f6c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/DataValidation.htm @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ + + + + Data validation + + + + + + + +
          +
          + +
          +

          Data validation

          +

          The ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor offers a data validation feature that controls the parameters of the information entered in cells by users.

          +

          To access the data validation feature, choose a cell, a range of cells, or a whole spreadsheet you want to apply the feature to, open the Data tab, and click the Data Validation icon on the top toolbar. The opened Data Validation window contains three tabs: Settings, Input Message, and Error Alert.

          +

          Settings

          +

          The Settings section allows you to specify the type of data that can be entered:

          +

          Note: Check the Apply these changes to all other cells with the same settings box to use the same settings to the selected range of cells or a whole worksheet.

          +

          Data validation - settings window

          +
            +
          • + choose the required option in the Allow menu: +
              +
            • Any value: no limitations on information type.
              • +
            • Whole number: only whole numbers are allowed.
              • +
            • Decimal: only numbers with a decimal point are allowed.
              • +
            • + List: only options from the drop-down list you created are allowed. Uncheck the Show drop-down list in cell box to hide the drop-down arrow. +

              List - settings

              +
              • +
            • Date: only cells with the date format are allowed.
              • +
            • Time: only cells with the time format are allowed.
              • +
            • Text length: sets the characters limit.
              • +
            • Other: sets the desired validation parameter given as a formula.
              • +
            +

            Note: Check the Apply these changes to all other cells with the same settings box to use the same settings to the selected range of cells or a whole worksheet.

            +
            • +
          • + specify a validation condition in the Data menu: +
              +
            • between: the data in cells should be within the range set by the validation rule.
              • +
            • not between: the data in cells should not be within the range set by the validation rule.
              • +
            • equals: the data in cells should be equal to the value set by the validation rule.
              • +
            • does not equal: the data in cells should not be equal to the value set by the validation rule.
              • +
            • greater than: the data in cells should exceed the values set by the validation rule.
              • +
            • less than: the data in cells should be less than the values set by the validation rule.
              • +
            • greater than or equal to: the data in cells should exceed or be equal to the value set by the validation rule.
              • +
            • less than or equal to: the data in cells should be less than or equal to the value set by the validation rule.
              • +
            +
            • +
          • + create a validation rule depending on the allowed information type: +
            + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
            Validation conditionValidation ruleDescriptionAvailability
            Between / not betweenMinimum / MaximumSets the value rangeWhole number / Decimal / Text length
            Start date / End dateSets the date rangeDate
            Start time / End timeSets the time periodTime


            Equals / does not equal            		Compare toSets the value for comparisonWhole number / Decimal
            DateSets the date for comparisonDate
            Elapsed timeSets the time for comparisonTime
            LengthSets the text length value for comparisonText length
            Greater than / greater than or equal toMinimumSets the lower limitWhole number / Decimal / Text length
            Start dateSets the starting dateDate
            Start timeSets the starting timeTime
            Less than / less than or equal toMaximum Sets the higher limitWhole number / Decimal / Text length
            End dateSets the ending dateDate
            End timeSets the ending timeTime
            +
            + As well as: +
              +
            • Source: provides the source of information for the List information type.
              • +
            • Formula: enter the required formula to create a custom validation rule for the Other information type.
              • +
            +
            • +
          +

          Input Message

          +

          The Input Message section allows you to create a customized message displayed when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the cell.

          +

          Data validation - input message settings

          +
            +
          • Specify the Title and the body of your Input Message.
            • +
          • Uncheck the Show input message when cell is selected to disable the display of the message. Leave it to display the message.
            • +
          +

          Input message - example

          +

          Error Alert

          +

          The Error Alert section allows you to specify the message displayed when the data given by users does not meet the validation rules.

          +

          Data validation - error alert settings

          +
            +
          • Style: choose one of the available presets, Stop, Alert, or Message.
            • +
          • Title: specify the title of the alert message.
            • +
          • Error Message: enter the text of the alert message.
            • +
          • Uncheck the Show error alert after invalid data is entered box to disable the display of the alert message.
            • +
          +

          Error alert - example

          +
          + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 060927ce7..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ - - - - Fill objects and select colors - - - - - - - -
          -
          - -
          -

          Fill objects and select colors

          -

          You can apply different fills for the slide, autoshape and Text Art font background.

          -
            -
          1. Select an object -
              -
            • To change the slide background fill, select the necessary slides in the slide list. The Slide settings Icon Slide settings tab will be activated at the the right sidebar.
              • -
            • To change the autoshape fill, left-click the necessary autoshape. The Shape settings Icon Shape settings tab will be activated at the the right sidebar.
              • -
            • To change the Text Art font fill, left-click the necessary text object. The Text Art settings Icon Text Art settings tab will be activated at the the right sidebar.
              • -
            -
            2. -
          2. Set the necessary fill type
            3. -
          3. Adjust the selected fill properties (see the detailed description below for each fill type) -

            Note: for the autoshapes and Text Art font, regardless of the selected fill type, you can also set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency.

            -
            4. -
          -

          The following fill types are available:

          -
            -
          • Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the inner space of the selected shape/slide with. -

            Color Fill

            -

            Click on the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like:

            -

            Palettes

            -
              -
            • Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected theme/color scheme of the presentation. Once you apply a different theme or color scheme, the Theme Colors set will change.
              • -
            • Standard Colors - the default colors set.
              • -
            • Custom Color - click on this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (Red, Green, Blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button: -

              Palette - Custom Color

              -

              The custom color will be applied to your object and added to the Custom color palette of the menu.

              -
              • -
            -

            Note: just the same color types you can use when selecting the color of the autoshape stroke, adjusting the font color, or changing the table background or border color.

            -
            • -
          -
          -
            -
          • Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the slide/shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. -

            Gradient Fill

            -
              -
            • Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges).
              • -
            • Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available : top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available.
              • -
            • Gradient - click on the left slider Slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop.
              • -
            -
            • -
          -
          -
            -
          • Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape/slide background. -

            Picture or Texture Fill

            -
              -
            • If you wish to use an image as a backgroung for the shape/slide, you can add an image From File selecting it on your computer HDD or From URL inserting the appropriate URL address in the opened window. -
              • -
            • If you wish to use a texture as a backgroung for the shape/slide, drop-down the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. -

              Currently, the following textures are available: Canvas, Carton, Dark Fabric, Grain, Granite, Grey Paper, Knit, Leather, Brown Paper, Papyrus, Wood.

              -
              • -
            -
              -
            • In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape or slide has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the drop-down list. -

              The Stretch option allows to adjust the image size to fit the slide or autoshape size so that it could fill the space completely.

              -

              The Tile option allows to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions, or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the slide or autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely.

              -

              Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary.

              -
              • -
            -
            • -
          -
          -
            -
          • Pattern - select this option to fill the slide/shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. -

            Pattern Fill

            -
              -
            • Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu.
              • -
            • Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements.
              • -
            • Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background.
              • -
            -
            • -
          -
          -
            -
          • No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill.
            • -
          -
          - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm index b12d79e10..809038582 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Font size Font size - Used to select the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value in the font size field and then press Enter. + Used to select the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value up to 409 pt in the font size field. Press Enter to confirm. Increment font size diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm index c9992836f..2e1098f58 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm @@ -9,26 +9,27 @@ -
          -
          - -
          -

          Use formatted tables

          +
          +
          + +
          +

          Use formatted tables

          Create a new formatted table

          -

          To make it easier for you to work with data, the Spreadsheet Editor allows you to apply a table template to the selected cell range and automatically enable the filter. To do that,

          -
            -
          1. select a range of cells you need to format,
            2. -
          2. click the Format as table template Format as table template icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar.
            3. -
          3. select the required template in the gallery,
            4. -
          4. in the opened pop-up window, check the cell range to be formatted as a table,
            5. -
          5. check the Title if you wish the table headers to be included in the selected cell range, otherwise, the header row will be added at the top while the selected cell range will be moved one row down,
            6. -
          6. click the OK button to apply the selected template.
            7. -
          -

          The template will be applied to the selected range of cells, and you will be able to edit the table headers and apply the filter to work with your data.

          +

          To make it easier for you to work with data, the Spreadsheet Editor allows you to apply a table template to the selected cell range and automatically enable the filter. To do that,

          +
            +
          1. select a range of cells you need to format,
            2. +
          2. click the Format as table template Format as table template icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar.
            3. +
          3. select the required template in the gallery,
            4. +
          4. in the opened pop-up window, check the cell range to be formatted as a table,
            5. +
          5. check the Title if you wish the table headers to be included in the selected cell range, otherwise, the header row will be added at the top while the selected cell range will be moved one row down,
            6. +
          6. click the OK button to apply the selected template.
            7. +
          +

          The template will be applied to the selected range of cells, and you will be able to edit the table headers and apply the filter to work with your data.

          It's also possible to insert a formatted table using the Table button on the Insert tab. In this case, the default table template is applied.

          -

          Note: once you create a new formatted table, the default name (Table1, Table2, etc.) will be automatically assigned to the table. You can change this name making it more meaningful and use it for further work.

          -

          If you enter a new value in the cell below the last row of the table (if the table does not have the Total row) or in the cell to the right of the last column of the table, the formatted table will be automatically extended to include a new row or column. If you do not want to expand the table, click the Paste special button that will appear and select the Undo table autoexpansion option. Once you undo this action, the Redo table autoexpansion option will be available in this menu.

          +

          Note: once you create a new formatted table, the default name (Table1, Table2, etc.) will be automatically assigned to the table. You can change this name making it more meaningful and use it for further work.

          +

          If you enter a new value in the cell below the last row of the table (if the table does not have the Total row) or in the cell to the right of the last column of the table, the formatted table will be automatically extended to include a new row or column. If you do not want to expand the table, click the Paste special button that will appear and select the Undo table autoexpansion option. Once you undo this action, the Redo table autoexpansion option will be available in this menu.

          Undo table autoexpansion

          +

          Note: To enable/disable table auto-expansion, select the Stop automatically expanding tables option in the Paste special button menu or go to Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> AutoFormat As You Type.

          Select rows and columns

          To select an entire row in the formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the left border of the table row until it turns into the black arrow Select row, then left-click.

          Select row

          @@ -42,7 +43,8 @@

          The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available:

          • Header - allows you to display the header row.
            • -
          • Total - adds the Summary row at the bottom of the table. +
          • + Total - adds the Summary row at the bottom of the table.

            Note: if this option is selected, you can also select a function to calculate the summary values. Once you select a cell in the Summary row, the Drop-Down Arrow button will be available to the right of the cell. Click it and choose the necessary function from the list: Average, Count, Max, Min, Sum, StdDev, or Var. The More functions option allows you to open the Insert Function window and choose any other function. If you choose the None option, the currently selected cell in the Summary row will not display a summary value for this column.

            Summary

            • @@ -77,7 +79,7 @@

            To change the advanced table properties, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Table - Advanced Settings' window will open:

            Table - Advanced Settings

            The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the table contains.

            - -
          +

          Note: To enable/disable table auto-expansion, go to Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> AutoFormat As You Type.

          +
          \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c55599388 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + Insert highlighted code + + + + + + + +
          +
          + +
          +

          Insert highlighted code

          +

          You can embed highlighted code with the already adjusted style in accordance with the programming language and coloring style of the program you have chosen.

          +
            +
          1. Go to your spreadsheet and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the code.
            2. +
          2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Highlight code plugin icon Highlight code.
            3. +
          3. Specify the programming Language.
            4. +
          4. Select a Style of the code so that it appears as if it were open in this program.
            5. +
          5. Specify if you want to replace tabs with spaces.
            6. +
          6. Choose Background color. To do this, manually move the cursor over the palette or insert the RBG/HSL/HEX value.
            7. +
          7. Click OK to insert the code.
            8. +
          + Highlight plugin gif +
          + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 67a00b091..c2e60f283 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -35,16 +35,27 @@
          • Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet.
          • Standard Colors - the default colors set.
            • -
          • Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range by moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color by dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button. The custom color will be applied to your autoshape and added to the Custom color palette.

            +
          • Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary color range by moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color by dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button. The custom color will be applied to your autoshape and added to the Custom color palette.

          -
        • Gradient Fill - fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. +
        • Gradient Fill - use this option to fill the shape with two or more fading colors. Customize your gradient fill with no constraints. Click the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon to open the Fill menu on the right sidebar:

          Gradient Fill

          +

          Available menu options:

            -
          • Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges).
            • -
          • Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available : top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available.
            • -
          • Gradient - click on the left slider Slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another one. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop.
            • +
          • Style - choose between Linear or Radial: +
              +
            • Linear is used  when you need your colors to flow from left-to-right, top-to-bottom, or at any angle you chose in a single direction. Click Direction to choose a preset direction and click Angle for a precise gradient angle.
              • +
            • Radial is used to move from the center as it starts at a single point and emanates outward.
              • +
            +
            • +
          • Gradient Point is a specific point for transition from one color to another. +
              +
            • Use the Add Gradient Point Add Gradient Point button or slider bar to add a gradient point. You can add up to 10 gradient points. Each next gradient point added will in no way affect the current gradient fill appearance. Use the Remove Gradient Point Remove Gradient Point button to delete a certain gradient point.
              • +
            • Use the slider bar to change the location of the gradient point or specify Position in percentage for precise location.
              • +
            • To apply a color to a gradient point, click a point on the slider bar, and then click Color to choose the color you want.
              • +
            +
        • Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm index d43fa9a7b..ea7b5dc7b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm @@ -37,24 +37,46 @@
        • open the Type drop-down list and select the type you need,
        • open the Style drop-down list below and select the style which suits you best.
      -

      The selected chart type and style will be changed. If you need to edit the data used to create the chart,

      +

      The selected chart type and style will be changed.

      + +

      To edit chart data:

        -
      1. click the Show advanced settings link situated on the right-side panel, or choose the Chart Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu, or just double-click the chart,
        2. -
      2. in the opened Chart - Advanced Settings window make all the necessary changes,
        3. -
      3. click the OK button to apply the changes and close the window.
        4. -
      -

      Below you can find the description of the chart settings that can be edited using the Chart - Advanced Settings window.

      -

      The Type & Data tab allows you to change the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart.

      -
        -
      • Change the chart Type selecting one of the available options: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock.
        • -
      • Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the Source data range icon icon. +
      • Click the Select Data button on the right-side panel.
        • +
      • Use the Chart Data dialog to manage Chart Data Range, Legend Entries (Series), Horizontal (Category) Axis Label and Switch Row/Column. +

        Chart Data window

        +
          +
        • Chart Data Range - select data for your chart. +
            +
          • Click the Source data range icon icon on the right of the Chart data range box to select data range.

            Select Data Range window

            -

            In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK.

            • -
          • Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns.
            • -
          -

          Chart - Advanced Settings

          - +
        +
        • +
      • Legend Entries (Series) - add, edit, or remove legend entries. Type or select series name for legend entries. +
          +
        • In Legend Entries (Series), click Add button.
          • +
        • In Edit Series, type a new legend entry or click the Source data range icon icon on the right of the Select name box. +

          Edit Series window

          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Horizontal (Category) Axis Labels - change text for category labels. +
          +
        • In Horizontal (Category) Axis Labels, click Edit.
          • +
        • In Axis label range, type the labels you want to add or click the Source data range icon icon on the right of the Axis label range box to select data range. +

          Axis Labels window

          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Switch Row/Column - rearrange the worksheet data that is configured in the chart not in the way that you want it. Switch rows to columns to display data on a different axis.
        • +
      + +
    11. Click OK button to apply the changes and close the window.
      12. +
    + +

    Click Show Advanced Settings to change other settings such as Layout, Vertical Axis, Horizontal Axis, Cell Snapping and Alternative Text.

    + +

    The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements.

    • Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 29f8295eb..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ - - - - Insert and edit charts - - - - - - - -
      -
      - -
      -

      Insert and edit charts

      -

      Insert a chart

      -

      To insert a chart into your presentation,

      -
        -
      1. put the cursor at the place where you want to add a chart,
        2. -
      2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
        3. -
      3. click the Chart icon Chart icon at the top toolbar,
        4. -
      4. select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock, -

        Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available.

        -
        5. -
      5. - after that the Chart Editor window will appear where you can enter the necessary data into the cells using the following controls: -
          -
        • Copy and Paste for copying and pasting the copied data
          • -
        • Undo and Redo for undoing and redoing actions
          • -
        • Insert function for inserting a function
          • -
        • Decrease decimal and Increase decimal for decreasing and increasing decimal places
          • -
        • Number format for changing the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in cells
          • -
        -

        Chart Editor window

        -
        6. -
      6. - change the chart settings clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. -

        Chart Settings window

        -

        The Type & Data tab allows you to select the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart.

        -
          -
        • Select a chart Type you wish to insert: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock.
          • -
        • Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary, clicking the Select Data button and entering the desired data range in the following format: Sheet1!A1:B4.
          • -
        • Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns.
          • -
        -

        Chart Settings window

        -

        The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements.

        -
          -
        • - Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: -
            -
          • None to not display a chart title,
            • -
          • Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area,
            • -
          • No Overlay to display the title above the plot area.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • - Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: -
            -
          • None to not display a legend,
            • -
          • Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area,
            • -
          • Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area,
            • -
          • Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area,
            • -
          • Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area,
            • -
          • Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area,
            • -
          • Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • - Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters:
          -
            -
          • specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. -
              -
            • For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top.
              • -
            • For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom.
              • -
            • For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top.
              • -
            • For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center.
              • -
            -
            • -
          • select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value,
            • -
          • enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines.
          • -
        • - Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. -

          Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only.

          -
          • -
        • - The Axis Settings section allows to specify if you wish to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: -
            -
          • - Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: -
              -
            • None to not display a horizontal axis title,
              • -
            • No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis.
              • -
            -
            • -
          • - Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: -
              -
            • None to not display a vertical axis title,
              • -
            • Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis,
              • -
            • Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis.
              • -
            -
            • -
          -
          • -
        • - The Gridlines section allows to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. -

          Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines.

          -
          • -
        -

        Chart Settings window

        -

        Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes.

        -

        The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes.

        -
          -
        • - The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: -
            -
          • Minimum Value - is used to specify a lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right.
            • -
          • Maximum Value - is used to specify a highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right.
            • -
          • Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis.
            • -
          • Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units.
            • -
          • Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • - The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: -
            -
          • None to not display major/minor tick marks,
            • -
          • Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis,
            • -
          • In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis,
            • -
          • Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • - The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: -
            -
          • None to not display tick mark labels,
            • -
          • Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area,
            • -
          • High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area,
            • -
          • Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis.
            • -
          -
          • -
        -

        Chart Settings window

        -

        The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes.

        -
          -
        • - The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: -
            -
          • Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis.
            • -
          • Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks.
            • -
          • Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • - The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: -
            -
          • Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis.
            • -
          • Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • - The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. -
            -
          • Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis.
            • -
          • Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is.
            • -
          • Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc.
            • -
          -
          • -
        -

        Chart Settings window

        -

        The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart.

        -
        7. -
      7. once the chart is added you can also change its size and position. -

        You can specify the chart position on the slide dragging it vertically or horizontally.

        -
        8. -
      -

      You can also add a chart into a text placeholder pressing the Chart icon Chart icon within it and selecting the necessary chart type:

      -

      Add chart to placeholder

      -

      It's also possible to add a chart to a slide layout. To learn more, please refer to this article.

      -
      -

      Edit chart elements

      -

      To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead.

      -

      To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color.

      -

      When the chart is selected, the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill, Stroke and Wrapping Style. Note that you cannot change the shape type.

      -

      - Using the Shape Settings tab at the right panel you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as plot area, data series, chart title, legend etc and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. - When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available at the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, you can refer to this page. -

      -

      Note: the Show shadow option is also available at the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements.

      -

      To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

      -

      You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation.

      -

      3D chart

      -
      -

      Adjust chart settings

      - Chart tab -

      The chart size, type and style as well as data used to create the chart can be altered using the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings Chart settings icon icon on the right.

      -

      The Size section allows you to change the chart width and/or height. If the Constant proportions Constant proportions icon button is clicked (in this case it looks like this Constant proportions icon activated), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio.

      -

      The Change Chart Type section allows you to change the selected chart type and/or style using the corresponding drop-down menu.

      -

      To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section.

      -

      The Edit Data button allows you to open the Chart Editor window and start editing data as described above.

      -

      Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window you can also double-click the chart on the slide.

      -

      The Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar allows to open the Chart - Advanced Settings window where you can set the alternative text:

      -

      Chart Advanced Settings window

      -
      -

      To delete the inserted chart, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

      -

      To learn how to align a chart on the slide or arrange several objects, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section.

      -
      - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm index 88599862c..ea6fda9d1 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Statistical Functions Used to analyze data: finding the average value, the largest or smallest values in a cell range. - AVEDEV; AVERAGE; AVERAGEA; AVERAGEIF; AVERAGEIFS; BETADIST; BETA.DIST; BETA.INV; BETAINV; BINOMDIST; BINOM.DIST; BINOM.DIST.RANGE; BINOM.INV; CHIDIST; CHIINV; CHISQ.DIST; CHISQ.DIST.RT; CHISQ.INV; CHISQ.INV.RT; CHITEST; CHISQ.TEST; CONFIDENCE; CONFIDENCE.NORM; CONFIDENCE.T; CORREL; COUNT; COUNTA; COUNBLANK; COUNTIF; COUNTIFS; COVAR; COVARIANCE.P; COVARIANCE.S; CRITBINOM; DEVSQ; EXPON.DIST; EXPONDIST; F.DIST; FDIST; F.DIST.RT; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RT; FISHER; FISHERINV; FORECAST; FORECAST.ETS; FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT; FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY; FORECAST.ETS.STAT; FORECAST.LINEAR; FREQUENCY; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.DIST; GAMMADIST; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.PRECISE; GAUSS; GEOMEAN; HARMEAN; HYPGEOMDIST; HYPGEOM.DIST; INTERCEPT; KURT; LARGE; LINEST; LOGINV; LOGNORM.DIST; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMDIST; MAX; MAXA; MAXIFS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINIFS; MODE; MODE.MULT; MODE.SNGL; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; NORMDIST; NORM.DIST; NORMINV; NORM.INV; NORMSDIST; NORM.S.DIST; NORMSINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; PERCENTILE; PERCENTILE.EXC; PERCENTILE.INC; PERCENTRANK; PERCENTRANK.EXC; PERCENTRANK.INC; PERMUT; PERMUTATIONA; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROB; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXC; QUARTILE.INC; RANK; RANK.AVG; RANK.EQ; RSQ; SKEW; SKEW.P; SLOPE; SMALL; STANDARDIZE; STDEV; STDEV.S; STDEVA; STDEVP; STDEV.P; STDEVPA; STEYX; TDIST; T.DIST; T.DIST.2T; T.DIST.RT; T.INV; T.INV.2T; TINV; TRIMMEAN; TTEST; T.TEST; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.DIST; ZTEST; Z.TEST + AVEDEV; AVERAGE; AVERAGEA; AVERAGEIF; AVERAGEIFS; BETADIST; BETA.DIST; BETA.INV; BETAINV; BINOMDIST; BINOM.DIST; BINOM.DIST.RANGE; BINOM.INV; CHIDIST; CHIINV; CHISQ.DIST; CHISQ.DIST.RT; CHISQ.INV; CHISQ.INV.RT; CHITEST; CHISQ.TEST; CONFIDENCE; CONFIDENCE.NORM; CONFIDENCE.T; CORREL; COUNT; COUNTA; COUNBLANK; COUNTIF; COUNTIFS; COVAR; COVARIANCE.P; COVARIANCE.S; CRITBINOM; DEVSQ; EXPON.DIST; EXPONDIST; F.DIST; FDIST; F.DIST.RT; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RT; FISHER; FISHERINV; FORECAST; FORECAST.ETS; FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT; FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY; FORECAST.ETS.STAT; FORECAST.LINEAR; FREQUENCY; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.DIST; GAMMADIST; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.PRECISE; GAUSS; GEOMEAN; GROWTH; HARMEAN; HYPGEOMDIST; HYPGEOM.DIST; INTERCEPT; KURT; LARGE; LINEST; LOGEST, LOGINV; LOGNORM.DIST; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMDIST; MAX; MAXA; MAXIFS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINIFS; MODE; MODE.MULT; MODE.SNGL; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; NORMDIST; NORM.DIST; NORMINV; NORM.INV; NORMSDIST; NORM.S.DIST; NORMSINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; PERCENTILE; PERCENTILE.EXC; PERCENTILE.INC; PERCENTRANK; PERCENTRANK.EXC; PERCENTRANK.INC; PERMUT; PERMUTATIONA; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROB; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXC; QUARTILE.INC; RANK; RANK.AVG; RANK.EQ; RSQ; SKEW; SKEW.P; SLOPE; SMALL; STANDARDIZE; STDEV; STDEV.S; STDEVA; STDEVP; STDEV.P; STDEVPA; STEYX; TDIST; T.DIST; T.DIST.2T; T.DIST.RT; T.INV; T.INV.2T; TINV; TREND, TRIMMEAN; TTEST; T.TEST; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.DIST; ZTEST; Z.TEST Math and Trigonometry Functions @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Lookup and Reference Functions Used to easily find information from the data list. - ADDRESS; CHOOSE; COLUMN; COLUMNS; FORMULATEXT; HLOOKUP; HYPERLINLK; INDEX; INDIRECT; LOOKUP; MATCH; OFFSET; ROW; ROWS; TRANSPOSE; VLOOKUP + ADDRESS; CHOOSE; COLUMN; COLUMNS; FORMULATEXT; HLOOKUP; HYPERLINLK; INDEX; INDIRECT; LOOKUP; MATCH; OFFSET; ROW; ROWS; TRANSPOSE; UNIQUE; VLOOKUP Information Functions diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm index 8e0db5b3c..bbad1fc75 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

      Insert symbols and characters

      -

      When working, you may need to insert a symbol which is not on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your document, use the Symbol table icon Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps:

      +

      During working process you may need to insert a symbol which is not on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your document, use the Insert symbol icon Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps:

      • place the cursor at the location where a special symbol should be inserted,
      • switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
      • - click the Symbol table icon Symbol, + click the Insert symbol icon Symbol,

        Insert symbol sidebar

      • The Symbol dialog box will appear and you will be able to select the appropriate symbol,
        • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 5545f9629..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ - - - - Insert and format tables - - - - - - - -
        -
        - -
        -

        Insert and format tables

        -

        Insert a table

        -

        To insert a table onto a slide,

        -
          -
        1. select the slide where a table will be added,
          2. -
        2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
          3. -
        3. click the Table icon Table icon at the top toolbar,
          4. -
        4. select the option to create a table: -
            -

          • either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum)

            -

            If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum).

            • -

          • or a custom table

            -

            In case you need more than 10 by 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button.

            • -
          -
          5. -
        5. once the table is added you can change its properties and position.
          6. -
        -

        You can also add a table into a text placeholder pressing the Table icon Table icon within it and selecting the necessary number of cells or using the Insert Custom Table option:

        -

        Add table to placeholder

        -

        To resize a table, drag the handles Square icon situated on its edges until the table reaches the necessary size.

        -

        Resize table

        -

        You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow Mouse Cursor when changing column width and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row until the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow Mouse Cursor when changing row height and drag it up or down.

        -

        You can specify the table position on the slide dragging it vertically or horizontally.

        -

        - Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts. -

        -

        It's also possible to add a table to a slide layout. To learn more, please refer to this article.

        -
        -

        Adjust table settings

        - Table settings tab -

        Most of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right sidebar. To activate it click the table and choose the Table settings Table settings icon icon on the right.

        -

        The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying a specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with the different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available:

        -
          -
        • Header - emphasizes the topmost row in the table with a special formatting.
          • -
        • Total - emphasizes the bottommost row in the table with a special formatting.
          • -
        • Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows.
          • -
        • First - emphasizes the leftmost column in the table with a special formatting.
          • -
        • Last - emphasizes the rightmost column in the table with a special formatting.
          • -
        • Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns.
          • -
        -

        The Select From Template section allows you to choose one of the predefined tables styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding etc. - Depending on the options checked in the Rows and/or Columns sections above, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Header option in the Rows section and the Banded option in the Columns section, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the header row and banded columns enabled:

        -

        Templates list

        -

        The Borders Style section allows you to change the applied formatting that corresponds to the selected template. You can select the entire table or a certain cells range you want to change the formatting for and set all the parameters manually.

        -
          -
        • Border parameters - set the border width using the Border Size list list (or choose the No borders option), select its Color in the available palettes and determine the way it will be displayed in the cells clicking on the icons: -

          Border Type icons

          -
          • -
        • Background color - select the color for the background within the selected cells.
          • -
        -

        The Rows & Columns Rows & Columns section allows you to perform the following operations:

        -
          -
        • Select a row, column, cell (depending on the cursor position), or the entire table.
          • -
        • Insert a new row above or below the selected one as well as a new column to the left or to the right of the selected one.
          • -
        • Delete a row, column (depending on the cursor position or the selection), or the entire table.
          • -
        • Merge Cells - to merge previously selected cells into a single one.
          • -
        • Split Cell... - to split any previously selected cell into a certain number of rows and columns. This option opens the following window: -

          Split Cells window

          -

          Enter the Number of Columns and Number of Rows that the selected cell should be split into and press OK.

          -
          • -
        -

        Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu.

        -

        The Cell Size section is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells have equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells have equal width. The Distribute rows/columns options are also accessible from the right-click menu.

        -
        -

        Adjust table advanced settings

        -

        To change the advanced table settings, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will be opened:

        -

        Table Properties

        -

        The Margins tab allows to set the space between the text within the cells and the cell border:

        -
          -
        • enter necessary Cell Margins values manually, or
          • -
        • check the Use default margins box to apply the predefined values (if necessary, they can also be adjusted).
          • -
        -

        Table Properties

        -

        The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table.

        -
        -

        To format the entered text within the table cells, you can use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The right-click menu that appears when you click the table with the right mouse button includes two additional options:

        -
          -
        • Cell vertical alignment - it allows you to set the preferred type of the text vertical alignment within the selected cells: Align Top, Align Center, or Align Bottom.
          • -
        • Hyperlink - it allows you to insert a hyperlink into the selected cell.
          • -
        -
        - - diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm deleted file mode 100644 index af0e422de..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ - - - - Insert and format your text - - - - - - - -
        -
        - -
        -

        Insert and format your text

        -

        Insert your text

        -

        You can add a new text in three different ways:

        -
          -
        • Add a text passage within the corresponding text placeholder provided on the slide layout. To do that just put the cursor within the placeholder and type in your text or paste it using the Ctrl+V key combination in place of the according default text.
          • -
        • Add a text passage anywhere on a slide. You can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects). Depending on the necessary text object type you can do the following: -
            -
          • - to add a text box, click the Text Box icon Text Box icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. -

            Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the Insert Text autoshape shape from the Basic Shapes group.

            -
            • -
          • to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon Text Art icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added in the center of the slide. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • Add a text passage within an autoshape. Select a shape and start typing your text.
          • -
        -

        Click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the slide.

        -

        The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it).

        -

        As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame (it has invisible text box borders by default) with text in it and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties.

        -

        To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted.

        -

        Format a text box

        -

        Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines.

        -

        Text box selected

        -
          -
        • to resize, move, rotate the text box use the special handles on the edges of the shape.
          • -
        • to edit the text box fill, stroke, replace the rectangular box with a different shape, or access the shape advanced settings, click the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options.
          • -
        • to align a text box on the slide, rotate or flip it, arrange text boxes as related to other objects, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options.
          • -
        • to create columns of text within the text box, right-click on the text box border, click the Shape Advanced Settings option and switch to the Columns tab in the Shape - Advanced Settings window.
          • -
        -

        Format the text within the text box

        -

        Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines.

        -

        Text selected

        -

        Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately.

        -

        Align your text within the text box

        -

        The text is aligned horizontally in four ways: left, right, center or justified. To do that:

        -
          -
        1. place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text),
          2. -
        2. drop-down the Horizontal align Horizontal align icon list at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
          3. -
        3. select the alignment type you would like to apply: -
            -
          • the Align text left option Align Left icon allows you to line up your text by the left side of the text box (the right side remains unaligned).
            • -
          • the Align text center option Align Center icon allows you to line up your text by the center of the text box (the right and the left sides remains unaligned).
            • -
          • the Align text right option Align Right icon allows you to line up your text by the right side of the text box (the left side remains unaligned).
            • -
          • the Justify option Justify icon allows you to line up your text by both the left and the right sides of the text box (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment).
            • -
          -
          4. -
        -

        Note: these parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window.

        -

        The text is aligned vertically in three ways: top, middle or bottom. To do that:

        -
          -
        1. place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text),
          2. -
        2. drop-down the Vertical align Vertical align icon list at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
          3. -
        3. select the alignment type you would like to apply: -
            -
          • the Align text to the top option Align Top icon allows you to line up your text by the top of the text box.
            • -
          • the Align text to the middle option Align Middle icon allows you to line up your text by the center of the text box.
            • -
          • the Align text to the bottom option Align Bottom icon allows you to line up your text by the bottom of the text box.
            • -
          -
          4. -
        -
        -

        Change the text direction

        -

        To Rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate Text Down (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate Text Up (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top).

        -
        -

        Adjust font type, size, color and apply decoration styles

        -

        You can select the font type, its size and color as well as apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

        -

        Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the presentation, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting.

        - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
        FontFontIs used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. If a required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, after that the font will be available for use in the desktop version.
        Font sizeFont sizeIs used to select among the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value to the font size field and then press Enter.
        Font colorFont colorIs used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. Click the downward arrow next to the icon to select the color.
        BoldBoldIs used to make the font bold giving it more weight.
        ItalicItalicIs used to make the font italicized giving it some right side tilt.
        UnderlineUnderlineIs used to make the text underlined with the line going under the letters.
        StrikeoutStrikeoutIs used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters.
        SuperscriptSuperscriptIs used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions.
        SubscriptSubscriptIs used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas.
        -

        Set line spacing and change paragraph indents

        -

        You can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the preceding or the subsequent paragraph.

        -

        Text Settings tab

        -

        To do that,

        -
          -
        1. put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse,
          2. -
        2. use the corresponding fields of the Text settings Icon Text settings tab at the right sidebar to achieve the desired results: -
            -
          • Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right.
            • -
          • Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. -
              -
            • Before - set the amount of space before the paragraph.
              • -
            • After - set the amount of space after the paragraph.
              • -
            -
            • -
          -
          3. -
        -

        Note: these parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window.

        -

        To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Line spacing Line spacing icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the needed value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines.

        -

        To change the paragraph offset from the left side of the text box, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse and use the respective icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent Decrease indent and Increase indent Increase indent.

        -

        Adjust paragraph advanced settings

        -

        To open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, right-click the text and choose the Text Advanced Settings option from the menu. It's also possible to put the cursor within the paragraph you need - the Text settings Icon Text settings tab will be activated at the right sidebar. Press the Show advanced settings link. The paragraph properties window will be opened:

        - Paragraph Properties - Indents & Spacing tab -

        The Indents & Spacing tab allows to:

        -
          -
        • change the alignment type for the paragraph text,
          • -
        • change the paragraph indents as related to internal margins of the text box, -
            -
          • Left - set the paragraph offset from the left internal margin of the text box specifying the necessary numeric value,
            • -
          • Right - set the paragraph offset from the right internal margin of the text box specifying the necessary numeric value,
            • -
          • Special - set an indent for the first line of the paragraph: select the corresponding menu item ((none), First line, Hanging) and change the default numeric value specified for First Line or Hanging,
            • -
          -
          • -
        • change the paragraph line spacing.
          • -
        -

        You can also use the horizontal ruler to set indents.

        - Ruler - Indent markers -

        Select the necessary paragraph(s) and drag the indent markers along the ruler.

        -
          -
        • First Line Indent marker First Line Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left internal margin of the text box for the first line of the paragraph.
          • -
        • Hanging Indent marker Hanging Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left internal margin of the text box for the second and all the subsequent lines of the paragraph.
          • -
        • Left Indent marker Left Indent marker is used to set the entire paragraph offset from the left internal margin of the text box.
          • -
        • Right Indent marker Right Indent marker is used to set the paragraph offset from the right internal margin of the text box.
          • -
        -

        Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings View settings icon icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them.

        - Paragraph Properties - Font tab -

        The Font tab contains the following parameters:

        -
          -
        • Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters.
          • -
        • Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the double line going through the letters.
          • -
        • Superscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions.
          • -
        • Subscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas.
          • -
        • Small caps is used to make all letters lower case.
          • -
        • All caps is used to make all letters upper case.
          • -
        • Character Spacing is used to set the space between the characters. Increase the default value to apply the Expanded spacing, or decrease the default value to apply the Condensed spacing. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. -

          All the changes will be displayed in the preview field below.

          -
          • -
        - Paragraph Properties - Tab tab -

        The Tab tab allows to change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard.

        -
          -
        • Default Tab is set at 2.54 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box.
          • -
        • Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below.
          • -
        • Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option from the Alignment drop-down list and press the Specify button. -
            -
          • Left - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Left Tab Stop marker marker.
            • -
          • Center - centres the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Center Tab Stop marker marker.
            • -
          • Right - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Right Tab Stop marker marker.
            • -
          -

          To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button.

          -
          • -
        -

        To set tab stops you can also use the horizontal ruler:

        -
          -
        1. Click the tab selector button Left Tab Stop button in the upper left corner of the working area to choose the necessary tab stop type: Left Left Tab Stop button, Center Center Tab Stop button, Right Right Tab Stop button.
          2. -
        2. Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. -

          Horizontal Ruler with the Tab stops added

          -

          Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings View settings icon icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them.

          -
          3. -
        -

        Edit a Text Art style

        -

        Select a text object and click the Text Art settings Text Art settings icon icon on the right sidebar.

        -

        Text Art setting tab

        -
          -
        • Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc.
          • -
        • Change the font fill and stroke. The available options are the same as the ones for autoshapes.
          • -
        • Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle.
          • -
        -

        Text Art Transformation

        -
        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 2ba0aff5d..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ - - - - Manage slides - - - - - - - -
        -
        - -
        -

        Manage slides

        -

        By default, a newly created presentation has one blank Title Slide. You can create new slides, copy a slide to be able to paste it to another place in the slide list, duplicate slides, move slides to change their order in the slide list, delete unnecessary slides, mark some slides as hidden.

        -

        To create a new Title and Content slide:

        -
          -
        • click the Add Slide icon Add Slide icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, or
          • -
        • right-click any slide in the list and select the New Slide option from the contextual menu, or
          • -
        • press the Ctrl+M key combination.
          • -
        -

        To create a new slide with a different layout:

        -
          -
        1. click the arrow next to the Add Slide icon Add Slide icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar,
          2. -
        2. - select a slide with the necessary layout from the menu. -

          Note: you can change the layout of the added slide anytime. For additional information on how to do that refer to the Set slide parameters section.

          -
          3. -
        -

        A new slide will be inserted after the selected one in the list of the existing slides on the left.

        -

        To duplicate a slide:

        -
          -
        1. right-click the necessary slide in the list of the existing slides on the left,
          2. -
        2. select the Duplicate Slide option from the contextual menu.
          3. -
        -

        The duplicated slide will be inserted after the selected one in the slide list.

        -

        To copy a slide:

        -
          -
        1. in the list of the existing slides on the left, select the slide you need to copy,
          2. -
        2. press the Ctrl+C key combination,
          3. -
        3. in the slide list, select the slide that the copied one should be pasted after,
          4. -
        4. press the Ctrl+V key combination.
          5. -
        -

        To move an existing slide:

        -
          -
        1. left-click the necessary slide in the list of the existing slides on the left,
          2. -
        2. without releasing the mouse button, drag it to the necessary place in the list (a horizontal line indicates a new location).
          3. -
        -

        To delete an unnecessary slide:

        -
          -
        1. right-click the slide you want to delete in the list of the existing slides on the left,
          2. -
        2. select the Delete Slide option from the contextual menu.
          3. -
        -

        To mark a slide as hidden:

        -
          -
        1. right-click the slide you want to hide in the list of the existing slides on the left,
          2. -
        2. select the Hide Slide option from the contextual menu.
          3. -
        -

        The number that corresponds to the hidden slide in the slide list on the left will be crossed out. To display the hidden slide as a regular one in the slide list, click the Hide Slide option once again.

        -

        Hidden slide

        -

        Note: use this option if you do not want to demonstrate some slides to your audience, but want to be able to access them if necessary. If you start the slideshow in the Presenter mode, you can see all the existing slides in the list on the left, while hidden slides numbers are crossed out. If you wish to show a slide marked as hidden to others, just click it in the slide list on the left - the slide will be displayed.

        -

        To select all the existing slides at once:

        -
          -
        1. right-click any slide in the list of the existing slides on the left,
          2. -
        2. select the Select All option from the contextual menu.
          3. -
        -

        To select several slides:

        -
          -
        1. hold down the Ctrl key,
          2. -
        2. select the necessary slides left-clicking them in the list of the existing slides on the left.
          3. -
        -

        Note: all the key combinations that can be used to manage slides are listed at the Keyboard Shortcuts page.

        -
        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm index 6b6e22bbe..8825ff727 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm @@ -1,2506 +1,2552 @@  - Use Math AutoCorrect + AutoCorrect Features - + -
        -
        - -
        -

        Use Math AutoCorrect

        -

        When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery.

        +
        +
        + +
        +

        AutoCorrect Features

        +

        The AutoCorrect features in ONLYOFFICE Docs are used to automatically format text when detected or insert special math symbols by recognizing particular character usage.

        +

        The available AutoCorrect options are listed in the corresponding dialog box. To access it, go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options.

        +

        The AutoCorrect dialog box consists of three tabs: Math Autocorrect, Recognized Functions, and AutoFormat As You Type.

        +

        Math AutoCorrect

        +

        When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents, and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery.

        In the equation editor, place the insertion point within the necessary placeholder, type a math autocorrect code, then press Spacebar. The entered code will be converted into the corresponding symbol, and the space will be eliminated.

        Note: The codes are case sensitive.

        -

        The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Spreadsheet Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Spell checking -> Proofing section.

        -

        AutoCorrect window

        - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
        CodeSymbolCategory
        !!Double factorialSymbols
        ...Horizontal ellipsisDots
        ::Double colonOperators
        :=Colon equalOperators
        /<Not less thanRelational operators
        />Not greater thanRelational operators
        /=Not equalRelational operators
        \aboveSymbolAbove/Below scripts
        \acuteSymbolAccents
        \alephSymbolHebrew letters
        \alphaSymbolGreek letters
        \AlphaSymbolGreek letters
        \amalgSymbolBinary operators
        \angleSymbolGeometry notation
        \aointSymbolIntegrals
        \approxSymbolRelational operators
        \asmashSymbolArrows
        \astAsteriskBinary operators
        \asympSymbolRelational operators
        \atopSymbolOperators
        \barSymbolOver/Underbar
        \BarSymbolAccents
        \becauseSymbolRelational operators
        \beginSymbolDelimiters
        \belowSymbolAbove/Below scripts
        \betSymbolHebrew letters
        \betaSymbolGreek letters
        \BetaSymbolGreek letters
        \bethSymbolHebrew letters
        \bigcapSymbolLarge operators
        \bigcupSymbolLarge operators
        \bigodotSymbolLarge operators
        \bigoplusSymbolLarge operators
        \bigotimesSymbolLarge operators
        \bigsqcupSymbolLarge operators
        \biguplusSymbolLarge operators
        \bigveeSymbolLarge operators
        \bigwedgeSymbolLarge operators
        \binomialSymbolEquations
        \botSymbolLogic notation
        \bowtieSymbolRelational operators
        \boxSymbolSymbols
        \boxdotSymbolBinary operators
        \boxminusSymbolBinary operators
        \boxplusSymbolBinary operators
        \braSymbolDelimiters
        \breakSymbolSymbols
        \breveSymbolAccents
        \bulletSymbolBinary operators
        \capSymbolBinary operators
        \cbrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
        \casesSymbolSymbols
        \cdotSymbolBinary operators
        \cdotsSymbolDots
        \checkSymbolAccents
        \chiSymbolGreek letters
        \ChiSymbolGreek letters
        \circSymbolBinary operators
        \closeSymbolDelimiters
        \clubsuitSymbolSymbols
        \cointSymbolIntegrals
        \congSymbolRelational operators
        \coprodSymbolMath operators
        \cupSymbolBinary operators
        \daletSymbolHebrew letters
        \dalethSymbolHebrew letters
        \dashvSymbolRelational operators
        \ddSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \DdSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \ddddotSymbolAccents
        \dddotSymbolAccents
        \ddotSymbolAccents
        \ddotsSymbolDots
        \defeqSymbolRelational operators
        \degcSymbolSymbols
        \degfSymbolSymbols
        \degreeSymbolSymbols
        \deltaSymbolGreek letters
        \DeltaSymbolGreek letters
        \DeltaeqSymbolOperators
        \diamondSymbolBinary operators
        \diamondsuitSymbolSymbols
        \divSymbolBinary operators
        \dotSymbolAccents
        \doteqSymbolRelational operators
        \dotsSymbolDots
        \doubleaSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleASymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublebSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleBSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublecSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleCSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubledSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleDSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleeSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleESymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublefSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleFSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublegSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleGSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublehSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleHSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleiSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleISymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublejSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleJSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublekSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleKSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublelSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleLSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublemSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleMSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublenSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleNSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleoSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleOSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublepSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublePSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleqSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleQSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublerSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleRSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublesSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleSSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubletSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleTSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleuSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleUSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublevSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleVSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublewSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleWSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublexSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleXSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleySymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleYSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublezSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleZSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \downarrowSymbolArrows
        \DownarrowSymbolArrows
        \dsmashSymbolArrows
        \eeSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \ellSymbolSymbols
        \emptysetSymbolSet notations
        \emspSpace characters
        \endSymbolDelimiters
        \enspSpace characters
        \epsilonSymbolGreek letters
        \EpsilonSymbolGreek letters
        \eqarraySymbolSymbols
        \equivSymbolRelational operators
        \etaSymbolGreek letters
        \EtaSymbolGreek letters
        \existsSymbolLogic notations
        \forallSymbolLogic notations
        \frakturaSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturASymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturbSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturBSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturcSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturCSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturdSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturDSymbolFraktur letters
        \fraktureSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturESymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturfSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturFSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturgSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturGSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturhSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturHSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturiSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturISymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturkSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturKSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturlSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturLSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturmSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturMSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturnSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturNSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturoSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturOSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturpSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturPSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturqSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturQSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturrSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturRSymbolFraktur letters
        \fraktursSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturSSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturtSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturTSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturuSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturUSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturvSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturVSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturwSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturWSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturxSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturXSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturySymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturYSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturzSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturZSymbolFraktur letters
        \frownSymbolRelational operators
        \funcapplyBinary operators
        \GSymbolGreek letters
        \gammaSymbolGreek letters
        \GammaSymbolGreek letters
        \geSymbolRelational operators
        \geqSymbolRelational operators
        \getsSymbolArrows
        \ggSymbolRelational operators
        \gimelSymbolHebrew letters
        \graveSymbolAccents
        \hairspSpace characters
        \hatSymbolAccents
        \hbarSymbolSymbols
        \heartsuitSymbolSymbols
        \hookleftarrowSymbolArrows
        \hookrightarrowSymbolArrows
        \hphantomSymbolArrows
        \hsmashSymbolArrows
        \hvecSymbolAccents
        \identitymatrixSymbolMatrices
        \iiSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \iiintSymbolIntegrals
        \iintSymbolIntegrals
        \iiiintSymbolIntegrals
        \ImSymbolSymbols
        \imathSymbolSymbols
        \inSymbolRelational operators
        \incSymbolSymbols
        \inftySymbolSymbols
        \intSymbolIntegrals
        \integralSymbolIntegrals
        \iotaSymbolGreek letters
        \IotaSymbolGreek letters
        \itimesMath operators
        \jSymbolSymbols
        \jjSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \jmathSymbolSymbols
        \kappaSymbolGreek letters
        \KappaSymbolGreek letters
        \ketSymbolDelimiters
        \lambdaSymbolGreek letters
        \LambdaSymbolGreek letters
        \langleSymbolDelimiters
        \lbbrackSymbolDelimiters
        \lbraceSymbolDelimiters
        \lbrackSymbolDelimiters
        \lceilSymbolDelimiters
        \ldivSymbolFraction slashes
        \ldivideSymbolFraction slashes
        \ldotsSymbolDots
        \leSymbolRelational operators
        \leftSymbolDelimiters
        \leftarrowSymbolArrows
        \LeftarrowSymbolArrows
        \leftharpoondownSymbolArrows
        \leftharpoonupSymbolArrows
        \leftrightarrowSymbolArrows
        \LeftrightarrowSymbolArrows
        \leqSymbolRelational operators
        \lfloorSymbolDelimiters
        \lhvecSymbolAccents
        \limitSymbolLimits
        \llSymbolRelational operators
        \lmoustSymbolDelimiters
        \LongleftarrowSymbolArrows
        \LongleftrightarrowSymbolArrows
        \LongrightarrowSymbolArrows
        \lrharSymbolArrows
        \lvecSymbolAccents
        \mapstoSymbolArrows
        \matrixSymbolMatrices
        \medspSpace characters
        \midSymbolRelational operators
        \middleSymbolSymbols
        \modelsSymbolRelational operators
        \mpSymbolBinary operators
        \muSymbolGreek letters
        \MuSymbolGreek letters
        \nablaSymbolSymbols
        \naryandSymbolOperators
        \nbspSpace characters
        \neSymbolRelational operators
        \nearrowSymbolArrows
        \neqSymbolRelational operators
        \niSymbolRelational operators
        \normSymbolDelimiters
        \notcontainSymbolRelational operators
        \notelementSymbolRelational operators
        \notinSymbolRelational operators
        \nuSymbolGreek letters
        \NuSymbolGreek letters
        \nwarrowSymbolArrows
        \oSymbolGreek letters
        \OSymbolGreek letters
        \odotSymbolBinary operators
        \ofSymbolOperators
        \oiiintSymbolIntegrals
        \oiintSymbolIntegrals
        \ointSymbolIntegrals
        \omegaSymbolGreek letters
        \OmegaSymbolGreek letters
        \ominusSymbolBinary operators
        \openSymbolDelimiters
        \oplusSymbolBinary operators
        \otimesSymbolBinary operators
        \overSymbolDelimiters
        \overbarSymbolAccents
        \overbraceSymbolAccents
        \overbracketSymbolAccents
        \overlineSymbolAccents
        \overparenSymbolAccents
        \overshellSymbolAccents
        \parallelSymbolGeometry notation
        \partialSymbolSymbols
        \pmatrixSymbolMatrices
        \perpSymbolGeometry notation
        \phantomSymbolSymbols
        \phiSymbolGreek letters
        \PhiSymbolGreek letters
        \piSymbolGreek letters
        \PiSymbolGreek letters
        \pmSymbolBinary operators
        \pppprimeSymbolPrimes
        \ppprimeSymbolPrimes
        \pprimeSymbolPrimes
        \precSymbolRelational operators
        \preceqSymbolRelational operators
        \primeSymbolPrimes
        \prodSymbolMath operators
        \proptoSymbolRelational operators
        \psiSymbolGreek letters
        \PsiSymbolGreek letters
        \qdrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
        \quadraticSymbolSquare roots and radicals
        \rangleSymbolDelimiters
        \RangleSymbolDelimiters
        \ratioSymbolRelational operators
        \rbraceSymbolDelimiters
        \rbrackSymbolDelimiters
        \RbrackSymbolDelimiters
        \rceilSymbolDelimiters
        \rddotsSymbolDots
        \ReSymbolSymbols
        \rectSymbolSymbols
        \rfloorSymbolDelimiters
        \rhoSymbolGreek letters
        \RhoSymbolGreek letters
        \rhvecSymbolAccents
        \rightSymbolDelimiters
        \rightarrowSymbolArrows
        \RightarrowSymbolArrows
        \rightharpoondownSymbolArrows
        \rightharpoonupSymbolArrows
        \rmoustSymbolDelimiters
        \rootSymbolSymbols
        \scriptaSymbolScripts
        \scriptASymbolScripts
        \scriptbSymbolScripts
        \scriptBSymbolScripts
        \scriptcSymbolScripts
        \scriptCSymbolScripts
        \scriptdSymbolScripts
        \scriptDSymbolScripts
        \scripteSymbolScripts
        \scriptESymbolScripts
        \scriptfSymbolScripts
        \scriptFSymbolScripts
        \scriptgSymbolScripts
        \scriptGSymbolScripts
        \scripthSymbolScripts
        \scriptHSymbolScripts
        \scriptiSymbolScripts
        \scriptISymbolScripts
        \scriptkSymbolScripts
        \scriptKSymbolScripts
        \scriptlSymbolScripts
        \scriptLSymbolScripts
        \scriptmSymbolScripts
        \scriptMSymbolScripts
        \scriptnSymbolScripts
        \scriptNSymbolScripts
        \scriptoSymbolScripts
        \scriptOSymbolScripts
        \scriptpSymbolScripts
        \scriptPSymbolScripts
        \scriptqSymbolScripts
        \scriptQSymbolScripts
        \scriptrSymbolScripts
        \scriptRSymbolScripts
        \scriptsSymbolScripts
        \scriptSSymbolScripts
        \scripttSymbolScripts
        \scriptTSymbolScripts
        \scriptuSymbolScripts
        \scriptUSymbolScripts
        \scriptvSymbolScripts
        \scriptVSymbolScripts
        \scriptwSymbolScripts
        \scriptWSymbolScripts
        \scriptxSymbolScripts
        \scriptXSymbolScripts
        \scriptySymbolScripts
        \scriptYSymbolScripts
        \scriptzSymbolScripts
        \scriptZSymbolScripts
        \sdivSymbolFraction slashes
        \sdivideSymbolFraction slashes
        \searrowSymbolArrows
        \setminusSymbolBinary operators
        \sigmaSymbolGreek letters
        \SigmaSymbolGreek letters
        \simSymbolRelational operators
        \simeqSymbolRelational operators
        \smashSymbolArrows
        \smileSymbolRelational operators
        \spadesuitSymbolSymbols
        \sqcapSymbolBinary operators
        \sqcupSymbolBinary operators
        \sqrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
        \sqsubseteqSymbolSet notation
        \sqsuperseteqSymbolSet notation
        \starSymbolBinary operators
        \subsetSymbolSet notation
        \subseteqSymbolSet notation
        \succSymbolRelational operators
        \succeqSymbolRelational operators
        \sumSymbolMath operators
        \supersetSymbolSet notation
        \superseteqSymbolSet notation
        \swarrowSymbolArrows
        \tauSymbolGreek letters
        \TauSymbolGreek letters
        \thereforeSymbolRelational operators
        \thetaSymbolGreek letters
        \ThetaSymbolGreek letters
        \thickspSpace characters
        \thinspSpace characters
        \tildeSymbolAccents
        \timesSymbolBinary operators
        \toSymbolArrows
        \topSymbolLogic notation
        \tvecSymbolArrows
        \ubarSymbolAccents
        \UbarSymbolAccents
        \underbarSymbolAccents
        \underbraceSymbolAccents
        \underbracketSymbolAccents
        \underlineSymbolAccents
        \underparenSymbolAccents
        \uparrowSymbolArrows
        \UparrowSymbolArrows
        \updownarrowSymbolArrows
        \UpdownarrowSymbolArrows
        \uplusSymbolBinary operators
        \upsilonSymbolGreek letters
        \UpsilonSymbolGreek letters
        \varepsilonSymbolGreek letters
        \varphiSymbolGreek letters
        \varpiSymbolGreek letters
        \varrhoSymbolGreek letters
        \varsigmaSymbolGreek letters
        \varthetaSymbolGreek letters
        \vbarSymbolDelimiters
        \vdashSymbolRelational operators
        \vdotsSymbolDots
        \vecSymbolAccents
        \veeSymbolBinary operators
        \vertSymbolDelimiters
        \VertSymbolDelimiters
        \VmatrixSymbolMatrices
        \vphantomSymbolArrows
        \vthickspSpace characters
        \wedgeSymbolBinary operators
        \wpSymbolSymbols
        \wrSymbolBinary operators
        \xiSymbolGreek letters
        \XiSymbolGreek letters
        \zetaSymbolGreek letters
        \ZetaSymbolGreek letters
        \zwnjSpace characters
        \zwspSpace characters
        ~=Is congruent toRelational operators
        -+Minus or plusBinary operators
        +-Plus or minusBinary operators
        <<SymbolRelational operators
        <=Less than or equal toRelational operators
        ->SymbolArrows
        >=Greater than or equal toRelational operators
        >>SymbolRelational operators
        -
        +

        You can add, modify, restore, and remove autocorrect entries from the AutoCorrect list. Go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Math AutoCorrect.

        +

        Adding an entry to the AutoCorrect list

        +

        +

          +
        • Enter the autocorrect code you want to use in the Replace box.
          • +
        • Enter the symbol to be assigned to the code you entered in the By box.
          • +
        • Click the Add button.
          • +
        +

        +

        Modifying an entry on the AutoCorrect list

        +

        +

          +
        • Select the entry to be modified.
          • +
        • You can change the information in both fields: the code in the Replace box or the symbol in the By box.
          • +
        • Click the Replace button.
          • +
        +

        +

        Removing entries from the AutoCorrect list

        +

        +

          +
        • Select an entry to remove from the list.
          • +
        • Click the Delete button.
          • +
        +

        +

        To restore the previously deleted entries, select the entry to be restored from the list and click the Restore button.

        +

        Use the Reset to default button to restore default settings. Any autocorrect entry you added will be removed and the changed ones will be restored to their original values.

        +

        To disable Math AutoCorrect and to avoid automatic changes and replacements, uncheck the Replace text as you type box.

        +

        Replace text as you type

        +

        The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Spreadsheet Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Spell Checking -> Proofing section.

        +
        + The supported codes + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
        CodeSymbolCategory
        !!Double factorialSymbols
        ...Horizontal ellipsisDots
        ::Double colonOperators
        :=Colon equalOperators
        /<Not less thanRelational operators
        />Not greater thanRelational operators
        /=Not equalRelational operators
        \aboveSymbolAbove/Below scripts
        \acuteSymbolAccents
        \alephSymbolHebrew letters
        \alphaSymbolGreek letters
        \AlphaSymbolGreek letters
        \amalgSymbolBinary operators
        \angleSymbolGeometry notation
        \aointSymbolIntegrals
        \approxSymbolRelational operators
        \asmashSymbolArrows
        \astAsteriskBinary operators
        \asympSymbolRelational operators
        \atopSymbolOperators
        \barSymbolOver/Underbar
        \BarSymbolAccents
        \becauseSymbolRelational operators
        \beginSymbolDelimiters
        \belowSymbolAbove/Below scripts
        \betSymbolHebrew letters
        \betaSymbolGreek letters
        \BetaSymbolGreek letters
        \bethSymbolHebrew letters
        \bigcapSymbolLarge operators
        \bigcupSymbolLarge operators
        \bigodotSymbolLarge operators
        \bigoplusSymbolLarge operators
        \bigotimesSymbolLarge operators
        \bigsqcupSymbolLarge operators
        \biguplusSymbolLarge operators
        \bigveeSymbolLarge operators
        \bigwedgeSymbolLarge operators
        \binomialSymbolEquations
        \botSymbolLogic notation
        \bowtieSymbolRelational operators
        \boxSymbolSymbols
        \boxdotSymbolBinary operators
        \boxminusSymbolBinary operators
        \boxplusSymbolBinary operators
        \braSymbolDelimiters
        \breakSymbolSymbols
        \breveSymbolAccents
        \bulletSymbolBinary operators
        \capSymbolBinary operators
        \cbrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
        \casesSymbolSymbols
        \cdotSymbolBinary operators
        \cdotsSymbolDots
        \checkSymbolAccents
        \chiSymbolGreek letters
        \ChiSymbolGreek letters
        \circSymbolBinary operators
        \closeSymbolDelimiters
        \clubsuitSymbolSymbols
        \cointSymbolIntegrals
        \congSymbolRelational operators
        \coprodSymbolMath operators
        \cupSymbolBinary operators
        \daletSymbolHebrew letters
        \dalethSymbolHebrew letters
        \dashvSymbolRelational operators
        \ddSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \DdSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \ddddotSymbolAccents
        \dddotSymbolAccents
        \ddotSymbolAccents
        \ddotsSymbolDots
        \defeqSymbolRelational operators
        \degcSymbolSymbols
        \degfSymbolSymbols
        \degreeSymbolSymbols
        \deltaSymbolGreek letters
        \DeltaSymbolGreek letters
        \DeltaeqSymbolOperators
        \diamondSymbolBinary operators
        \diamondsuitSymbolSymbols
        \divSymbolBinary operators
        \dotSymbolAccents
        \doteqSymbolRelational operators
        \dotsSymbolDots
        \doubleaSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleASymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublebSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleBSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublecSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleCSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubledSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleDSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleeSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleESymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublefSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleFSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublegSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleGSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublehSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleHSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleiSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleISymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublejSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleJSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublekSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleKSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublelSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleLSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublemSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleMSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublenSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleNSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleoSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleOSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublepSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublePSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleqSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleQSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublerSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleRSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublesSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleSSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubletSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleTSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleuSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleUSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublevSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleVSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublewSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleWSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublexSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleXSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleySymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleYSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doublezSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \doubleZSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \downarrowSymbolArrows
        \DownarrowSymbolArrows
        \dsmashSymbolArrows
        \eeSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \ellSymbolSymbols
        \emptysetSymbolSet notations
        \emspSpace characters
        \endSymbolDelimiters
        \enspSpace characters
        \epsilonSymbolGreek letters
        \EpsilonSymbolGreek letters
        \eqarraySymbolSymbols
        \equivSymbolRelational operators
        \etaSymbolGreek letters
        \EtaSymbolGreek letters
        \existsSymbolLogic notations
        \forallSymbolLogic notations
        \frakturaSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturASymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturbSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturBSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturcSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturCSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturdSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturDSymbolFraktur letters
        \fraktureSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturESymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturfSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturFSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturgSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturGSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturhSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturHSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturiSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturISymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturkSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturKSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturlSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturLSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturmSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturMSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturnSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturNSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturoSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturOSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturpSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturPSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturqSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturQSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturrSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturRSymbolFraktur letters
        \fraktursSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturSSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturtSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturTSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturuSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturUSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturvSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturVSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturwSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturWSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturxSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturXSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturySymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturYSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturzSymbolFraktur letters
        \frakturZSymbolFraktur letters
        \frownSymbolRelational operators
        \funcapplyBinary operators
        \GSymbolGreek letters
        \gammaSymbolGreek letters
        \GammaSymbolGreek letters
        \geSymbolRelational operators
        \geqSymbolRelational operators
        \getsSymbolArrows
        \ggSymbolRelational operators
        \gimelSymbolHebrew letters
        \graveSymbolAccents
        \hairspSpace characters
        \hatSymbolAccents
        \hbarSymbolSymbols
        \heartsuitSymbolSymbols
        \hookleftarrowSymbolArrows
        \hookrightarrowSymbolArrows
        \hphantomSymbolArrows
        \hsmashSymbolArrows
        \hvecSymbolAccents
        \identitymatrixSymbolMatrices
        \iiSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \iiintSymbolIntegrals
        \iintSymbolIntegrals
        \iiiintSymbolIntegrals
        \ImSymbolSymbols
        \imathSymbolSymbols
        \inSymbolRelational operators
        \incSymbolSymbols
        \inftySymbolSymbols
        \intSymbolIntegrals
        \integralSymbolIntegrals
        \iotaSymbolGreek letters
        \IotaSymbolGreek letters
        \itimesMath operators
        \jSymbolSymbols
        \jjSymbolDouble-struck letters
        \jmathSymbolSymbols
        \kappaSymbolGreek letters
        \KappaSymbolGreek letters
        \ketSymbolDelimiters
        \lambdaSymbolGreek letters
        \LambdaSymbolGreek letters
        \langleSymbolDelimiters
        \lbbrackSymbolDelimiters
        \lbraceSymbolDelimiters
        \lbrackSymbolDelimiters
        \lceilSymbolDelimiters
        \ldivSymbolFraction slashes
        \ldivideSymbolFraction slashes
        \ldotsSymbolDots
        \leSymbolRelational operators
        \leftSymbolDelimiters
        \leftarrowSymbolArrows
        \LeftarrowSymbolArrows
        \leftharpoondownSymbolArrows
        \leftharpoonupSymbolArrows
        \leftrightarrowSymbolArrows
        \LeftrightarrowSymbolArrows
        \leqSymbolRelational operators
        \lfloorSymbolDelimiters
        \lhvecSymbolAccents
        \limitSymbolLimits
        \llSymbolRelational operators
        \lmoustSymbolDelimiters
        \LongleftarrowSymbolArrows
        \LongleftrightarrowSymbolArrows
        \LongrightarrowSymbolArrows
        \lrharSymbolArrows
        \lvecSymbolAccents
        \mapstoSymbolArrows
        \matrixSymbolMatrices
        \medspSpace characters
        \midSymbolRelational operators
        \middleSymbolSymbols
        \modelsSymbolRelational operators
        \mpSymbolBinary operators
        \muSymbolGreek letters
        \MuSymbolGreek letters
        \nablaSymbolSymbols
        \naryandSymbolOperators
        \nbspSpace characters
        \neSymbolRelational operators
        \nearrowSymbolArrows
        \neqSymbolRelational operators
        \niSymbolRelational operators
        \normSymbolDelimiters
        \notcontainSymbolRelational operators
        \notelementSymbolRelational operators
        \notinSymbolRelational operators
        \nuSymbolGreek letters
        \NuSymbolGreek letters
        \nwarrowSymbolArrows
        \oSymbolGreek letters
        \OSymbolGreek letters
        \odotSymbolBinary operators
        \ofSymbolOperators
        \oiiintSymbolIntegrals
        \oiintSymbolIntegrals
        \ointSymbolIntegrals
        \omegaSymbolGreek letters
        \OmegaSymbolGreek letters
        \ominusSymbolBinary operators
        \openSymbolDelimiters
        \oplusSymbolBinary operators
        \otimesSymbolBinary operators
        \overSymbolDelimiters
        \overbarSymbolAccents
        \overbraceSymbolAccents
        \overbracketSymbolAccents
        \overlineSymbolAccents
        \overparenSymbolAccents
        \overshellSymbolAccents
        \parallelSymbolGeometry notation
        \partialSymbolSymbols
        \pmatrixSymbolMatrices
        \perpSymbolGeometry notation
        \phantomSymbolSymbols
        \phiSymbolGreek letters
        \PhiSymbolGreek letters
        \piSymbolGreek letters
        \PiSymbolGreek letters
        \pmSymbolBinary operators
        \pppprimeSymbolPrimes
        \ppprimeSymbolPrimes
        \pprimeSymbolPrimes
        \precSymbolRelational operators
        \preceqSymbolRelational operators
        \primeSymbolPrimes
        \prodSymbolMath operators
        \proptoSymbolRelational operators
        \psiSymbolGreek letters
        \PsiSymbolGreek letters
        \qdrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
        \quadraticSymbolSquare roots and radicals
        \rangleSymbolDelimiters
        \RangleSymbolDelimiters
        \ratioSymbolRelational operators
        \rbraceSymbolDelimiters
        \rbrackSymbolDelimiters
        \RbrackSymbolDelimiters
        \rceilSymbolDelimiters
        \rddotsSymbolDots
        \ReSymbolSymbols
        \rectSymbolSymbols
        \rfloorSymbolDelimiters
        \rhoSymbolGreek letters
        \RhoSymbolGreek letters
        \rhvecSymbolAccents
        \rightSymbolDelimiters
        \rightarrowSymbolArrows
        \RightarrowSymbolArrows
        \rightharpoondownSymbolArrows
        \rightharpoonupSymbolArrows
        \rmoustSymbolDelimiters
        \rootSymbolSymbols
        \scriptaSymbolScripts
        \scriptASymbolScripts
        \scriptbSymbolScripts
        \scriptBSymbolScripts
        \scriptcSymbolScripts
        \scriptCSymbolScripts
        \scriptdSymbolScripts
        \scriptDSymbolScripts
        \scripteSymbolScripts
        \scriptESymbolScripts
        \scriptfSymbolScripts
        \scriptFSymbolScripts
        \scriptgSymbolScripts
        \scriptGSymbolScripts
        \scripthSymbolScripts
        \scriptHSymbolScripts
        \scriptiSymbolScripts
        \scriptISymbolScripts
        \scriptkSymbolScripts
        \scriptKSymbolScripts
        \scriptlSymbolScripts
        \scriptLSymbolScripts
        \scriptmSymbolScripts
        \scriptMSymbolScripts
        \scriptnSymbolScripts
        \scriptNSymbolScripts
        \scriptoSymbolScripts
        \scriptOSymbolScripts
        \scriptpSymbolScripts
        \scriptPSymbolScripts
        \scriptqSymbolScripts
        \scriptQSymbolScripts
        \scriptrSymbolScripts
        \scriptRSymbolScripts
        \scriptsSymbolScripts
        \scriptSSymbolScripts
        \scripttSymbolScripts
        \scriptTSymbolScripts
        \scriptuSymbolScripts
        \scriptUSymbolScripts
        \scriptvSymbolScripts
        \scriptVSymbolScripts
        \scriptwSymbolScripts
        \scriptWSymbolScripts
        \scriptxSymbolScripts
        \scriptXSymbolScripts
        \scriptySymbolScripts
        \scriptYSymbolScripts
        \scriptzSymbolScripts
        \scriptZSymbolScripts
        \sdivSymbolFraction slashes
        \sdivideSymbolFraction slashes
        \searrowSymbolArrows
        \setminusSymbolBinary operators
        \sigmaSymbolGreek letters
        \SigmaSymbolGreek letters
        \simSymbolRelational operators
        \simeqSymbolRelational operators
        \smashSymbolArrows
        \smileSymbolRelational operators
        \spadesuitSymbolSymbols
        \sqcapSymbolBinary operators
        \sqcupSymbolBinary operators
        \sqrtSymbolSquare roots and radicals
        \sqsubseteqSymbolSet notation
        \sqsuperseteqSymbolSet notation
        \starSymbolBinary operators
        \subsetSymbolSet notation
        \subseteqSymbolSet notation
        \succSymbolRelational operators
        \succeqSymbolRelational operators
        \sumSymbolMath operators
        \supersetSymbolSet notation
        \superseteqSymbolSet notation
        \swarrowSymbolArrows
        \tauSymbolGreek letters
        \TauSymbolGreek letters
        \thereforeSymbolRelational operators
        \thetaSymbolGreek letters
        \ThetaSymbolGreek letters
        \thickspSpace characters
        \thinspSpace characters
        \tildeSymbolAccents
        \timesSymbolBinary operators
        \toSymbolArrows
        \topSymbolLogic notation
        \tvecSymbolArrows
        \ubarSymbolAccents
        \UbarSymbolAccents
        \underbarSymbolAccents
        \underbraceSymbolAccents
        \underbracketSymbolAccents
        \underlineSymbolAccents
        \underparenSymbolAccents
        \uparrowSymbolArrows
        \UparrowSymbolArrows
        \updownarrowSymbolArrows
        \UpdownarrowSymbolArrows
        \uplusSymbolBinary operators
        \upsilonSymbolGreek letters
        \UpsilonSymbolGreek letters
        \varepsilonSymbolGreek letters
        \varphiSymbolGreek letters
        \varpiSymbolGreek letters
        \varrhoSymbolGreek letters
        \varsigmaSymbolGreek letters
        \varthetaSymbolGreek letters
        \vbarSymbolDelimiters
        \vdashSymbolRelational operators
        \vdotsSymbolDots
        \vecSymbolAccents
        \veeSymbolBinary operators
        \vertSymbolDelimiters
        \VertSymbolDelimiters
        \VmatrixSymbolMatrices
        \vphantomSymbolArrows
        \vthickspSpace characters
        \wedgeSymbolBinary operators
        \wpSymbolSymbols
        \wrSymbolBinary operators
        \xiSymbolGreek letters
        \XiSymbolGreek letters
        \zetaSymbolGreek letters
        \ZetaSymbolGreek letters
        \zwnjSpace characters
        \zwspSpace characters
        ~=Is congruent toRelational operators
        -+Minus or plusBinary operators
        +-Plus or minusBinary operators
        <<SymbolRelational operators
        <=Less than or equal toRelational operators
        ->SymbolArrows
        >=Greater than or equal toRelational operators
        >>SymbolRelational operators
        +
        +
        +

        Recognized Functions

        +

        In this tab, you will find the list of math expressions that will be recognized by the Equation editor as functions and therefore will not be automatically italicized. For the list of recognized functions go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Recognized Functions.

        +

        To add an entry to the list of recognized functions, enter the function in the blank field and click the Add button.

        +

        To remove an entry from the list of recognized functions, select the function to be removed and click the Delete button.

        +

        To restore the previously deleted entries, select the entry to be restored from the list and click the Restore button.

        +

        Use the Reset to default button to restore default settings. Any function you added will be removed and the removed ones will be restored.

        +

        Recognized Functions

        +

        AutoFormat As You Type

        +

        By default, the editor automatically includes new rows and columns in the formatted table when you enter new data in the row below the table or in the column next to it.

        +

        If you need to disable auto-formatting presets, uncheck the box for the unnecessary options, go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> AutoFormat As You Type.

        +

        AutoFormat As You Type

        +
        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..278209938 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + + + + Edit an image + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Edit an image

        +

        ONLYOFFICE comes with a very powerful photo editor, that allows you to adjust the image with filters and make all kinds of annotations.

        +
          +
        1. Select an image in your spreadsheet.
          2. +
        2. + Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Photo Editor plugin icon Photo Editor.
          + You are now in the editing environment. +
            +
          • + Below the image you will find the following checkboxes and slider filters: +
              +
            • Grayscale, Sepia, Sepia 2, Blur, Emboss, Invert, Sharpen;
              • +
            • Remove White (Threshhold, Distance), Gradient transparency, Brightness, Noise, Pixelate, Color Filter;
              • +
            • Tint, Multiply, Blend.
              • +
            +
            • +
          • + Below the filters you will find buttons for +
              +
            • Undo, Redo and Resetting;
              • +
            • Delete, Delete all;
              • +
            • Crop (Custom, Square, 3:2, 4:3, 5:4, 7:5, 16:9);
              • +
            • Flip (Flip X, Flip Y, Reset);
              • +
            • Rotate (30 degree, -30 degree,Manual rotation slider);
              • +
            • Draw (Free, Straight, Color, Size slider);
              • +
            • Shape (Recrangle, Circle, Triangle, Fill, Stroke, Stroke size);
              • +
            • Icon (Arrows, Stars, Polygon, Location, Heart, Bubble, Custom icon, Color);
              • +
            • Text (Bold, Italic, Underline, Left, Center, Right, Color, Text size);
              • +
            • Mask.
              • +
            +
            • +
          + Feel free to try all of these and remember you can always undo them.
          +
        3. + When finished, click the OK button. +
          4. +
        +

        The edited picture is now included in the spreadsheet.

        + Image plugin gif +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm index b7b7c4f4a..7599ea6ab 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
        • The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set.
        • The Custom name option allows you to change the name of the selected field displayed in the pivot table.
          • -
        • The Summarize value field by list allows you to choose the function used to calculate the summation value for all values from this field. By default, Sum is used for numeric values, Count is used for text values. The available functions are Sum, Count, Average, Max, Min, Product.
          • +
        • The Summarize value field by list allows you to choose the function used to calculate the summation value for all values from this field. By default, Sum is used for numeric values, Count is used for text values. The available functions are Sum, Count, Average, Max, Min, Product, Count Numbers, StdDev, StdDevp, Var, Varp.

        Change the appearance of pivot tables

        @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Depending on the options checked for rows and columns, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Row Headers and Banded Columns options, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the row headers highlighted and banded columns enabled.

        -

        Filter and sort pivot tables

        +

        Filter, sort and add slicers in pivot tables

        You can filter pivot tables by labels or values and use the additional sort parameters.

        Filtering

        Click the drop-down arrow Drop-Down Arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. The Filter option list will open:

        @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

        Value Filter window

        If you choose the Top 10 option from the Value filter option list, a new window will open:

        Top 10 AutoFilter window

        -

        The first drop-down list allows choosing if you wish to display the highest (Top) or the lowest (Bottom) values. The second field allows specifying how many entries from the list or which percent of the overall entries number you want to display (you can enter a number from 1 to 500). The third drop-down list allows setting the units of measure: Item or Percent. The fourth drop-down list displays the selected field name. Once the necessary parameters are set, click OK to apply the filter.

        +

        The first drop-down list allows choosing if you wish to display the highest (Top) or the lowest (Bottom) values. The second field allows specifying how many entries from the list or which percent of the overall entries number you want to display (you can enter a number from 1 to 500). The third drop-down list allows setting the units of measure: Item, Percent, or Sum. The fourth drop-down list displays the selected field name. Once the necessary parameters are set, click OK to apply the filter.

      The Filter Filter button button will appear in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. It means that the filter is applied.

      @@ -225,6 +225,9 @@

      You can sort your pivot table data using the sort options. Click the drop-down arrow Drop-Down Arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table and then select Sort Lowest to Highest or Sort Highest to Lowest option from the submenu.

      The More Sort Options option allows you to open the Sort window where you can select the necessary sorting order - Ascending or Descending - and then select a certain field you want to sort.

      Pivot table sort options

      + +

      Adding slicers

      +

      You can add slicers to filter data easier by displaying only what is needed. To learn more about slicers, please read the guide on creating slicers.

      Adjust pivot table advanced settings

      To change the advanced settings of the pivot table, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Pivot Table - Advanced Settings' window will open:

      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm deleted file mode 100644 index bbea4cb0d..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ - - - - Preview your presentation - - - - - - - -
      -
      - -
      -

      Preview your presentation

      -

      Start the preview

      -

      To preview your currently edited presentation, you can:

      -
        -
      • click the Start slideshow Start slideshow icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar or on the left side of the status bar, or
        • -
      • select a certain slide within the slide list on the left, right-click it and choose the Start Slideshow option from the contextual menu.
        • -
      -

      The preview will start from the currently selected slide.

      -

      You can also click the arrow next to the Start slideshow Start slideshow icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the available options:

      -
        -
      • Show from Beginning - to start the preview from the very first slide,
        • -
      • Show from Current slide - to start the preview from the currently selected slide,
        • -
      • Show presenter view - to start the preview in the Presenter mode that allows to demonstrate the presentation to your audience without slide notes while viewing the presentation with the slide notes on a different monitor.
        • -
      • Show Settings - to open a settings window that allows to set only one option: Loop continuously until 'Esc' is pressed. Check this option if necessary and click OK. If you enable this option, the presentation will be displayed until you press the Escape key on the keyboard, i.e. when the last slide of the presentation is reached, you will be able to go to the first slide again etc. If you disable this option, once the last slide of the presentation is reached, a black screen appears informing you that the presentation is finished and you can exit from the Preview. -

        Show Settings window

        -
        • -
      -

      Use the Preview mode

      -

      In the Preview mode, you can use the following controls at the bottom left corner:

      -

      Preview Mode controls

      -
        -
      • the Previous slide Previous slide icon button allows you to return to the preceding slide.
        • -
      • the Pause presentation Pause presentation icon button allows you to stop previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the Start presentation icon button.
        • -
      • the Start presentation Start presentation icon button allows you to resume previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the Pause presentation icon button.
        • -
      • the Next slide Next slide icon button allows you to advance the following slide.
        • -
      • the Slide number indicator displays the current slide number as well as the overall number of slides in the presentation. To go to a certain slide in the preview mode, click on the Slide number indicator, enter the necessary slide number in the opened window and press Enter.
        • -
      • the Full screen Full screen icon button allows you to switch to full screen mode.
        • -
      • the Exit full screen Exit full screen icon button allows you to exit full screen mode.
        • -
      • the Close slideshow Close slideshow icon button allows you to exit the preview mode.
        • -
      -

      You can also use the keyboard shortcuts to navigate between the slides in the preview mode.

      -

      Use the Presenter mode

      -

      Note: in the desktop version, the presenter mode can be activated only if the second monitor is connected.

      -

      In the Presenter mode, you can view your presentations with slide notes in a separate window, while demonstrating it without notes on a different monitor. The notes for each slide are displayed below the slide preview area.

      -

      To navigate between slides you can use the Previous Slide icon and Next Slide icon buttons or click slides in the list on the left. The hidden slide numbers are crossed out in the slide list on the left. If you wish to show a slide marked as hidden to others, just click it in the slide list on the left - the slide will be displayed.

      -

      You can use the following controls below the slide preview area:

      -

      Presenter Mode controls

      -
        -
      • the Timer displays the elapsed time of the presentation in the hh.mm.ss format.
        • -
      • the Pause presentation Pause presentation icon button allows you to stop previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the Start presentation icon button.
        • -
      • the Start presentation Start presentation icon button allows you to resume previewing. When the button is pressed, it turns into the Pause presentation icon button.
        • -
      • the Reset button allows to reset the elapsed time of the presentation.
        • -
      • the Previous slide Previous slide icon button allows you to return to the preceding slide.
        • -
      • the Next slide Next slide icon button allows you to advance the following slide.
        • -
      • the Slide number indicator displays the current slide number as well as the overall number of slides in the presentation.
        • -
      • the Pointer Pointer icon button allows you to highlight something on the screen when showing the presentation. When this option is enabled, the button looks like this: Pointer icon. To point to some objects hover your mouse pointer over the slide preview area and move the pointer around the slide. The pointer will look the following way: Pointer icon. To disable this option, click the Pointer icon button once again.
        • -
      • the End slideshow button allows you to exit the Presenter mode.
        • -
      -
      - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm deleted file mode 100644 index ffa31f77b..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ - - - - Set slide parameters - - - - - - - -
      -
      - -
      -

      Set slide parameters

      -

      To customize your presentation, you can select a theme, color scheme, slide size and orientation for the entire presentation, change the background fill or slide layout for each separate slide, apply transitions between the slides. It's also possible to add explanatory notes to each slide that can be helpful when demonstrating the presentation in the Presenter mode.

      -
        -
      • - Themes allow you to quickly change the presentation design, notably the slides background appearance, predefined fonts for titles and texts and the color scheme that is used for the presentation elements. - To select a theme for the presentation, click on the necessary predefined theme from the themes gallery on the right side of the top toolbar Home tab. The selected theme will be applied to all the slides if you have not previously selected certain slides to apply the theme to. -

        Themes gallery

        -

        To change the selected theme for one or more slides, you can right-click the selected slides in the list on the left (or right-click a slide in the editing area), select the Change Theme option from the contextual menu and choose the necessary theme.

        -
        • -
      • - Color Schemes affect the predefined colors used for the presentation elements (fonts, lines, fills etc.) and allow you to maintain color consistency throughout the entire presentation. - To change a color scheme, click the Change color scheme icon Change color scheme icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary scheme from the drop-down list. The selected color scheme will be highlighted in the list and applied to all the slides. -

        Color Schemes

        -
        • -
      • - To change a slide size for all the slides in the presentation, click the Select slide size icon Select slide size icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the drop-down list. You can select: -
          -
        • one of the two quick-access presets - Standard (4:3) or Widescreen (16:9),
          • -
        • - the Advanced Settings option that opens the Slide Size Settings window where you can select one of the available presets or set a Custom size specifying the desired Width and Height values. -

          Slide Size Settings window

          -

          The available presets are: Standard (4:3), Widescreen (16:9), Widescreen (16:10), Letter Paper (8.5x11 in), Ledger Paper (11x17 in), A3 Paper (297x420 mm), A4 Paper (210x297 mm), B4 (ICO) Paper (250x353 mm), B5 (ICO) Paper (176x250 mm), 35 mm Slides, Overhead, Banner.

          -

          The Slide Orientation menu allows to change the currently selected orientation type. The default orientation type is Landscape that can be switched to Portrait.

          -
          • -
        -
        • -
      • - To change a background fill: -
          -
        1. in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply the fill to. Or click at any blank space within the currently edited slide in the slide editing area to change the fill type for this separate slide.
          2. -
        2. - at the Slide settings tab of the right sidebar, select the necessary option: -
            -
          • Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to apply to the selected slides.
            • -
          • Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the slide with two colors which smoothly change from one to another.
            • -
          • Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the slide background.
            • -
          • Pattern - select this option to fill the slide with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements.
            • -
          • No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill.
            • -
          -

          For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Fill objects and select colors section.

          -
          3. -
        -
        • -
      • - Transitions help make your presentation more dynamic and keep your audience's attention. To apply a transition: -
          -
        1. in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply a transition to,
          2. -
        2. - choose a transition in the Effect drop-down list on the Slide settings tab, -

          Note: to open the Slide settings tab you can click the Slide settings Slide settings icon icon on the right or right-click the slide in the slide editing area and select the Slide Settings option from the contextual menu.

          -
          3. -
        3. adjust the transition properties: choose a transition variation, duration and the way to advance slides,
          4. -
        4. - click the Apply to All Slides button if you want to apply the same transition to all slides in the presentation. -

          For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Apply transitions section.

          -
          5. -
        -
        • -
      • - To change a slide layout: -
          -
        1. in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply a new layout to,
          2. -
        2. click the Change slide layout icon Change slide layout icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
          3. -
        3. - select the necessary layout from the menu. -

          Alternatively, you can right-click the necessary slide in the list on the left or in the editing area, select the Change Layout option from the contextual menu and choose the necessary layout.

          -

          Note: currently, the following layouts are available: Title Slide, Title and Content, Section Header, Two Content, Comparison, Title Only, Blank, Content with Caption, Picture with Caption, Title and Vertical Text, Vertical Title and Text.

          -
          4. -
        -
        • -
      • - To add objects to a slide layout: -
          -
        1. click the Change slide layout Change slide layout icon icon and select a layout you want to add an object to,
          2. -
        2. - using the Insert tab of the top toolbar, add the necessary object to the slide (image, table, chart, shape), then right-click on this object and select Add to Layout option, -
          Add to layout -
          3. -
        3. - at the Home tab click Change slide layout Change slide layout icon and apply the changed layout. -

          Apply layout

          -

          Selected objects will be added to the current theme's layout.

          -

          Note: objects placed on a slide this way cannot be selected, resized, or moved.

          -
          4. -
        -
        • -
      • - To return the slide layout to its original state: -
          -
        1. in the slide list on the left, select the slides that you want to return to the default state,
          2. -

          Note: hold down the Ctrl key and select one slide at a time to select several slides at once, or hold down the Shift key to select all slides from the current to the selected.

          -
        2. right-click on one of the slides and select the Reset slide option in the context menu,
          3. -

          All text frames and objects located on slides will be reset and situated in accordinance with the slide layout.

          -
        -
        • -
      • - To add notes to a slide: -
          -
        1. in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add a note to,
          2. -
        2. click the Click to add notes caption below the slide editing area,
          3. -
        3. - type in the text of your note. -

          Note: you can format the text using the icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

          -
          4. -
        -

        When you start the slideshow in the Presenter mode, you will be able to see all the slide notes below the slide preview area.

        -
        • -
      -
      - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56ecf8287 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ + + + + + Manage sheet view presets + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Manage sheet view presets

      +

      Note: this feature is available in the paid version only starting from ONLYOFFICE Docs v. 6.1. To enable this feature in the desktop version, refer to this article.

      +

      The ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor offers a sheet view manager for view presets that are based on the applied filters. Now you can save the required filtering parameters as a view preset and use it afterwards together with your colleagues as well as create several presets and switch among them effortlessly. If you are collaborating on a spreadsheet, create individual view presets and continue working with the filters you need without being disrupted by other co-editors.

      +

      Creating a new sheet view preset

      +

      Since a view preset is designed to save customized filtering parameters, first you need to apply the said parameters to the sheet. To learn more about filtering, please refer to this page.

      +

      There are two ways to create a new sheet view preset. You can either

      +
        +
      • go to the View tab and click the Sheet View iconSheet View icon,
        • +
      • choose the View manager option from the drop-down menu,
        • +
      • click the New button in the opened Sheet View Manager window,
        • +
      • specify the name of the sheet view preset,
        • +
      +

      or

      +
        +
      • click the New preset iconNew button on the View tab located at the top toolbar. The preset will be created under a default name “View1/2/3...”. To change the name, go to the Sheet View Manager, select the required preset, and click Rename.
        • +
      +

      Click Go to view to activate the created view preset.

      +

      Switching among sheet view presets

      +
        +
      1. Go to the View tab and click the Sheet View iconSheet View icon.
        2. +
      2. Choose the View manager option from the drop-down menu.
        3. +
      3. Select the sheet view preset you want to activate in the Sheet views field.
        4. +
      4. Click Go to view to switch to the selected preset.
        5. +
      +

      To exit the current sheet view preset, Close preset iconClose icon on the View tab located at the top toolbar.

      +

      Managing sheet view presets

      +
        +
      1. Go to the View tab and click the Sheet View iconSheet View icon.
        2. +
      2. Choose the View manager option from the drop-down menu.
        3. +
      3. Select the sheet view preset you want to edit in the opened Sheet View Manager window.
        4. +
      4. + Choose one of the editing options: +
          +
        • Rename to rename the selected preset,
          • +
        • Duplicate to create a copy of the selected preset,
          • +
        • Delete to delete the selected preset.
          • +
        +
        5. +
      5. Click Go to view to activate the selected preset.
        6. +
      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm index 6c8895463..db620e789 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Create slicers for formatted tables + Create slicers for tables - + @@ -13,11 +13,11 @@
      -

      Create slicers for formatted tables

      +

      Create slicers for tables

      Create a new slicer

      -

      Once you create a new formatted table, you can create slicers to quickly filter the data. To do that,

      +

      Once you create a new formatted table or a pivot table, you can create slicers to quickly filter the data. To do that,

        -
      1. select at least one cell within the formatted table with the mouse and click the Table settings Table settings icon icon on the right.
        2. +
      2. select at least one cell within the table with the mouse and click the Table settings Table settings icon icon on the right.
      3. click the Insert slicer Insert slicer option on the Table settings tab of the right sidebar. Alternatively, you can switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar and click the Insert slicer Slicer button. The Insert Slicers window will be opened:

        Insert Slicers

        4. @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@

      A slicer will be added for each of the selected columns. If you add several slicers, they will overlap each other. Once the slicer is added, you can change its size and position as well as its settings.

      Slicer

      -

      A slicer contains buttons that you can click to filter the formatted table. The buttons corresponding to empty cells are marked with the (blank) label. When you click a slicer button, other buttons will be unselected, and the corresponding column in the source table will be filtered to only display the selected item:

      +

      A slicer contains buttons that you can click to filter the table. The buttons corresponding to empty cells are marked with the (blank) label. When you click a slicer button, other buttons will be unselected, and the corresponding column in the source table will be filtered to only display the selected item:

      Slicer

      If you have added several slicers, the changes made in one slicer can affect the items from another slicer. When one or more filters are applied to a slicer, items with no data can appear in a different slicer (with a lighter color):

      Slicer - items with no data

      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fbdba7a2c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + Replace a word by a synonym + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Replace a word by a synonym

      +

      + If you are using the same word multiple times, or a word is just not quite the word you are looking for, ONLYOFFICE let you look up synonyms. + It will show you the antonyms too. +

      +
        +
      1. Select the word in your spreadsheet.
        2. +
      2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Thesaurus plugin icon Thesaurus.
        3. +
      3. The synonyms and antonyms will show up in the left sidebar.
        4. +
      4. Click a word to replace the word in your spreadsheet.
        5. +
      + Thesaurus plugin gif +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Translator.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Translator.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5fd0d78c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/Translator.htm @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ + + + + Translate text + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Translate text

      +

      You can translate your spreadsheet from and to numerous languages.

      +
        +
      1. Select the text that you want to translate.
        2. +
      2. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Translator plugin icon Translator, the Translator appears in a sidebar on the left.
        3. +
      3. Click the drop-down box and choose the preferred language.
        4. +
      +

      The text will be translated to the required language.

      + Translator plugin gif + +

      Changing the language of your result:

      +
        +
      1. Click the drop-down box and choose the preferred language.
        2. +
      +

      The translation will change immediately.

      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm index 938ba4682..fe3454213 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
      1. Place the insertion point where you need to add a hyperlink.
      2. Go to the Insert tab and click the Hyperlink icon Hyperlink button.
        3. -
      3. In the opened Hyperlink Settings window, select the Internal Data Range tab and define the sheet and the name. +
      4. In the opened Hyperlink Settings window, select the Internal Data Range tab and choose a named range.

        Hyperlink Settings

      5. Click OK.
        6. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 206e71450..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ - - - - View presentation information - - - - - - - -
        -
        - -
        -

        View presentation information

        -

        To access the detailed information about the currently edited presentation, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Presentation Info option.

        -

        General Information

        -

        The spreadsheet information includes a number of the file properties which describe the spreadsheet. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited.

        -
          -
        • Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who have created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only.
          • -
        • Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow to simplify your documents classification. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields.
          • -
        • Last Modified - the date and time when the file was last modified.
          • -
        • Last Modified By - the name of the user who have made the latest change in the presentation if it has been shared and it can be edited by several users.
          • -
        • Application - the application the presentation was created with.
          • -
        • Author - the person who have created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows to specify one more author.
          • -
        -

        If you changed the file properties, click the Apply button to apply the changes.

        -
        -

        Note: Online Editors allow you to change the presentation title directly from the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in a new window that opens and click OK.

        -
        -
        -

        Permission Information

        -

        In the online version, you can view the information about permissions to the files stored in the cloud.

        -

        Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions.

        -

        To find out, who have rights to view or edit the presentation, select the Access Rights... option at the left sidebar.

        -

        You can also change currently selected access rights by pressing the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section.

        -
        -

        To close the File pane and return to presentation editing, select the Close Menu option.

        -
        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..637165285 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + Include a video + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Include a video

        +

        You can include a video in your spreadsheet. It will be shown as an image. By double-clicking the image the video dialog opens. Here you can start the video.

        +
          +
        1. + Copy the URL of the video you want to include.
          + (the complete address shown in the address line of your browser) +
          2. +
        2. Go to your spreadsheet and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the video.
          3. +
        3. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Youtube plugin icon YouTube.
          4. +
        4. Paste the URL and click OK.
          5. +
        5. Check if it is the correct video and click the OK button below the video.
          6. +
        +

        The video is now included in your spreadsheet.

        + Youtube plugin gif +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/editor.css b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/editor.css index 7a743ebc1..108b9b531 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/editor.css +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/editor.css @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/added_comment_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/added_comment_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 425e00a8b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/added_comment_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addgradientpoint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addgradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4ca4cc4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addgradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 963dab9e5..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addtolayout.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addtolayout.png deleted file mode 100644 index 73ea7e5d4..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addtolayout.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignshape.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5bfaf1e70..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignshape.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/applylayout.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/applylayout.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0d9394b39..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/applylayout.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrangeshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrangeshape.png deleted file mode 100644 index 16eb79f92..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrangeshape.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoformatasyoutype.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoformatasyoutype.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..143024a08 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoformatasyoutype.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoshape.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8c4895175..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoshape.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/axislabels.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/axislabels.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42e80c763 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/axislabels.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordersize.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordersize.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1562d5223..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordersize.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordertype.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordertype.png deleted file mode 100644 index 016968c1a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordertype.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bulletsandnumbering.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bulletsandnumbering.png index 331b240e0..ade04d9c8 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bulletsandnumbering.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bulletsandnumbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_gradient.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_gradient.png index 7fe17028c..789c1e2b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_gradient.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cell_fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changelayout.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changelayout.png deleted file mode 100644 index f7d63a607..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changelayout.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerowheight.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4a8e4df36..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerowheight.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_settings_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index a490b12e0..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_settings_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartdata.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..367d507a1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png deleted file mode 100644 index 39ae35aa9..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3a95232ee..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png deleted file mode 100644 index a9974dd62..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings6.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings6.png deleted file mode 100644 index 753dab979..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings6.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charttab.png deleted file mode 100644 index efab02dce..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charttab.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow1.png index a45d3aba3..870ca26c7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow1.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow2.png index da412ad97..72095a5b6 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow2.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow3.png index d51ccdbec..2a13daa08 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow3.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow4.png index e3b4e6834..bdab464ae 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow4.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow4.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow5.png index a1812a68f..ad6d91928 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow5.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartwindow5.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/close_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/close_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ee2f1cb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/close_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/closepreview.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/closepreview.png deleted file mode 100644 index 829224a91..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/closepreview.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnwidthmarker.png deleted file mode 100644 index 402fb9d7a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnwidthmarker.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_erroralert.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_erroralert.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44af72ce8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_erroralert.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_erroralert_example.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_erroralert_example.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5bbea68f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_erroralert_example.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_inputmessage.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_inputmessage.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72ab8c8fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_inputmessage.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_inputmessage_example.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_inputmessage_example.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6a62efb2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_inputmessage_example.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_list.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_list.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e196dad7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_list.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..efc8d028e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dataval_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/date_time_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/date_time_settings.png deleted file mode 100644 index ec78bdbe0..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/date_time_settings.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editseries.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editseries.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bbb308b2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editseries.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/exitfullscreen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/exitfullscreen.png deleted file mode 100644 index ef13de53a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/exitfullscreen.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png index 27fc960f8..e4016e0b2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/firstline_indent.png deleted file mode 100644 index 72d1364e2..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/firstline_indent.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 61d79799b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/freezepanes_popup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/freezepanes_popup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c295c79af Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/freezepanes_popup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fullscreen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fullscreen.png deleted file mode 100644 index c7e6f1155..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fullscreen.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/growth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/growth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d96d269c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/growth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hidden_slide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hidden_slide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7b55b6e5e..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hidden_slide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06d524ef2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_plugin.gif b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00670b35b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/horizontalalign.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/horizontalalign.png deleted file mode 100644 index b3665ab84..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/horizontalalign.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5ae547659..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_plugin.gif b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0f08f013 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7138f5b5f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 51d8d7e50..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagesettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagesettingstab.png deleted file mode 100644 index c1a99e05f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagesettingstab.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/indents_ruler.png deleted file mode 100644 index 30d1675a3..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/indents_ruler.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8353e80fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_symbol_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttable.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttable.png deleted file mode 100644 index dd883315b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttable.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/collaborationtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/collaborationtab.png index 3d45e090b..bd57249df 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/collaborationtab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/datatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/datatab.png index d10cc9a2f..80e461cfe 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/datatab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/datatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png index 8ab9d5976..f7f6bbc56 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png index c78b172f5..4f2f6485d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png index 3fa2d6eeb..d9cbd842c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png index 56d50717f..57feb699f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png index b509ef4d7..a31bdf839 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png index bd0899af4..4c445f401 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png index befaafb51..cb51468e6 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png index 075d409a9..8ea8868e6 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pivottabletab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pivottabletab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da89f16b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pivottabletab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png index d1925f681..b6510d050 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_viewtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_viewtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a59210719 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_viewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png index 882fce53a..904deb61b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png index f40b45091..c206e055b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/formulatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/formulatab.png index 4b9acc7c5..ef0dc1035 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/formulatab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/formulatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png index 80aed5f32..73d1e77ee 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png index de094bfd6..95cf4b4aa 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png index 55c24743e..7fec98365 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pivottabletab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pivottabletab.png index e7914f2df..d01ccbee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pivottabletab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pivottabletab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 6a4ea8bb4..605e9ab99 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/viewtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/viewtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16f992151 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/viewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftindent.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftindent.png deleted file mode 100644 index fbb16de5f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftindent.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/logest.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/logest.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c482f13d2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/logest.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/new_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/new_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6132de3e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/new_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index d568e138b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orderedlistsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orderedlistsettings.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6bdbbd507..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orderedlistsettings.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palettes.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palettes.png deleted file mode 100644 index a86769efc..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palettes.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecial.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecial.png index 26ee9b55d..64296b355 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecial.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecial.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecial_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecial_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b25e792ff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecial_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pausepresentation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pausepresentation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 026966eca..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pausepresentation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/photoeditor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/photoeditor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e34d6996 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/photoeditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_chart.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_chart.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7cc49ff3b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_chart.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_imagefromfile.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_imagefromfile.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9a395c6f7..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_imagefromfile.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_imagefromurl.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_imagefromurl.png deleted file mode 100644 index af95ac323..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_imagefromurl.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_object.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_object.png deleted file mode 100644 index 133d6390d..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_object.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_table.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_table.png deleted file mode 100644 index ddb7c81a9..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/placeholder_table.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer.png deleted file mode 100644 index 46e469d16..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_enabled.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_enabled.png deleted file mode 100644 index a04b85ebd..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_enabled.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_screen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_screen.png deleted file mode 100644 index fb95e8a84..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_screen.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_mode.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_mode.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4bcca422a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_mode.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_nextslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_nextslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index adbc19b84..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_nextslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_pausepresentation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_pausepresentation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2885f6d0e..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_pausepresentation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_previousslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_previousslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 245e935cb..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_previousslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_startpresentation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_startpresentation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4a72b75e1..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_startpresentation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/preview_mode.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/preview_mode.png deleted file mode 100644 index 88b9c39f1..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/preview_mode.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previousslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previousslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 69f78fe10..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previousslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/recognizedfunctions.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/recognizedfunctions.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2532b0fca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/recognizedfunctions.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removegradientpoint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removegradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0675fbbb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/removegradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/replacetext.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/replacetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c52f40bf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/replacetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_indent.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_indent.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0f0d9203f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_indent.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png deleted file mode 100644 index 12cf5030f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowheightmarker.png deleted file mode 100644 index 90a923c02..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowheightmarker.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectedequation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectedequation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 479c50ed2..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectedequation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectslidesizeicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectslidesizeicon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 887e49339..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectslidesizeicon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 13850d551..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties2.png deleted file mode 100644 index a261b8480..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties3.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0baf0f404..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties3.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties4.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0e007185a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties4.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties5.png deleted file mode 100644 index 297db66d9..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties5.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shapesettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shapesettingstab.png deleted file mode 100644 index 34e70bd72..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shapesettingstab.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sheetview_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sheetview_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dcf14254 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sheetview_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/showsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/showsettings.png deleted file mode 100644 index 570c94cc5..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/showsettings.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slide_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slide_settings_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0764193cf..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slide_settings_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesettingstab.png deleted file mode 100644 index e2c620cd7..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesettingstab.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png deleted file mode 100644 index 40ef300c8..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_presentation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_presentation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1b9ece1c9..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_presentation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png deleted file mode 100644 index 14be47e2b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png deleted file mode 100644 index dddc2bec6..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/split_cells.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/split_cells.png deleted file mode 100644 index 80464be0c..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/split_cells.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpresentation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpresentation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6b6ca42f3..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpresentation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpreview.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpreview.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0d665547c..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpreview.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties.png deleted file mode 100644 index 004ad736b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3f8ccf0a0..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright.png deleted file mode 100644 index cc8627584..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstops_ruler.png deleted file mode 100644 index ade45c824..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstops_ruler.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_settings_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index fa38da185..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_settings_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/themes.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/themes.png deleted file mode 100644 index a471abb91..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/themes.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7d644e93 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_plugin.gif b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be095a975 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/thesaurus_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01e39d4b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator_plugin.gif b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36bd5ae2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/translator_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/trend.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/trend.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd4aabaab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/trend.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undoautoexpansion.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undoautoexpansion.png index 2ff86f803..fff529e56 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undoautoexpansion.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undoautoexpansion.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/unique.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/unique.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad469bd18 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/unique.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/verticalalign.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/verticalalign.png deleted file mode 100644 index cb0e4f62b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/verticalalign.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf957207 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube_plugin.gif b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube_plugin.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..846459710 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/youtube_plugin.gif differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js index 8e4b63f5e..c92d7de43 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "Functions/cell.htm", "title": "CELL Function", - "body": "The CELL function is one of the information functions. It is used to return information about the formatting, location, or contents of a cell. The CELL function syntax is: CELL(info_type, [reference]) where: info_type is a text value that specifies which information about the cell you want to get. This is the required argument. The available values are listed in the table below. [reference] is a cell that you want to get information about. If it is omitted, the information is returned for the last changed cell. If the reference argument is specified as a range of cells, the function returns the information for the upper left cell of the range. Text value Type of the information \"address\" Returns the reference to the cell. \"col\" Returns the column number where the cell is located. \"color\" Returns 1 if the cell is formatted in color for negative values; otherwise returns 0. \"contents\" Returns the value that the cell contains. \"filename\" Returns the filename of the file that contains the cell. \"format\" Returns a text value corresponding to the number format of the cell. The text values are listed in the table below. \"parentheses\" Returns 1 if the cell is formatted with parentheses for positive or all values; otherwise returns 0. \"prefix\" Returns the single quotation mark (') if the text in the cell is left aligned, the double quotation mark (\") if the text is right aligned, the caret (^) if the text is centered, and an empty text (\"\") if the cell contains anything else. \"protect\" Returns 0 if the cell is not locked; returns 1 if the cell is locked. \"row\" Returns the row number where the cell is located. \"type\" Returns \"b\" for an empty cell, \"l\" for a text value, and \"v\" for any other value in the cell. \"width\" Returns the width of the cell, rounded off to an integer. Below you can see the text values which the function returns for the \"format\" argument Number format Returned text value General G 0 F0 #,##0 ,0 0.00 F2 #,##0.00 ,2 $#,##0_);($#,##0) C0 $#,##0_);[Red]($#,##0) C0- $#,##0.00_);($#,##0.00) C2 $#,##0.00_);[Red]($#,##0.00) C2- 0% P0 0.00% P2 0.00E+00 S2 # ?/? or # ??/?? G m/d/yy or m/d/yy h:mm or mm/dd/yy D4 d-mmm-yy or dd-mmm-yy D1 d-mmm or dd-mmm D2 mmm-yy D3 mm/dd D5 h:mm AM/PM D7 h:mm:ss AM/PM D6 h:mm D9 h:mm:ss D8 To apply the CELL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the CELL function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CELL function is one of the information functions. It is used to return information about the formatting, location, or contents of a cell. The CELL function syntax is: CELL(info_type, [reference]) where: info_type is a text value that specifies which information about the cell you want to get. This is the required argument. The available values are listed in the table below. [reference] is a cell that you want to get information about. If it is omitted, the information is returned for the last changed cell. If the reference argument is specified as a range of cells, the function returns the information for the upper-left cell of the range. Text value Type of information \"address\" Returns the reference to the cell. \"col\" Returns the column number where the cell is located. \"color\" Returns 1 if the cell is formatted in color for negative values; otherwise returns 0. \"contents\" Returns the value that the cell contains. \"filename\" Returns the filename of the file that contains the cell. \"format\" Returns a text value corresponding to the number format of the cell. The text values are listed in the table below. \"parentheses\" Returns 1 if the cell is formatted with parentheses for positive or all values; otherwise returns 0. \"prefix\" Returns the single quotation mark (') if the text in the cell is left-aligned, the double quotation mark (\") if the text is right-aligned, the caret (^) if the text is centered, and an empty text (\"\") if the cell contains anything else. \"protect\" Returns 0 if the cell is not locked; returns 1 if the cell is locked. \"row\" Returns the row number where the cell is located. \"type\" Returns \"b\" for an empty cell, \"l\" for a text value, and \"v\" for any other value in the cell. \"width\" Returns the width of the cell, rounded off to an integer. Below you can see the text values which the function returns for the \"format\" argument Number format Returned text value General G 0 F0 #,##0 ,0 0.00 F2 #,##0.00 ,2 $#,##0_);($#,##0) C0 $#,##0_);[Red]($#,##0) C0- $#,##0.00_);($#,##0.00) C2 $#,##0.00_);[Red]($#,##0.00) C2- 0% P0 0.00% P2 0.00E+00 S2 # ?/? or # ??/?? G m/d/yy or m/d/yy h:mm or mm/dd/yy D4 d-mmm-yy or dd-mmm-yy D1 d-mmm or dd-mmm D2 mmm-yy D3 mm/dd D5 h:mm AM/PM D7 h:mm:ss AM/PM D6 h:mm D9 h:mm:ss D8 To apply the CELL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the CELL function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." }, { "id": "Functions/char.htm", @@ -915,6 +915,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "GESTEP Function", "body": "The GESTEP function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to test if a number is greater than a threshold value. The function returns 1 if the number is greater than or equal to the threshold value and 0 otherwise. The GESTEP function syntax is: GESTEP(number [, step]) where number is a number to compare with step. step is a threshold value. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume step to be 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the GESTEP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the GESTEP function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." }, + { + "id": "Functions/growth.htm", + "title": "GROWTH Function", + "body": "The GROWTH function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate predicted exponential growth by using existing data. The GROWTH function syntax is: GROWTH(known_y’s, [known_x’s], [new_x’s], [const]) where known_y’s is the set of y-values you already know in the y = b*m^x equation. known_x’s is the optional set of x-values you might know in the y = b*m^x equation. new_x’s is the optional set of x-values you want y-values to be returned to. const is an optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value where TRUE or lack of the argument forces b to be calculated normally and FALSE sets b to 1 in the y = b*m^x equation. To apply the GROWTH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the GROWTH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + }, { "id": "Functions/harmean.htm", "title": "HARMEAN Function", @@ -1270,6 +1275,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "LOG10 Function", "body": "The LOG10 function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the logarithm of a number to a base of 10. The LOG10 function syntax is: LOG10(x) where x is a numeric value greater than 0 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the LOG10 function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the LOG10 function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." }, + { + "id": "Functions/logest.htm", + "title": "LOGEST Function", + "body": "The LOGEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate an exponential curve that fits the data and returns an array of values that describes the curve. The LOGEST function syntax is: LOGEST(known_y’s, [known_x’s], [const], [stats]) where known_y’s is the set of y-values you already know in the y = b*m^x equation. known_x’s is the optional set of x-values you might know in the y = b*m^x equation. const is an optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value where TRUE or lack of the argument forces b to be calculated normally and FALSE sets b to 1 in the y = b*m^x equation and m-values correspond with the y = m^x equation. stats is an optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value that sets whether additional regression statistics should be returned. To apply the LOGEST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the LOGEST function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + }, { "id": "Functions/loginv.htm", "title": "LOGINV Function", @@ -2100,6 +2110,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "TRANSPOSE Function", "body": "The TRANSPOSE function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the first element of an array. The TRANSPOSE function syntax is: TRANSPOSE(array) where array is a reference to a range of cells. To apply the TRANSPOSE function, select a cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the TRANSPOSE function, select a range of cells with the mouse or enter it manually, like this A1:B2, press the Enter key. The result will be displayed in the selected range of cells." }, + { + "id": "Functions/trend.htm", + "title": "TREND Function", + "body": "The TREND function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate a linear trend line and returns values along it using the method of least squares. The TREND function syntax is: TREND(known_y’s, [known_x’s], [new_x’s], [const]) where known_y’s is the set of y-values you already know in the y = mx + b equation. known_x’s is the optional set of x-values you might know in the y = mx + b equation. new_x’s is the optional set of x-values you want y-values to be returned to. const is an optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value where TRUE or lack of the argument forces b to be calculated normally and FALSE sets b to 0 in the y = mx + b equation and m-values correspond with the y = mx equation. To apply the TREND function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the TREND function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + }, { "id": "Functions/trim.htm", "title": "TRIM Function", @@ -2140,6 +2155,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "UNICODE Function", "body": "The UNICODE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the number (code point) corresponding to the first character of the text. The UNICODE function syntax is: UNICODE(text) where text is the text string beginning with the character you want to get the Unicode value for. It can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the UNICODE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the UNICODE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." }, + { + "id": "Functions/unique.htm", + "title": "UNIQUE Function", + "body": "The UNIQUE function is one of the reference functions. It is used to return a list of unique values from the specified range. The UNIQUE function syntax is: UNIQUE(array,[by_col],[exactly_once]) where array is the range from which to extract unique values. by_col is the optional TRUE or FALSE value indicating the method of comparison: TRUE for columns and FALSE for rows. exactly_once is the optional TRUE or FALSE value indicating the returning method: TRUE for values occurring once and FALSE for all unique values. To apply the UNIQUE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Look up and reference function group from the list, click the UNIQUE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. To return a range of values, select a required range of cells, enter the formula, and press the Ctrl+Shift+Enter key combination." + }, { "id": "Functions/upper.htm", "title": "UPPER Function", @@ -2288,12 +2308,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Keyboard Shortcuts", - "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Working with Spreadsheet Open 'File' panel Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current spreadsheet, view its info, create a new spreadsheet or open an existing one, access the help menu of the Spreadsheet Editor or its advanced settings. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a cell containing the required characters. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save spreadsheet Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the spreadsheet currently edited with the Spreadsheet Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print spreadsheet Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print your spreadsheet with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download as... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited spreadsheet to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit the Spreadsheet Editor on the screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open the Help menu of the Spreadsheet Editor . Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O Open the standard dialog box on the Open local file tab in the Desktop Editors that allows you to select an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current spreadsheet window in the Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the contextual menu of the selected element. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current spreadsheet to a default 100%. Navigation Move one cell up, down, left, or right ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Outline a cell above/below the currently selected one or to the left/to the right of it. Jump to the edge of the current data region Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Outline a cell at the edge of the current data region in a worksheet. Jump to the beginning of the row Home Home Outline a cell in the column A of the current row. Jump to the beginning of the spreadsheet Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Outline the cell A1. Jump to the end of the row End, Ctrl+→ End, ⌘ Cmd+→ Outline the last cell of the current row. Jump to the end of the spreadsheet Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Outline the lower right used cell in the worksheet situated in the bottommost row with data of the rightmost column with data. If the cursor is in the formula bar, it will be placed to the end of the text. Move to the previous sheet Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Move to the previous sheet in your spreadsheet. Move to the next sheet Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Move to the next sheet in your spreadsheet. Move up one row ↑, ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Outline the cell above the current one in the same column. Move down one row ↓, ↵ Enter ↵ Return Outline the cell below the current one in the same column. Move left one column ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Outline the previous cell of the current row. Move right one column →, ↹ Tab →, ↹ Tab Outline the next cell of the current row. Move down one screen Page Down Page Down Move one screen down in the worksheet. Move up one screen Page Up Page Up Move one screen up in the worksheet. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited spreadsheet. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited spreadsheet. Data Selection Select all Ctrl+A, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⌘ Cmd+A Select the entire worksheet. Select column Ctrl+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Select an entire column in a worksheet. Select row ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Select an entire row in a worksheet. Select fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select a fragment cell by cell. Select from cursor to beginning of row ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Select a fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current row. Select from cursor to end of row ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Select a fragment from the cursor to the end of the current row. Extend the selection to beginning of worksheet Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home Select a fragment from the current selected cells to the beginning of the worksheet. Extend the selection to the last used cell Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End Select a fragment from the current selected cells to the last used cell in the worksheet (in the bottommost row with data of the rightmost column with data). If the cursor is in the formula bar, this will select all text in the formula bar from the cursor position to the end without affecting the height of the formula bar. Select one cell to the left ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Select one cell to the left in a table. Select one cell to the right ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Select one cell to the right in a table. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell to the right ⇧ Shift+Alt+End, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+End Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same row to the right of the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell to the left ⇧ Shift+Alt+Home, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+Home Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same row to the left of the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell up/down the column Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ↓ Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same column up/down from the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection down one screen ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Extend the selection to include all the cells one screen down from the active cell. Extend the selection up one screen ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Extend the selection to include all the cells one screen up from the active cell. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ⌘ Cmd+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Cut the the selected data and send them to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected data to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied/cut data from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same worksheet, from another spreadsheet, or from some other program. Data Formatting Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment darker and heavier than normal or remove the bold formatting. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized and slightly slanted or remove italic formatting. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going under the letters or remove underlining. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters or remove strikeout formatting. Add Hyperlink Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink to an external website or another worksheet. Edit active cell F2 F2 Edit the active cell and position the insertion point at the end of the cell contents. If editing in a cell is turned off, the insertion point will be moved into the Formula Bar. Data Filtering Enable/Remove Filter Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Enable a filter for a selected cell range or remove the filter. Format as table template Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+L, ⌘ Cmd+L Apply a table template to a selected cell range. Data Entry Complete cell entry and move down ↵ Enter ↵ Return Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar, and move to the cell below. Complete cell entry and move up ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Complete a cell entry in the selected cell, and move to the cell above. Start new line Alt+↵ Enter Start a new line in the same cell. Cancel Esc Esc Cancel an entry in the selected cell or the formula bar. Delete to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left in the formula bar or in the selected cell when the cell editing mode is activated. Also removes the content of the active cell. Delete to the right Delete Delete, Fn+← Backspace Delete one character to the right in the formula bar or in the selected cell when the cell editing mode is activated. Also removes the cell contents (data and formulas) from selected cells without affecting cell formats or comments. Clear cell content Delete, ← Backspace Delete, ← Backspace Remove the content (data and formulas) from selected cells without affecting the cell format or comments. Complete a cell entry and move to the right ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar and move to the cell on the right. Complete a cell entry and move to the left ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar and move to the cell on the left . Insert cells Ctrl+⇧ Shift+= Ctrl+⇧ Shift+= Open the dialog box for inserting new cells within current spreadsheet with an added parameter of a shift to the right, a shift down, inserting an entire row or an entire column. Delete cells Ctrl+⇧ Shift+- Ctrl+⇧ Shift+- Open the dialog box for deleting cells within current spreadsheet with an added parameter of a shift to the left, a shift up, deleting an entire row or an entire column. Insert the current date Ctrl+; Ctrl+; Insert the today date within an active cell. Insert the current time Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Insert the current time within an active cell. Insert the current date and time Ctrl+; then ␣ Spacebar then Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Ctrl+; then ␣ Spacebar then Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Insert the current date and time within an active cell. Functions Insert function ⇧ Shift+F3 ⇧ Shift+F3 Open the dialog box for inserting a new function by choosing from the provided list. SUM function Alt+= ⌥ Option+= Insert the SUM function into the selected cell. Open drop-down list Alt+↓ Open a selected drop-down list. Open contextual menu ≣ Menu Open a contextual menu for the selected cell or cell range. Recalculate functions F9 F9 Recalculate the entire workbook. Recalculate functions ⇧ Shift+F9 ⇧ Shift+F9 Recalculate the current worksheet. Data Formats Open the 'Number Format' dialog box Ctrl+1 ^ Ctrl+1 Open the Number Format dialog box. Apply the General format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ Apply the General number format. Apply the Currency format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ Apply the Currency format with two decimal places (negative numbers in parentheses). Apply the Percentage format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% Apply the Percentage format with no decimal places. Apply the Exponential format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ Apply the Exponential number format with two decimal places. Apply the Date format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# Apply the Date format with the day, month, and year. Apply the Time format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ Apply the Time format with the hour and minute, and AM or PM. Apply the Number format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! Apply the Number format with two decimal places, thousands separator, and minus sign (-) for negative values. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time." + "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Working with Spreadsheet Open 'File' panel Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current spreadsheet, view its info, create a new spreadsheet or open an existing one, access the help menu of the Spreadsheet Editor or its advanced settings. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a cell containing the required characters. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save spreadsheet Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the spreadsheet currently edited with the Spreadsheet Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print spreadsheet Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print your spreadsheet with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download as... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited spreadsheet to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit the Spreadsheet Editor on the screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open the Help menu of the Spreadsheet Editor . Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O Open the standard dialog box on the Open local file tab in the Desktop Editors that allows you to select an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Tab/Shift+Tab ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Close the current spreadsheet window in the Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the contextual menu of the selected element. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current spreadsheet to a default 100%. Navigation Move one cell up, down, left, or right ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Outline a cell above/below the currently selected one or to the left/to the right of it. Jump to the edge of the current data region Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Outline a cell at the edge of the current data region in a worksheet. Jump to the beginning of the row Home Home Outline a cell in the column A of the current row. Jump to the beginning of the spreadsheet Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Outline the cell A1. Jump to the end of the row End, Ctrl+→ End, ⌘ Cmd+→ Outline the last cell of the current row. Jump to the end of the spreadsheet Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Outline the lower right used cell in the worksheet situated in the bottommost row with data of the rightmost column with data. If the cursor is in the formula bar, it will be placed to the end of the text. Move to the previous sheet Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Move to the previous sheet in your spreadsheet. Move to the next sheet Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Move to the next sheet in your spreadsheet. Move up one row ↑, ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Outline the cell above the current one in the same column. Move down one row ↓, ↵ Enter ↵ Return Outline the cell below the current one in the same column. Move left one column ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Outline the previous cell of the current row. Move right one column →, ↹ Tab →, ↹ Tab Outline the next cell of the current row. Move down one screen Page Down Page Down Move one screen down in the worksheet. Move up one screen Page Up Page Up Move one screen up in the worksheet. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited spreadsheet. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited spreadsheet. Navigate between controls in modal dialogues Tab/Shift+Tab ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Navigate between controls to give focus to the next or previous control in modal dialogues. Data Selection Select all Ctrl+A, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⌘ Cmd+A Select the entire worksheet. Select column Ctrl+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Select an entire column in a worksheet. Select row ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Select an entire row in a worksheet. Select fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select a fragment cell by cell. Select from cursor to beginning of row ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Select a fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current row. Select from cursor to end of row ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Select a fragment from the cursor to the end of the current row. Extend the selection to beginning of worksheet Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home Select a fragment from the current selected cells to the beginning of the worksheet. Extend the selection to the last used cell Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End Select a fragment from the current selected cells to the last used cell in the worksheet (in the bottommost row with data of the rightmost column with data). If the cursor is in the formula bar, this will select all text in the formula bar from the cursor position to the end without affecting the height of the formula bar. Select one cell to the left ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Select one cell to the left in a table. Select one cell to the right ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Select one cell to the right in a table. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell to the right ⇧ Shift+Alt+End, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+End Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same row to the right of the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell to the left ⇧ Shift+Alt+Home, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+Home Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same row to the left of the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell up/down the column Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ↓ Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same column up/down from the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection down one screen ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Extend the selection to include all the cells one screen down from the active cell. Extend the selection up one screen ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Extend the selection to include all the cells one screen up from the active cell. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ⌘ Cmd+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Cut the the selected data and send them to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected data to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied/cut data from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same worksheet, from another spreadsheet, or from some other program. Data Formatting Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment darker and heavier than normal or remove the bold formatting. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized and slightly slanted or remove italic formatting. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going under the letters or remove underlining. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters or remove strikeout formatting. Add Hyperlink Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink to an external website or another worksheet. Edit active cell F2 F2 Edit the active cell and position the insertion point at the end of the cell contents. If editing in a cell is turned off, the insertion point will be moved into the Formula Bar. Data Filtering Enable/Remove Filter Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Enable a filter for a selected cell range or remove the filter. Format as table template Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+L, ⌘ Cmd+L Apply a table template to a selected cell range. Data Entry Complete cell entry and move down ↵ Enter ↵ Return Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar, and move to the cell below. Complete cell entry and move up ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Complete a cell entry in the selected cell, and move to the cell above. Start new line Alt+↵ Enter Start a new line in the same cell. Cancel Esc Esc Cancel an entry in the selected cell or the formula bar. Delete to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left in the formula bar or in the selected cell when the cell editing mode is activated. Also removes the content of the active cell. Delete to the right Delete Delete, Fn+← Backspace Delete one character to the right in the formula bar or in the selected cell when the cell editing mode is activated. Also removes the cell contents (data and formulas) from selected cells without affecting cell formats or comments. Clear cell content Delete, ← Backspace Delete, ← Backspace Remove the content (data and formulas) from selected cells without affecting the cell format or comments. Complete a cell entry and move to the right ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar and move to the cell on the right. Complete a cell entry and move to the left ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar and move to the cell on the left . Insert cells Ctrl+⇧ Shift+= Ctrl+⇧ Shift+= Open the dialog box for inserting new cells within current spreadsheet with an added parameter of a shift to the right, a shift down, inserting an entire row or an entire column. Delete cells Ctrl+⇧ Shift+- Ctrl+⇧ Shift+- Open the dialog box for deleting cells within current spreadsheet with an added parameter of a shift to the left, a shift up, deleting an entire row or an entire column. Insert the current date Ctrl+; Ctrl+; Insert the today date within an active cell. Insert the current time Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Insert the current time within an active cell. Insert the current date and time Ctrl+; then ␣ Spacebar then Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Ctrl+; then ␣ Spacebar then Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Insert the current date and time within an active cell. Functions Insert function ⇧ Shift+F3 ⇧ Shift+F3 Open the dialog box for inserting a new function by choosing from the provided list. SUM function Alt+= ⌥ Option+= Insert the SUM function into the selected cell. Open drop-down list Alt+↓ Open a selected drop-down list. Open contextual menu ≣ Menu Open a contextual menu for the selected cell or cell range. Recalculate functions F9 F9 Recalculate the entire workbook. Recalculate functions ⇧ Shift+F9 ⇧ Shift+F9 Recalculate the current worksheet. Data Formats Open the 'Number Format' dialog box Ctrl+1 ^ Ctrl+1 Open the Number Format dialog box. Apply the General format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ Apply the General number format. Apply the Currency format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ Apply the Currency format with two decimal places (negative numbers in parentheses). Apply the Percentage format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% Apply the Percentage format with no decimal places. Apply the Exponential format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ Apply the Exponential number format with two decimal places. Apply the Date format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# Apply the Date format with the day, month, and year. Apply the Time format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ Apply the Time format with the hour and minute, and AM or PM. Apply the Number format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! Apply the Number format with two decimal places, thousands separator, and minus sign (-) for negative values. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "View Settings and Navigation Tools", - "body": "To help you view and select cells in large spreadsheets, the Spreadsheet Editor offers several tools: adjustable bars, scrollbars, sheet navigation buttons, sheet tabs and zoom. Adjust the View Settings To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the spreadsheet, click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar with commands while the tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again. Hide Formula Bar - hides the bar below the top toolbar which is used to enter and review the formulas and their contents. To show the hidden Formula Bar, click this option once again. Hide Headings - hides the column heading at the top and row heading on the left side of the worksheet. To show the hidden Headings, click this option once again. Hide Gridlines - hides the lines around the cells. To show the hidden Gridlines, click this option once again. Freeze Panes - freezes all the rows above the active cell and all the columns to the left of the active cell so that they remain visible when you scroll the spreadsheet to the right or down. To unfreeze the panes, just click this option once again or right-click anywhere within the worksheet and select the Unfreeze Panes option from the menu. The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object (e.g. image, chart, shape) and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. You can also change the size of the opened Comments or Chat panel using the simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the right to extend the sidebar width. To restore its original width, move the border to the left. Use the Navigation Tools To navigate through your spreadsheet, use the following tools: The Scrollbars (at the bottom or on the right side) are used to scroll up/down and left/right the current sheet. To navigate a spreadsheet using the scrollbars: click the up/down or right/left arrows on the scrollbars; drag the scroll box; click any area to the left/right or above/below the scroll box on the scrollbar. You can also use the mouse scroll wheel to scroll your spreadsheet up or down. The Sheet Navigation buttons are situated in the left lower corner and are used to scroll the sheet list to the right/left and navigate among the sheet tabs. click the Scroll to first sheet button to scroll the sheet list to the first sheet tab of the current spreadsheet; click the Scroll sheet list left button to scroll the sheet list of the current spreadsheet to the left; click the Scroll sheet list right button to scroll the sheet list of the current spreadsheet to the right; click the Scroll to last sheet button to scroll the sheet list to the last sheet tab of the current spreadsheet. To activate the appropriate sheet, click its Sheet Tab at the bottom next to the Sheet Navigation buttons. The Zoom buttons are situated in the lower right corner and are used to zoom in and out the current sheet. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in or Zoom out buttons. The Zoom settings are also available in the View settings drop-down list." + "body": "To help you view and select cells in large spreadsheets, the Spreadsheet Editor offers several tools: adjustable bars, scrollbars, sheet navigation buttons, sheet tabs and zoom. Adjust the View Settings To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the spreadsheet, click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar with commands while the tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again. Hide Formula Bar - hides the bar below the top toolbar which is used to enter and review the formulas and their contents. To show the hidden Formula Bar, click this option once again. Dragging formula bar bottom line to expand it toggles Formula Bar height to show one row. Hide Headings - hides the column heading at the top and row heading on the left side of the worksheet. To show the hidden Headings, click this option once again. Hide Gridlines - hides the lines around the cells. To show the hidden Gridlines, click this option once again. Freeze Panes - freezes all the rows above the active cell and all the columns to the left of the active cell so that they remain visible when you scroll the spreadsheet to the right or down. To unfreeze the panes, just click this option once again or right-click anywhere within the worksheet and select the Unfreeze Panes option from the menu. Show Frozen Panes Shadow - shows that columns and/or rows are frozen (a subtle line appears). The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object (e.g. image, chart, shape) and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. You can also change the size of the opened Comments or Chat panel using the simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the right to extend the sidebar width. To restore its original width, move the border to the left. Use the Navigation Tools To navigate through your spreadsheet, use the following tools: The Scrollbars (at the bottom or on the right side) are used to scroll up/down and left/right the current sheet. To navigate a spreadsheet using the scrollbars: click the up/down or right/left arrows on the scrollbars; drag the scroll box; click any area to the left/right or above/below the scroll box on the scrollbar. You can also use the mouse scroll wheel to scroll your spreadsheet up or down. The Sheet Navigation buttons are situated in the left lower corner and are used to scroll the sheet list to the right/left and navigate among the sheet tabs. click the Scroll to first sheet button to scroll the sheet list to the first sheet tab of the current spreadsheet; click the Scroll sheet list left button to scroll the sheet list of the current spreadsheet to the left; click the Scroll sheet list right button to scroll the sheet list of the current spreadsheet to the right; click the Scroll to last sheet button to scroll the sheet list to the last sheet tab of the current spreadsheet. To activate the appropriate sheet, click its Sheet Tab at the bottom next to the Sheet Navigation buttons. The Zoom buttons are situated in the lower right corner and are used to zoom in and out of the current sheet. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in or Zoom out buttons. The Zoom settings are also available in the View settings drop-down list." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/Plugins.htm", + "title": "How to use plugins", + "body": "Various plugins expand the traditional range of editors' functions and add new features to work with. These guides will help you use the plugins available in the editors. How to edit an image OnlyOffice comes with a very powerful photo editor, that allows you to adjust the image with filters and make all kinds of annotations. Select an image in your spreadsheet. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Photo Editor. You are now in the editing environment. Below the image you will find the filters, some with a check-box only, some have sliders to adjust the filter. Below the filters you will find buttons for Undo, Redo and Resetting your adjustments and buttons to add annotations, cropping, rotating etc. Feel free to try all of these and remember you can always undo them. When finished: Click the OK button. The edited picture is now included in the spreadhseet. How to include a video You can include a video in your spreadsheet. It will be shown as an image. By double-clicking the image the video dialog opens. Here you can start the video. Copy the URL of the video you want to include. (the complete address shown in the address line of your browser) Go to your spreadsheet and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the video. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose YouTube. Paste the URL and click OK. Check if it is the correct video and click the OK button below the video. The video is now included in your spreadsheet. How to insert highlited text You can embed highlighted text with the already adjusted style in accordance with the programming language and coloring style of the programm you have chosen. Go to your spreadsheet and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the code. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Hightlight code. Specify the programming Language. Select a Style of the text so that it appears as if it were open in this program. Specify if you want to replace tabs with spaces. Choose background color. To do this, manually move the cursor over the palette or insert the RBG/HSL/HEX value. How to translate text You can translate your spreadsheet from and to numerous languages. Select the text that you want to translate. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Translator, the Translator appears in a sidebar on the left. The language of the selected text will be automatically detected and the text will be translated to the default language. To change the language of your result: Click the lower drop-down box and choose the preferred language. The translation will change immediately. Wrong detection of the source language If the automatic detection is not correct, you can overrule it: Click the upper drop-down box and choose the preferred language. How to replace a word by a synonym If you are using the same word multiple times, or a word is just not quite the word you are looking for, OnlyOffice let you look up synonyms. It will show you the antonyms too. Select the word in your spreadsheet. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Thesaurus. The synonyms and antonyms will show up in the left sidebar. Click a word to replace the word in your spreadsheet." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", @@ -2303,7 +2328,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "title": "Spell-checking", - "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor allows you to check the spelling of the text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors. Click the Spell checking icon on the left sidebar to open the spell checking panel. The upper left cell that contains a misspelled text value will be automatically selected in the current worksheet. The first misspelled word will be displayed in the spell checking field, and the suggested similar words with correct spelling will appear in the field below. Use the Go to the next word button to navigate through misspelled word. Replace misspelled words To replace the currently selected misspelled word with the suggested one, choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly and use the Change option: click the Change button, or click the downward arrow next to the Change button and select the Change option. The current word will be replaced and you will proceed to the next misspelled word. To quickly replace all the identical words repeated on the worksheet, click the downward arrow next to the the Change button and select the Change all option. Ignore words To skip the current word: click the Ignore button, or click the downward arrow next to the Ignore button and select the Ignore option. The current word will be skipped, and you will proceed to the next misspelled word. To skip all the identical words repeated in the worksheet, click the downward arrow next to the Ignore button and select the Ignore all option. If the current word is missed in the dictionary, you can add it to the custom dictionary using the Add to Dictionary button on the spell checking panel. This word will not be treated as a mistake next time. This option is available in the desktop version. The Dictionary Language which is used for spell-checking is displayed in the list below. You can change it, if necessary. Once you verify all the words in the worksheet, the Spellcheck has been complete message will appear on the spell-checking panel. To close the spell-checking panel, click the Spell checking icon on the left sidebar. Change the spell check settings To change the spell-checking settings, go to the spreadsheet editor advanced settings (File tab -> Advanced Settings...) and switch to the Spell checking tab. Here you can adjust the following parameters: Dictionary language - select one of the available languages from the list. The Dictionary Language on the spell-checking panel will be changed correspondingly. Ignore words in UPPERCASE - check this option to ignore words written in capital letters, e.g. acronyms like SMB. Ignore words with numbers - check this option to ignore words containing numbers, e.g. acronyms like B2B. Proofing - used to automatically replace word or symbol typed in the Replace: box or chosen from the list by a new word or symbol displayed in the By: box. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." + "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor allows you to check the spelling of the text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors. Click the Spell checking icon on the left sidebar to open the spell checking panel. The upper left cell that contains a misspelled text value will be automatically selected in the current worksheet. The first misspelled word will be displayed in the spell checking field, and the suggested similar words with correct spelling will appear in the field below. Use the Go to the next word button to navigate through misspelled words. Replace misspelled words To replace the currently selected misspelled word with the suggested one, choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly and use the Change option: click the Change button, or click the downward arrow next to the Change button and select the Change option. The current word will be replaced and you will proceed to the next misspelled word. To quickly replace all the identical words repeated on the worksheet, click the downward arrow next to the Change button and select the Change all option. Ignore words To skip the current word: click the Ignore button, or click the downward arrow next to the Ignore button and select the Ignore option. The current word will be skipped, and you will proceed to the next misspelled word. To skip all the identical words repeated in the worksheet, click the downward arrow next to the Ignore button and select the Ignore all option. If the current word is missed in the dictionary, you can add it to the custom dictionary using the Add to Dictionary button on the spell checking panel. This word will not be treated as a mistake next time. This option is available in the desktop version. The Dictionary Language which is used for spell-checking is displayed in the list below. You can change it, if necessary. Once you verify all the words in the worksheet, the Spellcheck has been complete message will appear on the spell-checking panel. To close the spell-checking panel, click the Spell checking icon on the left sidebar. Change the spell check settings To change the spell-checking settings, go to the spreadsheet editor advanced settings (File tab -> Advanced Settings...) and switch to the Spell checking tab. Here you can adjust the following parameters: Dictionary language - select one of the available languages from the list. The Dictionary Language on the spell-checking panel will be changed correspondingly. Ignore words in UPPERCASE - check this option to ignore words written in capital letters, e.g. acronyms like SMB. Ignore words with numbers - check this option to ignore words containing numbers, e.g. acronyms like B2B. Proofing - used to automatically replace word or symbol typed in the Replace: box or chosen from the list by a new word or symbol displayed in the By: box. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", @@ -2318,7 +2343,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm", "title": "Data tab", - "body": "The Data tab allows to managing data in a sheet. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: sort and filter data, convert text to columns, remove duplicates from a data range, group and ungroup data." + "body": "The Data tab allows to managing data in a sheet. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: sort and filter data, convert text to columns, remove duplicates from a data range, group and ungroup data, set data validation parameters." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", @@ -2338,47 +2363,52 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Insert tab", - "body": "The Insert tab allows adding visual objects and comments to a spreadsheet. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: insert formatted tables, insert images, shapes, text boxes and Text Art objects, charts, insert comments and hyperlinks, insert headers/footers, insert equations and symbols, insert slicers." + "body": "The Insert tab allows adding visual objects and comments to a spreadsheet. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: insert pivot tables, insert formatted tables, insert images, shapes, text boxes and Text Art objects, charts, insert comments and hyperlinks, insert headers/footers, insert equations and symbols, insert slicers." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "title": "Layout tab", - "body": "The Layout tab allows adjusting the appearance of a spreadsheet: setting up the page parameters and defining the arrangement of visual elements. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: adjust page margins, orientation, size, specify a print area, insert headers or footers, scale a worksheet, specify if you want to print titles, align and arrange objects (images, charts, shapes)." + "body": "The Layout tab allows adjusting the appearance of a spreadsheet: setting up the page parameters and defining the arrangement of visual elements. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: adjust page margins, orientation, size, specify a print area, insert headers or footers, scale a worksheet, print titles on a page, align and arrange objects (images, charts, shapes)." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm", "title": "Pivot Table tab", - "body": "The Pivot Table tab allows creating and editing pivot tables. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: create a new pivot table, choose the necessary layout for your pivot table, update the pivot table if you change the data in your source data set, select an entire pivot table with a single click, highlight certain rows/columns by applying a specific formatting style to them, choose one of the predefined tables styles." + "body": "The Pivot Table tab allows creating and editing pivot tables. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: create a new pivot table, choose the necessary layout for your pivot table, update the pivot table if you change the data in your source data set, select an entire pivot table with a single click, highlight certain rows/columns by applying a specific formatting style to them, choose one of the predefined tables styles." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Plugins tab", - "body": "The Plugins tab allows accessing the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. With this tab, you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: The Settings button allows you to open the window where you can view and manage all the installed plugins and add your own ones. The Macros button allows you to open the window where you can create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available: Send allows you to send the spreadsheet via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows you to highlight the code syntax selecting the required language, style and background color, PhotoEditor allows you to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Thesaurus allows you to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one, Translator allows you to translate the selected text into other languages, YouTube allows you to embed YouTube videos into your spreadsheet. To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the existing open-source plugin examples are currently available on GitHub." + "body": "The Plugins tab allows accessing the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. With this tab, you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: The Settings button allows you to open the window where you can view and manage all the installed plugins and add your own ones. The Macros button allows you to open the window where you can create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available: Send allows to send the spreadsheet via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color, Photo Editor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one, Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer. YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your spreadsheet. To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the existing open-source plugin examples are currently available on GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Introducing the Spreadsheet Editor user interface", - "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Main window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: Main window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: The Editor header displays the logo, tabs for all opened spreadsheets, with their names and menu tabs.. On the left side of the Editor header there are the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located. On the right side of the Editor header along with the user name the following icons are displayed: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored, in a new browser tab. - allows adjusting the View Settings and accessing the Advanced Settings of the editor. Manage document access rights - (available in the online version only) allows setting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. The top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, Formula, Data, Pivot Table, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy and Paste options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. The Formula bar allows entering and editing formulas or values in the cells. The Formula bar displays the contents of the currently selected cell. The Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains some navigation tools: sheet navigation buttons, sheet tabs, and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays the number of filtered records if you apply a filter, or the results of automatic calculations if you select several cells containing data. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - allows opening the Comments panel, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows contacting our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows viewing the information about the program. The Right sidebar allows adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in a worksheet, the corresponding icon is activated on the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. The Working area allows viewing the contents of a spreadsheet, as well as entering and editing data. The horizontal and vertical Scroll bars allow scrolling up/down and left/right. For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page." + "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Main window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: Main window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: The Editor header displays the logo, tabs for all opened spreadsheets, with their names and menu tabs.. On the left side of the Editor header there are the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located. On the right side of the Editor header along with the user name the following icons are displayed: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored, in a new browser tab. - allows adjusting the View Settings and accessing the Advanced Settings of the editor. Manage document access rights - (available in the online version only) allows setting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. The top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, Formula, Data, Pivot Table, Collaboration, Protection, View, Plugins. The Copy and Paste options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. The Formula bar allows entering and editing formulas or values in the cells. The Formula bar displays the contents of the currently selected cell. The Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains some navigation tools: sheet navigation buttons, sheet tabs, and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays the number of filtered records if you apply a filter, or the results of automatic calculations if you select several cells containing data. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - allows opening the Comments panel, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows contacting our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows viewing the information about the program. The Right sidebar allows adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in a worksheet, the corresponding icon is activated on the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. The Working area allows viewing the contents of a spreadsheet, as well as entering and editing data. The horizontal and vertical Scroll bars allow scrolling up/down and left/right. For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm", + "title": "View tab", + "body": "The View tab allows you to manage sheet view presets based on applied filters. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: manage sheet view presets, adjust zoom value, freeze panes, manage the display of formula bars, headings, and gridlines." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "title": "Add cell background and borders", - "body": "Add a cell background To apply and format a cell background, select a cell or a cell range with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. to apply a solid color fill to the cell background, click the Background color icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and choose the required color. to use other fill types, such as a gradient fill or pattern, click the Cell settings icon on the right sidebar and use the Fill section: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the selected cells with. Click the colored box below and select one of the following palettes: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet. Standard Colors - a set of default colors. The selected color scheme does not affect them. Custom Color - click this caption if the required color is missing among the available palettes. Select the required colors range moving the vertical color slider and set a specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also define a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the corresponding numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is defined, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected element and added to the Custom color palette. Gradient Fill - fill the selected cells with two colors which smoothly change from one to the other. Angle - manually specify an exact value in degrees that defines the gradient direction (colors change in a straight line at the specified angle). Direction - choose a predefined template from the menu. The following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right (45°), top to bottom (90°), top-right to bottom-left (135°), right to left (180°), bottom-right to top-left (225°), bottom to top (270°), bottom-left to top-right (315°), left to right (0°). Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Pattern - select this option to fill the selected cells with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Add cell borders To add and format borders to a worksheet, select a cell, a range of cells with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. click the Borders icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar or click the Cell settings icon on the right sidebar and use the Borders Style section, select the border style you wish to apply: open the Border Style submenu and select one of the available options, open the Border Color icon submenu or use the Color palette on the right sidebar and select the required color from the palette, select one of the available border templates: Outside Borders , All Borders , Top Borders , Bottom Borders , Left Borders , Right Borders , No Borders , Inside Borders , Inside Vertical Borders , Inside Horizontal Borders , Diagonal Up Border , Diagonal Down Border ." + "body": "Add a cell background To apply and format a cell background, select a cell or a cell range with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. to apply a solid color fill to the cell background, click the Background color icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and choose the required color. to use other fill types, such as a gradient fill or pattern, click the Cell settings icon on the right sidebar and use the Fill section: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the selected cells with. Click the colored box below and select one of the following palettes: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet. Standard Colors - a set of default colors. The selected color scheme does not affect them. Custom Color - click this caption if the required color is missing among the available palettes. Select the required colors range moving the vertical color slider and set a specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also define a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the corresponding numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is defined, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected element and added to the Custom color palette. Gradient Fill - fill the selected cells with two colors which smoothly change from one to the other. Angle - manually specify an exact value in degrees that defines the gradient direction (colors change in a straight line at the specified angle). Direction - choose a predefined template from the menu. The following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right (45°), top to bottom (90°), top-right to bottom-left (135°), right to left (180°), bottom-right to top-left (225°), bottom to top (270°), bottom-left to top-right (315°), left to right (0°). Gradient Point is a specific point for transition from one color to another. Use the Add Gradient Point button or slider bar to add a gradient point. You can add up to 10 gradient points. Each next gradient point added will in no way affect the current gradient fill appearance. Use the Remove Gradient Point button to delete a certain gradient point. Use the slider bar to change the location of the gradient point or specify Position in percentage for precise location. To apply a color to a gradient point, click a point on the slider bar, and then click Color to choose the color you want. Pattern - select this option to fill the selected cells with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Add cell borders To add and format borders to a worksheet, select a cell, a range of cells with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. click the Borders icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar or click the Cell settings icon on the right sidebar and use the Borders Style section, select the border style you wish to apply: open the Border Style submenu and select one of the available options, open the Border Color icon submenu or use the Color palette on the right sidebar and select the required color from the palette, select one of the available border templates: Outside Borders , All Borders , Top Borders , Bottom Borders , Left Borders , Right Borders , No Borders , Inside Borders , Inside Vertical Borders , Inside Horizontal Borders , Diagonal Up Border , Diagonal Down Border ." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Add hyperlinks", - "body": "To add a hyperlink, select a cell where a hyperlink should be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon on the top toolbar, the Hyperlink Settings window will appear, and you will be able to specify the hyperlink settings: Select the required link type: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. Use the Internal Data Range option, select a worksheet and a cell range in the fields below, or a previously Named range if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain cell range in the same spreadsheet. You can also generate an external link which will lead to a particular cell or a range of cells by clicking the Get Link button. Display - enter a text that will become clickable and lead to the web address specified in the upper field. Note: if the selected cell already contains data, it will be automatically displayed in this field. ScreenTip Text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window with a brief note or label connected to the hyperlink. click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button the position where the hyperlink should be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. When you hover the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear. To follow the link, click the link in the spreadsheet. To select a cell that contains a link without opening the link, click and hold the mouse button. To delete the added hyperlink, activate the cell containing the added hyperlink and press the Delete key, or right-click the cell and select the Clear All option from the drop-down list." + "body": "To add a hyperlink, select a cell where a hyperlink should be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon on the top toolbar, the Hyperlink Settings window will appear, and you will be able to specify the hyperlink settings: Select the required link type: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. Use the Internal Data Range option, select a worksheet and a cell range in the fields below, or a previously added Named range if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain cell range in the same spreadsheet. You can also generate an external link which will lead to a particular cell or a range of cells by clicking the Get Link button. Display - enter a text that will become clickable and lead to the web address specified in the upper field. Note: if the selected cell already contains data, it will be automatically displayed in this field. ScreenTip Text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window with a brief note or label connected to the hyperlink. click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button the position where the hyperlink should be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. When you hover the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear. To follow the link, click the link in the spreadsheet. To select a cell that contains a link without opening the link, click and hold the mouse button. To delete the added hyperlink, activate the cell containing the added hyperlink and press the Delete key, or right-click the cell and select the Clear All option from the drop-down list." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "title": "Align data in cells", - "body": "You can align data horizontally and vertically or even rotate data within a cell. To do that, select a cell or a cell range with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination. You can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. Then perform one of the following operations using the icons situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Apply one of the horizontal alignment styles to the data within a cell, click the Align left icon to align the data to the left side of the cell (the right side remains unaligned); click the Align center icon to align the data in the center of the cell (the right and the left sides remains unaligned); click the Align right icon to align the data to the right side of the cell (the left side remains unaligned); click the Justified icon to align the data both to the left and the right sides of the cell (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment). Change the vertical alignment of the data within a cell, click the Align top icon to align your data to the top of the cell; click the Align middle icon to align your data to the middle of the cell; click the Align bottom icon to align your data to the bottom of the cell. Change the angle of the data within a cell by clicking the Orientation icon and choosing one of the following options: use the Horizontal Text option to place the text horizontally (default option), use the Angle Counterclockwise option to place the text from the bottom left corner to the top right corner of a cell, use the Angle Clockwise option to place the text from the top left corner to the bottom right corner of a cell, use the Vertical text option to place the text from vertically, use the Rotate Text Up option to place the text from bottom to top of a cell, use the Rotate Text Down option to place the text from top to bottom of a cell. To rotate the text by an exactly specified angle, click the Cell settings icon on the right sidebar and use the Orientation. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the Angle field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Fit your data to the column width by clicking the Wrap text icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar or by checking the Wrap text checkbox on the right sidebar. Note: if you change the column width, data wrapping adjusts automatically. Fit your data to the cell width by checking the Shrink to fit on the right sidebar. Using this function, the contents of the cell will be reduced in size to such an extent that it can fit in it.
    " + "body": "You can align data horizontally and vertically or even rotate data within a cell. To do that, select a cell or a cell range with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination. You can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. Then perform one of the following operations using the icons situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Apply one of the horizontal alignment styles to the data within a cell, click the Align left icon to align the data to the left side of the cell (the right side remains unaligned); click the Align center icon to align the data in the center of the cell (the right and the left sides remains unaligned); click the Align right icon to align the data to the right side of the cell (the left side remains unaligned); click the Justified icon to align the data both to the left and the right sides of the cell (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment). Change the vertical alignment of the data within a cell, click the Align top icon to align your data to the top of the cell; click the Align middle icon to align your data to the middle of the cell; click the Align bottom icon to align your data to the bottom of the cell. Change the angle of the data within a cell by clicking the Orientation icon and choosing one of the following options: use the Horizontal Text option to place the text horizontally (default option), use the Angle Counterclockwise option to place the text from the bottom left corner to the top right corner of a cell, use the Angle Clockwise option to place the text from the top left corner to the bottom right corner of a cell, use the Vertical text option to place the text vertically, use the Rotate Text Up option to place the text from bottom to top of a cell, use the Rotate Text Down option to place the text from top to bottom of a cell. To rotate the text by an exactly specified angle, click the Cell settings icon on the right sidebar and use the Orientation. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the Angle field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Fit your data to the column width by clicking the Wrap text icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar or by checking the Wrap text checkbox on the right sidebar. Note: if you change the column width, data wrapping adjusts automatically. Fit your data to the cell width by checking the Shrink to fit on the Layout tab of the top toolbar. The contents of the cell will be reduced in size to such an extent that it can fit in it." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm", "title": "Change number format", - "body": "Apply a number format You can easily change the number format, i.e. the way the numbers appear in a spreadsheet. To do that, select a cell, a cell range with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. drop-down the Number format button list situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar or right-click the selected cells and use the Number Format option from the contextual menu. Select the number format you wish to apply: General - is used to display the data as plain numbers in the most compact way without any additional signs, Number - is used to display the numbers with 0-30 digits after the decimal point where a thousand separator is added between each group of three digits before the decimal point, Scientific (exponential) - is used to keep short the numbers converting in a string of type d.dddE+ddd or d.dddE-ddd where each d is a digit 0 to 9, Accounting - is used to display monetary values with the default currency symbol and two decimal places. To apply another currency symbol or number of decimal places, follow the instructions below. Unlike the Currency format, the Accounting format aligns currency symbols to the left side of the cell, represents zero values as dashes and displays negative values in parentheses. Note: to quickly apply the Accounting format to the selected data, you can also click the Accounting style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following currency symbols: $ Dollar, € Euro, £ Pound, ₽ Rouble, ¥ Yen. Currency - is used to display monetary values with the default currency symbol and two decimal places. To apply another currency symbol or number of decimal places, follow the instructions below. Unlike the Accounting format, the Currency format places a currency symbol directly before the first digit and displays negative values with the negative sign (-). Date - is used to display dates, Time - is used to display time, Percentage - is used to display the data as a percentage accompanied by a percent sign %, Note: to quickly apply the percent style to the data, you can also use the Percent style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Fraction - is used to display the numbers as common fractions rather than decimals. Text - is used to display the numeric values as a plain text with as much precision as possible. More formats - is used to customize the already applied number formats specifying additional parameters (see the description below). change the number of decimal places if needed: use the Increase decimal icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar to display more digits after the decimal point, use the Decrease decimal icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar to display fewer digits after the decimal point. Note: to change the number format you can also use keyboard shortcuts. Customize the number format You can customize the applied number format in the following way: select the cells whose number format you want to customize, drop-down the Number format button list on the Home tab of the top toolbar or right-click the selected cells and use the Number Format option from the contextual menu, select the More formats option, in the opened Number Format window, adjust the available parameters. The options differ depending on the number format that is applied to the selected cells. You can use the Category list to change the number format. for the Number format, you can set the number of Decimal points, specify if you want to Use 1000 separator or not and choose one of the available Formats for displaying negative values. for the Scientific and Persentage formats, you can set the number of Decimal points. for the Accounting and Currency formats, you can set the number of Decimal points, choose one of the available currency Symbols and one of the available Formats for displaying negative values. for the Date format, you can select one of the available date formats: 4/15, 4/15/06, 04/15/06, 4/15/2006, 4/15/06 0:00, 4/15/06 12:00 AM, A, April 15 2006, 15-Apr, 15-Apr-06, Apr-06, April-06, A-06, 06-Apr, 15-Apr-2006, 2006-Apr-15, 06-Apr-15, 15/Apr, 15/Apr/06, Apr/06, April/06, A/06, 06/Apr, 15/Apr/2006, 2006/Apr/15, 06/Apr/15, 15 Apr, 15 Apr 06, Apr 06, April 06, A 06, 06 Apr, 15 Apr 2006, 2006 Apr 15, 06 Apr 15, 06/4/15, 06/04/15, 2006/4/15. for the Time format, you can select one of the available time formats: 12:48:58 PM, 12:48, 12:48 PM, 12:48:58, 48:57.6, 36:48:58. for the Fraction format, you can select one of the available formats: Up to one digit (1/3), Up to two digits (12/25), Up to three digits (131/135), As halves (1/2), As fourths (2/4), As eighths (4/8), As sixteenths (8/16), As tenths (5/10) , As hundredths (50/100). click the OK button to apply the changes." + "body": "Apply a number format You can easily change the number format, i.e. the way the numbers appear in a spreadsheet. To do that, select a cell, a cell range with the mouse or the whole worksheet by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, Note: you can also select multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges holding down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. drop-down the Number format button list situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar or right-click the selected cells and use the Number Format option from the contextual menu. Select the number format you wish to apply: General - is used to display the data as plain numbers in the most compact way without any additional signs, Number - is used to display the numbers with 0-30 digits after the decimal point where a thousand separator is added between each group of three digits before the decimal point, Scientific (exponential) - is used to keep short the numbers converting in a string of type d.dddE+ddd or d.dddE-ddd where each d is a digit 0 to 9, Accounting - is used to display monetary values with the default currency symbol and two decimal places. To apply another currency symbol or number of decimal places, follow the instructions below. Unlike the Currency format, the Accounting format aligns currency symbols to the left side of the cell, represents zero values as dashes and displays negative values in parentheses. Note: to quickly apply the Accounting format to the selected data, you can also click the Accounting style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following currency symbols: $ Dollar, € Euro, £ Pound, ₽ Rouble, ¥ Yen. Currency - is used to display monetary values with the default currency symbol and two decimal places. To apply another currency symbol or number of decimal places, follow the instructions below. Unlike the Accounting format, the Currency format places a currency symbol directly before the first digit and displays negative values with the negative sign (-). Date - is used to display dates, Time - is used to display time, Percentage - is used to display the data as a percentage accompanied by a percent sign %, Note: to quickly apply the percent style to the data, you can also use the Percent style icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Fraction - is used to display the numbers as common fractions rather than decimals. Text - is used to display the numeric values as a plain text with as much precision as possible. More formats - is used to create a custom number format or to customize the already applied number formats specifying additional parameters (see the description below). Custom - is used to create a custom format: select a cell, a range of cells, or the whole worksheet for values you want to format, choose the Custom option from the More formats menu, enter the required codes and check the result in the preview area or choose one of the templates and/or combine them. If you want to create a format based on the existing one, first apply the existing format and then edit the codes to your preference, click OK. change the number of decimal places if needed: use the Increase decimal icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar to display more digits after the decimal point, use the Decrease decimal icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar to display fewer digits after the decimal point. Note: to change the number format you can also use keyboard shortcuts. Customize the number format You can customize the applied number format in the following way: select the cells whose number format you want to customize, drop-down the Number format button list on the Home tab of the top toolbar or right-click the selected cells and use the Number Format option from the contextual menu, select the More formats option, in the opened Number Format window, adjust the available parameters. The options differ depending on the number format that is applied to the selected cells. You can use the Category list to change the number format. for the Number format, you can set the number of Decimal points, specify if you want to Use 1000 separator or not and choose one of the available Formats for displaying negative values. for the Scientific and Percentage formats, you can set the number of Decimal points. for the Accounting and Currency formats, you can set the number of Decimal points, choose one of the available currency Symbols and one of the available Formats for displaying negative values. for the Date format, you can select one of the available date formats: 4/15, 4/15/06, 04/15/06, 4/15/2006, 4/15/06 0:00, 4/15/06 12:00 AM, A, April 15 2006, 15-Apr, 15-Apr-06, Apr-06, April-06, A-06, 06-Apr, 15-Apr-2006, 2006-Apr-15, 06-Apr-15, 15/Apr, 15/Apr/06, Apr/06, April/06, A/06, 06/Apr, 15/Apr/2006, 2006/Apr/15, 06/Apr/15, 15 Apr, 15 Apr 06, Apr 06, April 06, A 06, 06 Apr, 15 Apr 2006, 2006 Apr 15, 06 Apr 15, 06/4/15, 06/04/15, 2006/4/15. for the Time format, you can select one of the available time formats: 12:48:58 PM, 12:48, 12:48 PM, 12:48:58, 48:57.6, 36:48:58. for the Fraction format, you can select one of the available formats: Up to one digit (1/3), Up to two digits (12/25), Up to three digits (131/135), As halves (1/2), As fourths (2/4), As eighths (4/8), As sixteenths (8/16), As tenths (5/10) , As hundredths (50/100). click the OK button to apply the changes." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ClearFormatting.htm", @@ -2388,37 +2418,47 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm", "title": "Conditional Formatting", - "body": "Note: the ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor currently does not support creating and editing conditional formatting rules. Conditional formatting allows you to apply various formatting styles (color, font, decoration, gradient) to cells to work with data on the spreadsheet: highlight or sort through and display the data that meets the needed criteria. The criteria are defined by a number of rule types. The ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor currently does not support creating and editing conditional formatting rules. Rule types supported in the ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor View mode are cell value (+formula), top/bottom and above/below average value, unique values and duplicates, icon sets, data bars, gradient (color scale) and formula-based rules. Cell value is used to find needed numbers, dates, and text within the spreadsheet. For example, you need to see sales for the current month (pink highlight), products named “Grain” (yellow highlight), and product sales amounting to less than $500 (blue highlight). Cell value with a formula is used to display a dynamically changed number or text value within the spreadsheet. For example, you need to find products named “Grain”, “Produce”, or “Dairy” (yellow highlight), or product sales amounting to a value between $100 and $500 (blue highlight). Top and bottom value / Above and below average value is used to find and display the top and bottom values as well as above and below average values within the spreadsheet. For example, you need to see top values for fees in the cities you visited (orange highlight), the cities where the attendance was above average (green highlight) and bottom values for cities where you sold a small quantity of books (blue highlight). Unique and duplicates is used to display duplicate values within the spreadsheet and the cell range defined by the conditional formatting. For example, you need to find duplicate contacts. Enter the drop-down menu. The number of duplicates is shown to the right of the contact name. If you check the box, only the duplicates will be shown in the list. Icon set is used to show the data by displaying a corresponding icon in the cell that meets the criteria. The Spreadsheet Editor supports various icon sets. Below you will find examples for the most common icon set conditional formatting cases. Instead of numbers and percent values you see formatted cells with corresponding arrows showing you revenue achievement in the “Status” column and the dynamics for trends in the future in the “Trend” column. Instead of cells with rating numbers ranging from 1 to 5, the conditional formatting tool displays corresponding icons from the legend map at the top for each bike in the rating list. Instead of manually comparing monthly profit dynamics data, the formatted cells have a corresponding red or green arrow. Use the traffic lights system (red, yellow, and green circles) to visualize sales dynamics. Data bars are used to compare values in the form of a diagram bar. For example, compare mountain heights by displaying their default value in meters (green bar) and the same value in 0 to 100 percent range (yellow bar); percentile when extreme values slant the data (light blue bar); bars only instead of numbers (blue bar); two-column data analysis to see both numbers and bars (red bar). Gradient, or color scale, is used to highlight values within the spreadsheet through a gradient scale. The columns from “Dairy” through “Beverage” display data via a two color scale with variation from yellow to red; the “Total Sales” column displays data via a three color scale from the smallest amount in red to the largest amount in blue. Formula-based formatting uses various formulas to filter data as per specific needs. For example, you can shade alternate rows, compare with a reference value (here it is $55) and show if it is higher (green) or lower (red), highlight the rows that meet the needed criteria (see what goals you shall achieve this month, in this case it is October), and highlight unique rows only Please note that this guide contains graphic information from the Microsoft Office Conditional Formatting Samples and guidelines workbook. Try the aforementioned rules display by downloading the workbook and opening it in the Spreadsheet Editor." + "body": "Note: the ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor currently does not support creating and editing conditional formatting rules. Conditional formatting allows you to apply various formatting styles (color, font, decoration, gradient) to cells to work with data on the spreadsheet: highlight or sort through and display the data that meets the needed criteria. The criteria are defined by several rule types. The ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor currently does not support creating and editing conditional formatting rules. Rule types supported in the ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor View mode are cell value (+formula), top/bottom and above/below average value, unique values and duplicates, icon sets, data bars, gradient (color scale), and formula-based rules. Cell value is used to find needed numbers, dates, and text within the spreadsheet. For example, you need to see sales for the current month (pink highlight), products named “Grain” (yellow highlight), and product sales amounting to less than $500 (blue highlight). Cell value with formula is used to display a dynamically changed number or text value within the spreadsheet. For example, you need to find products named “Grain”, “Produce”, or “Dairy” (yellow highlight), or product sales amounting to a value between $100 and $500 (blue highlight). Top and bottom value / Above and below average value is used to find and display the top and bottom values as well as above and below average values within the spreadsheet. For example, you need to see top values for fees in the cities you visited (orange highlight), the cities where the attendance was above average (green highlight), and bottom values for cities where you sold a small number of books (blue highlight). Unique / Duplicates is used to display duplicate values within the spreadsheet and the cell range defined by the conditional formatting. For example, you need to find duplicate contacts. Enter the drop-down menu. The number of duplicates is shown to the right of the contact name. If you check the box, only the duplicates will be shown on the list. Icon set is used to show the data by displaying a corresponding icon in the cell that meets the criteria. The Spreadsheet Editor supports various icon sets. Below you will find examples for the most common icon set conditional formatting cases. Instead of numbers and percent values, you see formatted cells with corresponding arrows showing you revenue achievement in the “Status” column and the dynamics for trends in the future in the “Trend” column. Instead of cells with rating numbers ranging from 1 to 5, the conditional formatting tool displays corresponding icons from the legend map at the top for each bike in the rating list. Instead of manually comparing monthly profit dynamics data, the formatted cells have a corresponding red or green arrow. Use the traffic lights system (red, yellow, and green circles) to visualize sales dynamics. Data bars are used to compare values in the form of a diagram bar. For example, compare mountain heights by displaying their default value in meters (green bar) and the same value in 0 to 100 percent range (yellow bar); percentile when extreme values slant the data (light blue bar); bars only instead of numbers (blue bar); two-column data analysis to see both numbers and bars (red bar). Gradient, or color scale, is used to highlight values within the spreadsheet through a gradient scale. The columns from “Dairy” through “Beverage” display data via a two-color scale with variation from yellow to red; the “Total Sales” column displays data via a three-color scale from the smallest amount in red to the largest amount in blue. Formula-based formatting uses various formulas to filter data as per specific needs. For example, you can shade alternate rows, compare with a reference value (here it is $55), and show if it is higher (green) or lower (red), highlight the rows that meet the needed criteria (see what goals you shall achieve this month, in this case, it is October), and highlight unique rows only Please note that this guide contains graphic information from the Microsoft Office Conditional Formatting Samples and guidelines workbook. Try the aforementioned rules display by downloading the workbook and opening it in the Spreadsheet Editor." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm", "title": "Cut/copy/paste data", - "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste data in the current spreadsheet make use of the right-click menu or use the corresponding icons available on any tab of the top toolbar, Cut - select data and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selected data and send them to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same spreadsheet. Copy - select data and either use the Copy icon at the top toolbar or right-click and select the Copy option from the menu to send the selected data to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same spreadsheet. Paste - select a place and either use the Paste icon on the top toolbar or right-click and select the Paste option to insert the previously copied/cut data from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same spreadsheet. In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another spreadsheet or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting; Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting. Note: instead of cutting and pasting data within the same worksheet you can select the required cell/cell range, hover the mouse cursor over the selection border so that it turns into the Arrow icon and drag and drop the selection to the necessary position. To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings... and check / uncheck the Cut, copy and paste checkbox. Use the Paste Special feature Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the lower right corner of the inserted cell/cell range. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting a cell/cell range with formatted data, the following options are available: Paste - allows you to paste all the cell contents including data formatting. This option is selected by default. The following options can be used if the copied data contains formulas: Paste only formula - allows you to paste formulas without pasting the data formatting. Formula + number format - allows you to paste formulas with the formatting applied to numbers. Formula + all formatting - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting. Formula without borders - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting except the cell borders. Formula + column width - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting and set the source column`s width for the cell range. The following options allow you to paste the result that the copied formula returns without pasting the formula itself: Paste only value - allows you to paste the formula results without pasting the data formatting. Value + number format - allows to paste the formula results with the formatting applied to numbers. Value + all formatting - allows you to paste the formula results with all the data formatting. Paste only formatting - allows you to paste the cell formatting only without pasting the cell contents. Transpose - allows you to paste data switching them from columns to rows, or vice versa. This option is available for regular data ranges, but not for formatted tables. When pasting the contents of a single cell or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Source formatting - allows you to keep the source formatting of the copied data. Destination formatting - allows you to apply the formatting that is already used for the cell/autoshape where the data are to be iserted to. Paste delimited text When pasting the delimited text copied from a .txt file, the following options are available: The delimited text can contain several records, and each record corresponds to a single table row. Each record can contain several text values separated with a delimiter (such as a comma, semicolon, colon, tab, space or other characters). The file should be saved as a plain text .txt file. Keep text only - allows you to paste text values into a single column where each cell contents corresponds to a row in the source text file. Use text import wizard - allows you to open the Text Import Wizard which helps to easily split the text values into multiple columns where each text value separated by a delimiter will be placed into a separate cell. When the Text Import Wizard window opens, select the text delimiter used in the delimited data from the Delimiter drop-down list. The data splitted into columns will be displayed in the Preview field below. If you are satisfied with the result, press the OK button. If you pasted delimited data from a source that is not a plain text file (e.g. text copied from a web page etc.), or if you applied the Keep text only feature and now want to split the data from a single column into several columns, you can use the Text to Columns option. To split data into multiple columns: Select the necessary cell or column that contains data with delimiters. Switch to the Data tab. Click the Text to columns button on the top toolbar. The Text to Columns Wizard opens. In the Delimiter drop-down list, select the delimiter used in the delimited data. Click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Settings window in which you can specify the Decimal and Thousands separators. Preview the result in the field below and click OK. After that, each text value separated by the delimiter will be located in a separate cell. If there is some data in the cells to the right of the column you want to split, the data will be overwritten. Use the Auto Fill option To quickly fill multiple cells with the same data use the Auto Fill option: select a cell/cell range containing the required data, move the mouse cursor over the fill handle in the right lower corner of the cell. The cursor will turn into the black cross: drag the handle over the adjacent cells to fill them with the selected data. Note: if you need to create a series of numbers (such as 1, 2, 3, 4...; 2, 4, 6, 8... etc.) or dates, you can enter at least two starting values and quickly extend the series selecting these cells and dragging the fill handle. Fill cells in the column with text values If a column in your spreadsheet contains some text values, you can easily replace any value within this column or fill the next blank cell selecting one of already existing text values. Right-click the necessary cell and choose the Select from drop-down list option in the contextual menu. Select one of the available text values to replace the current one or fill an empty cell." + "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste data in the current spreadsheet make use of the right-click menu or use the corresponding icons available on any tab of the top toolbar, Cut - select data and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selected data and send them to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same spreadsheet. Copy - select data and either use the Copy icon at the top toolbar or right-click and select the Copy option from the menu to send the selected data to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same spreadsheet. Paste - select a place and either use the Paste icon on the top toolbar or right-click and select the Paste option to insert the previously copied/cut data from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same spreadsheet. In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another spreadsheet or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting; Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting. Note: instead of cutting and pasting data within the same worksheet you can select the required cell/cell range, hover the mouse cursor over the selection border so that it turns into the Arrow icon and drag and drop the selection to the necessary position. To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings... and check / uncheck the Cut, copy and paste checkbox. Use the Paste Special feature Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the lower right corner of the inserted cell/cell range. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting a cell/cell range with formatted data, the following options are available: Paste - allows you to paste all the cell contents including data formatting. This option is selected by default. The following options can be used if the copied data contains formulas: Paste only formula - allows you to paste formulas without pasting the data formatting. Formula + number format - allows you to paste formulas with the formatting applied to numbers. Formula + all formatting - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting. Formula without borders - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting except the cell borders. Formula + column width - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting and set the source column`s width for the cell range. Transpose - allows you to paste data switching them from columns to rows, or vice versa. This option is available for regular data ranges, but not for formatted tables. The following options allow you to paste the result that the copied formula returns without pasting the formula itself: Paste only value - allows you to paste the formula results without pasting the data formatting. Value + number format - allows to paste the formula results with the formatting applied to numbers. Value + all formatting - allows you to paste the formula results with all the data formatting. Paste only formatting - allows you to paste the cell formatting only without pasting the cell contents. Paste Formulas - allows you to paste formulas without pasting the data formatting. Values - allows you to paste the formula results without pasting the data formatting. Formats - allows you to apply the formatting of the copied area. Comments - allows you to add comments of the copied area. Column widths - allows you to set certal column widths of the copied area. All except borders - allows you to paste formulas, formula results with all its formatting except borders. Formulas & formatting - allows you to paste formulas and apply formatting on them from the copied area. Formulas & column widths - allows you to paste formulas and set certaln column widths of the copied area. Formulas & number formulas - allows you to paste formulas and number formulas. Values & number formats - allows you to paste formula results and apply the numbers formatting of the copied area. Values & formatting - allows you to paste formula results and apply the formatting of the copied area. Operation Add - allows you to automatically add numeric values in each inserted cell. Subtract - allows you to automatically subtract numeric values in each inserted cell. Multiply - allows you to automatically multiply numeric values in each inserted cell. Divide - allows you to automatically divide numeric values in each inserted cell. Transpose - allows you to paste data switching them from columns to rows, or vice versa. Skip blanks - allows you to skip pasting empty cells and their formatting. When pasting the contents of a single cell or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Source formatting - allows you to keep the source formatting of the copied data. Destination formatting - allows you to apply the formatting that is already used for the cell/autoshape where the data are to be iserted to. Paste delimited text When pasting the delimited text copied from a .txt file, the following options are available: The delimited text can contain several records, and each record corresponds to a single table row. Each record can contain several text values separated with a delimiter (such as a comma, semicolon, colon, tab, space or other characters). The file should be saved as a plain text .txt file. Keep text only - allows you to paste text values into a single column where each cell contents corresponds to a row in the source text file. Use text import wizard - allows you to open the Text Import Wizard which helps to easily split the text values into multiple columns where each text value separated by a delimiter will be placed into a separate cell. When the Text Import Wizard window opens, select the text delimiter used in the delimited data from the Delimiter drop-down list. The data splitted into columns will be displayed in the Preview field below. If you are satisfied with the result, press the OK button. If you pasted delimited data from a source that is not a plain text file (e.g. text copied from a web page etc.), or if you applied the Keep text only feature and now want to split the data from a single column into several columns, you can use the Text to Columns option. To split data into multiple columns: Select the necessary cell or column that contains data with delimiters. Switch to the Data tab. Click the Text to columns button on the top toolbar. The Text to Columns Wizard opens. In the Delimiter drop-down list, select the delimiter used in the delimited data. Click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Settings window in which you can specify the Decimal and Thousands separators. Preview the result in the field below and click OK. After that, each text value separated by the delimiter will be located in a separate cell. If there is some data in the cells to the right of the column you want to split, the data will be overwritten. Use the Auto Fill option To quickly fill multiple cells with the same data use the Auto Fill option: select a cell/cell range containing the required data, move the mouse cursor over the fill handle in the right lower corner of the cell. The cursor will turn into the black cross: drag the handle over the adjacent cells to fill them with the selected data. Note: if you need to create a series of numbers (such as 1, 2, 3, 4...; 2, 4, 6, 8... etc.) or dates, you can enter at least two starting values and quickly extend the series selecting these cells and dragging the fill handle. Fill cells in the column with text values If a column in your spreadsheet contains some text values, you can easily replace any value within this column or fill the next blank cell selecting one of already existing text values. Right-click the necessary cell and choose the Select from drop-down list option in the contextual menu. Select one of the available text values to replace the current one or fill an empty cell." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/DataValidation.htm", + "title": "Data validation", + "body": "The ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor offers a data validation feature that controls the parameters of the information entered in cells by users. To access the data validation feature, choose a cell, a range of cells, or a whole spreadsheet you want to apply the feature to, open the Data tab, and click the Data Validation icon on the top toolbar. The opened Data Validation window contains three tabs: Settings, Input Message, and Error Alert. Settings The Settings section allows you to specify the type of data that can be entered: Note: Check the Apply these changes to all other cells with the same settings box to use the same settings to the selected range of cells or a whole worksheet. choose the required option in the Allow menu: Any value: no limitations on information type. Whole number: only whole numbers are allowed. Decimal: only numbers with a decimal point are allowed. List: only options from the drop-down list you created are allowed. Uncheck the Show drop-down list in cell box to hide the drop-down arrow. Date: only cells with the date format are allowed. Time: only cells with the time format are allowed. Text length: sets the characters limit. Other: sets the desired validation parameter given as a formula. Note: Check the Apply these changes to all other cells with the same settings box to use the same settings to the selected range of cells or a whole worksheet. specify a validation condition in the Data menu: between: the data in cells should be within the range set by the validation rule. not between: the data in cells should not be within the range set by the validation rule. equals: the data in cells should be equal to the value set by the validation rule. does not equal: the data in cells should not be equal to the value set by the validation rule. greater than: the data in cells should exceed the values set by the validation rule. less than: the data in cells should be less than the values set by the validation rule. greater than or equal to: the data in cells should exceed or be equal to the value set by the validation rule. less than or equal to: the data in cells should be less than or equal to the value set by the validation rule. create a validation rule depending on the allowed information type: Validation condition Validation rule Description Availability Between / not between Minimum / Maximum Sets the value range Whole number / Decimal / Text length Start date / End date Sets the date range Date Start time / End time Sets the time period Time Equals / does not equal Compare to Sets the value for comparison Whole number / Decimal Date Sets the date for comparison Date Elapsed time Sets the time for comparison Time Length Sets the text length value for comparison Text length Greater than / greater than or equal to Minimum Sets the lower limit Whole number / Decimal / Text length Start date Sets the starting date Date Start time Sets the starting time Time Less than / less than or equal to Maximum Sets the higher limit Whole number / Decimal / Text length End date Sets the ending date Date End time Sets the ending time Time As well as: Source: provides the source of information for the List information type. Formula: enter the required formula to create a custom validation rule for the Other information type. Input Message The Input Message section allows you to create a customized message displayed when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the cell. Specify the Title and the body of your Input Message. Uncheck the Show input message when cell is selected to disable the display of the message. Leave it to display the message. Error Alert The Error Alert section allows you to specify the message displayed when the data given by users does not meet the validation rules. Style: choose one of the available presets, Stop, Alert, or Message. Title: specify the title of the alert message. Error Message: enter the text of the alert message. Uncheck the Show error alert after invalid data is entered box to disable the display of the alert message." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm", "title": "Set font type, size, style, and colors", - "body": "You can select the font type and its size, apply one of the decoration styles and change the font and background colors by clicking the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: if you want to apply formatting to the data in the spreadsheet, select them with the mouse or use the keyboard and apply the required formatting. If you need to apply the formatting to multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges, hold down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. Font Used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available fonts. If the required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, and the font will be available for use in the desktop version. Font size Used to select the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value in the font size field and then press Enter. Increment font size Used to change the font size making it one point bigger each time the icon is clicked. Decrement font size Used to change the font size making it one point smaller each time the icon is clicked. Bold Used to make the font bold making it heavier. Italic Used to make the font slightly slanted to the right. Underline Used to make the text underlined with a line going below the letters. Strikeout Used to make the text struck out with a line going through the letters. Subscript/Superscript Allows choosing the Superscript or Subscript option. The Superscript option is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. The Subscript option is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Font color Used to change the color of the letters/characters in cells. Background color Used to change the color of the cell background. Using this icon you can apply a solid color fill. The cell background color can also be changed using the Fill section on the Cell settings tab of the right sidebar. Change color scheme Used to change the default color palette for worksheet elements (font, background, chats and chart elements) selecting from the available options: Office, Grayscale, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Paper, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, or Verve. Note: it's also possible to apply one of the formatting presets selecting the cell you wish to format and choosing the desired preset from the list on the Home tab of the top toolbar: To change the font color or use a solid color fill as the cell background, select characters/cells with the mouse or the whole worksheet using the Ctrl+A key combination, click the corresponding icon on the top toolbar, select any color in the available palettes Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet. Standard Colors - the default colors set. Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary color range by moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color by dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color will appear in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected text/cell and added to the Custom color palette. To remove the background color from a certain cell, select a cell, or a cell range with the mouse or the whole worksheet using the Ctrl+A key combination, click the Background color icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the icon." + "body": "You can select the font type and its size, apply one of the decoration styles and change the font and background colors by clicking the corresponding icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: if you want to apply formatting to the data in the spreadsheet, select them with the mouse or use the keyboard and apply the required formatting. If you need to apply the formatting to multiple non-adjacent cells or cell ranges, hold down the Ctrl key while selecting cells/ranges with the mouse. Font Used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available fonts. If the required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, and the font will be available for use in the desktop version. Font size Used to select the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value up to 409 pt in the font size field. Press Enter to confirm. Increment font size Used to change the font size making it one point bigger each time the icon is clicked. Decrement font size Used to change the font size making it one point smaller each time the icon is clicked. Bold Used to make the font bold making it heavier. Italic Used to make the font slightly slanted to the right. Underline Used to make the text underlined with a line going below the letters. Strikeout Used to make the text struck out with a line going through the letters. Subscript/Superscript Allows choosing the Superscript or Subscript option. The Superscript option is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. The Subscript option is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Font color Used to change the color of the letters/characters in cells. Background color Used to change the color of the cell background. Using this icon you can apply a solid color fill. The cell background color can also be changed using the Fill section on the Cell settings tab of the right sidebar. Change color scheme Used to change the default color palette for worksheet elements (font, background, chats and chart elements) selecting from the available options: Office, Grayscale, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Paper, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, or Verve. Note: it's also possible to apply one of the formatting presets selecting the cell you wish to format and choosing the desired preset from the list on the Home tab of the top toolbar: To change the font color or use a solid color fill as the cell background, select characters/cells with the mouse or the whole worksheet using the Ctrl+A key combination, click the corresponding icon on the top toolbar, select any color in the available palettes Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet. Standard Colors - the default colors set. Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary color range by moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color by dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color will appear in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected text/cell and added to the Custom color palette. To remove the background color from a certain cell, select a cell, or a cell range with the mouse or the whole worksheet using the Ctrl+A key combination, click the Background color icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the icon." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm", "title": "Use formatted tables", - "body": "Create a new formatted table To make it easier for you to work with data, the Spreadsheet Editor allows you to apply a table template to the selected cell range and automatically enable the filter. To do that, select a range of cells you need to format, click the Format as table template icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar. select the required template in the gallery, in the opened pop-up window, check the cell range to be formatted as a table, check the Title if you wish the table headers to be included in the selected cell range, otherwise the header row will be added at the top while the selected cell range will be moved one row down, click the OK button to apply the selected template. The template will be applied to the selected range of cells, and you will be able to edit the table headers and apply the filter to work with your data. It's also possible to insert a formatted table using the Table button on the Insert tab. In this case, the default table template is applied. Note: once you create a new formatted table, the default name (Table1, Table2 etc.) will be automatically assigned to the table. You can change this name making it more meaningful and use it for further work. If you enter a new value in the cell below the last row of the table (if the table does not have the Total row) or in the cell to the right of the last column of the table, the formatted table will be automatically extended to include a new row or column. If you do not want to expand the table, click the Paste special button that will appear and select the Undo table autoexpansion option. Once you undo this action, the Redo table autoexpansion option will be available in this menu. Select rows and columns To select an entire row in the formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the left border of the table row until it turns into the black arrow , then left-click. To select an entire column in the formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the top edge of the column header until it turns into the black arrow , then left-click. If you click once, the column data will be selected (as it is shown on the image below); if you click twice, the entire column including the header will be selected. To select an entire formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the upper left corner of the formatted table until it turns into the diagonal black arrow , then left-click. Edit formatted tables Some of the table settings can be changed using the Table settings tab of the right sidebar that will open if you select at least one cell within the table with the mouse and click the Table settings icon on the right. The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Header - allows you to display the header row. Total - adds the Summary row at the bottom of the table. Note: if this option is selected, you can also select a function to calculate the summary values. Once you select a cell in the Summary row, the button will be available to the right of the cell. Click it and choose the necessary function from the list: Average, Count, Max, Min, Sum, StdDev, or Var. The More functions option allows you to open the Insert Function window and choose any other function. If you choose the None option, the currently selected cell in the Summary row will not display a summary value for this column. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. Filter button - allows you to display the drop-down arrows in each cell of the header row. This option is only available when the Header option is selected. First - emphasizes the leftmost column in the table with special formatting. Last - emphasizes the rightmost column in the table with special formatting. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The Select From Template section allows you to choose one of the predefined tables styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding, etc. Depending on the options checked in the Rows and/or Columns sections above, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Header option in the Rows section and the Banded option in the Columns section, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the header row and banded columns enabled: If you want to remove the current table style (background color, borders, etc.) without removing the table itself, apply the None template from the template list: The Resize table section allows you to change the cell range which the table formatting is applied to. Click the Select Data button - a new pop-up window will open. Change the link to the cell range in the entry field or select the necessary cell range in the worksheet with the mouse and click the OK button. Note: The headers must remain in the same row, and the resulting table range must overlap the original table range. The Rows & Columns section allows you to perform the following operations: Select a row, column, all columns data excluding the header row, or the entire table including the header row. Insert a new row above or below the selected one as well as a new column to the left or to the right of the selected one. Delete a row, column (depending on the cursor position or the selection), or the entire table. Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu. The Remove duplicates option can be used if you want to remove duplicate values from the formatted table. For more details on removing duplicates, please refer to this page. The Convert to range option can be used if you want to transform the table into a regular data range removing the filter but preserving the table style (i.e. cell and font colors, etc.). Once you apply this option, the Table settings tab on the right sidebar will be unavailable. The Insert slicer option is used to create a slicer for the formatted table. For more details on working with slicers, please refer to this page. The Insert pivot table option is used to create a pivot table on the base of the formatted table. For more details on working with pivot tables, please refer to this page. Adjust formatted table advanced settings To change the advanced table properties, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Table - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the table contains." + "body": "Create a new formatted table To make it easier for you to work with data, the Spreadsheet Editor allows you to apply a table template to the selected cell range and automatically enable the filter. To do that, select a range of cells you need to format, click the Format as table template icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar. select the required template in the gallery, in the opened pop-up window, check the cell range to be formatted as a table, check the Title if you wish the table headers to be included in the selected cell range, otherwise, the header row will be added at the top while the selected cell range will be moved one row down, click the OK button to apply the selected template. The template will be applied to the selected range of cells, and you will be able to edit the table headers and apply the filter to work with your data. It's also possible to insert a formatted table using the Table button on the Insert tab. In this case, the default table template is applied. Note: once you create a new formatted table, the default name (Table1, Table2, etc.) will be automatically assigned to the table. You can change this name making it more meaningful and use it for further work. If you enter a new value in the cell below the last row of the table (if the table does not have the Total row) or in the cell to the right of the last column of the table, the formatted table will be automatically extended to include a new row or column. If you do not want to expand the table, click the Paste special button that will appear and select the Undo table autoexpansion option. Once you undo this action, the Redo table autoexpansion option will be available in this menu. Note: To enable/disable table auto-expansion, select the Stop automatically expanding tables option in the Paste special button menu or go to Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> AutoFormat As You Type. Select rows and columns To select an entire row in the formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the left border of the table row until it turns into the black arrow , then left-click. To select an entire column in the formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the top edge of the column header until it turns into the black arrow , then left-click. If you click once, the column data will be selected (as it is shown on the image below); if you click twice, the entire column including the header will be selected. To select an entire formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the upper left corner of the formatted table until it turns into the diagonal black arrow , then left-click. Edit formatted tables Some of the table settings can be changed using the Table settings tab of the right sidebar that will open if you select at least one cell within the table with the mouse and click the Table settings icon on the right. The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Header - allows you to display the header row. Total - adds the Summary row at the bottom of the table. Note: if this option is selected, you can also select a function to calculate the summary values. Once you select a cell in the Summary row, the button will be available to the right of the cell. Click it and choose the necessary function from the list: Average, Count, Max, Min, Sum, StdDev, or Var. The More functions option allows you to open the Insert Function window and choose any other function. If you choose the None option, the currently selected cell in the Summary row will not display a summary value for this column. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. Filter button - allows you to display the drop-down arrows in each cell of the header row. This option is only available when the Header option is selected. First - emphasizes the leftmost column in the table with special formatting. Last - emphasizes the rightmost column in the table with special formatting. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The Select From Template section allows you to choose one of the predefined tables styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding, etc. Depending on the options checked in the Rows and/or Columns sections above, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Header option in the Rows section and the Banded option in the Columns section, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the header row and banded columns enabled: If you want to remove the current table style (background color, borders, etc.) without removing the table itself, apply the None template from the template list: The Resize table section allows you to change the cell range the table formatting is applied to. Click the Select Data button - a new pop-up window will open. Change the link to the cell range in the entry field or select the necessary cell range in the worksheet with the mouse and click the OK button. Note: The headers must remain in the same row, and the resulting table range must overlap the original table range. The Rows & Columns section allows you to perform the following operations: Select a row, column, all columns data excluding the header row, or the entire table including the header row. Insert a new row above or below the selected one as well as a new column to the left or the right of the selected one. Delete a row, column (depending on the cursor position or the selection), or the entire table. Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu. The Remove duplicates option can be used if you want to remove duplicate values from the formatted table. For more details on removing duplicates, please refer to this page. The Convert to range option can be used if you want to transform the table into a regular data range removing the filter but preserving the table style (i.e. cell and font colors, etc.). Once you apply this option, the Table settings tab on the right sidebar will be unavailable. The Insert slicer option is used to create a slicer for the formatted table. For more details on working with slicers, please refer to this page. The Insert pivot table option is used to create a pivot table on the base of the formatted table. For more details on working with pivot tables, please refer to this page. Adjust formatted table advanced settings To change the advanced table properties, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Table - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the table contains. Note: To enable/disable table auto-expansion, go to Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> AutoFormat As You Type." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/GroupData.htm", "title": "Group data", - "body": "The ability to group rows and columns as well as create an outline allows you to make it easier to work with a spreadsheet that contains a large amount of data. You can collapse or expand grouped rows and columns to display the necessary data only. It's also possible to create the multi-level structure of grouped rows/columns. When necessary, you can ungroup the previously grouped rows or columns. Group rows and columns To group rows or columns: Select the cell range that you need to group. Switch to the Data tab and use one of the necessary options on the top toolbar: click the Group button, then choose the Rows or Columns option in the Group window that appears and click OK, click the downwards arrow below the Group button and choose the Group rows option from the menu, click the downwards arrow below the Group button and choose the Group columns option from the menu. The selected rows or columns will be grouped and the created outline will be displayed to the left of the rows or/and above the columns. To hide grouped rows/columns, click the Collapse icon. To show collapsed rows/columns, click the Expand icon. Change the outline To change the outline of grouped rows or columns, you can use options from the Group drop-down menu. The Summary rows below detail and Summary columns to the right of detail options are checked by default. They allow to change the location of the Collapse and Expand buttons: Uncheck the Summary rows below detail option if you want to display the summary rows above the details. Uncheck the Summary columns to right of detail option if you want to display the summary columns to the left of details. Create multi-level groups To create a multi-level structure, select a cell range within the previously created group of rows/columns and group the new selected range as described above. After that, you can hide and show groups by level using the icons with the level number: . For example, if you create a nested group within the parent group, three levels will be available. It's possible to create up to 8 levels. Click the first level icon to switch to the level which hides all grouped data: Click the second level icon to switch to the level which displays details of the parent group, but hides the nested group data: Click the third level icon to switch to the level which displays all details: It's also possible to use the Collapse and Expand icons within the outline to display or hide the data corresponding to a certain level. Ungroup previously grouped rows and columns To ungroup previously grouped rows or columns: Select the range of grouped cells that you need to ungroup. Switch to the Data tab and use one of the necessary options at the top toolbar: click the Ungroup button, then choose the Rows or Columns option in the Group window that appears and click OK, click the downwards arrow below the Ungroup button, then choose the Ungroup rows option from the menu to ungroup rows and clear the outline of rows, click the downwards arrow below the Ungroup button and choose the Ungroup columns option from the menu to ungroup columns and clear the outline of columns, click the downwards arrow below the Ungroup button and choose the Clear outline option from the menu to clear the outline of rows and columns without removing existing groups." + "body": "The ability to group rows and columns as well as create an outline allows you to make it easier to work with a spreadsheet that contains a large amount of data. You can collapse or expand grouped rows and columns to display the necessary data only. It's also possible to create the multi-level structure of grouped rows/columns. When necessary, you can ungroup the previously grouped rows or columns. Group rows and columns To group rows or columns: Select the cell range that you need to group. Switch to the Data tab and use one of the necessary options on the top toolbar: click the Group button, then choose the Rows or Columns option in the Group window that appears and click OK, click the downwards arrow below the Group button and choose the Group rows option from the menu, click the downwards arrow below the Group button and choose the Group columns option from the menu. The selected rows or columns will be grouped and the created outline will be displayed to the left of the rows or/and above the columns. To hide grouped rows/columns, click the Collapse icon. To show collapsed rows/columns, click the Expand icon. Change the outline To change the outline of grouped rows or columns, you can use options from the Group drop-down menu. The Summary rows below detail and Summary columns to the right of detail options are checked by default. They allow to change the location of the Collapse and Expand buttons: Uncheck the Summary rows below detail option if you want to display the summary rows above the details. Uncheck the Summary columns to right of detail option if you want to display the summary columns to the left of details. Create multi-level groups To create a multi-level structure, select a cell range within the previously created group of rows/columns, and group the newly selected range as described above. After that, you can hide and show groups by level using the icons with the level number: . For example, if you create a nested group within the parent group, three levels will be available. It's possible to create up to 8 levels. Click the first level icon to switch to the level which hides all grouped data: Click the second level icon to switch to the level which displays details of the parent group, but hides the nested group data: Click the third level icon to switch to the level which displays all details: It's also possible to use the Collapse and Expand icons within the outline to display or hide the data corresponding to a certain level. Ungroup previously grouped rows and columns To ungroup previously grouped rows or columns: Select the range of grouped cells that you need to ungroup. Switch to the Data tab and use one of the necessary options at the top toolbar: click the Ungroup button, then choose the Rows or Columns option in the Group window that appears and click OK, click the downwards arrow below the Ungroup button, then choose the Ungroup rows option from the menu to ungroup rows and clear the outline of rows, click the downwards arrow below the Ungroup button and choose the Ungroup columns option from the menu to ungroup columns and clear the outline of columns, click the downwards arrow below the Ungroup button and choose the Clear outline option from the menu to clear the outline of rows and columns without removing existing groups." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/HighlightedCode.htm", + "title": "Insert highlighted code", + "body": "You can embed highlighted code with the already adjusted style in accordance with the programming language and coloring style of the program you have chosen. Go to your spreadsheet and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the code. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Highlight code. Specify the programming Language. Select a Style of the code so that it appears as if it were open in this program. Specify if you want to replace tabs with spaces. Choose Background color. To do this, manually move the cursor over the palette or insert the RBG/HSL/HEX value. Click OK to insert the code." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Insert and format autoshapes", - "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape to your spreadsheet, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Shape icon on the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: basic shapes, figured arrows, math, charts, stars & ribbons, callouts, buttons, rectangles, lines, click the necessary autoshape within the selected group, place the mouse cursor where the shape sholud be added, once the autoshape is added, you can change its size and position as well as its settings. Adjust the autoshape settings Some of the autoshape settings can be changed using the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar that will open if you select the inserted autoshape with the mouse and click the Shape settings icon. The following settings can be changed: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify a solid color to fill the inner space of the selected autoshape. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet. Standard Colors - the default colors set. Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range by moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color by dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button. The custom color will be applied to your autoshape and added to the Custom color palette.

    Gradient Fill - fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available : top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another one. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. If you wish to use an image as the shape background, you can click the Select Picture button and add an image From File selecting it on the hard disc drive of your computer, From Storage using your ONLYOFFICE file manager, or From URL inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window. If you wish to use a texture as the shape background, open the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. Currently, the following textures are available: canvas, carton, dark fabric, grain, granite, grey paper, knit, leather, brown paper, papyrus, wood. In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the dropdown list. The Stretch option allows you to adjust the size of the image to fit the autoshape so that it could fill all the space completely. The Tile option allows you to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely. Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary. Pattern - select this option to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Opacity - use this section to set the Opacity level by dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It means full opacity. The 0% value means full transparency. Stroke - use this section to change the stroke width, color or type of the autoshape. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Rotation is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the shape by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) to flip the shape vertically (upside down) Change Autoshape - use this section to replace the current autoshape with another one selected from the dropdown list. Show shadow - check this option to display the shape with shadow. Adjust shape advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the width and/or height of the autoshape. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original shape aspect ratio. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the shape by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the shape vertically (upside down). The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows you to specify the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows you to set the style of the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with an open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows you to set the style of the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of a triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows you to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the dropdown lists. The Text Box tab allows you to Resize shape to fit text, Allow text to overflow shape or change the Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins of the autoshape (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Columns tab allows you to add columns of text within the autoshape specifying the necessary Number of columns (up to 16) and Spacing between columns. Once you click OK, the text that already exists or any other text you enter within the autoshape will appear in columns and will flow from one column to another one. The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the shape to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the shape will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the shape will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows you to snap the shape to the cell behind it preventing the shape from being resized. If the cell moves, the shape will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the shape dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows you to prevent the shape from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the shape contains. Insert and format text within the autoshape To insert a text into the autoshape, select the shape with the mouse and start typing your text. The text will become part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text also moves or rotates with it). All the formatting options you can apply to the text within the autoshape are listed here. Join autoshapes using connectors You can connect autoshapes using lines with connection points to demonstrate dependencies between the objects (e.g. if you want to create a flowchart). To do that, click the Shape icon on the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the Lines group from the menu, click the necessary shape within the selected group (excepting the last three shapes which are not connectors, namely Curve, Scribble and Freeform), hover the mouse cursor over the first autoshape and click one of the connection points that appear on the shape outline, drag the mouse cursor towards the second autoshape and click the necessary connection point on its outline. If you move the joined autoshapes, the connector remains attached to the shapes and moves together with them. You can also detach the connector from the shapes and then attach it to any other connection points." + "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape to your spreadsheet, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Shape icon on the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: basic shapes, figured arrows, math, charts, stars & ribbons, callouts, buttons, rectangles, lines, click the necessary autoshape within the selected group, place the mouse cursor where the shape sholud be added, once the autoshape is added, you can change its size and position as well as its settings. Adjust the autoshape settings Some of the autoshape settings can be changed using the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar that will open if you select the inserted autoshape with the mouse and click the Shape settings icon. The following settings can be changed: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify a solid color to fill the inner space of the selected autoshape. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the spreadsheet. Standard Colors - the default colors set. Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary color range by moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color by dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model by entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button. The custom color will be applied to your autoshape and added to the Custom color palette.

    Gradient Fill - use this option to fill the shape with two or more fading colors. Customize your gradient fill with no constraints. Click the Shape settings icon to open the Fill menu on the right sidebar: Available menu options: Style - choose between Linear or Radial: Linear is used  when you need your colors to flow from left-to-right, top-to-bottom, or at any angle you chose in a single direction. Click Direction to choose a preset direction and click Angle for a precise gradient angle. Radial is used to move from the center as it starts at a single point and emanates outward. Gradient Point is a specific point for transition from one color to another. Use the Add Gradient Point button or slider bar to add a gradient point. You can add up to 10 gradient points. Each next gradient point added will in no way affect the current gradient fill appearance. Use the Remove Gradient Point button to delete a certain gradient point. Use the slider bar to change the location of the gradient point or specify Position in percentage for precise location. To apply a color to a gradient point, click a point on the slider bar, and then click Color to choose the color you want. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. If you wish to use an image as the shape background, you can click the Select Picture button and add an image From File selecting it on the hard disc drive of your computer, From Storage using your ONLYOFFICE file manager, or From URL inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window. If you wish to use a texture as the shape background, open the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. Currently, the following textures are available: canvas, carton, dark fabric, grain, granite, grey paper, knit, leather, brown paper, papyrus, wood. In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the dropdown list. The Stretch option allows you to adjust the size of the image to fit the autoshape so that it could fill all the space completely. The Tile option allows you to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely. Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary. Pattern - select this option to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Opacity - use this section to set the Opacity level by dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It means full opacity. The 0% value means full transparency. Stroke - use this section to change the stroke width, color or type of the autoshape. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Rotation is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the shape by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) to flip the shape vertically (upside down) Change Autoshape - use this section to replace the current autoshape with another one selected from the dropdown list. Show shadow - check this option to display the shape with shadow. Adjust shape advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the width and/or height of the autoshape. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original shape aspect ratio. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the shape by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the shape vertically (upside down). The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows you to specify the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows you to set the style of the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with an open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows you to set the style of the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of a triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows you to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the dropdown lists. The Text Box tab allows you to Resize shape to fit text, Allow text to overflow shape or change the Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins of the autoshape (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Columns tab allows you to add columns of text within the autoshape specifying the necessary Number of columns (up to 16) and Spacing between columns. Once you click OK, the text that already exists or any other text you enter within the autoshape will appear in columns and will flow from one column to another one. The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the shape to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the shape will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the shape will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows you to snap the shape to the cell behind it preventing the shape from being resized. If the cell moves, the shape will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the shape dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows you to prevent the shape from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the shape contains. Insert and format text within the autoshape To insert a text into the autoshape, select the shape with the mouse and start typing your text. The text will become part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text also moves or rotates with it). All the formatting options you can apply to the text within the autoshape are listed here. Join autoshapes using connectors You can connect autoshapes using lines with connection points to demonstrate dependencies between the objects (e.g. if you want to create a flowchart). To do that, click the Shape icon on the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the Lines group from the menu, click the necessary shape within the selected group (excepting the last three shapes which are not connectors, namely Curve, Scribble and Freeform), hover the mouse cursor over the first autoshape and click one of the connection points that appear on the shape outline, drag the mouse cursor towards the second autoshape and click the necessary connection point on its outline. If you move the joined autoshapes, the connector remains attached to the shapes and moves together with them. You can also detach the connector from the shapes and then attach it to any other connection points." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm", "title": "Insert chart", - "body": "s Insert a chart To insert a chart into the speadsheet, Select the cell range that contain the data you wish to use for the chart, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, Click the Chart icon on the top toolbar, Select a chart Type you wish to insert: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. After that the chart will be added to the worksheet. Adjust the chart settings Now you can change the settings of the inserted chart. To change the chart type, select the chart with the mouse, click the Chart settings icon on the right sidebar, open the Type drop-down list and select the type you need, open the Style drop-down list below and select the style which suits you best. The selected chart type and style will be changed. If you need to edit the data used to create the chart, click the Show advanced settings link situated on the right-side panel, or choose the Chart Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu, or just double-click the chart, in the opened Chart - Advanced Settings window make all the necessary changes, click the OK button to apply the changes and close the window. Below you can find the description of the chart settings that can be edited using the Chart - Advanced Settings window. The Type & Data tab allows you to change the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart. Change the chart Type selecting one of the available options: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center the title in the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display the legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left in the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right in the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows you to specify if you wish to display the Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not by selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display the horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the orientation of the Vertical Axis Title by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display the vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows you to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis (also referred to as the values axis or y-axis) which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows you to set the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify the lowest value displayed at the beginning of the vertical axis. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify the highest value displayed at the end of the vertical axis. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in a more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select the desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows you to set the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows you to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the chart to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the chart will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the chart will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows to snap the chart to the cell behind it preventing the chart from being resized. If the cell moves, the chart will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the chart dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows to prevent the chart from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the chart contains. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since the shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape Settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill and Stroke. Note that you cannot change the shape type. Using the Shape Settings tab on the right panel you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as the plot area, data series, chart title, legend, etc. and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element by clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available on the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, please refer to this page. Note: the Show shadow option is also available on the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements. If you need to resize chart elements, left-click to select the needed element and drag one of 8 white squares located along the perimeter of the element. To change the position of the element, left-click on it, make sure your cursor changed to , hold the left mouse button and drag the element to the needed position. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. If necessary, you can change the chart size and position. To delete the inserted chart, click it and press the Delete key. Edit sparklines Sparkline is a little chart that fits in one cell. Sparklines can be useful if you want to visually represent information for each row or column in large data sets. This makes it easier to show trends in multiple data series. If your spreadsheet already contains sparklines created with another application, you can change the sparkline properties. To do that, select the cell that contains a sparkline with the mouse and click the Chart settings icon on the right sidebar. If the selected sparkline is included into a sparkline group, the changes will be applied to all sparklines in the group. Use the Type drop-down list to select one of the available sparkline types: Column - this type is similar to a regular Column Chart. Line - this type is similar to a regular Line Chart. Win/Loss - this type is suitable for representing data that include both positive and negative values. In the Style section, you can do the following: select the style which suits you best from the Template drop-down list. choose the necessary Color for the sparkline. choose the necessary Line Weight (available for the Line type only). The Show section allows you to select which sparkline elements you want to highlight to make them clearly visible. Check the box to the left of the element to be highlighted and select the necessary color by clicking the colored box: High Point - to highlight points that represent maximum values, Low Point - to highlight points that represent minimum values, Negative Point - to highlight points that represent negative values, First/Last Point - to highlight the point that represents the first/last value, Markers (available for the Line type only) - to highlight all values. Click the Show advanced settings link situated on the right-side panel to open the Sparkline - Advanced Settings window. The Type & Data tab allows you to change the sparkline Type and Style as well as specify the Hidden and Empty cells display settings: Show empty cells as - this option allows you to control how sparklines are displayed if some cells in a data range are empty. Select the necessary option from the list: Gaps - to display the sparkline with gaps in place of missing data, Zero - to display the sparkline as if the value in an empty cell was zero, Connect data points with line (available for the Line type only) - to ignore empty cells and display a connecting line between data points. Show data in hidden rows and columns - check this box if you want to include values from the hidden cells into sparklines. The Axis Options tab allows you to specify the following Horizontal/Vertical Axis parameters: In the Horizontal Axis section, the following parameters are available: Show axis - check this box to display the horizontal axis. If the source data contain negative values, this option helps to display them more vividly. Reverse order - check this box to display data in the reverse sequence. In the Vertical Axis section, the following parameters are available: Minimum/Maximum Value Auto for Each - this option is selected by default. It allows you to use own minimum/maximum values for each sparkline. The minimum/maximum values are taken from the separate data series that are used to plot each sparkline. The maximum value for each sparkline will be located at the top of the cell, and the minimum value will be at the bottom. Same for All - this option allows you to use the same minimum/maximum value for the entire sparkline group. The minimum/maximum values are taken from the whole data range that is used to plot the sparkline group. The maximum/minimum values for each sparkline will be scaled relative to the highest/lowest value within the range. If you select this option, it will be easier to compare several sparklines. Fixed - this option allows you to set a custom minimum/maximum value. The values which are lower or higher than the specified ones are not displayed in the sparklines." + "body": "s Insert a chart To insert a chart into the speadsheet, Select the cell range that contain the data you wish to use for the chart, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, Click the Chart icon on the top toolbar, Select a chart Type you wish to insert: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. After that the chart will be added to the worksheet. Adjust the chart settings Now you can change the settings of the inserted chart. To change the chart type, select the chart with the mouse, click the Chart settings icon on the right sidebar, open the Type drop-down list and select the type you need, open the Style drop-down list below and select the style which suits you best. The selected chart type and style will be changed. To edit chart data: Click the Select Data button on the right-side panel. Use the Chart Data dialog to manage Chart Data Range, Legend Entries (Series), Horizontal (Category) Axis Label and Switch Row/Column. Chart Data Range - select data for your chart. Click the icon on the right of the Chart data range box to select data range. Legend Entries (Series) - add, edit, or remove legend entries. Type or select series name for legend entries. In Legend Entries (Series), click Add button. In Edit Series, type a new legend entry or click the icon on the right of the Select name box. Horizontal (Category) Axis Labels - change text for category labels. In Horizontal (Category) Axis Labels, click Edit. In Axis label range, type the labels you want to add or click the icon on the right of the Axis label range box to select data range. Switch Row/Column - rearrange the worksheet data that is configured in the chart not in the way that you want it. Switch rows to columns to display data on a different axis. Click OK button to apply the changes and close the window. Click Show Advanced Settings to change other settings such as Layout, Vertical Axis, Horizontal Axis, Cell Snapping and Alternative Text. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center the title in the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display the legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left in the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right in the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows you to specify if you wish to display the Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not by selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display the horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the orientation of the Vertical Axis Title by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display the vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows you to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis (also referred to as the values axis or y-axis) which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows you to set the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify the lowest value displayed at the beginning of the vertical axis. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify the highest value displayed at the end of the vertical axis. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in a more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select the desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows you to set the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows you to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the chart to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the chart will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the chart will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows to snap the chart to the cell behind it preventing the chart from being resized. If the cell moves, the chart will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the chart dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows to prevent the chart from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the chart contains. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since the shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape Settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill and Stroke. Note that you cannot change the shape type. Using the Shape Settings tab on the right panel you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as the plot area, data series, chart title, legend, etc. and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element by clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available on the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, please refer to this page. Note: the Show shadow option is also available on the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements. If you need to resize chart elements, left-click to select the needed element and drag one of 8 white squares located along the perimeter of the element. To change the position of the element, left-click on it, make sure your cursor changed to , hold the left mouse button and drag the element to the needed position. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. If necessary, you can change the chart size and position. To delete the inserted chart, click it and press the Delete key. Edit sparklines Sparkline is a little chart that fits in one cell. Sparklines can be useful if you want to visually represent information for each row or column in large data sets. This makes it easier to show trends in multiple data series. If your spreadsheet already contains sparklines created with another application, you can change the sparkline properties. To do that, select the cell that contains a sparkline with the mouse and click the Chart settings icon on the right sidebar. If the selected sparkline is included into a sparkline group, the changes will be applied to all sparklines in the group. Use the Type drop-down list to select one of the available sparkline types: Column - this type is similar to a regular Column Chart. Line - this type is similar to a regular Line Chart. Win/Loss - this type is suitable for representing data that include both positive and negative values. In the Style section, you can do the following: select the style which suits you best from the Template drop-down list. choose the necessary Color for the sparkline. choose the necessary Line Weight (available for the Line type only). The Show section allows you to select which sparkline elements you want to highlight to make them clearly visible. Check the box to the left of the element to be highlighted and select the necessary color by clicking the colored box: High Point - to highlight points that represent maximum values, Low Point - to highlight points that represent minimum values, Negative Point - to highlight points that represent negative values, First/Last Point - to highlight the point that represents the first/last value, Markers (available for the Line type only) - to highlight all values. Click the Show advanced settings link situated on the right-side panel to open the Sparkline - Advanced Settings window. The Type & Data tab allows you to change the sparkline Type and Style as well as specify the Hidden and Empty cells display settings: Show empty cells as - this option allows you to control how sparklines are displayed if some cells in a data range are empty. Select the necessary option from the list: Gaps - to display the sparkline with gaps in place of missing data, Zero - to display the sparkline as if the value in an empty cell was zero, Connect data points with line (available for the Line type only) - to ignore empty cells and display a connecting line between data points. Show data in hidden rows and columns - check this box if you want to include values from the hidden cells into sparklines. The Axis Options tab allows you to specify the following Horizontal/Vertical Axis parameters: In the Horizontal Axis section, the following parameters are available: Show axis - check this box to display the horizontal axis. If the source data contain negative values, this option helps to display them more vividly. Reverse order - check this box to display data in the reverse sequence. In the Vertical Axis section, the following parameters are available: Minimum/Maximum Value Auto for Each - this option is selected by default. It allows you to use own minimum/maximum values for each sparkline. The minimum/maximum values are taken from the separate data series that are used to plot each sparkline. The maximum value for each sparkline will be located at the top of the cell, and the minimum value will be at the bottom. Same for All - this option allows you to use the same minimum/maximum value for the entire sparkline group. The minimum/maximum values are taken from the whole data range that is used to plot the sparkline group. The maximum/minimum values for each sparkline will be scaled relative to the highest/lowest value within the range. If you select this option, it will be easier to compare several sparklines. Fixed - this option allows you to set a custom minimum/maximum value. The values which are lower or higher than the specified ones are not displayed in the sparklines." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm", @@ -2433,12 +2473,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm", "title": "Insert function", - "body": "The ability to perform basic calculations is the principal reason for using a spreadsheet. Some of them are performed automatically when you select a cell range in your spreadsheet: Average is used to analyze the selected cell range and find the average value. Count is used to count the number of the selected cells with values ignoring the empty cells. Min is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number. Max is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number. Sum is used to add all the numbers in the selected range ignoring the empty cells or those contaning text. The results of these calculations are displayed in the right lower corner on the status bar. You can manage the status bar by right-clicking on it and choosing only those functions to display that you need. To perform any other calculations, you can insert the required formula manually using the common mathematical operators or insert a predefined formula - Function. The abilities to work with Functions are accessible from both the Home and Formula tab or by pressing Shift+F3 key combination. On the Home tab, you can use the Insert function button to add one of the most commonly used functions (SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or open the Insert Function window that contains all the available functions classified by category. Use the search box to find the exact function by its name. On the Formula tab you can use the following buttons: Function - to open the Insert Function window that contains all the available functions classified by category. Autosum - to quickly access the SUM, MIN, MAX, COUNT functions. When you select a functions from this group, it automatically performs calculations for all cells in the column above the selected cell so that you don't need to enter arguments. Recently used - to quickly access 10 recently used functions. Financial, Logical, Text and data, Date and time, Lookup and references, Math and trigonometry - to quickly access functions that belongs to the corresponding categories. More functions - to access the functions from the following groups: Database, Engineering, Information and Statistical. Named ranges - to open the Name Manager, or define a new name, or paste a name as a function argument. For more details, you can refer to this page. Calculation - to force the program to recalculate functions. To insert a function, Select a cell where you wish to insert a function. Proceed in one of the following ways: switch to the Formula tab and use the buttons available on the top toolbar to access a function from a specific group, then click the necessary function to open the Function Arguments wizard. You can also use the Additional option from the menu or click the Function button on the top toolbar to open the Insert Function window. switch to the Home tab, click the Insert function icon, select one of the commonly used functions (SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or click the Additional option to open the Insert Function window. right-click within the selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the contextual menu. click the icon before the formula bar. In the opened Insert Function window, enter its name in the search box or select the necessary function group, then choose the required function from the list and click OK. Once you click the necessary function, the Function Arguments window will open: In the opened Function Arguments window, enter the necessary values of each argument. You can enter the function arguments either manually or by clicking the icon and selecting a cell or cell range to be included as an argument. Note: generally, numeric values, logical values (TRUE, FALSE), text values (must be quoted), cell references, cell range references, names assigned to ranges and other functions can be used as function arguments. The function result will be displayed below. When all the agruments are specified, click the OK button in the Function Arguments window. To enter a function manually using the keyboard, Select a cell. Enter the equal sign (=). Each formula must begin with the equal sign (=). Enter the function name. Once you type the initial letters, the Formula Autocomplete list will be displayed. As you type, the items (formulas and names) that match the entered characters are displayed in it. If you hover the mouse pointer over a formula, a tooltip with the formula description will be displayed. You can select the necessary formula from the list and insert it by clicking it or pressing the Tab key. Enter the function arguments either manually or by dragging to select a cell range to be included as an argument. If the function requires several arguments, they must be separated by commas. Arguments must be enclosed into parentheses. The opening parenthesis '(' is added automatically if you select a function from the list. When you enter arguments, a tooltip that contains the formula syntax is also displayed. When all the agruments are specified, enter the closing parenthesis ')' and press Enter. If you enter new data or change the values used as arguments, recalculation of functions is performed automatically by default. You can force the program to recalculate functions by using the Calculation button on the Formula tab. Click the Calculation button to recalculate the entire workbook, or click the arrow below the button and choose the necessary option from the menu: Calculate workbook or Calculate current sheet. You can also use the following key combinations: F9 to recalculate the workbook, Shift +F9 to recalculate the current worksheet. Here is the list of the available functions grouped by categories: Function Category Description Functions Text and Data Functions Used to correctly display the text data in the spreadsheet. ASC; CHAR; CLEAN; CODE; CONCATENATE; CONCAT; DOLLAR; EXACT; FIND; FINDB; FIXED; LEFT; LEFTB; LEN; LENB; LOWER; MID; MIDB; NUMBERVALUE; PROPER; REPLACE; REPLACEB; REPT; RIGHT; RIGHTB; SEARCH; SEARCHB; SUBSTITUTE; T; TEXT; TEXTJOIN; TRIM; UNICHAR; UNICODE; UPPER; VALUE Statistical Functions Used to analyze data: finding the average value, the largest or smallest values in a cell range. AVEDEV; AVERAGE; AVERAGEA; AVERAGEIF; AVERAGEIFS; BETADIST; BETA.DIST; BETA.INV; BETAINV; BINOMDIST; BINOM.DIST; BINOM.DIST.RANGE; BINOM.INV; CHIDIST; CHIINV; CHISQ.DIST; CHISQ.DIST.RT; CHISQ.INV; CHISQ.INV.RT; CHITEST; CHISQ.TEST; CONFIDENCE; CONFIDENCE.NORM; CONFIDENCE.T; CORREL; COUNT; COUNTA; COUNBLANK; COUNTIF; COUNTIFS; COVAR; COVARIANCE.P; COVARIANCE.S; CRITBINOM; DEVSQ; EXPON.DIST; EXPONDIST; F.DIST; FDIST; F.DIST.RT; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RT; FISHER; FISHERINV; FORECAST; FORECAST.ETS; FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT; FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY; FORECAST.ETS.STAT; FORECAST.LINEAR; FREQUENCY; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.DIST; GAMMADIST; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.PRECISE; GAUSS; GEOMEAN; HARMEAN; HYPGEOMDIST; HYPGEOM.DIST; INTERCEPT; KURT; LARGE; LINEST; LOGINV; LOGNORM.DIST; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMDIST; MAX; MAXA; MAXIFS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINIFS; MODE; MODE.MULT; MODE.SNGL; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; NORMDIST; NORM.DIST; NORMINV; NORM.INV; NORMSDIST; NORM.S.DIST; NORMSINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; PERCENTILE; PERCENTILE.EXC; PERCENTILE.INC; PERCENTRANK; PERCENTRANK.EXC; PERCENTRANK.INC; PERMUT; PERMUTATIONA; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROB; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXC; QUARTILE.INC; RANK; RANK.AVG; RANK.EQ; RSQ; SKEW; SKEW.P; SLOPE; SMALL; STANDARDIZE; STDEV; STDEV.S; STDEVA; STDEVP; STDEV.P; STDEVPA; STEYX; TDIST; T.DIST; T.DIST.2T; T.DIST.RT; T.INV; T.INV.2T; TINV; TRIMMEAN; TTEST; T.TEST; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.DIST; ZTEST; Z.TEST Math and Trigonometry Functions Used to perform basic math and trigonometry operations such as adding, multiplying, dividing, rounding, etc. ABS; ACOS; ACOSH; ACOT; ACOTH; AGGREGATE; ARABIC; ASIN; ASINH; ATAN; ATAN2; ATANH; BASE; CEILING; CEILING.MATH; CEILING.PRECISE; COMBIN; COMBINA; COS; COSH; COT; COTH; CSC; CSCH; DECIMAL; DEGREES; ECMA.CEILING; EVEN; EXP; FACT; FACTDOUBLE; FLOOR; FLOOR.PRECISE; FLOOR.MATH; GCD; INT; ISO.CEILING; LCM; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDETERM; MINVERSE; MMULT; MOD; MROUND; MULTINOMIAL; ODD; PI; POWER; PRODUCT; QUOTIENT; RADIANS; RAND; RANDBETWEEN; ROMAN; ROUND; ROUNDDOWN; ROUNDUP; SEC; SECH; SERIESSUM; SIGN; SIN; SINH; SQRT; SQRTPI; SUBTOTAL; SUM; SUMIF; SUMIFS; SUMPRODUCT; SUMSQ; SUMX2MY2; SUMX2PY2; SUMXMY2; TAN; TANH; TRUNC Date and Time Functions Used to correctly display the date and time in the spreadsheet. DATE; DATEDIF; DATEVALUE; DAY; DAYS; DAYS360; EDATE; EOMONTH; HOUR; ISOWEEKNUM; MINUTE; MONTH; NETWORKDAYS; NETWORKDAYS.INTL; NOW; SECOND; TIME; TIMEVALUE; TODAY; WEEKDAY; WEEKNUM; WORKDAY; WORKDAY.INTL; YEAR; YEARFRAC Engineering Functions Used to perform some engineering calculations: converting between different bases number systems, finding complex numbers etc. BESSELI; BESSELJ; BESSELK; BESSELY; BIN2DEC; BIN2HEX; BIN2OCT; BITAND; BITLSHIFT; BITOR; BITRSHIFT; BITXOR; COMPLEX; CONVERT; DEC2BIN; DEC2HEX; DEC2OCT; DELTA; ERF; ERF.PRECISE; ERFC; ERFC.PRECISE; GESTEP; HEX2BIN; HEX2DEC; HEX2OCT; IMABS; IMAGINARY; IMARGUMENT; IMCONJUGATE; IMCOS; IMCOSH; IMCOT; IMCSC; IMCSCH; IMDIV; IMEXP; IMLN; IMLOG10; IMLOG2; IMPOWER; IMPRODUCT; IMREAL; IMSEC; IMSECH; IMSIN; IMSINH; IMSQRT; IMSUB; IMSUM; IMTAN; OCT2BIN; OCT2DEC; OCT2HEX Database Functions Used to perform calculations for the values in a certain field of the database that meet the specified criteria. DAVERAGE; DCOUNT; DCOUNTA; DGET; DMAX; DMIN; DPRODUCT; DSTDEV; DSTDEVP; DSUM; DVAR; DVARP Financial Functions Used to perform some financial calculations: calculating the net present value, payments etc. ACCRINT; ACCRINTM; AMORDEGRC; AMORLINC; COUPDAYBS; COUPDAYS; COUPDAYSNC; COUPNCD; COUPNUM; COUPPCD; CUMIPMT; CUMPRINC; DB; DDB; DISC; DOLLARDE; DOLLARFR; DURATION; EFFECT; FV; FVSCHEDULE; INTRATE; IPMT; IRR; ISPMT; MDURATION; MIRR; NOMINAL; NPER; NPV; ODDFPRICE; ODDFYIELD; ODDLPRICE; ODDLYIELD; PDURATION; PMT; PPMT; PRICE; PRICEDISC; PRICEMAT; PV; RATE; RECEIVED; RRI; SLN; SYD; TBILLEQ; TBILLPRICE; TBILLYIELD; VDB; XIRR; XNPV; YIELD; YIELDDISC; YIELDMAT Lookup and Reference Functions Used to easily find information from the data list. ADDRESS; CHOOSE; COLUMN; COLUMNS; FORMULATEXT; HLOOKUP; HYPERLINLK; INDEX; INDIRECT; LOOKUP; MATCH; OFFSET; ROW; ROWS; TRANSPOSE; VLOOKUP Information Functions Used to provide information about the data in the selected cell or cell range. CELL; ERROR.TYPE; ISBLANK; ISERR; ISERROR; ISEVEN; ISFORMULA; ISLOGICAL; ISNA; ISNONTEXT; ISNUMBER; ISODD; ISREF; ISTEXT; N; NA; SHEET; SHEETS; TYPE Logical Functions Used to check if a condition is true or false. AND; FALSE; IF; IFERROR; IFNA; IFS; NOT; OR; SWITCH; TRUE; XOR" + "body": "The ability to perform basic calculations is the principal reason for using a spreadsheet. Some of them are performed automatically when you select a cell range in your spreadsheet: Average is used to analyze the selected cell range and find the average value. Count is used to count the number of the selected cells with values ignoring the empty cells. Min is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number. Max is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number. Sum is used to add all the numbers in the selected range ignoring the empty cells or those contaning text. The results of these calculations are displayed in the right lower corner on the status bar. You can manage the status bar by right-clicking on it and choosing only those functions to display that you need. To perform any other calculations, you can insert the required formula manually using the common mathematical operators or insert a predefined formula - Function. The abilities to work with Functions are accessible from both the Home and Formula tab or by pressing Shift+F3 key combination. On the Home tab, you can use the Insert function button to add one of the most commonly used functions (SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or open the Insert Function window that contains all the available functions classified by category. Use the search box to find the exact function by its name. On the Formula tab you can use the following buttons: Function - to open the Insert Function window that contains all the available functions classified by category. Autosum - to quickly access the SUM, MIN, MAX, COUNT functions. When you select a functions from this group, it automatically performs calculations for all cells in the column above the selected cell so that you don't need to enter arguments. Recently used - to quickly access 10 recently used functions. Financial, Logical, Text and data, Date and time, Lookup and references, Math and trigonometry - to quickly access functions that belongs to the corresponding categories. More functions - to access the functions from the following groups: Database, Engineering, Information and Statistical. Named ranges - to open the Name Manager, or define a new name, or paste a name as a function argument. For more details, you can refer to this page. Calculation - to force the program to recalculate functions. To insert a function, Select a cell where you wish to insert a function. Proceed in one of the following ways: switch to the Formula tab and use the buttons available on the top toolbar to access a function from a specific group, then click the necessary function to open the Function Arguments wizard. You can also use the Additional option from the menu or click the Function button on the top toolbar to open the Insert Function window. switch to the Home tab, click the Insert function icon, select one of the commonly used functions (SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or click the Additional option to open the Insert Function window. right-click within the selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the contextual menu. click the icon before the formula bar. In the opened Insert Function window, enter its name in the search box or select the necessary function group, then choose the required function from the list and click OK. Once you click the necessary function, the Function Arguments window will open: In the opened Function Arguments window, enter the necessary values of each argument. You can enter the function arguments either manually or by clicking the icon and selecting a cell or cell range to be included as an argument. Note: generally, numeric values, logical values (TRUE, FALSE), text values (must be quoted), cell references, cell range references, names assigned to ranges and other functions can be used as function arguments. The function result will be displayed below. When all the agruments are specified, click the OK button in the Function Arguments window. To enter a function manually using the keyboard, Select a cell. Enter the equal sign (=). Each formula must begin with the equal sign (=). Enter the function name. Once you type the initial letters, the Formula Autocomplete list will be displayed. As you type, the items (formulas and names) that match the entered characters are displayed in it. If you hover the mouse pointer over a formula, a tooltip with the formula description will be displayed. You can select the necessary formula from the list and insert it by clicking it or pressing the Tab key. Enter the function arguments either manually or by dragging to select a cell range to be included as an argument. If the function requires several arguments, they must be separated by commas. Arguments must be enclosed into parentheses. The opening parenthesis '(' is added automatically if you select a function from the list. When you enter arguments, a tooltip that contains the formula syntax is also displayed. When all the agruments are specified, enter the closing parenthesis ')' and press Enter. If you enter new data or change the values used as arguments, recalculation of functions is performed automatically by default. You can force the program to recalculate functions by using the Calculation button on the Formula tab. Click the Calculation button to recalculate the entire workbook, or click the arrow below the button and choose the necessary option from the menu: Calculate workbook or Calculate current sheet. You can also use the following key combinations: F9 to recalculate the workbook, Shift +F9 to recalculate the current worksheet. Here is the list of the available functions grouped by categories: Function Category Description Functions Text and Data Functions Used to correctly display the text data in the spreadsheet. ASC; CHAR; CLEAN; CODE; CONCATENATE; CONCAT; DOLLAR; EXACT; FIND; FINDB; FIXED; LEFT; LEFTB; LEN; LENB; LOWER; MID; MIDB; NUMBERVALUE; PROPER; REPLACE; REPLACEB; REPT; RIGHT; RIGHTB; SEARCH; SEARCHB; SUBSTITUTE; T; TEXT; TEXTJOIN; TRIM; UNICHAR; UNICODE; UPPER; VALUE Statistical Functions Used to analyze data: finding the average value, the largest or smallest values in a cell range. AVEDEV; AVERAGE; AVERAGEA; AVERAGEIF; AVERAGEIFS; BETADIST; BETA.DIST; BETA.INV; BETAINV; BINOMDIST; BINOM.DIST; BINOM.DIST.RANGE; BINOM.INV; CHIDIST; CHIINV; CHISQ.DIST; CHISQ.DIST.RT; CHISQ.INV; CHISQ.INV.RT; CHITEST; CHISQ.TEST; CONFIDENCE; CONFIDENCE.NORM; CONFIDENCE.T; CORREL; COUNT; COUNTA; COUNBLANK; COUNTIF; COUNTIFS; COVAR; COVARIANCE.P; COVARIANCE.S; CRITBINOM; DEVSQ; EXPON.DIST; EXPONDIST; F.DIST; FDIST; F.DIST.RT; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RT; FISHER; FISHERINV; FORECAST; FORECAST.ETS; FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT; FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY; FORECAST.ETS.STAT; FORECAST.LINEAR; FREQUENCY; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.DIST; GAMMADIST; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.PRECISE; GAUSS; GEOMEAN; GROWTH; HARMEAN; HYPGEOMDIST; HYPGEOM.DIST; INTERCEPT; KURT; LARGE; LINEST; LOGEST, LOGINV; LOGNORM.DIST; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMDIST; MAX; MAXA; MAXIFS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINIFS; MODE; MODE.MULT; MODE.SNGL; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; NORMDIST; NORM.DIST; NORMINV; NORM.INV; NORMSDIST; NORM.S.DIST; NORMSINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; PERCENTILE; PERCENTILE.EXC; PERCENTILE.INC; PERCENTRANK; PERCENTRANK.EXC; PERCENTRANK.INC; PERMUT; PERMUTATIONA; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROB; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXC; QUARTILE.INC; RANK; RANK.AVG; RANK.EQ; RSQ; SKEW; SKEW.P; SLOPE; SMALL; STANDARDIZE; STDEV; STDEV.S; STDEVA; STDEVP; STDEV.P; STDEVPA; STEYX; TDIST; T.DIST; T.DIST.2T; T.DIST.RT; T.INV; T.INV.2T; TINV; TREND, TRIMMEAN; TTEST; T.TEST; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.DIST; ZTEST; Z.TEST Math and Trigonometry Functions Used to perform basic math and trigonometry operations such as adding, multiplying, dividing, rounding, etc. ABS; ACOS; ACOSH; ACOT; ACOTH; AGGREGATE; ARABIC; ASIN; ASINH; ATAN; ATAN2; ATANH; BASE; CEILING; CEILING.MATH; CEILING.PRECISE; COMBIN; COMBINA; COS; COSH; COT; COTH; CSC; CSCH; DECIMAL; DEGREES; ECMA.CEILING; EVEN; EXP; FACT; FACTDOUBLE; FLOOR; FLOOR.PRECISE; FLOOR.MATH; GCD; INT; ISO.CEILING; LCM; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDETERM; MINVERSE; MMULT; MOD; MROUND; MULTINOMIAL; ODD; PI; POWER; PRODUCT; QUOTIENT; RADIANS; RAND; RANDBETWEEN; ROMAN; ROUND; ROUNDDOWN; ROUNDUP; SEC; SECH; SERIESSUM; SIGN; SIN; SINH; SQRT; SQRTPI; SUBTOTAL; SUM; SUMIF; SUMIFS; SUMPRODUCT; SUMSQ; SUMX2MY2; SUMX2PY2; SUMXMY2; TAN; TANH; TRUNC Date and Time Functions Used to correctly display the date and time in the spreadsheet. DATE; DATEDIF; DATEVALUE; DAY; DAYS; DAYS360; EDATE; EOMONTH; HOUR; ISOWEEKNUM; MINUTE; MONTH; NETWORKDAYS; NETWORKDAYS.INTL; NOW; SECOND; TIME; TIMEVALUE; TODAY; WEEKDAY; WEEKNUM; WORKDAY; WORKDAY.INTL; YEAR; YEARFRAC Engineering Functions Used to perform some engineering calculations: converting between different bases number systems, finding complex numbers etc. BESSELI; BESSELJ; BESSELK; BESSELY; BIN2DEC; BIN2HEX; BIN2OCT; BITAND; BITLSHIFT; BITOR; BITRSHIFT; BITXOR; COMPLEX; CONVERT; DEC2BIN; DEC2HEX; DEC2OCT; DELTA; ERF; ERF.PRECISE; ERFC; ERFC.PRECISE; GESTEP; HEX2BIN; HEX2DEC; HEX2OCT; IMABS; IMAGINARY; IMARGUMENT; IMCONJUGATE; IMCOS; IMCOSH; IMCOT; IMCSC; IMCSCH; IMDIV; IMEXP; IMLN; IMLOG10; IMLOG2; IMPOWER; IMPRODUCT; IMREAL; IMSEC; IMSECH; IMSIN; IMSINH; IMSQRT; IMSUB; IMSUM; IMTAN; OCT2BIN; OCT2DEC; OCT2HEX Database Functions Used to perform calculations for the values in a certain field of the database that meet the specified criteria. DAVERAGE; DCOUNT; DCOUNTA; DGET; DMAX; DMIN; DPRODUCT; DSTDEV; DSTDEVP; DSUM; DVAR; DVARP Financial Functions Used to perform some financial calculations: calculating the net present value, payments etc. ACCRINT; ACCRINTM; AMORDEGRC; AMORLINC; COUPDAYBS; COUPDAYS; COUPDAYSNC; COUPNCD; COUPNUM; COUPPCD; CUMIPMT; CUMPRINC; DB; DDB; DISC; DOLLARDE; DOLLARFR; DURATION; EFFECT; FV; FVSCHEDULE; INTRATE; IPMT; IRR; ISPMT; MDURATION; MIRR; NOMINAL; NPER; NPV; ODDFPRICE; ODDFYIELD; ODDLPRICE; ODDLYIELD; PDURATION; PMT; PPMT; PRICE; PRICEDISC; PRICEMAT; PV; RATE; RECEIVED; RRI; SLN; SYD; TBILLEQ; TBILLPRICE; TBILLYIELD; VDB; XIRR; XNPV; YIELD; YIELDDISC; YIELDMAT Lookup and Reference Functions Used to easily find information from the data list. ADDRESS; CHOOSE; COLUMN; COLUMNS; FORMULATEXT; HLOOKUP; HYPERLINLK; INDEX; INDIRECT; LOOKUP; MATCH; OFFSET; ROW; ROWS; TRANSPOSE; UNIQUE; VLOOKUP Information Functions Used to provide information about the data in the selected cell or cell range. CELL; ERROR.TYPE; ISBLANK; ISERR; ISERROR; ISEVEN; ISFORMULA; ISLOGICAL; ISNA; ISNONTEXT; ISNUMBER; ISODD; ISREF; ISTEXT; N; NA; SHEET; SHEETS; TYPE Logical Functions Used to check if a condition is true or false. AND; FALSE; IF; IFERROR; IFNA; IFS; NOT; OR; SWITCH; TRUE; XOR" }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "title": "Insert headers and footers", - "body": "Headers and footers allow adding some additional information to a printed worksheet, such as date and time, page number, sheet name etc. Headers and footers are displayed in the printed version of a spreadsheet. To insert a header or footer in a worksheet: switch to the Insert or Layout tab, click the Edit Header/Footer button on the top toolbar, the Header/Footer Settings window will open, and you will be able to adjust the following settings: check the Different first page box to apply a different header or footer to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any header/ footer to it at all. The First page tab will appear below. check the Different odd and even page box to add different headers/footer for odd and even pages. The Odd page and Even page tabs will appear below. the Scale with document option allows scaling the header and footer together with the worksheet. This parameter is enabled by default. the Align with page margins option allows aligning the left header/footer to the left margin and the right header/footer to the right margin. This option is enabled by default. insert the necessary data. Depending on the selected options, you can adjust settings for All pages or set up the header/footer for the first page as well as for odd and even pages individually. Switch to the necessary tab and adjust the available parameters. You can use one of the ready-made presets or insert the necessary data to the left, center and right header/footer field manually: choose one of the available presets from the Presets list: Page 1; Page 1 of ?; Sheet1; Confidential, dd/mm/yyyy, Page 1; Spreadsheet name.xlsx; Sheet1, Page 1; Sheet1, Confidential, Page 1; Spreadsheet name.xlsx, Page 1; Page 1, Sheet1; Page 1, Spreadsheet name.xlsx; Author, Page 1, dd/mm/yyyy; Prepared by Author dd/mm/yyyy, Page 1. The corresponding variables will be added. place the cursor into the left, center or right field of the header/footer and use the Insert list to add Page number, Page count, Date, Time, File name, Sheet name. format the text inserted into the header/footer using the corresponding controls. You can change the default font, its size, color, apply font styles, such as bold, italic, underlined, strikethrough, use subscript or superscript characters. when you finish, click the OK button to apply the changes. To edit the added headers and footers, click the Edit Header/Footer button on the top toolbar, make the necessary changes in the Header/Footer Settings window, and click OK to save the changes. The added header and/or footer will be displayed in the printed version of the spreadsheet." + "body": "Headers and footers allow adding some additional information to a printed worksheet, such as date and time, page number, sheet name, etc. Headers and footers are displayed in the printed version of a spreadsheet. To insert a header or footer in a worksheet: switch to the Insert or Layout tab, click the Edit Header/Footer button on the top toolbar, the Header/Footer Settings window will open, and you will be able to adjust the following settings: check the Different first page box to apply a different header or footer to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any header/ footer to it at all. The First page tab will appear below. check the Different odd and even page box to add different headers/footer for odd and even pages. The Odd page and Even page tabs will appear below. the Scale with document option allows scaling the header and footer together with the worksheet. This parameter is enabled by default. the Align with page margins option allows aligning the left header/footer to the left margin and the right header/footer to the right margin. This option is enabled by default. insert the necessary data. Depending on the selected options, you can adjust settings for All pages or set up the header/footer for the first page as well as for odd and even pages individually. Switch to the necessary tab and adjust the available parameters. You can use one of the ready-made presets or insert the necessary data to the left, center and right header/footer field manually: choose one of the available presets from the Presets list: Page 1; Page 1 of ?; Sheet1; Confidential, dd/mm/yyyy, Page 1; Spreadsheet name.xlsx; Sheet1, Page 1; Sheet1, Confidential, Page 1; Spreadsheet name.xlsx, Page 1; Page 1, Sheet1; Page 1, Spreadsheet name.xlsx; Author, Page 1, dd/mm/yyyy; Prepared by Author dd/mm/yyyy, Page 1. The corresponding variables will be added. place the cursor into the left, center, or right field of the header/footer and use the Insert list to add Page number, Page count, Date, Time, File name, Sheet name. format the text inserted into the header/footer using the corresponding controls. You can change the default font, its size, color, apply font styles, such as bold, italic, underlined, strikethrough, use subscript or superscript characters. when you finish, click the OK button to apply the changes. To edit the added headers and footers, click the Edit Header/Footer button on the top toolbar, make the necessary changes in the Header/Footer Settings window, and click OK to save the changes. The added header and/or footer will be displayed in the printed version of the spreadsheet." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", @@ -2448,7 +2488,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "title": "Insert symbols and characters", - "body": "When working, you may need to insert a symbol which is not on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your document, use the Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps: place the cursor at the location where a special symbol should be inserted, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Symbol, The Symbol dialog box will appear and you will be able to select the appropriate symbol, use the Range section to quickly find the nesessary symbol. All symbols are divided into specific groups, for example, select 'Currency Symbols' if you want to insert a currency character. If this character is not in the set, select a different font. Many of them also have characters which differ from the standard set. Or enter the Unicode hex value of the required symbol in the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map. You can also use the Special characters tab to choose a special character from the list. The previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field, click Insert. The selected character will be added to the document. Insert ASCII symbols The ASCII table is also used to add characters. To do this, hold down ALT key and use the numeric keypad to enter the character code. Note: be sure to use the numeric keypad, not the numbers on the main keyboard. To enable the numeric keypad, press the Num Lock key. For example, to add a paragraph character (§), press and hold down ALT while typing 789, and then release ALT key. Insert symbols using Unicode table Additional charachters and symbols can also be found in the Windows symbol table. To open this table, do one of the following: either write 'Character table' in the Search field and open it, or simultaneously presss Win + R and then type charmap.exe in the window below and click OK. In the opened Character Map, select one of the Character sets, Groups and Fonts. Next, click on the nesessary characters, copy them to clipboard and paste in the right place of the document." + "body": "During working process you may need to insert a symbol which is not on your keyboard. To insert such symbols into your document, use the Insert symbol option and follow these simple steps: place the cursor at the location where a special symbol should be inserted, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Symbol, The Symbol dialog box will appear and you will be able to select the appropriate symbol, use the Range section to quickly find the necessary symbol. All symbols are divided into specific groups, for example, select 'Currency Symbols' if you want to insert a currency character. If this character is not in the set, select a different font. Many of them also have characters that differ from the standard set. Or enter the Unicode hex value of the required symbol in the Unicode hex value field. This code can be found in the Character map. You can also use the Special characters tab to choose a special character from the list. The previously used symbols are also displayed in the Recently used symbols field, click Insert. The selected character will be added to the document. Insert ASCII symbols The ASCII table is also used to add characters. To do this, hold down the ALT key and use the numeric keypad to enter the character code. Note: be sure to use the numeric keypad, not the numbers on the main keyboard. To enable the numeric keypad, press the Num Lock key. For example, to add a paragraph character (§), press and hold down ALT while typing 789, and then release the ALT key. Insert symbols using Unicode table Additional characters and symbols can also be found in the Windows symbol table. To open this table, do one of the following: either write 'Character table' in the Search field and open it, or simultaneously press Win + R and then type charmap.exe in the window below and click OK. In the opened Character Map, select one of the Character sets, Groups, and Fonts. Next, click on the necessary characters, copy them to the clipboard, and paste in the right place of the document." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", @@ -2467,8 +2507,8 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", - "title": "Use Math AutoCorrect", - "body": "When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery. In the equation editor, place the insertion point within the necessary placeholder, type a math autocorrect code, then press Spacebar. The entered code will be converted into the corresponding symbol, and the space will be eliminated. Note: The codes are case sensitive. The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Spreadsheet Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Spell checking -> Proofing section. Code Symbol Category !! Symbols ... Dots :: Operators := Operators /< Relational operators /> Relational operators /= Relational operators \\above Above/Below scripts \\acute Accents \\aleph Hebrew letters \\alpha Greek letters \\Alpha Greek letters \\amalg Binary operators \\angle Geometry notation \\aoint Integrals \\approx Relational operators \\asmash Arrows \\ast Binary operators \\asymp Relational operators \\atop Operators \\bar Over/Underbar \\Bar Accents \\because Relational operators \\begin Delimiters \\below Above/Below scripts \\bet Hebrew letters \\beta Greek letters \\Beta Greek letters \\beth Hebrew letters \\bigcap Large operators \\bigcup Large operators \\bigodot Large operators \\bigoplus Large operators \\bigotimes Large operators \\bigsqcup Large operators \\biguplus Large operators \\bigvee Large operators \\bigwedge Large operators \\binomial Equations \\bot Logic notation \\bowtie Relational operators \\box Symbols \\boxdot Binary operators \\boxminus Binary operators \\boxplus Binary operators \\bra Delimiters \\break Symbols \\breve Accents \\bullet Binary operators \\cap Binary operators \\cbrt Square roots and radicals \\cases Symbols \\cdot Binary operators \\cdots Dots \\check Accents \\chi Greek letters \\Chi Greek letters \\circ Binary operators \\close Delimiters \\clubsuit Symbols \\coint Integrals \\cong Relational operators \\coprod Math operators \\cup Binary operators \\dalet Hebrew letters \\daleth Hebrew letters \\dashv Relational operators \\dd Double-struck letters \\Dd Double-struck letters \\ddddot Accents \\dddot Accents \\ddot Accents \\ddots Dots \\defeq Relational operators \\degc Symbols \\degf Symbols \\degree Symbols \\delta Greek letters \\Delta Greek letters \\Deltaeq Operators \\diamond Binary operators \\diamondsuit Symbols \\div Binary operators \\dot Accents \\doteq Relational operators \\dots Dots \\doublea Double-struck letters \\doubleA Double-struck letters \\doubleb Double-struck letters \\doubleB Double-struck letters \\doublec Double-struck letters \\doubleC Double-struck letters \\doubled Double-struck letters \\doubleD Double-struck letters \\doublee Double-struck letters \\doubleE Double-struck letters \\doublef Double-struck letters \\doubleF Double-struck letters \\doubleg Double-struck letters \\doubleG Double-struck letters \\doubleh Double-struck letters \\doubleH Double-struck letters \\doublei Double-struck letters \\doubleI Double-struck letters \\doublej Double-struck letters \\doubleJ Double-struck letters \\doublek Double-struck letters \\doubleK Double-struck letters \\doublel Double-struck letters \\doubleL Double-struck letters \\doublem Double-struck letters \\doubleM Double-struck letters \\doublen Double-struck letters \\doubleN Double-struck letters \\doubleo Double-struck letters \\doubleO Double-struck letters \\doublep Double-struck letters \\doubleP Double-struck letters \\doubleq Double-struck letters \\doubleQ Double-struck letters \\doubler Double-struck letters \\doubleR Double-struck letters \\doubles Double-struck letters \\doubleS Double-struck letters \\doublet Double-struck letters \\doubleT Double-struck letters \\doubleu Double-struck letters \\doubleU Double-struck letters \\doublev Double-struck letters \\doubleV Double-struck letters \\doublew Double-struck letters \\doubleW Double-struck letters \\doublex Double-struck letters \\doubleX Double-struck letters \\doubley Double-struck letters \\doubleY Double-struck letters \\doublez Double-struck letters \\doubleZ Double-struck letters \\downarrow Arrows \\Downarrow Arrows \\dsmash Arrows \\ee Double-struck letters \\ell Symbols \\emptyset Set notations \\emsp Space characters \\end Delimiters \\ensp Space characters \\epsilon Greek letters \\Epsilon Greek letters \\eqarray Symbols \\equiv Relational operators \\eta Greek letters \\Eta Greek letters \\exists Logic notations \\forall Logic notations \\fraktura Fraktur letters \\frakturA Fraktur letters \\frakturb Fraktur letters \\frakturB Fraktur letters \\frakturc Fraktur letters \\frakturC Fraktur letters \\frakturd Fraktur letters \\frakturD Fraktur letters \\frakture Fraktur letters \\frakturE Fraktur letters \\frakturf Fraktur letters \\frakturF Fraktur letters \\frakturg Fraktur letters \\frakturG Fraktur letters \\frakturh Fraktur letters \\frakturH Fraktur letters \\frakturi Fraktur letters \\frakturI Fraktur letters \\frakturk Fraktur letters \\frakturK Fraktur letters \\frakturl Fraktur letters \\frakturL Fraktur letters \\frakturm Fraktur letters \\frakturM Fraktur letters \\frakturn Fraktur letters \\frakturN Fraktur letters \\frakturo Fraktur letters \\frakturO Fraktur letters \\frakturp Fraktur letters \\frakturP Fraktur letters \\frakturq Fraktur letters \\frakturQ Fraktur letters \\frakturr Fraktur letters \\frakturR Fraktur letters \\frakturs Fraktur letters \\frakturS Fraktur letters \\frakturt Fraktur letters \\frakturT Fraktur letters \\frakturu Fraktur letters \\frakturU Fraktur letters \\frakturv Fraktur letters \\frakturV Fraktur letters \\frakturw Fraktur letters \\frakturW Fraktur letters \\frakturx Fraktur letters \\frakturX Fraktur letters \\fraktury Fraktur letters \\frakturY Fraktur letters \\frakturz Fraktur letters \\frakturZ Fraktur letters \\frown Relational operators \\funcapply Binary operators \\G Greek letters \\gamma Greek letters \\Gamma Greek letters \\ge Relational operators \\geq Relational operators \\gets Arrows \\gg Relational operators \\gimel Hebrew letters \\grave Accents \\hairsp Space characters \\hat Accents \\hbar Symbols \\heartsuit Symbols \\hookleftarrow Arrows \\hookrightarrow Arrows \\hphantom Arrows \\hsmash Arrows \\hvec Accents \\identitymatrix Matrices \\ii Double-struck letters \\iiint Integrals \\iint Integrals \\iiiint Integrals \\Im Symbols \\imath Symbols \\in Relational operators \\inc Symbols \\infty Symbols \\int Integrals \\integral Integrals \\iota Greek letters \\Iota Greek letters \\itimes Math operators \\j Symbols \\jj Double-struck letters \\jmath Symbols \\kappa Greek letters \\Kappa Greek letters \\ket Delimiters \\lambda Greek letters \\Lambda Greek letters \\langle Delimiters \\lbbrack Delimiters \\lbrace Delimiters \\lbrack Delimiters \\lceil Delimiters \\ldiv Fraction slashes \\ldivide Fraction slashes \\ldots Dots \\le Relational operators \\left Delimiters \\leftarrow Arrows \\Leftarrow Arrows \\leftharpoondown Arrows \\leftharpoonup Arrows \\leftrightarrow Arrows \\Leftrightarrow Arrows \\leq Relational operators \\lfloor Delimiters \\lhvec Accents \\limit Limits \\ll Relational operators \\lmoust Delimiters \\Longleftarrow Arrows \\Longleftrightarrow Arrows \\Longrightarrow Arrows \\lrhar Arrows \\lvec Accents \\mapsto Arrows \\matrix Matrices \\medsp Space characters \\mid Relational operators \\middle Symbols \\models Relational operators \\mp Binary operators \\mu Greek letters \\Mu Greek letters \\nabla Symbols \\naryand Operators \\nbsp Space characters \\ne Relational operators \\nearrow Arrows \\neq Relational operators \\ni Relational operators \\norm Delimiters \\notcontain Relational operators \\notelement Relational operators \\notin Relational operators \\nu Greek letters \\Nu Greek letters \\nwarrow Arrows \\o Greek letters \\O Greek letters \\odot Binary operators \\of Operators \\oiiint Integrals \\oiint Integrals \\oint Integrals \\omega Greek letters \\Omega Greek letters \\ominus Binary operators \\open Delimiters \\oplus Binary operators \\otimes Binary operators \\over Delimiters \\overbar Accents \\overbrace Accents \\overbracket Accents \\overline Accents \\overparen Accents \\overshell Accents \\parallel Geometry notation \\partial Symbols \\pmatrix Matrices \\perp Geometry notation \\phantom Symbols \\phi Greek letters \\Phi Greek letters \\pi Greek letters \\Pi Greek letters \\pm Binary operators \\pppprime Primes \\ppprime Primes \\pprime Primes \\prec Relational operators \\preceq Relational operators \\prime Primes \\prod Math operators \\propto Relational operators \\psi Greek letters \\Psi Greek letters \\qdrt Square roots and radicals \\quadratic Square roots and radicals \\rangle Delimiters \\Rangle Delimiters \\ratio Relational operators \\rbrace Delimiters \\rbrack Delimiters \\Rbrack Delimiters \\rceil Delimiters \\rddots Dots \\Re Symbols \\rect Symbols \\rfloor Delimiters \\rho Greek letters \\Rho Greek letters \\rhvec Accents \\right Delimiters \\rightarrow Arrows \\Rightarrow Arrows \\rightharpoondown Arrows \\rightharpoonup Arrows \\rmoust Delimiters \\root Symbols \\scripta Scripts \\scriptA Scripts \\scriptb Scripts \\scriptB Scripts \\scriptc Scripts \\scriptC Scripts \\scriptd Scripts \\scriptD Scripts \\scripte Scripts \\scriptE Scripts \\scriptf Scripts \\scriptF Scripts \\scriptg Scripts \\scriptG Scripts \\scripth Scripts \\scriptH Scripts \\scripti Scripts \\scriptI Scripts \\scriptk Scripts \\scriptK Scripts \\scriptl Scripts \\scriptL Scripts \\scriptm Scripts \\scriptM Scripts \\scriptn Scripts \\scriptN Scripts \\scripto Scripts \\scriptO Scripts \\scriptp Scripts \\scriptP Scripts \\scriptq Scripts \\scriptQ Scripts \\scriptr Scripts \\scriptR Scripts \\scripts Scripts \\scriptS Scripts \\scriptt Scripts \\scriptT Scripts \\scriptu Scripts \\scriptU Scripts \\scriptv Scripts \\scriptV Scripts \\scriptw Scripts \\scriptW Scripts \\scriptx Scripts \\scriptX Scripts \\scripty Scripts \\scriptY Scripts \\scriptz Scripts \\scriptZ Scripts \\sdiv Fraction slashes \\sdivide Fraction slashes \\searrow Arrows \\setminus Binary operators \\sigma Greek letters \\Sigma Greek letters \\sim Relational operators \\simeq Relational operators \\smash Arrows \\smile Relational operators \\spadesuit Symbols \\sqcap Binary operators \\sqcup Binary operators \\sqrt Square roots and radicals \\sqsubseteq Set notation \\sqsuperseteq Set notation \\star Binary operators \\subset Set notation \\subseteq Set notation \\succ Relational operators \\succeq Relational operators \\sum Math operators \\superset Set notation \\superseteq Set notation \\swarrow Arrows \\tau Greek letters \\Tau Greek letters \\therefore Relational operators \\theta Greek letters \\Theta Greek letters \\thicksp Space characters \\thinsp Space characters \\tilde Accents \\times Binary operators \\to Arrows \\top Logic notation \\tvec Arrows \\ubar Accents \\Ubar Accents \\underbar Accents \\underbrace Accents \\underbracket Accents \\underline Accents \\underparen Accents \\uparrow Arrows \\Uparrow Arrows \\updownarrow Arrows \\Updownarrow Arrows \\uplus Binary operators \\upsilon Greek letters \\Upsilon Greek letters \\varepsilon Greek letters \\varphi Greek letters \\varpi Greek letters \\varrho Greek letters \\varsigma Greek letters \\vartheta Greek letters \\vbar Delimiters \\vdash Relational operators \\vdots Dots \\vec Accents \\vee Binary operators \\vert Delimiters \\Vert Delimiters \\Vmatrix Matrices \\vphantom Arrows \\vthicksp Space characters \\wedge Binary operators \\wp Symbols \\wr Binary operators \\xi Greek letters \\Xi Greek letters \\zeta Greek letters \\Zeta Greek letters \\zwnj Space characters \\zwsp Space characters ~= Relational operators -+ Binary operators +- Binary operators << Relational operators <= Relational operators -> Arrows >= Relational operators >> Relational operators" + "title": "AutoCorrect Features", + "body": "The AutoCorrect features in ONLYOFFICE Docs are used to automatically format text when detected or insert special math symbols by recognizing particular character usage. The available AutoCorrect options are listed in the corresponding dialog box. To access it, go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options. The AutoCorrect dialog box consists of three tabs: Math Autocorrect, Recognized Functions, and AutoFormat As You Type. Math AutoCorrect When working with equations, you can insert a lot of symbols, accents, and mathematical operation signs typing them on the keyboard instead of choosing a template from the gallery. In the equation editor, place the insertion point within the necessary placeholder, type a math autocorrect code, then press Spacebar. The entered code will be converted into the corresponding symbol, and the space will be eliminated. Note: The codes are case sensitive. You can add, modify, restore, and remove autocorrect entries from the AutoCorrect list. Go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Math AutoCorrect. Adding an entry to the AutoCorrect list Enter the autocorrect code you want to use in the Replace box. Enter the symbol to be assigned to the code you entered in the By box. Click the Add button. Modifying an entry on the AutoCorrect list Select the entry to be modified. You can change the information in both fields: the code in the Replace box or the symbol in the By box. Click the Replace button. Removing entries from the AutoCorrect list Select an entry to remove from the list. Click the Delete button. To restore the previously deleted entries, select the entry to be restored from the list and click the Restore button. Use the Reset to default button to restore default settings. Any autocorrect entry you added will be removed and the changed ones will be restored to their original values. To disable Math AutoCorrect and to avoid automatic changes and replacements, uncheck the Replace text as you type box. The table below contains all the currently supported codes available in the Spreadsheet Editor. The full list of the supported codes can also be found on the File tab in the Advanced Settings... -> Spell Checking -> Proofing section. The supported codes Code Symbol Category !! Symbols ... Dots :: Operators := Operators /< Relational operators /> Relational operators /= Relational operators \\above Above/Below scripts \\acute Accents \\aleph Hebrew letters \\alpha Greek letters \\Alpha Greek letters \\amalg Binary operators \\angle Geometry notation \\aoint Integrals \\approx Relational operators \\asmash Arrows \\ast Binary operators \\asymp Relational operators \\atop Operators \\bar Over/Underbar \\Bar Accents \\because Relational operators \\begin Delimiters \\below Above/Below scripts \\bet Hebrew letters \\beta Greek letters \\Beta Greek letters \\beth Hebrew letters \\bigcap Large operators \\bigcup Large operators \\bigodot Large operators \\bigoplus Large operators \\bigotimes Large operators \\bigsqcup Large operators \\biguplus Large operators \\bigvee Large operators \\bigwedge Large operators \\binomial Equations \\bot Logic notation \\bowtie Relational operators \\box Symbols \\boxdot Binary operators \\boxminus Binary operators \\boxplus Binary operators \\bra Delimiters \\break Symbols \\breve Accents \\bullet Binary operators \\cap Binary operators \\cbrt Square roots and radicals \\cases Symbols \\cdot Binary operators \\cdots Dots \\check Accents \\chi Greek letters \\Chi Greek letters \\circ Binary operators \\close Delimiters \\clubsuit Symbols \\coint Integrals \\cong Relational operators \\coprod Math operators \\cup Binary operators \\dalet Hebrew letters \\daleth Hebrew letters \\dashv Relational operators \\dd Double-struck letters \\Dd Double-struck letters \\ddddot Accents \\dddot Accents \\ddot Accents \\ddots Dots \\defeq Relational operators \\degc Symbols \\degf Symbols \\degree Symbols \\delta Greek letters \\Delta Greek letters \\Deltaeq Operators \\diamond Binary operators \\diamondsuit Symbols \\div Binary operators \\dot Accents \\doteq Relational operators \\dots Dots \\doublea Double-struck letters \\doubleA Double-struck letters \\doubleb Double-struck letters \\doubleB Double-struck letters \\doublec Double-struck letters \\doubleC Double-struck letters \\doubled Double-struck letters \\doubleD Double-struck letters \\doublee Double-struck letters \\doubleE Double-struck letters \\doublef Double-struck letters \\doubleF Double-struck letters \\doubleg Double-struck letters \\doubleG Double-struck letters \\doubleh Double-struck letters \\doubleH Double-struck letters \\doublei Double-struck letters \\doubleI Double-struck letters \\doublej Double-struck letters \\doubleJ Double-struck letters \\doublek Double-struck letters \\doubleK Double-struck letters \\doublel Double-struck letters \\doubleL Double-struck letters \\doublem Double-struck letters \\doubleM Double-struck letters \\doublen Double-struck letters \\doubleN Double-struck letters \\doubleo Double-struck letters \\doubleO Double-struck letters \\doublep Double-struck letters \\doubleP Double-struck letters \\doubleq Double-struck letters \\doubleQ Double-struck letters \\doubler Double-struck letters \\doubleR Double-struck letters \\doubles Double-struck letters \\doubleS Double-struck letters \\doublet Double-struck letters \\doubleT Double-struck letters \\doubleu Double-struck letters \\doubleU Double-struck letters \\doublev Double-struck letters \\doubleV Double-struck letters \\doublew Double-struck letters \\doubleW Double-struck letters \\doublex Double-struck letters \\doubleX Double-struck letters \\doubley Double-struck letters \\doubleY Double-struck letters \\doublez Double-struck letters \\doubleZ Double-struck letters \\downarrow Arrows \\Downarrow Arrows \\dsmash Arrows \\ee Double-struck letters \\ell Symbols \\emptyset Set notations \\emsp Space characters \\end Delimiters \\ensp Space characters \\epsilon Greek letters \\Epsilon Greek letters \\eqarray Symbols \\equiv Relational operators \\eta Greek letters \\Eta Greek letters \\exists Logic notations \\forall Logic notations \\fraktura Fraktur letters \\frakturA Fraktur letters \\frakturb Fraktur letters \\frakturB Fraktur letters \\frakturc Fraktur letters \\frakturC Fraktur letters \\frakturd Fraktur letters \\frakturD Fraktur letters \\frakture Fraktur letters \\frakturE Fraktur letters \\frakturf Fraktur letters \\frakturF Fraktur letters \\frakturg Fraktur letters \\frakturG Fraktur letters \\frakturh Fraktur letters \\frakturH Fraktur letters \\frakturi Fraktur letters \\frakturI Fraktur letters \\frakturk Fraktur letters \\frakturK Fraktur letters \\frakturl Fraktur letters \\frakturL Fraktur letters \\frakturm Fraktur letters \\frakturM Fraktur letters \\frakturn Fraktur letters \\frakturN Fraktur letters \\frakturo Fraktur letters \\frakturO Fraktur letters \\frakturp Fraktur letters \\frakturP Fraktur letters \\frakturq Fraktur letters \\frakturQ Fraktur letters \\frakturr Fraktur letters \\frakturR Fraktur letters \\frakturs Fraktur letters \\frakturS Fraktur letters \\frakturt Fraktur letters \\frakturT Fraktur letters \\frakturu Fraktur letters \\frakturU Fraktur letters \\frakturv Fraktur letters \\frakturV Fraktur letters \\frakturw Fraktur letters \\frakturW Fraktur letters \\frakturx Fraktur letters \\frakturX Fraktur letters \\fraktury Fraktur letters \\frakturY Fraktur letters \\frakturz Fraktur letters \\frakturZ Fraktur letters \\frown Relational operators \\funcapply Binary operators \\G Greek letters \\gamma Greek letters \\Gamma Greek letters \\ge Relational operators \\geq Relational operators \\gets Arrows \\gg Relational operators \\gimel Hebrew letters \\grave Accents \\hairsp Space characters \\hat Accents \\hbar Symbols \\heartsuit Symbols \\hookleftarrow Arrows \\hookrightarrow Arrows \\hphantom Arrows \\hsmash Arrows \\hvec Accents \\identitymatrix Matrices \\ii Double-struck letters \\iiint Integrals \\iint Integrals \\iiiint Integrals \\Im Symbols \\imath Symbols \\in Relational operators \\inc Symbols \\infty Symbols \\int Integrals \\integral Integrals \\iota Greek letters \\Iota Greek letters \\itimes Math operators \\j Symbols \\jj Double-struck letters \\jmath Symbols \\kappa Greek letters \\Kappa Greek letters \\ket Delimiters \\lambda Greek letters \\Lambda Greek letters \\langle Delimiters \\lbbrack Delimiters \\lbrace Delimiters \\lbrack Delimiters \\lceil Delimiters \\ldiv Fraction slashes \\ldivide Fraction slashes \\ldots Dots \\le Relational operators \\left Delimiters \\leftarrow Arrows \\Leftarrow Arrows \\leftharpoondown Arrows \\leftharpoonup Arrows \\leftrightarrow Arrows \\Leftrightarrow Arrows \\leq Relational operators \\lfloor Delimiters \\lhvec Accents \\limit Limits \\ll Relational operators \\lmoust Delimiters \\Longleftarrow Arrows \\Longleftrightarrow Arrows \\Longrightarrow Arrows \\lrhar Arrows \\lvec Accents \\mapsto Arrows \\matrix Matrices \\medsp Space characters \\mid Relational operators \\middle Symbols \\models Relational operators \\mp Binary operators \\mu Greek letters \\Mu Greek letters \\nabla Symbols \\naryand Operators \\nbsp Space characters \\ne Relational operators \\nearrow Arrows \\neq Relational operators \\ni Relational operators \\norm Delimiters \\notcontain Relational operators \\notelement Relational operators \\notin Relational operators \\nu Greek letters \\Nu Greek letters \\nwarrow Arrows \\o Greek letters \\O Greek letters \\odot Binary operators \\of Operators \\oiiint Integrals \\oiint Integrals \\oint Integrals \\omega Greek letters \\Omega Greek letters \\ominus Binary operators \\open Delimiters \\oplus Binary operators \\otimes Binary operators \\over Delimiters \\overbar Accents \\overbrace Accents \\overbracket Accents \\overline Accents \\overparen Accents \\overshell Accents \\parallel Geometry notation \\partial Symbols \\pmatrix Matrices \\perp Geometry notation \\phantom Symbols \\phi Greek letters \\Phi Greek letters \\pi Greek letters \\Pi Greek letters \\pm Binary operators \\pppprime Primes \\ppprime Primes \\pprime Primes \\prec Relational operators \\preceq Relational operators \\prime Primes \\prod Math operators \\propto Relational operators \\psi Greek letters \\Psi Greek letters \\qdrt Square roots and radicals \\quadratic Square roots and radicals \\rangle Delimiters \\Rangle Delimiters \\ratio Relational operators \\rbrace Delimiters \\rbrack Delimiters \\Rbrack Delimiters \\rceil Delimiters \\rddots Dots \\Re Symbols \\rect Symbols \\rfloor Delimiters \\rho Greek letters \\Rho Greek letters \\rhvec Accents \\right Delimiters \\rightarrow Arrows \\Rightarrow Arrows \\rightharpoondown Arrows \\rightharpoonup Arrows \\rmoust Delimiters \\root Symbols \\scripta Scripts \\scriptA Scripts \\scriptb Scripts \\scriptB Scripts \\scriptc Scripts \\scriptC Scripts \\scriptd Scripts \\scriptD Scripts \\scripte Scripts \\scriptE Scripts \\scriptf Scripts \\scriptF Scripts \\scriptg Scripts \\scriptG Scripts \\scripth Scripts \\scriptH Scripts \\scripti Scripts \\scriptI Scripts \\scriptk Scripts \\scriptK Scripts \\scriptl Scripts \\scriptL Scripts \\scriptm Scripts \\scriptM Scripts \\scriptn Scripts \\scriptN Scripts \\scripto Scripts \\scriptO Scripts \\scriptp Scripts \\scriptP Scripts \\scriptq Scripts \\scriptQ Scripts \\scriptr Scripts \\scriptR Scripts \\scripts Scripts \\scriptS Scripts \\scriptt Scripts \\scriptT Scripts \\scriptu Scripts \\scriptU Scripts \\scriptv Scripts \\scriptV Scripts \\scriptw Scripts \\scriptW Scripts \\scriptx Scripts \\scriptX Scripts \\scripty Scripts \\scriptY Scripts \\scriptz Scripts \\scriptZ Scripts \\sdiv Fraction slashes \\sdivide Fraction slashes \\searrow Arrows \\setminus Binary operators \\sigma Greek letters \\Sigma Greek letters \\sim Relational operators \\simeq Relational operators \\smash Arrows \\smile Relational operators \\spadesuit Symbols \\sqcap Binary operators \\sqcup Binary operators \\sqrt Square roots and radicals \\sqsubseteq Set notation \\sqsuperseteq Set notation \\star Binary operators \\subset Set notation \\subseteq Set notation \\succ Relational operators \\succeq Relational operators \\sum Math operators \\superset Set notation \\superseteq Set notation \\swarrow Arrows \\tau Greek letters \\Tau Greek letters \\therefore Relational operators \\theta Greek letters \\Theta Greek letters \\thicksp Space characters \\thinsp Space characters \\tilde Accents \\times Binary operators \\to Arrows \\top Logic notation \\tvec Arrows \\ubar Accents \\Ubar Accents \\underbar Accents \\underbrace Accents \\underbracket Accents \\underline Accents \\underparen Accents \\uparrow Arrows \\Uparrow Arrows \\updownarrow Arrows \\Updownarrow Arrows \\uplus Binary operators \\upsilon Greek letters \\Upsilon Greek letters \\varepsilon Greek letters \\varphi Greek letters \\varpi Greek letters \\varrho Greek letters \\varsigma Greek letters \\vartheta Greek letters \\vbar Delimiters \\vdash Relational operators \\vdots Dots \\vec Accents \\vee Binary operators \\vert Delimiters \\Vert Delimiters \\Vmatrix Matrices \\vphantom Arrows \\vthicksp Space characters \\wedge Binary operators \\wp Symbols \\wr Binary operators \\xi Greek letters \\Xi Greek letters \\zeta Greek letters \\Zeta Greek letters \\zwnj Space characters \\zwsp Space characters ~= Relational operators -+ Binary operators +- Binary operators << Relational operators <= Relational operators -> Arrows >= Relational operators >> Relational operators Recognized Functions In this tab, you will find the list of math expressions that will be recognized by the Equation editor as functions and therefore will not be automatically italicized. For the list of recognized functions go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> Recognized Functions. To add an entry to the list of recognized functions, enter the function in the blank field and click the Add button. To remove an entry from the list of recognized functions, select the function to be removed and click the Delete button. To restore the previously deleted entries, select the entry to be restored from the list and click the Restore button. Use the Reset to default button to restore default settings. Any function you added will be removed and the removed ones will be restored. AutoFormat As You Type By default, the editor automatically includes new rows and columns in the formatted table when you enter new data in the row below the table or in the column next to it. If you need to disable auto-formatting presets, uncheck the box for the unnecessary options, go to the File tab -> Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> AutoFormat As You Type." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/MergeCells.htm", @@ -2480,10 +2520,15 @@ var indexes = "title": "Create a new spreadsheet or open an existing one", "body": "To create a new spreadsheet In the online editor click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Create New option. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Spreadsheet menu item from the Create new section of the left sidebar - a new file will open in a new tab, when all the necessary changes are made, click the Save icon in the upper left corner or switch to the File tab and choose the Save as menu item. in the file manager window, select the location of the file, specify its name, choose the required format (XLSX, Spreadsheet template (XLTX), ODS, OTS, CSV, PDF or PDFA) and click the Save button. To open an existing document In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Open local file menu item on the left sidebar, choose the necessary spreadsheet from the file manager window and click the Open button. You can also right-click the necessary spreadsheet in the file manager window, select the Open with option and choose the required application from the menu. If documents are associated with the required application, you can also open spreadsheets by double-clicking the file name in the file explorer window. All the directories that you have accessed using the desktop editor will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterwards. Click the necessary folder to select one of the files stored in it. To open a recently edited spreadsheet In the online editor click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Open Recent... option, choose the required spreadsheet from the list of recently edited documents. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Recent files menu item on the left sidebar, choose the required spreadsheet from the list of recently edited documents. To open the folder, where the file is stored , in a new browser tab in the online version or in the file explorer window in the desktop version, click the Open file location icon on the right side of the editor header. Alternatively, you can switch to the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Open file location option." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/PhotoEditor.htm", + "title": "Edit an image", + "body": "ONLYOFFICE comes with a very powerful photo editor, that allows you to adjust the image with filters and make all kinds of annotations. Select an image in your spreadsheet. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Photo Editor. You are now in the editing environment. Below the image you will find the following checkboxes and slider filters: Grayscale, Sepia, Sepia 2, Blur, Emboss, Invert, Sharpen; Remove White (Threshhold, Distance), Gradient transparency, Brightness, Noise, Pixelate, Color Filter; Tint, Multiply, Blend. Below the filters you will find buttons for Undo, Redo and Resetting; Delete, Delete all; Crop (Custom, Square, 3:2, 4:3, 5:4, 7:5, 16:9); Flip (Flip X, Flip Y, Reset); Rotate (30 degree, -30 degree,Manual rotation slider); Draw (Free, Straight, Color, Size slider); Shape (Recrangle, Circle, Triangle, Fill, Stroke, Stroke size); Icon (Arrows, Stars, Polygon, Location, Heart, Bubble, Custom icon, Color); Text (Bold, Italic, Underline, Left, Center, Right, Color, Text size); Mask. Feel free to try all of these and remember you can always undo them. When finished, click the OK button. The edited picture is now included in the spreadsheet." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm", "title": "Create and edit pivot tables", - "body": "Pivot tables allow you to group and arrange data of large data sets to get summarized information. You can reorganize data in many different ways to display only the necessary information and focus on important aspects. Create a new pivot table To create a pivot table, Prepare the source data set you want to use for creating a pivot table. It should include column headers. The data set should not contain empty rows or columns. Select any cell within the source data range. Switch to the Pivot Table tab of the top toolbar and click the Insert Table icon. If you want to create a pivot table on the base of a formatted table, you can also use the Insert pivot table option on the Table settings tab of the right sidebar. The Create Pivot Table window will appear. The Source data range is already specified. In this case, all data from the source data range will be used. If you want to change the data range (e.g. to include only a part of source data), click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range on the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. Specify where you want to place the pivot table. The New worksheet option is selected by default. It allows you to place the pivot table in a new worksheet. You can also select the Existing worksheet option and choose a certain cell. In this case, the selected cell will be the upper right cell of the created pivot table. To select a cell, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the cell address in the following format: Sheet1!$G$2. You can also click the necessary cell in the sheet. When ready, click OK. When you select the pivot table location, click OK in the Create Table window. An empty pivot table will be inserted in the selected location. The Pivot table settings tab on the right sidebar will be opened. You can hide or display this tab by clicking the icon. Select fields to display The Select Fields section contains the fields named according to the column headers in your source data set. Each field contains values from the corresponding column of the source table. The following four sections are available below: Filters, Columns, Rows and Values. Check the fields you want to display in the pivot table. When you check a field, it will be added to one of the available sections on the right sidebar depending on the data type and will be displayed in the pivot table. Fields containing text values will be added to the Rows section; fields containing numeric values will be added to the Values section. You can simply drag fields to the necessary section as well as drag the fields between sections to quickly reorganize your pivot table. To remove a field from the current section, drag it out of this section. In order to add a field to the necessary section, it's also possible to click the black arrow to the right of a field in the Select Fields section and choose the necessary option from the menu: Add to Filters, Add to Rows, Add to Columns, Add to Values. Below you can see some examples of using the Filters, Columns, Rows and Values sections. If you add a field to the Filters section, a separate filter will be added above the pivot table. It will be applied to the entire pivot table. If you click the drop-down arrow in the added filter, you'll see the values from the selected field. When you uncheck some values in the filter option window and click OK, the unchecked values will not be displayed in the pivot table. If you add a field to the Columns section, the pivot table will contain a number of columns equal to the number of values from the selected field. The Grand Total column will also be added. If you add a field to the Rows section, the pivot table will contain a number of rows equal to the number of values from the selected field. The Grand Total row will also be added. If you add a field to the Values section, the pivot table will display the summation value for all numeric values from the selected field. If the field contains text values, the count of values will be displayed. The function used to calculate the summation value can be changed in the field settings. Rearrange fields and adjust their properties Once the fields are added to the necessary sections, you can manage them to change the layout and format of the pivot table. Click the black arrow to the right of a field within the Filters, Columns, Rows or Values sections to access the field context menu. It allows you to: Move the selected field Up, Down, to the Beginning, or to the End of the current section if you have added more than one field to the current section. Move the selected field to a different section - to Filters, Columns, Rows, or Values. The option that corresponds to the current section will be disabled. Remove the selected field from the current section. Adjust the selected field settings. The Filters, Columns and Rows field settings look similarly: The Layout tab contains the following options: The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set. The Custom name option allows you to change the name of the selected field displayed in the pivot table. The Report Form section allows you to change the way the selected field is displayed in the pivot table: Choose the necessary layout for the selected field in the pivot table: The Tabular form displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. The Outline form displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. It also allows you to display subtotals at the top of groups. The Compact form displays items from different row section fields in a single column. The Repeat items labels at each row option allows you to visually group rows or columns together if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. The Insert blank rows after each item option allows you to add blank lines after items of the selected field. The Show subtotals option allows you to choose if you want to display subtotals for the selected field. You can select one of the options: Show at top of group or Show at bottom of group. The Show items with no data option allows you to show or hide blank items in the selected field. The Subtotals tab allows you to choose Functions for Subtotals. Check the necessary functions in the list: Sum, Count, Average, Max, Min, Product, Count Numbers, StdDev, StdDevp, Var, Varp. Values field settings The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set. The Custom name option allows you to change the name of the selected field displayed in the pivot table. The Summarize value field by list allows you to choose the function used to calculate the summation value for all values from this field. By default, Sum is used for numeric values, Count is used for text values. The available functions are Sum, Count, Average, Max, Min, Product. Change the appearance of pivot tables You can use options available on the top toolbar to adjust the way your pivot table is displayed. These options are applied to the entire pivot table. Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools on the top toolbar. The Report Layout drop-down list allows you to choose the necessary layout for your pivot table: Show in Compact Form - allows you to display items from different row section fields in a single column. Show in Outline Form - allows you to display the pivot table in the classic pivot table style. It displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. It also allows you to display subtotals at the top of groups. Show in Tabular Form - allows you to display the pivot table in a traditional table format. It displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. Repeat All Item Labels - allows you to visually group rows or columns together if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. Don't Repeat All Item Labels - allows you to hide item labels if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. The Blank Rows drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display blank lines after items: Insert Blank Line after Each Item - allows you to add blank lines after items. Remove Blank Line after Each Item - allows you to remove the added blank lines. The Subtotals drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display subtotals in the pivot table: Don't Show Subtotals - allows you to hide subtotals for all items. Show all Subtotals at Bottom of Group - allows you to display subtotals below the subtotaled rows. Show all Subtotals at Top of Group - allows you to display subtotals above the subtotaled rows. The Grand Totals drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display grand totals in the pivot table: Off for Rows and Columns - allows you to hide grand totals for both rows and columns. On for Rows and Columns - allows you to display grand totals for both rows and columns. On for Rows Only - allows you to display grand totals for rows only. On for Columns Only - allows you to display grand totals for columns only. Note: the similar settings are also available in the pivot table advanced settings window in the Grand Totals section of the Name and Layout tab. The Select button allows you to select the entire pivot table. If you change the data in your source data set, select the pivot table and click the Refresh button to update the pivot table. Change the style of pivot tables You can change the appearance of pivot tables in a spreadsheet using the style editing tools available on the top toolbar. Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools on the top toolbar. The rows and columns options allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Row Headers - allows you to highlight the row headers with special formatting. Column Headers - allows you to highlight the column headers with special formatting. Banded Rows - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. Banded Columns - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The template list allows you to choose one of the predefined pivot table styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding, etc. Depending on the options checked for rows and columns, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Row Headers and Banded Columns options, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the row headers highlighted and banded columns enabled. Filter and sort pivot tables You can filter pivot tables by labels or values and use the additional sort parameters. Filtering Click the drop-down arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. The Filter option list will open: Adjust the filter parameters. You can proceed in one of the following ways: select the data to display or filter the data by certain criteria. Select the data to display Uncheck the boxes near the data you need to hide. For your convenience, all the data within the Filter option list are sorted in ascending order. Note: the (blank) check box corresponds to the empty cells. It is available if the selected cell range contains at least one empty cell. To facilitate the process, make use of the search field on the top. Enter your query, entirely or partially, in the field - the values that include these characters will be displayed in the list below. The following two options will be also available: Select All Search Results - is checked by default. It allows selecting all the values that correspond to your query in the list. Add current selection to filter - if you check this box, the selected values will not be hidden when you apply the filter. After you select all the necessary data, click the OK button in the Filter option list to apply the filter. Filter data by certain criteria You can choose either the Label filter or the Value filter option on the right side of the Filter options list, and then select one of the options from the submenu: For the Label filter the following options are available: For texts: Equals..., Does not equal..., Begins with..., Does not begin with..., Ends with..., Does not end with..., Contains..., Does not contain.... For numbers: Greater than..., Greater than or equal to..., Less than..., Less than or equal to..., Between, Not between. For the Value filter the following options are available: Equals..., Does not equal..., Greater than..., Greater than or equal to..., Less than..., Less than or equal to..., Between, Not between, Top 10. After you select one of the above options (apart from Top 10), the Label/Value Filter window will open. The corresponding field and criterion will be selected in the first and second drop-down lists. Enter the necessary value in the field on the right. Click OK to apply the filter. If you choose the Top 10 option from the Value filter option list, a new window will open: The first drop-down list allows choosing if you wish to display the highest (Top) or the lowest (Bottom) values. The second field allows specifying how many entries from the list or which percent of the overall entries number you want to display (you can enter a number from 1 to 500). The third drop-down list allows setting the units of measure: Item or Percent. The fourth drop-down list displays the selected field name. Once the necessary parameters are set, click OK to apply the filter. The Filter button will appear in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. It means that the filter is applied. Sorting You can sort your pivot table data using the sort options. Click the drop-down arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table and then select Sort Lowest to Highest or Sort Highest to Lowest option from the submenu. The More Sort Options option allows you to open the Sort window where you can select the necessary sorting order - Ascending or Descending - and then select a certain field you want to sort. Adjust pivot table advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the pivot table, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Pivot Table - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Name and Layout tab allows you to change the pivot table common properties. The Name option allows you to change the pivot table name. The Grand Totals section allows you to choose if you want to display grand totals in the pivot table. The Show for rows and Show for columns options are checked by default. You can uncheck either one of them or both these options to hide the corresponding grand totals from your pivot table. Note: the similar settings are available on the top toolbar in the Grand Totals menu. The Display fields in report filter area section allows you to adjust the report filters which appear when you add fields to the Filters section: The Down, then over option is used for column arrangement. It allows you to show the report filters across the column. The Over, then down option is used for row arrangement. It allows you to show the report filters across the row. The Report filter fields per column option allows you to select the number of filters to go in each column. The default value is set to 0. You can set the necessary numeric value. The Field Headers section allows you to choose if you want to display field headers in your pivot table. The Show field headers for rows and columns option is selected by default. Uncheck it to hide field headers from your pivot table. The Data Source tab allows you to change the data you wish to use to create the pivot table. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the pivot table contains. Delete a pivot table To delete a pivot table, Select the entire pivot table using the Select button on the top toolbar. Press the Delete key." + "body": "Pivot tables allow you to group and arrange data of large data sets to get summarized information. You can reorganize data in many different ways to display only the necessary information and focus on important aspects. Create a new pivot table To create a pivot table, Prepare the source data set you want to use for creating a pivot table. It should include column headers. The data set should not contain empty rows or columns. Select any cell within the source data range. Switch to the Pivot Table tab of the top toolbar and click the Insert Table icon. If you want to create a pivot table on the base of a formatted table, you can also use the Insert pivot table option on the Table settings tab of the right sidebar. The Create Pivot Table window will appear. The Source data range is already specified. In this case, all data from the source data range will be used. If you want to change the data range (e.g. to include only a part of source data), click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range on the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. Specify where you want to place the pivot table. The New worksheet option is selected by default. It allows you to place the pivot table in a new worksheet. You can also select the Existing worksheet option and choose a certain cell. In this case, the selected cell will be the upper right cell of the created pivot table. To select a cell, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the cell address in the following format: Sheet1!$G$2. You can also click the necessary cell in the sheet. When ready, click OK. When you select the pivot table location, click OK in the Create Table window. An empty pivot table will be inserted in the selected location. The Pivot table settings tab on the right sidebar will be opened. You can hide or display this tab by clicking the icon. Select fields to display The Select Fields section contains the fields named according to the column headers in your source data set. Each field contains values from the corresponding column of the source table. The following four sections are available below: Filters, Columns, Rows, and Values. Check the fields you want to display in the pivot table. When you check a field, it will be added to one of the available sections on the right sidebar depending on the data type and will be displayed in the pivot table. Fields containing text values will be added to the Rows section; fields containing numeric values will be added to the Values section. You can simply drag fields to the necessary section as well as drag the fields between sections to quickly reorganize your pivot table. To remove a field from the current section, drag it out of this section. In order to add a field to the necessary section, it's also possible to click the black arrow to the right of a field in the Select Fields section and choose the necessary option from the menu: Add to Filters, Add to Rows, Add to Columns, Add to Values. Below you can see some examples of using the Filters, Columns, Rows, and Values sections. If you add a field to the Filters section, a separate filter will be added above the pivot table. It will be applied to the entire pivot table. If you click the drop-down arrow in the added filter, you'll see the values from the selected field. When you uncheck some values in the filter option window and click OK, the unchecked values will not be displayed in the pivot table. If you add a field to the Columns section, the pivot table will contain a number of columns equal to the number of values from the selected field. The Grand Total column will also be added. If you add a field to the Rows section, the pivot table will contain a number of rows equal to the number of values from the selected field. The Grand Total row will also be added. If you add a field to the Values section, the pivot table will display the summation value for all numeric values from the selected field. If the field contains text values, the count of values will be displayed. The function used to calculate the summation value can be changed in the field settings. Rearrange fields and adjust their properties Once the fields are added to the necessary sections, you can manage them to change the layout and format of the pivot table. Click the black arrow to the right of a field within the Filters, Columns, Rows, or Values sections to access the field context menu. It allows you to: Move the selected field Up, Down, to the Beginning, or to the End of the current section if you have added more than one field to the current section. Move the selected field to a different section - to Filters, Columns, Rows, or Values. The option that corresponds to the current section will be disabled. Remove the selected field from the current section. Adjust the selected field settings. The Filters, Columns, and Rows field settings look similarly: The Layout tab contains the following options: The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set. The Custom name option allows you to change the name of the selected field displayed in the pivot table. The Report Form section allows you to change the way the selected field is displayed in the pivot table: Choose the necessary layout for the selected field in the pivot table: The Tabular form displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. The Outline form displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. It also allows you to display subtotals at the top of groups. The Compact form displays items from different row section fields in a single column. The Repeat items labels at each row option allows you to visually group rows or columns together if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. The Insert blank rows after each item option allows you to add blank lines after items of the selected field. The Show subtotals option allows you to choose if you want to display subtotals for the selected field. You can select one of the options: Show at top of group or Show at bottom of group. The Show items with no data option allows you to show or hide blank items in the selected field. The Subtotals tab allows you to choose Functions for Subtotals. Check the necessary functions in the list: Sum, Count, Average, Max, Min, Product, Count Numbers, StdDev, StdDevp, Var, Varp. Values field settings The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set. The Custom name option allows you to change the name of the selected field displayed in the pivot table. The Summarize value field by list allows you to choose the function used to calculate the summation value for all values from this field. By default, Sum is used for numeric values, Count is used for text values. The available functions are Sum, Count, Average, Max, Min, Product, Count Numbers, StdDev, StdDevp, Var, Varp. Change the appearance of pivot tables You can use options available on the top toolbar to adjust the way your pivot table is displayed. These options are applied to the entire pivot table. Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools on the top toolbar. The Report Layout drop-down list allows you to choose the necessary layout for your pivot table: Show in Compact Form - allows you to display items from different row section fields in a single column. Show in Outline Form - allows you to display the pivot table in the classic pivot table style. It displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. It also allows you to display subtotals at the top of groups. Show in Tabular Form - allows you to display the pivot table in a traditional table format. It displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. Repeat All Item Labels - allows you to visually group rows or columns together if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. Don't Repeat All Item Labels - allows you to hide item labels if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. The Blank Rows drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display blank lines after items: Insert Blank Line after Each Item - allows you to add blank lines after items. Remove Blank Line after Each Item - allows you to remove the added blank lines. The Subtotals drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display subtotals in the pivot table: Don't Show Subtotals - allows you to hide subtotals for all items. Show all Subtotals at Bottom of Group - allows you to display subtotals below the subtotaled rows. Show all Subtotals at Top of Group - allows you to display subtotals above the subtotaled rows. The Grand Totals drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display grand totals in the pivot table: Off for Rows and Columns - allows you to hide grand totals for both rows and columns. On for Rows and Columns - allows you to display grand totals for both rows and columns. On for Rows Only - allows you to display grand totals for rows only. On for Columns Only - allows you to display grand totals for columns only. Note: the similar settings are also available in the pivot table advanced settings window in the Grand Totals section of the Name and Layout tab. The Select button allows you to select the entire pivot table. If you change the data in your source data set, select the pivot table and click the Refresh button to update the pivot table. Change the style of pivot tables You can change the appearance of pivot tables in a spreadsheet using the style editing tools available on the top toolbar. Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools on the top toolbar. The rows and columns options allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Row Headers - allows you to highlight the row headers with special formatting. Column Headers - allows you to highlight the column headers with special formatting. Banded Rows - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. Banded Columns - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The template list allows you to choose one of the predefined pivot table styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding, etc. Depending on the options checked for rows and columns, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Row Headers and Banded Columns options, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the row headers highlighted and banded columns enabled. Filter, sort and add slicers in pivot tables You can filter pivot tables by labels or values and use the additional sort parameters. Filtering Click the drop-down arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. The Filter option list will open: Adjust the filter parameters. You can proceed in one of the following ways: select the data to display or filter the data by certain criteria. Select the data to display Uncheck the boxes near the data you need to hide. For your convenience, all the data within the Filter option list are sorted in ascending order. Note: the (blank) checkbox corresponds to the empty cells. It is available if the selected cell range contains at least one empty cell. To facilitate the process, make use of the search field on the top. Enter your query, entirely or partially, in the field - the values that include these characters will be displayed in the list below. The following two options will be also available: Select All Search Results - is checked by default. It allows selecting all the values that correspond to your query in the list. Add current selection to filter - if you check this box, the selected values will not be hidden when you apply the filter. After you select all the necessary data, click the OK button in the Filter option list to apply the filter. Filter data by certain criteria You can choose either the Label filter or the Value filter option on the right side of the Filter options list, and then select one of the options from the submenu: For the Label filter the following options are available: For texts: Equals..., Does not equal..., Begins with..., Does not begin with..., Ends with..., Does not end with..., Contains..., Does not contain... For numbers: Greater than..., Greater than or equal to..., Less than..., Less than or equal to..., Between, Not between. For the Value filter the following options are available: Equals..., Does not equal..., Greater than..., Greater than or equal to..., Less than..., Less than or equal to..., Between, Not between, Top 10. After you select one of the above options (apart from Top 10), the Label/Value Filter window will open. The corresponding field and criterion will be selected in the first and second drop-down lists. Enter the necessary value in the field on the right. Click OK to apply the filter. If you choose the Top 10 option from the Value filter option list, a new window will open: The first drop-down list allows choosing if you wish to display the highest (Top) or the lowest (Bottom) values. The second field allows specifying how many entries from the list or which percent of the overall entries number you want to display (you can enter a number from 1 to 500). The third drop-down list allows setting the units of measure: Item, Percent, or Sum. The fourth drop-down list displays the selected field name. Once the necessary parameters are set, click OK to apply the filter. The Filter button will appear in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. It means that the filter is applied. Sorting You can sort your pivot table data using the sort options. Click the drop-down arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table and then select Sort Lowest to Highest or Sort Highest to Lowest option from the submenu. The More Sort Options option allows you to open the Sort window where you can select the necessary sorting order - Ascending or Descending - and then select a certain field you want to sort. Adding slicers You can add slicers to filter data easier by displaying only what is needed. To learn more about slicers, please read the guide on creating slicers. Adjust pivot table advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the pivot table, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Pivot Table - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Name and Layout tab allows you to change the pivot table common properties. The Name option allows you to change the pivot table name. The Grand Totals section allows you to choose if you want to display grand totals in the pivot table. The Show for rows and Show for columns options are checked by default. You can uncheck either one of them or both these options to hide the corresponding grand totals from your pivot table. Note: the similar settings are available on the top toolbar in the Grand Totals menu. The Display fields in report filter area section allows you to adjust the report filters which appear when you add fields to the Filters section: The Down, then over option is used for column arrangement. It allows you to show the report filters across the column. The Over, then down option is used for row arrangement. It allows you to show the report filters across the row. The Report filter fields per column option allows you to select the number of filters to go in each column. The default value is set to 0. You can set the necessary numeric value. The Field Headers section allows you to choose if you want to display field headers in your pivot table. The Show field headers for rows and columns option is selected by default. Uncheck it to hide field headers from your pivot table. The Data Source tab allows you to change the data you wish to use to create the pivot table. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the pivot table contains. Delete a pivot table To delete a pivot table, Select the entire pivot table using the Select button on the top toolbar. Press the Delete key." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm", @@ -2500,16 +2545,31 @@ var indexes = "title": "Scale a worksheet", "body": "If you want to fit an entire spreadsheet on one page to print it, you can use the Scale to Fit function. This function helps scale data on the specified number of pages. To do so, follow these simple steps: on the top toolbar, enter the Layout tab and select the Scale to fit function, in the Height section select 1 page and set Width on Auto to print all sheets on one page. The scale value will be changed automatically. This value is displayed in the Scale section; you can also change the scale value manually. To do this, set the Height and Width parameters to Auto and use the «+» and «-» buttons to change the scale of the worksheet. The borders of the printing page will be covered with dashed lines in the spreadsheet, on the File tab, click Print, or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl + P and adjust the print settings in the opened window. For example, if there are many columns in a sheet, it might be useful to change the Page Orientation to Portrait. Or print the pre-selected cell range. Find out more about the print settings in this article. Note: keep in mind, however, that the printout may be difficult to read because the editor shrinks the data to fit." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm", + "title": "Manage sheet view presets", + "body": "Note: this feature is available in the paid version only starting from ONLYOFFICE Docs v. 6.1. To enable this feature in the desktop version, refer to this article. The ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor offers a sheet view manager for view presets that are based on the applied filters. Now you can save the required filtering parameters as a view preset and use it afterwards together with your colleagues as well as create several presets and switch among them effortlessly. If you are collaborating on a spreadsheet, create individual view presets and continue working with the filters you need without being disrupted by other co-editors. Creating a new sheet view preset Since a view preset is designed to save customized filtering parameters, first you need to apply the said parameters to the sheet. To learn more about filtering, please refer to this page . There are two ways to create a new sheet view preset. You can either go to the View tab and click the Sheet View icon, choose the View manager option from the drop-down menu, click the New button in the opened Sheet View Manager window, specify the name of the sheet view preset, or click the New button on the View tab located at the top toolbar. The preset will be created under a default name “View1/2/3...”. To change the name, go to the Sheet View Manager, select the required preset, and click Rename. Click Go to view to activate the created view preset. Switching among sheet view presets Go to the View tab and click the Sheet View icon. Choose the View manager option from the drop-down menu. Select the sheet view preset you want to activate in the Sheet views field. Click Go to view to switch to the selected preset. To exit the current sheet view preset, Close icon on the View tab located at the top toolbar. Managing sheet view presets Go to the View tab and click the Sheet View icon. Choose the View manager option from the drop-down menu. Select the sheet view preset you want to edit in the opened Sheet View Manager window. Choose one of the editing options: Rename to rename the selected preset, Duplicate to create a copy of the selected preset, Delete to delete the selected preset. Click Go to view to activate the selected preset." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm", - "title": "Create slicers for formatted tables", - "body": "Create a new slicer Once you create a new formatted table, you can create slicers to quickly filter the data. To do that, select at least one cell within the formatted table with the mouse and click the Table settings icon on the right. click the Insert slicer option on the Table settings tab of the right sidebar. Alternatively, you can switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar and click the Slicer button. The Insert Slicers window will be opened: check the required columns in the Insert Slicers window. click the OK button. A slicer will be added for each of the selected columns. If you add several slicers, they will overlap each other. Once the slicer is added, you can change its size and position as well as its settings. A slicer contains buttons that you can click to filter the formatted table. The buttons corresponding to empty cells are marked with the (blank) label. When you click a slicer button, other buttons will be unselected, and the corresponding column in the source table will be filtered to only display the selected item: If you have added several slicers, the changes made in one slicer can affect the items from another slicer. When one or more filters are applied to a slicer, items with no data can appear in a different slicer (with a lighter color): You can adjust the way to display items with no data in the slicer settings. To select multiple slicer buttons, use the Multi-Select icon in the upper right corner of the slicer or press Alt+S. Select necessary slicer buttons clicking them one by one. To clear the slicer filter, use the Clear Filter icon in the upper right corner of the slicer or press Alt+C. Edit slicers Some of the slicer settings can be changed using the Slicer settings tab of the right sidebar that will open if you select the slicer with the mouse. You can hide or display this tab by clicking the icon on the right. Change the slicer size and position The Width and Height options allow you to change the width and/or height of the slicer. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original slicer aspect ratio. The Position section allows you to change the Horizontal and/or Vertical slicer position. The Disable resizing or moving option allows you to prevent the slicer from being moved or resized. When this option is checked, the Width, Height, Position and Buttons options are disabled. Change the slicer layout and style The Buttons section allows you to specify the necessary number of Columns and set the Width and Height of the buttons. By default, a slicer contains one column. If your items contain short text, you can change the column number to 2 or more: If you increase the button width, the slicer width will change correspondingly. If you increase the button height, the scroll bar will be added to the slicer: The Style section allows you to choose one of the predefined slicer styles. Apply sorting and filtering parameters Ascending (A to Z) is used to sort the data in ascending order - from A to Z alphabetically or from the smallest to the largest number for numerical data. Descending (Z to A) is used to sort the data in descending order - from Z to A alphabetically or from the largest to the smallest for numerical data. The Hide items with no data option allows you to hide items with no data from the slicer. When this option is checked, the Visually indicate items with no data and Show items with no data last options are disabled. When the Hide items with no data option is unchecked, you can use the following options: The Visually indicate items with no data option allows you to display items with no data with different formatting (with a lighter color). If you uncheck this options, all items will be displayed with the same formatting. The Show items with no data last option allows you to display items with no data at the end of the list. If you uncheck this options, all items will be displayed in the same order like in the source table. Adjust advanced slicer settings To change the advanced slicer properties, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Slicer - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Style & Size tab contains the following parameters: The Header option allows you to change the slicer header. Uncheck the Display header option if you do not want to display the slicer header. The Style section allows you to choose one of the predefined slicer styles. The Width and Height options allow you to change the width and/or height of the slicer. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original slicer aspect ratio. The Buttons section allows you to specify the necessary number of Columns and set the Height of the buttons. The Sorting & Filtering tab contains the following parameters: Ascending (A to Z) is used to sort the data in ascending order - from A to Z alphabetically or from the smallest to the largest number for numerical data. Descending (Z to A) is used to sort the data in descending order - from Z to A alphabetically or from the largest to the smallest for numerical data. The Hide items with no data option allows you to hide items with no data from the slicer. When this option is checked, the Visually indicate items with no data and Show items with no data last options are disabled. When the Hide items with no data option is unchecked, you can use the following options: The Visually indicate items with no data option allows you to display items with no data with different formatting (with a lighter color). The Show items with no data last option allows you to display items with no data at the end of the list. The References tab contains the following parameters: The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set. The Name to use in formulas option allows you to view the slicer name which is displayed in the Name manager. The Name option allows you to set a custom name for a slicer to make it more meaningful and understandable. The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the slicer to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the slicer will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the slicer will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows you to snap the slicer to the cell behind it preventing the slicer from being resized. If the cell moves, the slicer will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the slicer dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows you to prevent the slicer from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the slicer contains. Delete a slicer To delete a slicer, Select the slicer by clicking it. Press the Delete key." + "title": "Create slicers for tables", + "body": "Create a new slicer Once you create a new formatted table or a pivot table, you can create slicers to quickly filter the data. To do that, select at least one cell within the table with the mouse and click the Table settings icon on the right. click the Insert slicer option on the Table settings tab of the right sidebar. Alternatively, you can switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar and click the Slicer button. The Insert Slicers window will be opened: check the required columns in the Insert Slicers window. click the OK button. A slicer will be added for each of the selected columns. If you add several slicers, they will overlap each other. Once the slicer is added, you can change its size and position as well as its settings. A slicer contains buttons that you can click to filter the table. The buttons corresponding to empty cells are marked with the (blank) label. When you click a slicer button, other buttons will be unselected, and the corresponding column in the source table will be filtered to only display the selected item: If you have added several slicers, the changes made in one slicer can affect the items from another slicer. When one or more filters are applied to a slicer, items with no data can appear in a different slicer (with a lighter color): You can adjust the way to display items with no data in the slicer settings. To select multiple slicer buttons, use the Multi-Select icon in the upper right corner of the slicer or press Alt+S. Select necessary slicer buttons clicking them one by one. To clear the slicer filter, use the Clear Filter icon in the upper right corner of the slicer or press Alt+C. Edit slicers Some of the slicer settings can be changed using the Slicer settings tab of the right sidebar that will open if you select the slicer with the mouse. You can hide or display this tab by clicking the icon on the right. Change the slicer size and position The Width and Height options allow you to change the width and/or height of the slicer. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original slicer aspect ratio. The Position section allows you to change the Horizontal and/or Vertical slicer position. The Disable resizing or moving option allows you to prevent the slicer from being moved or resized. When this option is checked, the Width, Height, Position, and Buttons options are disabled. Change the slicer layout and style The Buttons section allows you to specify the necessary number of Columns and set the Width and Height of the buttons. By default, a slicer contains one column. If your items contain short text, you can change the column number to 2 or more: If you increase the button width, the slicer width will change correspondingly. If you increase the button height, the scroll bar will be added to the slicer: The Style section allows you to choose one of the predefined slicer styles. Apply sorting and filtering parameters Ascending (A to Z) is used to sort the data in ascending order - from A to Z alphabetically or from the smallest to the largest number for numerical data. Descending (Z to A) is used to sort the data in descending order - from Z to A alphabetically or from the largest to the smallest for numerical data. The Hide items with no data option allows you to hide items with no data from the slicer. When this option is checked, the Visually indicate items with no data and Show items with no data last options are disabled. When the Hide items with no data option is unchecked, you can use the following options: The Visually indicate items with no data option allows you to display items with no data with different formatting (with a lighter color). If you uncheck this option, all items will be displayed with the same formatting. The Show items with no data last option allows you to display items with no data at the end of the list. If you uncheck this option, all items will be displayed in the same order as in the source table. Adjust advanced slicer settings To change the advanced slicer properties, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Slicer - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Style & Size tab contains the following parameters: The Header option allows you to change the slicer header. Uncheck the Display header option if you do not want to display the slicer header. The Style section allows you to choose one of the predefined slicer styles. The Width and Height options allow you to change the width and/or height of the slicer. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original slicer aspect ratio. The Buttons section allows you to specify the necessary number of Columns and set the Height of the buttons. The Sorting & Filtering tab contains the following parameters: Ascending (A to Z) is used to sort the data in ascending order - from A to Z alphabetically or from the smallest to the largest number for numerical data. Descending (Z to A) is used to sort the data in descending order - from Z to A alphabetically or from the largest to the smallest for numerical data. The Hide items with no data option allows you to hide items with no data from the slicer. When this option is checked, the Visually indicate items with no data and Show items with no data last options are disabled. When the Hide items with no data option is unchecked, you can use the following options: The Visually indicate items with no data option allows you to display items with no data with different formatting (with a lighter color). The Show items with no data last option allows you to display items with no data at the end of the list. The References tab contains the following parameters: The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set. The Name to use in formulas option allows you to view the slicer name which is displayed in the Name manager. The Name option allows you to set a custom name for a slicer to make it more meaningful and understandable. The Cell Snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the slicer to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the slicer will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the slicer will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows you to snap the slicer to the cell behind it preventing the slicer from being resized. If the cell moves, the slicer will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the slicer dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows you to prevent the slicer from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the slicer contains. Delete a slicer To delete a slicer, Select the slicer by clicking it. Press the Delete key." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SortData.htm", "title": "Sort and filter data", "body": "Sort Data You can quickly sort the data in a spreadsheet using one of the following options: Ascending is used to sort the data in ascending order - from A to Z alphabetically or from the smallest to the largest number for numerical data. Descending is used to sort the data in descending order - from Z to A alphabetically or from the largest to the smallest for numerical data. Note: the Sort options are accessible from both Home and Data tab. To sort the data, select a cell range you wish to sort (you can select a single cell in a range to sort the entire range), click the Sort ascending icon situated on the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar to sort the data in ascending order, OR click the Sort descending icon situated on the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar to sort the data in descending order. Note: if you select a single column/row within a cell range or a part of the column/row, you will be asked if you want to expand the selection to include adjacent cells or sort the selected data only. You can also sort your data using the contextual menu options. Right-click the selected range of cells, select the Sort option from the menu and then select Ascending or Descending option from the submenu. It's also possible to sort the data by color using the contextual menu: right-click a cell containing the color by which you want to sort the data, select the Sort option from the menu, select the necessary option from the submenu: Selected Cell Color on top - to display the entries with the same cell background color on the top of the column, Selected Font Color on top - to display the entries with the same font color on the top of the column. Filter Data To display only the rows that meet certain criteria and hide other ones, make use of the Filter option. Note: the Filter options are accessible from both Home and Data tab. To enable a filter, Select a cell range containing data to filter (you can select a single cell in a range to filter the entire range), Click the Filter icon situated at the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar. The drop-down arrow will appear in the first cell of each column of the selected cell range. It means that the filter is enabled. To apply a filter, Click the drop-down arrow . The Filter option list will open: Note: you can adjust the size of the filter window by dragging its right border to the right or to the left to display the data as convenient as possible. Adjust the filter parameters. You can proceed in one of the following ways: select the data to display, filter the data by certain criteria or filter data by color. Select the data to display Uncheck the boxes near the data you need to hide. For your convenience, all the data within the Filter option list are sorted in ascending order. The number of unique values in the filtered range is displayed to the right of each value within the filter window. Note: the {Blanks} check box corresponds to the empty cells. It is available if the selected cell range contains at least one empty cell. To facilitate the process, make use of the search field on the top. Enter your query, entirely or partially, in the field - the values that include these characters will be displayed in the list below. The following two options will be also available: Select All Search Results - is checked by default. It allows selecting all the values that correspond to your query in the list. Add current selection to filter - if you check this box, the selected values will not be hidden when you apply the filter. After you select all the necessary data, click the OK button in the Filter option list to apply the filter. Filter data by certain criteria Depending on the data in the selected column, you can choose either the Number filter or the Text filter option on the right side of the Filter options list, and then select one of the options from the submenu: For the Number filter the following options are available: Equals..., Does not equal..., Greater than..., Greater than or equal to..., Less than..., Less than or equal to..., Between, Top 10, Above Average, Below Average, Custom Filter.... For the Text filter the following options are available: Equals..., Does not equal..., Begins with..., Does not begin with..., Ends with..., Does not end with..., Contains..., Does not contain..., Custom Filter.... After you select one of the above options (apart from Top 10 and Above/Below Average), the Custom Filter window will open. The corresponding criterion will be selected in the upper drop-down list. Enter the necessary value in the field on the right. To add one more criterion, use the And radiobutton if you need the data to satisfy both criteria or click the Or radiobutton if either or both criteria can be satisfied. Then select the second criterion from the lower drop-down list and enter the necessary value on the right. Click OK to apply the filter. If you choose the Custom Filter... option from the Number/Text filter option list, the first criterion is not selected automatically, you can set it yourself. If you choose the Top 10 option from the Number filter option list, a new window will open: The first drop-down list allows choosing if you wish to display the highest (Top) or the lowest (Bottom) values. The second field allows specifying how many entries from the list or which percent of the overall entries number you want to display (you can enter a number from 1 to 500). The third drop-down list allows setting the units of measure: Item or Percent. Once the necessary parameters are set, click OK to apply the filter. If you choose the Above/Below Average option from the Number filter option list, the filter will be applied right now. Filter data by color If the cell range you want to filter contains some cells you have formatted changing their background or font color (manually or using predefined styles), you can use one of the following options: Filter by cells color - to display only the entries with a certain cell background color and hide other ones, Filter by font color - to display only the entries with a certain cell font color and hide other ones. When you select the necessary option, a palette that contains colors used in the selected cell range will open. Choose one of the colors to apply the filter. The Filter button will appear in the first cell of the column. It means that the filter is applied. The number of filtered records will be displayed at the status bar (e.g. 25 of 80 records filtered). Note: when the filter is applied, the rows that are filtered out cannot be modified when autofilling, formatting, deleting the visible contents. Such actions affect the visible rows only, the rows that are hidden by the filter remain unchanged. When copying and pasting the filtered data, only visible rows can be copied and pasted. This is not equivalent to manually hidden rows which are affected by all similar actions. Sort filtered data You can set the sorting order of the data you have enabled or applied filter for. Click the drop-down arrow or the Filter button and select one of the options in the Filter option list: Sort Lowest to Highest - allows sorting the data in ascending order, displaying the lowest value on the top of the column, Sort Highest to Lowest - allows sorting the data in descending order, displaying the highest value on the top of the column, Sort by cells color - allows selecting one of the colors and displaying the entries with the same cell background color on the top of the column, Sort by font color - allows selecting one of the colors and displaying the entries with the same font color on the top of the column. The latter two options can be used if the cell range you want to sort contains some cells you have formatted changing their background or font color (manually or using predefined styles). The sorting direction will be indicated by an arrow in the filter buttons. if the data is sorted in ascending order, the drop-down arrow in the first cell of the column looks like this: and the Filter button looks the following way: . if the data is sorted in descending order, the drop-down arrow in the first cell of the column looks like this: and the Filter button looks the following way: . You can also quickly sort the data by color using the contextual menu options: right-click a cell containing the color by which you want to sort the data, select the Sort option from the menu, select the necessary option from the submenu: Selected Cell Color on top - to display the entries with the same cell background color on the top of the column, Selected Font Color on top - to display the entries with the same font color on the top of the column. Filter by the selected cell contents You can also quickly filter your data by the selected cell contents using the contextual menu options. Right-click a cell, select the Filter option from the menu and then select one of the available options: Filter by Selected cell's value - to display only the entries with the same value as the selected cell contains. Filter by cell's color - to display only the entries with the same cell background color as the selected cell has. Filter by font color - to display only the entries with the same cell font color as the selected cell has. Format as Table Template To facilitate your work with data, the Spreadsheet Editor allows you to apply a table template to a selected cell range automatically enabling the filter. To do that, select a range of cells you need to format, click the Format as table template icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar. select the required template in the gallery, in the opened pop-up window check the cell range to be formatted as a table, check the Title if you wish the table headers to be included in the selected cell range, otherwise the header row will be added at the top while the selected cell range will be moved one row down, click the OK button to apply the selected template. The template will be applied to the selected range of cells and you will be able to edit the table headers and apply the filter to work with your data. To learn more on working with formatted tables, please refer to this page. Reapply Filter If the filtered data has been changed, you can refresh the filter to display an up-to-date result: click the Filter button in the first cell of the column that contains the filtered data, select the Reapply option in the opened Filter option list. You can also right-click a cell within the column that contains the filtered data and select the Reapply option from the contextual menu. Clear Filter To clear the filter, click the Filter button in the first cell of the column that contains the filtered data, select the Clear option in the opened Filter option list. You can also proceed in the following way: select the range of cells containing the filtered data, click the Clear filter icon situated on the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar. The filter will remain enabled, but all the applied filter parameters will be removed, and the Filter buttons in the first cells of the columns will change into the drop-down arrows . Remove Filter To remove the filter, select the range of cells containing the filtered data, click the Filter icon situated on the Home or Data tab of the top toolbar. The filter will be disabled, and the drop-down arrows will disappear from the first cells of the columns. Sort data by several columns/rows To sort data by several columns/rows you can create several sorting levels using the Custom Sort function. select a cell range you wish to sort (you can select a single cell to sort the entire range), click the Custom Sort icon situated on the Data tab of the top toolbar, the Sort window will appear. Sorting by columns is selected by default. To change the sorting orientation (i.e. sorting data by rows instead of columns), click the Options button on the top. The Sort Options window will open: check the My data has headers box, if necessary, choose the necessary Orientation: Sort top to bottom to sort data by columns or Sort left to right to sort data by rows, click OK to apply the changes and close the window. set the first sorting level in the Sort by field: in the Column / Row section, select the first column / row you want to sort, in the Sort on list choose one of the following options: Values, Cell color, or Font color, in the Order list, specify the necessary sorting order. The available options differ depending on the option chosen in the Sort on list: if the Values option is selected, choose the Ascending / Descending option if the cell range contains numbers or A to Z / Z to A option if the cell range contains text values, if the Cell color option is selected, choose the necessary cell color and select the Top / Below option for columns or Left / Right option for rows, if the Font color option is selected, choose the necessary font color and select the Top / Below option for columns or Left / Right option for rows. add the next sorting level by clicking the Add level button, select the second column / row you want to sort and specify other sorting parameters in the Then by field as described above. If necessary, add more levels in the same way. manage the added levels using the buttons at the top of the window: Delete level, Copy level or change the level order by using the arrow buttons Move the level up / Move the level down, click OK to apply the changes and close the window. The data will be sorted according to the specified sorting levels." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Thesaurus.htm", + "title": "Replace a word by a synonym", + "body": "If you are using the same word multiple times, or a word is just not quite the word you are looking for, ONLYOFFICE let you look up synonyms. It will show you the antonyms too. Select the word in your spreadsheet. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Thesaurus. The synonyms and antonyms will show up in the left sidebar. Click a word to replace the word in your spreadsheet." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Translator.htm", + "title": "Translate text", + "body": "You can translate your spreadsheet from and to numerous languages. Select the text that you want to translate. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose Translator, the Translator appears in a sidebar on the left. Click the drop-down box and choose the preferred language. The text will be translated to the required language. Changing the language of your result: Click the drop-down box and choose the preferred language. The translation will change immediately." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm", "title": "Undo/redo your actions", @@ -2518,11 +2578,16 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm", "title": "Use named ranges", - "body": "Names are meaningful notations that can be assigned to a cell or cell range and used to simplify working with formulas. Creating a formula, you can insert a name as its argument instead of using a reference to a cell range. For example, if you assign the Annual_Income name to a cell range, it will be possible to enter =SUM(Annual_Income) instead of =SUM(B1:B12). Thus, formulas become clearer. This feature can also be useful in case a lot of formulas are referred to one and the same cell range. If the range address is changed, you can make the correction once by using the Name Manager instead of editing all the formulas one by one. There are two types of names that can be used: Defined name – an arbitrary name that you can specify for a certain cell range. Defined names also include the names created automatically when setting up print areas. Table name – a default name that is automatically assigned to a new formatted table (Table1, Table2 etc.). You can edit this name later. If you have created a slicer for a formatted table, an automatically assigned slicer name will also be displayed in the Name Manager (Slicer_Column1, Slicer_Column2 etc. This name consists of the Slicer_ part and the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set). You can edit this name later. Names are also classified by Scope, i.e. the location where a name is recognized. A name can be scoped to the whole workbook (it will be recognized for any worksheet within this workbook) or to a separate worksheet (it will be recognized for the specified worksheet only). Each name must be unique within a single scope, the same names can be used within different scopes. Create new names To create a new defined name for a selection: Select a cell or cell range you want to assign a name to. Open a new name window in a suitable way: Right-click the selection and choose the Define Name option from the contextual menu, or click the Named ranges icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Define Name option from the menu. or click the  Named ranges button on the Formula tab of the top toolbar and select the Name manager option from the menu. Choose option New in the opened window. The New Name window will open: Enter the necessary Name in the text entry field. Note: a name cannot start with a number, contain spaces or punctuation marks. Underscores (_) are allowed. Case does not matter. Specify the name Scope. The Workbook scope is selected by default, but you can specify an individual worksheet selecting it from the list. Check the selected Data Range address. If necessary, you can change it. Click the icon - the Select Data Range window will open. Change the link to the cell range in the entry field or select a new range on the worksheet with the mouse and click OK. Click OK to save the new name. To quickly create a new name for the selected cell range, you can also enter the desired name into the name box located to the left of the the formula bar and press Enter. The name created in such a way is scoped to the Workbook. Manage names All the existing names can be accessed via the Name Manager. To open it: click the Named ranges icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Name manager option from the menu, or click the arrow in the name field and select the Name Manager option. The Name Manager window will open: For your convenience, you can filter the names selecting the name category you want to be displayed: All, Defined names, Table names, Names Scoped to Sheet or Names Scoped to Workbook. The names that belong to the selected category will be displayed in the list, the other names will be hidden. To change the sort order for the displayed list, you can click on the Named Ranges or Scope titles in this window. To edit a name, select it in the list and click the Edit button. The Edit Name window will open: For a defined name, you can change the name and the data range it refers to. For a table name, you can change the name only. When all the necessary changes are made, click OK to apply them. To discard the changes, click Cancel. If the edited name is used in a formula, the formula will be automatically changed accordingly. To delete a name, select it in the list and click the Delete button. Note: if you delete the name that is used in a formula, the formula will no longer work (it will return the #NAME? error). You can also create a new name in the Name Manager window by clicking the New button. Use names when working with the spreadsheet To quickly navigate through cell ranges, you can click the arrow in the name box and select the necessary name from the name list – the data range that corresponds to this name will be selected in the worksheet. Note: the name list displays the defined names and table names scoped to the current worksheet and to the whole workbook. To add a name as an argument of a formula: Place the insertion point where you need to add a name. Make one of the following steps: enter the name of the necessary named range manually using the keyboard. Once you type the initial letters, the Formula Autocomplete list will be displayed. As you type, the items (formulas and names) that match the entered characters are displayed in it. You can select the necessary defined name or table name from the list and insert it into the formula by double-clicking it or pressing the Tab key. or click the Named ranges icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the Paste name option from the menu, choose the necessary name from the Paste Name window and click OK: Note: the Paste Name window displays the defined names and table names scoped to the current worksheet and to the whole workbook. To use a name as an internal hyperlink: Place the insertion point where you need to add a hyperlink. Go to the Insert tab and click the Hyperlink button. In the opened Hyperlink Settings window, select the Internal Data Range tab and define the sheet and the name. Click OK." + "body": "Names are meaningful notations that can be assigned to a cell or cell range and used to simplify working with formulas. Creating a formula, you can insert a name as its argument instead of using a reference to a cell range. For example, if you assign the Annual_Income name to a cell range, it will be possible to enter =SUM(Annual_Income) instead of =SUM(B1:B12). Thus, formulas become clearer. This feature can also be useful in case a lot of formulas are referred to one and the same cell range. If the range address is changed, you can make the correction once by using the Name Manager instead of editing all the formulas one by one. There are two types of names that can be used: Defined name – an arbitrary name that you can specify for a certain cell range. Defined names also include the names created automatically when setting up print areas. Table name – a default name that is automatically assigned to a new formatted table (Table1, Table2 etc.). You can edit this name later. If you have created a slicer for a formatted table, an automatically assigned slicer name will also be displayed in the Name Manager (Slicer_Column1, Slicer_Column2 etc. This name consists of the Slicer_ part and the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set). You can edit this name later. Names are also classified by Scope, i.e. the location where a name is recognized. A name can be scoped to the whole workbook (it will be recognized for any worksheet within this workbook) or to a separate worksheet (it will be recognized for the specified worksheet only). Each name must be unique within a single scope, the same names can be used within different scopes. Create new names To create a new defined name for a selection: Select a cell or cell range you want to assign a name to. Open a new name window in a suitable way: Right-click the selection and choose the Define Name option from the contextual menu, or click the Named ranges icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Define Name option from the menu. or click the  Named ranges button on the Formula tab of the top toolbar and select the Name manager option from the menu. Choose option New in the opened window. The New Name window will open: Enter the necessary Name in the text entry field. Note: a name cannot start with a number, contain spaces or punctuation marks. Underscores (_) are allowed. Case does not matter. Specify the name Scope. The Workbook scope is selected by default, but you can specify an individual worksheet selecting it from the list. Check the selected Data Range address. If necessary, you can change it. Click the icon - the Select Data Range window will open. Change the link to the cell range in the entry field or select a new range on the worksheet with the mouse and click OK. Click OK to save the new name. To quickly create a new name for the selected cell range, you can also enter the desired name into the name box located to the left of the the formula bar and press Enter. The name created in such a way is scoped to the Workbook. Manage names All the existing names can be accessed via the Name Manager. To open it: click the Named ranges icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Name manager option from the menu, or click the arrow in the name field and select the Name Manager option. The Name Manager window will open: For your convenience, you can filter the names selecting the name category you want to be displayed: All, Defined names, Table names, Names Scoped to Sheet or Names Scoped to Workbook. The names that belong to the selected category will be displayed in the list, the other names will be hidden. To change the sort order for the displayed list, you can click on the Named Ranges or Scope titles in this window. To edit a name, select it in the list and click the Edit button. The Edit Name window will open: For a defined name, you can change the name and the data range it refers to. For a table name, you can change the name only. When all the necessary changes are made, click OK to apply them. To discard the changes, click Cancel. If the edited name is used in a formula, the formula will be automatically changed accordingly. To delete a name, select it in the list and click the Delete button. Note: if you delete the name that is used in a formula, the formula will no longer work (it will return the #NAME? error). You can also create a new name in the Name Manager window by clicking the New button. Use names when working with the spreadsheet To quickly navigate through cell ranges, you can click the arrow in the name box and select the necessary name from the name list – the data range that corresponds to this name will be selected in the worksheet. Note: the name list displays the defined names and table names scoped to the current worksheet and to the whole workbook. To add a name as an argument of a formula: Place the insertion point where you need to add a name. Make one of the following steps: enter the name of the necessary named range manually using the keyboard. Once you type the initial letters, the Formula Autocomplete list will be displayed. As you type, the items (formulas and names) that match the entered characters are displayed in it. You can select the necessary defined name or table name from the list and insert it into the formula by double-clicking it or pressing the Tab key. or click the Named ranges icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the Paste name option from the menu, choose the necessary name from the Paste Name window and click OK: Note: the Paste Name window displays the defined names and table names scoped to the current worksheet and to the whole workbook. To use a name as an internal hyperlink: Place the insertion point where you need to add a hyperlink. Go to the Insert tab and click the Hyperlink button. In the opened Hyperlink Settings window, select the Internal Data Range tab and choose a named range. Click OK." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "title": "View file information", "body": "To access the detailed information about the currently edited spreadsheet, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Spreadsheet Info option. General Information The spreadsheet information includes a number of file properties which describe the spreadsheet. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited. Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who has created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only. Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow you to simplify the classification of your documents. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields. Last Modified - the date and time when the file was last modified. Last Modified By - the name of the user who has made the latest change to the spreadsheet if the spreadsheet has been shared and it can be edited by several users. Application - the application the spreadsheet was created with. Author - the person who has created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows you to specify one more author. If you changed the file properties, click the Apply button to apply the changes. Note: The Online Editors allow you to change the spreadsheet title directly from the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in the opened window and click OK. Permission Information In the online version, you can view the information about permissions assigned to the files stored in the cloud. Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To find out who has the rights to view or edit the spreadsheet, select the Access Rights... option on the left sidebar. You can also change currently selected access rights by clicking the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section. To close the File pane and return to your spreadsheet, select the Close Menu option." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/YouTube.htm", + "title": "Include a video", + "body": "You can include a video in your spreadsheet. It will be shown as an image. By double-clicking the image the video dialog opens. Here you can start the video. Copy the URL of the video you want to include. (the complete address shown in the address line of your browser) Go to your spreadsheet and place the cursor at the location where you want to include the video. Switch to the Plugins tab and choose YouTube. Paste the URL and click OK. Check if it is the correct video and click the OK button below the video. The video is now included in your spreadsheet." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json index 75b44f843..87d9121e9 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json @@ -34,55 +34,55 @@ "headername": "Operaciones básicas" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/CopiePegueDatos.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm", "name": "Corte/copie/pegue datos" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/DeshacerRehacer.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm", "name": "Deshaga/rehaga sus acciones" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/ManejeHojas.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/ManageSheets.htm", "name": "Maneje hojas", "headername": "Operaciones con hojas de cálculo" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/TipoLetraTamañoEstilo.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm", "name": "Establezca tipo, tamaño y color de letra", "headername": "Formato de texto en celdas" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/AñadirHiperenlace.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "name": "Añadir hiperenlace" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/Eliminar Formato.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/ClearFormatting.htm", "name": "Limpie texto, formatee en una celda, copie formato de celda" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/AñadirBordes.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "name": "Añada bordes", "headername": "Editar las propiedades de la celda" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/AlinearTexto.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "name": "Alinee datos en celdas" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/Unir Celdas.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/MergeCells.htm", "name": "Combine celdas" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/CambiarFormatodeNúmeros.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm", "name": "Cambie formato de número" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/IntroducirEliminarCeldas.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm", "name": "Organizar celdas, filas y columnas", "headername": "Editar filas y columnas" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/OrdenarDatos.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/SortData.htm", "name": "Ordene y filtre sus datos" }, { @@ -90,37 +90,37 @@ "name": "Editar tablas pivote" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/IntroducirFunción.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm", "name": "Inserte una función", "headername": "Trabaje con funciones" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/UsarRangosconNombre.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm", "name": "Usar rangos con nombre" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/IntroduzaImágenes.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "name": "Introduzca imágenes", "headername": "Operaciones en objetos" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/IntroducirGráfico.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm", "name": "Introducir gráfico" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/InsertarAutoformas.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "name": "Inserte y dé formato a autoformas" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/InsertarObjetosconTexto.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "name": "Insertar objetos con texto" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/ManejarObjetos.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "name": "Maneje objetos" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/InsertarEcuación.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Inserte ecuación", "headername": "Ecuaciones matemáticas" }, @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ "headername": "Co-edición de hojas de cálculo" }, { - "src": "InstruccionesdeUso/VerInformacióndeArchivo.htm", + "src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "name": "Vea la información sobre un archivo", "headername": "Herramientas y ajustes" }, diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/amorintm.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/amorintm.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a17d5a86 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/amorintm.htm @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + Función VF + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Función VF

    +

    La función VF es una función financiera. Se usa para calcular el valor futuro de una inversión basado en un tipo de interés específico y en un programa de pagos constante.

    +

    La sintaxis de la función VF es:

    +

    FV(tasa, nper, pmt [, [pv] [,[tipo]]])

    +

    donde

    +

    tasa es un tipo de interés para la inversión.

    +

    nper es un número de pagos.

    +

    pmt es la cantidad de un pago.

    +

    pv es el valor presente de los pagos. Es un argumento opcional. Si se omite, la función pv será igual a 0.

    +

    tipo es un plazo cuando los pagos vencen. Es un argumento opcional. Si se establece en 0 u se omite, la función asumirá el vencimiento de los pagos para el final del periodo. Si type se establece en 1, los pagos vencen al principio del periodo.

    +

    Nota: pago en efectivo (como depósitos en cuentas) se representa con números negativos; efectivo recibido (como cheques de dividendos) se representa con números positivos.

    +

    Los valores numéricos puede introducirse a mano o incluirse en la celda a la que usted hace referencia.

    +

    Para aplicar la función VF,

    +
      +
    1. seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado,
      2. +
    2. haga clic en el icono Insertar función Icono insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior,
      o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú,
      o pulse el icono Icono función que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas,
      3. +
    3. seleccione el grupo de funciones Financiero en la lista,
      4. +
    4. haga clic en la función VF,
      5. +
    5. introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas,
      6. +
    6. pulse el botón Enter.
      7. +
    +

    El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida.

    +

    Función VF

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/asc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/asc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ec7b35e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/asc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + Función ASC + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Función ASC

    +

    La función ASC es una de las funciones de texto y datos. se usa para cambiar caracteres de ancho completo (doble byte) a caracteres de ancho medio (un byte) para idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc.

    +

    La sintaxis de la función ASC es:

    +

    ASC(texto)

    +

    donde texto es un dato introducido manualmente o incluido en la celda a la que se hace referencia. Si el texto no contiene caracteres de ancho completo, no se modifica.

    +

    Para aplicar la función ASC,

    +
      +
    1. seleccione la celda donde usted quiere mostrar el resultado,
      2. +
    2. Haga clic en el icono Insertar función Icono insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior,
      o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar Función en el menú,
      o haga clic en el Icono función icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas,
      3. +
    3. seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista,
      4. +
    4. haga clic en la función ASC,
      5. +
    5. introduzca un argumento requerido,
      6. +
    6. pulse el botón Enter.
      7. +
    +

    El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida.

    +

    Función ASC

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/betainv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/betainv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b5a97614 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/betainv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + Función DISTR.BETA.INV + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Función DISTR.BETA.INV

    +

    La función DISTR.BETA.INV es una de las funciones de estadística. Se usa para devolver la inversa de la función de densidad de probabilidad beta acumulativa para una distribución beta especificada.

    +

    La sintaxis de la función DISTR.BETA.INV es:

    +

    DISTR.BETA.INV(x, alfa, beta, [,[A] [,[B]])

    +

    donde

    +

    x es una probabilidad asociada a la distribución beta. Un valor numérico mayor o igual a 0 y menor que o igual a 1.

    +

    alfa es el primer parámetro de la distribución, un valor numérico mayor que 0.

    +

    beta es el segundo parámetro de la distribución, un valor numérico mayor que 0.

    +

    A es el límite más bajo del intervalo de x. Es un parámetro opcional. Si se omite, se usa el valor predeterminado 0.

    +

    B es el límite superior del intervalo de x. Es un parámetro opcional. Si se omite, se usa el valor predeterminado 1.

    +

    Los valores pueden introducirse manualmente o incluirse en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia.

    +

    Para aplicar la función DISTR.BETA.INV,

    +
      +
    1. seleccione la celda donde usted quiere mostrar el resultado,
      2. +
    2. Haga clic en el icono Insertar función Icono insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior,
      o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar Función en el menú,
      o haga clic en el Icono función icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas,
      3. +
    3. seleccione el grupo de funciones Estadísticas en la lista,
      4. +
    4. haga clic en la función DISTR.BETA.INV,
      5. +
    5. introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas
      6. +
    6. pulse el botón Enter.
      7. +
    +

    El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida.

    +

    Función DISTR.BETA.INV

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/hyperlink.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/hyperlink.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d84d9e647 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/hyperlink.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + Función HIPERVINCULO + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Función HIPERVINCULO

    +

    La función HIPERVINCULO es una de las funciones de búsqueda y referencia. Se usa para crear un acceso directo que lleva a otra ubicación en el cuaderno de trabajo actual o abre un documento almacenado en un servidor de red, una intranet o Internet.

    +

    La sintaxis de la función HIPERVINCULO es:

    +

    HIPERVINCULO(ubicación_del_vínculo, [Nombre_descriptivo])

    +

    donde

    +

    ubicación_del_vínculo es la ruta y el nombre del archivo del documento que se va a abrir. En la versión en línea, la ruta puede ser solamente una dirección URL. ubicación_del_vínculo también puede referirse a un lugar determinado en el cuaderno de trabajo actual, por ejemplo, a una celda determinada o a un rango designado. El valor se puede especificar como una cadena de texto escrita entre comillas o como una referencia a una celda que contiene el enlace como una cadena de texto.

    +

    Nombre_descriptivo es un texto que se muestra en la celda. Es un argumento opcional. Si se omita, el valor de laubicación_del_vínculo se mostrará en la celda.

    + +

    Para aplicar la función HIPERVINCULO,

    +
      +
    1. seleccione la celda donde usted quiere mostrar el resultado,
      2. +
    2. Haga clic en el icono Insertar función Icono insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior,
      o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar Función en el menú,
      o haga clic en el Icono función icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas,
      3. +
    3. seleccione el grupo de funciones Búsqueda y referencia en la lista,
      4. +
    4. haga clic en la función HIPERVINCULO,
      5. +
    5. introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas,
      6. +
    6. pulse el botón Enter.
      7. +
    +

    El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida.

    +

    Para abrir el enlace, haga clic sobre él. Para seleccionar una celda que contiene un enlace sin abrir este enlace, haga clic y mantenga presionado en botón del ratón.

    +

    Función HIPERVINCULO

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/roman.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/roman.htm index d600f1aad..4edcf68a0 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/roman.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/Functions/roman.htm @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@

    Función NUMERO.ROMANO

    La función NUMERO.ROMANO es una función matemática y trigonométrica. Se usa para convertir un número a un número romano.

    La sintaxis de la función NUMERO.ROMANO es:

    -

    NUMERO.ROMANO(número, forma)

    +

    NUMERO.ROMANO(número, [forma])

    donde

    número es un valor numérico mayor o igual a 1 y menor que 3999 introducido manualmente o incluido en la celda a la que usted hace referencia.

    forma es un tipo de número romano. Aquí están los distintos tipos:

    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 3c9a8b41e..a3a334cf2 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@

    Acerca del editor de hojas de cálculo

    El editor de hojas de cálculo es una aplicación en línea que le da la oportunidad de editar sus hojas de cálculo directamente en su navegador.

    -

    Usando el editor de hojas de cálculo, usted puede realizar operaciones de edición variadas como en cualquier editor de escritorio, imprimir hojas de cálculo editadas manteniendo todos las detalles del formato o descargarlas en el disco duro de su ordenador en formato de XLSX, PDF, ODS, o CSV.

    -

    Para ver la versión de software actual y los detalles de la licencia, haga clic en el icono Icono Acerca de en la barra izquierda lateral.

    +

    Usando el editor de hojas de cálculo, puede realizar varias operaciones de edición como en cualquier otro editor de escritorio, imprimir las hojas de cálculo editadas manteniendo todos los detalles de formato o descargarlas en el disco duro de su ordenador como XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, archivo OTS.

    +

    Para ver la versión actual de software y la información de la licencia en la versión en línea, haga clic en el icono Icono Acerca de en la barra izquierda lateral. Para ver la versión actual de software y la información de la licencia en la versión de escritorio, selecciona la opción Acerca de en la barra lateral izquierda de la ventana principal del programa.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index d99e3a80a..29019a15c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
  • Mostrar los comentarios resueltos - esta característica está desactivada por defecto de manera que los comentarios resueltos permanezcan ocultos en la hoja. Será capaz de ver estos comentarios solo si hace clic en el Icono Comentarios icono de Comentarios en la barra de herramientas izquierda. Active esta opción si desea mostrar los comentarios resueltos en la hoja.
    • -
  • Guardar automáticamente se usa para activar/desactivar el autoguardado de cambios mientras edita.
    • +
  • Guardar automáticamente se usa en la versión en línea para activar/desactivar el autoguardado de los cambios mientras edita. La Autorecuperación - se usa en la versión de escritorio para activar/desactivar la opción que permite recuperar automáticamente las hojas de cálculo en caso de cierre inesperado del programa.
  • El Estilo de Referencia es usado para activar/desactivar el estilo de referencia R1C1. Por defecto, esta opción está desactivada y se usa el estilo de referencia A1.

    Cuando se usa el estilo de referencia A1, las columnas están designadas por letras y las filas por números. Si selecciona una celda ubicada en la fila 3 y columna 2, su dirección mostrada en la casilla a la izquierda de la barra de formulas se verá así: B3. Si el estilo de referencia R1C1 está activado, tanto las filas como columnas son designadas por números. Si usted selecciona la celda en la intersección de la fila 3 y columna 2, su dirección se verá así: R3C2. La letra R indica el número de fila y la letra C indica el número de columna.

    Celda activa

    En caso que se refiera a otras celdas usando el estilo de referencia R1C1, la referencia a una celda objetivo se forma en base a la distancia desde una celda activa. Por ejemplo, cuando selecciona la celda en la fila 5 y columna 1 y se refiere a la celda en la fila 3 y columna 2, la referencia es R[-2]C[1]. Los números entre corchetes designan la posición de la celda a la que se refiere en relación a la posición de la celda actual, es decir, la celda objetivo esta 2 filas arriba y 1 columna a la derecha de la celda activa. Si selecciona la celda en la fila 1 y columna 2 y se refiere a la misma celda en la fila 3 y columna 2, la referencia es R[2]C, es decir, la celda objetivo está 2 filas hacia abajo de la celda activa y en la misma columna.

    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 3d7cc46fb..ef84da1fe 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -20,15 +20,25 @@
  • indicación visual de celdas que se han editados por otros usuarios
  • visualización de cambios en tiempo real o sincronización de cambios al pulsar un botón
  • chat para intercambiar ideasen relación con partes de la hoja de cálculo
    • -
  • comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o un problema que hay que resolver
    • +
  • comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o problema que hay que resolver (también es posible trabajar con comentarios en modo sin conexión, sin necesidad de conectarse a la versión en línea)
    • +
    +

    Conectándose a la versión en línea

    +

    En el editor de escritorio, abra la opción de Conectar a la nube del menú de la izquierda en la ventana principal del programa. Conéctese a su suite de ofimática en la nube especificando el nombre de usuario y la contraseña de su cuenta.

    +

    Co-edición

    -

    Editor del Documento permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar Icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Icono del modo de Co-edición Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

    +

    Editor de hojas de cálculo permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles:

    +
      +
    • Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real.
      • +
    • Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar Icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios.
      • +
    +

    El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Icono del modo de Co-edición Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

    Menú del modo de Co-edición

    +

    Nota: cuando co-edita una hoja de cálculo en modo Rápido la posibilidad de Deshacer/Rehacer la última operación no está disponible.

    Cuando un documento se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, las celdas editadas, así como la pestaña del documento donde estas celdas están situadas aparecen marcadas con una línea discontinua de diferentes colores. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre una de las celdas editadas, se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editando en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los coeditores cuando ellos están editando el texto.

    El número de los usuarios que están trabajando en el documento actual se especifica en la parte derecha del encabezado del editor - Icono Número de usuarios. Si quiere ver quién está editando el archivo en ese preciso momento, pulse este icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios.

    -

    Cuando ningún usuario está viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editor estará así Gestionar derechos de acceso de documentos, y le permitirá a usted organizar los usuarios que tienen acceso al archivo desde la hoja de cálculo: invite a nuevos usuarios y otórgueles acceso completo o de solo lectura, o niegue a algunos usuarios los derechos de acceso al archivo. Haga clic en este icono para manejar el acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando la hoja de cálculo en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como Icono Número de usuarios. También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Icono de comparitr Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

    +

    Cuando ningún usuario esté viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editor se verá así Gestionar derechos de acceso de documentos permitiéndole gestionar qué usuarios tienen acceso al archivo desde la hoja de cálculo: invite a nuevos usuarios dándoles permiso para editar, leer o comentar la hoja de cálculo, o denegar el acceso a algunos de los usuarios a los derechos de acceso al archivo. Haga clic en este icono para manejar el acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando la hoja de cálculo en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como Icono Número de usuarios. También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Icono de comparitr Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

    Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono Icono Guardar, los otros verán una nota en la esquina izquierda superior indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono Icono Guardar en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior.

    Chat

    Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para arreglar con sus colaboradores quién está haciendo que, que parte de la hoja de cálculo va a editar ahora usted, etc.

    @@ -43,6 +53,7 @@

    Para cerrar el panel con los mensajes de chat, haga clic en el icono Icono Chat una vez más.

    Comentarios

    +

    Es posible trabajar con comentarios en el modo sin conexión, sin necesidad de conectarse a la versión en línea.

    Para dejar un comentario,

    1. seleccione una celda donde usted cree que hay algún problema o error,
      2. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index c2ee5e906..ed96459c5 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ + +
      @@ -14,304 +16,542 @@

      Atajos de teclado

      - +
        +
      • Windows/Linux
      • Mac OS
        • +
      +
      - + - - - + + + + - - + + + - - - + + + + - - + + + - - + + + - + + - - + + + - + + - - + + + - + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - + + + - - + + + - + + - - - - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - - - + + + + + + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + - + + + + + + + - + + - + + - + - + + - + + - + + - + + - - + + + - - + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      Trabajar con hojas de cálculoTrabajar con hojas de cálculo
      Abrir panel 'Archivo'Alt+FAbre el panel Archivo para guardar, descargar, imprimir la hoja de cálculo actual, revisar la información, crear una hoja de cálculo nueva o abrir una ya existente, acceder al editor de ayuda o a ajustes avanzados del editor de hojas de cálculo.Abrir panel 'Archivo'Alt+F⌥ Opción+FAbre el panel Archivo para guardar, descargar, imprimir la hoja de cálculo actual, revisar la información, crear una hoja de cálculo nueva o abrir una ya existente, acceder al editor de ayuda o a ajustes avanzados del editor de hojas de cálculo.
      Abrir ventana 'Encontrar y Reemplazar’Ctrl+FAbre la ventana Encontrar y Reemplazar para empezar a buscar una celda que contenga los caracteres que necesita.Ctrl+F^ Ctrl+F,
      ⌘ Cmd+F      		Abre el cuando de diálogo Buscar y reemplazar para empezar a buscar una celda que contenga los caracteres que busque.
      Abra la ventana 'Encontrar y Reemplazar’ con un campo de reemplazoCtrl+HAbre la ventana Encontrar y Reemplazar con el campo de reemplazo para reemplazar una o más ocurrencias de los caracteres encontrados.Abra el cuadro de diálogo 'Buscar y reemplazar’ con el campo de reemplazoCtrl+H^ Ctrl+HAbra el cuadro de diálogo Buscar y reemplazar con el campo de reemplazo para reemplazar una o más apariciones de los caracteres encontrados.
      Abrir panel 'Comentarios'Ctrl+Shift+HAbre el panel Comentarios para añadir su propio comentario o contestar a comentarios de otros usuarios.Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+H^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+H,
      ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+H      		Abra el panel Comentarios para añadir sus propios comentarios o contestar a los comentarios de otros usuarios.
      Abrir campo de comentariosAlt+HAbre un campo donde usted puede añadir un texto o su comentario.Alt+H⌥ Opción+HAbra un campo de entrada de datos en el que se pueda añadir el texto de su comentario.
      Abrir panel 'Chat'Alt+QAlt+Q⌥ Opción+Q Abre el panel Chat y envía un mensaje.
      Guardar hoja de cálculoCtrl+SGuarda todos los cambios de la hoja de cálculo recientemente editada usando el editor de hoja de cálculo.Ctrl+S^ Ctrl+S,
      ⌘ Cmd+S      		Guarda todos los cambios de la hoja de cálculo recientemente editada usando el editor de hoja de cálculo. El archivo activo se guardará con su actual nombre, ubicación y formato de archivo.
      Imprimir hoja de cálculoCtrl+PCtrl+P^ Ctrl+P,
      ⌘ Cmd+P      		 Imprime su hoja de cálculo con una de las impresoras disponibles o lo guarda en un archivo.
      Descargar comoCtrl+Shift+SAbre el panel Descargar como para guardar la hoja de cálculo actual en el disco duro de su ordenador en uno de los formatos compatibles: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV.Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+S^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+S,
      ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+S      		Abrir el panel Descargar como... para guardar la hoja de cálculo que está siendo editada actualmente en la unidad de disco duro del ordenador en uno de los formatos admitidos: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS.
      Pantalla completaF11F11 Pase a la vista de pantalla completa para ajustar el editor de hojas de cálculo a su pantalla.
      Menú de ayudaF1F1F1 Abre el menú de Ayuda del editor de documentos.
      Abrir un archivo existente (Editores de escritorio)Ctrl+OEn la pestaña Abrir archivo local de los Editores de escritorio, abre el cuadro de diálogo estándar que permite seleccionar un archivo existente.
      Cerrar archivo (Editores de escritorio)Ctrl+W,
      Ctrl+F4      		^ Ctrl+W,
      ⌘ Cmd+W      		Cierra la ventana de la hoja de cálculo actual en los Editores de escritorio.
      Menú contextual de elementos⇧ Mayús+F10⇧ Mayús+F10Abre el menú contextual del elementos seleccionado.
      NavegaciónNavegación
      Desplazar a una celda hacia arriba, abajo, izquierda o derecha← → ↑ ↓← → ↑ ↓Destacar una celda por encima/debajo de la seleccionada actualmente o a la izquierda/derecha de la misma.
      Ir al borde de la región de datos actualCtrl+← → ↑ ↓⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓Destacar en una hoja de trabajo una celda en el borde de la región de datos actual.
      Saltar al principio de la filaInicioDestaca la columna A de la fila actual.InicioInicioDestacar una celda en la columna A de la fila actual.
      Saltar al principio de la hoja de cálculoCtrl+HomeDestaca la celda A1.Ctrl+Inicio^ Ctrl+InicioDestacar la celda A1.
      Saltar al final de la filaEnd, o Ctrl+DerechaFin,
      Ctrl+→      		Fin,
      ⌘ Cmd+→      		 Destaca la última celda de la fila actual.
      Saltar al pie de la hoja de cálculoCtrl+EndDestaca la última celda de la hoja de cálculos con datos situada en la fila más inferior con la columna con datos situada en la parte más derecha. Si el cursos está en línea con la fórmula, se pondrá al final del texto.
      Mover a la hoja anteriorAlt+PgUpAlt+Re Pág⌥ Opción+Re Pág Mueve a la hoja anterior de su hoja de cálculo.
      Mover a la hoja siguienteAlt+PgDnAlt+Av Pág⌥ Opción+Av Pág Mueve a la hoja siguiente de su hoja de cálculo.
      Mover una fila arribaFlecha arriba↑,
      ⇧ Mayús+↵ Entrar      		⇧ Mayús+↵ Volver Destaca la celda que se sitúa más arriba de la celda actual en la misma columna.
      Mover una fila abajoFlecha abajo↓,
      ↵ Entrar      		↵ Volver Destaca la celda que se sitúa más abajo de la celda actual en la misma columna.
      Mover una columna a la izquierdaFlecha izquierda, o
      Tab      		←,
      ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab      		←,
      ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab      		 Destaca la celda anterior de la fila corriente.
      Mover una columna a la derechaFlecha derecha, o
      Tab+Shift      		→,
      ↹ Tab      		→,
      ↹ Tab      		 Destaca la celda siguiente de la fila actual.
      Selección de datosAlejarCtrl+-^ Ctrl+-,
      ⌘ Cmd+-      		Alejar la hoja de cálculo que se está editando.
      Selección de datos
      Seleccionar todoCtrl+A, o
      Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar      		Ctrl+A,
      Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+␣ Barra espaciadora      		⌘ Cmd+A Selecciona la hoja de cálculo entera.
      Seleccionar columnaCtrl+SpacebarCtrl+␣ Barra espaciadora^ Ctrl+␣ Barra espaciadora Selecciona una columna entera en la hoja de cálculo.
      Seleccionar filaShift+Spacebar⇧ Mayús+␣ Barra espaciadora⇧ Mayús+␣ Barra espaciadora Selecciona una fila entera en la hoja de cálculo.
      Seleccionar fragmentoShift+Arrow⇧ Mayús+→ ←⇧ Mayús+→ ← Selecciona celda por celda.
      Selecciona desde el cursor al principio de una filaShift+Home⇧ Mayús+Inicio⇧ Mayús+Inicio Selecciona un fragmento del cursor al principio de la fila actual.
      Selecciona del cursor al final de una filaShift+End⇧ Mayús+Fin⇧ Mayús+Fin Selecciona un fragmento del cursor al final de la fila actual.
      Extender la selecciónCtrl+Shift+HomeCtrl+⇧ Mayús+Inicio^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+Inicio Seleccionar un fragmento desde las celdas elegidas al principio de la hoja de cálculo.
      Extender la selección hasta la celda que se ha usado por últimoCtrl+Shift+HomeSeleccionar un fragmento desde las celdas elegidas hasta la celda de la hoja de cálculo que se ha usado por último.Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+Fin^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+FinSeleccionar un fragmento de la celda que está seleccionada en ese momento hasta la última celda utilizada en la hoja de trabajo (en la fila inferior con los datos de la columna de la derecha con los datos). Si el cursor se encuentra en la barra de fórmulas, se seleccionará todo el texto de la barra de fórmulas desde la posición del cursor hasta el final sin afectar a la altura de la barra de fórmulas.
      Seleccione una celda a la izquierda⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab⇧ Mayús+↹ TabSeleccionar una celda a la izquierda en una tabla.
      Seleccionar una celda a la derecha↹ Tab↹ TabSeleccionar una celda a la derecha en una tabla.
      Extender la selección a la celda no vacía más cercana a la derecha⇧ Mayús+Alt+Fin,
      Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+→      		⇧ Mayús+⌥ Opción+FinExtender la selección a la celda no vacía más cercana en la misma fila a la derecha de la celda activa. Si la siguiente celda está vacía, la selección se extenderá a la siguiente celda no vacía.
      Extender la selección a la celda no vacía más cercana a la izquierda⇧ Mayús+Alt+Inicio,
      Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+←      		⇧ Mayús+⌥ Opción+InicioExtender la selección a la celda no vacía más cercana en la misma fila a la izquierda de la celda activa. Si la siguiente celda está vacía, la selección se extenderá a la siguiente celda no vacía.
      Extender la selección a la celda no vacía más cercana hacia arriba/abajo en la columnaCtrl+⇧ Mayús+↑ ↓Extender la selección a la celda no vacía más cercana en la misma columna hacia arriba/abajo desde la celda activa. Si la siguiente celda está vacía, la selección se extenderá a la siguiente celda no vacía.
      Extender la selección una pantalla hacia abajo⇧ Mayús+Av Pág⇧ Mayús+Av PágExtender la selección para incluir todas las celdas una pantalla más abajo de la celda activa.
      Extender la selección una pantalla hacia arriba⇧ Mayús+Re Pág⇧ Mayús+Re PágExtender la selección para incluir todas las celdas una pantalla más arriba de la celda activa.
      Deshacer y RehacerDeshacer y Rehacer
      DeshacerCtrl+ZCtrl+Z⌘ Cmd+Z Invierte las últimas acciones realizadas.
      RehacerCtrl+YCtrl+A⌘ Cmd+A Repite la última acción deshecha.
      Cortar, copiar, y pegarCortar, copiar, y pegar
      CortarCtrl+X, Shift+DeleteCtrl+X,
      ⇧ Mayús+Borrar      		⌘ Cmd+X Corta datos seleccionados y los envía a la memoria de portapapeles del ordenador. Luego los datos cortados pueden ser insertados en el otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo, en otra hoja de cálculo, o en otro programa.
      CopiarCtrl+C, Ctrl+InsertCtrl+C,
      Ctrl+Insert      		⌘ Cmd+C Envía los datos seleccionados a la memoria de portapapeles del ordenador. Luego los datos copiados pueden ser insertados en otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo, en otra hoja de cálculo, o en otro programa.
      PegarCtrl+V, Shift+InsertCtrl+V,
      ⇧ Mayús+Insert      		⌘ Cmd+V Inserta los datos copiados/cortados de la memoria de portapapeles del ordenador en la posición actual del cursor. Los datos pueden ser anteriormente copiados de la misma hoja de cálculo, de otra hola de cálculo, o del programa.
      Formato de datosFormato de datos
      NegritaCtrl+BCtrl+B^ Ctrl+B,
      ⌘ Cmd+B      		 Pone la letra de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en negrita dándole más peso o quita este formato.
      CursivaCtrl+ICtrl+I^ Ctrl+I,
      ⌘ Cmd+I      		 Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en cursiva dándole un plano inclinado a la derecha o quita este formato.
      SubrayadoCtrl+UCtrl+U^ Ctrl+U,
      ⌘ Cmd+U      		 Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado o quita este formato.
      TachadoCtrl+5Ctrl+5^ Ctrl+5,
      ⌘ Cmd+5      		 Aplica el estilo tachado a un fragmento de texto seleccionado.
      Añadir hiperenlaceCtrl+KCtrl+K⌘ Cmd+K Inserta un hiperenlace a un sitio web externo u otra hoja de cálculo.
      Filtrado de datosEditar la celda activaF2F2Editar la celda activa y posicionar el punto de inserción al final del contenido de la celda. Si la edición en una celda está desactivada, el punto de inserción se moverá a la barra de fórmulas.
      Filtrado de datos
      Avtivar/Eliminar filtroCtrl+Shift+LCtrl+⇧ Mayús+L^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+L,
      ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+L      		 Activa un filtro para un rango de celdas seleccionado o elimina el filtro.
      Aplicar plantilla de tablaCtrl+LCtrl+L^ Ctrl+L,
      ⌘ Cmd+L      		 Aplica una plantilla de tabla a un rango de celdas seleccionado.
      Entrada de datosEntrada de datos
      Terminar entrada de información y mover hacia debajoEnter↵ Entrar↵ Volver Termina la entrada de información en una celda seleccionada o en la barra de fórmulas y pasa a la celda de debajo.
      Terminar entrada de información y mover hacia arribaShift+Enter⇧ Mayús+↵ Entrar⇧ Mayús+↵ Volver Termina la entrada de información en una celda seleccionada y mueve a la celda de arriba.
      Empezar línea nuevaAlt+EnterAlt+↵ Entrar Empieza una línea nueva en la misma celda.
      CancelarEscEscEsc Cancela una entrada en la celda seleccionada o barra de fórmulas.
      Borrar a la izquierdaBACKSPACEBorra un carácter a la izquierda en la barra de fórmulas o en la celda seleccionada cuando el modo de edición de una celda está activado.← Retroceso← RetrocesoBorra un carácter a la izquierda en la barra de fórmulas o en la celda seleccionada cuando el modo de edición de una celda está activado. También elimina el contenido de la celda activa.
      Borrar a la derechaBorrarBorra un carácter a la derecha en la barra de fórmulas o en la celda seleccionada cuando el modo de edición de una celda está activado.BorrarBorrar,
      Fn+← Retroceso      		Borra un carácter a la derecha en la barra de fórmulas o en la celda seleccionada cuando el modo de edición de una celda está activado. También elimina el contenido de las celdas (datos y fórmulas) de las celdas seleccionadas sin afectar los formatos o comentarios de las celdas.
      Eliminar contenido de celdaBorrarBorrar,
      ← Retroceso      		Borrar,
      ← Retroceso      		 Elimina el contenido (datos y fórmulas) de celdas seleccionadas sin afectar a comentarios o formato de celdas.
      Completar una entrada de celda y moverse a la derecha↹ Tab↹ TabCompletar una entrada de celda en la celda seleccionada o en la barra de fórmulas y moverse a la celda de la derecha.
      Completar una entrada de celda y moverse a la izquierda⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab⇧ Mayús+↹ TabCompletar una entrada de celda en la celda seleccionada o en la barra de fórmulas y moverse a la celda de la izquierda .
      FuncionesFunciones
      Función SUMAAlt+'='Alt+=⌥ Opción+= Inserta la función SUMA en la celda seleccionada.
      Modificación de objetos
      Desplazar en incrementos de tres píxelesCtrlMantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas del teclado para desplazar el objeto seleccionado un píxel a la vez.
      Abrir lista desplegableAlt+↓Abra una lista desplegable seleccionada.
      Abrir el menú contextual≣ MenúAbre un menú contextual para la celda o rango de celdas seleccionado.
      Formatos de datos
      Abre el cuadro de diálogo 'Formato de número'.Ctrl+1^ Ctrl+1Abre el cuadro de diálogo Formato de número.
      Aplicar el formato generalCtrl+⇧ Mayús+~^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+~Aplica el formato de número General.
      Aplicar el formato de monedaCtrl+⇧ Mayús+$^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+$Aplica el formato Moneda con dos decimales (números negativos entre paréntesis).
      Aplicar el formato de porcentajeCtrl+⇧ Mayús+%^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+%Aplica el formato de Porcentaje sin decimales.
      Aplicar el formato exponencialCtrl+⇧ Mayús+^^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+^Aplica el formato de número Exponencial con dos decimales.
      Aplicar el formato de fechaCtrl+⇧ Mayús+#^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+#Aplica el formato deFecha con el día, mes y año.
      Aplicar el formato de horaCtrl+⇧ Mayús+@^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+@Aplica el formato de Hora con la hora y los minutos, y AM o PM..
      Aplicar el formato de númeroCtrl+⇧ Mayús+!^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+!Aplica el formato de Número con dos decimales, separador de miles y signo menos (-) para valores negativos.
      Modificación de objetos
      Limitar movimiento⇧ Mayús + arrastrar⇧ Mayús + arrastrarLimita el movimiento horizontal o vertical del objeto seleccionado.
      Estableсer rotación en 15 grados⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras rotación)⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras rotación)Limita el ángulo de rotación al incremento de 15 grados.
      Mantener proporciones⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras redimensiona)⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras redimensiona)Mantener las proporciones del objeto seleccionado al redimensionar.
      Dibujar una línea recta o una flecha⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (al dibujar líneas/flechas)⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (al dibujar líneas/flechas)Dibujar una línea o flecha recta vertical/horizontal/45 grados.
      Desplazar en incrementos de tres píxelesCtrl+← → ↑ ↓Mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas del teclado para desplazar el objeto seleccionado un píxel a la vez.
      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index 0bdbf6fb4..9423b4c9c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -16,9 +16,9 @@

      Configuración de la vista y herramientas de navegación

      Para ayudarle a ver y seleccionar celdas en una hoja de cálculo grande el editor de hojas de cálculo le ofrece varias herramientas: barras ajustables, barra de desplazamiento, botones de navegación por hojas, pestañas para hojas y zoom.

      Ajuste la configuración de la vista

      -

      Para ajustar la configuración de la vista predeterminada y establecer el modo más conveniente para trabajar con una hoja de cálculo, cambie a la pestaña de Inicio. pulse el icono Mostrar ajustes Icono Mostrar ajustes en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione qué elementos de la interfaz quiere ocultar o mostrar. Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes en la lista desplegable Mostrar ajustes:

      +

      Para ajustar la configuración por defecto de la vista y establecer el modo más conveniente para trabajar con la hoja de cálculo, haga clic en el icono Icono Mostrar ajustes Configuración de la vista en el lado derecho de la cabecera del editor y seleccione los elementos de la interfaz que desea ocultar o mostrar. Puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones de la lista desplegable Configuración de la vista:

        -
      • Ocultar barra de herramientas - oculta la barra de herramientas superior que contiene comandos mientras que las pestañas permanecen visibles. Cuando esta opción está desactivada, puede hacer clic en cualquier pestaña para mostrar la barra de herramientas. La barra de herramientas se muestra hasta que hace clic en cualquier lugar fuera de este. Para desactivar este modo cambie a la pestaña de Inicio, luego haga clic en el icono Icono Mostrar ajustes Mostrar ajustes y haga clic en la opción Ocultar barra de herramientas de nuevo. La barra de herramientas superior se mostrará todo el tiempo.

        Nota: de forma alternativa, puede hacer doble clic en cualquier pestaña para ocultar la barra de herramientas superior o mostrarla de nuevo.

        +
      • Ocultar barra de herramientas - oculta la barra de herramientas superior que contiene los comandos mientras las pestañas permanecen visibles. Cuando esta opción está desactivada, puede hacer clic en cualquier pestaña para mostrar la barra de herramientas. La barra de herramientas se muestra hasta que hace clic en cualquier lugar fuera de este. Para desactivar este modo, haga clic en el icono Icono Mostrar ajustes Configuración de la vista y vuelva a hacer clic en la opción Ocultar barra de herramientas. La barra de herramientas superior se mostrará todo el tiempo.

        Nota: como alternativa, puede hacer doble clic en cualquier pestaña para ocultar la barra de herramientas superior o mostrarla de nuevo.

      • Ocultar barra de fórmulas - oculta la barra que está situada debajo de la barra de herramientas superior y se usa para introducir y verificar la fórmula y su contenido. Para mostrar la Barra de fórmulas ocultada pulse esta opción una vez más.
      • Ocultar títulos - oculta el título de columna en la parte superior y el título de fila en la parte izquierda de la hoja de cálculo. Para mostrar los títulos ocultados pulse esta opción una vez más.
        • @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
      • Inmovilizar paneles - congela todas las filas de arriba de la celda activa y todas las columnas a su lado izquierdo para que sean visibles cuando usted desplace la hoja hacia la derecha o hacia abajo. Si quiere descongelar los paneles simplemente haga clic en esta opción de nuevo o haga clic derecho en cualquier lugar dentro de la hoja de cálculo y seleccione la opción Descongelar Paneles del menú.

      La barra derecha lateral es minimizada de manera predeterminada. Para expandirla, seleccione cualquier objeto (imagen, gráfico, forma) y haga clic en el icono de dicha pestaña ya activada a la derecha. Para minimizar la barra lateral derecha, pulse el icono de nuevo.

      -

      Usted también puede cambiar el tamaño de los paneles Comentarios o Chat abiertos usando la acción arrastrar y soltar: mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde de la barra izquierda lateral para que se convierta en una flecha bidireccional y arrastre el borde a la derecha para extender el ancho de la barra lateral. Para restaurar el ancho original, mueva el borde a la izquierda.

      +

      También puede cambiar el tamaño de los paneles Comentarios o Chat abiertos usando la acción arrastrar y soltar: mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde de la barra izquierda lateral para que se convierta en una flecha bidireccional y arrastre el borde a la derecha para extender el ancho de la barra lateral. Para restaurar el ancho original, mueva el borde a la izquierda.

      Utilice las herramientas de navegación

      Para navegar por su hoja de cálculo, utilice las herramientas siguientes:

      Las Barras de desplazamiento (en la parte inferior o en la parte derecha) se usan para desplazar arriba/abajo y a la izquierda/a la derecha la hoja actual. Para navegar una hoja de cálculo usando las barras de desplazamiento:

      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 300cefe10..12ac3bf8a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -14,14 +14,15 @@

      Las funciones de búsqueda y sustitución

      -

      Para buscar los caracteres, palabras o frases necesarios que se utilizan en la hoja de cálculo actual, pulse el icono Icono Buscar que está situado en la izquierda barra lateral.

      +

      Para buscar los caracteres, palabras o frases usadas en la hoja de cálculo actual, haga clic en el icono Icono Buscar situado en la barra lateral izquierda o use la combinación de teclas Ctrl+F.

      Si quiere buscar/reemplazar valores dentro de un área en la hoja actual, seleccione el rango de celdas necesario y haga clic en el icono Icono Buscar.

      Se abrirá la ventana Encontrar y reemplazar:

      Ventana de búsqueda y sustitución
      1. Introduzca su consulta en el campo correspondiente.
      2. Especifique las opciones de búsqueda haciendo clic en el icono Icono Buscar opciones de al lado del campo de entrada de datos:
          -
        • Sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas - se usa para encontrar solo las ocurrencias que están escritas manteniendo mayúsculas y minúscalas como en su consulta (por ejemplo si su consulta es 'Editor' y se ha seleccionado esta opción, las palabras como 'editor' o 'EDITOR' etc. no se encontrarán).
          • +
        • Sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas - se usa para encontrar solo las ocurrencias que están escritas manteniendo mayúsculas y minúsculas como en su consulta (por ejemplo si su consulta es 'Editor' y se ha seleccionado esta opción, las palabras como 'editor' o 'EDITOR' etc. no se encontrarán).
        • Todo el contenido de celda - se usa para encontrar solo las celdas que no contienen cualquier otros caracteres aparte de unos especificados en su consulta (ej. si su consulta es '56' y la opción está seleccionada, las celdas con '0.56' o '156' etc. no se encontrarán).
          • -
        • Dentro de - se usa para buscar solo en la Hoja activa o en todo el Libro de trabajo. Si quiere realizar una búsqueda dentro del área seleccionada en la hoja, compruebe que la opción Hoja está seleccionada.
          • +
        • Resaltar resultados - se usa para resaltar todos los acaecimientos encontrados a la vez. Para desactivar esta opción y quitar el resaltado haga clic en esta opción de nuevo.
          • +
        • Dentro de - se usa para buscar solo en la Hoja activa o en todo el Libro de trabajo. Si quiere realizar una búsqueda dentro del área seleccionada en la hoja, compruebe que la opción Hoja está seleccionada.
        • Buscar por - se usa para especificar la dirección de la búsqueda: a la derecha - Filas, hacia debajo - Columnas.
        • Buscar en - se usa para especificar si quiere buscar Valor de las celdas o las Formulas dentro de las mismas.
        @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@
      3. Pulse uno de los botones de flecha a la derecha. Se realizará la búsqueda en el principio de la hoja de cálculo (si usted pulsa el botón Botón búsqueda arriba) o al final de la hoja de cálculo (si usted pulsa el botón Botón búsqueda abajo) de la posición actual.

      La primera ocurrencia de los caracteres requeridos en la dirección seleccionada será resaltada. Si no es la palabra que usted busca, pulse el botón seleccionado una ves más para encontrar la siguiente ocurrencia de los caracteres introducidos.

      -

      Para reemplazar una o unas ocurrencias de los caracteres encontrados pulse el enalce Reemplazar debajo del campo de entrada de datos. Se cambiará la ventana Encontrar y reemplazar:

      Ventana de búsqueda y sustitución
        +

        Para reemplazar una o más ocurrencias de los caracteres encontrados, haga clic en el enlace Reemplazar que aparece debajo del campo de entrada de datos o utilice la combinación de teclas Ctrl+H. Se cambiará la ventana Encontrar y reemplazar:

        Ventana de búsqueda y sustitución
        1. Introduzca el texto de sustitución en el campo apropiado debajo.
        2. Pulse el botón Reemplazar para reemplazar la ocurrencia actualmente seleccionada o el botón Reemplazar todo para reemplazar todas las ocurrencias encontradas.
        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index c3a6bebb4..80ff7009e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ XLS Es una extensión de archivo para hoja de cálculo creada por Microsoft Excel + - + + @@ -37,6 +37,13 @@ + + + + XLTX + Plantilla de hoja de cálculo Excel Open XML
        Formato de archivo comprimido, basado en XML, desarrollado por Microsoft para plantillas de hojas de cálculo. Una plantilla XLTX contiene ajustes de formato o estilos, entre otros y se puede usar para crear múltiples hojas de cálculo con el mismo formato. + + + + + + + ODS Es una extensión de archivo para una hoja de cálculo usada por conjuntos OpenOffice y StarOffice, un estándar abierto para hojas de cálculo @@ -44,6 +51,13 @@ + + + + OTS + Plantilla de hoja de cálculo OpenDocument
        Formato de archivo OpenDocument para plantillas de hojas de cálculo. Una plantilla OTS contiene ajustes de formato o estilos, entre otros y se puede usar para crear múltiples hojas de cálculo con el mismo formato. + + + + + + + CSV Valores separados por comas
        Es un formato de archivo que se usa para almacenar datos tabulares (números y texto) en un formato de texto no cifrado @@ -58,6 +72,13 @@ + + + PDF + Formato de documento portátil / A
        Una versión ISO estandarizada del Formato de Documento Portátil (PDF por sus siglas en inglés) especializada para su uso en el archivo y la preservación a largo plazo de documentos electrónicos. + + + + + + diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm index 07618db92..f59d54d2e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm @@ -14,14 +14,21 @@

        Pestaña de colaboración

        -

        La pestaña de Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en la hoja de cálculo: compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición, gestionar comentarios.

        -

        Pestaña de colaboración

        -

        Usando esta pestaña podrá:

        +

        La pestaña Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo la hoja de cálculo. En la versión en línea, puede compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición y gestionar los comentarios. En la versión de escritorio, puede gestionar los comentarios.

        +
        +

        Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea:

        +

        Pestaña de colaboración

        +
        +
        +

        Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio:

        +

        Pestaña de colaboración

        +
        +

        Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index 479d40027..6ed8a18e1 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -15,15 +15,23 @@

        Pestaña de archivo

        La pestaña de Archivo permite realizar operaciones básicas en el archivo actual.

        -

        Pestaña de archivo

        -

        Si usa esta pestaña podrá:

        +
        +

        Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea:

        +

        Pestaña de archivo

        +
        +
        +

        Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio:

        +

        Pestaña de archivo

        +
        +

        Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

          -
        • guardar el archivo actual (en caso de que la opción de autoguardado esté desactivada), descargar, imprimir o cambiar el nombre del archivo,
          • -
        • crear una hoja de cálculo nueva o abrir una que ya existe,
          • +
        • en la versión en línea, guardar el archivo actual (en el caso de que la opción de Guardar automáticamente esté desactivada), descargar como (guarda la hoja de cálculo en el formato seleccionado en el disco duro del ordenador), guardar una copia como (guarda una copia de la hoja de cálculo en el formato seleccionado en los documentos del portal), imprimir o renombrar, en la versión de escritorio, guardar el archivo actual manteniendo el formato y la ubicación actual utilizando la opción de Guardar o guarda el archivo actual con un nombre, ubicación o formato diferente utilizando la opción de Guardar como, imprimir el archivo.
          • +
        • proteger el archivo con una contraseña, cambiar o eliminar la contraseña (disponible solamente en la versión de escritorio);
          • +
        • crear una nueva hoja de cálculo o abrir una recientemente editada (disponible solamente en la versión en línea),
        • mostrar información general sobre la presentación,
          • -
        • gestionar los derechos de acceso,
          • -
        • acceder al editor de Ajustes avanzados
          • -
        • volver a la lista de Documentos.
          • +
        • gestionar los derechos de acceso (disponible solamente en la versión en línea),
          • +
        • acceder a los Ajustes avanzados del editor,
          • +
        • en la versión de escritorio, abre la carpeta donde está guardado el archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. En la versión en línea, abre la carpeta del módulo Documentos donde está guardado el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador.
        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index 674402125..96f8dbd35 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -14,8 +14,15 @@

        Pestaña de Inicio

        -

        La pestaña de Inicio se abre por defecto cuando abre una hoja de cálculo. Permite formatear celdas y datos dentro de esta, aplicar filtros, introducir funciones. Otras opciones también están disponibles aquí, como esquemas de color, la característica de Formatear como un modelo de tabla, ver ajustes y más.

        -

        Pestaña de Inicio

        +

        La pestaña de Inicio se abre por defecto cuando abre una hoja de cálculo. Permite formatear celdas y datos dentro de esta, aplicar filtros, introducir funciones. Otras opciones también están disponibles aquí, como esquemas de color, la característica de Formatear como un modelo de tabla y más.

        +
        +

        Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea:

        +

        Pestaña de Inicio

        +
        +
        +

        Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio:

        +

        Pestaña de Inicio

        +

        Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index c5a3243e7..88674ce36 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -15,7 +15,14 @@

        Pestaña Insertar

        La pestaña Insertar permite añadir objetos visuales y comentarios a su hoja de cálculo.

        -

        Pestaña Insertar

        +
        +

        Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea:

        +

        Pestaña Insertar

        +
        +
        +

        Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio:

        +

        Pestaña Insertar

        +

        Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

        • insertar imágenes, formas, cuadros de texto y objetos de texto de arte, gráficos,
          • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm index 462885f2f..fc97c005e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm @@ -15,10 +15,18 @@

          Pestaña Diseño

          La pestaña de Diseño le permite ajustar el aspecto de una hoja de cálculo: configurar parámetros de la página y definir la disposición de los elementos visuales.

          -

          Pestaña Diseño

          +
          +

          Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea:

          +

          Pestaña Diseño

          +
          +
          +

          Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio:

          +

          Pestaña Diseño

          +

          Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

          diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm index 15793e994..e425abca3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm @@ -14,9 +14,11 @@

          Pestaña de Tabla Pivote

          +

          Nota: esta opción está solamente disponible en la versión en línea.

          La pestaña de Tabla Pivote permite cambiar la apariencia de una tabla pivote existente.

          +

          Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea:

          Pestaña de Tabla Pivote

          -

          Si usa esta pestaña podrá:

          +

          Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

          • seleccionar una tabla pivote completa con un solo clic,
          • enfatizar ciertas filas/columnas aplicándoles un formato específico,
            • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 5aed19274..c1d53b1af 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -15,14 +15,25 @@

            Pestaña de Extensiones

            La pestaña de Extensiones permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Aquí también puede utilizar macros para simplificar las operaciones rutinarias.

            -

            Pestaña de Extensiones

            +
            +

            Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea:

            +

            Pestaña de Extensiones

            +
            +
            +

            Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio:

            +

            Pestaña de Extensiones

            +
            +

            El botón Ajustes permite abrir la ventana donde puede ver y administrador todas las extensiones instaladas y añadir las suyas propias.

            El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre los plugins refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API.

            Actualmente, estos son los plugins disponibles:

            • ClipArt permite añadir imágenes de la colección de clipart a su hoja de cálculo,
              • +
            • Resaltar código permite resaltar la sintaxis del código, seleccionando el idioma, el estilo y el color de fondo necesarios,
            • Editor de Fotos permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar tamaño, usar efectos etc.
              • -
            • Tabla de símbolos permite introducir símbolos especiales en su texto,
              • -
            • Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado a otros idiomas,
              • +
            • El Diccionario de sinónimos permite buscar tanto sinónimos como antónimos de una palabra y reemplazar esta palabra por la seleccionada,
              • +
            • Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado a otros idiomas, +

              Nota: este complemento no funciona en Internet Explorer.

              +
            • Youtube permite adjuntar vídeos de YouTube en suhoja de cálculo.

            Para aprender más sobre plugins, por favor, lea nuestra Documentación API. Todos los ejemplos de puglin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub

            diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index 5dd8a989d..4c2038cb0 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -15,17 +15,36 @@

            Introduciendo el interfaz de usuario de Editor de Hoja de Cálculo

            El Editor de Hoja de Cálculo usa un interfaz de pestañas donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de manera funcional.

            -

            Ventana Editor

            +
            +

            Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea:

            +

            Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea

            +
            +
            +

            Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio:

            +

            Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio

            +

            El interfaz de edición consiste en los siguientes elementos principales:

              -
            1. El Editor de Encabezado muestra el logo, pestañas de menú, nombre de la hoja de cálculo así como tres iconos a la derecha que permiten ajustar los derechos de acceso, regresar a la lista de Documentos, configurar los Ajustes de Visualización y acceder al editor de Ajustes Avanzados.

              Iconos en el encabezado del editor

              +
            2. El encabezado del editor muestra el logotipo, las pestañas de los documentos abiertos, el nombre de la hoja de cálculo y las pestañas del menú.

              En la parte izquierda del encabezado del editor están los botones de Guardar, Imprimir archivo, Deshacer y Rehacer.

              +

              Iconos en el encabezado del editor

              +

              En la parte derecha del encabezado del editor se muestra el nombre del usuario y los siguientes iconos:

              +
                +
              • Abrir ubicación de archivo Abrir ubicación del archivo - en la versión de escritorio, permite abrir la carpeta donde está guardado el archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. En la versión en línea, permite abrir la carpeta del módulo Documentos donde está guardado el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador.
                • +
              • Icono mostrar ajustes - permite ajustar los ajustes de visualización y acceder a los ajustes avanzados del editor.
                • +
              • Gestionar derechos de acceso de documentos Gestionar los derechos de acceso a los documentos - (disponible solamente en la versión en línea) permite establecer los derechos de acceso a los documentos guardados en la nube.
                • +
              3. -
            3. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Diseño, Tabla Dinámica, Colaboración, Plugins.

              Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer y Rehacer están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de Herramientas, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada.

              -

              Iconos en la barra de herramientas superior

              + +
            4. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Diseño, Tabla Dinámica, Colaboración, Protección Extensiones.

              Las opciones Icono copiar Copiar y Icono pegar Pegar están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada.

            5. Barra de fórmulas permite introducir y editar fórmulas o valores en las celdas. Barra de fórmulas muestra el contenido de la celda seleccionada actualmente.
            6. La Barra de estado de debajo de la ventana del editor contiene varias herramientas de navegación: botones de navegación de hojas y botones de zoom. La Barra de estado también muestra el número de archivos filtrados si aplica un filtro, o los resultados de calculaciones automáticas si selecciona varias celdas que contienen datos.
              7. -
            7. La barra lateral izquierda contiene iconos que permiten el uso de la herramienta de Buscar y Reemplazar, abrir el panel de Comentarios y Chat, contactar nuestro equipo de apoyo y mostrar la información sobre el programa.
              8. +
            8. La barra lateral izquierda incluye los siguientes iconos:
                +
              • Icono Buscar - permite utilizar la herramienta Buscar y reemplazar,
                • +
              • Icono Comentarios - permite abrir el panel de Comentarios,
                • +
              • Icono Chat - (disponible solamente en la versión en línea) permite abrir el panel Chat, así como los iconos que permite contactar con nuestro equipo de soporte y ver la información del programa.
                • +
              +
            9. La Barra lateral derecha permite ajustar parámetros adicionales de objetos distintos. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en una hoja de trabajo, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha.
            10. El área de trabajo permite ver contenido de la hoja de cálculo, introducir y editar datos.
            11. Barras de desplazamiento horizontal y vertical permiten desplazar hacia arriba/abajo e izquierda/derecha en la hoja actual.
              12. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm index 4ce81c26c..89b0ffac0 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm @@ -18,11 +18,12 @@
              1. seleccione una celda, un rango de celdas usando el ratón o toda la hoja de cálculo pulsando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+A,

                Nota: también puede seleccionar varias celdas o rangos de celdas no adyacentes pulsando la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona las celdas/rangos con el ratón.

                2. -
              2. haga clic en el icono Bordes Icono Bordes situado en la pestaña de Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic en el icono Ajustes de Celda Icono de ajustes de celda en la barra de la derecha,
                3. +
              3. haga clic en el icono Bordes Icono Bordes situado en la pestaña de Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic en el icono Ajustes de Celda Icono de ajustes de celda en la barra de la derecha,

                Pestaña de ajustes de celda

                +
              4. seleccione el estilo de borde que usted quiere aplicar:
                1. abra el submenú Estilo de Borde y seleccione una de las siguientes opciones,
                  2. -
                2. abra el submenú Icono Color de Borde Color de Borde y seleccione el color que necesita de la paleta,
                  3. -
                3. seleccione una de las plantillas de bordes disponibles: Bordes Externos Icono Bordes externos, Todos los bordes Icono todos los Bordes, Bordes superiores Icono Bordes superiores, Bordes inferiores Icono Bordes inferiores, Bordes izquierdos Icono Bordes izquierdos, Bordes derechos Icono Bordes derechos, Sin bordes Icono sin Bordes, Bordes internos Icono Bordes internos, Bordes verticales internos Icono Bordes verticales internos, Bordes horizontales internos Icono Bordes horizontales internos, Borde diagonal ascendente Icono Borde diagonal ascendente, Borde diagonal descendente Icono Borde diagonal descendente.
                  4. +
                4. abra el submenú Icono Color de Borde Color de borde o use la paleta Color de la barra lateral derecha y seleccione el color que necesite de la paleta,
                  5. +
                5. seleccione una de las plantillas de bordes disponibles: Bordes exteriores Icono Bordes externos, Todos los bordes Icono todos los Bordes, Bordes superiores Icono Bordes superiores, Bordes inferiores Icono Bordes inferiores, Bordes izquierdos Icono Bordes izquierdos, Bordes derechos Icono Bordes derechos, Sin bordes Icono sin Bordes, Bordes interiores Icono Bordes internos, Bordes interiores verticales Icono Bordes verticales internos, Bordes interiores horizontales Icono Bordes horizontales internos, Bordes diagonales hacia arriba Icono Borde diagonal ascendente, Bordes diagonales hacia abajo Icono Borde diagonal descendente.
              diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index 24575916f..2bff67bff 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -18,23 +18,22 @@
              1. seleccione una celda donde se añadirá un hiperenlace,
              2. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
                3. -
              3. pulse el icono Añadir hiperenlace Icono hiperenlace en la barra de herramientas superior o seleccione la misma opción en el menú contextual,
                4. +
              4. Pulse haga clic en el icono Icono hiperenlace Hiperenlaceen la barra de herramientas superior,
              5. luego se abrirá la ventana Configuración de hiperenlace donde usted puede especificar los parámetros del hiperenlace:
                  -
                • seleccione el tipo de enlace que usted quiere insertar: -

                  Use la opción Enlace externo e introduzca una URL en el formato http://www.example.com en el campo de debajo a Enlace a si usted necesita añadir un hiperenlace que le lleva a una página web externa.

                  -

                  Ventana Ajustes de hiperenlace

                  +
                • Seleccione el tipo de enlace que desee insertar:

                  Use la opción Enlace externo e introduzca una URL en el formato http://www.example.com en el campo de debajo a Enlace a si usted necesita añadir un hiperenlace que le lleva a una página web externa.

                  +

                  Ventana de Ajustes del Hiperenlace

                  Use la opción Rango de datos interno, seleccione una hoja de cálculo y un rango de celdas en el campo abajo si usted necesita añadir un hiperenlace que dirige a un cierto rango de celdas en la misma hoja de cálculo.

                  -

                  Ventana Ajustes de hiperenlace

                  +

                  Ventana de Ajustes del Hiperenlace

                • Mostrar - introduzca un texto que será pinchable y dirigirá a la dirección web especificada en el campo de arriba.

                  Nota: si la celda seleccionada contiene un dato ya, será automáticamente mostrado en este campo.

                • Información en pantalla - introduzca un texto que será visible en una ventana emergente y que le da una nota breve o una etiqueta pertenecida al enlace.
                  • -
                - +
        • haga clic en el botón OK.
      -

      Si mantiene el cursor encima del hiperenlace añadido, la Información en pantalla con el texto especificado aparecerá. Usted puede seguir el enlace pulsando la tecla CTRL y haciendo clic en el enlace en su hoja de cálculo.

      +

      Para añadir un hiperenlace, usted también puede usar la combinación de teclas Ctrl+K o hacer clic con el botón derecho del ratón en la posición donde se insertará el hiperenlace y seleccionar la opción Hiperenlace en el menú contextual.

      +

      Si mantiene el cursor encima del hiperenlace añadido, la Información en pantalla con el texto especificado aparecerá. Para ir al enlace, haga clic en el enlace de la hoja de cálculo. Para seleccionar una celda que contiene un enlace sin abrir este enlace, haga clic y mantenga presionado en botón del ratón.

      Para borrar un enlace añadido, active la celda que lo contiene y pulse la tecla Delete, o haga clic con el botón derecho en la celda y seleccione la opción Eliminar todo en la lista desplegable.

      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm index b7998aad7..7eff26a50 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm @@ -34,7 +34,8 @@
    2. use la opción En sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj En sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para colocar el texto desde la esquina inferior izquierda a la esquina superior derecha de la celda,
    3. use la opción En sentido de las agujas del reloj En sentido de las agujas del reloj para colocar el texto desde la esquina superior izquierda a la esquina inferior derecha de la celda,
    4. use la opción Girar texto hacia arriba Girar texto de abajo hacia arriba para colocar el texto de abajo hacia arriba de una celda,
      5. -
    5. use la opción Girar texto hacia abajo Girar texto de arriba hacia abajo para colocar el texto de arriba hacia abajo de una celda.
      6. +
    6. use la opción Girar texto hacia abajo Girar texto de arriba hacia abajo para colocar el texto de arriba hacia abajo de una celda.

      Para rotar el texto con un ángulo determinado exacto, haga clic en el icono Icono de ajustes de celda Ajustes de celda en la barra lateral derecha y utilice la opción Orientación. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo Ángulo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha.

      +
    7. Ajuste sus datos al ancho de la columna haciendo clic en el icono Ajustar texto Icono ajustar texto.

      Nota: si usted cambia el ancho de la columna, los datos se ajustarán automáticamente.

      8. diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm index ee18bba5b..3deb39660 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@

      Corte/copie/pegue datos

      -

      Use operaciones de portapapeles básicas

      +

      Use operaciones de portapapeles básico

      Para cortar, copiar y pegar datos en la hoja de cálculo actual use el menú contextual o use los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior,

        -

      • Cortar - seleccione datos y use la opción Cortar del menú contextual para borrar los datos seleccionados y enviarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. Luego los datos borrados se pueden insertar en otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo.

        • -

      • Copiar - seleccione un dato y use el icono Copiar Icono copiar en la barra de herramientas superior o haga clic con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Copiar en el menú para enviar el dato seleccionado a la memoria portapapeles de su ordenador. Luego los datos copiados se pueden introducir en otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo.

        • -

      • Pegar - seleccione un lugar y use el icono Pegar Icono pegar en la barra de herramientas superior o haga clic con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Pegar en el menú para introducir el dato anteriormente copiado/cortado del portapapeles de su ordenador en la posición actual del cursor. Los datos se pueden copiar anteriormente de la misma hoja de cálculo.

        +

      • Cortar - seleccione datos y use la opción Cortar del menú contextual para borrar los datos seleccionados y enviarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. Luego los datos borrados se pueden insertar en otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo.

        • +

      • Copiar - seleccione un dato y use el icono Copiar Icono copiar en la barra de herramientas superior o haga clic con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Copiar en el menú para enviar el dato seleccionado a la memoria portapapeles de su ordenador. Luego los datos copiados se pueden introducir en otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo.

        • +

      • Pegar - seleccione un lugar y use el icono Pegar Icono pegar en la barra de herramientas superior o haga clic con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Pegar en el menú para introducir el dato anteriormente copiado/cortado del portapapeles de su ordenador en la posición actual del cursor. Los datos se pueden copiar anteriormente de la misma hoja de cálculo.

      -

      Para copiar o pegar datos de/a otra hoja de cálculo u otro programa, use las combinaciones de teclas siguientes:

      +

      En la versión en línea, las siguientes combinaciones de teclas solo se usan para copiar o pegar datos desde/hacia otra hoja de cálculo o algún otro programa, en la versión de escritorio, tanto los botones/menú correspondientes como las opciones de menú y combinaciones de teclas se pueden usar para cualquier operación de copiar/pegar:

        -
      • La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar.
        • +
      • La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar:
      • La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+C para copiar;
        • -
      • la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar.
        • +
      • La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar;

      Nota: en vez de cortar y pegar los datos en la misma hoja de cálculo, seleccione la celda/rango de celdas necesario, matenga el cursor del ratón sobre el borde de selección para que se convierta en el icono Icono flecha, después arrastre y suelte la selección a una posición necesaria.

      Use la característica de Pegar Especial

      @@ -57,6 +57,23 @@
    8. Formato de origen - permite mantener el formato de origen de los datos copiados.
    9. Formato de destino - permite aplicar el formato que ya se ha usado para la celda/autoforma a la que pegaste los datos.
      10. +

      Al pegar texto delimitado copiado de un archivo .txt las siguientes opciones están disponibles:

      +

      El texto delimitado puede contener varios registros donde cada registro corresponde a una sola fila de la tabla. Cada registro puede contener varios valores de texto separados por un delimitador (coma, punto y coma, dos puntos, tabulador, espacio o algún otro carácter). El archivo debe guardarse como un archivo .txt de texto plano.

      +
        +
      • Mantener solo el texto - permite pegar valores de texto en una sola columna donde el contenido de cada celda corresponde a una fila en un archivo de texto fuente.
        • +
      • Usar el asistente de importación de texto - permite abrir el Asistente de importación de texto que ayuda a dividir fácilmente los valores de texto en múltiples columnas y donde cada valor de texto separado por un delimitador se colocará en una celda separada.

        Cuando se abra la ventana del Asistente de importación de texto seleccione el delimitador de texto utilizado en los datos delimitados de la lista desplegable Delimitador. Los datos divididos en columnas se mostrarán a continuación en el campo Vista previa. Si está conforme con el resultado, pulse el botón OK.

        +
        • +
      +

      Asistente de importación de texto

      +

      Si ha pegado datos delimitados desde una fuente que no es un archivo de texto sin formato (por ejemplo, texto copiado de una página web, etc.), o si ha aplicado la característica Mantener solo el texto y ahora desea dividir los datos de una sola columna en varias columnas, puede utilizar la opción Texto a columnas.

      +

      Para dividir los datos en varias columnas:

      +
        +
      1. Seleccione la celda o columna correspondiente que contiene los datos con delimitadores.
        2. +
      2. Haga clic en el botón Texto a columnas del panel de la derecha. Se abrirá el Asistente de texto a columnas.
        3. +
      3. En la lista desplegable Delimitador seleccione el delimitador utilizado en los datos delimitados, previsualice el resultado en el campo de abajo y haga clic en OK.
        4. +
      +

      A continuación, cada valor de texto separado por el delimitador se colocará en una celda separada.

      +

      Si hay algún dato en las celdas a la derecha de la columna que desea dividir, los datos se sobrescribirán.

      Use la opción de relleno automático

      Para rellenar varias celdas con los mismos datos use la opción Relleno automático:

        @@ -71,6 +88,7 @@

        Haga clic derecho en la celda correspondiente y elija la opción Seleccione de la lista desplegable en el menú contextual.

        Seleccione de la lista desplegable

        Seleccione uno de los valores de texto disponibles para reemplazar el actual o rellene una celda vacía.

        + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm index 623e68810..065602c90 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm @@ -18,14 +18,14 @@

        Nota: en el caso de que quiera aplicar el formato de los datos ya presente en la hoja de cálculo, seleccione este con el ratón o usando el teclado y aplique el formato. Si usted quiere aplicar el formato a varias celdas o rango de celdas no adyacentes, mantenga presionada la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona las celdas/rangos con el ratón.

        - - - + + + - + @@ -40,12 +40,12 @@ - + - + @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ - + @@ -85,9 +85,9 @@
      1. pulse el icono correspondiente en la barra de herramientas superior,
      2. seleccione el color necesario en las paletas disponibles

        Paleta

          -
        • Colores de tema - los colores que corresponden a la combinación de colores seleccionada de la hoja de cálculo.
          • +
        • Colores de tema - los colores que corresponden al esquema de colores seleccionado en la hoja de cálculo.
        • Colores estándar - el conjunto de colores predeterminado.
          • -
        • Color personalizado - pulse este título si en las paletas disponibles no hay el color necesario. Seleccione el rango de colores necesario moviendo el deslizante de color vertical y establezca el color arrastrando el selector de color dentro del campo de color cuadrado. Una vez seleccionado un color, usted verá los valores RGB y sRGB correspondientes en los campos a la derecha. Usted también puede especificar un color basándose en el modelo de color RGB introduciendo los valores numéricos necesarios en los campos R, G, B (red-rojo, green-verde, blue-azul) o introducir el código hexadecimal sRGB en el campo marcado con el signo #. El color seleccionado se mostrará en el rectángulo Nuevo. Si el objeto se rellenó de otro color personalizado, previamente, este color se muestra en el rectángulo Actual para que usted pueda comparar los colores originales y los modificados. Una vez especificado el color, pulse el botón Añadir:

          Paleta - Color personalizado

          +
        • Color personalizado - haga clic en este título si el color deseado no se encuentra en las paletas disponibles. Seleccione el rango de colores necesario moviendo el deslizante de color vertical y establezca el color arrastrando el selector de color dentro del campo de color cuadrado. Una vez que seleccione un color con el selector de color, los valores de color RGB y sRGB correspondientes aparecerán en los campos de la derecha. También puede especificar un color basándose en el modelo de color RGB introduciendo los valores numéricos deseados en los campos R, G, B (red-rojo, green-verde, blue-azul) o introducir el código hexadecimal sRGB en el campo marcado con el signo #. El color seleccionado se mostrará en el rectángulo Nuevo. Si el objeto se rellenó previamente con otro color personalizado, este color se muestra en el cuadro Actual para que pueda comparar los colores originales y los modificados. Una vez especificado el color, haga clic en el botón Añadir:

          Paleta - Color personalizado

          El color personalizado se aplicará al texto/celda seleccionado y se añadirá a la paleta Color personalizado.

        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index d2b935c8d..b389026a2 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -21,37 +21,37 @@
      3. pulse el icono Icono forma Forma en la barra de herramientas superior,
      4. seleccione uno de los grupos de autoformas disponibles: formas básicas, formas de flechas, matemáticas, gráficos, cintas y estrellas, llamadas, botones, rectángulos, líneas,
      5. elija un autoforma necesaria dentro del grupo seleccionado,
        6. -
      6. coloque cursor del ratón en el lugar donde quiere insertar la forma,
        7. +
      7. coloque el cursor del ratón en el lugar donde desea que se incluya la forma,
      8. una vez añadida la autoforma usted puede cambiar su tamaño y posición y también sus ajustes.

        Ajuste la configuración de autoforma

        Varios ajustes de autoforma pueden cambiarse usando la pestaña Ajustes de forma en el panel lateral derecho que se abrirá si selecciona el autoforma insertada con el ratón y pulsa el icono Ajustes de forma Icono Ajustes de forma. Aquí usted puede cambiar los ajustes siguientes:

          -
        • Relleno - utilice esta sección para seleccionar el relleno de la autoforma. Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes:
            +
          • Relleno - utilice esta sección para seleccionar el relleno de la autoforma. Puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones:
            • Color de relleno - seleccione esta opción para especificar el color sólido que usted quiere aplicar al espacio interior de la autoforma seleccionada.

              Color de relleno

              Pulse la casilla de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario de la paleta de los disponibles o especifique cualquier color deseado:

              • Colores de tema - los colores que corresponden a la combinación seleccionada de colores de un documento.
              • Colores estándar - el conjunto de colores predeterminado.
                • -
              • Color personalizado - pulse este título si en las paletas disponibles no hay color necesario. Seleccione el rango de colores necesario moviendo el deslizante de color vertical y establezca el color arrastrando el selector de color dentro del campo de color cuadrado. Una vez seleccionado un color, usted verá los valores RGB y sRGB correspondientes en los campos a la derecha. Usted también puede especificar un color basándose en el modelo de color RGB introduciendo los valores numéricos necesarios en los campos R, G, B (red-rojo, green-verde, blue-azul) o introduzca el código hexadecimal sRGB en el campo marcado con el signo #. El color seleccionado se mostrará en el rectángulo Nuevo. Si el objeto se rellenó de otro color personalizado, este color se muestra en el rectángulo Actual para que usted pueda comparar los colores originales y los modificados. Una vez especificado el color, pulse el botón Añadir. El color personalizado se aplicará a la autoforma y se añadirá a la paleta Color personalizado.

                +
              • Color personalizado - haga clic en este título si el color deseado no se encuentra en las paletas disponibles. Seleccione el rango de colores necesario moviendo el deslizante de color vertical y establezca el color arrastrando el selector de color dentro del campo de color cuadrado. Una vez que seleccione un color con el selector de color, los valores de color RGB y sRGB correspondientes aparecerán en los campos de la derecha. También puede especificar un color basándose en el modelo de color RGB introduciendo los valores numéricos deseados en los campos R, G, B (red-rojo, green-verde, blue-azul) o introducir el código hexadecimal sRGB en el campo marcado con el signo #. El color seleccionado se mostrará en el rectángulo Nuevo. Si el objeto se rellenó previamente con otro color personalizado, este color se muestra en el cuadro Actual para que pueda comparar los colores originales y los modificados. Una vez especificado el color, pulse el botón Añadir. El color personalizado se aplicará a la autoforma y se añadirá a la paleta Color personalizado.

            • Relleno degradado - seleccione esta opción para rellenar la forma de dos colores que suavemente cambian de un color a otro.

              Relleno degradado

                -
              • Estilo - elija una de las opciones disponibles: Lineal (colores cambian por una línea recta por ejemplo por un eje horizontal/vertical o por una línea diagonal que forma un ángulo recto) o Radial (colores cambian por una trayectoria circular del centro a los bordes).
                • -
              • Dirección - elija una plantilla en el menú. Si selecciona la gradiente Lineal, las direcciones siguientes estarán disponibles: de la parte superior izquierda a la inferior derecha, de la parte superior a la inferior, de la parte superior derecha a la inferior izquierda, de la parte derecha a la izquierda,de la parte inferior derecha a la superior izquierda, de la parte inferior a la superior, de la parte inferior izquierda a la superior derecha, de la parte izquierda a la derecha. Si selecciona la gradiente Radial, estará disponible solo una plantilla.
                • -
              • Gradiente - utilice el control deslizante izquierdo Control deslizante debajo de la barra de gradiente para activar la casilla de color que corresponde al primer color. Pulse la casilla de color a la derecha para elegir el primer color de la paleta. Arrastre el control deslizante para establecer el punto de degradado - el punto donde un color cambia al otro. Utilice el control deslizante derecho debajo de la barra de gradiente para especificar el segundo color y establecer el punto de degradado.
                • +
              • Estilo - elija una de las opciones disponibles: Lineal (los colores cambian en línea recta; es decir, sobre un eje horizontal/vertical o por una línea diagonal que forma un ángulo de 45 grados) o Radial (los colores cambian por una trayectoria circular desde el centro hacia los bordes).
                • +
              • Dirección - elija una plantilla en el menú. Si selecciona el gradiente Lineal, las siguientes direcciones estarán disponibles: de arriba izquierda a abajo derecha, de arriba abajo, de arriba derecha a abajo izquierda, de arriba a abajo izquierda, de abajo derecha a arriba izquierda, de abajo a arriba izquierda, de abajo izquierda a arriba derecha, de abajo izquierda a arriba derecha, de arriba a arriba derecha, de izquierda a izquierda. Si selecciona la gradiente Radial, estará disponible solo una plantilla.
                • +
              • Gradiente - utilice el control deslizante izquierdo Control deslizante debajo de la barra de gradiente para activar la casilla de color que corresponde al primer color. Haga clic en el cuadro de color de la derecha para elegir el primer color de la paleta. Arrastre el control deslizante para establecer la parada del degradado, es decir, el punto en el que un color cambia a otro. Utilice el control deslizante derecho debajo de la barra de gradiente para especificar el segundo color y establecer el punto de degradado.
              • -
            • Imagen o textura - seleccione esta opción para usar una imagen o textura predefinida como el fondo de la forma.

              Relleno de imagen o textura

              +
            • Imagen o textura - seleccione esta opción para utilizar una imagen o una textura predefinida como fondo de la forma.

              Relleno de imagen o textura

                -
              • Si usted quiere usar una imagen de fondo de autoforma, usted puede añadir una imagen De archivo seleccionándolo en el disco duro de su ordenador o De URL insertando la dirección URL apropiada en la ventana abierta.
                • +
              • Si desea utilizar una imagen como fondo para la forma, puede añadir una imagen De archivo seleccionándola desde el disco duro de su ordenador o De URL insertando la dirección URL correspondiente en la ventana abierta.
              • Si usted quiere usar una textura como el fondo de forma, abra el menú de textura y seleccione la variante más apropiada.

                Actualmente usted puede seleccionar tales texturas: lienzo, algodón, tela oscura, grano, granito, papel gris, tejido, piel, papel marrón, papiro, madera.

              • Si la imagen seleccionada tiene más o menos dimensiones que la autoforma, usted puede seleccionar la opción Estirar o Mosaico en la lista desplegable.

                La opción Estirar le permite ajustar el tamaño de imagen al tamaño de la autoforma para que la imagen ocupe el espacio completamente.

                -

                La opción Mosaico le permite mostrar solo una parte de imagen más grande manteniendo su dimensión original o repetir la imagen más pequeña manteniendo su dimensión original para que se rellene todo el espacio completamente.

                +

                La opción Mosaico le permite mostrar solo una parte de la imagen más grande manteniendo sus dimensiones originales o repetir la imagen más pequeña manteniendo sus dimensiones originales sobre la superficie de la autoforma para que pueda llenar el espacio completamente.

                Nota: cualquier Textura predeterminada ocupa el espacio completamente, pero usted puede aplicar el efecto Estirar si es necesario.

              @@ -66,13 +66,20 @@
            • Sin relleno - seleccione esta opción si no desea usar ningún relleno.
            • -
          • Opacidad - use esta sección para establecer la opción Opacidad arrastrando el control deslizante o introduciendo el valor porcentual manualmente. El valor predeterminado es 100%. Esto corresponde a la opacidad completa. El valor 0% corresponde a la plena transparencia.
            • -
          • Trazo - use esta sección para cambiar el color, ancho y tipo del trazo de la autoforma.
              +
            • Opacidad - use esta sección para establecer la opción Opacidad arrastrando el control deslizante o introduciendo el valor porcentual manualmente. El valor predeterminado es 100%. Corresponde a la opacidad total. El valor 0% corresponde a la plena transparencia.
              • +
            • Trazo - use esta sección para cambiar el ancho, color o tipo de trazo de la autoforma.
              • Para cambiar el ancho del trazo, seleccione una de las opciones disponibles en la lista desplegable Tamaño. Las opciones disponibles son: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternativamente, seleccione la opción Sin relleno si no quiere usar ningún trazo.
              • Para cambiar el color del trazo, pulse el rectángulo de color de debajo y seleccione el color necesario.
              • Para cambiar el tipo del trazo, seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista desplegable (una línea sólida se aplica de manera predeterminada, puede cambiarla a una línea discontinua).
              • +
            • La rotación se utiliza para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la forma horizontal o verticalmente. Haga clic en uno de los botones:
                +
              • Icono de rotación en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar la forma 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj
                • +
              • Icono de rotación en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj
                • +
              • Icono de voltear horizontalmente para voltear la forma horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha)
                • +
              • Icono de voltear verticalmente para voltear la forma verticalmente (al revés)
                • +
              +
            • Cambiar autoforma - use esta sección para reemplazar la autoforma actual por otra seleccionada en la lista desplegable.
            @@ -80,22 +87,28 @@

            Forma - Ajustes avanzados

            La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes:

              -
            • Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho/altura de la autoforma. Si hace clic sobre el botón Proporciones constantes Icono Proporciones constantes (en este caso el icono será así icono Proporciones constantes activado), se cambiarán ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de forma.
              • +
            • Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho/altura de la autoforma. Si hace clic sobre el botón Proporciones constantes Icono Proporciones constantes (en este caso el icono será así Icono de proporciones constantes activado), se cambiarán ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de forma.
            +

            Forma - Ajustes avanzados

            +

            La pestaña Rotación contiene los siguientes parámetros:

            +
              +
            • Ángulo - utilice esta opción para girar la forma en un ángulo exactamente especificado. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha.
              • +
            • Volteado - marque la casilla Horizontalmente para voltear la forma horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) o la casillaVerticalmente para voltear la forma verticalmente (al revés).
              • +

            Forma - Ajustes avanzados

            -

            La pestaña Grosores y flechas contiene los parámetros siguientes:

            +

            La pestaña Grosores y flechas contiene los siguientes parámetros:

            • Estilo de línea - este grupo de opciones permite especificar los parámetros siguientes:
                -
              • Tipo de remate - esta opción le permite establecer el estilo para el final de la línea, se aplica solo a las formas con contorno abierto, como líneas, polilíneas etc.:
                  +
                • Tipo de remate - esta opción permite establecer el estilo para el final de la línea, por lo tanto, solamente se puede aplicar a las formas con el contorno abierto, tales como líneas, polilíneas, etc:
                  • Plano - los extremos serán planos.
                  • Redondeado - los extremos serán redondeados.
                  • Cuadrado - los extremos serán cuadrados.
                  • -
                • Tipo de combinación - esta opción le permite establecer el estilo de intersección de dos líneas, por ejemplo, puede afectar a polilínea o esquinas de triángulo o contorno de un triángulo:
                    +
                  • Tipo de combinación - esta opción permite establecer el estilo para la intersección de dos líneas, por ejemplo, puede afectar a una polilínea o a las esquinas del contorno de un triángulo o rectángulo:
                    • Redondeado - la esquina será redondeada.
                    • Biselado - la esquina será sesgada.
                      • -
                    • Ángulo - la esquina será puntiaguda. Vale para formas con ángulos agudos.
                      • +
                    • Ángulo - la esquina será puntiaguda. Se adapta bien a formas con ángulos agudos.

                    Nota: el efecto será más visible si usa una gran anchura de contorno.

                    • @@ -105,7 +118,7 @@

                  Forma - Ajustes avanzados

                  La pestaña Márgenes interiores permite cambiar los márgenes internos superiores, inferiores, izquierdos y derechos (es decir, la distancia entre el texto y los bordes del autoforma dentro del autoforma).

                  -

                  Nota: la pestaña está disponible solo si un texto se añade en la autoforma, si no, la pestaña está desactivada.

                  +

                  Nota: esta pestaña solamente está disponible si el texto se agrega dentro de la autoforma, de lo contrario la pestaña está deshabilitada.

                  Propiedades de forma - Pestaña columnas

                  La pestaña Columnas permite añadir columnas de texto dentro de la autoforma especificando el Número de columnas (hasta 16) y Espaciado entre columnas necesario. Una vez que hace clic en OK, el texto que ya existe u otro texto que introduzca dentro de la autoforma aparecerá en columnas y se moverá de una columna a otra.

                  Forma - Ajustes avanzados

                  @@ -121,7 +134,7 @@
                • haga clic en el icono Icono Forma Forma en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior,
                • seleccione el grupo Líneas del menú.

                  Formas - Líneas

                  • -
                • haga clic en las formas necesarias dentro del grupo seleccionado (con excepción de las últimas tres formas que no son conectores, es decir, forma 10, 11 y 12),
                  • +
                • haga clic en la forma correspondiente dentro del grupo seleccionado (con excepción de las últimas tres formas que no son conectores, es decir, Curva, Garabato y Forma libre),
                • ponga el cursor del ratón sobre la primera autoforma y haga clic en uno de los puntos de conexión Icono punto de conexión que aparece en el trazado de la forma,

                  Uso de conectores

                • arrastre el cursor del ratón hacia la segunda autoforma y haga clic en el punto de conexión necesario en su esbozo.

                  Uso de conectores

                  diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm index af58b7b6b..5a4537c9d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@
                  • PROMEDIO se usa para analizar el rango de celdas seleccionado y encontrar un valor promedio.
                  • CONTAR se usa para contar el número de celdas seleccionadas con valores ignorando celdas vacías.
                    • +
                  • MIN se usa para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el número más pequeño.
                    • +
                  • MAX se usa para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el número más grande.
                  • SUMA se usa para efectuar suma de los números en un rango de celdas seleccionado ignorando celdas con texto y vacías.

                  Los resultados de estos cálculos se muestran en la esquina derecha inferior en la barra de estado.

                  @@ -32,7 +34,19 @@
                • pulse el botón Enter.
                  • -

                  Aquí está la lista de las funciones disponibles agrupadas por categorías:

                  +

                  Para introducir una función de forma manual mediante el teclado,

                  +
                    +
                  1. seleccione una celda
                    2. +
                  2. introduzca el signo igual (=)

                    Cada fórmula debe comenzar con el signo igual (=).

                    +
                    3. +
                  3. introduzca el nombre de la función

                    Una vez que escriba las letras iniciales, la lista Auto-completar fórmula se mostrará. Según escribe, los elementos (fórmulas y nombres) que coinciden con los caracteres introducido se mostrarán. Si pasa el cursor del ratón por encima de una fórmula, se mostrará una descripción de la fórmula. Puede seleccionar la fórmula deseada de la lista e insertarla haciendo clic en ella o pulsando la tecla Tab.

                    +
                    4. +
                  4. introduzca los argumentos de la función

                    Los argumentos deben estar entre paréntesis. El paréntesis de apertura '(' se añade automáticamente al seleccionar una función de la lista. Cuando introduce argumentos, también se muestra una descripción que incluye la sintaxis de la fórmula.

                    +

                    Descripción de función

                    +
                    5. +
                  5. cuando se especifiquen todos los argumentos, introduzca el paréntesis de cierre ‘)’ y presione la tecla Intro.
                    6. +
                  +

                  Aquí está la lista de las funciones disponibles agrupadas por categorías:

        9. FuenteFuenteSe usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles.FuenteFuenteSe usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles. Si una fuente determinada no está disponible en la lista, puede descargarla e instalarla en su sistema operativo, y después la fuente estará disponible para su uso en la versión de escritorio.
        Tamaño de letra Tamaño de letraSe usa para elegir un tamaño de letra en el menú desplegable, también se puede introducir a mano en el campo de tamaño de letra.Se utiliza para seleccionar entre los valores de tamaño de fuente preestablecidos de la lista desplegable (los valores predeterminados son: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 y 96). También es posible introducir manualmente un valor personalizado en el campo de tamaño de fuente y, a continuación, pulsar Intro.
        Aumentar tamaño de letra
        Negrita NegritaPone la letra en negrita dándole más peso.Se usa para poner la fuente en negrita, dándole más peso.
        Cursiva CursivaPone la letra en cursiva dándole un plano inclinado a la derecha.Se usa para poner la fuente en cursiva, dándole un poco de inclinación hacia el lado derecho.
        Subrayado
        Color de fondo Color de fondoSe usa para cambiar el color de fondo de la celda.Se usa para cambiar el color de fondo de la celda. El color de fondo de la celda también se puede cambiar mediante la paleta Color de fondo que se encuentra en la pestaña Ajustes de celda en la barra lateral derecha.
        Cambie combinación de colores
        @@ -42,12 +56,12 @@ - + - + @@ -77,7 +91,7 @@ - + diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 13a10923a..887f41e47 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
      9. seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para cargar la imagen:
        • la opción Imagen desde archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir
        • la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen correspondiente; después haga clic en el botón OK
          • +
        • la opción Imagen desde almacenamiento abrirá la ventana Seleccionar fuente de datos. Seleccione una imagen almacenada en su portal y haga clic en el botón OK
        10. @@ -37,6 +38,33 @@
      10. En la sección Tamaño, establezca los valores de Ancho y Altura necesarios. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así Icono de proporciones constantes activado), el ancho y la altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, pulse el botón Tamaño Predeterminado.
        11. +

        Para recortar la imagen:

        +

        Haga clic en el botón Recortar para activar las manijas de recorte que aparecen en las esquinas de la imagen y en el centro de cada lado. Arrastre manualmente los controles para establecer el área de recorte. Puede mover el cursor del ratón sobre el borde del área de recorte para que se convierta en el icono Flecha y arrastrar el área.

        +
          +
        • Para recortar un solo lado, arrastre la manija situada en el centro de este lado.
          • +
        • Para recortar simultáneamente dos lados adyacentes, arrastre una de las manijas de las esquinas.
          • +
        • Para recortar por igual dos lados opuestos de la imagen, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl al arrastrar la manija en el centro de uno de estos lados.
          • +
        • Para recortar por igual todos los lados de la imagen, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl al arrastrar cualquiera de las manijas de las esquinas.
          • +
        +

        Cuando se especifique el área de recorte, haga clic en el botón Recortar de nuevo, o pulse la tecla Esc, o haga clic en cualquier lugar fuera del área de recorte para aplicar los cambios.

        +

        Una vez seleccionada el área de recorte, también es posible utilizar las opciones de Rellenar y Ajustar disponibles en el menú desplegable Recortar. Haga clic de nuevo en el botón Recortar y elija la opción que desee:

        +
          +
        • Si selecciona la opción Rellenar, la parte central de la imagen original se conservará y se utilizará para rellenar el área de recorte seleccionada, mientras que las demás partes de la imagen se eliminarán.
          • +
        • Si selecciona la opción Ajustar, la imagen se redimensionará para que se ajuste a la altura o anchura del área de recorte. No se eliminará ninguna parte de la imagen original, pero pueden aparecer espacios vacíos dentro del área de recorte seleccionada.
          • +
        +

        Para girar la imagen:

        +
          +
        1. seleccione la imagen que desea girar con el ratón,
          2. +
        2. pulse el icono Ajustes de imagen Icono Ajustes de imagen en la barra derecha lateral,
          3. +
        3. en la sección Rotación haga clic en uno de los botones:
            +
          • Icono de rotación en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar la imagen 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj
            • +
          • Icono de rotación en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para girar la imagen 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj
            • +
          • Icono de voltear horizontalmente para voltear la imagen horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha)
            • +
          • Icono de voltear verticalmente para voltear la imagen verticalmente (al revés)
            • +
          +

          Nota: como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho del ratón en la imagen y utilizar la opción Girar del menú contextual.

          +
          4. +

        Para reemplazar la imagen insertada,

        1. seleccione la imagen que usted quiere reemplazar con el ratón,
          2. @@ -44,10 +72,16 @@
        2. en la sección Reemplazar imagen pulse el botón necesario: De archivo o De URL y seleccione la imagen deseada.

          Nota: también puede hacer clic derecho en la imagen y usar la opción Reemplazar imagen del menú contextual.

        -

        La imagen seleccionada será reemplazada.

        +

        La imagen seleccionada será reemplazada.

        Cuando se selecciona la imagen, el icono Ajustes de forma Icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha. Puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestañaAjustes de forma en la barra de tareas derecha y ajustar la forma, tipo de estilo, tamaño y color así como cambiar el tipo de forma seleccionando otra forma del menú Cambiar autoforma. La forma de la imagen cambiará correspondientemente.

        Pestaña Ajustes de forma

        Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados, haga clic derecho sobre la imagen y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú contextual o pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana con parámetros de la imagen:

        +

        Imagen - ajustes avanzados: Rotación

        +

        La pestaña Rotación contiene los siguientes parámetros:

        +
          +
        • Ángulo - utilice esta opción para girar la imagen en un ángulo exactamente especificado. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha.
          • +
        • Volteado - marque la casilla Horizontalmente para voltear la imagen horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) o la casillaVerticalmente para voltear imagen verticalmente (al revés).
          • +

        Imagen - ajustes avanzados

        La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma.

        Para borrar la imagen insertada, haga clic en esta y pulse la tecla Eliminar.

        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm index 4473687d7..7d37ddb6f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@

        Añada un objeto con texto.

        Puede añadir un objeto con texto en cualquier lugar de la hoja de cálculo. Para hacerlo:

          -
        1. cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior,
          2. -
        2. seleccione el tipo de texto de objeto necesario:
            -
          • Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el Icono de Cuadro de Texto icono de Cuadro de Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.

            Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el Icono forma icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma Inserte una autoforma de Texto del grupo Formas Básicas.

            +
          • cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
            • +
          • seleccione la clase de objeto de texto deseada:
              +
            • Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el Icono de Cuadro de Texto icono de Cuadro de Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.

              Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el Icono forma icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma Insertar autoforma de texto del grupo Formas Básicas.

            • para añadir un objeto de Arte de Texto, haga clic en el Icono de Arte de Texto icono Arte Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic en la plantilla del estilo deseada - el objeto de Arte de Texto se añadirá en el centro de la hoja de cálculo. Seleccione el texto por defecto dentro del cuadro de texto con el ratón y reemplace este con su texto.
            @@ -34,25 +34,25 @@

            Seleccione el cuadro de texto haciendo clic en sus bordes para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el cuadro de texto está seleccionado, sus bordes se muestran con líneas sólidas (no con puntos).

            Cuadro de Texto seleccionado

              -
            • para cambiar el tamaño, mover, rotar el cuadro de texto use las manillas especiales en los bordes de la forma.
              • +
            • para cambiar de forma manual el tamaño, mover, rotar el cuadro de texto, use las manijas especiales en los bordes de la forma.
            • para editar el relleno, trazo del cuadro de texto, reemplace el cuadro rectangular con una forma distinta, o acceda a los ajustes avanzados de forma, haga clic en el Icono Ajustes de forma icono de Ajustes de forma a la derecha de la barra de herramientas y use las opciones correspondientes.
              • -
            • para organizar cuadros de texto según se relacionan con otros objetos, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro del texto y use las opciones del menú contextual.
              • +
            • para organizar los cuadros de texto según la relación con otros objetos, alinee varios cuadros de texto según la relación entre sí, gire o voltee un cuadro de texto, haga clic con el botón derecho en el borde del cuadro de texto y use las opciones del menú contextual. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página.
            • para crear columnas de texto dentro del cuadro de texto, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro de texto, haga clic en la opción Ajustes avanzados de Formas y cambie a la pestaña Columnas en la ventana Forma - Ajustes avanzados.
            -

            Formatee el texto dentro del cuadro de texto

            +

            Formatear el texto dentro del cuadro de texto

            Haga clic en el texto dentro del cuadro de texto para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el texto está seleccionado, los bordes del cuadro de texto se muestran con líneas con puntos.

            Texto seleccionado

            Nota: también es posible cambiar el formato de texto cuando el cuadrado de texto (no el texto) se selecciona. En este caso, cualquier cambio se aplicará a todo el texto dentro del cuadrado de texto. Algunas opciones de formateo de letra (tipo de letra, tamaño, color y estilo de diseño) se pueden aplicar a una porción previamente seleccionada del texto de forma separada.

            • Ajuste los ajustes de formato de tipo de letra (cambie el tipo, tamaño, color del tipo de letra y aplique estilos decorativos) usando los iconos correspondientes situados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Alguno ajustes adicionales de tipo de letra se pueden cambiar el la pestaña Tipo de letra de la ventana de las propiedades del párrafo. Para acceder, haga clic derecho en el texto en el cuadro de texto y seleccione la opción Ajustes Avanzados del Texto.
            • Alinear el texto de forma horizontal dentro del cuadrado del texto usando los iconos correspondientes que se sitúan en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior.
              • -
            • Alinear el texto de forma vertical dentro del cuadrado del texto usando los iconos correspondientes que se sitúan en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. También puede hacer clic derecho en el texto, seleccionar la opción Alineamiento vertical y luego elegir una de las opciones disponibles: Alinear en la parte superior, Alinear al centro, o Alinear en la parte inferior.
              • -
            • Rote su texto en el cuadro de texto. Para hacer esto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Rote a 90° (fija la dirección vertical, de arriba a abajo) o Rote a 270° (fija la dirección vertical, de abajo a arriba).
              • -
            • Cree una lista con puntos o números. Para hacer esto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción Puntos y Números del menú contextual y luego elija una de los caracteres de puntos disponibles o estilo de numeración.

              Puntos y números

              • +
            • Alinear el texto de forma vertical dentro del cuadrado del texto usando los iconos correspondientes que se sitúan en la pestaña de Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior. También puede hacer clic derecho en el texto, seleccionar la opción Alineamiento vertical y luego elegir una de las opciones disponibles: Alinear en la parte superior, Alinear al centro, o Alinear en la parte inferior.
              • +
            • Rote su texto en el cuadro de texto. Para hacer esto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Girar texto hacia abajo (establece una dirección vertical, de arriba hacia abajo) o Girar texto hacia arriba (establece una dirección vertical, de abajo hacia arriba).
              • +
            • Cree una lista con puntos o números. Para hacer esto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción Puntos y Números del menú contextual y luego elija una de los caracteres de puntos disponibles o estilo de numeración.

              Puntos y números

            • Insertar un hiperenlace.
            • Ajuste el alineado y espaciado del párrafo para el texto de varias líneas dentro del cuadro de texto usando la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la barra lateral derecha que se abre si hace clic en el icono Ajustes de texto Icono de ajustes de Texto. Aquí usted puede establecer la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo y también márgenes entre el párrafo actual y el precedente o el párrafo posterior.

              Pestaña Ajustes de Texto

                -
              • Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. Usted puede elegir entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente de la derecha.
                • +
              • Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. Puede seleccionar entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Puede especificar el valor deseado en el campo de la derecha.
              • Espaciado de Párrafo - ajusta la cantidad de espacio entre párrafos.
                • Antes - establece la cantidad de espacio antes del párrafo.
                • Después - establece la cantidad de espacio después del párrafo.
                  • @@ -66,19 +66,20 @@

                  La pestaña Letra contiene los parámetros siguientes:

                  • Tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con una línea que va por el centro de las letras.
                    • -
                  • Doble tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras.
                    • -
                  • Sobreíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones.
                    • -
                  • Subíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas.
                    • +
                  • Doble tachado se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras.
                    • +
                  • Sobreíndice se usa para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte superior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en fracciones.
                    • +
                  • Subíndice se usa para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas.
                  • Mayúsculas pequeñas - se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas.
                  • Mayúsculas - se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas.
                    • -
                  • Espaciado entre caracteres - se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres.
                    • +
                  • Espaciado entre caracteres - se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres. Incremente el valor predeterminado para aplicar el espaciado Expandido o disminuya el valor predeterminado para aplicar el espaciado Comprimido. Use los botones de flecha o introduzca el valor deseado en la casilla.

                    Todos los cambios se mostrarán en el campo de vista previa a continuación.

                    +
                  -

                  Propiedades de párrafo - Pestaña Tab

                  +

                  Propiedades de párrafo - Tabulador

                  La pestaña Tab permite cambiar tabulaciones, a saber, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado.

                    -
                  • Posición de tab - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este cuadro de texto, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo de debajo.
                    • -
                  • Predeterminado se fijó a 1.25 cm. Usted puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el campo.
                    • -
                  • Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición de tab en la lista de arriba. Seleccione la posición de tab necesaria en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar.
                      +
                    • Posición del tabulador - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este cuadro de texto, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo.
                      • +
                    • El Tabulador Predeterminado se ha fijado a 1.25 cm. Puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el cuadro.
                      • +
                    • Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición del tabulador en la lista de arriba. Seleccione la posición de tab necesaria en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar.
                      • Izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueve a la derecha del tabulador cuando usted escribe.
                      • Al centro - centra el texto en la posición de tabulador.
                      • Derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueve a la izquierda del tabulador cuando usted escribe.
                        • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm index 238e08d87..05cbc3f8f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm @@ -15,36 +15,58 @@

                        Maneje objetos

                        Usted puede cambiar el tamaño, desplazar, girar y organizar autoformas, imágenes y gráficos insertados en su hoja de cálculo.

                        +

                        Nota: la lista de atajos de teclado que puede ser usada al trabajar con objetos está disponible aquí.

                        Cambiar el tamaño de objetos

                        Para cambiar el tamaño de autoforma/imagen/gráfico, arrastre los pequeños cuadrados Icono cuadrado situados en los bordes de la imagen/autoforma. Para mantener las proporciones originales del objeto seleccionado mientras cambia de tamaño, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de las esquinas.

                        -

                        Nota: para cambiar el tamaño del gráfico o imagen insertado usted también puede usar la derecha barra lateral que se activará cuando seleccione el objeto necesario. Para abrirla, pulse el icono Ajustes de gráfico Icono ajustes de gráfico o Ajustes de imagen Icono Ajustes de imagen a la derecha.

                        Mantener proporciones

                        +

                        Nota: para cambiar el tamaño del gráfico o imagen insertado usted también puede usar la derecha barra lateral que se activará cuando seleccione el objeto necesario. Para abrirla, pulse el icono Ajustes de gráfico Icono ajustes de gráfico o Ajustes de imagen Icono Ajustes de imagen a la derecha.

                        +

                        Mantener proporciones

                        Mueve objetos

                        Para cambiar la posición de autoforma/imagen/gráfico, utilice el icono Flecha que aparece si mantiene cursor de su ratón sobre el objeto. Arrastre el objeto a la posición necesaria sin soltar el botón de ratón. Para desplazar el objeto en incrementos de un píxel, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar los objetos horizontalmente o verticalmente, y para que no se muevan en una dirección perpendicular, mantenga la tecla Shift apretada al arrastrar el objeto.

                        Gire objetos

                        -

                        Para girar la autoforma/imagen, mantenga el cursor del ratón sobre el controlador de giro Controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las agujas del reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota.

                        -

                        Cambie forma de autoformas

                        +

                        Para girar de forma manual la autoforma/imagen, pase el cursor del ratón por encima del controlador de giro Controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las agujas del reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota.

                        +

                        Para girar una forma o una imagen 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj o en sentido horario, o para voltear el objeto horizontal o verticalmente, puede utilizar la sección Rotación de la barra lateral derecha que se activará una vez que haya seleccionado el objeto en cuestión. Para abrirla, haga clic en el icono Ajustes de forma Icono Ajustes de forma o en el icono Icono Ajustes de imagen Ajustes de imagen de la derecha. Haga clic en uno de los botones:

                        +
                          +
                        • Icono de rotación en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar el objeto 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj
                          • +
                        • Icono de rotación en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para girar el objeto 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj
                          • +
                        • Icono de voltear horizontalmente para voltear el objeto horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha)
                          • +
                        • Icono de voltear verticalmente para voltear el objeto verticalmente (al revés)
                          • +
                        +

                        También es posible hacer clic con el botón derecho del ratón en la imagen o la forma, elegir la opción Girar en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de rotación disponibles.

                        +

                        Para girar una forma o una imagen con un ángulo exactamente especificado, haga clic el enlace de Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral derecha y utilice la pestaña Rotación de la ventana Ajustes avanzados. Especifique el valor deseado en grados en el campo Ángulo y haga clic en OK.

                        +

                        Cambie forma de autoformas

                        Al modificar unas formas, por ejemplo flechas o llamadas, puede notar el icono rombo amarillo Icono rombo amarillo. Le permite ajustar unos aspectos de forma, por ejemplo, la longitud de la punta de flecha.

                        Cambiar una autoforma

                        Alinear objetos

                        -

                        Para alinear los objetos seleccionados en relación a sí mismos, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona los objetos con el ratón, luego haga clic en el icono Icono Alinear Alinear en la pestaña Diseño en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de alineación requerida de la lista:

                        +

                        Para alinear dos o más objetos seleccionados entre sí, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona los objetos con el ratón y, a continuación, haga clic en el icono Icono Alinear Alinear en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de alineación que desee en la lista:

                          -
                        • Alinear a la Izquierda Icono alinear a la izquierda - para alinear los objetos del lado izquierdo en relación a sí mismos,
                          • -
                        • Alinear al Centro Icono alinear al centro - para alinear los objetos por su centro en relación a sí mismos,
                          • -
                        • Alinear a la Derecha Icono alinear a la derecha - para alinear los objetos del lado derecho en relación a sí mismos,
                          • -
                        • Alinear Arriba Icono Alinear arriba - para alinear los objetos por el lado superior en relación a sí mismos,
                          • -
                        • Alinear al Medio Icono Alinear al medio - para alinear los objetos por el medio en relación a sí mismos,
                          • -
                        • Alinear al Fondo Icono Alinear abajo - para alinear los objetos por el lado inferior en relación a sí mismos.
                          • +
                        • Alinear a la izquierda Icono alinear a la izquierda - para alinear objetos entre sí por el borde izquierdo del objeto situado más a la izquierda,
                          • +
                        • Alinear al centro Icono alinear al centro - para alinear objetos entre sí por sus centros,
                          • +
                        • Alinear a la derecha Icono alinear a la derecha - para alinear objetos entre sí por el borde derecho del objeto situado más a la derecha,
                          • +
                        • Alinear arriba Icono Alinear arriba - para alinear objetos entre sí por el borde superior del objeto situado más arriba,
                          • +
                        • Alinear al medio Icono Alinear al medio - para alinear objetos entre sí por el medio,
                          • +
                        • Alinear abajo Icono Alinear abajo - para alinear objetos entre sí por el borde inferior del objeto situado más abajo.
                        +

                        Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción Alinear en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de alineación disponibles.

                        +

                        Nota: las opciones de alineación están deshabilitadas si selecciona menos de dos objetos.

                        +

                        Distribuir objetos

                        +

                        Para distribuir tres o más seleccionados de forma horizontal o vertical entre dos objetos seleccionados situados en el extremo exterior, de modo que aparezca la misma distancia entre ellos, haga clic en el icono Icono Alinear Alinear en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de distribución deseado de la lista:

                        +
                          +
                        • Distribuir horizontalmente Icono distribuir horizontalmente - para distribuir los objetos uniformemente entre los objetos seleccionados situados en el extremo izquierdo y en el extremo derecho.
                          • +
                        • Distribuir verticalmente Icono distribuir verticalmente - para distribuir los objetos uniformemente entre los objetos seleccionados situados en el extremo superior y en el inferior.
                          • +
                        +

                        Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción Alinear en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de distribución disponibles.

                        +

                        Nota: las opciones de distribución no están disponibles si selecciona menos de tres objetos.

                        Agrupe varios objetos

                        Para manejar varios objetos a la vez, usted puede agruparlos. Mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona los objetos con el ratón, luego haga clic en la flecha junto al icono Icono Agrupar Agrupar en la pestaña Diseño en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista:

                        • Agrupar - para unir varios objetos al grupo para que sea posible girarlos, desplazarlos, cambiar el tamaño y formato, alinearlos, arreglarlos, copiarlos y pegarlos como si fuera un solo objeto.
                        • Desagrupar Icono Desagrupar - para desagrupar el grupo de los objetos previamente seleccionados.
                        -

                        También puede hacer clic derecho en los objetos seleccionados y escoger la opción Agrupar o Desagrupar del menú contextual.

                        +

                        De forma alternativa, puede hacer clic derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción de Organizar del menú contextual y luego usar la opción de Agrupar o des-agrupar.

                        +

                        Nota: la opción Grupo no está disponible si selecciona menos de dos objetos. La opción Desagrupar solo está disponible cuando se selecciona un grupo de objetos previamente unidos.

                        Agrupe varios objetos

                        Organizar varios objetos

                        -

                        Para organizar objetos (por ejemplo cambiar su orden cuando unos objetos sobreponen uno al otro), pulse los Icono Traer adelante iconos Adelantar y Icono Mandar atrás Enviar atrás en la barra de herramientas superior de Diseño y seleccione el tipo de disposición necesaria en la lista:

                        +

                        Para organizar objetos (por ejemplo cambiar su orden cuando unos objetos sobreponen uno al otro), pulse los Icono Traer adelante iconos Adelantar y Icono Enviar atrás Enviar atrás en la barra de herramientas superior de Diseño y seleccione el tipo de disposición necesaria en la lista:

                        Para mover el (los) objeto(s) seleccionado(s) hacia delante, haga clic en el Icono Traer adelante icono Mover hacia delante en la barra de herramientas superior de Formato y seleccione el tipo de organización necesaria de la lista:

                        • Traer al frente Icono Traer al frente - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) delante de los otros,
                          • @@ -54,7 +76,8 @@
                          • Enviar al fondo Icono Enviar al fondo- para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) detrás de los otros,
                          • Enviar atrás Icono Enviar atrás - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia atrás de otros objetos.
                            • -
                          +
                        +

                        Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, seleccionar la opción Organizar en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de organización disponibles.

                        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index e3be1002b..5d50ae46b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -14,19 +14,52 @@

                        Cree una hoja de cálculo nueva o abra una que ya existe

                        -

                        Cuando el editor de hojas de cálculo se abre para crear una hoja de cálculo nueva:

                        -
                          -
                        1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                          2. -
                        2. seleccione la opción Crear nuevo.
                          3. -
                        -

                        Cuando termine de trabajar con una hoja de cálculo, usted puede inmediatamente pasar a una hoja de cálculo recién editada, o volver a una lista de las existentes.

                        -

                        Para abrir la hoja de cálculo recién editada en el editor de hojas de cálculo,

                        -
                          -
                        1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                          2. -
                        2. seleccione la opción Abrir reciente,
                          3. -
                        3. elija una hoja de cálculo necesaria de la lista de hojas de cálculo recién editadas.
                          4. -
                        -

                        Para volver a la lista de documentos existentes, haga clic en el icono Ir a Documentos Ir a documentos a la derecha del encabezado del editor. De forma alternativa, puede cambiar a la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionar la opción Ir a Documentos.

                        +
                        Para crear una nueva hoja de cálculo
                        +
                        +

                        En el editor en línea

                        +
                          +
                        1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                          2. +
                        2. seleccione la opción Crear nuevo.
                          3. +
                        +
                        +
                        +

                        En el editor de escritorio

                        +
                          +
                        1. en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción del menú Hoja de cálculo en la sección Crear nueva de la barra lateral izquierda: se abrirá un nuevo archivo en una nueva pestaña,
                          2. +
                        2. cuando se hayan realizado todos los cambios deseados, haga clic en el icono Icono Guardar Guardar de la esquina superior izquierda o cambie a la pestaña Archivoy seleccione la opción Guardar como del menú.
                          3. +
                        3. en la ventana de gestión de archivos, seleccione la ubicación del archivo, especifique su nombre, elija el formato en el que desea guardar la hoja de cálculo (XLSX, plantilla de hoja de cálculo (XLTX), ODS, OTS, CSV, PDF o PDFA) y haga clic en el botón Guardar.
                          4. +
                        +
                        + +
                        +
                        Para abrir un documento existente
                        +

                        En el editor de escritorio

                        +
                          +
                        1. en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción Abrir archivo local en la barra lateral izquierda,
                          2. +
                        2. seleccione la hoja de cálculo deseada en la ventana de gestión de archivos y haga clic en el botón Abrir.
                          3. +
                        +

                        También puede hacer clic con el botón derecho sobre la hoja de cálculo deseada en la ventana de gestión de archivos, seleccionar la opción Abrir con y elegir la aplicación correspondiente en el menú. Si los archivos de documentos de Office están asociados con la aplicación, también puede abrir hojas de cálculo haciendo doble clic sobre el nombre del archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos.

                        +

                        Todos los directorios a los que ha accedido utilizando el editor de escritorio se mostrarán en la lista de Carpetas recientes para que posteriormente pueda acceder rápidamente a ellos. Haga clic en la carpeta correspondiente para seleccionar uno de los archivos almacenados en ella.

                        +
                        + +
                        Para abrir una hoja de cálculo recientemente editada
                        +
                        +

                        En el editor en línea

                        +
                          +
                        1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                          2. +
                        2. seleccione la opción Abrir reciente,
                          3. +
                        3. elija la hoja de cálculo deseada de la lista de documentos recientemente editados.
                          4. +
                        +
                        +
                        +

                        En el editor de escritorio

                        +
                          +
                        1. en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción Archivos recientes en la barra lateral izquierda,
                          2. +
                        2. elija la hoja de cálculo deseada de la lista de documentos recientemente editados.
                          3. +
                        +
                        + +

                        Para abrir la carpeta donde se encuentra el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador en la versión en línea, en la ventana del explorador de archivos en la versión de escritorio, haga clic en el icono Abrir ubicación de archivo Abrir ubicación de archivo en el lado derecho de la cabecera del editor. Como alternativa, puede cambiar a la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionar la opción Abrir ubicación de archivo.

                        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm index e11a954f8..42807797a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@

                        Editar tablas pivote

                        +

                        Nota: esta opción está solamente disponible en la versión en línea.

                        Puede cambiar la apariencia de las tablas pivote existentes en una hoja de cálculo utilizando las herramientas de edición disponibles en la pestaña Tabla Pivote de la barra de herramientas superior.

                        Seleccione al menos una celda dentro de la tabla pivote con el ratón para activar las herramientas de edición en la barra de herramientas superior.

                        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 7f8fb631a..8d4f0712a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -14,34 +14,55 @@

                        Guarde/imprima/descargue su hoja de cálculo

                        -

                        De manera predeterminada, el editor de hojas de cálculo guarda su archivo cada 2 segundos automáticamente preveniendo la pérdida de datos en caso de un cierre inesperado del programa. Si co-edita el archivo en el modo Rápido, el tiempo requerido para actualizaciones es de 25 cada segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias prsonas a la vez, los cambios se guardan cada 10 minutos. Se puede fácilmente desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados.

                        -

                        Para guardar su hoja de cálculo actual manualmente,

                        +

                        Guardando

                        +

                        Por defecto, el Editor de hojas de cálculo en línea guarda automáticamente el archivo cada 2 segundos cuando trabaja en él, evitando la pérdida de datos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa. Si co-edita el archivo en el modo Rápido, el tiempo requerido para actualizaciones es de 25 cada segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias prsonas a la vez, los cambios se guardan cada 10 minutos. Se puede fácilmente desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados.

                        +

                        Para guardar la hoja de cálculo actual de forma manual en el formato y la ubicación actuales,

                          -
                        • pulse el icono Guardar Icono Guardar en la barra de herramientas superior, o
                          • +
                        • haga clic en el icono Icono Guardar Guardar en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor, o bien
                        • use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+S, o
                        • pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Guardar.
                        +

                        Nota: en la versión de escritorio, para evitar la pérdida de datos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa, puede activar la opción Autorecuperación en la página de Ajustes avanzados .

                        +
                        +

                        En la versión de escritorio, puede guardar la hoja de cálculo con otro nombre, en una nueva ubicación o formato,

                        +
                          +
                        1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                          2. +
                        2. seleccione la opción Guardar como...,
                          3. +
                        3. elija uno de los formatos disponibles: XLSX, ODS, CSV, PDF, PDFA. También puede seleccionar la opción Plantilla de hoja de cálculo (XLTX o OTS).
                          4. +
                        +
                        -

                        Para descargar la consiguiente hoja de cálculo al disco duro de su ordenador,

                        +

                        Descargando

                        +

                        En la versión en línea, puede descargar la hoja de cálculo creada en el disco duro de su ordenador,

                        1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                        2. seleccione la opción Descargar como,
                          3. -
                        3. elija uno de los formatos disponibles: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV.

                          Nota: si selecciona el formato CSV, todas las características (formato de letra, fórmulas etc.) excepto el texto plano no se guardarán en el archivo CSV. Si continua el guardado, la ventana Elegir Opciones CSV se abrirá. de manera predeterminada, Unicode (UTF-8) se usa como el tipo de Codificación. El Delimitador por defecto es coma (,), pero también están disponibles las siguientes opciones: punto y coma (;), dos puntos (:), Tabulación, Espacio y Otro (esta opción le permite establecer un carácter delimitador personalizado).

                          +
                        4. elija uno de los formatos disponibles: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS.

                          Nota: si selecciona el formato CSV, todas las características (formato de letra, fórmulas etc.) excepto el texto plano no se guardarán en el archivo CSV. Si continua el guardado, la ventana Elegir Opciones CSV se abrirá. de manera predeterminada, Unicode (UTF-8) se usa como el tipo de Codificación. El Delimitador por defecto es coma (,), pero también están disponibles las siguientes opciones: punto y coma (;), dos puntos (:), Tabulación, Espacio y Otro (esta opción le permite establecer un carácter delimitador personalizado).

                        +

                        Guardando una copia

                        +

                        En la versión en línea, puede guardar una copia del archivo en su portal,

                        +
                          +
                        1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
                          2. +
                        2. seleccione la opción Guardar copia como...,
                          3. +
                        3. elija uno de los formatos disponibles: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS,
                          4. +
                        4. seleccione una ubicación para el archivo en el portal y pulse Guardar.
                          5. +
                        +

                        Imprimiendo

                        Para imprimir la hoja de cálculo actual,

                          -
                        • pulse el icono Imprimir en la barra de herramientas superior, o
                          • +
                        • haga clic en el icono Icono Imprimir Imprimir en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor, o bien
                        • use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+P, o
                        • pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Imprimir.

                        La ventana de Ajustes de impresión se abrirá, y podrá cambiar los ajustes de impresión de defecto. Haga clic en el botón Mostrar detalles al final de la ventana para mostrar todos los parámetros.

                        -

                        Nota: usted también puede cambiar los ajustes de impresión en la página Ajustes avanzados...: pulse la pestaña Archivo de la barra de herramientas superior, y siga Ajustes avanzados... >> Ajustes de Página.
                        Algunos de estos ajustes (Márgenes, Orientación y Tamaño de página) también están disponibles en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior.

                        +

                        Nota: usted también puede cambiar los ajustes de impresión en la página Ajustes avanzados...: pulse la pestaña Archivo de la barra de herramientas superior, y siga Ajustes avanzados... >> Ajustes de página.
                        Algunos de estos ajustes (Márgenes, Orientación y Tamaño de página, así como el Área de impresión) también están disponibles en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior.

                        Ventana de ajustes de impresión

                        Aquí usted puede ajustar los parámetros siguientes:

                          -
                        • Área de impresión - especifique lo que quiere imprimir: toda la Hoja actual, Todas las hojas de su hoja de cálculo o el rango de celdas previamente seleccionado (Selección),
                          • +
                        • Área de impresión - especifique lo que quiere imprimir: toda la Hoja actual, Todas las hojas de su hoja de cálculo o el rango de celdas previamente seleccionado (Selección),

                          Si ha definido previamente un área de impresión constante pero desea imprimir toda la hoja, marque la casilla IIgnorar área de impresión.

                          +
                        • Ajustes de la hoja - especifica ajustes de impresión individuales para cada hoja de forma separada, si tiene seleccionada la opción Todas las hojas en la lista desplegable Rano de impresión,
                        • Tamaño de página - seleccione uno de los tamaños disponibles en la lista desplegable,
                        • Orientación de la página - seleccione la opción Vertical si usted quiere imprimir la página verticalmente, o use la opción Horizontal para imprimirla horizontalmente,
                          • @@ -49,8 +70,33 @@
                        • Márgenes - especifique la distancia entre datos de la hoja de cálculo y los bordes de la página imprimible cambiando los tamaños predeterminados en los campos Superior, Inferior, Izquierdo y Derecho,
                        • Imprimir - especifique elementos de la hoja que quiere imprimir marcando las casillas correspondientes: Imprimir Cuadricula y Imprimir títulos de filas y columnas.
                        -

                        Una vez establecidos los parámetros, pulse el botón Guardar e imprimir para aplicar los cambios y cerrar la ventana. Después un archivo PDF será generado en la base de la hoja de cálculo. Puede abrirlo e imprimirlo, o guardarlo en el disco duro de su ordenador o en un medio extraíble para imprimirlo más tarde.

                        - +

                        En la versión de escritorio, el archivo se imprimirá directamente. En la versión en línea, se generará un archivo PDF a partir del documento. Puede abrirlo e imprimirlo, o guardarlo en el disco duro de su ordenador o en un medio extraíble para imprimirlo más tarde. Algunos navegadores (como Chrome y Opera) permiten la impresión directa.

                        +
                        Configurar un área de impresión
                        +

                        Si desea imprimir únicamente el rango de celdas seleccionado en lugar de una hoja de trabajo completa, puede utilizar la opción Selección de la lista desplegable Imprimir rango. Cuando se guarda el cuaderno de trabajo, este ajuste no se guarda, sino que está destinado a ser utilizado una sola vez.

                        +

                        Si un rango de celdas debe imprimirse con frecuencia, puede establecer un área de impresión constante en la hoja de trabajo. Cuando se guarda el cuaderno de trabajo, también se guarda el área de impresión, que se podrá utilizar la próxima vez que abra la hoja de cálculo. También es posible establecer varias áreas de impresión constantes en una hoja, y en este caso cada área se imprimirá en una página separada.

                        +

                        Para establecer un área de impresión:

                        +
                          +
                        1. seleccione el rango de celdas deseado en la hoja de trabajo. Para seleccionar varios rangos de celdas, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl,
                          2. +
                        2. cambie a la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior,
                          3. +
                        3. haga clic en la flecha que aparece al lado del botón Icono de área de impresión Área de impresión y seleccione la opción Establecer área de impresión.
                          4. +
                        +

                        El área de impresión creada se guarda al guardar la hoja de trabajo. La próxima vez que abra el archivo, se imprimirá el área de impresión especificada.

                        +

                        Nota: al crear un área de impresión, también se crea automáticamente un rango de nombre Área_de_Impresión, que se muestra en el Organizador de nombres. Para resaltar los bordes de todas las áreas de impresión de la hoja de trabajo actual, puede hacer clic en la flecha del cuadro de nombre situado a la izquierda de la barra de fórmulas y seleccionar el nombre Área_de_Impresión de la lista de nombres.

                        +

                        Para añadir celdas a un área de impresión:

                        +
                          +
                        1. abra la hoja de trabajo correspondiente donde se añadirá el área de impresión,
                          2. +
                        2. seleccionar el rango de celdas deseado en la hoja de trabajo,
                          3. +
                        3. cambie a la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior,
                          4. +
                        4. haga clic en la flecha que aparece al lado del botón Icono de área de impresión Área de impresión y seleccione la opción Añadir al área de impresión.
                          5. +
                        +

                        Una nueva área de impresión será añadida. Cada área de impresión se imprimirá en una página diferente.

                        +

                        Para eliminar un área de impresión:

                        +
                          +
                        1. abra la hoja de trabajo correspondiente donde se añadirá el área de impresión,
                          2. +
                        2. cambie a la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior,
                          3. +
                        3. haga clic en la flecha que aparece al lado del botón Icono de área de impresión Área de impresión y seleccione la opción Eliminar área de impresión.
                          4. +
                        +

                        Todas las áreas de impresión existentes en esta hoja serán eliminadas. Después se imprimirá toda la hoja.

                        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm index 7931077ff..12d60ff08 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm @@ -14,12 +14,13 @@

                        Deshaga/rehaga sus acciones

                        -

                        Para realizar las operaciones deshacer/rehacer, use los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior:

                        +

                        Para realizar las operaciones de deshacer/rehacer, utilice los iconos correspondientes disponibles en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor:

                          -
                        • Deshacer – use el icono Deshacer Icono Deshacer para deshacer la última operación que usted ha realizado.
                          • -
                        • Rehacer – use el icono Rehacer Icono Rehacer para deshacer la última operación que usted ha realizado.
                          • +
                        • Deshacer – use el icono Icono deshacer Deshacer para deshacer la última operación que realizó.
                          • +
                        • Rehacer – use el icono Icono rehacer Rehacer para rehacer la última operación que realizó.
                        -

                        Nota: las operaciones deshacer/rehacer pueden ser realizadas usando los atajos de teclado .

                        +

                        Las operaciones de deshacer/rehacer también se pueden realizar usando los atajos de teclado.

                        +

                        Nota: cuando co-edita una hoja de cálculo en modo Rápido la posibilidad de Deshacer/Rehacer la última operación no está disponible.

                        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm index 30ae32208..35843a917 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

                        Los nombres son notaciones útiles, las cuales se pueden asignar a una celda o rango de celdas y se puede usar para simplificar el trabajo con fórmulas. Al crear una fórmula, puede introducir un nombres como su argumento en vez de usar una referencia para un rango de celda. Por ejemplo, si asigna el nombre de Ingreso_Anual para un rango de celda, será posible introducir =SUMA(Ingreso_Anual) en vez de =SUMA(B1:B12). Con esta forma, las fórmulas son más claras. Esta característica también puede ser útil en el caso de que sean muchas las funciones que se refieren a una celda o el mismo rango de celda. Si la dirección del rango se cambia, puede hacer la corrección una vez que use el Organizador de Nombres en vez de editar todas las fórmulas una a una.

                        Hay dos tipos de nombres que se pueden usar:

                          -
                        • Nombre definido - un nombre arbitrario que puede especificar para un rango de celda específico.
                          • +
                        • Nombre definido - un nombre arbitrario que puede especificar para un rango de celda específico. Los nombres definidos también incluyen los nombres creados automáticamente al configurar las áreas de impresión.
                        • Nombre Defecto - un nombre por defecto que se asigna de manera automática a una tabla nuevamente formateada (Mesa1, Mesa2 etc.). Puede editar dicho nombre más adelante.

                        Los nombres también se pueden clasificar por su Alcance, por ejemplo, el lugar donde el nombre se reconoce. Un nombre se puede alcanzar a todo el libro de trabajo (será reconocido por cualquier hoja de cálculo en este libro de trabajo) o a una hoja de cálculo (será reconocido solo por la hoja de cálculo especificada). Cada nombre debe ser único en un solo alcance, los mismo nombres se pueden usar en alcances distintos.

                        @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@

                        Todos los nombres existentes se pueden acceder a través del Organizador de nombres. Para abrirlo:

                        • haga clic en el icono Rangos nombrados Icono rangos nombrados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Organizador de nombres del menú.
                          • -
                        • o haga clic en la flecha en el campo de entrada y seleccione la opción Organizador.
                          • +
                        • o haga clic en la flecha en el campo de entrada y seleccione la opción Organizador de nombres.

                        La ventana Organizador de Nombres se abrirá:

                        Ventana organizador de nombres

                        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm index 1688a44a8..c9180256f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm @@ -16,12 +16,13 @@

                        Vea la información sobre un archivo

                        Para acceder a la información detallada sobre la hoja de cálculo recientemente editada, pulse el icono Archivo en la barra lateral izquierda y seleccione la opción Info sobre archivo....

                        Información General

                        -

                        La información del archivo incluye el título de la hoja de cálculo, autor, lugar y fecha de creación.

                        +

                        La información del archivo incluye el título de la hoja de cálculo y la aplicación con la que se creó la hoja de cálculo. En la versión en línea, también se muestra la siguiente información: autor, ubicación, fecha de creación.

                        -

                        Nota: Los Editores en Línea le permiten cambiar el título de la hoja de cálculo directamente desde el interfaz del editor. Para realizar esto, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Cambiar de nombre..., luego introduzca el Nombre de archivo correspondiente en una ventana nueva que se abre y haga clic en OK.

                        +

                        Nota: Los Editores en Línea le permiten cambiar el título de la hoja de cálculo directamente desde el interfaz del editor. Para realizar esto, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, y seleccione la opción Renombrar luego introduzca el Nombre de archivo necesario en una nueva ventana que se abre y haga clic en OK.

                        Información de Permiso

                        +

                        En la versión en línea, puede ver la información sobre los permisos de los archivos guardados en la nube.

                        Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con los permisos de Solo Lectura.

                        Para descubrir quién tiene derechos de vista o edición en la hoja de cálculo, seleccione la opción Derechos de Acceso... En la barra lateral izquierda.

                        Si usted tiene el acceso completo a la hoja de cálculo, puede cambiar los derechos de acceso actualmente seleccionados pulsando el botón Cambiar derechos de acceso en la sección Personas que tienen derechos.

                        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/editor.css b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/editor.css index d6676f168..443ea7b42 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/editor.css +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/editor.css @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ text-decoration: none; .search-field { display: block; float: right; + margin-top: 10px; } .search-field input { width: 250px; @@ -185,4 +186,38 @@ kbd { box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(85,85,85,.35); margin: 0.2em 0.1em; color: #000; +} +.shortcut_variants { + margin: 20px 0 -20px; + padding: 0; +} +.shortcut_toggle { + display: inline-block; + margin: 0; + padding: 1px 10px; + list-style-type: none; + cursor: pointer; + font-size: 11px; + line-height: 18px; + white-space: nowrap +} +.shortcut_toggle.enabled { + color: #fff; + background-color: #7D858C; + border: 1px solid #7D858C; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled { + color: #444; + background-color: #fff; + border: 1px solid #CFCFCF; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled:hover { + background-color: #D8DADC; +} +.left_option { + border-radius: 2px 0 0 2px; + float: left; +} +.right_option { + border-radius: 0 2px 2px 0; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/11.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/11.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5d03794ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/11.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/22.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/22.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf48b4c0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/22.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/33.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/33.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb128fe71 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/33.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/activecell.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/activecell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fca5a730c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/activecell.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/align_toptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/align_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..491f4ade7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/align_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectbottom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8acbca9f6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectcenter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c95d44076 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectleft.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03fe28846 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectmiddle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..635c881d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectright.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83d7703cc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjecttop.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc2579271 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/asc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/asc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..deff88a7d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/asc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor.png index d73b2b665..7af662f5a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/basiccalculations.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/basiccalculations.png index 332fa43ae..270c26dff 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/basiccalculations.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/basiccalculations.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/betainv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/betainv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6046c3ebb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/betainv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png index 8b50580a0..ff78d284e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc0a5fdf4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aca81bb63 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringtofront.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a1b3b8f3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringtofront.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellsettings_rightpanel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellsettings_rightpanel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9fae4d58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellsettings_rightpanel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellsettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellsettingstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f71c92cc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellsettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolorscheme.png index f9464e5f4..9ef44daaf 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributehorizontally.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributehorizontally.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..343cecc53 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributehorizontally.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributevertically.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributevertically.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e72493788 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributevertically.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fliplefttoright.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fliplefttoright.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6babc560 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fliplefttoright.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/flipupsidedown.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/flipupsidedown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8ce45f8f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/flipupsidedown.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png index 1f3478e4e..f1263f839 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png index f5521a276..8b68acb6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/functiontooltip.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/functiontooltip.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53b75e695 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/functiontooltip.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30a8a135d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group_toptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04b5f4d96 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/grouping.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/grouping.png index 99faf21de..03e75fdda 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/grouping.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/grouping.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkfunction.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkfunction.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..805082eaf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imageadvancedsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imageadvancedsettings.png index 6a776d0a3..0e14b4d5e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imageadvancedsettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imageadvancedsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imageadvancedsettings1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imageadvancedsettings1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e0c5ce5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imageadvancedsettings1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagesettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagesettings.png index 4ef399870..d60916b83 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagesettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagesettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/collaborationtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/collaborationtab.png index 797466c2f..9427b8788 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/collaborationtab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae56c3196 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c42f32e9b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..301d0dea3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..affa09dc7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..75076cfd0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0df64bf4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..576bfffe2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png index e92875c90..f7b0008f9 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png index 44e864a2c..62239e24c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png index 0f4e26fe5..f9e923888 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png index e58bf5deb..99308ede3 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/layouttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78a4c440a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png index f3f1306f3..aea34fa25 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pivottabletab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pivottabletab.png index 73d0ebdff..4ece93ea4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pivottabletab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pivottabletab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 7e39464a2..779696864 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png index 08fd67a4d..7d5e6d062 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png index 1a461a817..8c4befb6c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pivottoptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pivottoptoolbar.png index 959190675..0513eb730 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pivottoptoolbar.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pivottoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png index 03fd49783..28c1d2dc2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/printareabutton.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/printareabutton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55306bc43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/printareabutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/printsettingswindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/printsettingswindow.png index 632598a8a..19657447f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/printsettingswindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/printsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png index 5002b4109..0b5b2dacb 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/relativereference.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/relativereference.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b58cebfe3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/relativereference.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotateclockwise.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotateclockwise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d27f575b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotateclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43e6a1064 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png index e6a82d6ac..ffc0e39f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png index 022b31529..4f0bf5de6 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png index a62d2c35d..e31bf98be 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc75b663b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d32086103 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoback.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73bbe3dfd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png index a34c42d18..2f171c5d8 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_1.png index 25ffa2635..c9d6a270f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_2.png index cb808496d..df54113f1 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_3.png index fd4d15c41..02b2bf8d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_4.png index fa7de6b58..96c46adb0 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_5.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c00345148 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png index d24f79a22..a24525389 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png index d86505d51..742143a34 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png index 5fc959534..b99d9c1df 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textimportwizard.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textimportwizard.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2b09ad9d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textimportwizard.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png index 793ad5b94..4c82ff29b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png index bb7f9407d..2f1c72082 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ungroup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ungroup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12395066b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 9fa0d1fba..a29f033a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js index fde5262db..c7275defd 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js @@ -50,6 +50,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Función AMORTIZ.PROGRE", "body": "La función AMORTIZ.PROGRE es una función financiera. Se usa para calcular la depreciación de un activo para cada periodo contable usando el método de depreciación decreciente. La sintaxis de la función AMORTIZ.PROGRE es: AMORTIZ.PROGRE(coste, fecha-de-compra, primer-periodo, residual, periodo, tasa[, [base]]) donde coste es el precio del activo. fecha-de-compra es la fecha de compra del activo. primer-periodo es la fecha en la que el primer periodo termina. residual es el valor residual del activo al final de su vida. periodo es el periodo para el que usted quiere calcular la depreciación. tasa es la tasa de depreciación. base es la base de recuento de días a usar, un valor numérico mayor o igual a 0, pero menor o igual a 4. Es un argumento opcional. Puede ser uno de los siguientes: Valor numérico Método de cálculo 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 Europeo 30/360 Nota: las fechas deben introducirse usando la función FECHA. Los datos se pueden introducir manualmente o se pueden incluir en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función AMORTIZ.PROGRE, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, haga clic en el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de funciones Financiero en la lista, haga clic en la función AMORTIZ.PROGRE, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, + { + "id": "Functions/amorintm.htm", + "title": "Función VF", + "body": "La función VF es una función financiera. Se usa para calcular el valor futuro de una inversión basado en un tipo de interés específico y en un programa de pagos constante. La sintaxis de la función VF es: FV(tasa, nper, pmt [, [pv] [,[tipo]]]) donde tasa es un tipo de interés para la inversión. nper es un número de pagos. pmt es la cantidad de un pago. pv es el valor presente de los pagos. Es un argumento opcional. Si se omite, la función pv será igual a 0. tipo es un plazo cuando los pagos vencen. Es un argumento opcional. Si se establece en 0 u se omite, la función asumirá el vencimiento de los pagos para el final del periodo. Si type se establece en 1, los pagos vencen al principio del periodo. Nota: pago en efectivo (como depósitos en cuentas) se representa con números negativos; efectivo recibido (como cheques de dividendos) se representa con números positivos. Los valores numéricos puede introducirse a mano o incluirse en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función VF, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, haga clic en el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de funciones Financiero en la lista, haga clic en la función VF, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." + }, { "id": "Functions/amorlinc.htm", "title": "Función AMORTIZ.LIN", @@ -65,6 +70,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Función NUMERO.ARABE", "body": "La función NUMERO.ARABE es una función matemática y trigonométrica. Se usa para convertir un número romano a un número arábigo. La sintaxis de la función NUMERO.ARABE es: NUMERO.ARABE(x) donde X es una representación de texto de un número romano: una cadena entre comillas o una referencia a una celda que contiene texto. Nota: si una cadena vacía (\"\") se usa como argumento, la función devuelve el valor 0. Para aplicar la función NUMERO.ARABE, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, haga clic en el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de función Matemáticas y trigonometría en la lista, haga clic en la función NUMERO.ARABE, introduzca el argumento correspondiente, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, + { + "id": "Functions/asc.htm", + "title": "Función ASC", + "body": "La función ASC es una de las funciones de texto y datos. se usa para cambiar caracteres de ancho completo (doble byte) a caracteres de ancho medio (un byte) para idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc. La sintaxis de la función ASC es: ASC(texto) donde texto es un dato introducido manualmente o incluido en la celda a la que se hace referencia. Si el texto no contiene caracteres de ancho completo, no se modifica. Para aplicar la función ASC, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere mostrar el resultado, Haga clic en el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar Función en el menú, o haga clic en el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función ASC, introduzca un argumento requerido, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." + }, { "id": "Functions/asin.htm", "title": "Función ASENO", @@ -155,6 +165,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Función DISTR.BETA", "body": "La función DISTR.BETA es una función estadística. Se usa para devolver la probabilidad beta acumulativa de la función densidad. La sintaxis de la función DISTR.BETA es: DISTR.BETA(x, alfa, beta, [,[A] [,[B]]) donde x es el valor entre A y B al que la función se debe calcular. alfa es el primer parámetro de la distribución, un valor numérico mayor que 0. beta es el segundo parámetro de la distribución, un valor numérico mayor que 0. A es el límite más bajo del intervalo de x. Es un parámetro opcional. Si se omite, se usa el valor predeterminado 0. B es el límite superior del intervalo de x. Es un parámetro opcional. Si se omite, se usa el valor predeterminado 1. Los valores pueden introducirse manualmente o incluirse en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función DISTR.BETA, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de funciones Estadísticas en la lista, pulse la función DISTR.BETA, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, + { + "id": "Functions/betainv.htm", + "title": "Función DISTR.BETA.INV", + "body": "La función DISTR.BETA.INV es una de las funciones de estadística. Se usa para devolver la inversa de la función de densidad de probabilidad beta acumulativa para una distribución beta especificada. La sintaxis de la función DISTR.BETA.INV es: DISTR.BETA.INV(x, alfa, beta, [,[A] [,[B]]) donde x es una probabilidad asociada a la distribución beta. Un valor numérico mayor o igual a 0 y menor que o igual a 1. alfa es el primer parámetro de la distribución, un valor numérico mayor que 0. beta es el segundo parámetro de la distribución, un valor numérico mayor que 0. A es el límite más bajo del intervalo de x. Es un parámetro opcional. Si se omite, se usa el valor predeterminado 0. B es el límite superior del intervalo de x. Es un parámetro opcional. Si se omite, se usa el valor predeterminado 1. Los valores pueden introducirse manualmente o incluirse en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función DISTR.BETA.INV, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere mostrar el resultado, Haga clic en el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar Función en el menú, o haga clic en el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de funciones Estadísticas en la lista, haga clic en la función DISTR.BETA.INV, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." + }, { "id": "Functions/bin2dec.htm", "title": "Función BIN.A.DEC", @@ -216,20 +231,20 @@ var indexes = "body": "La función BIT.XO es una función de ingeniería. Se usa para devolver un bit 'X.O’ de dos números. La sintaxis de la función BIT.XO es: BIT.XO(número1, número2) donde número1 es un valor numérico en forma decimal mayor o igual que 0. número2 es un valor numérico en forma decimal mayor o igual que 0. Los valores numéricos pueden introducirse a mano o incluirse en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. El valor de cada posición del dígito es 1 cuando las posiciones de los dígitos de los parámetros son diferentes. Para aplicar la función BIT.XO, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de funciones Ingeniería en la lista, haga clic en la función BIT.XO, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, { - "id": "Functions/ceiling.htm", - "title": "Función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR", - "body": "La función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR es una función matemática y trigonométrica. Se usa para redondear el número hacia arriba al múltiplo significativo más próximo. La sintaxis de la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR es: MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR(x, significado) donde x es el número que usted quiere redondear, significado es el múltiplo del significado que quiere redondear, Los valores numéricos pueden introducirse a mano o incluirse en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Nota: si los valores de x y significado tienen signos diferentes, la función devolverá el error #NUM!. Para aplicar la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, haga clic en el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de función Matemáticas y trigonometría en la lista, haga clic en la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." - }, - { - "id": "Functions/ceilingmath.htm", + "id": "Functions/ceiling-math.htm", "title": "Función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.MAT", "body": "La función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.MAT es una función matemática y trigonométrica. Se usa para redondear el número hacia arriba al múltiplo o número natural significativo más próximo. La sintaxis de la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.MAT es: MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.MAT(x [, [significado] [, [modo]]) donde x es el número que usted quiere redondear. significado es el múltiplo del significado que quiere redondear. Es un parámetro opcional. Si se omite, se usa el valor predeterminado 1. modo especifica si números negativos se rodean hacia o en el sentido contrario de cero. Es una parámetro opcional que no afecta a los números positivos. Si se omite o se pone a 0, los números negativos se redondean hacia cero. Si se especifica otro valor numérico, números negativos se redondean en el sentido contrario a cero. Los valores numéricos pueden introducirse a mano o incluirse en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.MAT, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de función Matemáticas y trigonometría en la lista, haga clic en la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.MAT, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, { - "id": "Functions/ceilingprecise.htm", + "id": "Functions/ceiling-precise.htm", "title": "Función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.EXACTO", "body": "La función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.EXACTO es una función matemática y trigonométrica. Se usa para devolver un número que se redondea hacia arriba al múltiplo o número natural significativo más próximo. El número siempre se redondea hacia arriba sin importar su signo. La sintaxis de la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.EXACTO es: MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.EXACTO(x [, significado]) donde x es el número que usted quiere redondear hacia arriba. significado es el múltiplo del significado que quiere redondear hacia arriba. Es un parámetro opcional. Si se omite, se usa el valor predeterminado 1. Si se pone a cero, la función vuelve a 0. Los valores numéricos pueden introducirse a mano o incluirse en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.EXACTO, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de función Matemáticas y trigonometría en la lista, haga clic en la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.EXACTO, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, + { + "id": "Functions/ceiling.htm", + "title": "Función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR", + "body": "La función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR es una función matemática y trigonométrica. Se usa para redondear el número hacia arriba al múltiplo significativo más próximo. La sintaxis de la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR es: MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR(x, significado) donde x es el número que usted quiere redondear, significado es el múltiplo del significado que quiere redondear, Los valores numéricos pueden introducirse a mano o incluirse en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Nota: si los valores de x y significado tienen signos diferentes, la función devolverá el error #NUM!. Para aplicar la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, haga clic en el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de función Matemáticas y trigonometría en la lista, haga clic en la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." + }, { "id": "Functions/char.htm", "title": "Función CARACTER", @@ -666,7 +681,7 @@ var indexes = "body": "La función FUN.ERROR.COMPL es una función de ingeniería. Se usa para calcular la función de error complementaria integrada entre el límite inferior especificado e infinito. La sintaxis de la función FUN.ERROR.COMPL es: FUN.ERROR.COMPL(límite-inferior) dondelímite-inferior es el límite inferior de la integración introducido manualmente o incluido en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función FUN.ERROR.COMPL, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de funciones Ingeniería en la lista, haga clic en la función FUN.ERROR.COMPL, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, { - "id": "Functions/error.type.htm", + "id": "Functions/error-type.htm", "title": "Función TIPO.DE.ERROR", "body": "La función TIPO.DE.ERROR es una función de información. Se usa para devolver la representación numérica de uno de los errores existentes. La sintaxis de la función TIPO.DE.ERROR es: TIPO.DE.ERROR(valor) donde valor es un valor de error introducido a mano o incluido en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. La lista de valores de error: Valor de error Representación numérica #NULL! 1 #DIV/0! 2 #VALUE! 3 #REF! 4 #NAME? 5 #NUM! 6 #N/A 7 #GETTING_DATA 8 Otros #N/A Para aplicar la función TIPO.DE.ERROR, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de funciones Información en la lista, haga clic en la función TIPO.DE.ERROR, introduzca un argumento requerido, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, @@ -745,6 +760,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Función ENCONTRAR/ENCONTRARB", "body": "La función ENCONTRAR/ENCONTRARB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para encontrar la subcadena especificada (cadena-1) dentro de una cadena (cadena-2). La función ENCONTRAR está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras la función ENCONTRARB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La sintaxis de la función ENCONTRAR/ENCONTRARB es: ENCONTRAR(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio]) ENCONTRARB(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio]) donde cadena-1 es la cadena que usted está buscando, cadena-2 es la cadena dentro de la que se realiza la búsqueda, posición-inicio es la posición en una cadena donde se inicia la búsqueda. Es un argumento opcional. Si se omite, se iniciará la búsqueda desde el principio de la cadena. Los datos pueden ser introducidos manualmente o incluidos en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Nota: si no se encuentran coincidencias, la función devolverá el valor de error #VALOR!. Para aplicar la función ENCONTRAR/ENCONTRARB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función ENCONTRAR/ENCONTRARB, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas,Nota: la función ENCONTRAR/ENCONTRARB es sensible a mayúscula y minúscula. pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, + { + "id": "Functions/findb.htm", + "title": "Función ENCONTRAR/ENCONTRARB", + "body": "La función ENCONTRAR/ENCONTRARB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para encontrar la subcadena especificada (cadena-1) dentro de una cadena (cadena-2). La función ENCONTRAR está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras la función ENCONTRARB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La sintaxis de la función ENCONTRAR/ENCONTRARB es: ENCONTRAR(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio]) ENCONTRARB(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio]) donde cadena-1 es la cadena que usted está buscando, cadena-2 es la cadena dentro de la que se realiza la búsqueda, posición-inicio es la posición en una cadena donde se inicia la búsqueda. Es un argumento opcional. Si se omite, se iniciará la búsqueda desde el principio de la cadena. Los datos pueden ser introducidos manualmente o incluidos en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Nota: si no se encuentran coincidencias, la función devolverá el valor de error #VALOR!. Para aplicar la función ENCONTRAR/ENCONTRARB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función ENCONTRAR/ENCONTRARB, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas,Nota: la función ENCONTRAR/ENCONTRARB es sensible a mayúscula y minúscula. pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." + }, { "id": "Functions/finv.htm", "title": "Función DISTR.F.INV", @@ -766,20 +786,20 @@ var indexes = "body": "La función DECIMAL es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para devolver la representación textual de un número redondeado a un número de posiсiones decimales especificado. La sintaxis de la función DECIMAL es: DECIMAL(número [,[núm-decimal] [,suprimir-comas-marcador]) donde número es un número que se va a redondear. núm-decimal es el número de posiciones decimales para mostrar. Es un argumento opcional, si se omite, la función asumirá el valor 2. suprimir-comas-marcador es un valor lógico. Si es VERDADERO, la función devolverá el resultado sin comas. Si es FALSO u se omite, el resultado se mostrará con comas. Los valores pueden introducirse manualmente o incluirse en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función DECIMAL, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función DECIMAL, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, { - "id": "Functions/floor.htm", - "title": "Función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR", - "body": "La función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR es una función matemática y trigonométrica. Se usa para redondear el número hacia abajo al múltiplo significativo más próximo. La sintaxis de la función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR es: MULTIPLO.INFERIOR(número, significante) donde númeor es el número que usted quiere redondear hacia abajo. significante es el múltiplo significativo al que usted quiere redondear hacia abajo. Nota: si los valores de x y significante tienen signos diferentes, la función devolverá error #NUM!. Los valores numéricos puede introducirse a mano o incluirse en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de función Matemáticas y trigonometría en la lista, haga clic en la función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." - }, - { - "id": "Functions/floormath.htm", + "id": "Functions/floor-math.htm", "title": "Función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.MAT", "body": "La función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.MAT es una función matemática y trigonométrica. Se usa para redondear un número hacia abajo al múltiplo significativo más próximo. La sintaxis de la función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.MAT es: MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.MAT(x [, [significado] [, [modo]]) donde x es el número que usted quiere redondear hacia abajo. significado es el múltiplo significativo al que usted quiere redondear el número. Es un parámetro opcional. Si se omite, se usa el valor predeterminado 1. modo especifica si números negativos se rodean hacia o en el sentido contrario de cero. Es una parámetro opcional que no afecta a los números positivos. Si se omite o se pone a 0, los números negativos se redondean hacia cero. Si se especifica otro valor numérico, números negativos se redondean en el sentido contrario a cero. Los valores numéricos puede introducirse a mano o incluirse en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.MAT, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de función Matemáticas y trigonometría en la lista, haga clic en la función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.MAT, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, { - "id": "Functions/floorprecise.htm", + "id": "Functions/floor-precise.htm", "title": "Función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.EXACTO", "body": "La función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.EXACTO es una función matemática y trigonométrica. Se usa para devolver un número que se redondea hacia abajo al múltiplo o número natural significativo más próximo. El número siempre se redondea hacia abajo sin importar su signo. La sintaxis de la función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.EXACTO es: MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.EXACTO(x, [, significado]) donde número es el número que usted quiere redondear hacia abajo. significado es el múltiplo significativo al que usted quiere redondear el número. Es un parámetro opcional. Si se omite, se usa el valor predeterminado 1. Si se pone a cero, la función vuelve a 0. Los valores numéricos puede introducirse a mano o incluirse en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.EXACTO, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de función Matemáticas y trigonometría en la lista, haga clic en la función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.EXACTO, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, + { + "id": "Functions/floor.htm", + "title": "Función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR", + "body": "La función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR es una función matemática y trigonométrica. Se usa para redondear el número hacia abajo al múltiplo significativo más próximo. La sintaxis de la función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR es: MULTIPLO.INFERIOR(número, significante) donde númeor es el número que usted quiere redondear hacia abajo. significante es el múltiplo significativo al que usted quiere redondear hacia abajo. Nota: si los valores de x y significante tienen signos diferentes, la función devolverá error #NUM!. Los valores numéricos puede introducirse a mano o incluirse en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de función Matemáticas y trigonometría en la lista, haga clic en la función MULTIPLO.INFERIOR, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." + }, { "id": "Functions/forecast-ets-confint.htm", "title": "Función PRONOSTICO.ETS.CONFINT", @@ -920,6 +940,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Función HORA", "body": "La función HORA es una función de fecha y hora. Devuelve la hora (número de 0 a 23) de valor de tiempo. La sintaxis de la función HORA es: HORA( valor-tiempo ) dondevalor-tiempo es un valor introducido a mano o incluido en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Nota: valor-tiempo puede ser expresado como un valor de cadena (ej. \"13:39\"), un número decimal (ej. 0.56 corresponde a 13:26) , o el resultado de una fórmula (ej. el resultado de la función AHORA en un formato predeterminado - 9/26/12 13:39) Para aplicar la función HORA, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de funciones Fecha y hora en la lista, haga clic en la función HORA, introduzca un argumento requerido, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, + { + "id": "Functions/hyperlink.htm", + "title": "Función HIPERVINCULO", + "body": "La función HIPERVINCULO es una de las funciones de búsqueda y referencia. Se usa para crear un acceso directo que lleva a otra ubicación en el cuaderno de trabajo actual o abre un documento almacenado en un servidor de red, una intranet o Internet. La sintaxis de la función HIPERVINCULO es: HIPERVINCULO(ubicación_del_vínculo, [Nombre_descriptivo]) donde ubicación_del_vínculo es la ruta y el nombre del archivo del documento que se va a abrir. En la versión en línea, la ruta puede ser solamente una dirección URL. ubicación_del_vínculo también puede referirse a un lugar determinado en el cuaderno de trabajo actual, por ejemplo, a una celda determinada o a un rango designado. El valor se puede especificar como una cadena de texto escrita entre comillas o como una referencia a una celda que contiene el enlace como una cadena de texto. Nombre_descriptivo es un texto que se muestra en la celda. Es un argumento opcional. Si se omita, el valor de laubicación_del_vínculo se mostrará en la celda. Para aplicar la función HIPERVINCULO, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere mostrar el resultado, Haga clic en el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar Función en el menú, o haga clic en el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de funciones Búsqueda y referencia en la lista, haga clic en la función HIPERVINCULO, introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida. Para abrir el enlace, haga clic sobre él. Para seleccionar una celda que contiene un enlace sin abrir este enlace, haga clic y mantenga presionado en botón del ratón." + }, { "id": "Functions/hypgeom-dist.htm", "title": "Función DISTR.HIPERGEOM.N", @@ -1156,7 +1181,7 @@ var indexes = "body": "La función ESNUMERO es una función de información. Se usa para comprobar un valor numérico. Si la celda contiene un valor numérico, la función devolverá VERDADERO, si no la función devolverá FALSO. La sintaxis de la función ESNUMERO es: ESNUMERO(valor) donde valor es un valor para examinar introducido a mano o incluido en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función ESNUMERO, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de funciones Información en la lista, haga clic en la función ESNUMERO, introduzca un argumento requerido, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, { - "id": "Functions/isoceiling.htm", + "id": "Functions/iso-ceiling.htm", "title": "Función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ISO", "body": "La función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ISO es una función matemática y trigonométrica. Se usa para devolver un número que se redondea hacia arriba al múltiplo o número natural significativo más próximo. El número siempre se redondea hacia arriba sin importar su signo. La sintaxis de la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ISO es: MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ISO(x, [, significance]) donde x es el número que usted quiere redondear hacia arriba. significativo es el múltiplo significativo hasta el que usted quiere redondear hacia arriba. Es un parámetro opcional. Si se omite, se usa el valor predeterminado 1. Si se pone a cero, la función vuelve a 0. Los valores numéricos pueden introducirse a mano o incluirse en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ISO, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de función Matemáticas y trigonometría en la lista, haga clic en la función MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ISO, introduzca los argumentos correspondientes separados por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, @@ -1205,11 +1230,21 @@ var indexes = "title": "Función IZQUIERDA/IZQUIERDAB", "body": "La función IZQUIERDA/IZQUIERDAB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para extraer una subcadena de la cadena especificada empezando con el carácter izquierdo. La función IZQUIERDA está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras la función IZQUIERDAB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La sintaxis de la función IZQUIERDA/IZQUIERDAB es: IZQUIERDA(cadena [, número-caracteres]) IZQUIERDAB(cadena [, número-caracteres]) donde cadena es una cadena de la que usted necesita extraer la subcadena, número-caracteres es un número de caracteres en la subcadena. Es un argumento opcional. Si se omite, el número será igual a 1. Los datos pueden ser introducidos manualmente o incluidos en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función IZQUIERDA/IZQUIERDAB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función IZQUIERDA/IZQUIERDAB, introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, + { + "id": "Functions/leftb.htm", + "title": "Función IZQUIERDA/IZQUIERDAB", + "body": "La función IZQUIERDA/IZQUIERDAB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para extraer una subcadena de la cadena especificada empezando con el carácter izquierdo. La función IZQUIERDA está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras la función IZQUIERDAB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La sintaxis de la función IZQUIERDA/IZQUIERDAB es: IZQUIERDA(cadena [, número-caracteres]) IZQUIERDAB(cadena [, número-caracteres]) donde cadena es una cadena de la que usted necesita extraer la subcadena, número-caracteres es un número de caracteres en la subcadena. Es un argumento opcional. Si se omite, el número será igual a 1. Los datos pueden ser introducidos manualmente o incluidos en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función IZQUIERDA/IZQUIERDAB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función IZQUIERDA/IZQUIERDAB, introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." + }, { "id": "Functions/len.htm", "title": "Función LARGO/LARGOB", "body": "La función LARGO/LARGOB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para analizar la cadena especificada y devolver el número de caracteres en ella. La función LARGO está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras LARGOB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La sintaxis de la función LARGO/LARGOB es: LARGO(cadena) LARGOB(cadena) donde cadena es un dato introducido manualmente o incluido en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función LARGO/LARGOB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función LARGO/LARGOB, introduzca un argumento requerido, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, + { + "id": "Functions/lenb.htm", + "title": "Función LARGO/LARGOB", + "body": "La función LARGO/LARGOB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para analizar la cadena especificada y devolver el número de caracteres en ella. La función LARGO está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras LARGOB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La sintaxis de la función LARGO/LARGOB es: LARGO(cadena) LARGOB(cadena) donde cadena es un dato introducido manualmente o incluido en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función LARGO/LARGOB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función LARGO/LARGOB, introduzca un argumento requerido, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." + }, { "id": "Functions/ln.htm", "title": "Función LN", @@ -1295,6 +1330,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Función EXTRAE/EXTRAEB", "body": "La función EXTRAE/EXTRAEB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para extraer los caracteres desde la cadena especificada empezando de cualquiera posición. La función EXTRAE está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras la función EXTRAEB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La función EXTRAE/EXTRAEB es: EXTRAE(cadena, posición-empiece, número-caracteres) EXTRAEB(cadena, posición-empiece, número-caracteres) donde cadena es la cadena de la que usted necesita extraer los caracteres. posición-empiece es la posición de donde se comienzan a extraerse los caracteres necesarios. número-caracteres es el número de caracteres que usted necesita extraer. Los datos pueden ser introducidos manualmente o incluidos en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función EXTRAE/EXTRAEB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función EXTRAE/EXTRAEB, introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, + { + "id": "Functions/midb.htm", + "title": "Función EXTRAE/EXTRAEB", + "body": "La función EXTRAE/EXTRAEB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para extraer los caracteres desde la cadena especificada empezando de cualquiera posición. La función EXTRAE está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras la función EXTRAEB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La función EXTRAE/EXTRAEB es: EXTRAE(cadena, posición-empiece, número-caracteres) EXTRAEB(cadena, posición-empiece, número-caracteres) donde cadena es la cadena de la que usted necesita extraer los caracteres. posición-empiece es la posición de donde se comienzan a extraerse los caracteres necesarios. número-caracteres es el número de caracteres que usted necesita extraer. Los datos pueden ser introducidos manualmente o incluidos en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función EXTRAE/EXTRAEB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función EXTRAE/EXTRAEB, introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." + }, { "id": "Functions/min.htm", "title": "Función MIN", @@ -1700,6 +1740,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Función REEMPLAZAR/REEMPLAZARB", "body": "La función REEMPLAZAR/REEMPLAZARB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para reemplazar el conjunto de caracteres por un conjunto nuevo, tomando en cuenta el número de caracteres y el punto de inicio especificado. La función REEMPLAZAR está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras la función REEMPLAZARB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La sintaxis de la función REEMPLAZAR/REEMPLAZARB es: REEMPLAZAR(cadena-1, pos-inicio, número-caracteres, cadena-2) REEMPLAZARB(cadena-1, pos-inicio, número-caracteres, cadena-2) donde cadena-1 es el texto original que debe ser reemplazado. pos-inicio es el punto de inicio del conjunto que debe ser reemplazado. número-caracteres es el número de caracteres para reemplazar. cadena-2 es un texto nuevo. Los valores pueden introducirse manualmente o incluirse en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función REEMPLAZAR/REEMPLAZARB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función REEMPLAZAR/REEMPLAZARB, introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas,Nota: la función REEMPLAZAR es sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas. pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, + { + "id": "Functions/replaceb.htm", + "title": "Función REEMPLAZAR/REEMPLAZARB", + "body": "La función REEMPLAZAR/REEMPLAZARB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para reemplazar el conjunto de caracteres por un conjunto nuevo, tomando en cuenta el número de caracteres y el punto de inicio especificado. La función REEMPLAZAR está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras la función REEMPLAZARB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La sintaxis de la función REEMPLAZAR/REEMPLAZARB es: REEMPLAZAR(cadena-1, pos-inicio, número-caracteres, cadena-2) REEMPLAZARB(cadena-1, pos-inicio, número-caracteres, cadena-2) donde cadena-1 es el texto original que debe ser reemplazado. pos-inicio es el punto de inicio del conjunto que debe ser reemplazado. número-caracteres es el número de caracteres para reemplazar. cadena-2 es un texto nuevo. Los valores pueden introducirse manualmente o incluirse en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función REEMPLAZAR/REEMPLAZARB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función REEMPLAZAR/REEMPLAZARB, introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas,Nota: la función REEMPLAZAR es sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas. pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." + }, { "id": "Functions/rept.htm", "title": "Función REPETIR", @@ -1710,10 +1755,15 @@ var indexes = "title": "Función DERECHA/DERECHAB", "body": "La función DERECHA/DERECHAB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para extraer una subcadena de una cadena empezando con el carácter más a la derecha, tomando en cuenta el número de caracteres especificado. La función DERECHA está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras la función DERECHAB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La sintaxis de la función DERECHA/DERECHAB es: DERECHA(cadena [, número-caracteres]) DERECHAB(cadena [, número-caracteres]) donde cadena es la cadena de la que usted necesita extraer la subcadena, número-caracteres es un número de caracteres en la subcadena. Es un argumento opcional. Si se omite, el número será igual a 1. Los datos pueden ser introducidos manualmente o incluidos en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función DERECHA/DERECHAB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, pulse la función DERECHA/DERECHAB, introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, + { + "id": "Functions/rightb.htm", + "title": "Función DERECHA/DERECHAB", + "body": "La función DERECHA/DERECHAB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para extraer una subcadena de una cadena empezando con el carácter más a la derecha, tomando en cuenta el número de caracteres especificado. La función DERECHA está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras la función DERECHAB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La sintaxis de la función DERECHA/DERECHAB es: DERECHA(cadena [, número-caracteres]) DERECHAB(cadena [, número-caracteres]) donde cadena es la cadena de la que usted necesita extraer la subcadena, número-caracteres es un número de caracteres en la subcadena. Es un argumento opcional. Si se omite, el número será igual a 1. Los datos pueden ser introducidos manualmente o incluidos en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Para aplicar la función DERECHA/DERECHAB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, pulse la función DERECHA/DERECHAB, introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." + }, { "id": "Functions/roman.htm", "title": "Función NUMERO.ROMANO", - "body": "La función NUMERO.ROMANO es una función matemática y trigonométrica. Se usa para convertir un número a un número romano. La sintaxis de la función NUMERO.ROMANO es: NUMERO.ROMANO(número, forma) donde número es un valor numérico mayor o igual a 1 y menor que 3999 introducido manualmente o incluido en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. forma es un tipo de número romano. Aquí están los distintos tipos: Valor Tipo 0 Clásico 1 Más conciso 2 Más conciso 3 Más conciso 4 Simplificado VERDADERO Clásico FALSO Simplificado Para aplicar la función NUMERO.ROMANO, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de función Matemáticas y trigonometría en la lista, haga clic en la función NUMERO.ROMANO, introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." + "body": "La función NUMERO.ROMANO es una función matemática y trigonométrica. Se usa para convertir un número a un número romano. La sintaxis de la función NUMERO.ROMANO es: NUMERO.ROMANO(número, [forma]) donde número es un valor numérico mayor o igual a 1 y menor que 3999 introducido manualmente o incluido en la celda a la que usted hace referencia. forma es un tipo de número romano. Aquí están los distintos tipos: Valor Tipo 0 Clásico 1 Más conciso 2 Más conciso 3 Más conciso 4 Simplificado VERDADERO Clásico FALSO Simplificado Para aplicar la función NUMERO.ROMANO, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione el grupo de función Matemáticas y trigonometría en la lista, haga clic en la función NUMERO.ROMANO, introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas, pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, { "id": "Functions/round.htm", @@ -1755,6 +1805,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Función HALLAR/HALLARB", "body": "La función HALLAR/HALLARB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para devolver la posición de la subcadena especificada en un cadena. La función HALLAR está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras la función HALLARB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La sintaxis de la función HALLAR/HALLARB es: HALLAR(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio]) HALLARB(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio]) donde cadena-1 es la subcadena que usted necesita encontrar. cadena-2 es la cadena dentro de la que se realiza la búsqueda. posición-inicio es la posición donde empieza la búsqueda. Es un argumento opcional. Si se omite, se realizará la búsqueda desde el inicio de cadena-2. Los datos pueden ser introducidos manualmente o incluidos en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Nota: si no se encuentran coincidencias, la función devolverá un error #VALUE!. Para aplicar la función HALLAR/HALLARB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función HALLAR/HALLARB, introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas,Nota: la función HALLAR/HALLARB NO es sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas. pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." }, + { + "id": "Functions/searchb.htm", + "title": "Función HALLAR/HALLARB", + "body": "La función HALLAR/HALLARB es una función de texto y datos. Se usa para devolver la posición de la subcadena especificada en un cadena. La función HALLAR está destinada para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de un byte (SBCS), mientras la función HALLARB - para idiomas que usan el conjunto de caracteres de doble byte (DBCS) como japonés, chino, coreano etc. La sintaxis de la función HALLAR/HALLARB es: HALLAR(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio]) HALLARB(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio]) donde cadena-1 es la subcadena que usted necesita encontrar. cadena-2 es la cadena dentro de la que se realiza la búsqueda. posición-inicio es la posición donde empieza la búsqueda. Es un argumento opcional. Si se omite, se realizará la búsqueda desde el inicio de cadena-2. Los datos pueden ser introducidos manualmente o incluidos en las celdas a las que usted hace referencia. Nota: si no se encuentran coincidencias, la función devolverá un error #VALUE!. Para aplicar la función HALLAR/HALLARB, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere ver el resultado, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic derecho en la сelda seleccionada y elija la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, seleccione grupo de funciones Texto y datos en la lista, haga clic en la función HALLAR/HALLARB, introduzca los argumentos requeridos separándolos por comas,Nota: la función HALLAR/HALLARB NO es sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas. pulse el botón Enter. El resultado se mostrará en la celda elegida." + }, { "id": "Functions/sec.htm", "title": "Función SEC", @@ -2208,92 +2263,92 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "Acerca del editor de hojas de cálculo", - "body": "El editor de hojas de cálculo es una aplicación en línea que le da la oportunidad de editar sus hojas de cálculo directamente en su navegador . Usando el editor de hojas de cálculo, usted puede realizar operaciones de edición variadas como en cualquier editor de escritorio, imprimir hojas de cálculo editadas manteniendo todos las detalles del formato o descargarlas en el disco duro de su ordenador en formato de XLSX, PDF, ODS, o CSV. Para ver la versión de software actual y los detalles de la licencia, haga clic en el icono en la barra izquierda lateral." + "body": "El editor de hojas de cálculo es una aplicación en línea que le da la oportunidad de editar sus hojas de cálculo directamente en su navegador . Usando el editor de hojas de cálculo, puede realizar varias operaciones de edición como en cualquier otro editor de escritorio, imprimir las hojas de cálculo editadas manteniendo todos los detalles de formato o descargarlas en el disco duro de su ordenador como XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, archivo OTS. Para ver la versión actual de software y la información de la licencia en la versión en línea, haga clic en el icono en la barra izquierda lateral. Para ver la versión actual de software y la información de la licencia en la versión de escritorio, selecciona la opción Acerca de en la barra lateral izquierda de la ventana principal del programa." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Ajustes avanzados del editor de hojas de cálculo", - "body": "El editor de hojas de cálculo le permite cambiar sus ajustes avanzados generales. Para acceder a ellos, abra la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados.... También puede hacer clic en el icono Mostrar Ajustes a la derecha del editor de encabezado y seleccionar la opción Ajustes Avanzados. Los ajustes avanzados generales son los siguientes: Visualización de Comentarios se usa para activar/desactivar la opción de comentar en tiempo real. Active la visualización de comentarios - si desactiva esta opción, los pasajes comentados se resaltarán solo si hace clic en el icono Comentarios en la barra lateral izquierda. Mostrar los comentarios resueltos - esta característica está desactivada por defecto de manera que los comentarios resueltos permanezcan ocultos en la hoja. Será capaz de ver estos comentarios solo si hace clic en el icono de Comentarios en la barra de herramientas izquierda. Active esta opción si desea mostrar los comentarios resueltos en la hoja. Guardar automáticamente se usa para activar/desactivar el autoguardado de cambios mientras edita. El Estilo de Referencia es usado para activar/desactivar el estilo de referencia R1C1. Por defecto, esta opción está desactivada y se usa el estilo de referencia A1.Cuando se usa el estilo de referencia A1, las columnas están designadas por letras y las filas por números. Si selecciona una celda ubicada en la fila 3 y columna 2, su dirección mostrada en la casilla a la izquierda de la barra de formulas se verá así: B3. Si el estilo de referencia R1C1 está activado, tanto las filas como columnas son designadas por números. Si usted selecciona la celda en la intersección de la fila 3 y columna 2, su dirección se verá así: R3C2. La letra R indica el número de fila y la letra C indica el número de columna. En caso que se refiera a otras celdas usando el estilo de referencia R1C1, la referencia a una celda objetivo se forma en base a la distancia desde una celda activa. Por ejemplo, cuando selecciona la celda en la fila 5 y columna 1 y se refiere a la celda en la fila 3 y columna 2, la referencia es R[-2]C[1]. Los números entre corchetes designan la posición de la celda a la que se refiere en relación a la posición de la celda actual, es decir, la celda objetivo esta 2 filas arriba y 1 columna a la derecha de la celda activa. Si selecciona la celda en la fila 1 y columna 2 y se refiere a la misma celda en la fila 3 y columna 2, la referencia es R[2]C, es decir, la celda objetivo está 2 filas hacia abajo de la celda activa y en la misma columna. El Modo Co-edición se usa para seleccionar la visualización de los cambios hechos durante la co-edición: De forma predeterminada, el modo Rápido es seleccionado, los usuarios que participan en la co-edición del documento verán los cambios a tiempo real una vez que estos se lleven a cabo por otros usuarios. Si prefiere no ver los cambios de otros usuarios (para que no le moleste, o por otros motivos), seleccione el modo Estricto, y todos los cambios se mostrarán solo una vez que haga clic en el icono Guardar, notificándole que hay cambios de otros usuarios. Valor de Zoom Predeterminado se usa para establecer el valor de zoom predeterminado seleccionándolo en la lista de las opciones disponibles que van desde 50% hasta 200%. Tipo de letra Hinting se usa para seleccionar el tipo de letra que se muestra en el editor de hojas de cálculo: Elija como Windows si a usted le gusta cómo se muestran los tipos de letra en Windows (usando hinting de Windows). Elija como OS X si a usted le gusta como se muestran los tipos de letra en Mac (sin hinting). Elija Nativo si usted quiere que su texto se muestre con sugerencias de hinting incorporadas en archivos de fuentes. Unidad de medida se usa para especificar qué unidades se usan en las reglas y las ventanas de propiedades para medir ancho, altura, espaciado, márgenes y otros parámetros de elementos. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Centímetro o Punto. Idioma de fórmulas se usa para seleccionar el idioma en el que quiere ver e introducir los nombres de las fórmulas Ajustes regionales se usa para mostrar por defecto el formato de divisa, fecha y hora. Para guardar los cambios realizados, haga clic en el botón Aplicar." + "body": "El editor de hojas de cálculo le permite cambiar sus ajustes avanzados generales. Para acceder a ellos, abra la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados.... También puede hacer clic en el icono Mostrar Ajustes a la derecha del editor de encabezado y seleccionar la opción Ajustes Avanzados. Los ajustes avanzados generales son los siguientes: Visualización de Comentarios se usa para activar/desactivar la opción de comentar en tiempo real. Active la visualización de comentarios - si desactiva esta opción, los pasajes comentados se resaltarán solo si hace clic en el icono Comentarios en la barra lateral izquierda. Mostrar los comentarios resueltos - esta característica está desactivada por defecto de manera que los comentarios resueltos permanezcan ocultos en la hoja. Será capaz de ver estos comentarios solo si hace clic en el icono de Comentarios en la barra de herramientas izquierda. Active esta opción si desea mostrar los comentarios resueltos en la hoja. Guardar automáticamente se usa en la versión en línea para activar/desactivar el autoguardado de los cambios mientras edita. La Autorecuperación - se usa en la versión de escritorio para activar/desactivar la opción que permite recuperar automáticamente las hojas de cálculo en caso de cierre inesperado del programa. El Estilo de Referencia es usado para activar/desactivar el estilo de referencia R1C1. Por defecto, esta opción está desactivada y se usa el estilo de referencia A1.Cuando se usa el estilo de referencia A1, las columnas están designadas por letras y las filas por números. Si selecciona una celda ubicada en la fila 3 y columna 2, su dirección mostrada en la casilla a la izquierda de la barra de formulas se verá así: B3. Si el estilo de referencia R1C1 está activado, tanto las filas como columnas son designadas por números. Si usted selecciona la celda en la intersección de la fila 3 y columna 2, su dirección se verá así: R3C2. La letra R indica el número de fila y la letra C indica el número de columna. En caso que se refiera a otras celdas usando el estilo de referencia R1C1, la referencia a una celda objetivo se forma en base a la distancia desde una celda activa. Por ejemplo, cuando selecciona la celda en la fila 5 y columna 1 y se refiere a la celda en la fila 3 y columna 2, la referencia es R[-2]C[1]. Los números entre corchetes designan la posición de la celda a la que se refiere en relación a la posición de la celda actual, es decir, la celda objetivo esta 2 filas arriba y 1 columna a la derecha de la celda activa. Si selecciona la celda en la fila 1 y columna 2 y se refiere a la misma celda en la fila 3 y columna 2, la referencia es R[2]C, es decir, la celda objetivo está 2 filas hacia abajo de la celda activa y en la misma columna. El Modo Co-edición se usa para seleccionar la visualización de los cambios hechos durante la co-edición: De forma predeterminada, el modo Rápido es seleccionado, los usuarios que participan en la co-edición del documento verán los cambios a tiempo real una vez que estos se lleven a cabo por otros usuarios. Si prefiere no ver los cambios de otros usuarios (para que no le moleste, o por otros motivos), seleccione el modo Estricto, y todos los cambios se mostrarán solo una vez que haga clic en el icono Guardar, notificándole que hay cambios de otros usuarios. Valor de Zoom Predeterminado se usa para establecer el valor de zoom predeterminado seleccionándolo en la lista de las opciones disponibles que van desde 50% hasta 200%. Tipo de letra Hinting se usa para seleccionar el tipo de letra que se muestra en el editor de hojas de cálculo: Elija como Windows si a usted le gusta cómo se muestran los tipos de letra en Windows (usando hinting de Windows). Elija como OS X si a usted le gusta como se muestran los tipos de letra en Mac (sin hinting). Elija Nativo si usted quiere que su texto se muestre con sugerencias de hinting incorporadas en archivos de fuentes. Unidad de medida se usa para especificar qué unidades se usan en las reglas y las ventanas de propiedades para medir ancho, altura, espaciado, márgenes y otros parámetros de elementos. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Centímetro o Punto. Idioma de fórmulas se usa para seleccionar el idioma en el que quiere ver e introducir los nombres de las fórmulas Ajustes regionales se usa para mostrar por defecto el formato de divisa, fecha y hora. Para guardar los cambios realizados, haga clic en el botón Aplicar." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "La edición de hojas de cálculo colaborativa", - "body": "El editor de hojas de cálculo le ofrece la posibilidad de trabajar con un documento juntos con otros usuarios. Esta función incluye: un acceso simultáneo y multiusuario al documento editado indicación visual de celdas que se han editados por otros usuarios visualización de cambios en tiempo real o sincronización de cambios al pulsar un botón chat para intercambiar ideasen relación con partes de la hoja de cálculo comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o un problema que hay que resolver Co-edición Editor del Documento permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Cuando un documento se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, las celdas editadas, así como la pestaña del documento donde estas celdas están situadas aparecen marcadas con una línea discontinua de diferentes colores. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre una de las celdas editadas, se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editando en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los coeditores cuando ellos están editando el texto. El número de los usuarios que están trabajando en el documento actual se especifica en la parte derecha del encabezado del editor - . Si quiere ver quién está editando el archivo en ese preciso momento, pulse este icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios. Cuando ningún usuario está viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editor estará así , y le permitirá a usted organizar los usuarios que tienen acceso al archivo desde la hoja de cálculo: invite a nuevos usuarios y otórgueles acceso completo o de solo lectura, o niegue a algunos usuarios los derechos de acceso al archivo. Haga clic en este icono para manejar el acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando la hoja de cálculo en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como . También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono , los otros verán una nota en la esquina izquierda superior indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Chat Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para arreglar con sus colaboradores quién está haciendo que, que parte de la hoja de cálculo va a editar ahora usted, etc. Los mensajes de Chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido de la hoja de cálculo es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenan hasta que usted decida eliminarlos. Para acceder al chat y dejar un mensaje para otros usuarios, Haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda, o cambie a la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón de Chat, introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente debajo, pulse el botón Enviar. Todos los mensajes dejados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel a la izquierda. Si hay mensajes nuevos que no ha leído todavía, el icono de chat aparecerá así - . Para cerrar el panel con los mensajes de chat, haga clic en el icono una vez más. Comentarios Para dejar un comentario, seleccione una celda donde usted cree que hay algún problema o error, cambie a la pestaña a Insertar o Colaboración en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón Comentarios o use el icono en la barra de herramientas izquierda para abrir el panel de Comentarios y haga clic en el enlace Añadir Comentario al Documento, o haga clic derecho en la celda seleccionada y seleccione la opción de Añadir Comentario del menú, introduzca el texto necesario, pulse el botón Añadir Comentario/Añadir. El comentario se mostrará en el panel izquierdo. El triángulo de color naranja aparecerá en la esquina derecha superior de la celda que usted ha comentado. Si tiene que desactivar esta función, pulse lapestana Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios en tiempo real. En este caso las celdas comentadas serán marcadas solo si usted pulsa el icono . Para ver el comentario, simplemente haga clic sobre la celda. Usted o cualquier otro usuario puede contestar al comentario añadido preguntando o informando sobre el trabajo realizado. Para realizar esto, use el enlace Añadir respuesta. Puede gestionar sus comentarios añadidos de esta manera: editar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , eliminar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , cierre la discusión haciendo clic en el icono si la tarea o el problema que usted ha indicado en su comentario se ha solucionado, después de esto la discusión que usted ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelta. Para abrir la discusión de nuevo, haga clic en el icono . Si tiene que esconder comentarios resueltos, haga clic en la pestaña de Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios resueltos y haga clic en Aplicar. En este caso los comentarios resueltos se resaltarán solo si usted hace clic en el icono . Si está usando el modo de co-edición Estricto, nuevos comentarios añadidos por otros usuarios serán visibles solo después de hacer clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, haga clic en el icono situado en la barra de herramientas izquierda una vez más." + "body": "El editor de hojas de cálculo le ofrece la posibilidad de trabajar con un documento juntos con otros usuarios. Esta función incluye: un acceso simultáneo y multiusuario al documento editado indicación visual de celdas que se han editados por otros usuarios visualización de cambios en tiempo real o sincronización de cambios al pulsar un botón chat para intercambiar ideasen relación con partes de la hoja de cálculo comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o problema que hay que resolver (también es posible trabajar con comentarios en modo sin conexión, sin necesidad de conectarse a la versión en línea) Conectándose a la versión en línea En el editor de escritorio, abra la opción de Conectar a la nube del menú de la izquierda en la ventana principal del programa. Conéctese a su suite de ofimática en la nube especificando el nombre de usuario y la contraseña de su cuenta. Co-edición Editor de hojas de cálculo permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles: Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Nota: cuando co-edita una hoja de cálculo en modo Rápido la posibilidad de Deshacer/Rehacer la última operación no está disponible. Cuando un documento se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, las celdas editadas, así como la pestaña del documento donde estas celdas están situadas aparecen marcadas con una línea discontinua de diferentes colores. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre una de las celdas editadas, se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editando en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los coeditores cuando ellos están editando el texto. El número de los usuarios que están trabajando en el documento actual se especifica en la parte derecha del encabezado del editor - . Si quiere ver quién está editando el archivo en ese preciso momento, pulse este icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios. Cuando ningún usuario esté viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editor se verá así permitiéndole gestionar qué usuarios tienen acceso al archivo desde la hoja de cálculo: invite a nuevos usuarios dándoles permiso para editar, leer o comentar la hoja de cálculo, o denegar el acceso a algunos de los usuarios a los derechos de acceso al archivo. Haga clic en este icono para manejar el acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando la hoja de cálculo en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como . También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono , los otros verán una nota en la esquina izquierda superior indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Chat Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para arreglar con sus colaboradores quién está haciendo que, que parte de la hoja de cálculo va a editar ahora usted, etc. Los mensajes de Chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido de la hoja de cálculo es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenan hasta que usted decida eliminarlos. Para acceder al chat y dejar un mensaje para otros usuarios, Haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda, o cambie a la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón de Chat, introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente debajo, pulse el botón Enviar. Todos los mensajes dejados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel a la izquierda. Si hay mensajes nuevos que no ha leído todavía, el icono de chat aparecerá así - . Para cerrar el panel con los mensajes de chat, haga clic en el icono una vez más. Comentarios Es posible trabajar con comentarios en el modo sin conexión, sin necesidad de conectarse a la versión en línea. Para dejar un comentario, seleccione una celda donde usted cree que hay algún problema o error, cambie a la pestaña a Insertar o Colaboración en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón Comentarios o use el icono en la barra de herramientas izquierda para abrir el panel de Comentarios y haga clic en el enlace Añadir Comentario al Documento, o haga clic derecho en la celda seleccionada y seleccione la opción de Añadir Comentario del menú, introduzca el texto necesario, pulse el botón Añadir Comentario/Añadir. El comentario se mostrará en el panel izquierdo. El triángulo de color naranja aparecerá en la esquina derecha superior de la celda que usted ha comentado. Si tiene que desactivar esta función, pulse lapestana Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios en tiempo real. En este caso las celdas comentadas serán marcadas solo si usted pulsa el icono . Para ver el comentario, simplemente haga clic sobre la celda. Usted o cualquier otro usuario puede contestar al comentario añadido preguntando o informando sobre el trabajo realizado. Para realizar esto, use el enlace Añadir respuesta. Puede gestionar sus comentarios añadidos de esta manera: editar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , eliminar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , cierre la discusión haciendo clic en el icono si la tarea o el problema que usted ha indicado en su comentario se ha solucionado, después de esto la discusión que usted ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelta. Para abrir la discusión de nuevo, haga clic en el icono . Si tiene que esconder comentarios resueltos, haga clic en la pestaña de Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios resueltos y haga clic en Aplicar. En este caso los comentarios resueltos se resaltarán solo si usted hace clic en el icono . Si está usando el modo de co-edición Estricto, nuevos comentarios añadidos por otros usuarios serán visibles solo después de hacer clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, haga clic en el icono situado en la barra de herramientas izquierda una vez más." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Atajos de teclado", - "body": "Trabajar con hojas de cálculo Abrir panel 'Archivo' Alt+F Abre el panel Archivo para guardar, descargar, imprimir la hoja de cálculo actual, revisar la información, crear una hoja de cálculo nueva o abrir una ya existente, acceder al editor de ayuda o a ajustes avanzados del editor de hojas de cálculo. Abrir ventana 'Encontrar y Reemplazar’ Ctrl+F Abre la ventana Encontrar y Reemplazar para empezar a buscar una celda que contenga los caracteres que necesita. Abra la ventana 'Encontrar y Reemplazar’ con un campo de reemplazo Ctrl+H Abre la ventana Encontrar y Reemplazar con el campo de reemplazo para reemplazar una o más ocurrencias de los caracteres encontrados. Abrir panel 'Comentarios' Ctrl+Shift+H Abre el panel Comentarios para añadir su propio comentario o contestar a comentarios de otros usuarios. Abrir campo de comentarios Alt+H Abre un campo donde usted puede añadir un texto o su comentario. Abrir panel 'Chat' Alt+Q Abre el panel Chat y envía un mensaje. Guardar hoja de cálculo Ctrl+S Guarda todos los cambios de la hoja de cálculo recientemente editada usando el editor de hoja de cálculo. Imprimir hoja de cálculo Ctrl+P Imprime su hoja de cálculo con una de las impresoras disponibles o lo guarda en un archivo. Descargar como Ctrl+Shift+S Abre el panel Descargar como para guardar la hoja de cálculo actual en el disco duro de su ordenador en uno de los formatos compatibles: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV. Pantalla completa F11 Pase a la vista de pantalla completa para ajustar el editor de hojas de cálculo a su pantalla. Menú de ayuda F1 Abre el menú de Ayuda del editor de documentos. Navegación Saltar al principio de la fila Inicio Destaca la columna A de la fila actual. Saltar al principio de la hoja de cálculo Ctrl+Home Destaca la celda A1. Saltar al final de la fila End, o Ctrl+Derecha Destaca la última celda de la fila actual. Saltar al pie de la hoja de cálculo Ctrl+End Destaca la última celda de la hoja de cálculos con datos situada en la fila más inferior con la columna con datos situada en la parte más derecha. Si el cursos está en línea con la fórmula, se pondrá al final del texto. Mover a la hoja anterior Alt+PgUp Mueve a la hoja anterior de su hoja de cálculo. Mover a la hoja siguiente Alt+PgDn Mueve a la hoja siguiente de su hoja de cálculo. Mover una fila arriba Flecha arriba Destaca la celda que se sitúa más arriba de la celda actual en la misma columna. Mover una fila abajo Flecha abajo Destaca la celda que se sitúa más abajo de la celda actual en la misma columna. Mover una columna a la izquierda Flecha izquierda, o Tab Destaca la celda anterior de la fila corriente. Mover una columna a la derecha Flecha derecha, o Tab+Shift Destaca la celda siguiente de la fila actual. Selección de datos Seleccionar todo Ctrl+A, o Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar Selecciona la hoja de cálculo entera. Seleccionar columna Ctrl+Spacebar Selecciona una columna entera en la hoja de cálculo. Seleccionar fila Shift+Spacebar Selecciona una fila entera en la hoja de cálculo. Seleccionar fragmento Shift+Arrow Selecciona celda por celda. Selecciona desde el cursor al principio de una fila Shift+Home Selecciona un fragmento del cursor al principio de la fila actual. Selecciona del cursor al final de una fila Shift+End Selecciona un fragmento del cursor al final de la fila actual. Extender la selección Ctrl+Shift+Home Seleccionar un fragmento desde las celdas elegidas al principio de la hoja de cálculo. Extender la selección hasta la celda que se ha usado por último Ctrl+Shift+Home Seleccionar un fragmento desde las celdas elegidas hasta la celda de la hoja de cálculo que se ha usado por último. Deshacer y Rehacer Deshacer Ctrl+Z Invierte las últimas acciones realizadas. Rehacer Ctrl+Y Repite la última acción deshecha. Cortar, copiar, y pegar Cortar Ctrl+X, Shift+Delete Corta datos seleccionados y los envía a la memoria de portapapeles del ordenador. Luego los datos cortados pueden ser insertados en el otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo, en otra hoja de cálculo, o en otro programa. Copiar Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert Envía los datos seleccionados a la memoria de portapapeles del ordenador. Luego los datos copiados pueden ser insertados en otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo, en otra hoja de cálculo, o en otro programa. Pegar Ctrl+V, Shift+Insert Inserta los datos copiados/cortados de la memoria de portapapeles del ordenador en la posición actual del cursor. Los datos pueden ser anteriormente copiados de la misma hoja de cálculo, de otra hola de cálculo, o del programa. Formato de datos Negrita Ctrl+B Pone la letra de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en negrita dándole más peso o quita este formato. Cursiva Ctrl+I Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en cursiva dándole un plano inclinado a la derecha o quita este formato. Subrayado Ctrl+U Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado o quita este formato. Tachado Ctrl+5 Aplica el estilo tachado a un fragmento de texto seleccionado. Añadir hiperenlace Ctrl+K Inserta un hiperenlace a un sitio web externo u otra hoja de cálculo. Filtrado de datos Avtivar/Eliminar filtro Ctrl+Shift+L Activa un filtro para un rango de celdas seleccionado o elimina el filtro. Aplicar plantilla de tabla Ctrl+L Aplica una plantilla de tabla a un rango de celdas seleccionado. Entrada de datos Terminar entrada de información y mover hacia debajo Enter Termina la entrada de información en una celda seleccionada o en la barra de fórmulas y pasa a la celda de debajo. Terminar entrada de información y mover hacia arriba Shift+Enter Termina la entrada de información en una celda seleccionada y mueve a la celda de arriba. Empezar línea nueva Alt+Enter Empieza una línea nueva en la misma celda. Cancelar Esc Cancela una entrada en la celda seleccionada o barra de fórmulas. Borrar a la izquierda BACKSPACE Borra un carácter a la izquierda en la barra de fórmulas o en la celda seleccionada cuando el modo de edición de una celda está activado. Borrar a la derecha Borrar Borra un carácter a la derecha en la barra de fórmulas o en la celda seleccionada cuando el modo de edición de una celda está activado. Eliminar contenido de celda Borrar Elimina el contenido (datos y fórmulas) de celdas seleccionadas sin afectar a comentarios o formato de celdas. Funciones Función SUMA Alt+'=' Inserta la función SUMA en la celda seleccionada. Modificación de objetos Desplazar en incrementos de tres píxeles Ctrl Mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas del teclado para desplazar el objeto seleccionado un píxel a la vez." + "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Trabajar con hojas de cálculo Abrir panel 'Archivo' Alt+F ⌥ Opción+F Abre el panel Archivo para guardar, descargar, imprimir la hoja de cálculo actual, revisar la información, crear una hoja de cálculo nueva o abrir una ya existente, acceder al editor de ayuda o a ajustes avanzados del editor de hojas de cálculo. Abrir ventana 'Encontrar y Reemplazar’ Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Abre el cuando de diálogo Buscar y reemplazar para empezar a buscar una celda que contenga los caracteres que busque. Abra el cuadro de diálogo 'Buscar y reemplazar’ con el campo de reemplazo Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Abra el cuadro de diálogo Buscar y reemplazar con el campo de reemplazo para reemplazar una o más apariciones de los caracteres encontrados. Abrir panel 'Comentarios' Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+H Abra el panel Comentarios para añadir sus propios comentarios o contestar a los comentarios de otros usuarios. Abrir campo de comentarios Alt+H ⌥ Opción+H Abra un campo de entrada de datos en el que se pueda añadir el texto de su comentario. Abrir panel 'Chat' Alt+Q ⌥ Opción+Q Abre el panel Chat y envía un mensaje. Guardar hoja de cálculo Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Guarda todos los cambios de la hoja de cálculo recientemente editada usando el editor de hoja de cálculo. El archivo activo se guardará con su actual nombre, ubicación y formato de archivo. Imprimir hoja de cálculo Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Imprime su hoja de cálculo con una de las impresoras disponibles o lo guarda en un archivo. Descargar como Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+S Abrir el panel Descargar como... para guardar la hoja de cálculo que está siendo editada actualmente en la unidad de disco duro del ordenador en uno de los formatos admitidos: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Pantalla completa F11 Pase a la vista de pantalla completa para ajustar el editor de hojas de cálculo a su pantalla. Menú de ayuda F1 F1 Abre el menú de Ayuda del editor de documentos. Abrir un archivo existente (Editores de escritorio) Ctrl+O En la pestaña Abrir archivo local de los Editores de escritorio, abre el cuadro de diálogo estándar que permite seleccionar un archivo existente. Cerrar archivo (Editores de escritorio) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Cierra la ventana de la hoja de cálculo actual en los Editores de escritorio. Menú contextual de elementos ⇧ Mayús+F10 ⇧ Mayús+F10 Abre el menú contextual del elementos seleccionado. Navegación Desplazar a una celda hacia arriba, abajo, izquierda o derecha ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Destacar una celda por encima/debajo de la seleccionada actualmente o a la izquierda/derecha de la misma. Ir al borde de la región de datos actual Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Destacar en una hoja de trabajo una celda en el borde de la región de datos actual. Saltar al principio de la fila Inicio Inicio Destacar una celda en la columna A de la fila actual. Saltar al principio de la hoja de cálculo Ctrl+Inicio ^ Ctrl+Inicio Destacar la celda A1. Saltar al final de la fila Fin, Ctrl+→ Fin, ⌘ Cmd+→ Destaca la última celda de la fila actual. Saltar al pie de la hoja de cálculo Ctrl+Fin ^ Ctrl+Fin Destacar la celda inferior derecha usada en la hoja de trabajo situada en la fila inferior con los datos de la columna de la derecha con los datos. Si el cursor se encuentra en la barra de fórmulas, se pondrá al final del texto. Mover a la hoja anterior Alt+Re Pág ⌥ Opción+Re Pág Mueve a la hoja anterior de su hoja de cálculo. Mover a la hoja siguiente Alt+Av Pág ⌥ Opción+Av Pág Mueve a la hoja siguiente de su hoja de cálculo. Mover una fila arriba ↑, ⇧ Mayús+↵ Entrar ⇧ Mayús+↵ Volver Destaca la celda que se sitúa más arriba de la celda actual en la misma columna. Mover una fila abajo ↓, ↵ Entrar ↵ Volver Destaca la celda que se sitúa más abajo de la celda actual en la misma columna. Mover una columna a la izquierda ←, ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab ←, ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab Destaca la celda anterior de la fila corriente. Mover una columna a la derecha →, ↹ Tab →, ↹ Tab Destaca la celda siguiente de la fila actual. Desplazar una pantalla hacia abajo Av Pág Av Pág Desplazar una pantalla hacia abajo en la hoja de trabajo. Desplazar una pantalla hacia arriba Re Pág Re Pág Desplazar una pantalla hacia arriba en la hoja de trabajo. Acercar Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Ampliar la hoja de cálculo que se está editando. Alejar Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Alejar la hoja de cálculo que se está editando. Selección de datos Seleccionar todo Ctrl+A, Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+␣ Barra espaciadora ⌘ Cmd+A Selecciona la hoja de cálculo entera. Seleccionar columna Ctrl+␣ Barra espaciadora ^ Ctrl+␣ Barra espaciadora Selecciona una columna entera en la hoja de cálculo. Seleccionar fila ⇧ Mayús+␣ Barra espaciadora ⇧ Mayús+␣ Barra espaciadora Selecciona una fila entera en la hoja de cálculo. Seleccionar fragmento ⇧ Mayús+→ ← ⇧ Mayús+→ ← Selecciona celda por celda. Selecciona desde el cursor al principio de una fila ⇧ Mayús+Inicio ⇧ Mayús+Inicio Selecciona un fragmento del cursor al principio de la fila actual. Selecciona del cursor al final de una fila ⇧ Mayús+Fin ⇧ Mayús+Fin Selecciona un fragmento del cursor al final de la fila actual. Extender la selección Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+Inicio ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+Inicio Seleccionar un fragmento desde las celdas elegidas al principio de la hoja de cálculo. Extender la selección hasta la celda que se ha usado por último Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+Fin ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+Fin Seleccionar un fragmento de la celda que está seleccionada en ese momento hasta la última celda utilizada en la hoja de trabajo (en la fila inferior con los datos de la columna de la derecha con los datos). Si el cursor se encuentra en la barra de fórmulas, se seleccionará todo el texto de la barra de fórmulas desde la posición del cursor hasta el final sin afectar a la altura de la barra de fórmulas. Seleccione una celda a la izquierda ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab Seleccionar una celda a la izquierda en una tabla. Seleccionar una celda a la derecha ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Seleccionar una celda a la derecha en una tabla. Extender la selección a la celda no vacía más cercana a la derecha ⇧ Mayús+Alt+Fin, Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+→ ⇧ Mayús+⌥ Opción+Fin Extender la selección a la celda no vacía más cercana en la misma fila a la derecha de la celda activa. Si la siguiente celda está vacía, la selección se extenderá a la siguiente celda no vacía. Extender la selección a la celda no vacía más cercana a la izquierda ⇧ Mayús+Alt+Inicio, Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+← ⇧ Mayús+⌥ Opción+Inicio Extender la selección a la celda no vacía más cercana en la misma fila a la izquierda de la celda activa. Si la siguiente celda está vacía, la selección se extenderá a la siguiente celda no vacía. Extender la selección a la celda no vacía más cercana hacia arriba/abajo en la columna Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+↑ ↓ Extender la selección a la celda no vacía más cercana en la misma columna hacia arriba/abajo desde la celda activa. Si la siguiente celda está vacía, la selección se extenderá a la siguiente celda no vacía. Extender la selección una pantalla hacia abajo ⇧ Mayús+Av Pág ⇧ Mayús+Av Pág Extender la selección para incluir todas las celdas una pantalla más abajo de la celda activa. Extender la selección una pantalla hacia arriba ⇧ Mayús+Re Pág ⇧ Mayús+Re Pág Extender la selección para incluir todas las celdas una pantalla más arriba de la celda activa. Deshacer y Rehacer Deshacer Ctrl+Z ⌘ Cmd+Z Invierte las últimas acciones realizadas. Rehacer Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A Repite la última acción deshecha. Cortar, copiar, y pegar Cortar Ctrl+X, ⇧ Mayús+Borrar ⌘ Cmd+X Corta datos seleccionados y los envía a la memoria de portapapeles del ordenador. Luego los datos cortados pueden ser insertados en el otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo, en otra hoja de cálculo, o en otro programa. Copiar Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Envía los datos seleccionados a la memoria de portapapeles del ordenador. Luego los datos copiados pueden ser insertados en otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo, en otra hoja de cálculo, o en otro programa. Pegar Ctrl+V, ⇧ Mayús+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Inserta los datos copiados/cortados de la memoria de portapapeles del ordenador en la posición actual del cursor. Los datos pueden ser anteriormente copiados de la misma hoja de cálculo, de otra hola de cálculo, o del programa. Formato de datos Negrita Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Pone la letra de un fragmento del texto seleccionado en negrita dándole más peso o quita este formato. Cursiva Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Pone un fragmento del texto seleccionado en cursiva dándole un plano inclinado a la derecha o quita este formato. Subrayado Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado o quita este formato. Tachado Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Aplica el estilo tachado a un fragmento de texto seleccionado. Añadir hiperenlace Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Inserta un hiperenlace a un sitio web externo u otra hoja de cálculo. Editar la celda activa F2 F2 Editar la celda activa y posicionar el punto de inserción al final del contenido de la celda. Si la edición en una celda está desactivada, el punto de inserción se moverá a la barra de fórmulas. Filtrado de datos Avtivar/Eliminar filtro Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Mayús+L Activa un filtro para un rango de celdas seleccionado o elimina el filtro. Aplicar plantilla de tabla Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+L, ⌘ Cmd+L Aplica una plantilla de tabla a un rango de celdas seleccionado. Entrada de datos Terminar entrada de información y mover hacia debajo ↵ Entrar ↵ Volver Termina la entrada de información en una celda seleccionada o en la barra de fórmulas y pasa a la celda de debajo. Terminar entrada de información y mover hacia arriba ⇧ Mayús+↵ Entrar ⇧ Mayús+↵ Volver Termina la entrada de información en una celda seleccionada y mueve a la celda de arriba. Empezar línea nueva Alt+↵ Entrar Empieza una línea nueva en la misma celda. Cancelar Esc Esc Cancela una entrada en la celda seleccionada o barra de fórmulas. Borrar a la izquierda ← Retroceso ← Retroceso Borra un carácter a la izquierda en la barra de fórmulas o en la celda seleccionada cuando el modo de edición de una celda está activado. También elimina el contenido de la celda activa. Borrar a la derecha Borrar Borrar, Fn+← Retroceso Borra un carácter a la derecha en la barra de fórmulas o en la celda seleccionada cuando el modo de edición de una celda está activado. También elimina el contenido de las celdas (datos y fórmulas) de las celdas seleccionadas sin afectar los formatos o comentarios de las celdas. Eliminar contenido de celda Borrar, ← Retroceso Borrar, ← Retroceso Elimina el contenido (datos y fórmulas) de celdas seleccionadas sin afectar a comentarios o formato de celdas. Completar una entrada de celda y moverse a la derecha ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Completar una entrada de celda en la celda seleccionada o en la barra de fórmulas y moverse a la celda de la derecha. Completar una entrada de celda y moverse a la izquierda ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab ⇧ Mayús+↹ Tab Completar una entrada de celda en la celda seleccionada o en la barra de fórmulas y moverse a la celda de la izquierda . Funciones Función SUMA Alt+= ⌥ Opción+= Inserta la función SUMA en la celda seleccionada. Abrir lista desplegable Alt+↓ Abra una lista desplegable seleccionada. Abrir el menú contextual ≣ Menú Abre un menú contextual para la celda o rango de celdas seleccionado. Formatos de datos Abre el cuadro de diálogo 'Formato de número'. Ctrl+1 ^ Ctrl+1 Abre el cuadro de diálogo Formato de número. Aplicar el formato general Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+~ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+~ Aplica el formato de número General. Aplicar el formato de moneda Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+$ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+$ Aplica el formato Moneda con dos decimales (números negativos entre paréntesis). Aplicar el formato de porcentaje Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+% ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+% Aplica el formato de Porcentaje sin decimales. Aplicar el formato exponencial Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+^ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+^ Aplica el formato de número Exponencial con dos decimales. Aplicar el formato de fecha Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+# ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+# Aplica el formato deFecha con el día, mes y año. Aplicar el formato de hora Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+@ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+@ Aplica el formato de Hora con la hora y los minutos, y AM o PM.. Aplicar el formato de número Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+! ^ Ctrl+⇧ Mayús+! Aplica el formato de Número con dos decimales, separador de miles y signo menos (-) para valores negativos. Modificación de objetos Limitar movimiento ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar Limita el movimiento horizontal o vertical del objeto seleccionado. Estableсer rotación en 15 grados ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras rotación) ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras rotación) Limita el ángulo de rotación al incremento de 15 grados. Mantener proporciones ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras redimensiona) ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (mientras redimensiona) Mantener las proporciones del objeto seleccionado al redimensionar. Dibujar una línea recta o una flecha ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (al dibujar líneas/flechas) ⇧ Mayús + arrastrar (al dibujar líneas/flechas) Dibujar una línea o flecha recta vertical/horizontal/45 grados. Desplazar en incrementos de tres píxeles Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas del teclado para desplazar el objeto seleccionado un píxel a la vez." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "Configuración de la vista y herramientas de navegación", - "body": "Para ayudarle a ver y seleccionar celdas en una hoja de cálculo grande el editor de hojas de cálculo le ofrece varias herramientas: barras ajustables, barra de desplazamiento, botones de navegación por hojas, pestañas para hojas y zoom. Ajuste la configuración de la vista Para ajustar la configuración de la vista predeterminada y establecer el modo más conveniente para trabajar con una hoja de cálculo, cambie a la pestaña de Inicio. pulse el icono Mostrar ajustes en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione qué elementos de la interfaz quiere ocultar o mostrar. Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes en la lista desplegable Mostrar ajustes: Ocultar barra de herramientas - oculta la barra de herramientas superior que contiene comandos mientras que las pestañas permanecen visibles. Cuando esta opción está desactivada, puede hacer clic en cualquier pestaña para mostrar la barra de herramientas. La barra de herramientas se muestra hasta que hace clic en cualquier lugar fuera de este. Para desactivar este modo cambie a la pestaña de Inicio, luego haga clic en el icono Mostrar ajustes y haga clic en la opción Ocultar barra de herramientas de nuevo. La barra de herramientas superior se mostrará todo el tiempo.Nota: de forma alternativa, puede hacer doble clic en cualquier pestaña para ocultar la barra de herramientas superior o mostrarla de nuevo. Ocultar barra de fórmulas - oculta la barra que está situada debajo de la barra de herramientas superior y se usa para introducir y verificar la fórmula y su contenido. Para mostrar la Barra de fórmulas ocultada pulse esta opción una vez más. Ocultar títulos - oculta el título de columna en la parte superior y el título de fila en la parte izquierda de la hoja de cálculo. Para mostrar los títulos ocultados pulse esta opción una vez más. Ocultar cuadrícula - oculta las líneas que aparecen alrededor de las celdas. Para mostrar las Cuadrículas pulse esta opción una vez más. Inmovilizar paneles - congela todas las filas de arriba de la celda activa y todas las columnas a su lado izquierdo para que sean visibles cuando usted desplace la hoja hacia la derecha o hacia abajo. Si quiere descongelar los paneles simplemente haga clic en esta opción de nuevo o haga clic derecho en cualquier lugar dentro de la hoja de cálculo y seleccione la opción Descongelar Paneles del menú. La barra derecha lateral es minimizada de manera predeterminada. Para expandirla, seleccione cualquier objeto (imagen, gráfico, forma) y haga clic en el icono de dicha pestaña ya activada a la derecha. Para minimizar la barra lateral derecha, pulse el icono de nuevo. Usted también puede cambiar el tamaño de los paneles Comentarios o Chat abiertos usando la acción arrastrar y soltar: mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde de la barra izquierda lateral para que se convierta en una flecha bidireccional y arrastre el borde a la derecha para extender el ancho de la barra lateral. Para restaurar el ancho original, mueva el borde a la izquierda. Utilice las herramientas de navegación Para navegar por su hoja de cálculo, utilice las herramientas siguientes: Las Barras de desplazamiento (en la parte inferior o en la parte derecha) se usan para desplazar arriba/abajo y a la izquierda/a la derecha la hoja actual. Para navegar una hoja de cálculo usando las barras de desplazamiento: pulse las flechas arriba/abajo u derecha/izquierda en las barras de desplazamiento; arrastre el cuadro de desplazamiento; pulse cualquier área a la derecha/izquierda o arriba/abajo del cuadro de desplazamiento en la barra de desplazamiento. Usted también puede usar la rueda de desplazamiento del ratón para desplazar su hoja de cálculo arriba o abajo. Los botones de Navegación por hojas se sitúan en la esquina izquierda inferior y se usan para alternar entre hojas en la hoja de cálculo actual. pulse el botón Desplazar hasta la primera hoja para desplazar la lista de hojas hasta la primera hoja de la hoja de cálculo actual; pulse el botón Desplazar la lista de hoja a la izquierda para desplazar la lista de hojas de hoja de cálculo actual a la izquierda; pulse el botón Desplazar la lista de hoja a la derecha para desplazar la lista de hojas de la hoja de cálculo actual a la derecha; pulse el botón Desplazar hasta la última hoja para desplazar la lista de hojas hasta la última hoja de la hoja de cálculo actual. Usted puede activar una hoja apropiada haciendo clic en Tabla de hoja en la parte inferior junto a los botones de Navegación por hojas. Los botones de Zoom se sitúan en la esquina derecha inferior y se usan para acercar y alejar la hoja actual. Para cambiar el valor de zoom seleccionado que se muestra en por cientos, púlselo y seleccione una de las opciones de zoom disponibles en la lista o use los botones Acercar o Alejar . Los ajustes de zoom también están disponibles en la lista desplegable Configuración de la vista ." + "body": "Para ayudarle a ver y seleccionar celdas en una hoja de cálculo grande el editor de hojas de cálculo le ofrece varias herramientas: barras ajustables, barra de desplazamiento, botones de navegación por hojas, pestañas para hojas y zoom. Ajuste la configuración de la vista Para ajustar la configuración por defecto de la vista y establecer el modo más conveniente para trabajar con la hoja de cálculo, haga clic en el icono Configuración de la vista en el lado derecho de la cabecera del editor y seleccione los elementos de la interfaz que desea ocultar o mostrar. Puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones de la lista desplegable Configuración de la vista: Ocultar barra de herramientas - oculta la barra de herramientas superior que contiene los comandos mientras las pestañas permanecen visibles. Cuando esta opción está desactivada, puede hacer clic en cualquier pestaña para mostrar la barra de herramientas. La barra de herramientas se muestra hasta que hace clic en cualquier lugar fuera de este. Para desactivar este modo, haga clic en el icono Configuración de la vista y vuelva a hacer clic en la opción Ocultar barra de herramientas. La barra de herramientas superior se mostrará todo el tiempo.Nota: como alternativa, puede hacer doble clic en cualquier pestaña para ocultar la barra de herramientas superior o mostrarla de nuevo. Ocultar barra de fórmulas - oculta la barra que está situada debajo de la barra de herramientas superior y se usa para introducir y verificar la fórmula y su contenido. Para mostrar la Barra de fórmulas ocultada pulse esta opción una vez más. Ocultar títulos - oculta el título de columna en la parte superior y el título de fila en la parte izquierda de la hoja de cálculo. Para mostrar los títulos ocultados pulse esta opción una vez más. Ocultar cuadrícula - oculta las líneas que aparecen alrededor de las celdas. Para mostrar las Cuadrículas pulse esta opción una vez más. Inmovilizar paneles - congela todas las filas de arriba de la celda activa y todas las columnas a su lado izquierdo para que sean visibles cuando usted desplace la hoja hacia la derecha o hacia abajo. Si quiere descongelar los paneles simplemente haga clic en esta opción de nuevo o haga clic derecho en cualquier lugar dentro de la hoja de cálculo y seleccione la opción Descongelar Paneles del menú. La barra derecha lateral es minimizada de manera predeterminada. Para expandirla, seleccione cualquier objeto (imagen, gráfico, forma) y haga clic en el icono de dicha pestaña ya activada a la derecha. Para minimizar la barra lateral derecha, pulse el icono de nuevo. También puede cambiar el tamaño de los paneles Comentarios o Chat abiertos usando la acción arrastrar y soltar: mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde de la barra izquierda lateral para que se convierta en una flecha bidireccional y arrastre el borde a la derecha para extender el ancho de la barra lateral. Para restaurar el ancho original, mueva el borde a la izquierda. Utilice las herramientas de navegación Para navegar por su hoja de cálculo, utilice las herramientas siguientes: Las Barras de desplazamiento (en la parte inferior o en la parte derecha) se usan para desplazar arriba/abajo y a la izquierda/a la derecha la hoja actual. Para navegar una hoja de cálculo usando las barras de desplazamiento: pulse las flechas arriba/abajo u derecha/izquierda en las barras de desplazamiento; arrastre el cuadro de desplazamiento; pulse cualquier área a la derecha/izquierda o arriba/abajo del cuadro de desplazamiento en la barra de desplazamiento. Usted también puede usar la rueda de desplazamiento del ratón para desplazar su hoja de cálculo arriba o abajo. Los botones de Navegación por hojas se sitúan en la esquina izquierda inferior y se usan para alternar entre hojas en la hoja de cálculo actual. pulse el botón Desplazar hasta la primera hoja para desplazar la lista de hojas hasta la primera hoja de la hoja de cálculo actual; pulse el botón Desplazar la lista de hoja a la izquierda para desplazar la lista de hojas de hoja de cálculo actual a la izquierda; pulse el botón Desplazar la lista de hoja a la derecha para desplazar la lista de hojas de la hoja de cálculo actual a la derecha; pulse el botón Desplazar hasta la última hoja para desplazar la lista de hojas hasta la última hoja de la hoja de cálculo actual. Usted puede activar una hoja apropiada haciendo clic en Tabla de hoja en la parte inferior junto a los botones de Navegación por hojas. Los botones de Zoom se sitúan en la esquina derecha inferior y se usan para acercar y alejar la hoja actual. Para cambiar el valor de zoom seleccionado que se muestra en por cientos, púlselo y seleccione una de las opciones de zoom disponibles en la lista o use los botones Acercar o Alejar . Los ajustes de zoom también están disponibles en la lista desplegable Configuración de la vista ." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "title": "Las funciones de búsqueda y sustitución", - "body": "Para buscar los caracteres, palabras o frases necesarios que se utilizan en la hoja de cálculo actual, pulse el icono que está situado en la izquierda barra lateral. Si quiere buscar/reemplazar valores dentro de un área en la hoja actual, seleccione el rango de celdas necesario y haga clic en el icono . Se abrirá la ventana Encontrar y reemplazar: Introduzca su consulta en el campo correspondiente. Especifique las opciones de búsqueda haciendo clic en el icono de al lado del campo de entrada de datos: Sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas - se usa para encontrar solo las ocurrencias que están escritas manteniendo mayúsculas y minúscalas como en su consulta (por ejemplo si su consulta es 'Editor' y se ha seleccionado esta opción, las palabras como 'editor' o 'EDITOR' etc. no se encontrarán). Todo el contenido de celda - se usa para encontrar solo las celdas que no contienen cualquier otros caracteres aparte de unos especificados en su consulta (ej. si su consulta es '56' y la opción está seleccionada, las celdas con '0.56' o '156' etc. no se encontrarán). Dentro de - se usa para buscar solo en la Hoja activa o en todo el Libro de trabajo. Si quiere realizar una búsqueda dentro del área seleccionada en la hoja, compruebe que la opción Hoja está seleccionada. Buscar por - se usa para especificar la dirección de la búsqueda: a la derecha - Filas, hacia debajo - Columnas. Buscar en - se usa para especificar si quiere buscar Valor de las celdas o las Formulas dentro de las mismas. Pulse uno de los botones de flecha a la derecha. Se realizará la búsqueda en el principio de la hoja de cálculo (si usted pulsa el botón ) o al final de la hoja de cálculo (si usted pulsa el botón ) de la posición actual. La primera ocurrencia de los caracteres requeridos en la dirección seleccionada será resaltada. Si no es la palabra que usted busca, pulse el botón seleccionado una ves más para encontrar la siguiente ocurrencia de los caracteres introducidos. Para reemplazar una o unas ocurrencias de los caracteres encontrados pulse el enalce Reemplazar debajo del campo de entrada de datos. Se cambiará la ventana Encontrar y reemplazar: Introduzca el texto de sustitución en el campo apropiado debajo. Pulse el botón Reemplazar para reemplazar la ocurrencia actualmente seleccionada o el botón Reemplazar todo para reemplazar todas las ocurrencias encontradas. Para esconder el campo de sustitución haga clic en el enlace Esconder Sustitución." + "body": "Para buscar los caracteres, palabras o frases usadas en la hoja de cálculo actual, haga clic en el icono situado en la barra lateral izquierda o use la combinación de teclas Ctrl+F. Si quiere buscar/reemplazar valores dentro de un área en la hoja actual, seleccione el rango de celdas necesario y haga clic en el icono . Se abrirá la ventana Encontrar y reemplazar: Introduzca su consulta en el campo correspondiente. Especifique las opciones de búsqueda haciendo clic en el icono de al lado del campo de entrada de datos: Sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas - se usa para encontrar solo las ocurrencias que están escritas manteniendo mayúsculas y minúsculas como en su consulta (por ejemplo si su consulta es 'Editor' y se ha seleccionado esta opción, las palabras como 'editor' o 'EDITOR' etc. no se encontrarán). Todo el contenido de celda - se usa para encontrar solo las celdas que no contienen cualquier otros caracteres aparte de unos especificados en su consulta (ej. si su consulta es '56' y la opción está seleccionada, las celdas con '0.56' o '156' etc. no se encontrarán). Resaltar resultados - se usa para resaltar todos los acaecimientos encontrados a la vez. Para desactivar esta opción y quitar el resaltado haga clic en esta opción de nuevo. Dentro de - se usa para buscar solo en la Hoja activa o en todo el Libro de trabajo. Si quiere realizar una búsqueda dentro del área seleccionada en la hoja, compruebe que la opción Hoja está seleccionada. Buscar por - se usa para especificar la dirección de la búsqueda: a la derecha - Filas, hacia debajo - Columnas. Buscar en - se usa para especificar si quiere buscar Valor de las celdas o las Formulas dentro de las mismas. Pulse uno de los botones de flecha a la derecha. Se realizará la búsqueda en el principio de la hoja de cálculo (si usted pulsa el botón ) o al final de la hoja de cálculo (si usted pulsa el botón ) de la posición actual. La primera ocurrencia de los caracteres requeridos en la dirección seleccionada será resaltada. Si no es la palabra que usted busca, pulse el botón seleccionado una ves más para encontrar la siguiente ocurrencia de los caracteres introducidos. Para reemplazar una o más ocurrencias de los caracteres encontrados, haga clic en el enlace Reemplazar que aparece debajo del campo de entrada de datos o utilice la combinación de teclas Ctrl+H. Se cambiará la ventana Encontrar y reemplazar: Introduzca el texto de sustitución en el campo apropiado debajo. Pulse el botón Reemplazar para reemplazar la ocurrencia actualmente seleccionada o el botón Reemplazar todo para reemplazar todas las ocurrencias encontradas. Para esconder el campo de sustitución haga clic en el enlace Esconder Sustitución." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Formatos compatibles de hojas de cálculo", - "body": "La hoja de cálculo es una tabla de datos organizada en filas y columnas. Se suele usar para almacenar la información financiera porque tiene la función de recálculo automático de la hoja entera después de cualquier cambio en una celda. El editor de hojas de cálculo le permite abrir, ver y editar los formatos de hojas de cálculo más populares. Formatos Descripción Ver Editar Descargar XLS Es una extensión de archivo para hoja de cálculo creada por Microsoft Excel + XLSX Es una extensión de archivo predeterminada para una hoja de cálculo escrita en Microsoft Office Excel 2007 (o la versión más reciente) + + + ODS Es una extensión de archivo para una hoja de cálculo usada por conjuntos OpenOffice y StarOffice, un estándar abierto para hojas de cálculo + + + CSV Valores separados por comas Es un formato de archivo que se usa para almacenar datos tabulares (números y texto) en un formato de texto no cifrado + + + PDF Formato de documento portátil Es un formato de archivo que se usa para la representación de documentos de manera independiente a la aplicación software, hardware, y sistemas operativos +" + "body": "La hoja de cálculo es una tabla de datos organizada en filas y columnas. Se suele usar para almacenar la información financiera porque tiene la función de recálculo automático de la hoja entera después de cualquier cambio en una celda. El editor de hojas de cálculo le permite abrir, ver y editar los formatos de hojas de cálculo más populares. Formatos Descripción Ver Editar Descargar XLS Es una extensión de archivo para hoja de cálculo creada por Microsoft Excel + + XLSX Es una extensión de archivo predeterminada para una hoja de cálculo escrita en Microsoft Office Excel 2007 (o la versión más reciente) + + + XLTX Plantilla de hoja de cálculo Excel Open XML Formato de archivo comprimido, basado en XML, desarrollado por Microsoft para plantillas de hojas de cálculo. Una plantilla XLTX contiene ajustes de formato o estilos, entre otros y se puede usar para crear múltiples hojas de cálculo con el mismo formato. + + + ODS Es una extensión de archivo para una hoja de cálculo usada por conjuntos OpenOffice y StarOffice, un estándar abierto para hojas de cálculo + + + OTS Plantilla de hoja de cálculo OpenDocument Formato de archivo OpenDocument para plantillas de hojas de cálculo. Una plantilla OTS contiene ajustes de formato o estilos, entre otros y se puede usar para crear múltiples hojas de cálculo con el mismo formato. + + + CSV Valores separados por comas Es un formato de archivo que se usa para almacenar datos tabulares (números y texto) en un formato de texto no cifrado + + + PDF Formato de documento portátil Es un formato de archivo que se usa para la representación de documentos de manera independiente a la aplicación software, hardware, y sistemas operativos + PDF Formato de documento portátil / A Una versión ISO estandarizada del Formato de Documento Portátil (PDF por sus siglas en inglés) especializada para su uso en el archivo y la preservación a largo plazo de documentos electrónicos. + +" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de colaboración", - "body": "La pestaña de Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en la hoja de cálculo: compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición, gestionar comentarios. Usando esta pestaña podrá: especificar configuraciones de compartir, cambiar entre los modos de co-ediciónEstricto y Rápido, añadir comentarios a la hoja de cálculo, Abrir el panel ‘Chat" + "body": "La pestaña Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo la hoja de cálculo. En la versión en línea, puede compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición y gestionar los comentarios. En la versión de escritorio, puede gestionar los comentarios. Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea: Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: especificar los ajustes de uso compartido (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), cambiar entre los modos de co-edición Estricto y Rápido (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), añadir comentarios a la hoja de cálculo, abrir el panel Chat (disponible solamente en la versión en línea)," }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de archivo", - "body": "La pestaña de Archivo permite realizar operaciones básicas en el archivo actual. Si usa esta pestaña podrá: guardar el archivo actual (en caso de que la opción de autoguardado esté desactivada), descargar, imprimir o cambiar el nombre del archivo, crear una hoja de cálculo nueva o abrir una que ya existe, mostrar información general sobre la presentación, gestionar los derechos de acceso, acceder al editor de Ajustes avanzados volver a la lista de Documentos." + "body": "La pestaña de Archivo permite realizar operaciones básicas en el archivo actual. Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea: Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: en la versión en línea, guardar el archivo actual (en el caso de que la opción de Guardar automáticamente esté desactivada), descargar como (guarda la hoja de cálculo en el formato seleccionado en el disco duro del ordenador), guardar una copia como (guarda una copia de la hoja de cálculo en el formato seleccionado en los documentos del portal), imprimir o renombrar, en la versión de escritorio, guardar el archivo actual manteniendo el formato y la ubicación actual utilizando la opción de Guardar o guarda el archivo actual con un nombre, ubicación o formato diferente utilizando la opción de Guardar como, imprimir el archivo. proteger el archivo con una contraseña, cambiar o eliminar la contraseña (disponible solamente en la versión de escritorio); crear una nueva hoja de cálculo o abrir una recientemente editada (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), mostrar información general sobre la presentación, gestionar los derechos de acceso (disponible solamente en la versión en línea), acceder a los Ajustes avanzados del editor, en la versión de escritorio, abre la carpeta donde está guardado el archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. En la versión en línea, abre la carpeta del módulo Documentos donde está guardado el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de Inicio", - "body": "La pestaña de Inicio se abre por defecto cuando abre una hoja de cálculo. Permite formatear celdas y datos dentro de esta, aplicar filtros, introducir funciones. Otras opciones también están disponibles aquí, como esquemas de color, la característica de Formatear como un modelo de tabla, ver ajustes y más. Al usar esta pestaña podrás: establecer el tipo, tamaño, color y estilo de letra, alinear sus datos en celdas, añadir bordes de celdas y combinar celdas, introducir funciones y crear rangos nombrados, ordenar y filtrar datos cambiar el formato de números, añadir o eliminar celdas, filas,columnas, copiar/borrar formato de celdas, aplicar una plantilla de tabla a un rango de celdas seleccionado. ajustar los Ajustes de visualización y acceder al editor de Ajustes avanzados." + "body": "La pestaña de Inicio se abre por defecto cuando abre una hoja de cálculo. Permite formatear celdas y datos dentro de esta, aplicar filtros, introducir funciones. Otras opciones también están disponibles aquí, como esquemas de color, la característica de Formatear como un modelo de tabla y más. Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea: Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: establecer el tipo, tamaño, color y estilo de letra, alinear sus datos en celdas, añadir bordes de celdas y combinar celdas, introducir funciones y crear rangos nombrados, ordenar y filtrar datos cambiar el formato de números, añadir o eliminar celdas, filas,columnas, copiar/borrar formato de celdas, aplicar una plantilla de tabla a un rango de celdas seleccionado." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña Insertar", - "body": "La pestaña Insertar permite añadir objetos visuales y comentarios a su hoja de cálculo. Al usar esta pestaña podrás: insertar imágenes, formas, cuadros de texto y objetos de texto de arte, gráficos, insertar comentarios y hiperenlaces, insertar ecuaciones." + "body": "La pestaña Insertar permite añadir objetos visuales y comentarios a su hoja de cálculo. Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea: Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: insertar imágenes, formas, cuadros de texto y objetos de texto de arte, gráficos, insertar comentarios y hiperenlaces, insertar ecuaciones." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña Diseño", - "body": "La pestaña de Diseño le permite ajustar el aspecto de una hoja de cálculo: configurar parámetros de la página y definir la disposición de los elementos visuales. Al usar esta pestaña podrás: ajustar los márgenes, orientación, y tamaño de la página, alinear y ordenar objetos (imágenes, gráficos, formas)." + "body": "La pestaña de Diseño le permite ajustar el aspecto de una hoja de cálculo: configurar parámetros de la página y definir la disposición de los elementos visuales. Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea: Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: ajustar los márgenes, orientación, y tamaño de la página, especificar un área de impresión, alinear y ordenar objetos (imágenes, gráficos, formas)." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de Tabla Pivote", - "body": "La pestaña de Tabla Pivote permite cambiar la apariencia de una tabla pivote existente. Si usa esta pestaña podrá: seleccionar una tabla pivote completa con un solo clic, enfatizar ciertas filas/columnas aplicándoles un formato específico, seleccionar uno de los estilos de tabla predefinidos." + "body": "Nota: esta opción está solamente disponible en la versión en línea. La pestaña de Tabla Pivote permite cambiar la apariencia de una tabla pivote existente. Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea: Al usar esta pestaña podrás: seleccionar una tabla pivote completa con un solo clic, enfatizar ciertas filas/columnas aplicándoles un formato específico, seleccionar uno de los estilos de tabla predefinidos." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de Extensiones", - "body": "La pestaña de Extensiones permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Aquí también puede utilizar macros para simplificar las operaciones rutinarias. El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre los plugins refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API. Actualmente, estos son los plugins disponibles: ClipArt permite añadir imágenes de la colección de clipart a su hoja de cálculo, Editor de Fotos permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar tamaño, usar efectos etc. Tabla de símbolos permite introducir símbolos especiales en su texto, Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado a otros idiomas, Youtube permite adjuntar vídeos de YouTube en suhoja de cálculo. Para aprender más sobre plugins, por favor, lea nuestra Documentación API. Todos los ejemplos de puglin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub" + "body": "La pestaña de Extensiones permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Aquí también puede utilizar macros para simplificar las operaciones rutinarias. Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea: Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio: El botón Ajustes permite abrir la ventana donde puede ver y administrador todas las extensiones instaladas y añadir las suyas propias. El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre los plugins refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API. Actualmente, estos son los plugins disponibles: ClipArt permite añadir imágenes de la colección de clipart a su hoja de cálculo, Resaltar código permite resaltar la sintaxis del código, seleccionando el idioma, el estilo y el color de fondo necesarios, Editor de Fotos permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar tamaño, usar efectos etc. El Diccionario de sinónimos permite buscar tanto sinónimos como antónimos de una palabra y reemplazar esta palabra por la seleccionada, Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado a otros idiomas, Youtube permite adjuntar vídeos de YouTube en suhoja de cálculo. Para aprender más sobre plugins, por favor, lea nuestra Documentación API. Todos los ejemplos de puglin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Introduciendo el interfaz de usuario de Editor de Hoja de Cálculo", - "body": "El Editor de Hoja de Cálculo usa un interfaz de pestañas donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de manera funcional. El interfaz de edición consiste en los siguientes elementos principales: El Editor de Encabezado muestra el logo, pestañas de menú, nombre de la hoja de cálculo así como tres iconos a la derecha que permiten ajustar los derechos de acceso, regresar a la lista de Documentos, configurar los Ajustes de Visualización y acceder al editor de Ajustes Avanzados. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Diseño, Tabla Dinámica, Colaboración, Plugins.Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer y Rehacer están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de Herramientas, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada. Barra de fórmulas permite introducir y editar fórmulas o valores en las celdas. Barra de fórmulas muestra el contenido de la celda seleccionada actualmente. La Barra de estado de debajo de la ventana del editor contiene varias herramientas de navegación: botones de navegación de hojas y botones de zoom. La Barra de estado también muestra el número de archivos filtrados si aplica un filtro, o los resultados de calculaciones automáticas si selecciona varias celdas que contienen datos. La barra lateral izquierda contiene iconos que permiten el uso de la herramienta de Buscar y Reemplazar, abrir el panel de Comentarios y Chat, contactar nuestro equipo de apoyo y mostrar la información sobre el programa. La Barra lateral derecha permite ajustar parámetros adicionales de objetos distintos. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en una hoja de trabajo, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha. El área de trabajo permite ver contenido de la hoja de cálculo, introducir y editar datos. Barras de desplazamiento horizontal y vertical permiten desplazar hacia arriba/abajo e izquierda/derecha en la hoja actual. Para su conveniencia, puede ocultar varios componentes y mostrarlos de nuevo cuando sea necesario. Para aprender más sobre cómo ajustar los ajustes de vista vaya a esta página." + "body": "El Editor de Hoja de Cálculo usa un interfaz de pestañas donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de manera funcional. Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo en línea: Ventana del editor de hojas de cálculo de escritorio: El interfaz de edición consiste en los siguientes elementos principales: El encabezado del editor muestra el logotipo, las pestañas de los documentos abiertos, el nombre de la hoja de cálculo y las pestañas del menú.En la parte izquierda del encabezado del editor están los botones de Guardar, Imprimir archivo, Deshacer y Rehacer. En la parte derecha del encabezado del editor se muestra el nombre del usuario y los siguientes iconos: Abrir ubicación del archivo - en la versión de escritorio, permite abrir la carpeta donde está guardado el archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. En la versión en línea, permite abrir la carpeta del módulo Documentos donde está guardado el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador. - permite ajustar los ajustes de visualización y acceder a los ajustes avanzados del editor. Gestionar los derechos de acceso a los documentos - (disponible solamente en la versión en línea) permite establecer los derechos de acceso a los documentos guardados en la nube. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Diseño, Tabla Dinámica, Colaboración, Protección Extensiones.Las opciones Copiar y Pegar están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada. Barra de fórmulas permite introducir y editar fórmulas o valores en las celdas. Barra de fórmulas muestra el contenido de la celda seleccionada actualmente. La Barra de estado de debajo de la ventana del editor contiene varias herramientas de navegación: botones de navegación de hojas y botones de zoom. La Barra de estado también muestra el número de archivos filtrados si aplica un filtro, o los resultados de calculaciones automáticas si selecciona varias celdas que contienen datos. La barra lateral izquierda incluye los siguientes iconos: - permite utilizar la herramienta Buscar y reemplazar, - permite abrir el panel de Comentarios, - (disponible solamente en la versión en línea) permite abrir el panel Chat, así como los iconos que permite contactar con nuestro equipo de soporte y ver la información del programa. La Barra lateral derecha permite ajustar parámetros adicionales de objetos distintos. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en una hoja de trabajo, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha. El área de trabajo permite ver contenido de la hoja de cálculo, introducir y editar datos. Barras de desplazamiento horizontal y vertical permiten desplazar hacia arriba/abajo e izquierda/derecha en la hoja actual. Para su conveniencia, puede ocultar varios componentes y mostrarlos de nuevo cuando sea necesario. Para aprender más sobre cómo ajustar los ajustes de vista vaya a esta página." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "title": "Añada bordes", - "body": "Para añadir y establecer el formato de una hoja de cálculo, seleccione una celda, un rango de celdas usando el ratón o toda la hoja de cálculo pulsando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+A,Nota: también puede seleccionar varias celdas o rangos de celdas no adyacentes pulsando la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona las celdas/rangos con el ratón. haga clic en el icono Bordes situado en la pestaña de Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic en el icono Ajustes de Celda en la barra de la derecha, seleccione el estilo de borde que usted quiere aplicar: abra el submenú Estilo de Borde y seleccione una de las siguientes opciones, abra el submenú Color de Borde y seleccione el color que necesita de la paleta, seleccione una de las plantillas de bordes disponibles: Bordes Externos , Todos los bordes , Bordes superiores , Bordes inferiores , Bordes izquierdos , Bordes derechos , Sin bordes , Bordes internos , Bordes verticales internos , Bordes horizontales internos , Borde diagonal ascendente , Borde diagonal descendente ." + "body": "Para añadir y establecer el formato de una hoja de cálculo, seleccione una celda, un rango de celdas usando el ratón o toda la hoja de cálculo pulsando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+A,Nota: también puede seleccionar varias celdas o rangos de celdas no adyacentes pulsando la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona las celdas/rangos con el ratón. haga clic en el icono Bordes situado en la pestaña de Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic en el icono Ajustes de Celda en la barra de la derecha, seleccione el estilo de borde que usted quiere aplicar: abra el submenú Estilo de Borde y seleccione una de las siguientes opciones, abra el submenú Color de borde o use la paleta Color de la barra lateral derecha y seleccione el color que necesite de la paleta, seleccione una de las plantillas de bordes disponibles: Bordes exteriores , Todos los bordes , Bordes superiores , Bordes inferiores , Bordes izquierdos , Bordes derechos , Sin bordes , Bordes interiores , Bordes interiores verticales , Bordes interiores horizontales , Bordes diagonales hacia arriba , Bordes diagonales hacia abajo ." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Añada hiperenlaces", - "body": "Para añadir un hiperenlace, seleccione una celda donde se añadirá un hiperenlace, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Añadir hiperenlace en la barra de herramientas superior o seleccione la misma opción en el menú contextual, luego se abrirá la ventana Configuración de hiperenlace donde usted puede especificar los parámetros del hiperenlace: seleccione el tipo de enlace que usted quiere insertar: Use la opción Enlace externo e introduzca una URL en el formato http://www.example.com en el campo de debajo a Enlace a si usted necesita añadir un hiperenlace que le lleva a una página web externa. Use la opción Rango de datos interno, seleccione una hoja de cálculo y un rango de celdas en el campo abajo si usted necesita añadir un hiperenlace que dirige a un cierto rango de celdas en la misma hoja de cálculo. Mostrar - introduzca un texto que será pinchable y dirigirá a la dirección web especificada en el campo de arriba.Nota: si la celda seleccionada contiene un dato ya, será automáticamente mostrado en este campo. Información en pantalla - introduzca un texto que será visible en una ventana emergente y que le da una nota breve o una etiqueta pertenecida al enlace. haga clic en el botón OK. Si mantiene el cursor encima del hiperenlace añadido, la Información en pantalla con el texto especificado aparecerá. Usted puede seguir el enlace pulsando la tecla CTRL y haciendo clic en el enlace en su hoja de cálculo. Para borrar un enlace añadido, active la celda que lo contiene y pulse la tecla Delete, o haga clic con el botón derecho en la celda y seleccione la opción Eliminar todo en la lista desplegable." + "body": "Para añadir un hiperenlace, seleccione una celda donde se añadirá un hiperenlace, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, Pulse haga clic en el icono Hiperenlaceen la barra de herramientas superior, luego se abrirá la ventana Configuración de hiperenlace donde usted puede especificar los parámetros del hiperenlace: Seleccione el tipo de enlace que desee insertar:Use la opción Enlace externo e introduzca una URL en el formato http://www.example.com en el campo de debajo a Enlace a si usted necesita añadir un hiperenlace que le lleva a una página web externa. Use la opción Rango de datos interno, seleccione una hoja de cálculo y un rango de celdas en el campo abajo si usted necesita añadir un hiperenlace que dirige a un cierto rango de celdas en la misma hoja de cálculo. Mostrar - introduzca un texto que será pinchable y dirigirá a la dirección web especificada en el campo de arriba.Nota: si la celda seleccionada contiene un dato ya, será automáticamente mostrado en este campo. Información en pantalla - introduzca un texto que será visible en una ventana emergente y que le da una nota breve o una etiqueta pertenecida al enlace. haga clic en el botón OK. Para añadir un hiperenlace, usted también puede usar la combinación de teclas Ctrl+K o hacer clic con el botón derecho del ratón en la posición donde se insertará el hiperenlace y seleccionar la opción Hiperenlace en el menú contextual. Si mantiene el cursor encima del hiperenlace añadido, la Información en pantalla con el texto especificado aparecerá. Para ir al enlace, haga clic en el enlace de la hoja de cálculo. Para seleccionar una celda que contiene un enlace sin abrir este enlace, haga clic y mantenga presionado en botón del ratón. Para borrar un enlace añadido, active la celda que lo contiene y pulse la tecla Delete, o haga clic con el botón derecho en la celda y seleccione la opción Eliminar todo en la lista desplegable." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "title": "Alinee datos en celdas", - "body": "Usted puede alinear sus datos horizontal o verticalmente y también girarlos en una celda. Para hacerlo, seleccione una celda o un rango de celdas usando el ratón o toda la hoja pulsando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+A. También puede seleccionar varias celdas no adyacentes o rango de celdas si presiona la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona las celdas/rango con el ratón. Luego, realice una de las siguientes operaciones usando los iconos situados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Aplique una variante de alineación horizontal de datos en una celda, haga clic en el icono Alinear a la izquierda para alinear sus datos por la parte izquierda de la celda (la parte derecha permanece sin alinear); haga clic en el icono Alinear al centro para alinear sus datos por el centro de la celda (la parte derecha y la parte izquierda permanecen sin alinear); haga clic en el icono Alinear a la derecha para alinear sus datos por la parte derecha de la celda (la parte izquierda permanece sin alinear); haga clic en el icono Justificado para alinear sus datos por las dos partes (derecha y izquierda) de la celda (se añade espacio adicional donde sea necesario para mantener la alineación). Cambie la alineación vertical de datos en una celda, haga clic en el icono Alinear arriba para alinear sus datos por la parte superior de la celda; haga clic en el icono Alinear al medio para alinear sus datos por el medio de la celda; haga clic en el icono Alinear abajo para alinear sus datos por la parte inferior de la celda. Cambie el ángulo de los datos en la celda, haciendo clic en el icono Orientación y eligiendo una de las opciones: use la opción Texto horizontal para colocar el texto de forma horizontal (opción predeterminada), use la opción En sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para colocar el texto desde la esquina inferior izquierda a la esquina superior derecha de la celda, use la opción En sentido de las agujas del reloj para colocar el texto desde la esquina superior izquierda a la esquina inferior derecha de la celda, use la opción Girar texto hacia arriba para colocar el texto de abajo hacia arriba de una celda, use la opción Girar texto hacia abajo para colocar el texto de arriba hacia abajo de una celda. Ajuste sus datos al ancho de la columna haciendo clic en el icono Ajustar texto .Nota: si usted cambia el ancho de la columna, los datos se ajustarán automáticamente." + "body": "Usted puede alinear sus datos horizontal o verticalmente y también girarlos en una celda. Para hacerlo, seleccione una celda o un rango de celdas usando el ratón o toda la hoja pulsando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+A. También puede seleccionar varias celdas no adyacentes o rango de celdas si presiona la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona las celdas/rango con el ratón. Luego, realice una de las siguientes operaciones usando los iconos situados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Aplique una variante de alineación horizontal de datos en una celda, haga clic en el icono Alinear a la izquierda para alinear sus datos por la parte izquierda de la celda (la parte derecha permanece sin alinear); haga clic en el icono Alinear al centro para alinear sus datos por el centro de la celda (la parte derecha y la parte izquierda permanecen sin alinear); haga clic en el icono Alinear a la derecha para alinear sus datos por la parte derecha de la celda (la parte izquierda permanece sin alinear); haga clic en el icono Justificado para alinear sus datos por las dos partes (derecha y izquierda) de la celda (se añade espacio adicional donde sea necesario para mantener la alineación). Cambie la alineación vertical de datos en una celda, haga clic en el icono Alinear arriba para alinear sus datos por la parte superior de la celda; haga clic en el icono Alinear al medio para alinear sus datos por el medio de la celda; haga clic en el icono Alinear abajo para alinear sus datos por la parte inferior de la celda. Cambie el ángulo de los datos en la celda, haciendo clic en el icono Orientación y eligiendo una de las opciones: use la opción Texto horizontal para colocar el texto de forma horizontal (opción predeterminada), use la opción En sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para colocar el texto desde la esquina inferior izquierda a la esquina superior derecha de la celda, use la opción En sentido de las agujas del reloj para colocar el texto desde la esquina superior izquierda a la esquina inferior derecha de la celda, use la opción Girar texto hacia arriba para colocar el texto de abajo hacia arriba de una celda, use la opción Girar texto hacia abajo para colocar el texto de arriba hacia abajo de una celda.Para rotar el texto con un ángulo determinado exacto, haga clic en el icono Ajustes de celda en la barra lateral derecha y utilice la opción Orientación. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo Ángulo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha. Ajuste sus datos al ancho de la columna haciendo clic en el icono Ajustar texto .Nota: si usted cambia el ancho de la columna, los datos se ajustarán automáticamente." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm", @@ -2308,17 +2363,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm", "title": "Corte/copie/pegue datos", - "body": "Use operaciones de portapapeles básicas Para cortar, copiar y pegar datos en la hoja de cálculo actual use el menú contextual o use los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior, Cortar - seleccione datos y use la opción Cortar del menú contextual para borrar los datos seleccionados y enviarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. Luego los datos borrados se pueden insertar en otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo. Copiar - seleccione un dato y use el icono Copiar en la barra de herramientas superior o haga clic con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Copiar en el menú para enviar el dato seleccionado a la memoria portapapeles de su ordenador. Luego los datos copiados se pueden introducir en otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo. Pegar - seleccione un lugar y use el icono Pegar en la barra de herramientas superior o haga clic con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Pegar en el menú para introducir el dato anteriormente copiado/cortado del portapapeles de su ordenador en la posición actual del cursor. Los datos se pueden copiar anteriormente de la misma hoja de cálculo. Para copiar o pegar datos de/a otra hoja de cálculo u otro programa, use las combinaciones de teclas siguientes: La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar. La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+C para copiar; la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar. Nota: en vez de cortar y pegar los datos en la misma hoja de cálculo, seleccione la celda/rango de celdas necesario, matenga el cursor del ratón sobre el borde de selección para que se convierta en el icono , después arrastre y suelte la selección a una posición necesaria. Use la característica de Pegar Especial una vez que el texto copiado se ha pegado, el botón de Pegado Especial aparece al lado de la esquina derecha inferior de la celda/rango de celdas insertadas. Haga clic en el botón para seleccionar la opción de pegado necesaria. Cuando pegue una celda/rango de celdas con datos formateados, las siguientes opciones están disponibles: Pegar - permite pegar todo el contenido de las celdas incluyendo el formato de los datos. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Las opciones siguientes se pueden usar si los datos copiados contienen fórmulas: Fórmula de solo copiado - permite pegar fórmulas sin pegar el formato de datos. Fórmula + formato de número - permite pegar fórmulas usando el formato en números. Fórmula + todo el formato - permite pegar fórmulas con todo el formato de datos. Fórmula sin bordes - permite pegar fórmulas con todo el formato de datos excepto los bordes de las celdas. Fórmula + ancho de columna - permite pegar fórmulas con todo el formato de datos y ajustar el ancho de la columna original para el rango de celdas al que ha pegado los datos. Las siguientes opciones permiten pegar el resultado que la fórmula copiada devuelve sin pegar la fórmula. Valor solo copiado - permite pegar los resultados de las fórmulas sin pegar el formato de datos. Valor + formato de número - permite pegar el resultado de fórmulas usando el formato en números. Valor + todo el formato - permite pegar el resultado de fórmulas con todo el formato de datos. Pegar solo el formato - permite pegar solo el formato de la celda sin pegar el contenido de la celda. Trasladar - permite pegar datos cambiando columnas en filas y filas en columnas. Esta opción está disponible para rangos de datos regulares, pero no para tablas con formato. Cuando pegue los contenidos de una sola celda o algo del texto dentro de autoformas, las siguientes opciones estarán disponibles: Formato de origen - permite mantener el formato de origen de los datos copiados. Formato de destino - permite aplicar el formato que ya se ha usado para la celda/autoforma a la que pegaste los datos. Use la opción de relleno automático Para rellenar varias celdas con los mismos datos use la opción Relleno automático: seleccione una celda/rango de celdas con los datos necesarios, mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el controlador de relleno en la esquina derecha inferior de la celda. El cursor se convertirá en una cruz negra: arrastre el controlador sobre celdas adyacentes que usted quiere rellenar con los datos seleccionados. Nota: si usted quiere crear un serie de números (por ejemplo 1, 2, 3, 4...; 2, 4, 6, 8... etc.) o fechas, introduzca por lo menos dos valores para iniciar y extienda la serie seleccionando estas celdas y arrastrando el controlador de relleno. Rellene celdas en la columna con valores de texto Si una columna en su hoja de cálculo contiene varios valores de texto, puede de forma fácil reemplazar cualquier valor dentro de esta columna o rellenar la celda vacía que viene después seleccionando una que ya tenga valores de texto. Haga clic derecho en la celda correspondiente y elija la opción Seleccione de la lista desplegable en el menú contextual. Seleccione uno de los valores de texto disponibles para reemplazar el actual o rellene una celda vacía." + "body": "Use operaciones de portapapeles básico Para cortar, copiar y pegar datos en la hoja de cálculo actual use el menú contextual o use los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior, Cortar - seleccione datos y use la opción Cortar del menú contextual para borrar los datos seleccionados y enviarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. Luego los datos borrados se pueden insertar en otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo. Copiar - seleccione un dato y use el icono Copiar en la barra de herramientas superior o haga clic con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Copiar en el menú para enviar el dato seleccionado a la memoria portapapeles de su ordenador. Luego los datos copiados se pueden introducir en otro lugar de la misma hoja de cálculo. Pegar - seleccione un lugar y use el icono Pegar en la barra de herramientas superior o haga clic con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Pegar en el menú para introducir el dato anteriormente copiado/cortado del portapapeles de su ordenador en la posición actual del cursor. Los datos se pueden copiar anteriormente de la misma hoja de cálculo. En la versión en línea, las siguientes combinaciones de teclas solo se usan para copiar o pegar datos desde/hacia otra hoja de cálculo o algún otro programa, en la versión de escritorio, tanto los botones/menú correspondientes como las opciones de menú y combinaciones de teclas se pueden usar para cualquier operación de copiar/pegar: La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar: La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+C para copiar; La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar; Nota: en vez de cortar y pegar los datos en la misma hoja de cálculo, seleccione la celda/rango de celdas necesario, matenga el cursor del ratón sobre el borde de selección para que se convierta en el icono , después arrastre y suelte la selección a una posición necesaria. Use la característica de Pegar Especial una vez que el texto copiado se ha pegado, el botón de Pegado Especial aparece al lado de la esquina derecha inferior de la celda/rango de celdas insertadas. Haga clic en el botón para seleccionar la opción de pegado necesaria. Cuando pegue una celda/rango de celdas con datos formateados, las siguientes opciones están disponibles: Pegar - permite pegar todo el contenido de las celdas incluyendo el formato de los datos. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Las opciones siguientes se pueden usar si los datos copiados contienen fórmulas: Fórmula de solo copiado - permite pegar fórmulas sin pegar el formato de datos. Fórmula + formato de número - permite pegar fórmulas usando el formato en números. Fórmula + todo el formato - permite pegar fórmulas con todo el formato de datos. Fórmula sin bordes - permite pegar fórmulas con todo el formato de datos excepto los bordes de las celdas. Fórmula + ancho de columna - permite pegar fórmulas con todo el formato de datos y ajustar el ancho de la columna original para el rango de celdas al que ha pegado los datos. Las siguientes opciones permiten pegar el resultado que la fórmula copiada devuelve sin pegar la fórmula. Valor solo copiado - permite pegar los resultados de las fórmulas sin pegar el formato de datos. Valor + formato de número - permite pegar el resultado de fórmulas usando el formato en números. Valor + todo el formato - permite pegar el resultado de fórmulas con todo el formato de datos. Pegar solo el formato - permite pegar solo el formato de la celda sin pegar el contenido de la celda. Trasladar - permite pegar datos cambiando columnas en filas y filas en columnas. Esta opción está disponible para rangos de datos regulares, pero no para tablas con formato. Cuando pegue los contenidos de una sola celda o algo del texto dentro de autoformas, las siguientes opciones estarán disponibles: Formato de origen - permite mantener el formato de origen de los datos copiados. Formato de destino - permite aplicar el formato que ya se ha usado para la celda/autoforma a la que pegaste los datos. Al pegar texto delimitado copiado de un archivo .txt las siguientes opciones están disponibles: El texto delimitado puede contener varios registros donde cada registro corresponde a una sola fila de la tabla. Cada registro puede contener varios valores de texto separados por un delimitador (coma, punto y coma, dos puntos, tabulador, espacio o algún otro carácter). El archivo debe guardarse como un archivo .txt de texto plano. Mantener solo el texto - permite pegar valores de texto en una sola columna donde el contenido de cada celda corresponde a una fila en un archivo de texto fuente. Usar el asistente de importación de texto - permite abrir el Asistente de importación de texto que ayuda a dividir fácilmente los valores de texto en múltiples columnas y donde cada valor de texto separado por un delimitador se colocará en una celda separada.Cuando se abra la ventana del Asistente de importación de texto seleccione el delimitador de texto utilizado en los datos delimitados de la lista desplegable Delimitador. Los datos divididos en columnas se mostrarán a continuación en el campo Vista previa. Si está conforme con el resultado, pulse el botón OK. Si ha pegado datos delimitados desde una fuente que no es un archivo de texto sin formato (por ejemplo, texto copiado de una página web, etc.), o si ha aplicado la característica Mantener solo el texto y ahora desea dividir los datos de una sola columna en varias columnas, puede utilizar la opción Texto a columnas. Para dividir los datos en varias columnas: Seleccione la celda o columna correspondiente que contiene los datos con delimitadores. Haga clic en el botón Texto a columnas del panel de la derecha. Se abrirá el Asistente de texto a columnas. En la lista desplegable Delimitador seleccione el delimitador utilizado en los datos delimitados, previsualice el resultado en el campo de abajo y haga clic en OK. A continuación, cada valor de texto separado por el delimitador se colocará en una celda separada. Si hay algún dato en las celdas a la derecha de la columna que desea dividir, los datos se sobrescribirán. Use la opción de relleno automático Para rellenar varias celdas con los mismos datos use la opción Relleno automático: seleccione una celda/rango de celdas con los datos necesarios, mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el controlador de relleno en la esquina derecha inferior de la celda. El cursor se convertirá en una cruz negra: arrastre el controlador sobre celdas adyacentes que usted quiere rellenar con los datos seleccionados. Nota: si usted quiere crear un serie de números (por ejemplo 1, 2, 3, 4...; 2, 4, 6, 8... etc.) o fechas, introduzca por lo menos dos valores para iniciar y extienda la serie seleccionando estas celdas y arrastrando el controlador de relleno. Rellene celdas en la columna con valores de texto Si una columna en su hoja de cálculo contiene varios valores de texto, puede de forma fácil reemplazar cualquier valor dentro de esta columna o rellenar la celda vacía que viene después seleccionando una que ya tenga valores de texto. Haga clic derecho en la celda correspondiente y elija la opción Seleccione de la lista desplegable en el menú contextual. Seleccione uno de los valores de texto disponibles para reemplazar el actual o rellene una celda vacía." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm", "title": "Establezca tipo, tamaño y color de letra", - "body": "Usted puede seleccionar el tipo y tamaño de letra, aplicar uno de los estilos y cambiar el color de fondo y color de letra usando los iconos correspondientes que se sitúan en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Nota: en el caso de que quiera aplicar el formato de los datos ya presente en la hoja de cálculo, seleccione este con el ratón o usando el teclado y aplique el formato. Si usted quiere aplicar el formato a varias celdas o rango de celdas no adyacentes, mantenga presionada la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona las celdas/rangos con el ratón. Fuente Se usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles. Tamaño de letra Se usa para elegir un tamaño de letra en el menú desplegable, también se puede introducir a mano en el campo de tamaño de letra. Aumentar tamaño de letra Se usa para cambiar el tamaño de letra, se hace más grande cada vez que pulsa el icono. Reducir tamaño de letra Se usa para cambiar el tamaño de letra, se hace más pequeño cada vez que pulsa el icono. Negrita Pone la letra en negrita dándole más peso. Cursiva Pone la letra en cursiva dándole un plano inclinado a la derecha. Subrayado Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Tachado Se usa para tachar el fragmento del texto seleccionado con una línea que va a través de las letras. Subíndice/Sobreíndice Permite seleccionar la opción Sobreíndice o Subíndice. Sobreíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y ponerlas en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. Subíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas. Color de letra Se usa para cambiar el color de letras/caracteres en celdas. Color de fondo Se usa para cambiar el color de fondo de la celda. Cambie combinación de colores Se usa para cambiar la paleta de color predeterminada para elementos de una hoja de cálculo (letra, color de fondo, gráficos y elementos de gráfico) seleccionando una de las disponibles: Office, Escala de grises, Vértice, Aspecto, Civil, Concurrencia, Equidad, Flujo, Fundición, Intermedio, Metro, Módulo, Opulento, Mirador, Origen, Papel, Solsticio, Técnico, Viajes, Urbano, o Brío. Nota: es también posible aplicar uno de los formatos predeterminados seleccionando la celda a la que usted quiere dar formato y eligiendo un formato deseado en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior: Para cambiar color de letra/fondo, seleccione caracteres/celdas usando el ratón o toda la hoja de cálculo usando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+A, pulse el icono correspondiente en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el color necesario en las paletas disponibles Colores de tema - los colores que corresponden a la combinación de colores seleccionada de la hoja de cálculo. Colores estándar - el conjunto de colores predeterminado. Color personalizado - pulse este título si en las paletas disponibles no hay el color necesario. Seleccione el rango de colores necesario moviendo el deslizante de color vertical y establezca el color arrastrando el selector de color dentro del campo de color cuadrado. Una vez seleccionado un color, usted verá los valores RGB y sRGB correspondientes en los campos a la derecha. Usted también puede especificar un color basándose en el modelo de color RGB introduciendo los valores numéricos necesarios en los campos R, G, B (red-rojo, green-verde, blue-azul) o introducir el código hexadecimal sRGB en el campo marcado con el signo #. El color seleccionado se mostrará en el rectángulo Nuevo. Si el objeto se rellenó de otro color personalizado, previamente, este color se muestra en el rectángulo Actual para que usted pueda comparar los colores originales y los modificados. Una vez especificado el color, pulse el botón Añadir: El color personalizado se aplicará al texto/celda seleccionado y se añadirá a la paleta Color personalizado. Para eliminar el color de fondo de una cierta celda, seleccione una celda, un rango de celdas con el ratón o toda la hoja de cálculo usando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+A, pulse el icono Color de fondo en la pestaña de Inicio barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el icono ." + "body": "Usted puede seleccionar el tipo y tamaño de letra, aplicar uno de los estilos y cambiar el color de fondo y color de letra usando los iconos correspondientes que se sitúan en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Nota: en el caso de que quiera aplicar el formato de los datos ya presente en la hoja de cálculo, seleccione este con el ratón o usando el teclado y aplique el formato. Si usted quiere aplicar el formato a varias celdas o rango de celdas no adyacentes, mantenga presionada la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona las celdas/rangos con el ratón. Fuente Se usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles. Si una fuente determinada no está disponible en la lista, puede descargarla e instalarla en su sistema operativo, y después la fuente estará disponible para su uso en la versión de escritorio. Tamaño de letra Se utiliza para seleccionar entre los valores de tamaño de fuente preestablecidos de la lista desplegable (los valores predeterminados son: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 y 96). También es posible introducir manualmente un valor personalizado en el campo de tamaño de fuente y, a continuación, pulsar Intro. Aumentar tamaño de letra Se usa para cambiar el tamaño de letra, se hace más grande cada vez que pulsa el icono. Reducir tamaño de letra Se usa para cambiar el tamaño de letra, se hace más pequeño cada vez que pulsa el icono. Negrita Se usa para poner la fuente en negrita, dándole más peso. Cursiva Se usa para poner la fuente en cursiva, dándole un poco de inclinación hacia el lado derecho. Subrayado Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Tachado Se usa para tachar el fragmento del texto seleccionado con una línea que va a través de las letras. Subíndice/Sobreíndice Permite seleccionar la opción Sobreíndice o Subíndice. Sobreíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y ponerlas en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. Subíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas. Color de letra Se usa para cambiar el color de letras/caracteres en celdas. Color de fondo Se usa para cambiar el color de fondo de la celda. El color de fondo de la celda también se puede cambiar mediante la paleta Color de fondo que se encuentra en la pestaña Ajustes de celda en la barra lateral derecha. Cambie combinación de colores Se usa para cambiar la paleta de color predeterminada para elementos de una hoja de cálculo (letra, color de fondo, gráficos y elementos de gráfico) seleccionando una de las disponibles: Office, Escala de grises, Vértice, Aspecto, Civil, Concurrencia, Equidad, Flujo, Fundición, Intermedio, Metro, Módulo, Opulento, Mirador, Origen, Papel, Solsticio, Técnico, Viajes, Urbano, o Brío. Nota: es también posible aplicar uno de los formatos predeterminados seleccionando la celda a la que usted quiere dar formato y eligiendo un formato deseado en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior: Para cambiar color de letra/fondo, seleccione caracteres/celdas usando el ratón o toda la hoja de cálculo usando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+A, pulse el icono correspondiente en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el color necesario en las paletas disponibles Colores de tema - los colores que corresponden al esquema de colores seleccionado en la hoja de cálculo. Colores estándar - el conjunto de colores predeterminado. Color personalizado - haga clic en este título si el color deseado no se encuentra en las paletas disponibles. Seleccione el rango de colores necesario moviendo el deslizante de color vertical y establezca el color arrastrando el selector de color dentro del campo de color cuadrado. Una vez que seleccione un color con el selector de color, los valores de color RGB y sRGB correspondientes aparecerán en los campos de la derecha. También puede especificar un color basándose en el modelo de color RGB introduciendo los valores numéricos deseados en los campos R, G, B (red-rojo, green-verde, blue-azul) o introducir el código hexadecimal sRGB en el campo marcado con el signo #. El color seleccionado se mostrará en el rectángulo Nuevo. Si el objeto se rellenó previamente con otro color personalizado, este color se muestra en el cuadro Actual para que pueda comparar los colores originales y los modificados. Una vez especificado el color, haga clic en el botón Añadir: El color personalizado se aplicará al texto/celda seleccionado y se añadirá a la paleta Color personalizado. Para eliminar el color de fondo de una cierta celda, seleccione una celda, un rango de celdas con el ratón o toda la hoja de cálculo usando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+A, pulse el icono Color de fondo en la pestaña de Inicio barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el icono ." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Inserte y dé formato a autoformas", - "body": "Inserte una autoforma Para añadir una autoforma a su hoja de cálculo, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Forma en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione uno de los grupos de autoformas disponibles: formas básicas, formas de flechas, matemáticas, gráficos, cintas y estrellas, llamadas, botones, rectángulos, líneas, elija un autoforma necesaria dentro del grupo seleccionado, coloque cursor del ratón en el lugar donde quiere insertar la forma, una vez añadida la autoforma usted puede cambiar su tamaño y posición y también sus ajustes. Ajuste la configuración de autoforma Varios ajustes de autoforma pueden cambiarse usando la pestaña Ajustes de forma en el panel lateral derecho que se abrirá si selecciona el autoforma insertada con el ratón y pulsa el icono Ajustes de forma . Aquí usted puede cambiar los ajustes siguientes: Relleno - utilice esta sección para seleccionar el relleno de la autoforma. Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Color de relleno - seleccione esta opción para especificar el color sólido que usted quiere aplicar al espacio interior de la autoforma seleccionada. Pulse la casilla de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario de la paleta de los disponibles o especifique cualquier color deseado: Colores de tema - los colores que corresponden a la combinación seleccionada de colores de un documento. Colores estándar - el conjunto de colores predeterminado. Color personalizado - pulse este título si en las paletas disponibles no hay color necesario. Seleccione el rango de colores necesario moviendo el deslizante de color vertical y establezca el color arrastrando el selector de color dentro del campo de color cuadrado. Una vez seleccionado un color, usted verá los valores RGB y sRGB correspondientes en los campos a la derecha. Usted también puede especificar un color basándose en el modelo de color RGB introduciendo los valores numéricos necesarios en los campos R, G, B (red-rojo, green-verde, blue-azul) o introduzca el código hexadecimal sRGB en el campo marcado con el signo #. El color seleccionado se mostrará en el rectángulo Nuevo. Si el objeto se rellenó de otro color personalizado, este color se muestra en el rectángulo Actual para que usted pueda comparar los colores originales y los modificados. Una vez especificado el color, pulse el botón Añadir. El color personalizado se aplicará a la autoforma y se añadirá a la paleta Color personalizado.

                        Relleno degradado - seleccione esta opción para rellenar la forma de dos colores que suavemente cambian de un color a otro. Estilo - elija una de las opciones disponibles: Lineal (colores cambian por una línea recta por ejemplo por un eje horizontal/vertical o por una línea diagonal que forma un ángulo recto) o Radial (colores cambian por una trayectoria circular del centro a los bordes). Dirección - elija una plantilla en el menú. Si selecciona la gradiente Lineal, las direcciones siguientes estarán disponibles: de la parte superior izquierda a la inferior derecha, de la parte superior a la inferior, de la parte superior derecha a la inferior izquierda, de la parte derecha a la izquierda,de la parte inferior derecha a la superior izquierda, de la parte inferior a la superior, de la parte inferior izquierda a la superior derecha, de la parte izquierda a la derecha. Si selecciona la gradiente Radial, estará disponible solo una plantilla. Gradiente - utilice el control deslizante izquierdo debajo de la barra de gradiente para activar la casilla de color que corresponde al primer color. Pulse la casilla de color a la derecha para elegir el primer color de la paleta. Arrastre el control deslizante para establecer el punto de degradado - el punto donde un color cambia al otro. Utilice el control deslizante derecho debajo de la barra de gradiente para especificar el segundo color y establecer el punto de degradado. Imagen o textura - seleccione esta opción para usar una imagen o textura predefinida como el fondo de la forma. Si usted quiere usar una imagen de fondo de autoforma, usted puede añadir una imagen De archivo seleccionándolo en el disco duro de su ordenador o De URL insertando la dirección URL apropiada en la ventana abierta. Si usted quiere usar una textura como el fondo de forma, abra el menú de textura y seleccione la variante más apropiada.Actualmente usted puede seleccionar tales texturas: lienzo, algodón, tela oscura, grano, granito, papel gris, tejido, piel, papel marrón, papiro, madera. Si la imagen seleccionada tiene más o menos dimensiones que la autoforma, usted puede seleccionar la opción Estirar o Mosaico en la lista desplegable.La opción Estirar le permite ajustar el tamaño de imagen al tamaño de la autoforma para que la imagen ocupe el espacio completamente. La opción Mosaico le permite mostrar solo una parte de imagen más grande manteniendo su dimensión original o repetir la imagen más pequeña manteniendo su dimensión original para que se rellene todo el espacio completamente. Nota: cualquier Textura predeterminada ocupa el espacio completamente, pero usted puede aplicar el efecto Estirar si es necesario. Patrón - seleccione esta opción para rellenar la forma del diseño de dos colores que está compuesto de los elementos repetidos. Patrón - seleccione uno de los diseños predeterminados en el menú. Color de primer plano - pulse esta casilla de color para cambiar el color de elementos de patrón. Color de fondo - pulse esta casilla de color para cambiar el color de fondo de patrón. Sin relleno - seleccione esta opción si no desea usar ningún relleno. Opacidad - use esta sección para establecer la opción Opacidad arrastrando el control deslizante o introduciendo el valor porcentual manualmente. El valor predeterminado es 100%. Esto corresponde a la opacidad completa. El valor 0% corresponde a la plena transparencia. Trazo - use esta sección para cambiar el color, ancho y tipo del trazo de la autoforma. Para cambiar el ancho del trazo, seleccione una de las opciones disponibles en la lista desplegable Tamaño. Las opciones disponibles son: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternativamente, seleccione la opción Sin relleno si no quiere usar ningún trazo. Para cambiar el color del trazo, pulse el rectángulo de color de debajo y seleccione el color necesario. Para cambiar el tipo del trazo, seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista desplegable (una línea sólida se aplica de manera predeterminada, puede cambiarla a una línea discontinua). Cambiar autoforma - use esta sección para reemplazar la autoforma actual por otra seleccionada en la lista desplegable. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de la autoforma, use el enlace de Ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana 'Forma - Ajustes avanzados': La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho/altura de la autoforma. Si hace clic sobre el botón Proporciones constantes (en este caso el icono será así ), se cambiarán ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de forma. La pestaña Grosores y flechas contiene los parámetros siguientes: Estilo de línea - este grupo de opciones permite especificar los parámetros siguientes: Tipo de remate - esta opción le permite establecer el estilo para el final de la línea, se aplica solo a las formas con contorno abierto, como líneas, polilíneas etc.: Plano - los extremos serán planos. Redondeado - los extremos serán redondeados. Cuadrado - los extremos serán cuadrados. Tipo de combinación - esta opción le permite establecer el estilo de intersección de dos líneas, por ejemplo, puede afectar a polilínea o esquinas de triángulo o contorno de un triángulo: Redondeado - la esquina será redondeada. Biselado - la esquina será sesgada. Ángulo - la esquina será puntiaguda. Vale para formas con ángulos agudos. Nota: el efecto será más visible si usa una gran anchura de contorno. Flechas - esta sección está disponible para el grupo de autoformas Líneas. Le permite seleccionar el estilo y tamaño Inicial y Final eligiendo la opción apropiada en la lista desplegable. La pestaña Márgenes interiores permite cambiar los márgenes internos superiores, inferiores, izquierdos y derechos (es decir, la distancia entre el texto y los bordes del autoforma dentro del autoforma). Nota: la pestaña está disponible solo si un texto se añade en la autoforma, si no, la pestaña está desactivada. La pestaña Columnas permite añadir columnas de texto dentro de la autoforma especificando el Número de columnas (hasta 16) y Espaciado entre columnas necesario. Una vez que hace clic en OK, el texto que ya existe u otro texto que introduzca dentro de la autoforma aparecerá en columnas y se moverá de una columna a otra. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma. Inserte y formatee texto dentro de autoformas Para insertar texto en una autoforma seleccione la forma con el ratón y empiece a escribir su texto. El texto introducido de tal modo forma parte de la autoforma (cuando usted mueve o gira la autoforma, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). Todas las opciones de formato que puede aplicar dentro de la autoforma están listadas aquí. Una las autoformas usando conectores Puede conectar autoformas usando líneas con puntos de conexión para demostrar dependencias entre los objetos (por ejemplo si quiere crear un organigrama). Para hacerlo, haga clic en el icono Forma en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el grupo Líneas del menú. haga clic en las formas necesarias dentro del grupo seleccionado (con excepción de las últimas tres formas que no son conectores, es decir, forma 10, 11 y 12), ponga el cursor del ratón sobre la primera autoforma y haga clic en uno de los puntos de conexión que aparece en el trazado de la forma, arrastre el cursor del ratón hacia la segunda autoforma y haga clic en el punto de conexión necesario en su esbozo. Si mueve las autoformas unidas, el conector permanece adjunto a las formas y se mueve a la vez que estas. También puede separar el conector de las formas y luego juntarlo a otros puntos de conexión." + "body": "Inserte una autoforma Para añadir una autoforma a su hoja de cálculo, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Forma en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione uno de los grupos de autoformas disponibles: formas básicas, formas de flechas, matemáticas, gráficos, cintas y estrellas, llamadas, botones, rectángulos, líneas, elija un autoforma necesaria dentro del grupo seleccionado, coloque el cursor del ratón en el lugar donde desea que se incluya la forma, una vez añadida la autoforma usted puede cambiar su tamaño y posición y también sus ajustes. Ajuste la configuración de autoforma Varios ajustes de autoforma pueden cambiarse usando la pestaña Ajustes de forma en el panel lateral derecho que se abrirá si selecciona el autoforma insertada con el ratón y pulsa el icono Ajustes de forma . Aquí usted puede cambiar los ajustes siguientes: Relleno - utilice esta sección para seleccionar el relleno de la autoforma. Puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Color de relleno - seleccione esta opción para especificar el color sólido que usted quiere aplicar al espacio interior de la autoforma seleccionada. Pulse la casilla de color debajo y seleccione el color necesario de la paleta de los disponibles o especifique cualquier color deseado: Colores de tema - los colores que corresponden a la combinación seleccionada de colores de un documento. Colores estándar - el conjunto de colores predeterminado. Color personalizado - haga clic en este título si el color deseado no se encuentra en las paletas disponibles. Seleccione el rango de colores necesario moviendo el deslizante de color vertical y establezca el color arrastrando el selector de color dentro del campo de color cuadrado. Una vez que seleccione un color con el selector de color, los valores de color RGB y sRGB correspondientes aparecerán en los campos de la derecha. También puede especificar un color basándose en el modelo de color RGB introduciendo los valores numéricos deseados en los campos R, G, B (red-rojo, green-verde, blue-azul) o introducir el código hexadecimal sRGB en el campo marcado con el signo #. El color seleccionado se mostrará en el rectángulo Nuevo. Si el objeto se rellenó previamente con otro color personalizado, este color se muestra en el cuadro Actual para que pueda comparar los colores originales y los modificados. Una vez especificado el color, pulse el botón Añadir. El color personalizado se aplicará a la autoforma y se añadirá a la paleta Color personalizado.

                        Relleno degradado - seleccione esta opción para rellenar la forma de dos colores que suavemente cambian de un color a otro. Estilo - elija una de las opciones disponibles: Lineal (los colores cambian en línea recta; es decir, sobre un eje horizontal/vertical o por una línea diagonal que forma un ángulo de 45 grados) o Radial (los colores cambian por una trayectoria circular desde el centro hacia los bordes). Dirección - elija una plantilla en el menú. Si selecciona el gradiente Lineal, las siguientes direcciones estarán disponibles: de arriba izquierda a abajo derecha, de arriba abajo, de arriba derecha a abajo izquierda, de arriba a abajo izquierda, de abajo derecha a arriba izquierda, de abajo a arriba izquierda, de abajo izquierda a arriba derecha, de abajo izquierda a arriba derecha, de arriba a arriba derecha, de izquierda a izquierda. Si selecciona la gradiente Radial, estará disponible solo una plantilla. Gradiente - utilice el control deslizante izquierdo debajo de la barra de gradiente para activar la casilla de color que corresponde al primer color. Haga clic en el cuadro de color de la derecha para elegir el primer color de la paleta. Arrastre el control deslizante para establecer la parada del degradado, es decir, el punto en el que un color cambia a otro. Utilice el control deslizante derecho debajo de la barra de gradiente para especificar el segundo color y establecer el punto de degradado. Imagen o textura - seleccione esta opción para utilizar una imagen o una textura predefinida como fondo de la forma. Si desea utilizar una imagen como fondo para la forma, puede añadir una imagen De archivo seleccionándola desde el disco duro de su ordenador o De URL insertando la dirección URL correspondiente en la ventana abierta. Si usted quiere usar una textura como el fondo de forma, abra el menú de textura y seleccione la variante más apropiada.Actualmente usted puede seleccionar tales texturas: lienzo, algodón, tela oscura, grano, granito, papel gris, tejido, piel, papel marrón, papiro, madera. Si la imagen seleccionada tiene más o menos dimensiones que la autoforma, usted puede seleccionar la opción Estirar o Mosaico en la lista desplegable.La opción Estirar le permite ajustar el tamaño de imagen al tamaño de la autoforma para que la imagen ocupe el espacio completamente. La opción Mosaico le permite mostrar solo una parte de la imagen más grande manteniendo sus dimensiones originales o repetir la imagen más pequeña manteniendo sus dimensiones originales sobre la superficie de la autoforma para que pueda llenar el espacio completamente. Nota: cualquier Textura predeterminada ocupa el espacio completamente, pero usted puede aplicar el efecto Estirar si es necesario. Patrón - seleccione esta opción para rellenar la forma del diseño de dos colores que está compuesto de los elementos repetidos. Patrón - seleccione uno de los diseños predeterminados en el menú. Color de primer plano - pulse esta casilla de color para cambiar el color de elementos de patrón. Color de fondo - pulse esta casilla de color para cambiar el color de fondo de patrón. Sin relleno - seleccione esta opción si no desea usar ningún relleno. Opacidad - use esta sección para establecer la opción Opacidad arrastrando el control deslizante o introduciendo el valor porcentual manualmente. El valor predeterminado es 100%. Corresponde a la opacidad total. El valor 0% corresponde a la plena transparencia. Trazo - use esta sección para cambiar el ancho, color o tipo de trazo de la autoforma. Para cambiar el ancho del trazo, seleccione una de las opciones disponibles en la lista desplegable Tamaño. Las opciones disponibles son: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternativamente, seleccione la opción Sin relleno si no quiere usar ningún trazo. Para cambiar el color del trazo, pulse el rectángulo de color de debajo y seleccione el color necesario. Para cambiar el tipo del trazo, seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista desplegable (una línea sólida se aplica de manera predeterminada, puede cambiarla a una línea discontinua). La rotación se utiliza para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj o en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj, así como para girar la forma horizontal o verticalmente. Haga clic en uno de los botones: para girar la forma 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar la forma 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para voltear la forma horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) para voltear la forma verticalmente (al revés) Cambiar autoforma - use esta sección para reemplazar la autoforma actual por otra seleccionada en la lista desplegable. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de la autoforma, use el enlace de Ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana 'Forma - Ajustes avanzados': La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho/altura de la autoforma. Si hace clic sobre el botón Proporciones constantes (en este caso el icono será así ), se cambiarán ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de forma. La pestaña Rotación contiene los siguientes parámetros: Ángulo - utilice esta opción para girar la forma en un ángulo exactamente especificado. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha. Volteado - marque la casilla Horizontalmente para voltear la forma horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) o la casillaVerticalmente para voltear la forma verticalmente (al revés). La pestaña Grosores y flechas contiene los siguientes parámetros: Estilo de línea - este grupo de opciones permite especificar los parámetros siguientes: Tipo de remate - esta opción permite establecer el estilo para el final de la línea, por lo tanto, solamente se puede aplicar a las formas con el contorno abierto, tales como líneas, polilíneas, etc: Plano - los extremos serán planos. Redondeado - los extremos serán redondeados. Cuadrado - los extremos serán cuadrados. Tipo de combinación - esta opción permite establecer el estilo para la intersección de dos líneas, por ejemplo, puede afectar a una polilínea o a las esquinas del contorno de un triángulo o rectángulo: Redondeado - la esquina será redondeada. Biselado - la esquina será sesgada. Ángulo - la esquina será puntiaguda. Se adapta bien a formas con ángulos agudos. Nota: el efecto será más visible si usa una gran anchura de contorno. Flechas - esta sección está disponible para el grupo de autoformas Líneas. Le permite seleccionar el estilo y tamaño Inicial y Final eligiendo la opción apropiada en la lista desplegable. La pestaña Márgenes interiores permite cambiar los márgenes internos superiores, inferiores, izquierdos y derechos (es decir, la distancia entre el texto y los bordes del autoforma dentro del autoforma). Nota: esta pestaña solamente está disponible si el texto se agrega dentro de la autoforma, de lo contrario la pestaña está deshabilitada. La pestaña Columnas permite añadir columnas de texto dentro de la autoforma especificando el Número de columnas (hasta 16) y Espaciado entre columnas necesario. Una vez que hace clic en OK, el texto que ya existe u otro texto que introduzca dentro de la autoforma aparecerá en columnas y se moverá de una columna a otra. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma. Inserte y formatee texto dentro de autoformas Para insertar texto en una autoforma seleccione la forma con el ratón y empiece a escribir su texto. El texto introducido de tal modo forma parte de la autoforma (cuando usted mueve o gira la autoforma, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). Todas las opciones de formato que puede aplicar dentro de la autoforma están listadas aquí. Una las autoformas usando conectores Puede conectar autoformas usando líneas con puntos de conexión para demostrar dependencias entre los objetos (por ejemplo si quiere crear un organigrama). Para hacerlo, haga clic en el icono Forma en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el grupo Líneas del menú. haga clic en la forma correspondiente dentro del grupo seleccionado (con excepción de las últimas tres formas que no son conectores, es decir, Curva, Garabato y Forma libre), ponga el cursor del ratón sobre la primera autoforma y haga clic en uno de los puntos de conexión que aparece en el trazado de la forma, arrastre el cursor del ratón hacia la segunda autoforma y haga clic en el punto de conexión necesario en su esbozo. Si mueve las autoformas unidas, el conector permanece adjunto a las formas y se mueve a la vez que estas. También puede separar el conector de las formas y luego juntarlo a otros puntos de conexión." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm", @@ -2338,17 +2393,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm", "title": "Inserte una función", - "body": "La capacidad de realizar cálculos básicos es la razón principal para usar una hoja de cálculo. Algunas funciones se realizan automáticamente cuando usted selecciona un rango de celdas en su hoja de cálculo: PROMEDIO se usa para analizar el rango de celdas seleccionado y encontrar un valor promedio. CONTAR se usa para contar el número de celdas seleccionadas con valores ignorando celdas vacías. SUMA se usa para efectuar suma de los números en un rango de celdas seleccionado ignorando celdas con texto y vacías. Los resultados de estos cálculos se muestran en la esquina derecha inferior en la barra de estado. Para realizar cualquier otro cálculo, usted puede insertar una fórmula necesaria a mano usando operadores matemáticos comunes o insertar una fórmula predefinida - Función. Para insertar una función, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere insertar una función, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione una de las funciones más usadas (SUMA, MIN, MAX, CONTAR), o haga clic en la opción Adicional con el botón derecho en la celda seleccionada y seleccione la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, en la ventana que se abre de Insertar función, seleccione el grupo de funciones necesario, luego elija la función que necesita de la lista y haga clic en OK. introduzca los argumentos de la función a mano o seleccione un rango de celdas que usted quiere introducir como argumentos. Si la función necesita varios argumentos, tienen que ir separados por comas.Nota:: generalmente, los valores numéricos, valores lógicos (VERDADERO, FALSO), valores de texto (deben estar entre comillas), referencias de celda, referencias de rango de celdas, nombres asignados a rangos y otras funciones, se pueden usar como argumentos de la función. pulse el botón Enter. Aquí está la lista de las funciones disponibles agrupadas por categorías: Categoría de función Descripción Funciones Funciones de texto y datos Se usan para mostrar correctamente datos de texto en su hoja de cálculo. CARACTER; LIMPIAR; CODIGO; CONCATENAR; CONCAT; MONEDA; IGUAL; ENCONTRAR; ENCONTRARB; DECIMAL; IZQUIERDA; IZQUIERDAB; LARGO; LARGOB; MINUSC; EXTRAE; EXTRAEB; VALOR.NUMERO; NOMPROPIO; REEMPLAZAR; REEMPLAZARB; REPETIR; DERECHA; DERECHAB; HALLAR; HALLARB; SUSTITUIR; T; TEXTO; UNIRCADENAS; ESPACIOS; UNICHAR; UNICODE; MAYUSC; VALOR Funciones estadísticas Se usan para analizar los datos: encontrar el valor promedio, los valores más grandes o más pequeños en un rango de celdas. DESVPROM; PROMEDIO; PROMEDIOA; PROMEDIO.SI; PROMEDIO.SI.CONJUNTO; DISTR.BETA; DISTR.BETA.N; INV.BETA.N; DISTR.BINOM; DISTR.BINOM.N; DISTR.BINOM.SERIE; INV.BINOM; DISTR.CHI; PRUEBA.CHI.INV; DISTR.CHICUAD; DISTR.CHICUAD.CD; INV.CHICUAD; INV.CHICUAD.CD; PRUEBA.CHI; PRUEBA.CHICUAD; INTERVALO.CONFIANZA; INTERVALO.CONFIANZA.NORM; INTERVALO.CONFIANZA.T; COEF.DE.CORREL; CONTAR; CONTARA; CONTAR.BLANCO; CONTAR.SI; CONTAR.SI.CONJUNTO; COVAR; COVARIANZA.P; COVARIANZA.M; BINOM.CRIT; DESVIA2; DISTR.EXP.N; DISTR.EXP; DISTR.F.N; DISTR.F; DISTR.F.CD; INV.F; DISTR.F.INV; INV.F.CD; FISHER; PRUEBA.FISHER.INV; PRONOSTICO; PRONOSTICO.ETS; PRONOSTICO.ETS.CONFINT; PRONOSTICO.ETS.ESTACIONALIDAD; PRONOSTICO.ETS.ESTADISTICA; PRONOSTICO.LINEAL; FRECUENCIA; PRUEBA.F; PRUEBA.F.N; GAMMA; DISTR.GAMMA.N; DISTR.GAMMA; INV.GAMMA; DISTR.GAMMA.INV; GAMMA.LN; GAMMA.LN.EXACTO; GAUSS; MEDIA.GEOM; MEDIA.ARMO; DISTR.HIPERGEOM; DISTR.HIPERGEOM.N; INTERSECCION.EJE; CURTOSIS; K.ESIMO.MAYOR; DISTR.LOG.INV; DISTR.LOGNORM; INV.LOGNORM; DISTR.LOG.NORM; MAX; MAXA; MAX.SI.CONJUNTO; MEDIANA; MIN; MINA; MIN.SI.CONJUNTO; MODA; MODA.VARIOS; MODA.UNO; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; DISTR.NORM; DISTR.NORM.N; DISTR.NORM.INV; INV.NORM; DISTR.NORM.ESTAND; DISTR.NORM.ESTAND.N; DISTR.NORM.ESTAND.INV; INV.NORM.ESTAND; PEARSON; PERCENTIL; PERCENTIL.EXC; PERCENTIL.INC; RANGO.PERCENTIL; RANGO.PERCENTIL.EXC; RANGO.PERCENTIL.INC; PERMUTACIONES; PERMUTACIONES.A; FI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROBABILIDAD; CUARTIL; CUARTIL.EXC; CUARTIL.INC; JERARQUIA; JERARQUIA.MEDIA; JERARQUIA.EQV; COEFICIENTE.R2; COEFICIENTE.ASIMETRIA; COEFICIENTE.ASIMETRIA.P; PENDIENTE; K.ESIMO.MENOR; NORMALIZACION; DESVEST; DESVEST.M; DESVESTA; DESVESTP; DESVEST.P; DESVESTPA; ERROR.TIPICO.XY; DISTR.T; DISTR.T.N; DISTR.T.2C; DISTR.T.CD; INV.T; INV.T.2C; DISTR.T.INV; MEDIA.ACOTADA; PRUEBA.T; PRUEBA.T.N; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; DIST.WEIBULL; DISTR.WEIBULL; PRUEBA.Z; PRUEBA.Z.N Funciones de matemática y trigonometría Se usan para realizar las operaciones de matemáticas y trigonometría básicas como adición, multiplicación, división, redondeamiento etc. ABS; ACOS; ACOSH; ACOT; ACOTH; AGREGAR; NUMERO.ARABE; ASENO; ASENOH; ATAN; ATAN2; ATANH; BASE; MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR; MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.MAT; MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.EXACTO; COMBINAT; COMBINA; COS; COSH; COT; COTH; CSC; CSCH; CONV.DECIMAL; GRADOS; MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ECMA; REDONDEA.PAR; EXP; FACT; FACT.DOBLE; MULTIPLO.INFERIOR; MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.EXACTO; MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.MAT; M.C.D; ENTERO; MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ISO; M.C.M; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDETERM; MINVERSA; MMULT; RESIDUO; REDOND.MULT; MULTINOMIAL; REDONDEA.IMPAR; PI; POTENCIA; PRODUCTO; COCIENTE; RADIANES; ALEATORIO; ALEATORIO.ENTRE; NUMERO.ROMANO; REDONDEAR; REDONDEAR.MENOS; REDONDEAR.MAS; SEC; SECH; SUMA.SERIES; SIGNO; SENO; SENOH; RAIZ; RAIZ2PI; SUBTOTALES; SUMA; SUMAR.SI; SUMAR.SI.CONJUNTO; SUMAPRODUCTO; SUMA.CUADRADOS; SUMAX2MENOSY2; SUMAX2MASY2; SUMAXMENOSY2; TAN; TANH; TRUNCAR Funciones de fecha y hora Se usan para mostrar correctamente la fecha y hora en su hoja de cálculo. FECHA; SIFECHA; FECHANUMERO; DIA; DIAS; DIAS360; FECHA.MES; FIN.MES; HORA; ISO.NUM.DE.SEMANA; MINUTO; MES; DIAS.LAB; DIAS.LAB.INTL; AHORA; SEGUNDO; NSHORA; HORANUMERO; HOY; DIASEM; NUM.DE.SEMANA; DIA.LAB; DIA.LAB.INTL; AÑO; FRAC.AÑO Funciones de ingeniería Se usan para realizar cálculos de ingeniería: convertir los números de un sistema de numeración al otro, encontrar números complejos, etc. BESSELI; BESSELJ; BESSELK; BESSELY; BIN.A.DEC; BIN.A.HEX; BIN.A.OCT; BIT.Y; BIT.DESPLIZQDA; BIT.O; BIT.DESPLDCHA; BIT.XO; COMPLEJO; CONVERTIR; DEC.A.BIN; DEC.A.HEX; DEC.A.OCT; DELTA; FUN.ERROR; FUN.ERROR.EXACTO; FUN.ERROR.COMPL; FUN.ERROR.COMPL.EXACTO; MAYOR.O.IGUAL; HEX.A.BIN; HEX.A.DEC; HEX.A.OCT; IM.ABS; IMAGINARIO; IM.ANGULO; IM.CONJUGADA; IM.COS; IM.COSH; IM.COT; IM.CSC; IM.CSCH; IM.DIV; IM.EXP; IM.LN; IM.LOG10; IM.LOG2; IM.POT; IM.PRODUCT; IM.REAL; IM.SEC; IM.SECH; IM.SENO; IM.SENOH; IM.RAIZ2; IM.SUSTR; IM.SUM; IM.TAN; OCT.A.BIN; OCT.A.DEC; OCT.A.HEX Funciones de base de datos Se usan para realizar cálculos para los valores de un campo en concreto de la hoja de cálculo de la base de datos que corresponde con el criterio especificado. BDPROMEDIO; BDCONTAR; BDCONTARA; BDEXTRAER; BDMAX; BDMIN; BDPRODUCTO; BDDESVEST; BDDESVESTP; BDSUMA; BDVAR; BDVARP Funciones financieras Se usan para realizar cálculos financieros calculando el valor actual neto, pagos etc.. INT.ACUM; INT.ACUM.V; AMORTIZ.PROGRE; AMORTIZ.LIN; CUPON.DIAS.L1; CUPON.DIAS; CUPON.DIAS.L2; CUPON.FECHA.L2; CUPON.NUM; CUPON.FECHA.L1; PAGO.INT.ENTRE; PAGO.PRINC.ENTRE; DB; DDB; TASA.DESC; MONEDA.DEC; MONEDA.FRAC; DURACION; INT.EFECTIVO; VF; VF.PLAN; TASA.INT; PAGOINT; TIR; INT.PAGO.DIR; DURACION.MODIF; TIRM; TASA.NOMINAL; NPER; VNA; PRECIO.PER.IRREGULAR.1; RENDTO.PER.IRREGULAR.1; PRECIO.PER.IRREGULAR.2; RENDTO.PER.IRREGULAR.2; P.DURACION; PAGO; PAGOPRIN; PRECIO; PRECIO.DESCUENTO; PRECIO.VENCIMIENTO; VA; TASA; CANTIDAD.RECIBIDA; RRI; SLN; SYD; LETRA.DE.TES.EQV.A.BONO; LETRA.DE.TES.PRECIO; LETRA.DE.TES.RENDTO; DVS; TIR.NO.PER; VNA.NO.PER; RENDTO; RENDTO.DESC; RENDTO.VENCTO Funciones de búsqueda y referencia Se usan para encontrar de forma fácil la información en la lista de datos. DIRECCION; ELEGIR; COLUMNA; COLUMNAS; FORMULATEXTO; BUSCARH; INDICE; INDIRECTO; BUSCAR; COINCIDIR; DESREF; FILA; FILAS; TRANSPONER; BUSCARV Funciones de información Se usan para darle información sobre los datos en la celda seleccionada o en un rango de celdas. TIPO.DE.ERROR; ESBLANCO; ESERR; ESERROR; ES.PAR; ESFORMULA; ESLOGICO; ESNOD; ESNOTEXTO; ESNUMERO; ES.IMPAR; ESREF; ESTEXTO; N; NOD; HOJA; HOJAS; TIPO Funciones lógicas Se usa para comprobar si una condición es verdadera o falsa. Y; FALSO; SI; SI.ERROR; SI.ND; SI.CONJUNTO; NO; O; CAMBIAR; VERDADERO; XO" + "body": "La capacidad de realizar cálculos básicos es la razón principal para usar una hoja de cálculo. Algunas funciones se realizan automáticamente cuando usted selecciona un rango de celdas en su hoja de cálculo: PROMEDIO se usa para analizar el rango de celdas seleccionado y encontrar un valor promedio. CONTAR se usa para contar el número de celdas seleccionadas con valores ignorando celdas vacías. MIN se usa para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el número más pequeño. MAX se usa para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el número más grande. SUMA se usa para efectuar suma de los números en un rango de celdas seleccionado ignorando celdas con texto y vacías. Los resultados de estos cálculos se muestran en la esquina derecha inferior en la barra de estado. Para realizar cualquier otro cálculo, usted puede insertar una fórmula necesaria a mano usando operadores matemáticos comunes o insertar una fórmula predefinida - Función. Para insertar una función, seleccione la celda donde usted quiere insertar una función, pulse el icono Insertar función que se sitúa en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione una de las funciones más usadas (SUMA, MIN, MAX, CONTAR), o haga clic en la opción Adicional con el botón derecho en la celda seleccionada y seleccione la opción Insertar función en el menú, o pulse el icono que se sitúa en la barra de fórmulas, en la ventana que se abre de Insertar función, seleccione el grupo de funciones necesario, luego elija la función que necesita de la lista y haga clic en OK. introduzca los argumentos de la función a mano o seleccione un rango de celdas que usted quiere introducir como argumentos. Si la función necesita varios argumentos, tienen que ir separados por comas.Nota:: generalmente, los valores numéricos, valores lógicos (VERDADERO, FALSO), valores de texto (deben estar entre comillas), referencias de celda, referencias de rango de celdas, nombres asignados a rangos y otras funciones, se pueden usar como argumentos de la función. pulse el botón Enter. Para introducir una función de forma manual mediante el teclado, seleccione una celda introduzca el signo igual (=)Cada fórmula debe comenzar con el signo igual (=). introduzca el nombre de la funciónUna vez que escriba las letras iniciales, la lista Auto-completar fórmula se mostrará. Según escribe, los elementos (fórmulas y nombres) que coinciden con los caracteres introducido se mostrarán. Si pasa el cursor del ratón por encima de una fórmula, se mostrará una descripción de la fórmula. Puede seleccionar la fórmula deseada de la lista e insertarla haciendo clic en ella o pulsando la tecla Tab. introduzca los argumentos de la funciónLos argumentos deben estar entre paréntesis. El paréntesis de apertura '(' se añade automáticamente al seleccionar una función de la lista. Cuando introduce argumentos, también se muestra una descripción que incluye la sintaxis de la fórmula. cuando se especifiquen todos los argumentos, introduzca el paréntesis de cierre ‘)’ y presione la tecla Intro. Aquí está la lista de las funciones disponibles agrupadas por categorías: Categoría de función Descripción Funciones Funciones de texto y datos Se usan para mostrar correctamente datos de texto en su hoja de cálculo. ASC; CARACTER; LIMPIAR; CODIGO; CONCATENAR; CONCAT; MONEDA; IGUAL; ENCONTRAR; ENCONTRARB; DECIMAL; IZQUIERDA; IZQUIERDAB; LARGO; LARGOB; MINUSC; EXTRAE; EXTRAEB; VALOR.NUMERO; NOMPROPIO; REEMPLAZAR; REEMPLAZARB; REPETIR; DERECHA; DERECHAB; HALLAR; HALLARB; SUSTITUIR; T; TEXTO; UNIRCADENAS; ESPACIOS; UNICHAR; UNICODE; MAYUSC; VALOR Funciones estadísticas Se usan para analizar los datos: encontrar el valor promedio, los valores más grandes o más pequeños en un rango de celdas. DESVPROM; PROMEDIO; PROMEDIOA; PROMEDIO.SI; PROMEDIO.SI.CONJUNTO; DISTR.BETA; DISTR.BETA.N; DISTR.BETA.INV.N; DISTR.BETA.INV; DISTR.BINOM; DISTR.BINOM.N; DISTR.BINOM.SERIE; INV.BINOM; DISTR.CHI; PRUEBA.CHI.INV; DISTR.CHICUAD; DISTR.CHICUAD.CD; INV.CHICUAD; INV.CHICUAD.CD; PRUEBA.CHI; PRUEBA.CHICUAD; INTERVALO.CONFIANZA; INTERVALO.CONFIANZA.NORM; INTERVALO.CONFIANZA.T; COEF.DE.CORREL; CONTAR; CONTARA; CONTAR.BLANCO; CONTAR.SI; CONTAR.SI.CONJUNTO; COVAR; COVARIANZA.P; COVARIANZA.M; BINOM.CRIT; DESVIA2; DISTR.EXP.N; DISTR.EXP; DISTR.F.N; DISTR.F; DISTR.F.CD; INV.F; DISTR.F.INV; INV.F.CD; FISHER; PRUEBA.FISHER.INV; PRONOSTICO; PRONOSTICO.ETS; PRONOSTICO.ETS.CONFINT; PRONOSTICO.ETS.ESTACIONALIDAD; PRONOSTICO.ETS.ESTADISTICA; PRONOSTICO.LINEAL; FRECUENCIA; PRUEBA.F; PRUEBA.F.N; GAMMA; DISTR.GAMMA.N; DISTR.GAMMA; INV.GAMMA; DISTR.GAMMA.INV; GAMMALN; GAMMA.LN.EXACTO; GAUSS; MEDIA.GEOM; MEDIA.ARMO; DISTR.HIPERGEOM; DISTR.HIPERGEOM.N; INTERSECCION.EJE; CURTOSIS; K.ESIMO.MAYOR; DISTR.LOG.INV; DISTR.LOGNORM; INV.LOGNORM; DISTR.LOG.NORM; MAX; MAXA; MAX.SI.CONJUNTO; MEDIANA; MIN; MINA; MIN.SI.CONJUNTO; MODA; MODA.VARIOS; MODA.UNO; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; DISTR.NORM; DISTR.NORM.N; DISTR.NORM.INV; NORM.INV; DISTR.NORM.ESTAND; DISTR.NORM.ESTAND.N; DISTR.NORM.ESTAND.INV; INV.NORM.ESTAND; PEARSON; PERCENTIL; PERCENTIL.EXC; PERCENTIL.INC; RANGO.PERCENTIL; RANGO.PERCENTIL.EXC; RANGO.PERCENTIL.INC; PERMUTACIONES; PERMUTACIONES.A; FI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROBABILIDAD; CUARTIL; CUARTIL.EXC; CUARTIL.INC; JERARQUIA; JERARQUIA.MEDIA; JERARQUIA.EQV; COEFICIENTE.R2; COEFICIENTE.ASIMETRIA; COEFICIENTE.ASIMETRIA.P; PENDIENTE; K.ESIMO.MENOR; NORMALIZACION; DESVEST; DESVEST.M; DESVESTA; DESVESTP; DESVEST.P; DESVESTPA; ERROR.TIPICO.XY; DISTR.T; DISTR.T.N; DISTR.T.2C; DISTR.T.CD; INV.T; INV.T.2C; DISTR.T.INV; MEDIA.ACOTADA; PRUEBA.T; PRUEBA.T.N; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; DIST.WEIBULL; DISTR.WEIBULL; PRUEBA.Z; PRUEBA.Z.N Funciones de matemática y trigonometría Se usan para realizar las operaciones de matemáticas y trigonometría básicas como adición, multiplicación, división, redondeamiento etc. ABS; ACOS; ACOSH; ACOT; ACOTH; AGREGAR; NUMERO.ARABE; ASENO; ASENOH; ATAN; ATAN2; ATANH; BASE; MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR; MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.MAT; MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.EXACTO; COMBINAT; COMBINA; COS; COSH; COT; COTH; CSC; CSCH; CONV.DECIMAL; GRADOS; MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ECMA; REDONDEA.PAR; EXP; FACT; FACT.DOBLE; MULTIPLO.INFERIOR; MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.EXACTO; MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.MAT; M.C.D; ENTERO; MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ISO; M.C.M; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDETERM; MINVERSA; MMULT; RESIDUO; REDOND.MULT; MULTINOMIAL; REDONDEA.IMPAR; PI; POTENCIA; PRODUCTO; COCIENTE; RADIANES; ALEATORIO; ALEATORIO.ENTRE; NUMERO.ROMANO; REDONDEAR; REDONDEAR.MENOS; REDONDEAR.MAS; SEC; SECH; SUMA.SERIES; SIGNO; SENO; SENOH; RAIZ; RAIZ2PI; SUBTOTALES; SUMA; SUMAR.SI; SUMAR.SI.CONJUNTO; SUMAPRODUCTO; SUMA.CUADRADOS; SUMAX2MENOSY2; SUMAX2MASY2; SUMAXMENOSY2; TAN; TANH; TRUNCAR Funciones de fecha y hora Se usan para mostrar correctamente la fecha y hora en su hoja de cálculo. FECHA; SIFECHA; FECHANUMERO; DIA; DIAS; DIAS360; FECHA.MES; FIN.MES; HORA; ISO.NUM.DE.SEMANA; MINUTO; MES; DIAS.LAB; DIAS.LAB.INTL; AHORA; SEGUNDO; NSHORA; HORANUMERO; HOY; DIASEM; NUM.DE.SEMANA; DIA.LAB; DIA.LAB.INTL; AÑO; FRAC.AÑO Funciones de ingeniería Se usan para realizar cálculos de ingeniería: convertir los números de un sistema de numeración al otro, encontrar números complejos, etc. BESSELI; BESSELJ; BESSELK; BESSELY; BIN.A.DEC; BIN.A.HEX; BIN.A.OCT; BIT.Y; BIT.DESPLIZQDA; BIT.O; BIT.DESPLDCHA; BIT.XO; COMPLEJO; CONVERTIR; DEC.A.BIN; DEC.A.HEX; DEC.A.OCT; DELTA; FUN.ERROR; FUN.ERROR.EXACTO; FUN.ERROR.COMPL; FUN.ERROR.COMPL.EXACTO; MAYOR.O.IGUAL; HEX.A.BIN; HEX.A.DEC; HEX.A.OCT; IM.ABS; IMAGINARIO; IM.ANGULO; IM.CONJUGADA; IM.COS; IM.COSH; IM.COT; IM.CSC; IM.CSCH; IM.DIV; IM.EXP; IM.LN; IM.LOG10; IM.LOG2; IM.POT; IM.PRODUCT; IM.REAL; IM.SEC; IM.SECH; IM.SENO; IM.SENOH; IM.RAIZ2; IM.SUSTR; IM.SUM; IM.TAN; OCT.A.BIN; OCT.A.DEC; OCT.A.HEX Funciones de base de datos Se usan para realizar cálculos para los valores de un campo en concreto de la hoja de cálculo de la base de datos que corresponde con el criterio especificado. BDPROMEDIO; BDCONTAR; BDCONTARA; BDEXTRAER; BDMAX; BDMIN; BDPRODUCTO; BDDESVEST; BDDESVESTP; BDSUMA; BDVAR; BDVARP Funciones financieras Se usan para realizar cálculos financieros calculando el valor actual neto, pagos etc.. INT.ACUM; INT.ACUM.V; AMORTIZ.PROGRE; AMORTIZ.LIN; CUPON.DIAS.L1; CUPON.DIAS; CUPON.DIAS.L2; CUPON.FECHA.L2; CUPON.NUM; CUPON.FECHA.L1; PAGO.INT.ENTRE; PAGO.PRINC.ENTRE; DB; DDB; TASA.DESC; MONEDA.DEC; MONEDA.FRAC; DURACION; INT.EFECTIVO; VF; VF.PLAN; TASA.INT; PAGOINT; TIR; INT.PAGO.DIR; DURACION.MODIF; TIRM; TASA.NOMINAL; NPER; VNA; PRECIO.PER.IRREGULAR.1; RENDTO.PER.IRREGULAR.1; PRECIO.PER.IRREGULAR.2; RENDTO.PER.IRREGULAR.2; P.DURACION; PAGO; PAGOPRIN; PRECIO; PRECIO.DESCUENTO; PRECIO.VENCIMIENTO; VA; TASA; CANTIDAD.RECIBIDA; RRI; SLN; SYD; LETRA.DE.TES.EQV.A.BONO; LETRA.DE.TES.PRECIO; LETRA.DE.TES.RENDTO; DVS; TIR.NO.PER; VNA.NO.PER; RENDTO; RENDTO.DESC; RENDTO.VENCTO Funciones de búsqueda y referencia Se usan para encontrar de forma fácil la información en la lista de datos. DIRECCION; ELEGIR; COLUMNA; COLUMNAS; FORMULATEXTO; BUSCARH; HIPERVINCULO; INDICE; INDIRECTO; BUSCAR; COINCIDIR; DESREF; FILA; FILAS; TRANSPONER; BUSCARV Funciones de información Se usan para darle información sobre los datos en la celda seleccionada o en un rango de celdas. TIPO.DE.ERROR; ESBLANCO; ESERR; ESERROR; ES.PAR; ESFORMULA; ESLOGICO; ESNOD; ESNOTEXTO; ESNUMERO; ES.IMPAR; ESREF; ESTEXTO; N; NOD; HOJA; HOJAS; TIPO Funciones lógicas Se usa para comprobar si una condición es verdadera o falsa. Y; FALSO; SI; SI.ERROR; SI.ND; SI.CONJUNTO; NO; O; CAMBIAR; VERDADERO; XO" }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Inserte imágenes", - "body": "El editor de hojas de cálculo le permite insertar imágenes de los formatos más populares en su hoja de cálculo. Los siguientes formatos de imágenes son compatibles: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Inserte una imagen Para insertar una imagen en la hoja de cálculo, ponga el cursor en un lugar donde quiera que aparezca la imagen, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Imagen en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para cargar la imagen: la opción Imagen desde archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen correspondiente; después haga clic en el botón OK Después, la imagen se añadirá a su hoja de cálculo. Ajustes de imagen Una vez añadida la imagen usted puede cambiar su tamaño y posición. Para especificar las dimensiones exactas de la imagen: seleccione la imagen a la que usted quiere cambiar el tamaño con el ratón, pulse el icono Ajustes de imagen en la barra derecha lateral, En la sección Tamaño, establezca los valores de Ancho y Altura necesarios. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así ), el ancho y la altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, pulse el botón Tamaño Predeterminado. Para reemplazar la imagen insertada, seleccione la imagen que usted quiere reemplazar con el ratón, pulse el icono Ajustes de imagen en la barra derecha lateral, en la sección Reemplazar imagen pulse el botón necesario: De archivo o De URL y seleccione la imagen deseada.Nota: también puede hacer clic derecho en la imagen y usar la opción Reemplazar imagen del menú contextual. La imagen seleccionada será reemplazada. Cuando se selecciona la imagen, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha. Puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestañaAjustes de forma en la barra de tareas derecha y ajustar la forma, tipo de estilo, tamaño y color así como cambiar el tipo de forma seleccionando otra forma del menú Cambiar autoforma. La forma de la imagen cambiará correspondientemente. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados, haga clic derecho sobre la imagen y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú contextual o pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana con parámetros de la imagen: La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma. Para borrar la imagen insertada, haga clic en esta y pulse la tecla Eliminar." + "body": "El editor de hojas de cálculo le permite insertar imágenes de los formatos más populares en su hoja de cálculo. Los siguientes formatos de imágenes son compatibles: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Inserte una imagen Para insertar una imagen en la hoja de cálculo, ponga el cursor en un lugar donde quiera que aparezca la imagen, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Imagen en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para cargar la imagen: la opción Imagen desde archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen correspondiente; después haga clic en el botón OK la opción Imagen desde almacenamiento abrirá la ventana Seleccionar fuente de datos. Seleccione una imagen almacenada en su portal y haga clic en el botón OK Después, la imagen se añadirá a su hoja de cálculo. Ajustes de imagen Una vez añadida la imagen usted puede cambiar su tamaño y posición. Para especificar las dimensiones exactas de la imagen: seleccione la imagen a la que usted quiere cambiar el tamaño con el ratón, pulse el icono Ajustes de imagen en la barra derecha lateral, En la sección Tamaño, establezca los valores de Ancho y Altura necesarios. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así ), el ancho y la altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, pulse el botón Tamaño Predeterminado. Para recortar la imagen: Haga clic en el botón Recortar para activar las manijas de recorte que aparecen en las esquinas de la imagen y en el centro de cada lado. Arrastre manualmente los controles para establecer el área de recorte. Puede mover el cursor del ratón sobre el borde del área de recorte para que se convierta en el icono y arrastrar el área. Para recortar un solo lado, arrastre la manija situada en el centro de este lado. Para recortar simultáneamente dos lados adyacentes, arrastre una de las manijas de las esquinas. Para recortar por igual dos lados opuestos de la imagen, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl al arrastrar la manija en el centro de uno de estos lados. Para recortar por igual todos los lados de la imagen, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl al arrastrar cualquiera de las manijas de las esquinas. Cuando se especifique el área de recorte, haga clic en el botón Recortar de nuevo, o pulse la tecla Esc, o haga clic en cualquier lugar fuera del área de recorte para aplicar los cambios. Una vez seleccionada el área de recorte, también es posible utilizar las opciones de Rellenar y Ajustar disponibles en el menú desplegable Recortar. Haga clic de nuevo en el botón Recortar y elija la opción que desee: Si selecciona la opción Rellenar, la parte central de la imagen original se conservará y se utilizará para rellenar el área de recorte seleccionada, mientras que las demás partes de la imagen se eliminarán. Si selecciona la opción Ajustar, la imagen se redimensionará para que se ajuste a la altura o anchura del área de recorte. No se eliminará ninguna parte de la imagen original, pero pueden aparecer espacios vacíos dentro del área de recorte seleccionada. Para girar la imagen: seleccione la imagen que desea girar con el ratón, pulse el icono Ajustes de imagen en la barra derecha lateral, en la sección Rotación haga clic en uno de los botones: para girar la imagen 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar la imagen 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para voltear la imagen horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) para voltear la imagen verticalmente (al revés) Nota: como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho del ratón en la imagen y utilizar la opción Girar del menú contextual. Para reemplazar la imagen insertada, seleccione la imagen que usted quiere reemplazar con el ratón, pulse el icono Ajustes de imagen en la barra derecha lateral, en la sección Reemplazar imagen pulse el botón necesario: De archivo o De URL y seleccione la imagen deseada.Nota: también puede hacer clic derecho en la imagen y usar la opción Reemplazar imagen del menú contextual. La imagen seleccionada será reemplazada. Cuando se selecciona la imagen, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha. Puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestañaAjustes de forma en la barra de tareas derecha y ajustar la forma, tipo de estilo, tamaño y color así como cambiar el tipo de forma seleccionando otra forma del menú Cambiar autoforma. La forma de la imagen cambiará correspondientemente. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados, haga clic derecho sobre la imagen y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú contextual o pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana con parámetros de la imagen: La pestaña Rotación contiene los siguientes parámetros: Ángulo - utilice esta opción para girar la imagen en un ángulo exactamente especificado. Introduzca el valor deseado en grados en el campo o ajústelo con las flechas de la derecha. Volteado - marque la casilla Horizontalmente para voltear la imagen horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) o la casillaVerticalmente para voltear imagen verticalmente (al revés). La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma. Para borrar la imagen insertada, haga clic en esta y pulse la tecla Eliminar." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "title": "Insertar objetos con texto", - "body": "Para hacer su texto más enfático y captar atención a una parte concreta de su hoja de cálculo, puede insertar una casilla de texto (un marco rectangular que permita introducir texto) o un objeto de Arte de texto (una casilla de texto con un estilo de letra y color predeterminado que permite aplicar algunos efectos de texto). Añada un objeto con texto. Puede añadir un objeto con texto en cualquier lugar de la hoja de cálculo. Para hacerlo: cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el tipo de texto de objeto necesario: Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el icono de Cuadro de Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma del grupo Formas Básicas. para añadir un objeto de Arte de Texto, haga clic en el icono Arte Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic en la plantilla del estilo deseada - el objeto de Arte de Texto se añadirá en el centro de la hoja de cálculo. Seleccione el texto por defecto dentro del cuadro de texto con el ratón y reemplace este con su texto. haga clic fuera del objeto con texto para aplicar los cambios y vuelva a la hoja de cálculo. El texto introducido dentro del objeto es parte de este último (cuando usted mueva o gira el autoforma, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). A la vez que un objeto con texto insertado representa un marco rectangular con texto en este (objetos de Texto Arte tienen bordes de cuadros de texto invisibles de manera predeterminada) y este marco es una autoforma común, se puede cambiar tanto la forma como las propiedades del texto. Para eliminar el objeto de texto añadido, haga clic en el borde del cuadro de texto y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado. el texto dentro del cuadro de texto también se eliminará. Formatee un cuadro de texto Seleccione el cuadro de texto haciendo clic en sus bordes para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el cuadro de texto está seleccionado, sus bordes se muestran con líneas sólidas (no con puntos). para cambiar el tamaño, mover, rotar el cuadro de texto use las manillas especiales en los bordes de la forma. para editar el relleno, trazo del cuadro de texto, reemplace el cuadro rectangular con una forma distinta, o acceda a los ajustes avanzados de forma, haga clic en el icono de Ajustes de forma a la derecha de la barra de herramientas y use las opciones correspondientes. para organizar cuadros de texto según se relacionan con otros objetos, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro del texto y use las opciones del menú contextual. para crear columnas de texto dentro del cuadro de texto, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro de texto, haga clic en la opción Ajustes avanzados de Formas y cambie a la pestaña Columnas en la ventana Forma - Ajustes avanzados. Formatee el texto dentro del cuadro de texto Haga clic en el texto dentro del cuadro de texto para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el texto está seleccionado, los bordes del cuadro de texto se muestran con líneas con puntos. Nota: también es posible cambiar el formato de texto cuando el cuadrado de texto (no el texto) se selecciona. En este caso, cualquier cambio se aplicará a todo el texto dentro del cuadrado de texto. Algunas opciones de formateo de letra (tipo de letra, tamaño, color y estilo de diseño) se pueden aplicar a una porción previamente seleccionada del texto de forma separada. Ajuste los ajustes de formato de tipo de letra (cambie el tipo, tamaño, color del tipo de letra y aplique estilos decorativos) usando los iconos correspondientes situados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Alguno ajustes adicionales de tipo de letra se pueden cambiar el la pestaña Tipo de letra de la ventana de las propiedades del párrafo. Para acceder, haga clic derecho en el texto en el cuadro de texto y seleccione la opción Ajustes Avanzados del Texto. Alinear el texto de forma horizontal dentro del cuadrado del texto usando los iconos correspondientes que se sitúan en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Alinear el texto de forma vertical dentro del cuadrado del texto usando los iconos correspondientes que se sitúan en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. También puede hacer clic derecho en el texto, seleccionar la opción Alineamiento vertical y luego elegir una de las opciones disponibles: Alinear en la parte superior, Alinear al centro, o Alinear en la parte inferior. Rote su texto en el cuadro de texto. Para hacer esto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Rote a 90° (fija la dirección vertical, de arriba a abajo) o Rote a 270° (fija la dirección vertical, de abajo a arriba). Cree una lista con puntos o números. Para hacer esto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción Puntos y Números del menú contextual y luego elija una de los caracteres de puntos disponibles o estilo de numeración. Insertar un hiperenlace. Ajuste el alineado y espaciado del párrafo para el texto de varias líneas dentro del cuadro de texto usando la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la barra lateral derecha que se abre si hace clic en el icono Ajustes de texto . Aquí usted puede establecer la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo y también márgenes entre el párrafo actual y el precedente o el párrafo posterior. Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. Usted puede elegir entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente de la derecha. Espaciado de Párrafo - ajusta la cantidad de espacio entre párrafos. Antes - establece la cantidad de espacio antes del párrafo. Después - establece la cantidad de espacio después del párrafo. Cambie los ajustes avanzados del párrafo (puede ajustar las sangrías del párrafo y paradas de fabulación para el texto de varias líneas dentro del cuadro de texto y aplicar varios ajustes de formato del tipo de letra). Coloque el cursor en el párrafo necesario - se activará la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la barra derecha lateral. Pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados. Se abrirá la ventana de propiedades: La pestaña Sangrías y disposición permite cambiar el offset del margen interno izquierdo de un bloque de texto y también el offset del párrafo de los márgenes internos izquierdo y derecho de un cuadro de texto. La pestaña Letra contiene los parámetros siguientes: Tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con una línea que va por el centro de las letras. Doble tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras. Sobreíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. Subíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas. Mayúsculas pequeñas - se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas. Mayúsculas - se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas. Espaciado entre caracteres - se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres. La pestaña Tab permite cambiar tabulaciones, a saber, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado. Posición de tab - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este cuadro de texto, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo de debajo. Predeterminado se fijó a 1.25 cm. Usted puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el campo. Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición de tab en la lista de arriba. Seleccione la posición de tab necesaria en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar. Izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueve a la derecha del tabulador cuando usted escribe. Al centro - centra el texto en la posición de tabulador. Derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueve a la izquierda del tabulador cuando usted escribe. Para borrar los tabuladores de la lista, seleccione el tabulador y pulse el botón Eliminar o Eliminar todo. Editar un estilo de Texto de Arte Seleccione un objeto de texto y haga clic en el icono Ajustes de Arte de Texto en la barra lateral. Cambie el estilo de texto aplicado seleccionando una nueva Plantilla de la galería. También puede cambiar los estilos básicos adicionales seleccionando un tipo de letra o tamaño diferente. Cambie el relleno y trazo de la letra. Las opciones disponibles son las mismas que para las autoformas. Aplique un efecto de texto seleccionando el texto necesario para el tipo de transformación de la galería de Transformar. Puede ajustar el grado de la distorsión del texto si arrastra la manivela con forma de diamante rosa." + "body": "Para hacer su texto más enfático y captar atención a una parte concreta de su hoja de cálculo, puede insertar una casilla de texto (un marco rectangular que permita introducir texto) o un objeto de Arte de texto (una casilla de texto con un estilo de letra y color predeterminado que permite aplicar algunos efectos de texto). Añada un objeto con texto. Puede añadir un objeto con texto en cualquier lugar de la hoja de cálculo. Para hacerlo: cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la clase de objeto de texto deseada: Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el icono de Cuadro de Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma del grupo Formas Básicas. para añadir un objeto de Arte de Texto, haga clic en el icono Arte Texto en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic en la plantilla del estilo deseada - el objeto de Arte de Texto se añadirá en el centro de la hoja de cálculo. Seleccione el texto por defecto dentro del cuadro de texto con el ratón y reemplace este con su texto. haga clic fuera del objeto con texto para aplicar los cambios y vuelva a la hoja de cálculo. El texto introducido dentro del objeto es parte de este último (cuando usted mueva o gira el autoforma, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). A la vez que un objeto con texto insertado representa un marco rectangular con texto en este (objetos de Texto Arte tienen bordes de cuadros de texto invisibles de manera predeterminada) y este marco es una autoforma común, se puede cambiar tanto la forma como las propiedades del texto. Para eliminar el objeto de texto añadido, haga clic en el borde del cuadro de texto y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado. el texto dentro del cuadro de texto también se eliminará. Formatee un cuadro de texto Seleccione el cuadro de texto haciendo clic en sus bordes para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el cuadro de texto está seleccionado, sus bordes se muestran con líneas sólidas (no con puntos). para cambiar de forma manual el tamaño, mover, rotar el cuadro de texto, use las manijas especiales en los bordes de la forma. para editar el relleno, trazo del cuadro de texto, reemplace el cuadro rectangular con una forma distinta, o acceda a los ajustes avanzados de forma, haga clic en el icono de Ajustes de forma a la derecha de la barra de herramientas y use las opciones correspondientes. para organizar los cuadros de texto según la relación con otros objetos, alinee varios cuadros de texto según la relación entre sí, gire o voltee un cuadro de texto, haga clic con el botón derecho en el borde del cuadro de texto y use las opciones del menú contextual. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página. para crear columnas de texto dentro del cuadro de texto, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro de texto, haga clic en la opción Ajustes avanzados de Formas y cambie a la pestaña Columnas en la ventana Forma - Ajustes avanzados. Formatear el texto dentro del cuadro de texto Haga clic en el texto dentro del cuadro de texto para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el texto está seleccionado, los bordes del cuadro de texto se muestran con líneas con puntos. Nota: también es posible cambiar el formato de texto cuando el cuadrado de texto (no el texto) se selecciona. En este caso, cualquier cambio se aplicará a todo el texto dentro del cuadrado de texto. Algunas opciones de formateo de letra (tipo de letra, tamaño, color y estilo de diseño) se pueden aplicar a una porción previamente seleccionada del texto de forma separada. Ajuste los ajustes de formato de tipo de letra (cambie el tipo, tamaño, color del tipo de letra y aplique estilos decorativos) usando los iconos correspondientes situados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Alguno ajustes adicionales de tipo de letra se pueden cambiar el la pestaña Tipo de letra de la ventana de las propiedades del párrafo. Para acceder, haga clic derecho en el texto en el cuadro de texto y seleccione la opción Ajustes Avanzados del Texto. Alinear el texto de forma horizontal dentro del cuadrado del texto usando los iconos correspondientes que se sitúan en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Alinear el texto de forma vertical dentro del cuadrado del texto usando los iconos correspondientes que se sitúan en la pestaña de Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior. También puede hacer clic derecho en el texto, seleccionar la opción Alineamiento vertical y luego elegir una de las opciones disponibles: Alinear en la parte superior, Alinear al centro, o Alinear en la parte inferior. Rote su texto en el cuadro de texto. Para hacer esto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Girar texto hacia abajo (establece una dirección vertical, de arriba hacia abajo) o Girar texto hacia arriba (establece una dirección vertical, de abajo hacia arriba). Cree una lista con puntos o números. Para hacer esto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción Puntos y Números del menú contextual y luego elija una de los caracteres de puntos disponibles o estilo de numeración. Insertar un hiperenlace. Ajuste el alineado y espaciado del párrafo para el texto de varias líneas dentro del cuadro de texto usando la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la barra lateral derecha que se abre si hace clic en el icono Ajustes de texto . Aquí usted puede establecer la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo y también márgenes entre el párrafo actual y el precedente o el párrafo posterior. Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. Puede seleccionar entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Puede especificar el valor deseado en el campo de la derecha. Espaciado de Párrafo - ajusta la cantidad de espacio entre párrafos. Antes - establece la cantidad de espacio antes del párrafo. Después - establece la cantidad de espacio después del párrafo. Cambie los ajustes avanzados del párrafo (puede ajustar las sangrías del párrafo y paradas de fabulación para el texto de varias líneas dentro del cuadro de texto y aplicar varios ajustes de formato del tipo de letra). Coloque el cursor en el párrafo necesario - se activará la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la barra derecha lateral. Pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados. Se abrirá la ventana de propiedades: La pestaña Sangrías y disposición permite cambiar el offset del margen interno izquierdo de un bloque de texto y también el offset del párrafo de los márgenes internos izquierdo y derecho de un cuadro de texto. La pestaña Letra contiene los parámetros siguientes: Tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con una línea que va por el centro de las letras. Doble tachado se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras. Sobreíndice se usa para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte superior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en fracciones. Subíndice se usa para hacer el texto más pequeño y colocarlo en la parte inferior de la línea de texto, por ejemplo, como en las fórmulas químicas. Mayúsculas pequeñas - se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas. Mayúsculas - se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas. Espaciado entre caracteres - se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres. Incremente el valor predeterminado para aplicar el espaciado Expandido o disminuya el valor predeterminado para aplicar el espaciado Comprimido. Use los botones de flecha o introduzca el valor deseado en la casilla.Todos los cambios se mostrarán en el campo de vista previa a continuación. La pestaña Tab permite cambiar tabulaciones, a saber, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado. Posición del tabulador - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este cuadro de texto, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo. El Tabulador Predeterminado se ha fijado a 1.25 cm. Puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el cuadro. Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición del tabulador en la lista de arriba. Seleccione la posición de tab necesaria en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar. Izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueve a la derecha del tabulador cuando usted escribe. Al centro - centra el texto en la posición de tabulador. Derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueve a la izquierda del tabulador cuando usted escribe. Para borrar los tabuladores de la lista, seleccione el tabulador y pulse el botón Eliminar o Eliminar todo. Editar un estilo de Texto de Arte Seleccione un objeto de texto y haga clic en el icono Ajustes de Arte de Texto en la barra lateral. Cambie el estilo de texto aplicado seleccionando una nueva Plantilla de la galería. También puede cambiar los estilos básicos adicionales seleccionando un tipo de letra o tamaño diferente. Cambie el relleno y trazo de la letra. Las opciones disponibles son las mismas que para las autoformas. Aplique un efecto de texto seleccionando el texto necesario para el tipo de transformación de la galería de Transformar. Puede ajustar el grado de la distorsión del texto si arrastra la manivela con forma de diamante rosa." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManageSheets.htm", @@ -2358,7 +2413,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "title": "Maneje objetos", - "body": "Usted puede cambiar el tamaño, desplazar, girar y organizar autoformas, imágenes y gráficos insertados en su hoja de cálculo. Cambiar el tamaño de objetos Para cambiar el tamaño de autoforma/imagen/gráfico, arrastre los pequeños cuadrados situados en los bordes de la imagen/autoforma. Para mantener las proporciones originales del objeto seleccionado mientras cambia de tamaño, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de las esquinas. Nota: para cambiar el tamaño del gráfico o imagen insertado usted también puede usar la derecha barra lateral que se activará cuando seleccione el objeto necesario. Para abrirla, pulse el icono Ajustes de gráfico o Ajustes de imagen a la derecha. Mueve objetos Para cambiar la posición de autoforma/imagen/gráfico, utilice el icono que aparece si mantiene cursor de su ratón sobre el objeto. Arrastre el objeto a la posición necesaria sin soltar el botón de ratón. Para desplazar el objeto en incrementos de un píxel, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar los objetos horizontalmente o verticalmente, y para que no se muevan en una dirección perpendicular, mantenga la tecla Shift apretada al arrastrar el objeto. Gire objetos Para girar la autoforma/imagen, mantenga el cursor del ratón sobre el controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las agujas del reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota. Cambie forma de autoformas Al modificar unas formas, por ejemplo flechas o llamadas, puede notar el icono rombo amarillo . Le permite ajustar unos aspectos de forma, por ejemplo, la longitud de la punta de flecha. Alinear objetos Para alinear los objetos seleccionados en relación a sí mismos, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona los objetos con el ratón, luego haga clic en el icono Alinear en la pestaña Diseño en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de alineación requerida de la lista: Alinear a la Izquierda - para alinear los objetos del lado izquierdo en relación a sí mismos, Alinear al Centro - para alinear los objetos por su centro en relación a sí mismos, Alinear a la Derecha - para alinear los objetos del lado derecho en relación a sí mismos, Alinear Arriba - para alinear los objetos por el lado superior en relación a sí mismos, Alinear al Medio - para alinear los objetos por el medio en relación a sí mismos, Alinear al Fondo - para alinear los objetos por el lado inferior en relación a sí mismos. Agrupe varios objetos Para manejar varios objetos a la vez, usted puede agruparlos. Mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona los objetos con el ratón, luego haga clic en la flecha junto al icono Agrupar en la pestaña Diseño en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista: Agrupar - para unir varios objetos al grupo para que sea posible girarlos, desplazarlos, cambiar el tamaño y formato, alinearlos, arreglarlos, copiarlos y pegarlos como si fuera un solo objeto. Desagrupar - para desagrupar el grupo de los objetos previamente seleccionados. También puede hacer clic derecho en los objetos seleccionados y escoger la opción Agrupar o Desagrupar del menú contextual. Organizar varios objetos Para organizar objetos (por ejemplo cambiar su orden cuando unos objetos sobreponen uno al otro), pulse los iconos Adelantar y Enviar atrás en la barra de herramientas superior de Diseño y seleccione el tipo de disposición necesaria en la lista: Para mover el (los) objeto(s) seleccionado(s) hacia delante, haga clic en el icono Mover hacia delante en la barra de herramientas superior de Formato y seleccione el tipo de organización necesaria de la lista: Traer al frente - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) delante de los otros, Traer adelante - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia delante de otros objetos. Para mover el (los) objeto(s) seleccionado(s) hacia detrás, haga clic en la flecha de al lado del icono Mover hacia detrás en la pestaña Formato en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de organización necesaria en la lista: Enviar al fondo - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) detrás de los otros, Enviar atrás - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia atrás de otros objetos." + "body": "Usted puede cambiar el tamaño, desplazar, girar y organizar autoformas, imágenes y gráficos insertados en su hoja de cálculo. Nota: la lista de atajos de teclado que puede ser usada al trabajar con objetos está disponible aquí. Cambiar el tamaño de objetos Para cambiar el tamaño de autoforma/imagen/gráfico, arrastre los pequeños cuadrados situados en los bordes de la imagen/autoforma. Para mantener las proporciones originales del objeto seleccionado mientras cambia de tamaño, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de las esquinas. Nota: para cambiar el tamaño del gráfico o imagen insertado usted también puede usar la derecha barra lateral que se activará cuando seleccione el objeto necesario. Para abrirla, pulse el icono Ajustes de gráfico o Ajustes de imagen a la derecha. Mueve objetos Para cambiar la posición de autoforma/imagen/gráfico, utilice el icono que aparece si mantiene cursor de su ratón sobre el objeto. Arrastre el objeto a la posición necesaria sin soltar el botón de ratón. Para desplazar el objeto en incrementos de un píxel, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar los objetos horizontalmente o verticalmente, y para que no se muevan en una dirección perpendicular, mantenga la tecla Shift apretada al arrastrar el objeto. Gire objetos Para girar de forma manual la autoforma/imagen, pase el cursor del ratón por encima del controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las agujas del reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota. Para girar una forma o una imagen 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj o en sentido horario, o para voltear el objeto horizontal o verticalmente, puede utilizar la sección Rotación de la barra lateral derecha que se activará una vez que haya seleccionado el objeto en cuestión. Para abrirla, haga clic en el icono Ajustes de forma o en el icono Ajustes de imagen de la derecha. Haga clic en uno de los botones: para girar el objeto 90 grados en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj para girar el objeto 90 grados en el sentido de las agujas del reloj para voltear el objeto horizontalmente (de izquierda a derecha) para voltear el objeto verticalmente (al revés) También es posible hacer clic con el botón derecho del ratón en la imagen o la forma, elegir la opción Girar en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de rotación disponibles. Para girar una forma o una imagen con un ángulo exactamente especificado, haga clic el enlace de Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral derecha y utilice la pestaña Rotación de la ventana Ajustes avanzados. Especifique el valor deseado en grados en el campo Ángulo y haga clic en OK. Cambie forma de autoformas Al modificar unas formas, por ejemplo flechas o llamadas, puede notar el icono rombo amarillo . Le permite ajustar unos aspectos de forma, por ejemplo, la longitud de la punta de flecha. Alinear objetos Para alinear dos o más objetos seleccionados entre sí, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona los objetos con el ratón y, a continuación, haga clic en el icono Alinear en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de alineación que desee en la lista: Alinear a la izquierda - para alinear objetos entre sí por el borde izquierdo del objeto situado más a la izquierda, Alinear al centro - para alinear objetos entre sí por sus centros, Alinear a la derecha - para alinear objetos entre sí por el borde derecho del objeto situado más a la derecha, Alinear arriba - para alinear objetos entre sí por el borde superior del objeto situado más arriba, Alinear al medio - para alinear objetos entre sí por el medio, Alinear abajo - para alinear objetos entre sí por el borde inferior del objeto situado más abajo. Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción Alinear en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de alineación disponibles. Nota: las opciones de alineación están deshabilitadas si selecciona menos de dos objetos. Distribuir objetos Para distribuir tres o más seleccionados de forma horizontal o vertical entre dos objetos seleccionados situados en el extremo exterior, de modo que aparezca la misma distancia entre ellos, haga clic en el icono Alinear en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de distribución deseado de la lista: Distribuir horizontalmente - para distribuir los objetos uniformemente entre los objetos seleccionados situados en el extremo izquierdo y en el extremo derecho. Distribuir verticalmente - para distribuir los objetos uniformemente entre los objetos seleccionados situados en el extremo superior y en el inferior. Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción Alinear en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de distribución disponibles. Nota: las opciones de distribución no están disponibles si selecciona menos de tres objetos. Agrupe varios objetos Para manejar varios objetos a la vez, usted puede agruparlos. Mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl mientras selecciona los objetos con el ratón, luego haga clic en la flecha junto al icono Agrupar en la pestaña Diseño en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista: Agrupar - para unir varios objetos al grupo para que sea posible girarlos, desplazarlos, cambiar el tamaño y formato, alinearlos, arreglarlos, copiarlos y pegarlos como si fuera un solo objeto. Desagrupar - para desagrupar el grupo de los objetos previamente seleccionados. De forma alternativa, puede hacer clic derecho en los objetos seleccionados, elegir la opción de Organizar del menú contextual y luego usar la opción de Agrupar o des-agrupar. Nota: la opción Grupo no está disponible si selecciona menos de dos objetos. La opción Desagrupar solo está disponible cuando se selecciona un grupo de objetos previamente unidos. Organizar varios objetos Para organizar objetos (por ejemplo cambiar su orden cuando unos objetos sobreponen uno al otro), pulse los iconos Adelantar y Enviar atrás en la barra de herramientas superior de Diseño y seleccione el tipo de disposición necesaria en la lista: Para mover el (los) objeto(s) seleccionado(s) hacia delante, haga clic en el icono Mover hacia delante en la barra de herramientas superior de Formato y seleccione el tipo de organización necesaria de la lista: Traer al frente - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) delante de los otros, Traer adelante - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia delante de otros objetos. Para mover el (los) objeto(s) seleccionado(s) hacia detrás, haga clic en la flecha de al lado del icono Mover hacia detrás en la pestaña Formato en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione el tipo de organización necesaria en la lista: Enviar al fondo - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) detrás de los otros, Enviar atrás - para desplazar el objeto (o varios objetos) en un punto hacia atrás de otros objetos. Como alternativa, puede hacer clic con el botón derecho en los objetos seleccionados, seleccionar la opción Organizar en el menú contextual y utilizar una de las opciones de organización disponibles." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/MergeCells.htm", @@ -2368,17 +2423,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "title": "Cree una hoja de cálculo nueva o abra una que ya existe", - "body": "Cuando el editor de hojas de cálculo se abre para crear una hoja de cálculo nueva: haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Crear nuevo. Cuando termine de trabajar con una hoja de cálculo, usted puede inmediatamente pasar a una hoja de cálculo recién editada, o volver a una lista de las existentes. Para abrir la hoja de cálculo recién editada en el editor de hojas de cálculo, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Abrir reciente, elija una hoja de cálculo necesaria de la lista de hojas de cálculo recién editadas. Para volver a la lista de documentos existentes, haga clic en el icono Ir a documentos a la derecha del encabezado del editor. De forma alternativa, puede cambiar a la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionar la opción Ir a Documentos." + "body": "Para crear una nueva hoja de cálculo En el editor en línea haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Crear nuevo. En el editor de escritorio en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción del menú Hoja de cálculo en la sección Crear nueva de la barra lateral izquierda: se abrirá un nuevo archivo en una nueva pestaña, cuando se hayan realizado todos los cambios deseados, haga clic en el icono Guardar de la esquina superior izquierda o cambie a la pestaña Archivoy seleccione la opción Guardar como del menú. en la ventana de gestión de archivos, seleccione la ubicación del archivo, especifique su nombre, elija el formato en el que desea guardar la hoja de cálculo (XLSX, plantilla de hoja de cálculo (XLTX), ODS, OTS, CSV, PDF o PDFA) y haga clic en el botón Guardar. Para abrir un documento existente En el editor de escritorio en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción Abrir archivo local en la barra lateral izquierda, seleccione la hoja de cálculo deseada en la ventana de gestión de archivos y haga clic en el botón Abrir. También puede hacer clic con el botón derecho sobre la hoja de cálculo deseada en la ventana de gestión de archivos, seleccionar la opción Abrir con y elegir la aplicación correspondiente en el menú. Si los archivos de documentos de Office están asociados con la aplicación, también puede abrir hojas de cálculo haciendo doble clic sobre el nombre del archivo en la ventana del explorador de archivos. Todos los directorios a los que ha accedido utilizando el editor de escritorio se mostrarán en la lista de Carpetas recientes para que posteriormente pueda acceder rápidamente a ellos. Haga clic en la carpeta correspondiente para seleccionar uno de los archivos almacenados en ella. Para abrir una hoja de cálculo recientemente editada En el editor en línea haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Abrir reciente, elija la hoja de cálculo deseada de la lista de documentos recientemente editados. En el editor de escritorio en la ventana principal del programa, seleccione la opción Archivos recientes en la barra lateral izquierda, elija la hoja de cálculo deseada de la lista de documentos recientemente editados. Para abrir la carpeta donde se encuentra el archivo en una nueva pestaña del navegador en la versión en línea, en la ventana del explorador de archivos en la versión de escritorio, haga clic en el icono Abrir ubicación de archivo en el lado derecho de la cabecera del editor. Como alternativa, puede cambiar a la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionar la opción Abrir ubicación de archivo." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm", "title": "Editar tablas pivote", - "body": "Puede cambiar la apariencia de las tablas pivote existentes en una hoja de cálculo utilizando las herramientas de edición disponibles en la pestaña Tabla Pivote de la barra de herramientas superior. Seleccione al menos una celda dentro de la tabla pivote con el ratón para activar las herramientas de edición en la barra de herramientas superior. El botón Seleccionar permite seleccionar toda la tabla pivote. Las opciones filas y columnas le permiten a usted enfatizar ciertas filas/columnas aplicando algún formato a ellas, o rellenar las filas/columnas con colores diferentes para distinguirlas claramente. Las siguientes opciones están disponibles: Encabezados de fila - permite resaltar los encabezados de las filas con un formato especial. Encabezados de columna - permite resaltar los encabezados de las columnas con un formato especial. Filas con bandas - activa la alternación del color de fondo para las filas impares y pares. Columnas con bandas - activa la alternación del color de fondo para las columnas pares e impares. La lista de plantilla le permite elegir uno de los estilos de tablas predefinidos. Cada plantilla combina ciertos parámetros de formato: como el color de fondo, estilo de bordes, bandas de fila/columna etc. El conjunto de plantillas varía dependiendo de las opciones marcadas en la secciones filas y columnas. Por ejemplo, si marca las opciones Encabezado de Fila y Filas con bandas la lista de las plantillas mostradas incluirá solo plantillas con loas encabezados de fila resaltados y las columnas con bandas habilitadas." + "body": "Nota: esta opción está solamente disponible en la versión en línea. Puede cambiar la apariencia de las tablas pivote existentes en una hoja de cálculo utilizando las herramientas de edición disponibles en la pestaña Tabla Pivote de la barra de herramientas superior. Seleccione al menos una celda dentro de la tabla pivote con el ratón para activar las herramientas de edición en la barra de herramientas superior. El botón Seleccionar permite seleccionar toda la tabla pivote. Las opciones filas y columnas le permiten a usted enfatizar ciertas filas/columnas aplicando algún formato a ellas, o rellenar las filas/columnas con colores diferentes para distinguirlas claramente. Las siguientes opciones están disponibles: Encabezados de fila - permite resaltar los encabezados de las filas con un formato especial. Encabezados de columna - permite resaltar los encabezados de las columnas con un formato especial. Filas con bandas - activa la alternación del color de fondo para las filas impares y pares. Columnas con bandas - activa la alternación del color de fondo para las columnas pares e impares. La lista de plantilla le permite elegir uno de los estilos de tablas predefinidos. Cada plantilla combina ciertos parámetros de formato: como el color de fondo, estilo de bordes, bandas de fila/columna etc. El conjunto de plantillas varía dependiendo de las opciones marcadas en la secciones filas y columnas. Por ejemplo, si marca las opciones Encabezado de Fila y Filas con bandas la lista de las plantillas mostradas incluirá solo plantillas con loas encabezados de fila resaltados y las columnas con bandas habilitadas." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Guarde/imprima/descargue su hoja de cálculo", - "body": "De manera predeterminada, el editor de hojas de cálculo guarda su archivo cada 2 segundos automáticamente preveniendo la pérdida de datos en caso de un cierre inesperado del programa. Si co-edita el archivo en el modo Rápido, el tiempo requerido para actualizaciones es de 25 cada segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias prsonas a la vez, los cambios se guardan cada 10 minutos. Se puede fácilmente desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados. Para guardar su hoja de cálculo actual manualmente, pulse el icono Guardar en la barra de herramientas superior, o use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+S, o pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Guardar. Para descargar la consiguiente hoja de cálculo al disco duro de su ordenador, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Descargar como, elija uno de los formatos disponibles: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV.Nota: si selecciona el formato CSV, todas las características (formato de letra, fórmulas etc.) excepto el texto plano no se guardarán en el archivo CSV. Si continua el guardado, la ventana Elegir Opciones CSV se abrirá. de manera predeterminada, Unicode (UTF-8) se usa como el tipo de Codificación. El Delimitador por defecto es coma (,), pero también están disponibles las siguientes opciones: punto y coma (;), dos puntos (:), Tabulación, Espacio y Otro (esta opción le permite establecer un carácter delimitador personalizado). Para imprimir la hoja de cálculo actual, pulse el icono Imprimir en la barra de herramientas superior, o use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+P, o pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Imprimir. La ventana de Ajustes de impresión se abrirá, y podrá cambiar los ajustes de impresión de defecto. Haga clic en el botón Mostrar detalles al final de la ventana para mostrar todos los parámetros. Nota: usted también puede cambiar los ajustes de impresión en la página Ajustes avanzados...: pulse la pestaña Archivo de la barra de herramientas superior, y siga Ajustes avanzados... >> Ajustes de Página. Algunos de estos ajustes (Márgenes, Orientación y Tamaño de página) también están disponibles en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior. Aquí usted puede ajustar los parámetros siguientes: Área de impresión - especifique lo que quiere imprimir: toda la Hoja actual, Todas las hojas de su hoja de cálculo o el rango de celdas previamente seleccionado (Selección), Ajustes de la hoja - especifica ajustes de impresión individuales para cada hoja de forma separada, si tiene seleccionada la opción Todas las hojas en la lista desplegable Rano de impresión, Tamaño de página - seleccione uno de los tamaños disponibles en la lista desplegable, Orientación de la página - seleccione la opción Vertical si usted quiere imprimir la página verticalmente, o use la opción Horizontal para imprimirla horizontalmente, Escalada - si no quiere que algunas columnas o filas se impriman en una segunda página, puede minimizar los contenidos de la hoja para que ocupen solo una página si selecciona la opción correspondiente: Ajustar hoja en una página, Ajustar todas las columnas en una página o Ajustar todas las filas en una página. Deje la opción Tamaño actual para imprimir la hoja sin ajustar. Márgenes - especifique la distancia entre datos de la hoja de cálculo y los bordes de la página imprimible cambiando los tamaños predeterminados en los campos Superior, Inferior, Izquierdo y Derecho, Imprimir - especifique elementos de la hoja que quiere imprimir marcando las casillas correspondientes: Imprimir Cuadricula y Imprimir títulos de filas y columnas. Una vez establecidos los parámetros, pulse el botón Guardar e imprimir para aplicar los cambios y cerrar la ventana. Después un archivo PDF será generado en la base de la hoja de cálculo. Puede abrirlo e imprimirlo, o guardarlo en el disco duro de su ordenador o en un medio extraíble para imprimirlo más tarde." + "body": "Guardando Por defecto, el Editor de hojas de cálculo en línea guarda automáticamente el archivo cada 2 segundos cuando trabaja en él, evitando la pérdida de datos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa. Si co-edita el archivo en el modo Rápido, el tiempo requerido para actualizaciones es de 25 cada segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias prsonas a la vez, los cambios se guardan cada 10 minutos. Se puede fácilmente desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados. Para guardar la hoja de cálculo actual de forma manual en el formato y la ubicación actuales, haga clic en el icono Guardar en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor, o bien use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+S, o pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Guardar. Nota: en la versión de escritorio, para evitar la pérdida de datos en caso de cierre inesperado del programa, puede activar la opción Autorecuperación en la página de Ajustes avanzados . En la versión de escritorio, puede guardar la hoja de cálculo con otro nombre, en una nueva ubicación o formato, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Guardar como..., elija uno de los formatos disponibles: XLSX, ODS, CSV, PDF, PDFA. También puede seleccionar la opción Plantilla de hoja de cálculo (XLTX o OTS). Descargando En la versión en línea, puede descargar la hoja de cálculo creada en el disco duro de su ordenador, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Descargar como, elija uno de los formatos disponibles: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS.Nota: si selecciona el formato CSV, todas las características (formato de letra, fórmulas etc.) excepto el texto plano no se guardarán en el archivo CSV. Si continua el guardado, la ventana Elegir Opciones CSV se abrirá. de manera predeterminada, Unicode (UTF-8) se usa como el tipo de Codificación. El Delimitador por defecto es coma (,), pero también están disponibles las siguientes opciones: punto y coma (;), dos puntos (:), Tabulación, Espacio y Otro (esta opción le permite establecer un carácter delimitador personalizado). Guardando una copia En la versión en línea, puede guardar una copia del archivo en su portal, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Guardar copia como..., elija uno de los formatos disponibles: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS, seleccione una ubicación para el archivo en el portal y pulse Guardar. Imprimiendo Para imprimir la hoja de cálculo actual, haga clic en el icono Imprimir en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor, o bien use la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+P, o pulse el icono Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Imprimir. La ventana de Ajustes de impresión se abrirá, y podrá cambiar los ajustes de impresión de defecto. Haga clic en el botón Mostrar detalles al final de la ventana para mostrar todos los parámetros. Nota: usted también puede cambiar los ajustes de impresión en la página Ajustes avanzados...: pulse la pestaña Archivo de la barra de herramientas superior, y siga Ajustes avanzados... >> Ajustes de página. Algunos de estos ajustes (Márgenes, Orientación y Tamaño de página, así como el Área de impresión) también están disponibles en la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior. Aquí usted puede ajustar los parámetros siguientes: Área de impresión - especifique lo que quiere imprimir: toda la Hoja actual, Todas las hojas de su hoja de cálculo o el rango de celdas previamente seleccionado (Selección),Si ha definido previamente un área de impresión constante pero desea imprimir toda la hoja, marque la casilla IIgnorar área de impresión. Ajustes de la hoja - especifica ajustes de impresión individuales para cada hoja de forma separada, si tiene seleccionada la opción Todas las hojas en la lista desplegable Rano de impresión, Tamaño de página - seleccione uno de los tamaños disponibles en la lista desplegable, Orientación de la página - seleccione la opción Vertical si usted quiere imprimir la página verticalmente, o use la opción Horizontal para imprimirla horizontalmente, Escalada - si no quiere que algunas columnas o filas se impriman en una segunda página, puede minimizar los contenidos de la hoja para que ocupen solo una página si selecciona la opción correspondiente: Ajustar hoja en una página, Ajustar todas las columnas en una página o Ajustar todas las filas en una página. Deje la opción Tamaño actual para imprimir la hoja sin ajustar. Márgenes - especifique la distancia entre datos de la hoja de cálculo y los bordes de la página imprimible cambiando los tamaños predeterminados en los campos Superior, Inferior, Izquierdo y Derecho, Imprimir - especifique elementos de la hoja que quiere imprimir marcando las casillas correspondientes: Imprimir Cuadricula y Imprimir títulos de filas y columnas. En la versión de escritorio, el archivo se imprimirá directamente. En la versión en línea, se generará un archivo PDF a partir del documento. Puede abrirlo e imprimirlo, o guardarlo en el disco duro de su ordenador o en un medio extraíble para imprimirlo más tarde. Algunos navegadores (como Chrome y Opera) permiten la impresión directa. Configurar un área de impresión Si desea imprimir únicamente el rango de celdas seleccionado en lugar de una hoja de trabajo completa, puede utilizar la opción Selección de la lista desplegable Imprimir rango. Cuando se guarda el cuaderno de trabajo, este ajuste no se guarda, sino que está destinado a ser utilizado una sola vez. Si un rango de celdas debe imprimirse con frecuencia, puede establecer un área de impresión constante en la hoja de trabajo. Cuando se guarda el cuaderno de trabajo, también se guarda el área de impresión, que se podrá utilizar la próxima vez que abra la hoja de cálculo. También es posible establecer varias áreas de impresión constantes en una hoja, y en este caso cada área se imprimirá en una página separada. Para establecer un área de impresión: seleccione el rango de celdas deseado en la hoja de trabajo. Para seleccionar varios rangos de celdas, mantenga pulsada la tecla Ctrl, cambie a la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en la flecha que aparece al lado del botón Área de impresión y seleccione la opción Establecer área de impresión. El área de impresión creada se guarda al guardar la hoja de trabajo. La próxima vez que abra el archivo, se imprimirá el área de impresión especificada. Nota: al crear un área de impresión, también se crea automáticamente un rango de nombre Área_de_Impresión, que se muestra en el Organizador de nombres. Para resaltar los bordes de todas las áreas de impresión de la hoja de trabajo actual, puede hacer clic en la flecha del cuadro de nombre situado a la izquierda de la barra de fórmulas y seleccionar el nombre Área_de_Impresión de la lista de nombres. Para añadir celdas a un área de impresión: abra la hoja de trabajo correspondiente donde se añadirá el área de impresión, seleccionar el rango de celdas deseado en la hoja de trabajo, cambie a la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en la flecha que aparece al lado del botón Área de impresión y seleccione la opción Añadir al área de impresión. Una nueva área de impresión será añadida. Cada área de impresión se imprimirá en una página diferente. Para eliminar un área de impresión: abra la hoja de trabajo correspondiente donde se añadirá el área de impresión, cambie a la pestaña Diseño de la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en la flecha que aparece al lado del botón Área de impresión y seleccione la opción Eliminar área de impresión. Todas las áreas de impresión existentes en esta hoja serán eliminadas. Después se imprimirá toda la hoja." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SortData.htm", @@ -2388,16 +2443,16 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm", "title": "Deshaga/rehaga sus acciones", - "body": "Para realizar las operaciones deshacer/rehacer, use los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior: Deshacer – use el icono Deshacer para deshacer la última operación que usted ha realizado. Rehacer – use el icono Rehacer para deshacer la última operación que usted ha realizado. Nota: las operaciones deshacer/rehacer pueden ser realizadas usando los atajos de teclado ." + "body": "Para realizar las operaciones de deshacer/rehacer, utilice los iconos correspondientes disponibles en la parte izquierda de la cabecera del editor: Deshacer – use el icono Deshacer para deshacer la última operación que realizó. Rehacer – use el icono Rehacer para rehacer la última operación que realizó. Las operaciones de deshacer/rehacer también se pueden realizar usando los atajos de teclado. Nota: cuando co-edita una hoja de cálculo en modo Rápido la posibilidad de Deshacer/Rehacer la última operación no está disponible." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm", "title": "Usar rangos con nombre", - "body": "Los nombres son notaciones útiles, las cuales se pueden asignar a una celda o rango de celdas y se puede usar para simplificar el trabajo con fórmulas. Al crear una fórmula, puede introducir un nombres como su argumento en vez de usar una referencia para un rango de celda. Por ejemplo, si asigna el nombre de Ingreso_Anual para un rango de celda, será posible introducir =SUMA(Ingreso_Anual) en vez de =SUMA(B1:B12). Con esta forma, las fórmulas son más claras. Esta característica también puede ser útil en el caso de que sean muchas las funciones que se refieren a una celda o el mismo rango de celda. Si la dirección del rango se cambia, puede hacer la corrección una vez que use el Organizador de Nombres en vez de editar todas las fórmulas una a una. Hay dos tipos de nombres que se pueden usar: Nombre definido - un nombre arbitrario que puede especificar para un rango de celda específico. Nombre Defecto - un nombre por defecto que se asigna de manera automática a una tabla nuevamente formateada (Mesa1, Mesa2 etc.). Puede editar dicho nombre más adelante. Los nombres también se pueden clasificar por su Alcance, por ejemplo, el lugar donde el nombre se reconoce. Un nombre se puede alcanzar a todo el libro de trabajo (será reconocido por cualquier hoja de cálculo en este libro de trabajo) o a una hoja de cálculo (será reconocido solo por la hoja de cálculo especificada). Cada nombre debe ser único en un solo alcance, los mismo nombres se pueden usar en alcances distintos. Crear nombres nuevos Para crear un nombre nuevo para una selección: Seleccione una celda o rango de celdas a las que quiera asignar un nombre. Abra una ventana de nuevo nombre de forma adecuada: haga clic derecho en la selección y seleccione la opción de Definir nombre del menú contextual, o haga clic en el icono Rangos nombrados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Nombre Nuevo del menú. La ventana Nombre Nuevo se abrirá: Introduzca el Nombre necesario en el texto en el campo de entrada.Nota: un nombre no puede empezar con un número, o contener espacios o marcas de puntuación. Las barras bajas (_) están permitidas. No importa si es mayúscula o minúscula. Especifique el nombre del Alcance. El alcance del Libro de trabajo se selecciona de manera predeterminada, pero puede especificar una hoja de cálculo específica seleccionándola en la lista. Verifique la dirección del Rango de datos seleccionado. Si es necesario, puede cambiarlo. Haga clic en el botón Datos seleccionados - la ventana Seleccione rango de datos se abrirá. Cambie el enlace del rango de celdas en el campo de entrada o seleccione un nuevo rango en la hoja de cálculo son el ratón y luego haga clic en OK. Haga clic en OK para guardar en nombre nuevo. Para crear de manera rápida un nombre nuevo para el rango de celdas seleccionado, puede introducir el nombre deseado en el cuadro de nombres que se encuentra a la izquierda de la barra de fórmulas y presionar Enter. Un nombre creado de esta forma se alcanza en el Libro de trabajo. Organizador de nombres Todos los nombres existentes se pueden acceder a través del Organizador de nombres. Para abrirlo: haga clic en el icono Rangos nombrados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Organizador de nombres del menú. o haga clic en la flecha en el campo de entrada y seleccione la opción Organizador. La ventana Organizador de Nombres se abrirá: Para su conveniencia, puede filtrar los nombres seleccionando la categoría de nombre que quiere mostrar: Todos, Nombres definidos, Nombres por defecto, Nombres alcanzados a una hoja de cálculo, Nombres alcanzados a un libro de trabajo. Los nombres que pertenecen a la categoría seleccionada se mostrarán en la lista, los otros nombres se ocultarán. Para cambiar el orden clasificación para la lista mostrada puede hacer clic en títulos Rangos nombrados o Alcance en esta ventana. Para editar un nombre, selecciónelo en la lista y haga clic en el botón Editar. La ventana Editar nombre se abrirá: Para un nombre definido, puede cambiar el nombre y el rango de datos al que se refiere. Para un nombre defecto, solo puede cambiar el nombre. Cuando todos los cambios necesarios se han llevado a cabo, haga clic en OK para que se realicen. Para descartar los cambios realizados, haga clic en Cancelar. Si el nombre editado se usa en una fórmula, la fórmula se cambiará en consecuencia. Para eliminar un nombre, selecciónelo en la lista y haga clic en el botón Borrar. Nota: si elimina el nombre que se usa en la fórmula, la fórmula no funcionará (devolverá el error #NAME?). También puede crear un nombre nuevo en la ventana Organizador de nombres si hace clic en el botón Nuevo. Use nombres cuando trabaje con hojas de cálculo Para navegar por los rangos de celdas de forma rápida puede hacer clic en la flecha en el nombre del cuadro y seleccionar el nombre necesario de la lista de nombres - el rango de datos que corresponde con este nombre se seleccionará en la hoja de cálculo. Nota: la lista de nombres muestra los nombres definidos y nombres por defecto alcanzados en la hoja de cálculo actual y en todo el libro de trabajo. Para añadir un nombre como argumento a una fórmula: Ponga el punto de inserción donde quiera introducir el nombre. Haga una de las opciones siguientes: introduzca el nombre del rango nombrado necesario de forma manual usando el teclado. Una vez que escriba las letras iniciales, la lista Auto-completar fórmula se mostrará. Según escribe, los elementos (fórmulas y nombres) que coinciden con los caracteres introducido se mostrarán. Puede seleccionar el nombre necesario de la lista e introducirlo en la fórmula si hace doble clic en este o lo mantiene apretado con la tecla Tab. o haga clic en el icono Rangos nombrados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Pegar nombre del menú, elija el nombre necesario de la ventana Pegar nombre y haga clic en OK: Nota: la ventana Pegar nombres muestra los nombres definidos y nombres por defecto alcanzados en la hoja de cálculo actual y en todo el libro de trabajo." + "body": "Los nombres son notaciones útiles, las cuales se pueden asignar a una celda o rango de celdas y se puede usar para simplificar el trabajo con fórmulas. Al crear una fórmula, puede introducir un nombres como su argumento en vez de usar una referencia para un rango de celda. Por ejemplo, si asigna el nombre de Ingreso_Anual para un rango de celda, será posible introducir =SUMA(Ingreso_Anual) en vez de =SUMA(B1:B12). Con esta forma, las fórmulas son más claras. Esta característica también puede ser útil en el caso de que sean muchas las funciones que se refieren a una celda o el mismo rango de celda. Si la dirección del rango se cambia, puede hacer la corrección una vez que use el Organizador de Nombres en vez de editar todas las fórmulas una a una. Hay dos tipos de nombres que se pueden usar: Nombre definido - un nombre arbitrario que puede especificar para un rango de celda específico. Los nombres definidos también incluyen los nombres creados automáticamente al configurar las áreas de impresión. Nombre Defecto - un nombre por defecto que se asigna de manera automática a una tabla nuevamente formateada (Mesa1, Mesa2 etc.). Puede editar dicho nombre más adelante. Los nombres también se pueden clasificar por su Alcance, por ejemplo, el lugar donde el nombre se reconoce. Un nombre se puede alcanzar a todo el libro de trabajo (será reconocido por cualquier hoja de cálculo en este libro de trabajo) o a una hoja de cálculo (será reconocido solo por la hoja de cálculo especificada). Cada nombre debe ser único en un solo alcance, los mismo nombres se pueden usar en alcances distintos. Crear nombres nuevos Para crear un nombre nuevo para una selección: Seleccione una celda o rango de celdas a las que quiera asignar un nombre. Abra una ventana de nuevo nombre de forma adecuada: haga clic derecho en la selección y seleccione la opción de Definir nombre del menú contextual, o haga clic en el icono Rangos nombrados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Nombre Nuevo del menú. La ventana Nombre Nuevo se abrirá: Introduzca el Nombre necesario en el texto en el campo de entrada.Nota: un nombre no puede empezar con un número, o contener espacios o marcas de puntuación. Las barras bajas (_) están permitidas. No importa si es mayúscula o minúscula. Especifique el nombre del Alcance. El alcance del Libro de trabajo se selecciona de manera predeterminada, pero puede especificar una hoja de cálculo específica seleccionándola en la lista. Verifique la dirección del Rango de datos seleccionado. Si es necesario, puede cambiarlo. Haga clic en el botón Datos seleccionados - la ventana Seleccione rango de datos se abrirá. Cambie el enlace del rango de celdas en el campo de entrada o seleccione un nuevo rango en la hoja de cálculo son el ratón y luego haga clic en OK. Haga clic en OK para guardar en nombre nuevo. Para crear de manera rápida un nombre nuevo para el rango de celdas seleccionado, puede introducir el nombre deseado en el cuadro de nombres que se encuentra a la izquierda de la barra de fórmulas y presionar Enter. Un nombre creado de esta forma se alcanza en el Libro de trabajo. Organizador de nombres Todos los nombres existentes se pueden acceder a través del Organizador de nombres. Para abrirlo: haga clic en el icono Rangos nombrados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Organizador de nombres del menú. o haga clic en la flecha en el campo de entrada y seleccione la opción Organizador de nombres. La ventana Organizador de Nombres se abrirá: Para su conveniencia, puede filtrar los nombres seleccionando la categoría de nombre que quiere mostrar: Todos, Nombres definidos, Nombres por defecto, Nombres alcanzados a una hoja de cálculo, Nombres alcanzados a un libro de trabajo. Los nombres que pertenecen a la categoría seleccionada se mostrarán en la lista, los otros nombres se ocultarán. Para cambiar el orden clasificación para la lista mostrada puede hacer clic en títulos Rangos nombrados o Alcance en esta ventana. Para editar un nombre, selecciónelo en la lista y haga clic en el botón Editar. La ventana Editar nombre se abrirá: Para un nombre definido, puede cambiar el nombre y el rango de datos al que se refiere. Para un nombre defecto, solo puede cambiar el nombre. Cuando todos los cambios necesarios se han llevado a cabo, haga clic en OK para que se realicen. Para descartar los cambios realizados, haga clic en Cancelar. Si el nombre editado se usa en una fórmula, la fórmula se cambiará en consecuencia. Para eliminar un nombre, selecciónelo en la lista y haga clic en el botón Borrar. Nota: si elimina el nombre que se usa en la fórmula, la fórmula no funcionará (devolverá el error #NAME?). También puede crear un nombre nuevo en la ventana Organizador de nombres si hace clic en el botón Nuevo. Use nombres cuando trabaje con hojas de cálculo Para navegar por los rangos de celdas de forma rápida puede hacer clic en la flecha en el nombre del cuadro y seleccionar el nombre necesario de la lista de nombres - el rango de datos que corresponde con este nombre se seleccionará en la hoja de cálculo. Nota: la lista de nombres muestra los nombres definidos y nombres por defecto alcanzados en la hoja de cálculo actual y en todo el libro de trabajo. Para añadir un nombre como argumento a una fórmula: Ponga el punto de inserción donde quiera introducir el nombre. Haga una de las opciones siguientes: introduzca el nombre del rango nombrado necesario de forma manual usando el teclado. Una vez que escriba las letras iniciales, la lista Auto-completar fórmula se mostrará. Según escribe, los elementos (fórmulas y nombres) que coinciden con los caracteres introducido se mostrarán. Puede seleccionar el nombre necesario de la lista e introducirlo en la fórmula si hace doble clic en este o lo mantiene apretado con la tecla Tab. o haga clic en el icono Rangos nombrados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Pegar nombre del menú, elija el nombre necesario de la ventana Pegar nombre y haga clic en OK: Nota: la ventana Pegar nombres muestra los nombres definidos y nombres por defecto alcanzados en la hoja de cálculo actual y en todo el libro de trabajo." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "title": "Vea la información sobre un archivo", - "body": "Para acceder a la información detallada sobre la hoja de cálculo recientemente editada, pulse el icono Archivo en la barra lateral izquierda y seleccione la opción Info sobre archivo.... Información General La información del archivo incluye el título de la hoja de cálculo, autor, lugar y fecha de creación. Nota: Los Editores en Línea le permiten cambiar el título de la hoja de cálculo directamente desde el interfaz del editor. Para realizar esto, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Cambiar de nombre..., luego introduzca el Nombre de archivo correspondiente en una ventana nueva que se abre y haga clic en OK. Información de Permiso Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con los permisos de Solo Lectura. Para descubrir quién tiene derechos de vista o edición en la hoja de cálculo, seleccione la opción Derechos de Acceso... En la barra lateral izquierda. Si usted tiene el acceso completo a la hoja de cálculo, puede cambiar los derechos de acceso actualmente seleccionados pulsando el botón Cambiar derechos de acceso en la sección Personas que tienen derechos. Para cerrar el panel de Archivo y volver a la edición de la hoja de cálculo, seleccione la opción Cerrar Menú." + "body": "Para acceder a la información detallada sobre la hoja de cálculo recientemente editada, pulse el icono Archivo en la barra lateral izquierda y seleccione la opción Info sobre archivo.... Información General La información del archivo incluye el título de la hoja de cálculo y la aplicación con la que se creó la hoja de cálculo. En la versión en línea, también se muestra la siguiente información: autor, ubicación, fecha de creación. Nota: Los Editores en Línea le permiten cambiar el título de la hoja de cálculo directamente desde el interfaz del editor. Para realizar esto, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, y seleccione la opción Renombrar luego introduzca el Nombre de archivo necesario en una nueva ventana que se abre y haga clic en OK. Información de Permiso En la versión en línea, puede ver la información sobre los permisos de los archivos guardados en la nube. Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con los permisos de Solo Lectura. Para descubrir quién tiene derechos de vista o edición en la hoja de cálculo, seleccione la opción Derechos de Acceso... En la barra lateral izquierda. Si usted tiene el acceso completo a la hoja de cálculo, puede cambiar los derechos de acceso actualmente seleccionados pulsando el botón Cambiar derechos de acceso en la sección Personas que tienen derechos. Para cerrar el panel de Archivo y volver a la edición de la hoja de cálculo, seleccione la opción Cerrar Menú." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/js/keyboard-switch.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/js/keyboard-switch.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..267160c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/js/keyboard-switch.js @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +$(function(){ + function shortcutToggler(enabled,disabled,enabled_opt,disabled_opt){ + var selectorTD_en = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + enabled + ')', + selectorTD_dis = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + disabled + ')'; + $(disabled_opt).removeClass('enabled').addClass('disabled'); + $(enabled_opt).removeClass('disabled').addClass('enabled'); + $(selectorTD_dis).hide(); + $(selectorTD_en).show().each(function() { + if($(this).text() == ''){ + $(this).parent('tr').hide(); + } else { + $(this).parent('tr').show(); + } + }); + } + if (navigator.platform.toUpperCase().indexOf('MAC') >= 0) { + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + $('.mac_option').removeClass('right_option').addClass('left_option'); + $('.pc_option').removeClass('left_option').addClass('right_option'); + } else { + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + $('.shortcut_toggle').on('click', function() { + if($(this).hasClass('mac_option')){ + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + } else if ($(this).hasClass('pc_option')){ + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + }); +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 007205ebc..dd04b050b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -30,7 +30,6 @@
                      • ClipArt permet d'ajouter des images de la collection clipart dans votre classeur,
                      • Code en surbrillance permet de surligner la syntaxe du code en sélectionnant la langue, le style, la couleur de fond appropriés,
                      • Éditeur photo permet d'éditer des images : recadrer, redimensionner, appliquer des effets, etc.
                        • -
                      • Table de symboles permet d'insérer des symboles spéciaux dans votre texte,
                      • Dictionnaire des synonymes permet de rechercher les synonymes et les antonymes d'un mot et de le remplacer par le mot sélectionné,
                      • Traducteur permet de traduire le texte sélectionné dans d'autres langues,
                      • YouTube permet d'intégrer des vidéos YouTube dans votre classeur.
                        • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm deleted file mode 100644 index dd60f4c9a..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ - - - - Aligner et organiser des objets dans une diapositive - - - - - - - -
                        -
                        - -
                        -

                        Aligner et organiser des objets dans une diapositive

                        -

                        Les formes automatiques, images, graphiques et blocs de texte ajoutés peuvent être alignés, regroupés, triés, répartis horizontalement et verticalement dans une diapositive. Pour effectuer une de ces actions, premièrement sélectionnez un objet ou plusieurs objets dans la zone de travail. Pour sélectionner plusieurs objets, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur les objets nécessaires. Pour sélectionner un bloc de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur. Après quoi vous pouvez utiliser soit les icônes de la barre d'outils supérieure décrites ci-après soit les options similaires du menu contextuel.

                        - -

                        Aligner des objets

                        -

                        Pour aligner deux ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés,

                        -
                          -
                        1. cliquez sur l'icône Effacer icône Aligner une forme située dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez une des options disponibles :
                            -
                          • Aligner sur la diapositive pour aligner les objets par rapport aux bords de la diapositive,
                            • -
                          • Aligner les objets sélectionnés (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut) pour aligner les objets les uns par rapport aux autres,
                            • -
                          -
                          2. -
                        2. Cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône Aligner la forme icône Aligner une forme et sélectionnez le type d'alignement nécessaire dans la liste :
                            -
                          • Aligner à gauche icône Aligner à gauche - pour aligner les objets horizontalement sur le côté gauche de l'objet le plus à gauche/le bord gauche de la diapositive,
                            • -
                          • Aligner au centre icône Aligner au centre - pour aligner les objets horizontalement au centre/centre de la diapositive,
                            • -
                          • Aligner à droite icône Aligner à droite - pour aligner les objets horizontalement sur le côté droit de l'objet le plus à droite/le bord droit de la diapositive,
                            • -
                          • Aligner en haut icône Aligner en haut - pour aligner les objets verticalement sur le bord supérieur de l'objet le plus haut/le bord supérieur de la diapositive,
                            • -
                          • Aligner au milieu icône Aligner au milieu - pour aligner les objets verticalement par leur milieu/ milieu de la diapositive,
                            • -
                          • Aligner en bas icône Aligner en bas - pour aligner verticalement les objets par le bord inférieur de l'objet le plus bas/bord inférieur de la diapositive.
                            • -
                          -
                          3. -
                        -

                        Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Aligner dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser une des options d’alignement disponibles.

                        -

                        Si vous voulez aligner un seul objet, il peut être aligné par rapport aux bords de la diapositive. L'option Aligner sur la diapositive est sélectionnée par défaut dans ce cas.

                        -

                        Distribuer des objets

                        -

                        Pour distribuer horizontalement ou verticalement trois objets sélectionnés ou plus de façon à ce que la même distance apparaisse entre eux,

                        -
                          -
                        1. cliquez sur l'icône Effacer icône Aligner une forme située dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez une des options disponibles :
                            -
                          • Aligner sur la diapositive pour répartir les objets entre les bords de la diapositive,
                            • -
                          • Aligner les objets sélectionnés (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut) pour distribuer les objets entre les deux objets les plus externes sélectionnés,
                            • -
                          -
                          2. -
                        2. Cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône Aligner la forme icône Aligner une forme et sélectionnez le type de distribution nécessaire dans la liste :
                            -
                          • Distribuer horizontalement icône Distribuer horizontalement - pour répartir uniformément les objets entre les bords gauche et droit des objets sélectionnés et les bords gauche et droit de la diapositive.
                            • -
                          • Distribuer verticalement icône Distribuer verticalement - pour répartir uniformément les objets entre les bords supérieurs et inférieurs des objets sélectionnés et les bords supérieurs et inférieurs de la diapositive..
                            • -
                          -
                          3. -
                        -

                        Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Aligner dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser une des options de distribution disponibles.

                        -

                        Remarque : les options de distribution sont désactivées si vous sélectionnez moins de trois objets.

                        - -

                        Grouper plusieurs objets

                        -

                        Pour grouper deux ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés ou les dissocier, cliquez sur l'icône Organiser une forme icône Organiser une forme dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option nécessaire depuis la liste :

                        -
                          -
                        • Grouper icône Grouper - pour combiner plusieurs objets de sorte que vous puissiez les faire pivoter, déplacer, redimensionner, aligner, organiser, copier, coller, mettre en forme simultanément comme un objet unique.
                          • -
                        • Dissocier icône Dissocier - pour dissocier le groupe sélectionné d'objets préalablement combinés.
                          • -
                        -

                        Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Ordonner dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser l'option Grouper ou Dissocier.

                        -

                        Remarque : l'option Grouper est désactivée si vous sélectionnez moins de deux objets. L'option Dégrouper n'est disponible que lorsqu'un groupe des objets précédemment joints est sélectionné.

                        -

                        Ordonner plusieurs objets

                        -

                        Pour organiser les objets sélectionnés (c'est à dire pour modifier leur ordre lorsque plusieurs objets se chevauchent), cliquez sur l'icône Organiser une forme icône Organiser une forme dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type nécessaire depuis la liste.

                        -
                          -
                        • Mettre au premier plan icône Mettre au premier plan - pour déplacer les objets devant tous les autres objets,
                          • -
                        • Avancer d'un plan icône Avancer d'un plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en avant par rapport à d'autres objets.
                          • -
                        • Mettre en arrière-plan icône Mettre en arrière-plan - pour déplacer les objets derrière tous les autres objets,
                          • -
                        • Reculer d'un plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en arrière par rapport à d'autres objets.
                          • -
                        -

                        Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Ranger dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser une des options de rangement disponibles.

                        -
                        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm deleted file mode 100644 index fd890f821..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ - - - - Appliquer des transitions - - - - - - - -
                        -
                        - -
                        -

                        Appliquer des transitions

                        -

                        Une transition est un effet d'animation qui apparaît entre deux diapositives quand une diapositive avance vers la suivante pendant la démonstration. Vous pouvez appliquer une même transition à toutes les diapositives ou de differentes transitions à chaque diapositive séparée et régler leurs propriétés.

                        -

                        Pour appliquer une transition à une seule diapositive ou plusieurs diapositives sélectionnées :

                        -

                        Paramètres de la diapositive

                        -
                          -
                        1. Sélectionnez une diapositive nécessaire (ou plusieurs diapositives de la liste) à laquelle vous voulez appliquer une transition. L'onglet Paramètres de la diapositive sera activé sur la barre latérale droite. Pour l'ouvrir, cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres de la diapositive Paramètres de la diapositive à droite. Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur une diapositive dans la zone d'édition de diapositives et sélectionner l'option Paramètres de diapositive dans le menu contextuel.
                          2. -
                        2. Sélectionnez une transition de la liste déroulante Effet.

                          Les transitions disponibles sont les suivantes : Fondu, Expulsion, Effacement, Diviser, Découvrir, Couvrir, Horloge, Zoom.

                          -
                          3. -
                        3. Sélectionnez un des types de l'effet disponibles de la liste au-dessous. Ces types servent à définir le mode d'apparition de l'effet. Par exemple, si vous appliquez l'effet Zoom, vous pouvez sélectionner une des options suivantes :
                          4. -
                        4. Zoom avant, Zoom arrière ou Zoom et rotation. Spécifiez la durée de la transition en saisissant ou en sélectionnant une valeur appropriée dans le champ Durée, mesurée en secondes.
                          5. -
                        5. Cliquez sur le bouton Aperçu pour visualiser la diapositive avec la transition apliquée dans la zone d'édition.
                          6. -
                        6. Précisez combien de temps la diapositive doit être affichée avant d'avancer vers une autre :
                            -
                          • Démarrer en cliquant – cochez cette case si vous ne voulez pas limiter le temps de l'affichage de la diapositive sélectionnée. La diapositive n'avance vers une autre qu'après un clic de la souris.
                            • -
                          • Retard – utilisez cette option si vous voulez préciser le temps de l'affichage d'une diapositive avant son avancement vers une autre. Cochez cette case et saisissez la valeur appropriée, mesurée en secondes.

                            Remarque: si vous ne cochez que la case Retard, les diapositives avancent automatiquement avec un intervalle de temps indiqué. Si vous cochez les deux cases Démarrer en cliquant et Retard et précisez la valeur de temps nécessaire, l'avancement des diapositives se fait aussi automatiquement, mais vous aurez la possibilité de cliquer sur la dispositive pour vous avancer vers une autre.

                            -
                            • -
                          -
                          7. -
                        -

                        Pour appliquer une transition à toutes les diapositives de la présentation : procédez de la manière décrite et cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer à toutes les diapositives.

                        -

                        Pour supprimer une transition: sélectionnez une diapositive nécessaire et choisissez l'option Rien de la liste Effet.

                        -

                        Pour supprimer toutes les transitions: sélectionnez une diapositive, choisissez l'option Rien de la liste Effet et cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer à toutes les diapositives.

                        -
                        - - diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm deleted file mode 100644 index da368b318..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ - - - - Copier/effacer la mise en forme - - - - - - - -
                        -
                        - -
                        -

                        Copier/effacer la mise en forme

                        -

                        Pour copier une certaine mise en forme du texte,

                        -
                          -
                        1. sélectionnez le fragment du texte contenant la mise en forme à copier en utilisant la souris ou le clavier,
                          2. -
                        2. cliquez sur l'icône Copier le style Copier le style dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure ( le pointeur de la souris aura la forme suivante Pointeur de la souris lors du collage du style),
                          3. -
                        3. sélectionnez le fragment de texte à mettre en forme.
                          4. -
                        -

                        Pour appliquer la mise en forme copiée aux plusieurs fragments du texte,

                        -
                          -
                        1. sélectionnez le fragment du texte contenant la mise en forme à copier en utilisant la souris ou le clavier,
                          2. -
                        2. double-cliquez sur l'icône Copier le style Copier le style dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure (le pointeur de la souris ressemblera à ceci Pointeur de la souris lors du collage du style et l'icône Copier le style restera sélectionnée : Multiples copies de styles),
                          3. -
                        3. sélectionnez les fragments du texte nécessaires un par un pour appliquer la même mise en forme pour chacun d'eux,
                          4. -
                        4. pour quitter ce mode, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône Copier le style Multiples copies de styles ou appuyez sur la touche Échap du clavier.
                          5. -
                        -

                        Pour effacer la mise en forme appliquée de votre texte,

                        -
                          -
                        1. sélectionnez le fragment de texte dont vous souhaitez supprimer la mise en forme,
                          2. -
                        2. cliquez sur l'icône Effacer le style Effacer le style dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.
                          3. -
                        -
                        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 273617e6a..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ - - - - Copier/coller les données, annuler/rétablir vos actions - - - - - - - -
                        -
                        - -
                        -

                        Copier/coller les données, annuler/rétablir vos actions

                        -

                        Utiliser les opérations de base du presse-papiers

                        -

                        Pour couper, copier et coller les objets sélectionnés (diapositives, passages de texte, formes automatiques) de votre présentation ou annuler/rétablir vos actions, utilisez les icônes correspondantes sur la barre d'outils supérieure :

                        -
                          -
                        • Couper – sélectionnez un objet et utilisez l'option Couper du menu contextuel pour effacer la sélection et l'envoyer dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. Les données coupées peuvent être insérées ensuite à un autre endroit de la même présentation
                          • -
                        • Copier – sélectionnez un objet et utilisez l'option Copier dans le menu contextuel, ou l'icône Copier Icône Copier de la barre d'outils supérieure pour copier la sélection dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. L'objet copié peut être inséré ensuite à un autre endroit dans la même présentation.
                          • -
                        • Coller – trouvez l'endroit dans votre présentation où vous voulez coller l'objet précédemment copié et utilisez l'option Coller du menu contextuel ou l'icône Coller Icône Coller de la barre d'outils supérieure. L'objet sera inséré à la position actuelle du curseur. L'objet peut être copié depuis la même présentation.
                          • -
                        -

                        Dans la version en ligne, les combinaisons de touches suivantes ne sont utilisées que pour copier ou coller des données de/vers une autre présentation ou un autre programme, dans la version de bureau, les boutons/options de menu et les combinaisons de touches correspondantes peuvent être utilisées pour toute opération copier/coller :

                        -
                          -
                        • Ctrl+C pour copier ;
                          • -
                        • Ctrl+V pour coller ;
                          • -
                        • Ctrl+X pour couper.
                          • -
                        -

                        Utiliser la fonctionnalité Collage spécial

                        -

                        Une fois le texte copié collé, le bouton Collage spécial Collage spécial apparaît à côté du passage de texte inséré. Cliquez sur ce bouton pour sélectionner l'option de collage requise.

                        -

                        Lors du collage de passages de texte, les options suivantes sont disponibles:

                        -
                          -
                        • Utiliser le thème de destination - permet d'appliquer la mise en forme spécifiée par le thème de la présentation en cours. Cette option est utilisée par défaut.
                          • -
                        • Garder la mise en forme de la source - permet de conserver la mise en forme de la source des données copiées.
                          • -
                        • Image - permet de coller le texte en tant qu'image afin qu'il ne puisse pas être modifié.
                          • -
                        • Conserver le texte uniquement - permet de coller le texte sans sa mise en forme d'origine.
                          • -
                        -

                        Options de collage

                        -

                        Lorsque vous collez des objets (formes automatiques, graphiques, tableaux), les options suivantes sont disponibles:

                        -
                          -
                        • Utiliser le thème de destination - permet d'appliquer la mise en forme spécifiée par le thème de la présentation en cours. Cette option est utilisée par défaut.
                          • -
                        • Image - permet de coller l'objet en tant qu'image afin qu'il ne puisse pas être modifié.
                          • -
                        -

                        Utiliser les opérations Annuler/Rétablir

                        -

                        Pour effectuer les opérations annuler/rétablir, utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans la partie gauche de l'en-tête de l'éditeur ou les raccourcis clavier :

                        -
                          -
                        • Annuler – utilisez l'icône Annuler Icône Annuler pour annuler la dernière action effectuée.
                          • -
                        • Rétablir – utilisez l'icône Rétablir Icône Rétablir pour rétablir la dernière action annulée.

                          Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Z pour annuler ou pour rétablir Ctrl+Y.

                          -
                          • -
                        -

                        Remarque : lorsque vous co-éditez une présentation en mode Rapide, la possibilité de Rétablir la dernière opération annulée n'est pas disponible.

                        - -
                        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm deleted file mode 100644 index c459d6a95..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ - - - - Créer des listes - - - - - - - -
                        -
                        - -
                        -

                        Créer des listes

                        -

                        Pour créer une liste dans votre présentation,

                        -
                          -
                        1. placez le curseur dans le bloc de texte à la position où vous voulez commencer la liste (cela peut être une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi),
                          2. -
                        2. passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                          3. -
                        3. sélectionnez le type de liste à créer :
                            -
                          • Liste à puces avec des marqueurs. Pour la créer, utilisez l'icône Puces Icône Liste à puces de la barre d'outils supérieure
                            • -
                          • Liste numérotée avec des chiffres ou des lettres. Pour la créer, utilisez l'icône Numérotation Icône Liste numérotée de la barre d'outils supérieure

                            Remarque : cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône Puces ou Numérotation pour sélectionner le format de puces ou de numérotation souhaité.

                            -
                            • -
                          -
                          4. -
                        4. appuyez sur la touche Entrée à la fin de la ligne pour ajouter un nouvel élément à la liste. Pour terminer la liste, appuyez sur la touche Retour arrière et continuez le travail.
                          5. -
                        -
                        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 5cc60c7d9..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ - - - - Remplir des objets et sélectionner des couleurs - - - - - - - -
                        -
                        - -
                        -

                        Remplir des objets et sélectionner des couleurs

                        -

                        Vous pouvez appliquer de différents remplissages pour l'arrière-plan de diapositives ainsi que pour les formes automatiques.

                        -
                          -
                        1. Sélectionnez un objet.
                            -
                          • Pour modifier le remplissage de l'arrière-plan de la diapositive, sélectionnez les diapositives voulues dans la liste des diapositives. L'onglet Icône Paramètres de la diapositive Paramètres de la diapositive sera activé sur la barre latérale droite.
                            • -
                          • Pour modifier le remplissage de la forme automatique, cliquez sur la forme automatique concernée. L'onglet Icône Paramètres de la forme Paramètres de la forme sera activé sur la barre latérale droite.
                            • -
                          • Pour modifier le remplissage de la police Text Art, cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur l'objet texte concerné. L'onglet Icône Paramètres Text Art Paramètres Text Art sera activé sur la barre latérale droite.
                            • -
                          -
                          2. -
                        2. Définissez le type de remplissage nécessaire.
                          3. -
                        3. Réglez les propriétés du remplissage sélectionné (voir la description détaillée de chaque type de remplissage ci-après)

                          Remarque: Quel que soit le type de remplissage sélectionné, vous pouvez toujours régler le niveau d'Opacité des formes automatiques en faisant glisser le curseur ou en saisissant la valeur de pourcentage à la main. La valeur par défaut est 100%. Elle correspond à l'opacité complète. La valeur 0% correspond à la transparence totale.

                          -
                          4. -
                        -

                        Les types de remplissage disponibles sont les suivants :

                        -
                          -
                        • Couleur - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie à utiliser pour remplir l'espace intérieur de la forme / diapositive sélectionnée.

                          Couleur

                          -

                          Cliquez sur la case de couleur et sélectionnez la couleur nécessaire à partir de l'ensemble de couleurs disponibles ou spécifiez n'importe quelle couleur que vous aimez :

                          -

                          Palettes

                          -
                            -
                          • Couleurs de thème - les couleurs qui correspondent à la palette de couleurs sélectionnée de la présentation. Une fois que vous avez appliqué un thème ou un jeu de couleurs différent, le jeu de Couleurs du thème change.
                            • -
                          • Couleurs standard - le jeu de couleurs par défaut.
                            • -
                          • Couleur personnalisée - choisissez cette option si il n'y a pas de couleur nécessaire dans les palettes disponibles. Sélectionnez la gamme de couleurs nécessaire en déplaçant le curseur vertical et définissez la couleur spécifique en faisant glisser le sélecteur de couleur dans le grand champ de couleur carré. Une fois que vous sélectionnez une couleur avec le sélecteur de couleur, les valeurs de couleur appropriées RGB et sRGB seront affichées dans les champs à droite. Vous pouvez également spécifier une couleur sur la base du modèle de couleur RGB (RVB) en entrant les valeurs numériques nécessaires dans les champs R, G, B (rouge, vert, bleu) ou saisir le code hexadécimal dans le champ sRGB marqué par le signe #. La couleur sélectionnée apparaît dans la case de prévisualisation Nouveau. Si l'objet a déjà été rempli d'une couleur personnalisée, cette couleur sera affichée dans la case Actuel afin que vous puissiez comparer les couleurs originales et modifiées. Lorsque la couleur est spécifiée, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter :

                            Palette - Couleur personnalisée

                            -

                            La couleur personnalisée sera appliquée à votre objet et ajoutée dans la palette Couleur personnalisée du menu.

                            -
                            • -
                          -

                          Remarque : vous pouvez utiliser les mêmes types de couleurs lors de la sélection de la couleur du trait de la forme automatique, ou lors du changement de la couleur de police ou de l'arrière-plan de tableau ou la couleur de bordure.

                          -
                          • -
                        -
                        -
                          -
                        • Dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour specifier deux couleurs pour créer une transition douce entre elles et remplir la forme.

                          Dégradé

                          -
                            -
                          • Style - choisissez une des options disponibles : Linéaire (la transition se fait selon un axe horizontal/vertical ou en diagonale, sous l'angle de 45 degrés) ou Radial (la transition se fait autour d'un point, les couleurs se fondent progressivement du centre aux bords en formant un cercle).
                            • -
                          • Direction - choisissez un modèle du menu. Si vous avez sélectionné le style Linéaire, vous pouvez choisir une des directions suivantes : du haut à gauche vers le bas à droite, du haut en bas, du haut à droite vers le bas à gauche, de droite à gauche, du bas à droite vers le haut à gauche, du bas en haut, du bas à gauche vers le haut à droite, de gauche à droite. Si vous avez choisi le style Radial, il n'est disponible qu'un seul modèle.
                            • -
                          • Dégradé - cliquez sur le curseur de dégradé gauche Curseur au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour activer la palette de couleurs qui correspond à la première couleur. Cliquez sur la palette de couleurs à droite pour sélectionner la première couleur. Faites glisser le curseur pour définir le point de dégradé c'est-à-dire le point quand une couleur se fond dans une autre. Utilisez le curseur droit au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour spécifier la deuxième couleur et définir le point de dégradé.
                            • -
                          -
                          • -
                        -
                        -
                          -
                        • Image ou texture - sélectionnez cette option pour utiliser une image ou une texture prédéfinie en tant que l'arrière-plan de la forme / diapositive.

                          Remplissage avec Image ou texture

                          -
                            -
                          • Si vous souhaitez utiliser une image en tant que l'arrière-plan de la forme / diapositive, vous pouvez ajouter une image D'un fichier en la sélectionnant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur ou D'une URL en insérant l'adresse URL appropriée dans la fenêtre ouverte.
                            • -
                          • Si vous souhaitez utiliser une texture en tant que l'arrière-plan de la forme / diapositive, utilisez le menu déroulant D'une texture et sélectionnez le préréglage de la texture nécessaire.

                            Actuellement, les textures suivantes sont disponibles : Toile, Carton, Tissu foncé, Grain, Granit, Papier gris, Tricot, Cuir, Papier brun, Papyrus, Bois.

                            -
                            • -
                          -
                            -
                          • Si l'Image sélectionnée est plus grande ou plus petite que la forme automatique ou diapositive, vous pouvez profiter d'une des options : Étirement ou Mosaïque depuis la liste déroulante.

                            L'option Étirement permet de régler la taille de l'image pour l'adapter à la taille de la diapositive ou de la forme automatique afin qu'elle puisse remplir tout l'espace uniformément.

                            -

                            L'option Mosaïque permet d'afficher seulement une partie de l'image plus grande en gardant ses dimensions d'origine, ou de répéter l'image plus petite en conservant ses dimensions initiales sur la surface de la forme automatique ou de la diapositive afin qu'elle puisse remplir tout l'espace uniformément.

                            -

                            Remarque : tout préréglage Texture sélectionné remplit l'espace de façon uniforme, mais vous pouvez toujours appliquer l'effet Étirement, si nécessaire.

                            -
                            • -
                          -
                          • -
                        -
                        -
                          -
                        • Modèle - sélectionnez cette option pour sélectionner le modèle à deux couleurs composé des éléments répétés.

                          Modèle

                          -
                            -
                          • Modèle - sélectionnez un des modèles prédéfinis du menu.
                            • -
                          • Couleur de premier plan - cliquez sur cette palette de couleurs pour changer la couleur des éléments du modèle.
                            • -
                          • Couleur d'arrière-plan - cliquez sur cette palette de couleurs pour changer de l'arrière-plan du modèle.
                            • -
                          -
                          • -
                        -
                        -
                          -
                        • Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser un remplissage.
                          • -
                        -
                        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 1bd8ed59f..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ - - - - Insérer et modifier des graphiques - - - - - - - -
                        -
                        - -
                        -

                        Insérer et modifier des graphiques

                        -

                        Insérer un graphique

                        -

                        Pour insérer un graphique dans votre présentation,

                        -
                          -
                        1. placez le curseur là où vous souhaitez ajouter un graphique,
                          2. -
                        2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                          3. -
                        3. cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un graphique Insérer un graphique de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                          4. -
                        4. sélectionnez le type de graphique nécessaire parmi ceux qui sont disponibles : Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, Barre, Aire, XY(Nuage), Boursier,

                          Remarque : les graphiques Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, ou Barre sont aussi disponibles au format 3D.

                          -
                          5. -
                        5. après une fenêtre Éditeur de graphique s'ouvre où vous pouvez entrer les données nécessaires dans les cellules en utilisant les commandes suivantes :
                            -
                          • Copier et Coller pour copier et coller les données copiées
                            • -
                          • Annuler et Rétablir pour annuler et rétablir les actions
                            • -
                          • Insérer une fonction pour insérer une fonction
                            • -
                          • Réduire les décimales et Ajouter une décimale pour diminuer et augmenter les décimales
                            • -
                          • Format de numéro pour changer le format de nombre, c'est à dire la façon d'afficher les chiffres dans les cellules
                            • -
                          -

                          Éditeur de graphique

                          -
                          6. -
                        6. modifiez les paramètres du graphique en cliquant sur le bouton Modifier graphique situé dans la fenêtre Éditeur de graphique. La fenêtre Paramètres du graphique s'ouvre.

                          fenêtre Paramètres du graphique

                          -

                          L'onglet Type et données vous permet de sélectionner le type de graphique ainsi que les données que vous souhaitez utiliser pour créer un graphique.

                          -
                            -
                          • sélectionnez le Type de graphique que vous voulez insérer : Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, Barre, Aire, XY(Nuage), Boursier.
                            • -
                          • Vérifiez la Plage de données sélectionnée et modifiez-la, si nécessaire, en cliquant sur le bouton Sélectionner les données et en entrant la plage de données souhaitée dans le format suivant : Sheet1!A1:B4.
                            • -
                          • Choisissez la disposition des données. Vous pouvez sélectionner la Série de données à utiliser sur l'axe X : en lignes ou en colonnes.
                            • -
                          -

                          fenêtre Paramètres du graphique

                          -

                          L'onglet Disposition vous permet de modifier la disposition des éléments de graphique.

                          -
                            -
                          • Spécifiez la position du Titre du graphique sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante:
                              -
                            • Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre du graphique,
                              • -
                            • Superposition pour superposer et centrer le titre sur la zone de tracé,
                              • -
                            • Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre au-dessus de la zone de tracé.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • Spécifiez la position de la Légende sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                              -
                            • Aucun pour ne pas afficher de légende,
                              • -
                            • Bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé,
                              • -
                            • Haut pour afficher la légende et l'aligner en haut de la zone de tracé,
                              • -
                            • Droite pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à droite de la zone de tracé,
                              • -
                            • Gauche pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                              • -
                            • Superposer à gauche pour superposer et centrer la légende à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                              • -
                            • Superposer à droite pour superposer et centrer la légende à droite de la zone de tracé.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • Spécifiez les paramètres des Étiquettes de données (c'est-à-dire les étiquettes de texte représentant les valeurs exactes des points de données) :
                              -
                            • spécifiez la position des Étiquettes de données par rapport aux points de données en sélectionnant l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de graphique sélectionné.
                                -
                              • Pour les graphiques en Colonnes/Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Intérieur bas,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut.
                                • -
                              • Pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage)/Boursier, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Gauche, Droite, Haut, Bas.
                                • -
                              • Pour les graphiques Secteur, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Ajusté à la largeur,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut.
                                • -
                              • Pour les graphiques en Aire ainsi que pour les graphiques 3D en Colonnes, en Lignes et en Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre.
                                • -
                              -
                              • -
                            • sélectionnez les données que vous souhaitez inclure dans vos étiquettes en cochant les cases correspondantes: Nom de la série, Nom de la catégorie, Valeur,
                              • -
                            • Entrez un caractère (virgule, point-virgule, etc.) que vous souhaitez utiliser pour séparer plusieurs étiquettes dans le champ de saisie Séparateur d'étiquettes de données.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • Lignes - permet de choisir un style de ligne pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage). Vous pouvez choisir parmi les options suivantes : Droite pour utiliser des lignes droites entre les points de données, Courbe pour utiliser des courbes lisses entre les points de données, ou Aucune pour ne pas afficher les lignes.
                            • -
                          • Marqueurs - est utilisé pour spécifier si les marqueurs doivent être affichés (si la case est cochée) ou non (si la case n'est pas cochée) pour les graphiques Ligne/XY(Nuage).

                            Remarque : les options Lignes et Marqueurs sont disponibles uniquement pour les graphiques en Ligne et XY(Nuage).

                            -
                            • -
                          • La section Paramètres de l'axe permet de spécifier si vous souhaitez afficher l'Axe horizontal/vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option Afficher ou Masquer dans la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez également spécifier les paramètres de Titre d'axe horizontal/vertical :
                              -
                            • Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe horizontal ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                                -
                              • Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe horizontal,
                                • -
                              • Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre en-dessous de l'axe horizontal.
                                • -
                              -
                              • -
                            • Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                                -
                              • Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe vertical,
                                • -
                              • Tourné pour afficher le titre de bas en haut à gauche de l'axe vertical,
                                • -
                              • Horizontal pour afficher le titre horizontalement à gauche de l'axe vertical.
                                • -
                              -
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • La section Quadrillage permet de spécifier les lignes du Quadrillage horizontal/vertical que vous souhaitez afficher en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Majeures, Mineures ou Majeures et mineures. Vous pouvez masquer le quadrillage à l'aide de l'option Aucun.

                            Remarque : les sections Paramètres des axes et Quadrillage seront désactivées pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont ni axes ni lignes de quadrillage.

                            -
                            • -
                          -

                          fenêtre Paramètres du graphique

                          -

                          Remarque : les onglets Axe Horizontal/vertical seront désactivés pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont pas d'axes.

                          -

                          L'onglet Axe vertical vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe vertical, également appelés axe des valeurs ou axe y, qui affiche des valeurs numériques. Notez que l'axe vertical sera l'axe des catégories qui affiche des étiquettes de texte pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe vertical correspondront à celles décrites dans la section suivante. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur.

                          -
                            -
                          • La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants :
                              -
                            • Valeur minimale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus basse affichée au début de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur minimale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite.
                              • -
                            • Valeur maximale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus élevée affichée à la fin de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur maximale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite.
                              • -
                            • Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum sur l'axe vertical.
                              • -
                            • Unités d'affichage - est utilisé pour déterminer la représentation des valeurs numériques le long de l'axe vertical. Cette option peut être utile si vous travaillez avec de grands nombres et souhaitez que les valeurs sur l'axe soient affichées de manière plus compacte et plus lisible (par exemple, vous pouvez représenter 50 000 comme 50 en utilisant les unités d'affichage de Milliers). Sélectionnez les unités souhaitées dans la liste déroulante : Centaines, Milliers, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Milliards, Billions, ou choisissez l'option Aucun pour retourner aux unités par défaut.
                              • -
                            • Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les valeurs dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, la valeur la plus basse est en bas et la valeur la plus haute est en haut de l'axe. Lorsque la case est cochée, les valeurs sont triées de haut en bas.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • La section Options de graduationspermet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle verticale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant des valeurs numériques. Les graduations mineures sont les subdivisions d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Les listes déroulantes Type de majeure/mineure contiennent les options de placement suivantes :
                              -
                            • Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures,
                              • -
                            • Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe,
                              • -
                            • Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe,
                              • -
                            • Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés de graduations majeures qui affichent des valeurs. Pour spécifier la Position du libellé par rapport à l'axe vertical, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                              -
                            • Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations,
                              • -
                            • Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                              • -
                            • Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations à droite de la zone de tracé,
                              • -
                            • À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          -

                          fenêtre Paramètres du graphique

                          -

                          L'onglet Axe horizontal vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe horizontal, également appelés axe des catégories ou axe x, qui affiche des libellés textuels. Notez que l'axe horizontal sera l'axe des valeurs qui affiche des valeurs numériques pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe horizontal correspondent à celles décrites dans la section précédente. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur.

                          -
                            -
                          • La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants :
                              -
                            • Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe horizontal où l'axe vertical doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum(qui correspond à la première/dernière catégorie) sur l'axe horizontal.
                              • -
                            • Position de l'axe - permet de spécifier où les étiquettes de texte de l'axe doivent être placées : Sur les graduations ou Entre les graduations.
                              • -
                            • Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les catégories dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, les catégories sont affichées de gauche à droite. Lorsque la case est cochée, les catégories sont triées de droite à gauche.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle horizontale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant les catégories. Les graduations mineures sont les divisions plus petites qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Vous pouvez ajuster les paramètres de graduation suivants :
                              -
                            • Type de majeure/mineure est utilisé pour spécifier les options de placement suivantes : Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe.
                              • -
                            • Intervalle entre les graduations - est utilisé pour spécifier le nombre de catégories à afficher entre deux marques de graduation adjacentes.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          • La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés qui affichent les catégories.
                              -
                            • Position du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier où les libellés doivent être placés par rapport à l'axe horizontal. Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations, Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations au bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations en haut de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe.
                              • -
                            • Distance du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier la distance entre les libellés et l'axe. Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Plus la valeur que vous définissez est élevée, plus la distance entre l'axe et les libellés est grande.
                              • -
                            • Intervalle entre les libellés - est utilisé pour spécifier la fréquence à laquelle les libellés doivent être affichés. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas les libellés sont affichés pour chaque catégorie. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Manuel dans la liste déroulante et spécifier la valeur voulue dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Par exemple, entrez 2 pour afficher les libellés pour une catégorie sur deux.
                              • -
                            -
                            • -
                          -

                          fenêtre Paramètres du graphique

                          -

                          L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique.

                          -
                          7. -
                        7. une fois le graphique ajouté vous pouvez modifier sa taille et sa position.

                          Vous pouvez spécifier la position du graphique sur la diapositive en le faisant glisser verticalement ou horizontalement.

                          -
                          8. -
                        -
                        -

                        Modifier les éléments de graphique

                        -

                        Pour modifier le Titre du graphique, sélectionnez le texte par défaut à l'aide de la souris et saisissez le vôtre à la place.

                        -

                        Pour modifier la mise en forme de la police dans les éléments de texte, tels que le titre du graphique, les titres des axes, les entrées de légende, les étiquettes de données, etc., sélectionnez l'élément de texte nécessaire en cliquant dessus. Utilisez ensuite les icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour modifier le type de police, le style, la taille ou la couleur.

                        -

                        Pour supprimer un élément de graphique, sélectionnez-le avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr.

                        -

                        Vous pouvez également faire pivoter les graphiques 3D à l'aide de la souris. Faites un clic gauche dans la zone de tracé et maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé. Faites glisser le curseur sans relâcher le bouton de la souris pour modifier l'orientation du graphique 3D.

                        -

                        Graphique 3D

                        -
                        -

                        Ajuster les paramètres du graphique

                        Onglet Graphique

                        La taille du graphique, le type et le style ainsi que les données utilisées pour créer le graphique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur le graphique et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres du graphique Paramètres du graphique à droite.

                        -

                        La section Taille vous permet de modifier la largeur et/ou la hauteur du graphique. Si le bouton Proportions constantes Icône Proportions constantes est activé (auquel cas il ressemble à ceci Icône Proportions constantes activée), la largeur et la hauteur seront changées en même temps, le ratio d'aspect du graphique original sera préservé.

                        -

                        La section Modifier le type de graphique vous permet de modifier le type et/ou le style de graphique sélectionné à l'aide du menu déroulant correspondant.

                        -

                        Pour sélectionner le Style de graphique nécessaire, utilisez le deuxième menu déroulant de la section Modifier le type de graphique.

                        -

                        Le bouton Modifier les données vous permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre de l'Éditeur de graphiques et de commencer à éditer les données comme décrit ci-dessus.

                        -

                        Remarque : pour ouvrir rapidement la fenêtre "Éditeur de graphiques", vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur le graphique dans la diapositive.

                        -

                        L'option Afficher les paramètres avancés dans la barre latérale droite permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés dans laquelle vous pouvez définir le texte alternatif:

                        -

                        Fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés

                        -

                        Lorsque le graphique est sélectionné, l'icône Paramètres de forme Paramètres de la forme est également disponible sur la droite, car une forme est utilisée comme arrière-plan pour le graphique. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le Remplissage et le Contour de la forme. Notez que vous ne pouvez pas modifier le type de forme.

                        -
                        -

                        Pour supprimer un graphique inséré, sélectionnez-le avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr.

                        -

                        Pour apprendre à aligner un graphique sur la diapositive ou à organiser plusieurs objets, reportez-vous à la section Aligner et organiser les objets dans une diapositive.

                        -
                        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm deleted file mode 100644 index f42e5eca3..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ - - - - Insérer et mettre en forme des tableaux - - - - - - - -
                        -
                        - -
                        -

                        Insérer et mettre en forme des tableaux

                        -

                        Insérer un tableau

                        -

                        Pour insérer un tableau sur une diapositive,

                        -
                          -
                        1. sélectionnez la diapositive où le tableau sera ajouté,
                          2. -
                        2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                          3. -
                        3. cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un tableau icône Insérer un tableau sur la la barre d'outils supérieure,
                          4. -
                        4. sélectionnez une des options pour créer le tableau :
                            -

                          • soit un tableau avec le nombre prédéfini de cellules (10 par 8 cellules maximum)

                            -

                            Si vous voulez ajouter rapidement un tableau, il vous suffit de sélectionner le nombre de lignes (8 au maximum) et de colonnes (10 au maximum).

                            • -

                          • soit un tableau personnalisé

                            -

                            Si vous avez besoin d'un tableau de plus de 10 par 8 cellules, sélectionnez l'option Insérer un tableau personnalisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre et spécifiez le nombre nécessaire de lignes et de colonnes, ensuite cliquez sur le bouton OK.

                            • -
                          -
                          5. -
                        5. après avoir ajouté le tableau, vous pouvez modifier ses propriétés et sa position.
                          6. -
                        -

                        Vous pouvez spécifier la position du tableau sur la diapositive en le faisant glisser verticalement ou horizontalement.

                        -
                        -

                        Ajuster les paramètres du tableau

                        Onglet Paramètres du tableau

                        Certaines paramètres du tableau ainsi que sa structure peuvent être modifiés à l'aide de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur le tableau et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres du tableau Paramètres du tableau à droite.

                        -

                        Les sections Lignes et Colonnes situées en haut vous permettent de mettre en évidence certaines lignes/colonnes en leur appliquant une mise en forme spécifique ou de mettre en évidence différentes lignes/colonnes avec des couleurs d'arrière-plan différentes pour les distinguer clairement. Les options suivantes sont disponibles :

                        -
                          -
                        • En-tête - accentue la ligne la plus haute du tableau avec un formatage spécial.
                          • -
                        • Total -accentue la ligne la plus basse du tableau avec un formatage spécial.
                          • -
                        • En bandes - permet l'alternance des couleurs d'arrière-plan pour les lignes paires et impaires.
                          • -
                        • Première - accentue la colonne la plus à gauche du tableau avec un formatage spécial.
                          • -
                        • Dernière - accentue la colonne la plus à droite du tableau avec un formatage spécial.
                          • -
                        • En bandes - permet l'alternance des couleurs d'arrière-plan pour les colonnes paires et impaires.
                          • -
                        -

                        La section Sélectionner à partir d'un modèle vous permet de choisir l'un des styles de tableaux prédéfinis. Chaque modèle combine certains paramètres de formatage, tels qu'une couleur d'arrière-plan, un style de bordure, des lignes/colonnes en bandes, etc. Selon les options cochées dans les sections Lignes et/ou Colonnes ci-dessus, l'ensemble de modèles sera affiché différemment. Par exemple, si vous avez coché l'option En-tête dans la section Lignes et l'option Bandes dans la section Colonnes, la liste des modèles affichés inclura uniquement les modèles avec la ligne d'en-tête et les colonnes en bandes activées :

                        -

                        Liste des modèles

                        -

                        La section Style de bordure vous permet de modifier la mise en forme appliquée qui correspond au modèle sélectionné. Vous pouvez sélectionner toute la table ou une certaine plage de cellules dont vous souhaitez modifier la mise en forme et définir tous les paramètres manuellement.

                        -
                          -
                        • Paramètres de Bordure - définissez la largeur de la bordure en utilisant la liste Liste des tailles (ou choisissez l'option Aucune bordure), sélectionnez sa Couleur dans les palettes disponibles et déterminez la façon dont elle sera affichée dans les cellules en cliquant sur les icônes :

                          Icônes Type de bordure

                          -
                          • -
                        • Couleur d'arrière-plan - sélectionnez la couleur de l'arrière-plan dans les cellules sélectionnées.
                          • -
                        -

                        La section Lignes et colonnes Lignes et colonnes vous permet d'effectuer les opérations suivantes :

                        -
                          -
                        • Sélectionner une ligne, une colonne, une cellule (en fonction de la position du curseur) ou la totalité du tableau.
                          • -
                        • Insérer une nouvelle ligne au-dessus ou en dessous de celle sélectionnée ainsi qu'une nouvelle colonne à gauche ou à droite de celle sélectionnée.
                          • -
                        • Supprimer une ligne, une colonne (en fonction de la position du curseur ou de la sélection) ou la totalité du tableau.
                          • -
                        • Fusionner les cellules - pour fusionner les cellules précédemment sélectionnées en une seule.
                          • -
                        • Fractionner la cellule... - scinder une cellule précédemment sélectionnée en un certain nombre de lignes et de colonnes. Cette option ouvre la fenêtre suivante :

                          Fenêtre Scinder les cellules

                          -

                          Entrez le Nombre de colonnes et le Nombre de lignes en lesquelles la cellule sélectionnée doit être divisée et appuyez sur OK.

                          -
                          • -
                        -

                        Remarque : les options de la section Lignes et Colonnes sont également accessibles depuis le menu contextuel.

                        -
                        -

                        Pour modifier les paramètres avancés du tableau, cliquez sur le tableau avec le clic droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre Propriétés du tableau s'ouvre :

                        -

                        Propriétés du tableau

                        -

                        La section Marges de cellule permet d'ajuster l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule :

                        -
                          -
                        • entrez manuellement les valeurs de Marges de cellule, ou
                          • -
                        • Cochez la case Utiliser les marges par défaut pour appliquer les valeurs prédéfinies (si nécessaire, elles peuvent également être ajustées).
                          • -
                        -

                        Propriétés du tableau

                        -

                        L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du tableau.

                        -
                        -

                        Pour mettre en forme le texte entré dans les cellules du tableau, vous pouvez utiliser les icônes dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Le menu contextuel qui s'affiche lorsque vous cliquez sur la table avec le bouton droit de la souris inclut deux options supplémentaires:

                        -
                          -
                        • Alignement vertical des cellules - vous permet de définir le type préféré d'alignement vertical du texte dans les cellules sélectionnées : Aligner en haut, Aligner au centre ou Aligner en bas.
                          • -
                        • Lien hypertexte - vous permet d'insérer un lien hypertexte dans la cellule sélectionnée.
                          • -
                        -
                        - - diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 7e4921dc0..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ - - - - Insérer et mettre en forme votre texte - - - - - - - -
                        -
                        - -
                        -

                        Insérer et mettre en forme votre texte

                        -

                        Insérer votre texte

                        -

                        Vous pouvez ajouter un nouveau texte de trois manières différentes :

                        -
                          -
                        • Ajoutez un passage de texte dans l'espace réservé de texte correspondant inclus dans la présentation de diapositive. Pour ce faire, placez simplement le curseur dans l'espace réservé et tapez votre texte ou collez-le en utilisant la combinaison de touches Ctrl+V à la place du texte par défaut correspondant.
                          • -
                        • Ajoutez un passage de texte n'importe où sur une diapositive. Vous pouvez insérer une zone de texte (un cadre rectangulaire qui permet de saisir du texte) ou un objet Text Art (une zone de texte avec un style de police et une couleur prédéfinis permettant d'appliquer certains effets de texte). Selon le type d'objet textuel voulu, vous pouvez effectuer les opérations suivantes :
                            -
                          • Pour ajouter une zone de texte, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Zone de texte Zone de texte dans l'onglet Accueil ou Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur l'emplacement où vous souhaitez insérer la zone de texte, maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé et faites glisser la bordure pour définir sa taille. Lorsque vous relâchez le bouton de la souris, le point d'insertion apparaîtra dans la zone de texte ajoutée, vous permettant d'entrer votre texte.

                            Remarque: il est également possible d'insérer une zone de texte en cliquant sur l'icône Insérer une forme automatique Forme dans la barre d'outils supérieure et en sélectionnant la forme Insérer une forme automatique textuelle dans le groupe Formes de base.

                            -
                            • -
                          • Pour ajouter un objet Text Art, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Text Art Text Art dans l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur le modèle de style souhaité - l'objet Text Art sera ajouté au centre de la diapositive. Sélectionnez le texte par défaut dans la zone de texte avec la souris et remplacez-le par votre propre texte.
                            • -
                          -
                          • -
                        • Ajouter un passage de texte dans une forme automatique. Sélectionnez une forme et commencez à taper votre texte.
                          • -
                        -

                        Cliquez en dehors de l'objet texte pour appliquer les modifications et revenir à la diapositive.

                        -

                        Le texte dans l'objet textuel fait partie de celui ci (ainsi si vous déplacez ou faites pivoter l'objet textuel, le texte change de position lui aussi).

                        -

                        Comme un objet texte inséré représente un cadre rectangulaire (avec des bordures de zone de texte invisibles par défaut) avec du texte à l'intérieur et que ce cadre est une forme automatique commune, vous pouvez modifier aussi bien les propriétés de forme que de texte.

                        -

                        Pour supprimer l'objet textuel ajouté, cliquez sur la bordure de la zone de texte et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Le texte dans la zone de texte sera également supprimé.

                        -

                        Mettre en forme une zone de texte

                        -

                        Sélectionnez la zone de texte en cliquant sur sa bordure pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque la zone de texte est sélectionnée, ses bordures sont affichées en tant que lignes pleines (non pointillées).

                        -

                        Zone de texte sélectionnée

                        -
                          -
                        • Pour redimensionner, déplacer, faire pivoter la zone de texte, utilisez les poignées spéciales sur les bords de la forme.
                          • -
                        • Pour modifier le remplissage, le contour de la zone de texte, remplacer la boîte rectangulaire par une forme différente, ou accédez aux paramètres avancés de forme, cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres de la forme Paramètres de la forme dans la barre latérale droite et utilisez les options correspondantes.
                          • -
                        • pour aligner une zone de texte sur la diapositive, la faire pivoter ou la retourner, arranger des zones de texte par rapport à d'autres objets, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la bordure de la zone de texte et utilisez les options de menu contextuel.
                          • -
                        • Pour créer des colonnes de texte dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la bordure de la zone de texte, cliquez ensuite sur l'option Paramètres avancés de forme et passez à l'onglet Colonnes de la fenêtre Forme - Paramètres avancés.
                          • -
                        -

                        Mettre en forme le texte dans la zone de texte

                        -

                        Cliquez sur le texte dans la zone de texte pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque le texte est sélectionné, les bordures de la zone de texte sont affichées en lignes pointillées.

                        -

                        Texte sélectionné

                        -

                        Remarque : il est également possible de modifier le formatage du texte lorsque la zone de texte (et non le texte lui-même) est sélectionnée. Dans ce cas, toutes les modifications seront appliquées à tout le texte dans la zone de texte. Certaines options de mise en forme de police (type de police, taille, couleur et styles de décoration) peuvent être appliquées séparément à une partie du texte précédemment sélectionnée.

                        -

                        Aligner votre texte dans la zone de texte

                        -

                        Le texte peut être aligné horizontalement de quatre façons : aligné à gauche, centré, aligné à droite et justifié. Pour le faire :

                        -
                          -
                        1. placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez appliquer l'alignement (une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi ),
                          2. -
                        2. faites dérouler la liste Alignement horizontal icône Alignement horizontal dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                          3. -
                        3. sélectionnez le type d'alignement que vous allez appliquer :
                            -
                          • l'option Aligner le texte à gauche icône Aligner à gauche vous permet d'aligner votre texte sur le côté gauche de la zone de texte (le côté droit reste non aligné).
                            • -
                          • l'option Aligner le texte au centre icône Aligner au centre vous permet d'aligner votre texte au centre de la zone de texte (les côtés droit et gauche ne sont pas alignés).
                            • -
                          • l'option Aligner le texte à droite icône Aligner à droite vous permet d'aligner votre texte sur le côté droit de la zone de texte (le côté gauche reste non aligné).
                            • -
                          • l'option Justifier l'icône Justifié vous permet d'aligner votre texte par les côtés gauche et droit de la zone de texte (l'espacement supplémentaire est ajouté si nécessaire pour garder l'alignement).
                            • -
                          -
                          4. -
                        -

                        Le texte peut être aligné verticalement de trois façons : haut, milieu ou bas. Pour le faire :

                        -
                          -
                        1. placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez appliquer l'alignement (une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi ),
                          2. -
                        2. faites dérouler la liste Alignement vertical icône Alignement vertical dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                          3. -
                        3. sélectionnez le type d'alignement que vous allez appliquer :
                            -
                          • l'option Aligner le texte en haut icône Aligner en haut vous permet d'aligner votre texte sur le haut de la zone de texte.
                            • -
                          • l'option Aligner le texte au milieu icône Aligner au milieu vous permet d'aligner votre texte au centre de la zone de texte.
                            • -
                          • l'option Aligner le texte en bas icône Aligner en bas vous permet d'aligner votre texte au bas de la zone de texte.
                            • -
                          -
                          4. -
                        -
                        -

                        Changer la direction du texte

                        -

                        Pour faire Pivoter le texte dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Direction du texte, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles : Horizontal (sélectionné par défaut), Rotation du texte vers le bas (définit une direction verticale, de haut en bas) ou Rotation du texte vers le haut (définit une direction verticale, de bas en haut).

                        -
                        -

                        Ajuster le type de police, la taille, la couleur et appliquer les styles de décoration

                        -

                        Vous pouvez sélectionner le type, la taille et la couleur de police et appliquer l'un des styles de décoration en utilisant les icônes correspondantes situées dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.

                        -

                        Remarque : si vous voulez appliquer la mise en forme au texte déjà saisi, sélectionnez-le avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier et appliquez la mise en forme.

                        -
        Categoría de función
        Funciones de texto y datos Se usan para mostrar correctamente datos de texto en su hoja de cálculo.CARACTER; LIMPIAR; CODIGO; CONCATENAR; CONCAT; MONEDA; IGUAL; ENCONTRAR; ENCONTRARB; DECIMAL; IZQUIERDA; IZQUIERDAB; LARGO; LARGOB; MINUSC; EXTRAE; EXTRAEB; VALOR.NUMERO; NOMPROPIO; REEMPLAZAR; REEMPLAZARB; REPETIR; DERECHA; DERECHAB; HALLAR; HALLARB; SUSTITUIR; T; TEXTO; UNIRCADENAS; ESPACIOS; UNICHAR; UNICODE; MAYUSC; VALORASC; CARACTER; LIMPIAR; CODIGO; CONCATENAR; CONCAT; MONEDA; IGUAL; ENCONTRAR; ENCONTRARB; DECIMAL; IZQUIERDA; IZQUIERDAB; LARGO; LARGOB; MINUSC; EXTRAE; EXTRAEB; VALOR.NUMERO; NOMPROPIO; REEMPLAZAR; REEMPLAZARB; REPETIR; DERECHA; DERECHAB; HALLAR; HALLARB; SUSTITUIR; T; TEXTO; UNIRCADENAS; ESPACIOS; UNICHAR; UNICODE; MAYUSC; VALOR
        Funciones estadísticas Se usan para analizar los datos: encontrar el valor promedio, los valores más grandes o más pequeños en un rango de celdas.DESVPROM; PROMEDIO; PROMEDIOA; PROMEDIO.SI; PROMEDIO.SI.CONJUNTO; DISTR.BETA; DISTR.BETA.N; INV.BETA.N; DISTR.BINOM; DISTR.BINOM.N; DISTR.BINOM.SERIE; INV.BINOM; DISTR.CHI; PRUEBA.CHI.INV; DISTR.CHICUAD; DISTR.CHICUAD.CD; INV.CHICUAD; INV.CHICUAD.CD; PRUEBA.CHI; PRUEBA.CHICUAD; INTERVALO.CONFIANZA; INTERVALO.CONFIANZA.NORM; INTERVALO.CONFIANZA.T; COEF.DE.CORREL; CONTAR; CONTARA; CONTAR.BLANCO; CONTAR.SI; CONTAR.SI.CONJUNTO; COVAR; COVARIANZA.P; COVARIANZA.M; BINOM.CRIT; DESVIA2; DISTR.EXP.N; DISTR.EXP; DISTR.F.N; DISTR.F; DISTR.F.CD; INV.F; DISTR.F.INV; INV.F.CD; FISHER; PRUEBA.FISHER.INV; PRONOSTICO; PRONOSTICO.ETS; PRONOSTICO.ETS.CONFINT; PRONOSTICO.ETS.ESTACIONALIDAD; PRONOSTICO.ETS.ESTADISTICA; PRONOSTICO.LINEAL; FRECUENCIA; PRUEBA.F; PRUEBA.F.N; GAMMA; DISTR.GAMMA.N; DISTR.GAMMA; INV.GAMMA; DISTR.GAMMA.INV; GAMMA.LN; GAMMA.LN.EXACTO; GAUSS; MEDIA.GEOM; MEDIA.ARMO; DISTR.HIPERGEOM; DISTR.HIPERGEOM.N; INTERSECCION.EJE; CURTOSIS; K.ESIMO.MAYOR; DISTR.LOG.INV; DISTR.LOGNORM; INV.LOGNORM; DISTR.LOG.NORM; MAX; MAXA; MAX.SI.CONJUNTO; MEDIANA; MIN; MINA; MIN.SI.CONJUNTO; MODA; MODA.VARIOS; MODA.UNO; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; DISTR.NORM; DISTR.NORM.N; DISTR.NORM.INV; INV.NORM; DISTR.NORM.ESTAND; DISTR.NORM.ESTAND.N; DISTR.NORM.ESTAND.INV; INV.NORM.ESTAND; PEARSON; PERCENTIL; PERCENTIL.EXC; PERCENTIL.INC; RANGO.PERCENTIL; RANGO.PERCENTIL.EXC; RANGO.PERCENTIL.INC; PERMUTACIONES; PERMUTACIONES.A; FI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROBABILIDAD; CUARTIL; CUARTIL.EXC; CUARTIL.INC; JERARQUIA; JERARQUIA.MEDIA; JERARQUIA.EQV; COEFICIENTE.R2; COEFICIENTE.ASIMETRIA; COEFICIENTE.ASIMETRIA.P; PENDIENTE; K.ESIMO.MENOR; NORMALIZACION; DESVEST; DESVEST.M; DESVESTA; DESVESTP; DESVEST.P; DESVESTPA; ERROR.TIPICO.XY; DISTR.T; DISTR.T.N; DISTR.T.2C; DISTR.T.CD; INV.T; INV.T.2C; DISTR.T.INV; MEDIA.ACOTADA; PRUEBA.T; PRUEBA.T.N; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; DIST.WEIBULL; DISTR.WEIBULL; PRUEBA.Z; PRUEBA.Z.NDESVPROM; PROMEDIO; PROMEDIOA; PROMEDIO.SI; PROMEDIO.SI.CONJUNTO; DISTR.BETA; DISTR.BETA.N; DISTR.BETA.INV.N; DISTR.BETA.INV; DISTR.BINOM; DISTR.BINOM.N; DISTR.BINOM.SERIE; INV.BINOM; DISTR.CHI; PRUEBA.CHI.INV; DISTR.CHICUAD; DISTR.CHICUAD.CD; INV.CHICUAD; INV.CHICUAD.CD; PRUEBA.CHI; PRUEBA.CHICUAD; INTERVALO.CONFIANZA; INTERVALO.CONFIANZA.NORM; INTERVALO.CONFIANZA.T; COEF.DE.CORREL; CONTAR; CONTARA; CONTAR.BLANCO; CONTAR.SI; CONTAR.SI.CONJUNTO; COVAR; COVARIANZA.P; COVARIANZA.M; BINOM.CRIT; DESVIA2; DISTR.EXP.N; DISTR.EXP; DISTR.F.N; DISTR.F; DISTR.F.CD; INV.F; DISTR.F.INV; INV.F.CD; FISHER; PRUEBA.FISHER.INV; PRONOSTICO; PRONOSTICO.ETS; PRONOSTICO.ETS.CONFINT; PRONOSTICO.ETS.ESTACIONALIDAD; PRONOSTICO.ETS.ESTADISTICA; PRONOSTICO.LINEAL; FRECUENCIA; PRUEBA.F; PRUEBA.F.N; GAMMA; DISTR.GAMMA.N; DISTR.GAMMA; INV.GAMMA; DISTR.GAMMA.INV; GAMMALN; GAMMA.LN.EXACTO; GAUSS; MEDIA.GEOM; MEDIA.ARMO; DISTR.HIPERGEOM; DISTR.HIPERGEOM.N; INTERSECCION.EJE; CURTOSIS; K.ESIMO.MAYOR; DISTR.LOG.INV; DISTR.LOGNORM; INV.LOGNORM; DISTR.LOG.NORM; MAX; MAXA; MAX.SI.CONJUNTO; MEDIANA; MIN; MINA; MIN.SI.CONJUNTO; MODA; MODA.VARIOS; MODA.UNO; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; DISTR.NORM; DISTR.NORM.N; DISTR.NORM.INV; NORM.INV; DISTR.NORM.ESTAND; DISTR.NORM.ESTAND.N; DISTR.NORM.ESTAND.INV; INV.NORM.ESTAND; PEARSON; PERCENTIL; PERCENTIL.EXC; PERCENTIL.INC; RANGO.PERCENTIL; RANGO.PERCENTIL.EXC; RANGO.PERCENTIL.INC; PERMUTACIONES; PERMUTACIONES.A; FI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROBABILIDAD; CUARTIL; CUARTIL.EXC; CUARTIL.INC; JERARQUIA; JERARQUIA.MEDIA; JERARQUIA.EQV; COEFICIENTE.R2; COEFICIENTE.ASIMETRIA; COEFICIENTE.ASIMETRIA.P; PENDIENTE; K.ESIMO.MENOR; NORMALIZACION; DESVEST; DESVEST.M; DESVESTA; DESVESTP; DESVEST.P; DESVESTPA; ERROR.TIPICO.XY; DISTR.T; DISTR.T.N; DISTR.T.2C; DISTR.T.CD; INV.T; INV.T.2C; DISTR.T.INV; MEDIA.ACOTADA; PRUEBA.T; PRUEBA.T.N; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; DIST.WEIBULL; DISTR.WEIBULL; PRUEBA.Z; PRUEBA.Z.N
        Funciones de matemática y trigonometría
        Funciones de búsqueda y referencia Se usan para encontrar de forma fácil la información en la lista de datos.DIRECCION; ELEGIR; COLUMNA; COLUMNAS; FORMULATEXTO; BUSCARH; INDICE; INDIRECTO; BUSCAR; COINCIDIR; DESREF; FILA; FILAS; TRANSPONER; BUSCARVDIRECCION; ELEGIR; COLUMNA; COLUMNAS; FORMULATEXTO; BUSCARH; HIPERVINCULO; INDICE; INDIRECTO; BUSCAR; COINCIDIR; DESREF; FILA; FILAS; TRANSPONER; BUSCARV
        Funciones de información
        - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
        Nom de la policeNom de la policeSert à sélectionner l'une des polices disponibles dans la liste. Si une police requise n'est pas disponible dans la liste, vous pouvez la télécharger et l'installer sur votre système d'exploitation, après quoi la police sera disponible pour utilisation dans la version de bureau.
        Taille de la policeTaille de la policeSert à sélectionner la taille de la police parmi les valeurs disponibles dans la liste déroulante (les valeurs par défaut sont : 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 et 96). Il est également possible d'entrer manuellement une valeur personnalisée dans le champ de taille de police, puis d'appuyer sur Entrée.
        Couleur de policeCouleur de policeSert à changer la couleur des lettres /characters dans le texte. Cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône pour sélectionner la couleur.
        GrasGrasSert à mettre la police en gras pour lui donner plus de poids.
        ItaliqueItaliqueSert à mettre la police en italique pour lui donner une certaine inclinaison à droite.
        SoulignéSoulignéSert à souligner le texte avec la ligne qui passe sous les lettres.
        BarréBarréSert à barrer le texte par la ligne passant par les lettres.
        ExposantExposantSert à rendre le texte plus petit et le déplacer vers la partie supérieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les fractions.
        IndiceIndiceSert à rendre le texte plus petit et le déplacer vers la partie inférieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les formules chimiques.
        -

        Définir l'interligne et modifier les retraits de paragraphe

        -

        Vous pouvez définir l'interligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe ainsi que les marges entre le paragraphe courant et le précédent ou le suivant.

        -

        Onglet Paramètres de texte

        -

        Pour le faire,

        -
          -
        1. placez le curseur dans le paragraphe de votre choix ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes avec la souris,
          2. -
        2. utilisez les champs correspondants de l'onglet Icône Paramètres de texte Paramètres de texte dans la barre latérale droite pour obtenir les résultats nécessaires :
            -
          • Interligne - réglez la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe. Vous pouvez choisir parmi trois options : Au moins (sert à régler l'interligne minimale qui est nécessaire pour adapter la plus grande police ou le graphique à la ligne), Multiple (sert à régler l'interligne exprimée en nombre supérieur à 1), Exactement (sert à définir l'interligne fixe). Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite.
            • -
          • Espacement de paragraphe - définissez l'espace entre les paragraphes.
              -
            • Avant - réglez la taille de l'espace avant le paragraphe.
              • -
            • Après - réglez la taille de l'espace après le paragraphe.
              • -
            -
            • -
          -
          3. -
        -

        Pour modifier rapidement l'interligne du paragraphe, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'icône Interligne du paragraphe Interligne de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez la valeur nécessaire dans la liste : 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, ou 3.0 lignes.

        -

        Pour modifier le décalage de paragraphe du côté gauche de la zone de texte, placez le curseur dans le paragraphe de votre choix ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes à l'aide de la souris et utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure : Réduire le retrait Réduire le retrait et Augmenter le retrait Augmenter le retrait.

        -
        -

        Vous pouvez également modifier les paramètres avancés du paragraphe. Placez le curseur dans le paragraphe de votre choix - l'onglet Icône Paramètres de texte Paramètres du texte sera activé dans la barre latérale droite. Appuyez sur le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés. La fenêtre Paramètres du paragraphe s'ouvre :

        Paramètres du paragraphe - onglet Retrait et placement

        L'onglet Retrait et placement permet de modifier le décalage de la première ligne par rapport à la marge interne gauche de la zone de texte, ainsi que le décalage de paragraphe par rapport aux marges internes gauche et droite de la zone de texte.

        -

        Vous pouvez également utilisez la régle horizontale pour changer les retraits.

        Règle - Marqueurs des retraits

        Sélectionnez le(s) paragraphe(s) et faites glisser les marqueurs tout au long de la règle.

        -
          -
        • Le marqueur Retrait de première ligne Retrait de première ligne sert à définir le décalage de la marge interne gauche de la zone de texte pour la première ligne du paragraphe.
          • -
        • Le marqueur Retrait négatif Retrait négatif sert à définir le décalage du côté gauche de la zone de texte pour la deuxième ligne et toutes les lignes suivantes du paragraphe.
          • -
        • Le marqueur Retrait de gauche Retrait de gauche sert à définir le décalage du paragraphe du côté droit de la zone de texte.
          • -
        • Le marqueur Retrait de droite Retrait de droite sert à définir le décalage du paragraphe du côté droit de la zone de texte.
          • -
        -

        Remarque : si vous ne voyez pas les règles, passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Afficher les paramètres Icône Paramètres d'affichage dans le coin supérieur droit et décochez l'option Masquer les règles pour les afficher.

        Paramètres du paragraphe - onglet Police

        L'onglet Police inclut les paramètres suivants :

        -
          -
        • Barré sert à barrer le texte par la ligne passant par les lettres.
          • -
        • Barré double sert à barrer le texte par la ligne double passant par les lettres.
          • -
        • Exposant sert à rendre le texte plus petit et le déplacer vers la partie supérieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les fractions.
          • -
        • Indice sert à rendre le texte plus petit et le déplacer vers la partie inférieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les formules chimiques.
          • -
        • Petites majuscules sert à mettre toutes les lettres en petite majuscule.
          • -
        • Majuscules sert à mettre toutes les lettres en majuscule.
          • -
        • Espacement sert à définir l'espace entre les caractères. Augmentez la valeur par défaut pour appliquer l'espacement Étendu, ou diminuez la valeur par défaut pour appliquer l'espacement Condensé. Utilisez les touches fléchées ou entrez la valeur voulue dans la case.

          Tous les changements seront affichés dans le champ de prévisualisation ci-dessous.

          -
          • -
        Paramètres du paragraphe - onglet Tabulation

        L'onglet Tabulation vous permet de changer des taquets de tabulation c'est-à-dire l'emplacement où le curseur s'arrête quand vous appuyez sur la touche Tab du clavier.

        -
          -
        • Position sert à personnaliser les taquets de tabulation. Saisissez la valeur nécessaire dans ce champ, réglez-la en utilisant les boutons à flèche et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. La position du taquet de tabulation personnalisée sera ajoutée à la liste dans le champ au-dessous.
          • -
        • La tabulation Par défaut est 1.25 cm. Vous pouvez augmenter ou diminuer cette valeur en utilisant les boutons à flèche ou en saisissant la valeur nécessaire dans le champ.
          • -
        • Alignement sert à définir le type d'alignment pour chaque taquet de tabulation de la liste. Sélectionnez le taquet nécessaire dans la liste, choisissez la case d'option À gauche, Au centre ou À droite et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier.
            -
          • De gauche - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté gauche du taquet de tabulation; le texte se déplace à droite du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur Marqueur du taquet de tabulation de gauche.
            • -
          • Du centre - centre le texte à l'emplacement du taquet de tabulation. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur Marqueur du taquet de tabulation du centre.
            • -
          • De droite - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté droit du taquet de tabulation; le texte se déplace à gauche du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur Marqueur du taquet de tabulation de droite.
            • -
          -

          Pour supprimer un taquet de tabulation de la liste sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer ou utilisez le bouton Supprimer tout pour vider la liste.

          -
          • -
        -

        Pour définir les taquets de tabulation vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale :

        -
          -
        1. Cliquez sur le bouton de sélection de tabulation Taquet de tabulation de gauche dans le coin supérieur gauche de la zone de travail pour choisir le type d'arrêt de tabulation requis : Gauche Taquet de tabulation de gauche, Centre Taquet de tabulation du centre ou Droite Taquet de tabulation de droite.
          2. -
        2. Cliquez sur le bord inférieur de la règle là où vous voulez positionner le taquet de tabulation. Faites-le glisser tout au long de la règle pour changer son emplacement. Pour supprimer le taquet de tabulation ajouté faites-le glisser en dehors de la règle.

          Règle horizontale avec les taquets de tabulation ajoutés

          -

          Remarque : si vous ne voyez pas les règles, passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Afficher les paramètres Icône Paramètres d'affichage dans le coin supérieur droit et décochez l'option Masquer les règles pour les afficher.

          -
          3. -
        -

        Modifier un style Text Art

        -

        Sélectionnez un objet texte et cliquez sur l'icône des Paramètres Text Art Icône Paramètres Text Art dans la barre latérale de droite.

        -

        Onglet Paramètres Text Art

        -
          -
        • Modifiez le style de texte appliqué en sélectionnant un nouveau Modèle dans la galerie. Vous pouvez également modifier le style de base en sélectionnant un type de police différent, une autre taille, etc.
          • -
        • Changez le remplissage et le contour de police. Les options disponibles sont les mêmes que pour les formes automatiques.
          • -
        • Appliquez un effet de texte en sélectionnant le type de transformation de texte voulu dans la galerie Transformation. Vous pouvez ajuster le degré de distorsion du texte en faisant glisser la poignée en forme de diamant rose.
          • -
        -

        Transformation de Text Art

        - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 5a0d6c58c..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ - - - - Gérer des diapositives - - - - - - - -
        -
        - -
        -

        Gérer des diapositives

        -

        Par défaut, une présentation nouvellement créée a une diapositive de titre vide. Vous pouvez créer de nouvelles diapositives, copier une diapositive pour pouvoir la coller à un autre endroit de la liste, dupliquer des diapositives, déplacer des diapositives pour modifier leur ordre dans la liste des diapositives, supprimer des diapositives inutiles, marquer certaines diapositives comme masquées.

        -

        Pour créer une nouvelle diapositive Titre et contenu :

        -
          -
        • cliquez sur l'icône icône Ajouter diapositive Ajouter une diapositive dans l'onglet Accueil ou Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, ou
          • -
        • cliquez avec le bouton droit sur une diapositive de la liste et sélectionnez l'option Nouvelle diapositive dans le menu contextuel, ou
          • -
        • appuyez sur la combinaison de touches Ctrl+M.
          • -
        -

        Pour créer une nouvelle diapositive avec une mise en page différente :

        -
          -
        1. cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône icône Ajouter diapositive Ajouter une diapositive dans l'onglet Accueil ou Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
          2. -
        2. sélectionnez une diapositive avec la mise en page nécessaire de la liste.

          Remarque : vous pouvez modifier la mise en page de la diapositive ajoutée à tout moment. Pour en savoir plus consultez le chapitre Définir les paramètres de la diapositive.

          -
          3. -
        -

        Une nouvelle diapositive sera insérée après la dispositive sélectionnée dans la liste des diapositives existantes située à gauche.

        -

        Pour dupliquer une diapositive :

        -
          -
        1. cliquez avec le bouton droit sur une diapositive nécessaire dans la liste des diapositives existantes située à gauche,
          2. -
        2. sélectionnez l'option Dupliquer la diapositive du menu contextuel.
          3. -
        -

        La diapositive dupliquée sera insérée après la dispositive sélectionnée dans la liste des diapositives.

        -

        Pour copier une diapositive :

        -
          -
        1. sélectionnez la diapositive à copier dans la liste des diapositives existantes située à gauche,
          2. -
        2. appuyez sur la combinaison de touches Ctrl+C,
          3. -
        3. sélectionnez la diapositive après laquelle vous voulez insérer la diapositive copiée,
          4. -
        4. appuyez sur la combinaison de touches Ctrl+V.
          5. -
        -

        Pour déplacer une diapositive existante :

        -
          -
        1. cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur la diapositive nécessaire dans la liste des diapositives existantes située à guache,
          2. -
        2. sans relâcher le bouton de la souris, faites-la glisser à l'endroit nécessaire dans la liste (une ligne horizontale indique un nouvel emplacement).
          3. -
        -

        Pour supprimer une diapositive inutile :

        -
          -
        1. cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la diapositive à supprimer dans la liste des diapositives existantes située à guache,
          2. -
        2. sélectionnez l'option Supprimer la diapositive du menu contextuel.
          3. -
        -

        Pour marquer une diapositive comme masquée :

        -
          -
        1. cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la diapositive à masquer dans la liste des diapositives existantes située à gauche,
          2. -
        2. sélectionnez l'option Masquer la diapositive du menu contextuel.
          3. -
        -

        Le numéro qui correspond à la diapositive cachée dans la liste à gauche sera barré. Pour afficher la diapositive cachée comme une diapositive normale dans la liste des diapositives, cliquez à nouveau sur l'option Masquer la diapositive.

        -

        Diapositive masquée

        -

        Remarque : utilisez cette option si vous ne souhaitez pas montrer certaines diapositives à votre audience, mais souhaitez pouvoir y accéder si nécessaire. Lorsque vous lancez le diaporama en mode Présentateur, vous pouvez voir toutes les diapositives existantes dans la liste à gauche, tandis que les numéros de diapositives masquées sont barrés. Si vous souhaitez afficher une diapositive masquée aux autres, il suffit de cliquer dessus dans la liste à gauche - la diapositive s'affichera.

        -

        Pour sélectionner toutes les diapositives existantes à la fois :

        -
          -
        1. cliquez avec le bouton droit sur une diapositive dans la liste des diapositives existantes située à guache,
          2. -
        2. sélectionnez l'option Sélectionner tout du menu contextuel.
          3. -
        -

        Pour sélectionner plusieurs diapositives :

        -
          -
        1. maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée,
          2. -
        2. sélectionnez les diapositives nécessaires dans la liste des diapositives existantes située à guache en la cliquant avec le bouton gauche de la souris.
          3. -
        -

        Remarque : toutes les combinaisons de touches pouvant être utilisées pour gérer les diapositives sont répertoriées sur la page Raccourcis clavier.

        -
        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm deleted file mode 100644 index edb2c6b32..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ - - - - Aperçu de la présentation - - - - - - - -
        -
        - -
        -

        Aperçu de la présentation

        -

        Démarrer l'aperçu

        -

        Pour afficher un aperçu de la présentation en cours de l'édition :

        -
          -
        • cliquez sur l'icône Démarrer le diaporama icône Démarrer l'affichage de l'aperçu dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure ou sur le côté gauche de la barre d'état, ou
          • -
        • sélectionnez une diapositive dans la liste à gauche, cliquez dessus avec le bouton droit de la souris et choisissez l'option Démarrer le diaporama dans le menu contextuel.
          • -
        -

        L'aperçu commencera à partir de la diapositive actuellement sélectionnée.

        -

        Vous pouvez également cliquer sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Démarrer le diaporama icône Démarrer l'affichage de l'aperçu dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionner l'une des options disponibles :

        -
          -
        • Afficher depuis le début - pour commencer l'aperçu à partir de la toute première diapositive,
          • -
        • Afficher à partir de la diapositive actuelle - pour démarrer l'aperçu depuis la diapositive actuellement sélectionnée,
          • -
        • Afficher le mode Présentateur - pour lancer l'aperçu en mode Présentateur, ce qui permet d'afficher la présentation à votre audience sans les notes de diapositives tout en affichant la présentation avec les notes sur un moniteur différent.
          • -
        • Afficher les paramètres - pour ouvrir une fenêtre de paramètres qui permet de définir une seule option : Boucler en continu jusqu'à ce que "Echap" soit pressé. Cochez cette option si nécessaire et cliquez sur OK. Si vous activez cette option, la présentation s'affichera jusqu'à ce que vous appuyiez sur la touche Echap du clavier, c'est-à-dire que lorsque la dernière diapositive de la présentation sera atteinte, vous pourrez revenir à la première diapositive à nouveau. Si vous désactivez cette option Une fois la dernière diapositive de la présentation atteinte, un écran noir apparaît pour vous informer que la présentation est terminée et vous pourrez quitter l'Aperçu.

          Fenêtre Paramètres d'affichage

          -
          • -
        -

        Utiliser le mode Aperçu

        -

        En mode Aperçu, vous pouvez utiliser les contrôles suivants dans le coin inférieur gauche :

        -

        Contrôles du mode Aperçu

        -
          -
        • le bouton Diapositive précédente Icône Diapositive précédente vous permet de revenir à la diapositive précédente.
          • -
        • le bouton Mettre en pause la présentation Icône Mettre en pause la présentation vous permet d'arrêter l'aperçu. Lorsque le bouton est enfoncé, il devient le bouton icône Démarrer la présentation.
          • -
        • le bouton Démarrer la présentation icône Démarrer la présentation vous permet de reprendre l'aperçu. Lorsque le bouton est enfoncé, il devient le bouton Icône Mettre en pause la présentation.
          • -
        • le bouton Diapositive suivante icône Diapositive suivante vous permet d'avancer à la diapositive suivante.
          • -
        • l'Indicateur de numéro de diapositive affiche le numéro de diapositive en cours ainsi que le nombre total de diapositives dans la présentation. Pour aller à une certaine diapositive en mode aperçu, cliquez sur l'Indicateur de numéro de diapositive, entrez le numéro de diapositive nécessaire dans la fenêtre ouverte et appuyez sur Entrée.
          • -
        • le bouton Plein écran Icône Plein écran vous permet de passer en mode plein écran.
          • -
        • le bouton Quitter le plein écran Icône Quitter le plein écran vous permet de quitter le mode plein écran.
          • -
        • le bouton Fermer le diaporama Icône Fermer le diaporama vous permet de quitter le mode aperçu.
          • -
        -

        Vous pouvez également utiliser les raccourcis clavier pour naviguer entre les diapositives en mode Aperçu.

        -

        Utiliser le mode Présentateur

        -

        En mode Présentateur, vous pouvez afficher vos présentations avec des notes de diapositives dans une fenêtre séparée, tout en les affichant sans notes sur un moniteur différent. Les notes de chaque diapositive s'affichent sous la zone d'aperçu de la diapositive.

        -

        Pour naviguer entre les diapositives, vous pouvez utiliser les boutons icône Diapositive suivante et icône Diapositive précédente ou cliquer sur les diapos dans la liste à gauche. Les numéros de diapositives masquées sont barrés dans la liste à gauche. Si vous souhaitez afficher une diapositive masquée aux autres, il suffit de cliquer dessus dans la liste à gauche - la diapositive s'affichera.

        -

        Vous pouvez utiliser les contrôles suivants sous la zone d'aperçu de diapositive :

        -

        Commandes du mode Présentateur

        -
          -
        • le Chronomètre affiche le temps écoulé de la présentation au format hh.mm.ss.
          • -
        • le bouton Mettre en pause la présentation Icône Mettre en pause la présentation vous permet d'arrêter l'aperçu. Lorsque le bouton est enfoncé, il devient le bouton icône Démarrer la présentation.
          • -
        • le bouton Démarrer la présentation icône Démarrer la présentation vous permet de reprendre l'aperçu. Lorsque le bouton est enfoncé, il devient le bouton Icône Mettre en pause la présentation.
          • -
        • le bouton Réinitialiser permet de réinitialiser le temps écoulé de la présentation.
          • -
        • le bouton Diapositive précédente Icône Diapositive précédente vous permet de revenir à la diapositive précédente.
          • -
        • le bouton Diapositive suivante icône Diapositive suivante vous permet d'avancer à la diapositive suivante.
          • -
        • l'Indicateur de numéro de diapositive affiche le numéro de diapositive en cours ainsi que le nombre total de diapositives dans la présentation.
          • -
        • le bouton Pointeur Icône Pointeur vous permet de mettre en évidence quelque chose sur l'écran lors de l'affichage de la présentation. Lorsque cette option est activée, le bouton ressemble à ceci : Icône Pointeur. Pour pointer vers certains objets, placez le pointeur de votre souris sur la zone d'aperçu de la diapositive et déplacez le pointeur sur la diapositive. Le pointeur aura l'apparence suivante : Icône Pointeur. Pour désactiver cette option, cliquez à nouveau sur le bouton Icône Pointeur.
          • -
        • le bouton Fin du diaporama vous permet de quitter le mode Présentateur.
          • -
        -
        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 7b4d4039a..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ - - - - Définir les paramètres de la diapositive - - - - - - - -
        -
        - -
        -

        Définir les paramètres de la diapositive

        -

        Pour personnaliser votre présentation, vous pouvez sélectionner un thème, un jeu de couleurs et la taille de la diapositive pour toute la présentation, changer le remplissage de l'arrière-plan ou la mise en page pour chaque diapositive séparée aussi bien qu'appliquer des transitions entre les diapositives. Il est également possible d'ajouter des notes explicatives à chaque diapositive qui peuvent être utiles lorsque la présentation est en mode Présentateur.

        -
          -
        • Les Thèmes vous permettent de changer rapidement la conception de présentation, notamment l'apparence d'arrière-plan de diapositives, les polices prédéfinies pour les titres et les textes, la palette de couleurs qui est utilisée pour les éléments de présentation. Pour sélectionner un thème pour la présentation, cliquez sur le thème prédéfini voulu dans la galerie de thèmes sur le côté droit de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Le thème choisi sera appliqué à toutes les diapositives à moins que vous n'en ayez choisi quelques-unes pour appliquer le thème.

          Galerie de thèmes

          -

          Pour modifier le thème sélectionné pour une ou plusieurs diapositives, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les diapositives sélectionnées dans la liste de gauche (ou cliquer avec le bouton droit sur une diapositive dans la zone d'édition), sélectionner l'option Changer de thème dans le menu contextuel et choisir le thème voulu.

          -
          • -
        • Les Jeux de couleurs servent à définir des couleurs prédéfinies utilisées pour les éléments de présentation (polices, lignes, remplissages etc.) et vous permettent de maintenir la cohérence des couleurs dans toute la présentation. Pour changer de jeu de couleurs, cliquez sur l'icône Modifier le jeu de couleurs icône Modifier le jeu de couleurs dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le jeu nécessaire de la liste déroulante. Le jeu de couleurs sélectionné sera appliqué à toutes les diapositives.

          Jeu de couleurs

          -
          • -
        • Pour changer la taille de toutes les diapositives de la présentation, cliquez sur l'icône Sélectionner la taille de la diapositive icône Sélectionner la taille de la diapositive sur la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez une option nécessaire depuis la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez sélectionner :
            -
          • l'un des deux paramètres prédéfinis - Standard (4:3) ou Widescreen (16:9),
            • -
          • l'option Paramètres avancés pour ouvrir la fenêtre Paramètres de taille et sélectionnez l'un des préréglages disponibles ou définissez la taille Personnalisée en spécifiant les valeurs de Largeur et Hauteur.

            Paramètres de la taille de diapositive

            -

            Les préréglages disponibles sont les suivants : Standard (4:3), Widescreen (16:9), Widescreen (16:10), Letter Paper (8.5x11 in), Ledger Paper (11x17 in), A3 Paper (297x420 mm), A4 Paper (210x297 mm), B4 (ICO) Paper (250x353 mm), B5 (ICO) Paper (176x250 mm), 35 mm Slides, Overhead, Banner.

            -

            Le menu Orientation de la diapositive permet de changer le type d'orientation actuellement sélectionné. Le type d'orientation par défaut est Paysage qui peut être commuté sur Portrait.

            -
            • -
          -
          • -
        • Pour modifier le remplissage de l'arrière-plan :
            -
          1. sélectionnez les diapositives dons le remplissage vous voulez modifier de la liste des diapositives à gauche. Ou cliquez sur n'importe quel espace vide dans la diapositive en cours de la modification dans la zone de travail pour changer le type de remplissage de cette diapositive séparée.
            2. -
          2. dans l'onglet Paramètres de la diapositive de la barre latérale droite, sélectionnez une des options :
              -
            • Couleur - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie à appliquer aux diapositives sélectionnées.
              • -
            • Dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour specifier deux couleurs pour créer une transition douce entre elles.
              • -
            • Image ou texture - sélectionnez cette option pour utiliser une image ou une texture prédéfinie en tant que l'arrière-plan.
              • -
            • Modèle - sélectionnez cette option pour appliquer un modèle à deux couleurs composé des éléments répétés.
              • -
            • Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser un remplissage.
              • -
            -

            Pour en savoir plus consultez le chapitre Remplir les objets et sélectionner les couleurs.

            -
            3. -
          -
          • -
        • Transitions vous aident à rendre votre présentation plus dinamique et captiver l'attention de votre auditoire. Pour appliquer une transition :
            -
          1. sélectionnez les diapositives auxquelles vous voulez appliquer la transition de la liste de diapositives à gauche,
            2. -
          2. sélectionnez une transition de la liste déroulante Effet de l'onglet Paramètres de la diapositive à droite,

            Remarque : pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de la diapositive, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'icône Paramètres de la diapositive Paramètres de la diapositive à droite ou cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la diapositive dans la zone d'édition de la diapositive et sélectionner l'option Paramètres de la diapositive dans le menu contextuel.

            -
            3. -
          3. réglez les paramètres de la transition : choisissez le type de la transition, la durée et le mode de l'avancement des diapositives,
            4. -
          4. cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer à toutes les diapositives si vous voulez appliquer la même transition à toutes les diapositives de la présentation.

            Pour en savoir plus sur ces options consultez le chapitre Appliquer des transitions.

            -
            5. -
          -
          • -
        • Pour appliquer une mise en page :
            -
          1. sélectionnez les diapositives auxquelles vous voulez appliquer une nouvelle mise en page de la liste de diapositives à gauche,
            2. -
          2. cliquez sur l'icône icône Modifier la disposition de diapositive Changer la disposition de la diapositive dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure,
            3. -
          3. sélectionnez une mise en page nécessaire de la liste déroulante.

            Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la diapositive nécessaire dans la liste située à gauche, sélectionnez l'option Modifier la disposition depuis le menu contextuel et sélectionnez la mise en page nécessaire.

            -

            Remarque : actuellement les mises en page suivantes sont disponibles : Titre, Titre et objet, En-tête de section, Objet et deux objets, Deux textes et deux objets, Titre seulement, Vide, Titre, Objet et Légende, Image et Légende, Texte vertical, Texte vertical et texte.

            -
            4. -
          -
          • -
        • Pour ajouter des notes à une diapositive :
            -
          1. sélectionnez la diapositive à laquelle vous voulez ajouter une note dans la liste de diapositives à gauche,
            2. -
          2. Cliquez sur la légende Cliquez pour ajouter des notes sous la zone d'édition de la diapositive,
            3. -
          3. tapez le texte de votre note.

            Remarque : vous pouvez formater le texte à l'aide des icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.

            -
            4. -
          -

          Lorsque vous démarrez le diaporama en mode Présentateur, vous pouvez voir toutes les notes de la diapositive sous la zone d'aperçu de la diapositive.

          -
          • -
        -
        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm deleted file mode 100644 index aa2ea513b..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ - - - - Afficher les informations sur la présentation - - - - - - - -
        -
        - -
        -

        Afficher les informations sur la présentation

        -

        Pour accéder aux informations détaillées sur la présentation actuellement modifiée, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Infos sur la présentation.

        -

        Informations générales

        -

        L'information sur la présentation comprend le titre de la présentation et l'application avec laquelle la présentation a été créée. Dans la version en ligne, les informations suivantes sont également affichées : auteur, lieu, date de création.

        -
        -

        Remarque : Les éditeurs en ligne vous permettent de modifier le titre de la présentation directement à partir de l'interface de l'éditeur. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Renommer..., puis entrez le Nom de fichier voulu dans la nouvelle fenêtre qui s'ouvre et cliquez sur OK.

        -
        -
        -

        Informations d'autorisation

        -

        Dans la version en ligne, vous pouvez consulter les informations sur les permissions des fichiers stockés dans le cloud.

        -

        Remarque : cette option n'est pas disponible pour les utilisateurs disposant des autorisations en Lecture seule.

        -

        Pour savoir qui a le droit d'afficher ou de modifier la présentation, sélectionnez l'option Droits d'accès... dans la barre latérale de gauche.

        -

        Si vous avez l'accès complet à cette présentation, vous pouvez également changer les droits d'accès actuels en cliquant sur le bouton Changer les droits d'accès dans la section Personnes qui ont des droits.

        -
        -

        Pour fermer l'onglet Fichier et reprendre le travail sur votre présentation, sélectionnez l'option Retour à la présentation.

        -
        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/added_comment_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/added_comment_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 425e00a8b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/added_comment_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 46740f27e..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignshape.png deleted file mode 100644 index f0844b596..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignshape.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrangeshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrangeshape.png deleted file mode 100644 index cb8b897c2..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrangeshape.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/autoshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/autoshape.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8c4895175..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/autoshape.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordersize.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordersize.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1562d5223..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordersize.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordertype.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordertype.png deleted file mode 100644 index 016968c1a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordertype.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changelayout.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changelayout.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8675a2862..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changelayout.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changerowheight.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4a8e4df36..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changerowheight.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index d479753b6..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png deleted file mode 100644 index 11b6023b3..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png deleted file mode 100644 index 337767358..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5a8583407..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings6.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings6.png deleted file mode 100644 index bfd42989a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings6.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charttab.png deleted file mode 100644 index d9d825650..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charttab.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/closepreview.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/closepreview.png deleted file mode 100644 index 831ffae2b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/closepreview.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/colorscheme.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/colorscheme.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9034817be..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/colorscheme.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnwidthmarker.png deleted file mode 100644 index 402fb9d7a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnwidthmarker.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/date_time_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/date_time_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1b5334ff6..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/date_time_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/date_time_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/date_time_settings.png deleted file mode 100644 index 535e7cea7..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/date_time_settings.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/exitfullscreen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/exitfullscreen.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0950bb8f2..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/exitfullscreen.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/firstline_indent.png deleted file mode 100644 index 72d1364e2..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/firstline_indent.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 61d79799b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fullscreen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fullscreen.png deleted file mode 100644 index 60dc5618a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fullscreen.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hanging.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hanging.png deleted file mode 100644 index 09eecbb72..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hanging.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hidden_slide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hidden_slide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7b55b6e5e..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hidden_slide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/horizontalalign.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/horizontalalign.png deleted file mode 100644 index b3665ab84..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/horizontalalign.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png deleted file mode 100644 index de8bca9ad..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0d928b7c0..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 96191c1fa..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/imagesettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/imagesettingstab.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6c3b1e0da..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/imagesettingstab.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/indents_ruler.png deleted file mode 100644 index 30d1675a3..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/indents_ruler.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttable.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttable.png deleted file mode 100644 index dd883315b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttable.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftindent.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftindent.png deleted file mode 100644 index fbb16de5f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftindent.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index adbc19b84..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palettes.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palettes.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0668ab3ca..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palettes.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pausepresentation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pausepresentation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2885f6d0e..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pausepresentation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer.png deleted file mode 100644 index 46e469d16..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_enabled.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_enabled.png deleted file mode 100644 index a04b85ebd..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_enabled.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_screen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_screen.png deleted file mode 100644 index fb95e8a84..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_screen.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/presenter_mode.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/presenter_mode.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3bba077d3..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/presenter_mode.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/preview_mode.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/preview_mode.png deleted file mode 100644 index c76c0e8b8..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/preview_mode.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previousslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previousslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 245e935cb..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previousslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_indent.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_indent.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0f0d9203f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_indent.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowheightmarker.png deleted file mode 100644 index 90a923c02..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowheightmarker.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectedequation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectedequation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 479c50ed2..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectedequation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectslidesizeicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectslidesizeicon.png deleted file mode 100644 index af38231ce..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectslidesizeicon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 60ea82bfc..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties2.png deleted file mode 100644 index efbfcea5f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties3.png deleted file mode 100644 index a11d095d3..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties3.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties4.png deleted file mode 100644 index a7aadd2df..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties4.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties5.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3b97025c5..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties5.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shapesettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shapesettingstab.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5a374832f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shapesettingstab.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/showsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/showsettings.png deleted file mode 100644 index 45dfecff1..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/showsettings.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slide_number_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slide_number_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 81132b63c..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slide_number_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slide_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slide_settings_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index dd6e22065..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slide_settings_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesettingstab.png deleted file mode 100644 index e03145731..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesettingstab.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png deleted file mode 100644 index 70d393828..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_presentation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_presentation.png deleted file mode 100644 index e5e82f3ea..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_presentation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png deleted file mode 100644 index 14be47e2b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png deleted file mode 100644 index dddc2bec6..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/split_cells.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/split_cells.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1c96b430b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/split_cells.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpresentation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpresentation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4a72b75e1..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpresentation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpreview.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpreview.png deleted file mode 100644 index 00a5c4da2..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpreview.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties.png deleted file mode 100644 index ff21d5e72..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 23fa3037a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright.png deleted file mode 100644 index cc8627584..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstops_ruler.png deleted file mode 100644 index ade45c824..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstops_ruler.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_settings_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9a558c1f2..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_settings_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/themes.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/themes.png deleted file mode 100644 index a471abb91..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/themes.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/verticalalign.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/verticalalign.png deleted file mode 100644 index cb0e4f62b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/verticalalign.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/js/keyboard-switch.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/js/keyboard-switch.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..267160c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/js/keyboard-switch.js @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +$(function(){ + function shortcutToggler(enabled,disabled,enabled_opt,disabled_opt){ + var selectorTD_en = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + enabled + ')', + selectorTD_dis = '.keyboard_shortcuts_table tr td:nth-child(' + disabled + ')'; + $(disabled_opt).removeClass('enabled').addClass('disabled'); + $(enabled_opt).removeClass('disabled').addClass('enabled'); + $(selectorTD_dis).hide(); + $(selectorTD_en).show().each(function() { + if($(this).text() == ''){ + $(this).parent('tr').hide(); + } else { + $(this).parent('tr').show(); + } + }); + } + if (navigator.platform.toUpperCase().indexOf('MAC') >= 0) { + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + $('.mac_option').removeClass('right_option').addClass('left_option'); + $('.pc_option').removeClass('left_option').addClass('right_option'); + } else { + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + $('.shortcut_toggle').on('click', function() { + if($(this).hasClass('mac_option')){ + shortcutToggler(3,2,'.mac_option','.pc_option'); + } else if ($(this).hasClass('pc_option')){ + shortcutToggler(2,3,'.pc_option','.mac_option'); + } + }); +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index cb86aa428..a4c2086ec 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -30,9 +30,10 @@
      11. Send allows to send the spreadsheet via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only),
      12. Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color,
      13. PhotoEditor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc.,
        14. -
      14. Symbol Table allows to insert special symbols into your text (available in the desktop version only),
      15. Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one,
        16. -
      16. Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages,
        17. +
      17. Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, +

        Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer.

        +
      18. YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your spreadsheet.

        19. To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub.

        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm index 5d6fa03ba..bb7d65ee7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@

        Inserire simboli e caratteri

        -

        Durante il processo di lavoro potrebbe essere necessario inserire un simbolo che non si trova sulla tastiera. Per inserire tali simboli nel tuo documento, usa l’opzione Inserisci simbolo Inserisci simbolo e segui questi semplici passaggi:

        +

        Durante il processo di lavoro potrebbe essere necessario inserire un simbolo che non si trova sulla tastiera. Per inserire tali simboli nel tuo documento, usa l’opzione Inserisci simbolo Inserisci simbolo e segui questi semplici passaggi:

        • posiziona il cursore nella posizione in cui deve essere inserito un simbolo speciale,
        • passa alla scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti in alto,
        • - fai clic sull’icona Simbolo Simbolo, + fai clic sull’icona Simbolo Simbolo,

          Inserisci simbolo

        • viene visualizzata la scheda di dialogo Simbolo da cui è possibile selezionare il simbolo appropriato,
          • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css index 0b550e306..9a4fc74bf 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft @@ -152,4 +152,50 @@ text-decoration: none; font-size: 1em; font-weight: bold; color: #444; +} +kbd { + display: inline-block; + padding: 0.2em 0.3em; + border-radius: .2em; + line-height: 1em; + background-color: #f2f2f2; + font-family: monospace; + white-space: nowrap; + box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(85,85,85,.35); + margin: 0.2em 0.1em; + color: #000; +} +.shortcut_variants { + margin: 20px 0 -20px; + padding: 0; +} +.shortcut_toggle { + display: inline-block; + margin: 0; + padding: 1px 10px; + list-style-type: none; + cursor: pointer; + font-size: 11px; + line-height: 18px; + white-space: nowrap +} +.shortcut_toggle.enabled { + color: #fff; + background-color: #7D858C; + border: 1px solid #7D858C; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled { + color: #444; + background-color: #fff; + border: 1px solid #CFCFCF; +} +.shortcut_toggle.disabled:hover { + background-color: #D8DADC; +} +.left_option { + border-radius: 2px 0 0 2px; + float: left; +} +.right_option { + border-radius: 0 2px 2px 0; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insert_symbol_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insert_symbol_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8353e80fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insert_symbol_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json index b9d7a88ee..7173c0011 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json @@ -8,7 +8,8 @@ { "src": "ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Данные" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Сводная таблица" }, {"src": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Совместная работа"}, - {"src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Плагины"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Представление"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Плагины"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Создание новой электронной таблицы или открытие существующей", "headername": "Базовые операции" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm", "name": "Вырезание / копирование / вставка данных" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm", "name": "Отмена / повтор действий"}, @@ -23,8 +24,12 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm", "name": "Изменение формата представления чисел" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm", "name": "Управление ячейками, строками и столбцами", "headername": "Редактирование строк и столбцов"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/SortData.htm", "name": "Сортировка и фильтрация данных" }, - { "src": "UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm", "name": "Редактирование сводных таблиц" }, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/GroupData.htm", "name": "Группировка данных" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm", "name": "Использование форматированных таблиц" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm", "name": "Создание срезов для форматированных таблиц" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm", "name": "Создание и редактирование сводных таблиц" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/GroupData.htm", "name": "Группировка данных" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm", "name": "Удаление дубликатов" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm", "name": "Условное форматирование" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm", "name": "Вставка функций", "headername": "Работа с функциями" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm", "name": "Использование именованных диапазонов"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "name": "Вставка изображений", "headername": "Действия над объектами"}, @@ -33,15 +38,17 @@ { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "name": "Вставка текстовых объектов" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "name": "Вставка символов и знаков" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "name": "Работа с объектами"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Вставка формул", "headername": "Математические формулы" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Вставка формул", "headername": "Математические формулы" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Совместное редактирование электронных таблиц", "headername": "Совместное редактирование таблиц"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm", "name": "Управление предустановками представления листа"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "name": "Просмотр сведений о файле", "headername": "Инструменты и настройки" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ScaleToFit.htm", "name": "Масштабирование листа"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Сохранение / печать / скачивание таблицы" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "name": "Дополнительные параметры редактора электронных таблиц"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "name": "Параметры представления и инструменты навигации"}, { "src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Функция поиска и замены" }, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Проверка орфографии"}, + { "src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Проверка орфографии" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", "name": "Функции автозамены" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "О редакторе электронных таблиц", "headername": "Полезные советы"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "name": "Поддерживаемые форматы электронных таблиц"}, {"src": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "name": "Сочетания клавиш"} diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Functions/cell.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Functions/cell.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6051e782 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Functions/cell.htm @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ + + + + Функция ЯЧЕЙКА + + + + + + + +
          +
          + +
          +

          Функция ЯЧЕЙКА

          +

          Функция ЯЧЕЙКА - это одна из информационных функций. Он используется для возврата информации о форматировании, местоположении или содержимом ячейки.

          +

          Синтаксис функции ЯЧЕЙКА:

          +

          ЯЧЕЙКА(тип_сведений, [ссылка])

          +

          где

          +

          тип_сведений - это текстовое значение, указывающее, какую информацию о ячейке вы хотите получить. Это обязательный аргумент. В приведенном ниже списке указаны возможные значения аргумента.

          +

          [ссылка] - это ячейка, о которой вы хотите получить информацию. Если аргумент, возвращается информация о последней измененной ячейке. Если аргумент ссылка указан как диапазон ячеек, функция возвращает информацию для верхней левой ячейки диапазона.

          + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
          Возвращаемое значениеТип_сведений
          "адрес"Возвращает ссылку на ячейку.
          "столбец"Возвращает номер столбца, в котором расположена ячейка.
          "цвет"Возвращает 1, если форматированием ячейки предусмотрено изменение цвета для отрицательных значений; во всех остальных случаях — 0.
          "содержимое"Возвращает значение, которое содержит ячейка.
          "имяфайла"Возвращает имя файла, содержащего ячейку.
          "формат"Возвращает текстовое значение, соответствующее числовому формату ячейки. Текстовые значения перечислены в таблице ниже.
          "скобки"Возвращает 1, если если ячейка отформатирована круглыми скобками для положительных или всех значений; ; во всех остальных случаях — 0.
          "префикс"Возвращает одиночные кавычки ('), если текст в ячейке выровнен по левому краю, двойные кавычки ("), если текст выровнен по правому краю, знак крышки (^), если текст выровнен по центру, и пустой текст ("") - для любого другого содержимого ячейки.
          "защита"Возвращает 0, если ячейка не заблокирована; возвращает 1, если ячейка заблокирована.
          "строка"Возвращает номер строки, в которой находится ячейка.
          "тип"Возвращает "b", если ячейка пуста, "l", если ячейка содержит текстовое занчение. "v" - любое другое содержимое.
          "ширина"Возвращает ширину ячейки, округленную до целого числа.
          +

          Ниже указаны текстовые значения, которые функция возвращает для аргумента "формат"

          + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
          Числовой форматВозвращаемое текстовое значение
          ОбщийG
          0F0
          #,##0,0
          0.00F2
          #,##0.00,2
          $#,##0_);($#,##0)C0
          $#,##0_);[Красный]($#,##0)C0-
          $#,##0.00_);($#,##0.00)C2
          $#,##0.00_);[Красный]($#,##0.00)C2-
          0%P0
          0.00%P2
          0.00E+00S2
          # ?/? или # ??/??G
          м/д/гг или м/д/гг ч:мм или мм/дд/ггD4
          д-ммм-гг или дд-ммм-ггD1
          д-ммм или дд-мммD2
          ммм-ггD3
          мм/ддD5
          ч:мм AM/PMD7
          ч:мм:сс AM/PMD6
          ч:ммD9
          ч:мм:ссD8
          +

          Чтобы применить функцию ЯЧЕЙКА,

          +
            +
          1. выберите ячейку, в которой вы хотите отобразить результат,
            2. +
          2. + щелкните по значку Вставить функцию Значок Вставить функцию, расположенному на верхней панели инструментов, +
            или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной ячейке и выберите в меню команду Вставить функцию, +
            или щелкните по значку Значок Функция перед строкой формул, +
            3. +
          3. выберите из списка группу функций Информационные,
            4. +
          4. щелкните по функции ЯЧЕЙКА,
            5. +
          5. введите требуемые аргументы,
            6. +
          6. нажмите клавишу Enter.
            7. +
          +

          Результат будет отображен в выделенной ячейке.

          +

          Функция ЯЧЕЙКА

          +
          + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Functions/linest.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Functions/linest.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c12b13fe2 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Functions/linest.htm @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + Функция ЛИНЕЙН + + + + + + + +
          +
          + +
          +

          Функция ЛИНЕЙН

          +

          Функция ЛИНЕЙН - одна из статистических функций. Она используется для вычисления статистики для ряда с использованием метода наименьших квадратов для вычисления прямой линии, которая наилучшим образом соответствует вашим данным, а затем возвращает массив, описывающий полученную линию; поскольку эта функция возвращает массив значений, ее необходимо вводить в виде формулы массива.

          +

          Синтаксис функции ЛИНЕЙН:

          +

          ЛИНЕЙН( известные_значения_y, [известные_значения_x], [конст], [статистика] )

          +

          где

          +

          известные_значения_y - известный диапазон значений y в уравнении y = mx + b. Это обязательный аргумент.

          +

          известные_значения_x - известный диапазон значений x в уравнении y = mx + b. Это необязательный аргумент. Если он не указан, предполагается, что известные_значения_x является массивом {1,2,3, ...} с тем же количеством значений, что и известные_значения_y.

          +

          конст - логическое значение, указывающее, хотите ли вы установить b равным 0. Это необязательный аргумент. Если установлено значение ИСТИНА или опущено, b рассчитывается как обычно. Если установлено значение ЛОЖЬ, b устанавливается равным 0.

          +

          статистика - логическое значение, указывающее, хотите ли вы вернуть дополнительную статистику регрессии. Это необязательный аргумент. Если установлено значение ИСТИНА, функция возвращает дополнительную статистику регрессии. Если установлено значение ЛОЖЬ или опущено, функция не возвращает дополнительную статистику регрессии.

          +

          Чтобы применить функцию ЛИНЕЙН,

          +
            +
          1. выберите ячейку, в которой вы хотите отобразить результат,
            2. +
          2. + щелкните по значку Вставить функцию Значок Вставить функцию, расположенному на верхней панели инструментов, +
            или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной ячейке и выберите в меню команду Вставить функцию, +
            или щелкните по значку Значок Функция перед строкой формул, +
            3. +
          3. выберите из списка группу функций Статистические,
            4. +
          4. щелкните по функции ЛИНЕЙН,
            5. +
          5. введите требуемые аргументы,
            6. +
          6. нажмите клавишу Enter.
            7. +
          +

          Первое значение итогового массива будет отображаться в выбранной ячейке.

          +

          Функция ЛИНЕЙН

          +
          + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index edbcdf3a7..9f6f2b227 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -65,6 +65,15 @@
        • Язык формул - используется для выбора языка отображения и ввода имен формул.
        • Региональные параметры - используется для выбора формата отображения денежных единиц и даты и времени по умолчанию.
        • Разделители - используется для определения символов, которые вы хотите использовать как разделители для десятичных знаков и тысяч. Опция Использовать разделители на базе региональных настроек выбрана по умолчанию. Если вы хотите использовать особые разделители, снимите этот флажок и введите нужные символы в расположенных ниже полях Десятичный разделитель и Разделитель разрядов тысяч.
          • +
        • Вырезание, копирование и вставка - используется для отображения кнопки Параметры вставки при вставке содержимого. Установите эту галочку, чтобы включить данную функцию.
          • +
        • + Настройки макросов - используется для настройки отображения макросов с уведомлением. +
            +
          • Выберите опцию Отключить все, чтобы отключить все макросы в электронной таблице;
            • +
          • Показывать уведомление, чтобы получать уведомления о макросах в электронной таблице;
            • +
          • Включить все, чтобы автоматически запускать все макросы в электронной таблице.
            • +
          +

        Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить.

        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 30ac12f5c..5d2fe1297 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
      19. нажмите кнопку Добавить.

      Комментарий появится на панели слева. В правом верхнем углу ячейки, к которой Вы добавили комментарий, появится оранжевый треугольник. Если требуется отключить эту функцию, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры... и снимите флажок Включить отображение комментариев в тексте. В этом случае ячейки, к которым добавлены комментарии, будут помечаться, только если Вы нажмете на значок Значок Комментарии.

      -

      Для просмотра комментария щелкните по ячейке. Вы или любой другой пользователь можете ответить на добавленный комментарий, чтобы дать ответ на вопросы или отчитаться о проделанной работе. Для этого надо нажать на ссылку Добавить ответ, ввести текст ответа в поле ввода и нажать кнопку Ответить.

      +

      Для просмотра комментария щелкните по ячейке. Вы или любой другой пользователь можете ответить на добавленный комментарий, чтобы дать ответ на вопросы или отчитаться о проделанной работе. Для этого надо нажать на ссылку Добавить ответ, ввести текст ответа в поле ввода и нажать кнопку Ответить.

      Если Вы используете Строгий режим совместного редактирования, новые комментарии, добавленные другими пользователями, станут видимыми только после того, как Вы нажмете на значок Значок Сохранить в левом верхнем углу верхней панели инструментов.

      Вы можете управлять добавленными комментариями, используя значки во всплывающем окне комментария или на панели Комментарии слева:

        @@ -95,6 +95,6 @@

    Чтобы закрыть панель с комментариями, нажмите на значок Значок Комментарии еще раз.

    - + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 44fc32fe7..e1fe926cb 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -110,6 +110,12 @@ ⇧ Shift+F10 Открыть контекстное меню выбранного элемента. + + Сбросить масштаб + Ctrl+0 + ^ Ctrl+0 или ⌘ Cmd+0 + Сбросить масштаб текущей электронной таблицы до значения по умолчанию 100%. + . diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index f1e02e6d4..324bf0830 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -25,11 +25,13 @@

    С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия:

    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm index 7050c29ce..5d021cb9b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
  • задавать область печати,
  • вставлять колонтитулы,
  • произвести масштабирование листа,
    • +
  • печатать заголовки,
  • выравнивать и располагать в определенном порядке объекты (изображения, диаграммы, фигуры).
    • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm index 6ee14819a..ed1920fdb 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm @@ -9,21 +9,29 @@ -
    -
    - -
    -

    Вкладка Сводная таблица

    -

    Примечание: эта возможность доступна только в онлайн-версии.

    -

    Вкладка Сводная таблица позволяет изменить оформление существующей сводной таблицы.

    -

    Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц:

    -

    Вкладка Сводная таблица

    +
    +
    + +
    +

    Вкладка Сводная таблица

    +

    Вкладка Сводная таблица позволяет создавать и редактировать сводные таблицы.

    +
    +

    Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц:

    +

    Вкладка Сводная таблица

    +
    +
    +

    Окно десктопного редактора электронных таблиц:

    +

    Вкладка Макет

    +

    С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия:

      +
    • создать новую сводную таблицу,
      • +
    • выбрать нужный макет сводной таблицы,
      • +
    • обновить сводную таблицу при изменении данных в исходном наборе,
    • выделить всю сводную таблицу одним кликом,
    • выделить некоторые строки или столбцы, применив к ним особое форматирование,
    • выбрать один из готовых стилей таблиц.
    -
    +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 51c16bd1a..725d88e6f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -31,7 +31,9 @@
  • Подсветка кода - позволяет подсвечивать синтаксис кода, выбирая нужный язык, стиль, цвет фона,
  • Фоторедактор - позволяет редактировать изображения: обрезать, отражать, поворачивать их, рисовать линии и фигуры, добавлять иконки и текст, загружать маску и применять фильтры, такие как Оттенки серого, Инверсия, Сепия, Размытие, Резкость, Рельеф и другие,
  • Синонимы - позволяет находить синонимы и антонимы какого-либо слова и заменять его на выбранный вариант,
    • -
  • Переводчик - позволяет переводить выделенный текст на другие языки,
    • +
  • Переводчик - позволяет переводить выделенный текст на другие языки, +

    Примечание: этот плагин не работает в Internet Explorer.

    +
  • YouTube - позволяет встраивать в электронную таблицу видео с YouTube.

    • Для получения дополнительной информации о плагинах, пожалуйста, обратитесь к нашей Документации по API.

    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bceba5a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + Вкладка Представление + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Вкладка Представление

    +

    + Вкладка Представление позволяет управлять предустановками представления рабочего листа на основе примененных фильтров. +

    +
    +

    Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц:

    +

    Вкладка Представление

    +
    +
    +

    Окно десктопного редактора электронных таблиц:

    +

    Вкладка Представление

    +
    +

    С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия:

    + +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm index 338d74087..eb3f75072 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm @@ -36,7 +36,14 @@
    • Угол - вручную укажите точное значение в градусах, определяющее направление градиента (цвета изменяются по прямой под заданным углом).
    • Направление - выберите готовый шаблон из меню. Доступны следующие направления : из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый (45°), сверху вниз (90°), из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый (135°), справа налево (180°), из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый (225°), снизу вверх (270°), из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый (315°), слева направо (0°).
      • -
    • Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку Ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента.
      • +
    • + Точки градиента - это определенные точки перехода от одного цвета к другому. +
        +
      • Чтобы добавить точку градиента, Используйте кнопку Добавить точку градиента Добавить точку градиента или ползунок. Вы можете добавить до 10 точек градиента. Каждая следующая добавленная точка градиента никоим образом не повлияет на внешний вид текущей градиентной заливки. Чтобы удалить определенную точку градиента, используйте кнопку Удалить точку градиента Удалить точку градиента.
        • +
      • Чтобы изменить положение точки градиента, используйте ползунок или укажите Положение в процентах для точного местоположения.
        • +
      • Чтобы применить цвет к точке градиента, щелкните точку на панели ползунка, а затем нажмите Цвет, чтобы выбрать нужный цвет.
        • +
      +
  • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index 3f92b763e..27d0694ad 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@
  • Bыберите тип ссылки, которую требуется вставить:

    Используйте опцию Внешняя ссылка и введите URL в формате http://www.example.com в расположенном ниже поле Связать с, если вам требуется добавить гиперссылку, ведущую на внешний сайт.

    Окно Параметры гиперссылки

    -

    Используйте опцию Внутренний диапазон данных и выберите рабочий лист и диапазон ячеек в поле ниже, если вам требуется добавить гиперссылку, ведущую на определенный диапазон ячеек в той же самой электронной таблице.

    -

    Окно Параметры гиперссылки

    +

    Используйте опцию Внутренний диапазон данных и выберите рабочий лист и диапазон ячеек в поле ниже или ранее добавленный Именной диапазон, если вам требуется добавить гиперссылку, ведущую на определенный диапазон ячеек в той же самой электронной таблице.

    +

    Окно Параметры гиперссылки

  • Отображать - введите текст, который должен стать ссылкой и будет вести по веб-адресу, указанному в поле выше.

    Примечание: если выбранная ячейка уже содержит данные, они автоматически отобразятся в этом поле.

    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 2988c046e..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ - - - - Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде - - - - - - - -
    -
    - -
    -

    Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде

    -

    Добавленные автофигуры, изображения, диаграммы или текстовые поля на слайде можно выровнять, сгруппировать, расположить в определенном порядке, распределить по горизонтали и вертикали. Для выполнения любого из этих действий сначала выберите отдельный объект или несколько объектов в области редактирования слайда. Для выделения нескольких объектов удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и щелкайте по нужным объектам левой кнопкой мыши. Чтобы выделить текстовое поле, щелкайте по его границе, а не по тексту внутри него. После этого можно использовать или описанные ниже значки, расположенные на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, или аналогичные команды контекстного меню, вызываемого правой кнопкой мыши.

    - -

    Выравнивание объектов

    -

    Чтобы выровнять два или более выделенных объектов,

    - -
      -
    1. - Щелкните по значку Выравнивание фигур Значок Выравнивание фигур на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите один из следующих вариантов: -
        -
      • Выровнять относительно слайда чтобы выровнять объекты относительно краев слайда,
        • -
      • Выровнять выделенные объекты (эта опция выбрана по умолчанию) чтобы выровнять объекты относительно друг друга,
        • -
      -
      2. -
    2. - Еще раз нажмите на значок Выравнивание фигур Значок Выравнивание фигур и выберите из списка нужный тип выравнивания: -
        -
      • Выровнять по левому краю Значок Выровнять по левому краю - чтобы выровнять объекты по горизонтали по левому краю самого левого объекта/по левому краю слайда,
        • -
      • Выровнять по центру Значок Выровнять по центру - чтобы выровнять объекты по горизонтали по их центру/по центру слайда,
        • -
      • Выровнять по правому краю Значок Выровнять по правому краю - чтобы выровнять объекты по горизонтали по правому краю самого правого объекта/по правому краю слайда,
        • -
      • Выровнять по верхнему краю Значок Выровнять по верхнему краю - чтобы выровнять объекты по вертикали по верхнему краю самого верхнего объекта/по верхнему краю слайда,
        • -
      • Выровнять по середине Значок Выровнять по середине - чтобы выровнять объекты по вертикали по их середине/по середине слайда,
        • -
      • Выровнять по нижнему краю Значок Выровнять по нижнему краю - чтобы выровнять объекты по вертикали по нижнему краю самого нижнего объекта/по нижнему краю слайда.
        • -
      -
      3. -
    -

    Можно также щелкнуть по выделенным объектам правой кнопкой мыши, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание, а затем использовать доступные варианты выравнивания объектов.

    -

    Если требуется выровнять один объект, его можно выровнять относительно краев слайда. В этом случае по умолчанию выбрана опция Выровнять относительно слайда.

    -

    Распределение объектов

    -

    Чтобы распределить три или более выбранных объектов по горизонтали или вертикали таким образом, чтобы между ними было равное расстояние,

    - -
      -
    1. - Щелкните по значку Выравнивание фигур Значок Выравнивание фигур на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите один из следующих вариантов: -
        -
      • Выровнять относительно слайда - чтобы распределить объекты между краями слайда,
        • -
      • Выровнять выделенные объекты (эта опция выбрана по умолчанию) - чтобы распределить объекты между двумя крайними выделенными объектами,
        • -
      -
      2. -
    2. - Еще раз нажмите на значок Выравнивание фигур Значок Выравнивание фигур и выберите из списка нужный тип распределения: -
        -
      • Распределить по горизонтали Значок Распределить по горизонтали - чтобы равномерно распределить объекты между самым левым и самым правым выделенным объектом/левым и правым краем слайда.
        • -
      • Распределить по вертикали Значок Распределить по вертикали - чтобы равномерно распределить объекты между самым верхним и самым нижним выделенным объектом/верхним и нижним краем слайда.
        • -
      -
      3. -
    -

    Можно также щелкнуть по выделенным объектам правой кнопкой мыши, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание, а затем использовать доступные варианты распределения объектов.

    -

    Примечание: параметры распределения неактивны, если выделено менее трех объектов.

    -

    Группировка объектов

    -

    Чтобы сгруппировать два или более выбранных объектов или разгруппировать их, щелкните по значку Порядок фигур Значок Порядок фигур на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите из списка нужную опцию:

    -
      -
    • Сгруппировать Значок Сгруппировать - чтобы объединить несколько объектов в группу, так что их можно будет одновременно поворачивать, перемещать, изменять их размер, выравнивать, упорядочивать, копировать, вставлять, форматировать как один объект.
      • -
    • Разгруппировать Значок Разгруппировать - чтобы разгруппировать выбранную группу ранее сгруппированных объектов.
      • -
    -

    Можно также щелкнуть по выделенным объектам правой кнопкой мыши, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Порядок, а затем использовать опцию Сгруппировать или Разгруппировать.

    -

    Примечание: параметр Сгруппировать неактивен, если выделено менее двух объектов. Параметр Разгруппировать активен только при выделении ранее сгруппированных объектов.

    -

    Упорядочивание объектов

    -

    Чтобы определенным образом расположить выбранный объект или объекты (например, изменить их порядок, если несколько объектов накладываются друг на друга), щелкните по значку Порядок фигур Значок Порядок фигур на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите из списка нужный тип расположения:

    -
      -
    • Перенести на передний план Значок Перенести на передний план - чтобы переместить выбранный объект (объекты), так что он будет находиться перед всеми остальными объектами,
      • -
    • Перенести на задний план Значок Перенести на задний план - чтобы переместить выбранный объект (объекты), так что он будет находиться позади всех остальных объектов,
      • -
    • Перенести вперед Значок Перенести вперед - чтобы переместить выбранный объект (объекты) на один уровень вперед по отношению к другим объектам.
      • -
    • Перенести назад Значок Перенести назад - чтобы переместить выбранный объект (объекты) на один уровень назад по отношению к другим объектам.
      • -
    -

    Можно также щелкнуть по выделенному объекту или объектам правой кнопкой мыши, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Порядок, а затем использовать доступные варианты расположения объектов.

    -
    - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm index ee5ed32ac..327ff31d7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm @@ -15,8 +15,9 @@

    Выравнивание данных в ячейках

    Данные внутри ячейки можно выравнивать горизонтально или вертикально или даже поворачивать. Для этого выделите ячейку, диапазон ячеек мышью или весь рабочий лист, нажав сочетание клавиш Ctrl+A. Можно также выделить несколько ячеек или диапазонов ячеек, которые не являются смежными, удерживая клавишу Ctrl при выделении ячеек и диапазонов с помощью мыши. Затем выполните одну из следующих операций, используя значки, расположенные на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов.

    -
      -
    1. Примените один из типов горизонтального выравнивания данных внутри ячейки: +
        +
      • + Примените один из типов горизонтального выравнивания данных внутри ячейки:
        • нажмите на значок По левому краю Значок По левому краю для выравнивания данных по левому краю ячейки (правый край остается невыровненным);
        • нажмите на значок По центру Значок По центру для выравнивания данных по центру ячейки (правый и левый края остаются невыровненными);
          • @@ -24,28 +25,34 @@
        • нажмите на значок По ширине Значок По ширине для выравнивания данных как по левому, так и по правому краю ячейки (выравнивание осуществляется за счет добавления дополнительных интервалов там, где это необходимо).
        • -
      • Измените вертикальное выравнивание данных внутри ячейки: -
          +
        • + Измените вертикальное выравнивание данных внутри ячейки: +
          • нажмите на значок По верхнему краю Значок По верхнему краю для выравнивания данных по верхнему краю ячейки;
          • нажмите на значок По середине Значок По середине для выравнивания данных по центру ячейки;
          • нажмите на значок По нижнему краю Значок По нижнему краю для выравнивания данных по нижнему краю ячейки.
          • -
        • Измените угол наклона данных внутри ячейки, щелкнув по значку Ориентация Значок Ориентация и выбрав одну из опций: +
        • + Измените угол наклона данных внутри ячейки, щелкнув по значку Ориентация Значок Ориентация и выбрав одну из опций:
          • используйте опцию Горизонтальный текст Значок Горизонтальный текст, чтобы расположить текст по горизонтали (эта опция используется по умолчанию),
          • используйте опцию Текст против часовой стрелки Значок Текст против часовой стрелки, чтобы расположить текст в ячейке от левого нижнего угла к правому верхнему,
          • используйте опцию Текст по часовой стрелке Значок Текст по часовой стрелке, чтобы расположить текст в ячейке от левого верхнего угла к правому нижнему углу,
            • +
          • используйте опцию Вертикальный текст Rotate Text Up чтобы расположить текст в ячейке ввертикально,
          • используйте опцию Повернуть текст вверх Значок Повернуть текст вверх, чтобы расположить текст в ячейке снизу вверх,
            • -
          • используйте опцию Повернуть текст вниз Значок Повернуть текст вниз, чтобы расположить текст в ячейке сверху вниз. -

            Чтобы повернуть текст на точно заданный угол, нажмите на значок Параметры ячейки Значок Параметры ячейки на правой боковой панели и используйте раздел Ориентация. Введите в поле Угол нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа.

            -
            • +
          • + используйте опцию Повернуть текст вниз Значок Повернуть текст вниз, чтобы расположить текст в ячейке сверху вниз. +

            Чтобы повернуть текст на точно заданный угол, нажмите на значок Параметры ячейки Значок Параметры ячейки на правой боковой панели и используйте раздел Ориентация. Введите в поле Угол нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа.

            +
          • -
        • Расположите данные в ячейке в соответствии с шириной столбца, щелкнув по значку Перенос текста Значок Перенос текста. +
        • + Расположите данные в ячейке в соответствии с шириной столбца, щелкнув по значку Перенос текста Значок Перенос текста.

          Примечание: при изменении ширины столбца перенос текста настраивается автоматически.

          • -
    +
  • Расположите данные в ячейке в соответствии с шириной ячейки, щелкнув по значку Вписать на вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов. Содержимое ячейки будет уменьшено в размерах так, чтобы оно могло полностью уместиться внутри.
    • + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm deleted file mode 100644 index a65200ee6..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ - - - - Применение переходов - - - - - - - -
    -
    - -
    -

    Применение переходов

    -

    Переход - это эффект, который появляется между двумя слайдами при смене одного слайда другим во время показа. Можно применить один и тот же переход ко всем слайдам или разные переходы к каждому отдельному слайду и настроить свойства перехода.

    -

    Для применения перехода к отдельному слайду или нескольким выделенным слайдам:

    -

    Вкладка Параметры слайда

    -
      -
    1. Выделите в списке слайдов нужный слайд или несколько слайдов, к которым требуется применить переход. На правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Параметры слайда. Чтобы ее открыть, щелкните по значку Параметры слайда Значок Параметры слайда справа. Можно также щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по слайду в области редактирования слайда и выбрать в контекстном меню пункт Параметры слайда. -
      2. -
    2. В выпадающем списке Эффект выберите переход, который надо использовать. -

      Доступны следующие переходы: Выцветание, Задвигание, Появление, Панорама, Открывание, Наплыв, Часы, Масштабирование.

      -
      3. -
    3. В выпадающем списке, расположенном ниже, выберите один из доступных вариантов эффекта. Они определяют, как конкретно проявляется эффект. Например, если выбран переход "Масштабирование", доступны варианты Увеличение, Уменьшение и Увеличение с поворотом.
      4. -
    4. Укажите, как долго должен длиться переход. В поле Длит. (длительность), введите или выберите нужное временное значение, измеряемое в секундах.
      5. -
    5. Нажмите кнопку Просмотр, чтобы просмотреть слайд с примененным переходом в области редактирования слайда.
      6. -
    6. Укажите, как долго должен отображаться слайд, пока не сменится другим: -
        -
      • Запускать щелчком – установите этот флажок, если не требуется ограничивать время отображения выбранного слайда. Слайд будет сменяться другим только при щелчке по нему мышью.
        • -
      • Задержка – используйте эту опцию, если выбранный слайд должен отображаться в течение заданного времени, пока не сменится другим. Установите этот флажок и введите или выберите нужное временное значение, измеряемое в секундах. -

        Примечание: если установить только флажок Задержка, слайды будут сменяться автоматически через заданный промежуток времени. Если установить и флажок Запускать щелчком, и флажок Задержка и задать время задержки, слайды тоже будут сменяться автоматически, но вы также сможете щелкнуть по слайду, чтобы перейти от него к следующему.

        -
        • -
      -
      7. -
    -

    Для применения перехода ко всем слайдам в презентации: выполните все действия, описанные выше, и нажмите на кнопку Применить ко всем слайдам.

    -

    Для удаления перехода: выделите нужный слайд и выберите пункт Нет в списке Эффект.

    -

    Для удаления всех переходов: выделите любой слайд, выберите пункт Нет в списке Эффект и нажмите на кнопку Применить ко всем слайдам.

    -
    - - diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c4726512 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + + Условное Форматирование + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Условное Форматирование

    +

    Note: Редактор электронных таблиц ONLYOFFICE в настоящее время не поддерживает создание и редактирование правил условного форматирования.

    +

    Условное форматирование позволяет применять к ячейкам различные стили форматирования (цвет, шрифт, украшение, градиент) для работы с данными в электронной таблице: выделяйте или сортировуйте, а затем отображайте данные, соответствующие необходимым критериям. Критерии определяются несколькими типами правил. Редактор электронных таблиц ONLYOFFICE в настоящее время не поддерживает создание и редактирование правил условного форматирования.

    +

    Типы правил, поддерживаемые Редактором электронных таблиц ONLYOFFICE для просмотра: Значение ячейки (с формулой), Верхнее и нижнее значения / Выше или ниже среднего, Уникальные и повторяющиеся, Набор значков, Гистограммы, Градиент (Цветная шкала), На основе формулы.

    +
      +
    • + Значение ячейки используется для поиска необходимых чисел, дат и текста в электронной таблице. Например, вам нужно увидеть продажи за текущий месяц (выделено розовым), товары с названием «Зерно» (выделено желтым) и продажи товаров на сумму менее 500 долларов (выделено синим). +

      Cell value

      +
      • +
    • + Значение ячейки с формулой используется для отображения динамически изменяемого числа или текстового значения в электронной таблице. Например, вам нужно найти продукты с названиями «Зерно», «Изделия» или «Молочные продукты» (выделено желтым) или продажи товаров на сумму от 100 до 500 долларов (выделено синим). +

      Cell value with a formula

      +
      • +
    • + Верхнее и нижнее значения / Выше или ниже среднего используется для поиска и отображения верхнего и нижнего значений, а также значений выше и ниже среднего в электронной таблице. Например, вам нужно увидеть максимальные значения сборов в городах, которые вы посетили (выделено оранжевым), городах, где посещаемость была выше средней (выделено зеленым), и минимальные значения для городов, где вы продали небольшое количество книг (выделено синим). +

      Top and bottom value / Above and below average value

      +
      • +
    • + Уникальные и повторяющиеся используются для отображения повторяющихся значений в электронной таблице и в диапазоне ячеек, определяемом условным форматированием. Например, вам нужно найти повторяющиеся контакты. Откройте контекстное меню. Количество дубликатов отображается справа от имени контакта. Если вы установите этот флажок, в списке будут отображаться только дубликаты. +

      Unique and duplicates

      +
      • +
    • + Набор значков используется для отображения данных путем отображения соответствующего значка в ячейке, соответствующей критериям. Редактор электронных таблиц поддерживает различные наборы значков. Ниже вы найдете примеры наиболее распространенных случаев условного форматирования набора значков. +
        +
      • + Вместо чисел и процентных значений вы видите отформатированные ячейки с соответствующими стрелками, показывающими достигнутый доход в столбце «Статус» и динамику будущих тенденций в столбце «Тенденция». +

        Icon set

        +
        • +
      • + Вместо ячеек с номерами рейтинга от 1 до 5 условное форматирование отображает соответствующие значки из легенды сверху для каждого велосипеда в списке рейтинга. +

        Icon set

        +
        • +
      • + Вместо того, чтобы вручную сравнивать ежемесячные данные динамики прибыли, отформатированные ячейки имеют соответствующую красную или зеленую стрелку. +

        Icon set

        +
        • +
      • + Используйте систему светофоров (красные, желтые и зеленые круги) для визуализации динамики продаж. +

        Icon set

        +
        • +
      +
      • +
    • + Гистограммы используются для сравнения значений в виде столбца диаграммы. Например, сравните высоту гор, отобразив их значение по умолчанию в метрах (зеленая полоса) и то же значение в диапазоне от 0 до 100 процентов (желтая полоса); процентиль, когда экстремальные значения изменяют гистограмму (голубая полоса); только полосы вместо цифр (синяя полоса); анализ данных в два столбца, чтобы увидеть как числа, так и столбцы (красная полоса). +

      Data bars

      +
      • +
    • + Градиент, или цветная шкала, используется для выделения значений в электронной таблице с помощью шкалы градиента. Столбцы от «Молочные продукты» до «Напитки» отображают данные в двухцветной шкале с вариациями от желтого до красного; в столбце «Всего продаж» данные отображаются по трехцветной шкале: от наименьшей суммы красным цветом до наибольшей суммы синим цветом. +

      Gradient

      +
      • +
    • + На основе формулы используются различные формулы для фильтрации данных в соответствии с конкретными потребностями. Например, можно заштриховать чередующиеся ряды, +

      Formula-based

      +

      сравнить с эталонным значением (здесь это 55$) и покажите значения выше (зеленый) и ниже (красный),

      +

      Formula-based

      +

      выделить строки, соответствующие необходимым критериям (посмотрите, каких целей вы должны достичь в этом месяце, в данном случае это август),

      +

      Formula-based

      +

      и выделить только уникальные строки.

      +

      Formula-based

      +
      • +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 86c5a8581..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ - - - - Копирование/очистка форматирования текста - - - - - - - -
    -
    - -
    -

    Копирование/очистка форматирования текста

    -

    Чтобы скопировать определенное форматирование текста,

    -
      -
    1. выделите мышью или с помощью клавиатуры фрагмент текста с форматированием, которое надо скопировать,
      2. -
    2. нажмите значок Копировать стиль Копировать стиль на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов (указатель мыши будет при этом выглядеть так: Указатель мыши при вставке стиля),
      3. -
    3. выделите фрагмент текста, к которому требуется применить то же самое форматирование.
      4. -
    -

    Чтобы применить скопированное форматирование ко множеству фрагментов текста,

    -
      -
    1. с помощью мыши или клавиатуры выделите фрагмент текста, форматирование которого надо скопировать,
      2. -
    2. дважды нажмите значок Копировать стиль Копировать стиль на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов (указатель мыши будет при этом выглядеть так: Указатель мыши при вставке стиля, а значок Копировать стиль будет оставаться нажатым: Множественное копирование стиля),
      3. -
    3. поочередно выделяйте нужные фрагменты текста, чтобы применить одинаковое форматирование к каждому из них,
      4. -
    4. для выхода из этого режима еще раз нажмите значок Копировать стиль Множественное копирование стиля или нажмите клавишу Esc на клавиатуре.
      5. -
    -

    Чтобы быстро убрать из текста примененное форматирование,

    -
      -
    1. выделите фрагмент текста, форматирование которого надо убрать,
      2. -
    2. нажмите значок Очистить стиль Очистить стиль на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов.
      3. -
    -
    - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm index 023a48476..7abc25ec4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm @@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ установить указатель мыши у границы выделения (при этом он будет выглядеть так: Стрелка) и перетащить выделение мышью в нужное место.

    +

    Чтобы включить / отключить автоматическое появление кнопки Специальная вставка после вставки, перейдите на вкладку Файл > Дополнительные параметры... и поставьте / снимите галочку Вырезание, копирование и вставка.

    Использование функции Специальная вставка

    После вставки скопированных данных рядом с правым нижним углом вставленной ячейки/диапазона ячеек появляется кнопка Специальная вставка Специальная вставка. Нажмите на эту кнопку, чтобы выбрать нужный параметр вставки.

    При вставке ячейки/диапазона ячеек с отформатированными данными доступны следующие параметры:

    @@ -45,6 +46,7 @@
  • Формула + все форматирование - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных.
  • Формула без границ - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных, кроме границ ячеек.
  • Формула + ширина столбца - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных и установить ширину столбцов исходных ячеек для диапазона ячеек, в который вы вставляете данные.
    • +
  • Транспонировать - позволяет вставить данные, изменив столбцы на строки, а строки на столбцы. Эта опция доступна для обычных диапазонов данных, но не для форматированных таблиц.
  • @@ -55,10 +57,44 @@
  • Значение + все форматирование - позволяет вставить результаты формул вместе со всем форматированием данных.
    • -
  • Вставить только форматирование - позволяет вставить только форматирование ячеек, не вставляя содержимое ячеек.
    • -
  • Транспонировать - позволяет вставить данные, изменив столбцы на строки, а строки на столбцы. Эта опция доступна для обычных диапазонов данных, но не для форматированных таблиц.
    • +
  • + Вставить только форматирование - позволяет вставить только форматирование ячеек, не вставляя содержимое ячеек. +

    Параметры вставки

    +
    • +
  • + Специальная вставка - открывает диалоговое окно Специальная вставка, которое содержит следующие опции: +
      +
    1. + Параметры вставки +
        +
      • Формулы - позволяет вставить формулы, не вставляя форматирование данных.
        • +
      • Значения - позволяет вставить формулы вместе с форматированием, примененным к числам.
        • +
      • Форматы - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных.
        • +
      • Комментарии - позволяет вставить только комментарии, добавленные к ячейкам выделенного диапазона.
        • +
      • Ширина столбцов - позволяет установить ширину столбцов исходных ячеек для диапазона ячеек.
        • +
      • Без рамки - позволяет вставить формулы без форматирования границ.
        • +
      • Формулы и форматирование - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных.
        • +
      • Формулы и ширина столбцов - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных и установить ширину столбцов исходных ячеек для диапазона ячеек, в который вы вставляете данные.
        • +
      • Формулы и форматы чисел - позволяет вставить формулы вместе с форматированием, примененным к числам.
        • +
      • Занчения и форматы чисел - позволяет вставить результаты формул вместе с форматированием, примененным к числам.
        • +
      • Значения и форматирование - позволяет вставить результаты формул вместе со всем форматированием данных.
        • +
      +
      2. +
    2. + Операция +
        +
      • Сложение - позволяет автоматически произвести операцию сложения для числовых значений в каждой вставленной ячейке.
        • +
      • Вычитание -позволяет автоматически произвести операцию вычитания для числовых значений в каждой вставленной ячейке.
        • +
      • Умножение - позволяет автоматически произвести операцию умножения для числовых значений в каждой вставленной ячейке.
        • +
      • Деление - позволяет автоматически произвести операцию деления для числовых значений в каждой вставленной ячейке.
        • +
      +
      3. +
    3. Транспонировать - позволяет вставить данные, изменив столбцы на строки, а строки на столбцы.
      4. +
    4. Пропускать пустые ячейки - позволяет не вставлять форматирование и значения пустых ячеек.
      5. +
    +

    Окно Специальная вставка

    +
    • -

    Параметры вставки

    При вставке содержимого отдельной ячейки или текста в автофигурах доступны следующие параметры:

    • Исходное форматирование - позволяет сохранить исходное форматирование скопированных данных.
      • @@ -81,7 +117,12 @@
    • Выделите нужную ячейку или столбец, содержащий данные с разделителями.
    • Перейдите на вкладку Данные.
    • Нажмите кнопку Текст по столбцам на верхней панели инструментов. Откроется Мастер распределения текста по столбцам.
      • -
    • В выпадающем списке Разделитель выберите разделитель, который используется в данных с разделителем, просмотрите результат в расположенном ниже поле и нажмите кнопку OK.
      • +
    • В выпадающем списке Разделитель выберите разделитель, который используется в данных с разделителем.
      • +
    • + Нажмите кнопку Дополнительно, чтобы открыть окно Дополнительные параметры, в котором можно указать Десятичный разделитель и Разделитель разрядов тысяч. +

      Окно настроек разделителей

      +
      • +
    • Просмотрите результат в расположенном ниже поле и нажмите кнопку OK.

      • После этого каждое текстовое значение, отделенное разделителем, будет помещено в отдельной ячейке.

      Если в ячейках справа от столбца, который требуется разделить, содержатся какие-то данные, эти данные будут перезаписаны.

      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 540038d10..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ - - - - Копирование / вставка данных, отмена / повтор действий - - - - - - - -
      -
      - -
      -

      Копирование / вставка данных, отмена / повтор действий

      -

      Использование основных операций с буфером обмена

      -

      Для вырезания, копирования и вставки выделенных объектов (слайдов, фрагментов текста, автофигур) в текущей презентации или отмены / повтора действий используйте соответствующие команды контекстного меню или значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов:

      -
        -
      • Вырезать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вырезать, чтобы удалить выделенный фрагмент и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации.
        • -
      • Копировать – выделите объект и используйте значок Копировать Значок Копировать чтобы отправить выделенные данные в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный объект можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации.
        • -
      • Вставить – найдите то место в презентации, куда надо вставить ранее скопированный объект и используйте значок Вставить Значок Вставить. Объект будет вставлен в текущей позиции курсора. Объект может быть ранее скопирован из этой же презентации.
        • -
      -

      В онлайн-версии для копирования данных из другой презентации или какой-то другой программы или вставки данных в них используются только сочетания клавиш, в десктопной версии для любых операций копирования и вставки можно использовать как кнопки на панели инструментов или опции контекстного меню, так и сочетания клавиш:

      -
        -
      • сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C для копирования;
        • -
      • сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V для вставки;
        • -
      • сочетание клавиш Ctrl+X для вырезания.
        • -
      -

      Использование функции Специальная вставка

      -

      После вставки скопированных данных рядом со вставленным текстовым фрагментом или объектом появляется кнопка Специальная вставка Специальная вставка. Нажмите на эту кнопку, чтобы выбрать нужный параметр вставки.

      -

      При вставке фрагментов текста доступны следующие параметры:

      -
        -
      • Использовать конечную тему - позволяет применить форматирование, определяемое темой текущей презентации. Эта опция используется по умолчанию.
        • -
      • Сохранить исходное форматирование - позволяет сохранить исходное форматирование скопированного текста.
        • -
      • Изображение - позволяет вставить текст как изображение, чтобы его нельзя было редактировать.
        • -
      • Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить текст без исходного форматирования.
        • -
      -

      Параметры вставки

      -

      При вставке объектов (автофигур, диаграмм, таблиц) доступны следующие параметры:

      -
        -
      • Использовать конечную тему - позволяет применить форматирование, определяемое темой текущей презентации. Эта опция выбрана по умолчанию.
        • -
      • Изображение - позволяет вставить объект как изображение, чтобы его нельзя было редактировать.
        • -
      -

      Отмена / повтор действий

      -

      Для выполнения операций отмены/повтора используйте соответствующие значки в левой части шапки редактора или сочетания клавиш:

      -
        -
      • Отменить – используйте значок Отменить Значок Отменить, чтобы отменить последнее выполненное действие.
        • -
      • - Повторить – используйте значок Повторить Значок Повторить, чтобы повторить последнее отмененное действие. -

        Можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Z для отмены или Ctrl+Y для повтора действия.

        -
        • -
      -

      - Обратите внимание: при совместном редактировании презентации в Быстром режиме недоступна возможность Повторить последнее отмененное действие. -

      -
      - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 8f7554af3..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ - - - - Создание списков - - - - - - - -
      -
      - -
      -

      Создание списков

      -

      Для создания в документе списка,

      -
        -
      1. установите курсор в том месте, где начнется список (это может быть новая строка или уже введенный текст),
        2. -
      2. перейдите на вкладку Главная верхней панели инструментов,
        3. -
      3. - выберите тип списка, который требуется создать: -
          -
        • Неупорядоченный список с маркерами создается с помощью значка Маркированный список Значок Маркированный список, расположенного на верхней панели инструментов;
          • -
        • - Упорядоченный список с цифрами или буквами создается с помощью значка Нумерованный список Значок Нумерованный список, расположенного на верхней панели инструментов; -

          Примечание: нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом со значком Маркированный список или Нумерованный список, чтобы выбрать, как должен выглядеть список.

          -
          • -
        -
        4. -
      4. теперь при каждом нажатии клавиши Enter в конце строки будет появляться новый элемент упорядоченного или неупорядоченного списка. Чтобы закончить список, нажмите клавишу Backspace и продолжайте текст обычного абзаца.
        5. -
      -

      На вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов при помощи значков Уменьшить отступ Значок Уменьшить отступ и Увеличить отступ Значок Увеличить отступ можно изменить отступы текста в списках.

      -

      Примечание: дополнительные параметры отступов и интервалов можно изменить на правой боковой панели и в окне дополнительных параметров. Чтобы получить дополнительную информацию об этом, прочитайте раздел Вставка и форматирование текста.

      - -

      Изменение параметров списков

      -

      Чтобы изменить параметры списка, такие как тип, размер и цвет маркеров или нумерации:

      -
        -
      1. щелкните по какому-либо пункту существующего списка или выделите текст, который требуется отформатировать как список,
        2. -
      2. нажмите на кнопку Маркированный список Значок Маркированный список или Нумерованный список Значок Нумерованный список на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов,
        3. -
      3. выберите опцию Параметры списка,
        4. -
      4. - откроется окно Параметры списка. Окно настроек маркированного списка выглядит следующим образом: -

        Окно настроек маркированного списка

        -

        Окно настроек нумерованного списка выглядит следующим образом:

        -

        Окно настроек нумерованного списка

        -

        Для маркированного списка можно выбрать символ, используемый в качестве маркера, тогда как для нумерованного списка можно выбрать, с какого числа следует Начать список. Параметры Размер и Цвет идентичны как для маркированных, так и для нумерованных списков.

        -
          -
        • Размер - позволяет выбрать нужный размер для каждого из маркеров или нумераций в зависимости от текущего размера текста. Может принимать значение от 25% до 400%.
          • -
        • Цвет - позволяет выбрать нужный цвет маркеров или нумерации. Для этого выберите на палитре один из цветов темы или стандартных цветов или задайте пользовательский цвет.
          • -
        • Маркер - позволяет выбрать нужный символ, используемый для маркированного списка. При нажатии на поле Маркер открывается окно Символ, в котором можно выбрать один из доступных символов. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с символами вы можете обратиться к этой статье.
          • -
        • Начать с - позволяет выбрать нужный порядковый номер, с которого будет начинаться нумерованный список.
          • -
        -
        5. -
      5. нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить изменения и закрыть окно настроек.
        6. -
      -
      - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 8efae8cb8..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ - - - - Заливка объектов и выбор цветов - - - - - - - -
      -
      - -
      -

      Заливка объектов и выбор цветов

      -

      Можно использовать различные заливки для фона слайда, автофигур и шрифта объектов Text Art.

      -
        -
      1. Выберите объект -
          -
        • Чтобы изменить заливку фона слайда, выделите нужные слайды в списке слайдов. На правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Значок Параметры слайда Параметры слайда.
          • -
        • Чтобы изменить заливку автофигуры, щелкните по нужной автофигуре левой кнопкой мыши. На правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Значок Параметры фигуры Параметры фигуры.
          • -
        • Чтобы изменить заливку шрифта объекта Text Art, выделите нужный текстовый объект. На правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Значок Параметры объектов Text Art Параметры объектов Text Art.
          • -
        -
        2. -
      2. Определите нужный тип заливки
        3. -
      3. Настройте свойства выбранной заливки (подробное описание для каждого типа заливки смотрите ниже) -

        Примечание: для автофигур и шрифта объектов Text Art, независимо от выбранного типа заливки, можно также задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности.

        -
        4. -
      -

      Доступны следующие типы заливки:

      -
        -
      • Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить внутреннее пространство выбранной фигуры или слайда. -

        Заливка цветом

        -

        Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите нужный цвет из доступных наборов цветов или задайте любой цвет, который вам нравится:

        -

        Палитра

        -
          -
        • Цвета темы - цвета, соответствующие выбранной теме/цветовой схеме презентации. Как только вы примените какую-то другую тему или цветовую схему, набор Цвета темы изменится.
          • -
        • Стандартные цвета - набор стандартных цветов.
          • -
        • Пользовательский цвет - щелкните по этой надписи, если в доступных палитрах нет нужного цвета. Выберите нужный цветовой диапазон, перемещая вертикальный ползунок цвета, и определите конкретный цвет, перетаскивая инструмент для выбора цвета внутри большого квадратного цветового поля. Как только Вы выберете какой-то цвет, в полях справа отобразятся соответствующие цветовые значения RGB и sRGB. Также можно задать цвет на базе цветовой модели RGB, введя нужные числовые значения в полях R, G, B (красный, зеленый, синий), или указать шестнадцатеричный код sRGB в поле, отмеченном знаком #. Выбранный цвет появится в окне предпросмотра Новый. Если к объекту был ранее применен какой-то пользовательский цвет, этот цвет отображается в окне Текущий, так что вы можете сравнить исходный и измененный цвета. Когда цвет будет задан, нажмите на кнопку Добавить: -

          Палитра - Пользовательский цвет

          -

          Пользовательский цвет будет применен к объекту и добавлен в палитру Пользовательский цвет.

          -
          • -
        -

        Примечание: такие же типы цветов можно использовать при выборе цвета обводки автофигуры, настройке цвета шрифта или изменении цвета фона или границ таблицы.

        -
        • -
      -
      -
        -
      • Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить слайд или фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. -

        Градиентная заливка

        -
          -
        • Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям).
          • -
        • Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления : из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон.
          • -
        • Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку Ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента.
          • -
        -
        • -
      -
      -
        -
      • Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры или слайда изображение или предустановленную текстуру. -

        Заливка с помощью изображения или текстуры

        -
          -
        • Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры или слайда, можно добавить изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес. -
          • -
        • Если Вы хотите использовать текстуру в качестве фона фигуры или слайда, разверните меню Из текстуры и выберите нужную предустановленную текстуру. -

          В настоящее время доступны следующие текстуры: Холст, Картон, Темная ткань, Песок, Гранит, Серая бумага, Вязание, Кожа, Крафт-бумага, Папирус, Дерево.

          -
          • -
        -
          -
        • В том случае, если выбранное изображение имеет большие или меньшие размеры, чем автофигура или слайд, можно выбрать из выпадающего списка параметр Растяжение или Плитка. -

          Опция Растяжение позволяет подогнать размер изображения под размер слайда или автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство.

          -

          Опция Плитка позволяет отображать только часть большего изображения, сохраняя его исходные размеры, или повторять меньшее изображение, сохраняя его исходные размеры, по всей площади слайда или автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство.

          -

          Примечание: любая выбранная предустановленная текстура полностью заполняет пространство, но в случае необходимости можно применить эффект Растяжение.

          -
          • -
        -
        • -
      -
      -
        -
      • Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить слайд или фигуру с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. -

        Заливка с помощью узора

        -
          -
        • Узор - выберите один из готовых рисунков в меню.
          • -
        • Цвет переднего плана - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет элементов узора.
          • -
        • Цвет фона - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет фона узора.
          • -
        -
        • -
      -
      -
        -
      • Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если Вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку.
        • -
      -
      - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afe574663 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ + + + + Использование форматированных таблиц + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Использование форматированных таблиц

      +

      Создание новой форматированной таблицы

      +

      Чтобы облегчить работу с данными, в редакторе электронных таблиц предусмотрена возможность применения к выделенному диапазону ячеек шаблона таблицы с автоматическим включением фильтра. Для этого:

      +
        +
      1. выделите диапазон ячеек, которые требуется отформатировать,
        2. +
      2. щелкните по значку Форматировать как шаблон таблицы Значок Форматировать как шаблон таблицы, расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов,
        3. +
      3. в галерее выберите требуемый шаблон,
        4. +
      4. в открывшемся всплывающем окне проверьте диапазон ячеек, которые требуется отформатировать как таблицу,
        5. +
      5. установите флажок Заголовок, если требуется, чтобы заголовки таблицы входили в выделенный диапазон ячеек; в противном случае строка заголовка будет добавлена наверху, в то время как выделенный диапазон ячеек сместится на одну строку вниз,
        6. +
      6. нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить выбранный шаблон.
        7. +
      +

      Шаблон будет применен к выделенному диапазону ячеек, и вы сможете редактировать заголовки таблицы и применять фильтр для работы с данными.

      +

      Форматированную таблицу также можно вставить с помощью кнопки Таблица на вкладке Вставка. В этом случае применяется шаблон таблицы по умолчанию.

      +

      Примечание: как только вы создадите новую форматированную таблицу, этой таблице будет автоматически присвоено стандартное имя (Таблица1, Таблица2 и т.д.). Это имя можно изменить, сделав его более содержательным, и использовать для дальнейшей работы.

      +

      Если вы введете новое значение в любой ячейке под последней строкой таблицы (если таблица не содержит строки итогов) или в ячейке справа от последнего столбца таблицы, форматированная таблица будет автоматически расширена, и в нее будет включена новая строка или столбец. Если вы не хотите расширять таблицу, нажмите на появившуюся кнопку Специальная вставка и выберите опцию Отменить авторазвертывание таблицы. Как только это действие будет отменено, в этом меню станет доступна опция Повторить авторазвертывание таблицы.

      +

      Отменить авторазвертывание таблицы

      +

      Выделение строк и столбцов

      +

      Чтобы выделить всю строку в форматированной таблице, наведите курсор мыши на левую границу строки таблицы, чтобы курсор превратился в черную стрелку Выделение строки, затем щелкните левой кнопкой мыши.

      +

      Выделение строки

      +

      Чтобы выделить весь столбец в форматированной таблице, наведите курсор мыши на верхний край заголовка столбца, чтобы курсор превратился в черную стрелку Выделение столбца, затем щелкните левой кнопкой мыши. Если щелкнуть один раз, будут выделены данные столбца (как показано на изображении ниже); если щелкнуть дважды, будет выделен весь столбец, включая заголовок.

      +

      Выделение столбца

      +

      Чтобы выделить всю форматированную таблицу, наведите курсор мыши на левый верхний угол форматированной таблицы, чтобы курсор превратился в диагональную черную стрелку Выделение таблицы, затем щелкните левой кнопкой мыши.

      +

      Выделение таблицы

      +

      Редактирование форматированных таблиц

      +

      Некоторые параметры таблицы можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры таблицы на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее открыть, выделите мышью хотя бы одну ячейку в таблице и щелкните по значку Параметры таблицы Значок Параметры таблицы справа.

      +

      Вкладка Параметры таблицы

      +

      Разделы Строки и Столбцы, расположенные наверху, позволяют выделить некоторые строки или столбцы при помощи особого форматирования, или выделить разные строки и столбцы с помощью разных цветов фона для их четкого разграничения. Доступны следующие опции:

      +
        +
      • Заголовок - позволяет отобразить строку заголовка.
        • +
      • Итоговая - добавляет строку Итого в нижней части таблицы. +

        Примечание: если выбрана эта опция, вы также можете выбрать функцию для вычисления суммарных значений. При выделении ячейки в строке Итого, справа от ячейки будет доступна Кнопка со стрелкой. Нажмите ее и выберите нужную функцию из списка: Среднее, Количество, Макс, Мин, Сумма, Стандотклон или Дисп. Опция Другие функции позволяет открыть окно Вставить функцию и выбрать любую другую функцию. При выборе опции Нет в выделенной ячейке строки Итого не будет отображаться суммарное значение для этого столбца.

        +

        Итоговая строка

        +
        • +
      • Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных строк.
        • +
      • Кнопка фильтра - позволяет отобразить кнопки со стрелкой Кнопка со стрелкой в каждой ячейке строки заголовка. Эта опция доступна только если выбрана опция Заголовок.
        • +
      • Первый - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний левый столбец в таблице.
        • +
      • Последний - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний правый столбец в таблице.
        • +
      • Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных столбцов.
        • +
      +

      + Раздел По шаблону позволяет выбрать один из готовых стилей таблиц. Каждый шаблон сочетает в себе определенные параметры форматирования, такие как цвет фона, стиль границ, чередование строк или столбцов и т.д. + Набор шаблонов отображается по-разному в зависимости от параметров, указанных в разделах Строки и/или Столбцы выше. Например, если Вы отметили опцию Заголовок в разделе Строки и опцию Чередовать в разделе Столбцы, отображаемый список шаблонов будет содержать только шаблоны со строкой заголовка и чередованием столбцов: +

      +

      Список шаблонов

      +

      Если вы хотите очистить текущий стиль таблицы (цвет фона, границы и так далее), не удаляя при этом саму таблицу, примените шаблон None из списка шаблонов:

      +

      Шаблон None

      +

      В разделе Размер таблицы можно изменить диапазон ячеек, к которому применено табличное форматирование. Нажмите на кнопку Выбор данных - откроется новое всплывающее окно. Измените ссылку на диапазон ячеек в поле ввода или мышью выделите новый диапазон на листе и нажмите кнопку OK.

      +

      Примечание: Заголовки должны оставаться в той же строке, а результирующий диапазон таблицы - частично перекрываться с исходным диапазоном.

      +

      Изменение размера таблицы

      +

      Раздел Строки и столбцы Строки и столбцы позволяет выполнить следующие операции:

      +
        +
      • Выбрать строку, столбец, все данные в столбцах, исключая строку заголовка, или всю таблицу, включая строку заголовка.
        • +
      • Вставить новую строку выше или ниже выделенной, а также новый столбец слева или справа от выделенного.
        • +
      • Удалить строку, столбец (в зависимости от позиции курсора или выделения) или всю таблицу.
        • +
      +

      Примечание: опции раздела Строки и столбцы также доступны из контекстного меню.

      +

      Опцию Удалить дубликаты Удалить дубликаты можно использовать, если вы хотите удалить повторяющиеся значения из форматированной таблицы. Для получения дополнительной информации по удалению дубликатов обратитесь к этой странице.

      +

      Опцию Преобразовать в диапазон Преобразовать в диапазон можно использовать, если вы хотите преобразовать таблицу в обычный диапазон данных, удалив фильтр, но сохранив стиль таблицы (то есть цвета ячеек и шрифта и т.д.). Как только вы примените эту опцию, вкладка Параметры таблицы на правой боковой панели станет недоступна.

      +

      Опция Вставить срез Вставить срез используется, чтобы создать срез для форматированной таблицы. Для получения дополнительной информации по работе со срезами обратитесь к этой странице.

      +

      Опция Вставить сводную таблицу Вставить сводную таблицу используется, чтобы создать сводную таблицу на базе форматированной таблицы. Для получения дополнительной информации по работе со сводными таблицами обратитесь к этой странице.

      +

      Изменение дополнительных параметров форматированной таблицы

      +

      Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры таблицы, нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно 'Таблица - Дополнительные параметры':

      +

      Таблица - дополнительные параметры

      +

      Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит таблица.

      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 55be14b04..328858cab 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -42,16 +42,28 @@
    • Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга.

      Градиентная заливка

      -
        -
      • Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям).
        • -
      • Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления : из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон.
        • -
      • Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку Ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента.
        • -
      +
        +
      • + Стиль - выберите Линейный или Радиальный: +
          +
        • Линейный используется, когда вам нужно, чтобы цвета изменялись слева направо, сверху вниз или под любым выбранным вами углом в одном направлении. Чтобы выбрать предустановленное направление, щелкните Направление или же задайте точное значение угла градиента в поле Угол.
          • +
        • Радиальный используется, когда вам нужно, чтобы цвета изменялись по кругу от центра к краям.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + Точка градиента - это определенная точка перехода от одного цвета к другому. +
          +
        • Чтобы добавить точку градиента, Используйте кнопку Добавить точку градиента Добавить точку градиента или ползунок. Вы можете добавить до 10 точек градиента. Каждая следующая добавленная точка градиента никоим образом не повлияет на внешний вид текущей градиентной заливки. Чтобы удалить определенную точку градиента, используйте кнопку Удалить точку градиента Удалить точку градиента.
          • +
        • Чтобы изменить положение точки градиента, используйте ползунок или укажите Положение в процентах для точного местоположения.
          • +
        • Чтобы применить цвет к точке градиента, щелкните точку на панели ползунка, а затем нажмите Цвет, чтобы выбрать нужный цвет.
          • +
        +
        • +
    • Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру.

      Заливка с помощью изображения или текстуры

        -
      • Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры, можно добавить изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес.
        • +
      • Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры, можно нажать кнопку Выбрать изображение и добавить изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, Из хранилища, используя файловый менеджер ONLYOFFICE, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес.
      • Если Вы хотите использовать текстуру в качестве фона фигуры, разверните меню Из текстуры и выберите нужную предустановленную текстуру.

        В настоящее время доступны следующие текстуры: Холст, Картон, Темная ткань, Песок, Гранит, Серая бумага, Вязание, Кожа, Крафт-бумага, Папирус, Дерево.

        • @@ -135,7 +147,7 @@
      • Стрелки - эта группа опций доступна только в том случае, если выбрана фигура из группы автофигур Линии. Она позволяет задать Начальный и Конечный стиль и Размер стрелки, выбрав соответствующие опции из выпадающих списков.

      Фигура - дополнительные параметры

      -

      На вкладке Поля вокруг текста можно изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры).

      +

      На вкладке Текстовое поле можно Подгонять размер фигуры под текст, Разрешить переполнение фигуры текстом или изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры).

      Примечание: эта вкладка доступна, только если в автофигуру добавлен текст, в противном случае вкладка неактивна.

      Свойства фигуры - вкладка Колонки

      На вкладке Колонки можно добавить колонки текста внутри автофигуры, указав нужное Количество колонок (не более 16) и Интервал между колонками. После того как вы нажмете кнопку ОК, уже имеющийся текст или любой другой текст, который вы введете, в этой автофигуре будет представлен в виде колонок и будет перетекать из одной колонки в другую.

      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm index 9f6c58527..5f767b03a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm @@ -9,15 +9,15 @@ -
      +
      -

      Вставка диаграмм

      +

      Вставка диаграмм

      Вставка диаграммы

      -

      Для вставки диаграммы в электронную таблицу:

      -
        -
      1. Выделите диапазон ячеек, содержащих данные, которые необходимо использовать для диаграммы,
        2. +

        Для вставки диаграммы в электронную таблицу:

        +
          +
        1. Выделите диапазон ячеек, содержащих данные, которые необходимо использовать для диаграммы,
        2. Перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
        3. Щелкните по значку Значок Диаграмма Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов,
        4. @@ -37,254 +37,288 @@
        5. раскройте выпадающий список Тип и выберите нужный тип,
        6. раскройте выпадающий список Стиль, расположенный ниже, и выберите подходящий стиль.
        -

        Тип и стиль выбранной диаграммы будут изменены. Если требуется отредактировать данные, использованные для построения диаграммы,

        +

        Тип и стиль выбранной диаграммы будут изменены.

        + +

        Если требуется отредактировать данные, использованные для построения диаграммы,

          -
        1. нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры, расположенную на правой боковой панели, или выберите пункт Дополнительные параметры диаграммы из контекстного меню или просто дважды щелкните мышью по диаграмме,
          2. -
        2. в открывшемся окне Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры внесите все необходимые изменения,
          3. -
        3. нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить изменения и закрыть окно.
          4. +
        4. Нажмите кнопку Выбор данных на правой боковой панели.
          5. +
        5. + Используйте диалоговое окно Данные диаграммы для управления диапазоном данных диаграммы, элементами легенды (ряды), подписями горизонтальной оси (категории) и переключием строк / столбцов. +

          Окно Диапазон данных

          +
            +
          • + Диапазон данных для диаграммы - выберите данные для вашей диаграммы. +
              +
            • + Щелкните значок Иконка Выбор данных справа от поля Диапазон данных для диаграммы, чтобы выбрать диапазон ячеек. +

              Окно Диапазон данных для диаграммы

              +
              • +
            +
            • +
          • + Элементы легенды (ряды) - добавляйте, редактируйте или удаляйте записи легенды. Введите или выберите ряд для записей легенды. +
              +
            • В Элементах легенды (ряды) нажмите кнопку Добавить.
              • +
            • + В диалоговом окне Изменить ряд выберите диапазон ячеек для легенды или нажмите на иконку Иконка Выбор данных справа от поля Имя ряда. +

              Окно Изменить ряд

              +
              • +
            +
            • +
          • + Подписи горизонтальной оси (категории) - изменяйте текст подписи категории +
              +
            • В Подписях горизонтальной оси (категории) нажмите Редактировать.
              • +
            • + В поле Диапазон подписей оси введите названия для категорий или нажмите на иконку Иконка Выбор данных, чтобы выбрать диапазон ячеек. +

              Окно Подписи оси

              +
              • +
            +
            • +
          • + Переключить строку/столбец - переставьте местами данные, которые расположены на диаграмме. Переключите строки на столбцы, чтобы данные отображались на другой оси. +
            • +
          +
          6. +
        6. Нажмите кнопку ОК, чтобы применить изменения и закрыть окно.
        -

        Ниже приводится описание параметров диаграммы, которые можно изменить с помощью окна Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры.

        -

        На вкладке Тип и данные можно изменить тип диаграммы, а также данные, которые вы хотите использовать для создания диаграммы.

        +

        Ниже приводится описание параметров диаграммы, которые можно изменить с помощью окна Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры.

        + +

        На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы:

        +
          +
        • + Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка:
            -
          • Измените Тип диаграммы, выбрав один из доступных вариантов: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая.
            • -
          • Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и при необходимости измените его, нажав на кнопку Выбор данных и указав желаемый диапазон данных в следующем формате: Лист1!A1:B4.
            • -
          • Измените способ расположения данных. Можно выбрать ряды данных для использования по оси X: в строках или в столбцах.
            • +
          • Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался,
            • +
          • Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру,
            • +
          • Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы.
          -

          Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

          - -

          На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы:

          +
          • +
        • + Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка:
          • - Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
              -
            • Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался,
              • -
            • Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру,
              • -
            • Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы.
              • -
            + Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались,
          • - Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
              -
            • - Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались, -
              • -
            • - Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы, -
              • -
            • - Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы, -
              • -
            • - Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы, -
              • -
            • - Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, -
              • -
            • - Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, -
              • -
            • - Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа. -
              • -
            + Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы,
          • - Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных):
            -
              -
            • - укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. -
                -
              • Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
                • -
              • Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу.
                • -
              • Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
                • -
              • Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру.
                • -
              -
              • -
            • выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение,
              • -
            • введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных.
              • -
            -
            • -
          • Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались.
            • -
          • - Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. -

            Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм.

            + Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы,
          • - В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: -
              -
            • - Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
                -
              • Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось,
                • -
              • Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью.
                • -
              -
              • -
            • - Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
                -
              • Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось,
                • -
              • Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси,
                • -
              • По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси.
                • -
              -
              • -
            + Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы,
          • - В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. -

            Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки.

            + Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, +
            • +
          • + Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, +
            • +
          • + Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа.
          - -

          Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

          - -

          Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей.

          -

          На вкладке Вертикальная ось можно изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, где указываются числовые значения. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий.

          +
          • +
        • + Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных):
          • - Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: + укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы.
              -
            • - Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; - в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать - из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. -
              • -
            • - Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; - в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать - из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. -
              • -
            • - Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. - По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. - Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. -
              • -
            • - Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция - может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым - (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения - из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, - Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. -
              • -
            • - Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится - внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. -
              • +
            • Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
              • +
            • Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу.
              • +
            • Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
              • +
            • Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру.
              • +
            +
            • +
          • выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение,
            • +
          • введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались.
          • +
        • + Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. +

          Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм.

          +
          • +
        • + В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: +
            +
          • + Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: +
              +
            • Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось,
              • +
            • Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью.
          • - Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные - деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, - которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться - линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся - следующие опции размещения: + Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка:
              -
            • - Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, -
              • -
            • - На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, -
              • -
            • - Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, -
              • -
            • - Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. -
              • -
            -
            • -
          • - Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. - Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
              -
            • - Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, -
              • -
            • - Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, -
              • -
            • - Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, -
              • -
            • - Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. -
              • +
            • Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось,
              • +
            • Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси,
              • +
            • По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси.
          -

          Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

          +
          • +
        • + В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. +

          Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки.

          +
          • +
        -

        На вкладке Горизонтальная ось можно изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют - осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, - так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений.

        +

        Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

        + +

        Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей.

        +

        На вкладке Вертикальная ось можно изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, где указываются числовые значения. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий.

        +
          +
        • + Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры:
          • - Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: -
              -
            • - Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. - Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум - (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. -
              • -
            • - Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. -
              • -
            • - Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. - Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. -
              • -
            + Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; + в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать + из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение.
          • - Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные - деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, - которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться - линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: -
              -
            • - Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: - Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы - отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы - отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы - отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. -
              • -
            • - Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. -
              • -
            + Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; + в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать + из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение.
          • - Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. -
              -
            • - Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. - Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: - Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, - Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. -
              • -
            • - Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. - Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. -
              • -
            • - Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция - Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. - Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. -
              • -
            + Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. + По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. + Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. +
            • +
          • + Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция + может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым + (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения + из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, + Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. +
            • +
          • + Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится + внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз.
          -

          Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

          +
          • +
        • + Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные + деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, + которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться + линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся + следующие опции размещения: +
            +
          • + Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, +
            • +
          • + На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, +
            • +
          • + Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, +
            • +
          • + Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. + Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: +
            +
          • + Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, +
            • +
          • + Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, +
            • +
          • + Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, +
            • +
          • + Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. +
            • +
          +
          • +
        +

        Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

        + +

        + На вкладке Горизонтальная ось можно изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют + осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, + так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. +

        +
          +
        • + Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: +
            +
          • + Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. + Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум + (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. +
            • +
          • + Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. +
            • +
          • + Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. + Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные + деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, + которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться + линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: +
            +
          • + Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: + Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы + отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы + отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы + отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. +
            • +
          • + Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. +
            +
          • + Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. + Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: + Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, + Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. +
            • +
          • + Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. + Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. +
            • +
          • + Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция + Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. + Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. +
            • +
          +
          • +
        +

        Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры

        Вкладка Привязка к ячейке содержит следующие параметры:

        • Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее. Если ячейка перемещается (например, при вставке или удалении нескольких строк/столбцов), диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой. При увеличении или уменьшении ширины или высоты ячейки размер диаграммы также будет изменяться.
          • -
        • Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее, не допуская изменения размера фигуры. Если ячейка перемещается, диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры диаграммы останутся неизменными.
          • +
        • Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее, не допуская изменения размера диаграммы. Если ячейка перемещается, диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры диаграммы останутся неизменными.
        • Не перемещать и не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера диаграммы при изменении положения или размера ячейки.

        Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры: Привязка к ячейке

        Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма.

        Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры: Альтернативный текст

        - +

        Редактирование элементов диаграммы

        Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный.

        Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, размер, стиль или цвет шрифта.

        @@ -299,12 +333,16 @@ При выделении вертикальной или горизонтальной оси или линий сетки на вкладке Параметры фигуры будут доступны только параметры обводки: цвет, толщина и тип линии. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с цветами, заливками и обводкой фигур можно обратиться к этой странице.

        Обратите внимание: параметр Отображать тень также доступен на вкладке Параметры фигуры, но для элементов диаграммы он неактивен.

        +

        Если требуется изменить размер элемента диаграммы, щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, чтобы выбрать нужный элемент, и перетащите один из 8 белых маркеров Маркер изменения размера, расположенных по периметру элемента.

        +

        Изменение размера элементов диаграммы

        +

        Чтобы изменить позицию элемента, щелкните по нему левой кнопкой мыши, убедитесь, что курсор принял вид Стрелка, удерживайте левую кнопку мыши и перетащите элемент в нужное место.

        +

        Перемещение элементов диаграммы

        Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре.

        Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы.

        3D-диаграмма

        В случае необходимости можно изменить размер и положение диаграммы.

        Чтобы удалить вставленную диаграмму, щелкните по ней и нажмите клавишу Delete.

        - +

        Редактирование спарклайнов

        Спарклайн - это небольшая диаграмма, помещенная в одну ячейку. Спарклайны могут быть полезны, если требуется наглядно представить информацию для каждой строки или столбца в больших наборах данных. Это позволяет проще показать тенденции изменений во множестве рядов данных.

        Если таблица содержит уже существующие спарклайны, созданные с помощью какого-то другого приложения, можно изменить свойства спарклайнов. Для этого выделите мышью ячейку со спарклайном и щелкните по значку Параметры диаграммы Значок Параметры диаграммы на правой боковой панели. Если выделенный спарклайн входит в группу спарклайнов, изменения будут применены ко всем спарклайнам в группе.

        @@ -381,6 +419,6 @@
    - + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm deleted file mode 100644 index fe896c5e0..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,261 +0,0 @@ - - - - Вставка и редактирование диаграмм - - - - - - - -
    -
    - -
    -

    Вставка и редактирование диаграмм

    -

    Вставка диаграммы

    -

    Для вставки диаграммы в презентацию,

    -
      -
    1. установите курсор там, где требуется поместить диаграмму,
      2. -
    2. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
      3. -
    3. щелкните по значку Значок Диаграмма Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов,
      4. -
    4. выберите из доступных типов диаграммы тот, который вам нужен - гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая, -

      Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D.

      -
      5. -
    5. после этого появится окно Редактор диаграмм, в котором можно ввести в ячейки необходимые данные при помощи следующих элементов управления: -
        -
      • Копировать и Вставить для копирования и вставки скопированных данных
        • -
      • Отменить и Повторить для отмены и повтора действий
        • -
      • Вставить функцию для вставки функции
        • -
      • Уменьшить разрядность и Увеличить разрядность для уменьшения и увеличения числа десятичных знаков
        • -
      • Формат чисел для изменения числового формата, то есть того, каким образом выглядят введенные числа в ячейках
        • -
      -

      Окно Редактор диаграмм

      -
      6. -
    6. измените параметры диаграммы, нажав на кнопку Изменить диаграмму в окне Редактор диаграмм. Откроется окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. -

      Окно Параметры диаграммы

      -

      На вкладке Тип и данные можно выбрать тип диаграммы, а также данные, которые вы хотите использовать для создания диаграммы.

      -
        -
      • Выберите Тип диаграммы, которую требуется вставить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая.
        • -
      • Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и при необходимости измените его, нажав на кнопку Выбор данных и указав желаемый диапазон данных в следующем формате: Лист1!A1:B4.
        • -
      • Измените способ расположения данных. Можно выбрать ряды данных для использования по оси X: в строках или в столбцах.
        • -
      -

      Окно Параметры диаграммы

      -

      На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы:

      -
        -
      • Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
          -
        • Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался,
          • -
        • Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру,
          • -
        • Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы.
          • -
        -
        • -
      • - Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
          -
        • Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались,
          • -
        • Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы,
          • -
        • Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы,
          • -
        • Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы,
          • -
        • Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы,
          • -
        • Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева,
          • -
        • Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа.
          • -
        -
        • -
      • - Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных):
        -
          -
        • - укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. -
            -
          • Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
            • -
          • Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу.
            • -
          • Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху.
            • -
          • Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение,
          • -
        • введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных.
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались.
        • -
      • - Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. -

        Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм.

        -
        • -
      • - В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: -
          -
        • - Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
            -
          • Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось,
            • -
          • Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • - Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
            -
          • Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось,
            • -
          • Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси,
            • -
          • По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси.
            • -
          -
          • -
        -
        • -
      • - В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. -

        Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки.

        -
        • -
      -

      Окно Параметры диаграммы

      -

      Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей.

      -

      Вкладка Вертикальная ось позволяет изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, на которой указываются числовые значения. - Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующей вкладке. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. -

      -
        -
      • Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: -
          -
        • Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; - в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать - из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. -
          • -
        • Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; - в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать - из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. -
          • -
        • Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. - По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. - Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. -
          • -
        • Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция - может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым - (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения - из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, - Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. -
          • -
        • Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится - внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. -
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные - деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, - которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться - линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся - следующие опции размещения: -
          -
        • Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались,
          • -
        • На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси,
          • -
        • Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси,
          • -
        • Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси.
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. - Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: -
          -
        • Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались,
          • -
        • Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы,
          • -
        • Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы,
          • -
        • Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью.
          • -
        -
        • -
      -

      Окно Параметры диаграммы

      -

      Вкладка Горизонтальная ось позволяет изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют - осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, - так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. -

      -
        -
      • Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: -
          -
        • Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. - Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум - (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. -
          • -
        • Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями.
          • -
        • Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. - Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. -
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные - деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, - которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться - линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: -
          -
        • Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: - Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы - отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы - отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы - отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. -
          • -
        • Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями.
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. -
          -
        • Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. - Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: - Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, - Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. -
          • -
        • Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. - Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. -
          • -
        • - Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция - Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. - Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. -
          • -
        -
        • -
      -

      Окно Параметры диаграммы

      -

      Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма.

      -
      7. -
    7. - После того, как диаграмма будет добавлена, можно также изменить ее размер и положение. -

      Можно задать положение диаграммы на слайде, перетаскивая ее по горизонтали или по вертикали.

      -
      8. - -
    -

    Вы также можете добавить диаграмму внутри текстовой рамки, нажав на кнопку Значок Диаграмма Диаграмма в ней и выбрав нужный тип диаграммы:

    -

    Добавление диаграммы в текстовую рамку

    -

    Также можно добавить диаграмму в макет слайда. Для получения дополнительной информации вы можете обратиться к этой статье.

    -
    -

    Редактирование элементов диаграммы

    -

    Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный.

    -

    Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, стиль, размер или цвет шрифта.

    -

    - При выборе диаграммы становится также активным значок Параметры фигуры Значок Параметры фигуры - справа, так как фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Можно щелкнуть по этому значку, чтобы открыть вкладку - Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов и изменить параметры Заливки и Обводки фигуры. - Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что вы не можете изменить тип фигуры. -

    -

    - C помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели можно изменить не только саму область диаграммы, но и элементы диаграммы, такие как область построения, ряды данных, заголовок диаграммы, легенда и другие, и применить к ним различные типы заливки. Выберите элемент диаграммы, нажав на него левой кнопкой мыши, и выберите нужный тип заливки: сплошной цвет, градиент, текстура или изображение, узор. Настройте параметры заливки и при необходимости задайте уровень прозрачности. - При выделении вертикальной или горизонтальной оси или линий сетки на вкладке Параметры фигуры будут доступны только параметры обводки: цвет, толщина и тип линии. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с цветами, заливками и обводкой фигур можно обратиться к этой странице. -

    -

    Обратите внимание: параметр Отображать тень также доступен на вкладке Параметры фигуры, но для элементов диаграммы он неактивен.

    -

    Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре.

    -

    Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы.

    -

    3D-диаграмма

    -
    -

    Изменение параметров диаграммы

    - Вкладка Параметры диаграммы -

    Размер, тип и стиль диаграммы, а также данные, используемые для построения диаграммы, можно изменить с помощью правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по диаграмме и выберите значок Параметры диаграммы Значок Параметры диаграммы справа.

    -

    Раздел Размер позволяет изменить ширину и/или высоту диаграммы. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции Значок Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: Кнопка Сохранять пропорции нажата), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон диаграммы.

    -

    Раздел Изменить тип диаграммы позволяет изменить выбранный тип и/или стиль диаграммы с помощью соответствующего выпадающего меню.

    -

    Для выбора нужного Стиля диаграммы используйте второе выпадающее меню в разделе Изменить тип диаграммы.

    -

    Кнопка Изменить данные позволяет вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм и начать редактирование данных, как описано выше.

    -

    Примечание: чтобы быстро вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм, можно также дважды щелкнуть мышью по диаграмме на слайде.

    -

    Опция Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели позволяет открыть окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры, в котором можно задать альтернативный текст:

    -

    Окно дополнительных параметров диаграммы

    -
    -

    Чтобы удалить добавленную диаграмму, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре.

    -

    Чтобы узнать, как выровнять диаграмму на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько объектов, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде.

    -
    - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm index 2d1acaed9..fb641b753 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm @@ -50,6 +50,8 @@

    Программа сместит выделенный столбец вправо, чтобы вставить пустой.

    +

    Вы также можете использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Shift+= для вызова диалогового окна вставки новых ячеек, выбрать опцию Ячейки со сдвигом вправо, Ячейки со сдвигом вниз, Строку или Столбец и нажать кнопку OK.

    +

    Окно вставки ячеек

    Скрытие и отображение строк и столбцов

    Для скрытия строки или столбца:

      @@ -100,7 +102,9 @@
      при использовании опции Столбец столбец, находящийся справа от удаленного, будет перемещен влево;
    -

    Удаленные данные всегда можно восстановить с помощью значка Отменить Значок Отменить на верхней панели инструментов.

    +

    Вы также можете использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Shift+- для вызова диалогового окна удаления ячеек, выбрать опцию Ячейки со сдвигом влево, Ячейки со сдвигом вверх, Строку или Столбец и нажать кнопку OK.

    +

    Окно удаления ячеек

    +

    Удаленные данные всегда можно восстановить с помощью значка Отменить Значок Отменить на верхней панели инструментов.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index 4d33edbeb..430c05aed 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Когда курсор будет установлен в нужную позицию, можно заполнить поле:
    • введите требуемое цифровое или буквенное значение с помощью клавиатуры,
      • -
    • вставьте специальный символ, используя палитру Символы из меню Значок Уравнение Уравнение на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
      • +
    • вставьте специальный символ, используя палитру Символы из меню Значок Уравнение Уравнение на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов или вводя их с клавиатуры (см. описание функции Автозамена математическими символами),
    • добавьте шаблон другого уравнения с палитры, чтобы создать сложное вложенное уравнение. Размер начального уравнения будет автоматически изменен в соответствии с содержимым. Размер элементов вложенного уравнения зависит от размера поля начального уравнения, но не может быть меньше, чем размер мелкого индекса.

    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm index 13f20fbe3..efbe8c620 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm @@ -28,61 +28,68 @@ Сумма - используется для того, чтобы сложить все числа в выбранном диапазоне без учета пустых или содержащих текст ячеек. -

    Результаты этих расчетов отображаются в правом нижнем углу строки состояния.

    +

    Результаты этих расчетов отображаются в правом нижнем углу строки состояния. Вы можете управлять строкой состояния, щелкнув по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выбрав только те функции, которые требуется отображать.

    Основные расчеты

    Для выполнения любых других расчетов можно ввести нужную формулу вручную, используя общепринятые математические операторы, или вставить заранее определенную формулу - Функцию.

    -

    Возможности работы с Функциями доступны как на вкладке Главная, так и на вкладке Формула. На вкладке Главная, вы можете использовать кнопку Вставить функцию Значок Вставить функцию чтобы добавить одну из часто используемых функций (СУММ, МИН, МАКС, СЧЁТ) или открыть окно Вставить функцию, содержащее все доступные функции, распределенные по категориям.

    -

    Вкладка Формула

    +

    Возможности работы с Функциями доступны как на вкладке Главная, так и на вкладке Формула. Также можно использовать сочетание клавиш Shift+F3. На вкладке Главная, вы можете использовать кнопку Вставить функцию Значок Вставить функцию чтобы добавить одну из часто используемых функций (СУММ, СРЗНАЧ, МИН, МАКС, СЧЁТ) или открыть окно Вставить функцию, содержащее все доступные функции, распределенные по категориям. Используйте поле поиска, чтобы найти нужную функцию по имени.

    +

    Вставка функций

    На вкладке Формула можно использовать следующие кнопки:

    +

    Вкладка Формула

    • Функция - чтобы открыть окно Вставить функцию, содержащее все доступные функции, распределенные по категориям.
    • Автосумма - чтобы быстро получить доступ к функциям СУММ, МИН, МАКС, СЧЁТ. При выборе функции из этой группы она автоматически выполняет вычисления для всех ячеек в столбце, расположенных выше выделенной ячейки, поэтому вам не потребуется вводить аргументы.
    • Последние использованные - чтобы быстро получить доступ к 10 последним использованным функциям.
    • Финансовые, Логические, Текст и данные, Дата и время, Поиск и ссылки, Математические - чтобы быстро получить доступ к функциям, относящимся к определенной категории.
    • Другие функции - чтобы получить доступ к функциям из следующих групп: Базы данных, Инженерные, Информационные и Статистические.
      • +
    • Именованные диапазоны - чтобы открыть Диспетчер имен, или присвоить новое имя, или вставить имя в качестве аргумента функции. Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к этой странице.
    • Пересчет - чтобы принудительно выполнить пересчет функций.

    Для вставки функции:

      -
    1. выделите ячейку, в которую требуется вставить функцию,
      2. -
    2. действуйте одним из следующих способов: +
    3. Выделите ячейку, в которую требуется вставить функцию.
      4. +
    4. Действуйте одним из следующих способов:
        -
      • перейдите на вкладку Формула и используйте кнопки на верхней панели инструментов, чтобы получить доступ к функциям из определенной группы, или выберите в меню опцию Дополнительно, чтобы открыть окно Вставить функцию.
        • -
      • перейдите на вкладку Главная, щелкните по значку Вставить функцию Значок Вставить функцию, выберите одну из часто используемых функций (СУММ, МИН, МАКС, СЧЁТ) или выберите опцию Дополнительно.
        • +
      • перейдите на вкладку Формула и используйте кнопки на верхней панели инструментов, чтобы получить доступ к функциям из определенной группы, затем щелкните по нужной функции, чтобы открыть окно Аргументы функции. Также можно выбрать в меню опцию Дополнительно или нажать кнопку Значок Функция Функция на верхней панели инструментов, чтобы открыть окно Вставить функцию.
        • +
      • перейдите на вкладку Главная, щелкните по значку Вставить функцию Значок Вставить функцию, выберите одну из часто используемых функций (СУММ, СРЗНАЧ, МИН, МАКС, СЧЁТ) или выберите опцию Дополнительно, чтобы открыть окно Вставить функцию.
      • щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной ячейке и выберите в контекстном меню команду Вставить функцию.
      • щелкните по значку Значок Функция перед строкой формул.
      5. -
    5. в открывшемся окне Вставить функцию выберите нужную группу функций, а затем выберите из списка требуемую функцию и нажмите OK.
      6. -
    6. введите аргументы функции или вручную, или выделив мышью диапазон ячеек, который надо добавить в качестве аргумента. Если функция требует несколько аргументов, их надо вводить через точку с запятой. -

      Примечание: в общих случаях, в качестве аргументов функций можно использовать числовые значения, логические значения (ИСТИНА, ЛОЖЬ), текстовые значения (они должны быть заключены в кавычки), ссылки на ячейки, ссылки на диапазоны ячеек, имена, присвоенные диапазонам, и другие функции.

      +
    7. В открывшемся окне Вставить функцию введите имя функции в поле поиска или выберите нужную группу функций, а затем выберите из списка требуемую функцию и нажмите OK. +

      Когда вы выберете нужную функцию, откроется окно Аргументы функции:

      +

      Аргументы функции

      8. -
    8. Нажмите клавишу Enter.
      9. +
    9. В открывшемся окне Аргументы функции введите нужные значения для каждого аргумента. +

      Аргументы функции можно вводить вручную или нажав на кнопку Значок Диапазон исходных данных и выбрав ячейку или диапазон ячеек, который надо добавить в качестве аргумента.

      +

      Примечание: в общих случаях, в качестве аргументов функций можно использовать числовые значения, логические значения (ИСТИНА, ЛОЖЬ), текстовые значения (они должны быть заключены в кавычки), ссылки на ячейки, ссылки на диапазоны ячеек, имена, присвоенные диапазонам, и другие функции.

      +

      Результат функции будет отображен ниже.

      +
      10. +
    10. Когда все аргументы будут указаны, нажмите кнопку OK в окне Аргументы функции.

    Чтобы ввести функцию вручную с помощью клавиатуры,

      -
    1. выделите ячейку,
      2. +
    2. Выделите ячейку.
    3. - введите знак "равно" (=) -

      Каждая формула должна начинаться со знака "равно" (=)

      + Введите знак "равно" (=). +

      Каждая формула должна начинаться со знака "равно" (=).

    4. - введите имя функции + Введите имя функции.

      Как только вы введете начальные буквы, появится список Автозавершения формул. По мере ввода в нем отображаются элементы (формулы и имена), которые соответствуют введенным символам. При наведении курсора на формулу отображается всплывающая подсказка с ее описанием. Можно выбрать нужную формулу из списка и вставить ее, щелкнув по ней или нажав клавишу Tab.

    5. - введите аргументы функции + Введите аргументы функции или вручную, или выделив мышью диапазон ячеек, который надо добавить в качестве аргумента. Если функция требует несколько аргументов, их надо вводить через точку с запятой.

      Аргументы должны быть заключены в круглые скобки. При выборе функции из списка открывающая скобка '(' добавляется автоматически. При вводе аргументов также отображается всплывающая подсказка с синтаксисом формулы.

      Всплывающая подсказка

      6. -
    6. когда все аргументы будут указаны, добавьте закрывающую скобку ')' и нажмите клавишу Enter.
      7. +
    7. Когда все аргументы будут указаны, добавьте закрывающую скобку ')' и нажмите клавишу Enter.

    При вводе новых данных или изменении значений, используемых в качестве аргументов, пересчет функций по умолчанию выполняется автоматически. Вы можете принудительно выполнить пересчет функций с помощью кнопки Пересчет на вкладке Формула. Нажатие на саму кнопку Значок Пересчет Пересчет позволяет выполнить пересчет всей рабочей книги, также можно нажать на стрелку под этой кнопкой и выбрать в меню нужный вариант: Пересчет книги или Пересчет рабочего листа.

    Также можно использовать следующие сочетания клавиш: F9 для пересчета рабочей книги, Shift +F9 для пересчета текущего рабочего листа.

    @@ -102,7 +109,7 @@ Статистические функции Используются для анализа данных: нахождения среднего значения, наибольшего или наименьшего значения в диапазоне ячеек. - СРОТКЛ; СРЗНАЧ; СРЗНАЧА; СРЗНАЧЕСЛИ; СРЗНАЧЕСЛИМН; БЕТАРАСП; БЕТА.РАСП; БЕТА.ОБР; БЕТАОБР; БИНОМРАСП; БИНОМ.РАСП; БИНОМ.РАСП.ДИАП; БИНОМ.ОБР; ХИ2РАСП; ХИ2ОБР; ХИ2.РАСП; ХИ2.РАСП.ПХ; ХИ2.ОБР; ХИ2.ОБР.ПХ; ХИ2ТЕСТ; ХИ2.ТЕСТ; ДОВЕРИТ; ДОВЕРИТ.НОРМ; ДОВЕРИТ.СТЬЮДЕНТ; КОРРЕЛ; СЧЁТ; СЧЁТЗ; СЧИТАТЬПУСТОТЫ; СЧЁТЕСЛИ; СЧЁТЕСЛИМН; КОВАР; КОВАРИАЦИЯ.Г; КОВАРИАЦИЯ.В; КРИТБИНОМ; КВАДРОТКЛ; ЭКСП.РАСП; ЭКСПРАСП; F.РАСП; FРАСП; F.РАСП.ПХ; F.ОБР; FРАСПОБР; F.ОБР.ПХ; ФИШЕР; ФИШЕРОБР; ПРЕДСКАЗ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ЕTS.ДОВИНТЕРВАЛ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS.СЕЗОННОСТЬ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS.СТАТ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ЛИНЕЙН; ЧАСТОТА; ФТЕСТ; F.ТЕСТ; ГАММА; ГАММА.РАСП; ГАММАРАСП; ГАММА.ОБР; ГАММАОБР; ГАММАНЛОГ; ГАММАНЛОГ.ТОЧН; ГАУСС; СРГЕОМ; СРГАРМ; ГИПЕРГЕОМЕТ; ГИПЕРГЕОМ.РАСП; ОТРЕЗОК; ЭКСЦЕСС; НАИБОЛЬШИЙ; ЛОГНОРМОБР; ЛОГНОРМ.РАСП; ЛОГНОРМ.ОБР; ЛОГНОРМРАСП; МАКС; МАКСА; МАКСЕСЛИ; МЕДИАНА; МИН; МИНА; МИНЕСЛИ; МОДА; МОДА.НСК; МОДА.ОДН; ОТРБИНОМРАСП; ОТРБИНОМ.РАСП; НОРМРАСП; НОРМ.РАСП; НОРМОБР; НОРМ.ОБР; НОРМСТРАСП; НОРМ.СТ.РАСП; НОРМСТОБР; НОРМ.СТ.ОБР; ПИРСОН; ПЕРСЕНТИЛЬ; ПРОЦЕНТИЛЬ.ИСКЛ; ПРОЦЕНТИЛЬ.ВКЛ; ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ; ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ.ИСКЛ; ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ.ВКЛ; ПЕРЕСТ; ПЕРЕСТА; ФИ; ПУАССОН; ПУАССОН.РАСП; ВЕРОЯТНОСТЬ; КВАРТИЛЬ; КВАРТИЛЬ.ИСКЛ; КВАРТИЛЬ.ВКЛ; РАНГ; РАНГ.СР; РАНГ.РВ; КВПИРСОН; СКОС; СКОС.Г; НАКЛОН; НАИМЕНЬШИЙ; НОРМАЛИЗАЦИЯ; СТАНДОТКЛОН; СТАНДОТКЛОН.В; СТАНДОТКЛОНА; СТАНДОТКЛОНП; СТАНДОТКЛОН.Г; СТАНДОТКЛОНПА; СТОШYX; СТЬЮДРАСП; СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП; СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП.2Х; СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП.ПХ; СТЬЮДЕНТ.ОБР; СТЬЮДЕНТ.ОБР.2Х; СТЬЮДРАСПОБР; УРЕЗСРЕДНЕЕ; ТТЕСТ; СТЬЮДЕНТ.ТЕСТ; ДИСП; ДИСПА; ДИСПР; ДИСП.Г; ДИСП.В; ДИСПРА; ВЕЙБУЛЛ; ВЕЙБУЛЛ.РАСП; ZТЕСТ; Z.ТЕСТ + СРОТКЛ; СРЗНАЧ; СРЗНАЧА; СРЗНАЧЕСЛИ; СРЗНАЧЕСЛИМН; БЕТАРАСП; БЕТА.РАСП; БЕТА.ОБР; БЕТАОБР; БИНОМРАСП; БИНОМ.РАСП; БИНОМ.РАСП.ДИАП; БИНОМ.ОБР; ХИ2РАСП; ХИ2ОБР; ХИ2.РАСП; ХИ2.РАСП.ПХ; ХИ2.ОБР; ХИ2.ОБР.ПХ; ХИ2ТЕСТ; ХИ2.ТЕСТ; ДОВЕРИТ; ДОВЕРИТ.НОРМ; ДОВЕРИТ.СТЬЮДЕНТ; КОРРЕЛ; СЧЁТ; СЧЁТЗ; СЧИТАТЬПУСТОТЫ; СЧЁТЕСЛИ; СЧЁТЕСЛИМН; КОВАР; КОВАРИАЦИЯ.Г; КОВАРИАЦИЯ.В; КРИТБИНОМ; КВАДРОТКЛ; ЭКСП.РАСП; ЭКСПРАСП; F.РАСП; FРАСП; F.РАСП.ПХ; F.ОБР; FРАСПОБР; F.ОБР.ПХ; ФИШЕР; ФИШЕРОБР; ПРЕДСКАЗ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ЕTS.ДОВИНТЕРВАЛ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS.СЕЗОННОСТЬ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS.СТАТ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ЛИНЕЙН; ЧАСТОТА; ФТЕСТ; F.ТЕСТ; ГАММА; ГАММА.РАСП; ГАММАРАСП; ГАММА.ОБР; ГАММАОБР; ГАММАНЛОГ; ГАММАНЛОГ.ТОЧН; ГАУСС; СРГЕОМ; СРГАРМ; ГИПЕРГЕОМЕТ; ГИПЕРГЕОМ.РАСП; ОТРЕЗОК; ЭКСЦЕСС; НАИБОЛЬШИЙ; ЛИНЕЙН; ЛОГНОРМОБР; ЛОГНОРМ.РАСП; ЛОГНОРМ.ОБР; ЛОГНОРМРАСП; МАКС; МАКСА; МАКСЕСЛИ; МЕДИАНА; МИН; МИНА; МИНЕСЛИ; МОДА; МОДА.НСК; МОДА.ОДН; ОТРБИНОМРАСП; ОТРБИНОМ.РАСП; НОРМРАСП; НОРМ.РАСП; НОРМОБР; НОРМ.ОБР; НОРМСТРАСП; НОРМ.СТ.РАСП; НОРМСТОБР; НОРМ.СТ.ОБР; ПИРСОН; ПЕРСЕНТИЛЬ; ПРОЦЕНТИЛЬ.ИСКЛ; ПРОЦЕНТИЛЬ.ВКЛ; ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ; ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ.ИСКЛ; ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ.ВКЛ; ПЕРЕСТ; ПЕРЕСТА; ФИ; ПУАССОН; ПУАССОН.РАСП; ВЕРОЯТНОСТЬ; КВАРТИЛЬ; КВАРТИЛЬ.ИСКЛ; КВАРТИЛЬ.ВКЛ; РАНГ; РАНГ.СР; РАНГ.РВ; КВПИРСОН; СКОС; СКОС.Г; НАКЛОН; НАИМЕНЬШИЙ; НОРМАЛИЗАЦИЯ; СТАНДОТКЛОН; СТАНДОТКЛОН.В; СТАНДОТКЛОНА; СТАНДОТКЛОНП; СТАНДОТКЛОН.Г; СТАНДОТКЛОНПА; СТОШYX; СТЬЮДРАСП; СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП; СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП.2Х; СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП.ПХ; СТЬЮДЕНТ.ОБР; СТЬЮДЕНТ.ОБР.2Х; СТЬЮДРАСПОБР; УРЕЗСРЕДНЕЕ; ТТЕСТ; СТЬЮДЕНТ.ТЕСТ; ДИСП; ДИСПА; ДИСПР; ДИСП.Г; ДИСП.В; ДИСПРА; ВЕЙБУЛЛ; ВЕЙБУЛЛ.РАСП; ZТЕСТ; Z.ТЕСТ Математические функции @@ -137,7 +144,7 @@ Информационные функции Используются для предоставления информации о данных в выделенной ячейке или диапазоне ячеек. - ТИП.ОШИБКИ; ЕПУСТО; ЕОШ; ЕОШИБКА; ЕЧЁТН; ЕФОРМУЛА; ЕЛОГИЧ; ЕНД; ЕНЕТЕКСТ; ЕЧИСЛО; ЕНЕЧЁТ; ЕССЫЛКА; ЕТЕКСТ; Ч; НД; ЛИСТ; ЛИСТЫ; ТИП + ЯЧЕЙКА; ТИП.ОШИБКИ; ЕПУСТО; ЕОШ; ЕОШИБКА; ЕЧЁТН; ЕФОРМУЛА; ЕЛОГИЧ; ЕНД; ЕНЕТЕКСТ; ЕЧИСЛО; ЕНЕЧЁТ; ЕССЫЛКА; ЕТЕКСТ; Ч; НД; ЛИСТ; ЛИСТЫ; ТИП Логические функции diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 8b36066af..89ee60f36 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -74,7 +74,8 @@
    1. выделите мышью изображение, которое требуется заменить,
    2. щелкните по значку Параметры изображения Значок Параметры изображения на правой боковой панели,
      3. -
    3. в разделе Заменить изображение нажмите нужную кнопку: Из файла или По URL и выберите требуемое изображение. +
    4. нажмите кнопку Заменить изображение,
      5. +
    5. выберите нужную опцию: Из файла, Из хранилища или По URL и выберите требуемое изображение.

      Примечание: вы также можете щелкнуть по изображению правой кнопкой мыши и использовать пункт контекстного меню Заменить изображение.

    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm index d86bd2693..27d061e81 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@

    Вставка символов и знаков

    -

    При работе может возникнуть необходимость поставить символ, которого нет на вашей клавиатуре. Для вставки таких символов используйте функцию Таблица символов иконкаВставить символ.

    +

    При работе может возникнуть необходимость поставить символ, которого нет на вашей клавиатуре. Для вставки таких символов используйте функцию Таблица символов иконка Вставить символ.

    Для этого выполните следующие шаги:

    • установите курсор, куда будет помещен символ,
    • перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
    • - щелкните по значку Таблица символов иконкаСимвол, + щелкните по значку Таблица символов иконка Символ,

      Таблица символов панель слева

    • в открывшемся окне выберите необходимый символ,
      • @@ -28,6 +28,8 @@

      чтобы быстрее найти нужный символ, используйте раздел Набор. В нем все символы распределены по группам, например, выберите «Символы валют», если нужно вставить знак валют.

      Если же данный символ отсутствует в наборе, выберите другой шрифт. Во многих из них также есть символы, отличные от стандартного набора.

      Или же впишите в строку шестнадцатеричный Код знака из Юникод нужного вам символа. Данный код можно найти в Таблице символов.

      +

      Также можно использовать вкладку Специальные символы для выбора специального символа из списка.

      +

      Таблица символов панель слева

      Для быстрого доступа к нужным символам также используйте Ранее использовавшиеся символы, где хранятся несколько последних использованных символов,

    • нажмите Вставить. Выбранный символ будет добавлен в документ.
      • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 8ce1490f5..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ - - - - Вставка и форматирование таблиц - - - - - - - -
      -
      - -
      -

      Вставка и форматирование таблиц

      -

      Вставка таблицы

      -

      Для вставки таблицы на слайд:

      -
        -
      1. выберите слайд, на который надо добавить таблицу,
        2. -
      2. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
        3. -
      3. нажмите значок Значок Таблица Таблица на верхней панели инструментов,
        4. -
      4. выберите опцию для создания таблицы: -
          -

        • или таблица со стандартным количеством ячеек (максимум 10 на 8 ячеек)

          -

          Если требуется быстро добавить таблицу, просто выделите мышью нужное количество строк (максимум 8) и столбцов (максимум 10).

          • -

        • или пользовательская таблица

          -

          Если Вам нужна таблица больше, чем 10 на 8 ячеек, выберите опцию Вставить пользовательскую таблицу, после чего откроется окно, в котором можно вручную ввести нужное количество строк и столбцов соответственно, затем нажмите кнопку OK.

          • -
        -
        5. -
      5. после того, как таблица будет добавлена, Вы сможете изменить ее свойства и положение.
        6. -
      -

      Вы также можете добавить таблицу внутри текстовой рамки, нажав на кнопку Значок Таблица Таблица в ней и выбрав нужное количество ячеек или опцию Вставить пользовательскую таблицу:

      -

      Добавление таблицы в текстовую рамку

      -

      Чтобы изменить размер таблицы, перетаскивайте маркеры Значок Квадрат, расположенные по ее краям, пока таблица не достигнет нужного размера.

      -

      Изменение размера таблицы

      -

      Вы также можете вручную изменить ширину определенного столбца или высоту строки. Наведите курсор мыши на правую границу столбца, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку Курсор при изменении ширины столбца, и перетащите границу влево или вправо, чтобы задать нужную ширину. Чтобы вручную изменить высоту отдельной строки, наведите курсор мыши на нижнюю границу строки, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку Курсор при изменении высоты строки, и перетащите границу вверх или вниз.

      -

      Можно задать положение таблицы на слайде путем перетаскивания ее по вертикали или по горизонтали.

      -

      - Примечание: для перемещения по таблице можно использовать сочетания клавиш. -

      -

      Также можно добавить таблицу в макет слайда. Для получения дополнительной информации вы можете обратиться к этой статье.

      -
      -

      Изменение параметров таблицы

      - Вкладка Параметры таблицы -

      Большинство свойств таблицы, а также ее структуру можно изменить с помощью правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по таблице и выберите значок Параметры таблицы Значок Параметры таблицы справа.

      -

      Разделы Строки и Столбцы, расположенные наверху, позволяют выделить некоторые строки или столбцы при помощи особого форматирования, или выделить разные строки и столбцы с помощью разных цветов фона для их четкого разграничения. Доступны следующие опции:

      -
        -
      • Заголовок - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования самую верхнюю строку в таблице.
        • -
      • Итоговая - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования самую нижнюю строку в таблице.
        • -
      • Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных строк.
        • -
      • Первый - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний левый столбец в таблице.
        • -
      • Последний - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний правый столбец в таблице.
        • -
      • Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных столбцов.
        • -
      -

      Раздел По шаблону позволяет выбрать один из готовых стилей таблиц. Каждый шаблон сочетает в себе определенные параметры форматирования, такие как цвет фона, стиль границ, чередование строк или столбцов и т.д. - Набор шаблонов отображается по-разному в зависимости от параметров, указанных в разделах Строки и/или Столбцы выше. Например, если Вы отметили опцию Заголовок в разделе Строки и опцию Чередовать в разделе Столбцы, отображаемый список шаблонов будет содержать только шаблоны со строкой заголовка и чередованием столбцов:

      -

      Список шаблонов

      -

      Раздел Стиль границ позволяет изменить примененное форматирование, соответствующее выбранному шаблону. Можно выделить всю таблицу или определенный диапазон ячеек, для которого необходимо изменить форматирование, и задать все параметры вручную.

      -
        -
      • Параметры Границ - задайте толщину границы с помощью списка Список Толщина границ (или выберите опцию Без границ), выберите ее Цвет на доступных палитрах и определите, как они должны отображаться в ячейках, нажимая на значки: -

        Значки Тип границ

        -
        • -
      • Цвет фона - выберите цвет фона внутри выбранных ячеек.
        • -
      -

      Раздел Строки и столбцы Строки и столбцы позволяет выполнить следующие операции:

      -
        -
      • Выбрать строку, столбец, ячейку (в зависимости от позиции курсора) или всю таблицу.
        • -
      • Вставить новую строку выше или ниже выделенной, а также новый столбец слева или справа от выделенного.
        • -
      • Удалить строку, столбец (в зависимости от позиции курсора или выделения) или всю таблицу.
        • -
      • Объединить ячейки - чтобы объединить предварительно выделенные ячейки в одну.
        • -
      • Разделить ячейку... - чтобы разделить предварительно выделенную ячейку на определенное количество строк и столбцов. Эта команда вызывает следующее окно: -

        Окно разделения ячейки

        -

        Укажите Количество столбцов и Количество строк, на которое необходимо разделить выбранную ячейку, и нажмите OK.

        -
        • -
      -

      Примечание: опции раздела Строки и столбцы также доступны из контекстного меню.

      -

      Раздел Размер ячейки используется для изменения ширины и высоты выделенной ячейки. В этом разделе можно также Выровнять высоту строк, чтобы все выделенные ячейки имели одинаковую высоту, или Выровнять ширину столбцов, чтобы все выделенные ячейки имели одинаковую ширину. Опции Выровнять высоту строк / ширину столбцов также доступны из контекстного меню.

      -
      -

      Изменение дополнительных параметров таблицы

      -

      Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры таблицы, щелкните по таблице правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню опцию Дополнительные параметры таблицы или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств таблицы:

      -

      Свойства таблицы

      -

      Вкладка Поля позволяет задать расстояние между текстом внутри ячейки и границами ячейки:

      -
        -
      • введите нужные значения Полей ячейки вручную или
        • -
      • установите флажок Использовать поля по умолчанию, чтобы применить предустановленные значения (при необходимости их тоже можно изменить).
        • -
      -

      Свойства таблицы

      -

      Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит таблица.

      -
      -

      Для форматирования введенного текста внутри ячеек таблицы можно использовать значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Контекстное меню, вызываемое правым щелчком мыши по таблице, содержит две дополнительных опции:

      -
        -
      • Вертикальное выравнивание в ячейках - позволяет задать предпочтительный тип вертикального выравнивания текста внутри выделенных ячеек: По верхнему краю, По центру, или По нижнему краю.
        • -
      • Гиперссылка - позволяет вставить гиперссылку в выделенную ячейку.
        • -
      -
      - - diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 000a0aea1..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,239 +0,0 @@ - - - - Вставка и форматирование текста - - - - - - - -
      -
      - -
      -

      Вставка и форматирование текста

      -

      Вставка текста

      -

      Новый текст можно добавить тремя разными способами:

      -
        -
      • Добавить фрагмент текста внутри соответствующей текстовой рамки, предусмотренной на макете слайда. Для этого установите курсор внутри текстовой рамки и напишите свой текст или вставьте его, используя сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V, вместо соответствующего текста по умолчанию.
        • -
      • Добавить фрагмент текста в любом месте на слайде. Можно вставить надпись (прямоугольную рамку, внутри которой вводится текст) или объект Text Art (текстовое поле с предварительно заданным стилем и цветом шрифта, позволяющее применять текстовые эффекты). В зависимости от требуемого типа текстового объекта можно сделать следующее: -
          -
        • - чтобы добавить текстовое поле, щелкните по значку Значок Надпись Надпись на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните там, где требуется поместить надпись, удерживайте кнопку мыши и перетаскивайте границу текстового поля, чтобы задать его размер. Когда вы отпустите кнопку мыши, в добавленном текстовом поле появится курсор, и вы сможете ввести свой текст. -

          Примечание: надпись можно также вставить, если щелкнуть по значку Значок Фигура Фигура на верхней панели инструментов и выбрать фигуру Автофигура Вставка текста из группы Основные фигуры.

          -
          • -
        • чтобы добавить объект Text Art, щелкните по значку Значок Text Art Text Art на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните по нужному шаблону стиля – объект Text Art будет добавлен в центре слайда. Выделите мышью стандартный текст внутри текстового поля и напишите вместо него свой текст.
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Добавить фрагмент текста внутри автофигуры. Выделите фигуру и начинайте печатать текст.
        • -
      -

      Щелкните за пределами текстового объекта, чтобы применить изменения и вернуться к слайду.

      -

      Текст внутри текстового объекта является его частью (при перемещении или повороте текстового объекта текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ним).

      -

      Поскольку вставленный текстовый объект представляет собой прямоугольную рамку (у нее по умолчанию невидимые границы) с текстом внутри, а эта рамка является обычной автофигурой, можно изменять свойства и фигуры, и текста.

      -

      Чтобы удалить добавленный текстовый объект, щелкните по краю текстового поля и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Текст внутри текстового поля тоже будет удален.

      -

      Форматирование текстового поля

      -

      Выделите текстовое поле, щелкнув по его границе, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текстовое поле выделено, его границы отображаются как сплошные, а не пунктирные линии.

      -

      Выделенное текстовое поле

      - -

      Форматирование текста внутри текстового поля

      -

      Щелкните по тексту внутри текстового поля, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текст выделен, границы текстового поля отображаются как пунктирные линии.

      -

      Выделенный текст

      -

      Примечание: форматирование текста можно изменить и в том случае, если выделено текстовое поле, а не сам текст. В этом случае любые изменения будут применены ко всему тексту в текстовом поле. Некоторые параметры форматирования шрифта (тип, размер, цвет и стили оформления шрифта) можно отдельно применить к предварительно выделенному фрагменту текста.

      -

      Выравнивание текста внутри текстового поля

      -

      Горизонтально текст выравнивается четырьмя способами: по левому краю, по правому краю, по центру или по ширине. Для этого:

      -
        -
      1. установите курсор в том месте, где требуется применить выравнивание (это может быть новая строка или уже введенный текст),
        2. -
      2. разверните список Горизонтальное выравнивание Значок Горизонтальное выравнивание на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов,
        3. -
      3. выберите тип выравнивания, который вы хотите применить: -
          -
        • опция Выравнивание текста по левому краю Значок Выравнивание текста по левому краю позволяет выровнять текст по левому краю текстового поля (правый край остается невыровненным).
          • -
        • опция Выравнивание текста по центру Значок Выравнивание текста по центру позволяет выровнять текст по центру текстового поля (правый и левый края остаются невыровненными).
          • -
        • опция Выравнивание текста по правому краю Значок Выравнивание текста по правому краю позволяет выровнять текст по правому краю текстового поля (левый край остается невыровненным).
          • -
        • опция Выравнивание текста по ширине Значок Выравнивание текста по ширине позволяет выровнять текст как по левому, так и по правому краю текстового поля (выравнивание осуществляется за счет добавления дополнительных интервалов там, где это необходимо).
          • -
        -
        4. -
      -

      Примечание: эти параметры также можно найти в окне Абзац - Дополнительные параметры.

      -

      Вертикально текст выравнивается тремя способами: по верхнему краю, по середине или по нижнему краю. Для этого:

      -
        -
      1. установите курсор в том месте, где требуется применить выравнивание (это может быть новая строка или уже введенный текст),
        2. -
      2. разверните список Вертикальное выравнивание Значок Вертикальное выравнивание на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов,
        3. -
      3. выберите тип выравнивания, который вы хотите применить: -
          -
        • опция Выравнивание текста по верхнему краю Значок Выравнивание текста по верхнему краю позволяет выровнять текст по верхнему краю текстового поля.
          • -
        • опция Выравнивание текста по середине Значок Выравнивание текста по середине позволяет выровнять текст по центру текстового поля.
          • -
        • опция Выравнивание текста по нижнему краю Значок Выравнивание текста по нижнему краюn позволяет выровнять текст по нижнему краю текстового поля.
          • -
        -
        4. -
      -
      -

      Изменение направления текста

      -

      Чтобы повернуть текст внутри текстового поля, щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Направление текста, а затем выберите один из доступных вариантов: Горизонтальное (выбран по умолчанию), Повернуть текст вниз (задает вертикальное направление, сверху вниз) или Повернуть текст вверх (задает вертикальное направление, снизу вверх).

      -
      -

      Настройка типа, размера, цвета шрифта и применение стилей оформления

      -

      Можно выбрать тип, размер и цвет шрифта, а также применить различные стили оформления шрифта, используя соответствующие значки, расположенные на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов.

      -

      Примечание: если необходимо применить форматирование к тексту, который уже есть в презентации, выделите его мышью или с помощью клавиатуры, а затем примените форматирование.

      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      ШрифтШрифтИспользуется для выбора шрифта из списка доступных. Если требуемый шрифт отсутствует в списке, его можно скачать и установить в вашей операционной системе, после чего он будет доступен для использования в десктопной версии.
      Размер шрифтаРазмер шрифтаИспользуется для выбора предустановленного значения размера шрифта из выпадающего списка (доступны следующие стандартные значения: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 и 96). Также можно вручную ввести произвольное значение в поле ввода и нажать клавишу Enter.
      Цвет шрифтаЦвет шрифтаИспользуется для изменения цвета букв/символов в тексте. Для выбора цвета нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом со значком.
      ПолужирныйПолужирныйИспользуется для придания шрифту большей насыщенности.
      КурсивКурсивИспользуется для придания шрифту наклона вправо.
      ПодчеркнутыйПодчеркнутыйИспользуется для подчеркивания текста чертой, проведенной под буквами.
      ЗачеркнутыйЗачеркнутыйИспользуется для зачеркивания текста чертой, проведенной по буквам.
      Надстрочные знакиНадстрочные знакиИспользуется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях.
      Подстрочные знакиПодстрочные знакиИспользуется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах.
      -

      Задание междустрочного интервала и изменение отступов абзацев

      -

      Можно задать высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце, а также поля между текущим и предыдущим или последующим абзацем.

      -

      Вкладка Параметры текста

      -

      Для этого:

      -
        -
      1. установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца, или выделите мышью несколько абзацев,
        2. -
      2. используйте соответствующие поля вкладки Значок Параметры текста Параметры текста на правой боковой панели, чтобы добиться нужного результата: -
          -
        • Междустрочный интервал - задайте высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце. Вы можете выбрать одну из трех опций: минимум (устанавливает минимальный междустрочный интервал, который требуется, чтобы соответствовать самому крупному шрифту или графическому элементу на строке), множитель (устанавливает междустрочный интервал, который может быть выражен в числах больше 1), точно (устанавливает фиксированный междустрочный интервал). Необходимое значение можно указать в поле справа.
          • -
        • Интервал между абзацами - задайте величину свободного пространства между абзацами. -
            -
          • Перед - задайте величину свободного пространства перед абзацем.
            • -
          • После - задайте величину свободного пространства после абзаца.
            • -
          -
          • -
        -
        3. -
      -

      Примечание: эти параметры также можно найти в окне Абзац - Дополнительные параметры.

      -

      Чтобы быстро изменить междустрочный интервал в текущем абзаце, можно также использовать значок Междустрочный интервал Междустрочный интервал на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выбрав нужное значение из списка: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, или 3.0 строки.

      -

      Чтобы изменить смещение абзаца от левого края текстового поля, установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца или выделите мышью несколько абзацев и используйте соответствующие значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов: Уменьшить отступ Уменьшить отступ и Увеличить отступ Увеличить отступ.

      -

      Изменение дополнительных параметров абзаца

      -

      Чтобы открыть окно Абзац - Дополнительные параметры, щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Дополнительные параметры текста. Также можно установить курсор в пределах нужного абзаца - на правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Значок Параметры текста Параметры текста. Нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры. Откроется окно свойств абзаца:

      - Свойства абзаца - вкладка Отступы и интервалы -

      На вкладке Отступы и интервалы можно выполнить следующие действия:

      -
        -
      • изменить тип выравнивания текста внутри абзаца,
        • -
      • изменить отступы абзаца от внутренних полей текстового объекта, -
          -
        • Слева - задайте смещение всего абзаца от левого внутреннего поля текстового блока, указав нужное числовое значение,
          • -
        • Справа - задайте смещение всего абзаца от правого внутреннего поля текстового блока, указав нужное числовое значение,
          • -
        • Первая строка - задайте отступ для первой строки абзаца, выбрав соответствующий пункт меню ((нет), Отступ, Выступ) и изменив числовое значение для Отступа или Выступа, заданное по умолчанию,
          • -
        -
        • -
      • изменить междустрочный интервал внутри абзаца.
        • -
      -

      - Чтобы задать отступы, можно также использовать горизонтальную линейку. -

      - Линейка - маркеры отступов -

      Выделите нужный абзац или абзацы и перетащите маркеры отступов по линейке.

      -
        -
      • - Маркер отступа первой строки Маркер отступа первой строки используется, чтобы задать смещение от левого внутреннего поля текстового объекта для первой строки абзаца. -
        • -
      • - Маркер выступа Маркер выступа используется, чтобы задать смещение от левого внутреннего поля текстового объекта для второй и всех последующих строк абзаца. -
        • -
      • Маркер отступа слева Маркер отступа слева используется, чтобы задать смещение от левого внутреннего поля текстового объекта для всего абзаца.
        • -
      • - Маркер отступа справа Маркер отступа справа используется, чтобы задать смещение абзаца от правого внутреннего поля текстового объекта. -
        • -
      -

      - Примечание: если вы не видите линеек, перейдите на вкладку Главная верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Параметры представления Значок Параметры представления в правом верхнем углу и снимите отметку с опции Скрыть линейки, чтобы отобразить их.

      - Свойства абзаца - вкладка Шрифт -

      Вкладка Шрифт содержит следующие параметры:

      -
        -
      • Зачёркивание - используется для зачеркивания текста чертой, проведенной по буквам.
        • -
      • Двойное зачёркивание - используется для зачеркивания текста двойной чертой, проведенной по буквам.
        • -
      • Надстрочные - используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях.
        • -
      • Подстрочные - используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах.
        • -
      • Малые прописные - используется, чтобы сделать все буквы строчными.
        • -
      • Все прописные - используется, чтобы сделать все буквы прописными.
        • -
      • Межзнаковый интервал - используется, чтобы задать расстояние между символами. Увеличьте значение, заданное по умолчанию, чтобы применить Разреженный интервал, или уменьшите значение, заданное по умолчанию, чтобы применить Уплотненный интервал. Используйте кнопки со стрелками или введите нужное значение в поле ввода. -

        Все изменения будут отображены в расположенном ниже поле предварительного просмотра.

        -
        • -
      - Свойства абзаца - вкладка Табуляция -

      На вкладке Табуляция можно изменить позиции табуляции, то есть те позиции, куда переходит курсор при нажатии клавиши Tab на клавиатуре.

      -
        -
      • Позиция табуляции По умолчанию имеет значение 2.54 см. Это значение можно уменьшить или увеличить, используя кнопки со стрелками или введя в поле нужное значение.
        • -
      • Позиция - используется, чтобы задать пользовательские позиции табуляции. Введите в этом поле нужное значение, настройте его более точно, используя кнопки со стрелками, и нажмите на кнопку Задать. Пользовательская позиция табуляции будет добавлена в список в расположенном ниже поле.
        • -
      • Выравнивание - используется, чтобы задать нужный тип выравнивания для каждой из позиций табуляции в расположенном выше списке. Выделите нужную позицию табуляции в списке, выберите в выпадающем списке Выравнивание опцию По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю и нажмите на кнопку Задать. -
          -
        • По левому краю - выравнивает текст по левому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется вправо от позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером Маркер табуляции по левому краю.
          • -
        • По центру - центрирует текст относительно позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером Маркер табуляции по центру.
          • -
        • По правому краю - выравнивает текст по правому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется влево от позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером Маркер табуляции по правому краю.
          • -
        -

        Для удаления позиций табуляции из списка выделите позицию табуляции и нажмите кнопку Удалить или Удалить все.

        -
        • -
      -

      Для установки позиций табуляции можно также использовать горизонтальную линейку:

      -
        -
      1. - Выберите нужный тип позиции табуляции, нажав на кнопку Кнопка Табуляция с выравниванием по левому краю в левом верхнем углу рабочей области: - По левому краю Кнопка табуляции с выравниванием по левому краю, - По центру Кнопка табуляции с выравниванием по центру, - По правому краю Кнопка табуляции с выравниванием по правому краю. -
        2. -
      2. - Щелкните по нижнему краю линейки в том месте, где требуется установить позицию табуляции. Для изменения местоположения позиции табуляции перетащите ее по линейке. Для удаления добавленной позиции табуляции перетащите ее за пределы линейки. -

        - Горизонтальная линейка с добавленными позициями табуляции -

        -

        Примечание: если вы не видите линеек, перейдите на вкладку Главная верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Параметры представления Значок Параметры представления в правом верхнем углу и снимите отметку с опции Скрыть линейки, чтобы отобразить их.

        -
        3. -
      -

      Изменение стиля объекта Text Art

      -

      Выделите текстовый объект и щелкните по значку Параметры объектов Text Art Значок Параметры объектов Text Art на правой боковой панели.

      -

      Вкладка Параметры объектов Text Art

      -
        -
      • Измените примененный стиль текста, выбрав из галереи новый Шаблон. Можно также дополнительно изменить этот базовый стиль, выбрав другой тип, размер шрифта и т.д.
        • -
      • Измените заливку и обводку шрифта. Доступны точно такие же опции, как и для автофигур.
        • -
      • Примените текстовый эффект, выбрав нужный тип трансформации текста из галереи Трансформация. Можно скорректировать степень искривления текста, перетаскивая розовый маркер в форме ромба.
        • -
      -

      Трансформация объекта Text Art

      -
      - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm index dbf18856b..e9c9d104c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -53,14 +53,14 @@
    • Создайте маркированный или нумерованный список. Для этого щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите в контекстном меню пункт Маркеры и нумерация, а затем выберите один из доступных знаков маркера или стилей нумерации.

      Маркеры и нумерация

      -

      Опция Параметры списка позволяет открыть окно Параметры списка. Окно настроек маркированного списка выглядит следующим образом:

      +

      Опция Параметры списка позволяет открыть окно Параметры списка, в котором можно настроить параметры для соответствующего типа списка:

      Окно настроек маркированного списка

      -

      Окно настроек нумерованного списка выглядит следующим образом:

      +

      Тип (маркированный список) - позволяет выбрать нужный символ, используемый для маркированного списка. При нажатии на поле Новый маркер открывается окно Символ, в котором можно выбрать один из доступных символов. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с символами вы можете обратиться к этой статье.

      Окно настроек нумерованного списка

      +

      Тип (нумерованный список) - позволяет выбрать нужный формат нумерованного списка.

      • Размер - позволяет выбрать нужный размер для каждого из маркеров или нумераций в зависимости от текущего размера текста. Может принимать значение от 25% до 400%.
      • Цвет - позволяет выбрать нужный цвет маркеров или нумерации. Вы можете выбрать на палитре один из цветов темы или стандартных цветов или задать пользовательский цвет.
        • -
      • Маркер - позволяет выбрать нужный символ, используемый для маркированного списка. При нажатии на поле Изменить маркер открывается окно Символ, в котором можно выбрать один из доступных символов. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с символами вы можете обратиться к этой статье.
      • Начать с - позволяет задать нужное числовое значение, с которого вы хотите начать нумерацию.
      • diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm deleted file mode 100644 index d560f0e59..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ - - - - Управление слайдами - - - - - - - -
      -
      - -
      -

      Управление слайдами

      -

      По умолчанию новая созданная презентация содержит один пустой титульный слайд. Вы можете создавать новые слайды, копировать слайды, чтобы затем можно было вставить их в другое место в списке слайдов, дублировать слайды, перемещать слайды, чтобы изменить их порядок в списке, удалять ненужные слайды, помечать отдельные слайды как скрытые.

      -

      Для создания нового слайда с макетом Заголовок и объект:

      -
        -
      • щелкните по значку Значок Добавить слайд Добавить слайд на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов или
        • -
      • щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по любому слайду в списке и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Новый слайд или
        • -
      • нажмите сочетание клавиш Ctrl+M.
        • -
      -

      Для создания нового слайда с другим макетом:

      -
        -
      1. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Добавить слайд Добавить слайд на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
        2. -
      2. выберите в меню слайд с нужным макетом. -

        Примечание: вы в любое время сможете изменить макет добавленного слайда. Чтобы получить дополнительную информацию о том, как это сделать, обратитесь к разделу Настройка параметров слайда.

        -
        3. -
      -

      Новый слайд будет вставлен после выделенного слайда в списке существующих слайдов слева.

      -

      Для дублирования слайда:

      -
        -
      1. щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по нужному слайду в списке существующих слайдов слева,
        2. -
      2. в контекстном меню выберите пункт Дублировать слайд.
        3. -
      -

      Дублированный слайд будет вставлен после выделенного слайда в списке слайдов.

      -

      Для копирования слайда:

      -
        -
      1. в списке существующих слайдов слева выделите слайд, который требуется скопировать,
        2. -
      2. нажмите сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C,
        3. -
      3. выделите в списке слайд, после которого требуется вставить скопированный,
        4. -
      4. нажмите сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V.
        5. -
      -

      Для перемещения существующего слайда:

      -
        -
      1. щелкните левой кнопкой мыши по нужному слайду в списке существующих слайдов слева,
        2. -
      2. не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите его на нужное место в списке (горизонтальная линия обозначает новую позицию).
        3. -
      -

      Для удаления ненужного слайда:

      -
        -
      1. в списке существующих слайдов слева щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по слайду, который требуется удалить,
        2. -
      2. в контекстном меню выберите пункт Удалить слайд.
        3. -
      -

      Для скрытия слайда:

      -
        -
      1. в списке существующих слайдов слева щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по слайду, который требуется скрыть,
        2. -
      2. в контекстном меню выберите пункт Скрыть слайд.
        3. -
      -

      Номер, соответствующий скрытому слайду, будет перечеркнут в списке слайдов слева. Чтобы отображать скрытый слайд как обычный слайд в списке, щелкните по опции Скрыть слайд еще раз.

      -

      Скрытый слайд

      -

      Примечание: эту опцию можно использовать, если вы не хотите демонстрировать зрителям некоторые слайды, но вам требуется, чтобы в случае необходимости к этим слайдам можно было получить доступ. При запуске показа слайдов в режиме докладчика все имеющиеся слайды отображаются в списке слева, при этом номера скрытых слайдов перечеркнуты. Если вы захотите показать зрителям слайд, помеченный как скрытый, просто щелкните по нему в списке слайдов слева - слайд будет отображен.

      -

      Для выделения всех существующих слайдов сразу:

      -
        -
      1. щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по любому слайду в списке существующих слайдов слева,
        2. -
      2. в контекстном меню выберите пункт Выделить все.
        3. -
      -

      Для выделения нескольких слайдов:

      -
        -
      1. удерживайте клавишу Ctrl,
        2. -
      2. выделите нужные слайды в списке существующих слайдов слева, щелкая по ним левой кнопкой мыши.
        3. -
      -

      Примечание: все сочетания клавиш, которые можно использовать для управления слайдами, перечислены на странице Сочетания клавиш.

      -
      - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e8b0c1b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2554 @@ + + + + Функции автозамены + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Функции автозамены

      +

      Функции автозамены используются для автоматического форматирования текста при обнаружении или вставки специальных математических символов путем распознавания определенных символов.

      +

      Доступные параметры автозамены перечислены в соответствующем диалоговом окне. Чтобы его открыть, перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Проверка орфографии -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены.

      +

      + В диалоговом окне Автозамена содержит три вкладки: Автозамена математическими символами, Распознанные функции и Автоформат при вводе. +

      +

      Автозамена математическими символами

      +

      При работе с уравнениями множество символов, диакритических знаков и знаков математических действий можно добавить путем ввода с клавиатуры, а не выбирая шаблон из коллекции.

      +

      В редакторе уравнений установите курсор в нужном поле для ввода, введите специальный код и нажмите Пробел. Введенный код будет преобразован в соответствующий символ, а пробел будет удален.

      +

      Примечание: коды чувствительны к регистру.

      +

      Вы можете добавлять, изменять, восстанавливать и удалять записи автозамены из списка автозамены. Перейдите во вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Проверка орфографии ->Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автозамена математическими символами.

      +

      Чтобы добавить запись в список автозамены,

      +

      +

        +
      • Введите код автозамены, который хотите использовать, в поле Заменить.
        • +
      • Введите символ, который будет присвоен введенному вами коду, в поле На.
        • +
      • Щелкните на кнопку Добавить.
        • +
      +

      +

      Чтобы изменить запись в списке автозамены,

      +

      +

        +
      • Выберите запись, которую хотите изменить.
        • +
      • Вы можете изменить информацию в полях Заменить для кода и На для символа.
        • +
      • Щелкните на кнопку Добавить.
        • +
      +

      +

      Чтобы удалить запись из списка автозамены,

      +

      +

        +
      • Выберите запись, которую хотите удалить.
        • +
      • Щелкните на кнопку Удалить.
        • +
      +

      +

      Чтобы восстановить ранее удаленные записи, выберите из списка запись, которую нужно восстановить, и нажмите кнопку Восстановить.

      +

      Чтобы восстановить настройки по умолчанию, нажмите кнопку Сбросить настройки. Любая добавленная вами запись автозамены будет удалена, а измененные значения будут восстановлены до их исходных значений.

      +

      Чтобы отключить автозамену математическими символами и избежать автоматических изменений и замен, снимите флажок Заменять текст при вводе.

      +

      Автозамена

      +

      В таблице ниже приведены все поддерживаемые в настоящее время коды, доступные в Редакторе таблиц. Полный список поддерживаемых кодов также можно найти на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительыне параметры -> Проверка орфографии ->Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автозамена математическими символами.

      +
      + Поддерживаемые коды + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      КодСимволКатегория
      !!Двойной факториалСимволы
      ...Горизонтальное многоточиеТочки
      ::Двойное двоеточиеОператоры
      :=Двоеточие равноОператоры
      /<Не меньше чемОператоры отношения
      />Не больше чемОператоры отношения
      /=Не равноОператоры отношения
      \aboveСимволСимволы Above/Below
      \acuteСимволАкценты
      \alephСимволБуквы иврита
      \alphaСимволГреческие буквы
      \AlphaСимволГреческие буквы
      \amalgСимволБинарные операторы
      \angleСимволГеометрические обозначения
      \aointСимволИнтегралы
      \approxСимволОператоры отношений
      \asmashСимволСтрелки
      \astЗвездочкаБинарные операторы
      \asympСимволОператоры отношений
      \atopСимволОператоры
      \barСимволЧерта сверху/снизу
      \BarСимволАкценты
      \becauseСимволОператоры отношений
      \beginСимволРазделители
      \belowСимволСимволы Above/Below
      \betСимволБуквы иврита
      \betaСимволГреческие буквы
      \BetaСимволГреческие буквы
      \bethСимволБуквы иврита
      \bigcapСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigcupСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigodotСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigoplusСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigotimesСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigsqcupСимволКрупные операторы
      \biguplusСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigveeСимволКрупные операторы
      \bigwedgeСимволКрупные операторы
      \binomialСимволУравнения
      \botСимволЛогические обозначения
      \bowtieСимволОператоры отношений
      \boxСимволСимволы
      \boxdotСимволБинарные операторы
      \boxminusСимволБинарные операторы
      \boxplusСимволБинарные операторы
      \braСимволРазделители
      \breakСимволСимволы
      \breveСимволАкценты
      \bulletСимволБинарные операторы
      \capСимволБинарные операторы
      \cbrtСимволКвадратные корни и радикалы
      \casesСимволСимволы
      \cdotСимволБинарные операторы
      \cdotsСимволТочки
      \checkСимволАкценты
      \chiСимволГреческие буквы
      \ChiСимволГреческие буквы
      \circСимволБинарные операторы
      \closeСимволРазделители
      \clubsuitСимволСимволы
      \cointСимволИнтегралы
      \congСимволОператоры отношений
      \coprodСимволМатематические операторы
      \cupСимволБинарные операторы
      \daletСимволБуквы иврита
      \dalethСимволБуквы иврита
      \dashvСимволОператоры отношений
      \ddСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \DdСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \ddddotСимволАкценты
      \dddotСимволАкценты
      \ddotСимволАкценты
      \ddotsСимволТочки
      \defeqСимволОператоры отношений
      \degcСимволСимволы
      \degfСимволСимволы
      \degreeСимволСимволы
      \deltaСимволГреческие буквы
      \DeltaСимволГреческие буквы
      \DeltaeqСимволОператоры
      \diamondСимволБинарные операторы
      \diamondsuitСимволСимволы
      \divСимволБинарные операторы
      \dotСимволАкценты
      \doteqСимволОператоры отношений
      \dotsСимволТочки
      \doubleaСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleAСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublebСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleBСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublecСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleCСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubledСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleDСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleeСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleEСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublefСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleFСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublegСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleGСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublehСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleHСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleiСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleIСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublejСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleJСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublekСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleKСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublelСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleLСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublemСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleMСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublenСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleNСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleoСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleOСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublepСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublePСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleqСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleQСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublerСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleRСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublesСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleSСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubletСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleTСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleuСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleUСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublevСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleVСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublewСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleWСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublexСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleXСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleyСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleYСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doublezСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \doubleZСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \downarrowСимволСтрелки
      \DownarrowСимволСтрелки
      \dsmashСимволСтрелки
      \eeСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \ellСимволСимволы
      \emptysetСимволОбозначения множествs
      \emspЗнаки пробела
      \endСимволРазделители
      \enspЗнаки пробела
      \epsilonСимволГреческие буквы
      \EpsilonСимволГреческие буквы
      \eqarrayСимволСимволы
      \equivСимволОператоры отношений
      \etaСимволГреческие буквы
      \EtaСимволГреческие буквы
      \existsСимволЛогические обозначенияs
      \forallСимволЛогические обозначенияs
      \frakturaСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturAСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturbСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturBСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturcСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturCСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturdСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturDСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \fraktureСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturEСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturfСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturFСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturgСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturGСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturhСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturHСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturiСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturIСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturkСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturKСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturlСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturLСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturmСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturMСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturnСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturNСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturoСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturOСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturpСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturPСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturqСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturQСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturrСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturRСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \fraktursСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturSСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturtСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturTСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturuСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturUСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturvСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturVСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturwСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturWСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturxСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturXСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturyСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturYСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturzСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frakturZСимволБуквы готического шрифта
      \frownСимволОператоры отношений
      \funcapplyБинарные операторы
      \GСимволГреческие буквы
      \gammaСимволГреческие буквы
      \GammaСимволГреческие буквы
      \geСимволОператоры отношений
      \geqСимволОператоры отношений
      \getsСимволСтрелки
      \ggСимволОператоры отношений
      \gimelСимволБуквы иврита
      \graveСимволАкценты
      \hairspЗнаки пробела
      \hatСимволАкценты
      \hbarСимволСимволы
      \heartsuitСимволСимволы
      \hookleftarrowСимволСтрелки
      \hookrightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \hphantomСимволСтрелки
      \hsmashСимволСтрелки
      \hvecСимволАкценты
      \identitymatrixСимволМатрицы
      \iiСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \iiintСимволИнтегралы
      \iintСимволИнтегралы
      \iiiintСимволИнтегралы
      \ImСимволСимволы
      \imathСимволСимволы
      \inСимволОператоры отношений
      \incСимволСимволы
      \inftyСимволСимволы
      \intСимволИнтегралы
      \integralСимволИнтегралы
      \iotaСимволГреческие буквы
      \IotaСимволГреческие буквы
      \itimesМатематические операторы
      \jСимволСимволы
      \jjСимволДважды начерченные буквы
      \jmathСимволСимволы
      \kappaСимволГреческие буквы
      \KappaСимволГреческие буквы
      \ketСимволРазделители
      \lambdaСимволГреческие буквы
      \LambdaСимволГреческие буквы
      \langleСимволРазделители
      \lbbrackСимволРазделители
      \lbraceСимволРазделители
      \lbrackСимволРазделители
      \lceilСимволРазделители
      \ldivСимволДробная черта
      \ldivideСимволДробная черта
      \ldotsСимволТочки
      \leСимволОператоры отношений
      \leftСимволРазделители
      \leftarrowСимволСтрелки
      \LeftarrowСимволСтрелки
      \leftharpoondownСимволСтрелки
      \leftharpoonupСимволСтрелки
      \leftrightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \LeftrightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \leqСимволОператоры отношений
      \lfloorСимволРазделители
      \lhvecСимволАкценты
      \limitСимволЛимиты
      \llСимволОператоры отношений
      \lmoustСимволРазделители
      \LongleftarrowСимволСтрелки
      \LongleftrightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \LongrightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \lrharСимволСтрелки
      \lvecСимволАкценты
      \mapstoСимволСтрелки
      \matrixСимволМатрицы
      \medspЗнаки пробела
      \midСимволОператоры отношений
      \middleСимволСимволы
      \modelsСимволОператоры отношений
      \mpСимволБинарные операторы
      \muСимволГреческие буквы
      \MuСимволГреческие буквы
      \nablaСимволСимволы
      \naryandСимволОператоры
      \nbspЗнаки пробела
      \neСимволОператоры отношений
      \nearrowСимволСтрелки
      \neqСимволОператоры отношений
      \niСимволОператоры отношений
      \normСимволРазделители
      \notcontainСимволОператоры отношений
      \notelementСимволОператоры отношений
      \notinСимволОператоры отношений
      \nuСимволГреческие буквы
      \NuСимволГреческие буквы
      \nwarrowСимволСтрелки
      \oСимволГреческие буквы
      \OСимволГреческие буквы
      \odotСимволБинарные операторы
      \ofСимволОператоры
      \oiiintСимволИнтегралы
      \oiintСимволИнтегралы
      \ointСимволИнтегралы
      \omegaСимволГреческие буквы
      \OmegaСимволГреческие буквы
      \ominusСимволБинарные операторы
      \openСимволРазделители
      \oplusСимволБинарные операторы
      \otimesСимволБинарные операторы
      \overСимволРазделители
      \overbarСимволАкценты
      \overbraceСимволАкценты
      \overbracketСимволАкценты
      \overlineСимволАкценты
      \overparenСимволАкценты
      \overshellСимволАкценты
      \parallelСимволГеометрические обозначения
      \partialСимволСимволы
      \pmatrixСимволМатрицы
      \perpСимволГеометрические обозначения
      \phantomСимволСимволы
      \phiСимволГреческие буквы
      \PhiСимволГреческие буквы
      \piСимволГреческие буквы
      \PiСимволГреческие буквы
      \pmСимволБинарные операторы
      \pppprimeСимволШтрихи
      \ppprimeСимволШтрихи
      \pprimeСимволШтрихи
      \precСимволОператоры отношений
      \preceqСимволОператоры отношений
      \primeСимволШтрихи
      \prodСимволМатематические операторы
      \proptoСимволОператоры отношений
      \psiСимволГреческие буквы
      \PsiСимволГреческие буквы
      \qdrtСимволКвадратные корни и радикалы
      \quadraticСимволКвадратные корни и радикалы
      \rangleСимволРазделители
      \RangleСимволРазделители
      \ratioСимволОператоры отношений
      \rbraceСимволРазделители
      \rbrackСимволРазделители
      \RbrackСимволРазделители
      \rceilСимволРазделители
      \rddotsСимволТочки
      \ReСимволСимволы
      \rectСимволСимволы
      \rfloorСимволРазделители
      \rhoСимволГреческие буквы
      \RhoСимволГреческие буквы
      \rhvecСимволАкценты
      \rightСимволРазделители
      \rightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \RightarrowСимволСтрелки
      \rightharpoondownСимволСтрелки
      \rightharpoonupСимволСтрелки
      \rmoustСимволРазделители
      \rootСимволСимволы
      \scriptaСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptAСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptbСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptBСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptcСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptCСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptdСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptDСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scripteСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptEСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptfСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptFСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptgСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptGСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scripthСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptHСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptiСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptIСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptkСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptKСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptlСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptLСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptmСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptMСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptnСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptNСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptoСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptOСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptpСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptPСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptqСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptQСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptrСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptRСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptsСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptSСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scripttСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptTСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptuСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptUСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptvСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptVСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptwСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptWСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptxСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptXСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptyСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptYСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptzСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \scriptZСимволБуквы рукописного шрифта
      \sdivСимволДробная черта
      \sdivideСимволДробная черта
      \searrowСимволСтрелки
      \setminusСимволБинарные операторы
      \sigmaСимволГреческие буквы
      \SigmaСимволГреческие буквы
      \simСимволОператоры отношений
      \simeqСимволОператоры отношений
      \smashСимволСтрелки
      \smileСимволОператоры отношений
      \spadesuitСимволСимволы
      \sqcapСимволБинарные операторы
      \sqcupСимволБинарные операторы
      \sqrtСимволКвадратные корни и радикалы
      \sqsubseteqСимволОбозначения множеств
      \sqsuperseteqСимволОбозначения множеств
      \starСимволБинарные операторы
      \subsetСимволОбозначения множеств
      \subseteqСимволОбозначения множеств
      \succСимволОператоры отношений
      \succeqСимволОператоры отношений
      \sumСимволМатематические операторы
      \supersetСимволОбозначения множеств
      \superseteqСимволОбозначения множеств
      \swarrowСимволСтрелки
      \tauСимволГреческие буквы
      \TauСимволГреческие буквы
      \thereforeСимволОператоры отношений
      \thetaСимволГреческие буквы
      \ThetaСимволГреческие буквы
      \thickspЗнаки пробела
      \thinspЗнаки пробела
      \tildeСимволАкценты
      \timesСимволБинарные операторы
      \toСимволСтрелки
      \topСимволЛогические обозначения
      \tvecСимволСтрелки
      \ubarСимволАкценты
      \UbarСимволАкценты
      \underbarСимволАкценты
      \underbraceСимволАкценты
      \underbracketСимволАкценты
      \underlineСимволАкценты
      \underparenСимволАкценты
      \uparrowСимволСтрелки
      \UparrowСимволСтрелки
      \updownarrowСимволСтрелки
      \UpdownarrowСимволСтрелки
      \uplusСимволБинарные операторы
      \upsilonСимволГреческие буквы
      \UpsilonСимволГреческие буквы
      \varepsilonСимволГреческие буквы
      \varphiСимволГреческие буквы
      \varpiСимволГреческие буквы
      \varrhoСимволГреческие буквы
      \varsigmaСимволГреческие буквы
      \varthetaСимволГреческие буквы
      \vbarСимволРазделители
      \vdashСимволОператоры отношений
      \vdotsСимволТочки
      \vecСимволАкценты
      \veeСимволБинарные операторы
      \vertСимволРазделители
      \VertСимволРазделители
      \VmatrixСимволМатрицы
      \vphantomСимволСтрелки
      \vthickspЗнаки пробела
      \wedgeСимволБинарные операторы
      \wpСимволСимволы
      \wrСимволБинарные операторы
      \xiСимволГреческие буквы
      \XiСимволГреческие буквы
      \zetaСимволГреческие буквы
      \ZetaСимволГреческие буквы
      \zwnjЗнаки пробела
      \zwspЗнаки пробела
      ~=КонгруэнтноОператоры отношений
      -+Минус или плюсБинарные операторы
      +-Плюс или минусБинарные операторы
      <<СимволОператоры отношений
      <=Меньше или равноОператоры отношений
      ->СимволСтрелки
      >=Больше или равноОператоры отношений
      >>СимволОператоры отношений
      +
      +
      +

      Распознанные функции

      +

      На этой вкладке вы найдете список математических выражений, которые будут распознаваться редактором формул как функции и поэтому не будут автоматически выделены курсивом. Чтобы просмотреть список распознанных функций, перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Проверка орфографии -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Распознанные функции.

      +

      Чтобы добавить запись в список распознаваемых функций, введите функцию в пустое поле и нажмите кнопку Добавить.

      +

      Чтобы удалить запись из списка распознанных функций, выберите функцию, которую нужно удалить, и нажмите кнопку Удалить.

      +

      Чтобы восстановить ранее удаленные записи, выберите в списке запись, которую нужно восстановить, и нажмите кнопку Восстановить.

      +

      Чтобы восстановить настройки по умолчанию, нажмите кнопку Сбросить настройки. Любая добавленная вами функция будет удалена, а удаленные - восстановлены.

      +

      Распознанные функции

      +

      Автоформат при вводе

      +

      По умолчанию редактор форматирует текст во время набора текста в соответствии с предустановками автоматического форматирования, например, он автоматически запускает маркированный список или нумерованный список при обнаружении списка, заменяет кавычки или преобразует дефисы в тире.

      +

      Если вам нужно отключить предустановки автоформатирования, снимите отметку с ненужных опций, для этого перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Проверка орфографии -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автоформат при вводе.

      +

      Автоформат при вводе

      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm index 4cd80edeb..6d6670588 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Редактирование сводных таблиц + Создание и редактирование сводных таблиц - + @@ -13,12 +13,178 @@
      -

      Редактирование сводных таблиц

      -

      Примечание: эта возможность доступна только в онлайн-версии.

      -

      Вы можете изменить оформление существующих сводных таблиц в электронной таблице с помощью инструментов редактирования, доступных на вкладке Сводная таблица верхней панели инструментов.

      +

      Создание и редактирование сводных таблиц

      +

      Сводные таблицы позволяют группировать и систематизировать данные из больших наборов данных для получения сводной информации. Вы можете упорядочивать данные множеством разных способов, чтобы отображать только нужную информацию и сфокусироваться на важных аспектах.

      +

      Создание новой сводной таблицы

      +

      Для создания сводной таблицы:

      +
        +
      1. Подготовьте исходный набор данных, который требуется использовать для создания сводной таблицы. Он должен включать заголовки столбцов. Набор данных не должен содержать пустых строк или столбцов.
        2. +
      2. Выделите любую ячейку в исходном диапазоне данных.
        3. +
      3. Перейдите на вкладку Сводная таблица верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Вставить таблицу Значок Вставить таблицу. +

        Если вы хотите создать сводную таблицу на базе форматированной таблицы, также можно использовать опцию Вставить сводную таблицу Вставить сводную таблицу на вкладке Параметры таблицы правой боковой панели.

        +
        4. +
      4. + Откроется окно Создать сводную таблицу. +

        Окно Создать сводную таблицу

        +
          +
        • + Диапазон исходных данных уже указан. В этом случае будут использоваться все данные из исходного диапазона. Если вы хотите изменить диапазон данных (например, включить только часть исходных данных), нажмите на кнопку Значок Выбор данных. В окне Выбор диапазона данных введите нужный диапазон данных в формате Лист1!$A$1:$E$10. Вы также можете выделить нужный диапазон данных на листе с помощью мыши. Когда все будет готово, нажмите кнопку OK. +
          • +
        • + Укажите, где требуется разместить сводную таблицу. +
            +
          • Опция Новый лист выбрана по умолчанию. Она позволяет разместить сводную таблицу на новом рабочем листе.
            • +
          • + Также можно выбрать опцию Существующий лист и затем выбрать определенную ячейку. В этом случае выбранная ячейка будет правой верхней ячейкой созданной сводной таблицы. Чтобы выбрать ячейку, нажмите на кнопку Значок Выбор данных. +

            Окно Выбор диапазона данных

            +

            В окне Выбор диапазона данных введите адрес ячейки в формате Лист1!$G$2. Также можно щелкнуть по нужной ячейке на листе. Когда все будет готово, нажмите кнопку OK.

            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Когда местоположение таблицы будет выбрано, нажмите кнопку OK в окне Создать таблицу.
          • +
        +
        5. +
      +

      Пустая сводная таблица будет вставлена в выбранном местоположении.

      +

      Откроется вкладка Параметры сводной таблицы на правой боковой панели. Эту вкладку можно скрыть или показать, нажав на значок Значок Параметры сводной таблицы.

      +

      Вкладка Параметры сводной таблицы

      + +

      Выбор полей для отображения

      +

      Раздел Выбрать поля содержит названия полей, соответствующие заголовкам столбцов в исходном наборе данных. Каждое поле содержит значения из соответствующего столбца исходной таблицы. Ниже доступны следующие четыре поля: Фильтры, Столбцы, Строки и Значения.

      +

      Отметьте галочками поля, которые требуется отобразить в сводной таблице. Когда вы отметите поле, оно будет добавлено в один из доступных разделов на правой боковой панели в зависимости от типа данных и будет отображено в сводной таблице. Поля, содержащие текстовые значения, будут добавлены в раздел Строки; поля, содержащие числовые значения, будут добавлены в раздел Значения.

      +

      Вы можете просто перетаскивать поля в нужный раздел, а также перетаскивать поля между разделами, чтобы быстро перестроить сводную таблицу. Чтобы удалить поле из текущего раздела, перетащите его за пределы этого раздела.

      +

      Чтобы добавить поле в нужный раздел, также можно нажать на черную стрелку справа от поля в разделе Выбрать поля и выбрать нужную опцию из меню: Добавить в фильтры, Добавить в строки, Добавить в столбцы, Добавить в значения.

      +

      Вкладка Параметры сводной таблицы

      +

      Ниже приводятся примеры использования разделов Фильтры, Столбцы, Строки и Значения.

      +
        +
      • + При добавлении поля в раздел Фильтры над сводной таблицей будет добавлен отдельный фильтр. Он будет применен ко всей сводной таблице. Если нажать на кнопку со стрелкой Кнопка со стрелкой в добавленном фильтре, вы увидите значения из выбранного поля. Если снять галочки с некоторых значений в окне фильтра и нажать кнопку OK, значения, с которых снято выделение, не будут отображаться в сводной таблице. +

        Фильтры сводной таблицы

        +
        • +
      • + При добавлении поля в раздел Столбцы, сводная таблица будет содержать столько же столбцов, сколько значений содержится в выбранном поле. Также будет добавлен столбец Общий итог. +

        Столбцы сводной таблицы

        +
        • +
      • + При добавлении поля в раздел Строки, сводная таблица будет содержать столько же строк, сколько значений содержится в выбранном поле. Также будет добавлена строка Общий итог. +

        Строки сводной таблицы

        +
        • +
      • + При добавлении поля в раздел Значения в сводной таблице будет отображаться суммирующее значение для всех числовых значений из выбранных полей. Если поле содержит текстовые значения, будет отображаться количество значений. Функцию, которая используется для вычисления суммирующего значения, можно изменить в настройках поля. +

        Значения сводной таблицы

        +
        • +
      + +

      Упорядочивание полей и изменение их свойств

      +

      Когда поля будут добавлены в нужные разделы, ими можно управлять, чтобы изменить макет и формат сводной таблицы. Нажмите на черную стрелку справа от поля в разделе Фильтры, Столбцы, Строки или Значения, чтобы открыть контекстное меню поля.

      +

      Меню сводной таблицы

      +

      С его помощью можно:

      +
        +
      • Переместить выбранное поле Вверх, Вниз, В начало или В конец текущего раздела, если в текущий раздел добавлено несколько полей.
        • +
      • Переместить выбранное поле в другой раздел - в Фильтры, Столбцы, Строки или Значения. Опция, соответствующая текущему разделу, будет неактивна.
        • +
      • Удалить выбранное поле из текущего раздела.
        • +
      • Изменить параметры выбранного поля.
        • +
      +

      Параметры полей из раздела Фильтры, Столбцы и Строки выглядят одинаково:

      +

      Настройки поля из раздела Фильтры

      +

      На вкладке Макет содержатся следующие опции:

      +
        +
      • Опция Имя источника позволяет посмотреть имя поля, соответствующее заголовку столбца из исходного набора данных.
        • +
      • Опция Пользовательское имя позволяет изменить имя выбранного поля, отображаемое в сводной таблице.
        • +
      • + В разделе Форма отчета можно изменить способ отображения выбранного поля в сводной таблице: +
          +
        • + Выберите нужный макет для выбранного поля в сводной таблице: +
            +
          • + В форме В виде таблицы отображается один столбец для каждого поля и выделяется место для заголовков полей. + +
            • +
          • + В форме Структуры отображается один столбец для каждого поля и выделяется место для заголовков полей. В ней также можно отображать промежуточные итоги над каждой группой. + +
            • +
          • + В Компактной форме элементы из разных полей раздела строк отображаются в одном столбце. + +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Опция Повторять метки элементов в каждой строке позволяет визуально группировать строки или столбцы при наличии нескольких полей в табличной форме.
          • +
        • Опция Добавлять пустую строку после каждой записи позволяет добавлять пустые строки после элементов выбранного поля.
          • +
        • Опция Показывать промежуточные итоги позволяет выбрать, надо ли отображать промежуточные итоги для выбранного поля. Можно выбрать одну из опций: Показывать в заголовке группы или Показывать в нижней части группы.
          • +
        • Опция Показывать элементы без данных позволяет показать или скрыть пустые элементы в выбранном поле.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +

      Настройки поля из раздела Фильтры

      +

      На вкладке Промежуточные итоги можно выбрать Функции для промежуточных итогов. Отметьте галочкой нужную функцию в списке: Сумма, Количество, Среднее, Макс, Мин, Произведение, Количество чисел, Стандотклон, Стандотклонп, Дисп, Диспр.

      +

      Параметры поля значений

      +

      Настройки поля из раздела Значения

      +
        +
      • Опция Имя источника позволяет посмотреть имя поля, соответствующее заголовку столбца из исходного набора данных.
        • +
      • Опция Пользовательское имя позволяет изменить имя выбранного поля, отображаемое в сводной таблице.
        • +
      • В списке Операция можно выбрать функцию, используемую для вычисления суммирующего значения всех значений из этого поля. По умолчанию для числовых значений используется функция Сумма, а для текстовых значений - функция Количество. Доступны следующие функции: Сумма, Количество, Среднее, Макс, Мин, Произведение, Количество чисел, Стандотклон, Стандотклонп, Дисп, Диспр.
        • +
      + +

      Изменение оформления сводных таблиц

      +

      Опции, доступные на верхней панели инструментов, позволяют изменить способ отображения сводной таблицы. Эти параметры применяются ко всей сводной таблице.

      +

      Чтобы активировать инструменты редактирования на верхней панели инструментов, выделите мышью хотя бы одну ячейку в сводной таблице.

      +

      Верхняя панель инструментов сводной таблицы

      +
        +
      • + В выпадающем списке Макет отчета можно выбрать нужный макет для сводной таблицы: +
          +
        • + Показать в сжатой форме - позволяет отображать элементы из разных полей раздела строк в одном столбце. +

          Сжатая форма сводной таблицы

          +
          • +
        • + Показать в форме структуры - позволяет отображать сводную таблицу в классическом стиле. В этой форме отображается один столбец для каждого поля и выделяется место для заголовков полей. В ней также можно отображать промежуточные итоги над каждой группой.. +

          Сводная таблица в форме структуры

          +
          • +
        • + Показать в табличной форме - позволяет отображать сводную таблицу в традиционном табличном формате. В этой форме отображается один столбец для каждого поля и выделяется место для заголовков полей. +

          Сводная таблица в табличной форме

          +
          • +
        • Повторять все метки элементов - позволяет визуально группировать строки или столбцы при наличии нескольких полей в табличной форме.
          • +
        • Не повторять все метки элементов - позволяет скрыть метки элементов при наличии нескольких полей в табличной форме.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + В выпадающем списке Пустые строки можно выбрать, надо ли отображать пустые строки после элементов: +
          +
        • Вставлять пустую строку после каждого элемента - позволяет добавить пустые строки после элементов.
          • +
        • Удалить пустую строку после каждого элемента - позволяет убрать добавленные пустые строки.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + В выпадающем списке Промежуточные итоги можно выбрать, надо ли отображать промежуточные итоги в сводной таблице: +
          +
        • Не показывать промежуточные итоги - позволяет скрыть промежуточные итоги для всех элементов.
          • +
        • Показывать все промежуточные итоги в нижней части группы - позволяет отобразить промежуточные итоги под строками, для которых производится промежуточное суммирование.
          • +
        • Показывать все промежуточные итоги в верхней части группы - позволяет отобразить промежуточные итоги над строками, для которых производится промежуточное суммирование.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + В выпадающем списке Общие итоги можно выбрать, надо ли отображать общие итоги в сводной таблице: +
          +
        • Отключить для строк и столбцов - позволяет скрыть общие итоги как для строк, так и для столбцов.
          • +
        • Включить для строк и столбцов - позволяет отобразить общие итоги как для строк, так и для столбцов.
          • +
        • Включить только для строк - позволяет отобразить общие итоги только для строк.
          • +
        • Включить только для столбцов - позволяет отобразить общие итоги только для столбцов.
          • +
        +

        Примечание: аналогичные настройки также доступны в окне дополнительных параметров сводной таблицы в разделе Общие итоги вкладки Название и макет.

        +
        • +
      +

      Кнопка Значок Выделить сводную таблицу Выделить позволяет выделить всю сводную таблицу.

      +

      Если вы изменили данные в исходном наборе данных, выделите сводную таблицу и нажмите кнопку Значок Обновить сводную таблицу Обновить, чтобы обновить сводную таблицу.

      + +

      Изменение стиля сводных таблиц

      +

      Вы можете изменить оформление сводных таблиц в электронной таблице с помощью инструментов редактирования стиля, доступных на верхней панели инструментов.

      Чтобы активировать инструменты редактирования на верхней панели инструментов, выделите мышью хотя бы одну ячейку в сводной таблице.

      Вкладка Сводная таблица

      -

      Кнопка Значок Выделить сводную таблицу Выделить позволяет выделить всю сводную таблицу.

      Параметры строк и столбцов позволяют выделить некоторые строки или столбцы при помощи особого форматирования, или выделить разные строки и столбцы с помощью разных цветов фона для их четкого разграничения. Доступны следующие опции:

      • Заголовки строк - позволяет выделить заголовки строк при помощи особого форматирования.
        • @@ -30,6 +196,85 @@ Список шаблонов позволяет выбрать один из готовых стилей сводных таблиц. Каждый шаблон сочетает в себе определенные параметры форматирования, такие как цвет фона, стиль границ, чередование строк или столбцов и т.д. Набор шаблонов отображается по-разному в зависимости от параметров, выбранных для строк и столбцов. Например, если вы отметили опции Заголовки строк и Чередовать столбцы, отображаемый список шаблонов будет содержать только шаблоны с выделенными заголовками строк и включенным чередованием столбцов.

        +

        Фильтрация и сортировка сводных таблиц

        +

        Вы можете фильтровать сводные таблицы по подписям или значениям и использовать дополнительные параметры сортировки.

        +

        Фильтрация

        +

        Нажмите на кнопку со стрелкой Кнопка со стрелкой в Названиях строк или Названиях столбцов сводной таблицы. Откроется список команд фильтра:

        +

        Окно фильтра

        +

        Настройте параметры фильтра. Можно действовать одним из следующих способов: выбрать данные, которые надо отображать, или отфильтровать данные по определенным критериям.

        +
          +
        • + Выбор данных, которые надо отображать +

          Снимите флажки рядом с данными, которые требуется скрыть. Для удобства все данные в списке команд фильтра отсортированы в порядке возрастания.

          +

          Примечание: флажок (пусто) соответствует пустым ячейкам. Он доступен, если в выделенном диапазоне есть хотя бы одна пустая ячейка.

          +

          Чтобы облегчить этот процесс, используйте поле поиска. Введите в этом поле свой запрос полностью или частично - в списке ниже будут отображены значения, содержащие эти символы. Также будут доступны следующие две опции:

          +
            +
          • Выделить все результаты поиска - выбрана по умолчанию. Позволяет выделить все значения в списке, соответствующие вашему запросу.
            • +
          • Добавить выделенный фрагмент в фильтр - если установить этот флажок, выбранные значения не будут скрыты после применения фильтра.
            • +
          +

          После того как вы выберете все нужные данные, нажмите кнопку OK в списке команд фильтра, чтобы применить фильтр.

          +
          • +
        • + Фильтрация данных по определенным критериям +

          В правой части окна фильтра можно выбрать команду Фильтр подписей или Фильтр значений, а затем выбрать одну из опций в подменю:

          +
            +
          • + Для Фильтра подписей доступны следующие опции: +
              +
            • Для текстовых значений: Равно..., Не равно..., Начинается с..., Не начинается с..., Оканчивается на..., Не оканчивается на..., Содержит..., Не содержит....
              • +
            • Для числовых значений: Больше..., Больше или равно..., Меньше..., Меньше или равно..., Между, Не между.
              • +
            +
            • +
          • Для Фильтра значений доступны следующие опции: Равно..., Не равно..., Больше..., Больше или равно..., Меньше..., Меньше или равно..., Между, Не между, Первые 10.
            • +
          +

          После выбора одной из вышеуказанных опций (кроме опций Первые 10), откроется окно Фильтра подписей/Значений. В первом и втором выпадающих списках будут выбраны соответствующее поле и критерий. Введите нужное значение в поле справа.

          +

          Нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить фильтр.

          +

          Окно Фильтра значений

          +

          При выборе опции Первые 10 из списка опций Фильтра значений откроется новое окно:

          +

          Окно Наложение условия по списку

          +

          В первом выпадающем списке можно выбрать, надо ли отобразить Наибольшие или Наименьшие значения. Во втором поле можно указать, сколько записей из списка или какой процент от общего количества записей требуется отобразить (можно ввести число от 1 до 500). В третьем выпадающем списке можно задать единицы измерения: Элемент, Процент или Сумма. В четвертом выпадающем списке отображается имя выбранного поля. Когда нужные параметры будут заданы, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить фильтр.

          +
          • +
        +

        Кнопка Фильтр Кнопка Фильтр появится в Названиях строк или Названиях столбцов сводной таблицы. Это означает, что фильтр применен.

        + +

        Сортировка

        +

        Данные сводной таблицы можно сортировать, используя параметры сортировки. Нажмите на кнопку со стрелкой Кнопка со стрелкой в Названиях строк или Названиях столбцов сводной таблицы и выберите опцию Сортировка по возрастанию или Сортировка по убыванию в подменю.

        +

        Опция Дополнительные параметры сортировки... позволяет открыть окно Сортировать, в котором можно выбрать нужный порядок сортировки - По возрастанию (от А до Я) или По убыванию (от Я до А) - а затем выбрать определенное поле, которое требуется отсортировать.

        +

        Параметры сортировки сводной таблицы

        + +

        Изменение дополнительных параметров сводной таблицы

        +

        Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры сводной таблицы, нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно 'Сводная таблица - Дополнительные параметры':

        +

        Дополнительные параметры сводной таблицы

        +

        На вкладке Название и макет можно изменить общие свойства сводной таблицы.

        +
          +
        • С помощью опции Название можно изменить название сводной таблицы.
          • +
        • + В разделе Общие итоги можно выбрать, надо ли отображать общие итоги в сводной таблице. Опции Показывать для строк и Показывать для столбцов отмечены по умолчанию. Вы можете снять галочку или с одной из них, или с них обеих, чтобы скрыть соответствующие общие итоги из сводной таблицы. +

          Примечание: аналогичные настройки также доступны на верхней панели инструментов в меню Общие итоги.

          +
          • +
        • + В разделе Отображать поля в области фильтра отчета можно настроить фильтры отчета, которые появляются при добавлении полей в раздел Фильтры: +
            +
          • Опция Вниз, затем вправо используется для организации столбцов. Она позволяет отображать фильтры отчета по столбцам.
            • +
          • Опция Вправо, затем вниз используется для организации строк. Она позволяет отображать фильтры отчета по строкам.
            • +
          • Опция Число полей фильтра отчета в столбце позволяет выбрать количество фильтров для отображения в каждом столбце. По умолчанию задано значение 0. Вы можете выбрать нужное числовое значение.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • В разделе Заголовки полей можно выбрать, надо ли отображать заголовки полей в сводной таблице. Опция Показывать заголовки полей для строк и столбцов выбрана по умолчанию. Снимите с нее галочку, если хотите скрыть заголовки полей из сводной таблицы.
          • +
        +

        Дополнительные параметры сводной таблицы

        +

        На вкладке Источник данных можно изменить данные, которые требуется использовать для создания сводной таблицы.

        +

        Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и измените его в случае необходимости. Для этого нажмите на кнопку Значок Выбор данных.

        +

        Окно Выбор диапазона данных

        +

        В окне Выбор диапазона данных введите нужный диапазон данных в формате Лист1!$A$1:$E$10. Также можно выбрать нужный диапазон ячеек на рабочем листе с помощью мыши. Когда все будет готово, нажмите кнопку OK.

        +

        Дополнительные параметры сводной таблицы

        +

        Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит сводная таблица.

        +

        Удаление сводной таблицы

        +

        Для удаления сводной таблицы:

        +
          +
        1. Выделите всю сводную таблицу с помощью кнопки Значок Выделить сводную таблицу Выделить на верхней панели инструментов.
          2. +
        2. Нажмите клавишу Delete.
          3. +
        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm deleted file mode 100644 index e0d4c0575..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ - - - - Просмотр презентации - - - - - - - -
        -
        - -
        -

        Просмотр презентации

        -

        Запуск просмотра слайдов

        -

        Чтобы просмотреть презентацию, которую вы в данный момент редактируете, можно сделать следующее:

        -
          -
        • щелкните по значку Начать показ слайдов Значок Начать показ слайдов на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов или в левой части строки состояния или
          • -
        • выберите определенный слайд в списке слайдов слева, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Начать показ слайдов.
          • -
        -

        Просмотр начнется с выделенного в данный момент слайда.

        -

        Можно также нажать на стрелку рядом со значком Начать показ слайдов Значок Начать показ слайдов на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выбрать одну из доступных опций:

        -
          -
        • Показ слайдов с начала - чтобы начать показ слайдов с самого первого слайда,
          • -
        • Показ слайдов с текущего слайда - чтобы начать показ слайдов со слайда, выделенного в данный момент,
          • -
        • Показ слайдов в режиме докладчика - чтобы начать показ слайдов в режиме докладчика, позволяющем демонстрировать презентацию зрителям, не показывая заметок к слайдам, и одновременно просматривать презентацию с заметками к слайдам на другом мониторе.
          • -
        • - Параметры показа слайдов - чтобы открыть окно настроек, позволяющее задать только один параметр: Непрерывный цикл до нажатия клавиши 'Esc'. Отметьте эту опцию в случае необходимости и нажмите кнопку OK. Если эта опция включена, презентация будет отображаться до тех пор, пока вы не нажмете клавишу Escape на клавиатуре, то есть, при достижении последнего слайда в презентации вы сможете снова перейти к первому слайду и так далее. Если эта опция отключена, то при достижении последнего слайда в презентации появится черный экран с информацией о том, что презентация завершена и вы можете выйти из режима просмотра. -

          Окно Параметры показа слайдов

          -
          • -
        -

        Использование режима просмотра

        -

        В режиме просмотра можно использовать следующие элементы управления, расположенные в левом нижнем углу:

        -

        Элементы управления в режиме просмотра

        -
          -
        • кнопка Предыдущий слайд Значок Предыдущий слайд позволяет вернуться к предыдущему слайду.
          • -
        • кнопка Приостановить презентацию Значок Приостановить презентацию позволяет приостановить просмотр. После нажатия эта кнопка превращается в кнопку Значок Запустить презентацию.
          • -
        • кнопка Запустить презентацию Значок Запустить презентацию позволяет возобновить просмотр. После нажатия эта кнопка превращается в кнопку Значок Приостановить презентацию.
          • -
        • кнопка Следующий слайд Значок Следующий слайд позволяет перейти к следующему слайду.
          • -
        • Указатель номера слайда отображает номер текущего слайда, а также общее количество слайдов в презентации. Для перехода к определенному слайду в режиме просмотра щелкните по Указателю номера слайда, введите в открывшемся окне номер нужного слайда и нажмите клавишу Enter.
          • -
        • кнопка Полноэкранный режим Значок Полноэкранный режим позволяет перейти в полноэкранный режим.
          • -
        • кнопка Выйти из полноэкранного режима Значок Выйти из полноэкранного режима позволяет выйти из полноэкранного режима.
          • -
        • кнопка Завершить показ слайдов Значок Завершить показ слайдов позволяет выйти из режима просмотра.
          • -
        -

        Для навигации по слайдам в режиме просмотра можно также использовать сочетания клавиш.

        -

        Использование режима докладчика

        -

        Примечание: в десктопной версии редакторов режим докладчика можно активировать только со вторым подключенным монитором.

        -

        В режиме докладчика вы можете просматривать презентацию с заметками к слайдам в отдельном окне, и одновременно демонстрировать презентацию зрителям на другом мониторе, не показывая заметок к слайдам. Заметки к каждому слайду отображаются под областью просмотра слайда.

        -

        Для навигации по слайдам можно использовать кнопки Значок Предыдущий слайд и Значок Следующий слайд или щелкать по слайдам в списке слева. Номера скрытых слайдов в списке перечеркнуты. Если вы захотите показать зрителям слайд, помеченный как скрытый, просто щелкните по нему в списке слайдов слева - слайд будет отображен.

        -

        Можно использовать следующие элементы управления, расположенные под областью просмотра слайда:

        -

        Элементы управления в режиме докладчика

        -
          -
        • Таймер показывает истекшее время презентации в формате чч.мм.сс.
          • -
        • кнопка Приостановить презентацию Значок Приостановить презентацию позволяет приостановить просмотр. После нажатия эта кнопка превращается в кнопку Значок Запустить презентацию.
          • -
        • кнопка Запустить презентацию Значок Запустить презентацию позволяет возобновить просмотр. После нажатия эта кнопка превращается в кнопку Значок Приостановить презентацию.
          • -
        • кнопка Сброс позволяет сбросить истекшее время презентации.
          • -
        • кнопка Предыдущий слайд Значок Предыдущий слайд позволяет вернуться к предыдущему слайду.
          • -
        • кнопка Следующий слайд Значок Следующий слайд позволяет перейти к следующему слайду.
          • -
        • Указатель номера слайда отображает номер текущего слайда, а также общее количество слайдов в презентации.
          • -
        • кнопка Указка Значок Указка позволяет выделить что-то на экране при показе презентации. Когда эта опция включена, кнопка выглядит следующим образом: Значок Указка. Чтобы указать на какие-то объекты, наведите курсор мыши на область просмотра слайда и перемещайте указку по слайду. Указка будет выглядеть так: Значок Указка. Чтобы отключить эту опцию, нажмите кнопку Значок Указка еще раз.
          • -
        • кнопка Завершить показ слайдов позволяет выйти из режима докладчика.
          • -
        -
        - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22591f7d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + Удаление дубликатов + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Удаление дубликатов

        +

        Вы можете удалить повторяющиеся значения из выбранного диапазона данных или форматированной таблицы.

        +

        Для удаления дубликатов:

        +
          +
        1. Выделите нужный диапазон ячеек, который содержит повторяющиеся значения.
          2. +
        2. Перейдите на вкладку Данные и нажмите кнопку Удалить дубликаты Удалить дубликаты на верхней панели инструментов. +

          Если вы хотите удалить дубликаты из форматированной таблицы, также можно использовать опцию Удалить дубликаты Удалить дубликаты на правой боковой панели.

          +

          Если вы выделите определенную часть диапазона данных, появится окно с предупреждением, в котором будет предложено расширить область выделения, чтобы включить в нее весь диапазон данных, или продолжить операцию с данными, выделенными в данный момент. Нажмите кнопку Развернуть или Удалить в выделенном диапазоне. Если вы выберете опцию Удалить в выделенном диапазоне, повторяющиеся значения в ячейках, смежных с выделенным диапазоном, не будут удалены.

          +

          Удаление дубликатов - предупреждение

          +

          Откроется окно Удалить дубликаты:

          +

          Удаление дубликатов

          +
          3. +
        3. Отметьте нужные опции в окне Удалить дубликаты: +
            +
          • Мои данные содержат заголовки - установите эту галочку, чтобы исключить заголовки столбцов из выделенной области.
            • +
          • Столбцы - оставьте опцию Выделить всё, выбранную по умолчанию, или снимите с нее галочку и выделите только нужные столбцы.
            • +
          +
          4. +
        4. Нажмите на кнопку OK.
          5. +
        +

        Повторяющиеся значения из выбранного диапазона данных будут удалены. Появится окно с информацией о том, сколько повторяющихся значений было удалено и сколько уникальных значений осталось:

        +

        Удаленные дубликаты

        +

        Если вы хотите восстановить удаленные данные сразу после удаления, используйте кнопку Отменить Кнопка Отменить на верхней панели инструментов или сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Z.

        + +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 9f2d9ce0a..c1a504b16 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -76,6 +76,7 @@
      • Установить: позволяет увеличить или уменьшить масштаб рабочего листа, чтобы он поместился на напечатанных страницах, указав вручную значение в процентах от обычного размера.
        • +
      • Печатать заголовки - если вы хотите печатать заголовки строк или столбцов на каждой странице, используйте опцию Повторять строки сверху или Повторять столбцы слева и выберите одну из доступных опций из выпадающего списка: повторять элементы из выбранного диапазона, повторять закрепленные строки, повторять только первую строку/первый столбец.
      • Поля - укажите расстояние между данными рабочего листа и краями печатной страницы, изменив размеры по умолчанию в полях Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа,
      • Печать - укажите элементы рабочего листа, которые необходимо выводить на печать, установив соответствующие флажки: Печать сетки и Печать заголовков строк и столбцов.
      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm deleted file mode 100644 index d128124ea..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ - - - - Настройка параметров слайда - - - - - - - -
      -
      - -
      -

      Настройка параметров слайда

      -

      Чтобы настроить внешний вид презентации, можно выбрать тему, цветовую схему, размер и ориентацию слайдов для всей презентации, изменить заливку фона или макет слайда для каждого отдельного слайда, применить переходы между слайдами. Также можно добавить поясняющие заметки к каждому слайду, которые могут пригодиться при показе презентации в режиме докладчика.

      -
        -
      • - Темы позволяют быстро изменить дизайн презентации, а именно оформление фона слайдов, предварительно заданные шрифты для заголовков и текстов и цветовую схему, которая используется для элементов презентации. - Для выбора темы презентации щелкните по нужной готовой теме из галереи тем, расположенной в правой части вкладки Главная верхней панели инструментов. Выбранная тема будет применена ко всем слайдам, если вы предварительно не выделили определенные слайды, к которым надо применить эту тему. -

        Галерея тем

        -

        Чтобы изменить выбранную тему для одного или нескольких слайдов, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенным слайдам в списке слева (или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по слайду в области редактирования слайда), выберите в контекстном меню пункт Изменить тему, а затем выберите нужную тему.

        -
        • -
      • - Цветовые схемы влияют на предварительно заданные цвета, используемые для элементов презентации (шрифтов, линий, заливок и т.д.) и позволяют обеспечить сочетаемость цветов во всей презентации. - Для изменения цветовой схемы презентации щелкните по значку Изменение цветовой схемы Значок Изменение цветовой схемы на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите нужную схему из выпадающего списка. Выбранная схема будет выделена в списке и применена ко всем слайдам. -

        Цветовые схемы

        -
        • -
      • - Для изменения размера всех слайдов в презентации, щелкните по значку Выбор размеров слайда Значок Выбор размеров слайда на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Можно выбрать: -
          -
        • один из двух быстродоступных пресетов - Стандартный (4:3) или Широкоэкранный (16:9),
          • -
        • - команду Дополнительные параметры, которая вызывает окно Настройки размера слайда, где можно выбрать один из имеющихся предустановленных размеров или задать Пользовательский размер, указав нужные значения Ширины и Высоты. -

          Окно Настройки размера слайда

          -

          Доступны следующие предустановленные размеры: Стандартный (4:3), Широкоэкранный (16:9), Широкоэкранный (16:10), Лист Letter (8.5x11 дюймов), Лист Ledger (11x17 дюймов), Лист A3 (297x420 мм), Лист A4 (210x297 мм), Лист B4 (ICO) (250x353 мм), Лист B5 (ICO) (176x250 мм), Слайды 35 мм, Прозрачная пленка, Баннер.

          -

          Меню Ориентация слайда позволяет изменить выбранный в настоящий момент тип ориентации слайда. По умолчанию используется Альбомная ориентация, которую можно изменить на Книжную.

          -
          • -
        -
        • -
      • - Для изменения заливки фона: -
          -
        1. в списке слайдов слева выделите слайды, к которым требуется применить заливку. Или в области редактирования слайдов щелкните по любому свободному месту внутри слайда, который в данный момент редактируется, чтобы изменить тип заливки для этого конкретного слайда.
          2. -
        2. - на вкладке Параметры слайда на правой боковой панели выберите нужную опцию: -
            -
          • Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, который требуется применить к выбранным слайдам.
            • -
          • Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы чтобы залить слайд двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга.
            • -
          • Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона слайда какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру.
            • -
          • Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить слайд с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами.
            • -
          • Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку.
            • -
          -

          Чтобы получить более подробную информацию об этих опциях, обратитесь к разделу Заливка объектов и выбор цветов.

          -
          3. -
        -
        • -
      • - Переходы помогают сделать презентацию более динамичной и удерживать внимание аудитории. Для применения перехода: -
          -
        1. в списке слайдов слева выделите слайды, к которым требуется применить переход,
          2. -
        2. - на вкладке Параметры слайда выберите переход из выпадающего списка Эффект, -

          Примечание: чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры слайда, можно щелкнуть по значку Параметры слайда Значок Параметры слайда справа или щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по слайду в области редактирования слайда и выбрать в контекстном меню пункт Параметры слайда.

          -
          3. -
        3. настройте свойства перехода: выберите вариант перехода, его длительность и то, каким образом должны сменяться слайды,
          4. -
        4. - если требуется применить один и тот же переход ко всем слайдам в презентации, нажмите кнопку Применить ко всем слайдам. -

          Чтобы получить более подробную информацию об этих опциях, обратитесь к разделу Применение переходов.

          -
          5. -
        -
        • -
      • - Для изменения макета слайда: -
          -
        1. в списке слайдов слева выделите слайды, для которых требуется применить новый макет,
          2. -
        2. щелкните по значку Изменить макет слайда Значок Изменить макет слайда на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов,
          3. -
        3. - выберите в меню нужный макет. -

          Вы можете также щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по нужному слайду в списке слева, выбрать в контекстном меню пункт Изменить макет и выбрать нужный макет.

          -

          Примечание: в настоящий момент доступны следующие макеты: Титульный слайд, Заголовок и объект, Заголовок раздела, Два объекта, Сравнение, Только заголовок, Пустой слайд, Объект с подписью, Рисунок с подписью, Заголовок и вертикальный текст, Вертикальный заголовок и текст.

          -
          4. -
        -
        • -
      • - Для добавления объектов к макету слайда: -
          -
        1. щелкните по значку Изменить макет слайда Изменить макет слайда и выберите макет, к которому вы хотите добавить объект,
          2. -
        2. - при помощи вкладки Вставка верхней панели инструментов добавьте нужный объект на слайд (изображение, таблица, диаграмма, автофигура), далее нажмите правой кнопкой мыши на данный объект и выберите пункт Добавить в макет, -

          Добавить в макет

          -
          3. -
        3. - на вкладке Главная нажмите Изменить макет слайда Изменить макет слайда и примените измененный макет. -

          Применить макет

          -

          Выделенные объекты будут добавлены к текущему макету темы.

          -

          Примечание: расположенные таким образом объекты на слайде не могут быть выделены, изменены или передвинуты.

          -
          4. -
        -
        • -
      • - Для возвращения макета слада в исходное состояние: -
          -
        1. - в списке слайдов слева выделите слайды, которые нужно вернуть в состояние по умолчанию, -

          Примечание: чтобы выбрать несколько сладов сразу, зажмите клавишу Ctrl и по одному выделяйте нужные или зажмите клавишу Shift, чтобы выделить все слайды от текущего до выбранного.

          -
          2. -
        2. щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по одному из слайдов и в контекстном меню выберите опцию Сбросить макет слайда,
          3. -
        -

        Ко всем выделенным слайдам вернется первоначальное положение текстовых рамок и объектов в соответствии с макетами.

        -
        • -
      • - Для добавления заметок к слайду: -
          -
        1. в списке слайдов слева выберите слайд, к которому требуется добавить заметку,
          2. -
        2. щелкните по надписи Нажмите, чтобы добавить заметки под областью редактирования слайда,
          3. -
        3. - введите текст заметки. -

          Примечание: текст можно отформатировать с помощью значков на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов.

          -
          4. -
        -

        При показе слайдов в режиме докладчика заметки к слайду будут отображаться под областью просмотра слайда.

        -
        • -
      -
      - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eefd21553 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ + + + + + Управление предустановками представления листа + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Управление предустановками представления листа

      +

      Примечание: эта функция доступна только в платной версии, начиная с версии ONLYOFFICE Docs 6.1.

      +

      Редактор электронных таблиц предлагает возможность изменить представление листа при помощи применения фильтров. Для этого используется диспетчер представлений листов. Теперь вы можете сохранить необходимые параметры фильтрации в качестве предустановки представления и использовать ее позже вместе с коллегами, а также создать несколько предустановок и легко переключаться между ними. Если вы совместно работаете над электронной таблицей, создайте индивидуальные предустановки представления и продолжайте работать с необходимыми фильтрами, не отвлекаясь от других соредакторов.

      +

      Создание нового набора настроек представления листа

      +

      Поскольку предустановка представления предназначена для сохранения настраиваемых параметров фильтрации, сначала вам необходимо применить указанные параметры к листу. Чтобы узнать больше о фильтрации, перейдите на эту страницу.

      +

      Есть два способа создать новый набор настроек вида листа:

      +
        +
      • перейдите на вкладку Представление и щелкните на иконку Иконка Представление листаПредставление листа,
        • +
      • во всплывающем меню выберите пункт Диспетчер представлений,
        • +
      • в появившемся окне Диспетчер представлений листа нажмите кнопку Новое,
        • +
      • добавьте название для нового набора настроек представления листа,
        • +
      +

      или

      +
        +
      • на вкладке Представление верхней панели инструментов нажмите кнопку Новое. По умолчанию набор настроек будет создан под названием "View1/2/3..." Чтобы изменить название, перейдите в Диспетчер представлений листа, щелкните на нужный набор настроек и нажмите на Переименовать.
        • +
      +

      Нажмите Перейти к представлению, чтобы применить выбранный набор настроек представления листа.

      +

      Переключение между предустановками представления листа

      +
        +
      1. Перейдите на вкладку Представление и щелкните на иконку Иконка Представление листаПредставление листа.
        2. +
      2. Во всплывающем меню выберите пункт Диспетчер представлений.
        3. +
      3. В поле Представления листа выберите нужный набор настрок представления листа.
        4. +
      4. Нажмите кнопку Перейти к представлению.
        5. +
      +

      Чтобы выйти из текущего набора настроек представления листа, нажмите на значок Иконка Закрыть представление листаЗакрыть на верхней панели инструментов.

      +

      Управление предустановками представления листа

      +
        +
      1. Перейдите на вкладку Представление и щелкните на иконку Иконка Представление листаПредставление листа.
        2. +
      2. Во всплывающем меню выберите пункт Диспетчер представлений.
        3. +
      3. В поле Представления листа выберите нужный набор настрок представления листа.
        4. +
      4. + Выберите одну из следующих опций: +
          +
        • Переименовать, чтобы изменить название выбранного набора настроек,
          • +
        • Дублировать, чтобы создать копию выбранного набора настроек,
          • +
        • Удалить, чтобы удалить выбранный набора настроек.
          • +
        +
        5. +
      5. Нажмите кнопку Перейти к представлению.
        6. +
      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccf01212c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + + Создание срезов для форматированных таблиц + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Создание срезов для форматированных таблиц

      +

      Создание нового среза

      +

      После создания новой форматированной таблицы вы можете создавать срезы для быстрой фильтрации данных. Для этого:

      +
        +
      1. выделите мышью хотя бы одну яейку в форматированной таблице и нажмите значок Параметры таблицы Знаок Параметры таблицы справа.
        2. +
      2. нажмите на пункт Вставка срезов Вставить срез на вкладке Параметры таблицы правой боковой панели. Также можно перейти на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов и нажать кнопку Вставить срез Срез. Откроется окно Вставка срезов: +

        Вставка срезов

        +
        3. +
      3. отметьте галочками нужные столбцы в окне Вставка срезов.
        4. +
      4. нажмите кнопку OK.
        5. +
      +

      Срез будет добавлен для каждого из выделенных столбцов. Если вы добавили несколько срезов, они будут перекрывать друг друга. После того как срез будет добавлен, можно изменить его размер и местоположение и другие параметры.

      +

      Срез

      +

      Срез содержит кнопки, на которые можно нажимать, чтобы отфильтровать форматированную таблицу. Кнопки, соответствующие пустым ячейкам, обозначены меткой (пусто). При нажатии на кнопку среза будет снято выделение с других кнопок, а соответствующий столбец в исходной таблице будет отфильтрован, чтобы в нем был отображен только выбранный элемент:

      +

      Срез

      +

      Если вы добавили несколько срезов, изменения в одном из срезов могут повлиять на элементы другого среза. Когда к срезу применен один или несколько фильтров, в другом срезе могут появиться элементы без данных (более светлого цвета):

      +

      Срез - элементы без данных

      +

      Способ отображения элементов без данных в срезе можно настроить в параметрах среза.

      +

      Чтобы выделить несколько кнопок среза, используйте значок Значок Множественное выделение Множественное выделение в правом верхнем углу среза или нажмите Alt+S. Выделите нужные кнопки среза, нажимая их по очереди.

      +

      Чтобы очистить фильтр среза, используйте значок Значок Очистить фильтр Очистить фильтр в правом верхнем углу среза или нажмите Alt+C.

      + +

      Редактирование срезов

      +

      Некоторые параметры среза можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры среза на правой боковой панели, которая открывается при выделении среза мышью.

      +

      Эту вкладку можно скрыть или показать, нажав на значок Значок Параметры среза справа.

      +

      Вкладка Параметры среза

      +

      Изменение размера и положения среза

      +

      Опции Ширина и Высота позволяют изменить ширину и/или высоту среза. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции Кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: Кнопка Сохранять пропорции нажата), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон среза.

      +

      В разделе Положение можно изменить положение среза По горизонтали и/или По вертикали.

      +

      Опция Отключить изменение размера или перемещение позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера среза. Когда эта опция выбрана, опции Ширина, Высота, Положение и Кнопки неактивны.

      +

      Изменение макета и стиля среза

      +

      В разделе Кнопки можно указать нужное количество Столбцов и задать Ширину и Высоту кнопок. По умолчанию срез содержит один столбец. Если элементы содержат короткий текст, можно изменить число столбцов до 2 и более:

      +

      Срез - два столбца

      +

      При увеличении ширины кнопок ширина среза будет меняться соответственно. При увеличении высоты кнопок в срез будет добавлена полоса прокрутки:

      +

      Срез - полоса прокрутки

      +

      В разделе Стиль можно выбрать один из готовых стилей срезов.

      + +

      Применение параметров сортировки и фильтрации

      +
        +
      • По возрастанию (от A до Я) - используется для сортировки данных в порядке возрастания - от A до Я по алфавиту или от наименьшего значения к наибольшему для числовых данных.
        • +
      • По убыванию (от Я до A) - используется для сортировки данных в порядке убывания - от Я до A по алфавиту или от наибольшего значения к наименьшему для числовых данных.
        • +
      +

      Опция Скрыть элементы без данных позволяет скрыть элементы без данных из среза. Когда эта опция отмечена, опции Визуально выделять пустые элементы и Показывать пустые элементы последними неактивны.

      +

      Когда опция Скрыть элементы без данных не отмечена, можно использовать следующие параметры:

      +
        +
      • Опция Визуально выделять пустые элементы позволяет отображать элементы без данных с другим форматированием (более светлого цвета). Если снять галочку с этой опции, все элементы будут отображаться с одинаковым форматированием.
        • +
      • Опция Показывать пустые элементы последними позволяет отображать элементы без данных в конце списка. Если снять галочку с этой опции, все элементы будут отображаться в том же порядке, что и в исходной таблице.
        • +
      + +

      Изменение дополнительных параметров среза

      +

      Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры среза, нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно 'Срез - Дополнительные параметры':

      +

      Срез - Дополнительные параметры

      +

      Вкладка Стиль и размер содержит следующие параметры:

      +
        +
      • Опция Заголовок позволяет изменить заголовок среза. Снимите галочку с опции Показывать заголовок, если вы не хотите отображать заголовок среза.
        • +
      • Опция Стиль позволяет выбрать один из готовых стилей срезов.
        • +
      • Опции Ширина и Высота позволяют изменить ширину и/или высоту среза. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции Кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: Кнопка Сохранять пропорции нажата), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон среза.
        • +
      • В разделе Кнопки можно указать нужное количество Столбцов и задать Высоту кнопок.
        • +
      +

      Срез - Дополнительные параметры

      +

      Вкладка Сортировка и фильтрация содержит следующие параметры:

      +
        +
      • По возрастанию (от A до Я) - используется для сортировки данных в порядке возрастания - от A до Я по алфавиту или от наименьшего значения к наибольшему для числовых данных.
        • +
      • По убыванию (от Я до A) - используется для сортировки данных в порядке убывания - от Я до A по алфавиту или от наибольшего значения к наименьшему для числовых данных.
        • +
      +

      Опция Скрыть элементы без данных позволяет скрыть элементы без данных из среза. Когда эта опция отмечена, опции Визуально выделять пустые элементы и Показывать пустые элементы последними неактивны.

      +

      Когда опция Скрыть элементы без данных не отмечена, можно использовать следующие параметры:

      +
        +
      • Опция Визуально выделять пустые элементы позволяет отображать элементы без данных с другим форматированием (более светлого цвета).
        • +
      • Опция Показывать пустые элементы последними позволяет отображать элементы без данных в конце списка.
        • +
      +

      Срез - Дополнительные параметры

      +

      Вкладка Ссылки содержит следующие параметры:

      +
        +
      • Опция Имя источника позволяет посмотреть имя поля, соответствующее заголовку столбца из исходного набора данных.
        • +
      • Опция Имя для использования в формулах позволяет посмотреть имя среза, которое отображается в Диспетчере имен.
        • +
      • Опция Имя позволяет задать произвольное имя среза, тобы сделать его более содержательным и понятным.
        • +
      +

      Срез - Дополнительные параметры

      +

      Вкладка Привязка к ячейке содержит следующие параметры:

      +
        +
      • Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать срез к ячейке позади него. Если ячейка перемещается (например, при вставке или удалении нескольких строк/столбцов), срез будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой. При увеличении или уменьшении ширины или высоты ячейки размер среза также будет изменяться.
        • +
      • Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать срез к ячейке позади него, не допуская изменения размера среза. Если ячейка перемещается, срез будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры среза останутся неизменными.
        • +
      • Не перемещать и не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера среза при изменении положения или размера ячейки.
        • +
      +

      Срез - Дополнительные параметры

      +

      Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит срез.

      + +

      Удаление среза

      +

      Для удаления среза:

      +
        +
      1. Выделите срез, щелкнув по нему.
        2. +
      2. Нажмите клавишу Delete.
        3. +
      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SortData.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SortData.htm index ee2682d18..e383d5229 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SortData.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SortData.htm @@ -152,43 +152,7 @@
    • установите флажок Заголовок, если требуется, чтобы заголовки таблицы входили в выделенный диапазон ячеек; в противном случае строка заголовка будет добавлена наверху, в то время как выделенный диапазон ячеек сместится на одну строку вниз,
    • нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить выбранный шаблон.
      • -

      Шаблон будет применен к выделенному диапазону ячеек, и вы сможете редактировать заголовки таблицы и применять фильтр для работы с данными.

      -

      Форматированную таблицу также можно вставить с помощью кнопки Таблица на вкладке Вставка. В этом случае применяется шаблон таблицы по умолчанию.

      -

      Примечание: как только вы создадите новую форматированную таблицу, этой таблице будет автоматически присвоено стандартное имя (Таблица1, Таблица2 и т.д.). Это имя можно изменить, сделав его более содержательным, и использовать для дальнейшей работы.

      -

      Если вы введете новое значение в любой ячейке под последней строкой таблицы (если таблица не содержит строки итогов) или в ячейке справа от последнего столбца таблицы, форматированная таблица будет автоматически расширена, и в нее будет включена новая строка или столбец. Если вы не хотите расширять таблицу, нажмите на появившуюся кнопку Специальная вставка и выберите опцию Отменить авторазвертывание таблицы. Как только это действие будет отменено, в этом меню станет доступна опция Повторить авторазвертывание таблицы.

      -

      Отменить авторазвертывание таблицы

      -

      Некоторые параметры таблицы можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры таблицы на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее открыть, выделите мышью хотя бы одну ячейку в таблице и щелкните по значку Параметры таблицы Значок Параметры таблицы справа.

      -

      Вкладка Параметры таблицы

      -

      Разделы Строки и Столбцы, расположенные наверху, позволяют выделить некоторые строки или столбцы при помощи особого форматирования, или выделить разные строки и столбцы с помощью разных цветов фона для их четкого разграничения. Доступны следующие опции:

      -
        -
      • Заголовок - позволяет отобразить строку заголовка.
        • -
      • Итоговая - добавляет строку Итого в нижней части таблицы.
        • -
      • Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных строк.
        • -
      • Кнопка фильтра - позволяет отобразить кнопки со стрелкой Кнопка со стрелкой в ячейках строки заголовка. Эта опция доступна только если выбрана опция Заголовок.
        • -
      • Первый - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний левый столбец в таблице.
        • -
      • Последний - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний правый столбец в таблице.
        • -
      • Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных столбцов.
        • -
      -

      - Раздел По шаблону позволяет выбрать один из готовых стилей таблиц. Каждый шаблон сочетает в себе определенные параметры форматирования, такие как цвет фона, стиль границ, чередование строк или столбцов и т.д. - Набор шаблонов отображается по-разному в зависимости от параметров, указанных в разделах Строки и/или Столбцы выше. Например, если Вы отметили опцию Заголовок в разделе Строки и опцию Чередовать в разделе Столбцы, отображаемый список шаблонов будет содержать только шаблоны со строкой заголовка и чередованием столбцов: -

      -

      Список шаблонов

      -

      Если вы хотите очистить текущий стиль таблицы (цвет фона, границы и так далее), не удаляя при этом саму таблицу, примените шаблон None из списка шаблонов:

      -

      Шаблон None

      -

      В разделе Размер таблицы можно изменить диапазон ячеек, к которому применено табличное форматирование. Нажмите на кнопку Выбор данных - откроется новое всплывающее окно. Измените ссылку на диапазон ячеек в поле ввода или мышью выделите новый диапазон на листе и нажмите кнопку OK.

      -

      Изменение размера таблицы

      -

      Раздел Строки и столбцы Строки и столбцы позволяет выполнить следующие операции:

      -
        -
      • Выбрать строку, столбец, все данные в столбцах, исключая строку заголовка, или всю таблицу, включая строку заголовка.
        • -
      • Вставить новую строку выше или ниже выделенной, а также новый столбец слева или справа от выделенного.
        • -
      • Удалить строку, столбец (в зависимости от позиции курсора или выделения) или всю таблицу.
        • -
      -

      Примечание: опции раздела Строки и столбцы также доступны из контекстного меню.

      -

      Кнопку Преобразовать в диапазон можно использовать, если вы хотите преобразовать таблицу в обычный диапазон данных, удалив фильтр, но сохранив стиль таблицы (то есть цвета ячеек и шрифта и т.д.). Как только вы примените эту опцию, вкладка Параметры таблицы на правой боковой панели станет недоступна.

      -

      Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры таблицы, нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств таблицы:

      -

      Таблица - дополнительные параметры

      -

      Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит таблица.

      +

      Шаблон будет применен к выделенному диапазону ячеек, и вы сможете редактировать заголовки таблицы и применять фильтр для работы с данными. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с форматированными таблицами, обратитесь к этой странице.

      Повторное применение фильтра

      Если отфильтрованные данные были изменены, можно обновить фильтр, чтобы отобразить актуальный результат:

        diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm index 3eabdb6eb..d7889d9b5 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm @@ -18,8 +18,9 @@

        Есть два типа имен, которые можно использовать:

        • Определенное имя – произвольное имя, которое вы можете задать для некоторого диапазона ячеек. К определенным именам также относятся имена, создаваемые автоматически при установке областей печати.
          • -
        • Имя таблицы – стандартное имя, которое автоматически присваивается новой форматированной таблице (Таблица1, Таблица2 и т.д.). Такое имя впоследствии можно отредактировать.
          • +
        • Имя таблицы – стандартное имя, которое автоматически присваивается новой форматированной таблице (Таблица1, Таблица2 и т.д.). Это имя впоследствии можно отредактировать.
        +

        Если вы создали срез для форматированной таблицы, в Диспетчере имен также будет отображаться автоматически присвоенное имя среза (Slicer_Столбец1, Slicer_Столбец2 и т.д. Это имя состоит из части Slicer_ и имени поля, соответствующего заголовку столбца из исходного набора данных). Это имя впоследствии можно отредактировать.

        Имена также классифицируются по Области действия, то есть по области, в которой это имя распознается. Областью действия имени может быть вся книга (имя будет распознаваться на любом листе в этой книге) или отдельный лист (имя будет распознаваться только на указанном листе). Каждое имя в пределах одной области должно быть уникальным, одинаковые имена можно использовать внутри разных областей.

        Создание новых имен

        Чтобы создать новое определенное имя для выделенной области:

        @@ -28,7 +29,8 @@
      1. Откройте окно создания нового имени удобным для вас способом:
        • Щелкните по выделенной области правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Присвоить имя
          • -
        • или щелкните по значку Именованные диапазоны Значок Именованные диапазоны на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите из меню опцию Новое имя.
          • +
        • или щелкните по значку Именованные диапазоны Значок Именованные диапазоны на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите из меню опцию Присвоить имя.
          • +
        • или щелкните по кнопке Значок Именованные диапазоны Именованные диапазоны на вкладке Формула верхней панели инструментов и выберите из меню опцию Диспетчер имен. В открывшемся окне выберите опцию Новое.

        Откроется окно Новое имя:

        Окно Новое имя

        @@ -70,7 +72,7 @@
      2. Установите курсор там, куда надо вставить имя.
      3. Выполните одно из следующих действий:
          -
        • введите имя нужного именованного диапазона вручную с помощью клавиатуры. Как только вы введете начальные буквы, появится список Автозавершения формул. По мере ввода в нем отображаются элементы (формулы и имена), которые соответствуют введенным символам. Можно выбрать нужное имя из списка и вставить его в формулу, дважды щелкнув по нему или нажав клавишу Tab.
          • +
        • введите имя нужного именованного диапазона вручную с помощью клавиатуры. Как только вы введете начальные буквы, появится список Автозавершения формул. По мере ввода в нем отображаются элементы (формулы и имена), которые соответствуют введенным символам. Можно выбрать нужное определенное имя или имя таблицы из списка и вставить его в формулу, дважды щелкнув по нему или нажав клавишу Tab.
        • или щелкните по значку Именованные диапазоны Значок Именованные диапазоны на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выберите из меню опцию Вставить имя, выберите нужное имя в окне Вставка имени и нажмите кнопку OK:

          Окно Вставка имени

          • @@ -78,6 +80,16 @@

      Примечание: в окне Вставка имени отображены определенные имена и имена таблиц, областью действия которых является текущий лист и вся книга.

      + +
        +
      1. Установите курсор там, куда надо вставить гиперссылку.
        2. +
      2. Перейдите на вкладку Вставка и нажмите кнопку Значок Гиперссылка Гиперссылка.
        3. +
      3. + В открывшемся окне Параметры гиперссылки выберите вкладку Внутренний диапазон данных и укажите лист или имя. +

        Параметры гиперссылки

        +
        4. +
      4. Нажмите кнопку OK.
        5. +
      \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm deleted file mode 100644 index ab2e67c87..000000000 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ - - - - Просмотр сведений о презентации - - - - - - - -
      -
      - -
      -

      Просмотр сведений о презентации

      -

      Чтобы получить доступ к подробным сведениям о редактируемой презентации, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сведения о презентации.

      -

      Общие сведения

      -

      Сведения о документе включают в себя ряд свойств файла, описывающих документ. Некоторые из этих свойств обновляются автоматически, а некоторые из них можно редактировать.

      -
        -
      • Размещение - папка в модуле Документы, в которой хранится файл. Владелец - имя пользователя, который создал файл. Загружена - дата и время создания файла. Эти свойства доступны только в онлайн-версии.
        • -
      • Название, Тема, Комментарий - эти свойства позволяют упростить классификацию документов. Вы можете задать нужный текст в полях свойств.
        • -
      • Последнее изменение - дата и время последнего изменения файла.
        • -
      • Автор последнего изменения - имя пользователя, сделавшего последнее изменение в презентации, если к ней был предоставлен доступ, и ее могут редактировать несколько пользователей.
        • -
      • Приложение - приложение, в котором была создана презентация.
        • -
      • Автор - имя человека, создавшего файл. В этом поле вы можете ввести нужное имя. Нажмите Enter, чтобы добавить новое поле, позволяющее указать еще одного автора.
        • -
      -

      Если вы изменили свойства файла, нажмите кнопку Применить, чтобы применить изменения.

      -

      Примечание: используя онлайн-редакторы, вы можете изменить название презентации непосредственно из интерфейса редактора. Для этого нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Переименовать..., затем введите нужное Имя файла в новом открывшемся окне и нажмите кнопку OK.

      -
      -

      Сведения о правах доступа

      -

      В онлайн-версии вы можете просматривать сведения о правах доступа к документам, сохраненным в облаке.

      -

      Примечание: эта опция недоступна для пользователей с правами доступа Только чтение.

      -

      Чтобы узнать, у кого есть права на просмотр и редактирование этой презентации, выберите опцию Права доступа... на левой боковой панели.

      -

      Вы можете также изменить выбранные в настоящий момент права доступа, нажав на кнопку Изменить права доступа в разделе Люди, имеющие права.

      -
      -

      Чтобы закрыть панель Файл и вернуться к редактированию презентации, выберите опцию Закрыть меню.

      -
      - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/editor.css b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/editor.css index 7a743ebc1..108b9b531 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/editor.css +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/editor.css @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ img { border: none; vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; +max-width: 100%; } img.floatleft diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/added_comment_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/added_comment_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 425e00a8b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/added_comment_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addgradientpoint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addgradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4ca4cc4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addgradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 963dab9e5..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addtolayout.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addtolayout.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4a60ce7c1..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addtolayout.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignshape.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5bfaf1e70..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignshape.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/applylayout.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/applylayout.png deleted file mode 100644 index 02b347567..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/applylayout.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrangeshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrangeshape.png deleted file mode 100644 index 16eb79f92..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrangeshape.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/autoformatasyoutype.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/autoformatasyoutype.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0580876c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/autoformatasyoutype.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/autoshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/autoshape.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8c4895175..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/autoshape.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/axislabels.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/axislabels.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4ed4ea7b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/axislabels.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/basiccalculations.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/basiccalculations.png index 2730e4bd2..1d3e77659 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/basiccalculations.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/basiccalculations.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordersize.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordersize.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1562d5223..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordersize.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordertype.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordertype.png deleted file mode 100644 index 016968c1a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordertype.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bulletedlistsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bulletedlistsettings.png index 6053bdb10..832cd6f6e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bulletedlistsettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bulletedlistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..100945d70 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell_fill_color.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell_fill_color.png index 6a4f66564..2912b9aa0 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell_fill_color.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell_fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell_fill_gradient.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell_fill_gradient.png index 1da031e0b..59329eedf 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell_fill_gradient.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell_fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell_fill_pattern.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell_fill_pattern.png index abd930c9b..1bc621822 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell_fill_pattern.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cell_fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cellsettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cellsettingstab.png index abb014797..04b8f4106 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cellsettingstab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cellsettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changelayout.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changelayout.png deleted file mode 100644 index f7d63a607..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changelayout.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerange.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerange.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17df78932 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerange.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerowheight.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4a8e4df36..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerowheight.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_settings_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index a490b12e0..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_settings_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartdata.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d4cb1e68 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png index 2c54c04e0..633251d82 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2baf0a73c..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings6.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings6.png deleted file mode 100644 index 174a033aa..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings6.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charttab.png deleted file mode 100644 index bd99a1c58..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charttab.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartwindow.png index d8a69f2d2..527c55c9e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartwindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/close_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/close_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e2750cf1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/close_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/closepreview.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/closepreview.png deleted file mode 100644 index 829224a91..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/closepreview.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnwidthmarker.png deleted file mode 100644 index 402fb9d7a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnwidthmarker.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0faca3678 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalueformula.gif b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalueformula.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4e9643eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/cellvalueformula.gif differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/comparison.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/comparison.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d18360e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/comparison.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/databars.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/databars.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6291ff89 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/databars.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/gradient.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/gradient.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0ea82d8e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetbikerating.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetbikerating.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..437591f43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetbikerating.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetrevenue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetrevenue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20aca8d2b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/iconsetrevenue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrafficlights.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrafficlights.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd5918ed2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrafficlights.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrends.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrends.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d83b0c55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/iconsettrends.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/shaderows.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/shaderows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04a223b0d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/shaderows.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/shadeunique.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/shadeunique.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..75ceb666f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/shadeunique.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/shading.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/shading.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01959fb31 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/shading.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/topbottomvalue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/topbottomvalue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2bb622e51 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/topbottomvalue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/uniqueduplicates.gif b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/uniqueduplicates.gif new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c19fc8f7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/conditionalformatting/uniqueduplicates.gif differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/converttorange.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/converttorange.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e07ac2e4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/converttorange.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/create_pivot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/create_pivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..685e5761f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/create_pivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/date_time_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/date_time_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 1b5334ff6..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/date_time_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/date_time_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/date_time_settings.png deleted file mode 100644 index 52032dfca..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/date_time_settings.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deletecellwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deletecellwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bfbb28f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deletecellwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editnamewindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editnamewindow.png index 4a5955a16..b7b9f4b63 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editnamewindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editnamewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editseries.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editseries.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0699da2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editseries.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/exitfullscreen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/exitfullscreen.png deleted file mode 100644 index ef13de53a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/exitfullscreen.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/feedback.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/feedback.png deleted file mode 100644 index c61246b1e..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/feedback.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png index b9c1cb462..bd77496b5 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png index 6d7052a41..68271423f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png index 0de29b832..a8863a407 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png index 101639d27..0be1386a8 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/firstline_indent.png deleted file mode 100644 index 72d1364e2..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/firstline_indent.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 61d79799b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formulatabtoptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formulatabtoptoolbar.png index ff66c08f4..876281f36 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formulatabtoptoolbar.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formulatabtoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fullscreen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fullscreen.png deleted file mode 100644 index c7e6f1155..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fullscreen.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/functionarguments.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/functionarguments.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..703dbe7e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/functionarguments.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/functionicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/functionicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c1ad545f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/functionicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hanging.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hanging.png deleted file mode 100644 index 09eecbb72..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hanging.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hidden_slide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hidden_slide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7b55b6e5e..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hidden_slide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/horizontalalign.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/horizontalalign.png deleted file mode 100644 index b3665ab84..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/horizontalalign.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 91bac1439..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties1.png deleted file mode 100644 index f706a20c9..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties2.png deleted file mode 100644 index f2ebf21fd..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettings.png index b27225c82..2301ab65a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettingstab.png deleted file mode 100644 index d89987a4f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettingstab.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/indents_ruler.png deleted file mode 100644 index 30d1675a3..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/indents_ruler.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_pivot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_pivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..852443f44 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_pivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8353e80fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window.png index 4bbd8b745..5cb6a3b05 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e76849b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_symbol_window2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertcellwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertcellwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef3dcace6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertcellwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertfunctionwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertfunctionwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb0a2c31a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertfunctionwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertpivot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertpivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6582b2c9b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertpivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertslicer.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertslicer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..099bc6907 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertslicer.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertslicer_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertslicer_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8102ebce5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertslicer_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttable.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttable.png deleted file mode 100644 index 71c0dee67..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttable.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/collaborationtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/collaborationtab.png index 1ba4720b8..6457637b5 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/collaborationtab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/datatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/datatab.png index 9ae7d3b67..ff483a6e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/datatab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/datatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png index 0dd594dee..38d7b0474 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png index b19236ffa..fc6827af9 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png index 6d905a4b8..ad4382eda 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png index 0e7f4f5a0..7cce5b00b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png index d6d97dcff..fe48be316 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_formulatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png index 67216e685..07b56023b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png index 755ad2f62..5be3d2411 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png index 7c5d8cfb7..3b31db72d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pivottabletab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pivottabletab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fb1e66a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pivottabletab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png index 1dd0e3dfc..2be40f167 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_viewtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_viewtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48850867f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/desktop_viewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png index 57ceb2b97..b8f2712d1 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/filetab.png index 0c885b0fc..847583419 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/formulatab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/formulatab.png index b726b398c..4ba1e8c7e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/formulatab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/formulatab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/hometab.png index 0f8c15ff9..edff3551f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png index 346e4dffc..524333b10 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/layouttab.png index e8fb129f8..92cd05afe 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/layouttab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pivottabletab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pivottabletab.png index 57bb19d94..c1dc14f8c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pivottabletab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pivottabletab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 07ea0e7f3..8baf52b2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/viewtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/viewtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..046691aae Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/viewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftindent.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftindent.png deleted file mode 100644 index fbb16de5f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftindent.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linest.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linest.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20a4e0ef6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linest.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moveelement.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moveelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74ead64a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moveelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/multiselect.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/multiselect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9b75a987 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/multiselect.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/name_hyperlink.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/name_hyperlink.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fbf781d0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/name_hyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/namedranges.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/namedranges.png index 9c371c17e..700dd0e07 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/namedranges.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/namedranges.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/namedrangesicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/namedrangesicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47e318c47 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/namedrangesicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newnamewindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newnamewindow.png index 05c7d659e..260b7cc1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newnamewindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newnamewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index d568e138b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numberedlistsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numberedlistsettings.png index c432a1223..ccdc98926 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numberedlistsettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numberedlistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orderedlistsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orderedlistsettings.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2a67c382f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orderedlistsettings.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palettes.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palettes.png deleted file mode 100644 index fe6afa24f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palettes.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecial.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecial.png index af6076fa8..18eb2424a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecial.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecial.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecial_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecial_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bbb23a65a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecial_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pausepresentation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pausepresentation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 026966eca..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pausepresentation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_advanced.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_advanced.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..237d75e76 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_advanced.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_advanced2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_advanced2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f40afe17c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_advanced2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_advanced3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_advanced3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37c516fe1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_advanced3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_columns.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_columns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3d7d2147 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_columns.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_compact.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_compact.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16b7e7f3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_compact.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67dcedade Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filter_field.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filter_field.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b2960ddd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filter_field.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filter_field_layout.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filter_field_layout.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f442b972 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filter_field_layout.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filter_field_subtotals.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filter_field_subtotals.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d036022d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filter_field_subtotals.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filterwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filterwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8733f7c9f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_filterwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_menu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_menu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d1fa79a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_menu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_outline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_outline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e2b4e498 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_refresh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_refresh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83d92f93f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_refresh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_rows.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_rows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8c4633b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_rows.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_selectdata.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_selectdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b1381bc4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_selectdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_selectdata2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_selectdata2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a56fdff2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_selectdata2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_selectfields.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_selectfields.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b387db10a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_selectfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74df7c91e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_sort.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_sort.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0b9eebe2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_sort.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_tabular.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_tabular.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..104446f9d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_tabular.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_top.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_top.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39cfc335f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_top.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_topten.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_topten.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..595267883 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_topten.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_values.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_values.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b115b2344 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_values.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_values_field_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_values_field_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b056c7d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivot_values_field_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivottoptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivottoptoolbar.png index cbf571771..6047ff0f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivottoptoolbar.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pivottoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_chart.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_chart.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7cc49ff3b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_chart.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_imagefromfile.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_imagefromfile.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9a395c6f7..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_imagefromfile.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_imagefromurl.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_imagefromurl.png deleted file mode 100644 index af95ac323..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_imagefromurl.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_object.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_object.png deleted file mode 100644 index e04a6f741..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_object.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_table.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_table.png deleted file mode 100644 index ddb7c81a9..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/placeholder_table.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer.png deleted file mode 100644 index 46e469d16..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_enabled.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_enabled.png deleted file mode 100644 index a04b85ebd..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_enabled.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_screen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_screen.png deleted file mode 100644 index fb95e8a84..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_screen.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_mode.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_mode.png deleted file mode 100644 index 49ea06a4c..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_mode.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_nextslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_nextslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index adbc19b84..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_nextslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_pausepresentation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_pausepresentation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2885f6d0e..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_pausepresentation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_previousslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_previousslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 245e935cb..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_previousslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_startpresentation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_startpresentation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4a72b75e1..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_startpresentation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/preview_mode.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/preview_mode.png deleted file mode 100644 index ad7ae075b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/preview_mode.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previousslide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previousslide.png deleted file mode 100644 index 69f78fe10..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previousslide.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/printsettingswindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/printsettingswindow.png index 02583d0e5..89e297896 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/printsettingswindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/printsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/proofing.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/proofing.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af9162d15 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/proofing.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/recognizedfunctions.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/recognizedfunctions.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1013597d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/recognizedfunctions.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..acdb32e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d966c77b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates_result.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates_result.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7696d19bd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates_result.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates_warning.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates_warning.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ad3291be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates_warning.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd923ca5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removeduplicates_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removegradientpoint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removegradientpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0675fbbb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/removegradientpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/replacetext.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/replacetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9192d66fd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/replacetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizeelement.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizeelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..206959166 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizeelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizetable.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizetable.png index 2ed2aef02..13711fc61 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizetable.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png index 57d961975..61e329567 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_indent.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_indent.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0f0d9203f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_indent.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_pivot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_pivot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b57275520 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_pivot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_slicer.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_slicer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..757951ee9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_slicer.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_sparkline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_sparkline.png index 17dd136f3..535b773c8 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_sparkline.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_sparkline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_table.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_table.png deleted file mode 100644 index 12cf5030f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_table.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png index cb69c13a8..4fe5c7542 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowheightmarker.png deleted file mode 100644 index 90a923c02..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowheightmarker.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectcolumn.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectcolumn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78f50da52 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectcolumn_cursor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectcolumn_cursor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3123de7f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectcolumn_cursor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectdata.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectdata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a64e40f0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectdata.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectedequation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectedequation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 479c50ed2..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectedequation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e443156db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectrow_cursor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectrow_cursor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f640d274 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectrow_cursor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectslidesizeicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectslidesizeicon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 887e49339..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectslidesizeicon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selecttable.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selecttable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8326af66 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selecttable.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selecttable_cursor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selecttable_cursor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9db1659a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selecttable_cursor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/separator.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/separator.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4dcda2ce9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/separator.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png index 56fa48af0..4de92750d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 78c4147c1..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 06d5c4e0f..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties3.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4dcfd34f1..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties3.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties4.png deleted file mode 100644 index 62b785b01..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties4.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties5.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2fd14f76d..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties5.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_1.png index 7844a9793..484c9772e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_2.png index c6953c542..5a8e3f7f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_3.png index c39fe42f8..6de376d07 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_4.png index 2ae046d71..d208fc848 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_5.png index 33f2dd195..bc59f4374 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_5.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_6.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_6.png index 34f5cb49a..f13e7a754 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_6.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_6.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shapesettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shapesettingstab.png deleted file mode 100644 index 07e9327bb..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shapesettingstab.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sheetview_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sheetview_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2d02a871 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sheetview_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/showsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/showsettings.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5872fddf2..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/showsettings.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cdb6cc838 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_clearfilter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_clearfilter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb08729e8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_clearfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_columns.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_columns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d961ec400 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_columns.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_filter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_filter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4414ef24 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_filter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c170a8eef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_nodata.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_nodata.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ed65544e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_nodata.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ada70dee7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8950b4ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..977bc888b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties4.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..708b41587 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties4.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties5.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02ea07a98 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_properties5.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_scroll.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_scroll.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c702d7969 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_scroll.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..099bc6907 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slicer_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slide_number_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slide_number_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 81132b63c..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slide_number_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slide_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slide_settings_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0764193cf..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slide_settings_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesettingstab.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2f8be933a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesettingstab.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png deleted file mode 100644 index 7fe3447cc..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_presentation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_presentation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0c656e0ac..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_presentation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_settings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_settings.png index cee8fd581..7c388e309 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_settings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/split_cells.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/split_cells.png deleted file mode 100644 index 64ec55a91..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/split_cells.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpresentation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpresentation.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6b6ca42f3..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpresentation.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpreview.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpreview.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0d665547c..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpreview.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/summary.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/summary.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cdeb8fad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/summary.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/above.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/above.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97f2005e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/above.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/acute.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/acute.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12d62abab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/acute.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aleph.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aleph.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7355dba4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aleph.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca68e0fe0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea3a6aac4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/alpha2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/amalg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/amalg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b66c134d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/amalg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/angle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/angle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de11fe22d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/angle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aoint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35a228fb4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/aoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/approx.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/approx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67b770f72 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/approx.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/arrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/arrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asmash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df40f9f2c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ast.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ast.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33be7687a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ast.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asymp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asymp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7d21a268 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/asymp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/atop.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/atop.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d4395beb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/atop.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..774a06eb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5321fe5b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/because.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/because.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3456d38c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/because.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/begin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/begin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd50e8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/begin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/below.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/below.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8acb835b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/below.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748f2b1be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c1ccb707 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c219ee423 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/beth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af7e48ad8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e27fb3bb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigodot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigodot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ebddf66c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigodot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigoplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigoplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f555afb0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigoplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigotimes.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigotimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43457dc4b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigotimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..614264a01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigsqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/biguplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/biguplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ec39889f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/biguplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigvee.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigvee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57851a676 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigvee.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigwedge.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigwedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c7cac1e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bigwedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/binomial.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/binomial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72bc36e68 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/binomial.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ded03e82 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bowtie.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bowtie.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ddfa28c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bowtie.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/box.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/box.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20d4a835b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/box.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxdot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..222e1c7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxminus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caf1ddddb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1ee49522 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/boxplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bra.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bra.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3c8b4c83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bra.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/break.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/break.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..859fbf8b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/break.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/breve.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/breve.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2392724b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/breve.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bullet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bullet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05e268132 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/bullet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76139f161 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cases.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cases.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5a1d5ffe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cases.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cbrt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cbrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..580d0d0d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cbrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..199773081 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6246a1f0d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/check.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/check.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d57528ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/check.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ee801d17 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a27cce57e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/chi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/circ.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/circ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a6aa27c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/circ.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/close.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/close.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7438a6f0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/close.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/clubsuit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/clubsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ecec4509 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/clubsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2f305a81 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/colonequal.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/colonequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79fb3a795 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/colonequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cong.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cong.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d48ef05a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cong.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coprod.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coprod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d90054fb5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/coprod.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b3915395 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/cup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dalet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dalet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dalet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/daleth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/daleth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dea5332b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/daleth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dashv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dashv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a07ecf03 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dashv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b96137d73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51e50c6ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddddot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2512dd96 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dddot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c261bdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc158338d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b15677a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/defeq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/defeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4728e579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/defeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8512ce6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degf.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d5b4f234 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degf.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degree.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degree.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42881ff13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/degree.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14d5d2386 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6541350c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/delta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/deltaeq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/deltaeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1dac99daf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/deltaeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamond.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamond.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e692a462 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bff5edf92 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/diamondsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/div.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/div.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..059758d9c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/div.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0d4f093f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddef5eb4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9cb5ed78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eee509760 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublea2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d98b1da6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cdc8d687 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4e564fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3e5ccc8a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublec2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublecolon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublecolon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56cfcafd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublecolon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bca050ea8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e222d501 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubled2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e03f999a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6627ded4f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublee2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c99ee88a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f97effdec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublef2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81a4360f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublefactorial.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97ff9ceed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19f3727f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca4f14ca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea40b9965 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb4d100de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..313453e56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublei2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43de921d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55063df14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublej2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6dc9ee87c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aee85567c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublek2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e4aad8c8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7382f3652 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublel2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f6d8538d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..100097a98 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublem2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f1373128 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ef2738aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublen2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a13023552 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..468459457 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8db731325 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18bfb16ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublep2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc4b77c78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25b230947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f0e988a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6e40f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubler2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c05d7f9cd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d24cb2f27 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubles2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c27fe3875 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32f2294a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublet2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0f54d440 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ce700d2f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubleu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5b0cb2be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da1089327 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublev2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0400ddbed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a151c1777 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublew2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..648ce4467 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c2a1de43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublex2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ed589d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e2733f6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doubley2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d1061f6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f12b3eebb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/doublez2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71146333a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f20d8728 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/downarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dsmash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49e2e5855 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/dsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ee.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1c8f6b16 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ee.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ell.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ell.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/emptyset.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/emptyset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28b0f75d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/emptyset.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/end.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/end.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33d901831 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/end.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7a53ad49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd54bb471 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/epsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eqarray.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eqarray.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2dbb07eff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eqarray.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/equiv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/equiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac3c147eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/equiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb6c37c23 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93a5f8f3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/eta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/exists.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/exists.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2e078f08 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/exists.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/forall.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/forall.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c58ecb41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/forall.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8570b166c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3db328e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktura2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e682b9c49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..570b7daad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3296e1bf7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e1c9065f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c29587e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5afeeb59 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a56e7c5a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c9236af6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakture2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a460b206 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f59cc1a49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c71a7f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a96d7939 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afff96507 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c77ddc227 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturh2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b690840e0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93494c9f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6ec69273 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88b5d5dd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4719aa67a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73365c050 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8d412077 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6823b765f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7562b1587 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5817d5af7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed9ee60d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6becfb0d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturo2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9c2ef5ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fbe142a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aac2cafe2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7026dc172 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c14dc2aee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad6eb3a2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b68a51481 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be9bce9ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturs2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a274312f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff4ffbad5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3835c5e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7c2dfce0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ae44b0d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06951ec52 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e492dd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c08b19614 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7af677f4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dd4eefc0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea98c092d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf8f1fb3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/fraktury2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b44487f74 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afd922249 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frakturz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frown.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2fcd6e3a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/frown.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/g.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/g.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/g.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f088aa79 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3aa30aaa0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gamma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ge.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ge.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/geq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/geq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/geq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gets.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gets.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab7c9df5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gets.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2b964579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gimel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gimel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e6cccb60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/gimel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/grave.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/grave.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcda94a6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/grave.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe22252f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/greaterthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hat.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3be83a4c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hat.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6025b5d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/heartsuit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/heartsuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b26f4fe3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/heartsuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14f255fb0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b22e5b07a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hookrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc8f0fa47 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/horizontalellipsis.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hphantom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb072eee0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hsmash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hsmash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce90638d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hsmash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/hvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3531cd2fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/identitymatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ii.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ii.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e064923e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ii.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiiint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7b9990d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f56aff057 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e73f05c2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/im.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/im.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1470295b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/im.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/imath.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/imath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6493cfef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/imath.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/in.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/in.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca1f84e4d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/in.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/inc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/inc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ac8c1bcd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/inc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/infty.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/infty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fa3570fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/infty.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/int.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/int.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f296cc46 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/int.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/integral.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/integral.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65e56f23b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/integral.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0aefb684e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4341851a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/iota2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/j.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/j.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004b30b69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/j.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jj.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a1e11920 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jj.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jmath.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jmath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9409b6d2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/jmath.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..788d84c11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fae000a00 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/kappa2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ket.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ket.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f98af8017 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3016c6ece Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lambda2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/langle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/langle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73ccafba9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/langle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbbrack.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dbb14049 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..004d22d05 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrack.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cf789daa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lceil.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48d4f69b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldiv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba17e3ae6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldivide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1071483b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abf33d47a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ldots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/le.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/le.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/le.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/left.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/left.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f27f6310 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/left.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bafaf636c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60f405f7e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d15921dc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d02cea5c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c0305093 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..923152c61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leftrightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/leq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d839ba35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lessthanorequalto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lfloor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc34c4345 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lhvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10407df0f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/limit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/limit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5669a329 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/limit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ll.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ll.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e31ee790 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ll.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lmoust.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3547706a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9647da6b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e0e50d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longleftrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bed54fe7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/longrightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lrhar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lrhar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a54ae201 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lrhar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6ab35fac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/lvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mapsto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mapsto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11e8e411a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mapsto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/matrix.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/matrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36dd9f3ef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/matrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mid.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mid.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21fca0ac1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mid.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/middle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/middle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e47884724 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/middle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/models.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/models.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a87cdc82e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/models.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f295f402 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a4698faf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96d5b82b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/mu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nabla.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nabla.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c4283a5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nabla.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/naryand.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/naryand.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c43d7a980 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/naryand.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ne.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ne.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ne.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nearrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nearrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e95d358a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nearrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/neq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/neq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/neq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ni.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ni.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce8864 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ni.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/norm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/norm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/norm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notcontain.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notcontain.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b6ac81ce Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notcontain.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notelement.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notelement.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c5d182db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notelement.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notequal.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notequal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e55862cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notequal.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a8af203d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notgreaterthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f2abe531 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notlessthan.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notlessthan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e9fc8ef2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/notlessthan.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b32087c3d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e0f14582 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nwarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nwarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35ad2ee95 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/nwarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cbbaaf6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86a488451 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/o2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/odot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/odot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbd0f8b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/odot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/of.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/of.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8a2567c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/of.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiiint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c66dc2947 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5587f29d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oiint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30b5bbab3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3224bcc5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6689087de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/omega2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ominus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ominus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a07e9ce7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ominus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/open.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/open.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2874320d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/open.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab9c8d22 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/oplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/otimes.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/otimes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a2de09e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/otimes.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/over.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/over.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de78bfdde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/over.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbrace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71c7d4729 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbracket.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbd4f3598 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b3896815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overparen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..645d88650 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overshell.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overshell.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..907e993d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/overshell.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/parallel.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/parallel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b42a5958 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/parallel.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/partial.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/partial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb198b44d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/partial.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/perp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/perp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecc490ff4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/perp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phantom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3a11e75a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a42a2bdea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9f811dab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/phi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6c5da9c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11486a83b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13cccaad2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pmatrix.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37b0ed5ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pppprime.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4aec7dd87 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ppprime.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ppprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..460f07d5d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ppprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pprime.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pprime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c60382c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/pprime.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc174cb73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/preceq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/preceq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..185576937 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/preceq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prime.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prime.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2144d9f2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prime.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prod.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prod.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fbe6e266 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/prod.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/propto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/propto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11a52f90b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/propto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b09ce71e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71faedd0b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/psi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/qdrt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/qdrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2b8a5518 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/qdrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/quadratic.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/quadratic.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26116211c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/quadratic.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..913b1b3fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fd0b87a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rangle2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ratio.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ratio.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d480fe90c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ratio.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31decded8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..772a722da Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5aa46c098 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rbrack2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rceil.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rceil.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c96575404 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rceil.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rddots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rddots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17f60c0bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rddots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/re.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/re.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36ffb2a8e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/re.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rect.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7942dbe1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rect.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rfloor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rfloor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0303da681 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rfloor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6020c1f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7242001a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rho2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rhvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rhvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38fddae5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rhvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/right.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/right.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc933121f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/right.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d8b7b90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c25b921a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoondown.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a33c56ea0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rightharpoonup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rmoust.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rmoust.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e85cdefb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/rmoust.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/root.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/root.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bdcb3d60 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/root.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4305bc75 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4df4c10ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16801f863 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f395bf2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptb2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..292f64223 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7d64e076 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptc2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a52adbda Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db75ffaee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptd2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9cea6589 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..908b98abf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripte2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16b2839e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fc78029f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptf2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e2b4e5c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83ecfa7c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptg2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce9052e49 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b669be42d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripth2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8650af640 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35253e28d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripti2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..23a0b18d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..964ca2f83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptj2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..605b16e12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c34227b6a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptk2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e28155e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20327fde5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptl2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cdd4bc43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b257e5e69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptm2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22b214f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cd942d5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptn2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64efc9545 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f8bdc904 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripto2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec9874130 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2df092612 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptp2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c07bbff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eb2e1182 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptq2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49b85ae2d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46dea0796 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptr2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74caee45b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acf23f10 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripts2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb6ace16a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9407b3372 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptt2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cffb832bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f85cd60c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptu2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6e628a61 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..346dd8c56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptv2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e5d381db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..953ee2de5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptw2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db732c630 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..166c889a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptx2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7784bb149 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3003ade0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scripty2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8d5a0cde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8197fe515 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/scriptz2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdiv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdivide.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdivide.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0109428ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sdivide.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/searrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/searrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a7f64b14 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/searrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/setminus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/setminus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa6c2cfee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/setminus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cb2bb178 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20e9f5ee7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sigma2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sim.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sim.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a056eda0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sim.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/simeq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/simeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eade7ebc9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/simeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90896057d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smile.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smile.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83b716c6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/smile.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/spadesuit.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/spadesuit.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bdec8945 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/spadesuit.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcap.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf43990e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..426d02fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqcup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqrt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acfaa8ed Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14365cc02 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsubseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6db6d42fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sqsuperseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/star.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/star.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f15f019f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/star.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subset.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f23368a90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subset.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subseteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d867e2df0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/subseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succ.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succ.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b7c0526b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succ.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succeq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succeq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22eff46c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/succeq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sum.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44106f72f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/sum.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superset.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67f46e1ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superset.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superseteq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superseteq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89521782c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/superseteq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/swarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/swarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66df3fa2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/swarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abd5bf872 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f15d8e443 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tau2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/therefore.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/therefore.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3f02aba3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/therefore.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2d89e82b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13f05f84f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/theta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tilde.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tilde.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b08ef3a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tilde.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/times.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/times.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da3afaf8b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/times.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/to.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/to.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0df492f97 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/to.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/top.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/top.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afbe5b832 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/top.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tvec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tvec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee71f7105 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/tvec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e27b66816 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c20216a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/ubar2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..938c658e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbrace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbrace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f2c080b58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbrace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbracket.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbracket.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a78aa1cdc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underbracket.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b55100731 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underparen.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underparen.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ccaac1590 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/underparen.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eccaa488d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cff2b9de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uparrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65ea76252 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c10bc8fef Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/updownarrow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uplus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uplus.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39109a95b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/uplus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e69b7226c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2012f0408 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/upsilon2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varepsilon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varepsilon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1788b80e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varepsilon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varphi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varphi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebcb44f39 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varphi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varpi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varpi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82e5e48bd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varpi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varrho.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varrho.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d719b4e0c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varrho.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varsigma.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varsigma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b154dede3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/varsigma.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vartheta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vartheta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e49bc074 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vartheta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..197c22ee5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdash.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdash.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2387c2d76 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdash.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdots.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdots.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1220d68b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vdots.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a50d9fe6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vee.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vee.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be2573ef8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vee.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adc50b15c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..915abac55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vert2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vmatrix.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vmatrix.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8dba6fd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vmatrix.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vphantom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vphantom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd8194604 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/vphantom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wedge.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wedge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34e02a584 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wedge.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00c630d38 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bceef6f19 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/wr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f83b1dfd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c59fd3e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/xi2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aaf47b628 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb04db0ab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/symbols/zeta2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6a6351168..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 19b717b56..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_settings_icon.png index f650f83e0..19b5b37fb 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_settings_icon.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tablesettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tablesettingstab.png index 644eebe6b..1785ba094 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tablesettingstab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tablesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabletemplate.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabletemplate.png index e0178d43a..698e80591 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabletemplate.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabletemplate.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright.png deleted file mode 100644 index e3323ffc2..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstops_ruler.png deleted file mode 100644 index ade45c824..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstops_ruler.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/templateslist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/templateslist.png index a65c38f12..3bbdc8d2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/templateslist.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/templateslist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_settings_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index fa38da185..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_settings_icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/themes.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/themes.png deleted file mode 100644 index a471abb91..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/themes.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/undoautoexpansion.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/undoautoexpansion.png index 4ae7d7853..3db03f82d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/undoautoexpansion.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/undoautoexpansion.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/verticalalign.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/verticalalign.png deleted file mode 100644 index cb0e4f62b..000000000 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/verticalalign.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/verticaltext.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/verticaltext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd84e8654 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/verticaltext.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js index 6f2a7bd8e..c23821397 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js @@ -240,6 +240,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Функция ОКРВВЕРХ", "body": "Функция ОКРВВЕРХ - это одна из математических и тригонометрических функций. Используется, чтобы округлить число в большую сторону до ближайшего числа, кратного заданной значимости. Синтаксис функции ОКРВВЕРХ: ОКРВВЕРХ(x;точность) где x - число, которое требуется округлить в большую сторону, точность - величина, до кратного которой требуется округлить число. Эти аргументы - числовые значения, введенные вручную или находящиеся в ячейке, на которую дается ссылка. Примечание: если значения x и точность имеют разные знаки, функция возвращает ошибку #ЧИСЛО!. Чтобы применить функцию ОКРВВЕРХ: выделите ячейку, в которой требуется отобразить результат, щелкните по значку Вставить функцию , расположенному на верхней панели инструментов, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной ячейке и выберите в меню команду Вставить функцию, или щелкните по значку перед строкой формул, выберите из списка группу функций Математические, щелкните по функции ОКРВВЕРХ, введите требуемые аргументы через точку с запятой, нажмите клавишу Enter. Результат будет отображен в выбранной ячейке." }, + { + "id": "Functions/cell.htm", + "title": "Функция ЯЧЕЙКА", + "body": "Функция ЯЧЕЙКА - это одна из информационных функций. Он используется для возврата информации о форматировании, местоположении или содержимом ячейки. Синтаксис функции ЯЧЕЙКА: ЯЧЕЙКА(тип_сведений, [ссылка]) где тип_сведений - это текстовое значение, указывающее, какую информацию о ячейке вы хотите получить. Это обязательный аргумент. В приведенном ниже списке указаны возможные значения аргумента. [ссылка] - это ячейка, о которой вы хотите получить информацию. Если аргумент, возвращается информация о последней измененной ячейке. Если аргумент ссылка указан как диапазон ячеек, функция возвращает информацию для верхней левой ячейки диапазона. Возвращаемое значение Тип_сведений \"адрес\" Возвращает ссылку на ячейку. \"столбец\" Возвращает номер столбца, в котором расположена ячейка. \"цвет\" Возвращает 1, если форматированием ячейки предусмотрено изменение цвета для отрицательных значений; во всех остальных случаях — 0. \"содержимое\" Возвращает значение, которое содержит ячейка. \"имяфайла\" Возвращает имя файла, содержащего ячейку. \"формат\" Возвращает текстовое значение, соответствующее числовому формату ячейки. Текстовые значения перечислены в таблице ниже. \"скобки\" Возвращает 1, если если ячейка отформатирована круглыми скобками для положительных или всех значений; ; во всех остальных случаях — 0. \"префикс\" Возвращает одиночные кавычки ('), если текст в ячейке выровнен по левому краю, двойные кавычки (\"), если текст выровнен по правому краю, знак крышки (^), если текст выровнен по центру, и пустой текст (\"\") - для любого другого содержимого ячейки. \"защита\" Возвращает 0, если ячейка не заблокирована; возвращает 1, если ячейка заблокирована. \"строка\" Возвращает номер строки, в которой находится ячейка. \"тип\" Возвращает \"b\", если ячейка пуста, \"l\", если ячейка содержит текстовое занчение. \"v\" - любое другое содержимое. \"ширина\" Возвращает ширину ячейки, округленную до целого числа. Ниже указаны текстовые значения, которые функция возвращает для аргумента \"формат\" Числовой формат Возвращаемое текстовое значение Общий G 0 F0 #,##0 ,0 0.00 F2 #,##0.00 ,2 $#,##0_);($#,##0) C0 $#,##0_);[Красный]($#,##0) C0- $#,##0.00_);($#,##0.00) C2 $#,##0.00_);[Красный]($#,##0.00) C2- 0% P0 0.00% P2 0.00E+00 S2 # ?/? или # ??/?? G м/д/гг или м/д/гг ч:мм или мм/дд/гг D4 д-ммм-гг или дд-ммм-гг D1 д-ммм или дд-ммм D2 ммм-гг D3 мм/дд D5 ч:мм AM/PM D7 ч:мм:сс AM/PM D6 ч:мм D9 ч:мм:сс D8 Чтобы применить функцию ЯЧЕЙКА, выберите ячейку, в которой вы хотите отобразить результат, щелкните по значку Вставить функцию , расположенному на верхней панели инструментов, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной ячейке и выберите в меню команду Вставить функцию, или щелкните по значку перед строкой формул, выберите из списка группу функций Информационные, щелкните по функции ЯЧЕЙКА, введите требуемые аргументы, нажмите клавишу Enter. Результат будет отображен в выделенной ячейке." + }, { "id": "Functions/char.htm", "title": "Функция СИМВОЛ", @@ -1240,6 +1245,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Функция ДЛСТР/ДЛИНБ", "body": "Функция ДЛСТР/ДЛИНБ - это одна из функций для работы с текстом и данными. Анализирует заданную строку и возвращает количество символов, которые она содержит. Функция ДЛСТР предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS), в то время как ДЛИНБ - для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д. Синтаксис функции ДЛСТР/ДЛИНБ: ДЛСТР(текст) ДЛИНБ(текст) где текст - это данные, введенные вручную или находящиеся в ячейке, на которую дается ссылка. Чтобы применить функцию ДЛСТР/ДЛИНБ, выделите ячейку, в которой требуется отобразить результат, щелкните по значку Вставить функцию , расположенному на верхней панели инструментов, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной ячейке и выберите в меню команду Вставить функцию, или щелкните по значку перед строкой формул, выберите из списка группу функций Текст и данные, щелкните по функции ДЛСТР/ДЛИНБ, введите требуемый аргумент, нажмите клавишу Enter. Результат будет отображен в выбранной ячейке." }, + { + "id": "Functions/linest.htm", + "title": "Функция ЛИНЕЙН", + "body": "Функция ЛИНЕЙН - одна из статистических функций. Она используется для вычисления статистики для ряда с использованием метода наименьших квадратов для вычисления прямой линии, которая наилучшим образом соответствует вашим данным, а затем возвращает массив, описывающий полученную линию; поскольку эта функция возвращает массив значений, ее необходимо вводить в виде формулы массива. Синтаксис функции ЛИНЕЙН: ЛИНЕЙН( известные_значения_y, [известные_значения_x], [конст], [статистика] ) где известные_значения_y - известный диапазон значений y в уравнении y = mx + b. Это обязательный аргумент. известные_значения_x - известный диапазон значений x в уравнении y = mx + b. Это необязательный аргумент. Если он не указан, предполагается, что известные_значения_x является массивом {1,2,3, ...} с тем же количеством значений, что и известные_значения_y. конст - логическое значение, указывающее, хотите ли вы установить b равным 0. Это необязательный аргумент. Если установлено значение ИСТИНА или опущено, b рассчитывается как обычно. Если установлено значение ЛОЖЬ, b устанавливается равным 0. статистика - логическое значение, указывающее, хотите ли вы вернуть дополнительную статистику регрессии. Это необязательный аргумент. Если установлено значение ИСТИНА, функция возвращает дополнительную статистику регрессии. Если установлено значение ЛОЖЬ или опущено, функция не возвращает дополнительную статистику регрессии. Чтобы применить функцию ЛИНЕЙН, выберите ячейку, в которой вы хотите отобразить результат, щелкните по значку Вставить функцию , расположенному на верхней панели инструментов, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной ячейке и выберите в меню команду Вставить функцию, или щелкните по значку перед строкой формул, выберите из списка группу функций Статистические, щелкните по функции ЛИНЕЙН, введите требуемые аргументы, нажмите клавишу Enter. Первое значение итогового массива будет отображаться в выбранной ячейке." + }, { "id": "Functions/ln.htm", "title": "Функция LN", @@ -2263,7 +2273,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Дополнительные параметры редактора электронных таблиц", - "body": "Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора электронных таблиц. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также нажать на значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выбрать опцию Дополнительные параметры. В разделе Общие доступны следующие дополнительные параметры: Отображение комментариев - используется для включения/отключения опции комментирования в реальном времени: Включить отображение комментариев в тексте - если отключить эту функцию, ячейки, к которым добавлены комментарии, будут помечаться на листе, только когда Вы нажмете на значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели. Включить отображение решенных комментариев - эта функция отключена по умолчанию, чтобы решенные комментарии были скрыты на листе. Просмотреть такие комментарии можно только при нажатии на значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели. Включите эту опцию, если требуется отображать решенные комментарии на листе. Автосохранение - используется в онлайн-версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического сохранения изменений, внесенных при редактировании. Автовосстановление - используется в десктопной версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического восстановления электронной таблицы в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Стиль ссылок - используется для включения/отключения стиля ссылок R1C1. По умолчанию эта опция отключена, и используется стиль ссылок A1. Когда используется стиль ссылок A1, столбцы обозначаются буквами, а строки - цифрами. Если выделить ячейку, расположенную в строке 3 и столбце 2, ее адрес, отображаемый в поле слева от строки формул, выглядит следующим образом: B3. Если включен стиль ссылок R1C1, и строки, и столбцы обозначаются числами. Если выделить ячейку на пересечении строки 3 и столбца 2, ее адрес будет выглядеть так: R3C2. Буква R указывает на номер строки, а буква C - на номер столбца. Если ссылаться на другие ячейки, используя стиль ссылок R1C1, ссылка на целевую ячейку формируется на базе расстояния от активной ячейки. Например, если выделить ячейку, расположенную в строке 5 и столбце 1, и ссылаться на ячейку в строке 3 и столбце 2, ссылка будет такой: R[-2]C[1]. Числа в квадратных скобках обозначают позицию ячейки, на которую дается ссылка, относительно позиции текущей ячейки, то есть, целевая ячейка находится на 2 строки выше и на 1 столбец правее от активной ячейки. Если выделить ячейку, расположенную в строке 1 и столбце 2, и ссылаться на ту же самую ячейку в строке 3 и столбце 2, ссылка будет такой: R[2]C, то есть целевая ячейка находится на 2 строки ниже активной ячейки и в том же самом столбце. Режим совместного редактирования - используется для выбора способа отображения изменений, вносимых в ходе совместного редактирования: По умолчанию выбран Быстрый режим, при котором пользователи, участвующие в совместном редактировании документа, будут видеть изменения в реальном времени, как только они внесены другими пользователями. Если вы не хотите видеть изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, (чтобы они не мешали вам или по какой-то другой причине), выберите Строгий режим, и все изменения будут отображаться только после того, как вы нажмете на значок Сохранить с оповещением о наличии изменений от других пользователей. Стандартное значение масштаба - используется для установки стандартного значения масштаба путем его выбора из списка доступных вариантов от 50% до 200%. Хинтинг шрифтов - используется для выбора типа отображения шрифта в онлайн-редакторе электронных таблиц: Выберите опцию Как Windows, если Вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Windows, то есть с использованием хинтинга шрифтов Windows. Выберите опцию Как OS X, если Вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Mac, то есть вообще без хинтинга шрифтов. Выберите опцию Собственный, если хотите, чтобы текст отображался с хинтингом, встроенным в файлы шрифтов. Режим кэширования по умолчанию - используется для выбора режима кэширования символов шрифта. Не рекомендуется переключать без особых причин. Это может быть полезно только в некоторых случаях, например, при возникновении проблемы в браузере Google Chrome с включенным аппаратным ускорением. В редакторе электронных таблиц есть два режима кэширования: В первом режиме кэширования каждая буква кэшируется как отдельная картинка. Во втором режиме кэширования выделяется картинка определенного размера, в которой динамически располагаются буквы, а также реализован механизм выделения и удаления памяти в этой картинке. Если памяти недостаточно, создается другая картинка, и так далее. Настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию применяет два вышеуказанных режима кэширования по отдельности для разных браузеров: Когда настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию включена, в Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) используется второй режим кэширования, в других браузерах используется первый режим кэширования. Когда настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию выключена, в Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) используется первый режим кэширования, в других браузерах используется второй режим кэширования. Единица измерения - используется для определения единиц, которые должны использоваться для измерения параметров элементов, таких как ширина, высота, интервалы, поля и т.д. Можно выбрать опцию Сантиметр, Пункт или Дюйм. Язык формул - используется для выбора языка отображения и ввода имен формул. Региональные параметры - используется для выбора формата отображения денежных единиц и даты и времени по умолчанию. Разделители - используется для определения символов, которые вы хотите использовать как разделители для десятичных знаков и тысяч. Опция Использовать разделители на базе региональных настроек выбрана по умолчанию. Если вы хотите использовать особые разделители, снимите этот флажок и введите нужные символы в расположенных ниже полях Десятичный разделитель и Разделитель разрядов тысяч. Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить." + "body": "Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора электронных таблиц. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также нажать на значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выбрать опцию Дополнительные параметры. В разделе Общие доступны следующие дополнительные параметры: Отображение комментариев - используется для включения/отключения опции комментирования в реальном времени: Включить отображение комментариев в тексте - если отключить эту функцию, ячейки, к которым добавлены комментарии, будут помечаться на листе, только когда Вы нажмете на значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели. Включить отображение решенных комментариев - эта функция отключена по умолчанию, чтобы решенные комментарии были скрыты на листе. Просмотреть такие комментарии можно только при нажатии на значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели. Включите эту опцию, если требуется отображать решенные комментарии на листе. Автосохранение - используется в онлайн-версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического сохранения изменений, внесенных при редактировании. Автовосстановление - используется в десктопной версии для включения/отключения опции автоматического восстановления электронной таблицы в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Стиль ссылок - используется для включения/отключения стиля ссылок R1C1. По умолчанию эта опция отключена, и используется стиль ссылок A1. Когда используется стиль ссылок A1, столбцы обозначаются буквами, а строки - цифрами. Если выделить ячейку, расположенную в строке 3 и столбце 2, ее адрес, отображаемый в поле слева от строки формул, выглядит следующим образом: B3. Если включен стиль ссылок R1C1, и строки, и столбцы обозначаются числами. Если выделить ячейку на пересечении строки 3 и столбца 2, ее адрес будет выглядеть так: R3C2. Буква R указывает на номер строки, а буква C - на номер столбца. Если ссылаться на другие ячейки, используя стиль ссылок R1C1, ссылка на целевую ячейку формируется на базе расстояния от активной ячейки. Например, если выделить ячейку, расположенную в строке 5 и столбце 1, и ссылаться на ячейку в строке 3 и столбце 2, ссылка будет такой: R[-2]C[1]. Числа в квадратных скобках обозначают позицию ячейки, на которую дается ссылка, относительно позиции текущей ячейки, то есть, целевая ячейка находится на 2 строки выше и на 1 столбец правее от активной ячейки. Если выделить ячейку, расположенную в строке 1 и столбце 2, и ссылаться на ту же самую ячейку в строке 3 и столбце 2, ссылка будет такой: R[2]C, то есть целевая ячейка находится на 2 строки ниже активной ячейки и в том же самом столбце. Режим совместного редактирования - используется для выбора способа отображения изменений, вносимых в ходе совместного редактирования: По умолчанию выбран Быстрый режим, при котором пользователи, участвующие в совместном редактировании документа, будут видеть изменения в реальном времени, как только они внесены другими пользователями. Если вы не хотите видеть изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, (чтобы они не мешали вам или по какой-то другой причине), выберите Строгий режим, и все изменения будут отображаться только после того, как вы нажмете на значок Сохранить с оповещением о наличии изменений от других пользователей. Стандартное значение масштаба - используется для установки стандартного значения масштаба путем его выбора из списка доступных вариантов от 50% до 200%. Хинтинг шрифтов - используется для выбора типа отображения шрифта в онлайн-редакторе электронных таблиц: Выберите опцию Как Windows, если Вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Windows, то есть с использованием хинтинга шрифтов Windows. Выберите опцию Как OS X, если Вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Mac, то есть вообще без хинтинга шрифтов. Выберите опцию Собственный, если хотите, чтобы текст отображался с хинтингом, встроенным в файлы шрифтов. Режим кэширования по умолчанию - используется для выбора режима кэширования символов шрифта. Не рекомендуется переключать без особых причин. Это может быть полезно только в некоторых случаях, например, при возникновении проблемы в браузере Google Chrome с включенным аппаратным ускорением. В редакторе электронных таблиц есть два режима кэширования: В первом режиме кэширования каждая буква кэшируется как отдельная картинка. Во втором режиме кэширования выделяется картинка определенного размера, в которой динамически располагаются буквы, а также реализован механизм выделения и удаления памяти в этой картинке. Если памяти недостаточно, создается другая картинка, и так далее. Настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию применяет два вышеуказанных режима кэширования по отдельности для разных браузеров: Когда настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию включена, в Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) используется второй режим кэширования, в других браузерах используется первый режим кэширования. Когда настройка Режим кэширования по умолчанию выключена, в Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) используется первый режим кэширования, в других браузерах используется второй режим кэширования. Единица измерения - используется для определения единиц, которые должны использоваться для измерения параметров элементов, таких как ширина, высота, интервалы, поля и т.д. Можно выбрать опцию Сантиметр, Пункт или Дюйм. Язык формул - используется для выбора языка отображения и ввода имен формул. Региональные параметры - используется для выбора формата отображения денежных единиц и даты и времени по умолчанию. Разделители - используется для определения символов, которые вы хотите использовать как разделители для десятичных знаков и тысяч. Опция Использовать разделители на базе региональных настроек выбрана по умолчанию. Если вы хотите использовать особые разделители, снимите этот флажок и введите нужные символы в расположенных ниже полях Десятичный разделитель и Разделитель разрядов тысяч. Вырезание, копирование и вставка - используется для отображения кнопки Параметры вставки при вставке содержимого. Установите эту галочку, чтобы включить данную функцию. Настройки макросов - используется для настройки отображения макросов с уведомлением. Выберите опцию Отключить все, чтобы отключить все макросы в электронной таблице; Показывать уведомление, чтобы получать уведомления о макросах в электронной таблице; Включить все, чтобы автоматически запускать все макросы в электронной таблице. Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", @@ -2273,12 +2283,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Сочетания клавиш", - "body": "Windows/Linux Mac OS Работа с электронной таблицей Открыть панель 'Файл' Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Открыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, скачать, распечатать текущую электронную таблицу, просмотреть сведения о ней, создать новую таблицу или открыть существующую, получить доступ к Справке по онлайн-редактору электронных таблиц или дополнительным параметрам. Открыть окно 'Поиск и замена' Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск и замена, чтобы начать поиск ячейки, содержащей требуемые символы. Открыть окно 'Поиск и замена' с полем замены Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск и замена с полем замены, чтобы заменить одно или более вхождений найденных символов. Открыть панель 'Комментарии' Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Открыть панель Комментарии, чтобы добавить свой комментарий или ответить на комментарии других пользователей. Открыть поле комментария Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Открыть поле ввода данных, в котором можно добавить текст комментария. Открыть панель 'Чат' Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Открыть панель Чат и отправить сообщение. Сохранить электронную таблицу Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Сохранить все изменения в редактируемой электронной таблице. Активный файл будет сохранен с текущим именем, в том же местоположении и формате. Печать электронной таблицы Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Распечатать электронную таблицу на одном из доступных принтеров или сохранить в файл. Скачать как... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Открыть панель Скачать как..., чтобы сохранить редактируемую электронную таблицу на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Полноэкранный режим F11 Переключиться в полноэкранный режим, чтобы развернуть онлайн-редактор электронных таблиц на весь экран. Меню Справка F1 F1 Открыть меню Справка онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц. Открыть существующий файл (десктопные редакторы) Ctrl+O На вкладке Открыть локальный файл в десктопных редакторах позволяет открыть стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора существующего файла. Закрыть файл (десктопные редакторы) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Закрыть выбранную рабочую книгу в десктопных редакторах. Контекстное меню элемента ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Открыть контекстное меню выбранного элемента. Навигация Перейти на одну ячейку вверх, вниз, влево или вправо ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Выделить ячейку выше/ниже выделенной в данный момент или справа/слева от нее. Перейти к краю текущей области данных Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Выделить ячейку на краю текущей области данных на листе. Перейти в начало строки Home Home Выделить ячейку в столбце A текущей строки. Перейти в начало электронной таблицы Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Выделить ячейку A1. Перейти в конец строки End, Ctrl+→ End, ⌘ Cmd+→ Выделить последнюю ячейку текущей строки. Перейти в конец электронной таблицы Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Выделить правую нижнюю используемую ячейку на листе, расположенную в самой нижней используемой строке в крайнем правом используемом столбце. Если курсор находится в строке формул, он будет перемещен в конец текста. Перейти на предыдущий лист Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Перейти на предыдущий лист электронной таблицы. Перейти на следующий лист Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Перейти на следующий лист электронной таблицы. Перейти на одну строку вверх ↑, ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Выделить ячейку выше текущей, расположенную в том же самом столбце. Перейти на одну строку вниз ↓, ↵ Enter ↵ Return Выделить ячейку ниже текущей, расположенную в том же самом столбце. Перейти на один столбец влево ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Выделить предыдущую ячейку текущей строки. Перейти на один столбец вправо →, ↹ Tab →, ↹ Tab Выделить следующую ячейку текущей строки. Перейти на один экран вниз Page Down Page Down Перейти на один экран вниз по рабочему листу. Перейти на один экран вверх Page Up Page Up Перейти на один экран вверх по рабочему листу. Увеличить Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Увеличить масштаб редактируемой электронной таблицы. Уменьшить Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Уменьшить масштаб редактируемой электронной таблицы. Выделение данных Выделить все Ctrl+A, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⌘ Cmd+A Выделить весь рабочий лист. Выделить столбец Ctrl+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Выделить весь столбец на рабочем листе. Выделить строку ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Выделить всю строку на рабочем листе. Выделить фрагмент ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Выделять ячейку за ячейкой. Выделить с позиции курсора до начала строки ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Выделить фрагмент с позиции курсора до начала текущей строки. Выделить с позиции курсора до конца строки ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Выделить фрагмент с позиции курсора до конца текущей строки. Расширить выделенный диапазон до начала рабочего листа Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home Выделить фрагмент начиная с выделенных в данный момент ячеек до начала рабочего листа. Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней используемой ячейки Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End Выделить фрагмент начиная с выделенных в данный момент ячеек до последней используемой ячейки на рабочем листе (в самой нижней используемой строке в крайнем правом используемом столбце). Если курсор находится в строке формул, будет выделен весь текст в строке формул с позиции курсора и до конца. Это не повлияет на высоту строки формул. Выделить одну ячейку слева ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Выделить одну ячейку слева в таблице. Выделить одну ячейку справа ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Выделить одну ячейку справа в таблице. Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней непустой ячейки справа ⇧ Shift+Alt+End, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+End Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней непустой ячейки в той же строке справа от активной ячейки. Если следующая ячейка пуста, выделенный диапазон будет расширен до следующей непустой ячейки. Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней непустой ячейки слева ⇧ Shift+Alt+Home, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+Home Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней непустой ячейки в той же строке слева от активной ячейки. Если следующая ячейка пуста, выделенный диапазон будет расширен до следующей непустой ячейки. Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней непустой ячейки сверху/снизу в столбце Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ↓ Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней непустой ячейки в том же столбце сверху/снизу от активной ячейки. Если следующая ячейка пуста, выделенный диапазон будет расширен до следующей непустой ячейки. Расширить выделенный диапазон на один экран вниз ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Расширить выделенный диапазон, чтобы включить все ячейки на один экран вниз от активной ячейки. Расширить выделенный диапазон на один экран вверх ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Расширить выделенный диапазон, чтобы включить все ячейки на один экран вверх от активной ячейки. Отмена и повтор Отменить Ctrl+Z ⌘ Cmd+Z Отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить Ctrl+Y ⌘ Cmd+Y Повторить последнее отмененное действие. Вырезание, копирование и вставка Вырезать Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Вырезать выделенные данные и отправить их в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этого же рабочего листа, в другую электронную таблицу или в какую-то другую программу. Копировать Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Отправить выделенные данные в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этого же рабочего листа, в другую электронную таблицу или в какую-то другую программу. Вставить Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Вставить ранее скопированные/вырезанные данные из буфера обмена компьютера в текущей позиции курсора. Данные могут быть ранее скопированы из того же самого рабочего листа, из другой электронной таблицы или из какой-то другой программы. Форматирование данных Полужирный шрифт Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста полужирным, придав ему большую насыщенность, или удалить форматирование полужирным шрифтом. Курсив Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста курсивным, придав ему наклон вправо, или удалить форматирование курсивом. Подчеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Подчеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной под буквами, или убрать подчеркивание. Зачеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Зачеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной по буквам, или убрать зачеркивание. Добавить гиперссылку Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Вставить гиперссылку на внешний сайт или на другой рабочий лист. Редактирование активной ячейки F2 F2 Редактировать активную ячейку и поместить точку вставки в конце содержимого ячейки. Если редактирование для ячейки отключено, точка вставки помещается в строку формул. Фильтрация данных Включить/Удалить фильтр Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Включить фильтр для выбранного диапазона ячеек или удалить фильтр. Форматировать как таблицу Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+L, ⌘ Cmd+L Применить к выбранному диапазону ячеек форматирование таблицы. Ввод данных Завершить ввод в ячейку и перейти вниз ↵ Enter ↵ Return Завершить ввод в выделенную ячейку или строку формул и перейти в ячейку ниже. Завершить ввод в ячейку и перейти вверх ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Завершить ввод в выделенную ячейку и перейти в ячейку выше. Начать новую строку Alt+↵ Enter Начать новую строку в той же самой ячейке. Отмена Esc Esc Отменить ввод в выделенную ячейку или строку формул. Удалить знак слева ← Backspace ← Backspace Удалить один символ слева от курсора в строке формул или выделенной ячейке, когда активирован режим редактирования ячейки. Также удаляет содержимое активной ячейки. Удалить знак справа Delete Delete, Fn+← Backspace Удалить один символ справа от курсора в строке формул или выделенной ячейке, когда активирован режим редактирования ячейки. Также удаляет содержимое (данные и формулы) выделенных ячеек, не затрагивая форматирование ячеек или комментарии. Очистить содержимое ячеек Delete, ← Backspace Delete, ← Backspace Удалить содержимое (данные и формулы) из выделенных ячеек, не затрагивая форматирование ячеек или комментарии. Завершить ввод в ячейку и перейти вправо ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Завершить ввод в выделенную ячейку или строку формул и перейти в ячейку справа. Завершить ввод в ячейку и перейти влево ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Завершить ввод в выделенную ячейку или строку формул и перейти в ячейку слева. Функции Функция SUM Alt+= ⌥ Option+= Вставить функцию SUM в выделенную ячейку. Открыть выпадающий список Alt+↓ Открыть выбранный выпадающий список. Открыть контекстное меню ≣ Menu Открыть контекстное меню для выбранной ячейки или диапазона ячеек. Пересчет функций F9 F9 Выполнить пересчет всей рабочей книги. Пересчет функций ⇧ Shift+F9 ⇧ Shift+F9 Выполнить пересчет текущего рабочего листа. Форматы данных Открыть диалоговое окно 'Числовой формат' Ctrl+1 ^ Ctrl+1 Открыть диалоговое окно Числовой формат. Применить общий формат Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ Применить Общий числовой формат. Применить денежный формат Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ Применить Денежный формат с двумя десятичными знаками (отрицательные числа отображаются в круглых скобках). Применить процентный формат Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% Применить Процентный формат без дробной части. Применить экспоненциальный формат Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ Применить Экспоненциальный числовой формат с двумя десятичными знаками. Применить формат даты Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# Применить формат Даты с указанием дня, месяца и года. Применить формат времени Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ Применить формат Времени с отображением часов и минут и индексами AM или PM. Применить числовой формат Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! Применить Числовой формат с двумя десятичными знаками, разделителем разрядов и знаком минус (-) для отрицательных значений. Модификация объектов Ограничить движение ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание Ограничить перемещение выбранного объекта по горизонтали или вертикали. Задать угол поворота в 15 градусов ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при поворачивании) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при поворачивании) Ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов. Сохранять пропорции ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при изменении размера) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при изменении размера) Сохранять пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера. Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку: горизонтальную, вертикальную или под углом 45 градусов. Перемещение с шагом в один пиксель Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре, чтобы перемещать выбранный объект на один пиксель за раз." + "body": "Windows/Linux Mac OS Работа с электронной таблицей Открыть панель 'Файл' Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Открыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, скачать, распечатать текущую электронную таблицу, просмотреть сведения о ней, создать новую таблицу или открыть существующую, получить доступ к Справке по онлайн-редактору электронных таблиц или дополнительным параметрам. Открыть окно 'Поиск и замена' Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск и замена, чтобы начать поиск ячейки, содержащей требуемые символы. Открыть окно 'Поиск и замена' с полем замены Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск и замена с полем замены, чтобы заменить одно или более вхождений найденных символов. Открыть панель 'Комментарии' Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Открыть панель Комментарии, чтобы добавить свой комментарий или ответить на комментарии других пользователей. Открыть поле комментария Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Открыть поле ввода данных, в котором можно добавить текст комментария. Открыть панель 'Чат' Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Открыть панель Чат и отправить сообщение. Сохранить электронную таблицу Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Сохранить все изменения в редактируемой электронной таблице. Активный файл будет сохранен с текущим именем, в том же местоположении и формате. Печать электронной таблицы Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Распечатать электронную таблицу на одном из доступных принтеров или сохранить в файл. Скачать как... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Открыть панель Скачать как..., чтобы сохранить редактируемую электронную таблицу на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Полноэкранный режим F11 Переключиться в полноэкранный режим, чтобы развернуть онлайн-редактор электронных таблиц на весь экран. Меню Справка F1 F1 Открыть меню Справка онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц. Открыть существующий файл (десктопные редакторы) Ctrl+O На вкладке Открыть локальный файл в десктопных редакторах позволяет открыть стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора существующего файла. Закрыть файл (десктопные редакторы) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Закрыть выбранную рабочую книгу в десктопных редакторах. Контекстное меню элемента ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Открыть контекстное меню выбранного элемента. Сбросить масштаб Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 или ⌘ Cmd+0 Сбросить масштаб текущей электронной таблицы до значения по умолчанию 100%. Навигация Перейти на одну ячейку вверх, вниз, влево или вправо ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Выделить ячейку выше/ниже выделенной в данный момент или справа/слева от нее. Перейти к краю текущей области данных Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Выделить ячейку на краю текущей области данных на листе. Перейти в начало строки Home Home Выделить ячейку в столбце A текущей строки. Перейти в начало электронной таблицы Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Выделить ячейку A1. Перейти в конец строки End, Ctrl+→ End, ⌘ Cmd+→ Выделить последнюю ячейку текущей строки. Перейти в конец электронной таблицы Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Выделить правую нижнюю используемую ячейку на листе, расположенную в самой нижней используемой строке в крайнем правом используемом столбце. Если курсор находится в строке формул, он будет перемещен в конец текста. Перейти на предыдущий лист Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Перейти на предыдущий лист электронной таблицы. Перейти на следующий лист Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Перейти на следующий лист электронной таблицы. Перейти на одну строку вверх ↑, ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Выделить ячейку выше текущей, расположенную в том же самом столбце. Перейти на одну строку вниз ↓, ↵ Enter ↵ Return Выделить ячейку ниже текущей, расположенную в том же самом столбце. Перейти на один столбец влево ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Выделить предыдущую ячейку текущей строки. Перейти на один столбец вправо →, ↹ Tab →, ↹ Tab Выделить следующую ячейку текущей строки. Перейти на один экран вниз Page Down Page Down Перейти на один экран вниз по рабочему листу. Перейти на один экран вверх Page Up Page Up Перейти на один экран вверх по рабочему листу. Увеличить Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Увеличить масштаб редактируемой электронной таблицы. Уменьшить Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Уменьшить масштаб редактируемой электронной таблицы. Выделение данных Выделить все Ctrl+A, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⌘ Cmd+A Выделить весь рабочий лист. Выделить столбец Ctrl+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Выделить весь столбец на рабочем листе. Выделить строку ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Выделить всю строку на рабочем листе. Выделить фрагмент ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Выделять ячейку за ячейкой. Выделить с позиции курсора до начала строки ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Выделить фрагмент с позиции курсора до начала текущей строки. Выделить с позиции курсора до конца строки ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Выделить фрагмент с позиции курсора до конца текущей строки. Расширить выделенный диапазон до начала рабочего листа Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home Выделить фрагмент начиная с выделенных в данный момент ячеек до начала рабочего листа. Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней используемой ячейки Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End Выделить фрагмент начиная с выделенных в данный момент ячеек до последней используемой ячейки на рабочем листе (в самой нижней используемой строке в крайнем правом используемом столбце). Если курсор находится в строке формул, будет выделен весь текст в строке формул с позиции курсора и до конца. Это не повлияет на высоту строки формул. Выделить одну ячейку слева ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Выделить одну ячейку слева в таблице. Выделить одну ячейку справа ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Выделить одну ячейку справа в таблице. Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней непустой ячейки справа ⇧ Shift+Alt+End, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+End Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней непустой ячейки в той же строке справа от активной ячейки. Если следующая ячейка пуста, выделенный диапазон будет расширен до следующей непустой ячейки. Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней непустой ячейки слева ⇧ Shift+Alt+Home, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+Home Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней непустой ячейки в той же строке слева от активной ячейки. Если следующая ячейка пуста, выделенный диапазон будет расширен до следующей непустой ячейки. Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней непустой ячейки сверху/снизу в столбце Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ↓ Расширить выделенный диапазон до последней непустой ячейки в том же столбце сверху/снизу от активной ячейки. Если следующая ячейка пуста, выделенный диапазон будет расширен до следующей непустой ячейки. Расширить выделенный диапазон на один экран вниз ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Расширить выделенный диапазон, чтобы включить все ячейки на один экран вниз от активной ячейки. Расширить выделенный диапазон на один экран вверх ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Расширить выделенный диапазон, чтобы включить все ячейки на один экран вверх от активной ячейки. Отмена и повтор Отменить Ctrl+Z ⌘ Cmd+Z Отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить Ctrl+Y ⌘ Cmd+Y Повторить последнее отмененное действие. Вырезание, копирование и вставка Вырезать Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Вырезать выделенные данные и отправить их в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этого же рабочего листа, в другую электронную таблицу или в какую-то другую программу. Копировать Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Отправить выделенные данные в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этого же рабочего листа, в другую электронную таблицу или в какую-то другую программу. Вставить Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Вставить ранее скопированные/вырезанные данные из буфера обмена компьютера в текущей позиции курсора. Данные могут быть ранее скопированы из того же самого рабочего листа, из другой электронной таблицы или из какой-то другой программы. Форматирование данных Полужирный шрифт Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста полужирным, придав ему большую насыщенность, или удалить форматирование полужирным шрифтом. Курсив Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста курсивным, придав ему наклон вправо, или удалить форматирование курсивом. Подчеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Подчеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной под буквами, или убрать подчеркивание. Зачеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Зачеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной по буквам, или убрать зачеркивание. Добавить гиперссылку Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Вставить гиперссылку на внешний сайт или на другой рабочий лист. Редактирование активной ячейки F2 F2 Редактировать активную ячейку и поместить точку вставки в конце содержимого ячейки. Если редактирование для ячейки отключено, точка вставки помещается в строку формул. Фильтрация данных Включить/Удалить фильтр Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Включить фильтр для выбранного диапазона ячеек или удалить фильтр. Форматировать как таблицу Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+L, ⌘ Cmd+L Применить к выбранному диапазону ячеек форматирование таблицы. Ввод данных Завершить ввод в ячейку и перейти вниз ↵ Enter ↵ Return Завершить ввод в выделенную ячейку или строку формул и перейти в ячейку ниже. Завершить ввод в ячейку и перейти вверх ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Завершить ввод в выделенную ячейку и перейти в ячейку выше. Начать новую строку Alt+↵ Enter Начать новую строку в той же самой ячейке. Отмена Esc Esc Отменить ввод в выделенную ячейку или строку формул. Удалить знак слева ← Backspace ← Backspace Удалить один символ слева от курсора в строке формул или выделенной ячейке, когда активирован режим редактирования ячейки. Также удаляет содержимое активной ячейки. Удалить знак справа Delete Delete, Fn+← Backspace Удалить один символ справа от курсора в строке формул или выделенной ячейке, когда активирован режим редактирования ячейки. Также удаляет содержимое (данные и формулы) выделенных ячеек, не затрагивая форматирование ячеек или комментарии. Очистить содержимое ячеек Delete, ← Backspace Delete, ← Backspace Удалить содержимое (данные и формулы) из выделенных ячеек, не затрагивая форматирование ячеек или комментарии. Завершить ввод в ячейку и перейти вправо ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Завершить ввод в выделенную ячейку или строку формул и перейти в ячейку справа. Завершить ввод в ячейку и перейти влево ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Завершить ввод в выделенную ячейку или строку формул и перейти в ячейку слева. Вставка ячеек Ctrl+⇧ Shift+= Ctrl+⇧ Shift+= Открыть диалоговое окно для вставки новых ячеек в текущую электронную таблицу с дополнительным параметром: со сдвигом вправо, со сдвигом вниз, вставка целой строки или целого столбца. Удаление ячеек Ctrl+⇧ Shift+- Ctrl+⇧ Shift+- Открыть диалоговое окно для удаления ячеек из текущей электронной таблицы с дополнительным параметром: со сдвигом влево, со сдвигом вверх, удаление всей строки или всего столбца. Вставка текущей даты Ctrl+; Ctrl+; Вставить сегодняшнюю дату в активную ячейку. Вставка текущего времени Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Вставить текущее время в активную ячейку. Вставка текущей даты и времени Ctrl+; then ␣ Spacebar then Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Ctrl+; then ␣ Spacebar then Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Вставить текущую дату и время в активную ячейку. Функции Вставка функции ⇧ Shift+F3 ⇧ Shift+F3 Открыть диалоговое окно для вставки новой функции путем выбора из списка. Функция SUM Alt+= ⌥ Option+= Вставить функцию SUM в выделенную ячейку. Открыть выпадающий список Alt+↓ Открыть выбранный выпадающий список. Открыть контекстное меню ≣ Menu Открыть контекстное меню для выбранной ячейки или диапазона ячеек. Пересчет функций F9 F9 Выполнить пересчет всей рабочей книги. Пересчет функций ⇧ Shift+F9 ⇧ Shift+F9 Выполнить пересчет текущего рабочего листа. Форматы данных Открыть диалоговое окно 'Числовой формат' Ctrl+1 ^ Ctrl+1 Открыть диалоговое окно Числовой формат. Применить общий формат Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ Применить Общий числовой формат. Применить денежный формат Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ Применить Денежный формат с двумя десятичными знаками (отрицательные числа отображаются в круглых скобках). Применить процентный формат Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% Применить Процентный формат без дробной части. Применить экспоненциальный формат Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ Применить Экспоненциальный числовой формат с двумя десятичными знаками. Применить формат даты Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# Применить формат Даты с указанием дня, месяца и года. Применить формат времени Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ Применить формат Времени с отображением часов и минут и индексами AM или PM. Применить числовой формат Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! Применить Числовой формат с двумя десятичными знаками, разделителем разрядов и знаком минус (-) для отрицательных значений. Модификация объектов Ограничить движение ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание Ограничить перемещение выбранного объекта по горизонтали или вертикали. Задать угол поворота в 15 градусов ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при поворачивании) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при поворачивании) Ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов. Сохранять пропорции ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при изменении размера) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при изменении размера) Сохранять пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера. Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) ⇧ Shift + перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку: горизонтальную, вертикальную или под углом 45 градусов. Перемещение с шагом в один пиксель Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре, чтобы перемещать выбранный объект на один пиксель за раз." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "Параметры представления и инструменты навигации", - "body": "В редакторе электронных таблиц доступен ряд инструментов для навигации, облегчающих просмотр и выделение ячеек в больших таблицах: настраиваемые панели, полосы прокрутки, кнопки навигации по листам, ярлычки листов и кнопки масштаба. Настройте параметры представления Чтобы настроить стандартные параметры представления и установить наиболее удобный режим работы с электронной таблицей, щелкните по значку Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выберите, какие элементы интерфейса требуется скрыть или отобразить. Из выпадающего списка Параметры представления можно выбрать следующие опции: Скрыть панель инструментов - скрывает верхнюю панель инструментов, которая содержит команды. Вкладки при этом остаются видимыми. Чтобы показать панель инструментов, когда эта опция включена, можно нажать на любую вкладку. Панель инструментов будет отображаться до тех пор, пока вы не щелкнете мышью где-либо за ее пределами. Чтобы отключить этот режим, нажмите значок Параметры представления и еще раз щелкните по опции Скрыть панель инструментов. Верхняя панель инструментов будет отображаться постоянно. Примечание: можно также дважды щелкнуть по любой вкладке, чтобы скрыть верхнюю панель инструментов или отобразить ее снова. Скрыть строку формул - скрывает панель, которая располагается под верхней панелью инструментов и используется для ввода и просмотра формул и их значений. Чтобы отобразить скрытую строку формул, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Скрыть заголовки - скрывает заголовки столбцов сверху и заголовки строк слева на рабочем листе. Чтобы отобразить скрытые заголовки, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Скрыть линии сетки - скрывает линии вокруг ячеек. Чтобы отобразить скрытые линии сетки, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Закрепить области - закрепляет все строки выше активной ячейки и все столбцы слева от нее таким образом, что они остаются видимыми при прокрутке электронной таблицы вправо или вниз. Чтобы снять закрепление областей, щелкните по этой опции еще раз или щелкните в любом месте рабочего листа правой кнопкой мыши и выберите пункт меню Снять закрепление областей. Правая боковая панель свернута по умолчанию. Чтобы ее развернуть, выделите любой объект (например, изображение, диаграмму, фигуру) и щелкните по значку вкладки, которая в данный момент активирована. Чтобы свернуть правую боковую панель, щелкните по этому значку еще раз. Можно также изменить размер открытой панели Комментарии или Чат путем простого перетаскивания: наведите курсор мыши на край левой боковой панели, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку, и перетащите край панели вправо, чтобы увеличить ширину панели. Чтобы восстановить исходную ширину, перетащите край панели влево. Используйте инструменты навигации Для осуществления навигации по электронной таблице используйте следующие инструменты: Полосы прокрутки (внизу или справа) используются для прокручивания текущего листа вверх/вниз и влево/вправо. Для навигации по электронной таблице с помощью полос прокрутки: нажимайте стрелки вверх/вниз или вправо/влево на полосах прокрутки; перетаскивайте ползунок прокрутки; щелкните в любой области слева/справа или выше/ниже ползунка на полосе прокрутки. Чтобы прокручивать электронную таблицу вверх или вниз, можно также использовать колесо прокрутки мыши. Кнопки Навигации по листам расположены в левом нижнем углу и используются для прокручивания списка листов вправо и влево и перемещения между ярлычками листов. нажмите на кнопку Прокрутить до первого листа , чтобы прокрутить список листов текущей электронной таблицы до первого ярлычка листа; нажмите на кнопку Прокрутить список листов влево , чтобы прокрутить список листов текущей электронной таблицы влево; нажмите на кнопку Прокрутить список листов вправо , чтобы прокрутить список листов текущей электронной таблицы вправо; нажмите на кнопку Прокрутить до последнего листа , чтобы прокрутить список листов текущей электронной таблицы до последнего ярлычка листа; Можно активировать соответствующий лист, щелкнув по ярлычку листа внизу рядом с кнопками Навигации по листам. Кнопки Масштаб расположены в правом нижнем углу и используются для увеличения и уменьшения текущего листа. Чтобы изменить выбранное в текущий момент значение масштаба в процентах, щелкните по нему и выберите в списке один из доступных параметров масштабирования или используйте кнопки Увеличить или Уменьшить . Параметры масштаба доступны также из выпадающего списка Параметры представления ." + "body": "В редакторе электронных таблиц доступен ряд инструментов для навигации, облегчающих просмотр и выделение ячеек в больших таблицах: настраиваемые панели, полосы прокрутки, кнопки навигации по листам, ярлычки листов и кнопки масштаба. Настройте параметры представления Чтобы настроить стандартные параметры представления и установить наиболее удобный режим работы с электронной таблицей, щелкните по значку Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выберите, какие элементы интерфейса требуется скрыть или отобразить. Из выпадающего списка Параметры представления можно выбрать следующие опции: Скрыть панель инструментов - скрывает верхнюю панель инструментов, которая содержит команды. Вкладки при этом остаются видимыми. Чтобы показать панель инструментов, когда эта опция включена, можно нажать на любую вкладку. Панель инструментов будет отображаться до тех пор, пока вы не щелкнете мышью где-либо за ее пределами. Чтобы отключить этот режим, нажмите значок Параметры представления и еще раз щелкните по опции Скрыть панель инструментов. Верхняя панель инструментов будет отображаться постоянно. Примечание: можно также дважды щелкнуть по любой вкладке, чтобы скрыть верхнюю панель инструментов или отобразить ее снова. Скрыть строку формул - скрывает панель, которая располагается под верхней панелью инструментов и используется для ввода и просмотра формул и их значений. Чтобы отобразить скрытую строку формул, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Скрыть заголовки - скрывает заголовки столбцов сверху и заголовки строк слева на рабочем листе. Чтобы отобразить скрытые заголовки, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Скрыть линии сетки - скрывает линии вокруг ячеек. Чтобы отобразить скрытые линии сетки, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Закрепить области - закрепляет все строки выше активной ячейки и все столбцы слева от нее таким образом, что они остаются видимыми при прокрутке электронной таблицы вправо или вниз. Чтобы снять закрепление областей, щелкните по этой опции еще раз или щелкните в любом месте рабочего листа правой кнопкой мыши и выберите пункт меню Снять закрепление областей. Показывать тень закрепленной области - показывает, что столбцы и/или строки закреплены (появляется тонкая линия). Правая боковая панель свернута по умолчанию. Чтобы ее развернуть, выделите любой объект (например, изображение, диаграмму, фигуру) и щелкните по значку вкладки, которая в данный момент активирована. Чтобы свернуть правую боковую панель, щелкните по этому значку еще раз. Можно также изменить размер открытой панели Комментарии или Чат путем простого перетаскивания: наведите курсор мыши на край левой боковой панели, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку, и перетащите край панели вправо, чтобы увеличить ширину панели. Чтобы восстановить исходную ширину, перетащите край панели влево. Используйте инструменты навигации Для осуществления навигации по электронной таблице используйте следующие инструменты: Полосы прокрутки (внизу или справа) используются для прокручивания текущего листа вверх/вниз и влево/вправо. Для навигации по электронной таблице с помощью полос прокрутки: нажимайте стрелки вверх/вниз или вправо/влево на полосах прокрутки; перетаскивайте ползунок прокрутки; щелкните в любой области слева/справа или выше/ниже ползунка на полосе прокрутки. Чтобы прокручивать электронную таблицу вверх или вниз, можно также использовать колесо прокрутки мыши. Кнопки Навигации по листам расположены в левом нижнем углу и используются для прокручивания списка листов вправо и влево и перемещения между ярлычками листов. нажмите на кнопку Прокрутить до первого листа , чтобы прокрутить список листов текущей электронной таблицы до первого ярлычка листа; нажмите на кнопку Прокрутить список листов влево , чтобы прокрутить список листов текущей электронной таблицы влево; нажмите на кнопку Прокрутить список листов вправо , чтобы прокрутить список листов текущей электронной таблицы вправо; нажмите на кнопку Прокрутить до последнего листа , чтобы прокрутить список листов текущей электронной таблицы до последнего ярлычка листа; Можно активировать соответствующий лист, щелкнув по ярлычку листа внизу рядом с кнопками Навигации по листам. Кнопки Масштаб расположены в правом нижнем углу и используются для увеличения и уменьшения текущего листа. Чтобы изменить выбранное в текущий момент значение масштаба в процентах, щелкните по нему и выберите в списке один из доступных параметров масштабирования или используйте кнопки Увеличить или Уменьшить . Параметры масштаба доступны также из выпадающего списка Параметры представления ." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", @@ -2288,7 +2298,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "title": "Проверка орфографии", - "body": "В редакторе электронных таблиц можно проверять правописание текста на определенном языке и исправлять ошибки в ходе редактирования. В десктопной версии также доступна возможность добавлять слова в пользовательский словарь, общий для всех трех редакторов. Нажмите значок Проверка орфографии на левой боковой панели, чтобы открыть панель проверки орфографии. Левая верхняя ячейка, которая содержит текстовое значение с ошибкой, будет автоматически выделена на текущем рабочем листе. Первое слово с ошибкой будет отображено в поле проверки орфографии, а в поле ниже появятся предложенные похожие слова, которые написаны правильно. Для навигации между неправильно написанными словами используйте кнопку Перейти к следующему слову. Замена слов, написанных с ошибкой Чтобы заменить выделенное слово с ошибкой на предложенное, выберите одно из предложенных похожих слов, написанных правильно, и используйте опцию Заменить: нажмите кнопку Заменить или нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом с кнопкой Заменить и выберите опцию Заменить. Текущее слово будет заменено, и вы перейдете к следующему слову с ошибкой. Чтобы быстро заменить все идентичные слова, повторяющиеся на листе, нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом с кнопкой Заменить и выберите опцию Заменить все. Пропуск слов Чтобы пропустить текущее слово: нажмите кнопку Пропустить или нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом с кнопкой Пропустить и выберите опцию Пропустить. Текущее слово будет пропущено, и вы перейдете к следующему слову с ошибкой. Чтобы пропустить все идентичные слова, повторяющиеся на листе, нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом с кнопкой Пропустить и выберите опцию Пропустить все. Если текущее слово отсутствует в словаре, его можно добавить в пользовательский словарь, используя кнопку Добавить в словарь на панели проверки орфографии. В следующий раз это слово не будет расцениваться как ошибка. Эта возможность доступна в десктопной версии. Язык словаря, который используется для проверки орфографии, отображается в списке ниже. В случае необходимости его можно изменить. Когда вы проверите все слова на рабочем листе, на панели проверки орфографии появится сообщение Проверка орфографии закончена. Чтобы закрыть панель проверки орфографии, нажмите значок Проверка орфографии на левой боковой панели. Изменение настроек проверки орфографии Чтобы изменить настройки проверки орфографии, перейдите в дополнительные настройки редактора электронных таблиц (вкладка Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), и переключитесь на вкладку Проверка орфографии. Здесь вы можете настроить следующие параметры: Язык словаря - выберите в списке один из доступных языков. Язык словаря на панели проверки орфографии изменится соответственно. Пропускать слова из ПРОПИСНЫХ БУКВ - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы пропускать слова, написанные заглавными буквами, например, такие аббревиатуры, как СМБ. Пропускать слова с цифрами - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы пропускать слова, содержащие цифры, например, такие сокращения, как пункт 1б. Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить." + "body": "В редакторе электронных таблиц можно проверять правописание текста на определенном языке и исправлять ошибки в ходе редактирования. В десктопной версии также доступна возможность добавлять слова в пользовательский словарь, общий для всех трех редакторов. Нажмите значок Проверка орфографии на левой боковой панели, чтобы открыть панель проверки орфографии. Левая верхняя ячейка, которая содержит текстовое значение с ошибкой, будет автоматически выделена на текущем рабочем листе. Первое слово с ошибкой будет отображено в поле проверки орфографии, а в поле ниже появятся предложенные похожие слова, которые написаны правильно. Для навигации между неправильно написанными словами используйте кнопку Перейти к следующему слову. Замена слов, написанных с ошибкой Чтобы заменить выделенное слово с ошибкой на предложенное, выберите одно из предложенных похожих слов, написанных правильно, и используйте опцию Заменить: нажмите кнопку Заменить или нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом с кнопкой Заменить и выберите опцию Заменить. Текущее слово будет заменено, и вы перейдете к следующему слову с ошибкой. Чтобы быстро заменить все идентичные слова, повторяющиеся на листе, нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом с кнопкой Заменить и выберите опцию Заменить все. Пропуск слов Чтобы пропустить текущее слово: нажмите кнопку Пропустить или нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом с кнопкой Пропустить и выберите опцию Пропустить. Текущее слово будет пропущено, и вы перейдете к следующему слову с ошибкой. Чтобы пропустить все идентичные слова, повторяющиеся на листе, нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом с кнопкой Пропустить и выберите опцию Пропустить все. Если текущее слово отсутствует в словаре, его можно добавить в пользовательский словарь, используя кнопку Добавить в словарь на панели проверки орфографии. В следующий раз это слово не будет расцениваться как ошибка. Эта возможность доступна в десктопной версии. Язык словаря, который используется для проверки орфографии, отображается в списке ниже. В случае необходимости его можно изменить. Когда вы проверите все слова на рабочем листе, на панели проверки орфографии появится сообщение Проверка орфографии закончена. Чтобы закрыть панель проверки орфографии, нажмите значок Проверка орфографии на левой боковой панели. Изменение настроек проверки орфографии Чтобы изменить настройки проверки орфографии, перейдите в дополнительные настройки редактора электронных таблиц (вкладка Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), и переключитесь на вкладку Проверка орфографии. Здесь вы можете настроить следующие параметры: Язык словаря - выберите в списке один из доступных языков. Язык словаря на панели проверки орфографии изменится соответственно. Пропускать слова из ПРОПИСНЫХ БУКВ - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы пропускать слова, написанные заглавными буквами, например, такие аббревиатуры, как СМБ. Пропускать слова с цифрами - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы пропускать слова, содержащие цифры, например, такие сокращения, как пункт 1б. Правописание - используется для автоматической замены слова или символа, введенного в поле Заменить: или выбранного из списка, на новое слово или символ, отображенные в поле На:. Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", @@ -2303,7 +2313,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Данные", - "body": "Вкладка Данные позволяет управлять данными на рабочем листе. Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц: Окно десктопного редактора электронных таблиц: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: выполнять сортировку и фильтрацию данных, преобразовывать текст в столбцы, группировать данные и отменять группировку." + "body": "Вкладка Данные позволяет управлять данными на рабочем листе. Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц: Окно десктопного редактора электронных таблиц: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: выполнять сортировку и фильтрацию данных, преобразовывать текст в столбцы, удалять дубликаты из диапазона данных, группировать данные и отменять группировку." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", @@ -2313,7 +2323,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/FormulaTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Формула", - "body": "Вкладка Формула позволяет удобно работать со всеми функциями. Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц: Окно десктопного редактора электронных таблиц: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: вставлять функции, используя диалоговое окно Вставка функций, получать быстрый доступ к формулам Автосуммы, получать доступ к 10 последним использованным формулам, работать с формулами, распределенными по категориям, использовать параметры пересчета: выполнять пересчет всей книги или только текущего рабочего листа." + "body": "Вкладка Формула позволяет удобно работать со всеми функциями. Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц: Окно десктопного редактора электронных таблиц: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: вставлять функции, используя диалоговое окно Вставка функций, получать быстрый доступ к формулам Автосуммы, получать доступ к 10 последним использованным формулам, работать с формулами, распределенными по категориям, работать с именованными диапазонами, использовать параметры пересчета: выполнять пересчет всей книги или только текущего рабочего листа." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", @@ -2323,17 +2333,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Вставка", - "body": "Вкладка Вставка позволяет добавлять в электронную таблицу визуальные объекты и комментарии. Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц: Окно десктопного редактора электронных таблиц: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: вставлять форматированные таблицы, вставлять изображения, фигуры, текстовые поля и объекты Text Art, диаграммы, вставлять комментарии и гиперссылки, вставлять колонтитулы, вставлять уравнения и символы,." + "body": "Вкладка Вставка позволяет добавлять в электронную таблицу визуальные объекты и комментарии. Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц: Окно десктопного редактора электронных таблиц: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: вставлять сводные таблицы, вставлять форматированные таблицы, вставлять изображения, фигуры, текстовые поля и объекты Text Art, диаграммы, вставлять комментарии и гиперссылки, вставлять колонтитулы, вставлять уравнения и символы, вставлять срезы." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Макет", - "body": "Вкладка Макет позволяет изменить внешний вид электронной таблицы: задать параметры страницы и определить расположение визуальных элементов. Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц: Окно десктопного редактора электронных таблиц: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: настраивать поля, ориентацию, размер страницы, задавать область печати, вставлять колонтитулы, произвести масштабирование листа, выравнивать и располагать в определенном порядке объекты (изображения, диаграммы, фигуры)." + "body": "Вкладка Макет позволяет изменить внешний вид электронной таблицы: задать параметры страницы и определить расположение визуальных элементов. Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц: Окно десктопного редактора электронных таблиц: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: настраивать поля, ориентацию, размер страницы, задавать область печати, вставлять колонтитулы, произвести масштабирование листа, печатать заголовки, выравнивать и располагать в определенном порядке объекты (изображения, диаграммы, фигуры)." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Сводная таблица", - "body": "Примечание: эта возможность доступна только в онлайн-версии. Вкладка Сводная таблица позволяет изменить оформление существующей сводной таблицы. Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: выделить всю сводную таблицу одним кликом, выделить некоторые строки или столбцы, применив к ним особое форматирование, выбрать один из готовых стилей таблиц." + "body": "Вкладка Сводная таблица позволяет создавать и редактировать сводные таблицы. Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц: Окно десктопного редактора электронных таблиц: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: создать новую сводную таблицу, выбрать нужный макет сводной таблицы, обновить сводную таблицу при изменении данных в исходном наборе, выделить всю сводную таблицу одним кликом, выделить некоторые строки или столбцы, применив к ним особое форматирование, выбрать один из готовых стилей таблиц." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", @@ -2345,20 +2355,25 @@ var indexes = "title": "Знакомство с пользовательским интерфейсом редактора электронных таблиц", "body": "В редакторе электронных таблиц используется вкладочный интерфейс, в котором команды редактирования сгруппированы во вкладки по функциональности. Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц: Окно десктопного редактора электронных таблиц: Интерфейс редактора состоит из следующих основных элементов: В Шапке редактора отображается логотип, вкладки открытых документов, название документа и вкладки меню. В левой части Шапки редактора расположены кнопки Сохранить, Напечатать файл, Отменить и Повторить. В правой части Шапки редактора отображается имя пользователя и находятся следующие значки: Открыть расположение файла, с помощью которого в десктопной версии можно открыть в окне Проводника папку, в которой сохранен файл. В онлайн-версии можно открыть в новой вкладке браузера папку модуля Документы, в которой сохранен файл . Параметры представления, с помощью которого можно настраивать параметры представления и получать доступ к дополнительным параметрам редактора. Управление правами доступа (доступно только в онлайн-версии), с помощью которого можно задать права доступа к документам, сохраненным в облаке. На Верхней панели инструментов отображается набор команд редактирования в зависимости от выбранной вкладки меню. В настоящее время доступны следующие вкладки: Файл, Главная, Вставка, Макет, Формула, Данные, Сводная таблица, Совместная работа, Защита, Плагины. Опции Копировать и Вставить всегда доступны в левой части Верхней панели инструментов, независимо от выбранной вкладки. Строка формул позволяет вводить и изменять формулы или значения в ячейках. В Строке формул отображается содержимое выделенной ячейки. В Строке состояния, расположенной внизу окна редактора, находятся некоторые инструменты навигации: кнопки навигации по листам, ярлычки листов и кнопки масштаба. В Строке состояния также отображается количество отфильтрованных записей при применении фильтра или результаты автоматических вычислений при выделении нескольких ячеек, содержащих данные. На Левой боковой панели находятся следующие значки: - позволяет использовать инструмент поиска и замены, - позволяет открыть панель Комментариев (доступно только в онлайн-версии) - позволяет открыть панель Чата, (доступно только в онлайн-версии) - позволяет обратиться в службу технической поддержки, (доступно только в онлайн-версии) - позволяет посмотреть информацию о программе. Правая боковая панель позволяет настроить дополнительные параметры различных объектов. При выделении на рабочем листе определенного объекта активируется соответствующий значок на правой боковой панели. Нажмите на этот значок, чтобы развернуть правую боковую панель. В Рабочей области вы можете просматривать содержимое электронной таблицы, вводить и редактировать данные. Горизонтальная и вертикальная Полосы прокрутки позволяют прокручивать текущий лист вверх/вниз и влево/вправо. Для удобства вы можете скрыть некоторые элементы и снова отобразить их при необходимости. Для получения дополнительной информации о настройке параметров представления, пожалуйста, обратитесь к этой странице." }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm", + "title": "Вкладка Представление", + "body": "Вкладка Представление позволяет управлять предустановками представления рабочего листа на основе примененных фильтров. Окно онлайн-редактора электронных таблиц: Окно десктопного редактора электронных таблиц: С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: управлять преднастройкам представления листа, изменять масштаб, закреплять строку, управлять отображением строк формул, заголовков и линий сетки." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "title": "Добавление фона и границ ячеек", - "body": "Добавление фона ячеек Для применения и форматирования фона ячеек: выделите ячейку или диапазон ячеек мышью или весь рабочий лист, нажав сочетание клавиш Ctrl+A, Примечание: можно также выделить несколько ячеек или диапазонов ячеек, которые не являются смежными, удерживая клавишу Ctrl при выделении ячеек и диапазонов с помощью мыши. чтобы применить к фону ячейки заливку сплошным цветом, щелкните по значку Цвет фона , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, и выберите нужный цвет. чтобы применить другие типы заливок, такие как градиентная заливка или узор, нажмите на значок Параметры ячейки на правой боковой панели и используйте раздел Заливка: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить выделенные ячейки. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите на палитре один из цветов темы или стандартных цветов или задайте пользовательский цвет. Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить выделенные ячейки двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Угол - вручную укажите точное значение в градусах, определяющее направление градиента (цвета изменяются по прямой под заданным углом). Направление - выберите готовый шаблон из меню. Доступны следующие направления : из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый (45°), сверху вниз (90°), из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый (135°), справа налево (180°), из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый (225°), снизу вверх (270°), из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый (315°), слева направо (0°). Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента. Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить выделенные ячейки с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Узор - выберите один из готовых рисунков в меню. Цвет переднего плана - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет элементов узора. Цвет фона - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет фона узора. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Добавление границ ячеек Для добавления и форматирования границ на рабочем листе: выделите ячейку или диапазон ячеек мышью или весь рабочий лист, нажав сочетание клавиш Ctrl+A, Примечание: можно также выделить несколько ячеек или диапазонов ячеек, которые не являются смежными, удерживая клавишу Ctrl при выделении ячеек и диапазонов с помощью мыши. щелкните по значку Границы , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, или нажмите на значок Параметры ячейки на правой боковой панели и используйте раздел Стиль границ, выберите стиль границ, который требуется применить: откройте подменю Стиль границ и выберите один из доступных вариантов, откройте подменю Цвет границ или используйте палитру Цвет на правой боковой панели и выберите нужный цвет на палитре, выберите один из доступных шаблонов границ: Внешние границы , Все границы , Верхние границы , Нижние границы , Левые границы , Правые границы , Без границ , Внутренние границы , Внутренние вертикальные границы , Внутренние горизонтальные границы , Диагональная граница снизу вверх , Диагональная граница сверху вниз ." + "body": "Добавление фона ячеек Для применения и форматирования фона ячеек: выделите ячейку или диапазон ячеек мышью или весь рабочий лист, нажав сочетание клавиш Ctrl+A, Примечание: можно также выделить несколько ячеек или диапазонов ячеек, которые не являются смежными, удерживая клавишу Ctrl при выделении ячеек и диапазонов с помощью мыши. чтобы применить к фону ячейки заливку сплошным цветом, щелкните по значку Цвет фона , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, и выберите нужный цвет. чтобы применить другие типы заливок, такие как градиентная заливка или узор, нажмите на значок Параметры ячейки на правой боковой панели и используйте раздел Заливка: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить выделенные ячейки. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите на палитре один из цветов темы или стандартных цветов или задайте пользовательский цвет. Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить выделенные ячейки двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Угол - вручную укажите точное значение в градусах, определяющее направление градиента (цвета изменяются по прямой под заданным углом). Направление - выберите готовый шаблон из меню. Доступны следующие направления : из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый (45°), сверху вниз (90°), из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый (135°), справа налево (180°), из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый (225°), снизу вверх (270°), из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый (315°), слева направо (0°). Точки градиента - это определенные точки перехода от одного цвета к другому. Чтобы добавить точку градиента, Используйте кнопку Добавить точку градиента или ползунок. Вы можете добавить до 10 точек градиента. Каждая следующая добавленная точка градиента никоим образом не повлияет на внешний вид текущей градиентной заливки. Чтобы удалить определенную точку градиента, используйте кнопку Удалить точку градиента. Чтобы изменить положение точки градиента, используйте ползунок или укажите Положение в процентах для точного местоположения. Чтобы применить цвет к точке градиента, щелкните точку на панели ползунка, а затем нажмите Цвет, чтобы выбрать нужный цвет. Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить выделенные ячейки с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Узор - выберите один из готовых рисунков в меню. Цвет переднего плана - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет элементов узора. Цвет фона - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет фона узора. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Добавление границ ячеек Для добавления и форматирования границ на рабочем листе: выделите ячейку или диапазон ячеек мышью или весь рабочий лист, нажав сочетание клавиш Ctrl+A, Примечание: можно также выделить несколько ячеек или диапазонов ячеек, которые не являются смежными, удерживая клавишу Ctrl при выделении ячеек и диапазонов с помощью мыши. щелкните по значку Границы , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, или нажмите на значок Параметры ячейки на правой боковой панели и используйте раздел Стиль границ, выберите стиль границ, который требуется применить: откройте подменю Стиль границ и выберите один из доступных вариантов, откройте подменю Цвет границ или используйте палитру Цвет на правой боковой панели и выберите нужный цвет на палитре, выберите один из доступных шаблонов границ: Внешние границы , Все границы , Верхние границы , Нижние границы , Левые границы , Правые границы , Без границ , Внутренние границы , Внутренние вертикальные границы , Внутренние горизонтальные границы , Диагональная граница снизу вверх , Диагональная граница сверху вниз ." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Добавление гиперссылок", - "body": "Для добавления гиперссылки: выделите ячейку, в которую требуется добавить гиперссылку, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Гиперссылка на верхней панели инструментов, после этого появится окно Параметры гиперссылки, в котором можно указать параметры гиперссылки: Bыберите тип ссылки, которую требуется вставить: Используйте опцию Внешняя ссылка и введите URL в формате http://www.example.com в расположенном ниже поле Связать с, если вам требуется добавить гиперссылку, ведущую на внешний сайт. Используйте опцию Внутренний диапазон данных и выберите рабочий лист и диапазон ячеек в поле ниже, если вам требуется добавить гиперссылку, ведущую на определенный диапазон ячеек в той же самой электронной таблице. Отображать - введите текст, который должен стать ссылкой и будет вести по веб-адресу, указанному в поле выше. Примечание: если выбранная ячейка уже содержит данные, они автоматически отобразятся в этом поле. Текст всплывающей подсказки - введите текст краткого примечания к гиперссылке, который будет появляться в маленьком всплывающем окне при наведении на гиперссылку курсора. нажмите кнопку OK. Для добавления гиперссылки можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+K или щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши там, где требуется добавить гиперссылку, и выбрать в контекстном меню команду Гиперссылка. При наведении курсора на добавленную гиперссылку появится подсказка с заданным текстом. Для перехода по ссылке щелкните по ссылке в таблице. Чтобы выделить ячейку со ссылкой, не переходя по этой ссылке, щелкните и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Для удаления добавленной гиперссылки активируйте ячейку, которая содержит добавленную гиперссылку, и нажмите клавишу Delete, или щелкните по ячейке правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из выпадающего списка команду Очистить все." + "body": "Для добавления гиперссылки: выделите ячейку, в которую требуется добавить гиперссылку, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Гиперссылка на верхней панели инструментов, после этого появится окно Параметры гиперссылки, в котором можно указать параметры гиперссылки: Bыберите тип ссылки, которую требуется вставить: Используйте опцию Внешняя ссылка и введите URL в формате http://www.example.com в расположенном ниже поле Связать с, если вам требуется добавить гиперссылку, ведущую на внешний сайт. Используйте опцию Внутренний диапазон данных и выберите рабочий лист и диапазон ячеек в поле ниже или ранее добавленный Именной диапазон, если вам требуется добавить гиперссылку, ведущую на определенный диапазон ячеек в той же самой электронной таблице. Отображать - введите текст, который должен стать ссылкой и будет вести по веб-адресу, указанному в поле выше. Примечание: если выбранная ячейка уже содержит данные, они автоматически отобразятся в этом поле. Текст всплывающей подсказки - введите текст краткого примечания к гиперссылке, который будет появляться в маленьком всплывающем окне при наведении на гиперссылку курсора. нажмите кнопку OK. Для добавления гиперссылки можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+K или щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши там, где требуется добавить гиперссылку, и выбрать в контекстном меню команду Гиперссылка. При наведении курсора на добавленную гиперссылку появится подсказка с заданным текстом. Для перехода по ссылке щелкните по ссылке в таблице. Чтобы выделить ячейку со ссылкой, не переходя по этой ссылке, щелкните и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Для удаления добавленной гиперссылки активируйте ячейку, которая содержит добавленную гиперссылку, и нажмите клавишу Delete, или щелкните по ячейке правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из выпадающего списка команду Очистить все." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "title": "Выравнивание данных в ячейках", - "body": "Данные внутри ячейки можно выравнивать горизонтально или вертикально или даже поворачивать. Для этого выделите ячейку, диапазон ячеек мышью или весь рабочий лист, нажав сочетание клавиш Ctrl+A. Можно также выделить несколько ячеек или диапазонов ячеек, которые не являются смежными, удерживая клавишу Ctrl при выделении ячеек и диапазонов с помощью мыши. Затем выполните одну из следующих операций, используя значки, расположенные на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Примените один из типов горизонтального выравнивания данных внутри ячейки: нажмите на значок По левому краю для выравнивания данных по левому краю ячейки (правый край остается невыровненным); нажмите на значок По центру для выравнивания данных по центру ячейки (правый и левый края остаются невыровненными); нажмите на значок По правому краю для выравнивания данных по правому краю ячейки (левый край остается невыровненным); нажмите на значок По ширине для выравнивания данных как по левому, так и по правому краю ячейки (выравнивание осуществляется за счет добавления дополнительных интервалов там, где это необходимо). Измените вертикальное выравнивание данных внутри ячейки: нажмите на значок По верхнему краю для выравнивания данных по верхнему краю ячейки; нажмите на значок По середине для выравнивания данных по центру ячейки; нажмите на значок По нижнему краю для выравнивания данных по нижнему краю ячейки. Измените угол наклона данных внутри ячейки, щелкнув по значку Ориентация и выбрав одну из опций: используйте опцию Горизонтальный текст , чтобы расположить текст по горизонтали (эта опция используется по умолчанию), используйте опцию Текст против часовой стрелки , чтобы расположить текст в ячейке от левого нижнего угла к правому верхнему, используйте опцию Текст по часовой стрелке , чтобы расположить текст в ячейке от левого верхнего угла к правому нижнему углу, используйте опцию Повернуть текст вверх , чтобы расположить текст в ячейке снизу вверх, используйте опцию Повернуть текст вниз , чтобы расположить текст в ячейке сверху вниз. Чтобы повернуть текст на точно заданный угол, нажмите на значок Параметры ячейки на правой боковой панели и используйте раздел Ориентация. Введите в поле Угол нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Расположите данные в ячейке в соответствии с шириной столбца, щелкнув по значку Перенос текста . Примечание: при изменении ширины столбца перенос текста настраивается автоматически." + "body": "Данные внутри ячейки можно выравнивать горизонтально или вертикально или даже поворачивать. Для этого выделите ячейку, диапазон ячеек мышью или весь рабочий лист, нажав сочетание клавиш Ctrl+A. Можно также выделить несколько ячеек или диапазонов ячеек, которые не являются смежными, удерживая клавишу Ctrl при выделении ячеек и диапазонов с помощью мыши. Затем выполните одну из следующих операций, используя значки, расположенные на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Примените один из типов горизонтального выравнивания данных внутри ячейки: нажмите на значок По левому краю для выравнивания данных по левому краю ячейки (правый край остается невыровненным); нажмите на значок По центру для выравнивания данных по центру ячейки (правый и левый края остаются невыровненными); нажмите на значок По правому краю для выравнивания данных по правому краю ячейки (левый край остается невыровненным); нажмите на значок По ширине для выравнивания данных как по левому, так и по правому краю ячейки (выравнивание осуществляется за счет добавления дополнительных интервалов там, где это необходимо). Измените вертикальное выравнивание данных внутри ячейки: нажмите на значок По верхнему краю для выравнивания данных по верхнему краю ячейки; нажмите на значок По середине для выравнивания данных по центру ячейки; нажмите на значок По нижнему краю для выравнивания данных по нижнему краю ячейки. Измените угол наклона данных внутри ячейки, щелкнув по значку Ориентация и выбрав одну из опций: используйте опцию Горизонтальный текст , чтобы расположить текст по горизонтали (эта опция используется по умолчанию), используйте опцию Текст против часовой стрелки , чтобы расположить текст в ячейке от левого нижнего угла к правому верхнему, используйте опцию Текст по часовой стрелке , чтобы расположить текст в ячейке от левого верхнего угла к правому нижнему углу, используйте опцию Вертикальный текст чтобы расположить текст в ячейке ввертикально, используйте опцию Повернуть текст вверх , чтобы расположить текст в ячейке снизу вверх, используйте опцию Повернуть текст вниз , чтобы расположить текст в ячейке сверху вниз. Чтобы повернуть текст на точно заданный угол, нажмите на значок Параметры ячейки на правой боковой панели и используйте раздел Ориентация. Введите в поле Угол нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Расположите данные в ячейке в соответствии с шириной столбца, щелкнув по значку Перенос текста . Примечание: при изменении ширины столбца перенос текста настраивается автоматически. Расположите данные в ячейке в соответствии с шириной ячейки, щелкнув по значку Вписать на вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов. Содержимое ячейки будет уменьшено в размерах так, чтобы оно могло полностью уместиться внутри." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm", @@ -2370,16 +2385,26 @@ var indexes = "title": "Очистка текста, форматирования в ячейке, копирование форматирования ячейки", "body": "Очистка форматирования Текст или форматирование внутри выбранной ячейки можно быстро удалить. Для этого: выделите мышью отдельную ячейку или диапазон ячеек или выделите весь рабочий лист, нажав сочетание клавиш Ctrl+A, Примечание: можно также выделить несколько ячеек или диапазонов ячеек, которые не являются смежными, удерживая клавишу Ctrl при выделении ячеек и диапазонов с помощью мыши. щелкните по значку Очистить на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите одну из доступных команд: используйте команду Всё, если необходимо полностью очистить выбранный диапазон ячеек, включая текст, форматирование, функции и т.д.; используйте команду Текст, если необходимо удалить текст из выбранного диапазона ячеек; используйте команду Форматирование, если необходимо очистить форматирование выбранного диапазона ячеек. Текст и функции, если они есть, останутся; используйте команду Комментарии, если необходимо удалить комментарии из выбранного диапазона ячеек; используйте команду Гиперссылки, если необходимо удалить гиперссылки из выбранного диапазона ячеек. Примечание: все эти команды также доступны из контекстного меню. Копирование форматирования ячейки Можно быстро скопировать форматирование определенной ячейки и применить его к другим ячейкам. Для того чтобы применить скопированное форматирование к отдельной ячейке или к нескольким смежным ячейкам: с помощью мыши или клавиатуры выберите ячейку или диапазон ячеек, формат которых вам нужно скопировать, щелкните по значку Копировать стиль на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов (указатель мыши будет при этом выглядеть так: ), выберите ячейку или диапазон ячеек, к которым вы хотите применить такое же форматирование. Для того чтобы применить скопированное форматирование ко множеству ячеек или диапазонов ячеек, которые не являются смежными: с помощью мыши или клавиатуры выберите ячейку или диапазон ячеек, формат которых вам нужно скопировать, дважды щелкните по значку Копировать стиль на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов (указатель мыши будет при этом выглядеть так: , а значок Копировать стиль будет оставаться нажатым: ), поочередно щелкайте по отдельным ячейкам или выделяйте диапазоны ячеек, чтобы применить одинаковое форматирование ко всем из них, для выхода из этого режима еще раз щелкните по значку Копировать стиль или нажмите клавишу Esc на клавиатуре." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ConditionalFormatting.htm", + "title": "Условное Форматирование", + "body": "Note: Редактор электронных таблиц ONLYOFFICE в настоящее время не поддерживает создание и редактирование правил условного форматирования. Условное форматирование позволяет применять к ячейкам различные стили форматирования (цвет, шрифт, украшение, градиент) для работы с данными в электронной таблице: выделяйте или сортировуйте, а затем отображайте данные, соответствующие необходимым критериям. Критерии определяются несколькими типами правил. Редактор электронных таблиц ONLYOFFICE в настоящее время не поддерживает создание и редактирование правил условного форматирования. Типы правил, поддерживаемые Редактором электронных таблиц ONLYOFFICE для просмотра: Значение ячейки (с формулой), Верхнее и нижнее значения / Выше или ниже среднего, Уникальные и повторяющиеся, Набор значков, Гистограммы, Градиент (Цветная шкала), На основе формулы. Значение ячейки используется для поиска необходимых чисел, дат и текста в электронной таблице. Например, вам нужно увидеть продажи за текущий месяц (выделено розовым), товары с названием «Зерно» (выделено желтым) и продажи товаров на сумму менее 500 долларов (выделено синим). Значение ячейки с формулой используется для отображения динамически изменяемого числа или текстового значения в электронной таблице. Например, вам нужно найти продукты с названиями «Зерно», «Изделия» или «Молочные продукты» (выделено желтым) или продажи товаров на сумму от 100 до 500 долларов (выделено синим). Верхнее и нижнее значения / Выше или ниже среднего используется для поиска и отображения верхнего и нижнего значений, а также значений выше и ниже среднего в электронной таблице. Например, вам нужно увидеть максимальные значения сборов в городах, которые вы посетили (выделено оранжевым), городах, где посещаемость была выше средней (выделено зеленым), и минимальные значения для городов, где вы продали небольшое количество книг (выделено синим). Уникальные и повторяющиеся используются для отображения повторяющихся значений в электронной таблице и в диапазоне ячеек, определяемом условным форматированием. Например, вам нужно найти повторяющиеся контакты. Откройте контекстное меню. Количество дубликатов отображается справа от имени контакта. Если вы установите этот флажок, в списке будут отображаться только дубликаты. Набор значков используется для отображения данных путем отображения соответствующего значка в ячейке, соответствующей критериям. Редактор электронных таблиц поддерживает различные наборы значков. Ниже вы найдете примеры наиболее распространенных случаев условного форматирования набора значков. Вместо чисел и процентных значений вы видите отформатированные ячейки с соответствующими стрелками, показывающими достигнутый доход в столбце «Статус» и динамику будущих тенденций в столбце «Тенденция». Вместо ячеек с номерами рейтинга от 1 до 5 условное форматирование отображает соответствующие значки из легенды сверху для каждого велосипеда в списке рейтинга. Вместо того, чтобы вручную сравнивать ежемесячные данные динамики прибыли, отформатированные ячейки имеют соответствующую красную или зеленую стрелку. Используйте систему светофоров (красные, желтые и зеленые круги) для визуализации динамики продаж. Гистограммы используются для сравнения значений в виде столбца диаграммы. Например, сравните высоту гор, отобразив их значение по умолчанию в метрах (зеленая полоса) и то же значение в диапазоне от 0 до 100 процентов (желтая полоса); процентиль, когда экстремальные значения изменяют гистограмму (голубая полоса); только полосы вместо цифр (синяя полоса); анализ данных в два столбца, чтобы увидеть как числа, так и столбцы (красная полоса). Градиент, или цветная шкала, используется для выделения значений в электронной таблице с помощью шкалы градиента. Столбцы от «Молочные продукты» до «Напитки» отображают данные в двухцветной шкале с вариациями от желтого до красного; в столбце «Всего продаж» данные отображаются по трехцветной шкале: от наименьшей суммы красным цветом до наибольшей суммы синим цветом. На основе формулы используются различные формулы для фильтрации данных в соответствии с конкретными потребностями. Например, можно заштриховать чередующиеся ряды, сравнить с эталонным значением (здесь это 55$) и покажите значения выше (зеленый) и ниже (красный), выделить строки, соответствующие необходимым критериям (посмотрите, каких целей вы должны достичь в этом месяце, в данном случае это август), и выделить только уникальные строки." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm", "title": "Вырезание / копирование / вставка данных", - "body": "Использование основных операций с буфером обмена Для вырезания, копирования и вставки данных в текущей электронной таблице используйте контекстное меню или соответствующие значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов: Вырезание - выделите данные и используйте опцию Вырезать, чтобы удалить выделенные данные и отправить их в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этой же электронной таблицы. Копирование - выделите данные, затем или используйте значок Копировать на верхней панели инструментов, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в меню пункт Копировать, чтобы отправить выделенные данные в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этой же электронной таблицы. Вставка - выберите место, затем или используйте значок Вставить на верхней панели инструментов, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в меню пункт Вставить, чтобы вставить ранее скопированные или вырезанные данные из буфера обмена компьютера в текущей позиции курсора. Данные могут быть ранее скопированы из этой же электронной таблицы. В онлайн-версии для копирования данных из другой электронной таблицы или какой-то другой программы или вставки данных в них используются только сочетания клавиш, в десктопной версии для любых операций копирования и вставки можно использовать как кнопки на панели инструментов или опции контекстного меню, так и сочетания клавиш: сочетание клавиш Ctrl+X для вырезания; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C для копирования; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V для вставки. Примечание: вместо того, чтобы вырезать и вставлять данные на одном и том же рабочем листе, можно выделить нужную ячейку/диапазон ячеек, установить указатель мыши у границы выделения (при этом он будет выглядеть так: ) и перетащить выделение мышью в нужное место. Использование функции Специальная вставка После вставки скопированных данных рядом с правым нижним углом вставленной ячейки/диапазона ячеек появляется кнопка Специальная вставка . Нажмите на эту кнопку, чтобы выбрать нужный параметр вставки. При вставке ячейки/диапазона ячеек с отформатированными данными доступны следующие параметры: Вставить - позволяет вставить все содержимое ячейки, включая форматирование данных. Эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Следующие опции можно использовать, если скопированные данные содержат формулы: Вставить только формулу - позволяет вставить формулы, не вставляя форматирование данных. Формула + формат чисел - позволяет вставить формулы вместе с форматированием, примененным к числам. Формула + все форматирование - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных. Формула без границ - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных, кроме границ ячеек. Формула + ширина столбца - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных и установить ширину столбцов исходных ячеек для диапазона ячеек, в который вы вставляете данные. Следующие опции позволяют вставить результат, возвращаемый скопированной формулой, не вставляя саму формулу: Вставить только значение - позволяет вставить результаты формул, не вставляя форматирование данных. Значение + формат чисел - позволяет вставить результаты формул вместе с форматированием, примененным к числам. Значение + все форматирование - позволяет вставить результаты формул вместе со всем форматированием данных. Вставить только форматирование - позволяет вставить только форматирование ячеек, не вставляя содержимое ячеек. Транспонировать - позволяет вставить данные, изменив столбцы на строки, а строки на столбцы. Эта опция доступна для обычных диапазонов данных, но не для форматированных таблиц. При вставке содержимого отдельной ячейки или текста в автофигурах доступны следующие параметры: Исходное форматирование - позволяет сохранить исходное форматирование скопированных данных. Форматирование конечных ячеек - позволяет применить форматирование, которое уже используется для ячейки/автофигуры, в которую вы вставляете данные. Вставка данных с разделителями При вставке текста с разделителями, скопированного из файла .txt, доступны следующие параметры: Текст с разделителями может содержать несколько записей, где каждая запись соответствует одной табличной строке. Запись может включать в себя несколько текстовых значений, разделенных с помощью разделителей (таких как запятая, точка с запятой, двоеточие, табуляция, пробел или другой символ). Файл должен быть сохранен как простой текст в формате .txt. Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить текстовые значения в один столбец, где содержимое каждой ячейки соответствует строке в исходном текстовом файле. Использовать мастер импорта текста - позволяет открыть Мастер импорта текста, с помощью которого можно легко распределить текстовые значения на несколько столбцов, где каждое текстовое значение, отделенное разделителем, будет помещено в отдельной ячейке. Когда откроется окно Мастер импорта текста, из выпадающего списка Разделитель выберите разделитель текста, который используется в данных с разделителем. Данные, разделенные на столбцы, будут отображены в расположенном ниже поле Просмотр. Если вас устраивает результат, нажмите кнопку OK. Если вы вставили данные с разделителями из источника, который не является простым текстовым файлом (например, текст, скопированный с веб-страницы и т.д.), или если вы применили функцию Сохранить только текст, а теперь хотите распределить данные из одного столбца по нескольким столбцам, вы можете использовать опцию Текст по столбцам. Чтобы разделить данные на несколько столбцов: Выделите нужную ячейку или столбец, содержащий данные с разделителями. Перейдите на вкладку Данные. Нажмите кнопку Текст по столбцам на верхней панели инструментов. Откроется Мастер распределения текста по столбцам. В выпадающем списке Разделитель выберите разделитель, который используется в данных с разделителем, просмотрите результат в расположенном ниже поле и нажмите кнопку OK. После этого каждое текстовое значение, отделенное разделителем, будет помещено в отдельной ячейке. Если в ячейках справа от столбца, который требуется разделить, содержатся какие-то данные, эти данные будут перезаписаны. Использование функции автозаполнения Для быстрого заполнения множества ячеек одними и теми же данными воспользуйтесь функцией Автозаполнение: выберите ячейку/диапазон ячеек, содержащие нужные данные, поместите указатель мыши рядом с маркером заполнения в правом нижнем углу ячейки. При этом указатель будет выглядеть как черный крест: перетащите маркер заполнения по соседним ячейкам, которые вы хотите заполнить выбранными данными. Примечание: если вам нужно создать последовательный ряд цифр (например 1, 2, 3, 4...; 2, 4, 6, 8... и т.д.) или дат, можно ввести хотя бы два начальных значения и быстро продолжить ряд, выделив эти ячейки и перетащив мышью маркер заполнения. Заполнение ячеек в столбце текстовыми значениями Если столбец электронной таблицы содержит какие-то текстовые значения, можно легко заменить любое значение в этом столбце или заполнить следующую пустую ячейку, выбрав одно из уже существующих текстовых значений. Щелкните по нужной ячейке правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Выбрать из списка. Выберите одно из доступных текстовых значений для замены текущего значения или заполнения пустой ячейки." + "body": "Использование основных операций с буфером обмена Для вырезания, копирования и вставки данных в текущей электронной таблице используйте контекстное меню или соответствующие значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов: Вырезание - выделите данные и используйте опцию Вырезать, чтобы удалить выделенные данные и отправить их в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этой же электронной таблицы. Копирование - выделите данные, затем или используйте значок Копировать на верхней панели инструментов, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в меню пункт Копировать, чтобы отправить выделенные данные в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этой же электронной таблицы. Вставка - выберите место, затем или используйте значок Вставить на верхней панели инструментов, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в меню пункт Вставить, чтобы вставить ранее скопированные или вырезанные данные из буфера обмена компьютера в текущей позиции курсора. Данные могут быть ранее скопированы из этой же электронной таблицы. В онлайн-версии для копирования данных из другой электронной таблицы или какой-то другой программы или вставки данных в них используются только сочетания клавиш, в десктопной версии для любых операций копирования и вставки можно использовать как кнопки на панели инструментов или опции контекстного меню, так и сочетания клавиш: сочетание клавиш Ctrl+X для вырезания; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C для копирования; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V для вставки. Примечание: вместо того, чтобы вырезать и вставлять данные на одном и том же рабочем листе, можно выделить нужную ячейку/диапазон ячеек, установить указатель мыши у границы выделения (при этом он будет выглядеть так: ) и перетащить выделение мышью в нужное место. Чтобы включить / отключить автоматическое появление кнопки Специальная вставка после вставки, перейдите на вкладку Файл > Дополнительные параметры... и поставьте / снимите галочку Вырезание, копирование и вставка. Использование функции Специальная вставка После вставки скопированных данных рядом с правым нижним углом вставленной ячейки/диапазона ячеек появляется кнопка Специальная вставка . Нажмите на эту кнопку, чтобы выбрать нужный параметр вставки. При вставке ячейки/диапазона ячеек с отформатированными данными доступны следующие параметры: Вставить - позволяет вставить все содержимое ячейки, включая форматирование данных. Эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Следующие опции можно использовать, если скопированные данные содержат формулы: Вставить только формулу - позволяет вставить формулы, не вставляя форматирование данных. Формула + формат чисел - позволяет вставить формулы вместе с форматированием, примененным к числам. Формула + все форматирование - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных. Формула без границ - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных, кроме границ ячеек. Формула + ширина столбца - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных и установить ширину столбцов исходных ячеек для диапазона ячеек, в который вы вставляете данные. Транспонировать - позволяет вставить данные, изменив столбцы на строки, а строки на столбцы. Эта опция доступна для обычных диапазонов данных, но не для форматированных таблиц. Следующие опции позволяют вставить результат, возвращаемый скопированной формулой, не вставляя саму формулу: Вставить только значение - позволяет вставить результаты формул, не вставляя форматирование данных. Значение + формат чисел - позволяет вставить результаты формул вместе с форматированием, примененным к числам. Значение + все форматирование - позволяет вставить результаты формул вместе со всем форматированием данных. Вставить только форматирование - позволяет вставить только форматирование ячеек, не вставляя содержимое ячеек. Специальная вставка - открывает диалоговое окно Специальная вставка, которое содержит следующие опции: Параметры вставки Формулы - позволяет вставить формулы, не вставляя форматирование данных. Значения - позволяет вставить формулы вместе с форматированием, примененным к числам. Форматы - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных. Комментарии - позволяет вставить только комментарии, добавленные к ячейкам выделенного диапазона. Ширина столбцов - позволяет установить ширину столбцов исходных ячеек для диапазона ячеек. Без рамки - позволяет вставить формулы без форматирования границ. Формулы и форматирование - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных. Формулы и ширина столбцов - позволяет вставить формулы вместе со всем форматированием данных и установить ширину столбцов исходных ячеек для диапазона ячеек, в который вы вставляете данные. Формулы и форматы чисел - позволяет вставить формулы вместе с форматированием, примененным к числам. Занчения и форматы чисел - позволяет вставить результаты формул вместе с форматированием, примененным к числам. Значения и форматирование - позволяет вставить результаты формул вместе со всем форматированием данных. Операция Сложение - позволяет автоматически произвести операцию сложения для числовых значений в каждой вставленной ячейке. Вычитание -позволяет автоматически произвести операцию вычитания для числовых значений в каждой вставленной ячейке. Умножение - позволяет автоматически произвести операцию умножения для числовых значений в каждой вставленной ячейке. Деление - позволяет автоматически произвести операцию деления для числовых значений в каждой вставленной ячейке. Транспонировать - позволяет вставить данные, изменив столбцы на строки, а строки на столбцы. Пропускать пустые ячейки - позволяет не вставлять форматирование и значения пустых ячеек. При вставке содержимого отдельной ячейки или текста в автофигурах доступны следующие параметры: Исходное форматирование - позволяет сохранить исходное форматирование скопированных данных. Форматирование конечных ячеек - позволяет применить форматирование, которое уже используется для ячейки/автофигуры, в которую вы вставляете данные. Вставка данных с разделителями При вставке текста с разделителями, скопированного из файла .txt, доступны следующие параметры: Текст с разделителями может содержать несколько записей, где каждая запись соответствует одной табличной строке. Запись может включать в себя несколько текстовых значений, разделенных с помощью разделителей (таких как запятая, точка с запятой, двоеточие, табуляция, пробел или другой символ). Файл должен быть сохранен как простой текст в формате .txt. Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить текстовые значения в один столбец, где содержимое каждой ячейки соответствует строке в исходном текстовом файле. Использовать мастер импорта текста - позволяет открыть Мастер импорта текста, с помощью которого можно легко распределить текстовые значения на несколько столбцов, где каждое текстовое значение, отделенное разделителем, будет помещено в отдельной ячейке. Когда откроется окно Мастер импорта текста, из выпадающего списка Разделитель выберите разделитель текста, который используется в данных с разделителем. Данные, разделенные на столбцы, будут отображены в расположенном ниже поле Просмотр. Если вас устраивает результат, нажмите кнопку OK. Если вы вставили данные с разделителями из источника, который не является простым текстовым файлом (например, текст, скопированный с веб-страницы и т.д.), или если вы применили функцию Сохранить только текст, а теперь хотите распределить данные из одного столбца по нескольким столбцам, вы можете использовать опцию Текст по столбцам. Чтобы разделить данные на несколько столбцов: Выделите нужную ячейку или столбец, содержащий данные с разделителями. Перейдите на вкладку Данные. Нажмите кнопку Текст по столбцам на верхней панели инструментов. Откроется Мастер распределения текста по столбцам. В выпадающем списке Разделитель выберите разделитель, который используется в данных с разделителем. Нажмите кнопку Дополнительно, чтобы открыть окно Дополнительные параметры, в котором можно указать Десятичный разделитель и Разделитель разрядов тысяч. Просмотрите результат в расположенном ниже поле и нажмите кнопку OK. После этого каждое текстовое значение, отделенное разделителем, будет помещено в отдельной ячейке. Если в ячейках справа от столбца, который требуется разделить, содержатся какие-то данные, эти данные будут перезаписаны. Использование функции автозаполнения Для быстрого заполнения множества ячеек одними и теми же данными воспользуйтесь функцией Автозаполнение: выберите ячейку/диапазон ячеек, содержащие нужные данные, поместите указатель мыши рядом с маркером заполнения в правом нижнем углу ячейки. При этом указатель будет выглядеть как черный крест: перетащите маркер заполнения по соседним ячейкам, которые вы хотите заполнить выбранными данными. Примечание: если вам нужно создать последовательный ряд цифр (например 1, 2, 3, 4...; 2, 4, 6, 8... и т.д.) или дат, можно ввести хотя бы два начальных значения и быстро продолжить ряд, выделив эти ячейки и перетащив мышью маркер заполнения. Заполнение ячеек в столбце текстовыми значениями Если столбец электронной таблицы содержит какие-то текстовые значения, можно легко заменить любое значение в этом столбце или заполнить следующую пустую ячейку, выбрав одно из уже существующих текстовых значений. Щелкните по нужной ячейке правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Выбрать из списка. Выберите одно из доступных текстовых значений для замены текущего значения или заполнения пустой ячейки." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm", "title": "Настройка типа, размера, стиля и цветов шрифта", "body": "Можно выбрать тип шрифта и его размер, применить один из стилей оформления и изменить цвета шрифта и фона, используя соответствующие значки, расположенные на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Примечание: если необходимо применить форматирование к данным, которые уже есть в электронной таблице, выделите их мышью или с помощью клавиатуры, а затем примените форматирование. Если форматирование требуется применить к нескольким ячейкам или диапазонам ячеек, которые не являются смежными, удерживайте клавишу Ctrl при выделении ячеек и диапазонов с помощью мыши. Шрифт Используется для выбора шрифта из списка доступных. Если требуемый шрифт отсутствует в списке, его можно скачать и установить в вашей операционной системе, после чего он будет доступен для использования в десктопной версии. Размер шрифта Используется для выбора предустановленного значения размера шрифта из выпадающего списка (доступны следующие стандартные значения: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 и 96). Также можно вручную ввести произвольное значение в поле ввода и нажать клавишу Enter. Увеличить размер шрифта Используется для изменения размера шрифта, делая его на один пункт крупнее при каждом нажатии на кнопку. Уменьшить размер шрифта Используется для изменения размера шрифта, делая его на один пункт мельче при каждом нажатии на кнопку. Полужирный Используется для придания шрифту большей насыщенности. Курсив Используется для придания шрифту наклона вправо. Подчеркнутый Используется для подчеркивания текста чертой, проведенной под буквами. Зачеркнутый Используется для зачеркивания текста чертой, проведенной по буквам. Подстрочные/надстрочные знаки Позволяет выбрать опцию Надстрочные знаки или Подстрочные знаки. Опция Надстрочные знаки используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Опция Подстрочные знаки используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Цвет шрифта Используется для изменения цвета букв/символов в ячейках. Цвет фона Используется для изменения цвета фона ячейки. С помощью этого значка можно применить заливку сплошным цветом. Цвет фона ячейки также можно изменить с помощью палитры Заливка на вкладке Параметры ячейки правой боковой панели. Изменение цветовой схемы Используется для изменения цветовой палитры по умолчанию для элементов рабочего листа (шрифт, фон, диаграммы и их элементы) путем выбора одной из доступных схем: Стандартная, Оттенки серого, Апекс, Аспект, Официальная, Открытая, Справедливость, Поток, Литейная, Обычная, Метро, Модульная, Изящная, Эркер, Начальная, Бумажная, Солнцестояние, Техническая, Трек, Городская или Яркая. Примечание: можно также применить один из предустановленных стилей форматирования текста. Для этого выделите ячейку, которую требуется отформатировать, и выберите нужную предустановку из списка на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов: Чтобы изменить цвет шрифта или использовать заливку сплошным цветом в качестве фона ячейки, выделите мышью символы/ячейки или весь рабочий лист, используя сочетание клавиш Ctrl+A, щелкните по соответствующему значку на верхней панели инструментов, выберите любой цвет на доступных палитрах Цвета темы - цвета, соответствующие выбранной цветовой схеме электронной таблицы. Стандартные цвета - набор стандартных цветов. Пользовательский цвет - щелкните по этой надписи, если в доступных палитрах нет нужного цвета. Выберите нужный цветовой диапазон, перемещая вертикальный ползунок цвета, и определите конкретный цвет, перетаскивая инструмент для выбора цвета внутри большого квадратного цветового поля. Как только Вы выберете какой-то цвет, в полях справа отобразятся соответствующие цветовые значения RGB и sRGB. Также можно задать цвет на базе цветовой модели RGB, введя нужные числовые значения в полях R, G, B (красный, зеленый, синий), или указать шестнадцатеричный код sRGB в поле, отмеченном знаком #. Выбранный цвет появится в окне предпросмотра Новый. Если к объекту был ранее применен какой-то пользовательский цвет, этот цвет отображается в окне Текущий, так что вы можете сравнить исходный и измененный цвета. Когда цвет будет задан, нажмите на кнопку Добавить: Пользовательский цвет будет применен к тексту и добавлен в палитру Пользовательский цвет. Чтобы очистить цвет фона определенной ячейки, выделите мышью ячейку или диапазон ячеек, или весь рабочий лист с помощью сочетания клавиш Ctrl+A, нажмите на значок Цвет фона на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выберите значок ." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/FormattedTables.htm", + "title": "Использование форматированных таблиц", + "body": "Создание новой форматированной таблицы Чтобы облегчить работу с данными, в редакторе электронных таблиц предусмотрена возможность применения к выделенному диапазону ячеек шаблона таблицы с автоматическим включением фильтра. Для этого: выделите диапазон ячеек, которые требуется отформатировать, щелкните по значку Форматировать как шаблон таблицы , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, в галерее выберите требуемый шаблон, в открывшемся всплывающем окне проверьте диапазон ячеек, которые требуется отформатировать как таблицу, установите флажок Заголовок, если требуется, чтобы заголовки таблицы входили в выделенный диапазон ячеек; в противном случае строка заголовка будет добавлена наверху, в то время как выделенный диапазон ячеек сместится на одну строку вниз, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить выбранный шаблон. Шаблон будет применен к выделенному диапазону ячеек, и вы сможете редактировать заголовки таблицы и применять фильтр для работы с данными. Форматированную таблицу также можно вставить с помощью кнопки Таблица на вкладке Вставка. В этом случае применяется шаблон таблицы по умолчанию. Примечание: как только вы создадите новую форматированную таблицу, этой таблице будет автоматически присвоено стандартное имя (Таблица1, Таблица2 и т.д.). Это имя можно изменить, сделав его более содержательным, и использовать для дальнейшей работы. Если вы введете новое значение в любой ячейке под последней строкой таблицы (если таблица не содержит строки итогов) или в ячейке справа от последнего столбца таблицы, форматированная таблица будет автоматически расширена, и в нее будет включена новая строка или столбец. Если вы не хотите расширять таблицу, нажмите на появившуюся кнопку и выберите опцию Отменить авторазвертывание таблицы. Как только это действие будет отменено, в этом меню станет доступна опция Повторить авторазвертывание таблицы. Выделение строк и столбцов Чтобы выделить всю строку в форматированной таблице, наведите курсор мыши на левую границу строки таблицы, чтобы курсор превратился в черную стрелку , затем щелкните левой кнопкой мыши. Чтобы выделить весь столбец в форматированной таблице, наведите курсор мыши на верхний край заголовка столбца, чтобы курсор превратился в черную стрелку , затем щелкните левой кнопкой мыши. Если щелкнуть один раз, будут выделены данные столбца (как показано на изображении ниже); если щелкнуть дважды, будет выделен весь столбец, включая заголовок. Чтобы выделить всю форматированную таблицу, наведите курсор мыши на левый верхний угол форматированной таблицы, чтобы курсор превратился в диагональную черную стрелку , затем щелкните левой кнопкой мыши. Редактирование форматированных таблиц Некоторые параметры таблицы можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры таблицы на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее открыть, выделите мышью хотя бы одну ячейку в таблице и щелкните по значку Параметры таблицы справа. Разделы Строки и Столбцы, расположенные наверху, позволяют выделить некоторые строки или столбцы при помощи особого форматирования, или выделить разные строки и столбцы с помощью разных цветов фона для их четкого разграничения. Доступны следующие опции: Заголовок - позволяет отобразить строку заголовка. Итоговая - добавляет строку Итого в нижней части таблицы. Примечание: если выбрана эта опция, вы также можете выбрать функцию для вычисления суммарных значений. При выделении ячейки в строке Итого, справа от ячейки будет доступна . Нажмите ее и выберите нужную функцию из списка: Среднее, Количество, Макс, Мин, Сумма, Стандотклон или Дисп. Опция Другие функции позволяет открыть окно Вставить функцию и выбрать любую другую функцию. При выборе опции Нет в выделенной ячейке строки Итого не будет отображаться суммарное значение для этого столбца. Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных строк. Кнопка фильтра - позволяет отобразить кнопки со стрелкой в каждой ячейке строки заголовка. Эта опция доступна только если выбрана опция Заголовок. Первый - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний левый столбец в таблице. Последний - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний правый столбец в таблице. Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных столбцов. Раздел По шаблону позволяет выбрать один из готовых стилей таблиц. Каждый шаблон сочетает в себе определенные параметры форматирования, такие как цвет фона, стиль границ, чередование строк или столбцов и т.д. Набор шаблонов отображается по-разному в зависимости от параметров, указанных в разделах Строки и/или Столбцы выше. Например, если Вы отметили опцию Заголовок в разделе Строки и опцию Чередовать в разделе Столбцы, отображаемый список шаблонов будет содержать только шаблоны со строкой заголовка и чередованием столбцов: Если вы хотите очистить текущий стиль таблицы (цвет фона, границы и так далее), не удаляя при этом саму таблицу, примените шаблон None из списка шаблонов: В разделе Размер таблицы можно изменить диапазон ячеек, к которому применено табличное форматирование. Нажмите на кнопку Выбор данных - откроется новое всплывающее окно. Измените ссылку на диапазон ячеек в поле ввода или мышью выделите новый диапазон на листе и нажмите кнопку OK. Примечание: Заголовки должны оставаться в той же строке, а результирующий диапазон таблицы - частично перекрываться с исходным диапазоном. Раздел Строки и столбцы позволяет выполнить следующие операции: Выбрать строку, столбец, все данные в столбцах, исключая строку заголовка, или всю таблицу, включая строку заголовка. Вставить новую строку выше или ниже выделенной, а также новый столбец слева или справа от выделенного. Удалить строку, столбец (в зависимости от позиции курсора или выделения) или всю таблицу. Примечание: опции раздела Строки и столбцы также доступны из контекстного меню. Опцию Удалить дубликаты можно использовать, если вы хотите удалить повторяющиеся значения из форматированной таблицы. Для получения дополнительной информации по удалению дубликатов обратитесь к этой странице. Опцию Преобразовать в диапазон можно использовать, если вы хотите преобразовать таблицу в обычный диапазон данных, удалив фильтр, но сохранив стиль таблицы (то есть цвета ячеек и шрифта и т.д.). Как только вы примените эту опцию, вкладка Параметры таблицы на правой боковой панели станет недоступна. Опция Вставить срез используется, чтобы создать срез для форматированной таблицы. Для получения дополнительной информации по работе со срезами обратитесь к этой странице. Опция Вставить сводную таблицу используется, чтобы создать сводную таблицу на базе форматированной таблицы. Для получения дополнительной информации по работе со сводными таблицами обратитесь к этой странице. Изменение дополнительных параметров форматированной таблицы Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры таблицы, нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно 'Таблица - Дополнительные параметры': Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит таблица." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/GroupData.htm", "title": "Группировка данных", @@ -2388,27 +2413,27 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Вставка и форматирование автофигур", - "body": "Вставка автофигур Для добавления автофигуры в электронную таблицу, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов, выберите одну из доступных групп автофигур: Основные фигуры, Фигурные стрелки, Математические знаки, Схемы, Звезды и ленты, Выноски, Кнопки, Прямоугольники, Линии, щелкните по нужной автофигуре внутри выбранной группы, установите курсор там, где требуется поместить автофигуру, после того как автофигура будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер и местоположение и другие параметры. Изменение параметров автофигуры Некоторые параметры автофигуры можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее открыть, выделите фигуру мышью и щелкните по значку Параметры фигуры справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Заливка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать заливку автофигуры. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить внутреннее пространство выбранной фигуры. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите нужный цвет из доступных наборов цветов или задайте любой цвет, который вам нравится: Цвета темы - цвета, соответствующие выбранной цветовой схеме электронной таблицы. Стандартные цвета - набор стандартных цветов. Пользовательский цвет - щелкните по этой надписи, если в доступных палитрах нет нужного цвета. Выберите нужный цветовой диапазон, перемещая вертикальный ползунок цвета, и определите конкретный цвет, перетаскивая инструмент для выбора цвета внутри большого квадратного цветового поля. Как только Вы выберете какой-то цвет, в полях справа отобразятся соответствующие цветовые значения RGB и sRGB. Также можно задать цвет на базе цветовой модели RGB, введя нужные числовые значения в полях R, G, B (красный, зеленый, синий), или указать шестнадцатеричный код sRGB в поле, отмеченном знаком #. Выбранный цвет появится в окне предпросмотра Новый. Если к объекту был ранее применен какой-то пользовательский цвет, этот цвет отображается в окне Текущий, так что вы можете сравнить исходный и измененный цвета. Когда цвет будет задан, нажмите на кнопку Добавить. Пользовательский цвет будет применен к автофигуре и добавлен в палитру Пользовательский цвет. Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям). Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления : из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон. Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента. Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру. Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры, можно добавить изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес. Если Вы хотите использовать текстуру в качестве фона фигуры, разверните меню Из текстуры и выберите нужную предустановленную текстуру. В настоящее время доступны следующие текстуры: Холст, Картон, Темная ткань, Песок, Гранит, Серая бумага, Вязание, Кожа, Крафт-бумага, Папирус, Дерево. В том случае, если выбранное изображение имеет большие или меньшие размеры, чем автофигура, можно выбрать из выпадающего списка параметр Растяжение или Плитка. Опция Растяжение позволяет подогнать размер изображения под размер автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Опция Плитка позволяет отображать только часть большего изображения, сохраняя его исходные размеры, или повторять меньшее изображение, сохраняя его исходные размеры, по всей площади автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Примечание: любая выбранная предустановленная текстура полностью заполняет пространство, но в случае необходимости можно применить эффект Растяжение. Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Узор - выберите один из готовых рисунков в меню. Цвет переднего плана - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет элементов узора. Цвет фона - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет фона узора. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если Вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Непрозрачность - используйте этот раздел, чтобы задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности. Обводка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы изменить толщину, цвет или тип обводки. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 пт, 1 пт, 1.5 пт, 2.25 пт, 3 пт, 4.5 пт, 6 пт. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить фигуру слева направо или сверху вниз. Нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить фигуру по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить фигуру по вертикали (сверху вниз) Изменить автофигуру - используйте этот раздел, чтобы заменить текущую автофигуру на другую, выбрав ее из выпадающего списка. Отображать тень - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы отображать фигуру с тенью. Изменение дополнительныx параметров автофигуры Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры автофигуры, используйте ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно 'Фигура - дополнительные параметры': Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина и Высота - используйте эти опции, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту автофигуры. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон фигуры. Вкладка Поворот содержит следующие параметры: Угол - используйте эту опцию, чтобы повернуть фигуру на точно заданный угол. Введите в поле нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Отражено - отметьте галочкой опцию По горизонтали, чтобы отразить фигуру по горизонтали (слева направо), или отметьте галочкой опцию По вертикали, чтобы отразить фигуру по вертикали (сверху вниз). Вкладка Линии и стрелки содержит следующие параметры: Стиль линии - эта группа опций позволяет задать такие параметры: Тип окончания - эта опция позволяет задать стиль окончания линии, поэтому ее можно применить только для фигур с разомкнутым контуром, таких как линии, ломаные линии и т.д.: Плоский - конечные точки будут плоскими. Закругленный - конечные точки будут закругленными. Квадратный - конечные точки будут квадратными. Тип соединения - эта опция позволяет задать стиль пересечения двух линий, например, она может повлиять на контур ломаной линии или углов треугольника или прямоугольника: Закругленный - угол будет закругленным. Скошенный - угол будет срезан наискось. Прямой - угол будет заостренным. Хорошо подходит для фигур с острыми углами. Примечание: эффект будет лучше заметен при использовании контура большей толщины. Стрелки - эта группа опций доступна только в том случае, если выбрана фигура из группы автофигур Линии. Она позволяет задать Начальный и Конечный стиль и Размер стрелки, выбрав соответствующие опции из выпадающих списков. На вкладке Поля вокруг текста можно изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры). Примечание: эта вкладка доступна, только если в автофигуру добавлен текст, в противном случае вкладка неактивна. На вкладке Колонки можно добавить колонки текста внутри автофигуры, указав нужное Количество колонок (не более 16) и Интервал между колонками. После того как вы нажмете кнопку ОК, уже имеющийся текст или любой другой текст, который вы введете, в этой автофигуре будет представлен в виде колонок и будет перетекать из одной колонки в другую. Вкладка Привязка к ячейке содержит следующие параметры: Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать фигуру к ячейке позади нее. Если ячейка перемещается (например, при вставке или удалении нескольких строк/столбцов), фигура будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой. При увеличении или уменьшении ширины или высоты ячейки размер фигуры также будет изменяться. Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать фигуру к ячейке позади нее, не допуская изменения размера фигуры. Если ячейка перемещается, фигура будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры фигуры останутся неизменными. Не перемещать и не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера фигуры при изменении положения или размера ячейки. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит автофигура. Вставка и форматирование текста внутри автофигуры Чтобы вставить текст в автофигуру, выделите фигуру и начинайте печатать текст. Текст, добавленный таким способом, становится частью автофигуры (при перемещении или повороте автофигуры текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ней). Все параметры форматирования, которые можно применить к тексту в автофигуре, перечислены здесь. Соединение автофигур с помощью соединительных линий Автофигуры можно соединять, используя линии с точками соединения, чтобы продемонстрировать зависимости между объектами (например, если вы хотите создать блок-схему). Для этого: щелкните по значку Фигура на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню группу Линии, щелкните по нужной фигуре в выбранной группе (кроме трех последних фигур, которые не являются соединительными линиями, а именно Кривая, Рисованная кривая и Произвольная форма), наведите указатель мыши на первую автофигуру и щелкните по одной из точек соединения , появившихся на контуре фигуры, перетащите указатель мыши ко второй фигуре и щелкните по нужной точке соединения на ее контуре. При перемещении соединенных автофигур соединительная линия остается прикрепленной к фигурам и перемещается вместе с ними. Можно также открепить соединительную линию от фигур, а затем прикрепить ее к любым другим точкам соединения." + "body": "Вставка автофигур Для добавления автофигуры в электронную таблицу, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов, выберите одну из доступных групп автофигур: Основные фигуры, Фигурные стрелки, Математические знаки, Схемы, Звезды и ленты, Выноски, Кнопки, Прямоугольники, Линии, щелкните по нужной автофигуре внутри выбранной группы, установите курсор там, где требуется поместить автофигуру, после того как автофигура будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер и местоположение и другие параметры. Изменение параметров автофигуры Некоторые параметры автофигуры можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее открыть, выделите фигуру мышью и щелкните по значку Параметры фигуры справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Заливка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать заливку автофигуры. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить внутреннее пространство выбранной фигуры. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите нужный цвет из доступных наборов цветов или задайте любой цвет, который вам нравится: Цвета темы - цвета, соответствующие выбранной цветовой схеме электронной таблицы. Стандартные цвета - набор стандартных цветов. Пользовательский цвет - щелкните по этой надписи, если в доступных палитрах нет нужного цвета. Выберите нужный цветовой диапазон, перемещая вертикальный ползунок цвета, и определите конкретный цвет, перетаскивая инструмент для выбора цвета внутри большого квадратного цветового поля. Как только Вы выберете какой-то цвет, в полях справа отобразятся соответствующие цветовые значения RGB и sRGB. Также можно задать цвет на базе цветовой модели RGB, введя нужные числовые значения в полях R, G, B (красный, зеленый, синий), или указать шестнадцатеричный код sRGB в поле, отмеченном знаком #. Выбранный цвет появится в окне предпросмотра Новый. Если к объекту был ранее применен какой-то пользовательский цвет, этот цвет отображается в окне Текущий, так что вы можете сравнить исходный и измененный цвета. Когда цвет будет задан, нажмите на кнопку Добавить. Пользовательский цвет будет применен к автофигуре и добавлен в палитру Пользовательский цвет. Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Стиль - выберите Линейный или Радиальный: Линейный используется, когда вам нужно, чтобы цвета изменялись слева направо, сверху вниз или под любым выбранным вами углом в одном направлении. Чтобы выбрать предустановленное направление, щелкните Направление или же задайте точное значение угла градиента в поле Угол. Радиальный используется, когда вам нужно, чтобы цвета изменялись по кругу от центра к краям. Точка градиента - это определенная точка перехода от одного цвета к другому. Чтобы добавить точку градиента, Используйте кнопку Добавить точку градиента или ползунок. Вы можете добавить до 10 точек градиента. Каждая следующая добавленная точка градиента никоим образом не повлияет на внешний вид текущей градиентной заливки. Чтобы удалить определенную точку градиента, используйте кнопку Удалить точку градиента. Чтобы изменить положение точки градиента, используйте ползунок или укажите Положение в процентах для точного местоположения. Чтобы применить цвет к точке градиента, щелкните точку на панели ползунка, а затем нажмите Цвет, чтобы выбрать нужный цвет. Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру. Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры, можно нажать кнопку Выбрать изображение и добавить изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, Из хранилища, используя файловый менеджер ONLYOFFICE, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес. Если Вы хотите использовать текстуру в качестве фона фигуры, разверните меню Из текстуры и выберите нужную предустановленную текстуру. В настоящее время доступны следующие текстуры: Холст, Картон, Темная ткань, Песок, Гранит, Серая бумага, Вязание, Кожа, Крафт-бумага, Папирус, Дерево. В том случае, если выбранное изображение имеет большие или меньшие размеры, чем автофигура, можно выбрать из выпадающего списка параметр Растяжение или Плитка. Опция Растяжение позволяет подогнать размер изображения под размер автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Опция Плитка позволяет отображать только часть большего изображения, сохраняя его исходные размеры, или повторять меньшее изображение, сохраняя его исходные размеры, по всей площади автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Примечание: любая выбранная предустановленная текстура полностью заполняет пространство, но в случае необходимости можно применить эффект Растяжение. Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Узор - выберите один из готовых рисунков в меню. Цвет переднего плана - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет элементов узора. Цвет фона - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет фона узора. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если Вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Непрозрачность - используйте этот раздел, чтобы задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности. Обводка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы изменить толщину, цвет или тип обводки. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 пт, 1 пт, 1.5 пт, 2.25 пт, 3 пт, 4.5 пт, 6 пт. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Поворот - используется, чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки, а также чтобы отразить фигуру слева направо или сверху вниз. Нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть фигуру на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить фигуру по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить фигуру по вертикали (сверху вниз) Изменить автофигуру - используйте этот раздел, чтобы заменить текущую автофигуру на другую, выбрав ее из выпадающего списка. Отображать тень - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы отображать фигуру с тенью. Изменение дополнительныx параметров автофигуры Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры автофигуры, используйте ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно 'Фигура - дополнительные параметры': Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина и Высота - используйте эти опции, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту автофигуры. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон фигуры. Вкладка Поворот содержит следующие параметры: Угол - используйте эту опцию, чтобы повернуть фигуру на точно заданный угол. Введите в поле нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Отражено - отметьте галочкой опцию По горизонтали, чтобы отразить фигуру по горизонтали (слева направо), или отметьте галочкой опцию По вертикали, чтобы отразить фигуру по вертикали (сверху вниз). Вкладка Линии и стрелки содержит следующие параметры: Стиль линии - эта группа опций позволяет задать такие параметры: Тип окончания - эта опция позволяет задать стиль окончания линии, поэтому ее можно применить только для фигур с разомкнутым контуром, таких как линии, ломаные линии и т.д.: Плоский - конечные точки будут плоскими. Закругленный - конечные точки будут закругленными. Квадратный - конечные точки будут квадратными. Тип соединения - эта опция позволяет задать стиль пересечения двух линий, например, она может повлиять на контур ломаной линии или углов треугольника или прямоугольника: Закругленный - угол будет закругленным. Скошенный - угол будет срезан наискось. Прямой - угол будет заостренным. Хорошо подходит для фигур с острыми углами. Примечание: эффект будет лучше заметен при использовании контура большей толщины. Стрелки - эта группа опций доступна только в том случае, если выбрана фигура из группы автофигур Линии. Она позволяет задать Начальный и Конечный стиль и Размер стрелки, выбрав соответствующие опции из выпадающих списков. На вкладке Текстовое поле можно Подгонять размер фигуры под текст, Разрешить переполнение фигуры текстом или изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры). Примечание: эта вкладка доступна, только если в автофигуру добавлен текст, в противном случае вкладка неактивна. На вкладке Колонки можно добавить колонки текста внутри автофигуры, указав нужное Количество колонок (не более 16) и Интервал между колонками. После того как вы нажмете кнопку ОК, уже имеющийся текст или любой другой текст, который вы введете, в этой автофигуре будет представлен в виде колонок и будет перетекать из одной колонки в другую. Вкладка Привязка к ячейке содержит следующие параметры: Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать фигуру к ячейке позади нее. Если ячейка перемещается (например, при вставке или удалении нескольких строк/столбцов), фигура будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой. При увеличении или уменьшении ширины или высоты ячейки размер фигуры также будет изменяться. Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать фигуру к ячейке позади нее, не допуская изменения размера фигуры. Если ячейка перемещается, фигура будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры фигуры останутся неизменными. Не перемещать и не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера фигуры при изменении положения или размера ячейки. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит автофигура. Вставка и форматирование текста внутри автофигуры Чтобы вставить текст в автофигуру, выделите фигуру и начинайте печатать текст. Текст, добавленный таким способом, становится частью автофигуры (при перемещении или повороте автофигуры текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ней). Все параметры форматирования, которые можно применить к тексту в автофигуре, перечислены здесь. Соединение автофигур с помощью соединительных линий Автофигуры можно соединять, используя линии с точками соединения, чтобы продемонстрировать зависимости между объектами (например, если вы хотите создать блок-схему). Для этого: щелкните по значку Фигура на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню группу Линии, щелкните по нужной фигуре в выбранной группе (кроме трех последних фигур, которые не являются соединительными линиями, а именно Кривая, Рисованная кривая и Произвольная форма), наведите указатель мыши на первую автофигуру и щелкните по одной из точек соединения , появившихся на контуре фигуры, перетащите указатель мыши ко второй фигуре и щелкните по нужной точке соединения на ее контуре. При перемещении соединенных автофигур соединительная линия остается прикрепленной к фигурам и перемещается вместе с ними. Можно также открепить соединительную линию от фигур, а затем прикрепить ее к любым другим точкам соединения." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm", "title": "Вставка диаграмм", - "body": "Вставка диаграммы Для вставки диаграммы в электронную таблицу: Выделите диапазон ячеек, содержащих данные, которые необходимо использовать для диаграммы, Перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, Щелкните по значку Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов, Выберите Тип диаграммы, которую требуется вставить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая. Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D. После этого диаграмма будет добавлена на рабочий лист. Изменение параметров диаграммы Теперь можно изменить параметры вставленной диаграммы. Чтобы изменить тип диаграммы: выделите диаграмму мышью, щелкните по значку Параметры диаграммы на правой боковой панели, раскройте выпадающий список Тип и выберите нужный тип, раскройте выпадающий список Стиль, расположенный ниже, и выберите подходящий стиль. Тип и стиль выбранной диаграммы будут изменены. Если требуется отредактировать данные, использованные для построения диаграммы, нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры, расположенную на правой боковой панели, или выберите пункт Дополнительные параметры диаграммы из контекстного меню или просто дважды щелкните мышью по диаграмме, в открывшемся окне Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры внесите все необходимые изменения, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить изменения и закрыть окно. Ниже приводится описание параметров диаграммы, которые можно изменить с помощью окна Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. На вкладке Тип и данные можно изменить тип диаграммы, а также данные, которые вы хотите использовать для создания диаграммы. Измените Тип диаграммы, выбрав один из доступных вариантов: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая. Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и при необходимости измените его, нажав на кнопку Выбор данных и указав желаемый диапазон данных в следующем формате: Лист1!A1:B4. Измените способ расположения данных. Можно выбрать ряды данных для использования по оси X: в строках или в столбцах. На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы: Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался, Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру, Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы. Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались, Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы, Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы, Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы, Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа. Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных): укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу. Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру. выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение, введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных. Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались. Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм. В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось, Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью. Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось, Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси, По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси. В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки. Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей. На вкладке Вертикальная ось можно изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, где указываются числовые значения. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся следующие опции размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. На вкладке Горизонтальная ось можно изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. Вкладка Привязка к ячейке содержит следующие параметры: Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее. Если ячейка перемещается (например, при вставке или удалении нескольких строк/столбцов), диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой. При увеличении или уменьшении ширины или высоты ячейки размер диаграммы также будет изменяться. Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее, не допуская изменения размера фигуры. Если ячейка перемещается, диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры диаграммы останутся неизменными. Не перемещать и не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера диаграммы при изменении положения или размера ячейки. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма. Редактирование элементов диаграммы Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный. Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, размер, стиль или цвет шрифта. При выборе диаграммы становится также активным значок Параметры фигуры справа, так как фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Можно щелкнуть по этому значку, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов и изменить параметры Заливки и Обводки фигуры. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что вы не можете изменить вид фигуры. C помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели можно изменить не только саму область диаграммы, но и элементы диаграммы, такие как область построения, ряды данных, заголовок диаграммы, легенда и другие, и применить к ним различные типы заливки. Выберите элемент диаграммы, нажав на него левой кнопкой мыши, и выберите нужный тип заливки: сплошной цвет, градиент, текстура или изображение, узор. Настройте параметры заливки и при необходимости задайте уровень прозрачности. При выделении вертикальной или горизонтальной оси или линий сетки на вкладке Параметры фигуры будут доступны только параметры обводки: цвет, толщина и тип линии. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с цветами, заливками и обводкой фигур можно обратиться к этой странице. Обратите внимание: параметр Отображать тень также доступен на вкладке Параметры фигуры, но для элементов диаграммы он неактивен. Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы. В случае необходимости можно изменить размер и положение диаграммы. Чтобы удалить вставленную диаграмму, щелкните по ней и нажмите клавишу Delete. Редактирование спарклайнов Спарклайн - это небольшая диаграмма, помещенная в одну ячейку. Спарклайны могут быть полезны, если требуется наглядно представить информацию для каждой строки или столбца в больших наборах данных. Это позволяет проще показать тенденции изменений во множестве рядов данных. Если таблица содержит уже существующие спарклайны, созданные с помощью какого-то другого приложения, можно изменить свойства спарклайнов. Для этого выделите мышью ячейку со спарклайном и щелкните по значку Параметры диаграммы на правой боковой панели. Если выделенный спарклайн входит в группу спарклайнов, изменения будут применены ко всем спарклайнам в группе. Используйте выпадающий список Тип для выбора одного из доступных типов спарклайнов: Гистограмма - этот тип аналогичен обычной Гистограмме. График - этот тип аналогичен обычному Графику. Выигрыш/проигрыш - этот тип подходит для представления данных, которые включают как положительные, так и отрицательные значения. В разделе Стиль можно выполнить следующие действия: выберите наиболее подходящий стиль из выпадающего списка Шаблон. выберите нужный Цвет для спарклайна. выберите нужную Толщину линии (доступно только для типа График). В разделе Показать можно выбрать, какие элементы спарклайна требуется выделить, чтобы они были отчетливо видны. Установите галочку слева от элемента, который надо выделить, и выберите нужный цвет, нажав на цветной прямоугольник: Максимальная точка - чтобы выделить точки, представляющие максимальные значения, Минимальная точка - чтобы выделить точки, представляющие минимальные значения, Отрицательная точка - чтобы выделить точки, представляющие отрицательные значения, Первая/Последняя точка - чтобы выделить точку, представляющую первое/последнее значение, Маркеры (доступно только для типа График) - чтобы выделить все значения. Нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры, расположенную на правой боковой панели, чтобы открыть окно Спарклайн - дополнительные параметры. На вкладке Тип и данные можно изменить Тип и Стиль спарклайна, а также указать параметры отображения для Скрытых и пустых ячеек: Показывать пустые ячейки как - этот параметр позволяет управлять отображением спарклайнов в том случае, если некоторые ячейки в диапазоне данных пусты. Выберите нужную опцию из списка: Пустые значения - чтобы отображать спарклайн с разрывами вместо отсутствующих данных, Нулевые значения - чтобы отображать спарклайн так, как если бы значение в пустой ячейке было нулем, Соединять точки данных линиями (доступно только для типа График) - чтобы игнорировать пустые ячейки и отображать соединительную линию между точками данных. Показывать данные в скрытых строках и столбцах - установите этот флажок, если в спарклайны требуется включать значения из скрытых ячеек. На вкладке Параметры оси можно задать следующие параметры Горизонтальной/Вертикальной оси: В разделе Горизонтальная ось доступны следующие параметры: Показывать ось - установите этот флажок, чтобы отображать горизонтальную ось. Если исходные данные содержат отрицательные значения, эта опция помогает показать их более наглядно. В обратном порядке - установите этот флажок, чтобы отобразить данные в обратной последовательности. В разделе Вертикальная ось доступны следующие параметры: Минимум/Максимум Автоматическое для каждого - эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Она позволяет использовать собственные минимальные и максимальные значения для каждого спарклайна. Минимальные и максимальные значения берутся из отдельных рядов данных, используемых для построения каждого спарклайна. Максимальное значение для каждого спарклайна находится вверху ячейки, а минимальное значение - внизу. Одинаковое для всех - эта опция позволяет использовать одно и то же минимальное и максимальное значение для всей группы спарклайнов. Минимальное и максимальное значения берутся из всего диапазона данных, используемого для построения группы спарклайнов. Минимальные и максимальные значения для каждого спарклайна масштабируются относительно наибольшего/наименьшего значения внутри диапазона. При выборе этой опции проще сравнивать между собой несколько спарклайнов. Фиксированное - эта опция позволяет задать пользовательское минимальное и максимальное значение. Значения меньше или больше указанных не будут отображаться в спарклайнах." + "body": "Вставка диаграммы Для вставки диаграммы в электронную таблицу: Выделите диапазон ячеек, содержащих данные, которые необходимо использовать для диаграммы, Перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, Щелкните по значку Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов, Выберите Тип диаграммы, которую требуется вставить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая. Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D. После этого диаграмма будет добавлена на рабочий лист. Изменение параметров диаграммы Теперь можно изменить параметры вставленной диаграммы. Чтобы изменить тип диаграммы: выделите диаграмму мышью, щелкните по значку Параметры диаграммы на правой боковой панели, раскройте выпадающий список Тип и выберите нужный тип, раскройте выпадающий список Стиль, расположенный ниже, и выберите подходящий стиль. Тип и стиль выбранной диаграммы будут изменены. Если требуется отредактировать данные, использованные для построения диаграммы, Нажмите кнопку Выбор данных на правой боковой панели. Используйте диалоговое окно Данные диаграммы для управления диапазоном данных диаграммы, элементами легенды (ряды), подписями горизонтальной оси (категории) и переключием строк / столбцов. Диапазон данных для диаграммы - выберите данные для вашей диаграммы. Щелкните значок справа от поля Диапазон данных для диаграммы, чтобы выбрать диапазон ячеек. Элементы легенды (ряды) - добавляйте, редактируйте или удаляйте записи легенды. Введите или выберите ряд для записей легенды. В Элементах легенды (ряды) нажмите кнопку Добавить. В диалоговом окне Изменить ряд выберите диапазон ячеек для легенды или нажмите на иконку справа от поля Имя ряда. Подписи горизонтальной оси (категории) - изменяйте текст подписи категории В Подписях горизонтальной оси (категории) нажмите Редактировать. В поле Диапазон подписей оси введите названия для категорий или нажмите на иконку , чтобы выбрать диапазон ячеек. Переключить строку/столбец - переставьте местами данные, которые расположены на диаграмме. Переключите строки на столбцы, чтобы данные отображались на другой оси. Нажмите кнопку ОК, чтобы применить изменения и закрыть окно. Ниже приводится описание параметров диаграммы, которые можно изменить с помощью окна Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы: Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался, Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру, Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы. Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались, Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы, Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы, Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы, Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа. Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных): укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу. Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру. выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение, введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных. Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались. Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм. В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось, Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью. Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось, Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси, По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси. В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки. Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей. На вкладке Вертикальная ось можно изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, где указываются числовые значения. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся следующие опции размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. На вкладке Горизонтальная ось можно изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. Вкладка Привязка к ячейке содержит следующие параметры: Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее. Если ячейка перемещается (например, при вставке или удалении нескольких строк/столбцов), диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой. При увеличении или уменьшении ширины или высоты ячейки размер диаграммы также будет изменяться. Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать диаграмму к ячейке позади нее, не допуская изменения размера диаграммы. Если ячейка перемещается, диаграмма будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры диаграммы останутся неизменными. Не перемещать и не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера диаграммы при изменении положения или размера ячейки. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма. Редактирование элементов диаграммы Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный. Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, размер, стиль или цвет шрифта. При выборе диаграммы становится также активным значок Параметры фигуры справа, так как фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Можно щелкнуть по этому значку, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов и изменить параметры Заливки и Обводки фигуры. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что вы не можете изменить вид фигуры. C помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели можно изменить не только саму область диаграммы, но и элементы диаграммы, такие как область построения, ряды данных, заголовок диаграммы, легенда и другие, и применить к ним различные типы заливки. Выберите элемент диаграммы, нажав на него левой кнопкой мыши, и выберите нужный тип заливки: сплошной цвет, градиент, текстура или изображение, узор. Настройте параметры заливки и при необходимости задайте уровень прозрачности. При выделении вертикальной или горизонтальной оси или линий сетки на вкладке Параметры фигуры будут доступны только параметры обводки: цвет, толщина и тип линии. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с цветами, заливками и обводкой фигур можно обратиться к этой странице. Обратите внимание: параметр Отображать тень также доступен на вкладке Параметры фигуры, но для элементов диаграммы он неактивен. Если требуется изменить размер элемента диаграммы, щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, чтобы выбрать нужный элемент, и перетащите один из 8 белых маркеров , расположенных по периметру элемента. Чтобы изменить позицию элемента, щелкните по нему левой кнопкой мыши, убедитесь, что курсор принял вид , удерживайте левую кнопку мыши и перетащите элемент в нужное место. Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы. В случае необходимости можно изменить размер и положение диаграммы. Чтобы удалить вставленную диаграмму, щелкните по ней и нажмите клавишу Delete. Редактирование спарклайнов Спарклайн - это небольшая диаграмма, помещенная в одну ячейку. Спарклайны могут быть полезны, если требуется наглядно представить информацию для каждой строки или столбца в больших наборах данных. Это позволяет проще показать тенденции изменений во множестве рядов данных. Если таблица содержит уже существующие спарклайны, созданные с помощью какого-то другого приложения, можно изменить свойства спарклайнов. Для этого выделите мышью ячейку со спарклайном и щелкните по значку Параметры диаграммы на правой боковой панели. Если выделенный спарклайн входит в группу спарклайнов, изменения будут применены ко всем спарклайнам в группе. Используйте выпадающий список Тип для выбора одного из доступных типов спарклайнов: Гистограмма - этот тип аналогичен обычной Гистограмме. График - этот тип аналогичен обычному Графику. Выигрыш/проигрыш - этот тип подходит для представления данных, которые включают как положительные, так и отрицательные значения. В разделе Стиль можно выполнить следующие действия: выберите наиболее подходящий стиль из выпадающего списка Шаблон. выберите нужный Цвет для спарклайна. выберите нужную Толщину линии (доступно только для типа График). В разделе Показать можно выбрать, какие элементы спарклайна требуется выделить, чтобы они были отчетливо видны. Установите галочку слева от элемента, который надо выделить, и выберите нужный цвет, нажав на цветной прямоугольник: Максимальная точка - чтобы выделить точки, представляющие максимальные значения, Минимальная точка - чтобы выделить точки, представляющие минимальные значения, Отрицательная точка - чтобы выделить точки, представляющие отрицательные значения, Первая/Последняя точка - чтобы выделить точку, представляющую первое/последнее значение, Маркеры (доступно только для типа График) - чтобы выделить все значения. Нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры, расположенную на правой боковой панели, чтобы открыть окно Спарклайн - дополнительные параметры. На вкладке Тип и данные можно изменить Тип и Стиль спарклайна, а также указать параметры отображения для Скрытых и пустых ячеек: Показывать пустые ячейки как - этот параметр позволяет управлять отображением спарклайнов в том случае, если некоторые ячейки в диапазоне данных пусты. Выберите нужную опцию из списка: Пустые значения - чтобы отображать спарклайн с разрывами вместо отсутствующих данных, Нулевые значения - чтобы отображать спарклайн так, как если бы значение в пустой ячейке было нулем, Соединять точки данных линиями (доступно только для типа График) - чтобы игнорировать пустые ячейки и отображать соединительную линию между точками данных. Показывать данные в скрытых строках и столбцах - установите этот флажок, если в спарклайны требуется включать значения из скрытых ячеек. На вкладке Параметры оси можно задать следующие параметры Горизонтальной/Вертикальной оси: В разделе Горизонтальная ось доступны следующие параметры: Показывать ось - установите этот флажок, чтобы отображать горизонтальную ось. Если исходные данные содержат отрицательные значения, эта опция помогает показать их более наглядно. В обратном порядке - установите этот флажок, чтобы отобразить данные в обратной последовательности. В разделе Вертикальная ось доступны следующие параметры: Минимум/Максимум Автоматическое для каждого - эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Она позволяет использовать собственные минимальные и максимальные значения для каждого спарклайна. Минимальные и максимальные значения берутся из отдельных рядов данных, используемых для построения каждого спарклайна. Максимальное значение для каждого спарклайна находится вверху ячейки, а минимальное значение - внизу. Одинаковое для всех - эта опция позволяет использовать одно и то же минимальное и максимальное значение для всей группы спарклайнов. Минимальное и максимальное значения берутся из всего диапазона данных, используемого для построения группы спарклайнов. Минимальные и максимальные значения для каждого спарклайна масштабируются относительно наибольшего/наименьшего значения внутри диапазона. При выборе этой опции проще сравнивать между собой несколько спарклайнов. Фиксированное - эта опция позволяет задать пользовательское минимальное и максимальное значение. Значения меньше или больше указанных не будут отображаться в спарклайнах." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm", "title": "Управление ячейками, строками и столбцами", - "body": "Пустые ячейки можно вставлять выше или слева от выделенной ячейки на рабочем листе. Также можно вставить целую строку выше выделенной или столбец слева от выделенного. Чтобы облегчить просмотр большого количества информации, можно скрывать определенные строки или столбцы и отображать их снова. Можно также задать определенную высоту строк и ширину столбцов. Вставка ячеек, строк, столбцов Для вставки пустой ячейки слева от выделенной: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по ячейке, слева от которой требуется вставить новую, щелкните по значку Вставить ячейки , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, или выберите из контекстного меню команду Добавить и используйте опцию Ячейки со сдвигом вправо. Программа сместит выделенную ячейку вправо, чтобы вставить пустую. Для вставки пустой ячейки выше выделенной: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по ячейке, выше которой требуется вставить новую, щелкните по значку Вставить ячейки , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, или выберите из контекстного меню команду Добавить и используйте опцию Ячейки со сдвигом вниз. Программа сместит выделенную ячейку вниз, чтобы вставить пустую. Для вставки целой строки: выделите или всю строку, щелкнув по ее заголовку, или отдельную ячейку в той строке, выше которой требуется вставить новую, Примечание: для вставки нескольких строк выделите столько же строк, сколько требуется вставить. щелкните по значку Вставить ячейки , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и используйте опцию Строку, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной ячейке, выберите из контекстного меню команду Добавить, а затем выберите опцию Строку, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной строке (строкам) и используйте опцию контекстного меню Добавить сверху. Программа сместит выделенную строку вниз, чтобы вставить пустую. Для вставки целого столбца: выделите или весь столбец, щелкнув по его заголовку, или отдельную ячейку в том столбце, слева от которого требуется вставить новый, Примечание: для вставки нескольких столбцов выделите столько же столбцов, сколько требуется вставить. щелкните по значку Вставить ячейки , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, и используйте опцию Столбец. или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной ячейке, выберите из контекстного меню команду Добавить, а затем выберите опцию Столбец, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенному столбцу (столбцам) и используйте опцию контекстного меню Добавить слева. Программа сместит выделенный столбец вправо, чтобы вставить пустой. Скрытие и отображение строк и столбцов Для скрытия строки или столбца: выделите строки или столбцы, которые требуется скрыть, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенным строкам или столбцам и используйте опцию контекстного меню Скрыть. Чтобы отобразить скрытые строки или столбцы, выделите видимые строки выше и ниже скрытых строк или видимые столбцы справа и слева от скрытых столбцов, щелкните по ним правой кнопкой мыши и используйте опцию контекстного меню Показать. Изменение ширины столбцов и высоты строк Ширина столбца определяет, сколько символов со стандартным форматированием может быть отображено в ячейке столбца. По умолчанию задано значение 8.43 символа. Чтобы его изменить: выделите столбцы, которые надо изменить, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенным столбцам и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Задать ширину столбца, выберите одну из доступных опций: выберите опцию Автоподбор ширины столбца, чтобы автоматически скорректировать ширину каждого столбца в соответствии с содержимым, или выберите опцию Особая ширина столбца и задайте новое значение от 0 до 255 в окне Особая ширина столбца, затем нажмите OK. Чтобы вручную изменить ширину отдельного столбца, наведите курсор мыши на правую границу заголовка столбца, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку . Перетащите границу влево или вправо, чтобы задать особую ширину или дважды щелкните мышью, чтобы автоматически изменить ширину столбца в соответствии с содержимым. Высота строки по умолчанию составляет 14.25 пунктов. Чтобы изменить это значение: выделите строки, которые надо изменить, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенным строкам и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Задать высоту строки, выберите одну из доступных опций: выберите опцию Автоподбор высоты строки, чтобы автоматически скорректировать высоту каждой строки в соответствии с содержимым, или выберите опцию Особая высота строки и задайте новое значение от 0 до 408.75 в окне Особая высота строки, затем нажмите OK. Чтобы вручную изменить высоту отдельной строки, перетащите нижнюю границу заголовка строки. Удаление ячеек, строк, столбцов Для удаления ненужной ячейки, строки или столбца: выделите ячейки, строки или столбцы, которые требуется удалить, и щелкните правой кнопкой мыши, щелкните по значку Удалить ячейки , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, или выберите из контекстного меню команду Удалить, а затем - подходящую опцию: при использовании опции Ячейки со сдвигом влево ячейка, находящаяся справа от удаленной, будет перемещена влево; при использовании опции Ячейки со сдвигом вверх ячейка, находящаяся снизу от удаленной, будет перемещена вверх; при использовании опции Строку строка, находящаяся снизу от удаленной, будет перемещена вверх; при использовании опции Столбец столбец, находящийся справа от удаленного, будет перемещен влево; Удаленные данные всегда можно восстановить с помощью значка Отменить на верхней панели инструментов." + "body": "Пустые ячейки можно вставлять выше или слева от выделенной ячейки на рабочем листе. Также можно вставить целую строку выше выделенной или столбец слева от выделенного. Чтобы облегчить просмотр большого количества информации, можно скрывать определенные строки или столбцы и отображать их снова. Можно также задать определенную высоту строк и ширину столбцов. Вставка ячеек, строк, столбцов Для вставки пустой ячейки слева от выделенной: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по ячейке, слева от которой требуется вставить новую, щелкните по значку Вставить ячейки , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, или выберите из контекстного меню команду Добавить и используйте опцию Ячейки со сдвигом вправо. Программа сместит выделенную ячейку вправо, чтобы вставить пустую. Для вставки пустой ячейки выше выделенной: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по ячейке, выше которой требуется вставить новую, щелкните по значку Вставить ячейки , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, или выберите из контекстного меню команду Добавить и используйте опцию Ячейки со сдвигом вниз. Программа сместит выделенную ячейку вниз, чтобы вставить пустую. Для вставки целой строки: выделите или всю строку, щелкнув по ее заголовку, или отдельную ячейку в той строке, выше которой требуется вставить новую, Примечание: для вставки нескольких строк выделите столько же строк, сколько требуется вставить. щелкните по значку Вставить ячейки , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и используйте опцию Строку, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной ячейке, выберите из контекстного меню команду Добавить, а затем выберите опцию Строку, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной строке (строкам) и используйте опцию контекстного меню Добавить сверху. Программа сместит выделенную строку вниз, чтобы вставить пустую. Для вставки целого столбца: выделите или весь столбец, щелкнув по его заголовку, или отдельную ячейку в том столбце, слева от которого требуется вставить новый, Примечание: для вставки нескольких столбцов выделите столько же столбцов, сколько требуется вставить. щелкните по значку Вставить ячейки , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, и используйте опцию Столбец. или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной ячейке, выберите из контекстного меню команду Добавить, а затем выберите опцию Столбец, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенному столбцу (столбцам) и используйте опцию контекстного меню Добавить слева. Программа сместит выделенный столбец вправо, чтобы вставить пустой. Вы также можете использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Shift+= для вызова диалогового окна вставки новых ячеек, выбрать опцию Ячейки со сдвигом вправо, Ячейки со сдвигом вниз, Строку или Столбец и нажать кнопку OK. Скрытие и отображение строк и столбцов Для скрытия строки или столбца: выделите строки или столбцы, которые требуется скрыть, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенным строкам или столбцам и используйте опцию контекстного меню Скрыть. Чтобы отобразить скрытые строки или столбцы, выделите видимые строки выше и ниже скрытых строк или видимые столбцы справа и слева от скрытых столбцов, щелкните по ним правой кнопкой мыши и используйте опцию контекстного меню Показать. Изменение ширины столбцов и высоты строк Ширина столбца определяет, сколько символов со стандартным форматированием может быть отображено в ячейке столбца. По умолчанию задано значение 8.43 символа. Чтобы его изменить: выделите столбцы, которые надо изменить, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенным столбцам и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Задать ширину столбца, выберите одну из доступных опций: выберите опцию Автоподбор ширины столбца, чтобы автоматически скорректировать ширину каждого столбца в соответствии с содержимым, или выберите опцию Особая ширина столбца и задайте новое значение от 0 до 255 в окне Особая ширина столбца, затем нажмите OK. Чтобы вручную изменить ширину отдельного столбца, наведите курсор мыши на правую границу заголовка столбца, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку . Перетащите границу влево или вправо, чтобы задать особую ширину или дважды щелкните мышью, чтобы автоматически изменить ширину столбца в соответствии с содержимым. Высота строки по умолчанию составляет 14.25 пунктов. Чтобы изменить это значение: выделите строки, которые надо изменить, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенным строкам и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Задать высоту строки, выберите одну из доступных опций: выберите опцию Автоподбор высоты строки, чтобы автоматически скорректировать высоту каждой строки в соответствии с содержимым, или выберите опцию Особая высота строки и задайте новое значение от 0 до 408.75 в окне Особая высота строки, затем нажмите OK. Чтобы вручную изменить высоту отдельной строки, перетащите нижнюю границу заголовка строки. Удаление ячеек, строк, столбцов Для удаления ненужной ячейки, строки или столбца: выделите ячейки, строки или столбцы, которые требуется удалить, и щелкните правой кнопкой мыши, щелкните по значку Удалить ячейки , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, или выберите из контекстного меню команду Удалить, а затем - подходящую опцию: при использовании опции Ячейки со сдвигом влево ячейка, находящаяся справа от удаленной, будет перемещена влево; при использовании опции Ячейки со сдвигом вверх ячейка, находящаяся снизу от удаленной, будет перемещена вверх; при использовании опции Строку строка, находящаяся снизу от удаленной, будет перемещена вверх; при использовании опции Столбец столбец, находящийся справа от удаленного, будет перемещен влево; Вы также можете использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Shift+- для вызова диалогового окна удаления ячеек, выбрать опцию Ячейки со сдвигом влево, Ячейки со сдвигом вверх, Строку или Столбец и нажать кнопку OK. Удаленные данные всегда можно восстановить с помощью значка Отменить на верхней панели инструментов." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Вставка уравнений", - "body": "В редакторе электронных таблиц вы можете создавать уравнения, используя встроенные шаблоны, редактировать их, вставлять специальные символы (в том числе математические знаки, греческие буквы, диакритические знаки и т.д.). Добавление нового уравнения Чтобы вставить уравнение из коллекции, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Уравнение на верхней панели инструментов, в открывшемся выпадающем списке выберите нужную категорию уравнений. В настоящее время доступны следующие категории: Символы, Дроби, Индексы, Радикалы, Интегралы, Крупные операторы, Скобки, Функции, Диакритические знаки, Пределы и логарифмы, Операторы, Матрицы, щелкните по определенному символу/уравнению в соответствующем наборе шаблонов. Выбранный символ или уравнение будут добавлены на рабочий лист. Верхний левый угол рамки уравнения будет совпадать с верхним левым углом выделенной в данный момент ячейки, но рамку уравнения можно свободно перемещать, изменять ее размер или поворачивать на листе. Для этого щелкните по границе рамки уравнения (она будет отображена как сплошная линия) и используйте соответствующие маркеры. Каждый шаблон уравнения представляет собой совокупность слотов. Слот - это позиция для каждого элемента, образующего уравнение. Пустой слот, также называемый полем для заполнения, имеет пунктирный контур . Необходимо заполнить все поля, указав нужные значения. Ввод значений Курсор определяет, где появится следующий символ, который вы введете. Чтобы точно установить курсор, щелкните внутри поля для заполнения и используйте клавиши со стрелками на клавиатуре для перемещения курсора на один символ влево/вправо. Когда курсор будет установлен в нужную позицию, можно заполнить поле: введите требуемое цифровое или буквенное значение с помощью клавиатуры, вставьте специальный символ, используя палитру Символы из меню Уравнение на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов, добавьте шаблон другого уравнения с палитры, чтобы создать сложное вложенное уравнение. Размер начального уравнения будет автоматически изменен в соответствии с содержимым. Размер элементов вложенного уравнения зависит от размера поля начального уравнения, но не может быть меньше, чем размер мелкого индекса. Для добавления некоторых новых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы добавить новый аргумент, идущий до или после имеющегося аргумента в Скобках, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по существующему аргументу и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Вставить аргумент перед/после. Чтобы добавить новое уравнение в Наборах условий из группы Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по пустому полю для заполнения или по введенному в него уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Вставить уравнение перед/после. Чтобы добавить новую строку или новый столбец в Матрице, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри нее, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Добавить, а затем - опцию Строку выше/ниже или Столбец слева/справа. Примечание: в настоящее время не поддерживается ввод уравнений в линейном формате, то есть в виде \\sqrt(4&x^3). При вводе значений математических выражений не требуется использовать клавишу Пробел, так как пробелы между символами и знаками действий устанавливаются автоматически. Если уравнение слишком длинное и не помещается на одной строке внутри рамки уравнения, перенос на другую строку в процессе ввода осуществляется автоматически. Можно также вставить перенос строки в строго определенном месте, щелкнув правой кнопкой мыши по математическому оператору и выбрав из контекстного меню пункт Вставить принудительный разрыв. Выбранный оператор будет перенесен на новую строку. Чтобы удалить добавленный принудительный разрыв строки, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по математическому оператору в начале новой строки и выберите пункт меню Удалить принудительный разрыв. Форматирование уравнений По умолчанию уравнение внутри рамки горизонтально выровнено по центру, а вертикально выровнено по верхнему краю рамки уравнения. Чтобы изменить горизонтальное или вертикальное выравнивание, установите курсор внутри рамки уравнения (контуры рамки будут отображены как пунктирные линии) и используйте соответствующие значки на верхней панели инструментов. Чтобы увеличить или уменьшить размер шрифта в уравнении, щелкните мышью внутри рамки уравнения и используйте кнопки и на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов или выберите нужный размер шрифта из списка. Все элементы уравнения изменятся соответственно. По умолчанию буквы в уравнении форматируются курсивом. В случае необходимости можно изменить стиль шрифта (выделение полужирным, курсив, зачеркивание) или цвет для всего уравнения или его части. Подчеркивание можно применить только ко всему уравнению, а не к отдельным символам. Выделите нужную часть уравнения путем перетаскивания. Выделенная часть будет подсвечена голубым цветом. Затем используйте нужные кнопки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы отформатировать выделенный фрагмент. Например, можно убрать форматирование курсивом для обычных слов, которые не являются переменными или константами. Для изменения некоторых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы изменить формат Дробей, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по дроби и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Изменить на диагональную/горизонтальную/вертикальную простую дробь (доступные опции отличаются в зависимости от типа выбранной дроби). Чтобы изменить положение Индексов относительно текста, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, содержащему индексы, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Индексы перед текстом/после текста. Чтобы изменить размер аргумента для уравнений из групп Индексы, Радикалы, Интегралы, Крупные операторы, Пределы и логарифмы, Операторы, а также для горизонтальных фигурных скобок и шаблонов с группирующим знаком из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по аргументу, который требуется изменить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Увеличить/Уменьшить размер аргумента. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустое поле для ввода степени в уравнении из группы Радикалы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по радикалу и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать степень. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустое поле для ввода предела в уравнении из группы Интегралы или Крупные операторы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать верхний/нижний предел. Чтобы изменить положение пределов относительно знака интеграла или оператора в уравнениях из группы Интегралы или Крупные операторы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Изменить положение пределов. Пределы могут отображаться справа от знака оператора (как верхние и нижние индексы) или непосредственно над и под знаком оператора. Чтобы изменить положение пределов относительно текста в уравнениях из группы Пределы и логарифмы и в шаблонах с группирующим знаком из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Предел над текстом/под текстом. Чтобы выбрать, какие из Скобок надо отображать, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать открывающую/закрывающую скобку. Чтобы управлять размером Скобок, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках. Пункт меню Растянуть скобки выбран по умолчанию, так что скобки могут увеличиваться в соответствии с размером выражения, заключенного в них, но вы можете снять выделение с этой опции, чтобы запретить растяжение скобок. Когда эта опция активирована, можно также использовать пункт меню Изменить размер скобок в соответствии с высотой аргумента. Чтобы изменить положение символа относительно текста для горизонтальных фигурных скобок или горизонтальной черты над/под уравнением из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по шаблону и и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Символ/Черта над/под текстом. Чтобы выбрать, какие границы надо отображать для Уравнения в рамке из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Свойства границ, а затем - Скрыть/Показать верхнюю/нижнюю/левую/правую границу или Добавить/Скрыть горизонтальную/вертикальную/диагональную линию. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустые поля для заполнения в Матрице, можно щелкнуть по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать поля для заполнения. Для выравнивания некоторых элементов уравнений можно использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы выровнять уравнения в Наборах условий из группы Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Чтобы выровнять Матрицу по вертикали, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по матрице, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание матрицы, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Чтобы выровнять по горизонтали элементы внутри отдельного столбца Матрицы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри столбца, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание столбца, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю. Удаление элементов уравнения Чтобы удалить часть уравнения, выделите фрагмент, который требуется удалить, путем перетаскивания или удерживая клавишу Shift и используя клавиши со стрелками, затем нажмите на клавиатуре клавишу Delete. Слот можно удалить только вместе с шаблоном, к которому он относится. Чтобы удалить всё уравнение, щелкните по границе рамки уравнения, (она будет отображена как сплошная линия) и нажмите на клавиатуре клавишу Delete. Для удаления некоторых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы удалить Радикал, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить радикал. Чтобы удалить Нижний индекс и/или Верхний индекс, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по содержащему их выражению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить верхний индекс/нижний индекс. Если выражение содержит индексы, расположенные перед текстом, доступна опция Удалить индексы. Чтобы удалить Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить вложенные знаки или Удалить вложенные знаки и разделители. Если выражение в Скобках содержит несколько аргументов, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по аргументу, который требуется удалить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить аргумент. Если в Скобках заключено несколько уравнений (а именно, в Наборах условий), можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, которое требуется удалить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить уравнение. Чтобы удалить Предел, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить предел. Чтобы удалить Диакритический знак, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить диакритический знак, Удалить символ или Удалить черту (доступные опции отличаются в зависимости от выбранного диакритического знака). Чтобы удалить строку или столбец Матрицы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри строки/столбца, который требуется удалить, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить, а затем - Удалить строку/столбец." + "body": "В редакторе электронных таблиц вы можете создавать уравнения, используя встроенные шаблоны, редактировать их, вставлять специальные символы (в том числе математические знаки, греческие буквы, диакритические знаки и т.д.). Добавление нового уравнения Чтобы вставить уравнение из коллекции, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Уравнение на верхней панели инструментов, в открывшемся выпадающем списке выберите нужную категорию уравнений. В настоящее время доступны следующие категории: Символы, Дроби, Индексы, Радикалы, Интегралы, Крупные операторы, Скобки, Функции, Диакритические знаки, Пределы и логарифмы, Операторы, Матрицы, щелкните по определенному символу/уравнению в соответствующем наборе шаблонов. Выбранный символ или уравнение будут добавлены на рабочий лист. Верхний левый угол рамки уравнения будет совпадать с верхним левым углом выделенной в данный момент ячейки, но рамку уравнения можно свободно перемещать, изменять ее размер или поворачивать на листе. Для этого щелкните по границе рамки уравнения (она будет отображена как сплошная линия) и используйте соответствующие маркеры. Каждый шаблон уравнения представляет собой совокупность слотов. Слот - это позиция для каждого элемента, образующего уравнение. Пустой слот, также называемый полем для заполнения, имеет пунктирный контур . Необходимо заполнить все поля, указав нужные значения. Ввод значений Курсор определяет, где появится следующий символ, который вы введете. Чтобы точно установить курсор, щелкните внутри поля для заполнения и используйте клавиши со стрелками на клавиатуре для перемещения курсора на один символ влево/вправо. Когда курсор будет установлен в нужную позицию, можно заполнить поле: введите требуемое цифровое или буквенное значение с помощью клавиатуры, вставьте специальный символ, используя палитру Символы из меню Уравнение на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов или вводя их с клавиатуры (см. описание функции Автозамена математическими символами), добавьте шаблон другого уравнения с палитры, чтобы создать сложное вложенное уравнение. Размер начального уравнения будет автоматически изменен в соответствии с содержимым. Размер элементов вложенного уравнения зависит от размера поля начального уравнения, но не может быть меньше, чем размер мелкого индекса. Для добавления некоторых новых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы добавить новый аргумент, идущий до или после имеющегося аргумента в Скобках, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по существующему аргументу и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Вставить аргумент перед/после. Чтобы добавить новое уравнение в Наборах условий из группы Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по пустому полю для заполнения или по введенному в него уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Вставить уравнение перед/после. Чтобы добавить новую строку или новый столбец в Матрице, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри нее, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Добавить, а затем - опцию Строку выше/ниже или Столбец слева/справа. Примечание: в настоящее время не поддерживается ввод уравнений в линейном формате, то есть в виде \\sqrt(4&x^3). При вводе значений математических выражений не требуется использовать клавишу Пробел, так как пробелы между символами и знаками действий устанавливаются автоматически. Если уравнение слишком длинное и не помещается на одной строке внутри рамки уравнения, перенос на другую строку в процессе ввода осуществляется автоматически. Можно также вставить перенос строки в строго определенном месте, щелкнув правой кнопкой мыши по математическому оператору и выбрав из контекстного меню пункт Вставить принудительный разрыв. Выбранный оператор будет перенесен на новую строку. Чтобы удалить добавленный принудительный разрыв строки, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по математическому оператору в начале новой строки и выберите пункт меню Удалить принудительный разрыв. Форматирование уравнений По умолчанию уравнение внутри рамки горизонтально выровнено по центру, а вертикально выровнено по верхнему краю рамки уравнения. Чтобы изменить горизонтальное или вертикальное выравнивание, установите курсор внутри рамки уравнения (контуры рамки будут отображены как пунктирные линии) и используйте соответствующие значки на верхней панели инструментов. Чтобы увеличить или уменьшить размер шрифта в уравнении, щелкните мышью внутри рамки уравнения и используйте кнопки и на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов или выберите нужный размер шрифта из списка. Все элементы уравнения изменятся соответственно. По умолчанию буквы в уравнении форматируются курсивом. В случае необходимости можно изменить стиль шрифта (выделение полужирным, курсив, зачеркивание) или цвет для всего уравнения или его части. Подчеркивание можно применить только ко всему уравнению, а не к отдельным символам. Выделите нужную часть уравнения путем перетаскивания. Выделенная часть будет подсвечена голубым цветом. Затем используйте нужные кнопки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы отформатировать выделенный фрагмент. Например, можно убрать форматирование курсивом для обычных слов, которые не являются переменными или константами. Для изменения некоторых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы изменить формат Дробей, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по дроби и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Изменить на диагональную/горизонтальную/вертикальную простую дробь (доступные опции отличаются в зависимости от типа выбранной дроби). Чтобы изменить положение Индексов относительно текста, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, содержащему индексы, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Индексы перед текстом/после текста. Чтобы изменить размер аргумента для уравнений из групп Индексы, Радикалы, Интегралы, Крупные операторы, Пределы и логарифмы, Операторы, а также для горизонтальных фигурных скобок и шаблонов с группирующим знаком из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по аргументу, который требуется изменить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Увеличить/Уменьшить размер аргумента. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустое поле для ввода степени в уравнении из группы Радикалы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по радикалу и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать степень. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустое поле для ввода предела в уравнении из группы Интегралы или Крупные операторы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать верхний/нижний предел. Чтобы изменить положение пределов относительно знака интеграла или оператора в уравнениях из группы Интегралы или Крупные операторы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Изменить положение пределов. Пределы могут отображаться справа от знака оператора (как верхние и нижние индексы) или непосредственно над и под знаком оператора. Чтобы изменить положение пределов относительно текста в уравнениях из группы Пределы и логарифмы и в шаблонах с группирующим знаком из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Предел над текстом/под текстом. Чтобы выбрать, какие из Скобок надо отображать, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать открывающую/закрывающую скобку. Чтобы управлять размером Скобок, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках. Пункт меню Растянуть скобки выбран по умолчанию, так что скобки могут увеличиваться в соответствии с размером выражения, заключенного в них, но вы можете снять выделение с этой опции, чтобы запретить растяжение скобок. Когда эта опция активирована, можно также использовать пункт меню Изменить размер скобок в соответствии с высотой аргумента. Чтобы изменить положение символа относительно текста для горизонтальных фигурных скобок или горизонтальной черты над/под уравнением из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по шаблону и и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Символ/Черта над/под текстом. Чтобы выбрать, какие границы надо отображать для Уравнения в рамке из группы Диакритические знаки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Свойства границ, а затем - Скрыть/Показать верхнюю/нижнюю/левую/правую границу или Добавить/Скрыть горизонтальную/вертикальную/диагональную линию. Чтобы указать, надо ли отображать пустые поля для заполнения в Матрице, можно щелкнуть по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Скрыть/Показать поля для заполнения. Для выравнивания некоторых элементов уравнений можно использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы выровнять уравнения в Наборах условий из группы Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Чтобы выровнять Матрицу по вертикали, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по матрице, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание матрицы, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Чтобы выровнять по горизонтали элементы внутри отдельного столбца Матрицы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри столбца, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание столбца, а затем выбрать тип выравнивания: По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю. Удаление элементов уравнения Чтобы удалить часть уравнения, выделите фрагмент, который требуется удалить, путем перетаскивания или удерживая клавишу Shift и используя клавиши со стрелками, затем нажмите на клавиатуре клавишу Delete. Слот можно удалить только вместе с шаблоном, к которому он относится. Чтобы удалить всё уравнение, щелкните по границе рамки уравнения, (она будет отображена как сплошная линия) и нажмите на клавиатуре клавишу Delete. Для удаления некоторых элементов уравнений можно также использовать пункты контекстного меню: Чтобы удалить Радикал, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить радикал. Чтобы удалить Нижний индекс и/или Верхний индекс, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по содержащему их выражению и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить верхний индекс/нижний индекс. Если выражение содержит индексы, расположенные перед текстом, доступна опция Удалить индексы. Чтобы удалить Скобки, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по выражению в скобках и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить вложенные знаки или Удалить вложенные знаки и разделители. Если выражение в Скобках содержит несколько аргументов, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по аргументу, который требуется удалить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить аргумент. Если в Скобках заключено несколько уравнений (а именно, в Наборах условий), можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по уравнению, которое требуется удалить, и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить уравнение. Чтобы удалить Предел, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить предел. Чтобы удалить Диакритический знак, можно щелкнуть по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить диакритический знак, Удалить символ или Удалить черту (доступные опции отличаются в зависимости от выбранного диакритического знака). Чтобы удалить строку или столбец Матрицы, можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по полю для заполнения внутри строки/столбца, который требуется удалить, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Удалить, а затем - Удалить строку/столбец." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm", "title": "Вставка функций", - "body": "Важная причина использования электронных таблиц - это возможность выполнять основные расчеты. Некоторые из них выполняются автоматически при выделении диапазона ячеек на рабочем листе: Среднее - используется для того, чтобы проанализировать выбранный диапазон ячеек и рассчитать среднее значение. Количество - используется для того, чтобы подсчитать количество выбранных ячеек, содержащих значения, без учета пустых ячеек. Мин - используется для того, чтобы проанализировать выбранный диапазон ячеек и найти наименьшее число. Макс - используется для того, чтобы проанализировать выбранный диапазон ячеек и найти наибольшее число. Сумма - используется для того, чтобы сложить все числа в выбранном диапазоне без учета пустых или содержащих текст ячеек. Результаты этих расчетов отображаются в правом нижнем углу строки состояния. Для выполнения любых других расчетов можно ввести нужную формулу вручную, используя общепринятые математические операторы, или вставить заранее определенную формулу - Функцию. Возможности работы с Функциями доступны как на вкладке Главная, так и на вкладке Формула. На вкладке Главная, вы можете использовать кнопку Вставить функцию чтобы добавить одну из часто используемых функций (СУММ, МИН, МАКС, СЧЁТ) или открыть окно Вставить функцию, содержащее все доступные функции, распределенные по категориям. На вкладке Формула можно использовать следующие кнопки: Функция - чтобы открыть окно Вставить функцию, содержащее все доступные функции, распределенные по категориям. Автосумма - чтобы быстро получить доступ к функциям СУММ, МИН, МАКС, СЧЁТ. При выборе функции из этой группы она автоматически выполняет вычисления для всех ячеек в столбце, расположенных выше выделенной ячейки, поэтому вам не потребуется вводить аргументы. Последние использованные - чтобы быстро получить доступ к 10 последним использованным функциям. Финансовые, Логические, Текст и данные, Дата и время, Поиск и ссылки, Математические - чтобы быстро получить доступ к функциям, относящимся к определенной категории. Другие функции - чтобы получить доступ к функциям из следующих групп: Базы данных, Инженерные, Информационные и Статистические. Пересчет - чтобы принудительно выполнить пересчет функций. Для вставки функции: выделите ячейку, в которую требуется вставить функцию, действуйте одним из следующих способов: перейдите на вкладку Формула и используйте кнопки на верхней панели инструментов, чтобы получить доступ к функциям из определенной группы, или выберите в меню опцию Дополнительно, чтобы открыть окно Вставить функцию. перейдите на вкладку Главная, щелкните по значку Вставить функцию , выберите одну из часто используемых функций (СУММ, МИН, МАКС, СЧЁТ) или выберите опцию Дополнительно. щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной ячейке и выберите в контекстном меню команду Вставить функцию. щелкните по значку перед строкой формул. в открывшемся окне Вставить функцию выберите нужную группу функций, а затем выберите из списка требуемую функцию и нажмите OK. введите аргументы функции или вручную, или выделив мышью диапазон ячеек, который надо добавить в качестве аргумента. Если функция требует несколько аргументов, их надо вводить через точку с запятой. Примечание: в общих случаях, в качестве аргументов функций можно использовать числовые значения, логические значения (ИСТИНА, ЛОЖЬ), текстовые значения (они должны быть заключены в кавычки), ссылки на ячейки, ссылки на диапазоны ячеек, имена, присвоенные диапазонам, и другие функции. Нажмите клавишу Enter. Чтобы ввести функцию вручную с помощью клавиатуры, выделите ячейку, введите знак \"равно\" (=) Каждая формула должна начинаться со знака \"равно\" (=) введите имя функции Как только вы введете начальные буквы, появится список Автозавершения формул. По мере ввода в нем отображаются элементы (формулы и имена), которые соответствуют введенным символам. При наведении курсора на формулу отображается всплывающая подсказка с ее описанием. Можно выбрать нужную формулу из списка и вставить ее, щелкнув по ней или нажав клавишу Tab. введите аргументы функции Аргументы должны быть заключены в круглые скобки. При выборе функции из списка открывающая скобка '(' добавляется автоматически. При вводе аргументов также отображается всплывающая подсказка с синтаксисом формулы. когда все аргументы будут указаны, добавьте закрывающую скобку ')' и нажмите клавишу Enter. При вводе новых данных или изменении значений, используемых в качестве аргументов, пересчет функций по умолчанию выполняется автоматически. Вы можете принудительно выполнить пересчет функций с помощью кнопки Пересчет на вкладке Формула. Нажатие на саму кнопку Пересчет позволяет выполнить пересчет всей рабочей книги, также можно нажать на стрелку под этой кнопкой и выбрать в меню нужный вариант: Пересчет книги или Пересчет рабочего листа. Также можно использовать следующие сочетания клавиш: F9 для пересчета рабочей книги, Shift +F9 для пересчета текущего рабочего листа. Ниже приводится список доступных функций, сгруппированных по категориям: Примечание: если вы хотите изменить язык, который используется для имен функций, перейдите в меню Файл -> Дополнительные параметры, выберите нужный язык из списка Язык формул и нажмите кнопку Применить. Категория функций Описание Функции Функции для работы с текстом и данными Используются для корректного отображения текстовых данных в электронной таблице. ASC; СИМВОЛ; ПЕЧСИМВ; КОДСИМВ; СЦЕПИТЬ; СЦЕП; РУБЛЬ; СОВПАД; НАЙТИ; НАЙТИБ; ФИКСИРОВАННЫЙ; ЛЕВСИМВ; ЛЕВБ; ДЛСТР; ДЛИНБ; СТРОЧН; ПСТР; ПСТРБ; ЧЗНАЧ; ПРОПНАЧ; ЗАМЕНИТЬ; ЗАМЕНИТЬБ; ПОВТОР; ПРАВСИМВ; ПРАВБ; ПОИСК; ПОИСКБ; ПОДСТАВИТЬ; T; ТЕКСТ; ОБЪЕДИНИТЬ; СЖПРОБЕЛЫ; ЮНИСИМВ; UNICODE; ПРОПИСН; ЗНАЧЕН; Статистические функции Используются для анализа данных: нахождения среднего значения, наибольшего или наименьшего значения в диапазоне ячеек. СРОТКЛ; СРЗНАЧ; СРЗНАЧА; СРЗНАЧЕСЛИ; СРЗНАЧЕСЛИМН; БЕТАРАСП; БЕТА.РАСП; БЕТА.ОБР; БЕТАОБР; БИНОМРАСП; БИНОМ.РАСП; БИНОМ.РАСП.ДИАП; БИНОМ.ОБР; ХИ2РАСП; ХИ2ОБР; ХИ2.РАСП; ХИ2.РАСП.ПХ; ХИ2.ОБР; ХИ2.ОБР.ПХ; ХИ2ТЕСТ; ХИ2.ТЕСТ; ДОВЕРИТ; ДОВЕРИТ.НОРМ; ДОВЕРИТ.СТЬЮДЕНТ; КОРРЕЛ; СЧЁТ; СЧЁТЗ; СЧИТАТЬПУСТОТЫ; СЧЁТЕСЛИ; СЧЁТЕСЛИМН; КОВАР; КОВАРИАЦИЯ.Г; КОВАРИАЦИЯ.В; КРИТБИНОМ; КВАДРОТКЛ; ЭКСП.РАСП; ЭКСПРАСП; F.РАСП; FРАСП; F.РАСП.ПХ; F.ОБР; FРАСПОБР; F.ОБР.ПХ; ФИШЕР; ФИШЕРОБР; ПРЕДСКАЗ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ЕTS.ДОВИНТЕРВАЛ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS.СЕЗОННОСТЬ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS.СТАТ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ЛИНЕЙН; ЧАСТОТА; ФТЕСТ; F.ТЕСТ; ГАММА; ГАММА.РАСП; ГАММАРАСП; ГАММА.ОБР; ГАММАОБР; ГАММАНЛОГ; ГАММАНЛОГ.ТОЧН; ГАУСС; СРГЕОМ; СРГАРМ; ГИПЕРГЕОМЕТ; ГИПЕРГЕОМ.РАСП; ОТРЕЗОК; ЭКСЦЕСС; НАИБОЛЬШИЙ; ЛОГНОРМОБР; ЛОГНОРМ.РАСП; ЛОГНОРМ.ОБР; ЛОГНОРМРАСП; МАКС; МАКСА; МАКСЕСЛИ; МЕДИАНА; МИН; МИНА; МИНЕСЛИ; МОДА; МОДА.НСК; МОДА.ОДН; ОТРБИНОМРАСП; ОТРБИНОМ.РАСП; НОРМРАСП; НОРМ.РАСП; НОРМОБР; НОРМ.ОБР; НОРМСТРАСП; НОРМ.СТ.РАСП; НОРМСТОБР; НОРМ.СТ.ОБР; ПИРСОН; ПЕРСЕНТИЛЬ; ПРОЦЕНТИЛЬ.ИСКЛ; ПРОЦЕНТИЛЬ.ВКЛ; ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ; ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ.ИСКЛ; ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ.ВКЛ; ПЕРЕСТ; ПЕРЕСТА; ФИ; ПУАССОН; ПУАССОН.РАСП; ВЕРОЯТНОСТЬ; КВАРТИЛЬ; КВАРТИЛЬ.ИСКЛ; КВАРТИЛЬ.ВКЛ; РАНГ; РАНГ.СР; РАНГ.РВ; КВПИРСОН; СКОС; СКОС.Г; НАКЛОН; НАИМЕНЬШИЙ; НОРМАЛИЗАЦИЯ; СТАНДОТКЛОН; СТАНДОТКЛОН.В; СТАНДОТКЛОНА; СТАНДОТКЛОНП; СТАНДОТКЛОН.Г; СТАНДОТКЛОНПА; СТОШYX; СТЬЮДРАСП; СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП; СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП.2Х; СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП.ПХ; СТЬЮДЕНТ.ОБР; СТЬЮДЕНТ.ОБР.2Х; СТЬЮДРАСПОБР; УРЕЗСРЕДНЕЕ; ТТЕСТ; СТЬЮДЕНТ.ТЕСТ; ДИСП; ДИСПА; ДИСПР; ДИСП.Г; ДИСП.В; ДИСПРА; ВЕЙБУЛЛ; ВЕЙБУЛЛ.РАСП; ZТЕСТ; Z.ТЕСТ Математические функции Используются для выполнения базовых математических и тригонометрических операций, таких как сложение, умножение, деление, округление и т.д. ABS; ACOS; ACOSH; ACOT; ACOTH; АГРЕГАТ; АРАБСКОЕ; ASIN; ASINH; ATAN; ATAN2; ATANH; ОСНОВАНИЕ; ОКРВВЕРХ; ОКРВВЕРХ.МАТ; ОКРВВЕРХ.ТОЧН; ЧИСЛКОМБ; ЧИСЛКОМБА; COS; COSH; COT; COTH; CSC; CSCH; ДЕС; ГРАДУСЫ; ECMA.ОКРВВЕРХ; ЧЁТН; EXP; ФАКТР; ДВФАКТР; ОКРВНИЗ; ОКРВНИЗ.ТОЧН; ОКРВНИЗ.МАТ; НОД; ЦЕЛОЕ; ISO.ОКРВВЕРХ; НОК; LN; LOG; LOG10; МОПРЕД; МОБР; МУМНОЖ; ОСТАТ; ОКРУГЛТ; МУЛЬТИНОМ; НЕЧЁТ; ПИ; СТЕПЕНЬ; ПРОИЗВЕД; ЧАСТНОЕ; РАДИАНЫ; СЛЧИС; СЛУЧМЕЖДУ; РИМСКОЕ; ОКРУГЛ; ОКРУГЛВНИЗ; ОКРУГЛВВЕРХ; SEC; SECH; РЯД.СУММ; ЗНАК; SIN; SINH; КОРЕНЬ; КОРЕНЬПИ; ПРОМЕЖУТОЧНЫЕ.ИТОГИ; СУММ; СУММЕСЛИ; СУММЕСЛИМН; СУММПРОИЗВ; СУММКВ; СУММРАЗНКВ; СУММСУММКВ; СУММКВРАЗН; TAN; TANH; ОТБР; Функции даты и времени Используются для корректного отображения даты и времени в электронной таблице. ДАТА; РАЗНДАТ; ДАТАЗНАЧ; ДЕНЬ; ДНИ; ДНЕЙ360; ДАТАМЕС; КОНМЕСЯЦА; ЧАС; НОМНЕДЕЛИ.ISO; МИНУТЫ; МЕСЯЦ; ЧИСТРАБДНИ; ЧИСТРАБДНИ.МЕЖД; ТДАТА; СЕКУНДЫ; ВРЕМЯ; ВРЕМЗНАЧ; СЕГОДНЯ; ДЕНЬНЕД; НОМНЕДЕЛИ; РАБДЕНЬ; РАБДЕНЬ.МЕЖД; ГОД; ДОЛЯГОДА Инженерные функции Используются для выполнения инженерных расчетов: преобразования чисел из одной системы счисления в другую, работы с комплексными числами и т.д. БЕССЕЛЬ.I; БЕССЕЛЬ.J; БЕССЕЛЬ.K; БЕССЕЛЬ.Y; ДВ.В.ДЕС; ДВ.В.ШЕСТН; ДВ.В.ВОСЬМ; БИТ.И; БИТ.СДВИГЛ; БИТ.ИЛИ; БИТ.СДВИГП; БИТ.ИСКЛИЛИ; КОМПЛЕКСН; ПРЕОБР; ДЕС.В.ДВ; ДЕС.В.ШЕСТН; ДЕС.В.ВОСЬМ; ДЕЛЬТА; ФОШ; ФОШ.ТОЧН; ДФОШ; ДФОШ.ТОЧН; ПОРОГ; ШЕСТН.В.ДВ; ШЕСТН.В.ДЕС; ШЕСТН.В.ВОСЬМ; МНИМ.ABS; МНИМ.ЧАСТЬ; МНИМ.АРГУМЕНТ; МНИМ.СОПРЯЖ; МНИМ.COS; МНИМ.COSH; МНИМ.COT; МНИМ.CSC; МНИМ.CSCH; МНИМ.ДЕЛ; МНИМ.EXP; МНИМ.LN; МНИМ.LOG10; МНИМ.LOG2; МНИМ.СТЕПЕНЬ; МНИМ.ПРОИЗВЕД; МНИМ.ВЕЩ; МНИМ.SEC; МНИМ.SECH; МНИМ.SIN; МНИМ.SINH; МНИМ.КОРЕНЬ; МНИМ.РАЗН; МНИМ.СУММ; МНИМ.TAN; ВОСЬМ.В.ДВ; ВОСЬМ.В.ДЕС; ВОСЬМ.В.ШЕСТН Функции для работы с базами данных Используются для выполнения вычислений по значениям определенного поля базы данных, соответствующих заданным критериям. ДСРЗНАЧ; БСЧЁТ; БСЧЁТА; БИЗВЛЕЧЬ; ДМАКС; ДМИН; БДПРОИЗВЕД; ДСТАНДОТКЛ; ДСТАНДОТКЛП; БДСУММ; БДДИСП; БДДИСПП Финансовые функции Используются для выполнения финансовых расчетов: вычисления чистой приведенной стоимости, суммы платежа и т.д. НАКОПДОХОД; НАКОПДОХОДПОГАШ; АМОРУМ; АМОРУВ; ДНЕЙКУПОНДО; ДНЕЙКУПОН; ДНЕЙКУПОНПОСЛЕ; ДАТАКУПОНПОСЛЕ; ЧИСЛКУПОН; ДАТАКУПОНДО; ОБЩПЛАТ; ОБЩДОХОД; ФУО; ДДОБ; СКИДКА; РУБЛЬ.ДЕС; РУБЛЬ.ДРОБЬ; ДЛИТ; ЭФФЕКТ; БС; БЗРАСПИС; ИНОРМА; ПРПЛТ; ВСД; ПРОЦПЛАТ; МДЛИТ; МВСД; НОМИНАЛ; КПЕР; ЧПС; ЦЕНАПЕРВНЕРЕГ; ДОХОДПЕРВНЕРЕГ; ЦЕНАПОСЛНЕРЕГ; ДОХОДПОСЛНЕРЕГ; ПДЛИТ; ПЛТ; ОСПЛТ; ЦЕНА; ЦЕНАСКИДКА; ЦЕНАПОГАШ; ПС; СТАВКА; ПОЛУЧЕНО; ЭКВ.СТАВКА; АПЛ; АСЧ; РАВНОКЧЕК; ЦЕНАКЧЕК; ДОХОДКЧЕК; ПУО; ЧИСТВНДОХ; ЧИСТНЗ; ДОХОД; ДОХОДСКИДКА; ДОХОДПОГАШ Поисковые функции Используются для упрощения поиска информации по списку данных. АДРЕС; ВЫБОР; СТОЛБЕЦ; ЧИСЛСТОЛБ; Ф.ТЕКСТ; ГПР; ГИПЕРССЫЛКА; ИНДЕКС; ДВССЫЛ; ПРОСМОТР; ПОИСКПОЗ; СМЕЩ; СТРОКА; ЧСТРОК; ТРАНСП; ВПР Информационные функции Используются для предоставления информации о данных в выделенной ячейке или диапазоне ячеек. ТИП.ОШИБКИ; ЕПУСТО; ЕОШ; ЕОШИБКА; ЕЧЁТН; ЕФОРМУЛА; ЕЛОГИЧ; ЕНД; ЕНЕТЕКСТ; ЕЧИСЛО; ЕНЕЧЁТ; ЕССЫЛКА; ЕТЕКСТ; Ч; НД; ЛИСТ; ЛИСТЫ; ТИП Логические функции Используются для выполнения проверки, является ли условие истинным или ложным. И; ЛОЖЬ; ЕСЛИ; ЕСЛИОШИБКА; ЕСНД; ЕСЛИМН; НЕ; ИЛИ; ПЕРЕКЛЮЧ; ИСТИНА; ИСКЛИЛИ" + "body": "Важная причина использования электронных таблиц - это возможность выполнять основные расчеты. Некоторые из них выполняются автоматически при выделении диапазона ячеек на рабочем листе: Среднее - используется для того, чтобы проанализировать выбранный диапазон ячеек и рассчитать среднее значение. Количество - используется для того, чтобы подсчитать количество выбранных ячеек, содержащих значения, без учета пустых ячеек. Мин - используется для того, чтобы проанализировать выбранный диапазон ячеек и найти наименьшее число. Макс - используется для того, чтобы проанализировать выбранный диапазон ячеек и найти наибольшее число. Сумма - используется для того, чтобы сложить все числа в выбранном диапазоне без учета пустых или содержащих текст ячеек. Результаты этих расчетов отображаются в правом нижнем углу строки состояния. Вы можете управлять строкой состояния, щелкнув по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выбрав только те функции, которые требуется отображать. Для выполнения любых других расчетов можно ввести нужную формулу вручную, используя общепринятые математические операторы, или вставить заранее определенную формулу - Функцию. Возможности работы с Функциями доступны как на вкладке Главная, так и на вкладке Формула. Также можно использовать сочетание клавиш Shift+F3. На вкладке Главная, вы можете использовать кнопку Вставить функцию чтобы добавить одну из часто используемых функций (СУММ, СРЗНАЧ, МИН, МАКС, СЧЁТ) или открыть окно Вставить функцию, содержащее все доступные функции, распределенные по категориям. Используйте поле поиска, чтобы найти нужную функцию по имени. На вкладке Формула можно использовать следующие кнопки: Функция - чтобы открыть окно Вставить функцию, содержащее все доступные функции, распределенные по категориям. Автосумма - чтобы быстро получить доступ к функциям СУММ, МИН, МАКС, СЧЁТ. При выборе функции из этой группы она автоматически выполняет вычисления для всех ячеек в столбце, расположенных выше выделенной ячейки, поэтому вам не потребуется вводить аргументы. Последние использованные - чтобы быстро получить доступ к 10 последним использованным функциям. Финансовые, Логические, Текст и данные, Дата и время, Поиск и ссылки, Математические - чтобы быстро получить доступ к функциям, относящимся к определенной категории. Другие функции - чтобы получить доступ к функциям из следующих групп: Базы данных, Инженерные, Информационные и Статистические. Именованные диапазоны - чтобы открыть Диспетчер имен, или присвоить новое имя, или вставить имя в качестве аргумента функции. Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к этой странице. Пересчет - чтобы принудительно выполнить пересчет функций. Для вставки функции: Выделите ячейку, в которую требуется вставить функцию. Действуйте одним из следующих способов: перейдите на вкладку Формула и используйте кнопки на верхней панели инструментов, чтобы получить доступ к функциям из определенной группы, затем щелкните по нужной функции, чтобы открыть окно Аргументы функции. Также можно выбрать в меню опцию Дополнительно или нажать кнопку Функция на верхней панели инструментов, чтобы открыть окно Вставить функцию. перейдите на вкладку Главная, щелкните по значку Вставить функцию , выберите одну из часто используемых функций (СУММ, СРЗНАЧ, МИН, МАКС, СЧЁТ) или выберите опцию Дополнительно, чтобы открыть окно Вставить функцию. щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенной ячейке и выберите в контекстном меню команду Вставить функцию. щелкните по значку перед строкой формул. В открывшемся окне Вставить функцию введите имя функции в поле поиска или выберите нужную группу функций, а затем выберите из списка требуемую функцию и нажмите OK. Когда вы выберете нужную функцию, откроется окно Аргументы функции: В открывшемся окне Аргументы функции введите нужные значения для каждого аргумента. Аргументы функции можно вводить вручную или нажав на кнопку и выбрав ячейку или диапазон ячеек, который надо добавить в качестве аргумента. Примечание: в общих случаях, в качестве аргументов функций можно использовать числовые значения, логические значения (ИСТИНА, ЛОЖЬ), текстовые значения (они должны быть заключены в кавычки), ссылки на ячейки, ссылки на диапазоны ячеек, имена, присвоенные диапазонам, и другие функции. Результат функции будет отображен ниже. Когда все аргументы будут указаны, нажмите кнопку OK в окне Аргументы функции. Чтобы ввести функцию вручную с помощью клавиатуры, Выделите ячейку. Введите знак \"равно\" (=). Каждая формула должна начинаться со знака \"равно\" (=). Введите имя функции. Как только вы введете начальные буквы, появится список Автозавершения формул. По мере ввода в нем отображаются элементы (формулы и имена), которые соответствуют введенным символам. При наведении курсора на формулу отображается всплывающая подсказка с ее описанием. Можно выбрать нужную формулу из списка и вставить ее, щелкнув по ней или нажав клавишу Tab. Введите аргументы функции или вручную, или выделив мышью диапазон ячеек, который надо добавить в качестве аргумента. Если функция требует несколько аргументов, их надо вводить через точку с запятой. Аргументы должны быть заключены в круглые скобки. При выборе функции из списка открывающая скобка '(' добавляется автоматически. При вводе аргументов также отображается всплывающая подсказка с синтаксисом формулы. Когда все аргументы будут указаны, добавьте закрывающую скобку ')' и нажмите клавишу Enter. При вводе новых данных или изменении значений, используемых в качестве аргументов, пересчет функций по умолчанию выполняется автоматически. Вы можете принудительно выполнить пересчет функций с помощью кнопки Пересчет на вкладке Формула. Нажатие на саму кнопку Пересчет позволяет выполнить пересчет всей рабочей книги, также можно нажать на стрелку под этой кнопкой и выбрать в меню нужный вариант: Пересчет книги или Пересчет рабочего листа. Также можно использовать следующие сочетания клавиш: F9 для пересчета рабочей книги, Shift +F9 для пересчета текущего рабочего листа. Ниже приводится список доступных функций, сгруппированных по категориям: Примечание: если вы хотите изменить язык, который используется для имен функций, перейдите в меню Файл -> Дополнительные параметры, выберите нужный язык из списка Язык формул и нажмите кнопку Применить. Категория функций Описание Функции Функции для работы с текстом и данными Используются для корректного отображения текстовых данных в электронной таблице. ASC; СИМВОЛ; ПЕЧСИМВ; КОДСИМВ; СЦЕПИТЬ; СЦЕП; РУБЛЬ; СОВПАД; НАЙТИ; НАЙТИБ; ФИКСИРОВАННЫЙ; ЛЕВСИМВ; ЛЕВБ; ДЛСТР; ДЛИНБ; СТРОЧН; ПСТР; ПСТРБ; ЧЗНАЧ; ПРОПНАЧ; ЗАМЕНИТЬ; ЗАМЕНИТЬБ; ПОВТОР; ПРАВСИМВ; ПРАВБ; ПОИСК; ПОИСКБ; ПОДСТАВИТЬ; T; ТЕКСТ; ОБЪЕДИНИТЬ; СЖПРОБЕЛЫ; ЮНИСИМВ; UNICODE; ПРОПИСН; ЗНАЧЕН; Статистические функции Используются для анализа данных: нахождения среднего значения, наибольшего или наименьшего значения в диапазоне ячеек. СРОТКЛ; СРЗНАЧ; СРЗНАЧА; СРЗНАЧЕСЛИ; СРЗНАЧЕСЛИМН; БЕТАРАСП; БЕТА.РАСП; БЕТА.ОБР; БЕТАОБР; БИНОМРАСП; БИНОМ.РАСП; БИНОМ.РАСП.ДИАП; БИНОМ.ОБР; ХИ2РАСП; ХИ2ОБР; ХИ2.РАСП; ХИ2.РАСП.ПХ; ХИ2.ОБР; ХИ2.ОБР.ПХ; ХИ2ТЕСТ; ХИ2.ТЕСТ; ДОВЕРИТ; ДОВЕРИТ.НОРМ; ДОВЕРИТ.СТЬЮДЕНТ; КОРРЕЛ; СЧЁТ; СЧЁТЗ; СЧИТАТЬПУСТОТЫ; СЧЁТЕСЛИ; СЧЁТЕСЛИМН; КОВАР; КОВАРИАЦИЯ.Г; КОВАРИАЦИЯ.В; КРИТБИНОМ; КВАДРОТКЛ; ЭКСП.РАСП; ЭКСПРАСП; F.РАСП; FРАСП; F.РАСП.ПХ; F.ОБР; FРАСПОБР; F.ОБР.ПХ; ФИШЕР; ФИШЕРОБР; ПРЕДСКАЗ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ЕTS.ДОВИНТЕРВАЛ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS.СЕЗОННОСТЬ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS.СТАТ; ПРЕДСКАЗ.ЛИНЕЙН; ЧАСТОТА; ФТЕСТ; F.ТЕСТ; ГАММА; ГАММА.РАСП; ГАММАРАСП; ГАММА.ОБР; ГАММАОБР; ГАММАНЛОГ; ГАММАНЛОГ.ТОЧН; ГАУСС; СРГЕОМ; СРГАРМ; ГИПЕРГЕОМЕТ; ГИПЕРГЕОМ.РАСП; ОТРЕЗОК; ЭКСЦЕСС; НАИБОЛЬШИЙ; ЛИНЕЙН; ЛОГНОРМОБР; ЛОГНОРМ.РАСП; ЛОГНОРМ.ОБР; ЛОГНОРМРАСП; МАКС; МАКСА; МАКСЕСЛИ; МЕДИАНА; МИН; МИНА; МИНЕСЛИ; МОДА; МОДА.НСК; МОДА.ОДН; ОТРБИНОМРАСП; ОТРБИНОМ.РАСП; НОРМРАСП; НОРМ.РАСП; НОРМОБР; НОРМ.ОБР; НОРМСТРАСП; НОРМ.СТ.РАСП; НОРМСТОБР; НОРМ.СТ.ОБР; ПИРСОН; ПЕРСЕНТИЛЬ; ПРОЦЕНТИЛЬ.ИСКЛ; ПРОЦЕНТИЛЬ.ВКЛ; ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ; ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ.ИСКЛ; ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ.ВКЛ; ПЕРЕСТ; ПЕРЕСТА; ФИ; ПУАССОН; ПУАССОН.РАСП; ВЕРОЯТНОСТЬ; КВАРТИЛЬ; КВАРТИЛЬ.ИСКЛ; КВАРТИЛЬ.ВКЛ; РАНГ; РАНГ.СР; РАНГ.РВ; КВПИРСОН; СКОС; СКОС.Г; НАКЛОН; НАИМЕНЬШИЙ; НОРМАЛИЗАЦИЯ; СТАНДОТКЛОН; СТАНДОТКЛОН.В; СТАНДОТКЛОНА; СТАНДОТКЛОНП; СТАНДОТКЛОН.Г; СТАНДОТКЛОНПА; СТОШYX; СТЬЮДРАСП; СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП; СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП.2Х; СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП.ПХ; СТЬЮДЕНТ.ОБР; СТЬЮДЕНТ.ОБР.2Х; СТЬЮДРАСПОБР; УРЕЗСРЕДНЕЕ; ТТЕСТ; СТЬЮДЕНТ.ТЕСТ; ДИСП; ДИСПА; ДИСПР; ДИСП.Г; ДИСП.В; ДИСПРА; ВЕЙБУЛЛ; ВЕЙБУЛЛ.РАСП; ZТЕСТ; Z.ТЕСТ Математические функции Используются для выполнения базовых математических и тригонометрических операций, таких как сложение, умножение, деление, округление и т.д. ABS; ACOS; ACOSH; ACOT; ACOTH; АГРЕГАТ; АРАБСКОЕ; ASIN; ASINH; ATAN; ATAN2; ATANH; ОСНОВАНИЕ; ОКРВВЕРХ; ОКРВВЕРХ.МАТ; ОКРВВЕРХ.ТОЧН; ЧИСЛКОМБ; ЧИСЛКОМБА; COS; COSH; COT; COTH; CSC; CSCH; ДЕС; ГРАДУСЫ; ECMA.ОКРВВЕРХ; ЧЁТН; EXP; ФАКТР; ДВФАКТР; ОКРВНИЗ; ОКРВНИЗ.ТОЧН; ОКРВНИЗ.МАТ; НОД; ЦЕЛОЕ; ISO.ОКРВВЕРХ; НОК; LN; LOG; LOG10; МОПРЕД; МОБР; МУМНОЖ; ОСТАТ; ОКРУГЛТ; МУЛЬТИНОМ; НЕЧЁТ; ПИ; СТЕПЕНЬ; ПРОИЗВЕД; ЧАСТНОЕ; РАДИАНЫ; СЛЧИС; СЛУЧМЕЖДУ; РИМСКОЕ; ОКРУГЛ; ОКРУГЛВНИЗ; ОКРУГЛВВЕРХ; SEC; SECH; РЯД.СУММ; ЗНАК; SIN; SINH; КОРЕНЬ; КОРЕНЬПИ; ПРОМЕЖУТОЧНЫЕ.ИТОГИ; СУММ; СУММЕСЛИ; СУММЕСЛИМН; СУММПРОИЗВ; СУММКВ; СУММРАЗНКВ; СУММСУММКВ; СУММКВРАЗН; TAN; TANH; ОТБР; Функции даты и времени Используются для корректного отображения даты и времени в электронной таблице. ДАТА; РАЗНДАТ; ДАТАЗНАЧ; ДЕНЬ; ДНИ; ДНЕЙ360; ДАТАМЕС; КОНМЕСЯЦА; ЧАС; НОМНЕДЕЛИ.ISO; МИНУТЫ; МЕСЯЦ; ЧИСТРАБДНИ; ЧИСТРАБДНИ.МЕЖД; ТДАТА; СЕКУНДЫ; ВРЕМЯ; ВРЕМЗНАЧ; СЕГОДНЯ; ДЕНЬНЕД; НОМНЕДЕЛИ; РАБДЕНЬ; РАБДЕНЬ.МЕЖД; ГОД; ДОЛЯГОДА Инженерные функции Используются для выполнения инженерных расчетов: преобразования чисел из одной системы счисления в другую, работы с комплексными числами и т.д. БЕССЕЛЬ.I; БЕССЕЛЬ.J; БЕССЕЛЬ.K; БЕССЕЛЬ.Y; ДВ.В.ДЕС; ДВ.В.ШЕСТН; ДВ.В.ВОСЬМ; БИТ.И; БИТ.СДВИГЛ; БИТ.ИЛИ; БИТ.СДВИГП; БИТ.ИСКЛИЛИ; КОМПЛЕКСН; ПРЕОБР; ДЕС.В.ДВ; ДЕС.В.ШЕСТН; ДЕС.В.ВОСЬМ; ДЕЛЬТА; ФОШ; ФОШ.ТОЧН; ДФОШ; ДФОШ.ТОЧН; ПОРОГ; ШЕСТН.В.ДВ; ШЕСТН.В.ДЕС; ШЕСТН.В.ВОСЬМ; МНИМ.ABS; МНИМ.ЧАСТЬ; МНИМ.АРГУМЕНТ; МНИМ.СОПРЯЖ; МНИМ.COS; МНИМ.COSH; МНИМ.COT; МНИМ.CSC; МНИМ.CSCH; МНИМ.ДЕЛ; МНИМ.EXP; МНИМ.LN; МНИМ.LOG10; МНИМ.LOG2; МНИМ.СТЕПЕНЬ; МНИМ.ПРОИЗВЕД; МНИМ.ВЕЩ; МНИМ.SEC; МНИМ.SECH; МНИМ.SIN; МНИМ.SINH; МНИМ.КОРЕНЬ; МНИМ.РАЗН; МНИМ.СУММ; МНИМ.TAN; ВОСЬМ.В.ДВ; ВОСЬМ.В.ДЕС; ВОСЬМ.В.ШЕСТН Функции для работы с базами данных Используются для выполнения вычислений по значениям определенного поля базы данных, соответствующих заданным критериям. ДСРЗНАЧ; БСЧЁТ; БСЧЁТА; БИЗВЛЕЧЬ; ДМАКС; ДМИН; БДПРОИЗВЕД; ДСТАНДОТКЛ; ДСТАНДОТКЛП; БДСУММ; БДДИСП; БДДИСПП Финансовые функции Используются для выполнения финансовых расчетов: вычисления чистой приведенной стоимости, суммы платежа и т.д. НАКОПДОХОД; НАКОПДОХОДПОГАШ; АМОРУМ; АМОРУВ; ДНЕЙКУПОНДО; ДНЕЙКУПОН; ДНЕЙКУПОНПОСЛЕ; ДАТАКУПОНПОСЛЕ; ЧИСЛКУПОН; ДАТАКУПОНДО; ОБЩПЛАТ; ОБЩДОХОД; ФУО; ДДОБ; СКИДКА; РУБЛЬ.ДЕС; РУБЛЬ.ДРОБЬ; ДЛИТ; ЭФФЕКТ; БС; БЗРАСПИС; ИНОРМА; ПРПЛТ; ВСД; ПРОЦПЛАТ; МДЛИТ; МВСД; НОМИНАЛ; КПЕР; ЧПС; ЦЕНАПЕРВНЕРЕГ; ДОХОДПЕРВНЕРЕГ; ЦЕНАПОСЛНЕРЕГ; ДОХОДПОСЛНЕРЕГ; ПДЛИТ; ПЛТ; ОСПЛТ; ЦЕНА; ЦЕНАСКИДКА; ЦЕНАПОГАШ; ПС; СТАВКА; ПОЛУЧЕНО; ЭКВ.СТАВКА; АПЛ; АСЧ; РАВНОКЧЕК; ЦЕНАКЧЕК; ДОХОДКЧЕК; ПУО; ЧИСТВНДОХ; ЧИСТНЗ; ДОХОД; ДОХОДСКИДКА; ДОХОДПОГАШ Поисковые функции Используются для упрощения поиска информации по списку данных. АДРЕС; ВЫБОР; СТОЛБЕЦ; ЧИСЛСТОЛБ; Ф.ТЕКСТ; ГПР; ГИПЕРССЫЛКА; ИНДЕКС; ДВССЫЛ; ПРОСМОТР; ПОИСКПОЗ; СМЕЩ; СТРОКА; ЧСТРОК; ТРАНСП; ВПР Информационные функции Используются для предоставления информации о данных в выделенной ячейке или диапазоне ячеек. ЯЧЕЙКА; ТИП.ОШИБКИ; ЕПУСТО; ЕОШ; ЕОШИБКА; ЕЧЁТН; ЕФОРМУЛА; ЕЛОГИЧ; ЕНД; ЕНЕТЕКСТ; ЕЧИСЛО; ЕНЕЧЁТ; ЕССЫЛКА; ЕТЕКСТ; Ч; НД; ЛИСТ; ЛИСТЫ; ТИП Логические функции Используются для выполнения проверки, является ли условие истинным или ложным. И; ЛОЖЬ; ЕСЛИ; ЕСЛИОШИБКА; ЕСНД; ЕСЛИМН; НЕ; ИЛИ; ПЕРЕКЛЮЧ; ИСТИНА; ИСКЛИЛИ" }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", @@ -2418,17 +2443,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Вставка изображений", - "body": "В онлайн-редакторе электронных таблиц можно вставлять в электронную таблицу изображения самых популярных форматов. Поддерживаются следующие форматы изображений: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Вставка изображения Для вставки изображения в электронную таблицу: установите курсор там, где требуется поместить изображение, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Изображение на верхней панели инструментов, для загрузки изображения выберите одну из следующих опций: при выборе опции Изображение из файла откроется стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора файлов. Выберите нужный файл на жестком диске компьютера и нажмите кнопку Открыть при выборе опции Изображение по URL откроется окно, в котором можно ввести веб-адрес нужного изображения, а затем нажать кнопку OK при выборе опции Изображение из хранилища откроется окно Выбрать источник данных. Выберите изображение, сохраненное на вашем портале, и нажмите кнопку OK После этого изображение будет добавлено на рабочий лист. Изменение параметров изображения После того как изображение будет добавлено, можно изменить его размер и положение. Для того, чтобы задать точные размеры изображения: выделите мышью изображение, размер которого требуется изменить, щелкните по значку Параметры изображения на правой боковой панели, в разделе Размер задайте нужные значения Ширины и Высоты. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон изображения. Чтобы восстановить реальный размер добавленного изображения, нажмите кнопку Реальный размер. Для того, чтобы обрезать изображение: Кнопка Обрезать используется, чтобы обрезать изображение. Нажмите кнопку Обрезать, чтобы активировать маркеры обрезки, которые появятся в углах изображения и в центре каждой его стороны. Вручную перетаскивайте маркеры, чтобы задать область обрезки. Вы можете навести курсор мыши на границу области обрезки, чтобы курсор превратился в значок , и перетащить область обрезки. Чтобы обрезать одну сторону, перетащите маркер, расположенный в центре этой стороны. Чтобы одновременно обрезать две смежных стороны, перетащите один из угловых маркеров. Чтобы равномерно обрезать две противоположные стороны изображения, удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании маркера в центре одной из этих сторон. Чтобы равномерно обрезать все стороны изображения, удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании любого углового маркера. Когда область обрезки будет задана, еще раз нажмите на кнопку Обрезать, или нажмите на клавишу Esc, или щелкните мышью за пределами области обрезки, чтобы применить изменения. После того, как область обрезки будет задана, также можно использовать опции Заливка и Вписать, доступные в выпадающем меню Обрезать. Нажмите кнопку Обрезать еще раз и выберите нужную опцию: При выборе опции Заливка центральная часть исходного изображения будет сохранена и использована в качестве заливки выбранной области обрезки, в то время как остальные части изображения будут удалены. При выборе опции Вписать размер изображения будет изменен, чтобы оно соответствовало высоте или ширине области обрезки. Никакие части исходного изображения не будут удалены, но внутри выбранной области обрезки могут появится пустые пространства. Для того, чтобы повернуть изображение: выделите мышью изображение, которое требуется повернуть, щелкните по значку Параметры изображения на правой боковой панели, в разделе Поворот нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить изображение по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить изображение по вертикали (сверху вниз) Примечание: вы также можете щелкнуть по изображению правой кнопкой мыши и использовать пункт контекстного меню Поворот. Для замены вставленного изображения: выделите мышью изображение, которое требуется заменить, щелкните по значку Параметры изображения на правой боковой панели, в разделе Заменить изображение нажмите нужную кнопку: Из файла или По URL и выберите требуемое изображение. Примечание: вы также можете щелкнуть по изображению правой кнопкой мыши и использовать пункт контекстного меню Заменить изображение. Выбранное изображение будет заменено. Когда изображение выделено, справа также доступен значок Параметры фигуры . Можно щелкнуть по нему, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и настроить тип, толщину и цвет Обводки фигуры, а также изменить тип фигуры, выбрав другую фигуру в меню Изменить автофигуру. Форма изображения изменится соответствующим образом. На вкладке Параметры фигуры также можно использовать опцию Отображать тень, чтобы добавить тень к изображеню. Изменение дополнительныx параметров изображения Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры изображения, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры изображения. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств изображения: Вкладка Поворот содержит следующие параметры: Угол - используйте эту опцию, чтобы повернуть изображение на точно заданный угол. Введите в поле нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Отражено - отметьте галочкой опцию По горизонтали, чтобы отразить изображение по горизонтали (слева направо), или отметьте галочкой опцию По вертикали, чтобы отразить изображение по вертикали (сверху вниз). Вкладка Привязка к ячейке содержит следующие параметры: Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать изображение к ячейке позади него. Если ячейка перемещается (например, при вставке или удалении нескольких строк/столбцов), изображение будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой. При увеличении или уменьшении ширины или высоты ячейки размер изображения также будет изменяться. Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать изображение к ячейке позади него, не допуская изменения размера изображения. Если ячейка перемещается, изображение будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры изображения останутся неизменными. Не перемещать и не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера изображения при изменении положения или размера ячейки. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит изображение. Чтобы удалить вставленное изображение, щелкните по нему и нажмите клавишу Delete." + "body": "В онлайн-редакторе электронных таблиц можно вставлять в электронную таблицу изображения самых популярных форматов. Поддерживаются следующие форматы изображений: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Вставка изображения Для вставки изображения в электронную таблицу: установите курсор там, где требуется поместить изображение, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Изображение на верхней панели инструментов, для загрузки изображения выберите одну из следующих опций: при выборе опции Изображение из файла откроется стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора файлов. Выберите нужный файл на жестком диске компьютера и нажмите кнопку Открыть при выборе опции Изображение по URL откроется окно, в котором можно ввести веб-адрес нужного изображения, а затем нажать кнопку OK при выборе опции Изображение из хранилища откроется окно Выбрать источник данных. Выберите изображение, сохраненное на вашем портале, и нажмите кнопку OK После этого изображение будет добавлено на рабочий лист. Изменение параметров изображения После того как изображение будет добавлено, можно изменить его размер и положение. Для того, чтобы задать точные размеры изображения: выделите мышью изображение, размер которого требуется изменить, щелкните по значку Параметры изображения на правой боковой панели, в разделе Размер задайте нужные значения Ширины и Высоты. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон изображения. Чтобы восстановить реальный размер добавленного изображения, нажмите кнопку Реальный размер. Для того, чтобы обрезать изображение: Кнопка Обрезать используется, чтобы обрезать изображение. Нажмите кнопку Обрезать, чтобы активировать маркеры обрезки, которые появятся в углах изображения и в центре каждой его стороны. Вручную перетаскивайте маркеры, чтобы задать область обрезки. Вы можете навести курсор мыши на границу области обрезки, чтобы курсор превратился в значок , и перетащить область обрезки. Чтобы обрезать одну сторону, перетащите маркер, расположенный в центре этой стороны. Чтобы одновременно обрезать две смежных стороны, перетащите один из угловых маркеров. Чтобы равномерно обрезать две противоположные стороны изображения, удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании маркера в центре одной из этих сторон. Чтобы равномерно обрезать все стороны изображения, удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании любого углового маркера. Когда область обрезки будет задана, еще раз нажмите на кнопку Обрезать, или нажмите на клавишу Esc, или щелкните мышью за пределами области обрезки, чтобы применить изменения. После того, как область обрезки будет задана, также можно использовать опции Заливка и Вписать, доступные в выпадающем меню Обрезать. Нажмите кнопку Обрезать еще раз и выберите нужную опцию: При выборе опции Заливка центральная часть исходного изображения будет сохранена и использована в качестве заливки выбранной области обрезки, в то время как остальные части изображения будут удалены. При выборе опции Вписать размер изображения будет изменен, чтобы оно соответствовало высоте или ширине области обрезки. Никакие части исходного изображения не будут удалены, но внутри выбранной области обрезки могут появится пустые пространства. Для того, чтобы повернуть изображение: выделите мышью изображение, которое требуется повернуть, щелкните по значку Параметры изображения на правой боковой панели, в разделе Поворот нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть изображение на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить изображение по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить изображение по вертикали (сверху вниз) Примечание: вы также можете щелкнуть по изображению правой кнопкой мыши и использовать пункт контекстного меню Поворот. Для замены вставленного изображения: выделите мышью изображение, которое требуется заменить, щелкните по значку Параметры изображения на правой боковой панели, нажмите кнопку Заменить изображение, выберите нужную опцию: Из файла, Из хранилища или По URL и выберите требуемое изображение. Примечание: вы также можете щелкнуть по изображению правой кнопкой мыши и использовать пункт контекстного меню Заменить изображение. Выбранное изображение будет заменено. Когда изображение выделено, справа также доступен значок Параметры фигуры . Можно щелкнуть по нему, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и настроить тип, толщину и цвет Обводки фигуры, а также изменить тип фигуры, выбрав другую фигуру в меню Изменить автофигуру. Форма изображения изменится соответствующим образом. На вкладке Параметры фигуры также можно использовать опцию Отображать тень, чтобы добавить тень к изображеню. Изменение дополнительныx параметров изображения Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры изображения, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры изображения. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств изображения: Вкладка Поворот содержит следующие параметры: Угол - используйте эту опцию, чтобы повернуть изображение на точно заданный угол. Введите в поле нужное значение в градусах или скорректируйте его, используя стрелки справа. Отражено - отметьте галочкой опцию По горизонтали, чтобы отразить изображение по горизонтали (слева направо), или отметьте галочкой опцию По вертикали, чтобы отразить изображение по вертикали (сверху вниз). Вкладка Привязка к ячейке содержит следующие параметры: Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать изображение к ячейке позади него. Если ячейка перемещается (например, при вставке или удалении нескольких строк/столбцов), изображение будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой. При увеличении или уменьшении ширины или высоты ячейки размер изображения также будет изменяться. Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать изображение к ячейке позади него, не допуская изменения размера изображения. Если ячейка перемещается, изображение будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры изображения останутся неизменными. Не перемещать и не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера изображения при изменении положения или размера ячейки. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит изображение. Чтобы удалить вставленное изображение, щелкните по нему и нажмите клавишу Delete." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "title": "Вставка символов и знаков", - "body": "При работе может возникнуть необходимость поставить символ, которого нет на вашей клавиатуре. Для вставки таких символов используйте функцию Вставить символ. Для этого выполните следующие шаги: установите курсор, куда будет помещен символ, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Символ, в открывшемся окне выберите необходимый символ, чтобы быстрее найти нужный символ, используйте раздел Набор. В нем все символы распределены по группам, например, выберите «Символы валют», если нужно вставить знак валют. Если же данный символ отсутствует в наборе, выберите другой шрифт. Во многих из них также есть символы, отличные от стандартного набора. Или же впишите в строку шестнадцатеричный Код знака из Юникод нужного вам символа. Данный код можно найти в Таблице символов. Для быстрого доступа к нужным символам также используйте Ранее использовавшиеся символы, где хранятся несколько последних использованных символов, нажмите Вставить. Выбранный символ будет добавлен в документ. Вставка символов ASCII Для добавления символов также используется таблица символов ASCII. Для этого зажмите клавишу ALT и при помощи цифровой клавиатуры введите код знака. Обратите внимание: убедитесь, что используете цифровую клавиатуру, а не цифры на основной клавиатуре. Чтобы включить цифровую клавиатуру, нажмите клавишу Num Lock. Например, для добавления символа параграфа (§) нажмите и удерживайте клавишу ALT, введите цифры 789, а затем отпустите клавишу ALT. Вставка символов при помощи таблицы символов С помощью таблицы символов Windows так же можно найти символы, которых нет на клавиатуре. Чтобы открыть данную таблицу, выполните одно из следующих действий: В строке Поиск напишите «Таблица символов» и откройте ее Одновременно нажмите клавиши Win+R, в появившемся окне введите charmap.exe и щелкните ОК. В открывшемся окне Таблица символов выберите один из представленных Набор символов, их Группировку и Шрифт. Далее щелкните на нужные символы, скопируйте их в буфер обмена и вставьте в нужное место в документе." + "body": "При работе может возникнуть необходимость поставить символ, которого нет на вашей клавиатуре. Для вставки таких символов используйте функцию Вставить символ. Для этого выполните следующие шаги: установите курсор, куда будет помещен символ, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Символ, в открывшемся окне выберите необходимый символ, чтобы быстрее найти нужный символ, используйте раздел Набор. В нем все символы распределены по группам, например, выберите «Символы валют», если нужно вставить знак валют. Если же данный символ отсутствует в наборе, выберите другой шрифт. Во многих из них также есть символы, отличные от стандартного набора. Или же впишите в строку шестнадцатеричный Код знака из Юникод нужного вам символа. Данный код можно найти в Таблице символов. Также можно использовать вкладку Специальные символы для выбора специального символа из списка. Для быстрого доступа к нужным символам также используйте Ранее использовавшиеся символы, где хранятся несколько последних использованных символов, нажмите Вставить. Выбранный символ будет добавлен в документ. Вставка символов ASCII Для добавления символов также используется таблица символов ASCII. Для этого зажмите клавишу ALT и при помощи цифровой клавиатуры введите код знака. Обратите внимание: убедитесь, что используете цифровую клавиатуру, а не цифры на основной клавиатуре. Чтобы включить цифровую клавиатуру, нажмите клавишу Num Lock. Например, для добавления символа параграфа (§) нажмите и удерживайте клавишу ALT, введите цифры 789, а затем отпустите клавишу ALT. Вставка символов при помощи таблицы символов С помощью таблицы символов Windows так же можно найти символы, которых нет на клавиатуре. Чтобы открыть данную таблицу, выполните одно из следующих действий: В строке Поиск напишите «Таблица символов» и откройте ее Одновременно нажмите клавиши Win+R, в появившемся окне введите charmap.exe и щелкните ОК. В открывшемся окне Таблица символов выберите один из представленных Набор символов, их Группировку и Шрифт. Далее щелкните на нужные символы, скопируйте их в буфер обмена и вставьте в нужное место в документе." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "title": "Вставка текстовых объектов", - "body": "Чтобы привлечь внимание к определенной части электронной таблицы, можно вставить надпись (прямоугольную рамку, внутри которой вводится текст) или объект Text Art (текстовое поле с предварительно заданным стилем и цветом шрифта, позволяющее применять текстовые эффекты). Добавление текстового объекта Текстовый объект можно добавить в любом месте рабочего листа. Для этого: перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите нужный тип текстового объекта: чтобы добавить текстовое поле, щелкните по значку Надпись на верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните там, где требуется поместить надпись, удерживайте кнопку мыши и перетаскивайте границу текстового поля, чтобы задать его размер. Когда вы отпустите кнопку мыши, в добавленном текстовом поле появится курсор, и вы сможете ввести свой текст. Примечание: надпись можно также вставить, если щелкнуть по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов и выбрать фигуру из группы Основные фигуры. чтобы добавить объект Text Art, щелкните по значку Text Art на верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните по нужному шаблону стиля – объект Text Art будет добавлен в центре рабочего листа. Выделите мышью стандартный текст внутри текстового поля и напишите вместо него свой текст. щелкните за пределами текстового объекта, чтобы применить изменения и вернуться к рабочему листу. Текст внутри текстового объекта является его частью (при перемещении или повороте текстового объекта текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ним). Поскольку вставленный текстовый объект представляет собой прямоугольную рамку с текстом внутри (у объектов Text Art по умолчанию невидимые границы), а эта рамка является обычной автофигурой, можно изменять свойства и фигуры, и текста. Чтобы удалить добавленный текстовый объект, щелкните по краю текстового поля и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Текст внутри текстового поля тоже будет удален. Форматирование текстового поля Выделите текстовое поле, щелкнув по его границе, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текстовое поле выделено, его границы отображаются как сплошные, а не пунктирные линии. чтобы вручную изменить размер текстового поля, переместить, повернуть его, используйте специальные маркеры по краям фигуры. чтобы изменить заливку, обводку, заменить прямоугольное поле на какую-то другую фигуру или открыть дополнительные параметры фигуры, щелкните по значку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и используйте соответствующие опции. чтобы расположить текстовые поля в определенном порядке относительно других объектов, выровнять несколько текстовых полей относительно друг друга, повернуть или отразить текстовое поле, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по границе текстового поля и используйте опции контекстного меню. Подробнее о выравнивании и расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. чтобы создать колонки текста внутри текстового поля, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по границе текстового поля, нажмите на пункт меню Дополнительные параметры фигуры и перейдите на вкладку Колонки в окне Фигура - дополнительные параметры. Форматирование текста внутри текстового поля Щелкните по тексту внутри текстового поля, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текст выделен, границы текстового поля отображаются как пунктирные линии. Примечание: форматирование текста можно изменить и в том случае, если выделено текстовое поле, а не сам текст. В этом случае любые изменения будут применены ко всему тексту в текстовом поле. Некоторые параметры форматирования шрифта (тип, размер, цвет и стили оформления шрифта) можно отдельно применить к предварительно выделенному фрагменту текста. Настройте параметры форматирования шрифта (измените его тип, размер, цвет и примените стили оформления) с помощью соответствующих значков на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Некоторые дополнительные параметры шрифта можно также изменить на вкладке Шрифт в окне свойств абзаца. Чтобы его открыть, щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по тексту в текстовом поле и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры текста. Выровняйте текст внутри текстового поля по горизонтали с помощью соответствующих значков на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов или в окне Абзац - Дополнительные параметры. Выровняйте текст внутри текстового поля по вертикали с помощью соответствующих значков на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Можно также щелкнуть по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выбрать опцию Вертикальное выравнивание, а затем - один из доступных вариантов: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Поверните текст внутри текстового поля. Для этого щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Направление текста, а затем выберите один из доступных вариантов: Горизонтальное (выбран по умолчанию), Повернуть текст вниз (задает вертикальное направление, сверху вниз) или Повернуть текст вверх (задает вертикальное направление, снизу вверх). Создайте маркированный или нумерованный список. Для этого щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите в контекстном меню пункт Маркеры и нумерация, а затем выберите один из доступных знаков маркера или стилей нумерации. Опция Параметры списка позволяет открыть окно Параметры списка. Окно настроек маркированного списка выглядит следующим образом: Окно настроек нумерованного списка выглядит следующим образом: Размер - позволяет выбрать нужный размер для каждого из маркеров или нумераций в зависимости от текущего размера текста. Может принимать значение от 25% до 400%. Цвет - позволяет выбрать нужный цвет маркеров или нумерации. Вы можете выбрать на палитре один из цветов темы или стандартных цветов или задать пользовательский цвет. Маркер - позволяет выбрать нужный символ, используемый для маркированного списка. При нажатии на поле Изменить маркер открывается окно Символ, в котором можно выбрать один из доступных символов. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с символами вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Начать с - позволяет задать нужное числовое значение, с которого вы хотите начать нумерацию. Вставьте гиперссылку. Задайте междустрочный интервал и интервал между абзацами для многострочного текста внутри текстового поля с помощью вкладки Параметры текста на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее открыть, щелкните по значку Параметры текста . Здесь можно задать высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце, а также поля между текущим и предыдущим или последующим абзацем. Междустрочный интервал - задайте высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце. Вы можете выбрать одну из трех опций: минимум (устанавливает минимальный междустрочный интервал, который требуется, чтобы соответствовать самому крупному шрифту или графическому элементу на строке), множитель (устанавливает междустрочный интервал, который может быть выражен в числах больше 1), точно (устанавливает фиксированный междустрочный интервал). Необходимое значение можно указать в поле справа. Интервал между абзацами - задайте величину свободного пространства между абзацами. Перед - задайте величину свободного пространства перед абзацем. После - задайте величину свободного пространства после абзаца. Примечание: эти параметры также можно найти в окне Абзац - Дополнительные параметры. Изменение дополнительных параметров абзаца Измените дополнительные параметры абзаца (можно настроить отступы абзаца и позиции табуляции для многострочного текста внутри текстового поля и применить некоторые параметры форматирования шрифта). Установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца - на правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Параметры текста. Нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры. Также можно щелкнуть по тексту в текстовом поле правой кнопкой мыши и использовать пункт контекстного меню Дополнительные параметры текста. Откроется окно свойств абзаца: На вкладке Отступы и интервалы можно выполнить следующие действия: изменить тип выравнивания текста внутри абзаца, изменить отступы абзаца от внутренних полей текстового объекта, Слева - задайте смещение всего абзаца от левого внутреннего поля текстового блока, указав нужное числовое значение, Справа - задайте смещение всего абзаца от правого внутреннего поля текстового блока, указав нужное числовое значение, Первая строка - задайте отступ для первой строки абзаца, выбрав соответствующий пункт меню ((нет), Отступ, Выступ) и изменив числовое значение для Отступа или Выступа, заданное по умолчанию, изменить междустрочный интервал внутри абзаца. Вкладка Шрифт содержит следующие параметры: Зачёркивание - используется для зачеркивания текста чертой, проведенной по буквам. Двойное зачёркивание - используется для зачеркивания текста двойной чертой, проведенной по буквам. Надстрочные - используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Подстрочные - используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Малые прописные - используется, чтобы сделать все буквы строчными. Все прописные - используется, чтобы сделать все буквы прописными. Межзнаковый интервал - используется, чтобы задать расстояние между символами. Увеличьте значение, заданное по умолчанию, чтобы применить Разреженный интервал, или уменьшите значение, заданное по умолчанию, чтобы применить Уплотненный интервал. Используйте кнопки со стрелками или введите нужное значение в поле ввода. Все изменения будут отображены в расположенном ниже поле предварительного просмотра. На вкладке Табуляция можно изменить позиции табуляции, то есть те позиции, куда переходит курсор при нажатии клавиши Tab на клавиатуре. Позиция табуляции По умолчанию имеет значение 2.54 см. Это значение можно уменьшить или увеличить, используя кнопки со стрелками или введя в поле нужное значение. Позиция - используется, чтобы задать пользовательские позиции табуляции. Введите в этом поле нужное значение, настройте его более точно, используя кнопки со стрелками, и нажмите на кнопку Задать. Пользовательская позиция табуляции будет добавлена в список в расположенном ниже поле. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы задать нужный тип выравнивания для каждой из позиций табуляции в расположенном выше списке. Выделите нужную позицию табуляции в списке, выберите в выпадающем списке Выравнивание опцию По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю и нажмите на кнопку Задать. По левому краю - выравнивает текст по левому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется вправо от позиции табуляции. По центру - центрирует текст относительно позиции табуляции. По правому краю - выравнивает текст по правому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется влево от позиции табуляции. Для удаления позиций табуляции из списка выделите позицию табуляции и нажмите кнопку Удалить или Удалить все. Изменение стиля объекта Text Art Выделите текстовый объект и щелкните по значку Параметры объектов Text Art на правой боковой панели. Измените примененный стиль текста, выбрав из галереи новый Шаблон. Можно также дополнительно изменить этот базовый стиль, выбрав другой тип, размер шрифта и т.д. Измените заливку и обводку шрифта. Доступны точно такие же опции, как и для автофигур. Примените текстовый эффект, выбрав нужный тип трансформации текста из галереи Трансформация. Можно скорректировать степень искривления текста, перетаскивая розовый маркер в форме ромба." + "body": "Чтобы привлечь внимание к определенной части электронной таблицы, можно вставить надпись (прямоугольную рамку, внутри которой вводится текст) или объект Text Art (текстовое поле с предварительно заданным стилем и цветом шрифта, позволяющее применять текстовые эффекты). Добавление текстового объекта Текстовый объект можно добавить в любом месте рабочего листа. Для этого: перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите нужный тип текстового объекта: чтобы добавить текстовое поле, щелкните по значку Надпись на верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните там, где требуется поместить надпись, удерживайте кнопку мыши и перетаскивайте границу текстового поля, чтобы задать его размер. Когда вы отпустите кнопку мыши, в добавленном текстовом поле появится курсор, и вы сможете ввести свой текст. Примечание: надпись можно также вставить, если щелкнуть по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов и выбрать фигуру из группы Основные фигуры. чтобы добавить объект Text Art, щелкните по значку Text Art на верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните по нужному шаблону стиля – объект Text Art будет добавлен в центре рабочего листа. Выделите мышью стандартный текст внутри текстового поля и напишите вместо него свой текст. щелкните за пределами текстового объекта, чтобы применить изменения и вернуться к рабочему листу. Текст внутри текстового объекта является его частью (при перемещении или повороте текстового объекта текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ним). Поскольку вставленный текстовый объект представляет собой прямоугольную рамку с текстом внутри (у объектов Text Art по умолчанию невидимые границы), а эта рамка является обычной автофигурой, можно изменять свойства и фигуры, и текста. Чтобы удалить добавленный текстовый объект, щелкните по краю текстового поля и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Текст внутри текстового поля тоже будет удален. Форматирование текстового поля Выделите текстовое поле, щелкнув по его границе, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текстовое поле выделено, его границы отображаются как сплошные, а не пунктирные линии. чтобы вручную изменить размер текстового поля, переместить, повернуть его, используйте специальные маркеры по краям фигуры. чтобы изменить заливку, обводку, заменить прямоугольное поле на какую-то другую фигуру или открыть дополнительные параметры фигуры, щелкните по значку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и используйте соответствующие опции. чтобы расположить текстовые поля в определенном порядке относительно других объектов, выровнять несколько текстовых полей относительно друг друга, повернуть или отразить текстовое поле, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по границе текстового поля и используйте опции контекстного меню. Подробнее о выравнивании и расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. чтобы создать колонки текста внутри текстового поля, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по границе текстового поля, нажмите на пункт меню Дополнительные параметры фигуры и перейдите на вкладку Колонки в окне Фигура - дополнительные параметры. Форматирование текста внутри текстового поля Щелкните по тексту внутри текстового поля, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текст выделен, границы текстового поля отображаются как пунктирные линии. Примечание: форматирование текста можно изменить и в том случае, если выделено текстовое поле, а не сам текст. В этом случае любые изменения будут применены ко всему тексту в текстовом поле. Некоторые параметры форматирования шрифта (тип, размер, цвет и стили оформления шрифта) можно отдельно применить к предварительно выделенному фрагменту текста. Настройте параметры форматирования шрифта (измените его тип, размер, цвет и примените стили оформления) с помощью соответствующих значков на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Некоторые дополнительные параметры шрифта можно также изменить на вкладке Шрифт в окне свойств абзаца. Чтобы его открыть, щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по тексту в текстовом поле и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры текста. Выровняйте текст внутри текстового поля по горизонтали с помощью соответствующих значков на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов или в окне Абзац - Дополнительные параметры. Выровняйте текст внутри текстового поля по вертикали с помощью соответствующих значков на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Можно также щелкнуть по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выбрать опцию Вертикальное выравнивание, а затем - один из доступных вариантов: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Поверните текст внутри текстового поля. Для этого щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Направление текста, а затем выберите один из доступных вариантов: Горизонтальное (выбран по умолчанию), Повернуть текст вниз (задает вертикальное направление, сверху вниз) или Повернуть текст вверх (задает вертикальное направление, снизу вверх). Создайте маркированный или нумерованный список. Для этого щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите в контекстном меню пункт Маркеры и нумерация, а затем выберите один из доступных знаков маркера или стилей нумерации. Опция Параметры списка позволяет открыть окно Параметры списка, в котором можно настроить параметры для соответствующего типа списка: Тип (маркированный список) - позволяет выбрать нужный символ, используемый для маркированного списка. При нажатии на поле Новый маркер открывается окно Символ, в котором можно выбрать один из доступных символов. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с символами вы можете обратиться к этой статье. Тип (нумерованный список) - позволяет выбрать нужный формат нумерованного списка. Размер - позволяет выбрать нужный размер для каждого из маркеров или нумераций в зависимости от текущего размера текста. Может принимать значение от 25% до 400%. Цвет - позволяет выбрать нужный цвет маркеров или нумерации. Вы можете выбрать на палитре один из цветов темы или стандартных цветов или задать пользовательский цвет. Начать с - позволяет задать нужное числовое значение, с которого вы хотите начать нумерацию. Вставьте гиперссылку. Задайте междустрочный интервал и интервал между абзацами для многострочного текста внутри текстового поля с помощью вкладки Параметры текста на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее открыть, щелкните по значку Параметры текста . Здесь можно задать высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце, а также поля между текущим и предыдущим или последующим абзацем. Междустрочный интервал - задайте высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце. Вы можете выбрать одну из трех опций: минимум (устанавливает минимальный междустрочный интервал, который требуется, чтобы соответствовать самому крупному шрифту или графическому элементу на строке), множитель (устанавливает междустрочный интервал, который может быть выражен в числах больше 1), точно (устанавливает фиксированный междустрочный интервал). Необходимое значение можно указать в поле справа. Интервал между абзацами - задайте величину свободного пространства между абзацами. Перед - задайте величину свободного пространства перед абзацем. После - задайте величину свободного пространства после абзаца. Примечание: эти параметры также можно найти в окне Абзац - Дополнительные параметры. Изменение дополнительных параметров абзаца Измените дополнительные параметры абзаца (можно настроить отступы абзаца и позиции табуляции для многострочного текста внутри текстового поля и применить некоторые параметры форматирования шрифта). Установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца - на правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Параметры текста. Нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры. Также можно щелкнуть по тексту в текстовом поле правой кнопкой мыши и использовать пункт контекстного меню Дополнительные параметры текста. Откроется окно свойств абзаца: На вкладке Отступы и интервалы можно выполнить следующие действия: изменить тип выравнивания текста внутри абзаца, изменить отступы абзаца от внутренних полей текстового объекта, Слева - задайте смещение всего абзаца от левого внутреннего поля текстового блока, указав нужное числовое значение, Справа - задайте смещение всего абзаца от правого внутреннего поля текстового блока, указав нужное числовое значение, Первая строка - задайте отступ для первой строки абзаца, выбрав соответствующий пункт меню ((нет), Отступ, Выступ) и изменив числовое значение для Отступа или Выступа, заданное по умолчанию, изменить междустрочный интервал внутри абзаца. Вкладка Шрифт содержит следующие параметры: Зачёркивание - используется для зачеркивания текста чертой, проведенной по буквам. Двойное зачёркивание - используется для зачеркивания текста двойной чертой, проведенной по буквам. Надстрочные - используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Подстрочные - используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Малые прописные - используется, чтобы сделать все буквы строчными. Все прописные - используется, чтобы сделать все буквы прописными. Межзнаковый интервал - используется, чтобы задать расстояние между символами. Увеличьте значение, заданное по умолчанию, чтобы применить Разреженный интервал, или уменьшите значение, заданное по умолчанию, чтобы применить Уплотненный интервал. Используйте кнопки со стрелками или введите нужное значение в поле ввода. Все изменения будут отображены в расположенном ниже поле предварительного просмотра. На вкладке Табуляция можно изменить позиции табуляции, то есть те позиции, куда переходит курсор при нажатии клавиши Tab на клавиатуре. Позиция табуляции По умолчанию имеет значение 2.54 см. Это значение можно уменьшить или увеличить, используя кнопки со стрелками или введя в поле нужное значение. Позиция - используется, чтобы задать пользовательские позиции табуляции. Введите в этом поле нужное значение, настройте его более точно, используя кнопки со стрелками, и нажмите на кнопку Задать. Пользовательская позиция табуляции будет добавлена в список в расположенном ниже поле. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы задать нужный тип выравнивания для каждой из позиций табуляции в расположенном выше списке. Выделите нужную позицию табуляции в списке, выберите в выпадающем списке Выравнивание опцию По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю и нажмите на кнопку Задать. По левому краю - выравнивает текст по левому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется вправо от позиции табуляции. По центру - центрирует текст относительно позиции табуляции. По правому краю - выравнивает текст по правому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется влево от позиции табуляции. Для удаления позиций табуляции из списка выделите позицию табуляции и нажмите кнопку Удалить или Удалить все. Изменение стиля объекта Text Art Выделите текстовый объект и щелкните по значку Параметры объектов Text Art на правой боковой панели. Измените примененный стиль текста, выбрав из галереи новый Шаблон. Можно также дополнительно изменить этот базовый стиль, выбрав другой тип, размер шрифта и т.д. Измените заливку и обводку шрифта. Доступны точно такие же опции, как и для автофигур. Примените текстовый эффект, выбрав нужный тип трансформации текста из галереи Трансформация. Можно скорректировать степень искривления текста, перетаскивая розовый маркер в форме ромба." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManageSheets.htm", @@ -2440,6 +2465,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Работа с объектами", "body": "Можно изменять размер автофигур, изображений и диаграмм, вставленных на рабочий лист, перемещать, поворачивать их и располагать в определенном порядке. Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. Изменение размера объектов Для изменения размера автофигуры/изображения/диаграммы перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по краям объекта. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. Примечание: для изменения размера вставленной диаграммы или изображения можно также использовать правую боковую панель, которая будет активирована, как только вы выделите нужный объект. Чтобы открыть ее, щелкните по значку Параметры диаграммы или Параметры изображения справа. Перемещение объектов Для изменения местоположения автофигуры/изображения/диаграммы используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на объект. Перетащите объект на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. Чтобы перемещать объект с шагом в один пиксель, удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре. Чтобы перемещать объект строго по горизонтали/вертикали и предотвратить его смещение в перпендикулярном направлении, при перетаскивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Поворот объектов Чтобы вручную повернуть автофигуру/изображение, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Чтобы повернуть фигуру или изображение на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки или по часовой стрелке или отразить объект по горизонтали или по вертикали, можно использовать раздел Поворот на правой боковой панели, которая будет активирована, как только вы выделите нужный объект. Чтобы открыть ее, нажмите на значок Параметры фигуры или Параметры изображения справа. Нажмите на одну из кнопок: чтобы повернуть объект на 90 градусов против часовой стрелки чтобы повернуть объект на 90 градусов по часовой стрелке чтобы отразить объект по горизонтали (слева направо) чтобы отразить объект по вертикали (сверху вниз) Также можно щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по изображению или фигуре, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Поворот, а затем использовать один из доступных вариантов поворота объекта. Чтобы повернуть фигуру или изображение на точно заданный угол, нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели и используйте вкладку Поворот в окне Дополнительные параметры. Укажите нужное значение в градусах в поле Угол и нажмите кнопку OK. Изменение формы автофигур При изменении некоторых фигур, например, фигурных стрелок или выносок, также доступен желтый значок в форме ромба . Он позволяет изменять отдельные параметры формы, например, длину указателя стрелки. Выравнивание объектов Чтобы выровнять два или более выбранных объектов относительно друг друга, удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при выделении объектов мышью, затем щелкните по значку Выравнивание на вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов и выберите из списка нужный тип выравнивания: Выровнять по левому краю - чтобы выровнять объекты относительно друг друга по левому краю самого левого объекта, Выровнять по центру - чтобы выровнять объекты относительно друг друга по их центру, Выровнять по правому краю - чтобы выровнять объекты относительно друг друга по правому краю самого правого объекта, Выровнять по верхнему краю - чтобы выровнять объекты относительно друг друга по верхнему краю самого верхнего объекта, Выровнять по середине - чтобы выровнять объекты относительно друг друга по их середине, Выровнять по нижнему краю - чтобы выровнять объекты относительно друг друга по нижнему краю самого нижнего объекта. Можно также щелкнуть по выделенным объектам правой кнопкой мыши, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание, а затем использовать доступные варианты выравнивания объектов. Примечание: параметры выравнивания неактивны, если выделено менее двух объектов. Распределение объектов Чтобы распределить три или более выбранных объектов по горизонтали или вертикали между двумя крайними выделенными объектами таким образом, чтобы между ними было равное расстояние, нажмите на значок Выравнивание на вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов и выберите из списка нужный тип распределения: Распределить по горизонтали - чтобы равномерно распределить объекты между самым левым и самым правым выделенным объектом. Распределить по вертикали - чтобы равномерно распределить объекты между самым верхним и самым нижним выделенным объектом. Можно также щелкнуть по выделенным объектам правой кнопкой мыши, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Выравнивание, а затем использовать доступные варианты распределения объектов. Примечание: параметры распределения неактивны, если выделено менее трех объектов. Группировка объектов Чтобы манипулировать несколькими объектами одновременно, можно сгруппировать их. Удерживайте нажатой клавишу Ctrl при выделении объектов мышью, затем щелкните по стрелке рядом со значком Группировка на вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов и выберите из списка нужную опцию: Сгруппировать - чтобы объединить несколько объектов в группу, так что их можно будет одновременно поворачивать, перемещать, изменять их размер, выравнивать, упорядочивать, копировать, вставлять, форматировать как один объект. Разгруппировать - чтобы разгруппировать выбранную группу ранее сгруппированных объектов. Можно также щелкнуть по выделенным объектам правой кнопкой мыши, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Порядок, а затем использовать опцию Сгруппировать или Разгруппировать. Примечание: параметр Сгруппировать неактивен, если выделено менее двух объектов. Параметр Разгруппировать активен только при выделении ранее сгруппированных объектов. Упорядочивание объектов Чтобы определенным образом расположить выбранный объект или объекты (например, изменить их порядок, если несколько объектов накладываются друг на друга), можно использовать значки Перенести вперед и Перенести назад на вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов и выбрать из списка нужный тип расположения. Чтобы переместить выбранный объект (объекты) вперед, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Перенести вперед на вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов и выберите из списка нужный тип расположения: Перенести на передний план - чтобы переместить выбранный объект, так что он будет находиться перед всеми остальными объектами, Перенести вперед - чтобы переместить выбранный объект на один уровень вперед по отношению к другим объектам. Чтобы переместить выбранный объект (объекты) назад, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Перенести назад на вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов и выберите из списка нужный тип расположения: Перенести на задний план - чтобы переместить выбранный объект, так что он будет находиться позади всех остальных объектов, Перенести назад - чтобы переместить выбранный объект на один уровень назад по отношению к другим объектам. Можно также щелкнуть по выделенному объекту или объектам правой кнопкой мыши, выбрать из контекстного меню пункт Порядок, а затем использовать доступные варианты расположения объектов." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/MathAutoCorrect.htm", + "title": "Функции автозамены", + "body": "Функции автозамены используются для автоматического форматирования текста при обнаружении или вставки специальных математических символов путем распознавания определенных символов. Доступные параметры автозамены перечислены в соответствующем диалоговом окне. Чтобы его открыть, перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Проверка орфографии -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены. В диалоговом окне Автозамена содержит три вкладки: Автозамена математическими символами, Распознанные функции и Автоформат при вводе. Автозамена математическими символами При работе с уравнениями множество символов, диакритических знаков и знаков математических действий можно добавить путем ввода с клавиатуры, а не выбирая шаблон из коллекции. В редакторе уравнений установите курсор в нужном поле для ввода, введите специальный код и нажмите Пробел. Введенный код будет преобразован в соответствующий символ, а пробел будет удален. Примечание: коды чувствительны к регистру. Вы можете добавлять, изменять, восстанавливать и удалять записи автозамены из списка автозамены. Перейдите во вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Проверка орфографии ->Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автозамена математическими символами. Чтобы добавить запись в список автозамены, Введите код автозамены, который хотите использовать, в поле Заменить. Введите символ, который будет присвоен введенному вами коду, в поле На. Щелкните на кнопку Добавить. Чтобы изменить запись в списке автозамены, Выберите запись, которую хотите изменить. Вы можете изменить информацию в полях Заменить для кода и На для символа. Щелкните на кнопку Добавить. Чтобы удалить запись из списка автозамены, Выберите запись, которую хотите удалить. Щелкните на кнопку Удалить. Чтобы восстановить ранее удаленные записи, выберите из списка запись, которую нужно восстановить, и нажмите кнопку Восстановить. Чтобы восстановить настройки по умолчанию, нажмите кнопку Сбросить настройки. Любая добавленная вами запись автозамены будет удалена, а измененные значения будут восстановлены до их исходных значений. Чтобы отключить автозамену математическими символами и избежать автоматических изменений и замен, снимите флажок Заменять текст при вводе. В таблице ниже приведены все поддерживаемые в настоящее время коды, доступные в Редакторе таблиц. Полный список поддерживаемых кодов также можно найти на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительыне параметры -> Проверка орфографии ->Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автозамена математическими символами. Поддерживаемые коды Код Символ Категория !! Символы ... Точки :: Операторы := Операторы /< Операторы отношения /> Операторы отношения /= Операторы отношения \\above Символы Above/Below \\acute Акценты \\aleph Буквы иврита \\alpha Греческие буквы \\Alpha Греческие буквы \\amalg Бинарные операторы \\angle Геометрические обозначения \\aoint Интегралы \\approx Операторы отношений \\asmash Стрелки \\ast Бинарные операторы \\asymp Операторы отношений \\atop Операторы \\bar Черта сверху/снизу \\Bar Акценты \\because Операторы отношений \\begin Разделители \\below Символы Above/Below \\bet Буквы иврита \\beta Греческие буквы \\Beta Греческие буквы \\beth Буквы иврита \\bigcap Крупные операторы \\bigcup Крупные операторы \\bigodot Крупные операторы \\bigoplus Крупные операторы \\bigotimes Крупные операторы \\bigsqcup Крупные операторы \\biguplus Крупные операторы \\bigvee Крупные операторы \\bigwedge Крупные операторы \\binomial Уравнения \\bot Логические обозначения \\bowtie Операторы отношений \\box Символы \\boxdot Бинарные операторы \\boxminus Бинарные операторы \\boxplus Бинарные операторы \\bra Разделители \\break Символы \\breve Акценты \\bullet Бинарные операторы \\cap Бинарные операторы \\cbrt Квадратные корни и радикалы \\cases Символы \\cdot Бинарные операторы \\cdots Точки \\check Акценты \\chi Греческие буквы \\Chi Греческие буквы \\circ Бинарные операторы \\close Разделители \\clubsuit Символы \\coint Интегралы \\cong Операторы отношений \\coprod Математические операторы \\cup Бинарные операторы \\dalet Буквы иврита \\daleth Буквы иврита \\dashv Операторы отношений \\dd Дважды начерченные буквы \\Dd Дважды начерченные буквы \\ddddot Акценты \\dddot Акценты \\ddot Акценты \\ddots Точки \\defeq Операторы отношений \\degc Символы \\degf Символы \\degree Символы \\delta Греческие буквы \\Delta Греческие буквы \\Deltaeq Операторы \\diamond Бинарные операторы \\diamondsuit Символы \\div Бинарные операторы \\dot Акценты \\doteq Операторы отношений \\dots Точки \\doublea Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleA Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleb Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleB Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublec Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleC Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubled Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleD Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublee Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleE Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublef Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleF Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleg Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleG Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleh Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleH Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublei Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleI Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublej Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleJ Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublek Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleK Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublel Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleL Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublem Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleM Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublen Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleN Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleo Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleO Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublep Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleP Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleq Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleQ Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubler Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleR Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubles Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleS Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublet Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleT Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleu Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleU Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublev Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleV Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublew Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleW Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublex Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleX Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubley Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleY Дважды начерченные буквы \\doublez Дважды начерченные буквы \\doubleZ Дважды начерченные буквы \\downarrow Стрелки \\Downarrow Стрелки \\dsmash Стрелки \\ee Дважды начерченные буквы \\ell Символы \\emptyset Обозначения множествs \\emsp Знаки пробела \\end Разделители \\ensp Знаки пробела \\epsilon Греческие буквы \\Epsilon Греческие буквы \\eqarray Символы \\equiv Операторы отношений \\eta Греческие буквы \\Eta Греческие буквы \\exists Логические обозначенияs \\forall Логические обозначенияs \\fraktura Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturA Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturb Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturB Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturc Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturC Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturd Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturD Буквы готического шрифта \\frakture Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturE Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturf Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturF Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturg Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturG Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturh Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturH Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturi Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturI Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturk Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturK Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturl Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturL Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturm Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturM Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturn Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturN Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturo Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturO Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturp Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturP Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturq Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturQ Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturr Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturR Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturs Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturS Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturt Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturT Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturu Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturU Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturv Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturV Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturw Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturW Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturx Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturX Буквы готического шрифта \\fraktury Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturY Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturz Буквы готического шрифта \\frakturZ Буквы готического шрифта \\frown Операторы отношений \\funcapply Бинарные операторы \\G Греческие буквы \\gamma Греческие буквы \\Gamma Греческие буквы \\ge Операторы отношений \\geq Операторы отношений \\gets Стрелки \\gg Операторы отношений \\gimel Буквы иврита \\grave Акценты \\hairsp Знаки пробела \\hat Акценты \\hbar Символы \\heartsuit Символы \\hookleftarrow Стрелки \\hookrightarrow Стрелки \\hphantom Стрелки \\hsmash Стрелки \\hvec Акценты \\identitymatrix Матрицы \\ii Дважды начерченные буквы \\iiint Интегралы \\iint Интегралы \\iiiint Интегралы \\Im Символы \\imath Символы \\in Операторы отношений \\inc Символы \\infty Символы \\int Интегралы \\integral Интегралы \\iota Греческие буквы \\Iota Греческие буквы \\itimes Математические операторы \\j Символы \\jj Дважды начерченные буквы \\jmath Символы \\kappa Греческие буквы \\Kappa Греческие буквы \\ket Разделители \\lambda Греческие буквы \\Lambda Греческие буквы \\langle Разделители \\lbbrack Разделители \\lbrace Разделители \\lbrack Разделители \\lceil Разделители \\ldiv Дробная черта \\ldivide Дробная черта \\ldots Точки \\le Операторы отношений \\left Разделители \\leftarrow Стрелки \\Leftarrow Стрелки \\leftharpoondown Стрелки \\leftharpoonup Стрелки \\leftrightarrow Стрелки \\Leftrightarrow Стрелки \\leq Операторы отношений \\lfloor Разделители \\lhvec Акценты \\limit Лимиты \\ll Операторы отношений \\lmoust Разделители \\Longleftarrow Стрелки \\Longleftrightarrow Стрелки \\Longrightarrow Стрелки \\lrhar Стрелки \\lvec Акценты \\mapsto Стрелки \\matrix Матрицы \\medsp Знаки пробела \\mid Операторы отношений \\middle Символы \\models Операторы отношений \\mp Бинарные операторы \\mu Греческие буквы \\Mu Греческие буквы \\nabla Символы \\naryand Операторы \\nbsp Знаки пробела \\ne Операторы отношений \\nearrow Стрелки \\neq Операторы отношений \\ni Операторы отношений \\norm Разделители \\notcontain Операторы отношений \\notelement Операторы отношений \\notin Операторы отношений \\nu Греческие буквы \\Nu Греческие буквы \\nwarrow Стрелки \\o Греческие буквы \\O Греческие буквы \\odot Бинарные операторы \\of Операторы \\oiiint Интегралы \\oiint Интегралы \\oint Интегралы \\omega Греческие буквы \\Omega Греческие буквы \\ominus Бинарные операторы \\open Разделители \\oplus Бинарные операторы \\otimes Бинарные операторы \\over Разделители \\overbar Акценты \\overbrace Акценты \\overbracket Акценты \\overline Акценты \\overparen Акценты \\overshell Акценты \\parallel Геометрические обозначения \\partial Символы \\pmatrix Матрицы \\perp Геометрические обозначения \\phantom Символы \\phi Греческие буквы \\Phi Греческие буквы \\pi Греческие буквы \\Pi Греческие буквы \\pm Бинарные операторы \\pppprime Штрихи \\ppprime Штрихи \\pprime Штрихи \\prec Операторы отношений \\preceq Операторы отношений \\prime Штрихи \\prod Математические операторы \\propto Операторы отношений \\psi Греческие буквы \\Psi Греческие буквы \\qdrt Квадратные корни и радикалы \\quadratic Квадратные корни и радикалы \\rangle Разделители \\Rangle Разделители \\ratio Операторы отношений \\rbrace Разделители \\rbrack Разделители \\Rbrack Разделители \\rceil Разделители \\rddots Точки \\Re Символы \\rect Символы \\rfloor Разделители \\rho Греческие буквы \\Rho Греческие буквы \\rhvec Акценты \\right Разделители \\rightarrow Стрелки \\Rightarrow Стрелки \\rightharpoondown Стрелки \\rightharpoonup Стрелки \\rmoust Разделители \\root Символы \\scripta Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptA Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptb Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptB Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptc Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptC Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptd Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptD Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripte Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptE Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptf Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptF Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptg Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptG Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripth Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptH Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripti Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptI Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptk Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptK Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptl Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptL Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptm Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptM Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptn Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptN Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripto Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptO Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptp Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptP Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptq Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptQ Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptr Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptR Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripts Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptS Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptt Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptT Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptu Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptU Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptv Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptV Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptw Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptW Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptx Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptX Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scripty Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptY Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptz Буквы рукописного шрифта \\scriptZ Буквы рукописного шрифта \\sdiv Дробная черта \\sdivide Дробная черта \\searrow Стрелки \\setminus Бинарные операторы \\sigma Греческие буквы \\Sigma Греческие буквы \\sim Операторы отношений \\simeq Операторы отношений \\smash Стрелки \\smile Операторы отношений \\spadesuit Символы \\sqcap Бинарные операторы \\sqcup Бинарные операторы \\sqrt Квадратные корни и радикалы \\sqsubseteq Обозначения множеств \\sqsuperseteq Обозначения множеств \\star Бинарные операторы \\subset Обозначения множеств \\subseteq Обозначения множеств \\succ Операторы отношений \\succeq Операторы отношений \\sum Математические операторы \\superset Обозначения множеств \\superseteq Обозначения множеств \\swarrow Стрелки \\tau Греческие буквы \\Tau Греческие буквы \\therefore Операторы отношений \\theta Греческие буквы \\Theta Греческие буквы \\thicksp Знаки пробела \\thinsp Знаки пробела \\tilde Акценты \\times Бинарные операторы \\to Стрелки \\top Логические обозначения \\tvec Стрелки \\ubar Акценты \\Ubar Акценты \\underbar Акценты \\underbrace Акценты \\underbracket Акценты \\underline Акценты \\underparen Акценты \\uparrow Стрелки \\Uparrow Стрелки \\updownarrow Стрелки \\Updownarrow Стрелки \\uplus Бинарные операторы \\upsilon Греческие буквы \\Upsilon Греческие буквы \\varepsilon Греческие буквы \\varphi Греческие буквы \\varpi Греческие буквы \\varrho Греческие буквы \\varsigma Греческие буквы \\vartheta Греческие буквы \\vbar Разделители \\vdash Операторы отношений \\vdots Точки \\vec Акценты \\vee Бинарные операторы \\vert Разделители \\Vert Разделители \\Vmatrix Матрицы \\vphantom Стрелки \\vthicksp Знаки пробела \\wedge Бинарные операторы \\wp Символы \\wr Бинарные операторы \\xi Греческие буквы \\Xi Греческие буквы \\zeta Греческие буквы \\Zeta Греческие буквы \\zwnj Знаки пробела \\zwsp Знаки пробела ~= Операторы отношений -+ Бинарные операторы +- Бинарные операторы << Операторы отношений <= Операторы отношений -> Стрелки >= Операторы отношений >> Операторы отношений Распознанные функции На этой вкладке вы найдете список математических выражений, которые будут распознаваться редактором формул как функции и поэтому не будут автоматически выделены курсивом. Чтобы просмотреть список распознанных функций, перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Проверка орфографии -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Распознанные функции. Чтобы добавить запись в список распознаваемых функций, введите функцию в пустое поле и нажмите кнопку Добавить. Чтобы удалить запись из списка распознанных функций, выберите функцию, которую нужно удалить, и нажмите кнопку Удалить. Чтобы восстановить ранее удаленные записи, выберите в списке запись, которую нужно восстановить, и нажмите кнопку Восстановить. Чтобы восстановить настройки по умолчанию, нажмите кнопку Сбросить настройки. Любая добавленная вами функция будет удалена, а удаленные - восстановлены. Автоформат при вводе По умолчанию редактор форматирует текст во время набора текста в соответствии с предустановками автоматического форматирования, например, он автоматически запускает маркированный список или нумерованный список при обнаружении списка, заменяет кавычки или преобразует дефисы в тире. Если вам нужно отключить предустановки автоформатирования, снимите отметку с ненужных опций, для этого перейдите на вкладку Файл -> Дополнительные параметры -> Проверка орфографии -> Правописание -> Параметры автозамены -> Автоформат при вводе." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/MergeCells.htm", "title": "Объединение ячеек", @@ -2452,23 +2482,38 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm", - "title": "Редактирование сводных таблиц", - "body": "Примечание: эта возможность доступна только в онлайн-версии. Вы можете изменить оформление существующих сводных таблиц в электронной таблице с помощью инструментов редактирования, доступных на вкладке Сводная таблица верхней панели инструментов. Чтобы активировать инструменты редактирования на верхней панели инструментов, выделите мышью хотя бы одну ячейку в сводной таблице. Кнопка Выделить позволяет выделить всю сводную таблицу. Параметры строк и столбцов позволяют выделить некоторые строки или столбцы при помощи особого форматирования, или выделить разные строки и столбцы с помощью разных цветов фона для их четкого разграничения. Доступны следующие опции: Заголовки строк - позволяет выделить заголовки строк при помощи особого форматирования. Заголовки столбцов - позволяет выделить заголовки столбцов при помощи особого форматирования. Чередовать строки - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных строк. Чередовать столбцы - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных столбцов. Список шаблонов позволяет выбрать один из готовых стилей сводных таблиц. Каждый шаблон сочетает в себе определенные параметры форматирования, такие как цвет фона, стиль границ, чередование строк или столбцов и т.д. Набор шаблонов отображается по-разному в зависимости от параметров, выбранных для строк и столбцов. Например, если вы отметили опции Заголовки строк и Чередовать столбцы, отображаемый список шаблонов будет содержать только шаблоны с выделенными заголовками строк и включенным чередованием столбцов." + "title": "Создание и редактирование сводных таблиц", + "body": "Сводные таблицы позволяют группировать и систематизировать данные из больших наборов данных для получения сводной информации. Вы можете упорядочивать данные множеством разных способов, чтобы отображать только нужную информацию и сфокусироваться на важных аспектах. Создание новой сводной таблицы Для создания сводной таблицы: Подготовьте исходный набор данных, который требуется использовать для создания сводной таблицы. Он должен включать заголовки столбцов. Набор данных не должен содержать пустых строк или столбцов. Выделите любую ячейку в исходном диапазоне данных. Перейдите на вкладку Сводная таблица верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Вставить таблицу . Если вы хотите создать сводную таблицу на базе форматированной таблицы, также можно использовать опцию Вставить сводную таблицу на вкладке Параметры таблицы правой боковой панели. Откроется окно Создать сводную таблицу. Диапазон исходных данных уже указан. В этом случае будут использоваться все данные из исходного диапазона. Если вы хотите изменить диапазон данных (например, включить только часть исходных данных), нажмите на кнопку . В окне Выбор диапазона данных введите нужный диапазон данных в формате Лист1!$A$1:$E$10. Вы также можете выделить нужный диапазон данных на листе с помощью мыши. Когда все будет готово, нажмите кнопку OK. Укажите, где требуется разместить сводную таблицу. Опция Новый лист выбрана по умолчанию. Она позволяет разместить сводную таблицу на новом рабочем листе. Также можно выбрать опцию Существующий лист и затем выбрать определенную ячейку. В этом случае выбранная ячейка будет правой верхней ячейкой созданной сводной таблицы. Чтобы выбрать ячейку, нажмите на кнопку . В окне Выбор диапазона данных введите адрес ячейки в формате Лист1!$G$2. Также можно щелкнуть по нужной ячейке на листе. Когда все будет готово, нажмите кнопку OK. Когда местоположение таблицы будет выбрано, нажмите кнопку OK в окне Создать таблицу. Пустая сводная таблица будет вставлена в выбранном местоположении. Откроется вкладка Параметры сводной таблицы на правой боковой панели. Эту вкладку можно скрыть или показать, нажав на значок . Выбор полей для отображения Раздел Выбрать поля содержит названия полей, соответствующие заголовкам столбцов в исходном наборе данных. Каждое поле содержит значения из соответствующего столбца исходной таблицы. Ниже доступны следующие четыре поля: Фильтры, Столбцы, Строки и Значения. Отметьте галочками поля, которые требуется отобразить в сводной таблице. Когда вы отметите поле, оно будет добавлено в один из доступных разделов на правой боковой панели в зависимости от типа данных и будет отображено в сводной таблице. Поля, содержащие текстовые значения, будут добавлены в раздел Строки; поля, содержащие числовые значения, будут добавлены в раздел Значения. Вы можете просто перетаскивать поля в нужный раздел, а также перетаскивать поля между разделами, чтобы быстро перестроить сводную таблицу. Чтобы удалить поле из текущего раздела, перетащите его за пределы этого раздела. Чтобы добавить поле в нужный раздел, также можно нажать на черную стрелку справа от поля в разделе Выбрать поля и выбрать нужную опцию из меню: Добавить в фильтры, Добавить в строки, Добавить в столбцы, Добавить в значения. Ниже приводятся примеры использования разделов Фильтры, Столбцы, Строки и Значения. При добавлении поля в раздел Фильтры над сводной таблицей будет добавлен отдельный фильтр. Он будет применен ко всей сводной таблице. Если нажать на кнопку со стрелкой в добавленном фильтре, вы увидите значения из выбранного поля. Если снять галочки с некоторых значений в окне фильтра и нажать кнопку OK, значения, с которых снято выделение, не будут отображаться в сводной таблице. При добавлении поля в раздел Столбцы, сводная таблица будет содержать столько же столбцов, сколько значений содержится в выбранном поле. Также будет добавлен столбец Общий итог. При добавлении поля в раздел Строки, сводная таблица будет содержать столько же строк, сколько значений содержится в выбранном поле. Также будет добавлена строка Общий итог. При добавлении поля в раздел Значения в сводной таблице будет отображаться суммирующее значение для всех числовых значений из выбранных полей. Если поле содержит текстовые значения, будет отображаться количество значений. Функцию, которая используется для вычисления суммирующего значения, можно изменить в настройках поля. Упорядочивание полей и изменение их свойств Когда поля будут добавлены в нужные разделы, ими можно управлять, чтобы изменить макет и формат сводной таблицы. Нажмите на черную стрелку справа от поля в разделе Фильтры, Столбцы, Строки или Значения, чтобы открыть контекстное меню поля. С его помощью можно: Переместить выбранное поле Вверх, Вниз, В начало или В конец текущего раздела, если в текущий раздел добавлено несколько полей. Переместить выбранное поле в другой раздел - в Фильтры, Столбцы, Строки или Значения. Опция, соответствующая текущему разделу, будет неактивна. Удалить выбранное поле из текущего раздела. Изменить параметры выбранного поля. Параметры полей из раздела Фильтры, Столбцы и Строки выглядят одинаково: На вкладке Макет содержатся следующие опции: Опция Имя источника позволяет посмотреть имя поля, соответствующее заголовку столбца из исходного набора данных. Опция Пользовательское имя позволяет изменить имя выбранного поля, отображаемое в сводной таблице. В разделе Форма отчета можно изменить способ отображения выбранного поля в сводной таблице: Выберите нужный макет для выбранного поля в сводной таблице: В форме В виде таблицы отображается один столбец для каждого поля и выделяется место для заголовков полей. В форме Структуры отображается один столбец для каждого поля и выделяется место для заголовков полей. В ней также можно отображать промежуточные итоги над каждой группой. В Компактной форме элементы из разных полей раздела строк отображаются в одном столбце. Опция Повторять метки элементов в каждой строке позволяет визуально группировать строки или столбцы при наличии нескольких полей в табличной форме. Опция Добавлять пустую строку после каждой записи позволяет добавлять пустые строки после элементов выбранного поля. Опция Показывать промежуточные итоги позволяет выбрать, надо ли отображать промежуточные итоги для выбранного поля. Можно выбрать одну из опций: Показывать в заголовке группы или Показывать в нижней части группы. Опция Показывать элементы без данных позволяет показать или скрыть пустые элементы в выбранном поле. На вкладке Промежуточные итоги можно выбрать Функции для промежуточных итогов. Отметьте галочкой нужную функцию в списке: Сумма, Количество, Среднее, Макс, Мин, Произведение, Количество чисел, Стандотклон, Стандотклонп, Дисп, Диспр. Параметры поля значений Опция Имя источника позволяет посмотреть имя поля, соответствующее заголовку столбца из исходного набора данных. Опция Пользовательское имя позволяет изменить имя выбранного поля, отображаемое в сводной таблице. В списке Операция можно выбрать функцию, используемую для вычисления суммирующего значения всех значений из этого поля. По умолчанию для числовых значений используется функция Сумма, а для текстовых значений - функция Количество. Доступны следующие функции: Сумма, Количество, Среднее, Макс, Мин, Произведение, Количество чисел, Стандотклон, Стандотклонп, Дисп, Диспр. Изменение оформления сводных таблиц Опции, доступные на верхней панели инструментов, позволяют изменить способ отображения сводной таблицы. Эти параметры применяются ко всей сводной таблице. Чтобы активировать инструменты редактирования на верхней панели инструментов, выделите мышью хотя бы одну ячейку в сводной таблице. В выпадающем списке Макет отчета можно выбрать нужный макет для сводной таблицы: Показать в сжатой форме - позволяет отображать элементы из разных полей раздела строк в одном столбце. Показать в форме структуры - позволяет отображать сводную таблицу в классическом стиле. В этой форме отображается один столбец для каждого поля и выделяется место для заголовков полей. В ней также можно отображать промежуточные итоги над каждой группой.. Показать в табличной форме - позволяет отображать сводную таблицу в традиционном табличном формате. В этой форме отображается один столбец для каждого поля и выделяется место для заголовков полей. Повторять все метки элементов - позволяет визуально группировать строки или столбцы при наличии нескольких полей в табличной форме. Не повторять все метки элементов - позволяет скрыть метки элементов при наличии нескольких полей в табличной форме. В выпадающем списке Пустые строки можно выбрать, надо ли отображать пустые строки после элементов: Вставлять пустую строку после каждого элемента - позволяет добавить пустые строки после элементов. Удалить пустую строку после каждого элемента - позволяет убрать добавленные пустые строки. В выпадающем списке Промежуточные итоги можно выбрать, надо ли отображать промежуточные итоги в сводной таблице: Не показывать промежуточные итоги - позволяет скрыть промежуточные итоги для всех элементов. Показывать все промежуточные итоги в нижней части группы - позволяет отобразить промежуточные итоги под строками, для которых производится промежуточное суммирование. Показывать все промежуточные итоги в верхней части группы - позволяет отобразить промежуточные итоги над строками, для которых производится промежуточное суммирование. В выпадающем списке Общие итоги можно выбрать, надо ли отображать общие итоги в сводной таблице: Отключить для строк и столбцов - позволяет скрыть общие итоги как для строк, так и для столбцов. Включить для строк и столбцов - позволяет отобразить общие итоги как для строк, так и для столбцов. Включить только для строк - позволяет отобразить общие итоги только для строк. Включить только для столбцов - позволяет отобразить общие итоги только для столбцов. Примечание: аналогичные настройки также доступны в окне дополнительных параметров сводной таблицы в разделе Общие итоги вкладки Название и макет. Кнопка Выделить позволяет выделить всю сводную таблицу. Если вы изменили данные в исходном наборе данных, выделите сводную таблицу и нажмите кнопку Обновить, чтобы обновить сводную таблицу. Изменение стиля сводных таблиц Вы можете изменить оформление сводных таблиц в электронной таблице с помощью инструментов редактирования стиля, доступных на верхней панели инструментов. Чтобы активировать инструменты редактирования на верхней панели инструментов, выделите мышью хотя бы одну ячейку в сводной таблице. Параметры строк и столбцов позволяют выделить некоторые строки или столбцы при помощи особого форматирования, или выделить разные строки и столбцы с помощью разных цветов фона для их четкого разграничения. Доступны следующие опции: Заголовки строк - позволяет выделить заголовки строк при помощи особого форматирования. Заголовки столбцов - позволяет выделить заголовки столбцов при помощи особого форматирования. Чередовать строки - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных строк. Чередовать столбцы - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных столбцов. Список шаблонов позволяет выбрать один из готовых стилей сводных таблиц. Каждый шаблон сочетает в себе определенные параметры форматирования, такие как цвет фона, стиль границ, чередование строк или столбцов и т.д. Набор шаблонов отображается по-разному в зависимости от параметров, выбранных для строк и столбцов. Например, если вы отметили опции Заголовки строк и Чередовать столбцы, отображаемый список шаблонов будет содержать только шаблоны с выделенными заголовками строк и включенным чередованием столбцов. Фильтрация и сортировка сводных таблиц Вы можете фильтровать сводные таблицы по подписям или значениям и использовать дополнительные параметры сортировки. Фильтрация Нажмите на кнопку со стрелкой в Названиях строк или Названиях столбцов сводной таблицы. Откроется список команд фильтра: Настройте параметры фильтра. Можно действовать одним из следующих способов: выбрать данные, которые надо отображать, или отфильтровать данные по определенным критериям. Выбор данных, которые надо отображать Снимите флажки рядом с данными, которые требуется скрыть. Для удобства все данные в списке команд фильтра отсортированы в порядке возрастания. Примечание: флажок (пусто) соответствует пустым ячейкам. Он доступен, если в выделенном диапазоне есть хотя бы одна пустая ячейка. Чтобы облегчить этот процесс, используйте поле поиска. Введите в этом поле свой запрос полностью или частично - в списке ниже будут отображены значения, содержащие эти символы. Также будут доступны следующие две опции: Выделить все результаты поиска - выбрана по умолчанию. Позволяет выделить все значения в списке, соответствующие вашему запросу. Добавить выделенный фрагмент в фильтр - если установить этот флажок, выбранные значения не будут скрыты после применения фильтра. После того как вы выберете все нужные данные, нажмите кнопку OK в списке команд фильтра, чтобы применить фильтр. Фильтрация данных по определенным критериям В правой части окна фильтра можно выбрать команду Фильтр подписей или Фильтр значений, а затем выбрать одну из опций в подменю: Для Фильтра подписей доступны следующие опции: Для текстовых значений: Равно..., Не равно..., Начинается с..., Не начинается с..., Оканчивается на..., Не оканчивается на..., Содержит..., Не содержит.... Для числовых значений: Больше..., Больше или равно..., Меньше..., Меньше или равно..., Между, Не между. Для Фильтра значений доступны следующие опции: Равно..., Не равно..., Больше..., Больше или равно..., Меньше..., Меньше или равно..., Между, Не между, Первые 10. После выбора одной из вышеуказанных опций (кроме опций Первые 10), откроется окно Фильтра подписей/Значений. В первом и втором выпадающих списках будут выбраны соответствующее поле и критерий. Введите нужное значение в поле справа. Нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить фильтр. При выборе опции Первые 10 из списка опций Фильтра значений откроется новое окно: В первом выпадающем списке можно выбрать, надо ли отобразить Наибольшие или Наименьшие значения. Во втором поле можно указать, сколько записей из списка или какой процент от общего количества записей требуется отобразить (можно ввести число от 1 до 500). В третьем выпадающем списке можно задать единицы измерения: Элемент, Процент или Сумма. В четвертом выпадающем списке отображается имя выбранного поля. Когда нужные параметры будут заданы, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить фильтр. Кнопка Фильтр появится в Названиях строк или Названиях столбцов сводной таблицы. Это означает, что фильтр применен. Сортировка Данные сводной таблицы можно сортировать, используя параметры сортировки. Нажмите на кнопку со стрелкой в Названиях строк или Названиях столбцов сводной таблицы и выберите опцию Сортировка по возрастанию или Сортировка по убыванию в подменю. Опция Дополнительные параметры сортировки... позволяет открыть окно Сортировать, в котором можно выбрать нужный порядок сортировки - По возрастанию (от А до Я) или По убыванию (от Я до А) - а затем выбрать определенное поле, которое требуется отсортировать. Изменение дополнительных параметров сводной таблицы Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры сводной таблицы, нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно 'Сводная таблица - Дополнительные параметры': На вкладке Название и макет можно изменить общие свойства сводной таблицы. С помощью опции Название можно изменить название сводной таблицы. В разделе Общие итоги можно выбрать, надо ли отображать общие итоги в сводной таблице. Опции Показывать для строк и Показывать для столбцов отмечены по умолчанию. Вы можете снять галочку или с одной из них, или с них обеих, чтобы скрыть соответствующие общие итоги из сводной таблицы. Примечание: аналогичные настройки также доступны на верхней панели инструментов в меню Общие итоги. В разделе Отображать поля в области фильтра отчета можно настроить фильтры отчета, которые появляются при добавлении полей в раздел Фильтры: Опция Вниз, затем вправо используется для организации столбцов. Она позволяет отображать фильтры отчета по столбцам. Опция Вправо, затем вниз используется для организации строк. Она позволяет отображать фильтры отчета по строкам. Опция Число полей фильтра отчета в столбце позволяет выбрать количество фильтров для отображения в каждом столбце. По умолчанию задано значение 0. Вы можете выбрать нужное числовое значение. В разделе Заголовки полей можно выбрать, надо ли отображать заголовки полей в сводной таблице. Опция Показывать заголовки полей для строк и столбцов выбрана по умолчанию. Снимите с нее галочку, если хотите скрыть заголовки полей из сводной таблицы. На вкладке Источник данных можно изменить данные, которые требуется использовать для создания сводной таблицы. Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и измените его в случае необходимости. Для этого нажмите на кнопку . В окне Выбор диапазона данных введите нужный диапазон данных в формате Лист1!$A$1:$E$10. Также можно выбрать нужный диапазон ячеек на рабочем листе с помощью мыши. Когда все будет готово, нажмите кнопку OK. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит сводная таблица. Удаление сводной таблицы Для удаления сводной таблицы: Выделите всю сводную таблицу с помощью кнопки Выделить на верхней панели инструментов. Нажмите клавишу Delete." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/RemoveDuplicates.htm", + "title": "Удаление дубликатов", + "body": "Вы можете удалить повторяющиеся значения из выбранного диапазона данных или форматированной таблицы. Для удаления дубликатов: Выделите нужный диапазон ячеек, который содержит повторяющиеся значения. Перейдите на вкладку Данные и нажмите кнопку Удалить дубликаты на верхней панели инструментов. Если вы хотите удалить дубликаты из форматированной таблицы, также можно использовать опцию Удалить дубликаты на правой боковой панели. Если вы выделите определенную часть диапазона данных, появится окно с предупреждением, в котором будет предложено расширить область выделения, чтобы включить в нее весь диапазон данных, или продолжить операцию с данными, выделенными в данный момент. Нажмите кнопку Развернуть или Удалить в выделенном диапазоне. Если вы выберете опцию Удалить в выделенном диапазоне, повторяющиеся значения в ячейках, смежных с выделенным диапазоном, не будут удалены. Откроется окно Удалить дубликаты: Отметьте нужные опции в окне Удалить дубликаты: Мои данные содержат заголовки - установите эту галочку, чтобы исключить заголовки столбцов из выделенной области. Столбцы - оставьте опцию Выделить всё, выбранную по умолчанию, или снимите с нее галочку и выделите только нужные столбцы. Нажмите на кнопку OK. Повторяющиеся значения из выбранного диапазона данных будут удалены. Появится окно с информацией о том, сколько повторяющихся значений было удалено и сколько уникальных значений осталось: Если вы хотите восстановить удаленные данные сразу после удаления, используйте кнопку Отменить на верхней панели инструментов или сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Z." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Сохранение / печать / скачивание таблицы", - "body": "Сохранение По умолчанию онлайн-редактор электронных таблиц автоматически сохраняет файл каждые 2 секунды, когда вы работаете над ним, чтобы не допустить потери данных в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Если вы совместно редактируете файл в Быстром режиме, таймер запрашивает наличие изменений 25 раз в секунду и сохраняет их, если они были внесены. При совместном редактировании файла в Строгом режиме изменения автоматически сохраняются каждые 10 минут. При необходимости можно легко выбрать предпочтительный режим совместного редактирования или отключить функцию автоматического сохранения на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы сохранить текущую электронную таблицу вручную в текущем формате и местоположении, щелкните по значку Сохранить в левой части шапки редактора, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+S, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сохранить. Примечание: чтобы не допустить потери данных в десктопной версии в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы, вы можете включить опцию Автовосстановление на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы в десктопной версии сохранить электронную таблицу под другим именем, в другом местоположении или в другом формате, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Сохранить как, выберите один из доступных форматов: XLSX, ODS, CSV, PDF, PDFA. Также можно выбрать вариант Шаблон таблицы XLTX или OTS. Скачивание Чтобы в онлайн-версии скачать готовую электронную таблицу и сохранить ее на жестком диске компьютера, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Скачать как..., выберите один из доступных форматов: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Примечание: если вы выберете формат CSV, весь функционал (форматирование шрифта, формулы и так далее), кроме обычного текста, не сохранится в файле CSV. Если вы продолжите сохранение, откроется окно Выбрать параметры CSV. По умолчанию в качестве типа Кодировки используется Unicode (UTF-8). Стандартным Разделителем является запятая (,), но доступны также следующие варианты: точка с запятой (;), двоеточие (:), Табуляция, Пробел и Другое (эта опция позволяет задать пользовательский символ разделителя). Сохранение копии Чтобы в онлайн-версии сохранить копию электронной таблицы на портале, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Сохранить копию как..., выберите один из доступных форматов: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS, выберите местоположение файла на портале и нажмите Сохранить. Печать Чтобы распечатать текущую электронную таблицу: щелкните по значку Печать в левой части шапки редактора, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+P, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Печать. Откроется окно Параметры печати, в котором можно изменить параметры печати, заданные по умолчанию. Нажмите на кнопку Показать детали внизу окна, чтобы отобразить все параметры. Примечание: параметры печати можно также настроить на странице Дополнительные параметры...: нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и перейдите в раздел: Дополнительные параметры... >> Параметры страницы. На вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов также доступны некоторые из этих настроек: Поля, Ориентация, Размер страницы, Область печати, Вписать. Здесь можно задать следующие параметры: Диапазон печати - укажите, что необходимо напечатать: весь Текущий лист, Все листы электронной таблицы или предварительно выделенный диапазон ячеек (Выделенный фрагмент), Если вы ранее задали постоянную область печати, но хотите напечатать весь лист, поставьте галочку рядом с опцией Игнорировать область печати. Параметры листа - укажите индивидуальные параметры печати для каждого отдельного листа, если в выпадающем списке Диапазон печати выбрана опция Все листы, Размер страницы - выберите из выпадающего списка один из доступных размеров, Ориентация страницы - выберите опцию Книжная, если при печати требуется расположить таблицу на странице вертикально, или используйте опцию Альбомная, чтобы расположить ее горизонтально, Масштаб - если вы не хотите, чтобы некоторые столбцы или строки были напечатаны на второй странице, можно сжать содержимое листа, чтобы оно помещалось на одной странице, выбрав соответствующую опцию: Вписать лист на одну страницу, Вписать все столбцы на одну страницу или Вписать все строки на одну страницу. Оставьте опцию Реальный размер, чтобы распечатать лист без корректировки, При выборе пункта меню Настраиваемые параметры откроется окно Настройки масштаба: Разместить не более чем на: позволяет выбрать нужное количество страниц, на котором должен разместиться напечатанный рабочий лист. Выберите нужное количество страниц из списков Ширина и Высота. Установить: позволяет увеличить или уменьшить масштаб рабочего листа, чтобы он поместился на напечатанных страницах, указав вручную значение в процентах от обычного размера. Поля - укажите расстояние между данными рабочего листа и краями печатной страницы, изменив размеры по умолчанию в полях Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа, Печать - укажите элементы рабочего листа, которые необходимо выводить на печать, установив соответствующие флажки: Печать сетки и Печать заголовков строк и столбцов. В десктопной версии документ будет напрямую отправлен на печать. В онлайн-версии на основе данного документа будет сгенерирован файл PDF. Вы можете открыть и распечатать его, или сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера или съемном носителе чтобы распечатать позже. В некоторых браузерах, например Хром и Опера, есть встроенная возможность для прямой печати. Настройка области печати Если требуется распечатать только выделенный диапазон ячеек вместо всего листа, можно использовать настройку Выделенный фрагмент в выпадающем списке Диапазон печати. Эта настройка не сохраняется при сохранении рабочей книги и подходит для однократного использования. Если какой-то диапазон ячеек требуется распечатывать неоднократно, можно задать постоянную область печати на рабочем листе. Область печати будет сохранена при сохранении рабочей книги и может использоваться при последующем открытии электронной таблицы. Можно также задать несколько постоянных областей печати на листе, в этом случае каждая из них будет выводиться на печать на отдельной странице. Чтобы задать область печати: выделите нужный диапазон ячеек на рабочем листе. Чтобы выделить несколько диапазонов, удерживайте клавишу Ctrl, перейдите на вкладку Макет верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на стрелку рядом с кнопкой Область печати и выберите опцию Задать область печати. Созданная область печати сохраняется при сохранении рабочей книги. При последующем открытии файла на печать будет выводиться заданная область печати. Примечание: при создании области печати также автоматически создается именованный диапазон Область_печати, отображаемый в Диспетчере имен. Чтобы выделить границы всех областей печати на текущем рабочем листе, можно нажать на стрелку в поле \"Имя\" слева от строки формул и выбрать из списка имен Область_печати. Чтобы добавить ячейки в область печати: откройте нужный рабочий лист, на котором добавлена область печати, выделите нужный диапазон ячеек на рабочем листе, перейдите на вкладку Макет верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на стрелку рядом с кнопкой Область печати и выберите опцию Добавить в область печати. Будет добавлена новая область печати. Каждая из областей печати будет выводиться на печать на отдельной странице. Чтобы удалить область печати: откройте нужный рабочий лист, на котором добавлена область печати, перейдите на вкладку Макет верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на стрелку рядом с кнопкой Область печати и выберите опцию Очистить область печати. Будут удалены все области печати, существующие на этом листе. После этого на печать будет выводиться весь лист." + "body": "Сохранение По умолчанию онлайн-редактор электронных таблиц автоматически сохраняет файл каждые 2 секунды, когда вы работаете над ним, чтобы не допустить потери данных в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Если вы совместно редактируете файл в Быстром режиме, таймер запрашивает наличие изменений 25 раз в секунду и сохраняет их, если они были внесены. При совместном редактировании файла в Строгом режиме изменения автоматически сохраняются каждые 10 минут. При необходимости можно легко выбрать предпочтительный режим совместного редактирования или отключить функцию автоматического сохранения на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы сохранить текущую электронную таблицу вручную в текущем формате и местоположении, щелкните по значку Сохранить в левой части шапки редактора, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+S, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сохранить. Примечание: чтобы не допустить потери данных в десктопной версии в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы, вы можете включить опцию Автовосстановление на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы в десктопной версии сохранить электронную таблицу под другим именем, в другом местоположении или в другом формате, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Сохранить как, выберите один из доступных форматов: XLSX, ODS, CSV, PDF, PDFA. Также можно выбрать вариант Шаблон таблицы XLTX или OTS. Скачивание Чтобы в онлайн-версии скачать готовую электронную таблицу и сохранить ее на жестком диске компьютера, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Скачать как..., выберите один из доступных форматов: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Примечание: если вы выберете формат CSV, весь функционал (форматирование шрифта, формулы и так далее), кроме обычного текста, не сохранится в файле CSV. Если вы продолжите сохранение, откроется окно Выбрать параметры CSV. По умолчанию в качестве типа Кодировки используется Unicode (UTF-8). Стандартным Разделителем является запятая (,), но доступны также следующие варианты: точка с запятой (;), двоеточие (:), Табуляция, Пробел и Другое (эта опция позволяет задать пользовательский символ разделителя). Сохранение копии Чтобы в онлайн-версии сохранить копию электронной таблицы на портале, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Сохранить копию как..., выберите один из доступных форматов: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS, выберите местоположение файла на портале и нажмите Сохранить. Печать Чтобы распечатать текущую электронную таблицу: щелкните по значку Печать в левой части шапки редактора, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+P, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Печать. Откроется окно Параметры печати, в котором можно изменить параметры печати, заданные по умолчанию. Нажмите на кнопку Показать детали внизу окна, чтобы отобразить все параметры. Примечание: параметры печати можно также настроить на странице Дополнительные параметры...: нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и перейдите в раздел: Дополнительные параметры... >> Параметры страницы. На вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов также доступны некоторые из этих настроек: Поля, Ориентация, Размер страницы, Область печати, Вписать. Здесь можно задать следующие параметры: Диапазон печати - укажите, что необходимо напечатать: весь Текущий лист, Все листы электронной таблицы или предварительно выделенный диапазон ячеек (Выделенный фрагмент), Если вы ранее задали постоянную область печати, но хотите напечатать весь лист, поставьте галочку рядом с опцией Игнорировать область печати. Параметры листа - укажите индивидуальные параметры печати для каждого отдельного листа, если в выпадающем списке Диапазон печати выбрана опция Все листы, Размер страницы - выберите из выпадающего списка один из доступных размеров, Ориентация страницы - выберите опцию Книжная, если при печати требуется расположить таблицу на странице вертикально, или используйте опцию Альбомная, чтобы расположить ее горизонтально, Масштаб - если вы не хотите, чтобы некоторые столбцы или строки были напечатаны на второй странице, можно сжать содержимое листа, чтобы оно помещалось на одной странице, выбрав соответствующую опцию: Вписать лист на одну страницу, Вписать все столбцы на одну страницу или Вписать все строки на одну страницу. Оставьте опцию Реальный размер, чтобы распечатать лист без корректировки, При выборе пункта меню Настраиваемые параметры откроется окно Настройки масштаба: Разместить не более чем на: позволяет выбрать нужное количество страниц, на котором должен разместиться напечатанный рабочий лист. Выберите нужное количество страниц из списков Ширина и Высота. Установить: позволяет увеличить или уменьшить масштаб рабочего листа, чтобы он поместился на напечатанных страницах, указав вручную значение в процентах от обычного размера. Печатать заголовки - если вы хотите печатать заголовки строк или столбцов на каждой странице, используйте опцию Повторять строки сверху или Повторять столбцы слева и выберите одну из доступных опций из выпадающего списка: повторять элементы из выбранного диапазона, повторять закрепленные строки, повторять только первую строку/первый столбец. Поля - укажите расстояние между данными рабочего листа и краями печатной страницы, изменив размеры по умолчанию в полях Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа, Печать - укажите элементы рабочего листа, которые необходимо выводить на печать, установив соответствующие флажки: Печать сетки и Печать заголовков строк и столбцов. В десктопной версии документ будет напрямую отправлен на печать. В онлайн-версии на основе данного документа будет сгенерирован файл PDF. Вы можете открыть и распечатать его, или сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера или съемном носителе чтобы распечатать позже. В некоторых браузерах, например Хром и Опера, есть встроенная возможность для прямой печати. Настройка области печати Если требуется распечатать только выделенный диапазон ячеек вместо всего листа, можно использовать настройку Выделенный фрагмент в выпадающем списке Диапазон печати. Эта настройка не сохраняется при сохранении рабочей книги и подходит для однократного использования. Если какой-то диапазон ячеек требуется распечатывать неоднократно, можно задать постоянную область печати на рабочем листе. Область печати будет сохранена при сохранении рабочей книги и может использоваться при последующем открытии электронной таблицы. Можно также задать несколько постоянных областей печати на листе, в этом случае каждая из них будет выводиться на печать на отдельной странице. Чтобы задать область печати: выделите нужный диапазон ячеек на рабочем листе. Чтобы выделить несколько диапазонов, удерживайте клавишу Ctrl, перейдите на вкладку Макет верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на стрелку рядом с кнопкой Область печати и выберите опцию Задать область печати. Созданная область печати сохраняется при сохранении рабочей книги. При последующем открытии файла на печать будет выводиться заданная область печати. Примечание: при создании области печати также автоматически создается именованный диапазон Область_печати, отображаемый в Диспетчере имен. Чтобы выделить границы всех областей печати на текущем рабочем листе, можно нажать на стрелку в поле \"Имя\" слева от строки формул и выбрать из списка имен Область_печати. Чтобы добавить ячейки в область печати: откройте нужный рабочий лист, на котором добавлена область печати, выделите нужный диапазон ячеек на рабочем листе, перейдите на вкладку Макет верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на стрелку рядом с кнопкой Область печати и выберите опцию Добавить в область печати. Будет добавлена новая область печати. Каждая из областей печати будет выводиться на печать на отдельной странице. Чтобы удалить область печати: откройте нужный рабочий лист, на котором добавлена область печати, перейдите на вкладку Макет верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на стрелку рядом с кнопкой Область печати и выберите опцию Очистить область печати. Будут удалены все области печати, существующие на этом листе. После этого на печать будет выводиться весь лист." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ScaleToFit.htm", "title": "Масштабирование листа", "body": "Если вы хотите уместить целый лист электронной таблицы на листе для печати, то вам может понадобиться функция Вписать. Эта функция помогает сжать электронную таблицу, чтобы уместить данные на указанном количестве страниц. Для этого выполните следующие действия: на верхней панели инструментов войдите во вкладку Макет и выберите функцию Вписать, чтобы распечатать весь лист на одной странице, в параметре Высота выберите 1 страница, а Ширину назначьте Авто. Значение масштабирования будет изменено автоматически. Данное значение отображается напротив параметра Масштаб. Чем оно больше, тем сильнее масштабируется лист таблицы; вы можете вручную изменять значение масштабирования. Для этого поставьте параметры Высоты и Ширины на Авто и при помощи кнопок «+» и «-» меняйте масштаб листа. Границы печатной страницы будут отображаться пунктирными линиями на листе электронной таблицы, в разделе Файл нажмите Печать или используйте горячие клавиши Ctrl+P и в появившемся окне настройте параметры печати. Например, если на листе находится много колонок, может оказаться полезным поменять Ориентацию страницы на Книжную. Или распечатать заранее выделенный диапазон ячеек. Подробные сведения о возможностях печати вы можете найти в данной статье. Примечание: просмотр масштабированных листов может оказаться затруднительным, поскольку все данные таблицы сжимаются." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/SheetView.htm", + "title": "Управление предустановками представления листа", + "body": "Редактор электронных таблиц предлагает возможность изменить представление листа при помощи применения фильтров. Для этого используется диспетчер представлений листов. Теперь вы можете сохранить необходимые параметры фильтрации в качестве предустановки представления и использовать ее позже вместе с коллегами, а также создать несколько предустановок и легко переключаться между ними. Если вы совместно работаете над электронной таблицей, создайте индивидуальные предустановки представления и продолжайте работать с необходимыми фильтрами, не отвлекаясь от других соредакторов. Создание нового набора настроек представления листа Поскольку предустановка представления предназначена для сохранения настраиваемых параметров фильтрации, сначала вам необходимо применить указанные параметры к листу. Чтобы узнать больше о фильтрации, перейдите на эту страницу . Есть два способа создать новый набор настроек вида листа: перейдите на вкладку Представление и щелкните на иконку Представление листа, во всплывающем меню выберите пункт Диспетчер представлений, в появившемся окне Диспетчер представлений листа нажмите кнопку Новое, добавьте название для нового набора настроек представления листа, или на вкладке Представление верхней панели инструментов нажмите кнопку Новое. По умолчанию набор настроек будет создан под названием \"View1/2/3...\" Чтобы изменить название, перейдите в Диспетчер представлений листа, щелкните на нужный набор настроек и нажмите на Переименовать. Нажмите Перейти к представлению, чтобы применить выбранный набор настроек представления листа. Переключение между предустановками представления листа Перейдите на вкладку Представление и щелкните на иконку Представление листа. Во всплывающем меню выберите пункт Диспетчер представлений. В поле Представления листа выберите нужный набор настрок представления листа. Нажмите кнопку Перейти к представлению. Чтобы выйти из текущего набора настроек представления листа, нажмите на значок Закрыть на верхней панели инструментов. Управление предустановками представления листа Перейдите на вкладку Представление и щелкните на иконку Представление листа. Во всплывающем меню выберите пункт Диспетчер представлений. В поле Представления листа выберите нужный набор настрок представления листа. Выберите одну из следующих опций: Переименовать, чтобы изменить название выбранного набора настроек, Дублировать, чтобы создать копию выбранного набора настроек, Удалить, чтобы удалить выбранный набора настроек. Нажмите кнопку Перейти к представлению." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/Slicers.htm", + "title": "Создание срезов для форматированных таблиц", + "body": "Создание нового среза После создания новой форматированной таблицы вы можете создавать срезы для быстрой фильтрации данных. Для этого: выделите мышью хотя бы одну яейку в форматированной таблице и нажмите значок Параметры таблицы справа. нажмите на пункт Вставить срез на вкладке Параметры таблицы правой боковой панели. Также можно перейти на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов и нажать кнопку Срез. Откроется окно Вставка срезов: отметьте галочками нужные столбцы в окне Вставка срезов. нажмите кнопку OK. Срез будет добавлен для каждого из выделенных столбцов. Если вы добавили несколько срезов, они будут перекрывать друг друга. После того как срез будет добавлен, можно изменить его размер и местоположение и другие параметры. Срез содержит кнопки, на которые можно нажимать, чтобы отфильтровать форматированную таблицу. Кнопки, соответствующие пустым ячейкам, обозначены меткой (пусто). При нажатии на кнопку среза будет снято выделение с других кнопок, а соответствующий столбец в исходной таблице будет отфильтрован, чтобы в нем был отображен только выбранный элемент: Если вы добавили несколько срезов, изменения в одном из срезов могут повлиять на элементы другого среза. Когда к срезу применен один или несколько фильтров, в другом срезе могут появиться элементы без данных (более светлого цвета): Способ отображения элементов без данных в срезе можно настроить в параметрах среза. Чтобы выделить несколько кнопок среза, используйте значок Множественное выделение в правом верхнем углу среза или нажмите Alt+S. Выделите нужные кнопки среза, нажимая их по очереди. Чтобы очистить фильтр среза, используйте значок Очистить фильтр в правом верхнем углу среза или нажмите Alt+C. Редактирование срезов Некоторые параметры среза можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры среза на правой боковой панели, которая открывается при выделении среза мышью. Эту вкладку можно скрыть или показать, нажав на значок справа. Изменение размера и положения среза Опции Ширина и Высота позволяют изменить ширину и/или высоту среза. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон среза. В разделе Положение можно изменить положение среза По горизонтали и/или По вертикали. Опция Отключить изменение размера или перемещение позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера среза. Когда эта опция выбрана, опции Ширина, Высота, Положение и Кнопки неактивны. Изменение макета и стиля среза В разделе Кнопки можно указать нужное количество Столбцов и задать Ширину и Высоту кнопок. По умолчанию срез содержит один столбец. Если элементы содержат короткий текст, можно изменить число столбцов до 2 и более: При увеличении ширины кнопок ширина среза будет меняться соответственно. При увеличении высоты кнопок в срез будет добавлена полоса прокрутки: В разделе Стиль можно выбрать один из готовых стилей срезов. Применение параметров сортировки и фильтрации По возрастанию (от A до Я) - используется для сортировки данных в порядке возрастания - от A до Я по алфавиту или от наименьшего значения к наибольшему для числовых данных. По убыванию (от Я до A) - используется для сортировки данных в порядке убывания - от Я до A по алфавиту или от наибольшего значения к наименьшему для числовых данных. Опция Скрыть элементы без данных позволяет скрыть элементы без данных из среза. Когда эта опция отмечена, опции Визуально выделять пустые элементы и Показывать пустые элементы последними неактивны. Когда опция Скрыть элементы без данных не отмечена, можно использовать следующие параметры: Опция Визуально выделять пустые элементы позволяет отображать элементы без данных с другим форматированием (более светлого цвета). Если снять галочку с этой опции, все элементы будут отображаться с одинаковым форматированием. Опция Показывать пустые элементы последними позволяет отображать элементы без данных в конце списка. Если снять галочку с этой опции, все элементы будут отображаться в том же порядке, что и в исходной таблице. Изменение дополнительных параметров среза Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры среза, нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно 'Срез - Дополнительные параметры': Вкладка Стиль и размер содержит следующие параметры: Опция Заголовок позволяет изменить заголовок среза. Снимите галочку с опции Показывать заголовок, если вы не хотите отображать заголовок среза. Опция Стиль позволяет выбрать один из готовых стилей срезов. Опции Ширина и Высота позволяют изменить ширину и/или высоту среза. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон среза. В разделе Кнопки можно указать нужное количество Столбцов и задать Высоту кнопок. Вкладка Сортировка и фильтрация содержит следующие параметры: По возрастанию (от A до Я) - используется для сортировки данных в порядке возрастания - от A до Я по алфавиту или от наименьшего значения к наибольшему для числовых данных. По убыванию (от Я до A) - используется для сортировки данных в порядке убывания - от Я до A по алфавиту или от наибольшего значения к наименьшему для числовых данных. Опция Скрыть элементы без данных позволяет скрыть элементы без данных из среза. Когда эта опция отмечена, опции Визуально выделять пустые элементы и Показывать пустые элементы последними неактивны. Когда опция Скрыть элементы без данных не отмечена, можно использовать следующие параметры: Опция Визуально выделять пустые элементы позволяет отображать элементы без данных с другим форматированием (более светлого цвета). Опция Показывать пустые элементы последними позволяет отображать элементы без данных в конце списка. Вкладка Ссылки содержит следующие параметры: Опция Имя источника позволяет посмотреть имя поля, соответствующее заголовку столбца из исходного набора данных. Опция Имя для использования в формулах позволяет посмотреть имя среза, которое отображается в Диспетчере имен. Опция Имя позволяет задать произвольное имя среза, тобы сделать его более содержательным и понятным. Вкладка Привязка к ячейке содержит следующие параметры: Перемещать и изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать срез к ячейке позади него. Если ячейка перемещается (например, при вставке или удалении нескольких строк/столбцов), срез будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой. При увеличении или уменьшении ширины или высоты ячейки размер среза также будет изменяться. Перемещать, но не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет привязать срез к ячейке позади него, не допуская изменения размера среза. Если ячейка перемещается, срез будет перемещаться вместе с ячейкой, но при изменении размера ячейки размеры среза останутся неизменными. Не перемещать и не изменять размеры вместе с ячейками - эта опция позволяет запретить перемещение или изменение размера среза при изменении положения или размера ячейки. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит срез. Удаление среза Для удаления среза: Выделите срез, щелкнув по нему. Нажмите клавишу Delete." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SortData.htm", "title": "Сортировка и фильтрация данных", - "body": "Сортировка данных Данные в электронной таблице можно быстро отсортировать, используя одну из доступных опций: По возрастанию используется для сортировки данных в порядке возрастания - от A до Я по алфавиту или от наименьшего значения к наибольшему для числовых данных. По убыванию используется для сортировки данных в порядке убывания - от Я до A по алфавиту или от наибольшего значения к наименьшему для числовых данных. Примечание: параметры сортировки доступны как на вкладке Главная, так и на вкладке Данные. Для сортировки данных: выделите диапазон ячеек, который требуется отсортировать (можно выделить отдельную ячейку в диапазоне, чтобы отсортировать весь диапазон), щелкните по значку Сортировка по возрастанию , расположенному на вкладке Главная или Данные верхней панели инструментов, для сортировки данных в порядке возрастания, ИЛИ щелкните по значку Сортировка по убыванию , расположенному на вкладке Главная или Данные верхней панели инструментов, для сортировки данных в порядке убывания. Примечание: если вы выделите отдельный столбец/строку в диапазоне ячеек или часть строки/столбца, вам будет предложено выбрать, хотите ли вы расширить выделенный диапазон, чтобы включить смежные ячейки, или отсортировать только выделенные данные. Данные также можно сортировать, используя команды контекстного меню. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенному диапазону ячеек, выберите в меню команду Сортировка, а затем выберите из подменю опцию По возрастанию или По убыванию. С помощью контекстного меню данные можно также отсортировать по цвету: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по ячейке, содержащей цвет, по которому требуется отсортировать данные, выберите в меню команду Сортировка, выберите из подменю нужную опцию: Сначала ячейки с выделенным цветом - чтобы отобразить записи с таким же цветом фона ячеек в верхней части столбца, Сначала ячейки с выделенным шрифтом - чтобы отобразить записи с таким же цветом шрифта в верхней части столбца. Фильтрация данных Чтобы отобразить только те строки, которые соответствуют определенным критериям, и скрыть остальные, воспользуйтесь Фильтром. Примечание: параметры фильтрации доступны как на вкладке Главная, так и на вкладке Данные. Чтобы включить фильтр: Выделите диапазон ячеек, содержащих данные, которые требуется отфильтровать (можно выделить отдельную ячейку в диапазоне, чтобы отфильтровать весь диапазон), Щелкните по значку Фильтр , расположенному на вкладке Главная или Данные верхней панели инструментов. В первой ячейке каждого столбца выделенного диапазона ячеек появится кнопка со стрелкой . Это означает, что фильтр включен. Чтобы применить фильтр: Нажмите на кнопку со стрелкой . Откроется список команд фильтра: Примечание: можно изменить размер окна фильтра путем перетаскивания его правой границы вправо или влево, чтобы отображать данные максимально удобным образом. Настройте параметры фильтра. Можно действовать одним из трех следующих способов: выбрать данные, которые надо отображать, отфильтровать данные по определенным критериям или отфильтровать данные по цвету. Выбор данных, которые надо отображать Снимите флажки рядом с данными, которые требуется скрыть. Для удобства все данные в списке команд фильтра отсортированы в порядке возрастания. Количество уникальных значений в отфильтрованном диапазоне отображено справа от каждого значения в окне фильтра. Примечание: флажок {Пустые} соответствует пустым ячейкам. Он доступен, если в выделенном диапазоне есть хотя бы одна пустая ячейка. Чтобы облегчить этот процесс, используйте поле поиска. Введите в этом поле свой запрос полностью или частично - в списке ниже будут отображены значения, содержащие эти символы. Также будут доступны следующие две опции: Выделить все результаты поиска - выбрана по умолчанию. Позволяет выделить все значения в списке, соответствующие вашему запросу. Добавить выделенный фрагмент в фильтр - если установить этот флажок, выбранные значения не будут скрыты после применения фильтра. После того как вы выберете все нужные данные, нажмите кнопку OK в списке команд фильтра, чтобы применить фильтр. Фильтрация данных по определенным критериям В зависимости от данных, содержащихся в выбранном столбце, в правой части окна фильтра можно выбрать команду Числовой фильтр или Текстовый фильтр, а затем выбрать одну из опций в подменю: Для Числового фильтра доступны следующие опции: Равно..., Не равно..., Больше..., Больше или равно..., Меньше..., Меньше или равно..., Между, Первые 10, Выше среднего, Ниже среднего, Пользовательский.... Для Текстового фильтра доступны следующие опции: Равно..., Не равно..., Начинается с..., Не начинается с..., Оканчивается на..., Не оканчивается на..., Содержит..., Не содержит..., Пользовательский.... После выбора одной из вышеуказанных опций (кроме опций Первые 10 и Выше/Ниже среднего), откроется окно Пользовательский фильтр. В верхнем выпадающем списке будет выбран соответствующий критерий. Введите нужное значение в поле справа. Для добавления еще одного критерия используйте переключатель И, если требуется, чтобы данные удовлетворяли обоим критериям, или выберите переключатель Или, если могут удовлетворяться один или оба критерия. Затем выберите из нижнего выпадающего списка второй критерий и введите нужное значение справа. Нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить фильтр. При выборе опции Пользовательский... из списка опций Числового/Текстового фильтра, первое условие не выбирается автоматически, вы можете выбрать его сами. При выборе опции Первые 10 из списка опций Числового фильтра, откроется новое окно: В первом выпадающем списке можно выбрать, надо ли отобразить Наибольшие или Наименьшие значения. Во втором поле можно указать, сколько записей из списка или какой процент от общего количества записей требуется отобразить (можно ввести число от 1 до 500). В третьем выпадающем списке можно задать единицы измерения: Элемент или Процент. Когда нужные параметры будут заданы, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить фильтр. При выборе опции Выше/Ниже среднего из списка опций Числового фильтра, фильтр будет применен сразу. Фильтрация данных по цвету Если в диапазоне ячеек, который требуется отфильтровать, есть ячейки, которые вы отформатировали, изменив цвет их фона или шрифта (вручную или с помощью готовых стилей), можно использовать одну из следующих опций: Фильтр по цвету ячеек - чтобы отобразить только записи с определенным цветом фона ячеек и скрыть остальные, Фильтр по цвету шрифта - чтобы отобразить только записи с определенным цветом шрифта в ячейках и скрыть остальные. Когда вы выберете нужную опцию, откроется палитра, содержащая цвета, использованные в выделенном диапазоне ячеек. Выберите один из цветов, чтобы применить фильтр. В первой ячейке столбца появится кнопка Фильтр . Это означает, что фильтр применен. Количество отфильтрованых записей будет отображено в строке состояния (например, отфильтровано записей: 25 из 80). Примечание: когда фильтр применен, строки, отсеянные в результате фильтрации, нельзя изменить при автозаполнении, форматировании, удалении видимого содержимого. Такие действия влияют только на видимые строки, а строки, скрытые фильтром, остаются без изменений. При копировании и вставке отфильтрованных данных можно скопировать и вставить только видимые строки. Это не эквивалентно строкам, скрытым вручную, которые затрагиваются всеми аналогичными действиями. Сортировка отфильтрованных данных Можно задать порядок сортировки данных, для которых включен или применен фильтр. Нажмите на кнопку со стрелкой или кнопку Фильтр и выберите одну из опций в списке команд фильтра: Сортировка по возрастанию - позволяет сортировать данные в порядке возрастания, отобразив в верхней части столбца наименьшее значение, Сортировка по убыванию - позволяет сортировать данные в порядке убывания, отобразив в верхней части столбца наибольшее значение, Сортировка по цвету ячеек - позволяет выбрать один из цветов и отобразить записи с таким же цветом фона ячеек в верхней части столбца, Сортировка по цвету шрифта - позволяет выбрать один из цветов и отобразить записи с таким же цветом шрифта в верхней части столбца. Последние две команды можно использовать, если в диапазоне ячеек, который требуется отсортировать, есть ячейки, которые вы отформатировали, изменив цвет их фона или шрифта (вручную или с помощью готовых стилей). Направление сортировки будет обозначено с помощью стрелки в кнопках фильтра. если данные отсортированы по возрастанию, кнопка со стрелкой в первой ячейке столбца выглядит так: , а кнопка Фильтр выглядит следующим образом: . если данные отсортированы по убыванию, кнопка со стрелкой в первой ячейке столбца выглядит так: , а кнопка Фильтр выглядит следующим образом: . Данные можно также быстро отсортировать по цвету с помощью команд контекстного меню: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по ячейке, содержащей цвет, по которому требуется отсортировать данные, выберите в меню команду Сортировка, выберите из подменю нужную опцию: Сначала ячейки с выделенным цветом - чтобы отобразить записи с таким же цветом фона ячеек в верхней части столбца, Сначала ячейки с выделенным шрифтом - чтобы отобразить записи с таким же цветом шрифта в верхней части столбца. Фильтр по содержимому выделенной ячейки Данные можно также быстро фильтровать по содержимому выделенной ячейки с помощью команд контекстного меню. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по ячейке, выберите в меню команду Фильтр, а затем выберите одну из доступных опций: Фильтр по значению выбранной ячейки - чтобы отобразить только записи с таким же значением, как и в выделенной ячейке. Фильтр по цвету ячейки - чтобы отобразить только записи с таким же цветом фона ячеек, как и у выделенной ячейки. Фильтр по цвету шрифта - чтобы отобразить только записи с таким же цветом шрифта, как и у выделенной ячейки. Форматирование по шаблону таблицы Чтобы облегчить работу с данными, в редакторе электронных таблиц предусмотрена возможность применения к выделенному диапазону ячеек шаблона таблицы с автоматическим включением фильтра. Для этого: выделите диапазон ячеек, которые требуется отформатировать, щелкните по значку Форматировать как шаблон таблицы , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, в галерее выберите требуемый шаблон, в открывшемся всплывающем окне проверьте диапазон ячеек, которые требуется отформатировать как таблицу, установите флажок Заголовок, если требуется, чтобы заголовки таблицы входили в выделенный диапазон ячеек; в противном случае строка заголовка будет добавлена наверху, в то время как выделенный диапазон ячеек сместится на одну строку вниз, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить выбранный шаблон. Шаблон будет применен к выделенному диапазону ячеек, и вы сможете редактировать заголовки таблицы и применять фильтр для работы с данными. Форматированную таблицу также можно вставить с помощью кнопки Таблица на вкладке Вставка. В этом случае применяется шаблон таблицы по умолчанию. Примечание: как только вы создадите новую форматированную таблицу, этой таблице будет автоматически присвоено стандартное имя (Таблица1, Таблица2 и т.д.). Это имя можно изменить, сделав его более содержательным, и использовать для дальнейшей работы. Если вы введете новое значение в любой ячейке под последней строкой таблицы (если таблица не содержит строки итогов) или в ячейке справа от последнего столбца таблицы, форматированная таблица будет автоматически расширена, и в нее будет включена новая строка или столбец. Если вы не хотите расширять таблицу, нажмите на появившуюся кнопку и выберите опцию Отменить авторазвертывание таблицы. Как только это действие будет отменено, в этом меню станет доступна опция Повторить авторазвертывание таблицы. Некоторые параметры таблицы можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры таблицы на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее открыть, выделите мышью хотя бы одну ячейку в таблице и щелкните по значку Параметры таблицы справа. Разделы Строки и Столбцы, расположенные наверху, позволяют выделить некоторые строки или столбцы при помощи особого форматирования, или выделить разные строки и столбцы с помощью разных цветов фона для их четкого разграничения. Доступны следующие опции: Заголовок - позволяет отобразить строку заголовка. Итоговая - добавляет строку Итого в нижней части таблицы. Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных строк. Кнопка фильтра - позволяет отобразить кнопки со стрелкой в ячейках строки заголовка. Эта опция доступна только если выбрана опция Заголовок. Первый - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний левый столбец в таблице. Последний - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний правый столбец в таблице. Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных столбцов. Раздел По шаблону позволяет выбрать один из готовых стилей таблиц. Каждый шаблон сочетает в себе определенные параметры форматирования, такие как цвет фона, стиль границ, чередование строк или столбцов и т.д. Набор шаблонов отображается по-разному в зависимости от параметров, указанных в разделах Строки и/или Столбцы выше. Например, если Вы отметили опцию Заголовок в разделе Строки и опцию Чередовать в разделе Столбцы, отображаемый список шаблонов будет содержать только шаблоны со строкой заголовка и чередованием столбцов: Если вы хотите очистить текущий стиль таблицы (цвет фона, границы и так далее), не удаляя при этом саму таблицу, примените шаблон None из списка шаблонов: В разделе Размер таблицы можно изменить диапазон ячеек, к которому применено табличное форматирование. Нажмите на кнопку Выбор данных - откроется новое всплывающее окно. Измените ссылку на диапазон ячеек в поле ввода или мышью выделите новый диапазон на листе и нажмите кнопку OK. Раздел Строки и столбцы позволяет выполнить следующие операции: Выбрать строку, столбец, все данные в столбцах, исключая строку заголовка, или всю таблицу, включая строку заголовка. Вставить новую строку выше или ниже выделенной, а также новый столбец слева или справа от выделенного. Удалить строку, столбец (в зависимости от позиции курсора или выделения) или всю таблицу. Примечание: опции раздела Строки и столбцы также доступны из контекстного меню. Кнопку Преобразовать в диапазон можно использовать, если вы хотите преобразовать таблицу в обычный диапазон данных, удалив фильтр, но сохранив стиль таблицы (то есть цвета ячеек и шрифта и т.д.). Как только вы примените эту опцию, вкладка Параметры таблицы на правой боковой панели станет недоступна. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры таблицы, нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств таблицы: Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит таблица. Повторное применение фильтра Если отфильтрованные данные были изменены, можно обновить фильтр, чтобы отобразить актуальный результат: нажмите на кнопку Фильтр в первой ячейке столбца, содержащего отфильтрованные данные, в открывшемся списке команд фильтра выберите опцию Применить повторно. Можно также щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по ячейке в столбце, содержащем отфильтрованные данные, и выбрать из контекстного меню команду Применить повторно. Очистка фильтра Для очистки фильтра: нажмите на кнопку Фильтр в первой ячейке столбца, содержащего отфильтрованные данные, в открывшемся списке команд фильтра выберите опцию Очистить. Можно также поступить следующим образом: выделите диапазон ячеек, которые содержат отфильтрованные данные, щелкните по значку Очистить фильтр , расположенному на вкладке Главная или Данные верхней панели инструментов. Фильтр останется включенным, но все примененные параметры фильтра будут удалены, а кнопки Фильтр в первых ячейках столбцов изменятся на кнопки со стрелкой . Удаление фильтра Для удаления фильтра: выделите диапазон ячеек, содержащих отфильтрованные данные, щелкните по значку Фильтр , расположенному на вкладке Главная или Данные верхней панели инструментов. Фильтр будет отключен, а кнопки со стрелкой исчезнут из первых ячеек столбцов. Сортировка данных по нескольким столбцам/строкам Для сортировки данных по нескольким столбцам/строкам можно создать несколько уровней сортировки, используя функцию Настраиваемая сортировка. выделите диапазон ячеек, который требуется отсортировать (можно выделить отдельную ячейку в диапазоне, чтобы отсортировать весь диапазон), щелкните по значку Настраиваемая сортировка , расположенному на вкладке Данные верхней панели инструментов, откроется окно Сортировка. По умолчанию включена сортировка по столбцам. Чтобы изменить ориентацию сортировки (то есть сортировать данные по строкам, а не по столбцам) нажмите кнопку Параметры наверху. Откроется окно Параметры сортировки: установите флажок Мои данные содержат заголовки, если это необходимо, выберите нужную Ориентацию: Сортировать сверху вниз, чтобы сортировать данные по столбцам, или Сортировать слева направо чтобы сортировать данные по строкам, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить изменения и закрыть окно. задайте первый уровень сортировки в поле Сортировать по: в разделе Столбец / Строка выберите первый столбец / строку, который требуется отсортировать, в списке Сортировка выберите одну из следующих опций: Значения, Цвет ячейки или Цвет шрифта, в списке Порядок укажите нужный порядок сортировки. Доступные параметры различаются в зависимости от опции, выбранной в списке Сортировка: если выбрана опция Значения, выберите опцию По возрастанию / По убыванию, если диапазон ячеек содержит числовые значения, или опцию От А до Я / От Я до А, если диапазон ячеек содержит текстовые значения, если выбрана опция Цвет ячейки, выберите нужный цвет ячейки и выберите опцию Сверху / Снизу для столбцов или Слева / Справа для строк, если выбрана опция Цвет шрифта, выберите нужный цвет шрифта и выберите опцию Сверху / Снизу для столбцов или Слева / Справа для строк. добавьте следующий уровень сортировки, нажав кнопку Добавить уровень, выберите второй столбец / строку, который требуется отсортировать, и укажите другие параметры сортировки в поле Затем по, как описано выше. В случае необходимости добавьте другие уровни таким же способом. управляйте добавленными уровнями, используя кнопки в верхней части окна: Удалить уровень, Копировать уровень или измените порядок уровней, используя кнопки со стрелками Переместить уровень вверх / Переместить уровень вниз, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить изменения и закрыть окно. Данные будут отсортированы в соответствии с заданными уровнями сортировки." + "body": "Сортировка данных Данные в электронной таблице можно быстро отсортировать, используя одну из доступных опций: По возрастанию используется для сортировки данных в порядке возрастания - от A до Я по алфавиту или от наименьшего значения к наибольшему для числовых данных. По убыванию используется для сортировки данных в порядке убывания - от Я до A по алфавиту или от наибольшего значения к наименьшему для числовых данных. Примечание: параметры сортировки доступны как на вкладке Главная, так и на вкладке Данные. Для сортировки данных: выделите диапазон ячеек, который требуется отсортировать (можно выделить отдельную ячейку в диапазоне, чтобы отсортировать весь диапазон), щелкните по значку Сортировка по возрастанию , расположенному на вкладке Главная или Данные верхней панели инструментов, для сортировки данных в порядке возрастания, ИЛИ щелкните по значку Сортировка по убыванию , расположенному на вкладке Главная или Данные верхней панели инструментов, для сортировки данных в порядке убывания. Примечание: если вы выделите отдельный столбец/строку в диапазоне ячеек или часть строки/столбца, вам будет предложено выбрать, хотите ли вы расширить выделенный диапазон, чтобы включить смежные ячейки, или отсортировать только выделенные данные. Данные также можно сортировать, используя команды контекстного меню. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенному диапазону ячеек, выберите в меню команду Сортировка, а затем выберите из подменю опцию По возрастанию или По убыванию. С помощью контекстного меню данные можно также отсортировать по цвету: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по ячейке, содержащей цвет, по которому требуется отсортировать данные, выберите в меню команду Сортировка, выберите из подменю нужную опцию: Сначала ячейки с выделенным цветом - чтобы отобразить записи с таким же цветом фона ячеек в верхней части столбца, Сначала ячейки с выделенным шрифтом - чтобы отобразить записи с таким же цветом шрифта в верхней части столбца. Фильтрация данных Чтобы отобразить только те строки, которые соответствуют определенным критериям, и скрыть остальные, воспользуйтесь Фильтром. Примечание: параметры фильтрации доступны как на вкладке Главная, так и на вкладке Данные. Чтобы включить фильтр: Выделите диапазон ячеек, содержащих данные, которые требуется отфильтровать (можно выделить отдельную ячейку в диапазоне, чтобы отфильтровать весь диапазон), Щелкните по значку Фильтр , расположенному на вкладке Главная или Данные верхней панели инструментов. В первой ячейке каждого столбца выделенного диапазона ячеек появится кнопка со стрелкой . Это означает, что фильтр включен. Чтобы применить фильтр: Нажмите на кнопку со стрелкой . Откроется список команд фильтра: Примечание: можно изменить размер окна фильтра путем перетаскивания его правой границы вправо или влево, чтобы отображать данные максимально удобным образом. Настройте параметры фильтра. Можно действовать одним из трех следующих способов: выбрать данные, которые надо отображать, отфильтровать данные по определенным критериям или отфильтровать данные по цвету. Выбор данных, которые надо отображать Снимите флажки рядом с данными, которые требуется скрыть. Для удобства все данные в списке команд фильтра отсортированы в порядке возрастания. Количество уникальных значений в отфильтрованном диапазоне отображено справа от каждого значения в окне фильтра. Примечание: флажок {Пустые} соответствует пустым ячейкам. Он доступен, если в выделенном диапазоне есть хотя бы одна пустая ячейка. Чтобы облегчить этот процесс, используйте поле поиска. Введите в этом поле свой запрос полностью или частично - в списке ниже будут отображены значения, содержащие эти символы. Также будут доступны следующие две опции: Выделить все результаты поиска - выбрана по умолчанию. Позволяет выделить все значения в списке, соответствующие вашему запросу. Добавить выделенный фрагмент в фильтр - если установить этот флажок, выбранные значения не будут скрыты после применения фильтра. После того как вы выберете все нужные данные, нажмите кнопку OK в списке команд фильтра, чтобы применить фильтр. Фильтрация данных по определенным критериям В зависимости от данных, содержащихся в выбранном столбце, в правой части окна фильтра можно выбрать команду Числовой фильтр или Текстовый фильтр, а затем выбрать одну из опций в подменю: Для Числового фильтра доступны следующие опции: Равно..., Не равно..., Больше..., Больше или равно..., Меньше..., Меньше или равно..., Между, Первые 10, Выше среднего, Ниже среднего, Пользовательский.... Для Текстового фильтра доступны следующие опции: Равно..., Не равно..., Начинается с..., Не начинается с..., Оканчивается на..., Не оканчивается на..., Содержит..., Не содержит..., Пользовательский.... После выбора одной из вышеуказанных опций (кроме опций Первые 10 и Выше/Ниже среднего), откроется окно Пользовательский фильтр. В верхнем выпадающем списке будет выбран соответствующий критерий. Введите нужное значение в поле справа. Для добавления еще одного критерия используйте переключатель И, если требуется, чтобы данные удовлетворяли обоим критериям, или выберите переключатель Или, если могут удовлетворяться один или оба критерия. Затем выберите из нижнего выпадающего списка второй критерий и введите нужное значение справа. Нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить фильтр. При выборе опции Пользовательский... из списка опций Числового/Текстового фильтра, первое условие не выбирается автоматически, вы можете выбрать его сами. При выборе опции Первые 10 из списка опций Числового фильтра, откроется новое окно: В первом выпадающем списке можно выбрать, надо ли отобразить Наибольшие или Наименьшие значения. Во втором поле можно указать, сколько записей из списка или какой процент от общего количества записей требуется отобразить (можно ввести число от 1 до 500). В третьем выпадающем списке можно задать единицы измерения: Элемент или Процент. Когда нужные параметры будут заданы, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить фильтр. При выборе опции Выше/Ниже среднего из списка опций Числового фильтра, фильтр будет применен сразу. Фильтрация данных по цвету Если в диапазоне ячеек, который требуется отфильтровать, есть ячейки, которые вы отформатировали, изменив цвет их фона или шрифта (вручную или с помощью готовых стилей), можно использовать одну из следующих опций: Фильтр по цвету ячеек - чтобы отобразить только записи с определенным цветом фона ячеек и скрыть остальные, Фильтр по цвету шрифта - чтобы отобразить только записи с определенным цветом шрифта в ячейках и скрыть остальные. Когда вы выберете нужную опцию, откроется палитра, содержащая цвета, использованные в выделенном диапазоне ячеек. Выберите один из цветов, чтобы применить фильтр. В первой ячейке столбца появится кнопка Фильтр . Это означает, что фильтр применен. Количество отфильтрованых записей будет отображено в строке состояния (например, отфильтровано записей: 25 из 80). Примечание: когда фильтр применен, строки, отсеянные в результате фильтрации, нельзя изменить при автозаполнении, форматировании, удалении видимого содержимого. Такие действия влияют только на видимые строки, а строки, скрытые фильтром, остаются без изменений. При копировании и вставке отфильтрованных данных можно скопировать и вставить только видимые строки. Это не эквивалентно строкам, скрытым вручную, которые затрагиваются всеми аналогичными действиями. Сортировка отфильтрованных данных Можно задать порядок сортировки данных, для которых включен или применен фильтр. Нажмите на кнопку со стрелкой или кнопку Фильтр и выберите одну из опций в списке команд фильтра: Сортировка по возрастанию - позволяет сортировать данные в порядке возрастания, отобразив в верхней части столбца наименьшее значение, Сортировка по убыванию - позволяет сортировать данные в порядке убывания, отобразив в верхней части столбца наибольшее значение, Сортировка по цвету ячеек - позволяет выбрать один из цветов и отобразить записи с таким же цветом фона ячеек в верхней части столбца, Сортировка по цвету шрифта - позволяет выбрать один из цветов и отобразить записи с таким же цветом шрифта в верхней части столбца. Последние две команды можно использовать, если в диапазоне ячеек, который требуется отсортировать, есть ячейки, которые вы отформатировали, изменив цвет их фона или шрифта (вручную или с помощью готовых стилей). Направление сортировки будет обозначено с помощью стрелки в кнопках фильтра. если данные отсортированы по возрастанию, кнопка со стрелкой в первой ячейке столбца выглядит так: , а кнопка Фильтр выглядит следующим образом: . если данные отсортированы по убыванию, кнопка со стрелкой в первой ячейке столбца выглядит так: , а кнопка Фильтр выглядит следующим образом: . Данные можно также быстро отсортировать по цвету с помощью команд контекстного меню: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по ячейке, содержащей цвет, по которому требуется отсортировать данные, выберите в меню команду Сортировка, выберите из подменю нужную опцию: Сначала ячейки с выделенным цветом - чтобы отобразить записи с таким же цветом фона ячеек в верхней части столбца, Сначала ячейки с выделенным шрифтом - чтобы отобразить записи с таким же цветом шрифта в верхней части столбца. Фильтр по содержимому выделенной ячейки Данные можно также быстро фильтровать по содержимому выделенной ячейки с помощью команд контекстного меню. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по ячейке, выберите в меню команду Фильтр, а затем выберите одну из доступных опций: Фильтр по значению выбранной ячейки - чтобы отобразить только записи с таким же значением, как и в выделенной ячейке. Фильтр по цвету ячейки - чтобы отобразить только записи с таким же цветом фона ячеек, как и у выделенной ячейки. Фильтр по цвету шрифта - чтобы отобразить только записи с таким же цветом шрифта, как и у выделенной ячейки. Форматирование по шаблону таблицы Чтобы облегчить работу с данными, в редакторе электронных таблиц предусмотрена возможность применения к выделенному диапазону ячеек шаблона таблицы с автоматическим включением фильтра. Для этого: выделите диапазон ячеек, которые требуется отформатировать, щелкните по значку Форматировать как шаблон таблицы , расположенному на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, в галерее выберите требуемый шаблон, в открывшемся всплывающем окне проверьте диапазон ячеек, которые требуется отформатировать как таблицу, установите флажок Заголовок, если требуется, чтобы заголовки таблицы входили в выделенный диапазон ячеек; в противном случае строка заголовка будет добавлена наверху, в то время как выделенный диапазон ячеек сместится на одну строку вниз, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить выбранный шаблон. Шаблон будет применен к выделенному диапазону ячеек, и вы сможете редактировать заголовки таблицы и применять фильтр для работы с данными. Для получения дополнительной информации о работе с форматированными таблицами, обратитесь к этой странице. Повторное применение фильтра Если отфильтрованные данные были изменены, можно обновить фильтр, чтобы отобразить актуальный результат: нажмите на кнопку Фильтр в первой ячейке столбца, содержащего отфильтрованные данные, в открывшемся списке команд фильтра выберите опцию Применить повторно. Можно также щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по ячейке в столбце, содержащем отфильтрованные данные, и выбрать из контекстного меню команду Применить повторно. Очистка фильтра Для очистки фильтра: нажмите на кнопку Фильтр в первой ячейке столбца, содержащего отфильтрованные данные, в открывшемся списке команд фильтра выберите опцию Очистить. Можно также поступить следующим образом: выделите диапазон ячеек, которые содержат отфильтрованные данные, щелкните по значку Очистить фильтр , расположенному на вкладке Главная или Данные верхней панели инструментов. Фильтр останется включенным, но все примененные параметры фильтра будут удалены, а кнопки Фильтр в первых ячейках столбцов изменятся на кнопки со стрелкой . Удаление фильтра Для удаления фильтра: выделите диапазон ячеек, содержащих отфильтрованные данные, щелкните по значку Фильтр , расположенному на вкладке Главная или Данные верхней панели инструментов. Фильтр будет отключен, а кнопки со стрелкой исчезнут из первых ячеек столбцов. Сортировка данных по нескольким столбцам/строкам Для сортировки данных по нескольким столбцам/строкам можно создать несколько уровней сортировки, используя функцию Настраиваемая сортировка. выделите диапазон ячеек, который требуется отсортировать (можно выделить отдельную ячейку в диапазоне, чтобы отсортировать весь диапазон), щелкните по значку Настраиваемая сортировка , расположенному на вкладке Данные верхней панели инструментов, откроется окно Сортировка. По умолчанию включена сортировка по столбцам. Чтобы изменить ориентацию сортировки (то есть сортировать данные по строкам, а не по столбцам) нажмите кнопку Параметры наверху. Откроется окно Параметры сортировки: установите флажок Мои данные содержат заголовки, если это необходимо, выберите нужную Ориентацию: Сортировать сверху вниз, чтобы сортировать данные по столбцам, или Сортировать слева направо чтобы сортировать данные по строкам, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить изменения и закрыть окно. задайте первый уровень сортировки в поле Сортировать по: в разделе Столбец / Строка выберите первый столбец / строку, который требуется отсортировать, в списке Сортировка выберите одну из следующих опций: Значения, Цвет ячейки или Цвет шрифта, в списке Порядок укажите нужный порядок сортировки. Доступные параметры различаются в зависимости от опции, выбранной в списке Сортировка: если выбрана опция Значения, выберите опцию По возрастанию / По убыванию, если диапазон ячеек содержит числовые значения, или опцию От А до Я / От Я до А, если диапазон ячеек содержит текстовые значения, если выбрана опция Цвет ячейки, выберите нужный цвет ячейки и выберите опцию Сверху / Снизу для столбцов или Слева / Справа для строк, если выбрана опция Цвет шрифта, выберите нужный цвет шрифта и выберите опцию Сверху / Снизу для столбцов или Слева / Справа для строк. добавьте следующий уровень сортировки, нажав кнопку Добавить уровень, выберите второй столбец / строку, который требуется отсортировать, и укажите другие параметры сортировки в поле Затем по, как описано выше. В случае необходимости добавьте другие уровни таким же способом. управляйте добавленными уровнями, используя кнопки в верхней части окна: Удалить уровень, Копировать уровень или измените порядок уровней, используя кнопки со стрелками Переместить уровень вверх / Переместить уровень вниз, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить изменения и закрыть окно. Данные будут отсортированы в соответствии с заданными уровнями сортировки." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm", @@ -2478,7 +2523,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm", "title": "Использование именованных диапазонов", - "body": "Имена - это осмысленные обозначения, которые можно присвоить ячейке или диапазону ячеек и использовать для упрощения работы с формулами. При создании формул в качестве аргумента можно использовать имя, а не ссылку на диапазон ячеек. Например, если присвоить диапазону ячеек имя Годовой_доход, то можно будет вводить формулу =СУММ(Годовой_доход) вместо =СУММ(B1:B12) и т.д. В таком виде формулы становятся более понятными. Эта возможность также может быть полезна, если большое количество формул ссылается на один и тот же диапазон ячеек. При изменении адреса диапазона можно один раз внести исправление в Диспетчере имен, а не редактировать все формулы по одной. Есть два типа имен, которые можно использовать: Определенное имя – произвольное имя, которое вы можете задать для некоторого диапазона ячеек. К определенным именам также относятся имена, создаваемые автоматически при установке областей печати. Имя таблицы – стандартное имя, которое автоматически присваивается новой форматированной таблице (Таблица1, Таблица2 и т.д.). Такое имя впоследствии можно отредактировать. Имена также классифицируются по Области действия, то есть по области, в которой это имя распознается. Областью действия имени может быть вся книга (имя будет распознаваться на любом листе в этой книге) или отдельный лист (имя будет распознаваться только на указанном листе). Каждое имя в пределах одной области должно быть уникальным, одинаковые имена можно использовать внутри разных областей. Создание новых имен Чтобы создать новое определенное имя для выделенной области: Выделите ячейку или диапазон ячеек, которым требуется присвоить имя. Откройте окно создания нового имени удобным для вас способом: Щелкните по выделенной области правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Присвоить имя или щелкните по значку Именованные диапазоны на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите из меню опцию Новое имя. Откроется окно Новое имя: Введите нужное Имя в поле ввода текста. Примечание: имя не может начинаться с цифры, содержать пробелы или знаки препинания. Разрешено использовать нижние подчеркивания (_). Регистр не имеет значения. Укажите Область действия диапазона. По умолчанию выбрана область Книга, но можно указать отдельный лист, выбрав его из списка. Проверьте адрес выбранного Диапазона данных. В случае необходимости его можно изменить. Нажмите на кнопку Выбор данных - откроется окно Выбор диапазона данных. Измените ссылку на диапазон ячеек в поле ввода или мышью выделите новый диапазон на листе и нажмите кнопку OK. Нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы сохранить новое имя. Чтобы быстро создать новое имя для выделенного диапазона ячеек, можно также ввести нужное имя в поле \"Имя\" слева от строки формул и нажать Enter. Областью действия имени, созданного таким способом, является Книга. Управление именами Получить доступ ко всем существующим именам можно через Диспетчер имен. Чтобы его открыть: щелкните по значку Именованные диапазоны на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите из меню опцию Диспетчер имен или щелкните по стрелке в поле \"Имя\" и выберите опцию Диспетчер имен. Откроется окно Диспетчер имен: Для удобства можно фильтровать имена, выбирая ту категорию имен, которую надо показать: Все, Определенные имена, Имена таблиц, Имена на листе или Имена в книге. В списке будут отображены имена, относящиеся к выбранной категории, остальные имена будут скрыты. Чтобы изменить порядок сортировки для отображенного списка, нажмите в этом окне на заголовок Именованные диапазоны или Область. Чтобы отредактировать имя, выделите его в списке и нажмите кнопку Изменить. Откроется окно Изменение имени: Для определенного имени можно изменить имя и диапазон данных, на который оно ссылается. Для имени таблицы можно изменить только имя. Когда будут сделаны все нужные изменения, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить их. Чтобы сбросить изменения, нажмите кнопку Отмена. Если измененное имя используется в какой-либо формуле, формула будет автоматически изменена соответствующим образом. Чтобы удалить имя, выделите его в списке и нажмите кнопку Удалить. Примечание: если удалить имя, которое используется в формуле, формула перестанет работать (она будет возвращать ошибку #ИМЯ?). В окне Диспетчер имен можно также создать новое имя, нажав кнопку Новое. Использование имен при работе с электронной таблицей Для быстрого перемещения между диапазонами ячеек можно нажать на стрелку в поле \"Имя\" и выбрать нужное имя из списка имен – на листе будет выделен диапазон данных, соответствующий этому имени. Примечание: в списке имен отображены определенные имена и имена таблиц, областью действия которых является текущий лист и вся книга. Чтобы добавить имя в качестве аргумента формулы: Установите курсор там, куда надо вставить имя. Выполните одно из следующих действий: введите имя нужного именованного диапазона вручную с помощью клавиатуры. Как только вы введете начальные буквы, появится список Автозавершения формул. По мере ввода в нем отображаются элементы (формулы и имена), которые соответствуют введенным символам. Можно выбрать нужное имя из списка и вставить его в формулу, дважды щелкнув по нему или нажав клавишу Tab. или щелкните по значку Именованные диапазоны на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выберите из меню опцию Вставить имя, выберите нужное имя в окне Вставка имени и нажмите кнопку OK: Примечание: в окне Вставка имени отображены определенные имена и имена таблиц, областью действия которых является текущий лист и вся книга." + "body": "Имена - это осмысленные обозначения, которые можно присвоить ячейке или диапазону ячеек и использовать для упрощения работы с формулами. При создании формул в качестве аргумента можно использовать имя, а не ссылку на диапазон ячеек. Например, если присвоить диапазону ячеек имя Годовой_доход, то можно будет вводить формулу =СУММ(Годовой_доход) вместо =СУММ(B1:B12) и т.д. В таком виде формулы становятся более понятными. Эта возможность также может быть полезна, если большое количество формул ссылается на один и тот же диапазон ячеек. При изменении адреса диапазона можно один раз внести исправление в Диспетчере имен, а не редактировать все формулы по одной. Есть два типа имен, которые можно использовать: Определенное имя – произвольное имя, которое вы можете задать для некоторого диапазона ячеек. К определенным именам также относятся имена, создаваемые автоматически при установке областей печати. Имя таблицы – стандартное имя, которое автоматически присваивается новой форматированной таблице (Таблица1, Таблица2 и т.д.). Это имя впоследствии можно отредактировать. Если вы создали срез для форматированной таблицы, в Диспетчере имен также будет отображаться автоматически присвоенное имя среза (Slicer_Столбец1, Slicer_Столбец2 и т.д. Это имя состоит из части Slicer_ и имени поля, соответствующего заголовку столбца из исходного набора данных). Это имя впоследствии можно отредактировать. Имена также классифицируются по Области действия, то есть по области, в которой это имя распознается. Областью действия имени может быть вся книга (имя будет распознаваться на любом листе в этой книге) или отдельный лист (имя будет распознаваться только на указанном листе). Каждое имя в пределах одной области должно быть уникальным, одинаковые имена можно использовать внутри разных областей. Создание новых имен Чтобы создать новое определенное имя для выделенной области: Выделите ячейку или диапазон ячеек, которым требуется присвоить имя. Откройте окно создания нового имени удобным для вас способом: Щелкните по выделенной области правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Присвоить имя или щелкните по значку Именованные диапазоны на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите из меню опцию Присвоить имя. или щелкните по кнопке  Именованные диапазоны на вкладке Формула верхней панели инструментов и выберите из меню опцию Диспетчер имен. В открывшемся окне выберите опцию Новое. Откроется окно Новое имя: Введите нужное Имя в поле ввода текста. Примечание: имя не может начинаться с цифры, содержать пробелы или знаки препинания. Разрешено использовать нижние подчеркивания (_). Регистр не имеет значения. Укажите Область действия диапазона. По умолчанию выбрана область Книга, но можно указать отдельный лист, выбрав его из списка. Проверьте адрес выбранного Диапазона данных. В случае необходимости его можно изменить. Нажмите на кнопку Выбор данных - откроется окно Выбор диапазона данных. Измените ссылку на диапазон ячеек в поле ввода или мышью выделите новый диапазон на листе и нажмите кнопку OK. Нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы сохранить новое имя. Чтобы быстро создать новое имя для выделенного диапазона ячеек, можно также ввести нужное имя в поле \"Имя\" слева от строки формул и нажать Enter. Областью действия имени, созданного таким способом, является Книга. Управление именами Получить доступ ко всем существующим именам можно через Диспетчер имен. Чтобы его открыть: щелкните по значку Именованные диапазоны на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите из меню опцию Диспетчер имен или щелкните по стрелке в поле \"Имя\" и выберите опцию Диспетчер имен. Откроется окно Диспетчер имен: Для удобства можно фильтровать имена, выбирая ту категорию имен, которую надо показать: Все, Определенные имена, Имена таблиц, Имена на листе или Имена в книге. В списке будут отображены имена, относящиеся к выбранной категории, остальные имена будут скрыты. Чтобы изменить порядок сортировки для отображенного списка, нажмите в этом окне на заголовок Именованные диапазоны или Область. Чтобы отредактировать имя, выделите его в списке и нажмите кнопку Изменить. Откроется окно Изменение имени: Для определенного имени можно изменить имя и диапазон данных, на который оно ссылается. Для имени таблицы можно изменить только имя. Когда будут сделаны все нужные изменения, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить их. Чтобы сбросить изменения, нажмите кнопку Отмена. Если измененное имя используется в какой-либо формуле, формула будет автоматически изменена соответствующим образом. Чтобы удалить имя, выделите его в списке и нажмите кнопку Удалить. Примечание: если удалить имя, которое используется в формуле, формула перестанет работать (она будет возвращать ошибку #ИМЯ?). В окне Диспетчер имен можно также создать новое имя, нажав кнопку Новое. Использование имен при работе с электронной таблицей Для быстрого перемещения между диапазонами ячеек можно нажать на стрелку в поле \"Имя\" и выбрать нужное имя из списка имен – на листе будет выделен диапазон данных, соответствующий этому имени. Примечание: в списке имен отображены определенные имена и имена таблиц, областью действия которых является текущий лист и вся книга. Чтобы добавить имя в качестве аргумента формулы: Установите курсор там, куда надо вставить имя. Выполните одно из следующих действий: введите имя нужного именованного диапазона вручную с помощью клавиатуры. Как только вы введете начальные буквы, появится список Автозавершения формул. По мере ввода в нем отображаются элементы (формулы и имена), которые соответствуют введенным символам. Можно выбрать нужное определенное имя или имя таблицы из списка и вставить его в формулу, дважды щелкнув по нему или нажав клавишу Tab. или щелкните по значку Именованные диапазоны на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выберите из меню опцию Вставить имя, выберите нужное имя в окне Вставка имени и нажмите кнопку OK: Примечание: в окне Вставка имени отображены определенные имена и имена таблиц, областью действия которых является текущий лист и вся книга. Использование имени в качестве внутренней гиперссылки: Установите курсор там, куда надо вставить гиперссылку. Перейдите на вкладку Вставка и нажмите кнопку Гиперссылка. В открывшемся окне Параметры гиперссылки выберите вкладку Внутренний диапазон данных и укажите лист или имя. Нажмите кнопку OK." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/big/btn-data-validation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/big/btn-data-validation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af886dd3d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/big/btn-data-validation.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-wrap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-wrap.png index 02bfe83c1..cd8f0e826 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-wrap.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.25x/btn-wrap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/big/btn-data-validation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/big/btn-data-validation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c647ba111 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/big/btn-data-validation.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-wrap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-wrap.png index 4bc88d479..a4b3a7a5b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-wrap.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.5x/btn-wrap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/big/btn-data-validation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/big/btn-data-validation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78ec3a51f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/big/btn-data-validation.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-wrap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-wrap.png index 2fe75c8e0..627e5155f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-wrap.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1.75x/btn-wrap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/big/btn-data-validation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/big/btn-data-validation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fae4726d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/big/btn-data-validation.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-wrap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-wrap.png index 619847137..6175162e6 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-wrap.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/1x/btn-wrap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/big/btn-data-validation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/big/btn-data-validation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0984848d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/big/btn-data-validation.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-wrap.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-wrap.png index beb0d9723..a23181bb0 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-wrap.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar/2x/btn-wrap.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less index b578b73b9..35b8b4be4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ } } -#developer-hint, #beta-hint { +#developer-hint, #beta-hint, #limit-hint { position: absolute; left: 0; padding: 12px 0; diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less index c9076ec51..fb1d4fc4c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less @@ -17,16 +17,16 @@ .font-attr { > .btn-slot:not(:last-child):not(.split) { - margin-right: 6px; + margin-right: 2px; } > .btn-slot.split:not(:last-child) { - margin-right: 5px; + margin-right: 2px; } } .font-attr-top { - width: 243px; + width: 218px; > .btn-slot { float: left; @@ -101,6 +101,16 @@ } } +#id-toolbar-menu-auto-bordercolor > a.selected, +#id-toolbar-menu-auto-bordercolor > a:hover, +#id-toolbar-menu-auto-fontcolor > a.selected, +#id-toolbar-menu-auto-fontcolor > a:hover { + span { + outline: 1px solid @border-regular-control; + border: 1px solid @background-normal; + } +} + #special-paste-container, #autocorrect-paste-container { position: absolute; @@ -110,7 +120,7 @@ } #slot-field-fontname { - width: 148px; + width: 127px; } #slot-field-fontsize { diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js index 85d811549..d2f07129b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js @@ -237,7 +237,12 @@ define([ break; case 'viewcomment': me.view.hideMenu(); - SSE.getController('Common.Controllers.Collaboration').showCommentModal(); + var cellinfo = this.api.asc_getCellInfo(), + comments = cellinfo.asc_getComments(); + if (comments.length) { + SSE.getController('Common.Controllers.Collaboration').apiShowComments(comments[0].asc_getId()); + SSE.getController('Common.Controllers.Collaboration').showCommentModal(); + } break; case 'addcomment': me.view.hideMenu(); @@ -248,7 +253,7 @@ define([ if ('showActionSheet' == event && _actionSheets.length > 0) { _.delay(function () { _.each(_actionSheets, function (action) { - action.text = action.caption + action.text = action.caption; action.onClick = function () { me.onContextMenuClick(null, action.event) } diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/FilterOptions.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/FilterOptions.js index 80934e6bf..cdf8bfd91 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/FilterOptions.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/FilterOptions.js @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ define([ }, onClickSort: function(type) { - this.api.asc_sortColFilter(type == 'down' ? Asc.c_oAscSortOptions.Ascending : Asc.c_oAscSortOptions.Descending, '', dataFilter.asc_getCellId(), dataFilter.asc_getDisplayName(),true); + this.api.asc_sortColFilter(type == 'down' ? Asc.c_oAscSortOptions.Ascending : Asc.c_oAscSortOptions.Descending, dataFilter.asc_getCellId(), dataFilter.asc_getDisplayName(), undefined, true); }, onClickClearFilter: function () { diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js index 005a32cdd..2a082c04f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js @@ -204,8 +204,19 @@ define([ me.editorConfig = $.extend(me.editorConfig, data.config); + me.appOptions.customization = me.editorConfig.customization; + me.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous = !((typeof (me.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (me.appOptions.customization.anonymous) == 'object') && (me.appOptions.customization.anonymous.request===false)); + me.appOptions.guestName = (typeof (me.appOptions.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (me.appOptions.customization.anonymous) == 'object') && + (typeof (me.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label) == 'string') && me.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label.trim()!=='' ? + Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(me.appOptions.customization.anonymous.label) : me.textGuest; + var value; + if (me.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous) { + value = Common.localStorage.getItem("guest-username"); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("guest-username", value); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("save-guest-username", !!value); + } me.editorConfig.user = - me.appOptions.user = Common.Utils.fillUserInfo(me.editorConfig.user, me.editorConfig.lang, me.textAnonymous); + me.appOptions.user = Common.Utils.fillUserInfo(me.editorConfig.user, me.editorConfig.lang, value ? (value + ' (' + me.appOptions.guestName + ')' ) : me.textAnonymous); me.appOptions.isDesktopApp = me.editorConfig.targetApp == 'desktop'; me.appOptions.canCreateNew = !_.isEmpty(me.editorConfig.createUrl) && !me.appOptions.isDesktopApp; me.appOptions.canOpenRecent = me.editorConfig.recent !== undefined && !me.appOptions.isDesktopApp; @@ -220,14 +231,13 @@ define([ me.appOptions.mergeFolderUrl = me.editorConfig.mergeFolderUrl; me.appOptions.canAnalytics = false; me.appOptions.canRequestClose = me.editorConfig.canRequestClose; - me.appOptions.customization = me.editorConfig.customization; me.appOptions.canBackToFolder = (me.editorConfig.canBackToFolder!==false) && (typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && (typeof (me.editorConfig.customization.goback) == 'object') && (!_.isEmpty(me.editorConfig.customization.goback.url) || me.editorConfig.customization.goback.requestClose && me.appOptions.canRequestClose); me.appOptions.canBack = me.appOptions.canBackToFolder === true; me.appOptions.canPlugins = false; me.plugins = me.editorConfig.plugins; - var value = Common.localStorage.getItem("sse-settings-regional"); + value = Common.localStorage.getItem("sse-settings-regional"); if (value!==null) this.api.asc_setLocale(parseInt(value)); else { @@ -297,10 +307,6 @@ define([ if (data.doc) { SSE.getController('Toolbar').setDocumentTitle(data.doc.title); - if (data.doc.info) { - data.doc.info.author && console.log("Obsolete: The 'author' parameter of the document 'info' section is deprecated. Please use 'owner' instead."); - data.doc.info.created && console.log("Obsolete: The 'created' parameter of the document 'info' section is deprecated. Please use 'uploaded' instead."); - } } }, @@ -614,7 +620,8 @@ define([ var licType = params.asc_getLicenseType(); if (licType !== undefined && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view' && - (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS)) + (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS + || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit && (this.appOptions.trialMode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Limited) !== 0)) this._state.licenseType = licType; if (this._isDocReady && this._state.licenseType) @@ -641,7 +648,10 @@ define([ if (this._state.licenseType) { var license = this._state.licenseType, buttons = [{text: 'OK'}]; - if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { + if ((this.appOptions.trialMode & Asc.c_oLicenseMode.Limited) !== 0 && + (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited || this.appOptions.permissionsLicense===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit)) { + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited) ? this.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess : this.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed; + } else if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnLicenseExceeded : this.warnLicenseUsersExceeded; } else { license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; @@ -659,9 +669,13 @@ define([ } }]; } - SSE.getController('Toolbar').activateViewControls(); - SSE.getController('Toolbar').deactivateEditControls(); - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + if (this._state.licenseType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.SuccessLimit) { + SSE.getController('Toolbar').activateControls(); + } else { + SSE.getController('Toolbar').activateViewControls(); + SSE.getController('Toolbar').deactivateEditControls(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + } var value = Common.localStorage.getItem("sse-license-warning"); value = (value!==null) ? parseInt(value) : 0; @@ -707,7 +721,6 @@ define([ onEditorPermissions: function(params) { var me = this, licType = params ? params.asc_getLicenseType() : Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Error; - if (params && !(me.appOptions.isEditDiagram || me.appOptions.isEditMailMerge)) { if (Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Expired === licType || Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Error === licType || @@ -718,6 +731,8 @@ define([ }); return; } + if (Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ExpiredLimited === licType) + me._state.licenseType = licType; if ( me.onServerVersion(params.asc_getBuildVersion()) ) return; @@ -725,6 +740,7 @@ define([ me.permissions.edit = false; } + me.appOptions.permissionsLicense = licType; me.appOptions.canAutosave = true; me.appOptions.canAnalytics = params.asc_getIsAnalyticsEnable(); @@ -737,14 +753,24 @@ define([ me.appOptions.canComments = me.appOptions.canLicense && (me.permissions.comment===undefined ? me.appOptions.isEdit : me.permissions.comment) && (me.editorConfig.mode !== 'view'); me.appOptions.canComments = me.appOptions.canComments && !((typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && me.editorConfig.customization.comments===false); me.appOptions.canViewComments = me.appOptions.canComments || !((typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && me.editorConfig.customization.comments===false); - me.appOptions.canEditComments = me.appOptions.isOffline || !(typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object' && me.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly); + me.appOptions.canEditComments= me.appOptions.isOffline || !me.permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly; + me.appOptions.canDeleteComments= me.appOptions.isOffline || !me.permissions.deleteCommentAuthorOnly; + if ((typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && me.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly===true) { + console.log("Obsolete: The 'commentAuthorOnly' parameter of the 'customization' section is deprecated. Please use 'editCommentAuthorOnly' and 'deleteCommentAuthorOnly' parameters in the permissions instead."); + if (me.permissions.editCommentAuthorOnly===undefined && me.permissions.deleteCommentAuthorOnly===undefined) + me.appOptions.canEditComments = me.appOptions.canDeleteComments = me.appOptions.isOffline; + } me.appOptions.canChat = me.appOptions.canLicense && !me.appOptions.isOffline && !((typeof (me.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && me.editorConfig.customization.chat===false); + me.appOptions.trialMode = params.asc_getLicenseMode(); me.appOptions.canBranding = params.asc_getCustomization(); me.appOptions.canBrandingExt = params.asc_getCanBranding() && (typeof me.editorConfig.customization == 'object'); - me.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions = me.appOptions.canLicense && me.editorConfig.customization && me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions && (typeof (me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions) == 'object'); + me.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions = me.appOptions.canLicense && (!!me.permissions.reviewGroup || + me.editorConfig.customization && me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions && (typeof (me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions) == 'object')); Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setParser(me.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions); + Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setCurrentName(me.appOptions.user.fullname); + me.appOptions.canUseReviewPermissions && Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setReviewPermissions(me.permissions.reviewGroup, me.editorConfig.customization.reviewPermissions); } me.appOptions.canRequestEditRights = me.editorConfig.canRequestEditRights; @@ -792,6 +818,7 @@ define([ } me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onAuthParticipantsChanged', _.bind(me.onAuthParticipantsChanged, me)); me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onParticipantsChanged', _.bind(me.onAuthParticipantsChanged, me)); + me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onConnectionStateChanged', _.bind(me.onUserConnection, me)); }, applyModeEditorElements: function() { @@ -1395,7 +1422,10 @@ define([ var buttons = [{ text: 'OK', bold: true, + close: false, onClick: function () { + if (!me._state.openDlg) return; + $(me._state.openDlg).hasClass('modal-in') && uiApp.closeModal(me._state.openDlg); var password = $(me._state.openDlg).find('.modal-text-input[name="modal-password"]').val(); me.api.asc_setAdvancedOptions(type, new Asc.asc_CDRMAdvancedOptions(password)); @@ -1416,7 +1446,7 @@ define([ me._state.openDlg = uiApp.modal({ title: me.advDRMOptions, - text: me.txtProtected, + text: (typeof advOptions=='string' ? advOptions : me.txtProtected), afterText: '
      ', buttons: buttons }); @@ -1444,8 +1474,13 @@ define([ this._state.usersCount = length; }, - returnUserCount: function() { - return this._state.usersCount; + onUserConnection: function(change){ + if (change && this.appOptions.user.guest && this.appOptions.canRenameAnonymous && (change.asc_getIdOriginal() == this.appOptions.user.id)) { // change name of the current user + var name = change.asc_getUserName(); + if (name && name !== Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.getCurrentName() ) { + Common.Utils.UserInfoParser.setCurrentName(name); + } + } }, applySettings: function() { @@ -1745,7 +1780,10 @@ define([ textYes: 'Yes', textNo: 'No', errorFrmlMaxLength: 'You cannot add this formula as its length exceeded the allowed number of characters.
      Please edit it and try again.', - errorFrmlMaxReference: 'You cannot enter this formula because it has too many values,
      cell references, and/or names.' + errorFrmlMaxReference: 'You cannot enter this formula because it has too many values,
      cell references, and/or names.', + warnLicenseLimitedRenewed: 'License needs to be renewed.
      You have a limited access to document editing functionality.
      Please contact your administrator to get full access', + warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess: 'License expired.
      You have no access to document editing functionality.
      Please contact your administrator.', + textGuest: 'Guest' } })(), SSE.Controllers.Main || {})) }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js index a7253b3ac..7bc278328 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ define([ var options = new Asc.asc_CFindOptions(); options.asc_setFindWhat(search); - options.asc_setReplaceWith(replace); + options.asc_setReplaceWith(replace || ''); options.asc_setIsMatchCase(matchCase); options.asc_setIsWholeCell(matchCell); options.asc_setScanOnOnlySheet(lookInSheet); @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ define([ var options = new Asc.asc_CFindOptions(); options.asc_setFindWhat(search); - options.asc_setReplaceWith(replace); + options.asc_setReplaceWith(replace || ''); options.asc_setIsMatchCase(matchCase); options.asc_setIsWholeCell(matchCell); options.asc_setScanOnOnlySheet(lookInSheet); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js index 73c00a143..05318621a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js @@ -76,15 +76,6 @@ define([ { caption: 'A6', subtitle: Common.Utils.String.format('10,5{0} x 14,8{0}', txtCm), value: [105, 148] } ], _metricText = Common.Utils.Metric.getMetricName(Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetric()), - _dataLang = [ - { value: 'en', displayValue: 'English', exampleValue: ' SUM; MIN; MAX; COUNT' }, - { value: 'de', displayValue: 'Deutsch', exampleValue: ' SUMME; MIN; MAX; ANZAHL' }, - { value: 'es', displayValue: 'Spanish', exampleValue: ' SUMA; MIN; MAX; CALCULAR' }, - { value: 'fr', displayValue: 'French', exampleValue: ' SOMME; MIN; MAX; NB' }, - { value: 'it', displayValue: 'Italian', exampleValue: ' SOMMA; MIN; MAX; CONTA.NUMERI' }, - { value: 'ru', displayValue: 'Russian', exampleValue: ' СУММ; МИН; МАКС; СЧЁТ' }, - { value: 'pl', displayValue: 'Polish', exampleValue: ' SUMA; MIN; MAX; ILE.LICZB' } - ], _indexLang = 0, _regDataCode = [{ value: 0x042C }, { value: 0x0402 }, { value: 0x0405 }, { value: 0x0407 }, {value: 0x0807}, { value: 0x0408 }, { value: 0x0C09 }, { value: 0x0809 }, { value: 0x0409 }, { value: 0x0C0A }, { value: 0x080A }, { value: 0x040B }, { value: 0x040C }, { value: 0x0410 }, { value: 0x0411 }, { value: 0x0412 }, { value: 0x0426 }, { value: 0x0413 }, { value: 0x0415 }, { value: 0x0416 }, @@ -135,7 +126,15 @@ define([ _regdata.push({code: item.value, displayName: langinfo[1], langName: langinfo[0]}); }); - + this._dataLang = [ + { value: 'en', displayValue: this.txtEn, exampleValue: ' SUM; MIN; MAX; COUNT' }, + { value: 'de', displayValue: this.txtDe, exampleValue: ' SUMME; MIN; MAX; ANZAHL' }, + { value: 'es', displayValue: this.txtEs, exampleValue: ' SUMA; MIN; MAX; CALCULAR' }, + { value: 'fr', displayValue: this.txtFr, exampleValue: ' SOMME; MIN; MAX; NB' }, + { value: 'it', displayValue: this.txtIt, exampleValue: ' SOMMA; MIN; MAX; CONTA.NUMERI' }, + { value: 'ru', displayValue: this.txtRu, exampleValue: ' СУММ; МИН; МАКС; СЧЁТ' }, + { value: 'pl', displayValue: this.txtPl, exampleValue: ' SUMA; MIN; MAX; ILE.LICZB' } + ]; }, setApi: function (api) { @@ -261,10 +260,7 @@ define([ } else if ('#settings-macros-view' == pageId) { me.initPageMacrosSettings(); } else { - var _userCount = SSE.getController('Main').returnUserCount(); - if (_userCount > 0) { - $('#settings-collaboration').show(); - } + SSE.getController('Toolbar').getDisplayCollaboration() && $('#settings-collaboration').show(); } }, @@ -287,9 +283,9 @@ define([ info = document.info || {}; document.title ? $('#settings-spreadsheet-title').html(document.title) : $('.display-spreadsheet-title').remove(); - var value = info.owner || info.author; + var value = info.owner; value ? $('#settings-sse-owner').html(value) : $('.display-owner').remove(); - value = info.uploaded || info.created; + value = info.uploaded; value ? $('#settings-sse-uploaded').html(value) : $('.display-uploaded').remove(); info.folder ? $('#settings-sse-location').html(info.folder) : $('.display-location').remove(); @@ -339,8 +335,8 @@ define([ initFormulaLang: function() { var value = Common.localStorage.getItem('sse-settings-func-lang'); - var item = _.findWhere(_dataLang, {value: value}); - this.getView('Settings').renderFormLang(item ? _dataLang.indexOf(item) : 0, _dataLang); + var item = _.findWhere(this._dataLang, {value: value}); + this.getView('Settings').renderFormLang(item ? this._dataLang.indexOf(item) : 0, this._dataLang); $('.page[data-page=language-formula-view] input:radio[name=language-formula]').single('change', _.bind(this.onFormulaLangChange, this)); Common.Utils.addScrollIfNeed('.page[data-page=language-formula-view]', '.page[data-page=language-formula-view] .page-content'); }, @@ -579,9 +575,9 @@ define([ //init formula language value = Common.localStorage.getItem('sse-settings-func-lang'); - var item = _.findWhere(_dataLang, {value: value}); + var item = _.findWhere(me._dataLang, {value: value}); if(!item) { - item = _dataLang[0]; + item = me._dataLang[0]; } var $pageLang = $('#language-formula'); $pageLang.find('.item-title').text(item.displayValue); @@ -678,9 +674,9 @@ define([ _onPrint: function(e) { var me = this; - _.defer(function () { + _.delay(function () { me.api.asc_Print(); - }); + }, 300); me.hideModal(); }, @@ -702,15 +698,22 @@ define([ ); }, 50); } else { - setTimeout(function () { + _.delay(function () { me.api.asc_DownloadAs(new Asc.asc_CDownloadOptions(format)); - }, 50); + }, 300); } } }, notcriticalErrorTitle : 'Warning', - warnDownloadAs : 'If you continue saving in this format all features except the text will be lost.
      Are you sure you want to continue?' + warnDownloadAs : 'If you continue saving in this format all features except the text will be lost.
      Are you sure you want to continue?', + txtEn: 'English', + txtDe: 'Deutsch', + txtRu: 'Russian', + txtPl: 'Polish', + txtEs: 'Spanish', + txtFr: 'French', + txtIt: 'Italian' } })(), SSE.Controllers.Settings || {})) }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js index 74a778ffb..eb2ec8b63 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js @@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ define([ sheet: false }; var _users = []; + var _displayCollaboration = false; return { models: [], @@ -208,13 +209,17 @@ define([ $('#toolbar-search, #document-back, #toolbar-collaboration').removeClass('disabled'); }, - deactivateEditControls: function() { - $('#toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add, #toolbar-settings').addClass('disabled'); + deactivateEditControls: function(enableDownload) { + $('#toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add').addClass('disabled'); + if (enableDownload) + SSE.getController('Settings').setMode({isDisconnected: true, enableDownload: enableDownload}); + else + $('#toolbar-settings').addClass('disabled'); }, - onCoAuthoringDisconnect: function() { + onCoAuthoringDisconnect: function(enableDownload) { this.isDisconnected = true; - this.deactivateEditControls(); + this.deactivateEditControls(enableDownload); $('#toolbar-undo').toggleClass('disabled', true); $('#toolbar-redo').toggleClass('disabled', true); SSE.getController('AddContainer').hideModal(); @@ -229,10 +234,8 @@ define([ if ((item.asc_getState()!==false) && !item.asc_getView()) length++; }); - if (length < 1 && this.mode && !this.mode.canViewComments) - $('#toolbar-collaboration').hide(); - else - $('#toolbar-collaboration').show(); + _displayCollaboration = (length >= 1 || !this.mode || this.mode.canViewComments); + _displayCollaboration ? $('#toolbar-collaboration').show() : $('#toolbar-collaboration').hide(); } }, @@ -256,6 +259,10 @@ define([ this.displayCollaboration(); }, + getDisplayCollaboration: function() { + return _displayCollaboration; + }, + dlgLeaveTitleText : 'You leave the application', dlgLeaveMsgText : 'You have unsaved changes in this document. Click \'Stay on this Page\' to await the autosave of the document. Click \'Leave this Page\' to discard all the unsaved changes.', leaveButtonText : 'Leave this Page', diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddContainer.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddContainer.js index 4fa1563cf..7c5cfa04e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddContainer.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddContainer.js @@ -271,7 +271,9 @@ define([ $layoutPages.prop('outerHTML') + '' + '' - )) + )); + if (Common.Locale.getCurrentLanguage() !== 'en') + me.picker.attr('applang', Common.Locale.getCurrentLanguage()); } else { me.picker = uiApp.popover( '
      ' + @@ -300,6 +302,8 @@ define([ $overlay.off('removeClass'); $overlay.removeClass('modal-overlay-visible') }); + if (Common.Locale.getCurrentLanguage() !== 'en') + $$(me.picker).attr('applang', Common.Locale.getCurrentLanguage()); } if (isAndroid) { diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditCell.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditCell.js index 94c848f72..ef9666471 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditCell.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditCell.js @@ -310,7 +310,8 @@ define([ clr = me._sdkToThemeColor(color); $('#text-color .color-preview').css('background-color', '#' + (_.isObject(clr) ? clr.color : clr)); - + var palette = this.getView('EditCell').paletteTextColor; + palette && palette.select(clr); }, initCellSettings: function (cellInfo) { @@ -332,7 +333,9 @@ define([ var color = xfs.asc_getFillColor(), clr = me._sdkToThemeColor(color); - $('#fill-color .color-preview').css('background-color', '#' + (_.isObject(clr) ? clr.color : clr)); + $('#fill-color .color-preview').css('background-color', ('transparent' == clr) ? clr : ('#' + (_.isObject(clr) ? clr.color : clr))); + var palette = this.getView('EditCell').paletteFillColor; + palette && palette.select(clr); var styleName = cellInfo.asc_getStyleName(); $('#edit-cell .cell-styles li[data-type="' + styleName + '"]').addClass('active'); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditChart.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditChart.js index f3e420629..53872aa79 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditChart.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditChart.js @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ define([ initVertAxisPage: function () { var me = this, $vertAxisPage = $('.page[data-page=edit-chart-vertical-axis]'), - chartProperty = me.api.asc_getChartObject(), + chartProperty = me.api.asc_getChartObject(true), verAxisProps = chartProperty.getVertAxisProps(), axisProps = (verAxisProps.getAxisType() == Asc.c_oAscAxisType.val) ? verAxisProps : chartProperty.getHorAxisProps(); @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ define([ initHorAxisPage: function () { var me = this, $horAxisPage = $('.page[data-page=edit-chart-horizontal-axis]'), - chartProperty = me.api.asc_getChartObject(), + chartProperty = me.api.asc_getChartObject(true), horAxisProps = chartProperty.getHorAxisProps(), axisProps = (horAxisProps.getAxisType() == Asc.c_oAscAxisType.val) ? chartProperty.getVertAxisProps() : horAxisProps; @@ -940,14 +940,14 @@ define([ // Helpers _getVerticalAxisProp: function () { - var chartObject = this.api.asc_getChartObject(), + var chartObject = this.api.asc_getChartObject(true), verAxisProps = chartObject.getVertAxisProps(); return (verAxisProps.getAxisType() == Asc.c_oAscAxisType.val) ? verAxisProps : chartObject.getHorAxisProps(); }, _setVerticalAxisProp: function (axisProps) { - var chartObject = this.api.asc_getChartObject(), + var chartObject = this.api.asc_getChartObject(true), verAxisProps = chartObject.getVertAxisProps(); if (!_.isUndefined(chartObject)) { @@ -957,14 +957,14 @@ define([ }, _getHorizontalAxisProp: function () { - var chartObject = this.api.asc_getChartObject(), + var chartObject = this.api.asc_getChartObject(true), verHorProps = chartObject.getHorAxisProps(); return (verHorProps.getAxisType() == Asc.c_oAscAxisType.val) ? chartObject.getVertAxisProps() : verHorProps; }, _setHorizontalAxisProp: function (axisProps) { - var chartObject = this.api.asc_getChartObject(), + var chartObject = this.api.asc_getChartObject(true), verAxisProps = chartObject.getHorAxisProps(); if (!_.isUndefined(chartObject)) { @@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ define([ _setLayoutProperty: function (propertyMethod, e) { var value = $(e.currentTarget).val(), - chartObject = this.api.asc_getChartObject(); + chartObject = this.api.asc_getChartObject(true); if (!_.isUndefined(chartObject) && value && value.length > 0) { var intValue = parseInt(value); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js index a6e1f2d74..b60c14f71 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ define([ }, initSettings: function (pageId) { - if ($('#edit-shape').length < 1) { + if ($('#edit-shape').length < 1 || !_shapeObject) { return; } @@ -188,7 +188,8 @@ define([ // Effect // Init style opacity - $('#edit-shape-effect input').val([shapeProperties.get_fill().asc_getTransparent() ? shapeProperties.get_fill().asc_getTransparent() / 2.55 : 100]); + var transparent = shapeProperties.get_fill().asc_getTransparent(); + $('#edit-shape-effect input').val([transparent!==null && transparent!==undefined ? transparent / 2.55 : 100]); $('#edit-shape-effect .item-after').text($('#edit-shape-effect input').val() + ' ' + "%"); $('#edit-shape-effect input').single('change touchend', _.buffered(me.onOpacity, 100, me)); $('#edit-shape-effect input').single('input', _.bind(me.onOpacityChanging, me)); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditText.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditText.js index 5c016a638..84639f70a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditText.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditText.js @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ define([ initFontsPage: function () { var me = this, - displaySize = _fontInfo.size; + displaySize = _fontInfo.asc_getFontSize(); _.isUndefined(displaySize) ? displaySize = this.textAuto : displaySize = displaySize + ' ' + this.textPt; @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ define([ initTextColorPage: function () { var me = this, - color = me._sdkToThemeColor(_fontInfo.color), + color = me._sdkToThemeColor(_fontInfo.asc_getFontColor()), palette = me.getView('EditText').paletteTextColor; if (palette) { @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ define([ onFontSize: function (e) { var me = this, $button = $(e.currentTarget), - fontSize = _fontInfo.size; + fontSize = _fontInfo.asc_getFontSize(); if ($button.hasClass('decrement')) { _.isUndefined(fontSize) ? me.api.asc_decreaseFontSize() : fontSize = Math.max(1, --fontSize); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/template/EditCell.template b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/template/EditCell.template index edc50c93b..78bfe3806 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/template/EditCell.template +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/template/EditCell.template @@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
      - <%= scope.textCharacterBold %> - <%= scope.textCharacterItalic %> - <%= scope.textCharacterUnderline %> + <%= scope.textCharacterBold %> + <%= scope.textCharacterItalic %> + <%= scope.textCharacterUnderline %>
      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/template/EditText.template b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/template/EditText.template index 9191abcdc..4fd0b4750 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/template/EditText.template +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/template/EditText.template @@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
      - <%= scope.textCharacterBold %> - <%= scope.textCharacterItalic %> - <%= scope.textCharacterUnderline %> + <%= scope.textCharacterBold %> + <%= scope.textCharacterItalic %> + <%= scope.textCharacterUnderline %>
      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template index fa64ef10e..52918491c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template @@ -759,9 +759,9 @@
      <% if (!android) { %><% } %>

      - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> <% if (android) { %><% } %> - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %>

      @@ -774,9 +774,9 @@
      <% if (!android) { %><% } %>

      - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> <% if (android) { %><% } %> - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %>

      @@ -789,9 +789,9 @@
      <% if (!android) { %><% } %>

      - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> <% if (android) { %><% } %> - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %>

      @@ -804,9 +804,9 @@
      <% if (!android) { %><% } %>

      - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>-<% } %> <% if (android) { %><% } %> - <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %> + <% if (android) { %><% } else { %>+<% } %>

      diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js index 7ac8485b4..55cd4398f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js @@ -116,18 +116,24 @@ define([ }, setMode: function (mode) { - isEdit = mode.isEdit; - canEdit = !mode.isEdit && mode.canEdit && mode.canRequestEditRights; - canDownload = mode.canDownload || mode.canDownloadOrigin; - canPrint = mode.canPrint; + if (mode.isDisconnected) { + canEdit = isEdit = false; + if (!mode.enableDownload) + canPrint = canDownload = false; + } else { + isEdit = mode.isEdit; + canEdit = !mode.isEdit && mode.canEdit && mode.canRequestEditRights; + canDownload = mode.canDownload || mode.canDownloadOrigin; + canPrint = mode.canPrint; - if (mode.customization && mode.canBrandingExt) { - canAbout = (mode.customization.about!==false); - } + if (mode.customization && mode.canBrandingExt) { + canAbout = (mode.customization.about!==false); + } - if (mode.customization) { - canHelp = (mode.customization.help!==false); - isShowMacros = (mode.customization.macros!==false); + if (mode.customization) { + canHelp = (mode.customization.help!==false); + isShowMacros = (mode.customization.macros!==false); + } } }, diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddFunction.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddFunction.js index 412b74035..62d7c8e7b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddFunction.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddFunction.js @@ -111,35 +111,14 @@ define([ } var lang = me.lang; - this.translatTable = {}; - - var name = '', translate = '', + var name = '', descriptions = ['DateAndTime', 'Engineering', 'Financial', 'Information', 'Logical', 'LookupAndReference', 'Mathematic', 'Statistical', 'TextAndData' ]; + me.groups = []; for (var i=0; i').append(_.template(me.template)({ android : Common.SharedSettings.get('android'), phone : Common.SharedSettings.get('phone'), @@ -221,58 +200,7 @@ define([ sCatLookupAndReference: 'Lookup and Reference', sCatMathematic: 'Math and trigonometry', sCatStatistical: 'Statistical', - sCatTextAndData: 'Text and data', - - sCatDateAndTime_ru: 'Дата и время', - sCatEngineering_ru: 'Инженерные', - sCatFinancial_ru: 'Финансовые', - sCatInformation_ru: 'Информационные', - sCatLogical_ru: 'Логические', - sCatLookupAndReference_ru: 'Поиск и ссылки', - sCatMathematic_ru: 'Математические', - sCatStatistical_ru: 'Статистические', - sCatTextAndData_ru: 'Текст и данные', - - sCatLogical_es: 'Lógico', - sCatDateAndTime_es: 'Fecha y hora', - sCatEngineering_es: 'Ingenería', - sCatFinancial_es: 'Financial', - sCatInformation_es: 'Información', - sCatLookupAndReference_es: 'Búsqueda y referencia', - sCatMathematic_es: 'Matemáticas y trigonometría', - sCatStatistical_es: 'Estadístico', - sCatTextAndData_es: 'Texto y datos', - - sCatLogical_fr: 'Logique', - sCatDateAndTime_fr: 'Date et heure', - sCatEngineering_fr: 'Ingénierie', - sCatFinancial_fr: 'Financier', - sCatInformation_fr: 'Information', - sCatLookupAndReference_fr: 'Recherche et référence', - sCatMathematic_fr: 'Maths et trigonométrie', - sCatStatistical_fr: 'Statistiques', - sCatTextAndData_fr: 'Texte et données', - - sCatLogical_pl: 'Logiczny', - sCatDateAndTime_pl: 'Data i czas', - sCatEngineering_pl: 'Inżyniera', - sCatFinancial_pl: 'Finansowe', - sCatInformation_pl: 'Informacja', - sCatLookupAndReference_pl: 'Wyszukiwanie i odniesienie', - sCatMathematic_pl: 'Matematyczne i trygonometryczne', - sCatStatistical_pl: 'Statystyczny', - sCatTextAndData_pl: 'Tekst i data', - - sCatDateAndTime_de: 'Datum und Uhrzeit', - sCatEngineering_de: 'Konstruktion', - sCatFinancial_de: 'Finanzmathematik', - sCatInformation_de: 'Information', - sCatLogical_de: 'Logisch', - sCatLookupAndReference_de: 'Suchen und Bezüge', - sCatMathematic_de: 'Mathematik und Trigonometrie', - sCatStatistical_de: 'Statistik', - sCatTextAndData_de: 'Text und Daten' - + sCatTextAndData: 'Text and data' } })(), SSE.Views.AddFunction || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js index aef617c64..4cc905e0f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ define([ _.delay(function () { var $commentInfo = $('#comment-info'); var template = [ - '<% if (android) { %>
      <%= comment.userInitials %>
      <% } %>', + '<% if (android) { %>
      <%= comment.userInitials %>
      <% } %>', '
      <%= scope.getUserName(comment.username) %>
      ', '
      <%= comment.date %>
      ', '<% if (android) { %>
      <% } %>', diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditText.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditText.js index 9c7c598c0..230d996a9 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditText.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditText.js @@ -138,8 +138,7 @@ define([ this.showPage(page, true); this.paletteTextColor = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ - el: $('.page[data-page=edit-text-color] .page-content'), - transparent: true + el: $('.page[data-page=edit-text-color] .page-content') }); this.paletteTextColor.on('customcolor', function () { me.showCustomTextColor(); @@ -202,7 +201,7 @@ define([ template: $template.html(), onItemsAfterInsert: function (list, fragment) { var fontInfo = SSE.getController('EditText').getFontInfo(); - $('#font-list input[name=font-name]').val([fontInfo.name]); + $('#font-list input[name=font-name]').val([fontInfo.asc_getFontName() || '']); $('#font-list li').single('click', _.buffered(function (e) { me.fireEvent('font:click', [me, e]); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/be.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/be.json index bbe343241..a890e881e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/be.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/be.json @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Скасаваць", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Скапіяваць, выразаць, уставіць", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Больш не паказваць", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Аперацыя можа знішчыць даныя ў абраных ячэйках.
      Працягнуць? ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "У аб’яднанай ячэйцы застануцца толькі даныя з левай верхняй ячэйкі.
      Сапраўды хочаце працягнуць?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Аўта", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Шрыфты", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "пт", @@ -329,6 +329,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Тэкст не знойдзены", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Замяніць усе", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Увага", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Нямецкая", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Англійская", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Іспанская", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Французская", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Італьянская", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Польская", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Расійская", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Калі вы працягнеце захаванне ў гэты фармат, усе функцыі, апроч тэксту страцяцца.
      Сапраўды хочаце працягнуць?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Скасаваць", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Аркуш з такой назвай ужо існуе.", @@ -576,7 +583,6 @@ "SSE.Views.Search.textSheet": "Аркуш", "SSE.Views.Search.textValues": "Значэнні", "SSE.Views.Search.textWorkbook": "Кніга", - "SSE.Views.Settings. textLocation": "Размяшчэнне", "SSE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "Пра праграму", "SSE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "адрас", "SSE.Views.Settings.textApplication": "Праграма", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/bg.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/bg.json index a7d1e4e57..94a1878ce 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/bg.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/bg.json @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Отказ", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Действия за копиране, изтегляне и поставяне", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Не показвай отново", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Операцията може да унищожи данните в избраните клетки.
      Продължи?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Само данните от горната лява клетка ще останат в обединената клетка.
      Наистина ли искате да продължите?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Автоматичен", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Шрифт", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -292,6 +292,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Текстът не е намерен", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Замяна на всички", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Внимание", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Немски", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Английски", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Испански", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Френски", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Италиански", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Полски", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Руски", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Ако продължите да записвате в този формат, всички функции, с изключение на текста, ще бъдат загубени.
      Сигурни ли сте, че искате да продължите?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Отказ", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Работният лист с такова име вече съществува.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ca.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ca.json index f80f07c86..5eb529a4a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ca.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ca.json @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Cancel·la", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Accions de Copiar, Tallar i Pegar ", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "No mostrar de nou", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "L’operació pot destruir dades a les cel·les seleccionades.
      Continua?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Només quedaran les dades de la cel·la superior esquerra de la cel·la fusionada.
      Estàs segur que vols continuar?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Auto", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Fonts", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -322,6 +322,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Text no Trobat", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Canviar Tot", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avis", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Alemany", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Anglès", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Castellà", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Francès", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Italià", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Polonès", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Rus", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Si continueu guardant en aquest format, es perdran totes les funcions, excepte el text.
      Esteu segur que voleu continuar?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Cancel·la", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "El full de treball amb aquest nom ja existeix.", @@ -569,7 +576,6 @@ "SSE.Views.Search.textSheet": "Full", "SSE.Views.Search.textValues": "Valors", "SSE.Views.Search.textWorkbook": "Llibre de treball", - "SSE.Views.Settings. textLocation": "Ubicació", "SSE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "Sobre", "SSE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "adreça", "SSE.Views.Settings.textApplication": "Aplicació", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/cs.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/cs.json index 529011525..548514308 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/cs.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/cs.json @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Zrušit", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Akce kopírovat, vyjmout a vložit", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Znovu už nezobrazovat", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Operace může zničit data ve vybraných buňkách.
      Chcete pokračovat?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Pouze data z levé horní buňky zůstanou ve sloučené buňce.
      Opravdu chcete pokračovat?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Automaticky", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Fonty", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -320,6 +320,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Text nebyl nalezen", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Nahradit vše", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Varování", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Němčina", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Angličtina", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Španělština", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Francouzština", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "italština", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Polština", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Ruština", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Pokud budete pokračovat v ukládání v tomto formátu, vše kromě textu bude ztraceno.
      Opravdu chcete pokračovat?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Zrušit", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Sešit s takovým názvem už existuje.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/de.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/de.json index dda8bfccf..a310e5e12 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/de.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/de.json @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Abbrechen", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Funktionen \"Kopieren\", \"Ausschneiden\" und \"Einfügen\"", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Nicht wieder anzeigen", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Vorgang kann die Daten in den markierten Zellen zerstören.
      Fortsenzen? ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Nur die Daten aus der oberen linken Zelle bleiben nach der Vereinigung.
      Möchten Sie wirklich fortsetzen?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Automatisch", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Schriftarten", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -322,6 +322,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Bitte warten...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Sie haben das Limit für gleichzeitige Verbindungen in %1-Editoren erreicht. Dieses Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
      Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Ihre Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
      Bitte aktualisieren Sie Ihre Lizenz und laden Sie die Seite neu.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Die Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
      Die Bearbeitungsfunktionen sind nicht verfügbar.
      Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihrem Administrator.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Die Lizenz soll aktualisiert werden.
      Die Bearbeitungsfunktionen sind eingeschränkt.
      Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihrem Administrator für vollen Zugriff", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Sie haben das Benutzerlimit für %1-Editoren erreicht. Bitte wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Sie haben das Limit für gleichzeitige Verbindungen in %1-Editoren erreicht. Dieses Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
      Bitte kontaktieren Sie unser Verkaufsteam, um persönliche Upgrade-Bedingungen zu erhalten.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Sie haben das Benutzerlimit für %1-Editoren erreicht. Bitte kontaktieren Sie unser Verkaufsteam, um persönliche Upgrade-Bedingungen zu erhalten.", @@ -329,6 +331,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Der Text wurde nicht gefunden.", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Alle ersetzen", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Warnung", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Deutsch", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Englisch", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Spanisch", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Französisch", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Italienisch", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Polnisch", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Russisch", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Wenn Sie mit dem Speichern in diesem Format fortsetzen, werden alle Objekte außer Text verloren gehen.
      Möchten Sie wirklich fortsetzen?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Abbrechen", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Das Tabellenblatt mit einem solchen Namen existiert bereits.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/el.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/el.json index 0c0b4ee4b..d3aedf047 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/el.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/el.json @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Χρώματα θέματος", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "εκ", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", - "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη απάντησης", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Προσθήκη Απάντησης", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textBack": "Πίσω", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCancel": "Ακύρωση", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCollaboration": "Συνεργασία", @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Ακύρωση", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Ενέργειες αντιγραφής, αποκοπής και επικόλλησης", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Να μην εμφανίζεται ξανά", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Αυτή η λειτουργία θα διαγράψει τα δεδομένα από τα επιλεγμένα κελιά.
      Συνέχεια;", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Μόνο τα δεδομένα από το επάνω αριστερό κελί θα παραμείνουν στο συγχωνευμένο κελί.
      Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Αυτόματα", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Γραμματοσειρές", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textOverlay": "Επικάλυμμα", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textRight": "Δεξιά", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textRightOverlay": "Δεξιά επικάλυψη", - "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textRotated": "Περιστρεφόμενο", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textRotated": "Περιεστρεμμένο ", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textTenMillions": "10 000 000", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textTenThousands": "10 000", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textThousands": "Χιλιάδες", @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textEmptyImgUrl": "Πρέπει να καθορίσετε τη διεύθυνση URL της εικόνας.", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textExternalLink": "Εξωτερικός σύνδεσμος", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textInternalLink": "Εσωτερικό εύρος δεδομένων", - "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textInvalidRange": "Λανθασμένο εύρος δεδομένων", + "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textInvalidRange": "Μη έγκυρο εύρος κελιών", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.txtNotUrl": "Αυτό το πεδίο πρέπει να είναι μια διεύθυνση URL με τη μορφή «http://www.example.com»", "SSE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", "SSE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Πρέπει να καθορίσετε τη διεύθυνση URL της εικόνας.", @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedWorksheetRename": "Το φύλλο δεν μπορεί να μετονομαστεί προς το παρόν καθώς μετονομάζεται από άλλο χρήστη", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Η φόρτωση του εγγράφου απέτυχε. Παρακαλούμε επιλέξτε ένα διαφορετικό αρχείο.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeSaveFile": "Η συγχώνευση απέτυχε.", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMaxPoints": "Ο μέγιστος αριθμός πόντων σε σειρά ανά γράφημα είναι 4096.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMaxPoints": "Ο μέγιστος αριθμός σημείων σε σειρά ανά γράφημα είναι 4096.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMoveRange": "Αδυναμία αλλαγής μέρους ενός συγχωνευμένου κελιού", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMultiCellFormula": "Οι τύποι συστοιχιών πολλών κελιών δεν επιτρέπονται στους πίνακες.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpensource": "Με τη δωρεάν έκδοση Κοινότητας μπορείτε μόνο να διαβάσετε τα έγγραφα. Η πρόσβαση σε επεξεργαστές εγγράφων μέσω δικτύου κινητής απαιτεί εμπορική άδεια.", @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Δυνατότητα επί πληρωμή", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Συνθηματικό", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Φόρτωση ...", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Να θυμάσαι την επιλογή μου", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Να θυμάσαι την επιλογή μου για όλα τα αρχεία", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Σχήμα", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Αυστηρή κατάσταση", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Οι λειτουργίες Αναίρεση/Επανάληψη είναι απενεργοποιημένες στην κατάσταση Γρήγορης συν-επεξεργασίας.
      Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί 'Αυστηρή κατάσταση' για να μεταβείτε στην Αυστηρή κατάσταση συν-επεξεργασίας όπου επεξεργάζεστε το αρχείο χωρίς παρέμβαση άλλων χρηστών και στέλνετε τις αλλαγές σας αφού τις αποθηκεύσετε. Η μετάβαση μεταξύ των δύο καταστάσεων γίνεται μέσω των Ρυθμίσεων για Προχωρημένους.", @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Επικεφαλίδα 3", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_4": "Επικεφαλίδα 4", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Input": "Εισαγωγή", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Linked_Cell": "Συνδεδεμένο πλαίσιο", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Linked_Cell": "Συνδεδεμένο Κελί", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Neutral": "Ουδέτερο", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Normal": "Κανονικό", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Note": "Σημείωμα", @@ -329,8 +329,15 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Έχετε φτάσει το όριο χρήστη για %1 επεξεργαστές.
      Παρακαλούμε επικοινωνήστε με την ομάδα πωλήσεων %1 για προσωπικούς όρους αναβάθμισης.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Σας έχει απαγορευτεί το δικαίωμα επεξεργασίας του αρχείου.", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Δεν βρέθηκε κείμενο", - "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Αντικατάσταση όλων", + "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Αντικατάσταση Όλων", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Προειδοποίηση", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Γερμανικά", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Αγγλικά", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Ισπανικά", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Γαλλικά", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Ιταλικά", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Πολωνικά", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Ρώσικα", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Εάν συνεχίσετε να αποθηκεύετε σε αυτήν τη μορφή, όλες οι λειτουργίες εκτός από το κείμενο θα χαθούν.
      Είστε βέβαιοι ότι θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Ακύρωση", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Το φύλλο εργασίας με τέτοιο όνομα υπάρχει ήδη.", @@ -359,7 +366,7 @@ "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatFinancial": "Χρηματοοικονομικά", "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatInformation": "Πληροφορίες", "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatLogical": "Λογικό", - "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatLookupAndReference": "Αναζήτηση και αναφορά", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatLookupAndReference": "Αναζήτηση και Παραπομπή", "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatMathematic": "Μαθηματικά και τριγωνομετρία", "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatStatistical": "Στατιστική", "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatTextAndData": "Κείμενο και δεδομένα", @@ -494,7 +501,7 @@ "SSE.Views.EditChart.textReorder": "Επανατακτοποίηση", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textRight": "Δεξιά", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textRightOverlay": "Δεξιά επικάλυψη", - "SSE.Views.EditChart.textRotated": "Περιστρεφόμενο", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textRotated": "Περιεστρεμμένο ", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textSize": "Μέγεθος", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textStyle": "Τεχνοτροπία", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textTickOptions": "Επιλογές διαβαθμίσεων", @@ -528,7 +535,7 @@ "SSE.Views.EditImage.textRemove": "Αφαίρεση εικόνας", "SSE.Views.EditImage.textReorder": "Επανατακτοποίηση", "SSE.Views.EditImage.textReplace": "Αντικατάσταση", - "SSE.Views.EditImage.textReplaceImg": "Αντικατάσταση εικόνας", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textReplaceImg": "Αντικατάσταση Εικόνας", "SSE.Views.EditImage.textToBackground": "Μεταφορά στο παρασκήνιο", "SSE.Views.EditImage.textToForeground": "Μεταφορά στο προσκήνιο", "SSE.Views.EditShape.textAddCustomColor": "Προσθήκη προσαρμοσμένου χρώματος", @@ -565,7 +572,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Search.textByRows": "Κατά γραμμές", "SSE.Views.Search.textDone": "Ολοκληρώθηκε", "SSE.Views.Search.textFind": "Εύρεση", - "SSE.Views.Search.textFindAndReplace": "Εύρεση και αντικατάσταση", + "SSE.Views.Search.textFindAndReplace": "Εύρεση και Αντικατάσταση", "SSE.Views.Search.textFormulas": "Τύποι", "SSE.Views.Search.textHighlightRes": "Επισημάνετε τα αποτελέσματα", "SSE.Views.Search.textLookIn": "Ψάξε στο", @@ -578,7 +585,6 @@ "SSE.Views.Search.textSheet": "Φύλλο", "SSE.Views.Search.textValues": "Τιμές", "SSE.Views.Search.textWorkbook": "Αρχειοθήκη", - "SSE.Views.Settings. textLocation": "Τοποθεσία", "SSE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "Περί", "SSE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "διεύθυνση", "SSE.Views.Settings.textApplication": "Εφαρμογή", @@ -611,7 +617,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Settings.textEnableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "Ενεργοποίηση όλων των μακροεντολών χωρίς προειδοποίηση", "SSE.Views.Settings.textExample": "Παράδειγμα", "SSE.Views.Settings.textFind": "Εύρεση", - "SSE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "Εύρεση και αντικατάσταση", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "Εύρεση και Αντικατάσταση", "SSE.Views.Settings.textFormat": "Μορφή", "SSE.Views.Settings.textFormulaLanguage": "Γλώσσα τύπου", "SSE.Views.Settings.textHelp": "Βοήθεια", @@ -632,7 +638,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Settings.textPortrait": "Κατακόρυφα", "SSE.Views.Settings.textPoweredBy": "Υποστηρίζεται από", "SSE.Views.Settings.textPrint": "Εκτύπωση", - "SSE.Views.Settings.textR1C1Style": "Στυλ αναφοράς R1C1", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textR1C1Style": "Τεχνοτροπία Παραπομπών R1C1", "SSE.Views.Settings.textRegionalSettings": "Τοπικές ρυθμίσεις", "SSE.Views.Settings.textRight": "Δεξιά", "SSE.Views.Settings.textSettings": "Ρυθμίσεις", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/en.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/en.json index 45882ce79..0aa0e0e60 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/en.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/en.json @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Cancel", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Copy, Cut and Paste Actions", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Do not show again", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Operation can destroy data in the selected cells.
      Continue?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Only the data from the upper-left cell will remain in the merged cell.
      Are you sure you want to continue?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Auto", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Fonts", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -252,6 +252,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contact sales", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "Please note that according to the terms of the license you are not entitled to change the loader.
      Please contact our Sales Department to get a quote.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "Done", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textGuest": "Guest", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "The file contains automatic macros.
      Do you want to run macros?", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Loading spreadsheet", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "No", @@ -260,7 +261,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Paid feature", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Password", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Loading... ", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Remember my choice", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Remember my choice for all files", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Shape", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Strict mode", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "The Undo/Redo functions are disabled for the Fast co-editing mode.
      Click the 'Strict mode' button to switch to the Strict co-editing mode to edit the file without other users interference and send your changes only after you save them. You can switch between the co-editing modes using the editor Advanced settings.", @@ -322,6 +323,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Please, wait...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "You've reached the limit for simultaneous connections to %1 editors. This document will be opened for viewing only.
      Contact your administrator to learn more.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Your license has expired.
      Please update your license and refresh the page.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "License expired.
      You have no access to document editing functionality.
      Please contact your administrator.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "License needs to be renewed.
      You have a limited access to document editing functionality.
      Please contact your administrator to get full access", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "You've reached the user limit for %1 editors. Contact your administrator to learn more.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "You've reached the limit for simultaneous connections to %1 editors. This document will be opened for viewing only.
      Contact %1 sales team for personal upgrade terms.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "You've reached the user limit for %1 editors. Contact %1 sales team for personal upgrade terms.", @@ -329,6 +332,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Text not found", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Replace All", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Warning", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "German", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "English", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Spanish", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "French", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Italian", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Polish", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Russian", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "If you continue saving in this format all features except the text will be lost.
      Are you sure you want to continue?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Worksheet with such name already exists.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/es.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/es.json index 0e26e0df0..6bf90e4a8 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/es.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/es.json @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Cancelar", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Acciones de Copiar, Cortar y Pegar", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "No mostrar otra vez", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Operación puede destruir datos en las celdas seleccionadas.
      ¿Continuar?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "En la celda unida permanecerán sólo los datos de la celda de la esquina superior izquierda.
      Está seguro de que quiere continuar?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Auto", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Fuentes", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -322,6 +322,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Por favor, espere...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de conexiones simultáneas con %1 editores. Este documento se abrirá sólo para su visualización.
      Por favor, contacte con su administrador para recibir más información.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Su licencia ha expirado.
      Por favor, actualice su licencia y después recargue la página.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licencia expirada.
      No tiene acceso a la funcionalidad de edición de documentos.
      Por favor, póngase en contacto con su administrador.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "La licencia requiere ser renovada.
      Tiene un acceso limitado a la funcionalidad de edición de documentos.
      Por favor, póngase en contacto con su administrador para obtener un acceso completo", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de usuarios para los editores de %1. Por favor, contacte con su administrador para recibir más información.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de conexiones simultáneas con %1 editores. Este documento se abrirá sólo para su visualización.
      Contacte con el equipo de ventas de %1 para conocer los términos de actualización personal.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Usted ha alcanzado el límite de usuarios para los editores de %1.
      Contacte con el equipo de ventas de %1 para conocer los términos de actualización personal.", @@ -329,6 +331,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Texto no encontrado", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Reemplazar todo", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Aviso", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Alemán", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Inglés", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Español", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Francés", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Italiano", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Polaco", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Ruso", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Si sigue guardando en este formato, todas las características excepto el texto se perderán.
      ¿Está seguro de que quiere continuar?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Hoja de trabajo con este nombre ya existe.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/fr.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/fr.json index 563903014..0f6541176 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/fr.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/fr.json @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Annuler", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Actions copier, couper et coller", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Ne plus afficher", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Cette opération détruira les données des cellules sélectionnées.
      Сontinuer ?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Seulement les données de la cellule supérieure gauche seront conservées dans la cellule fusionnée.
      Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir continuer ?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Auto", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Polices", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -322,6 +322,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Veuillez patienter...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal de connexions simultanées aux éditeurs %1. Ce document sera ouvert à la lecture seulement.
      Contactez votre administrateur pour en savoir davantage.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Votre licence a expiré.
      Veuillez mettre à jour votre licence et actualisez la page.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "La licence est expirée.
      Vous n'avez plus d'accès aux outils d'édition.
      Veuillez contacter votre administrateur.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Il est indispensable de renouveler la licence.
      Vous avez un accès limité aux outils d'édition des documents.
      Veuillez contacter votre administrateur pour obtenir un accès complet", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal d’utilisateurs des éditeurs %1. Contactez votre administrateur pour en savoir davantage.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal de connexions simultanées aux éditeurs %1. Ce document sera ouvert à la lecture seulement.
      Contactez l’équipe des ventes %1 pour mettre à jour les termes de la licence.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Vous avez dépassé le nombre maximal d’utilisateurs des éditeurs %1. Contactez l’équipe des ventes %1 pour mettre à jour les termes de la licence.", @@ -329,6 +331,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Le texte est introuvable", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Remplacer tout", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avertissement", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Allemand", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Anglais", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Espanol", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Français", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Italien", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Polonais", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Russe", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Si vous enregistrez dans ce format, seulement le texte sera conservé.
      Voulez-vous vraiment continuer ?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Feuulle de travail portant ce nom existe déjà.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/hu.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/hu.json index 8fcb3330f..a8d5c45b8 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/hu.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/hu.json @@ -1,13 +1,29 @@ { + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Válasz hozzáadása", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCancel": "Mégsem", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteComment": "Hozzászólás törlése", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteReply": "Válasz törlése", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDone": "Kész", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEdit": "Szerkesztés", "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEditUser": "A fájlt szerkesztő felhasználók:", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteComment": "Biztosan töröljük a hozzászólást?", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteReply": "Biztosan töröljük a választ?", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textReopen": "Újranyitás", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textResolve": "Felold", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textYes": "Igen", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textCustomColors": "Egyéni színek", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "Sztenderd színek", "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": "Téma színek", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "cm", "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "Válasz hozzáadása", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textBack": "Vissza", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCancel": "Mégsem", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCollaboration": "Együttműködés", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textDone": "Kész", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditReply": "Válasz szerkesztése", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditUsers": "Felhasználók", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditСomment": "Hozzászólás szerkesztése", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textNoComments": "Ebben a táblázatban nincsenek hozzászólások", "Common.Views.Collaboration.textСomments": "Hozzászólások", "SSE.Controllers.AddChart.txtDiagramTitle": "Diagram címe", @@ -19,11 +35,18 @@ "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textImage": "Kép", "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textOther": "Egyéb", "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "Alakzat", + "SSE.Controllers.AddLink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "SSE.Controllers.AddLink.textInvalidRange": "HIBA! Érvénytelen cellatartomány", "SSE.Controllers.AddLink.txtNotUrl": "A mező URL-címének a 'http://www.example.com' formátumban kell lennie", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textCancel": "Mégsem", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textContinue": "Folytatás", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textDelete": "Törlés", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textDeleteDraft": "Biztosan töröljük a vázlatot?", "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textEmptyImgUrl": "Meg kell adni a kép URL linkjét.", "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.txtNotUrl": "A mező URL-címének a 'http://www.example.com' formátumban kell lennie", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.errorCopyCutPaste": "A másolás, kivágás és beillesztés a helyi menü segítségével csak az aktuális fájlon belül történik.", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddComment": "Hozzászólás hozzáadása", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddLink": "Link hozzáadása", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCell": "Cella", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCopy": "Másol", @@ -40,11 +63,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnfreezePanes": "Rögzítés eltávolítása", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnmerge": "Szétválaszt", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnwrap": "Tördelés megszüntetése", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuViewComment": "Hozzászólás megtekintése", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuWrap": "Tördel", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Mégse", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Másolás, kivágás és beillesztés", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Ne mutassa újra", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "A művelet megsemmisítheti az adatokat a kiválasztott cellákban.
      Folytassa?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Csak a bal felső cellából származó adatok maradnak az egyesített cellában.
      Biztosan folytatni szeretné?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Auto", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Betűtípusok", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -98,12 +123,16 @@ "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textShape": "Alakzat", "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "Táblázat", "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "Szöveg", + "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textDefault": "Kiválasztott tartomány", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textEmptyImgUrl": "Meg kell adni a kép URL linkjét.", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textExternalLink": "Külső hivatkozás", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textInternalLink": "Belső adattartomány", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textInvalidRange": "Érvénytelen cellatartomány", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.txtNotUrl": "A mező URL-címének a \"http://www.example.com\" formátumban kell lennie", + "SSE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", + "SSE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Meg kell adni a kép hivatkozását.", + "SSE.Controllers.EditImage.txtNotUrl": "A mező hivatkozásának 'http://www.example.com' formátumban kellene lennie", "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textEmptyItem": "{Blanks}", "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textErrorMsg": "Legalább egy értéket ki kell választania", "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", @@ -149,6 +178,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFillRange": "Nem sikerült kitölteni a kiválasztott cellatartományt.
      Minden egyesített cellának azonos méretűnek kell lennie.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaName": "Hiba a bevitt képletben.
      Helytelen képletnév.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaParsing": "Belső hiba a képlet elemzése közben.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxLength": "A képlet hossza meghaladja a 8192 karakteres korlátot.
      Kérjük, módosítsa és próbálja újra.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxReference": "Nem adhatja meg ezt a képletet, mert túl sok értéke,
      cellahivatkozása és/vagy neve van.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxTextLength": "A képletekben a szövegértékek legfeljebb 255 karakterre korlátozódhatnak.
      Használja a CONCATENATE funkciót vagy az összefűző operátort (&).", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlWrongReferences": "A függvény nem létező munkalapra vonatkozik.
      Kérjük, ellenőrizze az adatokat és próbálja újra.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorInvalidRef": "Adjon meg egy helyes nevet a kijelöléshez, vagy érvényes hivatkozást.", @@ -161,7 +192,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMaxPoints": "A soronkénti maximális pontszám diagramonként 4096.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMoveRange": "Nem lehet módosítani az egyesített cellák egy részét", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMultiCellFormula": "A multi-cella tömb függvények nem engedélyezettek a táblázatokban.", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpenWarning": "A fájlban szereplő képletek egyike meghaladta
      a megengedett karakterek számát, és eltávolításra került.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpensource": "Az ingyenes közösségi verzió használatával dokumentumokat csak megtekintésre nyithat meg. A mobil webszerkesztőkhöz való hozzáféréshez kereskedelmi licensz szükséges.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpenWarning": "Az egyik fájlképlet meghaladja a 8192 karakteres korlátot.
      A képletet eltávolítottuk.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOperandExpected": "A bevitt függvényszintaxis nem megfelelő. Kérjük, ellenőrizze, hogy hiányzik-e az egyik zárójel - '(' vagy ')'.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPasteMaxRange": "A másolási és beillesztési terület nem egyezik.
      Válasszon ki egy azonos méretű területet, vagy kattintson a sorban lévő első cellára a másolt cellák beillesztéséhez.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPrintMaxPagesCount": "Sajnos nem lehet több mint 1500 oldalt egyszerre kinyomtatni az aktuális programverzióban.
      Ez a korlátozás eltávolításra kerül a következő kiadásokban.", @@ -220,16 +252,20 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Értékesítési osztály", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "Kérjük, vegye figyelembe, hogy az engedély feltételei szerint nem jogosult a betöltő cseréjére.
      Kérjük, forduljon értékesítési osztályunkhoz, hogy árajánlatot kapjon.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "Kész", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "A fájl automatikus makrókat tartalmaz.
      Szeretne makrókat futtatni?", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Munkafüzet betöltése", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "%1 kapcsoat limit", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "Nem", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Elérte a licenckorlátot", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "OK", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Fizetett funkció", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Jelszó", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Betöltés...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Emlékezzen a választásomra", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Alakzat", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Biztonságos mód", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "A Visszavonás / Újra funkciók le vannak tiltva a Gyors együttes szerkesztés módban.
      A \"Biztonságos mód\" gombra kattintva válthat a Biztonságos együttes szerkesztés módra, hogy a dokumentumot más felhasználókkal való interferencia nélkül tudja szerkeszteni, mentés után küldve el a módosításokat. A szerkesztési módok között a Speciális beállítások segítségével válthat.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "Felhasználói név", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "Igen", "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Lejárt licenc", "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Szerkesztő frissítve", "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "A verzió megváltozott", @@ -284,15 +320,24 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Kép feltöltése...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Kép feltöltése", "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Kérjük várjon...", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "A párhuzamos kapcsolódások száma elérte a maximumot, így a dokumentum csak olvasható módban nyílik meg.
      Kérjük lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszer adminisztrátorral bővebb információkért.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó egyidejű csatlakozás korlátját. Ez a dokumentum csak megtekintésre nyílik meg.
      További információért forduljon rendszergazdájához.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "A licence lejárt.
      Kérem frissítse a licencét, majd az oldalt.", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "A párhuzamos felhasználók száma elérte a maximumot, így a dokumentum csak olvasható módban nyílik meg.
      Kérjük lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszer adminisztrátorral bővebb információkért.", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Ez a verziója az %1 szerkesztőnek bizonyos limitációkat tartalmaz párhuzamos kapcsolódások terén a dokumentum szerverhez.
      Amennyiben többre van szüksége, fontolja meg hogy kereskedelmi licenc megvásárlását.", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Ez a verziója az %1 szerkesztőnek bizonyos limitációkat tartalmaz párhuzamosan kapcsolódott felhasználók terén.
      Amennyiben többre van szüksége, fontolja meg hogy kereskedelmi licenc megvásárlását.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "A licenc lejárt.
      Nincs hozzáférése a dokumentumszerkesztő funkciókhoz.
      Kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a rendszergazdával.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "A licencet meg kell újítani.
      Korlátozott hozzáférése van a dokumentumszerkesztési funkciókhoz.
      A teljes hozzáférésért forduljon rendszergazdájához", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó felhasználói korlátját. További információért forduljon rendszergazdájához.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó egyidejű csatlakozás korlátját. Ez a dokumentum csak megtekintésre nyílik meg.
      Vegye fel a kapcsolatot a(z) %1 értékesítési csapattal a személyes frissítési feltételekért.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Elérte a(z) %1 szerkesztőhöz tartozó felhasználói korlátját. Vegye fel a kapcsolatot a(z) %1 értékesítési csapattal a személyes frissítési feltételekért.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Nincs joga szerkeszteni a fájl-t.", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "A szöveg nem található", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Mindent cserél", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Német", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Angol", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Spanyol", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Francia", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Olasz", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Lengyel", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Orosz", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Ha ebbe a formátumba ment, a nyers szövegen kívül minden elveszik.
      Biztos benne, hogy folytatni akarja?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Mégse", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Az ilyen nevű munkalap már létezik.", @@ -303,6 +348,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuDelete": "Töröl", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuDuplicate": "Kettőzés", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuHide": "Elrejt", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuMore": "Több", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuRename": "Név változtatása", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuUnhide": "Megmutat", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Figyelmeztetés", @@ -339,8 +385,11 @@ "SSE.Views.AddLink.textSelectedRange": "Kiválasztott tartomány", "SSE.Views.AddLink.textSheet": "Munkalap", "SSE.Views.AddLink.textTip": "Gyorstipp", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textAddComment": "Hozzászólás hozzáadása", "SSE.Views.AddOther.textAddress": "Cím", "SSE.Views.AddOther.textBack": "Vissza", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textComment": "Hozzászólás", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textDone": "Kész", "SSE.Views.AddOther.textFilter": "Szűrő", "SSE.Views.AddOther.textFromLibrary": "Kép a galériából", "SSE.Views.AddOther.textFromURL": "Kép URL-en keresztül", @@ -359,6 +408,8 @@ "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAlignRight": "Jobbra rendez", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAlignTop": "Felfelé rendez", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAllBorders": "Jobb szegély", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAngleClockwise": "Óramutató járásával megegyező irányba", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAngleCounterclockwise": "Óramutató járásával ellentétes irányba", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textBack": "Vissza", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textBorderStyle": "Szegély stílus", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textBottomBorder": "Alsó szegély", @@ -378,6 +429,7 @@ "SSE.Views.EditCell.textFonts": "Betűtípusok", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textFormat": "Formátum", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textGeneral": "Általános", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textHorizontalText": "Vízszintes szöveg", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textInBorders": "Belső szegélyek", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textInHorBorder": "Belső vízszintes szegély", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textInteger": "Egész szám", @@ -390,16 +442,20 @@ "SSE.Views.EditCell.textPercentage": "Százalék", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textPound": "Font", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textRightBorder": "Jobb szegély", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textRotateTextDown": "Szöveg forgatása lefelé", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textRotateTextUp": "Szöveg forgatása felfelé", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textRouble": "Rubel", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textScientific": "Tudományos", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textSize": "Méret", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textText": "Szöveg", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTextColor": "Szöveg szín", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTextFormat": "Szövegformátum", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTextOrientation": "Szövegirány", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textThick": "Vastag", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textThin": "Vékony", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTime": "Idő", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTopBorder": "Felső szegély", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textVerticalText": "Függőleges szöveg", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textWrapText": "Szövegtördelés", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textYen": "Jen", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textAddCustomColor": "Egyéni szín hozzáadása", @@ -545,6 +601,9 @@ "SSE.Views.Settings.textCreateDate": "Létrehozás dátuma", "SSE.Views.Settings.textCustom": "Egyéni", "SSE.Views.Settings.textCustomSize": "Egyéni méret", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textDisableAll": "Összes letiltása", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithNotification": "Minden értesítéssel rendelkező makró letiltása", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "Minden értesítés nélküli makró letiltása", "SSE.Views.Settings.textDisplayComments": "Hozzászólások", "SSE.Views.Settings.textDisplayResolvedComments": "Lezárt hozzászólások", "SSE.Views.Settings.textDocInfo": "Munkafüzet infó", @@ -554,6 +613,8 @@ "SSE.Views.Settings.textDownloadAs": "Letöltés mint...", "SSE.Views.Settings.textEditDoc": "Dokumentum szerkesztése", "SSE.Views.Settings.textEmail": "Email", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textEnableAll": "Összes engedélyezése", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textEnableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "Minden értesítés nélküli makró engedélyezése", "SSE.Views.Settings.textExample": "Példa", "SSE.Views.Settings.textFind": "Keres", "SSE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "Keres és cserél", @@ -569,6 +630,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Settings.textLeft": "Bal", "SSE.Views.Settings.textLoading": "Betöltés...", "SSE.Views.Settings.textLocation": "Hely", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textMacrosSettings": "Makró beállítások", "SSE.Views.Settings.textMargins": "Margók", "SSE.Views.Settings.textOrientation": "Tájolás", "SSE.Views.Settings.textOwner": "Tulajdonos", @@ -580,6 +642,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Settings.textRegionalSettings": "Területi beállítások", "SSE.Views.Settings.textRight": "Jobb", "SSE.Views.Settings.textSettings": "Beállítások", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textShowNotification": "Értesítés mutatása", "SSE.Views.Settings.textSpreadsheetFormats": "Munkafüzet formátumok", "SSE.Views.Settings.textSpreadsheetSettings": "Munkafüzet beállításai", "SSE.Views.Settings.textSubject": "Tárgy", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/it.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/it.json index cc7135bb3..62a59ec78 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/it.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/it.json @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Annulla", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Azioni copia/taglia/incolla", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Non visualizzare più", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "L'operazione può distruggere i dati nelle celle selezionate.
      Procedi?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Solo i dati dalla cella sinistra superiore rimangono nella cella unita.
      Sei sicuro di voler continuare?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Auto", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Caratteri", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -317,6 +317,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Attendere prego...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Hai raggiunto il limite per le connessioni simultanee agli editor %1. Questo documento verrà aperto in sola lettura.
      Contatta l’amministratore per saperne di più.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "La tua licenza è scaduta.
      Si prega di aggiornare la licenza e ricaricare la pagina.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licenza scaduta. Non puoi modificare il documento. Per favore, contatta l'amministratore", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "La licenza dev'essere rinnovata. Hai un accesso limitato alle funzioni di modifica del documento. Per favore, contatta l'amministratore per il pieno accesso", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Hai raggiunto il limite per gli utenti con accesso agli editor %1. Contatta l’amministratore per saperne di più.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Hai raggiunto il limite per le connessioni simultanee agli editor %1. Questo documento verrà aperto in sola lettura.
      Contatta il team di vendita di %1 per i termini di aggiornamento personali.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Hai raggiunto il limite per gli utenti con accesso agli editor %1. Contatta il team di vendita di %1 per i termini di aggiornamento personali.", @@ -324,6 +326,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Testo non trovato", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Sostituisci tutto", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avviso", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Tedesco", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Inglese", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Spagnolo", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Francese", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Italiano", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Polacco", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Russo", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Se continui a salvare in questo formato tutte le funzioni eccetto il testo andranno perse.
      Sei sicuro di voler continuare?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Annulla", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Esiste già un foglio di lavoro con questo nome.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ja.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ja.json index b58b40032..65d0fba09 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ja.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ja.json @@ -35,8 +35,10 @@ "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textImage": "画像", "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textOther": "その他", "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "図形", + "SSE.Controllers.AddLink.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "SSE.Controllers.AddLink.textInvalidRange": "エラー！セルの範囲は無効です。", "SSE.Controllers.AddLink.txtNotUrl": "このフィールドは、「http://www.example.com」の形式のURLである必要があります", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textCancel": "キャンセル", "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textContinue": "続ける", "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textDelete": "削除する", @@ -60,35 +62,52 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuShow": "表示する", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnfreezePanes": "ウインドウ枠固定の解除", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnmerge": "結合解除", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnwrap": "折り返しを解除", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuViewComment": "コメントを見る", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuWrap": "折り返し", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "キャンセル", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "コピー,切り取り,貼り付けの操作", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "次回から表示しない", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "マージされたセルに左上のセルからのデータのみが残ります。
      続行してもよろしいです？", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "自動", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "フォント", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.errorMaxRows": "エラー！ グラフごとのデータ列の最大数は255です。", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.errorStockChart": "行の順序が正しくありません。この株価チャートを作成するには、
      始値、高値、安値、終値の順でシートのデータを配置してください。", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textAuto": "自動", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textBetweenTickMarks": "目盛りの間", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textBillions": "十億\n\t", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textBottom": "下", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textCenter": "中央揃え", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textCross": "交差", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textCustom": "ユーザー設定", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textFit": "幅に合わせる", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textFixed": "固定", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textHigh": "高", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textHorizontal": "水平", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textHundredMil": "100 000 000", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textHundreds": "百", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textHundredThousands": "100 000", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textIn": "中", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textInnerBottom": "内部（下）", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textInnerTop": "内部（上）", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textLeft": "左", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textLeftOverlay": "左の重ね合わせ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textLow": "低", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textManual": "手動的に", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textMaxValue": "最大値", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textMillions": "百万", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textMinValue": "最小値", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textNextToAxis": "軸の隣", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textNone": "なし", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textNoOverlay": "重ね合わせなし", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textOnTickMarks": "目盛り", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textOut": "外", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textOuterTop": "外トップ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textOverlay": "重ね合わせ", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textRight": "右", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textRightOverlay": "右の重ね合わせ", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textRotated": "回転された", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textTenMillions": "10 000 000", "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textTenThousands": "10 000", @@ -104,23 +123,28 @@ "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textShape": "図形", "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "表", "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "テキスト", + "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textDefault": "選択された範囲", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textEmptyImgUrl": "画像のURLを指定する必要があります。", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textExternalLink": "外部リンク", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textInternalLink": "内部のデータ範囲", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textInvalidRange": "無効なセル範囲", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.txtNotUrl": "このフィールドは、「http://www.example.com」の形式のURLである必要があります", + "SSE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "SSE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "画像のURLを指定する必要があります。", "SSE.Controllers.EditImage.txtNotUrl": "このフィールドは、「http://www.example.com」の形式のURLである必要があります", "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textEmptyItem": "{空白セル}", "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textErrorMsg": "少なくとも1つの値を選択する必要があります", + "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textErrorTitle": " 警告", "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textSelectAll": "すべてを選択する", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.advCSVOptions": "CSVオプションを選択する", "SSE.Controllers.Main.advDRMEnterPassword": "パスワード入力:", "SSE.Controllers.Main.advDRMOptions": "保護されたファイル", "SSE.Controllers.Main.advDRMPassword": "パスワード", "SSE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTextText": "データの読み込み中...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "データの読み込み中", "SSE.Controllers.Main.closeButtonText": "ファイルを閉じる", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "変換タイムアウトを超えました。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorExtText": "「OK」を押して、ドキュメント一覧に戻ります。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorTitle": "エラー", "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadErrorText": "ダウンロードに失敗しました。", @@ -138,6 +162,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeArray": "配列の一部を変更することはできません。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "サーバーとの接続が失われました。今、文書を編集することができません。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "文書を保存できませんでした。接続設定を確認するか、管理者にお問い合わせください。
      OKボタンをクリックするとドキュメントをダウンロードするように求められます。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCopyMultiselectArea": "このコマンドを複数選択において使用することはできません。
      単一の範囲を選択して、再ご試行ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCountArg": "入力した数式にエラーがあります。
      引数の数が正しくありません。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCountArgExceed": "入力した数式にエラーがあります。
      引数の数を超えています。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCreateDefName": "既存の名前付き範囲を編集することはできません。
      今、範囲が編集されているので、新しい名前付き範囲を作成することはできません。", @@ -150,9 +175,12 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileRequest": "外部エラーです。
      ファイルリクエストのエラーです。この問題は解決しない場合は、サポートにお問い合わせください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "ファイルサイズがサーバーで設定された制限を超過しています。
      Documentサーバー管理者に詳細をお問い合わせください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileVKey": "外部エラーです。
      セキュリティ・キーは不正です。この問題は解決しない場合は、サポートにお問い合わせください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFillRange": "選択されたセルの範囲を記入することができません。
      すべての結合されたセルは、同じサイズがある必要があります。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaName": "入力した数式にエラーがあります。
      間違った数式名が使用されています。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaParsing": "数式の解析中の内部のエラー", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxLength": "数式の長さが8192文字の制限を超えています。
      編集して再びお試しください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxReference": "値、
      セル参照、名前が多すぎるため、この数式を入力できません。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxTextLength": "数式のテキスト値は255文字に制限されています。
      コンカチネート関数または連結演算子（＆）をご使用ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlWrongReferences": "関数が存在しないシートを参照しています。
      データを確認して、もう一度お試しください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorInvalidRef": "選択した範囲のために、正しい名前、または移動の有効なリンクをご入力ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "不明なキーの記述子", @@ -161,10 +189,14 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedWorksheetRename": "他のユーザーによって名前が変更されているので、シートの名前を変更することはできません。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "ドキュメントの読み込みに失敗しました。 別のファイルをご選択ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeSaveFile": "結合に失敗しました。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMaxPoints": "グラプごとの直列のポイントの最大数は4096です。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMoveRange": "結合されたセルの一部を変更することはできません。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMultiCellFormula": "複数セルの配列数式はテーブルでは使用できません。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpensource": "無料のコミュニティバージョンを使用すると、閲覧専用のドキュメントを開くことができます。 モバイルWebエディターにアクセスするには、商用ライセンスが必要です。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpenWarning": "ファイル式の1つが8192文字の制限を超えています。
      この式が削除されました。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOperandExpected": "入力した関数の構文が正しくありません。かっこ「（」または「）」のいずれかが欠落していないかどうかをご確認ください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPasteMaxRange": "コピーと貼り付け範囲が一致していません。
      同じサイズの範囲を選択するか、行の最初のセルをクリックして、コピーしたセルを貼り付けます。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPrintMaxPagesCount": "残念ながら、現在のプログラムバージョンでは一度に1500ページを超える印刷はできません。
      この制限は今後のリリースで削除される予定です。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "保存に失敗しました。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "エディターのバージョンが更新されました。 変更を適用するために、ページが再読み込みされます。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "ドキュメント編集セッションが終了しました。 ページを再度お読み込みください。", @@ -181,6 +213,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "接続が失われました。ドキュメントは引き続き表示できますが、
      接続が復元されてページが再読み込みされるまで、ドキュメントをダウンロードすることはできません。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorWrongBracketsCount": "入力した数式にエラーがあります。
      間違った数の括弧が使用されています。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorWrongOperator": "入力した数式にエラーがあります。間違った演算子が使用されています。
      エラーを修正してください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.leavePageText": "このドキュメントには未保存の変更があります。 [このページに留まる]をクリックして、ドキュメントの自動保存をお待ちください。 保存されていない変更をすべて破棄するには、[このページから移動する]をクリックください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTextText": "データの読み込み中...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTitleText": "データの読み込み中", "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTextText": "データの読み込み中...", @@ -193,6 +226,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "スプレッドシートの読み込み中", "SSE.Controllers.Main.mailMergeLoadFileText": "データ・ソースの読み込み中", "SSE.Controllers.Main.mailMergeLoadFileTitle": "データ ソースの読み込み中", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "SSE.Controllers.Main.openErrorText": "ファイルを読み込み中にエラーが発生しました", "SSE.Controllers.Main.openTextText": "ドキュメントを開いています...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.openTitleText": "ドキュメントを開いています", @@ -210,12 +244,15 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.scriptLoadError": "インターネット接続が遅いため、一部のコンポーネントをロードできませんでした。ページを再度お読み込みください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.sendMergeText": "結合の結果の送信中...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.sendMergeTitle": "結合の結果の送信中", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "匿名者", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textBack": "戻る", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textBuyNow": "ウェブサイトを訪問する", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCancel": "キャンセル", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textClose": "閉じる", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "営業部に連絡する", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "ライセンスの条件によっては、ローダーを変更する権利がないことにご注意ください。
      見積もりについては、営業部門にお問い合わせください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "完了", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "ファイルには自動マクロが含まれています。
      マクロを実行しますか？", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "スプレッドシートの読み込み中", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "いいえ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ライセンス制限に達しました", @@ -225,6 +262,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "読み込み中...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "選択内容を保存する", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "図形", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "厳格モード", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "ファスト共同編集モードに元に戻す/やり直しの機能は無効になります。
      他のユーザーの干渉なし編集するために「厳密なモード」をクリックして、厳密な共同編集モードにお切り替えください。保存した後にのみ、変更をご送信ください。編集の詳細設定を使用して共同編集モードを切り替えることができます。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "ユーザー名", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "はい", "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "ライセンスの有効期限が切れています", @@ -236,11 +275,14 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "ボタン", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "引き出し", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "グラフ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDelimiter": "区切り記号", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "グラフのタイトル", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "編集モードの設定中．．．", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtEncoding": "エンコード", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtErrorLoadHistory": "履歴の読み込みに失敗しました", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "形の矢印", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "線", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "数学", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "パスワードを入力してファイルを開くと、ファイルの既存のパスワードがリセットされます。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "矩形", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "系列", @@ -249,6 +291,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Bad": "悪い", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Calculation": "計算", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Check_Cell": "チェック", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Comma": "カンマ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Currency": "通貨", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Explanatory_Text": "説明文", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Good": "いい", @@ -258,11 +301,14 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_4": "見出し４", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Input": "入力", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Linked_Cell": "リンクされたセル", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Neutral": "ニュートラル", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Normal": "標準", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Note": "注意", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Output": "出力", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Percent": "パーセント", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "タイトル", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Total": "合計", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Warning_Text": "警告テキスト", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTab": "タブ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X 軸", "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y 軸", @@ -282,7 +328,16 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "％1エディターへの同時接続の制限に達しました。 このドキュメントは閲覧のみを目的として開かれます。
      個人的なアップグレード条件については、％1セールスチームにお問い合わせください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "％1エディターのユーザー制限に達しました。 個人的なアップグレード条件については、％1営業チームにお問い合わせください。", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "ファイルを編集する権限を拒否されています。", + "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "テキストが見つかりません", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "全てを置き換える", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "ドイツ語", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "英吾", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "スペイン", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "フランス", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "イタリア", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "ポーランド", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "ロシア語", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "この形式で保存し続ける場合は、テキスト以外のすべての機能が失われます。
      続行してもよろしいですか？", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "キャンセル", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "この名前があるワークシート既にあります。", @@ -295,21 +350,28 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuHide": "表示しない", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuMore": "もっと", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuRename": "名前を変更する", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuUnhide": "再表示する", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.notcriticalErrorTitle": " 警告", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strRenameSheet": "このシートの名前を変更する", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "シート", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheetName": "シートの名前", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textExternalLink": "外部リンク", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "ワークシートにはデータが含まれている可能性があります。続行してもよろしいですか？", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveMsgText": "このドキュメントには未保存の変更があります。 [このページに留まる]をクリックして、ドキュメントの自動保存をお待ちください。 保存されていない変更をすべて破棄するには、[このページから移動する]をクリックください。", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveTitleText": "アプリケーションを終了します", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.leaveButtonText": "このページから移動する", "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.stayButtonText": "このページに留まる", "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatDateAndTime": "日付と時刻", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatEngineering": "エンジニアリング", "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatFinancial": "財務", "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatInformation": "情報", "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatLogical": "論理的な", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatLookupAndReference": "検索/行列", "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatMathematic": "数学と三角法", "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatStatistical": "統計", "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatTextAndData": "テキストとデータ", "SSE.Views.AddFunction.textBack": "戻る", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.textGroups": "カテゴリー", "SSE.Views.AddLink.textAddLink": "リンクを追加する", "SSE.Views.AddLink.textAddress": "アドレス", "SSE.Views.AddLink.textDisplay": "表示する", @@ -359,6 +421,8 @@ "SSE.Views.EditCell.textCurrency": "通貨", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textCustomColor": "ユーザー設定色", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textDate": "日付", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textDiagDownBorder": "斜め罫線 (右下がり)", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textDiagUpBorder": "斜め罫線 ​​(右上がり)", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textDollar": "ドル", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textEuro": "ユーロ", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textFillColor": "塗りつぶしの色", @@ -368,8 +432,11 @@ "SSE.Views.EditCell.textHorizontalText": "横書きテキスト", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textInBorders": "内部の罫線", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textInHorBorder": "内部の横罫線", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textInteger": "整数", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textInVertBorder": "内部の縦罫線", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textJustified": "両端揃え", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textLeftBorder": "左罫線", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textMedium": "中", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textNoBorder": "罫線なし", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textNumber": "数値", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textPercentage": "パーセンテージ", @@ -382,7 +449,10 @@ "SSE.Views.EditCell.textSize": "サイズ", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textText": "テキスト", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTextColor": "文字の色", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTextFormat": "テキストのフォーマット\n\t", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTextOrientation": "テキストの方向", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textThick": "太い", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textThin": "細い", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTime": "時間", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTopBorder": "上罫線", "SSE.Views.EditCell.textVerticalText": "縦書きテキスト", @@ -415,18 +485,31 @@ "SSE.Views.EditChart.textLabelPos": "ラベルの位置", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textLayout": "ページレイアウト", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textLeft": "左", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textLeftOverlay": "左の重ね合わせ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textLegend": "凡例", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMajor": "メジャー", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMajorMinor": "メジャーとマイナー", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMajorType": "メジャータイプ", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMaxValue": "最大値", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMinor": "マイナー", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMinorType": "マイナータイプ", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMinValue": "最小値", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textNone": "なし", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textNoOverlay": "重ね合わせなし", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textOverlay": "重ね合わせ", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textRemoveChart": "図表を削除する", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textReorder": "並べ替え", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textRight": "右", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textRightOverlay": "右の重ね合わせ", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textRotated": "回転された", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textSize": "サイズ", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textStyle": "スタイル", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textTickOptions": "ティックのオプション", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textToBackground": "背景へ移動", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textToForeground": "前景に移動する", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textTop": "上", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textType": "タイプ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textValReverseOrder": "逆順の値", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textVerAxis": "縦軸", "SSE.Views.EditChart.textVertical": "縦", "SSE.Views.EditHyperlink.textBack": "戻る", @@ -443,6 +526,7 @@ "SSE.Views.EditImage.textAddress": "アドレス", "SSE.Views.EditImage.textBack": "戻る", "SSE.Views.EditImage.textBackward": "背面へ移動", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textDefault": "実際のサイズ", "SSE.Views.EditImage.textForward": "前面へ移動", "SSE.Views.EditImage.textFromLibrary": "ライブラリから写真を選択", "SSE.Views.EditImage.textFromURL": "URLからの画像", @@ -453,6 +537,7 @@ "SSE.Views.EditImage.textReplace": "置き換える", "SSE.Views.EditImage.textReplaceImg": "画像を置き換える", "SSE.Views.EditImage.textToBackground": "背景へ移動", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textToForeground": "前景に移動する", "SSE.Views.EditShape.textAddCustomColor": "ユーザーの色を追加する", "SSE.Views.EditShape.textBack": "戻る", "SSE.Views.EditShape.textBackward": "背面へ移動", @@ -462,12 +547,14 @@ "SSE.Views.EditShape.textEffects": "効果", "SSE.Views.EditShape.textFill": "塗りつぶし", "SSE.Views.EditShape.textForward": "前面へ移動", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textOpacity": "不透明度", "SSE.Views.EditShape.textRemoveShape": "図形を削除する", "SSE.Views.EditShape.textReorder": "並べ替え", "SSE.Views.EditShape.textReplace": "置き換える", "SSE.Views.EditShape.textSize": "サイズ", "SSE.Views.EditShape.textStyle": "スタイル", "SSE.Views.EditShape.textToBackground": "背景へ移動", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textToForeground": "前景に移動する", "SSE.Views.EditText.textAddCustomColor": "ユーザーの色を追加する", "SSE.Views.EditText.textBack": "戻る", "SSE.Views.EditText.textCharacterBold": "B", @@ -489,6 +576,8 @@ "SSE.Views.Search.textFormulas": "数式", "SSE.Views.Search.textHighlightRes": "結果を強調表示する", "SSE.Views.Search.textLookIn": "検索の範囲", + "SSE.Views.Search.textMatchCase": "大文字と小文字の区別", + "SSE.Views.Search.textMatchCell": "セルの照合", "SSE.Views.Search.textReplace": "置き換える", "SSE.Views.Search.textSearch": "検索", "SSE.Views.Search.textSearchBy": "検索", @@ -496,7 +585,6 @@ "SSE.Views.Search.textSheet": "シート", "SSE.Views.Search.textValues": "値", "SSE.Views.Search.textWorkbook": "ワークブック", - "SSE.Views.Settings. textLocation": "位置", "SSE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "情報", "SSE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "アドレス", "SSE.Views.Settings.textApplication": "アプリ", @@ -506,6 +594,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Settings.textBottom": "下", "SSE.Views.Settings.textCentimeter": "センチ", "SSE.Views.Settings.textCollaboration": "共同編集", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textColorSchemes": "配色", "SSE.Views.Settings.textComment": "コメント", "SSE.Views.Settings.textCommentingDisplay": "コメントの表示", "SSE.Views.Settings.textCreated": "作成された", @@ -531,6 +620,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "検索と置換", "SSE.Views.Settings.textFormat": "フォーマット", "SSE.Views.Settings.textFormulaLanguage": "数式の言語", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textHelp": "ヘルプ", "SSE.Views.Settings.textHideGridlines": "表のグリッド線を表示しない", "SSE.Views.Settings.textHideHeadings": "見出しを表示しない", "SSE.Views.Settings.textInch": "インチ", @@ -543,9 +633,12 @@ "SSE.Views.Settings.textMacrosSettings": "マクロの設定", "SSE.Views.Settings.textMargins": "余白", "SSE.Views.Settings.textOrientation": "印刷の向き", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textOwner": "所有者", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textPoint": "ポイント", "SSE.Views.Settings.textPortrait": "縦向き", "SSE.Views.Settings.textPoweredBy": "Powered by", "SSE.Views.Settings.textPrint": "印刷する", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textR1C1Style": "R1C1参照形式", "SSE.Views.Settings.textRegionalSettings": "地域の設定", "SSE.Views.Settings.textRight": "右", "SSE.Views.Settings.textSettings": "設定", @@ -556,6 +649,7 @@ "SSE.Views.Settings.textTel": "電話", "SSE.Views.Settings.textTitle": "タイトル", "SSE.Views.Settings.textTop": "上", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textUnitOfMeasurement": "測定単位", "SSE.Views.Settings.textUploaded": "アップロードされた", "SSE.Views.Settings.textVersion": "バージョン", "SSE.Views.Settings.unknownText": "不明", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ko.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ko.json index 38ec079da..3409d7976 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ko.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ko.json @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnwrap": "언랩", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuWrap": "줄 바꾸기", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "취소", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "작업을 수행하면 선택한 셀의 데이터가 삭제 될 수 있습니다.
      계속 하시겠습니까?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "왼쪽 위 셀의 데이터 만 병합 된 셀에 남아 있습니다.
      계속 하시겠습니까?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Auto", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "글꼴", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -262,6 +262,11 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "텍스트를 찾을 수 없습니다", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "모두 바꾸기", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "경고", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "영어", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "스페인어", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "프랑스 국민", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "폴란드어", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "러시아어", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "이 형식으로 저장을 계속하면 텍스트를 제외한 모든 기능이 손실됩니다. 계속 하시겠습니까?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorLastSheet": "통합 문서에는 최소한 하나의 보이는 워크 시트가 있어야합니다.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "워크 시트를 삭제할 수 없습니다.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/lo.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/lo.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a423ef5fb --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/lo.json @@ -0,0 +1,657 @@ +{ + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textAddReply": "ເພີ່ມຄຳຕອບກັບ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteComment": "ລົບຄໍາເຫັນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDeleteReply": "ລົບການຕອບກັບ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textEditUser": "ຜູ້ໃຊ້ທີກໍາລັງແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteComment": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງການລົບຄຳເຫັນນີ້ແທ້ບໍ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textMessageDeleteReply": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງການລົບຄຳຕອບນີ້ແທ້ບໍ?", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textReopen": "ເປີດຄືນ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textResolve": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "Common.Controllers.Collaboration.textYes": "ແມ່ນແລ້ວ", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textCustomColors": "ປະເພດຂອງສີ, ການກຳນົດສີ ", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textStandartColors": "ສີມາດຕະຖານ", + "Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette.textThemeColors": " ສິຂອງຕີມ, ສີສັນຂອງຫົວຂໍ້", + "Common.Utils.Metric.txtCm": "ເຊັນຕີເມັດ", + "Common.Utils.Metric.txtPt": "pt", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textAddReply": "ເພີ່ມຄຳຕອບກັບ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textCollaboration": "ຮ່ວມກັນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditReply": "ແກ້ໄຂການຕອບກັບ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditUsers": "ຜຸ້ໃຊ້", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textEditСomment": "ແກ້ໄຂຄໍາເຫັນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textNoComments": "ຕາຕະລາງນີ້ບໍ່ມີ ຄຳ ເຫັນ", + "Common.Views.Collaboration.textСomments": "ຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddChart.txtDiagramTitle": "ໃສ່ຊື່ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddChart.txtSeries": "ຊຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddChart.txtXAxis": "ແກນ X, ແກນລວງນອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddChart.txtYAxis": "ແກນ Y, ແກນລວງຕັ້ງ ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textChart": "ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textFormula": "ໜ້າທີ່ ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textImage": "ຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textOther": "ອື່ນໆ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddLink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddLink.textInvalidRange": "ຜິດພາດ,ເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddLink.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ 'http://www.example.com'", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textContinue": "ສືບຕໍ່", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textDelete": "ລົບ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textDeleteDraft": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງການລົບແທ້ບໍ ", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textEmptyImgUrl": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງບອກ ທີຢູ່ຮູບ URL", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ 'http://www.example.com'", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.errorCopyCutPaste": "ການກ໋ອບປີ້,ຕັດ ແລະ ວາງ ການດຳເນີນການໂດຍໃຊ້ເມນູ ຈະດຳເນີນການພາຍໃນຟາຍປັດຈຸບັນເທົ່ານັ້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddComment": "ເພີ່ມຄຳເຫັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuAddLink": "ເພີ່ມລິ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCell": "ແຊວ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCopy": "ສໍາເນົາ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuCut": "ຕັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuDelete": "ລົບ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuEdit": "ແກ້ໄຂ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuFreezePanes": "ຕິກໃສ່ບໍລິເວນທີ່ຕ້ອງການໃຫ້ເຫັນແຈ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuHide": "ເຊື່ອງໄວ້", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuMerge": "ປະສົມປະສານ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuMore": "ຫຼາຍກວ່າ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuOpenLink": "ເປີດລີ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuPaste": "ວາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuShow": "ສະແດງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnfreezePanes": "ຍົກເລີກໝາຍຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnmerge": "ບໍ່ລວມເຂົ້າກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnwrap": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuViewComment": "ເບີ່ງຄໍາເຫັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuWrap": "ຫໍ່", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "ປະຕິບັດການ ສໍາເນົາ, ຕັດ ແລະ ຕໍ່ ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "ບໍ່ຕ້ອງສະແດງຄືນອີກ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "ສະເພາະຂໍ້ມູນຈາກເຊວດ້ານຊ້າຍເທິງທີ່ຈະຢູ່ໃນເຊວຮ່ວມ.
      ທ່ານຕ້ອງການດຳເນີນການຕໍ່ບໍ່?", + "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "ອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.errorMaxRows": "ຜິດພາດ!, ຈຳນວນຊູດຂໍ້ມູນສູງສຸດຕໍ່ຜັງແມ່ນ 255", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.errorStockChart": "ຄໍາສັ່ງແຖວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ເພື່ອສ້າງຕາຕະລາງຫຸ້ນອວາງຂໍ້ມູນໃສ່ເຈັ້ຍຕາມ ລຳດັບຕໍ່ໄປນີ້: ລາຄາເປີດ, ລາຄາສູງສຸດ, ລາຄາຕໍ່າສຸດ, ລາຄາປິດ.", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textAuto": "ອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textBetweenTickMarks": "ລະຫ່ວາງເຄື່ອງໝາຍຖືກ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textBillions": "ໜຶ່ງຕື້", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textCenter": "ທາງກາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textCross": "ຂ້າມ, ໄຂ້ວກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textCustom": "ປະເພນີ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textFit": "ຄວາມກວ້າງພໍດີ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textFixed": "ແກ້ໄຂແລ້ວ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textHigh": "ສູງ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textHorizontal": "ລວງນອນ, ລວງຂວາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textHundredMil": "ໜຶ່ງຮ້ອຍລ້ານ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textHundreds": "ຈຳນວນໜື່ງຮ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textHundredThousands": "ໜຶ່ງແສນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textIn": "ຂ້າງໃນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textInnerBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມພາຍໃນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textInnerTop": "ດ້ານເທິງ ພາຍໃນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textLeftOverlay": "ຊ້ອນທັບດ້ານຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textLow": "ຕໍາ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textManual": "ຄູ່ມື", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textMaxValue": "ຄ່າການສູງສຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textMillions": "ໜື່ງລ້ານ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textMinValue": "ຄ່າຕ່ຳສຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textNextToAxis": "ຖັດຈາກແກນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textNoOverlay": "ບໍ່ມີການຊ້ອນກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textOnTickMarks": "ໃນເຄື່ອງໝາຍຖືກ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textOut": "ອອກ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textOuterTop": "ທາງເທີງດ້ານນອກ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textOverlay": "ການຊ້ອນກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textRight": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textRightOverlay": "ພາບຊ້ອນທັບດ້ານຂວາ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textRotated": "ໜຸນ, ປິ່ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textTenMillions": "ສິບລ້ານ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textTenThousands": "ສິບພັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textThousands": "ຫຼາຍພັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textTop": "ເບື້ອງເທີງ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textTrillions": "ພັນລ້ານ, ຕື້", + "SSE.Controllers.EditChart.textValue": "ຕີລາຄາ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textCell": "ແຊວ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textChart": "ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textHyperlink": "ົໄຮເປີລີ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textImage": "ຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textSettings": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textShape": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "ຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "ເນື້ອຫາ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textDefault": "ຊ່ວງທີ່ເລືອກ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textEmptyImgUrl": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງບອກ ທີຢູ່ຮູບ URL", + "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textExternalLink": "ລິງພາຍນອກ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textInternalLink": "ຂໍ້ມູນພາຍໃນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textInvalidRange": "ເຊວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ \"http://www.example.com\"", + "SSE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງບອກ ທີຢູ່ຮູບ URL", + "SSE.Controllers.EditImage.txtNotUrl": "ຊ່ອງຂໍ້ມູນນີ້ຄວນຈະເປັນ URL ໃນຮູບແບບ 'http://www.example.com'", + "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textEmptyItem": "{ຊ່ອງວ່າງ}", + "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textErrorMsg": "ທ່ານຕ້ອງເລືອກຢ່າງ ໜ້ອຍ ໜຶ່ງຄ່າ", + "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textSelectAll": "ເລືອກທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.advCSVOptions": "ເລືອກຕົວເລືອກຂອງ CSV", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.advDRMEnterPassword": "ໃສ່ລະຫັດຜ່ານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.advDRMOptions": "ຟຮາຍມີການປົກປ້ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.advDRMPassword": "ລະຫັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTextText": "ໂລດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "ດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.closeButtonText": "ປິດຟຮາຍເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "ໝົດເວລາການປ່ຽນແປງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorExtText": "ກົດ OK ເພື່ອກັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorTitle": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadErrorText": "ດາວໂຫຼດບໍ່ສຳເລັດ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadMergeText": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂລດ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadMergeTitle": "ກໍາລັງດາວໂຫຼດ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadTextText": "ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "ທ່ານບໍ່ມີສິດຈະດຳເນີນການອັນນີ້.
      ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorArgsRange": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນການເຂົ້າໃຊ້, ຕົວດຳເນີນການບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
      ມີການໃຊ້ຊ່ອງເຫດຜົນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterChange": "ການດຳເນີນການບໍ່ໄດ້ຮັບອະນຸຍາດ, ຍ້ອນວ່າກຳລັງພະຍາຍາມປ່ຽນເຊວໃນຕາຕະລາງຢູ່ໃນຕາຕະລາງຂອງທ່ານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterChangeFormatTable": "ການດຳເນີນການບໍ່ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ ສຳ ລັບເຊວທີ່ທ່ານເລືອກ ເນື່ອງຈາກທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດຍ້າຍສ່ວນ ໜຶ່ງ ຂອງຕາຕະລາງໄດ້.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterDataRange": "ການດຳເນີນການບໍ່ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ ສຳ ລັບຊ່ວງທີ່ເລືອກຂອງເຊວ.
      ເລືອກຊ່ວງຂໍ້ມູນທີ່ເປັນເອກະພາບແຕກຕ່າງຈາກ ໜ່ວຍ ທີ່ມີຢູ່ແລ້ວ ແລະ ລອງ ໃໝ່ ອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorAutoFilterHiddenRange": "ການດຳເນີນການດັ່ງກ່າວບໍ່ສາມາດ ດຳ ເນີນການໄດ້ ເນື່ອງຈາກພື້ນທີ່ເຊວທີ່ຖືກກັ່ນຕອງ.
      ກະລຸນາສະແດງອົງປະກອບທີ່ກັ່ນຕອງແລ້ວລອງ ໃໝ່ ອີກຄັ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL ຮູບພາບບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorChangeArray": "ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດປ່ຽນສ່ວນ ໜຶ່ງ ຂອງອາເລໄດ້.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "ຂາດການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເສີບເວີ, ເອກະສານບໍ່ສາມາດແກ້ໄຂໄດ້ໃນປັດຈຸບັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "ເອກະສານບໍ່ສາມາດບັນທຶກໄດ້. ກະລຸນາກວດສອບການຕັ້ງຄ່າການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫລືຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບຂອງທ່ານ.
      ເມື່ອທ່ານກົດປຸ່ມ 'OK', ທ່ານຈະໄດ້ຮັບການກະຕຸ້ນເຕືອນໃຫ້ດາວໂຫລດເອກະສານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCopyMultiselectArea": "ຄຳ ສັ່ງນີ້ບໍ່ສາມາດໃຊ້ກັບການເລືອກຫລາຍໆອັນໄດ້ -
      ເລືອກຊ່ວງດຽວ ແລະ ລອງ ໃໝ່ ອີກຄັ້ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCountArg": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນສູດທີ່ໃຊ້.
      ມີຕົວເລກໃນເຫດຜົນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCountArgExceed": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນສູດທີ່ໃຊ້.
      ຈຳນວນເຫດຜົນຫຼາຍເກີນໄປ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorCreateDefName": "ຂອບເຂດທີ່ມີຊື່ບໍ່ສາມາດແກ້ໄຂໄດ້ ແລະ ລະບົບ ໃໝ່ ບໍ່ສາມາດສ້າງຂື້ນໄດ້ໃນເວລານີ້ເນື່ອງຈາກບາງສ່ວນກຳ ລັງຖືກດັດແກ້.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "ຜິດພາດພາຍນອກ.
      ການຄິດຕໍ່ຖານຂໍ້ມູນຜິດພາດ, ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ສະໜັບສະໜູນ ໃນກໍລະນີຄວາມຜິດພາດຍັງຄົງຢູ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "ໄດ້ຮັບການປ່ຽນແປງລະຫັດແລ້ວ, ບໍ່ສາມາດຖອດລະຫັດໄດ້.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "ໄລຍະຂອງດາຕ້າບໍ່ຖືກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "ລະຫັດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ: %1", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorEditingDownloadas": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດເກີດຂື້ນໃນລະຫວ່າງການເຮັດວຽກກັບເອກະສານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "ມີລະຫັດປົກປ້ອງຟາຍນີ້ຈຶ່ງບໍ່ສາມາດເປີດໄດ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileRequest": "ຜິດພາດພາຍນອກ, ເອກະສານຮ້ອງຂໍຜິດພາດ, ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຝ່າຍສະໜັບສະໜູນ ໃນກໍລະນີຄວາມຜິດພາດຍັງຄົງຢູ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileSizeExceed": "ຂະໜາດຂອງຟາຍໃຫຍ່ກວ່າທີ່ກຳນົດໄວ້ໃນລະບົບ.
      ກະລຸນະຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຄຸ້ມຄອງລົບຂອງທ່ານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFileVKey": "ຜິດພາດພາຍນອກ,ລະຫັດຄວາມປອດໄພບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຝ່າຍສະໜັບສະໜູນ ໃນກໍລະນີຄວາມຜິດພາດຍັງຄົງຢູ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFillRange": "ບໍ່ສາມາດຕຶ່ມໃສ່ບ່ອນເຊວທີ່ເລືອໄວ້
      ເຊວທີ່ລວມເຂົ້າກັນທັງໝົດຕ້ອງມີຂະໜາດເທົ່າກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaName": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນສູດທີ່ໃຊ້, ຕົວດຳເນີນການບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
      ມີການໃຊ້ຊື່ສູດບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFormulaParsing": "ຂໍ້ຜິດພາດພາຍໃນໃນຂະນະທີ່ ກຳ ລັງແຍກວິເຄາະ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxLength": "ຄວາມຍາວສູດຂອງທ່ານເກີນຂີດບໍ່ເກີນ 8192 ໂຕອັກສອນ.
      ກະລຸນາແກ້ໄຂ ແລະ ລອງ ໃໝ່ ອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxReference": "ທ່ານບໍ່ສາມາດໃສ່ສູດນີ້ເພາະມັນມີຄ່າຫລາຍເກີນໄປ, ເອກະສານອ້າງອີງຂອງເຊວ / ຫຼືຊື່ຕ່າງໆ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlMaxTextLength": "ຄ່າຂອງຕົວ ໜັງ ສືໃນສູດແມ່ນບໍ່ໃຫ້ກາຍ 255 ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorFrmlWrongReferences": "ຟັງຊັ້ນໝມາຍເຖິງເອກະສານທີ່ບໍ່ມີ.
      ກະລຸນາກວດສອບຂໍ້ມູນແລະລອງ ໃໝ່ ອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorInvalidRef": "ປ້ອນຊື່ໃຫ້ຖືກຕ້ອງສໍາລັບການເລືອກ ຫຼື ການອ້າງອີງທີ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "ບໍ່ຮູ້ຕົວບັນຍາຍຫຼັກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "ລະຫັດໝົດອາຍຸ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedAll": "ການປະຕິບັດງານບໍ່ສາມາດເຮັດໄດ້ຍ້ອນວ່າແຜ່ນໄດ້ຖືກລັອກໂດຍຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorLockedWorksheetRename": "ບໍ່ສາມາດປ່ຽນຊື່ເອກະສານໄດ້ໃນເວລານີ້ຍ້ອນວ່າຖືກປ່ຽນຊື່ໂດຍຜູ້ໃຊ້ຄົນອື່ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "ກຳລັງໂລດເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeSaveFile": "ບໍ່ສາມາດລວມໄດ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMaxPoints": "ຈໍານວນສູງສຸດຕໍ່ຕາຕະລາງແມ່ນ 4096.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMoveRange": "ບໍ່ສາມາດປ່ຽນບາງສ່ວນຂອງເຊວທີ່ຮ່ວມກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorMultiCellFormula": "ບໍ່ອະນຸຍາດໃຫ້ມີສູດອາເລນຫຼາຍຫ້ອງໃນຕາຕະລາງເຊວ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpensource": "ທ່ານໃຊ້ສະບັບຊຸມຊົນແບບບໍ່ເສຍຄ່າ ທ່ານສາມາດເປີດເອກະສານ ແລະ ເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ. ເພື່ອເຂົ້າເຖິງ ແກ້ໄຊທາງ ເວັບມືຖື, ຕ້ອງມີໃບອະນຸຍາດການຄ້າ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOpenWarning": "ຫນຶ່ງໃນສູດຂອງເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorOperandExpected": "ການເຂົ້າຟັງຊັນທີ່ຖືກເຂົ້າມາແມ່ນບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ. ກະລຸນາກວດເບິ່ງວ່າທ່ານ ກຳ ລັງຂາດໃນວົງເລັບໜຶ່ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPasteMaxRange": "ພື້ນທີ່ ສຳ ເນົາ ແລະ ວາງບໍ່ກົງກັນ

      ກະລຸນາເລືອກພື້ນທີ່ທີ່ມີຂະ ໜາດ ດຽວກັນຫຼືກົດທີ່ຫ້ອງ ທຳ ອິດຕິດຕໍ່ກັນເພື່ອວາງເຊວທີ່ຖືກຄັດລອກ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorPrintMaxPagesCount": "ໜ້າເສຍດາຍ, ບໍ່ສາມາດພິມຫລາຍກວ່າ 1500 ໜ້າ ໃນເວລາດຽວກັນໃນເວີຊັນຂອງໂປຣແກຣມປະຈຸບັນ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "ການບັນທຶກລົ້ມເຫລວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "ສະບັບດັດແກ້ໄດ້ຖືກປັບປຸງແລ້ວ. ໜ້າເວັບຈະຖືກໂຫລດຄືນເພື່ອ ນຳໃຊ້ການປ່ຽນແປງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionAbsolute": "ໝົດເວລາ ການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ ກະລຸນາໂຫລດ ໜ້າ ນີ້ຄືນ ໃໝ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionIdle": "ເອກະສານດັ່ງກ່າວບໍ່ໄດ້ຖືກດັດແກ້ມາດົນແລ້ວ. ກະລຸນາໂຫລດ ໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorSessionToken": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຫາ ເຊີເວີຖືກລົບກວນ, ກະລຸນນາໂລດຄືນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorStockChart": "ຄໍາສັ່ງແຖວບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ, ການສ້າງແຜນໃຫ້ວາງຂໍ້ມູນຕາມລຳດັບດັ່ງນີ: ລາຄາເປີດ, ລາຄາສູງສຸດ, ລາຄາຕໍ່າສຸດ, ລາຄາປິດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorToken": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄວາມປອດໄພເອກະສານບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
      ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບເອກະສານຂອງທ່ານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorTokenExpire": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍຄວາມປອດໄພຂອງເອກະສານ ໝົດ ອາຍຸ.
      ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ເບິ່ງແຍງລະບົບເອກະສານຂອງທ່ານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUnexpectedGuid": "ຜິດພາດພາຍນອກ, ຄຳເເນະນຳທີ່ເກີດຂຶ້ນໂດຍບັງເອີນ. ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຝ່າຍສະໜັບສະໜູນ ໃນກໍລະນີຄວາມຜິດພາດຍັງຄົງຢູ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersion": "ເອກະສານໄດ້ຖືກປ່ຽນແລ້ວ. ໜ້າເວັບຈະຖືກໂຫລດ ໃໝ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUpdateVersionOnDisconnect": "ການເຊື່ອຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຫາກໍ່ກັບມາ, ແລະຟາຍເອກະສານໄດ້ມີການປ່ຽນແປງແລ້ວ. ກ່ອນທີ່ທ່ານຈະດຳເນີການຕໍ່ໄປ, ທ່ານຕ້ອງໄດ້ດາວໂຫຼດຟາຍ ຫຼືສຳເນົາເນື້ອຫາ ເພື່ອປ້ອງການການສູນເສຍ, ແລະກໍ່ທຳການໂຫຼດໜ້າຄືນອີກຄັ້ງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUserDrop": "ບໍ່ສາມາດເຂົ້າເຖິງຟາຍໄດ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorUsersExceed": "ຈຳນວນຜູ້ຊົມໃຊ້ເກີນ ແມ່ນອະນຸຍາດກຳນົດລາຄາເກີນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorViewerDisconnect": "ຂາດການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່,ທ່ານຍັງສາມາດເບິ່ງເອກະສານໄດ້
      ແຕ່ຈະບໍ່ສາມາດດາວໂຫຼດໄດ້ຈົນກວ່າການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ຈະໄດ້ຮັບການກູ້ຄືນ ແລະ ໂຫຼດໜ້າໃໝ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorWrongBracketsCount": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນສູດທີ່ໃຊ້.
      ຈຳນວນວົງເລັບບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.errorWrongOperator": "ເກີດຂໍ້ຜິດພາດໃນສູດທີ່ໃຊ້, ຕົວດຳເນີນການບໍ່ຖືກຕ້ອງ.
      ກະລຸນາແກ້ໄຂຂໍ້ຜິດພາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.leavePageText": "ທ່ານມີການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ບໍ່ໄດ້ບັນທຶກໃນເອກະສານນີ້. ກົດ \"ຢູ່ໃນໜ້ານີ້' ເພື່ອລໍຖ້າການບັນທືກອັດຕະໂນມັດຂອງເອກະສານ. ກົດ 'ອອກຈາກ ໜ້າ ນີ້' ເພື່ອຍົກເລີກການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ຍັງບໍ່ໄດ້ບັນທຶກ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTextText": "ໂລດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontsTitleText": "ດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTextText": "ໂລດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadFontTitleText": "ດາວໂຫຼດຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTextText": "ກໍາລັງໂລດຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTitleText": "ກໍາລັງໂລດຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTextText": "ກໍາລັງໂລດຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTitleText": "ກໍາລັງໂລດຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTextText": "ກຳລັງດາວໂຫຼດຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "ກຳລັງໂຫຼດ spreadsheet", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.mailMergeLoadFileText": "ໂລດຂໍ້ມູນຈາກຕົ້ນທາງ....", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.mailMergeLoadFileTitle": "ໂລດຂໍ້ມູນຈາກຕົ້ນທາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.openErrorText": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດເກີດຂື້ນໃນຂະນະເປີດເອກະສານ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.openTextText": "ກໍາລັງເປີດເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.openTitleText": "ກໍາລັງເປີດເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.pastInMergeAreaError": "ບໍ່ສາມາດປ່ຽນບາງສ່ວນຂອງເຊວທີ່ຮ່ວມກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.printTextText": "ກໍາລັງພີມເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.printTitleText": "ກໍາລັງພີມເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.reloadButtonText": "ໂຫລດ ໜ້າ ເວັບ ໃໝ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "ມີຄົນກຳລັງແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານນີ້, ກະລຸນາລອງໃໝ່ພາຍຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "ການເຂົ້າເຖິງຖືກປະຕິເສດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "ພົບບັນຫາຕອນບັນທຶກຟາຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "ກະກຽມບັນທືກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "ກຳລັງກະກຽມບັນທືກ, ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "ກໍາລັງບັນທືກເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.saveTitleText": "ບັນທືກເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.scriptLoadError": "ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ອິນເຕີເນັດຊ້າເກີນໄປ, ບາງອົງປະກອບບໍ່ສາມາດໂຫຼດໄດ້. ກະລຸນາໂຫຼດໜ້ານີ້ຄືນໃໝ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.sendMergeText": "ກໍາລັງລວມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.sendMergeTitle": "ກໍາລັງລວມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textAnonymous": "ບໍ່ລະບຸຊື່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textBuyNow": "ເຂົ້າໄປເວັບໄຊ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCancel": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textClose": "ປິດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "ຕິດຕໍ່ຜູ້ຂາຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textCustomLoader": "ກະລຸນາຮັບຊາບວ່າ ອີງຕາມຂໍ້ ກຳນົດຂອງໃບອະນຸຍາດ ທ່ານບໍ່ມີສິດທີ່ຈະປ່ຽນແປງ ການບັນຈຸ.
      ກະລຸນາຕິດຕໍ່ຝ່າຍຂາຍຂອງພວກເຮົາເພື່ອຂໍໃບສະເໜີ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textHasMacros": "ເອກະສານບັນຈຸ ມາກໂຄ
      ແບບອັດຕະໂນມັດ, ທ່ານຍັງຕ້ອງການດໍາເນີນງານ ມາກໂຄ ບໍ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "ກຳລັງໂຫຼດ spreadsheet", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNo": "ບໍ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ຈໍານວນໃບອະນຸຍາດໄດ້ໃຊ້ຄົບແລ້ວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "ຕົກລົງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "ຄວາມສາມາດ ທີຕ້ອງຊື້ເພີ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "ລະຫັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "ກໍາລັງໂລດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "ຈື່ທາງເລືອກຂອງຂ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "ຮູບຮ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "ໂໝດເຂັ້ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "ໜ້າທີ່ Undo / Redo ຖືກປິດໃຊ້ງານ ສຳ ລັບ ໂໝດ ການແກ້ໄຂແບບລວດໄວ -
      ກົດປຸ່ມ 'Strict mode' ເພື່ອປ່ຽນໄປໃຊ້ໂຫມດແບບເຂັ້ມເພື່ອແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງໃຊ້ຜູ້ອື່ນແຊກແຊງແລະສົ່ງການປ່ຽນແປງຂອງທ່ານພຽງແຕ່ຫຼັງຈາກທີ່ທ່ານບັນທຶກ ພວກເຂົາ. ທ່ານສາມາດປ່ຽນລະຫວ່າງຮູບແບບການແກ້ໄຂຮ່ວມກັນໂດຍໃຊ້ບັນນາທິການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂັ້ນສູງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textUsername": "ຊື່ຜູ້ໃຊ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textYes": "ແມ່ນແລ້ວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດໝົດອາຍຸ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "ອັບເດດການແກ້ໄຂ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "ປ່ຽນແປງລຸ້ນ, ສະບັບປ່ຽນແປງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtAccent": "ສຳນຽງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "ທ່ານພີມຢູ່ນີ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "ຮູບຮ່າງພື້ນຖານ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "ປຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "ຄຳບັນຍາຍພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "ແຜ່ນຮູບວາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDelimiter": "ຂອບເຂດຈຳກັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "ໃສ່ຊື່ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າ ຮູບແບບການແກ້ໄຂ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtEncoding": "ການເຂົ້າລະຫັດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtErrorLoadHistory": "ການໂຫລດປະຫວັດລົ້ມເຫລວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "ເຄື່ອງໝາຍລູກສອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "ແຖວ, ເສັ້ນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "ຈັບຄູ່ກັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "ຖ້າເຈົ້ານໍາໃຊ້ລະຫັດເພື່ອເປີດເອກະສານ, ລະຫັດປັດຈຸບັນຈະຖືກແກ້ໄຂ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "ສີ່ຫລ່ຽມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "ຊຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtSpace": "ພື້ນທີ່", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "ດາວ ແລະ ໂບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Bad": "ຕ່ຳ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Calculation": "ການຄຳນວນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Check_Cell": "ກວດສອບເຊວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Comma": "ຈຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Currency": "ສະກຸນເງິນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Explanatory_Text": "ອະທິບາຍເນື້ອໃນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Good": "ດີ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": " ຫົວເລື່ອງ 1", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ 2", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ 3", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_4": "ຫົວເລື່ອງ4", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Input": "ການປ້ອນຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Linked_Cell": "ເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ເຊວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Neutral": "ທາງກາງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Normal": "ປົກະຕິ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Note": "ບັນທຶກໄວ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Output": "ຜົນໄດ້ຮັບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Percent": "ເປີີເຊັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Total": "ຈຳນວນລວມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Warning_Text": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtTab": "ແທບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "ແກນ X", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "ແກນ Y, ແກນລວງຕັ້ງ ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "ມີຂໍ້ຜິດພາດທີ່ບໍ່ຮູ້ສາເຫດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.unsupportedBrowserErrorText": "ບຣາວເຊີຂອງທ່ານບໍ່ສາມານຳໃຊ້ໄດ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageExtMessage": "ບໍ່ຮູ້ສາເຫດຂໍ້ຜິພາດຮູບແບບຂອງຮູບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageFileCountMessage": "ບໍ່ມີຮູບພາບອັບໂລດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "ຈຳກັດຂະໜາດຮູບພາບສູງສຸດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "ກໍາລັງອັບໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "ກໍາລັງອັບໂຫຼດຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "ກະລຸນາລໍຖ້າ...", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບຜູ້ເເກ້ໄຂ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ເອກະສານນີ້ສາມາດເປີດເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ.
      ຕິດຕໍ່ທີມບໍລິຫານ ເພື່ອສືກສາເພີ່ມເຕີ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "ໃບອະນຸຍາດຂອງທ່ານ ໝົດ ອາຍຸແລ້ວ.
      ກະລຸນາປັບປຸງໃບອະນຸຍາດຂອງທ່ານແລະ ນຳໃຊ້ໃໝ່.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "ໃບທະບຽນໝົດອາຍຸ
      ເຈົ້າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "ໃບທະບຽນທີ່ຕ້ອງການເປັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບຜູ້ແກ້ໄຂ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ຕິດຕໍ່ ທີມບໍລິຫານເພື່ອຂໍ້ມູນເພີ່ມເຕີ່ມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບບັນນາທິການ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ເອກະສານນີ້ສາມາດເປີດເບິ່ງເທົ່ານັ້ນ.
      ຕິດຕໍ່ ທີມຂາຍ% 1 ສຳ ລັບຂໍ້ ກຳນົດການຍົກລະດັບສິດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "ຈໍານວນ ການເຊື່ອມຕໍ່ພ້ອມກັນກັບບັນນາທິການ ແມ່ນເກີນກໍານົດ % 1. ຕິດຕໍ່ ທີມຂາຍ% 1 ສຳ ລັບຂໍ້ ກຳນົດການຍົກລະດັບສິດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "ທ່ານໄດ້ຖືກປະຕິເສດສິດໃນການແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານດັ່ງກ່າວ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "ບໍ່ພົບຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "ປ່ຽນແທນທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "ພາສາເຢຍລະມັນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "ອັງກິດ", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "ພາສາສະເປນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "ຝຣັ່ງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "ອິຕາລີ", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "ໂປແລນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "ພາສາຣັດເຊຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "ຖ້າທ່ານສືບຕໍ່ບັນທຶກໃນຮູບແບບນີ້ທຸກລັກສະນະ ຍົກເວັ້ນຂໍ້ຄວາມຈະຫາຍໄປ.
      ທ່ານແນ່ໃຈບໍ່ວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງການດໍາເນີນຕໍ່?", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "ຍົກເລີກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "ແຜ່ນວຽກທີ່ມີຊື່ຢູ່ແລ້ວ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameWrongChar": "ບໍ່ສາມາດດັດແກ້ຊື່ເອກະສານໄດ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNotEmpty": "ຊື່ເເຜ່ນ ບໍ່ໃຫ້ປະວ່າງ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorLastSheet": "ສະໝຸດເຮັດວຽກຕ້ອງມີຢ່າງໜ້ອຍແຜ່ນທີ່ເບິ່ງເຫັນ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "ບໍ່ສາມາດລຶບແຜ່ນວຽກໄດ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuDelete": "ລົບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuDuplicate": "ກ໋ອບປີ້, ສຳເນົາ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuHide": "ເຊື່ອງໄວ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuMore": "ຫຼາຍກວ່າ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuRename": "ປ່ຽນຊື່", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuUnhide": "ເປີດເຜີຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.notcriticalErrorTitle": "ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strRenameSheet": "ປ້່ຽນຊື່ແຜ່ນຫຼັກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "ແຜ່ນ, ໜ້າເຈ້ຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheetName": "ຊື່ແຜ່ນເຈ້ຍ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textExternalLink": "ລິງພາຍນອກ", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.warnDeleteSheet": "ແຜ່ນທີ່ເລືອກໄວ້ອາດຈະມີຂໍ້ມູນ. ທ່ານແນ່ໃຈບໍ່ວ່າທ່ານຕ້ອງການ ດຳ ເນີນການ?", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveMsgText": "ທ່ານມີການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ບໍ່ໄດ້ບັນທຶກໃນເອກະສານນີ້. ກົດ \"ຢູ່ໃນໜ້ານີ້' ເພື່ອລໍຖ້າການບັນທືກອັດຕະໂນມັດຂອງເອກະສານ. ກົດ 'ອອກຈາກ ໜ້າ ນີ້' ເພື່ອຍົກເລີກການປ່ຽນແປງທີ່ຍັງບໍ່ໄດ້ບັນທຶກ.", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.dlgLeaveTitleText": "ເຈົ້າອອກຈາກລະບົບ", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.leaveButtonText": "ອອກຈາກໜ້ານີ້", + "SSE.Controllers.Toolbar.stayButtonText": "ຢູ່ໃນໜ້ານີ້", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatDateAndTime": "ວັນທີ ແລະ ເວລາ", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatEngineering": "ວິສະວະກຳ", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatFinancial": "ການເງິນ", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatInformation": "ຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatLogical": "ມີເຫດຜົນ", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatLookupAndReference": "ຊອກຫາ ແລະ ອ້າງອີງ", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatMathematic": "ແບບຈັບຄູ່ ແລະ ແບບບັງຄັບ", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatStatistical": "ສະຖິຕິ", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.sCatTextAndData": "ເນື້ອຫາ ແລະ ຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Views.AddFunction.textGroups": "ໝວດ, ປະເພດ", + "SSE.Views.AddLink.textAddLink": "ເພີ່ມລິ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.AddLink.textAddress": "ທີ່ຢູ່", + "SSE.Views.AddLink.textDisplay": "ສະແດງຜົນ", + "SSE.Views.AddLink.textExternalLink": "ລິງພາຍນອກ", + "SSE.Views.AddLink.textInsert": "ເພີ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.AddLink.textInternalLink": "ຂໍ້ມູນພາຍໃນ", + "SSE.Views.AddLink.textLink": "ລີ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.AddLink.textLinkType": "ປະເພດ Link", + "SSE.Views.AddLink.textRange": "ໄລຍະ", + "SSE.Views.AddLink.textRequired": "ຕ້ອງການ", + "SSE.Views.AddLink.textSelectedRange": "ຊ່ວງ, ໄລຍະ ທີ່ເລືອກ", + "SSE.Views.AddLink.textSheet": "ແຜ່ນ, ໜ້າເຈ້ຍ", + "SSE.Views.AddLink.textTip": "ເຄັດລັບໃນໜ້າຈໍ", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textAddComment": "ເພີ່ມຄຳເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textAddress": "ທີ່ຢູ່", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textComment": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textFilter": "ກັ່ນຕອງ", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textFromLibrary": "ຮູບພາບຈາກຫ້ອງສະໝຸດ", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textFromURL": "ຮູບພາບຈາກ URL", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textImageURL": "URL ຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textInsert": "ເພີ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textInsertImage": "ເພີ່ມຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textLink": "ລີ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textLinkSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Link", + "SSE.Views.AddOther.textSort": "ລຽງລຳດັບ ແລະ ກອງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAccounting": "ການບັນຊີ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAlignBottom": "ຈັດຕ່ຳແໜ່ງທາງດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAlignCenter": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAlignLeft": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຕິດຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAlignMiddle": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງເຄິ່ງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAlignRight": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງຕິດຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAlignTop": "ຈັດຕຳແໜ່ງດ້ານເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAllBorders": "ຂອບທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAngleClockwise": "ມຸມຕາມເຂັມໂມງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textAngleCounterclockwise": "ມຸມທວນເຂັມໂມງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textBorderStyle": "ຮູບແບບເສັ້ນຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textBottomBorder": "ເສັ້ນຂອບດ້ານລູ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textCellStyle": "ລັກສະນະ ແຊວ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textCharacterBold": "B", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textCharacterItalic": "I", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textCharacterUnderline": "U", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textColor": "ສີ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textCurrency": "ສະກຸນເງິນ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textDate": "ວັນທີ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textDiagDownBorder": "ເສັ້ນຂອບຂວາງດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textDiagUpBorder": "ເສັ້ນຂອບຂວາງດ້ານເທຶງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textDollar": "ດອນລາ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textEuro": "ສະກຸນເງິນຢູໂຣ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textFillColor": "ຕື່ມສີ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textFonts": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textFormat": "ປະເພດ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textGeneral": "ທົ່ວໄປ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textHorizontalText": "ເນື້ອໃນລວງນອນ, ລວງຂວາງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textInBorders": "ເພິ່ມຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textInHorBorder": "ພາຍໃນເສັ້ນຂອບລວງນອນ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textInteger": "ຕົວເລກເຕັມ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textInVertBorder": "ພາຍໃນເສັ້ນຂອບລວງຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textJustified": "ຖືກຕ້ອງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textLeftBorder": "ເສັ້ນຂອບດ້ານຊ້າຍ ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textMedium": "ເຄີ່ງກາງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textNoBorder": "ໍບໍ່ມີຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textNumber": "ຕົວເລກ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textPercentage": "ເປີເຊັນ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textPound": "ຕີ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textRightBorder": "ຂອບດ້ານຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textRotateTextDown": "ປິ່ນຫົວຂໍ້ຄວາມລົງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textRotateTextUp": "ປິ່ນຫົວຂໍ້ຄວາມຂື້ນ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textRouble": "ເງິນລູເບີນ ຂອງລັດເຊຍ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textScientific": "ວິທະຍາສາດ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textText": "ເນື້ອຫາ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTextColor": "ສີເນື້ອຫາ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTextFormat": "ຮູບແບບເນື້ອຫາ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTextOrientation": "ທິດທາງຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textThick": "ໜາ, ຄວາມໜາ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textThin": "ບາງ, ຄວາມບາງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTime": "ເວລາ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textTopBorder": "ຂອບເບື້ອງເທິງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textVerticalText": "ຂໍ້ຄວາມ,ເນື້ອຫາ ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textWrapText": "ຕັດຂໍ້ຄວາມ", + "SSE.Views.EditCell.textYen": "ເງິນເຢັນ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textAuto": "ອັດຕະໂນມັດ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textAxisCrosses": "ແກນໄຂວກັນ, ແກນຕັດກັນ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textAxisOptions": "ຕົວເລືອກແກນ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textAxisPosition": "ຕົວເລືອກແກນ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textAxisTitle": "ຊື່ຂອງແກນ, ຫົວຂໍ້ຂອງແກນ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textBackward": "ຢ້າຍໄປທາງຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textBorder": "ຂອບເຂດ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textChart": "ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textChartTitle": "ໃສ່ຊື່ແຜນຮູບວາດ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textColor": "ສີ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textCrossesValue": "ຂ້າມມູນຄ່າ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textDataLabels": "ປ້າຍຊື່ຂໍ້ມູນ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textDesign": "ກຳນົດ, ອອກແບບ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textDisplayUnits": "ໜ່ວຍສະແດງຜົນ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textForward": "ຢ້າຍໄປດ້ານໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textGridlines": "ເສັ້ນຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textHorAxis": "ແກນລວງນອນ, ລວງຂວາງ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textHorizontal": "ລວງນອນ, ລວງຂວາງ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textLabelOptions": "ຕົວເລືອກປ້າຍກຳກັບ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textLabelPos": " ປ້າຍກຳກັບຕຳ ແໜ່ງ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textLayout": "ແຜນຜັງ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textLeftOverlay": "ຊ້ອນທັບດ້ານຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textLegend": "ຕຳນານ, ນິຍາຍ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMajor": "ສຳຄັນ, ຫຼັກ, ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMajorMinor": "ສຳຄັນແລະບໍ່ສຳຄັນ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMajorType": "ປະເພດສຳຄັນ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMaxValue": "ຄ່າການສູງສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMinor": "ນ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMinorType": "ປະເພດນ້ອຍ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textMinValue": "ຄ່າຕ່ຳສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textNone": "ບໍ່ມີ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textNoOverlay": "ບໍ່ມີການຊ້ອນກັນ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textOverlay": "ການຊ້ອນກັນ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textRemoveChart": "ລົບແຜນວາດ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textReorder": "ຈັດລຽງລໍາດັບ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textRight": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textRightOverlay": "ພາບຊ້ອນທັບດ້ານຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textRotated": "ໜຸນ, ປ່ຽນ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textStyle": "ປະເພດ ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textTickOptions": "ຕົວເລືອກຄວາມໜາ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textToBackground": "ສົ່ງໄປເປັນພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textToForeground": "ເອົາໄປໄວ້ທາງໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textTop": "ເບື້ອງເທີງ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textType": "ພິມ, ຕີພິມ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textValReverseOrder": "ຄ່າໃນລຳດັບຢ້ອນກັບ ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textVerAxis": "ແກນລວງຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.EditChart.textVertical": "ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.EditHyperlink.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Views.EditHyperlink.textDisplay": "ສະແດງຜົນ", + "SSE.Views.EditHyperlink.textEditLink": "ແກ້ໄຂ ລີ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.EditHyperlink.textExternalLink": "ລິງພາຍນອກ", + "SSE.Views.EditHyperlink.textInternalLink": "ຂໍ້ມູນພາຍໃນ", + "SSE.Views.EditHyperlink.textLink": "ລີ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.EditHyperlink.textLinkType": "ປະເພດ Link", + "SSE.Views.EditHyperlink.textRange": "ໄລຍະ,ຊ່ວງ", + "SSE.Views.EditHyperlink.textRemoveLink": "ລົບລີ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.EditHyperlink.textScreenTip": "ເຄັດລັບໃຫ້ໜ້າຈໍ", + "SSE.Views.EditHyperlink.textSheet": "ແຜ່ນ, ໜ້າເຈ້ຍ", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textAddress": "ທີ່ຢູ່", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textBackward": "ຢ້າຍໄປທາງຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textDefault": "ຂະໜາດແທ້ຈິງ", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textForward": "ຢ້າຍໄປດ້ານໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textFromLibrary": "ຮູບພາບຈາກຫ້ອງສະໝຸດ", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textFromURL": "ຮູບພາບຈາກ URL", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textImageURL": "URL ຮູບພາບ", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textLinkSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Link", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textRemove": "ລົບຮູບ", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textReorder": "ຈັດລຽງລໍາດັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນ", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textReplaceImg": "ປ່ຽນແທນຮູບ", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textToBackground": "ສົ່ງໄປເປັນພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.EditImage.textToForeground": "ເອົາໄປໄວ້ທາງໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textBackward": "ຢ້າຍໄປທາງຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textBorder": "ຂອບເຂດ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textColor": "ສີ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textEffects": "ຜົນ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textFill": "ຕື່ມ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textForward": "ຢ້າຍໄປດ້ານໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textOpacity": "ຄວາມເຂັ້ມ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textRemoveShape": "ລົບຮ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textReorder": "ຈັດລຽງລໍາດັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textStyle": "ປະເພດ ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textToBackground": "ສົ່ງໄປເປັນພື້ນຫຼັງ", + "SSE.Views.EditShape.textToForeground": "ເອົາໄປໄວ້ທາງໜ້າ", + "SSE.Views.EditText.textAddCustomColor": "ເພີ່ມສີທີ່ກຳນົດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.EditText.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Views.EditText.textCharacterBold": "B", + "SSE.Views.EditText.textCharacterItalic": "I", + "SSE.Views.EditText.textCharacterUnderline": "U", + "SSE.Views.EditText.textCustomColor": "ປະເພດ ຂອງສີ", + "SSE.Views.EditText.textFillColor": "ຕື່ມສີ", + "SSE.Views.EditText.textFonts": "ຕົວອັກສອນ", + "SSE.Views.EditText.textSize": "ຂະໜາດ", + "SSE.Views.EditText.textTextColor": "ສີເນື້ອຫາ", + "SSE.Views.FilterOptions.textClearFilter": "ລົບລ້າງການລຽງລຳດັບ", + "SSE.Views.FilterOptions.textDeleteFilter": "ລົບຕົວຕອງ", + "SSE.Views.FilterOptions.textFilter": "ທາງເລືອກການກັ່ນຕອງ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textByColumns": "ໂດຍຖັນ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textByRows": "ໂດຍ ແຖວ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textFind": "ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textFindAndReplace": "ຄົ້ນຫາແລະປ່ຽນແທນ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textFormulas": "ຕຳລາ, ສູດ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textHighlightRes": "ໄຮໄລ້ ຜົນຮັບ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textLookIn": "ເບິ່ງເຂົ້າໄປທາງໃນ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textMatchCase": "ກໍລະນີຈັບຄູ່ກັນ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textMatchCell": "ແຊວຈັບຄູ່ກັນ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textReplace": "ປ່ຽນແທນ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textSearch": "ຊອກຫາ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textSearchBy": "ຊອກຫາ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textSearchIn": "ຊອກຫາໃນ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textSheet": "ແຜ່ນ, ໜ້າເຈ້ຍ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textValues": "ການຕີລາຄາ, ປະເມີນ", + "SSE.Views.Search.textWorkbook": "ປື້ມເຮັດວຽກ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "ກ່ຽວກັບ, ປະມານ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "ທີ່ຢູ່", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textApplication": "ແອັບ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textApplicationSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າແອັບ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textAuthor": "ຜູ້ຂຽນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textBottom": "ດ້ານລຸ່ມ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textCentimeter": "ເຊັນຕິເມັດ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textCollaboration": "ຮ່ວມກັນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textColorSchemes": "ໂທນສີ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textComment": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textCommentingDisplay": "ການສະແດງຄວາມຄິດເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textCreated": "ສ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textCreateDate": "ວັນທີ ທີສ້າງ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textCustom": "ປະເພດ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textCustomSize": "ກຳນົດຂະໜາດເອງ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textDisableAll": "ປິດທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithNotification": "ປິດທຸກ ມາກໂຄ ດ້ວຍ ການແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textDisableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "ປິດທຸກ ມາກໂຄ ໂດຍບໍ່ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textDisplayComments": "ຄໍາເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textDisplayResolvedComments": "ແກ້ໄຂຄໍາເຫັນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textDocInfo": "ຂໍ້ມູນກ່ຽວກັບຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textDocTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້ຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textDone": "ສໍາເລັດ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textDownload": "ດາວໂຫຼດ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textDownloadAs": "ດາວໂຫຼດໂດຍ...", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textEditDoc": "ແກ້ໄຂເອກະສານ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textEmail": "ອີເມລ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textEnableAll": "ເປີດທັງໝົດ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textEnableAllMacrosWithoutNotification": "ເປີດທຸກມາກໂຄໂດຍບໍ່ແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textExample": "ຕົວຢ່າງ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textFind": "ຄົ້ນຫາ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "ຄົ້ນຫາແລະປ່ຽນແທນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textFormat": "ປະເພດ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textFormulaLanguage": "ຕຳລາພາສາ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textHelp": "ຊວ່ຍ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textHideGridlines": "ເຊື່ອງຕາຕະລາງໄວ້", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textHideHeadings": "ເຊື່ອງຫົວຂໍ້ໄວ້", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textInch": "ຫົວໜ່ວຍ ໂປ້", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textLandscape": "ປິ່ນລວງນອນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textLastModified": "ການແກ້ໄຂຄັ້ງລ້າສຸດ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textLastModifiedBy": "ແກ້ໄຂຄັ້ງລ້າສຸດໂດຍ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textLeft": "ຊ້າຍ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textLoading": "ກໍາລັງໂລດ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textLocation": "ສະຖານທີ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textMacrosSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າ Macros", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textMargins": "ຂອບ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textOrientation": "ການຈັດວາງ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textOwner": "ເຈົ້າຂອງ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textPoint": "ຈຸດ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textPortrait": "ລວງຕັ້ງ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textPoweredBy": "ສ້າງໂດຍ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textPrint": "ພີມ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textR1C1Style": "ຮູບແບບການອ້າງອີງ R1C1", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textRegionalSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຂອບເຂດ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textRight": "ຂວາ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textSettings": "ຕັ້ງຄ່າ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textShowNotification": "ສະແດງການແຈ້ງເຕືອນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textSpreadsheetFormats": "ຮູບແບບຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textSpreadsheetSettings": "ການຕັ້ງຄ່າຕາຕະລາງ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textSubject": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textTel": "ໂທ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textTitle": "ຫົວຂໍ້", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textTop": "ເບື້ອງເທີງ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textUnitOfMeasurement": "ຫົວໜ່ວຍການວັດແທກ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textUploaded": "ອັບໂຫຼດ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.textVersion": "ລຸ້ນ", + "SSE.Views.Settings.unknownText": "ບໍ່ຮູ້", + "SSE.Views.Toolbar.textBack": "ກັບຄືນ" +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/lv.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/lv.json index 2d222afad..d7ddc5c83 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/lv.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/lv.json @@ -262,6 +262,12 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Teksts nav atrasts", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Aizvietot visus", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Brīdinājums", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Deutsch", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "English", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Spāņu", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Francijas", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Poļu", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Russian", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Ja jūs izvēlēsieties turpināt saglabāt šajā formātā visas diagrammas un attēli tiks zaudēti.
      Vai tiešām vēlaties turpināt?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorLastSheet": "Darbgrāmatai jābūt vismaz vienai redzamai darblapai.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Neizdevās dzēst darblapu", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/nb.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/nb.json index 826f544ac..fe03ab94c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/nb.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/nb.json @@ -496,7 +496,6 @@ "SSE.Views.Search.textSheet": "Ark", "SSE.Views.Search.textValues": "Verdier", "SSE.Views.Search.textWorkbook": "Arbeidsbok", - "SSE.Views.Settings. textLocation": "Plassering", "SSE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "Om", "SSE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "adresse", "SSE.Views.Settings.textApplication": "Applikasjon", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/nl.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/nl.json index cd93ce1b9..fe01a6803 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/nl.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/nl.json @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Annuleren", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Acties Kopiëren, Knippen en Plakken", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Niet meer weergeven", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Bewerking kan gegevens in geselecteerde cellen vernietigen.
      Doorgaan? ", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Alleen de gegevens in de cel linksboven blijven behouden in de samengevoegde cel.
      Wilt u doorgaan?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Automatisch", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Lettertypen", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -322,6 +322,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Een moment...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Het aantal gelijktijdige verbindingen met de document server heeft het maximum overschreven. Het document zal geopend worden in een alleen-lezen modus.
      Neem contact op met de beheerder voor meer informatie.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Uw licentie is vervallen.
      Werk uw licentie bij en vernieuw de pagina.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licentie verlopen.
      U heeft geen toegang tot documentbewerkingsfunctionaliteit.
      Neem contact op met uw beheerder.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Licentie moet worden verlengd.
      U heeft beperkte toegang tot documentbewerkingsfunctionaliteit.
      Neem contact op met uw beheerder voor volledige toegang", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers met de document server heeft het maximum overschreven. Het document zal geopend worden in een alleen-lezen modus.
      Neem contact op met de beheerder voor meer informatie.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Deze versie van %1 bevat limieten voor het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers.
      Indien meer nodig is, upgrade dan de huidige licentie of schaf een commerciële licentie aan.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Deze versie van %1 bevat limieten voor het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers.
      Indien meer nodig is, upgrade dan de huidige licentie of schaf een commerciële licentie aan.", @@ -329,6 +331,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Tekst niet gevonden", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Alles vervangen", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Waarschuwing", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Duits", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Engels", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Spaans", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Frans", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Italiaans", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Pools", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Russisch", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Als u doorgaat met opslaan in deze indeling, gaan alle kenmerken verloren en blijft alleen de tekst behouden.
      Wilt u doorgaan?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Er bestaat al een werkblad met deze naam.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/pl.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/pl.json index 6c0355f29..a7fc98daf 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/pl.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/pl.json @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnwrap": "Rozwiń", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuWrap": "Zawijaj", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Anuluj", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Operacja może zniszczyć dane w wybranych komórkach.
      Kontynuować?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Tylko dane z górnej lewej komórki pozostaną w scalonej komórce.
      Czy na pewno chcesz kontynuować?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Automatyczny", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Czcionki", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -262,6 +262,10 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Nie znaleziono tekstu", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Zamień wszystko", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Ostrzeżenie", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Niemiecki", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Angielski", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Polski", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Rosyjski", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Jeśli kontynuujesz zapisywanie w tym formacie, wszystkie funkcje oprócz tekstu zostaną utracone.
      Czy na pewno chcesz kontynuować?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameWrongChar": "Nazwa arkusza nie może zawierać", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorLastSheet": "Skoroszyt musi zawierać co najmniej jeden widoczny arkusz roboczy.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/pt.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/pt.json index 82f158168..c0ea964b0 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/pt.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/pt.json @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Cancelar", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Copiar, Cortar e Colar", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Não exibir novamente", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Operação pode destruir dados nas células selecionadas.
      Continuar?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Apenas os dados da célula superior esquerda permanecerá na célula mesclada.
      Você tem certeza de que deseja continuar? ", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Automático", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Fontes", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "Pt", @@ -322,6 +322,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Aguarde...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Você atingiu o limite de conexões simultâneas para editores %1. Este documento será aberto apenas para visualização.
      Entre em contato com seu administrador para saber mais.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Sua licença expirou.
      Atualize sua licença e atualize a página.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "A licença expirou.
      Você não tem acesso à funcionalidade de edição de documentos.
      Por favor, contate seu administrador.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "A licença precisa ser renovada.
      Você tem acesso limitado à funcionalidade de edição de documentos.
      Entre em contato com o administrador para obter acesso total.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Você atingiu o limite de usuários para editores %1. Entre em contato com seu administrador para saber mais.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Você atingiu o limite de conexões simultâneas para editores %1. Este documento será aberto apenas para visualização.
      Entre em contato com a equipe de vendas da %1 para obter os termos de atualização pessoais.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Você atingiu o limite de usuários para editores %1.
      Entre em contato com a equipe de vendas da %1 para obter os termos de atualização pessoais.", @@ -329,6 +331,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Texto não encontrado", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Substituir tudo", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Aviso", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Deutsch", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "English", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Espanhol", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Francês", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Italiano", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Polonês", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Russian", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Se você continuar salvando neste formato, todos os recursos exceto o texto serão perdidos.
      Você tem certeza que quer continuar?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Folha de trabalho com este nome já existe.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ro.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ro.json index 825c5c152..18cb50a94 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ro.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ro.json @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Revocare", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Comenzile de copiere, decupare și lipire", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Nu se mai afișează ", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "În rezultatul operațiunei asupra celulelor selectate datele pot fi distruse
      Doriți să continuați?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "În celula îmbinată se afișează numai conținutul celulei din stânga sus.
      Sunteți sigur că doriți să continuați?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Automat", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Fonturi", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -331,6 +331,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Textul nu a fost găsit", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Înlocuire peste tot", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avertisment", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Germană", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Engleză", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Spaniolă", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Franceză", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Italiană", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Poloneză", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Rusă", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Dacă salvați în acest format de fișier, este posibil ca unele dintre caracteristici să se piardă, cu excepția textului.
      Sunteți sigur că doriți să continuați?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Revocare", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "O foaie de calcul cu același nume există deja.", @@ -578,7 +585,6 @@ "SSE.Views.Search.textSheet": "Foaie", "SSE.Views.Search.textValues": "Valori", "SSE.Views.Search.textWorkbook": "Registru de calcul", - "SSE.Views.Settings. textLocation": "Locația", "SSE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "Informații", "SSE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "adresă", "SSE.Views.Settings.textApplication": "Aplicația", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ru.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ru.json index 8ec83d6da..b312c51d3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ru.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/ru.json @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Отмена", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Операции копирования, вырезания и вставки", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Больше не показывать", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Операция может уничтожить данные в выделенных ячейках.
      Продолжить?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "В объединенной ячейке останутся только данные из левой верхней ячейки.
      Вы действительно хотите продолжить?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Авто", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Шрифты", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "пт", @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPaidFeature": "Платная функция", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Пароль", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Загрузка...", - "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Запомнить мой выбор", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.textRemember": "Запомнить мой выбор для всех файлов", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Фигура", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Строгий режим", "SSE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Функции отмены и повтора действий отключены в Быстром режиме совместного редактирования.
      Нажмите на кнопку 'Строгий режим' для переключения в Строгий режим совместного редактирования, чтобы редактировать файл без вмешательства других пользователей и отправлять изменения только после того, как вы их сохраните. Переключаться между режимами совместного редактирования можно с помощью Дополнительных параметров редактора.", @@ -322,6 +322,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Пожалуйста, подождите...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1. Этот документ будет открыт только на просмотр.
      Свяжитесь с администратором, чтобы узнать больше.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
      Обновите лицензию, а затем обновите страницу.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
      Нет доступа к функциональности редактирования документов.
      Пожалуйста, обратитесь к администратору.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Необходимо обновить лицензию.
      У вас ограниченный доступ к функциональности редактирования документов.
      Пожалуйста, обратитесь к администратору, чтобы получить полный доступ", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Вы достигли лимита на количество пользователей редакторов %1.
      Свяжитесь с администратором, чтобы узнать больше.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1. Этот документ будет открыт на просмотр.
      Напишите в отдел продаж %1, чтобы обсудить индивидуальные условия лицензирования.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Вы достигли лимита на одновременные подключения к редакторам %1.
      Напишите в отдел продаж %1, чтобы обсудить индивидуальные условия лицензирования.", @@ -329,6 +331,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Текст не найден", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Заменить все", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Внимание", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Немецкий", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Английский", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Испанский", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Французский", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Итальянский", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Польский", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Русский", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Если Вы продолжите сохранение в этот формат, весь функционал, кроме текста, будет потерян.
      Вы действительно хотите продолжить?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Отмена", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Рабочий лист с таким именем уже существует.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/sk.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/sk.json index 859165994..d25b76405 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/sk.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/sk.json @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Zrušiť", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Kopírovať, vystrihnúť a prilepiť", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Znova už nezobrazovať", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Operácia môže zničiť údaje vo vybraných bunkách.
      Pokračovať?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Iba údaje z ľavej hornej bunky zostanú v zlúčenej bunke.
      Ste si istý, že chcete pokračovať?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Automaticky", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Písma", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -322,6 +322,8 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.waitText": "Prosím čakajte...", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Počet súbežných spojení s dokumentovým serverom bol prekročený a dokument bude znovu otvorený iba na prezeranie.
      Pre ďalšie informácie kontaktujte prosím vášho správcu.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Vaša licencia vypršala.
      Prosím, aktualizujte si svoju licenciu a obnovte stránku.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedNoAccess": "Licencia vypršala.
      K funkcii úprav dokumentu už nemáte prístup.
      Kontaktujte svojho administrátora, prosím.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseLimitedRenewed": "Je potrebné obnoviť licenciu.
      K funkciám úprav dokumentov máte obmedzený prístup.
      Pre získanie úplného prístupu kontaktujte prosím svojho administrátora.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Limit %1 súbežných užívateľov bol prekročený.
      Pre ďalšie informácie kontaktujte prosím vášho správcu.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Táto verzia aplikácie %1 editors má určité obmedzenia pre súbežné pripojenia k dokumentovému serveru.
      Ak potrebujete viac, zvážte aktualizáciu aktuálnej licencie alebo zakúpenie komerčnej.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Táto verzia %1 editors má určité obmedzenia pre spolupracujúcich používateľov.
      Ak potrebujete viac, zvážte aktualizáciu vašej aktuálnej licencie alebo kúpu komerčnej.", @@ -329,6 +331,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Text nebol nájdený", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Nahradiť všetko", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Upozornenie", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Nemčina", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Angličtina", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "Španielsky", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "Francúzsky", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "Talianský", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Poľština", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Ruština", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Ak budete pokračovať v ukladaní v tomto formáte, všetky funkcie okrem textu sa stratia.
      Ste si istý, že chcete pokračovať?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Zrušiť", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Zošit s rovnakým názvom už existuje.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/sl.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/sl.json index a64aba19b..9a8211e3d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/sl.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/sl.json @@ -33,7 +33,9 @@ "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textImage": "Slika", "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textOther": "Drugo", "SSE.Controllers.AddContainer.textShape": "Oblika", + "SSE.Controllers.AddLink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Opozorilo", "SSE.Controllers.AddLink.textInvalidRange": "NAPAKA! Neveljaven razpon celic", + "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Opozorilo", "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textCancel": "Prekliči", "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textContinue": "Nadaljuj", "SSE.Controllers.AddOther.textDelete": "Izbriši", @@ -55,6 +57,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuPaste": "Prilepi", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuShow": "Pokaži", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuViewComment": "Ogled komentarja", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Opozorilo", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Zapri", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "Kopiraj, izreži in prilepi dejanja", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "Ne pokaži znova", @@ -104,10 +107,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textShape": "Oblika", "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textTable": "Tabela", "SSE.Controllers.EditContainer.textText": "Besedilo", + "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Opozorilo", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textDefault": "Izbrano območje", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textEmptyImgUrl": "Določiti morate URL slike.", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textExternalLink": "Zunanja povezava", "SSE.Controllers.EditHyperlink.textInternalLink": "Notranje območje podatkov", + "SSE.Controllers.EditImage.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Opozorilo", + "SSE.Controllers.EditImage.textEmptyImgUrl": "Določiti morate URL slike.", "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textEmptyItem": "{Blanks}", "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textErrorMsg": "Izbrati morate vsaj eno vrednost", "SSE.Controllers.FilterOptions.textErrorTitle": "Opozorilo", @@ -120,6 +126,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "Nalaganje podatkov", "SSE.Controllers.Main.closeButtonText": "Zapri datoteko", "SSE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "Pretvorbena prekinitev presežena.", + "SSE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorExtText": "Pritisnite »V redu«, da se vrnete na seznam dokumentov.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.criticalErrorTitle": "Napaka", "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadErrorText": "Prenos ni uspel.", "SSE.Controllers.Main.downloadMergeText": "Prenašanje ...", @@ -262,6 +269,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Opozorilo", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Če boste nadaljevali s shranjevanje v tem formatu bodo vse funkcije razen besedila izgubljene.
      Ste prepričani, da želite nadaljevati?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "Zapri", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "Delovni zvezek s tem imenom že obstaja.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameWrongChar": "Ime lista ne more vsebovati znakov: \\\\, /, *,?, [,],:", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNotEmpty": "Ime lista ne sme biti prazno", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorLastSheet": "Delovni zvezek mora imeti vsaj eno vidno delovno stran.", @@ -273,6 +281,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuRename": "Preimenuj", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.menuUnhide": "Prikaži", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Opozorilo", + "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strRenameSheet": "Preimenuj zvezek", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheet": "Stran", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.strSheetName": "Ime strani", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.textExternalLink": "Zunanja povezava", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/tr.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/tr.json index 6d609cc71..d04458d65 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/tr.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/tr.json @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnwrap": "Kaydırmayı kaldır", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuWrap": "Metni Kaydır", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "İptal", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "İşlem seçili hücrelerdeki veriyi yok edebilir.
      Devam etmek istiyor musunuz?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Sadece üst sol hücredeki veri birleştirilmiş hücrede kalacaktır.
      Devam etmek istediğinizden emin misiniz?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Otomatik", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Yazı Tipleri", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/uk.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/uk.json index ff2e012bb..0dd041d1c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/uk.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/uk.json @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnwrap": "Розгорнути", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuWrap": "Обернути", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Скасувати", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Операція може знищити дані у вибраних клітинах.
      Продовжити?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Дані лише з верхньої лівої клітинки залишаться в об'єднаній клітині.
      Ви впевнені, що хочете продовжити?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Авто", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Шрифти", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "Пт", @@ -259,6 +259,10 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Текст не знайдено", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Замінити усе", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Застереження", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "Німецький", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Англійська", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Польський", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Російський", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Якщо ви продовжите збереження в цьому форматі, всі функції, окрім тексту, буде втрачено.
      Ви впевнені, що хочете продовжити?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorLastSheet": "Робоча книга повинна мати щонайменше один видимий аркуш.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Неможливо видалити робочий аркуш.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/vi.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/vi.json index a5fcff241..2e8db0054 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/vi.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/vi.json @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuUnwrap": "Bỏ ngắt dòng", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.menuWrap": "Ngắt dòng", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "Hủy", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Thao tác có thể làm hỏng dữ liệu trong các ô được chọn.
      Tiếp tục?", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "Chỉ dữ liệu từ ô phía trên bên trái sẽ vẫn nằm trong ô được gộp.
      Bạn có chắc là muốn tiếp tục?", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "Tự động", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "Phông chữ", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "pt", @@ -259,6 +259,9 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Không tìm thấy nội dung", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Thay thế tất cả", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Cảnh báo", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "Tiếng anh", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "Đánh bóng", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "Nga", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "Nếu bạn tiếp tục lưu ở định dạng này tất cả các tính năng trừ văn bản sẽ bị mất.
      Bạn có chắc là muốn tiếp tục?", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorLastSheet": "Workbook phải có ít nhất một bảng tính hiển thị.", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errorRemoveSheet": "Không thể xóa bảng tính.", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/zh.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/zh.json index 75f94e55b..642fb155b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/zh.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/locale/zh.json @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.sheetCancel": "取消", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textCopyCutPasteActions": "复制，剪切和粘贴操作", "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.textDoNotShowAgain": "不要再显示", - "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "操作可能会破坏所选单元格中的数据。
      继续？", + "SSE.Controllers.DocumentHolder.warnMergeLostData": "只有来自左上方单元格的数据将保留在合并的单元格中。
      您确定要继续吗？", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textAuto": "自动", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textFonts": "字体", "SSE.Controllers.EditCell.textPt": "像素", @@ -321,6 +321,13 @@ "SSE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "文本没找到", "SSE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "全部替换", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "警告", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtDe": "德语", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEn": "英语", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtEs": "西班牙语", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtFr": "法语", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtIt": "意大利语", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtPl": "抛光", + "SSE.Controllers.Settings.txtRu": "俄语", "SSE.Controllers.Settings.warnDownloadAs": "如果您继续以此格式保存，除文本之外的所有功能将丢失。
      您确定要继续吗？", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.cancelButtonText": "取消", "SSE.Controllers.Statusbar.errNameExists": "该名称已被其他工作表使用。", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-ios.css b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-ios.css index f0f732f55..48e497abc 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-ios.css +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-ios.css @@ -7318,14 +7318,14 @@ i.icon.icon-format-text { background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%2340865c%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M5.5234375%2C6.4316406L8.8710938%2C15H7.6113281l-0.9355469-2.5800781h-3.625L2.0917969%2C15H0.9277344l3.3359375-8.5683594H5.5234375z%20M6.3154297%2C11.4599609L4.8876953%2C7.4638672H4.8632812l-1.4511719%2C3.9960938H6.3154297z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15.21875%2C6.4316406c0.1845703%2C0%2C0.3828125%2C0.0019531%2C0.5947266%2C0.0058594s0.421875%2C0.0166016%2C0.6298828%2C0.0371094c0.2080078%2C0.0195312%2C0.4023438%2C0.0488281%2C0.5820312%2C0.0898438c0.1796875%2C0.0390625%2C0.3339844%2C0.0996094%2C0.4619141%2C0.1796875c0.2802734%2C0.1679688%2C0.5185547%2C0.4003906%2C0.7138672%2C0.6953125c0.1962891%2C0.296875%2C0.2939453%2C0.6601562%2C0.2939453%2C1.0927734c0%2C0.4560547-0.1103516%2C0.8505859-0.3291016%2C1.1816406c-0.2207031%2C0.3320312-0.5351562%2C0.578125-0.9433594%2C0.7382812v0.0244141c0.5292969%2C0.1113281%2C0.9326172%2C0.3515625%2C1.2128906%2C0.71875c0.2792969%2C0.3691406%2C0.4199219%2C0.8164062%2C0.4199219%2C1.3447266c0%2C0.3115234-0.0566406%2C0.6162109-0.1679688%2C0.9121094c-0.1123047%2C0.2958984-0.2783203%2C0.5576172-0.4980469%2C0.7861328c-0.2207031%2C0.2275391-0.4921875%2C0.4121094-0.8164062%2C0.5517578S16.6757812%2C15%2C16.2519531%2C15h-4.140625V6.4316406H15.21875z%20M15.53125%2C10.1162109c0.6484375%2C0%2C1.1132812-0.1142578%2C1.3984375-0.3427734c0.2832031-0.2275391%2C0.4257812-0.5693359%2C0.4257812-1.0253906c0-0.3046875-0.0488281-0.5439453-0.1445312-0.7207031c-0.0957031-0.1757812-0.2275391-0.3115234-0.3955078-0.4072266c-0.1679688-0.0966797-0.3623047-0.1582031-0.5820312-0.1865234C16.0136719%2C7.40625%2C15.7792969%2C7.3925781%2C15.53125%2C7.3925781h-2.2792969v2.7236328H15.53125z%20M16.1074219%2C14.0400391c0.5039062%2C0%2C0.8984375-0.1357422%2C1.1816406-0.4082031c0.2841797-0.2714844%2C0.4257812-0.6474609%2C0.4257812-1.1279297c0-0.2792969-0.0517578-0.5117188-0.15625-0.6953125c-0.1035156-0.1845703-0.2412109-0.3300781-0.4130859-0.4384766c-0.1728516-0.1083984-0.3701172-0.1845703-0.5947266-0.2275391c-0.2236328-0.0449219-0.4550781-0.0664062-0.6953125-0.0664062h-2.6035156v2.9638672H16.1074219z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.sortdown { - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20version%3D%221.1%22%20x%3D%220%22%20y%3D%220%22%20viewBox%3D%22-238%20240%2022%2022%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill%3A%2340865c%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22st0%22%20points%3D%22-230%20256.4%20-230.7%20255.7%20-233%20258.1%20-233%20242%20-234%20242%20-234%20258.1%20-236.3%20255.7%20-237%20256.4%20-233.5%20260%20-233.5%20260%20-233.5%20260%20%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M-226%20249.55L-223.1%20242h1.08l3.09%207.55h-1.14l-0.88-2.29h-3.16l-0.83%202.29H-226zM-223.82%20246.45h2.56l-0.79-2.09c-0.24-0.64-0.42-1.16-0.54-1.57%20-0.1%200.48-0.23%200.97-0.41%201.44L-223.82%20246.45z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M-225.93%20259v-0.93l3.87-4.84c0.28-0.34%200.54-0.64%200.78-0.9h-4.21v-0.89h5.41v0.89l-4.24%205.24%20-0.46%200.53h4.82V259H-225.93z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20version%3D%221.1%22%20x%3D%220%22%20y%3D%220%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2024%2024%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill%3A%2340865c%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.4479%2011H19.4908L16.5554%203.03809H15.5733L12.6379%2011H13.6808L14.4808%208.72119H17.6479L18.4479%2011ZM16.0478%204.24644H16.0809L17.3555%207.877H14.7732L16.0478%204.24644Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M13.0407%2021H18.928V20.1061H14.3153V20.0675L18.8342%2013.7443V13.0381H13.1952V13.9319H17.5817V13.9706L13.0407%2020.2937V21Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M6.02377%2019.1638L8.28524%2017.1471L9%2017.8788L5.5%2021L2%2017.8788L2.71476%2017.1471L4.97623%2019.1638V3H6.02377V19.1638Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.sortup { - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20version%3D%221.1%22%20x%3D%220%22%20y%3D%220%22%20viewBox%3D%22-238%20240%2022%2022%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill%3A%2340865c%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22st0%22%20points%3D%22-233.5%20242%20-233.5%20242%20-233.5%20242%20-237%20245.6%20-236.3%20246.3%20-234%20243.9%20-234%20260%20-233%20260%20-233%20243.9%20-230.7%20246.3%20-230%20245.6%20%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M-226.53%20260l2.9-7.55h1.08L-219.47%20260h-1.14l-0.88-2.29h-3.16L-225.47%20260H-226.53zM-224.36%20256.9h2.56l-0.79-2.09c-0.24-0.64-0.42-1.16-0.54-1.57%20-0.1%200.48-0.23%200.97-0.41%201.44L-224.36%20256.9z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M-225.97%20250.55v-0.93l3.87-4.84c0.28-0.34%200.54-0.64%200.78-0.9h-4.21V243h5.41v0.89l-4.24%205.24%20-0.46%200.53H-220v0.89H-225.97z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20version%3D%221.1%22%20x%3D%220%22%20y%3D%220%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2024%2024%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill%3A%2340865c%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M13.0407%2011H18.928V10.1061H14.3153V10.0675L18.8342%203.74434V3.03809H13.1952V3.93193H17.5817V3.97056L13.0407%2010.2937V11Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.4479%2021H19.4908L16.5554%2013.0381H15.5733L12.6379%2021H13.6808L14.4808%2018.7212H17.6479L18.4479%2021ZM16.0478%2014.2464H16.0809L17.3555%2017.877H14.7732L16.0478%2014.2464Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M6.02377%2019.1638L8.28524%2017.1471L9%2017.8788L5.5%2021L2%2017.8788L2.71476%2017.1471L4.97623%2019.1638V3H6.02377V19.1638Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-pdf { width: 30px; @@ -7572,6 +7572,16 @@ i.icon.icon-text-orientation-rotatedown { .chart-types .thumb.bar3dpsnormal { background-image: url('../img/charts/chart-20.png'); } +[applang=ru] i.icon.sortdown { + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20version%3D%221.1%22%20x%3D%220%22%20y%3D%220%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2024%2024%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill%3A%2340865c%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.9348%2011H20L17.0016%203H15.9984L13%2011H14.0652L14.8824%208.71033H18.1176L18.9348%2011ZM16.4831%204.21414H16.5169L17.8188%207.86209H15.1812L16.4831%204.21414Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M6.02377%2019.1638L8.28524%2017.1471L9%2017.8788L5.5%2021L2%2017.8788L2.71476%2017.1471L4.97623%2019.1638V3H6.02377V19.1638Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.0018%2017.0249V13.8981H16.2384C15.6654%2013.8981%2015.2218%2014.033%2014.9076%2014.3028C14.597%2014.5726%2014.4418%2014.957%2014.4418%2015.456C14.4418%2015.9587%2014.597%2016.3467%2014.9076%2016.6202C15.2218%2016.89%2015.6654%2017.0249%2016.2384%2017.0249H18.0018ZM16.3937%2017.9231L14.1867%2021H13L15.2957%2017.8011C14.7264%2017.6681%2014.2699%2017.3927%2013.9261%2016.9751C13.586%2016.5537%2013.4159%2016.0474%2013.4159%2015.456C13.4159%2014.7316%2013.6543%2014.1421%2014.1312%2013.6875C14.6118%2013.2292%2015.2274%2013%2015.9778%2013H19V21H18.0018V17.9231H16.3937Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); +} +[applang=ru] i.icon.sortup { + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20version%3D%221.1%22%20x%3D%220%22%20y%3D%220%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2024%2024%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill%3A%2340865c%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M6.02377%2019.1638L8.28524%2017.1471L9%2017.8788L5.5%2021L2%2017.8788L2.71476%2017.1471L4.97623%2019.1638V3H6.02377V19.1638Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.9348%2021H20L17.0016%2013H15.9984L13%2021H14.0652L14.8824%2018.7103H18.1176L18.9348%2021ZM16.4831%2014.2141H16.5169L17.8188%2017.8621H15.1812L16.4831%2014.2141Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.0018%207.02495V3.89813H16.2384C15.6654%203.89813%2015.2218%204.03303%2014.9076%204.30284C14.597%204.57265%2014.4418%204.95703%2014.4418%205.45599C14.4418%205.95865%2014.597%206.34673%2014.9076%206.62024C15.2218%206.89004%2015.6654%207.02495%2016.2384%207.02495H18.0018ZM16.3937%207.92308L14.1867%2011H13L15.2957%207.80111C14.7264%207.66805%2014.2699%207.3927%2013.9261%206.97505C13.586%206.55371%2013.4159%206.04736%2013.4159%205.45599C13.4159%204.73158%2013.6543%204.14207%2014.1312%203.68746C14.6118%203.22915%2015.2274%203%2015.9778%203H19V11H18.0018V7.92308H16.3937Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); +} .navbar-hidden + .navbar-through > .page.editor { padding-top: 0; } diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-material.css b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-material.css index 0f05dee75..33c776dd6 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-material.css +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-material.css @@ -7024,14 +7024,14 @@ i.icon.icon-format-text { background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%2340865c%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M5.5234375%2C6.4316406L8.8710938%2C15H7.6113281l-0.9355469-2.5800781h-3.625L2.0917969%2C15H0.9277344l3.3359375-8.5683594H5.5234375z%20M6.3154297%2C11.4599609L4.8876953%2C7.4638672H4.8632812l-1.4511719%2C3.9960938H6.3154297z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15.21875%2C6.4316406c0.1845703%2C0%2C0.3828125%2C0.0019531%2C0.5947266%2C0.0058594s0.421875%2C0.0166016%2C0.6298828%2C0.0371094c0.2080078%2C0.0195312%2C0.4023438%2C0.0488281%2C0.5820312%2C0.0898438c0.1796875%2C0.0390625%2C0.3339844%2C0.0996094%2C0.4619141%2C0.1796875c0.2802734%2C0.1679688%2C0.5185547%2C0.4003906%2C0.7138672%2C0.6953125c0.1962891%2C0.296875%2C0.2939453%2C0.6601562%2C0.2939453%2C1.0927734c0%2C0.4560547-0.1103516%2C0.8505859-0.3291016%2C1.1816406c-0.2207031%2C0.3320312-0.5351562%2C0.578125-0.9433594%2C0.7382812v0.0244141c0.5292969%2C0.1113281%2C0.9326172%2C0.3515625%2C1.2128906%2C0.71875c0.2792969%2C0.3691406%2C0.4199219%2C0.8164062%2C0.4199219%2C1.3447266c0%2C0.3115234-0.0566406%2C0.6162109-0.1679688%2C0.9121094c-0.1123047%2C0.2958984-0.2783203%2C0.5576172-0.4980469%2C0.7861328c-0.2207031%2C0.2275391-0.4921875%2C0.4121094-0.8164062%2C0.5517578S16.6757812%2C15%2C16.2519531%2C15h-4.140625V6.4316406H15.21875z%20M15.53125%2C10.1162109c0.6484375%2C0%2C1.1132812-0.1142578%2C1.3984375-0.3427734c0.2832031-0.2275391%2C0.4257812-0.5693359%2C0.4257812-1.0253906c0-0.3046875-0.0488281-0.5439453-0.1445312-0.7207031c-0.0957031-0.1757812-0.2275391-0.3115234-0.3955078-0.4072266c-0.1679688-0.0966797-0.3623047-0.1582031-0.5820312-0.1865234C16.0136719%2C7.40625%2C15.7792969%2C7.3925781%2C15.53125%2C7.3925781h-2.2792969v2.7236328H15.53125z%20M16.1074219%2C14.0400391c0.5039062%2C0%2C0.8984375-0.1357422%2C1.1816406-0.4082031c0.2841797-0.2714844%2C0.4257812-0.6474609%2C0.4257812-1.1279297c0-0.2792969-0.0517578-0.5117188-0.15625-0.6953125c-0.1035156-0.1845703-0.2412109-0.3300781-0.4130859-0.4384766c-0.1728516-0.1083984-0.3701172-0.1845703-0.5947266-0.2275391c-0.2236328-0.0449219-0.4550781-0.0664062-0.6953125-0.0664062h-2.6035156v2.9638672H16.1074219z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.sortdown { - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20version%3D%221.1%22%20x%3D%220%22%20y%3D%220%22%20viewBox%3D%22-238%20240%2022%2022%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill%3A%2340865c%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22st0%22%20points%3D%22-230%20256.4%20-230.7%20255.7%20-233%20258.1%20-233%20242%20-234%20242%20-234%20258.1%20-236.3%20255.7%20-237%20256.4%20-233.5%20260%20-233.5%20260%20-233.5%20260%20%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M-226%20249.55L-223.1%20242h1.08l3.09%207.55h-1.14l-0.88-2.29h-3.16l-0.83%202.29H-226zM-223.82%20246.45h2.56l-0.79-2.09c-0.24-0.64-0.42-1.16-0.54-1.57%20-0.1%200.48-0.23%200.97-0.41%201.44L-223.82%20246.45z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M-225.93%20259v-0.93l3.87-4.84c0.28-0.34%200.54-0.64%200.78-0.9h-4.21v-0.89h5.41v0.89l-4.24%205.24%20-0.46%200.53h4.82V259H-225.93z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20version%3D%221.1%22%20x%3D%220%22%20y%3D%220%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2024%2024%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill%3A%2340865c%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.4479%2011H19.4908L16.5554%203.03809H15.5733L12.6379%2011H13.6808L14.4808%208.72119H17.6479L18.4479%2011ZM16.0478%204.24644H16.0809L17.3555%207.877H14.7732L16.0478%204.24644Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M13.0407%2021H18.928V20.1061H14.3153V20.0675L18.8342%2013.7443V13.0381H13.1952V13.9319H17.5817V13.9706L13.0407%2020.2937V21Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M6.02377%2019.1638L8.28524%2017.1471L9%2017.8788L5.5%2021L2%2017.8788L2.71476%2017.1471L4.97623%2019.1638V3H6.02377V19.1638Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.sortup { - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20version%3D%221.1%22%20x%3D%220%22%20y%3D%220%22%20viewBox%3D%22-238%20240%2022%2022%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill%3A%2340865c%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22st0%22%20points%3D%22-233.5%20242%20-233.5%20242%20-233.5%20242%20-237%20245.6%20-236.3%20246.3%20-234%20243.9%20-234%20260%20-233%20260%20-233%20243.9%20-230.7%20246.3%20-230%20245.6%20%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M-226.53%20260l2.9-7.55h1.08L-219.47%20260h-1.14l-0.88-2.29h-3.16L-225.47%20260H-226.53zM-224.36%20256.9h2.56l-0.79-2.09c-0.24-0.64-0.42-1.16-0.54-1.57%20-0.1%200.48-0.23%200.97-0.41%201.44L-224.36%20256.9z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M-225.97%20250.55v-0.93l3.87-4.84c0.28-0.34%200.54-0.64%200.78-0.9h-4.21V243h5.41v0.89l-4.24%205.24%20-0.46%200.53H-220v0.89H-225.97z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20version%3D%221.1%22%20x%3D%220%22%20y%3D%220%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2024%2024%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill%3A%2340865c%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M13.0407%2011H18.928V10.1061H14.3153V10.0675L18.8342%203.74434V3.03809H13.1952V3.93193H17.5817V3.97056L13.0407%2010.2937V11Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.4479%2021H19.4908L16.5554%2013.0381H15.5733L12.6379%2021H13.6808L14.4808%2018.7212H17.6479L18.4479%2021ZM16.0478%2014.2464H16.0809L17.3555%2017.877H14.7732L16.0478%2014.2464Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M6.02377%2019.1638L8.28524%2017.1471L9%2017.8788L5.5%2021L2%2017.8788L2.71476%2017.1471L4.97623%2019.1638V3H6.02377V19.1638Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-pdf { width: 30px; @@ -7328,6 +7328,16 @@ i.icon.icon-text-orientation-rotatedown { .chart-types .thumb.bar3dpsnormal { background-image: url('../img/charts/chart-20.png'); } +[applang=ru] i.icon.sortdown { + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20version%3D%221.1%22%20x%3D%220%22%20y%3D%220%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2024%2024%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill%3A%2340865c%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.9348%2011H20L17.0016%203H15.9984L13%2011H14.0652L14.8824%208.71033H18.1176L18.9348%2011ZM16.4831%204.21414H16.5169L17.8188%207.86209H15.1812L16.4831%204.21414Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M6.02377%2019.1638L8.28524%2017.1471L9%2017.8788L5.5%2021L2%2017.8788L2.71476%2017.1471L4.97623%2019.1638V3H6.02377V19.1638Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.0018%2017.0249V13.8981H16.2384C15.6654%2013.8981%2015.2218%2014.033%2014.9076%2014.3028C14.597%2014.5726%2014.4418%2014.957%2014.4418%2015.456C14.4418%2015.9587%2014.597%2016.3467%2014.9076%2016.6202C15.2218%2016.89%2015.6654%2017.0249%2016.2384%2017.0249H18.0018ZM16.3937%2017.9231L14.1867%2021H13L15.2957%2017.8011C14.7264%2017.6681%2014.2699%2017.3927%2013.9261%2016.9751C13.586%2016.5537%2013.4159%2016.0474%2013.4159%2015.456C13.4159%2014.7316%2013.6543%2014.1421%2014.1312%2013.6875C14.6118%2013.2292%2015.2274%2013%2015.9778%2013H19V21H18.0018V17.9231H16.3937Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); +} +[applang=ru] i.icon.sortup { + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20version%3D%221.1%22%20x%3D%220%22%20y%3D%220%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2024%2024%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill%3A%2340865c%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M6.02377%2019.1638L8.28524%2017.1471L9%2017.8788L5.5%2021L2%2017.8788L2.71476%2017.1471L4.97623%2019.1638V3H6.02377V19.1638Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.9348%2021H20L17.0016%2013H15.9984L13%2021H14.0652L14.8824%2018.7103H18.1176L18.9348%2021ZM16.4831%2014.2141H16.5169L17.8188%2017.8621H15.1812L16.4831%2014.2141Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.0018%207.02495V3.89813H16.2384C15.6654%203.89813%2015.2218%204.03303%2014.9076%204.30284C14.597%204.57265%2014.4418%204.95703%2014.4418%205.45599C14.4418%205.95865%2014.597%206.34673%2014.9076%206.62024C15.2218%206.89004%2015.6654%207.02495%2016.2384%207.02495H18.0018ZM16.3937%207.92308L14.1867%2011H13L15.2957%207.80111C14.7264%207.66805%2014.2699%207.3927%2013.9261%206.97505C13.586%206.55371%2013.4159%206.04736%2013.4159%205.45599C13.4159%204.73158%2013.6543%204.14207%2014.1312%203.68746C14.6118%203.22915%2015.2274%203%2015.9778%203H19V11H18.0018V7.92308H16.3937Z%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); +} .sailfish i.icon.icon-text-align-center { background-color: transparent; -webkit-mask-image: none; diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/de.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/de.json index 423935650..6d64e547f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/de.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/de.json @@ -1 +1,485 @@ -{"DATE":"DATUM","DATEDIF":"DATEDIF","DATEVALUE":"DATWERT","DAY":"TAG","DAYS":"TAGE","DAYS360":"TAGE360","EDATE":"EDATUM","EOMONTH":"MONATSENDE","HOUR":"STUNDE","ISOWEEKNUM":"ISOKALENDERWOCHE","MINUTE":"MINUTE","MONTH":"MONAT","NETWORKDAYS":"NETTOARBEITSTAGE","NETWORKDAYS.INTL":"NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL","NOW":"JETZT","SECOND":"SEKUNDE","TIME":"ZEIT","TIMEVALUE":"ZEITWERT","TODAY":"HEUTE","WEEKDAY":"WOCHENTAG","WEEKNUM":"KALENDERWOCHE","WORKDAY":"ARBEITSTAG","WORKDAY.INTL":"ARBEITSTAG.INTL","YEAR":"JAHR","YEARFRAC":"BRTEILJAHRE","BESSELI":"BESSELI","BESSELJ":"BESSELJ","BESSELK":"BESSELK","BESSELY":"BESSELY","BIN2DEC":"BININDEZ","BIN2HEX":"BININHEX","BIN2OCT":"BININOKT","BITAND":"BITUND","BITLSHIFT":"BITLVERSCHIEB","BITOR":"BITODER","BITRSHIFT":"BITRVERSCHIEB","BITXOR":"BITXODER","COMPLEX":"KOMPLEXE","CONVERT":"UMWANDELN","DEC2BIN":"DEZINBIN","DEC2HEX":"DEZINHEX","DEC2OCT":"DEZINOKT","DELTA":"DELTA","ERF":"GAUSSFEHLER","ERF.PRECISE":"GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU","ERFC":"GAUSSFKOMPL","ERFC.PRECISE":"GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU","GESTEP":"GGANZZAHL","HEX2BIN":"HEXINBIN","HEX2DEC":"HEXINDEZ","HEX2OCT":"HEXINOKT","IMABS":"IMABS","IMAGINARY":"IMAGINÄRTEIL","IMARGUMENT":"IMARGUMENT","IMCONJUGATE":"IMKONJUGIERTE","IMCOS":"IMCOS","IMCOSH":"IMCOSH","IMCOT":"IMCOT","IMCSC":"IMCOSEC","IMCSCH":"IMCOSECHYP","IMDIV":"IMDIV","IMEXP":"IMEXP","IMLN":"IMLN","IMLOG10":"IMLOG10","IMLOG2":"IMLOG2","IMPOWER":"IMAPOTENZ","IMPRODUCT":"IMPRODUKT","IMREAL":"IMREALTEIL","IMSEC":"IMSEC","IMSECH":"IMSECHYP","IMSIN":"IMSIN","IMSINH":"IMSINHYP","IMSQRT":"IMWURZEL","IMSUB":"IMSUB","IMSUM":"IMSUMME","IMTAN":"IMTAN","OCT2BIN":"OKTINBIN","OCT2DEC":"OKTINDEZ","OCT2HEX":"OKTINHEX","DAVERAGE":"DBMITTELWERT","DCOUNT":"DBANZAHL","DCOUNTA":"DBANZAHL2","DGET":"DBAUSZUG","DMAX":"DBMAX","DMIN":"DBMIN","DPRODUCT":"DBPRODUKT","DSTDEV":"DBSTDABW","DSTDEVP":"DBSTDABWN","DSUM":"DBSUMME","DVAR":"DBVARIANZ","DVARP":"DBVARIANZEN","CHAR":"ZEICHEN","CLEAN":"SÄUBERN","CODE":"CODE","CONCATENATE":"VERKETTEN","CONCAT":"TEXTKETTE","DOLLAR":"DM","EXACT":"IDENTISCH","FIND":"FINDEN","FINDB":"FINDENB","FIXED":"FEST","LEFT":"LINKS","LEFTB":"LINKSB","LEN":"LÄNGE","LENB":"LENB","LOWER":"KLEIN","MID":"TEIL","MIDB":"TEILB","NUMBERVALUE":"ZAHLENWERT","PROPER":"GROSS2","REPLACE":"ERSETZEN","REPLACEB":"ERSETZENB","REPT":"WIEDERHOLEN","RIGHT":"RECHTS","RIGHTB":"RECHTSB","SEARCH":"SUCHEN","SEARCHB":"SUCHENB","SUBSTITUTE":"WECHSELN","T":"T","T.TEST":"T.TEST","TEXT":"TEXT","TEXTJOIN":"TEXTVERKETTEN","TRIM":"GLÄTTEN","TRIMMEAN":"GESTUTZTMITTEL","TTEST":"TTEST","UNICHAR":"UNIZEICHEN","UNICODE":"UNICODE","UPPER":"GROSS","VALUE":"WERT","AVEDEV":"MITTELABW","AVERAGE":"MITTELWERT","AVERAGEA":"MITTELWERTA","AVERAGEIF":"MITTELWERTWENN","AVERAGEIFS":"MITTELWERTWENNS","BETADIST":"BETAVERT","BETA.DIST":"BETA.VERT","BETA.INV":"BETAINV","BINOMDIST":"BINOMVERT","BINOM.DIST":"BINOM.VERT","BINOM.DIST.RANGE":"BINOM.VERT.BEREICH","BINOM.INV":"BINOM.INV","CHIDIST":"CHIVERT","CHIINV":"CHIINV","CHITEST":"CHITEST","CHISQ.DIST":"CHIQU.VERT","CHISQ.DIST.RT":"CHIQU.VERT.RE","CHISQ.INV":"CHIQU.INV","CHISQ.INV.RT":"CHIQU.INV.RE","CHISQ.TEST":"CHIQU.TEST","CONFIDENCE":"KONFIDENZ","CONFIDENCE.NORM":"KONFIDENZ.NORM","CONFIDENCE.T":"KONFIDENZ.T","CORREL":"KORREL","COUNT":"ANZAHL","COUNTA":"ANZAHL2","COUNTBLANK":"ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN","COUNTIF":"ZÄHLENWENN","COUNTIFS":"ZÄHLENWENNS","COVAR":"KOVAR","COVARIANCE.P":"KOVARIANZ.P","COVARIANCE.S":"KOVARIANZ.S","CRITBINOM":"KRITBINOM","DEVSQ":"SUMQUADABW","EXPON.DIST":"EXPON.VERT","EXPONDIST":"EXPONVERT","FDIST":"FVERT","FINV":"FINV","FTEST":"FTEST","F.DIST":"F.VERT","F.DIST.RT":"F.VERT.RE","F.INV":"F.INV","F.INV.RT":"F.INV.RE","F.TEST":"F.TEST","FISHER":"FISHER","FISHERINV":"FISHERINV","FORECAST":"SCHÄTZER","FORECAST.ETS":"PROGNOSE.ETS","FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT":"PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT","FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY":"PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT","FORECAST.ETS.STAT":"PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT","FORECAST.LINEAR":"PROGNOSE.LINEAR","FREQUENCY":"HÄUFIGKEIT","GAMMA":"GAMMA","GAMMADIST":"GAMMAVERT","GAMMA.DIST":"GAMMA.VERT","GAMMAINV":"GAMMAINV","GAMMA.INV":"GAMMA.INV","GAMMALN":"GAMMALN","GAMMALN.PRECISE":"GAMMALN.GENAU","GAUSS":"GAUSS","GEOMEAN":"GEOMITTEL","HARMEAN":"HARMITTEL","HYPGEOM.DIST":"HYPGEOM.VERT","HYPGEOMDIST":"HYPGEOMVERT","INTERCEPT":"ACHSENABSCHNITT","KURT":"KURT","LARGE":"KGRÖSSTE","LOGINV":"LOGINV","LOGNORM.DIST":"LOGNORM.VERT","LOGNORM.INV":"LOGNORM.INV","LOGNORMDIST":"LOGNORMVERT","MAX":"MAX","MAXA":"MAXA","MAXIFS":"MAXWENNS","MEDIAN":"MEDIAN","MIN":"MIN","MINA":"MINA","MINIFS":"MINWENNS","MODE":"MODALWERT","MODE.MULT":"MODUS.VIELF","MODE.SNGL":"MODUS.EINF","NEGBINOM.DIST":"NEGBINOM.VERT","NEGBINOMDIST":"NEGBINOMVERT","NORM.DIST":"NORM.VERT","NORM.INV":"NORM.INV","NORM.S.DIST":"NORM.S.VERT","NORM.S.INV":"NORM.S.INV","NORMDIST":"NORMVERT","NORMINV":"NORMINV","NORMSDIST":"STANDNORMVERT","NORMSINV":"STANDNORMINV","PEARSON":"PEARSON","PERCENTILE":"QUANTIL","PERCENTILE.EXC":"QUANTIL.EXKL","PERCENTILE.INC":"QUANTIL.INKL","PERCENTRANK":"QUANTILSRANG","PERCENTRANK.EXC":"QUANTILSRANG.EXKL","PERCENTRANK.INC":"QUANTILSRANG.INKL","PERMUT":"VARIATIONEN","PERMUTATIONA":"VARIATIONEN2","PHI":"PHI","POISSON":"POISSON","POISSON.DIST":"POISSON.VERT","PROB":"WAHRSCHBEREICH","QUARTILE":"QUARTILE","QUARTILE.INC":"QUARTILE.INKL","QUARTILE.EXC":"QUARTILE.EXKL","RANK.AVG":"RANG.MITTELW","RANK.EQ":"RANG.GLEICH","RANK":"RANG","RSQ":"BESTIMMTHEITSMASS","SKEW":"SCHIEFE","SKEW.P":"SCHIEFE.P","SLOPE":"STEIGUNG","SMALL":"KKLEINSTE","STANDARDIZE":"STANDARDISIERUNG","STDEV":"STABW","STDEV.P":"STABW.N","STDEV.S":"STABW.S","STDEVA":"STABWA","STDEVP":"STABWN","STDEVPA":"STABWNA","STEYX":"STFEHLERYX","TDIST":"TVERT","TINV":"TINV","T.DIST":"T.VERT","T.DIST.2T":"T.VERT.2S","T.DIST.RT":"T.VERT.RE","T.INV":"T.INV","T.INV.2T":"T.INV.2S","VAR":"VARIANZ","VAR.P":"VAR.P","VAR.S":"VAR.S","VARA":"VARIANZA","VARP":"VARIANZEN","VARPA":"VARIANZENA","WEIBULL":"WEIBULL","WEIBULL.DIST":"WEIBULL.VERT","Z.TEST":"G.TEST","ZTEST":"GTEST","ACCRINT":"AUFGELZINS","ACCRINTM":"AUFGELZINSF","AMORDEGRC":"AMORDEGRK","AMORLINC":"AMORLINEARK","COUPDAYBS":"ZINSTERMTAGVA","COUPDAYS":"ZINSTERMTAGE","COUPDAYSNC":"ZINSTERMTAGNZ","COUPNCD":"ZINSTERMNZ","COUPNUM":"ZINSTERMZAHL","COUPPCD":"ZINSTERMVZ","CUMIPMT":"KUMZINSZ","CUMPRINC":"KUMKAPITAL","DB":"GDA2","DDB":"GDA","DISC":"DISAGIO","DOLLARDE":"NOTIERUNGDEZ","DOLLARFR":"NOTIERUNGBRU","DURATION":"DURATIONT","EFFECT":"EFFEKTIV","FV":"ZW","FVSCHEDULE":"ZW2","INTRATE":"ZINSSATZ","IPMT":"ZINSZ","IRR":"IKV","ISPMT":"ISPMT","MDURATION":"MDURATION","MIRR":"QIKV","NOMINAL":"NOMINAL","NPER":"ZZR","NPV":"NBW","ODDFPRICE":"UNREGER.KURS","ODDFYIELD":"UNREGER.REND","ODDLPRICE":"UNREGLE.KURS","ODDLYIELD":"UNREGLE.REND","PDURATION":"PDURATION","PMT":"RMZ","PPMT":"KAPZ","PRICE":"KURS","PRICEDISC":"KURSDISAGIO","PRICEMAT":"KURSFÄLLIG","PV":"BW","RATE":"ZINS","RECEIVED":"AUSZAHLUNG","RRI":"ZSATZINVEST","SLN":"LIA","SYD":"DIA","TBILLEQ":"TBILLÄQUIV","TBILLPRICE":"TBILLKURS","TBILLYIELD":"TBILLRENDITE","VDB":"VDB","XIRR":"XINTZINSFUSS","XNPV":"XKAPITALWERT","YIELD":"RENDITE","YIELDDISC":"RENDITEDIS","YIELDMAT":"RENDITEFÄLL","ABS":"ABS","ACOS":"ARCCOS","ACOSH":"ARCCOSHYP","ACOT":"ARCCOT","ACOTH":"ARCCOTHYP","AGGREGATE":"AGGREGAT","ARABIC":"ARABISCH","ASIN":"ARCSIN","ASINH":"ARCSINHYP","ATAN":"ARCTAN","ATAN2":"ARCTAN2","ATANH":"ARCTANHYP","BASE":"BASE","CEILING":"OBERGRENZE","CEILING.MATH":"OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK","CEILING.PRECISE":"OBERGRENZE.GENAU","COMBIN":"KOMBINATIONEN","COMBINA":"KOMBINATIONEN2","COS":"COS","COSH":"COSHYP","COT":"COT","COTH":"COTHYP","CSC":"COSEC","CSCH":"COSECHYP","DECIMAL":"DEZIMAL","DEGREES":"GRAD","ECMA.CEILING":"ECMA.OBERGRENZE","EVEN":"GERADE","EXP":"EXP","FACT":"FAKULTÄT","FACTDOUBLE":"ZWEIFAKULTÄT","FLOOR":"UNTERGRENZE","FLOOR.PRECISE":"UNTERGRENZE.GENAU","FLOOR.MATH":"UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK","GCD":"GGT","INT":"GANZZAHL","ISO.CEILING":"ISO.OBERGRENZE","LCM":"KGV","LN":"LN","LOG":"LOG","LOG10":"LOG10","MDETERM":"MDET","MINVERSE":"MINV","MMULT":"MMULT","MOD":"REST","MROUND":"VRUNDEN","MULTINOMIAL":"POLYNOMIAL","ODD":"UNGERADE","PI":"PI","POWER":"POTENZ","PRODUCT":"PRODUKT","QUOTIENT":"QUOTIENT","RADIANS":"BOGENMASS","RAND":"ZUFALLSZAHL","RANDBETWEEN":"ZUFALLSBEREICH","ROMAN":"RÖMISCH","ROUND":"RUNDEN","ROUNDDOWN":"ABRUNDEN","ROUNDUP":"AUFRUNDEN","SEC":"SEC","SECH":"SECHYP","SERIESSUM":"POTENZREIHE","SIGN":"VORZEICHEN","SIN":"SIN","SINH":"SINHYP","SQRT":"WURZEL","SQRTPI":"WURZELPI","SUBTOTAL":"TEILERGEBNIS","SUM":"SUMME","SUMIF":"SUMMEWENN","SUMIFS":"SUMMEWENNS","SUMPRODUCT":"SUMMENPRODUKT","SUMSQ":"QUADRATESUMME","SUMX2MY2":"SUMMEX2MY2","SUMX2PY2":"SUMMEX2PY2","SUMXMY2":"SUMMEXMY2","TAN":"TAN","TANH":"TANHYP","TRUNC":"KÜRZEN","ADDRESS":"ADRESSE","CHOOSE":"WAHL","COLUMN":"SPALTE","COLUMNS":"SPALTEN","FORMULATEXT":"FORMELTEXT","HLOOKUP":"WVERWEIS","INDEX":"INDEX","INDIRECT":"INDIREKT","LOOKUP":"VERWEIS","MATCH":"VERGLEICH","OFFSET":"BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN","ROW":"ZEILE","ROWS":"ZEILEN","TRANSPOSE":"MTRANS","VLOOKUP":"SVERWEIS","ERROR.TYPE":"FEHLER.TYP","ISBLANK":"ISTLEER","ISERR":"ISTFEHL","ISERROR":"ISTFEHLER","ISEVEN":"ISTGERADE","ISFORMULA":"ISTFORMEL","ISLOGICAL":"ISTLOG","ISNA":"ISTNV","ISNONTEXT":"ISTKTEXT","ISNUMBER":"ISTZAHL","ISODD":"ISTUNGERADE","ISREF":"ISTBEZUG","ISTEXT":"ISTTEXT","N":"N","NA":"NV","SHEET":"BLATT","SHEETS":"BLÄTTER","TYPE":"TYP","AND":"UND","FALSE":"FALSCH","IF":"WENN","IFS":"WENNS","IFERROR":"WENNFEHLER","IFNA":"WENNNV","NOT":"NICHT","OR":"ODER","SWITCH":"ERSTERWERT","TRUE":"WAHR","XOR":"XODER","LocalFormulaOperands":{"StructureTables":{"h":"Kopfzeilen","d":"Daten","a":"Alle","tr":"Diese Zeile","t":"Ergebnisse"},"CONST_TRUE_FALSE":{"t":"WAHR","f":"FALSCH"},"CONST_ERROR":{"nil":"#NULL!","div":"#DIV/0!","value":"#WERT!","ref":"#BEZUG!","name":"#NAME\\?","num":"#ZAHL!","na":"#NV","getdata":"#DATEN_ABRUFEN","uf":"#UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION!"}}} \ No newline at end of file +{ + "DATE": "DATUM", + "DATEDIF": "DATEDIF", + "DATEVALUE": "DATWERT", + "DAY": "TAG", + "DAYS": "TAGE", + "DAYS360": "TAGE360", + "EDATE": "EDATUM", + "EOMONTH": "MONATSENDE", + "HOUR": "STUNDE", + "ISOWEEKNUM": "ISOKALENDERWOCHE", + "MINUTE": "MINUTE", + "MONTH": "MONAT", + "NETWORKDAYS": "NETTOARBEITSTAGE", + "NETWORKDAYS.INTL": "NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL", + "NOW": "JETZT", + "SECOND": "SEKUNDE", + "TIME": "ZEIT", + "TIMEVALUE": "ZEITWERT", + "TODAY": "HEUTE", + "WEEKDAY": "WOCHENTAG", + "WEEKNUM": "KALENDERWOCHE", + "WORKDAY": "ARBEITSTAG", + "WORKDAY.INTL": "ARBEITSTAG.INTL", + "YEAR": "JAHR", + "YEARFRAC": "BRTEILJAHRE", + "BESSELI": "BESSELI", + "BESSELJ": "BESSELJ", + "BESSELK": "BESSELK", + "BESSELY": "BESSELY", + "BIN2DEC": "BININDEZ", + "BIN2HEX": "BININHEX", + "BIN2OCT": "BININOKT", + "BITAND": "BITUND", + "BITLSHIFT": "BITLVERSCHIEB", + "BITOR": "BITODER", + "BITRSHIFT": "BITRVERSCHIEB", + "BITXOR": "BITXODER", + "COMPLEX": "KOMPLEXE", + "CONVERT": "UMWANDELN", + "DEC2BIN": "DEZINBIN", + "DEC2HEX": "DEZINHEX", + "DEC2OCT": "DEZINOKT", + "DELTA": "DELTA", + "ERF": "GAUSSFEHLER", + "ERF.PRECISE": "GAUSSF.GENAU", + "ERFC": "GAUSSFKOMPL", + "ERFC.PRECISE": "GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU", + "GESTEP": "GGANZZAHL", + "HEX2BIN": "HEXINBIN", + "HEX2DEC": "HEXINDEZ", + "HEX2OCT": "HEXINOKT", + "IMABS": "IMABS", + "IMAGINARY": "IMAGINÄRTEIL", + "IMARGUMENT": "IMARGUMENT", + "IMCONJUGATE": "IMKONJUGIERTE", + "IMCOS": "IMCOS", + "IMCOSH": "IMCOSHYP", + "IMCOT": "IMCOT", + "IMCSC": "IMCOSEC", + "IMCSCH": "IMCOSECHYP", + "IMDIV": "IMDIV", + "IMEXP": "IMEXP", + "IMLN": "IMLN", + "IMLOG10": "IMLOG10", + "IMLOG2": "IMLOG2", + "IMPOWER": "IMAPOTENZ", + "IMPRODUCT": "IMPRODUKT", + "IMREAL": "IMREALTEIL", + "IMSEC": "IMSEC", + "IMSECH": "IMSECHYP", + "IMSIN": "IMSIN", + "IMSINH": "IMSINHYP", + "IMSQRT": "IMWURZEL", + "IMSUB": "IMSUB", + "IMSUM": "IMSUMME", + "IMTAN": "IMTAN", + "OCT2BIN": "OKTINBIN", + "OCT2DEC": "OKTINDEZ", + "OCT2HEX": "OKTINHEX", + "DAVERAGE": "DBMITTELWERT", + "DCOUNT": "DBANZAHL", + "DCOUNTA": "DBANZAHL2", + "DGET": "DBAUSZUG", + "DMAX": "DBMAX", + "DMIN": "DBMIN", + "DPRODUCT": "DBPRODUKT", + "DSTDEV": "DBSTDABW", + "DSTDEVP": "DBSTDABWN", + "DSUM": "DBSUMME", + "DVAR": "DBVARIANZ", + "DVARP": "DBVARIANZEN", + "CHAR": "ZEICHEN", + "CLEAN": "SÄUBERN", + "CODE": "CODE", + "CONCATENATE": "VERKETTEN", + "CONCAT": "TEXTKETTE", + "DOLLAR": "DM", + "EXACT": "IDENTISCH", + "FIND": "FINDEN", + "FINDB": "FINDENB", + "FIXED": "FEST", + "LEFT": "LINKS", + "LEFTB": "LINKSB", + "LEN": "LÄNGE", + "LENB": "LENB", + "LOWER": "KLEIN", + "MID": "TEIL", + "MIDB": "TEILB", + "NUMBERVALUE": "ZAHLENWERT", + "PROPER": "GROSS2", + "REPLACE": "ERSETZEN", + "REPLACEB": "ERSETZENB", + "REPT": "WIEDERHOLEN", + "RIGHT": "RECHTS", + "RIGHTB": "RECHTSB", + "SEARCH": "SUCHEN", + "SEARCHB": "SUCHENB", + "SUBSTITUTE": "WECHSELN", + "T": "T", + "T.TEST": "T.TEST", + "TEXT": "TEXT", + "TEXTJOIN": "TEXTVERKETTEN", + "TREND": "TREND", + "TRIM": "GLÄTTEN", + "TRIMMEAN": "GESTUTZTMITTEL", + "TTEST": "TTEST", + "UNICHAR": "UNIZEICHEN", + "UNICODE": "UNICODE", + "UPPER": "GROSS", + "VALUE": "WERT", + "AVEDEV": "MITTELABW", + "AVERAGE": "MITTELWERT", + "AVERAGEA": "MITTELWERTA", + "AVERAGEIF": "MITTELWERTWENN", + "AVERAGEIFS": "MITTELWERTWENNS", + "BETADIST": "BETAVERT", + "BETAINV": "BETAINV", + "BETA.DIST": "BETA.VERT", + "BETA.INV": "BETA.INV", + "BINOMDIST": "BINOMVERT", + "BINOM.DIST": "BINOM.VERT", + "BINOM.DIST.RANGE": "BINOM.VERT.BEREICH", + "BINOM.INV": "BINOM.INV", + "CHIDIST": "CHIVERT", + "CHIINV": "CHIINV", + "CHITEST": "CHITEST", + "CHISQ.DIST": "CHIQU.VERT", + "CHISQ.DIST.RT": "CHIQU.VERT.RE", + "CHISQ.INV": "CHIQU.INV", + "CHISQ.INV.RT": "CHIQU.INV.RE", + "CHISQ.TEST": "CHIQU.TEST", + "CONFIDENCE": "KONFIDENZ", + "CONFIDENCE.NORM": "KONFIDENZ.NORM", + "CONFIDENCE.T": "KONFIDENZ.T", + "CORREL": "KORREL", + "COUNT": "ANZAHL", + "COUNTA": "ANZAHL2", + "COUNTBLANK": "ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN", + "COUNTIF": "ZÄHLENWENN", + "COUNTIFS": "ZÄHLENWENNS", + "COVAR": "KOVAR", + "COVARIANCE.P": "KOVARIANZ.P", + "COVARIANCE.S": "KOVARIANZ.S", + "CRITBINOM": "KRITBINOM", + "DEVSQ": "SUMQUADABW", + "EXPON.DIST": "EXPON.VERT", + "EXPONDIST": "EXPONVERT", + "FDIST": "FVERT", + "FINV": "FINV", + "FTEST": "FTEST", + "F.DIST": "F.VERT", + "F.DIST.RT": "F.VERT.RE", + "F.INV": "F.INV", + "F.INV.RT": "F.INV.RE", + "F.TEST": "F.TEST", + "FISHER": "FISHER", + "FISHERINV": "FISHERINV", + "FORECAST": "SCHÄTZER", + "FORECAST.ETS": "PROGNOSE.ETS", + "FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT": "PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT", + "FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY": "PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT", + "FORECAST.ETS.STAT": "PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT", + "FORECAST.LINEAR": "PROGNOSE.LINEAR", + "FREQUENCY": "HÄUFIGKEIT", + "GAMMA": "GAMMA", + "GAMMADIST": "GAMMAVERT", + "GAMMA.DIST": "GAMMA.VERT", + "GAMMAINV": "GAMMAINV", + "GAMMA.INV": "GAMMA.INV", + "GAMMALN": "GAMMALN", + "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "GAMMALN.GENAU", + "GAUSS": "GAUSS", + "GEOMEAN": "GEOMITTEL", + "GROWTH": "VARIATION", + "HARMEAN": "HARMITTEL", + "HYPGEOM.DIST": "HYPGEOM.VERT", + "HYPGEOMDIST": "HYPGEOMVERT", + "INTERCEPT": "ACHSENABSCHNITT", + "KURT": "KURT", + "LARGE": "KGRÖSSTE", + "LINEST": "RGP", + "LOGEST": "RKP", + "LOGINV": "LOGINV", + "LOGNORM.DIST": "LOGNORM.VERT", + "LOGNORM.INV": "LOGNORM.INV", + "LOGNORMDIST": "LOGNORMVERT", + "MAX": "MAX", + "MAXA": "MAXA", + "MAXIFS": "MAXWENNS", + "MEDIAN": "MEDIAN", + "MIN": "MIN", + "MINA": "MINA", + "MINIFS": "MINWENNS", + "MODE": "MODALWERT", + "MODE.MULT": "MODUS.VIELF", + "MODE.SNGL": "MODUS.EINF", + "NEGBINOM.DIST": "NEGBINOM.VERT", + "NEGBINOMDIST": "NEGBINOMVERT", + "NORM.DIST": "NORM.VERT", + "NORM.INV": "NORM.INV", + "NORM.S.DIST": "NORM.S.VERT", + "NORM.S.INV": "NORM.S.INV", + "NORMDIST": "NORMVERT", + "NORMINV": "NORMINV", + "NORMSDIST": "STANDNORMVERT", + "NORMSINV": "STANDNORMINV", + "PEARSON": "PEARSON", + "PERCENTILE": "QUANTIL", + "PERCENTILE.EXC": "QUANTIL.EXKL", + "PERCENTILE.INC": "QUANTIL.INKL", + "PERCENTRANK": "QUANTILSRANG", + "PERCENTRANK.EXC": "QUANTILSRANG.EXKL", + "PERCENTRANK.INC": "QUANTILSRANG.INKL", + "PERMUT": "VARIATIONEN", + "PERMUTATIONA": "VARIATIONEN2", + "PHI": "PHI", + "POISSON": "POISSON", + "POISSON.DIST": "POISSON.VERT", + "PROB": "WAHRSCHBEREICH", + "QUARTILE": "QUARTILE", + "QUARTILE.INC": "QUARTILE.INKL", + "QUARTILE.EXC": "QUARTILE.EXKL", + "RANK.AVG": "RANG.MITTELW", + "RANK.EQ": "RANG.GLEICH", + "RANK": "RANG", + "RSQ": "BESTIMMTHEITSMASS", + "SKEW": "SCHIEFE", + "SKEW.P": "SCHIEFE.P", + "SLOPE": "STEIGUNG", + "SMALL": "KKLEINSTE", + "STANDARDIZE": "STANDARDISIERUNG", + "STDEV": "STABW", + "STDEV.P": "STABW.N", + "STDEV.S": "STABW.S", + "STDEVA": "STABWA", + "STDEVP": "STABWN", + "STDEVPA": "STABWNA", + "STEYX": "STFEHLERYX", + "TDIST": "TVERT", + "TINV": "TINV", + "T.DIST": "T.VERT", + "T.DIST.2T": "T.VERT.2S", + "T.DIST.RT": "T.VERT.RE", + "T.INV": "T.INV", + "T.INV.2T": "T.INV.2S", + "VAR": "VARIANZ", + "VAR.P": "VAR.P", + "VAR.S": "VAR.S", + "VARA": "VARIANZA", + "VARP": "VARIANZEN", + "VARPA": "VARIANZENA", + "WEIBULL": "WEIBULL", + "WEIBULL.DIST": "WEIBULL.VERT", + "Z.TEST": "G.TEST", + "ZTEST": "GTEST", + "ACCRINT": "AUFGELZINS", + "ACCRINTM": "AUFGELZINSF", + "AMORDEGRC": "AMORDEGRK", + "AMORLINC": "AMORLINEARK", + "COUPDAYBS": "ZINSTERMTAGVA", + "COUPDAYS": "ZINSTERMTAGE", + "COUPDAYSNC": "ZINSTERMTAGNZ", + "COUPNCD": "ZINSTERMNZ", + "COUPNUM": "ZINSTERMZAHL", + "COUPPCD": "ZINSTERMVZ", + "CUMIPMT": "KUMZINSZ", + "CUMPRINC": "KUMKAPITAL", + "DB": "GDA2", + "DDB": "GDA", + "DISC": "DISAGIO", + "DOLLARDE": "NOTIERUNGDEZ", + "DOLLARFR": "NOTIERUNGBRU", + "DURATION": "DURATIONT", + "EFFECT": "EFFEKTIV", + "FV": "ZW", + "FVSCHEDULE": "ZW2", + "INTRATE": "ZINSSATZ", + "IPMT": "ZINSZ", + "IRR": "IKV", + "ISPMT": "ISPMT", + "MDURATION": "MDURATION", + "MIRR": "QIKV", + "NOMINAL": "NOMINAL", + "NPER": "ZZR", + "NPV": "NBW", + "ODDFPRICE": "UNREGER.KURS", + "ODDFYIELD": "UNREGER.REND", + "ODDLPRICE": "UNREGLE.KURS", + "ODDLYIELD": "UNREGLE.REND", + "PDURATION": "PDURATION", + "PMT": "RMZ", + "PPMT": "KAPZ", + "PRICE": "KURS", + "PRICEDISC": "KURSDISAGIO", + "PRICEMAT": "KURSFÄLLIG", + "PV": "BW", + "RATE": "ZINS", + "RECEIVED": "AUSZAHLUNG", + "RRI": "ZSATZINVEST", + "SLN": "LIA", + "SYD": "DIA", + "TBILLEQ": "TBILLÄQUIV", + "TBILLPRICE": "TBILLKURS", + "TBILLYIELD": "TBILLRENDITE", + "VDB": "VDB", + "XIRR": "XINTZINSFUSS", + "XNPV": "XKAPITALWERT", + "YIELD": "RENDITE", + "YIELDDISC": "RENDITEDIS", + "YIELDMAT": "RENDITEFÄLL", + "ABS": "ABS", + "ACOS": "ARCCOS", + "ACOSH": "ARCCOSHYP", + "ACOT": "ARCCOT", + "ACOTH": "ARCCOTHYP", + "AGGREGATE": "AGGREGAT", + "ARABIC": "ARABISCH", + "ASC": "ASC", + "ASIN": "ARCSIN", + "ASINH": "ARCSINHYP", + "ATAN": "ARCTAN", + "ATAN2": "ARCTAN2", + "ATANH": "ARCTANHYP", + "BASE": "BASIS", + "CEILING": "OBERGRENZE", + "CEILING.MATH": "OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK", + "CEILING.PRECISE": "OBERGRENZE.GENAU", + "COMBIN": "KOMBINATIONEN", + "COMBINA": "KOMBINATIONEN2", + "COS": "COS", + "COSH": "COSHYP", + "COT": "COT", + "COTH": "COTHYP", + "CSC": "COSEC", + "CSCH": "COSECHYP", + "DECIMAL": "DEZIMAL", + "DEGREES": "GRAD", + "ECMA.CEILING": "ECMA.OBERGRENZE", + "EVEN": "GERADE", + "EXP": "EXP", + "FACT": "FAKULTÄT", + "FACTDOUBLE": "ZWEIFAKULTÄT", + "FLOOR": "UNTERGRENZE", + "FLOOR.PRECISE": "UNTERGRENZE.GENAU", + "FLOOR.MATH": "UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK", + "GCD": "GGT", + "INT": "GANZZAHL", + "ISO.CEILING": "ISO.OBERGRENZE", + "LCM": "KGV", + "LN": "LN", + "LOG": "LOG", + "LOG10": "LOG10", + "MDETERM": "MDET", + "MINVERSE": "MINV", + "MMULT": "MMULT", + "MOD": "REST", + "MROUND": "VRUNDEN", + "MULTINOMIAL": "POLYNOMIAL", + "MUNIT": "MEINHEIT", + "ODD": "UNGERADE", + "PI": "PI", + "POWER": "POTENZ", + "PRODUCT": "PRODUKT", + "QUOTIENT": "QUOTIENT", + "RADIANS": "BOGENMASS", + "RAND": "ZUFALLSZAHL", + "RANDARRAY": "ZUFALLSMATRIX", + "RANDBETWEEN": "ZUFALLSBEREICH", + "ROMAN": "RÖMISCH", + "ROUND": "RUNDEN", + "ROUNDDOWN": "ABRUNDEN", + "ROUNDUP": "AUFRUNDEN", + "SEC": "SEC", + "SECH": "SECHYP", + "SERIESSUM": "POTENZREIHE", + "SIGN": "VORZEICHEN", + "SIN": "SIN", + "SINH": "SINHYP", + "SQRT": "WURZEL", + "SQRTPI": "WURZELPI", + "SUBTOTAL": "TEILERGEBNIS", + "SUM": "SUMME", + "SUMIF": "SUMMEWENN", + "SUMIFS": "SUMMEWENNS", + "SUMPRODUCT": "SUMMENPRODUKT", + "SUMSQ": "QUADRATESUMME", + "SUMX2MY2": "SUMMEX2MY2", + "SUMX2PY2": "SUMMEX2PY2", + "SUMXMY2": "SUMMEXMY2", + "TAN": "TAN", + "TANH": "TANHYP", + "TRUNC": "KÜRZEN", + "ADDRESS": "ADRESSE", + "CHOOSE": "WAHL", + "COLUMN": "SPALTE", + "COLUMNS": "SPALTEN", + "FORMULATEXT": "FORMELTEXT", + "HLOOKUP": "WVERWEIS", + "HYPERLINK": "HYPERLINK", + "INDEX": "INDEX", + "INDIRECT": "INDIREKT", + "LOOKUP": "VERWEIS", + "MATCH": "VERGLEICH", + "OFFSET": "BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN", + "ROW": "ZEILE", + "ROWS": "ZEILEN", + "TRANSPOSE": "MTRANS", + "UNIQUE": "EINDEUTIG", + "VLOOKUP": "SVERWEIS", + "CELL": "ZELLE", + "ERROR.TYPE": "FEHLER.TYP", + "ISBLANK": "ISTLEER", + "ISERR": "ISTFEHL", + "ISERROR": "ISTFEHLER", + "ISEVEN": "ISTGERADE", + "ISFORMULA": "ISTFORMEL", + "ISLOGICAL": "ISTLOG", + "ISNA": "ISTNV", + "ISNONTEXT": "ISTKTEXT", + "ISNUMBER": "ISTZAHL", + "ISODD": "ISTUNGERADE", + "ISREF": "ISTBEZUG", + "ISTEXT": "ISTTEXT", + "N": "N", + "NA": "NV", + "SHEET": "BLATT", + "SHEETS": "BLÄTTER", + "TYPE": "TYP", + "AND": "UND", + "FALSE": "FALSCH", + "IF": "WENN", + "IFS": "WENNS", + "IFERROR": "WENNFEHLER", + "IFNA": "WENNNV", + "NOT": "NICHT", + "OR": "ODER", + "SWITCH": "ERSTERWERT", + "TRUE": "WAHR", + "XOR": "XODER", + "LocalFormulaOperands": { + "StructureTables": { + "h": "Kopfzeilen", + "d": "Daten", + "a": "Alle", + "tr": "Diese Zeile", + "t": "Ergebnisse" + }, + "CONST_TRUE_FALSE": { + "t": "WAHR", + "f": "FALSCH" + }, + "CONST_ERROR": { + "nil": "#NULL!", + "div": "#DIV/0!", + "value": "#WERT!", + "ref": "#BEZUG!", + "name": "#NAME\\?", + "num": "#ZAHL!", + "na": "#NV", + "getdata": "#DATEN_ABRUFEN", + "uf": "#UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION!" + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/de_desc.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/de_desc.json index 4bd17ac51..9e77b17cd 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/de_desc.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/de_desc.json @@ -1 +1,1838 @@ -{"DATE":{"a":"(Jahr;Monat;Tag)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt eine fortlaufende Zahl, die ein bestimmtes Datum darstellt, im Format MM/TT/JJ zurück"},"DATEDIF":{"a":"(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;Einheit)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - zur Berechnung der Differenz zwischen zwei Datumsangaben (Start- und Enddatum), basierend auf der angegebenen Einheit"},"DATEVALUE":{"a":"(Zeit)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - wandelt eine als Text vorliegende Zeitangabe in eine fortlaufende Zahl um"},"DAY":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt den Tag eines Datums (ein Wert von 1 bis 31) als fortlaufende Zahl zurück, das im numerischen Format angegeben wird (standardmäßig MM/TT/JJJJ)"},"DAYS":{"a":"(Zieldatum;Ausgangsdatum)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Anzahl von Tagen zurück, die zwischen zwei Datumswerten liegen"},"DAYS360":{"a":"(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Methode])","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - berechnet die Anzahl der Tage zwischen zwei Datumsangaben, ausgehend von einem Jahr mit 360 Tage, mit der gewählten Berechnungsmethode (US oder europäisch)"},"EDATE":{"a":"(Ausgangsdatum;Monate)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des Datums zurück, das eine bestimmte Anzahl von Monaten (Monate) vor bzw. nach dem angegebenen Datum (Ausgangsdatum) liegt"},"EOMONTH":{"a":"(Ausgangsdatum;Monate)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des letzten Tages des Monats zurück, der eine bestimmte Anzahl von Monaten vor bzw. nach dem Ausgangsdatum liegt"},"HOUR":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Stunde (einen Wert von 0 bis 23) einer Zeitangabe zurück"},"ISOWEEKNUM":{"a":"(Datum)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Zahl der ISO-Kalenderwoche des Jahres für ein angegebenes Datum zurück"},"MINUTE":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Minute (einen Wert von 0 bis 59) einer Zeitangabe zurück"},"MONTH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt den Monat (einen Wert von 1 bis 12) als fortlaufende Zahl zurück, der im numerischen Format angegeben wird (standardmäßig MM/TT/JJJJ)"},"NETWORKDAYS":{"a":"(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Freie_Tage])","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Anzahl der Arbeitstage in einem Zeitintervall zurück (Ausgangsdatum und Enddatum). Nicht zu den Arbeitstagen gezählt werden Wochenenden sowie die Tage, die als Feiertage angegeben sind"},"NETWORKDAYS.INTL":{"a":"(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Wochenende];[Freie_Tage])","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Anzahl der vollen Arbeitstage zwischen zwei Datumsangaben zurück. Dabei werden Parameter verwendet, um anzugeben, welche und wie viele Tage auf Wochenenden fallen"},"NOW":{"a":"()","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des aktuellen Datums und der aktuellen Uhrzeit zurückgegeben. Wenn das Zellenformat vor dem Eingeben der Funktion auf Standard gesetzt war, ändert die Anwendung das Zellenformat so, dass es dem Datums- und Uhrzeitformat der regionalen Einstellungen entspricht"},"SECOND":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Sekunde (einen Wert von 0 bis 59) einer Zeitangabe zurück"},"TIME":{"a":"(Stunde;Minute;Sekunde)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt eine bestimmten Uhrzeit im ausgewählten Format zurück (standardmäßig im Format hh:mm tt)"},"TIMEVALUE":{"a":"(Zeit)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - wandelt eine als Text vorliegende Zeitangabe in eine fortlaufende Zahl um"},"TODAY":{"a":"()","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt das aktuelle Datum im Format MM/TT/JJ wieder. Für die Syntax dieser Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich"},"WEEKDAY":{"a":"(Fortlaufende_Zahl;[Zahl_Typ])","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - um zu bestimmen, an welchem Wochentag das angegebene Datum liegt"},"WEEKNUM":{"a":"(Fortlaufende_Zahl;[Zahl_Typ])","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl in eine Zahl um, die angibt, in welche Woche eines Jahres das angegebene Datum fällt"},"WORKDAY":{"a":"(Ausgangsdatum;Tage;[Freie_Tage])","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des Datums vor oder nach einer bestimmten Anzahl von Arbeitstagen (Tage) zurück ohne Berücksichtigung von Wochenenden sowie Tagen, die als Ferientage oder Feiertage angegeben werden"},"WORKDAY.INTL":{"a":"(Ausgangsdatum;Tage;[Wochenende];[Freie_Tage])","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des Datums zurück, das vor oder nach einer bestimmten Anzahl von Arbeitstagen liegt. Dabei werden Parameter verwendet, um anzugeben, welche und wie viele Tage auf Wochenenden fallen"},"YEAR":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl (mit einem Wert von 1900 bis 9999) in eine Jahreszahl um (MM/TT/JJJJ)"},"YEARFRAC":{"a":"(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Basis])","d":"Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - wandelt die Anzahl der ganzen Tage zwischen Ausgangsdatum und Enddatum in Bruchteile von Jahren um"},"BESSELI":{"a":"(x;n)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt die modifizierte Besselfunktion In(x) zurück, die der für rein imaginäre Argumente ausgewerteten Besselfunktion Jn entspricht"},"BESSELJ":{"a":"(x;n)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt die Besselfunktion Jn(x) zurück"},"BESSELK":{"a":"(x;n)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt die modifizierte Besselfunktion zurück, die den für rein imaginäre Argumente ausgewerteten Besselfunktionen entspricht"},"BESSELY":{"a":"(x;n)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt die Besselfunktion Yn(x) zurück, die auch als Webersche Funktion oder Neumannsche Funktion bezeichnet wird"},"BIN2DEC":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) in eine dezimale Zahl um"},"BIN2HEX":{"a":"(Zahl;[Stellen])","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) in eine hexadezimale Zahl um"},"BIN2OCT":{"a":"(Zahl;[Stellen])","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) in eine oktale Zahl um"},"BITAND":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt ein bitweises „Und“ zweier Zahlen zurück"},"BITLSHIFT":{"a":"(Zahl;Verschiebebetrag)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt die Zahl zurück, die sich ergibt, nachdem die angegebene Zahl um die angegebene Anzahl von Bits nach links verschoben wurde"},"BITOR":{"a":"(Zahl1;Zahl2)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt ein bitweises „ODER“ zweier Zahlen zurück"},"BITRSHIFT":{"a":"(Zahl;Verschiebebetrag)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt die Zahl zurück, die sich ergibt, nachdem die angegebene Zahl um die angegebenen Bits nach rechts verschoben wurde"},"BITXOR":{"a":"(Zahl1;Zahl2)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt ein bitweises „Ausschließliches Oder“ zweier Zahlen zurück"},"COMPLEX":{"a":"(Realteil;Imaginärteil;[Suffix])","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt den Real- und Imaginärteil in eine komplexe Zahl um, ausgedrückt in der Form a + bi oder a + bj"},"CONVERT":{"a":"(Zahl;Von_Maßeinheit;In_Maßeinheit)","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt eine Zahl aus einem Maßsystem in ein anderes um. Beispielsweise kann UMWANDELN eine Tabelle mit Entfernungen in Meilen in eine Tabelle mit Entfernungen in Kilometern umwandeln"},"DEC2BIN":{"a":"(Zahl;[Stellen])","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt eine dezimale Zahl in eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) um"},"DEC2HEX":{"a":"(Zahl;[Stellen])","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt eine dezimale Zahl in eine hexadezimale Zahl um"},"DEC2OCT":{"a":"(Zahl;[Stellen])","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt eine dezimale Zahl in eine oktale Zahl um"},"DELTA":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Technische Funktion - überprüft, ob zwei Werte gleich sind Sind die Werte gleich, gibt die Funktion 1 zurück. Andernfalls gibt sie 0 zurück"},"ERF":{"a":"(Untere_Grenze;[Obere_Grenze])","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt die zwischen den angegebenen unteren und oberen Grenzen integrierte Gauß'sche Fehlerfunktion zurück"},"ERF.PRECISE":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt die Fehlerfunktion zurück"},"ERFC":{"a":"(Untere_Grenze)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt das Komplement zur Fehlerfunktion integriert zwischen x und Unendlichkeit zurück"},"ERFC.PRECISE":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt das Komplement zur Funktion GAUSSFEHLER integriert zwischen x und Unendlichkeit zurück"},"GESTEP":{"a":"(Zahl;[Schritt])","d":"Technische Funktion - um zu testen, ob eine Zahl größer als ein Schwellenwert ist Die Funktion gibt 1 zurück, wenn die Zahl größer oder gleich Schritt ist, andernfalls 0"},"HEX2BIN":{"a":"(Zahl;[Stellen])","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt eine hexadezimale Zahl in eine binäre Zahl um."},"HEX2DEC":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt eine hexadezimale Zahl in eine dezimale Zahl um"},"HEX2OCT":{"a":"(Zahl;[Stellen])","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt eine hexadezimale Zahl in eine Oktalzahl um"},"IMABS":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den Absolutwert einer komplexen Zahl zu ermitteln"},"IMAGINARY":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den Imaginärteil einer komplexen Zahl zu analysieren und zurückzugeben"},"IMARGUMENT":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt das Argument Theta zurück, einen Winkel, der als Bogenmaß ausgedrückt wird"},"IMCONJUGATE":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt die konjugiert komplexe Zahl zu einer komplexen Zahl zurück"},"IMCOS":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den Kosinus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben"},"IMCOSH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Kosinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben"},"IMCOT":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den Kotangens einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben"},"IMCSC":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - um den Kosekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben"},"IMCSCH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Kosekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben"},"IMDIV":{"a":"(Komplexe_Zahl1;Komplexe_Zahl2)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt den Quotienten zweier komplexer Zahlen im Format x + yi oder x + yj zurück"},"IMEXP":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt die algebraische e-Konstante einer in exponentieller Form vorliegenden komplexen Zahl zurück Die Konstante e hat den Wert 2,71828182845904"},"IMLN":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den natürlichen Logarithmus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben"},"IMLOG10":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt den Logarithmus einer komplexen Zahl zur Basis 10 zurück"},"IMLOG2":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt den Logarithmus einer komplexen Zahl zur Basis 2 zurück"},"IMPOWER":{"a":"(Komplexe_Zahl;Potenz)","d":"Technische Funktion - potenziert eine komplexe Zahl, die als Zeichenfolge der Form x + yi oder x + yj vorliegt, mit einer ganzen Zahl"},"IMPRODUCT":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt das Produkt der angegebenen komplexen Zahlen zurück"},"IMREAL":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den ganzzahligen Anteil der angegebenen Zahl zu analysieren und zurückzugeben"},"IMSEC":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - um den Kosekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben"},"IMSECH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Sekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben"},"IMSIN":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den Sinus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben"},"IMSINH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Sinus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben"},"IMSQRT":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt die Quadratwurzel einer komplexen Zahl zurück"},"IMSUB":{"a":"(Komplexe_Zahl1;Komplexe_Zahl2)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt die Differenz zweier komplexer Zahlen im Format a + bi or a + bj zurück"},"IMSUM":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt die Summe von festgelegten komplexen Zahlen zurück"},"IMTAN":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - gibt den Tangens einer komplexen Zahl zurück"},"OCT2BIN":{"a":"(Zahl;[Stellen])","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt eine oktale Zahl in eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) um"},"OCT2DEC":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt eine oktale Zahl in eine dezimale Zahl um"},"OCT2HEX":{"a":"(Zahl;[Stellen])","d":"Technische Funktion - wandelt eine oktale Zahl in eine hexadezimale Zahl um"},"DAVERAGE":{"a":"(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)","d":"Datenbankfunktion - liefert den Mittelwert aus den Werten eines Felds (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht"},"DCOUNT":{"a":"(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)","d":"Datenbankfunktion - ermittelt die Anzahl nicht leerer Zellen in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen"},"DCOUNTA":{"a":"(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)","d":"Datenbankfunktion - summiert die Zahlen in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, das den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht"},"DGET":{"a":"(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)","d":"Datenbankfunktion - gibt einen einzelnen Wert aus einer Spalte einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück, der den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht"},"DMAX":{"a":"(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)","d":"Datenbankfunktion - gib den größten Wert in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück, das den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht"},"DMIN":{"a":"(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)","d":"Datenbankfunktion - gib den kleinsten Wert in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück, der den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht"},"DPRODUCT":{"a":"(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)","d":"Datenbankfunktion - multipliziert die Werte in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen."},"DSTDEV":{"a":"(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)","d":"Datenbankfunktion - schätzt die Standardabweichung einer Grundgesamtheit auf der Grundlage einer Stichprobe, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen"},"DSTDEVP":{"a":"(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)","d":"Datenbankfunktion - berechnet die Standardabweichung auf der Grundlage der Grundgesamtheit, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen"},"DSUM":{"a":"(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)","d":"Datenbankfunktion - summiert die Zahlen in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen."},"DVAR":{"a":"(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)","d":"Datenbankfunktion - schätzt die Varianz einer Grundgesamtheit auf der Grundlage einer Stichprobe, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen."},"DVARP":{"a":"(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)","d":"Datenbankfunktion - berechnet die Varianz auf der Grundlage der Grundgesamtheit, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen"},"CHAR":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktion - gibt das der Codezahl entsprechende Zeichen zurück"},"CLEAN":{"a":"(Text)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktion löscht alle nicht druckbaren Zeichen aus einem Text"},"CODE":{"a":"(Text)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktion - gibt die Codezahl (den ASCII-Wert) des ersten Zeichens in einem Text zurück"},"CONCATENATE":{"a":"(Text1;[Text2];...)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktion - kombiniert den Text aus zwei oder mehr Zellen in eine einzelne"},"CONCAT":{"a":"(Text1;[Text2];...)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktion - kombiniert den Text aus zwei oder mehr Zellen in eine einzelne Diese Funktion ersetzt die Funktion VERKETTEN."},"DOLLAR":{"a":"(Zahl;[Dezimalstellen])","d":"Text- und Datenfunktion - konvertiert eine Zahl in ein Textformat und ordnet ein Währungssymbol zu (€#.##)"},"EXACT":{"a":"(Text1;Text2)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - Daten in zwei Zellen vergleichen. Sind die Daten identisch, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück"},"FIND":{"a":"(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen])","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - sucht eine Zeichenfolge (Suchtext) innerhalb einer anderen (Text) und gibt die Position der gesuchten Zeichenfolge ab dem ersten Zeichen der anderen Zeichenfolge an, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden"},"FINDB":{"a":"(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen])","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - sucht eine Zeichenfolge (Suchtext) innerhalb einer anderen (Text) und gibt die Position der gesuchten Zeichenfolge ab dem ersten Zeichen der anderen Zeichenfolge an, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc."},"FIXED":{"a":"(Zahl;[Dezimalstellen],[Keine_Punkte])","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - formatiert eine Zahl als Text mit einer festen Anzahl von Nachkommastellen"},"LEFT":{"a":"(Text;[Anzahl_Bytes])","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt auf der Grundlage der Anzahl von Zeichen, die Sie angeben, das oder die erste(n) Zeichen in einer Textzeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden"},"LEFTB":{"a":"(Text;[Anzahl_Bytes])","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt auf der Grundlage der Anzahl von Bytes, die Sie angeben, das oder die erste(n) Zeichen in einer Textzeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc."},"LEN":{"a":"(Text)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden"},"LENB":{"a":"(Text)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt die Anzahl von Bytes zurück, die zum Darstellen der Zeichen in einer Zeichenfolge verwendet werden, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc."},"LOWER":{"a":"(Text)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktion - wandelt den Text in einer ausgewählten Zelle in Kleinbuchstaben um"},"MID":{"a":"(Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Byte)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt auf der Grundlage der angegebenen Anzahl von Zeichen eine bestimmte Anzahl von Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge ab der von Ihnen angegebenen Position zurück, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden"},"MIDB":{"a":"(Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Byte)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt auf der Grundlage der angegebenen Anzahl von Bytes eine bestimmte Anzahl von Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge ab der von Ihnen angegebenen Position zurück, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc."},"NUMBERVALUE":{"a":"(Text;[Dezimaltrennzeichen];[Gruppentrennzeichen])","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - konvertiert Text in Zahlen auf eine Weise, die vom Gebietsschema unabhängig ist"},"PROPER":{"a":"(Text)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - wandelt den ersten Buchstaben aller Wörter einer Zeichenfolge in Großbuchstaben um und alle anderen Buchstaben in Kleinbuchstaben"},"REPLACE":{"a":"(Alter_Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Bytes;Neuer_Text)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - ersetzt eine Zeichenfolge, basierend auf der Anzahl der Zeichen und der angegebenen Startposition, durch eine neue Zeichengruppe, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden"},"REPLACEB":{"a":"(Alter_Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Bytes;Neuer_Text)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - ersetzt eine Zeichenfolge, basierend auf der Anzahl der Zeichen und der angegebenen Startposition, durch eine neue Zeichengruppe, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc."},"REPT":{"a":"(Text;Multiplikator)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktion - wiederholt einen Text so oft wie angegeben"},"RIGHT":{"a":"(Text;[Anzahl_Bytes])","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt auf der Grundlage der angegebenen Anzahl von Zeichen das bzw. die letzten Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden"},"RIGHTB":{"a":"(Text;[Anzahl_Bytes])","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt auf der Grundlage der angegebenen Anzahl von Bytes das bzw. die letzten Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc."},"SEARCH":{"a":"(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen])","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt die Position der angegebenen Teilzeichenfolge in einer Zeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden"},"SEARCHB":{"a":"(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen])","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt die Position der angegebenen Teilzeichenfolge in einer Zeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc."},"SUBSTITUTE":{"a":"(Text;Alter_Text;Neuer_Text;[ntes_Auftreten])","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - ersetzt eine vorliegenden Zeichenfolge durch neuen Text"},"T":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - prüft, ob der Wert in der Zelle (oder das Argument) Text ist oder nicht. Liegt kein Text vor, gibt die Funktion eine leere Zeichenfolge zurück. Liegt Text vor, gibt die Funktion den tatsächlichen Wert zurück"},"TEXT":{"a":"(Wert;Textformat)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - formatiert eine Zahl und wandelt sie in Text um"},"TEXTJOIN":{"a":"(Trennzeichen; Leer_ignorieren; Text1; [Text2]; …)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - kombiniert den Text aus mehreren Bereichen und/oder Zeichenfolgen und fügt zwischen jedem zu kombinierenden Textwert ein von Ihnen angegebenes Trennzeichen ein. Wenn das Trennzeichen eine leere Textzeichenfolge ist, verkettet diese Funktion effektiv die Bereiche"},"TRIM":{"a":"(Text)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - wird verwendet, um Leerzeichen aus Text zu entfernen."},"UNICHAR":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt das Unicode-Zeichen zurück, das durch den angegebenen Zahlenwert bezeichnet wird."},"UNICODE":{"a":"(Text)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt die Zahl (Codepoint) zurück, die dem ersten Zeichen des Texts entspricht"},"UPPER":{"a":"(Text)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - wandelt den Text in einer ausgewählten Zelle in Großbuchstaben um"},"VALUE":{"a":"(Text)","d":"Text- und Datenfunktionen - wandelt einen für eine Zahl stehenden Text in eine Zahl um. Handelt es sich bei dem zu konvertierenden Text nicht um eine Zahl, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück"},"AVEDEV":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die durchschnittliche absolute Abweichung von Datenpunkten von ihrem Mittelwert zurück"},"AVERAGE":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Mittelwert der Argumente zurück"},"AVERAGEA":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Durchschnittswert für alle Zellen in einem Bereich zurück, einschließlich Text und logische Werte, die einem angegebenen Kriterium entsprechen. Die Funktion MITTELWERTA behandelt Text und FALSCH als 0 und WAHR als 1"},"AVERAGEIF":{"a":"(Bereich, Kriterien, [Mittelwert_Bereich])","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Durchschnittswert (arithmetisches Mittel) für alle Zellen in einem Bereich zurück, die einem angegebenen Kriterium entsprechen"},"AVERAGEIFS":{"a":"(Summe_Bereich; Kriterien_Bereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2]; ... )","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Durchschnittswert (arithmetisches Mittel) für alle Zellen in einem Bereich zurück, die den angegebenen Kriterien entsprechen"},"BETADIST":{"a":" (x;Alpha;Beta;[A];[B]) ","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer betaverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück"},"BETA.DIST":{"a":" (x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert;[A];[B]) ","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Werte der kumulierten Betaverteilungsfunktion zurück"},"BETA.INV":{"a":" (Wahrsch;Alpha;Beta;[A];[B]) ","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Quantile der Verteilungsfunktion einer betaverteilten Zufallsvariablen (BETA.VERT) zurück"},"BINOMDIST":{"a":"(Zahl_Erfolge;Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer binomialverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück"},"BINOM.DIST":{"a":"(Zahl_Erfolge;Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer binomialverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück"},"BINOM.DIST.RANGE":{"a":"(Versuche;Erfolgswahrscheinlichkeit;Zahl_Erfolge;[Zahl2_Erfolge])","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Erfolgswahrscheinlichkeit eines Versuchsergebnisses als Binomialverteilung zurück"},"BINOM.INV":{"a":"(Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Alpha)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den kleinsten Wert zurück, für den die kumulierten Wahrscheinlichkeiten der Binomialverteilung kleiner oder gleich einer Grenzwahrscheinlichkeit sind"},"CHIDIST":{"a":"(x;Freiheitsgrade)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Werte der rechtsseitigen Verteilungsfunktion einer Chi-Quadrat-verteilten Zufallsgröße zurück"},"CHIINV":{"a":"(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Perzentile der rechtsseitigen Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück"},"CHITEST":{"a":"(Beob_Messwerte;Erwart_Werte)","d":"Statistische Funktion - liefert die Teststatistik eines Unabhängigkeitstests. Die Funktion gibt den Wert der chi-quadrierten (χ2)-Verteilung für die Teststatistik mit den entsprechenden Freiheitsgraden zurück"},"CHISQ.DIST":{"a":"(x;Freiheitsgrade;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück"},"CHISQ.DIST.RT":{"a":"(x;Freiheitsgrade)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Werte der rechtsseitigen Verteilungsfunktion einer Chi-Quadrat-verteilten Zufallsgröße zurück"},"CHISQ.INV":{"a":"(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Perzentile der linksseitigen Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück"},"CHISQ.INV.RT":{"a":"(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Perzentile der rechtsseitigen Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück"},"CHISQ.TEST":{"a":"(Beob_Messwerte;Erwart_Werte)","d":"Statistische Funktion - liefert die Teststatistik eines Unabhängigkeitstests. Die Funktion gibt den Wert der chi-quadrierten (χ2)-Verteilung für die Teststatistik mit den entsprechenden Freiheitsgraden zurück"},"CONFIDENCE":{"a":"(Alpha;Standabwn;Umfang)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt das Konfidenzintervall für den Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen unter Verwendung der Normalverteilung zurück"},"CONFIDENCE.NORM":{"a":"(Alpha;Standabwn;Umfang)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt das Konfidenzintervall für ein Populationsmittel unter Verwendung der Normalverteilung zurück"},"CONFIDENCE.T":{"a":"(Alpha;Standabwn;Umfang)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt das Konfidenzintervall für den Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen zurück, wobei der Studentsche T-Test verwendet wird"},"CORREL":{"a":"(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Korrelationskoeffizient einer zweidimensionalen Zufallsgröße in einem Zellbereich zurück"},"COUNT":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl der ausgewählten Zellen wieder die Zahlen enthalten, wobei leere Zellen ignoriert werden"},"COUNTA":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - ermittelt, wie viele Zellen in einem Zellbereich nicht leer sind"},"COUNTBLANK":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - um die Anzahl der leeren Zellen in einem Bereich von Zellen zu zählen"},"COUNTIF":{"a":"(Bereich;Suchkriterium)","d":"Statistische Funktion - zählt die Anzahl der Zellen, die ein bestimmtes Kriterium erfüllen"},"COUNTIFS":{"a":"(Kriterienbereich1;Kriterien1;[Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2]… )","d":"Statistische Funktion - zählt die Anzahl der Zellen, die ein bestimmtes Kriterium erfüllen"},"COVAR":{"a":"(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Kovarianz, den Mittelwert der für alle Datenpunktpaare gebildeten Produkte der Abweichungen zurück."},"COVARIANCE.P":{"a":"(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Kovarianz einer Grundgesamtheit zurück, d. h. den Mittelwert der für alle Datenpunktpaare gebildeten Produkte der Abweichungen. Die Kovarianz gibt Auskunft darüber, welcher Zusammenhang zwischen zwei Datengruppen besteht"},"COVARIANCE.S":{"a":"(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Kovarianz einer Stichprobe zurück, d. h. den Mittelwert der für alle Datenpunktpaare gebildeten Produkte der Abweichungen"},"CRITBINOM":{"a":"(Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Alpha)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den kleinsten Wert zurück, für den die kumulierten Wahrscheinlichkeiten der Binomialverteilung größer oder gleich dem angegebenen Alpha-Wert sind"},"DEVSQ":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Summe der quadrierten Abweichungen von Datenpunkten von deren Stichprobenmittelwert zurück"},"EXPONDIST":{"a":"(x;Lambda;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer exponential-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück"},"EXPON.DIST":{"a":"(x;Lambda;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer exponential-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück"},"FDIST":{"a":"(x;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die (rechtsseitige) F-Wahrscheinlichkeitsverteilung (Grad der Diversität) für zwei Datensätze zurück. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich feststellen, ob zwei Datenmengen unterschiedlichen Streuungen unterliegen"},"FINV":{"a":"(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der F-Verteilung zurück. Die F-Verteilung kann in F-Tests verwendet werden, bei denen die Streuungen zweier Datenmengen ins Verhältnis gesetzt werden"},"FTEST":{"a":"(Matrix1;Matrix2)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Teststatistik eines F-Tests zurück Ein F-Tests gibt die zweiseitige Wahrscheinlichkeit zurück, dass sich die Varianzen in Matrix1 und Matrix2 nicht signifikant unterscheiden. Mit dieser Funktion können Sie feststellen, ob zwei Stichproben unterschiedliche Varianzen haben"},"F.DIST":{"a":"(x;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer F-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich feststellen, ob zwei Datenmengen unterschiedlichen Streuungen unterliegen"},"F.DIST.RT":{"a":"(x;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die (rechtsseitige) F-Wahrscheinlichkeitsverteilung (Grad der Diversität) für zwei Datensätze zurück. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich feststellen, ob zwei Datenmengen unterschiedlichen Streuungen unterliegen"},"F.INV":{"a":"(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der F-Verteilung zurück. Die F-Verteilung kann in F-Tests verwendet werden, bei denen die Streuungen zweier Datenmengen ins Verhältnis gesetzt werden"},"F.INV.RT":{"a":"(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der F-Verteilung zurück. Die F-Verteilung kann in F-Tests verwendet werden, bei denen die Streuungen zweier Datenmengen ins Verhältnis gesetzt werden"},"F.TEST":{"a":"(Matrix1;Matrix2)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Teststatistik eines F-Tests zurück, die zweiseitige Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass sich die Varianzen in Matrix1 und Matrix2 nicht signifikant unterscheiden. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich feststellen, ob zwei Stichproben unterschiedliche Varianzen haben"},"FISHER":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Fisher-Transformation einer Zahl (x) zurück"},"FISHERINV":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Umkehrung der Fisher-Transformation zurück"},"FORECAST":{"a":"(x;Y_Werte;X_Werte)","d":"Statistische Funktion - wird verwendet, um einen zukünftigen Wert basierend auf vorhandenen Werten vorherzusagen"},"FORECAST.ETS":{"a":"(Ziel_Datum;Werte;Zeitachse;[Saisonalität];[Daten_Vollständigkeit];[Aggregation])","d":"Statistische Funktion - zur Berechnung oder Vorhersage eines zukünftigen Wertes basierend auf vorhandenen (historischen) Werten mithilfe der AAA-Version des Exponentialglättungsalgorithmus (ETS)"},"FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT":{"a":"(Ziel_Datum;Werte;Zeitachse;[Konfidenz_Niveau];[Saisonalität];[Datenvollständigkeit];[Aggregation])","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt das Konfidenzintervall für den für den Prognosewert zum angegebenen Zieldatum zurück"},"FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY":{"a":"(Werte;Zeitachse;[Datenvollständigkeit];[Aggregation])","d":"Statistische Funktion - wird verwendet, um die Länge des sich wiederholenden Musters zurückzugeben, das eine Anwendung für die angegebene Zeitreihe erkennt"},"FORECAST.ETS.STAT":{"a":"(Werte;Zeitachse;Statistiktyp;[Saisonalität];[Datenvollständigkeit];[Aggregation])","d":"Statistische Funktion gibt einen statistischen Wertes als Ergebnis der Zeitreihenprognose zurück. Der Statistiktyp gibt an, welche Statistik von dieser Funktion angefordert wird"},"FORECAST.LINEAR":{"a":"(x;Y_Werte;X_Werte)","d":"Statistische Funktion - zur Berechnung oder Vorhersage eines zukünftigen Wertes unter Verwendung vorhandener Werte. Der vorhergesagte Wert ist ein y-Wert für einen gegebenen x-Wert, wobei die Werte existierende x- und y-Werte sind. Der neue Wert wird unter Verwendung linearer Regression prognostiziert."},"FREQUENCY":{"a":"(Daten;Klassen)","d":"Statistische Funktion - ermittelt, wie oft Werte innerhalb des ausgewählten Zellenbereichs auftreten, und zeigt den ersten Wert des zurückgegebenen vertikalen Zahlenfeldes an"},"GAMMA":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Wert der Gammafunktion zurück"},"GAMMADIST":{"a":"(x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer gammaverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück"},"GAMMA.DIST":{"a":"(x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer gammaverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück"},"GAMMAINV":{"a":"(Wahrsch;Alpha;Beta)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der Gammaverteilung zurück"},"GAMMA.INV":{"a":"(Wahrsch;Alpha;Beta)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der Gammaverteilung zurück"},"GAMMALN":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den natürlichen Logarithmus der Gammafunktion zurück"},"GAMMALN.PRECISE":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den natürlichen Logarithmus der Gammafunktion zurück"},"GAUSS":{"a":"(z)","d":"Statistische Funktion - berechnet die Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass ein Element einer Standardgrundgesamtheit zwischen dem Mittelwert und z Standardabweichungen vom Mittelwert liegt"},"GEOMEAN":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den geometrischen Mittelwert der zugehörigen Argumente zurück"},"HARMEAN":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den harmonischen Mittelwert der zugehörigen Argumente zurück"},"HYPGEOMDIST":{"a":"(Erfolge_S;Umfang_S;Erfolge_G;Umfang_G)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer hypergeometrisch-verteilten Zufallsvariable zurück. Die Funktion berechnet die Wahrscheinlichkeit in einer Stichprobe eine bestimmte Anzahl von Beobachtungen zu erhalten"},"INTERCEPT":{"a":"(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Schnittpunkt der Regressionsgeraden zurück. Diese Funktion berechnet den Punkt, an dem eine Gerade die Y-Achse unter Verwendung vorhandener X_Werte und Y_Werte schneidet"},"KURT":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Kurtosis (Exzess) einer Datengruppe zurück"},"LARGE":{"a":"(Matrix;k)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den k-größten Wert eines Datensatzes in einem bestimmten Zellbereich zurück"},"LOGINV":{"a":"(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der Lognormalverteilung von Wahrsch zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normal verteilt ist"},"LOGNORM.DIST":{"a":"(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Werte der Verteilungsfunktion der Lognormalverteilung von x zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normalverteilt ist"},"LOGNORM.INV":{"a":"(Wahrsch;Mittelwert;Standabwn)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Perzentile der Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück."},"LOGNORMDIST":{"a":"(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer lognormalverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normalverteilt ist"},"MAX":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den größten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück"},"MAXA":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den größten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück"},"MAXIFS":{"a":"(Max_Bereich; Kriterienbereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2]; ...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Maximalwert aus Zellen zurück, die mit einem bestimmten Satz Bedingungen oder Kriterien angegeben wurden"},"MEDIAN":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Mittelwert der zugehörigen Argumente zurück"},"MIN":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den kleinsten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück"},"MINA":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den kleinsten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück"},"MINIFS":{"a":"(Min_Bereich; Kriterienbereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2]; ...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Minimalwert aus Zellen zurück, die mit einem bestimmten Satz Bedingungen oder Kriterien angegeben wurden"},"MODE":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - analysiert einen Datenbereich und gibt den am häufigsten auftretenden Wert zurück"},"MODE.MULT":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];... )","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt ein vertikales Array der am häufigsten vorkommenden oder wiederholten Werte in einem Array oder Datenbereich zurück"},"MODE.SNGL":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];... )","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den am häufigsten vorkommenden oder wiederholten Wert in einem Array oder Datenbereich zurück"},"NEGBINOM.DIST":{"a":"(Zahl_Mißerfolge;Zahl_Erfolge;Erfolgswahrsch;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer negativen, binominal verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück, die Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass es „Zahl_Mißerfolge“ vor dem durch „Zahl_Erfolge“ angegebenen Erfolg gibt, wobei „Erfolgswahrsch“ die Wahrscheinlichkeit für den günstigen Ausgang des Experiments ist"},"NEGBINOMDIST":{"a":"(Zahl_Mißerfolge;Zahl_Erfolge;Erfolgswahrsch)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer negativbinomialverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück"},"NORM.DIST":{"a":"(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück"},"NORMDIST":{"a":"(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück"},"NORM.INV":{"a":"(Wahrsch;Mittelwert;Standabwn)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Perzentile der Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück"},"NORMINV":{"a":"(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Perzentile der Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück"},"NORM.S.DIST":{"a":"(z;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Standardnormalverteilung zurück. Die Standardnormalverteilung hat einen Mittelwert von 0 und eine Standardabweichung von 1"},"NORMSDIST":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer standardnormalverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück"},"NORM.S.INV":{"a":"(Wahrsch)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der Standardnormalverteilung zurück. Die Verteilung hat einen Mittelwert von Null und eine Standardabweichung von Eins"},"NORMSINV":{"a":"(Wahrsch)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der Standardnormalverteilung zurück"},"PEARSON":{"a":"(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Pearsonschen Korrelationskoeffizienten zurück"},"PERCENTILE":{"a":"(Matrix;k)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt das k-Quantil einer Gruppe von Daten zurück"},"PERCENTILE.EXC":{"a":"(Matrix;k)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt das k-Quantil von Werten in einem Bereich zurück, wobei k im Bereich von 0..1 ausschließlich liegt"},"PERCENTILE.INC":{"a":"(Matrix;k)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt das k-Quantil von Werten in einem Bereich zurück, wobei k im Bereich von 0..1 ausschließlich liegt"},"PERCENTRANK":{"a":"(Matrix;k)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den prozentualen Rang eines Werts in einer Liste von Werten zurück"},"PERCENTRANK.EXC":{"a":"(Matrix;x;[Genauigkeit])","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Rang eines Werts in einem Datensatz als Prozentsatz (0..1 ausschließlich) des Datensatzes zurück"},"PERCENTRANK.INC":{"a":"(Matrix;x;[Genauigkeit])","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Rang eines Werts in einem Datensatz als Prozentsatz (0..1 einschließlich) des Datensatzes zurück"},"PERMUT":{"a":"(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Rang eines Werts in einem Datensatz als Prozentsatz (0..1 einschließlich) des Datensatzes zurück"},"PERMUTATIONA":{"a":"(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl der Permutationen für eine angegebene Anzahl von Objekten zurück (mit Wiederholungen), die aus der Gesamtmenge der Objekte ausgewählt werden können"},"PHI":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Wert der Dichtefunktion für eine Standardnormalverteilung zurück"},"POISSON":{"a":"(x;Mittelwert;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer poissonverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück"},"POISSON.DIST":{"a":"(x;Mittelwert;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer poissonverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Eine übliche Anwendung der Poissonverteilung ist die Modellierung der Anzahl der Ereignisse innerhalb eines bestimmten Zeitraumes, beispielsweise die Anzahl der Autos, die innerhalb 1 Minute an einer Zollstation eintreffen"},"PROB":{"a":"(Beob_Werte; Beob_Wahrsch;[Untergrenze];[Obergrenze])","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeit für ein von zwei Werten eingeschlossenes Intervall zurück"},"QUARTILE":{"a":"(Matrix;Quartil)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Quartile der Datengruppe zurück"},"QUARTILE.INC":{"a":"(Matrix;Quartil)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Quartile eines Datasets zurück, basierend auf Perzentilwerten von 0..1 einschließlich"},"QUARTILE.EXC":{"a":"(Matrix;Quartil)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Quartile eines Datasets zurück, basierend auf Perzentilwerten von 0..1 ausschließlich"},"RANK":{"a":"(Zahl;Bezug;[Reihenfolge])","d":"Statistische Funktion gibt den Rang, den eine Zahl innerhalb einer Liste von Zahlen einnimmt, zurück. Als Rang einer Zahl wird deren Größe, bezogen auf die anderen Werte der jeweiligen Liste, bezeichnet. (Wenn Sie die Liste sortieren würden, würde die Rangzahl die Position der Zahl angeben.)"},"RANK.AVG":{"a":"(Zahl;Bezug;[Reihenfolge])","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Rang, den eine Zahl innerhalb einer Liste von Zahlen einnimmt, zurück: die Größe ist relativ zu anderen Werten in der Liste. Wenn mehrere Werte die gleiche Rangzahl aufweisen, wird der durchschnittliche Rang dieser Gruppe von Werten zurückgegeben"},"RANK.EQ":{"a":"(Zahl;Bezug;[Reihenfolge])","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Rang, den eine Zahl innerhalb einer Liste von Zahlen einnimmt, zurück: die Größe ist relativ zu anderen Werten in der Liste. Wenn mehrere Werte die gleiche Rangzahl aufweisen, wird der oberste Rang dieser Gruppe von Werten zurückgegeben"},"RSQ":{"a":"(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt das Quadrat des Pearsonschen Korrelationskoeffizienten zurück"},"SKEW":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - analysiert einen Datenbereich und gibt die Schiefe einer Verteilung zurück"},"SKEW.P":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Tahl2];…)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Schiefe einer Verteilung auf der Basis einer Grundgesamtheit zurück: eine Charakterisierung des Asymmetriegrads einer Verteilung um ihren Mittelwert"},"SLOPE":{"a":"(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Steigung der Regressionsgeraden zurück, die an die in Y_Werte und X_Werte abgelegten Datenpunkte angepasst ist"},"SMALL":{"a":"(Matrix;k)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den k-kleinsten Wert einer Datengruppe in einem Datenbereich zurück"},"STANDARDIZE":{"a":"(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den standardisierten Wert einer Verteilung zurück, die durch die angegebenen Argumente charakterisiert ist"},"STDEV":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - analysiert einen Datenbereich und gibt die Standardabweichung einer Population basierend auf einer Zahlengruppe zurück"},"STDEV.P":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];... )","d":"Statistische Funktion - berechnet die Standardabweichung ausgehend von einer als Argumente angegebenen Grundgesamtheit (logische Werte und Text werden ignoriert)"},"STDEV.S":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];... )","d":"Statistische Funktion - schätzt die Standardabweichung ausgehend von einer Stichprobe (logische Werte und Text werden in der Stichprobe ignoriert)"},"STDEVA":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - analysiert den Datenbereich und gibt die Standardabweichung einer Population basierend auf Zahlen, Text und Wahrheitswerten (FALSCH oder WAHR) zurück Die Funktion STABWA berücksichtigt Text und FALSCH als 0 und WAHR als 1"},"STDEVP":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - analysiert einen Datenbereich und gibt die Standardabweichung einer gesamten Population zurück"},"STDEVPA":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - analysiert einen Datenbereich und gibt die Standardabweichung einer gesamten Population zurück"},"STEYX":{"a":"(Y_Werte;X_Werte)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Standardfehler der geschätzten y-Werte für alle x-Werte der Regression zurück"},"TDIST":{"a":"(x;Freiheitsgrade;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Prozentpunkte (Wahrscheinlichkeit) für die Student-t-Verteilung zurück, wobei ein Zahlenwert (x) ein berechneter Wert von t ist, für den die Prozentpunkte berechnet werden sollen; Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen"},"TINV":{"a":"(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt das zweiseitige Quantil der (Student) t-Verteilung zurück"},"T.DIST":{"a":"(x;Freiheitsgrade;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die linksseitige Student-t-Verteilung zurück. Die t-Verteilung wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen."},"T.DIST.2T":{"a":"(x;Freiheitsgrade)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die (Student) t-Verteilung für zwei Endflächen zurück. Sie wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen"},"T.DIST.RT":{"a":"(x;Freiheitsgrade)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die (Student)-t-Verteilung für die rechte Endfläche zurück. Die t-Verteilung wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen"},"T.INV":{"a":"(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt linksseitige Quantile der (Student) t-Verteilung zurück"},"T.INV.2T":{"a":"(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt das zweiseitige Quantil der (Student) t-Verteilung zurück"},"T.TEST":{"a":"(Matrix1;Matrix2;Seiten;Typ)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Teststatistik eines Student'schen t-Tests zurück. Mithilfe von T.TEST können Sie testen, ob zwei Stichproben aus zwei Grundgesamtheiten mit demselben Mittelwert stammen"},"TRIMMEAN":{"a":"(Matrix1;Matrix2;Seiten;Typ)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt den Mittelwert einer Datengruppe zurück, ohne die Randwerte zu berücksichtigen. GESTUTZTMITTEL berechnet den Mittelwert einer Teilmenge der Datenpunkte, die darauf basiert, dass entsprechend des jeweils angegebenen Prozentsatzes die kleinsten und größten Werte der ursprünglichen Datenpunkte ausgeschlossen werden"},"TTEST":{"a":"(Matrix1;Matrix2;Seiten;Typ)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die Teststatistik eines Student'schen t-Tests zurück. Mithilfe von TTEST können Sie testen, ob zwei Stichproben aus zwei Grundgesamtheiten mit demselben Mittelwert stammen"},"VAR":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - schätzt die Varianz auf der Basis einer Stichprobe"},"VAR.P":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];... )","d":"Statistische Funktion - berechnet die Varianz auf der Grundlage der gesamten Population (logische Werte und Text werden ignoriert)"},"VAR.S":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];... )","d":"Statistische Funktion - schätzt die Varianz ausgehend von einer Stichprobe (logische Werte und Text werden in der Stichprobe ignoriert)"},"VARA":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - schätzt die Varianz auf der Basis einer Stichprobe"},"VARP":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - analysiert die angegebenen Werte und berechnet die Varianz einer gesamten Population"},"VARPA":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Statistische Funktion - analysiert die angegebenen Werte und berechnet die Varianz einer gesamten Population"},"WEIBULL":{"a":"(x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer weibullverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Diese Verteilung können Sie bei Zuverlässigkeitsanalysen verwenden, also beispielsweise dazu, die mittlere Lebensdauer eines Gerätes zu berechnen"},"WEIBULL.DIST":{"a":"(x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert)","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer weibullverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Diese Verteilung können Sie bei Zuverlässigkeitsanalysen verwenden, also beispielsweise dazu, die mittlere Lebensdauer eines Gerätes zu berechnen"},"Z.TEST":{"a":"(Matrix;x;[Sigma])","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die einseitige Prüfstatistik für einen Gaußtest (Normalverteilung) zurück. Für einen Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen, x, gibt G.TEST die Wahrscheinlichkeit zurück, mit der der Stichprobenmittelwert größer als der Durchschnitt der für diesen Datensatz (Array) durchgeführten Beobachtungen ist - also dem beobachteten Stichprobenmittel"},"ZTEST":{"a":"(Matrix;x;[Sigma])","d":"Statistische Funktion - gibt die einseitige Prüfstatistik für einen Gaußtest (Normalverteilung) zurück. Für einen Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen, x, gibt G.TEST die Wahrscheinlichkeit zurück, mit der der Stichprobenmittelwert größer als der Durchschnitt der für diesen Datensatz (Array) durchgeführten Beobachtungen ist - also dem beobachteten Stichprobenmittel"},"ACCRINT":{"a":"(Emission;Erster_Zinstermin;Abrechnung;Satz;Nennwert;Häufigkeit;[Basis];[Berechnungsmethode])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die aufgelaufenen Zinsen (Stückzinsen) eines Wertpapiers mit periodischen Zinszahlungen zurück"},"ACCRINTM":{"a":"(Emission;Abrechnung;Satz;Nennwert;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die aufgelaufenen Zinsen (Stückzinsen) eines Wertpapiers zurück, die bei Fälligkeit ausgezahlt werden"},"AMORDEGRC":{"a":"(Ansch_Wert;Kaufdatum;Erster_Zinstermin;Restwert;Termin;Satz;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet die Abschreibung eines Vermögenswerts für jede Rechnungsperiode unter Verwendung einer degressiven Abschreibungsmethode"},"AMORLINC":{"a":"(Ansch_Wert;Kaufdatum;Erster_Zinstermin;Restwert;Termin;Satz;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet die Abschreibung eines Vermögenswerts für jede Rechnungsperiode unter Verwendung einer linearen Abschreibungsmethode"},"COUPDAYBS":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl von Tagen ab dem Beginn einer Zinsperiode bis zum Abrechnungstermin zurück"},"COUPDAYS":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl der Tage der Zinsperiode zurück, die den Abrechnungstermin einschließt"},"COUPDAYSNC":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl der Tage vom Abrechnungstermin bis zum nächsten Zinstermin zurück"},"COUPNCD":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt eine Zahl zurück, die den nächsten Zinstermin nach dem Abrechnungstermin angibt"},"COUPNUM":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl der zwischen dem Abrechnungsdatum und dem Fälligkeitsdatum zahlbaren Zinszahlungen an"},"COUPPCD":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet den Termin der letzten Zinszahlung vor dem Abrechnungstermin"},"CUMIPMT":{"a":"(Zins;Zzr;Bw;Zeitraum_Anfang;Zeitraum_Ende;F)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet die kumulierten Zinsen, die zwischen zwei Perioden zu zahlen sind, basierend auf einem festgelegten Zinssatz und einem konstanten Zahlungsplan"},"CUMPRINC":{"a":"(Zins;Zzr;Bw;Zeitraum_Anfang;Zeitraum_Ende;F)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet die aufgelaufene Tilgung eines Darlehens, die zwischen zwei Perioden zu zahlen ist, basierend auf einem festgelegten Zinssatz und einem konstanten Zahlungsplan"},"DB":{"a":"(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Periode;[Monate])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die geometrisch-degressive Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsgutes für eine bestimmte Periode zurück"},"DDB":{"a":"(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Periode;[Faktor])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Abschreibung eines Anlagegutes für einen angegebenen Zeitraum unter Verwendung der degressiven Doppelraten-Abschreibung zurück"},"DISC":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Anlage;Rückzahlung;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den in Prozent ausgedrückten Abzinsungssatz eines Wertpapiers zurück"},"DOLLARDE":{"a":"(Zahl;Teiler)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - wandelt eine Notierung, die durch eine Kombination aus ganzer Zahl und Dezimalbruch ausgedrückt wurde, in eine Dezimalzahl um"},"DOLLARFR":{"a":"(Zahl;Teiler)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - wandelt als Dezimalzahlen angegebene Euro-Preise in Euro-Zahlen um, die als Dezimalbrüche formuliert sind"},"DURATION":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Nominalzins;Rendite;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt für einen angenommenen Nennwert von 100 € die Macauley-Dauer zurück"},"EFFECT":{"a":"(Nominalzins;Perioden)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die jährliche Effektivverzinsung zurück, ausgehend von einer Nominalverzinsung sowie der jeweiligen Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr"},"FV":{"a":"(Zins;Zzr;Rmz;[Bw];[F])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den zukünftigen Wert (Endwert) einer Investition zurück, basierend auf dem angegebenen Zinssatz und regelmäßigen, konstanten Zahlungen"},"FVSCHEDULE":{"a":"(Kapital;Zinsen)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den aufgezinsten Wert des Anfangskapitals für eine Reihe periodisch unterschiedlicher Zinssätze zurück"},"INTRATE":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Anlage;Rückzahlung;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Zinssatz eines voll investierten Wertpapiers am Fälligkeitstermin zurück"},"IPMT":{"a":"(Zins;Zr;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Zinszahlung einer Investition für die angegebene Periode zurück, ausgehend von regelmäßigen, konstanten Zahlungen und einem konstanten Zinssatz"},"IRR":{"a":"(Werte;[Schätzwert])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den internen Zinsfuß einer Investition ohne Finanzierungskosten oder Reinvestitionsgewinne zurück. Der interne Zinsfuß ist der Zinssatz, der für eine Investition erreicht wird, die aus Auszahlungen (negative Werte) und Einzahlungen (positive Werte) besteht, die in regelmäßigen Abständen erfolgen"},"ISPMT":{"a":"(Zins;Zr;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet die bei einem konstanten Zahlungsplan während eines bestimmten Zeitraums für eine Investition gezahlten Zinsen"},"MDURATION":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Nominalzins;Rendite;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die modifizierte Macauley-Dauer eines Wertpapiers mit einem angenommenen Nennwert von 100 € zurück"},"MIRR":{"a":"(Werte;Investition;Reinvestition)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt einen modifizierten internen Zinsfuß zurück, bei dem positive und negative Cashflows mit unterschiedlichen Zinssätzen finanziert werden"},"NOMINAL":{"a":"(Effektiver_Zins;Perioden)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die jährliche Nominalverzinsung zurück, ausgehend vom effektiven Zinssatz sowie der Anzahl der Verzinsungsperioden innerhalb eines Jahres"},"NPER":{"a":"(Zins,Rmz,Bw,[Zw],[F])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl der Zahlungsperioden einer Investition zurück, die auf periodischen, gleichbleibenden Zahlungen sowie einem konstanten Zinssatz basiert"},"NPV":{"a":"(Zins;Wert1;[Wert2];...)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - liefert den Nettobarwert (Kapitalwert) einer Investition auf der Basis eines Abzinsungsfaktors für eine Reihe periodischer Zahlungen"},"ODDFPRICE":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Erster_Zinstermin;Zins;Rendite;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert für ein Wertpapier, das periodische Zinsen auszahlt, aber einen unregelmäßigen ersten Zinstermin hat (kürzer oder länger als andere Perioden)"},"ODDFYIELD":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Erster_Zinstermin;Zins;Kurs;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Rendite eines Wertpapiers mit einem unregelmäßigen ersten Zinstermin zurück (kürzer oder länger als andere Perioden)"},"ODDLPRICE":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Letzter_Zinstermin;Zins;Rendite;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert für ein Wertpapier, das periodische Zinsen auszahlt, aber einen unregelmäßigen letzten Zinstermin hat (kürzer oder länger als andere Perioden)"},"ODDLYIELD":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Letzter_Zinstermin;Zins;Kurs;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Rendite eines Wertpapiers, mit einem unregelmäßigen letzten Zinstermin, unabhängig von der Dauer zurück"},"PDURATION":{"a":"(Zins;Bw;Zw)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl von Perioden zurück, die erforderlich sind, bis eine Investition einen angegebenen Wert erreicht hat"},"PMT":{"a":"(Zins;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet die konstante Zahlung einer Annuität pro Periode, wobei konstante Zahlungen und ein konstanter Zinssatz vorausgesetzt werden"},"PPMT":{"a":"(Zins;Zr;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Kapitalrückzahlung einer Investition für eine angegebene Periode zurück, wobei konstante Zahlungen und ein konstanter Zinssatz vorausgesetzt werden"},"PRICE":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Satz;Rendite;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert eines Wertpapiers zurück, das periodisch Zinsen auszahlt"},"PRICEDISC":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Disagio;Rückzahlung;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert eines unverzinslichen Wertpapiers zurück"},"PRICEMAT":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Zins;Rendite;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert eines Wertpapiers zurück, das Zinsen am Fälligkeitsdatum auszahlt"},"PV":{"a":"(Zins;Zzr;Rmz;[Zw];[F])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet den aktuellen Wert eines Darlehens oder einer Investition, wobei ein konstanter Zinssatz vorausgesetzt wird"},"RATE":{"a":"(Zzr, Rmz, Bw, Zw, [F], [Schätzwert])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet den Zinssatz für eine Investition basierend auf einem konstanten Zahlungsplan"},"RECEIVED":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Anlage;Disagio;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Auszahlungsbetrag eines voll investierten Wertpapiers am Fälligkeitstermin zurück"},"RRI":{"a":"(Zzr;Bw;Zw)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den effektiven Jahreszins für den Wertzuwachs einer Investition zurück"},"SLN":{"a":"(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die lineare Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsgutes pro Periode zurück"},"SYD":{"a":"(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Zr)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die arithmetisch-degressive Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsgutes für eine bestimmte Periode zurück"},"TBILLEQ":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Disagio)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - rechnet die Verzinsung eines Schatzwechsels (Treasury Bill) in die für Anleihen übliche einfache jährliche Verzinsung um"},"TBILLPRICE":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Disagio)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert einer Schatzanweisung (Treasury Bill) zurück"},"TBILLYIELD":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Kurs)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Rendite einer Schatzanweisung (Treasury Bill) zurück"},"VDB":{"a":"(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Anfang;Ende;[Faktor];[Nicht_wechseln])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die degressive Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsguts für eine bestimmte Periode oder Teilperiode zurück"},"XIRR":{"a":"(Werte; Zeitpkte;[Schätzwert])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den internen Zinsfuß einer Reihe nicht periodisch anfallender Zahlungen zurück"},"XNPV":{"a":"(Zins;Werte;Zeitpkte)","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Nettobarwert (Kapitalwert) einer Reihe nicht periodisch anfallender Zahlungen zurück"},"YIELD":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Satz;Kurs;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Rendite eines Wertpapiers zurück, das periodisch Zinsen auszahlt"},"YIELDDISC":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Anlage;Rückzahlung;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die jährliche Rendite eines unverzinslichen Wertpapiers zurück"},"YIELDMAT":{"a":"(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Zins;Kurs;[Basis])","d":"Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die jährliche Rendite eines Wertpapiers zurück, das Zinsen am Fälligkeitsdatum auszahlt"},"ABS":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - ermittelt den Absolutwert einer Zahl"},"ACOS":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Arkuskosinus oder umgekehrten Kosinus einer Zahl zurück"},"ACOSH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Kosinus einer Zahl zurück"},"ACOT":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Hauptwert des Arkuskotangens (Umkehrfunktion des Kotangens) einer Zahl zurück"},"ACOTH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Kotangens einer Zahl zurück"},"AGGREGATE":{"a":"(Funktion, Optionen, Bezug1, [Bezug2], …)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt ein Aggregat in einer Liste oder einer Datenbank zurück. Mit der Funktion AGGREGAT können verschiedene Aggregatfunktionen auf eine Liste oder Datenbank angewendet werden, mit der Option ausgeblendete Zeilen sowie Fehlerwerte zu ignorieren"},"ARABIC":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - wandelt eine römische Zahl in eine arabische Zahl um"},"ASIN":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Arkussinus oder auch umgekehrten Sinus einer Zahl zurück"},"ASINH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Sinus einer Zahl zurück"},"ATAN":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Arkustangens oder auch umgekehrten Tangens einer Zahl zurück"},"ATAN2":{"a":"(Zahl;Potenz)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Arkustangens oder auch umgekehrten Tangens ausgehend von einer x- und einer y-Koordinate zurück"},"ATANH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Tangens einer Zahl zurück"},"BASE":{"a":"(Zahl;Basis;[Mindestlänge])","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - konvertiert eine Zahl in eine Textdarstellung mit der angegebenen Basis."},"CEILING":{"a":"(Zahl;Schritt)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts"},"CEILING.MATH":{"a":"(Zahl;Schritt;[Modus])","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts auf"},"CEILING.PRECISE":{"a":"(Zahl;Schritt)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine Zahl zurück, die auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache von „Schritt“ gerundet wurde"},"COMBIN":{"a":"(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl von Kombinationen für eine bestimmte Anzahl von Elementen zurück"},"COMBINA":{"a":"(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl)","d":"Sie gibt die Anzahl von Kombinationen (mit Wiederholungen) für eine bestimmte Anzahl von Elementen zurück"},"COS":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Kosinus eines Winkels zurück"},"COSH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den hyperbolischen Kosinus eines Winkels zurück"},"COT":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Kotangens eines im Bogenmaß angegebenen Winkels zurück"},"COTH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den hyperbolischen Kotangens eines hyperbolischen Winkels zurück"},"CSC":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Kosekans eines im Bogenmaß angegebenen Winkels zurück"},"CSCH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den hyperbolischen Kosekans eines im Bogenmaß angegebenen Winkels zurück"},"DECIMAL":{"a":"(Text;Basis)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - konvertiert eine Textdarstellung einer Zahl mit einer angegebenen Basis in eine Dezimalzahl"},"DEGREES":{"a":"(Winkel)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - wandelt Bogenmaß (Radiant) in Grad um"},"ECMA.CEILING":{"a":"(Zahl;Schritt)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts"},"EVEN":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste gerade ganze Zahl auf"},"EXP":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - potenziert die Basis e mit der als Argument angegebenen Zahl Die Konstante e hat den Wert 2,71828182845904"},"FACT":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Fakultät einer Zahl zurück"},"FACTDOUBLE":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Fakultät zu Zahl mit Schrittlänge 2 zurück"},"FLOOR":{"a":"(Zahl;Schritt)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts"},"FLOOR.PRECISE":{"a":"(Zahl;Schritt)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine Zahl zurück, die auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache von „Schritt“ gerundet wurde"},"FLOOR.MATH":{"a":"(Zahl;Schritt)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste ganze Zahl oder das nächste Vielfache von „Schritt“ ab"},"GCD":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den größten gemeinsamen Teiler von zwei oder mehr Zahlen zurück"},"INT":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den ganzzahligen Anteil der angegebenen Zahl zurück"},"ISO.CEILING":{"a":"(Zahl;Schritt)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine Zahl zurück, die auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache von „Schritt“ gerundet wurde. Die Zahl wird unabhängig von ihrem Vorzeichen aufgerundet. Ist „Zahl“ oder „Schritt“ gleich 0, wird 0 zurückgegeben."},"LCM":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt das kleinste gemeinsame Vielfache der als Argumente angegebenen ganzen Zahlen zurück"},"LN":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den natürlichen Logarithmus einer Zahl zurück"},"LOG":{"a":"(Zahl;[Basis])","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Logarithmus einer Zahl zu der angegebenen Basis zurück"},"LOG10":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Logarithmus einer Zahl zur Basis 10 zurück"},"MDETERM":{"a":"(Matrix)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Determinante einer Matrix zurück"},"MINVERSE":{"a":"(Matrix)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die zu einer Matrix gehörende Kehrmatrix zurück und zeigt den ersten Wert der zurückgegebenen Zahlenanordnungen an"},"MMULT":{"a":"(Matrix1;Matrix2)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt das Produkt zweier Matrizen zurück und zeigt den ersten Wert der zurückgegebenen Zahlenanordnungen an"},"MOD":{"a":"(Zahl;Potenz)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Rest einer Division zurück. Das Ergebnis hat dasselbe Vorzeichen wie Divisor"},"MROUND":{"a":"(Zahl;Vielfaches)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine auf das gewünschte Vielfache gerundete Zahl zurück"},"MULTINOMIAL":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt das Verhältnis der Fakultät von der Summe der Zahlen zum Produkt der Fakultäten zurück"},"ODD":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste gerade unganze Zahl auf"},"PI":{"a":"()","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Wert der mathematische Konstante Pi zurück, der 3,14159265358979 entspricht. Für die Syntax der Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich"},"POWER":{"a":"(Zahl;Potenz)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt als Ergebnis eine potenzierte Zahl zurück"},"PRODUCT":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - multipliziert alle als Argumente angegebenen Zahlen und gibt das Produkt zurück"},"QUOTIENT":{"a":"(Zähler;Nenner)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den ganzzahligen Anteil einer Division zurück"},"RADIANS":{"a":"(Winkel)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - wandelt Grad in Bogenmaß (Radiant) um"},"RAND":{"a":"()","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine gleichmäßig verteilte reelle Zufallszahl zurück, die größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner als 1 ist Für die Syntax der Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich"},"RANDBETWEEN":{"a":"(Untere_Zahl;Obere_Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine Zufallszahl zurück, die größer oder gleich Untere_Zahl und kleiner oder gleich Obere_Zahl ist"},"ROMAN":{"a":"(Zahl;[Typ])","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - wandelt eine arabische Zahl in römische Zahlzeichen um"},"ROUND":{"a":"(Zahl;[Anzahl_Stellen])","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf eine angegebene Anzahl von Stellen"},"ROUNDDOWN":{"a":"(Zahl;[Anzahl_Stellen])","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf eine angegebene Anzahl von Stellen ab"},"ROUNDUP":{"a":"(Zahl;[Anzahl_Stellen])","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf eine angegebene Anzahl von Stellen auf"},"SEC":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Sekans eines Winkels zurück"},"SECH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den hyperbolischen Sekans eines Winkels zurück"},"SERIESSUM":{"a":"(x;n;m;Koeffizienten)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Summe von Potenzen zurück"},"SIGN":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt das Vorzeichen einer Zahl zurück Ist die Zahl positiv, gibt die Funktion den Wert 1 zurück. Ist die Zahl negativ, gibt die Funktion den Wert -1 zurück. Ist die Zahl 0, gibt die Funktion den Wert 0 zurück."},"SIN":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Sinus eines Winkels zurück"},"SINH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den hyperbolischen Sinus eines Winkels zurück"},"SQRT":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Quadratwurzel einer Zahl zurück"},"SQRTPI":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Wurzel aus der mit Pi (3,14159265358979) multiplizierten Zahl zurück"},"SUBTOTAL":{"a":"(Funktion;Bezug1;[Bezug2];...)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt ein Teilergebnis in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück"},"SUM":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - alle Zahlen im gewählten Zellenbereich werden addiert und das Ergebnis wird zurückzugeben"},"SUMIF":{"a":"(Bereich;Suchkriterien;[Summe_Bereich])","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - alle Zahlen in gewählten Zellenbereich werden anhand vom angegebenen Kriterium addiert und das Ergebnis wird zurückzugeben"},"SUMIFS":{"a":"(Summe_Bereich; Kriterien_Bereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2]; ... )","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - alle Zahlen in gewählten Zellenbereich werden anhand von angegebenen Kriterien addiert und das Ergebnis wird zurückzugeben"},"SUMPRODUCT":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - multipliziert die einander entsprechenden Komponenten der angegebenen Zellenbereiche oder Arrays miteinander und gibt die Summe dieser Produkte zurück"},"SUMSQ":{"a":"(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Summe der quadrierten Argumente zurück"},"SUMX2MY2":{"a":"(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - summiert für zusammengehörige Komponenten zweier Matrizen die Differenzen der Quadrate"},"SUMX2PY2":{"a":"(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Summe der Summe von Quadraten entsprechender Werte in zwei Matrizen zurück"},"SUMXMY2":{"a":"(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - summiert für zusammengehörige Komponenten zweier Matrizen die quadrierten Differenzen"},"TAN":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Tangens eines Winkels zurück"},"TANH":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den hyperbolischen Tangens eines Winkels zurück"},"TRUNC":{"a":"(Zahl;[Anzahl_Stellen])","d":"Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine Zahl zurück, die auf die angegebene Stellenzahl abgeschnitten (gekürzt) wird"},"ADDRESS":{"a":"(Zeile;Spalte;[Abs];[A1];[Tabellenname])","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt einen Bezug auf eine einzelne Zelle in einem Tabellenblatt als Text zurück"},"CHOOSE":{"a":"(Index;Wert1;[Wert2];...)","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt einen Wert aus einer Liste von Werten basierend auf einem angegebenen Index (Position) zurück"},"COLUMN":{"a":"([Bezug])","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt die Spaltennummer des jeweiligen Zellbezugs zurück"},"COLUMNS":{"a":"(Matrix)","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt die Anzahl von Spalten einer Matrix (Array) oder eines Bezugs zurück"},"FORMULATEXT":{"a":"(Bezug)","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt eine Formel als eine Zeichenfolge zurück"},"HLOOKUP":{"a":"(Suchkriterium;Matrix;Zeilenindex;[Bereich_Verweis])","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - sucht in der obersten Zeile einer Tabelle oder einer Matrix (Array) nach Werten und gibt dann in der gleichen Spalte einen Wert aus einer Zeile zurück, die Sie in der Tabelle oder Matrix angeben"},"INDEX":{"a":"(Matrix;Zeile;[Spalte])","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt einen Wert oder den Bezug auf einen Wert aus einer Tabelle oder einem Bereich zurück Die Funktion INDEX kann auf zwei Arten verwendet werden"},"INDIRECT":{"a":"(Bezug;[a1])","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt den Verweis auf eine Zelle basierend auf ihrer Zeichenfolgendarstellung zurück"},"LOOKUP":{"a":"VERWEIS(Suchkriterium, Suchvektor, [Ergebnisvektor])","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt einen Wert aus einem ausgewählten Bereich zurück (Zeile oder Spalte mit Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge)"},"MATCH":{"a":"(Suchkriterium;Suchmatrix;[Vergleichstyp])","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - sucht in einem Bereich von Zellen nach einem angegebenen Element und gibt anschließend die relative Position dieses Elements im Bereich zurück"},"OFFSET":{"a":"(Bezug;Zeilen;Spalten;[Höhe];[Breite])","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt einen Verweis auf eine Zelle zurück, die von der angegebenen Zelle (oder der Zelle oben links im Zellenbereich) um eine bestimmte Anzahl von Zeilen und Spalten verschoben wurde"},"ROW":{"a":"([Bezug])","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt die Zeilennummer eines Bezugs zurück"},"ROWS":{"a":"(Matrix)","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt die Anzahl der Zeilen in einem Bezug oder einer Matrix zurück"},"TRANSPOSE":{"a":"(Matrix)","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt das erste Element einer Matrix zurück"},"VLOOKUP":{"a":"(Suchkriterium; Matrix; Spaltenindex; [Bereich_Verweis])","d":"Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - führt eine vertikale Suche nach einem Wert in der linken Spalte einer Tabelle oder eines Arrays aus und gibt den Wert in derselben Zeile basierend auf einer angegebenen Spaltenindexnummer zurück"},"ERROR.TYPE":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - gibt die numerische Darstellung von einem der vorhandenen Fehler zurück"},"ISBLANK":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - überprüft ob eine Zelle leer ist oder nicht Wenn die Zelle keinen Wert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR wieder, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück"},"ISERR":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen Fehlerwert Wenn die Zelle einen Fehlerwert enthält (mit Ausnahme von #N/V), gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück"},"ISERROR":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen Fehlerwert Enthält der Zellbereich einen der folgenden Fehler: #NV, #WERT!, #BEZUG!, #DIV/0!, #ZAHL!, #NAME? oder #NULL! gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH"},"ISEVEN":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Informationsfunktion - überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen geraden Wert Ist ein gerader Wert vorhanden, gibt die Funktion WAHR wieder. Wird ein ungerader Wert gefunden, gibt die Funktion FALSCH wieder."},"ISFORMULA":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - überprüft, ob ein Bezug auf eine Zelle verweist, die eine Formel enthält"},"ISLOGICAL":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf Wahrheitswerte (WAHR oder FALSCH). Ist ein Wahrheitswert vorhanden gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH"},"ISNA":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - überprüft auf den Fehlerwert #NV. Wenn die Zelle einen #NV-Fehlerwert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück"},"ISNONTEXT":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - sucht nach einem Wert, der kein Text ist. Wenn die Zelle keinen Textwert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück"},"ISNUMBER":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf Zahlen Ist eine Zahl vorhanden gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH"},"ISODD":{"a":"(Zahl)","d":"Informationsfunktion - überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen ungeraden Wert. Ist ein ungerader Wert vorhanden, gibt die Funktion WAHR wieder. Wird ein gerader Wert gefunden, gibt die Funktion FALSCH wieder"},"ISREF":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - überprüft ob es sich bei dem angegebenen Wert um einen gültigen Bezug handelt"},"ISTEXT":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - sucht nach einem Textwert. Wenn die Zelle einen Textwert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück"},"N":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - wandelt einen Wert in eine Zahl um."},"NA":{"a":"()","d":"Informationsfunktion - gibt den Fehlerwert #NV zurück. Für die Syntax dieser Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich"},"SHEET":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - gibt die Blattnummer des Blatts zurück, auf das verwiesen wird"},"SHEETS":{"a":"(Bezug)","d":"Informationsfunktion - gibt die Anzahl der Blätter in einem Bezug zurück"},"TYPE":{"a":"(Wert)","d":"Informationsfunktion - gibt eine Zahl zurück, die den Datentyp des angegebenen Werts anzeigt"},"AND":{"a":"(Wahrheitswert1;[Wahrheitswert2]; ... )","d":"Logische Funktion - überprüft, ob ein eingegebener logischer Wert WAHR oder FALSCH ist. Die Funktion gibt WAHR zurück, wenn alle zugehörigen Argumente WAHR sind"},"FALSE":{"a":"()","d":"Logische Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Wahrheitswert FALSCH zurück und für die Syntax der Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich"},"IF":{"a":"WENN(Prüfung;Dann_Wert;[Sonst_Wert])","d":"Logische Funktion - überprüft den logischen Ausdruck und gibt für das Ereignis WAHR den einen Wert zurück und für das Ereignis FALSCH den anderen"},"IFS":{"a":"([Etwas ist Wahr1; Wert wenn Wahr1; [Etwas ist Wahr2; Wert wenn Wahr2];…)","d":"Logische Funktion - prüft, ob eine oder mehrere Bedingungen zutreffen, und gibt den Wert zurück, der der ersten auf WAHR lautenden Bedingung entspricht"},"IFERROR":{"a":" (Wert;Wert_falls_Fehler)","d":"Logische Funktion - prüft, ob im ersten Argument der Formel ein Fehler aufgetreten ist. Liegt kein Fehler vor, gibt die Funktion das Ergebnis der Formel aus. Im Falle eines Fehlers gibt die Formel den von Ihnen festgelegten Wert_falls_Fehler wieder"},"IFNA":{"a":"(Wert;Wert_bei_NV)","d":"Logische Funktion - prüft, ob im ersten Argument der Formel ein Fehler aufgetreten ist. Die Funktion gibt den von Ihnen angegebenen Wert zurück, wenn die Formel den Fehlerwert #N/V liefert. Andernfalls wird das Ergebnis der Formel zurückgegeben"},"NOT":{"a":"(Wahrheitswert)","d":"Logische Funktion - überprüft, ob ein eingegebener logischer Wert WAHR oder FALSCH ist. Ist das Argument FALSCH, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück und wenn das Argument WAHR ist gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück"},"OR":{"a":"(Wahrheitswert1;[Wahrheitswert2]; ...)","d":"Logische Funktion - überprüft, ob ein eingegebener logischer Wert WAHR oder FALSCH ist. Wenn alle Argumente als FALSCH bewertet werden, gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück"},"SWITCH":{"a":"(Ausdruck; Wert1; Ergebnis1; [Standardwert oder Wert2; Ergebnis2];…[Standardwert oder Wert3; Ergebnis3])","d":"Logische Funktion - wertet einen Wert (als Ausdruck bezeichnet) anhand einer Liste mit Werten aus. Als Ergebnis wird der erste übereinstimmende Wert zurückgegeben. Liegt keine Übereinstimmung vor, kann ein optionaler Standardwert zurückgegeben werden"},"TRUE":{"a":"()","d":"Logische Funktion - gibt den Wahrheitswert WAHR zurück und für die Syntax der Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich"},"XOR":{"a":"(Wahrheitswert1;[Wahrheitswert2]; ... )","d":"Logische Funktion - gibt ein logisches „Ausschließliches Oder“ aller Argumente zurück"}} \ No newline at end of file +{ + "DATE": { + "a": "(Jahr;Monat;Tag)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt eine fortlaufende Zahl, die ein bestimmtes Datum darstellt, im Format MM/TT/JJ zurück" + }, + "DATEDIF": { + "a": "(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;Einheit)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - zur Berechnung der Differenz zwischen zwei Datumsangaben (Start- und Enddatum), basierend auf der angegebenen Einheit" + }, + "DATEVALUE": { + "a": "(Zeit)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - wandelt eine als Text vorliegende Zeitangabe in eine fortlaufende Zahl um" + }, + "DAY": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt den Tag eines Datums (ein Wert von 1 bis 31) als fortlaufende Zahl zurück, das im numerischen Format angegeben wird (standardmäßig MM/TT/JJJJ)" + }, + "DAYS": { + "a": "(Zieldatum;Ausgangsdatum)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Anzahl von Tagen zurück, die zwischen zwei Datumswerten liegen" + }, + "DAYS360": { + "a": "(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Methode])", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - berechnet die Anzahl der Tage zwischen zwei Datumsangaben, ausgehend von einem Jahr mit 360 Tage, mit der gewählten Berechnungsmethode (US oder europäisch)" + }, + "EDATE": { + "a": "(Ausgangsdatum;Monate)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des Datums zurück, das eine bestimmte Anzahl von Monaten (Monate) vor bzw. nach dem angegebenen Datum (Ausgangsdatum) liegt" + }, + "EOMONTH": { + "a": "(Ausgangsdatum;Monate)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des letzten Tages des Monats zurück, der eine bestimmte Anzahl von Monaten vor bzw. nach dem Ausgangsdatum liegt" + }, + "HOUR": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Stunde (einen Wert von 0 bis 23) einer Zeitangabe zurück" + }, + "ISOWEEKNUM": { + "a": "(Datum)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Zahl der ISO-Kalenderwoche des Jahres für ein angegebenes Datum zurück" + }, + "MINUTE": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Minute (einen Wert von 0 bis 59) einer Zeitangabe zurück" + }, + "MONTH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt den Monat (einen Wert von 1 bis 12) als fortlaufende Zahl zurück, der im numerischen Format angegeben wird (standardmäßig MM/TT/JJJJ)" + }, + "NETWORKDAYS": { + "a": "(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Freie_Tage])", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Anzahl der Arbeitstage in einem Zeitintervall zurück (Ausgangsdatum und Enddatum). Nicht zu den Arbeitstagen gezählt werden Wochenenden sowie die Tage, die als Feiertage angegeben sind" + }, + "NETWORKDAYS.INTL": { + "a": "(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Wochenende];[Freie_Tage])", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Anzahl der vollen Arbeitstage zwischen zwei Datumsangaben zurück. Dabei werden Parameter verwendet, um anzugeben, welche und wie viele Tage auf Wochenenden fallen" + }, + "NOW": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des aktuellen Datums und der aktuellen Uhrzeit zurückgegeben. Wenn das Zellenformat vor dem Eingeben der Funktion auf Standard gesetzt war, ändert die Anwendung das Zellenformat so, dass es dem Datums- und Uhrzeitformat der regionalen Einstellungen entspricht" + }, + "SECOND": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die Sekunde (einen Wert von 0 bis 59) einer Zeitangabe zurück" + }, + "TIME": { + "a": "(Stunde;Minute;Sekunde)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt eine bestimmten Uhrzeit im ausgewählten Format zurück (standardmäßig im Format hh:mm tt)" + }, + "TIMEVALUE": { + "a": "(Zeit)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - wandelt eine als Text vorliegende Zeitangabe in eine fortlaufende Zahl um" + }, + "TODAY": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt das aktuelle Datum im Format MM/TT/JJ wieder. Für die Syntax dieser Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich" + }, + "WEEKDAY": { + "a": "(Fortlaufende_Zahl;[Zahl_Typ])", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - um zu bestimmen, an welchem Wochentag das angegebene Datum liegt" + }, + "WEEKNUM": { + "a": "(Fortlaufende_Zahl;[Zahl_Typ])", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl in eine Zahl um, die angibt, in welche Woche eines Jahres das angegebene Datum fällt" + }, + "WORKDAY": { + "a": "(Ausgangsdatum;Tage;[Freie_Tage])", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des Datums vor oder nach einer bestimmten Anzahl von Arbeitstagen (Tage) zurück ohne Berücksichtigung von Wochenenden sowie Tagen, die als Ferientage oder Feiertage angegeben werden" + }, + "WORKDAY.INTL": { + "a": "(Ausgangsdatum;Tage;[Wochenende];[Freie_Tage])", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des Datums zurück, das vor oder nach einer bestimmten Anzahl von Arbeitstagen liegt. Dabei werden Parameter verwendet, um anzugeben, welche und wie viele Tage auf Wochenenden fallen" + }, + "YEAR": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl (mit einem Wert von 1900 bis 9999) in eine Jahreszahl um (MM/TT/JJJJ)" + }, + "YEARFRAC": { + "a": "(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Basis])", + "d": "Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion - wandelt die Anzahl der ganzen Tage zwischen Ausgangsdatum und Enddatum in Bruchteile von Jahren um" + }, + "BESSELI": { + "a": "(x;n)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt die modifizierte Besselfunktion In(x) zurück, die der für rein imaginäre Argumente ausgewerteten Besselfunktion Jn entspricht" + }, + "BESSELJ": { + "a": "(x;n)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt die Besselfunktion Jn(x) zurück" + }, + "BESSELK": { + "a": "(x;n)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt die modifizierte Besselfunktion zurück, die den für rein imaginäre Argumente ausgewerteten Besselfunktionen entspricht" + }, + "BESSELY": { + "a": "(x;n)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt die Besselfunktion Yn(x) zurück, die auch als Webersche Funktion oder Neumannsche Funktion bezeichnet wird" + }, + "BIN2DEC": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) in eine dezimale Zahl um" + }, + "BIN2HEX": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Stellen])", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) in eine hexadezimale Zahl um" + }, + "BIN2OCT": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Stellen])", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) in eine oktale Zahl um" + }, + "BITAND": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt ein bitweises „Und“ zweier Zahlen zurück" + }, + "BITLSHIFT": { + "a": "(Zahl;Verschiebebetrag)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt die Zahl zurück, die sich ergibt, nachdem die angegebene Zahl um die angegebene Anzahl von Bits nach links verschoben wurde" + }, + "BITOR": { + "a": "(Zahl1;Zahl2)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt ein bitweises „ODER“ zweier Zahlen zurück" + }, + "BITRSHIFT": { + "a": "(Zahl;Verschiebebetrag)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt die Zahl zurück, die sich ergibt, nachdem die angegebene Zahl um die angegebenen Bits nach rechts verschoben wurde" + }, + "BITXOR": { + "a": "(Zahl1;Zahl2)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt ein bitweises „Ausschließliches Oder“ zweier Zahlen zurück" + }, + "COMPLEX": { + "a": "(Realteil;Imaginärteil;[Suffix])", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt den Real- und Imaginärteil in eine komplexe Zahl um, ausgedrückt in der Form a + bi oder a + bj" + }, + "CONVERT": { + "a": "(Zahl;Von_Maßeinheit;In_Maßeinheit)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt eine Zahl aus einem Maßsystem in ein anderes um. Beispielsweise kann UMWANDELN eine Tabelle mit Entfernungen in Meilen in eine Tabelle mit Entfernungen in Kilometern umwandeln" + }, + "DEC2BIN": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Stellen])", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt eine dezimale Zahl in eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) um" + }, + "DEC2HEX": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Stellen])", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt eine dezimale Zahl in eine hexadezimale Zahl um" + }, + "DEC2OCT": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Stellen])", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt eine dezimale Zahl in eine oktale Zahl um" + }, + "DELTA": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - überprüft, ob zwei Werte gleich sind Sind die Werte gleich, gibt die Funktion 1 zurück. Andernfalls gibt sie 0 zurück" + }, + "ERF": { + "a": "(Untere_Grenze;[Obere_Grenze])", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt die zwischen den angegebenen unteren und oberen Grenzen integrierte Gauß'sche Fehlerfunktion zurück" + }, + "ERF.PRECISE": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt die Fehlerfunktion zurück" + }, + "ERFC": { + "a": "(Untere_Grenze)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt das Komplement zur Fehlerfunktion integriert zwischen x und Unendlichkeit zurück" + }, + "ERFC.PRECISE": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt das Komplement zur Funktion GAUSSFEHLER integriert zwischen x und Unendlichkeit zurück" + }, + "GESTEP": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Schritt])", + "d": "Technische Funktion - um zu testen, ob eine Zahl größer als ein Schwellenwert ist Die Funktion gibt 1 zurück, wenn die Zahl größer oder gleich Schritt ist, andernfalls 0" + }, + "HEX2BIN": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Stellen])", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt eine hexadezimale Zahl in eine binäre Zahl um." + }, + "HEX2DEC": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt eine hexadezimale Zahl in eine dezimale Zahl um" + }, + "HEX2OCT": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Stellen])", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt eine hexadezimale Zahl in eine Oktalzahl um" + }, + "IMABS": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den Absolutwert einer komplexen Zahl zu ermitteln" + }, + "IMAGINARY": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den Imaginärteil einer komplexen Zahl zu analysieren und zurückzugeben" + }, + "IMARGUMENT": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt das Argument Theta zurück, einen Winkel, der als Bogenmaß ausgedrückt wird" + }, + "IMCONJUGATE": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt die konjugiert komplexe Zahl zu einer komplexen Zahl zurück" + }, + "IMCOS": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den Kosinus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben" + }, + "IMCOSH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Kosinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben" + }, + "IMCOT": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den Kotangens einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben" + }, + "IMCSC": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - um den Kosekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben" + }, + "IMCSCH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Kosekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben" + }, + "IMDIV": { + "a": "(Komplexe_Zahl1;Komplexe_Zahl2)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt den Quotienten zweier komplexer Zahlen im Format x + yi oder x + yj zurück" + }, + "IMEXP": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt die algebraische e-Konstante einer in exponentieller Form vorliegenden komplexen Zahl zurück Die Konstante e hat den Wert 2,71828182845904" + }, + "IMLN": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den natürlichen Logarithmus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben" + }, + "IMLOG10": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt den Logarithmus einer komplexen Zahl zur Basis 10 zurück" + }, + "IMLOG2": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt den Logarithmus einer komplexen Zahl zur Basis 2 zurück" + }, + "IMPOWER": { + "a": "(Komplexe_Zahl;Potenz)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - potenziert eine komplexe Zahl, die als Zeichenfolge der Form x + yi oder x + yj vorliegt, mit einer ganzen Zahl" + }, + "IMPRODUCT": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt das Produkt der angegebenen komplexen Zahlen zurück" + }, + "IMREAL": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den ganzzahligen Anteil der angegebenen Zahl zu analysieren und zurückzugeben" + }, + "IMSEC": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - um den Kosekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben" + }, + "IMSECH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Sekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben" + }, + "IMSIN": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den Sinus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben" + }, + "IMSINH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Sinus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben" + }, + "IMSQRT": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt die Quadratwurzel einer komplexen Zahl zurück" + }, + "IMSUB": { + "a": "(Komplexe_Zahl1;Komplexe_Zahl2)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt die Differenz zweier komplexer Zahlen im Format a + bi or a + bj zurück" + }, + "IMSUM": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt die Summe von festgelegten komplexen Zahlen zurück" + }, + "IMTAN": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - gibt den Tangens einer komplexen Zahl zurück" + }, + "OCT2BIN": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Stellen])", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt eine oktale Zahl in eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) um" + }, + "OCT2DEC": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt eine oktale Zahl in eine dezimale Zahl um" + }, + "OCT2HEX": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Stellen])", + "d": "Technische Funktion - wandelt eine oktale Zahl in eine hexadezimale Zahl um" + }, + "DAVERAGE": { + "a": "(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)", + "d": "Datenbankfunktion - liefert den Mittelwert aus den Werten eines Felds (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht" + }, + "DCOUNT": { + "a": "(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)", + "d": "Datenbankfunktion - ermittelt die Anzahl nicht leerer Zellen in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen" + }, + "DCOUNTA": { + "a": "(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)", + "d": "Datenbankfunktion - summiert die Zahlen in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, das den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht" + }, + "DGET": { + "a": "(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)", + "d": "Datenbankfunktion - gibt einen einzelnen Wert aus einer Spalte einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück, der den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht" + }, + "DMAX": { + "a": "(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)", + "d": "Datenbankfunktion - gib den größten Wert in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück, das den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht" + }, + "DMIN": { + "a": "(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)", + "d": "Datenbankfunktion - gib den kleinsten Wert in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück, der den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht" + }, + "DPRODUCT": { + "a": "(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)", + "d": "Datenbankfunktion - multipliziert die Werte in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen." + }, + "DSTDEV": { + "a": "(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)", + "d": "Datenbankfunktion - schätzt die Standardabweichung einer Grundgesamtheit auf der Grundlage einer Stichprobe, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen" + }, + "DSTDEVP": { + "a": "(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)", + "d": "Datenbankfunktion - berechnet die Standardabweichung auf der Grundlage der Grundgesamtheit, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen" + }, + "DSUM": { + "a": "(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)", + "d": "Datenbankfunktion - summiert die Zahlen in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen." + }, + "DVAR": { + "a": "(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)", + "d": "Datenbankfunktion - schätzt die Varianz einer Grundgesamtheit auf der Grundlage einer Stichprobe, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen." + }, + "DVARP": { + "a": "(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)", + "d": "Datenbankfunktion - berechnet die Varianz auf der Grundlage der Grundgesamtheit, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen" + }, + "CHAR": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktion - gibt das der Codezahl entsprechende Zeichen zurück" + }, + "CLEAN": { + "a": "(Text)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktion löscht alle nicht druckbaren Zeichen aus einem Text" + }, + "CODE": { + "a": "(Text)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktion - gibt die Codezahl (den ASCII-Wert) des ersten Zeichens in einem Text zurück" + }, + "CONCATENATE": { + "a": "(Text1;[Text2];...)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktion - kombiniert den Text aus zwei oder mehr Zellen in eine einzelne" + }, + "CONCAT": { + "a": "(Text1;[Text2];...)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktion - kombiniert den Text aus zwei oder mehr Zellen in eine einzelne Diese Funktion ersetzt die Funktion VERKETTEN." + }, + "DOLLAR": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Dezimalstellen])", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktion - konvertiert eine Zahl in ein Textformat und ordnet ein Währungssymbol zu (€#.##)" + }, + "EXACT": { + "a": "(Text1;Text2)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - Daten in zwei Zellen vergleichen. Sind die Daten identisch, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück" + }, + "FIND": { + "a": "(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen])", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - sucht eine Zeichenfolge (Suchtext) innerhalb einer anderen (Text) und gibt die Position der gesuchten Zeichenfolge ab dem ersten Zeichen der anderen Zeichenfolge an, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden" + }, + "FINDB": { + "a": "(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen])", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - sucht eine Zeichenfolge (Suchtext) innerhalb einer anderen (Text) und gibt die Position der gesuchten Zeichenfolge ab dem ersten Zeichen der anderen Zeichenfolge an, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc." + }, + "FIXED": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Dezimalstellen],[Keine_Punkte])", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - formatiert eine Zahl als Text mit einer festen Anzahl von Nachkommastellen" + }, + "LEFT": { + "a": "(Text;[Anzahl_Bytes])", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt auf der Grundlage der Anzahl von Zeichen, die Sie angeben, das oder die erste(n) Zeichen in einer Textzeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden" + }, + "LEFTB": { + "a": "(Text;[Anzahl_Bytes])", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt auf der Grundlage der Anzahl von Bytes, die Sie angeben, das oder die erste(n) Zeichen in einer Textzeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc." + }, + "LEN": { + "a": "(Text)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden" + }, + "LENB": { + "a": "(Text)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt die Anzahl von Bytes zurück, die zum Darstellen der Zeichen in einer Zeichenfolge verwendet werden, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc." + }, + "LOWER": { + "a": "(Text)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktion - wandelt den Text in einer ausgewählten Zelle in Kleinbuchstaben um" + }, + "MID": { + "a": "(Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Byte)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt auf der Grundlage der angegebenen Anzahl von Zeichen eine bestimmte Anzahl von Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge ab der von Ihnen angegebenen Position zurück, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden" + }, + "MIDB": { + "a": "(Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Byte)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt auf der Grundlage der angegebenen Anzahl von Bytes eine bestimmte Anzahl von Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge ab der von Ihnen angegebenen Position zurück, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc." + }, + "NUMBERVALUE": { + "a": "(Text;[Dezimaltrennzeichen];[Gruppentrennzeichen])", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - konvertiert Text in Zahlen auf eine Weise, die vom Gebietsschema unabhängig ist" + }, + "PROPER": { + "a": "(Text)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - wandelt den ersten Buchstaben aller Wörter einer Zeichenfolge in Großbuchstaben um und alle anderen Buchstaben in Kleinbuchstaben" + }, + "REPLACE": { + "a": "(Alter_Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Bytes;Neuer_Text)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - ersetzt eine Zeichenfolge, basierend auf der Anzahl der Zeichen und der angegebenen Startposition, durch eine neue Zeichengruppe, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden" + }, + "REPLACEB": { + "a": "(Alter_Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Bytes;Neuer_Text)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - ersetzt eine Zeichenfolge, basierend auf der Anzahl der Zeichen und der angegebenen Startposition, durch eine neue Zeichengruppe, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc." + }, + "REPT": { + "a": "(Text;Multiplikator)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktion - wiederholt einen Text so oft wie angegeben" + }, + "RIGHT": { + "a": "(Text;[Anzahl_Bytes])", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt auf der Grundlage der angegebenen Anzahl von Zeichen das bzw. die letzten Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden" + }, + "RIGHTB": { + "a": "(Text;[Anzahl_Bytes])", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt auf der Grundlage der angegebenen Anzahl von Bytes das bzw. die letzten Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc." + }, + "SEARCH": { + "a": "(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen])", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt die Position der angegebenen Teilzeichenfolge in einer Zeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Single-Byte Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden" + }, + "SEARCHB": { + "a": "(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen])", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt die Position der angegebenen Teilzeichenfolge in einer Zeichenfolge zurück, für Sprachen die den Double-Byte Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie japanisch, chinesisch, koreanisch etc." + }, + "SUBSTITUTE": { + "a": "(Text;Alter_Text;Neuer_Text;[ntes_Auftreten])", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - ersetzt eine vorliegenden Zeichenfolge durch neuen Text" + }, + "T": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - prüft, ob der Wert in der Zelle (oder das Argument) Text ist oder nicht. Liegt kein Text vor, gibt die Funktion eine leere Zeichenfolge zurück. Liegt Text vor, gibt die Funktion den tatsächlichen Wert zurück" + }, + "TEXT": { + "a": "(Wert;Textformat)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - formatiert eine Zahl und wandelt sie in Text um" + }, + "TEXTJOIN": { + "a": "(Trennzeichen; Leer_ignorieren; Text1; [Text2]; …)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - kombiniert den Text aus mehreren Bereichen und/oder Zeichenfolgen und fügt zwischen jedem zu kombinierenden Textwert ein von Ihnen angegebenes Trennzeichen ein. Wenn das Trennzeichen eine leere Textzeichenfolge ist, verkettet diese Funktion effektiv die Bereiche" + }, + "TRIM": { + "a": "(Text)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - wird verwendet, um Leerzeichen aus Text zu entfernen." + }, + "UNICHAR": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt das Unicode-Zeichen zurück, das durch den angegebenen Zahlenwert bezeichnet wird." + }, + "UNICODE": { + "a": "(Text)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - gibt die Zahl (Codepoint) zurück, die dem ersten Zeichen des Texts entspricht" + }, + "UPPER": { + "a": "(Text)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - wandelt den Text in einer ausgewählten Zelle in Großbuchstaben um" + }, + "VALUE": { + "a": "(Text)", + "d": "Text- und Datenfunktionen - wandelt einen für eine Zahl stehenden Text in eine Zahl um. Handelt es sich bei dem zu konvertierenden Text nicht um eine Zahl, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück" + }, + "AVEDEV": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die durchschnittliche absolute Abweichung von Datenpunkten von ihrem Mittelwert zurück" + }, + "AVERAGE": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Mittelwert der Argumente zurück" + }, + "AVERAGEA": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Durchschnittswert für alle Zellen in einem Bereich zurück, einschließlich Text und logische Werte, die einem angegebenen Kriterium entsprechen. Die Funktion MITTELWERTA behandelt Text und FALSCH als 0 und WAHR als 1" + }, + "AVERAGEIF": { + "a": "(Bereich, Kriterien, [Mittelwert_Bereich])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Durchschnittswert (arithmetisches Mittel) für alle Zellen in einem Bereich zurück, die einem angegebenen Kriterium entsprechen" + }, + "AVERAGEIFS": { + "a": "(Summe_Bereich; Kriterien_Bereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2]; ... )", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Durchschnittswert (arithmetisches Mittel) für alle Zellen in einem Bereich zurück, die den angegebenen Kriterien entsprechen" + }, + "BETADIST": { + "a": " (x;Alpha;Beta;[A];[B]) ", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer betaverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück" + }, + "BETAINV": { + "a": " ( x , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ", + "d": "Statistical function used return the inverse of the cumulative beta probability density function for a specified beta distribution" + }, + "BETA.DIST": { + "a": " (x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert;[A];[B]) ", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Werte der kumulierten Betaverteilungsfunktion zurück" + }, + "BETA.INV": { + "a": " (Wahrsch;Alpha;Beta;[A];[B]) ", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Quantile der Verteilungsfunktion einer betaverteilten Zufallsvariablen (BETA.VERT) zurück" + }, + "BINOMDIST": { + "a": "(Zahl_Erfolge;Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer binomialverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück" + }, + "BINOM.DIST": { + "a": "(Zahl_Erfolge;Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer binomialverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück" + }, + "BINOM.DIST.RANGE": { + "a": "(Versuche;Erfolgswahrscheinlichkeit;Zahl_Erfolge;[Zahl2_Erfolge])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Erfolgswahrscheinlichkeit eines Versuchsergebnisses als Binomialverteilung zurück" + }, + "BINOM.INV": { + "a": "(Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Alpha)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den kleinsten Wert zurück, für den die kumulierten Wahrscheinlichkeiten der Binomialverteilung kleiner oder gleich einer Grenzwahrscheinlichkeit sind" + }, + "CHIDIST": { + "a": "(x;Freiheitsgrade)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Werte der rechtsseitigen Verteilungsfunktion einer Chi-Quadrat-verteilten Zufallsgröße zurück" + }, + "CHIINV": { + "a": "(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Perzentile der rechtsseitigen Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück" + }, + "CHITEST": { + "a": "(Beob_Messwerte;Erwart_Werte)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - liefert die Teststatistik eines Unabhängigkeitstests. Die Funktion gibt den Wert der chi-quadrierten (χ2)-Verteilung für die Teststatistik mit den entsprechenden Freiheitsgraden zurück" + }, + "CHISQ.DIST": { + "a": "(x;Freiheitsgrade;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück" + }, + "CHISQ.DIST.RT": { + "a": "(x;Freiheitsgrade)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Werte der rechtsseitigen Verteilungsfunktion einer Chi-Quadrat-verteilten Zufallsgröße zurück" + }, + "CHISQ.INV": { + "a": "(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Perzentile der linksseitigen Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück" + }, + "CHISQ.INV.RT": { + "a": "(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Perzentile der rechtsseitigen Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück" + }, + "CHISQ.TEST": { + "a": "(Beob_Messwerte;Erwart_Werte)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - liefert die Teststatistik eines Unabhängigkeitstests. Die Funktion gibt den Wert der chi-quadrierten (χ2)-Verteilung für die Teststatistik mit den entsprechenden Freiheitsgraden zurück" + }, + "CONFIDENCE": { + "a": "(Alpha;Standabwn;Umfang)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt das Konfidenzintervall für den Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen unter Verwendung der Normalverteilung zurück" + }, + "CONFIDENCE.NORM": { + "a": "(Alpha;Standabwn;Umfang)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt das Konfidenzintervall für ein Populationsmittel unter Verwendung der Normalverteilung zurück" + }, + "CONFIDENCE.T": { + "a": "(Alpha;Standabwn;Umfang)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt das Konfidenzintervall für den Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen zurück, wobei der Studentsche T-Test verwendet wird" + }, + "CORREL": { + "a": "(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Korrelationskoeffizient einer zweidimensionalen Zufallsgröße in einem Zellbereich zurück" + }, + "COUNT": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl der ausgewählten Zellen wieder die Zahlen enthalten, wobei leere Zellen ignoriert werden" + }, + "COUNTA": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - ermittelt, wie viele Zellen in einem Zellbereich nicht leer sind" + }, + "COUNTBLANK": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - um die Anzahl der leeren Zellen in einem Bereich von Zellen zu zählen" + }, + "COUNTIF": { + "a": "(Bereich;Suchkriterium)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - zählt die Anzahl der Zellen, die ein bestimmtes Kriterium erfüllen" + }, + "COUNTIFS": { + "a": "(Kriterienbereich1;Kriterien1;[Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2]… )", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - zählt die Anzahl der Zellen, die ein bestimmtes Kriterium erfüllen" + }, + "COVAR": { + "a": "(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Kovarianz, den Mittelwert der für alle Datenpunktpaare gebildeten Produkte der Abweichungen zurück." + }, + "COVARIANCE.P": { + "a": "(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Kovarianz einer Grundgesamtheit zurück, d. h. den Mittelwert der für alle Datenpunktpaare gebildeten Produkte der Abweichungen. Die Kovarianz gibt Auskunft darüber, welcher Zusammenhang zwischen zwei Datengruppen besteht" + }, + "COVARIANCE.S": { + "a": "(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Kovarianz einer Stichprobe zurück, d. h. den Mittelwert der für alle Datenpunktpaare gebildeten Produkte der Abweichungen" + }, + "CRITBINOM": { + "a": "(Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Alpha)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den kleinsten Wert zurück, für den die kumulierten Wahrscheinlichkeiten der Binomialverteilung größer oder gleich dem angegebenen Alpha-Wert sind" + }, + "DEVSQ": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Summe der quadrierten Abweichungen von Datenpunkten von deren Stichprobenmittelwert zurück" + }, + "EXPONDIST": { + "a": "(x;Lambda;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer exponential-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück" + }, + "EXPON.DIST": { + "a": "(x;Lambda;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer exponential-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück" + }, + "FDIST": { + "a": "(x;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die (rechtsseitige) F-Wahrscheinlichkeitsverteilung (Grad der Diversität) für zwei Datensätze zurück. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich feststellen, ob zwei Datenmengen unterschiedlichen Streuungen unterliegen" + }, + "FINV": { + "a": "(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der F-Verteilung zurück. Die F-Verteilung kann in F-Tests verwendet werden, bei denen die Streuungen zweier Datenmengen ins Verhältnis gesetzt werden" + }, + "FTEST": { + "a": "(Matrix1;Matrix2)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Teststatistik eines F-Tests zurück Ein F-Tests gibt die zweiseitige Wahrscheinlichkeit zurück, dass sich die Varianzen in Matrix1 und Matrix2 nicht signifikant unterscheiden. Mit dieser Funktion können Sie feststellen, ob zwei Stichproben unterschiedliche Varianzen haben" + }, + "F.DIST": { + "a": "(x;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer F-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich feststellen, ob zwei Datenmengen unterschiedlichen Streuungen unterliegen" + }, + "F.DIST.RT": { + "a": "(x;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die (rechtsseitige) F-Wahrscheinlichkeitsverteilung (Grad der Diversität) für zwei Datensätze zurück. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich feststellen, ob zwei Datenmengen unterschiedlichen Streuungen unterliegen" + }, + "F.INV": { + "a": "(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der F-Verteilung zurück. Die F-Verteilung kann in F-Tests verwendet werden, bei denen die Streuungen zweier Datenmengen ins Verhältnis gesetzt werden" + }, + "F.INV.RT": { + "a": "(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der F-Verteilung zurück. Die F-Verteilung kann in F-Tests verwendet werden, bei denen die Streuungen zweier Datenmengen ins Verhältnis gesetzt werden" + }, + "F.TEST": { + "a": "(Matrix1;Matrix2)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Teststatistik eines F-Tests zurück, die zweiseitige Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass sich die Varianzen in Matrix1 und Matrix2 nicht signifikant unterscheiden. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich feststellen, ob zwei Stichproben unterschiedliche Varianzen haben" + }, + "FISHER": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Fisher-Transformation einer Zahl (x) zurück" + }, + "FISHERINV": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Umkehrung der Fisher-Transformation zurück" + }, + "FORECAST": { + "a": "(x;Y_Werte;X_Werte)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - wird verwendet, um einen zukünftigen Wert basierend auf vorhandenen Werten vorherzusagen" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS": { + "a": "(Ziel_Datum;Werte;Zeitachse;[Saisonalität];[Daten_Vollständigkeit];[Aggregation])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - zur Berechnung oder Vorhersage eines zukünftigen Wertes basierend auf vorhandenen (historischen) Werten mithilfe der AAA-Version des Exponentialglättungsalgorithmus (ETS)" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT": { + "a": "(Ziel_Datum;Werte;Zeitachse;[Konfidenz_Niveau];[Saisonalität];[Datenvollständigkeit];[Aggregation])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt das Konfidenzintervall für den für den Prognosewert zum angegebenen Zieldatum zurück" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY": { + "a": "(Werte;Zeitachse;[Datenvollständigkeit];[Aggregation])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - wird verwendet, um die Länge des sich wiederholenden Musters zurückzugeben, das eine Anwendung für die angegebene Zeitreihe erkennt" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.STAT": { + "a": "(Werte;Zeitachse;Statistiktyp;[Saisonalität];[Datenvollständigkeit];[Aggregation])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion gibt einen statistischen Wertes als Ergebnis der Zeitreihenprognose zurück. Der Statistiktyp gibt an, welche Statistik von dieser Funktion angefordert wird" + }, + "FORECAST.LINEAR": { + "a": "(x;Y_Werte;X_Werte)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - zur Berechnung oder Vorhersage eines zukünftigen Wertes unter Verwendung vorhandener Werte. Der vorhergesagte Wert ist ein y-Wert für einen gegebenen x-Wert, wobei die Werte existierende x- und y-Werte sind. Der neue Wert wird unter Verwendung linearer Regression prognostiziert." + }, + "FREQUENCY": { + "a": "(Daten;Klassen)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - ermittelt, wie oft Werte innerhalb des ausgewählten Zellenbereichs auftreten, und zeigt den ersten Wert des zurückgegebenen vertikalen Zahlenfeldes an" + }, + "GAMMA": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Wert der Gammafunktion zurück" + }, + "GAMMADIST": { + "a": "(x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer gammaverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück" + }, + "GAMMA.DIST": { + "a": "(x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer gammaverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück" + }, + "GAMMAINV": { + "a": "(Wahrsch;Alpha;Beta)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der Gammaverteilung zurück" + }, + "GAMMA.INV": { + "a": "(Wahrsch;Alpha;Beta)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der Gammaverteilung zurück" + }, + "GAMMALN": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den natürlichen Logarithmus der Gammafunktion zurück" + }, + "GAMMALN.PRECISE": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den natürlichen Logarithmus der Gammafunktion zurück" + }, + "GAUSS": { + "a": "(z)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - berechnet die Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass ein Element einer Standardgrundgesamtheit zwischen dem Mittelwert und z Standardabweichungen vom Mittelwert liegt" + }, + "GEOMEAN": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den geometrischen Mittelwert der zugehörigen Argumente zurück" + }, + "GROWTH": { + "a": "(Y_Werte;[X_Werte];[Neue_x_Werte];[Konstante])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - liefert Werte, die sich aus einem exponentiellen Trend ergeben. Die Funktion liefert die y-Werte für eine Reihe neuer x-Werte, die Sie mithilfe vorhandener x- und y-Werte festlegen" + }, + "HARMEAN": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den harmonischen Mittelwert der zugehörigen Argumente zurück" + }, + "HYPGEOM.DIST": { + "a": "(Erfolge_S;Umfang_S;Erfolge_G;Umfang_G;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer hypergeometrisch-verteilten Zufallsvariable zurück. Die Funktion berechnet die Wahrscheinlichkeit in einer Stichprobe eine bestimmte Anzahl von Beobachtungen zu erhalten" + }, + "HYPGEOMDIST": { + "a": "(Erfolge_S;Umfang_S;Erfolge_G;Umfang_G)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer hypergeometrisch-verteilten Zufallsvariable zurück. Die Funktion berechnet die Wahrscheinlichkeit in einer Stichprobe eine bestimmte Anzahl von Beobachtungen zu erhalten" + }, + "INTERCEPT": { + "a": "(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Schnittpunkt der Regressionsgeraden zurück. Diese Funktion berechnet den Punkt, an dem eine Gerade die Y-Achse unter Verwendung vorhandener X_Werte und Y_Werte schneidet" + }, + "KURT": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Kurtosis (Exzess) einer Datengruppe zurück" + }, + "LARGE": { + "a": "(Matrix;k)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den k-größten Wert eines Datensatzes in einem bestimmten Zellbereich zurück" + }, + "LINEST": { + "a": "(Y_Werte;[X_Werte];[Konstante];[Stats])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - berechnet die Statistik für eine Linie nach der Methode der kleinsten Quadrate, um eine gerade Linie zu berechnen, die am besten an die Daten angepasst ist, und gibt dann eine Matrix zurück, die die Linie beschreibt. Da diese Funktion eine Matrix von Werten zurückgibt, muss die Formel als Matrixformel eingegeben werden" + }, + "LOGEST": { + "a": "(Y_Werte;[X_Werte];[Konstante];[Stats])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - in der Regressionsanalyse berechnet die Funktion eine exponentielle Kurve, die Ihren Daten entspricht, und gibt ein Array von Werten zurück, die die Kurve beschreiben. Da diese Funktion eine Matrix von Werten zurückgibt, muss die Formel als Matrixformel eingegeben werden" + }, + "LOGINV": { + "a": "(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der Lognormalverteilung von Wahrsch zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normal verteilt ist" + }, + "LOGNORM.DIST": { + "a": "(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Werte der Verteilungsfunktion der Lognormalverteilung von x zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normalverteilt ist" + }, + "LOGNORM.INV": { + "a": "(Wahrsch;Mittelwert;Standabwn)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Perzentile der Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück." + }, + "LOGNORMDIST": { + "a": "(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer lognormalverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normalverteilt ist" + }, + "MAX": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den größten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück" + }, + "MAXA": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den größten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück" + }, + "MAXIFS": { + "a": "(Max_Bereich; Kriterienbereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2]; ...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Maximalwert aus Zellen zurück, die mit einem bestimmten Satz Bedingungen oder Kriterien angegeben wurden" + }, + "MEDIAN": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Mittelwert der zugehörigen Argumente zurück" + }, + "MIN": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den kleinsten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück" + }, + "MINA": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den kleinsten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück" + }, + "MINIFS": { + "a": "(Min_Bereich; Kriterienbereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2]; ...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Minimalwert aus Zellen zurück, die mit einem bestimmten Satz Bedingungen oder Kriterien angegeben wurden" + }, + "MODE": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - analysiert einen Datenbereich und gibt den am häufigsten auftretenden Wert zurück" + }, + "MODE.MULT": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];... )", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt ein vertikales Array der am häufigsten vorkommenden oder wiederholten Werte in einem Array oder Datenbereich zurück" + }, + "MODE.SNGL": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];... )", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den am häufigsten vorkommenden oder wiederholten Wert in einem Array oder Datenbereich zurück" + }, + "NEGBINOM.DIST": { + "a": "(Zahl_Mißerfolge;Zahl_Erfolge;Erfolgswahrsch;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer negativen, binominal verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück, die Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass es „Zahl_Mißerfolge“ vor dem durch „Zahl_Erfolge“ angegebenen Erfolg gibt, wobei „Erfolgswahrsch“ die Wahrscheinlichkeit für den günstigen Ausgang des Experiments ist" + }, + "NEGBINOMDIST": { + "a": "(Zahl_Mißerfolge;Zahl_Erfolge;Erfolgswahrsch)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer negativbinomialverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück" + }, + "NORM.DIST": { + "a": "(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück" + }, + "NORMDIST": { + "a": "(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück" + }, + "NORM.INV": { + "a": "(Wahrsch;Mittelwert;Standabwn)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Perzentile der Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück" + }, + "NORMINV": { + "a": "(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Perzentile der Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück" + }, + "NORM.S.DIST": { + "a": "(z;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Standardnormalverteilung zurück. Die Standardnormalverteilung hat einen Mittelwert von 0 und eine Standardabweichung von 1" + }, + "NORMSDIST": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer standardnormalverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück" + }, + "NORM.S.INV": { + "a": "(Wahrsch)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der Standardnormalverteilung zurück. Die Verteilung hat einen Mittelwert von Null und eine Standardabweichung von Eins" + }, + "NORMSINV": { + "a": "(Wahrsch)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Quantile der Standardnormalverteilung zurück" + }, + "PEARSON": { + "a": "(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Pearsonschen Korrelationskoeffizienten zurück" + }, + "PERCENTILE": { + "a": "(Matrix;k)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt das k-Quantil einer Gruppe von Daten zurück" + }, + "PERCENTILE.EXC": { + "a": "(Matrix;k)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt das k-Quantil von Werten in einem Bereich zurück, wobei k im Bereich von 0..1 ausschließlich liegt" + }, + "PERCENTILE.INC": { + "a": "(Matrix;k)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt das k-Quantil von Werten in einem Bereich zurück, wobei k im Bereich von 0..1 ausschließlich liegt" + }, + "PERCENTRANK": { + "a": "(Matrix;k)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den prozentualen Rang eines Werts in einer Liste von Werten zurück" + }, + "PERCENTRANK.EXC": { + "a": "(Matrix;x;[Genauigkeit])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Rang eines Werts in einem Datensatz als Prozentsatz (0..1 ausschließlich) des Datensatzes zurück" + }, + "PERCENTRANK.INC": { + "a": "(Matrix;x;[Genauigkeit])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Rang eines Werts in einem Datensatz als Prozentsatz (0..1 einschließlich) des Datensatzes zurück" + }, + "PERMUT": { + "a": "(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Rang eines Werts in einem Datensatz als Prozentsatz (0..1 einschließlich) des Datensatzes zurück" + }, + "PERMUTATIONA": { + "a": "(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl der Permutationen für eine angegebene Anzahl von Objekten zurück (mit Wiederholungen), die aus der Gesamtmenge der Objekte ausgewählt werden können" + }, + "PHI": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Wert der Dichtefunktion für eine Standardnormalverteilung zurück" + }, + "POISSON": { + "a": "(x;Mittelwert;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer poissonverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück" + }, + "POISSON.DIST": { + "a": "(x;Mittelwert;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer poissonverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Eine übliche Anwendung der Poissonverteilung ist die Modellierung der Anzahl der Ereignisse innerhalb eines bestimmten Zeitraumes, beispielsweise die Anzahl der Autos, die innerhalb 1 Minute an einer Zollstation eintreffen" + }, + "PROB": { + "a": "(Beob_Werte; Beob_Wahrsch;[Untergrenze];[Obergrenze])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeit für ein von zwei Werten eingeschlossenes Intervall zurück" + }, + "QUARTILE": { + "a": "(Matrix;Quartil)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Quartile der Datengruppe zurück" + }, + "QUARTILE.INC": { + "a": "(Matrix;Quartil)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Quartile eines Datasets zurück, basierend auf Perzentilwerten von 0..1 einschließlich" + }, + "QUARTILE.EXC": { + "a": "(Matrix;Quartil)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Quartile eines Datasets zurück, basierend auf Perzentilwerten von 0..1 ausschließlich" + }, + "RANK": { + "a": "(Zahl;Bezug;[Reihenfolge])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion gibt den Rang, den eine Zahl innerhalb einer Liste von Zahlen einnimmt, zurück. Als Rang einer Zahl wird deren Größe, bezogen auf die anderen Werte der jeweiligen Liste, bezeichnet. (Wenn Sie die Liste sortieren würden, würde die Rangzahl die Position der Zahl angeben.)" + }, + "RANK.AVG": { + "a": "(Zahl;Bezug;[Reihenfolge])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Rang, den eine Zahl innerhalb einer Liste von Zahlen einnimmt, zurück: die Größe ist relativ zu anderen Werten in der Liste. Wenn mehrere Werte die gleiche Rangzahl aufweisen, wird der durchschnittliche Rang dieser Gruppe von Werten zurückgegeben" + }, + "RANK.EQ": { + "a": "(Zahl;Bezug;[Reihenfolge])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Rang, den eine Zahl innerhalb einer Liste von Zahlen einnimmt, zurück: die Größe ist relativ zu anderen Werten in der Liste. Wenn mehrere Werte die gleiche Rangzahl aufweisen, wird der oberste Rang dieser Gruppe von Werten zurückgegeben" + }, + "RSQ": { + "a": "(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt das Quadrat des Pearsonschen Korrelationskoeffizienten zurück" + }, + "SKEW": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - analysiert einen Datenbereich und gibt die Schiefe einer Verteilung zurück" + }, + "SKEW.P": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Tahl2];…)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Schiefe einer Verteilung auf der Basis einer Grundgesamtheit zurück: eine Charakterisierung des Asymmetriegrads einer Verteilung um ihren Mittelwert" + }, + "SLOPE": { + "a": "(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Steigung der Regressionsgeraden zurück, die an die in Y_Werte und X_Werte abgelegten Datenpunkte angepasst ist" + }, + "SMALL": { + "a": "(Matrix;k)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den k-kleinsten Wert einer Datengruppe in einem Datenbereich zurück" + }, + "STANDARDIZE": { + "a": "(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den standardisierten Wert einer Verteilung zurück, die durch die angegebenen Argumente charakterisiert ist" + }, + "STDEV": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - analysiert einen Datenbereich und gibt die Standardabweichung einer Population basierend auf einer Zahlengruppe zurück" + }, + "STDEV.P": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];... )", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - berechnet die Standardabweichung ausgehend von einer als Argumente angegebenen Grundgesamtheit (logische Werte und Text werden ignoriert)" + }, + "STDEV.S": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];... )", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - schätzt die Standardabweichung ausgehend von einer Stichprobe (logische Werte und Text werden in der Stichprobe ignoriert)" + }, + "STDEVA": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - analysiert den Datenbereich und gibt die Standardabweichung einer Population basierend auf Zahlen, Text und Wahrheitswerten (FALSCH oder WAHR) zurück Die Funktion STABWA berücksichtigt Text und FALSCH als 0 und WAHR als 1" + }, + "STDEVP": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - analysiert einen Datenbereich und gibt die Standardabweichung einer gesamten Population zurück" + }, + "STDEVPA": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - analysiert einen Datenbereich und gibt die Standardabweichung einer gesamten Population zurück" + }, + "STEYX": { + "a": "(Y_Werte;X_Werte)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Standardfehler der geschätzten y-Werte für alle x-Werte der Regression zurück" + }, + "TDIST": { + "a": "(x;Freiheitsgrade;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Prozentpunkte (Wahrscheinlichkeit) für die Student-t-Verteilung zurück, wobei ein Zahlenwert (x) ein berechneter Wert von t ist, für den die Prozentpunkte berechnet werden sollen; Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen" + }, + "TINV": { + "a": "(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt das zweiseitige Quantil der (Student) t-Verteilung zurück" + }, + "T.DIST": { + "a": "(x;Freiheitsgrade;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die linksseitige Student-t-Verteilung zurück. Die t-Verteilung wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen." + }, + "T.DIST.2T": { + "a": "(x;Freiheitsgrade)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die (Student) t-Verteilung für zwei Endflächen zurück. Sie wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen" + }, + "T.DIST.RT": { + "a": "(x;Freiheitsgrade)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die (Student)-t-Verteilung für die rechte Endfläche zurück. Die t-Verteilung wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen" + }, + "T.INV": { + "a": "(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt linksseitige Quantile der (Student) t-Verteilung zurück" + }, + "T.INV.2T": { + "a": "(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt das zweiseitige Quantil der (Student) t-Verteilung zurück" + }, + "T.TEST": { + "a": "(Matrix1;Matrix2;Seiten;Typ)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Teststatistik eines Student'schen t-Tests zurück. Mithilfe von T.TEST können Sie testen, ob zwei Stichproben aus zwei Grundgesamtheiten mit demselben Mittelwert stammen" + }, + "TREND": { + "a": "(Y_Werte;[X_Werte];[Neu_X];[Konstante])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Werte entlang eines linearen Trends zurück. Es passt zu einer geraden Linie (unter Verwendung der Methode der kleinsten Quadrate) zum known_y und known_x des Arrays" + }, + "TRIMMEAN": { + "a": "(Matrix;Prozent)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt den Mittelwert einer Datengruppe zurück, ohne die Randwerte zu berücksichtigen. GESTUTZTMITTEL berechnet den Mittelwert einer Teilmenge der Datenpunkte, die darauf basiert, dass entsprechend des jeweils angegebenen Prozentsatzes die kleinsten und größten Werte der ursprünglichen Datenpunkte ausgeschlossen werden" + }, + "TTEST": { + "a": "(Matrix1;Matrix2;Seiten;Typ)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die Teststatistik eines Student'schen t-Tests zurück. Mithilfe von TTEST können Sie testen, ob zwei Stichproben aus zwei Grundgesamtheiten mit demselben Mittelwert stammen" + }, + "VAR": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - schätzt die Varianz auf der Basis einer Stichprobe" + }, + "VAR.P": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];... )", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - berechnet die Varianz auf der Grundlage der gesamten Population (logische Werte und Text werden ignoriert)" + }, + "VAR.S": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];... )", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - schätzt die Varianz ausgehend von einer Stichprobe (logische Werte und Text werden in der Stichprobe ignoriert)" + }, + "VARA": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - schätzt die Varianz auf der Basis einer Stichprobe" + }, + "VARP": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - analysiert die angegebenen Werte und berechnet die Varianz einer gesamten Population" + }, + "VARPA": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - analysiert die angegebenen Werte und berechnet die Varianz einer gesamten Population" + }, + "WEIBULL": { + "a": "(x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer weibullverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Diese Verteilung können Sie bei Zuverlässigkeitsanalysen verwenden, also beispielsweise dazu, die mittlere Lebensdauer eines Gerätes zu berechnen" + }, + "WEIBULL.DIST": { + "a": "(x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert)", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer weibullverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Diese Verteilung können Sie bei Zuverlässigkeitsanalysen verwenden, also beispielsweise dazu, die mittlere Lebensdauer eines Gerätes zu berechnen" + }, + "Z.TEST": { + "a": "(Matrix;x;[Sigma])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die einseitige Prüfstatistik für einen Gaußtest (Normalverteilung) zurück. Für einen Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen, x, gibt G.TEST die Wahrscheinlichkeit zurück, mit der der Stichprobenmittelwert größer als der Durchschnitt der für diesen Datensatz (Array) durchgeführten Beobachtungen ist - also dem beobachteten Stichprobenmittel" + }, + "ZTEST": { + "a": "(Matrix;x;[Sigma])", + "d": "Statistische Funktion - gibt die einseitige Prüfstatistik für einen Gaußtest (Normalverteilung) zurück. Für einen Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen, x, gibt G.TEST die Wahrscheinlichkeit zurück, mit der der Stichprobenmittelwert größer als der Durchschnitt der für diesen Datensatz (Array) durchgeführten Beobachtungen ist - also dem beobachteten Stichprobenmittel" + }, + "ACCRINT": { + "a": "(Emission;Erster_Zinstermin;Abrechnung;Satz;Nennwert;Häufigkeit;[Basis];[Berechnungsmethode])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die aufgelaufenen Zinsen (Stückzinsen) eines Wertpapiers mit periodischen Zinszahlungen zurück" + }, + "ACCRINTM": { + "a": "(Emission;Abrechnung;Satz;Nennwert;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die aufgelaufenen Zinsen (Stückzinsen) eines Wertpapiers zurück, die bei Fälligkeit ausgezahlt werden" + }, + "AMORDEGRC": { + "a": "(Ansch_Wert;Kaufdatum;Erster_Zinstermin;Restwert;Termin;Satz;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet die Abschreibung eines Vermögenswerts für jede Rechnungsperiode unter Verwendung einer degressiven Abschreibungsmethode" + }, + "AMORLINC": { + "a": "(Ansch_Wert;Kaufdatum;Erster_Zinstermin;Restwert;Termin;Satz;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet die Abschreibung eines Vermögenswerts für jede Rechnungsperiode unter Verwendung einer linearen Abschreibungsmethode" + }, + "COUPDAYBS": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl von Tagen ab dem Beginn einer Zinsperiode bis zum Abrechnungstermin zurück" + }, + "COUPDAYS": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl der Tage der Zinsperiode zurück, die den Abrechnungstermin einschließt" + }, + "COUPDAYSNC": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl der Tage vom Abrechnungstermin bis zum nächsten Zinstermin zurück" + }, + "COUPNCD": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt eine Zahl zurück, die den nächsten Zinstermin nach dem Abrechnungstermin angibt" + }, + "COUPNUM": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl der zwischen dem Abrechnungsdatum und dem Fälligkeitsdatum zahlbaren Zinszahlungen an" + }, + "COUPPCD": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet den Termin der letzten Zinszahlung vor dem Abrechnungstermin" + }, + "CUMIPMT": { + "a": "(Zins;Zzr;Bw;Zeitraum_Anfang;Zeitraum_Ende;F)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet die kumulierten Zinsen, die zwischen zwei Perioden zu zahlen sind, basierend auf einem festgelegten Zinssatz und einem konstanten Zahlungsplan" + }, + "CUMPRINC": { + "a": "(Zins;Zzr;Bw;Zeitraum_Anfang;Zeitraum_Ende;F)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet die aufgelaufene Tilgung eines Darlehens, die zwischen zwei Perioden zu zahlen ist, basierend auf einem festgelegten Zinssatz und einem konstanten Zahlungsplan" + }, + "DB": { + "a": "(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Periode;[Monate])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die geometrisch-degressive Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsgutes für eine bestimmte Periode zurück" + }, + "DDB": { + "a": "(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Periode;[Faktor])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Abschreibung eines Anlagegutes für einen angegebenen Zeitraum unter Verwendung der degressiven Doppelraten-Abschreibung zurück" + }, + "DISC": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Anlage;Rückzahlung;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den in Prozent ausgedrückten Abzinsungssatz eines Wertpapiers zurück" + }, + "DOLLARDE": { + "a": "(Zahl;Teiler)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - wandelt eine Notierung, die durch eine Kombination aus ganzer Zahl und Dezimalbruch ausgedrückt wurde, in eine Dezimalzahl um" + }, + "DOLLARFR": { + "a": "(Zahl;Teiler)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - wandelt als Dezimalzahlen angegebene Euro-Preise in Euro-Zahlen um, die als Dezimalbrüche formuliert sind" + }, + "DURATION": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Nominalzins;Rendite;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt für einen angenommenen Nennwert von 100 € die Macauley-Dauer zurück" + }, + "EFFECT": { + "a": "(Nominalzins;Perioden)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die jährliche Effektivverzinsung zurück, ausgehend von einer Nominalverzinsung sowie der jeweiligen Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr" + }, + "FV": { + "a": "(Zins;Zzr;Rmz;[Bw];[F])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den zukünftigen Wert (Endwert) einer Investition zurück, basierend auf dem angegebenen Zinssatz und regelmäßigen, konstanten Zahlungen" + }, + "FVSCHEDULE": { + "a": "(Kapital;Zinsen)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den aufgezinsten Wert des Anfangskapitals für eine Reihe periodisch unterschiedlicher Zinssätze zurück" + }, + "INTRATE": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Anlage;Rückzahlung;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Zinssatz eines voll investierten Wertpapiers am Fälligkeitstermin zurück" + }, + "IPMT": { + "a": "(Zins;Zr;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Zinszahlung einer Investition für die angegebene Periode zurück, ausgehend von regelmäßigen, konstanten Zahlungen und einem konstanten Zinssatz" + }, + "IRR": { + "a": "(Werte;[Schätzwert])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den internen Zinsfuß einer Investition ohne Finanzierungskosten oder Reinvestitionsgewinne zurück. Der interne Zinsfuß ist der Zinssatz, der für eine Investition erreicht wird, die aus Auszahlungen (negative Werte) und Einzahlungen (positive Werte) besteht, die in regelmäßigen Abständen erfolgen" + }, + "ISPMT": { + "a": "(Zins;Zr;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet die bei einem konstanten Zahlungsplan während eines bestimmten Zeitraums für eine Investition gezahlten Zinsen" + }, + "MDURATION": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Nominalzins;Rendite;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die modifizierte Macauley-Dauer eines Wertpapiers mit einem angenommenen Nennwert von 100 € zurück" + }, + "MIRR": { + "a": "(Werte;Investition;Reinvestition)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt einen modifizierten internen Zinsfuß zurück, bei dem positive und negative Cashflows mit unterschiedlichen Zinssätzen finanziert werden" + }, + "NOMINAL": { + "a": "(Effektiver_Zins;Perioden)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die jährliche Nominalverzinsung zurück, ausgehend vom effektiven Zinssatz sowie der Anzahl der Verzinsungsperioden innerhalb eines Jahres" + }, + "NPER": { + "a": "(Zins,Rmz,Bw,[Zw],[F])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl der Zahlungsperioden einer Investition zurück, die auf periodischen, gleichbleibenden Zahlungen sowie einem konstanten Zinssatz basiert" + }, + "NPV": { + "a": "(Zins;Wert1;[Wert2];...)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - liefert den Nettobarwert (Kapitalwert) einer Investition auf der Basis eines Abzinsungsfaktors für eine Reihe periodischer Zahlungen" + }, + "ODDFPRICE": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Erster_Zinstermin;Zins;Rendite;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert für ein Wertpapier, das periodische Zinsen auszahlt, aber einen unregelmäßigen ersten Zinstermin hat (kürzer oder länger als andere Perioden)" + }, + "ODDFYIELD": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Erster_Zinstermin;Zins;Kurs;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Rendite eines Wertpapiers mit einem unregelmäßigen ersten Zinstermin zurück (kürzer oder länger als andere Perioden)" + }, + "ODDLPRICE": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Letzter_Zinstermin;Zins;Rendite;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert für ein Wertpapier, das periodische Zinsen auszahlt, aber einen unregelmäßigen letzten Zinstermin hat (kürzer oder länger als andere Perioden)" + }, + "ODDLYIELD": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Letzter_Zinstermin;Zins;Kurs;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Rendite eines Wertpapiers, mit einem unregelmäßigen letzten Zinstermin, unabhängig von der Dauer zurück" + }, + "PDURATION": { + "a": "(Zins;Bw;Zw)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl von Perioden zurück, die erforderlich sind, bis eine Investition einen angegebenen Wert erreicht hat" + }, + "PMT": { + "a": "(Zins;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet die konstante Zahlung einer Annuität pro Periode, wobei konstante Zahlungen und ein konstanter Zinssatz vorausgesetzt werden" + }, + "PPMT": { + "a": "(Zins;Zr;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Kapitalrückzahlung einer Investition für eine angegebene Periode zurück, wobei konstante Zahlungen und ein konstanter Zinssatz vorausgesetzt werden" + }, + "PRICE": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Satz;Rendite;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert eines Wertpapiers zurück, das periodisch Zinsen auszahlt" + }, + "PRICEDISC": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Disagio;Rückzahlung;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert eines unverzinslichen Wertpapiers zurück" + }, + "PRICEMAT": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Zins;Rendite;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert eines Wertpapiers zurück, das Zinsen am Fälligkeitsdatum auszahlt" + }, + "PV": { + "a": "(Zins;Zzr;Rmz;[Zw];[F])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet den aktuellen Wert eines Darlehens oder einer Investition, wobei ein konstanter Zinssatz vorausgesetzt wird" + }, + "RATE": { + "a": "(Zzr, Rmz, Bw, Zw, [F], [Schätzwert])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - berechnet den Zinssatz für eine Investition basierend auf einem konstanten Zahlungsplan" + }, + "RECEIVED": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Anlage;Disagio;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Auszahlungsbetrag eines voll investierten Wertpapiers am Fälligkeitstermin zurück" + }, + "RRI": { + "a": "(Zzr;Bw;Zw)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den effektiven Jahreszins für den Wertzuwachs einer Investition zurück" + }, + "SLN": { + "a": "(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die lineare Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsgutes pro Periode zurück" + }, + "SYD": { + "a": "(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Zr)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die arithmetisch-degressive Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsgutes für eine bestimmte Periode zurück" + }, + "TBILLEQ": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Disagio)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - rechnet die Verzinsung eines Schatzwechsels (Treasury Bill) in die für Anleihen übliche einfache jährliche Verzinsung um" + }, + "TBILLPRICE": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Disagio)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert einer Schatzanweisung (Treasury Bill) zurück" + }, + "TBILLYIELD": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Kurs)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Rendite einer Schatzanweisung (Treasury Bill) zurück" + }, + "VDB": { + "a": "(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Anfang;Ende;[Faktor];[Nicht_wechseln])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die degressive Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsguts für eine bestimmte Periode oder Teilperiode zurück" + }, + "XIRR": { + "a": "(Werte; Zeitpkte;[Schätzwert])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den internen Zinsfuß einer Reihe nicht periodisch anfallender Zahlungen zurück" + }, + "XNPV": { + "a": "(Zins;Werte;Zeitpkte)", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt den Nettobarwert (Kapitalwert) einer Reihe nicht periodisch anfallender Zahlungen zurück" + }, + "YIELD": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Satz;Kurs;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die Rendite eines Wertpapiers zurück, das periodisch Zinsen auszahlt" + }, + "YIELDDISC": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Anlage;Rückzahlung;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die jährliche Rendite eines unverzinslichen Wertpapiers zurück" + }, + "YIELDMAT": { + "a": "(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Zins;Kurs;[Basis])", + "d": "Finanzmathematische Funktion - gibt die jährliche Rendite eines Wertpapiers zurück, das Zinsen am Fälligkeitsdatum auszahlt" + }, + "ABS": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - ermittelt den Absolutwert einer Zahl" + }, + "ACOS": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Arkuskosinus oder umgekehrten Kosinus einer Zahl zurück" + }, + "ACOSH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Kosinus einer Zahl zurück" + }, + "ACOT": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Hauptwert des Arkuskotangens (Umkehrfunktion des Kotangens) einer Zahl zurück" + }, + "ACOTH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Kotangens einer Zahl zurück" + }, + "AGGREGATE": { + "a": "(Funktion, Optionen, Bezug1, [Bezug2], …)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt ein Aggregat in einer Liste oder einer Datenbank zurück. Mit der Funktion AGGREGAT können verschiedene Aggregatfunktionen auf eine Liste oder Datenbank angewendet werden, mit der Option ausgeblendete Zeilen sowie Fehlerwerte zu ignorieren" + }, + "ARABIC": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - wandelt eine römische Zahl in eine arabische Zahl um" + }, + "ASC": { + "a": "( text )", + "d": "Text function for Double-byte character set (DBCS) languages, the function changes full-width (double-byte) characters to half-width (single-byte) characters" + }, + "ASIN": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Arkussinus oder auch umgekehrten Sinus einer Zahl zurück" + }, + "ASINH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Sinus einer Zahl zurück" + }, + "ATAN": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Arkustangens oder auch umgekehrten Tangens einer Zahl zurück" + }, + "ATAN2": { + "a": "(Zahl;Potenz)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Arkustangens oder auch umgekehrten Tangens ausgehend von einer x- und einer y-Koordinate zurück" + }, + "ATANH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Tangens einer Zahl zurück" + }, + "BASE": { + "a": "(Zahl;Basis;[Mindestlänge])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - konvertiert eine Zahl in eine Textdarstellung mit der angegebenen Basis." + }, + "CEILING": { + "a": "(Zahl;Schritt)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts" + }, + "CEILING.MATH": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Schritt];[Modus])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts auf" + }, + "CEILING.PRECISE": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Schritt])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine Zahl zurück, die auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache von „Schritt“ gerundet wurde" + }, + "COMBIN": { + "a": "(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Anzahl von Kombinationen für eine bestimmte Anzahl von Elementen zurück" + }, + "COMBINA": { + "a": "(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl)", + "d": "Sie gibt die Anzahl von Kombinationen (mit Wiederholungen) für eine bestimmte Anzahl von Elementen zurück" + }, + "COS": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Kosinus eines Winkels zurück" + }, + "COSH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den hyperbolischen Kosinus eines Winkels zurück" + }, + "COT": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Kotangens eines im Bogenmaß angegebenen Winkels zurück" + }, + "COTH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den hyperbolischen Kotangens eines hyperbolischen Winkels zurück" + }, + "CSC": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Kosekans eines im Bogenmaß angegebenen Winkels zurück" + }, + "CSCH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den hyperbolischen Kosekans eines im Bogenmaß angegebenen Winkels zurück" + }, + "DECIMAL": { + "a": "(Text;Basis)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - konvertiert eine Textdarstellung einer Zahl mit einer angegebenen Basis in eine Dezimalzahl" + }, + "DEGREES": { + "a": "(Winkel)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - wandelt Bogenmaß (Radiant) in Grad um" + }, + "ECMA.CEILING": { + "a": "(Zahl;Schritt)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts" + }, + "EVEN": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste gerade ganze Zahl auf" + }, + "EXP": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - potenziert die Basis e mit der als Argument angegebenen Zahl Die Konstante e hat den Wert 2,71828182845904" + }, + "FACT": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Fakultät einer Zahl zurück" + }, + "FACTDOUBLE": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Fakultät zu Zahl mit Schrittlänge 2 zurück" + }, + "FLOOR": { + "a": "(Zahl;Schritt)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts" + }, + "FLOOR.PRECISE": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Schritt])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine Zahl zurück, die auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache von „Schritt“ gerundet wurde" + }, + "FLOOR.MATH": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Schritt];[Modus])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste ganze Zahl oder das nächste Vielfache von „Schritt“ ab" + }, + "GCD": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den größten gemeinsamen Teiler von zwei oder mehr Zahlen zurück" + }, + "INT": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den ganzzahligen Anteil der angegebenen Zahl zurück" + }, + "ISO.CEILING": { + "a": "(Zahl;Schritt)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine Zahl zurück, die auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache von „Schritt“ gerundet wurde. Die Zahl wird unabhängig von ihrem Vorzeichen aufgerundet. Ist „Zahl“ oder „Schritt“ gleich 0, wird 0 zurückgegeben." + }, + "LCM": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt das kleinste gemeinsame Vielfache der als Argumente angegebenen ganzen Zahlen zurück" + }, + "LN": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den natürlichen Logarithmus einer Zahl zurück" + }, + "LOG": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Basis])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Logarithmus einer Zahl zu der angegebenen Basis zurück" + }, + "LOG10": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Logarithmus einer Zahl zur Basis 10 zurück" + }, + "MDETERM": { + "a": "(Matrix)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Determinante einer Matrix zurück" + }, + "MINVERSE": { + "a": "(Matrix)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die zu einer Matrix gehörende Kehrmatrix zurück und zeigt den ersten Wert der zurückgegebenen Zahlenanordnungen an" + }, + "MMULT": { + "a": "(Matrix1;Matrix2)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt das Produkt zweier Matrizen zurück und zeigt den ersten Wert der zurückgegebenen Zahlenanordnungen an" + }, + "MOD": { + "a": "(Zahl;Potenz)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Rest einer Division zurück. Das Ergebnis hat dasselbe Vorzeichen wie Divisor" + }, + "MROUND": { + "a": "(Zahl;Vielfaches)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine auf das gewünschte Vielfache gerundete Zahl zurück" + }, + "MULTINOMIAL": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt das Verhältnis der Fakultät von der Summe der Zahlen zum Produkt der Fakultäten zurück" + }, + "MUNIT": { + "a": "(Größe)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Einheitsmatrix für die angegebene Dimension zurück" + }, + "ODD": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste gerade unganze Zahl auf" + }, + "PI": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Wert der mathematische Konstante Pi zurück, der 3,14159265358979 entspricht. Für die Syntax der Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich" + }, + "POWER": { + "a": "(Zahl;Potenz)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt als Ergebnis eine potenzierte Zahl zurück" + }, + "PRODUCT": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - multipliziert alle als Argumente angegebenen Zahlen und gibt das Produkt zurück" + }, + "QUOTIENT": { + "a": "(Zähler;Nenner)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den ganzzahligen Anteil einer Division zurück" + }, + "RADIANS": { + "a": "(Winkel)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - wandelt Grad in Bogenmaß (Radiant) um" + }, + "RAND": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine gleichmäßig verteilte reelle Zufallszahl zurück, die größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner als 1 ist Für die Syntax der Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich" + }, + "RANDARRAY": { + "a": "([Zeilen];[Spalten];[min];[max];[ganze_Zahl])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine Array von Zufallszahlen zurück" + }, + "RANDBETWEEN": { + "a": "(Untere_Zahl;Obere_Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine Zufallszahl zurück, die größer oder gleich Untere_Zahl und kleiner oder gleich Obere_Zahl ist" + }, + "ROMAN": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Typ])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - wandelt eine arabische Zahl in römische Zahlzeichen um" + }, + "ROUND": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Anzahl_Stellen])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf eine angegebene Anzahl von Stellen" + }, + "ROUNDDOWN": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Anzahl_Stellen])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf eine angegebene Anzahl von Stellen ab" + }, + "ROUNDUP": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Anzahl_Stellen])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - rundet eine Zahl auf eine angegebene Anzahl von Stellen auf" + }, + "SEC": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Sekans eines Winkels zurück" + }, + "SECH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den hyperbolischen Sekans eines Winkels zurück" + }, + "SERIESSUM": { + "a": "(x;n;m;Koeffizienten)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Summe von Potenzen zurück" + }, + "SIGN": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt das Vorzeichen einer Zahl zurück Ist die Zahl positiv, gibt die Funktion den Wert 1 zurück. Ist die Zahl negativ, gibt die Funktion den Wert -1 zurück. Ist die Zahl 0, gibt die Funktion den Wert 0 zurück." + }, + "SIN": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Sinus eines Winkels zurück" + }, + "SINH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den hyperbolischen Sinus eines Winkels zurück" + }, + "SQRT": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Quadratwurzel einer Zahl zurück" + }, + "SQRTPI": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Wurzel aus der mit Pi (3,14159265358979) multiplizierten Zahl zurück" + }, + "SUBTOTAL": { + "a": "(Funktion;Bezug1;[Bezug2];...)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt ein Teilergebnis in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück" + }, + "SUM": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - alle Zahlen im gewählten Zellenbereich werden addiert und das Ergebnis wird zurückzugeben" + }, + "SUMIF": { + "a": "(Bereich;Suchkriterien;[Summe_Bereich])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - alle Zahlen in gewählten Zellenbereich werden anhand vom angegebenen Kriterium addiert und das Ergebnis wird zurückzugeben" + }, + "SUMIFS": { + "a": "(Summe_Bereich; Kriterien_Bereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2]; ... )", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - alle Zahlen in gewählten Zellenbereich werden anhand von angegebenen Kriterien addiert und das Ergebnis wird zurückzugeben" + }, + "SUMPRODUCT": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - multipliziert die einander entsprechenden Komponenten der angegebenen Zellenbereiche oder Arrays miteinander und gibt die Summe dieser Produkte zurück" + }, + "SUMSQ": { + "a": "(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Summe der quadrierten Argumente zurück" + }, + "SUMX2MY2": { + "a": "(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - summiert für zusammengehörige Komponenten zweier Matrizen die Differenzen der Quadrate" + }, + "SUMX2PY2": { + "a": "(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt die Summe der Summe von Quadraten entsprechender Werte in zwei Matrizen zurück" + }, + "SUMXMY2": { + "a": "(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - summiert für zusammengehörige Komponenten zweier Matrizen die quadrierten Differenzen" + }, + "TAN": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den Tangens eines Winkels zurück" + }, + "TANH": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt den hyperbolischen Tangens eines Winkels zurück" + }, + "TRUNC": { + "a": "(Zahl;[Anzahl_Stellen])", + "d": "Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktion - gibt eine Zahl zurück, die auf die angegebene Stellenzahl abgeschnitten (gekürzt) wird" + }, + "ADDRESS": { + "a": "(Zeile;Spalte;[Abs];[A1];[Tabellenname])", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt einen Bezug auf eine einzelne Zelle in einem Tabellenblatt als Text zurück" + }, + "CHOOSE": { + "a": "(Index;Wert1;[Wert2];...)", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt einen Wert aus einer Liste von Werten basierend auf einem angegebenen Index (Position) zurück" + }, + "COLUMN": { + "a": "([Bezug])", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt die Spaltennummer des jeweiligen Zellbezugs zurück" + }, + "COLUMNS": { + "a": "(Matrix)", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt die Anzahl von Spalten einer Matrix (Array) oder eines Bezugs zurück" + }, + "FORMULATEXT": { + "a": "(Bezug)", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt eine Formel als eine Zeichenfolge zurück" + }, + "HLOOKUP": { + "a": "(Suchkriterium;Matrix;Zeilenindex;[Bereich_Verweis])", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - sucht in der obersten Zeile einer Tabelle oder einer Matrix (Array) nach Werten und gibt dann in der gleichen Spalte einen Wert aus einer Zeile zurück, die Sie in der Tabelle oder Matrix angeben" + }, + "HYPERLINK": { + "a": "( link_location , [ , [ friendly_name ] ] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to create a shortcut that jumps to another location in the current workbook, or opens a document stored on a network server, an intranet, or the Internet" + }, + "INDEX": { + "a": "(Matrix;Zeile;[Spalte])", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt einen Wert oder den Bezug auf einen Wert aus einer Tabelle oder einem Bereich zurück Die Funktion INDEX kann auf zwei Arten verwendet werden" + }, + "INDIRECT": { + "a": "(Bezug;[a1])", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt den Verweis auf eine Zelle basierend auf ihrer Zeichenfolgendarstellung zurück" + }, + "LOOKUP": { + "a": "VERWEIS(Suchkriterium, Suchvektor, [Ergebnisvektor])", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt einen Wert aus einem ausgewählten Bereich zurück (Zeile oder Spalte mit Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge)" + }, + "MATCH": { + "a": "(Suchkriterium;Suchmatrix;[Vergleichstyp])", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - sucht in einem Bereich von Zellen nach einem angegebenen Element und gibt anschließend die relative Position dieses Elements im Bereich zurück" + }, + "OFFSET": { + "a": "(Bezug;Zeilen;Spalten;[Höhe];[Breite])", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt einen Verweis auf eine Zelle zurück, die von der angegebenen Zelle (oder der Zelle oben links im Zellenbereich) um eine bestimmte Anzahl von Zeilen und Spalten verschoben wurde" + }, + "ROW": { + "a": "([Bezug])", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt die Zeilennummer eines Bezugs zurück" + }, + "ROWS": { + "a": "(Matrix)", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt die Anzahl der Zeilen in einem Bezug oder einer Matrix zurück" + }, + "TRANSPOSE": { + "a": "(Matrix)", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt das erste Element einer Matrix zurück" + }, + "UNIQUE": { + "a": "(Array,[Nach_Spalte],[Genau_Einmal])", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - gibt eine Liste von eindeutigen Werten in einer Liste oder einem Bereich zurück" + }, + "VLOOKUP": { + "a": "(Suchkriterium; Matrix; Spaltenindex; [Bereich_Verweis])", + "d": "Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktion - führt eine vertikale Suche nach einem Wert in der linken Spalte einer Tabelle oder eines Arrays aus und gibt den Wert in derselben Zeile basierend auf einer angegebenen Spaltenindexnummer zurück" + }, + "CELL": { + "a": "(info_type; [reference])", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - werden Informationen zur Formatierung, zur Position oder zum Inhalt einer Zelle zurückgegeben" + }, + "ERROR.TYPE": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - gibt die numerische Darstellung von einem der vorhandenen Fehler zurück" + }, + "ISBLANK": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - überprüft ob eine Zelle leer ist oder nicht Wenn die Zelle keinen Wert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR wieder, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück" + }, + "ISERR": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen Fehlerwert Wenn die Zelle einen Fehlerwert enthält (mit Ausnahme von #N/V), gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück" + }, + "ISERROR": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen Fehlerwert Enthält der Zellbereich einen der folgenden Fehler: #NV, #WERT!, #BEZUG!, #DIV/0!, #ZAHL!, #NAME? oder #NULL! gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH" + }, + "ISEVEN": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen geraden Wert Ist ein gerader Wert vorhanden, gibt die Funktion WAHR wieder. Wird ein ungerader Wert gefunden, gibt die Funktion FALSCH wieder." + }, + "ISFORMULA": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - überprüft, ob ein Bezug auf eine Zelle verweist, die eine Formel enthält" + }, + "ISLOGICAL": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf Wahrheitswerte (WAHR oder FALSCH). Ist ein Wahrheitswert vorhanden gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH" + }, + "ISNA": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - überprüft auf den Fehlerwert #NV. Wenn die Zelle einen #NV-Fehlerwert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück" + }, + "ISNONTEXT": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - sucht nach einem Wert, der kein Text ist. Wenn die Zelle keinen Textwert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück" + }, + "ISNUMBER": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf Zahlen Ist eine Zahl vorhanden gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH" + }, + "ISODD": { + "a": "(Zahl)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen ungeraden Wert. Ist ein ungerader Wert vorhanden, gibt die Funktion WAHR wieder. Wird ein gerader Wert gefunden, gibt die Funktion FALSCH wieder" + }, + "ISREF": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - überprüft ob es sich bei dem angegebenen Wert um einen gültigen Bezug handelt" + }, + "ISTEXT": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - sucht nach einem Textwert. Wenn die Zelle einen Textwert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück" + }, + "N": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - wandelt einen Wert in eine Zahl um." + }, + "NA": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - gibt den Fehlerwert #NV zurück. Für die Syntax dieser Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich" + }, + "SHEET": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - gibt die Blattnummer des Blatts zurück, auf das verwiesen wird" + }, + "SHEETS": { + "a": "(Bezug)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - gibt die Anzahl der Blätter in einem Bezug zurück" + }, + "TYPE": { + "a": "(Wert)", + "d": "Informationsfunktion - gibt eine Zahl zurück, die den Datentyp des angegebenen Werts anzeigt" + }, + "AND": { + "a": "(Wahrheitswert1;[Wahrheitswert2]; ... )", + "d": "Logische Funktion - überprüft, ob ein eingegebener logischer Wert WAHR oder FALSCH ist. Die Funktion gibt WAHR zurück, wenn alle zugehörigen Argumente WAHR sind" + }, + "FALSE": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Logische Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Wahrheitswert FALSCH zurück und für die Syntax der Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich" + }, + "IF": { + "a": "WENN(Prüfung;Dann_Wert;[Sonst_Wert])", + "d": "Logische Funktion - überprüft den logischen Ausdruck und gibt für das Ereignis WAHR den einen Wert zurück und für das Ereignis FALSCH den anderen" + }, + "IFS": { + "a": "([Etwas ist Wahr1; Wert wenn Wahr1; [Etwas ist Wahr2; Wert wenn Wahr2];…)", + "d": "Logische Funktion - prüft, ob eine oder mehrere Bedingungen zutreffen, und gibt den Wert zurück, der der ersten auf WAHR lautenden Bedingung entspricht" + }, + "IFERROR": { + "a": " (Wert;Wert_falls_Fehler)", + "d": "Logische Funktion - prüft, ob im ersten Argument der Formel ein Fehler aufgetreten ist. Liegt kein Fehler vor, gibt die Funktion das Ergebnis der Formel aus. Im Falle eines Fehlers gibt die Formel den von Ihnen festgelegten Wert_falls_Fehler wieder" + }, + "IFNA": { + "a": "(Wert;Wert_bei_NV)", + "d": "Logische Funktion - prüft, ob im ersten Argument der Formel ein Fehler aufgetreten ist. Die Funktion gibt den von Ihnen angegebenen Wert zurück, wenn die Formel den Fehlerwert #N/V liefert. Andernfalls wird das Ergebnis der Formel zurückgegeben" + }, + "NOT": { + "a": "(Wahrheitswert)", + "d": "Logische Funktion - überprüft, ob ein eingegebener logischer Wert WAHR oder FALSCH ist. Ist das Argument FALSCH, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück und wenn das Argument WAHR ist gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück" + }, + "OR": { + "a": "(Wahrheitswert1;[Wahrheitswert2]; ...)", + "d": "Logische Funktion - überprüft, ob ein eingegebener logischer Wert WAHR oder FALSCH ist. Wenn alle Argumente als FALSCH bewertet werden, gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück" + }, + "SWITCH": { + "a": "(Ausdruck; Wert1; Ergebnis1; [Standardwert oder Wert2; Ergebnis2];…[Standardwert oder Wert3; Ergebnis3])", + "d": "Logische Funktion - wertet einen Wert (als Ausdruck bezeichnet) anhand einer Liste mit Werten aus. Als Ergebnis wird der erste übereinstimmende Wert zurückgegeben. Liegt keine Übereinstimmung vor, kann ein optionaler Standardwert zurückgegeben werden" + }, + "TRUE": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Logische Funktion - gibt den Wahrheitswert WAHR zurück und für die Syntax der Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich" + }, + "XOR": { + "a": "(Wahrheitswert1;[Wahrheitswert2]; ... )", + "d": "Logische Funktion - gibt ein logisches „Ausschließliches Oder“ aller Argumente zurück" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/en.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/en.json index 889c78d54..7468975ec 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/en.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/en.json @@ -1 +1,485 @@ -{"DATE":"DATE","DATEDIF":"DATEDIF","DATEVALUE":"DATEVALUE","DAY":"DAY","DAYS":"DAYS","DAYS360":"DAYS360","EDATE":"EDATE","EOMONTH":"EOMONTH","HOUR":"HOUR","ISOWEEKNUM":"ISOWEEKNUM","MINUTE":"MINUTE","MONTH":"MONTH","NETWORKDAYS":"NETWORKDAYS","NETWORKDAYS.INTL":"NETWORKDAYS.INTL","NOW":"NOW","SECOND":"SECOND","TIME":"TIME","TIMEVALUE":"TIMEVALUE","TODAY":"TODAY","WEEKDAY":"WEEKDAY","WEEKNUM":"WEEKNUM","WORKDAY":"WORKDAY","WORKDAY.INTL":"WORKDAY.INTL","YEAR":"YEAR","YEARFRAC":"YEARFRAC","BESSELI":"BESSELI","BESSELJ":"BESSELJ","BESSELK":"BESSELK","BESSELY":"BESSELY","BIN2DEC":"BIN2DEC","BIN2HEX":"BIN2HEX","BIN2OCT":"BIN2OCT","BITAND":"BITAND","BITLSHIFT":"BITLSHIFT","BITOR":"BITOR","BITRSHIFT":"BITRSHIFT","BITXOR":"BITXOR","COMPLEX":"COMPLEX","CONVERT":"CONVERT","DEC2BIN":"DEC2BIN","DEC2HEX":"DEC2HEX","DEC2OCT":"DEC2OCT","DELTA":"DELTA","ERF":"ERF","ERF.PRECISE":"ERFC.PRECISE","ERFC":"ERFC","ERFC.PRECISE":"ERFC.PRECISE","GESTEP":"GESTEP","HEX2BIN":"HEX2BIN","HEX2DEC":"HEX2DEC","HEX2OCT":"HEX2OCT","IMABS":"IMABS","IMAGINARY":"IMAGINARY","IMARGUMENT":"IMARGUMENT","IMCONJUGATE":"IMCONJUGATE","IMCOS":"IMCOS","IMCOSH":"IMCOSH","IMCOT":"IMCOT","IMCSC":"IMCSC","IMCSCH":"IMCSCH","IMDIV":"IMDIV","IMEXP":"IMEXP","IMLN":"IMLN","IMLOG10":"IMLOG10","IMLOG2":"IMLOG2","IMPOWER":"IMPOWER","IMPRODUCT":"IMPRODUCT","IMREAL":"IMREAL","IMSEC":"IMSEC","IMSECH":"IMSECH","IMSIN":"IMSIN","IMSINH":"IMSINH","IMSQRT":"IMSQRT","IMSUB":"IMSUB","IMSUM":"IMSUM","IMTAN":"IMTAN","OCT2BIN":"OCT2BIN","OCT2DEC":"OCT2DEC","OCT2HEX":"OCT2HEX","DAVERAGE":"DAVERAGE","DCOUNT":"DCOUNT","DCOUNTA":"DCOUNTA","DGET":"DGET","DMAX":"DMAX","DMIN":"DMIN","DPRODUCT":"DPRODUCT","DSTDEV":"DSTDEV","DSTDEVP":"DSTDEVP","DSUM":"DSUM","DVAR":"DVAR","DVARP":"DVARP","CHAR":"CHAR","CLEAN":"CLEAN","CODE":"CODE","CONCATENATE":"CONCATENATE","CONCAT":"CONCAT","DOLLAR":"DOLLAR","EXACT":"EXACT","FIND":"FIND","FINDB":"FINDB","FIXED":"FIXED","LEFT":"LEFT","LEFTB":"LEFTB","LEN":"LEN","LENB":"LENB","LOWER":"LOWER","MID":"MID","MIDB":"MIDB","NUMBERVALUE":"NUMBERVALUE","PROPER":"PROPER","REPLACE":"REPLACE","REPLACEB":"REPLACEB","REPT":"REPT","RIGHT":"RIGHT","RIGHTB":"RIGHTB","SEARCH":"SEARCH","SEARCHB":"SEARCHB","SUBSTITUTE":"SUBSTITUTE","T":"T","T.TEST":"T.TEST","TEXT":"TEXT","TEXTJOIN":"TEXTJOIN","TRIM":"TRIM","TRIMMEAN":"TRIMMEAN","TTEST":"TTEST","UNICHAR":"UNICHAR","UNICODE":"UNICODE","UPPER":"UPPER","VALUE":"VALUE","AVEDEV":"AVEDEV","AVERAGE":"AVERAGE","AVERAGEA":"AVERAGEA","AVERAGEIF":"AVERAGEIF","AVERAGEIFS":"AVERAGEIFS","BETADIST":"BETADIST","BETA.DIST":"BETA.DIST","BETA.INV":"BETAINV","BINOMDIST":"BINOMDIST","BINOM.DIST":"BINOM.DIST","BINOM.DIST.RANGE":"BINOM.DIST.RANGE","BINOM.INV":"BINOM.INV","CHIDIST":"CHIDIST","CHIINV":"CHIINV","CHITEST":"CHITEST","CHISQ.DIST":"CHISQ.DIST","CHISQ.DIST.RT":"CHISQ.DIST.RT","CHISQ.INV":"CHISQ.INV","CHISQ.INV.RT":"CHISQ.INV.RT","CHISQ.TEST":"CHISQ.TEST","CONFIDENCE":"CONFIDENCE","CONFIDENCE.NORM":"CONFIDENCE.NORM","CONFIDENCE.T":"CONFIDENCE.T","CORREL":"CORREL","COUNT":"COUNT","COUNTA":"COUNTA","COUNTBLANK":"COUNTBLANK","COUNTIF":"COUNTIF","COUNTIFS":"COUNTIFS","COVAR":"COVAR","COVARIANCE.P":"COVARIANCE.P","COVARIANCE.S":"COVARIANCE.S","CRITBINOM":"CRITBINOM","DEVSQ":"DEVSQ","EXPON.DIST":"EXPON.DIST","EXPONDIST":"EXPONDIST","FDIST":"FDIST","FINV":"FINV","FTEST":"FTEST","F.DIST":"F.DIST","F.DIST.RT":"FDIST.RT","F.INV":"F.INV","F.INV.RT":"F.INV.RT","F.TEST":"F.TEST","FISHER":"FISHER","FISHERINV":"FISHERINV","FORECAST":"FORECAST","FORECAST.ETS":"FORECAST.ETS","FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT":"FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT","FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY":"FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY","FORECAST.ETS.STAT":"FORECAST.ETS.STAT","FORECAST.LINEAR":"FORECAST.LINEAR","FREQUENCY":"FREQUENCY","GAMMA":"GAMMA","GAMMADIST":"GAMMADIST","GAMMA.DIST":"GAMMA.DIST","GAMMAINV":"GAMMAINV","GAMMA.INV":"GAMMA.INV","GAMMALN":"GAMMALN","GAMMALN.PRECISE":"GAMMALN.PRECISE","GAUSS":"GAUSS","GEOMEAN":"GEOMEAN","HARMEAN":"HARMEAN","HYPGEOM.DIST":"HYPGEOM.DIST","HYPGEOMDIST":"HYPGEOMDIST","INTERCEPT":"INTERCEPT","KURT":"KURT","LARGE":"LARGE","LOGINV":"LOGINV","LOGNORM.DIST":"LOGNORM.DIST","LOGNORM.INV":"LOGNORM.INV","LOGNORMDIST":"LOGNORMDIST","MAX":"MAX","MAXA":"MAXA","MAXIFS":"MAXIFS","MEDIAN":"MEDIAN","MIN":"MIN","MINA":"MINA","MINIFS":"MINIFS","MODE":"MODE","MODE.MULT":"MODE.MULT","MODE.SNGL":"MODE.SNGL","NEGBINOM.DIST":"NEGBINOM.DIST","NEGBINOMDIST":"NEGBINOMDIST","NORM.DIST":"NORM.DIST","NORM.INV":"NORM.INV","NORM.S.DIST":"NORM.S.DIST","NORM.S.INV":"NORM.S.INV","NORMDIST":"NORMDIST","NORMINV":"NORMINV","NORMSDIST":"NORMSDIST","NORMSINV":"NORMSINV","PEARSON":"PEARSON","PERCENTILE":"PERCENTILE","PERCENTILE.EXC":"PERCENTILE.EXC","PERCENTILE.INC":"PERCENTILE.INC","PERCENTRANK":"PERCENTRANK","PERCENTRANK.EXC":"PERCENTRANK.EXC","PERCENTRANK.INC":"PERCENTRANK.INC","PERMUT":"PERMUT","PERMUTATIONA":"PERMUTATIONA","PHI":"PHI","POISSON":"POISSON","POISSON.DIST":"POISSON.DIST","PROB":"PROB","QUARTILE":"QUARTILE","QUARTILE.INC":"QUARTILE.INC","QUARTILE.EXC":"QUARTILE.EXC","RANK.AVG":"RANK.AVG","RANK.EQ":"RANK.EQ","RANK":"RANK","RSQ":"RSQ","SKEW":"SKEW","SKEW.P":"SKEW.P","SLOPE":"SLOPE","SMALL":"SMALL","STANDARDIZE":"STANDARDIZE","STDEV":"STDEV","STDEV.P":"STDEV.P","STDEV.S":"STDEV.S","STDEVA":"STDEVA","STDEVP":"STDEVP","STDEVPA":"STDEVPA","STEYX":"STEYX","TDIST":"TDIST","TINV":"TINV","T.DIST":"T.DIST","T.DIST.2T":"T.DIST.2T","T.DIST.RT":"T.DIST.RT","T.INV":"T.INV","T.INV.2T":"T.INV.2T","VAR":"VAR","VAR.P":"VAR.P","VAR.S":"VAR.S","VARA":"VARA","VARP":"VARP","VARPA":"VARPA","WEIBULL":"WEIBULL","WEIBULL.DIST":"WEIBULL.DIST","Z.TEST":"Z.TEST","ZTEST":"ZTEST","ACCRINT":"ACCRINT","ACCRINTM":"ACCRINTM","AMORDEGRC":"AMORDEGRC","AMORLINC":"AMORLINC","COUPDAYBS":"COUPDAYBS","COUPDAYS":"COUPDAYS","COUPDAYSNC":"COUPDAYSNC","COUPNCD":"COUPNCD","COUPNUM":"COUPNUM","COUPPCD":"COUPPCD","CUMIPMT":"CUMIPMT","CUMPRINC":"CUMPRINC","DB":"DB","DDB":"DDB","DISC":"DISC","DOLLARDE":"DOLLARDE","DOLLARFR":"DOLLARFR","DURATION":"DURATION","EFFECT":"EFFECT","FV":"FV","FVSCHEDULE":"FVSCHEDULE","INTRATE":"INTRATE","IPMT":"IPMT","IRR":"IRR","ISPMT":"ISPMT","MDURATION":"MDURATION","MIRR":"MIRR","NOMINAL":"NOMINAL","NPER":"NPER","NPV":"NPV","ODDFPRICE":"ODDFPRICE","ODDFYIELD":"ODDFYIELD","ODDLPRICE":"ODDLPRICE","ODDLYIELD":"ODDLYIELD","PDURATION":"PDURATION","PMT":"PMT","PPMT":"PPMT","PRICE":"PRICE","PRICEDISC":"PRICEDISC","PRICEMAT":"PRICEMAT","PV":"PV","RATE":"RATE","RECEIVED":"RECEIVED","RRI":"RRI","SLN":"SLN","SYD":"SYD","TBILLEQ":"TBILLEQ","TBILLPRICE":"TBILLPRICE","TBILLYIELD":"TBILLYIELD","VDB":"VDB","XIRR":"XIRR","XNPV":"XNPV","YIELD":"YIELD","YIELDDISC":"YIELDDISC","YIELDMAT":"YIELDMAT","ABS":"ABS","ACOS":"ACOS","ACOSH":"ACOSH","ACOT":"ACOT","ACOTH":"ACOTH","AGGREGATE":"AGGREGATE","ARABIC":"ARABIC","ASIN":"ASIN","ASINH":"ASINH","ATAN":"ATAN","ATAN2":"ATAN2","ATANH":"ATANH","BASE":"BASE","CEILING":"CEILING","CEILING.MATH":"CEILING.MATH","CEILING.PRECISE":"CEILING.PRESIZE","COMBIN":"COMBIN","COMBINA":"COMBINA","COS":"COS","COSH":"COSH","COT":"COT","COTH":"COTH","CSC":"CSC","CSCH":"CSCH","DECIMAL":"DECIMAL","DEGREES":"DEGREES","ECMA.CEILING":"ECMA.CEILING","EVEN":"EVEN","EXP":"EXP","FACT":"FACT","FACTDOUBLE":"FACTDOUBLE","FLOOR":"FLOOR","FLOOR.PRECISE":"FLOOR.PRECISE","FLOOR.MATH":"FLOOR.MATH","GCD":"GCD","INT":"INT","ISO.CEILING":"ISO.CEILING","LCM":"LCM","LN":"LN","LOG":"LOG","LOG10":"LOG10","MDETERM":"MDETERM","MINVERSE":"MINVERSE","MMULT":"MMULT","MOD":"MOD","MROUND":"MROUND","MULTINOMIAL":"MULTINOMIAL","ODD":"ODD","PI":"PI","POWER":"POWER","PRODUCT":"PRODUCT","QUOTIENT":"QUOTIENT","RADIANS":"RADIANS","RAND":"RAND","RANDBETWEEN":"RANDBETWEEN","ROMAN":"ROMAN","ROUND":"ROUND","ROUNDDOWN":"ROUNDDOWN","ROUNDUP":"ROUNDUP","SEC":"SEC","SECH":"SECH","SERIESSUM":"SERIESSUM","SIGN":"SIGN","SIN":"SIN","SINH":"SINH","SQRT":"SQRT","SQRTPI":"SQRTPI","SUBTOTAL":"SUBTOTAL","SUM":"SUM","SUMIF":"SUMIF","SUMIFS":"SUMIFS","SUMPRODUCT":"SUMPRODUCT","SUMSQ":"SUMSQ","SUMX2MY2":"SUMX2MY2","SUMX2PY2":"SUMX2PY2","SUMXMY2":"SUMXMY2","TAN":"TAN","TANH":"TANH","TRUNC":"TRUNC","ADDRESS":"ADDRESS","CHOOSE":"CHOOSE","COLUMN":"COLUMN","COLUMNS":"COLUMNS","FORMULATEXT":"FORMULATEXT","HLOOKUP":"HLOOKUP","INDEX":"INDEX","INDIRECT":"INDIRECT","LOOKUP":"LOOKUP","MATCH":"MATCH","OFFSET":"OFFSET","ROW":"ROW","ROWS":"ROWS","TRANSPOSE":"TRANSPOSE","VLOOKUP":"VLOOKUP","ERROR.TYPE":"ERROR.TYPE","ISBLANK":"ISBLANK","ISERR":"ISERR","ISERROR":"ISERROR","ISEVEN":"ISEVEN","ISFORMULA":"ISFORMULA","ISLOGICAL":"ISLOGICAL","ISNA":"ISNA","ISNONTEXT":"ISNONTEXT","ISNUMBER":"ISNUMBER","ISODD":"ISODD","ISREF":"ISREF","ISTEXT":"ISTEXT","N":"N","NA":"NA","SHEET":"SHEET","SHEETS":"SHEETS","TYPE":"TYPE","AND":"AND","FALSE":"FALSE","IF":"IF","IFS":"IFS","IFERROR":"IFERROR","IFNA":"IFNA","NOT":"NOT","OR":"OR","SWITCH":"SWITCH","TRUE":"TRUE","XOR":"XOR","LocalFormulaOperands":{"StructureTables":{"h":"Headers","d":"Data","a":"All","tr":"This row","t":"Totals"},"CONST_TRUE_FALSE":{"t":"TRUE","f":"FALSE"},"CONST_ERROR":{"nil":"#NULL!","div":"#DIV/0!","value":"#VALUE!","ref":"#REF!","name":"#NAME\\?","num":"#NUM!","na":"#N/A","getdata":"#GETTING_DATA","uf":"#UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION!"}}} \ No newline at end of file +{ + "DATE": "DATE", + "DATEDIF": "DATEDIF", + "DATEVALUE": "DATEVALUE", + "DAY": "DAY", + "DAYS": "DAYS", + "DAYS360": "DAYS360", + "EDATE": "EDATE", + "EOMONTH": "EOMONTH", + "HOUR": "HOUR", + "ISOWEEKNUM": "ISOWEEKNUM", + "MINUTE": "MINUTE", + "MONTH": "MONTH", + "NETWORKDAYS": "NETWORKDAYS", + "NETWORKDAYS.INTL": "NETWORKDAYS.INTL", + "NOW": "NOW", + "SECOND": "SECOND", + "TIME": "TIME", + "TIMEVALUE": "TIMEVALUE", + "TODAY": "TODAY", + "WEEKDAY": "WEEKDAY", + "WEEKNUM": "WEEKNUM", + "WORKDAY": "WORKDAY", + "WORKDAY.INTL": "WORKDAY.INTL", + "YEAR": "YEAR", + "YEARFRAC": "YEARFRAC", + "BESSELI": "BESSELI", + "BESSELJ": "BESSELJ", + "BESSELK": "BESSELK", + "BESSELY": "BESSELY", + "BIN2DEC": "BIN2DEC", + "BIN2HEX": "BIN2HEX", + "BIN2OCT": "BIN2OCT", + "BITAND": "BITAND", + "BITLSHIFT": "BITLSHIFT", + "BITOR": "BITOR", + "BITRSHIFT": "BITRSHIFT", + "BITXOR": "BITXOR", + "COMPLEX": "COMPLEX", + "CONVERT": "CONVERT", + "DEC2BIN": "DEC2BIN", + "DEC2HEX": "DEC2HEX", + "DEC2OCT": "DEC2OCT", + "DELTA": "DELTA", + "ERF": "ERF", + "ERF.PRECISE": "ERF.PRECISE", + "ERFC": "ERFC", + "ERFC.PRECISE": "ERFC.PRECISE", + "GESTEP": "GESTEP", + "HEX2BIN": "HEX2BIN", + "HEX2DEC": "HEX2DEC", + "HEX2OCT": "HEX2OCT", + "IMABS": "IMABS", + "IMAGINARY": "IMAGINARY", + "IMARGUMENT": "IMARGUMENT", + "IMCONJUGATE": "IMCONJUGATE", + "IMCOS": "IMCOS", + "IMCOSH": "IMCOSH", + "IMCOT": "IMCOT", + "IMCSC": "IMCSC", + "IMCSCH": "IMCSCH", + "IMDIV": "IMDIV", + "IMEXP": "IMEXP", + "IMLN": "IMLN", + "IMLOG10": "IMLOG10", + "IMLOG2": "IMLOG2", + "IMPOWER": "IMPOWER", + "IMPRODUCT": "IMPRODUCT", + "IMREAL": "IMREAL", + "IMSEC": "IMSEC", + "IMSECH": "IMSECH", + "IMSIN": "IMSIN", + "IMSINH": "IMSINH", + "IMSQRT": "IMSQRT", + "IMSUB": "IMSUB", + "IMSUM": "IMSUM", + "IMTAN": "IMTAN", + "OCT2BIN": "OCT2BIN", + "OCT2DEC": "OCT2DEC", + "OCT2HEX": "OCT2HEX", + "DAVERAGE": "DAVERAGE", + "DCOUNT": "DCOUNT", + "DCOUNTA": "DCOUNTA", + "DGET": "DGET", + "DMAX": "DMAX", + "DMIN": "DMIN", + "DPRODUCT": "DPRODUCT", + "DSTDEV": "DSTDEV", + "DSTDEVP": "DSTDEVP", + "DSUM": "DSUM", + "DVAR": "DVAR", + "DVARP": "DVARP", + "CHAR": "CHAR", + "CLEAN": "CLEAN", + "CODE": "CODE", + "CONCATENATE": "CONCATENATE", + "CONCAT": "CONCAT", + "DOLLAR": "DOLLAR", + "EXACT": "EXACT", + "FIND": "FIND", + "FINDB": "FINDB", + "FIXED": "FIXED", + "LEFT": "LEFT", + "LEFTB": "LEFTB", + "LEN": "LEN", + "LENB": "LENB", + "LOWER": "LOWER", + "MID": "MID", + "MIDB": "MIDB", + "NUMBERVALUE": "NUMBERVALUE", + "PROPER": "PROPER", + "REPLACE": "REPLACE", + "REPLACEB": "REPLACEB", + "REPT": "REPT", + "RIGHT": "RIGHT", + "RIGHTB": "RIGHTB", + "SEARCH": "SEARCH", + "SEARCHB": "SEARCHB", + "SUBSTITUTE": "SUBSTITUTE", + "T": "T", + "T.TEST": "T.TEST", + "TEXT": "TEXT", + "TEXTJOIN": "TEXTJOIN", + "TREND": "TREND", + "TRIM": "TRIM", + "TRIMMEAN": "TRIMMEAN", + "TTEST": "TTEST", + "UNICHAR": "UNICHAR", + "UNICODE": "UNICODE", + "UPPER": "UPPER", + "VALUE": "VALUE", + "AVEDEV": "AVEDEV", + "AVERAGE": "AVERAGE", + "AVERAGEA": "AVERAGEA", + "AVERAGEIF": "AVERAGEIF", + "AVERAGEIFS": "AVERAGEIFS", + "BETADIST": "BETADIST", + "BETAINV": "BETAINV", + "BETA.DIST": "BETA.DIST", + "BETA.INV": "BETAINV", + "BINOMDIST": "BINOMDIST", + "BINOM.DIST": "BINOM.DIST", + "BINOM.DIST.RANGE": "BINOM.DIST.RANGE", + "BINOM.INV": "BINOM.INV", + "CHIDIST": "CHIDIST", + "CHIINV": "CHIINV", + "CHITEST": "CHITEST", + "CHISQ.DIST": "CHISQ.DIST", + "CHISQ.DIST.RT": "CHISQ.DIST.RT", + "CHISQ.INV": "CHISQ.INV", + "CHISQ.INV.RT": "CHISQ.INV.RT", + "CHISQ.TEST": "CHISQ.TEST", + "CONFIDENCE": "CONFIDENCE", + "CONFIDENCE.NORM": "CONFIDENCE.NORM", + "CONFIDENCE.T": "CONFIDENCE.T", + "CORREL": "CORREL", + "COUNT": "COUNT", + "COUNTA": "COUNTA", + "COUNTBLANK": "COUNTBLANK", + "COUNTIF": "COUNTIF", + "COUNTIFS": "COUNTIFS", + "COVAR": "COVAR", + "COVARIANCE.P": "COVARIANCE.P", + "COVARIANCE.S": "COVARIANCE.S", + "CRITBINOM": "CRITBINOM", + "DEVSQ": "DEVSQ", + "EXPON.DIST": "EXPON.DIST", + "EXPONDIST": "EXPONDIST", + "FDIST": "FDIST", + "FINV": "FINV", + "FTEST": "FTEST", + "F.DIST": "F.DIST", + "F.DIST.RT": "FDIST.RT", + "F.INV": "F.INV", + "F.INV.RT": "F.INV.RT", + "F.TEST": "F.TEST", + "FISHER": "FISHER", + "FISHERINV": "FISHERINV", + "FORECAST": "FORECAST", + "FORECAST.ETS": "FORECAST.ETS", + "FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT": "FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT", + "FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY": "FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY", + "FORECAST.ETS.STAT": "FORECAST.ETS.STAT", + "FORECAST.LINEAR": "FORECAST.LINEAR", + "FREQUENCY": "FREQUENCY", + "GAMMA": "GAMMA", + "GAMMADIST": "GAMMADIST", + "GAMMA.DIST": "GAMMA.DIST", + "GAMMAINV": "GAMMAINV", + "GAMMA.INV": "GAMMA.INV", + "GAMMALN": "GAMMALN", + "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "GAMMALN.PRECISE", + "GAUSS": "GAUSS", + "GEOMEAN": "GEOMEAN", + "GROWTH": "GROWTH", + "HARMEAN": "HARMEAN", + "HYPGEOM.DIST": "HYPGEOM.DIST", + "HYPGEOMDIST": "HYPGEOMDIST", + "INTERCEPT": "INTERCEPT", + "KURT": "KURT", + "LARGE": "LARGE", + "LINEST": "LINEST", + "LOGEST": "LOGEST", + "LOGINV": "LOGINV", + "LOGNORM.DIST": "LOGNORM.DIST", + "LOGNORM.INV": "LOGNORM.INV", + "LOGNORMDIST": "LOGNORMDIST", + "MAX": "MAX", + "MAXA": "MAXA", + "MAXIFS": "MAXIFS", + "MEDIAN": "MEDIAN", + "MIN": "MIN", + "MINA": "MINA", + "MINIFS": "MINIFS", + "MODE": "MODE", + "MODE.MULT": "MODE.MULT", + "MODE.SNGL": "MODE.SNGL", + "NEGBINOM.DIST": "NEGBINOM.DIST", + "NEGBINOMDIST": "NEGBINOMDIST", + "NORM.DIST": "NORM.DIST", + "NORM.INV": "NORM.INV", + "NORM.S.DIST": "NORM.S.DIST", + "NORM.S.INV": "NORM.S.INV", + "NORMDIST": "NORMDIST", + "NORMINV": "NORMINV", + "NORMSDIST": "NORMSDIST", + "NORMSINV": "NORMSINV", + "PEARSON": "PEARSON", + "PERCENTILE": "PERCENTILE", + "PERCENTILE.EXC": "PERCENTILE.EXC", + "PERCENTILE.INC": "PERCENTILE.INC", + "PERCENTRANK": "PERCENTRANK", + "PERCENTRANK.EXC": "PERCENTRANK.EXC", + "PERCENTRANK.INC": "PERCENTRANK.INC", + "PERMUT": "PERMUT", + "PERMUTATIONA": "PERMUTATIONA", + "PHI": "PHI", + "POISSON": "POISSON", + "POISSON.DIST": "POISSON.DIST", + "PROB": "PROB", + "QUARTILE": "QUARTILE", + "QUARTILE.INC": "QUARTILE.INC", + "QUARTILE.EXC": "QUARTILE.EXC", + "RANK.AVG": "RANK.AVG", + "RANK.EQ": "RANK.EQ", + "RANK": "RANK", + "RSQ": "RSQ", + "SKEW": "SKEW", + "SKEW.P": "SKEW.P", + "SLOPE": "SLOPE", + "SMALL": "SMALL", + "STANDARDIZE": "STANDARDIZE", + "STDEV": "STDEV", + "STDEV.P": "STDEV.P", + "STDEV.S": "STDEV.S", + "STDEVA": "STDEVA", + "STDEVP": "STDEVP", + "STDEVPA": "STDEVPA", + "STEYX": "STEYX", + "TDIST": "TDIST", + "TINV": "TINV", + "T.DIST": "T.DIST", + "T.DIST.2T": "T.DIST.2T", + "T.DIST.RT": "T.DIST.RT", + "T.INV": "T.INV", + "T.INV.2T": "T.INV.2T", + "VAR": "VAR", + "VAR.P": "VAR.P", + "VAR.S": "VAR.S", + "VARA": "VARA", + "VARP": "VARP", + "VARPA": "VARPA", + "WEIBULL": "WEIBULL", + "WEIBULL.DIST": "WEIBULL.DIST", + "Z.TEST": "Z.TEST", + "ZTEST": "ZTEST", + "ACCRINT": "ACCRINT", + "ACCRINTM": "ACCRINTM", + "AMORDEGRC": "AMORDEGRC", + "AMORLINC": "AMORLINC", + "COUPDAYBS": "COUPDAYBS", + "COUPDAYS": "COUPDAYS", + "COUPDAYSNC": "COUPDAYSNC", + "COUPNCD": "COUPNCD", + "COUPNUM": "COUPNUM", + "COUPPCD": "COUPPCD", + "CUMIPMT": "CUMIPMT", + "CUMPRINC": "CUMPRINC", + "DB": "DB", + "DDB": "DDB", + "DISC": "DISC", + "DOLLARDE": "DOLLARDE", + "DOLLARFR": "DOLLARFR", + "DURATION": "DURATION", + "EFFECT": "EFFECT", + "FV": "FV", + "FVSCHEDULE": "FVSCHEDULE", + "INTRATE": "INTRATE", + "IPMT": "IPMT", + "IRR": "IRR", + "ISPMT": "ISPMT", + "MDURATION": "MDURATION", + "MIRR": "MIRR", + "NOMINAL": "NOMINAL", + "NPER": "NPER", + "NPV": "NPV", + "ODDFPRICE": "ODDFPRICE", + "ODDFYIELD": "ODDFYIELD", + "ODDLPRICE": "ODDLPRICE", + "ODDLYIELD": "ODDLYIELD", + "PDURATION": "PDURATION", + "PMT": "PMT", + "PPMT": "PPMT", + "PRICE": "PRICE", + "PRICEDISC": "PRICEDISC", + "PRICEMAT": "PRICEMAT", + "PV": "PV", + "RATE": "RATE", + "RECEIVED": "RECEIVED", + "RRI": "RRI", + "SLN": "SLN", + "SYD": "SYD", + "TBILLEQ": "TBILLEQ", + "TBILLPRICE": "TBILLPRICE", + "TBILLYIELD": "TBILLYIELD", + "VDB": "VDB", + "XIRR": "XIRR", + "XNPV": "XNPV", + "YIELD": "YIELD", + "YIELDDISC": "YIELDDISC", + "YIELDMAT": "YIELDMAT", + "ABS": "ABS", + "ACOS": "ACOS", + "ACOSH": "ACOSH", + "ACOT": "ACOT", + "ACOTH": "ACOTH", + "AGGREGATE": "AGGREGATE", + "ARABIC": "ARABIC", + "ASC": "ASC", + "ASIN": "ASIN", + "ASINH": "ASINH", + "ATAN": "ATAN", + "ATAN2": "ATAN2", + "ATANH": "ATANH", + "BASE": "BASE", + "CEILING": "CEILING", + "CEILING.MATH": "CEILING.MATH", + "CEILING.PRECISE": "CEILING.PRESIZE", + "COMBIN": "COMBIN", + "COMBINA": "COMBINA", + "COS": "COS", + "COSH": "COSH", + "COT": "COT", + "COTH": "COTH", + "CSC": "CSC", + "CSCH": "CSCH", + "DECIMAL": "DECIMAL", + "DEGREES": "DEGREES", + "ECMA.CEILING": "ECMA.CEILING", + "EVEN": "EVEN", + "EXP": "EXP", + "FACT": "FACT", + "FACTDOUBLE": "FACTDOUBLE", + "FLOOR": "FLOOR", + "FLOOR.PRECISE": "FLOOR.PRECISE", + "FLOOR.MATH": "FLOOR.MATH", + "GCD": "GCD", + "INT": "INT", + "ISO.CEILING": "ISO.CEILING", + "LCM": "LCM", + "LN": "LN", + "LOG": "LOG", + "LOG10": "LOG10", + "MDETERM": "MDETERM", + "MINVERSE": "MINVERSE", + "MMULT": "MMULT", + "MOD": "MOD", + "MROUND": "MROUND", + "MULTINOMIAL": "MULTINOMIAL", + "MUNIT": "MUNIT", + "ODD": "ODD", + "PI": "PI", + "POWER": "POWER", + "PRODUCT": "PRODUCT", + "QUOTIENT": "QUOTIENT", + "RADIANS": "RADIANS", + "RAND": "RAND", + "RANDARRAY": "RANDARRAY", + "RANDBETWEEN": "RANDBETWEEN", + "ROMAN": "ROMAN", + "ROUND": "ROUND", + "ROUNDDOWN": "ROUNDDOWN", + "ROUNDUP": "ROUNDUP", + "SEC": "SEC", + "SECH": "SECH", + "SERIESSUM": "SERIESSUM", + "SIGN": "SIGN", + "SIN": "SIN", + "SINH": "SINH", + "SQRT": "SQRT", + "SQRTPI": "SQRTPI", + "SUBTOTAL": "SUBTOTAL", + "SUM": "SUM", + "SUMIF": "SUMIF", + "SUMIFS": "SUMIFS", + "SUMPRODUCT": "SUMPRODUCT", + "SUMSQ": "SUMSQ", + "SUMX2MY2": "SUMX2MY2", + "SUMX2PY2": "SUMX2PY2", + "SUMXMY2": "SUMXMY2", + "TAN": "TAN", + "TANH": "TANH", + "TRUNC": "TRUNC", + "ADDRESS": "ADDRESS", + "CHOOSE": "CHOOSE", + "COLUMN": "COLUMN", + "COLUMNS": "COLUMNS", + "FORMULATEXT": "FORMULATEXT", + "HLOOKUP": "HLOOKUP", + "HYPERLINK": "HYPERLINK", + "INDEX": "INDEX", + "INDIRECT": "INDIRECT", + "LOOKUP": "LOOKUP", + "MATCH": "MATCH", + "OFFSET": "OFFSET", + "ROW": "ROW", + "ROWS": "ROWS", + "TRANSPOSE": "TRANSPOSE", + "UNIQUE": "UNIQUE", + "VLOOKUP": "VLOOKUP", + "CELL": "CELL", + "ERROR.TYPE": "ERROR.TYPE", + "ISBLANK": "ISBLANK", + "ISERR": "ISERR", + "ISERROR": "ISERROR", + "ISEVEN": "ISEVEN", + "ISFORMULA": "ISFORMULA", + "ISLOGICAL": "ISLOGICAL", + "ISNA": "ISNA", + "ISNONTEXT": "ISNONTEXT", + "ISNUMBER": "ISNUMBER", + "ISODD": "ISODD", + "ISREF": "ISREF", + "ISTEXT": "ISTEXT", + "N": "N", + "NA": "NA", + "SHEET": "SHEET", + "SHEETS": "SHEETS", + "TYPE": "TYPE", + "AND": "AND", + "FALSE": "FALSE", + "IF": "IF", + "IFS": "IFS", + "IFERROR": "IFERROR", + "IFNA": "IFNA", + "NOT": "NOT", + "OR": "OR", + "SWITCH": "SWITCH", + "TRUE": "TRUE", + "XOR": "XOR", + "LocalFormulaOperands": { + "StructureTables": { + "h": "Headers", + "d": "Data", + "a": "All", + "tr": "This row", + "t": "Totals" + }, + "CONST_TRUE_FALSE": { + "t": "TRUE", + "f": "FALSE" + }, + "CONST_ERROR": { + "nil": "#NULL!", + "div": "#DIV/0!", + "value": "#VALUE!", + "ref": "#REF!", + "name": "#NAME\\?", + "num": "#NUM!", + "na": "#N/A", + "getdata": "#GETTING_DATA", + "uf": "#UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION!" + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/en_desc.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/en_desc.json index 7c165dd81..496326181 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/en_desc.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/en_desc.json @@ -1 +1,1838 @@ -{"DATE":{"a":"( year, month, day )","d":"Date and time function used to add dates in the default format MM/dd/yyyy"},"DATEDIF":{"a":"( start-date , end-date , unit )","d":"Date and time function used to return the difference between two date values (start date and end date), based on the interval (unit) specified"},"DATEVALUE":{"a":"( date-time-string )","d":"Date and time function used to return a serial number of the specified date"},"DAY":{"a":"( date-value )","d":"Date and time function which returns the day (a number from 1 to 31) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default)"},"DAYS":{"a":"( end-date , start-date )","d":"Date and time function used to return the number of days between two dates"},"DAYS360":{"a":"( start-date , end-date [ , method-flag ] )","d":"Date and time function used to return the number of days between two dates (start-date and end-date) based on a 360-day year using one of the calculation method (US or European)"},"EDATE":{"a":"( start-date , month-offset )","d":"Date and time function used to return the serial number of the date which comes the indicated number of months (month-offset) before or after the specified date (start-date)"},"EOMONTH":{"a":"( start-date , month-offset )","d":"Date and time function used to return the serial number of the last day of the month that comes the indicated number of months before or after the specified start date"},"HOUR":{"a":"( time-value )","d":"Date and time function which returns the hour (a number from 0 to 23) of the time value"},"ISOWEEKNUM":{"a":"( date )","d":"Date and time function used to return number of the ISO week number of the year for a given date"},"MINUTE":{"a":"( time-value )","d":"Date and time function which returns the minute (a number from 0 to 59) of the time value"},"MONTH":{"a":"( date-value )","d":"Date and time function which returns the month (a number from 1 to 12) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default)"},"NETWORKDAYS":{"a":"( start-date , end-date [ , holidays ] )","d":"Date and time function used to return the number of the work days between two dates (start date and end-date) excluding weekends and dates considered as holidays"},"NETWORKDAYS.INTL":{"a":"( start_date , end_date , [ , weekend ] , [ , holidays ] )","d":"Date and time function used to return the number of whole workdays between two dates using parameters to indicate which and how many days are weekend days"},"NOW":{"a":"()","d":"Date and time function used to return the serial number of the current date and time; if the cell format was General before the function was entered, the application changes the cell format so that it matches the date and time format of your regional settings"},"SECOND":{"a":"( time-value )","d":"Date and time function which returns the second (a number from 0 to 59) of the time value"},"TIME":{"a":"( hour, minute, second )","d":"Date and time function used to add a particular time in the selected format (hh:mm tt by default)"},"TIMEVALUE":{"a":"( date-time-string )","d":"Date and time function used to return the serial number of a time"},"TODAY":{"a":"()","d":"Date and time function used to add the current day in the following format MM/dd/yy. This function does not require an argument"},"WEEKDAY":{"a":"( serial-value [ , weekday-start-flag ] )","d":"Date and time function used to determine which day of the week the specified date is"},"WEEKNUM":{"a":"( serial-value [ , weekday-start-flag ] )","d":"Date and time function used to return the number of the week the specified date falls within the year"},"WORKDAY":{"a":"( start-date , day-offset [ , holidays ] )","d":"Date and time function used to return the date which comes the indicated number of days (day-offset) before or after the specified start date excluding weekends and dates considered as holidays"},"WORKDAY.INTL":{"a":"( start_date , days , [ , weekend ] , [ , holidays ] )","d":"Date and time function used to return the serial number of the date before or after a specified number of workdays with custom weekend parameters; weekend parameters indicate which and how many days are weekend days"},"YEAR":{"a":"( date-value )","d":"Date and time function which returns the year (a number from 1900 to 9999) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default)"},"YEARFRAC":{"a":"( start-date , end-date [ , basis ] )","d":"Date and time function used to return the fraction of a year represented by the number of whole days from start-date to end-date calculated on the specified basis"},"BESSELI":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Engineering function used to return the modified Bessel function, which is equivalent to the Bessel function evaluated for purely imaginary arguments"},"BESSELJ":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Engineering function used to return the Bessel function"},"BESSELK":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Engineering function used to return the modified Bessel function, which is equivalent to the Bessel functions evaluated for purely imaginary arguments"},"BESSELY":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Engineering function used to return the Bessel function, which is also called the Weber function or the Neumann function"},"BIN2DEC":{"a":"( number )","d":"Engineering function used to convert a binary number into a decimal number"},"BIN2HEX":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Engineering function used to convert a binary number into a hexadecimal number"},"BIN2OCT":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Engineering function used to convert a binary number into an octal number"},"BITAND":{"a":"( number1 , number2 )","d":"Engineering function used to return a bitwise 'AND' of two numbers"},"BITLSHIFT":{"a":"( number, shift_amount )","d":"Engineering function used to return a number shifted left by the specified number of bits"},"BITOR":{"a":"( number1, number2 )","d":"Engineering function used to return a bitwise 'OR' of two numbers"},"BITRSHIFT":{"a":"( number, shift_amount )","d":"Engineering function used to return a number shifted right by the specified number of bits"},"BITXOR":{"a":"( number1, number2 )","d":"Engineering function used to return a bitwise 'XOR' of two numbers"},"COMPLEX":{"a":"( real-number , imaginary-number [ , suffix ] )","d":"Engineering function used to convert a real part and an imaginary part into the complex number expressed in a + bi or a + bj form"},"CONVERT":{"a":"( number , from-unit , to-unit )","d":"Engineering function used to convert a number from one measurement system to another; for example, CONVERT can translate a table of distances in miles to a table of distances in kilometers"},"DEC2BIN":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Engineering function used to convert a decimal number into a binary number"},"DEC2HEX":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Engineering function used to convert a decimal number into a hexadecimal number"},"DEC2OCT":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Engineering function used to convert a decimal number into an octal number"},"DELTA":{"a":"( number-1 [ , number-2 ] )","d":"Engineering function used to test if two numbers are equal. The function returns 1 if the numbers are equal and 0 otherwise"},"ERF":{"a":"( lower-bound [ , upper-bound ] )","d":"Engineering function used to calculate the error function integrated between the specified lower and upper limits"},"ERF.PRECISE":{"a":"( x )","d":"Engineering function used to returns the error function"},"ERFC":{"a":"( lower-bound )","d":"Engineering function used to calculate the complementary error function integrated between the specified lower limit and infinity"},"ERFC.PRECISE":{"a":"( x )","d":"Engineering function used to return the complementary ERF function integrated between x and infinity"},"GESTEP":{"a":"( number [ , step ] )","d":"Engineering function used to test if a number is greater than a threshold value. The function returns 1 if the number is greater than or equal to the threshold value and 0 otherwise"},"HEX2BIN":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Engineering function used to convert a hexadecimal number to a binary number"},"HEX2DEC":{"a":"( number )","d":"Engineering function used to convert a hexadecimal number into a decimal number"},"HEX2OCT":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Engineering function used to convert a hexadecimal number to an octal number"},"IMABS":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the absolute value of a complex number"},"IMAGINARY":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the imaginary part of the specified complex number"},"IMARGUMENT":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the argument Theta, an angle expressed in radians"},"IMCONJUGATE":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the complex conjugate of a complex number"},"IMCOS":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the cosine of a complex number"},"IMCOSH":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the hyperbolic cosine of a complex number"},"IMCOT":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the cotangent of a complex number"},"IMCSC":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the cosecant of a complex number"},"IMCSCH":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the hyperbolic cosecant of a complex number"},"IMDIV":{"a":"( complex-number-1 , complex-number-2 )","d":"Engineering function used to return the quotient of two complex numbers expressed in a + bi or a + bj form"},"IMEXP":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the e constant raised to the to the power specified by a complex number. The e constant is equal to 2,71828182845904"},"IMLN":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the natural logarithm of a complex number"},"IMLOG10":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the logarithm of a complex number to a base of 10"},"IMLOG2":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the logarithm of a complex number to a base of 2"},"IMPOWER":{"a":"( complex-number, power )","d":"Engineering function used to return the result of a complex number raised to the desired power"},"IMPRODUCT":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Engineering function used to return the product of the specified complex numbers"},"IMREAL":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the real part of the specified complex number"},"IMSEC":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the secant of a complex number"},"IMSECH":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the hyperbolic secant of a complex number"},"IMSIN":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the sine of a complex number"},"IMSINH":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the hyperbolic sine of a complex number"},"IMSQRT":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used to return the square root of a complex number"},"IMSUB":{"a":"( complex-number-1 , complex-number-2 )","d":"Engineering function used to return the difference of two complex numbers expressed in a + bi or a + bj form"},"IMSUM":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Engineering function used to return the sum of the specified complex numbers"},"IMTAN":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Engineering function used return to the tangent of a complex number"},"OCT2BIN":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Engineering function used to convert an octal number to a binary number"},"OCT2DEC":{"a":"( number )","d":"Engineering function used to convert an octal number to a decimal number"},"OCT2HEX":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Engineering function used to convert an octal number to a hexadecimal number"},"DAVERAGE":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Database function used to average the values in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions you specify"},"DCOUNT":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Database function used to count the cells that contain numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify"},"DCOUNTA":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Database function used to count the nonblank cells in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify"},"DGET":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Database function used to extract a single value from a column of a list or database that matches conditions that you specify"},"DMAX":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Database function used to return the largest number in a field (column) of records in a list or database that matches conditions you that specify"},"DMIN":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Database function used to return the smallest number in a field (column) of records in a list or database that matches conditions that you specify"},"DPRODUCT":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Database function used to multiplie the values in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify"},"DSTDEV":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Database function used to estimate the standard deviation of a population based on a sample by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify"},"DSTDEVP":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Database function used to calculate the standard deviation of a population based on the entire population by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify"},"DSUM":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Database function used to add the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify"},"DVAR":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Database function used to estimates the variance of a population based on a sample by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify"},"DVARP":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Database function used to calculate the variance of a population based on the entire population by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify"},"CHAR":{"a":"( number )","d":"Text and data function used to return the ASCII character specified by a number"},"CLEAN":{"a":"( string )","d":"Text and data function used to remove all the nonprintable characters from the selected string"},"CODE":{"a":"( string )","d":"Text and data function used to return the ASCII value of the specified character or the first character in a cell"},"CONCATENATE":{"a":"(text1, text2, ...)","d":"Text and data function used to combine the data from two or more cells into a single one"},"CONCAT":{"a":"(text1, text2, ...)","d":"Text and data function used to combine the data from two or more cells into a single one. This function replaces the CONCATENATE function."},"DOLLAR":{"a":"( number [ , num-decimal ] )","d":"Text and data function used to convert a number to text, using a currency format $#.##"},"EXACT":{"a":"(text1, text2)","d":"Text and data function used to compare data in two cells. The function returns TRUE if the data are the same, and FALSE if not"},"FIND":{"a":"( string-1 , string-2 [ , start-pos ] )","d":"Text and data function used to find the specified substring (string-1) within a string (string-2) and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)"},"FINDB":{"a":"( string-1 , string-2 [ , start-pos ] )","d":"Text and data function used to find the specified substring (string-1) within a string (string-2) and is intended for languages the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"FIXED":{"a":"( number [ , [ num-decimal ] [ , suppress-commas-flag ] ] )","d":"Text and data function used to return the text representation of a number rounded to a specified number of decimal places"},"LEFT":{"a":"( string [ , number-chars ] )","d":"Text and data function used to extract the substring from the specified string starting from the left character and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)"},"LEFTB":{"a":"( string [ , number-chars ] )","d":"Text and data function used to extract the substring from the specified string starting from the left character and is intended for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"LEN":{"a":"( string )","d":"Text and data function used to analyse the specified string and return the number of characters it contains and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)"},"LENB":{"a":"( string )","d":"Text and data function used to analyse the specified string and return the number of characters it contains and is intended for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"LOWER":{"a":"(text)","d":"Text and data function used to convert uppercase letters to lowercase in the selected cell"},"MID":{"a":"( string , start-pos , number-chars )","d":"Text and data function used to extract the characters from the specified string starting from any position and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)"},"MIDB":{"a":"( string , start-pos , number-chars )","d":"Text and data function used to extract the characters from the specified string starting from any position and is intended for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"NUMBERVALUE":{"a":"( text , [ , [ decimal-separator ] [ , [ group-separator ] ] )","d":"Text and data function used to convert text to a number, in a locale-independent way"},"PROPER":{"a":"( string )","d":"Text and data function used to convert the first character of each word to uppercase and all the remaining characters to lowercase"},"REPLACE":{"a":"( string-1, start-pos, number-chars, string-2 )","d":"Text and data function used to replace a set of characters, based on the number of characters and the start position you specify, with a new set of characters and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)"},"REPLACEB":{"a":"( string-1, start-pos, number-chars, string-2 )","d":"Text and data function used to replace a set of characters, based on the number of characters and the start position you specify, with a new set of characters and is intended for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"REPT":{"a":"(text, number_of_times)","d":"Text and data function used to repeat the data in the selected cell as many time as you wish"},"RIGHT":{"a":"( string [ , number-chars ] )","d":"Text and data function used to extract a substring from a string starting from the right-most character, based on the specified number of characters and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)"},"RIGHTB":{"a":"( string [ , number-chars ] )","d":"Text and data function used to extract a substring from a string starting from the right-most character, based on the specified number of characters and is intended for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"SEARCH":{"a":"( string-1 , string-2 [ , start-pos ] )","d":"Text and data function used to return the location of the specified substring in a string and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)"},"SEARCHB":{"a":"( string-1 , string-2 [ , start-pos ] )","d":"Text and data function used to return the location of the specified substring in a string and is intended for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"SUBSTITUTE":{"a":"( string , old-string , new-string [ , occurence ] )","d":"Text and data function used to replace a set of characters with a new one"},"T":{"a":"( value )","d":"Text and data function used to check whether the value in the cell (or used as argument) is text or not. In case it is not text, the function returns blank result. In case the value/argument is text, the function returns the same text value"},"TEXT":{"a":"( value , format )","d":"Text and data function used to convert a value to a text in the specified format"},"TEXTJOIN":{"a":"( delimiter , ignore_empty , text1 [ , text2 ] , … )","d":"Text and data function used to combine the text from multiple ranges and/or strings, and includes a delimiter you specify between each text value that will be combined; if the delimiter is an empty text string, this function will effectively concatenate the ranges"},"TRIM":{"a":"( string )","d":"Text and data function used to remove the leading and trailing spaces from a string"},"UNICHAR":{"a":"( number )","d":"Text and data function used to return the Unicode character that is referenced by the given numeric value."},"UNICODE":{"a":"( text )","d":"Text and data function used to return the number (code point) corresponding to the first character of the text"},"UPPER":{"a":"(text)","d":"Text and data function used to convert lowercase letters to uppercase in the selected cell"},"VALUE":{"a":"( string )","d":"Text and data function used to convert a text value that represents a number to a number. If the converted text is not a number, the function will return a #VALUE! error"},"AVEDEV":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the average of the absolute deviations of numbers from their mean"},"AVERAGE":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the average value"},"AVERAGEA":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data including text and logical values and find the average value. The AVERAGEA function treats text and FALSE as a value of 0 and TRUE as a value of 1"},"AVERAGEIF":{"a":"( cell-range, selection-criteria [ , average-range ] )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the average value of all numbers in a range of cells, based on the specified criterion"},"AVERAGEIFS":{"a":"( average-range, criteria-range-1, criteria-1 [ criteria-range-2, criteria-2 ], ... )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the average value of all numbers in a range of cells, based on the multiple criterions"},"BETADIST":{"a":" ( x , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ","d":"Statistical function used to return the cumulative beta probability density function"},"BETA.DIST":{"a":" ( x , alpha , beta , cumulative , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ","d":"Statistical function used to return the beta distribution"},"BETA.INV":{"a":" ( probability , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the beta cumulative probability density function"},"BINOMDIST":{"a":"( number-successes , number-trials , success-probability , cumulative-flag )","d":"Statistical function used to return the individual term binomial distribution probability"},"BINOM.DIST":{"a":"( number-s , trials , probability-s , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the individual term binomial distribution probability"},"BINOM.DIST.RANGE":{"a":"( trials , probability-s , number-s [ , number-s2 ] )","d":"Statistical function used to return the probability of a trial result using a binomial distribution"},"BINOM.INV":{"a":"( trials , probability-s , alpha )","d":"Statistical function used to return the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribution is greater than or equal to a criterion value"},"CHIDIST":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom )","d":"Statistical function used to return the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution"},"CHIINV":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution"},"CHITEST":{"a":"( actual-range , expected-range )","d":"Statistical function used to return the test for independence, value from the chi-squared (χ2) distribution for the statistic and the appropriate degrees of freedom"},"CHISQ.DIST":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the chi-squared distribution"},"CHISQ.DIST.RT":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom )","d":"Statistical function used to return the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution"},"CHISQ.INV":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the left-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution"},"CHISQ.INV.RT":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution"},"CHISQ.TEST":{"a":"( actual-range , expected-range )","d":"Statistical function used to return the test for independence, value from the chi-squared (χ2) distribution for the statistic and the appropriate degrees of freedom"},"CONFIDENCE":{"a":"( alpha , standard-dev , size )","d":"Statistical function used to return the confidence interval"},"CONFIDENCE.NORM":{"a":"( alpha , standard-dev , size )","d":"Statistical function used to return the confidence interval for a population mean, using a normal distribution"},"CONFIDENCE.T":{"a":"( alpha , standard-dev , size )","d":"Statistical function used to return the confidence interval for a population mean, using a Student's t distribution"},"CORREL":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the correlation coefficient of two range of cells"},"COUNT":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to count the number of the selected cells which contain numbers ignoring empty cells or those contaning text"},"COUNTA":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of cells and count the number of cells that are not empty"},"COUNTBLANK":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of cells and return the number of the empty cells"},"COUNTIF":{"a":"( cell-range, selection-criteria )","d":"Statistical function used to count the number of the selected cells based on the specified criterion"},"COUNTIFS":{"a":"( criteria-range-1, criteria-1, [ criteria-range-2, criteria-2 ], ... )","d":"Statistical function used to count the number of the selected cells based on the multiple criterions"},"COVAR":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Statistical function used to return the covariance of two ranges of data"},"COVARIANCE.P":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Statistical function used to return population covariance, the average of the products of deviations for each data point pair in two data sets; use covariance to determine the relationship between two data sets"},"COVARIANCE.S":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Statistical function used to return the sample covariance, the average of the products of deviations for each data point pair in two data sets"},"CRITBINOM":{"a":"( number-trials , success-probability , alpha )","d":"Statistical function used to return the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribution is greater than or equal to the specified alpha value"},"DEVSQ":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and sum the squares of the deviations of numbers from their mean"},"EXPONDIST":{"a":"( x , lambda , cumulative-flag )","d":"Statistical function used to return the exponential distribution"},"EXPON.DIST":{"a":"( x , lambda , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the exponential distribution"},"FDIST":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )","d":"Statistical function used to return the (right-tailed) F probability distribution (degree of diversity) for two data sets. You can use this function to determine whether two data sets have different degrees of diversity"},"FINV":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the (right-tailed) F probability distribution; the F distribution can be used in an F-test that compares the degree of variability in two data sets"},"FTEST":{"a":"( array1 , array2 )","d":"Statistical function used to return the result of an F-test. An F-test returns the two-tailed probability that the variances in array1 and array2 are not significantly different; use this function to determine whether two samples have different variances"},"F.DIST":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the F probability distribution. You can use this function to determine whether two data sets have different degrees of diversity"},"F.DIST.RT":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )","d":"Statistical function used to return the (right-tailed) F probability distribution (degree of diversity) for two data sets. You can use this function to determine whether two data sets have different degrees of diversity"},"F.INV":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the (right-tailed) F probability distribution; the F distribution can be used in an F-test that compares the degree of variability in two data sets"},"F.INV.RT":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the (right-tailed) F probability distribution; the F distribution can be used in an F-test that compares the degree of variability in two data sets"},"F.TEST":{"a":"( array1 , array2 )","d":"Statistical function used to return the result of an F-test, the two-tailed probability that the variances in array1 and array2 are not significantly different; use this function to determine whether two samples have different variances"},"FISHER":{"a":"( number )","d":"Statistical function used to return the Fisher transformation of a number"},"FISHERINV":{"a":"( number )","d":"Statistical function used to perform the inverse of Fisher transformation"},"FORECAST":{"a":"( x , array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Statistical function used to predict a future value based on existing values provided"},"FORECAST.ETS":{"a":"( target_date , values , timeline , [ seasonality ] , [ data_completion ] , [ aggregation ] )","d":"Statistical function used to calculate or predict a future value based on existing (historical) values by using the AAA version of the Exponential Smoothing (ETS) algorithm"},"FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT":{"a":"( target_date , values , timeline , [ confidence_level ] , [ seasonality ], [ data_completion ] , [aggregation ] )","d":"Statistical function used to return a confidence interval for the forecast value at the specified target date"},"FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY":{"a":"( values , timeline , [ data_completion ] , [ aggregation ] )","d":"Statistical function used to return the length of the repetitive pattern an application detects for the specified time series"},"FORECAST.ETS.STAT":{"a":"( values , timeline , statistic_type , [ seasonality ] , [ data_completion ] , [ aggregation ] )","d":"Statistical function used to return a statistical value as a result of time series forecasting; statistic type indicates which statistic is requested by this function"},"FORECAST.LINEAR":{"a":"( x, known_y's, known_x's )","d":"Statistical function used to calculate, or predict, a future value by using existing values; the predicted value is a y-value for a given x-value, the known values are existing x-values and y-values, and the new value is predicted by using linear regression"},"FREQUENCY":{"a":"( data-array , bins-array )","d":"Statistical function used to сalculate how often values occur within the selected range of cells and display the first value of the returned vertical array of numbers"},"GAMMA":{"a":"( number )","d":"Statistical function used to return the gamma function value"},"GAMMADIST":{"a":"( x , alpha , beta , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the gamma distribution"},"GAMMA.DIST":{"a":"( x , alpha , beta , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the gamma distribution"},"GAMMAINV":{"a":"( probability , alpha , beta )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the gamma cumulative distribution"},"GAMMA.INV":{"a":"( probability , alpha , beta )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the gamma cumulative distribution"},"GAMMALN":{"a":"( number )","d":"Statistical function used to return the natural logarithm of the gamma function"},"GAMMALN.PRECISE":{"a":"( x )","d":"Statistical function used to return the natural logarithm of the gamma function"},"GAUSS":{"a":"( z )","d":"Statistical function used to calculate the probability that a member of a standard normal population will fall between the mean and z standard deviations from the mean"},"GEOMEAN":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to calculate the geometric mean of the argument list"},"HARMEAN":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to calculate the harmonic mean of the argument list"},"HYPGEOMDIST":{"a":"( sample-successes , number-sample , population-successes , number-population )","d":"Statistical function used to return the hypergeometric distribution, the probability of a given number of sample successes, given the sample size, population successes, and population size"},"INTERCEPT":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the first array values and second array values to calculate the intersection point"},"KURT":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to return the kurtosis of the argument list"},"LARGE":{"a":"( array , k )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of cells and return the nth largest value"},"LOGINV":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-deviation )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the lognormal cumulative distribution function of the given x value with the specified parameters"},"LOGNORM.DIST":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-deviation , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the lognormal distribution of x, where ln(x) is normally distributed with parameters Mean and Standard-deviation"},"LOGNORM.INV":{"a":"( probability , mean , standard-deviation )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the lognormal cumulative distribution function of x, where ln(x) is normally distributed with parameters Mean and Standard-deviation"},"LOGNORMDIST":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-deviation )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze logarithmically transformed data and return the lognormal cumulative distribution function of the given x value with the specified parameters"},"MAX":{"a":"( number1 , number2 , ...)","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number"},"MAXA":{"a":"( number1 , number2 , ...)","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the largest value"},"MAXIFS":{"a":"( max_range , criteria_range1 , criteria1 [ , criteria_range2 , criteria2 ] , ...)","d":"Statistical function used to return the maximum value among cells specified by a given set of conditions or criteria"},"MEDIAN":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to calculate the median of the argument list"},"MIN":{"a":"( number1 , number2 , ...)","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number"},"MINA":{"a":"( number1 , number2 , ...)","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest value"},"MINIFS":{"a":"( min_range , criteria_range1 , criteria1 [ , criteria_range2 , criteria2 ] , ...)","d":"Statistical function used to return the minimum value among cells specified by a given set of conditions or criteria"},"MODE":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the most frequently occurring value"},"MODE.MULT":{"a":"( number1 , [ , number2 ] ... )","d":"Statistical function used to return a vertical array of the most frequently occurring, or repetitive values in an array or range of data"},"MODE.SNGL":{"a":"( number1 , [ , number2 ] ... )","d":"Statistical function used to return the most frequently occurring, or repetitive, value in an array or range of data"},"NEGBINOM.DIST":{"a":"( (number-f , number-s , probability-s , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the negative binomial distribution, the probability that there will be Number-f failures before the Number-s-th success, with Probability-s probability of a success"},"NEGBINOMDIST":{"a":"( number-failures , number-successes , success-probability )","d":"Statistical function used to return the negative binomial distribution"},"NORM.DIST":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-dev , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the normal distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation"},"NORMDIST":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-deviation , cumulative-flag )","d":"Statistical function used to return the normal distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation"},"NORM.INV":{"a":"( probability , mean , standard-dev )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation"},"NORMINV":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-deviation )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation"},"NORM.S.DIST":{"a":"( z , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the standard normal distribution (has a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one)"},"NORMSDIST":{"a":"( number )","d":"Statistical function used to return the standard normal cumulative distribution function"},"NORM.S.INV":{"a":"( probability )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one"},"NORMSINV":{"a":"( probability )","d":"Statistical function used to return the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution"},"PEARSON":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Statistical function used to return the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient"},"PERCENTILE":{"a":"( array , k )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the nth percentile"},"PERCENTILE.EXC":{"a":"( array , k )","d":"Statistical function used to return the k-th percentile of values in a range, where k is in the range 0..1, exclusive"},"PERCENTILE.INC":{"a":"( array , k )","d":"Statistical function used to return the k-th percentile of values in a range, where k is in the range 0..1, exclusive"},"PERCENTRANK":{"a":"( array , k )","d":"Statistical function used to return the rank of a value in a set of values as a percentage of the set"},"PERCENTRANK.EXC":{"a":"( array , x [ , significance ] )","d":"Statistical function used to return the rank of a value in a data set as a percentage (0..1, exclusive) of the data set"},"PERCENTRANK.INC":{"a":"( array , x [ , significance ] )","d":"Statistical function used to return the rank of a value in a data set as a percentage (0..1, inclusive) of the data set"},"PERMUT":{"a":"( number , number-chosen )","d":"Statistical function used to return the rank of a value in a data set as a percentage (0..1, inclusive) of the data set"},"PERMUTATIONA":{"a":"( number , number-chosen )","d":"Statistical function used to return the number of permutations for a given number of objects (with repetitions) that can be selected from the total objects"},"PHI":{"a":"( x )","d":"Statistical function used to return the value of the density function for a standard normal distribution"},"POISSON":{"a":"( x , mean , cumulative-flag )","d":"Statistical function used to return the Poisson distribution"},"POISSON.DIST":{"a":"( x , mean , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the Poisson distribution; a common application of the Poisson distribution is predicting the number of events over a specific time, such as the number of cars arriving at a toll plaza in 1 minute"},"PROB":{"a":"( x-range , probability-range , lower-limit [ , upper-limit ] )","d":"Statistical function used to return the probability that values in a range are between lower and upper limits"},"QUARTILE":{"a":"( array , result-category )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the quartile"},"QUARTILE.INC":{"a":"( array , quart )","d":"Statistical function used to return the quartile of a data set, based on percentile values from 0..1, inclusive"},"QUARTILE.EXC":{"a":"( array , quart )","d":"Statistical function used to return the quartile of the data set, based on percentile values from 0..1, exclusive"},"RANK":{"a":"( number , ref [ , order ] )","d":"Statistical function used to return the rank of a number in a list of numbers; the rank of a number is its size relative to other values in a list, so If you were to sort the list, the rank of the number would be its position"},"RANK.AVG":{"a":"( number , ref [ , order ] )","d":"Statistical function used to return the rank of a number in a list of numbers: its size relative to other values in the list; if more than one value has the same rank, the average rank is returned"},"RANK.EQ":{"a":"( number , ref [ , order ] )","d":"Statistical function used to return the rank of a number in a list of numbers: its size is relative to other values in the list; if more than one value has the same rank, the top rank of that set of values is returned"},"RSQ":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Statistical function used to return the square of the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient"},"SKEW":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the skewness of a distribution of the argument list"},"SKEW.P":{"a":"( number-1 [ , number 2 ] , … )","d":"Statistical function used to return the skewness of a distribution based on a population: a characterization of the degree of asymmetry of a distribution around its mean"},"SLOPE":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Statistical function used to return the slope of the linear regression line through data in two arrays"},"SMALL":{"a":"( array , k )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the nth smallest value"},"STANDARDIZE":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-deviation )","d":"Statistical function used to return a normalized value from a distribution characterized by the specified parameters"},"STDEV":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of a population based on a set of numbers"},"STDEV.P":{"a":"( number1 [ , number2 ] , ... )","d":"Statistical function used to calculate standard deviation based on the entire population given as arguments (ignores logical values and text)"},"STDEV.S":{"a":"( number1 [ , number2 ] , ... )","d":"Statistical function used to estimates standard deviation based on a sample (ignores logical values and text in the sample)"},"STDEVA":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of a population based on a set of numbers, text, and logical values (TRUE or FALSE). The STDEVA function treats text and FALSE as a value of 0 and TRUE as a value of 1"},"STDEVP":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of an entire population"},"STDEVPA":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of an entire population"},"STEYX":{"a":"( known-ys , known-xs )","d":"Statistical function used to return the standard error of the predicted y-value for each x in the regression line"},"TDIST":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom , tails )","d":"Statistical function used to return the Percentage Points (probability) for the Student t-distribution where a numeric value (x) is a calculated value of t for which the Percentage Points are to be computed; the t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets"},"TINV":{"a":"( probability , deg_freedom )","d":"Statistical function used to return the two-tailed inverse of the Student's t-distribution"},"T.DIST":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the Student's left-tailed t-distribution. The t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution."},"T.DIST.2T":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom )","d":"Statistical function used to return the two-tailed Student's t-distribution.The Student's t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution"},"T.DIST.RT":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom )","d":"Statistical function used to return the right-tailed Student's t-distribution. The t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution"},"T.INV":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom )","d":"Statistical function used to return the left-tailed inverse of the Student's t-distribution"},"T.INV.2T":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom )","d":"Statistical function used to return the two-tailed inverse of the Student's t-distribution"},"T.TEST":{"a":"( array1 , array2 , tails , type )","d":"Statistical function used to return the probability associated with a Student's t-Test; use T.TEST to determine whether two samples are likely to have come from the same two underlying populations that have the same mean"},"TRIMMEAN":{"a":"( array1 , array2 , tails , type )","d":"Statistical function used to return the mean of the interior of a data set; TRIMMEAN calculates the mean taken by excluding a percentage of data points from the top and bottom tails of a data set"},"TTEST":{"a":"( array1 , array2 , tails , type )","d":"Statistical function used to returns the probability associated with a Student's t-Test; use TTEST to determine whether two samples are likely to have come from the same two underlying populations that have the same mean"},"VAR":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the set of values and calculate the sample variance"},"VAR.P":{"a":"( number1 [ , number2 ], ... )","d":"Statistical function used to calculates variance based on the entire population (ignores logical values and text in the population)"},"VAR.S":{"a":"( number1 [ , number2 ], ... )","d":"Statistical function used to estimate variance based on a sample (ignores logical values and text in the sample)"},"VARA":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the set of values and calculate the sample variance"},"VARP":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the set of values and calculate the variance of an entire population"},"VARPA":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Statistical function used to analyze the set of values and return the variance of an entire population"},"WEIBULL":{"a":"( x , alpha , beta , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the Weibull distribution; use this distribution in reliability analysis, such as calculating a device's mean time to failure"},"WEIBULL.DIST":{"a":"( x , alpha , beta , cumulative )","d":"Statistical function used to return the Weibull distribution; use this distribution in reliability analysis, such as calculating a device's mean time to failure"},"Z.TEST":{"a":"( array , x [ , sigma ] )","d":"Statistical function used to return the one-tailed P-value of a z-test; for a given hypothesized population mean, x, Z.TEST returns the probability that the sample mean would be greater than the average of observations in the data set (array) — that is, the observed sample mean"},"ZTEST":{"a":"( array , x [ , sigma ] )","d":"Statistical function used to return the one-tailed probability-value of a z-test; for a given hypothesized population mean, μ0, ZTEST returns the probability that the sample mean would be greater than the average of observations in the data set (array) — that is, the observed sample mean"},"ACCRINT":{"a":"( issue , first-interest , settlement , rate , [ par ] , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the accrued interest for a security that pays periodic interest"},"ACCRINTM":{"a":"( issue , settlement , rate , [ [ par ] [ , [ basis ] ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the accrued interest for a security that pays interest at maturity"},"AMORDEGRC":{"a":"( cost , date-purchased , first-period , salvage , period , rate [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for each accounting period using a degressive depreciation method"},"AMORLINC":{"a":"( cost , date-purchased , first-period , salvage , period , rate [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for each accounting period using a linear depreciation method"},"COUPDAYBS":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the number of days from the beginning of the coupon period to the settlement date"},"COUPDAYS":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the number of days in the coupon period that contains the settlement date"},"COUPDAYSNC":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the number of days from the settlement date to the next coupon payment"},"COUPNCD":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the next coupon date after the settlement date"},"COUPNUM":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the number of coupons between the settlement date and the maturity date"},"COUPPCD":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the previous coupon date before the settlement date"},"CUMIPMT":{"a":"( rate , nper , pv , start-period , end-period , type )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the cumulative interest paid on an investment between two periods based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule"},"CUMPRINC":{"a":"( rate , nper , pv , start-period , end-period , type )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the cumulative principal paid on an investment between two periods based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule"},"DB":{"a":"( cost , salvage , life , period [ , [ month ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified accounting period using the fixed-declining balance method"},"DDB":{"a":"( cost , salvage , life , period [ , factor ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified accounting period using the double-declining balance method"},"DISC":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , pr , redemption [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the discount rate for a security"},"DOLLARDE":{"a":"( fractional-dollar , fraction )","d":"Financial function used to convert a dollar price represented as a fraction into a dollar price represented as a decimal number"},"DOLLARFR":{"a":"( decimal-dollar , fraction )","d":"Financial function used to convert a dollar price represented as a decimal number into a dollar price represented as a fraction"},"DURATION":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , coupon , yld , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the Macaulay duration of a security with an assumed par value of $100"},"EFFECT":{"a":"( nominal-rate , npery )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the effective annual interest rate for a security based on a specified nominal annual interest rate and the number of compounding periods per year"},"FV":{"a":"( rate , nper , pmt [ , [ pv ] [ ,[ type ] ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the future value of an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule"},"FVSCHEDULE":{"a":"( principal , schedule )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the future value of an investment based on a series of changeable interest rates"},"INTRATE":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , pr , redemption [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the interest rate for a fully invested security that pays interest only at maturity"},"IPMT":{"a":"( rate , per , nper , pv [ , [ fv ] [ , [ type ] ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the interest payment for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule"},"IRR":{"a":"( values [ , [ guess ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the internal rate of return for a series of periodic cash flows"},"ISPMT":{"a":"( rate , per , nper , pv )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the interest payment for a specified period of an investment based on a constant payment schedule"},"MDURATION":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , coupon , yld , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the modified Macaulay duration of a security with an assumed par value of $100"},"MIRR":{"a":"( values , finance-rate , reinvest-rate )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the modified internal rate of return for a series of periodic cash flows"},"NOMINAL":{"a":"( effect-rate , npery )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the nominal annual interest rate for a security based on a specified effective annual interest rate and the number of compounding periods per year"},"NPER":{"a":"( rate , pmt , pv [ , [ fv ] [ , [ type ] ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the number of periods for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule"},"NPV":{"a":"( rate , argument-list )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the net present value of an investment based on a specified discount rate"},"ODDFPRICE":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , issue , first-coupon , rate , yld , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd first period (it is shorter or longer than other periods)"},"ODDFYIELD":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , issue , first-coupon , rate , pr , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the yield of a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd first period (it is shorter or longer than other periods)"},"ODDLPRICE":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , last-interest , rate , yld , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd last period (it is shorter or longer than other periods)"},"ODDLYIELD":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , last-interest , rate , pr , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the yield of a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd last period (it is shorter or longer than other periods)"},"PDURATION":{"a":"( rate , pv , fv )","d":"Financial function used return the number of periods required by an investment to reach a specified value"},"PMT":{"a":"( rate , nper , pv [ , [ fv ] [ ,[ type ] ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the payment amount for a loan based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule"},"PPMT":{"a":"( rate , per , nper , pv [ , [ fv ] [ , [ type ] ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the principal payment for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule"},"PRICE":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , rate , yld , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays periodic interest"},"PRICEDISC":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , discount , redemption [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a discounted security"},"PRICEMAT":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , issue , rate , yld [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays interest at maturity"},"PV":{"a":"( rate , nper , pmt [ , [ fv ] [ ,[ type ] ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the present value of an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule"},"RATE":{"a":"( nper , pmt , pv [ , [ [ fv ] [ , [ [ type ] [ , [ guess ] ] ] ] ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the interest rate for an investment based on a constant payment schedule"},"RECEIVED":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , investment , discount [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the amount received at maturity for a fully invested security"},"RRI":{"a":"( nper , pv , fv )","d":"Financial function used to return an equivalent interest rate for the growth of an investment"},"SLN":{"a":"( cost , salvage , life )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for one accounting period using the straight-line depreciation method"},"SYD":{"a":"( cost , salvage , life , per )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified accounting period using the sum of the years' digits method"},"TBILLEQ":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , discount )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the bond-equivalent yield of a Treasury bill"},"TBILLPRICE":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , discount )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a Treasury bill"},"TBILLYIELD":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , pr )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the yield of a Treasury bill"},"VDB":{"a":"( cost , salvage , life , start-period , end-period [ , [ [ factor ] [ , [ no-switch-flag ] ] ] ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified or partial accounting period using the variable declining balance method"},"XIRR":{"a":"( values , dates [ , [ guess ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the internal rate of return for a series of irregular cash flows"},"XNPV":{"a":"( rate , values , dates )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the net present value for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a schedule of irregular payments"},"YIELD":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , rate , pr , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the yield of a security that pays periodic interest"},"YIELDDISC":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , pr , redemption , [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the annual yield of a discounted security"},"YIELDMAT":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , issue , rate , pr [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Financial function used to calculate the annual yield of a security that pays interest at maturity"},"ABS":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the absolute value of a number"},"ACOS":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the arccosine of a number"},"ACOSH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the inverse hyperbolic cosine of a number"},"ACOT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the principal value of the arccotangent, or inverse cotangent, of a number"},"ACOTH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the inverse hyperbolic cotangent of a number"},"AGGREGATE":{"a":"( function_num , options , ref1 [ , ref2 ] , … )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return an aggregate in a list or database; the function can apply different aggregate functions to a list or database with the option to ignore hidden rows and error values"},"ARABIC":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to convert a Roman numeral to an Arabic numeral"},"ASIN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the arcsine of a number"},"ASINH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the inverse hyperbolic sine of a number"},"ATAN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the arctangent of a number"},"ATAN2":{"a":"( x, y )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the arctangent of x and y coordinates"},"ATANH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the inverse hyperbolic tangent of a number"},"BASE":{"a":"( number , base [ , min-length ] )","d":"Converts a number into a text representation with the given base"},"CEILING":{"a":"( x, significance )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to round the number up to the nearest multiple of significance"},"CEILING.MATH":{"a":"( x [ , [ significance ] [ , [ mode ] ] )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to rounds a number up to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance"},"CEILING.PRECISE":{"a":"( x [ , significance ] )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return a number that is rounded up to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance"},"COMBIN":{"a":"( number , number-chosen )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the number of combinations for a specified number of items"},"COMBINA":{"a":"( number , number-chosen )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the number of combinations (with repetitions) for a given number of items"},"COS":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the cosine of an angle"},"COSH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the hyperbolic cosine of a number"},"COT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the cotangent of an angle specified in radians"},"COTH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the hyperbolic cotangent of a hyperbolic angle"},"CSC":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the cosecant of an angle"},"CSCH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the hyperbolic cosecant of an angle"},"DECIMAL":{"a":"( text , base )","d":"Converts a text representation of a number in a given base into a decimal number"},"DEGREES":{"a":"( angle )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to convert radians into degrees"},"ECMA.CEILING":{"a":"( x, significance )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to round the number up to the nearest multiple of significance"},"EVEN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to round the number up to the nearest even integer"},"EXP":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the e constant raised to the desired power. The e constant is equal to 2,71828182845904"},"FACT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the factorial of a number"},"FACTDOUBLE":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the double factorial of a number"},"FLOOR":{"a":"( x, significance )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to round the number down to the nearest multiple of significance"},"FLOOR.PRECISE":{"a":"( x, significance )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return a number that is rounded down to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance"},"FLOOR.MATH":{"a":"( x, significance )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to round a number down to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance"},"GCD":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the greatest common divisor of two or more numbers"},"INT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to analyze and return the integer part of the specified number"},"ISO.CEILING":{"a":"( number [ , significance ] )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return a number that is rounded up to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance regardless of the sign of the number. However, if the number or the significance is zero, zero is returned."},"LCM":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the lowest common multiple of one or more numbers"},"LN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the natural logarithm of a number"},"LOG":{"a":"( x [ , base ] )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the logarithm of a number to a specified base"},"LOG10":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the logarithm of a number to a base of 10"},"MDETERM":{"a":"( array )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the matrix determinant of an array"},"MINVERSE":{"a":"( array )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the inverse matrix for a given matrix and display the first value of the returned array of numbers"},"MMULT":{"a":"( array1, array2 )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the matrix product of two arrays and display the first value of the returned array of numbers"},"MOD":{"a":"( x, y )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the remainder after the division of a number by the specified divisor"},"MROUND":{"a":"( x, multiple )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to round the number to the desired multiple"},"MULTINOMIAL":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the ratio of the factorial of a sum of numbers to the product of factorials"},"ODD":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to round the number up to the nearest odd integer"},"PI":{"a":"()","d":"math and trigonometry functions. The function returns the mathematical constant pi, equal to 3.14159265358979. It does not require any argument"},"POWER":{"a":"( x, y )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the result of a number raised to the desired power"},"PRODUCT":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to multiply all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the product"},"QUOTIENT":{"a":"( dividend , divisor )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the integer portion of a division"},"RADIANS":{"a":"( angle )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to convert degrees into radians"},"RAND":{"a":"()","d":"Math and trigonometry functionused to return a random number greater than or equal to 0 and less than 1. It does not require any argument"},"RANDBETWEEN":{"a":"( lower-bound , upper-bound )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return a random number greater than or equal to lower-bound and less than or equal to upper-bound"},"ROMAN":{"a":"( number, form )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to convert a number to a roman numeral"},"ROUND":{"a":"( x , number-digits )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to round the number to the desired number of digits"},"ROUNDDOWN":{"a":"( x , number-digits )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to round the number down to the desired number of digits"},"ROUNDUP":{"a":"( x , number-digits )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to round the number up to the desired number of digits"},"SEC":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the secant of an angle"},"SECH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the hyperbolic secant of an angle"},"SERIESSUM":{"a":"( input-value , initial-power , step , coefficients )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the sum of a power series"},"SIGN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the sign of a number. If the number is positive, the function returns 1. If the number is negative, the function returns -1. If the number is 0, the function returns 0"},"SIN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the sine of an angle"},"SINH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the hyperbolic sine of a number"},"SQRT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the square root of a number"},"SQRTPI":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the square root of the pi constant (3.14159265358979) multiplied by the specified number"},"SUBTOTAL":{"a":"( function-number , argument-list )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return a subtotal in a list or database"},"SUM":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the result"},"SUMIF":{"a":"( cell-range, selection-criteria [ , sum-range ] )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells based on the specified criterion and return the result"},"SUMIFS":{"a":"( sum-range, criteria-range1, criteria1, [ criteria-range2, criteria2 ], ... )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells based on multiple criteria and return the result"},"SUMPRODUCT":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to multiply the values in the selected ranges of cells or arrays and return the sum of the products"},"SUMSQ":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to add the squares of numbers and return the result"},"SUMX2MY2":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to sum the difference of squares between two arrays"},"SUMX2PY2":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to sum the squares of numbers in the selected arrays and return the sum of the results"},"SUMXMY2":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the sum of the squares of the differences between corresponding items in the arrays"},"TAN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the tangent of an angle"},"TANH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return the hyperbolic tangent of a number"},"TRUNC":{"a":"( x [ , number-digits ] )","d":"Math and trigonometry function used to return a number truncated to a specified number of digits"},"ADDRESS":{"a":"( row-number , col-number [ , [ ref-type ] [ , [ A1-ref-style-flag ] [ , sheet-name ] ] ] )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to return a text representation of a cell address"},"CHOOSE":{"a":"( index , argument-list )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to return a value from a list of values based on a specified index (position)"},"COLUMN":{"a":"( [ reference ] )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to return the column number of a cell"},"COLUMNS":{"a":"( array )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to return the number of columns in a cell reference"},"FORMULATEXT":{"a":"( reference )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to return a formula as a string"},"HLOOKUP":{"a":"( lookup-value , table-array , row-index-num [ , [ range-lookup-flag ] ] )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to perform the horizontal search for a value in the top row of a table or an array and return the value in the same column based on a specified row index number"},"INDEX":{"a":"( array , [ row-number ] [ , [ column-number ] ] )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to return a value within a range of cells on the base of a specified row and column number. The INDEX function has two forms"},"INDIRECT":{"a":"( ref-text [ , [ A1-ref-style-flag ] ] )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to return the reference to a cell based on its string representation"},"LOOKUP":{"a":"( lookup-value , lookup-vector , result-vector )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to return a value from a selected range (row or column containing the data in ascending order)"},"MATCH":{"a":"( lookup-value , lookup-array [ , [ match-type ]] )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to return a relative position of a specified item in a range of cells"},"OFFSET":{"a":"( reference , rows , cols [ , [ height ] [ , [ width ] ] ] )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to return a reference to a cell displaced from the specified cell (or the upper-left cell in the range of cells) to a certain number of rows and columns"},"ROW":{"a":"( [ reference ] )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to return the row number of a cell reference"},"ROWS":{"a":"( array )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to return the number of rows in a cell references"},"TRANSPOSE":{"a":"( array )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to return the first element of an array"},"VLOOKUP":{"a":"( lookup-value , table-array , col-index-num [ , [ range-lookup-flag ] ] )","d":"Lookup and reference function used to perform the vertical search for a value in the left-most column of a table or an array and return the value in the same row based on a specified column index number"},"ERROR.TYPE":{"a":"(value)","d":"Information function used to return the numeric representation of one of the existing errors"},"ISBLANK":{"a":"(value)","d":"Information function used to check if the cell is empty or not. If the cell does not contain any value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE"},"ISERR":{"a":"(value)","d":"Information function used to check for an error value. If the cell contains an error value (except #N/A), the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE"},"ISERROR":{"a":"(value)","d":"Information function used to check for an error value. If the cell contains one of the error values: #N/A, #VALUE!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NUM!, #NAME? or #NULL, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE"},"ISEVEN":{"a":"(number)","d":"Information function used to check for an even value. If the cell contains an even value, the function returns TRUE. If the value is odd, it returns FALSE"},"ISFORMULA":{"a":"( value )","d":"Information function used to check whether there is a reference to a cell that contains a formula, and returns TRUE or FALSE"},"ISLOGICAL":{"a":"(value)","d":"Information function used to check for a logical value (TRUE or FALSE). If the cell contains a logical value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE"},"ISNA":{"a":"(value)","d":"Information function used to check for a #N/A error. If the cell contains a #N/A error value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE"},"ISNONTEXT":{"a":"(value)","d":"Information function used to check for a value that is not a text. If the cell does not contain a text value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE"},"ISNUMBER":{"a":"(value)","d":"Information function used to check for a numeric value. If the cell contains a numeric value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE"},"ISODD":{"a":"(number)","d":"Information function used to check for an odd value. If the cell contains an odd value, the function returns TRUE. If the value is even, it returns FALSE"},"ISREF":{"a":"(value)","d":"Information function used to verify if the value is a valid cell reference"},"ISTEXT":{"a":"(value)","d":"Information function used to check for a text value. If the cell contains a text value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE"},"N":{"a":"(value)","d":"Information function used to convert a value to a number"},"NA":{"a":"()","d":"Information function used to return the #N/A error value. This function does not require an argument"},"SHEET":{"a":"( value )","d":"Information function used to return the sheet number of the reference sheet"},"SHEETS":{"a":"( reference )","d":"Information function used to return the number of sheets in a reference"},"TYPE":{"a":"( value )","d":"Information function used to determine the type of the resulting or displayed value"},"AND":{"a":"( logical1 , logical2, ... )","d":"Logical function used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns TRUE if all the arguments are TRUE"},"FALSE":{"a":"()","d":"logical functions. The function returns FALSE and does not require any argument"},"IF":{"a":"( logical_test , value_if_true , value_if_false )","d":"Logical function used to check the logical expression and return one value if it is TRUE, or another if it is FALSE"},"IFS":{"a":"( logical_test1 , value_if_true1 , [ logical_test2 , value_if_true2 ] , … )","d":"Logical function used to check whether one or more conditions are met and returns a value that corresponds to the first TRUE condition"},"IFERROR":{"a":" (value , value_if_error )","d":"Logical function used to check if there is an error in the formula in the first argument. The function returns the result of the formula if there is no error, or the value_if_error if there is one"},"IFNA":{"a":"( value , value_if_na )","d":"Logical function used to check if there is an error in the formula in the first argument. The function returns the value you specify if the formula returns the #N/A error value; otherwise returns the result of the formula"},"NOT":{"a":"( logical )","d":"Logical function used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns TRUE if the argument is FALSE and FALSE if the argument is TRUE"},"OR":{"a":"( logical1, logical2, ...)","d":"Logical function used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns FALSE if all the arguments are FALSE"},"SWITCH":{"a":"( expression , value1 , result1 [ , [ default or value2 ] [ , [ result2 ] ], … [ default or value3 , result3 ] ] )","d":"Logical function used to evaluate one value (called the expression) against a list of values, and returns the result corresponding to the first matching value; if there is no match, an optional default value may be returned"},"TRUE":{"a":"()","d":"Logical function used to return TRUE and does not require any argument"},"XOR":{"a":"( logical1 [ , logical2 ] , ... )","d":"Logical function used to returns a logical Exclusive Or of all arguments"}} \ No newline at end of file +{ + "DATE": { + "a": "( year, month, day )", + "d": "Date and time function used to add dates in the default format MM/dd/yyyy" + }, + "DATEDIF": { + "a": "( start-date , end-date , unit )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return the difference between two date values (start date and end date), based on the interval (unit) specified" + }, + "DATEVALUE": { + "a": "( date-time-string )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return a serial number of the specified date" + }, + "DAY": { + "a": "( date-value )", + "d": "Date and time function which returns the day (a number from 1 to 31) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default)" + }, + "DAYS": { + "a": "( end-date , start-date )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return the number of days between two dates" + }, + "DAYS360": { + "a": "( start-date , end-date [ , method-flag ] )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return the number of days between two dates (start-date and end-date) based on a 360-day year using one of the calculation method (US or European)" + }, + "EDATE": { + "a": "( start-date , month-offset )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return the serial number of the date which comes the indicated number of months (month-offset) before or after the specified date (start-date)" + }, + "EOMONTH": { + "a": "( start-date , month-offset )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return the serial number of the last day of the month that comes the indicated number of months before or after the specified start date" + }, + "HOUR": { + "a": "( time-value )", + "d": "Date and time function which returns the hour (a number from 0 to 23) of the time value" + }, + "ISOWEEKNUM": { + "a": "( date )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return number of the ISO week number of the year for a given date" + }, + "MINUTE": { + "a": "( time-value )", + "d": "Date and time function which returns the minute (a number from 0 to 59) of the time value" + }, + "MONTH": { + "a": "( date-value )", + "d": "Date and time function which returns the month (a number from 1 to 12) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default)" + }, + "NETWORKDAYS": { + "a": "( start-date , end-date [ , holidays ] )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return the number of the work days between two dates (start date and end-date) excluding weekends and dates considered as holidays" + }, + "NETWORKDAYS.INTL": { + "a": "( start_date , end_date , [ , weekend ] , [ , holidays ] )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return the number of whole workdays between two dates using parameters to indicate which and how many days are weekend days" + }, + "NOW": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Date and time function used to return the serial number of the current date and time; if the cell format was General before the function was entered, the application changes the cell format so that it matches the date and time format of your regional settings" + }, + "SECOND": { + "a": "( time-value )", + "d": "Date and time function which returns the second (a number from 0 to 59) of the time value" + }, + "TIME": { + "a": "( hour, minute, second )", + "d": "Date and time function used to add a particular time in the selected format (hh:mm tt by default)" + }, + "TIMEVALUE": { + "a": "( date-time-string )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return the serial number of a time" + }, + "TODAY": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Date and time function used to add the current day in the following format MM/dd/yy. This function does not require an argument" + }, + "WEEKDAY": { + "a": "( serial-value [ , weekday-start-flag ] )", + "d": "Date and time function used to determine which day of the week the specified date is" + }, + "WEEKNUM": { + "a": "( serial-value [ , weekday-start-flag ] )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return the number of the week the specified date falls within the year" + }, + "WORKDAY": { + "a": "( start-date , day-offset [ , holidays ] )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return the date which comes the indicated number of days (day-offset) before or after the specified start date excluding weekends and dates considered as holidays" + }, + "WORKDAY.INTL": { + "a": "( start_date , days , [ , weekend ] , [ , holidays ] )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return the serial number of the date before or after a specified number of workdays with custom weekend parameters; weekend parameters indicate which and how many days are weekend days" + }, + "YEAR": { + "a": "( date-value )", + "d": "Date and time function which returns the year (a number from 1900 to 9999) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default)" + }, + "YEARFRAC": { + "a": "( start-date , end-date [ , basis ] )", + "d": "Date and time function used to return the fraction of a year represented by the number of whole days from start-date to end-date calculated on the specified basis" + }, + "BESSELI": { + "a": "( X , N )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the modified Bessel function, which is equivalent to the Bessel function evaluated for purely imaginary arguments" + }, + "BESSELJ": { + "a": "( X , N )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the Bessel function" + }, + "BESSELK": { + "a": "( X , N )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the modified Bessel function, which is equivalent to the Bessel functions evaluated for purely imaginary arguments" + }, + "BESSELY": { + "a": "( X , N )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the Bessel function, which is also called the Weber function or the Neumann function" + }, + "BIN2DEC": { + "a": "( number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert a binary number into a decimal number" + }, + "BIN2HEX": { + "a": "( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert a binary number into a hexadecimal number" + }, + "BIN2OCT": { + "a": "( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert a binary number into an octal number" + }, + "BITAND": { + "a": "( number1 , number2 )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return a bitwise 'AND' of two numbers" + }, + "BITLSHIFT": { + "a": "( number, shift_amount )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return a number shifted left by the specified number of bits" + }, + "BITOR": { + "a": "( number1, number2 )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return a bitwise 'OR' of two numbers" + }, + "BITRSHIFT": { + "a": "( number, shift_amount )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return a number shifted right by the specified number of bits" + }, + "BITXOR": { + "a": "( number1, number2 )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return a bitwise 'XOR' of two numbers" + }, + "COMPLEX": { + "a": "( real-number , imaginary-number [ , suffix ] )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert a real part and an imaginary part into the complex number expressed in a + bi or a + bj form" + }, + "CONVERT": { + "a": "( number , from-unit , to-unit )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert a number from one measurement system to another; for example, CONVERT can translate a table of distances in miles to a table of distances in kilometers" + }, + "DEC2BIN": { + "a": "( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert a decimal number into a binary number" + }, + "DEC2HEX": { + "a": "( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert a decimal number into a hexadecimal number" + }, + "DEC2OCT": { + "a": "( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert a decimal number into an octal number" + }, + "DELTA": { + "a": "( number-1 [ , number-2 ] )", + "d": "Engineering function used to test if two numbers are equal. The function returns 1 if the numbers are equal and 0 otherwise" + }, + "ERF": { + "a": "( lower-bound [ , upper-bound ] )", + "d": "Engineering function used to calculate the error function integrated between the specified lower and upper limits" + }, + "ERF.PRECISE": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Engineering function used to returns the error function" + }, + "ERFC": { + "a": "( lower-bound )", + "d": "Engineering function used to calculate the complementary error function integrated between the specified lower limit and infinity" + }, + "ERFC.PRECISE": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the complementary ERF function integrated between x and infinity" + }, + "GESTEP": { + "a": "( number [ , step ] )", + "d": "Engineering function used to test if a number is greater than a threshold value. The function returns 1 if the number is greater than or equal to the threshold value and 0 otherwise" + }, + "HEX2BIN": { + "a": "( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert a hexadecimal number to a binary number" + }, + "HEX2DEC": { + "a": "( number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert a hexadecimal number into a decimal number" + }, + "HEX2OCT": { + "a": "( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert a hexadecimal number to an octal number" + }, + "IMABS": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the absolute value of a complex number" + }, + "IMAGINARY": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the imaginary part of the specified complex number" + }, + "IMARGUMENT": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the argument Theta, an angle expressed in radians" + }, + "IMCONJUGATE": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the complex conjugate of a complex number" + }, + "IMCOS": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the cosine of a complex number" + }, + "IMCOSH": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the hyperbolic cosine of a complex number" + }, + "IMCOT": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the cotangent of a complex number" + }, + "IMCSC": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the cosecant of a complex number" + }, + "IMCSCH": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the hyperbolic cosecant of a complex number" + }, + "IMDIV": { + "a": "( complex-number-1 , complex-number-2 )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the quotient of two complex numbers expressed in a + bi or a + bj form" + }, + "IMEXP": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the e constant raised to the to the power specified by a complex number. The e constant is equal to 2,71828182845904" + }, + "IMLN": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the natural logarithm of a complex number" + }, + "IMLOG10": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the logarithm of a complex number to a base of 10" + }, + "IMLOG2": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the logarithm of a complex number to a base of 2" + }, + "IMPOWER": { + "a": "( complex-number, power )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the result of a complex number raised to the desired power" + }, + "IMPRODUCT": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the product of the specified complex numbers" + }, + "IMREAL": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the real part of the specified complex number" + }, + "IMSEC": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the secant of a complex number" + }, + "IMSECH": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the hyperbolic secant of a complex number" + }, + "IMSIN": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the sine of a complex number" + }, + "IMSINH": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the hyperbolic sine of a complex number" + }, + "IMSQRT": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the square root of a complex number" + }, + "IMSUB": { + "a": "( complex-number-1 , complex-number-2 )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the difference of two complex numbers expressed in a + bi or a + bj form" + }, + "IMSUM": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Engineering function used to return the sum of the specified complex numbers" + }, + "IMTAN": { + "a": "( complex-number )", + "d": "Engineering function used return to the tangent of a complex number" + }, + "OCT2BIN": { + "a": "( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert an octal number to a binary number" + }, + "OCT2DEC": { + "a": "( number )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert an octal number to a decimal number" + }, + "OCT2HEX": { + "a": "( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )", + "d": "Engineering function used to convert an octal number to a hexadecimal number" + }, + "DAVERAGE": { + "a": "( database , field , criteria )", + "d": "Database function used to average the values in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions you specify" + }, + "DCOUNT": { + "a": "( database , field , criteria )", + "d": "Database function used to count the cells that contain numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify" + }, + "DCOUNTA": { + "a": "( database , field , criteria )", + "d": "Database function used to count the nonblank cells in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify" + }, + "DGET": { + "a": "( database , field , criteria )", + "d": "Database function used to extract a single value from a column of a list or database that matches conditions that you specify" + }, + "DMAX": { + "a": "( database , field , criteria )", + "d": "Database function used to return the largest number in a field (column) of records in a list or database that matches conditions you that specify" + }, + "DMIN": { + "a": "( database , field , criteria )", + "d": "Database function used to return the smallest number in a field (column) of records in a list or database that matches conditions that you specify" + }, + "DPRODUCT": { + "a": "( database , field , criteria )", + "d": "Database function used to multiplie the values in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify" + }, + "DSTDEV": { + "a": "( database , field , criteria )", + "d": "Database function used to estimate the standard deviation of a population based on a sample by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify" + }, + "DSTDEVP": { + "a": "( database , field , criteria )", + "d": "Database function used to calculate the standard deviation of a population based on the entire population by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify" + }, + "DSUM": { + "a": "( database , field , criteria )", + "d": "Database function used to add the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify" + }, + "DVAR": { + "a": "( database , field , criteria )", + "d": "Database function used to estimates the variance of a population based on a sample by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify" + }, + "DVARP": { + "a": "( database , field , criteria )", + "d": "Database function used to calculate the variance of a population based on the entire population by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify" + }, + "CHAR": { + "a": "( number )", + "d": "Text and data function used to return the ASCII character specified by a number" + }, + "CLEAN": { + "a": "( string )", + "d": "Text and data function used to remove all the nonprintable characters from the selected string" + }, + "CODE": { + "a": "( string )", + "d": "Text and data function used to return the ASCII value of the specified character or the first character in a cell" + }, + "CONCATENATE": { + "a": "(text1, text2, ...)", + "d": "Text and data function used to combine the data from two or more cells into a single one" + }, + "CONCAT": { + "a": "(text1, text2, ...)", + "d": "Text and data function used to combine the data from two or more cells into a single one. This function replaces the CONCATENATE function." + }, + "DOLLAR": { + "a": "( number [ , num-decimal ] )", + "d": "Text and data function used to convert a number to text, using a currency format $#.##" + }, + "EXACT": { + "a": "(text1, text2)", + "d": "Text and data function used to compare data in two cells. The function returns TRUE if the data are the same, and FALSE if not" + }, + "FIND": { + "a": "( string-1 , string-2 [ , start-pos ] )", + "d": "Text and data function used to find the specified substring (string-1) within a string (string-2) and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)" + }, + "FINDB": { + "a": "( string-1 , string-2 [ , start-pos ] )", + "d": "Text and data function used to find the specified substring (string-1) within a string (string-2) and is intended for languages the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "FIXED": { + "a": "( number [ , [ num-decimal ] [ , suppress-commas-flag ] ] )", + "d": "Text and data function used to return the text representation of a number rounded to a specified number of decimal places" + }, + "LEFT": { + "a": "( string [ , number-chars ] )", + "d": "Text and data function used to extract the substring from the specified string starting from the left character and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)" + }, + "LEFTB": { + "a": "( string [ , number-chars ] )", + "d": "Text and data function used to extract the substring from the specified string starting from the left character and is intended for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "LEN": { + "a": "( string )", + "d": "Text and data function used to analyse the specified string and return the number of characters it contains and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)" + }, + "LENB": { + "a": "( string )", + "d": "Text and data function used to analyse the specified string and return the number of characters it contains and is intended for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "LOWER": { + "a": "(text)", + "d": "Text and data function used to convert uppercase letters to lowercase in the selected cell" + }, + "MID": { + "a": "( string , start-pos , number-chars )", + "d": "Text and data function used to extract the characters from the specified string starting from any position and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)" + }, + "MIDB": { + "a": "( string , start-pos , number-chars )", + "d": "Text and data function used to extract the characters from the specified string starting from any position and is intended for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "NUMBERVALUE": { + "a": "( text , [ , [ decimal-separator ] [ , [ group-separator ] ] )", + "d": "Text and data function used to convert text to a number, in a locale-independent way" + }, + "PROPER": { + "a": "( string )", + "d": "Text and data function used to convert the first character of each word to uppercase and all the remaining characters to lowercase" + }, + "REPLACE": { + "a": "( string-1, start-pos, number-chars, string-2 )", + "d": "Text and data function used to replace a set of characters, based on the number of characters and the start position you specify, with a new set of characters and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)" + }, + "REPLACEB": { + "a": "( string-1, start-pos, number-chars, string-2 )", + "d": "Text and data function used to replace a set of characters, based on the number of characters and the start position you specify, with a new set of characters and is intended for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "REPT": { + "a": "(text, number_of_times)", + "d": "Text and data function used to repeat the data in the selected cell as many time as you wish" + }, + "RIGHT": { + "a": "( string [ , number-chars ] )", + "d": "Text and data function used to extract a substring from a string starting from the right-most character, based on the specified number of characters and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)" + }, + "RIGHTB": { + "a": "( string [ , number-chars ] )", + "d": "Text and data function used to extract a substring from a string starting from the right-most character, based on the specified number of characters and is intended for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "SEARCH": { + "a": "( string-1 , string-2 [ , start-pos ] )", + "d": "Text and data function used to return the location of the specified substring in a string and is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS)" + }, + "SEARCHB": { + "a": "( string-1 , string-2 [ , start-pos ] )", + "d": "Text and data function used to return the location of the specified substring in a string and is intended for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "SUBSTITUTE": { + "a": "( string , old-string , new-string [ , occurence ] )", + "d": "Text and data function used to replace a set of characters with a new one" + }, + "T": { + "a": "( value )", + "d": "Text and data function used to check whether the value in the cell (or used as argument) is text or not. In case it is not text, the function returns blank result. In case the value/argument is text, the function returns the same text value" + }, + "TEXT": { + "a": "( value , format )", + "d": "Text and data function used to convert a value to a text in the specified format" + }, + "TEXTJOIN": { + "a": "( delimiter , ignore_empty , text1 [ , text2 ] , … )", + "d": "Text and data function used to combine the text from multiple ranges and/or strings, and includes a delimiter you specify between each text value that will be combined; if the delimiter is an empty text string, this function will effectively concatenate the ranges" + }, + "TRIM": { + "a": "( string )", + "d": "Text and data function used to remove the leading and trailing spaces from a string" + }, + "UNICHAR": { + "a": "( number )", + "d": "Text and data function used to return the Unicode character that is referenced by the given numeric value." + }, + "UNICODE": { + "a": "( text )", + "d": "Text and data function used to return the number (code point) corresponding to the first character of the text" + }, + "UPPER": { + "a": "(text)", + "d": "Text and data function used to convert lowercase letters to uppercase in the selected cell" + }, + "VALUE": { + "a": "( string )", + "d": "Text and data function used to convert a text value that represents a number to a number. If the converted text is not a number, the function will return a #VALUE! error" + }, + "AVEDEV": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the average of the absolute deviations of numbers from their mean" + }, + "AVERAGE": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the average value" + }, + "AVERAGEA": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data including text and logical values and find the average value. The AVERAGEA function treats text and FALSE as a value of 0 and TRUE as a value of 1" + }, + "AVERAGEIF": { + "a": "( cell-range, selection-criteria [ , average-range ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the average value of all numbers in a range of cells, based on the specified criterion" + }, + "AVERAGEIFS": { + "a": "( average-range, criteria-range-1, criteria-1 [ criteria-range-2, criteria-2 ], ... )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the average value of all numbers in a range of cells, based on the multiple criterions" + }, + "BETADIST": { + "a": " ( probability , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the cumulative beta probability density function" + }, + "BETAINV": { + "a": " ( x , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ", + "d": "Statistical function used return the inverse of the cumulative beta probability density function for a specified beta distribution" + }, + "BETA.DIST": { + "a": " ( x , alpha , beta , cumulative , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the beta distribution" + }, + "BETA.INV": { + "a": " ( probability , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the beta cumulative probability density function" + }, + "BINOMDIST": { + "a": "( number-successes , number-trials , success-probability , cumulative-flag )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the individual term binomial distribution probability" + }, + "BINOM.DIST": { + "a": "( number-s , trials , probability-s , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the individual term binomial distribution probability" + }, + "BINOM.DIST.RANGE": { + "a": "( trials , probability-s , number-s [ , number-s2 ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the probability of a trial result using a binomial distribution" + }, + "BINOM.INV": { + "a": "( trials , probability-s , alpha )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribution is greater than or equal to a criterion value" + }, + "CHIDIST": { + "a": "( x , deg-freedom )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution" + }, + "CHIINV": { + "a": "( probability , deg-freedom )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution" + }, + "CHITEST": { + "a": "( actual-range , expected-range )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the test for independence, value from the chi-squared (χ2) distribution for the statistic and the appropriate degrees of freedom" + }, + "CHISQ.DIST": { + "a": "( x , deg-freedom , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the chi-squared distribution" + }, + "CHISQ.DIST.RT": { + "a": "( x , deg-freedom )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution" + }, + "CHISQ.INV": { + "a": "( probability , deg-freedom )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the left-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution" + }, + "CHISQ.INV.RT": { + "a": "( probability , deg-freedom )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution" + }, + "CHISQ.TEST": { + "a": "( actual-range , expected-range )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the test for independence, value from the chi-squared (χ2) distribution for the statistic and the appropriate degrees of freedom" + }, + "CONFIDENCE": { + "a": "( alpha , standard-dev , size )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the confidence interval" + }, + "CONFIDENCE.NORM": { + "a": "( alpha , standard-dev , size )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the confidence interval for a population mean, using a normal distribution" + }, + "CONFIDENCE.T": { + "a": "( alpha , standard-dev , size )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the confidence interval for a population mean, using a Student's t distribution" + }, + "CORREL": { + "a": "( array-1 , array-2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the correlation coefficient of two range of cells" + }, + "COUNT": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to count the number of the selected cells which contain numbers ignoring empty cells or those contaning text" + }, + "COUNTA": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of cells and count the number of cells that are not empty" + }, + "COUNTBLANK": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of cells and return the number of the empty cells" + }, + "COUNTIF": { + "a": "( cell-range, selection-criteria )", + "d": "Statistical function used to count the number of the selected cells based on the specified criterion" + }, + "COUNTIFS": { + "a": "( criteria-range-1, criteria-1, [ criteria-range-2, criteria-2 ], ... )", + "d": "Statistical function used to count the number of the selected cells based on the multiple criterions" + }, + "COVAR": { + "a": "( array-1 , array-2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the covariance of two ranges of data" + }, + "COVARIANCE.P": { + "a": "( array-1 , array-2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return population covariance, the average of the products of deviations for each data point pair in two data sets; use covariance to determine the relationship between two data sets" + }, + "COVARIANCE.S": { + "a": "( array-1 , array-2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the sample covariance, the average of the products of deviations for each data point pair in two data sets" + }, + "CRITBINOM": { + "a": "( number-trials , success-probability , alpha )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribution is greater than or equal to the specified alpha value" + }, + "DEVSQ": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and sum the squares of the deviations of numbers from their mean" + }, + "EXPONDIST": { + "a": "( x , lambda , cumulative-flag )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the exponential distribution" + }, + "EXPON.DIST": { + "a": "( x , lambda , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the exponential distribution" + }, + "FDIST": { + "a": "( x , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the (right-tailed) F probability distribution (degree of diversity) for two data sets. You can use this function to determine whether two data sets have different degrees of diversity" + }, + "FINV": { + "a": "( probability , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the (right-tailed) F probability distribution; the F distribution can be used in an F-test that compares the degree of variability in two data sets" + }, + "FTEST": { + "a": "( array1 , array2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the result of an F-test. An F-test returns the two-tailed probability that the variances in array1 and array2 are not significantly different; use this function to determine whether two samples have different variances" + }, + "F.DIST": { + "a": "( x , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the F probability distribution. You can use this function to determine whether two data sets have different degrees of diversity" + }, + "F.DIST.RT": { + "a": "( x , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the (right-tailed) F probability distribution (degree of diversity) for two data sets. You can use this function to determine whether two data sets have different degrees of diversity" + }, + "F.INV": { + "a": "( probability , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the (right-tailed) F probability distribution; the F distribution can be used in an F-test that compares the degree of variability in two data sets" + }, + "F.INV.RT": { + "a": "( probability , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the (right-tailed) F probability distribution; the F distribution can be used in an F-test that compares the degree of variability in two data sets" + }, + "F.TEST": { + "a": "( array1 , array2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the result of an F-test, the two-tailed probability that the variances in array1 and array2 are not significantly different; use this function to determine whether two samples have different variances" + }, + "FISHER": { + "a": "( number )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the Fisher transformation of a number" + }, + "FISHERINV": { + "a": "( number )", + "d": "Statistical function used to perform the inverse of Fisher transformation" + }, + "FORECAST": { + "a": "( x , array-1 , array-2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to predict a future value based on existing values provided" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS": { + "a": "( target_date , values , timeline , [ seasonality ] , [ data_completion ] , [ aggregation ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to calculate or predict a future value based on existing (historical) values by using the AAA version of the Exponential Smoothing (ETS) algorithm" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT": { + "a": "( target_date , values , timeline , [ confidence_level ] , [ seasonality ], [ data_completion ] , [aggregation ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return a confidence interval for the forecast value at the specified target date" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY": { + "a": "( values , timeline , [ data_completion ] , [ aggregation ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the length of the repetitive pattern an application detects for the specified time series" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.STAT": { + "a": "( values , timeline , statistic_type , [ seasonality ] , [ data_completion ] , [ aggregation ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return a statistical value as a result of time series forecasting; statistic type indicates which statistic is requested by this function" + }, + "FORECAST.LINEAR": { + "a": "( x, known_y's, known_x's )", + "d": "Statistical function used to calculate, or predict, a future value by using existing values; the predicted value is a y-value for a given x-value, the known values are existing x-values and y-values, and the new value is predicted by using linear regression" + }, + "FREQUENCY": { + "a": "( data-array , bins-array )", + "d": "Statistical function used to сalculate how often values occur within the selected range of cells and display the first value of the returned vertical array of numbers" + }, + "GAMMA": { + "a": "( number )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the gamma function value" + }, + "GAMMADIST": { + "a": "( x , alpha , beta , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the gamma distribution" + }, + "GAMMA.DIST": { + "a": "( x , alpha , beta , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the gamma distribution" + }, + "GAMMAINV": { + "a": "( probability , alpha , beta )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the gamma cumulative distribution" + }, + "GAMMA.INV": { + "a": "( probability , alpha , beta )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the gamma cumulative distribution" + }, + "GAMMALN": { + "a": "( number )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the natural logarithm of the gamma function" + }, + "GAMMALN.PRECISE": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the natural logarithm of the gamma function" + }, + "GAUSS": { + "a": "( z )", + "d": "Statistical function used to calculate the probability that a member of a standard normal population will fall between the mean and z standard deviations from the mean" + }, + "GEOMEAN": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to calculate the geometric mean of the argument list" + }, + "GROWTH": { + "a": "( known_y's, [known_x's], [new_x's], [const] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to calculate predicted exponential growth by using existing data; returns the y-values for a series of new x-values that you specify by using existing x-values and y-values" + }, + "HARMEAN": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to calculate the harmonic mean of the argument list" + }, + "HYPGEOM.DIST": { + "a": "( sample_s, number_sample, population_s, number_pop, cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the hypergeometric distribution, the probability of a given number of sample successes, given the sample size, population successes, and population size" + }, + "HYPGEOMDIST": { + "a": "( sample-successes , number-sample , population-successes , number-population )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the hypergeometric distribution, the probability of a given number of sample successes, given the sample size, population successes, and population size" + }, + "INTERCEPT": { + "a": "( array-1 , array-2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the first array values and second array values to calculate the intersection point" + }, + "KURT": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the kurtosis of the argument list" + }, + "LARGE": { + "a": "( array , k )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of cells and return the k-th largest value" + }, + "LINEST": { + "a": "( known_y's, [known_x's], [const], [stats] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to calculate the statistics for a line by using the least squares method to calculate a straight line that best fits your data, and then returns an array that describes the line; because this function returns an array of values, it must be entered as an array formula" + }, + "LOGEST": { + "a": "( known_y's, [known_x's], [const], [stats] )", + "d": "Statistical function used calculate an exponential curve that fits your data and returns an array of values that describes the curve in regression analysis; because this function returns an array of values, it must be entered as an array formula" + }, + "LOGINV": { + "a": "( x , mean , standard-deviation )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the lognormal cumulative distribution function of the given x value with the specified parameters" + }, + "LOGNORM.DIST": { + "a": "( x , mean , standard-deviation , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the lognormal distribution of x, where ln(x) is normally distributed with parameters Mean and Standard-deviation" + }, + "LOGNORM.INV": { + "a": "( probability , mean , standard-deviation )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the lognormal cumulative distribution function of x, where ln(x) is normally distributed with parameters Mean and Standard-deviation" + }, + "LOGNORMDIST": { + "a": "( x , mean , standard-deviation )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze logarithmically transformed data and return the lognormal cumulative distribution function of the given x value with the specified parameters" + }, + "MAX": { + "a": "( number1 , number2 , ...)", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number" + }, + "MAXA": { + "a": "( number1 , number2 , ...)", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the largest value" + }, + "MAXIFS": { + "a": "( max_range , criteria_range1 , criteria1 [ , criteria_range2 , criteria2 ] , ...)", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the maximum value among cells specified by a given set of conditions or criteria" + }, + "MEDIAN": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to calculate the median of the argument list" + }, + "MIN": { + "a": "( number1 , number2 , ...)", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number" + }, + "MINA": { + "a": "( number1 , number2 , ...)", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest value" + }, + "MINIFS": { + "a": "( min_range , criteria_range1 , criteria1 [ , criteria_range2 , criteria2 ] , ...)", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the minimum value among cells specified by a given set of conditions or criteria" + }, + "MODE": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the most frequently occurring value" + }, + "MODE.MULT": { + "a": "( number1 , [ , number2 ] ... )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return a vertical array of the most frequently occurring, or repetitive values in an array or range of data" + }, + "MODE.SNGL": { + "a": "( number1 , [ , number2 ] ... )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the most frequently occurring, or repetitive, value in an array or range of data" + }, + "NEGBINOM.DIST": { + "a": "( (number-f , number-s , probability-s , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the negative binomial distribution, the probability that there will be Number-f failures before the Number-s-th success, with Probability-s probability of a success" + }, + "NEGBINOMDIST": { + "a": "( number-failures , number-successes , success-probability )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the negative binomial distribution" + }, + "NORM.DIST": { + "a": "( x , mean , standard-dev , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the normal distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation" + }, + "NORMDIST": { + "a": "( x , mean , standard-deviation , cumulative-flag )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the normal distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation" + }, + "NORM.INV": { + "a": "( probability , mean , standard-dev )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation" + }, + "NORMINV": { + "a": "( x , mean , standard-deviation )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation" + }, + "NORM.S.DIST": { + "a": "( z , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the standard normal distribution (has a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one)" + }, + "NORMSDIST": { + "a": "( number )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the standard normal cumulative distribution function" + }, + "NORM.S.INV": { + "a": "( probability )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one" + }, + "NORMSINV": { + "a": "( probability )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution" + }, + "PEARSON": { + "a": "( array-1 , array-2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient" + }, + "PERCENTILE": { + "a": "( array , k )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the k-th percentile" + }, + "PERCENTILE.EXC": { + "a": "( array , k )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the k-th percentile of values in a range, where k is in the range 0..1, exclusive" + }, + "PERCENTILE.INC": { + "a": "( array , k )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the k-th percentile of values in a range, where k is in the range 0..1, exclusive" + }, + "PERCENTRANK": { + "a": "( array , k )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the rank of a value in a set of values as a percentage of the set" + }, + "PERCENTRANK.EXC": { + "a": "( array , x [ , significance ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the rank of a value in a data set as a percentage (0..1, exclusive) of the data set" + }, + "PERCENTRANK.INC": { + "a": "( array , x [ , significance ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the rank of a value in a data set as a percentage (0..1, inclusive) of the data set" + }, + "PERMUT": { + "a": "( number , number-chosen )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the rank of a value in a data set as a percentage (0..1, inclusive) of the data set" + }, + "PERMUTATIONA": { + "a": "( number , number-chosen )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the number of permutations for a given number of objects (with repetitions) that can be selected from the total objects" + }, + "PHI": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the value of the density function for a standard normal distribution" + }, + "POISSON": { + "a": "( x , mean , cumulative-flag )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the Poisson distribution" + }, + "POISSON.DIST": { + "a": "( x , mean , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the Poisson distribution; a common application of the Poisson distribution is predicting the number of events over a specific time, such as the number of cars arriving at a toll plaza in 1 minute" + }, + "PROB": { + "a": "( x-range , probability-range , lower-limit [ , upper-limit ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the probability that values in a range are between lower and upper limits" + }, + "QUARTILE": { + "a": "( array , result-category )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the quartile" + }, + "QUARTILE.INC": { + "a": "( array , quart )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the quartile of a data set, based on percentile values from 0..1, inclusive" + }, + "QUARTILE.EXC": { + "a": "( array , quart )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the quartile of the data set, based on percentile values from 0..1, exclusive" + }, + "RANK": { + "a": "( number , ref [ , order ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the rank of a number in a list of numbers; the rank of a number is its size relative to other values in a list, so If you were to sort the list, the rank of the number would be its position" + }, + "RANK.AVG": { + "a": "( number , ref [ , order ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the rank of a number in a list of numbers: its size relative to other values in the list; if more than one value has the same rank, the average rank is returned" + }, + "RANK.EQ": { + "a": "( number , ref [ , order ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the rank of a number in a list of numbers: its size is relative to other values in the list; if more than one value has the same rank, the top rank of that set of values is returned" + }, + "RSQ": { + "a": "( array-1 , array-2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the square of the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient" + }, + "SKEW": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the skewness of a distribution of the argument list" + }, + "SKEW.P": { + "a": "( number-1 [ , number 2 ] , … )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the skewness of a distribution based on a population: a characterization of the degree of asymmetry of a distribution around its mean" + }, + "SLOPE": { + "a": "( array-1 , array-2 )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the slope of the linear regression line through data in two arrays" + }, + "SMALL": { + "a": "( array , k )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and find the k-th smallest value" + }, + "STANDARDIZE": { + "a": "( x , mean , standard-deviation )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return a normalized value from a distribution characterized by the specified parameters" + }, + "STDEV": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of a population based on a set of numbers" + }, + "STDEV.P": { + "a": "( number1 [ , number2 ] , ... )", + "d": "Statistical function used to calculate standard deviation based on the entire population given as arguments (ignores logical values and text)" + }, + "STDEV.S": { + "a": "( number1 [ , number2 ] , ... )", + "d": "Statistical function used to estimates standard deviation based on a sample (ignores logical values and text in the sample)" + }, + "STDEVA": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of a population based on a set of numbers, text, and logical values (TRUE or FALSE). The STDEVA function treats text and FALSE as a value of 0 and TRUE as a value of 1" + }, + "STDEVP": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of an entire population" + }, + "STDEVPA": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of an entire population" + }, + "STEYX": { + "a": "( known-ys , known-xs )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the standard error of the predicted y-value for each x in the regression line" + }, + "TDIST": { + "a": "( x , deg-freedom , tails )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the Percentage Points (probability) for the Student t-distribution where a numeric value (x) is a calculated value of t for which the Percentage Points are to be computed; the t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets" + }, + "TINV": { + "a": "( probability , deg_freedom )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the two-tailed inverse of the Student's t-distribution" + }, + "T.DIST": { + "a": "( x , deg-freedom , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the Student's left-tailed t-distribution. The t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution." + }, + "T.DIST.2T": { + "a": "( x , deg-freedom )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the two-tailed Student's t-distribution.The Student's t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution" + }, + "T.DIST.RT": { + "a": "( x , deg-freedom )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the right-tailed Student's t-distribution. The t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution" + }, + "T.INV": { + "a": "( probability , deg-freedom )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the left-tailed inverse of the Student's t-distribution" + }, + "T.INV.2T": { + "a": "( probability , deg-freedom )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the two-tailed inverse of the Student's t-distribution" + }, + "T.TEST": { + "a": "( array1 , array2 , tails , type )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the probability associated with a Student's t-Test; use T.TEST to determine whether two samples are likely to have come from the same two underlying populations that have the same mean" + }, + "TREND": { + "a": "( known_y's, [known_x's], [new_x's], [const] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return values along a linear trend; it fits a straight line (using the method of least squares) to the array's known_y's and known_x's" + }, + "TRIMMEAN": { + "a": "( array , percent )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the mean of the interior of a data set; TRIMMEAN calculates the mean taken by excluding a percentage of data points from the top and bottom tails of a data set" + }, + "TTEST": { + "a": "( array1 , array2 , tails , type )", + "d": "Statistical function used to returns the probability associated with a Student's t-Test; use TTEST to determine whether two samples are likely to have come from the same two underlying populations that have the same mean" + }, + "VAR": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the set of values and calculate the sample variance" + }, + "VAR.P": { + "a": "( number1 [ , number2 ], ... )", + "d": "Statistical function used to calculates variance based on the entire population (ignores logical values and text in the population)" + }, + "VAR.S": { + "a": "( number1 [ , number2 ], ... )", + "d": "Statistical function used to estimate variance based on a sample (ignores logical values and text in the sample)" + }, + "VARA": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the set of values and calculate the sample variance" + }, + "VARP": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the set of values and calculate the variance of an entire population" + }, + "VARPA": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Statistical function used to analyze the set of values and return the variance of an entire population" + }, + "WEIBULL": { + "a": "( x , alpha , beta , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the Weibull distribution; use this distribution in reliability analysis, such as calculating a device's mean time to failure" + }, + "WEIBULL.DIST": { + "a": "( x , alpha , beta , cumulative )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the Weibull distribution; use this distribution in reliability analysis, such as calculating a device's mean time to failure" + }, + "Z.TEST": { + "a": "( array , x [ , sigma ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the one-tailed P-value of a z-test; for a given hypothesized population mean, x, Z.TEST returns the probability that the sample mean would be greater than the average of observations in the data set (array) — that is, the observed sample mean" + }, + "ZTEST": { + "a": "( array , x [ , sigma ] )", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the one-tailed probability-value of a z-test; for a given hypothesized population mean, μ0, ZTEST returns the probability that the sample mean would be greater than the average of observations in the data set (array) — that is, the observed sample mean" + }, + "ACCRINT": { + "a": "( issue , first-interest , settlement , rate , [ par ] , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the accrued interest for a security that pays periodic interest" + }, + "ACCRINTM": { + "a": "( issue , settlement , rate , [ [ par ] [ , [ basis ] ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the accrued interest for a security that pays interest at maturity" + }, + "AMORDEGRC": { + "a": "( cost , date-purchased , first-period , salvage , period , rate [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for each accounting period using a degressive depreciation method" + }, + "AMORLINC": { + "a": "( cost , date-purchased , first-period , salvage , period , rate [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for each accounting period using a linear depreciation method" + }, + "COUPDAYBS": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the number of days from the beginning of the coupon period to the settlement date" + }, + "COUPDAYS": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the number of days in the coupon period that contains the settlement date" + }, + "COUPDAYSNC": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the number of days from the settlement date to the next coupon payment" + }, + "COUPNCD": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the next coupon date after the settlement date" + }, + "COUPNUM": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the number of coupons between the settlement date and the maturity date" + }, + "COUPPCD": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the previous coupon date before the settlement date" + }, + "CUMIPMT": { + "a": "( rate , nper , pv , start-period , end-period , type )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the cumulative interest paid on an investment between two periods based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule" + }, + "CUMPRINC": { + "a": "( rate , nper , pv , start-period , end-period , type )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the cumulative principal paid on an investment between two periods based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule" + }, + "DB": { + "a": "( cost , salvage , life , period [ , [ month ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified accounting period using the fixed-declining balance method" + }, + "DDB": { + "a": "( cost , salvage , life , period [ , factor ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified accounting period using the double-declining balance method" + }, + "DISC": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , pr , redemption [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the discount rate for a security" + }, + "DOLLARDE": { + "a": "( fractional-dollar , fraction )", + "d": "Financial function used to convert a dollar price represented as a fraction into a dollar price represented as a decimal number" + }, + "DOLLARFR": { + "a": "( decimal-dollar , fraction )", + "d": "Financial function used to convert a dollar price represented as a decimal number into a dollar price represented as a fraction" + }, + "DURATION": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , coupon , yld , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the Macaulay duration of a security with an assumed par value of $100" + }, + "EFFECT": { + "a": "( nominal-rate , npery )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the effective annual interest rate for a security based on a specified nominal annual interest rate and the number of compounding periods per year" + }, + "FV": { + "a": "( rate , nper , pmt [ , [ pv ] [ ,[ type ] ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the future value of an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule" + }, + "FVSCHEDULE": { + "a": "( principal , schedule )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the future value of an investment based on a series of changeable interest rates" + }, + "INTRATE": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , pr , redemption [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the interest rate for a fully invested security that pays interest only at maturity" + }, + "IPMT": { + "a": "( rate , per , nper , pv [ , [ fv ] [ , [ type ] ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the interest payment for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule" + }, + "IRR": { + "a": "( values [ , [ guess ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the internal rate of return for a series of periodic cash flows" + }, + "ISPMT": { + "a": "( rate , per , nper , pv )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the interest payment for a specified period of an investment based on a constant payment schedule" + }, + "MDURATION": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , coupon , yld , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the modified Macaulay duration of a security with an assumed par value of $100" + }, + "MIRR": { + "a": "( values , finance-rate , reinvest-rate )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the modified internal rate of return for a series of periodic cash flows" + }, + "NOMINAL": { + "a": "( effect-rate , npery )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the nominal annual interest rate for a security based on a specified effective annual interest rate and the number of compounding periods per year" + }, + "NPER": { + "a": "( rate , pmt , pv [ , [ fv ] [ , [ type ] ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the number of periods for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule" + }, + "NPV": { + "a": "( rate , argument-list )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the net present value of an investment based on a specified discount rate" + }, + "ODDFPRICE": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , issue , first-coupon , rate , yld , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd first period (it is shorter or longer than other periods)" + }, + "ODDFYIELD": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , issue , first-coupon , rate , pr , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the yield of a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd first period (it is shorter or longer than other periods)" + }, + "ODDLPRICE": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , last-interest , rate , yld , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd last period (it is shorter or longer than other periods)" + }, + "ODDLYIELD": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , last-interest , rate , pr , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the yield of a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd last period (it is shorter or longer than other periods)" + }, + "PDURATION": { + "a": "( rate , pv , fv )", + "d": "Financial function used return the number of periods required by an investment to reach a specified value" + }, + "PMT": { + "a": "( rate , nper , pv [ , [ fv ] [ ,[ type ] ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the payment amount for a loan based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule" + }, + "PPMT": { + "a": "( rate , per , nper , pv [ , [ fv ] [ , [ type ] ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the principal payment for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule" + }, + "PRICE": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , rate , yld , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays periodic interest" + }, + "PRICEDISC": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , discount , redemption [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a discounted security" + }, + "PRICEMAT": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , issue , rate , yld [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays interest at maturity" + }, + "PV": { + "a": "( rate , nper , pmt [ , [ fv ] [ ,[ type ] ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the present value of an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule" + }, + "RATE": { + "a": "( nper , pmt , pv [ , [ [ fv ] [ , [ [ type ] [ , [ guess ] ] ] ] ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the interest rate for an investment based on a constant payment schedule" + }, + "RECEIVED": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , investment , discount [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the amount received at maturity for a fully invested security" + }, + "RRI": { + "a": "( nper , pv , fv )", + "d": "Financial function used to return an equivalent interest rate for the growth of an investment" + }, + "SLN": { + "a": "( cost , salvage , life )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for one accounting period using the straight-line depreciation method" + }, + "SYD": { + "a": "( cost , salvage , life , per )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified accounting period using the sum of the years' digits method" + }, + "TBILLEQ": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , discount )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the bond-equivalent yield of a Treasury bill" + }, + "TBILLPRICE": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , discount )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a Treasury bill" + }, + "TBILLYIELD": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , pr )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the yield of a Treasury bill" + }, + "VDB": { + "a": "( cost , salvage , life , start-period , end-period [ , [ [ factor ] [ , [ no-switch-flag ] ] ] ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified or partial accounting period using the variable declining balance method" + }, + "XIRR": { + "a": "( values , dates [ , [ guess ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the internal rate of return for a series of irregular cash flows" + }, + "XNPV": { + "a": "( rate , values , dates )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the net present value for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a schedule of irregular payments" + }, + "YIELD": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , rate , pr , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the yield of a security that pays periodic interest" + }, + "YIELDDISC": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , pr , redemption , [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the annual yield of a discounted security" + }, + "YIELDMAT": { + "a": "( settlement , maturity , issue , rate , pr [ , [ basis ] ] )", + "d": "Financial function used to calculate the annual yield of a security that pays interest at maturity" + }, + "ABS": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the absolute value of a number" + }, + "ACOS": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the arccosine of a number" + }, + "ACOSH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the inverse hyperbolic cosine of a number" + }, + "ACOT": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the principal value of the arccotangent, or inverse cotangent, of a number" + }, + "ACOTH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the inverse hyperbolic cotangent of a number" + }, + "AGGREGATE": { + "a": "( function_num , options , ref1 [ , ref2 ] , … )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return an aggregate in a list or database; the function can apply different aggregate functions to a list or database with the option to ignore hidden rows and error values" + }, + "ARABIC": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to convert a Roman numeral to an Arabic numeral" + }, + "ASC": { + "a": "( text )", + "d": "Text function for Double-byte character set (DBCS) languages, the function changes full-width (double-byte) characters to half-width (single-byte) characters" + }, + "ASIN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the arcsine of a number" + }, + "ASINH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the inverse hyperbolic sine of a number" + }, + "ATAN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the arctangent of a number" + }, + "ATAN2": { + "a": "( x, y )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the arctangent of x and y coordinates" + }, + "ATANH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the inverse hyperbolic tangent of a number" + }, + "BASE": { + "a": "( number , base [ , min-length ] )", + "d": "Converts a number into a text representation with the given base" + }, + "CEILING": { + "a": "( x, significance )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to round the number up to the nearest multiple of significance" + }, + "CEILING.MATH": { + "a": "( x [ , [ significance ] [ , [ mode ] ] )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to rounds a number up to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance" + }, + "CEILING.PRECISE": { + "a": "( x [ , significance ] )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return a number that is rounded up to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance" + }, + "COMBIN": { + "a": "( number , number-chosen )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the number of combinations for a specified number of items" + }, + "COMBINA": { + "a": "( number , number-chosen )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the number of combinations (with repetitions) for a given number of items" + }, + "COS": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the cosine of an angle" + }, + "COSH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the hyperbolic cosine of a number" + }, + "COT": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the cotangent of an angle specified in radians" + }, + "COTH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the hyperbolic cotangent of a hyperbolic angle" + }, + "CSC": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the cosecant of an angle" + }, + "CSCH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the hyperbolic cosecant of an angle" + }, + "DECIMAL": { + "a": "( text , base )", + "d": "Converts a text representation of a number in a given base into a decimal number" + }, + "DEGREES": { + "a": "( angle )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to convert radians into degrees" + }, + "ECMA.CEILING": { + "a": "( x, significance )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to round the number up to the nearest multiple of significance" + }, + "EVEN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to round the number up to the nearest even integer" + }, + "EXP": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the e constant raised to the desired power. The e constant is equal to 2,71828182845904" + }, + "FACT": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the factorial of a number" + }, + "FACTDOUBLE": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the double factorial of a number" + }, + "FLOOR": { + "a": "( x, significance )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to round the number down to the nearest multiple of significance" + }, + "FLOOR.PRECISE": { + "a": "( x [, significance] )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return a number that is rounded down to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance" + }, + "FLOOR.MATH": { + "a": "( x [, [significance] [, [mode]] )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to round a number down to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance" + }, + "GCD": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the greatest common divisor of two or more numbers" + }, + "INT": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to analyze and return the integer part of the specified number" + }, + "ISO.CEILING": { + "a": "( number [ , significance ] )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return a number that is rounded up to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance regardless of the sign of the number. However, if the number or the significance is zero, zero is returned." + }, + "LCM": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the lowest common multiple of one or more numbers" + }, + "LN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the natural logarithm of a number" + }, + "LOG": { + "a": "( x [ , base ] )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the logarithm of a number to a specified base" + }, + "LOG10": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the logarithm of a number to a base of 10" + }, + "MDETERM": { + "a": "( array )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the matrix determinant of an array" + }, + "MINVERSE": { + "a": "( array )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the inverse matrix for a given matrix and display the first value of the returned array of numbers" + }, + "MMULT": { + "a": "( array1, array2 )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the matrix product of two arrays and display the first value of the returned array of numbers" + }, + "MOD": { + "a": "( x, y )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the remainder after the division of a number by the specified divisor" + }, + "MROUND": { + "a": "( x, multiple )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to round the number to the desired multiple" + }, + "MULTINOMIAL": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the ratio of the factorial of a sum of numbers to the product of factorials" + }, + "MUNIT": { + "a": "( dimension )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the unit matrix for the specified dimension" + }, + "ODD": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to round the number up to the nearest odd integer" + }, + "PI": { + "a": "()", + "d": "math and trigonometry functions. The function returns the mathematical constant pi, equal to 3.14159265358979. It does not require any argument" + }, + "POWER": { + "a": "( x, y )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the result of a number raised to the desired power" + }, + "PRODUCT": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to multiply all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the product" + }, + "QUOTIENT": { + "a": "( dividend , divisor )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the integer portion of a division" + }, + "RADIANS": { + "a": "( angle )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to convert degrees into radians" + }, + "RAND": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return a random number greater than or equal to 0 and less than 1. It does not require any argument" + }, + "RANDARRAY": { + "a": "( [ rows ] , [ columns ] , [ min ] , [ max ] , [ whole_number ] )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return an array of random numbers" + }, + "RANDBETWEEN": { + "a": "( lower-bound , upper-bound )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return a random number greater than or equal to lower-bound and less than or equal to upper-bound" + }, + "ROMAN": { + "a": "( number, form )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to convert a number to a roman numeral" + }, + "ROUND": { + "a": "( x , number-digits )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to round the number to the desired number of digits" + }, + "ROUNDDOWN": { + "a": "( x , number-digits )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to round the number down to the desired number of digits" + }, + "ROUNDUP": { + "a": "( x , number-digits )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to round the number up to the desired number of digits" + }, + "SEC": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the secant of an angle" + }, + "SECH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the hyperbolic secant of an angle" + }, + "SERIESSUM": { + "a": "( input-value , initial-power , step , coefficients )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the sum of a power series" + }, + "SIGN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the sign of a number. If the number is positive, the function returns 1. If the number is negative, the function returns -1. If the number is 0, the function returns 0" + }, + "SIN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the sine of an angle" + }, + "SINH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the hyperbolic sine of a number" + }, + "SQRT": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the square root of a number" + }, + "SQRTPI": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the square root of the pi constant (3.14159265358979) multiplied by the specified number" + }, + "SUBTOTAL": { + "a": "( function-number , argument-list )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return a subtotal in a list or database" + }, + "SUM": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the result" + }, + "SUMIF": { + "a": "( cell-range, selection-criteria [ , sum-range ] )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells based on the specified criterion and return the result" + }, + "SUMIFS": { + "a": "( sum-range, criteria-range1, criteria1, [ criteria-range2, criteria2 ], ... )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells based on multiple criteria and return the result" + }, + "SUMPRODUCT": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to multiply the values in the selected ranges of cells or arrays and return the sum of the products" + }, + "SUMSQ": { + "a": "( argument-list )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to add the squares of numbers and return the result" + }, + "SUMX2MY2": { + "a": "( array-1 , array-2 )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to sum the difference of squares between two arrays" + }, + "SUMX2PY2": { + "a": "( array-1 , array-2 )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to sum the squares of numbers in the selected arrays and return the sum of the results" + }, + "SUMXMY2": { + "a": "( array-1 , array-2 )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the sum of the squares of the differences between corresponding items in the arrays" + }, + "TAN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the tangent of an angle" + }, + "TANH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return the hyperbolic tangent of a number" + }, + "TRUNC": { + "a": "( x [ , number-digits ] )", + "d": "Math and trigonometry function used to return a number truncated to a specified number of digits" + }, + "ADDRESS": { + "a": "( row-number , col-number [ , [ ref-type ] [ , [ A1-ref-style-flag ] [ , sheet-name ] ] ] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return a text representation of a cell address" + }, + "CHOOSE": { + "a": "( index , argument-list )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return a value from a list of values based on a specified index (position)" + }, + "COLUMN": { + "a": "( [ reference ] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return the column number of a cell" + }, + "COLUMNS": { + "a": "( array )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return the number of columns in a cell reference" + }, + "FORMULATEXT": { + "a": "( reference )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return a formula as a string" + }, + "HLOOKUP": { + "a": "( lookup-value , table-array , row-index-num [ , [ range-lookup-flag ] ] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to perform the horizontal search for a value in the top row of a table or an array and return the value in the same column based on a specified row index number" + }, + "HYPERLINK": { + "a": "( link_location , [ , [ friendly_name ] ] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to create a shortcut that jumps to another location in the current workbook, or opens a document stored on a network server, an intranet, or the Internet" + }, + "INDEX": { + "a": "( array , [ row-number ] [ , [ column-number ] ] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return a value within a range of cells on the base of a specified row and column number. The INDEX function has two forms" + }, + "INDIRECT": { + "a": "( ref-text [ , [ A1-ref-style-flag ] ] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return the reference to a cell based on its string representation" + }, + "LOOKUP": { + "a": "( lookup-value , lookup-vector , result-vector )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return a value from a selected range (row or column containing the data in ascending order)" + }, + "MATCH": { + "a": "( lookup-value , lookup-array [ , [ match-type ]] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return a relative position of a specified item in a range of cells" + }, + "OFFSET": { + "a": "( reference , rows , cols [ , [ height ] [ , [ width ] ] ] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return a reference to a cell displaced from the specified cell (or the upper-left cell in the range of cells) to a certain number of rows and columns" + }, + "ROW": { + "a": "( [ reference ] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return the row number of a cell reference" + }, + "ROWS": { + "a": "( array )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return the number of rows in a cell references" + }, + "TRANSPOSE": { + "a": "( array )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return the first element of an array" + }, + "UNIQUE": { + "a": "( array, [by_col], [exactly_once] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to return a list of unique values in a list or range" + }, + "VLOOKUP": { + "a": "( lookup-value , table-array , col-index-num [ , [ range-lookup-flag ] ] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to perform the vertical search for a value in the left-most column of a table or an array and return the value in the same row based on a specified column index number" + }, + "CELL": { + "a": "(info_type, [reference])", + "d": "Information function used to return information about the formatting, location, or contents of a cell" + }, + "ERROR.TYPE": { + "a": "(value)", + "d": "Information function used to return the numeric representation of one of the existing errors" + }, + "ISBLANK": { + "a": "(value)", + "d": "Information function used to check if the cell is empty or not. If the cell does not contain any value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE" + }, + "ISERR": { + "a": "(value)", + "d": "Information function used to check for an error value. If the cell contains an error value (except #N/A), the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE" + }, + "ISERROR": { + "a": "(value)", + "d": "Information function used to check for an error value. If the cell contains one of the error values: #N/A, #VALUE!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NUM!, #NAME? or #NULL, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE" + }, + "ISEVEN": { + "a": "(number)", + "d": "Information function used to check for an even value. If the cell contains an even value, the function returns TRUE. If the value is odd, it returns FALSE" + }, + "ISFORMULA": { + "a": "( value )", + "d": "Information function used to check whether there is a reference to a cell that contains a formula, and returns TRUE or FALSE" + }, + "ISLOGICAL": { + "a": "(value)", + "d": "Information function used to check for a logical value (TRUE or FALSE). If the cell contains a logical value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE" + }, + "ISNA": { + "a": "(value)", + "d": "Information function used to check for a #N/A error. If the cell contains a #N/A error value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE" + }, + "ISNONTEXT": { + "a": "(value)", + "d": "Information function used to check for a value that is not a text. If the cell does not contain a text value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE" + }, + "ISNUMBER": { + "a": "(value)", + "d": "Information function used to check for a numeric value. If the cell contains a numeric value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE" + }, + "ISODD": { + "a": "(number)", + "d": "Information function used to check for an odd value. If the cell contains an odd value, the function returns TRUE. If the value is even, it returns FALSE" + }, + "ISREF": { + "a": "(value)", + "d": "Information function used to verify if the value is a valid cell reference" + }, + "ISTEXT": { + "a": "(value)", + "d": "Information function used to check for a text value. If the cell contains a text value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE" + }, + "N": { + "a": "(value)", + "d": "Information function used to convert a value to a number" + }, + "NA": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Information function used to return the #N/A error value. This function does not require an argument" + }, + "SHEET": { + "a": "( value )", + "d": "Information function used to return the sheet number of the reference sheet" + }, + "SHEETS": { + "a": "( reference )", + "d": "Information function used to return the number of sheets in a reference" + }, + "TYPE": { + "a": "( value )", + "d": "Information function used to determine the type of the resulting or displayed value" + }, + "AND": { + "a": "( logical1 , logical2, ... )", + "d": "Logical function used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns TRUE if all the arguments are TRUE" + }, + "FALSE": { + "a": "()", + "d": "logical functions. The function returns FALSE and does not require any argument" + }, + "IF": { + "a": "( logical_test , value_if_true [ , value_if_false ] )", + "d": "Logical function used to check the logical expression and return one value if it is TRUE, or another if it is FALSE" + }, + "IFS": { + "a": "( logical_test1 , value_if_true1 , [ logical_test2 , value_if_true2 ] , … )", + "d": "Logical function used to check whether one or more conditions are met and returns a value that corresponds to the first TRUE condition" + }, + "IFERROR": { + "a": " (value , value_if_error )", + "d": "Logical function used to check if there is an error in the formula in the first argument. The function returns the result of the formula if there is no error, or the value_if_error if there is one" + }, + "IFNA": { + "a": "( value , value_if_na )", + "d": "Logical function used to check if there is an error in the formula in the first argument. The function returns the value you specify if the formula returns the #N/A error value; otherwise returns the result of the formula" + }, + "NOT": { + "a": "( logical )", + "d": "Logical function used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns TRUE if the argument is FALSE and FALSE if the argument is TRUE" + }, + "OR": { + "a": "( logical1, logical2, ...)", + "d": "Logical function used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns FALSE if all the arguments are FALSE" + }, + "SWITCH": { + "a": "( expression , value1 , result1 [ , [ default or value2 ] [ , [ result2 ] ], … [ default or value3 , result3 ] ] )", + "d": "Logical function used to evaluate one value (called the expression) against a list of values, and returns the result corresponding to the first matching value; if there is no match, an optional default value may be returned" + }, + "TRUE": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Logical function used to return TRUE and does not require any argument" + }, + "XOR": { + "a": "( logical1 [ , logical2 ] , ... )", + "d": "Logical function used to returns a logical Exclusive Or of all arguments" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/es.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/es.json index edd32ff2c..8dcb0da41 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/es.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/es.json @@ -1 +1,485 @@ -{"DATE":"FECHA","DATEDIF":"SIFECHA","DATEVALUE":"FECHANUMERO","DAY":"DIA","DAYS":"DIAS","DAYS360":"DIAS360","EDATE":"FECHA.MES","EOMONTH":"FIN.MES","HOUR":"HORA","ISOWEEKNUM":"ISO.NUM.DE.SEMANA","MINUTE":"MINUTO","MONTH":"MES","NETWORKDAYS":"DIAS.LAB","NETWORKDAYS.INTL":"DIAS.LAB.INTL","NOW":"AHORA","SECOND":"SEGUNDO","TIME":"NSHORA","TIMEVALUE":"HORANUMERO","TODAY":"HOY","WEEKDAY":"DIASEM","WEEKNUM":"NUM.DE.SEMANA","WORKDAY":"DIA.LAB","WORKDAY.INTL":"DIA.LAB.INTL","YEAR":"AÑO","YEARFRAC":"FRAC.AÑO","BESSELI":"BESSELI","BESSELJ":"BESSELJ","BESSELK":"BESSELK","BESSELY":"BESSELY","BIN2DEC":"BIN.A.DEC","BIN2HEX":"BIN.A.HEX","BIN2OCT":"BIN.A.OCT","BITAND":"BIT.Y","BITLSHIFT":"BIT.DESPLIZQDA","BITOR":"BIT.O","BITRSHIFT":"BIT.DESPLDCHA","BITXOR":"BIT.XO","COMPLEX":"COMPLEJO","CONVERT":"CONVERTIR","DEC2BIN":"DEC.A.BIN","DEC2HEX":"DEC.A.HEX","DEC2OCT":"DEC.A.OCT","DELTA":"DELTA","ERF":"FUN.ERROR","ERF.PRECISE":"FUN.ERROR.EXACTO","ERFC":"FUN.ERROR.COMPL","ERFC.PRECISE":"FUN.ERROR.COMPL.EXACTO","GESTEP":"MAYOR.O.IGUAL","HEX2BIN":"HEX.A.BIN","HEX2DEC":"HEX.A.DEC","HEX2OCT":"HEX.A.OCT","IMABS":"IM.ABS","IMAGINARY":"IMAGINARIO","IMARGUMENT":"IM.ANGULO","IMCONJUGATE":"IM.CONJUGADA","IMCOS":"IM.COS","IMCOSH":"IM.COSH","IMCOT":"IM.COT","IMCSC":"IM.CSC","IMCSCH":"IM.CSCH","IMDIV":"IM.DIV","IMEXP":"IM.EXP","IMLN":"IM.LN","IMLOG10":"IM.LOG10","IMLOG2":"IM.LOG2","IMPOWER":"IM.POT","IMPRODUCT":"IM.PRODUCT","IMREAL":"IM.REAL","IMSEC":"IM.SEC","IMSECH":"IM.SECH","IMSIN":"IM.SENO","IMSINH":"IM.SENOH","IMSQRT":"IM.RAIZ2","IMSUB":"IM.SUSTR","IMSUM":"IM.SUM","IMTAN":"IM.TAN","OCT2BIN":"OCT.A.BIN","OCT2DEC":"OCT.A.DEC","OCT2HEX":"OCT.A.HEX","DAVERAGE":"BDPROMEDIO","DCOUNT":"BDCONTAR","DCOUNTA":"BDCONTARA","DGET":"BDEXTRAER","DMAX":"BDMAX","DMIN":"BDMIN","DPRODUCT":"BDPRODUCTO","DSTDEV":"BDDESVEST","DSTDEVP":"BDDESVESTP","DSUM":"BDSUMA","DVAR":"BDVAR","DVARP":"BDVARP","CHAR":"CARACTER","CLEAN":"LIMPIAR","CODE":"CODIGO","CONCATENATE":"CONCATENAR","CONCAT":"CONCAT","DOLLAR":"MONEDA","EXACT":"IGUAL","FIND":"ENCONTRAR","FINDB":"ENCONTRARB","FIXED":"DECIMAL","LEFT":"IZQUIERDA","LEFTB":"IZQUIERDAB","LEN":"LARGO","LENB":"LARGOB","LOWER":"MINUSC","MID":"EXTRAE","MIDB":"EXTRAEB","NUMBERVALUE":"VALOR.NUMERO","PROPER":"NOMPROPIO","REPLACE":"REEMPLAZAR","REPLACEB":"REEMPLAZARB","REPT":"REPETIR","RIGHT":"DERECHA","RIGHTB":"DERECHAB","SEARCH":"HALLAR","SEARCHB":"HALLARB","SUBSTITUTE":"SUSTITUIR","T":"T","T.TEST":"PRUEBA.T.N","TEXT":"TEXTO","TEXTJOIN":"UNIRCADENAS","TRIM":"ESPACIOS","TRIMMEAN":"MEDIA.ACOTADA","TTEST":"PRUEBA.T","UNICHAR":"UNICHAR","UNICODE":"UNICODE","UPPER":"MAYUSC","VALUE":"VALOR","AVEDEV":"DESVPROM","AVERAGE":"PROMEDIO","AVERAGEA":"PROMEDIOA","AVERAGEIF":"PROMEDIO.SI","AVERAGEIFS":"PROMEDIO.SI.CONJUNTO","BETADIST":"DISTR.BETA","BETA.DIST":"DISTR.BETA.N","BETA.INV":"INV.BETA.N","BINOMDIST":"DISTR.BINOM","BINOM.DIST":"DISTR.BINOM.N","BINOM.DIST.RANGE":"DISTR.BINOM.SERIE","BINOM.INV":"INV.BINOM","CHIDIST":"DISTR.CHI","CHIINV":"PRUEBA.CHI.INV","CHITEST":"PRUEBA.CHI","CHISQ.DIST":"DISTR.CHICUAD","CHISQ.DIST.RT":"DISTR.CHICUAD.CD","CHISQ.INV":"INV.CHICUAD","CHISQ.INV.RT":"INV.CHICUAD.CD","CHISQ.TEST":"PRUEBA.CHICUAD","CONFIDENCE":"INTERVALO.CONFIANZA","CONFIDENCE.NORM":"INTERVALO.CONFIANZA.NORM","CONFIDENCE.T":"INTERVALO.CONFIANZA.T","CORREL":"COEF.DE.CORREL","COUNT":"CONTAR","COUNTA":"CONTARA","COUNTBLANK":"CONTAR.BLANCO","COUNTIF":"CONTAR.SI","COUNTIFS":"CONTAR.SI.CONJUNTO","COVAR":"COVAR","COVARIANCE.P":"COVARIANZA.P","COVARIANCE.S":"COVARIANZA.M","CRITBINOM":"BINOM.CRIT","DEVSQ":"DESVIA2","EXPON.DIST":"DISTR.EXP.N","EXPONDIST":"DISTR.EXP","FDIST":"DISTR.F","FINV":"DISTR.F.INV","FTEST":"PRUEBA.F","F.DIST":"DISTR.F.N","F.DIST.RT":"DISTR.F.CD","F.INV":"INV.F","F.INV.RT":"INV.F.CD","F.TEST":"PRUEBA.F.N","FISHER":"FISHER","FISHERINV":"PRUEBA.FISHER.INV","FORECAST":"PRONOSTICO","FORECAST.ETS":"PRONOSTICO.ETS","FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT":"PRONOSTICO.ETS.CONFINT","FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY":"PRONOSTICO.ETS.ESTACIONALIDAD","FORECAST.ETS.STAT":"PRONOSTICO.ETS.ESTADISTICA","FORECAST.LINEAR":"PRONOSTICO.LINEAL","FREQUENCY":"FRECUENCIA","GAMMA":"GAMMA","GAMMADIST":"DISTR.GAMMA","GAMMA.DIST":"DISTR.GAMMA.N","GAMMAINV":"DISTR.GAMMA.INV","GAMMA.INV":"INV.GAMMA","GAMMALN":"GAMMA.LN","GAMMALN.PRECISE":"GAMMA.LN.EXACTO","GAUSS":"GAUSS","GEOMEAN":"MEDIA.GEOM","HARMEAN":"MEDIA.ARMO","HYPGEOM.DIST":"DISTR.HIPERGEOM.N","HYPGEOMDIST":"DISTR.HIPERGEOM","INTERCEPT":"INTERSECCION.EJE","KURT":"CURTOSIS","LARGE":"K.ESIMO.MAYOR","LOGINV":"DISTR.LOG.INV","LOGNORM.DIST":"DISTR.LOGNORM","LOGNORM.INV":"INV.LOGNORM","LOGNORMDIST":"DISTR.LOG.NORM","MAX":"MAX","MAXA":"MAXA","MAXIFS":"MAX.SI.CONJUNTO","MEDIAN":"MEDIANA","MIN":"MIN","MINA":"MINA","MINIFS":"MIN.SI.CONJUNTO","MODE":"MODA","MODE.MULT":"MODA.VARIOS","MODE.SNGL":"MODA.UNO","NEGBINOM.DIST":"NEGBINOM.DIST","NEGBINOMDIST":"NEGBINOMDIST","NORM.DIST":"DISTR.NORM.N","NORM.INV":"INV.NORM","NORM.S.DIST":"DISTR.NORM.ESTAND.N","NORM.S.INV":"INV.NORM.ESTAND","NORMDIST":"DISTR.NORM","NORMINV":"DISTR.NORM.INV","NORMSDIST":"DISTR.NORM.ESTAND","NORMSINV":"DISTR.NORM.ESTAND.INV","PEARSON":"PEARSON","PERCENTILE":"PERCENTIL","PERCENTILE.EXC":"PERCENTIL.EXC","PERCENTILE.INC":"PERCENTIL.INC","PERCENTRANK":"RANGO.PERCENTIL","PERCENTRANK.EXC":"RANGO.PERCENTIL.EXC","PERCENTRANK.INC":"RANGO.PERCENTIL.INC","PERMUT":"PERMUTACIONES","PERMUTATIONA":"PERMUTACIONES.A","PHI":"FI","POISSON":"POISSON","POISSON.DIST":"POISSON.DIST","PROB":"PROBABILIDAD","QUARTILE":"CUARTIL","QUARTILE.INC":"CUARTIL.INC","QUARTILE.EXC":"CUARTIL.EXC","RANK.AVG":"JERARQUIA.MEDIA","RANK.EQ":"JERARQUIA.EQV","RANK":"JERARQUIA","RSQ":"COEFICIENTE.R2","SKEW":"COEFICIENTE.ASIMETRIA","SKEW.P":"COEFICIENTE.ASIMETRIA.P","SLOPE":"PENDIENTE","SMALL":"K.ESIMO.MENOR","STANDARDIZE":"NORMALIZACION","STDEV":"DESVEST","STDEV.P":"DESVEST.P","STDEV.S":"DESVEST.M","STDEVA":"DESVESTA","STDEVP":"DESVESTP","STDEVPA":"DESVESTPA","STEYX":"ERROR.TIPICO.XY","TDIST":"DISTR.T","TINV":"DISTR.T.INV","T.DIST":"DISTR.T.N","T.DIST.2T":"DISTR.T.2C","T.DIST.RT":"DISTR.T.CD","T.INV":"INV.T","T.INV.2T":"INV.T.2C","VAR":"VAR","VAR.P":"VAR.P","VAR.S":"VAR.S","VARA":"VARA","VARP":"VARP","VARPA":"VARPA","WEIBULL":"DIST.WEIBULL","WEIBULL.DIST":"DISTR.WEIBULL","Z.TEST":"PRUEBA.Z.N","ZTEST":"PRUEBA.Z","ACCRINT":"INT.ACUM","ACCRINTM":"INT.ACUM.V","AMORDEGRC":"AMORTIZ.PROGRE","AMORLINC":"AMORTIZ.LIN","COUPDAYBS":"CUPON.DIAS.L1","COUPDAYS":"CUPON.DIAS","COUPDAYSNC":"CUPON.DIAS.L2","COUPNCD":"CUPON.FECHA.L2","COUPNUM":"CUPON.NUM","COUPPCD":"CUPON.FECHA.L1","CUMIPMT":"PAGO.INT.ENTRE","CUMPRINC":"PAGO.PRINC.ENTRE","DB":"DB","DDB":"DDB","DISC":"TASA.DESC","DOLLARDE":"MONEDA.DEC","DOLLARFR":"MONEDA.FRAC","DURATION":"DURACION","EFFECT":"INT.EFECTIVO","FV":"VF","FVSCHEDULE":"VF.PLAN","INTRATE":"TASA.INT","IPMT":"PAGOINT","IRR":"TIR","ISPMT":"INT.PAGO.DIR","MDURATION":"DURACION.MODIF","MIRR":"TIRM","NOMINAL":"TASA.NOMINAL","NPER":"NPER","NPV":"VNA","ODDFPRICE":"PRECIO.PER.IRREGULAR.1","ODDFYIELD":"RENDTO.PER.IRREGULAR.1","ODDLPRICE":"PRECIO.PER.IRREGULAR.2","ODDLYIELD":"RENDTO.PER.IRREGULAR.2","PDURATION":"P.DURACION","PMT":"PAGO","PPMT":"PAGOPRIN","PRICE":"PRECIO","PRICEDISC":"PRECIO.DESCUENTO","PRICEMAT":"PRECIO.VENCIMIENTO","PV":"VA","RATE":"TASA","RECEIVED":"CANTIDAD.RECIBIDA","RRI":"RRI","SLN":"SLN","SYD":"SYD","TBILLEQ":"LETRA.DE.TES.EQV.A.BONO","TBILLPRICE":"LETRA.DE.TES.PRECIO","TBILLYIELD":"LETRA.DE.TES.RENDTO","VDB":"DVS","XIRR":"TIR.NO.PER","XNPV":"VNA.NO.PER","YIELD":"RENDTO","YIELDDISC":"RENDTO.DESC","YIELDMAT":"RENDTO.VENCTO","ABS":"ABS","ACOS":"ACOS","ACOSH":"ACOSH","ACOT":"ACOT","ACOTH":"ACOTH","AGGREGATE":"AGREGAR","ARABIC":"NUMERO.ARABE","ASIN":"ASENO","ASINH":"ASENOH","ATAN":"ATAN","ATAN2":"ATAN2","ATANH":"ATANH","BASE":"BASE","CEILING":"MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR","CEILING.MATH":"MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.MAT","CEILING.PRECISE":"MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.EXACTO","COMBIN":"COMBINAT","COMBINA":"COMBINA","COS":"COS","COSH":"COSH","COT":"COT","COTH":"COTH","CSC":"CSC","CSCH":"CSCH","DECIMAL":"CONV.DECIMAL","DEGREES":"GRADOS","ECMA.CEILING":"MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ECMA","EVEN":"REDONDEA.PAR","EXP":"EXP","FACT":"FACT","FACTDOUBLE":"FACT.DOBLE","FLOOR":"MULTIPLO.INFERIOR","FLOOR.PRECISE":"MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.EXACTO","FLOOR.MATH":"MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.MAT","GCD":"M.C.D","INT":"ENTERO","ISO.CEILING":"MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ISO","LCM":"M.C.M","LN":"LN","LOG":"LOG","LOG10":"LOG10","MDETERM":"MDETERM","MINVERSE":"MINVERSA","MMULT":"MMULT","MOD":"RESIDUO","MROUND":"REDOND.MULT","MULTINOMIAL":"MULTINOMIAL","ODD":"REDONDEA.IMPAR","PI":"PI","POWER":"POTENCIA","PRODUCT":"PRODUCTO","QUOTIENT":"COCIENTE","RADIANS":"RADIANES","RAND":"ALEATORIO","RANDBETWEEN":"ALEATORIO.ENTRE","ROMAN":"NUMERO.ROMANO","ROUND":"REDONDEAR","ROUNDDOWN":"REDONDEAR.MENOS","ROUNDUP":"REDONDEAR.MAS","SEC":"SEC","SECH":"SECH","SERIESSUM":"SUMA.SERIES","SIGN":"SIGNO","SIN":"SENO","SINH":"SENOH","SQRT":"RAIZ","SQRTPI":"RAIZ2PI","SUBTOTAL":"SUBTOTALES","SUM":"SUMA","SUMIF":"SUMAR.SI","SUMIFS":"SUMAR.SI.CONJUNTO","SUMPRODUCT":"SUMAPRODUCTO","SUMSQ":"SUMA.CUADRADOS","SUMX2MY2":"SUMAX2MENOSY2","SUMX2PY2":"SUMAX2MASY2","SUMXMY2":"SUMAXMENOSY2","TAN":"TAN","TANH":"TANH","TRUNC":"TRUNCAR","ADDRESS":"DIRECCION","CHOOSE":"ELEGIR","COLUMN":"COLUMNA","COLUMNS":"COLUMNAS","FORMULATEXT":"FORMULATEXTO","HLOOKUP":"BUSCARH","INDEX":"INDICE","INDIRECT":"INDIRECTO","LOOKUP":"BUSCAR","MATCH":"COINCIDIR","OFFSET":"DESREF","ROW":"FILA","ROWS":"FILAS","TRANSPOSE":"TRANSPONER","VLOOKUP":"BUSCARV","ERROR.TYPE":"TIPO.DE.ERROR","ISBLANK":"ESBLANCO","ISERR":"ESERR","ISERROR":"ESERROR","ISEVEN":"ES.PAR","ISFORMULA":"ESFORMULA","ISLOGICAL":"ESLOGICO","ISNA":"ESNOD","ISNONTEXT":"ESNOTEXTO","ISNUMBER":"ESNUMERO","ISODD":"ES.IMPAR","ISREF":"ESREF","ISTEXT":"ESTEXTO","N":"N","NA":"NOD","SHEET":"HOJA","SHEETS":"HOJAS","TYPE":"TIPO","AND":"Y","FALSE":"FALSO","IF":"SI","IFS":"SI.CONJUNTO","IFERROR":"SI.ERROR","IFNA":"SI.ND","NOT":"NO","OR":"O","SWITCH":"CAMBIAR","TRUE":"VERDADERO","XOR":"XO","LocalFormulaOperands":{"StructureTables":{"h":"Encabezados","d":"Datos","a":"Todo","tr":"Esta file","t":"Totales"},"CONST_TRUE_FALSE":{"t":"VERDADERO","f":"FALSO"},"CONST_ERROR":{"nil":"#NULL!","div":"#DIV/0!","value":"#VALUE!","ref":"#REF!","name":"#NAME\\?","num":"#NUM!","na":"#N/A","getdata":"#GETTING_DATA","uf":"#UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION!"}}} \ No newline at end of file +{ + "DATE": "FECHA", + "DATEDIF": "SIFECHA", + "DATEVALUE": "FECHANUMERO", + "DAY": "DIA", + "DAYS": "DIAS", + "DAYS360": "DIAS360", + "EDATE": "FECHA.MES", + "EOMONTH": "FIN.MES", + "HOUR": "HORA", + "ISOWEEKNUM": "ISO.NUM.DE.SEMANA", + "MINUTE": "MINUTO", + "MONTH": "MES", + "NETWORKDAYS": "DIAS.LAB", + "NETWORKDAYS.INTL": "DIAS.LAB.INTL", + "NOW": "AHORA", + "SECOND": "SEGUNDO", + "TIME": "NSHORA", + "TIMEVALUE": "HORANUMERO", + "TODAY": "HOY", + "WEEKDAY": "DIASEM", + "WEEKNUM": "NUM.DE.SEMANA", + "WORKDAY": "DIA.LAB", + "WORKDAY.INTL": "DIA.LAB.INTL", + "YEAR": "AÑO", + "YEARFRAC": "FRAC.AÑO", + "BESSELI": "BESSELI", + "BESSELJ": "BESSELJ", + "BESSELK": "BESSELK", + "BESSELY": "BESSELY", + "BIN2DEC": "BIN.A.DEC", + "BIN2HEX": "BIN.A.HEX", + "BIN2OCT": "BIN.A.OCT", + "BITAND": "BIT.Y", + "BITLSHIFT": "BIT.DESPLIZQDA", + "BITOR": "BIT.O", + "BITRSHIFT": "BIT.DESPLDCHA", + "BITXOR": "BIT.XO", + "COMPLEX": "COMPLEJO", + "CONVERT": "CONVERTIR", + "DEC2BIN": "DEC.A.BIN", + "DEC2HEX": "DEC.A.HEX", + "DEC2OCT": "DEC.A.OCT", + "DELTA": "DELTA", + "ERF": "FUN.ERROR", + "ERF.PRECISE": "FUN.ERROR.EXACTO", + "ERFC": "FUN.ERROR.COMPL", + "ERFC.PRECISE": "FUN.ERROR.COMPL.EXACTO", + "GESTEP": "MAYOR.O.IGUAL", + "HEX2BIN": "HEX.A.BIN", + "HEX2DEC": "HEX.A.DEC", + "HEX2OCT": "HEX.A.OCT", + "IMABS": "IM.ABS", + "IMAGINARY": "IMAGINARIO", + "IMARGUMENT": "IM.ANGULO", + "IMCONJUGATE": "IM.CONJUGADA", + "IMCOS": "IM.COS", + "IMCOSH": "IM.COSH", + "IMCOT": "IM.COT", + "IMCSC": "IM.CSC", + "IMCSCH": "IM.CSCH", + "IMDIV": "IM.DIV", + "IMEXP": "IM.EXP", + "IMLN": "IM.LN", + "IMLOG10": "IM.LOG10", + "IMLOG2": "IM.LOG2", + "IMPOWER": "IM.POT", + "IMPRODUCT": "IM.PRODUCT", + "IMREAL": "IM.REAL", + "IMSEC": "IM.SEC", + "IMSECH": "IM.SECH", + "IMSIN": "IM.SENO", + "IMSINH": "IM.SENOH", + "IMSQRT": "IM.RAIZ2", + "IMSUB": "IM.SUSTR", + "IMSUM": "IM.SUM", + "IMTAN": "IM.TAN", + "OCT2BIN": "OCT.A.BIN", + "OCT2DEC": "OCT.A.DEC", + "OCT2HEX": "OCT.A.HEX", + "DAVERAGE": "BDPROMEDIO", + "DCOUNT": "BDCONTAR", + "DCOUNTA": "BDCONTARA", + "DGET": "BDEXTRAER", + "DMAX": "BDMAX", + "DMIN": "BDMIN", + "DPRODUCT": "BDPRODUCTO", + "DSTDEV": "BDDESVEST", + "DSTDEVP": "BDDESVESTP", + "DSUM": "BDSUMA", + "DVAR": "BDVAR", + "DVARP": "BDVARP", + "CHAR": "CARACTER", + "CLEAN": "LIMPIAR", + "CODE": "CODIGO", + "CONCATENATE": "CONCATENAR", + "CONCAT": "CONCAT", + "DOLLAR": "MONEDA", + "EXACT": "IGUAL", + "FIND": "ENCONTRAR", + "FINDB": "ENCONTRARB", + "FIXED": "DECIMAL", + "LEFT": "IZQUIERDA", + "LEFTB": "IZQUIERDAB", + "LEN": "LARGO", + "LENB": "LARGOB", + "LOWER": "MINUSC", + "MID": "EXTRAE", + "MIDB": "EXTRAEB", + "NUMBERVALUE": "VALOR.NUMERO", + "PROPER": "NOMPROPIO", + "REPLACE": "REEMPLAZAR", + "REPLACEB": "REEMPLAZARB", + "REPT": "REPETIR", + "RIGHT": "DERECHA", + "RIGHTB": "DERECHAB", + "SEARCH": "HALLAR", + "SEARCHB": "HALLARB", + "SUBSTITUTE": "SUSTITUIR", + "T": "T", + "T.TEST": "PRUEBA.T.N", + "TEXT": "TEXTO", + "TEXTJOIN": "UNIRCADENAS", + "TREND": "TENDENCIA", + "TRIM": "ESPACIOS", + "TRIMMEAN": "MEDIA.ACOTADA", + "TTEST": "PRUEBA.T", + "UNICHAR": "UNICHAR", + "UNICODE": "UNICODE", + "UPPER": "MAYUSC", + "VALUE": "VALOR", + "AVEDEV": "DESVPROM", + "AVERAGE": "PROMEDIO", + "AVERAGEA": "PROMEDIOA", + "AVERAGEIF": "PROMEDIO.SI", + "AVERAGEIFS": "PROMEDIO.SI.CONJUNTO", + "BETADIST": "DISTR.BETA", + "BETAINV": "DISTR.BETA.INV", + "BETA.DIST": "DISTR.BETA.N", + "BETA.INV": "INV.BETA.N", + "BINOMDIST": "DISTR.BINOM", + "BINOM.DIST": "DISTR.BINOM.N", + "BINOM.DIST.RANGE": "DISTR.BINOM.SERIE", + "BINOM.INV": "INV.BINOM", + "CHIDIST": "DISTR.CHI", + "CHIINV": "PRUEBA.CHI.INV", + "CHITEST": "PRUEBA.CHI", + "CHISQ.DIST": "DISTR.CHICUAD", + "CHISQ.DIST.RT": "DISTR.CHICUAD.CD", + "CHISQ.INV": "INV.CHICUAD", + "CHISQ.INV.RT": "INV.CHICUAD.CD", + "CHISQ.TEST": "PRUEBA.CHICUAD", + "CONFIDENCE": "INTERVALO.CONFIANZA", + "CONFIDENCE.NORM": "INTERVALO.CONFIANZA.NORM", + "CONFIDENCE.T": "INTERVALO.CONFIANZA.T", + "CORREL": "COEF.DE.CORREL", + "COUNT": "CONTAR", + "COUNTA": "CONTARA", + "COUNTBLANK": "CONTAR.BLANCO", + "COUNTIF": "CONTAR.SI", + "COUNTIFS": "CONTAR.SI.CONJUNTO", + "COVAR": "COVAR", + "COVARIANCE.P": "COVARIANZA.P", + "COVARIANCE.S": "COVARIANZA.M", + "CRITBINOM": "BINOM.CRIT", + "DEVSQ": "DESVIA2", + "EXPON.DIST": "DISTR.EXP.N", + "EXPONDIST": "DISTR.EXP", + "FDIST": "DISTR.F", + "FINV": "DISTR.F.INV", + "FTEST": "PRUEBA.F", + "F.DIST": "DISTR.F.N", + "F.DIST.RT": "DISTR.F.CD", + "F.INV": "INV.F", + "F.INV.RT": "INV.F.CD", + "F.TEST": "PRUEBA.F.N", + "FISHER": "FISHER", + "FISHERINV": "PRUEBA.FISHER.INV", + "FORECAST": "PRONOSTICO", + "FORECAST.ETS": "PRONOSTICO.ETS", + "FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT": "PRONOSTICO.ETS.CONFINT", + "FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY": "PRONOSTICO.ETS.ESTACIONALIDAD", + "FORECAST.ETS.STAT": "PRONOSTICO.ETS.ESTADISTICA", + "FORECAST.LINEAR": "PRONOSTICO.LINEAL", + "FREQUENCY": "FRECUENCIA", + "GAMMA": "GAMMA", + "GAMMADIST": "DISTR.GAMMA", + "GAMMA.DIST": "DISTR.GAMMA.N", + "GAMMAINV": "DISTR.GAMMA.INV", + "GAMMA.INV": "INV.GAMMA", + "GAMMALN": "GAMMA.LN", + "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "GAMMA.LN.EXACTO", + "GAUSS": "GAUSS", + "GEOMEAN": "MEDIA.GEOM", + "GROWTH": "CRECIMIENTO", + "HARMEAN": "MEDIA.ARMO", + "HYPGEOM.DIST": "DISTR.HIPERGEOM.N", + "HYPGEOMDIST": "DISTR.HIPERGEOM", + "INTERCEPT": "INTERSECCION.EJE", + "KURT": "CURTOSIS", + "LARGE": "K.ESIMO.MAYOR", + "LINEST": "ESTIMACION.LINEAL", + "LOGEST": "ESTIMACION.LOGARITMICA", + "LOGINV": "DISTR.LOG.INV", + "LOGNORM.DIST": "DISTR.LOGNORM", + "LOGNORM.INV": "INV.LOGNORM", + "LOGNORMDIST": "DISTR.LOG.NORM", + "MAX": "MAX", + "MAXA": "MAXA", + "MAXIFS": "MAX.SI.CONJUNTO", + "MEDIAN": "MEDIANA", + "MIN": "MIN", + "MINA": "MINA", + "MINIFS": "MIN.SI.CONJUNTO", + "MODE": "MODA", + "MODE.MULT": "MODA.VARIOS", + "MODE.SNGL": "MODA.UNO", + "NEGBINOM.DIST": "NEGBINOM.DIST", + "NEGBINOMDIST": "NEGBINOMDIST", + "NORM.DIST": "DISTR.NORM.N", + "NORM.INV": "INV.NORM", + "NORM.S.DIST": "DISTR.NORM.ESTAND.N", + "NORM.S.INV": "INV.NORM.ESTAND", + "NORMDIST": "DISTR.NORM", + "NORMINV": "DISTR.NORM.INV", + "NORMSDIST": "DISTR.NORM.ESTAND", + "NORMSINV": "DISTR.NORM.ESTAND.INV", + "PEARSON": "PEARSON", + "PERCENTILE": "PERCENTIL", + "PERCENTILE.EXC": "PERCENTIL.EXC", + "PERCENTILE.INC": "PERCENTIL.INC", + "PERCENTRANK": "RANGO.PERCENTIL", + "PERCENTRANK.EXC": "RANGO.PERCENTIL.EXC", + "PERCENTRANK.INC": "RANGO.PERCENTIL.INC", + "PERMUT": "PERMUTACIONES", + "PERMUTATIONA": "PERMUTACIONES.A", + "PHI": "FI", + "POISSON": "POISSON", + "POISSON.DIST": "POISSON.DIST", + "PROB": "PROBABILIDAD", + "QUARTILE": "CUARTIL", + "QUARTILE.INC": "CUARTIL.INC", + "QUARTILE.EXC": "CUARTIL.EXC", + "RANK.AVG": "JERARQUIA.MEDIA", + "RANK.EQ": "JERARQUIA.EQV", + "RANK": "JERARQUIA", + "RSQ": "COEFICIENTE.R2", + "SKEW": "COEFICIENTE.ASIMETRIA", + "SKEW.P": "COEFICIENTE.ASIMETRIA.P", + "SLOPE": "PENDIENTE", + "SMALL": "K.ESIMO.MENOR", + "STANDARDIZE": "NORMALIZACION", + "STDEV": "DESVEST", + "STDEV.P": "DESVEST.P", + "STDEV.S": "DESVEST.M", + "STDEVA": "DESVESTA", + "STDEVP": "DESVESTP", + "STDEVPA": "DESVESTPA", + "STEYX": "ERROR.TIPICO.XY", + "TDIST": "DISTR.T", + "TINV": "DISTR.T.INV", + "T.DIST": "DISTR.T.N", + "T.DIST.2T": "DISTR.T.2C", + "T.DIST.RT": "DISTR.T.CD", + "T.INV": "INV.T", + "T.INV.2T": "INV.T.2C", + "VAR": "VAR", + "VAR.P": "VAR.P", + "VAR.S": "VAR.S", + "VARA": "VARA", + "VARP": "VARP", + "VARPA": "VARPA", + "WEIBULL": "DIST.WEIBULL", + "WEIBULL.DIST": "DISTR.WEIBULL", + "Z.TEST": "PRUEBA.Z.N", + "ZTEST": "PRUEBA.Z", + "ACCRINT": "INT.ACUM", + "ACCRINTM": "INT.ACUM.V", + "AMORDEGRC": "AMORTIZ.PROGRE", + "AMORLINC": "AMORTIZ.LIN", + "COUPDAYBS": "CUPON.DIAS.L1", + "COUPDAYS": "CUPON.DIAS", + "COUPDAYSNC": "CUPON.DIAS.L2", + "COUPNCD": "CUPON.FECHA.L2", + "COUPNUM": "CUPON.NUM", + "COUPPCD": "CUPON.FECHA.L1", + "CUMIPMT": "PAGO.INT.ENTRE", + "CUMPRINC": "PAGO.PRINC.ENTRE", + "DB": "DB", + "DDB": "DDB", + "DISC": "TASA.DESC", + "DOLLARDE": "MONEDA.DEC", + "DOLLARFR": "MONEDA.FRAC", + "DURATION": "DURACION", + "EFFECT": "INT.EFECTIVO", + "FV": "VF", + "FVSCHEDULE": "VF.PLAN", + "INTRATE": "TASA.INT", + "IPMT": "PAGOINT", + "IRR": "TIR", + "ISPMT": "INT.PAGO.DIR", + "MDURATION": "DURACION.MODIF", + "MIRR": "TIRM", + "NOMINAL": "TASA.NOMINAL", + "NPER": "NPER", + "NPV": "VNA", + "ODDFPRICE": "PRECIO.PER.IRREGULAR.1", + "ODDFYIELD": "RENDTO.PER.IRREGULAR.1", + "ODDLPRICE": "PRECIO.PER.IRREGULAR.2", + "ODDLYIELD": "RENDTO.PER.IRREGULAR.2", + "PDURATION": "P.DURACION", + "PMT": "PAGO", + "PPMT": "PAGOPRIN", + "PRICE": "PRECIO", + "PRICEDISC": "PRECIO.DESCUENTO", + "PRICEMAT": "PRECIO.VENCIMIENTO", + "PV": "VA", + "RATE": "TASA", + "RECEIVED": "CANTIDAD.RECIBIDA", + "RRI": "RRI", + "SLN": "SLN", + "SYD": "SYD", + "TBILLEQ": "LETRA.DE.TES.EQV.A.BONO", + "TBILLPRICE": "LETRA.DE.TES.PRECIO", + "TBILLYIELD": "LETRA.DE.TES.RENDTO", + "VDB": "DVS", + "XIRR": "TIR.NO.PER", + "XNPV": "VNA.NO.PER", + "YIELD": "RENDTO", + "YIELDDISC": "RENDTO.DESC", + "YIELDMAT": "RENDTO.VENCTO", + "ABS": "ABS", + "ACOS": "ACOS", + "ACOSH": "ACOSH", + "ACOT": "ACOT", + "ACOTH": "ACOTH", + "AGGREGATE": "AGREGAR", + "ARABIC": "NUMERO.ARABE", + "ASC": "ASC", + "ASIN": "ASENO", + "ASINH": "ASENOH", + "ATAN": "ATAN", + "ATAN2": "ATAN2", + "ATANH": "ATANH", + "BASE": "BASE", + "CEILING": "MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR", + "CEILING.MATH": "MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.MAT", + "CEILING.PRECISE": "MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.EXACTO", + "COMBIN": "COMBINAT", + "COMBINA": "COMBINA", + "COS": "COS", + "COSH": "COSH", + "COT": "COT", + "COTH": "COTH", + "CSC": "CSC", + "CSCH": "CSCH", + "DECIMAL": "CONV.DECIMAL", + "DEGREES": "GRADOS", + "ECMA.CEILING": "MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ECMA", + "EVEN": "REDONDEA.PAR", + "EXP": "EXP", + "FACT": "FACT", + "FACTDOUBLE": "FACT.DOBLE", + "FLOOR": "MULTIPLO.INFERIOR", + "FLOOR.PRECISE": "MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.EXACTO", + "FLOOR.MATH": "MULTIPLO.INFERIOR.MAT", + "GCD": "M.C.D", + "INT": "ENTERO", + "ISO.CEILING": "MULTIPLO.SUPERIOR.ISO", + "LCM": "M.C.M", + "LN": "LN", + "LOG": "LOG", + "LOG10": "LOG10", + "MDETERM": "MDETERM", + "MINVERSE": "MINVERSA", + "MMULT": "MMULT", + "MOD": "RESIDUO", + "MROUND": "REDOND.MULT", + "MULTINOMIAL": "MULTINOMIAL", + "MUNIT": "M.UNIDAD", + "ODD": "REDONDEA.IMPAR", + "PI": "PI", + "POWER": "POTENCIA", + "PRODUCT": "PRODUCTO", + "QUOTIENT": "COCIENTE", + "RADIANS": "RADIANES", + "RAND": "ALEATORIO", + "RANDARRAY": "MATRIZALEAT", + "RANDBETWEEN": "ALEATORIO.ENTRE", + "ROMAN": "NUMERO.ROMANO", + "ROUND": "REDONDEAR", + "ROUNDDOWN": "REDONDEAR.MENOS", + "ROUNDUP": "REDONDEAR.MAS", + "SEC": "SEC", + "SECH": "SECH", + "SERIESSUM": "SUMA.SERIES", + "SIGN": "SIGNO", + "SIN": "SENO", + "SINH": "SENOH", + "SQRT": "RAIZ", + "SQRTPI": "RAIZ2PI", + "SUBTOTAL": "SUBTOTALES", + "SUM": "SUMA", + "SUMIF": "SUMAR.SI", + "SUMIFS": "SUMAR.SI.CONJUNTO", + "SUMPRODUCT": "SUMAPRODUCTO", + "SUMSQ": "SUMA.CUADRADOS", + "SUMX2MY2": "SUMAX2MENOSY2", + "SUMX2PY2": "SUMAX2MASY2", + "SUMXMY2": "SUMAXMENOSY2", + "TAN": "TAN", + "TANH": "TANH", + "TRUNC": "TRUNCAR", + "ADDRESS": "DIRECCION", + "CHOOSE": "ELEGIR", + "COLUMN": "COLUMNA", + "COLUMNS": "COLUMNAS", + "FORMULATEXT": "FORMULATEXTO", + "HLOOKUP": "BUSCARH", + "HYPERLINK": "HIPERVINCULO", + "INDEX": "INDICE", + "INDIRECT": "INDIRECTO", + "LOOKUP": "BUSCAR", + "MATCH": "COINCIDIR", + "OFFSET": "DESREF", + "ROW": "FILA", + "ROWS": "FILAS", + "TRANSPOSE": "TRANSPONER", + "UNIQUE": "UNIQUE", + "VLOOKUP": "BUSCARV", + "CELL": "CELDA", + "ERROR.TYPE": "TIPO.DE.ERROR", + "ISBLANK": "ESBLANCO", + "ISERR": "ESERR", + "ISERROR": "ESERROR", + "ISEVEN": "ES.PAR", + "ISFORMULA": "ESFORMULA", + "ISLOGICAL": "ESLOGICO", + "ISNA": "ESNOD", + "ISNONTEXT": "ESNOTEXTO", + "ISNUMBER": "ESNUMERO", + "ISODD": "ES.IMPAR", + "ISREF": "ESREF", + "ISTEXT": "ESTEXTO", + "N": "N", + "NA": "NOD", + "SHEET": "HOJA", + "SHEETS": "HOJAS", + "TYPE": "TIPO", + "AND": "Y", + "FALSE": "FALSO", + "IF": "SI", + "IFS": "SI.CONJUNTO", + "IFERROR": "SI.ERROR", + "IFNA": "SI.ND", + "NOT": "NO", + "OR": "O", + "SWITCH": "CAMBIAR", + "TRUE": "VERDADERO", + "XOR": "XO", + "LocalFormulaOperands": { + "StructureTables": { + "h": "Encabezados", + "d": "Datos", + "a": "Todo", + "tr": "Esta file", + "t": "Totales" + }, + "CONST_TRUE_FALSE": { + "t": "VERDADERO", + "f": "FALSO" + }, + "CONST_ERROR": { + "nil": "#NULL!", + "div": "#DIV/0!", + "value": "#VALUE!", + "ref": "#REF!", + "name": "#NAME\\?", + "num": "#NUM!", + "na": "#N/A", + "getdata": "#GETTING_DATA", + "uf": "#UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION!" + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/es_desc.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/es_desc.json index f715a9e1a..5b75c7b33 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/es_desc.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/es_desc.json @@ -1 +1,1838 @@ -{"DATE":{"a":"( año, mes, día )","d":"Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para añadir fechas en el formato por defecto MM/dd/aaaa"},"DATEDIF":{"a":"( fecha-inicio , fecha-final , unidad )","d":"Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para devolver la diferencia entre dos valores de fecha (fecha de inicio y fecha de fin), según el intervalo (unidad) especificado"},"DATEVALUE":{"a":"( fecha-hora-cadena )","d":"Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para devolver un número de serie de la fecha especificada"},"DAY":{"a":"( fecha-valor )","d":"Función de fecha y hora devuelve el día (un número del 1 al 31) de la fecha dada en el formato numérico (MM/dd/aaaa por defecto)"},"DAYS":{"a":"( fecha-inicio , fecha-final )","d":"Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para devolver el número de días entre dos fechas"},"DAYS360":{"a":"( fecha-inicio , fecha-final [ , método-marcador ] )","d":"Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para devolver el número de días entre dos fechas (fecha de inicio y fecha final) basada en un año de 360 días utilizando uno de los métodos de cálculo (EE.UU. o Europeo)."},"EDATE":{"a":"( fecha-inicio , mes-compensado )","d":"Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para devolver el número de serie de la fecha en la que viene el número indicado de meses (mes-compensado) antes o después de la fecha especificada (fecha de inicio)"},"EOMONTH":{"a":"( fecha-inicio , mes-compensado )","d":"Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para devolver el número de serie del último día del mes en que viene el número indicado de meses antes o después de la fecha de inicio especificada."},"HOUR":{"a":"( valor-tiempo )","d":"Función de fecha y hora que devuelve la hora (un número de 0 a 23) del valor de tiempo"},"ISOWEEKNUM":{"a":"( fecha )","d":"Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de la semana ISO del año para una fecha determinada"},"MINUTE":{"a":"( valor-tiempo )","d":"Función de fecha y hora que devuelve el minuto (un número del 0 al 59) del valor de la hora"},"MONTH":{"a":"(fecha-valor)","d":"Función de fecha y hora que devuelve el mes (un número del 1 al 12) de la fecha dada en el formato numérico (MM/dd/aaaa por defecto)"},"NETWORKDAYS":{"a":"(fecha-inicio, fecha-final [,vacaciones])","d":"Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de días laborables entre dos fechas (fecha de inicio y fecha final), excluyendo los fines de semana y las fechas consideradas como días festivos."},"NETWORKDAYS.INTL":{"a":"(fecha_inicio, fecha_final, [, fin de semana], [, vacaciones])","d":"Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de días laborables completos entre dos fechas utilizando parámetros para indicar qué y cuántos días son días de fin de semana"},"NOW":{"a":"()","d":"Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de serie de la fecha y hora actuales; si el formato de celda era General antes de que se introdujera la función, la aplicación cambia el formato de celda para que coincida con el formato de fecha y hora de sus ajustes regionales."},"SECOND":{"a":"( valor-tiempo )","d":"Función de fecha y hora que devuelve el segundo (un número de 0 a 59) del valor de tiempo"},"TIME":{"a":"(hora, minuto, segundo)","d":"Función de fecha y hora usada para agregar una hora en particular en el formato seleccionado (hh:mm tt por defecto)"},"TIMEVALUE":{"a":"(fecha-hora-cadena)","d":"Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de serie de una hora"},"TODAY":{"a":"()","d":"Función de fecha y hora utilizada para añadir el día actual en el siguiente formato MM/dd/aa. Esta función no requiere ningún argumento."},"WEEKDAY":{"a":"(valor-de-serie [,díadesemana-empezar-marcador])","d":"Función de fecha y hora utilizada para determinar qué día de la semana es la fecha especificada"},"WEEKNUM":{"a":"(valor-de-serie [,díadesemana-empezar-marcador])","d":"Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de la semana en la que la fecha especificada se encuentra dentro del año"},"WORKDAY":{"a":"(fecha-inicio, fecha-compensada [,vacaciones])","d":"Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver la fecha que viene con el número de días indicado (día compensado) antes o después de la fecha de inicio especificada, excluyendo los fines de semana y las fechas consideradas festivas."},"WORKDAY.INTL":{"a":"(Fecha_inicio, días, [, fin de semana], [, vacaciones])","d":"Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de serie de la fecha antes o después de un número especificado de días laborables con parámetros personalizados de fin de semana; los parámetros de fin de semana indican qué y cuántos días son días de fin de semana"},"YEAR":{"a":"(fecha-valor)","d":"Función de fecha y hora que devuelve el año (un número de 1900 a 9999) de la fecha dada en el formato numérico (MM/dd/aaaa por defecto)"},"YEARFRAC":{"a":"(Fecha-inicio, fecha-fin [,base])","d":"Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver la fracción de un año representada por el número de días completos desde la fecha de inicio hasta la fecha final calculada sobre la base especificada."},"BESSELI":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la función de Bessel modificada, que es equivalente a la función de Bessel evaluada para argumentos puramente imaginarios."},"BESSELJ":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la función de Bessel"},"BESSELK":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver Función de Bessel modificada, que es equivalente a las funciones de Bessel evaluadas para argumentos puramente imaginarios."},"BESSELY":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la función de Bessel, que también se denomina función de Weber o la función de Neumann."},"BIN2DEC":{"a":"( número )","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número binario en un número decimal"},"BIN2HEX":{"a":"(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número binario en un número hexadecimal"},"BIN2OCT":{"a":"(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número binario en un número octal"},"BITAND":{"a":"(número1, número2)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver un modo de bits 'AND' de dos números"},"BITLSHIFT":{"a":"(número, cantidad_desplazada)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver un número desplazado a la izquierda por el número especificado de bits"},"BITOR":{"a":"(número1, número2)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver un número de bits 'OR' de dos números"},"BITRSHIFT":{"a":"(número, cantidad_desplazada)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver un número desplazado hacia la derecha por el número especificado de bits"},"BITXOR":{"a":"(número1, número2)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver un número de bits 'XOR' de dos números"},"COMPLEX":{"a":"(número-real, número-imaginario [, sufijo])","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir una parte real y una parte imaginaria en el número complejo expresado en forma de a + bi o a + bj."},"CONVERT":{"a":"( número , de-unidad , a-unidad )","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número de un sistema de medida a otro; por ejemplo, CONVERTIR puede convertir una tabla de distancias en millas a una tabla de distancias en kilómetros"},"DEC2BIN":{"a":"(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número decimal en un número binario"},"DEC2HEX":{"a":"(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número decimal en un número hexadecimal"},"DEC2OCT":{"a":"(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número decimal en un número octal"},"DELTA":{"a":"(número-1 [, número-2])","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para comprobar si dos números son iguales. Función devuelve 1 si los números son iguales y 0 si no lo son."},"ERF":{"a":"(límite-inferior [, límite-superior])","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para calcular la función de error integrada entre los límites inferior y superior especificados"},"ERF.PRECISE":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver Función de error"},"ERFC":{"a":"( límite-inferior )","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para calcular la función de error complementario integrada entre el límite inferior especificado y el infinito"},"ERFC.PRECISE":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver Función ERF complementaria integrada entre x e infinito"},"GESTEP":{"a":"(número [, paso])","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para comprobar si un número es mayor que un valor umbral. Función devuelve 1 si el número es mayor o igual que el valor umbral y 0 en caso contrario."},"HEX2BIN":{"a":"(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número hexadecimal en un número binario"},"HEX2DEC":{"a":"( número )","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número hexadecimal en un número decimal"},"HEX2OCT":{"a":"(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número hexadecimal en un número octal"},"IMABS":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el valor absoluto de un número complejo"},"IMAGINARY":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la parte imaginaria del número complejo especificado"},"IMARGUMENT":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el argumento Theta, un ángulo expresado en radianes"},"IMCONJUGATE":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el complejo conjugado de un número complejo"},"IMCOS":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el coseno de un número complejo"},"IMCOSH":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el coseno hiperbólico de un número complejo"},"IMCOT":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la cotangente de un número complejo"},"IMCSC":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el cosecante de un número complejo"},"IMCSCH":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el cosecante hiperbólico de un número complejo"},"IMDIV":{"a":"(número-complejo-1, número-complejo-2)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el cociente de dos números complejos expresados en forma de a + bi o a + bj."},"IMEXP":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la constante e elevada a la potencia especificada por un número complejo. La constante e es igual a 2,71828182845904."},"IMLN":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el logaritmo natural de un número complejo"},"IMLOG10":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el logaritmo de un número complejo a una base de 10"},"IMLOG2":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el logaritmo de un número complejo a una base de 2"},"IMPOWER":{"a":"(número-complejo, potencia)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el resultado de un número complejo elevado a la potencia deseada."},"IMPRODUCT":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el producto de los números complejos especificados"},"IMREAL":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la parte real del número complejo especificado"},"IMSEC":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la secante de un número complejo"},"IMSECH":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el secante hiperbólico de un número complejo"},"IMSIN":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el seno de un número complejo"},"IMSINH":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el seno hiperbólico de un número complejo"},"IMSQRT":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la raíz cuadrada de un número complejo"},"IMSUB":{"a":"(número-complejo-1, número-complejo-2)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la diferencia de dos números complejos expresados en forma de a + bi o a + bj"},"IMSUM":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la suma de los números complejos especificados"},"IMTAN":{"a":"(número-complejo)","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para retornar a la tangente de un número complejo"},"OCT2BIN":{"a":"(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número octal en un número binario"},"OCT2DEC":{"a":"( número )","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número octal a un número decimal"},"OCT2HEX":{"a":"(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])","d":"Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número octal en un número hexadecimal"},"DAVERAGE":{"a":"(base de datos, campo, criterio)","d":"Función de base de datos utilizada para promediar los valores de un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas."},"DCOUNT":{"a":"(base de datos, campo, criterio)","d":"Función de base de datos utilizada para contar las celdas que contienen números en un campo (columna) de registros en una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas."},"DCOUNTA":{"a":"(base de datos, campo, criterio)","d":"Función de base de datos utilizada para contar las celdas no en blanco en un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas."},"DGET":{"a":"(base de datos, campo, criterio)","d":"Función de base de datos utilizada para extraer un valor individual de una columna de una lista o base de datos que coincida con las condiciones especificadas."},"DMAX":{"a":"(base de datos, campo, criterio)","d":"Función de base de datos utilizada para devolver el mayor número en un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coincidan con las condiciones que especifique."},"DMIN":{"a":"(base de datos, campo, criterio)","d":"Función de base de datos utilizada para devolver el número más pequeño de un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coincida con las condiciones especificadas."},"DPRODUCT":{"a":"(base de datos, campo, criterio)","d":"Función de base de datos utilizada para multiplicar los valores en un campo (columna) de registros en una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones que especifique."},"DSTDEV":{"a":"(base de datos, campo, criterio)","d":"Función de base de datos utilizada para estimar la desviación estándar de una población basada en una muestra utilizando los números de un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas."},"DSTDEVP":{"a":"(base de datos, campo, criterio)","d":"Función de base de datos utilizada para calcular la desviación estándar de una población basada en toda la población utilizando los números de un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas."},"DSUM":{"a":"(base de datos, campo, criterio)","d":"Función de base de datos utilizada para añadir los números en un campo (columna) de registros en una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas."},"DVAR":{"a":"(base de datos, campo, criterio)","d":"Función de base de datos utilizada para estimar la varianza de una población basada en una muestra utilizando los números en un campo (columna) de registros en una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas."},"DVARP":{"a":"(base de datos, campo, criterio)","d":"Función de base de datos utilizada para calcular la varianza de una población basada en toda la población utilizando los números de un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas."},"CHAR":{"a":"( número )","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver el carácter ASCII especificado por un número."},"CLEAN":{"a":"( cadena )","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para eliminar todos los caracteres no imprimibles de la cadena seleccionada"},"CODE":{"a":"( cadena )","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver el valor ASCII del carácter especificado o del primer carácter de una celda"},"CONCATENATE":{"a":"(texto1, texto2, ...)","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para combinar los datos de dos o más celdas en una sola."},"CONCAT":{"a":"(texto1, texto2, ...)","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para combinar los datos de dos o más celdas en una sola. Esta función reemplaza a la función CONCATENAR"},"DOLLAR":{"a":"(número [, núm-decimal])","d":"Función de texto y datos usada para convertir un número a texto, usando un formato de moneda $#.##"},"EXACT":{"a":"(texto1, texto2)","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para comparar datos en dos celdas. La función devuelve VERDADERO si los datos son los mismos, y FALSO si no lo son."},"FIND":{"a":"(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio])","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para encontrar la subcadena especificada (cadena-1) dentro de una cadena (cadena-2) y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de un bit (SBCS)"},"FINDB":{"a":"(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio])","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para encontrar la subcadena especificada (cadena-1) dentro de una cadena (cadena-2) y está destinada a los idiomas del conjunto de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc."},"FIXED":{"a":"(número [,[núm-decimal] [,suprimir-comas-marcador])","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver la representación de texto de un número redondeado a un número específico de decimales"},"LEFT":{"a":"(cadena [, número-caracteres])","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para extraer la subcadena de la cadena especificada a partir del carácter izquierdo y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de bit único (SBCS)."},"LEFTB":{"a":"(cadena [, número-caracteres])","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para extraer la subcadena de la cadena especificada a partir del carácter izquierdo y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc."},"LEN":{"a":"( cadena )","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para analizar la cadena especificada y devolver el número de caracteres que contiene, y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de bit único (SBCS)."},"LENB":{"a":"( cadena )","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para analizar la cadena especificada y devolver el número de caracteres que contiene y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc."},"LOWER":{"a":"(texto)","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para convertir letras mayúsculas a minúsculas en la celda seleccionada."},"MID":{"a":"(cadena, posición-empiece, número-caracteres)","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para extraer los caracteres de la cadena especificada a partir de cualquier posición y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de bit único (SBCS)."},"MIDB":{"a":"(cadena, posición-empiece, número-caracteres)","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para extraer los caracteres de la cadena especificada a partir de cualquier posición y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc."},"NUMBERVALUE":{"a":"(texto, [, [separador-decimal] [, [separador-grupal]])","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para convertir texto a un número, de forma independiente del lugar"},"PROPER":{"a":"( cadena )","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para convertir el primer carácter de cada palabra en mayúsculas y el resto de caracteres en minúsculas."},"REPLACE":{"a":"(cadena-1, pos-inicio, número-caracteres, cadena-2)","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para sustituir un conjunto de caracteres, según el número de caracteres y la posición inicial que especifique, por un nuevo conjunto de caracteres y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el conjunto de caracteres de un solo bit (SBCS)."},"REPLACEB":{"a":"(cadena-1, pos-inicio, número-caracteres, cadena-2)","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para reemplazar un conjunto de caracteres, basado en el número de caracteres y la posición inicial que especifique, por un nuevo conjunto de caracteres y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el conjunto de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc."},"REPT":{"a":"(texto, número_de_veces)","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para repetir los datos en la celda seleccionada tantas veces como se desee"},"RIGHT":{"a":"(cadena [, número-caracteres])","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para extraer una subcadena de una cadena a partir del carácter situado más a la derecha, basada en el número de caracteres especificado y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de bit único (SBCS)."},"RIGHTB":{"a":"(cadena [, número-caracteres])","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para extraer una subcadena de una cadena a partir del carácter más a la derecha, basada en el número especificado de caracteres y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc."},"SEARCH":{"a":"(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio])","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver la ubicación de la subcadena especificada en una cadena y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de un bit (SBCS)"},"SEARCHB":{"a":"(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio])","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver la ubicación de la subcadena especificada en una cadena y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc."},"SUBSTITUTE":{"a":"(cadena, cadena-antigua, cadena-nueva [, ocurrencia])","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para reemplazar un conjunto de caracteres por uno nuevo"},"T":{"a":"( valor )","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para verificar si el valor en la celda (o utilizado como argumento) es texto o no. Si no es texto, la función devolverá el resultado en blanco. Si el valor/argumento es texto, la función devuelve el mismo valor de texto."},"TEXT":{"a":"(valor, formato)","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para convertir un valor en un texto en el formato especificado."},"TEXTJOIN":{"a":"(delimitador, ignorar_vacío, texto1 [, texto2], …)","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para combinar el texto de múltiples rangos y/o cadenas, e incluye un delimitador que se especifica entre cada valor de texto que se combinará; si el delimitador es una cadena de texto vacía, esta función concatenará efectivamente los rangos."},"TRIM":{"a":"( cadena )","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para eliminar los espacios inicial y final de una cadena de texto"},"UNICHAR":{"a":"( número )","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver el carácter Unicode al que se hace referencia mediante el valor numérico dado."},"UNICODE":{"a":"( texto )","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver el número (punto de código) correspondiente al primer carácter del texto"},"UPPER":{"a":"(texto)","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para convertir letras minúsculas a mayúsculas en la celda seleccionada"},"VALUE":{"a":"( cadena )","d":"Función de texto y datos utilizada para convertir un valor de texto que representa un número en un número. Si el texto convertido no es un número, la función devolverá un error #VALUE!."},"AVEDEV":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver el promedio de las desviaciones absolutas de los números de su media."},"AVERAGE":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el valor medio"},"AVERAGEA":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos incluyendo texto y valores lógicos y encontrar el valor promedio. La función PROMEDIOA procesa texto y FALSO como 0 y VERDADERO como 1."},"AVERAGEIF":{"a":"(rango-de-celda, selección-de-criterio [,rango-promedio])","d":"Función estadística usada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el valor promedio de todos los números en un rango de celdas, basado en el criterio especificado."},"AVERAGEIFS":{"a":"(rango-promedio, rango-criterio-1, criterio-1 [rango-criterio-2, criterio-2], ... )","d":"Función estadística usada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el valor promedio de todos los números en un rango de celdas, basado en múltiples criterios"},"BETADIST":{"a":" (x, alfa, beta, [,[A] [,[B]]) ","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la función de densidad de probabilidad beta acumulativa"},"BETA.DIST":{"a":" (x, alfa, beta,acumulativo [,[A] [,[B]]) ","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución beta"},"BETA.INV":{"a":" (probabilidad, alfa, beta, [,[A] [,[B]]) ","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la función de densidad de probabilidad acumulativa beta"},"BINOMDIST":{"a":"(número-éxitos, número-intentos, éxito-probabilidad, acumulativo-bandera)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el término individual probabilidad de distribución binomial"},"BINOM.DIST":{"a":"(número-s, pruebas, probabilidad-es, acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el término individual probabilidad de distribución binomial"},"BINOM.DIST.RANGE":{"a":"(pruebas, probabilidad-es, número-s [, número-s2])","d":"Función estadística usada para retornar la probabilidad del resultado de un ensayo usando una distribución binomial"},"BINOM.INV":{"a":"(pruebas, probabilidad-es, alfa)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor más pequeño para el que la distribución binomial acumulada es mayor o igual que un valor criterio."},"CHIDIST":{"a":"(x, grado-libertad)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la probabilidad de cola derecha de la distribución chi-cuadrado"},"CHIINV":{"a":"(probabilidad, grado-libertad)","d":"Función estadística usada para retornar el inverso de la probabilidad de cola derecha de la distribución chi-cuadrado"},"CHITEST":{"a":"(rango-real, rango-esperado)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la prueba de independencia, valor de la distribución del chi-cuadrado (χ) para la estadística y los grados de libertad apropiados."},"CHISQ.DIST":{"a":"(x, grado-libertad, acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución chi-cuadrado"},"CHISQ.DIST.RT":{"a":"(x, grado-libertad)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la probabilidad de cola derecha de la distribución chi-cuadrado"},"CHISQ.INV":{"a":"(probabilidad, grado-libertad)","d":"Función estadística usada para retornar el inverso de la probabilidad de cola izquierda de la distribución chi-cuadrado"},"CHISQ.INV.RT":{"a":"(probabilidad, grado-libertad)","d":"Función estadística usada para retornar el inverso de la probabilidad de cola derecha de la distribución chi-cuadrado"},"CHISQ.TEST":{"a":"(rango-real, rango-esperado)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la prueba de independencia, valor de la distribución del chi-cuadrado (χ) para la estadística y los grados de libertad apropiados."},"CONFIDENCE":{"a":"(alfa, desviación-estándar, tamaño)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el intervalo de confianza"},"CONFIDENCE.NORM":{"a":"(alfa, desviación-estándar, tamaño)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el intervalo de confianza para una media de población, utilizando una distribución normal"},"CONFIDENCE.T":{"a":"(alfa, desviación-estándar, tamaño)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el intervalo de confianza para la media de una población, utilizando la distribución t de Student"},"CORREL":{"a":"(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver el coeficiente de correlación de dos rangos de celdas"},"COUNT":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para contar el número de celdas seleccionadas que contienen números que ignoran las celdas vacías o las que contienen texto."},"COUNTA":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de celdas y contar el número de celdas que no están vacías"},"COUNTBLANK":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de celdas y devolver el número de celdas vacías"},"COUNTIF":{"a":"(Rango-celda, criterios-de-selección)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para contar el número de celdas seleccionadas según el criterio especificado"},"COUNTIFS":{"a":"(rango-de-criterio-1, criterio-1,[rango-de-criterio-2, criterio-2], ... )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para contar el número de celdas seleccionadas en función de los múltiples criterios"},"COVAR":{"a":"(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para obtener la covarianza de dos rangos de datos"},"COVARIANCE.P":{"a":"(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para obtener la covarianza de la población, el promedio de los productos de las desviaciones de cada par de puntos de datos en dos conjuntos de datos; utilice la covarianza para determinar la relación entre dos conjuntos de datos."},"COVARIANCE.S":{"a":"(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para obtener la covarianza de la muestra, el promedio de los productos de las desviaciones para cada par de puntos de datos en dos conjuntos de datos"},"CRITBINOM":{"a":"(número-de-pruebas, probabilidad-de-éxito, alfa)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor más pequeño para el cual la distribución binomial acumulada es mayor o igual que el valor alfa especificado."},"DEVSQ":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y sumar los cuadrados de las desviaciones de los números de su media."},"EXPONDIST":{"a":"(x, lambda, marcador-acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución exponencial"},"EXPON.DIST":{"a":"(x, lambda, acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución exponencial"},"FDIST":{"a":"(x, grado-libertad1, grado-libertad2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para obtener la distribución de probabilidad F (cola derecha) (grado de diversidad) de dos conjuntos de datos. Puede usar esta función para determinar si los dos conjuntos de datos tienen distintos grados de diversidad."},"FINV":{"a":"(probabilidad, grado-libertad1, grado-libertad2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución de probabilidad de F (de cola derecha); la distribución de F se puede utilizar en una prueba de F que compara el grado de variabilidad en dos conjuntos de datos"},"FTEST":{"a":"( conjunto1, conjunto2 )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el resultado de una prueba F Una prueba F devuelve la probabilidad doble de que las varianzas de los argumentos conjunto1 y conjunto2 no presenten diferencias significativas; use esta función para determinar si las varianzas de dos muestras son diferentes"},"F.DIST":{"a":"(x, grado-libertad1, grado-libertad2, acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución de probabilidad F. Puede usar esta función para determinar si los dos conjuntos de datos tienen distintos grados de diversidad."},"F.DIST.RT":{"a":"(x, grado-libertad1, grado-libertad2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para obtener la distribución de probabilidad F (cola derecha) (grado de diversidad) de dos conjuntos de datos. Puede usar esta función para determinar si los dos conjuntos de datos tienen distintos grados de diversidad."},"F.INV":{"a":"(probabilidad, grado-libertad1, grado-libertad2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución de probabilidad de F (de cola derecha); la distribución de F se puede utilizar en una prueba de F que compara el grado de variabilidad en dos conjuntos de datos"},"F.INV.RT":{"a":"(probabilidad, grado-libertad1, grado-libertad2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución de probabilidad de F (de cola derecha); la distribución de F se puede utilizar en una prueba de F que compara el grado de variabilidad en dos conjuntos de datos"},"F.TEST":{"a":"( conjunto1, conjunto2 )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el resultado de una prueba F, la probabilidad de dos colas de que las varianzas de los argumentos conjunto1 y conjunto2 no presenten diferencias significativas; use esta función para determinar si las varianzas de dos muestras son diferentes"},"FISHER":{"a":"( número )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la transformación de Fisher de un número"},"FISHERINV":{"a":"( número )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para realizar la transformación inversa de Fisher"},"FORECAST":{"a":"(x, conjunto-1, conjunto-2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para predecir un valor futuro basado en los valores existentes proporcionados"},"FORECAST.ETS":{"a":"( fecha_destino, valores, línea_de_tiempo, [ estacionalidad ], [ llenado_datos ], [ agregación ] )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para calcular o predecir un valor futuro en base a valores (históricos) existentes mediante la versión AAA el algoritmo de Suavizado exponencial triple (ETS)"},"FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT":{"a":"( fecha_destino, valores, línea_de_tiempo, [ nivel_confianza ], [ estacionalidad ], [ llenado_datos ], [ agregación ] )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver un intervalo de confianza para el valor previsto en una fecha futura específica"},"FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY":{"a":"( valores, línea_de_tiempo, [ llenado_datos ], [ agregación ] )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la longitud del patrón repetitivo que Excel detecta para la serie temporal especificada"},"FORECAST.ETS.STAT":{"a":"( valores, línea_de_tiempo, tipo_estadístico, [ estacionalidad ], [ llenado_datos ], [ agregación ] )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver un valor estadístico como resultado de la previsión de series temporales; el tipo estadístico indica qué estadística solicita esta función"},"FORECAST.LINEAR":{"a":"(x, ys_conocidas, xs_conocidas)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para calcular o predecir un valor futuro utilizando valores existentes; el valor predecido es un valor y para un valor x dado, los valores conocidos son valores x existentes y valores y, y el nuevo valor se predice mediante regresión lineal."},"FREQUENCY":{"a":"(conjunto-datos, conjunto-recipiente)","d":"Función estadística usada para сalcular con qué frecuencia los valores ocurren dentro del rango seleccionado de celdas y muestra el primer valor de la matriz vertical de números devueltos."},"GAMMA":{"a":"( número )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor de la función gamma"},"GAMMADIST":{"a":"(x, alfa, beta, acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución gamma"},"GAMMA.DIST":{"a":"(x, alfa, beta, acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución gamma"},"GAMMAINV":{"a":"(probabilidad, alfa, beta)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución acumulativa de gamma"},"GAMMA.INV":{"a":"(probabilidad, alfa, beta)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución acumulativa de gamma"},"GAMMALN":{"a":"( número )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el logaritmo natural de la función gamma"},"GAMMALN.PRECISE":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el logaritmo natural de la función gamma"},"GAUSS":{"a":"( z )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para calcular la probabilidad de que un miembro de una población normal estándar se encuentre entre la media y las desviaciones estándar z de la media"},"GEOMEAN":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para calcular la media geométrica de la lista de argumentos"},"HARMEAN":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para calcular la media armónica de la lista de argumentos"},"HYPGEOMDIST":{"a":"(éxitos-muestras , número-muestras , éxitos-población , número-población)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución hipergeométrica, la probabilidad de un número dado de éxitos de la muestra, dado el tamaño de la muestra, los éxitos de la población y el tamaño de la población."},"INTERCEPT":{"a":"(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar los valores de la primera matriz y los valores de la segunda matriz para calcular el punto de intersección"},"KURT":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística usada para devolver la curtosis de la lista de argumentos"},"LARGE":{"a":"( conjunto , k )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de celdas y devolver el mayor valor"},"LOGINV":{"a":"(x, media, desviación-estándar)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la función de distribución acumulativa logarítmica del valor x dado con los parámetros especificados"},"LOGNORM.DIST":{"a":"(x , media , desviación-estándar , acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución logarítmica normal de x, donde ln(x) se distribuye normalmente con los parámetros Media y Desviación estándar"},"LOGNORM.INV":{"a":"(x, media, desviación-estándar)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la función de distribución acumulativa logarítmica normal de x, donde ln(x) se distribuye normalmente con los parámetros Media y Desviación estándar"},"LOGNORMDIST":{"a":"(x, media, desviación-estándar)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar datos transformados logarítmicamente y devolver la función de distribución acumulativa logarítmica del valor x dado con los parámetros especificados."},"MAX":{"a":"(número1, número2,...)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el número más grande"},"MAXA":{"a":"(número1, número2,...)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el valor más grande"},"MAXIFS":{"a":"(rango_max, criterio_rango1, criterio1 [, criterio_rango2, criterio2], ...)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor máximo entre celdas especificadas por un conjunto dado de condiciones o criterios"},"MEDIAN":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para calcular la mediana de la lista de argumentos"},"MIN":{"a":"(número1, número2,...)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el número más pequeño"},"MINA":{"a":"(número1, número2,...)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el valor más pequeño"},"MINIFS":{"a":"(rango_min, criterio_rango1, criterio1 [, criterio_rango2, criterio2], ...)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor mínimo entre celdas especificadas por un conjunto dado de condiciones o criterios."},"MODE":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver el valor que ocurre con más frecuencia"},"MODE.MULT":{"a":"(número1, [,número2]... )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para obtener una matriz vertical de los valores más frecuentes o repetitivos de una matriz o rango de datos."},"MODE.SNGL":{"a":"(número1, [,número2]... )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor más frecuente o repetitivo de una matriz o rango de datos."},"NEGBINOM.DIST":{"a":"((número-f, número-s, probabilidad-s, acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística usada para retornar la distribución binomial negativa, la probabilidad de que habrá fallas de Número-f antes del éxito de Número, con Probabilidad-s de probabilidad de éxito"},"NEGBINOMDIST":{"a":"(número-fracasos, número-éxitos, probabilidad-éxito)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución binomial negativa"},"NORM.DIST":{"a":"(x, media, desviación-estándar, acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución normal para la media especificada y la desviación estándar"},"NORMDIST":{"a":"(x , media , desviación-estándar , marcador-acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución normal para la media especificada y la desviación estándar"},"NORM.INV":{"a":"(probabilidad, media, desviación-estándar)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución normal acumulativa para la media especificada y la desviación estándar"},"NORMINV":{"a":"(x, media, desviación-estándar)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución normal acumulativa para la media especificada y la desviación estándar"},"NORM.S.DIST":{"a":"(z, acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución normal estándar (tiene una media de cero y una desviación estándar de uno)."},"NORMSDIST":{"a":"( número )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la función de distribución acumulativa normal estándar."},"NORM.S.INV":{"a":"( probabilidad )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la inversa de la distribución normal acumulativa estándar; la distribución tiene una media de cero y una desviación estándar de uno"},"NORMSINV":{"a":"( probabilidad )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver lo contrario de la distribución acumulativa normal estándar"},"PEARSON":{"a":"(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el coeficiente de correlación de momento del producto Pearson"},"PERCENTILE":{"a":"( conjunto , k )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver el percentil n"},"PERCENTILE.EXC":{"a":"( conjunto , k )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el percentil k de los valores en un rango, donde k está en el rango 0..1, exclusivo"},"PERCENTILE.INC":{"a":"( conjunto , k )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el percentil k de los valores en un rango, donde k está en el rango 0..1, exclusivo"},"PERCENTRANK":{"a":"( conjunto , k )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un valor en conjunto de valores como un porcentaje del conjunto."},"PERCENTRANK.EXC":{"a":"(conjunto, x[, significado])","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un valor en un conjunto de datos como porcentaje (0..1, exclusivo) del conjunto de datos."},"PERCENTRANK.INC":{"a":"(conjunto, x[, significado])","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un valor en un conjunto de datos como porcentaje (0..1, inclusive) del conjunto de datos."},"PERMUT":{"a":"(número, número-escogido)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un valor en un conjunto de datos como porcentaje (0..1, inclusive) del conjunto de datos."},"PERMUTATIONA":{"a":"(número, número-escogido)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el número de permutaciones para un número dado de objetos (con repeticiones) que se pueden seleccionar del total de objetos"},"PHI":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor de la función de densidad para una distribución normal estándar"},"POISSON":{"a":"(x, media, marcador-acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución de Poisson"},"POISSON.DIST":{"a":"(x, media, acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución de Poisson; una aplicación común de la distribución de Poisson es predecir el número de eventos en un tiempo específico, como el número de coches que llegan a una plaza de peaje en 1 minuto."},"PROB":{"a":"(x-rango, rango-probabilidad, límite-inferior[, límite-superior])","d":"Función estadística utilizada para obtener la probabilidad de que los valores de un rango se encuentren entre los límites inferior y superior"},"QUARTILE":{"a":"(conjunto , categoría-resultado)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver el cuartil"},"QUARTILE.INC":{"a":"( conjunto , cuartil )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el cuartil de un conjunto de datos, basado en valores de percentiles desde 0..1, inclusive"},"QUARTILE.EXC":{"a":"( conjunto , cuartil )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el cuartil del conjunto de datos, basado en valores de percentiles desde 0..1, exclusivo"},"RANK":{"a":"(número, ref [, orden])","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un número en una lista de números; el rango de un número es su tamaño en relación con otros valores de una lista, por lo que si tuviera que ordenar la lista, el rango del número sería su posición."},"RANK.AVG":{"a":"(número, ref [, orden])","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un número en una lista de números: su tamaño en relación con otros valores de la lista; si más de un valor tiene el mismo rango, se devuelve el rango medio."},"RANK.EQ":{"a":"(número, ref [, orden])","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un número en una lista de números: su tamaño es relativo a otros valores de la lista; si más de un valor tiene el mismo rango, se devuelve el rango superior de ese conjunto de valores."},"RSQ":{"a":"(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el cuadrado del coeficiente de correlación de momento del producto Pearson"},"SKEW":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver la asimetría de una distribución de la lista de argumentos"},"SKEW.P":{"a":"(númeror-1 [, número2],...)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la asimetría de una distribución basada en una población: una caracterización del grado de asimetría de una distribución alrededor de su media."},"SLOPE":{"a":"(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la pendiente de la línea de regresión lineal a través de datos en dos matrices"},"SMALL":{"a":"( conjunto , k )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el valor más pequeño"},"STANDARDIZE":{"a":"(x, media, desviación-estándar)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver un valor normalizado de una distribución caracterizada por los parámetros especificados"},"STDEV":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver la desviación estándar de una población basada en un conjunto de números"},"STDEV.P":{"a":"(número1 [, número2],... )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para calcular la desviación estándar basada en toda la población dada como argumento (ignora los valores lógicos y el texto)"},"STDEV.S":{"a":"(número1 [, número2],... )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para estimar la desviación estándar basada en una muestra (ignora los valores lógicos y el texto de la muestra)"},"STDEVA":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver la desviación estándar de una población basada en un conjunto de números, texto y valores lógicos (VERDADERO o FALSO). La función STDEVA trata el texto y FALSO como un valor de 0 y VERDADERO como un valor de 1"},"STDEVP":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver la desviación estándar de toda una población"},"STDEVPA":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver la desviación estándar de toda una población"},"STEYX":{"a":"(conocido-ys, conocido-xs)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el error estándar del valor y predicho para cada x en la línea de regresión"},"TDIST":{"a":"(x, grado-libertad, colas)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver los puntos porcentuales (probabilidad) de la distribución t de Student donde un valor numérico (x) es un valor calculado de t para el que deben calcularse los puntos porcentuales; la distribución-t se usa en la evaluación de la hipótesis de conjuntos de datos de muestras pequeñas"},"TINV":{"a":"( probabilidad , grado_libertad )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de dos colas de la distribución t de Student"},"T.DIST":{"a":"(x, grado-libertad, acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución t de cola izquierda de Student. La distribución-t se usa en la evaluación de la hipótesis de conjuntos de datos de muestras pequeñas. Use esta función en lugar de una tabla de valores críticos para la distribución-t."},"T.DIST.2T":{"a":"(x, grado-libertad)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución t se Student de dos colas. La distribución t de Student se utiliza en la prueba de hipótesis de pequeños conjuntos de datos de muestra. Use esta función en lugar de una tabla de valores críticos para la distribución-t."},"T.DIST.RT":{"a":"(x, grado-libertad)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución t de Student de cola derecha. La distribución-t se usa en la evaluación de la hipótesis de conjuntos de datos de muestras pequeñas. Use esta función en lugar de una tabla de valores críticos para la distribución-t."},"T.INV":{"a":"(probabilidad, grado-libertad)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de cola izquierda de la distribución t de Student"},"T.INV.2T":{"a":"(probabilidad, grado-libertad)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de dos colas de la distribución t de Student"},"T.TEST":{"a":"(conjunto1, conjunto2, colas, tipo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para obtener la probabilidad asociada con el t-Test de Student; utilice PRUEBA.T para determinar si es probable que dos muestras provengan de las mismas dos poblaciones subyacentes que tienen la misma media."},"TRIMMEAN":{"a":"(conjunto1, conjunto2, colas, tipo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para obtener la media del interior de un conjunto de datos; TRIMMEAN calcula la media tomada excluyendo un porcentaje de puntos de datos de las colas superior e inferior de un conjunto de datos."},"TTEST":{"a":"(conjunto1, conjunto2, colas, tipo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para obtener la probabilidad asociada con el t-Test de Student; utilice PRUEBA.T para determinar si es probable que dos muestras provengan de las mismas dos poblaciones subyacentes que tienen la misma media."},"VAR":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el conjunto de valores y calcular la desviación del muestreo"},"VAR.P":{"a":"(número1 [, número2],... )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para calcular la desviación basada en toda la población (ignora los valores lógicos y el texto de la población)"},"VAR.S":{"a":"(número1 [, número2],... )","d":"Función estadística utilizada para estimar la varianza basada en un muestreo (ignora los valores lógicos y el texto en el muestreo)"},"VARA":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el conjunto de valores y calcular la desviación del muestreo"},"VARP":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el conjunto de valores y calcular la varianza de toda una población"},"VARPA":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para analizar el conjunto de valores y devolver la varianza de toda una población"},"WEIBULL":{"a":"(x, alfa, beta, acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución Weibull; utilice esta distribución en el análisis de fiabilidad, como el cálculo del tiempo medio de fallo de un dispositivo."},"WEIBULL.DIST":{"a":"(x, alfa, beta, acumulativo)","d":"Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución Weibull; utilice esta distribución en el análisis de fiabilidad, como el cálculo del tiempo medio de fallo de un dispositivo."},"Z.TEST":{"a":"(conjunto, x[, sigma])","d":"Función estadística utilizada para obtener el valor P de una cola de un ensayo en z; para la media de una población hipotética dada, x, PRUEBA.Z obtiene la probabilidad de que la media de la muestra sea mayor que la media de las observaciones en el conjunto de datos (array), es decir, la media de la muestra observada."},"ZTEST":{"a":"(conjunto, x[, sigma])","d":"Función estadística utilizada para retornar el valor de probabilidad de una cola de una prueba z; para una población hipotética dada, μ, ZPRUEBA retorna la probabilidad de que la media de la muestra sea mayor que el promedio de las observaciones en el conjunto de datos (array) - es decir, la media de la muestra observada."},"ACCRINT":{"a":"(emisión, primer-interés, acuerdo, tasa, [nominal], frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el interés acumulado para un valor que paga intereses periódicos"},"ACCRINTM":{"a":"(emisión, acuerdo, tasa, [[nominal] [, [base]]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular los intereses devengados de un valor que paga intereses al vencimiento"},"AMORDEGRC":{"a":"(costo, fecha-de-compra, primer-periodo, residuo, periodo, tasa[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la depreciación de un activo fijo para cada período contable utilizando un método de depreciación decreciente"},"AMORLINC":{"a":"(costo, fecha-de-compra, primer-periodo, residuo, periodo, tasa[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la amortización de un activo fijo para cada período contable utilizando un método de amortización lineal."},"COUPDAYBS":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el número de días desde el inicio del período de cupón hasta la fecha de liquidación"},"COUPDAYS":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el número de días en el período de cupón que contiene la fecha de liquidación"},"COUPDAYSNC":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el número de días desde la fecha de la liquidación hasta el siguiente pago de cupón"},"COUPNCD":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la siguiente fecha de cupón después de la fecha de liquidación"},"COUPNUM":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el número de cupones entre la fecha de liquidación y la fecha de vencimiento"},"COUPPCD":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la fecha de cupón anterior anterior a la fecha de liquidación"},"CUMIPMT":{"a":"( tasa , nper , pv , período-inicio , período-finalización , tipo)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el interés acumulado pagado por una inversión entre dos períodos basado en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante."},"CUMPRINC":{"a":"( tasa , nper , pv , período-inicio , período-finalización , tipo)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el capital acumulado pagado en una inversión entre dos períodos basada en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pago constante."},"DB":{"a":"(costo, residuo, vida, periodo[, [mes]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la amortización de un activo fijo para un período contable específico utilizando el método de saldo fijo decreciente."},"DDB":{"a":"(costo, residuo, vida, periodo[, factor])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la amortización de un activo fijo para un período contable específico utilizando el método de saldo doblemente decreciente"},"DISC":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, pr, reembolso[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el tipo de descuento para un valor"},"DOLLARDE":{"a":"(fraccional-dollar, fracción)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para convertir un precio en dólares representado como una fracción a un precio en dólares representado como un número decimal."},"DOLLARFR":{"a":"(decimal-dollar, fracción)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para convertir un precio en dólares representado como un número decimal en un precio en dólares representado como una fracción."},"DURATION":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, cupón, yld, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la duración Macaulay de un valor con un valor nominal supuesto de $100."},"EFFECT":{"a":"(tasa-nominal, npery)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la tasa de interés efectiva anual para un título basado en una tasa de interés nominal anual específica y el número de períodos de capitalización por año"},"FV":{"a":"(tasa, nper, pmt [, [pv] [,[tipo]]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el valor futuro de una inversión basada en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante."},"FVSCHEDULE":{"a":"(principal, programa)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el valor futuro de una inversión basada en una serie de tipos de interés variables."},"INTRATE":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, pr, reembolso[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el tipo de interés de un valor totalmente invertido que paga intereses sólo al vencimiento."},"IPMT":{"a":"(tasa, per, nper, pv [, [fv] [,[tipo]]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la bonificación de intereses de una participación basada en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante."},"IRR":{"a":"(valores [,[suposición]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la tasa interna de rendimiento para una serie de flujos de caja periódicos"},"ISPMT":{"a":"(tasa, per, nper, vp)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la bonificación de intereses para un período determinado de una inversión basada en un plan de pagos constante."},"MDURATION":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, cupón, yld, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la duración Macaulay modificada de un valor con un valor nominal supuesto de $100"},"MIRR":{"a":"(valores, tasa-financiera, tasa-reinvertir)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la tasa interna de rendimiento modificada para una serie de flujos de efectivo periódicos"},"NOMINAL":{"a":"(tasa-efecto, npery)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el tipo de interés nominal anual de un título basado en un tipo de interés efectivo anual especificado y el número de períodos de capitalización por año"},"NPER":{"a":"(tasa, pmt, pv [, [fv] [,[tipo]]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el número de períodos de una inversión en función de un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante."},"NPV":{"a":"(tasa, lista-argumento)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el valor actual neto de una participación basada en una tasa de descuento especificada"},"ODDFPRICE":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, emisión, primer-cupón, tasa, yld, reembolso, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el precio por valor nominal de $100 para un valor que paga intereses periódicos pero tiene un primer período impar (es más corto o más largo que otros períodos)."},"ODDFYIELD":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, emisión, primer-cupón, tasa, pr, reembolso, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento de un valor que paga intereses periódicos pero tiene un primer período impar (es más corto o más largo que otros períodos)."},"ODDLPRICE":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, último-interés, tasa, yld, reembolso, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el precio por valor nominal de $100 para un valor que paga intereses periódicos pero tiene un último período impar (es más corto o más largo que otros períodos)."},"ODDLYIELD":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, último-interés, tasa, pr, reembolso, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento de un valor que paga intereses periódicos pero que tiene un último período impar (es más corto o más largo que otros períodos)."},"PDURATION":{"a":"(tasa, pv, fv)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para devolver la cantidad de períodos necesarios para que una inversión alcance un valor especificado"},"PMT":{"a":"(tasa, nper, pv [, [fv] [,[tipo]]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el importe de pago de un préstamo basado en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante."},"PPMT":{"a":"(tasa, per, nper, pv [, [fv] [,[tipo]]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el pago principal de una inversión basado en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante."},"PRICE":{"a":"( liquidación, vencimiento, tasa, yld, reembolso, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el precio por cada valor nominal de $100 de un valor que paga intereses periódicos"},"PRICEDISC":{"a":"( liquidación, vencimiento, descuento, reembolso[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el precio por cada valor nominal de $100 para un valor descontado"},"PRICEMAT":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, emisión, tasa, yld[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el precio por cada $100 de valor nominal de un valor que paga intereses al vencimiento"},"PV":{"a":"(tasa, nper, pmt [, [fv] [,[tipo]]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el valor actual de una inversión basada en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante."},"RATE":{"a":"( nper , pmt , pv [ , [ [ fv ] [ , [ [ tipo] [ , [ suposición ] ] ] ] ] ] )","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el tipo de interés de una inversión basada en un plan de pagos constantes."},"RECEIVED":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, inversión, descuento[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el importe recibido al vencimiento por un valor totalmente invertido"},"RRI":{"a":"(nper, pv, fv)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para devolver una tasa de interés equivalente para el crecimiento de una inversión."},"SLN":{"a":"(costo, residuo, vida)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la amortización de un activo fijo para un período contable utilizando el método de amortización lineal"},"SYD":{"a":"(costo, residuo, vida, per)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la amortización de un activo fijo para un período contable específico utilizando el método de la suma de los dígitos de los años."},"TBILLEQ":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, descuento)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento equivalente en bonos de una letra del Tesoro"},"TBILLPRICE":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, descuento)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el precio por cada $100 de valor nominal de una letra del Tesoro"},"TBILLYIELD":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, pr)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento de una letra del Tesoro"},"VDB":{"a":"(costo, residuo, vida, periodo-inicio, periodo-final[, [[factor][, [marcador-no-cambiante]]]]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la amortización de un activo fijo para un período contable específico o parcial utilizando el método de saldo decreciente variable"},"XIRR":{"a":"(valores, fechas [,[suposición]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular la tasa interna de rentabilidad de una serie de flujos de efectivo irregulares"},"XNPV":{"a":"(tasa, valores, fechas)","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el valor actual neto de una inversión sobre la base de un tipo de interés específico y un calendario de pagos irregulares"},"YIELD":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, tasa, pr, reembolso, frecuencia[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento de un valor que paga intereses periódicos"},"YIELDDISC":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, pr, reembolso[, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento anual de un valor descontado"},"YIELDMAT":{"a":"(liquidación, vencimiento, emisión, tasa, pr [, [base]])","d":"Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento anual de un valor que paga intereses al vencimiento"},"ABS":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el valor absoluto de un número"},"ACOS":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el arcocoseno de un número"},"ACOSH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el coseno hiperbólico inverso de un número"},"ACOT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el valor principal de la arccotangente, o cotangente inversa, de un número"},"ACOTH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la cotangente hiperbólica inversa de un número"},"AGGREGATE":{"a":"(función_núm, opciones, ref1 [, ref2], ...)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un agregado en una lista o base de datos; la función puede aplicar diferentes funciones de agregados a una lista o base de datos con la opción de ignorar filas ocultas y valores de error."},"ARABIC":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para convertir un número romano en un número arábigo"},"ASIN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el arcoseno de un número"},"ASINH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el seno hiperbólico inverso de un número"},"ATAN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la arctangente de un número"},"ATAN2":{"a":"( x, y )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la arctangente de las coordenadas x e y"},"ATANH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la tangente hiperbólica inversa de un número"},"BASE":{"a":"( número , base [ , largo-mínimo ] )","d":"Convierte un número en una representación de texto con la base dada"},"CEILING":{"a":"( x, significado)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número hasta el múltiplo de significación más cercano"},"CEILING.MATH":{"a":"(x [, [significado] [, [modo]])","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear un número hasta el entero más cercano o hasta el múltiplo de significación más cercano."},"CEILING.PRECISE":{"a":"( x [, significado])","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número que se redondea hacia arriba al entero más cercano o al múltiplo de significación más cercano."},"COMBIN":{"a":"(número, número-escogido)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el número de combinaciones para un número específico de elementos"},"COMBINA":{"a":"(número, número-escogido)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el número de combinaciones (con repeticiones) para un número dado de elementos"},"COS":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el coseno de un ángulo"},"COSH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el coseno hiperbólico de un número"},"COT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la cotangente de un ángulo especificado en radianes"},"COTH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la cotangente hiperbólica de un ángulo hiperbólico"},"CSC":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el cosecante de un ángulo"},"CSCH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el cosecante hiperbólico de un ángulo"},"DECIMAL":{"a":"(texto, base)","d":"Convierte una representación de texto de un número en una base dada en un número decimal."},"DEGREES":{"a":"( ángulo )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para convertir radianes en grados"},"ECMA.CEILING":{"a":"( x, significado)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número hasta el múltiplo de significación más cercano"},"EVEN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función matemática y de trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número hasta el entero par más cercano"},"EXP":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la constante e elevada a la potencia deseada. La constante e es igual a 2,71828182845904."},"FACT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el factorial de un número"},"FACTDOUBLE":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el doble factorial de un número"},"FLOOR":{"a":"( x, significado)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número hacia abajo hasta el múltiplo de significación más cercano"},"FLOOR.PRECISE":{"a":"( x, significado)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número que se redondea hacia abajo al entero más cercano o al múltiplo de significación más cercano."},"FLOOR.MATH":{"a":"( x, significado)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear un número hacia abajo al entero más cercano o al múltiplo de significación más cercano."},"GCD":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el mayor divisor común de dos o más números"},"INT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para analizar y devolver la parte entera del número especificado"},"ISO.CEILING":{"a":"( número [, significado])","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número que se redondea hacia arriba al entero más cercano o al múltiplo de significación más cercano, independientemente del signo del número. Sin embargo, si el número o el significado es cero, se devuelve cero."},"LCM":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el múltiplo común más bajo de uno o más números"},"LN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el logaritmo natural de un número"},"LOG":{"a":"( x [, base])","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el logaritmo de un número a una base especificada"},"LOG10":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el logaritmo de un número a una base de 10"},"MDETERM":{"a":"( conjunto )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el determinante matricial de un conjunto"},"MINVERSE":{"a":"( conjunto )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la matriz inversa para una matriz dada y mostrar el primer valor de la matriz de números devuelta."},"MMULT":{"a":"(Conjunto1, conjunto2)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el producto de la matriz de dos matrices y mostrar el primer valor de la matriz de números devuelta"},"MOD":{"a":"( x, y )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el resto después de la división de un número por el divisor especificado"},"MROUND":{"a":"( x, múltiple)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número al múltiplo deseado"},"MULTINOMIAL":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la relación entre el factorial de una suma de números y el producto de los factoriales."},"ODD":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría usada para redondear el número al número entero impar más cercano"},"PI":{"a":"()","d":"Funciones de matemática y trigonometría La función devuelve el constante matemático pi, que vale 3.14159265358979. No requiere ningún argumento."},"POWER":{"a":"( x, y )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el resultado de un número elevado a la potencia deseada"},"PRODUCT":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para multiplicar todos los números en el rango seleccionado de celdas y devolver el producto"},"QUOTIENT":{"a":"(dividendo, divisor)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la parte entera de una división"},"RADIANS":{"a":"( ángulo )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para convertir grados en radianes"},"RAND":{"a":"()","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número aleatorio mayor o igual que 0 y menor que 1. No requiere ningún argumento."},"RANDBETWEEN":{"a":"(límite-inferior, límite-superior)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número aleatorio mayor o igual que el del límite inferior y menor o igual que el del límite superior"},"ROMAN":{"a":"(número, forma)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para convertir un número en un número romano"},"ROUND":{"a":"(x , número-dígitos)","d":"Función matemática y de trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número al número deseado de dígitos"},"ROUNDDOWN":{"a":"(x , número-dígitos)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número hacia abajo hasta el número deseado de dígitos"},"ROUNDUP":{"a":"(x , número-dígitos)","d":"Función matemática y de trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número hasta el número deseado de dígitos"},"SEC":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la secante de un ángulo"},"SECH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la secante hiperbólica de un ángulo"},"SERIESSUM":{"a":"(valor-entrada, potencia-inicial, paso, coeficientes)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la suma de una serie de potencias"},"SIGN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el signo de un número. Si el número es positivo la función devolverá 1. Si el número es negativo la función devolverá -1. Si el número vale 0, la función devolverá 0."},"SIN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el seno de un ángulo"},"SINH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el seno hiperbólico de un número"},"SQRT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la raíz cuadrada de un número"},"SQRTPI":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la raíz cuadrada de la constante pi (3.1415926565358979) multiplicada por el número especificado"},"SUBTOTAL":{"a":"(número-función, lista-argumento)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un subtotal en una lista o base de datos"},"SUM":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría usada para sumar todos los números en el rango seleccionado de celdas y devolver el resultado"},"SUMIF":{"a":"(rango-celda, criterio-selección [, rango-suma])","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para sumar todos los números en el rango seleccionado de celdas basado en el criterio especificado y devolver el resultado"},"SUMIFS":{"a":"(suma-rango, criterio-rango1, criterio1, [criterio-rango2, criterio2], ... )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría usada para sumar todos los números en el rango seleccionado de celdas basado en múltiples criterios y devolver el resultado"},"SUMPRODUCT":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para multiplicar los valores en los rangos seleccionados de celdas o matrices y devolver la suma de los productos"},"SUMSQ":{"a":"(lista-argumento)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para sumar los cuadrados de los números y devolver el resultado"},"SUMX2MY2":{"a":"(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para sumar la diferencia de cuadrados entre dos matrices"},"SUMX2PY2":{"a":"(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría usada para sumar los cuadrados de números en los conjuntos seleccionados y devolver la suma de los resultados."},"SUMXMY2":{"a":"(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la suma de los cuadrados de las diferencias entre los ítems correspondientes en los conjuntos"},"TAN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la tangente de un ángulo"},"TANH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la tangente hiperbólica de un número"},"TRUNC":{"a":"(x [,número-dígitos])","d":"Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número truncado a un número específico de dígitos"},"ADDRESS":{"a":"(fila-número, col-número[ , [ref-tipo] [, [A1-ref-tipo-indicador] [, nombre de la hoja]]])","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia usada para devolver una representación de texto de una dirección de celda"},"CHOOSE":{"a":"(índice, lista-argumento)","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver un valor de una lista de valores basados en un índice específico (posición)"},"COLUMN":{"a":"( [ referencia ] )","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver el número de columna de una celda"},"COLUMNS":{"a":"( conjunto )","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia usada para devolver el número de columnas en una referencia de celda"},"FORMULATEXT":{"a":"( referencia )","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver una fórmula como una cadena"},"HLOOKUP":{"a":"(buscar-valor, conjunto-tabla, núm-índice-fila[, [rango-buscar-marcador]])","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia usada para realizar la búsqueda horizontal de un valor en la fila superior de una tabla o de un conjunto y devolver el valor en la misma columna basado en un número de índice de fila especificado."},"INDEX":{"a":"(conjunto, [número-fila][, [número-columna]])","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver un valor dentro de un rango de celdas en la base de un número de línea y columna especificado. La función INDICE tiene dos formas."},"INDIRECT":{"a":"(texto-ref [, A1-estilo-ref-marcador])","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia usada para devolver la referencia a una celda basada en su representación de cadena"},"LOOKUP":{"a":"(valor-buscar, vector-buscar, resultado-vector)","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver un valor de un rango seleccionado (línea o columna que contiene los datos en orden ascendente)"},"MATCH":{"a":"(valor-buscar, conjunto-buscar[ , [tipo-coincidir]])","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver una posición relativa de un artículo específico en un rango de celdas"},"OFFSET":{"a":"(referencia, filas, columnas[, [altura] [, [ancho]]])","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver una referencia a una celda desplazada de la celda especificada (o de la celda superior izquierda en el rango de celdas) a un cierto número de filas y columnas."},"ROW":{"a":"( [ referencia ] )","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia usada para devolver el número de fila de una referencia de celda"},"ROWS":{"a":"( conjunto )","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia usada para devolver el número de filas en una celda de referencia"},"TRANSPOSE":{"a":"( conjunto )","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver el primer elemento de un conjunto"},"VLOOKUP":{"a":"(valor-buscar, tabla-conjunto, col-índice-núm[, [rango-buscar-marcador]])","d":"Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para realizar la búsqueda vertical de un valor en la columna de la izquierda de una tabla o conjunto y devolver el valor en la misma fila basado en un número de índice de columna especificado."},"ERROR.TYPE":{"a":"(valor)","d":"Función de información utilizada para devolver la representación numérica de uno de los errores existentes"},"ISBLANK":{"a":"(valor)","d":"Función de información utilizada para comprobar si la celda está vacía o no. Si la celda no contiene ningún valor, la función devolverá VERDADERO, en otro caso la función devolverá FALSO."},"ISERR":{"a":"(valor)","d":"Función de información utilizada para comprobar un valor de error. Si la celda contiene un valor de error (excepto #N/A),la función devolverá VERDADERO, en otro caso la función devolverá FALSO."},"ISERROR":{"a":"(valor)","d":"Función de información utilizada para comprobar un valor de error. Si la celda contiene uno de los valores de error: #N/A, #VALUE!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NUM!, #NAME? or #NULL, la función devolverá VERDADERO, en otro caso la función devolverá FALSO"},"ISEVEN":{"a":"(número)","d":"Función de información utilizada para comprobar un valor par. Si la celda contiene un valor par, la función devolverá VERDADERO. Si el valor es impar, la función devolverá FALSO."},"ISFORMULA":{"a":"( valor )","d":"Función de información utilizada para verificar si hay una referencia a una celda que contiene una fórmula y devuelve VERDADERO o FALSO"},"ISLOGICAL":{"a":"(valor)","d":"Función de información utilizada para verificar un valor lógico (VERDADERO o FALSO). Si la celda contiene un valor lógico, la función devolverá VERDADERO, si no la función devolverá FALSO."},"ISNA":{"a":"(valor)","d":"Función de información utilizada para comprobar la existencia de un error #N/A. Si la celda contiene un valor de error #N/A , la función devolverá VERDADERO, en otro caso la función devolverá FALSO."},"ISNONTEXT":{"a":"(valor)","d":"Función de información utilizada para verificar un valor que no es un texto. Si la celda no contiene un valor de texto, la función devolverá VERDADERO, si no la función devolverá FALSO."},"ISNUMBER":{"a":"(valor)","d":"Función de información utilizada para comprobar un valor numérico. Si la celda contiene un valor numérico, la función devolverá VERDADERO, si no la función devolverá FALSO."},"ISODD":{"a":"(número)","d":"Función de información utilizada para comprobar un valor impar. Si la celda contiene un valor impar, la función devolverá VERDADERO. Si el valor es par, la función devolverá FALSO."},"ISREF":{"a":"(valor)","d":"Función de información utilizada para verificar si el valor es una referencia de celda válida"},"ISTEXT":{"a":"(valor)","d":"Función de información utilizada para verificar un valor de texto. Si la celda contiene un valor de texto, la función devolverá VERDADERO, si no la función devolverá FALSO."},"N":{"a":"(valor)","d":"Función de información utilizada para convertir un valor en un número"},"NA":{"a":"()","d":"Función de información utilizada para devolver el valor de error #N/A. Esta función no requiere ningún argumento."},"SHEET":{"a":"( valor )","d":"Función de información utilizada para devolver el número de hoja de la hoja de referencia"},"SHEETS":{"a":"( referencia )","d":"Función de información utilizada para devolver el número de hojas de una referencia"},"TYPE":{"a":"( valor )","d":"Función de información utilizada para determinar el tipo de valor resultante o visualizado"},"AND":{"a":"(lógico1, lógico2, ... )","d":"Función lógica utilizada para verificar si el valor lógico introducido es VERDADERO o FALSO. La función devolverá VERDADERO si todos los argumentos son VERDADEROS."},"FALSE":{"a":"()","d":"Funciones lógicas La función devolverá FALSO y no requiere ningún argumento."},"IF":{"a":"(prueba_lógica, valor_si_verdadero, valor_si_falso)","d":"Se usa para comprobar la expresión lógica y devolver un valor si es VERDADERO, u otro valor si es FALSO."},"IFS":{"a":"( prueba_lógica1, valor_si_verdadero1, [ prueba_lógica2 , valor_si_verdadero2 ] , … )","d":"Función lógica utilizada para comprobar si se cumplen una o varias condiciones y devuelve un valor que corresponde a la primera condición VERDADERO"},"IFERROR":{"a":" (valor, valor_si_error,)","d":"Función lógica utilizada para comprobar si hay un error en la fórmula del primer argumento. La función devuelve el resultado de la fórmula si no hay ningún error, o el valor_si_error si hay uno"},"IFNA":{"a":"(Valor, valor_si_error)","d":"Función lógica utilizada para comprobar si hay un error en la fórmula del primer argumento. La función devolverá el valor que ha especificado si la fórmula devuelve el valor de error #N/A, si no, devuelve el resultado de la fórmula."},"NOT":{"a":"( lógica )","d":"Función lógica utilizada para verificar si el valor lógico introducido es VERDADERO o FALSO. La función devolverá VERDADERO si el argumento es FALSO y FALSO si argumento es VERDADERO."},"OR":{"a":"(lógico1, lógico2, ...)","d":"Función lógica utilizada para verificar si el valor lógico introducido es VERDADERO o FALSO. La función devolverá FALSO si todos los argumentos son FALSO."},"SWITCH":{"a":"(expresión, valor1, resultado1[, [por-defecto o valor2] [, [resultado2]], ...[por-defecto o valor3, resultado3]])","d":"Función lógica utilizada para evaluar un valor (llamado expresión) contra una lista de valores, y devuelve el resultado correspondiente al primer valor coincidente; si no hay coincidencia, se puede devolver un valor predeterminado opcional."},"TRUE":{"a":"()","d":"Función lógica utilizada para devolver VERDADERO y no requiere ningún argumento"},"XOR":{"a":"(lógico1 [ , lógico2 ] , ... )","d":"Función lógica utilizada para devolver un lógico exclusivo O de todos los argumentos"}} \ No newline at end of file +{ + "DATE": { + "a": "( año, mes, día )", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para añadir fechas en el formato por defecto MM/dd/aaaa" + }, + "DATEDIF": { + "a": "( fecha-inicio , fecha-final , unidad )", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para devolver la diferencia entre dos valores de fecha (fecha de inicio y fecha de fin), según el intervalo (unidad) especificado" + }, + "DATEVALUE": { + "a": "( fecha-hora-cadena )", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para devolver un número de serie de la fecha especificada" + }, + "DAY": { + "a": "( fecha-valor )", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora devuelve el día (un número del 1 al 31) de la fecha dada en el formato numérico (MM/dd/aaaa por defecto)" + }, + "DAYS": { + "a": "( fecha-inicio , fecha-final )", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para devolver el número de días entre dos fechas" + }, + "DAYS360": { + "a": "( fecha-inicio , fecha-final [ , método-marcador ] )", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para devolver el número de días entre dos fechas (fecha de inicio y fecha final) basada en un año de 360 días utilizando uno de los métodos de cálculo (EE.UU. o Europeo)." + }, + "EDATE": { + "a": "( fecha-inicio , mes-compensado )", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para devolver el número de serie de la fecha en la que viene el número indicado de meses (mes-compensado) antes o después de la fecha especificada (fecha de inicio)" + }, + "EOMONTH": { + "a": "( fecha-inicio , mes-compensado )", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora es utilizada para devolver el número de serie del último día del mes en que viene el número indicado de meses antes o después de la fecha de inicio especificada." + }, + "HOUR": { + "a": "( valor-tiempo )", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora que devuelve la hora (un número de 0 a 23) del valor de tiempo" + }, + "ISOWEEKNUM": { + "a": "( fecha )", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de la semana ISO del año para una fecha determinada" + }, + "MINUTE": { + "a": "( valor-tiempo )", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora que devuelve el minuto (un número del 0 al 59) del valor de la hora" + }, + "MONTH": { + "a": "(fecha-valor)", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora que devuelve el mes (un número del 1 al 12) de la fecha dada en el formato numérico (MM/dd/aaaa por defecto)" + }, + "NETWORKDAYS": { + "a": "(fecha-inicio, fecha-final [,vacaciones])", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de días laborables entre dos fechas (fecha de inicio y fecha final), excluyendo los fines de semana y las fechas consideradas como días festivos." + }, + "NETWORKDAYS.INTL": { + "a": "(fecha_inicio, fecha_final, [, fin de semana], [, vacaciones])", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de días laborables completos entre dos fechas utilizando parámetros para indicar qué y cuántos días son días de fin de semana" + }, + "NOW": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de serie de la fecha y hora actuales; si el formato de celda era General antes de que se introdujera la función, la aplicación cambia el formato de celda para que coincida con el formato de fecha y hora de sus ajustes regionales." + }, + "SECOND": { + "a": "( valor-tiempo )", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora que devuelve el segundo (un número de 0 a 59) del valor de tiempo" + }, + "TIME": { + "a": "(hora, minuto, segundo)", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora usada para agregar una hora en particular en el formato seleccionado (hh:mm tt por defecto)" + }, + "TIMEVALUE": { + "a": "(fecha-hora-cadena)", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de serie de una hora" + }, + "TODAY": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora utilizada para añadir el día actual en el siguiente formato MM/dd/aa. Esta función no requiere ningún argumento." + }, + "WEEKDAY": { + "a": "(valor-de-serie [,díadesemana-empezar-marcador])", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora utilizada para determinar qué día de la semana es la fecha especificada" + }, + "WEEKNUM": { + "a": "(valor-de-serie [,díadesemana-empezar-marcador])", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de la semana en la que la fecha especificada se encuentra dentro del año" + }, + "WORKDAY": { + "a": "(fecha-inicio, fecha-compensada [,vacaciones])", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver la fecha que viene con el número de días indicado (día compensado) antes o después de la fecha de inicio especificada, excluyendo los fines de semana y las fechas consideradas festivas." + }, + "WORKDAY.INTL": { + "a": "(Fecha_inicio, días, [, fin de semana], [, vacaciones])", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver el número de serie de la fecha antes o después de un número especificado de días laborables con parámetros personalizados de fin de semana; los parámetros de fin de semana indican qué y cuántos días son días de fin de semana" + }, + "YEAR": { + "a": "(fecha-valor)", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora que devuelve el año (un número de 1900 a 9999) de la fecha dada en el formato numérico (MM/dd/aaaa por defecto)" + }, + "YEARFRAC": { + "a": "(Fecha-inicio, fecha-fin [,base])", + "d": "Función de fecha y hora utilizada para devolver la fracción de un año representada por el número de días completos desde la fecha de inicio hasta la fecha final calculada sobre la base especificada." + }, + "BESSELI": { + "a": "( X , N )", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la función de Bessel modificada, que es equivalente a la función de Bessel evaluada para argumentos puramente imaginarios." + }, + "BESSELJ": { + "a": "( X , N )", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la función de Bessel" + }, + "BESSELK": { + "a": "( X , N )", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver Función de Bessel modificada, que es equivalente a las funciones de Bessel evaluadas para argumentos puramente imaginarios." + }, + "BESSELY": { + "a": "( X , N )", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la función de Bessel, que también se denomina función de Weber o la función de Neumann." + }, + "BIN2DEC": { + "a": "( número )", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número binario en un número decimal" + }, + "BIN2HEX": { + "a": "(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número binario en un número hexadecimal" + }, + "BIN2OCT": { + "a": "(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número binario en un número octal" + }, + "BITAND": { + "a": "(número1, número2)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver un modo de bits 'AND' de dos números" + }, + "BITLSHIFT": { + "a": "(número, cantidad_desplazada)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver un número desplazado a la izquierda por el número especificado de bits" + }, + "BITOR": { + "a": "(número1, número2)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver un número de bits 'OR' de dos números" + }, + "BITRSHIFT": { + "a": "(número, cantidad_desplazada)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver un número desplazado hacia la derecha por el número especificado de bits" + }, + "BITXOR": { + "a": "(número1, número2)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver un número de bits 'XOR' de dos números" + }, + "COMPLEX": { + "a": "(número-real, número-imaginario [, sufijo])", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir una parte real y una parte imaginaria en el número complejo expresado en forma de a + bi o a + bj." + }, + "CONVERT": { + "a": "( número , de-unidad , a-unidad )", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número de un sistema de medida a otro; por ejemplo, CONVERTIR puede convertir una tabla de distancias en millas a una tabla de distancias en kilómetros" + }, + "DEC2BIN": { + "a": "(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número decimal en un número binario" + }, + "DEC2HEX": { + "a": "(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número decimal en un número hexadecimal" + }, + "DEC2OCT": { + "a": "(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número decimal en un número octal" + }, + "DELTA": { + "a": "(número-1 [, número-2])", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para comprobar si dos números son iguales. Función devuelve 1 si los números son iguales y 0 si no lo son." + }, + "ERF": { + "a": "(límite-inferior [, límite-superior])", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para calcular la función de error integrada entre los límites inferior y superior especificados" + }, + "ERF.PRECISE": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver Función de error" + }, + "ERFC": { + "a": "( límite-inferior )", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para calcular la función de error complementario integrada entre el límite inferior especificado y el infinito" + }, + "ERFC.PRECISE": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver Función ERF complementaria integrada entre x e infinito" + }, + "GESTEP": { + "a": "(número [, paso])", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para comprobar si un número es mayor que un valor umbral. Función devuelve 1 si el número es mayor o igual que el valor umbral y 0 en caso contrario." + }, + "HEX2BIN": { + "a": "(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número hexadecimal en un número binario" + }, + "HEX2DEC": { + "a": "( número )", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número hexadecimal en un número decimal" + }, + "HEX2OCT": { + "a": "(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número hexadecimal en un número octal" + }, + "IMABS": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el valor absoluto de un número complejo" + }, + "IMAGINARY": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la parte imaginaria del número complejo especificado" + }, + "IMARGUMENT": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el argumento Theta, un ángulo expresado en radianes" + }, + "IMCONJUGATE": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el complejo conjugado de un número complejo" + }, + "IMCOS": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el coseno de un número complejo" + }, + "IMCOSH": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el coseno hiperbólico de un número complejo" + }, + "IMCOT": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la cotangente de un número complejo" + }, + "IMCSC": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el cosecante de un número complejo" + }, + "IMCSCH": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el cosecante hiperbólico de un número complejo" + }, + "IMDIV": { + "a": "(número-complejo-1, número-complejo-2)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el cociente de dos números complejos expresados en forma de a + bi o a + bj." + }, + "IMEXP": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la constante e elevada a la potencia especificada por un número complejo. La constante e es igual a 2,71828182845904." + }, + "IMLN": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el logaritmo natural de un número complejo" + }, + "IMLOG10": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el logaritmo de un número complejo a una base de 10" + }, + "IMLOG2": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el logaritmo de un número complejo a una base de 2" + }, + "IMPOWER": { + "a": "(número-complejo, potencia)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el resultado de un número complejo elevado a la potencia deseada." + }, + "IMPRODUCT": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el producto de los números complejos especificados" + }, + "IMREAL": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la parte real del número complejo especificado" + }, + "IMSEC": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la secante de un número complejo" + }, + "IMSECH": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el secante hiperbólico de un número complejo" + }, + "IMSIN": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el seno de un número complejo" + }, + "IMSINH": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver el seno hiperbólico de un número complejo" + }, + "IMSQRT": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la raíz cuadrada de un número complejo" + }, + "IMSUB": { + "a": "(número-complejo-1, número-complejo-2)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la diferencia de dos números complejos expresados en forma de a + bi o a + bj" + }, + "IMSUM": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para devolver la suma de los números complejos especificados" + }, + "IMTAN": { + "a": "(número-complejo)", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para retornar a la tangente de un número complejo" + }, + "OCT2BIN": { + "a": "(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número octal en un número binario" + }, + "OCT2DEC": { + "a": "( número )", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número octal a un número decimal" + }, + "OCT2HEX": { + "a": "(número [, núm-hex-dígitos])", + "d": "Función de ingeniería utilizada para convertir un número octal en un número hexadecimal" + }, + "DAVERAGE": { + "a": "(base de datos, campo, criterio)", + "d": "Función de base de datos utilizada para promediar los valores de un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas." + }, + "DCOUNT": { + "a": "(base de datos, campo, criterio)", + "d": "Función de base de datos utilizada para contar las celdas que contienen números en un campo (columna) de registros en una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas." + }, + "DCOUNTA": { + "a": "(base de datos, campo, criterio)", + "d": "Función de base de datos utilizada para contar las celdas no en blanco en un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas." + }, + "DGET": { + "a": "(base de datos, campo, criterio)", + "d": "Función de base de datos utilizada para extraer un valor individual de una columna de una lista o base de datos que coincida con las condiciones especificadas." + }, + "DMAX": { + "a": "(base de datos, campo, criterio)", + "d": "Función de base de datos utilizada para devolver el mayor número en un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coincidan con las condiciones que especifique." + }, + "DMIN": { + "a": "(base de datos, campo, criterio)", + "d": "Función de base de datos utilizada para devolver el número más pequeño de un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coincida con las condiciones especificadas." + }, + "DPRODUCT": { + "a": "(base de datos, campo, criterio)", + "d": "Función de base de datos utilizada para multiplicar los valores en un campo (columna) de registros en una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones que especifique." + }, + "DSTDEV": { + "a": "(base de datos, campo, criterio)", + "d": "Función de base de datos utilizada para estimar la desviación estándar de una población basada en una muestra utilizando los números de un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas." + }, + "DSTDEVP": { + "a": "(base de datos, campo, criterio)", + "d": "Función de base de datos utilizada para calcular la desviación estándar de una población basada en toda la población utilizando los números de un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas." + }, + "DSUM": { + "a": "(base de datos, campo, criterio)", + "d": "Función de base de datos utilizada para añadir los números en un campo (columna) de registros en una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas." + }, + "DVAR": { + "a": "(base de datos, campo, criterio)", + "d": "Función de base de datos utilizada para estimar la varianza de una población basada en una muestra utilizando los números en un campo (columna) de registros en una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas." + }, + "DVARP": { + "a": "(base de datos, campo, criterio)", + "d": "Función de base de datos utilizada para calcular la varianza de una población basada en toda la población utilizando los números de un campo (columna) de registros de una lista o base de datos que coinciden con las condiciones especificadas." + }, + "CHAR": { + "a": "( número )", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver el carácter ASCII especificado por un número." + }, + "CLEAN": { + "a": "( cadena )", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para eliminar todos los caracteres no imprimibles de la cadena seleccionada" + }, + "CODE": { + "a": "( cadena )", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver el valor ASCII del carácter especificado o del primer carácter de una celda" + }, + "CONCATENATE": { + "a": "(texto1, texto2, ...)", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para combinar los datos de dos o más celdas en una sola." + }, + "CONCAT": { + "a": "(texto1, texto2, ...)", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para combinar los datos de dos o más celdas en una sola. Esta función reemplaza a la función CONCATENAR" + }, + "DOLLAR": { + "a": "(número [, núm-decimal])", + "d": "Función de texto y datos usada para convertir un número a texto, usando un formato de moneda $#.##" + }, + "EXACT": { + "a": "(texto1, texto2)", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para comparar datos en dos celdas. La función devuelve VERDADERO si los datos son los mismos, y FALSO si no lo son." + }, + "FIND": { + "a": "(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio])", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para encontrar la subcadena especificada (cadena-1) dentro de una cadena (cadena-2) y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de un bit (SBCS)" + }, + "FINDB": { + "a": "(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio])", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para encontrar la subcadena especificada (cadena-1) dentro de una cadena (cadena-2) y está destinada a los idiomas del conjunto de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc." + }, + "FIXED": { + "a": "(número [,[núm-decimal] [,suprimir-comas-marcador])", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver la representación de texto de un número redondeado a un número específico de decimales" + }, + "LEFT": { + "a": "(cadena [, número-caracteres])", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para extraer la subcadena de la cadena especificada a partir del carácter izquierdo y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de bit único (SBCS)." + }, + "LEFTB": { + "a": "(cadena [, número-caracteres])", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para extraer la subcadena de la cadena especificada a partir del carácter izquierdo y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc." + }, + "LEN": { + "a": "( cadena )", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para analizar la cadena especificada y devolver el número de caracteres que contiene, y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de bit único (SBCS)." + }, + "LENB": { + "a": "( cadena )", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para analizar la cadena especificada y devolver el número de caracteres que contiene y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc." + }, + "LOWER": { + "a": "(texto)", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para convertir letras mayúsculas a minúsculas en la celda seleccionada." + }, + "MID": { + "a": "(cadena, posición-empiece, número-caracteres)", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para extraer los caracteres de la cadena especificada a partir de cualquier posición y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de bit único (SBCS)." + }, + "MIDB": { + "a": "(cadena, posición-empiece, número-caracteres)", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para extraer los caracteres de la cadena especificada a partir de cualquier posición y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc." + }, + "NUMBERVALUE": { + "a": "(texto, [, [separador-decimal] [, [separador-grupal]])", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para convertir texto a un número, de forma independiente del lugar" + }, + "PROPER": { + "a": "( cadena )", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para convertir el primer carácter de cada palabra en mayúsculas y el resto de caracteres en minúsculas." + }, + "REPLACE": { + "a": "(cadena-1, pos-inicio, número-caracteres, cadena-2)", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para sustituir un conjunto de caracteres, según el número de caracteres y la posición inicial que especifique, por un nuevo conjunto de caracteres y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el conjunto de caracteres de un solo bit (SBCS)." + }, + "REPLACEB": { + "a": "(cadena-1, pos-inicio, número-caracteres, cadena-2)", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para reemplazar un conjunto de caracteres, basado en el número de caracteres y la posición inicial que especifique, por un nuevo conjunto de caracteres y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el conjunto de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc." + }, + "REPT": { + "a": "(texto, número_de_veces)", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para repetir los datos en la celda seleccionada tantas veces como se desee" + }, + "RIGHT": { + "a": "(cadena [, número-caracteres])", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para extraer una subcadena de una cadena a partir del carácter situado más a la derecha, basada en el número de caracteres especificado y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de bit único (SBCS)." + }, + "RIGHTB": { + "a": "(cadena [, número-caracteres])", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para extraer una subcadena de una cadena a partir del carácter más a la derecha, basada en el número especificado de caracteres y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc." + }, + "SEARCH": { + "a": "(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio])", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver la ubicación de la subcadena especificada en una cadena y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de un bit (SBCS)" + }, + "SEARCHB": { + "a": "(cadena-1, cadena-2 [,posición-inicio])", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver la ubicación de la subcadena especificada en una cadena y está destinada a idiomas que utilizan el juego de caracteres de doble bit (DBCS) como el japonés, chino, coreano, etc." + }, + "SUBSTITUTE": { + "a": "(cadena, cadena-antigua, cadena-nueva [, ocurrencia])", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para reemplazar un conjunto de caracteres por uno nuevo" + }, + "T": { + "a": "( valor )", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para verificar si el valor en la celda (o utilizado como argumento) es texto o no. Si no es texto, la función devolverá el resultado en blanco. Si el valor/argumento es texto, la función devuelve el mismo valor de texto." + }, + "TEXT": { + "a": "(valor, formato)", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para convertir un valor en un texto en el formato especificado." + }, + "TEXTJOIN": { + "a": "(delimitador, ignorar_vacío, texto1 [, texto2], …)", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para combinar el texto de múltiples rangos y/o cadenas, e incluye un delimitador que se especifica entre cada valor de texto que se combinará; si el delimitador es una cadena de texto vacía, esta función concatenará efectivamente los rangos." + }, + "TRIM": { + "a": "( cadena )", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para eliminar los espacios inicial y final de una cadena de texto" + }, + "UNICHAR": { + "a": "( número )", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver el carácter Unicode al que se hace referencia mediante el valor numérico dado." + }, + "UNICODE": { + "a": "( texto )", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para devolver el número (punto de código) correspondiente al primer carácter del texto" + }, + "UPPER": { + "a": "(texto)", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para convertir letras minúsculas a mayúsculas en la celda seleccionada" + }, + "VALUE": { + "a": "( cadena )", + "d": "Función de texto y datos utilizada para convertir un valor de texto que representa un número en un número. Si el texto convertido no es un número, la función devolverá un error #VALUE!." + }, + "AVEDEV": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver el promedio de las desviaciones absolutas de los números de su media." + }, + "AVERAGE": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el valor medio" + }, + "AVERAGEA": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos incluyendo texto y valores lógicos y encontrar el valor promedio. La función PROMEDIOA procesa texto y FALSO como 0 y VERDADERO como 1." + }, + "AVERAGEIF": { + "a": "(rango-de-celda, selección-de-criterio [,rango-promedio])", + "d": "Función estadística usada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el valor promedio de todos los números en un rango de celdas, basado en el criterio especificado." + }, + "AVERAGEIFS": { + "a": "(rango-promedio, rango-criterio-1, criterio-1 [rango-criterio-2, criterio-2], ... )", + "d": "Función estadística usada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el valor promedio de todos los números en un rango de celdas, basado en múltiples criterios" + }, + "BETADIST": { + "a": " (x, alfa, beta, [,[A] [,[B]]) ", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la función de densidad de probabilidad beta acumulativa" + }, + "BETAINV": { + "a": " ( x , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ", + "d": "Statistical function used return the inverse of the cumulative beta probability density function for a specified beta distribution" + }, + "BETA.DIST": { + "a": " (x, alfa, beta,acumulativo [,[A] [,[B]]) ", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución beta" + }, + "BETA.INV": { + "a": " (probabilidad, alfa, beta, [,[A] [,[B]]) ", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la función de densidad de probabilidad acumulativa beta" + }, + "BINOMDIST": { + "a": "(número-éxitos, número-intentos, éxito-probabilidad, acumulativo-bandera)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el término individual probabilidad de distribución binomial" + }, + "BINOM.DIST": { + "a": "(número-s, pruebas, probabilidad-es, acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el término individual probabilidad de distribución binomial" + }, + "BINOM.DIST.RANGE": { + "a": "(pruebas, probabilidad-es, número-s [, número-s2])", + "d": "Función estadística usada para retornar la probabilidad del resultado de un ensayo usando una distribución binomial" + }, + "BINOM.INV": { + "a": "(pruebas, probabilidad-es, alfa)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor más pequeño para el que la distribución binomial acumulada es mayor o igual que un valor criterio." + }, + "CHIDIST": { + "a": "(x, grado-libertad)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la probabilidad de cola derecha de la distribución chi-cuadrado" + }, + "CHIINV": { + "a": "(probabilidad, grado-libertad)", + "d": "Función estadística usada para retornar el inverso de la probabilidad de cola derecha de la distribución chi-cuadrado" + }, + "CHITEST": { + "a": "(rango-real, rango-esperado)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la prueba de independencia, valor de la distribución del chi-cuadrado (χ) para la estadística y los grados de libertad apropiados." + }, + "CHISQ.DIST": { + "a": "(x, grado-libertad, acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución chi-cuadrado" + }, + "CHISQ.DIST.RT": { + "a": "(x, grado-libertad)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la probabilidad de cola derecha de la distribución chi-cuadrado" + }, + "CHISQ.INV": { + "a": "(probabilidad, grado-libertad)", + "d": "Función estadística usada para retornar el inverso de la probabilidad de cola izquierda de la distribución chi-cuadrado" + }, + "CHISQ.INV.RT": { + "a": "(probabilidad, grado-libertad)", + "d": "Función estadística usada para retornar el inverso de la probabilidad de cola derecha de la distribución chi-cuadrado" + }, + "CHISQ.TEST": { + "a": "(rango-real, rango-esperado)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la prueba de independencia, valor de la distribución del chi-cuadrado (χ) para la estadística y los grados de libertad apropiados." + }, + "CONFIDENCE": { + "a": "(alfa, desviación-estándar, tamaño)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el intervalo de confianza" + }, + "CONFIDENCE.NORM": { + "a": "(alfa, desviación-estándar, tamaño)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el intervalo de confianza para una media de población, utilizando una distribución normal" + }, + "CONFIDENCE.T": { + "a": "(alfa, desviación-estándar, tamaño)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el intervalo de confianza para la media de una población, utilizando la distribución t de Student" + }, + "CORREL": { + "a": "(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver el coeficiente de correlación de dos rangos de celdas" + }, + "COUNT": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para contar el número de celdas seleccionadas que contienen números que ignoran las celdas vacías o las que contienen texto." + }, + "COUNTA": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de celdas y contar el número de celdas que no están vacías" + }, + "COUNTBLANK": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de celdas y devolver el número de celdas vacías" + }, + "COUNTIF": { + "a": "(Rango-celda, criterios-de-selección)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para contar el número de celdas seleccionadas según el criterio especificado" + }, + "COUNTIFS": { + "a": "(rango-de-criterio-1, criterio-1,[rango-de-criterio-2, criterio-2], ... )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para contar el número de celdas seleccionadas en función de los múltiples criterios" + }, + "COVAR": { + "a": "(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para obtener la covarianza de dos rangos de datos" + }, + "COVARIANCE.P": { + "a": "(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para obtener la covarianza de la población, el promedio de los productos de las desviaciones de cada par de puntos de datos en dos conjuntos de datos; utilice la covarianza para determinar la relación entre dos conjuntos de datos." + }, + "COVARIANCE.S": { + "a": "(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para obtener la covarianza de la muestra, el promedio de los productos de las desviaciones para cada par de puntos de datos en dos conjuntos de datos" + }, + "CRITBINOM": { + "a": "(número-de-pruebas, probabilidad-de-éxito, alfa)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor más pequeño para el cual la distribución binomial acumulada es mayor o igual que el valor alfa especificado." + }, + "DEVSQ": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y sumar los cuadrados de las desviaciones de los números de su media." + }, + "EXPONDIST": { + "a": "(x, lambda, marcador-acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución exponencial" + }, + "EXPON.DIST": { + "a": "(x, lambda, acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución exponencial" + }, + "FDIST": { + "a": "(x, grado-libertad1, grado-libertad2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para obtener la distribución de probabilidad F (cola derecha) (grado de diversidad) de dos conjuntos de datos. Puede usar esta función para determinar si los dos conjuntos de datos tienen distintos grados de diversidad." + }, + "FINV": { + "a": "(probabilidad, grado-libertad1, grado-libertad2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución de probabilidad de F (de cola derecha); la distribución de F se puede utilizar en una prueba de F que compara el grado de variabilidad en dos conjuntos de datos" + }, + "FTEST": { + "a": "( conjunto1, conjunto2 )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el resultado de una prueba F Una prueba F devuelve la probabilidad doble de que las varianzas de los argumentos conjunto1 y conjunto2 no presenten diferencias significativas; use esta función para determinar si las varianzas de dos muestras son diferentes" + }, + "F.DIST": { + "a": "(x, grado-libertad1, grado-libertad2, acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución de probabilidad F. Puede usar esta función para determinar si los dos conjuntos de datos tienen distintos grados de diversidad." + }, + "F.DIST.RT": { + "a": "(x, grado-libertad1, grado-libertad2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para obtener la distribución de probabilidad F (cola derecha) (grado de diversidad) de dos conjuntos de datos. Puede usar esta función para determinar si los dos conjuntos de datos tienen distintos grados de diversidad." + }, + "F.INV": { + "a": "(probabilidad, grado-libertad1, grado-libertad2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución de probabilidad de F (de cola derecha); la distribución de F se puede utilizar en una prueba de F que compara el grado de variabilidad en dos conjuntos de datos" + }, + "F.INV.RT": { + "a": "(probabilidad, grado-libertad1, grado-libertad2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución de probabilidad de F (de cola derecha); la distribución de F se puede utilizar en una prueba de F que compara el grado de variabilidad en dos conjuntos de datos" + }, + "F.TEST": { + "a": "( conjunto1, conjunto2 )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el resultado de una prueba F, la probabilidad de dos colas de que las varianzas de los argumentos conjunto1 y conjunto2 no presenten diferencias significativas; use esta función para determinar si las varianzas de dos muestras son diferentes" + }, + "FISHER": { + "a": "( número )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la transformación de Fisher de un número" + }, + "FISHERINV": { + "a": "( número )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para realizar la transformación inversa de Fisher" + }, + "FORECAST": { + "a": "(x, conjunto-1, conjunto-2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para predecir un valor futuro basado en los valores existentes proporcionados" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS": { + "a": "( fecha_destino, valores, línea_de_tiempo, [ estacionalidad ], [ llenado_datos ], [ agregación ] )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para calcular o predecir un valor futuro en base a valores (históricos) existentes mediante la versión AAA el algoritmo de Suavizado exponencial triple (ETS)" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT": { + "a": "( fecha_destino, valores, línea_de_tiempo, [ nivel_confianza ], [ estacionalidad ], [ llenado_datos ], [ agregación ] )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver un intervalo de confianza para el valor previsto en una fecha futura específica" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY": { + "a": "( valores, línea_de_tiempo, [ llenado_datos ], [ agregación ] )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la longitud del patrón repetitivo que Excel detecta para la serie temporal especificada" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.STAT": { + "a": "( valores, línea_de_tiempo, tipo_estadístico, [ estacionalidad ], [ llenado_datos ], [ agregación ] )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver un valor estadístico como resultado de la previsión de series temporales; el tipo estadístico indica qué estadística solicita esta función" + }, + "FORECAST.LINEAR": { + "a": "(x, ys_conocidas, xs_conocidas)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para calcular o predecir un valor futuro utilizando valores existentes; el valor predecido es un valor y para un valor x dado, los valores conocidos son valores x existentes y valores y, y el nuevo valor se predice mediante regresión lineal." + }, + "FREQUENCY": { + "a": "(conjunto-datos, conjunto-recipiente)", + "d": "Función estadística usada para сalcular con qué frecuencia los valores ocurren dentro del rango seleccionado de celdas y muestra el primer valor de la matriz vertical de números devueltos." + }, + "GAMMA": { + "a": "( número )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor de la función gamma" + }, + "GAMMADIST": { + "a": "(x, alfa, beta, acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución gamma" + }, + "GAMMA.DIST": { + "a": "(x, alfa, beta, acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución gamma" + }, + "GAMMAINV": { + "a": "(probabilidad, alfa, beta)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución acumulativa de gamma" + }, + "GAMMA.INV": { + "a": "(probabilidad, alfa, beta)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución acumulativa de gamma" + }, + "GAMMALN": { + "a": "( número )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el logaritmo natural de la función gamma" + }, + "GAMMALN.PRECISE": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el logaritmo natural de la función gamma" + }, + "GAUSS": { + "a": "( z )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para calcular la probabilidad de que un miembro de una población normal estándar se encuentre entre la media y las desviaciones estándar z de la media" + }, + "GEOMEAN": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para calcular la media geométrica de la lista de argumentos" + }, + "GROWTH": { + "a": "(conocido_y, [conocido_x], [nueva_matriz_x], [constante])", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para Calcula el crecimiento exponencial previsto a través de los datos existentes. Función devuelve los valores y de una serie de nuevos valores x especificados con valores x e y existentes." + }, + "HARMEAN": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para calcular la media armónica de la lista de argumentos" + }, + "HYPGEOM.DIST": { + "a": "(muestra_éxito, núm_de_muestra, población_éxito, núm_de_población, acumulado)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución hipergeométrica, la probabilidad de un número dado de éxitos de la muestra, dado el tamaño de la muestra, los éxitos de la población y el tamaño de la población." + }, + "HYPGEOMDIST": { + "a": "(éxitos-muestras , número-muestras , éxitos-población , número-población)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución hipergeométrica, la probabilidad de un número dado de éxitos de la muestra, dado el tamaño de la muestra, los éxitos de la población y el tamaño de la población." + }, + "INTERCEPT": { + "a": "(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar los valores de la primera matriz y los valores de la segunda matriz para calcular el punto de intersección" + }, + "KURT": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística usada para devolver la curtosis de la lista de argumentos" + }, + "LARGE": { + "a": "( conjunto , k )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de celdas y devolver el mayor valor" + }, + "LINEST": { + "a": "(conocido_y, [conocido_x], [constante], [estadística])", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para calcula las estadísticas de una línea con el método de los 'mínimos cuadrados' para calcular la línea recta que mejor se ajuste a los datos y después devuelve una matriz que describe la línea; debido a que esta función devuelve una matriz de valores, debe ser especificada como fórmula de matriz" + }, + "LOGEST": { + "a": "(conocido_y, [conocido_x], [constante], [estadística])", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada, en el análisis de regresión, para calcula una curva exponencial que se ajusta a los datos y devuelve una matriz de valores que describe la curva. Debido a que esta función devuelve una matriz de valores, debe ser especificada como una fórmula de matriz." + }, + "LOGINV": { + "a": "(x, media, desviación-estándar)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la función de distribución acumulativa logarítmica del valor x dado con los parámetros especificados" + }, + "LOGNORM.DIST": { + "a": "(x , media , desviación-estándar , acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución logarítmica normal de x, donde ln(x) se distribuye normalmente con los parámetros Media y Desviación estándar" + }, + "LOGNORM.INV": { + "a": "(x, media, desviación-estándar)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la función de distribución acumulativa logarítmica normal de x, donde ln(x) se distribuye normalmente con los parámetros Media y Desviación estándar" + }, + "LOGNORMDIST": { + "a": "(x, media, desviación-estándar)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar datos transformados logarítmicamente y devolver la función de distribución acumulativa logarítmica del valor x dado con los parámetros especificados." + }, + "MAX": { + "a": "(número1, número2,...)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el número más grande" + }, + "MAXA": { + "a": "(número1, número2,...)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el valor más grande" + }, + "MAXIFS": { + "a": "(rango_max, criterio_rango1, criterio1 [, criterio_rango2, criterio2], ...)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor máximo entre celdas especificadas por un conjunto dado de condiciones o criterios" + }, + "MEDIAN": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para calcular la mediana de la lista de argumentos" + }, + "MIN": { + "a": "(número1, número2,...)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el número más pequeño" + }, + "MINA": { + "a": "(número1, número2,...)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el valor más pequeño" + }, + "MINIFS": { + "a": "(rango_min, criterio_rango1, criterio1 [, criterio_rango2, criterio2], ...)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor mínimo entre celdas especificadas por un conjunto dado de condiciones o criterios." + }, + "MODE": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver el valor que ocurre con más frecuencia" + }, + "MODE.MULT": { + "a": "(número1, [,número2]... )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para obtener una matriz vertical de los valores más frecuentes o repetitivos de una matriz o rango de datos." + }, + "MODE.SNGL": { + "a": "(número1, [,número2]... )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor más frecuente o repetitivo de una matriz o rango de datos." + }, + "NEGBINOM.DIST": { + "a": "((número-f, número-s, probabilidad-s, acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística usada para retornar la distribución binomial negativa, la probabilidad de que habrá fallas de Número-f antes del éxito de Número, con Probabilidad-s de probabilidad de éxito" + }, + "NEGBINOMDIST": { + "a": "(número-fracasos, número-éxitos, probabilidad-éxito)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución binomial negativa" + }, + "NORM.DIST": { + "a": "(x, media, desviación-estándar, acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución normal para la media especificada y la desviación estándar" + }, + "NORMDIST": { + "a": "(x , media , desviación-estándar , marcador-acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución normal para la media especificada y la desviación estándar" + }, + "NORM.INV": { + "a": "(probabilidad, media, desviación-estándar)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución normal acumulativa para la media especificada y la desviación estándar" + }, + "NORMINV": { + "a": "(x, media, desviación-estándar)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de la distribución normal acumulativa para la media especificada y la desviación estándar" + }, + "NORM.S.DIST": { + "a": "(z, acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución normal estándar (tiene una media de cero y una desviación estándar de uno)." + }, + "NORMSDIST": { + "a": "( número )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la función de distribución acumulativa normal estándar." + }, + "NORM.S.INV": { + "a": "( probabilidad )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la inversa de la distribución normal acumulativa estándar; la distribución tiene una media de cero y una desviación estándar de uno" + }, + "NORMSINV": { + "a": "( probabilidad )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver lo contrario de la distribución acumulativa normal estándar" + }, + "PEARSON": { + "a": "(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el coeficiente de correlación de momento del producto Pearson" + }, + "PERCENTILE": { + "a": "( conjunto , k )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver el percentil k" + }, + "PERCENTILE.EXC": { + "a": "( conjunto , k )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el percentil k de los valores en un rango, donde k está en el rango 0..1, exclusivo" + }, + "PERCENTILE.INC": { + "a": "( conjunto , k )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el percentil k de los valores en un rango, donde k está en el rango 0..1, exclusivo" + }, + "PERCENTRANK": { + "a": "( conjunto , k )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un valor en conjunto de valores como un porcentaje del conjunto." + }, + "PERCENTRANK.EXC": { + "a": "(conjunto, x[, significado])", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un valor en un conjunto de datos como porcentaje (0..1, exclusivo) del conjunto de datos." + }, + "PERCENTRANK.INC": { + "a": "(conjunto, x[, significado])", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un valor en un conjunto de datos como porcentaje (0..1, inclusive) del conjunto de datos." + }, + "PERMUT": { + "a": "(número, número-escogido)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un valor en un conjunto de datos como porcentaje (0..1, inclusive) del conjunto de datos." + }, + "PERMUTATIONA": { + "a": "(número, número-escogido)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el número de permutaciones para un número dado de objetos (con repeticiones) que se pueden seleccionar del total de objetos" + }, + "PHI": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el valor de la función de densidad para una distribución normal estándar" + }, + "POISSON": { + "a": "(x, media, marcador-acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución de Poisson" + }, + "POISSON.DIST": { + "a": "(x, media, acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución de Poisson; una aplicación común de la distribución de Poisson es predecir el número de eventos en un tiempo específico, como el número de coches que llegan a una plaza de peaje en 1 minuto." + }, + "PROB": { + "a": "(x-rango, rango-probabilidad, límite-inferior[, límite-superior])", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para obtener la probabilidad de que los valores de un rango se encuentren entre los límites inferior y superior" + }, + "QUARTILE": { + "a": "(conjunto , categoría-resultado)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver el cuartil" + }, + "QUARTILE.INC": { + "a": "( conjunto , cuartil )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el cuartil de un conjunto de datos, basado en valores de percentiles desde 0..1, inclusive" + }, + "QUARTILE.EXC": { + "a": "( conjunto , cuartil )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el cuartil del conjunto de datos, basado en valores de percentiles desde 0..1, exclusivo" + }, + "RANK": { + "a": "(número, ref [, orden])", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un número en una lista de números; el rango de un número es su tamaño en relación con otros valores de una lista, por lo que si tuviera que ordenar la lista, el rango del número sería su posición." + }, + "RANK.AVG": { + "a": "(número, ref [, orden])", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un número en una lista de números: su tamaño en relación con otros valores de la lista; si más de un valor tiene el mismo rango, se devuelve el rango medio." + }, + "RANK.EQ": { + "a": "(número, ref [, orden])", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el rango de un número en una lista de números: su tamaño es relativo a otros valores de la lista; si más de un valor tiene el mismo rango, se devuelve el rango superior de ese conjunto de valores." + }, + "RSQ": { + "a": "(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el cuadrado del coeficiente de correlación de momento del producto Pearson" + }, + "SKEW": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver la asimetría de una distribución de la lista de argumentos" + }, + "SKEW.P": { + "a": "(númeror-1 [, número2],...)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la asimetría de una distribución basada en una población: una caracterización del grado de asimetría de una distribución alrededor de su media." + }, + "SLOPE": { + "a": "(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la pendiente de la línea de regresión lineal a través de datos en dos matrices" + }, + "SMALL": { + "a": "( conjunto , k )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y encontrar el valor más pequeño" + }, + "STANDARDIZE": { + "a": "(x, media, desviación-estándar)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver un valor normalizado de una distribución caracterizada por los parámetros especificados" + }, + "STDEV": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver la desviación estándar de una población basada en un conjunto de números" + }, + "STDEV.P": { + "a": "(número1 [, número2],... )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para calcular la desviación estándar basada en toda la población dada como argumento (ignora los valores lógicos y el texto)" + }, + "STDEV.S": { + "a": "(número1 [, número2],... )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para estimar la desviación estándar basada en una muestra (ignora los valores lógicos y el texto de la muestra)" + }, + "STDEVA": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver la desviación estándar de una población basada en un conjunto de números, texto y valores lógicos (VERDADERO o FALSO). La función STDEVA trata el texto y FALSO como un valor de 0 y VERDADERO como un valor de 1" + }, + "STDEVP": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver la desviación estándar de toda una población" + }, + "STDEVPA": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el rango de datos y devolver la desviación estándar de toda una población" + }, + "STEYX": { + "a": "(conocido-ys, conocido-xs)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el error estándar del valor y predicho para cada x en la línea de regresión" + }, + "TDIST": { + "a": "(x, grado-libertad, colas)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver los puntos porcentuales (probabilidad) de la distribución t de Student donde un valor numérico (x) es un valor calculado de t para el que deben calcularse los puntos porcentuales; la distribución-t se usa en la evaluación de la hipótesis de conjuntos de datos de muestras pequeñas" + }, + "TINV": { + "a": "( probabilidad , grado_libertad )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de dos colas de la distribución t de Student" + }, + "T.DIST": { + "a": "(x, grado-libertad, acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución t de cola izquierda de Student. La distribución-t se usa en la evaluación de la hipótesis de conjuntos de datos de muestras pequeñas. Use esta función en lugar de una tabla de valores críticos para la distribución-t." + }, + "T.DIST.2T": { + "a": "(x, grado-libertad)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución t se Student de dos colas. La distribución t de Student se utiliza en la prueba de hipótesis de pequeños conjuntos de datos de muestra. Use esta función en lugar de una tabla de valores críticos para la distribución-t." + }, + "T.DIST.RT": { + "a": "(x, grado-libertad)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución t de Student de cola derecha. La distribución-t se usa en la evaluación de la hipótesis de conjuntos de datos de muestras pequeñas. Use esta función en lugar de una tabla de valores críticos para la distribución-t." + }, + "T.INV": { + "a": "(probabilidad, grado-libertad)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de cola izquierda de la distribución t de Student" + }, + "T.INV.2T": { + "a": "(probabilidad, grado-libertad)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver el inverso de dos colas de la distribución t de Student" + }, + "T.TEST": { + "a": "(conjunto1, conjunto2, colas, tipo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para obtener la probabilidad asociada con el t-Test de Student; utilice PRUEBA.T para determinar si es probable que dos muestras provengan de las mismas dos poblaciones subyacentes que tienen la misma media." + }, + "TREND": { + "a": "(conocido_y, [conocido_x], [nueva_matriz_x], [constante])", + "d": "Función estadística devuelve valores en una tendencia lineal. Se ajusta a una línea recta (usando el método de los mínimos cuadrados) al known_y de la matriz y known_x." + }, + "TRIMMEAN": { + "a": "(matriz, porcentaje)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para obtener la media del interior de un conjunto de datos; TRIMMEAN calcula la media tomada excluyendo un porcentaje de puntos de datos de las colas superior e inferior de un conjunto de datos." + }, + "TTEST": { + "a": "(conjunto1, conjunto2, colas, tipo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para obtener la probabilidad asociada con el t-Test de Student; utilice PRUEBA.T para determinar si es probable que dos muestras provengan de las mismas dos poblaciones subyacentes que tienen la misma media." + }, + "VAR": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el conjunto de valores y calcular la desviación del muestreo" + }, + "VAR.P": { + "a": "(número1 [, número2],... )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para calcular la desviación basada en toda la población (ignora los valores lógicos y el texto de la población)" + }, + "VAR.S": { + "a": "(número1 [, número2],... )", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para estimar la varianza basada en un muestreo (ignora los valores lógicos y el texto en el muestreo)" + }, + "VARA": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el conjunto de valores y calcular la desviación del muestreo" + }, + "VARP": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el conjunto de valores y calcular la varianza de toda una población" + }, + "VARPA": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para analizar el conjunto de valores y devolver la varianza de toda una población" + }, + "WEIBULL": { + "a": "(x, alfa, beta, acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución Weibull; utilice esta distribución en el análisis de fiabilidad, como el cálculo del tiempo medio de fallo de un dispositivo." + }, + "WEIBULL.DIST": { + "a": "(x, alfa, beta, acumulativo)", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para devolver la distribución Weibull; utilice esta distribución en el análisis de fiabilidad, como el cálculo del tiempo medio de fallo de un dispositivo." + }, + "Z.TEST": { + "a": "(conjunto, x[, sigma])", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para obtener el valor P de una cola de un ensayo en z; para la media de una población hipotética dada, x, PRUEBA.Z obtiene la probabilidad de que la media de la muestra sea mayor que la media de las observaciones en el conjunto de datos (array), es decir, la media de la muestra observada." + }, + "ZTEST": { + "a": "(conjunto, x[, sigma])", + "d": "Función estadística utilizada para retornar el valor de probabilidad de una cola de una prueba z; para una población hipotética dada, μ, ZPRUEBA retorna la probabilidad de que la media de la muestra sea mayor que el promedio de las observaciones en el conjunto de datos (array) - es decir, la media de la muestra observada." + }, + "ACCRINT": { + "a": "(emisión, primer-interés, acuerdo, tasa, [nominal], frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el interés acumulado para un valor que paga intereses periódicos" + }, + "ACCRINTM": { + "a": "(emisión, acuerdo, tasa, [[nominal] [, [base]]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular los intereses devengados de un valor que paga intereses al vencimiento" + }, + "AMORDEGRC": { + "a": "(costo, fecha-de-compra, primer-periodo, residuo, periodo, tasa[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la depreciación de un activo fijo para cada período contable utilizando un método de depreciación decreciente" + }, + "AMORLINC": { + "a": "(costo, fecha-de-compra, primer-periodo, residuo, periodo, tasa[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la amortización de un activo fijo para cada período contable utilizando un método de amortización lineal." + }, + "COUPDAYBS": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el número de días desde el inicio del período de cupón hasta la fecha de liquidación" + }, + "COUPDAYS": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el número de días en el período de cupón que contiene la fecha de liquidación" + }, + "COUPDAYSNC": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el número de días desde la fecha de la liquidación hasta el siguiente pago de cupón" + }, + "COUPNCD": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la siguiente fecha de cupón después de la fecha de liquidación" + }, + "COUPNUM": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el número de cupones entre la fecha de liquidación y la fecha de vencimiento" + }, + "COUPPCD": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la fecha de cupón anterior anterior a la fecha de liquidación" + }, + "CUMIPMT": { + "a": "( tasa , nper , pv , período-inicio , período-finalización , tipo)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el interés acumulado pagado por una inversión entre dos períodos basado en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante." + }, + "CUMPRINC": { + "a": "( tasa , nper , pv , período-inicio , período-finalización , tipo)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el capital acumulado pagado en una inversión entre dos períodos basada en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pago constante." + }, + "DB": { + "a": "(costo, residuo, vida, periodo[, [mes]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la amortización de un activo fijo para un período contable específico utilizando el método de saldo fijo decreciente." + }, + "DDB": { + "a": "(costo, residuo, vida, periodo[, factor])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la amortización de un activo fijo para un período contable específico utilizando el método de saldo doblemente decreciente" + }, + "DISC": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, pr, reembolso[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el tipo de descuento para un valor" + }, + "DOLLARDE": { + "a": "(fraccional-dollar, fracción)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para convertir un precio en dólares representado como una fracción a un precio en dólares representado como un número decimal." + }, + "DOLLARFR": { + "a": "(decimal-dollar, fracción)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para convertir un precio en dólares representado como un número decimal en un precio en dólares representado como una fracción." + }, + "DURATION": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, cupón, yld, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la duración Macaulay de un valor con un valor nominal supuesto de $100." + }, + "EFFECT": { + "a": "(tasa-nominal, npery)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la tasa de interés efectiva anual para un título basado en una tasa de interés nominal anual específica y el número de períodos de capitalización por año" + }, + "FV": { + "a": "(tasa, nper, pmt [, [pv] [,[tipo]]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el valor futuro de una inversión basada en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante." + }, + "FVSCHEDULE": { + "a": "(principal, programa)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el valor futuro de una inversión basada en una serie de tipos de interés variables." + }, + "INTRATE": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, pr, reembolso[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el tipo de interés de un valor totalmente invertido que paga intereses sólo al vencimiento." + }, + "IPMT": { + "a": "(tasa, per, nper, pv [, [fv] [,[tipo]]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la bonificación de intereses de una participación basada en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante." + }, + "IRR": { + "a": "(valores [,[suposición]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la tasa interna de rendimiento para una serie de flujos de caja periódicos" + }, + "ISPMT": { + "a": "(tasa, per, nper, vp)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la bonificación de intereses para un período determinado de una inversión basada en un plan de pagos constante." + }, + "MDURATION": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, cupón, yld, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la duración Macaulay modificada de un valor con un valor nominal supuesto de $100" + }, + "MIRR": { + "a": "(valores, tasa-financiera, tasa-reinvertir)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la tasa interna de rendimiento modificada para una serie de flujos de efectivo periódicos" + }, + "NOMINAL": { + "a": "(tasa-efecto, npery)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el tipo de interés nominal anual de un título basado en un tipo de interés efectivo anual especificado y el número de períodos de capitalización por año" + }, + "NPER": { + "a": "(tasa, pmt, pv [, [fv] [,[tipo]]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el número de períodos de una inversión en función de un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante." + }, + "NPV": { + "a": "(tasa, lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el valor actual neto de una participación basada en una tasa de descuento especificada" + }, + "ODDFPRICE": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, emisión, primer-cupón, tasa, yld, reembolso, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el precio por valor nominal de $100 para un valor que paga intereses periódicos pero tiene un primer período impar (es más corto o más largo que otros períodos)." + }, + "ODDFYIELD": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, emisión, primer-cupón, tasa, pr, reembolso, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento de un valor que paga intereses periódicos pero tiene un primer período impar (es más corto o más largo que otros períodos)." + }, + "ODDLPRICE": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, último-interés, tasa, yld, reembolso, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el precio por valor nominal de $100 para un valor que paga intereses periódicos pero tiene un último período impar (es más corto o más largo que otros períodos)." + }, + "ODDLYIELD": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, último-interés, tasa, pr, reembolso, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento de un valor que paga intereses periódicos pero que tiene un último período impar (es más corto o más largo que otros períodos)." + }, + "PDURATION": { + "a": "(tasa, pv, fv)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para devolver la cantidad de períodos necesarios para que una inversión alcance un valor especificado" + }, + "PMT": { + "a": "(tasa, nper, pv [, [fv] [,[tipo]]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el importe de pago de un préstamo basado en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante." + }, + "PPMT": { + "a": "(tasa, per, nper, pv [, [fv] [,[tipo]]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el pago principal de una inversión basado en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante." + }, + "PRICE": { + "a": "( liquidación, vencimiento, tasa, yld, reembolso, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el precio por cada valor nominal de $100 de un valor que paga intereses periódicos" + }, + "PRICEDISC": { + "a": "( liquidación, vencimiento, descuento, reembolso[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el precio por cada valor nominal de $100 para un valor descontado" + }, + "PRICEMAT": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, emisión, tasa, yld[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el precio por cada $100 de valor nominal de un valor que paga intereses al vencimiento" + }, + "PV": { + "a": "(tasa, nper, pmt [, [fv] [,[tipo]]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el valor actual de una inversión basada en un tipo de interés específico y un plan de pagos constante." + }, + "RATE": { + "a": "( nper , pmt , pv [ , [ [ fv ] [ , [ [ tipo] [ , [ suposición ] ] ] ] ] ] )", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el tipo de interés de una inversión basada en un plan de pagos constantes." + }, + "RECEIVED": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, inversión, descuento[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el importe recibido al vencimiento por un valor totalmente invertido" + }, + "RRI": { + "a": "(nper, pv, fv)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para devolver una tasa de interés equivalente para el crecimiento de una inversión." + }, + "SLN": { + "a": "(costo, residuo, vida)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la amortización de un activo fijo para un período contable utilizando el método de amortización lineal" + }, + "SYD": { + "a": "(costo, residuo, vida, per)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la amortización de un activo fijo para un período contable específico utilizando el método de la suma de los dígitos de los años." + }, + "TBILLEQ": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, descuento)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento equivalente en bonos de una letra del Tesoro" + }, + "TBILLPRICE": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, descuento)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el precio por cada $100 de valor nominal de una letra del Tesoro" + }, + "TBILLYIELD": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, pr)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento de una letra del Tesoro" + }, + "VDB": { + "a": "(costo, residuo, vida, periodo-inicio, periodo-final[, [[factor][, [marcador-no-cambiante]]]]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la amortización de un activo fijo para un período contable específico o parcial utilizando el método de saldo decreciente variable" + }, + "XIRR": { + "a": "(valores, fechas [,[suposición]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular la tasa interna de rentabilidad de una serie de flujos de efectivo irregulares" + }, + "XNPV": { + "a": "(tasa, valores, fechas)", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el valor actual neto de una inversión sobre la base de un tipo de interés específico y un calendario de pagos irregulares" + }, + "YIELD": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, tasa, pr, reembolso, frecuencia[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento de un valor que paga intereses periódicos" + }, + "YIELDDISC": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, pr, reembolso[, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento anual de un valor descontado" + }, + "YIELDMAT": { + "a": "(liquidación, vencimiento, emisión, tasa, pr [, [base]])", + "d": "Función financiera utilizada para calcular el rendimiento anual de un valor que paga intereses al vencimiento" + }, + "ABS": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el valor absoluto de un número" + }, + "ACOS": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el arcocoseno de un número" + }, + "ACOSH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el coseno hiperbólico inverso de un número" + }, + "ACOT": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el valor principal de la arccotangente, o cotangente inversa, de un número" + }, + "ACOTH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la cotangente hiperbólica inversa de un número" + }, + "AGGREGATE": { + "a": "(función_núm, opciones, ref1 [, ref2], ...)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un agregado en una lista o base de datos; la función puede aplicar diferentes funciones de agregados a una lista o base de datos con la opción de ignorar filas ocultas y valores de error." + }, + "ARABIC": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para convertir un número romano en un número arábigo" + }, + "ASC": { + "a": "( text )", + "d": "Text function for Double-byte character set (DBCS) languages, the function changes full-width (double-byte) characters to half-width (single-byte) characters" + }, + "ASIN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el arcoseno de un número" + }, + "ASINH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el seno hiperbólico inverso de un número" + }, + "ATAN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la arctangente de un número" + }, + "ATAN2": { + "a": "( x, y )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la arctangente de las coordenadas x e y" + }, + "ATANH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la tangente hiperbólica inversa de un número" + }, + "BASE": { + "a": "( número , base [ , largo-mínimo ] )", + "d": "Convierte un número en una representación de texto con la base dada" + }, + "CEILING": { + "a": "( x, significado)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número hasta el múltiplo de significación más cercano" + }, + "CEILING.MATH": { + "a": "(x [, [significado] [, [modo]])", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear un número hasta el entero más cercano o hasta el múltiplo de significación más cercano." + }, + "CEILING.PRECISE": { + "a": "( x [, significado])", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número que se redondea hacia arriba al entero más cercano o al múltiplo de significación más cercano." + }, + "COMBIN": { + "a": "(número, número-escogido)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el número de combinaciones para un número específico de elementos" + }, + "COMBINA": { + "a": "(número, número-escogido)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el número de combinaciones (con repeticiones) para un número dado de elementos" + }, + "COS": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el coseno de un ángulo" + }, + "COSH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el coseno hiperbólico de un número" + }, + "COT": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la cotangente de un ángulo especificado en radianes" + }, + "COTH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la cotangente hiperbólica de un ángulo hiperbólico" + }, + "CSC": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el cosecante de un ángulo" + }, + "CSCH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el cosecante hiperbólico de un ángulo" + }, + "DECIMAL": { + "a": "(texto, base)", + "d": "Convierte una representación de texto de un número en una base dada en un número decimal." + }, + "DEGREES": { + "a": "( ángulo )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para convertir radianes en grados" + }, + "ECMA.CEILING": { + "a": "( x, significado)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número hasta el múltiplo de significación más cercano" + }, + "EVEN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función matemática y de trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número hasta el entero par más cercano" + }, + "EXP": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la constante e elevada a la potencia deseada. La constante e es igual a 2,71828182845904." + }, + "FACT": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el factorial de un número" + }, + "FACTDOUBLE": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el doble factorial de un número" + }, + "FLOOR": { + "a": "( x, significado)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número hacia abajo hasta el múltiplo de significación más cercano" + }, + "FLOOR.PRECISE": { + "a": "( x [, significado])", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número que se redondea hacia abajo al entero más cercano o al múltiplo de significación más cercano." + }, + "FLOOR.MATH": { + "a": "( x [, [significado] [, [modo]] )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear un número hacia abajo al entero más cercano o al múltiplo de significación más cercano." + }, + "GCD": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el mayor divisor común de dos o más números" + }, + "INT": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para analizar y devolver la parte entera del número especificado" + }, + "ISO.CEILING": { + "a": "( número [, significado])", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número que se redondea hacia arriba al entero más cercano o al múltiplo de significación más cercano, independientemente del signo del número. Sin embargo, si el número o el significado es cero, se devuelve cero." + }, + "LCM": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el múltiplo común más bajo de uno o más números" + }, + "LN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el logaritmo natural de un número" + }, + "LOG": { + "a": "( x [, base])", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el logaritmo de un número a una base especificada" + }, + "LOG10": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el logaritmo de un número a una base de 10" + }, + "MDETERM": { + "a": "( conjunto )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el determinante matricial de un conjunto" + }, + "MINVERSE": { + "a": "( conjunto )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la matriz inversa para una matriz dada y mostrar el primer valor de la matriz de números devuelta." + }, + "MMULT": { + "a": "(Conjunto1, conjunto2)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el producto de la matriz de dos matrices y mostrar el primer valor de la matriz de números devuelta" + }, + "MOD": { + "a": "( x, y )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el resto después de la división de un número por el divisor especificado" + }, + "MROUND": { + "a": "( x, múltiple)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número al múltiplo deseado" + }, + "MULTINOMIAL": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la relación entre el factorial de una suma de números y el producto de los factoriales." + }, + "MUNIT": { + "a": "(dimensión)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría para devolver la matriz de la unidad de la dimensión especificada." + }, + "ODD": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría usada para redondear el número al número entero impar más cercano" + }, + "PI": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Funciones de matemática y trigonometría La función devuelve el constante matemático pi, que vale 3.14159265358979. No requiere ningún argumento." + }, + "POWER": { + "a": "( x, y )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el resultado de un número elevado a la potencia deseada" + }, + "PRODUCT": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para multiplicar todos los números en el rango seleccionado de celdas y devolver el producto" + }, + "QUOTIENT": { + "a": "(dividendo, divisor)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la parte entera de una división" + }, + "RADIANS": { + "a": "( ángulo )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para convertir grados en radianes" + }, + "RAND": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número aleatorio mayor o igual que 0 y menor que 1. No requiere ningún argumento." + }, + "RANDARRAY": { + "a": "([rows], [columns], [min], [max], [whole_number])", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver una matriz de números aleatorios" + }, + "RANDBETWEEN": { + "a": "(límite-inferior, límite-superior)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número aleatorio mayor o igual que el del límite inferior y menor o igual que el del límite superior" + }, + "ROMAN": { + "a": "(número, forma)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para convertir un número en un número romano" + }, + "ROUND": { + "a": "(x , número-dígitos)", + "d": "Función matemática y de trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número al número deseado de dígitos" + }, + "ROUNDDOWN": { + "a": "(x , número-dígitos)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número hacia abajo hasta el número deseado de dígitos" + }, + "ROUNDUP": { + "a": "(x , número-dígitos)", + "d": "Función matemática y de trigonometría utilizada para redondear el número hasta el número deseado de dígitos" + }, + "SEC": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la secante de un ángulo" + }, + "SECH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la secante hiperbólica de un ángulo" + }, + "SERIESSUM": { + "a": "(valor-entrada, potencia-inicial, paso, coeficientes)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la suma de una serie de potencias" + }, + "SIGN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el signo de un número. Si el número es positivo la función devolverá 1. Si el número es negativo la función devolverá -1. Si el número vale 0, la función devolverá 0." + }, + "SIN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el seno de un ángulo" + }, + "SINH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver el seno hiperbólico de un número" + }, + "SQRT": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la raíz cuadrada de un número" + }, + "SQRTPI": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la raíz cuadrada de la constante pi (3.1415926565358979) multiplicada por el número especificado" + }, + "SUBTOTAL": { + "a": "(número-función, lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un subtotal en una lista o base de datos" + }, + "SUM": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría usada para sumar todos los números en el rango seleccionado de celdas y devolver el resultado" + }, + "SUMIF": { + "a": "(rango-celda, criterio-selección [, rango-suma])", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para sumar todos los números en el rango seleccionado de celdas basado en el criterio especificado y devolver el resultado" + }, + "SUMIFS": { + "a": "(suma-rango, criterio-rango1, criterio1, [criterio-rango2, criterio2], ... )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría usada para sumar todos los números en el rango seleccionado de celdas basado en múltiples criterios y devolver el resultado" + }, + "SUMPRODUCT": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para multiplicar los valores en los rangos seleccionados de celdas o matrices y devolver la suma de los productos" + }, + "SUMSQ": { + "a": "(lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para sumar los cuadrados de los números y devolver el resultado" + }, + "SUMX2MY2": { + "a": "(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para sumar la diferencia de cuadrados entre dos matrices" + }, + "SUMX2PY2": { + "a": "(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría usada para sumar los cuadrados de números en los conjuntos seleccionados y devolver la suma de los resultados." + }, + "SUMXMY2": { + "a": "(conjunto-1 , conjunto-2)", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la suma de los cuadrados de las diferencias entre los ítems correspondientes en los conjuntos" + }, + "TAN": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la tangente de un ángulo" + }, + "TANH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver la tangente hiperbólica de un número" + }, + "TRUNC": { + "a": "(x [,número-dígitos])", + "d": "Función de matemáticas y trigonometría utilizada para devolver un número truncado a un número específico de dígitos" + }, + "ADDRESS": { + "a": "(fila-número, col-número[ , [ref-tipo] [, [A1-ref-tipo-indicador] [, nombre de la hoja]]])", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia usada para devolver una representación de texto de una dirección de celda" + }, + "CHOOSE": { + "a": "(índice, lista-argumento)", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver un valor de una lista de valores basados en un índice específico (posición)" + }, + "COLUMN": { + "a": "( [ referencia ] )", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver el número de columna de una celda" + }, + "COLUMNS": { + "a": "( conjunto )", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia usada para devolver el número de columnas en una referencia de celda" + }, + "FORMULATEXT": { + "a": "( referencia )", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver una fórmula como una cadena" + }, + "HLOOKUP": { + "a": "(buscar-valor, conjunto-tabla, núm-índice-fila[, [rango-buscar-marcador]])", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia usada para realizar la búsqueda horizontal de un valor en la fila superior de una tabla o de un conjunto y devolver el valor en la misma columna basado en un número de índice de fila especificado." + }, + "HYPERLINK": { + "a": "( link_location , [ , [ friendly_name ] ] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to create a shortcut that jumps to another location in the current workbook, or opens a document stored on a network server, an intranet, or the Internet" + }, + "INDEX": { + "a": "(conjunto, [número-fila][, [número-columna]])", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver un valor dentro de un rango de celdas en la base de un número de línea y columna especificado. La función INDICE tiene dos formas." + }, + "INDIRECT": { + "a": "(texto-ref [, A1-estilo-ref-marcador])", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia usada para devolver la referencia a una celda basada en su representación de cadena" + }, + "LOOKUP": { + "a": "(valor-buscar, vector-buscar, resultado-vector)", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver un valor de un rango seleccionado (línea o columna que contiene los datos en orden ascendente)" + }, + "MATCH": { + "a": "(valor-buscar, conjunto-buscar[ , [tipo-coincidir]])", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver una posición relativa de un artículo específico en un rango de celdas" + }, + "OFFSET": { + "a": "(referencia, filas, columnas[, [altura] [, [ancho]]])", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver una referencia a una celda desplazada de la celda especificada (o de la celda superior izquierda en el rango de celdas) a un cierto número de filas y columnas." + }, + "ROW": { + "a": "( [ referencia ] )", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia usada para devolver el número de fila de una referencia de celda" + }, + "ROWS": { + "a": "( conjunto )", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia usada para devolver el número de filas en una celda de referencia" + }, + "TRANSPOSE": { + "a": "( conjunto )", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para devolver el primer elemento de un conjunto" + }, + "UNIQUE": { + "a": "(matriz, [by_col], [exactly_once])", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia para devolver una lista de valores únicos de una lista o rango" + }, + "VLOOKUP": { + "a": "(valor-buscar, tabla-conjunto, col-índice-núm[, [rango-buscar-marcador]])", + "d": "Función de búsqueda y referencia utilizada para realizar la búsqueda vertical de un valor en la columna de la izquierda de una tabla o conjunto y devolver el valor en la misma fila basado en un número de índice de columna especificado." + }, + "CELL": { + "a": "(info_type, [reference])", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para devolver información sobre el formato, la ubicación o el contenido de una celda" + }, + "ERROR.TYPE": { + "a": "(valor)", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para devolver la representación numérica de uno de los errores existentes" + }, + "ISBLANK": { + "a": "(valor)", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para comprobar si la celda está vacía o no. Si la celda no contiene ningún valor, la función devolverá VERDADERO, en otro caso la función devolverá FALSO." + }, + "ISERR": { + "a": "(valor)", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para comprobar un valor de error. Si la celda contiene un valor de error (excepto #N/A),la función devolverá VERDADERO, en otro caso la función devolverá FALSO." + }, + "ISERROR": { + "a": "(valor)", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para comprobar un valor de error. Si la celda contiene uno de los valores de error: #N/A, #VALUE!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NUM!, #NAME? or #NULL, la función devolverá VERDADERO, en otro caso la función devolverá FALSO" + }, + "ISEVEN": { + "a": "(número)", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para comprobar un valor par. Si la celda contiene un valor par, la función devolverá VERDADERO. Si el valor es impar, la función devolverá FALSO." + }, + "ISFORMULA": { + "a": "( valor )", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para verificar si hay una referencia a una celda que contiene una fórmula y devuelve VERDADERO o FALSO" + }, + "ISLOGICAL": { + "a": "(valor)", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para verificar un valor lógico (VERDADERO o FALSO). Si la celda contiene un valor lógico, la función devolverá VERDADERO, si no la función devolverá FALSO." + }, + "ISNA": { + "a": "(valor)", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para comprobar la existencia de un error #N/A. Si la celda contiene un valor de error #N/A , la función devolverá VERDADERO, en otro caso la función devolverá FALSO." + }, + "ISNONTEXT": { + "a": "(valor)", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para verificar un valor que no es un texto. Si la celda no contiene un valor de texto, la función devolverá VERDADERO, si no la función devolverá FALSO." + }, + "ISNUMBER": { + "a": "(valor)", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para comprobar un valor numérico. Si la celda contiene un valor numérico, la función devolverá VERDADERO, si no la función devolverá FALSO." + }, + "ISODD": { + "a": "(número)", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para comprobar un valor impar. Si la celda contiene un valor impar, la función devolverá VERDADERO. Si el valor es par, la función devolverá FALSO." + }, + "ISREF": { + "a": "(valor)", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para verificar si el valor es una referencia de celda válida" + }, + "ISTEXT": { + "a": "(valor)", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para verificar un valor de texto. Si la celda contiene un valor de texto, la función devolverá VERDADERO, si no la función devolverá FALSO." + }, + "N": { + "a": "(valor)", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para convertir un valor en un número" + }, + "NA": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para devolver el valor de error #N/A. Esta función no requiere ningún argumento." + }, + "SHEET": { + "a": "( valor )", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para devolver el número de hoja de la hoja de referencia" + }, + "SHEETS": { + "a": "( referencia )", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para devolver el número de hojas de una referencia" + }, + "TYPE": { + "a": "( valor )", + "d": "Función de información utilizada para determinar el tipo de valor resultante o visualizado" + }, + "AND": { + "a": "(lógico1, lógico2, ... )", + "d": "Función lógica utilizada para verificar si el valor lógico introducido es VERDADERO o FALSO. La función devolverá VERDADERO si todos los argumentos son VERDADEROS." + }, + "FALSE": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Funciones lógicas La función devolverá FALSO y no requiere ningún argumento." + }, + "IF": { + "a": "(prueba_lógica, valor_si_verdadero [ , valor_si_falso ] )", + "d": "Se usa para comprobar la expresión lógica y devolver un valor si es VERDADERO, u otro valor si es FALSO." + }, + "IFS": { + "a": "( prueba_lógica1, valor_si_verdadero1, [ prueba_lógica2 , valor_si_verdadero2 ] , … )", + "d": "Función lógica utilizada para comprobar si se cumplen una o varias condiciones y devuelve un valor que corresponde a la primera condición VERDADERO" + }, + "IFERROR": { + "a": " (valor, valor_si_error,)", + "d": "Función lógica utilizada para comprobar si hay un error en la fórmula del primer argumento. La función devuelve el resultado de la fórmula si no hay ningún error, o el valor_si_error si hay uno" + }, + "IFNA": { + "a": "(Valor, valor_si_error)", + "d": "Función lógica utilizada para comprobar si hay un error en la fórmula del primer argumento. La función devolverá el valor que ha especificado si la fórmula devuelve el valor de error #N/A, si no, devuelve el resultado de la fórmula." + }, + "NOT": { + "a": "( lógica )", + "d": "Función lógica utilizada para verificar si el valor lógico introducido es VERDADERO o FALSO. La función devolverá VERDADERO si el argumento es FALSO y FALSO si argumento es VERDADERO." + }, + "OR": { + "a": "(lógico1, lógico2, ...)", + "d": "Función lógica utilizada para verificar si el valor lógico introducido es VERDADERO o FALSO. La función devolverá FALSO si todos los argumentos son FALSO." + }, + "SWITCH": { + "a": "(expresión, valor1, resultado1[, [por-defecto o valor2] [, [resultado2]], ...[por-defecto o valor3, resultado3]])", + "d": "Función lógica utilizada para evaluar un valor (llamado expresión) contra una lista de valores, y devuelve el resultado correspondiente al primer valor coincidente; si no hay coincidencia, se puede devolver un valor predeterminado opcional." + }, + "TRUE": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Función lógica utilizada para devolver VERDADERO y no requiere ningún argumento" + }, + "XOR": { + "a": "(lógico1 [ , lógico2 ] , ... )", + "d": "Función lógica utilizada para devolver un lógico exclusivo O de todos los argumentos" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/fr.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/fr.json index cc07b6883..4da4226ee 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/fr.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/fr.json @@ -1 +1,484 @@ -{"DATE":"DATE","DATEDIF":"DATEDIF","DATEVALUE":"DATEVAL","DAY":"JOUR","DAYS":"JOURS","DAYS360":"JOURS360","EDATE":"MOIS.DECALER","EOMONTH":"FIN.MOIS","HOUR":"HEURE","ISOWEEKNUM":"NO.SEMAINE.ISO","MINUTE":"MINUTE","MONTH":"MOIS","NETWORKDAYS":"NB.JOURS.OUVRES","NETWORKDAYS.INTL":"NB.JOURS.OUVRES.INTL","NOW":"MAINTENANT","SECOND":"SECONDE","TIME":"TEMPS","TIMEVALUE":"TEMPSVAL","TODAY":"AUJOURDHUI","WEEKDAY":"JOURSEM","WEEKNUM":"NO.SEMAINE","WORKDAY":"SERIE.JOUR.OUVRE","WORKDAY.INTL":"SERIE.JOUR.OUVRE.INTL","YEAR":"ANNEE","YEARFRAC":"FRACTION.ANNEE","BESSELI":"BESSELI","BESSELJ":"BESSELJ","BESSELK":"BESSELK","BESSELY":"BESSELY","BIN2DEC":"BINDEC","BIN2HEX":"BINHEX","BIN2OCT":"BINOCT","BITAND":"BITET","BITLSHIFT":"BITDECALG","BITOR":"BITOU","BITRSHIFT":"BITDECALD","BITXOR":"BITOUEXCLUSIF","COMPLEX":"COMPLEXE","CONVERT":"CONVERT","DEC2BIN":"DECBIN","DEC2HEX":"DECHEX","DEC2OCT":"DECOCT","DELTA":"DELTA","ERF":"ERF","ERF.PRECISE":"ERFC.PRECIS","ERFC":"ERFC","ERFC.PRECISE":"ERFC.PRECIS","GESTEP":"SUP.SEUIL","HEX2BIN":"HEXBIN","HEX2DEC":"HEXDEC","HEX2OCT":"HEXOCT","IMABS":"COMPLEXE.MODULE","IMAGINARY":"COMPLEXE.IMAGINAIRE","IMARGUMENT":"COMPLEXE.ARGUMENT","IMCONJUGATE":"COMPLEXE.CONJUGUE","IMCOS":"COMPLEXE.COS","IMCOSH":"COMPLEXE.COSH","IMCOT":"COMPLEXE.COT","IMCSC":"COMPLEXE.CSC","IMCSCH":"COMPLEXE.CSCH","IMDIV":"COMPLEXE.DIV","IMEXP":"COMPLEXE.EXP","IMLN":"COMPLEXE.LN","IMLOG10":"COMPLEXE.LOG10","IMLOG2":"COMPLEXE.LOG2","IMPOWER":"COMPLEXE.PUISSANCE","IMPRODUCT":"COMPLEXE.PRODUIT","IMREAL":"COMPLEXE.REEL","IMSEC":"COMPLEXE.SEC","IMSECH":"COMPLEXE.SECH","IMSIN":"COMPLEXE.SIN","IMSINH":"COMPLEXE.SINH","IMSQRT":"COMPLEXE.RACINE","IMSUB":"COMPLEXE.DIFFERENCE","IMSUM":"COMPLEXE.SOMME","IMTAN":"COMPLEXE.TAN","OCT2BIN":"OCTBIN","OCT2DEC":"OCTDEC","OCT2HEX":"OCTHEX","DAVERAGE":"BDMOYENNE","DCOUNT":"BCOMPTE","DCOUNTA":"BDNBVAL","DGET":"BDLIRE","DMAX":"BDMAX","DMIN":"BDMIN","DPRODUCT":"BDPRODUIT","DSTDEV":"BDECARTYPE","DSTDEVP":"BDECARTYPEP","DSUM":"BDSOMME","DVAR":"BDVAR","DVARP":"BDVARP","CHAR":"CAR","CLEAN":"EPURAGE","CODE":"CODE","CONCATENATE":"CONCATENER","CONCAT":"CONCAT","DOLLAR":"DEVISE","EXACT":"EXACT","FIND":"TROUVE","FINDB":"TROUVERB","FIXED":"CTXT","LEFT":"GAUCHE","LEFTB":"GAUCHEB","LEN":"NBCAR","LENB":"LENB","LOWER":"MINUSCULE","MID":"STXT","MIDB":"MIDB","NUMBERVALUE":"VALEURNOMBRE","PROPER":"NOMPROPRE","REPLACE":"REMPLACER","REPLACEB":"REMPLACERB","REPT":"REPT","RIGHT":"DROITE","RIGHTB":"DROITEB","SEARCH":"CHERCHE","SEARCHB":"CHERCHERB","SUBSTITUTE":"SUBSTITUE","T":"T","T.TEST":"T.TEST","TEXT":"TEXTE","TEXTJOIN":"JOINDRE.TEXTE","TRIM":"SUPPRESPACE","TRIMMEAN":"MOYENNE.REDUITE","TTEST":"TEST.STUDENT","UNICHAR":"UNICAR","UNICODE":"UNICODE","UPPER":"MAJUSCULE","VALUE":"VALEUR","AVEDEV":"ECART.MOYEN","AVERAGE":"MOYENNE","AVERAGEA":"AVERAGEA","AVERAGEIF":"MOYENNE.SI","AVERAGEIFS":"MOYENNE.SI.ENS","BETADIST":"LOI.BETA","BETA.DIST":"LOI.BETA.N","BETA.INV":"BETA.INVERSE","BINOMDIST":"LOI.BINOMIALE","BINOM.DIST":"LOI.BINOMIALE.N","BINOM.DIST.RANGE":"LOI.BINOMIALE.SERIE","BINOM.INV":"LOI.BINOMIALE.INVERSE","CHIDIST":"LOI.KHIDEUX","CHIINV":"KHIDEUX.INVERSE","CHITEST":"TEST.KHIDEUX","CHISQ.DIST":"LOI.KHIDEUX.N","CHISQ.DIST.RT":"LOI.KHIDEUX.DROITE","CHISQ.INV":"LOI.KHIDEUX.INVERSE","CHISQ.INV.RT":"LOI.KHIDEUX.INVERSE.DROITE","CHISQ.TEST":"CHISQ.TEST","CONFIDENCE":"INTERVALLE.CONFIANCE","CONFIDENCE.NORM":"INTERVALLE.CONFIANCE.NORMAL","CONFIDENCE.T":"INTERVALLE.CONFIANCE.STUDENT","CORREL":"COEFFICIENT.CORRELATION","COUNT":"NB","COUNTA":"NBVAL","COUNTBLANK":"NB.VIDE","COUNTIF":"NB.SI","COUNTIFS":"NB.SI.ENS","COVAR":"COVARIANCE","COVARIANCE.P":"COVARIANCE.PEARSON","COVARIANCE.S":"COVARIANCE.STANDARD","CRITBINOM":"CRITERE.LOI.BINOMIALE","DEVSQ":"SOMME.CARRES.ECARTS","EXPON.DIST":"LOI.EXPONENTIELLE.N","EXPONDIST":"LOI.EXPONENTIELLE","FDIST":"LOI.F","FINV":"INVERSE.LOI.F","FTEST":"TEST.F","F.DIST":"LOI.F.N","F.DIST.RT":"LOI.F.DROITE","F.INV":"INVERSE.LOI.F.N","F.INV.RT":"INVERSE.LOI.F.DROITE","F.TEST":"F.TEST","FISHER":"FISHER","FISHERINV":"FISHER.INVERSE","FORECAST":"PREVISION","FORECAST.ETS":"PREVISION.ETS","FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT":"PREVISION.ETS.CONFINT","FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY":"PREVISION.ETS.CARACTERESAISONNIER","FORECAST.ETS.STAT":"PREVISION.ETS.STAT","FORECAST.LINEAR":"PREVISION.LINEAIRE","FREQUENCY":"FREQUENCE","GAMMA":"GAMMA","GAMMADIST":"LOI.GAMMA","GAMMA.DIST":"LOI.GAMMA.N","GAMMAINV":"LOI.GAMMA.INVERSE","GAMMA.INV":"LOI.GAMMA.INVERSE.N","GAMMALN":"LNGAMMA","GAMMALN.PRECISE":"LNGAMMA.PRECIS","GAUSS":"GAUSS","GEOMEAN":"MOYENNE.GEOMETRIQUE","HARMEAN":"MOYENNE.HARMONIQUE","HYPGEOM.DIST":"LOI.HYPERGEOMETRIQUE.N","HYPGEOMDIST":"LOI.HYPERGEOMETRIQUE","INTERCEPT":"ORDONNEE.ORIGINE","KURT":"KURTOSIS","LARGE":"GRANDE.VALEUR","LOGINV":"LOI.LOGNORMALE.INVERSE","LOGNORM.DIST":"LOI.LOGNORMALE.N","LOGNORM.INV":"LOI.LOGNORMALE.INVERSE.N","LOGNORMDIST":"LOI.LOGNORMALE","MAX":"MAX","MAXA":"MAXA","MAXIFS":"MAX.SI.ENS","MEDIAN":"MEDIANE","MIN":"MIN","MINA":"MINA","MINIFS":"MIN.SI.ENS","MODE":"MODE","MODE.MULT":"MODE.MULTIPLE","MODE.SNGL":"MODE.SIMPLE","NEGBINOM.DIST":"LOI.BINOMIALE.NEG.N","NEGBINOMDIST":"LOI.BINOMIALE.NEG","NORM.DIST":"LOI.NORMALE.N","NORM.INV":"LOI.NORMALE.INVERSE.N","NORM.S.DIST":"LOI.NORMALE.STANDARD.N","NORM.S.INV":"LOI.NORMALE.STANDARD.INVERSE.N","NORMDIST":"LOI.NORMALE","NORMINV":"LOI.NORMALE.INVERSE","NORMSDIST":"LOI.NORMALE.STANDARD","NORMSINV":"LOI.NORMALE.STANDARD.INVERSE","PEARSON":"PEARSON","PERCENTILE":"CENTILE","PERCENTILE.EXC":"CENTILE.EXCLURE","PERCENTILE.INC":"CENTILE.INCLURE","PERCENTRANK":"RANG.POURCENTAGE","PERCENTRANK.EXC":"RANG.POURCENTAGE.EXCLURE","PERCENTRANK.INC":"RANG.POURCENTAGE.INCLURE","PERMUT":"PERMUTATION","PERMUTATIONA":"PERMUTATIONA","PHI":"PHI","POISSON":"LOI.POISSON","POISSON.DIST":"LOI.POISSON.N","PROB":"PROBABILITE","QUARTILE":"QUARTILE","QUARTILE.INC":"QUARTILE.INCLURE","QUARTILE.EXC":"QUARTILE.EXCLURE","RANK.AVG":"MOYENNE.RANG","RANK.EQ":"EQUATION.RANG","RANK":"RANG","RSQ":"COEFFICIENT.DETERMINATION","SKEW":"COEFFICIENT.ASYMETRIE","SKEW.P":"COEFFICIENT.ASYMETRIE.P","SLOPE":"PENTE","SMALL":"PETITE.VALEUR","STANDARDIZE":"CENTREE.REDUITE","STDEV":"ECARTYPE","STDEV.P":"ECARTYPE.PEARSON","STDEV.S":"ECARTYPE.STANDARD","STDEVA":"STDEVA","STDEVP":"ECARTYPEP","STDEVPA":"STDEVPA","STEYX":"ERREUR.TYPE.XY","TDIST":"LOI.STUDENT","TINV":"LOI.STUDENT.INVERSE","T.DIST":"LOI.STUDENT.N","T.DIST.2T":"LOI.STUDENT.BILATERALE","T.DIST.RT":"LOI.STUDENT.DROITE","T.INV":"LOI.STUDENT.INVERSE.N","T.INV.2T":"LOI.STUDENT.INVERSE.BILATERALE","VAR":"VAR","VAR.P":"VAR.P.N","VAR.S":"VAR.S","VARA":"VARA","VARP":"VAR.P","VARPA":"VARPA","WEIBULL":"LOI.WEIBULL","WEIBULL.DIST":"LOI.WEIBULL.N","Z.TEST":"Z.TEST","ZTEST":"TEST.Z","ACCRINT":"INTERET.ACC","ACCRINTM":"INTERET.ACC.MAT","AMORDEGRC":"AMORDEGRC","AMORLINC":"AMORLINC","COUPDAYBS":"NB.JOURS.COUPON.PREC","COUPDAYS":"NB.JOURS.COUPONS","COUPDAYSNC":"NB.JOURS.COUPON.SUIV","COUPNCD":"DATE.COUPON.SUIV","COUPNUM":"NB.COUPONS","COUPPCD":"DATE.COUPON.PREC","CUMIPMT":"CUMUL.INTER","CUMPRINC":"CUMUL.PRINCPER","DB":"DB","DDB":"DDB","DISC":"TAUX.ESCOMPTE","DOLLARDE":"PRIX.DEC","DOLLARFR":"PRIX.FRAC","DURATION":"DUREE","EFFECT":"TAUX.EFFECTIF","FV":"VC","FVSCHEDULE":"VC.PAIEMENTS","INTRATE":"TAUX.INTERET","IPMT":"INTPER","IRR":"TRI","ISPMT":"ISPMT","MDURATION":"DUREE.MODIFIEE","MIRR":"TRIM","NOMINAL":"TAUX.NOMINAL","NPER":"NPM","NPV":"VAN","ODDFPRICE":"PRIX.PCOUPON.IRREG","ODDFYIELD":"REND.PCOUPON.IRREG","ODDLPRICE":"PRIX.DCOUPON.IRREG","ODDLYIELD":"REND.DCOUPON.IRREG","PDURATION":"PDUREE","PMT":"VPM","PPMT":"PRINCPER","PRICE":"PRIX.TITRE","PRICEDISC":"VALEUR.ENCAISSEMENT","PRICEMAT":"PRIX.TITRE.ECHEANCE","PV":"VA","RATE":"TAUX","RECEIVED":"VALEUR.NOMINALE","RRI":"TAUX.INT.EQUIV","SLN":"AMORLIN","SYD":"AMORANN","TBILLEQ":"TAUX.ESCOMPTE.R","TBILLPRICE":"PRIX.BON.TRESOR","TBILLYIELD":"RENDEMENT.BON.TRESOR","VDB":"VDB","XIRR":"TRI.PAIEMENTS","XNPV":"VAN.PAIEMENTS","YIELD":"RENDEMENT.TITRE","YIELDDISC":"RENDEMENT.SIMPLE","YIELDMAT":"RENDEMENT.TITRE.ECHEANCE","ABS":"ABS","ACOS":"ACOS","ACOSH":"ACOSH","ACOT":"ACOT","ACOTH":"ACOTH","AGGREGATE":"AGREGAT","ARABIC":"CHIFFRE.ARABE","ASIN":"ASIN","ASINH":"ASINH","ATAN":"ATAN","ATAN2":"ATAN2","ATANH":"ATANH","BASE":"BASE","CEILING":"PLAFOND","CEILING.MATH":"PLAFOND.MATH","CEILING.PRECISE":"PLAFOND.PRECIS","COMBIN":"COMBIN","COMBINA":"COMBINA","COS":"COS","COSH":"COSH","COT":"COT","COTH":"COTH","CSC":"CSC","CSCH":"CSCH","DECIMAL":"DECIMAL","DEGREES":"DEGRES","ECMA.CEILING":"ECMA.PLAFOND","EVEN":"PAIR","EXP":"EXP","FACT":"FACT","FACTDOUBLE":"FACTDOUBLE","FLOOR":"PLANCHER","FLOOR.PRECISE":"PLANCHER.PRECIS","FLOOR.MATH":"PLANCHER.MATH","GCD":"PGCD","INT":"ENT","ISO.CEILING":"ISO.PLAFOND","LCM":"PPCM","LN":"LN","LOG":"LOG","LOG10":"LOG10","MDETERM":"DETERMAT","MINVERSE":"INVERSEMAT","MMULT":"PRODUITMAT","MOD":"MOD","MROUND":"ARRONDI.AU.MULTIPLE","MULTINOMIAL":"MULTINOMIALE","ODD":"IMPAIR","PI":"PI","POWER":"PUISSANCE","PRODUCT":"PRODUIT","QUOTIENT":"QUOTIENT","RADIANS":"RADIANS","RAND":"ALEA","RANDBETWEEN":"ALEA.ENTRE.BORNES","ROMAN":"ROMAIN","ROUND":"ARRONDI","ROUNDDOWN":"ARRONDI.INF","ROUNDUP":"ARRONDI.SUP","SEC":"SEC","SECH":"SECH","SERIESSUM":"SOMME.SERIES","SIGN":"SIGNE","SIN":"SIN","SINH":"SINH","SQRT":"RACINE","SQRTPI":"RACINE.PI","SUBTOTAL":"SOUS.TOTAL","SUM":"SOMME","SUMIF":"SOMME.SI","SUMIFS":"SOMME.SI.ENS","SUMPRODUCT":"SOMMEPROD","SUMSQ":"SOMME.CARRES","SUMX2MY2":"SOMME.X2MY2","SUMX2PY2":"SOMME.X2PY2","SUMXMY2":"SOMME.XMY2","TAN":"TAN","TANH":"TANH","TRUNC":"TRONQUE","ADDRESS":"ADRESSE","CHOOSE":"CHOISIR","COLUMN":"COLONNE","COLUMNS":"COLONNES","FORMULATEXT":"FORMULETEXTE","HLOOKUP":"RECHERCHEH","INDEX":"INDEX","INDIRECT":"INDIRECT","LOOKUP":"RECHERCHE","MATCH":"EQUIV","OFFSET":"DECALER","ROW":"LIGNE","ROWS":"LIGNES","TRANSPOSE":"TRANSPOSE","VLOOKUP":"RECHERCHEV","ERROR.TYPE":"TYPE.ERREUR","ISBLANK":"ESTVIDE","ISERR":"ESTERR","ISERROR":"ESTERREUR","ISEVEN":"EST.PAIR","ISFORMULA":"ESTFORMULE","ISLOGICAL":"ESTLOGIQUE","ISNA":"ESTNA","ISNONTEXT":"ESTNONTEXTE","ISNUMBER":"ESTNUM","ISODD":"EST.IMPAIR","ISREF":"ESTREF","ISTEXT":"ESTTEXTE","N":"N","NA":"NA","SHEET":"FEUILLE","SHEETS":"FEUILLES","TYPE":"TYPE","AND":"ET","FALSE":"FAUX","IF":"SI","IFS":"SI.CONDITIONS","IFERROR":"SIERREUR","IFNA":"SI.NON.DISP","NOT":"PAS","OR":"OU","SWITCH":"SI.MULTIPLE","TRUE":"VRAI","XOR":"OUX","LocalFormulaOperands":{"StructureTables":{"h":"En-têtes","d":"Données","a":"Tous","tr":"Cette ligne","t":"Totaux"},"CONST_TRUE_FALSE":{"t":"VRAI","f":"FAUX"},"CONST_ERROR":{"nil":"#NUL!","div":"#DIV/0!","value":"#VALEUR!","ref":"#REF!","name":"#NOM\\?","num":"#NOMBRE!","na":"#N/A","getdata":"#CHARGEMENT_DONNEES","uf":"#UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION!"}}} \ No newline at end of file +{ + "DATE": "DATE", + "DATEDIF": "DATEDIF", + "DATEVALUE": "DATEVAL", + "DAY": "JOUR", + "DAYS": "JOURS", + "DAYS360": "JOURS360", + "EDATE": "MOIS.DECALER", + "EOMONTH": "FIN.MOIS", + "HOUR": "HEURE", + "ISOWEEKNUM": "NO.SEMAINE.ISO", + "MINUTE": "MINUTE", + "MONTH": "MOIS", + "NETWORKDAYS": "NB.JOURS.OUVRES", + "NETWORKDAYS.INTL": "NB.JOURS.OUVRES.INTL", + "NOW": "MAINTENANT", + "SECOND": "SECONDE", + "TIME": "TEMPS", + "TIMEVALUE": "TEMPSVAL", + "TODAY": "AUJOURDHUI", + "WEEKDAY": "JOURSEM", + "WEEKNUM": "NO.SEMAINE", + "WORKDAY": "SERIE.JOUR.OUVRE", + "WORKDAY.INTL": "SERIE.JOUR.OUVRE.INTL", + "YEAR": "ANNEE", + "YEARFRAC": "FRACTION.ANNEE", + "BESSELI": "BESSELI", + "BESSELJ": "BESSELJ", + "BESSELK": "BESSELK", + "BESSELY": "BESSELY", + "BIN2DEC": "BINDEC", + "BIN2HEX": "BINHEX", + "BIN2OCT": "BINOCT", + "BITAND": "BITET", + "BITLSHIFT": "BITDECALG", + "BITOR": "BITOU", + "BITRSHIFT": "BITDECALD", + "BITXOR": "BITOUEXCLUSIF", + "COMPLEX": "COMPLEXE", + "CONVERT": "CONVERT", + "DEC2BIN": "DECBIN", + "DEC2HEX": "DECHEX", + "DEC2OCT": "DECOCT", + "DELTA": "DELTA", + "ERF": "ERF", + "ERF.PRECISE": "ERF.PRECIS", + "ERFC": "ERFC", + "ERFC.PRECISE": "ERFC.PRECIS", + "GESTEP": "SUP.SEUIL", + "HEX2BIN": "HEXBIN", + "HEX2DEC": "HEXDEC", + "HEX2OCT": "HEXOCT", + "IMABS": "COMPLEXE.MODULE", + "IMAGINARY": "COMPLEXE.IMAGINAIRE", + "IMARGUMENT": "COMPLEXE.ARGUMENT", + "IMCONJUGATE": "COMPLEXE.CONJUGUE", + "IMCOS": "COMPLEXE.COS", + "IMCOSH": "COMPLEXE.COSH", + "IMCOT": "COMPLEXE.COT", + "IMCSC": "COMPLEXE.CSC", + "IMCSCH": "COMPLEXE.CSCH", + "IMDIV": "COMPLEXE.DIV", + "IMEXP": "COMPLEXE.EXP", + "IMLN": "COMPLEXE.LN", + "IMLOG10": "COMPLEXE.LOG10", + "IMLOG2": "COMPLEXE.LOG2", + "IMPOWER": "COMPLEXE.PUISSANCE", + "IMPRODUCT": "COMPLEXE.PRODUIT", + "IMREAL": "COMPLEXE.REEL", + "IMSEC": "COMPLEXE.SEC", + "IMSECH": "COMPLEXE.SECH", + "IMSIN": "COMPLEXE.SIN", + "IMSINH": "COMPLEXE.SINH", + "IMSQRT": "COMPLEXE.RACINE", + "IMSUB": "COMPLEXE.DIFFERENCE", + "IMSUM": "COMPLEXE.SOMME", + "IMTAN": "COMPLEXE.TAN", + "OCT2BIN": "OCTBIN", + "OCT2DEC": "OCTDEC", + "OCT2HEX": "OCTHEX", + "DAVERAGE": "BDMOYENNE", + "DCOUNT": "BCOMPTE", + "DCOUNTA": "BDNBVAL", + "DGET": "BDLIRE", + "DMAX": "BDMAX", + "DMIN": "BDMIN", + "DPRODUCT": "BDPRODUIT", + "DSTDEV": "BDECARTYPE", + "DSTDEVP": "BDECARTYPEP", + "DSUM": "BDSOMME", + "DVAR": "BDVAR", + "DVARP": "BDVARP", + "CHAR": "CAR", + "CLEAN": "EPURAGE", + "CODE": "CODE", + "CONCATENATE": "CONCATENER", + "CONCAT": "CONCAT", + "DOLLAR": "DEVISE", + "EXACT": "EXACT", + "FIND": "TROUVE", + "FINDB": "TROUVERB", + "FIXED": "CTXT", + "LEFT": "GAUCHE", + "LEFTB": "GAUCHEB", + "LEN": "NBCAR", + "LENB": "LENB", + "LOWER": "MINUSCULE", + "MID": "STXT", + "MIDB": "MIDB", + "NUMBERVALUE": "VALEURNOMBRE", + "PROPER": "NOMPROPRE", + "REPLACE": "REMPLACER", + "REPLACEB": "REMPLACERB", + "REPT": "REPT", + "RIGHT": "DROITE", + "RIGHTB": "DROITEB", + "SEARCH": "CHERCHE", + "SEARCHB": "CHERCHERB", + "SUBSTITUTE": "SUBSTITUE", + "T": "T", + "T.TEST": "T.TEST", + "TEXT": "TEXTE", + "TEXTJOIN": "JOINDRE.TEXTE", + "TRIM": "SUPPRESPACE", + "TRIMMEAN": "MOYENNE.REDUITE", + "TTEST": "TEST.STUDENT", + "UNICHAR": "UNICAR", + "UNICODE": "UNICODE", + "UPPER": "MAJUSCULE", + "VALUE": "VALEUR", + "AVEDEV": "ECART.MOYEN", + "AVERAGE": "MOYENNE", + "AVERAGEA": "AVERAGEA", + "AVERAGEIF": "MOYENNE.SI", + "AVERAGEIFS": "MOYENNE.SI.ENS", + "BETADIST": "LOI.BETA", + "BETAINV": "BETA.INVERSE", + "BETA.DIST": "LOI.BETA.N", + "BETA.INV": "BETA.INVERSE.N", + "BINOMDIST": "LOI.BINOMIALE", + "BINOM.DIST": "LOI.BINOMIALE.N", + "BINOM.DIST.RANGE": "LOI.BINOMIALE.SERIE", + "BINOM.INV": "LOI.BINOMIALE.INVERSE", + "CHIDIST": "LOI.KHIDEUX", + "CHIINV": "KHIDEUX.INVERSE", + "CHITEST": "TEST.KHIDEUX", + "CHISQ.DIST": "LOI.KHIDEUX.N", + "CHISQ.DIST.RT": "LOI.KHIDEUX.DROITE", + "CHISQ.INV": "LOI.KHIDEUX.INVERSE", + "CHISQ.INV.RT": "LOI.KHIDEUX.INVERSE.DROITE", + "CHISQ.TEST": "CHISQ.TEST", + "CONFIDENCE": "INTERVALLE.CONFIANCE", + "CONFIDENCE.NORM": "INTERVALLE.CONFIANCE.NORMAL", + "CONFIDENCE.T": "INTERVALLE.CONFIANCE.STUDENT", + "CORREL": "COEFFICIENT.CORRELATION", + "COUNT": "NB", + "COUNTA": "NBVAL", + "COUNTBLANK": "NB.VIDE", + "COUNTIF": "NB.SI", + "COUNTIFS": "NB.SI.ENS", + "COVAR": "COVARIANCE", + "COVARIANCE.P": "COVARIANCE.PEARSON", + "COVARIANCE.S": "COVARIANCE.STANDARD", + "CRITBINOM": "CRITERE.LOI.BINOMIALE", + "DEVSQ": "SOMME.CARRES.ECARTS", + "EXPON.DIST": "LOI.EXPONENTIELLE.N", + "EXPONDIST": "LOI.EXPONENTIELLE", + "FDIST": "LOI.F", + "FINV": "INVERSE.LOI.F", + "FTEST": "TEST.F", + "F.DIST": "LOI.F.N", + "F.DIST.RT": "LOI.F.DROITE", + "F.INV": "INVERSE.LOI.F.N", + "F.INV.RT": "INVERSE.LOI.F.DROITE", + "F.TEST": "F.TEST", + "FISHER": "FISHER", + "FISHERINV": "FISHER.INVERSE", + "FORECAST": "PREVISION", + "FORECAST.ETS": "PREVISION.ETS", + "FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT": "PREVISION.ETS.CONFINT", + "FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY": "PREVISION.ETS.CARACTERESAISONNIER", + "FORECAST.ETS.STAT": "PREVISION.ETS.STAT", + "FORECAST.LINEAR": "PREVISION.LINEAIRE", + "FREQUENCY": "FREQUENCE", + "GAMMA": "GAMMA", + "GAMMADIST": "LOI.GAMMA", + "GAMMA.DIST": "LOI.GAMMA.N", + "GAMMAINV": "LOI.GAMMA.INVERSE", + "GAMMA.INV": "LOI.GAMMA.INVERSE.N", + "GAMMALN": "LNGAMMA", + "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "LNGAMMA.PRECIS", + "GAUSS": "GAUSS", + "GEOMEAN": "MOYENNE.GEOMETRIQUE", + "GROWTH": "CROISSANCE", + "HARMEAN": "MOYENNE.HARMONIQUE", + "HYPGEOM.DIST": "LOI.HYPERGEOMETRIQUE.N", + "HYPGEOMDIST": "LOI.HYPERGEOMETRIQUE", + "INTERCEPT": "ORDONNEE.ORIGINE", + "KURT": "KURTOSIS", + "LARGE": "GRANDE.VALEUR", + "LINEST": "DROITEREG", + "LOGEST": "LOGREG", + "LOGINV": "LOI.LOGNORMALE.INVERSE", + "LOGNORM.DIST": "LOI.LOGNORMALE.N", + "LOGNORM.INV": "LOI.LOGNORMALE.INVERSE.N", + "LOGNORMDIST": "LOI.LOGNORMALE", + "MAX": "MAX", + "MAXA": "MAXA", + "MAXIFS": "MAX.SI.ENS", + "MEDIAN": "MEDIANE", + "MIN": "MIN", + "MINA": "MINA", + "MINIFS": "MIN.SI.ENS", + "MODE": "MODE", + "MODE.MULT": "MODE.MULTIPLE", + "MODE.SNGL": "MODE.SIMPLE", + "NEGBINOM.DIST": "LOI.BINOMIALE.NEG.N", + "NEGBINOMDIST": "LOI.BINOMIALE.NEG", + "NORM.DIST": "LOI.NORMALE.N", + "NORM.INV": "LOI.NORMALE.INVERSE.N", + "NORM.S.DIST": "LOI.NORMALE.STANDARD.N", + "NORM.S.INV": "LOI.NORMALE.STANDARD.INVERSE.N", + "NORMDIST": "LOI.NORMALE", + "NORMINV": "LOI.NORMALE.INVERSE", + "NORMSDIST": "LOI.NORMALE.STANDARD", + "NORMSINV": "LOI.NORMALE.STANDARD.INVERSE", + "PEARSON": "PEARSON", + "PERCENTILE": "CENTILE", + "PERCENTILE.EXC": "CENTILE.EXCLURE", + "PERCENTILE.INC": "CENTILE.INCLURE", + "PERCENTRANK": "RANG.POURCENTAGE", + "PERCENTRANK.EXC": "RANG.POURCENTAGE.EXCLURE", + "PERCENTRANK.INC": "RANG.POURCENTAGE.INCLURE", + "PERMUT": "PERMUTATION", + "PERMUTATIONA": "PERMUTATIONA", + "PHI": "PHI", + "POISSON": "LOI.POISSON", + "POISSON.DIST": "LOI.POISSON.N", + "PROB": "PROBABILITE", + "QUARTILE": "QUARTILE", + "QUARTILE.INC": "QUARTILE.INCLURE", + "QUARTILE.EXC": "QUARTILE.EXCLURE", + "RANK.AVG": "MOYENNE.RANG", + "RANK.EQ": "EQUATION.RANG", + "RANK": "RANG", + "RSQ": "COEFFICIENT.DETERMINATION", + "SKEW": "COEFFICIENT.ASYMETRIE", + "SKEW.P": "COEFFICIENT.ASYMETRIE.P", + "SLOPE": "PENTE", + "SMALL": "PETITE.VALEUR", + "STANDARDIZE": "CENTREE.REDUITE", + "STDEV": "ECARTYPE", + "STDEV.P": "ECARTYPE.PEARSON", + "STDEV.S": "ECARTYPE.STANDARD", + "STDEVA": "STDEVA", + "STDEVP": "ECARTYPEP", + "STDEVPA": "STDEVPA", + "STEYX": "ERREUR.TYPE.XY", + "TDIST": "LOI.STUDENT", + "TINV": "LOI.STUDENT.INVERSE", + "T.DIST": "LOI.STUDENT.N", + "T.DIST.2T": "LOI.STUDENT.BILATERALE", + "T.DIST.RT": "LOI.STUDENT.DROITE", + "T.INV": "LOI.STUDENT.INVERSE.N", + "T.INV.2T": "LOI.STUDENT.INVERSE.BILATERALE", + "VAR": "VAR", + "VAR.P": "VAR.P.N", + "VAR.S": "VAR.S", + "VARA": "VARA", + "VARP": "VAR.P", + "VARPA": "VARPA", + "WEIBULL": "LOI.WEIBULL", + "WEIBULL.DIST": "LOI.WEIBULL.N", + "Z.TEST": "Z.TEST", + "ZTEST": "TEST.Z", + "ACCRINT": "INTERET.ACC", + "ACCRINTM": "INTERET.ACC.MAT", + "AMORDEGRC": "AMORDEGRC", + "AMORLINC": "AMORLINC", + "COUPDAYBS": "NB.JOURS.COUPON.PREC", + "COUPDAYS": "NB.JOURS.COUPONS", + "COUPDAYSNC": "NB.JOURS.COUPON.SUIV", + "COUPNCD": "DATE.COUPON.SUIV", + "COUPNUM": "NB.COUPONS", + "COUPPCD": "DATE.COUPON.PREC", + "CUMIPMT": "CUMUL.INTER", + "CUMPRINC": "CUMUL.PRINCPER", + "DB": "DB", + "DDB": "DDB", + "DISC": "TAUX.ESCOMPTE", + "DOLLARDE": "PRIX.DEC", + "DOLLARFR": "PRIX.FRAC", + "DURATION": "DUREE", + "EFFECT": "TAUX.EFFECTIF", + "FV": "VC", + "FVSCHEDULE": "VC.PAIEMENTS", + "INTRATE": "TAUX.INTERET", + "IPMT": "INTPER", + "IRR": "TRI", + "ISPMT": "ISPMT", + "MDURATION": "DUREE.MODIFIEE", + "MIRR": "TRIM", + "NOMINAL": "TAUX.NOMINAL", + "NPER": "NPM", + "NPV": "VAN", + "ODDFPRICE": "PRIX.PCOUPON.IRREG", + "ODDFYIELD": "REND.PCOUPON.IRREG", + "ODDLPRICE": "PRIX.DCOUPON.IRREG", + "ODDLYIELD": "REND.DCOUPON.IRREG", + "PDURATION": "PDUREE", + "PMT": "VPM", + "PPMT": "PRINCPER", + "PRICE": "PRIX.TITRE", + "PRICEDISC": "VALEUR.ENCAISSEMENT", + "PRICEMAT": "PRIX.TITRE.ECHEANCE", + "PV": "VA", + "RATE": "TAUX", + "RECEIVED": "VALEUR.NOMINALE", + "RRI": "TAUX.INT.EQUIV", + "SLN": "AMORLIN", + "SYD": "AMORANN", + "TBILLEQ": "TAUX.ESCOMPTE.R", + "TBILLPRICE": "PRIX.BON.TRESOR", + "TBILLYIELD": "RENDEMENT.BON.TRESOR", + "VDB": "VDB", + "XIRR": "TRI.PAIEMENTS", + "XNPV": "VAN.PAIEMENTS", + "YIELD": "RENDEMENT.TITRE", + "YIELDDISC": "RENDEMENT.SIMPLE", + "YIELDMAT": "RENDEMENT.TITRE.ECHEANCE", + "ABS": "ABS", + "ACOS": "ACOS", + "ACOSH": "ACOSH", + "ACOT": "ACOT", + "ACOTH": "ACOTH", + "AGGREGATE": "AGREGAT", + "ARABIC": "CHIFFRE.ARABE", + "ASC": "ASC", + "ASIN": "ASIN", + "ASINH": "ASINH", + "ATAN": "ATAN", + "ATAN2": "ATAN2", + "ATANH": "ATANH", + "BASE": "BASE", + "CEILING": "PLAFOND", + "CEILING.MATH": "PLAFOND.MATH", + "CEILING.PRECISE": "PLAFOND.PRECIS", + "COMBIN": "COMBIN", + "COMBINA": "COMBINA", + "COS": "COS", + "COSH": "COSH", + "COT": "COT", + "COTH": "COTH", + "CSC": "CSC", + "CSCH": "CSCH", + "DECIMAL": "DECIMAL", + "DEGREES": "DEGRES", + "ECMA.CEILING": "ECMA.PLAFOND", + "EVEN": "PAIR", + "EXP": "EXP", + "FACT": "FACT", + "FACTDOUBLE": "FACTDOUBLE", + "FLOOR": "PLANCHER", + "FLOOR.PRECISE": "PLANCHER.PRECIS", + "FLOOR.MATH": "PLANCHER.MATH", + "GCD": "PGCD", + "INT": "ENT", + "ISO.CEILING": "ISO.PLAFOND", + "LCM": "PPCM", + "LN": "LN", + "LOG": "LOG", + "LOG10": "LOG10", + "MDETERM": "DETERMAT", + "MINVERSE": "INVERSEMAT", + "MMULT": "PRODUITMAT", + "MOD": "MOD", + "MROUND": "ARRONDI.AU.MULTIPLE", + "MULTINOMIAL": "MULTINOMIALE", + "MUNIT": "MATRICE.UNITAIRE", + "ODD": "IMPAIR", + "PI": "PI", + "POWER": "PUISSANCE", + "PRODUCT": "PRODUIT", + "QUOTIENT": "QUOTIENT", + "RADIANS": "RADIANS", + "RAND": "ALEA", + "RANDARRAY": "TABLEAU.ALEAT", + "RANDBETWEEN": "ALEA.ENTRE.BORNES", + "ROMAN": "ROMAIN", + "ROUND": "ARRONDI", + "ROUNDDOWN": "ARRONDI.INF", + "ROUNDUP": "ARRONDI.SUP", + "SEC": "SEC", + "SECH": "SECH", + "SERIESSUM": "SOMME.SERIES", + "SIGN": "SIGNE", + "SIN": "SIN", + "SINH": "SINH", + "SQRT": "RACINE", + "SQRTPI": "RACINE.PI", + "SUBTOTAL": "SOUS.TOTAL", + "SUM": "SOMME", + "SUMIF": "SOMME.SI", + "SUMIFS": "SOMME.SI.ENS", + "SUMPRODUCT": "SOMMEPROD", + "SUMSQ": "SOMME.CARRES", + "SUMX2MY2": "SOMME.X2MY2", + "SUMX2PY2": "SOMME.X2PY2", + "SUMXMY2": "SOMME.XMY2", + "TAN": "TAN", + "TANH": "TANH", + "TRUNC": "TRONQUE", + "ADDRESS": "ADRESSE", + "CHOOSE": "CHOISIR", + "COLUMN": "COLONNE", + "COLUMNS": "COLONNES", + "FORMULATEXT": "FORMULETEXTE", + "HLOOKUP": "RECHERCHEH", + "HYPERLINK": "LIEN_HYPERTEXTE", + "INDEX": "INDEX", + "INDIRECT": "INDIRECT", + "LOOKUP": "RECHERCHE", + "MATCH": "EQUIV", + "OFFSET": "DECALER", + "ROW": "LIGNE", + "ROWS": "LIGNES", + "TRANSPOSE": "TRANSPOSE", + "UNIQUE": "UNIQUE", + "VLOOKUP": "RECHERCHEV", + "CELL": "CELLULE", + "ERROR.TYPE": "TYPE.ERREUR", + "ISBLANK": "ESTVIDE", + "ISERR": "ESTERR", + "ISERROR": "ESTERREUR", + "ISEVEN": "EST.PAIR", + "ISFORMULA": "ESTFORMULE", + "ISLOGICAL": "ESTLOGIQUE", + "ISNA": "ESTNA", + "ISNONTEXT": "ESTNONTEXTE", + "ISNUMBER": "ESTNUM", + "ISODD": "EST.IMPAIR", + "ISREF": "ESTREF", + "ISTEXT": "ESTTEXTE", + "N": "N", + "NA": "NA", + "SHEET": "FEUILLE", + "SHEETS": "FEUILLES", + "TYPE": "TYPE", + "AND": "ET", + "FALSE": "FAUX", + "IF": "SI", + "IFS": "SI.CONDITIONS", + "IFERROR": "SIERREUR", + "IFNA": "SI.NON.DISP", + "NOT": "PAS", + "OR": "OU", + "SWITCH": "SI.MULTIPLE", + "TRUE": "VRAI", + "XOR": "OUX", + "LocalFormulaOperands": { + "StructureTables": { + "h": "En-têtes", + "d": "Données", + "a": "Tous", + "tr": "Cette ligne", + "t": "Totaux" + }, + "CONST_TRUE_FALSE": { + "t": "VRAI", + "f": "FAUX" + }, + "CONST_ERROR": { + "nil": "#NUL!", + "div": "#DIV/0!", + "value": "#VALEUR!", + "ref": "#REF!", + "name": "#NOM\\?", + "num": "#NOMBRE!", + "na": "#N/A", + "getdata": "#CHARGEMENT_DONNEES", + "uf": "#UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION!" + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/fr_desc.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/fr_desc.json index 3f4f6e565..e02230b51 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/fr_desc.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/fr_desc.json @@ -1 +1,1838 @@ -{"DATE":{"a":"(année, mois, jour)","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour ajouter des dates au format par défaut jj/MM/aaaa."},"DATEDIF":{"a":"(date_début, date_fin, unité)","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer la différence entre deux dates (date_début et date_fin) sur la base d'un intervalle (unité) spécifié"},"DATEVALUE":{"a":"(date_texte)","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de série de la date spécifiée."},"DAY":{"a":"(valeur_date)","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure qui renvoie le jour (un nombre de 1 à 31) de la date indiquée au format numérique (jj/MM/aaaa par défaut)."},"DAYS":{"a":"(date_fin, date_début)","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour retourner le nombre de jours entre deux dates."},"DAYS360":{"a":"(date_début, date_fin [,méthode])","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de jours entre deux dates (date_début et date_fin) sur la base d'une année de 360 jours en utilisant un des modes de calcul (américain ou européen)."},"EDATE":{"a":"(date_départ, mois)","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de série de la date qui vient le nombre de mois spécifié (mois) avant ou après la date déterminée (date_départ)."},"EOMONTH":{"a":"(date_départ, mois)","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de série du dernier jour du mois qui vient le nombre de mois spécifié avant ou après la date déterminée."},"HOUR":{"a":"(valeur_heure)","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure qui renvoie l'heure (nombre de 0 à 23) correspondant à une valeur d'heure."},"ISOWEEKNUM":{"a":"(date)","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro ISO de la semaine de l'année pour une date donnée."},"MINUTE":{"a":"(valeur_heure)","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure qui renvoie les minutes (un nombre de 0 à 59) correspondant à une valeur d'heure."},"MONTH":{"a":"(valeur_date)","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure qui renvoie le mois (nombre de 1 à 12) d'une date indiquée au format numérique (jj/MM/aaaa par défault)."},"NETWORKDAYS":{"a":"(date_début, date_fin [, jours_fériés])","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de jours ouvrables entre deux dates (date_début et date_fin) à l'exclusion des week-ends et dates considérées comme jours fériés."},"NETWORKDAYS.INTL":{"a":"(start_date, days, [, week-end], [, jours_fériés])","d":"Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour retourner le nombre de jours de travail entiers entre deux dates en utilisant des paramètres pour indiquer quels jours et combien de jours sont des jours de week-end."},"NOW":{"a":"()","d":"Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de série de la date et de l'heure actuelles ; Si le format de la cellule était Général avant la saisie de la fonction, l'application modifie le format de la cellule afin qu'il corresponde au format de la date et de l'heure de vos paramètres régionaux."},"SECOND":{"a":"(valeur_heure)","d":"Fonction de date et d'heure qui renvoie les secondes (un nombre de 0 à 59) correspondant à une valeur d’heure."},"TIME":{"a":"(heure, minute, seconde)","d":"Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour ajouter l'heure spécifiée au format sélectionné (hh:mm tt par défaut)."},"TIMEVALUE":{"a":"(heure_texte)","d":"Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de série d'une valeur d’heure."},"TODAY":{"a":"()","d":"Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour ajouter la date actuelle au format MM/jj/aa. Cette fonction ne nécessite pas d'argument."},"WEEKDAY":{"a":"(numéro_de_série [, type_retour])","d":"Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour déterminer le jour de la semaine de la date spécifiée."},"WEEKNUM":{"a":"(numéro_de_série [, type_retour])","d":"Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de la semaine au cours de laquelle la date déterminée tombe dans l’année."},"WORKDAY":{"a":"(date_début , nb_jours[, jours_fériés])","d":"Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour renvoyer la date qui vient le nombre de jours indiqué (nb_jours) avant ou après la date déterminée à l'exclusion des week-ends et des dates considérées comme jours fériés."},"WORKDAY.INTL":{"a":"(start_date, nb_jours, [, nb_jours_week-end], [, jours_fériés])","d":"Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour renvoyer la date avant ou après un nombre spécifié de jours de travail avec des paramètres de week-end personnalisés. Les paramètres de week-ends indiquent combien de jours et lesquels sont comptés dans le week-end."},"YEAR":{"a":"(valeur_date)","d":"Fonction de date et d'heure qui renvoie l'année (nombre de 1900 à 9999) de la date au format numérique (jj/MM/aaaa par défault)."},"YEARFRAC":{"a":"(date_début, date_fin [, base])","d":"Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour renvoyer la fraction d'une année représentée par le nombre de jours complets à partir de la date_début jusqu'à la date_fin calculé sur la base spécifiée."},"BESSELI":{"a":"(X , N)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour retourner la fonction de Bessel modifiée, qui est équivalente a la fonction de Bessel évaluée pour des arguments purement imaginaires."},"BESSELJ":{"a":"(X , N)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la fonction de Bessel."},"BESSELK":{"a":"(X , N)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour retourner la fonction de Bessel modifiée, qui est équivalente aux fonctions de Bessel évaluées pour des arguments purement imaginaires."},"BESSELY":{"a":"(X , N)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la fonction de Bessel, également appelée fonction de Weber ou fonction de Neumann."},"BIN2DEC":{"a":"(nombre)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre binaire en un nombre décimal."},"BIN2HEX":{"a":"(nombre [, emplacements])","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre binaire en un nombre hexadécimal."},"BIN2OCT":{"a":"(nombre [, emplacements])","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre binaire en un nombre octal."},"BITAND":{"a":"(nombre1, nombre2)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le ET bit à bit de deux nombres."},"BITLSHIFT":{"a":"(nombre, décalage)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer un nombre décalé à gauche du nombre de bits spécifié."},"BITOR":{"a":"(nombre1, nombre2)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le OU bit à bit de deux nombres."},"BITRSHIFT":{"a":"(nombre, décalage)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer un nombre décalé à droite du nombre de bits spécifié."},"BITXOR":{"a":"(nombre1, nombre2)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le OU exclusif bit à bit de deux nombres."},"COMPLEX":{"a":"(partie_réelle, partie_imaginaire [, suffixe])","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir une partie réelle et une partie imaginaire en un nombre complexe exprimé sous la forme a+ bi ou a + bj."},"CONVERT":{"a":"(nombre, de_unité, à_unité)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre d’une unité à une autre unité; par exemple, la fonction CONVERT peut traduire un tableau de distances en milles en un tableau de distances exprimées en kilomètres."},"DEC2BIN":{"a":"(nombre [, emplacements])","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre décimal en un nombre binaire."},"DEC2HEX":{"a":"(nombre [, emplacements])","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre décimal en un nombre hexadécimal."},"DEC2OCT":{"a":"(nombre [, emplacements])","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre décimal en un nombre octal."},"DELTA":{"a":"(nombre1 [, nombre2])","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour tester si deux nombres sont égaux. La fonction renvoie 1 si les nombres sont égaux et 0 sinon."},"ERF":{"a":"(limite_inf [, limite_sup])","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour calculer la fonction d'erreur intégrée entre les limites inférieure et supérieure spécifiées."},"ERF.PRECISE":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la fonction d’erreur."},"ERFC":{"a":"(limite_inf)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour calculer la fonction d'erreur complémentaire intégrée entre la limite inférieure et l'infini."},"ERFC.PRECISE":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie qui renvoie la fonction ERF complémentaire intégrée entre x et l'infini."},"GESTEP":{"a":"(nombre [, seuil])","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour tester si un nombre est supérieur à une valeur de seuil. La fonction renvoie 1 si le nombre est supérieur ou égal à la valeur de seuil et 0 sinon."},"HEX2BIN":{"a":"(nombre [, emplacements])","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre hexadécimal en binaire."},"HEX2DEC":{"a":"(nombre)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre hexadécimal en nombre décimal."},"HEX2OCT":{"a":"(nombre [, emplacements])","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre hexadécimal en octal."},"IMABS":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur absolue d'un nombre complexe."},"IMAGINARY":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la partie imaginaire du nombre complexe spécifié."},"IMARGUMENT":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer l'argument Theta, un angle exprimé en radians."},"IMCONJUGATE":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le conjugué complexe d’un nombre complexe."},"IMCOS":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le cosinus d’un nombre complexe."},"IMCOSH":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le cosinus hyperbolique d'un nombre complexe."},"IMCOT":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la cotangente d’un nombre complexe."},"IMCSC":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la cosécante d’un nombre complexe."},"IMCSCH":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la cosécante hyperbolique d'un nombre complexe."},"IMDIV":{"a":"(nombre_complexe1, nombre_complexe2)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour retourner le quotient de deux nombres complexes exprimés en forme a + bi ou a + bj."},"IMEXP":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la constante e élevée à la puissance spécifiée par un nombre complexe. La constante e est égale à 2,71828182845904."},"IMLN":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le logarithme naturel d'un nombre complexe."},"IMLOG10":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour calculer le logarithme en base 10 d'un nombre complexe."},"IMLOG2":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour calculer le logarithme en base 2 d'un nombre complexe."},"IMPOWER":{"a":"(nombre_complexe, nombre)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le résultat d'un nombre complexe élevé à la puissance désirée."},"IMPRODUCT":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le produit des nombres complexes spécifiés."},"IMREAL":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la partie réelle du nombre complexe spécifié."},"IMSEC":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la sécante d'un nombre complexe."},"IMSECH":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la sécante hyperbolique d'un nombre complexe."},"IMSIN":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le sinus d’un nombre complexe."},"IMSINH":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le sinus hyperbolique d'un nombre complexe."},"IMSQRT":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la racine carrée d'un nombre complexe."},"IMSUB":{"a":"(nombre_complexe1, nombre_complexe2)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour retourner la différence de deux nombres complexes exprimés sous la forme a + bi ou a + bj."},"IMSUM":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la somme des nombres complexes spécifiés."},"IMTAN":{"a":"(nombre_complexe)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la tangente d’un nombre complexe."},"OCT2BIN":{"a":"(nombre [, emplacements])","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre octal en un nombre binaire."},"OCT2DEC":{"a":"(nombre)","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre octal en un nombre décimal."},"OCT2HEX":{"a":"(nombre [, emplacements])","d":"Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre octal en un nombre hexadécimal."},"DAVERAGE":{"a":"(base_de_données, champ, critères)","d":"Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour faire la moyenne des valeurs dans un champ(colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez."},"DCOUNT":{"a":"(base_de_données, champ, critères)","d":"Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour compter les cellules contenant des nombres dans un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez."},"DCOUNTA":{"a":"(base_de_données, champ, critères)","d":"Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour ajouter les numéros dans un champ(colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez."},"DGET":{"a":"(base_de_données, champ, critères)","d":"Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour extraire une seule valeur d'une colonne d'une liste ou d'une base de données qui correspond aux conditions que vous spécifiez."},"DMAX":{"a":"(base_de_données, champ, critères)","d":"Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour renvoyer le plus grand nombre dans un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspond aux conditions que vous spécifiez."},"DMIN":{"a":"(base_de_données, champ, critères)","d":"Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour renvoyer le plus petit nombre dans un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspond aux conditions que vous spécifiez."},"DPRODUCT":{"a":"(base_de_données, champ, critères)","d":"Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour multiplier les valeurs dans un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez."},"DSTDEV":{"a":"(base_de_données, champ, critères)","d":"Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour estimer l'écart-type d'une population en fonction d'un échantillon en utilisant les numéros d'un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez."},"DSTDEVP":{"a":"(base_de_données, champ, critères)","d":"Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour calculer l'écart-type d'une population basée sur la population entière en utilisant les nombres dans un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez."},"DSUM":{"a":"(base_de_données, champ, critères)","d":"Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour ajouter les numéros dans un champ(colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez."},"DVAR":{"a":"(base_de_données, champ, critères)","d":"Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour estimer la variance d'une population en fonction d'un échantillon en utilisant les numéros d'un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez."},"DVARP":{"a":"(base_de_données, champ, critères)","d":"Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour calculer la variance d'une population basée sur la population entière en utilisant les nombres dans un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez."},"CHAR":{"a":"(nombre)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour renvoyer le caractère ASCII déterminé par un nombre."},"CLEAN":{"a":"(texte)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour supprimer tous les caractères de contrôle d'une chaîne sélectionnée."},"CODE":{"a":"(texte)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur ASCII d'un caractère déterminé ou d'un premier caractère dans la cellule."},"CONCATENATE":{"a":"(texte1, texte2, ...)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour combiner les données de deux ou plusieurs cellules en une seule"},"CONCAT":{"a":"(texte1, texte2, ...)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour combiner les données de deux ou plusieurs cellules en une seule. Cette fonction remplace la fonction CONCATENER."},"DOLLAR":{"a":"(nombre [, décimales])","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour convertir un nombre dans le texte en utilisant le format monétaire $#.##"},"EXACT":{"a":"(texte1, texte2)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour comparer les données de deux cellules. La fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE) si les données sont identiques, et faux (FALSE) dans le cas contraire."},"FIND":{"a":"(texte_cherché, texte [, no_départ])","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour trouver la sous-chaîne spécifiée (texte_cherché) dans une chaîne (texte) et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)"},"FINDB":{"a":"(texte_cherché, texte [, no_départ])","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour trouver la sous-chaîne spécifiée (texte_cherché) dans une chaîne (texte) et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc."},"FIXED":{"a":"(nombre [, [décimales] [, no_séparateur]])","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour renvoyer la représentation textuelle d'un nombre arrondi au nombre de décimales déterminé."},"LEFT":{"a":"(texte [, no_car])","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour extraire la sous-chaîne d’une chaîne spécifiée à partir du caractère de gauche et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)"},"LEFTB":{"a":"(texte [, no_car])","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour extraire la sous-chaîne d’une chaîne spécifiée à partir du caractère de gauche et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc."},"LEN":{"a":"(texte)","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour analyser la chaîne spécifiée et renvoyer le nombre de caractères qu’elle contient et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)"},"LENB":{"a":"(texte)","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour analyser la chaîne spécifiée et renvoyer le nombre de caractères qu’elle contient et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc."},"LOWER":{"a":"(texte)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour convertir des majuscules en minuscules dans la cellule sélectionnée."},"MID":{"a":"(texte, no_départ, no_car)","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour extraire les caractères d’une chaîne spécifiée à partir de n’importe quelle position et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)"},"MIDB":{"a":"(texte, no_départ, no_car)","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour extraire les caractères d’une chaîne spécifiée à partir de n’importe quelle position et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc."},"NUMBERVALUE":{"a":"(text [, [[séparateur_décimal] [, [séparateur_groupe]])","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour convertir le texte en nombre, de manière indépendante des paramètres régionaux."},"PROPER":{"a":"(texte)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour convertir le premier caractère de chaque mot en majuscules et tous les autres en minuscules."},"REPLACE":{"a":"(ancien_texte, no_départ, no_car, nouveau_texte)","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour remplacer un jeu de caractères, en fonction du nombre de caractères et de la position de départ que vous spécifiez, avec un nouvel ensemble de caractères et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)"},"REPLACEB":{"a":"(ancien_texte, no_départ, no_car, nouveau_texte)","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour remplacer un jeu de caractères, en fonction du nombre de caractères et de la position de départ que vous spécifiez, avec un nouvel ensemble de caractères et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc."},"REPT":{"a":"(texte, nombre_fois)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour remplir une cellule avec plusieurs instances d'une chaîne de texte."},"RIGHT":{"a":"(texte [, no_car])","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour extraire une sous-chaîne d'une chaîne à partir du caractère le plus à droite, en fonction du nombre de caractères spécifié et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)"},"RIGHTB":{"a":"(texte [, no_car])","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour extraire une sous-chaîne d'une chaîne à partir du caractère le plus à droite, en fonction du nombre de caractères spécifié et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc."},"SEARCH":{"a":"(texte_cherché, texte [, no_départ])","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour renvoyer l'emplacement de la sous-chaîne spécifiée dans une chaîne et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)"},"SEARCHB":{"a":"(texte_cherché, texte [, no_départ])","d":"Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour renvoyer l'emplacement de la sous-chaîne spécifiée dans une chaîne et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc."},"SUBSTITUTE":{"a":"(texte, ancien_texte,nouveau_texte [, no_position])","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour remplacer un jeu de caractères par un nouveau."},"T":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour vérifier si la valeur dans la cellule (ou utilisée comme argument) est un texte ou non. Si ce n'est pas un texte, la fonction renvoie un résultat vide. Si la valeur/argument est un texte, la fonction renvoie la même valeur textuelle."},"TEXT":{"a":"(valeur, format)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour convertir une valeur au format spécifié."},"TEXTJOIN":{"a":"(séparateur, ignore_ignorer_vide, texte1[, texte2], …)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour combiner le texte de plusieurs plages et/ou chaînes, incluant un délimiteur que vous spécifiez entre chaque valeur de texte qui sera combinée. Si le délimiteur est une chaîne de texte vide, cette fonction concaténera les plages."},"TRIM":{"a":"(texte)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour supprimer des espaces à gauche ou à droite d'une chaîne."},"UNICHAR":{"a":"(nombre)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour renvoyer le caractère Unicode référencé par la valeur numérique donnée."},"UNICODE":{"a":"(texte)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour retourner le nombre(valeur d'encodage) correspondant au premier caractère du texte."},"UPPER":{"a":"(texte)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour convertir les minuscules en majuscules dans la cellule sélectionnée."},"VALUE":{"a":"(texte)","d":"Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour convertir une valeur de texte représentant un nombre en ce nombre. Si le texte à convertir n'est pas un nombre, la fonction renvoie l'erreur #VALEUR!."},"AVEDEV":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer la moyenne des écarts absolus des nombres de leur moyenne."},"AVERAGE":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et trouver la valeur moyenne."},"AVERAGEA":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données y compris du texte et des valeurs logiques et trouver la moyenne La fonction AVERAGEA considère tout texte et FALSE comme égal à 0 et TRUE comme égal à 1."},"AVERAGEIF":{"a":"(plage, critères [, plage_moyenne])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et trouver la moyenne de tous les nombres dans une plage de cellules à la base du critère spécifié"},"AVERAGEIFS":{"a":"(plage_moyenne, plage_critères1, critères1, [plage_critères2, critères2],... )","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et trouver la moyenne de tous les nombres dans une plage de cellules à la base de critères multiples"},"BETADIST":{"a":" (x, alpha, bêta, [ ,[A] [, [B]]) ","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la fonction de densité de probabilité bêta cumulative."},"BETA.DIST":{"a":" (x, alpha, bêta, cumulative, [, [A] [, [B]]) ","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution bêta."},"BETA.INV":{"a":" (probabilité, alpha, bêta, [, [A] [, [B]]) ","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la fonction de densité de probabilité cumulative bêta"},"BINOMDIST":{"a":"(nombre_s, essais, probabilité_s, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité d'une variable aléatoire discrète suivant la loi binomiale."},"BINOM.DIST":{"a":"(nombre_s, essais, probabilité_s, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité d'une variable aléatoire discrète suivant la loi binomiale."},"BINOM.DIST.RANGE":{"a":"(essais, probabilité_s, nombre_s [, nombre_s2])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la probabilité d'un résultat d'essai en utilisant une distribution binomiale"},"BINOM.INV":{"a":"(essais, probabilité_s, alpha)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la plus petite valeur pour laquelle la distribution binomiale cumulative est supérieure ou égale à une valeur de critère"},"CHIDIST":{"a":"(x, deg_liberté)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité à droite de la distribution du khi-carré"},"CHIINV":{"a":"(probabilité, deg_liberté)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la probabilité à droite de la distribution du khi-carré."},"CHITEST":{"a":"(plage_réelle, plage_attendue)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le test d'indépendance, la valeur de la distribution du khi-deux (χ2) pour la statistique et les degrés de liberté appropriés"},"CHISQ.DIST":{"a":"(x, deg_liberté, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution du khi-carré."},"CHISQ.DIST.RT":{"a":"(x, deg_liberté)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité à droite de la distribution du khi-carré"},"CHISQ.INV":{"a":"(probabilité, deg_liberté)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la probabilité à gauche de la distribution du khi-carré."},"CHISQ.INV.RT":{"a":"(probabilité, deg_liberté)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la probabilité à droite de la distribution du khi-carré."},"CHISQ.TEST":{"a":"(plage_réelle, plage_attendue)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le test d'indépendance, la valeur de la distribution du khi-deux (χ2) pour la statistique et les degrés de liberté appropriés"},"CONFIDENCE":{"a":"(alpha, écart_type, taille)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'intervalle de confiance."},"CONFIDENCE.NORM":{"a":"(alpha, écart_type, taille)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'intervalle de confiance pour une moyenne de population en utilisant une distribution normale."},"CONFIDENCE.T":{"a":"(alpha, écart_type, taille)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'intervalle de confiance pour une moyenne de population, en utilisant la distribution en T de Student."},"CORREL":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer le coefficient de corrélation entre deux séries de données."},"COUNT":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour compter le nombre de cellules sélectionnées qui contiennent des nombres en ignorant les cellules vides ou avec du texte."},"COUNTA":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de cellules et compter le nombre de cellules qui ne sont pas vides."},"COUNTBLANK":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de cellules et renvoyer le nombre de cellules vides."},"COUNTIF":{"a":"(plage, critères)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour compter le nombre de cellules sélectionnées à la base du critère spécifié."},"COUNTIFS":{"a":"(plage_critères1, critères1, [plage_critères2, critères2], ... )","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour compter le nombre de cellules sélectionnées à la base de critères multiples."},"COVAR":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la covariance de deux plages de données."},"COVARIANCE.P":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la covariance de population, la moyenne des produits des écarts pour chaque paire de points de données dans deux ensembles de données; utilisez la covariance pour déterminer la relation entre deux ensembles de données."},"COVARIANCE.S":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la covariance de l'échantillon, la moyenne des produits des écarts pour chaque paire de points de données dans deux ensembles de données."},"CRITBINOM":{"a":"(nombre_essais, probabilité_succès, alpha)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur plus petite pour laquelle la distribution binomiale cumulée est supérieure ou égale à la valeur alpha spécifiée."},"DEVSQ":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et calculer la somme des carrés des déviations des nombres de leur moyenne."},"EXPONDIST":{"a":"(x, lambda, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer une distribution exponentielle."},"EXPON.DIST":{"a":"(x, lambda, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer une distribution exponentielle."},"FDIST":{"a":"(x, deg-freedom1, deg-freedom2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution de probabilité F(droite), ou le degré de diversité, pour deux ensembles de données. Vous pouvez utiliser cette fonction pour déterminer si deux ensembles de données ont des degrés de diversité différents"},"FINV":{"a":"(probabilité, deg_liberté1, deg_liberté2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la distribution de probabilité F à droite; la distribution F peut être utilisée dans un test F qui compare le degré de variabilité de deux ensembles de données"},"FTEST":{"a":"(matrice1, matrice2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le résultat d’un test F. Un test F renvoie la probabilité bilatérale que les variances des arguments matrice1 et matrice2 ne présentent pas de différences significatives"},"F.DIST":{"a":"(x, deg_liberté1, deg_liberté2, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution de probabilité F. Vous pouvez utiliser cette fonction pour déterminer si deux ensembles de données ont des degrés de diversité différents."},"F.DIST.RT":{"a":"(x, deg_liberté1, deg_liberté2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution de probabilité F(droite), ou le degré de diversité, pour deux ensembles de données. Vous pouvez utiliser cette fonction pour déterminer si deux ensembles de données ont des degrés de diversité différents"},"F.INV":{"a":"(probabilité, deg_liberté1, deg_liberté2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la distribution de probabilité F à droite; la distribution F peut être utilisée dans un test F qui compare le degré de variabilité de deux ensembles de données"},"F.INV.RT":{"a":"(probabilité, deg_liberté1, deg_liberté2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la distribution de probabilité F à droite; la distribution F peut être utilisée dans un test F qui compare le degré de variabilité de deux ensembles de données"},"F.TEST":{"a":"(matrice1, matrice2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le résultat d’un test F, la probabilité bilatérale que les variances des arguments matrice1 et matrice2 ne présentent pas de différences significatives"},"FISHER":{"a":"(nombre)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la transformation Fisher d'un nombre."},"FISHERINV":{"a":"(nombre)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour effectuer une transformation inversée de Fisher."},"FORECAST":{"a":"(x, matrice1, matrice2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour prédire une valeur future à la base des valeurs existantes fournies."},"FORECAST.ETS":{"a":"(date_cible, valeurs, chronologie, [caractère_saisonnier], [saisie_semiautomatique_données], [agrégation])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour prédire une valeur future en fonction des valeurs existantes (historiques) à l’aide de la version AAA de l’algorithme de lissage exponentiel (Exponential Smoothing, ETS)"},"FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT":{"a":"(date_cible, valeurs, chronologie, [seuil_probabilité], [caractère_saisonnier], [saisie_semiautomatique_données], [agrégation])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner un intervalle de confiance pour la prévision à la date cible spécifiée"},"FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY":{"a":"(valeurs, chronologie, [saisie_semiautomatique_données], [agrégation])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la durée du modèle de répétition détecté par application pour la série chronologique spécifiée"},"FORECAST.ETS.STAT":{"a":"(valeurs, chronologie, type_statistique, [caractère_saisonnier], [saisie_semiautomatique_données], [agrégation])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner une valeur statistique suite à la prévision de la série chronologique; le type statistique indique quelle statistique est requise par cette fonction"},"FORECAST.LINEAR":{"a":"(x, y_connus, x_connus)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer, ou prédire, une valeur future en utilisant des valeurs existantes; la valeur prédite est une valeur y pour une valeur x donnée, les valeurs connues sont des valeurs x et des valeurs y existantes, et la nouvelle valeur est prédite en utilisant une régression linéaire"},"FREQUENCY":{"a":"(tableau_données, matrice_intervalles)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la fréquence de la présence des valeurs dans une plage de cellules sélectionnée et afficher la première valeur de la matrice de nombres renvoyée."},"GAMMA":{"a":"(nombre)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la valeur de la fonction gamma."},"GAMMADIST":{"a":"(x, alpha, bêta, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution gamma."},"GAMMA.DIST":{"a":"(x, alpha, bêta, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution gamma."},"GAMMAINV":{"a":"(probabilité, alpha, bêta)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la distribution cumulative gamma."},"GAMMA.INV":{"a":"(probabilité, alpha, bêta)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la distribution cumulative gamma."},"GAMMALN":{"a":"(nombre)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le logarithme naturel de la fonction Gamma."},"GAMMALN.PRECISE":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le logarithme naturel de la fonction Gamma."},"GAUSS":{"a":"(z)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la probabilité qu'un membre d'une population normale standard se situe entre la moyenne et les écarts-types z de la moyenne."},"GEOMEAN":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la moyenne géométrique d'une série de données."},"HARMEAN":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la moyenne harmonique d'une série de données."},"HYPGEOMDIST":{"a":"(succès_échantillon, nombre_échantillon, succès_population ,nombre_population)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité d'une variable aléatoire discrète suivant une loi hypergéométrique"},"INTERCEPT":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser les valeurs de la première matrice et de la deuxième pour calculer le point d'intersection."},"KURT":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le kurtosis d'une série de données."},"LARGE":{"a":"(matrice , k)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de cellules et renvoyer la nième plus grande valeur."},"LOGINV":{"a":"(x, moyenne, écart_type)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la fonction de distribution de x suivant une loi lognormale cumulée en utilisant les paramètres spécifiés"},"LOGNORM.DIST":{"a":"(x , moyenne, écart_type, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la distribution log-normale de x, où ln(x) est normalement distribué avec les paramètres moyenne et écart_type."},"LOGNORM.INV":{"a":"(probabilité, moyenne, écart_type)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la fonction de distribution log-normale de x, où ln(x) est normalement distribué avec les paramètres moyenne et écart_type."},"LOGNORMDIST":{"a":"(x, moyenne, écart_type)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser les données logarithmiquement transformées et renvoyer la fonction de distribution de x suivant une loi lognormale cumulée en utilisant les paramètres spécifiés."},"MAX":{"a":"(nombre1, nombre2, ...)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et trouver le plus grand nombre."},"MAXA":{"a":"(nombre1, nombre2, ...)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et trouver la plus grande valeur."},"MAXIFS":{"a":"(plage_max, plage_critère1, critère1 [, plage_critère2, critère2], ...)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur maximale parmi les cellules spécifiées par un ensemble donné de conditions ou de critères."},"MEDIAN":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la valeur médiane de la liste d'arguments."},"MIN":{"a":"(nombre1, nombre2, ...)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et de trouver le plus petit nombre."},"MINA":{"a":"(nombre1, nombre2, ...)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et trouver la plus petite valeur."},"MINIFS":{"a":"(plage_min, plage_critère1, critère1 [, plage_critère2, critère2], ...)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur minimale parmi les cellules spécifiées par un ensemble donné de conditions ou de critères."},"MODE":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer la valeur la plus fréquente."},"MODE.MULT":{"a":"(nombre1 [, nombre2] ... )","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur la plus fréquente ou répétitive dans un tableau ou une plage de données."},"MODE.SNGL":{"a":"(nombre1 [, nombre2] ... )","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur la plus fréquente ou répétitive dans un tableau ou une plage de données."},"NEGBINOM.DIST":{"a":"(nombre_échecs, nombre_succès, probabilité_succès, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la distribution binomiale négative, la probabilité qu'il y aura nombre_échecs échecs avant le nombre_succès-ème succès, avec une probabilité de succès probabilité_succès."},"NEGBINOMDIST":{"a":"(nombre_échecs, nombre_succès, probabilité_succès)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution négative binomiale."},"NORM.DIST":{"a":"(x, moyenne, écart_type, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution normale pour la moyenne spécifiée et l'écart type."},"NORMDIST":{"a":"(x , moyenne, écart_type, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution normale pour la moyenne spécifiée et l'écart type."},"NORM.INV":{"a":"(probabilité, moyenne, écart_type)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la distribution cumulative normale pour la moyenne et l'écart-type spécifiés."},"NORMINV":{"a":"(x, moyenne, écart_type)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la distribution cumulative normale pour la moyenne et l'écart-type spécifiés."},"NORM.S.DIST":{"a":"(z, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la distribution cumulative normale standard; la distribution a une moyenne de zéro et un écart-type de un."},"NORMSDIST":{"a":"(nombre)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la fonction de distribution cumulative normale standard."},"NORM.S.INV":{"a":"(probabilité)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la distribution cumulative normale standard; la distribution a une moyenne de zéro et un écart-type de un."},"NORMSINV":{"a":"(probabilité)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la distribution cumulative normale standard."},"PEARSON":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le coefficient de corrélation des moments du produit de Pearson."},"PERCENTILE":{"a":"(matrice , k)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer le nième centile."},"PERCENTILE.EXC":{"a":"(matrice , k)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le kème centile des valeurs dans une plage, où k est dans l'intervalle ouvert 0..1."},"PERCENTILE.INC":{"a":"(matrice , k)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le kème centile des valeurs dans une plage, où k est dans l'intervalle ouvert 0..1."},"PERCENTRANK":{"a":"(matrice, k)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le rang d'une valeur dans une série de valeurs en tant que pourcentage de la série."},"PERCENTRANK.EXC":{"a":"(matrice, x[, précision])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le rang d'une valeur dans une série de valeurs en tant qu'un pourcentage(dans l'intervalle ouvert 0..1) de la série."},"PERCENTRANK.INC":{"a":"(matrice, x[, précision])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le rang d'une valeur dans une série de valeurs en tant qu'un pourcentage(dans l'inervalle fermé 0..1) de la série."},"PERMUT":{"a":"(nombre, nombre_choisi)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le rang d'une valeur dans une série de valeurs en tant qu'un pourcentage(dans l'intervalle fermé 0..1) de la série."},"PERMUTATIONA":{"a":"(nombre, nombre_choisi)","d":"Elle sert à retourner le nombre de permutations pour un nombre donné d'objets (avec des répétitions) qui peuvent être sélectionnés parmi les objets totaux."},"PHI":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur de la fonction de densité pour une distribution normale standard."},"POISSON":{"a":"(x, moyenne, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité d'une variable aléatoire suivant une loi de Poisson."},"POISSON.DIST":{"a":"(x, moyenne, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la distribution de Poisson; une application courante de la distribution de Poisson est de prédire le nombre d'événements sur une période donnée, comme le nombre de voitures arrivant sur un péage en 1 minute."},"PROB":{"a":"(plage_x, plage_probabilité, limite_inf[, limite_sup])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité que les valeurs dans une plage se trouvent entre les limites inférieure et supérieure."},"QUARTILE":{"a":"(matrice , catégorie_résultats)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et renvoyer le quartile."},"QUARTILE.INC":{"a":"(matrice, quart)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le quartile de l'ensemble de données, en se basant sur les valeurs de centile de l'intervalle fermé 0..1."},"QUARTILE.EXC":{"a":"(matrice, quart)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour envoyer le quartile de l'ensemble de données, basé sur les valeurs de centile de l'intervalle ouvert 0..1."},"RANK":{"a":"(nombre, référence[, ordre])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le rang d'un nombre dans une liste de nombres; le rang d'un nombre est sa taille par rapport à d'autres valeurs dans une liste, si vous deviez trier la liste, le rang du nombre serait sa position"},"RANK.AVG":{"a":"(nombre, référence[, ordre])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le rang d'un nombre dans une liste de nombres : sa taille par rapport à d'autres valeurs dans la liste; si plus d'une valeur portent le même rang, le rang moyen est retourné"},"RANK.EQ":{"a":"(nombre, référence[, ordre])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le rang d'un nombre dans une liste de nombres : sa taille par rapport à d'autres valeurs dans la liste; si plus d'une valeur portent le même rang, le rang le plus élevé de cet ensemble de valeurs est retourné"},"RSQ":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le carré du coefficient de corrélation des moments du produit de Pearson."},"SKEW":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et renvoyer l'asymétrie de la distribution de la liste d'arguments."},"SKEW.P":{"a":"(nombre1 [, nombre2], ...)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'asymétrie d'une distribution basée sur une population: une caractérisation du degré d'asymétrie d'une distribution autour de sa moyenne."},"SLOPE":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la pente d'une droite de régression linéaire à travers les données dans deux matrices."},"SMALL":{"a":"(matrice , k)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de cellules et renvoyer la nième plus petite valeur."},"STANDARDIZE":{"a":"(x, moyenne, écart_type)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur normalisée de la distribution caractérisée par des paramètres spécifiés."},"STDEV":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer l'écart type de la population à la base d'une série de nombres."},"STDEV.P":{"a":"(number1 [, number2], ... )","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer l'écart-type basé sur la population entière donnée comme arguments (ignore les valeurs logiques et le texte)."},"STDEV.S":{"a":"(number1 [, number2], ... )","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour estimer l'écart-type sur la base d'un échantillon (ignore les valeurs logiques et le texte de l'échantillon)."},"STDEVA":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer l'écart type de la population à la base d'une série de nombres, textes et valeurs logiques (TRUE ou FALSE). La fonction STDEVA considère tout texte et FALSE comme égal à 0 et TRUE comme égal à 1."},"STDEVP":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer l'écart type de toute une population."},"STDEVPA":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer l'écart type de toute une population."},"STEYX":{"a":"(y_connus, x_connus)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'erreur standard de la valeur y prédite pour chaque x dans la ligne de régression."},"TDIST":{"a":"(x, deg_liberté, uni/bilatéral)","d":"Fonction statistique qui renvoie les points de pourcentage (probabilité) pour la distribution en T de Student où une valeur numérique (x) est une valeur calculée de T pour laquelle les points de pourcentage doivent être calculés; la distribution en T est utilisée dans le test d'hypothèses sur un petit échantillon de données"},"TINV":{"a":"(probabilité, deg_liberté)","d":"Fonction statistique qui renvoie l'inverse de la distribution bilatérale en T de Student."},"T.DIST":{"a":"(x, deg_liberté, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique qui renvoie la distribution T de gauche de Student. La distribution en T est utilisée dans le test d'hypothèses sur un petit échantillon de données. Utilisez cette fonction à la place d'une table de valeurs critiques pour la distribution en T."},"T.DIST.2T":{"a":"(x, deg_liberté)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution bilatérale en T de Student. La distribution bilatérale en T de Student est utilisée dans les tests d'hypothèse de petits ensembles de données d'échantillons. Utilisez cette fonction à la place d'un tableau de valeurs critiques pour la distribution en T."},"T.DIST.RT":{"a":"(x, deg_liberté)","d":"Fonction statistique qui renvoie la distribution T de droite de Student. La distribution en T est utilisée dans le test d'hypothèses sur un petit échantillon de données. Utilisez cette fonction à la place d'un tableau de valeurs critiques pour la distribution en T."},"T.INV":{"a":"(probabilité, deg_liberté)","d":"Fonction statistique qui renvoie l'inverse de la distribution T de gauche de Student"},"T.INV.2T":{"a":"(probabilité, deg_liberté)","d":"Fonction statistique qui renvoie l'inverse de la distribution bilatérale en T de Student."},"T.TEST":{"a":"(matrice1, matrice2, uni/bilatéral, type)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la probabilité associée au test t de Student; Utilisez TEST.STUDENT pour déterminer si deux échantillons sont susceptibles de provenir de deux populations identiques ayant la même moyenne."},"TRIMMEAN":{"a":"(matrice1, matrice2, uni/bilatéral, type)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la moyenne intérieure d'un ensemble de données; MOYENNE.REDUITE calcule la moyenne prise en excluant un pourcentage de points de données des queues supérieure et inférieure d'un ensemble de données"},"TTEST":{"a":"(matrice1, matrice2, uni/bilatéral, type)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la probabilité associée au test t de Student; Utilisez TEST.STUDENT pour déterminer si deux échantillons sont susceptibles de provenir de deux populations identiques ayant la même moyenne."},"VAR":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer la variance de la population à la base d'une série de nombres."},"VAR.P":{"a":"(nombre1 [, nombre2], ... )","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la variance sur la base de toute la population(ignore les valeurs logiques et le texte dans la population)."},"VAR.S":{"a":"(nombre1 [, nombre2], ... )","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour estimer la variance sur la base d'un échantillon (ignore les valeurs logiques et le texte de l'échantillon)."},"VARA":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer la variance de la population à la base d'une série de nombres."},"VARP":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et calculer la variance de la population totale."},"VARPA":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer la variance de la population totale."},"WEIBULL":{"a":"(x, alpha, bêta, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution de Weibull; utilisez cette distribution dans une analyse de fiabilité, telle que le calcul du délai moyen de défaillance d'un appareil"},"WEIBULL.DIST":{"a":"(x, alpha, bêta, cumulative)","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution de Weibull; utilisez cette distribution dans une analyse de fiabilité, telle que le calcul du délai moyen de défaillance d'un appareil"},"Z.TEST":{"a":"(matrice, x[, sigma])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur P unilatérale d'un test Z; Pour une moyenne de population hypothétique donnée, x, Z.TEST renvoie la probabilité que la moyenne de l'échantillon soit supérieure à la moyenne des observations dans l'ensemble de données(tableau), c'est-à-dire la moyenne de l'échantillon observé"},"ZTEST":{"a":"(matrice, x[, sigma])","d":"Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur de probabilité unilatérale d'un test Z; Pour une moyenne de population hypothétique donnée, μ0, TEST.Z renvoie la probabilité que la moyenne de l'échantillon soit supérieure à la moyenne des observations dans l'ensemble de données(tableau), c'est-à-dire la moyenne de l'échantillon observé"},"ACCRINT":{"a":"(émission, prem_coupon, règlement, taux, [val_nominale], fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer l'intérêt couru pour un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques."},"ACCRINTM":{"a":"(émission, échéance, taux, [[val_nominale] [, [base]]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer les intérêts courus pour un titre qui rapporte des intérêts à l'échéance."},"AMORDEGRC":{"a":"(coût, date_achat, première_période, val_résiduelle, périodicité, taux[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la dépréciation d'un actif pour chaque période comptable en utilisant une méthode d'amortissement dégressif."},"AMORLINC":{"a":"(coût, date_achat, première_période, val_résiduelle, périodicité, taux[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer l'amortissement d'un actif pour chaque période comptable en utilisant une méthode d'amortissement linéaire."},"COUPDAYBS":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le nombre de jours depuis le début de la période de coupon jusqu'à la date de règlement."},"COUPDAYS":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le nombre de jours dans la période de coupon comprenant la date de règlement."},"COUPDAYSNC":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le nombre de jours entre la date de règlement et le prochain paiement du coupon."},"COUPNCD":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la date du coupon suivant après la date de règlement."},"COUPNUM":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le nombre de coupons entre la date de règlement et la date d'échéance."},"COUPPCD":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la date du coupon précédent avant la date de règlement."},"CUMIPMT":{"a":"(taux , npm, va, période_début, période_fin, type)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer l'intérêt cumulé payé sur un investissement entre deux périodes en fonction d'un taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant."},"CUMPRINC":{"a":"(taux , npm, va, période_début, période_fin, type)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le capital cumulé payé sur un investissement entre deux périodes en fonction d'un taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant."},"DB":{"a":"(coût, valeur_rés, durée, période[, [mois]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la dépréciation d'un actif pour une période comptable spécifiée en utilisant la méthode du solde fixe dégressif."},"DDB":{"a":"(coût, valeur_rés, durée, période[, [mois]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la dépréciation d'un actif pour une période comptable donnée en utilisant la méthode du solde dégressif double."},"DISC":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, valeur_nominale, valeur_échéance[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux d'actualisation d'un titre."},"DOLLARDE":{"a":"(prix_décimal, fraction)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour convertir un prix en dollars représenté sous forme de fraction en un prix en dollars représenté par un nombre décimal."},"DOLLARFR":{"a":"(prix_décimal, fraction)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour convertir un prix en dollars représenté par un nombre décimal en un prix en dollars représenté sous forme de fraction."},"DURATION":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, taux, rendement, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la duration de Macaulay d'un titre avec une valeur nominale de 100 $."},"EFFECT":{"a":"(taux_nominal, nb_périodes)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux d'intérêt annuel effectif d'un titre en fonction d'un taux d'intérêt annuel nominal déterminé et du nombre de périodes de composition par année."},"FV":{"a":"(taux, npm, vpm [, [va] [,[type]]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la valeur future d'un investissement à la base du taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant."},"FVSCHEDULE":{"a":"(va, taux)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la valeur future d'un investissement à la base d'une série de taux d'intérêt changeants."},"INTRATE":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, investissement, valeur_échéance[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux d'intérêt d'un titre entièrement investi qui ne rapporte des intérêts à l'échéance."},"IPMT":{"a":"(taux, pér, npm, va[, [vc] [, [type]]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le paiement d'intérêts pour un investissement basé sur un taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant."},"IRR":{"a":"(valeurs [, [estimation]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux de rendement interne d'une série de flux de trésorerie périodiques."},"ISPMT":{"a":"(taux, pér, npm, va)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le paiement d'intérêts pour une période déterminée d'un investissement basé sur un échéancier de paiement constant."},"MDURATION":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, taux, rendement, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la duration de Macaulay modifiée d'un titre avec une valeur nominale de 100 $."},"MIRR":{"a":"(valeurs, taux_emprunt, taux_placement)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux de rendement interne d'une série de flux de trésorerie périodiques."},"NOMINAL":{"a":"(taux_effectif, nb_périodes)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux d'intérêt annuel nominal d'un titre en fonction d'un taux d'intérêt annuel effectif déterminé et du nombre de périodes de composition par année."},"NPER":{"a":"(taux, vpm, va [, [vc] [,[type]]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le nombre de périodes pour un investissement à la base du taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant."},"NPV":{"a":"(taux, liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la valeur nette actuelle d'un investissement à la base d'un taux d'escompte spécifié."},"ODDFPRICE":{"a":"(règlement, échéance, émission, premier_coupon, taux, rendement, valeur_échéance, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le prix par valeur nominale de 100$ pour un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques mais qui a une première période impaire (elle est plus courte ou plus longue que les autres périodes)."},"ODDFYIELD":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, émission, premier_coupon, taux, valeur_nominale, valeur_échéance, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement pour un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques mais qui a une première période impaire (elle est plus courte ou plus longue que les autres périodes)."},"ODDLPRICE":{"a":"(règlement, échéance, dernier_coupon, taux, rendement, valeur_échéance, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le prix par valeur nominale de 100$ pour un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques mais qui a une dernière période impaire (plus courte ou plus longue que les autres périodes)."},"ODDLYIELD":{"a":"(règlement, échéance, dernier_coupon, taux, valeur_nominale, valeur_échéance, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement d'un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques mais qui a une dernière période impaire(plus courte ou plus longue que les autres périodes)."},"PDURATION":{"a":"(taux, va, vc)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour retourner le nombre de périodes requises pour qu’un investissement atteigne une valeur spécifiée"},"PMT":{"a":"(taux, npm, va [, [vc] [,[type]]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le montant du paiement d'un emprunt à la base du taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant."},"PPMT":{"a":"(taux, pér, npm, va[, [vc] [, [type]]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le paiement du capital pour un investissement basé sur un taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant."},"PRICE":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, taux, rendement, valeur_échéance, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le prix par valeur nominale de 100 $ pour un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques."},"PRICEDISC":{"a":"(règlement, échéance, taux_escompte, valeur_échéance[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le prix par valeur nominale de 100 $ pour un titre à prix réduit."},"PRICEMAT":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, émission, taux, rendement[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le prix par valeur nominale de 100 $ pour un titre qui paie des intérêts à l'échéance."},"PV":{"a":"(taux, npm, vpm[, [vc] [,[type]]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la valeur actuelle d'un investissement à la base du taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant."},"RATE":{"a":"(npm, vpm, va [, [[vc] [,[[type] [,[estimation]]]]]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux d'intérêt d'un investissement basé sur un échéancier de paiement constant."},"RECEIVED":{"a":"(règlement, échéance, investissement, taux_escompte[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le montant reçu à l'échéance pour un titre entièrement investi."},"RRI":{"a":"(npm, va, vf)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour retourner un taux d'intérêt équivalent pour la croissance d'un investissement."},"SLN":{"a":"(coût, valeur_rés, durée)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la dépréciation d'un actif pour une période comptable en utilisant la méthode d'amortissement linéaire."},"SYD":{"a":"(coût, valeur_rés, durée, période)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la dépréciation d'un actif pour une période comptable donnée en utilisant la somme des chiffres de l'année."},"TBILLEQ":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, taux_escompte)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement équivalent en obligations d'un bon du Trésor."},"TBILLPRICE":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, taux_escompte)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le prix par valeur nominale de 100 $ pour un bon du Trésor."},"TBILLYIELD":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, valeur_nominale)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement d'un bon du Trésor."},"VDB":{"a":"(coût, valeur_rés, durée, période_début, période_fin[, [[facteur][, [valeur_log]]]]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la dépréciation d'un actif pour une période comptable spécifiée ou partielle en utilisant la méthode du solde dégressif variable."},"XIRR":{"a":"(valeurs, dates[, [estimation]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux de rendement interne d'une série de flux de trésorerie irréguliers."},"XNPV":{"a":"(taux, valeurs, dates)","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la valeur actuelle d'un investissement à la base du taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement irréguliers."},"YIELD":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, taux, valeur_nominale, valeur_rachat, fréquence[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement d'un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques."},"YIELDDISC":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, valeur_nominale, valeur_rachat[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement annuel d'un titre à prix réduit."},"YIELDMAT":{"a":"(liquidation, échéance, émission, taux, valeur_nominale[, [base]])","d":"Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement annuel d'un titre qui paie des intérêts à l'échéance."},"ABS":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur absolue d'un nombre."},"ACOS":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer l’arccosinus d'un nombre."},"ACOSH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le cosinus hyperbolique inversé d'un nombre."},"ACOT":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur principale de l'arccotangente, ou cotangente inverse, d'un nombre."},"ACOTH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la cotangente hyperbolique inverse d'un nombre."},"AGGREGATE":{"a":"(no_fonction, options, réf1 [, réf2], ...)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour retourner un agrégat dans une liste ou une base de données; la fonction peut appliquer différentes fonctions d'agrégat à une liste ou une base de données avec l'option d'ignorer les lignes cachées et les valeurs d'erreur."},"ARABIC":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour convertir un chiffre romain en nombres."},"ASIN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer l’arcsinus d'un nombre."},"ASINH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le sinus hyperbolique inverse d'un nombre."},"ATAN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer l’arctangente d'un nombre."},"ATAN2":{"a":"(x, y)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer l’arctangente des coordonnées x et y."},"ATANH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la tangente hyperbolique inverse d'un nombre."},"BASE":{"a":"(nombre, base[, longueur_min])","d":"Convertit un nombre en une représentation de texte conforme à la base donnée"},"CEILING":{"a":"(x, précision)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre au multiple le plus proche de l'argument de précision."},"CEILING.MATH":{"a":"(x [, [précision] [, [mode]])","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre à l'excès à l'entier ou au multiple significatif le plus proche."},"CEILING.PRECISE":{"a":"(x [, précision])","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre à l'excès à l'entier ou au multiple significatif le plus proche."},"COMBIN":{"a":"(nombre, nombre_choisi)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de combinaisons pour un certain nombre d'éléments."},"COMBINA":{"a":"(nombre, nombre_choisi)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de combinaisons(avec répétitions) pour un certain nombre d'éléments."},"COS":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le cosinus d'un angle."},"COSH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le cosinus hyperbolique d'un nombre."},"COT":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la cotangente d'un angle spécifié en radians."},"COTH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la cotangente hyperbolique d'un angle hyperbolique."},"CSC":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la cosécante d'un angle."},"CSCH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la cosécante hyperbolique d'un angle."},"DECIMAL":{"a":"(texte, base)","d":"Convertit une représentation textuelle d'un nombre dans une base donnée en un nombre décimal."},"DEGREES":{"a":"(angle)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour convertir en degrés une valeur en radians."},"ECMA.CEILING":{"a":"(x, précision)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre au multiple le plus proche de l'argument de précision."},"EVEN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir un nombre au nombre entier pair immédiatement supérieur."},"EXP":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la constante e élevée à la puissance désirée. La constante e est égale à 2,71828182845904"},"FACT":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la factorielle d'un nombre."},"FACTDOUBLE":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la factorielle double d'un nombre."},"FLOOR":{"a":"(x, précision)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre au multiple le plus proche de signification."},"FLOOR.PRECISE":{"a":"(x, précision)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre par défaut à l'entier ou au multiple significatif le plus proche."},"FLOOR.MATH":{"a":"(x, précision)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre par défaut à l'entier ou au multiple significatif le plus proche."},"GCD":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le plus grand dénominateur commun de deux ou plusieurs nombres."},"INT":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour analyser et renvoyer la partie entière du nombre spécifié."},"ISO.CEILING":{"a":"(nombre[, précision])","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre à l'excès à l'entier ou au multiple significatif le plus proche sans tenir compte du signe de ce nombre. Cependant, si le nombre ou la valeur significative est zéro, zéro est renvoyé."},"LCM":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le plus petit commun multiple de deux ou plusieurs nombres."},"LN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le logarithme naturel d'un nombre."},"LOG":{"a":"(x [, base])","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le logarithme d'un nombre à la base spécifiée."},"LOG10":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour calculer le logarithme en base 10 d'un nombre."},"MDETERM":{"a":"(matrice)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le déterminant d'une matrice."},"MINVERSE":{"a":"(matrice)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la matrice inversée de la matrice donnée et afficher la première valeur de la matrice de nombres renvoyée."},"MMULT":{"a":"(matrice1, matrice2)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le produit de deux matrices et afficher la première valeur de la matrice de nombres renvoyée."},"MOD":{"a":"(x, y)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le reste de la division de l'argument nombre par l'argument diviseur."},"MROUND":{"a":"(x, multiple)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour donner l'arrondi d'un nombre au multiple spécifié."},"MULTINOMIAL":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le rapport de la factorielle de la somme de nombres au produit de factorielles"},"ODD":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre à l’excès au nombre entier impair le plus proche"},"PI":{"a":"()","d":"fonctions mathématiques et trigonométriques. La fonction renvoie la valeur 3.14159265358979, la constante mathématique pi. Elle ne prend aucun argument."},"POWER":{"a":"(x, y)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le résultat d'un nombre élevé à la puissance désirée."},"PRODUCT":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour multiplier tous les nombres dans la plage de cellules sélectionnée et renvoyer le produit."},"QUOTIENT":{"a":"(dividende, diviseur)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la partie entière de la division."},"RADIANS":{"a":"(angle)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour convertir en radians une valeur en degrés."},"RAND":{"a":"()","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique qui renvoie un nombre aléatoire supérieur ou égal à 0 et inférieur à 1. Elle ne prend aucun argument."},"RANDBETWEEN":{"a":"(limite_inf [, limite_sup])","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer un nombre aléatoire supérieur ou égal à limite_inf et inférieur ou égal à limite_sup."},"ROMAN":{"a":"(nombre, type)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour convertir un nombre en un chiffre romain."},"ROUND":{"a":"(x, no_chiffres)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir un nombre à un nombre de décimales spécifié."},"ROUNDDOWN":{"a":"(x, no_chiffres)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir par défaut le nombre au nombre de décimales voulu"},"ROUNDUP":{"a":"(x, no_chiffres)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir à l’excès le nombre au nombre de décimales voulu"},"SEC":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la sécante d'un angle."},"SECH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la sécante hyperbolique d'un angle."},"SERIESSUM":{"a":"(x, n, m, coefficients)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la somme d'une série entière."},"SIGN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le signe d’un nombre. Si le nombre est positif, la fonction renvoie 1. Si le nombre est négatif, la fonction renvoie -1. Si le nombre est 0, la fonction renvoie 0."},"SIN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le sinus d'un angle."},"SINH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le sinus hyperbolique d'un nombre."},"SQRT":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la racine carrée d'un nombre."},"SQRTPI":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la racine \ncarrée de la constante pi (3.14159265358979) multipliée par le nombre spécifié."},"SUBTOTAL":{"a":"(no_fonction, liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer un sous-total dans une liste ou une base de données."},"SUM":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour additionner tous les nombres contenus dans une plage de cellules et renvoyer le résultat."},"SUMIF":{"a":"(plage, critères [, somme_plage])","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour additionner tous les nombres dans la plage de cellules sélectionnée à la base d'un critère déterminé et renvoyer le résultat."},"SUMIFS":{"a":"(somme_plage, plage_critères1, critères1, [plage_critères2, critères2], ... )","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour additionner tous les nombres dans la plage de cellules sélectionnée en fonction de plusieurs critères et renvoyer le résultat."},"SUMPRODUCT":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour multiplier les valeurs de la plage de cellules sélectionnée ou matrices et renvoyer la somme des produits."},"SUMSQ":{"a":"(liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour additionner les carrés des nombres et renvoyer le résultat."},"SUMX2MY2":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour additionner la différence des carrés entre deux matrices."},"SUMX2PY2":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour additionner des carrés des nombres des matrices sélectionnées et renvoyer la somme des résultats."},"SUMXMY2":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la somme des carrés des différences de deux valeurs correspondantes des matrices."},"TAN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la tangente d'un angle."},"TANH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la tangente hyperbolique d'un nombre."},"TRUNC":{"a":"(x [, no_chiffres])","d":"Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer un nombre tronqué au nombre de décimales spécifié."},"ADDRESS":{"a":"(no_lig, no_col [, [no_abs] [, [a1] [, feuille_texte]]])","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une représentation textuelle de l'adresse d'une cellule."},"CHOOSE":{"a":"(no_index, liste_des_arguments)","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une valeur à partir d'une liste de valeurs à la base d'un indice spécifié (position)."},"COLUMN":{"a":"([référence])","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de colonne d'une cellule."},"COLUMNS":{"a":"(matrice)","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de colonnes dans une référence de cellule."},"FORMULATEXT":{"a":"(référence)","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une formule sous forme de chaîne"},"HLOOKUP":{"a":"(valeur_cherchée, table_matrice, no_index_col[, [valeur_proche]])","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour effectuer la recherche horizontale d'une valeur dans la ligne supérieure d'un tableau ou renvoyer la valeur dans la même colonne à la base d'un numéro d'index de ligne spécifié"},"INDEX":{"a":"(matrice, [no_lig][, [no_col]])","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une valeur dans une plage de cellules sur la base d'un numéro de ligne et de colonne spécifié. La fonction INDEX a deux formes."},"INDIRECT":{"a":"(réf_texte [, a1])","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer la référence à une cellule en fonction de sa représentation sous forme de chaîne."},"LOOKUP":{"a":"(valeur_cherchée, vecteur_recherche, vecteur_résultat)","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une valeur à partir d'une plage sélectionnée (ligne ou colonne contenant les données dans l'ordre croissant)"},"MATCH":{"a":"(valeur_cherchée, matrice_recherche[ , [type]])","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer la position relative d'un élément spécifié dans une plage de cellules."},"OFFSET":{"a":"(réf, lignes, colonnes[, [hauteur] [, [largeur]]])","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une référence à une cellule déplacée de la cellule spécifiée (ou de la cellule supérieure gauche dans la plage de cellules) à un certain nombre de lignes et de colonnes."},"ROW":{"a":"([référence])","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de ligne d'une cellule."},"ROWS":{"a":"(matrice)","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de lignes dans une référence de cellule"},"TRANSPOSE":{"a":"(matrice)","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer le premier élément d'un tableau"},"VLOOKUP":{"a":"(valeur_cherchée, table_matrice, no_index_col[, [valeur_proche]])","d":"Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour effectuer la recherche verticale d'une valeur dans la première colonne à gauche d'un tableau et retourner la valeur qui se trouve dans la même ligne à la base d'un numéro d'index de colonne spécifié"},"ERROR.TYPE":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour renvoyer un nombre correspondant à un type d'erreur"},"ISBLANK":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier si la cellule est vide ou non Si la cellule ne contient pas de valeur, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)."},"ISERR":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier une valeur d'erreur. Si la cellule contient une valeur d'erreur (à l'exception de #N/A), la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)."},"ISERROR":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier une valeur d'erreur. Si la cellule contient une des valeurs d'erreur : #N/A, #VALEUR!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NOMBRE!, #NOM? ou #NUL, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)."},"ISEVEN":{"a":"(nombre)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier si une valeur est paire. Si la cellule contient une valeur paire, la fonction renvoie vrai ( TRUE ). Si la valeur est impaire, elle renvoie faux (FALSE)."},"ISFORMULA":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier s'il existe une référence à une cellule contenant une formule, elle renvoie vrai (TRUE) ou faux (FALSE)"},"ISLOGICAL":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier une valeur logique (TRUE ou FALSE). Si la cellule contient une valeur logique, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)."},"ISNA":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier une erreur #N/A. Si la cellule contient une valeur d'erreur #N/A, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)."},"ISNONTEXT":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier si une valeur ne correspond pas à du texte. Si la cellule ne contient pas une valeur de texte, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)."},"ISNUMBER":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier une valeur numérique. Si la cellule contient une valeur numérique, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)."},"ISODD":{"a":"(nombre)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier si une valeur est impaire. Si la cellule contient une valeur impaire, la fonction renvoie vrai ( TRUE ). Si la valeur est paire elle renvoie faux (FALSE)."},"ISREF":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier si une valeur est une référence de cellule valide."},"ISTEXT":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier une valeur de texte. Si la cellule contient une valeur de texte, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)."},"N":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour convertir une valeur en nombre."},"NA":{"a":"()","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur d'erreur #N/A. Cette fonction ne nécessite pas d'argument."},"SHEET":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de feuille d'une feuille de référence."},"SHEETS":{"a":"(référence)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de feuilles dans une référence."},"TYPE":{"a":"(valeur)","d":"Fonction d’information utilisée pour déterminer le type de la valeur résultante ou affichée."},"AND":{"a":"(logique1, logique2, ... )","d":"Fonction logique qui sert à vérifier si la valeur logique saisie est vraie (TRUE) ou fausse (FALSE). La fonction retourne vrai (TRUE) si tous les arguments sont vrais (TRUE)."},"FALSE":{"a":"()","d":"fonctions logiques La fonction renvoie la valeur logique faux (FALSE) et n'exige aucun argument."},"IF":{"a":"(test_logique, valeur_si_vrai, valeur_si_faux)","d":"Fonction logique qui sert à analyser une expression logique et renvoyer une valeur si elle est vraie (TRUE) et une autre valeur si elle est fausse (FALSE)."},"IFS":{"a":"( test_logique1 , valeur_si_vrai1 , [ test_logique2 , valeur_si_vrai2 ] , … )","d":"Fonction logique utilisée pour vérifier si une ou plusieurs conditions sont remplies et renvoie une valeur correspondant à la première condition VRAI"},"IFERROR":{"a":" (valeur, valeur_si_erreur)","d":"Fonction logique utilisée pour vérifier s'il y a une erreur dans le premier argument de la formule. La fonction renvoie le résultat de la formule s'il n'y a pas d'erreur, ou la valeur_si_erreur si la formule génère une erreur."},"IFNA":{"a":"(value, valeur_si_na)","d":"Fonction logique utilisée pour vérifier s'il y a une erreur dans le premier argument de la formule. La fonction renvoie la valeur que vous spécifiez si la formule renvoie la valeur d'erreur #N/A, sinon renvoie le résultat de la formule."},"NOT":{"a":"(valeur_logique)","d":"Fonction logique qui sert à vérifier si la valeur logique saisie est vraie (TRUE) ou fausse (FALSE). La fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE) si l'argument est faux (FALSE) et renvoie faux (FALSE) si l'argument est vrai (TRUE)."},"OR":{"a":"(logique1, logique2, ...)","d":"Fonction logique qui sert à vérifier si la valeur logique saisie est vraie (TRUE) ou fausse (FALSE). La fonction renvoie faux (FALSE) si tous les arguments sont faux (FALSE)."},"SWITCH":{"a":"(expression, valeur1, résultat1 [, [valeur_par_défaut ou valeur2] [, [résultat2]], ...[valeur_par_défaut ou valeur3, résultat3]])","d":"Fonction logique utilisée pour évaluer une valeur (appelée l'expression) par rapport à une liste de valeurs et renvoyer le résultat correspondant à la première valeur correspondante; si aucune valeur ne correspond, une valeur par défaut facultative peut être renvoyée"},"TRUE":{"a":"()","d":"La fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE) et n'exige aucun argument."},"XOR":{"a":"(logique1, logique2, ... )","d":"Fonction logique utilisée pour retourner un OU exclusif logique de tous les arguments."}} \ No newline at end of file +{ + "DATE": { + "a": "(année, mois, jour)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour ajouter des dates au format par défaut jj/MM/aaaa." + }, + "DATEDIF": { + "a": "(date_début, date_fin, unité)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer la différence entre deux dates (date_début et date_fin) sur la base d'un intervalle (unité) spécifié" + }, + "DATEVALUE": { + "a": "(date_texte)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de série de la date spécifiée." + }, + "DAY": { + "a": "(valeur_date)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure qui renvoie le jour (un nombre de 1 à 31) de la date indiquée au format numérique (jj/MM/aaaa par défaut)." + }, + "DAYS": { + "a": "(date_fin, date_début)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour retourner le nombre de jours entre deux dates." + }, + "DAYS360": { + "a": "(date_début, date_fin [,méthode])", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de jours entre deux dates (date_début et date_fin) sur la base d'une année de 360 jours en utilisant un des modes de calcul (américain ou européen)." + }, + "EDATE": { + "a": "(date_départ, mois)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de série de la date qui vient le nombre de mois spécifié (mois) avant ou après la date déterminée (date_départ)." + }, + "EOMONTH": { + "a": "(date_départ, mois)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de série du dernier jour du mois qui vient le nombre de mois spécifié avant ou après la date déterminée." + }, + "HOUR": { + "a": "(valeur_heure)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure qui renvoie l'heure (nombre de 0 à 23) correspondant à une valeur d'heure." + }, + "ISOWEEKNUM": { + "a": "(date)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro ISO de la semaine de l'année pour une date donnée." + }, + "MINUTE": { + "a": "(valeur_heure)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure qui renvoie les minutes (un nombre de 0 à 59) correspondant à une valeur d'heure." + }, + "MONTH": { + "a": "(valeur_date)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure qui renvoie le mois (nombre de 1 à 12) d'une date indiquée au format numérique (jj/MM/aaaa par défault)." + }, + "NETWORKDAYS": { + "a": "(date_début, date_fin [, jours_fériés])", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de jours ouvrables entre deux dates (date_début et date_fin) à l'exclusion des week-ends et dates considérées comme jours fériés." + }, + "NETWORKDAYS.INTL": { + "a": "(start_date, days, [, week-end], [, jours_fériés])", + "d": "Fonction de date et d’heure utilisée pour retourner le nombre de jours de travail entiers entre deux dates en utilisant des paramètres pour indiquer quels jours et combien de jours sont des jours de week-end." + }, + "NOW": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de série de la date et de l'heure actuelles ; Si le format de la cellule était Général avant la saisie de la fonction, l'application modifie le format de la cellule afin qu'il corresponde au format de la date et de l'heure de vos paramètres régionaux." + }, + "SECOND": { + "a": "(valeur_heure)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d'heure qui renvoie les secondes (un nombre de 0 à 59) correspondant à une valeur d’heure." + }, + "TIME": { + "a": "(heure, minute, seconde)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour ajouter l'heure spécifiée au format sélectionné (hh:mm tt par défaut)." + }, + "TIMEVALUE": { + "a": "(heure_texte)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de série d'une valeur d’heure." + }, + "TODAY": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour ajouter la date actuelle au format MM/jj/aa. Cette fonction ne nécessite pas d'argument." + }, + "WEEKDAY": { + "a": "(numéro_de_série [, type_retour])", + "d": "Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour déterminer le jour de la semaine de la date spécifiée." + }, + "WEEKNUM": { + "a": "(numéro_de_série [, type_retour])", + "d": "Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de la semaine au cours de laquelle la date déterminée tombe dans l’année." + }, + "WORKDAY": { + "a": "(date_début , nb_jours[, jours_fériés])", + "d": "Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour renvoyer la date qui vient le nombre de jours indiqué (nb_jours) avant ou après la date déterminée à l'exclusion des week-ends et des dates considérées comme jours fériés." + }, + "WORKDAY.INTL": { + "a": "(start_date, nb_jours, [, nb_jours_week-end], [, jours_fériés])", + "d": "Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour renvoyer la date avant ou après un nombre spécifié de jours de travail avec des paramètres de week-end personnalisés. Les paramètres de week-ends indiquent combien de jours et lesquels sont comptés dans le week-end." + }, + "YEAR": { + "a": "(valeur_date)", + "d": "Fonction de date et d'heure qui renvoie l'année (nombre de 1900 à 9999) de la date au format numérique (jj/MM/aaaa par défault)." + }, + "YEARFRAC": { + "a": "(date_début, date_fin [, base])", + "d": "Fonction de date et d'heure utilisée pour renvoyer la fraction d'une année représentée par le nombre de jours complets à partir de la date_début jusqu'à la date_fin calculé sur la base spécifiée." + }, + "BESSELI": { + "a": "(X , N)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour retourner la fonction de Bessel modifiée, qui est équivalente a la fonction de Bessel évaluée pour des arguments purement imaginaires." + }, + "BESSELJ": { + "a": "(X , N)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la fonction de Bessel." + }, + "BESSELK": { + "a": "(X , N)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour retourner la fonction de Bessel modifiée, qui est équivalente aux fonctions de Bessel évaluées pour des arguments purement imaginaires." + }, + "BESSELY": { + "a": "(X , N)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la fonction de Bessel, également appelée fonction de Weber ou fonction de Neumann." + }, + "BIN2DEC": { + "a": "(nombre)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre binaire en un nombre décimal." + }, + "BIN2HEX": { + "a": "(nombre [, emplacements])", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre binaire en un nombre hexadécimal." + }, + "BIN2OCT": { + "a": "(nombre [, emplacements])", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre binaire en un nombre octal." + }, + "BITAND": { + "a": "(nombre1, nombre2)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le ET bit à bit de deux nombres." + }, + "BITLSHIFT": { + "a": "(nombre, décalage)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer un nombre décalé à gauche du nombre de bits spécifié." + }, + "BITOR": { + "a": "(nombre1, nombre2)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le OU bit à bit de deux nombres." + }, + "BITRSHIFT": { + "a": "(nombre, décalage)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer un nombre décalé à droite du nombre de bits spécifié." + }, + "BITXOR": { + "a": "(nombre1, nombre2)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le OU exclusif bit à bit de deux nombres." + }, + "COMPLEX": { + "a": "(partie_réelle, partie_imaginaire [, suffixe])", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir une partie réelle et une partie imaginaire en un nombre complexe exprimé sous la forme a+ bi ou a + bj." + }, + "CONVERT": { + "a": "(nombre, de_unité, à_unité)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre d’une unité à une autre unité; par exemple, la fonction CONVERT peut traduire un tableau de distances en milles en un tableau de distances exprimées en kilomètres." + }, + "DEC2BIN": { + "a": "(nombre [, emplacements])", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre décimal en un nombre binaire." + }, + "DEC2HEX": { + "a": "(nombre [, emplacements])", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre décimal en un nombre hexadécimal." + }, + "DEC2OCT": { + "a": "(nombre [, emplacements])", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre décimal en un nombre octal." + }, + "DELTA": { + "a": "(nombre1 [, nombre2])", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour tester si deux nombres sont égaux. La fonction renvoie 1 si les nombres sont égaux et 0 sinon." + }, + "ERF": { + "a": "(limite_inf [, limite_sup])", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour calculer la fonction d'erreur intégrée entre les limites inférieure et supérieure spécifiées." + }, + "ERF.PRECISE": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la fonction d’erreur." + }, + "ERFC": { + "a": "(limite_inf)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour calculer la fonction d'erreur complémentaire intégrée entre la limite inférieure et l'infini." + }, + "ERFC.PRECISE": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie qui renvoie la fonction ERF complémentaire intégrée entre x et l'infini." + }, + "GESTEP": { + "a": "(nombre [, seuil])", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour tester si un nombre est supérieur à une valeur de seuil. La fonction renvoie 1 si le nombre est supérieur ou égal à la valeur de seuil et 0 sinon." + }, + "HEX2BIN": { + "a": "(nombre [, emplacements])", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre hexadécimal en binaire." + }, + "HEX2DEC": { + "a": "(nombre)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre hexadécimal en nombre décimal." + }, + "HEX2OCT": { + "a": "(nombre [, emplacements])", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre hexadécimal en octal." + }, + "IMABS": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur absolue d'un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMAGINARY": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la partie imaginaire du nombre complexe spécifié." + }, + "IMARGUMENT": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer l'argument Theta, un angle exprimé en radians." + }, + "IMCONJUGATE": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le conjugué complexe d’un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMCOS": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le cosinus d’un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMCOSH": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le cosinus hyperbolique d'un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMCOT": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la cotangente d’un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMCSC": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la cosécante d’un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMCSCH": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la cosécante hyperbolique d'un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMDIV": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe1, nombre_complexe2)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour retourner le quotient de deux nombres complexes exprimés en forme a + bi ou a + bj." + }, + "IMEXP": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la constante e élevée à la puissance spécifiée par un nombre complexe. La constante e est égale à 2,71828182845904." + }, + "IMLN": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le logarithme naturel d'un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMLOG10": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour calculer le logarithme en base 10 d'un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMLOG2": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour calculer le logarithme en base 2 d'un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMPOWER": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe, nombre)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le résultat d'un nombre complexe élevé à la puissance désirée." + }, + "IMPRODUCT": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le produit des nombres complexes spécifiés." + }, + "IMREAL": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la partie réelle du nombre complexe spécifié." + }, + "IMSEC": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la sécante d'un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMSECH": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la sécante hyperbolique d'un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMSIN": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le sinus d’un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMSINH": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer le sinus hyperbolique d'un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMSQRT": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la racine carrée d'un nombre complexe." + }, + "IMSUB": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe1, nombre_complexe2)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour retourner la différence de deux nombres complexes exprimés sous la forme a + bi ou a + bj." + }, + "IMSUM": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la somme des nombres complexes spécifiés." + }, + "IMTAN": { + "a": "(nombre_complexe)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour renvoyer la tangente d’un nombre complexe." + }, + "OCT2BIN": { + "a": "(nombre [, emplacements])", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre octal en un nombre binaire." + }, + "OCT2DEC": { + "a": "(nombre)", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre octal en un nombre décimal." + }, + "OCT2HEX": { + "a": "(nombre [, emplacements])", + "d": "Fonction d'ingénierie utilisée pour convertir un nombre octal en un nombre hexadécimal." + }, + "DAVERAGE": { + "a": "(base_de_données, champ, critères)", + "d": "Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour faire la moyenne des valeurs dans un champ(colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez." + }, + "DCOUNT": { + "a": "(base_de_données, champ, critères)", + "d": "Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour compter les cellules contenant des nombres dans un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez." + }, + "DCOUNTA": { + "a": "(base_de_données, champ, critères)", + "d": "Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour ajouter les numéros dans un champ(colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez." + }, + "DGET": { + "a": "(base_de_données, champ, critères)", + "d": "Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour extraire une seule valeur d'une colonne d'une liste ou d'une base de données qui correspond aux conditions que vous spécifiez." + }, + "DMAX": { + "a": "(base_de_données, champ, critères)", + "d": "Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour renvoyer le plus grand nombre dans un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspond aux conditions que vous spécifiez." + }, + "DMIN": { + "a": "(base_de_données, champ, critères)", + "d": "Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour renvoyer le plus petit nombre dans un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspond aux conditions que vous spécifiez." + }, + "DPRODUCT": { + "a": "(base_de_données, champ, critères)", + "d": "Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour multiplier les valeurs dans un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez." + }, + "DSTDEV": { + "a": "(base_de_données, champ, critères)", + "d": "Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour estimer l'écart-type d'une population en fonction d'un échantillon en utilisant les numéros d'un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez." + }, + "DSTDEVP": { + "a": "(base_de_données, champ, critères)", + "d": "Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour calculer l'écart-type d'une population basée sur la population entière en utilisant les nombres dans un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez." + }, + "DSUM": { + "a": "(base_de_données, champ, critères)", + "d": "Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour ajouter les numéros dans un champ(colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez." + }, + "DVAR": { + "a": "(base_de_données, champ, critères)", + "d": "Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour estimer la variance d'une population en fonction d'un échantillon en utilisant les numéros d'un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez." + }, + "DVARP": { + "a": "(base_de_données, champ, critères)", + "d": "Fonction de bases de données utilisée pour calculer la variance d'une population basée sur la population entière en utilisant les nombres dans un champ (colonne) d'enregistrements dans une liste ou une base de données qui correspondent aux conditions que vous spécifiez." + }, + "CHAR": { + "a": "(nombre)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour renvoyer le caractère ASCII déterminé par un nombre." + }, + "CLEAN": { + "a": "(texte)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour supprimer tous les caractères de contrôle d'une chaîne sélectionnée." + }, + "CODE": { + "a": "(texte)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur ASCII d'un caractère déterminé ou d'un premier caractère dans la cellule." + }, + "CONCATENATE": { + "a": "(texte1, texte2, ...)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour combiner les données de deux ou plusieurs cellules en une seule" + }, + "CONCAT": { + "a": "(texte1, texte2, ...)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour combiner les données de deux ou plusieurs cellules en une seule. Cette fonction remplace la fonction CONCATENER." + }, + "DOLLAR": { + "a": "(nombre [, décimales])", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour convertir un nombre dans le texte en utilisant le format monétaire $#.##" + }, + "EXACT": { + "a": "(texte1, texte2)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour comparer les données de deux cellules. La fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE) si les données sont identiques, et faux (FALSE) dans le cas contraire." + }, + "FIND": { + "a": "(texte_cherché, texte [, no_départ])", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour trouver la sous-chaîne spécifiée (texte_cherché) dans une chaîne (texte) et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)" + }, + "FINDB": { + "a": "(texte_cherché, texte [, no_départ])", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour trouver la sous-chaîne spécifiée (texte_cherché) dans une chaîne (texte) et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc." + }, + "FIXED": { + "a": "(nombre [, [décimales] [, no_séparateur]])", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour renvoyer la représentation textuelle d'un nombre arrondi au nombre de décimales déterminé." + }, + "LEFT": { + "a": "(texte [, no_car])", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour extraire la sous-chaîne d’une chaîne spécifiée à partir du caractère de gauche et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)" + }, + "LEFTB": { + "a": "(texte [, no_car])", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour extraire la sous-chaîne d’une chaîne spécifiée à partir du caractère de gauche et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc." + }, + "LEN": { + "a": "(texte)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour analyser la chaîne spécifiée et renvoyer le nombre de caractères qu’elle contient et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)" + }, + "LENB": { + "a": "(texte)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour analyser la chaîne spécifiée et renvoyer le nombre de caractères qu’elle contient et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc." + }, + "LOWER": { + "a": "(texte)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour convertir des majuscules en minuscules dans la cellule sélectionnée." + }, + "MID": { + "a": "(texte, no_départ, no_car)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour extraire les caractères d’une chaîne spécifiée à partir de n’importe quelle position et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)" + }, + "MIDB": { + "a": "(texte, no_départ, no_car)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour extraire les caractères d’une chaîne spécifiée à partir de n’importe quelle position et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc." + }, + "NUMBERVALUE": { + "a": "(text [, [[séparateur_décimal] [, [séparateur_groupe]])", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour convertir le texte en nombre, de manière indépendante des paramètres régionaux." + }, + "PROPER": { + "a": "(texte)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour convertir le premier caractère de chaque mot en majuscules et tous les autres en minuscules." + }, + "REPLACE": { + "a": "(ancien_texte, no_départ, no_car, nouveau_texte)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour remplacer un jeu de caractères, en fonction du nombre de caractères et de la position de départ que vous spécifiez, avec un nouvel ensemble de caractères et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)" + }, + "REPLACEB": { + "a": "(ancien_texte, no_départ, no_car, nouveau_texte)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour remplacer un jeu de caractères, en fonction du nombre de caractères et de la position de départ que vous spécifiez, avec un nouvel ensemble de caractères et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc." + }, + "REPT": { + "a": "(texte, nombre_fois)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour remplir une cellule avec plusieurs instances d'une chaîne de texte." + }, + "RIGHT": { + "a": "(texte [, no_car])", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour extraire une sous-chaîne d'une chaîne à partir du caractère le plus à droite, en fonction du nombre de caractères spécifié et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)" + }, + "RIGHTB": { + "a": "(texte [, no_car])", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour extraire une sous-chaîne d'une chaîne à partir du caractère le plus à droite, en fonction du nombre de caractères spécifié et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc." + }, + "SEARCH": { + "a": "(texte_cherché, texte [, no_départ])", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour renvoyer l'emplacement de la sous-chaîne spécifiée dans une chaîne et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à un octet (SBCS)" + }, + "SEARCHB": { + "a": "(texte_cherché, texte [, no_départ])", + "d": "Fonction de texte et de données utilisée pour renvoyer l'emplacement de la sous-chaîne spécifiée dans une chaîne et destinée aux langues qui utilisent le jeu de caractères à deux octets (DBCS) comme le Japonais, le Chinois, le Coréen etc." + }, + "SUBSTITUTE": { + "a": "(texte, ancien_texte,nouveau_texte [, no_position])", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour remplacer un jeu de caractères par un nouveau." + }, + "T": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour vérifier si la valeur dans la cellule (ou utilisée comme argument) est un texte ou non. Si ce n'est pas un texte, la fonction renvoie un résultat vide. Si la valeur/argument est un texte, la fonction renvoie la même valeur textuelle." + }, + "TEXT": { + "a": "(valeur, format)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour convertir une valeur au format spécifié." + }, + "TEXTJOIN": { + "a": "(séparateur, ignore_ignorer_vide, texte1[, texte2], …)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour combiner le texte de plusieurs plages et/ou chaînes, incluant un délimiteur que vous spécifiez entre chaque valeur de texte qui sera combinée. Si le délimiteur est une chaîne de texte vide, cette fonction concaténera les plages." + }, + "TRIM": { + "a": "(texte)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour supprimer des espaces à gauche ou à droite d'une chaîne." + }, + "UNICHAR": { + "a": "(nombre)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour renvoyer le caractère Unicode référencé par la valeur numérique donnée." + }, + "UNICODE": { + "a": "(texte)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour retourner le nombre(valeur d'encodage) correspondant au premier caractère du texte." + }, + "UPPER": { + "a": "(texte)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour convertir les minuscules en majuscules dans la cellule sélectionnée." + }, + "VALUE": { + "a": "(texte)", + "d": "Fonction de texte et données utilisée pour convertir une valeur de texte représentant un nombre en ce nombre. Si le texte à convertir n'est pas un nombre, la fonction renvoie l'erreur #VALEUR!." + }, + "AVEDEV": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer la moyenne des écarts absolus des nombres de leur moyenne." + }, + "AVERAGE": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et trouver la valeur moyenne." + }, + "AVERAGEA": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données y compris du texte et des valeurs logiques et trouver la moyenne La fonction AVERAGEA considère tout texte et FALSE comme égal à 0 et TRUE comme égal à 1." + }, + "AVERAGEIF": { + "a": "(plage, critères [, plage_moyenne])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et trouver la moyenne de tous les nombres dans une plage de cellules à la base du critère spécifié" + }, + "AVERAGEIFS": { + "a": "(plage_moyenne, plage_critères1, critères1, [plage_critères2, critères2],... )", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et trouver la moyenne de tous les nombres dans une plage de cellules à la base de critères multiples" + }, + "BETADIST": { + "a": " (x, alpha, bêta, [ ,[A] [, [B]]) ", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la fonction de densité de probabilité bêta cumulative." + }, + "BETAINV": { + "a": " ( x , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ", + "d": "Statistical function used return the inverse of the cumulative beta probability density function for a specified beta distribution" + }, + "BETA.DIST": { + "a": " (x, alpha, bêta, cumulative, [, [A] [, [B]]) ", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution bêta." + }, + "BETA.INV": { + "a": " (probabilité, alpha, bêta, [, [A] [, [B]]) ", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la fonction de densité de probabilité cumulative bêta" + }, + "BINOMDIST": { + "a": "(nombre_s, essais, probabilité_s, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité d'une variable aléatoire discrète suivant la loi binomiale." + }, + "BINOM.DIST": { + "a": "(nombre_s, essais, probabilité_s, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité d'une variable aléatoire discrète suivant la loi binomiale." + }, + "BINOM.DIST.RANGE": { + "a": "(essais, probabilité_s, nombre_s [, nombre_s2])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la probabilité d'un résultat d'essai en utilisant une distribution binomiale" + }, + "BINOM.INV": { + "a": "(essais, probabilité_s, alpha)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la plus petite valeur pour laquelle la distribution binomiale cumulative est supérieure ou égale à une valeur de critère" + }, + "CHIDIST": { + "a": "(x, deg_liberté)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité à droite de la distribution du khi-carré" + }, + "CHIINV": { + "a": "(probabilité, deg_liberté)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la probabilité à droite de la distribution du khi-carré." + }, + "CHITEST": { + "a": "(plage_réelle, plage_attendue)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le test d'indépendance, la valeur de la distribution du khi-deux (χ2) pour la statistique et les degrés de liberté appropriés" + }, + "CHISQ.DIST": { + "a": "(x, deg_liberté, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution du khi-carré." + }, + "CHISQ.DIST.RT": { + "a": "(x, deg_liberté)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité à droite de la distribution du khi-carré" + }, + "CHISQ.INV": { + "a": "(probabilité, deg_liberté)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la probabilité à gauche de la distribution du khi-carré." + }, + "CHISQ.INV.RT": { + "a": "(probabilité, deg_liberté)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la probabilité à droite de la distribution du khi-carré." + }, + "CHISQ.TEST": { + "a": "(plage_réelle, plage_attendue)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le test d'indépendance, la valeur de la distribution du khi-deux (χ2) pour la statistique et les degrés de liberté appropriés" + }, + "CONFIDENCE": { + "a": "(alpha, écart_type, taille)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'intervalle de confiance." + }, + "CONFIDENCE.NORM": { + "a": "(alpha, écart_type, taille)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'intervalle de confiance pour une moyenne de population en utilisant une distribution normale." + }, + "CONFIDENCE.T": { + "a": "(alpha, écart_type, taille)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'intervalle de confiance pour une moyenne de population, en utilisant la distribution en T de Student." + }, + "CORREL": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer le coefficient de corrélation entre deux séries de données." + }, + "COUNT": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour compter le nombre de cellules sélectionnées qui contiennent des nombres en ignorant les cellules vides ou avec du texte." + }, + "COUNTA": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de cellules et compter le nombre de cellules qui ne sont pas vides." + }, + "COUNTBLANK": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de cellules et renvoyer le nombre de cellules vides." + }, + "COUNTIF": { + "a": "(plage, critères)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour compter le nombre de cellules sélectionnées à la base du critère spécifié." + }, + "COUNTIFS": { + "a": "(plage_critères1, critères1, [plage_critères2, critères2], ... )", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour compter le nombre de cellules sélectionnées à la base de critères multiples." + }, + "COVAR": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la covariance de deux plages de données." + }, + "COVARIANCE.P": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la covariance de population, la moyenne des produits des écarts pour chaque paire de points de données dans deux ensembles de données; utilisez la covariance pour déterminer la relation entre deux ensembles de données." + }, + "COVARIANCE.S": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la covariance de l'échantillon, la moyenne des produits des écarts pour chaque paire de points de données dans deux ensembles de données." + }, + "CRITBINOM": { + "a": "(nombre_essais, probabilité_succès, alpha)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur plus petite pour laquelle la distribution binomiale cumulée est supérieure ou égale à la valeur alpha spécifiée." + }, + "DEVSQ": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et calculer la somme des carrés des déviations des nombres de leur moyenne." + }, + "EXPONDIST": { + "a": "(x, lambda, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer une distribution exponentielle." + }, + "EXPON.DIST": { + "a": "(x, lambda, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer une distribution exponentielle." + }, + "FDIST": { + "a": "(x, deg-freedom1, deg-freedom2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution de probabilité F(droite), ou le degré de diversité, pour deux ensembles de données. Vous pouvez utiliser cette fonction pour déterminer si deux ensembles de données ont des degrés de diversité différents" + }, + "FINV": { + "a": "(probabilité, deg_liberté1, deg_liberté2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la distribution de probabilité F à droite; la distribution F peut être utilisée dans un test F qui compare le degré de variabilité de deux ensembles de données" + }, + "FTEST": { + "a": "(matrice1, matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le résultat d’un test F. Un test F renvoie la probabilité bilatérale que les variances des arguments matrice1 et matrice2 ne présentent pas de différences significatives" + }, + "F.DIST": { + "a": "(x, deg_liberté1, deg_liberté2, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution de probabilité F. Vous pouvez utiliser cette fonction pour déterminer si deux ensembles de données ont des degrés de diversité différents." + }, + "F.DIST.RT": { + "a": "(x, deg_liberté1, deg_liberté2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution de probabilité F(droite), ou le degré de diversité, pour deux ensembles de données. Vous pouvez utiliser cette fonction pour déterminer si deux ensembles de données ont des degrés de diversité différents" + }, + "F.INV": { + "a": "(probabilité, deg_liberté1, deg_liberté2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la distribution de probabilité F à droite; la distribution F peut être utilisée dans un test F qui compare le degré de variabilité de deux ensembles de données" + }, + "F.INV.RT": { + "a": "(probabilité, deg_liberté1, deg_liberté2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la distribution de probabilité F à droite; la distribution F peut être utilisée dans un test F qui compare le degré de variabilité de deux ensembles de données" + }, + "F.TEST": { + "a": "(matrice1, matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le résultat d’un test F, la probabilité bilatérale que les variances des arguments matrice1 et matrice2 ne présentent pas de différences significatives" + }, + "FISHER": { + "a": "(nombre)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la transformation Fisher d'un nombre." + }, + "FISHERINV": { + "a": "(nombre)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour effectuer une transformation inversée de Fisher." + }, + "FORECAST": { + "a": "(x, matrice1, matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour prédire une valeur future à la base des valeurs existantes fournies." + }, + "FORECAST.ETS": { + "a": "(date_cible, valeurs, chronologie, [caractère_saisonnier], [saisie_semiautomatique_données], [agrégation])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour prédire une valeur future en fonction des valeurs existantes (historiques) à l’aide de la version AAA de l’algorithme de lissage exponentiel (Exponential Smoothing, ETS)" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT": { + "a": "(date_cible, valeurs, chronologie, [seuil_probabilité], [caractère_saisonnier], [saisie_semiautomatique_données], [agrégation])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner un intervalle de confiance pour la prévision à la date cible spécifiée" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY": { + "a": "(valeurs, chronologie, [saisie_semiautomatique_données], [agrégation])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la durée du modèle de répétition détecté par application pour la série chronologique spécifiée" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.STAT": { + "a": "(valeurs, chronologie, type_statistique, [caractère_saisonnier], [saisie_semiautomatique_données], [agrégation])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner une valeur statistique suite à la prévision de la série chronologique; le type statistique indique quelle statistique est requise par cette fonction" + }, + "FORECAST.LINEAR": { + "a": "(x, y_connus, x_connus)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer, ou prédire, une valeur future en utilisant des valeurs existantes; la valeur prédite est une valeur y pour une valeur x donnée, les valeurs connues sont des valeurs x et des valeurs y existantes, et la nouvelle valeur est prédite en utilisant une régression linéaire" + }, + "FREQUENCY": { + "a": "(tableau_données, matrice_intervalles)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la fréquence de la présence des valeurs dans une plage de cellules sélectionnée et afficher la première valeur de la matrice de nombres renvoyée." + }, + "GAMMA": { + "a": "(nombre)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la valeur de la fonction gamma." + }, + "GAMMADIST": { + "a": "(x, alpha, bêta, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution gamma." + }, + "GAMMA.DIST": { + "a": "(x, alpha, bêta, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution gamma." + }, + "GAMMAINV": { + "a": "(probabilité, alpha, bêta)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la distribution cumulative gamma." + }, + "GAMMA.INV": { + "a": "(probabilité, alpha, bêta)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la distribution cumulative gamma." + }, + "GAMMALN": { + "a": "(nombre)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le logarithme naturel de la fonction Gamma." + }, + "GAMMALN.PRECISE": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le logarithme naturel de la fonction Gamma." + }, + "GAUSS": { + "a": "(z)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la probabilité qu'un membre d'une population normale standard se situe entre la moyenne et les écarts-types z de la moyenne." + }, + "GEOMEAN": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la moyenne géométrique d'une série de données." + }, + "GROWTH": { + "a": "(y_connus, [x_connus], [x_nouveaux], [constante])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour сalculer la croissance exponentielle prévue à partir des données existantes. La fonction renvoie les valeurs y pour une série de nouvelles valeurs x que vous spécifiez, en utilisant des valeurs x et y existantes." + }, + "HARMEAN": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la moyenne harmonique d'une série de données." + }, + "HYPGEOM.DIST": { + "a": "(succès_échantillon, nombre_échantillon, succès_population, nombre_pop, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité d'une variable aléatoire discrète suivant une loi hypergéométrique" + }, + "HYPGEOMDIST": { + "a": "(succès_échantillon, nombre_échantillon, succès_population ,nombre_population)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité d'une variable aléatoire discrète suivant une loi hypergéométrique" + }, + "INTERCEPT": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser les valeurs de la première matrice et de la deuxième pour calculer le point d'intersection." + }, + "KURT": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le kurtosis d'une série de données." + }, + "LARGE": { + "a": "(matrice , k)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de cellules et renvoyer la k-ième plus grande valeur." + }, + "LINEST": { + "a": "(y_connus, [x_connus], [constante], [statistiques])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer les statistiques d’une droite par la méthode des moindres carrés afin de calculer une droite s’ajustant au plus près de vos données, puis renvoie une matrice qui décrit cette droite; dans la mesure où cette fonction renvoie une matrice de valeurs, elle doit être tapée sous la forme d’une formule matricielle" + }, + "LOGEST": { + "a": "(y_connus, [x_connus], [constante], [statistiques])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer les statistiques d’une droite par la méthode des moindres carrés afin de calculer une droite s’ajustant au plus près de vos données, puis renvoie une matrice qui décrit cette droite. Vous pouvez également combiner la fonction avec d’autres fonctions pour calculer les statistiques d’autres types de modèles linéaires dans les paramètres inconnus, y compris polynomial, logarithmique, exponentiel et série de puissances." + }, + "LOGINV": { + "a": "(x, moyenne, écart_type)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la fonction de distribution de x suivant une loi lognormale cumulée en utilisant les paramètres spécifiés" + }, + "LOGNORM.DIST": { + "a": "(x , moyenne, écart_type, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la distribution log-normale de x, où ln(x) est normalement distribué avec les paramètres moyenne et écart_type." + }, + "LOGNORM.INV": { + "a": "(probabilité, moyenne, écart_type)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la fonction de distribution log-normale de x, où ln(x) est normalement distribué avec les paramètres moyenne et écart_type." + }, + "LOGNORMDIST": { + "a": "(x, moyenne, écart_type)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser les données logarithmiquement transformées et renvoyer la fonction de distribution de x suivant une loi lognormale cumulée en utilisant les paramètres spécifiés." + }, + "MAX": { + "a": "(nombre1, nombre2, ...)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et trouver le plus grand nombre." + }, + "MAXA": { + "a": "(nombre1, nombre2, ...)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et trouver la plus grande valeur." + }, + "MAXIFS": { + "a": "(plage_max, plage_critère1, critère1 [, plage_critère2, critère2], ...)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur maximale parmi les cellules spécifiées par un ensemble donné de conditions ou de critères." + }, + "MEDIAN": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la valeur médiane de la liste d'arguments." + }, + "MIN": { + "a": "(nombre1, nombre2, ...)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et de trouver le plus petit nombre." + }, + "MINA": { + "a": "(nombre1, nombre2, ...)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et trouver la plus petite valeur." + }, + "MINIFS": { + "a": "(plage_min, plage_critère1, critère1 [, plage_critère2, critère2], ...)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur minimale parmi les cellules spécifiées par un ensemble donné de conditions ou de critères." + }, + "MODE": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer la valeur la plus fréquente." + }, + "MODE.MULT": { + "a": "(nombre1 [, nombre2] ... )", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur la plus fréquente ou répétitive dans un tableau ou une plage de données." + }, + "MODE.SNGL": { + "a": "(nombre1 [, nombre2] ... )", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur la plus fréquente ou répétitive dans un tableau ou une plage de données." + }, + "NEGBINOM.DIST": { + "a": "(nombre_échecs, nombre_succès, probabilité_succès, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la distribution binomiale négative, la probabilité qu'il y aura nombre_échecs échecs avant le nombre_succès-ème succès, avec une probabilité de succès probabilité_succès." + }, + "NEGBINOMDIST": { + "a": "(nombre_échecs, nombre_succès, probabilité_succès)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution négative binomiale." + }, + "NORM.DIST": { + "a": "(x, moyenne, écart_type, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution normale pour la moyenne spécifiée et l'écart type." + }, + "NORMDIST": { + "a": "(x , moyenne, écart_type, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution normale pour la moyenne spécifiée et l'écart type." + }, + "NORM.INV": { + "a": "(probabilité, moyenne, écart_type)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la distribution cumulative normale pour la moyenne et l'écart-type spécifiés." + }, + "NORMINV": { + "a": "(x, moyenne, écart_type)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la distribution cumulative normale pour la moyenne et l'écart-type spécifiés." + }, + "NORM.S.DIST": { + "a": "(z, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la distribution cumulative normale standard; la distribution a une moyenne de zéro et un écart-type de un." + }, + "NORMSDIST": { + "a": "(nombre)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la fonction de distribution cumulative normale standard." + }, + "NORM.S.INV": { + "a": "(probabilité)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'inverse de la distribution cumulative normale standard; la distribution a une moyenne de zéro et un écart-type de un." + }, + "NORMSINV": { + "a": "(probabilité)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'inverse de la distribution cumulative normale standard." + }, + "PEARSON": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le coefficient de corrélation des moments du produit de Pearson." + }, + "PERCENTILE": { + "a": "(matrice , k)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer le k-ième centile." + }, + "PERCENTILE.EXC": { + "a": "(matrice , k)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le kème centile des valeurs dans une plage, où k est dans l'intervalle ouvert 0..1." + }, + "PERCENTILE.INC": { + "a": "(matrice , k)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le kème centile des valeurs dans une plage, où k est dans l'intervalle ouvert 0..1." + }, + "PERCENTRANK": { + "a": "(matrice, k)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le rang d'une valeur dans une série de valeurs en tant que pourcentage de la série." + }, + "PERCENTRANK.EXC": { + "a": "(matrice, x[, précision])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le rang d'une valeur dans une série de valeurs en tant qu'un pourcentage(dans l'intervalle ouvert 0..1) de la série." + }, + "PERCENTRANK.INC": { + "a": "(matrice, x[, précision])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le rang d'une valeur dans une série de valeurs en tant qu'un pourcentage(dans l'inervalle fermé 0..1) de la série." + }, + "PERMUT": { + "a": "(nombre, nombre_choisi)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le rang d'une valeur dans une série de valeurs en tant qu'un pourcentage(dans l'intervalle fermé 0..1) de la série." + }, + "PERMUTATIONA": { + "a": "(nombre, nombre_choisi)", + "d": "Elle sert à retourner le nombre de permutations pour un nombre donné d'objets (avec des répétitions) qui peuvent être sélectionnés parmi les objets totaux." + }, + "PHI": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur de la fonction de densité pour une distribution normale standard." + }, + "POISSON": { + "a": "(x, moyenne, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité d'une variable aléatoire suivant une loi de Poisson." + }, + "POISSON.DIST": { + "a": "(x, moyenne, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la distribution de Poisson; une application courante de la distribution de Poisson est de prédire le nombre d'événements sur une période donnée, comme le nombre de voitures arrivant sur un péage en 1 minute." + }, + "PROB": { + "a": "(plage_x, plage_probabilité, limite_inf[, limite_sup])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la probabilité que les valeurs dans une plage se trouvent entre les limites inférieure et supérieure." + }, + "QUARTILE": { + "a": "(matrice , catégorie_résultats)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et renvoyer le quartile." + }, + "QUARTILE.INC": { + "a": "(matrice, quart)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le quartile de l'ensemble de données, en se basant sur les valeurs de centile de l'intervalle fermé 0..1." + }, + "QUARTILE.EXC": { + "a": "(matrice, quart)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour envoyer le quartile de l'ensemble de données, basé sur les valeurs de centile de l'intervalle ouvert 0..1." + }, + "RANK": { + "a": "(nombre, référence[, ordre])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le rang d'un nombre dans une liste de nombres; le rang d'un nombre est sa taille par rapport à d'autres valeurs dans une liste, si vous deviez trier la liste, le rang du nombre serait sa position" + }, + "RANK.AVG": { + "a": "(nombre, référence[, ordre])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le rang d'un nombre dans une liste de nombres : sa taille par rapport à d'autres valeurs dans la liste; si plus d'une valeur portent le même rang, le rang moyen est retourné" + }, + "RANK.EQ": { + "a": "(nombre, référence[, ordre])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner le rang d'un nombre dans une liste de nombres : sa taille par rapport à d'autres valeurs dans la liste; si plus d'une valeur portent le même rang, le rang le plus élevé de cet ensemble de valeurs est retourné" + }, + "RSQ": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer le carré du coefficient de corrélation des moments du produit de Pearson." + }, + "SKEW": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser la plage de données et renvoyer l'asymétrie de la distribution de la liste d'arguments." + }, + "SKEW.P": { + "a": "(nombre1 [, nombre2], ...)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner l'asymétrie d'une distribution basée sur une population: une caractérisation du degré d'asymétrie d'une distribution autour de sa moyenne." + }, + "SLOPE": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la pente d'une droite de régression linéaire à travers les données dans deux matrices." + }, + "SMALL": { + "a": "(matrice , k)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de cellules et renvoyer la k-ième plus petite valeur." + }, + "STANDARDIZE": { + "a": "(x, moyenne, écart_type)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur normalisée de la distribution caractérisée par des paramètres spécifiés." + }, + "STDEV": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer l'écart type de la population à la base d'une série de nombres." + }, + "STDEV.P": { + "a": "(number1 [, number2], ... )", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer l'écart-type basé sur la population entière donnée comme arguments (ignore les valeurs logiques et le texte)." + }, + "STDEV.S": { + "a": "(number1 [, number2], ... )", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour estimer l'écart-type sur la base d'un échantillon (ignore les valeurs logiques et le texte de l'échantillon)." + }, + "STDEVA": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer l'écart type de la population à la base d'une série de nombres, textes et valeurs logiques (TRUE ou FALSE). La fonction STDEVA considère tout texte et FALSE comme égal à 0 et TRUE comme égal à 1." + }, + "STDEVP": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer l'écart type de toute une population." + }, + "STDEVPA": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer l'écart type de toute une population." + }, + "STEYX": { + "a": "(y_connus, x_connus)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer l'erreur standard de la valeur y prédite pour chaque x dans la ligne de régression." + }, + "TDIST": { + "a": "(x, deg_liberté, uni/bilatéral)", + "d": "Fonction statistique qui renvoie les points de pourcentage (probabilité) pour la distribution en T de Student où une valeur numérique (x) est une valeur calculée de T pour laquelle les points de pourcentage doivent être calculés; la distribution en T est utilisée dans le test d'hypothèses sur un petit échantillon de données" + }, + "TINV": { + "a": "(probabilité, deg_liberté)", + "d": "Fonction statistique qui renvoie l'inverse de la distribution bilatérale en T de Student." + }, + "T.DIST": { + "a": "(x, deg_liberté, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique qui renvoie la distribution T de gauche de Student. La distribution en T est utilisée dans le test d'hypothèses sur un petit échantillon de données. Utilisez cette fonction à la place d'une table de valeurs critiques pour la distribution en T." + }, + "T.DIST.2T": { + "a": "(x, deg_liberté)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution bilatérale en T de Student. La distribution bilatérale en T de Student est utilisée dans les tests d'hypothèse de petits ensembles de données d'échantillons. Utilisez cette fonction à la place d'un tableau de valeurs critiques pour la distribution en T." + }, + "T.DIST.RT": { + "a": "(x, deg_liberté)", + "d": "Fonction statistique qui renvoie la distribution T de droite de Student. La distribution en T est utilisée dans le test d'hypothèses sur un petit échantillon de données. Utilisez cette fonction à la place d'un tableau de valeurs critiques pour la distribution en T." + }, + "T.INV": { + "a": "(probabilité, deg_liberté)", + "d": "Fonction statistique qui renvoie l'inverse de la distribution T de gauche de Student" + }, + "T.INV.2T": { + "a": "(probabilité, deg_liberté)", + "d": "Fonction statistique qui renvoie l'inverse de la distribution bilatérale en T de Student." + }, + "T.TEST": { + "a": "(matrice1, matrice2, uni/bilatéral, type)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la probabilité associée au test t de Student; Utilisez TEST.STUDENT pour déterminer si deux échantillons sont susceptibles de provenir de deux populations identiques ayant la même moyenne." + }, + "TREND": { + "a": "(y_connus, [x_connus], [x_nouveaux], [constante])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer des valeurs par rapport à une tendance linéaire. Elle s’adapte à une ligne droite (à l’aide de la méthode des moindres carrés) aux known_y et known_x de la matrice." + }, + "TRIMMEAN": { + "a": "(matrice, pourcentage)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la moyenne intérieure d'un ensemble de données; MOYENNE.REDUITE calcule la moyenne prise en excluant un pourcentage de points de données des queues supérieure et inférieure d'un ensemble de données" + }, + "TTEST": { + "a": "(matrice1, matrice2, uni/bilatéral, type)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour retourner la probabilité associée au test t de Student; Utilisez TEST.STUDENT pour déterminer si deux échantillons sont susceptibles de provenir de deux populations identiques ayant la même moyenne." + }, + "VAR": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer la variance de la population à la base d'une série de nombres." + }, + "VAR.P": { + "a": "(nombre1 [, nombre2], ... )", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour calculer la variance sur la base de toute la population(ignore les valeurs logiques et le texte dans la population)." + }, + "VAR.S": { + "a": "(nombre1 [, nombre2], ... )", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour estimer la variance sur la base d'un échantillon (ignore les valeurs logiques et le texte de l'échantillon)." + }, + "VARA": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer la variance de la population à la base d'une série de nombres." + }, + "VARP": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et calculer la variance de la population totale." + }, + "VARPA": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour analyser une plage de données et renvoyer la variance de la population totale." + }, + "WEIBULL": { + "a": "(x, alpha, bêta, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution de Weibull; utilisez cette distribution dans une analyse de fiabilité, telle que le calcul du délai moyen de défaillance d'un appareil" + }, + "WEIBULL.DIST": { + "a": "(x, alpha, bêta, cumulative)", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la distribution de Weibull; utilisez cette distribution dans une analyse de fiabilité, telle que le calcul du délai moyen de défaillance d'un appareil" + }, + "Z.TEST": { + "a": "(matrice, x[, sigma])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur P unilatérale d'un test Z; Pour une moyenne de population hypothétique donnée, x, Z.TEST renvoie la probabilité que la moyenne de l'échantillon soit supérieure à la moyenne des observations dans l'ensemble de données(tableau), c'est-à-dire la moyenne de l'échantillon observé" + }, + "ZTEST": { + "a": "(matrice, x[, sigma])", + "d": "Fonction statistique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur de probabilité unilatérale d'un test Z; Pour une moyenne de population hypothétique donnée, μ0, TEST.Z renvoie la probabilité que la moyenne de l'échantillon soit supérieure à la moyenne des observations dans l'ensemble de données(tableau), c'est-à-dire la moyenne de l'échantillon observé" + }, + "ACCRINT": { + "a": "(émission, prem_coupon, règlement, taux, [val_nominale], fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer l'intérêt couru pour un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques." + }, + "ACCRINTM": { + "a": "(émission, échéance, taux, [[val_nominale] [, [base]]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer les intérêts courus pour un titre qui rapporte des intérêts à l'échéance." + }, + "AMORDEGRC": { + "a": "(coût, date_achat, première_période, val_résiduelle, périodicité, taux[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la dépréciation d'un actif pour chaque période comptable en utilisant une méthode d'amortissement dégressif." + }, + "AMORLINC": { + "a": "(coût, date_achat, première_période, val_résiduelle, périodicité, taux[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer l'amortissement d'un actif pour chaque période comptable en utilisant une méthode d'amortissement linéaire." + }, + "COUPDAYBS": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le nombre de jours depuis le début de la période de coupon jusqu'à la date de règlement." + }, + "COUPDAYS": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le nombre de jours dans la période de coupon comprenant la date de règlement." + }, + "COUPDAYSNC": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le nombre de jours entre la date de règlement et le prochain paiement du coupon." + }, + "COUPNCD": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la date du coupon suivant après la date de règlement." + }, + "COUPNUM": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le nombre de coupons entre la date de règlement et la date d'échéance." + }, + "COUPPCD": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la date du coupon précédent avant la date de règlement." + }, + "CUMIPMT": { + "a": "(taux , npm, va, période_début, période_fin, type)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer l'intérêt cumulé payé sur un investissement entre deux périodes en fonction d'un taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant." + }, + "CUMPRINC": { + "a": "(taux , npm, va, période_début, période_fin, type)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le capital cumulé payé sur un investissement entre deux périodes en fonction d'un taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant." + }, + "DB": { + "a": "(coût, valeur_rés, durée, période[, [mois]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la dépréciation d'un actif pour une période comptable spécifiée en utilisant la méthode du solde fixe dégressif." + }, + "DDB": { + "a": "(coût, valeur_rés, durée, période[, [mois]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la dépréciation d'un actif pour une période comptable donnée en utilisant la méthode du solde dégressif double." + }, + "DISC": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, valeur_nominale, valeur_échéance[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux d'actualisation d'un titre." + }, + "DOLLARDE": { + "a": "(prix_décimal, fraction)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour convertir un prix en dollars représenté sous forme de fraction en un prix en dollars représenté par un nombre décimal." + }, + "DOLLARFR": { + "a": "(prix_décimal, fraction)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour convertir un prix en dollars représenté par un nombre décimal en un prix en dollars représenté sous forme de fraction." + }, + "DURATION": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, taux, rendement, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la duration de Macaulay d'un titre avec une valeur nominale de 100 $." + }, + "EFFECT": { + "a": "(taux_nominal, nb_périodes)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux d'intérêt annuel effectif d'un titre en fonction d'un taux d'intérêt annuel nominal déterminé et du nombre de périodes de composition par année." + }, + "FV": { + "a": "(taux, npm, vpm [, [va] [,[type]]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la valeur future d'un investissement à la base du taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant." + }, + "FVSCHEDULE": { + "a": "(va, taux)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la valeur future d'un investissement à la base d'une série de taux d'intérêt changeants." + }, + "INTRATE": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, investissement, valeur_échéance[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux d'intérêt d'un titre entièrement investi qui ne rapporte des intérêts à l'échéance." + }, + "IPMT": { + "a": "(taux, pér, npm, va[, [vc] [, [type]]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le paiement d'intérêts pour un investissement basé sur un taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant." + }, + "IRR": { + "a": "(valeurs [, [estimation]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux de rendement interne d'une série de flux de trésorerie périodiques." + }, + "ISPMT": { + "a": "(taux, pér, npm, va)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le paiement d'intérêts pour une période déterminée d'un investissement basé sur un échéancier de paiement constant." + }, + "MDURATION": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, taux, rendement, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la duration de Macaulay modifiée d'un titre avec une valeur nominale de 100 $." + }, + "MIRR": { + "a": "(valeurs, taux_emprunt, taux_placement)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux de rendement interne d'une série de flux de trésorerie périodiques." + }, + "NOMINAL": { + "a": "(taux_effectif, nb_périodes)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux d'intérêt annuel nominal d'un titre en fonction d'un taux d'intérêt annuel effectif déterminé et du nombre de périodes de composition par année." + }, + "NPER": { + "a": "(taux, vpm, va [, [vc] [,[type]]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le nombre de périodes pour un investissement à la base du taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant." + }, + "NPV": { + "a": "(taux, liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la valeur nette actuelle d'un investissement à la base d'un taux d'escompte spécifié." + }, + "ODDFPRICE": { + "a": "(règlement, échéance, émission, premier_coupon, taux, rendement, valeur_échéance, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le prix par valeur nominale de 100$ pour un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques mais qui a une première période impaire (elle est plus courte ou plus longue que les autres périodes)." + }, + "ODDFYIELD": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, émission, premier_coupon, taux, valeur_nominale, valeur_échéance, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement pour un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques mais qui a une première période impaire (elle est plus courte ou plus longue que les autres périodes)." + }, + "ODDLPRICE": { + "a": "(règlement, échéance, dernier_coupon, taux, rendement, valeur_échéance, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le prix par valeur nominale de 100$ pour un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques mais qui a une dernière période impaire (plus courte ou plus longue que les autres périodes)." + }, + "ODDLYIELD": { + "a": "(règlement, échéance, dernier_coupon, taux, valeur_nominale, valeur_échéance, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement d'un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques mais qui a une dernière période impaire(plus courte ou plus longue que les autres périodes)." + }, + "PDURATION": { + "a": "(taux, va, vc)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour retourner le nombre de périodes requises pour qu’un investissement atteigne une valeur spécifiée" + }, + "PMT": { + "a": "(taux, npm, va [, [vc] [,[type]]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le montant du paiement d'un emprunt à la base du taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant." + }, + "PPMT": { + "a": "(taux, pér, npm, va[, [vc] [, [type]]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le paiement du capital pour un investissement basé sur un taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant." + }, + "PRICE": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, taux, rendement, valeur_échéance, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le prix par valeur nominale de 100 $ pour un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques." + }, + "PRICEDISC": { + "a": "(règlement, échéance, taux_escompte, valeur_échéance[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le prix par valeur nominale de 100 $ pour un titre à prix réduit." + }, + "PRICEMAT": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, émission, taux, rendement[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le prix par valeur nominale de 100 $ pour un titre qui paie des intérêts à l'échéance." + }, + "PV": { + "a": "(taux, npm, vpm[, [vc] [,[type]]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la valeur actuelle d'un investissement à la base du taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement constant." + }, + "RATE": { + "a": "(npm, vpm, va [, [[vc] [,[[type] [,[estimation]]]]]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux d'intérêt d'un investissement basé sur un échéancier de paiement constant." + }, + "RECEIVED": { + "a": "(règlement, échéance, investissement, taux_escompte[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le montant reçu à l'échéance pour un titre entièrement investi." + }, + "RRI": { + "a": "(npm, va, vf)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour retourner un taux d'intérêt équivalent pour la croissance d'un investissement." + }, + "SLN": { + "a": "(coût, valeur_rés, durée)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la dépréciation d'un actif pour une période comptable en utilisant la méthode d'amortissement linéaire." + }, + "SYD": { + "a": "(coût, valeur_rés, durée, période)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la dépréciation d'un actif pour une période comptable donnée en utilisant la somme des chiffres de l'année." + }, + "TBILLEQ": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, taux_escompte)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement équivalent en obligations d'un bon du Trésor." + }, + "TBILLPRICE": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, taux_escompte)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le prix par valeur nominale de 100 $ pour un bon du Trésor." + }, + "TBILLYIELD": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, valeur_nominale)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement d'un bon du Trésor." + }, + "VDB": { + "a": "(coût, valeur_rés, durée, période_début, période_fin[, [[facteur][, [valeur_log]]]]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la dépréciation d'un actif pour une période comptable spécifiée ou partielle en utilisant la méthode du solde dégressif variable." + }, + "XIRR": { + "a": "(valeurs, dates[, [estimation]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le taux de rendement interne d'une série de flux de trésorerie irréguliers." + }, + "XNPV": { + "a": "(taux, valeurs, dates)", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer la valeur actuelle d'un investissement à la base du taux d'intérêt spécifié et d'un échéancier de paiement irréguliers." + }, + "YIELD": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, taux, valeur_nominale, valeur_rachat, fréquence[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement d'un titre qui paie des intérêts périodiques." + }, + "YIELDDISC": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, valeur_nominale, valeur_rachat[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement annuel d'un titre à prix réduit." + }, + "YIELDMAT": { + "a": "(liquidation, échéance, émission, taux, valeur_nominale[, [base]])", + "d": "Fonction financière utilisée pour calculer le rendement annuel d'un titre qui paie des intérêts à l'échéance." + }, + "ABS": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur absolue d'un nombre." + }, + "ACOS": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer l’arccosinus d'un nombre." + }, + "ACOSH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le cosinus hyperbolique inversé d'un nombre." + }, + "ACOT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur principale de l'arccotangente, ou cotangente inverse, d'un nombre." + }, + "ACOTH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la cotangente hyperbolique inverse d'un nombre." + }, + "AGGREGATE": { + "a": "(no_fonction, options, réf1 [, réf2], ...)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour retourner un agrégat dans une liste ou une base de données; la fonction peut appliquer différentes fonctions d'agrégat à une liste ou une base de données avec l'option d'ignorer les lignes cachées et les valeurs d'erreur." + }, + "ARABIC": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour convertir un chiffre romain en nombres." + }, + "ASC": { + "a": "( text )", + "d": "Text function for Double-byte character set (DBCS) languages, the function changes full-width (double-byte) characters to half-width (single-byte) characters" + }, + "ASIN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer l’arcsinus d'un nombre." + }, + "ASINH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le sinus hyperbolique inverse d'un nombre." + }, + "ATAN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer l’arctangente d'un nombre." + }, + "ATAN2": { + "a": "(x, y)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer l’arctangente des coordonnées x et y." + }, + "ATANH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la tangente hyperbolique inverse d'un nombre." + }, + "BASE": { + "a": "(nombre, base[, longueur_min])", + "d": "Convertit un nombre en une représentation de texte conforme à la base donnée" + }, + "CEILING": { + "a": "(x, précision)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre au multiple le plus proche de l'argument de précision." + }, + "CEILING.MATH": { + "a": "(x [, [précision] [, [mode]])", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre à l'excès à l'entier ou au multiple significatif le plus proche." + }, + "CEILING.PRECISE": { + "a": "(x [, précision])", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre à l'excès à l'entier ou au multiple significatif le plus proche." + }, + "COMBIN": { + "a": "(nombre, nombre_choisi)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de combinaisons pour un certain nombre d'éléments." + }, + "COMBINA": { + "a": "(nombre, nombre_choisi)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de combinaisons(avec répétitions) pour un certain nombre d'éléments." + }, + "COS": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le cosinus d'un angle." + }, + "COSH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le cosinus hyperbolique d'un nombre." + }, + "COT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la cotangente d'un angle spécifié en radians." + }, + "COTH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la cotangente hyperbolique d'un angle hyperbolique." + }, + "CSC": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la cosécante d'un angle." + }, + "CSCH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la cosécante hyperbolique d'un angle." + }, + "DECIMAL": { + "a": "(texte, base)", + "d": "Convertit une représentation textuelle d'un nombre dans une base donnée en un nombre décimal." + }, + "DEGREES": { + "a": "(angle)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour convertir en degrés une valeur en radians." + }, + "ECMA.CEILING": { + "a": "(x, précision)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre au multiple le plus proche de l'argument de précision." + }, + "EVEN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir un nombre au nombre entier pair immédiatement supérieur." + }, + "EXP": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la constante e élevée à la puissance désirée. La constante e est égale à 2,71828182845904" + }, + "FACT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la factorielle d'un nombre." + }, + "FACTDOUBLE": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la factorielle double d'un nombre." + }, + "FLOOR": { + "a": "(x, précision)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre au multiple le plus proche de signification." + }, + "FLOOR.PRECISE": { + "a": "(x [, précision])", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre par défaut à l'entier ou au multiple significatif le plus proche." + }, + "FLOOR.MATH": { + "a": "(x [, [précision] [, [mode]])", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre par défaut à l'entier ou au multiple significatif le plus proche." + }, + "GCD": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le plus grand dénominateur commun de deux ou plusieurs nombres." + }, + "INT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour analyser et renvoyer la partie entière du nombre spécifié." + }, + "ISO.CEILING": { + "a": "(nombre[, précision])", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre à l'excès à l'entier ou au multiple significatif le plus proche sans tenir compte du signe de ce nombre. Cependant, si le nombre ou la valeur significative est zéro, zéro est renvoyé." + }, + "LCM": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le plus petit commun multiple de deux ou plusieurs nombres." + }, + "LN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le logarithme naturel d'un nombre." + }, + "LOG": { + "a": "(x [, base])", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le logarithme d'un nombre à la base spécifiée." + }, + "LOG10": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour calculer le logarithme en base 10 d'un nombre." + }, + "MDETERM": { + "a": "(matrice)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le déterminant d'une matrice." + }, + "MINVERSE": { + "a": "(matrice)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la matrice inversée de la matrice donnée et afficher la première valeur de la matrice de nombres renvoyée." + }, + "MMULT": { + "a": "(matrice1, matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le produit de deux matrices et afficher la première valeur de la matrice de nombres renvoyée." + }, + "MOD": { + "a": "(x, y)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le reste de la division de l'argument nombre par l'argument diviseur." + }, + "MROUND": { + "a": "(x, multiple)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour donner l'arrondi d'un nombre au multiple spécifié." + }, + "MULTINOMIAL": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le rapport de la factorielle de la somme de nombres au produit de factorielles" + }, + "MUNIT": { + "a": "(dimension)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la matrice unitaire pour la dimension spécifiée." + }, + "ODD": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir le nombre à l’excès au nombre entier impair le plus proche" + }, + "PI": { + "a": "()", + "d": "fonctions mathématiques et trigonométriques. La fonction renvoie la valeur 3.14159265358979, la constante mathématique pi. Elle ne prend aucun argument." + }, + "POWER": { + "a": "(x, y)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le résultat d'un nombre élevé à la puissance désirée." + }, + "PRODUCT": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour multiplier tous les nombres dans la plage de cellules sélectionnée et renvoyer le produit." + }, + "QUOTIENT": { + "a": "(dividende, diviseur)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la partie entière de la division." + }, + "RADIANS": { + "a": "(angle)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour convertir en radians une valeur en degrés." + }, + "RAND": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique qui renvoie un nombre aléatoire supérieur ou égal à 0 et inférieur à 1. Elle ne prend aucun argument." + }, + "RANDARRAY": { + "a": "([Rangées], [Colonnes], [min], [max], [nombre_entier])", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer un tableau de nombres aléatoires" + }, + "RANDBETWEEN": { + "a": "(limite_inf [, limite_sup])", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer un nombre aléatoire supérieur ou égal à limite_inf et inférieur ou égal à limite_sup." + }, + "ROMAN": { + "a": "(nombre, type)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour convertir un nombre en un chiffre romain." + }, + "ROUND": { + "a": "(x, no_chiffres)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir un nombre à un nombre de décimales spécifié." + }, + "ROUNDDOWN": { + "a": "(x, no_chiffres)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir par défaut le nombre au nombre de décimales voulu" + }, + "ROUNDUP": { + "a": "(x, no_chiffres)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour arrondir à l’excès le nombre au nombre de décimales voulu" + }, + "SEC": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la sécante d'un angle." + }, + "SECH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la sécante hyperbolique d'un angle." + }, + "SERIESSUM": { + "a": "(x, n, m, coefficients)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la somme d'une série entière." + }, + "SIGN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le signe d’un nombre. Si le nombre est positif, la fonction renvoie 1. Si le nombre est négatif, la fonction renvoie -1. Si le nombre est 0, la fonction renvoie 0." + }, + "SIN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le sinus d'un angle." + }, + "SINH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer le sinus hyperbolique d'un nombre." + }, + "SQRT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la racine carrée d'un nombre." + }, + "SQRTPI": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la racine \ncarrée de la constante pi (3.14159265358979) multipliée par le nombre spécifié." + }, + "SUBTOTAL": { + "a": "(no_fonction, liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer un sous-total dans une liste ou une base de données." + }, + "SUM": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour additionner tous les nombres contenus dans une plage de cellules et renvoyer le résultat." + }, + "SUMIF": { + "a": "(plage, critères [, somme_plage])", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour additionner tous les nombres dans la plage de cellules sélectionnée à la base d'un critère déterminé et renvoyer le résultat." + }, + "SUMIFS": { + "a": "(somme_plage, plage_critères1, critères1, [plage_critères2, critères2], ... )", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour additionner tous les nombres dans la plage de cellules sélectionnée en fonction de plusieurs critères et renvoyer le résultat." + }, + "SUMPRODUCT": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour multiplier les valeurs de la plage de cellules sélectionnée ou matrices et renvoyer la somme des produits." + }, + "SUMSQ": { + "a": "(liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour additionner les carrés des nombres et renvoyer le résultat." + }, + "SUMX2MY2": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour additionner la différence des carrés entre deux matrices." + }, + "SUMX2PY2": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour additionner des carrés des nombres des matrices sélectionnées et renvoyer la somme des résultats." + }, + "SUMXMY2": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la somme des carrés des différences de deux valeurs correspondantes des matrices." + }, + "TAN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la tangente d'un angle." + }, + "TANH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer la tangente hyperbolique d'un nombre." + }, + "TRUNC": { + "a": "(x [, no_chiffres])", + "d": "Fonction mathématique et trigonométrique utilisée pour renvoyer un nombre tronqué au nombre de décimales spécifié." + }, + "ADDRESS": { + "a": "(no_lig, no_col [, [no_abs] [, [a1] [, feuille_texte]]])", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une représentation textuelle de l'adresse d'une cellule." + }, + "CHOOSE": { + "a": "(no_index, liste_des_arguments)", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une valeur à partir d'une liste de valeurs à la base d'un indice spécifié (position)." + }, + "COLUMN": { + "a": "([référence])", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de colonne d'une cellule." + }, + "COLUMNS": { + "a": "(matrice)", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de colonnes dans une référence de cellule." + }, + "FORMULATEXT": { + "a": "(référence)", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une formule sous forme de chaîne" + }, + "HLOOKUP": { + "a": "(valeur_cherchée, table_matrice, no_index_col[, [valeur_proche]])", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour effectuer la recherche horizontale d'une valeur dans la ligne supérieure d'un tableau ou renvoyer la valeur dans la même colonne à la base d'un numéro d'index de ligne spécifié" + }, + "HYPERLINK": { + "a": "( link_location , [ , [ friendly_name ] ] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to create a shortcut that jumps to another location in the current workbook, or opens a document stored on a network server, an intranet, or the Internet" + }, + "INDEX": { + "a": "(matrice, [no_lig][, [no_col]])", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une valeur dans une plage de cellules sur la base d'un numéro de ligne et de colonne spécifié. La fonction INDEX a deux formes." + }, + "INDIRECT": { + "a": "(réf_texte [, a1])", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer la référence à une cellule en fonction de sa représentation sous forme de chaîne." + }, + "LOOKUP": { + "a": "(valeur_cherchée, vecteur_recherche, vecteur_résultat)", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une valeur à partir d'une plage sélectionnée (ligne ou colonne contenant les données dans l'ordre croissant)" + }, + "MATCH": { + "a": "(valeur_cherchée, matrice_recherche[ , [type]])", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer la position relative d'un élément spécifié dans une plage de cellules." + }, + "OFFSET": { + "a": "(réf, lignes, colonnes[, [hauteur] [, [largeur]]])", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une référence à une cellule déplacée de la cellule spécifiée (ou de la cellule supérieure gauche dans la plage de cellules) à un certain nombre de lignes et de colonnes." + }, + "ROW": { + "a": "([référence])", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de ligne d'une cellule." + }, + "ROWS": { + "a": "(matrice)", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de lignes dans une référence de cellule" + }, + "TRANSPOSE": { + "a": "(matrice)", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer le premier élément d'un tableau" + }, + "UNIQUE": { + "a": "(matrice, [by_col], [exactly_once])", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour renvoyer une liste de valeurs uniques au sein d’une liste ou d’une plage" + }, + "VLOOKUP": { + "a": "(valeur_cherchée, table_matrice, no_index_col[, [valeur_proche]])", + "d": "Fonction de recherche et référence utilisée pour effectuer la recherche verticale d'une valeur dans la première colonne à gauche d'un tableau et retourner la valeur qui se trouve dans la même ligne à la base d'un numéro d'index de colonne spécifié" + }, + "CELL": { + "a": "(info_type, [reference])", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour renvoie des informations sur la mise en forme, l’emplacement ou le contenu d’une cellule" + }, + "ERROR.TYPE": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour renvoyer un nombre correspondant à un type d'erreur" + }, + "ISBLANK": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier si la cellule est vide ou non Si la cellule ne contient pas de valeur, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)." + }, + "ISERR": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier une valeur d'erreur. Si la cellule contient une valeur d'erreur (à l'exception de #N/A), la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)." + }, + "ISERROR": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier une valeur d'erreur. Si la cellule contient une des valeurs d'erreur : #N/A, #VALEUR!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NOMBRE!, #NOM? ou #NUL, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)." + }, + "ISEVEN": { + "a": "(nombre)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier si une valeur est paire. Si la cellule contient une valeur paire, la fonction renvoie vrai ( TRUE ). Si la valeur est impaire, elle renvoie faux (FALSE)." + }, + "ISFORMULA": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier s'il existe une référence à une cellule contenant une formule, elle renvoie vrai (TRUE) ou faux (FALSE)" + }, + "ISLOGICAL": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier une valeur logique (TRUE ou FALSE). Si la cellule contient une valeur logique, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)." + }, + "ISNA": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier une erreur #N/A. Si la cellule contient une valeur d'erreur #N/A, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)." + }, + "ISNONTEXT": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier si une valeur ne correspond pas à du texte. Si la cellule ne contient pas une valeur de texte, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)." + }, + "ISNUMBER": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier une valeur numérique. Si la cellule contient une valeur numérique, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)." + }, + "ISODD": { + "a": "(nombre)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier si une valeur est impaire. Si la cellule contient une valeur impaire, la fonction renvoie vrai ( TRUE ). Si la valeur est paire elle renvoie faux (FALSE)." + }, + "ISREF": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier si une valeur est une référence de cellule valide." + }, + "ISTEXT": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour vérifier une valeur de texte. Si la cellule contient une valeur de texte, la fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE), sinon la fonction renvoie faux (FALSE)." + }, + "N": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour convertir une valeur en nombre." + }, + "NA": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour renvoyer la valeur d'erreur #N/A. Cette fonction ne nécessite pas d'argument." + }, + "SHEET": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour renvoyer le numéro de feuille d'une feuille de référence." + }, + "SHEETS": { + "a": "(référence)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour renvoyer le nombre de feuilles dans une référence." + }, + "TYPE": { + "a": "(valeur)", + "d": "Fonction d’information utilisée pour déterminer le type de la valeur résultante ou affichée." + }, + "AND": { + "a": "(logique1, logique2, ... )", + "d": "Fonction logique qui sert à vérifier si la valeur logique saisie est vraie (TRUE) ou fausse (FALSE). La fonction retourne vrai (TRUE) si tous les arguments sont vrais (TRUE)." + }, + "FALSE": { + "a": "()", + "d": "fonctions logiques La fonction renvoie la valeur logique faux (FALSE) et n'exige aucun argument." + }, + "IF": { + "a": "( test_logique, valeur_si_vrai [ , valeur_si_faux ] )", + "d": "Fonction logique qui sert à analyser une expression logique et renvoyer une valeur si elle est vraie (TRUE) et une autre valeur si elle est fausse (FALSE)." + }, + "IFS": { + "a": "( test_logique1 , valeur_si_vrai1 , [ test_logique2 , valeur_si_vrai2 ] , … )", + "d": "Fonction logique utilisée pour vérifier si une ou plusieurs conditions sont remplies et renvoie une valeur correspondant à la première condition VRAI" + }, + "IFERROR": { + "a": " (valeur, valeur_si_erreur)", + "d": "Fonction logique utilisée pour vérifier s'il y a une erreur dans le premier argument de la formule. La fonction renvoie le résultat de la formule s'il n'y a pas d'erreur, ou la valeur_si_erreur si la formule génère une erreur." + }, + "IFNA": { + "a": "(value, valeur_si_na)", + "d": "Fonction logique utilisée pour vérifier s'il y a une erreur dans le premier argument de la formule. La fonction renvoie la valeur que vous spécifiez si la formule renvoie la valeur d'erreur #N/A, sinon renvoie le résultat de la formule." + }, + "NOT": { + "a": "(valeur_logique)", + "d": "Fonction logique qui sert à vérifier si la valeur logique saisie est vraie (TRUE) ou fausse (FALSE). La fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE) si l'argument est faux (FALSE) et renvoie faux (FALSE) si l'argument est vrai (TRUE)." + }, + "OR": { + "a": "(logique1, logique2, ...)", + "d": "Fonction logique qui sert à vérifier si la valeur logique saisie est vraie (TRUE) ou fausse (FALSE). La fonction renvoie faux (FALSE) si tous les arguments sont faux (FALSE)." + }, + "SWITCH": { + "a": "(expression, valeur1, résultat1 [, [valeur_par_défaut ou valeur2] [, [résultat2]], ...[valeur_par_défaut ou valeur3, résultat3]])", + "d": "Fonction logique utilisée pour évaluer une valeur (appelée l'expression) par rapport à une liste de valeurs et renvoyer le résultat correspondant à la première valeur correspondante; si aucune valeur ne correspond, une valeur par défaut facultative peut être renvoyée" + }, + "TRUE": { + "a": "()", + "d": "La fonction renvoie vrai (TRUE) et n'exige aucun argument." + }, + "XOR": { + "a": "(logique1, logique2, ... )", + "d": "Fonction logique utilisée pour retourner un OU exclusif logique de tous les arguments." + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/it.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/it.json index f74574abb..f5888119a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/it.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/it.json @@ -1 +1,475 @@ -{"DATE":"DATA","DATEDIF":"DATEDIF","DATEVALUE":"DATE.VALORE","DAY":"GIORNO","DAYS":"GIORNI","DAYS360":"GIORNO360","EDATE":"DATA.MESE","EOMONTH":"FINE.MESE","HOUR":"ORA","ISOWEEKNUM":"NUM.SETTIMANA.ISO","MINUTE":"MINUTO","MONTH":"MESI","NETWORKDAYS":"GIORNI.LAVORATIVI.TOT","NETWORKDAYS.INTL":"GIORNI.LAVORATIVI.TOT.INTL","NOW":"ORA","SECOND":"SECONDO","TIME":"ORARIO","TIMEVALUE":"ORARIO.VALORE","TODAY":"OGGI","WEEKDAY":"GIORNO.SETTIMANA","WEEKNUM":"NUM.SETTIMANA","WORKDAY":"GIORNO.LAVORATIVO","WORKDAY.INTL":"GIORNO.LAVORATIVO.INTL","YEAR":"ANNO","YEARFRAC":"FRAZIONE.ANNO","BESSELI":"BESSELI","BESSELJ":"BESSELJ","BESSELK":"BESSELK","BESSELY":"BESSELY","BIN2DEC":"BINARIO.DECIMALE","BIN2HEX":"BINARIO.HEX","BIN2OCT":"BINARIO.OCT","BITAND":"BITAND","BITLSHIFT":"BIT.SPOSTA.SX","BITOR":"BITOR","BITRSHIFT":"BIT.SPOSTA.DX","BITXOR":"BITXOR","COMPLEX":"COMPLESSO","DEC2BIN":"DECIMALE.BINARIO","DEC2HEX":"DECIMALE.HEX","DEC2OCT":"DECIMALE.OCT","DELTA":"DELTA","ERF":"FUNZ.ERRORE","ERF.PRECISE":"FUNZ.ERRORE.PRECISA","ERFC":"FUNZ.ERRORE.COMP","ERFC.PRECISE":"FUNZ.ERRORE.COMP.PRECISA","GESTEP":"SOGLIA","HEX2BIN":"HEX.BINARIO","HEX2DEC":"HEX.DECIMALE","HEX2OCT":"HEX.OCT","IMABS":"COMP.MODULO","IMAGINARY":"COMP.IMMAGINARIO","IMARGUMENT":"COMP.ARGOMENTO","IMCONJUGATE":"COMP.CONIUGATO","IMCOS":"COMP.COS","IMCOSH":"COMP.COSH","IMCOT":"COMP.COT","IMCSC":"COMP.CSC","IMCSCH":"COMP.CSCH","IMDIV":"COMP.DIV","IMEXP":"COMP.EXP","IMLN":"COMP.LN","IMLOG10":"COMP.LOG10","IMLOG2":"COMP.LOG2","IMPOWER":"COMP.POTENZA","IMPRODUCT":"COMP.PRODOTTO","IMREAL":"COMP.PARTE.REALE","IMSEC":"COMP.SEC","IMSECH":"COMP.SECH","IMSIN":"COMP.SEN","IMSINH":"COMP.SENH","IMSQRT":"COMP.RADQ","IMSUB":"COMP.DIFF","IMSUM":"COMP.SOMMA","IMTAN":"COMP.TAN","OCT2BIN":"OCT.BINARIO","OCT2DEC":"OCT.DECIMALE","OCT2HEX":"OCT.HEX","DAVERAGE":"DB.MEDIA","DCOUNT":"DB.CONTA.NUMERI","DCOUNTA":"DB.CONTA.VALORI","DGET":"DB.VALORI","DMAX":"DB.MAX","DMIN":"DB.MIN","DPRODUCT":"DB.PRODOTTO","DSTDEV":"DB.DEV.ST","DSTDEVP":"DB.DEV.ST.POP","DSUM":"DB.SOMMA","DVAR":"DB.VAR","DVARP":"DB.VAR.POP","CHAR":"CODICE.CARATT","CLEAN":"LIBERA","CODE":"CODICE","CONCATENATE":"CONCATENA","CONCAT":"CONCATENA","DOLLAR":"VALUTA","EXACT":"IDENTICO","FIND":"TROVA","FINDB":"FINDB","FIXED":"FISSO","LEFT":"SINISTRA","LEFTB":"LEFTB","LEN":"LUNGHEZZA","LENB":"LENB","LOWER":"MINUSC","MID":"STRINGA.ESTRAI","MIDB":"MIDB","NUMBERVALUE":"NUMERO.VALORE","PROPER":"MAIUSC.INIZ","REPLACE":"RIMPIAZZA","REPLACEB":"REPLACEB","REPT":"RIPETI","RIGHT":"DESTRA","RIGHTB":"RIGHTB","SEARCH":"RICERCA","SEARCHB":"SEARCHB","SUBSTITUTE":"SOSTITUISCI","T":"T","T.TEST":"TESTT","TEXT":"TESTO","TEXTJOIN":"TEXTJOIN","TRIM":"ANNULLA.SPAZI","TRIMMEAN":"MEDIA.TRONCATA","TTEST":"TEST.T","UNICHAR":"CARATT.UNI","UNICODE":"UNICODE","UPPER":"MAIUSCOL","VALUE":"VALORE","AVEDEV":"MEDIA.DEV","AVERAGE":"MEDIA","AVERAGEA":"MEDIA.VALORI","AVERAGEIF":"MEDIA.SE","AVERAGEIFS":"MEDIA.PIÙ.SE","BETADIST":"DISTRIB.BETA","BETA.DIST":"DISTRIB.BETA.N","BETA.INV":"INV.BETA.N","BINOMDIST":"DISTRIB.BINOM","BINOM.DIST":"DISTRIB.BINOM.N","BINOM.DIST.RANGE":"INTERVALLO.DISTRIB.BINOM.N.","BINOM.INV":"INV.BINOM","CHIDIST":"DISTRIB.CHI","CHIINV":"INV.CHI","CHITEST":"TEST.CHI","CHISQ.DIST":"DISTRIB.CHI.QUAD","CHISQ.DIST.RT":"DISTRIB.CHI.QUAD.DS","CHISQ.INV":"INV.CHI.QUAD","CHISQ.INV.RT":"INV.CHI.QUAD.DS","CHISQ.TEST":"TEST.CHI.QUAD","CONFIDENCE":"CONFIDENZA","CONFIDENCE.NORM":"CONFIDENZA.NORM","CONFIDENCE.T":"CONFIDENZA.T","CORREL":"CORRELAZIONE","COUNT":"CONTA.NUMERI","COUNTA":"COUNTA","COUNTBLANK":"CONTA.VUOTE","COUNTIF":"CONTA.SE","COUNTIFS":"CONTA.PIÙ.SE","COVAR":"COVARIANZA","COVARIANCE.P":"COVARIANZA.P","COVARIANCE.S":"COVARIANZA.C","CRITBINOM":"CRIT.BINOM","DEVSQ":"DEV.Q","EXPON.DIST":"DISTRIB.EXP.N","EXPONDIST":"EXPONDIST","FDIST":"DISTRIB.F","FINV":"INV.F","F.DIST":"DISTRIBF","F.DIST.RT":"DISTRIB.F.DS","F.INV":"INVF","F.INV.RT":"INV.F.DS","FISHER":"FISHER","FISHERINV":"INV.FISHER","FORECAST":"PREVISIONE","FORECAST.LINEAR":"PREVISIONE.LINEARE","FREQUENCY":"FREQUENZA","GAMMA":"GAMMA","GAMMADIST":"DISTRIB.GAMMA","GAMMA.DIST":"DISTRIB.GAMMA.N","GAMMAINV":"INV.GAMMA","GAMMA.INV":"INV.GAMMA.N","GAMMALN":"LN.GAMMA","GAMMALN.PRECISE":"LN.GAMMA.PRECISA","GAUSS":"GAUSS","GEOMEAN":"MEDIA.GEOMETRICA","HARMEAN":"MEDIA.ARMONICA","HYPGEOM.DIST":"DISTRIB.IPERGEOM.N","HYPGEOMDIST":"DISTRIB.IPERGEOM","INTERCEPT":"INTERCETTA","KURT":"CURTOSI","LARGE":"GRANDE","LOGINV":"INV.LOGNORM","LOGNORM.DIST":"DISTRIB.LOGNORM.N","LOGNORM.INV":"INV.LOGNORM.N","LOGNORMDIST":"DISTRIB.LOGNORM","MAX":"MAX","MAXA":"MAX.VALORI","MAXIFS":"MAXIFS","MEDIAN":"MEDIANA","MIN":"MIN","MINA":"MIN.VALORI","MINIFS":"MINIFS","MODE":"MODA","MODE.MULT":"MODA.MULT","MODE.SNGL":"MODA.SNGL","NEGBINOM.DIST":"DISTRIB.BINOM.NEG.N","NEGBINOMDIST":"DISTRIB.BINOM.NEG","NORM.DIST":"DISTRIB.NORM.N","NORM.INV":"INV.NORM.N","NORM.S.DIST":"DISTRIB.NORM.ST.N","NORM.S.INV":"INV.NORM.S","NORMDIST":"DISTRIB.NORM.N","NORMINV":"INV.NORM.N","NORMSDIST":"DISTRIB.NORM.ST","NORMSINV":"INV.NORM.ST","PEARSON":"PEARSON","PERCENTILE":"PERCENTILE","PERCENTILE.EXC":"ESC.PERCENTILE","PERCENTILE.INC":"INC.PERCENTILE","PERCENTRANK":"PERCENT.RANGO","PERCENTRANK.EXC":"ESC.PERCENT.RANGO","PERCENTRANK.INC":"INC.PERCENT.RANGO","PERMUT":"PERMUTAZIONE","PERMUTATIONA":"PERMUTAZIONE.VALORI","PHI":"PHI","POISSON":"POISSON","POISSON.DIST":"DISTRIB.POISSON","PROB":"PROBABILITÀ","QUARTILE":"QUARTILE","QUARTILE.INC":"INC.QUARTILE","QUARTILE.EXC":"ESC.QUARTILE","RANK.AVG":"RANGO.MEDIA","RANK.EQ":"RANGO.UG","RANK":"RANGO","RSQ":"RQ","SKEW":"ASIMMETRIA","SKEW.P":"ASSIMETRIA.P","SLOPE":"PENDENZA","SMALL":"PICCOLO","STANDARDIZE":"NORMALIZZA","STDEV":"DEV.ST","STDEV.P":"DEV.ST.P","STDEV.S":"DEV.ST.C","STDEVA":"DEV.ST.VALORI","STDEVP":"DEV.ST.P","STDEVPA":"DEV.ST.POP.VALORI","STEYX":"ERR.STD.YX","TDIST":"DISTRIB.T","TINV":"INV.T","T.DIST":"DISTRIB.T.N","T.DIST.2T":"DISTRIB.T.2T","T.DIST.RT":"DISTRIB.T.DS","T.INV":"INVT","T.INV.2T":"INV.T.2T","VAR":"VAR","VAR.P":"VAR.P","VAR.S":"VAR.C","VARA":"VAR.VALORI","VARP":"VAR.POP","VARPA":"VAR.POP.VALORI","WEIBULL":"WEIBULL","WEIBULL.DIST":"DISTRIB.WEIBULL","Z.TEST":"TESTZ","ZTEST":"TEST.Z","ACCRINT":"INT.MATUTRATO.PER","ACCRINTM":"INT.MATUTRATO.SCAD","AMORDEGRC":"AMMORT.DEGR","AMORLINC":"AMMORT.PER","COUPDAYBS":"GIORNI.CED.INIZ.LIQ","COUPDAYS":"GIORNI.CED","COUPDAYSNC":"GIORNI.CED.NUOVA","COUPNCD":"DATA.CED.SUCC","COUPNUM":"NUM.CED","COUPPCD":"DATA.CED.PREC","CUMIPMT":"INT.CUMUL","CUMPRINC":"CAP.CUM","DB":"AMMORT.FISSO","DDB":"AMMORT","DISC":"TASSO.SCONTO","DOLLARDE":"VALUTA.DEC","DOLLARFR":"VALUTA.FRAZ","DURATION":"DURATA","EFFECT":"EFFETTIVO","FV":"VAL.FUT","FVSCHEDULE":"VAL.FUT.CAPITALE","INTRATE":"TASSO.INT","IPMT":"INTERESSI","IRR":"TIR.COST","ISPMT":"INTERESSE,RATA","MDURATION":"DURATA.M","MIRR":"TIR.VAR","NOMINAL":"NOMINALE","NPER":"NUM.RATE","NPV":"VAN","ODDFPRICE":"PREZZO.PRIMO.IRR","ODDFYIELD":"REND.PRIMO.IRR","ODDLPRICE":"PREZZO.ULTIMO.IRR","ODDLYIELD":"REND.ULTIMO.IRR","PMT":"RATA","PPMT":"P.RATA","PRICE":"PREZZO","PRICEDISC":"PREZZO.SCONT","PRICEMAT":"PREZZO.SCAD","PV":"VA","RATE":"TASSO","RECEIVED":"RICEV.SCAD","RRI":"RIT.INVEST.EFFETT","SLN":"AMMORT.COST","SYD":"AMMORT.ANNUO","TBILLEQ":"BOT.EQUIV","TBILLPRICE":"BOT.PREZZO","TBILLYIELD":"BOT.REND","VDB":"AMMORT.VAR","XIRR":"TIR.X","XNPV":"VAN.X","YIELD":"REND","YIELDDISC":"REND.TITOLI.SOCNTI","YIELDMAT":"REND.SCAD","ABS":"ASS","ACOS":"ARCCOS","ACOSH":"ARCCOSH","ACOT":"ARCCOT","ACOTH":"ARCCOTH","AGGREGATE":"AGGREGA","ARABIC":"ARABO","ASIN":"ARCSEN","ASINH":"ARCSENH","ATAN":"ARCTAN","ATAN2":"ARCTAN.2","ATANH":"ARCTANH","BASE":"BASE","CEILING":"ARROTONDA.ECCESSO","CEILING.MATH":"ARROTONDA.ECCESSO.MAT","CEILING.PRECISE":"ARROTONDA.ECCESSO.PRECISA","COMBIN":"COMBINAZIONE","COMBINA":"COMBINAZIONE.VALORI","COS":"COS","COSH":"COSH","COT":"COT","COTH":"COTH","CSC":"CSC","CSCH":"CSCH","DECIMAL":"DECIMALE","DEGREES":"GRADI","ECMA.CEILING":"ECMA.CEILING","EVEN":"PARI","EXP":"EXP","FACT":"FATTORIALE","FACTDOUBLE":"FATT.DOPPIO","FLOOR":"ARROTONDA.DIFETTO","FLOOR.PRECISE":"ARROTONDA.DIFETTO.PRECISA","FLOOR.MATH":"ARROTONDA.DIFETTO.MAT","GCD":"MCD","INT":"INT","ISO.CEILING":"ISO.ARROTONDA.ECCESSO","LCM":"MCM","LN":"LN","LOG":"LOG","LOG10":"LOG10","MDETERM":"MATR.DETERM","MINVERSE":"MATR.INVERSA","MMULT":"MATR.PRODOTTO","MOD":"RESTO","MROUND":"ARROTONDA.MULTIPLO","MULTINOMIAL":"MULTINOMIALE","ODD":"DISPARI","PI":"PI.GRECO","POWER":"POTENZA","PRODUCT":"PRODOTTO","QUOTIENT":"QUOZIENTE","RADIANS":"RADIANTI","RAND":"CASUALE","RANDBETWEEN":"CASUALE.TRA","ROMAN":"ROMANO","ROUND":"ARROTONDA","ROUNDDOWN":"ARROTONDA.PER.DIF","ROUNDUP":"ARROTONDA.PER.ECC","SEC":"SEC","SECH":"SECH","SERIESSUM":"SOMMA.SERIE","SIGN":"SEGNO","SIN":"SEN","SINH":"SENH","SQRT":"RADQ","SQRTPI":"RADQ.PI.GRECO","SUBTOTAL":"SUBTOTAL","SUM":"SOMMA","SUMIF":"SOMMA.SE","SUMIFS":"SOMMA.PIÙ.SE","SUMPRODUCT":"MATR.SOMMA.PRODOTTO","SUMSQ":"SOMMA.Q","SUMX2MY2":"SOMMA.DIFF.Q","SUMX2PY2":"SOMMA.SOMMA.Q","SUMXMY2":"SOMMA.Q.DIFF","TAN":"TAN","TANH":"TANH","TRUNC":"TRONCA","ADDRESS":"INDIRIZZO","CHOOSE":"SCEGLI","COLUMN":"RIF.COLONNA","COLUMNS":"COLONNE","HLOOKUP":"CERCA.ORIZZ","INDEX":"INDICE","INDIRECT":"INDIRETTO","LOOKUP":"CERCA","MATCH":"CONFRONTA","OFFSET":"SCARTO","ROW":"RIF.RIGA","ROWS":"RIGHE","TRANSPOSE":"MATR.TRASPOSTA","VLOOKUP":"CERCA.VERT","ERROR.TYPE":"ERRORE.TIPO","ISBLANK":"VAL.VUOTO","ISERR":"VAL.ERR","ISERROR":"VAL.ERRORE","ISEVEN":"VAL.PARI","ISFORMULA":"VAL.FORMULA","ISLOGICAL":"VAL.LOGICO","ISNA":"ISNA","ISNONTEXT":"VAL.NON.TESTO","ISNUMBER":"VAL.NUMERO","ISODD":"VAL.DISPARI","ISREF":"VAL.RIF","ISTEXT":"VAL.TESTO","N":"N","NA":"NA","SHEET":"FOGLIO","SHEETS":"FOGLI","TYPE":"TYPE","AND":"E","FALSE":"FALSO","IF":"SE","IFERROR":"SE.ERRORE","IFNA":"SE.NON.DISP.","NOT":"NON","OR":"O","SWITCH":"SWITCH","TRUE":"VERO","XOR":"XOR","LocalFormulaOperands":{"StructureTables":{"h":"Headers","d":"Data","a":"All","tr":"This row","t":"Totals"},"CONST_TRUE_FALSE":{"t":"TRUE","f":"FALSE"},"CONST_ERROR":{"nil":"#NULL!","div":"#DIV/0!","value":"#VALUE!","ref":"#REF!","name":"#NAME\\?","num":"#NUM!","na":"#N/A","getdata":"#GETTING_DATA","uf":"#UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION!"}}} \ No newline at end of file +{ + "DATE": "DATA", + "DATEDIF": "DATEDIF", + "DATEVALUE": "DATE.VALORE", + "DAY": "GIORNO", + "DAYS": "GIORNI", + "DAYS360": "GIORNO360", + "EDATE": "DATA.MESE", + "EOMONTH": "FINE.MESE", + "HOUR": "ORA", + "ISOWEEKNUM": "NUM.SETTIMANA.ISO", + "MINUTE": "MINUTO", + "MONTH": "MESI", + "NETWORKDAYS": "GIORNI.LAVORATIVI.TOT", + "NETWORKDAYS.INTL": "GIORNI.LAVORATIVI.TOT.INTL", + "NOW": "ORA", + "SECOND": "SECONDO", + "TIME": "ORARIO", + "TIMEVALUE": "ORARIO.VALORE", + "TODAY": "OGGI", + "WEEKDAY": "GIORNO.SETTIMANA", + "WEEKNUM": "NUM.SETTIMANA", + "WORKDAY": "GIORNO.LAVORATIVO", + "WORKDAY.INTL": "GIORNO.LAVORATIVO.INTL", + "YEAR": "ANNO", + "YEARFRAC": "FRAZIONE.ANNO", + "BESSELI": "BESSELI", + "BESSELJ": "BESSELJ", + "BESSELK": "BESSELK", + "BESSELY": "BESSELY", + "BIN2DEC": "BINARIO.DECIMALE", + "BIN2HEX": "BINARIO.HEX", + "BIN2OCT": "BINARIO.OCT", + "BITAND": "BITAND", + "BITLSHIFT": "BIT.SPOSTA.SX", + "BITOR": "BITOR", + "BITRSHIFT": "BIT.SPOSTA.DX", + "BITXOR": "BITXOR", + "COMPLEX": "COMPLESSO", + "DEC2BIN": "DECIMALE.BINARIO", + "DEC2HEX": "DECIMALE.HEX", + "DEC2OCT": "DECIMALE.OCT", + "DELTA": "DELTA", + "ERF": "FUNZ.ERRORE", + "ERF.PRECISE": "FUNZ.ERRORE.PRECISA", + "ERFC": "FUNZ.ERRORE.COMP", + "ERFC.PRECISE": "FUNZ.ERRORE.COMP.PRECISA", + "GESTEP": "SOGLIA", + "HEX2BIN": "HEX.BINARIO", + "HEX2DEC": "HEX.DECIMALE", + "HEX2OCT": "HEX.OCT", + "IMABS": "COMP.MODULO", + "IMAGINARY": "COMP.IMMAGINARIO", + "IMARGUMENT": "COMP.ARGOMENTO", + "IMCONJUGATE": "COMP.CONIUGATO", + "IMCOS": "COMP.COS", + "IMCOSH": "COMP.COSH", + "IMCOT": "COMP.COT", + "IMCSC": "COMP.CSC", + "IMCSCH": "COMP.CSCH", + "IMDIV": "COMP.DIV", + "IMEXP": "COMP.EXP", + "IMLN": "COMP.LN", + "IMLOG10": "COMP.LOG10", + "IMLOG2": "COMP.LOG2", + "IMPOWER": "COMP.POTENZA", + "IMPRODUCT": "COMP.PRODOTTO", + "IMREAL": "COMP.PARTE.REALE", + "IMSEC": "COMP.SEC", + "IMSECH": "COMP.SECH", + "IMSIN": "COMP.SEN", + "IMSINH": "COMP.SENH", + "IMSQRT": "COMP.RADQ", + "IMSUB": "COMP.DIFF", + "IMSUM": "COMP.SOMMA", + "IMTAN": "COMP.TAN", + "OCT2BIN": "OCT.BINARIO", + "OCT2DEC": "OCT.DECIMALE", + "OCT2HEX": "OCT.HEX", + "DAVERAGE": "DB.MEDIA", + "DCOUNT": "DB.CONTA.NUMERI", + "DCOUNTA": "DB.CONTA.VALORI", + "DGET": "DB.VALORI", + "DMAX": "DB.MAX", + "DMIN": "DB.MIN", + "DPRODUCT": "DB.PRODOTTO", + "DSTDEV": "DB.DEV.ST", + "DSTDEVP": "DB.DEV.ST.POP", + "DSUM": "DB.SOMMA", + "DVAR": "DB.VAR", + "DVARP": "DB.VAR.POP", + "CHAR": "CODICE.CARATT", + "CLEAN": "LIBERA", + "CODE": "CODICE", + "CONCATENATE": "CONCATENA", + "CONCAT": "CONCATENA", + "DOLLAR": "VALUTA", + "EXACT": "IDENTICO", + "FIND": "TROVA", + "FINDB": "FINDB", + "FIXED": "FISSO", + "LEFT": "SINISTRA", + "LEFTB": "LEFTB", + "LEN": "LUNGHEZZA", + "LENB": "LENB", + "LOWER": "MINUSC", + "MID": "STRINGA.ESTRAI", + "MIDB": "MIDB", + "NUMBERVALUE": "NUMERO.VALORE", + "PROPER": "MAIUSC.INIZ", + "REPLACE": "RIMPIAZZA", + "REPLACEB": "REPLACEB", + "REPT": "RIPETI", + "RIGHT": "DESTRA", + "RIGHTB": "RIGHTB", + "SEARCH": "RICERCA", + "SEARCHB": "SEARCHB", + "SUBSTITUTE": "SOSTITUISCI", + "T": "T", + "T.TEST": "TESTT", + "TEXT": "TESTO", + "TEXTJOIN": "TEXTJOIN", + "TREND": "TENDENZA", + "TRIM": "ANNULLA.SPAZI", + "TRIMMEAN": "MEDIA.TRONCATA", + "TTEST": "TEST.T", + "UNICHAR": "CARATT.UNI", + "UNICODE": "UNICODE", + "UPPER": "MAIUSCOL", + "VALUE": "VALORE", + "AVEDEV": "MEDIA.DEV", + "AVERAGE": "MEDIA", + "AVERAGEA": "MEDIA.VALORI", + "AVERAGEIF": "MEDIA.SE", + "AVERAGEIFS": "MEDIA.PIÙ.SE", + "BETADIST": "DISTRIB.BETA", + "BETAINV": "INV.BETA", + "BETA.DIST": "DISTRIB.BETA.N", + "BETA.INV": "INV.BETA.N", + "BINOMDIST": "DISTRIB.BINOM", + "BINOM.DIST": "DISTRIB.BINOM.N", + "BINOM.DIST.RANGE": "INTERVALLO.DISTRIB.BINOM.N.", + "BINOM.INV": "INV.BINOM", + "CHIDIST": "DISTRIB.CHI", + "CHIINV": "INV.CHI", + "CHITEST": "TEST.CHI", + "CHISQ.DIST": "DISTRIB.CHI.QUAD", + "CHISQ.DIST.RT": "DISTRIB.CHI.QUAD.DS", + "CHISQ.INV": "INV.CHI.QUAD", + "CHISQ.INV.RT": "INV.CHI.QUAD.DS", + "CHISQ.TEST": "TEST.CHI.QUAD", + "CONFIDENCE": "CONFIDENZA", + "CONFIDENCE.NORM": "CONFIDENZA.NORM", + "CONFIDENCE.T": "CONFIDENZA.T", + "CORREL": "CORRELAZIONE", + "COUNT": "CONTA.NUMERI", + "COUNTA": "COUNTA", + "COUNTBLANK": "CONTA.VUOTE", + "COUNTIF": "CONTA.SE", + "COUNTIFS": "CONTA.PIÙ.SE", + "COVAR": "COVARIANZA", + "COVARIANCE.P": "COVARIANZA.P", + "COVARIANCE.S": "COVARIANZA.C", + "CRITBINOM": "CRIT.BINOM", + "DEVSQ": "DEV.Q", + "EXPON.DIST": "DISTRIB.EXP.N", + "EXPONDIST": "EXPONDIST", + "FDIST": "DISTRIB.F", + "FINV": "INV.F", + "F.DIST": "DISTRIBF", + "F.DIST.RT": "DISTRIB.F.DS", + "F.INV": "INVF", + "F.INV.RT": "INV.F.DS", + "FISHER": "FISHER", + "FISHERINV": "INV.FISHER", + "FORECAST": "PREVISIONE", + "FORECAST.LINEAR": "PREVISIONE.LINEARE", + "FREQUENCY": "FREQUENZA", + "GAMMA": "GAMMA", + "GAMMADIST": "DISTRIB.GAMMA", + "GAMMA.DIST": "DISTRIB.GAMMA.N", + "GAMMAINV": "INV.GAMMA", + "GAMMA.INV": "INV.GAMMA.N", + "GAMMALN": "LN.GAMMA", + "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "LN.GAMMA.PRECISA", + "GAUSS": "GAUSS", + "GEOMEAN": "MEDIA.GEOMETRICA", + "GROWTH": "CRESCITA", + "HARMEAN": "MEDIA.ARMONICA", + "HYPGEOM.DIST": "DISTRIB.IPERGEOM.N", + "HYPGEOMDIST": "DISTRIB.IPERGEOM", + "INTERCEPT": "INTERCETTA", + "KURT": "CURTOSI", + "LARGE": "GRANDE", + "LINEST": "REGR.LIN", + "LOGEST": "REGR.LOG", + "LOGINV": "INV.LOGNORM", + "LOGNORM.DIST": "DISTRIB.LOGNORM.N", + "LOGNORM.INV": "INV.LOGNORM.N", + "LOGNORMDIST": "DISTRIB.LOGNORM", + "MAX": "MAX", + "MAXA": "MAX.VALORI", + "MAXIFS": "MAXIFS", + "MEDIAN": "MEDIANA", + "MIN": "MIN", + "MINA": "MIN.VALORI", + "MINIFS": "MINIFS", + "MODE": "MODA", + "MODE.MULT": "MODA.MULT", + "MODE.SNGL": "MODA.SNGL", + "NEGBINOM.DIST": "DISTRIB.BINOM.NEG.N", + "NEGBINOMDIST": "DISTRIB.BINOM.NEG", + "NORM.DIST": "DISTRIB.NORM.N", + "NORM.INV": "INV.NORM.N", + "NORM.S.DIST": "DISTRIB.NORM.ST.N", + "NORM.S.INV": "INV.NORM.S", + "NORMDIST": "DISTRIB.NORM.N", + "NORMINV": "INV.NORM.N", + "NORMSDIST": "DISTRIB.NORM.ST", + "NORMSINV": "INV.NORM.ST", + "PEARSON": "PEARSON", + "PERCENTILE": "PERCENTILE", + "PERCENTILE.EXC": "ESC.PERCENTILE", + "PERCENTILE.INC": "INC.PERCENTILE", + "PERCENTRANK": "PERCENT.RANGO", + "PERCENTRANK.EXC": "ESC.PERCENT.RANGO", + "PERCENTRANK.INC": "INC.PERCENT.RANGO", + "PERMUT": "PERMUTAZIONE", + "PERMUTATIONA": "PERMUTAZIONE.VALORI", + "PHI": "PHI", + "POISSON": "POISSON", + "POISSON.DIST": "DISTRIB.POISSON", + "PROB": "PROBABILITÀ", + "QUARTILE": "QUARTILE", + "QUARTILE.INC": "INC.QUARTILE", + "QUARTILE.EXC": "ESC.QUARTILE", + "RANK.AVG": "RANGO.MEDIA", + "RANK.EQ": "RANGO.UG", + "RANK": "RANGO", + "RSQ": "RQ", + "SKEW": "ASIMMETRIA", + "SKEW.P": "ASSIMETRIA.P", + "SLOPE": "PENDENZA", + "SMALL": "PICCOLO", + "STANDARDIZE": "NORMALIZZA", + "STDEV": "DEV.ST", + "STDEV.P": "DEV.ST.P", + "STDEV.S": "DEV.ST.C", + "STDEVA": "DEV.ST.VALORI", + "STDEVP": "DEV.ST.P", + "STDEVPA": "DEV.ST.POP.VALORI", + "STEYX": "ERR.STD.YX", + "TDIST": "DISTRIB.T", + "TINV": "INV.T", + "T.DIST": "DISTRIB.T.N", + "T.DIST.2T": "DISTRIB.T.2T", + "T.DIST.RT": "DISTRIB.T.DS", + "T.INV": "INVT", + "T.INV.2T": "INV.T.2T", + "VAR": "VAR", + "VAR.P": "VAR.P", + "VAR.S": "VAR.C", + "VARA": "VAR.VALORI", + "VARP": "VAR.POP", + "VARPA": "VAR.POP.VALORI", + "WEIBULL": "WEIBULL", + "WEIBULL.DIST": "DISTRIB.WEIBULL", + "Z.TEST": "TESTZ", + "ZTEST": "TEST.Z", + "ACCRINT": "INT.MATUTRATO.PER", + "ACCRINTM": "INT.MATUTRATO.SCAD", + "AMORDEGRC": "AMMORT.DEGR", + "AMORLINC": "AMMORT.PER", + "COUPDAYBS": "GIORNI.CED.INIZ.LIQ", + "COUPDAYS": "GIORNI.CED", + "COUPDAYSNC": "GIORNI.CED.NUOVA", + "COUPNCD": "DATA.CED.SUCC", + "COUPNUM": "NUM.CED", + "COUPPCD": "DATA.CED.PREC", + "CUMIPMT": "INT.CUMUL", + "CUMPRINC": "CAP.CUM", + "DB": "AMMORT.FISSO", + "DDB": "AMMORT", + "DISC": "TASSO.SCONTO", + "DOLLARDE": "VALUTA.DEC", + "DOLLARFR": "VALUTA.FRAZ", + "DURATION": "DURATA", + "EFFECT": "EFFETTIVO", + "FV": "VAL.FUT", + "FVSCHEDULE": "VAL.FUT.CAPITALE", + "INTRATE": "TASSO.INT", + "IPMT": "INTERESSI", + "IRR": "TIR.COST", + "ISPMT": "INTERESSE,RATA", + "MDURATION": "DURATA.M", + "MIRR": "TIR.VAR", + "NOMINAL": "NOMINALE", + "NPER": "NUM.RATE", + "NPV": "VAN", + "ODDFPRICE": "PREZZO.PRIMO.IRR", + "ODDFYIELD": "REND.PRIMO.IRR", + "ODDLPRICE": "PREZZO.ULTIMO.IRR", + "ODDLYIELD": "REND.ULTIMO.IRR", + "PMT": "RATA", + "PPMT": "P.RATA", + "PRICE": "PREZZO", + "PRICEDISC": "PREZZO.SCONT", + "PRICEMAT": "PREZZO.SCAD", + "PV": "VA", + "RATE": "TASSO", + "RECEIVED": "RICEV.SCAD", + "RRI": "RIT.INVEST.EFFETT", + "SLN": "AMMORT.COST", + "SYD": "AMMORT.ANNUO", + "TBILLEQ": "BOT.EQUIV", + "TBILLPRICE": "BOT.PREZZO", + "TBILLYIELD": "BOT.REND", + "VDB": "AMMORT.VAR", + "XIRR": "TIR.X", + "XNPV": "VAN.X", + "YIELD": "REND", + "YIELDDISC": "REND.TITOLI.SOCNTI", + "YIELDMAT": "REND.SCAD", + "ABS": "ASS", + "ACOS": "ARCCOS", + "ACOSH": "ARCCOSH", + "ACOT": "ARCCOT", + "ACOTH": "ARCCOTH", + "AGGREGATE": "AGGREGA", + "ARABIC": "ARABO", + "ASC": "ASC", + "ASIN": "ARCSEN", + "ASINH": "ARCSENH", + "ATAN": "ARCTAN", + "ATAN2": "ARCTAN.2", + "ATANH": "ARCTANH", + "BASE": "BASE", + "CEILING": "ARROTONDA.ECCESSO", + "CEILING.MATH": "ARROTONDA.ECCESSO.MAT", + "CEILING.PRECISE": "ARROTONDA.ECCESSO.PRECISA", + "COMBIN": "COMBINAZIONE", + "COMBINA": "COMBINAZIONE.VALORI", + "COS": "COS", + "COSH": "COSH", + "COT": "COT", + "COTH": "COTH", + "CSC": "CSC", + "CSCH": "CSCH", + "DECIMAL": "DECIMALE", + "DEGREES": "GRADI", + "ECMA.CEILING": "ECMA.CEILING", + "EVEN": "PARI", + "EXP": "EXP", + "FACT": "FATTORIALE", + "FACTDOUBLE": "FATT.DOPPIO", + "FLOOR": "ARROTONDA.DIFETTO", + "FLOOR.PRECISE": "ARROTONDA.DIFETTO.PRECISA", + "FLOOR.MATH": "ARROTONDA.DIFETTO.MAT", + "GCD": "MCD", + "INT": "INT", + "ISO.CEILING": "ISO.ARROTONDA.ECCESSO", + "LCM": "MCM", + "LN": "LN", + "LOG": "LOG", + "LOG10": "LOG10", + "MDETERM": "MATR.DETERM", + "MINVERSE": "MATR.INVERSA", + "MMULT": "MATR.PRODOTTO", + "MOD": "RESTO", + "MROUND": "ARROTONDA.MULTIPLO", + "MULTINOMIAL": "MULTINOMIALE", + "MUNIT": "MATR.UNIT", + "ODD": "DISPARI", + "PI": "PI.GRECO", + "POWER": "POTENZA", + "PRODUCT": "PRODOTTO", + "QUOTIENT": "QUOZIENTE", + "RADIANS": "RADIANTI", + "RAND": "CASUALE", + "RANDARRAY": "MATR.CASUALE", + "RANDBETWEEN": "CASUALE.TRA", + "ROMAN": "ROMANO", + "ROUND": "ARROTONDA", + "ROUNDDOWN": "ARROTONDA.PER.DIF", + "ROUNDUP": "ARROTONDA.PER.ECC", + "SEC": "SEC", + "SECH": "SECH", + "SERIESSUM": "SOMMA.SERIE", + "SIGN": "SEGNO", + "SIN": "SEN", + "SINH": "SENH", + "SQRT": "RADQ", + "SQRTPI": "RADQ.PI.GRECO", + "SUBTOTAL": "SUBTOTAL", + "SUM": "SOMMA", + "SUMIF": "SOMMA.SE", + "SUMIFS": "SOMMA.PIÙ.SE", + "SUMPRODUCT": "MATR.SOMMA.PRODOTTO", + "SUMSQ": "SOMMA.Q", + "SUMX2MY2": "SOMMA.DIFF.Q", + "SUMX2PY2": "SOMMA.SOMMA.Q", + "SUMXMY2": "SOMMA.Q.DIFF", + "TAN": "TAN", + "TANH": "TANH", + "TRUNC": "TRONCA", + "ADDRESS": "INDIRIZZO", + "CHOOSE": "SCEGLI", + "COLUMN": "RIF.COLONNA", + "COLUMNS": "COLONNE", + "HLOOKUP": "CERCA.ORIZZ", + "HYPERLINK": "COLLEG.IPERTESTUALE", + "INDEX": "INDICE", + "INDIRECT": "INDIRETTO", + "LOOKUP": "CERCA", + "MATCH": "CONFRONTA", + "OFFSET": "SCARTO", + "ROW": "RIF.RIGA", + "ROWS": "RIGHE", + "TRANSPOSE": "MATR.TRASPOSTA", + "UNIQUE": "UNICI", + "VLOOKUP": "CERCA.VERT", + "CELL": "CELLA", + "ERROR.TYPE": "ERRORE.TIPO", + "ISBLANK": "VAL.VUOTO", + "ISERR": "VAL.ERR", + "ISERROR": "VAL.ERRORE", + "ISEVEN": "VAL.PARI", + "ISFORMULA": "VAL.FORMULA", + "ISLOGICAL": "VAL.LOGICO", + "ISNA": "ISNA", + "ISNONTEXT": "VAL.NON.TESTO", + "ISNUMBER": "VAL.NUMERO", + "ISODD": "VAL.DISPARI", + "ISREF": "VAL.RIF", + "ISTEXT": "VAL.TESTO", + "N": "N", + "NA": "NA", + "SHEET": "FOGLIO", + "SHEETS": "FOGLI", + "TYPE": "TYPE", + "AND": "E", + "FALSE": "FALSO", + "IF": "SE", + "IFERROR": "SE.ERRORE", + "IFNA": "SE.NON.DISP.", + "NOT": "NON", + "OR": "O", + "SWITCH": "SWITCH", + "TRUE": "VERO", + "XOR": "XOR", + "LocalFormulaOperands": { + "StructureTables": { + "h": "Headers", + "d": "Data", + "a": "All", + "tr": "This row", + "t": "Totals" + }, + "CONST_TRUE_FALSE": { + "t": "VERO", + "f": "FALSO" + }, + "CONST_ERROR": { + "nil": "#NULLO!", + "div": "#DIV/0!", + "value": "#VALORE!", + "ref": "#RIF!", + "name": "#NOME\\?", + "num": "#NUM!", + "na": "#N/D", + "getdata": "#ESTRAZIONE_DATI_IN_CORSO", + "uf": "#UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION!" + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/it_desc.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/it_desc.json index 9695785d2..61bedbda7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/it_desc.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/it_desc.json @@ -1,2 +1,1798 @@ -{"DATE":{"a":"(anno, mese, giorno)","d":"Data e tempo funzione usata per restituire la data in formato MM/dd/yyyy"},"DATEDIF":{"a":"(data_inizio , data_fine , unit)","d":"Restituisce la differenza tra le due date in ingresso (data_inizio e data_fine), basato sull'unità (unit) specificata"},"DATEVALUE":{"a":"(data)","d":"Converte una data in formato testo in numero che rappresenta la data nel codice data-ora."},"DAY":{"a":"(num_seriale)","d":"Restituisce il giorno del mese, un numero compreso tra 1 e 31."},"DAYS":{"a":"(num_seriale)","d":"Restituisce il numero dei giorni che intercorre tra due date"},"DAYS360":{"a":"(data_inizio , data_fine [ , calculation-flag [US|EU]])","d":"Restituisce il numero di giorni che intercorre tra due date basato sull'anno formato da 360 giorni usando uno dei metodi di calcolo (US o Europeo)"},"EDATE":{"a":"(data_inizio , mesi)","d":"Restituisce il numero seriale della data il cui mese è precedente o successivo a quello della data iniziale, a seconda del numero indicato dall'argomento mesi"},"EOMONTH":{"a":"(data_inizio , mesi)","d":"Restituisce il numero seriale dell'ultimo giorno del mese precedente o successivo di un numero specificato di mesi"},"HOUR":{"a":"(num_seriale)","d":"Restituisce l'ora come numero compreso tra 0 e 23"},"ISOWEEKNUM":{"a":"(data)","d":"Restituisce il numero della settimana ISO dell'anno per una data specificata"},"MINUTE":{"a":"(num_seriale)","d":"Restituisce il minuto come numero compreso tra 0 e 59"},"MONTH":{"a":"(num_seriale)","d":"Restituisce il mese, un numero compreso tra 1 (gennaio) e 12 (dicembre)"},"NETWORKDAYS":{"a":"(data_inizio , data_fine [ , vacanze ])","d":"Restituisce il numero dei giorni lavorativi compresi tra due date eliminando i giorni considerati come vacanze"},"NETWORKDAYS.INTL":{"a":"(data_inizio , data_fine , [ , festivi ] , [ , vacanze ])","d":"Restituisce il numero dei giorni lavorativi compresi tra due date con parametri di giorni festiviti personalizzati"},"NOW":{"a":"()","d":""},"SECOND":{"a":"(num_seriale)","d":"Restituisce il secondo come numero compreso tra 0 e 59"},"TIME":{"a":"(ora, minuti, secondi)","d":"Converte ore, minuti e secondi forniti nel formato hh:mm tt"},"TIMEval":{"a":"(ora)","d":"Restituisce il numero seriale del tempo"},"TODAY":{"a":"()","d":"Restituisce la data odierna nel formato MM/dd/yy. Non richiede argomenti"},"WEEKDAY":{"a":"(num_seriale [ , weekday-start-flag ])","d":"Restituisce un numero compreso tra 1 e 7 che identifica il giorno della settimana di una data"},"WEEKNUM":{"a":"(num_seriale [ , weekday-start-flag ])","d":"Restituisce il numero della settimana dell'anno"},"WORKDAY":{"a":"(data_inizio , giorni [ , vacanze ])","d":"Restituisce la data, espressa come numero seriale, del giorno precedente o successivo a un numero specificato di giorni lavorativi."},"WORKDAY.INTL":{"a":"( data_inizio , giorni , [ , festivi ] , [ , vacanze ] )","d":"Restituisce la data, espressa come numero seriale, del giorno precedente o successivo a un numero specificato di giorni lavorativi con parametri di giorni festivi personalizzati"},"YEAR":{"a":"(num_seriale)","d":"Restituisce l'anno di una data, un intero nell'intervallo compreso tra 1900 e 9999"},"YEARFRAC":{"a":"( data_inizio , data_fine [ , base ])","d":"Restituisce la frazione dell'anno corrispondente al numero dei giorni complessivi compresi tra data_iniziale e data_finale"},"BESSELI":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Restituisce la funzione di Bessel modificata In(x), che è equivalente alla funzione di Bessel valutata per argomenti puramente immaginari"},"BESSELJ":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Restituisce la funzione di Bessel"},"BESSELK":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Restituisce la funzione di Bessel modificata Kn(x)"},"BESSELY":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Restituisce la funzione di Bessel modificata Yn(x), che è anche chiamata funzione Weber o Neumann"},"BIN2DEC":{"a":"(numero)","d":"Converte un numero binario in decimale"},"BIN2HEX":{"a":"(numero [ , cifre ])","d":"Converte un numero binario in esadecimale"},"BIN2OCT":{"a":"(numero [ , cifre ])","d":"Converte un numero binario in ottale"},"BITAND":{"a":"( numero1 , numero2 )","d":"Restituisce un 'AND' bit per bit di due numeri"},"BITLSHIFT":{"a":"( numero, bit_spostamento )","d":"Restituisce un numero spostato a sinistra dei bit indicati in bit_spostamemto"},"BITOR":{"a":"( numero1, numero2 )","d":"Restituisce un 'OR' bit per bit di due numeri"},"BITRSHIFT":{"a":"( number, bit_spostamento )","d":"Restituisce un numero spostato a destra dei bit indicati in bit_spostamemto"},"BITXOR":{"a":"( numero1, numero2 )","d":"Restituisce un 'OR esclusivo' bit per bit di due numeri"},"COMPLEX":{"a":"(parte_reale , coeff_imm [ , suffisso ])","d":"Converte la parte reale e il coefficiente dell'immaginario in un numero complesso"},"DEC2BIN":{"a":"(numero [ , cifre ])","d":"Converte un numero decimale in binario"},"DEC2HEX":{"a":"(numero [ , cifre ])","d":"Converte un numero decimale in esadecimale"},"DEC2OCT":{"a":"(numero [ , cifre ])","d":"Converte un numero decimale in ottale"},"DELTA":{"a":"(num1 [ , num2 ])","d":"Verifica se due numeri sono uguali (restituisce 1 altrimenti 0)"},"ERF":{"a":"(limite_inf [ , limite_sup ])","d":"Restituisce la funzione di errore"},"ERF.PRECISE":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce la funzione di errore"},"ERFC":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce la funzione di errore complementare"},"ERFC.PRECISE":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce la funzione di errore complementare"},"GESTEP":{"a":"(numero [ , soglia ])","d":"Verifica se un numero è maggiore di un valore soglia"},"HEX2BIN":{"a":"(numero [ , cifre ])","d":"Converte un numero esadecimale in binario"},"HEX2DEC":{"a":"(numero)","d":"Converte un numero esadecimale in decimale"},"HEX2OCT":{"a":"(numero [ , cifre ])","d":"Converte un numero esadecimale in ottale"},"IMABS":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce il valore assoluto (modulo) di un numero complesso"},"IMAGINARY":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce il coefficiente dell'immaginario di un numero complesso"},"IMARGUMENT":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce l'argomento teta, un angolo espresso in radianti"},"IMCONJUGATE":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce il complesso coniugato di un numero complesso"},"IMCOS":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce il coseno di un numero complesso"},"IMCOSH":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce il coseno iperbolico di un numero complesso"},"IMCOST":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce la cotangente di un numero complesso"},"IMCSC":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce la cosecante di un numero complesso"},"IMCSCH":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce la cosecante iperbolica di un numero complesso"},"IMDIV":{"a":"(complex-numero-1 , complex-numero-2)","d":"Restituisce il quoziente di due numeri complessi"},"IMEXP":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce l'esponenziale di un numero complesso"},"IMLN":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce il logaritmo naturale di un numero complesso"},"IMLOG10":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce il logaritmo in base 10 di un numero complesso"},"IMLOG2":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce il logaritmo in base 2 di un numero complesso"},"IMPOWER":{"a":"(complex-numero, potenza)","d":"Restituisce un numero complesso elevato a un esponente intero (potenza)"},"IMPRODUCT":{"a":"(num_comp1; num_comp2 ...)","d":"Restituisce il prodotto di numeri complessi"},"IMREAL":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce la parte reale di un numero complesso"},"IMSEC":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce la secante di un numero complesso"},"IMSECH":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce la secante iperbolica di un numero complesso"},"IMSIN":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce il seno di un numero complesso"},"IMSINH":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce il seno iperbolico di un numero complesso"},"IMSQRT":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce la radice quadrata di un numero complesso"},"IMSUB":{"a":"(num_comp1 , num_comp2)","d":"Restituisce la differenza di due numeri complessi"},"IMSUM":{"a":"(num_comp1 , num_comp2 ...)","d":"Restituisce la somma di numeri complessi"},"IMTAN":{"a":"(num_comp)","d":"Restituisce la tangente di un numero complesso"},"OCT2BIN":{"a":"(numero [ , cifre ])","d":"Converte un numero ottale in binario"},"OCT2DEC":{"a":"(numero)","d":"Converte un numero ottale in decimale"},"OCT2HEX":{"a":"(numero [ , cifre ])","d":"Converte un numero ottale in esadecimale"},"DAVERAGE":{"a":"( database , campo , criteri )","d":"Restituisce la media dei valori di una colonna di un elencio o di un database che soddisgano le condizioni specificate"},"DCOUNT":{"a":"( database , campo , criteri )","d":"Conta le celle nel campo (colonna) dei record del database che soddisfano le condizioni specificate"},"DCOUNTA":{"a":"( database , campo , criteri )","d":"Conta le celle non vuote nel campo (colonna) dei record del database che soddisfano le condizioni specificate"},"DGET":{"a":"( database , campo , criteri )","d":"Estrae da un database un singolo record che soddisfa le condizioni specificate"},"DMAX":{"a":"( database , campo , criteri )","d":"Restituisce il valore massimo nel campo (colonna) di record del database che soddisfa le condizioni specificate"},"DMIN":{"a":"( database , campo , criteri )","d":"Restituisce il valore minimo nel campo (colonna) di record del database che soddisfa le condizioni specificate"},"DPRODUCT":{"a":"( database , campo , criteri )","d":"Moltiplica i valori nel campo (colonna) di record del database che soddisfa le condizioni specificate"},"DSTDEV":{"a":"( database , campo , criteri )","d":"Stima la deviazione standard sulla base di un campione di voci del database selezionate"},"DSTDEVP":{"a":"( database , campo , criteri )","d":"Calcola la deviazione standard sulla base dell'intera popolazione di voci del database selezionate"},"DSUM":{"a":"( database , campo , criteri )","d":"Aggiunge i numeri nel campo (colonna) di record del database che soddisfa le condizioni specificate"},"DVAR":{"a":"( database , campo , criteri )","d":"Stima la varianza sulla base di un campione di voci del database selezionate"},"DVARP":{"a":"( database , campo , criteri )","d":"Calcola la varianza sulla base dell'intera popolazione di voci del database selezionate"},"CHAR":{"a":"(numero)","d":"Restituisce il carattere specificato dal numero di codice del set di caratteri del computer"},"CLEAN":{"a":"(testo)","d":"Rimuove dal testo tutti i caratteri che non possono essere stampati"},"CODE":{"a":"(testo)","d":"Restituisce il codice numerico del primo carattere di una stringa di testo in base al set di caratteri installati nel sistema"},"CONCATENATE":{"a":"(testo1, testo2, ...)","d":"Unisce diverse stringhe di testo in una singola stringa"},"CONCAT":{"a":"(testo1, testo2, ...)","d":"Unisce diverse stringhe di testo in una singola stringa. Questa funzione rimpiazza la funzione CONCATENA"},"DOLLAR":{"a":"(numero [ , decimali ])","d":"Converte un numero in testo utilizzando un formato valuta"},"EXACT":{"a":"(testo1, testo2)","d":"Controlla due stringhe di testo e restituisce il valore VERO se sono identiche e FALSO in caso contrario. Distingue tra maiuscole e minuscole"},"FIND":{"a":"(testo-1 , stringa [ , inizio ])","d":"Trova una stringa di testo all'interno di un'altra stringa e restituisce il numero corrispondente alla posizione iniziale della stringa trovata. Distingue tra maiuscole e minuscole, set (SBCS)"},"FINDB":{"a":"(testo-1 , stringa [ , inizio ])","d":"Trova una stringa di testo all'interno di un'altra stringa e restituisce il numero corrispondente alla posizione iniziale della stringa trovata. Distingue tra maiuscole e minuscole, set (DBSC) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"FIXED":{"a":"(numero [ , [ decimali ] [ , nessun_separatore ] ])","d":"Arrotonda un numero al numero di cifre decimali specificato e restituisce il risultato come testo"},"LEFT":{"a":"(testo [ , num_caratt ])","d":"Restituisce il carattere o i caratteri più a sinistra di una stringa di testo set (SBCS)"},"LEFTB":{"a":"(testo [ , num_caratt ])","d":"Restituisce il carattere o i caratteri più a sinistra di una stringa di testo set (DBCS) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"LEN":{"a":"(testo)","d":"Restituisce il numero di caratteri in una stringa di testo set (SBCS)"},"LENB":{"a":"(testo)","d":"Restituisce il numero di caratteri in una stringa di testo set (DBCS) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"LOWER":{"a":"(testo)","d":"Converte le lettere maiuscole in una stringa di testo in lettere minuscole"},"MID":{"a":"(testo , inizio , num_caratt)","d":"Restituisce un numero specifico di caratteri da una stringa di testo iniziando dalla posizione specificata set (SBCS)"},"MIDB":{"a":"(testo , inizio , num_caratt)","d":"Restituisce un numero specifico di caratteri da una stringa di testo iniziando dalla posizione specificata set (DBCS) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"NUMBERVALUE":{"a":"( testo , [ , [ separatoratore_decimale ] [ , [ separatore_gruppo ] ] )","d":"Converte il testo in numero in modo indipendente dalle impostazioni locali"},"PROPER":{"a":"(testo)","d":"Converte in maiuscolo la prima lettera di ciascuna parola in una stringa di testo e converte le altre lettere in minuscole"},"REPLACE":{"a":"(testo_prec, inizio, num_caratt, nuovo_testo)","d":"Sostituisce parte di una stringa di testo con un'altra stringa di testo set (SBCS)"},"REPLACEB":{"a":"(testo_prec, inizio, num_caratt, nuovo_testo)","d":"Sostituisce parte di una stringa di testo con un'altra stringa di testo set (DBCS) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"REPT":{"a":"(testo, volte)","d":"Ripete un testo per il numero di volte specificato. Utilizzare RIPETI per riempire una cella con il numero di occorrenze di una stringa di testo"},"RIGHT":{"a":"(testo [ , num_caratt ])","d":"Restituisce il carattere o i caratteri più a destra di una stringa di testo set (SBCS)"},"RIGHTB":{"a":"(testo [ , num_caratt ])","d":" set (DBCS) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"SEARCH":{"a":"(testo , stringa [ , inizio ])","d":"Restituisce il numero corrispondente al carattere o alla stringa di testo trovata in una seconda stringa di testo (non distingue tra maiuscole e minuscole) set (SBCS)"},"SEARCHB":{"a":"(testo , stringa [ , inizio ])","d":"Restituisce il numero corrispondente al carattere o alla stringa di testo trovata in una seconda stringa di testo (non distingue tra maiuscole e minuscole) set (DBCS) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc."},"SUBSTITUTE":{"a":"(testo , testo_prec , nuovo_testo [ , occorrenze ])","d":"Sostituisce il nuovo testo a quello esistente in una stringa di testo"},"T":{"a":"(val)","d":"Controlla se il valore è un testo e, in caso positivo, lo restituisce, altrimenti vengono restituite delle virgolette, ossia testo vuoto"},"T.TEST":{"a":"(matrice1, matrice2, coda, tipo)","d":"Restituisce la probabilità associata ad un test t di Student"},"TEXTJOIN":{"a":"( delimitatore , ignora_buoti , testo1 [ , testo2 ] , … )","d":"Funzione di testo e dati utilizzata per combinare il testo da più intervalli e / o stringhe e include un delimitatore da specificare tra ogni valore di testo che verrà combinato; se il delimitatore è una stringa di testo vuota, questa funzione concatenerà efficacemente gli intervalli"},"TEXT":{"a":"(val , formato)","d":"Converte un valore in testo secondo uno specificato formato numero"},"TRIM":{"a":"(testo)","d":"Rimuove gli spazi da una stringa di testo eccetto gli spazi singoli tra le parole"},"TRIMMEAN":{"a":"(matrice, percento)","d":"Restituisce la media della parte intera di un set di valori di dati"},"TTEST":{"a":"(matrice1, matrice2, coda, tipo)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce la probabilità associata ad un test t di Student"},"UNICHAR":{"a":"( numero )","d":"Restituisce il carattere Unicode corrispondente al valore numerico specificato"},"UNICODE":{"a":"( testo )","d":"Restituisce il numero (punto di codice) corrispondente al primo carattere del testo"},"UPPER":{"a":"(testo)","d":"Converte una stringa di testo in maiuscolo"},"VALUE":{"a":"(testo)","d":"Converte una stringa di testo che rappresenta un numero in una stringa di testo"},"AVEDEV":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Restituisce la media delle deviazioni assolute delle coordinate rispetto alla media di queste ultime. Gli argomenti possono essere numeri o nomi, matrici o riferimenti contenenti numeri"},"AVERAGE":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Restituisce la media aritmetica degli argomenti (numeri, nomi o riferimenti contenenti numeri)"},"AVERAGEA":{"a":"(val1;val2...)","d":"Restituisce la media aritmetica degli argomenti. Gli argomenti costituiti da testo o dal valore FALSO vengono valutati come 0, quelli costituiti dal valore VERO come 1. Gli argomenti possono essere numeri, nomi, matrici o rifermenti"},"AVERAGEIF":{"a":"(intervallo, criterio [ , int_media ])","d":"Determina la media aritmetica per le celle specificate da una determinata condizione o criterio"},"AVERAGEIFS":{"a":"(intervallo, int_criterio1, criterio1 [ int_criterio2, criterio2 ], ... )","d":"Determina la media aritmetica per le celle specificate da una determinato insieme di condiziono o criteri"},"BETADIST":{"a":" ( x , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Calcola la funzione densità di probabilità cumulativa beta"},"BETA.DIST":{"a":" ( x , alpha , beta , cumulativa , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ","d":"Calcola la funzione di distibuzione probabilità beta"},"BETA.INV":{"a":" ( probabilità , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della funzione densità di probabilità cumulativa betsa (DISTRIB.BETA.N)"},"BINOMDIST":{"a":"(num_successi , prove , probabilità_s , cumulativo)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione binomiale per il termine individuale"},"BINOM.DIST":{"a":"(num_successi , prove , probabilità_s , cumulativo)","d":"Restituisce la distribuzione binomiale per il termine individuale"},"BINOM.DIST.RANGE":{"a":"( prove , probabilità_s , num_s [ , num_s2 ] )","d":"Restituisce la probabilità di un risultato di prova usando una distribuzione binomiale"},"BINOM.INV":{"a":"( prove , probabilità_s , alpha )","d":"Restituisce il più piccolo valore per il quale la distribuzione cumulativa binomiale risulta maggiore o uguale ad un valore di criterio"},"CHIDIST":{"a":"( x , gradi_libertà )","d":"Restituisce la probabilità a una coda destra per la distribuzione del chi quadrato"},"CHIINV":{"a":"( x , grado_libertà )","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della probabilità a una coda destra per la distribuzione del chi quadrato"},"CHITEST":{"a":"( int_effettivo , int_previsto )","d":"Restituisce il test per l'indipendenza: il valore della distribuzione del chi quadrato per la statistica e i gradi di libertà appropriati"},"CHISQ.DIST":{"a":"( x , gradi_libertà , cumulativa )","d":"Restituisce la probabilità a una coda sinistra per la distribuzione del chi quadrato"},"CHISQ.DIST.RT":{"a":"( x , gradi_libertà )","d":"Restituisce la probabilità a una coda destra per la distribuzione del chi quadrato"},"CHISQ.INV":{"a":"( probabilità , gradi_libertà )","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della probabilità a una coda sinistra della distribuzione del chi quadrato"},"CHISQ.INV.RT":{"a":"( probabilità , gradi_libertà )","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della probabilità a una coda destra della distribuzione del chi quadrato"},"CHISQ.TEST":{"a":"( int_effettivo , int_previsto )","d":"Restituisce il test per l'indipendenza: il valore della distribuzione del chi quadrato per la statistica e i gradi di libertà appropriati"},"CONFIDENCE":{"a":"(alpha , dev_standard , dimensioni)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce l'intervallo di confidenza per una popolazione, utilizzando una distribuzione normale"},"CONFIDENCE.NORM":{"a":"( alpha , dev_standard , dimensioni )","d":"Restituisce l'intervallo di confidenza per una popolazione, utilizzando una distribuzione normale"},"CONFIDENCE.T":{"a":"( alpha , dev_standard , dimensioni )","d":"Restituisce l'intervallo di confidenza per una popolazione, utilizzando una distribuzione T di Student"},"CORREL":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Restituisce il coefficiente di correlazione tra due set di dati"},"COUNT":{"a":"(intervallo)","d":"Conta il numero di celle in un intervallo contenente numeri ignorando celle vuote o contenente testo"},"COUNTA":{"a":"(intervallo)","d":"Conta il numero di celle in un intervallo presenti nell'elenco degli argomenti ignorando celle vuote"},"COUNTBLANK":{"a":"(intervallo)","d":"Conta il numero di celle vuote in unno specificato intervallo"},"COUNTIF":{"a":"(intervallo, criterio)","d":"Conta il numero di celle in un intervallo che corrispondono al criterio dato"},"COUNTIFS":{"a":"( intervallo_criteri, criterio-1, [ intervallo_criteri_2, criterio-2 ],... )","d":"Conta il numero di celle specificate da un determinato insime di condizioni o criteri"},"COVAR":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Calcola la covarianza, la media dei prodotti delle deviazioni di ciascuna coppia di coordinate in due set di dati"},"COVARIANCE.P":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Calcola la covarianza della popolazione, la media dei prodotti delle deviazioni di ciascuna coppia di coordinate in due set di dati"},"COVARIANCE.S":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Calcola la covarianza del campione, la media dei prodotti delle deviazioni di ciascuna coppia di coordinate in due set di dati"},"CRITBINOM":{"a":"(prove , probabilità_s , alpha)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce il più piccolo valore per il quale la distribuzione cumulativa binomiale risulta maggiore o uguale ad un valore di criterio"},"DEVSQ":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Restituisce la somma dei quadrati delle deviazioni delle coordinate dalla media di queste ultime sul campione"},"EXPON.DIST":{"a":"( x , lambda , cumulativo )","d":"Restituisce la distribuzione esponenziale"},"EXPONDIST":{"a":"(x , lambda , cumulativo)","d":"Restituisce la distribuzione esponenziale"},"FDIST":{"a":"( x , gradi_libertà1 , gradi_libertà2 )","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce la distibuzione di probabilità F (coda destra) (gradi di diversità) per due set di dati"},"FINV":{"a":"( probabilità , gradi_libertà1 , gradi_libertà2 )","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione di probabilità F (coda destra). Se p = FDIST(x;...), allora FINV(p;...) = x"},"F.DIST":{"a":"( x , gradi_libertà1 , gradi_libertà2 , cumulativo )","d":"Restituisce la distibuzione di probabilità F (coda sinistra) (gradi di diversità) per due set di dati"},"F.DIST.RT":{"a":"( x , gradi_libertà1 , gradi_libertà2 )","d":"Restituisce la distibuzione di probabilità F (coda destra) (gradi di diversità) per due set di dati"},"F.INV":{"a":"( probabilità , gradi_libertà1 , gradi_libertà2 )","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione di probabilità F (coda sinistra). Se p = DISTRIB.F(x;...), allora INVF(p;...) = x"},"F.INV.RT":{"a":"( probabilità , gradi_libertà1 , gradi_libertà2 )","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione di probabilità F (coda destra). Se p = DISTRIB.F.DS(x;...), allora INV.F.DS(p;...) = x"},"FISHER":{"a":"(numero)","d":"Restituisce la la trasformazione di Fisher"},"FISHERINV":{"a":"(numero)","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della trasformazione di Fisher: se y = FISHER(x), allora INV.FISHER(y) = x"},"FORECAST":{"a":"(x , y_note , x_note)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per la compatibilità con Excel 2013 e versioni precedenti. Calcola o prevede un valore futuro lungo una tendenza lineare usando i valori esistenti"},"FORECAST.LINEAR":{"a":"( x, known_y's, known_x's )","d":"Calcola o prevede un valore futuro lungo una tendenza lineare usando i valori esistenti"},"FREQUENCY":{"a":"( matrice_dati , matrice_classi)","d":"Calcola la frequenza con cui si presentano valori compresi in un intervallo e restituisce una matrice verticale di numeri con un elemento in più rispetto a Matrice_classi"},"GAMMA":{"a":"( x )","d":"Restituisce il valore della funzione GAMMA"},"GAMMADIST":{"a":"( x , alpha , beta , cumulativo )","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione gamma"},"GAMMA.DIST":{"a":"( x , alpha , beta , cumulativo )","d":"Restituisce la distribuzione gamma"},"GAMMAINV":{"a":"( probabilità , alpha , beta )","d":" Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione cumulativa gamma: se p= DISTRIB.GAMMA(x,...), allora INV.GAMMA(p,...)=x"},"GAMMA.INV":{"a":"( probabilità , alpha , beta )","d":" Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione cumulativa gamma: se p= DISTRIB.GAMMA.N(x,...), allora INV.GAMMA.N(p,...)=x"},"GAMMALN":{"a":"(numero)","d":"Restituisce il logaritmo naturale della funzione gamma"},"GAMMALN.PRECISE":{"a":"( x )","d":"Restituisce il log naturale della funzione gamma"},"GAUSS":{"a":"( z )","d":"Restituisce il valore risultante dalla detrazione si 0,5 dalla distribuzione normale standard cumulativa"},"GEOMEAN":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Restituisce la media geometrica di una matrice o di un intervallo di dati numerici positivi"},"HARMEAN":{"a":"(argument-list)","d":"Calcola la media armonica (il reciproco della media aritmetica dei reciproci) di un sei di dati costituiti da numeri positivi"},"HYPGEOM.DIST":{"a":"(s_campione , num_campione , s_pop , num_pop, cumulativo)","d":"Restituisce la distribuzione ipergeometrica"},"HYPGEOMDIST":{"a":"(s_esempio , num_esempio , s_pop , num_pop)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione ipergeometrica"},"INTERCEPT":{"a":"(y_note , x_note)","d":"Calcola il punto di intersezione della retta con l'asse y tracciando una regressione lineare fra le coordinate note"},"KURT":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Restituisce la curtosi di un set di dati"},"LARGE":{"a":"(matrice , k)","d":"Restituisce il k-esimo valore più grande in un set di dati."},"LOGINV":{"a":"(x , media , dev_standard)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione lognormale di x, in cui ln(x) è distribuito normalmente con i parametri Media e Dev_standard"},"LOGNORM.DIST":{"a":"( x , media , dev_standard , cumulativo )","d":" Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione normale cumulativa per la media e la deviazione standard specificata"},"LOGNORM.INV":{"a":"( probabilità , media , dev_standard )","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione lognormale di x, in cui ln(x) è distribuito normalmente con i parametri Media e Dev_standard"},"LOGNORMDIST":{"a":"(x , media , dev_standard)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione lognormale di x, in cui ln(x) è distribuito normalmente con i parametri Media e Dev_standard"},"MAX":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Restituisce il valore massimo di un insieme di valori. Ignora i valori logici e il testo"},"MAXA":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Restituisce il valore massimo di un insieme di valori. Non ignora i valori logici e il testo"},"MAXIFS":{"a":"( max_range , criteria_range1 , criteria1 [ , criteria_range2 , criteria2 ] , ...)","d":"Statistical function used to return the maximum value among cells specified by a given set of conditions or criteria"},"MEDIAN":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Restituisce la mediana, ovvero il valore centrale, di un insieme ordinato di numeri specificato"},"MIN":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Restituisce il valore minimo di un insieme di valori. Ignora i valori logici e il testo"},"MINA":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Restituisce il valore minimo di un insieme di valori. Non ignora i valori logici e il testo"},"MINIFS":{"a":"( min_range , criteria_range1 , criteria1 [ , criteria_range2 , criteria2 ], ...)","d":"Statistical function used to return the minimum value among cells specified by a given set of conditions or criteria"},"MODE":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce il valore più ricorrente in una matrice o intervallo di dati"},"MODE.MULT":{"a":"( num1 , [ , num2 ] ... )","d":"Restituisce una matrice verticale dei valori più ricorrenti in una matrice o intervallo di dati. Per le matrici orizzontali, utilizzare MATR.TRASPOSTA(MODA.MULT(num1;num2;...))."},"MODE.SNGL":{"a":"( num1 , [ , num2 ] ... )","d":"Restituisce il valore più ricorrente o ripetitivo di una matrice o di un intervallo di dati."},"NEGBINOM.DIST":{"a":"( (num-insuccessi , number-successi , probabilità-s , cumulativo )","d":"Restituisce la distribuzione binomiale negativa, la probabilità che un numero di insuccessi pari a Num_insuccessi si verifichi prima del successo Num_successi, data la probabilità di successo Probabilità_s."},"NEGBINOMDIST":{"a":"(num_insuccessi , num_successi , probabilità_s)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione binomiale negativa, la probabilità che un numero di insuccessi pari a Num_insuccessi si verifichi prima del successo Num_succcessi, data la probabilità di successo Probabilità_s"},"NORM.DIST":{"a":"(x , media , dev_standard , cumulativo)","d":"Restituisce la distribuzione normale per la media e la deviazione standard specificate"},"NORMDIST":{"a":"(x , media , dev_standard , cumulativo)","d":"Restituisce la distribuzione normale per la media e la deviazione standard specificate"},"NORM.INV":{"a":"(x , media , dev_standard)","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione normale cumulativa per la media e la deviazione standard specificate"},"NORMINV":{"a":"(x , media , dev_standard)","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione normale cumulativa per la media e la deviazione standard specificate"},"NORM.S.DIST":{"a":"(numero)","d":"Restituisce la distribuzione normale standard cumulativa( ha media = 0 e dev_standard = 1)"},"NORMSDIST":{"a":"(numero)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione normale standard cumulativa( ha media = 0 e dev_standard = 1)"},"NORMS.INV":{"a":"(probabilità)","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione normale standard cumulativa( ha media = 0 e dev_standard = 1)"},"NORMSINV":{"a":"(probabilità)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione normale standard cumulativa( ha media = 0 e dev_standard = 1)"},"PEARSON":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Restituisce il prodotto del coefficiente di momento di correlazione di Pearson, r"},"PERCENTILE":{"a":"( matrice , k)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce il k-esimo dato percentile di valori in un intervallo"},"PERCENTILE.EXC":{"a":"( matrice , k )","d":"Restituisce il k-esimo dato percentile di valori in un intervallo, estemi esclusi"},"PERCENTILE.INC":{"a":"( matrice , k )","d":"Restituisce il k-esimo dato percentile di valori in un intervallo, estemi inclusi"},"PERCENTRANK":{"a":"(matrice , x [ , cifre_signific ] )","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce il rango di un valore in un set di dati come percentuale del set di dati" -},"PERCENTRANK.EXC":{"a":"( matrice , x [ , cifre_signific ] )","d":"Restituisce il rango di un valore in un set di dati come percentuale del set di dati (0..1, esclusi) del set di dati"},"PERCENTRANK.INC":{"a":"( matrice , x [ , cifre_signific ] )","d":"Restituisce il rango di un valore in un set di dati come percentuale del set di dati (0..1, inclusi) del set di dati"},"PERMUT":{"a":"(numero , classe)","d":"Restituisce il numero delle permutazioni per un dato numero di oggetti che possono essere selezionati dagli oggetti totali"},"PERMUTATIONA":{"a":"( num , classe )","d":"Restituisce il numero delle permutazioni per un dato numero di oggetti (con ripetizioni) che possono essere selezionati dagli oggetti totali."},"PHI":{"a":"( x )","d":"Restituisce il valore della funzione densità per una distribuzione normale standard."},"POISSON":{"a":"(x , media , cumulativo)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Calcola la distribuzione di probabilità di Poisson"},"POISSON.DIST":{"a":"( x , media , cumulativo )","d":"Calcola la distribuzione di probabilità di Poisson"},"PROB":{"a":"(int_x , prob_int , limite_inf [ , limite_sup ])","d":"Calcola la probabilità che dei valori in un intervallo siano compresi tra due limiti o pari al limite inferiore"},"QUARTILE":{"a":"( matrice , quarto)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce il quartile di un set di dati"},"QUARTILE.INC":{"a":"( matrice , quarto )","d":"Restituisce il quartile di un set di dati, in base ai valori del percentile da 0..1, estremi inclusi."},"QUARTILE.EXC":{"a":"( matrice , quarto )","d":"Restituisce il quartile del set di dati, in base ai valori del percentile da 0..1, estremi esclusi."},"RANK":{"a":"( num , if [ , ordine ] )","d":" Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti.Restituisce il rango di un numero in un elenco di numeri. Il rango di un numero è la sua dimensione in rapporto agli altri valori presenti nell'elenco. Nel caso in cui fosse necessario ordinare l'elenco, il rango del numero corrisponderebbe alla rispettiva posizione."},"RANK.AVG":{"a":"( num , if [ , ordine ] )","d":"Restituisce il rango di un numero in un elenco di numeri, ovvero la sua grandezza relativa agli altri valori nell'elenco. Se più valori hanno lo stesso rango, verrà restituito il rango medio."},"RANK.EQ":{"a":"( num , if [ , ordine ] )","d":"Restituisce il rango di un numero in un elenco di numeri, ovvero la sua grandezza relativa agli altri valori nell'elenco; se più valori hanno lo stesso rango, viene restituito il rango medio."},"RSQ":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Restituisce la radice quadrata del coefficiente di momento di correlazione di Pearson in corrispondenza delle coordinate date"},"SKEW":{"a":"(num1, num2, ....)","d":"Restituisce il grado di asimmetria di una distribuzione, ovvero una caratterizzazione del grado di asimmetria di una distribuzione attorno alla media"},"SKEW.P":{"a":"( num-1 [ , num-2 ] , … )","d":"Restituisce il grado di asimmetria di una distribuzione in base a una popolazione, ovvero una caratterizzazione del grado di asimmetria di una distribuzione attorno alla media."},"SLOPE":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Restituisce la pendenza della retta di regressione lineare fra le coordinate note"},"SMALL":{"a":"(matrice , k)","d":"Restituisce il k-esimo valore più piccolo di un set di dati"},"STANDARDIZE":{"a":"(x , media , dev_standard)","d":"Restituisce un valore normalizzato da una distribuzione caratterizzata da una media e da una deviazione standard"},"STDEV":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce una stima della deviazione standard sulla base di un campione. Ignora i valori logici e il testo nel campione"},"STDEV.P":{"a":"( num1, num2, ...)","d":"Restituisce la deviazione standard sulla base dell'intera popolazione specificata sotto forma di argomenti, compresi il testo e i valori logici. Ignora i valori logici e il testo."},"STDEV.S":{"a":"( num1, num2, ...)","d":"Stima la deviazione standard sulla base di un campione. Ignora i valori logici e il testo nel campione."},"STDEVA":{"a":"(val1, val2, ...)","d":"Restituisce una stima della deviazione standard sulla base di un campione, inclusi valori logici e testo. Il testo e il valore FALSO vengono valutati come 0, il valore VERO come 1"},"STDEVP":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Calcola la deviazione standard sulla base dell'intera popolazione, passata come argomenti (ignora i valori logici e il testo)"},"STDEVPA":{"a":"(val1, val2, ...)","d":"Calcola la deviazione standard sulla base dell'intera popolazione, inclusi valori logici e testo. Il testo e il valore FALSO vengo valutati come 0, il valore VERO come 1"},"STEYX":{"a":"(y_note , x_note)","d":"Restituisce l'errore standard del valore previsto per y per ciascun valore di x nella regressione"},"TDIST":{"a":"( x , gradi_libertà , code )","d":" Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce i Punti percentuali (probabilità) della distribuzione t di Student dove il valore numerico (x) è un valore calcolato di t per cui verranno calcolati i Punti percentuali. La distribuzione t viene utilizzata nelle verifiche di ipotesi su piccoli set di dati presi come campione. Utilizzare questa funzione al posto di una tabella di valori critici per il calcolo della distribuzione t."},"TINV":{"a":"( probabilità , gradi_libertà )","d":" Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione t di Student a due code."},"T.DIST":{"a":"( x , gradi_libertà , cumulativo )","d":"Restituisce la distribuzione t a una coda sinistra di Student. La distribuzione t viene utilizzata nelle verifiche di ipotesi su piccoli set di dati presi come campione. Utilizzare questa funzione al posto di una tabella di valori critici per il calcolo della distribuzione t."},"T.DIST.2T":{"a":"( x , gradi_libertà )","d":"Restituisce la distribuzione t di Student a due code."},"T.DIST.RT":{"a":"( x , gradi_libertà )","d":"Restituisce la distribuzione t di Student a una coda destra."},"T.INV":{"a":"( probabilità , gradi_libertà )","d":"Restituisce l'inversa a una coda sinistra della distribuzione t di Student."},"T.INV.2T":{"a":"( probabilità , gradi_libertà )","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione t di Student a due code."},"VAR":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Stima la varianza sulla base di un campione. Ignora i valori logici e il testo del campione"},"VAR.P":{"a":"( number1 [ , number2 ], ... )","d":"Calcola la varianza sulla base dell'intera popolazione. Ignora i valori logici e il testo nella popolazione"},"VAR.S":{"a":"( number1 [ , number2 ], ... )","d":"Stima la varianza sulla base di un campione. Ignora i valori logici e il testo nel campione."},"VARA":{"a":"(val1; val2; ...)","d":"Restituisce una stima della varianza sulla base di un campione, inclusi i valori logici e testo. Il testo e il valore FALSO vengono valutati 0, il valore VERO come 1"},"VARP":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Calcola la varianza sulla base dell'intera popolazione. Ignora i valori logici e il testo nella popolazione"},"VARPA":{"a":"(val1; val2; ...)","d":"Calcola la varianza sulla base dell'intera popolazione, inclusi valori logici e testo. Il testo e il valore FALSO vengono valutati come 0, il valore VERO come 1"},"WEIBULL":{"a":"( x , alpha , beta , cumulativo )","d":"Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione di Weibull"},"WEIBULL.DIST":{"a":"( x , alpha , beta , cumulativo )","d":"Restituisce la distribuzione di Weibull"},"Z.TEST":{"a":"( matrice , x [ , sigma ] )","d":"Restituisce il valore di probabilità a una coda di un test z."},"ZTEST":{"a":"( matrice , x [ , sigma ] )","d":" Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce il valore di probabilità a una coda di un test z. Ipotizzando una determinata media della popolazione µ0, TEST.Z restituisce la probabilità che la media campione sia maggiore della media di osservazioni nel set di dati (matrice), ovvero della media campione osservata."},"ACCRINT":{"a":"(emiss , primo_int , liquid , tasso_int , [ val_nom ] , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce l'interesse maturato di un titolo per cui è pagato un interesse periodico"},"ACCRINTM":{"a":"(emiss , primo_int , tasso_int , [ [ val_nom ] [ , [ base ] ] ])","d":"Restituisce l'interesse maturato per un titolo i cui interessi vengono pagati alla scadenza"},"AMORDEGRC":{"a":"(costo , data_acquisto , primo_periodo , valore_residuo , periodo , tasso [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce l'ammortamento lineare ripartito proporzionalmente di un bene per un ogni periodo contabile"},"AMORLINC":{"a":"(cost , data_acquisto , primo_periodo , valore_residuo , periodo , tasso [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce l'ammortamento lineare ripartito proporzionalmente di un bene per ogni periodo contabile"},"COUPDAYBS":{"a":"(liquid , scad , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Calcola il numero dei giorni che vanno dalla data di inizio del periodo della cedola alla liquidazione"},"COUPDAYS":{"a":"(liquid , scad , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Calcola il numero dei giorni nel periodo della cedola che contiene la data di liquidazione"},"COUPDAYSNC":{"a":"(liquid , scad , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Calcola il numero dei giorni che vanno dalla data di liquidazione alla nuova cedola"},"COUPNCD":{"a":"(liquid , scad , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce la data della cedola successiva alla data di liquidazione"},"COUPNUM":{"a":"(liquid , scad , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Calcola il numero di cedole valide tra la data di liquidazione e la data di scadenza"},"COUPPCD":{"a":"(liquid , scad , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce la data della cedola precedente alla data di liquidazione"},"CUMIPMT":{"a":"(tasso_int , per , val_attuale , iniz_per , fine_per , tipo)","d":"Calcola l'interesse cumulativo pagato tra due periodi"},"CUMPRINC":{"a":"(tasso_int , per , val_attuale , iniz_per , fine_per , tipo)","d":"Calcola il capitale cumulativo pagato per estinguere un debito tra due periodi"},"DB":{"a":"(costo , val_residuo , vita_utile , periodo [ , [ mese ] ])","d":"Restituisce l'ammortamento di un bene per un periodo specificato utilizzando il metodo a quote fisse proporzionali a valori residui"},"DDB":{"a":"(costo , val_residuo , vita_utile , periodo [ , fattore ])","d":"Restituisce l'ammortamento di un bene per un periodo specificato utilizzando il metodo a doppie quote proporzionali ai valori residui o un altro metodo specificato"},"DISC":{"a":"(liquid , scad , prezzo , prezzo_rimb [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Calcola il tasso di sconto di un titolo"},"DOLLARDE":{"a":"(valuta_frazione , frazione)","d":"Converte un prezzo espresso come frazione in un prezzo espresso come numero decimale"},"DOLLARFR":{"a":"(valuta_decimale , frazione)","d":"Converte un prezzo espresso come numero decimale in un prezzo espresso come frazione"},"DURATION":{"a":"(liquid , scad , cedola , rend , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce la durata annuale per un titolo per cui è pagato un interesse periodico"},"EFFECT":{"a":"(tasso_nominale , periodi)","d":"Restituisce il tasso di interesse effettivo annuo"},"FV":{"a":"(tasso_int , periodi , pagam [ , [ val_attuale ] [ ,[ tipo ] ] ])","d":"Restituisce il valore futuro di un investimento dati pagamenti periodici costanti e un tasso di interesse costante"},"FVSCHEDULE":{"a":"(capitale , invest)","d":"Restituisce il valore futuro di un capitale iniziale dopo l'applicazione di una serie di tassi di interesse composto"},"INTRATE":{"a":"(liquid , scad , invest , prezzo_rimb [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce il tasso di interesse per un titolo interamente investito"},"IPMT":{"a":"(tasso_int , periodo , priodi , val_attuale [ , [ val_futuro ] [ , [ tipo ] ] ])","d":"Restituisce l'ammontare degli interessi relativi ad un investimento di una certa durata di pagamenti periodici costanti e un tasso di interesse costante"},"IRR":{"a":"(val [ , [ ipotesi ] ])","d":"Restituisce il tasso di rendimento interno per una serie di flussi di cassa"},"ISPMT":{"a":"(tasso_int , periodo , periodi , val_attuale)","d":"Restituisce il tasso di interesse del prestito a tasso fisso"},"MDURATION":{"a":"(liquid , scad , cedola , rend , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Calcola la durata Macauley modificata per un ttitolo con valore nominale presunto di 100$"},"MIRR":{"a":"(val , costo , ritorno)","d":"Restituisce il tasso di rendimento interno per una serie di flussi di cassa periodici, considerando sia il costo di investimento sia gli interessi da reinvestimento della liquidità"},"NOMINAL":{"a":"(tasso:effettivo , periodi)","d":"Restituisce il tasso di interesse nominale annuo"},"NPER":{"a":"(tasso_int , pagam , val_attuale [ , [ val_futuro ] [ , [ tipo ] ] ])","d":"Restituisce il numero di periodi relativi ad un investimento, dati pagamenti periodici costanti e un tasso di interesse costante"},"NPV":{"a":"(tasso_int , val1, val2 ...)","d":"Restituisce il valore attuale netto di un investimento basato su una serie di uscite (valori negativi) e di entrate (valori positivi) future"},"ODDFPRICE":{"a":"(liquid , scad , emiss , prima_ced , tasso_int , rend , prezzo_rimb , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce il prezzo di un titolo con valore nominale di 100$ avente il primo periodo di durata irregolare"},"ODDFYIELD":{"a":"(liquid , scad , emiss , prima_ced , tasso_int , prezzo , prezzo_rimb , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce il rendimento di un titolo avente il primo periodo di durata irregolare"},"ODDLPRICE":{"a":"(liquid , scad , ultimo_int , tasso_int , rend , prezzo_rimb , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce il prezzo di un titolo con valore nominale di 100$ avente l'ultimo periodo di durata irregolare"},"ODDLYIELD":{"a":"(liquid , scad , ultimo_int , tasso_int , prezzo , prezzo_rimb , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce il rendimento di un titolo avente l'ultimo periodo di durata irregolare"},"PMT":{"a":"(tasso , periodi , pv [ , [ val_futuro ] [ ,[ tipo ] ] ])","d":"Calcola il pagamento per un prestito in base a pagamenti costanti e a un tasso di interesse costante"},"PPMT":{"a":"(tasso_int , periodo , periodi , val_attuale [ , [ val_futuro ] [ , [ tipo ] ] ])","d":"Restituisce il pagamento sul capitale di un investimento per un dato periodo, dati pagamenti periodici costanti e un tasso di interesse costante"},"PRICE":{"a":"(liquid , scad , tasso_int , rend , prezzo_rimb , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce il prezzo di un titolo con valore nominale di 100$ e interessi periodici"},"PRICEDISC":{"a":"(liquid , scad , sconto , prezzo_rimb [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce il prezzo di un titolo scontato con valore nominale di 100$"},"PRICEMAT":{"a":"(liquid , scad , emiss , tasso_int , rend [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Restituisce il prezzo di un titolo con valore di 100 $ e i cui interessi vengono pagati alla scadenza"},"PV":{"a":"(tasso_int , periodi , pagamen [ , [ val_futuro ] [ ,[ tipo ] ] ])","d":"Restituisce il valore attuale di un investimento: l'ammontare totale del valore attuale di una serie di pagamenti futuri"},"RATE":{"a":"(periodi , pagam , val_attuale [ , [ [ val_futuro ] [ , [ [ tipo ] [ , [ ipotesi ] ] ] ] ] ])","d":"Restituisce il tasso di interesse per periodo relativo a un prestito o a un investimento. Es: usare 6%/4 per pagamenti trimestrali al 6%"},"RECEIVED":{"a":"(liquid , scad , invest , sconto [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Calcola l'importo ricevuto alla scadenza di un titolo"},"RRI":{"a":"( periodi , val_attuale , val_futuro )","d":"Restituisce un tasso di interesse equivalente per la crescita di un investimento."},"SLN":{"a":"(costo , val_residuo , vita_utile)","d":"Restituisce l'ammortamento costante di un bene per un periodo"},"SYD":{"a":"(costo , val_residuo , vita_utile , periodo)","d":"Restituisce l'ammortamento americano di un bene per un determinato periodo"},"TBILLEQ":{"a":"(liquid , scad , sconto)","d":"Calcola il rendimento equivalente a un'obbligazione per un buono del tesoro"},"TBILLPRICE":{"a":"(liquid , scad , sconto)","d":"Calcola il prezzo di un buono del tesoro con valore nominale di 100$"},"TBILLYIELD":{"a":"(liquid , scad , prezzo)","d":"Calcola il rendimento di un buono del tesoro"},"VDB":{"a":"(costo , val_residuo , vita_utile , iniz_per , fine_per [ , [ [ fattore ] [ , [ nessuna_opzione ] ] ] ] ])","d":"Restituisce l'ammortamento di un bene per un periodo specificato, anche parziale, utilizzando metodo a quote proporzionali ai valori residui o un altro metodo specificato"},"XIRR":{"a":"(valori , date_pagam [ , [ ipotesi ] ])","d":"Restituisce il tasso di rendimento interno per un impiego di flussi di cassa"},"XNPV":{"a":"(tasso_int , valori , date_pagam )","d":"Restituisce il valore attuale netto per un impiego di flussi di cassa"},"YIELD":{"a":"(liquid , scad , tasso_int , prezzo , prezzo_rimb , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Calcola il rendimento di un titolo per cui è pagato un interesse periodico"},"YIELDDISC":{"a":"(liquid , scad , prezzo , prezzo_rimb , [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Calcola il rendimento annuale per un titolo scontato, ad esempio un buono del tesoro"},"YIELDMAT":{"a":"(liquid , scad , emiss , tasso_int , prezzo [ , [ base ] ])","d":"Calcola il rendimento annuo per un titolo i cui interessi vengono pagati alla scadenza"},"ABS":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce il valore assoluto di un numero, il numero privo di segno"},"ACOS":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce l'arcocoseno di un numero, espresso in radianti da 0 a pi greco. L'arcocoseno è l'angolo il cui coseno è pari al numero"},"ACOSH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce l'inversa del coseno iperbolico di un numero"},"ACOT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Restituisce il valore principale dell'arcotangente, o cotangente inversa, di un numero."},"ACOTH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della cotangente iperbolica di un numero."},"AGGREGATE":{"a":"( … )","d":"Restituisce un aggregato in un elenco o database. La funzione AGGREGA può applicare funzioni di aggregazione diverse a un elenco o database con l'opzione di ignorare le righe nascoste e i valori di errore."},"ARABIC":{"a":"( x )","d":"Converte un numero romano in arabo"},"ASIN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce l'arcocoseno di un numero, espresso in radianti nell'intervallo tra -pi greco/2 e pi greco/2"},"ASINH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce l'inversa del seno iperbolico di un numero"},"ATAN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce l'arcotangente di un numero, espressa in radianti nell'intervallo tra -pi greco/2 e pi greco/2"},"ATAN2":{"a":"(x, y)","d":"Restituisce l'arcotangente in radianti dalle coordinate x e y specificate, nell'intervallo -pi greco/2 e pi greco/2, escluso -pi greco"},"ATANH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce l'inversa della tangente iperbolica di un numero"},"BASE":{"a":"( num , base [ , lungh_min ] )","d":"Converte un numero in una rappresentazione in formato testo con la radice data (base)."},"CEILING":{"a":"(x, peso)","d":"Arrotonda un numero per eccesso al multiplo più vicino a peso"},"CEILING.MATH":{"a":"( x [ , [ peso ] [ , [ modalità ] ] )","d":"Arrotonda un numero per eccesso all'intero più vicino o al multiplo più vicino a peso."},"CEILING.PRECISE":{"a":"( x [ , peso ] )","d":"Arrotonda un numero per eccesso all'intero più vicino o al multiplo più vicino a peso."},"COMBIN":{"a":"(numero , classe)","d":"Calcola il numero delle combinazioni per un numero assegnato di oggetti"},"COMBINA":{"a":"( numero , classe)","d":"Restituisce il numero delle combinazioni (con ripetizioni) per un numero assegnato di elementi."},"COS":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce il coseno di un numero"},"COSH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce il coseno iperbolico di un numero"},"COT":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce la COTgente di un angolo espresso in radianti"},"COTH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce la cotangente iperbolica di un angolo iperbolico"},"CSC":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce la cosecante di un angolo espresso in radianti"},"CSCH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce la cosecante iperbolica di un angolo espresso in radianti"},"DECIMALE":{"a":"( num , radice )","d":"Converte la rappresentazione di un numero in formato testo di una determinata base in un numero decimale"},"DEGREES":{"a":"(angolo)","d":"Converte i radianti in gradi"},"ECMA.CEILING":{"a":"( x, peso )","d":"Arrotonda un numero per eccesso al multiplo più vicino a peso"},"EVEN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Arrotonda il valore assoluto di un numero per eccesso all'interno pari più vicino. I numeri negativi sono arrotondati per difetto"},"EXP":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce il numero e elevato alla potenza di un dato numero"},"FACT":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce il fattoriale di un numero, uguale a 1*2*3*...* numero"},"FACTDOUBLE":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce il fattoriale doppio di un numero"},"FLOOR":{"a":"(x, peso)","d":"Arrotonda un numero per difetto al multiplo più vicino a peso"},"FLOOR.PRECISE":{"a":"( x, peso )","d":"Arrotonda un numero per difetto all'intero più vicino o al multiplo più vicino a peso."},"FLOOR.MATH":{"a":"( x, peso )","d":"Arrotonda un numero per difetto all'intero più vicino o al multiplo più vicino a peso."},"GCD":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Restituisce il massimo comun divisore"},"INT":{"a":"(x)","d":"Arrotonda un numero per difetto all'interno più vicino"},"ISO.CEILING":{"a":"( num [ , peso ] )","d":"Funzione matematica e trigonometrica utilizzata per restituire un numero arrotondato al numero intero più vicino o al multiplo più vicino di significato indipendentemente dal segno del numero. Tuttavia, se il numero o il significato è zero, viene restituito zero."},"LCM":{"a":"(num1, num2,...)","d":"Restituisce il minimo comune multiplo"},"LN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce il logaritmo naturale di un numero"},"LOG":{"a":"(x [ , base ])","d":"Restituisce il logaritmo di un numero nella base specificata"},"LOG10":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce il logaritmo in base 10 di un numero"},"MDETERM":{"a":"(matrice)","d":"Restituisce il determinante di una matrice"},"MINVERSE":{"a":"(matrice)","d":"Restituisce l'inversa di una matrice"},"MMULT":{"a":"(matrice1, matrice2)","d":"Restituisce il prodotto di due matrici, una matrice avente un numero di righe pari a Matrice1 e un numero di colonne pari a Matrice2"},"MOD":{"a":"(x, y)","d":"Restituisce il resto della divisione di due numeri"},"MROUND":{"a":"(x, multiplo)","d":"Restituisce un numero arrotondato al multiplo desiderato"},"MULTINOMIAL":{"a":"(num1, num2,...)","d":"Restituisce il multinomiale di un insieme di numeri"},"ODD":{"a":"(x)","d":"Arrotonda un numero positivo per eccesso al numero intero più vicino e uno negativo per difetto al numero dispari più vicino"},"PI":{"a":"()","d":"Restituisce il valore di pi greco 3.14159265358979 approssimato a 15 cifre"},"POWER":{"a":"(x, y)","d":"Restituisce il risultato di un numero elevato a potenza"},"PRODUCT":{"a":"(num1, num2,...)","d":"Moltiplica tutti i numeri passati come argomenti e restituisce il prodotto"},"QUOTIENT":{"a":"(numeratore , denominatore)","d":"Restituisce il quoziente di una divisione"},"RADIANS":{"a":"(angolo)","d":"Converte gradi in radianti"},"RAND":{"a":"()","d":"Restituisce un numero casuale uniformemente distribuito, ossia cambia se viene ricalcolato, e maggiore o uguale a 0 e minore di 1"},"RANDBETWEEN":{"a":"(minore , maggiore)","d":"Restituisce un numero casuale compreso tra i numeri specificati"},"ROMAN":{"a":"(numero, forma)","d":"Converte un numero arabo in un numero romano in forma di testo"},"ROUND":{"a":"(x , num_cifre)","d":"Arrotonda un numero ad un numero specificato di cifre"},"ROUNDDOWN":{"a":"(x , num_cifre)","d":"Arrotonda il valore assoluto di un numero per difetto"},"ROUNDUP":{"a":"(x , num_cifre)","d":"Arrotonda il valore assoluto di un numero per eccesso"},"SEC":{"a":"( x )","d":"Restituisce la secante di un angolo."},"SECH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Restituisce la secante iperbolica di un angolo."},"SERIESSUM":{"a":"(x , n , m , coefficienti)","d":"Restituisce la somma di una serie di potenze basata sulla formula"},"SIGN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce il segno di un numero: 1 se il numero è positivo, 0 se il numero è 0 o -1 se il numero è negativo"},"SIN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce il seno di un angolo"},"SINH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce il seno iperbolico di un numero"},"SQRT":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce la radice quadrata di un numero"},"SQRTPI":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce la radice quadrata di (x * pi greco)"},"SUBTOTAL":{"a":"(num_frazione , rf1, ...)","d":"Restituisce un subtotale in un elenco o un database"},"SUM":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Somma i numeri presenti in un intervallo di celle"},"SUMIF":{"a":"(int_somma, intervallo_criteri [ , criteri... ])","d":"Somma le celle specificate da un determinato insieme di condizioni o criteri"},"SUMIFS":{"a":"(int_somma, intervallo_criteri [ , criteri... ])","d":"Somma le celle specificate da un determinato insieme di condizioni o criteri"},"SUMPRODUCT":{"a":"(matrice1, matrice2, matrice2, ...)","d":"Moltiplica elementi numerici corrispondenti in matrici o intervalli di dati e restituisce la somma dei prodotti"},"SUMSQ":{"a":"(num1, num2, ...)","d":"Restituisce la somma dei quadrati degli argomenti. Gli argomenti possono essere numeri, nomi, matrici o riferimenti a celle contenenti numeri"},"SUMX2MY2":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Calcola la differenza tra i quadrati di numeri corrispondenti di due intervalli o matrici e restituisce la somma delle differenze"},"SUMX2PY2":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Calcola la somma dei quadrati di numeri corrispondenti di due intervalli o matrici e restituisce la somma delle somme"},"SUMXMY2":{"a":"(matrice1 , matrice2)","d":"Calcola la differenza tra valori corrispondenti di due intervalli o matrici e restituisce la somma dei quadrati delle differenze"},"TAN":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce la tangente di un numero"},"TANH":{"a":"(x)","d":"Restituisce la tangente iperbolica di un numero"},"TRUNC":{"a":"(x [ , num_cifre ])","d":"Elimina la parte decimale di un numero"},"ADDRESS":{"a":"(riga , col [ , [ ass ] [ , [ a1 ] [ , foglio ] ] ])","d":"Dati il numero di riga e di colonna, crea un riferimento di cella in formato testo"},"CHOOSE":{"a":"(index , val1, val2, ...)","d":"Seleziona un valore o un'azione da eseguire da un elenco di valori in base a un indice"},"COLUMN":{"a":"([ rif ])","d":"Restituisce il numero di colonna di un riferimento"},"COLUMNS":{"a":"(matrice)","d":"Restituisce il numero di colonne in una matrice o riferimento"},"HLOOKUP":{"a":"(valore , matrice_tabella , indice [ , [ intervallo ] ])","d":"Cerca un valore nella prima riga di una tabella o di una matrice e restituisce il valore nella stessa colonna da una riga specificata"},"INDEX":{"a":"(...)","d":"Restituisce un valore o un riferimento della cella all'intersezione di una particolare riga e colonna in un dato intervallo"},"INDIRECT":{"a":"(rif [ , [ a1 ] ])","d":"Restituisce un riferimento indicato da una stringa di testo"},"LOOKUP":{"a":"(...)","d":"Ricerca un valore in un intervallo di una riga o di una colonna o da una matrice. Fornito per compatibilità con versioni precedenti"},"MATCH":{"a":"(valore , matrice [ , [ corrisp ]])","d":"Restituisce la posizione relativa di un elemento di matrice che corrisponde a un valore specificato in un ordine specificato"},"OFFSET":{"a":"(rif , righe , colonne [ , [ altezza ] [ , [ larghezza ] ] ])","d":"Restituisce un riferimento a un intervallo costituito da un numero specificato di righe e colonne da un riferimento dato"},"ROW":{"a":"([ rif ])","d":"Restituisce il numero di riga in un riferimento"},"ROWS":{"a":"(matrice)","d":"Restituisce il numero di righe in un riferimento o in una matrice"},"TRANSPOSE":{"a":"(matrice)","d":"Restituisce la trasposta della matrice data"},"VLOOKUP":{"a":"(val , matrice , indice_col [ , [ intervallo ] ])","d":"Ricerca il valore in verticale nell'indice"},"ERROR.TYPE":{"a":"(val)","d":"Restituisce un numero corrispondente a uno dei valori di errore"},"ISBLANK":{"a":"(val)","d":"Controlla se la cella è vuota"},"ISERR":{"a":"(val)","d":"Controlla se la cella ha un errore (ignora #N/A)"},"ISERROR":{"a":"(val)","d":"Controlla se la cella contiene un valore di errore: #N/A, #val!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NUM!, #NAME? or #NULL"},"ISEVEN":{"a":"(numero)","d":"Controlla se la cella contiene un valore pari"},"ISFORMULA":{"a":"( riferimento )","d":"Controlla se esiste un riferimento a una cella che contiene una formula e restituisce VERO o FALSO."},"ISLOGICAL":{"a":"(val)","d":"Controlla se il valore è un valore logico (TRUE o FALSE)"},"ISNA":{"a":"(val)","d":"Controlla se la cella contiene un #N/A"},"ISNONTEXT":{"a":"(val)","d":"Controlla se la cella contiene un valore non è un testo"},"ISNUMBER":{"a":"(val)","d":"Controlla se la cella contiene un valore numerico"},"ISODD":{"a":"(numero)","d":"Controlla se la cella contiene un valore dispari"},"ISREF":{"a":"(val)","d":"Usato per verificare se il valore è una cella di riferimento valida"},"ISTEXT":{"a":"(val)","d":"Controlla se la cella contiene un valore testo"},"N":{"a":"(val)","d":"Usato per convertire un valore ad un numero"},"NA":{"a":"()","d":"Restituisce il valore di errore #N/A"},"SHEET":{"a":"( valore )","d":"Restituisce il numero del foglio del riferimento."},"SHEETS":{"a":"( valore )","d":"Restituisce il numero di fogli del riferimento."},"TYPE":{"a":"(val)","d":"Usato per determinare il tipo di risultato"},"AND":{"a":"(logico1, logico2, ...)","d":"Restituisce VERO se tutti gli argomenti hanno valore VERO"},"FALSE":{"a":"()","d":"Restituisce il valore logico FALSO"},"IF":{"a":"(logico_test, val_se_vero, val_se_falso)","d":"Restituisce un valore se una condizione specificata dà come risultato VERO e un altro valore se dà come risultato FALSO"},"IFNA":{"a":"( valore , valore_se_nd )","d":"Restituisce il valore specificato se la formula restituisce il valore di errore #N/D. In caso contrario restituisce il risultato della formula."},"IFERROR":{"a":"(val, val_se_error)","d":"Restituisce valore_se_errore se l'espressione genera un errore, in caso contrario restituisce il valore dell'espressione stessa"},"NOT":{"a":"(logico)","d":"Inverte il valore logico dell'argomento"},"SWITCH":{"a":"( expression , value1 , result1 [ , [ default or value2 ] [ , [ result2 ] ], … [ default or value3 , result3 ] ] )","d":"Logical function used to evaluate one value (called the expression) against a list of values, and returns the result corresponding to the first matching value; if there is no match, an optional default value may be returned"},"OR":{"a":"(logico1, logico2, ...)","d":"Restituisce VERO se un argomento qualsiasi è VERO, FALSO se tutti gli argomenti sono FALSO"},"TRUE":{"a":"()","d":"Restituisce il valore logico VERO"},"XOR":{"a":"( logico1 [ , logico2 ] , ... )","d":"Restituisce un OR esclusivo logico di tutti gli argomenti."}} \ No newline at end of file +{ + "DATE": { + "a": "(anno, mese, giorno)", + "d": "Data e tempo funzione usata per restituire la data in formato MM/dd/yyyy" + }, + "DATEDIF": { + "a": "(data_inizio , data_fine , unit)", + "d": "Restituisce la differenza tra le due date in ingresso (data_inizio e data_fine), basato sull'unità (unit) specificata" + }, + "DATEVALUE": { + "a": "(data)", + "d": "Converte una data in formato testo in numero che rappresenta la data nel codice data-ora." + }, + "DAY": { + "a": "(num_seriale)", + "d": "Restituisce il giorno del mese, un numero compreso tra 1 e 31." + }, + "DAYS": { + "a": "(num_seriale)", + "d": "Restituisce il numero dei giorni che intercorre tra due date" + }, + "DAYS360": { + "a": "(data_inizio , data_fine [ , calculation-flag [US|EU]])", + "d": "Restituisce il numero di giorni che intercorre tra due date basato sull'anno formato da 360 giorni usando uno dei metodi di calcolo (US o Europeo)" + }, + "EDATE": { + "a": "(data_inizio , mesi)", + "d": "Restituisce il numero seriale della data il cui mese è precedente o successivo a quello della data iniziale, a seconda del numero indicato dall'argomento mesi" + }, + "EOMONTH": { + "a": "(data_inizio , mesi)", + "d": "Restituisce il numero seriale dell'ultimo giorno del mese precedente o successivo di un numero specificato di mesi" + }, + "HOUR": { + "a": "(num_seriale)", + "d": "Restituisce l'ora come numero compreso tra 0 e 23" + }, + "ISOWEEKNUM": { + "a": "(data)", + "d": "Restituisce il numero della settimana ISO dell'anno per una data specificata" + }, + "MINUTE": { + "a": "(num_seriale)", + "d": "Restituisce il minuto come numero compreso tra 0 e 59" + }, + "MONTH": { + "a": "(num_seriale)", + "d": "Restituisce il mese, un numero compreso tra 1 (gennaio) e 12 (dicembre)" + }, + "NETWORKDAYS": { + "a": "(data_inizio , data_fine [ , vacanze ])", + "d": "Restituisce il numero dei giorni lavorativi compresi tra due date eliminando i giorni considerati come vacanze" + }, + "NETWORKDAYS.INTL": { + "a": "(data_inizio , data_fine , [ , festivi ] , [ , vacanze ])", + "d": "Restituisce il numero dei giorni lavorativi compresi tra due date con parametri di giorni festiviti personalizzati" + }, + "NOW": { + "a": "()", + "d": "" + }, + "SECOND": { + "a": "(num_seriale)", + "d": "Restituisce il secondo come numero compreso tra 0 e 59" + }, + "TIME": { + "a": "(ora, minuti, secondi)", + "d": "Converte ore, minuti e secondi forniti nel formato hh:mm tt" + }, + "TIMEval": { + "a": "(ora)", + "d": "Restituisce il numero seriale del tempo" + }, + "TODAY": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Restituisce la data odierna nel formato MM/dd/yy. Non richiede argomenti" + }, + "WEEKDAY": { + "a": "(num_seriale [ , weekday-start-flag ])", + "d": "Restituisce un numero compreso tra 1 e 7 che identifica il giorno della settimana di una data" + }, + "WEEKNUM": { + "a": "(num_seriale [ , weekday-start-flag ])", + "d": "Restituisce il numero della settimana dell'anno" + }, + "WORKDAY": { + "a": "(data_inizio , giorni [ , vacanze ])", + "d": "Restituisce la data, espressa come numero seriale, del giorno precedente o successivo a un numero specificato di giorni lavorativi." + }, + "WORKDAY.INTL": { + "a": "( data_inizio , giorni , [ , festivi ] , [ , vacanze ] )", + "d": "Restituisce la data, espressa come numero seriale, del giorno precedente o successivo a un numero specificato di giorni lavorativi con parametri di giorni festivi personalizzati" + }, + "YEAR": { + "a": "(num_seriale)", + "d": "Restituisce l'anno di una data, un intero nell'intervallo compreso tra 1900 e 9999" + }, + "YEARFRAC": { + "a": "( data_inizio , data_fine [ , base ])", + "d": "Restituisce la frazione dell'anno corrispondente al numero dei giorni complessivi compresi tra data_iniziale e data_finale" + }, + "BESSELI": { + "a": "( X , N )", + "d": "Restituisce la funzione di Bessel modificata In(x), che è equivalente alla funzione di Bessel valutata per argomenti puramente immaginari" + }, + "BESSELJ": { + "a": "( X , N )", + "d": "Restituisce la funzione di Bessel" + }, + "BESSELK": { + "a": "( X , N )", + "d": "Restituisce la funzione di Bessel modificata Kn(x)" + }, + "BESSELY": { + "a": "( X , N )", + "d": "Restituisce la funzione di Bessel modificata Yn(x), che è anche chiamata funzione Weber o Neumann" + }, + "BIN2DEC": { + "a": "(numero)", + "d": "Converte un numero binario in decimale" + }, + "BIN2HEX": { + "a": "(numero [ , cifre ])", + "d": "Converte un numero binario in esadecimale" + }, + "BIN2OCT": { + "a": "(numero [ , cifre ])", + "d": "Converte un numero binario in ottale" + }, + "BITAND": { + "a": "( numero1 , numero2 )", + "d": "Restituisce un 'AND' bit per bit di due numeri" + }, + "BITLSHIFT": { + "a": "( numero, bit_spostamento )", + "d": "Restituisce un numero spostato a sinistra dei bit indicati in bit_spostamemto" + }, + "BITOR": { + "a": "( numero1, numero2 )", + "d": "Restituisce un 'OR' bit per bit di due numeri" + }, + "BITRSHIFT": { + "a": "( number, bit_spostamento )", + "d": "Restituisce un numero spostato a destra dei bit indicati in bit_spostamemto" + }, + "BITXOR": { + "a": "( numero1, numero2 )", + "d": "Restituisce un 'OR esclusivo' bit per bit di due numeri" + }, + "COMPLEX": { + "a": "(parte_reale , coeff_imm [ , suffisso ])", + "d": "Converte la parte reale e il coefficiente dell'immaginario in un numero complesso" + }, + "DEC2BIN": { + "a": "(numero [ , cifre ])", + "d": "Converte un numero decimale in binario" + }, + "DEC2HEX": { + "a": "(numero [ , cifre ])", + "d": "Converte un numero decimale in esadecimale" + }, + "DEC2OCT": { + "a": "(numero [ , cifre ])", + "d": "Converte un numero decimale in ottale" + }, + "DELTA": { + "a": "(num1 [ , num2 ])", + "d": "Verifica se due numeri sono uguali (restituisce 1 altrimenti 0)" + }, + "ERF": { + "a": "(limite_inf [ , limite_sup ])", + "d": "Restituisce la funzione di errore" + }, + "ERF.PRECISE": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce la funzione di errore" + }, + "ERFC": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce la funzione di errore complementare" + }, + "ERFC.PRECISE": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce la funzione di errore complementare" + }, + "GESTEP": { + "a": "(numero [ , soglia ])", + "d": "Verifica se un numero è maggiore di un valore soglia" + }, + "HEX2BIN": { + "a": "(numero [ , cifre ])", + "d": "Converte un numero esadecimale in binario" + }, + "HEX2DEC": { + "a": "(numero)", + "d": "Converte un numero esadecimale in decimale" + }, + "HEX2OCT": { + "a": "(numero [ , cifre ])", + "d": "Converte un numero esadecimale in ottale" + }, + "IMABS": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce il valore assoluto (modulo) di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMAGINARY": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce il coefficiente dell'immaginario di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMARGUMENT": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce l'argomento teta, un angolo espresso in radianti" + }, + "IMCONJUGATE": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce il complesso coniugato di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMCOS": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce il coseno di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMCOSH": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce il coseno iperbolico di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMCOST": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce la cotangente di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMCSC": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce la cosecante di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMCSCH": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce la cosecante iperbolica di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMDIV": { + "a": "(complex-numero-1 , complex-numero-2)", + "d": "Restituisce il quoziente di due numeri complessi" + }, + "IMEXP": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce l'esponenziale di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMLN": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce il logaritmo naturale di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMLOG10": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce il logaritmo in base 10 di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMLOG2": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce il logaritmo in base 2 di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMPOWER": { + "a": "(complex-numero, potenza)", + "d": "Restituisce un numero complesso elevato a un esponente intero (potenza)" + }, + "IMPRODUCT": { + "a": "(num_comp1; num_comp2 ...)", + "d": "Restituisce il prodotto di numeri complessi" + }, + "IMREAL": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce la parte reale di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMSEC": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce la secante di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMSECH": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce la secante iperbolica di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMSIN": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce il seno di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMSINH": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce il seno iperbolico di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMSQRT": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce la radice quadrata di un numero complesso" + }, + "IMSUB": { + "a": "(num_comp1 , num_comp2)", + "d": "Restituisce la differenza di due numeri complessi" + }, + "IMSUM": { + "a": "(num_comp1 , num_comp2 ...)", + "d": "Restituisce la somma di numeri complessi" + }, + "IMTAN": { + "a": "(num_comp)", + "d": "Restituisce la tangente di un numero complesso" + }, + "OCT2BIN": { + "a": "(numero [ , cifre ])", + "d": "Converte un numero ottale in binario" + }, + "OCT2DEC": { + "a": "(numero)", + "d": "Converte un numero ottale in decimale" + }, + "OCT2HEX": { + "a": "(numero [ , cifre ])", + "d": "Converte un numero ottale in esadecimale" + }, + "DAVERAGE": { + "a": "( database , campo , criteri )", + "d": "Restituisce la media dei valori di una colonna di un elencio o di un database che soddisgano le condizioni specificate" + }, + "DCOUNT": { + "a": "( database , campo , criteri )", + "d": "Conta le celle nel campo (colonna) dei record del database che soddisfano le condizioni specificate" + }, + "DCOUNTA": { + "a": "( database , campo , criteri )", + "d": "Conta le celle non vuote nel campo (colonna) dei record del database che soddisfano le condizioni specificate" + }, + "DGET": { + "a": "( database , campo , criteri )", + "d": "Estrae da un database un singolo record che soddisfa le condizioni specificate" + }, + "DMAX": { + "a": "( database , campo , criteri )", + "d": "Restituisce il valore massimo nel campo (colonna) di record del database che soddisfa le condizioni specificate" + }, + "DMIN": { + "a": "( database , campo , criteri )", + "d": "Restituisce il valore minimo nel campo (colonna) di record del database che soddisfa le condizioni specificate" + }, + "DPRODUCT": { + "a": "( database , campo , criteri )", + "d": "Moltiplica i valori nel campo (colonna) di record del database che soddisfa le condizioni specificate" + }, + "DSTDEV": { + "a": "( database , campo , criteri )", + "d": "Stima la deviazione standard sulla base di un campione di voci del database selezionate" + }, + "DSTDEVP": { + "a": "( database , campo , criteri )", + "d": "Calcola la deviazione standard sulla base dell'intera popolazione di voci del database selezionate" + }, + "DSUM": { + "a": "( database , campo , criteri )", + "d": "Aggiunge i numeri nel campo (colonna) di record del database che soddisfa le condizioni specificate" + }, + "DVAR": { + "a": "( database , campo , criteri )", + "d": "Stima la varianza sulla base di un campione di voci del database selezionate" + }, + "DVARP": { + "a": "( database , campo , criteri )", + "d": "Calcola la varianza sulla base dell'intera popolazione di voci del database selezionate" + }, + "CHAR": { + "a": "(numero)", + "d": "Restituisce il carattere specificato dal numero di codice del set di caratteri del computer" + }, + "CLEAN": { + "a": "(testo)", + "d": "Rimuove dal testo tutti i caratteri che non possono essere stampati" + }, + "CODE": { + "a": "(testo)", + "d": "Restituisce il codice numerico del primo carattere di una stringa di testo in base al set di caratteri installati nel sistema" + }, + "CONCATENATE": { + "a": "(testo1, testo2, ...)", + "d": "Unisce diverse stringhe di testo in una singola stringa" + }, + "CONCAT": { + "a": "(testo1, testo2, ...)", + "d": "Unisce diverse stringhe di testo in una singola stringa. Questa funzione rimpiazza la funzione CONCATENA" + }, + "DOLLAR": { + "a": "(numero [ , decimali ])", + "d": "Converte un numero in testo utilizzando un formato valuta" + }, + "EXACT": { + "a": "(testo1, testo2)", + "d": "Controlla due stringhe di testo e restituisce il valore VERO se sono identiche e FALSO in caso contrario. Distingue tra maiuscole e minuscole" + }, + "FIND": { + "a": "(testo-1 , stringa [ , inizio ])", + "d": "Trova una stringa di testo all'interno di un'altra stringa e restituisce il numero corrispondente alla posizione iniziale della stringa trovata. Distingue tra maiuscole e minuscole, set (SBCS)" + }, + "FINDB": { + "a": "(testo-1 , stringa [ , inizio ])", + "d": "Trova una stringa di testo all'interno di un'altra stringa e restituisce il numero corrispondente alla posizione iniziale della stringa trovata. Distingue tra maiuscole e minuscole, set (DBSC) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "FIXED": { + "a": "(numero [ , [ decimali ] [ , nessun_separatore ] ])", + "d": "Arrotonda un numero al numero di cifre decimali specificato e restituisce il risultato come testo" + }, + "LEFT": { + "a": "(testo [ , num_caratt ])", + "d": "Restituisce il carattere o i caratteri più a sinistra di una stringa di testo set (SBCS)" + }, + "LEFTB": { + "a": "(testo [ , num_caratt ])", + "d": "Restituisce il carattere o i caratteri più a sinistra di una stringa di testo set (DBCS) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "LEN": { + "a": "(testo)", + "d": "Restituisce il numero di caratteri in una stringa di testo set (SBCS)" + }, + "LENB": { + "a": "(testo)", + "d": "Restituisce il numero di caratteri in una stringa di testo set (DBCS) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "LOWER": { + "a": "(testo)", + "d": "Converte le lettere maiuscole in una stringa di testo in lettere minuscole" + }, + "MID": { + "a": "(testo , inizio , num_caratt)", + "d": "Restituisce un numero specifico di caratteri da una stringa di testo iniziando dalla posizione specificata set (SBCS)" + }, + "MIDB": { + "a": "(testo , inizio , num_caratt)", + "d": "Restituisce un numero specifico di caratteri da una stringa di testo iniziando dalla posizione specificata set (DBCS) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "NUMBERVALUE": { + "a": "( testo , [ , [ separatoratore_decimale ] [ , [ separatore_gruppo ] ] )", + "d": "Converte il testo in numero in modo indipendente dalle impostazioni locali" + }, + "PROPER": { + "a": "(testo)", + "d": "Converte in maiuscolo la prima lettera di ciascuna parola in una stringa di testo e converte le altre lettere in minuscole" + }, + "REPLACE": { + "a": "(testo_prec, inizio, num_caratt, nuovo_testo)", + "d": "Sostituisce parte di una stringa di testo con un'altra stringa di testo set (SBCS)" + }, + "REPLACEB": { + "a": "(testo_prec, inizio, num_caratt, nuovo_testo)", + "d": "Sostituisce parte di una stringa di testo con un'altra stringa di testo set (DBCS) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "REPT": { + "a": "(testo, volte)", + "d": "Ripete un testo per il numero di volte specificato. Utilizzare RIPETI per riempire una cella con il numero di occorrenze di una stringa di testo" + }, + "RIGHT": { + "a": "(testo [ , num_caratt ])", + "d": "Restituisce il carattere o i caratteri più a destra di una stringa di testo set (SBCS)" + }, + "RIGHTB": { + "a": "(testo [ , num_caratt ])", + "d": " set (DBCS) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "SEARCH": { + "a": "(testo , stringa [ , inizio ])", + "d": "Restituisce il numero corrispondente al carattere o alla stringa di testo trovata in una seconda stringa di testo (non distingue tra maiuscole e minuscole) set (SBCS)" + }, + "SEARCHB": { + "a": "(testo , stringa [ , inizio ])", + "d": "Restituisce il numero corrispondente al carattere o alla stringa di testo trovata in una seconda stringa di testo (non distingue tra maiuscole e minuscole) set (DBCS) per linguaggi come Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc." + }, + "SUBSTITUTE": { + "a": "(testo , testo_prec , nuovo_testo [ , occorrenze ])", + "d": "Sostituisce il nuovo testo a quello esistente in una stringa di testo" + }, + "T": { + "a": "(val)", + "d": "Controlla se il valore è un testo e, in caso positivo, lo restituisce, altrimenti vengono restituite delle virgolette, ossia testo vuoto" + }, + "T.TEST": { + "a": "(matrice1, matrice2, coda, tipo)", + "d": "Restituisce la probabilità associata ad un test t di Student" + }, + "TEXTJOIN": { + "a": "( delimitatore , ignora_buoti , testo1 [ , testo2 ] , … )", + "d": "Funzione di testo e dati utilizzata per combinare il testo da più intervalli e / o stringhe e include un delimitatore da specificare tra ogni valore di testo che verrà combinato; se il delimitatore è una stringa di testo vuota, questa funzione concatenerà efficacemente gli intervalli" + }, + "TEXT": { + "a": "(val , formato)", + "d": "Converte un valore in testo secondo uno specificato formato numero" + }, + "TRIM": { + "a": "(testo)", + "d": "Rimuove gli spazi da una stringa di testo eccetto gli spazi singoli tra le parole" + }, + "TREND": { + "a": "(y_nota; [x_nota]; [nuova_x]; [cost])", + "d": "Restituisce i valori lungo una tendenza lineare. Si adatta a una linea retta (usando il metodo di minimi quadrati) per gli known_y e le known_x della matrice" + }, + "TRIMMEAN": { + "a": "(matrice, percento)", + "d": "Restituisce la media della parte intera di un set di valori di dati" + }, + "TTEST": { + "a": "(matrice1, matrice2, coda, tipo)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce la probabilità associata ad un test t di Student" + }, + "UNICHAR": { + "a": "( numero )", + "d": "Restituisce il carattere Unicode corrispondente al valore numerico specificato" + }, + "UNICODE": { + "a": "( testo )", + "d": "Restituisce il numero (punto di codice) corrispondente al primo carattere del testo" + }, + "UPPER": { + "a": "(testo)", + "d": "Converte una stringa di testo in maiuscolo" + }, + "VALUE": { + "a": "(testo)", + "d": "Converte una stringa di testo che rappresenta un numero in una stringa di testo" + }, + "AVEDEV": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce la media delle deviazioni assolute delle coordinate rispetto alla media di queste ultime. Gli argomenti possono essere numeri o nomi, matrici o riferimenti contenenti numeri" + }, + "AVERAGE": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce la media aritmetica degli argomenti (numeri, nomi o riferimenti contenenti numeri)" + }, + "AVERAGEA": { + "a": "(val1;val2...)", + "d": "Restituisce la media aritmetica degli argomenti. Gli argomenti costituiti da testo o dal valore FALSO vengono valutati come 0, quelli costituiti dal valore VERO come 1. Gli argomenti possono essere numeri, nomi, matrici o rifermenti" + }, + "AVERAGEIF": { + "a": "(intervallo, criterio [ , int_media ])", + "d": "Determina la media aritmetica per le celle specificate da una determinata condizione o criterio" + }, + "AVERAGEIFS": { + "a": "(intervallo, int_criterio1, criterio1 [ int_criterio2, criterio2 ], ... )", + "d": "Determina la media aritmetica per le celle specificate da una determinato insieme di condiziono o criteri" + }, + "BETADIST": { + "a": " ( x , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Calcola la funzione densità di probabilità cumulativa beta" + }, + "BETAINV": { + "a": " ( x , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ", + "d": "Statistical function used return the inverse of the cumulative beta probability density function for a specified beta distribution" + }, + "BETA.DIST": { + "a": " ( x , alpha , beta , cumulativa , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ", + "d": "Calcola la funzione di distibuzione probabilità beta" + }, + "BETA.INV": { + "a": " ( probabilità , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della funzione densità di probabilità cumulativa betsa (DISTRIB.BETA.N)" + }, + "BINOMDIST": { + "a": "(num_successi , prove , probabilità_s , cumulativo)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione binomiale per il termine individuale" + }, + "BINOM.DIST": { + "a": "(num_successi , prove , probabilità_s , cumulativo)", + "d": "Restituisce la distribuzione binomiale per il termine individuale" + }, + "BINOM.DIST.RANGE": { + "a": "( prove , probabilità_s , num_s [ , num_s2 ] )", + "d": "Restituisce la probabilità di un risultato di prova usando una distribuzione binomiale" + }, + "BINOM.INV": { + "a": "( prove , probabilità_s , alpha )", + "d": "Restituisce il più piccolo valore per il quale la distribuzione cumulativa binomiale risulta maggiore o uguale ad un valore di criterio" + }, + "CHIDIST": { + "a": "( x , gradi_libertà )", + "d": "Restituisce la probabilità a una coda destra per la distribuzione del chi quadrato" + }, + "CHIINV": { + "a": "( x , grado_libertà )", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della probabilità a una coda destra per la distribuzione del chi quadrato" + }, + "CHITEST": { + "a": "( int_effettivo , int_previsto )", + "d": "Restituisce il test per l'indipendenza: il valore della distribuzione del chi quadrato per la statistica e i gradi di libertà appropriati" + }, + "CHISQ.DIST": { + "a": "( x , gradi_libertà , cumulativa )", + "d": "Restituisce la probabilità a una coda sinistra per la distribuzione del chi quadrato" + }, + "CHISQ.DIST.RT": { + "a": "( x , gradi_libertà )", + "d": "Restituisce la probabilità a una coda destra per la distribuzione del chi quadrato" + }, + "CHISQ.INV": { + "a": "( probabilità , gradi_libertà )", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della probabilità a una coda sinistra della distribuzione del chi quadrato" + }, + "CHISQ.INV.RT": { + "a": "( probabilità , gradi_libertà )", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della probabilità a una coda destra della distribuzione del chi quadrato" + }, + "CHISQ.TEST": { + "a": "( int_effettivo , int_previsto )", + "d": "Restituisce il test per l'indipendenza: il valore della distribuzione del chi quadrato per la statistica e i gradi di libertà appropriati" + }, + "CONFIDENCE": { + "a": "(alpha , dev_standard , dimensioni)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce l'intervallo di confidenza per una popolazione, utilizzando una distribuzione normale" + }, + "CONFIDENCE.NORM": { + "a": "( alpha , dev_standard , dimensioni )", + "d": "Restituisce l'intervallo di confidenza per una popolazione, utilizzando una distribuzione normale" + }, + "CONFIDENCE.T": { + "a": "( alpha , dev_standard , dimensioni )", + "d": "Restituisce l'intervallo di confidenza per una popolazione, utilizzando una distribuzione T di Student" + }, + "CORREL": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Restituisce il coefficiente di correlazione tra due set di dati" + }, + "COUNT": { + "a": "(intervallo)", + "d": "Conta il numero di celle in un intervallo contenente numeri ignorando celle vuote o contenente testo" + }, + "COUNTA": { + "a": "(intervallo)", + "d": "Conta il numero di celle in un intervallo presenti nell'elenco degli argomenti ignorando celle vuote" + }, + "COUNTBLANK": { + "a": "(intervallo)", + "d": "Conta il numero di celle vuote in unno specificato intervallo" + }, + "COUNTIF": { + "a": "(intervallo, criterio)", + "d": "Conta il numero di celle in un intervallo che corrispondono al criterio dato" + }, + "COUNTIFS": { + "a": "( intervallo_criteri, criterio-1, [ intervallo_criteri_2, criterio-2 ],... )", + "d": "Conta il numero di celle specificate da un determinato insime di condizioni o criteri" + }, + "COVAR": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Calcola la covarianza, la media dei prodotti delle deviazioni di ciascuna coppia di coordinate in due set di dati" + }, + "COVARIANCE.P": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Calcola la covarianza della popolazione, la media dei prodotti delle deviazioni di ciascuna coppia di coordinate in due set di dati" + }, + "COVARIANCE.S": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Calcola la covarianza del campione, la media dei prodotti delle deviazioni di ciascuna coppia di coordinate in due set di dati" + }, + "CRITBINOM": { + "a": "(prove , probabilità_s , alpha)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce il più piccolo valore per il quale la distribuzione cumulativa binomiale risulta maggiore o uguale ad un valore di criterio" + }, + "DEVSQ": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce la somma dei quadrati delle deviazioni delle coordinate dalla media di queste ultime sul campione" + }, + "EXPON.DIST": { + "a": "( x , lambda , cumulativo )", + "d": "Restituisce la distribuzione esponenziale" + }, + "EXPONDIST": { + "a": "(x , lambda , cumulativo)", + "d": "Restituisce la distribuzione esponenziale" + }, + "FDIST": { + "a": "( x , gradi_libertà1 , gradi_libertà2 )", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce la distibuzione di probabilità F (coda destra) (gradi di diversità) per due set di dati" + }, + "FINV": { + "a": "( probabilità , gradi_libertà1 , gradi_libertà2 )", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione di probabilità F (coda destra). Se p = FDIST(x;...), allora FINV(p;...) = x" + }, + "F.DIST": { + "a": "( x , gradi_libertà1 , gradi_libertà2 , cumulativo )", + "d": "Restituisce la distibuzione di probabilità F (coda sinistra) (gradi di diversità) per due set di dati" + }, + "F.DIST.RT": { + "a": "( x , gradi_libertà1 , gradi_libertà2 )", + "d": "Restituisce la distibuzione di probabilità F (coda destra) (gradi di diversità) per due set di dati" + }, + "F.INV": { + "a": "( probabilità , gradi_libertà1 , gradi_libertà2 )", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione di probabilità F (coda sinistra). Se p = DISTRIB.F(x;...), allora INVF(p;...) = x" + }, + "F.INV.RT": { + "a": "( probabilità , gradi_libertà1 , gradi_libertà2 )", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione di probabilità F (coda destra). Se p = DISTRIB.F.DS(x;...), allora INV.F.DS(p;...) = x" + }, + "FISHER": { + "a": "(numero)", + "d": "Restituisce la la trasformazione di Fisher" + }, + "FISHERINV": { + "a": "(numero)", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della trasformazione di Fisher: se y = FISHER(x), allora INV.FISHER(y) = x" + }, + "FORECAST": { + "a": "(x , y_note , x_note)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per la compatibilità con Excel 2013 e versioni precedenti. Calcola o prevede un valore futuro lungo una tendenza lineare usando i valori esistenti" + }, + "FORECAST.LINEAR": { + "a": "( x, known_y's, known_x's )", + "d": "Calcola o prevede un valore futuro lungo una tendenza lineare usando i valori esistenti" + }, + "FREQUENCY": { + "a": "( matrice_dati , matrice_classi)", + "d": "Calcola la frequenza con cui si presentano valori compresi in un intervallo e restituisce una matrice verticale di numeri con un elemento in più rispetto a Matrice_classi" + }, + "GAMMA": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Restituisce il valore della funzione GAMMA" + }, + "GAMMADIST": { + "a": "( x , alpha , beta , cumulativo )", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione gamma" + }, + "GAMMA.DIST": { + "a": "( x , alpha , beta , cumulativo )", + "d": "Restituisce la distribuzione gamma" + }, + "GAMMAINV": { + "a": "( probabilità , alpha , beta )", + "d": " Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione cumulativa gamma: se p= DISTRIB.GAMMA(x,...), allora INV.GAMMA(p,...)=x" + }, + "GAMMA.INV": { + "a": "( probabilità , alpha , beta )", + "d": " Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione cumulativa gamma: se p= DISTRIB.GAMMA.N(x,...), allora INV.GAMMA.N(p,...)=x" + }, + "GAMMALN": { + "a": "(numero)", + "d": "Restituisce il logaritmo naturale della funzione gamma" + }, + "GAMMALN.PRECISE": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Restituisce il log naturale della funzione gamma" + }, + "GAUSS": { + "a": "( z )", + "d": "Restituisce il valore risultante dalla detrazione si 0,5 dalla distribuzione normale standard cumulativa" + }, + "GEOMEAN": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce la media geometrica di una matrice o di un intervallo di dati numerici positivi" + }, + "GROWTH": { + "a": "(y_nota; [x_nota]; [nuova_x]; [cost])", + "d": "Calcola la crescita esponenziale prevista in base ai dati esistenti. La funzione restituisce i valori y corrispondenti a una serie di valori x nuovi, specificati in base a valori x e y esistenti" + }, + "HARMEAN": { + "a": "(argument-list)", + "d": "Calcola la media armonica (il reciproco della media aritmetica dei reciproci) di un sei di dati costituiti da numeri positivi" + }, + "HYPGEOM.DIST": { + "a": "(s_campione , num_campione , s_pop , num_pop, cumulativo)", + "d": "Restituisce la distribuzione ipergeometrica" + }, + "HYPGEOMDIST": { + "a": "(s_esempio , num_esempio , s_pop , num_pop)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione ipergeometrica" + }, + "INTERCEPT": { + "a": "(y_note , x_note)", + "d": "Calcola il punto di intersezione della retta con l'asse y tracciando una regressione lineare fra le coordinate note" + }, + "KURT": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce la curtosi di un set di dati" + }, + "LARGE": { + "a": "(matrice , k)", + "d": "Restituisce il k-esimo valore più grande in un set di dati." + }, + "LINEST": { + "a": "(y_nota; [x_nota]; [cost]; [stat])", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per calcola le statistiche per una linea utilizzando il metodo dei minimi quadrati per calcolare la retta che meglio rappresenta i dati e restituisce una matrice che descrive la retta; dal momento che questa funzione restituisce una matrice di valori, deve essere immessa come formula in forma di matrice" + }, + "LOGEST": { + "a": "(y_nota; [x_nota]; [cost]; [stat])", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per Nell'analisi della regressione la funzione calcola una curva esponenziale adatta ai dati e restituisce una matrice di valori che descrive la curva. Dal momento che questa funzione restituisce una matrice di valori, deve essere immessa come una formula della matrice" + }, + "LOGINV": { + "a": "(x , media , dev_standard)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione lognormale di x, in cui ln(x) è distribuito normalmente con i parametri Media e Dev_standard" + }, + "LOGNORM.DIST": { + "a": "( x , media , dev_standard , cumulativo )", + "d": " Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione normale cumulativa per la media e la deviazione standard specificata" + }, + "LOGNORM.INV": { + "a": "( probabilità , media , dev_standard )", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione lognormale di x, in cui ln(x) è distribuito normalmente con i parametri Media e Dev_standard" + }, + "LOGNORMDIST": { + "a": "(x , media , dev_standard)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione lognormale di x, in cui ln(x) è distribuito normalmente con i parametri Media e Dev_standard" + }, + "MAX": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce il valore massimo di un insieme di valori. Ignora i valori logici e il testo" + }, + "MAXA": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce il valore massimo di un insieme di valori. Non ignora i valori logici e il testo" + }, + "MAXIFS": { + "a": "( max_range , criteria_range1 , criteria1 [ , criteria_range2 , criteria2 ] , ...)", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the maximum value among cells specified by a given set of conditions or criteria" + }, + "MEDIAN": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce la mediana, ovvero il valore centrale, di un insieme ordinato di numeri specificato" + }, + "MIN": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce il valore minimo di un insieme di valori. Ignora i valori logici e il testo" + }, + "MINA": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce il valore minimo di un insieme di valori. Non ignora i valori logici e il testo" + }, + "MINIFS": { + "a": "( min_range , criteria_range1 , criteria1 [ , criteria_range2 , criteria2 ], ...)", + "d": "Statistical function used to return the minimum value among cells specified by a given set of conditions or criteria" + }, + "MODE": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce il valore più ricorrente in una matrice o intervallo di dati" + }, + "MODE.MULT": { + "a": "( num1 , [ , num2 ] ... )", + "d": "Restituisce una matrice verticale dei valori più ricorrenti in una matrice o intervallo di dati. Per le matrici orizzontali, utilizzare MATR.TRASPOSTA(MODA.MULT(num1;num2;...))." + }, + "MODE.SNGL": { + "a": "( num1 , [ , num2 ] ... )", + "d": "Restituisce il valore più ricorrente o ripetitivo di una matrice o di un intervallo di dati." + }, + "NEGBINOM.DIST": { + "a": "( (num-insuccessi , number-successi , probabilità-s , cumulativo )", + "d": "Restituisce la distribuzione binomiale negativa, la probabilità che un numero di insuccessi pari a Num_insuccessi si verifichi prima del successo Num_successi, data la probabilità di successo Probabilità_s." + }, + "NEGBINOMDIST": { + "a": "(num_insuccessi , num_successi , probabilità_s)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione binomiale negativa, la probabilità che un numero di insuccessi pari a Num_insuccessi si verifichi prima del successo Num_succcessi, data la probabilità di successo Probabilità_s" + }, + "NORM.DIST": { + "a": "(x , media , dev_standard , cumulativo)", + "d": "Restituisce la distribuzione normale per la media e la deviazione standard specificate" + }, + "NORMDIST": { + "a": "(x , media , dev_standard , cumulativo)", + "d": "Restituisce la distribuzione normale per la media e la deviazione standard specificate" + }, + "NORM.INV": { + "a": "(x , media , dev_standard)", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione normale cumulativa per la media e la deviazione standard specificate" + }, + "NORMINV": { + "a": "(x , media , dev_standard)", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione normale cumulativa per la media e la deviazione standard specificate" + }, + "NORM.S.DIST": { + "a": "(numero)", + "d": "Restituisce la distribuzione normale standard cumulativa( ha media = 0 e dev_standard = 1)" + }, + "NORMSDIST": { + "a": "(numero)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione normale standard cumulativa( ha media = 0 e dev_standard = 1)" + }, + "NORMS.INV": { + "a": "(probabilità)", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione normale standard cumulativa( ha media = 0 e dev_standard = 1)" + }, + "NORMSINV": { + "a": "(probabilità)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione normale standard cumulativa( ha media = 0 e dev_standard = 1)" + }, + "PEARSON": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Restituisce il prodotto del coefficiente di momento di correlazione di Pearson, r" + }, + "PERCENTILE": { + "a": "( matrice , k)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce il k-esimo dato percentile di valori in un intervallo" + }, + "PERCENTILE.EXC": { + "a": "( matrice , k )", + "d": "Restituisce il k-esimo dato percentile di valori in un intervallo, estemi esclusi" + }, + "PERCENTILE.INC": { + "a": "( matrice , k )", + "d": "Restituisce il k-esimo dato percentile di valori in un intervallo, estemi inclusi" + }, + "PERCENTRANK": { + "a": "(matrice , x [ , cifre_signific ] )", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce il rango di un valore in un set di dati come percentuale del set di dati" + }, + "PERCENTRANK.EXC": { + "a": "( matrice , x [ , cifre_signific ] )", + "d": "Restituisce il rango di un valore in un set di dati come percentuale del set di dati (0..1, esclusi) del set di dati" + }, + "PERCENTRANK.INC": { + "a": "( matrice , x [ , cifre_signific ] )", + "d": "Restituisce il rango di un valore in un set di dati come percentuale del set di dati (0..1, inclusi) del set di dati" + }, + "PERMUT": { + "a": "(numero , classe)", + "d": "Restituisce il numero delle permutazioni per un dato numero di oggetti che possono essere selezionati dagli oggetti totali" + }, + "PERMUTATIONA": { + "a": "( num , classe )", + "d": "Restituisce il numero delle permutazioni per un dato numero di oggetti (con ripetizioni) che possono essere selezionati dagli oggetti totali." + }, + "PHI": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Restituisce il valore della funzione densità per una distribuzione normale standard." + }, + "POISSON": { + "a": "(x , media , cumulativo)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Calcola la distribuzione di probabilità di Poisson" + }, + "POISSON.DIST": { + "a": "( x , media , cumulativo )", + "d": "Calcola la distribuzione di probabilità di Poisson" + }, + "PROB": { + "a": "(int_x , prob_int , limite_inf [ , limite_sup ])", + "d": "Calcola la probabilità che dei valori in un intervallo siano compresi tra due limiti o pari al limite inferiore" + }, + "QUARTILE": { + "a": "( matrice , quarto)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce il quartile di un set di dati" + }, + "QUARTILE.INC": { + "a": "( matrice , quarto )", + "d": "Restituisce il quartile di un set di dati, in base ai valori del percentile da 0..1, estremi inclusi." + }, + "QUARTILE.EXC": { + "a": "( matrice , quarto )", + "d": "Restituisce il quartile del set di dati, in base ai valori del percentile da 0..1, estremi esclusi." + }, + "RANK": { + "a": "( num , if [ , ordine ] )", + "d": " Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti.Restituisce il rango di un numero in un elenco di numeri. Il rango di un numero è la sua dimensione in rapporto agli altri valori presenti nell'elenco. Nel caso in cui fosse necessario ordinare l'elenco, il rango del numero corrisponderebbe alla rispettiva posizione." + }, + "RANK.AVG": { + "a": "( num , if [ , ordine ] )", + "d": "Restituisce il rango di un numero in un elenco di numeri, ovvero la sua grandezza relativa agli altri valori nell'elenco. Se più valori hanno lo stesso rango, verrà restituito il rango medio." + }, + "RANK.EQ": { + "a": "( num , if [ , ordine ] )", + "d": "Restituisce il rango di un numero in un elenco di numeri, ovvero la sua grandezza relativa agli altri valori nell'elenco; se più valori hanno lo stesso rango, viene restituito il rango medio." + }, + "RSQ": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Restituisce la radice quadrata del coefficiente di momento di correlazione di Pearson in corrispondenza delle coordinate date" + }, + "SKEW": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ....)", + "d": "Restituisce il grado di asimmetria di una distribuzione, ovvero una caratterizzazione del grado di asimmetria di una distribuzione attorno alla media" + }, + "SKEW.P": { + "a": "( num-1 [ , num-2 ] , … )", + "d": "Restituisce il grado di asimmetria di una distribuzione in base a una popolazione, ovvero una caratterizzazione del grado di asimmetria di una distribuzione attorno alla media." + }, + "SLOPE": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Restituisce la pendenza della retta di regressione lineare fra le coordinate note" + }, + "SMALL": { + "a": "(matrice , k)", + "d": "Restituisce il k-esimo valore più piccolo di un set di dati" + }, + "STANDARDIZE": { + "a": "(x , media , dev_standard)", + "d": "Restituisce un valore normalizzato da una distribuzione caratterizzata da una media e da una deviazione standard" + }, + "STDEV": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Restituisce una stima della deviazione standard sulla base di un campione. Ignora i valori logici e il testo nel campione" + }, + "STDEV.P": { + "a": "( num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce la deviazione standard sulla base dell'intera popolazione specificata sotto forma di argomenti, compresi il testo e i valori logici. Ignora i valori logici e il testo." + }, + "STDEV.S": { + "a": "( num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Stima la deviazione standard sulla base di un campione. Ignora i valori logici e il testo nel campione." + }, + "STDEVA": { + "a": "(val1, val2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce una stima della deviazione standard sulla base di un campione, inclusi valori logici e testo. Il testo e il valore FALSO vengono valutati come 0, il valore VERO come 1" + }, + "STDEVP": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Calcola la deviazione standard sulla base dell'intera popolazione, passata come argomenti (ignora i valori logici e il testo)" + }, + "STDEVPA": { + "a": "(val1, val2, ...)", + "d": "Calcola la deviazione standard sulla base dell'intera popolazione, inclusi valori logici e testo. Il testo e il valore FALSO vengo valutati come 0, il valore VERO come 1" + }, + "STEYX": { + "a": "(y_note , x_note)", + "d": "Restituisce l'errore standard del valore previsto per y per ciascun valore di x nella regressione" + }, + "TDIST": { + "a": "( x , gradi_libertà , code )", + "d": " Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce i Punti percentuali (probabilità) della distribuzione t di Student dove il valore numerico (x) è un valore calcolato di t per cui verranno calcolati i Punti percentuali. La distribuzione t viene utilizzata nelle verifiche di ipotesi su piccoli set di dati presi come campione. Utilizzare questa funzione al posto di una tabella di valori critici per il calcolo della distribuzione t." + }, + "TINV": { + "a": "( probabilità , gradi_libertà )", + "d": " Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione t di Student a due code." + }, + "T.DIST": { + "a": "( x , gradi_libertà , cumulativo )", + "d": "Restituisce la distribuzione t a una coda sinistra di Student. La distribuzione t viene utilizzata nelle verifiche di ipotesi su piccoli set di dati presi come campione. Utilizzare questa funzione al posto di una tabella di valori critici per il calcolo della distribuzione t." + }, + "T.DIST.2T": { + "a": "( x , gradi_libertà )", + "d": "Restituisce la distribuzione t di Student a due code." + }, + "T.DIST.RT": { + "a": "( x , gradi_libertà )", + "d": "Restituisce la distribuzione t di Student a una coda destra." + }, + "T.INV": { + "a": "( probabilità , gradi_libertà )", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa a una coda sinistra della distribuzione t di Student." + }, + "T.INV.2T": { + "a": "( probabilità , gradi_libertà )", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della distribuzione t di Student a due code." + }, + "VAR": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Stima la varianza sulla base di un campione. Ignora i valori logici e il testo del campione" + }, + "VAR.P": { + "a": "( number1 [ , number2 ], ... )", + "d": "Calcola la varianza sulla base dell'intera popolazione. Ignora i valori logici e il testo nella popolazione" + }, + "VAR.S": { + "a": "( number1 [ , number2 ], ... )", + "d": "Stima la varianza sulla base di un campione. Ignora i valori logici e il testo nel campione." + }, + "VARA": { + "a": "(val1; val2; ...)", + "d": "Restituisce una stima della varianza sulla base di un campione, inclusi i valori logici e testo. Il testo e il valore FALSO vengono valutati 0, il valore VERO come 1" + }, + "VARP": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e precedenti. Calcola la varianza sulla base dell'intera popolazione. Ignora i valori logici e il testo nella popolazione" + }, + "VARPA": { + "a": "(val1; val2; ...)", + "d": "Calcola la varianza sulla base dell'intera popolazione, inclusi valori logici e testo. Il testo e il valore FALSO vengono valutati come 0, il valore VERO come 1" + }, + "WEIBULL": { + "a": "( x , alpha , beta , cumulativo )", + "d": "Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce la distribuzione di Weibull" + }, + "WEIBULL.DIST": { + "a": "( x , alpha , beta , cumulativo )", + "d": "Restituisce la distribuzione di Weibull" + }, + "Z.TEST": { + "a": "( matrice , x [ , sigma ] )", + "d": "Restituisce il valore di probabilità a una coda di un test z." + }, + "ZTEST": { + "a": "( matrice , x [ , sigma ] )", + "d": " Questa funzione è disponibile per consentire la compatibilità con Excel 2007 e versioni precedenti. Restituisce il valore di probabilità a una coda di un test z. Ipotizzando una determinata media della popolazione µ0, TEST.Z restituisce la probabilità che la media campione sia maggiore della media di osservazioni nel set di dati (matrice), ovvero della media campione osservata." + }, + "ACCRINT": { + "a": "(emiss , primo_int , liquid , tasso_int , [ val_nom ] , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce l'interesse maturato di un titolo per cui è pagato un interesse periodico" + }, + "ACCRINTM": { + "a": "(emiss , primo_int , tasso_int , [ [ val_nom ] [ , [ base ] ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce l'interesse maturato per un titolo i cui interessi vengono pagati alla scadenza" + }, + "AMORDEGRC": { + "a": "(costo , data_acquisto , primo_periodo , valore_residuo , periodo , tasso [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce l'ammortamento lineare ripartito proporzionalmente di un bene per un ogni periodo contabile" + }, + "AMORLINC": { + "a": "(cost , data_acquisto , primo_periodo , valore_residuo , periodo , tasso [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce l'ammortamento lineare ripartito proporzionalmente di un bene per ogni periodo contabile" + }, + "COUPDAYBS": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Calcola il numero dei giorni che vanno dalla data di inizio del periodo della cedola alla liquidazione" + }, + "COUPDAYS": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Calcola il numero dei giorni nel periodo della cedola che contiene la data di liquidazione" + }, + "COUPDAYSNC": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Calcola il numero dei giorni che vanno dalla data di liquidazione alla nuova cedola" + }, + "COUPNCD": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce la data della cedola successiva alla data di liquidazione" + }, + "COUPNUM": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Calcola il numero di cedole valide tra la data di liquidazione e la data di scadenza" + }, + "COUPPCD": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce la data della cedola precedente alla data di liquidazione" + }, + "CUMIPMT": { + "a": "(tasso_int , per , val_attuale , iniz_per , fine_per , tipo)", + "d": "Calcola l'interesse cumulativo pagato tra due periodi" + }, + "CUMPRINC": { + "a": "(tasso_int , per , val_attuale , iniz_per , fine_per , tipo)", + "d": "Calcola il capitale cumulativo pagato per estinguere un debito tra due periodi" + }, + "DB": { + "a": "(costo , val_residuo , vita_utile , periodo [ , [ mese ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce l'ammortamento di un bene per un periodo specificato utilizzando il metodo a quote fisse proporzionali a valori residui" + }, + "DDB": { + "a": "(costo , val_residuo , vita_utile , periodo [ , fattore ])", + "d": "Restituisce l'ammortamento di un bene per un periodo specificato utilizzando il metodo a doppie quote proporzionali ai valori residui o un altro metodo specificato" + }, + "DISC": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , prezzo , prezzo_rimb [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Calcola il tasso di sconto di un titolo" + }, + "DOLLARDE": { + "a": "(valuta_frazione , frazione)", + "d": "Converte un prezzo espresso come frazione in un prezzo espresso come numero decimale" + }, + "DOLLARFR": { + "a": "(valuta_decimale , frazione)", + "d": "Converte un prezzo espresso come numero decimale in un prezzo espresso come frazione" + }, + "DURATION": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , cedola , rend , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce la durata annuale per un titolo per cui è pagato un interesse periodico" + }, + "EFFECT": { + "a": "(tasso_nominale , periodi)", + "d": "Restituisce il tasso di interesse effettivo annuo" + }, + "FV": { + "a": "(tasso_int , periodi , pagam [ , [ val_attuale ] [ ,[ tipo ] ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il valore futuro di un investimento dati pagamenti periodici costanti e un tasso di interesse costante" + }, + "FVSCHEDULE": { + "a": "(capitale , invest)", + "d": "Restituisce il valore futuro di un capitale iniziale dopo l'applicazione di una serie di tassi di interesse composto" + }, + "INTRATE": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , invest , prezzo_rimb [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il tasso di interesse per un titolo interamente investito" + }, + "IPMT": { + "a": "(tasso_int , periodo , priodi , val_attuale [ , [ val_futuro ] [ , [ tipo ] ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce l'ammontare degli interessi relativi ad un investimento di una certa durata di pagamenti periodici costanti e un tasso di interesse costante" + }, + "IRR": { + "a": "(val [ , [ ipotesi ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il tasso di rendimento interno per una serie di flussi di cassa" + }, + "ISPMT": { + "a": "(tasso_int , periodo , periodi , val_attuale)", + "d": "Restituisce il tasso di interesse del prestito a tasso fisso" + }, + "MDURATION": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , cedola , rend , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Calcola la durata Macauley modificata per un ttitolo con valore nominale presunto di 100$" + }, + "MIRR": { + "a": "(val , costo , ritorno)", + "d": "Restituisce il tasso di rendimento interno per una serie di flussi di cassa periodici, considerando sia il costo di investimento sia gli interessi da reinvestimento della liquidità" + }, + "NOMINAL": { + "a": "(tasso:effettivo , periodi)", + "d": "Restituisce il tasso di interesse nominale annuo" + }, + "NPER": { + "a": "(tasso_int , pagam , val_attuale [ , [ val_futuro ] [ , [ tipo ] ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il numero di periodi relativi ad un investimento, dati pagamenti periodici costanti e un tasso di interesse costante" + }, + "NPV": { + "a": "(tasso_int , val1, val2 ...)", + "d": "Restituisce il valore attuale netto di un investimento basato su una serie di uscite (valori negativi) e di entrate (valori positivi) future" + }, + "ODDFPRICE": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , emiss , prima_ced , tasso_int , rend , prezzo_rimb , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il prezzo di un titolo con valore nominale di 100$ avente il primo periodo di durata irregolare" + }, + "ODDFYIELD": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , emiss , prima_ced , tasso_int , prezzo , prezzo_rimb , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il rendimento di un titolo avente il primo periodo di durata irregolare" + }, + "ODDLPRICE": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , ultimo_int , tasso_int , rend , prezzo_rimb , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il prezzo di un titolo con valore nominale di 100$ avente l'ultimo periodo di durata irregolare" + }, + "ODDLYIELD": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , ultimo_int , tasso_int , prezzo , prezzo_rimb , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il rendimento di un titolo avente l'ultimo periodo di durata irregolare" + }, + "PMT": { + "a": "(tasso , periodi , pv [ , [ val_futuro ] [ ,[ tipo ] ] ])", + "d": "Calcola il pagamento per un prestito in base a pagamenti costanti e a un tasso di interesse costante" + }, + "PPMT": { + "a": "(tasso_int , periodo , periodi , val_attuale [ , [ val_futuro ] [ , [ tipo ] ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il pagamento sul capitale di un investimento per un dato periodo, dati pagamenti periodici costanti e un tasso di interesse costante" + }, + "PRICE": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , tasso_int , rend , prezzo_rimb , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il prezzo di un titolo con valore nominale di 100$ e interessi periodici" + }, + "PRICEDISC": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , sconto , prezzo_rimb [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il prezzo di un titolo scontato con valore nominale di 100$" + }, + "PRICEMAT": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , emiss , tasso_int , rend [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il prezzo di un titolo con valore di 100 $ e i cui interessi vengono pagati alla scadenza" + }, + "PV": { + "a": "(tasso_int , periodi , pagamen [ , [ val_futuro ] [ ,[ tipo ] ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il valore attuale di un investimento: l'ammontare totale del valore attuale di una serie di pagamenti futuri" + }, + "RATE": { + "a": "(periodi , pagam , val_attuale [ , [ [ val_futuro ] [ , [ [ tipo ] [ , [ ipotesi ] ] ] ] ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il tasso di interesse per periodo relativo a un prestito o a un investimento. Es: usare 6%/4 per pagamenti trimestrali al 6%" + }, + "RECEIVED": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , invest , sconto [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Calcola l'importo ricevuto alla scadenza di un titolo" + }, + "RRI": { + "a": "( periodi , val_attuale , val_futuro )", + "d": "Restituisce un tasso di interesse equivalente per la crescita di un investimento." + }, + "SLN": { + "a": "(costo , val_residuo , vita_utile)", + "d": "Restituisce l'ammortamento costante di un bene per un periodo" + }, + "SYD": { + "a": "(costo , val_residuo , vita_utile , periodo)", + "d": "Restituisce l'ammortamento americano di un bene per un determinato periodo" + }, + "TBILLEQ": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , sconto)", + "d": "Calcola il rendimento equivalente a un'obbligazione per un buono del tesoro" + }, + "TBILLPRICE": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , sconto)", + "d": "Calcola il prezzo di un buono del tesoro con valore nominale di 100$" + }, + "TBILLYIELD": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , prezzo)", + "d": "Calcola il rendimento di un buono del tesoro" + }, + "VDB": { + "a": "(costo , val_residuo , vita_utile , iniz_per , fine_per [ , [ [ fattore ] [ , [ nessuna_opzione ] ] ] ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce l'ammortamento di un bene per un periodo specificato, anche parziale, utilizzando metodo a quote proporzionali ai valori residui o un altro metodo specificato" + }, + "XIRR": { + "a": "(valori , date_pagam [ , [ ipotesi ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce il tasso di rendimento interno per un impiego di flussi di cassa" + }, + "XNPV": { + "a": "(tasso_int , valori , date_pagam )", + "d": "Restituisce il valore attuale netto per un impiego di flussi di cassa" + }, + "YIELD": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , tasso_int , prezzo , prezzo_rimb , num_rate [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Calcola il rendimento di un titolo per cui è pagato un interesse periodico" + }, + "YIELDDISC": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , prezzo , prezzo_rimb , [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Calcola il rendimento annuale per un titolo scontato, ad esempio un buono del tesoro" + }, + "YIELDMAT": { + "a": "(liquid , scad , emiss , tasso_int , prezzo [ , [ base ] ])", + "d": "Calcola il rendimento annuo per un titolo i cui interessi vengono pagati alla scadenza" + }, + "ABS": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce il valore assoluto di un numero, il numero privo di segno" + }, + "ACOS": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce l'arcocoseno di un numero, espresso in radianti da 0 a pi greco. L'arcocoseno è l'angolo il cui coseno è pari al numero" + }, + "ACOSH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa del coseno iperbolico di un numero" + }, + "ACOT": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Restituisce il valore principale dell'arcotangente, o cotangente inversa, di un numero." + }, + "ACOTH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della cotangente iperbolica di un numero." + }, + "AGGREGATE": { + "a": "( … )", + "d": "Restituisce un aggregato in un elenco o database. La funzione AGGREGA può applicare funzioni di aggregazione diverse a un elenco o database con l'opzione di ignorare le righe nascoste e i valori di errore." + }, + "ARABIC": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Converte un numero romano in arabo" + }, + "ASC": { + "a": "( text )", + "d": "Text function for Double-byte character set (DBCS) languages, the function changes full-width (double-byte) characters to half-width (single-byte) characters" + }, + "ASIN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce l'arcocoseno di un numero, espresso in radianti nell'intervallo tra -pi greco/2 e pi greco/2" + }, + "ASINH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa del seno iperbolico di un numero" + }, + "ATAN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce l'arcotangente di un numero, espressa in radianti nell'intervallo tra -pi greco/2 e pi greco/2" + }, + "ATAN2": { + "a": "(x, y)", + "d": "Restituisce l'arcotangente in radianti dalle coordinate x e y specificate, nell'intervallo -pi greco/2 e pi greco/2, escluso -pi greco" + }, + "ATANH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa della tangente iperbolica di un numero" + }, + "BASE": { + "a": "( num , base [ , lungh_min ] )", + "d": "Converte un numero in una rappresentazione in formato testo con la radice data (base)." + }, + "CEILING": { + "a": "(x, peso)", + "d": "Arrotonda un numero per eccesso al multiplo più vicino a peso" + }, + "CEILING.MATH": { + "a": "( x [ , [ peso ] [ , [ modalità ] ] )", + "d": "Arrotonda un numero per eccesso all'intero più vicino o al multiplo più vicino a peso." + }, + "CEILING.PRECISE": { + "a": "( x [ , peso ] )", + "d": "Arrotonda un numero per eccesso all'intero più vicino o al multiplo più vicino a peso." + }, + "COMBIN": { + "a": "(numero , classe)", + "d": "Calcola il numero delle combinazioni per un numero assegnato di oggetti" + }, + "COMBINA": { + "a": "( numero , classe)", + "d": "Restituisce il numero delle combinazioni (con ripetizioni) per un numero assegnato di elementi." + }, + "COS": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce il coseno di un numero" + }, + "COSH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce il coseno iperbolico di un numero" + }, + "COT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce la COTgente di un angolo espresso in radianti" + }, + "COTH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce la cotangente iperbolica di un angolo iperbolico" + }, + "CSC": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce la cosecante di un angolo espresso in radianti" + }, + "CSCH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce la cosecante iperbolica di un angolo espresso in radianti" + }, + "DECIMALE": { + "a": "( num , radice )", + "d": "Converte la rappresentazione di un numero in formato testo di una determinata base in un numero decimale" + }, + "DEGREES": { + "a": "(angolo)", + "d": "Converte i radianti in gradi" + }, + "ECMA.CEILING": { + "a": "( x, peso )", + "d": "Arrotonda un numero per eccesso al multiplo più vicino a peso" + }, + "EVEN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Arrotonda il valore assoluto di un numero per eccesso all'interno pari più vicino. I numeri negativi sono arrotondati per difetto" + }, + "EXP": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce il numero e elevato alla potenza di un dato numero" + }, + "FACT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce il fattoriale di un numero, uguale a 1*2*3*...* numero" + }, + "FACTDOUBLE": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce il fattoriale doppio di un numero" + }, + "FLOOR": { + "a": "(x, peso)", + "d": "Arrotonda un numero per difetto al multiplo più vicino a peso" + }, + "FLOOR.PRECISE": { + "a": "( x, peso )", + "d": "Arrotonda un numero per difetto all'intero più vicino o al multiplo più vicino a peso." + }, + "FLOOR.MATH": { + "a": "( x, peso )", + "d": "Arrotonda un numero per difetto all'intero più vicino o al multiplo più vicino a peso." + }, + "GCD": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce il massimo comun divisore" + }, + "INT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Arrotonda un numero per difetto all'interno più vicino" + }, + "ISO.CEILING": { + "a": "( num [ , peso ] )", + "d": "Funzione matematica e trigonometrica utilizzata per restituire un numero arrotondato al numero intero più vicino o al multiplo più vicino di significato indipendentemente dal segno del numero. Tuttavia, se il numero o il significato è zero, viene restituito zero." + }, + "LCM": { + "a": "(num1, num2,...)", + "d": "Restituisce il minimo comune multiplo" + }, + "LN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce il logaritmo naturale di un numero" + }, + "LOG": { + "a": "(x [ , base ])", + "d": "Restituisce il logaritmo di un numero nella base specificata" + }, + "LOG10": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce il logaritmo in base 10 di un numero" + }, + "MDETERM": { + "a": "(matrice)", + "d": "Restituisce il determinante di una matrice" + }, + "MINVERSE": { + "a": "(matrice)", + "d": "Restituisce l'inversa di una matrice" + }, + "MMULT": { + "a": "(matrice1, matrice2)", + "d": "Restituisce il prodotto di due matrici, una matrice avente un numero di righe pari a Matrice1 e un numero di colonne pari a Matrice2" + }, + "MOD": { + "a": "(x, y)", + "d": "Restituisce il resto della divisione di due numeri" + }, + "MROUND": { + "a": "(x, multiplo)", + "d": "Restituisce un numero arrotondato al multiplo desiderato" + }, + "MULTINOMIAL": { + "a": "(num1, num2,...)", + "d": "Restituisce il multinomiale di un insieme di numeri" + }, + "MUNIT": { + "a": "(dimensione)", + "d": "Restituisce la matrice unitaria per la dimensione specificata" + }, + "ODD": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Arrotonda un numero positivo per eccesso al numero intero più vicino e uno negativo per difetto al numero dispari più vicino" + }, + "PI": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Restituisce il valore di pi greco 3.14159265358979 approssimato a 15 cifre" + }, + "POWER": { + "a": "(x, y)", + "d": "Restituisce il risultato di un numero elevato a potenza" + }, + "PRODUCT": { + "a": "(num1, num2,...)", + "d": "Moltiplica tutti i numeri passati come argomenti e restituisce il prodotto" + }, + "QUOTIENT": { + "a": "(numeratore , denominatore)", + "d": "Restituisce il quoziente di una divisione" + }, + "RADIANS": { + "a": "(angolo)", + "d": "Converte gradi in radianti" + }, + "RAND": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Restituisce un numero casuale uniformemente distribuito, ossia cambia se viene ricalcolato, e maggiore o uguale a 0 e minore di 1" + }, + "RANDARRAY": { + "a": "([Righe], [Colonne], [min], [max], [numero_intero])", + "d": "Restituisce una matrice di numeri casuali" + }, + "RANDBETWEEN": { + "a": "(minore , maggiore)", + "d": "Restituisce un numero casuale compreso tra i numeri specificati" + }, + "ROMAN": { + "a": "(numero, forma)", + "d": "Converte un numero arabo in un numero romano in forma di testo" + }, + "ROUND": { + "a": "(x , num_cifre)", + "d": "Arrotonda un numero ad un numero specificato di cifre" + }, + "ROUNDDOWN": { + "a": "(x , num_cifre)", + "d": "Arrotonda il valore assoluto di un numero per difetto" + }, + "ROUNDUP": { + "a": "(x , num_cifre)", + "d": "Arrotonda il valore assoluto di un numero per eccesso" + }, + "SEC": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Restituisce la secante di un angolo." + }, + "SECH": { + "a": "( x )", + "d": "Restituisce la secante iperbolica di un angolo." + }, + "SERIESSUM": { + "a": "(x , n , m , coefficienti)", + "d": "Restituisce la somma di una serie di potenze basata sulla formula" + }, + "SIGN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce il segno di un numero: 1 se il numero è positivo, 0 se il numero è 0 o -1 se il numero è negativo" + }, + "SIN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce il seno di un angolo" + }, + "SINH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce il seno iperbolico di un numero" + }, + "SQRT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce la radice quadrata di un numero" + }, + "SQRTPI": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce la radice quadrata di (x * pi greco)" + }, + "SUBTOTAL": { + "a": "(num_frazione , rf1, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce un subtotale in un elenco o un database" + }, + "SUM": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Somma i numeri presenti in un intervallo di celle" + }, + "SUMIF": { + "a": "(int_somma, intervallo_criteri [ , criteri... ])", + "d": "Somma le celle specificate da un determinato insieme di condizioni o criteri" + }, + "SUMIFS": { + "a": "(int_somma, intervallo_criteri [ , criteri... ])", + "d": "Somma le celle specificate da un determinato insieme di condizioni o criteri" + }, + "SUMPRODUCT": { + "a": "(matrice1, matrice2, matrice2, ...)", + "d": "Moltiplica elementi numerici corrispondenti in matrici o intervalli di dati e restituisce la somma dei prodotti" + }, + "SUMSQ": { + "a": "(num1, num2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce la somma dei quadrati degli argomenti. Gli argomenti possono essere numeri, nomi, matrici o riferimenti a celle contenenti numeri" + }, + "SUMX2MY2": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Calcola la differenza tra i quadrati di numeri corrispondenti di due intervalli o matrici e restituisce la somma delle differenze" + }, + "SUMX2PY2": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Calcola la somma dei quadrati di numeri corrispondenti di due intervalli o matrici e restituisce la somma delle somme" + }, + "SUMXMY2": { + "a": "(matrice1 , matrice2)", + "d": "Calcola la differenza tra valori corrispondenti di due intervalli o matrici e restituisce la somma dei quadrati delle differenze" + }, + "TAN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce la tangente di un numero" + }, + "TANH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Restituisce la tangente iperbolica di un numero" + }, + "TRUNC": { + "a": "(x [ , num_cifre ])", + "d": "Elimina la parte decimale di un numero" + }, + "ADDRESS": { + "a": "(riga , col [ , [ ass ] [ , [ a1 ] [ , foglio ] ] ])", + "d": "Dati il numero di riga e di colonna, crea un riferimento di cella in formato testo" + }, + "CHOOSE": { + "a": "(index , val1, val2, ...)", + "d": "Seleziona un valore o un'azione da eseguire da un elenco di valori in base a un indice" + }, + "COLUMN": { + "a": "([ rif ])", + "d": "Restituisce il numero di colonna di un riferimento" + }, + "COLUMNS": { + "a": "(matrice)", + "d": "Restituisce il numero di colonne in una matrice o riferimento" + }, + "HLOOKUP": { + "a": "(valore , matrice_tabella , indice [ , [ intervallo ] ])", + "d": "Cerca un valore nella prima riga di una tabella o di una matrice e restituisce il valore nella stessa colonna da una riga specificata" + }, + "HYPERLINK": { + "a": "( link_location , [ , [ friendly_name ] ] )", + "d": "Lookup and reference function used to create a shortcut that jumps to another location in the current workbook, or opens a document stored on a network server, an intranet, or the Internet" + }, + "INDEX": { + "a": "(...)", + "d": "Restituisce un valore o un riferimento della cella all'intersezione di una particolare riga e colonna in un dato intervallo" + }, + "INDIRECT": { + "a": "(rif [ , [ a1 ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce un riferimento indicato da una stringa di testo" + }, + "LOOKUP": { + "a": "(...)", + "d": "Ricerca un valore in un intervallo di una riga o di una colonna o da una matrice. Fornito per compatibilità con versioni precedenti" + }, + "MATCH": { + "a": "(valore , matrice [ , [ corrisp ]])", + "d": "Restituisce la posizione relativa di un elemento di matrice che corrisponde a un valore specificato in un ordine specificato" + }, + "OFFSET": { + "a": "(rif , righe , colonne [ , [ altezza ] [ , [ larghezza ] ] ])", + "d": "Restituisce un riferimento a un intervallo costituito da un numero specificato di righe e colonne da un riferimento dato" + }, + "ROW": { + "a": "([ rif ])", + "d": "Restituisce il numero di riga in un riferimento" + }, + "ROWS": { + "a": "(matrice)", + "d": "Restituisce il numero di righe in un riferimento o in una matrice" + }, + "TRANSPOSE": { + "a": "(matrice)", + "d": "Restituisce la trasposta della matrice data" + }, + "UNIQUE": { + "a": "(Array, [by_col], [exactly_once])", + "d": "Restituisce un elenco di valori univoci in un elenco o un intervallo" + }, + "VLOOKUP": { + "a": "(val , matrice , indice_col [ , [ intervallo ] ])", + "d": "Ricerca il valore in verticale nell'indice" + }, + "CELL": { + "a": "(info_type, [reference])", + "d": "Restituisce informazioni sulla formattazione, la posizione o il contenuto di una cella" + }, + "ERROR.TYPE": { + "a": "(val)", + "d": "Restituisce un numero corrispondente a uno dei valori di errore" + }, + "ISBLANK": { + "a": "(val)", + "d": "Controlla se la cella è vuota" + }, + "ISERR": { + "a": "(val)", + "d": "Controlla se la cella ha un errore (ignora #N/A)" + }, + "ISERROR": { + "a": "(val)", + "d": "Controlla se la cella contiene un valore di errore: #N/A, #val!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NUM!, #NAME? or #NULL" + }, + "ISEVEN": { + "a": "(numero)", + "d": "Controlla se la cella contiene un valore pari" + }, + "ISFORMULA": { + "a": "( riferimento )", + "d": "Controlla se esiste un riferimento a una cella che contiene una formula e restituisce VERO o FALSO." + }, + "ISLOGICAL": { + "a": "(val)", + "d": "Controlla se il valore è un valore logico (TRUE o FALSE)" + }, + "ISNA": { + "a": "(val)", + "d": "Controlla se la cella contiene un #N/A" + }, + "ISNONTEXT": { + "a": "(val)", + "d": "Controlla se la cella contiene un valore non è un testo" + }, + "ISNUMBER": { + "a": "(val)", + "d": "Controlla se la cella contiene un valore numerico" + }, + "ISODD": { + "a": "(numero)", + "d": "Controlla se la cella contiene un valore dispari" + }, + "ISREF": { + "a": "(val)", + "d": "Usato per verificare se il valore è una cella di riferimento valida" + }, + "ISTEXT": { + "a": "(val)", + "d": "Controlla se la cella contiene un valore testo" + }, + "N": { + "a": "(val)", + "d": "Usato per convertire un valore ad un numero" + }, + "NA": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Restituisce il valore di errore #N/A" + }, + "SHEET": { + "a": "( valore )", + "d": "Restituisce il numero del foglio del riferimento." + }, + "SHEETS": { + "a": "( valore )", + "d": "Restituisce il numero di fogli del riferimento." + }, + "TYPE": { + "a": "(val)", + "d": "Usato per determinare il tipo di risultato" + }, + "AND": { + "a": "(logico1, logico2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce VERO se tutti gli argomenti hanno valore VERO" + }, + "FALSE": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Restituisce il valore logico FALSO" + }, + "IF": { + "a": "( logico_test, val_se_vero [ , val_se_falso ] )", + "d": "Restituisce un valore se una condizione specificata dà come risultato VERO e un altro valore se dà come risultato FALSO" + }, + "IFNA": { + "a": "( valore , valore_se_nd )", + "d": "Restituisce il valore specificato se la formula restituisce il valore di errore #N/D. In caso contrario restituisce il risultato della formula." + }, + "IFERROR": { + "a": "(val, val_se_error)", + "d": "Restituisce valore_se_errore se l'espressione genera un errore, in caso contrario restituisce il valore dell'espressione stessa" + }, + "NOT": { + "a": "(logico)", + "d": "Inverte il valore logico dell'argomento" + }, + "SWITCH": { + "a": "( expression , value1 , result1 [ , [ default or value2 ] [ , [ result2 ] ], … [ default or value3 , result3 ] ] )", + "d": "Logical function used to evaluate one value (called the expression) against a list of values, and returns the result corresponding to the first matching value; if there is no match, an optional default value may be returned" + }, + "OR": { + "a": "(logico1, logico2, ...)", + "d": "Restituisce VERO se un argomento qualsiasi è VERO, FALSO se tutti gli argomenti sono FALSO" + }, + "TRUE": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Restituisce il valore logico VERO" + }, + "XOR": { + "a": "( logico1 [ , logico2 ] , ... )", + "d": "Restituisce un OR esclusivo logico di tutti gli argomenti." + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/pl.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/pl.json index 4221e2bef..034f111fc 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/pl.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/pl.json @@ -1 +1,485 @@ -{"DATE":"DATA","DATEDIF":"DATA.JEŻELI","DATEVALUE":"DATA.WARTOŚĆ","DAY":"DZIEŃ","DAYS":"DNI","DAYS360":"DNI.360","EDATE":"NR.SER.DATY","EOMONTH":"NR.SER.OST.DN.MIES","HOUR":"GODZINA","ISOWEEKNUM":"ISO.NUM.TYG","MINUTE":"MINUTA","MONTH":"MIESIĄC","NETWORKDAYS":"DNI.ROBOCZE","NETWORKDAYS.INTL":"DNI.ROBOCZE.NIESTAND","NOW":"TERAZ","SECOND":"SEKUNDA","TIME":"CZAS","TIMEVALUE":"CZAS.WARTOŚĆ","TODAY":"DZIŚ","WEEKDAY":"DZIEŃ.TYG","WEEKNUM":"NUM.TYG","WORKDAY":"DZIEŃ.ROBOCZY","WORKDAY.INTL":"DZIEŃ.ROBOCZY.NIESTAND","YEAR":"ROK","YEARFRAC":"CZĘŚĆ.ROKU","BESSELI":"BESSEL.I","BESSELJ":"BESSEL.J","BESSELK":"BESSEL.K","BESSELY":"BESSEL.Y","BIN2DEC":"DWÓJK.NA.DZIES","BIN2HEX":"DWÓJK.NA.SZESN","BIN2OCT":"DWÓJK.NA.ÓSM","BITAND":"BITAND","BITLSHIFT":"BIT.PRZESUNIĘCIE.W.LEWO","BITOR":"BITOR","BITRSHIFT":"BIT.PRZESUNIĘCIE.W.PRAWO","BITXOR":"BITXOR","COMPLEX":"LICZBA.ZESP","CONVERT":"KONWERTUJ","DEC2BIN":"DZIES.NA.DWÓJK","DEC2HEX":"DZIES.NA.SZESN","DEC2OCT":"DZIES.NA.ÓSM","DELTA":"CZY.RÓWNE","ERF":"FUNKCJA.BŁ","ERF.PRECISE":"FUNKCJA.BŁ.DOKŁ","ERFC":"KOMP.FUNKCJA.BŁ","ERFC.PRECISE":"KOMP.FUNKCJA.BŁ.DOKŁ","GESTEP":"SPRAWDŹ.PRÓG","HEX2BIN":"SZESN.NA.DWÓJK","HEX2DEC":"SZESN.NA.DZIES","HEX2OCT":"SZESN.NA.ÓSM","IMABS":"MODUŁ.LICZBY.ZESP","IMAGINARY":"CZ.UROJ.LICZBY.ZESP","IMARGUMENT":"ARG.LICZBY.ZESP","IMCONJUGATE":"SPRZĘŻ.LICZBY.ZESP","IMCOS":"COS.LICZBY.ZESP","IMCOSH":"COSH.LICZBY.ZESP","IMCOT":"COT.LICZBY.ZESP","IMCSC":"CSC.LICZBY.ZESP","IMCSCH":"CSCH.LICZBY.ZESP","IMDIV":"ILORAZ.LICZB.ZESP","IMEXP":"EXP.LICZBY.ZESP","IMLN":"LN.LICZBY.ZESP","IMLOG10":"LOG10.LICZBY.ZESP","IMLOG2":"LOG2.LICZBY.ZESP","IMPOWER":"POTĘGA.LICZBY.ZESP","IMPRODUCT":"ILOCZYN.LICZB.ZESP","IMREAL":"CZ.RZECZ.LICZBY.ZESP","IMSEC":"SEC.LICZBY.ZESP","IMSECH":"SECH.LICZBY.ZESP","IMSIN":"SIN.LICZBY.ZESP","IMSINH":"SINH.LICZBY.ZESP","IMSQRT":"PIERWIASTEK.LICZBY.ZESP","IMSUB":"RÓŻN.LICZB.ZESP","IMSUM":"SUMA.LICZB.ZESP","IMTAN":"TAN.LICZBY.ZESP","OCT2BIN":"ÓSM.NA.DWÓJK","OCT2DEC":"ÓSM.NA.DZIES","OCT2HEX":"ÓSM.NA.SZESN","DAVERAGE":"BD.ŚREDNIA","DCOUNT":"BD.ILE.REKORDÓW","DCOUNTA":"BD.ILE.REKORDÓW.A","DGET":"BD.POLE","DMAX":"BD.MAX","DMIN":"BD.MIN","DPRODUCT":"BD.ILOCZYN","DSTDEV":"BD.ODCH.STANDARD","DSTDEVP":"BD.ODCH.STANDARD.POPUL","DSUM":"BD.SUMA","DVAR":"BD.WARIANCJA","DVARP":"BD.WARIANCJA.POPUL","CHAR":"ZNAK","CLEAN":"OCZYŚĆ","CODE":"KOD","CONCATENATE":"ZŁĄCZ.TEKSTY","CONCAT":"ZŁĄCZ.TEKST","DOLLAR":"KWOTA","EXACT":"PORÓWNAJ","FIND":"ZNAJDŹ","FINDB":"ZNAJDŹB","FIXED":"ZAOKR.DO.TEKST","LEFT":"LEWY","LEFTB":"LEWYB","LEN":"DŁ","LENB":"DŁ.B","LOWER":"LITERY.MAŁE","MID":"FRAGMENT.TEKSTU","MIDB":"FRAGMENT.TEKSTU.B","NUMBERVALUE":"WARTOŚĆ.LICZBOWA","PROPER":"Z.WIELKIEJ.LITERY","REPLACE":"ZASTĄP","REPLACEB":"ZASTĄP.B","REPT":"POWT","RIGHT":"PRAWY","RIGHTB":"PRAWY.B","SEARCH":"SZUKAJ.TEKST","SEARCHB":"SZUKAJ.TEKST.B","SUBSTITUTE":"PODSTAW","T":"T","T.TEST":"T.TEST","TEXT":"TEKST","TEXTJOIN":"POŁĄCZ.TEKSTY","TRIM":"USUŃ.ZBĘDNE.ODSTĘPY","TRIMMEAN":"ŚREDNIA.WEWN","TTEST":"TEST.T","UNICHAR":"ZNAK.UNICODE","UNICODE":"UNICODE","UPPER":"LITERY.WIELKIE","VALUE":"WARTOŚĆ","AVEDEV":"ODCH.ŚREDNIE","AVERAGE":"ŚREDNIA","AVERAGEA":"ŚREDNIA.A","AVERAGEIF":"ŚREDNIA.JEŻELI","AVERAGEIFS":"ŚREDNIA.WARUNKÓW","BETADIST":"ROZKŁAD.BETA","BETA.DIST":"ROZKŁ.BETA","BETA.INV":"ROZKŁ.BETA.ODWR","BINOMDIST":"ROZKŁAD.DWUM","BINOM.DIST":"ROZKŁ.DWUM","BINOM.DIST.RANGE":"ROZKŁ.DWUM.ZAKRES","BINOM.INV":"ROZKŁ.DWUM.ODWR","CHIDIST":"ROZKŁAD.CHI","CHIINV":"ROZKŁAD.CHI.ODW","CHITEST":"TEST.CHI","CHISQ.DIST":"ROZKŁ.CHI","CHISQ.DIST.RT":"ROZKŁ.CHI.PS","CHISQ.INV":"ROZKŁ.CHI.ODWR","CHISQ.INV.RT":"ROZKŁ.CHI.ODWR.PS","CHISQ.TEST":"CHI.TEST","CONFIDENCE":"UFNOŚĆ","CONFIDENCE.NORM":"UFNOŚĆ.NORM","CONFIDENCE.T":"UFNOŚĆ.T","CORREL":"WSP.KORELACJI","COUNT":"ILE.LICZB","COUNTA":"ILE.NIEPUSTYCH","COUNTBLANK":"LICZ.PUSTE","COUNTIF":"LICZ.JEŻELI","COUNTIFS":"LICZ.WARUNKI","COVAR":"KOWARIANCJA","COVARIANCE.P":"KOWARIANCJA.POPUL","COVARIANCE.S":"KOWARIANCJA.PRÓBKI","CRITBINOM":"PRÓG.ROZKŁAD.DWUM","DEVSQ":"ODCH.KWADRATOWE","EXPON.DIST":"ROZKŁ.EXP","EXPONDIST":"ROZKŁAD.EXP","FDIST":"ROZKŁAD.F","FINV":"ROZKŁAD.F.ODW","FTEST":"TEST.F","F.DIST":"ROZKŁ.F","F.DIST.RT":"ROZKŁ.F.PS","F.INV":"ROZKŁ.F.ODWR","F.INV.RT":"ROZKŁ.F.ODWR.PS","F.TEST":"F.TEST","FISHER":"ROZKŁAD.FISHER","FISHERINV":"ROZKŁAD.FISHER.ODW","FORECAST":"REGLINX","FORECAST.ETS":"REGLINX.ETS","FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT":"REGLINX.ETS.CONFINT","FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY":"REGLINX.ETS.SEZONOWOŚĆ","FORECAST.ETS.STAT":"REGLINX.ETS.STATYSTYKA","FORECAST.LINEAR":"REGLINX.LINIOWA","FREQUENCY":"CZĘSTOŚĆ","GAMMA":"GAMMA","GAMMADIST":"ROZKŁAD.GAMMA","GAMMA.DIST":"ROZKŁ.GAMMA","GAMMAINV":"ROZKŁAD.GAMMA.ODW","GAMMA.INV":"ROZKŁ.GAMMA.ODWR","GAMMALN":"ROZKŁAD.LIN.GAMMA","GAMMALN.PRECISE":"ROZKŁAD.LIN.GAMMA.DOKŁ","GAUSS":"GAUSS","GEOMEAN":"ŚREDNIA.GEOMETRYCZNA","HARMEAN":"ŚREDNIA.HARMONICZNA","HYPGEOM.DIST":"ROZKŁ.HIPERGEOM","HYPGEOMDIST":"ROZKŁAD.HIPERGEOM","INTERCEPT":"ODCIĘTA","KURT":"KURTOZA","LARGE":"MAX.K","LOGINV":"ROZKŁAD.LOG.ODW","LOGNORM.DIST":"ROZKŁ.LOG","LOGNORM.INV":"ROZKŁ.LOG.ODWR","LOGNORMDIST":"ROZKŁAD.LOG","MAX":"MAX","MAXA":"MAX.A","MAXIFS":"MAKS.WARUNKÓW","MEDIAN":"MEDIANA","MIN":"MIN","MINA":"MIN.A","MINIFS":"MIN.WARUNKÓW","MODE":"WYST.NAJCZĘŚCIEJ","MODE.MULT":"WYST.NAJCZĘŚCIEJ.TABL","MODE.SNGL":"WYST.NAJCZĘŚCIEJ.WART","NEGBINOM.DIST":"ROZKŁ.DWUM.PRZEC","NEGBINOMDIST":"ROZKŁAD.DWUM.PRZEC","NORM.DIST":"ROZKŁ.NORMALNY","NORM.INV":"ROZKŁ.NORMALNY.ODWR","NORM.S.DIST":"ROZKŁ.NORMALNY.S","NORM.S.INV":"ROZKŁ.NORMALNY.S.ODWR","NORMDIST":"ROZKŁAD.NORMALNY.S","NORMINV":"ROZKŁAD.NORMALNY.ODW","NORMSDIST":"ROZKŁAD.NORMALNY","NORMSINV":"ROZKŁAD.NORMALNY.S.ODW","PEARSON":"PEARSON","PERCENTILE":"PERCENTYL","PERCENTILE.EXC":"PERCENTYL.PRZEDZ.OTW","PERCENTILE.INC":"PERCENTYL.PRZEDZ.ZAMK","PERCENTRANK":"PROCENT.POZYCJA","PERCENTRANK.EXC":"PROC.POZ.PRZEDZ.OTW","PERCENTRANK.INC":"PROC.POZ.PRZEDZ.ZAMK","PERMUT":"PERMUTACJE","PERMUTATIONA":"PERMUTACJE.A","PHI":"PHI","POISSON":"ROZKŁAD.POISSON","POISSON.DIST":"ROZKŁ.POISSON","PROB":"PRAWDPD","QUARTILE":"KWARTYL","QUARTILE.INC":"KWARTYL.PRZEDZ.ZAMK","QUARTILE.EXC":"KWARTYL.PRZEDZ.OTW","RANK.AVG":"POZYCJA.ŚR","RANK.EQ":"POZYCJA.NAJW","RANK":"POZYCJA","RSQ":"R.KWADRAT","SKEW":"SKOŚNOŚĆ","SKEW.P":"SKOŚNOŚĆ.P","SLOPE":"NACHYLENIE","SMALL":"MIN.K","STANDARDIZE":"NORMALIZUJ","STDEV":"ODCH.STANDARDOWE","STDEV.P":"ODCH.STAND.POPUL","STDEV.S":"ODCH.STANDARD.PRÓBKI","STDEVA":"ODCH.STANDARDOWE.A","STDEVP":"ODCH.STANDARD.POPUL","STDEVPA":"ODCH.STANDARD.POPUL.A","STEYX":"REGBŁSTD","TDIST":"ROZKŁAD.T","TINV":"ROZKŁAD.T.ODW","T.DIST":"ROZKŁ.T","T.DIST.2T":"ROZKŁ.T.DS","T.DIST.RT":"ROZKŁ.T.PS","T.INV":"ROZKŁ.T.ODWR","T.INV.2T":"ROZKŁ.T.ODWR.DS","VAR":"WARIANCJA","VAR.P":"WARIANCJA.POP","VAR.S":"WARIANCJA.PRÓBKI","VARA":"WARIANCJA.A","VARP":"WARIANCJA.POPUL","VARPA":"WARIANCJA.POPUL.A","WEIBULL":"ROZKŁAD.WEIBULL","WEIBULL.DIST":"ROZKŁ.WEIBULL","Z.TEST":"Z.TEST","ZTEST":"TEST.Z","ACCRINT":"NAL.ODS","ACCRINTM":"NAL.ODS.WYKUP","AMORDEGRC":"AMORT.NIELIN","AMORLINC":"AMORT.LIN","COUPDAYBS":"WYPŁ.DNI.OD.POCZ","COUPDAYS":"WYPŁ.DNI","COUPDAYSNC":"WYPŁ.DNI.NAST","COUPNCD":"WYPŁ.DATA.NAST","COUPNUM":"WYPŁ.LICZBA","COUPPCD":"WYPŁ.DATA.POPRZ","CUMIPMT":"SPŁAC.ODS","CUMPRINC":"SPŁAC.KAPIT","DB":"DB","DDB":"DDB","DISC":"STOPA.DYSK","DOLLARDE":"CENA.DZIES","DOLLARFR":"CENA.UŁAM","DURATION":"ROCZ.PRZYCH","EFFECT":"EFEKTYWNA","FV":"FV","FVSCHEDULE":"WART.PRZYSZŁ.KAP","INTRATE":"STOPA.PROC","IPMT":"IPMT","IRR":"IRR","ISPMT":"ISPMT","MDURATION":"ROCZ.PRZYCH.M","MIRR":"MIRR","NOMINAL":"NOMINALNA","NPER":"NPER","NPV":"NPV","ODDFPRICE":"CENA.PIERW.OKR","ODDFYIELD":"RENT.PIERW.OKR","ODDLPRICE":"CENA.OST.OKR","ODDLYIELD":"RENT.OST.OKR","PDURATION":"O.CZAS.TRWANIA","PMT":"PMT","PPMT":"PPMT","PRICE":"CENA","PRICEDISC":"CENA.DYSK","PRICEMAT":"CENA.WYKUP","PV":"PV","RATE":"RATE","RECEIVED":"KWOTA.WYKUP","RRI":"RÓWNOW.STOPA.PROC","SLN":"SLN","SYD":"SYD","TBILLEQ":"RENT.EKW.BS","TBILLPRICE":"CENA.BS","TBILLYIELD":"RENT.BS","VDB":"VDB","XIRR":"XIRR","XNPV":"XNPV","YIELD":"RENTOWNOŚĆ","YIELDDISC":"RENT.DYSK","YIELDMAT":"RENT.WYKUP","ABS":"MODUŁ.LICZBY","ACOS":"ACOS","ACOSH":"ACOSH","ACOT":"ACOT","ACOTH":"ACOTH","AGGREGATE":"AGREGUJ","ARABIC":"ARABSKIE","ASIN":"ASIN","ASINH":"ASINH","ATAN":"ATAN","ATAN2":"ATAN2","ATANH":"ATANH","BASE":"PODSTAWA","CEILING":"ZAOKR.W.GÓRĘ","CEILING.MATH":"ZAOKR.W.GÓRĘ.MATEMATYCZNE","CEILING.PRESIZE":"ZAOKR.W.GÓRĘ.DOKŁ","COMBIN":"KOMBINACJE","COMBINA":"KOMBINACJE.A","COS":"COS","COSH":"COSH","COT":"COT","COTH":"COTH","CSC":"CSC","CSCH":"CSCH","DECIMAL":"DZIESIĘTNA","DEGREES":"STOPNIE","ECMA.CEILING":"ECMA.ZAOKR.W.GÓRĘ","EVEN":"ZAOKR.DO.PARZ","EXP":"EXP","FACT":"SILNIA","FACTDOUBLE":"SILNIA.DWUKR","FLOOR":"ZAOKR.W.DÓŁ","FLOOR.PRECISE":"ZAOKR.W.DÓŁ.DOKŁ","FLOOR.MATH":"ZAOKR.W.DÓŁ.MATEMATYCZNE","GCD":"NAJW.WSP.DZIEL","INT":"ZAOKR.DO.CAŁK","ISO.CEILING":"ISO.ZAOKR.W.GÓRĘ","LCM":"NAJMN.WSP.WIEL","LN":"LN","LOG":"LOG","LOG10":"LOG10","MDETERM":"WYZNACZNIK.MACIERZY","MINVERSE":"MACIERZ.ODW","MMULT":"MACIERZ.ILOCZYN","MOD":"MOD","MROUND":"ZAOKR.DO.WIELOKR","MULTINOMIAL":"WIELOMIAN","ODD":"ZAOKR.DO.NPARZ","PI":"PI","POWER":"POTĘGA","PRODUCT":"ILOCZYN","QUOTIENT":"CZ.CAŁK.DZIELENIA","RADIANS":"RADIANY","RAND":"LOS","RANDBETWEEN":"LOS.ZAKR","ROMAN":"RZYMSKIE","ROUND":"ZAOKR","ROUNDDOWN":"ZAOKR.DÓŁ","ROUNDUP":"ZAOKR.GÓRA","SEC":"SEC","SECH":"SECH","SERIESSUM":"SUMA.SZER.POT","SIGN":"ZNAK.LICZBY","SIN":"SIN","SINH":"SINH","SQRT":"PIERWIASTEK","SQRTPI":"PIERW.PI","SUBTOTAL":"SUMY.CZĘŚCIOWE","SUM":"SUMA","SUMIF":"SUMA.JEŻELI","SUMIFS":"SUMA.WARUNKÓW","SUMPRODUCT":"SUMA.ILOCZYNÓW","SUMSQ":"SUMA.KWADRATÓW","SUMX2MY2":"SUMA.X2.M.Y2","SUMX2PY2":"SUMA.X2.P.Y2","SUMXMY2":"SUMA.XMY.2","TAN":"TAN","TANH":"TANH","TRUNC":"LICZBA.CAŁK","ADDRESS":"ADRES","CHOOSE":"WYBIERZ","COLUMN":"NR.KOLUMNY","COLUMNS":"LICZBA.KOLUMN","FORMULATEXT":"FORMUŁA.TEKST","HLOOKUP":"WYSZUKAJ.POZIOMO","INDEX":"INDEKS","INDIRECT":"ADR.POŚR","LOOKUP":"WYSZUKAJ","MATCH":"PODAJ.POZYCJĘ","OFFSET":"PRZESUNIĘCIE","ROW":"WIERSZ","ROWS":"ILE.WIERSZY","TRANSPOSE":"TRANSPONUJ","VLOOKUP":"WYSZUKAJ.PIONOWO","ERROR.TYPE":"NR.BŁĘDU","ISBLANK":"CZY.PUSTA","ISERR":"CZY.BŁ","ISERROR":"CZY.BŁĄD","ISEVEN":"CZY.PARZYSTE","ISFORMULA":"CZY.FORMUŁA","ISLOGICAL":"CZY.LOGICZNA","ISNA":"CZY.BRAK","ISNONTEXT":"CZY.NIE.TEKST","ISNUMBER":"CZY.LICZBA","ISODD":"CZY.NIEPARZYSTE","ISREF":"CZY.ADR","ISTEXT":"CZY.TEKST","N":"N","NA":"BRAK","SHEET":"ARKUSZ","SHEETS":"ARKUSZE","TYPE":"TYP","AND":"ORAZ","FALSE":"FAŁSZ","IF":"JEŻELI","IFS":"WARUNKI","IFERROR":"JEŻELI.BŁĄD","IFNA":"JEŻELI.ND","NOT":"NIE","OR":"LUB","SWITCH":"SWITCH","TRUE":"PRAWDA","XOR":"XOR","LocalFormulaOperands":{"StructureTables":{"h":"Wszystkie","d":"Dane","a":"Nagłówki","tr":"Ten wiersz","t":"Sumy"},"CONST_TRUE_FALSE":{"t":"PRAWDA","f":"FAŁSZ"},"CONST_ERROR":{"nil":"#ZERO!","div":"#DZIEL/0!","value":"#ARG!","ref":"#ADR!","name":"#NAZWA?","num":"#LICZBA!","na":"#N/D","getdata":"#GETTING_DATA","uf":"#NIEOBSŁUGIWANE_FUNKCJA!"}}} \ No newline at end of file +{ + "DATE": "DATA", + "DATEDIF": "DATA.JEŻELI", + "DATEVALUE": "DATA.WARTOŚĆ", + "DAY": "DZIEŃ", + "DAYS": "DNI", + "DAYS360": "DNI.360", + "EDATE": "NR.SER.DATY", + "EOMONTH": "NR.SER.OST.DN.MIES", + "HOUR": "GODZINA", + "ISOWEEKNUM": "ISO.NUM.TYG", + "MINUTE": "MINUTA", + "MONTH": "MIESIĄC", + "NETWORKDAYS": "DNI.ROBOCZE", + "NETWORKDAYS.INTL": "DNI.ROBOCZE.NIESTAND", + "NOW": "TERAZ", + "SECOND": "SEKUNDA", + "TIME": "CZAS", + "TIMEVALUE": "CZAS.WARTOŚĆ", + "TODAY": "DZIŚ", + "WEEKDAY": "DZIEŃ.TYG", + "WEEKNUM": "NUM.TYG", + "WORKDAY": "DZIEŃ.ROBOCZY", + "WORKDAY.INTL": "DZIEŃ.ROBOCZY.NIESTAND", + "YEAR": "ROK", + "YEARFRAC": "CZĘŚĆ.ROKU", + "BESSELI": "BESSEL.I", + "BESSELJ": "BESSEL.J", + "BESSELK": "BESSEL.K", + "BESSELY": "BESSEL.Y", + "BIN2DEC": "DWÓJK.NA.DZIES", + "BIN2HEX": "DWÓJK.NA.SZESN", + "BIN2OCT": "DWÓJK.NA.ÓSM", + "BITAND": "BITAND", + "BITLSHIFT": "BIT.PRZESUNIĘCIE.W.LEWO", + "BITOR": "BITOR", + "BITRSHIFT": "BIT.PRZESUNIĘCIE.W.PRAWO", + "BITXOR": "BITXOR", + "COMPLEX": "LICZBA.ZESP", + "CONVERT": "KONWERTUJ", + "DEC2BIN": "DZIES.NA.DWÓJK", + "DEC2HEX": "DZIES.NA.SZESN", + "DEC2OCT": "DZIES.NA.ÓSM", + "DELTA": "CZY.RÓWNE", + "ERF": "FUNKCJA.BŁ", + "ERF.PRECISE": "FUNKCJA.BŁ.DOKŁ", + "ERFC": "KOMP.FUNKCJA.BŁ", + "ERFC.PRECISE": "KOMP.FUNKCJA.BŁ.DOKŁ", + "GESTEP": "SPRAWDŹ.PRÓG", + "HEX2BIN": "SZESN.NA.DWÓJK", + "HEX2DEC": "SZESN.NA.DZIES", + "HEX2OCT": "SZESN.NA.ÓSM", + "IMABS": "MODUŁ.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMAGINARY": "CZ.UROJ.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMARGUMENT": "ARG.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMCONJUGATE": "SPRZĘŻ.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMCOS": "COS.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMCOSH": "COSH.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMCOT": "COT.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMCSC": "CSC.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMCSCH": "CSCH.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMDIV": "ILORAZ.LICZB.ZESP", + "IMEXP": "EXP.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMLN": "LN.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMLOG10": "LOG10.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMLOG2": "LOG2.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMPOWER": "POTĘGA.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMPRODUCT": "ILOCZYN.LICZB.ZESP", + "IMREAL": "CZ.RZECZ.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMSEC": "SEC.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMSECH": "SECH.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMSIN": "SIN.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMSINH": "SINH.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMSQRT": "PIERWIASTEK.LICZBY.ZESP", + "IMSUB": "RÓŻN.LICZB.ZESP", + "IMSUM": "SUMA.LICZB.ZESP", + "IMTAN": "TAN.LICZBY.ZESP", + "OCT2BIN": "ÓSM.NA.DWÓJK", + "OCT2DEC": "ÓSM.NA.DZIES", + "OCT2HEX": "ÓSM.NA.SZESN", + "DAVERAGE": "BD.ŚREDNIA", + "DCOUNT": "BD.ILE.REKORDÓW", + "DCOUNTA": "BD.ILE.REKORDÓW.A", + "DGET": "BD.POLE", + "DMAX": "BD.MAX", + "DMIN": "BD.MIN", + "DPRODUCT": "BD.ILOCZYN", + "DSTDEV": "BD.ODCH.STANDARD", + "DSTDEVP": "BD.ODCH.STANDARD.POPUL", + "DSUM": "BD.SUMA", + "DVAR": "BD.WARIANCJA", + "DVARP": "BD.WARIANCJA.POPUL", + "CHAR": "ZNAK", + "CLEAN": "OCZYŚĆ", + "CODE": "KOD", + "CONCATENATE": "ZŁĄCZ.TEKSTY", + "CONCAT": "ZŁĄCZ.TEKST", + "DOLLAR": "KWOTA", + "EXACT": "PORÓWNAJ", + "FIND": "ZNAJDŹ", + "FINDB": "ZNAJDŹB", + "FIXED": "ZAOKR.DO.TEKST", + "LEFT": "LEWY", + "LEFTB": "LEWYB", + "LEN": "DŁ", + "LENB": "DŁ.B", + "LOWER": "LITERY.MAŁE", + "MID": "FRAGMENT.TEKSTU", + "MIDB": "FRAGMENT.TEKSTU.B", + "NUMBERVALUE": "WARTOŚĆ.LICZBOWA", + "PROPER": "Z.WIELKIEJ.LITERY", + "REPLACE": "ZASTĄP", + "REPLACEB": "ZASTĄP.B", + "REPT": "POWT", + "RIGHT": "PRAWY", + "RIGHTB": "PRAWY.B", + "SEARCH": "SZUKAJ.TEKST", + "SEARCHB": "SZUKAJ.TEKST.B", + "SUBSTITUTE": "PODSTAW", + "T": "T", + "T.TEST": "T.TEST", + "TEXT": "TEKST", + "TEXTJOIN": "POŁĄCZ.TEKSTY", + "TREND": "REGLINW", + "TRIM": "USUŃ.ZBĘDNE.ODSTĘPY", + "TRIMMEAN": "ŚREDNIA.WEWN", + "TTEST": "TEST.T", + "UNICHAR": "ZNAK.UNICODE", + "UNICODE": "UNICODE", + "UPPER": "LITERY.WIELKIE", + "VALUE": "WARTOŚĆ", + "AVEDEV": "ODCH.ŚREDNIE", + "AVERAGE": "ŚREDNIA", + "AVERAGEA": "ŚREDNIA.A", + "AVERAGEIF": "ŚREDNIA.JEŻELI", + "AVERAGEIFS": "ŚREDNIA.WARUNKÓW", + "BETADIST": "ROZKŁAD.BETA", + "BETAINV": "ROZKŁAD.BETA.ODW", + "BETA.DIST": "ROZKŁ.BETA", + "BETA.INV": "ROZKŁ.BETA.ODWR", + "BINOMDIST": "ROZKŁAD.DWUM", + "BINOM.DIST": "ROZKŁ.DWUM", + "BINOM.DIST.RANGE": "ROZKŁ.DWUM.ZAKRES", + "BINOM.INV": "ROZKŁ.DWUM.ODWR", + "CHIDIST": "ROZKŁAD.CHI", + "CHIINV": "ROZKŁAD.CHI.ODW", + "CHITEST": "TEST.CHI", + "CHISQ.DIST": "ROZKŁ.CHI", + "CHISQ.DIST.RT": "ROZKŁ.CHI.PS", + "CHISQ.INV": "ROZKŁ.CHI.ODWR", + "CHISQ.INV.RT": "ROZKŁ.CHI.ODWR.PS", + "CHISQ.TEST": "CHI.TEST", + "CONFIDENCE": "UFNOŚĆ", + "CONFIDENCE.NORM": "UFNOŚĆ.NORM", + "CONFIDENCE.T": "UFNOŚĆ.T", + "CORREL": "WSP.KORELACJI", + "COUNT": "ILE.LICZB", + "COUNTA": "ILE.NIEPUSTYCH", + "COUNTBLANK": "LICZ.PUSTE", + "COUNTIF": "LICZ.JEŻELI", + "COUNTIFS": "LICZ.WARUNKI", + "COVAR": "KOWARIANCJA", + "COVARIANCE.P": "KOWARIANCJA.POPUL", + "COVARIANCE.S": "KOWARIANCJA.PRÓBKI", + "CRITBINOM": "PRÓG.ROZKŁAD.DWUM", + "DEVSQ": "ODCH.KWADRATOWE", + "EXPON.DIST": "ROZKŁ.EXP", + "EXPONDIST": "ROZKŁAD.EXP", + "FDIST": "ROZKŁAD.F", + "FINV": "ROZKŁAD.F.ODW", + "FTEST": "TEST.F", + "F.DIST": "ROZKŁ.F", + "F.DIST.RT": "ROZKŁ.F.PS", + "F.INV": "ROZKŁ.F.ODWR", + "F.INV.RT": "ROZKŁ.F.ODWR.PS", + "F.TEST": "F.TEST", + "FISHER": "ROZKŁAD.FISHER", + "FISHERINV": "ROZKŁAD.FISHER.ODW", + "FORECAST": "REGLINX", + "FORECAST.ETS": "REGLINX.ETS", + "FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT": "REGLINX.ETS.CONFINT", + "FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY": "REGLINX.ETS.SEZONOWOŚĆ", + "FORECAST.ETS.STAT": "REGLINX.ETS.STATYSTYKA", + "FORECAST.LINEAR": "REGLINX.LINIOWA", + "FREQUENCY": "CZĘSTOŚĆ", + "GAMMA": "GAMMA", + "GAMMADIST": "ROZKŁAD.GAMMA", + "GAMMA.DIST": "ROZKŁ.GAMMA", + "GAMMAINV": "ROZKŁAD.GAMMA.ODW", + "GAMMA.INV": "ROZKŁ.GAMMA.ODWR", + "GAMMALN": "ROZKŁAD.LIN.GAMMA", + "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "ROZKŁAD.LIN.GAMMA.DOKŁ", + "GAUSS": "GAUSS", + "GEOMEAN": "ŚREDNIA.GEOMETRYCZNA", + "GROWTH": "REGEXPW", + "HARMEAN": "ŚREDNIA.HARMONICZNA", + "HYPGEOM.DIST": "ROZKŁ.HIPERGEOM", + "HYPGEOMDIST": "ROZKŁAD.HIPERGEOM", + "INTERCEPT": "ODCIĘTA", + "KURT": "KURTOZA", + "LARGE": "MAX.K", + "LINEST": "REGLINP", + "LOGEST": "REGEXPP", + "LOGINV": "ROZKŁAD.LOG.ODW", + "LOGNORM.DIST": "ROZKŁ.LOG", + "LOGNORM.INV": "ROZKŁ.LOG.ODWR", + "LOGNORMDIST": "ROZKŁAD.LOG", + "MAX": "MAX", + "MAXA": "MAX.A", + "MAXIFS": "MAKS.WARUNKÓW", + "MEDIAN": "MEDIANA", + "MIN": "MIN", + "MINA": "MIN.A", + "MINIFS": "MIN.WARUNKÓW", + "MODE": "WYST.NAJCZĘŚCIEJ", + "MODE.MULT": "WYST.NAJCZĘŚCIEJ.TABL", + "MODE.SNGL": "WYST.NAJCZĘŚCIEJ.WART", + "NEGBINOM.DIST": "ROZKŁ.DWUM.PRZEC", + "NEGBINOMDIST": "ROZKŁAD.DWUM.PRZEC", + "NORM.DIST": "ROZKŁ.NORMALNY", + "NORM.INV": "ROZKŁ.NORMALNY.ODWR", + "NORM.S.DIST": "ROZKŁ.NORMALNY.S", + "NORM.S.INV": "ROZKŁ.NORMALNY.S.ODWR", + "NORMDIST": "ROZKŁAD.NORMALNY.S", + "NORMINV": "ROZKŁAD.NORMALNY.ODW", + "NORMSDIST": "ROZKŁAD.NORMALNY", + "NORMSINV": "ROZKŁAD.NORMALNY.S.ODW", + "PEARSON": "PEARSON", + "PERCENTILE": "PERCENTYL", + "PERCENTILE.EXC": "PERCENTYL.PRZEDZ.OTW", + "PERCENTILE.INC": "PERCENTYL.PRZEDZ.ZAMK", + "PERCENTRANK": "PROCENT.POZYCJA", + "PERCENTRANK.EXC": "PROC.POZ.PRZEDZ.OTW", + "PERCENTRANK.INC": "PROC.POZ.PRZEDZ.ZAMK", + "PERMUT": "PERMUTACJE", + "PERMUTATIONA": "PERMUTACJE.A", + "PHI": "PHI", + "POISSON": "ROZKŁAD.POISSON", + "POISSON.DIST": "ROZKŁ.POISSON", + "PROB": "PRAWDPD", + "QUARTILE": "KWARTYL", + "QUARTILE.INC": "KWARTYL.PRZEDZ.ZAMK", + "QUARTILE.EXC": "KWARTYL.PRZEDZ.OTW", + "RANK.AVG": "POZYCJA.ŚR", + "RANK.EQ": "POZYCJA.NAJW", + "RANK": "POZYCJA", + "RSQ": "R.KWADRAT", + "SKEW": "SKOŚNOŚĆ", + "SKEW.P": "SKOŚNOŚĆ.P", + "SLOPE": "NACHYLENIE", + "SMALL": "MIN.K", + "STANDARDIZE": "NORMALIZUJ", + "STDEV": "ODCH.STANDARDOWE", + "STDEV.P": "ODCH.STAND.POPUL", + "STDEV.S": "ODCH.STANDARD.PRÓBKI", + "STDEVA": "ODCH.STANDARDOWE.A", + "STDEVP": "ODCH.STANDARD.POPUL", + "STDEVPA": "ODCH.STANDARD.POPUL.A", + "STEYX": "REGBŁSTD", + "TDIST": "ROZKŁAD.T", + "TINV": "ROZKŁAD.T.ODW", + "T.DIST": "ROZKŁ.T", + "T.DIST.2T": "ROZKŁ.T.DS", + "T.DIST.RT": "ROZKŁ.T.PS", + "T.INV": "ROZKŁ.T.ODWR", + "T.INV.2T": "ROZKŁ.T.ODWR.DS", + "VAR": "WARIANCJA", + "VAR.P": "WARIANCJA.POP", + "VAR.S": "WARIANCJA.PRÓBKI", + "VARA": "WARIANCJA.A", + "VARP": "WARIANCJA.POPUL", + "VARPA": "WARIANCJA.POPUL.A", + "WEIBULL": "ROZKŁAD.WEIBULL", + "WEIBULL.DIST": "ROZKŁ.WEIBULL", + "Z.TEST": "Z.TEST", + "ZTEST": "TEST.Z", + "ACCRINT": "NAL.ODS", + "ACCRINTM": "NAL.ODS.WYKUP", + "AMORDEGRC": "AMORT.NIELIN", + "AMORLINC": "AMORT.LIN", + "COUPDAYBS": "WYPŁ.DNI.OD.POCZ", + "COUPDAYS": "WYPŁ.DNI", + "COUPDAYSNC": "WYPŁ.DNI.NAST", + "COUPNCD": "WYPŁ.DATA.NAST", + "COUPNUM": "WYPŁ.LICZBA", + "COUPPCD": "WYPŁ.DATA.POPRZ", + "CUMIPMT": "SPŁAC.ODS", + "CUMPRINC": "SPŁAC.KAPIT", + "DB": "DB", + "DDB": "DDB", + "DISC": "STOPA.DYSK", + "DOLLARDE": "CENA.DZIES", + "DOLLARFR": "CENA.UŁAM", + "DURATION": "ROCZ.PRZYCH", + "EFFECT": "EFEKTYWNA", + "FV": "FV", + "FVSCHEDULE": "WART.PRZYSZŁ.KAP", + "INTRATE": "STOPA.PROC", + "IPMT": "IPMT", + "IRR": "IRR", + "ISPMT": "ISPMT", + "MDURATION": "ROCZ.PRZYCH.M", + "MIRR": "MIRR", + "NOMINAL": "NOMINALNA", + "NPER": "NPER", + "NPV": "NPV", + "ODDFPRICE": "CENA.PIERW.OKR", + "ODDFYIELD": "RENT.PIERW.OKR", + "ODDLPRICE": "CENA.OST.OKR", + "ODDLYIELD": "RENT.OST.OKR", + "PDURATION": "O.CZAS.TRWANIA", + "PMT": "PMT", + "PPMT": "PPMT", + "PRICE": "CENA", + "PRICEDISC": "CENA.DYSK", + "PRICEMAT": "CENA.WYKUP", + "PV": "PV", + "RATE": "RATE", + "RECEIVED": "KWOTA.WYKUP", + "RRI": "RÓWNOW.STOPA.PROC", + "SLN": "SLN", + "SYD": "SYD", + "TBILLEQ": "RENT.EKW.BS", + "TBILLPRICE": "CENA.BS", + "TBILLYIELD": "RENT.BS", + "VDB": "VDB", + "XIRR": "XIRR", + "XNPV": "XNPV", + "YIELD": "RENTOWNOŚĆ", + "YIELDDISC": "RENT.DYSK", + "YIELDMAT": "RENT.WYKUP", + "ABS": "MODUŁ.LICZBY", + "ACOS": "ACOS", + "ACOSH": "ACOSH", + "ACOT": "ACOT", + "ACOTH": "ACOTH", + "AGGREGATE": "AGREGUJ", + "ARABIC": "ARABSKIE", + "ASC": "ASC", + "ASIN": "ASIN", + "ASINH": "ASINH", + "ATAN": "ATAN", + "ATAN2": "ATAN2", + "ATANH": "ATANH", + "BASE": "PODSTAWA", + "CEILING": "ZAOKR.W.GÓRĘ", + "CEILING.MATH": "ZAOKR.W.GÓRĘ.MATEMATYCZNE", + "CEILING.PRESIZE": "ZAOKR.W.GÓRĘ.DOKŁ", + "COMBIN": "KOMBINACJE", + "COMBINA": "KOMBINACJE.A", + "COS": "COS", + "COSH": "COSH", + "COT": "COT", + "COTH": "COTH", + "CSC": "CSC", + "CSCH": "CSCH", + "DECIMAL": "DZIESIĘTNA", + "DEGREES": "STOPNIE", + "ECMA.CEILING": "ECMA.ZAOKR.W.GÓRĘ", + "EVEN": "ZAOKR.DO.PARZ", + "EXP": "EXP", + "FACT": "SILNIA", + "FACTDOUBLE": "SILNIA.DWUKR", + "FLOOR": "ZAOKR.W.DÓŁ", + "FLOOR.PRECISE": "ZAOKR.W.DÓŁ.DOKŁ", + "FLOOR.MATH": "ZAOKR.W.DÓŁ.MATEMATYCZNE", + "GCD": "NAJW.WSP.DZIEL", + "INT": "ZAOKR.DO.CAŁK", + "ISO.CEILING": "ISO.ZAOKR.W.GÓRĘ", + "LCM": "NAJMN.WSP.WIEL", + "LN": "LN", + "LOG": "LOG", + "LOG10": "LOG10", + "MDETERM": "WYZNACZNIK.MACIERZY", + "MINVERSE": "MACIERZ.ODW", + "MMULT": "MACIERZ.ILOCZYN", + "MOD": "MOD", + "MROUND": "ZAOKR.DO.WIELOKR", + "MULTINOMIAL": "WIELOMIAN", + "MUNIT": "MACIERZ.JEDNOSTKOWA", + "ODD": "ZAOKR.DO.NPARZ", + "PI": "PI", + "POWER": "POTĘGA", + "PRODUCT": "ILOCZYN", + "QUOTIENT": "CZ.CAŁK.DZIELENIA", + "RADIANS": "RADIANY", + "RAND": "LOS", + "RANDARRAY": "LOSOWA.TABLICA", + "RANDBETWEEN": "LOS.ZAKR", + "ROMAN": "RZYMSKIE", + "ROUND": "ZAOKR", + "ROUNDDOWN": "ZAOKR.DÓŁ", + "ROUNDUP": "ZAOKR.GÓRA", + "SEC": "SEC", + "SECH": "SECH", + "SERIESSUM": "SUMA.SZER.POT", + "SIGN": "ZNAK.LICZBY", + "SIN": "SIN", + "SINH": "SINH", + "SQRT": "PIERWIASTEK", + "SQRTPI": "PIERW.PI", + "SUBTOTAL": "SUMY.CZĘŚCIOWE", + "SUM": "SUMA", + "SUMIF": "SUMA.JEŻELI", + "SUMIFS": "SUMA.WARUNKÓW", + "SUMPRODUCT": "SUMA.ILOCZYNÓW", + "SUMSQ": "SUMA.KWADRATÓW", + "SUMX2MY2": "SUMA.X2.M.Y2", + "SUMX2PY2": "SUMA.X2.P.Y2", + "SUMXMY2": "SUMA.XMY.2", + "TAN": "TAN", + "TANH": "TANH", + "TRUNC": "LICZBA.CAŁK", + "ADDRESS": "ADRES", + "CHOOSE": "WYBIERZ", + "COLUMN": "NR.KOLUMNY", + "COLUMNS": "LICZBA.KOLUMN", + "FORMULATEXT": "FORMUŁA.TEKST", + "HLOOKUP": "WYSZUKAJ.POZIOMO", + "HYPERLINK": "HIPERŁĄCZE", + "INDEX": "INDEKS", + "INDIRECT": "ADR.POŚR", + "LOOKUP": "WYSZUKAJ", + "MATCH": "PODAJ.POZYCJĘ", + "OFFSET": "PRZESUNIĘCIE", + "ROW": "WIERSZ", + "ROWS": "ILE.WIERSZY", + "TRANSPOSE": "TRANSPONUJ", + "UNIQUE": "UNIKATOWE", + "VLOOKUP": "WYSZUKAJ.PIONOWO", + "CELL": "KOMÓRKA", + "ERROR.TYPE": "NR.BŁĘDU", + "ISBLANK": "CZY.PUSTA", + "ISERR": "CZY.BŁ", + "ISERROR": "CZY.BŁĄD", + "ISEVEN": "CZY.PARZYSTE", + "ISFORMULA": "CZY.FORMUŁA", + "ISLOGICAL": "CZY.LOGICZNA", + "ISNA": "CZY.BRAK", + "ISNONTEXT": "CZY.NIE.TEKST", + "ISNUMBER": "CZY.LICZBA", + "ISODD": "CZY.NIEPARZYSTE", + "ISREF": "CZY.ADR", + "ISTEXT": "CZY.TEKST", + "N": "N", + "NA": "BRAK", + "SHEET": "ARKUSZ", + "SHEETS": "ARKUSZE", + "TYPE": "TYP", + "AND": "ORAZ", + "FALSE": "FAŁSZ", + "IF": "JEŻELI", + "IFS": "WARUNKI", + "IFERROR": "JEŻELI.BŁĄD", + "IFNA": "JEŻELI.ND", + "NOT": "NIE", + "OR": "LUB", + "SWITCH": "SWITCH", + "TRUE": "PRAWDA", + "XOR": "XOR", + "LocalFormulaOperands": { + "StructureTables": { + "h": "Wszystkie", + "d": "Dane", + "a": "Nagłówki", + "tr": "Ten wiersz", + "t": "Sumy" + }, + "CONST_TRUE_FALSE": { + "t": "PRAWDA", + "f": "FAŁSZ" + }, + "CONST_ERROR": { + "nil": "#ZERO!", + "div": "#DZIEL/0!", + "value": "#ARG!", + "ref": "#ADR!", + "name": "#NAZWA?", + "num": "#LICZBA!", + "na": "#N/D", + "getdata": "#GETTING_DATA", + "uf": "#NIEOBSŁUGIWANE_FUNKCJA!" + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/ru.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/ru.json index 854a92c20..84099c693 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/ru.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/ru.json @@ -1 +1,485 @@ -{"DATE":"ДАТА","DATEDIF":"РАЗНДАТ","DATEVALUE":"ДАТАЗНАЧ","DAY":"ДЕНЬ","DAYS":"ДНИ","DAYS360":"ДНЕЙ360","EDATE":"ДАТАМЕС","EOMONTH":"КОНМЕСЯЦА","HOUR":"ЧАС","ISOWEEKNUM":"НОМНЕДЕЛИ.ISO","MINUTE":"МИНУТЫ","MONTH":"МЕСЯЦ","NETWORKDAYS":"ЧИСТРАБДНИ","NETWORKDAYS.INTL":"ЧИСТРАБДНИ.МЕЖД","NOW":"ТДАТА","SECOND":"СЕКУНДЫ","TIME":"ВРЕМЯ","TIMEVALUE":"ВРЕМЗНАЧ","TODAY":"СЕГОДНЯ","WEEKDAY":"ДЕНЬНЕД","WEEKNUM":"НОМНЕДЕЛИ","WORKDAY":"РАБДЕНЬ","WORKDAY.INTL":"РАБДЕНЬ.МЕЖД","YEAR":"ГОД","YEARFRAC":"ДОЛЯГОДА","BESSELI":"БЕССЕЛЬ.I","BESSELJ":"БЕССЕЛЬ.J","BESSELK":"БЕССЕЛЬ.K","BESSELY":"БЕССЕЛЬ.Y","BIN2DEC":"ДВ.В.ДЕС","BIN2HEX":"ДВ.В.ШЕСТН","BIN2OCT":"ДВ.В.ВОСЬМ","BITAND":"БИТ.И","BITLSHIFT":"БИТ.СДВИГЛ","BITOR":"БИТ.ИЛИ","BITRSHIFT":"БИТ.СДВИГП","BITXOR":"БИТ.ИСКЛИЛИ","COMPLEX":"КОМПЛЕКСН","CONVERT":"ПРЕОБР","DEC2BIN":"ДЕС.В.ДВ","DEC2HEX":"ДЕС.В.ШЕСТН","DEC2OCT":"ДЕС.В.ВОСЬМ","DELTA":"ДЕЛЬТА","ERF":"ФОШ","ERF.PRECISE":"ФОШ.ТОЧН","ERFC":"ДФОШ","ERFC.PRECISE":"ДФОШ.ТОЧН","GESTEP":"ПОРОГ","HEX2BIN":"ШЕСТН.В.ДВ","HEX2DEC":"ШЕСТН.В.ДЕС","HEX2OCT":"ШЕСТН.В.ВОСЬМ","IMABS":"МНИМ.ABS","IMAGINARY":"МНИМ.ЧАСТЬ","IMARGUMENT":"МНИМ.АРГУМЕНТ","IMCONJUGATE":"МНИМ.СОПРЯЖ","IMCOS":"МНИМ.COS","IMCOSH":"МНИМ.COSH","IMCOT":"МНИМ.COT","IMCSC":"МНИМ.CSC","IMCSCH":"МНИМ.CSCH","IMDIV":"МНИМ.ДЕЛ","IMEXP":"МНИМ.EXP","IMLN":"МНИМ.LN","IMLOG10":"МНИМ.LOG10","IMLOG2":"МНИМ.LOG2","IMPOWER":"МНИМ.СТЕПЕНЬ","IMPRODUCT":"МНИМ.ПРОИЗВЕД","IMREAL":"МНИМ.ВЕЩ","IMSEC":"МНИМ.SEC","IMSECH":"МНИМ.SECH","IMSIN":"МНИМ.SIN","IMSINH":"МНИМ.SINH","IMSQRT":"МНИМ.КОРЕНЬ","IMSUB":"МНИМ.РАЗН","IMSUM":"МНИМ.СУММ","IMTAN":"МНИМ.TAN","OCT2BIN":"ВОСЬМ.В.ДВ","OCT2DEC":"ВОСЬМ.В.ДЕС","OCT2HEX":"ВОСЬМ.В.ШЕСТН","DAVERAGE":"ДСРЗНАЧ","DCOUNT":"БСЧЁТ","DCOUNTA":"БСЧЁТА","DGET":"БИЗВЛЕЧЬ","DMAX":"ДМАКС","DMIN":"ДМИН","DPRODUCT":"БДПРОИЗВЕД","DSTDEV":"ДСТАНДОТКЛ","DSTDEVP":"ДСТАНДОТКЛП","DSUM":"БДСУММ","DVAR":"БДДИСП","DVARP":"БДДИСПП","CHAR":"СИМВОЛ","CLEAN":"ПЕЧСИМВ","CODE":"КОДСИМВ","CONCATENATE":"СЦЕПИТЬ","CONCAT":"СЦЕП","DOLLAR":"РУБЛЬ","EXACT":"СОВПАД","FIND":"НАЙТИ","FINDB":"НАЙТИБ","FIXED":"ФИКСИРОВАННЫЙ","LEFT":"ЛЕВСИМВ","LEFTB":"ЛЕВБ","LEN":"ДЛСТР","LENB":"ДЛИНБ","LOWER":"СТРОЧН","MID":"ПСТР","MIDB":"ПСТРБ","NUMBERVALUE":"ЧЗНАЧ","PROPER":"ПРОПНАЧ","REPLACE":"ЗАМЕНИТЬ","REPLACEB":"ЗАМЕНИТЬБ","REPT":"ПОВТОР","RIGHT":"ПРАВСИМВ","RIGHTB":"ПРАВБ","SEARCH":"ПОИСК","SEARCHB":"ПОИСКБ","SUBSTITUTE":"ПОДСТАВИТЬ","T":"Т","TEXT":"ТЕКСТ","TEXTJOIN":"ОБЪЕДИНИТЬ","TRIM":"СЖПРОБЕЛЫ","T.TEST":"СТЬЮДЕНТ.ТЕСТ","TRIMMEAN":"УРЕЗСРЕДНЕЕ","TTEST":"ТТЕСТ","UNICHAR":"ЮНИСИМВ","UNICODE":"UNICODE","UPPER":"ПРОПИСН","VALUE":"ЗНАЧЕН","AVEDEV":"СРОТКЛ","AVERAGE":"СРЗНАЧ","AVERAGEA":"СРЗНАЧА","AVERAGEIF":"СРЗНАЧЕСЛИ","AVERAGEIFS":"СРЗНАЧЕСЛИМН","BETADIST":"БЕТАРАСП","BETA.DIST":"БЕТА.РАСП","BETA.INV":"БЕТА.ОБР","BINOMDIST":"БИНОМРАСП","BINOM.DIST":"БИНОМ.РАСП","BINOM.DIST.RANGE":"БИНОМ.РАСП.ДИАП","BINOM.INV":"БИНОМ.ОБР","CHIDIST":"ХИ2РАСП","CHIINV":"ХИ2ОБР","CHITEST":"ХИ2ТЕСТ","CHISQ.DIST":"ХИ2.РАСП","CHISQ.DIST.RT":"ХИ2.РАСП.ПХ","CHISQ.INV":"ХИ2.ОБР","CHISQ.INV.RT":"ХИ2.ОБР.ПХ","CHISQ.TEST":"ХИ2.ТЕСТ","CONFIDENCE":"ДОВЕРИТ","CONFIDENCE.NORM":"ДОВЕРИТ.НОРМ","CONFIDENCE.T":"ДОВЕРИТ.СТЬЮДЕНТ","CORREL":"КОРРЕЛ","COUNT":"СЧЁТ","COUNTA":"СЧЁТЗ","COUNTBLANK":"СЧИТАТЬПУСТОТЫ","COUNTIF":"СЧЁТЕСЛИ","COUNTIFS":"СЧЁТЕСЛИМН","COVAR":"КОВАР","COVARIANCE.P":"КОВАРИАЦИЯ.Г","COVARIANCE.S":"КОВАРИАЦИЯ.В","CRITBINOM":"КРИТБИНОМ","DEVSQ":"КВАДРОТКЛ","EXPON.DIST":"ЭКСП.РАСП","EXPONDIST":"ЭКСПРАСП","FDIST":"FРАСП","FINV":"FРАСПОБР","FTEST":"ФТЕСТ","F.DIST":"F.РАСП","F.DIST.RT":"F.РАСП.ПХ","F.INV":"F.ОБР","F.INV.RT":"F.ОБР.ПХ","F.TEST":"F.ТЕСТ","FISHER":"ФИШЕР","FISHERINV":"ФИШЕРОБР","FORECAST":"ПРОГНОЗ","FORECAST.ETS":"ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS","FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT":"ПРЕДСКАЗ.ЕTS.ДОВИНТЕРВАЛ","FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY":"ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS.СЕЗОННОСТЬ","FORECAST.ETS.STAT":"ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS.СТАТ","FORECAST.LINEAR":"ПРЕДСКАЗ","FREQUENCY":"ЧАСТОТА","GAMMA":"ГАММА","GAMMADIST":"ГАММАРАСП","GAMMA.DIST":"ГАММА.РАСП","GAMMAINV":"ГАММАОБР","GAMMA.INV":"ГАММА.ОБР","GAMMALN":"ГАММАНЛОГ","GAMMALN.PRECISE":"ГАММАНЛОГ.ТОЧН","GAUSS":"ГАУСС","GEOMEAN":"СРГЕОМ","HARMEAN":"СРГАРМ","HYPGEOM.DIST":"ГИПЕРГЕОМ.РАСП","HYPGEOMDIST":"ГИПЕРГЕОМЕТ","INTERCEPT":"ОТРЕЗОК","KURT":"ЭКСЦЕСС","LARGE":"НАИБОЛЬШИЙ","LOGINV":"ЛОГНОРМОБР","LOGNORM.DIST":"ЛОГНОРМ.РАСП","LOGNORM.INV":"ЛОГНОРМ.ОБР","LOGNORMDIST":"ЛОГНОРМРАСП","MAX":"МАКС","MAXA":"МАКСА","MAXIFS":"МАКСЕСЛИ","MEDIAN":"МЕДИАНА","MIN":"МИН","MINA":"МИНА","MINIFS":"МИНЕСЛИ","MODE":"МОДА","MODE.MULT":"МОДА.НСК","MODE.SNGL":"МОДА.ОДН","NEGBINOMDIST":"ОТРБИНОМРАСП","NEGBINOM.DIST":"ОТРБИНОМ.РАСП","NORM.DIST":"НОРМ.РАСП","NORM.INV":"НОРМ.ОБР","NORM.S.DIST":"НОРМ.СТ.РАСП","NORM.S.INV":"НОРМ.СТ.ОБР","NORMDIST":"НОРМРАСП","NORMINV":"НОРМОБР","NORMSDIST":"НОРМСТРАСП","NORMSINV":"НОРМСТОБР","PEARSON":"ПИРСОН","PERCENTILE":"ПЕРСЕНТИЛЬ","PERCENTILE.EXC":"ПРОЦЕНТИЛЬ.ИСКЛ","PERCENTILE.INC":"ПРОЦЕНТИЛЬ.ВКЛ","PERCENTRANK":"ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ","PERCENTRANK.EXC":"ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ.ИСКЛ","PERCENTRANK.INC":"ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ.ВКЛ","PERMUT":"ПЕРЕСТ","PERMUTATIONA":"ПЕРЕСТА","PHI":"ФИ","POISSON":"ПУАССОН","POISSON.DIST":"ПУАССОН.РАСП","PROB":"ВЕРОЯТНОСТЬ","QUARTILE":"КВАРТИЛЬ","QUARTILE.INC":"КВАРТИЛЬ.ВКЛ","QUARTILE.EXC":"КВАРТИЛЬ.ИСКЛ","RANK.AVG":"РАНГ.СР","RANK.EQ":"РАНГ.РВ","RANK":"РАНГ","RSQ":"КВПИРСОН","SKEW":"СКОС","SKEW.P":"СКОС.Г","SLOPE":"НАКЛОН","SMALL":"НАИМЕНЬШИЙ","STANDARDIZE":"НОРМАЛИЗАЦИЯ","STDEV":"СТАНДОТКЛОН","STDEV.P":"СТАНДОТКЛОН.Г","STDEV.S":"СТАНДОТКЛОН.В","STDEVA":"СТАНДОТКЛОНА","STDEVP":"СТАНДОТКЛОНП","STDEVPA":"СТАНДОТКЛОНПА","STEYX":"СТОШYX","TDIST":"СТЬЮДРАСП","TINV":"СТЬЮДРАСПОБР","T.DIST":"СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП","T.DIST.2T":"СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП.2Х","T.DIST.RT":"СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП.ПХ","T.INV":"СТЬЮДЕНТ.ОБР","T.INV.2T":"СТЬЮДЕНТ.ОБР.2Х","VAR":"ДИСП","VAR.P":"ДИСП.Г","VAR.S":"ДИСП.В","VARA":"ДИСПА","VARP":"ДИСПР","VARPA":"ДИСПРА","WEIBULL":"ВЕЙБУЛЛ","WEIBULL.DIST":"ВЕЙБУЛЛ.РАСП","Z.TEST":"Z.ТЕСТ","ZTEST":"ZТЕСТ","ACCRINT":"НАКОПДОХОД","ACCRINTM":"НАКОПДОХОДПОГАШ","AMORDEGRC":"АМОРУМ","AMORLINC":"АМОРУВ","COUPDAYBS":"ДНЕЙКУПОНДО","COUPDAYS":"ДНЕЙКУПОН","COUPDAYSNC":"ДНЕЙКУПОНПОСЛЕ","COUPNCD":"ДАТАКУПОНПОСЛЕ","COUPNUM":"ЧИСЛКУПОН","COUPPCD":"ДАТАКУПОНДО","CUMIPMT":"ОБЩПЛАТ","CUMPRINC":"ОБЩДОХОД","DB":"ФУО","DDB":"ДДОБ","DISC":"СКИДКА","DOLLARDE":"РУБЛЬ.ДЕС","DOLLARFR":"РУБЛЬ.ДРОБЬ","DURATION":"ДЛИТ","EFFECT":"ЭФФЕКТ","FV":"БС","FVSCHEDULE":"БЗРАСПИС","INTRATE":"ИНОРМА","IPMT":"ПРПЛТ","IRR":"ВСД","ISPMT":"ПРОЦПЛАТ","MDURATION":"МДЛИТ","MIRR":"МВСД","NOMINAL":"НОМИНАЛ","NPER":"КПЕР","NPV":"ЧПС","ODDFPRICE":"ЦЕНАПЕРВНЕРЕГ","ODDFYIELD":"ДОХОДПЕРВНЕРЕГ","ODDLPRICE":"ЦЕНАПОСЛНЕРЕГ","ODDLYIELD":"ДОХОДПОСЛНЕРЕГ","PDURATION":"ПДЛИТ","PMT":"ПЛТ","PPMT":"ОСПЛТ","PRICE":"ЦЕНА","PRICEDISC":"ЦЕНАСКИДКА","PRICEMAT":"ЦЕНАПОГАШ","PV":"ПС","RATE":"СТАВКА","RECEIVED":"ПОЛУЧЕНО","RRI":"ЭКВ.СТАВКА","SLN":"АПЛ","SYD":"АСЧ","TBILLEQ":"РАВНОКЧЕК","TBILLPRICE":"ЦЕНАКЧЕК","TBILLYIELD":"ДОХОДКЧЕК","VDB":"ПУО","XIRR":"ЧИСТВНДОХ","XNPV":"ЧИСТНЗ","YIELD":"ДОХОД","YIELDDISC":"ДОХОДСКИДКА","YIELDMAT":"ДОХОДПОГАШ","ABS":"ABS","ACOS":"ACOS","ACOSH":"ACOSH","ACOT":"ACOT","ACOTH":"ACOTH","AGGREGATE":"АГРЕГАТ","ARABIC":"АРАБСКОЕ","ASIN":"ASIN","ASINH":"ASINH","ATAN":"ATAN","ATAN2":"ATAN2","ATANH":"ATANH","BASE":"ОСНОВАНИЕ","CEILING":"ОКРВВЕРХ","CEILING.MATH":"ОКРВВЕРХ.МАТ","CEILING.PRECISE":"ОКРВВЕРХ.ТОЧН","COMBIN":"ЧИСЛКОМБ","COMBINA":"ЧИСЛКОМБА","COS":"COS","COSH":"COSH","COT":"COT","COTH":"COTH","CSC":"CSC","CSCH":"CSCH","DECIMAL":"ДЕС","DEGREES":"ГРАДУСЫ","ECMA.CEILING":"ECMA.ОКРВВЕРХ","EVEN":"ЧЁТН","EXP":"EXP","FACT":"ФАКТР","FACTDOUBLE":"ДВФАКТР","FLOOR":"ОКРВНИЗ","FLOOR.PRECISE":"ОКРВНИЗ.ТОЧН","FLOOR.MATH":"ОКРВНИЗ.МАТ","GCD":"НОД","INT":"ЦЕЛОЕ","ISO.CEILING":"ISO.ОКРВВЕРХ","LCM":"НОК","LN":"LN","LOG":"LOG","LOG10":"LOG10","MDETERM":"МОПРЕД","MINVERSE":"МОБР","MMULT":"МУМНОЖ","MOD":"ОСТАТ","MROUND":"ОКРУГЛТ","MULTINOMIAL":"МУЛЬТИНОМ","ODD":"НЕЧЁТ","PI":"ПИ","POWER":"СТЕПЕНЬ","PRODUCT":"ПРОИЗВЕД","QUOTIENT":"ЧАСТНОЕ","RADIANS":"РАДИАНЫ","RAND":"СЛЧИС","RANDBETWEEN":"СЛУЧМЕЖДУ","ROMAN":"РИМСКОЕ","ROUND":"ОКРУГЛ","ROUNDDOWN":"ОКРУГЛВНИЗ","ROUNDUP":"ОКРУГЛВВЕРХ","SEC":"SEC","SECH":"SECH","SERIESSUM":"РЯД.СУММ","SIGN":"ЗНАК","SIN":"SIN","SINH":"SINH","SQRT":"КОРЕНЬ","SQRTPI":"КОРЕНЬПИ","SUBTOTAL":"ПРОМЕЖУТОЧНЫЕ.ИТОГИ","SUM":"СУММ","SUMIF":"СУММЕСЛИ","SUMIFS":"СУММЕСЛИМН","SUMPRODUCT":"СУММПРОИЗВ","SUMSQ":"СУММКВ","SUMX2MY2":"СУММРАЗНКВ","SUMX2PY2":"СУММСУММКВ","SUMXMY2":"СУММКВРАЗН","TAN":"TAN","TANH":"TANH","TRUNC":"ОТБР","ADDRESS":"АДРЕС","CHOOSE":"ВЫБОР","COLUMN":"СТОЛБЕЦ","COLUMNS":"ЧИСЛСТОЛБ","FORMULATEXT":"Ф.ТЕКСТ","HLOOKUP":"ГПР","INDEX":"ИНДЕКС","INDIRECT":"ДВССЫЛ","LOOKUP":"ПРОСМОТР","MATCH":"ПОИСКПОЗ","OFFSET":"СМЕЩ","ROW":"СТРОКА","ROWS":"ЧСТРОК","TRANSPOSE":"ТРАНСП","VLOOKUP":"ВПР","ERROR.TYPE":"ТИП.ОШИБКИ","ISBLANK":"ЕПУСТО","ISERR":"ЕОШ","ISERROR":"ЕОШИБКА","ISEVEN":"ЕЧЁТН","ISFORMULA":"ЕФОРМУЛА","ISLOGICAL":"ЕЛОГИЧ","ISNA":"ЕНД","ISNONTEXT":"ЕНЕТЕКСТ","ISNUMBER":"ЕЧИСЛО","ISODD":"ЕНЕЧЁТ","ISREF":"ЕССЫЛКА","ISTEXT":"ЕТЕКСТ","N":"Ч","NA":"НД","SHEET":"ЛИСТ","SHEETS":"ЛИСТЫ","TYPE":"ТИП","AND":"И","FALSE":"ЛОЖЬ","IF":"ЕСЛИ","IFS":"ЕСЛИМН","IFERROR":"ЕСЛИОШИБКА","IFNA":"ЕСНД","NOT":"НЕ","OR":"ИЛИ","SWITCH":"SWITCH","TRUE":"ИСТИНА","XOR":"ИСКЛИЛИ","LocalFormulaOperands":{"StructureTables":{"h":"Заголовки","d":"Данные","a":"Все","tr":"Эта строка","t":"Итоги"},"CONST_TRUE_FALSE":{"t":"ИСТИНА","f":"ЛОЖЬ"},"CONST_ERROR":{"nil":"#ПУСТО!","div":"#ДЕЛ/0!","value":"#ЗНАЧ!","ref":"#ССЫЛКА!","name":"#ИМЯ\\?","num":"#ЧИСЛО!","na":"#Н/Д","getdata":"#GETTING_DATA","uf":"#UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION!"}}} \ No newline at end of file +{ + "DATE": "ДАТА", + "DATEDIF": "РАЗНДАТ", + "DATEVALUE": "ДАТАЗНАЧ", + "DAY": "ДЕНЬ", + "DAYS": "ДНИ", + "DAYS360": "ДНЕЙ360", + "EDATE": "ДАТАМЕС", + "EOMONTH": "КОНМЕСЯЦА", + "HOUR": "ЧАС", + "ISOWEEKNUM": "НОМНЕДЕЛИ.ISO", + "MINUTE": "МИНУТЫ", + "MONTH": "МЕСЯЦ", + "NETWORKDAYS": "ЧИСТРАБДНИ", + "NETWORKDAYS.INTL": "ЧИСТРАБДНИ.МЕЖД", + "NOW": "ТДАТА", + "SECOND": "СЕКУНДЫ", + "TIME": "ВРЕМЯ", + "TIMEVALUE": "ВРЕМЗНАЧ", + "TODAY": "СЕГОДНЯ", + "WEEKDAY": "ДЕНЬНЕД", + "WEEKNUM": "НОМНЕДЕЛИ", + "WORKDAY": "РАБДЕНЬ", + "WORKDAY.INTL": "РАБДЕНЬ.МЕЖД", + "YEAR": "ГОД", + "YEARFRAC": "ДОЛЯГОДА", + "BESSELI": "БЕССЕЛЬ.I", + "BESSELJ": "БЕССЕЛЬ.J", + "BESSELK": "БЕССЕЛЬ.K", + "BESSELY": "БЕССЕЛЬ.Y", + "BIN2DEC": "ДВ.В.ДЕС", + "BIN2HEX": "ДВ.В.ШЕСТН", + "BIN2OCT": "ДВ.В.ВОСЬМ", + "BITAND": "БИТ.И", + "BITLSHIFT": "БИТ.СДВИГЛ", + "BITOR": "БИТ.ИЛИ", + "BITRSHIFT": "БИТ.СДВИГП", + "BITXOR": "БИТ.ИСКЛИЛИ", + "COMPLEX": "КОМПЛЕКСН", + "CONVERT": "ПРЕОБР", + "DEC2BIN": "ДЕС.В.ДВ", + "DEC2HEX": "ДЕС.В.ШЕСТН", + "DEC2OCT": "ДЕС.В.ВОСЬМ", + "DELTA": "ДЕЛЬТА", + "ERF": "ФОШ", + "ERF.PRECISE": "ФОШ.ТОЧН", + "ERFC": "ДФОШ", + "ERFC.PRECISE": "ДФОШ.ТОЧН", + "GESTEP": "ПОРОГ", + "HEX2BIN": "ШЕСТН.В.ДВ", + "HEX2DEC": "ШЕСТН.В.ДЕС", + "HEX2OCT": "ШЕСТН.В.ВОСЬМ", + "IMABS": "МНИМ.ABS", + "IMAGINARY": "МНИМ.ЧАСТЬ", + "IMARGUMENT": "МНИМ.АРГУМЕНТ", + "IMCONJUGATE": "МНИМ.СОПРЯЖ", + "IMCOS": "МНИМ.COS", + "IMCOSH": "МНИМ.COSH", + "IMCOT": "МНИМ.COT", + "IMCSC": "МНИМ.CSC", + "IMCSCH": "МНИМ.CSCH", + "IMDIV": "МНИМ.ДЕЛ", + "IMEXP": "МНИМ.EXP", + "IMLN": "МНИМ.LN", + "IMLOG10": "МНИМ.LOG10", + "IMLOG2": "МНИМ.LOG2", + "IMPOWER": "МНИМ.СТЕПЕНЬ", + "IMPRODUCT": "МНИМ.ПРОИЗВЕД", + "IMREAL": "МНИМ.ВЕЩ", + "IMSEC": "МНИМ.SEC", + "IMSECH": "МНИМ.SECH", + "IMSIN": "МНИМ.SIN", + "IMSINH": "МНИМ.SINH", + "IMSQRT": "МНИМ.КОРЕНЬ", + "IMSUB": "МНИМ.РАЗН", + "IMSUM": "МНИМ.СУММ", + "IMTAN": "МНИМ.TAN", + "OCT2BIN": "ВОСЬМ.В.ДВ", + "OCT2DEC": "ВОСЬМ.В.ДЕС", + "OCT2HEX": "ВОСЬМ.В.ШЕСТН", + "DAVERAGE": "ДСРЗНАЧ", + "DCOUNT": "БСЧЁТ", + "DCOUNTA": "БСЧЁТА", + "DGET": "БИЗВЛЕЧЬ", + "DMAX": "ДМАКС", + "DMIN": "ДМИН", + "DPRODUCT": "БДПРОИЗВЕД", + "DSTDEV": "ДСТАНДОТКЛ", + "DSTDEVP": "ДСТАНДОТКЛП", + "DSUM": "БДСУММ", + "DVAR": "БДДИСП", + "DVARP": "БДДИСПП", + "CHAR": "СИМВОЛ", + "CLEAN": "ПЕЧСИМВ", + "CODE": "КОДСИМВ", + "CONCATENATE": "СЦЕПИТЬ", + "CONCAT": "СЦЕП", + "DOLLAR": "РУБЛЬ", + "EXACT": "СОВПАД", + "FIND": "НАЙТИ", + "FINDB": "НАЙТИБ", + "FIXED": "ФИКСИРОВАННЫЙ", + "LEFT": "ЛЕВСИМВ", + "LEFTB": "ЛЕВБ", + "LEN": "ДЛСТР", + "LENB": "ДЛИНБ", + "LOWER": "СТРОЧН", + "MID": "ПСТР", + "MIDB": "ПСТРБ", + "NUMBERVALUE": "ЧЗНАЧ", + "PROPER": "ПРОПНАЧ", + "REPLACE": "ЗАМЕНИТЬ", + "REPLACEB": "ЗАМЕНИТЬБ", + "REPT": "ПОВТОР", + "RIGHT": "ПРАВСИМВ", + "RIGHTB": "ПРАВБ", + "SEARCH": "ПОИСК", + "SEARCHB": "ПОИСКБ", + "SUBSTITUTE": "ПОДСТАВИТЬ", + "T": "Т", + "TEXT": "ТЕКСТ", + "TEXTJOIN": "ОБЪЕДИНИТЬ", + "TREND": "ТЕНДЕНЦИЯ", + "TRIM": "СЖПРОБЕЛЫ", + "T.TEST": "СТЬЮДЕНТ.ТЕСТ", + "TRIMMEAN": "УРЕЗСРЕДНЕЕ", + "TTEST": "ТТЕСТ", + "UNICHAR": "ЮНИСИМВ", + "UNICODE": "UNICODE", + "UPPER": "ПРОПИСН", + "VALUE": "ЗНАЧЕН", + "AVEDEV": "СРОТКЛ", + "AVERAGE": "СРЗНАЧ", + "AVERAGEA": "СРЗНАЧА", + "AVERAGEIF": "СРЗНАЧЕСЛИ", + "AVERAGEIFS": "СРЗНАЧЕСЛИМН", + "BETADIST": "БЕТАРАСП", + "BETAINV": "БЕТАОБР", + "BETA.DIST": "БЕТА.РАСП", + "BETA.INV": "БЕТА.ОБР", + "BINOMDIST": "БИНОМРАСП", + "BINOM.DIST": "БИНОМ.РАСП", + "BINOM.DIST.RANGE": "БИНОМ.РАСП.ДИАП", + "BINOM.INV": "БИНОМ.ОБР", + "CHIDIST": "ХИ2РАСП", + "CHIINV": "ХИ2ОБР", + "CHITEST": "ХИ2ТЕСТ", + "CHISQ.DIST": "ХИ2.РАСП", + "CHISQ.DIST.RT": "ХИ2.РАСП.ПХ", + "CHISQ.INV": "ХИ2.ОБР", + "CHISQ.INV.RT": "ХИ2.ОБР.ПХ", + "CHISQ.TEST": "ХИ2.ТЕСТ", + "CONFIDENCE": "ДОВЕРИТ", + "CONFIDENCE.NORM": "ДОВЕРИТ.НОРМ", + "CONFIDENCE.T": "ДОВЕРИТ.СТЬЮДЕНТ", + "CORREL": "КОРРЕЛ", + "COUNT": "СЧЁТ", + "COUNTA": "СЧЁТЗ", + "COUNTBLANK": "СЧИТАТЬПУСТОТЫ", + "COUNTIF": "СЧЁТЕСЛИ", + "COUNTIFS": "СЧЁТЕСЛИМН", + "COVAR": "КОВАР", + "COVARIANCE.P": "КОВАРИАЦИЯ.Г", + "COVARIANCE.S": "КОВАРИАЦИЯ.В", + "CRITBINOM": "КРИТБИНОМ", + "DEVSQ": "КВАДРОТКЛ", + "EXPON.DIST": "ЭКСП.РАСП", + "EXPONDIST": "ЭКСПРАСП", + "FDIST": "FРАСП", + "FINV": "FРАСПОБР", + "FTEST": "ФТЕСТ", + "F.DIST": "F.РАСП", + "F.DIST.RT": "F.РАСП.ПХ", + "F.INV": "F.ОБР", + "F.INV.RT": "F.ОБР.ПХ", + "F.TEST": "F.ТЕСТ", + "FISHER": "ФИШЕР", + "FISHERINV": "ФИШЕРОБР", + "FORECAST": "ПРЕДСКАЗ", + "FORECAST.ETS": "ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS", + "FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT": "ПРЕДСКАЗ.ЕTS.ДОВИНТЕРВАЛ", + "FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY": "ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS.СЕЗОННОСТЬ", + "FORECAST.ETS.STAT": "ПРЕДСКАЗ.ETS.СТАТ", + "FORECAST.LINEAR": "ПРЕДСКАЗ.ЛИНЕЙН", + "FREQUENCY": "ЧАСТОТА", + "GAMMA": "ГАММА", + "GAMMADIST": "ГАММАРАСП", + "GAMMA.DIST": "ГАММА.РАСП", + "GAMMAINV": "ГАММАОБР", + "GAMMA.INV": "ГАММА.ОБР", + "GAMMALN": "ГАММАНЛОГ", + "GAMMALN.PRECISE": "ГАММАНЛОГ.ТОЧН", + "GAUSS": "ГАУСС", + "GEOMEAN": "СРГЕОМ", + "GROWTH": "РОСТ", + "HARMEAN": "СРГАРМ", + "HYPGEOM.DIST": "ГИПЕРГЕОМ.РАСП", + "HYPGEOMDIST": "ГИПЕРГЕОМЕТ", + "INTERCEPT": "ОТРЕЗОК", + "KURT": "ЭКСЦЕСС", + "LARGE": "НАИБОЛЬШИЙ", + "LINEST": "ЛИНЕЙН", + "LOGEST": "ЛГРФПРИБЛ", + "LOGINV": "ЛОГНОРМОБР", + "LOGNORM.DIST": "ЛОГНОРМ.РАСП", + "LOGNORM.INV": "ЛОГНОРМ.ОБР", + "LOGNORMDIST": "ЛОГНОРМРАСП", + "MAX": "МАКС", + "MAXA": "МАКСА", + "MAXIFS": "МАКСЕСЛИ", + "MEDIAN": "МЕДИАНА", + "MIN": "МИН", + "MINA": "МИНА", + "MINIFS": "МИНЕСЛИ", + "MODE": "МОДА", + "MODE.MULT": "МОДА.НСК", + "MODE.SNGL": "МОДА.ОДН", + "NEGBINOMDIST": "ОТРБИНОМРАСП", + "NEGBINOM.DIST": "ОТРБИНОМ.РАСП", + "NORM.DIST": "НОРМ.РАСП", + "NORM.INV": "НОРМ.ОБР", + "NORM.S.DIST": "НОРМ.СТ.РАСП", + "NORM.S.INV": "НОРМ.СТ.ОБР", + "NORMDIST": "НОРМРАСП", + "NORMINV": "НОРМОБР", + "NORMSDIST": "НОРМСТРАСП", + "NORMSINV": "НОРМСТОБР", + "PEARSON": "ПИРСОН", + "PERCENTILE": "ПЕРСЕНТИЛЬ", + "PERCENTILE.EXC": "ПРОЦЕНТИЛЬ.ИСКЛ", + "PERCENTILE.INC": "ПРОЦЕНТИЛЬ.ВКЛ", + "PERCENTRANK": "ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ", + "PERCENTRANK.EXC": "ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ.ИСКЛ", + "PERCENTRANK.INC": "ПРОЦЕНТРАНГ.ВКЛ", + "PERMUT": "ПЕРЕСТ", + "PERMUTATIONA": "ПЕРЕСТА", + "PHI": "ФИ", + "POISSON": "ПУАССОН", + "POISSON.DIST": "ПУАССОН.РАСП", + "PROB": "ВЕРОЯТНОСТЬ", + "QUARTILE": "КВАРТИЛЬ", + "QUARTILE.INC": "КВАРТИЛЬ.ВКЛ", + "QUARTILE.EXC": "КВАРТИЛЬ.ИСКЛ", + "RANK.AVG": "РАНГ.СР", + "RANK.EQ": "РАНГ.РВ", + "RANK": "РАНГ", + "RSQ": "КВПИРСОН", + "SKEW": "СКОС", + "SKEW.P": "СКОС.Г", + "SLOPE": "НАКЛОН", + "SMALL": "НАИМЕНЬШИЙ", + "STANDARDIZE": "НОРМАЛИЗАЦИЯ", + "STDEV": "СТАНДОТКЛОН", + "STDEV.P": "СТАНДОТКЛОН.Г", + "STDEV.S": "СТАНДОТКЛОН.В", + "STDEVA": "СТАНДОТКЛОНА", + "STDEVP": "СТАНДОТКЛОНП", + "STDEVPA": "СТАНДОТКЛОНПА", + "STEYX": "СТОШYX", + "TDIST": "СТЬЮДРАСП", + "TINV": "СТЬЮДРАСПОБР", + "T.DIST": "СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП", + "T.DIST.2T": "СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП.2Х", + "T.DIST.RT": "СТЬЮДЕНТ.РАСП.ПХ", + "T.INV": "СТЬЮДЕНТ.ОБР", + "T.INV.2T": "СТЬЮДЕНТ.ОБР.2Х", + "VAR": "ДИСП", + "VAR.P": "ДИСП.Г", + "VAR.S": "ДИСП.В", + "VARA": "ДИСПА", + "VARP": "ДИСПР", + "VARPA": "ДИСПРА", + "WEIBULL": "ВЕЙБУЛЛ", + "WEIBULL.DIST": "ВЕЙБУЛЛ.РАСП", + "Z.TEST": "Z.ТЕСТ", + "ZTEST": "ZТЕСТ", + "ACCRINT": "НАКОПДОХОД", + "ACCRINTM": "НАКОПДОХОДПОГАШ", + "AMORDEGRC": "АМОРУМ", + "AMORLINC": "АМОРУВ", + "COUPDAYBS": "ДНЕЙКУПОНДО", + "COUPDAYS": "ДНЕЙКУПОН", + "COUPDAYSNC": "ДНЕЙКУПОНПОСЛЕ", + "COUPNCD": "ДАТАКУПОНПОСЛЕ", + "COUPNUM": "ЧИСЛКУПОН", + "COUPPCD": "ДАТАКУПОНДО", + "CUMIPMT": "ОБЩПЛАТ", + "CUMPRINC": "ОБЩДОХОД", + "DB": "ФУО", + "DDB": "ДДОБ", + "DISC": "СКИДКА", + "DOLLARDE": "РУБЛЬ.ДЕС", + "DOLLARFR": "РУБЛЬ.ДРОБЬ", + "DURATION": "ДЛИТ", + "EFFECT": "ЭФФЕКТ", + "FV": "БС", + "FVSCHEDULE": "БЗРАСПИС", + "INTRATE": "ИНОРМА", + "IPMT": "ПРПЛТ", + "IRR": "ВСД", + "ISPMT": "ПРОЦПЛАТ", + "MDURATION": "МДЛИТ", + "MIRR": "МВСД", + "NOMINAL": "НОМИНАЛ", + "NPER": "КПЕР", + "NPV": "ЧПС", + "ODDFPRICE": "ЦЕНАПЕРВНЕРЕГ", + "ODDFYIELD": "ДОХОДПЕРВНЕРЕГ", + "ODDLPRICE": "ЦЕНАПОСЛНЕРЕГ", + "ODDLYIELD": "ДОХОДПОСЛНЕРЕГ", + "PDURATION": "ПДЛИТ", + "PMT": "ПЛТ", + "PPMT": "ОСПЛТ", + "PRICE": "ЦЕНА", + "PRICEDISC": "ЦЕНАСКИДКА", + "PRICEMAT": "ЦЕНАПОГАШ", + "PV": "ПС", + "RATE": "СТАВКА", + "RECEIVED": "ПОЛУЧЕНО", + "RRI": "ЭКВ.СТАВКА", + "SLN": "АПЛ", + "SYD": "АСЧ", + "TBILLEQ": "РАВНОКЧЕК", + "TBILLPRICE": "ЦЕНАКЧЕК", + "TBILLYIELD": "ДОХОДКЧЕК", + "VDB": "ПУО", + "XIRR": "ЧИСТВНДОХ", + "XNPV": "ЧИСТНЗ", + "YIELD": "ДОХОД", + "YIELDDISC": "ДОХОДСКИДКА", + "YIELDMAT": "ДОХОДПОГАШ", + "ABS": "ABS", + "ACOS": "ACOS", + "ACOSH": "ACOSH", + "ACOT": "ACOT", + "ACOTH": "ACOTH", + "AGGREGATE": "АГРЕГАТ", + "ARABIC": "АРАБСКОЕ", + "ASC": "ASC", + "ASIN": "ASIN", + "ASINH": "ASINH", + "ATAN": "ATAN", + "ATAN2": "ATAN2", + "ATANH": "ATANH", + "BASE": "ОСНОВАНИЕ", + "CEILING": "ОКРВВЕРХ", + "CEILING.MATH": "ОКРВВЕРХ.МАТ", + "CEILING.PRECISE": "ОКРВВЕРХ.ТОЧН", + "COMBIN": "ЧИСЛКОМБ", + "COMBINA": "ЧИСЛКОМБА", + "COS": "COS", + "COSH": "COSH", + "COT": "COT", + "COTH": "COTH", + "CSC": "CSC", + "CSCH": "CSCH", + "DECIMAL": "ДЕС", + "DEGREES": "ГРАДУСЫ", + "ECMA.CEILING": "ECMA.ОКРВВЕРХ", + "EVEN": "ЧЁТН", + "EXP": "EXP", + "FACT": "ФАКТР", + "FACTDOUBLE": "ДВФАКТР", + "FLOOR": "ОКРВНИЗ", + "FLOOR.PRECISE": "ОКРВНИЗ.ТОЧН", + "FLOOR.MATH": "ОКРВНИЗ.МАТ", + "GCD": "НОД", + "INT": "ЦЕЛОЕ", + "ISO.CEILING": "ISO.ОКРВВЕРХ", + "LCM": "НОК", + "LN": "LN", + "LOG": "LOG", + "LOG10": "LOG10", + "MDETERM": "МОПРЕД", + "MINVERSE": "МОБР", + "MMULT": "МУМНОЖ", + "MOD": "ОСТАТ", + "MROUND": "ОКРУГЛТ", + "MULTINOMIAL": "МУЛЬТИНОМ", + "MUNIT": "МЕДИН", + "ODD": "НЕЧЁТ", + "PI": "ПИ", + "POWER": "СТЕПЕНЬ", + "PRODUCT": "ПРОИЗВЕД", + "QUOTIENT": "ЧАСТНОЕ", + "RADIANS": "РАДИАНЫ", + "RAND": "СЛЧИС", + "RANDARRAY": "СЛУЧМАССИВ", + "RANDBETWEEN": "СЛУЧМЕЖДУ", + "ROMAN": "РИМСКОЕ", + "ROUND": "ОКРУГЛ", + "ROUNDDOWN": "ОКРУГЛВНИЗ", + "ROUNDUP": "ОКРУГЛВВЕРХ", + "SEC": "SEC", + "SECH": "SECH", + "SERIESSUM": "РЯД.СУММ", + "SIGN": "ЗНАК", + "SIN": "SIN", + "SINH": "SINH", + "SQRT": "КОРЕНЬ", + "SQRTPI": "КОРЕНЬПИ", + "SUBTOTAL": "ПРОМЕЖУТОЧНЫЕ.ИТОГИ", + "SUM": "СУММ", + "SUMIF": "СУММЕСЛИ", + "SUMIFS": "СУММЕСЛИМН", + "SUMPRODUCT": "СУММПРОИЗВ", + "SUMSQ": "СУММКВ", + "SUMX2MY2": "СУММРАЗНКВ", + "SUMX2PY2": "СУММСУММКВ", + "SUMXMY2": "СУММКВРАЗН", + "TAN": "TAN", + "TANH": "TANH", + "TRUNC": "ОТБР", + "ADDRESS": "АДРЕС", + "CHOOSE": "ВЫБОР", + "COLUMN": "СТОЛБЕЦ", + "COLUMNS": "ЧИСЛСТОЛБ", + "FORMULATEXT": "Ф.ТЕКСТ", + "HLOOKUP": "ГПР", + "HYPERLINK": "ГИПЕРССЫЛКА", + "INDEX": "ИНДЕКС", + "INDIRECT": "ДВССЫЛ", + "LOOKUP": "ПРОСМОТР", + "MATCH": "ПОИСКПОЗ", + "OFFSET": "СМЕЩ", + "ROW": "СТРОКА", + "ROWS": "ЧСТРОК", + "TRANSPOSE": "ТРАНСП", + "UNIQUE": "УНИК", + "VLOOKUP": "ВПР", + "CELL": "ЯЧЕЙКА", + "ERROR.TYPE": "ТИП.ОШИБКИ", + "ISBLANK": "ЕПУСТО", + "ISERR": "ЕОШ", + "ISERROR": "ЕОШИБКА", + "ISEVEN": "ЕЧЁТН", + "ISFORMULA": "ЕФОРМУЛА", + "ISLOGICAL": "ЕЛОГИЧ", + "ISNA": "ЕНД", + "ISNONTEXT": "ЕНЕТЕКСТ", + "ISNUMBER": "ЕЧИСЛО", + "ISODD": "ЕНЕЧЁТ", + "ISREF": "ЕССЫЛКА", + "ISTEXT": "ЕТЕКСТ", + "N": "Ч", + "NA": "НД", + "SHEET": "ЛИСТ", + "SHEETS": "ЛИСТЫ", + "TYPE": "ТИП", + "AND": "И", + "FALSE": "ЛОЖЬ", + "IF": "ЕСЛИ", + "IFS": "ЕСЛИМН", + "IFERROR": "ЕСЛИОШИБКА", + "IFNA": "ЕСНД", + "NOT": "НЕ", + "OR": "ИЛИ", + "SWITCH": "ПЕРЕКЛЮЧ", + "TRUE": "ИСТИНА", + "XOR": "ИСКЛИЛИ", + "LocalFormulaOperands": { + "StructureTables": { + "h": "Заголовки", + "d": "Данные", + "a": "Все", + "tr": "Эта строка", + "t": "Итоги" + }, + "CONST_TRUE_FALSE": { + "t": "ИСТИНА", + "f": "ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "CONST_ERROR": { + "nil": "#ПУСТО!", + "div": "#ДЕЛ/0!", + "value": "#ЗНАЧ!", + "ref": "#ССЫЛКА!", + "name": "#ИМЯ\\?", + "num": "#ЧИСЛО!", + "na": "#Н/Д", + "getdata": "#GETTING_DATA", + "uf": "#UNSUPPORTED_FUNCTION!" + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/ru_desc.json b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/ru_desc.json index 29d5cd0d9..a2e9da8ca 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/ru_desc.json +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/l10n/functions/ru_desc.json @@ -1 +1,1838 @@ -{"DATE":{"a":"( year, month, day )","d":"Функция даты и времени, используется для добавления дат в стандартном формате ММ/дд/гггг"},"DATEDIF":{"a":"( start-date , end-date , unit )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает разницу между двумя датами (начальной и конечной) согласно заданному интервалу (единице)"},"DATEVALUE":{"a":"( date-time-string )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает порядковый номер заданной даты"},"DAY":{"a":"( date-value )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает день (число от 1 до 31), соответствующий дате, заданной в числовом формате (MM/дд/гггг по умолчанию)"},"DAYS":{"a":"( end-date , start-date )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество дней между двумя датами"},"DAYS360":{"a":"( start-date , end-date [ , method-flag ] )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество дней между двумя датами (начальной и конечной) на основе 360-дневного года с использованием одного из методов вычислений (американского или европейского)"},"EDATE":{"a":"( start-date , month-offset )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает порядковый номер даты, которая идет на заданное число месяцев (month-offset) до или после заданной даты (start-date)"},"EOMONTH":{"a":"( start-date , month-offset )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает порядковый номер последнего дня месяца, который идет на заданное число месяцев до или после заданной начальной даты"},"HOUR":{"a":"( time-value )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество часов (число от 0 до 23), соответствующее заданному значению времени"},"ISOWEEKNUM":{"a":"( date )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает номер недели в году для определенной даты в соответствии со стандартами ISO"},"MINUTE":{"a":"( time-value )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество минут (число от 0 до 59), соответствующее заданному значению времени"},"MONTH":{"a":"( date-value )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает месяц (число от 1 до 12), соответствующий дате, заданной в числовом формате (MM/дд/гггг по умолчанию)"},"NETWORKDAYS":{"a":"( start-date , end-date [ , holidays ] )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество рабочих дней между двумя датами (начальной и конечной). Выходные и праздничные дни в это число не включаются"},"NETWORKDAYS.INTL":{"a":"( start_date , end_date , [ , weekend ] , [ , holidays ] )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество рабочих дней между двумя датами с использованием параметров, определяющих, сколько в неделе выходных и какие дни являются выходными"},"NOW":{"a":"()","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает текущую дату и время в числовом формате; если до ввода этой функции для ячейки был задан формат Общий, он будет изменен на формат даты и времени, соответствующий региональным параметрам"},"SECOND":{"a":"( time-value )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество секунд (число от 0 до 59), соответствующее заданному значению времени"},"TIME":{"a":"( hour, minute, second )","d":"Функция даты и времени, используется для добавления определенного времени в выбранном формате (по умолчанию чч:мм tt (указатель половины дня a.m./p.m.))"},"TIMEVALUE":{"a":"( date-time-string )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает порядковый номер, соответствующий заданному времени"},"TODAY":{"a":"()","d":"Функция даты и времени, используется для добавления текущей даты в следующем формате: MM/дд/гг. Данная функция не требует аргумента"},"WEEKDAY":{"a":"( serial-value [ , weekday-start-flag ] )","d":"Функция даты и времени, определяет, какой день недели соответствует заданной дате"},"WEEKNUM":{"a":"( serial-value [ , weekday-start-flag ] )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает порядковый номер той недели в течение года, на которую приходится заданная дата"},"WORKDAY":{"a":"( start-date , day-offset [ , holidays ] )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает дату, которая идет на заданное число дней (day-offset) до или после заданной начальной даты, без учета выходных и праздничных дней"},"WORKDAY.INTL":{"a":"( start_date , days , [ , weekend ] , [ , holidays ] )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает порядковый номер даты, отстоящей вперед или назад на заданное количество рабочих дней, с указанием настраиваемых параметров выходных, определяющих, сколько в неделе выходных дней и какие дни являются выходными"},"YEAR":{"a":"( date-value )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает год (число от 1900 до 9999), соответствующий дате, заданной в числовом формате (MM/дд/гггг по умолчанию)"},"YEARFRAC":{"a":"( start-date , end-date [ , basis ] )","d":"Функция даты и времени, возвращает долю года, представленную числом целых дней между начальной и конечной датами, вычисляемую заданным способом"},"BESSELI":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает модифицированную функцию Бесселя, что эквивалентно вычислению функции Бесселя для чисто мнимого аргумента"},"BESSELJ":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает функцию Бесселя"},"BESSELK":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает модифицированную функцию Бесселя, что эквивалентно вычислению функции Бесселя для чисто мнимого аргумента"},"BESSELY":{"a":"( X , N )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает функцию Бесселя, также называемую функцией Вебера или функцией Неймана"},"BIN2DEC":{"a":"( number )","d":"Инженерная функция, преобразует двоичное число в десятичное"},"BIN2HEX":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Инженерная функция, преобразует двоичное число в шестнадцатеричное"},"BIN2OCT":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Инженерная функция, преобразует двоичное число в восьмеричное"},"BITAND":{"a":"( number1 , number2 )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает результат операции поразрядного И для двух чисел"},"BITLSHIFT":{"a":"( number, shift_amount )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает число со сдвигом влево на указанное число бит"},"BITOR":{"a":"( number1, number2 )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает результат операции поразрядного ИЛИ для двух чисел"},"BITRSHIFT":{"a":"( number, shift_amount )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает число со сдвигом вправо на указанное число бит"},"BITXOR":{"a":"( number1, number2 )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает результат операции поразрядного исключающего ИЛИ для двух чисел"},"COMPLEX":{"a":"( real-number , imaginary-number [ , suffix ] )","d":"Инженерная функция, используется для преобразования действительной и мнимой части в комплексное число, выраженное в формате a + bi или a + bj"},"CONVERT":{"a":"( number , from-unit , to-unit )","d":"Инженерная функция, преобразует число из одной системы мер в другую; например, с помощью функции ПРЕОБР можно перевести таблицу расстояний в милях в таблицу расстояний в километрах"},"DEC2BIN":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Инженерная функция, преобразует десятичное число в двоичное"},"DEC2HEX":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Инженерная функция, преобразует десятичное число в шестнадцатеричное"},"DEC2OCT":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Инженерная функция, преобразует десятичное число в восьмеричное"},"DELTA":{"a":"( number-1 [ , number-2 ] )","d":"Инженерная функция, используется для проверки равенства двух чисел. Функция возвращает 1, если числа равны, в противном случае возвращает 0"},"ERF":{"a":"( lower-bound [ , upper-bound ] )","d":"Инженерная функция, используется для расчета значения функции ошибки, проинтегрированного в интервале от заданного нижнего до заданного верхнего предела"},"ERF.PRECISE":{"a":"( x )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает функцию ошибки"},"ERFC":{"a":"( lower-bound )","d":"Инженерная функция, используется для расчета значения дополнительной функции ошибки, проинтегрированного в интервале от заданного нижнего предела до бесконечности"},"ERFC.PRECISE":{"a":"( x )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает дополнительную функцию ошибки, проинтегрированную в пределах от x до бесконечности"},"GESTEP":{"a":"( number [ , step ] )","d":"Инженерная функция, используется для проверки того, превышает ли какое-то число пороговое значение. Функция возвращает 1, если число больше или равно пороговому значению, в противном случае возвращает 0"},"HEX2BIN":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Инженерная функция, преобразует шестнадцатеричное число в двоичное"},"HEX2DEC":{"a":"( number )","d":"Инженерная функция, преобразует шестнадцатеричное число в десятичное"},"HEX2OCT":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Инженерная функция, преобразует шестнадцатеричное число в восьмеричное"},"IMABS":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает абсолютное значение комплексного числа"},"IMAGINARY":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает мнимую часть заданного комплексного числа"},"IMARGUMENT":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает значение аргумента Тета, то есть угол в радианах"},"IMCONJUGATE":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает комплексно-сопряженное значение комплексного числа"},"IMCOS":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает косинус комплексного числа, представленного в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj"},"IMCOSH":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает гиперболический косинус комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj"},"IMCOT":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает котангенс комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj"},"IMCSC":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает косеканс комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj"},"IMCSCH":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает гиперболический косеканс комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj"},"IMDIV":{"a":"( complex-number-1 , complex-number-2 )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает частное от деления двух комплексных чисел, представленных в формате a + bi или a + bj"},"IMEXP":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает экспоненту комплексного числа (значение константы e, возведенной в степень, заданную комплексным числом). Константа e равна 2,71828182845904"},"IMLN":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает натуральный логарифм комплексного числа"},"IMLOG10":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает двоичный логарифм комплексного числа"},"IMLOG2":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает десятичный логарифм комплексного числа"},"IMPOWER":{"a":"( complex-number, power )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает комплексное число, возведенное в заданную степень"},"IMPRODUCT":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает произведение указанных комплексных чисел"},"IMREAL":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает действительную часть комплексного числа"},"IMSEC":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает секанс комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj"},"IMSECH":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает гиперболический секанс комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj"},"IMSIN":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает синус комплексного числа a + bi или a + bj"},"IMSINH":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает гиперболический синус комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj"},"IMSQRT":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает значение квадратного корня из комплексного числа"},"IMSUB":{"a":"( complex-number-1 , complex-number-2 )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает разность двух комплексных чисел, представленных в формате a + bi или a + bj"},"IMSUM":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Инженерная функция, возвращает сумму двух комплексных чисел, представленных в формате a + bi или a + bj"},"IMTAN":{"a":"( complex-number )","d":"Инженерная функция, тангенс комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj"},"OCT2BIN":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Инженерная функция, преобразует восьмеричное число в двоичное"},"OCT2DEC":{"a":"( number )","d":"Инженерная функция, преобразует восьмеричное число в десятичное"},"OCT2HEX":{"a":"( number [ , num-hex-digits ] )","d":"Инженерная функция, преобразует восьмеричное число в шестнадцатеричное"},"DAVERAGE":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Функция базы данных, усредняет значения в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, удовлетворяющие заданным условиям"},"DCOUNT":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Функция базы данных, подсчитывает количество ячеек в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые содержат числа, удовлетворяющие заданным условиям"},"DCOUNTA":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Функция базы данных, подсчитывает непустые ячейки в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые удовлетворяют заданным условиям"},"DGET":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Функция базы данных, извлекает из столбца списка или базы данных одно значение, удовлетворяющее заданным условиям"},"DMAX":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Функция базы данных, возвращает наибольшее число в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которое удовлетворяет заданным условиям"},"DMIN":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Функция базы данных, возвращает наименьшее число в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которое удовлетворяет заданным условиям"},"DPRODUCT":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Функция базы данных, перемножает значения в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые удовлетворяют заданным условиям"},"DSTDEV":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Функция базы данных, оценивает стандартное отклонение на основе выборки из генеральной совокупности, используя числа в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые удовлетворяют заданным условиям"},"DSTDEVP":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Функция базы данных, вычисляет стандартное отклонение генеральной совокупности, используя числа в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые удовлетворяют заданным условиям"},"DSUM":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Функция базы данных, cуммирует числа в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые удовлетворяют заданным условиям"},"DVAR":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Функция базы данных, оценивает дисперсию генеральной совокупности по выборке, используя отвечающие соответствующие заданным условиям числа в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных"},"DVARP":{"a":"( database , field , criteria )","d":"Функция базы данных, вычисляет дисперсию генеральной совокупности, используя числа в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые удовлетворяют заданным условиям"},"CHAR":{"a":"( number )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает символ ASCII, соответствующий заданному числовому коду"},"CLEAN":{"a":"( string )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для удаления всех непечатаемых символов из выбранной строки"},"CODE":{"a":"( string )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает числовой код ASCII, соответствующий заданному символу или первому символу в ячейке"},"CONCATENATE":{"a":"(text1, text2, ...)","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для объединения данных из двух или более ячеек в одну"},"CONCAT":{"a":"(text1, text2, ...)","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для объединения данных из двух или более ячеек в одну. Эта функция заменяет функцию СЦЕПИТЬ"},"DOLLAR":{"a":"( number [ , num-decimal ] )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, преобразует число в текст, используя денежный формат $#.##"},"EXACT":{"a":"(text1, text2)","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для сравнения данных в двух ячейках. Функция возвращает значение TRUE (ИСТИНА), если данные совпадают, и FALSE (ЛОЖЬ), если нет"},"FIND":{"a":"( string-1 , string-2 [ , start-pos ] )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для поиска заданной подстроки (string-1) внутри строки (string-2), предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)"},"FINDB":{"a":"( string-1 , string-2 [ , start-pos ] )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для поиска заданной подстроки (string-1) внутри строки (string-2), предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д."},"FIXED":{"a":"( number [ , [ num-decimal ] [ , suppress-commas-flag ] ] )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает текстовое представление числа, округленного до заданного количества десятичных знаков"},"LEFT":{"a":"( string [ , number-chars ] )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, извлекает подстроку из заданной строки, начиная с левого символа, предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)"},"LEFTB":{"a":"( string [ , number-chars ] )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, извлекает подстроку из заданной строки, начиная с левого символа, предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д."},"LEN":{"a":"( string )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, анализирует заданную строку и возвращает количество символов, которые она содержит, предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)"},"LENB":{"a":"( string )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, анализирует заданную строку и возвращает количество символов, которые она содержит, предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д."},"LOWER":{"a":"(text)","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для преобразования букв в выбранной ячейке из верхнего регистра в нижний"},"MID":{"a":"( string , start-pos , number-chars )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, извлекает символы из заданной строки, начиная с любого места, предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)"},"MIDB":{"a":"( string , start-pos , number-chars )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, извлекает символы из заданной строки, начиная с любого места, предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д."},"NUMBERVALUE":{"a":"( text , [ , [ decimal-separator ] [ , [ group-separator ] ] )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, преобразует текст в числовое значение независимым от локали способом"},"PROPER":{"a":"( string )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, преобразует первую букву каждого слова в прописную (верхний регистр), а все остальные буквы - в строчные (нижний регистр)"},"REPLACE":{"a":"( string-1, start-pos, number-chars, string-2 )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, заменяет ряд символов на новый, с учетом заданного количества символов и начальной позиции, предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)"},"REPLACEB":{"a":"( string-1, start-pos, number-chars, string-2 )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, заменяет ряд символов на новый, с учетом заданного количества символов и начальной позиции, предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д."},"REPT":{"a":"(text, number_of_times)","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для повторения данных в выбранной ячейке заданное количество раз"},"RIGHT":{"a":"( string [ , number-chars ] )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, извлекает подстроку из заданной строки, начиная с крайнего правого символа, согласно заданному количеству символов, предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)"},"RIGHTB":{"a":"( string [ , number-chars ] )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, извлекает подстроку из заданной строки, начиная с крайнего правого символа, согласно заданному количеству символов, предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д."},"SEARCH":{"a":"( string-1 , string-2 [ , start-pos ] )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает местоположение заданной подстроки в строке, предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)"},"SEARCHB":{"a":"( string-1 , string-2 [ , start-pos ] )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает местоположение заданной подстроки в строке, предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д."},"SUBSTITUTE":{"a":"( string , old-string , new-string [ , occurence ] )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, заменяет ряд символов на новый"},"T":{"a":"( value )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для проверки, является ли значение в ячейке (или используемое как аргумент) текстом или нет. Если это не текст, функция возвращает пустой результат. Если значение/аргумент является текстом, функция возвращает это же текстовое значение"},"TEXT":{"a":"( value , format )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, преобразует числовое значение в текст в заданном формате"},"TEXTJOIN":{"a":"( delimiter , ignore_empty , text1 [ , text2 ] , … )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, объединяет текст из нескольких диапазонов и (или) строк, вставляя между текстовыми значениями указанный разделитель; если в качестве разделителя используется пустая текстовая строка, функция эффективно объединит диапазоны"},"TRIM":{"a":"( string )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, удаляет пробелы из начала и конца строки"},"UNICHAR":{"a":"( number )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает число (кодовую страницу), которая соответствует первому символу текста"},"UNICODE":{"a":"( text )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает число (кодовую страницу), которая соответствует первому символу текста"},"UPPER":{"a":"(text)","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для преобразования букв в выбранной ячейке из нижнего регистра в верхний"},"VALUE":{"a":"( string )","d":"Функция для работы с текстом и данными, преобразует текстовое значение, представляющее число, в числовое значение. Если преобразуемый текст не является числом, функция возвращает ошибку #VALUE!"},"AVEDEV":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и возвращает среднее абсолютных значений отклонений чисел от их среднего значения"},"AVERAGE":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и вычисляет среднее значение"},"AVERAGEA":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных, включая текстовые и логические значения, и вычисляет среднее значение. Функция AVERAGEA интерпретирует текст и логическое значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ) как числовое значение 0, а логическое значение TRUE (ИСТИНА) как числовое значение 1"},"AVERAGEIF":{"a":"( cell-range, selection-criteria [ , average-range ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и вычисляет среднее значение всех чисел в диапазоне ячеек, которые соответствуют заданному условию"},"AVERAGEIFS":{"a":"( average-range, criteria-range-1, criteria-1 [ criteria-range-2, criteria-2 ], ... )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и вычисляет среднее значение всех чисел в диапазоне ячеек, которые соответствуют нескольким заданным условиям"},"BETADIST":{"a":" ( x , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает интегральную функцию плотности бета-вероятности"},"BETA.DIST":{"a":" ( x , alpha , beta , cumulative , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает функцию бета-распределения"},"BETA.INV":{"a":" ( probability , alpha , beta , [ , [ A ] [ , [ B ] ] ) ","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает обратную функцию к интегральной функции плотности бета-распределения вероятности "},"BINOMDIST":{"a":"( number-successes , number-trials , success-probability , cumulative-flag )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает отдельное значение вероятности биномиального распределения"},"BINOM.DIST":{"a":"( number-s , trials , probability-s , cumulative )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает отдельное значение биномиального распределения"},"BINOM.DIST.RANGE":{"a":"( trials , probability-s , number-s [ , number-s2 ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает вероятность результата испытаний при помощи биномиального распределения"},"BINOM.INV":{"a":"( trials , probability-s , alpha )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает наименьшее значение, для которого интегральное биномиальное распределение больше заданного значения критерия или равно ему"},"CHIDIST":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает правостороннюю вероятность распределения хи-квадрат"},"CHIINV":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное правосторонней вероятности распределения хи-квадрат."},"CHITEST":{"a":"( actual-range , expected-range )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает критерий независимости - значение статистики для распределения хи-квадрат (χ2) и соответствующее число степеней свободы"},"CHISQ.DIST":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom , cumulative )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает распределение хи-квадрат"},"CHISQ.DIST.RT":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает правостороннюю вероятность распределения хи-квадрат"},"CHISQ.INV":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное левосторонней вероятности распределения хи-квадрат"},"CHISQ.INV.RT":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное левосторонней вероятности распределения хи-квадрат"},"CHISQ.TEST":{"a":"( actual-range , expected-range )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает критерий независимости - значение статистики для распределения хи-квадрат (χ2) и соответствующее число степеней свободы"},"CONFIDENCE":{"a":"( alpha , standard-dev , size )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает доверительный интервал"},"CONFIDENCE.NORM":{"a":"( alpha , standard-dev , size )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает доверительный интервал для среднего генеральной совокупности с нормальным распределением."},"CONFIDENCE.T":{"a":"( alpha , standard-dev , size )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает доверительный интервал для среднего генеральной совокупности, используя распределение Стьюдента"},"CORREL":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и возвращает коэффициент корреляции между двумя диапазонами ячеек"},"COUNT":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для подсчета количества ячеек в выбранном диапазоне, содержащих числа, без учета пустых или содержащих текст ячеек"},"COUNTA":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона ячеек и подсчета количества непустых ячеек"},"COUNTBLANK":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона ячеек и возвращает количество пустых ячеек"},"COUNTIFS":{"a":"( criteria-range1, criteria1, [ criteria-range2, criteria2 ], ... )","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для подсчета количества ячеек выделенного диапазона, соответствующих нескольким заданным условиям"},"COUNTIF":{"a":"( cell-range, selection-criteria )","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для подсчета количества ячеек выделенного диапазона, соответствующих заданному условию"},"COVAR":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает ковариацию в двух диапазонах данных"},"COVARIANCE.P":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает ковариацию совокупности, т. е. среднее произведений отклонений для каждой пары точек в двух наборах данных; ковариация используется для определения связи между двумя наборами данных"},"COVARIANCE.S":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает ковариацию выборки, т. е. среднее произведений отклонений для каждой пары точек в двух наборах данных"},"CRITBINOM":{"a":"( number-trials , success-probability , alpha )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает наименьшее значение, для которого интегральное биномиальное распределение больше или равно заданному условию"},"DEVSQ":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона ячеек и возвращает сумму квадратов отклонений чисел от их среднего значения"},"EXPONDIST":{"a":"( x , lambda , cumulative-flag )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает экспоненциальное распределение"},"EXPON.DIST":{"a":"( x , lambda , cumulative-flag )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает экспоненциальное распределение"},"FDIST":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает правый хвост F-распределения вероятности для двух наборов данных. Эта функция позволяет определить, имеют ли два множества данных различные степени разброса результатов"},"FINV":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное (правостороннему) F-распределению вероятностей; F-распределение может использоваться в F-тесте, который сравнивает степени разброса двух множеств данных"},"FTEST":{"a":"( array1 , array2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает результат F-теста; F-тест возвращает двустороннюю вероятность того, что разница между дисперсиями аргументов массив1 и массив2 несущественна; эта функция позволяет определить, имеют ли две выборки различные дисперсии"},"F.DIST":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 , cumulative )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает F-распределение вероятности; эта функция позволяет определить, имеют ли два множества данных различные степени разброса результатов"},"F.DIST.RT":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает правый хвост F-распределения вероятности для двух наборов данных; эта функция позволяет определить, имеют ли два множества данных различные степени разброса результатов"},"F.INV":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное F-распределению вероятности; F-распределение может использоваться в F-тесте, который сравнивает степени разброса двух наборов данных"},"F.INV.RT":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom1 , deg-freedom2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное F-распределению вероятности; F-распределение может использоваться в F-тесте, который сравнивает степени разброса двух наборов данных"},"F.TEST":{"a":"( array1 , array2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает результат F-теста, двустороннюю вероятность того, что разница между дисперсиями аргументов массив1 и массив2 несущественна; эта функция позволяет определить, имеют ли две выборки различные дисперсии"},"FISHER":{"a":"( number )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает преобразование Фишера для числа"},"FISHERINV":{"a":"( number )","d":"Статистическая функция, выполняет обратное преобразование Фишера"},"FORECAST":{"a":"( x , array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, предсказывает будущее значение на основе существующих значений"},"FORECAST.ETS":{"a":"( target_date , values , timeline , [ seasonality ] , [ data_completion ] , [ aggregation ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, рассчитывает или прогнозирует будущее значение на основе существующих (ретроспективных) данных с использованием версии AAA алгоритма экспоненциального сглаживания (ETS)"},"FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT":{"a":"( target_date , values , timeline , [ confidence_level ] , [ seasonality ], [ data_completion ] , [aggregation ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает доверительный интервал для прогнозной величины на указанную дату"},"FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY":{"a":"( values , timeline , [ data_completion ] , [ aggregation ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает длину повторяющегося фрагмента, обнаруженного программой Excel в заданном временном ряду"},"FORECAST.ETS.STAT":{"a":"( values , timeline , statistic_type , [ seasonality ] , [ data_completion ] , [ aggregation ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает статистическое значение, являющееся результатом прогнозирования временного ряда; тип статистики определяет, какая именно статистика используется этой функцией"},"FORECAST.LINEAR":{"a":"( x, known_y's, known_x's )","d":"Статистическая функция, вычисляет или предсказывает будущее значение по существующим значениям; предсказываемое значение — это значение y, соответствующее заданному значению x; значения x и y известны; новое значение предсказывается с использованием линейной регрессии"},"FREQUENCY":{"a":"( data-array , bins-array )","d":"Статистическая функция, вычисляет частоту появления значений в выбранном диапазоне ячеек и отображает первое значение возвращаемого вертикального массива чисел"},"GAMMA":{"a":"( number )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает значение гамма-функции"},"GAMMADIST":{"a":"( x , alpha , beta , cumulative )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает гамма-распределение"},"GAMMA.DIST":{"a":"( x , alpha , beta , cumulative )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает гамма-распределение"},"GAMMAINV":{"a":"( probability , alpha , beta )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное гамма-распределению"},"GAMMA.INV":{"a":"( probability , alpha , beta )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное гамма-распределению"},"GAMMALN":{"a":"( number )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает натуральный логарифм гамма-функции"},"GAMMALN.PRECISE":{"a":"( x )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает натуральный логарифм гамма-функции"},"GAUSS":{"a":"( z )","d":"Статистическая функция, рассчитывает вероятность, с которой элемент стандартной нормальной совокупности находится в интервале между средним и стандартным отклонением z от среднего"},"GEOMEAN":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, вычисляет среднее геометрическое для списка значений"},"HARMEAN":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, вычисляет среднее гармоническое для списка значений"},"HYPGEOMDIST":{"a":"( sample-successes , number-sample , population-successes , number-population )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает гипергеометрическое распределение, вероятность заданного количества успехов в выборке, если заданы размер выборки, количество успехов в генеральной совокупности и размер генеральной совокупности"},"INTERCEPT":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует значения первого и второго массивов для вычисления точки пересечения"},"KURT":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает эксцесс списка значений"},"LARGE":{"a":"( array , k )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон ячеек и возвращает n-ое по величине значение"},"LOGINV":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-deviation )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает обратное логарифмическое нормальное распределение для заданного значения x с указанными параметрами"},"LOGNORM.DIST":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-deviation , cumulative )","d":"Статистическая функция, вВозвращает логнормальное распределение для x, где ln(x) является нормально распределенным с параметрами Mean и Standard-deviation; эта функция используется для анализа данных, которые были логарифмически преобразованы"},"LOGNORM.INV":{"a":"( probability , mean , standard-deviation )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает обратную функцию интегрального логнормального распределения x, где ln(x) имеет нормальное распределение с параметрами Mean и Standard-deviation; ногнормальное распределение применяется для анализа логарифмически преобразованных данных"},"LOGNORMDIST":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-deviation )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует логарифмически преобразованные данные и возвращает логарифмическое нормальное распределение для заданного значения x с указанными параметрами"},"MAX":{"a":"(number1, number2, ...)","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и поиска наибольшего числа"},"MAXA":{"a":"(number1, number2, ...)","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и поиска наибольшего значения"},"MAXIFS":{"a":"( max_range , criteria_range1 , criteria1 [ , criteria_range2 , criteria2 ] , ...)","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает максимальное значение из заданных определенными условиями или критериями ячеек."},"MEDIAN":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, вычисляет медиану для списка значений"},"MIN":{"a":"(number1, number2, ...)","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и поиска наименьшего числа"},"MINA":{"a":"(number1, number2, ...)","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и поиска наименьшего значения"},"MINIFS":{"a":"( min_range , criteria_range1 , criteria1 [ , criteria_range2 , criteria2 ] , ...)","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает минимальное значение из заданных определенными условиями или критериями ячеек"},"MODE":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает наиболее часто встречающееся значение"},"MODE.MULT":{"a":"( number1 , [ , number2 ] ... )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает вертикальный массив из наиболее часто встречающихся (повторяющихся) значений в массиве или диапазоне данных"},"MODE.SNGL":{"a":"( number1 , [ , number2 ] ... )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает наиболее часто встречающееся или повторяющееся значение в массиве или интервале данных"},"NEGBINOM.DIST":{"a":"( (number-f , number-s , probability-s , cumulative )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает отрицательное биномиальное распределение — вероятность возникновения определенного числа неудач до указанного количества успехов при заданной вероятности успеха"},"NEGBINOMDIST":{"a":"( number-failures , number-successes , success-probability )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает отрицательное биномиальное распределение"},"NORM.DIST":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-dev , cumulative )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает нормальную функцию распределения для указанного среднего и стандартного отклонения"},"NORMDIST":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-deviation , cumulative-flag )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает нормальную функцию распределения для указанного среднего значения и стандартного отклонения"},"NORM.INV":{"a":"( probability , mean , standard-dev )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает обратное нормальное распределение для указанного среднего и стандартного отклонения"},"NORMINV":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-deviation )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает обратное нормальное распределение для указанного среднего значения и стандартного отклонения"},"NORM.S.DIST":{"a":"( z , cumulative )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает стандартное нормальное интегральное распределение; это распределение имеет среднее, равное нулю, и стандартное отклонение, равное единице."},"NORMSDIST":{"a":"(number)","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает стандартное нормальное интегральное распределение"},"NORM.S.INV":{"a":"( probability )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает обратное значение стандартного нормального распределения; это распределение имеет среднее, равное нулю, и стандартное отклонение, равное единице"},"NORMSINV":{"a":"( probability )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает обратное значение стандартного нормального распределения"},"PEARSON":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает коэффициент корреляции Пирсона"},"PERCENTILE":{"a":"( array , k )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает n-ый процентиль"},"PERCENTILE.EXC":{"a":"( array , k )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает k-ю процентиль для значений диапазона, где k — число от 0 и 1 (не включая эти числа)"},"PERCENTILE.INC":{"a":"( array , k )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает k-ю процентиль для значений диапазона, где k — число от 0 и 1 (включая эти числа)"},"PERCENTRANK":{"a":"( array , x [ , significance ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает категорию значения в наборе данных как процентное содержание в наборе данных"},"PERCENTRANK.EXC":{"a":"( array , x [ , significance ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает ранг значения в наборе данных как процентное содержание в наборе данных (от 0 до 1, не включая эти числа)"},"PERCENTRANK.INC":{"a":"( array , x [ , significance ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает ранг значения в наборе данных как процентное содержание в наборе данных (от 0 до 1, включая эти числа)"},"PERMUT":{"a":"( number , number-chosen )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает количество перестановок для заданного числа элементов"},"PERMUTATIONA":{"a":"( number , number-chosen )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает количество перестановок для заданного числа объектов (с повторами), которые можно выбрать из общего числа объектов"},"PHI":{"a":"( x )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает значение функции плотности для стандартного нормального распределения"},"POISSON":{"a":"( x , mean , cumulative-flag )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает распределение Пуассона"},"POISSON.DIST":{"a":"( x , mean , cumulative )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает распределение Пуассона; обычное применение распределения Пуассона состоит в предсказании количества событий, происходящих за определенное время, например количества машин, появляющихся на площади за одну минуту"},"PROB":{"a":"( x-range , probability-range , lower-limit [ , upper-limit ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает вероятность того, что значения из интервала находятся внутри нижнего и верхнего пределов"},"QUARTILE":{"a":"( array , result-category )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает квартиль"},"QUARTILE.INC":{"a":"( array , quart )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает квартиль набора данных на основе значений процентили от 0 до 1 (включительно)"},"QUARTILE.EXC":{"a":"( array , quart )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает квартиль набора данных на основе значений процентили от 0 до 1, исключая эти числа"},"RANK":{"a":"( number , ref [ , order ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает ранг числа в списке чисел; ранг числа — это его величина относительно других значений в списке; если отсортировать список, то ранг числа будет его позицией.)"},"RANK.AVG":{"a":"( number , ref [ , order ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает ранг числа в списке чисел, то есть его величину относительно других значений в списке; если несколько значений имеют одинаковый ранг, возвращается среднее."},"RANK.EQ":{"a":"( number , ref [ , order ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает ранг числа в списке чисел, то есть его величину относительно других значений в списке"},"RSQ":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает квадрат коэффициента корреляции Пирсона"},"SKEW":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает асимметрию распределения для списка значений"},"SKEW.P":{"a":"( number-1 [ , number 2 ] , … )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает асимметрию распределения на основе заполнения: характеристика степени асимметрии распределения относительно его среднего"},"SLOPE":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает наклон линии линейной регрессии для данных в двух массивах"},"SMALL":{"a":"( array , k )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и находит n-ое наименьшее значение"},"STANDARDIZE":{"a":"( x , mean , standard-deviation )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает нормализованное значение для распределения, характеризуемого заданными параметрами"},"STDEV":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает стандартное отклонение по выборке, содержащей числа"},"STDEV.P":{"a":"( number1 [ , number2 ] , ... )","d":"Статистическая функция, вычисляет стандартное отклонение по генеральной совокупности, заданной аргументами. При этом логические значения и текст игнорируются"},"STDEV.S":{"a":"( number1 [ , number2 ] , ... )","d":"Статистическая функция, оценивает стандартное отклонение по выборке, логические значения и текст игнорируются"},"STDEVA":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает стандартное отклонение по выборке, содержащей числа, текст и логические значения (TRUE или FALSE). Текст и логические значения FALSE (ЛОЖЬ) интерпретируются как 0, а логические значения TRUE (ИСТИНА) - как 1"},"STDEVP":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и возвращает стандартное отклонение по всей совокупности значений"},"STDEVPA":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и возвращает стандартное отклонение по всей совокупности значений"},"STEYX":{"a":"( known-ys , known-xs )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает стандартную ошибку предсказанных значений Y для каждого значения X по регрессивной шкале"},"TDIST":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom , tails )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает процентные точки (вероятность) для t-распределения Стьюдента, где числовое значение (x) — вычисляемое значение t, для которого должны быть вычислены вероятности; T-распределение используется для проверки гипотез при малом объеме выборки"},"TINV":{"a":"( probability , deg_freedom )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает двустороннее обратное t-распределения Стьюдента"},"T.DIST":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom , cumulative )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает левостороннее t-распределение Стьюдента. T-распределение используется для проверки гипотез при малом объеме выборки. Данную функцию можно использовать вместо таблицы критических значений t-распределения"},"T.DIST.2T":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает двустороннее t-распределение Стьюдента.T-распределение Стьюдента используется для проверки гипотез при малом объеме выборки. Данную функцию можно использовать вместо таблицы критических значений t-распределения"},"T.DIST.RT":{"a":"( x , deg-freedom )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает правостороннее t-распределение Стьюдента. T-распределение используется для проверки гипотез при малом объеме выборки. Данную функцию можно применять вместо таблицы критических значений t-распределения"},"T.INV":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает левостороннее обратное t-распределение Стьюдента."},"T.INV.2T":{"a":"( probability , deg-freedom )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает двустороннее обратное t-распределение Стьюдента"},"T.TEST":{"a":"( array1 , array2 , tails , type )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает вероятность, соответствующую t-тесту Стьюдента; функция СТЬЮДЕНТ.ТЕСТ позволяет определить вероятность того, что две выборки взяты из генеральных совокупностей, которые имеют одно и то же среднее"},"TRIMMEAN":{"a":"( array1 , array2 , tails , type )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает среднее внутренности множества данных. УРЕЗСРЕДНЕЕ вычисляет среднее, отбрасывания заданный процент данных с экстремальными значениями; можно использовать эту функцию, чтобы исключить из анализа выбросы"},"TTEST":{"a":"( array1 , array2 , tails , type )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает вероятность, соответствующую критерию Стьюдента; функция ТТЕСТ позволяет определить, вероятность того, что две выборки взяты из генеральных совокупностей, которые имеют одно и то же среднее"},"VAR":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает дисперсию по выборке, содержащей числа"},"VAR.P":{"a":"( number1 [ , number2 ], ... )","d":"Статистическая функция, вычисляет дисперсию для генеральной совокупности. Логические значения и текст игнорируются"},"VAR.S":{"a":"( number1 [ , number2 ], ... )","d":"Статистическая функция, оценивает дисперсию по выборке; логические значения и текст игнорируются"},"VARA":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает дисперсию по выборке"},"VARP":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает дисперсию по всей совокупности значений"},"VARPA":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает дисперсию по всей совокупности значений"},"WEIBULL":{"a":"( x , alpha , beta , cumulative )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает распределение Вейбулла; это распределение используется при анализе надежности, например для вычисления среднего времени наработки на отказ какого-либо устройства"},"WEIBULL.DIST":{"a":"( x , alpha , beta , cumulative )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает распределение Вейбулла; это распределение используется при анализе надежности, например для вычисления среднего времени наработки на отказ какого-либо устройства"},"Z.TEST":{"a":"( array , x [ , sigma ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает одностороннее P-значение z-теста; для заданного гипотетического среднего генеральной совокупности функция Z.TEСT возвращает вероятность того, что среднее по выборке будет больше среднего значения набора рассмотренных данных (массива), то есть среднего значения наблюдаемой выборки"},"ZTEST":{"a":"( array , x [ , sigma ] )","d":"Статистическая функция, возвращает одностороннее значение вероятности z-теста; для заданного гипотетического среднего генеральной совокупности (μ0) возвращает вероятность того, что выборочное среднее будет больше среднего значения множества рассмотренных данных (массива), называемого также средним значением наблюдаемой выборки"},"ACCRINT":{"a":"( issue , first-interest , settlement , rate , [ par ] , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления дохода по ценным бумагам с периодической выплатой процентов"},"ACCRINTM":{"a":"( issue , settlement , rate , [ [ par ] [ , [ basis ] ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления дохода по ценным бумагам, процент по которым уплачивается при наступлении срока погашения"},"AMORDEGRC":{"a":"( cost , date-purchased , first-period , salvage , period , rate [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества по каждому отчетному периоду методом дегрессивной амортизации"},"AMORLINC":{"a":"( cost , date-purchased , first-period , salvage , period , rate [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества по каждому отчетному периоду методом линейной амортизации"},"COUPDAYBS":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления количества дней от начала действия купона до даты покупки ценной бумаги"},"COUPDAYS":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления количества дней в периоде купона, содержащем дату покупки ценной бумаги"},"COUPDAYSNC":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления количества дней от даты покупки ценной бумаги до следующей выплаты по купону"},"COUPNCD":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления даты следующей выплаты по купону после даты покупки ценной бумаги"},"COUPNUM":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления количества выплат процентов между датой покупки ценной бумаги и датой погашения"},"COUPPCD":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления даты выплаты процентов, предшествующей дате покупки ценной бумаги"},"CUMIPMT":{"a":"( rate , nper , pv , start-period , end-period , type )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления общего размера процентых выплат по инвестиции между двумя периодами времени исходя из указанной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей"},"CUMPRINC":{"a":"( rate , nper , pv , start-period , end-period , type )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления общей суммы, выплачиваемой в погашение основного долга по инвестиции между двумя периодами времени исходя из указанной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей"},"DB":{"a":"( cost , salvage , life , period [ , [ month ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества за указанный отчетный период методом фиксированного убывающего остатка"},"DDB":{"a":"( cost , salvage , life , period [ , factor ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества за указанный отчетный период методом двойного убывающего остатка"},"DISC":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , pr , redemption [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления ставки дисконтирования по ценной бумаге"},"DOLLARDE":{"a":"( fractional-dollar , fraction )","d":"Финансовая функция, преобразует цену в долларах, представленную в виде дроби, в цену в долларах, выраженную десятичным числом"},"DOLLARFR":{"a":"( decimal-dollar , fraction )","d":"Финансовая функция, преобразует цену в долларах, представленную десятичным числом, в цену в долларах, выраженную в виде дроби"},"DURATION":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , coupon , yld , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления продолжительности Маколея (взвешенного среднего срока погашения) для ценной бумаги с предполагаемой номинальной стоимостью 100 рублей"},"EFFECT":{"a":"( nominal-rate , npery )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления эффективной (фактической) годовой процентной ставки по ценной бумаге исходя из указанной номинальной годовой процентной ставки и количества периодов в году, за которые начисляются сложные проценты"},"FV":{"a":"( rate , nper , pmt [ , [ pv ] [ ,[ type ] ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, вычисляет будущую стоимость инвестиции исходя из заданной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей"},"FVSCHEDULE":{"a":"( principal , schedule )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления будущей стоимости инвестиций на основании ряда непостоянных процентных ставок"},"INTRATE":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , pr , redemption [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления ставки доходности по полностью обеспеченной ценной бумаге, проценты по которой уплачиваются только при наступлении срока погашения"},"IPMT":{"a":"( rate , per , nper , pv [ , [ fv ] [ , [ type ] ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления суммы платежей по процентам для инвестиции исходя из указанной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей"},"IRR":{"a":"( values [ , [ guess ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления внутренней ставки доходности по ряду периодических потоков денежных средств"},"ISPMT":{"a":"( rate , per , nper , pv )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления процентов, выплачиваемых за определенный инвестиционный период, исходя из постоянной периодичности платежей"},"MDURATION":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , coupon , yld , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления модифицированной продолжительности Маколея (взвешенного среднего срока погашения) для ценной бумаги с предполагаемой номинальной стоимостью 100 рублей"},"MIRR":{"a":"( values , finance-rate , reinvest-rate )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления модифицированной внутренней ставки доходности по ряду периодических денежных потоков"},"NOMINAL":{"a":"( effect-rate , npery )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления номинальной годовой процентной ставки по ценной бумаге исходя из указанной эффективной (фактической) годовой процентной ставки и количества периодов в году, за которые начисляются сложные проценты"},"NPER":{"a":"( rate , pmt , pv [ , [ fv ] [ , [ type ] ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, вычисляет количество периодов выплаты для инвестиции исходя из заданной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей"},"NPV":{"a":"( rate , argument-list )","d":"Финансовая функция, вычисляет величину чистой приведенной стоимости инвестиции на основе заданной ставки дисконтирования"},"ODDFPRICE":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , issue , first-coupon , rate , yld , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления цены за 100 рублей номинальной стоимости ценной бумаги с периодической выплатой процентов в случае нерегулярной продолжительности первого периода выплаты процентов (больше или меньше остальных периодов)"},"ODDFYIELD":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , issue , first-coupon , rate , pr , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления дохода по ценной бумаге с периодической выплатой процентов в случае нерегулярной продолжительности первого периода выплаты процентов (больше или меньше остальных периодов)"},"ODDLPRICE":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , last-interest , rate , yld , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления цены за 100 рублей номинальной стоимости ценной бумаги с периодической выплатой процентов в случае нерегулярной продолжительности последнего периода выплаты процентов (больше или меньше остальных периодов)"},"ODDLYIELD":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , last-interest , rate , pr , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления дохода по ценной бумаге с периодической выплатой процентов в случае нерегулярной продолжительности последнего периода выплаты процентов (больше или меньше остальных периодов)"},"PDURATION":{"a":"( rate , pv , fv )","d":"Финансовая функция, возвращает количество периодов, которые необходимы инвестиции для достижения заданного значения"},"PMT":{"a":"( rate , nper , pv [ , [ fv ] [ ,[ type ] ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, вычисляет размер периодического платежа по ссуде исходя из заданной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей"},"PPMT":{"a":"( rate , per , nper , pv [ , [ fv ] [ , [ type ] ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления размера платежа в счет погашения основного долга по инвестиции исходя из заданной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей"},"PRICE":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , rate , yld , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления цены за 100 рублей номинальной стоимости ценной бумаги с периодической выплатой процентов"},"PRICEDISC":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , discount , redemption [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления цены за 100 рублей номинальной стоимости ценной бумаги, на которую сделана скидка"},"PRICEMAT":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , issue , rate , yld [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления цены за 100 рублей номинальной стоимости ценной бумаги, процент по которой уплачивается при наступлении срока погашения"},"PV":{"a":"( rate , nper , pmt [ , [ fv ] [ ,[ type ] ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, вычисляет текущую стоимость инвестиции исходя из заданной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей"},"RATE":{"a":"( nper , pmt , pv [ , [ [ fv ] [ , [ [ type ] [ , [ guess ] ] ] ] ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления размера процентной ставки по инвестиции исходя из постоянной периодичности платежей"},"RECEIVED":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , investment , discount [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления суммы, полученной за полностью обеспеченную ценную бумагу при наступлении срока погашения"},"RRI":{"a":"( nper , pv , fv )","d":"Финансовая функция, возвращает эквивалентную процентную ставку для роста инвестиции"},"SLN":{"a":"( cost , salvage , life )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества за один отчетный период линейным методом амортизационных отчислений"},"SYD":{"a":"( cost , salvage , life , per )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества за указанный отчетный период методом \"суммы годовых цифр\""},"TBILLEQ":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , discount )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления эквивалентной доходности по казначейскому векселю"},"TBILLPRICE":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , discount )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления цены на 100 рублей номинальной стоимости для казначейского векселя"},"TBILLYIELD":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , pr )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления доходности по казначейскому векселю"},"VDB":{"a":"( cost , salvage , life , start-period , end-period [ , [ [ factor ] [ , [ no-switch-flag ] ] ] ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества за указанный отчетный период или его часть методом двойного уменьшения остатка или иным указанным методом"},"XIRR":{"a":"( values , dates [ , [ guess ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления внутренней ставки доходности по ряду нерегулярных денежных потоков"},"XNPV":{"a":"( rate , values , dates )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления чистой приведенной стоимости инвестиции исходя из указанной процентной ставки и нерегулярных выплат"},"YIELD":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , rate , pr , redemption , frequency [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления доходности по ценной бумаге с периодической выплатой процентов"},"YIELDDISC":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , pr , redemption , [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления годовой доходности по ценной бумаге, на которую дается скидка"},"YIELDMAT":{"a":"( settlement , maturity , issue , rate , pr [ , [ basis ] ] )","d":"Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления годовой доходности по ценным бумагам, процент по которым уплачивается при наступлении срока погашения"},"ABS":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется для нахождения модуля (абсолютной величины) числа"},"ACOS":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает арккосинус числа"},"ACOSH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический арккосинус числа"},"ACOT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает главное значение арккотангенса, или обратного котангенса, числа"},"ACOTH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический арккотангенс числа"},"AGGREGATE":{"a":"( function_num , options , ref1 [ , ref2 ] , … )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает агрегатный результат вычислений по списку или базе данных; с помощью этой функции можно применять различные агрегатные функции к списку или базе данных с возможностью пропускать скрытые строки и значения ошибок"},"ARABIC":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, преобразует римское число в арабское"},"ASIN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает арксинус числа"},"ASINH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический арксинус числа"},"ATAN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает арктангенс числа"},"ATAN2":{"a":"( x, y )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает арктангенс координат x и y"},"ATANH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический арктангенс числа"},"BASE":{"a":"( number , base [ , min-length ] )","d":"Преобразует число в текстовое представление с указанным основанием системы счисления"},"CEILING":{"a":"( x, significance )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется, чтобы округлить число в большую сторону до ближайшего числа, кратного заданной значимости"},"CEILING.MATH":{"a":"( x [ , [ significance ] [ , [ mode ] ] )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, округляет число до ближайшего целого или до ближайшего кратного заданной значимости"},"CEILING.PRECISE":{"a":"( x [ , significance ] )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, округляет число вверх до ближайшего целого или до ближайшего кратного указанному значению"},"COMBIN":{"a":"( number , number-chosen )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает количество комбинаций для заданного числа элементов"},"COMBINA":{"a":"( number , number-chosen )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает количество комбинаций (с повторениями) для заданного числа элементов"},"COS":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает косинус угла"},"COSH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический косинус числа"},"COT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает значение котангенса заданного угла в радианах"},"COTH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический котангенс числа"},"CSC":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает косеканс угла."},"CSCH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический косеканс угла"},"DECIMAL":{"a":"( text , base )","d":"Преобразует текстовое представление числа с указанным основанием в десятичное число"},"DEGREES":{"a":"( angle )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, преобразует радианы в градусы"},"ECMA.CEILING":{"a":"( x, significance )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется, чтобы округлить число в большую сторону до ближайшего числа, кратного заданной значимости"},"EVEN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется, чтобы округлить число до ближайшего четного целого числа"},"EXP":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает значение константы e, возведенной в заданную степень. Константа e равна 2,71828182845904"},"FACT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает факториал числа"},"FACTDOUBLE":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает двойной факториал числа"},"FLOOR":{"a":"( x, significance )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется, чтобы округлить число в меньшую сторону до ближайшего числа, кратного заданной значимости"},"FLOOR.PRECISE":{"a":"( x, significance )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает число, округленное с недостатком до ближайшего целого или до ближайшего кратного разрядности"},"FLOOR.MATH":{"a":"( x, significance )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, округляет число в меньшую сторону до ближайшего целого или до ближайшего кратного указанному значению"},"GCD":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает наибольший общий делитель для двух и более чисел"},"INT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, анализирует и возвращает целую часть заданного числа"},"ISO.CEILING":{"a":"( number [ , significance ] )","d":"Округляет число вверх до ближайшего целого или до ближайшего кратного указанному значению вне зависимости от его знака; если в качестве точности указан нуль, возвращается нуль"},"LCM":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает наименьшее общее кратное для одного или более чисел"},"LN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает натуральный логарифм числа"},"LOG":{"a":"( x [ , base ] )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает логарифм числа по заданному основанию"},"LOG10":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает логарифм числа по основанию 10"},"MDETERM":{"a":"( array )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает определитель матрицы (матрица хранится в массиве)"},"MINVERSE":{"a":"( array )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает обратную матрицу для заданной матрицы и отображает первое значение возвращаемого массива чисел"},"MMULT":{"a":"( array1, array2 )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает матричное произведение двух массивов и отображает первое значение из возвращаемого массива чисел"},"MOD":{"a":"( x, y )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает остаток от деления числа на заданный делитель"},"MROUND":{"a":"( x, multiple )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется, чтобы округлить число до кратного заданной значимости"},"MULTINOMIAL":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает отношение факториала суммы значений к произведению факториалов"},"ODD":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется, чтобы округлить число до ближайшего нечетного целого числа"},"PI":{"a":"()","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает математическую константу пи, равную 3.14159265358979. Функция не требует аргумента"},"POWER":{"a":"( x, y )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает результат возведения числа в заданную степень"},"PRODUCT":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, перемножает все числа в заданном диапазоне ячеек и возвращает произведение"},"QUOTIENT":{"a":"( dividend , divisor )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает целую часть результата деления с остатком"},"RADIANS":{"a":"( angle )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, преобразует градусы в радианы"},"RAND":{"a":"()","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает случайное число, которое больше или равно 0 и меньше 1. Функция не требует аргумента"},"RANDBETWEEN":{"a":"( lower-bound , upper-bound )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает случайное число, большее или равное значению аргумента lower-bound (нижняя граница) и меньшее или равное значению аргумента upper-bound (верхняя граница)"},"ROMAN":{"a":"( number, form )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, преобразует число в римское"},"ROUND":{"a":"( x , number-digits )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, округляет число до заданного количества десятичных разрядов"},"ROUNDDOWN":{"a":"( x , number-digits )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, округляет число в меньшую сторону до заданного количества десятичных разрядов"},"ROUNDUP":{"a":"( x , number-digits )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, округляет число в большую сторону до заданного количества десятичных разрядов"},"SEC":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает секанс угла"},"SECH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический секанс угла"},"SERIESSUM":{"a":"( input-value , initial-power , step , coefficients )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает сумму степенного ряда"},"SIGN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, определяет знак числа. Если число положительное, функция возвращает значение 1. Если число отрицательное, функция возвращает значение -1. Если число равно 0, функция возвращает значение 0"},"SIN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает синус угла"},"SINH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический синус числа"},"SQRT":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает квадратный корень числа"},"SQRTPI":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает квадратный корень от результата умножения константы пи (3.14159265358979) на заданное число"},"SUBTOTAL":{"a":"( function-number , argument-list )","d":"Возвращает промежуточный итог в список или базу данных"},"SUM":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает результат сложения всех чисел в выбранном диапазоне ячеек"},"SUMIF":{"a":"( cell-range, selection-criteria [ , sum-range ] )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, суммирует все числа в выбранном диапазоне ячеек в соответствии с заданным условием и возвращает результат"},"SUMIFS":{"a":"( sum-range, criteria-range1, criteria1, [ criteria-range2, criteria2 ], ... )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, суммирует все числа в выбранном диапазоне ячеек в соответствии с несколькими условиями и возвращает результат"},"SUMPRODUCT":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, перемножает соответствующие элементы заданных диапазонов ячеек или массивов и возвращает сумму произведений"},"SUMSQ":{"a":"( argument-list )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, вычисляет сумму квадратов чисел и возвращает результат"},"SUMX2MY2":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, вычисляет сумму разностей квадратов соответствующих элементов в двух массивах"},"SUMX2PY2":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, вычисляет суммы квадратов соответствующих элементов в двух массивах и возвращает сумму полученных результатов"},"SUMXMY2":{"a":"( array-1 , array-2 )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает сумму квадратов разностей соответствующих элементов в двух массивах"},"TAN":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает тангенс угла"},"TANH":{"a":"( x )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический тангенс числа"},"TRUNC":{"a":"( x [ , number-digits ] )","d":"Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает число, усеченное до заданного количества десятичных разрядов"},"ADDRESS":{"a":"( row-number , col-number [ , [ ref-type ] [ , [ A1-ref-style-flag ] [ , sheet-name ] ] ] )","d":"Поисковая функция, возвращает адрес ячейки, представленный в виде текста"},"CHOOSE":{"a":"( index , argument-list )","d":"Поисковая функция, возвращает значение из списка значений по заданному индексу (позиции)"},"COLUMN":{"a":"( [ reference ] )","d":"Поисковая функция, возвращает номер столбца ячейки"},"COLUMNS":{"a":"( array )","d":"Поисковая функция, возвращает количество столбцов в ссылке на ячейки"},"FORMULATEXT":{"a":"( reference )","d":"Поисковая функция, возвращает формулу в виде строки"},"HLOOKUP":{"a":"( lookup-value , table-array , row-index-num [ , [ range-lookup-flag ] ] )","d":"Поисковая функция, используется для выполнения горизонтального поиска значения в верхней строке таблицы или массива и возвращает значение, которое находится в том же самом столбце в строке с заданным номером"},"INDEX":{"a":"( array , [ row-number ] [ , [ column-number ] ] ) INDEX( reference , [ row-number ] [ , [ column-number ] [ , [ area-number ] ] ] )","d":"Поисковая функция, возвращает значение в диапазоне ячеек на основании заданных номера строки и номера столбца. Существуют две формы функции INDEX"},"INDIRECT":{"a":"( ref-text [ , [ A1-ref-style-flag ] ] )","d":"Поисковая функция, возвращает ссылку на ячейку, указанную с помощью текстовой строки"},"LOOKUP":{"a":"( lookup-value , lookup-vector , result-vector )","d":"Поисковая функция, возвращает значение из выбранного диапазона (строки или столбца с данными, отсортированными в порядке возрастания)"},"MATCH":{"a":"( lookup-value , lookup-array [ , [ match-type ]] )","d":"Поисковая функция, возвращает относительное положение заданного элемента в диапазоне ячеек"},"OFFSET":{"a":"( reference , rows , cols [ , [ height ] [ , [ width ] ] ] )","d":"Поисковая функция, возвращает ссылку на ячейку, отстоящую от заданной ячейки (или верхней левой ячейки в диапазоне ячеек) на определенное число строк и столбцов"},"ROW":{"a":"( [ reference ] )","d":"Поисковая функция, возвращает номер строки для ссылки на ячейку"},"ROWS":{"a":"( array )","d":"Поисковая функция, возвращает количество строк в ссылке на ячейки"},"TRANSPOSE":{"a":"( array )","d":"Поисковая функция, возвращает первый элемент массива"},"VLOOKUP":{"a":"( lookup-value , table-array , col-index-num [ , [ range-lookup-flag ] ] )","d":"Поисковая функция, используется для выполнения вертикального поиска значения в крайнем левом столбце таблицы или массива и возвращает значение, которое находится в той же самой строке в столбце с заданным номером"},"ERROR.TYPE":{"a":"( value )","d":"Информационная функция, возвращает числовое представление одной из существующих ошибок"},"ISBLANK":{"a":"( value )","d":"Информационная функция, проверяет, является ли ячейка пустой. Если ячейка пуста, функция возвращает значение TRUE (ИСТИНА), в противном случае функция возвращает значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ)"},"ISERR":{"a":"( value )","d":"Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие значения ошибки. Если ячейка содержит значение ошибки (кроме #N/A), функция возвращает значение TRUE (ИСТИНА), в противном случае функция возвращает значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ)"},"ISERROR":{"a":"( value )","d":"Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие значения ошибки. Если ячейка содержит одно из следующих значений ошибки: #N/A, #VALUE!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NUM!, #NAME? или #NULL, функция возвращает значение TRUE (ИСТИНА), в противном случае функция возвращает значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ)"},"ISEVEN":{"a":"( number )","d":"Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие четного числа. Если ячейка содержит четное число, функция возвращает значение TRUE. Если число является нечетным, она возвращает значение FALSE"},"ISFORMULA":{"a":"( value )","d":"Информационная функция, проверяет, имеется ли ссылка на ячейку с формулой, и возвращает значение ИСТИНА или ЛОЖЬ"},"ISLOGICAL":{"a":"( value )","d":"Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие логического значения (TRUE (ИСТИНА) или FALSE (ЛОЖЬ)). Если ячейка содержит логическое значение, функция возвращает значение TRUE (ИСТИНА), в противном случае функция возвращает значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ)"},"ISNA":{"a":"( reference )","d":"Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие ошибки #N/A. Если ячейка содержит значение ошибки #N/A, функция возвращает значение TRUE (ИСТИНА), в противном случае функция возвращает значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ)"},"ISNONTEXT":{"a":"( value )","d":"Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие значения, которое не является текстом. Если ячейка не содержит текстового значения, функция возвращает значение TRUE (ИСТИНА), в противном случае функция возвращает значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ)"},"ISNUMBER":{"a":"( value )","d":"Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие числового значения. Если ячейка содержит числовое значение, функция возвращает значение TRUE (ИСТИНА), в противном случае функция возвращает значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ)"},"ISODD":{"a":"( number )","d":"Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие нечетного числа. Если ячейка содержит нечетное число, функция возвращает значение TRUE. Если число является четным, она возвращает значение FALSE"},"ISREF":{"a":"( value )","d":"Информационная функция, используется для проверки, является ли значение допустимой ссылкой на другую ячейку"},"ISTEXT":{"a":"( value )","d":"Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие текстового значения. Если ячейка содержит текстовое значение, функция возвращает значение TRUE (ИСТИНА), в противном случае функция возвращает значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ)"},"N":{"a":"( value )","d":"Информационная функция, преобразует значение в число"},"NA":{"a":"()","d":"Информационная функция, возвращает значение ошибки #N/A. Эта функция не требует аргумента"},"SHEET":{"a":"( value )","d":"Информационная функция, возвращает номер листа, на который имеется ссылка"},"SHEETS":{"a":"( reference )","d":"Информационная функция, Возвращает количество листов в ссылке"},"TYPE":{"a":"( value )","d":"Информационная функция, используется для определения типа результирующего или отображаемого значения"},"AND":{"a":"( logical1 , logical2 , ...)","d":"Логическая функция, используется для проверки, является ли введенное логическое значение TRUE (истинным) или FALSE (ложным). Функция возвращает значение TRUE (ИСТИНА), если все аргументы имеют значение TRUE (ИСТИНА)"},"FALSE":{"a":"()","d":"Логическая функция, возвращает значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ) и не требует аргумента"},"IF":{"a":"( logical_test , value_if_true , value_if_false )","d":"Логическая функция, используется для проверки логического выражения и возвращает одно значение, если проверяемое условие имеет значение TRUE (ИСТИНА), и другое, если оно имеет значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ)"},"IFS":{"a":"( logical_test1 , value_if_true1 , [ logical_test2 , value_if_true2 ] , … )","d":"Логическая функция, проверяет соответствие одному или нескольким условиям и возвращает значение для первого условия, принимающего значение TRUE (ИСТИНА)"},"IFERROR":{"a":"( value , value_if_error )","d":"Логическая функция, используется для проверки формулы на наличие ошибок в первом аргументе. Функция возвращает результат формулы, если ошибки нет, или определенное значение, если она есть"},"IFNA":{"a":"( value , value_if_na)","d":"Логическая функция, возвращает указанное вами значение, если формула возвращает значение ошибки #Н/Д; в ином случае возвращает результат формулы."},"NOT":{"a":"( logical )","d":"Логическая функция, используется для проверки, является ли введенное логическое значение TRUE (истинным) или FALSE (ложным). Функция возвращает значение TRUE (ИСТИНА), если аргумент имеет значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ), и FALSE (ЛОЖЬ), если аргумент имеет значение TRUE (ИСТИНА)"},"OR":{"a":"( logical1 , logical2 , ... )","d":"Логическая функция, используется для проверки, является ли введенное логическое значение TRUE (истинным) или FALSE (ложным). Функция возвращает значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ), если все аргументы имеют значение FALSE (ЛОЖЬ)"},"SWITCH":{"a":"( expression , value1 , result1 [ , [ default or value2 ] [ , [ result2 ] ], … [ default or value3 , result3 ] ] )","d":"Логическая функция, вычисляет значение (которое называют выражением) на основе списка значений и возвращает результат, соответствующий первому совпадающему значению; если совпадения не обнаружены, может быть возвращено необязательное стандартное значение"},"TRUE":{"a":"()","d":"Логическая функция, возвращает значение TRUE (ИСТИНА) и не требует аргумента"},"XOR":{"a":"( logical1 [ , logical2 ] , ... )","d":"Логическая функция, возвращает логическое исключающее ИЛИ всех аргументов"}} \ No newline at end of file +{ + "DATE": { + "a": "(год;месяц;день)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, используется для добавления дат в стандартном формате дд.ММ.гггг" + }, + "DATEDIF": { + "a": "(нач_дата;кон_дата;единица)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает разницу между двумя датами (начальной и конечной) согласно заданному интервалу (единице)" + }, + "DATEVALUE": { + "a": "(дата_как_текст)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает порядковый номер заданной даты" + }, + "DAY": { + "a": "(дата_в_числовом_формате)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает день (число от 1 до 31), соответствующий дате, заданной в числовом формате (дд.ММ.гггг по умолчанию)" + }, + "DAYS": { + "a": "(кон_дата;нач_дата)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество дней между двумя датами" + }, + "DAYS360": { + "a": "(нач_дата;кон_дата;[метод])", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество дней между двумя датами (начальной и конечной) на основе 360-дневного года с использованием одного из методов вычислений (американского или европейского)" + }, + "EDATE": { + "a": "(нач_дата;число_месяцев)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает порядковый номер даты, которая идет на заданное число месяцев (число_месяцев) до или после заданной даты (нач_дата)" + }, + "EOMONTH": { + "a": "(нач_дата;число_месяцев)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает порядковый номер последнего дня месяца, который идет на заданное число месяцев до или после заданной начальной даты" + }, + "HOUR": { + "a": "(время_в_числовом_формате)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество часов (число от 0 до 23), соответствующее заданному значению времени" + }, + "ISOWEEKNUM": { + "a": "(дата)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает номер недели в году для определенной даты в соответствии со стандартами ISO" + }, + "MINUTE": { + "a": "(время_в_числовом_формате)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество минут (число от 0 до 59), соответствующее заданному значению времени" + }, + "MONTH": { + "a": "(дата_в_числовом_формате)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает месяц (число от 1 до 12), соответствующий дате, заданной в числовом формате (дд.ММ.гггг по умолчанию)" + }, + "NETWORKDAYS": { + "a": "(нач_дата;кон_дата;[праздники])", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество рабочих дней между двумя датами (начальной и конечной). Выходные и праздничные дни в это число не включаются" + }, + "NETWORKDAYS.INTL": { + "a": "(нач_дата;кон_дата;[выходной];[праздники])", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество рабочих дней между двумя датами с использованием параметров, определяющих, сколько в неделе выходных и какие дни являются выходными" + }, + "NOW": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает текущую дату и время в числовом формате; если до ввода этой функции для ячейки был задан формат Общий, он будет изменен на формат даты и времени, соответствующий региональным параметрам" + }, + "SECOND": { + "a": "(время_в_числовом_формате)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает количество секунд (число от 0 до 59), соответствующее заданному значению времени" + }, + "TIME": { + "a": "(часы;минуты;секунды)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, используется для добавления определенного времени в выбранном формате (по умолчанию чч:мм tt (указатель половины дня a.m./p.m.))" + }, + "TIMEVALUE": { + "a": "(время_как_текст)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает порядковый номер, соответствующий заданному времени" + }, + "TODAY": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, используется для добавления текущей даты в следующем формате: дд.ММ.гггг. Данная функция не требует аргумента" + }, + "WEEKDAY": { + "a": "(дата_в_числовом_формате;[тип])", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, определяет, какой день недели соответствует заданной дате" + }, + "WEEKNUM": { + "a": "(дата_в_числовом_формате;[тип])", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает порядковый номер той недели в течение года, на которую приходится заданная дата" + }, + "WORKDAY": { + "a": "(нач_дата;количество_дней;[праздники])", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает дату, которая идет на заданное число дней (количество_дней) до или после заданной начальной даты, без учета выходных и праздничных дней" + }, + "WORKDAY.INTL": { + "a": "(нач_дата;количество_дней;[выходной];[праздники])", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает порядковый номер даты, отстоящей вперед или назад на заданное количество рабочих дней, с указанием настраиваемых параметров выходных, определяющих, сколько в неделе выходных дней и какие дни являются выходными" + }, + "YEAR": { + "a": "(дата_в_числовом_формате)", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает год (число от 1900 до 9999), соответствующий дате, заданной в числовом формате (дд.ММ.гггг по умолчанию)" + }, + "YEARFRAC": { + "a": "(нач_дата;кон_дата;[базис])", + "d": "Функция даты и времени, возвращает долю года, представленную числом целых дней между начальной и конечной датами, вычисляемую заданным способом" + }, + "BESSELI": { + "a": "(X;N)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает модифицированную функцию Бесселя, что эквивалентно вычислению функции Бесселя для чисто мнимого аргумента" + }, + "BESSELJ": { + "a": "(X;N)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает функцию Бесселя" + }, + "BESSELK": { + "a": "(X;N)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает модифицированную функцию Бесселя, что эквивалентно вычислению функции Бесселя для чисто мнимого аргумента" + }, + "BESSELY": { + "a": "(X;N)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает функцию Бесселя, также называемую функцией Вебера или функцией Неймана" + }, + "BIN2DEC": { + "a": "(число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, преобразует двоичное число в десятичное" + }, + "BIN2HEX": { + "a": "(число;[разрядность])", + "d": "Инженерная функция, преобразует двоичное число в шестнадцатеричное" + }, + "BIN2OCT": { + "a": "(число;[разрядность])", + "d": "Инженерная функция, преобразует двоичное число в восьмеричное" + }, + "BITAND": { + "a": "(число1;число2)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает результат операции поразрядного И для двух чисел" + }, + "BITLSHIFT": { + "a": "(число;число_бит)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает число со сдвигом влево на указанное число бит" + }, + "BITOR": { + "a": "(число1;число2)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает результат операции поразрядного ИЛИ для двух чисел" + }, + "BITRSHIFT": { + "a": "(число;число_бит)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает число со сдвигом вправо на указанное число бит" + }, + "BITXOR": { + "a": "(число1;число2)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает результат операции поразрядного исключающего ИЛИ для двух чисел" + }, + "COMPLEX": { + "a": "(действительная_часть;мнимая_часть;[мнимая_единица])", + "d": "Инженерная функция, используется для преобразования действительной и мнимой части в комплексное число, выраженное в формате a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "CONVERT": { + "a": "(число;исх_ед_изм;кон_ед_изм)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, преобразует число из одной системы мер в другую; например, с помощью функции ПРЕОБР можно перевести таблицу расстояний в милях в таблицу расстояний в километрах" + }, + "DEC2BIN": { + "a": "(число;[разрядность])", + "d": "Инженерная функция, преобразует десятичное число в двоичное" + }, + "DEC2HEX": { + "a": "(число;[разрядность])", + "d": "Инженерная функция, преобразует десятичное число в шестнадцатеричное" + }, + "DEC2OCT": { + "a": "(число;[разрядность])", + "d": "Инженерная функция, преобразует десятичное число в восьмеричное" + }, + "DELTA": { + "a": "(число1;[число2])", + "d": "Инженерная функция, используется для проверки равенства двух чисел. Функция возвращает 1, если числа равны, в противном случае возвращает 0" + }, + "ERF": { + "a": "(нижний_предел;[верхний_предел])", + "d": "Инженерная функция, используется для расчета значения функции ошибки, проинтегрированного в интервале от заданного нижнего до заданного верхнего предела" + }, + "ERF.PRECISE": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает функцию ошибки" + }, + "ERFC": { + "a": "(нижний_предел)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, используется для расчета значения дополнительной функции ошибки, проинтегрированного в интервале от заданного нижнего предела до бесконечности" + }, + "ERFC.PRECISE": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает дополнительную функцию ошибки, проинтегрированную в пределах от x до бесконечности" + }, + "GESTEP": { + "a": "(число;[порог])", + "d": "Инженерная функция, используется для проверки того, превышает ли какое-то число пороговое значение. Функция возвращает 1, если число больше или равно пороговому значению, в противном случае возвращает 0" + }, + "HEX2BIN": { + "a": "(число;[разрядность])", + "d": "Инженерная функция, преобразует шестнадцатеричное число в двоичное" + }, + "HEX2DEC": { + "a": "(число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, преобразует шестнадцатеричное число в десятичное" + }, + "HEX2OCT": { + "a": "(число;[разрядность])", + "d": "Инженерная функция, преобразует шестнадцатеричное число в восьмеричное" + }, + "IMABS": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает абсолютное значение комплексного числа" + }, + "IMAGINARY": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает мнимую часть заданного комплексного числа" + }, + "IMARGUMENT": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает значение аргумента Тета, то есть угол в радианах" + }, + "IMCONJUGATE": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает комплексно-сопряженное значение комплексного числа" + }, + "IMCOS": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает косинус комплексного числа, представленного в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "IMCOSH": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает гиперболический косинус комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "IMCOT": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает котангенс комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "IMCSC": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает косеканс комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "IMCSCH": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает гиперболический косеканс комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "IMDIV": { + "a": "(компл_число1;компл_число2)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает частное от деления двух комплексных чисел, представленных в формате a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "IMEXP": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает экспоненту комплексного числа (значение константы e, возведенной в степень, заданную комплексным числом). Константа e равна 2,71828182845904" + }, + "IMLN": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает натуральный логарифм комплексного числа" + }, + "IMLOG10": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает двоичный логарифм комплексного числа" + }, + "IMLOG2": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает десятичный логарифм комплексного числа" + }, + "IMPOWER": { + "a": "(компл_число;число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает комплексное число, возведенное в заданную степень" + }, + "IMPRODUCT": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает произведение указанных комплексных чисел" + }, + "IMREAL": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает действительную часть комплексного числа" + }, + "IMSEC": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает секанс комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "IMSECH": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает гиперболический секанс комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "IMSIN": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает синус комплексного числа a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "IMSINH": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает гиперболический синус комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "IMSQRT": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает значение квадратного корня из комплексного числа" + }, + "IMSUB": { + "a": "(компл_число1;компл_число2)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает разность двух комплексных чисел, представленных в формате a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "IMSUM": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, возвращает сумму двух комплексных чисел, представленных в формате a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "IMTAN": { + "a": "(компл_число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, тангенс комплексного числа в текстовом формате a + bi или a + bj" + }, + "OCT2BIN": { + "a": "(число;[разрядность])", + "d": "Инженерная функция, преобразует восьмеричное число в двоичное" + }, + "OCT2DEC": { + "a": "(число)", + "d": "Инженерная функция, преобразует восьмеричное число в десятичное" + }, + "OCT2HEX": { + "a": "(число;[разрядность])", + "d": "Инженерная функция, преобразует восьмеричное число в шестнадцатеричное" + }, + "DAVERAGE": { + "a": "(база_данных;поле;условия)", + "d": "Функция базы данных, усредняет значения в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, удовлетворяющие заданным условиям" + }, + "DCOUNT": { + "a": "(база_данных;поле;условия)", + "d": "Функция базы данных, подсчитывает количество ячеек в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые содержат числа, удовлетворяющие заданным условиям" + }, + "DCOUNTA": { + "a": "(база_данных;поле;условия)", + "d": "Функция базы данных, подсчитывает непустые ячейки в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые удовлетворяют заданным условиям" + }, + "DGET": { + "a": "(база_данных;поле;условия)", + "d": "Функция базы данных, извлекает из столбца списка или базы данных одно значение, удовлетворяющее заданным условиям" + }, + "DMAX": { + "a": "(база_данных;поле;условия)", + "d": "Функция базы данных, возвращает наибольшее число в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которое удовлетворяет заданным условиям" + }, + "DMIN": { + "a": "(база_данных;поле;условия)", + "d": "Функция базы данных, возвращает наименьшее число в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которое удовлетворяет заданным условиям" + }, + "DPRODUCT": { + "a": "(база_данных;поле;условия)", + "d": "Функция базы данных, перемножает значения в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые удовлетворяют заданным условиям" + }, + "DSTDEV": { + "a": "(база_данных;поле;условия)", + "d": "Функция базы данных, оценивает стандартное отклонение на основе выборки из генеральной совокупности, используя числа в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые удовлетворяют заданным условиям" + }, + "DSTDEVP": { + "a": "(база_данных;поле;условия)", + "d": "Функция базы данных, вычисляет стандартное отклонение генеральной совокупности, используя числа в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые удовлетворяют заданным условиям" + }, + "DSUM": { + "a": "(база_данных;поле;условия)", + "d": "Функция базы данных, cуммирует числа в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые удовлетворяют заданным условиям" + }, + "DVAR": { + "a": "(база_данных;поле;условия)", + "d": "Функция базы данных, оценивает дисперсию генеральной совокупности по выборке, используя отвечающие соответствующие заданным условиям числа в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных" + }, + "DVARP": { + "a": "(база_данных;поле;условия)", + "d": "Функция базы данных, вычисляет дисперсию генеральной совокупности, используя числа в поле (столбце) записей списка или базы данных, которые удовлетворяют заданным условиям" + }, + "CHAR": { + "a": "(число)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает символ ASCII, соответствующий заданному числовому коду" + }, + "CLEAN": { + "a": "(текст)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для удаления всех непечатаемых символов из выбранной строки" + }, + "CODE": { + "a": "(текст)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает числовой код ASCII, соответствующий заданному символу или первому символу в ячейке" + }, + "CONCATENATE": { + "a": "(текст1;текст2; ...)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для объединения данных из двух или более ячеек в одну" + }, + "CONCAT": { + "a": "(текст1;текст2; ...)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для объединения данных из двух или более ячеек в одну. Эта функция заменяет функцию СЦЕПИТЬ" + }, + "DOLLAR": { + "a": "(число;[число_знаков])", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, преобразует число в текст, используя денежный формат $#.##" + }, + "EXACT": { + "a": "(текст1;текст2)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для сравнения данных в двух ячейках. Функция возвращает значение ИСТИНА, если данные совпадают, и ЛОЖЬ, если нет" + }, + "FIND": { + "a": "(искомый_текст;просматриваемый_текст;[нач_позиция])", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для поиска заданной подстроки (искомый_текст) внутри строки (просматриваемый_текст), предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)" + }, + "FINDB": { + "a": "(искомый_текст;просматриваемый_текст;[нач_позиция])", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для поиска заданной подстроки (искомый_текст) внутри строки (просматриваемый_текст), предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д." + }, + "FIXED": { + "a": "(число;[число_знаков];[без_разделителей])", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает текстовое представление числа, округленного до заданного количества десятичных знаков" + }, + "LEFT": { + "a": "(текст;[число_знаков])", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, извлекает подстроку из заданной строки, начиная с левого символа, предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)" + }, + "LEFTB": { + "a": "(текст;[число_знаков])", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, извлекает подстроку из заданной строки, начиная с левого символа, предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д." + }, + "LEN": { + "a": "(текст)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, анализирует заданную строку и возвращает количество символов, которые она содержит, предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)" + }, + "LENB": { + "a": "(текст)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, анализирует заданную строку и возвращает количество символов, которые она содержит, предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д." + }, + "LOWER": { + "a": "(текст)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для преобразования букв в выбранной ячейке из верхнего регистра в нижний" + }, + "MID": { + "a": "(текст;начальная_позиция;число_знаков)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, извлекает символы из заданной строки, начиная с любого места, предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)" + }, + "MIDB": { + "a": "(текст;начальная_позиция;число_знаков)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, извлекает символы из заданной строки, начиная с любого места, предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д." + }, + "NUMBERVALUE": { + "a": "(текст;[десятичный_разделитель];[разделитель_групп])", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, преобразует текст в числовое значение независимым от локали способом" + }, + "PROPER": { + "a": "(текст)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, преобразует первую букву каждого слова в прописную (верхний регистр), а все остальные буквы - в строчные (нижний регистр)" + }, + "REPLACE": { + "a": "(стар_текст;начальная_позиция;число_знаков;нов_текст)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, заменяет ряд символов на новый, с учетом заданного количества символов и начальной позиции, предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)" + }, + "REPLACEB": { + "a": "(стар_текст;начальная_позиция;число_знаков;нов_текст)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, заменяет ряд символов на новый, с учетом заданного количества символов и начальной позиции, предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д." + }, + "REPT": { + "a": "(текст;число_повторений)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для повторения данных в выбранной ячейке заданное количество раз" + }, + "RIGHT": { + "a": "(текст;[число_знаков])", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, извлекает подстроку из заданной строки, начиная с крайнего правого символа, согласно заданному количеству символов, предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)" + }, + "RIGHTB": { + "a": "(текст;[число_знаков])", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, извлекает подстроку из заданной строки, начиная с крайнего правого символа, согласно заданному количеству символов, предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д." + }, + "SEARCH": { + "a": "(искомый_текст;просматриваемый_текст;[начальная_позиция])", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает местоположение заданной подстроки в строке, предназначена для языков, использующих однобайтовую кодировку (SBCS)" + }, + "SEARCHB": { + "a": "(искомый_текст;просматриваемый_текст;[начальная_позиция])", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает местоположение заданной подстроки в строке, предназначена для языков, использующих двухбайтовую кодировку (DBCS), таких как японский, китайский, корейский и т.д." + }, + "SUBSTITUTE": { + "a": "(текст;стар_текст;нов_текст;[номер_вхождения])", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, заменяет ряд символов на новый" + }, + "T": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для проверки, является ли значение в ячейке (или используемое как аргумент) текстом или нет. Если это не текст, функция возвращает пустой результат. Если значение/аргумент является текстом, функция возвращает это же текстовое значение" + }, + "TEXT": { + "a": "(значение;формат)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, преобразует числовое значение в текст в заданном формате" + }, + "TEXTJOIN": { + "a": "(разделитель;игнорировать_пустые;текст1;[текст2];… )", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, объединяет текст из нескольких диапазонов и (или) строк, вставляя между текстовыми значениями указанный разделитель; если в качестве разделителя используется пустая текстовая строка, функция эффективно объединит диапазоны" + }, + "TRIM": { + "a": "(текст)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, удаляет пробелы из начала и конца строки" + }, + "UNICHAR": { + "a": "(число)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает число (кодовую страницу), которая соответствует первому символу текста" + }, + "UNICODE": { + "a": "(текст)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, возвращает число (кодовую страницу), которая соответствует первому символу текста" + }, + "UPPER": { + "a": "(текст)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, используется для преобразования букв в выбранной ячейке из нижнего регистра в верхний" + }, + "VALUE": { + "a": "(текст)", + "d": "Функция для работы с текстом и данными, преобразует текстовое значение, представляющее число, в числовое значение. Если преобразуемый текст не является числом, функция возвращает ошибку #ЗНАЧ!" + }, + "AVEDEV": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и возвращает среднее абсолютных значений отклонений чисел от их среднего значения" + }, + "AVERAGE": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и вычисляет среднее значение" + }, + "AVERAGEA": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных, включая текстовые и логические значения, и вычисляет среднее значение. Функция СРЗНАЧА интерпретирует текст и логическое значение ЛОЖЬ как числовое значение 0, а логическое значение ИСТИНА как числовое значение 1" + }, + "AVERAGEIF": { + "a": "(диапазон;условия;[диапазон_усреднения])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и вычисляет среднее значение всех чисел в диапазоне ячеек, которые соответствуют заданному условию" + }, + "AVERAGEIFS": { + "a": "(диапазон_усреднения;диапазон_условий1;условие1;[диапазон_условий2;условие2]; ... )", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и вычисляет среднее значение всех чисел в диапазоне ячеек, которые соответствуют нескольким заданным условиям" + }, + "BETADIST": { + "a": " (x;альфа;бета;[A];[B]) ", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает интегральную функцию плотности бета-вероятности" + }, + "BETAINV": { + "a": " (вероятность;альфа;бета;[A];[B]) ", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает интегральную функцию плотности бета-вероятности" + }, + "BETA.DIST": { + "a": " (x;альфа;бета;интегральная;[A];[B]) ", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает функцию бета-распределения" + }, + "BETA.INV": { + "a": " (вероятность;альфа;бета;[A];[B]) ", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает обратную функцию к интегральной функции плотности бета-распределения вероятности " + }, + "BINOMDIST": { + "a": "(число_успехов;число_испытаний;вероятность_успеха;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает отдельное значение вероятности биномиального распределения" + }, + "BINOM.DIST": { + "a": "(число_успехов;число_испытаний;вероятность_успеха;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает отдельное значение биномиального распределения" + }, + "BINOM.DIST.RANGE": { + "a": "(число_испытаний;вероятность_успеха;число_успехов;[число_успехов2])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает вероятность результата испытаний при помощи биномиального распределения" + }, + "BINOM.INV": { + "a": "(число_испытаний;вероятность_успеха;альфа)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает наименьшее значение, для которого интегральное биномиальное распределение больше заданного значения критерия или равно ему" + }, + "CHIDIST": { + "a": "(x;степени_свободы)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает правостороннюю вероятность распределения хи-квадрат" + }, + "CHIINV": { + "a": "(вероятность;степени_свободы)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное правосторонней вероятности распределения хи-квадрат." + }, + "CHITEST": { + "a": "(фактический_интервал;ожидаемый_интервал)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает критерий независимости - значение статистики для распределения хи-квадрат (χ2) и соответствующее число степеней свободы" + }, + "CHISQ.DIST": { + "a": "(x;степени_свободы;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает распределение хи-квадрат" + }, + "CHISQ.DIST.RT": { + "a": "(x;степени_свободы)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает правостороннюю вероятность распределения хи-квадрат" + }, + "CHISQ.INV": { + "a": "(вероятность;степени_свободы)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное левосторонней вероятности распределения хи-квадрат" + }, + "CHISQ.INV.RT": { + "a": "(вероятность;степени_свободы)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное левосторонней вероятности распределения хи-квадрат" + }, + "CHISQ.TEST": { + "a": "(фактический_интервал;ожидаемый_интервал)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает критерий независимости - значение статистики для распределения хи-квадрат (χ2) и соответствующее число степеней свободы" + }, + "CONFIDENCE": { + "a": "(альфа;стандартное_откл;размер)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает доверительный интервал" + }, + "CONFIDENCE.NORM": { + "a": "(альфа;стандартное_откл;размер)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает доверительный интервал для среднего генеральной совокупности с нормальным распределением." + }, + "CONFIDENCE.T": { + "a": "(альфа;стандартное_откл;размер)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает доверительный интервал для среднего генеральной совокупности, используя распределение Стьюдента" + }, + "CORREL": { + "a": "(массив1;массив2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и возвращает коэффициент корреляции между двумя диапазонами ячеек" + }, + "COUNT": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для подсчета количества ячеек в выбранном диапазоне, содержащих числа, без учета пустых или содержащих текст ячеек" + }, + "COUNTA": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона ячеек и подсчета количества непустых ячеек" + }, + "COUNTBLANK": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона ячеек и возвращает количество пустых ячеек" + }, + "COUNTIFS": { + "a": "(диапазон_условия1;условие1;[диапазон_условия2;условие2]; ... )", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для подсчета количества ячеек выделенного диапазона, соответствующих нескольким заданным условиям" + }, + "COUNTIF": { + "a": "(диапазон_ячеек;условие)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для подсчета количества ячеек выделенного диапазона, соответствующих заданному условию" + }, + "COVAR": { + "a": "(массив1;массив2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает ковариацию в двух диапазонах данных" + }, + "COVARIANCE.P": { + "a": "(массив1;массив2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает ковариацию совокупности, т. е. среднее произведений отклонений для каждой пары точек в двух наборах данных; ковариация используется для определения связи между двумя наборами данных" + }, + "COVARIANCE.S": { + "a": "(массив1;массив2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает ковариацию выборки, т. е. среднее произведений отклонений для каждой пары точек в двух наборах данных" + }, + "CRITBINOM": { + "a": "(число_испытаний;вероятность_успеха;альфа)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает наименьшее значение, для которого интегральное биномиальное распределение больше или равно заданному условию" + }, + "DEVSQ": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона ячеек и возвращает сумму квадратов отклонений чисел от их среднего значения" + }, + "EXPONDIST": { + "a": "(x;лямбда;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает экспоненциальное распределение" + }, + "EXPON.DIST": { + "a": "(x;лямбда;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает экспоненциальное распределение" + }, + "FDIST": { + "a": "(x;степени_свободы1;степени_свободы2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает правый хвост F-распределения вероятности для двух наборов данных. Эта функция позволяет определить, имеют ли два множества данных различные степени разброса результатов" + }, + "FINV": { + "a": "(вероятность;степени_свободы1;степени_свободы2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное (правостороннему) F-распределению вероятностей; F-распределение может использоваться в F-тесте, который сравнивает степени разброса двух множеств данных" + }, + "FTEST": { + "a": "(массив1;массив2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает результат F-теста; F-тест возвращает двустороннюю вероятность того, что разница между дисперсиями аргументов массив1 и массив2 несущественна; эта функция позволяет определить, имеют ли две выборки различные дисперсии" + }, + "F.DIST": { + "a": "(x;степени_свободы1;степени_свободы2;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает F-распределение вероятности; эта функция позволяет определить, имеют ли два множества данных различные степени разброса результатов" + }, + "F.DIST.RT": { + "a": "(x;степени_свободы1;степени_свободы2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает правый хвост F-распределения вероятности для двух наборов данных; эта функция позволяет определить, имеют ли два множества данных различные степени разброса результатов" + }, + "F.INV": { + "a": "(вероятность;степени_свободы1;степени_свободы2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное F-распределению вероятности; F-распределение может использоваться в F-тесте, который сравнивает степени разброса двух наборов данных" + }, + "F.INV.RT": { + "a": "(вероятность;степени_свободы1;степени_свободы2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное F-распределению вероятности; F-распределение может использоваться в F-тесте, который сравнивает степени разброса двух наборов данных" + }, + "F.TEST": { + "a": "(массив1;массив2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает результат F-теста, двустороннюю вероятность того, что разница между дисперсиями аргументов массив1 и массив2 несущественна; эта функция позволяет определить, имеют ли две выборки различные дисперсии" + }, + "FISHER": { + "a": "(число)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает преобразование Фишера для числа" + }, + "FISHERINV": { + "a": "(число)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, выполняет обратное преобразование Фишера" + }, + "FORECAST": { + "a": "(x;массив-1;массив-2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, предсказывает будущее значение на основе существующих значений" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS": { + "a": "(целевая_дата;значения;временная_шкала;[сезонность];[заполнение_данных];[агрегирование])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, рассчитывает или прогнозирует будущее значение на основе существующих (ретроспективных) данных с использованием версии AAA алгоритма экспоненциального сглаживания (ETS)" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT": { + "a": "(целевая_дата;значения;временная_шкала;[вероятность];[сезонность];[заполнение_данных];[агрегирование])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает доверительный интервал для прогнозной величины на указанную дату" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY": { + "a": "(значения;временная_шкала;[заполнение_данных];[агрегирование])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает длину повторяющегося фрагмента, обнаруженного приложением в заданном временном ряду" + }, + "FORECAST.ETS.STAT": { + "a": "(значения;временная_шкала;тип_статистики;[сезонность];[заполнение_данных];[агрегирование])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает статистическое значение, являющееся результатом прогнозирования временного ряда; тип статистики определяет, какая именно статистика используется этой функцией" + }, + "FORECAST.LINEAR": { + "a": "(x;известные_значения_y;известные_значения_x)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, вычисляет или предсказывает будущее значение по существующим значениям; предсказываемое значение — это значение y, соответствующее заданному значению x; значения x и y известны; новое значение предсказывается с использованием линейной регрессии" + }, + "FREQUENCY": { + "a": "(массив_данных;массив_интервалов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, вычисляет частоту появления значений в выбранном диапазоне ячеек и отображает первое значение возвращаемого вертикального массива чисел" + }, + "GAMMA": { + "a": "(число)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает значение гамма-функции" + }, + "GAMMADIST": { + "a": "(x;альфа;бета;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает гамма-распределение" + }, + "GAMMA.DIST": { + "a": "(x;альфа;бета;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает гамма-распределение" + }, + "GAMMAINV": { + "a": "(вероятность;альфа;бета)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное гамма-распределению" + }, + "GAMMA.INV": { + "a": "(вероятность;альфа;бета)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает значение, обратное гамма-распределению" + }, + "GAMMALN": { + "a": "(число)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает натуральный логарифм гамма-функции" + }, + "GAMMALN.PRECISE": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает натуральный логарифм гамма-функции" + }, + "GAUSS": { + "a": "(z)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, рассчитывает вероятность, с которой элемент стандартной нормальной совокупности находится в интервале между средним и стандартным отклонением z от среднего" + }, + "GEOMEAN": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, вычисляет среднее геометрическое для списка значений" + }, + "GROWTH": { + "a": "(известные_значения_y; [известные_значения_x]; [новые_значения_x]; [конст])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, рассчитывает прогнозируемый экспоненциальный рост на основе имеющихся данных; возвращает значения y для последовательности новых значений x, задаваемых с помощью существующих значений x и y" + }, + "HARMEAN": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, вычисляет среднее гармоническое для списка значений" + }, + "HYPGEOM.DIST": { + "a": "(число_успехов_в_выборке;размер_выборки;число_успехов_в_совокупности;размер_совокупности;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает гипергеометрическое распределение, вероятность заданного количества успехов в выборке, если заданы размер выборки, количество успехов в генеральной совокупности и размер генеральной совокупности" + }, + "HYPGEOMDIST": { + "a": "(число_успехов_в_выборке;размер_выборки;число_успехов_в_совокупности;размер_совокупности)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает гипергеометрическое распределение, вероятность заданного количества успехов в выборке, если заданы размер выборки, количество успехов в генеральной совокупности и размер генеральной совокупности" + }, + "INTERCEPT": { + "a": "(массив1;массив2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует значения первого и второго массивов для вычисления точки пересечения" + }, + "KURT": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает эксцесс списка значений" + }, + "LARGE": { + "a": "(массив;k)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон ячеек и возвращает k-ое по величине значение" + }, + "LINEST": { + "a": "(известные_значения_y; [известные_значения_x]; [конст]; [статистика])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, рассчитывает статистику для ряда с применением метода наименьших квадратов, чтобы вычислить прямую линию, которая наилучшим образом аппроксимирует имеющиеся данные и затем возвращает массив, который описывает полученную прямую; поскольку возвращается массив значений, функция должна задаваться в виде формулы массива" + }, + "LOGEST": { + "a": "(известные_значения_y; [известные_значения_x]; [конст]; [статистика])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, регрессионном анализе вычисляет экспоненциальную кривую, подходящую для данных и возвращает массив значений, описывающих кривую; поскольку данная функция возвращает массив значений, она должна вводиться как формула массива" + }, + "LOGINV": { + "a": "(x;среднее;стандартное_отклонение)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает обратное логарифмическое нормальное распределение для заданного значения x с указанными параметрами" + }, + "LOGNORM.DIST": { + "a": "(x;среднее;стандартное_откл;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает логнормальное распределение для x, где ln(x) является нормально распределенным с параметрами Среднее и Стандартное отклонение; эта функция используется для анализа данных, которые были логарифмически преобразованы" + }, + "LOGNORM.INV": { + "a": "(вероятность;среднее;станд_откл)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает обратную функцию интегрального логнормального распределения x, где ln(x) имеет нормальное распределение с параметрами Среднее и Стандартное отклонение; логнормальное распределение применяется для анализа логарифмически преобразованных данных" + }, + "LOGNORMDIST": { + "a": "(x;среднее;стандартное_откл)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует логарифмически преобразованные данные и возвращает логарифмическое нормальное распределение для заданного значения x с указанными параметрами" + }, + "MAX": { + "a": "(число1;число2; ...)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и поиска наибольшего числа" + }, + "MAXA": { + "a": "(число1;число2; ...)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и поиска наибольшего значения" + }, + "MAXIFS": { + "a": "(макс_диапазон;диапазон_условия1;условие1;[диапазон_условия2;условие2]; ...)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает максимальное значение из заданных определенными условиями или критериями ячеек." + }, + "MEDIAN": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, вычисляет медиану для списка значений" + }, + "MIN": { + "a": "(число1;число2; ...)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и поиска наименьшего числа" + }, + "MINA": { + "a": "(число1;число2; ...)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и поиска наименьшего значения" + }, + "MINIFS": { + "a": "(мин_диапазон;диапазон_условия1;условие1;[диапазон_условия2;условие2]; ...)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает минимальное значение из заданных определенными условиями или критериями ячеек" + }, + "MODE": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает наиболее часто встречающееся значение" + }, + "MODE.MULT": { + "a": "(число1;[число2]; ... )", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает вертикальный массив из наиболее часто встречающихся (повторяющихся) значений в массиве или диапазоне данных" + }, + "MODE.SNGL": { + "a": "(число1;[число2]; ... )", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает наиболее часто встречающееся или повторяющееся значение в массиве или интервале данных" + }, + "NEGBINOM.DIST": { + "a": "(число_неудач;число_успехов;вероятность_успеха;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает отрицательное биномиальное распределение — вероятность возникновения определенного числа неудач до указанного количества успехов при заданной вероятности успеха" + }, + "NEGBINOMDIST": { + "a": "(число_неудач;число_успехов;вероятность_успеха)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает отрицательное биномиальное распределение" + }, + "NORM.DIST": { + "a": "(x;среднее;стандартное_откл;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает нормальную функцию распределения для указанного среднего и стандартного отклонения" + }, + "NORMDIST": { + "a": "(x;среднее;стандартное_откл;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает нормальную функцию распределения для указанного среднего значения и стандартного отклонения" + }, + "NORM.INV": { + "a": "(вероятность;среднее;стандартное_откл;)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает обратное нормальное распределение для указанного среднего и стандартного отклонения" + }, + "NORMINV": { + "a": "(x;среднее;стандартное_откл)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает обратное нормальное распределение для указанного среднего значения и стандартного отклонения" + }, + "NORM.S.DIST": { + "a": "(z;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает стандартное нормальное интегральное распределение; это распределение имеет среднее, равное нулю, и стандартное отклонение, равное единице." + }, + "NORMSDIST": { + "a": "(число)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает стандартное нормальное интегральное распределение" + }, + "NORM.S.INV": { + "a": "(вероятность)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает обратное значение стандартного нормального распределения; это распределение имеет среднее, равное нулю, и стандартное отклонение, равное единице" + }, + "NORMSINV": { + "a": "(вероятность)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает обратное значение стандартного нормального распределения" + }, + "PEARSON": { + "a": "(массив1;массив2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает коэффициент корреляции Пирсона" + }, + "PERCENTILE": { + "a": "(массив;k)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает k-ю персентиль" + }, + "PERCENTILE.EXC": { + "a": "(массив;k)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает k-ю процентиль для значений диапазона, где k — число от 0 и 1 (не включая эти числа)" + }, + "PERCENTILE.INC": { + "a": "(массив;k)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает k-ю процентиль для значений диапазона, где k — число от 0 и 1 (включая эти числа)" + }, + "PERCENTRANK": { + "a": "(массив;x;[разрядность])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает категорию значения в наборе данных как процентное содержание в наборе данных" + }, + "PERCENTRANK.EXC": { + "a": "(массив;x;[разрядность])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает ранг значения в наборе данных как процентное содержание в наборе данных (от 0 до 1, не включая эти числа)" + }, + "PERCENTRANK.INC": { + "a": "(массив;x;[разрядность])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает ранг значения в наборе данных как процентное содержание в наборе данных (от 0 до 1, включая эти числа)" + }, + "PERMUT": { + "a": "(число;число_выбранных)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает количество перестановок для заданного числа элементов" + }, + "PERMUTATIONA": { + "a": "(число;число_выбранных)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает количество перестановок для заданного числа объектов (с повторами), которые можно выбрать из общего числа объектов" + }, + "PHI": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает значение функции плотности для стандартного нормального распределения" + }, + "POISSON": { + "a": "(x;среднее;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает распределение Пуассона" + }, + "POISSON.DIST": { + "a": "(x;среднее;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает распределение Пуассона; обычное применение распределения Пуассона состоит в предсказании количества событий, происходящих за определенное время, например количества машин, появляющихся на площади за одну минуту" + }, + "PROB": { + "a": "(x_интервал;интервал_вероятностей;[нижний_предел];[верхний_предел])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает вероятность того, что значения из интервала находятся внутри нижнего и верхнего пределов" + }, + "QUARTILE": { + "a": "(массив;часть)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает квартиль" + }, + "QUARTILE.INC": { + "a": "(массив;часть)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает квартиль набора данных на основе значений процентили от 0 до 1 (включительно)" + }, + "QUARTILE.EXC": { + "a": "(массив;часть)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает квартиль набора данных на основе значений процентили от 0 до 1, исключая эти числа" + }, + "RANK": { + "a": "(число;ссылка;[порядок])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает ранг числа в списке чисел; ранг числа — это его величина относительно других значений в списке; если отсортировать список, то ранг числа будет его позицией.)" + }, + "RANK.AVG": { + "a": "(число;ссылка;[порядок])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает ранг числа в списке чисел, то есть его величину относительно других значений в списке; если несколько значений имеют одинаковый ранг, возвращается среднее." + }, + "RANK.EQ": { + "a": "(число;ссылка;[порядок])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает ранг числа в списке чисел, то есть его величину относительно других значений в списке" + }, + "RSQ": { + "a": "(массив1;массив2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает квадрат коэффициента корреляции Пирсона" + }, + "SKEW": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает асимметрию распределения для списка значений" + }, + "SKEW.P": { + "a": "(число 1;[число 2]; … )", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает асимметрию распределения на основе заполнения: характеристика степени асимметрии распределения относительно его среднего" + }, + "SLOPE": { + "a": "(массив-1;массив-2)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает наклон линии линейной регрессии для данных в двух массивах" + }, + "SMALL": { + "a": "(массив;k)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и находит k-ое наименьшее значение" + }, + "STANDARDIZE": { + "a": "(x;среднее;стандартное_откл)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает нормализованное значение для распределения, характеризуемого заданными параметрами" + }, + "STDEV": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает стандартное отклонение по выборке, содержащей числа" + }, + "STDEV.P": { + "a": "(число1;[число2]; ... )", + "d": "Статистическая функция, вычисляет стандартное отклонение по генеральной совокупности, заданной аргументами. При этом логические значения и текст игнорируются" + }, + "STDEV.S": { + "a": "(число1;[число2]; ... )", + "d": "Статистическая функция, оценивает стандартное отклонение по выборке, логические значения и текст игнорируются" + }, + "STDEVA": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает стандартное отклонение по выборке, содержащей числа, текст и логические значения (ИСТИНА или ЛОЖЬ). Текст и логические значения ЛОЖЬ интерпретируются как 0, а логические значения ИСТИНА - как 1" + }, + "STDEVP": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и возвращает стандартное отклонение по всей совокупности значений" + }, + "STDEVPA": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, используется для анализа диапазона данных и возвращает стандартное отклонение по всей совокупности значений" + }, + "STEYX": { + "a": "(известные_значения_y;известные_значения_x)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает стандартную ошибку предсказанных значений Y для каждого значения X по регрессивной шкале" + }, + "TDIST": { + "a": "(x;степени_свободы;хвосты)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает процентные точки (вероятность) для t-распределения Стьюдента, где числовое значение (x) — вычисляемое значение t, для которого должны быть вычислены вероятности; T-распределение используется для проверки гипотез при малом объеме выборки" + }, + "TINV": { + "a": "(вероятность;степени_свободы)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает двустороннее обратное t-распределения Стьюдента" + }, + "T.DIST": { + "a": "(x;степени_свободы;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает левостороннее t-распределение Стьюдента. T-распределение используется для проверки гипотез при малом объеме выборки. Данную функцию можно использовать вместо таблицы критических значений t-распределения" + }, + "T.DIST.2T": { + "a": "(x;степени_свободы)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает двустороннее t-распределение Стьюдента.T-распределение Стьюдента используется для проверки гипотез при малом объеме выборки. Данную функцию можно использовать вместо таблицы критических значений t-распределения" + }, + "T.DIST.RT": { + "a": "(x;степени_свободы)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает правостороннее t-распределение Стьюдента. T-распределение используется для проверки гипотез при малом объеме выборки. Данную функцию можно применять вместо таблицы критических значений t-распределения" + }, + "T.INV": { + "a": "(вероятность;степени_свободы)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает левостороннее обратное t-распределение Стьюдента." + }, + "T.INV.2T": { + "a": "(вероятность;степени_свободы)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает двустороннее обратное t-распределение Стьюдента" + }, + "T.TEST": { + "a": "(массив1;массив2;хвосты;тип)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает вероятность, соответствующую t-тесту Стьюдента; функция СТЬЮДЕНТ.ТЕСТ позволяет определить вероятность того, что две выборки взяты из генеральных совокупностей, которые имеют одно и то же среднее" + }, + "TREND": { + "a": "(известные_значения_y; [известные_значения_x]; [новые_значения_x]; [конст])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает значения вдоль линейного тренда; он подмещается к прямой линии (с использованием метода наименьших квадратов) в known_y массива и known_x" + }, + "TRIMMEAN": { + "a": "(массив;доля)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает среднее внутренности множества данных. УРЕЗСРЕДНЕЕ вычисляет среднее, отбрасывания заданный процент данных с экстремальными значениями; можно использовать эту функцию, чтобы исключить из анализа выбросы" + }, + "TTEST": { + "a": "(массив1;массив2;хвосты;тип)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает вероятность, соответствующую критерию Стьюдента; функция ТТЕСТ позволяет определить, вероятность того, что две выборки взяты из генеральных совокупностей, которые имеют одно и то же среднее" + }, + "VAR": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает дисперсию по выборке, содержащей числа" + }, + "VAR.P": { + "a": "(число1;[число2]; ... )", + "d": "Статистическая функция, вычисляет дисперсию для генеральной совокупности. Логические значения и текст игнорируются" + }, + "VAR.S": { + "a": "(число1;[число2]; ... )", + "d": "Статистическая функция, оценивает дисперсию по выборке; логические значения и текст игнорируются" + }, + "VARA": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает дисперсию по выборке" + }, + "VARP": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает дисперсию по всей совокупности значений" + }, + "VARPA": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, анализирует диапазон данных и возвращает дисперсию по всей совокупности значений" + }, + "WEIBULL": { + "a": "(x;альфа;бета;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает распределение Вейбулла; это распределение используется при анализе надежности, например для вычисления среднего времени наработки на отказ какого-либо устройства" + }, + "WEIBULL.DIST": { + "a": "(x;альфа;бета;интегральная)", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает распределение Вейбулла; это распределение используется при анализе надежности, например для вычисления среднего времени наработки на отказ какого-либо устройства" + }, + "Z.TEST": { + "a": "(массив;x;[сигма])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает одностороннее P-значение z-теста; для заданного гипотетического среднего генеральной совокупности функция Z.TEСT возвращает вероятность того, что среднее по выборке будет больше среднего значения набора рассмотренных данных (массива), то есть среднего значения наблюдаемой выборки" + }, + "ZTEST": { + "a": "(массив;x;[сигма])", + "d": "Статистическая функция, возвращает одностороннее значение вероятности z-теста; для заданного гипотетического среднего генеральной совокупности (μ0) возвращает вероятность того, что выборочное среднее будет больше среднего значения множества рассмотренных данных (массива), называемого также средним значением наблюдаемой выборки" + }, + "ACCRINT": { + "a": "(дата_выпуска;первый_доход;дата_согл;ставка;[номинал];частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления дохода по ценным бумагам с периодической выплатой процентов" + }, + "ACCRINTM": { + "a": "(дата_выпуска;дата_согл;ставка;[номинал];[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления дохода по ценным бумагам, процент по которым уплачивается при наступлении срока погашения" + }, + "AMORDEGRC": { + "a": "(стоимость;дата_приобр;первый_период;остаточная_стоимость;период;ставка;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества по каждому отчетному периоду методом дегрессивной амортизации" + }, + "AMORLINC": { + "a": "(стоимость;дата_приобр;первый_период;остаточная_стоимость;период;ставка;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества по каждому отчетному периоду методом линейной амортизации" + }, + "COUPDAYBS": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления количества дней от начала действия купона до даты покупки ценной бумаги" + }, + "COUPDAYS": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления количества дней в периоде купона, содержащем дату покупки ценной бумаги" + }, + "COUPDAYSNC": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления количества дней от даты покупки ценной бумаги до следующей выплаты по купону" + }, + "COUPNCD": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления даты следующей выплаты по купону после даты покупки ценной бумаги" + }, + "COUPNUM": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления количества выплат процентов между датой покупки ценной бумаги и датой погашения" + }, + "COUPPCD": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления даты выплаты процентов, предшествующей дате покупки ценной бумаги" + }, + "CUMIPMT": { + "a": "(ставка;кол_пер;нз;нач_период;кон_период;тип)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления общего размера процентых выплат по инвестиции между двумя периодами времени исходя из указанной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей" + }, + "CUMPRINC": { + "a": "(ставка;кол_пер;нз;нач_период;кон_период;тип)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления общей суммы, выплачиваемой в погашение основного долга по инвестиции между двумя периодами времени исходя из указанной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей" + }, + "DB": { + "a": "(нач_стоимость;ост_стоимость;время_эксплуатации;период;[месяцы])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества за указанный отчетный период методом фиксированного убывающего остатка" + }, + "DDB": { + "a": "(нач_стоимость;ост_стоимость;время_эксплуатации;период;[коэффициент])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества за указанный отчетный период методом двойного убывающего остатка" + }, + "DISC": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;цена;погашение;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления ставки дисконтирования по ценной бумаге" + }, + "DOLLARDE": { + "a": "(дроб_руб;дроб)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, преобразует цену в рублях, представленную в виде дроби, в цену в рублях, выраженную десятичным числом" + }, + "DOLLARFR": { + "a": "(дес_руб;дроб)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, преобразует цену в рублях, представленную десятичным числом, в цену в рублях, выраженную в виде дроби" + }, + "DURATION": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;купон;доход;частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления продолжительности Маколея (взвешенного среднего срока погашения) для ценной бумаги с предполагаемой номинальной стоимостью 100 рублей" + }, + "EFFECT": { + "a": "(номинальная_ставка;кол_пер)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления эффективной (фактической) годовой процентной ставки по ценной бумаге исходя из указанной номинальной годовой процентной ставки и количества периодов в году, за которые начисляются сложные проценты" + }, + "FV": { + "a": "(ставка;кпер;плт;[пс];[тип])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, вычисляет будущую стоимость инвестиции исходя из заданной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей" + }, + "FVSCHEDULE": { + "a": "(первичное;план)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления будущей стоимости инвестиций на основании ряда непостоянных процентных ставок" + }, + "INTRATE": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;инвестиция;погашение;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления ставки доходности по полностью обеспеченной ценной бумаге, проценты по которой уплачиваются только при наступлении срока погашения" + }, + "IPMT": { + "a": "(ставка;период;кпер;пс;[бс];[тип])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления суммы платежей по процентам для инвестиции исходя из указанной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей" + }, + "IRR": { + "a": "(значения;[предположения])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления внутренней ставки доходности по ряду периодических потоков денежных средств" + }, + "ISPMT": { + "a": "(ставка;период;кпер;пс)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления процентов, выплачиваемых за определенный инвестиционный период, исходя из постоянной периодичности платежей" + }, + "MDURATION": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;купон;доход;частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления модифицированной продолжительности Маколея (взвешенного среднего срока погашения) для ценной бумаги с предполагаемой номинальной стоимостью 100 рублей" + }, + "MIRR": { + "a": "(значения;ставка_финанс;ставка_реинвест)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления модифицированной внутренней ставки доходности по ряду периодических денежных потоков" + }, + "NOMINAL": { + "a": "(эффект_ставка;кол_пер)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления номинальной годовой процентной ставки по ценной бумаге исходя из указанной эффективной (фактической) годовой процентной ставки и количества периодов в году, за которые начисляются сложные проценты" + }, + "NPER": { + "a": "(ставка;плт;пс;[бс];[тип])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, вычисляет количество периодов выплаты для инвестиции исходя из заданной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей" + }, + "NPV": { + "a": "(ставка;список аргументов)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, вычисляет величину чистой приведенной стоимости инвестиции на основе заданной ставки дисконтирования" + }, + "ODDFPRICE": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;дата_выпуска;первый_купон;ставка;доход;погашение,частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления цены за 100 рублей номинальной стоимости ценной бумаги с периодической выплатой процентов в случае нерегулярной продолжительности первого периода выплаты процентов (больше или меньше остальных периодов)" + }, + "ODDFYIELD": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;дата_выпуска;первый_купон;ставка;цена;погашение;частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления дохода по ценной бумаге с периодической выплатой процентов в случае нерегулярной продолжительности первого периода выплаты процентов (больше или меньше остальных периодов)" + }, + "ODDLPRICE": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;последняя_выплата;ставка;доход;погашение;частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления цены за 100 рублей номинальной стоимости ценной бумаги с периодической выплатой процентов в случае нерегулярной продолжительности последнего периода выплаты процентов (больше или меньше остальных периодов)" + }, + "ODDLYIELD": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;последняя_выплата;ставка;цена;погашение;частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления дохода по ценной бумаге с периодической выплатой процентов в случае нерегулярной продолжительности последнего периода выплаты процентов (больше или меньше остальных периодов)" + }, + "PDURATION": { + "a": "(ставка;пс;бс)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, возвращает количество периодов, которые необходимы инвестиции для достижения заданного значения" + }, + "PMT": { + "a": "(ставка;кпер;пс;[бс];[тип])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, вычисляет размер периодического платежа по ссуде исходя из заданной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей" + }, + "PPMT": { + "a": "(ставка;период;кпер;пс;[бс];[тип])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления размера платежа в счет погашения основного долга по инвестиции исходя из заданной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей" + }, + "PRICE": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;ставка;доход;погашение;частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления цены за 100 рублей номинальной стоимости ценной бумаги с периодической выплатой процентов" + }, + "PRICEDISC": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;скидка;погашение;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления цены за 100 рублей номинальной стоимости ценной бумаги, на которую сделана скидка" + }, + "PRICEMAT": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;дата_выпуска;ставка;доход;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления цены за 100 рублей номинальной стоимости ценной бумаги, процент по которой уплачивается при наступлении срока погашения" + }, + "PV": { + "a": "(ставка;кпер;плт;[бс];[тип])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, вычисляет текущую стоимость инвестиции исходя из заданной процентной ставки и постоянной периодичности платежей" + }, + "RATE": { + "a": "(кпер;плт;пс;[бс];[тип];[прогноз])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления размера процентной ставки по инвестиции исходя из постоянной периодичности платежей" + }, + "RECEIVED": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;инвестиция;скидка;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления суммы, полученной за полностью обеспеченную ценную бумагу при наступлении срока погашения" + }, + "RRI": { + "a": "(кпер;пс;бс)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, возвращает эквивалентную процентную ставку для роста инвестиции" + }, + "SLN": { + "a": "(нач_стоимость;ост_стоимость;время_эксплуатации)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества за один отчетный период линейным методом амортизационных отчислений" + }, + "SYD": { + "a": "(нач_стоимость;ост_стоимость;время_эксплуатации;период)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества за указанный отчетный период методом \"суммы годовых цифр\"" + }, + "TBILLEQ": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;скидка)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления эквивалентной доходности по казначейскому векселю" + }, + "TBILLPRICE": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;скидка)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления цены на 100 рублей номинальной стоимости для казначейского векселя" + }, + "TBILLYIELD": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;цена)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления доходности по казначейскому векселю" + }, + "VDB": { + "a": "(нач_стоимость;ост_стоимость;время_эксплуатации;нач_период;кон_период;[коэффициент];[без_переключения])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления величины амортизации имущества за указанный отчетный период или его часть методом двойного уменьшения остатка или иным указанным методом" + }, + "XIRR": { + "a": "(значения;даты[;предположение])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления внутренней ставки доходности по ряду нерегулярных денежных потоков" + }, + "XNPV": { + "a": "(ставка;значения;даты)", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления чистой приведенной стоимости инвестиции исходя из указанной процентной ставки и нерегулярных выплат" + }, + "YIELD": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;ставка;цена;погашение;частота;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления доходности по ценной бумаге с периодической выплатой процентов" + }, + "YIELDDISC": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;цена;погашение;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления годовой доходности по ценной бумаге, на которую дается скидка" + }, + "YIELDMAT": { + "a": "(дата_согл;дата_вступл_в_силу;дата_выпуска;ставка;цена;[базис])", + "d": "Финансовая функция, используется для вычисления годовой доходности по ценным бумагам, процент по которым уплачивается при наступлении срока погашения" + }, + "ABS": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется для нахождения модуля (абсолютной величины) числа" + }, + "ACOS": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает арккосинус числа" + }, + "ACOSH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический арккосинус числа" + }, + "ACOT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает главное значение арккотангенса, или обратного котангенса, числа" + }, + "ACOTH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический арккотангенс числа" + }, + "AGGREGATE": { + "a": "(номер_функции;параметры;ссылка1;[ссылка2];… )", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает агрегатный результат вычислений по списку или базе данных; с помощью этой функции можно применять различные агрегатные функции к списку или базе данных с возможностью пропускать скрытые строки и значения ошибок" + }, + "ARABIC": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, преобразует римское число в арабское" + }, + "ASC": { + "a": "(текст)", + "d": "Текстовая функция, для языков с двухбайтовой кодировкой (DBCS) преобразует полноширинные (двухбайтовые) знаки в полуширинные (однобайтовые)" + }, + "ASIN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает арксинус числа" + }, + "ASINH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический арксинус числа" + }, + "ATAN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает арктангенс числа" + }, + "ATAN2": { + "a": "(x;y)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает арктангенс координат x и y" + }, + "ATANH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический арктангенс числа" + }, + "BASE": { + "a": "(число;основание;[минимальная_длина])", + "d": "Преобразует число в текстовое представление с указанным основанием системы счисления" + }, + "CEILING": { + "a": "(x;точность)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется, чтобы округлить число в большую сторону до ближайшего числа, кратного заданной значимости" + }, + "CEILING.MATH": { + "a": "(x;[точность];[мода])", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, округляет число до ближайшего целого или до ближайшего кратного заданной значимости" + }, + "CEILING.PRECISE": { + "a": "(x;[точность])", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, округляет число вверх до ближайшего целого или до ближайшего кратного указанному значению" + }, + "COMBIN": { + "a": "(число;число_выбранных)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает количество комбинаций для заданного числа элементов" + }, + "COMBINA": { + "a": "(число;число_выбранных)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает количество комбинаций (с повторениями) для заданного числа элементов" + }, + "COS": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает косинус угла" + }, + "COSH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический косинус числа" + }, + "COT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает значение котангенса заданного угла в радианах" + }, + "COTH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический котангенс числа" + }, + "CSC": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает косеканс угла." + }, + "CSCH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический косеканс угла" + }, + "DECIMAL": { + "a": "(текст;основание)", + "d": "Преобразует текстовое представление числа с указанным основанием в десятичное число" + }, + "DEGREES": { + "a": "(угол)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, преобразует радианы в градусы" + }, + "ECMA.CEILING": { + "a": "(x;точность)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется, чтобы округлить число в большую сторону до ближайшего числа, кратного заданной значимости" + }, + "EVEN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется, чтобы округлить число до ближайшего четного целого числа" + }, + "EXP": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает значение константы e, возведенной в заданную степень. Константа e равна 2,71828182845904" + }, + "FACT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает факториал числа" + }, + "FACTDOUBLE": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает двойной факториал числа" + }, + "FLOOR": { + "a": "(x;точность)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется, чтобы округлить число в меньшую сторону до ближайшего числа, кратного заданной значимости" + }, + "FLOOR.PRECISE": { + "a": "(x;[точность])", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает число, округленное с недостатком до ближайшего целого или до ближайшего кратного разрядности" + }, + "FLOOR.MATH": { + "a": "(x;[точность];[мода])", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, округляет число в меньшую сторону до ближайшего целого или до ближайшего кратного указанному значению" + }, + "GCD": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает наибольший общий делитель для двух и более чисел" + }, + "INT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, анализирует и возвращает целую часть заданного числа" + }, + "ISO.CEILING": { + "a": "(число;[точность])", + "d": "Округляет число вверх до ближайшего целого или до ближайшего кратного указанному значению вне зависимости от его знака; если в качестве точности указан нуль, возвращается нуль" + }, + "LCM": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает наименьшее общее кратное для одного или более чисел" + }, + "LN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает натуральный логарифм числа" + }, + "LOG": { + "a": "(x;[основание])", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает логарифм числа по заданному основанию" + }, + "LOG10": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает логарифм числа по основанию 10" + }, + "MDETERM": { + "a": "(массив)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает определитель матрицы (матрица хранится в массиве)" + }, + "MINVERSE": { + "a": "(массив)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает обратную матрицу для заданной матрицы и отображает первое значение возвращаемого массива чисел" + }, + "MMULT": { + "a": "(массив1;массив2)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает матричное произведение двух массивов и отображает первое значение из возвращаемого массива чисел" + }, + "MOD": { + "a": "(x;y)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает остаток от деления числа на заданный делитель" + }, + "MROUND": { + "a": "(x;точность)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется, чтобы округлить число до кратного заданной значимости" + }, + "MULTINOMIAL": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает отношение факториала суммы значений к произведению факториалов" + }, + "MUNIT": { + "a": "(размерность)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает матрицу единиц для указанного измерения" + }, + "ODD": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, используется, чтобы округлить число до ближайшего нечетного целого числа" + }, + "PI": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает математическую константу пи, равную 3,14159265358979. Функция не требует аргумента" + }, + "POWER": { + "a": "(x;y)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает результат возведения числа в заданную степень" + }, + "PRODUCT": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, перемножает все числа в заданном диапазоне ячеек и возвращает произведение" + }, + "QUOTIENT": { + "a": "(числитель;знаменатель)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает целую часть результата деления с остатком" + }, + "RADIANS": { + "a": "(угол)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, преобразует градусы в радианы" + }, + "RAND": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает случайное число, которое больше или равно 0 и меньше 1. Функция не требует аргумента" + }, + "RANDARRAY": { + "a": "([строки];[столбцы];[минимум];[максимум];[целое_число])", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает массив случайных чисел" + }, + "RANDBETWEEN": { + "a": "(нижн_граница;верхн_граница)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает случайное число, большее или равное значению аргумента нижн_граница и меньшее или равное значению аргумента верхн_граница" + }, + "ROMAN": { + "a": "(число;[форма])", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, преобразует число в римское" + }, + "ROUND": { + "a": "(x;число_разрядов)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, округляет число до заданного количества десятичных разрядов" + }, + "ROUNDDOWN": { + "a": "(x;число_разрядов)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, округляет число в меньшую сторону до заданного количества десятичных разрядов" + }, + "ROUNDUP": { + "a": "(x;число_разрядов)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, округляет число в большую сторону до заданного количества десятичных разрядов" + }, + "SEC": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает секанс угла" + }, + "SECH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический секанс угла" + }, + "SERIESSUM": { + "a": "(переменная;показатель_степени;шаг;коэффициенты)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает сумму степенного ряда" + }, + "SIGN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, определяет знак числа. Если число положительное, функция возвращает значение 1. Если число отрицательное, функция возвращает значение -1. Если число равно 0, функция возвращает значение 0" + }, + "SIN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает синус угла" + }, + "SINH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический синус числа" + }, + "SQRT": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает квадратный корень числа" + }, + "SQRTPI": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает квадратный корень от результата умножения константы пи (3,14159265358979) на заданное число" + }, + "SUBTOTAL": { + "a": "(номер_функции;список_аргументов)", + "d": "Возвращает промежуточный итог в список или базу данных" + }, + "SUM": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает результат сложения всех чисел в выбранном диапазоне ячеек" + }, + "SUMIF": { + "a": "(диапазон;условие;[диапазон_суммирования])", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, суммирует все числа в выбранном диапазоне ячеек в соответствии с заданным условием и возвращает результат" + }, + "SUMIFS": { + "a": "(диапазон_суммирования;диапазон_условия1;условие1;[диапазон_условия2;условие2]; ... )", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, суммирует все числа в выбранном диапазоне ячеек в соответствии с несколькими условиями и возвращает результат" + }, + "SUMPRODUCT": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, перемножает соответствующие элементы заданных диапазонов ячеек или массивов и возвращает сумму произведений" + }, + "SUMSQ": { + "a": "(список_аргументов)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, вычисляет сумму квадратов чисел и возвращает результат" + }, + "SUMX2MY2": { + "a": "(массив-1;массив-2)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, вычисляет сумму разностей квадратов соответствующих элементов в двух массивах" + }, + "SUMX2PY2": { + "a": "(массив-1;массив-2)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, вычисляет суммы квадратов соответствующих элементов в двух массивах и возвращает сумму полученных результатов" + }, + "SUMXMY2": { + "a": "(массив-1;массив-2)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает сумму квадратов разностей соответствующих элементов в двух массивах" + }, + "TAN": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает тангенс угла" + }, + "TANH": { + "a": "(x)", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает гиперболический тангенс числа" + }, + "TRUNC": { + "a": "(x;[число_разрядов])", + "d": "Математическая и тригонометрическая функция, возвращает число, усеченное до заданного количества десятичных разрядов" + }, + "ADDRESS": { + "a": "(номер_строки;номер_столбца;[тип_ссылки];[a1];[имя_листа])", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает адрес ячейки, представленный в виде текста" + }, + "CHOOSE": { + "a": "(номер_индекса;список_аргументов)", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает значение из списка значений по заданному индексу (позиции)" + }, + "COLUMN": { + "a": "([ссылка])", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает номер столбца ячейки" + }, + "COLUMNS": { + "a": "(массив)", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает количество столбцов в ссылке на ячейки" + }, + "FORMULATEXT": { + "a": "(ссылка)", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает формулу в виде строки" + }, + "HLOOKUP": { + "a": "(искомое_значение;таблица;номер_строки;[интервальный_просмотр])", + "d": "Поисковая функция, используется для выполнения горизонтального поиска значения в верхней строке таблицы или массива и возвращает значение, которое находится в том же самом столбце в строке с заданным номером" + }, + "HYPERLINK": { + "a": "(адрес;[имя])", + "d": "Поисковая функция, создает ярлык, который позволяет перейти к другому месту в текущей книге или открыть документ, расположенный на сетевом сервере, в интрасети или в Интернете" + }, + "INDEX": { + "a": "(массив;номер_строки;[номер_столбца]) ИНДЕКС(ссылка;номер_строки;[номер_столбца];[номер_области])", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает значение в диапазоне ячеек на основании заданных номера строки и номера столбца. Существуют две формы функции ИНДЕКС" + }, + "INDIRECT": { + "a": "(ссылка_на_текст;[a1])", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает ссылку на ячейку, указанную с помощью текстовой строки" + }, + "LOOKUP": { + "a": "(искомое_значение;просматриваемый_вектор;[вектор_результатов])", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает значение из выбранного диапазона (строки или столбца с данными, отсортированными в порядке возрастания)" + }, + "MATCH": { + "a": "(искомое_значение;просматриваемый_массив;[тип_сопоставления])", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает относительное положение заданного элемента в диапазоне ячеек" + }, + "OFFSET": { + "a": "(ссылка;смещ_по_строкам;смещ_по_столбцам;[высота];[ширина])", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает ссылку на ячейку, отстоящую от заданной ячейки (или верхней левой ячейки в диапазоне ячеек) на определенное число строк и столбцов" + }, + "ROW": { + "a": "([ссылка])", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает номер строки для ссылки на ячейку" + }, + "ROWS": { + "a": "(массив)", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает количество строк в ссылке на ячейки" + }, + "TRANSPOSE": { + "a": "(массив)", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает первый элемент массива" + }, + "UNIQUE": { + "a": "(массив; [by_col]; [exactly_once])", + "d": "Поисковая функция, возвращает список уникальных значений в списке или диапазоне" + }, + "VLOOKUP": { + "a": "(искомое_значение;таблица;номер_столбца;[интервальный_просмотр])", + "d": "Поисковая функция, используется для выполнения вертикального поиска значения в крайнем левом столбце таблицы или массива и возвращает значение, которое находится в той же самой строке в столбце с заданным номером" + }, + "CELL": { + "a": "(info_type, [reference])", + "d": "Информационная функция, возвращает сведения о форматировании, расположении или содержимом ячейки" + }, + "ERROR.TYPE": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, возвращает числовое представление одной из существующих ошибок" + }, + "ISBLANK": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, проверяет, является ли ячейка пустой. Если ячейка пуста, функция возвращает значение ИСТИНА, в противном случае функция возвращает значение ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "ISERR": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие значения ошибки. Если ячейка содержит значение ошибки (кроме #Н/Д), функция возвращает значение ИСТИНА, в противном случае функция возвращает значение ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "ISERROR": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие значения ошибки. Если ячейка содержит одно из следующих значений ошибки: #Н/Д, #ЗНАЧ!, #ССЫЛКА!, #ДЕЛ/0!, #ЧИСЛО!, #ИМЯ? или #ПУСТО!, функция возвращает значение ИСТИНА, в противном случае функция возвращает значение ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "ISEVEN": { + "a": "(число)", + "d": "Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие четного числа. Если ячейка содержит четное число, функция возвращает значение ИСТИНА. Если число является нечетным, она возвращает значение ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "ISFORMULA": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, проверяет, имеется ли ссылка на ячейку с формулой, и возвращает значение ИСТИНА или ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "ISLOGICAL": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие логического значения (ИСТИНА или ЛОЖЬ). Если ячейка содержит логическое значение, функция возвращает значение ИСТИНА, в противном случае функция возвращает значение ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "ISNA": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие ошибки #Н/Д. Если ячейка содержит значение ошибки #Н/Д, функция возвращает значение ИСТИНА, в противном случае функция возвращает значение ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "ISNONTEXT": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие значения, которое не является текстом. Если ячейка не содержит текстового значения, функция возвращает значение ИСТИНА, в противном случае функция возвращает значение ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "ISNUMBER": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие числового значения. Если ячейка содержит числовое значение, функция возвращает значение ИСТИНА, в противном случае функция возвращает значение ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "ISODD": { + "a": "(число)", + "d": "Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие нечетного числа. Если ячейка содержит нечетное число, функция возвращает значение ИСТИНА. Если число является четным, она возвращает значение ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "ISREF": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, используется для проверки, является ли значение допустимой ссылкой на другую ячейку" + }, + "ISTEXT": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, используется для проверки на наличие текстового значения. Если ячейка содержит текстовое значение, функция возвращает значение ИСТИНА, в противном случае функция возвращает значение ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "N": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, преобразует значение в число" + }, + "NA": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Информационная функция, возвращает значение ошибки #Н/Д. Эта функция не требует аргумента" + }, + "SHEET": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, возвращает номер листа, на который имеется ссылка" + }, + "SHEETS": { + "a": "(ссылка)", + "d": "Информационная функция, возвращает количество листов в ссылке" + }, + "TYPE": { + "a": "(значение)", + "d": "Информационная функция, используется для определения типа результирующего или отображаемого значения" + }, + "AND": { + "a": "(логическое_значение1;[логическое_значение2]; ...)", + "d": "Логическая функция, используется для проверки, является ли введенное логическое значение истинным или ложным. Функция возвращает значение ИСТИНА, если все аргументы имеют значение ИСТИНА" + }, + "FALSE": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Логическая функция, возвращает значение ЛОЖЬ и не требует аргумента" + }, + "IF": { + "a": "(лог_выражение;значение_если_истина;[значение_если_ложь])", + "d": "Логическая функция, используется для проверки логического выражения и возвращает одно значение, если проверяемое условие имеет значение ИСТИНА, и другое, если оно имеет значение ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "IFS": { + "a": "(условие1;значение1;[условие2;значение2]; … )", + "d": "Логическая функция, проверяет соответствие одному или нескольким условиям и возвращает значение для первого условия, принимающего значение ИСТИНА" + }, + "IFERROR": { + "a": "(значение;значение_если_ошибка)", + "d": "Логическая функция, используется для проверки формулы на наличие ошибок в первом аргументе. Функция возвращает результат формулы, если ошибки нет, или определенное значение, если она есть" + }, + "IFNA": { + "a": "(значение;значение_при_ошибке)", + "d": "Логическая функция, возвращает указанное вами значение, если формула возвращает значение ошибки #Н/Д; в ином случае возвращает результат формулы." + }, + "NOT": { + "a": "(логическое_значение)", + "d": "Логическая функция, используется для проверки, является ли введенное логическое значение истинным или ложным. Функция возвращает значение ИСТИНА, если аргумент имеет значение ЛОЖЬ, и ЛОЖЬ, если аргумент имеет значение ИСТИНА" + }, + "OR": { + "a": "(логическое_значение1;[логическое значение2]; ... )", + "d": "Логическая функция, используется для проверки, является ли введенное логическое значение истинным или ложным. Функция возвращает значение ЛОЖЬ, если все аргументы имеют значение ЛОЖЬ" + }, + "SWITCH": { + "a": "(выражение;значение1;результат1;[по_умолчанию или значение2;результат2];…[по_умолчанию или значение3;результат3])", + "d": "Логическая функция, вычисляет значение (которое называют выражением) на основе списка значений и возвращает результат, соответствующий первому совпадающему значению; если совпадения не обнаружены, может быть возвращено необязательное стандартное значение" + }, + "TRUE": { + "a": "()", + "d": "Логическая функция, возвращает значение ИСТИНА и не требует аргумента" + }, + "XOR": { + "a": "(логическое_значение1;[логическое значение2]; ... )", + "d": "Логическая функция, возвращает логическое исключающее ИЛИ всех аргументов" + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/less/app-material.less b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/less/app-material.less index c4ca7fba0..a5e3979d0 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/less/app-material.less +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/less/app-material.less @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ @themeColor: #40865c; // (79,158,79) @themeColorLight: #c7e8d1; @navBarIconColor: #fff; +@black: #000000; @appToolbarHeight: @navbarSize; diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/less/ios/_icons.less b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/less/ios/_icons.less index 7d65fe9a0..6cb4506e6 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/less/ios/_icons.less +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/less/ios/_icons.less @@ -310,14 +310,14 @@ i.icon { // Filter sort &.sortdown { - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.sortup { - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + .encoded-svg-background(''); } // Formats @@ -580,3 +580,16 @@ i.icon { background-image: url('../img/charts/chart-20.png'); } } + +[applang=ru] i.icon { + &.sortdown { + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + .encoded-svg-background(''); + } + &.sortup { + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + .encoded-svg-background(''); + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/less/material/_icons.less b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/less/material/_icons.less index a81b86ed4..f9836126f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/less/material/_icons.less +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/mobile/resources/less/material/_icons.less @@ -274,14 +274,14 @@ i.icon { // Filter sort &.sortdown { - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.sortup { - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + .encoded-svg-background(''); } // Formats @@ -593,4 +593,17 @@ i.icon { &.bar3dpsnormal { background-image: url('../img/charts/chart-20.png'); } +} + +[applang=ru] i.icon { + &.sortdown { + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + .encoded-svg-background(''); + } + &.sortup { + width: 24px; + height: 24px; + .encoded-svg-background(''); + } } \ No newline at end of file